Vidyānandin's Tattvārthaślokavārttika with AlaṅkāraCreation of the digital textresourceH. TrikhaPublished within the Digital Corpus of Vidyānandin's Works at www.dipal.org/dcv  under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International LicenseJanuary 09, 2025Print edition: Vidyānandisvāmi-viracitaṃ Tattvārthaślokavārtikaṃ Manoharlālnyāyaśāstriṇā sampāditaṃ saṃśodhitaṃ ca. (Saraswati Oriental Research Sanskrit Series 16). Bombay 1918.Digital text resource: /home/deploy/dipal/public/dcv-site/root-resources/TASVA/TASVA, October 09, 2024The file at hand, "TASVA-ML-t", is a transformation of the file "TASVA", an TEI P5 ODD-resource for 1) the digitized print edition and for 2) a digital edition of the Tattvārthaślokavārttikālaṅkāra and the Tattvārthaślokavārttika. "TASVA-ML-t" contains the digitized print edition. The file is thus a resource for the specific text attested in the print edition and for the preservation of its specific editorial features, i.e., page and line breaks, footnotes, as well as the rendering of text in the center and in bold script, etc. Main steps in the preparation: Diplomatic capture of the 1918 print edition by SwiftTechnologies, Mumbai,Dez. 2012 – Jan. 2013Transliteration with H. Lasic' programme „dev2trans“, September 2013 Segmentation of syntactical units in the translitertation, S. Pajor 2014Standardization of tags in order to prepare a plain text file, silent acceptance of Payor's corrections with regard to changes of spacing, characters and suggested avagrahas, H. Trikha 2016Application of the conventions of the Text Encoding Initiative by V. Angermeier, January 2020, and H. Trikha March 2022 Excluded in plain text: type=note-block-container, type=note-block-page-foot, reftype=no-foot, notetype=inline-commentnoteana=not-accepted, Non-accepted notes are indicted with brackets in full text. All such remarks are removed in plain-text. Accepted notes (ana="accepted", e.g., type="text-addition"), are indicated in full text with css-induced round-brackets. In plain text such brackets are not induced, the text-addtion therefore appear as part of the attestations' text. TAŚV-ML 001,1śrī­pa­ra­mā­tma­ne na­maḥ | TAŚV-ML 001,2śrī­ma­dvi­dyā­naṃ­di­svā­mi­vi­ra­ci­taṃ TAŚV-ML 001,3ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­ka­m | TAŚV-ML 001,4pra­tha­mo '­dhyā­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.1abśrī­va­rdha­mā­na­m ā­dhyā­ya ghā­ti­saṃ­ghā­ta­ghā­ta­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.1cdvi­dyā­spa­daṃ pra­va­kṣyā­mi ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­ka­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 001,07śre­ya­sta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­ka­pra­va­ca­nā­t pū­rvaṃ pa­rā­pa­ra­gu­ru­pra­vā­ha­syā­dhyā­naṃ ta­tsi­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­t | ta­tra pa­ra­mo TAŚVA-ML 001,08gu­ru­s tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­śri­yo­pa­la­kṣi­to va­rdha­mā­no bha­ga­vā­n ghā­ti­saṃ­ghā­ta­ghā­ta­na­tvā­d ya­s tu na pa­ra­mo gu­ruḥ sa na ghā­ti­saṃ­ghā- TAŚVA-ML 001,09ta­ghā­ta­no ya­thā­sma­dā­diḥ | ghā­ti­saṃ­ghā­ta­ghā­ta­no sau vi­dyā­spa­da­tvā­d vi­dyai­ka­de­śā­spa­de­nā­sma­dā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka i­ti TAŚVA-ML 001,10ce­n na­, sa­ka­la­vi­dyā­spa­da­tva­sya he­tu­tvā­d vya­bhi­cā­rā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pra­si­ddhaṃ ca sa­ka­la­vi­dyā­spa­da­tvaṃ bha­ga­va­taḥ sa­rva­jña­tva­sā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 001,11nā­d a­to nā­nyaḥ pa­ra­ma­gu­ru­r e­kāṃ­ta­ta­ttva­pra­kā­śa­nā­d dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­vi­ru­ddha­va­ca­na­tvā­d a­vi­dyā­spa­da­tvā­d a­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣa­sa­mū­ha­tvā­c ce­ti TAŚVA-ML 001,12na ta­syā­dhyā­naṃ yu­kta­m | e­te­nā­pa­ra­gu­ru­r ga­ṇa­dha­rā­diḥ sū­tra­kā­ra­pa­ryaṃ­to vyā­khyā­ta­s ta­syai­ka­de­śa­vi­dyā­spa­da­tve­na de­śa­to TAŚVA-ML 001,13ghā­ti­saṃ­ghā­ta­ghā­ta­na­tva­si­ddhe­s sā­ma­rthyā­d a­pa­ra­gu­ru­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | na­nv e­vaṃ pra­si­ddho '­pi pa­rā­pa­ra­gu­ru­pra­vā­haḥ ka­thaṃ ta­ttvā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 001,14ślo­ka­vā­rti­ka­pra­va­ca­na­sya si­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ ya­ta­s ta­sya ta­taḥ pū­rva­m ā­dhyā­naṃ sā­dhī­ya i­ti ka­ści­t­, ta­dā­dhyā­nā­d dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 001,15vi­śe­ṣo­tpa­tte­r a­dha­rma­dhvaṃ­sā­t ta­ddhe­tu­ka­vi­ghno­pa­śa­ma­nā­d a­bhi­ma­ta­śā­stra­pa­ri­sa­mā­pti­ta­s ta­tsi­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m i­ty e­ke | tā­n pra­ti TAŚVA-ML 001,16sa­mā­da­dha­te | te­ṣāṃ pā­tra­dā­nā­di­ka­m a­pi śā­strā­raṃ­bhā­t pra­tha­ma­m ā­ca­ra­ṇī­yaṃ pa­rā­pa­ra­gu­ru­pra­vā­hā­dhyā­na­va­t ta­syā­pi dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 001,17vi­śe­ṣo­tpa­tti­he­tu­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d ya­tho­kta­kra­me­ṇa śā­stra­si­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | pa­ra­ma­maṃ­ga­la­tvā­d ā­ptā­nu­dhyā­naṃ śā­stra- TAŚVA-ML 001,18si­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m i­ty a­nye­, ta­d a­pi tā­dṛ­g e­va | sa­tpā­tra­dā­nā­de­r a­pi maṃ­ga­la­to­pa­pa­tteḥ­, na hi ji­neṃ­dra­gu­ṇa­sto­tra­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 001,19maṃ­ga­la­m i­ti ni­ya­mo sti svā­dhyā­yā­de­r e­va maṃ­ga­la­tvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pa­ra­mā­tmā­nu­dhyā­nā­d graṃ­tha­kā­ra­sya nā­sti­ka­tā- TAŚVA-ML 001,20pa­ri­hā­ra­si­ddhi­s ta­dva­ca­na­syā­sti­kai­r ā­da­ra­ṇī­ya­tve­na sa­rva­tra khyā­tyu­pa­pa­tte­s ta­dā­dhyā­naṃ ta­tsi­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m i­ty a­pa­re | TAŚVA-ML 001,21ta­d a­py a­sā­raṃ | śre­yo­mā­rga­sa­ma­rtha­nā­d e­va va­ktu­r nā­sti­ka­tā­pa­ri­hā­ra­gha­ṭa­nā­t | ta­da­bhā­ve sa­ty a­pi śā­strā­raṃ­bhe pa­ra­mā­tmā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 001,22dhyā­na­va­ca­ne ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | śi­ṣṭā­cā­ra­pa­ri­pā­la­na­sā­dha­na­tvā­t ta­da­nu­dhyā­na­va­ca­naṃ ta­tsi­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m i­ti ke­ci­t | TAŚVA-ML 001,23ta­d a­pi tā­dṛ­śa­m e­va | svā­dhyā­yā­de­r e­va sa­ka­la­śi­ṣṭā­cā­ra­pa­ri­pā­la­na­sā­dha­na­tva­ni­rṇa­yā­t | ta­taḥ śā­stra­syo­tpa­tti­he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 001,24tvā­t ta­da­rtha­ni­rṇa­ya­sā­dha­na­tvā­c ca pa­rā­pa­ra­gu­ru­pra­vā­ha­s ta­tsi­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m i­ti dhī­ma­ddhṛ­ti­ka­raṃ | sa­mya­gbo­dha e­va va­ktuḥ TAŚVA-ML 001,25śā­stro­tpa­tti­jña­pti­ni­mi­tta­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya gu­rū­pa­de­śā­ya­tta­tvā­t | śru­ta­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­d gu­rū­pa­de­śa­syā- TAŚVA-ML 001,26pā­ye pi śru­ta­jñā­na­syo­tpa­tte­r na ta­t ta­d ā­ya­tta­m i­ti ce­n na­, dra­vya­bhā­va­śru­ta­syā­pto­pa­de­śa­vi­ra­he ka­sya­ci­d a­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 001,27dra­vya­śru­taṃ hi dvā­da­śāṃ­gaṃ va­ca­nā­tma­ka­m ā­pto­pa­de­śa­rū­pa­m e­va­, ta­da­rtha­jñā­naṃ tu bhā­va­śru­taṃ­, ta­du­bha­ya­m a­pi ga­ṇa­dha­ra­de­vā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 001,28bha­ga­va­da­rha­tsa­rva­jña­va­ca­nā­ti­śa­ya­pra­sā­dā­t sva­ma­ti­śru­ta­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­ti­śa­yā­c co­tpa­dya­mā­naṃ ka­tha­m ā­ptā- TAŚVA-ML 002,01ya­ttaṃ na bha­ve­t | ya­c ca ca­kṣu­rā­di­ma­ti­pū­rva­kaṃ śru­taṃ ta­n ne­ha pra­stu­taṃ­, śro­tra­m a­ti­pū­rva­ka­sya bhā­va­śru­ta­sya pra­stu­ta­tvā­t ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 002,02cā­pto­pa­de­śā­ya­tta­tā­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­nā­t pa­rā­pa­rā­pta­pra­vā­ha­ni­baṃ­dha­na e­va pa­rā­pa­ra­śā­stra­pra­vā­ha­s ta­nni­baṃ­dha­na­ś ca sa­mya­ga­va­bo­dhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 002,03sva­ya­m a­bhi­ma­ta­śā­stra­ka­ra­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇa­pha­la­si­ddhe­r a­bhyu­pā­ya i­ti ta­tkā­mai­r ā­pta­s sa­ka­lo py ā­dhyā­ta­vya e­va | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­a­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 002,04ma­ta­pha­la­si­ddhe­r a­bhyu­pā­yaḥ su­bo­dhaḥ pra­bha­va­ti sa ca śā­strā­t ta­sya co­tpa­tti­rā­ptā­t | i­ti bha­va­ti sa pū­jya- TAŚVA-ML 002,05s ta­tpra­sā­da­pra­bu­ddhai­r na hi kṛ­ta­m u­pa­kā­raṃ sā­dha­vo vi­sma­raṃ­ti |­| " na­nu ya­thā gu­rū­pa­de­śaḥ śā­stra­si­ddhe­r ni­baṃ- TAŚVA-ML 002,06dha­naṃ ta­thā­ptā­nu­dhyā­na­kṛ­ta­nā­sti­ka­tā­pa­ri­hā­ra­śi­ṣṭā­cā­ra­pa­ri­pā­la­na­maṃ­ga­la­dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­ś ca ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 002,07ce­t | sa­tyaṃ | ke­va­la­m ā­ptā­nu­dhyā­na­kṛ­tā e­va te ta­sya sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇa i­ti ni­ya­mo ni­ṣi­dhya­te­, sā­dha­nāṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 002,08kṛ­tā­nā­m a­pi te­ṣāṃ ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­to­pa­pa­tteḥ ka­dā­ci­t ta­da­bhā­ve pi pū­rvo­pā­tta­dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣe­bhya­s ta­nni­ṣpa­tte­ś ca | pa­rā- TAŚVA-ML 002,09pa­ra­gu­rū­pa­de­śa­s tu nai­va­m a­ni­ya­taḥ­, śā­stra­ka­ra­ṇe ta­syā­va­śya­m a­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­tvā­d a­nya­thā ta­da­gha­ṭa­nā­t | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 002,10pa­rā­pa­ra­gu­ru­pra­vā­ha­syā­dhyā­naṃ ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­ka­pra­va­ca­nā­t pū­rvaṃ śre­ya­sta­tsi­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­d i­ti pra­dhā­na­pra­yo­ja­nā- TAŚVA-ML 002,11pe­kṣa­yā nā­nya­thā­, maṃ­ga­la­ka­ra­ṇā­de­r a­py a­ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t pā­tra­dā­nā­di­va­t | ka­thaṃ pu­na­s ta­ttvā­rthaḥ śā­straṃ ta­sya ślo­ka­vā­rti­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 002,12vā ta­dvyā­khyā­naṃ vā­, ye­na ta­dā­raṃ­bhe pa­ra­me­ṣṭi­nā­m ā­dhyā­naṃ vi­dhī­ya­ta i­ti ce­t­, ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­yo­ga­tvā­t | va­rṇā­tma­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 002,13hi pa­daṃ­, pa­da­sa­mu­dā­ya­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sū­traṃ­, sū­tra­sa­mū­haḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇaṃ­, pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­mi­ti­r ā­hni­kaṃ­, ā­hni­ka­saṃ­ghā­to a­dhyā­yaḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 002,14a­dhyā­ya­sa­mu­dā­yaḥ śā­stra­m i­ti śā­stra­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | ta­c ca ta­ttvā­rtha­sya da­śā­dhyā­yī­rū­pa­syā­stī­ti śā­straṃ ta­ttvā­rthaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 002,15śā­stra­bhā­sa­tva­śaṃ­kā­py a­tra na kā­ryā­nva­rtha­saṃ­jñā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | ta­ttvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d dhi ta­ttvā­rtho graṃ­thaḥ pra­si­ddho na ca TAŚVA-ML 002,16śā­strā­bhā­sa­sya ta­ttvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tā vi­ro­dhā­t sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­saṃ­bha­vā­t | pra­si­ddhe ca ta­ttvā­rtha­sya śā­stra­tve ta­dvā­rti­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 002,17śā­stra­tvaṃ si­ddha­m e­va ta­da­rtha­tvā­t | vā­rti­kaṃ hi sū­trā­ṇā­m a­nu­pa­pa­tti­co­da­nā ta­tpa­ri­hā­ro vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­dhā­naṃ pra­si­ddhaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 002,18ta­t ka­tha­m a­nyā­rthaṃ bha­ve­t | ta­d a­ne­na ta­dvyā­khyā­na­sya śā­stra­tvaṃ ni­ve­di­taṃ | ta­to '­nya­tra ku­taḥ śā­stra­vya­va­hā­ra i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 002,19ta­de­ka­de­śe śā­stra­tvo­pa­cā­rā­t | ya­t pu­na­rdvā­da­śāṃ­gaṃ śru­taṃ ta­d e­vaṃ­vi­dhā­ne­ka­śā­stra­sa­mū­ha­rū­pa­tvā­n ma­hā­śā­stra­m a­ne­ka­skaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 002,20dhā­dhā­ra­sa­mū­ha­ma­hā­skaṃ­dhā­ghā­ra­va­t | ye­ṣāṃ tu śi­ṣyaṃ­te śi­ṣyā ye­na ta­c chā­stra­m i­ti śā­stra­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ te­ṣā­m e­ka­m a­pi vā­kyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 002,21śā­stra­vya­va­hā­ra­bhā­g bha­ve­d a­nya­thā­bhi­pre­ta­m a­pi mā bhū­d i­ti ya­tho­kta­la­kṣa­ṇa­m e­va śā­stra­m e­ta­d a­va­bo­ddha­vyaṃ | ta­ta­s ta­dā­raṃ­bhe TAŚVA-ML 002,22yu­ktaṃ pa­rā­pa­ra­gu­ru­pra­vā­ha­syā­dhyā­naṃ | a­tha­vā ya­dy a­pū­rvā­rtha­m i­daṃ ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kaṃ na ta­dā va­kta­vyaṃ­, sa­tā­m a­nā­de­ya­tva- TAŚVA-ML 002,23pra­saṃ­gā­t sva­ru­ci­vi­ra­ci­ta­sya pre­kṣa­va­tā­m a­nā­da­ra­ṇī­ya­tvā­t | pū­rva­pra­si­ddhā­rthaṃ tu su­ta­rā­m e­ta­n na vā­cyaṃ­, pi­ṣṭa­pe­ṣa­ṇa­va- TAŚVA-ML 002,24dvai­ya­rthyā­d i­ti bru­vā­ṇaṃ pra­tye­ta­d u­cya­te | "vi­dyā­spa­daṃ ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kaṃ pra­va­kṣyā­mī­ti | " vi­dyā pū­rvā­cā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 002,25śā­strā­ṇi sa­mya­gjñā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­vi­dyā­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t tā e­vā­spa­da­m a­sye­ti vi­dyā­spa­daṃ | na pū­rva­śā­strā­nā­śra­yaṃ­, ya­taḥ sva­ru­ci- TAŚVA-ML 002,26vi­ra­ci­ta­tvā­d a­nā­de­yaṃ pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ bha­ve­d i­ti yā­va­t | pi­ṣṭa­pe­ṣa­ṇa­va­dvya­rthaṃ ta­thā syā­d i­ty a­py a­co­dyaṃ­, ā­dhyā­ya­ghā­ti- TAŚVA-ML 002,27saṃ­ghā­ta­ghā­ta­na­m i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇe­na sā­pha­lya­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | dhi­yaḥ sa­mā­ga­mo hi dhyā­yaḥ sa­maṃ­tā­d dhyā­yo smā­d i­ty ā- TAŚVA-ML 002,28dhyā­yaṃ ta­c ca ta­dghā­ti­saṃ­ghā­ta­ghā­ta­naṃ ce­ty ā­dhyā­ya­ghā­ti­saṃ­ghā­ta­ghā­ta­naṃ | ya­smā­c ca pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ pra­jñā­sa­mā­ga­mo TAŚVA-ML 002,29ya­c ca mu­mu­kṣū­n sva­yaṃ ghā­ti­saṃ­ghā­taṃ ghna­taḥ pra­yo­ja­ya­ti ta­nni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­t ka­tha­m a­pha­la­m ā­ve­da­yi­tuṃ śa­kyaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 002,30pra­jñā­ti­śa­ya­sa­ka­la­ka­lma­ṣa­kṣa­ya­ka­ra­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇe­na pha­le­na pha­la­va­ttvā­t | ku­ta­s ta­dā­dhyā­ya­ghā­ti­saṃ­ghā­ta­ghā­ta­naṃ si­ddhaṃ ? TAŚVA-ML 002,31vi­dyā­spa­da­tvā­t | ya­t pu­na­r na ta­thā­vi­dhaṃ na ta­dvi­dyā­spa­daṃ ya­thā pā­pā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­m i­ti sa­ma­rtha­yi­ṣya­te | vi­dyā­spa­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 002,32ku­ta­s ta­d i­ti ce­t­, śrī­va­rdha­mā­na­tvā­t | pra­ti­sthā­na­m a­vi­saṃ­vā­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­yā hi śri­yā va­rdha­mā­naṃ ka­tha­m a­vi­dyā­spa­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 002,33nā­mā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­d e­vaṃ sa­pra­yo­ja­na­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­na­pa­ra­m i­da­m ā­di­ślo­ka­vā­kyaṃ pra­yu­kta­m a­va­ga­mya­te | na­nu ki­ma­rtha­m i­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 002,34pra­yu­jya­te ? śro­tṛ­ja­nā­nāṃ pra­va­rta­nā­rtha­m i­ti ce­t­, te ya­di śra­ddhā­nu­sā­ri­ṇa­s ta­dā vya­rtha­s ta­tpra­yo­ga­s ta­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi TAŚVA-ML 002,35ya­thā ka­thaṃ­ci­t te­ṣāṃ śā­stra­śra­va­ṇe pra­va­rta­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­tvā­t | ya­di pre­kṣā­vaṃ­ta­s te ta­dā ka­tha­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­kā­d vā­kyā­t pra- TAŚVA-ML 003,01va­rtaṃ­te pre­kṣā­va­ttva­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ke­ci­t | ta­da­sā­raṃ | pra­yo­ja­na­vā­kya­sya sa­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­tva­ni­śca­yā­t | pra­va­ca­nā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 003,02mā­na­mū­laṃ hi śā­stra­kā­rā­s ta­tpra­tha­maṃ pra­yuṃ­ja­te nā­nya­thā­, a­nā­de­ya­va­ca­na­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­thā­vi­dhā­c ca | ta­taḥ śra­ddhā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 003,03sā­ri­ṇāṃ pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ ca pra­vṛ­tti­r na vi­ru­dhya­te | śra­ddhā­nu­sā­ri­ṇo pi hy ā­ga­mā­d e­va pra­va­rta­yi­tuṃ śa­kyā­, na ya­thā ka­thaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 003,04ci­t pra­va­ca­no­pa­di­ṣṭa­ta­ttve śra­ddhā­m a­nu­sa­ra­tāṃ śra­ddhā­nu­sā­ri­tvā­d a­nyā­dṛ­śā­ma­ti­mū­ḍha­ma­na­ska­tvā­t ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­va­ṇe '­na­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 003,05kṛ­ta­tvā­d a­ti­vi­pa­rya­sta­va­t te­ṣāṃ ta­da­nu­rū­po­pa­de­śa­yo­gya­tvā­t si­ddha­mā­tṛ­ko­pa­de­śa­yo­gya­dā­ra­ka­va­t | pre­kṣā­vaṃ­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 003,06pu­na­r ā­ga­mā­d a­nu­mā­nā­c ca pra­va­rta­mā­nā­s ta­ttvaṃ la­bhaṃ­te­, na ke­va­lā­d a­nu­mā­nā­t pra­tya­kṣā­di­ta­s te­ṣā­m a­pra­vṛ­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nā­pi TAŚVA-ML 003,07ke­va­lā­d ā­ga­mā­d e­va vi­ru­ddhā­rtha­ma­te­bhyo pi pra­va­rta­mā­nā­nāṃ pre­kṣā­va­ttva­pra­sa­kteḥ | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­si­ddhaṃ ce­d dhe­tu­taḥ sa­rvaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 003,08pra­tya­kṣā­di­to ga­tiḥ | si­ddhaṃ ce­d ā­ga­mā­t sa­rvaṃ vi­ru­ddhā­rtha­ma­tā­ny a­pi­" i­ti | ta­smā­d ā­pte va­kta­ri saṃ­pra­dā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 003,09vya­va­cche­de­na ni­ści­te ta­dvā­kyā­t pra­va­rta­na­m ā­ga­mā­d e­va | va­kta­ry a­nā­pte tu ya­t ta­dvā­kyā­t pra­va­rta­naṃ ta­d a­nu­mā­nā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 003,10vi­bhā­gaḥ sā­dhī­yā­n | ta­d a­py u­ktaṃ | "­va­kta­ry a­nā­pte ya­d dhe­toḥ sā­dhyaṃ ta­d dhe­tu­sā­dhi­taṃ | ā­pte va­kta­ri ta­dvā­kyā- TAŚVA-ML 003,11t sā­dhya­m ā­ga­ma­sā­dhi­taṃ | " na cai­vaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­pla­va­vā­di­vi­ro­dhaḥ kva­ci­d u­bhā­bhyā­m ā­ga­mā­nu­mā­nā­bhyāṃ pra­va­rta­na­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 003,12pra­va­ca­na­syā­he­tu­he­tu­ma­dā­tma­ka­tvā­t | sva­sa­ma­ya­pra­jñā­pa­ka­tva­sya ta­tpa­ri­jñā­na­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­d a­pa­ri­jñā­tā­he­tu­vā­dā­ga­ma­sya TAŚVA-ML 003,13si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dha­ka­tvā­t | ta­thā cā­bhya­dhā­yi | "­jo he­du­vā­da­pa­ra­ka­mbhi he­du­o ā­ga­ma­mmi ā­ga­ma­o | TAŚVA-ML 003,14so sa­sa­ma­ya­pa­ṇṇa­va­o si­ddhaṃ­ta­vi­ro­ha­o a­ṇṇo­tti |­| " ta­trā­ga­ma­mū­la­m i­da­m ā­di­vā­kyaṃ pa­rā­pa­ra­gu­ru­pra­vā­ha­m ā­dhyā­ya TAŚVA-ML 003,15pra­va­ca­na­sya pra­va­rta­kaṃ ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kaṃ pra­va­kṣyā­mī­ti va­ca­na­syā­ga­ma­pū­rva­kā­ga­mā­rtha­tvā­t | prā­mā­ṇyaṃ pu­na­r a- TAŚVA-ML 003,16syā­bhya­sta­pra­va­ktṛ­gu­ṇā­n pra­ti­pā­dyā­n pra­ti sva­ta e­vā­bhya­sta­kā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇā­n pra­ti pra­tya­kṣā­di­va­t | sva­ya­m a­na­bhya­sta- TAŚVA-ML 003,17va­ktṛ­gu­ṇāṃ­s tu vi­ne­yā­n pra­ti su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­d a­nu­mā­nā­t sva­yaṃ pra­ti­pa­nnā­ptāṃ­ta­ra­va­ca­nā­d vā ni­ści­ta- TAŚVA-ML 003,18prā­mā­ṇyā­t | na­cai­va­m a­na­va­sthā pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­ya­do­ṣo vā | a­bhya­sta­vi­ṣa­ye pra­mā­ṇa­sya sva­taḥ prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­yā­d a­na- TAŚVA-ML 003,19va­sthā­yā ni­vṛ­tteḥ­, pū­rva­syā­na­bhya­sta­vi­ṣa­ya­sya pa­ra­smā­d a­bhya­sta­vi­ṣa­yā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | ta­thā­nu­mā­na­mū­la­m e­ta- TAŚVA-ML 003,20dvā­kyaṃ­, sva­yaṃ svā­rthā­nu­mā­ne­na ni­ści­ta­syā­rtha­sya pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­na­rū­pe­ṇa pra­yu­kta­tvā­t | sa­ma­rtha­nā­pe­kṣa­sā­dha­na­tvā­n na TAŚVA-ML 003,21pra­yo­ja­na­vā­kyaṃ pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­na­rū­pa­m i­ti ce­t na­, sve­ṣṭā­nu­mā­ne­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | na hi ta­tsa­ma­rtha­nā­pe- TAŚVA-ML 003,22kṣa­sā­dha­naṃ na bha­va­ti pra­ti­vā­di­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau ta­dvi­ni­vṛ­tta­ye sā­dha­na­sa­ma­rtha­na­syā­va­śyaṃ bhā­vi­tvā­t­, ke­ṣāṃ­ci- TAŚVA-ML 003,23d a­sa­ma­rthi­ta­sā­dha­na­va­ca­ne a­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­va­ca­na­sye­ṣṭeḥ | pra­kṛ­tā­nu­mā­na­he­to­r a­śa­kya­sa­ma­rtha­na­tva­m a­pi nā­śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 003,24ta­du­tta­ra­graṃ­the­na ta­ddhe­toḥ sa­ma­rtha­na­ni­śca­yā­t | sa­ka­la­śā­stra­vyā­khyā­nā­t ta­ddhe­tu­sa­ma­rtha­na­pra­va­ṇā­t ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 003,25pra­yo­ja­na­va­ttva­si­ddheḥ | prā­g e­vā­pā­rtha­kaṃ pra­yo­ja­na­va­ca­na­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi sve­ṣṭā­nu­mā­ne he­tva­rtha­sa­ma­rtha­na­pra­paṃ­cā­bhi­dhā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 003,26d e­va sā­dhyā­rtha­si­ddhe­s ta­taḥ pū­rvaṃ he­tū­pa­nyā­so­pā­rtha­kaḥ ki­n na bha­ve­t | sā­dha­na­syā­na­bhi­dhā­ne sa­ma­rtha­na­m a­nā­śra­ya­m e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 003,27ce­t­, pra­yo­ja­na­va­ttva­syā­va­ca­ne ta­tsa­ma­rtha­naṃ ka­tha­m a­nā­śra­yaṃ na syā­t | ye tu pra­ti­jñā­m a­na­bhi­dhā­ya ta­tsā­dha­nā­ya TAŚVA-ML 003,28he­tū­pa­nyā­saṃ ku­rvā­ṇāḥ sā­dha­na­m a­bhi­hi­ta­m e­va sa­ma­rtha­yaṃ­te te ka­thaṃ sva­sthāḥ | pa­kṣa­sya ga­mya­mā­na­sya sā­dha­nā­d a­do­ṣa TAŚVA-ML 003,29i­ti ce­t­, pra­yo­ja­na­va­tsā­dha­na­sya ga­mya­mā­na­sya sa­ma­rtha­ne ko do­ṣaḥ saṃ­bhā­vya­te | sa­rva­tra ga­mya­mā­na­syai­va ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 003,30sa­ma­rtha­na­si­ddheḥ pra­yo­go na yu­kta i­ti ce­t­, saṃ­kṣi­pta­śā­stra­pra­vṛ­ttau sa­vi­sta­ra­śā­stra­pra­vṛ­ttau vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe na TAŚVA-ML 003,31kiṃ­ci­d a­ni­ṣṭaṃ­, sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa ta­syā­pra­yo­gā­t­, sā­ma­rthyā­d ga­mya­mā­na­syai­va sū­tra­saṃ­da­rbhe­ṇa sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe tu TAŚVA-ML 003,32ta­syā­pra­yo­ge pra­ti­jño­pa­na­ya­ni­ga­ma­na­pra­yo­ga­vi­ro­dhaḥ | pra­ti­jñā­ni­ga­ma­na­yo­r a­pra­yo­ga e­ve­ti ce­t­, ta­dva­tpa­kṣa­dha­rmo­pa- TAŚVA-ML 003,33saṃ­hā­ra­syā­pi pra­yo­go mā bhū­t | ya­t sa­t ta­t sa­rvaṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­m i­ty u­kte śa­bdā­dau sa­ttva­sya sā­ma­rthyā­d ga­mya­mā­na­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 003,34ta­syā­pi kva­ci­d a­pra­yo­ge '­bhī­ṣṭa e­va vi­du­ṣāṃ "­vā­cyo he­tu­r e­va hi ke­va­la­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­rhi sa­vi­sta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 003,35va­ca­ne ga­mya­mā­na­syā­pi si­ddhaḥ pra­yo­gaḥ­, saṃ­kṣi­pta­va­ca­na­pra­vṛ­ttā­v e­va ta­syā­pra­yo­gā­t | ta­taḥ kva­ci­d ga­mya­mā­naṃ sa­pra- TAŚVA-ML 004,01yo­ja­na­tva­sā­dha­na­m a­pra­yu­kta­m a­pi sa­ka­la­śā­stra­vyā­khyā­ne­na sa­ma­rthya­te kva­ci­t pra­yu­jya­mā­na­m i­ti nai­kāṃ­taḥ­, syā­dvā­di- TAŚVA-ML 004,02nā­ma­vi­ro­dhā­t | sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nāṃ tu na pra­yo­ja­na­vā­kyo­pa­nyā­so yu­kta­s ta­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­dā­ga­maḥ TAŚVA-ML 004,03pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t | so '­pau­ru­ṣe­yaḥ pau­ru­ṣe­yo vā ? na tā­va­d ā­dya­pa­kṣa­ka­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇaṃ "­a­thā­to dha­rma­ji­jñā­se­" ti TAŚVA-ML 004,04pra­yo­ja­na­vā­kya­syā­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tvā­si­ddheḥ | sva­rū­pe rthe ta­sya prā­mā­ṇyā­ni­ṣṭe­ś cā­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pau­ru­ṣe­ya e­vā­ga­maḥ TAŚVA-ML 004,05pra­yo­ja­na­vā­kya­m i­ti ce­t | ku­to sya prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­yaḥ | sva­ta e­ve­ti na­, sva­taḥ prā­mā­ṇyai­kāṃ­ta­sya ni­rā- TAŚVA-ML 004,06ka­ri­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | pa­ra­ta e­vā­ga­ma­sya prā­mā­ṇya­m i­ty a­nye­, te­ṣā­m a­pi ne­daṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ si­ddhya­ti | pa­ra­taḥ prā­mā­ṇya- TAŚVA-ML 004,07syā­na­va­sthā­di­do­ṣa­dū­ṣi­ta­tve­na pra­ti­kṣe­psya­mā­na­tvā­t pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­na­m ā­dau pra­yo­ja­na­va­ca­na- TAŚVA-ML 004,08m i­ty a­pa­re | te pi na yu­kti­vā­di­naḥ­, sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yo­r vyā­pti­pra­ti­pa­ttau ta­rka­sya pra­mā­ṇa­syā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 004,09syā­nu­mā­na­sya vā ta­trā­sa­ma­rtha­tve­na sā­dha­yi­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | ye tv a­pra­mā­ṇa­kā­d e­va vi­ka­lpa­jñā­nā­t ta­yo­r vyā­pti­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 004,10pa­tti­m ā­hu­s te­ṣāṃ pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sa­ma­rtha­na­m a­na­rtha­ka­m e­va­, pra­mā­ṇā­d e­va pra­tya­kṣā­nu­me­yā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 004,11ta­to na pra­yo­ja­na­vā­kyaṃ syā­dvā­da­vi­dvi­ṣāṃ kiṃ­ci­t pra­mā­ṇaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­di­vya­va­sthā­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­c ca na te­ṣāṃ ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 004,12śā­stra­pra­ṇa­ya­na­m e­vā­saṃ­bha­vi vi­bhā­vya­tāṃ kiṃ pu­naḥ pra­yo­ja­na­vā­kyo­pa­nya­sa­naṃ | śra­ddhā­ku­tū­ha­lo­tpā­da­nā­rthaṃ ta­d i- TAŚVA-ML 004,13ty e­ke | ta­d a­py a­ne­nai­va ni­ra­staṃ­, ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pa­kṣa­yo­s ta­du­tpā­da­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | a­rtha­saṃ­śa­yo­tpā­da­nā­rthaṃ TAŚVA-ML 004,14ta­d i­ty a­py a­sā­raṃ­, kva­ci­d a­rtha­saṃ­śa­yā­t pra­vṛ­ttau pra­mā­ṇa­vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­na­rtha­kyā­t | pra­mā­ṇa­pū­rva­ko rtha­saṃ­śa­yaḥ pra­va­rta­ka TAŚVA-ML 004,15i­ti pra­mā­ṇa­vya­va­sthā­pa­na­sya sā­pha­lye ka­tha­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­kā­t pra­yo­ja­na­vā­kyā­d u­pa­jā­to rtha­saṃ­śa­yaḥ | pra­vṛ­ttyaṃ­gaṃ vi­ru­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 004,16ca saṃ­śa­ya­pha­la­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vi­pa­ryā­sa­pha­la­va­t­, svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­ya­pha­la­syai­va jñā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­si­ddheḥ | ye tv ā­hu­r ya- TAŚVA-ML 004,17n ni­ṣpra­yo­ja­naṃ ta­n nā­raṃ­bha­ṇī­yaṃ ya­thā kā­ka­daṃ­ta­pa­rī­kṣā­śā­straṃ ni­ṣpra­yo­ja­naṃ ce­daṃ śā­stra­m i­ti | vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­la­bdhyā TAŚVA-ML 004,18pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­mā­nā­t pra­ti­vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­si­ddha­to­dbhā­va­nā­rthaṃ pra­yo­ja­na­vā­kya­m i­ti | te pi na pa­rī­kṣa­kāḥ | sva­ya­m a- TAŚVA-ML 004,19pra­mā­ṇa­ke­na ta­da­si­ddha­to­dbhā­va­nā­'­saṃ­bha­vā­t­, ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­tva­sya pa­rai­r vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | sa­ka­la­śā­strā­rtho­dde­śa- TAŚVA-ML 004,20ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­m ā­di­vā­kya­m i­ty a­pi pha­lgu­prā­yaṃ­, ta­du­dde­śa­syā­pra­mā­ṇā­t pra­ti­pa­ttu­m a­śa­kte­s ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­pa­rī­kṣā­va­t | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 004,21no­dde­śo la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pa­rī­kṣā ce­ti tri­vi­dhā vyā­khyā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | sa­mā­sa­to '­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m ā­di­vā­kyaṃ vyā­sa­ta­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 004,22du­tta­ra­śā­stra­m i­ty a­py a­ne­nai­va pra­ti­kṣi­pta­m a­pra­mā­ṇā­d vyā­sa­ta i­va sa­mā­sa­to py a­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­yo­gā­t | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ tu TAŚVA-ML 004,23sa­rva­m a­na­va­dyaṃ ta­syā­ga­mā­nu­mā­na­rū­pa­tva­sa­ma­rtha­nā­d i­ty a­laṃ pra­saṃ­ge­na | TAŚVA-ML 004,24na­nu ca ta­ttvā­rtha­śā­stra­syā­di­sū­traṃ tā­va­d a­nu­pa­pa­nnaṃ pra­va­ktṛ­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­ve pi pra­ti­pā­dya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya ca ka­sya­ci­t TAŚVA-ML 004,25pra­ti­pi­tsā­yā­m a­sa­tyā­m e­va pra­vṛ­tta­tvā­d i­ty a­nu­pa­pa­tti­co­da­nā­yā­m u­tta­ra­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.2abpra­bu­ddhā­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­rthe sā­kṣā­t pra­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣe | TAŚV-ML 1.0.2cdsi­ddhe mu­nī­ndra­saṃ­stu­tye mo­kṣa­mā­rga­sya ne­ta­ri |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.3absa­tyāṃ ta­tpra­ti­pi­tsā­yā­m u­pa­yo­gā­tma­kā­tma­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.3cdśre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sya pra­vṛ­ttaṃ sū­tra­m ā­di­ma­m |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 004,30te­no­pa­pa­nna­m e­ve­ti tā­tpa­ryaṃ | si­ddhe pra­ṇe­ta­ri mo­kṣa­mā­rga­sya pra­kā­śa­kaṃ va­ca­naṃ pra­vṛ­ttaṃ ta­tkā­rya­tvā­d a­nya­thā pra­ṇe­tṛ- TAŚVA-ML 004,31vyā­pā­rā­na­pe­kṣa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­dvyaṃ­gya­tvā­t ta­tta­da­pe­kṣa­m i­ti ce­t | na | kū­ṭa­stha­sya sa­rva­thā­bhi­vyaṃ­gya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t ta­da­bhi­vya­kte­r a- TAŚVA-ML 004,32vya­va­sthi­teḥ | sā hi ya­di va­ca­na­sya saṃ­skā­rā­dhā­naṃ ta­dā ta­to bhi­nno '­nyo vā saṃ­skā­raḥ pra­ṇe­tṛ­vyā­pā­re- TAŚVA-ML 004,33ṇā­dhī­ya­te­, ya­dy a­bhi­nna­s ta­dā va­ca­na­m e­va te­nā­dhī­ya­ta i­ti ka­thaṃ kū­ṭa­sthaṃ nā­ma | bhi­nna­ś ce­t pū­rva­va­t ta­sya sa­rva­dā- TAŚVA-ML 004,34py a­śra­va­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | prā­k pa­ścā­d vā śra­va­ṇā­nu­ṣaṃ­gaḥ sva­sva­bhā­vā­pa­ri­tyā­gā­t | saṃ­skā­rā­dhā­na­kā­le prā­cyā­śrā­va- TAŚVA-ML 005,01ṇa­tva­sva­bhā­va­sya pa­ri­tyā­ge śrā­va­ṇa­sva­bhā­vo­pā­dā­ne ca śa­bda­sya pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­si­ddhiḥ­, pū­rvā­pa­ra­sva­bhā­va­pa­ri­hā­rā­v ā- TAŚVA-ML 005,02pti­sthi­ti­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­sya | ta­thā ca va­ca­na­sya ki­m a­bhi­vya­kti­pa­kṣa­ka­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇe­na­, u­tpa­tti­pa­kṣa­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 005,03su­gha­ṭa­tvā­t | śa­bdā­d bhi­nno '­bhi­nna­ś ca saṃ­skā­raḥ pra­ṇe­tṛ­vyā­pā­re­ṇā­dhī­ya­ta i­ti ce­t | na | sa­rva­thā bhe­dā­bhe­da­yo- TAŚVA-ML 005,04r e­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nno bhi­nna­ś ca śa­bdā­t saṃ­skā­ra­s ta­sya te­nā­dhī­ya­ta i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā TAŚVA-ML 005,05syā­t pau­ru­ṣe­yaṃ ta­ttvā­rtha­śā­sa­na­m i­ty ā­yā­ta­m a­rha­nma­taṃ | na­nu ca va­rṇa­saṃ­skā­ro '­bhi­vya­kti­s ta­dā­vā­ra­ka­vā­ga­pa­na­ya­naṃ gha­ṭā- TAŚVA-ML 005,06dyā­vā­ra­ka­ta­mo­pa­na­ya­na­va­t ti­ro­bhā­va­ś ca ta­dā­vā­ra­ko­tpa­tti­r na cā­nyo­tpa­tti­vi­nā­śau śa­bda­sya ti­ro­bhā­vā­vi­rbhā­vau kau­ṭa­sthya- TAŚVA-ML 005,07vi­ro­dhi­nau ye­na pa­ra­ma­ta­pra­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t ta­rhi kiṃ ku­rva­nn ā­vā­ra­kaḥ śa­bda­sya vā­yu­r u­pe­ya­te na tā­va­t sva­rū­paṃ TAŚVA-ML 005,08khaṃ­ḍa ya­n ni­tyai­kāṃ­ta­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­dbu­ddhi­pra­ti­dhna­nn i­ti ce­t­, ta­tpra­ti­ghā­te śa­bda­syo­pa­la­bhya­tā pra­ti­ha­nya­te vā na TAŚVA-ML 005,09vā ? pra­ti­ha­nya­te ce­t sā śa­bdā­d a­bhi­nnā pra­ti­ha­nya­te na pu­naḥ śa­bda i­ti pra­lā­pa­mā­traṃ | ta­to sau bhi­nnai­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 005,10ce­t­, sa­rva­dā­nu­pa­la­bhya­tā­sva­bhā­vaḥ śa­bdaḥ syā­t | ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhā­d u­pa­la­bhyaḥ sa i­ti ce­t ka­s ta­yā ta­sya saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 005,11dha­rma­dha­rmi­bhā­va i­ti ce­t nā­tyaṃ­taṃ bhi­nna­yo­s ta­yo­s ta­dbhā­va­vi­ro­dhā­t | bhe­dā­bhe­do­pa­ga­mā­d a­vi­ru­ddha­s ta­dbhā­va i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 005,12ta­rhi ye­nāṃ­śe­nā­bhi­nno­pa­la­bhya­tā ta­taḥ pra­ti­ha­nya­te te­na śa­bdo pī­ti nai­kāṃ­ta­ni­tyo sau | dvi­tī­ya­vi­ka­lpe TAŚVA-ML 005,13sa­ty a­py ā­vā­ra­ke śa­bda­syo­pa­la­bdhi­pra­saṃ­ga­s ta­du­pa­la­bhya­tā­yāḥ pra­ti­ghā­tā­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā ca na ta­dbu­ddhi­pra­ti­ghā­tī TAŚVA-ML 005,14ka­ści­d ā­vā­ra­kaḥ kū­ṭa­stha­sya yu­kto ya­ta­s ta­da­pa­na­ya­na­m a­bhi­vya­ktiḥ si­ddhye­t | e­te­na śa­bda­syo­pa­la­bdhyu­tpa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 005,15r a­bhi­vya­kti­r i­ti bru­va­n pra­ti­kṣi­ptaḥ­, ta­syāṃ ta­du­pa­la­bhya­to­tpa­ttya­nu­tpa­ttyoḥ śa­bda­syo­tpa­ttya­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 005,16na hi śa­bda­syo­pa­la­bdhe­r u­tpa­ttau ta­da­bhi­nno­pa­la­bhya­to­tpa­dya­te na pu­naḥ śa­bda i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ sva­sthaḥ­, ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 005,17s ta­to bhe­de sa­dā­nu­pa­la­bhya­sva­bhā­va­tā­pa­tte­r dha­rma­dha­rmi­bhā­va­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­yo­gā­t ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhā­d a­py u­pa­la­bhya­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | bhe­dā­bhe­do­pa­ga­me TAŚVA-ML 005,18ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­tpa­tti­pra­si­ddhe­r e­kāṃ­ta­ni­tya­tā­vi­ro­dhā­t | śa­bda­syo­pa­la­bdhyu­tpa­ttā­v a­py u­pa­la­bhya­tā­nu­tpa­ttau syā­d a­pra­ti­pa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 005,19r i­ti vya­rthā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ | śro­tra­saṃ­skā­ro '­bhi­vya­kti­r i­ty a­nye­; te­ṣā­m a­pi śro­tra­syā­vā­ra­kā­pa­na­ya­naṃ saṃ­skā­raḥ­, śa­bda- TAŚVA-ML 005,20gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­to­tpa­tti­r vā | ta­dā ta­dbhā­ve ta­syo­pa­la­bhya­to­tpa­ttya­nu­tpa­ttyoḥ sa e­va do­ṣaḥ | ta­du­bha­ya­saṃ­skā­ro '­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 005,21vya­kti­r i­ty a­yaṃ pa­kṣo '­ne­nai­va pra­ti­kṣe­pta­vyaḥ pra­vā­ha­ni­tya­to­pa­ga­mā­d a­bhi­dhā­na­syā­bhi­vya­ktau no­kto do­ṣa i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 005,22na­, pu­ru­ṣa­vyā­pā­rā­t prā­k ta­tpra­vā­ha­sa­dbhā­ve pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­tsā­dṛ­śya­ni­baṃ­dha- TAŚVA-ML 005,23na­m e­ka­tva­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ vā ? | na tā­va­d ā­dyaḥ pa­kṣaḥ sā­dṛ­śya­ni­baṃ­dha­nā­t pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­d e­ka­śa­bda­pra­vā­hā­si­ddheḥ | dvi­tī- TAŚVA-ML 005,24ya­pa­kṣe tu ku­ta­s ta­de­ka­tva­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tva­si­ddhiḥ | sa e­vā­yaṃ śa­bda i­ty e­ka­śa­bda­pa­rā­ma­rśi­pra­tya­ya­sya bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 005,25nni­baṃ­dha­na­tva­si­ddhi­s ta­ta e­va nī­la­jñā­na­sya nī­la­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tva­si­ddhi­va­d i­ti ce­t | syā­d e­vaṃ ya­di ta­de­ka­tva­pa­rā- TAŚVA-ML 005,26ma­rśi­naḥ pra­tya­ya­sya bā­dha­kaṃ na syā­t­, sa e­vā­yaṃ de­va­da­tta i­tyā­dy e­ka­tva­pa­rā­ma­rśi­pra­tya­ya­va­t | a­sti ca bā­dha­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 005,27nā­nā go­śa­bdo bā­dha­kā­bhā­ve sa­ti yu­ga­pa­dbhi­nna­de­śa­ta­yo­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tvā­d bra­hma­vṛ­kṣā­di­va­d i­ti | na tā­va­d i­da­m e­ke­na TAŚVA-ML 005,28pu­ru­ṣe­ṇa kra­ma­śo '­ne­ka­de­śa­ta­yo­pa­la­bhya­mā­ne­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ­, yu­ga­pa­dgra­ha­ṇā­t | nā­py e­ke­nā­di­tye­na nā­nā­pu­ru­ṣaiḥ sa­kṛ­dbhi- TAŚVA-ML 005,29nna­de­śa­ta­yo­pa­la­bhya­mā­ne­na pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­bhyā­m e­ka­pu­ru­ṣe­ṇa vā nā­nā­ja­la­pā­tra­saṃ­krāṃ­tā­di­tya­viṃ­be­na pra­tya­kṣa­to dṛ­śya­mā- TAŚVA-ML 005,30ne­ne­ti yu­ktaṃ va­ktuṃ­, bā­dha­kā­bhā­ve sa­tī­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | na hy e­ka­smi­nn ā­di­tye sa­rva­thā bhi­nna­de­śa­ta­yo­pa­la­bhya­mā­ne TAŚVA-ML 005,31bā­dha­kā­bhā­vaḥ­, pra­ti­pu­ru­ṣa­m ā­di­tya­mā­lā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­sya bā­dha­ka­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t | pa­rva­tā­di­nai­ke­na vya­bhi­cā­rī­da­m a­nu­mā- TAŚVA-ML 005,32na­m i­ti ce­t | na | ta­sya nā­nā­va­ya­vā­tma­ka­sya sa­to bā­dha­kā­bhā­ve sa­ti yu­ga­pa­dbhi­nna­de­śa­ta­yo­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tvaṃ vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 005,33ti­ṣṭha­te | ni­ra­va­ya­va­tve ta­thā­bhā­va­vi­ro­dhā­d e­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­t | vyo­mā­di­nā ta­da­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tva­m a­ne­na pra­tyu­ktaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 005,34ta­syā­py a­ne­ka­pra­de­śa­tva­si­ddheḥ | khā­de­r a­ne­ka­pra­de­śa­tvā­d e­ka­dra­vya­vi­ro­dha i­ti ce­t | na | nā­nā­de­śa­syā­pi gha­ṭā­de­r e- TAŚVA-ML 005,35ka­dra­vya­tva­pra­tī­teḥ | na hy e­ka­pra­de­śa­tve­nai­vai­ka­dra­vya­tvaṃ vyā­ptaṃ ye­na pa­ra­mā­ṇo­r e­vai­ka­dra­vya­tā | nā­pi nā­nā­pra­de­śa­tve­nai­va TAŚVA-ML 006,01ya­to gha­ṭā­de­r e­ve­ti vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te­, e­ka­dra­vya­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­me­na ta­syāḥ vyā­pta­tva­da­rśa­nā­t | sa­ka­la­lo­ka­pra­si­ddhā hy e­ka­dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 006,02tva­pa­ri­ṇa­ta­syai­ka­dra­vya­tā­, nā­nā­dra­vya­tva­pa­ri­ṇa­tā­nā­m a­rthā­nāṃ nā­nā­dra­vya­tā­va­t | syā­d e­ta­dbā­dha­kā­bhā­ve sa­tī­ti he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 006,03vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m a­si­ddhaṃ gau­r i­tyā­di­śa­bda­sya sa­rva­ga­ta­sya yu­ga­pa­dvyaṃ­ja­ka­sya de­śa­bhe­dā­d bhi­nna­de­śa­ta­yo­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­sya sva­to de­śa- TAŚVA-ML 006,04vi­cchi­nna­ta­yo­pa­laṃ­bhā­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ | ta­sya sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­si­ddheḥ kū­ṭa­stha­tve­nā­bhi­vyaṃ­gya­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­c ca | sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 006,05ga­taḥ śa­bdo ni­tya­dra­vya­tve sa­ty a­mū­rta­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­d i­ty e­ta­d a­pi na śa­bda­sa­rva­ga­ta­tva­sā­dha­nā­yā­laṃ­, jī­va­dra­vye­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 006,06nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvā­t | ta­syā­pi pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇā­n na te­nā­nai­kāṃ­ta i­ti ce­t na­, pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dhā­t | śro­traṃ hi pra­tya­kṣaṃ TAŚVA-ML 006,07ni­ya­ta­de­śa­ta­yā śa­bda­m u­pa­la­bha­te sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­dhya­kṣaṃ cā­tmā­naṃ śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­ta­ye­ti kā­lā­tya­yā­pa- TAŚVA-ML 006,08di­ṣṭo he­tu­s te­jo­nu­ṣṇa­tve dra­vya­tva­va­t | sva­rū­pā­si­ddha­ś ca sa­rva­thā ni­tya­dra­vya­tvā­mū­rta­tva­yo­r dha­rmi­ṇy a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 006,09ta­thā­hi | pa­ri­ṇā­mī śa­bdo va­stu­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, na va­stu­naḥ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­va­rte­nai­ke­na vya­bhi­cā­ra­s ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 006,10va­stve­ka­de­śa­ta­yā va­stu­tvā­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | na ca ta­syā va­stu­tvaṃ va­stve­ka­de­śa­tvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | va­stu­tva­syā­nya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 006,11nu­pa­pa­tti­r a­si­ddhe­ti ce­t | na | e­kāṃ­ta­ni­tya­tvā­dau pū­rvā­pa­ra­sva­bhā­va­tyā­go­pā­dā­na­sthi­ti­la­kṣa­ṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­ve kra­ma­yau- TAŚVA-ML 006,12ga­pa­dyā­bhyā­m a­rtha­kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­d va­stu­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti nai­kāṃ­ta­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdo­, nā­pi sa­rva­thā dra­vyaṃ pa­ryā­yā­tma­tā- TAŚVA-ML 006,13svī­ka­ra­ṇā­t | sa hi pu­dga­la­sya pa­ryā­yaḥ kra­ma­śa­s ta­tro­dbha­va­tvā­t chā­yā­ta­pā­di­va­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d dra­vyaṃ śa­bdaḥ kri­yā­va­ttvā- TAŚVA-ML 006,14d bā­ṇā­di­va­t | dhā­tva­rtha­la­kṣa­ṇa­yā kri­ya­yā kri­yā­va­tā gu­ṇā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­ta i­ti ce­t | na | pa­ri­spaṃ­da­rū­pa­yā TAŚVA-ML 006,15kri­ya­yā kri­yā­va­ttva­sya he­tu­tva­va­ca­nā­t | kri­yā­va­ttva­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­t | na | de­śāṃ­ta­ra­prā­ptyā ta­sya ta­tsi­ddhe­r a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 006,16bā­ṇā­de­r a­pi niḥ­kri­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­n ma­tāṃ­ta­ra­pra­ve­śā­c ca | ta­to dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­tvā­c cha­bda­syai­kāṃ­te­na dra­vya­tvā­si­ddhiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 006,17a­mū­rta­tvaṃ vā­si­ddhaṃ ta­sya mū­rti­ma­ddra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t | mū­rti­ma­ddra­vya­pa­ryā­yo sau sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­ttve sa­ti bā­hyeṃ­dri- TAŚVA-ML 006,18ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d ā­ta­pā­di­va­t | na gha­ṭa­tvā­di­sā­mā­nye­na vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­, sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­ttve sa­tī­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | TAŚVA-ML 006,19pa­ra­ma­tā­pe­kṣaṃ ce­daṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | sva­ma­te gha­ṭa­tvā­di­sā­mā­nya­syā­pi sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 006,20sthi­te­s te­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­bhā­vā­t | ka­rma­ṇā­nai­kāṃ­ta i­ti ce­t na­, ta­syā­pi dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­tve­ne­ṣṭeḥ | spa­rśā­di­nā TAŚVA-ML 006,21gu­ṇe­na vya­bhi­cā­ra­co­da­na­m a­ne­nā­pā­staṃ | ta­to he­to­r a­si­ddhi­r e­ve­ti nā­to bhi­lā­pa­sya sa­rva­ga­ta­tva­sā­dha­naṃ ya­to yu­ga­pa- TAŚVA-ML 006,22dbhi­nna­de­śa­ta­yo­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tā a­syā­bā­dhi­tā na bha­ve­t | pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­sya vā ta­de­ka­tva­pa­rā­ma­rśi­no nu­mā­na­bā­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 006,23ta­tve­na pu­ru­ṣa­vyā­pā­rā­t prā­k sa­dbhā­vā­ve­da­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­t ta­da­bhi­vyaṃ­gya­tvā­bhā­va i­ti ta­jja­nya­m e­va va­ca­naṃ si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 006,24pa­ryā­yā­rtha­taḥ pau­ru­ṣe­yaṃ | va­ca­na­sā­mā­nya­sya pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tva­si­ddhau vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ sū­tra­va­ca­naṃ sa­tpra­ṇe­tṛ­kaṃ pra­si­ddhya­ty e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 006,25sū­ktaṃ "si­ddhe mo­kṣa­mā­rga­sya ne­ta­ri pra­baṃ­dhe­na vṛ­ttaṃ sū­tra­m ā­di­maṃ śā­stra­sye­ti­" | ta­thā­py a­nā­pta­mū­la­m i­daṃ va­ktṛ­sā­mā­nye TAŚVA-ML 006,26sa­ti pra­vṛ­tta­tvā­d du­ṣṭa­pu­ru­ṣa­va­ca­na­va­d i­ti na ma­ta­vyaṃ­, sā­kṣā­t pra­bu­ddhā­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­rthe pra­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣe ce­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | TAŚVA-ML 006,27sū­traṃ hi sa­tyaṃ sa­yu­kti­kaṃ co­cya­te he­tu­ma­t ta­thya­m i­ti sū­tra­la­kṣa­ṇa­va­ca­nā­t | ta­c ca ka­tha­m a­sa­rva­jñe do­ṣa­va­ti TAŚVA-ML 006,28ca va­kta­ri pra­va­rta­te sū­trā­bhā­sa­ttva­pra­saṃ­gā­d ba­ha­spa­tyā­di­sū­tra­va­t ta­to rtha­taḥ sa­rva­jña­vī­ta­rā­ga­pra­ṇe­tṛ­ka­m i­daṃ sū­traṃ TAŚVA-ML 006,29sū­tra­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ga­ṇā­dhi­pa­pra­tye­ka­bu­ddha­śru­ta­ke­va­lya­bhi­nna­da­śa­pū­rva­dha­ra­sū­tre­ṇa sva­yaṃ saṃ­ma­te­na vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti TAŚVA-ML 006,30ce­t na­, ta­syā­py a­rtha­taḥ sa­rva­jña­vī­ta­rā­ga­pra­ṇe­tṛ­ka­tva­si­ddhe­r a­rha­dbhā­ṣi­tā­rthaṃ ga­ṇa­dha­ra­de­vai­r graṃ­thi­ta­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t | e­te­na TAŚVA-ML 006,31gṛ­ddha­pi­cchā­cā­rya­pa­ryaṃ­ta­mu­ni­sū­tre­ṇa vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā ni­ra­stā | pra­kṛ­ta­sū­tre sū­tra­tva­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­t na­, su­ni- TAŚVA-ML 006,32ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tve­na ta­thā­sya sū­tra­tva­pra­si­ddheḥ sa­ka­la­śā­strā­rthā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­c ca | na hi mo­kṣa­mā­rga­vi­śe­ṣa­pra- TAŚVA-ML 006,33ti­pā­da­kaṃ sū­tra­m a­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa bā­dhya­te ta­sya ta­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t ya­d dhi ya­da­vi­ṣa­yaṃ na ta­t ta­dva­ca­so bā­dha­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 006,34ya­thā rū­pā­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ra­sa­na­jñā­naṃ rū­pa­va­ca­saḥ śre­yo­mā­rga­vi­śe­ṣā­vi­ṣa­yaṃ cā­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti | e­te­nā­nu­mā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 006,35ta­dbā­dha­ka­m i­ti pra­tyu­ktaṃ­, ta­syā­na­nu­mā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | śre­yo­mā­rga­sā­mā­nyaṃ hi ta­dvi­ṣa­yo na pu­na­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­va- TAŚVA-ML 007,01ca­na­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­ma­dhi­ga­myaḥ pra­va­ca­nai­ka­de­śa­s ta­dbā­dha­ka i­ti ce­t na­, ta­syā­ti­saṃ­kṣe­pa­vi­sta­rā­bhyāṃ pra­vṛ­tta­syā­py e­ta­da­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 007,02na­ti­kra­mā­t ta­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t pū­rvā­pa­ra­pra­va­ca­nai­ka­de­śa­yo­r a­nyo­nya­m a­nu­grā­ha­ka­tva­si­ddhe­ś ca | ya­thā vā­dhu­nā­tra cā­sma- TAŚVA-ML 007,03dā­dī­nāṃ pra­tya­kṣā­d i­ti na ta­dbā­dha­kaṃ ta­thā­nya­trā­nya­dā­nye­ṣāṃ ca vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d i­ti si­ddhaṃ su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā- TAŚVA-ML 007,04dha­ka­tva­m a­sya ta­thya­tāṃ sā­dha­ya­ti | sā ca sū­tra­tvaṃ ta­tsa­rva­jña­vī­ta­rā­ga­pra­ṇe­tṛ­ka­tva­m i­ti ni­ra­va­dyaṃ pra­ṇe­tuḥ sā­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 007,05t pra­bu­ddhā­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­rtha­ta­yā pra­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣa­ta­yā ca vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | mu­nīṃ­dra­saṃ­stu­ta­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ ca vi­ne­ya­mu­khya­se­vya- TAŚVA-ML 007,06tā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa sa­to pi sa­rva­jña­vī­ta­rā­ga­sya mo­kṣa­mā­rga­pra­ṇe­tṛ­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, pra­ti­grā­ha­kā­bhā­ve pi ta­sya ta­tpra­ṇa­ya­ne a­dhu­nā TAŚVA-ML 007,07yā­va­t ta­tpra­va­rta­nā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­ta e­vo­pa­yo­gā­tma­ka­syā­tma­naḥ śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sya vi­ne­ya­mu­khya­sya pra­ti­pi­tsā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 007,08sa­tyāṃ sū­traṃ pra­vṛ­tta­m i­ty u­cya­te | sa­to pi vi­ne­ya­mu­khya­sya ya­tho­kta­sya pra­ti­pi­tsā­bhā­ve śre­yo­dha­rma­pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­yo­gā­t TAŚVA-ML 007,09pra­ti­grā­ha­ka­tvā­si­ddhe­r i­dā­nīṃ yā­va­t ta­tsū­tra­pra­va­rta­nā­gha­ṭa­nā­t­, pra­vṛ­ttaṃ ce­daṃ pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­taṃ sū­traṃ | ta­smā­t si­ddhe ya­tho­kte TAŚVA-ML 007,10pra­ṇe­ta­ri ya­tho­di­ta­pra­ti­pi­tsā­yāṃ ca sa­tyā­m i­ti pra­tye­ya­m | TAŚVA-ML 007,11na­nv a­pau­ru­ṣe­yā­m nā­ya­mū­la­tve pi jai­mi­nyā­di­sū­tra­sya pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­ta­tva­si­ddhe­r ne­daṃ sa­rva­jña­vī­ta­do­ṣa­pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ṇe­tṛ­kaṃ si­ddhya­tī- TAŚVA-ML 007,12ty ā­re­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.4abnai­kāṃ­tā­kṛ­tri­mā­mnā­ya­mū­la­tve sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.4cdta­dvyā­khyā­tu­r a­sa­rva­jñe rā­gi­tve vi­pra­laṃ­bha­nā­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 007,15saṃ­bha­va­nn a­pi hy a­kṛ­tri­mā­mnā­yo na sva­yaṃ svā­rthaṃ pra­kā­śa­yi­tu­m ī­śa­s ta­da­rtha­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttya­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­d i­ti ta­dvyā­khyā- TAŚVA-ML 007,16tā­nu­maṃ­ta­vyaḥ | sa ca ya­di sa­rva­jño vī­ta­rā­ga­ś ca syā­t ta­dā­mnā­ya­sya ta­tpa­ra­taṃ­tra­ta­yā pra­vṛ­tteḥ ki­m a­kṛ­tri­ma­tva­m a­kā­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 007,17po­ṣya­te | ta­dvyā­khyā­tu­r a­sa­rva­jña­tve rā­gi­tve vā­śrī­ya­mā­ṇe ta­nmū­la­sya sū­tra­sya nai­va pra­mā­ṇa­tā yu­ktā­, ta­sya vi­pra­laṃ- TAŚVA-ML 007,18bha­nā­t | do­ṣa­va­dvyā­khyā­tṛ­ka­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇa­tve ki­ma­rtha­m a­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­tvaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | ya­thai­va hi khā­ra­pa- TAŚVA-ML 007,19ṭi­ka­śā­straṃ du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nyaṃ ta­thā­mnā­ya­vyā­khyā­na­m a­pī­ti ta­dvi­saṃ­vā­da­ka­tva­si­ddhe­r na ta­nmū­laṃ va­caḥ pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­taṃ sa­tyaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 007,20sa­rva­jña­vī­ta­rā­ge ca va­kta­ri si­ddhe śre­yo­mā­rga­syā­bhi­dhā­ya­kaṃ va­ca­naṃ pra­vṛ­ttaṃ na tu ka­sya­ci­t pra­ti­pi­tsā­yāṃ sa­tyā­m | TAŚVA-ML 007,21ce­ta­nā­ra­hi­ta­sya cā­tma­naḥ pra­dhā­na­sya vā bu­bhu­tsā­yāṃ ta­tpra­vṛ­tta­m i­ti ka­ści­t taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.5abnā­py a­sa­tyāṃ bu­bhu­tsā­yā­m ā­tma­no '­ce­ta­nā­tma­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.5cdkha­sye­va mu­kti­mā­rgo­pa­de­śā­yo­gya­tva­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 007,24nai­va vi­ne­ya­ja­na­sya saṃ­sā­ra­duḥ­khā­bhi­bhū­ta­sya bu­bhu­tsā­yā­m a­py a­sa­tyāṃ śre­yo­mā­rge pa­ra­ma­kā­ru­ṇi­ka­sya ka­ru­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 007,25mā­trā­t ta­tpra­kā­śa­kaṃ va­ca­naṃ pra­vṛ­tti­ma­d i­ti yu­ktaṃ­, ta­syo­pa­de­śā­yo­gya­tva­ni­rṇī­teḥ | na hi ta­tpra­ti­pi­tsā­ra­hi­ta­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 007,26du­pa­de­śā­ya yo­gyo nā­mā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­du­pa­de­śa­ka­sya ca kā­ru­ṇi­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | jñā­tvā hi bu­bhu­tsāṃ pa­re­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 007,27m a­nu­gra­he pra­va­rta­mā­naḥ kā­ru­ṇi­kaḥ syā­t kva­ci­d a­pra­ti­pi­tsā­va­ti pa­ra­pra­ti­pi­tsā­va­ti vā ta­tpra­ti­pā­da­nā­ya pra­ya­ta- TAŚVA-ML 007,28mā­na­s tu na sva­sthaḥ | pa­ra­sya pra­ti­pi­tsā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇo­pa­de­śa­pra­vṛ­ttau ta­tpra­śnā­nu­rū­pa­pra­ti­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dha­ś ca | yo pi cā­jña­tvā­n na TAŚVA-ML 007,29sva­hi­taṃ pra­ti­pi­tsa­te ta­sya hi ta­t pra­ti­pi­tsā ka­ra­ṇī­yā | na ca ka­ści­d ā­tma­naḥ pra­ti­kū­laṃ bu­bhu­tsa­te mi­thyā­jñā- TAŚVA-ML 007,30nā­d a­pi sva­pra­ti­kū­le a­nu­kū­lā­bhi­mā­nā­d a­nu­kū­la­m a­haṃ pra­ti­pi­tse sa­rva­de­ti pra­tya­yā­t | ta­tra ne­daṃ bha­va­to nu­kū­laṃ kiṃ­tv i- TAŚVA-ML 007,31da­m i­ty a­nu­kū­laṃ pra­ti­pi­tso­tpā­dya­te | sa­mu­tpa­nnā­nu­kū­la­pra­ti­pi­tsa­s ta­du­pa­de­śa­yo­gya­tā­m ā­tma­sā­t ku­ru­te | ta­taḥ śre­yo- TAŚVA-ML 007,32mā­rga­pra­ti­pi­tsā­vā­n e­vā­dhi­kṛ­ta­s ta­tpra­ti­pā­da­ne nā­nya i­ti sū­ktaṃ | pra­dhā­na­syā­tma­no vā ce­ta­nā­ra­hi­ta­sya bu­bhu­tsā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 007,33na pra­tha­maṃ sū­traṃ pra­vṛ­ttaṃ ta­syā­py u­pa­de­śā­yo­gya­tva­ni­śca­yā­t khā­di­va­t | cai­ta­nya­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t ta­sya ce­ta­na­to­pa­ga­mā­d u­pa­de­śa- TAŚVA-ML 007,34yo­gya­tva­ni­śca­ya i­ti ce­n na | ta­sya ce­ta­nā­saṃ­baṃ­dhe pi pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­ś ce­ta­na­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ śa­rī­rā­di­va­t | u­pa­cā­rā­t tu TAŚVA-ML 008,01ce­ta­na­syo­pa­de­śa­yo­gya­tā­yā­m a­ti­pra­saṃ­gaḥ śa­rī­rā­di­ṣu ta­nni­vā­ra­ṇā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­vi­śe­ṣā­t pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ ka­sya- TAŚVA-ML 008,02ci­c ce­ta­na­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, sa ko nyo nya­tra ka­thaṃ­ci­c ce­ta­nā­tā­dā­tmyā­t | ta­to jñā­nā­dyu­pa­yo­ga­sva­bhā­va­syai­va śre­ya­sā TAŚVA-ML 008,03yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sya śre­yo­mā­rga­pra­ti­pi­tsā­yāṃ sa­tyā­m i­daṃ pra­kṛ­taṃ sū­traṃ pra­vṛ­tta­m i­ti ni­śca­yaḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­ta­sya pra­baṃ­dhe­na TAŚVA-ML 008,04vṛ­tteḥ śro­tṛ­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­ve va­ktṛ­vi­śe­ṣā­si­ddhau vi­dhā­nā­nu­pa­pa­dya­mā­na­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 008,05kiṃ pu­naḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­da­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.6absaṃ­pra­dā­yā­vya­va­cche­dā­vi­ro­dhā­d a­dhu­nā nṛ­ṇā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.6cdsa­dgo­trā­dyu­pa­de­śo tra ya­dva­tta­dva­dvi­cā­ra­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.7abpra­mā­ṇa­m ā­ga­maḥ sū­tra­m ā­pta­mū­la­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.7cdlaiṃ­gi­kaṃ vā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­liṃ­gā­t sā­dhya­sya ni­rṇa­yā­t |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 008,10pra­mā­ṇa­m i­daṃ sū­tra­m ā­ga­ma­s tā­va­d ā­pta­mū­la­tva­si­ddheḥ sa­dgo­trā­dyu­pa­de­śa­va­t | ku­ta­s ta­dā­pta­mū­la­tva­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 008,11saṃ­pra­dā­yā­vya­va­cche­da­syā­vi­ro­dhā­t ta­dva­d e­ve­ti brū­maḥ | ka­tha­m a­dhu­nā­ta­tā­nāṃ nṛ­ṇāṃ ta­tsaṃ­pra­dā­yā­vya­va­cche­dā­vi­ro­dhaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 008,12si­ddha i­ti ce­t sa­dgo­trā­dyu­pa­de­śa­sya ka­thaṃ ? vi­cā­rā­d i­ti ce­t mo­kṣa­mā­rgo­pa­de­śa­syā­pi ta­ta e­va | TAŚVA-ML 008,13kaḥ pu­na­r a­tra vi­cā­raḥ sa­dgo­trā­dyu­pa­de­śe kaḥ ? pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­ga­maiḥ pa­rī­kṣa­ṇa­m a­tra vi­cā­ro '­bhi­dhī­ya­te TAŚVA-ML 008,14so­ma­vaṃ­śaḥ kṣa­tri­yo ya­m i­ti hi ka­ści­t pra­tya­kṣa­to tīṃ­dri­yā­d a­dhya­va­sya­ti ta­d u­ccai­r go­tro­da­ya­sya sa­dgo­tra­vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 008,15hā­ra­ni­mi­tta­sya sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇā­t | ka­ści­t tu kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­d a­nu­mi­no­ti | ta­thā­ga­mā­d a­pa­raḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­te TAŚVA-ML 008,16ta­to py a­pa­ra­s ta­du­pa­de­śā­d i­ti saṃ­pra­dā­ya­syā­vya­va­cche­daḥ sa­rva­dā ta­da­nya­tho­pa­de­śā­bhā­vā­t | ta­syā­vi­ro­dhaḥ pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 008,17pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dha­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti ta­d e­ta­nmo­kṣa­mā­rgo­pa­de­śe pi sa­mā­naṃ | ta­trā­py e­vaṃ­vi­dha­vi­śe­ṣā­krāṃ­tā­ni sa­mya- TAŚVA-ML 008,18gda­rśa­nā­dī­ni mo­kṣa­mā­rga i­ty a­śe­ṣa­to tīṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa­to bha­ga­vā­n pa­ra­ma­mu­niḥ sā­kṣā­tku­ru­te­, ta­du­pa­de­śā­d ga­ṇā­dhi­paḥ TAŚVA-ML 008,19pra­tye­ti­, ta­du­pa­de­śā­d a­py a­nya­s ta­du­pa­de­śā­c cā­pa­ra i­ti saṃ­pra­dā­ya­syā­vya­va­cche­daḥ sa­dā ta­da­nya­tho­pa­de­śā­bhā­vā­t | ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 008,20vi­ro­dha­ś ca pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dha­syā­bhā­vā­d i­ti | sa­dgo­trā­dyu­pa­de­śa­sya ya­tra ya­dā ya­thā ya­syā­vya­va­cche­da­s ta­tra ta­dā ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 008,21ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­pī­ṣṭa­m i­ti ce­t­, mo­kṣa­mā­rgo­pa­de­śa­sya ki­m a­ni­ṣṭaṃ | ke­va­la­m a­tre­dā­nī­m e­va­m a­sma­dā­de­s ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­bhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 008,22t pra­mā­ṇa­tā sā­dhya­te | ka­pi­lā­dyu­pa­de­śa­syai­vaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tā syā­d i­ti ce­t na­, ta­sya pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dha­sa­dbhā­vā­t | na­nv ā- TAŚVA-ML 008,23pta­mū­la­syā­py u­pa­de­śa­sya ku­to rtha­ni­śca­yo sma­dā­dī­nāṃ ? na tā­va­t sva­ta e­va vai­di­ka­va­ca­nā­di­va­tpu­ru­ṣa­vyā­khyā­nā­d i­ti ce­t | TAŚVA-ML 008,24sa pu­ru­ṣo '­sa­rva­jño rā­gā­di­māṃ­ś ca ya­di ta­dā ta­dvyā­khyā­nā­d a­rtha­ni­śca­yā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r a­ya­thā­rthā­bhi­dhā­na­śaṃ­ka­nā­t | sa­rva­jño TAŚVA-ML 008,25vī­ta­rā­ga­ś ca na so tre­dā­nī­m i­ṣṭo ya­ta­s ta­da­rtha­ni­śca­yaḥ syā­d i­ti ka­ści­t | ta­d a­sa­t | pra­kṛ­tā­rtha­pa­ri­jñā­ne ta­dvi­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 008,26ya­rā­ga­dve­ṣā­bhā­ve ca sa­ti ta­dvyā­khyā­tu­r vi­pra­laṃ­bha­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­dvyā­khyā­nā­d a­rtha­ni­śca­yo­pa­pa­tteḥ | a­pau­ru­ṣe­yā­ga­mā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 008,27ni­śca­ya­s ta­dva­d a­stu | ma­nvā­de­s ta­dvyā­khyā­tu­s ta­da­rtha­pa­ri­jñā­na­sya ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­rā­ga­dve­ṣā­bhā­va­sya ca pra­si­ddha­tvā­d i­ti ce­t na­, TAŚVA-ML 008,28pra­tha­ma­taḥ ka­sya­ci­d a­tīṃ­dri­ya­ve­dā­rtha­pa­ri­cche­di­no '­ni­ṣṭe­r a­nva­rtha­pa­raṃ­pa­rā­to rtha­ni­rṇa­yā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | na­nu ca vyā­ka­ra­ṇā­dya­bhyā- TAŚVA-ML 008,29sā­l lau­ki­ka­pa­dā­rtha­ni­śca­ye ta­da­vi­śi­ṣṭa­vai­di­ka­pa­dā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­sya sva­taḥ si­ddheḥ pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttau ca ta­dvā­kyā­rtha­pra- TAŚVA-ML 008,30ti­pa­tti­saṃ­bha­vā­d a­śru­ta­kā­vyā­di­va­n na ve­dā­rtha­ni­śca­ye tīṃ­dri­yā­rtha­da­rśīṃ ka­ści­d a­pe­kṣya­te­, nā­py aṃ­dha­pa­raṃ­pa­rā ya­ta­s ta­da­rtha­ni- TAŚVA-ML 008,31rṇa­yā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­t | na | lau­ki­ka­vai­di­ka­pa­dā­nā­m e­ka­tve pi nā­nā­rtha­tvā­va­sthi­te­r e­kā­rtha­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa vyā­khyāṃ­ga­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 008,32ta­syā­rtha­sya ni­ga­ma­yi­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t | pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­bhya­s ta­nni­ya­ma i­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣā­m a­py a­ne­ka­dhā pra­vṛ­tteḥ paṃ­ca­saṃ­dhā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 008,33di­va­de­kā­rtha­sya vya­va­sthā­nā­yo­gā­t | ya­di pu­na­r ve­da­vā­kyā­ni sa­ni­baṃ­dha­nā­ny e­vā­nā­di­kā­la­pra­vṛ­ttā­ni na vyā­khyā­nāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 008,34ta­rā­pe­kṣā­ṇi de­śa­bhā­ṣā­va­d i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā ku­to vyā­khyā­vi­pra­ti­pa­tta­ya sta­tra bha­ve­yuḥ | pra­ti­pa­ttu­r māṃ­dyā­d i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 009,01kve­yaṃ ta­da­rtha­saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­maṃ­da­sya pra­ti­pa­ttu­r jā­tu­ci­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t | sā­ti­śa­ya­pra­jño ma­nvā­di­s ta­tpra­ti­pa­ttā saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 009,02r a­sty e­ve­ti ce­t | ku­ta­s ta­sya tā­dṛ­śaḥ pra­jñā­ti­śa­yaḥ ? śru­tya­rtha­smṛ­tya­ti­śa­yā­d i­ti ce­t | so pi ku­taḥ | pū­rva­ja­nma­ni TAŚVA-ML 009,03śru­tya­bhyā­sā­d i­ti ce­t­, sa ta­sya sva­to '­nya­to vā ? sva­ta­ś ce­t sa­rva­sya syā­t ta­syā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣā­d ve­dā­bhyā­saḥ sva­to TAŚVA-ML 009,04yu­kto na sa­rva­sya ta­da­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t ku­to syai­vā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­s tā­dṛ­gve­dā­rthā­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­d i­ti ce­t | ta­rhi sa ve­dā- TAŚVA-ML 009,05rtha­sya sva­yaṃ jñā­ta­syā­nu­ṣṭhā­tā syā­d a­jñā­ta­sya vā­pi | na tā­va­d u­tta­raḥ pa­kṣo ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sva­yaṃ jñā­ta­sya ce­t pa­ra­spa­rā- TAŚVA-ML 009,06śra­yaḥ­, sa­ti ve­dā­rtha­sya jñā­ne ta­da­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­ti vā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣe sva­yaṃ ve­dā­rtha­sya pa­ri­jñā­na­m i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 009,07ma­nvā­de­r ve­dā­bhyā­so nya­ta e­ve­ti ce­t | sa ko nyaḥ ? bra­hme­ti ce­t | ta­sya ku­to ve­dā­rtha­jñā­naṃ dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 009,08ce­t sa e­vā­nyo­nyā­śra­yaḥ | ve­dā­rtha­pa­ri­jñā­nā­bhā­ve ta­tpū­rva­kā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­ja­ni­ta­dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­tpa­ttau ve­dā­rtha­pa­ri­jñā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 009,09yo­gā­d i­ti | syā­n ma­taṃ | sa­ha­sra­śā­kho ve­daḥ sva­rga­lo­ke bra­hma­ṇā­dhī­ya­te ci­raṃ pu­na­s ta­to va­tī­rya ma­rtye ma­nvā­di­bhyaḥ TAŚVA-ML 009,10pra­kā­śya­te pu­naḥ sva­rgaṃ ga­tvā ci­ra­m a­dhī­ya­te pu­na­r ma­rtyā­va­tī­rṇe­bhyo ma­nvā­di­bhyo '­va­tī­rya pra­kā­śya­ta i­ty a­nā­dya­naṃ­to TAŚVA-ML 009,11bra­hma­ma­nvā­di­saṃ­tā­no ve­dā­rtha­vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­rtho '­ṃ­dha­pa­raṃ­pa­rā­m a­pi pa­ri­ha­ra­tī­ti ve­de ta­dvyā­hṛ­taṃ­, sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 009,12pu­ru­ṣā­ṇā­m a­tīṃ­dri­yā­rtha­jñā­na­vi­ka­la­tvo­pa­ga­mā­d bra­hmā­de­r a­tīṃ­dri­yā­rtha­jñā­nā­yo­gā­t | co­da­nā­ja­ni­ta­m a­tīṃ­dri­yā­rtha­jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 009,13puṃ­so bhyu­pe­ya­te ce­t­, yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa ko­pa­rā­dhaḥ kṛ­taḥ | ta­da­nta­re­ṇā­pi he­yo­pā­de­ya­ta­ttva­ni­śca­yā­t ki­m a­syā­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya TAŚVA-ML 009,14ka­lpa­na­ye­ti ce­t bra­hmā­de­r a­tīṃ­dri­yā­rtha­jñā­na­sya ki­m i­ti dṛ­ṣṭa­sya ka­lpa­nā | saṃ­bhā­vya­mā­na­sye­ti ce­t yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 009,15ki­m a­saṃ­bhā­va­nā | ya­thai­va hi śā­strā­rtha­syā­kṣā­dya­go­ca­ra­sya pa­ri­jñā­naṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d dṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ti bra­hmā­de­r ve­dā­rtha­sya jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 009,16tā­dṛ­śa­sya saṃ­bhā­vya­te ta­thā ke­va­la­jñā­na­m a­pī­ti ni­ve­da­yi­ṣya­te | ta­taḥ sa­ka­lā­ga­mā­rtha­vi­dā­m i­va sa­rva­vi­dāṃ pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 009,17.­.­.­tvā­n nā­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­nā­nāṃ pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā | nā­pi tai­r vi­nai­va he­yo­pā­de­ya­ta­ttva­ni­rṇa­yaḥ sa­ka­lā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­sā­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 009,18tka­ra­ṇa­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ka­sya­ci­d a­rtha­syā­kṣū­ṇa­vi­dhā­nā­yo­gā­t | sā­mā­nya­ta­s ta­ttvo­pa­de­śa­syā­kṣū­ṇa­vi­dhā­na­m ā­mnā­yā­d e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 009,19ce­t ta­rhy a­nu­mā­nā­d e­va ta­tta­thā­stv i­ti ki­m ā­ga­ma­prā­mā­ṇya­sā­dha­nā­yā­se­na | pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­ni­rṇa­yo nā­ga­mā­d vi- TAŚVA-ML 009,20ne­ti ta­tprā­mā­ṇya­sā­dha­ne pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­ga­mā­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­śca­yo pi na ke­va­la­jñā­nā­d vi­ne­ti ta­tprā­mā­ṇyaṃ kiṃ na TAŚVA-ML 009,21sā­dhya­te | na hi tṛ­tī­ya­sthā­na­saṃ­krāṃ­tā­rtha­bhe­da­ni­rṇa­yā­saṃ­bha­ve nu­me­yā­rtha­ni­rṇa­yo no­pa­pa­dya­ta i­ty ā­ga­ma­ga­myā­rtha­ni­śca- TAŚVA-ML 009,22ya­s ta­ttvo­pa­de­śa­he­tu­r na pu­na­ś ca­tu­rtha­sthā­na­saṃ­krāṃ­tā­rtha­ni­śca­yo pī­ti yu­ktaṃ va­ktuṃ | ta­dā ke­va­la­jñā­nā­saṃ­bha­ve ta­da­rtha­ni­śca­yā- TAŚVA-ML 009,23yo­gā­t | na ca co­da­nā­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m a­ti­krāṃ­ta­ś ca­tu­rtha­sthā­na­saṃ­krāṃ­taḥ ka­ści­d a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣo na vi­dya­ta e­ve­ti yu­ktaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 009,24sa­rvā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ co­da­na­yā vi­ṣa­yī­ka­rtu­m a­śa­kte­s ta­syāḥ sā­mā­nya­bhe­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | ta­to '­śe­ṣā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ sā­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 009,25tka­ra­ṇa­kṣa­maḥ pra­va­ca­na­syā­dyo vyā­khyā­tā­bhyu­pe­ya­s ta­dvi­ne­ya­mu­khya­ś ca sa­ka­lā­ga­mā­rtha­sya pa­ri­cche­dī­ti ta­tsaṃ­pra­dā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 009,26vya­va­cche­dā­d a­vi­ru­ddhā­t si­ddho sma­dā­de­r ā­ga­mā­rtha­ni­śca­yo na pu­na­r a­pau­ru­ṣe­yā­ga­ma­saṃ­pra­dā­yā­vya­va­cche­dā­t ta­tsū­kta­m ā­ga­maḥ TAŚVA-ML 009,27pra­mā­ṇa­m i­daṃ sū­tra­m i­ti | na­nu ca sa­nn a­py ā­ptaḥ pra­va­ca­na­sya pra­ṇe­tā­sye­ti jñā­tu­m a­śa­kya­s ta­dvyā­pā­rā­de­r vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 009,28sa­rā­gā a­pi hi vī­ta­rā­gā i­va ce­ṣṭaṃ­te vī­ta­rā­gā­ś ca sa­rā­gā i­ve­ti ka­ści­t | so py a­saṃ­ba­ddha­pra­lā­pī | sa­rā­ga­tva- TAŚVA-ML 009,29vī­ta­rā­ga­tva­ni­śca­ya­sya kva­ci­d a­saṃ­bha­ve ta­thā va­ktu­m a­śa­kteḥ | so yaṃ vī­ta­rā­gaṃ sa­rā­ga­va­cce­ṣṭa­mā­naṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­ści­nva­n TAŚVA-ML 009,30vī­ta­rā­ga­ni­śca­yaṃ pra­ti­kṣi­pa­tī­ti ka­tha­m a­pra­ma­ttaḥ sva­ya­m ā­tmā­naṃ ka­dā­ci­d vī­ta­rā­gaṃ sa­rā­ga­va­cce­ṣṭa­mā­naṃ saṃ­ve­da­ya­te na TAŚVA-ML 009,31pu­naḥ pa­ra­m i­ti ce­t | ku­taḥ su­ga­ta­saṃ­vi­ttiḥ kā­ryā­nu­mā­nā­d i­ti ce­t na | ta­tkā­rya­sya vyā­hā­rā­de­r vya­bhi­cā­ri- TAŚVA-ML 009,32tva­va­ca­nā­t vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­sva­bhā­va­sya su­ga­ta­sya nā­sti­tvaṃ pra­ti­kṣi­pya­te | bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­n na tu ta­da­sti­tva­ni­śca­yaḥ kri­ya­ta TAŚVA-ML 009,33i­ti ce­t ka­tha­m a­ni­ści­ta­sa­ttā­kaḥ stu­tyaḥ pre­kṣā­va­tā­m i­ti sā­śca­ryaṃ na­ś ce­taḥ | ka­thaṃ vā saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­kṣa­ṇa­sthi­ti- TAŚVA-ML 009,34sva­rga­prā­pa­ṇa­śa­ktyā­deḥ sa­ttā­ni­śca­yaḥ sva­bhā­va­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­sya kri­ye­ta ta­da­ka­ra­ṇe sa­rva­tra saṃ­śa­yā­n nā­bhi­ma­ta­ta­ttva­ni­śca­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 009,35saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­ta­ma­ta e­vaṃ śre­ya­s ta­syai­va su­ga­ta­tvā­t saṃ­stu­tya­to­pa­pa­tte­r i­ty a­pa­raḥ | so pi ya­di saṃ­ve­dyā­dyā­kā­ra­ra­hi­taṃ ni­raṃ­śa- TAŚVA-ML 010,01kṣa­ṇi­ka­ve­da­naṃ vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­sva­bhā­vaṃ kri­yā­t ta­dā na ta­tsa­ttā­si­ddhiḥ sva­ya­m u­pa­la­bhya­sva­bhā­vaṃ ce­n na ta­tra vi­bhra­maḥ sva­ya­m u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 010,02la­bdha­syā­pi ni­śca­yā­bhā­vā­d vi­bhra­maḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t | ka­tha­m a­ni­ści­taṃ sva­taḥ si­ddhaṃ nā­ma ye­na sva­rū­pa­sya sva­to TAŚVA-ML 010,03ga­ti­r vya­va­ti­ṣṭhe­te­ti kvā­yaṃ ti­ṣṭhe­d vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­saṃ­śa­ya­vā­dī | a­nā­dya­vi­dyā­tṛ­ṣṇā­kṣa­yā­d a­dva­ya­saṃ­ve­da­ne vi­bhra­mā­bhā­vo na TAŚVA-ML 010,04ni­śca­yo­tpā­dā­t sa­ka­la­ka­lpa­nā­vi­ka­lpa­tvā­t ta­sye­ti ce­t­, sā ta­rhy a­vi­dyā tṛ­ṣṇā ca ya­dy u­pa­la­bhya­sva­bhā­vā ta­dā na TAŚVA-ML 010,05saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­taṃ ta­syā­s ta­to nya­syāḥ pra­si­ddheḥ | sā­nu­pa­la­bhya­sva­bhā­vā ce­t­, ku­ta­s ta­dbhā­vā­bhā­va­ni­śca­yo ya­to hy a­dva­ya­saṃ­ve- TAŚVA-ML 010,06da­ne vi­bhra­mā­vi­bhra­ma­vya­va­sthā | ni­raṃ­śa­saṃ­ve­da­na­si­ddhi­r e­vā­vi­dyā­tṛ­ṣṇā­ni­vṛ­tti­si­ddhi­r i­ty a­pi na sa­mya­k | vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭe- TAŚVA-ML 010,07ta­ra­sva­bhā­va­yo­r a­rtha­yo­r e­ka­ta­ra­si­ddhā­v a­nya­ta­ra­sa­dbhā­vā­sa­dbhā­va­si­ddhe­r a­yo­gā­t | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā vyā­hā­ra­di­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­laṃ­bhā­t ka­sya- TAŚVA-ML 010,08ci­d vi­jñā­nā­dya­ti­śa­ya­sa­dbhā­vo na si­ddhye­t | ta­d a­yaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttā sva­smi­n vyā­hā­rā­di­kā­ryaṃ rā­gi­tvā­rā­gi­tva­yoḥ saṃ­kī­rṇa- TAŚVA-ML 010,09m u­pa­la­bhya pa­ra­tra rā­gi­tva­ni­ya­ma­bhā­vaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti na pu­na­r a­rā­gi­tvaṃ | rā­gi­tvaṃ ce­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ pa­rī­kṣa­ka­tva­m a­bhi­ma­nya­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 010,10ki­m a­pi ma­hā­dbhu­taṃ | ya­thai­va hi rā­gi­tvā­dya­tīṃ­dri­yaṃ ta­thā ta­da­ni­ya­ta­tva­m a­pī­ti | ku­ta­ści­t ta­tsā­dha­ne vī­ta­rā­gi­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 010,11dya­ti­śa­ya­sā­dha­naṃ sā­dhī­yaḥ | ta­to ya­m a­sya pra­va­ca­na­sya pra­ṇe­tā­pta i­ti jñā­tuṃ śa­kya­tvā­d ā­pta­mū­la­tvaṃ ta­tprā­mā­ṇya­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 010,12si­ddhya­ty e­va | a­tha­vā­nu­mā­na­m i­daṃ sū­tra­m a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­nā bhā­vi­no mo­kṣa­mā­rga­tva­liṃ­gā­n mo­kṣa­mā­rga­dha­rmi­ṇi sa­mya­gda­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 010,13nā­di­tra­yā­tma­ka­tva­sya sā­dhya­sya ni­rṇa­yā­t | ta­thā hi | sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­tma­ko mo­kṣa­mā­rgo mo­kṣa­mā­rga­tvā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 010,14thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | na tā­va­d a­trā­pra­si­ddho dha­rmī he­tu­r vā mo­kṣa­vā­di­nā­m a­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m a­vi­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | mo­kṣā­bhā­va­vā­di­na­s tu pra­ti TAŚVA-ML 010,15ta­tsi­ddheḥ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ ka­ri­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | pra­ti­jñā­rthai­ka­de­śo he­tu­r i­ti ce­t | kaḥ pu­naḥ pra­ti­jñā­rtha­s ta­de­ka­de­śo vā ? TAŚVA-ML 010,16sā­dhya­dha­rma­dha­rmi­sa­mu­dā­yaḥ pra­ti­jñā­rtha­s ta­de­ka­de­śaḥ sā­dhyaṃ dha­rmo ya­thā­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdo '­ni­tya­tvā­d i­ti dha­rmī vā ta­de­ka- TAŚVA-ML 010,17de­śo ya­thā na­śva­raḥ śa­bdaḥ śa­bda­tvā­d i­ti | so yaṃ he­tu­tve­no­pā­dī­ya­mā­no na sā­dhya­sā­dha­nā­yā­laṃ sva­ya­m a­si­ddha­mi­u­niḥ TAŚVA-ML 010,18ce­t | ka­thaṃ dha­rmi­ṇo '­si­ddha­tā pra­si­ddho dha­rmī­ti va­ca­na­vyā­ghā­tā­t | sa­tyaṃ | pra­si­ddha e­va dha­rmī­ti ce­t sa ta­rhi he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 010,19tve­no­pā­dī­ya­mā­no pi na sva­ya­m a­si­ddho ya­to na sā­dhyaṃ sā­dha­ye­t sa he­tu­s ta­da­nva­yaḥ syā­t dha­rmi­ṇo nya­trā­nu­ga­ma­nā- TAŚVA-ML 010,20bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t sa­rva­m a­ni­tyaṃ sa­ttvā­d i­ti dha­rmaḥ ki­m a­nva­yī ye­na sva­sā­dhya­sā­dha­ne he­tu­r i­ṣya­te sa­ttvā­di­dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 010,21sā­mā­nya­m a­śe­ṣa­dha­rmi­vya­kti­ṣv a­nva­yī­ti ce­t ta­thā dha­rmi­sā­mā­nya­m a­pi dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rmi­ṇy a­na­nva­yaḥ pu­na­r u­bha­ya­tre­ti ya­t kiṃ- TAŚVA-ML 010,22ci­d e­ta­t | sā­dhya­dha­rmaḥ pu­naḥ pra­ti­jñā­rthai­ka­de­śa­tvā­n na he­tu­r dha­rmi­ṇā vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi sva­rū­pā­si­ddha­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 010,23d e­ve­ti na pra­ti­jñā­rthai­ka­de­śo nā­ma he­tvā­bhā­so sti yo trā­śaṃ­kya­te śrā­va­ṇa­tvā­di­va­d a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 010,24he­tu­r i­ti ce­n na a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tva­syā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tve­na vyā­ptya­si­ddheḥ | sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­yo­r hi he­tu­r a­sa­ttve­na ni­ści­to TAŚVA-ML 010,25'­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaḥ saṃ­śa­yi­to vā ? ni­ści­ta­ś ce­t ka­tha­m a­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaḥ pa­kṣe sā­dhyā­saṃ­bha­ve a­nu­pa­pa­dya­mā­na­ta­yā­sti­tve­na ni­ści- TAŚVA-ML 010,26ta­tvā­t saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tvā­bhā­vā­t | na ca sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­yo­r a­sa­ttve­na ni­ści­te pa­kṣe sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tve­na ni­śce- TAŚVA-ML 010,27tu­m a­śa­kyaḥ sa­rvā­ni­tya­tvā­dau sa­ttvā­de­r a­he­tu­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na hi sa­ttvā­di­vi­pa­kṣa e­vā­sa­ttve­na ni­ści­taḥ sa­pa­kṣe pi TAŚVA-ML 010,28ta­da­sa­ttva­ni­śca­yā­t sa­pa­kṣa­syā­bhā­vā­t ta­tra sa­rvā­ni­tya­tvā­dau sā­dhye sa­ttvā­de­r a­sa­ttva­ni­śca­yā­n ni­śca­ya­he­tu­tvaṃ na pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 010,29śrā­va­ṇa­tvā­de­s ta­dbhā­ve pī­ti ce­t | na­nu śrā­va­ṇa­tvā­di­r a­pi ya­di sa­pa­kṣe syā­t ta­dā taṃ vyā­pnu­yā­d e­ve­ti sa­mā­nāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 010,30ta­rvyā­ptiḥ | sa­ti vi­pa­kṣe dhū­mā­di­ś cā­sa­ttve­na ni­ści­to ni­śca­ya­he­tu rmā bhū­t | vi­pa­kṣe sa­ty a­sa­ti vā sa­ttve­na TAŚVA-ML 010,31ni­ści­taḥ sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvā­d dhe­tu­r e­ve­ti ce­t­, sa­pa­kṣe sa­ty a­sa­ti vā sa­ttve­na ni­rṇī­to he­tu­r a­stu ta­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 010,32sa­pa­kṣe ta­de­ka­de­śe vā sa­n ka­thaṃ he­tu­r i­ti ce­t­; sa­pa­kṣe a­sa­nn e­va he­tu­r i­ty a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t | vi­pa­kṣe ta­da­sa­ttvā- TAŚVA-ML 010,33na­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­stv i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tva­vyā­ghā­tā­t | nai­vaṃ | sa­pa­kṣe ta­da­sa­ttvā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇe vyā­ghā­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 010,34ka­ści­d i­ti | ta­tra sa­nn a­sa­n vā sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vī he­tu­r e­va śrā­va­ṇa­tvā­diḥ sa­ttvā­di­va­t | ta­dva­nmo­kṣa­mā­rga- TAŚVA-ML 010,35tvā­d i­ti he­tu­r nā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d a­ga­ma­kaḥ sā­dhya­sya sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­tma­ka­tva­syā­bhā­ve jñā­na­mā­trā­tma­ka­tvā­dau TAŚVA-ML 011,01sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­sā­dha­nā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­yo­r a­sa­ttve­na saṃ­śa­yi­to sā­dhā­ra­ṇa i­ti ma­taṃ ta­dā pa­kṣa­tra- TAŚVA-ML 011,02ya­vṛ­tti­ta­yā ni­ści­ta­yā saṃ­śa­yi­ta­yā vā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvaṃ he­to­r i­ty ā­yā­taṃ | na ca pra­kṛ­ta­he­toḥ sā­stī­ti ga­ma­ka- TAŚVA-ML 011,03tva­m e­va vi­ru­ddha­tā­ne­na pra­tyu­ktā vi­pa­kṣe bā­dha­ka­sya bhā­vā­c ca | na cai­vaṃ he­to­r ā­na­rtha­kyaṃ ta­to vi­dhi­mu­khe­na sā­dhya­sya TAŚVA-ML 011,04si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā ga­ma­ka­tva­vi­ttau ta­dā­pa­tte­s ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ laiṃ­gi­kaṃ vā pra­mā­ṇa­m i­daṃ sū­tra­m a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­liṃ­gā­t sā­dhya­sya TAŚVA-ML 011,05ni­rṇa­yā­d i­ti | pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­c ca sā­kṣā­tpra­bu­ddhā­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­rthe pra­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣe si­ddhe pra­vṛ­tta­m a­nya­thā pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 011,06ne­daṃ sa­rva­jñe si­ddhe pra­vṛ­ttaṃ ta­sya jñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­d a­bhā­va­si­ddhe­r i­ti pa­ra­sya ma­hā­mo­ha­vi­ce­ṣṭi­ta­m ā­ca­ṣṭe­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.8abta­tra nā­sty e­va sa­rva­jño jñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­nā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.8cdvyo­māṃ­bho­ja­va­d i­ty e­ta­t ta­ma­s ta­m a­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­ta­m |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 011,09nā­sti sa­rva­jño jñā­pa­kā­nu­la­bdheḥ kha­pu­ṣpa­va­d i­ti bru­va­nn ā­tma­no ma­hā­mo­ha­vi­lā­sa­m ā­ve­da­ya­ti | TAŚVA-ML 011,10ya­smā­d i­daṃ jñā­pa­ka­m u­pa­la­bhya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.9absū­kṣmā­dya­rtho­pa­de­śo hi ta­tsā­kṣā­tka­rtṛ­pū­rva­kaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.9cdpa­ro­pa­de­śa­liṃ­gā­kṣā­na­pe­kṣā­vi­ta­tha­tva­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 011,13śī­taṃ ja­la­m i­tyā­dyu­pa­de­śe­nā­kṣā­pe­kṣe­ṇā­vi­ta­the­na vya­bhi­cā­ro '­nu­pa­ca­ri­ta­ta­tsā­kṣā­tka­rtṛ­pū­rva­ka­tva­sya sā­dhya­syā- TAŚVA-ML 011,14bhā­ve pi bhā­vā­d a­vi­ta­tha­tva­sya he­to­r u­pa­cā­ra­ta­s ta­tsā­kṣā­tka­rtṛ­pū­rva­ka­tva­sā­dha­ne sva­si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­tsā­mā­nya­sya TAŚVA-ML 011,15sā­dha­ne svā­bhi­ma­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhau pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t pra­kṛ­tā­nu­mā­na­vai­ya­rthyā­pa­tti­r i­ti na maṃ­ta­vya­m a­kṣā­na­pe­kṣa­tva- TAŚVA-ML 011,16vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | sa­rva­jña­vi­jñā­na­syā­py a­kṣa­ja­tvā­d a­si­ddhaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m i­ty a­pa­raḥ | so py a­pa­rī­kṣa­kaḥ | sa­ka­lā­rtha­sā­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 011,17tka­ra­ṇa­syā­kṣa­ja­jñā­ne­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t­, dha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­kṣai­r a­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t | sa hi sā­kṣā­n na yu­ktaḥ pṛ­thi­vyā­dya­va­ya­vi­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 011,18nā­pi pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā rū­pa­rū­pi­tvā­di­va­t sva­ya­m a­nu­me­ya­tva­va­ca­nā­t | yo­ga­ja­dha­rmā­nu­gṛ­hī­tā­nya­kṣā­ṇi sū­kṣmā­dya­rthe dha­rmā­dau TAŚVA-ML 011,19pra­va­rtaṃ­te ma­he­śva­ra­sye­ty a­py a­sā­raṃ sva­vi­ṣa­ye pra­va­rta­mā­nā­nā­m a­ti­śa­yā­ghā­na­syā­nu­gra­ha­tve­na vya­va­sthi­teḥ sū­kṣā­dya­rthe­kṣā­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 011,20m a­pra­va­rta­nā­t ta­da­gha­ṭa­nā­t | ya­di pu­na­s te­ṣā­m a­vi­ṣa­ye pi pra­va­rta­na­m a­nu­gra­ha­s ta­dai­ka­m e­veṃ­dri­yaṃ sa­rvā­rthaṃ gra­hī­ṣya­tāṃ | sa­tya- TAŚVA-ML 011,21m aṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­m e­kaṃ yo­ga­ja­dha­rmā­nu­gṛ­hī­taṃ yu­ga­pa­tsa­rvā­rtha­sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇa­kṣa­ma­m i­ṣṭa­m i­ti ce­t | ka­tha­m a­ṇo­r ma­na­saḥ sa­rvā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 011,22saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ sa­kṛ­d u­pa­pa­dya­te dī­rgha­śa­ṣku­lī­bha­kṣa­ṇā­dau sa­kṛ­cca­kṣu­rā­di­bhi­s ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­pra­sa­kteḥ rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­sya kra­mo­tpa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 011,23vi­ro­dhā­t | kra­ma­śo nya­tra ta­sya da­rśa­nā­d i­ha kra­ma­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ sa­rvā­rthe­ṣu yo­gi­ma­naḥ­saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya kra­ma­ka­lpa­nā­s tu TAŚVA-ML 011,24sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­rtha­sye­śva­ra­vi­jñā­na­syā­nu­mā­na­si­ddha­tvā­t tai­r ī­śa­ma­na­saḥ sa­kṛ­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t | rū­pā- TAŚVA-ML 011,25di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­sya kva­ci­d yau­ga­pa­dye­nā­nu­bha­vā­d a­nī­śa­ma­na­so pi sa­kṛ­cca­kṣu­rā­di­bhiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho stu ku­ta­ści­d dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 011,26tho­pa­pa­tteḥ | tā­dṛ­śo dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣaḥ ku­to '­nī­śa­sya si­ddha i­ti ce­t­, ī­śa­sya ku­taḥ ? sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rtha­jñā­nā­t ta­tkā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 011,27vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi sa­kṛ­drū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­kā­t kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­nī­śa­sya ta­ddhe­tu­r dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣo stī­ti kiṃ na TAŚVA-ML 011,28si­ddhye­t | ta­thā sa­ti ta­sya rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­kaṃ neṃ­dri­ya­jaṃ syā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­ja­m e­ve­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 011,29sa­rvā­rtha­jñā­na­m a­py e­va­m ī­śa­syāṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­jaṃ mā bhū­t sa­mā­dhi­vi­śe­ṣo­ttha­dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­ja­tvā­t ta­sya ma­no­na­pe­kṣa­sya jñā­na­syā- TAŚVA-ML 011,30da­rśa­nā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā syā­d i­ti ce­t | ma­no­pe­kṣa­sya ve­da­na­sya sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rtha­sā­kṣā­tkā­ri­ṇaḥ kva­ci­d da­rśa­naṃ ki­m a­sti TAŚVA-ML 011,31ye­nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya ka­lpa­nā na syā­t | sa­rvā­rtha­jñā­naṃ ma­no­pe­kṣaṃ jñā­na­tvā­d a­sma­dā­di­jñā­na­va­d i­ti ce­t na­, he­toḥ kā­lā- TAŚVA-ML 011,32tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvā­t pa­kṣa­syā­nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­–­sa­rva­jña­vi­jñā­naṃ ma­no­kṣā­na­pe­kṣaṃ sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rtha­pa­ri­cche­da- TAŚVA-ML 011,33ka­tvā­t ya­n ma­no­kṣā­pe­kṣaṃ ta­t tu na sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rtha­pa­ri­cche­da­kaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā­sma­dā­di­jñā­naṃ na ca ta­the­da­m i­ti ma­no­pe­kṣa­tva­sya TAŚVA-ML 011,34ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ śa­ṣku­lī­bha­kṣa­ṇā­dau rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­kaṃ ma­no­kṣā­na­pe­kṣaṃ sa­kṛ­drū­pā­di­paṃ­ca­ka­pa­ri­cche­da­ka­tvā­d ya- TAŚVA-ML 012,01n nai­vaṃ ta­n nai­vaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā­nya­tra kra­ma­śo rū­pā­di­jñā­naṃ na ca ta­the­da­m a­to kṣa­ma­no­na­pe­kṣa­m i­ty a­py a­ni­ṣṭaṃ si­ddhye­d i­ti mā maṃ­sthāḥ TAŚVA-ML 012,02sā­dha­na­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t­, pa­ra­syā­pi hi nai­kāṃ­te­na śa­ṣku­lī­bha­kṣa­ṇā­dau rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­sya sa­kṛ­drū­pā­di­paṃ­ca­ka­pa­ri­cche- TAŚVA-ML 012,03da­ka­tvaṃ si­ddhaṃ | so pa­yo­ga­syā­ne­ka­jñā­na­syai­ka­trā­tma­ni kra­ma­bhā­vi­tva­va­ca­nā­t | śa­kti­to nu­pa­yu­kta­sya yau­ga­pa­dya­syā­pra- TAŚVA-ML 012,04si­ddheḥ | pra­tī­ti­vi­ru­ddhaṃ cā­syā­kṣa­ma­no­na­pe­kṣa­tva­sā­dha­naṃ ta­da­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­ta­yā ta­da­pe­kṣa­tva­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 012,05ka­sya­ci­t ta­da­pe­kṣa­tvā­yo­gā­t | ta­taḥ ka­sya­ci­t sa­kṛ­tsū­kṣmā­dya­rtha­sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇa­m i­ccha­tā ma­no­kṣā­na­pe­kṣa­m e­ṣi­ta­vya­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 012,06nā­kṣā­na­pe­kṣa­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ sū­kṣmā­dya­rtho­pa­de­śa­syā­si­ddhaṃ si­ddha­m a­py e­ta­d a­na­rtha­kaṃ ta­t sā­kṣā­tka­rtṛ­pū­rva­ka­tva­sā­mā­nya­sya sā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 012,07yi­tu­m a­bhi­pre­ta­tvā­n na vā sa­rva­jña­vā­di­naḥ si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā­, nā­pi sā­dhyā­vi­ka­la­tvā­d u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­syā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ty a­nye | te pi TAŚVA-ML 012,08sva­ma­tā­na­pe­kṣaṃ bru­vā­ṇā na pra­ti­ṣi­dhyaṃ­te pa­rā­nu­ro­dhā­t ta­thā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | sva­si­ddhāṃ­tā­nu­sā­ri­ṇāṃ tu sa­pha­la­m a­kṣā­na- TAŚVA-ML 012,09pe­kṣa­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m i­ty u­kta­m e­va | ta­da­nu­mā­tṛ­pū­rva­ka­sū­kṣmā­dya­rtho­pa­de­śe nā­kṣā­na­pe­kṣā­vi­ta­tha­tva­m a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­m i­ty a­pi na TAŚVA-ML 012,10śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ | liṃ­gā­na­pe­kṣa­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | na ce­da­m a­si­ddhaṃ pa­ro­pa­de­śa­pū­rva­ke sū­kṣmā­dya­rtho­pa­de­śe liṃ­gā­na­pe­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 012,11vi­ta­tha­tva­pra­si­ddheḥ | te­nai­va vya­bhi­cā­rī­da­m i­ti ce­t na­, pa­ro­pa­de­śā­na­pe­kṣa­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | ta­d a­si­ddhaṃ dha­rmā­dyu­pa­de­śa­sya TAŚVA-ML 012,12sa­rva­dā pa­ro­pa­de­śa­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | dha­rme co­da­nai­va pra­mā­ṇaṃ nā­nya­t | kiṃ ca | ne­ndri­ya­m i­ti ka­ści­t | TAŚVA-ML 012,13ta­tra ke yaṃ co­da­nā nā­ma ? kri­yā­yāḥ pra­va­rta­kaṃ va­ca­na­m i­ti ce­t ta­t pu­ru­ṣe­ṇa vyā­khyā­taṃ sva­to vā kri­yā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 012,14pra­va­rta­kaṃ śro­tuḥ syā­t ? na tā­va­t sva­ta e­vā­cā­rya­co­di­taḥ ka­ro­mī­ti hi dṛ­śya­te na va­ca­na­co­di­ta i­ti | na­nv a- TAŚVA-ML 012,15pau­ru­ṣe­yā­d va­ca­nā­t pra­va­rta­mā­no va­ca­na­co­di­taḥ ka­ro­mī­ti pra­ti­pa­dya­te pau­ru­ṣe­yā­d ā­cā­rya­co­di­ta i­ti vi­śe­ṣo sty e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 012,16ce­t | syā­d e­vaṃ ya­di me­gha­dhvā­na­va­da­pau­ru­ṣe­yaṃ va­ca­naṃ pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ya­tna­ni­ra­pe­kṣaṃ pra­va­rta­kaṃ kri­yā­yāḥ pra­tī­ye­ta­, na ca TAŚVA-ML 012,17pra­tī­ya­te | sa­rva­dā pu­ru­ṣa­vyā­pā­rā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t ta­tsva­rū­pa­lā­bha­sya | pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ya­tno bhi­vyaṃ­ja­ka­s ta­sye­ti ce­n nai­kāṃ­ta­ni­tya­syā- TAŚVA-ML 012,18bhi­vya­ktya­saṃ­bha­va­sya sa­ma­rthi­ta­tvā­t | pu­ru­ṣe­ṇa vyā­khyā­ta­m a­pau­ru­ṣe­yaṃ va­caḥ kri­yā­yāḥ pra­va­rta­ka­m i­ti ce­t­, sa TAŚVA-ML 012,19pu­ru­ṣaḥ pra­tya­yi­to '­pra­tya­yi­to vā ? na tā­va­t pra­tya­yi­to tī­ndri­yā­rtha­jñā­na­vi­ka­la­sya rā­ga­dve­ṣa­va­taḥ sa­tya­vā­di­ta­yā TAŚVA-ML 012,20pra­tye­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | syā­d a­pīṃ­dri­ya­go­ca­re rthe '­nu­mā­na­go­ca­re vā pu­ru­ṣa­sya pra­tya­yi­tā na­nu tṛ­tī­ya­sthā­naṃ saṃ­krāṃ­te jā­tyaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 012,21dha­sye­va rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu | na ca bra­hmā ma­nvā­di­r vā­tī­ndri­yā­rtha­da­rśī rā­ga­dve­ṣa­vi­ka­lo vā sa­rva­do­pa­ga­to ya­to smā­t pra- TAŚVA-ML 012,22tya­yi­tā­c co­da­nā­vyā­khyā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇya­m u­pe­yā­d i­ty u­ktaṃ prā­k | sva­ya­m a­pra­tya­yi­tā­t tu pu­ru­ṣā­t ta­dvyā­khyā­naṃ pra­va­rta­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 012,23m a­sa­tya­m e­va na­dyā­s tī­re pha­lā­ni saṃ­tī­ti lau­ki­ka­va­ca­na­va­t | na cā­pau­ru­ṣe­yaṃ va­ca­na­m a­ta­thā­bhū­ta­m a­py a­rthaṃ brū­yā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 012,24vi­pra­ti­ṣi­ddhaṃ ya­ta­s ta­dvyā­khyā­na­m a­sa­tyaṃ na syā­t | lau­ki­ka­m a­pi hi va­ca­na­m a­rthaṃ bra­vī­ti bo­dha­ya­ti bu­dhya­mā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 012,25ni­mi­ttaṃ bha­va­tī­ty u­cya­te vi­ta­thā­rthā­bhya­dhā­yi ca dṛ­ṣṭa­m a­vi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t | ta­d ya­dā­rthaṃ bra­vī­ti na ta­dā vi­ta­thā­rthā­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 012,26dhā­yi | ya­dā tu bā­dha­ka­pra­tya­yo­tpa­ttau vi­ta­thā­rthā­bhi­dhā­yi na ta­dā ya­thā­rthaṃ bra­vī­ty a­vi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe ve­da­va­ca­ne pi TAŚVA-ML 012,27ta­thā vi­pra­ti­ṣe­dho mā bhū­t­, ta­tra bā­dha­ka­pra­tya­yo­tpa­tte­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­d vi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha e­ve­ti ce­t­, nā­gni­ho­trā­t sva­rgo TAŚVA-ML 012,28bha­va­tī­ti co­da­nā­yāṃ bā­dha­ka­sa­dbhā­vā­t | ta­thā hi | nā­gni­ho­traṃ sva­rga­sā­dha­naṃ hiṃ­sā­he­tu­tvā­t sā­dha­na­va­dha­va­t sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 012,29va­dho vā na sva­rga­sā­dha­na­s ta­ta e­vā­gni­ho­tra­va­t | vi­dhi­pū­rva­ka­sya pa­śvā­di­va­dha­sya vi­hi­tā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­tve­na hiṃ­sā­he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 012,30tvā­bhā­vā­t a­si­ddho he­tu­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi vi­dhi­pū­rva­ka­sya sā­dha­na­va­dha­sya khā­ra­pa­ṭi­kā­nāṃ vi­hi­tā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 012,31hiṃ­sā­he­tu­tvaṃ mā bhū­d i­ti sa­dha­na­va­dhā­t sva­rgo bha­va­tī­ti va­ca­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­stu ta­syā­py ai­hi­ka­pra­tya­vā­ya­pa­ri­hā­ra­sa­ma­rthe ti- TAŚVA-ML 012,32ka­rta­vya­tā­la­kṣa­ṇa­vi­dhi­pū­rva­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | na hi ve­da­vi­hi­ta­m e­va vi­hi­tā­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ­, na pu­naḥ kha­ra­pa­ṭa­śā­stra- TAŚVA-ML 012,33vi­hi­ta­m i­ty a­tra pra­mā­ṇa­m a­sti yā­gaḥ | śre­yo­rthi­nāṃ vi­hi­tā­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ śre­ya­ska­ra­tvā­n na sa­dha­na­va­dha­s ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 012,34ce­t | ku­to yā­ga­sya śre­ya­ska­ra­tvaṃ ? dha­rma­śa­bde­no­cya­mā­na­tvā­t | yo hi yā­ga­m a­nu­ti­ṣṭha­ti taṃ '­dhā­rmi­ka­' i­ti TAŚVA-ML 012,35sa­mā­ca­kṣa­te­, ya­ś ca ya­sya ka­rtā sa te­na sa­mā­khyā­ya­te ya­thā yā­ca­ko lā­va­ka i­ti | te­na yaḥ pu­ru­ṣaṃ niḥ­śre­ya- TAŚVA-ML 013,01se­na saṃ­yu­na­kti sa dha­rma­śa­bde­no­cya­te | na ke­va­laṃ lo­ke­, ve­de pi "­ya­jñe­na ya­jña­m a­ya­jaṃ­ta de­vā­stā­ni dha­rmā­ṇi TAŚVA-ML 013,02pra­tha­mā­ny ā­sa­nn i­ti­" ya­ja­ti­śa­bda­vā­cya e­vā­rthe dha­rma­śa­bdaṃ sa­mā­ma­naṃ­tī­ti śa­va­rāḥ | so '­yaṃ ya­thā­rtha­nā­mā śi­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 013,03vi­cā­ra­ba­hi­rbhū­ta­tvā­t | na hi śi­ṣṭāḥ kva­ci­d dha­rmā­dha­rma­vya­pa­de­śa­mā­trā­d e­va śre­ya­ska­ra­tva­m a­śre­ya­ska­ra­tvaṃ vā TAŚVA-ML 013,04pra­ti­yaṃ­ti­, ta­sya vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | kva­ci­d a­śre­ya­ska­re pi hi dha­rma­vya­pa­de­śo dṛ­ṣṭo ya­thā māṃ­sa­vi­kra­yi­ṇāṃ māṃ­sa­dā­ne TAŚVA-ML 013,05śre­ya­ska­re pi vā dha­rma­vya­pa­de­śo­, ya­thā saṃ­nyā­se sva­ghā­tī pā­pa­ka­rme­ti ta­dvi­dhā­yi­ni kai­ści­d bhā­ṣa­ṇā­t | sa­rvai­r ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 013,06dha­rma­vya­pa­de­śaḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­te sa śre­ya­ska­ro nā­nya i­ti ce­t | ta­rhi na yā­gaḥ śre­ya­ska­ra­s ta­sya sau­ga­tā­di­bhi­r a- TAŚVA-ML 013,07dha­rma­tve­na vya­pa­di­śya­mā­na­tvā­t | sa­ka­lai­r ve­da­vā­di­bhi­r yā­ga­sya dha­rma­tve­na vya­pa­di­śya­mā­na­tvā­c chre­ya­ska­ra­tve sa­rvaiḥ TAŚVA-ML 013,08khā­ra­pa­ṭi­kaiḥ sa­dha­na­va­dha­sya dha­rma­tve­na vya­pa­di­śya­mā­na­ta­yā śre­ya­ska­ra­tvaṃ kiṃ na bha­ve­t­, ya­taḥ śre­yo­rthi­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 013,09saṃ­vi­hi­tā­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ na syā­t | lo­ka­ga­rhi­ta­tva­m u­bha­ya­tra sa­mā­na­m | ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­ga­rhi­ta­tvaṃ ce­ti ta­to na sa­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 013,10va­dhā­gni­ho­tra­yoḥ pra­tya­vā­ye­ta­ra­sā­dha­na­tva­vya­va­sthā | pra­tya­kṣā­di­pra­mā­ṇa­ba­lā­t tu nā­gni­ho­tra­sya śre­ya­ska­ra­tva­si­ddhi­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 013,11nā­syai­va vi­hi­tā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­tvaṃ­, ya­to hiṃ­sā­he­tu­tvā­bhā­vā­d a­si­ddho he­tuḥ syā­t | ta­n na pra­kṛ­ta­co­da­nā­yāṃ bā­dha­ka­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 013,12ni­śca­yā­d a­rtha­ta­s ta­thā­bhā­ve saṃ­śa­yā­nu­da­yaḥ pu­ru­ṣa­va­ca­na­vi­śe­ṣa­va­d i­ti na ta­du­pa­de­śa­pū­rva­ka e­va sa­rva­dā dha­rmā­dyu­pa­de­śo TAŚVA-ML 013,13ye­nā­sya pa­ro­pa­de­śā­na­pe­kṣa­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m a­si­ddhaṃ nā­ma | na ca pa­ro­pa­de­śa­liṃ­ga­jñā­nā­pe­kṣā vi­ta­tha­tve pi ta­tsā­kṣā­tka­rtṛ- TAŚVA-ML 013,14pū­rva­ka­tvaṃ sū­kṣmā­dya­rtho­pa­de­śa­sya pra­si­ddha­sya no­pa­pa­dya­te ta­thā vi­nā­bhā­vaṃ saṃ­de­hā­yo­gā­d i­ty a­na­va­dyaṃ sa­rva­vi­do jñā­pa­ka­m | TAŚVA-ML 013,15a­tha­vā­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.10absū­kṣmā­dya­rtho pi vā­dhya­kṣaḥ ka­sya­ci­t sa­ka­laḥ sphu­ṭa­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.10cdśru­ta­jñā­nā­dhi­ga­mya­tvā­n na­dī­dvī­pā­dī­de­śa­va­t |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 013,18dha­rmā­dha­rmā­v e­va so­pā­ya­he­yo­pā­de­ya­ta­ttva­m e­va vā ka­sya­ci­d a­dhya­kṣaṃ sā­dha­nī­yaṃ na tu sa­ka­lo rtha i­ti na sā­dhī­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 013,19sa­ka­lā­rtha­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­sā­dha­ne ta­da­dhya­kṣā­si­ddheḥ | saṃ­vṛ­tyā sa­ka­lā­rthaḥ pra­tya­kṣaḥ sā­dhya i­ty u­nma­tta­bhā­ṣi­taṃ sphu­ṭaṃ ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 013,20ta­thā­bhā­vā­si­ddhau ka­sya­ci­t pra­mā­ṇa­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.11abna he­toḥ sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­tai­r a­ne­kāṃ­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | TAŚV-ML 1.0.11cdśru­ta­jñā­nā­dhi­ga­mya­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dha­nā­t |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.12absthā­na­tra­yā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­śru­ta­jñā­naṃ hi va­kṣya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.12cdte­nā­dhi­ga­mya­mā­na­tvaṃ si­ddhaṃ sa­rva­tra va­stu­ni |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 013,25ta­taḥ pra­kṛ­ta­he­to­r a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ka­tā ca sā­mā­nya­to bo­ddha­vyā | ya­ta­ś cai­vaṃ sa­rva­jña­sā­dha­na­m a­na­va­dya­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.13abta­to '­si­ddhaṃ pa­ra­syā­tra jñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.13cdno bhā­va­sā­dha­nā­yā­laṃ sa­rva­ta­ttvā­rtha­ve­di­naḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 013,28sva­yaṃ si­ddhaṃ hi kiṃ­ci­t ka­sya­ci­t sā­dha­kaṃ nā­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | si­ddha­m a­pi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.14absva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi ya­dī­daṃ syā­d vya­bhi­cā­ri­pa­yo­ni­dheḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.14cdaṃ­bhaḥ kuṃ­bhā­di­saṃ­khyā­naiḥ sa­dbhi­r a­jñā­ya­mā­na­kaiḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 013,31na hi pa­yo­ni­dhe­r aṃ­bhaḥ kuṃ­bhā­di­saṃ­khyā­naṃ ba­hvaṃ­bha­stvā­t kū­pāṃ­bho­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­t | ta­t te­ṣā­m a­jñā­ya­mā­na­te­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 013,32nā­to vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­si­ddhe­s ta­tsaṃ­khyā­na­mā­tre­ṇā­vya­bhi­cā­rā­co­da­nā­t | e­te­nā­rthā­pa­ttyu­pa­mā­nā­bhyāṃ jñā­ya­mā­na­tā TAŚVA-ML 013,33pra­tyu­ktā | co­da­nā­ta­s ta­tpra­ti­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t | na | ta­syāḥ kā­ryā­rthā­d a­nya­tra pra­mā­ṇa­tā­ni­ṣṭeḥ | pa­re­ṣāṃ tu tā­ni TAŚVA-ML 013,34saṃ­tī­ty ā­ga­mā­t pra­ti­pa­tte­r yu­ktaṃ tai­r vya­bhi­cā­ra­co­da­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.15absa­rva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi ta­dbo­ddhuṃ kiṃ­ci­d bo­dhai­r na śa­kya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.15cdsa­rva­bo­ddhā­sti ce­t ka­ści­t ta­dbo­ddhā kiṃ ni­ṣi­dhya­te |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 014,03sa­rva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi ta­d jñā­tā­si­ddhaṃ­, kiṃ­ci­d jñai­r jñā­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t | na ca sa­rva­jña­s ta­dbo­ddhā­sti ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dha- TAŚVA-ML 014,04vi­ro­dhā­t | ṣa­ṅbhiḥ pra­mā­ṇaiḥ sa­rva­jño na vā­rya­ta i­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ | ya­smā­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.16absa­rva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­sa­rva­jña­jñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.16cdna ca­kṣu­rā­di­bhi­r ve­dya­m a­tya­kṣa­tvā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­t |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.17abnā­nu­mā­nā­da­liṃ­ga­tvā­t kā­rthā­pa­ttyu­pa­mā­ga­tiḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.17cdsa­rva­syā­na­nya­thā­bhā­va­sā­dṛ­śyā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.18absa­rva­pra­mā­tṛ­saṃ­baṃ­dhi pra­tya­kṣā­di­ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.18cdke­va­lā­ga­ma­ga­myaṃ ca ka­thaṃ mī­māṃ­sa­ka­sya ta­t |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.19abkā­rye­rthe co­da­nā­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ ya­sya saṃ­ma­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.19cdta­sya sva­rū­pa­sa­ttā­yāṃ ta­nnai­vā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.20abta­djñā­pa­ko­pa­laṃ­bha­syā­bhā­vo '­bhā­va­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.20cdsā­dhya­te ce­n na ta­syā­pi sa­rva­trā­py a­pra­vṛ­tti­taḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.21abgṛ­hī­tvā va­stu­sa­dbhā­vaṃ smṛ­tvā ta­tpra­ti­yo­gi­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.21cdmā­na­saṃ nā­sti­tā­jñā­naṃ ye­ṣā­m a­kṣā­na­pe­kṣa­yā |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.22abte­ṣā­m a­śe­ṣa­nṛ­jñā­te smṛ­te ta­djñā­pa­ke kṣa­ṇe | TAŚV-ML 1.0.22cdjā­ya­te nā­sti­tā­jñā­naṃ mā­na­saṃ ta­tra nā­nya­thā |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.23abna vā­śe­ṣa­na­ra­jñā­naṃ sa­kṛ­t sā­kṣā­d u­pe­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.23cdna kra­mā­d a­nya­saṃ­tā­na­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­na­bhī­ṣṭi­taḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 014,21ya­d ā­pta­s ta­d a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­sya va­ca­nā­dya­nu­mā­nā­t si­ddhi­sa­dbhā­vā­t ta­da­bhi­prā­ya­sya ca ta­da­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­nā­n ni­ṣe­dhe sā­dhye ku­to TAŚVA-ML 014,22na do­ṣa i­ti na vā­cya­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.24aba­ne­kāṃ­te hi vi­jñā­na­m e­kāṃ­tā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.24cdta­dvi­dhi­s ta­nni­ṣe­dha­ś ca ma­to nai­vā­nya­thā­ma­tiḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 014,25a­ne­kāṃ­to­pa­la­bdhi­r e­va hi pra­ti­pa­ttu­r e­kāṃ­tā­nu­la­bdhiḥ pra­si­ddhai­va sva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­nī sā cai­kāṃ­tā­bhā­va­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nu­pa- TAŚVA-ML 014,26pa­dya­mā­nā ta­tsā­dha­nī­yā | na cā­ne­kāṃ­to­pa­laṃ­bhā­d e­vā­ne­kāṃ­ta­vi­dhi­r a­bhi­ma­taḥ sa e­va cai­kāṃ­ta­pra­ti­ṣe­dha i­ti TAŚVA-ML 014,27nā­nu­mā­na­taḥ sā­dha­nī­ya­s ta­sya ta­tra vai­ya­rthyā­t | sa­tya­m e­ta­t | ka­sya­ci­t tu ku­ta­ści­t sā­kṣā­tkṛ­te py a­ne­kāṃ­te vi­pa­rī- TAŚVA-ML 014,28tā­ro­pa­da­rśa­nā­t ta­dvya­va­cche­do nu­pa­la­bdheḥ sā­dhya­te | ta­to syāḥ sā­pha­lya­m e­va pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­pla­vo­pa­ga­mā­d vā na do­ṣaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 014,29pa­ra­syā­py a­yaṃ nyā­yaḥ sa­mā­na i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.25abnai­vaṃ sa­rva­sya sa­rva­jña­jñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­da­rśa­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.25cdsi­ddhaṃ ta­dda­rśa­nā­ro­po ye­na ta­tra ni­ṣi­dhya­te |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 014,32sa­rva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­ni sa­rva­jña­jñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe hi pra­ti­pa­ttuḥ sva­yaṃ si­ddhe ku­ta­ści­t ka­sya­ci­t sa­rva­jña­jñā­pa­ko­pa­laṃ­bha­sa­mā­ro­po TAŚVA-ML 014,33ya­di vya­va­cche­dye­na ta­dā sa­mā­no nyā­yaḥ syā­n na cai­vaṃ sa­rva­jñā­bhā­va­vā­di­nāṃ ta­da­si­ddheḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.26abā­sa­n saṃ­ti bha­vi­ṣyaṃ­ti bo­ddhā­ro vi­śva­dṛ­śva­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.26cdma­da­nye pī­ti ni­rṇī­ti­r ya­thā sa­rva­jña­vā­di­naḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.27abkiṃ­ci­j jña­syā­pi ta­dva­n me te­nai­ve­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.27cdi­ty a­yu­kta­m a­śe­ṣa­jña­sā­dha­no­pā­ya­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 015,03sva­ya­m a­sa­rva­jña­syā­pi sa­rva­vi­do bo­ddhā­ro vṛ­ttā va­rtaṃ­te va­rti­ṣyaṃ­te ma­tto '­nye pī­ti yu­ktaṃ va­ktuṃ­, ta­tsi­ddhyu­pā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 015,04gha­ṭa­nā­t | ta­t pu­na­r a­sa­rva­jña­vā­di­na­s te pū­rvaṃ nā­sa­n na saṃ­ti na bha­vi­ṣyaṃ­tī­ti pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | ka­tha­m­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.28abya­thā­ha­m a­nu­mā­nā­deḥ sa­rva­jñaṃ ve­dmi ta­ttva­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.28cdta­thā­nye pi na­rāḥ saṃ­ta­s ta­dbo­ddhā­ro ni­raṃ­ku­śāḥ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 015,07saṃ­taḥ pra­śa­syāḥ pre­kṣā­vaṃ­taḥ pu­ru­ṣā­s te ma­da­nye py a­nu­mā­nā­di­nā sa­rva­jña­sya bo­ddhā­raḥ pre­kṣā­va­ttvā­t ya­thā­ha­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 015,08bru­va­to na kiṃ­ci­d bā­dha­ka­m a­sti | na ca pre­kṣā­va­ttvaṃ ma­mā­si­ddhaṃ ni­ra­va­dyaṃ sa­rva­vi­dyā­ve­da­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­vā­di­tvā­t | yo TAŚVA-ML 015,09hi ya­tra ni­ra­va­dyaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ va­kti sa ta­tra pre­kṣā­vā­n i­ti su­pra­si­ddha­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.29abya­thā ma­ma na ta­djña­pte­r u­pa­laṃ­bho sti jā­tu­ci­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.29cdta­thā sa­rva­nṛ­ṇā­m i­ty a­jñā­na­syai­va vi­ce­ṣṭi­ta­m |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.30abhe­to­r na­ra­tva­kā­yā­di­ma­ttvā­de­r vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.30cdsyā­dvā­di­nai­va vi­śva­jña­m a­nu­mā­ne­na jā­na­tā |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 015,14ma­da­nye pu­ru­ṣāḥ sa­rva­jña­jñā­pa­ko­pa­laṃ­bha­śū­nyāḥ pu­ru­ṣa­tvā­t kā­yā­di­ma­ttvā­d ya­thā­ha­m i­ti va­ca­s ta­mo­vi­la­si­ta­m e­va | TAŚVA-ML 015,15he­toḥ syā­dvā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­tā­t | ta­sya pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­t | na | pa­kṣa­sya pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­bā­dha­pra­sa­kteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 015,16sa­rva­jña­vā­di­no hi sa­rva­jña­jñā­pa­ka­m a­nu­mā­nā­di­sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­pra­tya­kṣaṃ pra­ti­vā­di­na­ś ca ta­dva­ca­na­vi­śe­ṣo­tthā­nu­mā­na­si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 015,17sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣā­ṇāṃ sa­ka­la­vi­tsā­dha­nā­nu­bha­va­na­śū­nya­tvaṃ bā­dha­te he­tu­ś cā­tī­ta­kā­laḥ syā­d i­ti nā­sa­rva­jña­vā­di­nāṃ sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 015,18vi­do bo­ddhā­ro na ke­ci­d i­ti va­ktuṃ yu­kta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.31abjñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bho sti ta­n na ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dha­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.31cdkā­ra­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­s tu pra­ti­ghā­tī­ṣya­te '­gra­taḥ |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 015,21ta­d e­vaṃ si­ddho vi­śva­ta­ttvā­nāṃ jñā­tā ta­da­bhā­va­sā­dha­na­sya jñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­sya kā­ra­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 015,22ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.32abka­lma­ṣa­pra­kṣa­ya­ś cā­sya vi­śva­ta­ttvā­t pra­tī­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.32cdta­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ta­dbhā­vā­nu­pa­pa­tti­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 015,25sa­rva­ta­ttvā­rtha­jñā­naṃ ca ka­sya­ci­t syā­t ka­lma­ṣa­pra­kṣa­ya­ś ca na syā­d i­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ ta­dbhā­va e­va ta­sya sa­dbhā­vo- TAŚVA-ML 015,26pa­pa­tti­si­ddheḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.33abjā­ya­te ta­dvi­dhaṃ jñā­naṃ sve sa­ti pra­ti­baṃ­dha­ri | TAŚV-ML 1.0.33cdspa­ṣṭa­svā­rthā­va­bhā­si­tvā­n ni­rdo­ṣa­na­ya­nā­di­va­t |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 015,29sa­rva­jña­vi­jñā­na­sya svaṃ pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kaṃ ka­lma­ṣaṃ ta­smi­nn a­sa­ty e­va ta­d bha­va­ti spa­ṣṭa­sva­vi­ṣa­yā­va­bhā­si­tvā­t ni­rdo­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 015,30ca­kṣu­rā­di­va­d i­ty a­tra nā­si­ddhaṃ sā­dha­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 015,31na­nv ā­mū­la­ka­lma­ṣa­sya kṣa­ye kiṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ce­d i­maṃ brū­ma­he­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.34abkṣī­ya­te kva­ci­d ā­mū­laṃ jñā­na­sya pra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.34cdsa­ma­gra­kṣa­ya­he­tu­tvā­l lo­ca­ne ti­mi­rā­di­va­t |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 016,01sa­ma­gra­kṣa­ya­he­tu­kaṃ hi ca­kṣu­ṣi ti­mi­rā­di na pu­na­r u­dbha­va­ddṛ­ṣṭaṃ ta­dva­tsa­rva­vi­do jñā­na­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­m i­ti | na­nu TAŚVA-ML 016,02kṣa­ya­mā­tra­si­ddhā­v a­py ā­mū­la­kṣa­yo sya na si­ddhye­t | pu­na­r na­ya­ne ti­mi­ra­m u­dbha­va­d dṛ­ṣṭa­m e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ta­dā ta­sya sa­ma­gra­kṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 016,03he­tu­tvā­bhā­vā­t | sa­ma­gra­kṣa­ya­he­tu­ka­m e­va hi ti­mi­rā­di­ka­m i­ho­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ nā­nya­t | na cā­ne­na he­to­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā TAŚVA-ML 016,04ta­tra ta­da­bhā­vā­t | kiṃ pu­naḥ ke­va­la­sya pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kaṃ ya­syā­tyaṃ­ta­pa­ri­kṣa­yaḥ kva­ci­t sā­dhya­ta i­ti nā­kṣe­pta­vya­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.35abmo­ho jñā­na­dṛ­gā­vṛ­ttyaṃ­ta­rā­yāḥ pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.35cdke­va­la­sya hi va­kṣyaṃ­te ta­dbhā­ve ta­da­nu­dbha­vā­t |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 016,07ya­d bhā­ve ni­ya­me­na ya­syā­nu­dbha­va­s ta­t ta­sya pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kaṃ ya­thā ti­mi­raṃ ne­tra­vi­jñā­na­sya mo­hā­di­bhā­vo sma­dā­de­ś ca- TAŚVA-ML 016,08kṣu­rjñā­nā­nu­dbha­va­ś ca ke­va­la­sye­ti mo­hā­da­ya­s ta­tpra­ti­baṃ­dha­kāḥ pra­va­kṣyaṃ­te | ta­to na dha­rmi­ṇo '­si­ddhiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 016,09kaḥ pu­na­r e­ta­t kṣa­ya­he­tuḥ sa­ma­gro ya­d bhā­vā­d dhe­tu­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.36abte­ṣāṃ pra­kṣa­ya­he­tū ca pū­rṇau saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­re | TAŚV-ML 1.0.36cdte ta­po­ti­śa­yā­t sā­dhoḥ ka­sya­ci­d bha­va­to dhru­va­m |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.37abta­po hy a­nā­ga­tā­ghau­gha­pra­va­rta­na­ni­ro­dha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.37cdta­jja­nma­he­tu­saṃ­ghā­ta­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­ya­to ya­thā |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.38abbha­vi­ṣya­tkā­la­kū­ṭā­di­vi­kā­rau­gha­ni­ro­dha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.38cdmaṃ­tra­dhyā­na­vi­dhā­nā­di sphu­ṭaṃ lo­ke pra­tī­ya­te |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.39abnṛ­ṇā­m a­py a­gha­saṃ­baṃ­dho rā­ga­dve­ṣā­di­he­tu­kaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.39cdduḥ­khā­di­pha­la­he­tu­tvā­d a­ti­bhu­kti­vi­ṣā­di­va­t |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.40abta­dvi­ro­dhi­vi­rā­gā­di­rū­paṃ ta­pa i­ho­cya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.40cdta­da­si­ddhā­v a­ta­jja­nma­kā­ra­ṇa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­tā |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.41abta­dā duḥ­kha­pha­laṃ ka­rma­saṃ­ci­taṃ pra­ti­ha­nya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.41cdkā­ya­kle­śā­di­rū­pe­ṇa ta­pa­sā ta­tsa­jā­ti­nā |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.42absvā­dhyā­yā­di­sva­bhā­ve­na pa­ra­pra­śa­ma­mū­rti­nā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.42cdba­ddhaṃ sā­tā­di­kṛ­tka­rma śa­krā­di­su­kha­jā­ti­nā |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 016,24ke­va­la­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­syā­nā­ga­ta­sya saṃ­ci­ta­sya vā­tyaṃ­ti­ka­kṣa­ya­he­tū sa­ma­grau saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­re ta­po­ti­śa­yā­t ka­sya­ci­d a- TAŚVA-ML 016,25va­śyaṃ bha­va­ta e­ve­ti pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhaṃ ta­sya sa­ma­gra­kṣa­ya­he­tu­tva­sā­dha­naṃ ya­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.43abta­to niḥ­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­rtha­ve­dī pra­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.43cdśre­yo­mā­rga­sya ne­tā­sti sa saṃ­stu­tya­s ta­da­rthi­bhiḥ |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 016,28na­nu niḥ­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­rtha­ve­di­tve pra­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣa­tve ca cā­ri­trā­khye sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­ni si­ddhe pi TAŚVA-ML 016,29bha­ga­va­taḥ śa­rī­ra­tve­nā­va­sthā­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­n na śre­yo­mā­rgo­pa­de­śi­tvaṃ ta­thā­pi ta­da­va­sthā­ne śa­rī­ra­tvā­bhā­va­sya ra­tna­tra­ya- TAŚVA-ML 016,30ni­baṃ­dha­na­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t ta­dbhā­ve py a­bhā­vā­t | kā­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣā­yāṃ na ra­tna­tra­ya­m e­va saṃ­sā­ra­kṣa­ya­ni­mi­tta­m i­ti ka­ści­t | TAŚVA-ML 016,31so pi na vi­pa­ści­t | ya­smā­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.44abta­sya da­rśa­na­śu­ddhyā­di­bhā­va­no­pā­tta­mū­rti­nā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.44cdpu­ṇya­tī­rtha­ka­ra­tve­na nā­mnā saṃ­pā­di­ta­śri­yaḥ |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.45absthi­ta­sya ca ci­raṃ svā­yu­r vi­śe­ṣa­va­śa­va­rti­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.45cdśre­yo­mā­rgo­pa­de­śi­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 017,01ta­sya niḥ­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­rtha­ve­di­naḥ sa­mu­dbhū­ta­ra­tna­tra­ya­syā­pi śa­rī­ri­tve­nā­va­sthā­naṃ svā­yu­r vi­śe­ṣa­va­śa­va­rti­tvā­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 017,02ta­dā­yu­r a­pa­va­rta­nī­yaṃ ye­no­pa­kra­ma­va­śā­t kṣī­ye­ta­, ta­da­kṣa­ye ca ta­da­vi­nā­bhā­vi­nā­m ā­di­ka­rma­tra­yo­da­yo pi ta­syā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | TAŚVA-ML 017,03ta­taḥ sthi­ta­sya bha­ga­va­taḥ śre­yo­mā­rgo­pa­de­śi­tvaṃ ka­tha­m a­pi na vi­ru­dhya­te | ku­ta­s ta­rhi ta­syā­yuḥ­kṣa­yaḥ śe­ṣā­ghā­ti­ka­rma­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 017,04ya­ś ca syā­d ya­to mu­kti­r i­ti ce­t pha­lo­pa­bho­gā­d ā­yu­ṣo ni­rja­ro­pa­va­rṇa­nā­d a­ghā­ti­ka­rma­tra­ya­sya ca śe­ṣa­syā­dhi­ka­sthi- TAŚVA-ML 017,05te­r daṃ­ḍa­ka­pā­ṭā­di­ka­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­pa­ka­rṣa­ṇā­di­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­d ve­ti brū­maḥ | na cai­vaṃ ra­tna­tra­ya­he­tu­tā mu­kte­r vyā­ha­nya­te TAŚVA-ML 017,06ni­śca­ya­na­yā­d a­yo­gi­ke­va­li­ca­ra­m a­sa­ma­ya­va­rti­no ra­tna­tra­ya­sya mu­kti­he­tu­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | na­nu sthi­ta­syā­py a­mo­ha­sya TAŚVA-ML 017,07mo­ha­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­vi­va­kṣā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ ku­taḥ śre­yo­mā­rga­va­ca­na­pra­vṛ­tti­r i­ti ca na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ | tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­nā­ma­ka­rma­ṇā TAŚVA-ML 017,08pu­ṇyā­ti­śa­ye­na ta­syā­ga­ma­la­kṣa­ṇa­tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­śri­yaḥ saṃ­pā­da­nā­t tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­nā­ma­ka­rma tu da­rśa­na­vi­śu­ddhyā­di­bhā­va­nā­ba­la- TAŚVA-ML 017,09bhā­vi vi­bhā­va­yi­ṣya­te | na ca mo­ha­va­ti vi­va­kṣā­nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvaṃ va­ca­na­pra­vṛ­tte­r u­pa­la­bhya pra­kṣī­ṇa­mo­he pi ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 017,10ta­tpū­rva­ka­tva­sā­dha­naṃ śre­yaḥ śa­rī­ra­tvā­deḥ pū­rva­sa­rva­jña­tvā­di­sā­dha­nā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t va­co­vi­va­kṣā­nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­si­ddhe­ś ce­ti TAŚVA-ML 017,11ni­ra­va­dyaṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­di­tra­ya­he­tu­ka­mu­kti­vā­di­nāṃ śre­yo­mā­rgo­pa­de­śi­tva­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.46abjñā­na­mā­trā­t tu yo nā­ma mu­kti­m a­bhye­ti ka­śca­na | TAŚV-ML 1.0.46cdta­sya ta­n na ta­taḥ pū­rva­m a­jña­tvā­t pā­ma­rā­di­va­t |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.47abnā­pi pa­ścā­d a­va­sthā­nā­bhā­vā­d vā­gvṛ­ttya­yo­ga­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.47cdā­kā­śa­sye­va mu­kta­sya kvo­pa­de­śa­pra­va­rta­na­m |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 017,16sā­kṣā­da­śe­ṣa­ta­ttva­jñā­nā­t pū­rva­m ā­ga­ma­jñā­na­ba­lā­d yo­gi­naḥ śre­yo­mā­rgo­pa­de­śi­tva­m a­vi­ru­ddha­m a­jña­tvā­si­ddhe­r i­ti na maṃ- TAŚVA-ML 017,17ta­vyaṃ | sa­rva­jña­ka­lpa­nā­na­rtha­kyā­t­, pa­ra­ma­tā­nu­sa­ra­ṇa­pra­sa­kte­ś ca | yo­gi­jñā­na­sa­ma­kā­laṃ ta­sya ta­d i­ty a­py a­sā­raṃ ta­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 017,18jñā­na­pū­rva­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t ta­du­pa­de­śa­sya ta­ttva­jñā­nā­t pa­ścā­t tu mu­kteḥ kha­sye­va vā­gvṛ­ttya­gha­ṭa­nā­t śa­rī­ra­tve­nā­va­sthā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 017,19saṃ­bha­vā­d dū­re sa­nmā­rgo­pa­de­śaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.48absaṃ­skā­ra­syā­kṣa­yā­t ta­sya ya­dy a­va­sthā­na­m i­ṣya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.48cdta­tkṣa­ye kā­ra­ṇaṃ vā­cyaṃ ta­ttva­jñā­nā­t pa­raṃ tva­yā |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 017,22na hi ta­ttva­jñā­na­m e­va saṃ­skā­ra­kṣa­ye kā­ra­ṇa­m a­va­sthā­na­vi­ro­dha­sya ta­da­va­stha­tvā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.49absaṃ­skā­ra­syā­yu­rā­khya­sya pa­ri­kṣa­ya­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.49cddha­rma­m e­va sa­mā­dhiḥ syā­d i­ti ke­ci­t pra­ca­kṣa­te |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.50abvi­jñā­nā­t so pi ya­dy a­nyaḥ pra­ti­jñā­vyā­ha­ti­s ta­dā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.50cdsa cā­ri­tra­vi­śe­ṣo hi mu­kte­r mā­rgaḥ sthi­to bha­ve­t |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 017,27ta­ttva­jñā­nā­d a­nya­ta e­va saṃ­pra­jñā­ta­yo­gā­t saṃ­sā­ra­kṣa­ye mu­kti­si­ddhi­s ta­ttva­jñā­nā­n mu­kti­r i­ti pra­ti­jñā hī­ya­te TAŚVA-ML 017,28sa­mā­dhi­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ca cā­ri­tra­vi­śe­ṣaḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ mu­kti­mā­rgo vya­va­sthi­taḥ syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.51abjñā­na­m e­va sthi­rī­bhū­taṃ sa­mā­dhi­r i­ti ce­n ma­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.51cdta­sya pra­dhā­na­dha­rma­tve ni­vṛ­tti­s ta­tkṣa­yā­d ya­di |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.52abta­dā so pi ku­to jñā­nā­d u­kta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.52cdsa­mā­dhyaṃ­ta­ra­ta­ś ce­n na tu­lya­pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­taḥ |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.53abta­sya puṃ­saḥ sva­rū­pa­tve prā­g e­va syā­t pa­ri­kṣa­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.53cdsaṃ­skā­ra­syā­sya ni­tya­tvā­n na ka­dā­ci­d a­saṃ­bha­vaḥ |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.54abā­vi­rbhā­va­ti­ro­bhā­vā­v a­pi nā­tma­sva­bhā­va­gau | TAŚV-ML 1.0.54cdpa­ri­ṇā­mo hi ta­sya syā­t ta­thā pra­kṛ­ti­va­c ca tau |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.55abta­taḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ si­ddhaṃ ma­taṃ nai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.55cdba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca va­stū­nāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vya­va­sthi­teḥ |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 018,05na sthi­ra­jñā­nā­tma­kaḥ saṃ­pra­jñā­to yo­gaḥ saṃ­skā­ra­kṣa­ya­kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ṣya­te ya­ta­s ta­sya pra­dhā­na­dha­rma­tvā­t ta­tkṣa­yā­n mu­ktiḥ TAŚVA-ML 018,06syā­t | so pi ca ta­tkṣa­yo jñā­nā­d a­jñā­nā­d vā sa­mā­dhe­r i­ti pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­sya sa­mā­na­tvā­d a­na­va­sthā­na­m ā­śaṃ­kya­te | nā­pi TAŚVA-ML 018,07pu­ru­ṣa­sva­rū­pa­mā­traṃ sa­mā­dhi­r ye­na ta­sya ni­tya­tvā­n ni­tyaṃ mu­kti­r ā­pā­dya­te ta­dā­vi­rbhā­va­ti­ro­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­d a­nya­thā pra­dhā­na­va­t puṃ- TAŚVA-ML 018,08so pi pa­ri­ṇā­ma­si­ddheḥ sa­rva­pa­ri­ṇā­mī­ti syā­dvā­dā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ pra­sa­jye­ta | kiṃ ta­rhi ? vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­sva­rū­pa­m a­saṃ­pra­jñā­ta- TAŚVA-ML 018,09yo­gaḥ saṃ­skā­ra­kṣa­ya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | na ca pra­ti­jñā­vyā­ghā­ta­s ta­ttva­jñā­nā­j jī­va­nmu­kte­r ā­sthā­nāṃ­ta­kā­le ta­ttvo­pa­de­śa­gha­ṭa­nā­t pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 018,10ma­niḥ­śre­ya­sa­sya sa­mā­dhi­vi­śe­ṣā­t saṃ­skā­ra­kṣa­ye pra­ti­jñā­nā­d i­ti va­da­nn aṃ­dha­sa­rpa­bi­la­pra­ve­śa­nyā­ye­na syā­dvā­di­da­rśa­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 018,11sa­mā­śra­ya­tī­ty u­pa­da­rśya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.56abmi­thyā­rthā­bhi­ni­ve­śe­na mi­thyā­jñā­ne­na va­rji­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.56cdya­t puṃ­rū­pa­m u­dā­sī­naṃ ta­c ce­d dhyā­naṃ ma­taṃ ta­va |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.57abhaṃ­ta ra­tna­tra­yaṃ kiṃ na ta­taḥ pa­ra­m i­he­ṣya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.57cdya­to na ta­nni­mi­tta­tvaṃ mu­kte­r ā­sthī­ya­te tva­yā |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 018,16na­nu ca mi­thyā­rthā­bhi­ni­ve­śe­na va­rji­taṃ pu­ru­ṣa­sya sva­rū­paṃ na sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ ta­sya ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 018,17nā­pi mi­thyā­jñā­ne­na va­rji­taṃ ta­tsa­mya­gjñā­naṃ ta­sya svā­rthā­vā­ya­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­, u­dā­sī­naṃ ca na puṃ­rū­paṃ sa­mya­k- TAŚVA-ML 018,18cā­ri­traṃ ta­sya gu­pti­sa­mi­ti­vra­ta­bhe­da­sya bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣo pa­ra­ma­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t ye­na ta­thā­bhū­ta­ra­tna­tra­ya­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 018,19mo­kṣa­sya kā­ra­ṇa­m a­smā­bhi­r ā­sthī­ya­te | mi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­mi­thyā­jñā­na­yoḥ pra­dhā­na­vi­va­rti­ta­yā sa­mā­dhi­vi­śe­ṣa­kā­le TAŚVA-ML 018,20pra­dhā­na­saṃ­sa­rgā­bhā­ve pu­ru­ṣa­sya ta­dva­rji­ta­tve pi sva­rū­pa­mā­trā­va­sthā­nā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­ta­dā dra­ṣṭuḥ sva­rū­pe va­sthā­na­m­" i­ti TAŚVA-ML 018,21ka­ści­t | ta­d a­sa­t | saṃ­pra­jñā­ta­yo­ga­kā­le pi tā­dṛ­śaḥ puṃ­rū­pa­syā­bhā­vā­t pa­ra­ma­niḥ­śre­ya­sa­pra­sa­kteḥ | ta­dā vai­rā­gya­ta­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 018,22jñā­nā­bhi­ni­ve­śā­tma­ka­pra­dhā­na­saṃ­sa­rgā­sa­dbhā­vā­n nā­saṃ­pra­jñā­ta­yo­go sti­, ya­taḥ pa­ra­ma­mu­kti­r i­ti ce­t ta­rhi ra­tna­tra­yā­j jī- TAŚVA-ML 018,23va­nmu­kti­r i­ty ā­yā­taḥ pra­ti­jñā­vyā­ghā­taḥ pa­ra­ma­ta­pra­ve­śā­t | ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­ta­ttva­jñā­na­vai­rā­gyā­ṇāṃ ra­tna­tra­ya­tvā­t ta­to TAŚVA-ML 018,24jī­va­nmu­kte­r ā­rhaṃ­tya­rū­pā­yāḥ pa­rai­r i­ṣṭa­tvā­t | ya­d a­pi dra­ṣṭu­r ā­tma­naḥ sva­rū­pe va­sthā­naṃ dhyā­naṃ pa­ra­ma­mu­kti­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ ta­d a­pi TAŚVA-ML 018,25na ra­tna­tra­yā­tma­ka­tāṃ vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti­, sa­mya­gjñā­na­sya puṃ­rū­pa­tvā­t­, ta­sya ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­sa­ha­ca­ri­ta­tvā­t­, pa­ra­mau­dā­sī- TAŚVA-ML 018,26nya­sya ca pa­ra­ma­cā­ri­tra­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 018,27pu­ru­ṣo na jñā­na­sva­bhā­va i­ti na śa­kya­vya­va­sthaṃ | ta­thā hi­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.58abya­dy a­jñā­na­sva­bhā­vaḥ syā­t ka­pi­lo no­pa­de­śa­kṛ­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.58cdsu­ṣu­pta­va­tpra­dhā­naṃ vā­ce­ta­na­tvā­d gha­ṭā­di­va­t |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 018,30ya­thai­va hi su­ṣu­pta­va­tta­ttva­jñā­na­ra­hi­taḥ ka­pi­lo '­nyo vā no­pa­de­śa­kā­rī pa­ra­sya gha­ṭa­te ta­thā pra­dhā­na­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 018,31sva­ya­m a­ce­ta­na­tvā­t ku­ṭā­di­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 018,32ta­ttva­jñā­na­saṃ­sa­rgā­d yo­gī jñā­na­sva­bhā­va i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.59abjñā­na­saṃ­sa­rga­to py e­ṣa nai­va jñā­na­sva­bhā­va­kaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.59cdvyo­ma ta­dva­dvi­śe­ṣa­sya sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 019,01ya­sya sa­rva­thā ni­ra­ti­śa­yaḥ pu­ru­ṣa­s ta­sya jñā­na­saṃ­sa­rgā­d a­pi na jñā­na­sva­bhā­vo sau ga­ga­na­va­t | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā cai­ta­nyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 019,02pu­ru­ṣa­sya sva­rū­pa­m i­ti na vi­ru­dhya­te ? ta­to na ka­pi­lo mo­kṣa­mā­rga­sya pra­ṇe­tā ye­na saṃ­stu­tyaḥ syā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.60abe­te­nai­ve­śva­raḥ śre­yaḥ­pa­tha­pra­khyā­pa­ne '­pra­bhuḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.60cdvyā­khyā­to '­ce­ta­no hy e­ṣa jñā­nā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva­taḥ |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 019,05ne­śva­raḥ śre­yo­mā­rgo­pa­de­śī sva­ya­m a­ce­ta­na­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­t | sva­ya­m a­ce­ta­no sau jñā­nā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tvā­t ta­dva­t | TAŚVA-ML 019,06nā­trā­śra­yā­si­ddho he­tu­r ī­śva­ra­sya pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­sya syā­dvā­di­bhi­r a­bhi­pre­ta­tvā­t | nā­pi dha­rmi­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 019,07pa­kṣa­s ta­dgrā­hi­ṇā pra­mā­ṇe­na ta­sya śre­yo­mā­rgo­pa­de­śi­tve­nā­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | pa­ro­pa­ga­ma­taḥ sā­dha­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­d vā na pra­kṛ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 019,08co­dyā­va­tā­raḥ sa­rva­sya ta­thā ta­dva­ca­nā­pra­ti­kṣe­pā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.61abvi­jñā­na­sa­ma­vā­yā­c ce­c ce­ta­no '­ya­m u­pe­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.61cdta­tsaṃ­sa­rgā­t ka­thaṃ na jñaḥ ka­pi­lo pi pra­si­ddhya­ti |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 019,11ya­the­śva­ro jñā­na­sa­ma­vā­yā­c ce­ta­na­s ta­thā jñā­na­saṃ­sa­rgā­t ka­pi­lo pi jño stu | ta­thā­pi ta­syā­jña­tve ka­tha­m ī­śva­ra­ś ce­ta­no TAŚVA-ML 019,12ya­to '­si­ddho he­tuḥ syā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.62abpra­dhā­nā­śra­yi vi­jñā­naṃ na puṃ­so jña­tva­sā­dha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.62cdya­di bhi­nnaṃ ka­thaṃ puṃ­sa­s ta­t ta­the­ṣṭaṃ ja­ḍā­tma­bhiḥ |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 019,15pra­dhā­nā­śri­taṃ jñā­naṃ nā­tma­no jña­tva­sā­dha­naṃ ta­to bhi­nnā­śra­ya­tvā­t pu­ru­ṣāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­sa­rgi­jñā­na­va­d i­ti ce­t ? ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 019,16na jñā­na­m ī­śva­ra­sya jña­tva­sā­dha­naṃ ta­to bhi­nna­pa­dā­rtha­tvā­d a­nī­śva­ra­jñā­na­va­d i­ti kiṃ nā­nu­ma­nya­se | TAŚV-ML 1.0.63abjñā­nā­śra­ya­tva­to ve­dhā ni­tyaṃ jño ya­di ka­thya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.63cdta­d e­va kiṃ­kṛ­taṃ ta­sya ta­to bhe­de pi ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 019,19sra­ṣṭā jño ni­tyaṃ jñā­nā­śra­ya­tvā­t ya­s tu na jñaḥ sa na ni­tyaṃ jñā­nā­śra­yo ya­thā vyo­mā­diḥ­, na ca ta­thā sra­ṣṭā TAŚVA-ML 019,20ta­to ni­tyaṃ jña i­ti ce­t | kiṃ­kṛ­taṃ ta­dā sra­ṣṭu­r jñā­nā­śra­ya­tvaṃ jñā­nā­d bhe­de pi va­stu­ta i­ti ciṃ­tya­m | sa­ma­vā­ya­kṛ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 019,21m i­ti ce­t | sa­ma­vā­yaḥ ki­m a­vi­śi­ṣṭo vi­śi­ṣṭo vā ? pra­tha­ma­vi­ka­lpo nu­pa­pa­nnaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 019,22ka­smā­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.64absa­ma­vā­yo hi sa­rva­tra na vi­śe­ṣa­kṛ­de­ka­kaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.64cdka­thaṃ khā­dī­ni saṃ­tya­jya puṃ­si jñā­naṃ ni­yo­ja­ye­t |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 019,25ya­smā­t "­sa­rve­ṣu sa­ma­vā­yi­ṣv e­ka e­va sa­ma­vā­ya­s ta­ttvaṃ bha­ve­na vyā­khyā­ta­m­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­smā­t te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 019,26vi­śe­ṣa­kṛ­n na nā­ma ye­na puṃ­sy e­va jñā­naṃ ni­yo­ja­ye­d ā­kā­śā­di­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa i­ti bu­ddhyā­ma­he | sa­ttā­va­de­ka­tve pi TAŚVA-ML 019,27sa­ma­vā­ya­sya pra­ti­vi­śi­ṣṭa­pa­dā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­yā vi­śe­ṣa­kā­ri­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ sa­ma­vā­yaḥ pra­ti TAŚVA-ML 019,28vi­śe­ṣyaṃ sa­ttā­va­d e­va i­ti prā­pto dvi­tī­yaḥ pa­kṣaḥ | ta­tra ca­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.65abvi­śi­ṣṭaḥ sa­ma­vā­yo '­ya­m ī­śva­ra­jñā­na­yo­r ya­di | TAŚV-ML 1.0.65cdta­dā nā­nā­tva­m e­ta­sya prā­ptaṃ saṃ­yo­ga­va­tta­ka­m |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 019,31na hi­, saṃ­yo­gaḥ pra­ti­vi­śe­ṣyaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭo nā­nā na bha­va­ti daṃ­ḍa­pu­ru­ṣa­saṃ­yo­gā­t pa­ṭa­dhū­pa­saṃ­yo­ga­syā­bhe­dā- TAŚVA-ML 019,32pra­tī­teḥ | saṃ­yo­ga­tve­nā­bhe­da e­ve­ti ce­t­, ta­d a­pi ta­to ya­di bhi­nna­m e­va ta­dā ka­tha­m a­syai­ka­tve saṃ­yo­ga­yo­r e­ka­tvaṃ ? TAŚVA-ML 019,33ta­n nā­nā saṃ­yo­go bhyu­pe­yo '­nya­thā sva­ma­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­dva­tsa­ma­vā­yo ne­kaḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­tāṃ­; ī­śva­ra­jñā­na­yoḥ sa­ma­vā­yaḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 019,34pa­ṭa­rū­pa­yoḥ sa­ma­vā­ya i­ti vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­yo­tpa­tteḥ | sa­ma­vā­yi­vi­śe­ṣā­t sa­ma­vā­ye vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ pra­tya­ya i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 020,01ta­rhi saṃ­yo­gi­vi­śe­ṣā­t saṃ­yo­ge vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­yo stu | śi­thi­laḥ saṃ­yo­go ni­bi­ḍaḥ saṃ­yo­ga i­ti pra­tya­yo ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 020,02saṃ­yo­ge ta­thā ni­tyaṃ sa­ma­vā­yaḥ ka­dā­ci­t sa­ma­vā­ya i­ti sa­ma­vā­ye pi | sa­ma­vā­yi­no ni­tya­tva­kā­dā­ci­tka­tvā­bhyāṃ TAŚVA-ML 020,03sa­ma­vā­ye ta­tpra­tya­yo­tpa­ttau saṃ­yo­gi­noḥ śi­thi­la­tva­ni­bi­ḍa­tvā­bhyāṃ saṃ­yo­ge ta­thā pra­tya­yaḥ syā­t | sva­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 020,04saṃ­yo­gi­no­r ni­bi­ḍa­tve saṃ­yo­go na­rtha­ka i­ti ce­t­, sva­taḥ sa­ma­vā­yi­no­r ni­tya­tve sa­ma­vā­yo na­rtha­kaḥ kiṃ na syā­t | TAŚVA-ML 020,05i­he­daṃ sa­ma­ve­ta­m i­ti pra­tī­tiḥ sa­ma­vā­ya­syā­rtha i­ti ce­t­, saṃ­yo­ga­sye­he­daṃ saṃ­yu­kta­m i­ti pra­tī­ti­r a­rtho stu | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 020,06na saṃ­yo­ga­sa­ma­vā­ya­yo­r vi­śe­ṣo nya­tra vi­ṣva­gbhā­vā­vi­ṣva­gbhā­va­sva­bhā­vā­bhyā­m i­ti ta­yo­r nā­nā­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­t si­ddhaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 020,07sa­ma­vā­ya­sya nā­nā­tve a­ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ saṃ­yo­ga­va­d i­ti ce­t | na | ā­tma­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­, ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­ni­tya- TAŚVA-ML 020,08tva­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­c ca | kiṃ ca­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.66aba­nā­śra­yaḥ ka­thaṃ cā­ya­m ā­śra­yai­r yu­jya­te ṃ­ja­sā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.66cdta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tā ye­na sa­ma­vā­ya­sya ga­mya­te |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 020,11ye­ṣā­m a­nā­śra­yaḥ sa­ma­vā­ya i­ti ma­taṃ te­ṣā­m ā­tma­jñā­nā­di­bhiḥ sa­ma­vā­yi­bhiḥ ka­thaṃ saṃ­ba­dhya­te ? saṃ­yo­ge­ne­ti ce­n na | TAŚVA-ML 020,12ta­syā­dra­vya­tve­na saṃ­yo­gā­nā­śra­ya­tvā­t | sa­ma­vā­ye­ne­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ | sva­yaṃ sa­ma­vā­yāṃ­ta­rā­ni­ṣṭeḥ | vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­ve­ne­ti TAŚVA-ML 020,13ce­t­, ka­thaṃ sa­ma­vā­yi­bhi­r a­saṃ­ba­ddha­sya ta­sya ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­vo ni­ścī­ya­te ? sa­ma­vā­yi­no vi­śe­ṣyā­t sa­ma­vā­yo TAŚVA-ML 020,14vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m i­ti pra­tī­te­r vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va e­va saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ sa­ma­vā­yi­bhiḥ sa­ma­vā­ya­sye­ti ce­t | sa ta­rhi ta­to TAŚVA-ML 020,15ya­dy a­bhi­nna­s ta­dva­d vā sa­ma­vā­yi­nāṃ tā­dā­tmya­si­ddhi­r a­bhi­nnā­d a­bhi­nnā­nāṃ te­ṣāṃ ta­dva­dbhe­da­vi­ro­dhā­t | bhi­nna e­ve­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 020,16ka­thaṃ tai­r vya­pa­di­śya­te ? pa­ra­smā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, sa e­va pa­rya­nu­yo­go '­na­va­sthā­naṃ ca | su­dū­ra­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 020,17ga­tvā sva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­bhiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya tā­dā­tmyo­pa­ga­me pa­ra­ma­ta­pra­si­ddhe­r na sa­ma­vā­yi­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ nā­ma |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.67abvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve cai­ta­sya vi­ci­tra­sa­ma­vā­yi­nā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.67cdvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve nā­nā­tva­prā­pti­r daṃ­ḍa­ka­ṭā­di­va­t |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 020,20sa­ty a­pi sa­ma­vā­ya­sya nā­nā­sa­ma­vā­yi­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve nā­nā­tva­prā­pti­r daṃ­ḍa­ka­ṭā­di­va­t | na hi yu­ga­pa­n nā­nā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 020,21vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m e­kaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ | sa­ttvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ti ce­n na | ta­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­n nā­nā­rū­pa­tvā­t | ta­de­ka­tvai­kāṃ­te gha­ṭaḥ sa­nn i­ti pra­tya­yo- TAŚVA-ML 020,22tpa­ttau sa­rva­thā sa­ttva­sya pra­tī­ta­tvā­t sa­rvā­rtha­sa­ttva­pra­tī­tya­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t kva­ci­t sa­ttā­saṃ­de­ho na syā­t | sa­ttvaṃ sa­rvā­tma­nā TAŚVA-ML 020,23pra­ti­pa­nnaṃ na tu sa­rvā­rthā­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣyā i­ti | ta­dā kva­ci­t sa­ttā­saṃ­de­he gha­ṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ sa­ttva­syā­nya­d a­nya­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 020,24vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tva­m i­ty ā­yā­ta­m a­ne­ka­rū­pa­tvaṃ | nā­nā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ nā­nā na pu­naḥ sa­ttvaṃ ta­sya ta­to bhe­dā­d i­ti ce­t | TAŚVA-ML 020,25ta­rhi gha­ṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­dhā­ra­tve­na sa­ttva­sya pra­tī­tau sa­rvā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­dhā­ra­tve­nā­pi pra­ti­pa­tteḥ sa e­va saṃ­śa­yā­pā­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 020,26sa­rvā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­dhā­ra­tva­sya ta­to na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tvā­t | ta­syā­pi nā­nā­rū­pa­sya sa­ttvā­dbhe­de nā­nā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­n nā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 020,27rū­pā­d a­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva­si­ddheḥ | si­ddhaṃ nā­nā­sva­bhā­vaṃ sa­ttvaṃ sa­kṛ­nnā­nā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | ta­dva­tsa­ma­vā­yo stu | dra­vya­tvā­di- TAŚVA-ML 020,28sā­mā­nyaṃ dvi­tvā­di­saṃ­khyā­naṃ pṛ­tha­ktvā­dya­va­ya­vi­dra­vya­m ā­kā­śā­di vi­bhu­dra­vyaṃ ca sva­ya­m e­ka­m a­pi pu­rā ya­d a­ne­kā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 020,29vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m i­ty e­ta­d a­ne­na ni­ra­staṃ | sa­rva­thai­ka­sya ta­thā­bhā­va­vi­ro­dha­si­ddhe­r i­ti na pa­ra­pa­ri­ka­lpi­ta­sva­bhā­vaḥ sa­ma­vā­yo sti­, TAŚVA-ML 020,30ye­ne­śva­ra­sya sa­dā jñā­na­sa­ma­vā­yi­to­pa­pa­tte­r jña­tvaṃ si­ddhye­t | TAŚVA-ML 020,31kī­dṛ­śa­s ta­rhi sa­ma­vā­yo '­stu­? —TAŚV-ML 1.0.68abta­to '­rtha­syai­va pa­ryā­yaḥ sa­ma­vā­yo gu­ṇā­di­va­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.68cdtā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­me­na ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­va­bhā­sa­nā­t |­| 6­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 020,34bhrāṃ­taṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d dra­vya­bhe­de­na pra­ti­bhā­sa­naṃ sa­ma­vā­ya­sye­ti na ma­ta­vyaṃ ta­dbhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­sya grā­ha­kā­bhā­vā­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 021,01pra­tya­kṣaṃ ta­dgrā­ha­kaṃ ta­tre­daṃ dra­vya­m a­yaṃ gu­ṇā­di­r a­yaṃ sa­ma­vā­ya i­ti bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­sā­bhā­vā­t | nā­py a­nu­mā­naṃ liṃ­gā- TAŚVA-ML 021,02bhā­vā­t | i­he­da­m i­ti pra­tya­yo liṃ­ga­m i­ti ce­t | na | ta­sya sa­ma­vā­yi­tā­dā­tmya­sva­bhā­va­sa­ma­vā­ya­sā­dha­ka­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 021,03vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t | ni­tya­sa­rva­ga­tai­ka­rū­pa­sya sa­ma­vā­ye­nā­nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­t gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ dra­vya­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyā- TAŚVA-ML 021,04bhā­sa­na­sya dra­vya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tva­sya bhā­vā­t sā­dha­na­śū­nyaṃ sā­dhya­śū­nyaṃ ca ni­da­rśa­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­tyaṃ­ta­bhe­da­sya ta­ta­s te­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 021,05m a­ni­śca­yā­t ta­da­si­ddheḥ | gu­ṇa­gu­ṇi­nau kri­yā­ta­dvaṃ­tau jā­ti­ta­dvaṃ­tau ca pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­tyaṃ­taṃ bhi­nnau bhi­nna­pra­ti­bhā­sa­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 021,06gha­ṭa­pa­ṭa­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­na­m a­pi na ta­dbhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­sā­dha­naṃ­, ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nna­pra­ti­bhā­sa­tva­sya he­toḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­dbhe­da­sā­dha­na­ta­yā TAŚVA-ML 021,07vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t si­ddhya­bhā­vā­t | na hi gu­ṇa­gu­ṇyā­dī­nāṃ sa­rva­thā bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­so sti ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 021,08ta­thā­hi | gu­ṇā­da­ya­s ta­dva­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nnā­s ta­to śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­na­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ki­m i­da­m a­śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­na­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 021,09nā­ma­? vi­ve­ke­na gra­hī­tu­m a­śa­kya­tva­m i­ti ce­d a­si­ddhaṃ gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ dra­vyā­d bhe­de­na gra­ha­ṇā­t | ta­dbu­ddhau dra­vya­syā­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 021,10bhā­sa­nā­t dra­vya­bu­ddhau ca gu­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­pra­tī­teḥ | de­śa­bhe­de­na vi­ve­ca­yi­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvaṃ ta­d i­ti ce­t­, kā­la­kā­śā­di- TAŚVA-ML 021,11bhi­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ sā­dha­na­m i­ti ka­ści­t | ta­da­na­va­bo­dha­vi­jṛ­bhi­taṃ | svā­śra­ya­dra­vyā­d dra­vyāṃ­ta­raṃ ne­tu­m a­śa­kya­tva­syā- TAŚVA-ML 021,12śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­na­tva­sya ka­tha­nā­t | na ca ta­da­si­ddha­m a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvaṃ sā­dhya­dha­rmi­ṇi sa­dbhā­vā­d vi­pa­kṣā­d vyā­vṛ­tte­ś ca | ta­n na TAŚVA-ML 021,13gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d dra­vya­tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­me­nā­va­bhā­sa­na­m a­si­ddhaṃ­, nā­pi dra­vya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvaṃ ye­na sā­dhya­śū­nyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 021,14sā­dha­na­śū­nyaṃ vā ni­da­rśa­na­m a­nu­ma­nya­te | sa­ma­vā­yo vā­rtha­syai­va pa­ryā­yo na si­ddhye­t­, si­ddhe pi sa­ma­vā­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 021,15dra­vya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tve nā­nā­tve ca kiṃ si­ddha­m i­ti pra­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.69abta­dī­śva­ra­sya vi­jñā­na­sa­ma­vā­ye­na yā jña­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.69cdsā ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­dā­tma­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­me­na nā­nya­thā |­| 6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.70abta­thā­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­da­sya pra­si­ddhiḥ ke­na vā­rya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.70cdpra­mā­ṇa­bā­dha­nā­dbhi­nna­sa­ma­vā­ya­sya ta­dva­taḥ |­| 7­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 021,20ta­d e­vaṃ sa­ma­vā­ya­sya ta­ttva­to bhi­nna­sya sa­rva­thā pra­tya­kṣā­di­bā­dha­nā­t ta­da­bā­dhi­ta­dra­vya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sa­ma­vā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 021,21pra­si­ddhe­r jñā­na­sa­ma­vā­yā­d jño ma­he­śva­ra i­ti ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­d e­vo­ktaḥ syā­t | sa ca mo­kṣā­mā­rga­sya TAŚVA-ML 021,22pra­ṇe­te­ti bha­ga­vā­n a­rha­nn e­va nā­māṃ­ta­re­ṇa stū­ya­mā­naḥ ke­nā­pi vā­ra­yi­tu­m a­śa­kyaḥ | pa­ra­s tu ka­pi­lā­di­va­da­jño na TAŚVA-ML 021,23ta­tpra­ṇe­tā nā­ma | TAŚV-ML 1.0.71absu­ga­to pi na mā­rga­sya pra­ṇe­tā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.71cdtṛ­ṣṇā­vi­dyā­vi­ni­rmu­kte­s ta­tsa­mā­khyā­ta­kha­ṅgi­va­t |­| 7­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 021,26yo py ā­ha | a­vi­dyā­tṛ­ṣṇā­bhyāṃ vi­ni­rmu­kta­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­to ja­ga­ddhi­tai­ṣī su­ga­to mā­rga­sya śā­ste­ti | so pi TAŚVA-ML 021,27na pre­kṣā­vā­n | ta­thā vya­va­sthi­tya­gha­ṭa­nā­t | na hi śo­bha­naṃ saṃ­pū­rṇaṃ vā ga­taḥ su­ga­to vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te­, kṣa­ṇi­ka- TAŚVA-ML 021,28ni­rā­sra­va­ci­tta­sya pra­jñā­pā­ra­mi­ta­sya śo­bha­na­tva­saṃ­pū­rṇa­tvā­bhyā­m i­ṣṭa­sya si­ddhyu­pā­yā­pā­yā­t | bhā­va­nā­pra­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­ta­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 021,29tsi­dhdyu­pā­ya i­ti ce­t | na | bhā­va­nā­yā vi­ka­lpā­tma­ka­tve­nā­ta­ttva­vi­ṣa­yā­yāḥ pra­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­ta­prā­ptā­yā­s ta­ttva­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 021,30vai­tṛ­ṣṇya­sva­bhā­vo­da­ya­vi­ro­dhā­t | na hi sā śru­ta­ma­yī ta­ttva­vi­ṣa­yā śru­ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­ttva­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 021,31pra­mā­ṇaṃ se­ti ce­t ta­rhi ciṃ­tā­ma­yī syā­t | ta­thā ca na śru­ta­ma­yī bhā­va­nā nā­ma | pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­na­rū­pā śru­ta­ma­yī TAŚVA-ML 021,32svā­rthā­nu­mā­nā­tmi­kā ciṃ­tā­ma­yī­ti vi­bhā­go pi na śre­yā­n | sa­rva­thā bhā­va­nā­yā­s ta­ttva­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­yo­gā­t | ta­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 021,33prā­pa­ka­tvā­d va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, ka­tha­m a­va­stvā­laṃ­ba­nā sā va­stu­naḥ prā­pi­kā | ta­da­dhya­va­sā­yā­t ta­tra pra­va­rta­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 021,34d i­ti ce­t | kiṃ pu­na­r a­dhya­va­sā­yo va­stu vi­ṣa­yī­ku­ru­te ya­to sya ta­tra pra­va­rta­ka­tvaṃ | sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­da­rśa­na­va­śa­pra­bhā­vo TAŚVA-ML 022,01'­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ pra­vṛ­tti­vi­ṣa­yo­pa­da­rśa­ka­tvā­t pra­va­rta­ka i­ti ce­t­, pra­tya­kṣa­pṛ­ṣṭa­bhā­vī vi­ka­lpa­s ta­thā­stu sa­mā­ro­pa- TAŚVA-ML 022,02vya­va­cche­da­ka­tvā­d a­nu­mā­nā­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya ta­thā­bhā­ve da­rśa­no­tthā­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya ki­m a­ta­thā­bhā­va­s ta­da­vi­śe­ṣā­t | TAŚVA-ML 022,03pra­vṛ­tta­syā­ro­pa­sya vya­va­cche­do dhya­va­sā­yaḥ pra­va­rta­ko na pu­naḥ pra­va­rti­ṣya­mā­ṇa­sya vya­va­cche­da­ka i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 022,04pa­rī­kṣa­ko nā­ma ta­ttvā­rtha­vā­sa­nā­ja­ni­tā­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tā­yā­m a­nu­mā­nā­dhya­va­sā­ya­syā­pi se­ṣṭe­ti ta­dā­tmi­kā- TAŚVA-ML 022,05bhā­va­nā na ta­ttva­vi­ṣa­ya­to nā­vi­dyā­pra­sū­ti­he­tu­r a­vi­jñā­to vi­dyo­da­ya­vi­ro­dhā­t | na­nv a­vi­dyā­nu­kū­lā­yā e­vā- TAŚVA-ML 022,06vi­dyā­yā vi­dyā­pra­sa­va­na­he­tu­tvaṃ vi­ru­ddhaṃ na pu­na­r vi­dyā­nu­kū­lā­yāḥ sa­rva­sya ta­ta e­va vi­dyo­da­yo pa­ra­mā­d a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 022,07vi­dyā­nā­di­tva­pra­sa­kteḥ saṃ­sā­ra­pra­vṛ­ttya­yo­gā­d i­ti ce­t | na | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ vi­dyā­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d vi­dyo­da­ya- TAŚVA-ML 022,08sye­ṣṭeḥ | vi­dyā­sva­bhā­vo hy ā­tmā ta­dā­va­ra­ṇo­da­ye syā­d a­vi­dyā­vi­va­rtaḥ sva­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kā­bhā­ve tu sva­rū­pe vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­ta TAŚVA-ML 022,09i­ti nā­vi­dyai­vā­nā­di­r vi­dyo­da­ya­ni­mi­ttā sa­ka­la­vi­dyā­m u­pe­yā­m a­pe­kṣya de­śa­vi­dyā ta­du­pā­ya­rū­pā bha­va­ty a­vi­dyai­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 022,10ce­t | na | de­śa­vi­dyā­yā de­śa­taḥ pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d a­vi­dyā­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | yā tu ke­na­ci­d aṃ­śe­na pra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 022,11sa­dbhā­vā­d a­vi­dyā­tma­naḥ sā­pi na vi­dyo­da­ya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­da­bhā­va e­va vi­dyā­pra­sū­te­r i­ti na vi­dyā­tmi­kā bhā­va­nā TAŚVA-ML 022,12gu­ru­ṇo­pa­di­ṣṭā sā­dhya­mā­nā su­ga­ta­tva­he­tu­r ya­taḥ su­ga­to vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | bha­va­tu vā su­ga­ta­sya vi­dyā­vai­tṛ­ṣṇya­saṃ­prā­pti- TAŚVA-ML 022,13s ta­thā­pi na śā­stṛ­tvaṃ vya­va­sthā­nā­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā hi | su­ga­to na mā­rga­sya śā­stā vya­va­sthā­na­vi­ka­la­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 022,14kha­ṅgi­va­t | vya­va­sthā­na­vi­ka­lo sā­v a­vi­dyā­tṛ­ṣṇā­vi­ni­rmu­kta­tvā­t ta­dva­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.72abja­ga­ddhi­tai­ṣi­tā­sa­kte­r bu­ddho ya­dy a­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.72cdta­thai­vā­tma­hi­tai­ṣi­tva­ba­lā­t kha­ṅgī­ha ti­ṣṭha­tu |­| 7­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 022,17bu­ddho bha­ve­yaṃ ja­ga­to hi­tā­ye­ti bhā­va­nā­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­vi­dyā­tṛ­ṇṇā­pra­kṣa­ye pi su­ga­ta­sya vya­va­sthā­ne kha­ṅgi­no TAŚVA-ML 022,18'­py ā­tmā­naṃ śa­ma­yi­ṣyā­mī­ti bhā­va­nā­ba­lā­d vya­va­sthā­na­m a­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.73abta­thā­ga­to­pa­kā­rya­sya ja­ga­to '­naṃ­ta­tā ya­di | TAŚV-ML 1.0.73cdsa­rva­dā­va­sthi­tau he­tu­r ma­taḥ su­ga­ta­saṃ­ta­teḥ |­| 7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.74abkha­ṅgi­no py u­pa­kā­rya­sya sva­saṃ­tā­na­sya kiṃ pu­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.74cdna syā­d a­naṃ­ta­tā ye­na ta­nni­ra­nva­ya­ni­rvṛ­tiḥ |­| 7­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.75absva­ci­tta­śa­ma­nā­t ta­sya saṃ­tā­no no­tta­ra­tra ce­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.75cdnā­tmā­naṃ śa­ma­yi­ṣyā­mī­ty a­bhyā­sa­sya vi­dhā­na­taḥ |­| 7­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.76abna cāṃ­tya­ci­tta­ni­ṣpa­ttau ta­tsa­mā­pti­r vi­bhā­vya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.76cdta­trā­pi śa­ma­yi­ṣyā­mī­ty e­ṣya­ci­tta­vya­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 7­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.77abciṃ­tāṃ­ta­ra­sa­mā­raṃ­bhi nāṃ­tyaṃ ci­tta­m a­nā­sra­va­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.77cdsa­ha­kā­ri­vi­hī­na­tvā­t tā­dṛ­gdī­pa­śi­khā ya­thā |­| 7­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.78abi­ty a­yu­kta­m a­nai­kāṃ­tā­d bu­ddha­ci­tte­na tā­dṛ­śā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.78cdhi­tai­ṣi­tvaṃ­ni­mi­tta­sya sa­dbhā­vo pi sa­mo dva­yoḥ |­| 7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.79abca­ra­ma­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­s tu ne­ta­ra­sya pra­si­ddhya­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.0.79cdta­to '­naṃ­ta­ra­ni­rvā­ṇa­si­ddhya­bhā­vā­t pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ |­| 7­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 022,33kha­ṅgi­no ni­rā­sra­vaṃ ci­ttaṃ ci­ttāṃ­ta­raṃ nā­ra­bha­te ja­ga­ddhi­tai­ṣi­tvā­bhā­ve ca­ra­ma­tve na sa­ti sa­ha­kā­ri­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 022,34tā­dṛ­gdī­pa­śi­khā­va­d i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, sa­ha­kā­ri­ra­hi­ta­tva­sya he­to­r bu­ddha­ci­tte­nā­nai­kāṃ­tā­t­, ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya hi­tai­ṣi­tvā­bhā­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 023,01ca­ra­ma­tva­sya vā­si­ddha­tvā­t | sa­mā­naṃ hi tā­va­d dhi­tai­ṣi­tvaṃ kha­ṅgi­su­ga­ta­yo­r ā­tma­ja­ga­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ | sa­rva­vi­ṣa­yaṃ hi­tai­ṣi­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 023,02kha­ṅgi­no nā­sty e­ve­ti ce­t­, su­ga­ta­syā­pi kṛ­ta­kṛ­tye­ṣu ta­da­bhā­vā­t | ta­tra ta­dbhā­ve vā su­ga­ta­sya ya­t kiṃ­ca­na- TAŚVA-ML 023,03kā­ri­tvaṃ pra­vṛ­tti­nai­ppha­lyā­t | ya­t tu de­śa­to '­kṛ­ta­kṛ­tye­ṣu ta­sya hi­tai­ṣi­tvaṃ ta­t sva­ṅgi­no pi sva­ci­tte­ṣū­tta­re- TAŚVA-ML 023,04ṣv a­stī­ti na ja­ga­ddhi­tai­ṣi­tvā­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhaḥ | nā­pi ca­ra­ma­tvaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | ca­ra­maṃ ni­rā­sra­vaṃ kha­ṅgi­ci­ttaṃ TAŚVA-ML 023,05svo­pā­de­yā­nā­raṃ­bha­ka­tvā­d va­rti­sne­hā­di­śū­nya­dī­pā­di­kṣa­ṇa­va­d i­ti ce­t | na | a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇā­t | sa­ti hi ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 023,06svo­pā­de­yā­nā­raṃ­bha­ka­tve ca­ra­ma­tva­sya si­ddhi­s ta­tsi­ddhau ca svo­pā­de­yā­nā­raṃ­bha­ka­tva­si­ddhi­r i­ti nā­pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 023,07vi­śe­ṣa­ṇo he­tu­r vi­pa­kṣa­vṛ­tti­ś ca | kha­ṅgi­saṃ­tā­na­syā­naṃ­ta­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­yā­laṃ ye­no­tta­ro­tta­rai­ṣya­ciṃ­tā­pe­kṣa­yā­tmā­naṃ śa­ma­yi­ṣyā- TAŚVA-ML 023,08mī­ty a­bhyā­sa­vi­dhā­nā­t sva­ci­ttai­ka­sya śa­ma­ne pi ta­tsaṃ­tā­na­syā­pa­ri­sa­mā­pti­si­ddhe­r ni­ra­nva­ya­ni­rvā­ṇā­bhā­vaḥ | su­ga­ta­sye- TAŚVA-ML 023,09vā­naṃ­ta­ja­ga­du­pa­kā­ra­sya na vya­va­ti­ṣṭhe­ta ta­thā­pi ka­sya­ci­t pra­śāṃ­ta­ni­rvā­ṇe su­ga­ta­sya ta­d a­stu | ta­taḥ su­ṣṭhu ga­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 023,10su­ga­taḥ | sa ca ka­thaṃ mā­rga­sya pra­ṇe­tā nā­ma |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.80abmā bhū­t ta­cchāṃ­ta­ni­rvā­ṇaṃ su­ga­to stu pra­mā­tma­kaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.80cdśā­ste­ti ce­n na ta­syā­pi vā­kpra­vṛ­tti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 8­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 023,13na ka­sya­ci­c chāṃ­ta­ni­rvā­ṇa­m a­sti ye­na su­ga­ta­sya ta­dva­t ta­d ā­pā­dya­te ni­rā­sra­va­ci­tto­tpā­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ni­rvā­ṇa­sye­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 023,14tvā­t | ta­taḥ śo­bha­naṃ saṃ­pū­rṇaṃ vā ga­taḥ su­ga­taḥ pra­mā­tma­kaḥ śā­stā mā­rga­sye­ti ce­t | na | ta­syā­pi vi­dhū­ta­ka- TAŚVA-ML 023,15lpa­nā­jā­la­sya vi­va­kṣā­vi­ra­hā­d vā­caḥ­pra­vṛ­tti­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.81abvi­śi­ṣṭa­bhā­va­no­dbhū­ta­pu­ṇyā­ti­śa­ya­to dhru­va­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.81cdvi­va­kṣā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi vā­gvṛ­ttiḥ su­ga­ta­sya ce­t |­| 8­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 023,18bu­ddha­bhā­va­no­dbhū­ta­tvā­d bu­ddha­tvaṃ saṃ­va­rta­kā­d dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­d vi­nā­pi vi­va­kṣā­yā bu­ddha­sya sphu­ṭaṃ vā­gvṛ­tti­r ya­di ta­dā TAŚVA-ML 023,19sa sā­nva­yo ni­ra­nva­yo vā syā­t | kiṃ cā­taḥ­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.82absi­ddhaṃ pa­ra­ma­taṃ ta­sya sā­nva­ya­tve ji­na­tva­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.82cdpra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­nā­śi­tve sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­tiḥ |­| 8­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 023,22na sā­nva­yaḥ su­ga­to ye­na tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­bhā­va­no­pā­ttā­ttī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­nā­ma­ka­rma­ṇo ti­śa­ya­va­taḥ pu­ṇyā­d ā­ga­ma­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 023,23tī­rthaṃ pra­va­rta­ya­to '­rha­to vi­va­kṣā­ra­hi­ta­sya nā­māṃ­ta­ra­ka­ra­ṇā­t syā­dvā­di­ma­taṃ si­ddhye­t | nā­pi pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­nā­śī TAŚVA-ML 023,24su­ga­taḥ kṣa­ṇe śā­stā ye­nā­sya kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dyā­bhyā­m a­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­ti­r ā­pā­dya­te | kiṃ ta­rhi ? su­ga­ta­saṃ­tā­naḥ śā­ste­ti TAŚVA-ML 023,25yo brū­yā­t ta­syā­pi sa saṃ­tā­naḥ ki­m a­va­stu va­stu vā syā­t ? u­bha­ya­trā­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­ti­pa­ra­ma­ta­si­ddhī ta­da­va­sthe | TAŚVA-ML 023,26ta­thā­hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.83absaṃ­tā­na­syā­py a­va­stu­tvā­d a­nya­thā­tmā ta­tho­cya­tā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.83cdka­thaṃ­ci­d dra­vya­tā­dā­tmyā­d vi­nā­śa­s ta­sya saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 8­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 023,29sva­ya­m a­pa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭa­bhe­dāḥ pū­rvo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇāḥ saṃ­tā­na i­ti ce­t ta­rhi ta­syā­va­stu­tvā­d a­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­tiḥ saṃ­tā­ni­bhya­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 023,30ttvā­ta­ttvā­bhyā­m a­vā­cya­tva­syā­va­stu­tve­na vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | saṃ­tā­na­sya va­stu­tve vā si­ddhaṃ pa­ra­ma­ta­m ā­tma­na­s ta­thā­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 023,31dhā­nā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­d dra­vya­tā­dā­tmye­nai­va pū­rvo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ saṃ­tā­na­tva­si­ddheḥ pra­tyā­sa­ttyaṃ­ta­ra­sya vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­, tā­ttvi­ka- TAŚVA-ML 023,32tā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­c ca | TAŚV-ML 1.0.84abpū­rva­kā­la­vi­va­kṣā­to na­ṣṭā­yā a­pi ta­ttva­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.84cdsu­ga­ta­sya pra­va­rtaṃ­te vā­ca i­ty a­pa­re vi­duḥ |­| 8­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 024,01ya­thā jā­gra­dvi­jñā­nā­n na­ṣṭā­d a­pi pra­bu­ddha­vi­jñā­naṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ta­yā na­ṣṭā­yāḥ pū­rva­vi­va­kṣā­yāḥ su­ga­ta­sya vā­co pi TAŚVA-ML 024,02pra­va­rta­mā­nāḥ saṃ­bhā­vyā i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.85abte­ṣāṃ sa­vā­sa­naṃ na­ṣṭaṃ ka­lpa­nā­jā­la­m a­rtha­kṛ­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.85cdka­thaṃ na yu­kti­ma­dhyā­s te śu­ddha­syā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 8­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 024,05ya­t sa­vā­sa­naṃ na­ṣṭaṃ ta­n na kā­rya­kā­ri ya­thā­tmī­yā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ka­lpa­nā­jā­laṃ | su­ga­ta­sya sa­vā­sa­naṃ na­ṣṭaṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 024,06vi­va­kṣā­va­khya­ka­lpa­nā­jā­la­m i­ti na pū­rva­vi­va­kṣā­to sya vā­gvṛ­tti­r yu­kti­m a­dhi­va­sa­ti | jā­gra­dvi­jñā­ne­na vya­bhi­cā­rī TAŚVA-ML 024,07he­tu­r i­ti ce­t | na | sa­vā­sa­na­gra­ha­ṇā­t | ta­sya hi vā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dhe sa­ti sva­kā­rya­kā­ri­tva­m a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 024,08su­ga­ta­sya vi­va­kṣā vā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dho­pa­ga­me tu vi­va­kṣo­tpa­tti­pra­sa­kteḥ ku­to '­tyaṃ­taṃ ka­lpa­nā­vi­la­yaḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ | TAŚVA-ML 024,09su­ga­ta­vā­co vi­va­kṣā­pū­rvi­kā vā­ktvā­d a­sma­dā­di­vā­gva­t | ta­dvi­va­kṣā ca bu­ddha­da­śā­yāṃ na saṃ­bha­va­ti­, ta­tsaṃ­bha­ve TAŚVA-ML 024,10bu­ddha­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | sā­ma­rthyā­t pū­rva­kā­la­bhā­vi­nī vi­va­kṣā vā­gvṛ­tti­kā­ra­ṇaṃ go­tra­skha­la­na­va­d i­ti | ta­d a­yu­kta­m | TAŚVA-ML 024,11go­tra­skha­la­na­sya ta­tkā­la­vi­va­kṣā­pū­rva­ka­tva­pra­tī­teḥ­, ta­d dhi pa­dmā­va­tī­ti va­ca­na­kā­le vā­sa­va­da­tte ti­va­ca­naṃ | na ca TAŚVA-ML 024,12vā­sa­va­da­ttā­vi­va­kṣā ta­dva­ca­na­he­tu­r a­nya­dā ca ta­dva­ca­na­m i­ti yu­ktaṃ | pra­tha­maṃ pa­dmā­va­tī­vi­va­kṣā hi va­tsa­rā­ja­sya TAŚVA-ML 024,13jā­tā ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m ā­śv e­vā­tyaṃ­tā­bhyā­sa­va­śā­d vā­sa­va­da­ttā­vi­va­kṣā ta­dva­ca­naṃ ce­ti sa­rva­ja­na­pra­si­ddhaṃ | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 024,14ma­na­ske­na ma­yā pra­stu­tā­ti­kra­me­ṇā­nya­d u­kta­m i­ti saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ syā­t | ta­thā ca ka­tha­m a­tī­ta­vi­va­kṣā­pū­rva­ka­tve su­ga­ta- TAŚVA-ML 024,15va­ca­na­sya go­tra­skha­la­na­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ ye­na vi­va­kṣā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇai­va su­ga­ta­vā­co na pra­va­rte­ra­n | su­ṣu­pta­va­co­va­t pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­rā- TAŚVA-ML 024,16saṃ­bha­vā­t | na hi su­ṣu­pta­sya su­ṣu­pta­da­śā­yāṃ vi­va­kṣā­saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­sti ta­da­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pa­ścā­d a­nu­mā­nāṃ­ta­ra­vi­va­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 024,17saṃ­ve­da­na­m i­ti ce­t | na | liṃ­gā­bhā­vā­t | va­ca­nā­di liṃ­gā­m i­ti ce­t­, su­ṣu­pta­va­ca­nā­di­r jā­gra­dva­ca­nā­di­r vā ? TAŚVA-ML 024,18pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe vyā­ptya­si­ddhiḥ­, sva­taḥ pa­ra­to vā su­ṣu­pta­va­ca­nā­de­r vi­va­kṣā­pū­rva­ka­tve­na pra­ti­pa­ttu­m a­śa­kteḥ | jā­gra­dva­ca­nā- TAŚVA-ML 024,19di­s tu na su­ṣu­pta­vi­va­kṣā­pū­rva­ko dṛ­ṣṭa i­ti ta­da­ga­ma­ka e­va | sa­nni­ve­śā­di­va­jja­ga­tkṛ­ta­ka­tva­sā­dha­ne yā­dṛ­śā­m a­bhi­na­va- TAŚVA-ML 024,20kū­pā­dī­nāṃ sa­nni­ve­śā­di dhī­ma­tkā­ra­ṇa­kaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ tā­dṛ­śā­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­dhī­ma­tkā­ra­ṇā­nā­m a­pi jī­rṇa­kū­pā­dī­nāṃ ta­dga­ma­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 024,21nā­nyā­dṛ­śā­nāṃ bhū­dha­rā­dī­nā­m i­ti bru­vā­ṇā yā­dṛ­śāṃ jā­gra­dā­dī­nāṃ vi­va­kṣā­pū­rva­kaṃ va­ca­nā­di dṛ­ṣṭaṃ tā­dṛ­śā­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 024,22de­śāṃ­ta­rā­di­va­rti­nāṃ ta­tta­dga­ma­kaṃ nā­nyā­dṛ­śāṃ su­ṣu­ptā­dī­nā­m i­ti ka­thaṃ na pra­ti­pa­dya­te | ta­thā pra­ti­pa­ttau ca na TAŚVA-ML 024,23su­ga­ta­sya vi­va­kṣā­pū­rvi­kā vā­gvṛ­ttiḥ sā­kṣā­tpa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā vā śu­ddha­sya vi­va­kṣā­pā­yā­d a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.86absā­nni­dhya­mā­tra­ta­s ta­sya ciṃ­tā­ra­tno­pa­ma­sya ce­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.86cdku­ṭyā­di­bhyo pi vā­caḥ syu­r vi­ne­ya­ja­na­saṃ­ma­tāḥ |­| 8­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 024,26sa­tyaṃ na su­ga­ta­sya vā­co vi­va­kṣā­pū­rvi­kā­s ta­tsa­nni­dhā­na­mā­trā­t ku­ṭyā­di­bhyo pi ya­thā pra­ti­pa­ttu­r a­bhi­prā­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 024,27ta­du­dbhū­te­ś ciṃ­tā­ra­tno­pa­ma­tvā­t su­ga­sya | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­ciṃ­tā­ra­tno­pa­mā­no ja­ga­ti vi­ja­ya­te vi­śva­rū­po py a­rū­paḥ­" TAŚVA-ML 024,28i­ti ke­ci­t | te ka­tha­m ī­śva­ra­syā­pi sa­nni­dhā­nā­j ja­ga­d u­dbha­va­tī­ti pra­ti­ṣe­ddhuṃ sa­ma­rthāḥ­, su­ga­te­śva­ra­yo­r a­nu­pa­kā­ra­ka- TAŚVA-ML 024,29tvā­di­nā sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 024,30ta­thā­hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.87abki­m e­va­m ī­śva­ra­syā­pi sāṃ­ni­dhyā­j ja­ga­d u­dbha­va­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.87cdni­ṣi­dhya­te ta­dā cai­va prā­ṇi­nāṃ bho­ga­bhū­ta­ye |­| 8­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.88absa­rva­thā­nu­pa­kā­ri­tvā­n ni­tya­sye­śa­sya ta­n na ce­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.88cdsu­ga­ta­syo­pa­kā­ri­tvaṃ de­śā­nā­su ki­m a­sti te |­| 8­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.89abta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tā mā­trā ta­sya tā i­ti ce­n ma­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.89cdpi­śā­cā­de­s ta­thai­vai­tāḥ kiṃ na syu­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 8­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.90abta­syā­dṛ­śya­sya ta­ddhe­tu­bhā­va­ni­ści­tya­saṃ­bha­ve | TAŚV-ML 1.0.90cdsu­ga­taḥ kiṃ nu dṛ­śya­s te ye­nā­sau ta­nni­baṃ­dha­na­m |­| 9­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.91abta­to nā­śvā­sa e­vai­ta­dde­śa­nā­stu pa­rī­kṣa­yā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.91cdsa­tāṃ pra­va­rta­mā­nā­m i­ti kai­ści­t su­bhā­ṣi­ta­m |­| 9­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 025,07ta­d e­vaṃ na su­ga­to mā­rga­syo­pa­de­ṣṭā pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vā­d ī­śva­ra­va­t | na pra­mā­ṇa­m a­sau ta­ttva­pa­ri­cche­da­ka­tvā­bhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 025,08t ta­dva­t | na ta­ttva­pa­ri­cche­da­ko sau sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t ta­dva­d e­va | na vā­rtha­kri­yā­ra­hi­ta­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 025,09kra­mā­kra­mā­bhyāṃ ta­dvi­ro­dhā­n ni­tya­va­t | syā­n ma­taṃ | saṃ­vṛ­ttyai­va su­ga­taḥ śā­stā mā­rga­sye­ṣya­te na va­stu­ta­ś ci­trā­dvai­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 025,10su­ga­ta­tvā­d i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t | su­ta­rāṃ ta­sya śā­stṛ­tvā­yo­gā­t | ta­thā­hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.92abci­trā­dya­dvai­ta­vā­de ca dū­re sa­nmā­rga­de­śa­nā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.92cdpra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dha­ś ca bhe­da­syai­va pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 9­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 025,13pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­ś ci­trā­dvai­taṃ tā­va­n na saṃ­bha­va­ty e­va ci­trā­syā­dvai­ta­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­dva­dba­hi­ra­rtha­ka­syā­py a­nya­thā nā­nai­ka­tva­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 025,14svā­n ma­taṃ | ci­trā­kā­rā­py e­kā bu­ddhi­r bā­hya­ci­tra­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t | śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­naṃ hi bā­hyaṃ ci­tra­m a­śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­nā TAŚVA-ML 025,15sva­bu­ddhi­r nī­lā­dyā­kā­rā i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t | bā­hya­dra­vya­sya ci­tra­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­syā­śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­c ci­trai­ka- TAŚVA-ML 025,16rū­pa­tā­pa­tteḥ | ya­thai­va hi jñā­na­syā­kā­rā­s ta­to vi­ve­ca­yi­tu­m a­śa­kyā­s ta­thā pu­dga­lā­de­r a­pi rū­pā­da­yaḥ | nā­nā­ra­tna- TAŚVA-ML 025,17rā­śau bā­hye pa­dma­rā­ga­ma­ṇi­r a­yaṃ caṃ­dra­kāṃ­ta­ma­ṇi­ś cā­ya­m i­ti vi­ve­ca­naṃ pra­tī­ta­m e­ve­ti ce­t | ta­rhi nī­lā­dyā­kā­rai­ka- TAŚVA-ML 025,18jñā­ne pi nī­lā­kā­ro yaṃ pī­tā­kā­ra­ś cā­ya­m i­ti vi­ve­ca­naṃ kiṃ na pra­tī­taṃ ? ci­tra­pra­ti­bhā­sa­kā­le ta­n na pra­tī­ya­ta TAŚVA-ML 025,19e­va pa­ścā­t tu nī­lā­dya­bhā­sā­ni jñā­nāṃ­ta­rā­ṇy a­vi­dyo­da­yā­d vi­ve­ke­na pra­tī­yaṃ­ta i­ti ce­t | ta­rhi ma­ṇi­rā­śi­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 025,20bhā­sa­kā­le pa­dma­rā­gā­di­vi­ve­ca­naṃ na pra­tī­ya­ta e­va­, pa­ścā­t tu ta­tpra­tī­ti­r a­vi­dyo­da­yā­d i­ti śa­kyaṃ va­ktuṃ | ma­ṇi- TAŚVA-ML 025,21rā­śe­r de­śa­bhe­de­na vi­bha­ja­naṃ vi­ve­ca­na­m i­ti ce­t | bhi­nna­jñā­na­saṃ­tā­na­rā­śeḥ sa­maṃ | e­ka­jñā­nā­kā­re­ṣu ta­da­bhā­va TAŚVA-ML 025,22i­ti ce­t | e­ka­m a­ṇyā­kā­re­ṣv a­pi | ma­ṇe­r e­ka­sya khaṃ­ḍa­ne ta­dā­kā­re­ṣu ta­d a­stī­ti ce­t | jñā­na­syai­ka­sya khaṃ­ḍa­ne TAŚVA-ML 025,23sa­mā­naṃ | pa­rā­ṇy e­va jñā­nā­ni ta­tkhaṃ­ḍa­ne ta­the­ti ce­t | pa­rā­ṇy e­va ma­ṇi­khaṃ­ḍa­dra­vyā­ṇi ma­ṇi­khaṃ­ḍa­ne tā­nī­ti TAŚVA-ML 025,24sa­mā­na­m | na­nv e­vaṃ vi­ci­tra­jñā­naṃ vi­ve­ca­ya­nn a­rthe pa­ta­tī­ti ta­da­vi­ve­ca­na­m e­ve­ti ce­t | ta­rhi e­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇa­ta- TAŚVA-ML 025,25dra­vyā­kā­rā­n e­va vi­ve­ca­ya­nnā­nā­dra­vyā­kā­re­ṣu pa­ta­tī­ti ta­da­vi­ve­ca­na­m a­stu | ta­to ya­thai­ka­jñā­nā­kā­rā­ṇā­m a­śa­kya- TAŚVA-ML 025,26vi­ve­ca­na­tvaṃ ta­thai­ka­pu­dga­lā­di­dra­vyā­kā­rā­ṇā­m a­pī­ti jñā­na­va­dbā­hya­m a­pi ci­traṃ si­dhdya­t ka­thaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhyaṃ ye­na ci­trā­dvai­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 025,27si­dhdye­t | na ca si­ddhe pi ta­smi­n mā­rgo­pa­de­śa­nā­sti­, ta­ttva­to mo­kṣa­ta­nmā­rgā­de­r a­bhā­vā­t | saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­te TAŚVA-ML 025,28ta­da­bhā­vo '­ne­na ni­ve­di­taḥ | pra­tya­kṣā­di­bhi­r bhe­da­pra­si­ddheḥ | ta­dvi­ru­ddhaṃ ca ci­trā­dya­dvai­ta­m i­ti su­ga­ta­ma­tā­d a­nya e­vo- TAŚVA-ML 025,29pa­śa­ma­vi­dhe­r mā­rgaḥ si­ddhaḥ | ta­to na su­ga­ta­s ta­tpra­ṇe­tā bra­hma­va­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.93abna ni­ro­dho na co­tpa­tti­r na ba­ddho na ca mo­ca­kaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.93cdna baṃ­dho sti na vai mu­kti­r i­ty e­ṣā pa­ra­mā­rtha­tā |­| 9­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.94abna bra­hma­vā­di­nāṃ si­ddhā vi­jñā­nā­dvai­ta­va­t sva­ya­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.94cdni­tya­sa­rva­ga­tai­kā­tmā­pra­si­ddheḥ pa­ra­to pi vā |­| 9­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 025,34na hi ni­tyā­di­rū­pa­sya bra­hma­ṇaḥ sva­taḥ si­ddhiḥ kṣa­ṇi­kā­naṃ­śa­saṃ­ve­da­na­va­t | nā­pi pa­ra­ta­s ta­syā­ni­ṣṭeḥ | a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 026,01dvai­ta­pra­sa­kteḥ | ka­lpi­tā­d a­nu­mā­nā­deḥ ta­tsā­dha­ne na tā­ttvi­kī si­ddhi­r ya­to ni­ro­dho­tpa­tti­ba­ddha­mo­ca­ka­baṃ­dha­mu­kti­ra­hi­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 026,02pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­tra­m ā­sthā­ya mā­rga­de­śa­nā dū­ro­tsā­ri­tai­ve­ty a­nu­ma­nya­te | ta­d e­vaṃ ta­ttvā­rtha­śā­sa­nā­raṃ­bhe '­rha­nn e­va syā­dvā­da- TAŚVA-ML 026,03nā­ya­kaḥ stu­ti­yo­gyo '­sta­do­ṣa­tvā­t | a­sta­do­ṣo '­sau sa­rva­vi­ttvā­t | sa­rva­vi­d a­sau pra­mā­ṇā­nvi­ta­mo­kṣa­mā­rga- TAŚVA-ML 026,04pra­ṇā­ya­ka­tvā­t | ye tu ka­pi­lā­da­yo '­sa­rva­jñā­s te na pra­mā­ṇā­nvi­ta­mo­kṣa­mā­rga­pra­ṇā­ya­kā­s ta­ta e­vā­sa­rva­jña­tvā­n nā­sta- TAŚVA-ML 026,05do­ṣā i­ti na pa­rī­kṣa­ka­ja­na­sta­va­na­yo­gyā­s te­ṣāṃ sa­rva­the­hi­ta­hī­na­mā­rga­tvā­t sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nāṃ mo­kṣa­mā­rga­vya­va­sthā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 026,06pa­pa­tte­r i­ty u­pa­saṃ­hri­ya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.95abta­taḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nvi­ta­mo­kṣa­mā­rga­pra­ṇā­ya­kaḥ sa­rva­vi­da­sta­do­ṣaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.95cdsyā­dvā­da­bhā­g e­va nu­te­r i­hā­rhaḥ so '­rha­n pa­re ne­hi­ta­hī­na­mā­rgāḥ |­| 9­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 026,09i­ti śā­strā­dau sto­ta­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhiḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.96absva­saṃ­ve­da­na­taḥ si­ddhaḥ sa­dā­tmā bā­dha­va­rji­tā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.96cdta­sya kṣmā­di­vi­va­rtā­tma­ny ā­tma­ny a­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 9­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 026,12kṣi­tyā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ce­ta­nā­tma­kaḥ sa­ka­la­lo­ka­pra­si­ddha­mū­rti­r ā­tmā ta­to nyo na ka­ści­t pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 026,13ka­sya sa­rva­jña­tva­vī­ta­rā­ga­tve mo­kṣo mo­kṣa­mā­rga­pra­ṇe­tṛ­tvaṃ stu­tya­tā mo­kṣa­mā­rga­pra­ti­pi­tsā vā si­ddhye­t | ta­da­si­ddhau TAŚVA-ML 026,14ca nā­di­sū­tra­pra­va­rta­naṃ śre­ya i­ti yo py ā­kṣi­pa­ti so pi na pa­rī­kṣa­kaḥ | sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d ā­tma­naḥ si­ddha­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 026,15sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ bhrāṃ­ta­m i­ti ce­t | na | ta­sya sa­rva­dā bā­dha­va­rji­ta­tvā­t | pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­de­śa­pu­ru­ṣa­kā­la­bā­dha­va­rji­te­na TAŚVA-ML 026,16vi­pa­rī­ta­saṃ­ve­da­ne­na vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, sa­rva­de­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | na ca kṣmā­di­vi­va­rtā­tma­ke cai­ta­nya­vi- TAŚVA-ML 026,17śi­ṣṭa­kā­ya­la­kṣa­ṇe puṃ­si sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ saṃ­bha­va­ti­, ye­na ta­to rthāṃ­ta­ra­m ā­tmā­naṃ na pra­sā­dha­ye­t | TAŚVA-ML 026,18sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­pra­si­ddha­m i­ty a­tro­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.97absva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­py a­sya ba­hiḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­va­rja­nā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.97cda­haṃ­kā­rā­spa­daṃ spa­ṣṭa­m a­bā­dha­m a­nu­bhū­ya­te |­| 9­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 026,21na hī­daṃ nī­la­m i­tyā­di pra­ti­bhā­sa­naṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­ja­tvā­d a­na­haṃ­kā­rā­spa­da­tvā­t­, na ca ta­thā­haṃ TAŚVA-ML 026,22su­khī­ti pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­m i­ti spa­ṣṭaṃ ta­d a­nu­bhū­ya­te | gau­ro ha­m i­ty a­va­bhā­sa­na­m a­ne­na pra­tyu­ktaṃ­, ka­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­tvā­d a­haṃ gu­lmī- TAŚVA-ML 026,23ty a­va­bhā­sa­na­va­t | ka­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣaṃ hī­daṃ śa­rī­rāṃ­taḥ­spa­rśa­neṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t | su­khy a­ha­m i­ty a­va­bhā­sa­na­m i­ti ta­thā­stu TAŚVA-ML 026,24ta­ta e­ve­ti ce­t | na | ta­syā­haṃ­kā­ra­mā­trā­śra­ya­tvā­t | bhrāṃ­taṃ ta­d i­ti hi ce­n na | a­bā­dha­tvā­t | na­nv a­haṃ su­khī­ti TAŚVA-ML 026,25ve­da­naṃ ka­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣaṃ ve­da­na­tvā­d a­haṃ gu­lmī­tyā­di­ve­da­na­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­na­bā­dha­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t sa­bā­dha­m e­ve­ti ce­t | TAŚVA-ML 026,26ki­m i­da­m a­nu­mā­naṃ ka­ra­ṇa­mā­trā­pe­kṣa­tva­sya sā­dha­kaṃ ba­hiḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­tva­sya sā­dha­kaṃ vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe na ta­tsā­dha­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 026,27sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syāṃ­ta­ka­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t | dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhaḥ sva­ta­s ta­sya ba­hiḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­tvā­pra­tī­teḥ | TAŚVA-ML 026,28sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­pa­rā­ma­rśi vā­haṃ su­khī­ty ā­ve­da­na­m i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­d a­pi ta­sya ta­thā­bhā­vā­si­ddheḥ | svā­tma­ni kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­t TAŚVA-ML 026,29sva­rū­pa­pa­rā­ma­rśa­ṇa­m a­syā­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.98abta­dvi­lo­pe na vai kiṃ­ci­t ka­sya­ci­d vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.98cdsva­saṃ­ve­da­na­mū­la­tvā­t sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ |­| 9­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 026,32pṛ­thi­vyā­pa­ste­jo­vā­yu­r i­ti ta­ttvā­ni­, sa­rva­m u­pa­pla­va­mā­tra­m i­ti vā sve­ṣṭaṃ ta­ttvaṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­ya­tsva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ svī­ka­rtu- TAŚVA-ML 026,33m a­rha­ty e­va­, a­nya­thā ta­da­si­ddheḥ | pa­ra­pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­mā­traṃ ku­ru­te na pu­na­s ta­ttvaṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­ya­tī­ti ce­t­, vyā­ha­ta­m i­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 026,34ta­syai­ve­ṣṭa­tvā­t | pa­ro­pa­ga­mā­t pa­ra­pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­mā­traṃ ku­ru­te na tu sva­ya­m i­ṣṭe ye­na ta­d e­va ta­ttvaṃ vya­va­sthā­pi­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 027,01bha­ve­d i­ti ce­t | sa pa­ro­pa­ga­mo ya­dy u­pa­plu­ta­s ta­dā na ta­taḥ pa­ra­pa­rya­nu­yo­go yu­ktaḥ | so nu­pa­plu­ta­ś ce­t ka­thaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 027,02sva­ya­m i­ṣṭaḥ | pa­ro­pa­ga­māṃ­ta­rā­d a­nu­pa­plu­to na sva­ya­m i­ṣṭa­tvā­d i­ti ce­t | ta­d a­pi pa­ro­pa­ga­māṃ­ta­ra­m u­pa­plu­taṃ na ve­dya­ni­vṛ­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 027,03pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ | su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā ka­sya­ci­t sva­ya­m i­ṣṭau si­ddha­m i­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­vya­va­sthā­pa­naṃ sva­saṃ­vi­di­taṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­nvā­ka­rṣa- TAŚVA-ML 027,04ty a­nya­thā gha­ṭā­de­r i­va ta­dvya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | na hi sva­ya­m a­saṃ­vi­di­taṃ ve­da­naṃ pa­ro­pa­ga­me­nā­pi vi­ṣa­ya­pa­ri­cche- TAŚVA-ML 027,05da­kaṃ | ve­da­nāṃ­ta­ra­vi­di­taṃ ta­di­ṣṭa­si­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m i­ti ce­n na | a­na­va­sthā­nā­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.99absaṃ­ve­da­nāṃ­ta­re­ṇai­va vi­di­tā­d ve­da­nā­d ya­di | TAŚV-ML 1.0.99cdsve­ṣṭā­si­ddhi­r u­pe­ye­ta ta­dā syā­d a­na­va­sthi­tiḥ |­| 9­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.100abprā­cyaṃ hi ve­da­naṃ tā­va­n nā­rthaṃ ve­da­ya­te dhru­va­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.100cdyā­va­n nā­nye­na bo­dhe­na vu­ddhyaṃ so py e­va­m e­va tu |­| 1­0­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.101abnā­rtha­sya da­rśa­naṃ si­ddhye­t pra­tya­kṣaṃ su­ra­maṃ­tri­ṇaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.101cdta­thā sa­ti kṛ­ta­ś ca syā­n ma­tāṃ­ta­ra­sa­mā­śra­yaḥ |­| 1­0­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 027,12a­rtha­da­rśa­naṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti vṛ­ha­spa­ti­ma­taṃ pa­ri­tya­jyai­kā­rtha­sa­ma­ve­tā­naṃ­ta­ra­jñā­na­ve­dya­m a­rtha­jñā­na­m i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 027,13cā­rvā­ko nā­ma ! pa­ro­pa­ga­mā­t ta­thā­va­ca­na­m i­ti ce­n na | sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­jñā­na­vā­di­naḥ pa­ra­tvā­t­, ta­to pi ma­tāṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 027,14sa­mā­śra­ya­sya du­rni­vā­ra­tvā­t | na ca ta­du­pa­pa­nna­m a­na­va­sthā­nā­t | i­ti si­ddhaṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ bā­dha­va­rji­taṃ su­khy a­ha­m i­tyā­di TAŚVA-ML 027,15kā­yā­t ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­ta­yā­tma­no bhe­daṃ sā­dha­ya­tī­ti kiṃ na­ściṃ­ta­yā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.102abvi­bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­c ca bhe­da­ś cai­ta­nya­de­ha­yoḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.102cdta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­ta­yā to­ya­te­jo­va­d i­ti mī­ya­te |­| 1­0­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 027,18cai­ta­nya­de­hau ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­tve­na bhi­nnau bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t to­ya­te­jo­va­t | i­ty a­tra nā­si­ddho he­tuḥ­, sva­saṃ­ve­da­na- TAŚVA-ML 027,19la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­c cai­ta­nya­sya­, kā­ṭhi­nya­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t kṣi­tyā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­no de­ha­sya­, ta­yo­r bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tva­sya si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 027,20pa­ri­ṇā­mi­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­bhā­ve­na bhe­da­sā­dha­ne si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­ta­ye­ti sā­dhya­de­ha­cai­ta­nya­yoḥ ta­ttvā- TAŚVA-ML 027,21nta­ra­yā bhe­da­sā­dha­na­m a­sti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | ku­ṭa­pa­ṭā­bhyāṃ bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhyāṃ ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­tve­na bhe­da­ra­hi­tā­bhyā­m a­ne­kāṃ­ta TAŚVA-ML 027,22i­ti ce­n na | ta­tra pa­re­ṣāṃ bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā ca­ttvā­ry e­va ta­ttvā­nī­ti vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ku­ṭa- TAŚVA-ML 027,23pa­ṭā­dī­nāṃ bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tve pi ta­ttvāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­ve kṣi­tyā­dī­nā­m a­pi ta­ttvāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­t | dhā­ra­ṇā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­sā­mā­nya­bhe- TAŚVA-ML 027,24dā­t te­ṣāṃ ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­tvaṃ na la­kṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­bhe­dā­d ye­na gha­ṭa­pa­ṭā­dī­nāṃ ta­tpra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi sva­saṃ­vi­da­tve­ta­ra­tva­la­kṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 027,25sā­mā­nya­bhe­dā­d de­ha­cai­ta­nya­yo­s ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­tva­sā­dha­nā­t ka­thaṃ ku­ṭa­pa­ṭā­bhyāṃ ta­sya vya­bhi­cā­raḥ ? syā­dvā­di­nāṃ pu­na­r vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 027,26la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­d bhe­da­sā­dha­ne pi na tā­bhyā­m a­ne­kāṃ­taḥ­, ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­ta­yā ta­yo­r bhe­do­pa­ga­mā­t | sa­ttvā­di­sā­mā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 027,27la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­de he­tu­r a­si­ddha i­ti ce­n na | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā kṣi­tyā­di­bhe­da­sā­dha­ne pi so '­si­ddho na bha­ve­t ? a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 027,28la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­da­sya he­tu­tvā­n nai­va­m i­ti ce­t­, sa­mā­na­m a­nya­tra­, sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.103abbhi­nna­pra­mā­ṇa­ve­dya­tvā­d i­ty a­py e­te­na va­rṇi­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.103cdsā­dhi­taṃ ba­hi­r aṃ­ta­ś ca pra­tya­kṣa­sya vi­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 1­0­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 027,31ba­hi­raṃ­ta­rmu­khā­kā­ra­yo­r iṃ­dri­ya­ja­sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­yo­r bhe­de­na pra­si­ddhau si­ddha­m i­daṃ sā­dha­naṃ va­rṇa­nī­yaṃ de­ha­cai­ta­nye bhi­nne TAŚVA-ML 027,32bhi­nna­pra­mā­ṇa­ve­dya­tvā­d i­ti | ka­ra­ṇa­ja­jñā­na­ve­dyo hi de­haḥ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­ve­dyaṃ cai­ta­nyaṃ pra­tī­ta­m i­ti si­ddhaṃ sā­dha­naṃ sva­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 027,33sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­ve­dye­na pa­rai­r a­nu­me­ye­na bhi­nne­na cai­ta­nye­na vya­bhi­cā­rī­ti na yu­ktaṃ­, sva­saṃ­ve­dyā­nu­me­ya­sva­bhā­vā­bhyāṃ ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 027,34bhe­dā­t | ta­ta e­vai­ka­sya pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­pa­ri­cche­dye­nā­gni­nā na ta­da­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ­, nā­pi mā­ra­ṇa­śa­ktyā­tma­ka­vi­ṣa­dra­vye­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 028,01śa­kṛ­tā­dṛ­śā śa­kti­śa­kti­ma­toḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­pra­si­ddheḥ | sa­rva­thā bhe­da­sya de­ha­cai­ta­nya­yo­r a­py a­sā­dha­na­tvā­t | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 028,02sā­dha­ne sa­ddra­vya­tvā­di­nā­pi bhe­da­pra­sa­kte­r no­bha­yo­r a­pi sa­ttva­dra­vya­tvā­da­yo­r a­vya­va­ti­ṣṭhe­ra­n | ya­thā hi de­ha­sya cai­ta­nyā­t TAŚVA-ML 028,03sa­ttve­na vyā­vṛ­ttau sa­ttva­vi­ro­dha­s ta­thā cai­ta­nya­syā­pi de­hā­t | e­vaṃ dra­vya­tvā­di­bhi­r vyā­vṛ­ttau co­dyaṃ | bhi­nna­pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 028,04ve­dya­tvā­d e­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­d vā na ke­na­ci­d vya­bhi­cā­ra­co­da­nā he­toḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti ye­na vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m e­ke­ne­tyā­di pra­yu­jya­te | TAŚVA-ML 028,05saṃ­di­gdha­vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­vṛ­tti­ka­tva­m a­pi nā­sya śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, ku­tra­ci­d a­bhi­nna­rū­pe bhi­nna­pra­mā­ṇa­ve­dya­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | tā­dṛ­śaḥ TAŚVA-ML 028,06sa­rva­syā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­tva­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā­rtha­kri­yā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a­va­stu­tva­pra­sa­kteḥ | ya­d a­py a­bhya­dhā­yi |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.104abkṣi­tyā­di­sa­mu­dā­yā­rthāḥ śa­rī­reṃ­dri­ya­go­ca­rāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.104cdte­bhya­ś cai­ta­nya­m i­ty e­ta­n na pa­rī­kṣā­kṣa­me­ri­ta­m |­| 1­0­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 028,09pṛ­thi­vyā­pa­ste­jo­vā­yu­r i­ti ta­ttvā­ni­, ta­tsa­mu­dā­yaḥ śa­rī­reṃ­dri­ya­saṃ­jñā­vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, te­bhya­ś cai­ta­nya­m i­ty e­ta­d a­pi na TAŚVA-ML 028,10pa­rī­kṣā­kṣa­me­ri­taṃ | śa­rī­rā­dī­nāṃ cai­ta­nya­vyaṃ­ja­ka­tva­kā­ra­ka­tva­yo­r a­yo­gā­t | ku­ta­s ta­da­yo­gaḥ ? TAŚV-ML 1.0.105abvyaṃ­ja­kā na hi te tā­va­c ci­to ni­tya­tva­śa­kti­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.105cdkṣi­tyā­di­ta­ttva­va­d jñā­tuḥ kā­rya­tva­syā­py a­ni­ṣṭi­taḥ |­| 1­0­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 028,13ni­tyaṃ cai­ta­nyaṃ śa­śva­da­bhi­vyaṃ­gya­tvā­t kṣi­tyā­di­ta­ttva­va­t­, śa­śva­da­bhi­vyaṃ­gyaṃ ta­tkā­rya­tā­nu­pa­ga­mā­t | ka­dā­ci- TAŚVA-ML 028,14t kā­rya­tvo­pa­ga­me vā­bhi­vya­kti­vā­da­vi­ro­dhā­t­, ta­da­bhi­vya­kti­kā­la e­ta­syā­bhi­vyaṃ­ga­tvaṃ nā­nya­the­ty a­si­ddhaṃ sa­rva­dā- TAŚVA-ML 028,15bhi­vyaṃ­ga­tvaṃ na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, a­bhi­vya­kti­yo­gya­tva­sya he­tu­tvā­t | ta­ta e­va na pa­ra­sya gha­ṭā­di­bhi­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 028,16kā­rya­tve sa­ty a­bhi­vyaṃ­gya­tva­syā­śā­śva­ti­ka­tvā­t | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ tu sa­rva­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­tya­tvā­n na ke­na­ci­d vya­bhi­cā­raḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.106abkuṃ­bhā­di­bhi­r a­ne­kāṃ­to na syā­d e­va ka­thaṃ­ca­na | TAŚV-ML 1.0.106cdte­ṣāṃ ma­taṃ gu­ru­tve­na pa­rai­r i­ṣṭaḥ pra­tī­ti­taḥ |­| 1­0­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 028,19na hy e­kāṃ­ta­na­śva­rā gha­ṭā­da­yaḥ pra­dī­pā­di­bhi­r a­bhi­vyaṃ­gyā nā­ma nā­śai­kāṃ­te '­bhi­vyaṃ­gyā­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­ka­bhā­va­sya vi­ro­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 028,20n ni­tyai­kāṃ­ta­va­t | jā­tyaṃ­ta­re ta­sya pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­d i­ti pra­ti­pa­kṣā­pe­kṣa­yā na gha­ṭā­di­bhi­r a­ne­kāṃ­taḥ sā­dha­na­sya | TAŚVA-ML 028,21ta­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­c cai­ta­nya­ni­tya­tā­pra­sa­kti­bha­yā­n na śa­rī­rā­da­ya­ś ci­ttā­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­kāḥ pra­ti­pā­da­nī­yāḥ | śa­bda­sya tā­lvā­di- TAŚVA-ML 028,22va­t te­bhya­ś cai­ta­nya­m u­tpā­dya­ta i­ti kri­yā­dhyā­hā­rā­d vyaṃ­ja­ta i­ti kri­yā­dhyā­hā­ra­sya pau­raṃ­da­ra­syā­yu­kta­tvā­t kā­ra­kā e­va TAŚVA-ML 028,23śa­rī­rā­da­ya­s ta­sye­ti cā­nu­pa­pa­nnaṃ­, te­ṣāṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­tve­no­pā­dā­na­tve­na vā kā­ra­ka­tvā­yo­gā­d i­ty u­pa­da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.107abnā­pi te kā­ra­kā vi­tte­r bha­vaṃ­ti sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.107cdsvo­pā­dā­na­vi­hī­nā­yā­s ta­syā­s te­bhyo '­pra­sū­ti­taḥ |­| 1­0­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 028,26svo­pā­dā­na­ra­hi­tā­yā vi­tteḥ śa­rī­rā­da­yaḥ kā­ra­kāḥ śa­bdā­de­s tā­lvā­di­va­d i­ti ce­n na | a­si­ddha­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 028,27ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.108abno­pā­dā­nā­d vi­nā śa­bdo vi­dyu­dā­deḥ pra­va­rta­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.108cdkā­rya­tvā­t kuṃ­bha­va­d ya­dy a­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­na­m a­tra te |­| 1­0­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.109abkva kā­ṣṭhāṃ­ta­rga­tā­d a­gne­r a­gnyaṃ­ta­ra­sa­mu­dbha­vaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.109cdta­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­to ye­na ta­ttva­saṃ­khyā na hī­ya­te |­| 1­0­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 028,32pra­tya­kṣa­to '­pra­tī­ta­sya śa­bdā­dyu­pā­dā­na­syā­nu­mā­nā­t sā­dha­ne pa­ra­sya ya­dy a­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­naṃ ta­dā pra­tya­kṣa­to '­pra­tī­tā­t kā- TAŚVA-ML 028,33ṣṭhāṃ­ta­rga­tā­d a­gne­r a­nu­mī­ya­mā­nā­d a­gnyaṃ­ta­ra­sa­mu­dbha­va­sā­dha­ne ta­da­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­naṃ ka­thaṃ na syā­d bhū­ta­vā­di­naḥ sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 028,34bhā­vā­t | kā­ṣṭhā­d e­vā­na­lo­tpa­ttau kva ta­ttva­saṃ­khyā­vya­va­sthā kā­ṣṭho­pā­de­ya­syā­na­la­sya kā­ṣṭhe­ta­ra­tvā­bhā­vā­t pṛ­thi­vī­tva- TAŚVA-ML 029,01pra­sa­kteḥ | pā­rthi­vā­nāṃ ca mu­ktā­pha­lā­nāṃ svo­pā­dā­ne ja­le '­nta­rbhā­vā­j ja­la­tvā­pa­tte­r ja­la­sya ca caṃ­dra­kāṃ­tā­d u­dbha­va­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 029,02pā­rthi­va­ttvā­na­ti­kra­mā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ kā­ṣṭhā­da­yo '­na­lā­dī­nāṃ no­pā­dā­na­he­ta­va­s ta­dā­nu­pā­dā­nā­na­lā­dyu­tpa­ttiḥ TAŚVA-ML 029,03ka­lpa­nī­yā | sā ca na yu­ktā pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­taḥ sva­ya­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­pi pā­va­kā­dyu­pā­dā­na­sya ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 029,04ci­to py u­pā­dā­na­m a­va­śya­m a­bhyu­pe­ya­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.110absū­kṣmo bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ce­d u­pā­dā­naṃ ci­to ma­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.110cdsa e­vā­tmā­stu ci­jjā­ti­sa­ma­nvi­ta­va­pu­r ya­di |­| 1­1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.111abta­dvi­jā­tiḥ ka­thaṃ nā­ma ci­du­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.111cdbha­va­ta­s te­ja­so ṃ­bho­va­t ta­thai­vā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā |­| 1­1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.112absa­ttvā­di­nā sa­mā­na­tvā­c ci­du­pā­dā­na­ka­lpa­ne | TAŚV-ML 1.0.112cdkṣmā­dī­nā­m a­pi ta­t ke­na ni­vā­rye­ta pa­ra­spa­ra­m |­| 1­1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.113abye­na nai­kaṃ bha­ve­t ta­ttvaṃ kri­yā­kā­ra­ka­ghā­ti te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.113cdpṛ­thi­vyā­de­r a­śe­ṣa­sya ta­trai­vā­nu­pra­ve­śa­taḥ |­| 1­1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 029,13sū­kṣma­bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ś cai­ta­nye­na sa­jā­tī­yo vi­jā­tī­yo vā ta­du­pā­dā­naṃ bha­ve­t ? sa­jā­tī­ya­ś ce­d ā­tma­no nā­māṃ- TAŚVA-ML 029,14ta­re­ṇā­bhi­dhā­nā­t pa­ra­ma­ta­si­ddhiḥ | vi­jā­tī­ya­ś ce­t ka­tha­m u­pā­dā­na­m a­gne­r ja­la­va­t | sa­rva­thā vi­jā­tī­ya­syā­py u­pā­dā­na­tve TAŚVA-ML 029,15sai­vā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā | go­ma­yā­de­r vṛ­ści­ka­syo­tpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­n nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­ne­ti ce­t­, na | vṛ­ści­ka­śa­rī­ra­go­ma­ya­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 029,16pu­dga­la­dra­vya­tve­na sa­jā­tī­ya­tvā­t­, ta­yo­r u­pā­dā­no­pā­de­ya­tā­pā­yā­c ca | vṛ­ści­ka­śa­rī­rā­raṃ­bha­kā hi pu­dga­lā­s ta­du­pā­dā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 029,17na pu­na­r go­ma­yā­di­s ta­sya sa­ha­kā­ri­tvā­t | sa­ttve­na dra­vya­tvā­di­nā vā sū­kṣma­bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sa­jā­tī­ya­tvā­c ce­ta­no- TAŚVA-ML 029,18pā­dā­na­tva­m i­ti­, ta­ta e­va kṣmā­dī­nā­m a­nyo­nya­m u­pā­dā­na­tva­m a­stu ni­vā­ra­kā­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā sa­ti te­ṣāṃ pa­ra­spa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 029,19m a­naṃ­ta­rbhā­vaḥ ta­daṃ­ta­rbhā­vo vā syā­t ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe cai­ta­nya­syā­pi bhū­te­ṣv aṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­bhā­vā­t ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­tva­si­ddhiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 029,20dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe ta­ttva­m e­kaṃ pra­si­dhdye­t pṛ­thi­vyā­deḥ sa­rva­tra ta­trai­vā­nu­pra­ve­śa­nā­t | ta­c cā­yu­ktaṃ kri­yā­kā­ra­ka­ghā­ti­tvā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.114abta­smā­d dra­vyāṃ­ta­rā­po­ḍha­sva­bhā­vā­nva­yi ka­thya­tā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.114cdu­pā­dā­naṃ vi­kā­rya­sya ta­ttva­bhe­do '­nya­thā ku­taḥ |­| 1­1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 029,23ta­ttva­m u­pā­dā­na­tvaṃ vi­kā­rya­tvaṃ ca ta­dbhe­do dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­vyā­vṛ­tte­na sva­bhā­ve­nā­nva­yi­tve sa­ty u­pā­dā­no­pā­de­ya­yo- TAŚVA-ML 029,24r yu­kto­r nā­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ty u­pa­saṃ­ha­rta­vyaṃ | ta­thā ca sū­kṣma­sya bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­ce­ta­na­dra­vya­vyā­vṛ­ta­sva­bhā­ve­na cai­ta­nya- TAŚVA-ML 029,25m a­nu­ga­ccha­ta­s ta­du­pā­dā­na­tva­m i­ti va­rṇā­di­ra­hi­taḥ sva­saṃ­ve­dyo '­nu­me­yo vā sa e­vā­tmā paṃ­ca­ma­ta­ttva­m a­nā­tma­jña­sya TAŚVA-ML 029,26pa­ra­lo­ka­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­saṃ­bha­va­vya­va­sthā­pa­na­pa­ra­ta­yā pra­si­dhdya­ty e­ve­ti ni­ga­dya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.115absū­kṣmo bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ca va­rṇā­di­pa­ri­va­rji­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.115cdsva­saṃ­ve­da­na­ve­dyo ya­m a­nu­me­yo tha­vā ya­di |­| 1­1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.116absa­rva­thā paṃ­ca­maṃ bhū­ta­m a­nā­tma­jña­sya si­ddhya­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.0.116cdsa e­va pa­ra­lo­kī­ti pa­ra­lo­ka­kṣa­tiḥ ka­tha­m |­| 1­1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 029,31ne­dṛ­śo bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ś cai­ta­nya­syo­pā­dā­naṃ kiṃ­tu śa­rī­rā­da­ya e­va te­ṣāṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­tve­na kā­ra­ka­tva­pa­kṣā­nā­śra­yā- TAŚVA-ML 029,32d i­ti ce­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.117abśa­rī­rā­da­ya e­vā­sya ya­dy u­pā­dā­na­he­ta­vaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.117cdta­dā ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tvaṃ vi­jñā­na­sya pra­sa­jya­te |­| 1­1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.118abvya­tī­te pīṃ­dri­ye '­rthe ca vi­ka­lpa­jñā­na­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.118cdna ta­ddhe­tu­tva­m e­ta­sya ta­smi­n sa­ty a­py a­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 1­1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.119abkā­ya­ś ce­t kā­ra­ṇaṃ ya­sya pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.119cdsa­dyo mṛ­ta­ta­nuḥ ka­smā­t ta­thā nā­sthī­ya­te mu­nā |­| 1­1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.120abvā­yu­vi­śle­ṣa­ta­s ta­sya vai­ka­lyā­c ce­n ni­baṃ­dha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.120cdcai­ta­nya­m i­ti saṃ­prā­ptaṃ ta­sya sa­dbhā­va­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 1­2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.121absā­ma­grī­ja­ni­kā nai­kaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ kiṃ­ci­d ī­kṣya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.121cdvi­jñā­ne pi­ṣṭa­to­yā­di­r ma­da­śa­ktā­v i­ve­ti ce­t |­| 1­2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.122absaṃ­yu­kte sa­ti kiṃ na syā­t kṣmā­di­bhū­ta­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ye | TAŚV-ML 1.0.122cdcai­ta­nya­sya sa­mu­dbhū­tiḥ sā­ma­gyrā a­pi bhā­va­taḥ |­| 1­2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.123abta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­vi­va­rta­syā­pā­yā­c ce­t sa ka i­ṣya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.123cdbhū­ta­vya­ktyaṃ­ta­rā­saṃ­gaḥ pi­ṭhi­rā­dā­v a­pī­kṣya­te |­| 1­2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.124abkā­la­pa­ryu­ṣi­ta­tvaṃ ce­t pi­ṣṭā­di­va­d u­pe­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.124cdta­t kiṃ ta­tra na saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ ye­na nā­ti­pra­sa­jya­te |­| 1­2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.125abbhū­tā­ni ka­ti­ci­t kiṃ­ci­t ka­rtuṃ śa­ktā­ni ke­na­ci­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.125cdpa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa dṛ­ṣṭā­nī­ti ma­taṃ ya­di |­| 1­2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.126abta­dā de­hīṃ­dri­yā­dī­ni ci­dvi­śi­ṣṭā­ni kā­ni­ci­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.126cdci­dvi­va­rta­sa­mu­dbhū­tau saṃ­tu śa­ktā­ni sa­rva­dā |­| 1­2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.127abta­thā sa­ti na dṛ­ṣṭa­sya hā­ni­r nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.127cdma­dhyā­va­sthā­va­dā­dau ca ci­dde­hā­de­ś ci­du­dbha­vā­t |­| 1­2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.128abta­ta­ś ca ci­du­pā­dā­nā­c ce­ta­ne­ti vi­ni­śca­yā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.128cdna śa­rī­rā­da­ya­s ta­syāḥ saṃ­ty u­pā­dā­na­he­ta­vaḥ |­| 1­2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 030,23ta­de­vaṃ na śa­rī­rā­di­bhyo bhi­vya­kti­va­d u­tpa­tti­ś cai­ta­nya­sya gha­ṭa­te sa­rva­thā te­ṣāṃ vyaṃ­ja­ka­tva­va­tkā­ra­ka­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.129abe­te­na de­ha­cai­ta­nya­bhe­da­sā­dha­na­m i­ṣṭa­kṛ­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.129cdkā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve­ne­ty e­ta­d dhva­staṃ ni­bu­ddhya­tā­m |­| 1­2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 030,26ni­ra­ste hi de­ha­cai­ta­nya­yoḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve vyaṃ­gya­vyaṃ­ja­ka­bhā­ve ca te­na ta­yo­r bhe­da­sā­dha­ne si­ddha­sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 030,27m i­ty e­ta­n ni­ra­staṃ bha­va­ti ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­tve­na ta­dbhe­da­sya sā­dhya­tvā­t | na ca ya­dy a­sya kā­ryaṃ ta­t ta­ta­s ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­m a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 030,28nā­pi svā­tma­bhū­taṃ vyaṃ­gyaṃ ta­ta e­va | vyaṃ­ja­kā­d bhi­nnaṃ ta­tta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­m i­ti ce­n na | a­dbhyo ra­sa­na­sya ta­dbhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 030,29pra­saṃ­gā­t | ra­sa­naṃ hi vyaṃ­gya­m a­dbhyo bhi­nnaṃ ca tā­bhyo na ca ta­ttvāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­syā­pta­ttve ṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 030,30sa­rva­thā bhe­dā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­yo­r vyaṃ­gya­vyaṃ­ja­ka­yo­r a­pi bhe­da e­ve­ti ce­n na | ka­yo­ści­d a­bhe­do­pa­la­bdheḥ | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 030,31cai­ta­nya­sya de­ho­pā­dā­na­tve pi ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­tā na syā­t­, de­hā­bhi­vyaṃ­gya­tve vā | ye­na kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve­na | de­ha­cai­ta­nya- TAŚVA-ML 030,32yo­r bhe­de sā­dhye si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m u­dbhā­vya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.130abde­ha­sya ca gu­ṇa­tve­na bu­ddhe­r yā si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.130cdbhe­de sā­dhye ta­yoḥ sā­pi na sā­dhvī ta­da­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 031,01ka­thaṃ de­ha­gu­ṇa­tve­na bu­ddhe­r a­si­ddhi­r ya­to bu­ddhi­de­ha­yo­r gu­ṇa­gu­ṇi­bhā­ve­na bhe­da­sā­dha­ne si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m a­sā­dhī­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 031,02syā­d i­ti brū­ma­he | TAŚV-ML 1.0.131abna vi­gra­ha­gu­ṇo bo­dha­s ta­trā­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.131cdspa­rśā­di­va­t sva­yaṃ ta­dva­d a­nya­syā­pi ta­thā ga­teḥ |­| 1­3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 031,05na hi ya­the­ha de­he spa­rśā­da­ya i­ti sva­sya pa­ra­sya bā­dhya­va­sā­yo sti ta­thai­va de­he bu­ddhi­r i­ti ye­nā­sau de­ha­gu­ṇaḥ TAŚVA-ML 031,06syā­t | prā­ṇā­di­ma­ti kā­ye ce­ta­ne­ty a­sty e­vā­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ kā­yā­d a­nya­tra ta­da­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t | na | ta­sya bā­dha­ka- TAŚVA-ML 031,07sa­dbhā­vā­t sa­tya­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­tha­m­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.132abta­dgu­ṇa­tve hi bo­dha­sya mṛ­ta­de­he pi ve­da­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.132cdbha­ve­ttva­gā­di­va­dbā­hya­ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­to na ki­m |­| 1­3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 031,10bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­jñā­na­grā­hyo bo­dho stu de­ha­gu­ṇa­tvā­t spa­rśā­di­va­dvi­pa­rya­yo vā na ca bo­dha­sya bā­hya­ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­ve­dya- TAŚVA-ML 031,11tva­m i­ty a­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­vi­pa­rya­yau de­ha­gu­ṇa­tvaṃ bu­ddhe­r bā­dhe­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.133absū­kṣma­tvā­n na kva­ci­d bā­hya­ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­go­ca­raḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.133cdpa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­de­vā­yaṃ bo­dha i­ty a­py a­saṃ­ga­ta­m |­| 1­3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.134abjī­va­tkā­ye pi ta­tsi­ddhe­r a­vya­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.134cdsva­saṃ­ve­da­na­ta­s tā­va­d bo­dha­si­ddhau na ta­dgu­ṇaḥ |­| 1­3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 031,16na kva­ci­d bo­dho bā­hya­ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­yaḥ pra­sa­jya­tāṃ de­ha­gu­ṇa­tvā­t ta­sya de­hā­raṃ­bha­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r u­pā­di­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­rā- TAŚVA-ML 031,17t te­ṣāṃ ba­hiḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­vi­ṣa­ya­tve pi de­ha­gu­ṇa­tva­sya bhā­vā­t | na ca de­hā­va­ya­va­gu­ṇā de­ha­gu­ṇā na bha­vaṃ­ti sa­rva­thā- TAŚVA-ML 031,18va­ya­yā­va­ya­vi­no­r bhe­dā­bhā­vā­d i­ty a­saṃ­ga­taṃ | jī­va­d de­he pi ta­tsi­ddhe­r vya­va­sthā­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­tra ta­vdya­va­sthā hi TAŚVA-ML 031,19iṃ­dri­ya­ja­jñā­nā­t sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d vā ? na tā­va­d ā­dyaḥ pa­kṣo­, bo­dha­syā­bā­hya­ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­go­ca­ra­tva­va­ca­nā­t | dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe TAŚVA-ML 031,20tu na bo­dho de­ha­gu­ṇaḥ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­ve­dya­tvā­d a­nya­thā spa­rśā­dī­nā­m a­pi sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ya­t pu­na­r jī­va­tkā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 031,21gu­ṇa e­va bo­dho na mṛ­ta­kā­ya­gu­ṇo ye­na ta­tra bā­hyeṃ­dri­yā­vi­ṣa­ya­tve jī­va­tkā­ye pi bo­dha­sya ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tva­m ā­pa­dye­te­ti TAŚVA-ML 031,22ma­taṃ | ta­d a­py a­sa­t | pū­rvo­di­ta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | a­bhyu­pa­ga­myo­cya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.135abjī­va­tkā­ya­gu­ṇo py e­ṣa ya­dy a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo ma­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.135cdprā­ṇā­di­yo­ga­va­n na syā­t ta­dā­niṃ­dri­ya­go­ca­raḥ |­| 1­3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 031,25jī­va­tkā­ye sa­ty u­pa­laṃ­bhā­d a­nya­trā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­n nā­ya­m a­jī­va­tkā­ya­gu­ṇo '­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dhā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi ? ya­thā prā­ṇā­di- TAŚVA-ML 031,26saṃ­yo­go jī­va­tkā­ya­syai­va gu­ṇa­s ta­thā bo­dho pī­ti ce­t­, ta­dva­d e­veṃ­dri­ya­go­ca­raḥ syā­t | na hi prā­ṇā­di­saṃ­yo­gaḥ TAŚVA-ML 031,27spa­rśa­neṃ­dri­yā­go­ca­raḥ pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | ka­ści­d ā­ha | nā­yaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­ra­syai­va gu­ṇa­s ta­taḥ prā­g a­pi pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 031,28bhā­vā­d a­nya­thā­tyaṃ­tā­sa­ta­s ta­tro­pā­dā­nā­yo­gā­d ga­ga­nāṃ­bho­ja­va­t­, sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­s tu syā­t ta­ddo­ṣā­bhā­vā­d i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.136absā­dhā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­tve tu ta­sya pra­tye­ka­m u­dbha­vaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.136cdpṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣu kiṃ na syā­t spa­rśa­sā­mā­nya­va­t sa­dā |­| 1­3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 031,31jī­va­tkā­yā­kā­re­ṇa pa­ri­ṇa­te­ṣu pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣu bo­dha­syo­dbha­va­s ta­thā te­nā­pa­ri­ṇa­te­ṣv a­pi syā­d e­ve­ti sa­rva­dā­nu­dbha­vo TAŚVA-ML 031,32na bha­ve­t spa­rśa­sā­mā­nya­sye­va sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | pra­dī­pa­pra­bhā­yā­m u­ṣṇa­spa­rśa­syā­nu­dbhū­ta­sya da­rśa­nā­t sā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 031,33śū­nyaṃ ni­da­rśa­na­m i­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­,, ta­syā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­tvā­t sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­sya tu spa­rśa­mā­tra­sya pra­tye­kaṃ­, pṛ­thi­vyā­di TAŚVA-ML 031,34bhe­de­ṣv a­śe­ṣe­ṣū­dbha­va­pra­si­ddheḥ | pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t na ta­tra cai­ta­nya­syo­dbhū­ti­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi pa­ri­ṇā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 032,01vi­śi­ṣṭa­bhū­ta­gu­ṇo bo­dha i­ty a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa e­vā­bhi­ma­taḥ | ta­tra co­kto do­ṣaḥ | ta­tpa­ri­ji­hī­rṣu­ṇā­va­śya­m a­de­ha­gu­ṇo TAŚVA-ML 032,02bo­dho '­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ | i­ti na de­ha­cai­ta­nya­yo­r gu­ṇa­gu­ṇi­bhā­ve­na bhe­daḥ sā­dhya­te ye­na si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā syā­t­, ta­to TAŚVA-ML 032,03'­na­va­dyaṃ ta­yo­r bhe­da­sā­dha­naṃ | kiṃ ca | TAŚV-ML 1.0.137aba­haṃ su­khī­ti saṃ­vi­ttau su­kha­yo­go na vi­gra­he | TAŚV-ML 1.0.137cdba­hiḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­ve­dya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­n neṃ­dri­ye­ṣv a­pi |­| 1­3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.138abka­rtṛ­stha­syai­va saṃ­vi­tteḥ su­kha­yo­ga­sya ta­ttva­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.138cdpū­rvo­tta­ra­vi­dāṃ vyā­pī ci­dvi­va­rta­s ta­dā­śra­yaḥ |­| 1­3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.139absyā­d gu­ṇī ce­t sa e­vā­tmā śa­rī­rā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.139cdka­rtā­nu­bha­vi­tā sma­rtā­nu­saṃ­dhā­tā ca ni­ści­taḥ |­| 1­3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 032,10su­kha­yo­gā­t su­khy a­ha­m i­ti saṃ­vi­tti­s tā­va­t pra­si­ddhā | ta­tra ka­sya su­kha­yo­go na vi­ṣa­ya­sye­ti pra­tye­yaṃ ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 032,11ka­rtṛ­rū­paḥ ka­ści­t ta­dā­śra­yo vā­cya­s ta­da­bhā­ve su­khya­ha­m i­ti ka­rtṛ­stha­su­kha­saṃ­vi­ttya­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ | pū­rvo­tta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 032,12su­khā­di­rū­pa­cai­ta­nya­vi­va­rta­vyā­pī ma­hā­ci­dvi­va­rtaḥ kā­rya­sye­va su­khā­di­gu­ṇā­nā­m ā­śra­yaḥ ka­rtā­, ni­rā­śra­yā­ṇāṃ te­ṣā­m a- TAŚVA-ML 032,13saṃ­bha­vā­t | ni­raṃ­śa­su­kha­saṃ­ve­da­ne cā­śra­yā­śra­yi­bhā­va­sya vi­ro­dhā­t ta­sya bhrāṃ­ta­tvā­yo­gā­t bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t ta­thā sva­ya­m a- TAŚVA-ML 032,14ni­ṣṭa­ś ce­ti | ta­rhi sa e­vā­tmā ka­rtā śa­rī­reṃ­dri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇo sau su­khā­de­r a­nu­bha­vi­tṛ­tvā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 032,15ta­da­nu­bha­vi­tā­sau ta­tsma­rtṛ­tvā­t­, ta­tsma­rtā­sau ta­da­nu­saṃ­dhā­tṛ­tvā­t­, ta­da­nu­saṃ­dhā­ta­sau ya e­vā­haṃ yaṃ su­kha­m a­nu­bhū­ta­vā­n TAŚVA-ML 032,16sa e­vā­haṃ saṃ­pra­ti ha­rṣa­m a­nu­bha­vā­mī­ti ni­śca­ya­syā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t | na­nv a­stu nā­ma ka­rtṛ­tvā­di­sva­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 032,17ś cai­ta­nya­sā­mā­nya­vi­va­rtaḥ kā­yā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­su­khā­di­cai­ta­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­śra­yo ga­rbhā­di­ma­ra­ṇa­pa­ryaṃ­taḥ sa­ka­la­ja­na­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 032,18ttvāṃ­ta­raṃ­, ca­ttvā­ry e­va ta­ttvā­nī­tya­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­syā­py a­vi­ro­dhā­t ta­syā­pra­si­ddha­ta­ttva­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pa­ra­tve­na sthi­ta­tvā­t­, na pu­na­r a- TAŚVA-ML 032,19nā­dyaṃ­tā­tmā pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­d i­ti va­daṃ­taṃ pra­ti brū­ma­he­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.140abdra­vya­to nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­taḥ sa­ttvā­t kṣi­tyā­di­ta­ttva­va­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.140cdsa syā­n na vya­bhi­cā­ro sya he­to­r nā­śi­nya­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 1­4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.141abkuṃ­bhā­da­yo hi pa­ryaṃ­tā a­pi nai­kāṃ­ta­na­śva­rāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.141cdśā­śva­ta­dra­vya­tā­dā­tmyā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d i­ti no ma­ta­m |­| 1­4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.142abya­thā cā­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­ta­dvi­pa­rya­ya­rū­pa­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.142cdgha­ṭā­de­r ā­tma­no py e­va­m i­ṣṭā se­ty a­vi­ru­ddha­tā |­| 1­4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.143absa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­rū­pe­ṇa sa­ttva­sya vyā­ptya­si­ddhi­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.143cdba­hi­r aṃ­ta­r a­ne­kāṃ­taṃ ta­d vyā­pno­ti ta­the­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 1­4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 032,28dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­yā­d a­nā­dyaṃ­taḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ sa­ttvā­t pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ta­ttva­va­d i­ty a­tra na he­to­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvaṃ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­na­śva­re TAŚVA-ML 032,29kva­ci­d a­pi vi­pa­kṣe '­na­va­tā­rā­t | kuṃ­bhā­di­bhiḥ pa­rya­yai­r a­ne­kāṃ­ta i­ti ce­n na | te­ṣāṃ na­śva­rai­kāṃ­ta­tvā­bhā­vā­t | te pi hi TAŚVA-ML 032,30nai­kāṃ­ta­nā­śi­naḥ­, ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­tya­dra­vya­tā­dā­tmyā­d i­ti syā­dvā­di­nāṃ da­rśa­naṃ | "­ni­tyaṃ ta­tpra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­n nā­ka­smā­t ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 032,31vi­cchi­dā | kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ kā­la­bhe­dā­t te bu­dhdya­saṃ­ca­ra­do­ṣa­taḥ­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ sa­rva­syā­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tā­sā­di- TAŚVA-ML 032,32pa­ryaṃ­ta­tā­bhyāṃ vyā­pta­tvā­t vi­ru­ddha­tā syā­d i­ti ce­n na | ā­tma­no­nai­kāṃ­tā­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tā­yāḥ sā­dhya­tva­va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 032,33ya­thai­va hi gha­ṭā­de­r a­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­te­ta­ra­rū­pa­tve sa­ti sa­ttvaṃ ta­thā­tma­ny a­pī­ṣṭa­m i­ti kva vi­ru­ddha­tvaṃ­? ka­thaṃ ta­rhi sa­ttva­m a­ne- TAŚVA-ML 032,34kāṃ­tai­kāṃ­te­na vyā­ptaṃ ye­nā­tma­no nā­dya­naṃ­te­ta­ra­rū­pa­ta­yā sā­dhya­tva­m i­ṣya­ta i­ti ce­t | sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­rū­pe­ṇa ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 032,35vyā­ptya­si­ddheḥ | ba­hi­r aṃ­ta­ś cā­ne­kāṃ­ta­ta­yo­pa­laṃ­bhā­t­, a­ne­kāṃ­taṃ va­stu sa­ttva­sya vyā­pa­ka­m i­ti ni­ve­da­yi­ṣya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.144abvṛ­ha­spa­ti­ma­ta­sthi­tyā vya­bhi­cā­ro gha­ṭā­di­bhiḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.144cdna yu­kto ta­s ta­du­cchi­tti­pra­si­ddheḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ |­| 1­4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 033,03ya­ta­ś cai­vaṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­to gha­ṭā­dī­nā­m a­pi ni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­ka­tvaṃ si­ddhaṃ ta­to vṛ­ha­spa­ti­ma­tā­nu­ṣṭhā­ne­nā­pi na sa­ttva­sya TAŚVA-ML 033,04gha­ṭā­di­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­ro yu­kta­s te­na ta­syā­nai­kāṃ­te­nā­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | na ca pra­mā­ṇā­si­ddhe­na pa­ro­pa­ga­ma­mā­trā­t ke­na- TAŚVA-ML 033,05ci­d dhe­to­r vya­bhi­cā­ra­co­da­ne ka­ści­d dhe­tu­r a­vya­bhi­cā­rī syā­t | vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­si­ddhe­na tu vya­bhi­cā­re­ṇa sa­ttvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 033,06ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tve sā­dhye vya­bhi­cā­rī­ti vya­rtha­m a­syā­he­tu­ka­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | a­he­tu­ka­tva­sya he­tu­ka­tve sa­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 033,07vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­va­t prā­ga­bhā­ve­na vya­bhi­cā­ra­sya sa­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇe­na vya­va­cchi­dya­ta i­ti ta­d vya­rtha­m i­ti ce­t | na | sa­rva­sya TAŚVA-ML 033,08tu­ccha­sya prā­ga­bhā­va­tva­syā­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t | bhā­vāṃ­ta­ra­sya bhā­va­sya ni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­ka­tvā­d vi­pa­kṣa­tā­nu­pa­pa­tte­s te­na TAŚVA-ML 033,09vya­bhi­cā­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­to yu­ktaṃ sa­ttva­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­sya he­tu­tva­m a­he­tu­ka­tva­va­d i­ti | ta­to bha­va­ty e­va sā­dhya­si­ddhiḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.145absā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vai­ka­lyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te pi na vī­kṣya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.145cdni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­tā­si­ddhiḥ pṛ­thi­vyā­de­r a­do­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1­4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 033,12na hy e­kāṃ­tā­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­tva­m aṃ­ta­s ta­ttva­sya sā­dhyaṃ ye­na pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣu ta­da­bhā­vā­t sā­dhya­śū­nya­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ | nā­pi TAŚVA-ML 033,13ta­tra sa­ttva­m a­si­ddhaṃ ya­taḥ sā­dha­na­vai­ka­lyaṃ | ta­da­si­ddhau ma­tāṃ­ta­rā­nu­sa­ra­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to '­na­va­dya­m a­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­tva­sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 033,14m ā­tma­na­s ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­tva­sā­dha­na­va­t | sa­tya­m a­nā­dya­naṃ­taṃ cai­ta­nyaṃ saṃ­tā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā na pu­na­r e­kā­nva­yi­dra­vyā­pe­kṣa­yā kṣa­ṇi- TAŚVA-ML 033,15ka­ci­ttā­nā­m a­nva­yā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ty a­pa­raḥ | so py a­nā­tma­jñaḥ | ta­da­na­nva­ya­tva­syā­nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.146abe­ka­saṃ­tā­na­gā­ś ci­tta­pa­ryā­yā­s ta­ttva­to nvi­tāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.146cdpra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya­mā­na­tvā­t mṛ­tpa­ryā­yā ya­the­dṛ­śāḥ |­| 1­4­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 033,18mṛ­tkṣa­ṇā­s ta­ttva­to nvi­tāḥ pa­ra­syā­si­ddhā i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ ta­trā­nva­yā­pa­hna­ve pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | sa­ka­la­lo­ka- TAŚVA-ML 033,19sā­kṣi­kā hi mṛ­dbhe­de­ṣu ta­thā­nva­ya­pra­tī­tiḥ | sai­ve­yaṃ pū­rvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭā mṛ­d i­ti pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­syā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 033,20sa­dbhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.147absā­dṛ­śyā­t pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ nā­nā­saṃ­tā­na­bhā­vi­nā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.147cdbhe­dā­nā­m i­va ta­trā­pī­ty a­dṛ­ṣṭa­pa­ri­ka­lpa­na­m |­| 1­4­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 033,23ya­thā nā­nā­saṃ­tā­na­va­rti­nāṃ mṛ­dbhe­dā­nāṃ sā­dṛ­śyā­t pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya­mā­na­tvaṃ ta­thai­ka­saṃ­tā­na­va­rti­nā­m a­pī­ti bru­va­tā­m a- TAŚVA-ML 033,24dṛ­ṣṭa­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­mā­traṃ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ bhū­yā­t ta­thā te­ṣā­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t | ta­de­ka­tva­m a­pi na dṛ­ṣṭa­m e­ve­ti ce­n nai­ta­t sa­tya­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.148abta­d e­ve­da­m i­ti jñā­nā­d e­ka­tva­sya pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.148cdsa­rva­syā­py a­skha­la­drū­pā­t pra­tya­kṣā­d bhe­da­si­ddhi­va­t |­| 1­4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 033,27ya­thai­va hi sa­rva­sya pra­ti­pa­ttu­r a­rtha­sya cā­skha­li­tā­t pra­tya­kṣā­de­r bhe­da­si­ddhi­s ta­thā pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­de­r e­ka­tva­si­ddhi­r a­pī­ti TAŚVA-ML 033,28dṛ­ṣṭa­m e­va ta­de­ka­tvaṃ | pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ saṃ­vā­da­nā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t | pra­tya­kṣa­m a­pi pra­mā­ṇaṃ mā bhū­t ta­ta e­va | TAŚVA-ML 033,29na hi pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ne­na pra­tī­te vi­ṣa­ye pra­tya­kṣa­syā­va­rta­mā­nā­t ta­sya saṃ­vā­da­nā­bhā­vo na pu­naḥ pra­tya­kṣa­pra­tī­te pra­tya­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 033,30jñā­na­syā­pra­vṛ­tteḥ pra­tya­kṣa­sye­ty ā­ca­kṣā­ṇaḥ pa­rī­kṣa­ko nā­ma | na pra­tya­kṣa­sya svā­rthe pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­vṛ­ttiḥ saṃ­vā­da­naṃ | kiṃ TAŚVA-ML 033,31ta­rhi ? a­bā­dhi­tā saṃ­vi­tti­r i­ti ce­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.149abya­thā bhe­da­sya saṃ­vi­ttiḥ saṃ­vā­da­na­m a­bā­dhi­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.149cdta­thai­ka­tva­sya ni­rṇī­tiḥ pū­rvo­tta­ra­vi­va­rta­yoḥ |­| 1­4­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 033,34ka­thaṃ pū­rvo­tta­ra­vi­va­rta­yo­r e­ka­tva­sya saṃ­vi­tti­r a­bā­dhi­tā­yā saṃ­vā­da­na­m i­ti ce­t | bhe­da­sya ka­tha­m i­ti sa­maḥ TAŚVA-ML 034,01pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ | ta­sya pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tvā­d a­ta­dvi­ṣa­ye­ṇa bā­dha­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­d a­bā­dhi­tā saṃ­vi­tti­r i­ti ce­t | ta­rhy e­ka­tva­sya TAŚVA-ML 034,02pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­syā­dhya­kṣā­de­r a­go­ca­ra­tvā­t te­na bā­dha­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­d a­bā­dhi­tā saṃ­vi­ttiḥ kiṃ na bha­ve­t ? ka­thaṃ pra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 034,03bhi­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­yaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pa­ri­cche­dyaḥ ? pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­yaḥ ka­tha­m i­ti sa­mā­naṃ | ta­thā yo­gya­tā­pra­ti­ni­ya­mā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 034,04ce­t ta­rhi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.150abva­rta­mā­nā­rtha­vi­jñā­naṃ na pū­rvā­pa­ra­go­ca­ra­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.150cdyo­gya­tā­ni­ya­mā­t si­ddhaṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ vyā­va­hā­ri­ka­m |­| 1­5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.151abya­thā ta­thai­va saṃ­jñā­na­m e­ka­tva­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ma­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.151cdna va­rta­mā­na­pa­ryā­ya­mā­tra­go­ca­ra­m ī­kṣya­te |­| 1­5­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 034,09ya­d ya­d vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā pra­tī­ya­te ta­t ta­d vi­ṣa­ya­m i­ti vya­va­sthā­yāṃ va­rta­mā­nā­rthā­kā­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā sa­mī­kṣya­mā­ṇaṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ TAŚVA-ML 034,10ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ­, pū­rvā­pa­ra­vi­va­rta­va­rtye­ka­dra­vya­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā tu pra­tī­ya­mā­naṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­m i­ti ko ne­cche­t | TAŚVA-ML 034,11na­nv a­nu­bhū­tā­nu­bhū­ya­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vṛ­tte­r e­ka­tva­sya pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tve '­tī­tā­nu­bhū­tā­khi­la­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­rti­no '­nā­ga­ta- TAŚVA-ML 034,12pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­rti­na­ś ca ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­sa­ktiḥ­, bhi­nna­kā­la­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­rti­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­, a­nya­thā­nu­bhū­tā­nu­bhū­ya­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 034,13va­rti­no pi ta­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­pa­tte­r i­ti ce­t | ta­rhi sāṃ­pra­ti­ka­pa­ryā­ya­sya pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tve ka­sya­ci­t sa­ka­la­de­śa­va­rti- TAŚVA-ML 034,14no py a­dhya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tā syā­d a­nya­the­ṣṭa­syā­pi ta­da­bhā­vaḥ sāṃ­pra­ti­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­da­vi­śe­ṣe pi yo­gya­tā­vi­śe­ṣā­t TAŚVA-ML 034,15sāṃ­pra­ti­kā­kā­ra­sya ka­sya­ci­d e­vā­dhya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ na sa­rva­sye­ti ce­t ta­rhi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.152abya­thai­va va­rta­mā­nā­rtha­grā­ha­ka­tve pi saṃ­vi­daḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.152cdsa­rva­sāṃ­pra­ti­kā­rthā­nāṃ ve­da­ka­tvaṃ na bu­ddhya­te |­| 1­5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.153abta­thai­vā­nā­ga­tā­tī­ta­pa­ryā­yai­ka­tva­ve­di­kā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.153cdvi­tti­r nā­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yai­ka­tva­go­ca­rā |­| 1­5­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 034,20ya­thā va­rta­mā­nā­rtha­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­d va­rta­mā­nā­rtha­syai­va pa­ri­cche­da­ka­m a­kṣa­jñā­naṃ ta­thā ka­ti­pa­yā­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta- TAŚVA-ML 034,21pa­ryā­yai­ka­tva­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­t tā­va­d a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­pa­ryā­yai­ka­tva­syai­va grā­ha­kaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­m i­ti yu­kta­m u­tpa­śyā­maḥ | TAŚVA-ML 034,22ta­smā­c cai­ka­saṃ­tā­na­va­rti­gha­ṭa­ka­pā­lā­di­mṛ­tpa­ryā­yā­ṇā­m a­nva­yi­tva­si­ddhe­r no­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sya sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vi­ka­la­tvaṃ­, ye­na ci­tta- TAŚVA-ML 034,23kṣa­ṇa­saṃ­tā­na­vyā­pye ko '­nvi­taḥ pu­mā­nna si­dhdye­t | ka­tha­m e­kaḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ kra­me­ṇā­naṃ­tā­n pa­ryā­yā­n vyā­pno­ti ? TAŚVA-ML 034,24na tā­va­d e­ke­na sva­bhā­ve­na sa­rve­ṣā­m e­ka­rū­pā­pa­tteḥ | nā­nā­sva­rū­pai­r vyā­ptā­nāṃ ja­lā­na­lā­dī­nāṃ nā­nā­tva­pra­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 034,25nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­ttā­dye­ka­sva­bhā­ve­na vyā­ptā­nā­m a­rthā­nāṃ nā­nā­tva­da­rśa­nā­t pu­ru­ṣa­tvai­ka­sva­bhā­ve­na vyā­ptā­nā­m a­py a­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 034,26yā­ṇāṃ nā­nā­tva­m a­vi­ru­ddha­m i­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, nā­nā­rtha­vyā­pi­naḥ sa­ttvā­de­r e­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvā­na­va­sthi­teḥ | ka­tha­m a­nya­thai­ka- TAŚVA-ML 034,27sva­bhā­va­vyā­ptaṃ kiṃ­ci­d e­kaṃ si­ddhye­t | ya­di pu­na­r nā­nā­sva­bhā­vaiḥ pu­mā­n a­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yā­n vyā­pnu­yā­t ta­dā ta­taḥ sva­bhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 034,28nā­m a­bhe­de ta­sya nā­nā­tvaṃ­, te­ṣāṃ cai­ka­tva­m a­nu­ṣa­jye­ta­; bhe­de saṃ­baṃ­dhā­si­ddhe­r vya­pa­de­śā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ | saṃ­baṃ­dha­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 034,29ki­m e­ke­na sva­bhā­ve­na pu­mā­n sva­sva­bhā­vaiḥ saṃ­ba­dhya­te nā­nā­sva­bhā­vai­r vā ? pra­tha­ma­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ sa­rva­sva­bhā­vā­nā­m e­ka­tā- TAŚVA-ML 034,30pa­ttiḥ­, dvi­tī­ya­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ ta­taḥ sva­bhā­vā­nā­m a­bhe­de ca sa e­va do­ṣaḥ­, a­ni­vṛ­ta­sva­pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ­, i­ty a­na­va­sthā­nā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 034,31ku­to '­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­ya­vṛ­tti­r ā­tmā vya­va­ti­ṣṭhe­te­ti ke­ci­t | te pi dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­vā­di­naḥ | ka­tha­m­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.154abkra­ma­to '­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yā­ne­ko vyā­pno­ti nā sa­kṛ­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.154cdya­thā nā­nā­vi­dhā­kā­rāṃ­ś ci­tra­jñā­na­m a­naṃ­śa­ka­m |­| 1­5­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 034,34ci­tra­jñā­na­m a­naṃ­śa­m e­kaṃ yu­ga­pa­n nā­nā­kā­rā­n vyā­pno­tī­ti sva­ya­m u­pa­na­ya­n kra­ma­to '­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yā­n vyā­pnu­va­nta­m ā­tmā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 035,01pra­ti­kṣi­pa­tī­ti ka­thaṃ ma­dhya­sthaḥ ? ta­tra sa­mā­dhā­nā­kṣe­pa­yoḥ sa­mā­na­tvā­t | na­nv a­ne­ko pi ci­tra­jñā­nā­kā­ro śa­kya­vi­ve- TAŚVA-ML 035,02ca­na­tvā­d e­ko yu­kta i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.155abya­dy a­ne­ko pi vi­jñā­nā­kā­ro '­śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.155cdsyā­d e­kaḥ pu­ru­ṣo '­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yo pi ta­thā na ki­m |­| 1­5­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 035,05kra­ma­bhu­vā­m ā­tma­pa­ryā­yā­ṇā­m a­śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­na­tva­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti mā­ni­ścai­ṣīḥ | ya­smā­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.156abya­thai­ka­ve­da­nā­kā­rā na śa­kyā ve­da­nāṃ­ta­ra­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.156cdne­tuṃ ta­thā­pi pa­ryā­yā jā­tu­ci­tpu­ru­ṣāṃ­ta­ra­m |­| 1­5­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 035,08na­nu cā­tma­pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ bhi­nna­kā­la­ta­yā vi­tti­r e­va śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­na­tva­m i­ti ce­t ta­rhi ci­tra­jñā­nā­kā­rā­ṇāṃ bhi­nna- TAŚVA-ML 035,09de­śa­ta­yā vi­tti­r vi­ve­ca­na­m a­stī­ty a­śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­na­tvaṃ mā bhū­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.157abbhi­nna­kā­la­ta­yā vi­tti­r ya­di te­ṣāṃ vi­ve­ca­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.157cdbhi­nna­de­śa­ta­yā vi­tti­r jñā­nā­kā­re­ṣu kiṃ na ta­t |­| 1­5­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 035,12na hi ci­tra­pa­ṭī­ni­rī­kṣa­ṇe pī­tā­dyā­kā­rā­ś ci­tra­bhe­da­na­sya bhi­nna­de­śā na bha­vaṃ­ti ta­to ba­hi­s te­ṣāṃ bhi­nna­de­śa­tā- TAŚVA-ML 035,13pra­ti­ṣṭhā­na­vi­ro­dhā­t | na hy a­bhi­nna­de­śa­pī­tā­dyā­kā­rā­nu­kā­ri­ṇā­ś ci­tra­ve­da­nā­d bhi­nna­de­śa­pī­tā­dyā­kā­ro ba­hi­ra­rtha­ś ci­traḥ TAŚVA-ML 035,14pra­tye­tuṃ śa­kyo '­pī­tā­kā­rā­d a­pi jñā­nā­t pī­ta­pra­tī­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.158abpī­tā­kā­rā­di­saṃ­vi­ttiḥ pra­tye­kaṃ ci­tra­ve­da­nā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.158cdna ce­d a­ne­ka­saṃ­tā­na­pī­tā­di­jñā­na­va­nma­ta­m |­| 1­5­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 035,17ci­tra­pa­ṭī­da­rśa­ne pra­tye­kaṃ pī­tā­kā­rā­di­ve­da­naṃ na ci­tra­jñā­naṃ kra­mā­dbhi­nna­de­śa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t tā­dṛ­śā­ne­ka­saṃ­tā­na- TAŚVA-ML 035,18pī­tā­di­jñā­na­va­d i­ti ma­taṃ ya­di | TAŚV-ML 1.0.159absa­ha nī­lā­di­vi­jñā­naṃ ka­thaṃ ci­tra­m u­pe­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.159cdyu­ga­pa­dbhā­vi­rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­va­ttva­yā |­| 1­5­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 035,21śa­kyaṃ hi va­ktuṃ śa­ṣku­lī­bha­kṣa­ṇā­dau sa­ha­bhā­vi­rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­m i­va nī­lā­di­jñā­naṃ sa­kṛ­d a­pi na ci­tra­m i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 035,22sa­ha­bhā­vi­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­da­vi­śe­ṣe pi pī­tā­di­jñā­naṃ ci­tra­m a­bhi­nna­de­śa­tvā­c ci­tra­pa­taṃ­gā­dau na pu­nā rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 035,23kva­ci­d i­ti na yu­ktaṃ va­ktuṃ ta­syā­py a­bhi­nna­de­śa­tvā­t | na hi de­śa­bhe­de­na rū­pā­di­jñā­na­pa­ñca­kaṃ sa­kṛ­t sva­smi­n TAŚVA-ML 035,24ve­dya­te­, yu­ga­pa­jjñā­no­tpa­tti­vā­di­na­s ta­thā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | na­nu cā­de­śa­tvā­c ci­tra­cai­ta­si­kā­nā­m a­bhi­nnā­bhi­nna­de­śa­tva­ciṃ­tā TAŚVA-ML 035,25śre­ya­sī­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ bhi­nna­de­śa­tvā­c ci­tra­pa­ṭī­pī­tā­di­jñā­nā­nāṃ ci­tra­sva­bhā­vāḥ sā­dhya­te­, saṃ­vya­va­hā­rā­t te­ṣāṃ ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 035,26bhi­nna­de­śa­tvā­si­ddheḥ | ta­tsā­dha­ne ta­ta e­va śa­ṣku­lī­bha­kṣa­ṇā­dau rū­pā­di­jñā­nā­nā­m a­bhi­nna­de­śa­tva­si­ddheḥ­, sa­ha­bhā­vi- TAŚVA-ML 035,27tva­si­ddhe­ś ca | ta­dva­t sa­kṛ­d a­pi pī­tā­di­jñā­naṃ ci­tra­m e­kaṃ mā bhū­t | ya­di pu­na­r e­ka­jñā­na­tā­dā­tmye­na pī­tā­dyā­bhā­sā­nā­m a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 035,28bha­va­nā­t ta­dve­da­naṃ ci­tra­m e­ka­m i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­syai­ka­saṃ­tā­nā­tma­ka­tve­na saṃ­ve­da­nā­d e­kaṃ ci­tra­jñā­na­m a­stu | TAŚVA-ML 035,29ta­syā­ne­ka­saṃ­tā­nā­tma­ka­tve pū­rva­vi­jñā­na­m e­ka­m e­vo­pā­dā­naṃ na syā­t | pū­rvā­ne­ka­vi­jñā­no­pā­dā­na­m e­ka­rū­pā­di­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 035,30paṃ­ca­ka­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi bhi­nna­saṃ­tā­na­tvā­t ta­syā­nu­saṃ­ghā­na­vi­ka­lpa­ja­na­ka­tvā­bhā­vaḥ | pū­rvā­nu­saṃ­ghā­na­vi­ka­lpa­vā­sa­nā TAŚVA-ML 035,31ta­jja­ni­ke­ti ce­t­, ku­to ha­m e­vā­sya dṛ­ṣṭā spṛ­ṣṭā ghrā­tā svā­da­yi­tā śro­te­ty a­nu­saṃ­dhā­na­ve­da­naṃ­? rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­kā- TAŚVA-ML 035,32naṃ­ta­ra­m e­ve­ti ni­ya­maḥ saṃ­bhā­vya­tāṃ­, ta­sya ta­dvā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dha­ka­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ku­ta­s ta­d e­va ta­syāḥ pra­bo­dha­kaṃ­? ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 035,33dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, a­nya­thā­pi da­rśa­nā­t | prā­g a­pi hi rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ko­tpa­tte­r a­ha­m a­sya dra­ṣṭā bha­vi­ṣyā- TAŚVA-ML 035,34mī­tyā­dya­nu­saṃ­dhā­na­vi­ka­lpo dṛ­ṣṭaḥ | sa­tyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaḥ­, sa tu bha­vi­ṣya­dda­rśa­nā­dya­nu­saṃ­dhā­na­vā­sa­nā­ta e­va | ta­tpra­bo­dha­ka­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 036,01da­rśa­nā­dya­bhi­mu­khī­bhā­vo na tu rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­m i­ti ta­du­tpa­tteḥ pū­rva­m a­nyā­dṛ­śā­nu­saṃ­dhā­na­da­rśa­nā­t tā­sā ni­ya­ma- TAŚVA-ML 036,02pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­nu­saṃ­dhā­nā­nāṃ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vā­sa­nā­bhi­r ja­nya­tvā­t tā­sāṃ ca pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­pra­bo­dha­ka­pra­tya­yā­ya­t ta­pra­bo­dha­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 036,03ce­t | ka­tha­m e­va­m e­ka­tra pu­ru­ṣe nā­nā­nu­saṃ­dhā­na­saṃ­tā­nā na syuḥ­? pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­tve py a­nu­saṃ­dhā­nā­m e­ka­saṃ­tā­na­tvaṃ vi­ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 036,04jñā­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti ce­t | ki­m e­vaṃ rū­pā­di­jñā­nā­nā­m e­ta­n na syā­t­? ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 036,05jñā­nai­r vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti ce­t­, ta­vā­pi saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­vi­ka­lpa­vi­jñā­naiḥ ku­to na vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­? e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tve TAŚVA-ML 036,06sa­tī­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­c ce­t­, sa­mā­na­m a­nya­tra | ta­thā­kṣa­ma­no­jñā­nā­nā­m e­ka­saṃ­tā­na­tva­m e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tve sa­ti sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta- TAŚVA-ML 036,07tvā­d i­ti ku­ta­s te­ṣāṃ bhi­nna­saṃ­tā­na­tvaṃ­, ye­na rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­sya yu­ga­pa­dbhā­vi­naḥ pū­rvai­ka­vi­jñā­no­pā­dā­na­tvaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 036,08si­ddhye­t | ta­tsi­ddhau ca ta­syai­ka­saṃ­tā­nā­tma­ka­tvā­d e­ka­tva­m i­ti sū­ktaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ nī­lā­dyā­bhā­sa­m e­kaṃ ci­tra­jñā­na­m i­ccha­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 036,09rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­m a­py e­kaṃ ci­tra­jñā­naṃ pra­sa­jye­te­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.160abci­trā­dvai­tā­śra­yā­c ci­traṃ ta­d a­py a­sti­tv a­ti ce­n na vai | TAŚV-ML 1.0.160cdci­tra­m a­dvai­ta­m i­ty e­ta­da­vi­ru­ddhaṃ vi­bhā­vya­te |­| 1­6­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 036,12ci­traṃ hy a­ne­kā­kā­ra­m u­cya­te ta­t ka­tha­m e­kaṃ nā­ma­, vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.161abta­sya jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­tve­na vi­ro­dhā­bhā­va­bhā­ṣa­ṇe | TAŚV-ML 1.0.161cdta­thai­vā­tmā sa­pa­ryā­yai­r a­naṃ­tai­r a­vi­ro­dha­bhā­k |­| 1­6­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 036,15nai­kaṃ nā­py a­ne­kaṃ | kiṃ ta­rhi­? ci­traṃ ci­tra­m e­va­, ta­sya jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­tvā­di­ka­tvā­ne­ka­tvā­bhyā­m i­ty a­vi­ru­ddhaṃ ci­trā- TAŚVA-ML 036,16dvai­ta­saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­traṃ ba­hi­ra­rtha­śū­nya­m i­ty u­pa­ga­me­, puṃ­si jā­tyaṃ­ta­re ko vi­ro­dhaḥ | so pi hi nai­ka e­va nā­py a­ne­ka TAŚVA-ML 036,17e­va | kiṃ ta­rhi­? syā­d e­kaḥ syā­d a­ne­ka i­ti | ta­to jā­tyaṃ­ta­raṃ ta­thā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d a­nya­thā sa­kṛ­d a­py a­saṃ­ve­da­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 036,18i­ti nā­tma­no naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yā­tma­tā vi­ru­ddhā ci­tra­jñā­na­sya ci­tra­tā­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.162abbhrāṃ­te­yaṃ ci­tra­tā jñā­ne ni­raṃ­śe '­nā­di­vā­sa­nā —TAŚV-ML 1.0.162cdsā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­bhā­se­ta sva­pnā­ti­jñā­na­va­d ya­di |­| 1­6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.163abta­dā bhrāṃ­te­ta­rā­kā­ra­m e­kaṃ jñā­naṃ pra­si­ddhya­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.0.163cdbhrāṃ­tā­kā­ra­sya vā sa­ttve ci­ttaṃ sa­da­sa­dā­tma­ka­m |­| 1­6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.164abta­c ca pra­bā­dha­te '­va­śyaṃ vi­ro­dhaṃ puṃ­si pa­rya­yaiḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.164cda­kra­maiḥ kra­ma­va­dbhi­ś ca pra­tī­ta­tvā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1­6­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 036,25ci­trā­dvai­ta­m a­pi mā bhū­t saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­sya sa­ka­la­vi­ka­lpa­śū­nya­syo­pa­ga­mā­d i­ty a­pa­raḥ | ta­syā­pi ki­m a­dhyā­ro­pya- TAŚVA-ML 036,26mā­ṇo dha­rmaḥ ka­lpa­nā­, ma­no­vi­ka­lpa­mā­traṃ vā­, va­stu­naḥ­, sva­bhā­vo vā­? pra­tha­ma­dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣa­yoḥ si­ddha­sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 036,27m i­ty u­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.165abniḥ­śe­ṣa­ka­lpa­nā­tī­taṃ saṃ­ci­nmā­traṃ ma­taṃ ya­di | TAŚV-ML 1.0.165cdta­thai­vāṃ­ta­rba­hi­rva­stu sa­ma­staṃ ta­ttva­to stu naḥ |­| 1­6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.166absa­ma­stāḥ ka­lpa­nā hī­mā mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­ni­rmi­tāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.166cdspa­ṣṭaṃ jā­tyaṃ­ta­re va­stu­ny a­pra­bā­dhaṃ ca­kā­sa­ti |­| 1­6­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.167aba­ne­kāṃ­te hy a­po­ddhā­ra­bu­ddha­yo ne­ka­dha­rma­gāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.167cdku­ta­ści­t saṃ­pra­va­rtaṃ­te '­nyo­nyā­pe­kṣāḥ su­nī­ta­yaḥ |­| 1­6­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 036,34ya­smā­n mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­vi­śe­ṣa­va­śā­n ni­tyā­dye­kāṃ­tāḥ ka­lpa­mā­nāḥ spa­ṣṭaṃ jā­tyaṃ­ta­re va­stu­ni ni­rbā­dha­m a­va­bhā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 037,01mā­ne ta­ttva­to na saṃ­tī­ti sva­ya­m i­ṣṭaṃ­, ya­ta­ś cā­ne­kāṃ­te pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ pra­ti­pa­nne ku­ta­ści­t pra­mā­tu­r vi­va­kṣā­bhe­dā­d a­po- TAŚVA-ML 037,02ddhā­ra­ka­lpa­nā­ni kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­dya­ne­ka­dha­rma­vi­ṣa­yā­ṇi pra­va­rta­te pa­ra­spa­rā­pe­kṣā­ṇi su­na­ya­vya­pa­de­śa­bhāṃ­ji bha­vaṃ­ti | TAŚVA-ML 037,03ta­smā­d a­śe­ṣa­ka­lpa­nā­ti­krāṃ­taṃ ta­ttva­m i­ti si­ddhaṃ sā­dhya­te | na hi ka­lpya­mā­nā dha­rmā­s ta­ttvaṃ ta­tka­lpa­na­mā­traṃ vā­, TAŚVA-ML 037,04a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | te­nāṃ­ta­r ba­hi­ś ca ta­ttvaṃ ta­dvi­ni­rmu­kta­m i­ti yu­kta­m e­va | tṛ­tī­ya­pa­kṣe tu pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 037,05ka­tha­m­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.168abpa­ro­pa­ga­ta­saṃ­vi­tti­r a­naṃ­śa nā­va­bhā­sa­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.168cdbra­hma­va­rtte­na ta­nmā­traṃ na pra­ti­ṣṭhā­mi ya­rti naḥ |­| 1­6­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 037,08va­stu­naḥ sva­bhā­vāḥ ka­lpa­nā­s tā­bhi­r a­śo­ṣā­bhiḥ su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dhā­bhī ra­hi­taṃ saṃ­vi­nmā­traṃ ta­ttva­m i­ti tu TAŚVA-ML 037,09na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ta­syā­naṃ­śa­sya pa­ro­pa­va­rṇi­ta­sya bra­hmā­va­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | nā­nā­kā­ra­m e­kaṃ pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­m a­pi vi­ro­dhā­d a­sa- TAŚVA-ML 037,10d e­ve­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.169abnā­nā­kā­ra­sya nai­ka­smi­nn a­dhyā­so sti vi­ro­dha­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.169cdta­to na sa­t ta­d i­ty e­ta­t su­spa­ṣṭaṃ rā­ja­ce­ṣṭi­ta­m |­| 1­6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.170absaṃ­ve­da­nā­vi­śe­ṣe pi dva­yoḥ sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.170cdka­sya­ci­d dhi ti­ra­skā­re na pre­kṣā­pū­rva­kā­ri­tā |­| 1­7­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 037,15nā­nā­kā­ra­syai­ka­tra va­stu­ni nā­dhyā­so vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti bru­vā­ṇo nā­nā­kā­raṃ vā ti­ra­sku­rvī­tai­ka­tvaṃ vā­? TAŚVA-ML 037,16nā­nā­ka­raṃ ce­t su­vya­kta­m i­daṃ rā­ja­ce­ṣṭi­taṃ­, saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­vā­di­naḥ sva­ru­cyā saṃ­ve­da­na­m eṃ­ka­m a­naṃ­śaṃ svī­kṛ­tya nā­nā­kā­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 037,17saṃ­ve­dya­mā­na­syā­pi sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā pra­ti­kṣe­pā­t­, ta­sya pre­kṣā­pū­rva­kā­ri­tvā­yo­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.171abta­smā­d a­bā­dhi­tā saṃ­vi­tsu­kha­duḥ­khā­di­pa­rya­yaiḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.171cdsa­mā­krāṃ­te na­re nū na ta­tsā­dha­na­pa­ṭa­ya­sī |­| 1­7­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 037,20na hi pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­ma­tiḥ su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ke puṃ­si ke­na­ci­d bā­dhya­te ya­ta­s ta­tsā­dha­na­pa­ṭī­ya­sī na TAŚVA-ML 037,21syā­t | ta­to nā­śe­ṣa­sva­bhā­va­śū­nya­sya saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­sya si­ddhi­s ta­dvi­pa­rī­tā­tma­pra­tī­tyā bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.172abnī­la­vā­sa­na­yā nī­la­vi­jñā­naṃ ja­nya­te ya­thā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.172cdta­thai­va pra­tya­bhi­jñe­yaṃ pū­rva­ta­dvā­sa­no­dbha­vā |­| 1­7­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.173abta­dvā­sa­nā ca ta­tpū­rva­vā­sa­nā­ba­la­bhā­vi­nī | TAŚV-ML 1.0.173cdsā­pi ta­dva­d i­ti jñā­na­vā­di­naḥ saṃ­pra­ca­kṣa­te |­| 1­7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.174abte­ṣā­m a­py ā­tma­no lo­pe saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­vā­sa­nā —TAŚV-ML 1.0.174cdsa­mu­dbhū­tā ku­to na syā­t saṃ­jñā­bhe­dā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1­7­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 037,28ya­thā nī­la­vā­sa­na­yā nī­la­vi­jñā­naṃ ja­nya­te ta­thā pra­tya­bhi­jñe­yaṃ ta­d e­ve­daṃ tā­dṛ­śa­m e­ta­d i­ti vā pra­tī­ya­mā­nā TAŚVA-ML 037,29pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­vā­sa­na­yo­dbhā­vya­te na pu­na­r ba­hi­rbhū­te­nai­ka­tve­na sā­dṛ­śye­na vā ye­na ta­dgrā­hi­ṇī syā­t | ta­dvā­sa­nā TAŚVA-ML 037,30ku­sa i­ti ce­t­, pū­rva­ta­dvā­sa­nā­taḥ­, sā­pi pū­rva­sva­vā­sa­nā­ba­lā­d i­ty a­nā­di­tvā­d vā­sa­nā­saṃ­ta­te­r a­yu­ktaḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 037,31ka­tha­m a­nya­thā ba­hi­ra­rthe pi na saṃ­bha­ve­t | ta­tra kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­syā­nā­di­tvā­d a­pa­rya­nu­yo­ge pū­rvā­pa­ra­vā­sa­nā­nā­m a­pi ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 037,32e­vā­pa­rya­nu­yo­go stu | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­syā­nā­di­tvaṃ hi ya­thā ba­hi­s ta­thāṃ­ta­ra­m a­pī­ti na vi­śe­ṣaḥ ke­va­laṃ ba­hi­ra- TAŚVA-ML 037,33rthau­na­rtaḥ pa­ri­hṛ­to bha­ve­t a­śa­kya­pra­ti­ṣṭha­tvā­t ta­sye­ti jñā­na­vā­di­naḥ | te­ṣā­m a­pi ne­yaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā pū­rva­sva­vā­sa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 037,34pra­bha­vā va­ktuṃ yu­ktā­nvā­yi­naḥ pu­ru­ṣa­syā­bhā­vā­t­, saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­vā­sa­nā­to pi ta­tpra­bha­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­nnā­nā­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.175absaṃ­tā­nai­ka­tva­saṃ­si­ddhi­r ni­ya­mā­t sa ku­to ma­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.175cdpra­tyā­sa­tte­r na saṃ­tā­na­bhe­de py a­syāḥ sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 1­7­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.176abvya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­ni­rmu­ktā kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.176cdpū­rvo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ hi saṃ­tā­na­ni­ya­mo ma­taḥ |­| 1­7­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.177absa ca bu­ddhe­ta­ra­jñā­na­kṣa­ṇā­nā­m a­pi vi­dya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.177cdnā­nya­thā su­ga­ta­sya syā­t sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 1­7­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 038,07saṃ­tā­nai­kyā­t pū­rva­vā­sa­nā pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yā he­tu­r na saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­vā­sa­ne­ti ce­t | ku­taḥ saṃ­tā­nai­kyaṃ ? pra­tyā­sa­tte- TAŚVA-ML 038,08ś ce­t­, sā­py a­vya­bhi­cā­rī kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va i­ṣṭa­s ta­to bu­ddhe­ta­ra­kṣa­ṇā­nā­m a­pi syā­t | na ca te­ṣāṃ sa vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti TAŚVA-ML 038,09bu­ddha­syā­sa­rva­jña­tvā­pa­tteḥ | sa­ka­la­sa­ttvā­nāṃ ta­da­kā­ra­ṇa­tve hi na ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ syā­n nā­kā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­ṣa­ya i­ti va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 038,10sa­ka­la­sa­ttva­ci­ttā­nā­m ā­laṃ­ba­na­pra­tya­ya­tvā­t su­ga­ta­ci­tta­sya na ta­de­ka­saṃ­tā­na­te­ti ce­n na | pū­rva­sva­ci­ttai­r a­pi sa­hai­ka- TAŚVA-ML 038,11saṃ­tā­na­tā­pā­ya pra­sa­kte­s ta­dā­laṃ­ba­na­pra­tya­ya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | sa­ma­naṃ­ta­ra­pra­tya­ya­tvā­t sva­pū­rva­ci­ttā­nāṃ te­nai­ka­saṃ­tā­na­te­ti TAŚVA-ML 038,12ce­t­, ku­ta­s te­ṣā­m i­va sa­ma­naṃ­ta­ra­pra­tya­ya­tvaṃ na pu­naḥ sa­ka­la­sa­ttva­ci­ttā­nā­m a­pī­ti ni­ya­mya­te ? te­ṣā­m e­ka­saṃ­tā­na- TAŚVA-ML 038,13va­rti­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, so '­ya­m a­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­yaḥ | sa­ty e­ka­saṃ­tā­na­tve pū­rvā­pa­ra­su­ga­ta­ci­ttā­nā­m a­vya­bhi­cā­rī kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 038,14bhā­va­s ta­smi­n sa­ti ta­de­ka­saṃ­tā­na­tva­m i­ti | ta­taḥ pū­rva­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­ve nu­tpa­tti­r e­vo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇa­syā­vya­bhi­cā­rī kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 038,15bhā­vo bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ | sa ca sva­ci­ttai­r i­va sa­ka­la­sa­ttva­ci­ttai­r a­pi sa­hā­sti su­ga­ta­ci­tta­sye­ti ka­thaṃ na ta­de­ka- TAŚVA-ML 038,16saṃ­tā­na­tā­pa­ttiḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.178absva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m e­vā­sya sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.178cdsaṃ­ve­da­nā­dva­yā­sthā­nā­d ga­tā saṃ­tā­na­saṃ­ka­thā |­| 1­7­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 038,19na hy a­dva­ye saṃ­tā­no nā­ma la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­de ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ­, a­nya­thā sa­ka­la­vya­va­hā­ra­lo­pā­t pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­vi­cā­rā­na­va- TAŚVA-ML 038,20tā­rā­t pra­lā­pa­mā­tra­m a­va­śi­ṣya­te | a­bhyu­ga­mya vā vya­bhi­cā­rī kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaṃ su­ga­te­ta­ra­saṃ­tā­nai­ka­tvā­pa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 038,21saṃ­tā­na­ni­ya­mo ni­ra­sya­te | ta­ttva­ta­s tu sa e­va bhe­da­vā­di­no saṃ­bha­vī ke­ṣaṃ­ci­d e­va kṣa­ṇā­nā­m a­vya­bhi­cā­rī kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 038,22kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va i­ti ni­ve­da­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.179abka­thaṃ cā­vya­bhi­cā­re­ṇa kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­rū­pa­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.179cdke­ṣāṃ­ci­d e­va yu­jye­ta kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ bhe­da­vā­di­naḥ |­| 1­7­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 038,25kā­la­de­śa­bhā­va­pra­tyā­sa­tteḥ ka­sya­ci­t ke­na­ci­d bhā­vā­d bhā­ve pi vya­bhi­cā­rā­n na bhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m a­vya­bhi­cā­rī kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 038,26kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo nā­ma | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.180abkā­lā­naṃ­ta­rya­mā­trā­c ce­t sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ pra­sa­jya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.180cdde­śā­naṃ­ta­rya­to py e­ṣā ke­na skaṃ­dhe­ṣu paṃ­ca­su |­| 1­8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.181abbhā­vāḥ saṃ­ti vi­śe­ṣā­c ce­t sa­mā­nā­kā­ra­ce­ta­sā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.181cdvi­bhi­nna­saṃ­ta­tī­nāṃ vai kiṃ ne­yaṃ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te |­| 1­8­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 038,31ya­ta­ś cai­va sa­vya­bhi­cā­re­ṇa kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­rū­pa­tā de­śā­naṃ­ta­ryā­di­bhyo nai­ka­saṃ­tā­nā­tma­ka­tvā­bhi­ma­tā­nāṃ kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 038,32vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ta­smā­d e­va­m u­pā­dā­no­pā­de­ya­ni­ya­mo dra­vya­pra­tyā­sa­tte­r e­ve­ti pa­ri­śe­ṣa­si­ddhaṃ da­rśa­ya­tiḥ­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.182abe­ka­dra­vya­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t pū­rva­pa­rya­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.182cdu­pā­dā­na­m u­pā­de­ya­ś co­tta­ro ni­ya­mā­t ta­taḥ |­| 1­8­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 039,01vi­vā­dā­pa­nnaḥ pū­rva­pa­ryā­yaḥ syā­d u­pā­dā­naṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­pā­de­yā­nu­yā­yi­dra­vya­sva­bhā­va­tve sa­ti pū­rva­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 039,02ya­s tu no­pā­dā­naṃ sa nai­vaṃ ya­thā ta­du­tta­ra­pa­ryā­yaḥ | pū­rva­pū­rva­pa­ryā­yaḥ kā­rya­ś ca ā­tmā vā ta­du­pā­de­yā­na­nu­yā­yi- TAŚVA-ML 039,03dra­vya­sva­bhā­vo vā sa­ha­kā­ryā­di­pa­ryā­yo vā | ta­thā vi­vā­dā­pa­nna­s ta­du­tta­ra­pa­ryā­ya u­pā­de­yaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t pū­rva­pa­ryā­yā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 039,04yā­yi­dra­vya­sva­bhā­va­tve sa­tyu­tta­ra­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t ya­s tu no­pā­de­yaḥ sa nai­vaṃ ya­thā ta­tpū­rva­pa­ryā­yaḥ | ta­du­tta­ro­tta­ra­pa­ryā­yo vā TAŚVA-ML 039,05pū­rva­pa­ryā­yā­nu­yā­yi­dra­vya­sva­bhā­vo vā ta­t svā­tmā vā ta­thā cā­sā­v i­ti ni­ya­mā­t | ta­taḥ si­ddha­m u­pā­dā­na­m u­pā­de- TAŚVA-ML 039,06ya­ś ca­, a­nya­thā ta­tsi­ddhe­r a­yo­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.183abe­ka­saṃ­tā­na­va­rti­tvā­t ta­thā ni­ya­ma­ka­lpa­ne | TAŚV-ML 1.0.183cdpū­rvā­pa­ra­vi­do­r vya­kta­m a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ bha­ve­t |­| 1­8­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.184abkā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­sya ni­ya­mā­d e­ka­saṃ­ta­tiḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.184cdta­ta­s ta­nni­ya­ma­ś ca syā­n nā­nyā­to vi­dya­te ga­tiḥ |­| 1­8­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 039,11saṃ­tā­nai­kyā­d u­pā­dā­no­pā­de­ya­tā­yā ni­ya­me pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­ya­ṇā­t sai­va mā bhū­d i­ty a­pi na dhī­ra­ce­ṣṭi­taṃ­, pū­rvā­pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 039,12vi­do­s ta­tpa­ri­cche­dya­yo­r vā ni­ya­me­no­pā­dā­no­pā­de­ya­tā­yāḥ sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t | ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā ta­dvyā­pye­ka­dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 039,13sthi­te­r i­ti ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ ta­tpa­ri­cche­da­ka­m i­ty u­pa­saṃ­ha­ra­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.185abta­smā­t svā­vṛ­tti­vi­śle­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­va­śa­va­rti­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.185cdpuṃ­saḥ pra­va­rta­te svā­rthai­ka­tva­jñā­na­m i­ti sthi­ta­m |­| 1­8­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.186absaṃ­tā­na­vā­sa­nā­bhe­da­ni­ya­ma­s tu kva la­bhya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.186cdnai­rā­tmya­vā­di­bhi­r na syā­d ye­nā­tma­dra­vya­ni­rṇa­yaḥ |­| 1­8­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 039,18ta­smā­n na dra­vya­nai­rā­tmya­vā­di­nāṃ saṃ­tā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­d vā­sa­nā­vi­śe­ṣā­d vā pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­pra­vṛ­tti­s ta­nni­ya­ma­sya la­bdhu­m a- TAŚVA-ML 039,19śa­kteḥ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? pu­ru­ṣā­d e­vo­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇā­t sa e­vā­haṃ ta­d e­ve­da­m i­ti vā svā­rthai­ka­tva­pa­ri­cche­da­kaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 039,20pra­va­rta­te svā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­va­śā­d i­ti vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | ta­smā­c ca mṛ­tpa­ryā­yā­ṇā­m i­vai­ka­saṃ­tā­na­va­rti­nāṃ ci­tpa­ryā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 039,21ṇā­m a­pi ta­ttva­to nvi­ta­tva­si­ddheḥ si­ddha­m ā­tma­dra­vya­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sya sā­dhya­vi­ka­la­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.187absi­ddho py ā­tmo­pa­yo­gā­tmā ya­di na syā­t ta­dā ku­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.187cdśre­yo­mā­rga­pra­ji­jñā­sā kha­sye­vā­ce­ta­na­tva­taḥ |­| 1­8­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 039,24ye­ṣā­m ā­tmā­nu­pa­yo­ga­sva­bhā­va­s te­ṣāṃ nā­sau śre­yo­mā­rga­ji­jñā­sā vā­ce­ta­na­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­t | no­pa­yo­ga­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 039,25ce­ta­na­tvaṃ kiṃ­tu cai­ta­nya­yo­ga­taḥ sa cā­tma­no stī­ty a­si­ddha­m a­ce­ta­na­tvaṃ na sā­dhya­sā­dha­nā­yā­la­m i­ti śaṃ­kā­m a­pa- TAŚVA-ML 039,26nu­da­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.188abcai­ta­nya­yo­ga­ta­s ya­sya ce­ta­na­tvaṃ ya­dī­rya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.188cdkhā­dī­nā­m a­pi kiṃ na syā­tta­dyo­ga­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1­8­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 039,29puṃ­si cai­ta­nya­sya sa­ma­vā­yo yo­gaḥ sa ca khā­di­ṣv a­pi sa­mā­naḥ­, sa­ma­vā­ya­sya sva­ya­m a­vi­śi­ṣṭa­syai­ka­sya pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 039,30ni­ya­ma­he­tva­bhā­vā­d ā­tma­ny e­va jñā­naṃ sa­ma­ve­taṃ nā­kā­śā­di­ṣv i­ti vi­śe­ṣā­vya­va­sthi­teḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.189abma­yi jñā­na­m a­pī­he­daṃ pra­tya­yā­nu­mi­to na­ri | TAŚV-ML 1.0.189cdjñā­na­sya sa­ma­vā­yo sti na khā­di­ṣv i­ty a­yu­kti­ka­m |­| 1­8­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 039,33ya­the­ha kuṃ­ḍe da­dhī­ti pra­tya­yā­n na ta­tkuṃ­ḍā­d a­nya­tra ta­dda­dhi­saṃ­yo­gaḥ śa­kyā­pā­dā­na­s ta­the­ha ma­yi jñā­na­m i­tī­he­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 039,34pra­tya­yā­n nā­tma­no '­nya­tra svā­di­ṣu jñā­na­sa­ma­vā­ya i­ty a­yu­kti­ka­m e­va yau­ga­sya |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.190abkhā­da­yo pi hi kiṃ nai­va pra­tī­yu­s tā­va­ke ma­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.190cdjñā­na­m a­smā­sv i­ti kvā­tmā ja­ḍa­s te­bhyo vi­śe­ṣa­bhā­k |­| 1­9­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 040,03khā­da­yo jñā­na­m a­smā­sv i­ti pra­tī­yaṃ­tu sva­ya­m a­ce­ta­na­tvā­d ā­tma­va­t | ā­tma­no vā mai­vaṃ pra­tī­yu­s ta­ta e­va khā­di- TAŚVA-ML 040,04va­di­ti | ja­ḍā­tma­vā­di­ma­te sa­nn a­pi jñā­na­m i­he­da­m i­ti pra­tya­yaḥ pra­tyā­tma­ve­dyo na jñā­na­syā­tma­ni sa­ma­vā­yaṃ ni­ya- TAŚVA-ML 040,05ma­ya­ti vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | na­nv i­ha pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣu rū­pā­da­ya i­ti pra­tya­yo pi na rū­pā­dī­nāṃ pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣu sa­ma­vā­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 040,06sā­dha­ye­d ya­thā khā­di­ṣu­, ta­tra vā sa­ttvaṃ sā­dha­ye­t pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣv i­ve­ti na kva­ci­t pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­t ka­sya­ci­d vya­va­sthā | TAŚVA-ML 040,07kiṃ­ci­t sā­dha­rmya­sya sa­rva­tra bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t | sa­tyaṃ | a­ya­m a­pa­ro sya do­ṣo stu­, pṛ­thi­vyā­dī­nāṃ rū­pā­dya­nā­tma­ka­tve khā­di- TAŚVA-ML 040,08bhyo vi­śi­ṣṭa­ta­yā vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ | ā­tmā­no jñā­na­m a­smā­sv i­ti pra­tī­yaṃ­ti ā­tma­tvā­t ye tu TAŚVA-ML 040,09na ta­thā te nā­tmā­no ya­thā khā­da­yaḥ | ā­tmā­na­ś cai­te '­haṃ­pra­tya­ya­grā­hyā­s ta­smā­t ta­the­ty ā­tma­tva­m e­va khā­di­bhyo vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 040,10mā­tmā­naṃ sā­dha­ya­ti pṛ­thi­vī­tvā­di­va­t | pṛ­thi­vyā­dī­nāṃ pṛ­thi­vī­tvā­di­yo­gā­d dhi pṛ­thi­vyā­da­ya­s ta­dva­dā­tma­tva­yo­gā- TAŚVA-ML 040,11d ā­tmā­na i­ti | ta­d a­yu­kta­m | ā­tma­tvā­di­jā­tī­nā­m a­pi jā­ti­ma­da­nā­tma­ka­tve ta­tsa­ma­vā­ya­ni­ya­mā­si­ddheḥ | pra­tya­ya­vi- TAŚVA-ML 040,12śe­ṣā­t ta­tsi­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t­, sa e­va vi­cā­ra­yi­tu­m ā­ra­bdhaḥ | pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­tyaṃ­ta­bhe­dā­vi­śe­ṣe pi jā­ti­ta­dva­tā­m ā­tma­tva­jā­ti- TAŚVA-ML 040,13r ā­tma­ni pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­m u­pa­ja­na­ya­ti na pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣu pṛ­thi­vī­tvā­di­jā­ta­ya­ś ca ta­trai­va pra­tya­ya­m u­tpā­da­yaṃ­ti nā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 040,14nī­ti ko tra ni­ya­ma­he­tuḥ ? sa­ma­vā­ya i­ti ce­t­, so '­ya­m a­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­yaḥ | sa­ti pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣe jā­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 040,15jā­ti­ma­ti sa­ma­vā­yaḥ sa­ti ca sa­ma­vā­ye pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣa i­ti | pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­nya­ta e­va ta­tpra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣa TAŚVA-ML 040,16i­ti ce­t | sa ko '­nyo '­nya­tra ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­d i­ti sa e­va pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­he­tu­r e­ṣi­ta­vyaḥ | ta­da­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 040,17ta­da­gha­ṭa­nā­j jā­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­sya kva­ci­d e­va sa­ma­vā­yā­si­ddhe­r ā­tmā­di­vi­bhā­gā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r ā­tma­ny e­va jñā­naṃ sa­ma­ve­ta­m i­he­da- TAŚVA-ML 040,18m i­ti pra­tya­yaṃ ku­ru­te na pu­naḥ khā­di­ṣv i­ti pra­ti­pa­ttu­m a­śa­kte­r na cai­ta­nya­yo­gā­d ā­tma­na­ś ce­ta­na­tvaṃ si­ddhye­t ya­to '­si­ddho TAŚVA-ML 040,19he­tuḥ syā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.191abpra­tī­tiḥ śa­ra­ṇaṃ ta­tra ke­nā­py ā­śrī­ya­te ya­di | TAŚV-ML 1.0.191cdta­dā puṃ­sa­ś ci­dā­tma­tvaṃ pra­si­ddha­m a­vi­gā­na­taḥ |­| 1­9­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.192abjñā­tā­ha­m i­ti ni­rrṇī­teḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­c ce­ta­nā­tma­tā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.192cdaṃ­ta­re­ṇa vya­va­sthā­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ka­la­śā­di­va­t |­| 1­9­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 040,24pra­tī­ti­vi­lo­po hi syā­dvā­di­bhi­r na kṣa­mya­te na pu­naḥ pra­tī­tyā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ | ta­to niḥ­pra­ti­dva­ndva­m u­pa­yo­gā­tma­ka- TAŚVA-ML 040,25syā­tma­naḥ si­ddhe­r na hi jā­tu­ci­tsva­ya­m a­ce­ta­no haṃ ce­ta­nā­yo­gā­c ce­ta­no '­ce­ta­ne ca ma­yi ce­ta­nā­yāḥ sa­ma­vā­ya TAŚVA-ML 040,26i­ti pra­tī­ti­r a­sti | jñā­tā­ha­m i­ti sa­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­ta­yā pra­tī­teḥ | bhe­de ta­thā pra­tī­ti­r i­ti ce­n na | ka­thaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 040,27ci­t tā­dā­tmyā­bhā­ve ta­da­da­rśa­nā­t | ya­ṣṭiḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ i­tyā­di­pra­tī­ti­s tu bhe­de sa­ty u­pa­cā­rā­d dṛ­ṣṭā na pu­na­s tā­ttvi­kī | TAŚVA-ML 040,28ta­thā cā­tma­ni jñā­tā­ha­m i­ti pra­tī­tiḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­c ce­ta­nā­tma­tāṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­, tā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­dya­mā­na­tvā­t ka­la­śā- TAŚVA-ML 040,29di­va­t | na hi ka­la­śā­di­r a­ce­ta­nā­tma­ko jñā­tā­ha­m i­ti pra­tye­ti | cai­ta­nya­yo­gā­bhā­vā­d a­sau na ta­thā pra­tye­tī­ti TAŚVA-ML 040,30ce­t­, ce­ta­na­syā­pi cai­ta­nya­yo­gā­c ce­ta­no ha­m i­ti pra­ti­pa­tte­r ni­ra­sta­tvā­t | na­nu ca jñā­na­vā­n a­ha­m i­ti pra­tya­yā­d ā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 040,31jñā­na­yo­r bhe­do '­nya­thā dha­na­vā­n i­ti pra­tya­yā­d a­pi dha­na­ta­dva­to­r bhe­dā­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­d i­ti ka­ści­t | ta­d a­sa­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.193abjñā­na­vā­n a­ha­m i­ty e­ṣa pra­tya­yo pi na yu­jya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.193cdsa­rva­thai­va ja­ḍa­syā­sya puṃ­so bhi­ma­na­ne ta­thā |­| 1­9­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 040,34jñā­na­vā­n a­ha­m i­ti nā­tmā pra­tye­ti ja­ḍa­tvai­kāṃ­ta­rū­pa­tvā­d gha­ṭa­va­t | sa­rva­thā ja­ḍa­ś ca syā­t ā­tmā jñā­na­vā­n a- TAŚVA-ML 040,35ha­m i­ti pra­tye­tā ca syā­d vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­d i­ti mā ni­rṇai­ṣī­s ta­sya ta­tho­tpa­ttya­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.194abjñā­naṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ pū­rvaṃ gṛ­hī­tvā­tmā­na­m e­va ca | TAŚV-ML 1.0.194cdvi­śe­ṣyaṃ jā­ya­te bu­ddhi­r jñā­na­vā­n a­ha­m i­ty a­sau |­| 1­9­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.201abta­dgṛ­hī­tiḥ sva­to nā­sti ra­hi­ta­sya sva­saṃ­vi­dā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.201cdpa­ra­ta­ś cā­na­va­sthā­nā­d i­ti ta­tpra­tya­yaḥ ku­taḥ |­| 2­0­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 041,05ye­ṣāṃ nā­gṛ­hī­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā vi­śe­ṣye bu­ddhi­r i­ti ma­taṃ śve­tā­c chve­te bu­ddhi­r i­ti va­ca­nā­t te­ṣāṃ jñā­na­vā­n a­ha­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 041,06pra­tya­yo nā­gṛ­hī­te jñā­nā­khye vi­śe­ṣa­ṇe vi­śe­ṣye cā­tma­ni jā­tū­tpa­dya­te­, sva­ma­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | gṛ­hī­te ta­smi­nn u- TAŚVA-ML 041,07tpa­dya­te i­ti ce­t­, ku­ta­s ta­dgṛ­hī­tiḥ ? na tā­va­t sva­taḥ sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | sva­saṃ­vi­di­te hy ā­tma­ni jñā­ne TAŚVA-ML 041,08ca sva­taḥ sā pra­yu­jya­te nā­nya­thā saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­va­t | pa­ra­ta­ś ce­t ta­d a­pi jñā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ vi­śe­ṣyaṃ nā­gṛ­hī­te jñā­na­tva- TAŚVA-ML 041,09vi­śe­ṣa­ṇe gra­hī­tuṃ śa­kya­m i­ti jñā­nāṃ­ta­rā­t ta­dgra­ha­ṇe­na bhā­vya­m i­ty a­na­va­sthā­nā­t ku­taḥ pra­kṛ­ta­pra­tya­yaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.202abna­nv a­haṃ­pra­tya­yo­tpa­tti­r ā­tma­jña­pti­r ni­ga­dya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.202cdjñā­na­m e­ta­d i­ti jñā­no­tpa­tti­s ta­djña­pti­r e­va ca |­| 2­0­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.203abjñā­na­vā­n a­ha­m i­ty e­ṣa pra­tya­ya­s tā­va­to­di­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.203cdta­djñā­nā­ve­da­ne py e­vaṃ nā­na­va­sthe­ti ke­ca­na |­| 2­0­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 041,14jñā­nā­tma­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­jñā­nā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­sā­ma­rthyā­d e­va jñā­na­vā­n a­ha­m i­ti pra­tya­yo­tpa­tte­r nā­na­va­sthe­ti ke- TAŚVA-ML 041,15ci­n ma­nyaṃ­te­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.204abte pi nū­na­m a­nā­tma­jñā jñā­pya­jñā­pa­ka­tā­vi­daḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.204cdsa­rvaṃ hi jñā­pa­kaṃ jñā­taṃ sva­ya­m a­nya­sya ve­da­ka­m |­| 2­0­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 041,18vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­yo­r jñā­naṃ hi ta­yo­r jñā­pa­kaṃ ta­t ka­tha­m a­jñā­taṃ tau jñā­pa­ye­t | kā­ra­ka­tve ta­d a­yu­kta­m e­va | ta­d i­me TAŚVA-ML 041,19TAŚVA-ML 042,01ta­yo­r jñā­na­m a­jñā­ta­m e­va jñā­pa­kaṃ bru­vā­ṇā na jñā­pya­jñā­pa­ka­bhā­va­vi­da i­ti sa­tya­m a­nā­tma­jñāḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ | vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 042,02jñā­naṃ na jñā­pa­kaṃ nā­pi kā­ra­kaṃ liṃ­ga­va­c ca­kṣu­rā­di­va­c ca | kiṃ ta­rhi ? jña­pti­rū­paṃ pha­laṃ | ta­c ca pra­mā­ṇā­jñā­taṃ ce­t tā­va- TAŚVA-ML 042,03tai­vā­kāṃ­kṣā­yā ni­vṛ­ttiḥ pha­la­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tvā­t ta­syā vi­śe­ṣya­jñā­na­sya jñā­pa­kaṃ ta­d i­ty a­pi vā­rtaṃ ta­sya ta­tkā­ra­ka­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 042,04pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t ta­sya jñā­pa­kaṃ ta­d i­ty a­py a­sā­raṃ sā­dha­ka­ta­m a­sya kā­ra­ka­vi­śe­ṣa­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­va­ca­nā­t | na hi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 042,05jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ vi­śe­ṣya­jñā­naṃ ta­tpha­la­m i­ty a­bhi­da­dhā­na­s ta­tta­sya jñā­pa­ka­m i­ti ma­nya­te | kiṃ ta­rhi ? vi­śe­ṣya­jñā­no­tpa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 042,06sā­ma­grī­tve­na vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti | ta­thā ma­nya­mā­na­sya ca kā­na­va­sthā nā­me­ti | ta­d e­ta­d a­pi nā­ti vi­cā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 042,07sa­haṃ | e­kā­tma­sa­ma­ve­tā­naṃ­ta­ra­jñā­na­grā­hya­m a­rtha­jñā­na­m i­ti si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | ya­thai­va hi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­rtha­jñā­naṃ pū­rvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 042,08pra­mā­ṇa­pha­laṃ pra­ti­pa­ttu­r ā­kāṃ­kṣā­ni­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­n na jñā­nāṃ­ta­ra­m a­pe­kṣa­te ta­thā vi­śe­ṣā­rtha­jñā­na­m a­pi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­jñā­na­pha­la- TAŚVA-ML 042,09tvā­t ta­sya ya­di pu­na­r vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣyā­rtha­jñā­na­sya sva­rū­pā­pa­ri­cche­da­ka­tvā­t svā­tma­ni kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­d a­pa­ra­jñā­ne­na TAŚVA-ML 042,10ve­dya­mā­na­te­ṣṭā ta­dā ta­d a­pi ta­dve­da­kaṃ jñā­na­m a­pa­re­ṇa jñā­ne­na ve­dya­m i­ṣya­tā­m i­ty a­na­va­sthā duḥ­pa­ri­ha­rā | na­nv a­rtha­jñā­na­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 042,11cche­de ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­jñā­ne­na vya­va­ha­rtu­r ā­kāṃ­kṣā­kṣa­yā­d a­rtha­jñā­na­pa­ri­cchi­tta­ye na jñā­nāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣā­sti­, ta­dā­kāṃ­kṣa­yā vā TAŚVA-ML 042,12ta­d i­ṣya­ta e­va ya­sya ya­trā­kāṃ­kṣā­kṣa­ya­s ta­tra ta­sya jñā­nāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣā­ni­vṛ­tte­s ta­thā vya­va­hā­ra­da­rśa­nā­t ta­to nā­na­va­sthe­ti TAŚVA-ML 042,13ce­t­, ta­rhy a­rtha­jñā­ne­nā­rtha­sya pa­ri­cchi­ttau ka­sya­ci­d ā­kāṃ­kṣā­kṣa­yā­t ta­djñā­nā­pe­kṣā­pi mā bhū­t | ta­the­ṣya­ta e­ve­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 042,14pa­ro­kṣa­jñā­na­vā­dī ka­thaṃ bha­va­tā a­ti­śa­yya­te ? jñā­na­sya ka­sya­ci­t pra­tya­kṣa­tvo­pa­ga­mā­d i­ti ce­t­, ya­syā­pra­tya­kṣa­to­pa­ga- TAŚVA-ML 042,15ma­s te­na pa­ri­cchi­nno rthaḥ ka­thaṃ pra­tya­kṣaḥ ? saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­jñā­na­pa­ri­cchi­nnā­rtha­va­t pra­tya­kṣa­ta­yā pra­tī­te­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhy a- TAŚVA-ML 042,16pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­na­vā­di­no pi ta­ta e­vā­rthaḥ pra­tya­kṣo stu | ta­thā cā­na­rthi­kā sa­rva­jña­jñā­na­sya jñā­nāṃ­ta­ra­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­ka­lpa­nā | TAŚVA-ML 042,17ya­tra ya­thā pra­tī­ti­s ta­tra ta­the­ṣṭi­r na pu­na­r a­pra­tī­ti­kaṃ kiṃ­ci­t ka­lpya­ta i­ti ce­t­, svā­rtha­saṃ­ve­da­ka­tā­pra­tī­ti­to TAŚVA-ML 042,18jñā­na­sya ta­the­ṣṭi­r a­stu | jñā­ne sva­saṃ­ve­da­ka­tā­pra­tī­teḥ | svā­tma­ni kri­yā­vi­ro­dhe­na bā­dhi­ta­tvā­n na ta­the­ṣṭi­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 042,19ce­t | kā pu­naḥ svā­tma­ni kri­yā vi­ru­ddhā pa­ri­spaṃ­da­rū­pā dhā­tva­rtha­rū­pā vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe a­si­jñā­ne TAŚVA-ML 042,20ta­da­bhā­vā­t | dhā­tva­rtha­rū­pā tu na vi­ru­ddhai­va bha­va­ti ti­ṣṭha­tī­tyā­di­kri­yā­yāḥ svā­tma­ni pra­tī­teḥ | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 042,21bha­va­ty ā­kā­śaṃ ti­ṣṭha­ti me­ru­r i­tyā­di vya­va­hā­raḥ si­ddhye­t ? sa­ka­rmi­kā dhā­tva­rtha­rū­pā­pi vi­ru­ddhā svā­tma­nī­ti TAŚVA-ML 042,22ce­t, ta­rhi jñā­naṃ pra­kā­śa­te ca­kā­stī­ti kri­yā na svā­tma­ni vi­ru­ddhā ? jñā­na­m ā­tmā­naṃ jā­nā­tī­ti sa­ka- TAŚVA-ML 042,23rmi­kā ta­tra vi­ru­ddhe­ti ce­n na­, ā­tmā­naṃ haṃ­tī­tyā­de­r a­pi vi­ro­dhā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ka­rtṛ­sva­rū­pa­sya ka­rma­tve­no- TAŚVA-ML 042,24pa­cā­rā­n nā­tra pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaṃ ka­rme­ti ce­t­, sa­mā­na­m a­nya­tra | jñā­ne ka­rta­ri sva­rū­pa­syai­va jñā­na­kri­yā­yāḥ ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 042,25ta­yo­pa­cā­rā­t | tā­ttvi­ka­m e­va jñā­ne ka­rma­tvaṃ pra­me­ya­tvā­t ta­sye­ti ce­t­, ta­d ya­di sa­rva­thā ka­rtu­r a­bhi­nnaṃ ta­dā vi­ro­dhaḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 042,26sa­rva­thā bhi­nnaṃ ce­t ka­thaṃ ta­tra jñā­na­sya jā­nā­tī­ti kri­yā svā­tma­ni syā­d ye­na vi­ru­ddhye­t | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā ka­ṭaṃ TAŚVA-ML 042,27ka­ro­tī­ti kri­yā­pi ka­ṭa­kā­ra­sya svā­tma­ni na syā­d ya­to na vi­ru­ddhya­te | ka­rtuḥ ka­rma­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nna­m i­ty e- TAŚVA-ML 042,28ta­smiṃ­s tu da­rśa­ne jñā­na­syā­tma­no vā svā­tma­ni kri­yā dū­ro­tsā­ri­tai­ve­ti na vi­ru­ddha­tā­m a­dhi­va­sa­ti | ta­to jñā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 042,29sva­saṃ­ve­da­ka­tā­pra­tī­teḥ svā­tma­ni kri­yā­vi­ro­dho bā­dha­kaḥ pra­tya­sta­mi­ta­bā­dha­ka­pra­tī­tyā­spa­daṃ cā­rtha­saṃ­ve­da­ka­tva­va­tsva- TAŚVA-ML 042,30saṃ­ve­da­ka­tvaṃ jñā­na­sya pa­rī­kṣa­kai­r e­ṣṭa­vya­m e­va | pra­tī­tya­na­nu­sa­ra­ṇe na­va­sthā­na­sya sva­ma­ta­vi­ro­dha­sya vā pa­ri­ha­rtu­m a­śa­kteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 042,31ta­to na ja­ḍā­tma­vā­di­nāṃ jñā­na­vā­n a­ha­m i­ti pra­tya­yaḥ jñā­tā­ha­m i­ti pra­tya­ya­va­t pu­ru­ṣa­sya jñā­na­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya grā­ha­kaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.205abkiṃ cā­haṃ­pra­tya­ya­syā­sya pu­ru­ṣo go­ca­ro ya­di | TAŚV-ML 1.0.205cdta­dā ka­rtā sa e­va syā­t ka­thaṃ nā­nya­sya saṃ­bha­vaḥ |­| 2­0­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 042,34ka­ś cā­syā­haṃ pra­tya­ya­sya vi­ṣa­ya i­ti vi­cā­rya­te | pu­ru­ṣa­ś ce­t pra­me­yaḥ pra­mā­tā na syā­t | na hi sa e­va TAŚVA-ML 042,35pra­me­yaḥ sa e­va pra­mā­tā­, sa­kṛ­d e­ka­syai­ka­jñā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā ka­rma­tva­ka­rtṛ­ta­yo­r vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­to '­nyaḥ ka­rte­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 043,01e­ka­tra śa­rī­re a­ne­kā­tmā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­syā­py a­haṃ­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tve '­pa­ra­ka­rtṛ­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­d a­na­va­sthā­nā­d e- TAŚVA-ML 043,02kā­tma­jñā­nā­pe­kṣā­yā­m ā­tma­naḥ pra­mā­tṛ­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś ca nā­nyaḥ ka­rtā saṃ­bha­va­ti ya­to na vi­ro­dhaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.206absva­smi­nn e­va pra­mo­tpa­ttiḥ sva­pra­mā­tṛ­tva­m ā­tma­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.206cdpra­me­ya­tva­m a­pi sva­sya pra­mi­ti­ś ce­ya­m ā­ga­tā |­| 2­0­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 043,05ya­thā gha­ṭā­dau pra­mi­te­r u­tpa­tti­s ta­tpra­mā­tṛ­tvaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­sya ta­thā sva­smi­nn e­va ta­du­tpa­ttiḥ sva­pra­mā­tṛ­tvaṃ­, ya­thā ca gha­ṭā­deḥ TAŚVA-ML 043,06pra­mi­tau pra­me­ya­tvaṃ ta­syai­va ta­thā­tma­naḥ pa­ri­cchi­ttau sva­syai­va pra­me­ya­tvaṃ­, ya­thā gha­ṭā­deḥ pa­ri­cchi­tti­s ta­syai­va pra­mi­ti- TAŚVA-ML 043,07s ta­thā­tma­naḥ pa­ri­cchi­ttiḥ sva­pra­mi­tiḥ pra­tī­ti­ba­lā­d ā­ga­tā pa­ri­ha­rtu­m a­śa­kyā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.207abta­thā cai­ka­sya nā­nā­tvaṃ vi­ru­ddha­m a­pi si­ddhya­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.0.207cdna ca­ta­sro vi­dhā­s te­ṣāṃ pra­mā­trā­di­pra­rū­pa­ṇā­t |­| 2­0­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 043,10pra­mā­trā­di­pra­kā­rā­ś ca­tvā­ro py ā­tma­no bhi­nnā­s ta­to nai­ka­syā­ne­kā­tma­ka­tvaṃ vi­ru­ddha­m a­pi si­ddhya­tī­ti ce­t na­, TAŚVA-ML 043,11ta­sya pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ka­rtṛ­tvā­d ā­tma­naḥ pra­mā­tṛ­tve­na vya­va­sthā­nā­t na pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­tva­m i­ti ce­t | ke­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 043,12ka­rtṛ­tā nā­mā­tma­naḥ ? |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.208abpra­mi­teḥ sa­ma­vā­yi­tva­m ā­tma­naḥ ka­rtṛ­tā ya­di | TAŚV-ML 1.0.208cdta­dā nā­sya pra­me­ya­tvaṃ ta­nni­mi­tta­tva­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 2­0­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.209abpra­mā­ṇa­sa­ha­kā­rī hi pra­me­yo rthaḥ pra­māṃ pra­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.0.209cdni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇaṃ pro­kto nā­tmai­vaṃ sva­pra­māṃ pra­ti |­| 2­0­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 043,17pra­mī­ya­mā­ṇo hy a­rthaḥ pra­me­yaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­sa­ha­kā­rī pra­mi­tyu­tpa­ttiṃ pra­ti ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­tha- TAŚVA-ML 043,18m ā­tma­naḥ sva­pra­mi­tiṃ pra­ti sa­ma­vā­yi­naḥ pra­mā­tṛ­tā­mā­tma­sā­t ku­rva­taḥ pra­me­ya­tva­m ā­ca­kṣī­ta vi­ro­dhā­t | na cā­tmā TAŚVA-ML 043,19sva­pra­māṃ pra­ti ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇaṃ sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | ya­di pu­na­r ā­tma­naḥ sva­pra­mi­tiṃ pra­ti sa­ma­vā­yi­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 043,20ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ce­ṣya­te rtha­pra­mi­tiṃ pra­ti sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m e­va ta­dā sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­m a­py a­stu | ta­thā ca sa e­va TAŚVA-ML 043,21pra­mā­tā sa e­va pra­me­yaḥ sa e­va ca pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ku­taḥ pra­mā­tṛ­pra­me­ya­pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­tā nā­va­ti­ṣṭhe­t | TAŚVA-ML 043,22ka­rtṛ­kā­ra­kā­t ka­ra­ṇa­sya bhe­dā­n nā­tma­naḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, ka­rma­kā­ra­kaṃ ka­rtuḥ ki­m a­bhi­nnaṃ ya­ta­s ta­sya pra­me­ya­tva- TAŚVA-ML 043,23m i­ti nā­tmā sva­yaṃ pra­me­yaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.210abna­rāṃ­ta­ra­pra­me­ya­tva­m a­ne­nā­sya ni­vā­ri­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.210cdka­syā­pi sva­pra­me­ya­tve nya­pra­mā­tṛ­tva­ka­lpa­nā­t |­| 2­1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.211abbā­dhyā ke­nā­na­va­sthā syā­t sva­pra­mā­tṛ­tva­ka­lpa­ne | TAŚV-ML 1.0.211cdya­tho­ktā­śe­ṣa­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gaḥ ke­na ni­vā­rya­te |­| 2­1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 043,28vi­va­kṣi­tā­tmā ā­tmāṃ­ta­ra­sya ya­di pra­me­ya­s ta­dā­sya svā­tmā ki­m a­pra­me­yaḥ | pra­me­yo vā ? a­pra­me­ya­ś ce­t ta­rhyā- TAŚVA-ML 043,29tmāṃ­ta­ra­sya pra­me­ya i­ti pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­syā­pa­ri­ni­ṣṭhā­nā­d a­na­va­sthā ke­na bā­dhya­te | pra­me­ya­ś ce­t sa e­va pra­mā­tā sa e­va TAŚVA-ML 043,30pra­me­ya i­ty ā­yā­ta­m e­ka­sya nai­ka­tvaṃ vi­ru­ddha­m a­pi pa­ra­ma­ta­sā­dha­naṃ ta­dva­t sa e­va pra­mā­ṇaṃ syā­t sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvo­pa­pa­tte- TAŚVA-ML 043,31r i­ti pū­rvo­kta­m a­khi­laṃ dū­ṣa­ṇa­m a­śa­kya­ni­vā­ra­ṇa­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.212absva­saṃ­ve­dye na­re nā­yaṃ do­ṣo '­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.212cdnā­nā­śa­ktyā­tma­na­s ta­sya ka­rtṛ­tvā­dya­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 2­1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.213abpa­ri­cche­da­ka­śa­ktyā hi pra­mā­tā­tmā pra­tī­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.213cdpra­me­ya­ś ca pa­ri­cche­dya­śa­ktyā­kāṃ­kṣā­kṣa­yā­t sthi­tiḥ |­| 2­1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 044,01na­nu sva­saṃ­ve­dye py ā­tma­ni pra­mā­tṛ­tva­śa­ktiḥ pra­me­ya­tva­śa­kti­ś ca sva­yaṃ pa­ri­cche­da­ka­śa­ktyā­nya­yā pa­ri­cche­dyā­, TAŚVA-ML 044,02sā­pi ta­tpa­ri­cche­da­ka­tva­pa­ri­cche­dya­tva­śa­kti­pa­ra­yā pa­ri­cche­da­ka­śa­ktyā pa­ri­cche­dye tya­na­va­sthā­na­m a­nya­thā­dya­śa­kti­bhe­do pi TAŚVA-ML 044,03pra­mā­tṛ­tva­pra­me­ya­he­tu­r mā bhū­t i­ti na syā­dvā­di­nāṃ co­dyaṃ | pra­ti­pa­ttu­r ā­kāṃ­kṣā­kṣa­yā­d e­va kva­ci­d a­va­sthā­na­si­ddheḥ | na TAŚVA-ML 044,04hi pa­ri­cche­da­ka­tvā­di­śa­kti­r yā­va­t sva­yaṃ na jñā­tā tā­va­d ā­tma­naḥ sva­pra­mā­tṛ­tvā­di­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ na bha­va­ti ye­nā­na­va­sthā TAŚVA-ML 044,05syā­t | pra­mā­tṛ­tvā­di­sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d e­va ta­ccha­kte­r a­nu­mā­nā­n ni­rā­kāṃ­kṣa­sya ta­trā­py a­nu­pa­yo­gā­d i­ti yu­kta­m u­pa­yo­gā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 044,06ka­tva­sā­dha­na­m ā­tma­naḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.214abka­rtṛ­rū­pa­ta­yā vi­tte­r a­pa­ro­kṣaḥ sva­yaṃ pu­mā­n | TAŚV-ML 1.0.214cda­pra­tya­kṣa­ś ca ka­rma­tve­nā­pra­tī­te­r i­tī­ta­re |­| 2­1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 044,09sa­ty a­nā­tmā saṃ­ve­da­nā­tma­kaḥ sa tu na pra­tya­kṣaḥ ka­rma­tve­nā­pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t | na hi ya­thā nī­la­m a­haṃ jā­nā­mī­ty a­tra TAŚVA-ML 044,10nī­laṃ ka­rma­ta­yā ca­kā­sti ta­thā­tmā ka­rma­tve­na | a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­sya ca na pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ­, ta­sya te­na vyā­pta­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 044,11ā­tmā­na­m a­haṃ jā­nā­mī­ty a­tra ka­rma­ta­yā­tmā bhā­ty e­ve­ti cā­yu­kta­m u­pa­ca­ri­ta­tvā­t ta­sya ta­thā pra­tī­teḥ | jā­nā­te­r a­nya­tra TAŚVA-ML 044,12sa­ka­rma­ka­sya da­rśa­nā­d ā­tma­ni sa­ka­rma­ka­tvo­pa­cā­ra­si­ddheḥ | pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s tu puṃ­saḥ ka­rma­tve ka­rtā sa e­va vā syā­d a­nyo TAŚVA-ML 044,13vā ? na tā­va­t sa e­va vi­ro­dhā­t | ka­tha­m a­nya­thai­ka­rū­pa­tā­tma­naḥ si­ddhye­t | nā­nā­rū­pa­tvā­d ā­tma­no na do­ṣa i­ti TAŚVA-ML 044,14ce­t na­, a­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ke­na­ci­d rū­pe­ṇa ka­rma­tvaṃ ke­na­ci­t ka­rtṛ­tva­m i­ty a­ne­ka­rū­pa­tve hy ā­tma­na­s ta­d a­ne­kaṃ rū­paṃ TAŚVA-ML 044,15pra­tya­kṣa­m a­pra­tya­kṣaṃ vā ? pra­tya­kṣaṃ ce­t ka­rma­tve­na bhā­vya­m a­nye­na ta­tka­rtṛ­tve­na­, ta­tka­rma­tva­ka­rtṛ­tva­yo­r a­pi pra­tya­kṣa­tve pa­re­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 044,16ka­rma­tve­na ka­rtṛ­tve­na cā­va­śyaṃ bha­vi­ta­vya­m i­ty a­na­va­sthā | ta­d a­ne­kaṃ rū­pa­m a­pra­tya­kṣaṃ ce­t­, ka­tha­mā­tmā pra­tya­kṣo nā­ma ? TAŚVA-ML 044,17pu­mā­n pra­tya­kṣa­s ta­tsva­rū­paṃ na pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti kaḥ śra­dda­dhī­ta | ya­di pu­na­r a­nyaḥ ka­rtā syā­t ta­dā sa pra­tya­kṣo '­pra­tya­kṣo TAŚVA-ML 044,18vā ? pra­tya­kṣa­ś ce­t ka­rma­tve­na pra­tī­ya­mā­no sā­v i­ti na ka­rtā syā­d vi­ro­dhā­t | ka­tha­m a­nya­thai­ka­rū­pa­tā­tma­naḥ si­ddhye­t | TAŚVA-ML 044,19nā­nā­rū­pa­tvā­d ā­tma­no na do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, a­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t­, i­tyā­di pu­na­r ā­va­rta­ta­, i­ti ma­ha­c ca­kra­ka­m | ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 044,20pra­tya­kṣa­tve sa e­vā­smā­ka­m ā­tme­ti si­ddho '­pra­tya­kṣaḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ | pa­ro­kṣo stu pu­mā­n i­ti ce­t na­, ta­sya ka­rtṛ­rū­pa­ta­yā TAŚVA-ML 044,21sva­yaṃ saṃ­ve­dya­mā­na­tvā­t | sa­rva­thā sā­kṣā­d a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­no hi pa­ro­kṣaḥ pa­ra­lo­kā­di­va­n na pu­naḥ ke­na­ci­d rū­pe­ṇa sā­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 044,22t pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­, i­ty a­pa­ro­kṣa e­vā­tmā vya­va­sthi­ti­m a­nu­bha­va­ti | i­ti ke­ci­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.215abte­ṣā­m a­py ā­tma­ka­rtṛ­tva­pa­ri­cche­dya­tva­saṃ­bha­ve | TAŚV-ML 1.0.215cdka­thaṃ ta­dā­tma­ka­syā­sya pa­ri­cche­dya­tva­ni­nha­vaḥ |­| 2­1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 044,25ka­rtṛ­tve­nā­tma­naḥ saṃ­ve­da­ne ta­tka­rtṛ­tvaṃ tā­va­t pa­ri­cche­dya­m i­ṣṭa­m a­nya­thā ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­ta­yā­sya saṃ­ve­da­na­vi­ro­dhā­t TAŚVA-ML 044,26ta­tsaṃ­bha­ve ka­thaṃ ta­dā­tma­ka­syā­tma­naḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tva­ni­nha­vo yu­ktaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.216abta­to bhe­de na­ra­syā­sya nā­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­ni­rṇa­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.216cdna hi viṃ­dhya­pa­ri­cche­dye hi­mā­dra­r e­pa­ro­kṣa­tā |­| 2­1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 044,29ka­rtṛ­tvā­d bhe­de puṃ­saḥ ka­rtṛ­tva­sya pa­ri­cche­do na syā­t viṃ­dhya­pa­ri­cche­de hi­mā­dre­r i­ve­ti sa­rva­thā­tma­naḥ sā­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 044,30t pa­ri­cche­dā­bhā­vā­t pa­ro­kṣa­tā­pa­tteḥ ka­tha­m a­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­ni­rṇa­yaḥ | ta­to nai­kāṃ­te­nā­tma­naḥ ka­rtṛ­tvā­d a­bhe­do vā­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.217abbhe­dā­bhe­dā­tma­ka­tve tu ka­rtṛ­tva­sya na­rā­t ka­tha­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.217cdna syā­t ta­sya pa­ri­cche­dye nuḥ pa­ri­cche­dya­tā sa­taḥ |­| 2­1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 044,33ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­daḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhe­daḥ ka­rtṛ­tva­sya na­rā­d i­ti cā­yu­kta­m aṃ­śa­to na­ra­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 044,34pra­tya­kṣā­t ka­rtṛ­tvā­dye nāṃ­śe­na na­ra­syā­bhe­da­s te­na pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ śa­kyaṃ ni­ṣe­ddhuṃ pra­tya­kṣā­d a­bhi­nna­syā­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.218abpra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ ta­to ṃ­śe­na si­ddhaṃ ni­hnu­ta­ye ka­tha­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.218cdśro­tri­yaiḥ sa­rva­thā cā­tma­pa­ro­kṣa­tvo­kta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m |­| 2­1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 045,03na­nu cā­tma­naḥ ka­rtṛ­rū­pa­tā ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nnā pa­ri­cchi­dya­te na tu pra­tya­kṣā ka­rtṛ­rū­pa­tā­, ka­rma­ta­yā pra­tī­ya­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 045,04tvā­bhā­vā­t ta­nnā­tma­no ṃ­śe­nā­pi pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ si­ddhya­ti­; ya­sya ni­hna­ve pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dha i­ti ce­t | ka­tha­m i­dā­nīṃ TAŚVA-ML 045,05ka­rtṛ­tā pa­ri­cchi­dya­te | ta­sya ka­rtṛ­ta­yai­ve­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ka­rtṛ­tā ka­rtā na pu­na­r ā­tmā­, ta­syā­s ta­to bhe­dā­t | na TAŚVA-ML 045,06hy a­nya­syāṃ ka­rtṛ­tā­yāṃ pa­ri­cchi­nnā­yā­m a­nyaḥ ka­rtā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nv ā­tmā dha­rmī ka­rtā ka­rtṛ­tā­sya dha­rmaḥ ka­thaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 045,07ci­t ta­dā­tmā­, ta­trā­tmā ka­rtā pra­tī­ya­ta i­ti sa e­vā­rthaḥ si­ddho dha­rmi­dha­rmā­bhi­dhā­yi­noḥ śa­bda­yo­r e­va bhe­dā­t ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 045,08ka­rtṛ­tā sva­rū­pe­ṇa pra­ti­bhā­ti na pu­na­r a­nya­yā ka­rtṛ­ta­yā­, ya­taḥ sā ka­rtrī syā­t | ka­rtā cā­tmā sva­rū­pe­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 045,09ca­kā­sti nā­pa­rā­sya ka­rtṛ­tā ya­syāḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tve puṃ­so pi pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­t | ta­rhy ā­tmā ta­ddha­rmo vā TAŚVA-ML 045,10pra­tya­kṣaḥ | sva­rū­pe­ṇa sā­kṣā­t pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­tvā­n nī­lā­di­va­t | nī­lā­di­r vā na pra­tya­kṣa­s ta­ta e­vā­tma­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 045,11nī­lā­diḥ pra­tya­kṣaḥ sā­kṣā­t kri­ya­mā­ṇa­tvā­d i­ti ce­t | ta­ta e­vā­tmā pra­tya­kṣo stu | ka­rma­tve­nā­pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­n na TAŚVA-ML 045,12pra­tya­kṣa i­ti ce­t | vyā­ha­ta­m e­ta­t | sā­kṣā­tpra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvaṃ hi vi­ṣa­yī­kri­ya­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ­, vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m e­va ca ka­rma­tvaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 045,13ta­c cā­tma­ny a­sti | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tā­sya syā­t | nā­tmā pra­tī­ya­te sva­yaṃ kiṃ­tu pra­tye­ti sa­rva­dā na ta­to TAŚVA-ML 045,14pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t ta­sya ka­rma­tva­si­ddhi­r a­si­ddha­tā sā­dha­na­sye­ti ce­t | sa­rva­thā pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d vā ? na TAŚVA-ML 045,15tā­va­t sa­rva­thā­, pa­re­ṇā­pi pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­t pa­kṣe tu nā­si­ddhaṃ sā­dha­naṃ­, ta­thai­vo­pa­nyā­sā­t | TAŚVA-ML 045,16sva­taḥ pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tva­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­t | pa­ra­taḥ ka­thaṃ ta­tsi­ddhaṃ ? vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t | sva­ta­s ta­tsi­ddhau ko TAŚVA-ML 045,17vi­ro­dhaḥ ? ka­rtṛ­tva­ka­rma­tva­yoḥ sa­hā­na­va­sthā­na­m i­ti ce­t­, pa­ra­ta­s ta­tsi­ddhau sa­mā­naṃ | ya­dai­va sva­ya­m a­rthaṃ pra­tye­ti TAŚVA-ML 045,18ta­dai­va pa­re­ṇā­nu­mā­nā­di­nā­tmā pra­tī­ya­ta i­ti pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­tvā­n na sa­hā­na­va­sthā­na­vi­ro­dhaḥ | sva­yaṃ ka­rtṛ­tva­sya TAŚVA-ML 045,19pa­ra­ka­rma­tve­ne­ti ce­t ta­rhi sva­yaṃ ka­rtṛ­tva­ka­rma­tva­yo­r a­py ā­tmā­na­m a­haṃ jā­nā­mī­ty a­tra sa­ha­pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­tvā­d vi­ro­dho TAŚVA-ML 045,20mā bhū­t | na cā­tma­ni ka­rma­pra­tī­ti­r u­pa­ca­ri­tā­, ka­rtṛ­tva­pra­tī­te­r a­py u­pa­ca­ri­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | śa­kyaṃ hi va­ktuṃ TAŚVA-ML 045,21da­ha­ty a­gni­r iṃ­dha­na­m i­ty a­tra kri­yā­yāḥ ka­rtṛ­sa­ma­vā­ya­da­rśa­nā­t­, jā­nā­ty ā­tmā­rtha­m i­ty a­trā­pi jā­nā­tī­ti kri­yā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 045,22ka­rtṛ­sa­ma­vā­yo­pa­cā­raḥ | pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s tu ta­sya ka­rtṛ­tve ka­rma sa e­va vā syā­d a­nyo vā­rthaḥ syā­t ? sa e­va ce­d vi- TAŚVA-ML 045,23ro­dhaḥ | ka­tha­m a­nya­thai­ka­rū­pa­tā­tma­naḥ | nā­nā­rū­pa­tvā­t ta­syā­do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, a­na­va­sthā­nā­t | ya­di pu­na­r a­nyo rthaḥ TAŚVA-ML 045,24ka­rma syā­t ta­dā pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­no '­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­no vā ? pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­ś ce­t ka­rtā syā­t ta­to nya­tka­rma vā­cyaṃ­, ta­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 045,25pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­tve ka­rtṛ­tvā­d a­nya­t ka­rme­ty a­na­va­sthā­nā­n na kva­ci­t ka­rma­tva­vya­va­sthā | ya­di pu­na­r a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­no rthaḥ TAŚVA-ML 045,26ka­rmo­cya­te ta­dā kha­ra­śrṛṃ­gā­de­r a­pi ka­rma­tvā­pa­tti­r i­ti na kiṃ­ci­t ka­rma syā­d ā­tma­va­da­rtha­syā­pi pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­sya ka­rtṛ- TAŚVA-ML 045,27tva­si­ddheḥ | ya­di pu­na­r a­rthaḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­ja­na­ka­tvā­d u­pa­cā­re­ṇa pra­ti­bhā­sa­ta i­ti na va­stu­taḥ ka­rtā ta­dā­tmā­pi TAŚVA-ML 045,28sva­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ja­na­ka­tvā­d u­pa­cā­re­ṇa ka­rtā­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | sva­pra­ti­bhā­saṃ ja­na­ya­nnā­tmā ka­tha­m a­ka­rte­ti ce­d a­rthaḥ TAŚVA-ML 045,29ka­thaṃ ? ja­ḍa­tvā­d i­ti ce­t ta­ta e­va sva­pra­ti­bhā­saṃ mā­jī­ja­na­t | kā­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­j jā­te pra­ti­bhā­se rthaḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­te na tu TAŚVA-ML 045,30sva­yaṃ pra­ti­bhā­saṃ ja­na­ya­tī­ti ce­t­, sa­mā­na­m ā­tma­ni | so pi hi svā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­cche­dā­j jā­te pra­ti­bhā­se vi­bhā­sa­te TAŚVA-ML 045,31na ta­nni­ra­pe­kṣaḥ sva­pra­ti­bhā­saṃ ja­na­ya­tī­ti | ta­d e­va­m ā­tma­naḥ ka­rtṛ­tva­ka­rma­tvā­pa­lā­pa­vā­di­nau nā­nyo­nya­m a­ti­śa­yye­te | TAŚVA-ML 045,32ye tu pra­tī­tya­nu­sa­ra­ṇe nā­tma­naḥ sva­saṃ­vi­di­tā­tma­tva­m ā­hu­s te ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­nā­t pha­la­jñā­nā­c ca bhi­nna­syā­bhi­nna­sya vā TAŚVA-ML 045,33bhi­nnā­bhi­nna­sya vā ? TAŚV-ML 1.0.219abbhi­nna­sya ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­nā­t pha­la­jñā­nā­c ca de­hi­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.219cdsva­yaṃ saṃ­vi­di­tā­tma­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ vā pra­ti­pe­di­re |­| 2­1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 046,01ya­d dhi sa­rva­thā sa­rva­smā­d ve­da­nā­d bhi­nnaṃ ta­n na sva­saṃ­vi­di­taṃ ya­thā vyo­ma ta­thā­tma­ta­ttvaṃ śro­tri­yā­ṇā­m i­ti ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 046,02ta­t ta­sye­ti saṃ­pra­ti­pa­nnāḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.220abya­di he­tu­pha­la­jñā­nā­d a­bhe­da­s ta­sya kī­rtya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.220cdpa­ro­kṣe­ta­ra­rū­pa­tvaṃ ta­dā ke­na ni­ṣi­dhya­te |­| 2­2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.221abpa­ro­kṣā­t ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­nā­d a­bhi­nna­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.221cdpra­tya­kṣā­c ca pha­la­jñā­nā­t pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ hi yu­jya­te |­| 2­2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 046,07pa­ro­kṣā­t ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­nā­t pha­la­jñā­nā­c ca pra­tya­kṣā­d a­bhi­nna­syā­tma­no na pa­ro­kṣa­tā a­ha­m i­ti ka­rtṛ­ta­yā saṃ­ve­da­nā- TAŚVA-ML 046,08n nā­pi pra­tya­kṣa­tā ka­rma­ta­yā pra­ti­bhā­sā­bhā­vā­d i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, da­tto­tta­ra­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.222abta­thai­vo­bha­ya­rū­pa­tve ta­syai­ta­ddo­ṣa­du­ṣṭa­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.222cdsyā­dvā­dā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ cā­stu ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 2­2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 046,11sa­rva­thā bhi­nnā­bhi­nnā­tma­ka­tve ka­ra­ṇa­pha­la­jñā­nā­d ā­tma­na­s ta­du­bha­ya­pa­kṣo­kta­do­ṣa­du­ṣṭa­tā | ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nnā­tma­ka­tve TAŚVA-ML 046,12syā­dvā­dā­śra­ya­ṇa­m e­vā­stu vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | svā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­la­kṣa­ṇā­yāḥ śa­kteḥ ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­rū­pā­yāḥ dra­vyā­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 046,13śra­ya­ṇā­d a­bhi­nna­syā­tma­naḥ pa­ro­kṣa­tvaṃ­, svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­kā­c ca pha­la­jñā­nā­d a­bhi­nna­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m i­ti syā­dvā­dā­śra­ya­ṇe TAŚVA-ML 046,14na kiṃ­ci­d vi­ro­dha­m u­tpa­śyā­maḥ | sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­tā­śra­ya­ṇe vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­smā­d ā­tmā syā­t pa­ro­kṣaḥ syā­t pra­tya­kṣaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 046,15pra­bhā­ka­ra­syā­py e­va­m a­vi­ro­dhaḥ kiṃ na syā­d i­ti ce­t na­, ka­ra­ṇa­pha­la­jñā­na­yoḥ pa­ro­kṣa­pra­tya­kṣa­yo­r a­vya­va­sthā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 046,16ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.223abpra­tya­kṣe rtha­pa­ri­cche­de svā­rthā­kā­rā­v a­bhā­si­ni | TAŚV-ML 1.0.223cdki­m a­nya­t ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­naṃ ni­ṣpha­laṃ ka­lpya­te '­mu­nā |­| 2­2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 046,19a­rtha­pa­ri­cche­de puṃ­si pra­tya­kṣe svā­rthā­kā­ra­vya­va­sā­yi­ni sa­ti ni­ṣpha­laṃ ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­m a­nya­c ca pha­la­jñā­naṃ­, ta­tkṛ­tya- TAŚVA-ML 046,20syā­tma­nai­va kṛ­ta­tvā­d i­ti ta­da­ka­lpa­nī­ya­m e­va | svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yi­tva­m ā­tma­no si­ddhaṃ vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­tvā­t ta­sye­ti TAŚVA-ML 046,21ce­t na | sva­vya­va­sā­yi­na e­vā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yi­tva­gha­ṭa­nā­t | ta­thā hy ā­tmā­rtha­vya­va­sā­ya­sa­ma­rthaḥ so rtha­vya­va­sā­yy e­ve­ty a­ne- TAŚVA-ML 046,22nā­yā­staṃ | sva­vya­va­sā­yi­tva­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­rtha­vya­va­si­te­r a­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ ka­la­śā­di­va­t | sa­ty a­pi svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yi­ny ā­tma­ni TAŚVA-ML 046,23pra­mā­ta­ri pra­mā­ṇe­na sā­dha­ka­ta­me­na jñā­ne­na bhā­vyaṃ | ka­ra­ṇā­bhā­ve kri­yā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ce­t na | iṃ­dri­ya­ma­na­so­r e- TAŚVA-ML 046,24va ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­yo­r a­ce­ta­na­tvā­d u­pa­ka­ra­ṇa­mā­tra­tvā­t pra­dhā­ne ce­ta­naṃ ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t na | bhā­veṃ­dri­ya­ma­na­soḥ TAŚVA-ML 046,25pa­re­ṣāṃ ce­ta­na­ta­yā­va­sthi­ta­tvā­t | ta­d e­va ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­m a­smā­ka­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­tpa­ro­kṣa­m i­ti si­ddhaṃ sā­dhya­te | TAŚVA-ML 046,26la­bdhyu­pa­yo­gā­tma­ka­sya bhā­va­ka­ra­ṇa­sya cha­dma­sthā­pra­tya­kṣa­ttvā­t | ta­jja­ni­taṃ tu jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­taṃ nā­pra­tya­kṣaṃ svā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 046,27vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­tvā­t­, ta­c ca nā­tma­no rthāṃ­ta­ra­m e­ve­ti sa e­va svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yī ya­dī­ṣṭa­s ta­dā vya­rthaṃ ta­to pa­raṃ ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 046,28jñā­naṃ | pha­la­jñā­naṃ ca vya­rtha­m a­ne­no­ktaṃ ta­syā­pi ta­to '­nya­syai­vā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | a­tha­vā pra­tya­kṣe rtha­pa­ri­cche­de pha­la­jñā­ne TAŚVA-ML 046,29svā­rthā­kā­rā­va­bhā­si­ni sa­ti ki­m a­to nya­tka­ra­ṇaṃ jñā­naṃ po­ṣya­te ni­ṣpha­la­tvā­t ta­sya | ta­d e­va ta­sya pha­la­m i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 046,30pra­mā­ṇā­d a­bhi­nnaṃ bhi­nnaṃ vā ? ya­dy a­bhi­nnaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m e­va ta­d i­ti ka­thaṃ pha­la­jñā­ne pra­tya­kṣe ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­m a­pra­tya­kṣaṃ ? bhi­nnaṃ TAŚVA-ML 046,31ce­n na ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tvā­d gha­ṭā­di­va­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nna­m i­ti ce­n na sa­rva­thā ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 046,32jñā­na­syā­pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ vi­ro­dhā­t | pra­tya­kṣā­t pha­la­jñā­nā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nna­tvā­t | ka­rma­tve­nā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­tvā­t ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 046,33jñā­na­m a­pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti ce­n na­, ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­thaṃ­ci­t pra­ti­bhā­sa­te ca ka­rma ca na TAŚVA-ML 046,34bha­va­tī­ti vyā­ghā­ta­sya pra­ti­pā­di­ta­tvā­t | ka­thaṃ cā­yaṃ pha­la­jñā­naṃ ka­rma­tve­nā­pi pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­m a­pi pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 047,01m u­pa­ya­n ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­naṃ ta­thā no­pai­ti na ce­d vyā­ku­lāṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇaḥ | pha­la­jñā­naṃ ka­rma­tve­na pra­ti­bhā­sa­ta e­ve­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 047,02na­, pha­la­tve­na pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­vi­ro­dhā­t | na­nu ca pra­mā­ṇa­sya pa­ri­cchi­ttiḥ pha­laṃ sā cā­rtha­sya pa­ri­cchi­dya­mā­na­tā­, TAŚVA-ML 047,03ta­tpra­tī­tiḥ ka­rma­tva­pra­tī­ti­r e­ve­ti ce­t | kiṃ pu­na­r i­yaṃ pa­ri­cchi­tti­r a­rtha­dha­rmaḥ ? ta­tho­pa­ga­me pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tva­vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 047,04dho rtha­va­t | pra­mā­tṛ­dha­rmaḥ se­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­tve­na pra­tī­teḥ na ka­rma­kā­ra­kaṃ nā­pi ka­rtṛ­kā­ra­kaṃ pa­ri­cchi­ttiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 047,05kri­yā­tvā­t kri­yā­yāḥ kā­ra­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t kri­yā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya dra­vya­syai­va kā­ra­ka­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ce­t | ta­rhi pha­la- TAŚVA-ML 047,06jñā­na­sya ka­rma­tve­na pra­tī­ti­r yu­ktā kri­yā­tve­nai­va pha­lā­tma­nā pra­tī­ti­r i­ti na pra­tya­kṣa­tva­saṃ­bha­vaḥ ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 047,07va­d ā­tma­va­d vā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.224abta­syā­pi ca pa­ro­kṣa­tve pra­tya­kṣo rtho na si­ddhya­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.0.224cdta­to jñā­nā­va­sā­yaḥ syā­t ku­to '­syā­si­ddha­ve­da­nā­t |­| 2­2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 047,10pha­la­jñā­na­m ā­tmā cā­pa­ro­kṣo stu ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­va­d i­ty a­yu­kta­m a­rtha­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pra­tya­kṣāṃ sva­pa­ri­cchi­tti­m a­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 047,11ti­ṣṭha­nn e­va hy a­rthaḥ pra­tya­kṣo yu­kto nā­nya­thā­, sa­rva­sya sa­rva­dā sa­rva­thā­rtha­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā­tma­naḥ pa­ro­kṣa­tve TAŚVA-ML 047,12saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­sye­vā­rthaḥ pra­tya­kṣo na syā­d a­nya­thā sa­rvā­tmāṃ­ta­ra­pra­tya­kṣaḥ sa­rva­syā­tma­naḥ pra­tya­kṣo sau kiṃ na bha­ve­t­, TAŚVA-ML 047,13sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­ta­ś cā­pra­tya­kṣā­d a­rthā­t na ku­ta­ści­t pa­ro­kṣa­jñā­na­ni­śca­yo sya vā­di­naḥ syā­t ye­ne­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 047,14śo­bhe­ta | -jñā­te tv a­nu­mā­nā­d a­va­ga­ccha­tī­ti | nā­py a­si­ddha­saṃ­ve­da­nā­t pu­ru­ṣā­t ta­nni­śca­yo ya­to na­va­sthā na bha­ve­t | ta­lliṃ- TAŚVA-ML 047,15ga­jñā­na­syā­pi pa­ro­kṣa­tve a­pa­rā­nu­mā­nā­n ni­rṇa­yā­t ta­lliṃ­ga­syā­py a­pa­rā­nu­mā­nā­d i­ti | sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tvā­d ā­tma­no nā­na­va­sthe­ti TAŚVA-ML 047,16ce­t na­, ta­sya jñā­nā­saṃ­ve­da­ka­tvā­t | ta­tsaṃ­ve­da­ka­tve vā­rtha­saṃ­ve­da­ka­tvaṃ ta­sya kiṃ na syā­t ? sva­to­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d TAŚVA-ML 047,17jñā­na­m ā­tmā saṃ­ve­da­ya­te na pu­na­r a­rtha­m i­ti kiṃ­kṛ­to yaṃ ni­ya­maḥ ? saṃ­ve­da­ya­mā­no pi jñā­na­mā­tmā jñā­nāṃ­ta­re­ṇa saṃ­ve­da- TAŚVA-ML 047,18ya­te sva­to vā ? jñā­nāṃ­ta­re­ṇa ce­t­, pra­tya­kṣe­ṇe­ta­re­ṇa vā ? na tā­va­t pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa sa­rva­sya sa­rva­jñā­na­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tvo- TAŚVA-ML 047,19pa­ga­mā­t | nā­pī­ta­re­ṇa jñā­ne­na saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­jñā­ne­ne­va te­na jñā­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | sva­yaṃ jñā­te­na ce­t ? jñā­nāṃ­ta­re­ṇa sva­to TAŚVA-ML 047,20vā ? jñā­nāṃ­ta­re­ṇa ce­t­, pra­tya­kṣe­ṇe­ta­re­ṇa ve­tyā­di pu­na­r ā­va­rta­ta i­ti ca­kra­ka­m e­ta­t | sva­to jñā­na­m ā­tmā saṃ­ve­da­ya­te TAŚVA-ML 047,21sva­rū­pa­va­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­thai­va jñā­na­m a­rthaṃ svaṃ ca sva­taḥ kiṃ na ve­da­ya­te ? ya­taḥ pa­ro­kṣa­jñā­na­vā­do ma­hā­mo­ha­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­ta TAŚVA-ML 047,22e­va na syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.225abka­thaṃ cā­tmā sva­saṃ­ve­dyaḥ saṃ­vi­tti­r no­pa­ga­mya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.225cdye­no­pa­yo­ga­rū­po yaṃ sa­rve­ṣāṃ nā­vi­gā­na­taḥ |­| 2­2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 047,25ku­taḥ pu­na­r u­pa­yo­gā­tmā na­raḥ si­ddha i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.226abka­thaṃ­ci­d u­pa­yo­gā­tmā pu­mā­n a­dhya­kṣa e­va naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.226cdpra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­va­rtā­di­rū­pe­ṇā­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tā |­| 2­2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 047,28svā­rthā­kā­ra­vya­va­sā­ya­rū­pe­ṇā­rthā­lo­ca­na­mā­tra­rū­pe­ṇa ca jñā­na­da­rśa­no­pa­yo­gā­tma­kaḥ pu­mā­n pra­tya­kṣa e­va ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 047,29sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­tvā­t | pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­me­na svā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tve­nā­saṃ­khyā­ta­pra­de­śa­tvā­di­nā cā­nu­me­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 047,30pra­va­ca­na­sa­ma­dhi­ga­mya­ś cā­tyaṃ­ta­pa­ro­kṣa­rū­pe­ṇe­ti ni­rṇe­ta­vyaṃ bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.227absva­rū­paṃ ce­ta­nā puṃ­saḥ sa­dau­dā­sī­nya­va­rti­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.227cdpra­dhā­na­syai­va vi­jñā­naṃ vi­va­rta i­ti cā­pa­re |­| 2­2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.228abte­ṣā­m a­dhya­kṣa­to bā­dhā jñā­na­syā­tma­ni ve­da­nā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.228cdbhrāṃ­ti­ś ce­n nā­tma­na­s te­na śū­nya­syā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t |­| 2­2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 048,01ya­thā­tma­ni ce­ta­na­sya saṃ­ve­da­naṃ ma­yi cai­ta­nyaṃ ce­ta­no ha­m i­ti vā ta­thā jñā­na­syā­pi ma­yi jñā­naṃ jñā­tā­ha­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 048,02vā pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ si­ddhe­r ya­tho­dā­sī­na­sya puṃ­sa­ś cai­ta­nyaṃ sva­rū­paṃ ta­thā jñā­na­m a­pi­, ta­tpra­dhā­na­syai­va vi­va­rtaṃ bru­vā­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 048,03pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhā | jñā­na­syā­tma­ni saṃ­ve­da­naṃ bhrāṃ­ti­r i­ti ce­t na | syā­t ta­dai­vaṃ ya­di jñā­na­śū­nya­syā­tma­naḥ ka­dā­ci­t saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 048,04vi­dā­bhrāṃ­tā syā­t | sa­rva­dā jñā­na­saṃ­sa­rgā­dā­tma­no jñā­ni­tva­saṃ­vi­tti­r i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.229abau­dā­sī­nyā­da­yo dha­rmāḥ puṃ­saḥ saṃ­sa­rga­jā i­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.0.229cdyu­ktaṃ sāṃ­khya­pa­śo­r va­ktuṃ dhyā­di­saṃ­sa­rga­vā­di­naḥ |­| 2­2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 048,07jñā­na­saṃ­sa­rga­to jñā­nī su­kha­saṃ­sa­rga­taḥ su­khī pu­mā­n na tu sva­ya­m i­ti va­da­taḥ sāṃ­khya­sya pa­śo­r i­vā­tmā­na­m a­py a­jā­na­to TAŚVA-ML 048,08yu­ktaṃ va­ktu­m au­dā­sī­nya­sya saṃ­sa­rgā­d u­dā­sī­naḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ cai­ta­nya­saṃ­sa­rgā­c ce­ta­no bho­ktṛ­tva­saṃ­sa­rgā­d bho­ktā śu­ddhi­saṃ­sa­rgā­c ca TAŚVA-ML 048,09śu­ddha i­ti­, sva­yaṃ tu ta­to vi­pa­rī­ta i­ti vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | na hi ta­syā­na­va­bo­dha­sva­bhā­va­tā­dau pra­mā­ṇa­m a­sti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.230absa­dā­tmā­na­va­bo­dhā­di­sva­bhā­va­ś ce­ta­na­tva­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.230cdsu­ṣu­ptā­va­stha­va­n nā­yaṃ he­tu­r vyā­pyā­tma­vā­di­naḥ |­| 2­3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 048,12sva­rū­pā­si­ddho hi he­tu­r a­yaṃ vyā­pi­na­m ā­tmā­naṃ va­da­taḥ ku­taḥ­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.231abjī­vo hy a­ce­ta­naḥ kā­ye jī­va­tvā­d bā­hya­de­śa­va­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.231cdva­ktu­m e­vaṃ sa­ma­rtho nyaḥ kiṃ na syā­j ja­ḍa­jī­va­vā­k |­| 2­3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 048,15kā­yā­d ba­hi­ra­ce­ta­na­tve­na vyā­pta­sya jī­va­tva­sya si­ddheḥ kā­ye py a­ce­ta­na­tva­si­ddhi­r i­ti nā­na­va­bo­dhā­di­sva­bhā­va­tve TAŚVA-ML 048,16sā­dhye ce­ta­na­tvaṃ sā­dha­na­m a­si­ddha­syā­sā­dha­na­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.232abśa­rī­rā­d ba­hi­r a­py e­ṣa ce­ta­nā­tmā na­ra­tva­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.232cdkā­ya­de­śa­va­d i­ty e­ta­tpra­tī­tyā vi­ni­vā­rya­te |­| 2­3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 048,19kā­ye ce­ta­na­tve­na prā­pta­sya na­ra­tva­sya da­rśa­nā­t ta­to ba­hi­r a­py ā­tma­na­ś ce­ta­na­tva­si­ddhe­r nā­si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 048,20pra­tī­ti­bā­dha­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.233abta­thā hi bā­hya­de­śe pi puṃ­saḥ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ na ki­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.233cdkā­ya­de­śa­va­d e­va syā­d vi­śe­ṣa­syā­py a­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 2­3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 048,23ya­sya hi ni­ra­ti­śa­yaḥ pu­ru­ṣa­s ta­sya kā­ye nya­tra ca na ta­sya vi­śe­ṣo sti ya­taḥ kā­ye saṃ­ve­da­naṃ na ta­to TAŚVA-ML 048,24ba­hi­r i­ti yu­jya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.234abkā­yā­d ba­hi­ra­bhi­vya­kte­r a­bhā­vā­t ta­da­ve­da­ne | TAŚV-ML 1.0.234cdpuṃ­so vya­kte­ta­rā­kā­ra­bhe­dā­d bhe­daḥ ka­thaṃ na te |­| 2­3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 048,27kā­ye bhi­vya­kta­tvā­t puṃ­saḥ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ na ta­to ba­hi­r a­na­bhi­vya­kta­tvā­d i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­thaṃ ta­syai­ka­sva­bhā­va­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 048,28sā­dha­ye­t­, vya­kte­ta­rā­kā­ra­bhe­dā­d bhe­da­sya si­ddheḥ | ya­tra vya­kta­saṃ­sa­rga­s ta­trā­tmā saṃ­ve­dya­te nā­nya­tre­ty a­py a­ne­nā­pā­staṃ | TAŚVA-ML 048,29ni­raṃ­śa­sya kva­ci­d e­va vya­kta­saṃ­sa­rga­sye­ta­ra­sya vā sa­kṛ­da­yo­gā­t | sa­kṛ­de­ka­sya pa­ra­mā­ṇoḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇvaṃ­ta­re­ṇa saṃ­sa­rgaṃ TAŚVA-ML 048,30kva­ci­d a­nya­tra vā­saṃ­sa­rgaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­ta i­ti ce­t na­, ta­syā­pi kva­ci­d de­śe sa­to de­śāṃ­ta­re ca ta­da­si­ddheḥ | ga­ga­na­va­t syā- TAŚVA-ML 048,31d i­ti ce­t na­, ta­syā­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śa­ta­yā pra­si­ddha­sya ta­du­pa­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā­tma­va­da­gha­ṭa­nā­t | na­nv e­kaṃ dra­vya­m a­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yā­n TAŚVA-ML 048,32sa­kṛ­d a­pi ya­thā vyā­pno­ti ta­thā­tmā vya­kta­vi­va­rta­śa­rī­re­ṇa saṃ­sa­rgaṃ kva­ci­d a­nya­tra vā­'­saṃ­sa­rgaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 048,33ce­n na­, va­stu­no dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­sya jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­tvā­t­, vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­sya na­ya­va­śā­t ta­tra ni­rū­pa­ṇā­t | nai­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 048,34nā­nai­ka­sva­bhā­vaḥ pu­ru­ṣo jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­ta­yo­pe­ya­te ni­ra­ti­śa­yā­tma­vā­da­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti | kā­ye bhi­vya­ktau ta­to ba­hi­ra- TAŚVA-ML 049,01bhi­vya­kti­pra­sa­kteḥ sa­rva­tra saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ no ce­t nā­nā­tvā­pa­tti­r duḥ­śa­kyā pa­ri­ha­rtuṃ | ta­to nai­tau sa­rva­ga- TAŚVA-ML 049,02tā­tma­vā­di­nau ce­ta­na­tva­m a­ce­ta­na­tvaṃ vā sā­dha­yi­tu­m ā­tma­naḥ sa­ma­rthau ya­to si­ddhaṃ sā­dha­naṃ na syā­t | syā­dvā­di­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 049,03sāṃ­khya­sya ca pra­si­ddha­m e­va ce­ta­na­tvaṃ sā­dha­na­m i­ti ce­n nā­na­va­bo­dhā­dyā­tma­ka­tve­na pra­ti­vā­di­na­ś ce­ta­na­tva­sye­ṣṭe­s ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 049,04he­tu­tve vi­ru­ddha­si­ddhe­r vi­ru­ddho he­tuḥ syā­t | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vi­ka­la­ś ca dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ su­ṣu­ptā­va­stha­syā­py ā­tma­na­ś ce­ta­na­tva- TAŚVA-ML 049,05mā­tre­ṇā­na­va­bo­dhā­di­sva­bhā­va­tve­na cā­pra­si­ddheḥ |­| ka­tha­m­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.235absu­ṣu­pta­syā­pi vi­jñā­na­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ vi­bhā­vya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.235cdpra­bu­ddha­sya su­kha­prā­pti­smṛ­tyā­deḥ sva­pna­da­rśi­va­t |­| 2­3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 049,08sva­pna­da­rśi­no hi ya­thā su­pta­pra­bu­ddha­sya su­khā­nu­bha­va­nā­di­sma­ra­ṇā­d vi­jñā­na­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ vi­bhā­va­yaṃ­ti ta­thā su­ṣu­pta- TAŚVA-ML 049,09syā­pi su­kha­m a­ti­su­ṣu­pto ha­m i­ti pra­tya­yā­t | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā su­ṣu­ptau puṃ­sa­ś ce­ta­na­tva­m a­pi si­ddhye­t | prā­ṇā­di­da­rśa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 049,10d i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.236abya­thā cai­ta­nya­saṃ­si­ddhiḥ su­ṣu­ptā­v a­pi de­hi­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.236cdprā­ṇā­di­da­rśa­nā­t ta­dva­dbo­dhā­diḥ kiṃ na si­ddhya­ti |­| 2­3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.237abjā­gra­taḥ sa­ti cai­ta­nye ya­thā prā­ṇā­di­vṛ­tta­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.237cdta­thai­va sa­ti vi­jñā­ne dṛ­ṣṭā­s tā bā­dha­va­rji­tāḥ |­| 2­3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 049,15vī­ra­ṇā­dau cai­ta­nyā­bhā­ve prā­ṇā­di­vṛ­ttī­nā­m a­bhā­va­ni­śca­yā­n ni­ści­ta­vya­ti­re­kā­bhya­s tā­bhyaḥ su­ṣu­ptau cai­ta­nya- TAŚVA-ML 049,16si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.238abprā­ṇā­da­yo ni­va­rtaṃ­te ya­thā cai­ta­nya­va­rji­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.238cdvī­ra­ṇā­dau ta­thā jñā­na­śū­nye pī­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 2­3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 049,19na hi ce­ta­na­tve sā­dhye ni­ści­ta­vya­ti­re­kāḥ prā­ṇā­di­vṛ­tta­yo na pu­na­r jñā­nā­tma­ka­tā­yā­m i­ti śa­kyaṃ va­ktuṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 049,20ta­da­bhā­ve pi tā­sāṃ vī­ra­ṇā­dā­v a­bhā­va­ni­rṇa­yā­t | cai­ta­nyā­bhā­vā­d e­va ta­tra tā na bha­vaṃ­ti na tu vi­jñā­nā­bhā­vā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 049,21ko­śa­pā­naṃ vi­dhe­yaṃ | sa­tyaṃ | vi­jñā­nā­bhā­ve tā na bha­vaṃ­ti­, sa­ty a­pi cai­ta­nye mu­kta­sya ta­da­bhā­vā­d i­ty a­pa­re | te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 049,22su­ṣu­ptau vi­jñā­nā­bhā­va­sā­dha­na­m a­yu­ktaṃ­, prā­ṇā­di­vṛ­ttī­nāṃ sa­dbhā­vā­t | ta­thā ca na so­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ku­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 049,23sā­dhya­si­ddhiḥ | su­kha­bu­ddhyā­da­yo nā­tma­sva­bhā­vāḥ sva­ya­m a­ce­ta­na­tvā­d rū­pā­di­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­d i­ti ce­t­, ku­ta­s te­ṣā­m a­ce- TAŚVA-ML 049,24ta­na­tva­si­ddhiḥ ? TAŚV-ML 1.0.239absu­kha­bu­ddhyā­da­yo dha­rmā­ś ce­ta­nā­ra­hi­tā i­me | TAŚV-ML 1.0.239cdbhaṃ­gu­ra­tvā­di­to vi­dyu­tpra­dī­pā­di­va­d i­ty a­sa­t |­| 2­3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.240abhe­to­r ā­tmo­pa­bho­ge­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.240cdso py a­ni­tyo ya­taḥ si­ddhaḥ kā­dā­ci­t ka­tva­yo­ga­taḥ |­| 2­4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 049,29pu­ru­ṣā­nu­bha­vo hi na­śva­raḥ kā­dā­ci­tka­tvā­d dī­pā­di­va­d i­ti pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s te­na bhaṃ­gu­ra­tva­m a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­m a­ce­ta­na­tve TAŚVA-ML 049,30'­sā­dhye | kā­dā­ci­tkaḥ ku­taḥ si­ddhaḥ pu­ru­ṣo­pa­bho­gaḥ sva­sa­dbhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.241abkā­dā­ci­tkaḥ pa­rā­pe­kṣya­sa­dbhā­vā­d vi­bhra­mā­di­va­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.241cdbu­ddhya­dhya­va­si­tā­rtha­sya śa­bdā­de­r u­pa­laṃ­bha­taḥ |­| 2­4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.242abpa­rā­pe­kṣyaḥ pra­si­ddho ya­m ā­tma­no nu­bha­vo ṃ­ja­sā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.242cdpa­rā­na­pe­kṣi­tā­yāṃ tu puṃ­dṛ­ṣṭeḥ sa­rva­da­rśi­tā |­| 2­4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 050,01pa­rā­pe­kṣi­ta­yā kā­dā­ci­tka­tvaṃ vyā­ptaṃ­, te­na cā­ni­tya­tva­m i­ti ta­tsi­ddhau ta­tsi­ddhiḥ | pa­rā­pe­kṣi­tā pu­ru­ṣā­nu­bha­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 050,02nā­si­ddhā­, pa­ra­sya bu­ddhya­dhya­va­sā­ya­syā­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­tvā­t | bu­ddhya­dhya­va­si­ta­m a­rthaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­ś ce­ta­ya­ta i­ti va­ca­nā­t | pa­rā­na- TAŚVA-ML 050,03pe­kṣi­tā­yāṃ tu pu­ru­ṣa­da­rśa­na­sya sa­rva­da­rśi­tā­pa­ttiḥ­, sa­ka­lā­rtha­bu­ddhya­dhya­va­sā­yā­pā­ye pi sa­ka­lā­rtha­da­rśa­na­syo­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 050,04yo­gi­na i­vā­yo­gi­no '­mu­kta­sya ca sā­rva­jña­m a­ni­ṣṭa­m ā­yā­ta­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.243absa­rva­sya sa­rva­dā puṃ­saḥ si­ddhyu­pā­ya­s ta­thā vṛ­thā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.243cdta­to dṛ­gbo­dha­yo­r ā­tma­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ pra­si­ddhya­tu |­| 2­4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.244abka­thaṃ­ci­n na­śva­ra­tva­syā­vi­ro­dhā­n na­rya­pī­kṣa­ṇā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.244cdta­thai­vā­rtha­kri­yā­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā va­stu­tā­kṣa­teḥ |­| 2­4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 050,09sa­rva­sya sa­rva­jña­tve ca vṛ­thā si­ddhyu­pā­yaḥ­, sā­dhyā­bhā­vā­t | si­ddhi­r hi sa­rva­jña­tā mu­kti­r vā ku­ta­ści­d a­nu­ṣṭhā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 050,10t sā­dhya­te ? ta­tra na tā­va­t sa­rva­jña­tā ta­syāḥ sva­taḥ si­ddha­tvā­t | nā­pi mu­ktiḥ sa­rva­jña­tā­pā­ye ta­du­pa­ga­mā­t ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 050,11cā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | pa­rā­na­pe­kṣi­tā­yāḥ sa­rva­da­rśi­tā­yāḥ pa­rā­ni­vṛ­ttā­v a­pi pra­sa­kteḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ | na bu­ddhya­dhya­va­si­tā­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 050,12lo­ca­naṃ puṃ­so da­rśa­naṃ ta­syā­tma­sva­bhā­va­tve­na vya­va­sthi­ta­tvā­d i­ti | ta­d a­pi nā­va­dhā­nī­yaṃ­, bo­dha­syā­py ā­tma­sva­bhā­va­tvo- TAŚVA-ML 050,13pa­pa­tteḥ | na hy a­haṃ­kā­rā­bhi­ma­tā­rthā­dhya­va­sā­yo bu­ddhi­s ta­syāḥ puṃ­sva­bhā­va­tve­na pra­tī­te­r bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | i­ti da­rśa­na­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 050,14yo­r ā­tma­sva­bhā­va­tva­m e­va pra­si­ddhya­tu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | na­nu ca na­śva­ra­jñā­na­sva­bhā­va­tve puṃ­so na­śva­ra­tva­pra­saṃ­go bā­dha­ka TAŚVA-ML 050,15i­ti ce­t na­, na­śva­ra­tva­sya na­re pi ka­thaṃ­ci­d vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t­, pa­ryā­yā­rtha­taḥ pa­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­krāṃ­ta­tā­va­lo­ka­nā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 050,16a­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­naḥ kra­mā­kra­mā­bhyā­m a­rtha­kri­yā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r va­stu­tva­hā­ni­pra­saṃ­gā­n ni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­ka­tve­nai­va ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­rtha­kri­yā­si- TAŚVA-ML 050,17ddhi­r i­ty a­laṃ pra­paṃ­ce­na­, ā­tma­no jñā­na­da­rśa­no­pa­yo­gā­tma­ka­sya pra­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.245absaṃ­sā­ra­vyā­dhi­vi­dhvaṃ­saḥ kva­ci jjī­ve bha­vi­ṣya­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.0.245cdta­nni­dā­na­pa­ri­dhvaṃ­sa­si­ddhe­r jva­ra­vi­nā­śa­va­t |­| 2­4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.246abta­tpa­ri­dhvaṃ­sa­ne­nā­taḥ śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.246cdpuṃ­saḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ si­ddhā nai­kāṃ­te ta­dvi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 2­4­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 050,22sa­nn a­py ā­tmo­pa­yo­gā­tmā na śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇaḥ ka­ści­t sa­rva­dā rā­gā­di­sa­mā­krāṃ­ta­mā­na­sa­tvā­d i­ti ke­ci- TAŚVA-ML 050,23t saṃ­pra­ti­pa­nnāḥ | tā­n pra­ti ta­tsā­dha­na­m u­cya­te | śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇaḥ ka­ści­t saṃ­sā­ra­vyā­dhi­vi­dhvaṃ­si­tvā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 050,24thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | śre­yo tra sa­ka­la­duḥ­kha­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ | sa­ka­la­duḥ­kha­sya ca kā­ra­ṇaṃ saṃ­sā­ra­vyā­dhiḥ | ta­dvi­dhvaṃ­se ka­sya­ci­t si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 050,25śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ­, ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ | na ca saṃ­sā­ra­vyā­dheḥ sa­ka­la­duḥ­kha­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ jī­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 050,26pā­ra­taṃ­trya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t | pā­ra­taṃ­tryaṃ hi duḥ­kha­m i­ti | e­te­na sāṃ­sā­ri­ka­su­kha­sya duḥ­kha­tva­m u­ktaṃ­, svā­taṃ­trya­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 050,27su­kha­tvā­t | śa­krā­dī­nāṃ svā­taṃ­tryaṃ su­kha­m a­sty e­ve­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣā­m a­pi ka­rma­pa­ra­taṃ­tra­tvā­t | ni­rā­kāṃ­kṣa­tā­tma­ka­saṃ­to- TAŚVA-ML 050,28ṣa­rū­paṃ tu su­khaṃ na sāṃ­sā­ri­kaṃ­, ta­sya de­śa­m u­kti­su­kha­tvā­t | de­śa­to mo­ha­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­me hi de­hi­no ni­rā­kāṃ­kṣa­tā TAŚVA-ML 050,29vi­ṣa­ya­ra­tau nā­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­d e­te­na ya­ti­ja­na­sya pra­śa­ma­su­kha­m a­sāṃ­sā­ri­kaṃ vyā­khyā­taṃ | kṣī­ṇa­mo­hā­nāṃ tu TAŚVA-ML 050,30kā­rtsnya­taḥ pra­śa­ma­su­khaṃ mo­ha­pa­ra­taṃ­tra­tva­ni­vṛ­tteḥ | ya­d a­pi saṃ­sā­ri­ṇā­m a­nu­kū­la­ve­da­nī­ya­prā­tī­ti­kaṃ su­kha­m i­ti ma­taṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 050,31ta­d a­py a­bhi­mā­na­mā­traṃ | pā­ra­taṃ­tryā­khye­na duḥ­khe­nā­nu­ṣa­kta­tvā­t ta­sya ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t kā­rya­tvā­c ce­ti na saṃ­sā­ra­vyā­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 050,32r jā­tu­ci­tsu­kha­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ye­nā­sya duḥ­kha­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ na si­ddhye­t | ta­dvi­dhvaṃ­saḥ ka­tha­m i­ti ce­t­, kva­ci­n ni­dā­na­pa­ri­dhvaṃ­sa- TAŚVA-ML 050,33si­ddheḥ | ya­tra ya­sya ni­dā­na­pa­ri­dhvaṃ­sa­s ta­tra ta­sya pa­ri­dhvaṃ­so dṛ­ṣṭo ya­thā kva­ci­j jva­ra­sya | ni­dā­na­pa­ri­dhvaṃ­sa­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 050,34saṃ­sā­ra­vyā­dheḥ śu­ddhā­tma­nī­ti kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ | saṃ­sā­ra­vyā­dhe­r ni­dā­naṃ mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­di­, ta­sya vi­dhvaṃ­saḥ sa­mya- TAŚVA-ML 050,35gda­rśa­nā­di­bhā­va­nā­ba­lā­t kva­ci­d i­ti sa­ma­rtha­yi­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­n na he­to­r a­si­ddha­tā śaṃ­ka­nī­yā | sa­ra­si śaṃ­kha­kā­di- TAŚVA-ML 051,01nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko yaṃ he­tuḥ­, sva­ni­dā­na­sya ja­la­sya pa­ri­dhvaṃ­se pi ta­syā­pa­ri­dhvaṃ­sā­d i­ti ce­n na | ta­sya ja­la­ni­dā­na- TAŚVA-ML 051,02tvā­si­ddheḥ | svā­raṃ­bha­ka­pu­dga­la­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­dā­na­tvā­t śaṃ­kha­kā­de­s ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­mā­tra­tvā­j ja­lā­dī­nāṃ | na hi kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 051,03mā­traṃ ke­na­ci­t ka­sya­ci­n ni­dā­na­m i­ṣṭaṃ ni­ya­ta­syai­va kā­ra­ṇa­sya ni­dā­na­tvā­t | na ca ta­nnā­śe ka­sya­ci­n ni­dā­ni­no TAŚVA-ML 051,04na nā­śa i­ty a­vya­bhi­cā­ry e­va he­tuḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na saṃ­sā­ra­vyā­dhi­vi­dhvaṃ­sa­naṃ sā­dha­ye­d ya­ta­s ta­tpa­ri­dhvaṃ­sa­ne­na śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya- TAŚVA-ML 051,05mā­ṇaḥ ka­ści­d u­pa­yo­gā­tma­kā­tmā na syā­t | ni­ra­nva­ya­vi­na­śva­raṃ ci­ttaṃ śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­m i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 051,06kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | saṃ­sā­ra­ni­dā­na­ra­hi­tā­c ci­tā­cci­ttāṃ­ta­ra­sya śre­yaḥ­sva­bhā­va­syo­tpa­dya­mā­na­tai­va śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya- TAŚVA-ML 051,07mā­ṇa­tā­, sā na kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­vi­ru­ddhe­ti ce­n na­, kṣa­ṇi­kai­kāṃ­te ku­ta­ści­t ka­sya­ci­d u­tpa­ttya­yo­gā­t | saṃ­tā­naḥ śre­ya­sā TAŚVA-ML 051,08yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa i­ty a­py a­ne­na pra­ti­kṣi­ptaṃ­, saṃ­tā­ni­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa saṃ­tā­na­syā­ni­ṣṭeḥ | pū­rvo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇa e­va hā­pa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭa­bhe­dāḥ TAŚVA-ML 051,09saṃ­tā­na­ssa cā­va­stu­bhū­taḥ ka­thaṃ śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­te ? pra­dhā­naṃ śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­m i­ty a­py a­saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­, pu­ru­ṣa­pa­ri­ka­lpa­na- TAŚVA-ML 051,10vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­d e­va hi saṃ­sa­ra­ti ta­d e­va ca vi­mu­cya­ta i­ti ki­m a­nya­t pu­ru­ṣa­sā­dhya­m a­sti ? pra­dhā­na­kṛ­ta­syā­nu­bha­va­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 051,11puṃ­saḥ pra­yo­ja­na­m i­ti ce­t­, pra­dhā­na­syai­va ta­d a­stu | ka­rtṛ­tvā­t ta­sya ta­n ne­ti ce­t | syā­d e­vaṃ ya­di ka­rtā­nu­bha­vi­tā TAŚVA-ML 051,12na syā­t | dra­ṣṭuḥ ka­rtṛ­tve mu­kta­syā­pi ka­rtṛ­tva­pra­sa­kti­r i­ti ce­t­, mu­ktaḥ ki­m a­ka­rte­ṣṭaḥ ? vi­ṣa­ya­su­khā­de­r a- TAŚVA-ML 051,13ka­rtai­ve­ti ce­t­, ku­taḥ sa ta­thā ? ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­tvā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi saṃ­sā­rī vi­ṣa­ya­su­khā­di­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 051,14ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­sya ka­rtṛ­tvā­d vi­ṣa­ya­su­khā­deḥ ka­rtā sa e­va cā­nu­bha­vi­tā kiṃ na bha­ve­t ? saṃ­sā­rya­va­sthā­yā­m ā­tmā TAŚVA-ML 051,15vi­ṣa­ya­su­khā­di­ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­ka­rma­ṇāṃ na ka­rtā ce­ta­na­tvā­n mu­ktā­va­sthā­va­d i­ty e­ta­d a­pi na suṃ­da­raṃ­, sve­ṣṭa­vi­ghā­ta­kā­ri- TAŚVA-ML 051,16tvā­t | ka­thaṃ | saṃ­sā­rya­va­sthā­yā­m ā­tmā na su­khā­de­r bho­ktā ce­ta­na­tvā­n mu­ktā­va­sthā­va­d i­ti sve­ṣṭa­syā­tma­no bho­ktṛ- TAŚVA-ML 051,17tva­sya vi­ghā­tā­t | pra­tī­ti­vi­rū­ddha­m i­ṣṭa­vi­ghā­ta­sā­dha­na­m i­ti ce­t­, ka­rtṛ­tvā­bhā­va­sā­dha­na­m a­pi­, puṃ­saḥ śro­tā ghrā­tā­ha- TAŚVA-ML 051,18m i­ti sva­ka­rtṛ­tva­pra­tī­teḥ | śro­tā­ha­m i­tyā­di­pra­tī­te­r a­haṃ­kā­rā­spa­da­tvā­d a­haṃ­kā­ra­sya ca pra­dhā­na­vi­va­rta­tvā­t pra­dhā­na­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 051,19ka­rtṛ­ta­yā pra­tī­ya­ta i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­vā­nu­bha­vi­tṛ pra­dhā­na­m a­stu | na hi ta­syā­haṃ­kā­rā­spa­da­tvaṃ na pra­ti­bhā­ti TAŚVA-ML 051,20śa­bdā­de­r a­nu­bha­vi­tā­ha­m i­ti pra­tī­teḥ sa­ka­la­ja­na­sā­kṣi­ka­tvā­t | bhrāṃ­ta­m a­nu­bha­vi­tu­r a­haṃ­kā­rā­spa­da­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 051,21ka­rtuḥ ka­tha­m a­bhrāṃ­taṃ ? ta­syā­haṃ­kā­rā­spa­da­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­vā­nu­bha­vi­tu­s ta­da­bhrāṃ­ta­m a­stu | ta­syau­pā­dhi­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 051,22d a­haṃ­kā­rā­spa­da­tvaṃ bhrāṃ­ta­m e­ve­ti ce­t­, ku­ta­s ta­dau­pā­dhi­ka­tva­si­ddhiḥ ? pu­ru­ṣa­sva­bhā­va­tvā­bhā­vā­d a­haṃ­kā­ra­sya ta­dā­spa­da­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 051,23pu­ru­ṣa­sva­bhā­va­syā­nu­bha­vi­tṛ­tva­syau­pā­dhi­ka­m i­ti ce­t­, syā­d e­vaṃ ya­di pu­ru­ṣa­sva­bhā­vo haṃ­kā­ro na syā­t | mu­kta­syā­haṃ­kā­rā- TAŚVA-ML 051,24bhā­vā­d a­pu­ru­ṣa­sva­bhā­va e­vā­haṃ­kā­raḥ­; sva­bhā­vo hi na jā­tu­ci­tta­dvaṃ­taṃ tya­ja­ti­, ta­sya niḥ­sva­bhā­va­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ce­n na | TAŚVA-ML 051,25sva­bhā­va­sya dvi­vi­dha­tvā­t­, sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­pa­ryā­ya­bhe­dā­t | ta­tra sā­mā­nya­pa­ryā­yaḥ śā­śva­ti­kaḥ sva­bhā­vaḥ­, kā­dā- TAŚVA-ML 051,26ci­tko vi­śe­ṣa­pa­ryā­ya­, i­ti na kā­dā­ci­tka­tvā­t puṃ­sy a­haṃ­kā­rā­de­r a­ta­tsva­bhā­va­tā | ta­to na ta­dā­spa­da­tva­m a­nu­bha­vi­tṛ- TAŚVA-ML 051,27tva­syau­pā­dhi­kaṃ­, ye­nā­bhrāṃ­taṃ na bha­ve­t ka­rtṛ­tva­va­t | na cā­bhrāṃ­tā­haṃ­kā­rā­spa­da­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe pi ka­rtṛ­tvā­nu­bha­vi­tṛ­tva­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 051,28pra­dhā­nā­tma­ka­tva­m a­yu­ktaṃ­, ya­taḥ pu­ru­ṣa­ka­lpa­na­m a­pha­laṃ na bha­ve­t­, pu­ru­ṣā­tma­ka­tve vā ta­yoḥ pra­dhā­na­pa­ri­ka­lpa­naṃ | ta­thā­vi­dha­sya TAŚVA-ML 051,29cā­sa­taḥ pra­dhā­na­sya ga­ga­na­ku­su­ma­sye­va na śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tā | pu­ru­ṣa­sya sā­stu i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi ni­ra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 051,30śa­ya­sya mu­ktā­v a­pi ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā ca sa­rva­dā śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa e­va syā­t pu­ru­ṣo na cā­yu­jya­mā­naḥ | TAŚVA-ML 051,31pū­rvaṃ yo­kṣya­mā­ṇaḥ pa­ścā­t te­nā­yu­jya­mā­na i­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, ni­ra­ti­śa­yai­kāṃ­ta­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | sva­to bhi­nnai­r a­ti­śa­yaiḥ TAŚVA-ML 051,32sā­ti­śa­ya­sya puṃ­saḥ śre­ya­sā yo­kṣa­mā­ṇa­tā bha­va­tv i­ti ce­n na­, a­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | pu­ru­ṣo hi svā­ti­śa­yaiḥ saṃ­ba­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 051,33mā­no ya­di nā­nā­sva­bhā­vaiḥ saṃ­ba­dhya­te­, ta­dā tai­r a­pi saṃ­ba­dhya­mā­naḥ pa­rai­r nā­nā­sva­bhā­vai­r i­ty a­na­va­sthā | sa tai­r e­ke­na TAŚVA-ML 051,34sva­bhā­ve­na saṃ­ba­dhya­te i­ti ce­t na­, a­ti­śa­yā­nā­m e­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ka­tha­m a­nya­thai­ka­sva­bhā­ve­na kri­ya­mā­ṇā­nāṃ nā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 051,35kā­ryā­ṇā­m e­ka­tvā­pa­tteḥ pu­ru­ṣa­sya nā­nā­kā­rya­kā­ri­ṇo nā­nā­ti­śa­ya­ka­lpa­nā yu­kti­m a­dhi­ti­ṣṭhe­t | svā­ti­śa­yai­r ā­tmā na TAŚVA-ML 052,01saṃ­ba­dhya­ta e­ve­ti cā­saṃ­baṃ­dhe tai­s ta­sya vya­pa­de­śā­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | svā­ti­śa­yaiḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyo­pa­ga­me tu syā­dvā­da- TAŚVA-ML 052,02si­ddhiḥ | i­ty a­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­ka­syai­vā­tma­naḥ śre­yo­yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ na pu­na­r e­kāṃ­tā­tma­naḥ­, sa­rva­thā vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.247abkā­lā­di­la­bdhyu­pe­ta­sya ta­sya śre­yaḥ­pa­the bṛ­ha­t­– | TAŚV-ML 1.0.247cdpā­pā­pā­yā­c ca ji­jñā­sā saṃ­pra­va­rte­ta ro­gi­va­t |­| 2­4­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 052,05śre­yo­mā­rga­ji­jñā­so­pa­yo­ga­sva­bhā­va­syā­tma­naḥ śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sya ka­sya­ci­t kā­lā­di­la­bdhau sa­tyāṃ bṛ­ha­tpā­pā- TAŚVA-ML 052,06pā­yā­t saṃ­pra­va­rta­te śre­yo­mā­rga­ji­jñā­sā­tvā­t ro­gi­ṇo ro­ga­vi­ni­vṛ­tti­ja­śre­yo­mā­rga­ji­jñā­sā­va­t | na tā­va­d i­ha TAŚVA-ML 052,07sā­dhya­vi­ka­la­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ ro­gi­ṇaḥ sva­ya­m u­pa­yo­ga­sva­bhā­va­sya ro­ga­vi­ni­vṛ­tti­ja­śre­ya­sā­yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sya kā­lā­di­la­bdhau TAŚVA-ML 052,08sa­tyāṃ bṛ­ha­tpā­pā­pā­yā­t saṃ­pra­va­rta­mā­nā­yāḥ śre­yo­ji­jñā­sā­yāḥ su­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t | ta­t ta­ta e­va na sā­dha­na­vi­ka­laṃ śre­yo- TAŚVA-ML 052,09mā­rga­ji­jñā­sā­tva­sya ta­tra bhā­vā­t | ni­ra­nva­ya­kṣa­ṇi­ka­ci­tta­sya saṃ­tā­na­sya pra­dhā­na­sya vā­'­nā­tma­naḥ śre­yo­mā­rga­ji­jñā­se­ti TAŚVA-ML 052,10na maṃ­ta­vya­m ā­tma­na i­ti va­ca­nā­t ta­sya ca sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | ja­ḍa­sya cai­ta­nya­mā­tra­sva­rū­pa­sya cā­tma­naḥ se­ty a­pi na TAŚVA-ML 052,11śaṃ­ka­nī­ya­m u­pa­yo­ga­sva­bhā­va­sye­ti pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | ta­thā­sya sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | niḥ­śre­ya­se­nā­saṃ­pi­tsya­mā­na­sya ta­sya se­ti ca na TAŚVA-ML 052,12ciṃ­ta­nī­yaṃ­, śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sye­ti ni­ga­di­ta­tvā­t | ta­sya ta­thā vya­va­sthā­pi­ta­tvā­t | kā­la­de­śā­di­ni­ya­ma­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇai­va TAŚVA-ML 052,13se­ty a­pi ca na ma­na­si ni­dhe­yaṃ­, kā­lā­di­la­bdhau sa­tyā­m i­ty a­bhi­dhā­nā­t ta­thā pra­tī­te­ś ca | bṛ­ha­tpā­pā­pā­ya­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇai­va TAŚVA-ML 052,14sā saṃ­pra­va­rta­ta i­ty a­pi mā­bhi­maṃ­sta­, bṛ­ha­tpā­pā­pā­yā­t ta­tsaṃ­pra­va­rta­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvā­t | na hi kva­ci­t saṃ­śa­ya­mā­trā­t TAŚVA-ML 052,15kva­ci­j ji­jñā­sā­, ta­tpra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­pā­pā­krāṃ­ta­ma­na­saḥ saṃ­śa­ya­mā­tre­ṇā­va­sthā­nā­t | sa­ti pra­yo­ja­ne ji­jñā­sā ta­tre­ty a­pi TAŚVA-ML 052,16na sa­mya­k­, pra­yo­ja­nā­naṃ­ta­ra­m e­va ka­sya­ci­d vyā­saṃ­ga­ta­s ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | '­duḥ­kha­tra­yā­bhi­ghā­tā­j ji­jñā­sā ta­da­pa­ghā­ta­ke he­tau­' TAŚVA-ML 052,17i­ti ke­ci­t | te pi na nyā­ya­vā­di­naḥ | sa­rva­saṃ­sā­ri­ṇāṃ ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t­, duḥ­kha­tra­yā­bhi­ghā­ta­sya bhā­vā­t | ā­mnā- TAŚVA-ML 052,18yā­d e­va śre­yo­mā­rga­ji­jñā­se­ty a­nye | te­ṣā­m a­thā­to dha­rma­ji­jñā­se­ti sū­tre tha śa­bda­syā­naṃ­ta­ryā­rthe vṛ­tte­r a­the­da­m a­dhī­tyā­mnā- TAŚVA-ML 052,19yā­d i­ty ā­mnā­yā­d a­dhī­ta­ve­da­sya ve­da­vā­kyā­rthe­ṣu ji­jñā­sā­vi­dhi­r a­ga­mya­ta i­ti vyā­khyā­naṃ | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ | sa­ty a­py ā­mnā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 052,20śra­va­ṇe ta­da­rthā­va­dhā­ra­ṇe '­bhyā­se ca ka­sya­ci­d dha­rma­ji­jñā­sā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | kā­lāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣā­yāṃ ta­du­tpa­ttau si­ddhaṃ kā­lā- TAŚVA-ML 052,21di­la­bdhau ta­tpra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­pā­pā­pā­yā­c ca śre­yaḥ­pa­the ji­jñā­sā­yāḥ pra­va­rta­naṃ | saṃ­śa­ya­pra­yo­ja­na­duḥ­kha­tra­yā­bhi­ghā­tā­mnā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 052,22śra­va­ṇe­ṣu sa­tsv a­pi ka­sya­ci­t ta­da­bhā­vā­d a­sa­tsv a­pi bhā­vā­t | ka­dā­ci­t saṃ­śa­yā­di­bhya­s ta­du­tpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­t te­ṣāṃ ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tve TAŚVA-ML 052,23lo­bhā­bhi­mā­nā­di­bhyo pi ta­tprā­du­rbhā­vā­va­lo­ka­nā­t te­ṣā­m a­pi ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­stu | ni­ya­ta­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ tu ta­jja­na­ne TAŚVA-ML 052,24bṛ­ha­tpā­pā­pā­ya­syai­vāṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­sya­, kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ga­sya tu kā­lā­de­r i­ti yu­ktaṃ­, ta­da­bhā­ve ta­jja­na­nā­nī­kṣa­ṇā­t | kā­lā­di TAŚVA-ML 052,25na ni­ya­taṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ga­tvā­t saṃ­śa­ya­lo­bhā­di­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­va­śya­m a­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­tvā­t | kā­ryāṃ­ta­ra­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 052,26tvā­t tu ba­hi­raṃ­gaṃ ta­d i­ṣya­te­, ta­to na he­toḥ sā­dhyā­bhā­ve pi sa­dbhā­vaḥ saṃ­di­gdho ni­ści­to vā­, ya­taḥ saṃ­di­gdha­vya­ti- TAŚVA-ML 052,27re­ka­tā ni­ści­ta­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā vā bha­ve­t | na­nu ca sva­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kā­dha­rma­pra­kṣa­yā­t kā­lā­di­sa­hā­yā­d a­stu śre­yaḥ­pa­the TAŚVA-ML 052,28ji­jñā­sā­, ta­dvā­ne­va tu pra­ti­pā­dya­te i­ty a­si­ddhaṃ | saṃ­śa­ya­pra­yo­ja­na­ji­jñā­sā­śa­kya­prā­pti­saṃ­śa­ya­vyu­dā­sa­ta­dva­ca­na­va­taḥ pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 052,29pā­dya­tvā­t | ta­tra saṃ­śa­yi­taḥ pra­ti­pā­dya­s ta­ttva­pa­rya­va­sā­yi­nā pra­śna­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­cā­ryaṃ pra­tyu­pa­sa­rpa­ka­tvā­t­, nā­vyu­tpa­nno TAŚVA-ML 052,30vi­pa­rya­sto vā ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­tvā­d bā­la­ka­va­d da­syu­va­d vā | ta­thā saṃ­śa­ya­va­ca­na­vā­n pra­ti­pā­dyaḥ sva­saṃ­śa­yaṃ va­ca­ne­nā­pra­kā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 052,31ya­taḥ saṃ­śa­yi­ta­syā­pi jñā­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | pa­ri­jñā­ta­saṃ­śa­yo pi va­ca­nā­t pra­yo­ja­na­vā­n pra­ti­pā­dyo na sva­saṃ­śa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 052,32pra­kā­śa­na­mā­tre­ṇa vi­ni­vṛ­ttā­kāṃ­kṣaḥ | pra­yo­ja­na­va­ca­na­vāṃ­ś ca pra­ti­pā­dyaḥ sva­pra­yo­ja­naṃ va­ca­ne­nā­pra­kā­śa­ya­taḥ pra­yo­ja­na- TAŚVA-ML 052,33va­to pi ni­śce­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t | ta­thā ji­jñā­sā­vā­n pra­ti­pā­dyaḥ pra­yo­ja­na­va­to ni­ści­ta­syā­pi jñā­tu­m a­ni­ccha­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 052,34pra­ti­pā­da­yi­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t | ta­dvā­n a­pi ta­dva­ca­na­vā­n pra­ti­pā­dya­te­, svāṃ ji­jñā­sāṃ va­ca­ne­nā­ni­ve­da­ya­ta­s ta­dva­tta­yā TAŚVA-ML 052,35ni­rṇe­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | ta­thā ji­jñā­su­r ni­ści­to pi śa­kya­grā­pti­mā­n e­va pra­ti­pā­da­nā­yo­gya­s ta­ttva­m u­pa­di­ṣṭaṃ prā­ptu­m a­śa­knu­va­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 053,01pra­ti­pā­da­ne vai­ya­rthyā­t | svāṃ śa­kya­prā­ptiṃ va­ca­ne­nā­ka­tha­ya­ta­s ta­dva­t te­na pra­tye­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ śa­kya­prā­pti­va­ca­na­vā­n e­va TAŚVA-ML 053,02pra­ti­pā­dyaḥ | ta­thā saṃ­śa­ya­vyu­dā­sa­vā­n pra­ti­pā­dyaḥ sa­kṛ­tsaṃ­śa­yi­to­bha­ya­pa­kṣa­sya pra­ti­pā­da­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | saṃ­śa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 053,03vyu­dā­sa­vā­n a­pi ta­dva­ca­na­vā­n pra­ti­pā­dya­te­, ki­m a­ya­m a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdaḥ kiṃ vā ni­tya i­ty u­bha­yoḥ pa­kṣa­yo­r a­nya­tra TAŚVA-ML 053,04saṃ­śa­ya­vyu­dā­sa­syā­ni­tyaḥ śa­bda­s tā­va­t pra­ti­pā­dya­tā­m i­ti va­ca­na­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­va­bo­ddhu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d i­ti ke­ci­t | tā­n TAŚVA-ML 053,05pra­tī­da­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.248abta­dvā­n e­va ya­tho­ktā­tmā pra­ti­pā­dyo ma­hā­tma­nā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.248cdi­ti yu­ktaṃ mu­nīṃ­drā­ṇā­m ā­di­sū­tra­pra­va­rta­na­m |­| 2­4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 053,08yaḥ pa­ra­taḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­na­śre­yo­mā­rgaḥ sa śre­yo­mā­rga­pra­ti­pi­tsā­vā­n e­va­, ya­thā­tu­raḥ sa­dvai­dyā­di­bhyaḥ pra­ti­pa- TAŚVA-ML 053,09dya­mā­na­vyā­dhi­vi­ni­vṛ­tti­ja­śre­yo­mā­rgaḥ | pa­ra­taḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­na­śre­yo­mā­rga­ś ca vi­vā­dā­pa­nnaḥ ka­ści­d u­pa­yo­gā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 053,10kā­tmā bha­vya i­ti | a­tra na dha­rmi­ṇy a­si­ddha­sa­ttā­ko he­tu­r ā­tma­naḥ śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­syo­pa­yo­ga­sva­bhā­va­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 053,11vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­sya dha­rmi­tvā­t ta­tra he­toḥ sa­dbhā­vā­t | ta­dvi­pa­rī­te tv ā­tma­ni dha­rmi­ṇi ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­bā- TAŚVA-ML 053,12dhi­ta­tvā­d a­si­ddhi­r e­va | na hi ni­ra­nva­ya­kṣa­ṇi­ka­ci­tta­saṃ­tā­naḥ­, pra­dhā­na­m­, a­ce­ta­nā­tmā­, cai­ta­nya­mā­trā­tmā vā pa­ra­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 053,13pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­na­śre­yo­mā­rgaḥ si­ddhya­ti­; ta­sya sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­ra­hi­ta­tve­nā­va­stu­tva­sā­dha­nā­t | nā­pi śre­ya­sā TAŚVA-ML 053,14śa­śva­da­yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­s ta­sya gu­ru­ta­ra­mo­hā­krāṃ­ta­syā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sva­taḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­na­śre­yo­mā­rge­ṇa yo­gi­nā vya­bhi­cā­rī TAŚVA-ML 053,15he­tu­r i­ti ce­t na­, pa­ra­to gra­ha­ṇā­t | pa­ra­taḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­na­pra­tya­vā­ya­mā­rge­ṇā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka i­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 053,16ta­tra he­tu­dha­rma­syā­bhā­vā­t | ta­ta e­va na vi­ru­ddho he­tuḥ śre­yo­mā­rga­pra­ti­pi­tsā­va­tta­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa kva­ci­d a­py a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 053,17i­ti pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­m e­ta­t ta­dvā­n e­va ya­tho­ktā­tmā pra­ti­pā­dyo ma­hā­tma­nāṃ­, nā­ta­dvā­n nā­ya­tho­ktā­tmā vā ta­tpra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 053,18pā­da­ne sa­tā­m a­pre­kṣā­va­ttva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pa­ra­ma­ka­ru­ṇa­yā kāṃ­śca­na śre­yo­mā­rgaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­tāṃ ta­tpra­ti­pi­tsā­ra­hi- TAŚVA-ML 053,19tā­nā­m a­pi nā­pre­kṣā­va­ttva­m i­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣāṃ pra­ti­pā­da­yi­tu­m a­śa­kyā­nāṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ne pra­yā­sa­sya vi­pha­la­tvā­t | ta­tpra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 053,20pi­tsā­m u­tpā­dya te­ṣāṃ taiḥ pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t sa­pha­la­s ta­tpra­yā­sa i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ta­tpra­ti­pi­tsā­vā­n e­va te­ṣā­m a­pi pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 053,21pā­dyaḥ si­ddhaḥ | ta­dva­ca­na­vā­n e­ve­ti tu na ni­ya­maḥ­, sa­ka­la­vi­dāṃ pra­tya­kṣa­ta e­vai­ta­tpra­ti­pi­tsā­yāḥ pra­tye­tuṃ śa­kya- TAŚVA-ML 053,22tvā­t | pa­rai­r a­nu­mā­nā­d vā­sya vi­kā­rā­di­liṃ­ga­jā­d ā­pto­pa­de­śā­d vā ta­thā pra­tī­teḥ | saṃ­śa­ya­ta­dva­ca­na­vāṃ­s tu sā­kṣā­n na pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 053,23pā­dya­s ta­ttva­pra­ti­pi­tsā­ra­hi­ta­sya ta­syā­cā­ryaṃ pra­tyu­pa­sa­rpa­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā tu vi­pa­rya­ya­ta­dva­ca­na­vā­n a­vyu­tpa­tti­ta­dva- TAŚVA-ML 053,24ca­na­vā­n vā pra­ti­pā­dyo stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ya­thai­va hi saṃ­śa­ya­ta­dva­ca­nā­naṃ­ta­raṃ sva­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t ta­ttva­ji­jñā­sā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 053,25ka­sya­ci­t pra­ti­pā­dya­tā ta­thā vi­pa­rya­yā­vyu­tpa­tti­ta­dva­ca­nā­naṃ­ta­ra­m a­pi | vi­pa­rya­stā­vyu­tpa­nna­ma­na­sāṃ ku­ta­ści­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 053,26t saṃ­śa­ye jā­te ta­ttva­ji­jñā­sā bha­va­tī­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, ni­ya­mā­bhā­vā­t | na hi te­ṣā­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣā­t saṃ­śa­yo bha­va­ti TAŚVA-ML 053,27na pu­na­s ta­ttva­ji­jñā­se­ti ni­yā­ma­ka­m a­sti | ta­ttva­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ saṃ­śa­ya­vya­va­cche­da­rū­pa­tvā­t saṃ­śa­yi­taḥ pra­ti­pā­dya­ta TAŚVA-ML 053,28i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhy a­vyu­tpa­nno vi­pa­rya­sto vā pra­ti­pā­dyaḥ saṃ­śa­yi­ta­va­t | ta­ttva­pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­vyu­tpa­tti­vi­pa­ryā­sa­vya­va­cche­da- TAŚVA-ML 053,29rū­pa­tva­sya si­ddheḥ saṃ­śa­ya­vya­va­cche­da­rū­pa­tva­va­t | saṃ­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­yā­vyu­tpa­ttī­nā­m a­nya­ta­mā­vya­va­cche­de ta­ttva­pra­ti­pa­tte- TAŚVA-ML 053,30r ya­thā­rtha­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ya­thā vā­'­vi­dya­mā­na­saṃ­śa­ya­sya pra­ti­pā­dya­sya saṃ­śa­ya­vya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ ta­ttva­pra­ti­pā­da­na­m a­pha­laṃ­, ta­thai­vā- TAŚVA-ML 053,31vi­dya­mā­nā­vyu­tpa­tti­vi­pa­rya­ya­sya ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m a­pi | ya­thā bha­vi­ṣya­tsaṃ­śa­ya­vya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ ta­thā bha­vi­ṣya­da­vyu­tpa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 053,32vi­pa­rya­ya­vya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m a­pi | i­ti ta­ttva­pra­ti­pi­tsā­yāṃ sa­tyāṃ tri­vi­dhaḥ pra­ti­pā­dyaḥ­, saṃ­śa­yi­to vi­pa­rya­s ta­bu­ddhi­r a­vyu- TAŚVA-ML 053,33tpa­nna­ś ca | pra­yo­ja­na­śa­kya­prā­pti­saṃ­śa­ya­vyu­dā­sa­ta­dva­ca­na­vā­n pra­ti­pā­dya i­ty a­py a­ne­nā­pā­staṃ | ta­tpra­ti­pi­tsā­vi­ra­he ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 053,34pra­ti­pā­dya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | sa­tyāṃ tu pra­ti­pi­tsā­yāṃ pra­yo­ja­nā­dya­bhā­vo pi ya­thā­yo­gyaṃ pra­ti­pā­dya­tva­pra­si­ddhe­s ta­dvā­n e­va TAŚVA-ML 054,01pra­ti­pā­dya­te | i­ti yu­ktaṃ pa­rā­pa­ra­gu­rū­ṇā­m a­rtha­to graṃ­tha­to vā śā­stre pra­tha­ma­sū­tra­pra­va­rta­naṃ­, ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­sya śre­yo­mā­rga­sya TAŚVA-ML 054,02pa­rā­pa­ra­pra­ti­pā­dyaiḥ pra­ti­pi­tsi­ta­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.249abna­nu ni­rvā­ṇa­ji­jñā­sā yu­ktā pū­rvaṃ ta­da­rthi­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.249cdpa­ri­jñā­te bhyu­pe­ye rthe ta­nmā­rgo jñā­tu­m i­ṣya­te |­| 2­4­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 054,05yo ye­nā­rthī sa ta­tpra­ti­pi­tsā­vā­n dṛ­ṣṭo lo­ke­, mo­kṣā­rthī ca ka­ści­d bha­vya­s ta­smā­n mo­kṣa­pra­ti­pi­tsā­vā­n e­va TAŚVA-ML 054,06yu­kto na pu­na­r mo­kṣa­mā­rga­pra­ti­pi­tsā­vā­n­, a­pra­ti­jñā­te mo­kṣe ta­nmā­rga­sya pra­ti­pi­tsā­yo­gya­to­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti mo­kṣa­sū­tra- TAŚVA-ML 054,07pra­va­rta­naṃ yu­ktaṃ ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­sya bu­bhu­tsi­ta­tvā­n na pu­na­rā­dā­v e­va ta­nmā­rga­sū­tra­pra­rva­ta­na­m i­ty a­yaṃ ma­nya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.250abta­n na prā­yaḥ pa­ri­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣa­syā­sya dhī­ma­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.250cdsvā­tmo­pa­la­bdhi­rū­pe smi­n mo­kṣe saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 2­5­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 054,10na hi ya­tra ya­sya saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tti­s ta­tra ta­sya pra­ti­pi­tsā­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tti­ś ca mo­kṣe svā­tmo­pa­la­bdhi­rū­pe TAŚVA-ML 054,11pra­kṛ­ta­sya pra­ti­pā­dya­sya prā­ya­śaḥ pa­rī­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣa­tvā­t­, sā­ti­śa­ya­pra­jña­tvā­c ca | ta­to na ta­da­rthi­no pi ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 054,12pra­ti­pi­tsā ta­da­rthi­tva­mā­tra­sya ta­tpra­ti­pi­tsa­yā vyā­ptya­si­ddheḥ | sa­ti vi­vā­de rthi­tva­sya pra­ti­pi­tsā­yā vyā­pa­ka- TAŚVA-ML 054,13tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t | na hi mo­kṣe dhi­kṛ­ta­sya pra­ti­pa­ttu­r vi­vā­do sti | nā­nā­pra­ti­vā­di­ka­lpa­nā­bhe­dā- TAŚVA-ML 054,14d a­sty e­ve­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.251abpra­vā­di­ka­lpa­nā­bhe­dā­d vi­vā­do yo pi saṃ­bha­vī | TAŚV-ML 1.0.251cdsa puṃ­rū­pe ta­dā­dhā­ra­pa­dā­rthe vā na ni­rvṛ­tau |­| 2­5­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 054,17sva­rū­po­pa­la­bdhi­r ni­rvṛ­ti­r i­ti sā­mā­nya­to ni­rvṛ­tau sa­rva­pra­vā­di­nāṃ vi­vā­do '­si­ddha e­va | ya­sya tu sva­rū­pa­syo- TAŚVA-ML 054,18pa­la­bdhi­s ta­tra vi­śe­ṣa­to vi­vā­da­s ta­dā­va­ra­ṇe vā ka­rma­ṇi ka­lpa­nā­bhe­dā­t | ta­thā hi | pra­bhā­sva­ra­m i­daṃ pra­kṛ­tyā ci­ttaṃ TAŚVA-ML 054,19ni­ra­nva­ya­kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ­, a­vi­dyā­tṛ­ṣṇe ta­tpra­ti­baṃ­dha­ke­, ta­da­bhā­vā­n ni­rā­sra­va­ci­tto­tpa­tti­r mu­kti­r i­ti ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t ka­lpa­nā | TAŚVA-ML 054,20sa­rva­thā niḥ­sva­bhā­va­m e­ve­daṃ ci­ttaṃ­, ta­sya dha­rmi­dha­rma­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā pra­ti­baṃ­dhi­kā­, ta­da­pa­kṣa­yā­t sa­ka­la­nai­rā­tmyaṃ pra­dī­pa­ni­rvā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 054,21va­tsvāṃ­ta­ni­rvā­ṇa­m i­ty a­nye­ṣāṃ | sa­ka­lā­ga­ma­ra­hi­taṃ pa­ra­mā­tma­no rū­pa­m a­dva­yaṃ­, ta­tpra­ti­baṃ­dhi­kā­nā­dya­vi­dyā­, ta­dvi­la­yā­t pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 054,22bhā­sa­mā­tra­sthi­ti­r mu­kti­r i­ti pa­re­ṣāṃ | cai­ta­nyaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­sya svaṃ rū­paṃ­, ta­tpra­ti­pa­kṣaḥ pra­kṛ­ti­saṃ­sa­rga­s ta­da­pā­yā­t sva­rū­pe TAŚVA-ML 054,23'­va­sthā­naṃ niḥ­śre­ya­sa­m i­ty a­pa­re­ṣāṃ | sa­rva­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­ra­hi­ta­m a­ce­ta­na­m ā­tma­naḥ sva­rū­paṃ­, ta­dvi­pa­rī­to bu­ddhyā­di­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 054,24gu­ṇa­saṃ­baṃ­dha­s ta­tpra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­s ta­tpra­kṣa­yā­d ā­kā­śa­va­da­ce­ta­nā­va­sthi­tiḥ pa­rā mu­kti­r i­tī­ta­re­ṣāṃ | pa­ra­mā­naṃ­dā­tma­ka­m ā­tma­no TAŚVA-ML 054,25rū­paṃ­, bu­ddhyā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dha­s ta­tpra­ti­ghā­tī­, ta­da­bhā­vā­d ā­naṃ­dā­tma­ka­ta­yā sthi­tiḥ pa­rā ni­rvṛ­ti­r i­ti ca mī­māṃ­sa­kā­nāṃ | TAŚVA-ML 054,26nai­vaṃ ni­rvṛ­ti­sā­mā­nye ka­lpa­nā­bhe­do ya­ta­s ta­tra vi­vā­daḥ syā­t | mo­kṣa­mā­rga­sā­mā­nye pi na pra­vā­di­nāṃ vi­vā­daḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 054,27ka­lpa­nā­bhe­dā­bhā­vā­t | sa­mya­gjñā­na­mā­trā­tma­ka­tvā­dā­v e­va ta­dvi­śe­ṣe vi­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | ta­to mo­kṣa­mā­rge '­sya sā­mā­nye pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 054,28pi­tsā vi­ne­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya mā bhū­t i­ti ce­t | sa­tya­m e­ta­t | ni­rvā­ṇa­mā­rga­vi­śe­ṣe pra­ti­pi­tso­tpa­tteḥ | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 054,29ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pā­da­naṃ sū­tra­kā­ra­sya pra­yu­ktaṃ syā­t | mo­kṣa­mā­rga­sā­mā­nye hi vi­pra­ti­pa­nna­sya ta­nmā­tra­pra­ti­pi­tsā­yā­m '­a­sti TAŚVA-ML 054,30mo­kṣa­mā­rga­' i­ti va­ktuṃ yu­jye­ta­, vi­ne­ya­pra­ti­pi­tsā­nu­rū­pa­tvā­t sū­tra­kā­ra­pra­ti­va­ca­na­sya | ta­rhi mo­kṣa­vi­śe­ṣe TAŚVA-ML 054,31vi­pra­ti­pa­tte­s ta­m e­va ka­smā­n nā­prā­kṣī­t i­ti ce­t | ki­m e­vaṃ pra­ti­pi­tse­ta vi­ne­yaḥ sa­rva­tre­dṛ­kkā­rya­sya saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 054,32ta­tpra­śne pi hi śa­kye­ta co­da­yi­tuṃ ki­ma­rthaṃ mo­kṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­m a­prā­kṣī­n na pu­na­s ta­nmā­rga­vi­śe­ṣaṃ­, vi­pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 054,33ta­taḥ ka­sya­ci­t kva­ci­t pra­ti­pi­tsā­m i­ccha­tā mo­kṣa­mā­rga­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pi­tsā na pra­ti­kṣe­pta­vyā | na­nu ca sa­ti TAŚVA-ML 054,34dha­rmi­ṇi dha­rma­ciṃ­tā pra­va­rta­te nā­sa­ti | na ca mo­kṣaḥ sa­rva­thā­sti ye­na ta­sya vi­śi­ṣṭa­tva­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ji­jñā­sya­ta­, i­ti TAŚVA-ML 054,35na sā­dhī­yaḥ | ya­smā­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.252abye pi sa­rvā­tma­nā mu­kte­r a­pa­hna­va­kṛ­to ja­nāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.252cdte­ṣāṃ nā­trā­dhi­kā­ro sti śre­yo­mā­rgā­va­bo­dha­ne |­| 2­5­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 055,03ko hi sa­rvā­tma­nā mu­kte­r a­pa­hna­va­kā­ri­ṇo ja­nā­n mu­kti­mā­rgaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ye­t te­ṣāṃ ta­trā­na­dhi­kā­rā­t | ko vā TAŚVA-ML 055,04pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhaṃ niḥ­śre­ya­sa­m a­pa­hnu­vī­ta­, a­nya­tra pra­lā­pa­mā­trā­bhi­dhā­yi­no nā­sti­kā­t | ku­ta­s ta­rhi pra­mā­ṇā­t ta­nni­ścī­ya­ta TAŚVA-ML 055,05i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.253abpa­ro­kṣa­m a­pi ni­rvā­ṇa­m ā­ga­mā­t saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.253cdni­rbā­dhā­d bhā­vi­sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ra­bhe­da­va­t |­| 2­5­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 055,08pa­ro­kṣo pi hi mo­kṣo '­smā­dṛ­śā­m ā­ga­mā­t ta­jjñaiḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | ya­thā sāṃ­va­tsa­raiḥ sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 055,09s ta­sya ni­rbā­dha­tvā­t | na hi de­śa­kā­la­na­rāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣa­yā­pi bā­dhā­to ni­rga­to ya­m ā­ga­mo na bha­va­ti­, pra­tya­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 055,10de­r bā­dha­ka­sya vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | nā­pi ni­rbā­dha­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m ā­sthā­tuṃ yu­ktaṃ­, pra­tya­kṣā­de­r a­py a­pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 055,11tvā­nu­ṣa­kteḥ | sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­syā­nu­mā­nā­t pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­d vi­ṣa­mo ya­m u­pa­nyā­sa i­ti ce­t na | ta­dā­kā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 055,12liṃ­gā­bhā­vā­d a­nu­mā­nā­na­va­tā­rā­t | na hi pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­di­gve­lā­pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­ta­yā sū­ryā­caṃ­dra­ma­so­r gra­ha­ṇe­na vyā­ptaṃ TAŚVA-ML 055,13kiṃ­ci­d a­va­gaṃ­tuṃ śa­kyaṃ | vi­śi­ṣṭāṃ­ka­mā­lā liṃ­ga­m i­ti ce­t | sā na tā­va­t ta­tsva­bhā­va­s ta­dva­da­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 055,14nā­pi ta­tkā­ryaṃ ta­taḥ prā­k pa­ścā­c ca bhā­vā­t | sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ra­bhe­do bhā­vi­kā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭāṃ­ka­mā­lā­yā TAŚVA-ML 055,15i­ti ce­n na | bhā­vi­naḥ kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­yo­gā­t | bhā­vi­ta­ma­va­t kā­rya­kā­le sa­rva­thā­py a­sa­ttvā­d a­tī­ta­ma­va­t TAŚVA-ML 055,16ta­da­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­nā­t ta­syā­s ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tva­m i­ti ce­n na | ta­syā­si­ddheḥ | na hi sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ra­bhe­de TAŚVA-ML 055,17bhā­vi­ni vi­śi­ṣṭāṃ­ka­mā­lo­tpa­dya­te na pu­na­r a­bhā­vi­nī­ti ni­ya­mo sti­, ta­tkā­le ta­taḥ pa­ścā­c ca ta­du­tpa­tti­pra­tī­teḥ | TAŚVA-ML 055,18ka­syā­ści­d aṃ­ka­mā­lā­yāḥ sa bhā­vi­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ka­syā­ści­d a­tī­ta­kā­ra­ṇa­m a­pa­ra­syāḥ sva­sa­mā­na­kā­la­va­rti­nyāḥ kā­ra­ṇa­kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 055,19m e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ki­m iṃ­dra­jā­la­m a­bhya­sta­m a­ne­na sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ra­bhe­de­na ya­to '­ya­m a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­va­rta- TAŚVA-ML 055,20mā­nā­khi­lāṃ­ka­mā­lāḥ sva­yaṃ ni­rva­rta­ye­t | ka­thaṃ vā kra­mā­kra­ma­bhā­vya­naṃ­ta­kā­ryā­ṇi ni­tyai­ka­sva­bhā­vo bhā­vaḥ sva­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 055,21na ku­ryā­t­, ta­to vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | bha­va­n vā sa ta­syāḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ­, u­pā­dā­naṃ sa­ha­kā­ri vā ? na tā­va­d u­pā­dā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 055,22kha­ṭi­kā­di­kṛ­tā­yā­s ta­du­pā­dā­na­tvā­t | nā­pi sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇa­m u­pā­dā­na­sa­ma­kā­la­tvā­bhā­vā­t | ya­tho­pā­dā­na­bhi­nna­de­śaṃ TAŚVA-ML 055,23sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­tho­pā­dā­na­bhi­nna­kā­la­m a­pi dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d i­ti ce­t | ki­m e­vaṃ ka­sya sa­ha­kā­ri na syā­t | pi­tā- TAŚVA-ML 055,24ma­hā­de­r a­pi hi ja­na­ka­tva­m a­ni­vā­ryaṃ vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | ta­to nāṃ­ka­mā­lā sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ra­bhe­de sā­dhyaṃ liṃ­gaṃ TAŚVA-ML 055,25sva­bhā­va­kā­rya­tvā­bhā­vā­t | ta­da­sva­bhā­va­kā­rya­tve pi ta­da­vi­nā­bhā­vā­t sa ta­tra liṃ­ga­m i­ty a­pa­re | te­ṣā­m a­pi ku­to TAŚVA-ML 055,26vyā­pte­r gra­haḥ ? na tā­va­t pra­tya­kṣa­to­, bhā­vi­no tī­ta­sya vā sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ra­bhe­da­syā­sma­dā­dya­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t | nā­py a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 055,27mā­nā­d a­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ya­di pu­na­r ā­ga­mā­t ta­dvyā­pti­gra­ha­s ta­dā yu­ktya­nu­gṛ­hī­tā­t ta­da­na­nu­gṛ­hī­tā­d vā ? na tā­va­d ā­dyaḥ TAŚVA-ML 055,28pa­kṣa­s ta­tra yu­kte­r a­pra­vṛ­tte­s ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t | dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe sva­taḥ si­ddha­prā­mā­ṇyā­t pa­ra­to vā ? na tā­va­t sva­taḥ sva­ya­m a­na- TAŚVA-ML 055,29bhya­sta­vi­ṣa­ye '­tyaṃ­ta­pa­ro­kṣe sva­taḥ prā­mā­ṇyā­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā ta­da­prā­mā­ṇya­syā­pi sva­taḥ si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pa­ra­taḥ si­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 055,30prā­mā­ṇyā­d ā­ga­mā­t ta­dvyā­pti­gra­ha i­ti ce­t | kiṃ ta­tpa­raṃ pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyaṃ bā­dha­kā­bhā­vo vā ? pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyaṃ ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 055,31pha­le­nā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ sa­jā­tī­ya­jñā­no­tpā­do vā ? pra­tha­ma­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ kiṃ ta­dvyā­pti­pha­laṃ ? sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­nu­mā­na­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 055,32ce­t­, so '­ya­m a­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­yaḥ | pra­si­ddhe hi ā­ga­ma­sya prā­mā­ṇye ta­to vyā­pti­gra­hā­d a­nu­mā­ne pra­vṛ­tti­s ta­tsi­ddhau TAŚVA-ML 055,33cā­nu­mā­na­pha­le­nā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d ā­ga­ma­sya prā­mā­ṇya­m i­ti | sa­jā­tī­ya­jñā­no­tpā­daḥ pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthya­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­tsa- TAŚVA-ML 055,34jā­tī­ya­jñā­naṃ na tā­va­t pra­tya­kṣa­to nu­mā­na­to vā­, a­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t­, ta­da­nu­mā­na­syā­pi vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 055,35ta­dvyā­pte­r a­pi ta­dā­ga­mā­d e­va gra­ha­ṇa­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­dā­ga­ma­syā­pi sa­jā­tī­ya­jñā­no­tpā­dā­d e­va pra­mā­ṇa­tvāṃ­gī­ka­ra­ṇā­t | TAŚVA-ML 056,01bā­dha­kā­bhā­vaḥ pa­ra i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi sva­to bhyā­sa­sā­ma­rthya­si­ddhā­d bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t pra­si­ddha­prā­bhā­ṇyā­d ā­ga­mā­d aṃ­ka­mā­lā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 056,02sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ra­bhe­de­na vyā­ptiḥ pa­ri­gṛ­hya­te na pu­naḥ sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ra­bhe­da e­va­, i­ti mu­gdha­bhā­ṣi­ta­m | TAŚVA-ML 056,03ta­to na vi­ṣa­mo '­ya­m u­pa­nyā­so dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dā­rṣṭāṃ­ti­ka­yo­r ā­ga­mā­t saṃ­pra­tya­ya­pra­si­ddheḥ | sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭā­nu­mā­nā­c ca TAŚVA-ML 056,04ni­rvā­ṇaṃ pra­tī­ya­te | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.254abśā­rī­ra­mā­na­sā­sā­ta­pra­vṛ­tti­r vi­ni­va­rta­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.254cdkva­ci­t ta­tkā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d gha­ṭī­yaṃ­tra­pra­vṛ­tti­va­t |­| 2­5­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 056,07ya­thā gha­ṭī­yaṃ­tra­sya pra­vṛ­tti­r bhra­ma­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇā sva­kā­ra­ṇa­syā­ra­ga­rta­bhra­ma­ṇa­sya vi­ni­vṛ­tte­r ni­va­rta­te ta­thā kva­ci­j jī­ve TAŚVA-ML 056,08śā­rī­ra­mā­na­sā­sā­ta­pra­vṛ­tti­r a­pi ca­tu­rga­tya­ra­ga­rta­bhra­ma­ṇa­sya | ta­t ta­t kā­ra­ṇaṃ ku­ta i­ti ce­t­, ta­dbhā­va e­va bhā­vā­c chā­rī­ra- TAŚVA-ML 056,09mā­na­sā­sā­ta­bhra­ma­ṇa­sya | na hi ta­cca­tu­rga­tya­ra­ga­rta­bhra­ma­ṇā­bhā­ve saṃ­bha­va­ti | ma­nu­ṣya­sya ma­nu­ṣya­ga­ti­vā­lyā­di­vi­va­rta- TAŚVA-ML 056,10pa­rā­va­rta­ne sa­ty e­va ta­syo­pa­laṃ­bhā­t | ta­dva­tti­rya­ksu­ra­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m a­pi | ya­thā sva­ti­rya­gga­tyā­di­ṣu nā­nā­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­pra­va­rta­ne TAŚVA-ML 056,11sa­ti ta­tta­tsaṃ­ve­da­naṃ i­ti na ta­sya ta­da­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ | ta­nni­vṛ­ttiḥ ku­ta i­ti ce­t­, sva­kā­ra­ṇa­sya ka­rmo­da­ya­bhra­ma­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 056,12ni­vṛ­tteḥ | ba­lī­va­rda­bhra­ma­ṇa­sya ni­vṛ­ttau ta­tkā­ryā­ra­ga­rta­bhra­ma­ṇa­ni­vṛ­tti­va­t | na ca ca­tu­rga­tya­ra­ga­rta­bhra­ma­ṇaṃ ka­rmo­da­ya­bhra­ma­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 056,13ni­mi­tta­m i­ty a­si­ddhaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­vya­bhi­cā­re sa­ti ta­sya ka­dā­ci­d bhā­vā­t | ta­sya kā­ra­ṇa­tve dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­tve vā ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 056,14yo­gā­t | ta­nni­vṛ­ttiḥ pu­na­s ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­di­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhā­va­nā­sā­tmī­bhā­vā­t ka­sya­ci- TAŚVA-ML 056,15d u­tpa­dya­ta i­ti sa­ma­rtha­yi­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t ta­tsi­ddhiḥ | pra­kṛ­ta­he­toḥ kuṃ­bha­kā­ra­ca­krā­di­bhrāṃ­tyā­nai­kāṃ­taḥ­, sva­kā­ra­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 056,16kuṃ­bha­kā­ra­sya vyā­pā­ra­sya ni­vṛ­ttā­v a­pi ta­da­ni­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t | i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.255abna kuṃ­bha­kā­ra­ca­krā­di­bhrāṃ­tyā­nai­kāṃ­ta­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.255cdta­tkā­ra­ṇa­sya ve­ga­sya bhā­ve ta­syāḥ sa­mu­dbha­vā­t |­| 2­5­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 056,19na hi sa­rvā ca­krā­di­bhrāṃ­tiḥ kuṃ­bha­kā­ra­ka­ra­vyā­pā­ra­kā­ra­ṇi­kā­, pra­tha­mā­yā e­va ta­syā­s ta­thā­bhā­vā­t­, u­tta­ro­tta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 056,20bhrāṃ­teḥ pū­rva­pū­rva­bhrāṃ­tyā­hi­ta­ve­ga­kṛ­ta­tvā­va­lo­ka­nā­t | na co­tta­rā ta­dbhrāṃ­tiḥ sva­kā­ra­ṇa­sya ve­ga­sya bhā­ve sa­mu­dbha­va­ti­, TAŚVA-ML 056,21ta­dbhā­va e­va ta­syāḥ sa­mu­dbha­va­da­rśa­nā­t | ta­to na ta­yā he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­raḥ | pā­va­kā­pā­ye pi dhū­me­na go­pā­la­gha­ṭi- TAŚVA-ML 056,22kā­di­ṣū­pa­la­bhya­mā­ne­nā­nai­kāṃ­ta i­ty a­py a­ne­nā­pā­staṃ | śā­rī­ra­mā­na­sā­sā­ta­pra­vṛ­tteḥ pa­rā­pa­ro­tpa­tte­r u­pā­ya­pra­ti­ṣe­dhya­tvā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 056,23saṃ­ci­tā­yā­s tu pha­lo­pa­bho­ga­taḥ pra­kṣa­yā­t | na cā­pū­rva­dhū­mā­di­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ sva­kā­ra­ṇa­pā­va­kā­de­r a­bhā­ve pi na ni­va­rta­te TAŚVA-ML 056,24ya­to vya­bhi­cā­raḥ syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.0.256aba­to nu­mā­na­to py a­sti mo­kṣa­sā­mā­nya­sā­dha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.256cdsā­rva­jñā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­s tu ta­tra pū­rvaṃ pra­sā­dhi­taḥ |­| 2­5­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 056,27na hi ni­ra­va­dyā­d a­nu­mā­nā­t sā­dhya­si­ddhau saṃ­de­haḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti | ni­ra­va­dyaṃ ca mo­kṣa­sā­mā­nye '­nu­mā­naṃ ni­ra­va­dya- TAŚVA-ML 056,28he­tu­sa­mu­ttha­tvā­d i­ty a­to nu­mā­nā­t ta­sya si­ddhi­r a­sty e­va na ke­va­la­m ā­ga­mā­t | sa­rva­jña­tvā­di­mo­kṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­sā­dha­naṃ tu TAŚVA-ML 056,29prā­g e­vo­kta­m i­ti ne­ho­cya­te | TAŚVA-ML 056,30ta­tsi­ddheḥ pra­kṛ­to­pa­yo­gi­tva­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.0.257abe­vaṃ sā­dhī­ya­sī sā­dhoḥ prā­g e­vā­sa­nn a­ni­rvṛ­teḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.257cdni­vā­ṇo­pā­ya­ji­jñā­sā ta­tsū­tra­sya pra­va­rti­kā |­| 2­5­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 056,33sa­rva­syā­dvā­di­nā­m e­va pra­mā­ṇa­to mo­kṣa­sya si­ddhau ta­trā­dhi­kṛ­ta­sya sā­dho­ru­pa­yo­ga­sva­bhā­va­syā­sa­nna­ni­rvā­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 056,34pra­jñā­ti­śa­ya­va­to hi­ta­m u­pa­li­psoḥ śre­ya­sā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sya sā­kṣā­d a­sā­kṣā­d vā pra­bu­ddhā­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­rtha­pra­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 057,01pa­rā­pa­ra­gu­ru­pra­vā­ha­sa­bhā­m a­dhi­ti­ṣṭha­to ni­rvā­ṇe vi­pra­ti­pa­ttya­bhā­vā­t ta­nmā­rge vi­vā­dā­t ta­tpra­ti­pi­tsā­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­vi­dhvaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 057,02sā­t sā­dhī­ya­sī pra­ti­pi­tsā | sā ca ni­rvā­ṇa­mā­rgo­pa­de­śa­sya pra­va­rti­kā | sa­tyā­m e­va ta­syāṃ pra­ti­pā­dya­sya ta­tpra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 057,03pā­da­ka­sya ya­tho­kta­syā­di­sū­tra­pra­va­rta­ka­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā ta­da­pra­va­rta­nā­d i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­ba­lā­ya tta­tvā­t | TA-ML 1.1 sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­ṇi mo­kṣa­mā­rgaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 057,05ta­tra sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­sya kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­da­la­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­d i­ho­dde­śa­mā­tra­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.1pra­ṇi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣo­ttha­dvai­vi­dhyaṃ rū­pa­m ā­tma­naḥ | ya­thā­sthi­tā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m u­ddi­śe­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 057,07pra­ṇi­dhā­naṃ vi­śu­ddha­m a­dhya­va­sā­naṃ­, ta­sya vi­śe­ṣaḥ pa­ro­pa­de­śā­na­pe­kṣa­tvaṃ ta­da­pe­kṣa­tvaṃ ca­, ta­smā­d u­tthā ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 057,08ta­tpra­ṇi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣo­tthaṃ | dve vi­dho pra­kā­rau ni­sa­rgā­dhi­ga­ma­ja­vi­ka­lpā­d ya­sya ta­ddvi­vi­dhaṃ­, ta­sya bhā­vo dvai­vi­dhyaṃ­; TAŚVA-ML 057,09pra­ṇi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣo­tthaṃ dvai­vi­dhya­m a­sye­ti pra­ṇi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣo­ttha­dvai­vi­dhyaṃ­, ta­c cā­tma­no rū­paṃ | ya­thā­sthi­tā­rthā­s ta­ttvā­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 057,10s te­ṣāṃ śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m i­ho­dde­ṣṭa­vyaṃ ta­thai­va ni­rdo­ṣa­va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 057,11sa­mya­gjñā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ha ni­ru­kti­la­bhyaṃ vyā­ca­ṣṭe­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.2svā­rthā­kā­ra­pa­ri­cche­do ni­ści­to bā­dha­va­rji­taḥ | sa­dā sa­rva­tra sa­rva­sya sa­mya­gjñā­na­m a­ne­ka­dhā |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 057,13pa­ri­cche­daḥ sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ na pu­naḥ pha­la­m e­va ta­to nu­mī­ya­mā­naṃ pa­ro­kṣaṃ sa­mya­gjñā­na­m i­ti ta­sya ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | TAŚVA-ML 057,14sa cā­kā­ra­sya bhe­da­sya na pu­na­r a­nā­kā­ra­sya kiṃ­ci­d i­ti pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­sya pa­ri­cche­daḥ ta­sya da­rśa­na­tve­na va­kṣya- TAŚVA-ML 057,15mā­ṇa­tvā­t | svā­kā­ra­syai­va pa­ri­cche­daḥ so rthā­kā­ra­syai­va ve­ti ca nā­va­dhā­ra­ṇī­yaṃ ta­sya ta­ttva­pra­ti­kṣe­pā­t | TAŚVA-ML 057,16saṃ­śa­yi­to '­kiṃ­ci­tka­ro vā svā­rthā­kā­ra­pa­ri­cche­da­s ta­d i­ti ca na pra­sa­jya­te­, ni­ści­ta i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | vi­pa­rya- TAŚVA-ML 057,17yā­tmā sa ta­thā syā­d i­ti ce­n na­, bā­dha­va­rji­ta i­ti va­ca­nā­t | bā­dha­ko­tpa­tteḥ pū­rvaṃ sa e­va ta­thā pra­sa­kta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 057,18ce­n na­, sa­de­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | kva­ci­d vi­pa­rī­ta­svā­rthā­kā­ra­pa­ri­cche­do ni­ści­to de­śāṃ­ta­ra­ga­ta­sya sa­rva­dā ta­dde­śa- TAŚVA-ML 057,19m a­vā­pnu­va­taḥ sa­dā bā­dha­ka­va­rji­taḥ sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ bha­ve­d i­ti ca na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, sa­rva­tre­ti va­ca­nā­t | ka­sya­ci­d a­ti- TAŚVA-ML 057,20mū­ḍha­ma­na­saḥ sa­dā sa­rva­tra bā­dha­ka­ra­hi­to pi so stī­ti ta­da­va­stho ti­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, sa­rva­sye­ti va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 057,21ta­d e­ka­m e­va sa­mya­gjñā­na­m i­ti ca pra­kṣi­pta­m a­ne­ka­dhe­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­tra ni­ści­ta­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ sa­mya­ggra­ha­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 057,22l la­bdhaṃ | svā­rthā­kā­ra­pa­ri­cche­da­s tu jñā­na­gra­ha­ṇā­t­, ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­sya jñā­na­tvā­yo­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 057,23sa­mya­k cā­ri­traṃ ni­ru­kti­ga­mya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.3bha­va­he­tu­pra­hā­ṇā­ya ba­hi­ra­bhya­nta­ra­kri­yā­– | vi­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ pa­raṃ sa­mya­kcā­ri­traṃ jñā­ni­no ma­ta­m |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 057,25vi­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ sa­mya­kcā­ri­tra­m i­ty u­cya­mā­ne śī­rṣā­pa­hā­rā­di­ṣu sva­śī­rṣā­di­dra­vya­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ sa­mya­ktvā­di­sva­gu­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 057,26ni­vṛ­tti­ś ca ta­n mā bhū­d i­ti kri­yā­gra­ha­ṇaṃ | ba­hiḥ­kri­yā­yāḥ kā­ya­vā­gyo­ga­rū­pā­yā e­vā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­kri­yā­yā e­va ca TAŚVA-ML 057,27ma­no­yo­ga­rū­pā­yā vi­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ sa­mya­k .­.­. TAŚVA-ML 057,28kri­yā­ni­vṛ­tti­r a­pi na sa­mya­k .­.­. TAŚVA-ML 057,29i­ti va­ca­nā­t | pra­śa­sta­jñā­na­sya sā­ti­śa­ya­jñā­na­sya vā saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­ni­vṛ­ttiṃ pra­tyā­gū­rṇa­sya jñā­na­va­to bā­hyā- TAŚVA-ML 057,30bhyaṃ­ta­ra­kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣo pa­ra­ma­syai­va sa­mya­kcā­ri­tra­tva­pra­kā­śa­nā­t­, a­nya­thā ta­dā­bhā­sa­tva­si­ddheḥ | sa­mya­gvi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­d i­ha TAŚVA-ML 057,31jñā­nā­śra­ya­tā bha­va­he­tu­pra­hā­ṇa­tā ca la­bhya­te | cā­ri­tra­śa­bdā­d ba­hi­ra­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­kri­yā­vi­ni­vṛ­tti­tā sa­mya­kcā­ri­tra­sya TAŚVA-ML 057,32si­ddhā ta­da­bhā­ve ta­dbhā­vā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 058,01saṃ­pra­ti mo­kṣa­śa­bdaṃ vyā­ca­ṣṭe­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.4niḥ­śe­ṣa­ka­rma­ni­rmo­kṣaḥ svā­tma­lā­bho '­bhi­dhī­ya­te | mo­kṣo jī­va­sya nā­bhā­vo na gu­ṇā­bhā­va­mā­tra­ka­m |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 058,03na ka­ti­pa­ya­ka­rma­ni­rmo­kṣo '­nu­pa­ca­ri­to mo­kṣaḥ pra­tī­ya­te sa niḥ­śe­ṣa­ka­rma­ni­rmo­kṣa i­ti va­ca­nā­t | nā­py a- TAŚVA-ML 058,04svā­tma­lā­bhaḥ sa svā­tma­lā­bhaḥ i­ti śru­teḥ | pra­dī­pa­ni­rvā­ṇa­va­t sa­rva­thā­py a­bhā­va­ś ci­tta­saṃ­tā­na­sya mo­kṣo na pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 058,05sva­rū­pa­lā­bha i­ty e­ta­n na hi yu­kti­ma­t­, ta­tsā­dha­na­syā­ga­ma­ka­tvā­t | nā­pi bu­ddhyā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇā­bhā­va­mā­tra­m ā­tma­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 058,06sa­ttvā­di­gu­ṇā­bhā­va­mā­traṃ vā mo­kṣaḥ­, sva­rū­pa­lā­bha­sya mo­kṣa­to­pa­pa­tteḥ | sva­rū­pa­sya cā­naṃ­ta­jñā­nā­di­ka­daṃ­ba­ka­syā­tma­ni TAŚVA-ML 058,07vya­va­sthi­ta­tvā­t | nā­sti mo­kṣo '­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­d i­ti ce­t na­, sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇa­ni­vṛ­tte­r a­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­si­ddha­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 058,08d ā­ga­mā­nu­mā­no­pa­la­bdheḥ sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t­, pra­tya­kṣa­ni­vṛ­tte­r a­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvā­t­, sa­ka­la­śi­ṣṭā­nā­m a­pra­tya­kṣe­ṣv a­rthe­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 058,09sa­dbhā­vo­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­da­nu­pa­ga­me sva­sa­ma­ya­vi­ro­dhā­t | na hi sāṃ­khyā­di­sa­ma­ye sma­dā­dya­pra­tya­kṣaḥ ka­ści­d a­rtho na TAŚVA-ML 058,10vi­dya­te | cā­rvā­ka­sya na vi­dya­ta i­ti ce­t­, kiṃ pu­na­s ta­sya sva­gu­ru­pra­bhṛ­tiḥ pra­tya­kṣaḥ | ka­sya­ci­t pra­tya­kṣa i­ti TAŚVA-ML 058,11ce­t­, bha­va­taḥ ka­sya­ci­t pra­tya­kṣa­tā pra­tya­kṣā na vā ? na tā­va­t pra­tya­kṣā­, a­tīṃ­dri­ya­tvā­t | sā na pra­tya­kṣā ce­t TAŚVA-ML 058,12ya­dy a­sti ta­dā ta­yai­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­kī | nā­sti ce­t ta­rhi gu­rvā­da­yaḥ ka­sya­ci­d a­pra­tya­kṣāḥ saṃ­tī­ty ā­yā­taṃ | TAŚVA-ML 058,13ka­thaṃ ca tai­r a­nai­kāṃ­tā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r mo­kṣā­bhā­vaṃ sā­dha­ye­d ya­to mo­kṣo '­pra­si­ddha­tvā­d ya­tho­kta­la­kṣa­ṇe­na la­kṣyo na bha­ve­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 058,14kaḥ pu­na­s ta­sya mā­rga i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.5svā­bhi­pre­ta­pra­de­śā­pte­r u­pā­yo ni­ru­pa­dra­vaḥ | sa­dbhiḥ pra­śa­sya­te mā­rgaḥ ku­mā­rgo nyo va­ga­mya­te |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 058,16na hi sva­ya­m a­na­bhi­pre­ta­pra­de­śā­pte­r u­pā­yo '­bhi­pre­ta­pra­de­śā­pte­r u­pā­yo vā mā­rgo nā­ma sa­rva­sya sa­rva­mā­rga­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 058,17nā­pi ta­du­pā­ya e­va so pa­dra­vaḥ sa­dbhiḥ pra­śa­sya­te ta­sya ku­mā­rga­tvā­t | ta­thā ca mā­rge­ra­n ve­ṣa­ṇa­kri­ya­sya ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 058,18sā­dha­ne­ṣyaṃ­ti ? sa­ti mā­rgya­te '­ne­nā­nvi­ṣya­te '­bhi­pre­taḥ pra­de­śa i­ti mā­rgaḥ­, śu­ddhi­ka­rma­ṇo vā mṛ­je­r mṛ­ṣṭaḥ śu­ddho '­sā­v i­ti mā­rgaḥ pra­si­ddho bha­va­ti | na ce­vā­rthā­bhyaṃ­ta­rī­ka­ra­ṇā­t sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­dī­ni mo­kṣa­mā­rga i­ti yu­ktaṃ­, ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 058,19sva­yaṃ mā­rga­la­kṣa­ṇa­yu­kta­tvā­t­, pā­ṭa­li­pu­trā­di­mā­rga­syai­va ta­du­pa­me­ya­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r mā­rga­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ni­ru­pa­dra­va­sya kā­rtsnya­to TAŚVA-ML 058,20'­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­de­ka­de­śa­da­rśa­nā­t ta­tra ta­du­pa­mā­na­pra­vṛ­tteḥ | pra­si­ddha­tvā­d u­pa­mā­naṃ pā­ṭa­li­pu­trā­di­mā­rgo '­pra­si­ddha­tvā­n mo­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 058,21mā­rgo stū­pa­me­ya i­ti ce­n na­, mo­kṣa­mā­rga­sya pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ pra­si­ddha­tvā­t | sa­mu­drā­de­r a­si­ddha­syā­py u­pa­mā­na­tva­da­rśa­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 058,22ta­dā­ga­mā­deḥ pra­si­ddha­syo­pa­me­ya­tva­pra­tī­teḥ | na hi sa­rva­sya ta­dā­ga­mā­di­va­tsa­mu­drā­da­yaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ pra­si­ddhāḥ | TAŚVA-ML 058,23sa­mu­drā­de­r a­pra­tya­kṣa­syā­pi ma­ha­ttvā­d u­pa­mā­na­tvaṃ ta­dā­ga­mā­deḥ pra­tya­kṣa­syā­py u­pa­me­ya­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi mo­kṣa­mā­rga­sya TAŚVA-ML 058,24ma­ha­ttvā­d u­pa­mā­na­tvaṃ yu­kta­m i­ta­ra­mā­rga­syo­pa­me­ya­tva­m i­ti na mā­rga i­va mā­rgo yaṃ sva­yaṃ pra­dhā­na­mā­rga­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.6ta­tra bhe­da­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ sva­vi­va­rta­vi­va­rti­noḥ | da­rśa­naṃ jñā­na­m i­ty e­ṣaḥ śa­bdaḥ ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­naḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.7puṃ­so vi­va­rta­mā­na­sya śra­ddhā­na­jñā­na­ka­rma­ṇā | sva­yaṃ ta­ccha­kti­bhe­da­sya sāvi­dhye­na pra­va­rta­nā­t |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.8ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ na bā­dhye­ta va­nhe­r da­ha­na­ka­rma­ṇā | sva­yaṃ vi­va­rta­mā­na­sya dā­ha­śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 058,28ya­thā va­nhe­r da­ha­na­kri­ya­yā pa­ri­ṇa­ma­taḥ sva­yaṃ da­ha­na­śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­sya ta­tsā­vi­dhye­na va­rta­mā­na­sya sā­gha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 058,29ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ na bā­dhya­te­, ta­thā­tma­naḥ śra­ddhā­na­jñā­na­kri­ya­yā sva­yaṃ pa­ri­ṇa­ma­taḥ sāṃ­vi­dhye­na va­rta­mā­na­sya śra­ddhā­na­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 058,30śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­pi sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­to da­rśa­nā­di­pa­de­ṣu vyā­khyā­tā­rthe­ṣu da­rśa­naṃ jñā­na­m i­ty e­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 058,31s tā­va­c cha­bdaḥ ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­no va­ga­mya­te­; da­rśa­na­śu­ddhi­śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­nni­dhā­ne ta­ttvā­rthā­n pa­śya­ti śra­ddha­tte '­ne­nā­tme­ti TAŚVA-ML 058,32da­rśa­naṃ­, jñā­na­śu­ddhi­śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­nni­dhā­ne jā­nā­ty a­ne­ne­ti jñā­na­m i­ti | na­nv e­vaṃ sa e­va ka­rtā sa e­va TAŚVA-ML 058,33TAŚVA-ML 059,01ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ty ā­yā­taṃ ta­c ca vi­ru­ddha­m e­ve­ti ce­t na­, sva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­no­r bhe­da­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ ta­thā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 059,02da­rśa­na­jñā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­mo hi ka­ra­ṇa­m ā­tma­naḥ ka­rtuḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nnaṃ va­nhe­r da­ha­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­t | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā­'­gni­r da­ha­tī­ndha­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 059,03dā­ha­pa­ri­ṇā­me­ne­ty a­vi­bha­kta­ka­rtṛ­kaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­m u­pa­pa­dya­te | syā­n ma­taṃ | vi­vā­dā­pa­nnaṃ ka­ra­ṇaṃ ka­rtuḥ sa­rva­thā bhi­nnaṃ TAŚVA-ML 059,04ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­d vi­bha­kta­ka­ra­ṇa­va­d i­ti | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ | he­to­r a­tī­ta­kā­la­tvā­t | pra­tya­kṣa­to jñā­nā­di­ka­ra­ṇa­syā­tmā­deḥ ka­rtuḥ TAŚVA-ML 059,05ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nna­sya pra­tī­teḥ | sa­ma­vā­yā­t ta­thā pra­tī­ti­r i­ti ce­n na­, ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyā­d a­nya­sya sa­ma­vā­ya­sya ni­rā- TAŚVA-ML 059,06ka­ra­ṇā­t | pa­kṣa­syā­nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­c ca nā­yaṃ he­tuḥ | ta­thā hi | ka­ra­ṇa­śa­ktiḥ śa­kti­ma­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nnā TAŚVA-ML 059,07ta­ccha­kti­tvā­t­, yā tu na ta­thā sā na ta­ccha­kti­r ya­thā vya­kti­r a­nyā­, ta­ccha­kti­ś cā­tmā­deḥ ka­ra­ṇa­śa­kti­s ta­smā­c cha- TAŚVA-ML 059,08kti­ma­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nnā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.9na­nv e­va­m ā­tma­no jñā­na­śa­ktau jñā­na­dhva­ni­r ya­di | ta­dā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ nai­va ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­pa­dya­te |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 059,10na hy a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­śa­kti­r jñā­na­m a­nya­tro­pa­cā­rā­t­, pa­ra­mā­rtha­to rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­sya jñā­na­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ­, ta­du­kta­m a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ bu­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 059,11r i­ti­, ta­to na jñā­na­śa­ktau jñā­na­śa­bdaḥ pra­va­rta­te ye­na ta­sya ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­na­tā syā­dvā­di­nāṃ si­ddhye­t | pu­ru­ṣā­d bhi- TAŚVA-ML 059,12nna­sya tu jñā­na­sya gu­ṇa­syā­rtha­pra­mi­tau sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­t ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ yu­ktaṃ­, ta­thā pra­tī­te­r bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | bha­va­tu TAŚVA-ML 059,13jñā­na­śa­ktiḥ ka­ra­ṇaṃ ta­thā­pi na sā ka­rtuḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nnā yu­jya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.10śa­ktiḥ kā­rye hi bhā­vā­nāṃ sā­nni­dhyaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ | sā bhi­nnā ta­dva­to tyaṃ­taṃ kā­rya­ta­ś ce­ti ka­śca­na |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 059,15jñā­nā­di­ka­ra­ṇa­syā­tmā­deḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ sāṃ­ni­dhyaṃ hi śa­ktiḥ sva­kā­ryo­tpa­ttau na pu­na­s ta­dva­t sva­bhā­va­kṛ­tā TAŚVA-ML 059,16śa­kti­ma­taḥ kā­ryā­c cā­tyaṃ­taṃ bhi­nna­tvā­t ta­syā i­ti ka­ści­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.11ta­syā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇe śa­kti­r ā­tma­naḥ ka­thya­te ka­tha­m | bhe­dā­da­rthāṃ­ta­ra­sye­va saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t so pi ka­s ta­yoḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 059,18na hy ā­tma­no­tyaṃ­taṃ bhi­nnā­'­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­śa­kti­s ta­sye­ti vya­pa­de­ṣṭuṃ śa­kyā | saṃ­baṃ­dha­taḥ śa­kye­ti ce­t­, ka­s ta­syā­s te­na TAŚVA-ML 059,19saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ ? TAŚV-ML 1.1.12saṃ­yo­go dra­vya­rū­pā­yāḥ śa­kte­r ā­tma­ni ma­nya­te | gu­ṇa­ka­rma­sva­bhā­vā­yāḥ sa­ma­vā­ya­ś ca ya­dy a­sau |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 059,21ca­kṣu­rā­di­dra­vya­rū­pā­yāḥ śa­kte­r ā­tma­dra­vye saṃ­yo­gaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho '­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­yo­gā­di­gu­ṇa­rū­pā­yāḥ sa­ma­vā­ya­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 059,22śa­bdā­d vi­ṣa­yī­kri­ya­mā­ṇa­rū­pā­yāḥ saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­vā­yaḥ sā­mā­nyā­de­ś ca vi­ṣa­yī­kri­ya­mā­ṇa­sya saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­vā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 059,23di­r ya­di ma­taḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.13ta­dā­py a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve sya saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya ka­thaṃ ni­jā­t | saṃ­baṃ­dhi­no va­dhā­rye­ta ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­sva­bhā­va­tā |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.14saṃ­baṃ­dhāṃ­ta­ra­taḥ sā ce­d a­na­va­sthā ma­hī­ya­sī | ga­tvā su­dū­ra­m a­py ai­kyaṃ vā­cyaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dha­ta­dva­toḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.15ta­thā sa­ti na sā śa­kti­s ta­dva­to tyaṃ­ta­bhe­di­nī | saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhi­nna­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­rū­pa­tvā­t ta­tsva­rū­pa­va­t |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 059,27na­nu ga­tvā su­dū­ra­m a­pi saṃ­baṃ­dha­ta­dva­to­r nai­kya­m u­cya­te ye­nā­tma­no dra­vyā­di­rū­pā śa­kti­s ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhi­nna­sa­mba­ndhi­sva­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 059,28tvā­d a­bhi­nnā sā­dhya­te­, pa­rā­pa­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d e­va saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā­vya­pa­de­śo­pa­ga­mā­t | na cai­va­m a­na­va­sthā­, pra­ti­pa­ttu­r ā- TAŚVA-ML 059,29kāṃ­kṣā­ni­vṛ­tteḥ kva­ci­t ka­dā­ci­d a­va­sthā­na­si­ddheḥ­, pra­tī­ti­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­t ta­ttva­vya­va­sthā­yā i­ti pa­re | te­ṣāṃ saṃ­yo- TAŚVA-ML 059,30ga­sa­ma­vā­ya­vya­va­sthai­va tā­va­n na gha­ṭa­te­, pra­tī­tya­nu­sa­ra­ṇe ya­tho­pa­ga­ma­pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā hi­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.16saṃ­yo­go yu­ta­si­ddhā­nāṃ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te | sa­ma­vā­ya­s ta­dā prā­ptaḥ saṃ­yo­ga­s tā­va­ke ma­te |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 059,32ka­smā­t sa­ma­vā­yo pi saṃ­yo­gaḥ pra­sa­jya­te mā­ma­ke ma­te ? TAŚV-ML 1.1.17yu­ta­si­ddhi­r hi bhā­vā­nāṃ vi­bhi­nnā­śra­ya­vṛ­tti­tā | da­dhi­kuṃ­ḍā­di­va­t sā ca sa­mā­nā sa­ma­vā­yi­ṣu |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 060,01na­nv a­yu­ta­si­ddhā­nāṃ sa­ma­vā­yi­tvā­t sa­ma­vā­yi­nāṃ yu­ta­si­ddhi­r a­si­ddhe­ti ce­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.18ta­dva­dvṛ­tti­r gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ svā­śra­ye­ṣu ca ta­dva­tā­m | yu­ta­si­ddhi­r ya­dā na syā­t ta­dā­nya­trā­pi sā ka­tha­m |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 060,03gu­ṇyā­di­ṣu gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ vṛ­tti­r gu­ṇyā­dī­nāṃ tu svā­śra­ye vṛ­tti­r i­ti ka­thaṃ na gu­ṇa­gu­ṇyā­dī­nāṃ sa­ma­vā­yi­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 060,04yu­ta­si­ddhiḥ ? pṛ­tha­gā­śra­yā­śra­yi­tvaṃ yu­ta­si­ddhi­r i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­thā­pi te­ṣāṃ yu­ta­si­ddhe­r a­bhā­ve da­dhi­kuṃ­ḍā­dī­nā­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 060,05sā na syā­d vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.19lau­ki­ko de­śa­bhe­da­ś ce­d yu­ta­si­ddhiḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­m | prā­ptā rū­pa­ra­sā­dī­nā­m e­ka­trā­yu­ta­si­ddha­tā |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.20vi­bhū­nāṃ ca sa­ma­stā­nāṃ sa­ma­vā­ya­s ta­thā na ki­m | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­rtha­tā­dā­tmyā­n nā­vi­ṣva­gbha­va­naṃ pa­ra­m |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 060,08lau­ki­ko de­śa­bhe­do yu­ta­si­ddhi­r na śā­strī­yo ya­taḥ sa­ma­vā­yi­nāṃ yu­ta­si­ddhiḥ syā­d i­ty e­ta­smi­nn a­pi pa­kṣe TAŚVA-ML 060,09rū­pā­dī­nā­m e­ka­tra dra­vye vi­bhū­nāṃ ca sa­ma­stā­nāṃ lau­ki­ka­de­śa­bhe­dā­bhā­vā­d yu­ta­si­ddhe­r a­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­ma­vā­ya­pra­sa­ktiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 060,10a­vi­ṣva­gbha­va­na­m e­vā­yu­ta­si­ddhi­r vi­ṣva­gbha­va­naṃ yu­ta­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­tsa­ma­vā­yi­nāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya­m e­va si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 060,11ta­taḥ pa­ra­syā­vi­ṣva­gbha­va­na­syā­pra­tī­teḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.21ta­d e­vā­bā­dhi­ta­jñā­na­m ā­rū­ḍhaṃ śa­kti­ta­dva­toḥ | sa­rva­thā bhe­da­m ā­haṃ­ti pra­ti­dra­vya­m a­ne­ka­dhā |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 060,13ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya­m e­va sa­ma­vā­yi­nā­m e­ka­m a­mū­rtaṃ sa­rva­ga­ta­m i­he­da­m i­ti pra­tya­ya­ni­mi­ttaṃ sa­ma­vā­yo '­rtha­bhe­dā­bhā­vā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 060,14mā­maṃ­sta­, ta­sya pra­ti­dra­vya­m a­ne­ka­pra­kā­ra­tvā­t­, ta­thai­vā­bā­dhi­ta­jñā­nā­rū­ḍha­tvā­t | mū­rti­ma­ddra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­tā­dā­tmyaṃ hi TAŚVA-ML 060,15mū­rti­ma­j jā­ya­te nā­mū­rtaṃ­, a­mū­rta­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­tā­dā­tmyaṃ pu­na­r a­mū­rta­m e­va­, ta­thā sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­tā­dā­tmyaṃ sa­rva­ga­taṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 060,16a­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­tā­dā­tmyaṃ pu­na­r a­sa­rva­ga­ta­m e­va­, ta­thā ce­ta­ne­ta­ra­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­tā­dā­tmyaṃ ce­ta­ne­ta­ra­rū­pa­m i­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 060,17ne­ka­dhā ta­tsi­ddhaṃ śa­kti­ta­dva­toḥ sa­rva­thā bhe­da­m ā­haṃ­ty e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.22ta­to rtha­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­rā śa­kti­r jñā­na­m i­hā­tma­naḥ | ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na ni­rdi­ṣṭā na vi­ru­ddhā ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 060,19na hy aṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­ba­hi­raṃ­gā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­rū­pā­tma­no jñā­na­śa­ktiḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­rdi­śya­mā­nā vi­ru­dhya­te­, sa­rva­thā TAŚVA-ML 060,20śa­kti­ta­dva­to­r bhe­da­sya pra­ti­ha­na­nā­t | na­nu ca jñā­na­śa­kti­r ya­di pra­tya­kṣā ta­dā sa­ka­la­pa­dā­rtha­śa­kteḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 060,21nu­me­ya­tva­vi­ro­dhaḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­taṃ ca śa­kteḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ | ta­thā hi­–­jñā­na­śa­kti­r na pra­tya­kṣā­sma­dā­deḥ śa­kti- TAŚVA-ML 060,22tvā­t pā­va­kā­de­r da­ha­nā­di­śa­kti­va­t | na sā­dhya­vi­ka­la­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ pā­va­kā­di­da­ha­nā­di­śa­kteḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tve ka­sya- TAŚVA-ML 060,23ci­t ta­tra saṃ­śa­yā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ya­di pu­na­r a­pra­tya­kṣā jñā­na­śa­kti­s ta­dā ta­syāḥ ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­tve prā­bhā­ka­ra­ma­ta­si­ddhiḥ­, ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 060,24ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ pha­la­jñā­na­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­taḥ pra­tya­kṣaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­m i­ccha­tāṃ na TAŚVA-ML 060,25ta­ccha­kti­rū­pa­m e­ṣi­ta­vyaṃ syā­dvā­di­bhi­r i­ti ce­t | ta­d a­nu­pa­pa­nnaṃ | e­kāṃ­ta­to sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­sya ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­ne nya­tra TAŚVA-ML 060,26vā va­stu­ni pra­tī­ti­vi­ru­ddha­tve­nā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | dra­vyā­rtha­to hi jñā­na­m a­sma­dā­deḥ pra­tya­kṣaṃ­, pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 060,27śa­ktyā­di­pa­ryā­yā­rtha­ta­s tu na pra­tya­kṣaṃ | ta­tra svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­kaṃ jñā­naṃ sva­saṃ­vi­di­taṃ pha­laṃ pra­mā­ṇā­bhi­nnaṃ va­da­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 060,28ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ ka­tha­ma­pra­tya­kṣaṃ nā­ma | na ca ye­nai­va rū­pe­ṇa ta­tpra­mā­ṇaṃ te­nai­va pha­laṃ­, ye­na vi­ro­dhaḥ | kiṃ TAŚVA-ML 060,29ta­rhi ? sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tve­na pra­mā­ṇaṃ sā­dhya­tve­na pha­laṃ | sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvaṃ tu pa­ri­cche­da­na­śa­kti­r i­ti pra­tya­kṣa­pha­la­jñā­nā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 060,30ka­tvā­t pra­tya­kṣaṃ śa­kti­rū­pe­ṇa pa­ro­kṣaṃ | ta­taḥ syā­t pra­tya­kṣaṃ syā­d a­pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ty a­ne­kāṃ­ta­si­ddhiḥ | ya­dā tu pra­mā­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 060,31d bhi­nnaṃ pha­laṃ hā­no­pā­dā­no­pe­kṣā­jñā­na­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­dā svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­kaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­naṃ jñā­naṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ si­ddha­m e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 060,32na pa­ra­ma­ta­pra­ve­śa­s ta­ccha­kte­r a­pi sū­kṣmā­yāḥ pa­ro­kṣa­tvā­t | ta­d e­te­na sa­rvaṃ ka­rtrā­di­kā­ra­ka­tve­na pa­ri­ṇa­taṃ va­stu TAŚVA-ML 060,33ka­sya­ci­t pra­tya­kṣaṃ pa­ro­kṣaṃ ca ka­rtrā­di­śa­kti­rū­pa­ta­yo­ktaṃ pra­tye­yaṃ | ta­to jñā­na­śa­kti­r a­pi ca ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na ni­rdi­ṣṭā TAŚVA-ML 060,34na svā­ga­me­na yu­ktyā ca vi­ru­ddhe­ti sū­ktaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.23ā­tmā cā­rtha­gra­hā­kā­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ sva­yaṃ pra­bhuḥ | jñā­na­m i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­dhā­na­ka­rtṛ­sā­dha­na­tā ma­tā |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.24ta­syo­dā­sī­na­rū­pa­tva­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ ni­ru­cya­te | bhā­va­sā­dha­na­tā jñā­na­śa­bdā­dī­nā­m a­bā­dhi­tā |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 061,03na­nu ca jā­nā­tī­ti jñā­na­m ā­tme­ti vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ ka­ra­ṇa­m a­nya­dvā­cyaṃ­, niḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­sya ka­rtṛ­tvā­yo­gā­d i­ti ce­n na | TAŚVA-ML 061,04a­vi­bha­kta­ka­rtṛ­ka­sya sva­śa­kti­rū­pa­sya ka­ra­ṇa­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | bhā­va­sā­dha­na­tā­yāṃ jñā­na­sya pha­la­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ TAŚVA-ML 061,05pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, ta­ccha­kte­r e­va pra­mā­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.25ta­thā cā­ri­tra­śa­bdo pi jñe­yaḥ ka­rmā­nu­sā­dha­naḥ | kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ vi­va­kṣā­taḥ pra­vṛ­tte­r e­ka­va­stu­ni |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 061,07cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­syo­pa­śa­me kṣa­ye kṣa­yo­pa­śa­me vā­tma­nā ca­rya­te ta­d i­ti cā­ri­traṃ­, ca­rya­te ne­na ca­ra­ṇa­mā­traṃ vā TAŚVA-ML 061,08ca­ra­tī­ti vā cā­ri­tra­m i­ti ka­rmā­di­sā­dha­na­ś cā­ri­tra­śa­bdaḥ pra­tye­yaḥ | na­nu ca "­bhū­vā­di­gṛ­gbhyo ṇi­tra­" i­ty a­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 061,09kṛ­tya "­ca­re­r vṛ­tte­" i­ti ka­rma­ṇi ṇi­tra­sya vi­dhā­nā­t­, ka­rtrā­di­sā­dha­na­tve la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­va i­ti ce­t na­, ba­hu­lā­pe­kṣa­yā TAŚVA-ML 061,10ta­dbhā­vā­t | e­te­na da­rśa­na­jñā­na­śa­bda­yoḥ ka­rtṛ­sā­dha­na­tve la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­vo vyu­da­staḥ | "­yu­ḍvā ba­hu­la­m­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 061,11ta­thā da­rśa­nā­c ca | dṛ­śya­te hi ka­ra­ṇā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve­bhyo nya­trā­pi pra­yo­go ya­thā ni­ra­daṃ­ti ta­d i­ti ni­ra­da­naṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 061,12spaṃ­da­te smā­d i­ti spaṃ­da­na­m i­ti | ka­tha­m e­ka­jñā­nā­di va­stu ka­rtrā­dya­ne­ka­kā­ra­kā­tma­kaṃ vi­ro­dhā­t i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 061,13vi­va­kṣā­taḥ kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ pra­vṛ­tte­r e­ka­trā­py a­vi­ro­dhā­t | ku­taḥ pu­naḥ ka­sye­ti kā­ra­ka­m ā­va­sa­ti vi­va­kṣā ka­sya- TAŚVA-ML 061,14ci­d a­vi­va­kṣe­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.26vi­va­kṣā ca pra­dhā­na­tvā­d vā­stu­rū­pa­sya ka­sya­ci­t | ta­dā ta­da­nya­rū­pa­syā­vi­va­kṣā gu­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 061,16na­nv a­sa­d e­va rū­pa­m a­nā­dya­vi­dyā­vā­sa­no­pa­ka­lpi­taṃ vi­va­kṣe­ta­ra­yo­r vi­ṣa­yo na tu vā­sta­vaṃ rū­paṃ ya­taḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 061,17sa­tī ṣa­ṭkā­ra­kī syā­d i­ti ce­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.27bhā­va­sya vā­sa­to nā­sti vi­va­kṣā ce­ta­rā­pi vā | pra­dhā­ne­ta­ra­tā­pā­yā­d ga­ga­nāṃ­bho­ru­hā­di­va­t |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 061,19pra­dhā­ne­ta­ra­tā­bhyāṃ vi­va­kṣe­ta­ra­yo­r vyā­pta­tvā­t pa­ra­rū­pā­di­bhi­r i­va sva­rū­pā­di­bhi­r a­py a­sa­ta­s ta­da­bhā­vā­t ta­da­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 061,20si­ddhiḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.28sa­rva­thai­va sa­to ne­na ta­da­bhā­vo ni­ve­di­taḥ | e­ka­rū­pa­sya bhā­va­sya rū­pa­dva­ya­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 061,22na hi sa­de­kāṃ­te pra­dhā­ne­ta­ra­rū­pe staḥ | ka­lpi­te sta e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ka­lpi­te­ta­ra­rū­pa­dva­ya­sya sa­ttā­dvai­ta­vi­ro­dhi­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 061,23pra­saṃ­gā­t | ka­lpi­ta­sya rū­pa­syā­sa­ttvā­d a­ka­lpi­ta­syai­va sa­ttvā­n na rū­pa­dva­ya­m i­ti ce­t ta­rhy a­sa­tāṃ pra­dhā­ne­ta­ra­rū­pe TAŚVA-ML 061,24vi­va­kṣe­ta­ra­yo­r vi­ṣa­ya­tā­m ā­skaṃ­da­ta i­ty ā­yā­taṃ | ta­c ca pra­ti­kṣi­ptaṃ | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ tu nā­yaṃ do­ṣaḥ | ci­trai­ka­rū­pe va­stu­ni TAŚVA-ML 061,25pra­dhā­ne­ta­ra­rū­pa­dva­ya­sya sva­rū­pe­ṇa sa­taḥ pa­ra­rū­pe­ṇā­sa­to vi­va­kṣe­ta­ra­yo­r vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.29vi­va­kṣā cā­vi­va­kṣā ca vi­śe­ṣye naṃ­ta­dha­rmi­ṇi | sa­to vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­syā­tra nā­sa­taḥ sa­rva­tho­di­tā |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 061,27na sa­rva­thā­pi sa­to dha­rma­sya nā­py a­sa­to '­naṃ­ta­dha­rmi­ṇi va­stu­ni vi­va­kṣā cā­vi­va­kṣā ca bha­ga­va­dbhiḥ sa­maṃ­ta­bha­dra- TAŚVA-ML 061,28svā­mi­bhi­r a­bhi­hi­tā­smi­n vi­cā­re | kiṃ ta­rhi ? ka­thaṃ­ci­t sa­da­sa­dā­tma­na e­va pra­dhā­na­tā­yā gu­ṇa­tā­yā­ś ca sa­dbhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 061,29ku­taḥ ka­sya­ci­d rū­pa­sya pra­dhā­ne­ta­ra­tā ca syā­d ye­nā­sau vā­sta­vī­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.30svā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­saṃ­prā­pti­he­to­r a­tra pra­dhā­na­tā | bhā­va­sya vi­pa­rī­ta­sya ni­ścī­ye­tā­pra­dhā­na­tā |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.31nai­vā­taḥ ka­lpa­nā­mā­tra­va­śa­to sau pra­va­rti­tā | va­stu­sā­ma­rthya­saṃ­bhū­ta­nu­tvā­d a­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭi­va­t |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 061,32ka­rtṛ­pa­ri­ṇā­mo hi puṃ­so ya­dā svā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­saṃ­prā­pte­r he­tu­s ta­dā pra­dhā­na­m a­nya­dā tv a­pra­dhā­naṃ syā­t­, ta­thā ka­ra­ṇā­di- TAŚVA-ML 061,33pa­ri­ṇā­mo pi | ta­to na pra­dhā­ne­ta­ra­tā ka­lpa­nā­mā­trā­t pra­va­rti­tā­syā va­stu­sā­ma­rthyā­ya­tta­tvā­d a­rtha­da­rśa­na­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 062,01na­nv a­bhi­pre­to rtho na pa­ra­mā­rthaḥ sa­nma­no­rā­jyā­di­va­t ta­ta­s ta­tsaṃ­prā­ptya­prā­ptī na va­stu­rū­pe ya­ta­s ta­ddhe­tu­ka­yoḥ pra­dhā­ne­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 062,02bhā­va­yo­r va­stu­sā­ma­rthya­saṃ­bhū­ta­ta­nu­tvaṃ si­ddhya­t ta­yo­r vā­sta­va­tāṃ sā­dha­ye­t i­ti ce­t | syā­d e­vaṃ­, ya­di sa­rvo bhi- TAŚVA-ML 062,03pre­to rtho '­pa­ra­mā­rthaḥ sa­n si­ddhye­t | ka­sya­ci­n ma­no­rā­jyā­de­r a­pa­ra­mā­rtha­tva­sa­ttva­pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­bā­dhi­tā­bhi­prā­ya­vi­ṣa­yī­kṛ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 062,04syā­py a­pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­ttva­sā­dha­ne caṃ­dra­dva­ya­da­rśa­na­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­va­stu­tva­saṃ­pra­tya­yā­d a­bā­dhi­tā­khi­la­da­rśa­na­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­va­stu­tvaṃ sā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 062,05tā­m a­bhi­pre­ta­tva­dṛ­ṣṭa­tva­he­to­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­vi­ṣa­ya­sya ca sva­rū­pa­sya ku­taḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­ttva­si­ddhi­r ya­taḥ saṃ­ve­da- TAŚVA-ML 062,06nā­dvai­taṃ ci­trā­dvai­taṃ vā sva­rū­pa­sya sva­to ga­tiṃ sā­dha­ye­t | ya­di pu­naḥ sva­rū­pa­sya sva­to pi ga­tiṃ ne­cche­t ta­dā na TAŚVA-ML 062,07sva­taḥ saṃ­ve­dya­te nā­pi pa­ra­to sti ca ta­d i­ti ki­m a­gha­śī­la­va­ca­naṃ | na sva­taḥ saṃ­ve­dya­te saṃ­ve­da­naṃ nā­pi pa­ra­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 062,08kiṃ tu saṃ­ve­dya­ta e­ve­ti ta­sya sa­ttva­va­ca­ne­, na kra­mā­n ni­tyo rthaḥ kā­ryā­ṇi ka­ro­ti nā­py a­kra­mā­t­; kiṃ ta­rhi ? TAŚVA-ML 062,09ka­ro­ty e­ve­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­thaṃ pra­ti­kṣi­pya­te ? nai­ka­de­śe­na svā­va­ya­ve­ṣv a­va­ya­vī va­rta­te nā­pi sa­rvā­tma­nā kiṃ tu TAŚVA-ML 062,10va­rta­te e­ve­ti ca | nai­ka­de­śe­na pa­ra­mā­ṇuḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇvaṃ­ta­raiḥ saṃ­yu­jya­te nā­pi sa­rvā­tma­nā kiṃ tu saṃ­yu­jya­ta e­ve­ty a­pi TAŚVA-ML 062,11bru­va­n na pra­ti­kṣe­pā­rho ne­nā­pā­di­taḥ | ya­di pu­naḥ kra­mā­kra­ma­vya­ti­ri­kta­pra­kā­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­taḥ kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇā­de­r a­yo­gā­d e­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 062,12bru­vā­ṇa­sya pra­ti­kṣe­paḥ kri­ya­te ta­dā sva­pa­ra­vya­ti­ri­kta­pra­kā­rā­bhā­vā­n na ta­taḥ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ saṃ­ve­dya­ta e­ve­ty a­pra­ti­kṣe­pā­rhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 062,13si­ddhye­t | saṃ­ve­da­na­sya pra­ti­kṣe­pe sa­ka­la­śū­nya­tā sa­rva­syā­ni­ṣṭā syā­d i­ti ce­t­, sa­mā­na­m a­nya­trā­pi | ta­taḥ sva­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 062,14saṃ­ve­dya­sya dṛ­śya­sya vā rū­pā­deḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­ttva­m u­pa­ya­tā­bhi­pre­ta­syā­py a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇa­s ta­n na pra­ti­kṣe­pta­tvaṃ sa­rva­thā TAŚVA-ML 062,15vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­ttve ca svā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­sya su­na­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­sya ta­tsaṃ­prā­ptya­saṃ­prā­ptī va­stu­rū­pe si­ddhe TAŚVA-ML 062,16ta­ddhe­tu­ka­yo­ś ca pra­dhā­ne­ta­ra­bhā­va­yo­r va­stu­sā­ma­rthya­saṃ­bhū­ta­ta­nu­tvaṃ nā­si­ddhaṃ ya­ta­s ta­yo­r vā­sta­va­tvaṃ na sā­dha­ye­d i­ti | ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 062,17vi­va­kṣā cā­vi­va­kṣā ca na ni­rvi­ṣa­yā ye­na ta­dva­śā­d e­ka­tra va­stu­ny a­ne­ka­kā­ra­kā­tma­ka­tvaṃ na vya­va­ti­ṣṭhe­ta |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.32ni­raṃ­śa­sya ca ta­ttva­sya sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | nai­ka­sya bā­dhya­te '­ne­ka­kā­ra­ka­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 062,19nā­tmā­di­ta­ttve nā­nā­kā­ra­kā­tma­tā vā­sta­vī ta­sya ni­raṃ­śa­tvā­t­, ka­lpa­nā­mā­trā­d e­va ta­du­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti na TAŚVA-ML 062,20śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ | ba­hi­r aṃ­ta­r vā ni­raṃ­śa­sya sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvā­yo­gā­t | pa­ra­mā­ṇuḥ ka­tha­m a­rtha­kri­yā­kā­rī­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 062,21ta­syā­pi sāṃ­śa­tvā­t | na hi pa­ra­mā­ṇo­r aṃ­śa e­va nā­sti dvi­tī­yā­dyaṃ­śā­bhā­vā­n ni­ra­va­ya­va­tva­va­ca­nā­t | na ca TAŚVA-ML 062,22ya­thā pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r e­ka­pra­de­śā­mā­tra­s ta­thā­tmā­di­r a­pi śa­kyo va­ktuṃ sa­kṛ­nnā­nā­de­śa­vyā­pi­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­sya vi­bhu­tvā­n na TAŚVA-ML 062,23ta­dvi­ro­dha i­ti ce­t | vyā­ha­ta­m e­ta­t | vi­bhu­ś cai­ka­pra­de­śa­mā­tra­ś ce­ti na kiṃ­ci­t sa­ka­le­bhyo ṃ­śe­bhyo ni­rga­taṃ ta­ttvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 062,24nā­ma sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇā­go­ca­ra­tvā­t kha­ra­śṛṃ­ga­va­t | ya­dā tvaṃ­śā dha­rmā­s ta­dā te­bhyo ni­rga­ta ta­ttvaṃ na kiṃ­ci­t pra­tī­ti­go- TAŚVA-ML 062,25ca­ra­tā­m aṃ­ca­tī­ti sāṃ­śa­m e­va sa­rvaṃ ta­ttva­m a­nya­thā­rtha­kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­tra cā­ne­ka­kā­ra­ka­tva­m a­bā­dhi­ta­m a­ba­bu­ddhyā­ma­he TAŚVA-ML 062,26bhe­da­na­yā­śra­ya­ṇā­t | ta­thā ca da­rśa­nā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ sū­ktaṃ ka­rtrā­di­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.33pū­rvaṃ da­rśa­na­śa­bda­sya pra­yo­go '­bhyā­rhi­ta­tva­taḥ | a­lpā­kṣa­rā­d a­pi jñā­na­śa­bdā­d dvaṃ­dvo tra saṃ­ma­taḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 062,28da­rśa­naṃ ca jñā­naṃ ca cā­ri­traṃ ca da­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­ṇī­ti i­ta­re­ta­ra­yo­ge dvaṃ­dve sa­ti jñā­na­śa­bda­sya pū­rva- TAŚVA-ML 062,29ni­pā­ta­pra­sa­kti­r a­lpā­kṣa­ra­tvā­d i­ti na co­dyaṃ­, da­rśa­na­syā­bhya­rhi­ta­tve­na jñā­nā­t pū­rva­pra­yo­ga­sya saṃ­ma­ta­tvā­t | ku­to bhya­rho TAŚVA-ML 062,30da­rśa­na­sya na pu­na­r jñā­na­sya sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­si­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­na­sye­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.34jñā­na­sa­mya­ktva­he­tu­tvā­d a­bhya­rho da­rśa­na­sya hi | ta­da­bhā­ve ta­du­dbhū­te­r a­bhā­vā­d dū­ra­bha­vya­va­t |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 062,32i­da­m i­ha saṃ­pra­dhā­ryaṃ jñā­na­mā­tra­ni­baṃ­dha­nā sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­si­ddhiḥ sa­mya­gjñā­na­ni­baṃ­dha­nā vā ? na tā­va­d ā­dyaḥ pa­kṣaḥ TAŚVA-ML 062,33saṃ­śa­yā­di­jñā­na­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | sa­mya­gjñā­na­ni­baṃ­dha­nā ce­t­, ta­rhi jñā­na­sa­mya­ktva­sya da­rśa­na­he­tu­ka­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 062,34ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­m e­vā­bhya­rhi­taṃ | ta­da­bhā­ve jñā­na­sa­mya­ktva­syā­nu­dbhū­te­r dū­ra­bha­vya­sye­va | na ce­da­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 063,01vi­ka­la­m u­bha­yoḥ saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | na­nv i­da­m a­yu­ktaṃ ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­sya jñā­na­sa­mya­ktva­he­tu­tvaṃ da­rśa­na­sa­mya­gjñā­na­yo TAŚVA-ML 063,02sa­ha­ca­ra­tvā­t sa­vye­ta­ra­go­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­ddhe­tu­he­tu­ma­dbhā­vā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­syā­vi­rbhā­va­kā­le sa­mya­gjñā­na­syā­vi- TAŚVA-ML 063,03rbhā­vā­t ta­tta­ddhe­tu­r i­ti cā­saṃ­ga­taṃ­, sa­mya­gjñā­na­sya ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­he­tu­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ma­tyā­di­sa­mya­gjñā­na­syā­vi­rbhā­va­kā­la TAŚVA-ML 063,04e­va ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­syā­vi­rbhā­vā­t | ta­to na da­rśa­na­sya jñā­nā­d a­bhya­rhi­ta­tvaṃ jñā­na­sa­mya­ktva­he­tu­tvā­vya­sthi­te­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 063,05ka­ści­t | ta­d a­sa­t | a­bhi­hi­tā­na­va­bo­dhā­t | na hi sa­mya­gjñā­no­tpa­tti­he­tu­tvā­d da­rśa­na­syā­bhya­rho bhi­dhī­ya­te | kiṃ TAŚVA-ML 063,06ta­rhi ? jñā­na­sa­mya­gvya­pa­de­śa­he­tu­tvā­t | pū­rvaṃ hi da­rśa­no­tpa­tteḥ sā­kā­ra­gra­ha­ṇa­sya mi­thyā­jñā­na­vya­pa­de­śo mi­thyā­tva- TAŚVA-ML 063,07sa­ha­ca­ri­ta­tve­na ya­thā­, ta­thā da­rśa­na­mo­ho­pa­śa­mā­de­r da­rśa­no­tpa­ttau sa­mya­gjñā­na­vya­pa­de­śa i­ti | na­nv e­vaṃ sa­mya­gjñā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 063,08da­rśa­na­sa­mya­ktva­he­tu­tvā­d a­bhya­rho stu mi­thyā­jñā­na­sa­ha­ca­ri­ta­syā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­sya mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­vya­pa­de­śā­t | ma­tyā­di- TAŚVA-ML 063,09jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­n ma­tyā­di­jñā­no­tpa­ttau ta­sya sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­vya­pa­de­śā­t | na hi da­rśa­naṃ jñā­na­sya sa­mya­gvya- TAŚVA-ML 063,10pa­de­śa­ni­mi­ttaṃ na pu­na­r jñā­naṃ da­rśa­na­sya sa­ha­cā­ri­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti ce­t na | jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā da­rśa­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 063,11jñā­na­sa­mya­ktva­vya­pa­de­śa­he­tu­tva­si­ddheḥ | sa­ka­la­śru­ta­jñā­naṃ hi ke­va­la­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­jñā­na­va­t prā­gu­dbhū­ta­sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­syai­vā- TAŚVA-ML 063,12vi­rbha­va­ti na ma­tyā­di­jñā­na­sā­mā­nya­va­dda­rśa­na­sa­ha­cā­rī­ti si­ddhaṃ jñā­na­sa­mya­ktva­he­tu­tvaṃ da­rśa­na­sya jñā­nā­d a­bhya­rha- TAŚVA-ML 063,13sā­dha­naṃ | ta­to da­rśa­na­sya pū­rvaṃ pra­yo­gaḥ | ka­ści­d ā­ha­– | jñā­na­m a­bhya­rhi­taṃ ta­sya pra­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­ta­prā­ptau bha­vāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 063,14na tu da­rśa­naṃ ta­sya kṣā­yi­ka­syā­pi ni­ya­me­na bha­vāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­va­he­tu­tvā­bhā­vā­d i­ti | so pi cā­ri­tra­syā­bhya­rhi­ta­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 063,15bra­vī­tu ta­tpra­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­ta­prā­ptau bha­vāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­va­si­ddheḥ | ke­va­la­jñā­na­syā­naṃ­ta­tvā­c cā­ri­trā­d a­bhya­rho na tu cā­ri­tra­sya TAŚVA-ML 063,16mu­ktau ta­thā vya­pa­di­śya­mā­na­syā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t | ta­ta e­va kṣā­yi­ka­da­rśa­na­syā­bhya­rho stu mu­ktā­v a­pi sa­dbhā­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 063,17a­naṃ­ta­tva­si­ddheḥ | sā­kṣā­dbha­vāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­va­he­tu­tvā­bhā­vā­d da­rśa­na­sya ke­va­la­jñā­nā­d a­na­bhya­rhe ke­va­la­syā­py a­bhya­rho mā bhū­t ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 063,18e­va | na hi ta­tkā­lā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­ra­pe­kṣaṃ bha­vāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­va­kā­ra­ṇa­m a­yo­gi­ke­va­la­ca­ra­m a­sa­ma­ya­prā­pta­sya da­rśa­nā­di­tra­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 063,19sā­kṣā­nmo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­tve­na va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­taḥ sā­kṣā­tpa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā vā mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­pe­kṣa­yā da­rśa­nā­di­tra­ya­syā- TAŚVA-ML 063,20bhya­rhi­ta­tvaṃ sa­mā­na­m i­ti na ta­thā ka­sya­ci­d e­vā­bhya­rha­vya­va­sthā ye­na jñā­na­m e­vā­bhya­rhi­taṃ syā­t da­rśa­nā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 063,21vi­śi­ṣṭa­sa­mya­gjñā­na­he­tu­tve­nā­pi da­rśa­na­sya jñā­nā­d a­bhya­rhe sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­he­tu­tve­na jñā­na­sya da­rśa­nā­d a­bhya­rho stu śru­ta- TAŚVA-ML 063,22jñā­na­pū­rva­ka­tvā­d a­dhi­ga­ma­ja­sa­dda­rśa­na­sya­, ma­tya­va­dhi­jñā­na­pū­rva­ka­tvā­n ni­sa­rga­ja­sye­ti ce­n na | da­rśa­no­tpa­tteḥ pū­rvaṃ śru­ta­jñā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 063,23ma­tya­va­dhi­jñā­na­yo­r vā a­nā­vi­rbhā­vā­t | ma­tya­jñā­na­śru­tā­jñā­na­vi­bhaṃ­gā­jñā­na­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t pra­tha­ma­sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­sya | na ca TAŚVA-ML 063,24ta­thā ta­sya mi­thyā­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ sa­mya­gjñā­na­syā­pi mi­thyā­jñā­na­pū­rva­ka­sya mi­thyā­tva­pra­sa­kteḥ | sa­tya­jñā­na­ja­na­na­sa­ma­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 063,25n mi­thyā­jñā­nā­t sa­tya­jñā­na­tve­no­pa­ca­rya­mā­ṇā­d u­tpa­nnaṃ sa­tya­jñā­naṃ na mi­thyā­tvaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te mi­thyā­tva­kā­ra­ṇā­dṛ­ṣṭā­bhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 063,26d i­ti ce­t­, sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m a­pi tā­dṛ­śā­n mi­thyā­jñā­nā­d u­pa­jā­taṃ ka­thaṃ mi­thyā pra­sa­jya­te ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­sya da­rśa­na­mo­ho­da- TAŚVA-ML 063,27ya­syā­bhā­vā­t | sa­tya­jñā­naṃ mi­thyā­jñā­nā­naṃ­ta­raṃ na bha­va­ti ta­sya dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­naṃ­ta­ra­bhā­vi­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, sa­mya- TAŚVA-ML 063,28gda­rśa­na­m a­pi na mi­thyā­jñā­nā­naṃ­ta­ra­bhā­vi ta­syā­dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­naṃ­ta­ra­bhā­vi­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | mi­thyā­jñā­nā­naṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 063,29bhā­vi­tvā­bhā­ve ca sa­tya­jñā­na­sya sa­tya­jñā­nā­naṃ­ta­ra­bhā­vi­tvaṃ sa­tyā­sa­tya­jñā­na­pū­rva­ka­tvaṃ vā syā­t ? pra­tha­ma­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 063,30sa­tya­jñā­na­syā­nā­di­tva­pra­saṃ­go mi­thyā­jñā­na­saṃ­tā­na­sya cā­naṃ­ta­tva­pra­sa­kti­r i­ti pra­tī­ti­vi­ru­ddhaṃ sa­tye­ta­ra­jñā­na­pau­rvā­pa­rya- TAŚVA-ML 063,31da­rśa­na­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­m ā­yā­taṃ | dvi­tī­ya­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ tu sa­tya­jñā­no­tpa­tteḥ pū­rvaṃ sa­ka­la­jñā­na­śū­nya­syā­tma­no nā­tma­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 063,32nu­ṣaṃ­go du­rni­vā­ra­s ta­syo­pa­yo­ga­la­kṣa­ṇa­tve­na sā­dha­nā­t | sa cā­nu­pa­pa­nna e­vā­tma­naḥ pra­si­ddhe­r i­ti mi­thyā­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 063,33pū­rva­ka­m a­pi sa­tya­jñā­naṃ kiṃ­ci­d a­bhyu­pe­yaṃ | ta­dva­tsa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m a­pi i­ty a­nu­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ | kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­sya kṣā­yi­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 063,34ca da­rśa­na­sya sa­tya­jñā­na­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t sa­tya­jñā­naṃ da­rśa­nā­d a­bhya­rhi­ta­m i­ti ca na co­dyaṃ­, pra­tha­ma­sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­syau­pa­śa­mi- TAŚVA-ML 063,35ka­sya sa­tya­jñā­nā­bhā­ve pi bhā­vā­t | nai­vaṃ kiṃ­ci­t sa­mya­gve­da­naṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­bhā­ve bha­va­ti | pra­tha­maṃ bha­va­ty e­ve­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 064,01na­, ta­syā­pi sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­sa­ha­cā­ri­tvā­t | ta­rhi pra­tha­ma­m a­pi sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ na sa­mya­gjñā­nā­bhā­ve sti ta­sya sa­tya- TAŚVA-ML 064,02jñā­na­sa­ha­cā­ri­tvā­d i­ti na sa­tya­jñā­na­pū­rva­ka­tva­m a­vyā­pi da­rśa­na­sya­, sa­tya­jñā­na­sya­, da­rśa­na­pū­rva­ka­tva­va­t­, ta­taḥ pra­kṛ­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 064,03co­dya­m e­ve­ti ce­n na | pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­da­rśa­na­jñā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā da­rśa­na­syā­bhya­rhi­ta­tva­va­ca­nā­d u­kto­tta­ra­tvā­t | na hi kṣā­yi­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 064,04da­rśa­naṃ ke­va­la­jñā­na­pū­rva­kaṃ ye­na ta­tkṛ­tā­bhya­rhi­taṃ syā­t | a­naṃ­ta­bha­va­pra­hā­ṇa­he­tu­tvā­d vā sa­dda­rśa­na­syā­bhya­rhaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.35vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­na­taḥ pū­rva­bhā­vā­c cā­syā­stu pū­rva­vā­k | ta­thai­va jñā­na­śa­bda­sya cā­ri­trā­t prā­k pra­va­rta­na­m |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 064,06ya­d ya­t kā­la­ta­yā vya­va­sthi­taṃ ta­tta­thai­va pra­yo­kta­vya­m ā­rṣā­n nyā­yā­d i­ti kṣā­yi­ka­jñā­nā­tpū­rva­kā­la­ta­yā­va­sthi­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 064,07da­rśa­naṃ pū­rva­m u­cya­te­, cā­ri­trā­c ca sa­mu­cchi­nna­kri­yā­ni­va­rti­dhyā­na­la­kṣa­ṇā­t sa­ka­la­ka­rma­kṣa­ya­ni­baṃ­dha­nā­t sa­sā­ma­grī­kā­t TAŚVA-ML 064,08prā­kkā­la­ta­yo­dbha­vā­t sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ ta­taḥ pū­rva­m i­ti ni­ra­va­dyo da­rśa­nā­di­pra­yo­ga­kra­maḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.36pra­tye­kaṃ sa­mya­g i­ty e­ta­tpa­daṃ pa­ri­sa­mā­pya­te | da­rśa­nā­di­ṣu niḥ­śe­ṣa­vi­pa­ryā­sa­ni­vṛ­tta­ye |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 064,10sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ sa­mya­kcā­ri­tra­m i­ti pra­tye­ka­pa­ri­sa­mā­ptyā sa­mya­g i­ti pa­daṃ saṃ­ba­dhya­te pra­tye­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 064,11da­rśa­nā­di­ṣu niḥ­śe­ṣa­vi­pa­ryā­sa­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­tvā­t ta­sya | ta­tra da­rśa­ne vi­pa­ryā­sa­mau­ḍhyā­da­yo mi­thyā­tva­bhe­dāḥ TAŚVA-ML 064,12śaṃ­kā­da­ya­ś cā­tī­cā­rā va­kṣya­mā­ṇāḥ­, saṃ­jñā­ne saṃ­śa­yā­da­yaḥ­, sa­ccā­ri­tre mā­yā­da­yaḥ­, pra­ti­cā­ri­tra­vi­śe­ṣa­m a­tī­cā­rā­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 064,13ya­thā­saṃ­bha­vi­naḥ pra­tye­yāḥ | te­ṣu sa­tsu da­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ sa­mya­ktvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­d e­vaṃ sa­ka­la­sū­trā­va­ya­va­vyā­khyā­ne TAŚVA-ML 064,14ta­tsa­mu­dā­ya­vyā­khyā­nā­t sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­ṇi mo­kṣa­mā­rgo ve­di­ta­vya i­ti vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | ta­tra ki­m a­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 064,15sā­mā­nya­to mo­kṣa­sya mā­rga­s tra­yā­tma­kaḥ sū­tra­kā­ra­ma­ta­m ā­rū­ḍhaḥ kiṃ vā vi­śe­ṣa­ta ? i­ti śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.37ta­tsa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­dī­ni mo­kṣa­mā­rgo vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | sū­tra­kā­ra­ma­tā­rū­ḍho na tu sā­mā­nya­taḥ sthi­taḥ |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.38kā­lā­de­r a­pi ta­ddhe­tu­sā­mā­nya­syā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | sa­rva­kā­rya­ja­nau ta­sya vyā­pā­rā­d a­nya­thā­sthi­teḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 064,18sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yā hi sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­di­tra­yā­tma­kaṃ mo­kṣa­mā­rga­m ā­ca­kṣā­ṇo na sa­ka­la­mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­saṃ­gra­ha­pa­raḥ TAŚVA-ML 064,19syā­t kā­lā­dī­nā­m a­va­ca­nā­t | na ca kā­lā­da­yo mo­kṣa­syo­tpa­ttau na vyā­pri­yaṃ­te sa­rva­kā­rya­ja­na­ne te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 064,20vyā­pā­rā­t­, ta­tra vyā­pā­re vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­dī­ny e­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­n na kā­lā­dī­nā­m a- TAŚVA-ML 064,21saṃ­gra­ha­s ta­dā sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ mo­kṣa­mā­rga i­ti va­kta­vyaṃ­, sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m e­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d e­va jñā­nā­dī­nāṃ kā­lā­dī- TAŚVA-ML 064,22nā­m i­va saṃ­gra­ha­si­ddhe­s ta­tta­dva­ca­nā­d vi­śe­ṣa­kā­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yā­yaṃ tra­yā­tma­ko mo­kṣa­mā­rgaḥ sū­tri­ta i­ti bu­ddhyā­ma­he | TAŚV-ML 1.1.39pū­rvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ te­na kā­ryaṃ nā­nyā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m | ya­thai­va tā­ni mo­kṣa­sya mā­rga­s ta­dva­d dhi saṃ­va­daḥ |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 064,24sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­ṇy e­va mo­kṣa­mā­rga i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ hi kā­rya­m a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­rde­śā­d e­vā­nya­thā ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 064,25gha­ṭa­nā­t | tā­ni mo­kṣa­mā­rga e­ve­ti tu nā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ka­rta­vyaṃ te­ṣāṃ sva­rgā­dya­bhyu­da­ya­mā­rga­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | na ca TAŚVA-ML 064,26tā­ny a­bhyu­da­ya­mā­rgo ne­ti śa­kyaṃ va­ktuṃ sa­dda­rśa­nā­deḥ sva­rgā­di­prā­pti­śra­va­ṇā­t | pra­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­ta­prā­ptā­ni tā­ni TAŚVA-ML 064,27nā­bhyu­da­ya­mā­rga i­ti ce­t­, si­ddhaṃ ta­rhy a­pa­kṛ­ṣṭā­nāṃ te­ṣā­m a­bhyu­da­ya­mā­rga­tva­m­, i­ti no­tta­rā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ nyā­yyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 064,28vya­va­hā­rā­t | ni­śca­ya­na­yā­t tū­bha­yā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­pī­ṣṭa­m e­va­, a­naṃ­ta­ra­sa­ma­ya­ni­rvā­ṇa­ja­na­na­sa­ma­rthā­nā­m e­va sa­dda­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 064,29mo­kṣa­mā­rga­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ pa­re­ṣā­m a­nu­kū­la­mā­rga­tā­vya­va­sthā­nā­t | e­te­na mo­kṣa­syai­va mā­rgo mo­kṣa­sya mā­rga e­ve­ty u­bha­yā­va- TAŚVA-ML 064,30dhā­ra­ṇa­m i­ṣṭaṃ pra­tyā­ya­nī­ya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.40pū­rvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇe pya­tra ta­po mo­kṣa­sya kā­ra­ṇa­m | na syā­d i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ ta­sya ca­ryā­tma­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 064,32na hy a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇā­bhi­dhi­tsā­yā­m a­pi vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­t sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­dī­ny e­va mo­kṣa­mā­rga i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ śre­ya­sta- TAŚVA-ML 064,33pa­so mo­kṣa­mā­rga­tvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca ta­po mo­kṣa­syā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ na bha­va­ti ta­syai­vo­tkṛ­ṣṭa­syā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 064,34sa­mu­cchi­nna­kri­yā­pra­ti­pā­ti­dhyā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya kṛ­tsna­ka­rma­vi­pra­mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­tra- TAŚVA-ML 065,01ta­pāṃ­si mo­kṣa­mā­rga i­ti sū­tre kri­ya­mā­ṇe tu yu­jye­ta pū­rvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ | a­nu­tpa­nna­tā­dṛ­kta­po­vi­śe­ṣa­sya ca sa­yo­ga- TAŚVA-ML 065,02ke­va­li­naḥ sa­mu­tpa­nna­ra­tna­tra­ya­syā­pi dha­rma­de­śa­nā na vi­ru­dhya­te '­va­sthā­na­sya si­ddheḥ | ta­taḥ sa­ka­la­co­dyā­va­tā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 065,03ni­vṛ­tta­ye ca­tu­ṣṭa­yaṃ mo­kṣa­mā­rgo va­kta­vyaḥ | ta­d u­ktaṃ | da­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­ta­pa­sā­m ā­rā­dha­nā bha­ṇi­te­ti ke­ci­t | TAŚVA-ML 065,04ta­d a­py a­co­dyaṃ­, ta­pa­sa­ś cā­ri­trā­tma­ka­tve­na vya­va­sthā­nā­t sa­dda­rśa­nā­di­tra­ya­syai­va mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.41na­nu ra­tna­tra­ya­syai­va mo­kṣa­he­tu­tva­sū­ca­ne | kiṃ vā­rha­taḥ kṣa­ṇā­d ū­rdhvaṃ mu­ktiṃ saṃ­pā­da­ye­n na ta­t |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 065,06prā­g e­ve­daṃ co­di­taṃ pa­ri­hṛ­taṃ ca na pu­naḥ śaṃ­ka­nī­ya­m i­ti ce­t na­, pa­ri­hā­rāṃ­ta­ro­pa­da­rśa­nā­rtha­tvā­t pu­na­ś co­dya- TAŚVA-ML 065,07ka­ra­ṇa­sya | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.42sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­sya bhā­vi­naḥ | ta­dai­vā­sa­ttva­to ne­ti sphu­ṭaṃ ke­ci­t pra­ca­kṣa­te |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 065,09kaḥ pu­na­r a­sau sa­ha­kā­rī saṃ­pū­rṇe­nā­pi ra­tna­tra­ye­ṇā­pe­kṣya­te ? ya­da­bhā­vā­t ta­nmu­kti­m a­rha­to na saṃ­pā­da­ye­t­; i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.43sa tu śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣaḥ syā­j jī­va­syā­ghā­ti­ka­rma­ṇā­m | nā­mā­dī­nāṃ tra­yā­ṇāṃ hi ni­rja­rā­kṛ­d dhi ni­ści­taḥ |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 065,11daṃ­ḍa­ka­pā­ṭa­pra­ta­ra­lo­ka­pū­ra­ṇa­kri­yā­nu­me­yo '­pa­ka­rṣa­ṇa­pa­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­saṃ­kra­ma­ṇa­he­tu­r vā bha­ga­va­taḥ sva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣaḥ śa­kti- TAŚVA-ML 065,12vi­śe­ṣaḥ so ṃ­ta­raṃ­gaḥ sa­ha­kā­rī ni­śre­ya­so­tpa­ttau ra­tna­tra­ya­sya­, ta­da­bhā­ve nā­mā­dya­ghā­ti­ka­rma­tra­ya­sya ni­rja­rā­nu­pa­pa­tte- TAŚVA-ML 065,13r niḥ­śre­ya­sā­nu­tpa­tteḥ | ā­yu­ṣa­s tu ya­thā­kā­la­m a­nu­bha­vā­d e­va ni­rja­rā na pu­na­r u­pa­kra­mā­t ta­syā­na­pa­va­rtya­tvā­t | ta­da­pe­kṣaṃ TAŚVA-ML 065,14kṣā­yi­ka­ra­tna­tra­yaṃ sa­yo­ga­ke­va­li­naḥ pra­tha­ma­sa­ma­ye mu­ktiṃ na saṃ­pā­da­ya­ty e­va ta­dā ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­ṇo '­sa­ttvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.44kṣā­yi­ka­tvā­n na sā­pe­kṣa­m a­rha­d ra­tna­tra­yaṃ ya­di | ki­n na kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­sya dṛ­kcā­ri­tre ta­thā ma­te |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.45ke­va­lā­pe­kṣi­ṇī te hi ya­thā ta­dva­c ca ta­ttra­ya­m | sa­ha­kā­ri­vya­pe­kṣaṃ syā­t kṣā­yi­ka­tve na­pe­kṣi­tā |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 065,17na kṣā­yi­ka­tve pi ra­tna­tra­ya­sya sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ '­kṣā­yi­ka­bhā­vā­nāṃ na hā­ni­r nā­pi vṛ­ddhi­r i­ti pra­va­ca­ne­na TAŚVA-ML 065,18bā­dhya­te­, kṣā­yi­ka­tve ni­ra­pe­kṣa­tva­va­ca­nā­t | kṣā­yi­ko hi bhā­vaḥ sa­ka­la­sva­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kṣa­yā­d ā­vi­rbhū­to nā­tma­lā­bhe TAŚVA-ML 065,19kiṃ­ci­d a­pe­kṣa­te­' ye­na ta­da­bhā­ve ta­sya hā­ni­s ta­tpra­ka­rṣe ca vṛ­ddhi­r i­ti | ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dha­pa­raṃ pra­va­ca­naṃ kṛ­tsna­ka­rma­kṣa­ya­ka­ra­ṇe TAŚVA-ML 065,20sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ ka­thaṃ bā­dha­te ? na ca kṣā­yi­ka­tvaṃ ta­tra ta­da­na­pe­kṣa­tve­na vyā­ptaṃ­, kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­da­rśa­na­cā­ri­tra­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 065,21kṣā­yi­ka­tve pi mu­ktyu­tpā­da­ne ke­va­lā­pe­kṣi­tva­sya su­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t | tā­bhyāṃ ta­dbā­dha­ka­he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | ta­to sti TAŚVA-ML 065,22sa­ha­kā­rī ta­dra­tna­tra­ya­syā­pe­kṣa­ṇī­yo yu­ktyā­ga­mā­vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.46na ca te­na vi­ru­dhye­ta trai­vi­dhyaṃ mo­kṣa­va­rtma­naḥ | vi­śi­ṣṭa­kā­la­yu­kta­sya ta­ttra­ya­syai­va śa­kti­taḥ |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 065,24kṣā­yi­ka­ra­tna­tra­ya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­to hy ā­tmai­va kṣā­yi­ka­ra­tna­tra­yaṃ ta­sya vi­śi­ṣṭa­kā­lā­pe­kṣaḥ śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣaḥ ta­to TAŚVA-ML 065,25'­nā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ye­na ta­tsa­hi­ta­sya da­rśa­nā­di­tra­ya­sya mo­kṣa­va­rtma­na­s trai­vi­dhyaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.47te­nā­yo­gi­ji­na­syāṃ­tya­kṣa­ṇa­va­rti pra­kī­rti­ta­m | ra­tna­tra­ya­m a­śe­ṣā­gha­vi­ghā­ta­ka­ra­ṇaṃ dhru­va­m |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.48ta­to nā­nyo sti mo­kṣa­sya sā­kṣā­n mā­rgo vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | pū­rvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ye­na na vya­va­sthā­m i­ya­rti naḥ |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 065,28na­nv e­va­m a­py a­va­dhā­ra­ṇe ta­de­kāṃ­tā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga i­ti ce­t­, nā­ya­m a­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m u­pā­laṃ­bho na­yā­rpa­ṇā­d e­kāṃ­ta­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 065,29pra­mā­ṇā­rpa­ṇā­d e­vā­ne­kāṃ­ta­sya vya­va­sthi­teḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.49jñā­nā­d e­vā­śa­rī­ra­tva­si­ddhi­r i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m | sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­pe­kṣa­yā­stv i­ti ke­ca­na |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 065,31ta­ttva­jñā­na­m e­va niḥ­śre­ya­sa­he­tu­r i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­stu sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­sya ta­syai­va niḥ­śre­ya­sa­saṃ­pā­da­na­sa­ma­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 065,32tvā­t | ta­thā sa­ti sa­mu­tpa­nna­ta­ttva­jñā­na­sya yo­gi­naḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­ni­dhā­nā­t pū­rvaṃ sthi­tyu­pa­pa­tte­r u­pa­de­śa- TAŚVA-ML 065,33pra­vṛ­tte­r a­vi­ro­dhā­t­, ta­da­rthaṃ ra­tna­tra­ya­sya mu­kti­he­tu­tva­ka­lpa­nā­na­rtha­kyā­t­, ta­tka­lpa­ne pi sa­ha­kā­rya­pe­kṣa­ṇa­syā­va­śyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 065,34bhā­vi­tvā­t­, ta­ttra­ya­m e­va mu­kti­he­tu­r i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ mā bhū­d i­ti ke­ci­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.50te­ṣāṃ pha­lo­pa­bho­ge­na pra­kṣa­yaḥ ka­rma­ṇāṃ ma­taḥ | sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣo sya nā­sau cā­ri­tra­taḥ pṛ­tha­k |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 066,02ta­ttva­jñā­nā­n mi­thyā­jñā­na­sya sa­ha­ja­syā­hā­rya­sya cā­ne­ka­pra­kā­ra­sya pra­ti­pra­me­yaṃ de­śā­di­bhe­dā­d u­dbha­va­taḥ pra­kṣa­yā­t ta­ddhe- TAŚVA-ML 066,03tu­ka­do­ṣa­ni­vṛ­tteḥ pra­vṛ­ttya­bhā­vā­d a­nā­ga­ta­sya ja­nma­no ni­ro­dhā­d u­pā­tta­ja­nma­na­ś ca prā­kṛ­ta­dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ pha­la­bho­ge­na TAŚVA-ML 066,04pra­kṣa­ya­ṇā­t sa­ka­la­duḥ­kha­ni­vṛ­tti­r ā­tyaṃ­ti­kī mu­ktiḥ­, duḥ­kha­ja­nma­nāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­do­ṣa­mi­thyā­jñā­nā­nā­m u­tta­ro­tta­rā­pā­ye TAŚVA-ML 066,05ta­da­naṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­n niḥ­śre­ya­sa­m i­ti kai­ści­d va­ca­nā­t­, sā­kṣā­tkā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo­pa­la­bdhe­s ta­ttva­jñā­nā­n niḥ­śre­ya­sa­m i­ty a­pa­raiḥ TAŚVA-ML 066,06pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­, jñā­ne­na cā­pa­va­rga i­ty a­nyai­r a­bhi­dhā­nā­t­, vi­dyā­ta e­vā­vi­dyā­saṃ­skā­rā­di­kṣa­yā­n ni­rvā­ṇa­m i­tī­ta­rai- TAŚVA-ML 066,07r a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­, pha­lo­pa­bho­ge­na saṃ­ci­ta­ka­rma­ṇāṃ pra­kṣa­yaḥ sa­mya­gjñā­na­sya mu­ktyu­tpa­ttau sa­ha­kā­rī jñā­na­mā­trā­tma­ka­mo­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 066,08kā­ra­ṇa­vā­di­nā­m i­ṣṭo na pu­na­r a­nyo '­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaḥ ka­ści­t | sa ca pha­lo­pa­bho­go ya­thā­kā­la­m u­pa­kra­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­d vā TAŚVA-ML 066,09ka­rma­ṇāṃ syā­t ? na tā­va­d ā­dyaḥ pa­kṣa i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.51bho­ktuḥ pha­lo­pa­bho­go hi ya­thā­kā­laṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te | ta­dā ka­rma­kṣa­yaḥ kvā­taḥ ka­lpa­ko­ṭi­śa­tai­r a­pi |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 066,11na hi ta­jja­nma­ny u­pā­tta­yo­r dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ ja­nmāṃ­ta­ra­pha­la­dā­na­sa­ma­rtha­yo­r ya­thā­kā­laṃ pha­lo­pa­bho­ge­na ja­nmāṃ­ta­rā­dṛ­te TAŚVA-ML 066,12ka­lpa­ko­ṭi­śa­tai­r a­py ā­tyaṃ­ti­kaḥ kṣa­yaḥ ka­rtuṃ śa­kyo vi­ro­dhā­t | ja­nmāṃ­ta­re śa­kya i­ti ce­n na­, sā­kṣā­du­tpa­nna- TAŚVA-ML 066,13sa­ka­la­ta­ttva­jñā­na­sya ja­nmāṃ­ta­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | na ca ta­sya ta­jja­nma­pha­la­dā­na­sa­ma­rtha­tve ca dha­rmā­dha­rmau prā­du­rbha­va­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 066,14śa­kyaṃ va­ktuṃ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | ta­jja­nma­ni mo­kṣā­rha­sya ku­ta­ści­d a­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­d dha­rmā­dha­rmau ta­jja­nma­pha­la­dā­na­sa­ma­rthau TAŚVA-ML 066,15prā­du­rbha­va­taḥ ta­jja­nma­mo­kṣā­rha­dha­rmā­dha­rma­tvā­d i­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ he­to­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttya­bhā­vā­t | yau ja­nmāṃ­ta­ra­pha­la­dā­na- TAŚVA-ML 066,16sa­ma­rthau tau na ta­jja­nma­mo­kṣā­rha­dha­rmā­dha­rmau ya­thā­sma­dā­di­dha­rmā­dha­rmau i­ty a­sty e­va sā­dhyā­bhā­ve sā­dha­na­syā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 066,17ce­t­, syā­d e­vaṃ­, ya­di ta­jja­nma­mo­kṣā­rha­dha­rmā­dha­rma­tvaṃ ja­nmāṃ­ta­ra­pha­la­dā­na­sa­ma­rtha­tve­na vi­ru­dhye­ta­, nā­nya­thā | ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 066,18te­nā­vi­ro­dhe ta­jja­nma­ni mo­kṣā­rha­syā­pi mo­kṣā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­d vi­ru­dhya­ta e­ve­ti ce­t na­, ta­sya ja­nmāṃ­ta­re­ṣu pha­la­dā­na- TAŚVA-ML 066,19sa­ma­rtha­yo­r a­pi dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r u­pa­kra­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­t pha­lo­pa­bho­ge­na pra­kṣa­ye mo­kṣo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ya­di pu­na­r na ya­thā­kā­laṃ TAŚVA-ML 066,20ta­jja­nma­mo­kṣā­rha­sya dha­rmā­dha­rmau ta­jja­nma­ni pha­la­dā­na­sa­ma­rthau sā­dhye­te­, kiṃ ta­rhy u­pa­kra­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­d e­va saṃ­ci­ta­ka­rma­ṇāṃ TAŚVA-ML 066,21pha­lo­pa­bho­ge­na pra­kṣa­ya ? i­ti pa­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­m ā­yā­ta­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.52vi­śi­ṣṭo­pa­kra­mā­d e­va ma­ta­ś ce­t so pi ta­ttva­taḥ | sa­mā­dhi­r e­va saṃ­bhā­vya­ś cā­ri­trā­tme­ti no ma­ta­m |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 066,23ya­smā­d u­pa­kra­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­t ka­rma­ṇāṃ pha­lo­pa­bho­go yo­gi­no '­bhi­ma­taḥ sa sa­mā­dhi­r e­va ta­ttva­taḥ saṃ­bhā­vya­te­, sa­mā­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 066,24v u­tthā­pi­ta­dha­rma­ja­ni­tā­yā­m ṛ­ddhau nā­nā­śa­rī­rā­di­ni­rmā­ṇa­dvā­re­ṇa saṃ­ci­ta­ka­rma­pha­lā­nu­bha­va­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t | sa­mā­dhi­ś cā­ri­trā­tma­ka TAŚVA-ML 066,25e­ve­ti cā­ri­trā­n mu­kti­si­ddheḥ si­ddhaṃ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ ma­taṃ sa­mya­ktva­jñā­nā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­c cā­ri­tra­sya |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.53sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ ce­t sa­mā­dhiḥ sā vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā | ta­sya ka­rma­pha­la­dhvaṃ­sa­śa­kti­r nā­māṃ­ta­raṃ na­nu |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.54mi­thyā­bhi­mā­na­ni­rmu­kti­r jñā­na­sye­ṣṭaṃ hi da­rśa­na­m | jñā­na­tvaṃ cā­rtha­vi­jñā­pti­ś ca­ryā­tvaṃ ka­rma­haṃ­tṛ­tā |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.55śa­kti­tra­yā­tma­kā­d e­va sa­mya­gjñā­nā­d a­de­ha­tā | si­ddhā ra­tna­tra­yā­d e­va te­ṣāṃ nā­māṃ­ta­ro­di­tā­t |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 066,29sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­ṇi mo­kṣa­mā­rgaḥ­, sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ mi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­mi­thyā­ca­ra­ṇā­bhā­va­vi­śi­ṣṭa­m i­ti vā na TAŚVA-ML 066,30ka­ści­d a­rtha­bhe­daḥ­, pra­kri­yā­mā­tra­sya bhe­dā­n nā­māṃ­ta­ra­ka­ra­ṇā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.56e­te­na jñā­na­vai­rā­gyā­n mu­kti­prā­ptya­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m | na syā­dvā­da­vi­ghā­tā­ye­ty u­ktaṃ bo­ddha­vya­m aṃ­ja­sā |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 066,32ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ mi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­ra­hi­taṃ sa­dda­rśa­na­m a­nvā­ka­rṣa­ti­, vai­rā­gyaṃ tu cā­ri­tra­m e­ve­ti ra­tna­tra­yā­d e­va mu­kti­r i­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 066,33va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ba­lā­d a­va­sthi­taṃ | "­duḥ­khe vi­pa­ryā­sa­ma­ti­stṛ­ṣṇā vā baṃ­dha­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | ja­nmi­no ya­sya te na sto na sa TAŚVA-ML 066,34ja­nmā­dhi­ga­ccha­tī­" ty a­py a­rha­nma­ta­sa­mā­śra­ya­ṇa­m e­vā­ne­na ni­ga­di­taṃ­; da­rśa­na­jñā­na­yoḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­dā­n ma­tāṃ­ta­rā­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.57na cā­tra sa­rva­thai­ka­tvaṃ jñā­na­da­rśa­na­yo­s ta­thā | ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­saṃ­si­ddhi­r la­kṣa­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 067,02na hi bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ bhi­nna­saṃ­jñā­saṃ­khyā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­tvaṃ vā ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­daṃ vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti­; te­jo ṃ­bha­so­r bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­r e­ka- TAŚVA-ML 067,03pu­dga­la­dra­vyā­tma­ka­tve pi pa­ryā­yā­rtha­to bhe­da­pra­tī­teḥ­; śa­kra­pu­raṃ­da­rā­di­saṃ­jñā­bhe­di­no de­va­rā­jā­rtha­syai­ka­tve pi śa­ka­na­pū­rdā- TAŚVA-ML 067,04ra­ṇā­di­pa­ryā­ya­to bhe­da­ni­śca­yā­t­; ja­la­m ā­pa i­ti bhi­nna­saṃ­khya­sya to­ya­dra­vya­syai­ka­tve pi śa­ktyai­ka­tva­nā­nā­tva­pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 067,05ya­to bhe­da­syā­pra­ti­ha­ta­tvā­t­, spa­ṣṭā­spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­sa­vi­ṣa­ya­sya pā­da­pa­syai­ka­tve pi ta­thā­grā­hya­tva­pa­ryā­yā­rthā­d e­śā­n nā­nā­tva- TAŚVA-ML 067,06vya­va­sthi­teḥ | a­nya­thā sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­bhe­dā­si­ddheḥ sa­rva­m e­ka­m ā­sa­jye­ta | i­ti kva­ci­t ka­sya­ci­t ku­ta­ści­d bhe­daṃ sā­dha­ya­tā TAŚVA-ML 067,07la­kṣa­ṇā­di­bhe­dā­d da­rśa­na­jñā­na­yo­r a­pi bhe­do bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.58ta­ta e­va na cā­ri­traṃ jñā­naṃ tā­dā­tmya­m ṛ­ccha­ti | pa­ryā­yā­rtha­pra­dhā­na­tva­vi­va­kṣā­to mu­ne­r i­ha |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 067,09na jñā­naṃ cā­ri­trā­tma­ka­m e­va ta­to bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d da­rśa­na­va­d i­ty a­tra na sva­si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhaḥ pa­ryā­yā­rtha­pra­dhā­na- TAŚVA-ML 067,10tva­sye­ha sū­tre sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.59dra­vyā­rtha­sya pra­dhā­na­tva­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ tu ta­ttva­taḥ | bha­ve­d ā­tmai­va saṃ­sā­ro mo­kṣa­s ta­ddhe­tu­r e­va ca |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.60ta­thā ca sū­tra­kā­ra­sya kva ta­dbhe­do­pa­de­śa­nā | dra­vyā­rtha­syā­py a­śu­ddha­syā­vāṃ­ta­rā­bhe­da­saṃ­śra­yā­t |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 067,13ya­thā sa­ma­stai­kya­saṃ­gra­ho dra­vyā­rthi­kaḥ śu­ddha­s ta­thā­vāṃ­ta­rai­kya­gra­ho py a­śu­ddha i­ti ta­dvi­va­kṣā­yāṃ saṃ­sā­ra­mo­kṣa­ta­du- TAŚVA-ML 067,14pā­yā­nāṃ bhe­dā­pra­si­ddhe­r ā­tma­dra­vya­syai­vai­ka­sya vya­va­sthā­nā­t ta­dbhe­da­de­śa­nā kva vya­va­ti­ṣṭhe­ta ? ta­taḥ sai­va sū­tra­kā­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 067,15pa­ryā­yā­rtha­pra­dhā­na­tva­vi­va­kṣāṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­, tā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa bhe­da­de­śa­nā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ye tu da­rśa­na­jñā­na­yo­r jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­yo­r vā TAŚVA-ML 067,16sa­rva­thai­ka­tvaṃ pra­ti­pa­dyaṃ­te te kā­lā­bhe­dā­d de­śā­bhe­dā­t sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­d vā ? ga­tyaṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­t | na cai­te sa­ddhe­ta­vo TAŚVA-ML 067,17'­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvā­d vi­ru­ddha­tvā­c ce­ti ni­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.61kā­lā­bhe­dā­d a­bhi­nna­tvaṃ ta­yo­r e­kāṃ­ta­to ya­di | ta­dai­ka­kṣa­ṇa­vṛ­ttī­nā­m a­rthā­nāṃ bhi­nna­tā ku­taḥ |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.62de­śā­bhe­dā­d a­bhe­da­ś ce­t kā­lā­kā­śā­di­bhi­nna­tā | sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­c ce­t ta­ta e­vā­stu bhi­nna­tā |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.63sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­da­yā vi­nā | nī­la­to­tpa­la­tā­dī­nāṃ jā­tu kva­ci­d a­da­rśa­nā­t |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 067,21na hi nī­la­to­tpa­la­tvā­dī­nā­m e­ka­dra­vya­vṛ­tti­ta­yā sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇo­pa­pa­dya­te­, ye­nai­ka­jī­va- TAŚVA-ML 067,22dra­vya­vṛ­tti­tve­na da­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ ta­thā­bhe­da­sā­dha­nā­d vi­ru­ddhaṃ na syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.64mi­thyā­śra­ddhā­na­vi­jñā­na­ca­ryā­vi­cchi­tti­la­kṣa­ṇa­m | kā­ryaṃ bhi­nnaṃ dṛ­gā­dī­nāṃ nai­kāṃ­tā­bhi­di saṃ­bha­vi |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 067,24sa­dda­rśa­na­sya hi kā­ryaṃ mi­thyā­śra­ddhā­na­vi­cchi­ttiḥ­, saṃ­jñā­na­sya mi­thyā­jñā­na­vi­cchi­ttiḥ­, sa­ccā­ri­tra­sya mi­thyā- TAŚVA-ML 067,25ca­ra­ṇa­vi­cchi­tti­r i­ti ca bhi­nnā­ni da­rśa­nā­dī­ni bhi­nna­kā­rya­tvā­t su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­va­t | pā­va­kā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 067,26ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi sva­bhā­va­bhe­da­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa dā­ha­pā­kā­dya­ne­ka­kā­rya­kā­ri­tvā­yo­gā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.1.65dṛ­ṅmo­ha­vi­ga­ma­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­dhvaṃ­sa­vṛ­tta­mu­ṭ­– | saṃ­kṣa­yā­tma­ka­he­to­ś ca bhe­da­s ta­dbhi­di si­ddhya­ti |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 067,28da­rśa­na­mo­ha­vi­ga­ma­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­dhvaṃ­sa­vṛ­tta­mo­ha­saṃ­kṣa­yā­tma­kā he­ta­vo da­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ bhe­da­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa na hi pa­ra­spa­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 067,29bhi­nnā gha­ṭaṃ­te ye­na ta­dbhe­dā­t te­ṣāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­do na si­ddhye­t | ca­kṣu­rā­dya­ne­ka­kā­ra­ṇe­nai­ke­na rū­pa­jñā­ne­na vya­bhi­cā­rī TAŚVA-ML 067,30kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­do bhi­di sā­dhyā­yā­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­ne­ka­sva­rū­pa­tva­si­ddheḥ | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā bhi­nna­ya­vā­di­vī­ja­kā­ra­ṇā TAŚVA-ML 067,31ya­vāṃ­ku­rā­da­yaḥ si­ddhye­yuḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­bhi­nnāḥ | na cai­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­ṣpā­dye kā­ryai­ka­sva­rū­pe kā­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­raṃ pra­va­rta­mā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 067,32sa­pha­laṃ | sa­ha­kā­ri­tvā­t sa­pha­la­m i­ti ce­t­, kiṃ pu­na­r i­daṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇa­m a­nu­pa­kā­ra­ka­m a­pe­kṣa­ṇī­yaṃ ? ta­du­pā­dā­na­syo- TAŚVA-ML 067,33TAŚVA-ML 068,01pa­kā­ra­kaṃ ta­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | sā­kṣā­tkā­rye vyā­pri­ya­mā­ṇa­m u­pā­dā­ne­na sa­ha ta­tka­ra­ṇa­śī­laṃ TAŚVA-ML 068,02hi sa­ha­kā­ri­, na pu­naḥ kā­ra­ṇa­m u­pa­ku­rvā­ṇaṃ | ta­sya kā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­tve­nā­nu­kū­la­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi sa­ha­kā­ri- TAŚVA-ML 068,03sā­dhya­rū­pa­to­pā­dā­na­sā­dhya­rū­pa­tā­yāḥ pa­rā pra­si­ddhā kā­rya­sye­ti na kiṃ­ci­d a­ne­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­m e­ka­sva­bhā­vaṃ­, ye­na he­to­r vya- TAŚVA-ML 068,04bhi­cā­ri­tvā­d da­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ sva­bhā­va­bhe­do na si­ddhye­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.66te­ṣāṃ pū­rva­sya lā­bhe pi bhā­jya­tvā­d u­tta­ra­sya ca | nai­kāṃ­te­nai­ka­tā yu­ktā ha­rṣā­ma­rṣā­di­bhe­da­va­t |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 068,06na ce­da­m a­si­ddhaṃ sā­dha­na­m­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.67ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­lā­bhe hi vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ śru­ta­m ā­pya­te | nā­va­śyaṃ nā­pi ta­llā­bhe ya­thā­khyā­ta­m a­mo­ha­ka­m |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 068,08na hy e­vaṃ vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­se pi da­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ sa­rva­thai­ka­tvaṃ yu­kta­m a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca syā­dvā­di­naḥ kiṃ­ci­d vi- TAŚVA-ML 068,09ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ sa­rva­thai­ka­m a­sti ta­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nna­rū­pa­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | na ca sa­ttvā­da­yo dha­rmā ni­rbā­dha­bo­dho- TAŚVA-ML 068,10pa­da­rśi­tāḥ kva­ci­d e­ka­trā­pi vi­ru­ddhā ye­na vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m e­kaṃ va­stu pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ na si­ddhye­t | a­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­sā- TAŚVA-ML 068,11dha­na­tvā­t sa­rva­tra vi­ro­dha­syā­nya­thā sva­bhā­ve­nā­pi sva­bhā­va­va­to vi­ro­dhā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­to na vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā- TAŚVA-ML 068,12dhyā­so vya­bhi­cā­rī |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.68na­nv e­va­m u­tta­ra­syā­pi lā­bhe pū­rva­sya bhā­jya­tā | prā­ptā ta­to na te­ṣāṃ syā­t sa­ha ni­rvā­ṇa­he­tu­tā |­| 6­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 068,14na hi pū­rva­sya lā­bhe bha­ja­nī­ya­m u­tta­ra­m u­tta­ra­sya tu lā­bhe ni­ya­taḥ pū­rva­lā­bha i­ti yu­ktaṃ­, ta­dvi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sa­syā- TAŚVA-ML 068,15vi­śe­ṣā­t­, u­tta­ra­syā­pi lā­bhe pū­rva­sya bhā­jya­tā­prā­pte­r i­ty a­syā­bhi­ma­na­na­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.69ta­tro­pā­dī­ya­saṃ­bhū­te­r ū­pā­dā­nā­sti­tā ga­teḥ | ka­ṭā­di­kā­rya­saṃ­bhū­te­s ta­du­pā­dā­na­sa­ttva­va­t |­| 6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.70u­pā­de­yaṃ hi cā­ri­traṃ pū­rva­jñā­na­sya vī­kṣa­te | ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tā­dṛ­ṣṭe­s ta­dva­jjñā­na­dṛ­śo ma­ta­m |­| 7­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 068,18na hi ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tā­yāṃ dṛ­ṣṭā­yā­m a­pi ka­sya­ci­t ta­du­pā­de­ya­tā nā­stī­ti yu­ktaṃ­, ka­ṭā­di­va­t sa­rva­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 068,19vī­ra­ṇā­dyu­pā­de­ya­tvā­bhā­vā­nu­ṣa­kteḥ | na co­pā­de­ya­saṃ­bhū­ti­r u­pā­dā­nā­sti­tāṃ na ga­ma­ya­ti ka­ṭā­di­saṃ­bhū­te­r vī­ra­ṇā­dya­sti- TAŚVA-ML 068,20tva­syā­ga­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, ye­no­tta­ra­syo­pā­de­ya­sya lā­bhe pū­rva­lā­bho ni­ya­to na bha­ve­t | ta­ta e­vo­pā­dā­na­sya lā­bhe TAŚVA-ML 068,21no­tta­ra­sya ni­ya­to lā­bhaḥ kā­ra­ṇā­nā­m a­va­śyaṃ kā­rya­va­ttvā­bhā­vā­t | sa­ma­rtha­sya kā­ra­ṇa­sya kā­rya­va­ttva­m e­ve­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 068,22ta­sye­hā­vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t | ta­dvi­va­kṣā­yāṃ tu pū­rva­sya lā­bhe no­tta­raṃ bha­ja­nī­ya­m u­cya­te sva­ya­m a­vi­ro­dhā­t | i­ti da­rśa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 068,23dī­nāṃ vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sā­vi­śe­ṣe py u­pā­dā­no­pā­de­ya­bhā­vā­d u­tta­raṃ pū­rvā­sti­tā­ni­ya­taṃ na tu pū­rva­m u­tta­rā­sti­tva­ga­ma­ka­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.71na­nū­pā­de­ya­saṃ­bhū­ti­r u­pā­dā­no­pa­ma­rda­nā­t | dṛ­ṣṭe­ti no­tta­ro­dbhū­tau pū­rva­syā­sti­tva­saṃ­ga­tiḥ |­| 7­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 068,25sa­ty a­py u­pā­dā­no­pā­de­ya­bhā­ve da­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ no­pā­de­ya­sya saṃ­bha­vaḥ pū­rva­syā­sti­tāṃ sva­kā­le ga­ma­ya­ti ta­du­pa­ma­rda­ne­na TAŚVA-ML 068,26ta­du­dbhū­teḥ | a­nya­tho­tta­ra­pra­dī­pa­jvā­lā­de­r a­sti­tva­pra­sa­ktiḥ | ta­thā ca ku­ta­s ta­tkā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ sa­mā­na­kā­la­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 068,27sa­vye­ta­ra­go­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­d i­ty a­syā­kū­ta­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.72sa­tyaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d i­ṣṭa­tvā­t prā­ṅā­śa­syo­tta­ro­dbha­ve | sa­rva­thā tu na ta­nnā­śaḥ kā­ryo­tpa­tti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 7­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.73jñā­no­tpa­ttau hi sa­ddṛ­ṣṭi­s ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭo pa­jā­ya­te | pū­rvā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­rū­pe­ṇa na­śya­tī­ti su­ni­ści­ta­m |­| 7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.74cā­ri­tro­tpa­tti­kā­le ca pū­rva­dṛ­gjñā­na­yo­ś cyu­tiḥ | ca­ryā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­yo­r bhū­ti­s ta­tsa­kṛ­ttra­ya­saṃ­bha­vaḥ |­| 7­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 068,31da­rśa­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­pa­ri­ṇa­to hy ā­tmā da­rśa­naṃ­, ta­du­pā­dā­naṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya ni­ṣpa­tteḥ pa­ryā­ya­mā­tra­sya TAŚVA-ML 068,32ni­ra­nva­ya­sya jī­vā­di­dra­vya­mā­tra­sya ca sa­rva­tho­pā­dā­na­tvā­yo­gā­t kū­rma­ro­mā­di­va­t | ta­tra na­śya­ty e­va da­rśa­na­pa­ri­ṇā­me TAŚVA-ML 068,33vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­nā­tma­ta­yā­tmā pa­ri­ṇa­ma­te­, vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­nā­sa­ha­cā­ri­te­na rū­pe­ṇa da­rśa­na­sya vi­nā­śā­t ta­tsa­ha­ca­ri­te­na TAŚVA-ML 069,01rū­pe­ṇo­tpā­dā­t | a­nya­thā vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­na­sa­ha­ca­ri­ta­rū­pa­ta­yo­tpa­tti­vi­ro­dhā­t pū­rva­va­t | ta­thā da­rśa­na­jñā­na­pa­ri­ṇa­to TAŚVA-ML 069,02jī­vo da­rśa­na­jñā­ne­, te cā­ri­tra­syo­pā­dā­naṃ­, pa­ryā­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­sya dra­vya­syo­pā­dā­na­tva­pra­tī­te­r gha­ṭa­pa­ri­ṇa­ma­na­sa­ma­rtha­pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 069,03yā­tma­ka­mṛ­ddra­vya­sya gha­ṭo­pā­dā­na­va­ttva­va­t | ta­tra na­śya­to­r e­va da­rśa­na­jñā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­yo­r ā­tmā cā­ri­tra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­m i­ya­rti TAŚVA-ML 069,04cā­ri­trā­sa­ha­ca­ri­te­na rū­pe­ṇa ta­yo­r vi­nā­śā­c cā­ri­tra­sa­ha­ca­ri­te­no­tpā­dā­t | a­nya­thā pū­rva­va­ccā­ri­trā­sa­ha­ca­ri­ta­rū­pa­tva- TAŚVA-ML 069,05pra­saṃ­gā­t | i­ti ka­thaṃ­ci­t pū­rva­rū­pa­vi­nā­śa­syo­tta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mo­tpa­ttya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­t sa­tya­m u­pā­dā­no­pa­ma­rda­ne­no­pā­de­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 069,06bha­va­naṃ | na cai­vaṃ sa­kṛ­dda­rśa­nā­di­tra­ya­sya saṃ­bha­vo vi­ru­dhya­te cā­ri­tra­kā­le da­rśa­na­jñā­na­yoḥ sa­rva­thā vi­nā­śā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 069,07e­te­na sa­kṛ­dda­rśa­na­jñā­na­dva­ya­saṃ­bha­vo pi kva­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te i­ty u­ktaṃ ve­di­ta­vyaṃ­, vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­na­kā­rya­sya da­rśa­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 069,08sa­rva­thā vi­nā­śā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, kā­rya­kā­la­m a­prā­pnu­va­taḥ kā­ra­ṇa­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t pra­lī­na­ta­ma­va­t­, ta­taḥ kā­ryo­tpa­tte­r a- TAŚVA-ML 069,09yo­gā­d ga­tyaṃ­ta­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.75na­nv a­tra kṣā­yi­kī dṛ­ṣṭi­r jñā­no­tpa­ttau na na­śya­ti | ta­da­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tā­hā­ne­r i­ty a­si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­dva­caḥ |­| 7­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 069,11kṣā­yi­ka­da­rśa­naṃ jñā­no­tpa­ttau na na­śya­ty e­vā­naṃ­ta­tvā­t kṣā­yi­ka­jñā­na­va­t­, a­nya­thā ta­da­pa­rya­nta­tva­syā­ga­mo­kta­sya TAŚVA-ML 069,12hā­ni­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to na da­rśa­na­jñā­na­yo­r jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­yo­r vā ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­pā­dā­no­pā­de­ya­tā yu­ktā | i­ti bru­vā­ṇo TAŚVA-ML 069,13na si­ddhā­nta­ve­dī |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.76si­ddhā­nte kṣā­yi­ka­tve­na ta­da­pa­rya­nta­to­kti­taḥ | sa­rva­thā ta­da­vi­dhvaṃ­se kau­ṭa­sthya­sya pra­sa­ṅga­taḥ |­| 7­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.77ta­tho­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sa­d i­ti hī­ya­te | pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­ma­to bhā­vaḥ kṣā­yi­ko pi tri­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ |­| 7­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 069,16na­nu ca pū­rva­sa­ma­yo­pā­dhi­ta­yā kṣā­yi­ka­sya bhā­va­sya vi­nā­śā­d u­tta­ra­sa­ma­yo­pā­dhi­ta­yo­tpā­dā­t sva­sva­bhā­ve­na sa­dā TAŚVA-ML 069,17sthā­nā­t tri­la­kṣa­ṇa­ttvo­pa­pa­tteḥ­, na si­ddhā­nta­m a­na­va­bu­dhya kṣā­yi­ka­da­rśa­na­sya jñā­na­kā­le sthi­tiṃ brū­te ye­na ta­thā va­co TAŚVA-ML 069,18'­si­ddhā­nta­ve­di­naḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.78pū­rvo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇo­pā­dhi­sva­bhā­va­kṣa­ya­ja­nma­noḥ | kṣā­yi­ka­tve­nā­va­sthā­ne sa ya­thai­va tri­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ |­| 7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.79ta­thā he­tva­nta­ro­nmu­kta­yu­kta­rū­pe­ṇa vi­cyu­tau | jā­tau ca kṣā­yi­ka­tve­na sthi­tau ki­mu na tā­dṛ­śaḥ |­| 7­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 069,21kṣā­yi­ka­da­rśa­naṃ tā­va­n mu­kte­r he­tu­s ta­to he­tva­nta­raṃ vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ jñā­naṃ cā­ri­traṃ ca­, ta­du­nmu­kta­rū­pe­ṇa ta­sya nā­śe TAŚVA-ML 069,22ta­dyu­kta­rū­pe­ṇa ja­nma­ni kṣā­yi­ka­tve­na sthā­ne tri­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ bha­va­ty e­va­; ta­thā kṣā­yi­ka­da­rśa­na­jñā­na­dva­ya­sya mu­kti­he­to- TAŚVA-ML 069,23r da­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­tra­ya­sya vā he­tvaṃ­ta­raṃ cā­ri­tra­m a­ghā­ti­tra­ya­ni­rja­rā­kā­rī kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ kā­lā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ca­, TAŚVA-ML 069,24te­no­nmu­kta­yā prā­kta­nyā yu­kta­rū­pa­yā co­tta­ra­yā nā­śe ja­nma­ni ca kṣā­yi­ka­tve­na sthā­ne vā ta­sya tri­la­kṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 069,25tva­m a­ne­na vyā­khyā­ta­m i­ti kṣā­yi­ko bhā­va­s tri­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ si­ddhaḥ | na­nu ta­sya he­tvaṃ­ta­re­ṇo­nmu­kta­tā he­tvaṃ­ta­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 069,26prā­ga­bhā­va e­va­, te­na yu­kta­tā ta­du­tpā­da e­va­, na cā­nya­syā­bhā­vo­tpā­dau kṣā­yi­ka­sya yu­ktau­, ye­nai­vaṃ tri­la­kṣa­ṇa­tā TAŚVA-ML 069,27syā­t | i­ti ce­t­; ta­rhi pū­rvo­tta­ra­sa­ma­ya­yo­s ta­du­pā­dhi­bhū­ta­yo­r nā­śo­tpā­dau ka­thaṃ ta­sya syā­tāṃ ya­to '­sau sva­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 069,28sthi­to pi sa­rva­ta­da­pe­kṣa­yā tri­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ syā­d i­ti kau­ṭa­sthya­m ā­yā­ta­m | ta­thā ca si­ddhā­nta­vi­ro­dhaḥ pa­ra­ma­ta- TAŚVA-ML 069,29pra­ve­śā­t | ya­di pu­na­s ta­sya pū­rva­sa­ma­ye­na vi­śi­ṣṭa­to­tta­ra­sa­ma­ye­na ca ta­tsva­bhā­va­bhū­ta­tā ta­ta­s ta­dvi­nā­śo­tpā­dau TAŚVA-ML 069,30ta­sye­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā he­tvaṃ­ta­re­ṇo­nmu­kta­tā yu­kta­tā ca ta­dbhā­ve­na ta­dbhā­ve­na ca vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā ta­sya sva­bhā­va­bhū­ta­tai­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 069,31ta­nnā­śo­tpā­dau ka­thaṃ na ta­sya syā­tāṃ ya­to nai­vaṃ tri­la­kṣa­ṇo sau bha­ve­t | ta­to yu­ktaṃ kṣā­yi­kā­nā­m a­pi ka­thaṃ­ci­d u- TAŚVA-ML 069,32pā­dā­no­pā­de­ya­ttva­m | TAŚV-ML 1.1.80kā­ra­ṇaṃ ya­di sa­ddṛ­ṣṭiḥ sa­dbo­dha­sya ta­dā na ki­m | ta­da­na­nta­ra­m u­tpā­daḥ ke­va­la­sye­ti ke­ca­na |­| 8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.81ta­da­sa­tta­tpra­ti­dvaṃ­dvi­ka­rmā­bhā­ve ta­the­ṣṭi­taḥ | kā­ra­ṇaṃ hi sva­kā­rya­syā­pra­ti­baṃ­dhi­pra­bhā­va­ka­m |­| 8­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 070,01na hi kṣā­yi­ka­da­rśa­naṃ ke­va­la­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­di­bhiḥ sa­hi­taṃ ke­va­la­jñā­na­sya pra­bha­vaṃ pra­yo­ja­ya­ti­, tai­s ta­tpra­bhā­va­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 070,02śa­kte­s ta­sya pra­ti­baṃ­dhā­t ye­na ta­da­naṃ­ta­raṃ ta­syo­tpā­daḥ syā­t | tai­r vi­mu­ktaṃ tu da­rśa­naṃ ke­va­la­sya pra­bhā­va­ka­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 070,03ta­the­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, kā­ra­ṇa­syā­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­sya sva­kā­rya­ja­na­ka­tva­pra­tī­teḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.1.82sa­dbo­dha­pū­rva­ka­tve pi cā­ri­tra­sya sa­mu­dbha­vaḥ | prā­g e­va ke­va­lā­n na syā­d i­ty e­ta­c ca na yu­kti­ma­t |­| 8­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.83sa­mu­cchi­nna­kri­ya­syā­to dhyā­na­syā­vi­ni­va­rti­naḥ | sā­kṣā­tsaṃ­sā­ra­vi­cche­da­sa­ma­rtha­sya pra­sū­ti­taḥ |­| 8­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.84ya­thai­vā­pū­rṇa­cā­ri­tra­m a­pū­rṇa­jñā­na­he­tu­ka­m | ta­thā ta­t ki­n na saṃ­pū­rṇaṃ pū­rṇa­jñā­na­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m |­| 8­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 070,07ta­n na jñā­na­pū­rva­ka­tāṃ cā­ri­traṃ vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.1.85prā­g e­va kṣā­yi­kaṃ pū­rṇaṃ kṣā­yi­ka­tve­na ke­va­lā­t | na tv a­ghā­ti­pra­ti­dhvaṃ­si­ka­ra­ṇo­pe­ta­rū­pa­taḥ |­| 8­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 070,09ke­va­lā­t ta­tprā­g e­va kṣā­yi­kaṃ ya­thā­khyā­ta­cā­ri­traṃ sa­mpū­rṇaṃ jñā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­ka­m i­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, ta­sya mu­ktyu- TAŚVA-ML 070,10tpā­da­ne sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣi­ta­yā pū­rṇa­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | vi­va­kṣi­ta­sva­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇeṃ­ty a­kṣa­ṇa­prā­pta­tvaṃ hi saṃ­pū­rṇaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 070,11ta­c ca na ke­va­lā­t prā­g a­sti cā­ri­tra­sya­, ta­to '­py ū­rdhva­m a­ghā­ti­pra­ti­dhvaṃ­si­ka­ra­ṇo­pe­ta­rū­pa­ta­yā saṃ­pū­rṇa­sya ta­syo­da­yā­t | TAŚVA-ML 070,12na ca '­ya­thā­khyā­taṃ pū­rṇaṃ cā­ri­tra­m i­ti pra­va­ca­na­syai­vaṃ bā­dhā­sti­' ta­sya kṣā­yi­ka­tve­na ta­tra pū­rṇa­tvā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 070,13na hi sa­ka­la­mo­ha­kṣa­yā­d u­dbha­va­ccā­ri­tra­m aṃ­śa­to pi ma­la­va­d i­ti śa­śva­da­ma­la­va­dā­tyaṃ­ti­kaṃ ta­da­bhi­ṣṭū­ya­te | ka­thaṃ pu­na­s ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 070,14saṃ­pū­rṇā­d e­va jñā­nā­t kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kā­d u­tpa­dya­mā­naṃ ta­thā­pi saṃ­pū­rṇa­m i­ti ce­t na­, sa­ka­la­śru­tā­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­rtha­pa­ri­cche- TAŚVA-ML 070,15di­na­s ta­syo­tpa­tteḥ | pū­rṇaṃ ta­ta e­va ta­d a­stv i­ti ce­n na­, vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya rū­pa­sya ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m a­bhā­vā­t | kiṃ ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭaṃ TAŚVA-ML 070,16rū­paṃ cā­ri­tra­sye­ti ce­t­, nā­mā­dya­ghā­ti­ka­rma­tra­ya­ni­rja­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­rthaṃ sa­mu­cchi­nna­kri­yā­pra­ti­pā­ti­dhyā­na­m i­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ | TAŚV-ML 1.1.86ta­drū­pā­va­ra­ṇaṃ ka­rma na­va­maṃ na pra­sa­jya­te | cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­nī­ya­sya kṣa­yā­d e­va ta­du­dbha­vā­t |­| 8­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 070,18ya­d ya­d ā­tma­kaṃ ta­t ta­d ā­va­ra­ka­ka­rma­ṇaḥ kṣa­yā­d u­dbha­va­ti­, ya­thā ke­va­la­jñā­na­sva­rū­paṃ ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­ka­rma­ṇaḥ kṣa­yā­t | TAŚVA-ML 070,19cā­ri­trā­tma­kaṃ ca pra­kṛ­ta­m ā­tma­no rū­pa­m i­ti cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­nī­ya­ka­rma­ṇa e­va kṣa­yā­d u­dbha­va­ti | na pu­na­s ta­dā­va­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 070,20ka­rma na­va­maṃ pra­sa­jya­te '­nya­thā­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.1.87kṣī­ṇa­mo­ha­sya kiṃ na syā­d e­vaṃ ta­d i­ti ce­n na vai | ta­dā kā­la­vi­śe­ṣa­sya tā­dṛ­śo '­sa­mbha­vi­tva­taḥ |­| 8­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.88ta­thā ke­va­la­bo­dha­sya sa­hā­ya­syā­py a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | sva­sā­ma­gra­yā vi­nā kā­ryaṃ na hi jā­tu­ci­d ī­kṣya­te |­| 8­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 070,23kā­lā­di­sā­ma­grī­ko hi mo­ha­kṣa­ya­s ta­drū­pā­vi­rbhā­va­he­tu­r na ke­va­la­s ta­thā­pra­tī­teḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.1.89kṣī­ṇe pi mo­ha­nī­yā­khye ka­rma­ṇi pra­tha­ma­kṣa­ṇe | ya­thā kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­sya śa­kti­r a­ntya­kṣa­ṇe ma­tā |­| 8­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.90jñā­nā­vṛ­tyā­di­ka­rmā­ṇi haṃ­tuṃ ta­dva­da­yo­gi­naḥ | pa­ryaṃ­ta­kṣa­ṇa e­va syā­c che­pa­ka­rma­kṣa­ye '­py a­sau |­| 9­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 070,26ka­rma­ni­rja­ra­ṇa­śa­kti­r jī­va­sya sa­mya­gda­rśa­ne sa­mya­gjñā­ne sa­mya­kcā­ri­tre cā­nta­rbha­ve­t ta­to nyā vā syā­t | ta­tra na TAŚVA-ML 070,27tā­va­t sa­mya­gda­rśa­ne jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­di­ka­rma­pra­kṛ­ti­ca­tu­rda­śa­ka­ni­rja­ra­ṇa­śa­kti­r a­nta­rbha­va­ty a­saṃ­ya­ta­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭyā­dya­pra­ma­tta­pa­ryaṃ­ta­gu- TAŚVA-ML 070,28ṇa­sthā­ne­ṣv a­nya­ta­ma­gu­ṇa­sthā­ne da­rśa­na­mo­ha­kṣa­yā­t ta­dā­vi­rbhā­va­pra­sa­kteḥ | jñā­ne sā­nta­rbha­va­tī­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, kṣā­yi­ke­nai­ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 070,29nta­rbhā­ve sa­yo­gi­ke­va­li­naḥ ke­va­le­na sa­hā­vi­rbhā­vā­pa­tteḥ | kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ke ta­da­nta­rbhā­ve te­na sa­ho­tpā­da­pra­sa­kteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 070,30kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ke cā­ri­tre ta­da­nta­rbhā­ve te­nai­va sa­ha prā­du­rbhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | kṣā­yi­ke ta­da­nta­rbhā­ve kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­sya pra­tha­me TAŚVA-ML 070,31kṣa­ṇe ta­du­dbhū­te­r ni­drā­pra­ca­la­yo­r jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­di­pra­kṛ­ti­ca­tu­rda­śa­ka­sya ca ni­rja­ra­ṇa­pra­sa­kte­r no­pāṃ­tya­sa­ma­ye a­ntya­kṣa­ṇe ca TAŚVA-ML 070,32ta­nni­rja­rā syā­t | da­rśa­nā­di­ṣu ta­da­na­nta­rbhā­ve ta­dā­vā­ra­kaṃ ka­rmā­nta­raṃ pra­sa­jye­ta­, da­rśa­na­mo­ha­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­cā­ri­tra- TAŚVA-ML 070,33mo­hā­nāṃ ta­dā­vā­ra­ka­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | vī­ryā­nta­rā­ya­s ta­dā­vā­ra­ka i­ti ce­n na­, ta­tkṣa­yā­na­nta­raṃ ta­du­dbha­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 070,34ta­thā cā­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ­–­sa­ti vī­ryā­nta­rā­ya­kṣa­ye ta­nni­rja­ra­ṇa­śa­ktyā­vi­rbhā­va­s ta­smiṃ­ś ca sa­ti vī­ryā­nta­rā­ya­kṣa­ya TAŚVA-ML 071,01i­ti | e­te­naḥ jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­pra­kṛ­ti­paṃ­ca­ka­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­pra­kṛ­ti­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­nta­rā­ya pra­kṛ­ti­pa­caṃ­kā­nāṃ ta­nni­rja­ra­ṇa­śa­kte­r ā- TAŚVA-ML 071,02vā­ra­ka­tve '­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ vyā­khyā­ta­m | nā­mā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yaṃ tu na ta­syāḥ pra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­m ta­syā­tma­sva­rū­pā­ghā­ti­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 071,03ka­tha­nā­t | na ca sa­rva­thā­nā­vṛ­tti­r e­va sā sa­rva­dā ta­tkṣa­ya­ṇī­ya­ka­rma­pra­kṛ­tya­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | syā­n ma­taṃ­, cā­ri­tra- TAŚVA-ML 071,04mo­ha­kṣa­ye ta­dā­vi­rbhā­vā­c cā­ri­tra e­vā­nta­rbhā­vo vi­bhā­vya­te | na ca kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­sya pra­tha­ma­sa­ma­ye ta­dā­vi­rbhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 071,05pra­saṃ­gaḥ kā­la­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t ta­dā­vi­rbhā­va­sya | pra­dhā­naṃ hi kā­ra­ṇaṃ mo­ha­kṣa­ya­s ta­dā­vi­rbhā­ve sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇa­m aṃ­tya- TAŚVA-ML 071,06sa­ma­ya­m a­nta­re­ṇa na ta­tra sa­ma­rthaṃ­, ta­dbhā­va e­va ta­dā­vi­rbhā­vā­d i­ti | ta­rhi nā­mā­dya­ghā­ti­ka­rma­ni­rja­ra­ṇa­śa­kti­r a­pi TAŚVA-ML 071,07cā­ri­tre nta­rbhā­vya­te | ta­n nā­pi kṣā­yi­ke na kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ke da­rśa­ne nā­pi jñā­ne kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ke kṣā­yi­ke vā TAŚVA-ML 071,08te­nai­va sa­ha ta­dā­vi­rbhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na cā­nā­va­ra­ṇā sā sa­rva­dā­vi­rbhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t saṃ­sā­rā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | na jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 071,09da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇā­nta­rā­yaiḥ pra­ti­ba­ddhā te­ṣāṃ jñā­nā­di­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­tve­na ta­da­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­tvā­t | nā­pi nā­mā­dya­ghā­ti­ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 071,10bhi­s ta­tkṣa­yā­naṃ­ta­raṃ ta­du­tpā­da­pra­sa­kteḥ | ta­thā cā­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇā­t si­ddhe nā­mā­dya­ghā­ti­kṣa­ye ta­nni­rja­ra­ṇa­śa­ktyā- TAŚVA-ML 071,11vi­rbhā­vā­t ta­tsi­ddhau nā­mā­dya­ghā­ti­kṣa­yā­t | i­ti cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­s ta­syāḥ pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kaḥ si­ddhaḥ | kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­pra­tha­ma- TAŚVA-ML 071,12sa­ma­ye ta­dā­vi­rbhā­va­pra­sa­kti­r a­pi na vā­cyā­, kā­la­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇo­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­sya ta­dā vi­ra­hā­t | pra­dhā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 071,13hi kā­ra­ṇaṃ mo­ha­kṣa­yo nā­mā­di­ni­rja­ra­ṇa­śa­kte­r nā­yo­ga­ke­va­li­gu­ṇa­sthā­no­pā­ntyā­ntya­sa­ma­yaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇa­m a­nta­re­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 071,14tā­m u­pa­ja­na­yi­tu­m a­laṃ sa­ty a­pi ke­va­le ta­taḥ prā­kta­da­nu­tpa­tte­r i­ti | na sā mo­ha­kṣa­ya­ni­mi­ttā­pi kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­pra­tha­ma- TAŚVA-ML 071,15kṣa­ṇe prā­du­rbha­va­ti­, nā­pi ta­dā­va­ra­ṇaṃ ka­rma na­va­maṃ pra­sa­jya­te i­ti sthi­taṃ kā­lā­di­sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­kṣā­yi­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 071,16cā­ri­traṃ kṣā­yi­ka­tve­na saṃ­pū­rṇa­m a­pi mu­ktyu­tpā­da­ne sā­kṣā­d a­sa­ma­rtha­m ke­va­lā­t prā­kkā­la­bhā­vi ta­da­kā­ra­ka­m ke­va­lo­tta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 071,17kā­lā­bhā­vi tu sā­kṣā­n mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ saṃ­pū­rṇaṃ ke­va­la­kā­ra­ṇa­ka­m a­nya­thā ta­da­gha­ṭa­nā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.1.91kā­lā­pe­kṣi­ta­yā vṛ­tta­m a­sa­ma­rthaṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te | dvyā­di­si­ddha­kṣa­ṇo­tpā­de ta­da­ntyaṃ tā­dṛ­g i­ty a­sa­t |­| 9­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.92prā­cya­si­ddha­kṣa­ṇo­tpā­dā­pe­kṣa­yā mo­kṣa­va­rtma­ni | vi­cā­ra­pra­stu­te­r e­vaṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­sthi­teḥ |­| 9­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 071,20na hi dvyā­di­si­ddha­kṣa­ṇaiḥ sa­hā­yo­gi­ke­va­li­ca­ra­m a­sa­ma­ya­va­rti­no ra­tna­tra­ya­sya kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo vi­cā­ra­yi­tu­m u­pa­krāṃ­to TAŚVA-ML 071,21ye­na ta­tra ta­syā­sā­ma­rthyaṃ pra­sa­jya­te | kiṃ ta­rhi ? pra­tha­ma­si­ddha­kṣa­ṇe­na sa­ha­; ta­tra ca ta­tsa­ma­rtha­m e­ve­ty a­sa­cco­dya­m e­ta­t | ka­tha­m a- TAŚVA-ML 071,22nya­thā­gniḥ pra­tha­ma­dhū­ma­kṣa­ṇa­m u­pa­ja­na­ya­nn a­pi ta­tra sa­ma­rthaḥ syā­t ? dhū­ma­kṣa­ṇa­ja­ni­ta­dvi­tī­yā­di­dhū­ma­kṣa­ṇo­tpā­de ta­syā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 071,23ma­rtha­tve­na pra­tha­ma­dhū­ma­kṣa­ṇo­tpā­da­ne py a­sā­ma­rthye pra­sa­kteḥ | ta­thā ca na kiṃ­ci­t ka­sya­ci­t sa­ma­rthaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ­, na cā­sa­ma­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 071,24t kā­ra­ṇā­d u­tpa­tti­r i­ti kve­yaṃ va­rā­kī ti­ṣṭhe­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­? kā­lā­nta­ra­sthā­yi­no '­gne sva­kā­ra­ṇā­d u­tpa­nno dhū­maḥ kā­lā- TAŚVA-ML 071,25nta­ra­sthā­yī ska­ndha e­ka e­ve­ti sa ta­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ pra­tī­ya­te ta­thā vya­va­hā­rā­d a­nya­thā ta­da­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 071,26sa­yo­gi­ke­va­li­ra­tna­tra­ya­m a­yo­gi­ke­va­li­ca­ra­m a­sa­ma­ya­pa­ryaṃ­ta­m e­ka­m e­va ta­da­na­nta­rbhā­vi­naḥ si­ddha­tva­pa­ryā­ya­syā­naṃ­ta­syai­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 071,27kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ty ā­yā­ta­m­, ta­c ca nā­ni­ṣṭa­m­, vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­nu­ro­dha­ta­s ta­the­ṣṭa­tvā­t | ni­śca­ya­na­yā­śra­ya­ṇe tu ya­d a­na­nta­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 071,28mo­kṣo­tpā­da­s ta­d e­va mu­khyaṃ mo­kṣa­sya kā­ra­ṇa­m a­yo­gi­ke­va­li­ca­ra­m a­sa­ma­ya­va­rti ra­tna­tra­ya­m i­ti ni­ra­va­dya­m e­ta­t ta­ttva­vi- TAŚVA-ML 071,29dā­m ā­bhā­sa­te | TAŚV-ML 1.1.93ta­to mo­ha­kṣa­yo­pe­taḥ pu­mā­n u­dbhū­ta­ke­va­laḥ | vi­śi­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ sā­kṣā­da­śa­rī­ra­tva­he­tu­nā |­| 9­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.94ra­tna­tri­ta­ya­rū­pe­ṇā­yo­ga­ke­va­li­no ṃ­ti­me | kṣa­ṇe vi­va­rta­te hy e­ta­d a­bā­dhyaṃ ni­ści­tā­n na­yā­t |­| 9­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.95vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­śri­tyā tv e­ta­t prā­g e­va kā­ra­ṇa­m | mo­kṣa­sye­ti vi­vā­de­na pa­ryā­ptaṃ ta­ttva­ve­di­nā­m |­| 9­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.96saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­tri­tvā­si­ddhe­r ni­rvā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇe | tri­tvaṃ nai­vo­pa­pa­dye­te­ty a­co­dyaṃ nyā­ya­da­rśi­naḥ |­| 9­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.97ā­dya­sū­tra­sya sā­ma­rthyā­d bha­va­he­to­s tra­yā­tma­naḥ | sū­ci­ta­sya pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­dha­nā­na­va­tā­ra­taḥ |­| 9­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 072,01'­sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­ṇi mo­kṣa­mā­rga­' i­tyā­dya­sū­tra­sā­ma­rthyā­t mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­ṇi saṃ­sā­ra­mā­rga TAŚVA-ML 072,02i­ti si­ddheḥ si­ddha­m e­va saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­tri­tvaṃ bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t ta­to na saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­tri­tvā­si­ddhe­r ni­rvā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 072,03tri­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tti­co­da­nā ka­sya­ci­n nyā­ya­da­rśi­tā­m ā­ve­da­ya­ti | vi­pa­rya­ya­mā­tra­m e­va vi­pa­rya­yā­vai­rā­gya­mā­tra­m e­va vā saṃ­sā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 072,04kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m a­śa­kte­r na saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­tri­tva­sya bā­dhā­sti | ta­thā hi | TAŚV-ML 1.1.98mau­lo he­tu­r bha­va­sye­ṣṭo ye­ṣāṃ tā­va­d vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | te­ṣā­m u­dbhū­ta­bo­dha­sya gha­ṭa­te na bha­va­sthi­tiḥ |­| 9­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 072,06a­ta­smiṃ­s ta­dgra­ho vi­pa­rya­yaḥ­, sa do­ṣa­sya rā­gā­de­r he­tuḥ­, ta­dbhā­ve bhā­vā­t ta­da­bhā­ve '­bhā­vā­t | so py a­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­śu­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 072,07ka­rma­saṃ­jñi­ta­sya­, ta­d a­pi ja­nma­na­s ta­ddu­kha­syā­ne­ka­vi­dha­sye­ti mau­lo bha­va­sya he­tu­r vi­pa­rya­ya e­va e­ṣā­m a­bhi­ma­ta­s te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 072,08tā­va­d u­dbhū­ta­ta­ttva­jñā­na­sya yo­gi­naḥ ka­tha­m i­ha bha­ve sthi­ti­r gha­ṭa­te kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­ve kā­ryo­tpa­tti­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.1.99saṃ­sā­re ti­ṣṭha­ta­s ta­sya ya­di ka­ści­d vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | saṃ­bhā­vya­te ta­dā ki­n na do­ṣā­di­s ta­nni­baṃ­dha­naḥ |­| 9­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 072,10sa­mu­tpa­nna­ta­ttva­jñā­na­syā­py a­śe­ṣa­to '­nā­ga­ta­vi­pa­rya­ya­syā­nu­tpa­tti­r na pu­naḥ pū­rva­bha­vo­pā­tta­sya pū­rvā­dha­rma­ni­baṃ­dha­na­sya­, TAŚVA-ML 072,11ta­to '­sya bha­va­sthi­ti­r gha­ṭa­ta e­ve­ti sa­mbhā­va­nā­yāṃ­, ta­dvi­pa­rya­ya­ni­baṃ­dha­no do­ṣa­s ta­ddo­ṣa­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ cā­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ta­da­dṛ­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 072,12ni­mi­ttaṃ ca ja­nma ta­jja­nma­ni­mi­ttaṃ ca duḥ­kha­m a­ne­ka­pra­kā­raṃ ki­n na saṃ­bhā­vya­te ? na hi pū­rvo­pā­tto vi­pa­ryā­sa­s ti­ṣṭha­ti TAŚVA-ML 072,13na pu­na­s ta­nni­baṃ­dha­naḥ pū­rvo­pā­tta e­va do­ṣā­di­r i­ti pra­mā­ṇa­m a­sti ta­tsthi­te­r e­va pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ si­ddheḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.1.100ta­thā sa­ti ku­to jñā­nī vī­ta­do­ṣaḥ pu­mā­n pa­raḥ | ta­ttvo­pa­de­śa­saṃ­tā­na­he­tuḥ syā­d bha­va­dā­di­ṣu |­| 1­0­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 072,15pū­rvo­pā­tta­do­ṣā­di­sthi­tau ca ta­ttvo­pa­de­śa­saṃ­pra­dā­yā­vi­cche­da­he­to­r bha­va­dā­di­ṣu vi­ne­ye­ṣu sa­rva­jña­syā­pi pa­ra­ma- TAŚVA-ML 072,16pu­ru­ṣa­sya ku­to vī­ta­do­ṣa­tvaṃ ye­nā­jño­pa­de­śa­vi­pra­laṃ­bha­na­śaṃ­ki­bhi­s ta­du­kta­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye pre­kṣā­va­dbhi­r bha­va­dbhiḥ sa e­va TAŚVA-ML 072,17mṛ­gya­te | ya­di pu­na­r na yo­gi­naḥ pū­rvo­pā­tto vi­pa­rya­yo sti nā­pi do­ṣa­s ta­sya kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve­na sva­kā­rya­m a­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ni­rva­rttya TAŚVA-ML 072,18ni­vṛ­tteḥ­, kiṃ ta­rhy a­dṛ­ṣṭa­m e­va ta­tkṛ­ta­m ā­ste ta­syā­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­d aṃ­tye­nai­va kā­rye­ṇa vi­ro­dhi­tvā­t ta­tkā­rya­sya ca ja­nma- TAŚVA-ML 072,19pha­lā­nu­bha­va­na­syo­pa­bho­ge­nai­va ni­vṛ­tte­s ta­taḥ pū­rvaṃ ta­syā­va­sthi­ti­r i­ti ma­taṃ­; ta­dā ta­ttva­jñā­no­tpa­tteḥ prā­k ta­smi­nn e­va TAŚVA-ML 072,20ja­nma­ni vi­pa­rya­yo na syā­t pū­rva­ja­nma­ny e­va ta­sya ni­vṛ­tta­ttvā­t­, ta­dva­ddo­ṣo pī­ty ā­pa­ti­taṃ­, ta­tkṛ­tā­dṛ­ṣṭa­syai­va sthi­teḥ | TAŚVA-ML 072,21na cai­ta­d yu­ktaṃ­, pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ pū­rva­ja­nma­vi­pa­rya­yā­d do­ṣa­s ta­to py a­dha­rma­s ta­smā­d i­ha ja­nma­ni mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 072,22ta­to '­pa­ro do­ṣa­s ta­to py a­dha­rma­s ta­smā­d a­pa­raṃ mi­thyā­jñā­na­m i­ti tā­va­d a­sya saṃ­tā­ne­na pra­vṛ­tti­r yā­va­t ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ sā­kṣā­d u­tpa- TAŚVA-ML 072,23dya­te i­ti ma­taṃ­; ta­dā ta­ttva­jñā­na­kā­le '­pi ta­tpū­rvā­naṃ­ta­ra­vi­pa­ryā­sā­d do­ṣo­tpa­tti­s ta­to py a­dha­rma­s ta­to '­nyo vi­pa­rya­ya TAŚVA-ML 072,24i­ti ku­ta­s ta­ttva­jñā­nā­d a­nā­ga­ta­vi­pa­rya­yā­di­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ ? TAŚV-ML 1.1.101vi­ta­thā­gra­ha­rā­gā­di­prā­du­rbhā­va­na­śa­kti­bhṛ­t | mau­lo vi­pa­rya­yo nāṃ­tya i­ti ke­ci­t pra­pe­di­re |­| 1­0­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 072,26mau­la e­va vi­pa­rya­yo vi­ta­thā­gra­ha­rā­gā­di­prā­du­rbhā­va­na­śa­ktiṃ bi­bhrā­ṇo mi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śā­tma­kaṃ do­ṣaṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, TAŚVA-ML 072,27sa cā­dha­rma­m a­dha­rma­ś ca ja­nma ta­c ca duḥ­khā­tma­kaṃ saṃ­sā­raṃ­; na pu­na­r aṃ­tyaḥ kra­mā­d a­pa­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­ta­jja­na­na­śa­kti­ka­vi­pa­rya­yā- TAŚVA-ML 072,28d u­tpa­nna­s ta­jja­na­na­śa­kti­ra­hi­to pi­, ya­ta­sta­ttva­jñā­na­kā­le mi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śā­tma­ka­do­ṣo­tpa­tti­s ta­to py a­dha­rmā­di­r u­tpa­dye­te­ti TAŚVA-ML 072,29ke­ci­t saṃ­pra­ti­pa­nnāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.1.102te­ṣāṃ pra­si­ddha e­vā­yaṃ bha­va­he­tu­s tra­yā­tma­kaḥ | śa­kti­tra­yā­tma­tā­pā­ye bha­va­he­tu­tva­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 1­0­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 072,31ya e­va vi­pa­rya­yo mi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­rā­gā­dyu­tpā­da­na­śa­ktiḥ sa e­va bha­va­he­tu­r nā­nya i­ti va­da­tāṃ pra­si­ddho TAŚVA-ML 072,32mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­tma­ko bha­va­he­tu­r mi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­śa­kte­r e­va mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­tvā­n mi­thyā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­sya sva­yaṃ vi­pa- TAŚVA-ML 072,33rya­ya­sya mi­thyā­jñā­na­tvā­d rā­gā­di­prā­du­rbha­va­na­sā­ma­rthya­sya mi­thyā­cā­ri­tra­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.103ta­to mi­thyā­gra­hā­vṛ­tta­śa­kti­yu­kto vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | mi­thyā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ro mi­thyā­tvā­di­bhi­do­di­taḥ |­| 1­0­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 073,02na hi nā­ma­mā­tre vi­vā­daḥ syā­dvā­di­no sti kva­ci­d e­ka­trā­rthe nā­nā­nā­ma­ka­ra­ṇa­syā­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­da­rthe tu na TAŚVA-ML 073,03vi­vā­do sti mi­thyā­tvā­di­bhe­de­na vi­pa­rya­ya­sya śa­kti­tra­yā­tma­ka­sye­ra­ṇā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.104ta­thā vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­nā­saṃ­ya­mā­tmā vi­bu­dhya­tā­m | bha­va­he­tu­r a­ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­śa­kti­s tra­yā­tma­kaḥ |­| 1­0­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 073,05yā­v e­va vi­pa­rya­yā­saṃ­ya­mau vi­ta­thā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­śa­kti­yu­tau mau­lau tā­v e­va bha­va­saṃ­tā­na­prā­du­rbhā­va­na­sa­ma­rthau nāṃ­tyau TAŚVA-ML 073,06pra­kṣī­ṇa­śa­kti­kā­v i­ti bru­vā­ṇā­nā­m a­pi bha­va­he­tuḥ tra­yā­tma­ka­s ta­thai­va pra­tye­ta­vyo vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | i­ty a­vi­vā­de­na TAŚVA-ML 073,07saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­tri­tva­si­ddhe­r na saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­tri­tvā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 073,08yu­kti­ta­ś ca bha­va­he­to­s tra­yā­tma­ka­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.105mi­thyā­dṛ­gā­di­he­tuḥ syā­t saṃ­sā­ra­s ta­da­pa­kṣa­ye | kṣī­ya­mā­ṇa­tva­to vā­ta­vi­kā­rā­di­ja­ro­ga­va­t |­| 1­0­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 073,10yo ya­da­pa­kṣa­ye kṣī­ya­mā­ṇaḥ sa ta­ddhe­tu­r ya­thā vā­ta­vi­kā­rā­dya­pa­kṣī­ya­mā­ṇo vā­ta­vi­kā­rā­di­jo ro­gaḥ | mi­thyā- TAŚVA-ML 073,11da­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­pa­kṣa­ye kṣī­ya­mā­ṇa­ś ca saṃ­sā­ra i­ti | a­tra na tā­va­d a­yaṃ vā­dya­si­ddho he­tuḥ mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­syā­pa- TAŚVA-ML 073,12kṣa­ye '­saṃ­ya­ta­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r a­naṃ­ta­saṃ­sā­ra­sya kṣī­ya­mā­ṇa­tva­si­ddheḥ­, saṃ­khyā­ta­bha­va­mā­tra­ta­yā ta­sya saṃ­sā­ra­sthi­teḥ | ta­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 073,13mi­thyā­jñā­na­syā­pa­kṣa­ye sa­mya­gjñā­ni­naḥ saṃ­sā­ra­sya kṣī­ya­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ si­ddhaṃ | sa­mya­kcā­ri­tra­va­t a­stu mi­thyā­cā­ri­tra- TAŚVA-ML 073,14syā­pa­kṣa­ye ta­dbha­va­mā­tra­saṃ­sā­ra­si­ddhe­r mo­kṣa­saṃ prā­pteḥ si­ddha­m e­va saṃ­sā­ra­sya kṣī­ya­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ | na cai­ta­d ā­ga­ma­mā­tra­ga­mya­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 073,15ya­to '­yaṃ he­tu­r ā­ga­mā­śra­yaḥ syā­t­, ta­dgrā­ha­kā­nu­mā­na­sa­dbhā­vā­t | ta­thā hi | mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­dya­pa­kṣa­ye kṣī­ya­mā­ṇaḥ TAŚVA-ML 073,16saṃ­sā­raḥ sā­kṣā­tpa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā vā duḥ­kha­pha­la­tvā­d vi­ṣa­ma­vi­ṣa­bha­kṣa­ṇā­ti­bho­ja­nā­di­va­t | ya­thai­va hi sā­kṣā­dduḥ­kha­pha­laṃ TAŚVA-ML 073,17vi­ṣa­ma­vi­ṣa­bha­kṣa­ṇaṃ­, pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā­ti­bho­ja­nā­di­, ta­nmi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śā­dya­pa­kṣa­ye ta­ttva­jñā­na­va­taḥ kṣī­ya­te ta­to ni­vṛ­tteḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 073,18ta­thā saṃ­sā­ro pi­; hī­na­sthā­na­pa­ri­gra­ha­sya duḥ­kha­pha­la­sya saṃ­sā­ra­tva­vya­va­sthā­pa­na­tvā­t | na ca kiṃ­ci­t sā­kṣā­tpa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā vā TAŚVA-ML 073,19duḥ­kha­pha­laṃ mi­thyā­tvā­dya­pa­kṣa­ye py a­kṣī­ya­mā­ṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ye­na he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­raḥ syā­t | gaṃ­ḍa­pā­ṭa­nā­di­kaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 073,20na­, ta­sya bu­ddhi­pū­rvaṃ ci­ki­tse­ty a­nu­ma­nya­mā­na­sya su­kha­pha­la­tve­nā­bhi­ma­ta­tvā­t duḥ­kha­pha­la­tvā­si­ddheḥ­, śi­śu­pra­bhṛ­tī­nā­m a- TAŚVA-ML 073,21bu­ddhi­pū­rva­ka­sya duḥ­kha­pha­la­syā­pi pū­rvo­pā­tta­mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­di­kṛ­ta­ka­rma­pha­la­tve­na ta­sya mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­dya­na­pa­kṣa­ye '­kṣī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 073,22mā­ṇa­tva­si­ddheḥ | kā­ya­kle­śā­di­rū­pe­ṇa ta­pa­sā vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ty a­pi na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, ta­pa­saḥ pra­śa­ma­su­kha­pha­la­tve­na duḥ­kha- TAŚVA-ML 073,23pha­la­tvā­si­ddheḥ | ta­dā saṃ­ve­dya­mā­na­duḥ­kha­sya pū­rvo­pā­rji­ta­ka­rma­pha­la­tvā­t ta­paḥ­pha­la­tvā­si­ddheḥ | '­sā­kṣā­tpa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā vā TAŚVA-ML 073,24duḥ­kha­pha­la­tvaṃ syā­t­, saṃ­sā­ro mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­dya­pa­kṣa­ye kṣī­ya­mā­ṇa­ś ca na syā­t­' i­ti saṃ­di­gdha­vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­vṛ­tti­ka­tva­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 073,25na sā­dha­na­sya śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­; sa­mya­gda­rśa­no­tpa­ttā­va­saṃ­ya­ta­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­syā­pa­kṣa­ye mi­thyā­jñā­nā­nu­tpa­tte­s ta­tpū­rva­ka­mi- TAŚVA-ML 073,26thyā­cā­ri­trā­bhā­vā­t ta­nni­baṃ­dha­na­saṃ­sā­ra­syā­pa­kṣa­ya­pra­si­ddheḥ | a­nya­thā mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­di­tra­yā­pa­kṣa­ye pi ta­da­pa­kṣa­yā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 073,27na ca sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r mi­thyā­cā­ri­trā­bhā­vā­t saṃ­ya­ta­tva­m e­va syā­n na pu­naḥ ka­dā­ci­d a­saṃ­ya­ta­tva­m i­tyā­re­kā yu­ktā­, cā­ri­tra- TAŚVA-ML 073,28mo­ho­da­ye sa­ti sa­mya­kcā­ri­tra­syā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a­saṃ­ya­ta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | kā­tru­r ya­to de­śa­to vā na saṃ­ya­mo nā­pi mi­thyā- TAŚVA-ML 073,29saṃ­ya­ma i­ti vyā­ha­ta­m a­pi na bha­va­ti­, mi­thyā­ga­ma­pū­rva­ka­sya saṃ­ya­ma­sya paṃ­cā­gni­sā­dha­nā­de­r mi­thyā­saṃ­ya­ma­tvā­t sa­mya- TAŚVA-ML 073,30gā­ga­ma­pū­rva­ka­sya sa­mya­ksaṃ­ya­ma­tvā­t | ta­to nya­sya mi­thyā­tvo­da­yā­sa­ttve pi pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya hiṃ­sā­de­r a­saṃ­ya­ma­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 073,31na cā­saṃ­ya­mā­d bhe­de­na mi­thyā­saṃ­ya­ma­syo­pa­de­śā­bhā­vā­d a­bhe­da e­ve­ti yu­ktaṃ­, ta­sya vā­la­ta­paḥ­śa­bde­no­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 073,32ta­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­si­ddheḥ | na hi cā­ri­tra­mo­ho­da­ya­mā­trā­d bha­va­ccā­ri­traṃ da­rśa­na­cā­ri­tra­mo­ho­da­ya­ja­ni­tā­d a­cā­ri­trā- TAŚVA-ML 073,33d a­bhi­nna­m e­ve­ti sā­dha­yi­tuṃ śa­kyaṃ­, sa­rva­tra kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­da­sya pha­lā­bhe­da­ka­tva­pra­sa­kteḥ | mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭa­saṃ­ya­ma­sya ni­ya­me­na TAŚVA-ML 073,34mi­thyā­jñā­na­pū­rva­ka­tva­pra­si­ddheḥ­, sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r a­saṃ­ya­ma­sya mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­jñā­na­pū­rva­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t­, vi­ru­ddha­kā­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­ta­yā­pi TAŚVA-ML 074,01bhe­dā­bhā­ve si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | ka­tha­m e­vaṃ mi­thyā­tvā­di­tra­yaṃ saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇaṃ sā­dha­ya­taḥ si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dho na bha­ve­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 074,02ce­n na­, cā­ri­tra­mo­ho­da­ye ṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­he­tau sa­ty u­tpa­dya­mā­na­yo­r a­saṃ­ya­ma­mi­thyā­saṃ­ya­ma­yo­r e­ka­tve­na vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­c ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 074,03tvā­si­ddheḥ saṃ­sa­ra­ṇa­sya | ta­ta e­vā­vi­ra­ti­śa­bde­nā­saṃ­ya­ma­sā­mā­nya­vā­ci­nā baṃ­dha­he­to­r a­saṃ­ya­ma­syo­pa­de­śa­gha­ṭa­nā­t | sa­mya- TAŚVA-ML 074,04gdṛ­ṣṭe­r a­pi ka­sya­ci­d vi­ṣa­bha­kṣa­ṇā­di­ja­ni­ta­duḥ­kha­pha­la­sya hī­na­sthā­na­pa­ri­gra­ha­sya saṃ­sā­ra­sya da­rśa­nā­n mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­jñā­na­yo- TAŚVA-ML 074,05r a­pa­kṣa­ye kṣī­ya­mā­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vā­n na ka­thaṃ­ci­d duḥ­kha­pha­la­tvaṃ mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­jñā­nā­pa­kṣa­ye kṣī­ya­mā­ṇa­tve­na vyā­pta­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 074,06ta­syā­py a­nā­ga­tā­naṃ­tā­naṃ­ta­saṃ­sā­ra­sya pra­kṣa­ya­si­ddheḥ sā­dhyāṃ­taḥ­pā­ti­tve­na vya­bhi­cā­ra­sya te­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ni­da­rśa­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 074,07pa­ra­pra­si­ddhyā vi­ṣa­ma­vi­ṣa­bha­kṣa­ṇā­ti­bho­ja­nā­di­ka­m u­ktaṃ­, ta­tra pa­ra­sya sā­dhya­vyā­pta­sā­dha­ne vi­vā­dā­bhā­vā­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 074,08vi­ṣa­ma­vi­ṣa­bha­kṣa­ṇe '­ti­bho­ja­nā­dau vā duḥ­kha­pha­la­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ­, nā­pi nā­ca­ra­ṇī­ya­m e­ta­tsu­khā­rthi­ne­ti sa­tya­jñā­no­tpa­ttau TAŚVA-ML 074,09ta­tsaṃ­sa­rga­la­kṣa­ṇa­saṃ­sā­ra­syā­pa­kṣa­yo pi si­ddha­s tā­va­tā ca ta­sya dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tā­pra­si­ddhe­r a­vi­vā­da e­va | ta­d e­va­m a­nu­mi­tā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 074,10mā­nā­n mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­di­ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ bha­va­sya si­ddhya­tī­ti na vi­pa­rya­ya­mā­tra­he­tu­ko vi­pa­rya­yā­vai­rā­gya­he­tu­ko vā bha­vo TAŚVA-ML 074,11vi­bhā­vya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.106ta­dvi­pa­kṣa­sya ni­rvā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­sya tra­yā­tma­tā | pra­si­ddhai­va­m a­to yu­ktā sū­tra­kā­ro­pa­de­śa­nā |­| 1­0­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 074,13mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ bha­va­he­tū­nāṃ tra­yā­ṇāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ sthi­tā­nāṃ ni­vṛ­ttiḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhū­tā­ni sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­dī­ni TAŚVA-ML 074,14trī­ṇy a­pe­kṣa­te a­nya­ta­mā­pā­ye ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, śa­kti­tra­yā­tma­ka­sya vā bha­va­he­to­r e­ka­sya vi­ni­va­rta­naṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhū­ta- TAŚVA-ML 074,15śa­kti­tra­yā­tma­ka­m e­ka­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa no­pa­pa­dya­ta i­ti yu­ktā sū­tra­kā­ra­sya tra­yā­tma­ka­mo­kṣa­mā­rgo­pa­de­śa­nā | ta­tra ya­dā TAŚVA-ML 074,16saṃ­sā­ra­ni­vṛ­tti­r e­va mo­kṣa­s ta­dā kā­ra­ṇa­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r i­yaṃ­, nā­sti kva­ci­j jī­ve saṃ­sā­raḥ pa­ra­ma­sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 074,17cā­ri­tra­sa­dbhā­vā­d i­ti­; ya­dā tu saṃ­sā­ra­ni­vṛ­tti­kā­ryaṃ mo­kṣa­s ta­dā kā­ra­ṇa­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhiḥ­, ka­sya­ci­d ā­tma­no TAŚVA-ML 074,18nā­sti duḥ­kha­m a­śe­ṣaṃ mu­khya­sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­di­sa­dbhā­vā­d i­ti ni­ścī­ya­te­, sa­ka­la­duḥ­khā­bhā­va­syā­tyaṃ­ti­ka­su­kha­sva­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 074,19tvā­t ta­sya ca saṃ­sā­ra­ni­vṛ­tti­pha­la­tvā­t | ya­dā mo­kṣaḥ kva­ci­d vi­dhī­ya­te ta­dā kā­ra­ṇo­pa­la­bdhi­r i­yaṃ­, kva­ci­n mo- TAŚVA-ML 074,20kṣo '­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vī sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­di­yo­gā­t | i­ti na ka­tha­m a­pi sū­tra­m i­da­m a­yu­ktyā­tma­kaṃ­, ā­ga­mā­tma­ka­tvaṃ tu ni­rū- TAŚVA-ML 074,21pi­ta­m e­vaṃ sa­ty a­laṃ pra­paṃ­ce­na |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.107baṃ­dha­pra­tya­ya­pāṃ­ca­dhya­sū­traṃ na ca vi­ru­dhya­te | pra­mā­dā­di­tra­ya­syāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t sā­mā­nya­to '­ya­me |­| 1­0­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 074,23tra­yā­tma­ka­mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­sū­tra­sā­ma­rthyā­t tra­yā­tma­ka­saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­si­ddhau yu­ktya­nu­gra­hā­bhi­dhā­ne baṃ­dha­pra­tya­ya­paṃ­ca­bi­dha­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 074,24'­mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­vi­ra­ti­pra­mā­da­ka­ṣā­ya­yo­gā baṃ­dha­he­ta­va­' i­ti sū­tra­ni­rdi­ṣṭaṃ na vi­ru­dhya­ta e­va pra­mā­dā­di­tra­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 074,25sā­mā­nya­to '­cā­ri­tre '­nta­rbhā­vā­t | vi­śe­ṣa­ta­ś ca tra­ya­syā­cā­ri­tre '­nta­rbhā­ve­na ko do­ṣa ? i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.108vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ pu­na­s ta­syā­cā­ri­trāṃ­taḥ­pra­ve­śa­ne | pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­tā­dī­nā­m a­ṣṭā­nāṃ syā­d a­saṃ­ya­maḥ |­| 1­0­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.109ta­thā ca sa­ti si­ddhāṃ­ta­vyā­ghā­taḥ saṃ­ya­ta­tva­taḥ | mo­ha­dvā­da­śa­ka­dhvaṃ­sā­t te­ṣā­m a­ya­m a­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 1­0­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 074,28na­nv e­vaṃ sā­mā­nya­to py a­cā­ri­tre pra­mā­dā­di­tra­ya­syāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t ka­thaṃ si­ddhāṃ­ta­vyā­ghā­to na syā­t ? pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­tā- TAŚVA-ML 074,29t pū­rve­ṣā­m e­va sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣa­to vā ta­trāṃ­ta­rbhā­va­va­ca­nā­t­, pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­tā­dī­nāṃ tu sa­yo­ga­ke­va­lyaṃ­tā­nā­m a­ṣṭā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 074,30m a­pi mo­ha­dvā­da­śa­ka­sya kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­d u­pa­śa­mā­d vā sa­ka­la­mo­ha­sya kṣa­yā­d vā saṃ­ya­ta­tva­pra­si­ddheḥ­, a­nya­thā saṃ­ya­tā- TAŚVA-ML 074,31saṃ­ya­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, sā­mā­nya­to '­saṃ­ya­ma­syā­pi te­ṣu bhā­vā­d i­ti ke­ci­t | te py e­vaṃ pa­rya­nu­yo­jyāḥ | ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 074,32bha­va­tāṃ ca­tuḥ­pra­tya­yo baṃ­dhaḥ si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ru­ddho na bha­ve­t ta­tra ta­sya sū­tri­ta­tvā­d i­ti | pra­mā­dā­nāṃ ka­ṣā­ye­ṣv aṃ­ta­rbhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 074,33d i­ti ce­t­, sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣa­to vā ta­tra te­ṣā­m aṃ­ta­rbhā­vaḥ syā­t ? na tā­va­d u­tta­raḥ pa­kṣo ni­drā­yāḥ pra­mā­da- TAŚVA-ML 074,34vi­śe­ṣa­sva­bhā­vā­yāḥ ka­ṣā­ye­ṣv aṃ­ta­rbhā­va­yi­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t ta­syā da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­t | pra­mā­da­sā­mā­nya­sya TAŚVA-ML 075,01ka­ṣā­ye­ṣv aṃ­ta­rbhā­va i­ti ce­t na­, a­pra­ma­ttā­dī­nāṃ sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­kāṃ­tā­nāṃ pra­ma­tta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pra­mā­dai­ka­de­śa­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 075,02ka­ṣā­ya­sya ni­drā­yā­ś ca ta­tra sa­dbhā­vā­t sa­rva­pra­mā­dā­nā­m a­bhā­vā­n na pra­ma­tta­tva­pra­sa­kti­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi pra­mā­dā­di­tra- TAŚVA-ML 075,03ya­syā­cā­ri­tre ṃ­ta­rbhā­ve pi pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­tā­dī­nā­m a­ṣṭā­nā­m a­saṃ­ya­ta­tvaṃ mā prā­pa­t | ta­thā hi | paṃ­ca­da­śa­su pra­mā­da­vya­kti­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 075,04va­rta­mā­na­sya pra­mā­da­sā­mā­nya­sya ka­ṣā­ye­ṣv aṃ­ta­rbhā­ve pi na sa­rvā vya­kta­ya­s ta­trāṃ­ta­rbha­vaṃ­ti vi­ka­theṃ­dri­yā­ṇā­m a­pra­ma­ttā­di- TAŚVA-ML 075,05ṣv a­bhā­vā­t­, ka­ṣā­ya­pra­ṇa­ya­ni­drā­ṇā­m e­va saṃ­bha­vā­t­, i­ti na te­ṣāṃ pra­ma­tta­tvaṃ | ta­thā mo­ha­dvā­da­śa­ko­da­ya­kā­la­bhā­vi­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 075,06ta­tkṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­kā­la­bhā­vi­ṣu ca pra­mā­da­ka­ṣā­ya­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu va­rta­mā­na­sya pra­mā­da­ka­ṣā­ya­yo­ga­sā­mā­nya­syā­cā­ri­tre '­ṃ­ta­rbhā- TAŚVA-ML 075,07ve pi na pra­ma­ttā­dī­nā­m a­saṃ­ya­ta­tvaṃ | syā­n ma­taṃ | pra­mā­dā­di­sā­mā­nya­syā­saṃ­ya­te­ṣu saṃ­ya­te­ṣu ca sa­dbhā­vā­d a­saṃ­ya­me TAŚVA-ML 075,08saṃ­ya­me cāṃ­ta­rbhā­vo yu­kto na pu­na­r a­saṃ­ya­ma e­va­, a­nya­thā vṛ­kṣa­tva­sya nya­gro­dhe '­nta­rvyā­pi­no pi nya­gro­dhe­ṣv e­vāṃ­ta­rbhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 075,09pra­sa­kte­r i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t­, vi­va­kṣi­tā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t | pra­mā­dā­di­tra­ya­m a­saṃ­ya­me ca ya­syāṃ­ta­rbhā­vī­ti ta­sya ta­nni­ya­ta- TAŚVA-ML 075,10tvā­t ta­trāṃ­ta­rbhā­vo vi­va­kṣi­taḥ­, pra­mā­dā­nā­m a­pra­ma­ttā­di­ṣv a­bhā­vā­t ka­ṣā­yā­ṇā­m a­ka­ṣā­ye­ṣv a­saṃ­bha­vā­t yo­gā­nā­m a­yo­ge '­na- TAŚVA-ML 075,11va­sthā­nā­d i­ti te­ṣāṃ saṃ­ya­me nāṃ­ta­rbhā­vo vi­va­kṣi­taḥ | pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā tu te­ṣā­m a­saṃ­ya­me '­naṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 075,12paṃ­ca­vi­dha e­va baṃ­dha­he­tuḥ mo­ha­dvā­da­śa­ka­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­sa­ha­bhā­vi­nāṃ pra­mā­da­ka­ṣā­ya­yo­gā­nāṃ vi­śi­ṣṭā­nā­m a­saṃ­ya­te­ṣv a- TAŚVA-ML 075,13bhā­vā­t ka­ṣā­yo­pa­śa­ma­kṣa­ya­bhā­vi­nāṃ ca pra­ma­tta­ka­ṣā­ya­saṃ­ya­te­ṣv a­py a­bhā­vā­t sa­rve­ṣāṃ svā­nu­rū­pa­baṃ­dha­he­tu­tvā­pra­tī­ghā­tā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.110na­nv e­vaṃ paṃ­ca­dhā baṃ­dha­he­tau sa­ti vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | prā­pto ni­rvā­ṇa­mā­rgo pi tā­va­ddhā ta­nni­va­rta­kaḥ |­| 1­1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 075,15ya­thā tri­vi­dhe baṃ­dha­he­tau tri­vi­dho mā­rga­s ta­thā paṃ­ca­vi­dhe baṃ­dha­kā­ra­ṇe paṃ­ca­vi­dho mo­kṣa­he­tu­r va­kta­vyaḥ­, tri­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 075,16r mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇaiḥ paṃ­ca­vi­dha­baṃ­dha­kā­ra­ṇa­sya ni­va­rta­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | a­nya­thā tra­yā­ṇāṃ paṃ­cā­nāṃ vā baṃ­dha­he­tū­nā­m e­ke­nai­va TAŚVA-ML 075,17mo­kṣa­he­tu­nā ni­va­rta­na­si­ddhe­r mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­trai­vi­dhya­va­ca­na­m a­py a­yu­kti­ka­m a­nu­ṣa­jye­te­ti ka­ści­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.111ta­d e­ta­da­nu­kū­laṃ naḥ sā­ma­rthyā­t sa­mu­pā­ga­ta­m | baṃ­dha­pra­tya­ya­sū­tra­sya pāṃ­ca­dhyaṃ mo­kṣa­va­rtma­naḥ |­| 1­1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 075,19sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­vi­ra­tya­pra­mā­dā­ka­ṣā­yā­yo­gā mo­kṣa­he­ta­vaḥ i­ti paṃ­ca­vi­dha­baṃ­dha­he­tū­pa­de­śa­sā­ma­rthyā­lla­bhya­ta e­va mo­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 075,20he­toḥ paṃ­ca­vi­dha­tvaṃ­, ta­to na ta­dā­pā­da­naṃ pra­ti­kū­la­m a­smā­kaṃ | sa­mya­gjñā­na­mo­kṣa­he­to­r a­saṃ­gra­haḥ syā­d e­va­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 075,21ta­sya sa­dda­rśa­ne ṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t mi­thyā­jñā­na­sya mi­thyā­da­rśa­ne nta­rbhā­va­va­t | ta­sya ta­trā­naṃ­ta­rbhā­ve vā ṣo­ḍhā mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 075,22baṃ­dha­kā­ra­ṇaṃ cā­bhi­ma­ta­m e­va vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­d i­ty u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.112sa­mya­gbo­dha­sya sa­ddṛ­ṣṭā­v aṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t tv a­da­rśa­ne | mi­thyā­jñā­na­va­d e­vā­sya bhe­de ṣo­ḍho bha­yaṃ ma­ta­m |­| 1­1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 075,24ta­tra ku­to bha­va­n bha­ve­tyaṃ­taṃ baṃ­dhaḥ ke­na ni­va­rtya­te­, ye­na paṃ­ca­vi­dho mo­kṣa­mā­rgaḥ syā­d i­ty a­dhī­ya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.113ta­tra mi­thyā­dṛ­śo baṃ­dhaḥ sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭyā ni­va­rtya­te | ku­cā­ri­trā­d vi­ra­tyai­va pra­mā­dā­d a­pra­mā­da­taḥ |­| 1­1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.114ka­ṣā­yā­d a­ka­ṣā­ye­ṇa yo­gā­c cā­yo­ga­taḥ kra­mā­t | te­nā­yo­ga­gu­ṇā­n mu­kteḥ pū­rvaṃ si­ddhā ji­na­sthi­tiḥ |­| 1­1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 075,27mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­d bha­va­n baṃ­dhaḥ da­rśa­ne­na ni­va­rtya­te ta­sya ta­nni­dā­na­vi­ro­dhi­tvā­t | mi­thyā­jñā­nā­d bha­va­n baṃ­dhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 075,28sa­tya­jñā­ne­na ni­va­rtya­ta i­ty a­py a­ne­no­ktaṃ | mi­thyā­cā­ri­trā­d bha­va­nsa­ccā­ri­tre­ṇa­, pra­mā­dā­d bha­va­nna­pra­mā­de­na­, ka­ṣā­yā­d bha­va­nna- TAŚVA-ML 075,29ka­ṣā­ye­ṇa­, yo­gā­d bha­va­nna­yo­ge­na sa ni­va­rtya­ta i­ty a­yo­ga­gu­ṇā­naṃ­ta­raṃ mo­kṣa­syā­vi­rbhā­vā­t sa­yo­gā­yo­ga­gu­ṇa­sthā­na­yo­r bha- TAŚVA-ML 075,30ga­va­da­rha­taḥ sthi­ti­r a­pi pra­si­ddhā bha­va­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.115sā­ma­grī yā­va­tī ya­sya ja­ni­kā saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | tā­va­tī nā­ti­va­rtyai­va mo­kṣa­syā­pī­ti ke­ca­na |­| 1­1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 075,32ya­sya yā­va­tī sā­ma­grī ja­ni­kā dṛ­ṣṭā ta­sya tā­va­ty e­va pra­tye­yā­, ya­thā ya­va­bī­jā­di­sā­ma­grī ya­vāṃ­ku­ra­sya | TAŚVA-ML 075,33ta­thā sa­mya­gjñā­nā­di­sā­ma­grī mo­kṣa­sya ja­ni­kā saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te ta­to nai­va sā­ti­va­rta­nī­yā­, mi­thyā­jñā­nā­di­sā­ma­grī TAŚVA-ML 076,01ca baṃ­dha­sya ja­ni­ke­ti mo­kṣa­baṃ­dha­kā­ra­ṇa­saṃ­khyā­ni­ya­maḥ­, vi­pa­rya­yā­d e­va baṃ­dho jñā­nā­d e­va mo­kṣa i­ti ne­ṣya­ta e­va­, TAŚVA-ML 076,02pa­ra­syā­pi saṃ­ci­ta­ka­rma­pha­lo­pa­bho­gā­de­r a­bhī­ṣṭa­tvā­d i­ti ke­ci­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.116e­te­ṣā­m a­py a­ne­kāṃ­tā­śra­ya­ṇe śre­ya­sī ma­tiḥ | nā­nya­thā sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­te baṃ­dha­he­tvā­dya­yo­ga­taḥ |­| 1­1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.117ni­tya­tvai­kāṃ­ta­pa­kṣe hi pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­vṛ­tti­taḥ | nā­tmā baṃ­dhā­di­he­tuḥ syā­t kṣa­ṇa­pra­kṣa­yi­ci­tta­va­t |­| 1­1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 076,05pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syā­bhā­ve nā­tma­ni kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dye ta­yo­s te­na vyā­pta­tvā­t | pū­rvā­pa­ra­sva­bhā­va­tyā­go­pā­dā­na­sthi­ti­la­kṣa­ṇo TAŚVA-ML 076,06hi pa­ri­ṇā­mo na pū­rvo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇa­vi­nā­śo­tpā­da­mā­traṃ sthi­ti­mā­traṃ vā pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t | sa ca kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dya­yo­r vyā­pa- TAŚVA-ML 076,07ka­ta­yā saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | ba­hi­r aṃ­ta­ś ca bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­n nā­pā­ra­mā­rthi­ko ya­taḥ sva­yaṃ ni­va­rta­mā­naḥ kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dye na TAŚVA-ML 076,08ni­va­rta­ye­t | te ca ni­va­rta­mā­ne a­rtha­kri­yā­sā­mā­nyaṃ ni­va­rta­ya­ta­s tā­bhyāṃ ta­sya vyā­pta­tvā­t | a­rtha­kri­yā­sā­mā­nyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 076,09tu ya­tra ni­ra­ti­śa­yā­tma­ni na saṃ­bha­va­ti ta­tra baṃ­dha­mo­kṣā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ ka­thaṃ saṃ­bhā­vya­te­, ye­nā­yaṃ­, ta­du­pā­dā­na- TAŚVA-ML 076,10he­tuḥ syā­t­, ni­ra­nva­ya­kṣa­ṇi­ka­ci­tta­syā­pi ta­du­pā­dā­na­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.118na cā­tma­no gu­ṇo bhi­nna­s ta­da­saṃ­baṃ­dha­taḥ sa­dā | ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhe ka­dā­ci­t tu ta­sya nai­kāṃ­ta­ni­tya­tā |­| 1­1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.119gu­ṇā­saṃ­baṃ­dha­rū­pe­ṇa nā­śā­d gu­ṇa­yu­tā­tma­nā | prā­du­rbhā­vā­c ci­dā­di­tva­sthā­nā­t tryā­tma­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 076,13nā­pa­ri­ṇā­myā­tmā ta­sye­cchā­d ve­ṣā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­me­nā­tyaṃ­ta­bhi­nne­na pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvā­t­, dha­rmā­dha­rmo­tpa­ttyā­khyā baṃ­dha­sa­ma­vā- TAŚVA-ML 076,14yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, sva­to '­tyaṃ­ta­bhi­nne­na pa­ri­ṇā­me­na ka­sya­ci­t pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t­, a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 076,15rū­pā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­me­nā­tmā­kā­śā­deḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to '­pa­ri­ṇā­my e­vā­tme­ti na baṃ­dhā­deḥ sa­ma­vā­yi- TAŚVA-ML 076,16kā­ra­ṇaṃ­, nā­py ā­tmāṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­yo­go '­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇaṃ­, prā­ga­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ vā ta­dgu­ṇo ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇaṃ­, ta­sya ta­to bhi­nna­sya TAŚVA-ML 076,17sa­rva­dā te­nā­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t | ka­dā­ci­t ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhe vā ni­tyai­kāṃ­ta­hā­ni­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, sva­gu­ṇā­saṃ­baṃ­dha­rū­pe­ṇa nā­śā­d gu­ṇa­saṃ­baṃ­dha- TAŚVA-ML 076,18rū­pe­ṇo­tpā­dā­c ce­ta­na­tvā­di­nā sthi­te sva­ttra­yā­tma­ka­tva­si­ddheḥ | e­te­nā­tma­no bhi­nno gu­ṇaḥ sa­ttva­ra­ja­sta­mo­rū­po TAŚVA-ML 076,19baṃ­dhā­di­he­tu­r i­ty e­ta­tpra­ti­vyū­ḍhaṃ­, te­na ta­sya śa­śva­da­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­na ta­ddhe­tu­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, ka­dā­ci­t saṃ­baṃ­dhe tryā­tma­ka­tvā­si­ddhe­r a- TAŚVA-ML 076,20vi­śe­ṣā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.120ya­d vi­na­śya­ti ta­drū­paṃ prā­du­rbha­va­ti ta­tra ya­t | ta­d e­vā­ni­tya­mā­tmā tu ta­dbhi­nno ni­tya i­ty a­pi |­| 1­2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.121na yu­ktaṃ na­śva­ro­tpi­tsu­rū­pā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­tma­nā | kā­dā­ci­tka­tva­ta­s ta­sya ni­tya­tvai­kāṃ­ta­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 1­2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 076,23ka­dā­ci­n na­śva­ra­sva­bhā­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ka­dā­ci­d u­tpi­tsu­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m ā­tmā ni­tyai­kāṃ­ta­rū­pa i­ti bru­va­n na sva­sthaḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 076,24kā­dā­ci­t kā­ne­ka­dha­rmā­śra­ya­tva­syā­ni­tya­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.122nā­nā­dha­rmā­śra­ya­tva­sya gau­ṇa­tvā­d ā­tma­naḥ sa­dā | sthā­snu­te­ti na sā­dhī­yaḥ sa­tyā­sa­tyā­tma­tā­bhi­daḥ |­| 1­2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 076,26sa­tyā­sa­tya­sva­bhā­va­tvā­bhyā­mā­tma­no bhe­daḥ saṃ­bha­va­tī­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sa­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d bhe­da­syā­nya­thā­tmā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 076,27tma­no­r a­pi bhe­dā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.123a­sa­tyā­tma­ka­tā­sa­ttve sa­ttve sa­tyā­tma­tā­tma­naḥ | si­ddhaṃ sa­da­sa­dā­tma­tva­m a­nya­thā va­stu­tā­kṣa­tiḥ |­| 1­2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 076,29nā­nā­dha­rmā­śra­ya­tvaṃ gau­ṇa­m a­sa­d e­va mu­khyaṃ sthā­yi tu sa­d i­ti ta­ttva­to jī­va­syai­ka­rū­pa­tva­m a­yu­ktaṃ sa­da­sa­tsva­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 076,30tvā­bhyā­m a­ne­ka­rū­pa­tva­si­ddheḥ | ya­di pu­na­r ā­tma­no mu­khya­sva­bhā­ve­ne­vo­pa­ca­ri­ta­sva­bhā­ve­nā­pi sa­ttva­m u­ra­rī­kri­ya­te TAŚVA-ML 076,31ta­dā ta­syā­śe­ṣa­pa­ra­rū­pe­ṇa sa­ttva­pra­sa­kte­r ā­tma­tve­nai­va vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ sa­ttā­mā­tra­va­tsa­ka­lā­rtha­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t | ta­syo- TAŚVA-ML 076,32pa­ca­ri­ta­sva­bhā­ve­ne­va mu­khya­sva­bhā­ve­nā­py a­sa­ttve ka­tha­m a­va­stu­tvaṃ na syā­t sa­ka­la­sva­bhā­va­śū­nya­tvā­t sva­ra­śṛṃ­ga­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 076,33ye tv ā­huḥ u­pa­ca­ri­tā e­vā­tma­naḥ sva­bhā­va­bhe­dā na pu­na­r vā­sta­vā­s te­ṣāṃ ta­to bhe­de ta­tsva­bhā­va­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | a­rthāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 076,34ta­ra­sva­bhā­va­tve­na saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t ta­tsva­bhā­va­tve py e­ke­na sva­bhā­ve­na te­na ta­sya taiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhe sa­rve­ṣā­m e­ka­rū­pa­tā­pa­ttiḥ­, nā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 077,01sva­bhā­vaiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhe '­na­va­sthā­naṃ te­ṣā­m a­py a­nyaiḥ sva­bhā­vaiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t | mu­khya­sva­bhā­vā­nā­m u­pa­ca­ri­taiḥ sva­bhā­vai­s tā­va­dbhi­r ā- TAŚVA-ML 077,02tma­no '­saṃ­baṃ­dhe nā­nā­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ nā­nā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ cā­tma­naḥ ki­m u­pa­ca­ri­tai­r e­va nā­nā­sva­bhā­vai­r na syā­t­, ye­na TAŚVA-ML 077,03mu­khya­sva­bhā­va­ka­lpa­naṃ sa­pha­la­m a­nu­ma­nye­ma­hi | nā­nā­sva­bhā­vā­nā­m ā­tma­no na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve tu sva­bhā­vā e­va nā­tmā ka­ści- TAŚVA-ML 077,04d e­ko bhi­nne­bhyo na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­syai­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t­, ā­tmai­va vā na ke­ci­t sva­bhā­vāḥ syuḥ­, ya­to no­pa­ca­ri­ta­sva­bhā­va­vya­va­sthā- TAŚVA-ML 077,05tma­no na bha­ve­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­dā­bhe­da­pa­kṣe pi sva­bhā­vā­nā­m ā­tma­no na­va­sthā­naṃ ta­sya ni­vā­ra­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 077,06ka­sya­ci­d e­ka­sya nā­nā­sva­bhā­va­sya me­ca­ka­jñā­na­sya grā­hyā­kā­ra­ve­da­na­sya vā sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­de­r vā pra­mā­ṇa­ba­lā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 077,07vya­va­sthā­nā­t te­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti te py a­ne­nai­va pra­ti­kṣi­ptāḥ­, sva­ya­m i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­sva­bhā­vā­bhyāṃ sa­da­sa­ttva­sva­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 077,08si­ddhe­r a­pra­ti­baṃ­dhā­t | na ca ka­sya­ci­d u­pa­ca­ri­te sa­da­sa­ttve ta­ttva­to nu­bha­ya­tva­sya pra­sa­kteḥ­, ta­c cā­yu­ktaṃ­, sa­rva­thā TAŚVA-ML 077,09vyā­ghā­tā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­nu­bha­ya­tvaṃ tu va­stu­no no­bha­ya­sva­bhā­va­tāṃ vi­ru­ṇa­ddhi­; ka­thaṃ vā­nu­bha­ya­rū­pa­ta­yā ta­ttvaṃ ta­da­nya- TAŚVA-ML 077,10rū­pa­ta­yā cā­ta­ttva­m i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­sya­ci­d u­bha­ya­rū­pa­tāṃ pra­ti­kṣi­pe­t | na sa­n nā­py a­sa­n no­bha­yaṃ nā­nu­bha­ya­m a­nya­d vā TAŚVA-ML 077,11va­stu­; kiṃ ta­rhi ? va­stv e­va sa­ka­lo­pā­dhi­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t ta­thā va­ktu­m a­śa­kte­r a­vā­cya­m e­ve­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ va­stv i­ty u­cya­te ? TAŚVA-ML 077,12sa­ka­lo­pā­dhi­ra­hi­ta­m a­vā­cyaṃ vā ? va­stvā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m a­pi ta­trā­pra­vṛ­tteḥ | sa­tyā­m a­pi va­ca­nā­go­ca­ra­tā­yā­m ā­tmā­di­ta- TAŚVA-ML 077,13ttva­syo­pa­la­bhya­tā­bhyu­pe­yā­; sā ca sva­sva­rū­pe­ṇā­sti na pa­ra­rū­pe­ṇe­ti sa­da­sa­dā­tma­ka­tva­m ā­yā­taṃ ta­sya ta­tho­pa­la­bhya- TAŚVA-ML 077,14tvā­t | na ca sa­da­sa­ttvā­di­dha­rmai­r a­py a­nu­pa­la­bhyaṃ va­stv i­ti śa­kyaṃ pra­tye­tuṃ sva­ra­śṛṃ­gā­de­r a­pi va­stu­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 077,15dha­rmi­rū­pa­ta­yā­nu­pa­la­bhyaṃ sva­rū­pe­ṇo­pa­la­bhyaṃ va­stv i­ti ce­t­, ya­tho­pa­la­bhyaṃ ta­thā sa­t ya­thā cā­nu­pa­la­bhyaṃ ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 077,16ta­d a­sa­d i­ti | ta­d e­vaṃ sa­da­sa­dā­tma­ka­tvaṃ su­dū­ra­m a­py a­nu­sṛ­tya ta­sya pra­ti­kṣe­ptu­m a­śa­kteḥ | ta­taḥ sa­da­sa­tsva­bhā­vau pā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 077,17mā­rthi­kau kva­ci­d i­ccha­tā­'­naṃ­ta­sva­bhā­vāḥ pra­tī­ya­mā­nā­s ta­thā­tma­no bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyāḥ | te­ṣāṃ ca kra­ma­to vi­nā­śo­tpā­dau TAŚVA-ML 077,18ta­syai­ve­ti si­ddhaṃ tryā­tma­ka­tva­m ā­tma­no gu­ṇā­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­ta­ra­rū­pā­bhyāṃ nā­śo­tpā­da­vya­va­sthā­nā­d ā­tma­tve­na dhrau­vya­tva­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 077,19ta­to pi bi­bhya­tā nā­tma­no bhi­nne­na gu­ṇe­na saṃ­baṃ­dho bhi­maṃ­ta­vyo na vā­saṃ­ba­ddha­s ta­syai­va gu­ṇo vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tuṃ śa­kyo TAŚVA-ML 077,20ya­taḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d i­ti he­tuḥ syā­d i­ti sū­ktaṃ ni­tyai­kāṃ­te nā­tmā hi baṃ­dha­mo­kṣā­di­kā­rya­sya kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ty a­na­va­sthā­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.124kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­ye pi nai­vā­sti kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tāṃ­ja­sā | ka­sya­ci­t kva­ci­d a­tyaṃ­tā­vyā­pā­rā­d a­ca­lā­tma­va­t |­| 1­2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 077,22kṣa­ṇi­kāḥ sa­rve saṃ­skā­rāḥ sthi­rā­ṇāṃ ku­taḥ kri­ye­ti ni­rvyā­pā­ra­tā­yāṃ kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yai­kāṃ­te bhū­ti­r e­va kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 077,23kā­ra­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­bhā­g i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­tha­m a­ca­lā­tma­ni ni­rvyā­pā­re pi sa­rva­thā bhū­ti­r e­va kri­yā­kā­ra­ka­vya­va­hā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 077,24m a­nu­sa­ra­tī­ti pra­ti­kṣi­pe­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.125a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­dyo ya­sya dṛ­ṣṭo nu­va­rta­kaḥ | sa ta­ddhe­tu­r i­ti nyā­ya­s ta­de­kāṃ­te na saṃ­bha­vī |­| 1­2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 077,26ni­tyai­kāṃ­te nā­sti kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo '­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhā­vā­t | na hi ka­sya­ci­n ni­tya­sya sa­dbhā­vo '­nva­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 077,27sa­rva­ni­tyā­nva­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, pra­kṛ­ta­ni­tya­sa­dbhā­va i­va ta­da­nya­ni­tya­sa­dbhā­ve pi bhā­vā­t­, sa­rva­thā­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | nā­pi TAŚVA-ML 077,28vya­ti­re­kaḥ śā­śva­ta­sya ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t | de­śa­vya­ti­re­kaḥ saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti ce­t na­, ta­sya vya­ti­re­ka­tve­na ni­ya­ma­yi­tu- TAŚVA-ML 077,29m a­śa­kteḥ pra­kṛ­ta­de­śe vi­va­kṣi­tā­sa­rva­ga­ta­ni­tya­vya­ti­re­ka­va­da­vi­va­kṣi­ta­sa­rva­ga­ta­ni­tya­vya­ti­re­ka­syā­pi si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 077,30ta­thā­pi ka­sya­ci­d a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­si­ddhau sa­rva­ni­tyā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t kiṃ ka­sya kā­ryaṃ syā­t ? ta­to TAŚVA-ML 077,31'­ca­lā­tma­no nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kau ni­va­rta­mā­nau sva­vyā­pyāṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tāṃ ni­va­rta­ya­taḥ | ta­d u­ktaṃ­–­"­a­nva­ya­vya­ti- TAŚVA-ML 077,32re­kā­dyo ya­sya dṛ­ṣṭo nu­va­rta­kaḥ | sa bhā­va­s ta­sya ta­ddhe­tu­r a­to bhi­nnā na saṃ­bha­vā |­| " i­ti | na cā­yaṃ nyā­ya­s ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 077,33saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti ni­tye ya­di kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­pra­ti­kṣe­pa­s ta­dā kṣa­ṇi­ke pi ta­da­saṃ­bha­va­syā­vi­śe­ṣā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.126ta­tra he­tā­v a­sa­ty e­va kā­ryo­tpā­de nva­yaḥ ku­taḥ | vya­ti­re­ka­ś ca saṃ­vṛ­ttyā tau ce­t kiṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­m |­| 1­2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 078,02na hi kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yai­kāṃ­te sa­ty e­va kā­ra­ṇe kā­rya­syo­tpā­daḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­r e­ka­kā­lā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t­, kā­ra­ṇa­syai- TAŚVA-ML 078,03ka­smi­n kṣa­ṇe jā­ta­sya kā­rya­kā­le pi sa­ttve kṣa­ṇa­bhaṃ­ga­bhaṃ­ga­pra­saṃ­gā­c ca | sa­rva­thā tu vi­na­ṣṭe kā­ra­ṇe kā­rya­syo­tpā­de TAŚVA-ML 078,04ka­tha­m a­nva­yo nā­ma ci­ra­ta­ra­vi­na­ṣṭā­nva­ya­va­t | ta­ta e­va vya­ti­re­kā­bhā­vaḥ kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­ve kā­rya­syā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 078,05syā­n ma­taṃ | sva­kā­le sa­ti kā­ra­ṇe kā­rya­sya sva­sa­ma­ye prā­du­rbhā­vo '­nva­yo a­sa­ti vā­'­bha­va­naṃ vya­ti­re­ko na pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 078,06kā­ra­ṇa­kā­le ta­sya bha­va­na­m a­nva­yo '­nya­dā­tva­bha­va­naṃ vya­ti­re­kaḥ | sa­rva­thā­py a­bhi­nna­de­śa­yoḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo­pa­ga­me TAŚVA-ML 078,07ku­to gni­dhū­mā­dī­nāṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo bhi­nna­de­śa­ta­yo­pa­laṃ­bhā­t | bhi­nna­de­śa­yo­s tu kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve bhi­nna­kā­la­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 078,08sa ka­thaṃ pra­ti­kṣi­pya­te ye­nā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kau tā­dṛ­śau na syā­tāṃ | kā­ra­ṇa­tve­nā­bhi­ma­te py a­rthe sva­kā­le sa­ti TAŚVA-ML 078,09ka­sya­ci­t sva­kā­le bha­va­na­m a­sa­ti vā­'­bha­va­na­m a­nva­yo vya­ti­re­ka­ś ca syā­d i­ty a­pi na maṃ­ta­vya­m a­nya­tra sa­mā­na­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 078,10kā­ra­ṇa­tve­nā­na­bhi­ma­te rthe sva­de­śe sa­ti sa­rva­sya sva­de­śe bha­va­na­m a­nva­yo a­sa­ti vā­'­bha­va­naṃ vya­ti­re­ka i­ty a­pi va­ktuṃ TAŚVA-ML 078,11śa­kya­tvā­t | sva­yo­gya­tā­vi­śe­ṣā­t ka­yo­ści­d e­vā­rtha­yo­r bhi­nna­de­śa­yo­r a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­ni­ya­mā­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­ya­ma­pa­ri­ka- TAŚVA-ML 078,12lpa­nā­yāṃ bhi­nna­kā­la­yo­r a­pi sa kiṃ na bha­ve­t ta­ta e­va sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­d e­ta­d a­py a­vi­cā­ri­ta­ra­myaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 078,13ta­nma­te yo­gya­tā­pra­ti­ni­ya­ma­sya vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­syā­yo­gā­t | yo­gya­tā hi kā­ra­ṇa­sya kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­śa­ktiḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 078,14kā­rya­sya ca kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­tva­śa­kti­s ta­syāḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­maḥ­, śā­li­bī­jāṃ­ku­ra­yo­ś ca bhi­nna­kā­la­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe pi śā­li­bī- TAŚVA-ML 078,15ja­syai­va śā­lyaṃ­ku­ra­ja­ne­na śa­kti­r na ya­va­bī­ja­sya­, ta­sya ya­vāṃ­ku­ra­ja­na­ne na śā­li­bī­ja­sye­ti ka­thya­te | ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 078,16ku­ta­s ta­ccha­kte­s tā­dṛ­śaḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­maḥ ? sva­bhā­va­ta i­ti ce­t na­, a­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t | pa­ro­kṣa­sya śa­kti­pra­ti­ni­ya­ma­sya TAŚVA-ML 078,17pa­rya­nu­yu­jya­mā­na­tā­yāṃ sva­bhā­vai­r u­tta­ra­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t­, a­nya­thā sa­rva­sya vi­ja­yi­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pra­tya­kṣa­pra­tī­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 078,18cā­rthe pa­rya­nu­yo­ge sva­bhā­vai­r u­tta­ra­sya sva­ya­m a­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ka­tha­m a­nya­the­daṃ śo­bhe­ta­ —­"­ya­t kiṃ­ci­d ā­tmā­bhi­ma­taṃ vi­dhā­ya TAŚVA-ML 078,19ni­ru­tta­ra­s ta­tra kṛ­taḥ pa­re­ṇa | va­stu­sva­bhā­vai­r i­ti vā­cya­m i­tthaṃ ta­du­tta­raṃ syā­d vi­ja­yī sa­ma­staḥ | 1 | pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 078,20pra­tī­te rthe ya­di pa­rya­nu­yu­jya­te | sva­bhā­vai­r u­tta­raṃ vā­cyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭe kā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tā | 2 | " i­ti | śā­li­bī­jā­deḥ TAŚVA-ML 078,21śā­lyaṃ­ku­rā­di­kā­rya­sya da­rśa­nā­t ta­jja­na­na­śa­kti­r a­nu­mī­ya­ta i­ti ce­t­, ta­sya ta­tkā­rya­tve pra­si­ddhe '­pra­si­ddhe pi TAŚVA-ML 078,22vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe pi ku­taḥ śā­lyaṃ­ku­rā­deḥ śā­li­bī­jā­di­kā­rya­tvaṃ si­ddhaṃ ? na tā­va­d a­dhya­kṣā­t ta­tra ta­syā­pra- TAŚVA-ML 078,23ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­, a­nya­thā sa­rva­sya ta­thā ni­śca­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vā­l liṃ­gā­t ta­tsi­ddhi­r i­ti ce­n na­, sā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 078,24sa­ma­tvā­t | ko hi sā­dhya­m e­va sā­dha­na­tve­nā­bhi­da­dhā­tī­ty a­nya­trā­sva­sthā­t | ta­dbhā­va­bhā­va e­va hi ta­tkā­rya­tvaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 078,25ta­to nya­t | śā­li­bī­jā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­ka­tvā­c chā­lyaṃ­ku­rā­de­s ta­tkā­rya­tvaṃ si­ddha­m i­ty a­pi tā­dṛ­g e­va | pa­ra­spa­rā­śri­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 078,26cai­ta­t­, si­ddhe śā­li­bī­jā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­ka­tve śā­lyaṃ­ku­rā­de­s ta­tkā­rya­tva­si­ddhi­s ta­tsi­ddhau ca śā­li­bī­jā­di­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 078,27tva­si­ddhi­r i­ti | ta­da­nu­mā­nā­t pra­tya­kṣa­pra­tī­te ta­sya ta­tkā­rya­tve sa­mā­ro­paḥ ka­sya­ci­d vya­va­cchi­dya­ta i­ty a­py a­ne­nā­pā­staṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 078,28sva­ya­m a­si­ddhā­t sā­dha­nā­t ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­da­naṃ­ta­raṃ ta­syo­pa­laṃ­bhā­t ta­tkā­rya­tva­si­ddhi­r i­ty a­pi pha­lgu­prā­yaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 078,29śā­lyaṃ­ku­rā­deḥ pū­rvā­khi­lā­rtha­kā­rya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | śā­li­bī­jā­bhā­ve ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m a­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­n na ta­tkā­rya­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 078,30sā­rdre dha­nā­bhā­ve ṃ­gā­rā­dya­va­sthā­gne­r a­naṃ­ta­raṃ dhū­ma­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­gni­kā­rya­tvaṃ mā bhū­t | sā­ma­grī­kā­rya­tvā­d dhū­ma­sya nā­gni­mā­tra- TAŚVA-ML 078,31kā­rya­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi sa­ka­lā­rtha­sa­hi­ta­śā­li­bī­jā­di­sā­ma­grī­kā­rya­tvaṃ śā­lyaṃ­ku­rā­de­r a­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 078,32ta­thā ca na kiṃ­ci­t ka­sya­ci­d a­kā­ra­ṇa­m a­kā­ryaṃ ve­ti sa­rvaṃ sa­rva­smā­d a­nu­mī­ye­te­ti vā ku­ta­ści­t kiṃ­ci­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 078,33nā­nu­mā­nā­t ka­sya­ci­c cha­kti­pra­ti­ni­ya­ma­si­ddhi­r ya­to nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­pra­ti­ni­ya­ma­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve pra­ti­ni­ya­ma­ni­baṃ­dha­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 078,34si­ddhye­t | ta­ta e­va saṃ­vṛ­ttyā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kau ya­thā­da­rśa­naṃ kā­ra­ṇa­sya kā­rye­ṇā­nu­vi­dhī­ya­te na tu ya­thā­ta­ttva­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 079,01ce­t­, ka­tha­m e­vaṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaḥ­? so pi saṃ­vṛ­ttye­ti ce­t­, ku­to rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvaṃ vā­sta­vaṃ­? TAŚVA-ML 079,02ta­d a­pi sāṃ­vṛ­tta­m e­ve­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­va­stu­ta­ttva­m i­ti na kiṃ­ci­t kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­naḥ śā­śva­tai­kāṃ­ta­vā- TAŚVA-ML 079,03di­na i­va pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaṃ si­ddhye­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.127ta­thā sa­ti na baṃ­dhā­di­he­tu­si­ddhiḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | sa­tyā­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­de­na vi­nā kva­ci­d i­ti sthi­ta­m |­| 1­2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 079,05na sa­tyo '­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­daḥ pra­tī­ti­sa­dbhā­ve pi ta­sya vi­ro­dha­vai­ya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­di­do­ṣo­pa­dru­ta­tvā­d i­ti nā­nu­maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 079,06sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta e­va vi­ro­dhā­di­do­ṣā­va­tā­rā­t­, sa­tye­nā­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­de­na vi­nā baṃ­dhā­di­he­tū­nāṃ kva­ci­d a­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.128sa­tya­m a­dva­ya­m e­ve­daṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m i­ty a­sa­t | ta­dvya­va­sthā­pa­kā­bhā­vā­t pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­ta­ttva­va­t |­| 1­2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 079,08na hi ku­ta­ści­t pra­mā­ṇā­d a­dvai­taṃ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te bra­hmā­dvai­ta­va­t pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­yo­r dvai­ta­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pra­tya­kṣa­ta­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 079,09dvya­va­sthā­pa­ne nā­dvai­ta­vi­ro­dha i­ti ce­n na­, a­nya­taḥ pra­tya­kṣa­sya bhe­da­pra­si­ddheḥ | a­ne­nā­nu­mā­nā­d u­pa­ni­ṣa­dvā­kyā­d vā TAŚVA-ML 079,10ta­dvya­va­sthā­pa­ne dvai­ta­pra­saṃ­gaḥ ka­thi­taḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.129na ca sva­taḥ sthi­ti­s ta­sya grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­te­kṣa­ṇā­t | sa­rva­dā nā­pi ta­dbhrāṃ­tiḥ sa­tya­saṃ­vi­ttya­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 1­2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 079,12na saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­taṃ pra­tya­kṣāṃ­ta­rā­d a­nu­mā­nā­d vā sthā­pya­te sva­ta­s ta­sya sthi­te­r i­ti na sā­dhī­yaḥ­, sa­rva­dā grā­hya­grā­ha- TAŚVA-ML 079,13kā­kā­rā­krāṃ­ta­sya saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­nu­bha­va­nā­t­, sva­rū­pa­sya sva­to ga­te­r i­ti va­ktu­m a­śa­kteḥ | saṃ­vi­di grā­hya­grā­ha­kā- TAŚVA-ML 079,14kā­ra­syā­nu­bha­va­naṃ bhrāṃ­ta­m i­ti na vā­cyaṃ­, ta­dra­hi­ta­sya sa­tya­sya saṃ­vi­ttya­bhā­vā­t | sa­rva­dā­va­bhā­sa­mā­na­sya sa­rva­tra TAŚVA-ML 079,15sa­rve­ṣāṃ bhrāṃ­ta­tvā­yo­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.130ya­thai­vā­rā­ma­vi­bhrāṃ­tau pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­sa­tya­tā | ta­tsa­tya­tve ca ta­ddhāṃ­ti­r i­ty a­nyo­nya­sa­mā­śra­yaḥ |­| 1­3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.131ta­thā ve­dyā­di­vi­bhrāṃ­tau ve­da­kā­dvai­ta­sa­tya­tā | ta­tsa­tya­tve ca ta­dbhrāṃ­ti­r i­ty a­nyo­nya­sa­mā­śra­yaḥ |­| 1­3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 079,18ka­tha­m a­yaṃ pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­taṃ ni­ra­sya jñā­nā­dvai­taṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­ye­t | syā­n ma­taṃ | na ve­dyā­dyā­kā­ra­sya bhrāṃ­ta­tā saṃ­ci­nmā­tra­sya TAŚVA-ML 079,19sa­tya­tvā­t sā­dhya­te kiṃ tv a­nu­mā­nā­t ta­to ne­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­yaḥ i­ti | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ­, liṃ­gā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.1.132vi­vā­da­go­ca­ro ve­dyā­dyā­kā­ro bhrāṃ­ta­bhā­sa­jaḥ | a­tha sva­pnā­di­pa­ryā­yā­kā­ra­va­d ya­di vṛ­tta­yaḥ |­| 1­3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.133vi­bhrāṃ­tyā bhe­da­m ā­pa­nno vi­cche­do vi­bhra­mā­tma­kaḥ | vi­cche­da­tvā­d ya­thā sva­pna­vi­cche­da i­ti si­ddhya­tu |­| 1­3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 079,22na hi sva­pnā­di­da­śā­yāṃ grā­hyā­kā­ra­tvaṃ bhrāṃ­ta­tve­na vyā­ptaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ na pu­na­r vi­cche­da­tva­m i­ti śa­kyaṃ va­ktuṃ pra­tī­ti- TAŚVA-ML 079,23vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­du­bha­ya­sya bhrāṃ­ta­tva­si­ddhau ki­m a­ni­ṣṭa­m i­ti ce­t ? TAŚV-ML 1.1.134ni­tyaṃ sa­rva­ga­taṃ bra­hma ni­rā­kā­ra­m a­naṃ­śa­ka­m | kā­la­de­śā­di­vi­cche­da­bhrāṃ­ta­tve '­ka­la­ya­ddva­ya­m |­| 1­3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 079,25kā­la­vi­cche­da­sya bhrāṃ­ta­tve ni­tyaṃ de­śa­vi­cche­da­sya sa­rva­ga­ta­m ā­kā­ra­sya ni­rā­kā­ra­m aṃ­śa­vi­cche­da­sya ni­raṃ­śaṃ TAŚVA-ML 079,26bra­hma si­ddhaṃ kṣa­ṇi­kā­dvai­taṃ pra­ti­kṣi­pa­tī­ti ka­tha­m a­ni­ṣṭaṃ sau­ga­ta­sya na syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.135ni­tyā­di­rū­pa­saṃ­vi­tte­r a­bhā­vā­t ta­da­saṃ­bha­ve | pa­ra­mā­rthā­tma­tā­vi­tte­r a­bhā­vā­d e­ta­d a­py a­sa­t |­| 1­3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 079,28na hi ni­tya­tvā­di­sva­bhā­ve pa­ra­mā­rthā­tmā­di­sva­bhā­ve vā saṃ­vi­ttya­bhā­vaṃ pra­ti vi­śe­ṣo sti ya­to bra­hma­ṇo TAŚVA-ML 079,29sa­tya­tve kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­ta­syā­sa­tya­tvaṃ na si­ddhye­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.136na ni­tyaṃ nā­py a­ni­tya­tvaṃ sa­rva­ga­tva­m a­sa­rva­ga­m | nai­kaṃ nā­ne­ka­m a­tha­vā sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m e­va ta­t |­| 1­3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.137sa­ma­staṃ ta­dva­co nya­sya ta­n nā­dvai­taṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | sve­ṣṭe­ta­ra­vya­va­sthā­na­pra­ti­kṣe­pā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 079,32sve­ṣṭa­sya saṃ­ve­da­nā­dva­ya­sya vya­va­sthā­na­m a­ni­ṣṭa­sya bhe­da­sya pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­tā­de­r vā pra­ti­kṣe­po ya­to sya na ka­thaṃ­ca­nā­pi TAŚVA-ML 079,33pra­si­ddhya­ti­, ta­to nā­dvai­taṃ ta­ttvaṃ baṃ­dha­he­tvā­di­śū­nya­m ā­sthā­tuṃ yu­kta­m a­ni­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.138na­nv a­nā­di­r a­vi­dye­yaṃ sve­ṣṭe­ta­ra­vi­bhā­ga­kṛ­t | sa­tye­ta­re­va duḥ­pā­rā tā­mā­śri­tya pa­rī­kṣa­ṇā |­| 1­3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.139sa­rva­sya ta­ttva­ni­rṇī­teḥ pū­rvaṃ kiṃ cā­nya­thā sthi­tiḥ | e­ṣa pra­lā­pa e­vā­sya śū­nyo­pa­pla­va­vā­di­va­t |­| 1­3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.140kiṃ­ci­n ni­rṇī­ta­m ā­śri­tya vi­cā­ro nya­tra va­rta­te | sa­rva­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau hi kva­ci­n nā­sti vi­cā­ra­ṇā |­| 1­4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 080,04na hi sa­rvaṃ sa­rva­syā­ni­rṇī­ta­m e­va vi­cā­rā­t pū­rva­m i­ti sva­yaṃ ni­ści­nva­n kiṃ­ci­n ni­rṇī­ta­m i­ṣṭaṃ pra­ti­kṣe­ptu­m a­rha­ti TAŚVA-ML 080,05vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.141ta­tre­ṣṭaṃ ya­sya ni­rṇī­taṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­sya va­stu­taḥ | ta­daṃ­ta­re­ṇa ni­rṇī­te­s ta­trā­yo­gā­d a­ni­ṣṭa­va­t |­| 1­4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 080,07ya­thā­ni­ṣṭe pra­mā­ṇaṃ vā­sta­va­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ni­rṇī­ti­r no­pa­pa­dya­te ta­thā sva­ya­m i­ṣṭe pī­ti | ta­tra ni­rṇī­ti­m a­nu­ma­nya­mā­ne­na TAŚVA-ML 080,08ta­da­nu­maṃ­ta­vya­m e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.142ta­tsva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ tā­va­d ya­dy u­pe­ye­ta ke­na­ci­t | saṃ­vā­da­ka­tva­ta­s tdva­da­kṣa­liṃ­gā­di­ve­da­na­m |­| 1­4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.143pra­mā­ṇā­n ni­ści­tā­d e­va sa­rva­trā­stu pa­rī­kṣa­ṇa­m | sve­ṣṭe­ta­ra­vi­bhā­gā­ya vi­dyā vi­dyo­pa­gā­mi­nā­m |­| 1­4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 080,11sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­pi na sve­ṣṭaṃ ni­rṇī­taṃ ye­na ta­sya saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­t ta­ttva­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tve ta­dva­da­kṣa­liṃ­gā­di­ja­ni­ta­ve­da­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 080,12pra­mā­ṇa­tva­si­ddhe­r ni­ści­tā­d e­va pra­mā­ṇā­t sa­rva­tra pa­rī­kṣa­ṇaṃ sve­ṣṭe­ta­ra­vi­bhā­gā­ya vi­dyā pra­va­rtte­ta ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­vā­di­naḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 080,13pa­ra­pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­mā­tra­pa­ra­tvā­d i­ti ka­ści­t | so pi ya­t kiṃ­ca­na bhā­ṣī­, pa­ra­pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­mā­tra­syā­pya­yo­gā­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.1.144ya­syā­pī­ṣṭaṃ na ni­rṇī­taṃ kvā­pi ta­sya na saṃ­śa­yaḥ | ta­da­bhā­ve na yu­jyaṃ­te pa­ra­pa­rya­nu­yu­kta­yaḥ |­| 1­4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 080,15ka­tha­m a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvaṃ ve­da­na­sya ni­ścī­ya­te­? ki­m a­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ka­saṃ­do­ho­tpā­dya­tve­na bā­dhā­ra­hi­ta­tve­na pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthye TAŚVA-ML 080,16'­nā­nya­thā ve­ti pra­mā­ṇa­ta­ttve pa­rya­nu­yo­gāḥ saṃ­śa­ya­pū­rva­kā­s ta­da­bhā­ve ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t­, ki­m a­yaṃ sthā­ṇuḥ kiṃ vā pu­ru­ṣa TAŚVA-ML 080,17i­tyā­deḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­va­t | saṃ­śa­ya­ś ca ta­tra ka­dā­ci­t kva­ci­n ni­rṇa­ya­pū­rva­kaḥ sthā­ṇvā­di­saṃ­śa­ya­va­t | ta­tra ya­sya kva­ci- TAŚVA-ML 080,18t ka­dā­ci­d a­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ka­saṃ­do­ho­tpā­dya­tvā­di­nā pra­mā­ṇa­tva­ni­rṇa­yo nā­sty e­va ta­sya ka­thaṃ ta­tpū­rva­kaḥ saṃ­śa­yaḥ­, ta­da­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 080,19ku­taḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­gāḥ pra­va­rte­ra­nn i­ti na pa­ra­pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­pa­rā­ṇi bṛ­ha­spa­teḥ sū­trā­ṇi syuḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.145o­m i­ti bru­va­taḥ si­ddhaṃ sa­rvaṃ sa­rva­sya vāṃ­chi­ta­m | kva­ci­t pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­nni­rā­ku­la­m |­| 1­4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 080,21ta­to na śū­nya­vā­da­va­t ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­vā­do vā­dāṃ­ta­ra­vyu­dā­se­na si­ddhye­t ta­thā­ne­kāṃ­ta­ta­ttva­syai­va si­ddhaiḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.146śū­nyo­pa­pla­va­vā­de pi nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­d vi­nā sthi­tiḥ | sva­yaṃ kva­ci­d a­śū­nya­sya svī­kṛ­te­r a­nu­pa­plu­te |­| 1­4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.147śū­nya­tā­yāṃ hi śū­nya­tvaṃ jā­tu­ci­n no­pa­ga­mya­te | ta­tho­pa­pla­va­naṃ ta­ttvo­pa­pla­ve pī­ta­ra­tra ta­t |­| 1­4­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 080,24śū­nya­m a­pi hi sva­sva­bhā­ve­na ya­di śū­nyaṃ ta­dā ka­tha­m a­śū­nya­vā­do na bha­ve­t | na ta­syā­śū­nya­tve '­ne­kāṃ­tā­d e­va TAŚVA-ML 080,25śū­nya­vā­da­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­, śū­nya­sya niḥ­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t | na sva­bhā­ve­nā­śū­nya­tā nā­pi pa­ra­sva­bhā­ve­na śū­nya­tā­, kha­ra- TAŚVA-ML 080,26vi­ṣā­ṇā­de­r i­va ta­sya sa­rva­thā ni­rṇe­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ ku­to ne­kāṃ­ta­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­mā­tra­m e­ta­d ā­yā­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 080,27śū­nya­ta­ttva­syā­py a­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­nā­t | na ta­d a­pi si­ddhya­ty a­ne­kāṃ­ta­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­mā­tre nu­pa­pla­va­si­ddheḥ | ta­trā­py u­pa­pla­ve TAŚVA-ML 080,28ka­tha­m a­khi­laṃ ta­ttva­m a­nu­pa­plu­taṃ na bha­ve­t­? na­nū­pa­pla­va­mā­tre '­nu­pa­pla­va i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, vyā­ghā­tā­d a­bhā­ve bhā­va­va­t | ta­tho­pa­pla­vo TAŚVA-ML 080,29na ta­tra sā­dhī­yāṃ­s ta­ta e­vā­bhā­ve '­bhā­va­va­t | ta­to ya­thā na sa­n nā­py a­sa­nn a­bhā­vaḥ sa­rva­thā vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ TAŚVA-ML 080,30kiṃ ta­rhy a­bhā­va e­va­, ta­thā ta­ttvo­pa­pla­vo pi vi­cā­rā­t­, ku­ta­ści­d ya­di si­ddha­s ta­dā na ta­tra ke­na­ci­d rū­pe­ṇo­pa­pla­vo TAŚVA-ML 080,31nā­py a­nu­pa­pla­vo vyā­ghā­tā­t­, kiṃ ta­rhy u­pa­pla­va e­ve­ti nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­va­tā­ra i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi pra­mā­ṇa­ta­ttvaṃ nā­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ka- TAŚVA-ML 080,32saṃ­do­ho­tpā­dya­tve­na nā­pi bā­dhā­ra­hi­ta­tvā­di­bhiḥ sva­bhā­vai­r vya­va­sthā­pya­te vyā­ghā­tā­t­, kiṃ tu pra­mā­ṇaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 080,33pra­mā­ṇa­tve­nai­va ta­sya vya­va­sthā­nā­t | na hi pṛ­thi­vī ki­ma­gni­tve­na vya­va­sthā­pya­te ja­la­tve­na vā­yu­tve­na ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 080,34pa­rya­nu­yo­go yu­ktaḥ­, pṛ­thi­vī­tve­nai­va ta­syāḥ pra­ti­ṣṭhā­nā­t | pra­mā­ṇa­sva­bhā­vā e­vā­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ka­saṃ­do­ho­tpā­dya­tvā­da­ya- TAŚVA-ML 081,01s ta­to na taiḥ pra­mā­ṇa­sya vya­va­sthā­pa­ne vyā­ghā­ta i­ti ce­t­, ki­m i­dā­nīṃ pa­rya­nu­yo­ge­na­? ta­tsva­ba­le­na pra­mā­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 081,02si­ddha­tvā­t | syā­n ma­taṃ | na vi­cā­rā­t pra­mā­ṇa­syā­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ka­saṃ­do­ho­tpā­dya­tvā­da­yaḥ sva­bhā­vāḥ pra­si­ddhāḥ pa­ro­pa­ga­ma- TAŚVA-ML 081,03mā­tre­ṇa te­ṣāṃ pra­si­ddheḥ | saṃ­śa­yā­va­tā­rā­t pa­rya­nu­yo­go yu­kta e­ve­ti ta­d a­py a­sā­raṃ­, a­vi­cā­ra­sya pra­mā­ṇa­sva­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 081,04vya­va­sthā­na­pra­ti­kṣe­pa­kā­ri­ṇaḥ sva­ya­m u­pa­plu­ta­tvā­t | ta­syā­nu­pa­plu­ta­tve vā ka­thaṃ sa­rva­tho­pa­pla­vaḥ ? ya­di pu­na­r u­pa­plu­tā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 081,05pa­plu­ta­tvā­bhyā­m a­vā­cyo '­vi­cā­ra­s ta­dā sa­rvaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­ta­ttvaṃ ta­thā­stv i­ti na kva­ci­d u­pa­plu­tai­kāṃ­to nā­ma | ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 081,06co­pa­pla­vo '­vi­cā­ro vā ta­ddhe­tu­r u­pa­plu­ta­tvā­nu­pa­plu­ta­tvā­bhyā­m a­vā­cyaḥ sva­rū­pe­ṇa tu vā­cyaḥ ta­thā sa­rvaṃ ta­ttva­m i­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 081,07ne­kāṃ­tā­d e­vo­pa­pla­va­vā­de pra­vṛ­ttiḥ sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­te ta­da­yo­gā­t | na­nv e­m a­ne­kāṃ­to py a­ne­kāṃ­tā­d e­va pra­va­rte­ta so py a­nya­smā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 081,08ne­kāṃ­tā­d i­ty a­na­va­sthā­nā­t ku­taḥ pra­kṛ­tā­ne­kāṃ­ta­si­ddhiḥ ? su­dū­ra­m a­py a­nu­sṛ­tyā­ne­kāṃ­ta­syai­kāṃ­tā­t pra­vṛ­ttau na sa­rva­syā- TAŚVA-ML 081,09ne­kāṃ­tā­t si­ddhiḥ | '­pra­mā­ṇā­rpa­ṇā­d a­ne­kāṃ­ta­' i­ty a­ne­kāṃ­to py a­ne­kāṃ­taḥ ka­tha­m a­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ? pra­mā­ṇa­syā­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­ka­tve- TAŚVA-ML 081,10nā­nā­va­sthā­na­sya pa­ri­ha­rtu­m a­śa­kte­r e­kāṃ­tā­tma­ka­tve pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­pra­sa­kteḥ | na­ya­syā­py e­kāṃ­tā­tma­ka­tve a­ya­m e­va do­ṣo TAŚVA-ML 081,11'­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­ka­tve sai­vā­na­va­sthe­ti ke­ci­t | te py a­ti­sū­kṣme kṣi­kāṃ­ta­ri­ta­pra­jñāḥ­, pra­kṛ­tā­ne­kāṃ­ta­sā­dha­na­syā­ne­kāṃ­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 081,12pra­mā­ṇā­tma­ka­tve­na si­ddha­tvā­d a­bhya­sta­vi­ṣa­ye '­va­sthā­dya­na­va­tā­rā­t­, ta­thā ta­de­kāṃ­ta­sā­dha­na­syai­kāṃ­ta­sya su­na­ya­tve­na sva­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 081,13pra­si­ddhe­r nā­na­va­sthā pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r vā saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti ni­rū­pa­ṇā­t | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ '­śū­nyo­pa­pla­va­vā­de pi nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­d vi­nā TAŚVA-ML 081,14sthi­ti­r­' i­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.148grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­tai­te­na bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­tā­pi vā | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­di­r vā nā­sty e­ve­ti ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m |­| 1­4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 081,16grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­bhā­vā­di­sva­rū­pe­ṇa nā­sti saṃ­ve­da­naṃ saṃ­vi­nmā­trā­kā­ra­ta­yā­stī- TAŚVA-ML 081,17ty a­ne­kāṃ­to bhī­ṣṭa e­va saṃ­ve­da­nā­dva­ya­sya ta­thai­va vya­va­sthi­te­r grā­hyā­dyā­kā­rā­bhā­vā­t sa­dvi­tī­ya­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­tā- TAŚVA-ML 081,18bhā­va­sya sa­mya­ge­kāṃ­tā­ne­kāṃ­tā­bhyāṃ tṛ­tī­ya­tā­nu­pa­pa­tti­va­t | i­ti na prā­tī­ti­kaṃ­, grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­di­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­syai- TAŚVA-ML 081,19kāṃ­ta­to '­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.149grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­śū­nya­tvaṃ grā­hyaṃ ta­dgrā­ha­ka­sya ce­t | grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vaḥ syā­d a­nya­thā ta­da­śū­nya­tā |­| 1­4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.150bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vo pi bā­dhya­te ya­di ke­na­ci­t | bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vo sti no ce­t ka­sya ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ |­| 1­5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.151kā­ryā­pā­ye na va­stu­tvaṃ saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­sya yu­jya­te | kā­ra­ṇa­syā­tya­ye ta­sya sa­rva­dā sa­rva­thā sthi­tiḥ |­| 1­5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.152vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­tā­pā­yo vā­cya­ś ce­t ta­dvya­va­sthi­tiḥ | pa­rā­va­bo­dha­no­pā­yaḥ ko nā­ma syā­d i­hā­nya­thā­? |­| 1­5­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 081,24so yaṃ ta­yoḥ vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­yoḥ grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­de­r ni­rā­kṛ­ti­m ā­ca­kṣā­ṇa­s ta­dbhā­vaṃ sā­dha­ya­ty e­vā­nya­thā ta­da­nu- TAŚVA-ML 081,25pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.153saṃ­vṛ­ttyā sva­pna­va­t sa­rvaṃ si­ddha­m i­ty a­ti­vi­smṛ­ta­m | niḥ­śe­pā­rtha­kri­yā­he­toḥ saṃ­vṛ­te­r va­stu­tā­pti­taḥ |­| 1­5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.154ya­d e­vā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri ta­d e­va pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­t | sāṃ­vṛ­taṃ rū­pa­m a­nya­t tu saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­m a­va­stu sa­t |­| 1­5­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 081,28'­sva­pna­va­tsāṃ­vṛ­te­na ru­pe­ṇa grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­bhā­vo grā­hyo bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vo bā­dhyaḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo pi TAŚVA-ML 081,29kā­ryo vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­bhā­vo vā­cya­' i­ti bru­vā­ṇo vi­sma­ra­ṇa­śī­laḥ­, sva­ya­m u­kta­sya sāṃ­vṛ­ta­rū­pā­na­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­sya TAŚVA-ML 081,30vi­sma­ra­ṇā­t | ta­thā hy a­śe­ṣa­grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­tā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­ni­mi­ttaṃ ya­t sāṃ­vṛ­taṃ rū­paṃ ta­d e­vaṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­t ta­dvi­pa­rī­taṃ tu TAŚVA-ML 081,31saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­m a­va­stu sa­d i­ti da­rśa­nāṃ­ta­ra­m ā­yā­ta­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.155saṃ­vṛ­taṃ ce­t kva nā­mā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri ca ta­nma­ta­m | ha­taṃ si­ddhaṃ ka­thaṃ sa­rvaṃ saṃ­vṛ­ttyā sva­pna­va­t ta­va |­| 1­5­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 081,33grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­pi sāṃ­vṛ­tī na pu­naḥ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kī ya­ta­s ta­nni­mi­ttaṃ sāṃ­vṛ­taṃ rū­paṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­t TAŚVA-ML 081,34si­ddhye­t | tā­ttvi­kī tv a­rtha­kri­yā sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­traṃ­, ta­dā­tma­kaṃ saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­taṃ ka­tha­m a­va­stu sa­n nā­ma­? ta­to rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri TAŚVA-ML 082,01sāṃ­vṛ­taṃ ce­ti vyā­ha­ta­m e­ta­d i­ti ya­di ma­nya­se­, ta­dā ka­thaṃ sva­pna­va­t saṃ­vṛ­ttyā sa­rvaṃ si­ddha­m i­ti brū­ṣe ta­da­va­stha- TAŚVA-ML 082,02tvā­d vyā­ghā­ta­sya sāṃ­vṛ­taṃ si­ddhaṃ ce­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.156sva­pna­si­ddhaṃ hi no si­ddha­m a­sva­pnaḥ ko '­pa­ro nya­thā | saṃ­to­ṣa­kṛ­n na vai sva­pna saṃ­to­ṣaṃ na pra­ka­lpa­te |­| 1­5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.157va­stu­ny a­pi na saṃ­to­ṣo dve­ṣā­t ta­d i­ti ka­sya­ci­t | a­va­stu­ny a­pi rā­gā­t syā­d i­ty a­sva­pno stv a­bā­dhi­taḥ |­| 1­5­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 082,05ya­thā hi sva­pna­si­ddha­m a­si­ddhaṃ ta­thā saṃ­vṛ­ti­si­ddha­m a­py a­si­ddha­m e­va­, ka­tha­m a­nya­thā sva­pna­si­ddha­m a­pi si­ddha­m e­va na TAŚVA-ML 082,06bha­ve­t ta­thā ca na ka­ści­t ta­to '­pa­ro sva­pnaḥ syā­t | saṃ­to­ṣa­kā­rya­sva­pna i­ti ce­n na­, sva­pna­syā­pi saṃ­to­ṣa­kā­ri­tva­da­rśa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 082,07kā­lāṃ­ta­re na sva­pna saṃ­to­ṣa­kā­rī i­ti ce­t­, sa­mā­na­m a­sva­pne | sa­rve­ṣāṃ sa­rva­tra saṃ­to­ṣa­kā­rī na sva­pna i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 082,08tā­dṛ­ga­sva­pne pi | ka­sya­ci­t kva­ci­t ka­dā­ci­t saṃ­to­ṣa­he­to­r a­sva­pna­tve tu na ka­ści­t sva­pno nā­ma | na ca saṃ­to­ṣa­he­tu­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 082,09va­stu­tvaṃ vyā­ptaṃ­, kva­ci­t ka­sya­ci­d dve­ṣā­t saṃ­to­ṣā­bhā­ve pi va­stu­tva­si­ddheḥ | nā­pi va­stu­tve­na saṃ­to­ṣa­he­tu­tva­m a­va- TAŚVA-ML 082,10stu­ny a­pi ka­lpa­nā­rū­ḍhe rā­gā­t ka­sya­ci­t saṃ­to­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­t | ta­taḥ su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ko '­sva­pno '­stu |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.158bā­dhya­mā­naḥ pu­naḥ sva­pno nā­nya­thā ta­dbhi­de­kṣya­te | sva­taḥ kva­ci­d a­bā­dhya­tva­ni­śca­yaḥ pa­ra­to pi vā |­| 1­5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.159kā­ra­ṇa­dvya­sa­mā­rthyā­t saṃ­bha­va­nn a­nu­bhū­ya­te | pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­yaṃ ta­trā­na­va­sthāṃ ca pra­ti­kṣi­pe­t |­| 1­5­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 082,13bā­dhā­ra­hi­to '­sva­pno bā­dhya­mā­na­s tu sva­pna i­ti ta­yo­r bhe­do nvī­kṣya­te­, nā­nya­thā | na­nu cā­sva­pna­jñā­na­syā­bā­dhya­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 082,14ya­di a­ta e­va ni­ścī­ya­te ta­de­ta­re­tā­rā­śra­yaḥ­, sa­ty '­a­bā­dhya­tva­ni­śca­ye saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­sva­pna­kṛ­nni­śca­ya­s ta­smi­n sa­ty a­bā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 082,15tva­ni­śca­ya i­ti | pa­ra­to '­sva­pna­ve­da­nā­t ta­syā­bā­dhya­tva­ni­śca­ye ta­syā­py a­bā­dhya­tva­ni­śca­yo nya­smā­d a­sva­pna­ve­da­nā­d i­ty a­na- TAŚVA-ML 082,16va­sthā­nā­n na ka­sya­ci­d a­bā­dhya­tva­ni­śca­ya i­ti ke­ci­t | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ | kva­ci­t sva­taḥ kva­ci­t pa­ra­taḥ saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­bā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 082,17tva­ni­śca­ye '­nyo­nyā­śra­yā­na­va­sthā­na­va­tā­rā­t | na ca kva­ci­t sva­ta­s ta­nni­śca­ye sa­rva­tra sva­to ni­śca­yaḥ pa­ra­to pi vā TAŚVA-ML 082,18kva­ci­n ni­rṇī­tau sa­rva­tra pa­ra­ta e­va ni­rṇī­ti­r i­ti co­dya­m a­na­va­dyaṃ he­tu­dva­ya­ni­ya­mā­n ni­ya­ma­si­ddheḥ | sva­ta­s ta­nni­śca­ye hi TAŚVA-ML 082,19ba­hi­raṃ­go he­tu­r a­bhyā­sā­diḥ­, pa­ra­to '­nabhyā­sā­diḥ­, aṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­s tu ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣaḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | ta­d a­ne­na TAŚVA-ML 082,20sva­pna­sya bā­dhya­mā­na­tva­ni­śca­ye py a­nyo­nyā­śra­yā­na­va­sthā­pra­ti­kṣe­paḥ pra­da­rśi­ta­, i­ti sva­pna­si­ddha­m a­si­ddha­m e­va­, ta­dva­tsaṃ­vṛ­ti- TAŚVA-ML 082,21si­ddha­m a­pī­ti na ta­dā­śra­yaṃ pa­rī­kṣa­ṇaṃ nā­ma |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.160ta­to na ni­ści­tā­nmā­nād vi­nā ta­ttva­pa­rī­kṣa­ṇa­m | jñā­ne ye­nā­dva­ye śū­nye nya­tra vā ta­t pra­ta­nya­te |­| 1­6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.161pra­mā­ṇā­saṃ­bha­vā­d ya­tra va­stu­mā­tra­m a­saṃ­bha­vi | mi­thyai­kāṃ­te­ṣu kā ta­tra baṃ­dha­he­tvā­di­saṃ­ka­thā |­| 1­6­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 082,24pra­mā­ṇa­ni­ṣṭhā hi va­stu­vya­va­sthā ta­nni­ṣṭhā baṃ­dha­he­tvā­di­vā­rtā­, na ca sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­te pra­mā­ṇaṃ saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti vī­kṣya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.1.162syā­dvā­di­nā­ma­to yu­ktaṃ ya­sya yā­va­t pra­tī­ya­te | kā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­sya tā­va­t syā­d i­ti va­ktu­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m |­| 1­6­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 082,26pra­tī­tyā­śra­ya­ṇe sa­mya­k cā­ri­traṃ da­rśa­na­vi­śu­ddhi­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­taṃ pra­vṛ­ddhe­ddha­bo­dha­m a­dhi­rū­ḍha­m a­ne­kā­kā­raṃ sa­ka­la- TAŚVA-ML 082,27ka­rma­ni­rda­ha­na­sa­ma­rthaṃ ya­tho­di­ta­mo­kṣa­la­kṣmī­saṃ­pā­da­na­ni­mi­tta­m a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ­, sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ tu kā­lā­di­saṃ­pa­d i­ti ni­rbā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 082,28m a­nu­ma­nya­dhvaṃ­, pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­s ta­ttvā­dhi­ga­ma­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 082,29nā­nā nā­nā­tma­nī­naṃ na­ya­na­ya­na­yu­taṃ ta­n na du­rṇī­ti­mā­naṃTAŚVA-ML 082,30ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­śu­ddhyu­dhyu­ṣi­ta­ta­nu bṛ­ha­dbo­dha­dhā­mā­di­rū­ḍhaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 082,31caṃ­ca­ccā­ri­tra­ca­kraṃ pra­cu­ra­pa­ri­ca­ra­ccaṃ­ḍa­ka­rmā­ri­se­nāṃTAŚVA-ML 082,32sā­tuṃ sā­kṣā­tsa­ma­rthaṃ gha­ṭa­ya­tu su­dhi­yāṃ si­ddha­sā­mrā­jya­la­kṣmī­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 082,33i­ti ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kā­laṃ­kā­re pra­tha­mā­dhyā­ya­sya pra­tha­ma­m ā­hni­ka­m | TAŚVA-ML 083,01a­tha sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 1.2 ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 083,03na­nu sa­myā­gda­rśa­na­śa­bda­ni­rva­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­d e­va sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­sva­rū­pa­ni­rṇa­yā­d a­śe­ṣa­ta­dvi­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­vṛ­tteḥ si­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 083,04tvā­t ta­da­rthaṃ ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­va­ca­naṃ na yu­kti­ma­d e­ve­ti ka­sya­ci­d ā­re­kā­, tā­m a­pā­ka­ro­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.2.1sa­mya­kśa­bde pra­śaṃ­sā­rthe dṛ­śā­vā­lo­ca­na­sthi­tau | na sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ la­bhya­m i­ṣṭa­m i­ty ā­ha la­kṣa­ṇa­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.2sū­tra­kā­ro '­tra ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­m i­ti da­rśa­na­m | dhā­tva­ne­kā­rtha­vṛ­tti­tvā­d dṛ­śeḥ śra­ddhā­rtha­tā­ga­teḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 083,07sa­mya­g i­ti pra­śaṃ­sā­rtho ni­pā­taḥ va­yaṃ­to kvyaṃ­to va­ca­nā­t pra­śaṃ­sā­rtho yaṃ sa­mya­k śa­bdaḥ si­ddhaḥ pra­śa­sta­niḥ­śre­ya­sā- TAŚVA-ML 083,08bhyu­da­ya­he­tu­tvā­d da­rśa­na­sya pra­śa­sta­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­va­t | dṛ­śe­ś cā­lo­ca­ne sthi­tiḥ pra­si­ddhā­, dṛ­śi­n pre­kṣa­ṇe i­ti TAŚVA-ML 083,09va­ca­nā­t | ta­tra sa­mya­k pa­śya­ty a­ne­ne­tyā­di­ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­na­tvā­di­vya­va­sthā­yāṃ da­rśa­na­śa­bda­ni­ru­kte­r i­ṣṭa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 083,10na la­bhya­ta e­va ta­taḥ pra­śa­stā­lo­ca­na­mā­tra­sya la­bdheḥ | na ca ta­d e­ve­ṣṭa­m a­ti­vyā­pi­tvā­d a­bha­vya­sya mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭeḥ pra­śa­stā- TAŚVA-ML 083,11lo­ca­na­sya sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­taḥ sū­tra­kā­ro '­tra "­ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m­" i­ti ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ bra­vī­ti­, TAŚVA-ML 083,12ta­dva­ca­na­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­ti­vyā­pteḥ pa­ri­ha­rtu­m a­śa­kteḥ | śa­bdā­rthā­ti­kra­maḥ śra­ddhā­nā­rtha­tvā­bhā­vā­d dṛ­śe­r i­ti ce­t na­, a­ne- TAŚVA-ML 083,13kā­rtha­tvā­d dhā­tū­nāṃ dṛ­śeḥ śra­ddhā­nā­rtha­tva­ga­teḥ | ka­tha­m a­ne­ka­smi­nn a­rthe saṃ­bha­va­ty a­pi śra­ddhā­nā­rtha­syai­va ga­ti­r i­ti ce­t­, pra­ka- TAŚVA-ML 083,14ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­t | mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ hi pra­kṛ­taṃ ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­sya yu­jya­te nā­lo­ca­nā­de­r a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­sya | bha­ga­va­da­rha­dā­dyā- TAŚVA-ML 083,15lo­ca­na­sya mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tte­s ta­tpra­ka­ra­ṇā­d a­pi na ta­nni­vṛ­tti­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­ne­na ra­hi­ta­sya mo­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 083,16kā­ra­ṇa­tve '­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, te­na sa­hi­ta­sya tu ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tve ta­d e­va mo­kṣa­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­dā­lo­ca­nā­bhā­ve pi śra­ddhā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 083,17ta­dbhā­vā­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.3a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­to na­rtha­ddhā­naṃ vi­ni­vā­ri­ta­m | ka­lpi­tā­rtha­vya­va­cche­do rtha­sya ta­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.4la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ta­to nā­ti­vyā­pti­r dṛ­gmo­ha­va­rji­ta­m | puṃ­rū­paṃ ta­d i­ti dhva­stā ta­syā­vyā­pti­r a­pi sphu­ṭa­m |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 083,20śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m i­ty u­cya­mā­ne '­na­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­m a­pi ta­tsyā­di­ty a­ti­vyā­pti­r la­kṣa­ṇa­sya mā bhū­t a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇā­t | TAŚVA-ML 083,21na cā­rthā­na­rtha­vi­bhā­go du­rgha­ṭaḥ pra­mā­ṇo­pa­da­rśi­ta­syā­rtha­tva­si­ddhe­r i­ta­ra­syā­na­rtha­tva­vya­va­sthā­nā­t | sa­rvo vā­gvi­ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 083,22go­ca­ro rtha e­va pra­mā­ṇo­pa­da­rśi­ta­tvā­d a­nya­thā ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, pra­mā­ṇo­pa­da­rśi­ta­tvaṃ tu sa­rva­sya vi­ka­lpa­vā­ggo­ca­ra- TAŚVA-ML 083,23tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ ta­to nā­na­rthaḥ ka­ści­d i­ty a­nye | te py e­vaṃ pra­ṣṭa­vyāḥ | sa­rvo na­rtha e­ve­ti pa­kṣo '­rthe syā­d vā na vā ? TAŚVA-ML 083,24syā­c ce­t sa­rva­syā­rtha­tva­vyā­ghā­to du­rni­vā­raḥ­, na syā­c ce­t te­na vya­bhi­cā­rī he­tu­r vā­gvi­ka­lpa­go­ca­ra­tve­na pra­mā­ṇo­pa­da­rśi­ta- TAŚVA-ML 083,25tva­syā­rtha­tva­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi bhā­vā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ pra­mā­ṇo­pa­da­rśi­ta e­va na bha­va­ti ta­dā vi­ka­lpa­vā­ggo­ca­ra­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 083,26te­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ sā­dhyā­bhā­ve pi bhā­vā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ sa­rvo na­rtha e­ve­ti pa­kṣo vi­ka­lpa­vā­ggo­ca­ro na bha­va­tī­ti TAŚVA-ML 083,27bru­va­te ta­dā sva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhaḥ | ku­ta­ści­d a­vi­dyā­vi­śe­ṣā­t sa­rvo na­rtha i­ti vya­va­hā­ro na tā­ttvi­ka i­ti ce­t­, sa TAŚVA-ML 083,28ta­rhy a­vi­dyā­vi­śe­ṣo '­rtho '­na­rtho vā ? ya­dy a­rtha­s ta­dā ka­tha­m e­ta­nni­baṃ­dha­no vya­va­hā­ro '­tā­ttvi­kaḥ syā­t sa­rvo rtha e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 083,29vya­va­hā­ra­va­t | so na­rtha­ś ce­t­, ka­thaṃ sa­rvo rtha e­ve­ty e­kāṃ­taḥ si­ddhye­t ? sa­rvo na­rtha e­ve­ty e­kāṃ­to pi na sā­dhī­yā­n­, TAŚVA-ML 083,30ta­dvya­va­sthā­pa­ka­syā­na­rtha­tve ta­ta­s ta­tsi­ddhya­yo­gā­d a­rtha­tve sa­rvā­na­rtha­tai­kāṃ­ta­hā­neḥ | saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­m a­rthā­na­rtha­vi­bhā­ga­ra­hi­ta- TAŚVA-ML 083,31m i­ty a­pi na śre­yaḥ­, saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­syai­vā­rtha­tvā­t ta­to nya­syā­na­rtha­tva­si­ddheḥ | sa­rva­syā­py a­rthā­vi­bhā­ga­si­ddhe­r a­va­śyaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 083,32bhā­vā­d yu­kta­m a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ | ka­lpi­tā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m e­vaṃ syā­t ta­taḥ sai­vā­ti­vyā­pti­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 083,33ce­t na­, ta­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | na­nv a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇā­d e­va ka­lpi­tā­rtha­sya ni­vṛ­tte­s ta­syā­na­rtha­tvā­d vya­rthaṃ ta­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 083,34ce­t na­, dha­na­pra­yo­ja­nā­bhi­dhe­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­nā­m a­rtha­śa­bda­vā­cyā­nāṃ gra­ha­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca te­ṣāṃ śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­mya- TAŚVA-ML 084,01gda­rśa­na­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ yu­ktaṃ­, dha­rmā­d a­rtho dha­na­m i­ti śra­dda­dhā­na­syā­bha­vyā­de­r a­pi sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­pra­sa­kteḥ | "­ko rthaḥ pu­tre­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 084,02jā­te­na yo na vi­dvā­n na dhā­rmi­ka­" i­ti pra­yo­ja­na­vā­ci­no rtha­śa­bdā­t pra­yo­ja­naṃ śra­dda­dha­to pi sa­ddṛ­ṣṭi­tvā­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 084,03dha­na­pra­yo­ja­na­yo­r a­rthā­bhi­prā­yo mo­ho­da­yā­d a­vā­sta­va e­va pra­kṣī­ṇa­mo­hā­nā­m u­dā­sī­nā­nā­m i­va ma­me­daṃ svaṃ dha­naṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 084,04ce­ti saṃ­pra­tya­yā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | su­va­rṇā­de­r de­śa­kā­la­na­rāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣā­yāṃ dha­na­pra­yo­ja­na­tvā­pra­tī­te­r va­stu­dha­rma­sya ta­da­yo­gā­t su­va­rṇa- TAŚVA-ML 084,05tvā­di­va­d i­ti ke­ci­t | te­ṣāṃ kro­dhā­da­yo py ā­tma­naḥ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kā na syu­r mo­ho­da­ya­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­d dha­na­pra­yo­ja­na- TAŚVA-ML 084,06yo­r a­rthā­bhi­prā­ya­va­t | te­ṣā­m au­da­yi­ka­tve­na vā­sta­va­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, a­nya­tra sa­mā­naṃ | va­stu­sva­rū­paṃ dha­naṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ vā TAŚVA-ML 084,07na bha­va­tī­ti ce­t­, sa­tyaṃ vai­śra­si­ka­tvā­pe­kṣa­yā ta­sya va­stu­rū­pa­tva­vya­va­sthā­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | pa­ro­pā­dhi­kṛ­ta­tve­na tu ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 084,08vā­sta­va­tva­m a­ni­ṣi­ddha­m e­ve­ti nā­na­rtha­tvaṃ­, ye­nā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇā­d e­va ta­nni­va­rta­naṃ si­ddhye­t | ta­thā­bhi­dhe­ye vi­śe­ṣe a­bhā­ve cā­rthe TAŚVA-ML 084,09śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­vyā­pi pra­sa­jya­te­, sa­rva­syā­bhi­dhe­ya­tvā­bhā­vā­d vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­yā­ṇā­m e­vā­bhi­dhe­ya­ta­yā vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 084,10sthā­pi­ta­tvā­d a­rtha­pa­ryā­yā­ṇā­m ā­khyā­tu­m a­śa­kte­r a­na­nu­ga­ma­nā­t saṃ­ke­ta­sya ta­tra vai­ya­rthyā­d vya­va­hā­rā­si­ddhe­r nā­bhi­dhe­ya­syā­rtha­sya TAŚVA-ML 084,11śra­ddhā­naṃ ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ yu­ktaṃ | nā­pi vi­śe­ṣa­sya sā­mā­nya­śra­ddhā­na­sya da­rśa­na­tvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thai­vā­bhā­va­syā­rtha­sya TAŚVA-ML 084,12śra­ddhā­naṃ na ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ bhā­va­śra­ddhā­na­syā­saṃ­gra­hā­d a­vyā­pti­pra­sa­kteḥ | na­nv e­va­m a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇā­di­va­tta­ttva­va­ca­nā­d a­pi ka­tha­m a­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 084,13dhe­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­nāṃ ni­vṛ­tti­s te­ṣāṃ ka­lpi­ta­tvā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t na­, a­bhi­dhe­ya­sya śa­bda­na­yo­pa­ka­lpi­ta­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 084,14ṛ­ju­sū­tro­pa­ka­lpi­ta­tvā­d a­bhā­va­sya ca dha­na­pra­yo­ja­na­va­tka­lpi­ta­tva­si­ddhe­s tā­va­nmā­tra­sya sa­ka­la­va­stu­tvā­bhā­vā­d va­stve­ka- TAŚVA-ML 084,15de­śa­ta­yā sthi­ta­tvā­t | ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­m i­ty a­stu la­ghu­tvā­d a­ti­vyā­ptya­vyā­ptyo­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ty a­pa­raḥ | so pi na pa­rā- TAŚVA-ML 084,16nu­gra­ha­bu­ddhi­s ta­ttva­śa­bdā­rthe saṃ­de­hā­t | ta­ttva­m i­ti śra­ddhā­naṃ ta­ttva­sya vā ta­ttve vā ta­ttve­na ve­tyā­di­pa­kṣaḥ saṃ­bha­ve­t TAŚVA-ML 084,17kva­ci­n ni­rṇa­yā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | na hi ta­ttva­m i­ti śra­ddhā­naṃ ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­m i­ty a­yaṃ pa­kṣaḥ śre­yā­n "­pu­ru­ṣa e­ve­daṃ sa­rvaṃ ne­ha TAŚVA-ML 084,18nā­nā­sti kiṃ­ca­na­" i­ti sa­rvai­ka­tva­sya ta­ttva­sya­, jñā­nā­dvai­tā­de­r vā śra­ddhā­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nā­pi ta­ttva­sya ta­ttve ta­ttve­na TAŚVA-ML 084,19vā śra­ddhā­na­m i­ti pa­kṣāḥ saṃ­ga­cchaṃ­te ka­sya ka­smi­n ve­ti pra­śnā­vi­ni­vṛ­tteḥ | ta­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇe tv a­rthe śra­ddhā­na­sya na TAŚVA-ML 084,20kiṃ­ci­d a­va­dyaṃ da­rśa­na­mo­ha­ra­hi­ta­sya pu­ru­ṣa­sva­rū­pa­sya vā ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­śa­bde­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­, sa­rā­ga­vī­ta­rā­ga­sa­mya- TAŚVA-ML 084,21gda­rśa­na­yo­s ta­sya sa­dbhā­vā­d a­vyā­pteḥ sphu­ṭaṃ vi­dhvaṃ­sa­nā­t | ka­thaṃ ta­rhi ta­ttve­nā­rtho vi­śe­ṣya­te ? i­ty u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.2.5ya­t tve­nā­va­sthi­to bhā­va­s ta­ttve­nai­vā­rya­mā­ṇa­kaḥ | ta­ttvā­rthaḥ sa­ka­lo nya­s tu mi­thyā­rtha i­ti ga­mya­te |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 084,23ta­d i­ti sā­mā­nyā­bhi­dhā­yi­nī pra­kṛ­tiḥ sa­rva­nā­ma­tvā­t­, ta­da­pe­kṣa­tvā­t pra­tya­yā­rtha­sya bhā­va­sā­mā­nya­saṃ­pra­tya­ya­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 084,24ttva­va­ca­nā­t­, ta­sya bhā­vā­s ta­ttva­m i­ti­, na tu gu­ṇā­di­saṃ­pra­tya­ya­s ta­da­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­t pra­tya­yā­rtha­sya | ta­tra ta­ttve­nā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 084,25mā­ṇa­s ta­ttvā­rtha i­ty u­kte sā­ma­rthyā­d ga­mya­te ya­ttve­nā­va­sthi­ta i­ti­, ya­tta­do­r ni­tya­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t | te­nai­ta­d u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti­, TAŚVA-ML 084,26ya­ttve­na jī­vā­di­tve­nā­va­sthi­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r bhā­va­s ta­ttve­nai­vā­rya­mā­ṇa­s ta­ttvā­rthaḥ sa­ka­lo jī­vā­di­r na pu­na­s ta­daṃ­śa­mā­tra- TAŚVA-ML 084,27m u­pa­ka­lpi­taṃ ku­ta­ści­d i­ti | ta­to nya­s tu sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­bhi­r a­bhi­ma­nya­mā­no mi­thyā­rtha­s ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­s ta­thā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 084,28mā­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vā­d i­ti sva­yaṃ pre­kṣā­va­dbhi­r ga­mya­te kiṃ na­ściṃ­ta­yā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.6mo­hā­re­ka­vi­ṣa­ryā­sa­vi­cche­dā­t ta­tra da­rśa­na­m | sa­mya­g i­ty a­bhi­dhā­nā­t tu jñā­na­m a­py e­va­m ī­ri­ta­m |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 084,30ta­tra ta­ttvā­rthe ka­sya­ci­d a­vyu­tpa­tti­r mo­ho­dhya­va­sā­yā­pā­ya i­ti yā­va­t | ca­li­tā pra­ti­pa­tti­r ā­re­kā­, ki­m a­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 084,31jī­vā­diḥ ki­m i­ttha­m i­ti vā dha­rmi­ṇi dha­rme vā kva­ci­d a­va­sthā­nā­bhā­vā­t | a­ta­smiṃ­s ta­da­dhya­va­sā­yo vi­pa­ryā­saḥ | TAŚVA-ML 084,32i­ti saṃ­kṣe­pa­ta­s tri­vi­dha­mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­vya­va­cche­dā­d u­pa­jā­ya­mā­naṃ sa­mya­g i­ti vi­jñā­pa­ya­te jñā­na­m a­py e­va­m e­va sa­mya­g i­ti TAŚVA-ML 084,33ni­ve­di­taṃ­, ta­sya mo­hā­di­vya­va­cche­de­na ta­ttvā­rthā­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | ta­rhi sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa sa­mya­gjñā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 084,34la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ka­smā­d bhe­de­na no­kta­m ? —TAŚV-ML 1.2.7sā­ma­rthyā­dā­di­sū­tre ta­nni­ru­ktyā la­kṣi­taṃ ya­taḥ | cā­ri­tra­va­t ta­to no­ktaṃ jñā­nā­de­r la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pṛ­tha­k |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.8ya­thā pā­va­ka­śa­bda­syo­ccā­ra­ṇā­t saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | ta­da­rtha­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­dva­jjñā­na­cā­ri­tra­śa­bda­nā­t |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.9jñā­nā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­sya si­ddhe­r ya­tnāṃ­ta­raṃ vṛ­thā | śa­bdā­rthā­vya­bhi­cā­re­ṇa na pṛ­tha­gla­kṣa­ṇaṃ kva­ci­t |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 085,04na­nv e­vaṃ ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ pṛ­tha­gla­kṣa­ṇa­sū­traṃ va­kta­vyaṃ śa­bdā­rtha­vya­bhi­cā­rā­d i­ti na co­dyaṃ­, kāra­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­sū­trai­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 085,05da­rtha­vya­bhi­cā­ra­sya pa­ri­hṛ­ta­tvā­t | sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­sū­tra­m a­na­rtha­ka­m e­vaṃ syā­t kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­sū­trā­d e­va ta­ccha- TAŚVA-ML 085,06bdā­rtha­sya vya­bhi­cā­ra­pa­ri­ha­ra­ṇā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ni­sa­rgā­dhi­ga­ma­kā­ra­ṇā­vi­śe­ṣa­sya pra­śa­stā­lo­ca­ne pi bhā­va­d vya­bhi­cā­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 085,07ta­da­va­sthā­nā­t | na hi pa­ro­pa­de­śa­ni­ra­pe­kṣaṃ ni­sa­rga­jaṃ pra­śa­stā­lo­ca­naṃ na saṃ­bha­va­ti­, pa­ro­pa­de­śā­pe­kṣaṃ vā­dhi­ga­ma­jaṃ TAŚVA-ML 085,08pra­śa­stā­lo­ca­na­va­d i­ti yu­ktaṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­sya pṛ­tha­gla­kṣa­ṇa­va­ca­naṃ śa­bdā­rtha­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­, ta­da­vya­bhi­cā­re ta­dva­n nā­nya­sya TAŚVA-ML 085,09ma­tyā­de­r jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­va­d e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.10i­cchā śra­ddhā­na­m i­ty e­ke ta­d a­yu­kta­m a­mo­hi­naḥ | śra­ddhā­na­vi­ra­hā­śa­kte­r jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 085,11na hy a­mo­hā­nā­m i­cchā­sti ta­sya mo­ha­kā­rya­tvā­d a­nya­thā mu­ktā­tma­nā­m a­pi ta­dbhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | he­yo­pā­de­ya­yo­r ji­hā- TAŚVA-ML 085,12so­pā­di­tsā ca vi­śi­ṣṭā śra­ddhā vī­ta­mo­ha­syā­pi saṃ­bha­va­ti ta­syā ma­naḥ­kā­rya­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā ma­na­skā­rya­tve TAŚVA-ML 085,13sa­rva­ma­na­svi­nāṃ ta­dbhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | jñā­nā­pe­kṣaṃ ma­naḥ kā­ra­ṇa­m i­cchā­yā i­ti ce­n na­, ke­ṣāṃ­ci­n mi­thyā­jñā­na­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 085,14'­py u­dā­sī­na­da­śā­yāṃ he­ye­ṣū­pā­di­tsā­na­va­lo­ka­nā­t u­pā­de­ye­ṣu ca ji­hā­sā­na­nu­bhā­vā­t­, pa­re­ṣāṃ sa­mya­gjñā­na­sa­dbhā­ve pi TAŚVA-ML 085,15he­yo­pā­de­ya­ji­hā­so­pā­di­tsā­vi­ra­hā­t | vi­ṣa­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣā­n ma­na­sa­s ta­di­cchā­pra­bha­va i­ty a­pi na yu­ktaṃ­, ta­da­bhā­ve pi TAŚVA-ML 085,16ka­sya­ci­d i­ccho­tpa­tte­s ta­dbhā­ve pi ce­c chā­nu­dbha­vā­t | kā­lā­da­yo ne­nai­ve­cchā­he­ta­vo vi­dhva­stāḥ­, te­ṣāṃ sa­rva­kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 085,17sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­c ca ne­cchā­vi­śe­ṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­ni­ya­maḥ | svo­tpa­ttā­va­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­cchā­vi­śe­ṣa i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 085,18bhā­vā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣā­d dra­vyā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣā­d vā ? pra­tha­ma­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ na tā­va­t sā­kṣā­t bhā­vā­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­tma­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sye­cchā- TAŚVA-ML 085,19vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvāt | pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā ce­t ta­rhi dra­vyā­dṛ­ṣṭā­d e­va sā­kṣā­d i­ccho­tpa­tti­s ta­c ca dra­vyā­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ mo­ha­nī­yā­khyaṃ ka­rma TAŚVA-ML 085,20pau­dga­li­ka­m ā­tma­pā­ra­taṃ­trya­he­tu­tvā­d u­nma­tta­ka­ra­sā­di­va­d i­ti mo­ha­kā­rya­m i­cchā ka­tha­m a­mo­hā­nā­m u­dbha­ve­t ? ya­ta­s ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 085,21śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ te­ṣāṃ syā­t | ta­da­bhā­ve na sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ ta­tpū­rva­kaṃ vā sa­mya­kcā­ri­tra­m i­ti kṣī­ṇa­mo­hā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 085,22ra­tna­tra­yā­pā­yā­n mu­ktya­pā­yaḥ pra­sa­jye­ta | ta­ta­s te­ṣāṃ ta­dvya­va­sthā­m i­ccha­tā ne­cchā śra­ddhā­naṃ va­kta­vya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.11ni­rde­śā­lpa­ba­hu­tvā­di­ciṃ­ta­na­syā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | śra­ddhā­ne jī­va­rū­pe smi­n na do­ṣaḥ ka­ści­d ī­kṣya­te |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 085,24na hi ni­rde­śā­da­yo da­rśa­na­mo­ha­ra­hi­ta­jī­va­sva­rū­pe śra­ddhā­ne vi­ru­ddhyaṃ­te ta­thai­va ni­rde­śā­di­sū­tre vi­va­ra­ṇā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 085,25nā­py a­lpa­ba­hu­tva­saṃ­khyā­bhe­dāṃ­ta­ra­bhā­vāḥ pu­ru­ṣa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya nā­nā­tva­si­ddheḥ | pu­ru­ṣa­rū­pa­syai­ka­tvā­t ta­tra ta­dvi­ro­dha TAŚVA-ML 085,26e­ve­ti ce­n na­, da­rśa­na­mo­ho­pa­śa­mā­di­bhe­dā­pe­kṣa­sya ta­syai­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | a­nya­thā sa­rva­syai­ka­tvā­pa­ttiḥ kā­ra­ṇā­di­bhe­da- TAŚVA-ML 085,27syā­bhe­da­ka­tvā­t­, kva­ci­t ta­sya bhe­da­ka­tve vā si­ddhaḥ pu­ru­ṣa­sya sva­bhā­va­bhe­daḥ | i­ti jī­va­dra­vyā­d bhe­de­na ni­rde­śā­da­ya­s ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 085,28sā­dhī­yāṃ­so lpa­ba­hu­tvā­di­va­d i­ti va­kṣya­te | ka­rma­rū­pa­tve pi śra­ddhā­na­sya ta­da­vi­ro­dha i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 085,29tvā­bhā­vā­t­, sva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syai­va ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­rma­ṇo pi mu­kti­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­vi­ru­ddhaṃ sva­pa­ra­ni­mi­tta­tvā­n mo­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 085,30sye­ti ce­n na­, ka­rma­ṇo nya­syai­va kā­lā­deḥ pa­ra­ni­mi­tta­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t | na­nu ca ya­thā mo­kṣo jī­va­ka­rma­ṇoḥ pa­ri­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 085,31ma­s ta­sya dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­t­, ta­thā mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­śra­ddhā­na­m a­pi ta­du­bha­ya­vi­va­rta­rū­paṃ bha­va­tv i­ti ce­n na­, mo­kṣā­va­sthā­yāṃ ta­da­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 085,32pra­saṃ­gā­t­, sva­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­no '­sa­ttve pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syā­gha­ṭa­nā­t­, pu­ru­ṣa­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­d e­va ca ka­rma­sā­ma­rthya­ha­na­nā­t ta­sya ka­rma­rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 085,33TAŚVA-ML 086,01tvā­yo­gā­t | ta­to na ka­rma­rū­paṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ niḥ­śre­ya­pra­dhā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d a­he­ya­tvā­t sa­mya­gjñā­na­va­t | niḥ­śre­ya­sa­sya TAŚVA-ML 086,02pra­dhā­naṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­sva­dha­rma­tvā­t ta­dva­t | a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaḥ sva­dha­rmaḥ sa­dda­rśa­naṃ mu­kti­yo­gya­sya ta­to TAŚVA-ML 086,03'­nya­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­dva­t | i­ti jī­va­rū­pe śra­ddhā­ne sa­dda­rśa­na­sya la­kṣa­ṇe na ka­ści­d do­ṣo saṃ­bha­vo ti­vyā­pti­r a­vyā­pti­r vā TAŚVA-ML 086,04sa­mī­kṣya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.12sa­rā­ge vī­ta­rā­ge ca ta­sya saṃ­bha­va­to ṃ­ja­sā | pra­śa­mā­de­r a­bhi­vya­ktiḥ śu­ddhi­mā­trā­c ca ce­ta­saḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 086,06ya­thai­va hi vi­śi­ṣṭā­tma­sva­rū­paṃ śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­rā­ge­ṣu saṃ­bha­va­ti ta­thā vī­ta­rā­ge­ṣv a­pī­ti ta­syā­vyā­pti­r a­pi do­ṣo TAŚVA-ML 086,07na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaḥ | ku­ta­s ta­tra ta­syā­bhi­vya­kti­r i­ti ce­t­, pra­śa­ma­saṃ­ve­gā­nu­kaṃ­pā­sti­kye­bhyaḥ sa­rā­ge­ṣu sa­dda­rśa­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 086,08vī­ta­rā­ge­ṣv ā­tma­vi­śu­ddhi­mā­trā­d i­ty ā­ca­kṣa­te | ta­trā­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhi­nāṃ rā­gā­dī­nāṃ mi­thyā­tva­sa­mya­gmi­thyā­tva­yo­ś cā­nu­dre­kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 086,09pra­śa­maḥ | dra­vya­kṣe­tra­kā­la­bha­va­bhā­va­pa­ri­va­rta­na­rū­pā­t saṃ­sā­rā­d bhī­ru­tā saṃ­ve­gaḥ | tra­sa­sthā­va­re­ṣu prā­ṇi­ṣu da­yā­nu­kaṃ­pā | TAŚVA-ML 086,10jī­vā­di­ta­ttvā­rthe­ṣu yu­ktyā­ga­mā­bhyā­m a­vi­ru­ddhe­ṣu yā­thā­mtyo­pa­ga­ma­na­m ā­sti­kyaṃ | e­tā­ni pra­tye­kaṃ sa­mu­di­tā­ni vā TAŚVA-ML 086,11sva­smi­n sva­saṃ­vi­di­tā­ni­, pa­ra­tra kā­ya­vā­gvya­va­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­liṃ­gā­nu­mi­tā­ni sa­rā­ga­sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ jñā­pa­yaṃ­ti­, ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 086,12bhā­ve mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭi­ṣv a­saṃ­bha­vi­tvā­t­, saṃ­bha­ve vā mi­thyā­tvā­yo­gā­t | mi­thyā­dṛ­śā­m a­pi ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t kro­dhā­dya­nu­dre­ka- TAŚVA-ML 086,13da­rśa­nā­t pra­śa­mo '­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka i­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣā­m a­pi sa­rva­thai­kāṃte '­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhi­no mā­na­syo­da­yā­t | svā­tma­ni TAŚVA-ML 086,14cā­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­ni dve­ṣo­da­ya­syā­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vā­t pṛ­thi­vī­kā­yi­kā­di­ṣu prā­ṇi­ṣu ha­na­na­da­rśa­nā­c ca | e­te­na saṃ­ve­gā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 086,15kaṃ­pa­yo­r mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭi­ṣv a­saṃ­bha­va­ka­tha­nā­d a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā ha­tā­, saṃ­vi­gna­syā­nu­kaṃ­pā­va­to vā niḥ­śaṃ­ka­prā­ṇi­ghā­te pra­vṛ­ttya­nu- TAŚVA-ML 086,16pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­ddṛ­ṣṭe­r a­py a­jñā­nā­t ta­tra ta­thā pra­vṛ­tti­r i­ti ce­t­, vyā­ha­ta­m i­daṃ '­sa­ddṛ­ṣṭi­ś ca jī­va­ta­ttvā­na­bhi­jña­ś ce­' ti TAŚVA-ML 086,17ta­da­jñā­na­syai­va mi­thyā­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­rū­pa­tvā­t | pa­re­ṣā­m a­pi svā­bhi­ma­ta­ta­ttve­ṣv ā­sti­kya­sya bhā­vā­d a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tva­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 086,18ce­t na­, sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­ta­ttvā­nāṃ dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dhi­ta­tve­na vya­va­sthā­nā­yo­gā­d e­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nāṃ bha­ga­va­da­rha­tsyā­dvā­da­śra­ddhā­na- TAŚVA-ML 086,19vi­dhu­rā­ṇāṃ­, nā­sti­ka­tva­ni­rṇa­yā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­tva­nma­tā­mṛ­ta­bā­hyā­nāṃ sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m | ā­tmā­bhi­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 086,20da­gdhā­nāṃ sve­ṣṭaṃ dṛ­ṣṭe­na bā­dhya­te­" i­ti | ta­d a­ne­na pra­śa­mā­di­sa­mu­dā­ya­syā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvo­dbhā­va­naṃ pra­ti­kṣi­ptaṃ | na­nu TAŚVA-ML 086,21pra­śa­mā­da­yo ya­di sva­smi­n sva­saṃ­ve­dyāḥ śra­ddhā­na­m a­pi ta­ttvā­rthā­nāṃ ki­n na sva­saṃ­ve­dyaṃ­? ya­ta­s te­bhyo nu­mī­ya­te | sva­saṃ­ve­dya- TAŚVA-ML 086,22tvā­vi­śe­ṣe pi tai­s ta­d a­nu­mī­ya­te na pu­na­s te ta­smā­d i­ti kaḥ śra­dda­dhī­tā­nya­tra pa­rī­kṣa­kā­d i­ti ce­t­, nai­ta­t sā­raṃ­, da­rśa­na- TAŚVA-ML 086,23mo­ho­pa­śa­mā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭā­tma­sva­rū­pa­sya ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­sya sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tvā­ni­śca­yā­t | sva­saṃ­ve­dyaṃ­, pu­na­r ā­sti­kyaṃ ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 086,24bhi­vyaṃ­ja­kaṃ pra­śa­ma­saṃ­ve­gā­nu­kaṃ­pā­va­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­to bhi­nnaṃ ta­tpha­la­tvā­t | ta­ta e­va pha­la­ta­dva­to­r a­bhe­da­vi­va­kṣā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 086,25m ā­sti­kya­m e­va ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­m i­ti­, ta­sya ta­dva­tpra­tya­kṣa­si­ddha­tvā­t ta­da­nu­me­ya­tva­m a­pi na vi­ru­dhya­te | ma­tāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣa­yā TAŚVA-ML 086,26ca sva­saṃ­vi­di­te pi ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­ne vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­sa­dbhā­vā­t ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­ya ta­tra pra­śa­mā­di­liṃ­gā­d a­nu­mā­ne do­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 086,27bhā­vaḥ | sa­mya­gjñā­na­m e­va hi sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m i­ti hi ke­ci­d vi­pra­va­daṃ­te tā­n pra­ti jñā­nā­t bhe­de­na da­rśa­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 086,28pra­śa­mā­di­bhiḥ kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣaiḥ pra­kā­śya­te | jñā­na­kā­rya­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ na ta­tpra­kā­śa­ka­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 086,29pha­la­tvā­t jñā­na­sya | sā­kṣā­da­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­tti­r jñā­na­sya pha­laṃ­, pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā pra­śa­mā­da­yo hā­nā­di­bu­ddhi­va­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 086,30hā­nā­di­bu­ddhi­va­d e­va jñā­nā­d u­tta­ra­kā­laṃ pra­śa­mā­da­yo '­nu­bhū­ye­ra­n­, na cai­vaṃ jñā­na­sa­ma­kā­laṃ pra­śa­mā­dya­nu­bha­va­nā­t | pū­rva­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 086,31pha­la­tvā­t pra­śa­mā­deḥ sāṃ­pra­ti­ka­jñā­na­sa­ma­kā­la­ta­yā­nu­bha­va­na­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi pū­rva­jñā­na­sa­ma­kā­la­va­rti­no pi pra­śa­mā- TAŚVA-ML 086,32de­s ta­tpū­rva­jñā­na­pha­la­tve­na bha­vi­ta­vya­m i­ty a­nā­di­tva­pra­sa­kti­r a­vi­ta­thā jñā­na­sya | sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­sa­ma­sa­ma­ya­m a­nu­bhū­ya­mā­na­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 086,33pra­śa­mā­de­s ta­tpha­la­tva­m a­pi mā bhū­t i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya ta­da­bhi­nna­pha­la­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t ta­tsa­ma­sa­ma­ya­vṛ­tti­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 086,34ta­to da­rśa­na­kā­rya­tvā­d da­rśa­na­sya jñā­pa­kāḥ pra­śa­mā­da­yaḥ sa­ha­ca­ra­kā­rya­tvā­t tu jñā­na­sye­ty a­na­va­dyaṃ | para­tra pra­śa­mā­da­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 086,35TAŚVA-ML 087,01saṃ­di­gdha­si­ddha­tvā­n na sa­dda­rśa­na­sya ga­ma­kā i­ti ce­n na­, kā­ya­vā­gvya­va­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣe­bhya­s te­ṣāṃ ta­tra sa­dbhā­va­ni­rṇa­ya­syo­kta- TAŚVA-ML 087,02tvā­t | te­ṣāṃ ta­dvya­bhi­cā­rā­n na ta­tsa­dbhā­va­ni­rṇa­ya­he­tu­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, su­pa­rī­kṣi­tā­nā­m a­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | su­pa­rī­kṣi­taṃ hi TAŚVA-ML 087,03kā­ryaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ ga­ma­ya­ti nā­nya­thā | ya­di pu­na­r a­tīṃ­dri­ya­tvā­t pa­ra­pra­śa­mā­dī­nāṃ ta­dbhā­ve kā­yā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 087,04sa­dbhā­vo '­śa­kyo ni­śce­tu­m i­ti ma­tiḥ­, ta­dā ta­da­bhā­va ta­dbhā­va i­ti ka­thaṃ ni­ścī­ya­te­? ta­ta e­va saṃ­śa­yo stv i­ti TAŚVA-ML 087,05ce­n na­, ta­sya kva­ci­t ka­dā­ci­n ni­rṇa­ya­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ sthā­ṇu­pu­ru­ṣa­saṃ­śa­ya­va­t | sva­saṃ­tā­ne ni­rṇa­yo stī­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 087,06yā­dṛ­śāḥ pra­śa­mā­di­ṣu sa­tsu kā­yā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣāḥ sva­smi­n ni­rṇī­tā­s tā­dṛ­śāḥ pa­ra­trā­pi te­ṣu sa­tsv e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 087,07ni­rṇī­ya­tāṃ | yā­dṛ­śā­s tu te­ṣv a­sa­tsu pra­tī­tā­s tā­dṛ­śāḥ ta­da­bhā­va­sya ga­ma­kāḥ ka­thaṃ na syuḥ­? saṃ­śa­yi­ta­sva­bhā­vā­s tu TAŚVA-ML 087,08ta­tsaṃ­śa­ya­he­ta­va i­ti yu­ktaṃ va­ktuṃ | na­nv e­vaṃ ya­thā sa­rā­ge­ṣu ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ pra­śa­mā­di­bhi­r a­nu­mī­ya­te ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 087,09vī­ta­rā­ge­ṣv a­pi ta­t taiḥ kiṃ nā­nu­mī­ya­te­? i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya sva­smi­nn ā­tma­vi­śu­ddhi­mā­tra­tvā­t sa­ka­la­mo­hā­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 087,10sa­mā­ro­pā­na­va­tā­rā­t sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d e­va ni­śca­yo­pa­pa­tte­r a­nu­me­ya­tvā­bhā­vaḥ | pa­ra­tra tu pra­śa­mā­dī­nāṃ ta­lli­ṅa­gā­nāṃ sa­tā- TAŚVA-ML 087,11m a­pi ni­śca­yo­pā­yā­nāṃ kā­yā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m a­pi ta­du­pā­yā­nā­m a­bhā­vā­t | ka­tha­m i­dā­nī­m a­pra­ma­ttā­di­ṣu sū­kṣma- TAŚVA-ML 087,12sāṃ­pa­rā­yāṃ te­ṣu sa­dda­rśa­naṃ pra­śa­mā­de­r a­nu­mā­tuṃ śa­kyaṃ­? ta­nni­rṇa­yo­pā­yā­nāṃ kā­yā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m a­bhā­vā­d e­va | na TAŚVA-ML 087,13hi te­ṣāṃ ka­ści­d vyā­pā­ro sti vī­ta­rā­ga­va­t­, vyā­pā­re vā te­ṣā­m a­pra­ma­tta­tvā­di­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ka­ści­t | so py a- TAŚVA-ML 087,14bhi­hi­tā­na­bhi­jñaḥ­, sa­rve­ṣu sa­rā­ge­ṣu sa­dda­rśa­naṃ pra­śa­mā­di­bhi­r a­nu­mī­ya­ta i­ty a­na­bhi­dhā­nā­t­, ya­thā­saṃ­bha­vaṃ sa­rā­ge­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 087,15vī­ta­rā­ge­ṣu ca sa­dda­rśa­na­sya ta­da­nu­me­ya­tva­m ā­tma­vi­śu­ddhi­mā­tra­tvaṃ ce­ty a­bhi­hi­ta­tvā­t | ta­ta e­va sa­yo­ga­ke­va­li­no TAŚVA-ML 087,16vā­gvya­va­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­t sū­kṣmā­dya­rtha­vi­jñā­nā­nu­mā­naṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.2.13pra­dhā­na­sya vi­va­rto '­yaṃ śra­ddhā­nā­khya i­tī­ta­re | ta­d a­sa­t puṃ­si sa­mya­ktva­bhā­vā­saṃ­gā­t ta­to pa­re |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 087,18na hi pra­dhā­na­sya pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ śra­ddhā­naṃ ta­to '­pa­ra­smi­n pu­ru­ṣe sa­mya­ktva­m i­ti yu­ktaṃ la­kṣya­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­r bhi­nnā­śra­ya- TAŚVA-ML 087,19tva­vi­ro­dhā­d a­gnyu­ṣṇa­tva­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.14pra­dhā­na­syai­va sa­mya­ktvā­c cai­ta­nyaṃ sa­mya­g i­ṣya­te | bu­ddhya­dhya­va­si­tā­rtha­sya puṃ­sā saṃ­ce­ta­nā­d ya­di |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.15ta­dā­haṃ­kā­ra­sa­mya­ktvā­t bu­ddheḥ sa­mya­ktva­m a­śru­te | a­haṃ­kā­rā­spa­dā­rtha­sya ta­thā­py a­dhya­va­sā­na­taḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.16ma­naḥ­sa­mya­ktva­taḥ sa­mya­ga­haṃ­kā­ra­s ta­thā na ki­m | ma­naḥ­saṃ­ka­lpi­tā­rthe­ṣu ta­tpra­vṛ­tti­pra­ka­lpa­nā­t |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.17ta­thai­veṃ­dri­ya­sa­mya­ktvā­n ma­naḥ sa­mya­gu­pe­ya­tā­m | iṃ­dri­yā­lo­ci­tā­rthe­ṣu ma­naḥ­saṃ­ka­lpa­no­da­yā­t |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.18iṃ­dri­yā­ṇi ca sa­mya­ñci bha­vaṃ­tu pa­ra­ta­s ta­va | svā­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­ka­sa­mya­ktvā­di­bhiḥ sa­mya­ktva­taḥ ki­mu |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.19a­rtha­sva­vyaṃ­ja­kā­dhī­naṃ mu­khyaṃ sa­mya­ktva­m i­ṣya­te | iṃ­dri­yā­di­ṣu ta­dva­t syā­t puṃ­si ta­tpa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 087,26e­vaṃ pra­dhā­na­sa­mya­ktvā­c cai­ta­nya­sa­mya­ktve '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­mā­ne '­ti­pra­saṃ­ja­na­m u­ktaṃ | ta­ttva­ta­s tu­ —TAŚV-ML 1.2.20na ca pra­dhā­na­dha­rma­tvaṃ śra­ddhā­na­sya ci­dā­tma­naḥ | cai­ta­nya­syai­va saṃ­si­ddhye­d a­nya­thā syā­d vi­pa­rya­yaḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 087,28ci­dā­tma­ka­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ śra­ddhā­na­sye­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­taḥ pra­si­ddhe­r jñā­na­va­t | sā­dhi­taṃ jñā­nā­dī­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 087,29ce­ta­nā­tma­ka­tvaṃ pu­ra­stā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.2.21na śra­ddha­tte pra­dhā­naṃ vā ja­ḍa­tvā­t ka­la­śā­di­va­t | pra­tī­tyā­śra­ya­ṇe tvā­tmā śra­ddhā­tā­s tu ni­rā­ku­la­m |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 087,31na hi śra­ddhā­tā­ha­m i­ti pra­tī­ti­r a­ce­ta­na­sya pra­dhā­na­sya jā­tu­ci­tsaṃ­bhā­vya­te ka­la­śā­di­va­t | ya­to '­ya­m ā­tmai­va TAŚVA-ML 087,32śra­ddhā­tā ni­rā­ku­laṃ na syā­t | bhrāṃ­te­ya­m ā­tma­ni pra­tī­ti­r i­ti ce­n na­, bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | nā­tma­dha­rmaḥ śra­ddhā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 087,33bhaṃ­gu­ra­tvā­d gha­ṭa­va­d i­ty a­pi na ta­dbā­dha­kaṃ­, jñā­ne­na vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­t | na ca jñā­na­syā­nā­tma­dha­rma­tvaṃ yu­kta­m ā­tma­dha­rma­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 087,34pra­sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | ta­taḥ sū­kta­m ā­tma­sva­rū­paṃ da­rśa­na­mo­ha­ra­hi­taṃ ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­myā­gda­rśa­na­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.3.0na sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ ni­tyaṃ nā­pi ta­nni­tya­he­tu­ka­m | nā­he­tu­ka­m i­ti prā­ha dvi­dhā ta­jja­nma­kā­ra­ṇa­m |­ —TA-ML 1.3 ta­nni­sa­rgā­d a­dhi­ga­mā­d vā |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 088,03u­tpa­dya­ta i­ti kri­yā­dhyā­hā­n na ni­tyaṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ jñā­ya­ta i­ti | no­tpa­dya­ta i­ti kri­yā­dhyā­hā­rā­n ni­tyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 088,04ta­d i­ti ce­t­, dra­vya­taḥ pa­ryā­ya­to vā­? dra­vya­ta­ś ce­t si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā | pa­ryā­ya­ta­s tu ta­sya ni­tya­tve sa­ta­ta­saṃ­ve­da­na- TAŚVA-ML 088,05pra­saṃ­gaḥ | ni­tyaṃ ta­da­naṃ­ta­tvā­j jī­va­dra­vya­va­d i­ti ce­t na­, ke­va­la­jñā­nā­di­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | te­ṣā­m a­pi pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇe TAŚVA-ML 088,06mo­kṣa­sya ni­tya­tva­pra­sa­kteḥ kva saṃ­sā­rā­nu­bha­vaḥ­? na ca mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­sya sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­di­tra­yā­tma­ka­syā­ni­tya­tve pi TAŚVA-ML 088,07mo­kṣa­syā­ni­tya­tva­m u­pa­pa­dya­te­, mo­kṣa­syā­naṃ­ta­tve pi na sā­di­tve sa­mya­ktvā­dī­nā­m a­naṃ­ta­tve pi sā­di­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ na bha­ve­t­? TAŚVA-ML 088,08ta­to no­tpa­dya­ta i­ti kri­yā­dhyā­hā­ra­vi­ro­dhaḥ | e­te­nā­he­tu­kaṃ sa­dda­rśa­na­m i­ti ni­ra­staṃ | ni­tya­he­tu­kaṃ ta­d i­ty a­py a- TAŚVA-ML 088,09yu­ktaṃ­, mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­syā­sva­sa­dbhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­sya sa­dda­rśa­na­kā­ra­ṇe vi­ro­dhi­ni sa­rva­dā sa­ti saṃ­bha­vā­d a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 088,10pa­pa­tteḥ ye­na ca ta­nni­tyaṃ nā­pi ni­tya­he­tu­kaṃ nā­he­tu­kaṃ | TAŚV-ML 1.3.1te­na nā­nā­di­tā ta­sya sa­rva­do­tpa­tti­r e­va vā | ni­tyaṃ ta­tsa­tva­saṃ­ba­ddhā­t pra­sa­jye­tā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 088,12na­nu ca mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­sya ni­tya­tvā­bhā­ve pi nā­nā­di­tva­vya­va­cche­do dṛ­ṣṭa i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­nā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 088,13na ca ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­syā­nā­di­tvā­n ni­tya­tva­pra­sa­ktiḥ saṃ­tā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā­nā­di­tva­va­ca­nā­t­, pa­ryā­yā­pe­kṣa­yā ta­syā­pi sā­di- TAŚVA-ML 088,14tvā­t | ta­syā­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­tve vā sa­rva­dā mo­kṣa­syā­bhā­vā­pa­tteḥ | ni­tya­he­tva­he­tu­ka­tvā­bhā­ve sa­rva­do­tpa­tti­vya­va­cche- TAŚVA-ML 088,15do nu­pa­pa­nnaḥ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t saṃ­sā­ra­sya tā­dṛ­śa­tve pi sa­rva­do­tpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya ni­tya­he­tu­saṃ­tā­na­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 088,16prā­ga­bhā­va­syā­he­tu­ka­tve pi ni­tya­tva­sa­ttva­yo­r a­da­rśa­nā­n nā­he­tu­ka­sya sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­sya ta­tpra­saṃ­go ye­na ta­nni­vṛ­tta­ye ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 088,17sa­he­tu­ka­tva­m u­cya­te i­ti ce­n na­, prā­ga­bhā­va­syā­he­tu­ka­tvā­si­ddheḥ | sa hi gha­ṭo­tpa­tteḥ prā­k ta­dvi­vi­kta­pa­ryā­ya­pa­raṃ- TAŚVA-ML 088,18pa­rā­rū­po vā dra­vya­mā­tra­rū­po vā­? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe pū­rva­pū­rva­pa­ryā­yā­d u­tpa­tteḥ ka­tha­m a­sau kā­ryo­tpa­tti­pū­rva­kā­la­bhā­vī TAŚVA-ML 088,19pa­ryā­ya­ka­lā­po '­he­tu­ko nā­ma ya­taḥ kā­rya­ja­nma­ni ta­syā­sa­ttvaṃ pū­rvaṃ sa­to pi vi­ru­dhya­te ta­dā vā­'­sa­ttve pi pū­rvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 088,20sa­ttvaṃ na gha­ṭa­te | dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe tu ya­thā prā­ga­bhā­va­syā­he­tu­ka­tvaṃ ta­thā ni­tyaṃ sa­ttva­m a­pi dra­vya­mā­tra­sya ka­dā­ci­d a- TAŚVA-ML 088,21sa­ttvā­yo­gā­t | kā­ryo­tpa­ttau kā­rya­ra­hi­ta­tve­na prā­cye­na rū­pe­ṇa dra­vya­m a­sa­d e­ve­ti ce­t­, na­nv e­vaṃ kā­rya­ra­hi­ta­tva­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 088,22vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m a­sa­nna pu­na­r dra­vyaṃ ta­sya ta­nmā­tra­sva­rū­pa­tvā­bhā­vā­t | tu­cchaḥ prā­ga­bhā­vo na bhā­va­sva­bhā­va i­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 088,23ta­sya kā­ryo­tpa­tteḥ pū­rva­m e­va sa­ttva­vi­ro­dhā­t kā­rya­kā­le vā sa­ttvā­yo­gā­t­, sa­ttvā­sa­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­yo­r bhā­vā­śra­ya- TAŚVA-ML 088,24tva­da­rśa­nā­t | ta­thā ca na prā­ga­bhā­va­s tu­cchaḥ sa­ttvā­sa­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­śra­ya­tvā­d dra­vyā­di­va­t vi­pa­rya­ya­pra­saṃ­go vā TAŚVA-ML 088,25vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ka­dā­ci­t sa­ttva­m a­sa­ttvaṃ ca vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m u­pa­cā­rā­t prā­ga­bhā­va­sye­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi na ta­ttva­taḥ ka­dā­ci- TAŚVA-ML 088,26t sa­ttvaṃ pu­na­r a­sa­ttva­m a­he­tu­ka­syā­pi bha­va­tī­ti sa­rva­dā sa­ttva­syā­sa­ttva­sya vā ni­vṛ­tta­ye sa­dda­rśa­na­syā­he­tu­ka­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 088,27vya­va­cche­tta­vya­m e­va ni­tya­tva­ni­tya­he­tu­ka­tva­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.3.2ni­sa­rgā­d i­ti ni­rde­śo he­tā­va­dhi­ga­mā­d i­ti | ta­ccha­bde­na pa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭaṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­mā­tra­ka­m |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 088,29sū­tre smi­n ni­sa­rgā­d i­ti ni­rde­śo dhi­ga­mā­d i­ti ca he­tau bha­va­n sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­mā­tra­pa­rā­ma­rśi­tvaṃ ta­ccha­bda­sya TAŚVA-ML 088,30jñā­pa­ya­ti ta­du­tpa­ttā­v e­va ta­yo­r he­tu­tva­gha­ṭa­nā­t­, jñā­na­cā­ri­tro­tpa­ttau ta­yo­r he­tu­tve si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhā­n na mā­rga­pa­rā­ma­rśi- TAŚVA-ML 088,31tva­m u­pa­pa­nnaṃ | sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ hi ni­sa­rgā­de­r u­tpa­dya­mā­naṃ niḥ­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­yaṃ vā­? na tā­va­d ā­di­vi­ka­lpaḥ TAŚVA-ML 088,32ke­va­la­sya sa­ka­la­śru­ta­pū­rva­ka­tvo­pa­de­śā­n ni­sa­rga­ja­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | sa­ka­la­śru­ta­jñā­naṃ ni­sa­rgā­d u­tpa­dya­ta i­ty a­py a­si­ddhaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 088,33pa­ro­pa­de­śā­bhā­ve ta­syā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sva­yaṃ­bu­ddha­śru­ta­jñā­na­m a­pa­ro­pa­de­śa­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya ja­nmā­nta­ro­pa­de­śa­pū­rva­ka- TAŚVA-ML 088,34tvā­t ta­jja­nmā­pe­śa­yā sva­yaṃ­bu­ddha­tva­syā­vi­ro­dhā­t | de­śa­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ma­tya­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­jñā­naṃ ni­sa­rgā­de­r u­tpa­dya­ta TAŚVA-ML 089,01i­ti dvi­tī­ya­vi­ka­lpo pi na śre­yā­n ta­syā­dhi­ga­ma­ja­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t dvi­vi­dha­he­tu­ka­tvā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | kiṃ­ci­n ni­sa­rgā- TAŚVA-ML 089,02d a­pa­ra­m a­dhi­ga­mā­d u­tpa­dya­ta i­ti jñā­na­sā­mā­nyaṃ dvi­vi­dha­he­tu­kaṃ gha­ṭa­ta e­ve­ti ce­t na­, da­rśa­ne pi ta­thā pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 089,03na cai­ta­d yu­ktaṃ pra­ti­vya­kti ta­sya dvi­vi­dha­he­tu­ka­tva­pra­si­ddheḥ | ya­thā hy au­pa­śa­mi­kaṃ da­rśa­naṃ ni­sa­rgā­d a­dhi­ga­mā­c co- TAŚVA-ML 089,04tpa­dya­te ta­thā kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kaṃ kṣā­yi­kaṃ ce­ti su­pra­tī­taṃ­, cā­ri­traṃ pu­na­ra­dhi­ga­m a­ja­m e­va ta­sya śru­ta­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 089,05dvi­śe­ṣa­syā­pi ni­sa­rga­ja­tvā­bhā­vā­n na dvi­vi­dha­he­tu­ka­tvaṃ saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti na tra­yā­tma­ko mā­rgaḥ saṃ­ba­dhya­te­, a­tra TAŚVA-ML 089,06da­rśa­na­mā­tra­syai­va ni­sa­rgā­d a­dhi­ga­mā­d vo­tpa­ttya­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­gha­ṭa­nā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ ta­ccha­bdo na­rtha­kaḥ sā­ma­rthyā­d da­rśa­ne­nā­trā­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 089,07saṃ­baṃ­dha­si­ddhe­r i­ti ce­t na­, śā­bda­nyā­yā­n mā­rge­ṇā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­pra­sa­kteḥ | pra­tyā­sa­tte­s ta­to pi da­rśa­na­syai­vā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha i­ti TAŚVA-ML 089,08ce­n na­, mā­rga­sya pra­dhā­na­tvā­d da­rśa­na­syā­sya ta­da­va­ya­va­tve­na gu­ṇa­bhū­ta­tvā­t­, pra­tyā­sa­tteḥ pra­dhā­na­sya ba­lī­ya­stvā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 089,09sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭa­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­yoḥ sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭe saṃ­pra­tya­ya i­ty e­ta­sya gau­ṇa­mu­khya­yo­r mu­khye saṃ­pra­tya­ya i­ty a­ne­nā­po­hi­ta­tvā­t sā­rtha­ka TAŚVA-ML 089,10e­va ta­ccha­bdo mā­rgā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­pa­ri­hā­rā­rtha­tvā­t | na­nu ca da­rśa­na­va­nmā­rga­syā­pi pū­rva­pra­krāṃ­ta­tva­pra­tī­teḥ ta­ccha­bda­sya TAŚVA-ML 089,11ca pū­rva­pra­krāṃ­ta­pa­rā­ma­rśi­tvā­t ka­thaṃ śā­bda­nyā­yā­d da­rśa­na­syai­vā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dho na tu mā­rga­sye­ti ce­t na­, a­smā­t sū­trā­d da­rśa­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 089,12mu­khya­taḥ pū­rva­pra­krāṃ­ta­tvā­t pa­rā­ma­rśo­pa­pa­tteḥ mā­rga­sya pū­rva­pra­krāṃ­ta­tvā­d u­pa­cā­re­ṇa ta­thā bhā­vā­t pa­rā­ma­rśā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 089,13ta­d i­ti na puṃ­sa­ka­liṃ­ga­syai­ka­sya ni­rde­śā­c ca na mā­rga­sya pu­lliṃ­ga­sya pa­rā­ma­rśo nā­pi ba­hū­nāṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri- TAŚVA-ML 089,14trā­ṇā­m i­ti śā­bdā­n nyā­yā­d ā­rthā­d i­va sa­dda­rśa­naṃ ta­ccha­bde­na pa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭa­m u­nnī­ya­te | kaḥ pu­na­r a­yaṃ ni­sa­rgo dhi­ga­mo TAŚVA-ML 089,15vā ya­smā­t ta­du­t pa­dya­ta­? i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.3.3vi­nā pa­ro­pa­de­śe­na ta­ttvā­rtha­pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­m | ni­sa­rgo dhi­ga­ma­s te­na kṛ­taṃ ta­d i­ti ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.3.4ta­to nā­pra­ti­bhā­te rthe śra­ddhā­na­m a­nu­ṣa­jya­te | nā­pi sa­rva­sya ta­sye­ha pra­tya­yo dhi­ga­mo bha­ve­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 089,18na hi ni­sa­rgaḥ sva­bhā­vo ye­na ta­taḥ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m u­tpa­dya­mā­na­m a­nu­pa­la­bdha­ta­ttvā­rtha­go­ca­ra­ta­yā ra­sā­ya­na­va­n no- TAŚVA-ML 089,19pa­pa­dye­ta | na pa­ro­pa­de­śa­ni­ra­pe­kṣe jñā­ne ni­sa­rga­śa­bda­sya pra­va­rta­nā­n ni­sa­rga­taḥ śū­raḥ siṃ­ha i­ti ya­thā sva­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 089,20vi­śe­ṣā­d a­bha­va­d a­pi hi ta­sya śau­rya pa­ro­pa­de­śā­na­pe­kṣaṃ lo­ke nai­sa­rgi­kaṃ pra­si­ddhaṃ ta­dva­tta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­m a­pa­ro­pa­de­śa- TAŚVA-ML 089,21ma­tyā­di­jñā­nā­dhi­ga­te ta­ttvā­rthe bha­va­nni­sa­rgā­n na vi­ru­dhya­te | na­nv e­vaṃ ma­tyā­di­jñā­na­sya da­rśa­ne­na sa­ho­tpa­tti­r vi- TAŚVA-ML 089,22ha­nya­te ta­sya ta­taḥ prā­g a­pi bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, sa­mya­gda­rśa­no­tpā­da­na­yo­gya­sya ma­tya­jñā­nā­de­r ma­ti­jñā­nā­di­vya­pa­de­śā- TAŚVA-ML 089,23d da­rśa­na­sa­ma­kā­laṃ ma­tyā­di­jñā­no­tpa­tteḥ | ta­rhi mi­thyā­jñā­nā­dhi­ga­te rthe da­rśa­naṃ mi­thyā pra­sa­kta­m i­ti ce­n na­, jñā­na­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 089,24mi­thyā­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­tya­jñā­na­syā­pū­rvā­rtha­tvā­n na mi­thyā­jñā­nā­dhi­ga­te rthe pra­vṛ­ti­r i­ta ce­n na­, sa­rve­ṣāṃ sa­tya­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 089,25saṃ­tā­na­syā­nā­di­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­tya­jñā­nā­t prā­k ta­da­rthe mi­thyā­jñā­na­va­tsa­tya­jñā­na­syā­py a­bhā­vā­n na ta­syā­nā­di­tva- TAŚVA-ML 089,26pra­sa­kti­r i­ti ce­n na­, sa­rva­jñā­na­śū­nya­sya pra­mā­tu­r a­nā­tma­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na cā­nā­tmā pra­mā­tā yu­kto ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 089,27sa­tya­jñā­nā­t pū­rvaṃ ta­dvi­ṣa­ye jñā­naṃ na mi­thyā sa­tya­jñā­na­ja­na­na­yo­gya­tvā­t­, nā­pi sa­tyaṃ pa­dā­rtha­yā­thā­tmya­pa­ri­cche­da­ka- TAŚVA-ML 089,28tvā­bhā­vā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi­? sa­tye­ta­ra­jñā­na­vi­vi­ktaṃ jñā­na­sā­mā­nyaṃ­, ta­to na te­nā­dhi­ga­te rthe pra­va­rta­mā­naṃ sa­tya­jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 089,29mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ mi­thyā­jñā­nā­dhi­ga­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­sya grā­ha­kaṃ nā­pi gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hī­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­pū­rvā­rthaṃ sa­tya­jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 089,30na sa­rva­the­ty ā­yā­taṃ | ta­tho­pa­ga­me sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ ta­thai­vo­pa­ga­mya­mā­naṃ ka­thaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­nā­dhi­ga­tā­rthe syā­t­? sa­tya­jñā­na­pū­rva­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 089,31vā­? ya­ta­s ta­tsa­ma­kā­laṃ ma­ti­jñā­nā­dyu­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhaḥ | sa­rvaṃ sa­dda­rśa­na­m a­dhi­ga­ma­ja­m e­va jñā­na­mā­trā­dhi­ga­te pra­va­rta­mā­na­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 089,32ce­n na­, pa­ro­pa­de­śā­pe­kṣa­sya ta­ttvā­rtha­jñā­na­syā­dhi­ga­ma­śa­bde­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | na­nv e­va­m i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­yaḥ sa­ti sa­mya­gda­rśa­ne TAŚVA-ML 089,33pa­ro­pa­de­śa­pū­rva­kaṃ ta­ttvā­rtha­jñā­naṃ ta­smi­n sa­ti sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, u­pa­de­ṣṭṛ­jñā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā ta­thā­bhi­dhā­nā­d i­ty e­ke TAŚVA-ML 089,34sa­mā­da­dha­te | te pi na yu­kta­vā­di­naḥ | pa­ro­pa­de­śā­pe­kṣa­tvā­bhā­vā­d u­pa­de­ṣṭṛ­jñā­na­sya­, sva­yaṃ­bu­ddha­syo­pa­de­ṣṭṛ­tvā­t­, pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 090,01pā­dya­syai­va pa­ro­pa­de­śā­pe­kṣa­ta­ttvā­rtha­jñā­na­sya saṃ­bha­vā­t | ya­dai­va pra­ti­pā­dya­sya pa­ro­pa­de­śā­ta­ttvā­rtha­jñā­naṃ ta­dai­va sa­mya- TAŚVA-ML 090,02gda­rśa­naṃ ta­yoḥ sa­ha­cā­ri­tvā­t ta­to ne­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya i­ty a­nye | te pi na pra­kṛ­ta­jñāḥ | sa­dda­rśa­na­ja­na­ka­sya pa­ro­pa­de­śā- TAŚVA-ML 090,03pe­kṣa­tvā­t ta­ttvā­rtha­jñā­na­sya pra­kṛ­ta­tvā­t ta­sya ta­tsa­ha­cā­ri­tvā­bhā­vā­t sa­ha­cā­ri­ṇa­s ta­da­ja­na­ka­tvā­t pa­ro­pa­de­śā- TAŚVA-ML 090,04pe­kṣa­sya ta­ttvā­rtha­jñā­na­sya sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­ja­na­na­yo­gya­sya pa­ro­pa­de­śā­na­pe­kṣa­ta­ttvā­rtha­jñā­na­va­tsa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­t pū­rvaṃ sva­kā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 090,05ṇā­d u­tpa­tte­r ne­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­ṇa­m i­ty a­pa­re­, sa­ka­la­co­dyā­nā­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­d ā­ga­mā­vi­ro­dhā­t | sa­rvaṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ svā­bhā­vi­ka- TAŚVA-ML 090,06m e­va sva­kā­le sva­ya­m u­tpa­tte­r niḥ­śre­ya­sa­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, he­to­r a­si­ddha­tvā­t | sa­rva­thā jñā­na­mā­tre­ṇā­py a­na­dhi­ga­te rthe śra­ddhā- TAŚVA-ML 090,07na­syā­pra­si­ddheḥ | ve­dā­rthe śū­dra­va­t ta­t syā­d i­ti ce­n na­, bhā­ra­tā­di­śra­va­ṇā­dhi­ga­te śū­dra­sya ta­smi­nn e­va śra­ddhā­na­da­rśa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 090,08na pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ sva­ya­m a­dhi­ga­te ma­ṇau pra­bhā­vā­di­nā saṃ­bha­vā­nu­mā­nā­n ni­rṇī­te ka­sya­ci­d bha­kti­saṃ­bha­vā­d a­nya­thā ta­da­yo­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 090,09sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vi­ka­la­tvā­c ca dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya na svā­bhā­vi­ka­tva­sā­dha­naṃ da­rśa­na­sya sā­dhī­yaḥ | na hi svā­bhā­vi­kaṃ niḥ­śre- TAŚVA-ML 090,10ya­saṃ ta­ttva­jñā­nā­di­ka­ta­du­pā­yā­na­rtha­ka­tvā­pa­tteḥ | nā­pi sva­kā­le sva­ya­m u­tpa­tti­s ta­sya yu­ktā ta­ta e­va | ke­ci­t saṃ­khyā- TAŚVA-ML 090,11te­na kā­le­na se­tsyaṃ­ti bha­vyāḥ ke­ci­d a­saṃ­khyā­te­na­, ke­ci­d a­naṃ­te­na­, ke­ci­d a­naṃ­tā­naṃ­te­nā­pi kā­le­na na se­tsyaṃ­tī- TAŚVA-ML 090,12ty ā­ga­mā­n niḥ­śre­ya­sa­sya sva­kā­le sva­ya­m u­tpa­tti­r i­ti ce­t na­, ā­ga­ma­syai­vaṃ­pa­ra­tvā­bhā­vā­t | sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­tra- TAŚVA-ML 090,13m ā­tmī­bhā­ve sa­ti saṃ­khyā­tā­di­nā kā­le­na se­tsyaṃ­tī­ty e­va­m a­rtha­ta­yā ta­sya ni­ści­ta­ttvā­t­, da­rśa­na­mo­ho­pa­śa­mā­di­ja­nya- TAŚVA-ML 090,14tvā­c ca na da­rśa­naṃ sva­kā­le­nai­va ja­nya­te ya­taḥ svā­bhā­vi­kaṃ syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.3.5aṃ­ta­rda­rśa­na­mo­ha­sya bha­vya­syo­pa­śa­me sa­ti | ta­tkṣa­yo­pa­śa­me vā­pi kṣa­ye vā da­rśa­no­dbha­vaḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.3.6ba­hiḥ kā­ra­ṇā­sā­ka­lye py a­syo­tpa­tte­r a­pī­kṣa­ṇā­t | ka­dā­ci­d a­nya­thā ta­syā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti sphu­ṭa­m |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 090,17ta­to na svā­bhā­vi­ko sti vi­pa­rī­ta­gra­ha­kṣa­yaḥ syā­dvā­di­nā­m i­vā­nye­ṣā­m a­pi ta­thā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.3.7pā­pā­pā­yā­d bha­va­ty e­ṣa vi­pa­rī­ta­gra­ha­kṣa­yaḥ | puṃ­so dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­d ve­ty a­nye saṃ­pra­ti­pe­di­re |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 090,19na­nu ca ya­di da­rśa­na­mo­ha­syo­pa­śa­mā­di­s ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­dā sa sa­rva­sya sa­rva­dā ta­jja­na­ye­t ā­tma­ni TAŚVA-ML 090,20ta­syā­he­tu­ka­tve­na sa­rva­dā sa­dbhā­vā­t­, a­nya­thā ka­dā­ci­t ka­sya­ci­n na ja­na­ye­t sa­rva­dā­py a­sa­ttvā­t vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 090,21ce­n na­, ta­sya sa­he­tu­ka­tvā­t pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | ka­thaṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­śe­ṣā­d da­rśa­na­mo­ha­syo­pa­śa­mā­di­r i- TAŚVA-ML 090,22ty u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.3.8dṛ­gmo­ha­s tu kva­ci­j jā­tu ka­sya­ci­n nuḥ pra­śā­mya­ti | pra­ti­pa­kṣya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya saṃ­pa­tte­s ti­mi­rā­di­va­t |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.3.9kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­m ā­yā­ti kṣa­yaṃ vā ta­ta e­va saḥ | ta­dva­d e­ve­ti ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ syā­t sva­he­tu­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 090,25yaḥ kva­ci­t ka­dā­ci­t ka­sya­ci­d u­pa­śā­mya­ti kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­me­ti kṣī­ya­te vā sa sva­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­ka­rṣa­m a­pe­kṣa­te TAŚVA-ML 090,26ya­thā ca­kṣu­ṣi ti­mi­rā­diḥ | ta­thā ca da­rśa­na­mo­ha i­ti nā­he­tu­ka­s ta­du­pa­śa­mā­diḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.3.10pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­śe­ṣo pi dṛ­ṅmo­ha­syā­sti ka­śca­na | jī­va­vyā­mo­ha­he­tu­tvā­d u­nma­tta­ka­ra­sā­di­va­t |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 090,28yo jī­va­vyā­mo­ha­he­tu­s ta­sya pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­śe­ṣo sti ya­tho­nma­tta­ka­ra­sā­deḥ | ta­thā ca da­rśa­na­mo­ha i­ti na ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 090,29pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­sya saṃ­pa­tti­ra­si­ddhā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.3.11sa ca dra­vyaṃ bha­ve­t kṣe­traṃ kā­lo bhā­vo pi vāṃ­gi­nā­m | mo­ha­he­tu­sa­pa­tna­tvā­d vi­ṣā­di­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­va­t |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 090,31mo­ha­he­to­r hi de­hi­nāṃ vi­ṣā­deḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣo baṃ­dhya­ka­rko­ṭyā­di dra­vyaṃ pra­tī­ya­te­, ta­thā de­va­tā­ya­ta­nā­di kṣe­traṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 090,32kā­la­ś ca mū­hū­rtā­diḥ­, bhā­va­ś ca dhyā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­di­s ta­dva­dda­rśa­na­mo­ha­syā­pi sa­pa­tno ji­neṃ­dra­biṃ­bā­di dra­vyaṃ­, sa­ma­va­śa­ra­ṇā­di TAŚVA-ML 090,33kṣe­traṃ­, kā­la­ś cā­rdha­pu­dga­la­pa­ri­va­rta­na­vi­śe­ṣā­di­r bhā­va­ś cā­dhā­pra­vṛ­tti­ka­ra­ṇā­di­r i­ti ni­ścī­ya­te | ta­da­bhā­ve ta­du­pa­śa­mā­di- TAŚVA-ML 090,34pra­ti­pa­tteḥ­, a­nya­thā ta­da­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.3.12ta­tsaṃ­pa­tsaṃ­bha­vo ye­ṣāṃ te pra­tyā­sa­nn a­mu­kta­yaḥ | bha­vyā­s ta­taḥ pa­re­ṣāṃ tu ta­tsaṃ­pa­tti­r na jā­tu­ci­t |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 091,02pra­tyā­sa­nna­mu­ktī­nā­m e­va bha­vyā­nāṃ da­rśa­na­mo­ha­pra­ti­pa­kṣaḥ saṃ­pa­dya­te nā­nye­ṣāṃ ka­dā­ci­t kā­ra­ṇā­sa­nni­dhā­nā­t | i­ti TAŚVA-ML 091,03yu­kti­mā­nā­sa­nna­bha­vyā­di­vi­bhā­gaḥ sa­dda­rśa­nā­di­śa­ktyā­tma­ka­tve pi sa­rva­saṃ­sā­ri­ṇā­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.3.13sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­śa­kte­r hi bhe­dā­bhā­ve pi de­hi­nā­m | saṃ­bha­ve­ta­ra­to bhe­da­s ta­dvya­kteḥ ka­na­kā­śma­va­t |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 091,05ya­thā kiṃ­ci­t ka­na­kā­śmā­di saṃ­bha­va­tka­na­ka­bhā­vā­bhi­vya­kti­ka­m a­ci­rā­d e­va pra­tī­ya­te­, a­pa­raṃ ci­ra­ta­re­ṇā­pi TAŚVA-ML 091,06kā­le­na saṃ­bha­va­tka­na­ka­bhā­vā­bhi­vya­kti­ka­m a­nya­da­saṃ­bha­va­tka­na­ka­bhā­vā­bhi­vya­kti­kaṃ śa­śva­tka­na­ka­śa­ktyā­tma­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe pi TAŚVA-ML 091,07saṃ­bhā­vya­te ta­thā ka­ści­t saṃ­sā­rī saṃ­bha­va­d ā­sa­nna­mu­kti­r a­bhi­vya­kta­sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ­, pa­ro naṃ­te­nā­pi kā­le­na TAŚVA-ML 091,08saṃ­bha­va­da­bhi­vya­kta­sa­dda­rśa­nā­di­r a­nyaḥ śa­śva­da­saṃ­bha­va­da­bhi­vya­kta­sa­dda­rśa­nā­di­s ta­ccha­ktyā­tma­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe pi saṃ­bhā­vya­te­, TAŚVA-ML 091,09i­ti nā­sa­nn a­bha­vya­dū­ra­bha­vyā­bha­vya­vi­bhā­go vi­ru­dhya­te bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t su­khā­di­va­t | ta­tra pra­tyā­sa­nna­ni­ṣṭha­sya bha­vya­sya TAŚVA-ML 091,10da­rśa­na­mo­ho­pa­śa­mā­dau sa­tyaṃ­ta­raṃ­ge he­tau ba­hi­raṃ­gā­d a­pa­ro­pa­de­śā­t ta­ttvā­rtha­jñā­nā­t pa­ro­pa­de­śā­pe­kṣā­c ca pra­jā­ya­mā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 091,11ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ ni­sa­rga­ja­ma­dhi­ga­ma­jaṃ ca pra­tye­ta­vya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.0kiṃ ta­ttvaṃ nā­ma ye­nā­rya­mā­ṇa­s ta­ttvā­rtha i­ṣya­te | i­ty a­śe­ṣa­vi­vā­dā­nāṃ ni­rā­sā­yā­ha sū­tra­kṛ­t |­ —TA-ML 1.4 jī­vā­jī­vā­sra­va­baṃ­dha­saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­rā­mo­kṣā­s ta­ttva­m |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 091,14ta­ttva­sya hi saṃ­khyā­yāṃ sva­rū­pe ca pra­vā­dī­no vi­pra­va­daṃ­te ta­dvi­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­ya sū­tra­m i­da­m u­cya­te | ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 091,15jī­vā­di­va­ca­nā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.4.1sa­pta jī­vā­da­ya­s ta­ttvaṃ na pra­kṛ­tyā­da­yo '­pa­re | śra­ddhā­na­vi­ṣa­yā jñe­yā mu­mu­kṣo­r ni­ya­mā­d i­ha |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.2ta­thā cā­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yaṃ dra­vya­m e­kaṃ na sū­ci­ta­m | ta­ttvaṃ sa­mā­sa­to nā­pi ta­da­naṃ­taṃ pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.3ma­dhya­mo­ktyā­pi ta­ddvyā­di­bhe­de­na ba­hu­dhā sthi­ta­m | nā­taḥ sa­pta­vi­dhā ta­ttvā­d vi­ne­yā­pe­kṣi­tā­t pa­ra­m |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 091,19pra­kṛ­tyā­da­yaḥ paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­ti­s ta­ttva­m i­tyā­di­saṃ­khyāṃ­ta­ra­ni­rā­ci­kī­rṣa­yā­pi saṃ­kṣe­pa­ta­s tā­va­d e­kaṃ dra­vya­m a­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 091,20ta­ttva­m i­ty e­kā­dya­naṃ­ta­vi­ka­lpo­pā­yā­dau ta­ttva­sya ma­dhya­ma­sthā­nā­śra­ya­m a­pe­kṣya vi­ne­ya­sya ma­dhya­mā­bhi­dhā­naṃ sū­reḥ TAŚVA-ML 091,21saṃ­kṣe­pā­bhi­dhā­naṃ su­me­dha­sā­m e­vā­nu­gra­hā­d vi­sta­rā­bhi­dhā­ne ci­re­ṇā­pi pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­yo­gā­t | sa­rvā­nu­gra­hā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ty e­ke | TAŚVA-ML 091,22te na sū­tra­kā­rā­bhi­prā­ya­vi­daḥ | sa­ptā­nā­m e­va jī­vā­dī­nāṃ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ ni­ya­me­na mu­mu­kṣoḥ śra­ddhe­ya­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­d u- TAŚVA-ML 091,23pa­de­śa­sya ma­dhya­ma­ru­ci­vi­ne­yā­nu­ro­dhe­na tu saṃ­kṣe­pe­ṇai­kaṃ ta­ttvaṃ pra­paṃ­ca­ta­ś cā­naṃ­taṃ mā bhū­t sū­tra­yi­ta­vyaṃ | ma­dhya­mo­ktyā TAŚVA-ML 091,24tu dvyā­di­bhe­de­na ba­hu­pra­kā­raṃ ka­tha­naṃ sū­tra­yi­ta­vyaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­he­tva­bhā­vā­t | sa­pta­vi­dha­ta­ttvo­pa­de­śe tu vi­śe­ṣa­he­tu­r a­va­śyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 091,25mu­mu­kṣoḥ śra­ddhā­ta­vya­tva­m a­bhya­vā­pye­ta pa­raiḥ | ka­tha­m ? TAŚV-ML 1.4.4mo­kṣa­s tā­va­d vi­ne­ye­na śra­ddhā­ta­vya­s ta­da­rthi­nā | baṃ­dha­ś ca nā­nya­thā ta­sya ta­da­rthi­tvaṃ gha­ṭā­ma­ṭe­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.5ā­sra­vo pi ca baṃ­dha­sya he­tuḥ śra­ddhī­ya­te na ce­t | kvā­he­tu­ka­sya baṃ­dha­sya kṣa­yo mo­kṣaḥ pra­si­ddhya­ti |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.6baṃ­dha­he­tu­ni­ro­dha­ś ca saṃ­va­ro ni­rja­rā kṣa­yaḥ | pū­rvo­pā­tta­sya baṃ­dha­sya mo­kṣa­he­tu­s ta­dā­śra­yaḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.7jī­vo '­jī­va­ś ca baṃ­dha­ś ca dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­t ta­tkṣa­ya­sya ca | śra­ddhe­yo nā­nya­dā­pha­lyā­d i­ti sū­tra­kṛ­tāṃ ma­ta­m |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 091,30na­nu ca pu­ṇya­pā­pa­pa­dā­rthā­v a­pi va­kta­vyau ta­yo­r baṃ­dha­vya­tvā­d baṃ­dha­pha­la­tvā­d vā ta­da­śra­ddhā­ne baṃ­dha­sya śra­ddhā­nā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a- TAŚVA-ML 091,31saṃ­bha­vā­d a­pha­la­tvā­c ce­ti ka­ści­t | ta­d a­sa­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.4.8pu­ṇya­pā­pa­pa­dā­rthau tu baṃ­dhā­sra­va­vi­ka­lpa­gau | śra­ddhā­ta­vyau na bhe­de­na sa­pta­bhyo ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 091,33na hi pu­ṇya­pā­pa­pa­dā­rthau baṃ­dha­vyau jī­vā­jī­va­baṃ­dha­vya­va­t­, nā­pi baṃ­dha­pha­laṃ su­kha­duḥ­khā­dya­nu­bha­va­nā­tma­ka­ni­rja­rā- TAŚVA-ML 092,01va­t | kiṃ ta­rhi ? baṃ­dha­vi­ka­lpau | pu­ṇya­pā­pa­baṃ­dha­bhe­de­na baṃ­dha­sya dvi­vi­dho­pa­de­śā­t | ta­ddhe­tu­tvā­sra­va­vi­ka­lpau vā TAŚVA-ML 092,02sū­tri­tau | ta­to na sa­pta­bhyo jī­vā­di­bhyo bhe­de­na śra­ddhā­ta­vyau | ta­thā ta­yoḥ śra­ddhā­ne ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | saṃ­va­ra- TAŚVA-ML 092,03vi­ka­lpā­nāṃ gu­ptyā­dī­nāṃ ni­rja­rā­vi­ka­lpa­yo­ś ca ya­thā­kā­lau­pa­kra­mi­kā­nu­bha­va­na­yoḥ saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­rā­bhyāṃ bhe­de­na TAŚVA-ML 092,04śra­ddhā­ta­vya­tā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ jī­vā­jī­vā­bhyāṃ bhe­de­na nā­sra­vā­da­yaḥ śra­ddhe­yā­s ta­dvi­ka­lpa­tvā­t a­nya­thā­ti- TAŚVA-ML 092,05pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti na co­dyaṃ­, te­ṣāṃ ta­dvi­ka­lpa­tve pi sā­rva­ka­tve­na bhi­dā śra­ddhe­ya­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.9baṃ­dho mo­kṣa­s ta­yo­r he­tū jī­vā­jī­vau ta­dā­śra­yau | na­nu sū­tre ṣa­ḍ e­vai­te vā­cyāḥ sā­rva­tva­vā­di­nā |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 092,07jī­vā­jī­vau baṃ­dha­mo­kṣau ta­ddhe­tu ca ta­ttva­m i­ti sū­traṃ va­kta­vyaṃ sa­ka­la­pra­yo­ja­nā­rtha­saṃ­gra­hā­t­, baṃ­dha­sya hi TAŚVA-ML 092,08he­tu­r ā­sra­vo mo­kṣa­sya he­tu­r dvi­vi­ka­lpaḥ saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­rā­bhe­dā­d i­ti na ka­sya­ci­d a­saṃ­gra­ha­s ta­ttva­sya mo­kṣa­he­tu­vi­ka­lpa­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 092,09pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­ne baṃ­dhā­sra­va­vi­ka­lpa­yo­r a­pi pu­ṇya­pā­pa­yoḥ pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­na­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.4.10sa­tyaṃ kiṃ tv ā­śra­ya­syai­va baṃ­dha­he­tu­tva­saṃ­vi­de | mi­thyā­dṛ­gā­di­bhe­da­sya va­co yu­ktaṃ pa­ri­sphu­ṭa­m |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.11mo­kṣa­saṃ­pā­di­ke co­kte sa­mya­k saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­re | ra­tna­tra­yā­dṛ­te nya­sya mo­kṣa­he­tu­tva­hā­na­ye |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.12te­nā­nā­ga­ta­baṃ­dha­sya he­tu­dhvaṃ­sā­d vi­mu­cya­te | saṃ­ci­ta­sya kṣa­yā­d ve­ti mi­thyā­vā­do ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.13saṃ­ci­ta­sya sva­yaṃ nā­śā­d e­ṣya­dbaṃ­dha­sya ro­dha­kaḥ | e­kaḥ ka­ści­d a­nu­ṣṭhe­ya i­ty e­ke ta­da­saṃ­ga­ta­m |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.14ni­rhe­tu­ka­sya nā­śa­sya sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | kā­ryo­tpā­da­va­d a­nya­tra vi­sra­sā pa­ri­ṇā­ma­taḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.15ya­ta­ś cā­nā­ga­tā­ghau­gha­ni­ro­dhaḥ kri­ya­te '­mu­nā | ta­ta e­va kṣa­yaḥ pū­rva­pā­pau­dha­sye­he­tu­kaḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.16sa­nn a­py a­sau bha­va­ty e­va mo­kṣa­he­tuḥ sa saṃ­va­raḥ | ta­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­syā­pi vai­ka­lye mu­ktya­yo­ga­taḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.17e­te­na saṃ­ci­tā­śe­ṣa­ka­rma­nā­śe vi­mu­cya­te | bha­vi­ṣya­tka­rma­saṃ­ro­dhā­pā­ye pī­ti ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.18e­vaṃ pra­yo­ja­nā­pe­kṣā­vi­śe­ṣā­d ā­sra­vā­da­yaḥ | ni­rdi­śyaṃ­te mu­nī­śe­na jī­vā­jī­vā­tma­kā a­pi |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 092,19baṃ­dha­mo­kṣau ta­ddhe­tū ca ta­ttva­m i­ti sū­traṃ vā­cyaṃ jī­vā­jī­va­yo­r baṃ­dha­mo­kṣo­pā­dā­na­he­tu­tvā­d ā­sra­va­sya baṃ­dha­sa­ha­kā­ri- TAŚVA-ML 092,20he­tu­tvā­t saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­ra­yo­r mo­kṣa­sa­ha­kā­ri­he­tu­tvā­t tā­va­tā sa­rva­ta­ttva­saṃ­gra­hā­d i­ti ye py ā­hu­s te py a­ne­nai­va ni­rā­kṛ­tāḥ | TAŚVA-ML 092,21ā­sra­vā­dī­nāṃ pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­ne pra­yo­ja­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­, jī­vā­jī­va­yo­ś cā­na­bhi­dhā­ne sau­ga­tā­di­ma­ta­vya­va­cche­dā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.19jī­vā­dī­nā­m i­ha jñe­yaṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­ka­m | ta­tpa­dā­nāṃ ni­ru­kti­ś ca ya­thā­rthā­na­ti­laṃ­gha­nā­t |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 092,23jī­va­sya u­pa­yo­ga­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ­, sā­ma­rthyā­d a­jī­va­syā­nu­pa­yo­gaḥ­, ā­sra­va­sya kā­ya­vā­ṅma­naḥ­ka­rmā­tma­ko yo­gaḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 092,24baṃ­dha­sya ka­rma­yo­gya­pu­dga­lā­dā­naṃ­, saṃ­va­ra­syā­sra­va­ni­ro­dhaḥ­, ni­rja­rā­yāḥ­, ka­rmai­ka­de­śa­vi­pra­mo­kṣaḥ­, mo­kṣa­sya kṛ­tsna­ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 092,25vi­pra­mo­kṣa i­ti va­kṣya­mā­ṇaṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ jī­vā­dī­nā­m i­ha yu­ktyā­ga­mā­vi­ru­ddha­m a­va­bo­ddha­vyaṃ | ni­rva­ca­naṃ ca jī­vā­di- TAŚVA-ML 092,26pa­dā­nāṃ ya­thā­rthā­na­ti­kra­mā­t | ta­tra bhā­va­prā­ṇa­dhā­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣā­yāṃ jī­va­ty a­jī­vī­j jī­vi­ṣya­tī­ti vā jī­vaḥ­, na TAŚVA-ML 092,27jī­va­ti nā­jī­vī­t na jī­vi­ṣya­tī­ty a­jī­vaḥ­, ā­sra­va­ty a­ne­nā­sra­va­ṇa­mā­traṃ vā­sra­vaḥ ba­dhya­te­ne­na baṃ­dha­mā­traṃ vā TAŚVA-ML 092,28baṃ­dhaḥ­, saṃ­vri­ya­te ne­na saṃ­va­ra­ṇa­mā­traṃ vā saṃ­va­raḥ­, ni­rjī­rya­te na­yā ni­rja­ra­ṇa­mā­traṃ vā ni­rja­rā­, mo­kṣya­te ne­na TAŚVA-ML 092,29mo­kṣa­ṇa­mā­traṃ vā mo­kṣa­, i­ti ka­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­pe­kṣa­yā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.20kra­mo he­tu­vi­śe­ṣā­t syā­d dvaṃ­dva­vṛ­ttā­v i­ti sthi­teḥ | jī­vaḥ pū­rvaṃ vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭa­s ta­da­rtha­tvā­d va­co­vi­dheḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.21ta­du­pa­gra­ha­he­tu­tvā­d a­jī­va­s ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m | ta­dā­śra­ya­tva­ta­s ta­smā­d ā­sra­vaḥ pa­ra­taḥ sthi­taḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.22baṃ­dha­ś cā­sra­va­kā­rya­tvā­t ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m ī­ri­taḥ | ta­tpra­ti­dhvaṃ­sa­he­tu­tvā­d a­jī­va­s ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.23saṃ­va­re sa­ti saṃ­bhū­te­r ni­rja­rā­yā­s ta­taḥ sthi­tiḥ | ta­syāṃ mo­kṣa i­ti pro­kta­s ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m e­va saḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 092,34jī­vā­di­pa­dā­nāṃ dvaṃ­dva­vṛ­ttau ya­tho­ktaḥ kra­mo he­tu­vi­śe­ṣa­m a­pe­kṣa­te '­nya­thā ta­nni­ya­mā­yo­gā­t | ta­tra jī­va­syā­dau TAŚVA-ML 093,01va­ca­naṃ ta­ttvo­pa­de­śa­sya jī­vā­rtha­tvā­t | pra­dhā­nā­rtha­s ta­ttvo­pa­de­śa i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­syā­ce­ta­na­tvā­t ta­ttvo­pa­de­śe­nā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 093,02gra­hā­saṃ­bha­vā­t gha­ṭā­di­va­t | saṃ­tā­nā­rthaḥ sa i­ty a­py a­sā­raṃ­, ta­syā­va­stu­tve­na ta­da­nu­grā­hya­tvā­yo­gā­t | ni­ra­nva­ya- TAŚVA-ML 093,03kṣa­ṇi­ka­ci­ttā­rtha­s ta­ttvo­pa­de­śa i­ty a­py a­saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­, ta­sya sa­rva­thā pra­ti­pā­dya­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | saṃ­ke­ta­gra­ha­ṇa­vya­va­hā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 093,04kā­lā­nva­yi­naḥ pra­ti­pā­dya­tva­pra­tī­teḥ | cai­ta­nya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­kā­ryā­rtha­s ta­ttvo­pa­de­śa i­ti ce­t­, ta­ccai­ta­nyaṃ kā­yā­t ta­ttvāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 093,05ta­ra­m a­ta­ttvāṃ­ta­raṃ vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā­, baṃ­dhaṃ pra­tye­ka­tā­m ā­pa­nna­yoḥ kā­ya­cai­ta­nya­yo­r vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­j jī­va- TAŚVA-ML 093,06vya­pa­de­śa­si­ddheḥ | ni­śca­ya­na­yā­t tu cai­ta­nyā­rtha e­va ta­ttvo­pa­de­śaḥ­, cai­ta­nya­śū­nya­sya kā­ya­sya ta­da­rtha­tvā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 093,07dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe tu kā­yā­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­ta­sya cai­ta­nya­sya kā­ya­tvā­t kā­ya e­va ta­ttvo­pa­de­śe­nā­gu­gṛ­hya­ta i­ty ā­pa­nnaṃ­, ta­c cā- TAŚVA-ML 093,08yu­kta­m a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to jī­vā­rtha e­va ta­ttvo­pa­de­śa i­ti nā­si­ddho he­tuḥ | jī­vā­d a­naṃ­ta­ra­m a­jī­va­syā­bhi­dhā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 093,09ta­du­pa­gra­ha­he­tu­tvā­t | dha­rmā­dha­rmā­kā­śa­pu­dga­lā­dya­jī­va­vi­śe­ṣā a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­ga­ti­sthi­tya­va­gā­ha­va­rta­nā­di­śa­rī­rā­dyu­pa­gra­ha- TAŚVA-ML 093,10he­ta­vo va­kṣyaṃ­te | dra­vyā­sra­va­syā­jī­va­vi­śe­ṣa­pu­dga­lā­tma­ka­ka­rmā­sra­va­tvā­d a­jī­vā­naṃ­ta­ra­m a­bhi­dhā­naṃ­, bhā­vā­sra­va­sya jī­vā- TAŚVA-ML 093,11jī­vā­śra­ya­tvā­d vā ta­du­bha­yā­naṃ­ta­raṃ | sa­tyā­sra­ve baṃ­dha­syo­tpa­tte­s ta­da­naṃ­ta­raṃ ta­dva­ca­naṃ­, ā­sra­va­baṃ­dha­pra­ti­dhvaṃ­sa­he­tu­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 093,12saṃ­va­ra­sya ta­tsa­mī­pe gra­ha­ṇaṃ­, sa­ti saṃ­va­re pa­ra­ma­ni­rja­ro­pa­pa­tte­s ta­daṃ­ti­ke ni­rja­rā­va­ca­naṃ­, sa­tyāṃ ni­rja­rā­yāṃ mo­kṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 093,13gha­ṭa­nā­t ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m u­pā­dā­naṃ | mo­kṣa­pa­ra­m a­ni­rja­ra­yo­ra­vi­śe­ṣa i­ti ce­ta­si mā kṛ­thāḥ­, pa­ra­ma­ni­rja­ra­ṇa­syā­yo­ga­ke­va­li- TAŚVA-ML 093,14ca­ra­m a­sa­ma­ya­va­rti­tvā­t ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­sa­ma­ya­va­rti­tvā­c ca mo­kṣa­sya | ya e­vā­tma­naḥ ka­rma­baṃ­dha­vi­nā­śa­sya kā­laḥ sa e­va TAŚVA-ML 093,15ke­va­la­tvā­khya­mo­kṣo­tpā­da­sye­ti ce­t na­, ta­syā­yo­ga­ke­va­li­ca­ra­m a­sa­ma­ya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t pū­rva­sya sa­ma­ya­syai­va ta­thā- TAŚVA-ML 093,16tvā­pa­tteḥ | ta­syā­pi mo­kṣa­tve ta­tpū­rva­sa­ma­ya­sye­ti sa­tya­yo­ga­ke­va­li­ca­ra­m a­sa­ma­yo vya­va­ti­ṣṭhe­ta | na ca ta­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 093,17mo­kṣa­tve a­tī­ta­gu­ṇa­sthā­na­tvaṃ mo­kṣa­sya yu­jya­te ca­tu­rda­śa­gu­ṇa­sthā­nāṃ­taḥ­pā­ti­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | lo­kā­gra­sthā­na­sa­ma­ya- TAŚVA-ML 093,18va­rti­no mo­kṣa­syā­tī­ta­gu­ṇa­sthā­na­tvaṃ yu­kta­m e­ve­ti ce­t­, pa­ra­ma­ni­rja­rā­to nya­tva­m a­pi ta­syā­s tu ni­śca­ya­na­yā­da­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 093,19mo­kṣa­tva­vya­va­sthā­nā­t | ta­taḥ sū­kto jī­vā­dī­nāṃ kra­mo he­tu­vi­śe­ṣaḥ |­| kiṃ pu­na­s ta­ttva­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.4.24ta­sya bhā­vo bha­ve­t ta­ttvaṃ sā­mā­nyā­d e­ka­m e­va ta­t | ta­tsa­mā­nā­śra­ya­tve­na jī­vā­dī­nāṃ ba­hu­tva­vā­k |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.25bhā­va­sya ta­dva­to bhe­dā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te | vya­ktī­nāṃ ca ba­hu­tva­sya khyā­pa­nā­rtha­tva­taḥ sa­dā |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 093,22ta­sya bhā­va­s ta­ttva­m i­ti bhā­va­sā­mā­nya­syai­ka­tvā­t sa­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­ta­yā ni­rdi­śya­mā­nā­nāṃ jī­vā­dī­nāṃ ba­hu­tva- TAŚVA-ML 093,23va­ca­naṃ vi­ru­dhya­ta i­ti ce­t na­, bhā­va­ta­dva­toḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhe­dā­de­kā­ne­ka­yo­r a­pi sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­da­rśa­nā­t sa­da­sa­tī TAŚVA-ML 093,24ta­ttva­m i­ti jā­te­r e­ka­tva­va­t sa­rva­dā vya­ktī­nāṃ ba­hu­tva­khyā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­c ca ta­yo­r e­ka­va­ca­na­ba­hu­va­ca­nā­vi­ro­dhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 093,25pra­tye­ta­vyaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.26jī­va­tvaṃ ta­ttva­m i­tyā­di pra­tye­ka­m u­pa­va­rṇya­te | ta­ta­s te­nā­rya­mā­ṇo '­yaṃ ta­ttvā­rthaḥ sa­ka­lo ma­taḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 093,27ta­sya jī­va­sya bhā­vo jī­va­tvaṃ­, a­jī­va­sya bhā­vo a­jī­va­tvaṃ­, ā­sra­va­sya bhā­va ā­sra­va­tvaṃ­, baṃ­dha­sya bhā­vo TAŚVA-ML 093,28baṃ­dha­tvaṃ­, saṃ­va­ra­sya bhā­vaḥ saṃ­va­ra­tvaṃ­, ni­rja­rā­yā bhā­vo ni­rja­rā­tvaṃ­, mo­kṣa­sya bhā­vo mo­kṣa­tvaṃ | ta­ttva­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 093,29pra­tye­ka­m u­pa­va­rṇya­te­, sā­mā­nya­co­da­nā­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣe­ṣv a­va­sthā­na­pra­si­ddheḥ | ta­thā ca jī­vā­tvā­di­nā ta­ttve­nā­rya­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 093,30ta­ttvā­rtho jī­vā­diḥ sa­ka­lo ma­taḥ śra­ddhā­na­vi­ṣa­yaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.27jī­va e­vā­tra ta­ttvā­rtha i­ti ke­ci­t pra­ca­kṣa­te | ta­da­yu­kta­m a­jī­va­syā­bhā­ve ta­tsi­ddhya­yo­ga­taḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.28pa­rā­rthā jī­va­si­ddhi­r hi te­ṣāṃ syā­dva­ca­nā­tmi­kā | a­jī­vo va­ca­naṃ ta­sya nā­nya­thā­nye­na ve­da­na­m |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 093,33a­sty a­jī­vaḥ pa­rā­rtha­jī­va­sā­dha­nā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pa­rā­rtha­jī­va­sā­dha­naṃ ca syā­d a­jī­va­ś ca na syā­d i­ti na TAŚVA-ML 093,34śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, ta­sya va­ca­nā­tma­ka­tvā­d va­ca­na­syā­jī­va­tvā­t jī­va­tve pa­re­ṇa saṃ­ve­da­nā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | svā­rtha­syai­va jī­va- TAŚVA-ML 094,01sā­dha­na­sya bhā­vā­t pa­rā­rthaṃ jī­va­sā­dha­na­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ pa­re­ṣāṃ ta­ttva­pra­tyā­ya­naṃ ? ta­da­bhā­ve ka­thaṃ ke­ci- TAŚVA-ML 094,02t pra­ti­pā­da­kā­s ta­ttva­sya pa­re pra­ti­pā­dyā­s te­ṣā­m i­ti pra­tī­tiḥ syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.29na jī­vā ba­ha­vaḥ saṃ­ti pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­kāḥ | bhrāṃ­te­r a­nya­tra mā­yā­di­dṛ­ṣṭa­jī­va­va­d i­ty a­sa­t |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 094,04e­ka e­va hi pa­ra­mā­tmā pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­rū­pa­ta­yā­ne­ko vā pra­ti­bhā­sa­te a­nā­dya­vi­dyā­pra­bhā­vā­t | na TAŚVA-ML 094,05pu­na­r ba­ha­vo jī­vāḥ saṃ­ti bhrāṃ­te­r a­nya­tra mā­yā­sva­pnā­di­jī­va­va­t te­ṣāṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­thā hi | jī­va- TAŚVA-ML 094,06ba­hu­tva­pra­tya­yo mi­thyā ba­hu­tva­pra­tya­ya­tvā­t sva­pnā­di­dṛ­ṣṭa­jī­va­ba­hu­tva­pra­tya­ya­va­d i­ti ka­ści­t­, ta­da­nā­lo­ci­ta­va­ca­na­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.30a­dva­ya­syā­pi jī­va­sya vi­bhrāṃ­ta­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ | e­ko '­ha­m i­ti saṃ­vi­tteḥ sva­pnā­dau bhra­ma­da­rśa­nā­t |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 094,08śa­kyaṃ hi va­ktuṃ jī­vai­ka­tva­pra­tya­yo mi­thyā e­ka­tva­pra­tya­ya­tvā­t sva­pnai­ka­tva­pra­tya­ya­va­d i­ti | e­ka­tva­pra­tya­ya­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 094,09syā­n mi­thyā ca na syā­d vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | ka­sya­ci­d e­ka­tva­pra­tya­ya­sya mi­thyā­tva­da­rśa­nā­t sa­rva­sya mi­thyā­tva­sā­dha­ne ti- TAŚVA-ML 094,10pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ce­t sa­mā­na­m a­nya­tra |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.31vya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­ni­rmu­kteḥ saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­sya sa­rva­dā | na bhrāṃ­ta­te­ti ce­t si­ddhā nā­nā­saṃ­tā­na­saṃ­vi­daḥ |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.32ya­thai­va ma­ma saṃ­vi­tti­mā­traṃ sa­tyaṃ vya­va­sthi­ta­m | sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­saṃ­vā­dā­t ta­thā­nye­ṣā­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 094,13ba­hu­tva­pra­tya­ya­va­de­ka­tva­pra­tya­yo pi mi­thyā­s tu ta­sya vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­t sva­pnā­di­va­t | sva­saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­sya tu TAŚVA-ML 094,14pa­ra­mā­tma­no ni­ru­pā­dhe­r vya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­ni­rmu­kta­tvā­t sa­rva­dā saṃ­vā­dā­n na mi­thyā­tva­m i­ti va­da­tāṃ si­ddhāḥ sva­saṃ­vi- TAŚVA-ML 094,15dā­tma­no nā­nā­saṃ­tā­nāḥ | sva­sye­va pa­re­ṣā­m a­pi saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­syā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­t | ta­thā hi | nā­nā­saṃ­tā­na- TAŚVA-ML 094,16saṃ­vi­daḥ sa­tyāḥ sa­rva­dā vya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­ni­rmu­kta­tvā­t sva­saṃ­vi­dā­tma­va­d i­ti na mi­thyā pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­, TAŚVA-ML 094,17ya­taḥ pa­rā­rthaṃ jī­va­sā­dha­na­m a­bhrāṃ­taṃ na si­ddhye­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.33a­nye tva­tto na saṃ­tī­ti sva­sya ni­rṇī­tya­bhā­va­taḥ | nā­nye ma­tto pi saṃ­tī­ti va­ca­ne sa­rva­śū­nya­tā |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.34ta­syā­py a­nyai­r a­saṃ­vi­tte­r vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­va­to nya­thā | si­ddhaṃ ta­d e­va nā­nā­tvaṃ puṃ­sāṃ sa­tya­sa­mā­śra­ya­m |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 094,20ma­tto nye pi ni­ru­pā­dhi­kaṃ sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­m a­vya­bhi­cā­ri saṃ­vi­daṃ­tī­ti ni­rṇī­te­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­tra pra­tya­kṣa­syā­pra­vṛ­tte­r a- TAŚVA-ML 094,21vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇo liṃ­ga­syā­bhā­vā­d a­nu­mā­nā­nu­tthā­nā­d i­ti va­ca­ne sa­rva­śū­nya­tā­pa­ttiḥ | tva­tsaṃ­vi­do pi ta­thā­nyai­r ni- TAŚVA-ML 094,22śce­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ya­di pu­na­r a­pa­rai­r a­ni­śca­ye pi ta­thā sva­saṃ­vi­daḥ sva­yaṃ ni­śca­yā­t sa­tya­tva- TAŚVA-ML 094,23si­ddhi­s ta­dā tva­yā ni­śce­tu­m a­śa­kyā­nā­m a­pi ta­thā pa­ra­saṃ­vi­dāṃ sa­tya­tva­si­ddheḥ si­ddhaṃ puṃ­sāṃ nā­nā­tvaṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.35ā­tmā­naṃ saṃ­vi­daṃ­ty a­nye na ve­ti ya­di saṃ­śa­yaḥ | ta­dā na pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­ni­rṇa­yo jā­tu ka­sya­ci­t |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 094,25ma­ttaḥ pa­re py ā­tmā­naḥ sva­saṃ­vi­daṃ­to na saṃ­ty e­ve­ti ni­rṇa­ye hi ka­sya­ci­t pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­te ni­rṇa­yo yu­kto na pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 094,26saṃ­śa­ye ta­trā­pi saṃ­śa­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | "­pu­ru­ṣa e­ve­daṃ sa­rvaṃ­" i­ty ā­ga­mā­t pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t "­saṃ­ty a­naṃ­tā- TAŚVA-ML 094,27jī­vā­" i­ty ā­ga­mā­n nā­nā­jī­va­si­ddhi­r a­stu | pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­vi­dhi­sra­gā­ga­me­na pra­kā­śa­nā­t pra­tya­kṣa­syā­pi vi­dhā­tṛ­ta­yā TAŚVA-ML 094,28sthi­ta­sya ta­trai­va pra­vṛ­tte­s te­na ta­syā­vi­ro­dhā­t ta­taḥ pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­ni­rṇa­ya i­ti ce­t­, nā­nā­tvā­ga­ma­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 094,29te­nā­vi­ro­dhā­n nā­nā­jī­va­ni­rṇa­yo '­stu | ta­thā hi­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.4.36ā­hu­r vi­dhā­tṛ­pra­tya­kṣaṃ na ni­ṣe­ddhṛ­vi­pa­ści­taḥ | na nā­nā­tvā­ga­ma­s te­na pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.37te­nā­ni­ṣe­dha­te '­nya­syā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­t ka­thaṃ­ca­na | saṃ­śī­ti­go­ca­ra­tvā­d vā­nya­syā­bhā­vā­vi­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 094,32bha­va­tu nā­ma vi­dhā­tṛ­pra­tya­kṣa­m a­ni­ṣe­ddhṛ ca ta­thā­pi te­na nā­nā­tva­vi­dhā­yi­no nā­ga­ma­sya vi­ro­dhaḥ saṃ­bha­va­ty e- TAŚVA-ML 094,33ka­tva­vi­dhā­yi­na i­va vi­dhā­ya­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ka­tha­m e­ka­tva­m a­ni­ṣe­dha­tpra­tya­kṣaṃ nā­nā­tva­m ā­tma­no vi­da­dhā­tī­ti TAŚVA-ML 095,01ce­t­, nā­nā­tva­m a­ni­ṣe­dha­de­ka­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ vi­da­dhī­ta ? ta­syai­ka­tva­vi­dhā­na­m e­va nā­nā­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, nā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 095,02tva­vi­dhā­na­m e­vai­ka­tva­ni­ṣe­dha­na­m a­stu | kiṃ pu­naḥ pra­tya­kṣa­m ā­tma­no nā­nā­tva­sya vi­dhā­ya­ka­m i­ti ce­t ta­de­ka­tva­sya kiṃ ? TAŚVA-ML 095,03na hy a­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣa­m iṃ­dri­ya­jaṃ mā­na­saṃ vā sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m e­ka e­vā­tmā sa­rva i­ti vi­dhā­tuṃ sa­ma­rthaṃ nā­nā­tma­bhe­de­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 095,04ta­sya pra­vṛ­tteḥ | yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣaṃ sa­ma­rtha­m i­ti ce­t­, pu­ru­ṣa­nā­nā­tva­m a­pi vi­dhā­tuṃ ta­d e­va sa­ma­rtha­m a­stu ta­tpū­rva­kā­ga­ma- TAŚVA-ML 095,05ś ce­ty a­vi­ro­dhaḥ | sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m e­vā­sma­dā­deḥ svai­ka­tva­sya vi­dhā­ya­ka­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­thā­nye­ṣāṃ svai­ka­tva­sya ta­d e­va TAŚVA-ML 095,06vi­dhā­ya­ka­m a­nu­ma­nya­tāṃ | ka­thaṃ ? TAŚV-ML 1.4.38ya­thai­va ca ma­mā­dhya­kṣaṃ vi­dhā­tṛ na ni­ṣe­dhṛ vā | pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t ta­thā­nye­ṣā­m a­nya­thai­ta­tta­thā ku­taḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 095,08pa­re­ṣāṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ sva­sya vi­dhā­ya­kaṃ pa­ra­sya na ni­ṣe­dha­kaṃ vā pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­n ma­ma pra­tya­kṣa­va­t | vi­pa­rya­yo vā a­ti- TAŚVA-ML 095,09pra­saṃ­ga­vi­pa­rya­yā­bhyāṃ pra­tyā­tma­sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syai­ka­tva­vi­dhā­yi­tvā­si­ddhe­r ā­tma­ba­hu­tva­si­ddhi­r ā­tmai­ka­tvā­si­ddhi­r vā | na ca TAŚVA-ML 095,10vi­dhā­ya­ka­m e­va pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti ni­ya­mo sti­, ni­ṣe­dha­ka­tve­nā­pi ta­sya pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.4.39vi­dhā­tr a­haṃ sa­dai­vā­nya­ni­ṣe­ddhṛ na bha­vā­my a­ha­m | sva­yaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ty e­vaṃ ve­tti ce­n na ni­ṣe­ddhṛ­ka­m |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 095,12vi­dhā­tṛ ca nā­nya­ni­ṣe­ddhṛ­pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti na pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­n ni­śca­yo dvai­ta­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sva­ta e­va ya­thā ni­śca­ye TAŚVA-ML 095,13si­ddhaṃ ta­sya ni­ṣe­dha­ka­tvaṃ pa­ra­sya ni­ṣe­ddhr a­haṃ na bha­vā­mī­ti sva­yaṃ pra­tī­teḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.40saṃ­ti sa­tyā­sta­to nā­nā jī­vāḥ sā­dhya­kṣa­si­ddha­yaḥ | pra­ti­pā­dyāḥ pa­re­ṣāṃ te ka­dā­ci­t pra­ti­pā­da­kāḥ |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 095,15ya­ta­ś cai­vaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­to nā­nā­tma­naḥ si­ddhā­s ta­to na te­ṣāṃ pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­bhā­vo mi­thyā ye­na pa­rā­rthaṃ TAŚVA-ML 095,16jī­va­sā­dha­na­m a­si­ddhaṃ syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.41pa­rā­rthaṃ ni­rṇa­yo­pā­yo va­ca­naṃ cā­sti ta­ttva­taḥ | ta­c ca jī­vā­tma­kaṃ ne­ti ta­dva­d a­nya­c ca kiṃ na naḥ |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 095,18na hy u­pā­yā­pā­ye pa­rā­rtha­sā­dha­naṃ si­ddhya­ti ta­syo­pe­ya­tvā­d a­nya­thā­ti­pra­sa­kte­r i­ti | ta­syo­pā­yo sti va­ca­na­m a­nya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 095,19nu­pa­pa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇa­liṃ­ga­pra­kā­śa­kaṃ jī­vā­tma­ka­m e­va ta­d i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, pra­ti­pā­da­ka­jī­vā­tma­ka­tve ta­sya pra­ti­pā­dyā­dya­saṃ­ve­dya- TAŚVA-ML 095,20tvā­pa­tteḥ | pra­ti­pā­dya­jī­vā­tma­ka­tve pra­ti­pā­da­kā­dya­saṃ­ve­dya­tā­nu­ṣa­kteḥ­, sa­tya­jī­vā­tma­ka­tve pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­saṃ­ve­dya- TAŚVA-ML 095,21tvā­saṃ­gā­t | pra­ti­pā­da­kā­dya­śe­ṣa­jī­vā­tma­ka­tve ta­da­ne­ka­tve vi­ro­dhā­d e­ka­va­ca­nā­tma­ka­tve­na te­ṣā­m e­ka­tva­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 095,22sa­tya­m e­va e­vā­tmā pra­ti­pā­da­kā­di­bhe­da­mā­sti­ṣṇu­te a­nā­dya­vi­dyā­va­śā­d i­ty a­py u­kto­tta­ra­prā­ya­mā­tma­nā­nā­tva­sā­dha­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 095,23ka­thaṃ cā­tma­naḥ sa­rva­thai­ka­tve pra­ti­pā­da­ka­syai­va ta­tra saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tti­r na tu pra­ti­pā­dya­sye­ti pra­ti­pa­dye­ma­hi | ta­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 095,24vā vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r na pu­naḥ pra­ti­pā­da­ka­sye­ti ta­thā ta­dbhe­da­syai­va si­ddheḥ | ya­di pu­na­r a­vi­dyā­pra­bhe­dā­t ta­thā vi­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 095,25ga­s ta­dā sā­py a­vi­dyā pra­ti­pā­da­ka­ga­tā ka­thaṃ pra­ti­pā­dyā­di­ga­tā na syā­t ? ta­dga­tā vā pra­ti­pā­da­ka­ga­tā ta­da­bhe­de pī­tī TAŚVA-ML 095,26sā­śca­ryaṃ na­ś ce­taḥ | pra­ti­pā­da­ka­ga­te ya­m a­vi­dyā pra­ti­pā­dyā­di­ga­te ya­m i­ti ca vi­bhā­ga­saṃ­pra­tya­yo­nā­dya­vi­dyā­kṛ­ta TAŚVA-ML 095,27e­ve­ti ce­t­, ki­m i­dā­nīṃ sa­rvo py a­vi­dyā­pra­paṃ­caḥ | sa­rvā­tma­ga­ta­s ta­ttvo stu so py a­vi­dyā­va­śā­t ta­the­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 095,28ta­ttva­to na kva­ci­d a­vi­dyā­pra­paṃ­ca i­ti na ta­tkṛ­to vi­bhā­gaḥ | pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ e­va pra­ti­pā­di­kā­di­jī­va­vi­bhā­ga­sya TAŚVA-ML 095,29si­ddheḥ | ta­to nai­kā­tma­vya­va­sthā­naṃ ye­na va­ca­so śe­ṣa­jī­vā­tma­ka­tve ya­tho­kto do­ṣo na bha­ve­d i­ti na jī­vā­tma­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 095,30va­ca­naṃ | ta­dva­ccha­rī­rā­di­ka­m a­py a­jī­vā­tma­ka­m a­smā­kaṃ pra­si­ddhya­ty e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.42bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­pa­ri­cche­dyaḥ śa­bdo nā­tmā ya­thai­va hi | ta­thā kā­ryā­di­r a­rtho pi ta­da­jī­vo sti va­stu­taḥ |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 095,32na ke­va­laṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ka­sya śa­rī­raṃ li­pya­kṣa­rā­di­kaṃ vā pa­ra­pra­ti­pa­tti­sā­dha­naṃ va­ca­na­va­t sā­kṣā­t pa­ra­saṃ­ve­dya­tvā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 095,33jī­vā­tma­kaṃ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­grā­hya­tvā­c ca | jī­vā­tma­ka­tve ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti sū­ktaṃ pa­rā­rtha­sā­dha­nā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a- TAŚVA-ML 095,34jī­vā­sti­tva­sā­dha­na­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.43yo pi brū­te pṛ­thi­vyā­di­r a­jī­vo dhya­kṣa­ni­ści­taḥ | ta­ttvā­rtha i­ti ta­syā­pi prā­ya­śo da­tta­m u­tta­ra­m |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 096,02a­sti jī­vaḥ svā­rthā­jī­va­sā­dha­nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ pṛ­thi­vyā­di­r a­jī­va e­va ta­ttvā­rtha i­ti na sva­yaṃ sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 096,03m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ni­śce­tu­m a­rha­ti ka­sya­ci­d a­sā­dha­na­sya ni­śca­yā­yo­gā­t | sa­ttvā­t ta­thā ni­śca­ya i­ti ce­t na­, ta­syā­ce­ta­na- TAŚVA-ML 096,04tvā­t ce­ta­na­tve ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­tva­si­ddhe­s ta­syai­va jī­va­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | syā­n ma­ta­m a­jī­va­vi­va­rta­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ce­ta­nā­tma­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ TAŚVA-ML 096,05na pu­na­r jī­va i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t | ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­nā­tma­ka­yo­r vi­va­rta­vi­va­rti­bhā­va­sya vi­ro­dhā­t pa­ra­spa­raṃ vi­jā­tī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 096,06tvā­j ja­lā­na­la­va­t | su­va­rṇa­rū­pya­va­dvi­jā­tī­ya­tve pi ta­dbhā­vaḥ syā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­yoḥ pā­rthi­va­tve­na sa­jā­tī­ya­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 096,07lo­ha­tvā­di­bhi­ś ca ta­rhi ce­ta­na­yoḥ sa­ttvā­di­bhiḥ sa­jā­tī­ya­tvā­t ta­dbhā­vo bha­va­tv i­ti ce­n na bha­va­to ja­lā­na­lā­bhyā- TAŚVA-ML 096,08m a­ne­kāṃ­tā­t | ta­yo­r a­dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­tvā­t ta­dbhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, a­si­ddha­tvā­t | ta­yo­r a­pi dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­tva­sya ni­rṇa­yā­t ta­dbhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 096,09yo­gā­t | ni­rṇe­ṣya­te hi la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­c ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­na­yo­r dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­tva­m i­ti na ta­yo­r vi­va­rta­vi­va­rti­bhā­vo ye­na TAŚVA-ML 096,10ce­ta­nā­tma­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ jī­va­dra­vya­sva­rū­paṃ na syā­t | prā­ye­ṇa da­tto­tta­raṃ ca ce­ta­na­syā­dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­tva­va­ca­na­m i­ti na TAŚVA-ML 096,11jī­va­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa svā­rtha­jī­va­sā­dha­na­m u­pa­pa­dya­te | e­te­na smṛ­ti­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­nu­mā­nā­di­kaṃ gau­ṇa­pṛ­thi­vyā­dya­jī­va­sā­dha­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 096,12svā­rthaṃ jī­va­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­nna­m i­ti ni­ve­di­taṃ­, ta­syā­pi ce­ta­na­dra­vya­sva­rū­pa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t pra­dhā­nā­di­rū­pa­ta­yā ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 096,13pra­ti­vi­hi­ta­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.44na kā­yā­di­kri­yā­rū­po jī­va­syā­sty ā­sra­vaḥ sa­dā | niḥ­kri­ya­tvā­d ya­thā vyo­mna i­ty a­sa­t ta­da­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.45kri­yā­vā­n pu­ru­ṣo sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tva­to ya­thā | pṛ­thi­vyā­diḥ sva­saṃ­ve­dyaṃ sā­dha­naṃ si­ddha­m e­va naḥ |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 096,16na hi kri­yā­va­ttve sā­dhye pu­ru­ṣa­syā­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tvaṃ sā­dha­na­m a­si­ddhaṃ ta­sya sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tvā­t pṛ­thi­vyā­di­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 096,17bhrāṃ­ta­m a­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tve­nā­tma­naḥ saṃ­ve­da­na­m i­ti ce­t na­, bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | sa­rva­ga­ta ā­tmā­'­mū­rta­tvā­d ā­kā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 096,18va­d i­ty e­ta­dbā­dha­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­sya pra­ti­vā­di­nāṃ kā­le­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t | kā­lo pi sa­rva­ga­ta­s ta­ta e­va ta­dva­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 096,19nā­tra pa­kṣa­syā­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­bā­dhi­ta­tva­m | ta­thā hi | ā­tmā kā­la­ś cā­sa­rva­ga­to nā­nā­dra­vya­tvā­t pṛ­thi­vyā­di­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 096,20kā­lo nā­nā­dra­vya­tve­nā­si­ddha i­ti ce­n na­, yu­ga­pa­t pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ru­ddha­nā­nā­dra­vya­kri­yo­tpa­ttau ni­mi­tta­ttvā­t ta­dva­t | sve­na TAŚVA-ML 096,21vya­bhi­cā­rī­daṃ sā­dha­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­va­gā­ha­na­kri­yā­mā­tra­tve­na pra­si­ddhe­s ta­trā­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t | ni­mi­tta­tve vā TAŚVA-ML 096,22pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­na­rtha­kyā­t ta­tkā­rya­syā­kā­śā­d e­vo­tpa­tti­gha­ṭa­nā­t pa­rā­pa­ra­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­kri­yā­dī­nā­m ā­kā­śa­ni­mi­tta­ka- TAŚVA-ML 096,23tva­vi­ro­dhā­d a­va­gā­ha­na­va­t pa­rā­pa­ra­yau­ga­pa­dyā­yau­ga­pa­dya­ci­ra­kṣi­pra­pra­tya­ya­liṃ­gaḥ kā­lo nya e­vā­kā­śā­d i­ti ce­t­, syā­d e­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 096,24ya­di pa­ra­tvā­di­pra­tya­ya­ni­mi­tta­ttva­m ā­kā­śa­sya vi­ru­dhye­ta | śa­bda­liṃ­ga­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­sya ta­nni­mi­tta­tvaṃ vi­ru­dhya­ta TAŚVA-ML 096,25e­ve­ti ce­n na­, e­ka­syā­pi nā­nā­kā­rya­ni­mi­tta­tve­na da­rśa­nā­t sva­ya­m ī­śva­ra­sya ta­thā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­c ca | ya­di pu­na­r ī­śa­sya TAŚVA-ML 096,26nā­nā­rtha­si­sṛ­kṣā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­n nā­nā­kā­rya­ni­mi­tta­tva­m a­vi­ru­ddhaṃ ta­dā na­bha­so pi nā­nā­śa­kti­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t ta­da­vi­ru­ddha­m a­stu TAŚVA-ML 096,27vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā cā­tmā­di­kkā­lā­dya­śe­ṣa­dra­vya­ka­lpa­na­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ ta­tkā­ryā­ṇā­m ā­kā­śe­nai­va ni­va­rta­yi­tuṃ śa­kya- TAŚVA-ML 096,28tvā­t | a­tha pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ru­ddha­bu­ddhyā­di­kā­ryā­ṇāṃ yu­ga­pa­d e­ka­dra­vya­ni­va­rtya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t ta­nni­mi­ttā­ni nā­nā­tmā­di- TAŚVA-ML 096,29dra­vyā­ṇi ka­lpyaṃ­te ta­rhi nā­nā­dra­vya­kri­yā­ṇā­m a­nyo­nya­vi­ru­ddhā­nāṃ sa­kṛ­de­ka­kā­la­dra­vya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tte­s ta­nni- TAŚVA-ML 096,30mi­ttā­ni nā­nā­kā­la­dra­vyā­ṇy a­nu­ma­nya­dhvaṃ | ta­thā ca nā­si­ddhaṃ nā­nā­dra­vya­tva­m ā­tma­kā­la­yo­r a­sa­rva­ga­ta­tva­sā­dha­naṃ | TAŚVA-ML 096,31nā­pi pṛ­thi­vyā­di­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ sā­dha­na­dha­rma­vi­ka­laḥ pṛ­thi­vya­pte­jo­vā­yū­nāṃ dhā­ra­ṇa­kle­da­na­pa­ca­na­spaṃ­da­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ru­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 096,32kri­yā­ni­mi­tta­tve­na sa­kṛ­du­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tvā­t | nā­pi sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­ka­la­s te­ṣāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­n nā­nā­dra­vya­tva­si­ddhe­r i­ty a­nu­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 096,33vi­ru­ddhaṃ pa­kṣaṃ kā­lā­tma­sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­sā­dha­naṃ­, lo­kā­kā­śa­pra­de­śe­ṣu pra­tye­ka­m e­kai­ka­sya kā­lā­ṇo­r a­va­sthā­nā­d ra­tna­rā­śi­va­t TAŚVA-ML 096,34kā­lā­ṇa­vo '­saṃ­khyā­tāḥ sva­yaṃ va­rta­mā­nā­nā­m a­rthā­nāṃ ni­mi­tta­he­ta­va i­ty ā­ga­ma­vi­ru­ddhaṃ pa­kṣaṃ ca | na cā­ya­m ā­ga­mo pra- TAŚVA-ML 097,01mā­ṇaṃ sa­rva­thā­py a­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­d ā­tmā­di­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­ga­ma­va­t | ta­taḥ si­ddha­m a­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tva­m ā­tma­naḥ kri­yā­va­ttvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 097,02sā­dha­ya­ty e­va | kā­lā­ṇu­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­trā­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tva­syā­bhā­vā­t | sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe hi TAŚVA-ML 097,03ta­tsa­dṛ­śe nya­tra sa­kṛ­nnā­nā­de­śa­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­ni saṃ­pra­tya­yo na pu­na­r ni­raṃ­śe kā­lā­ṇau | '­na­ñ i­va yu­kta­m a­nya­sa­dṛ­śā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇe TAŚVA-ML 097,04ta­thā hy a­rtha­ga­ti­r i­ti va­ca­nā­t­, pra­sa­hya­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­nā­śra­ya­ṇā­t | a­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­gā­di­ṣu jī­vā­nā­m i­ti jī­vā­va- TAŚVA-ML 097,05gā­ha­sya nā­nā­lo­kā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­va­rti­ta­yā va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­thā ca ka­ti­pa­ya­pra­de­śa­vyā­pi­dra­vya­tvā­d i­ti he­tva­rthaḥ TAŚVA-ML 097,06pra­ti­ṣṭhi­taḥ | na ca kā­lā­ṇuḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ ka­ti­pa­ya­pra­de­śa­vyā­pi­dra­vyaṃ ya­ta­s te­na he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­raḥ | kā­lā­d a­nya­tve TAŚVA-ML 097,07sa­tya­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tvā­d i­ti spa­ṣṭaṃ sā­dha­na­vya­bhi­cā­ri vā­cya­m i­ti ce­n na kiṃ­ci­d a­ni­ṣṭa­m ī­dṛ­ga­rtha­sya he­to­r i­ṣṭa­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 097,08pa­re­ṣāṃ tu kā­la­sya sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tve­nā­bhi­pre­ta­tvā­t te­na vya­bhi­cā­ra­co­da­na­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­d vā­rti­ke ta­thā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­vaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 097,09e­vaṃ ca ni­ra­va­dyā­t sā­dha­nā­d ā­tma­naḥ kri­yā­va­ttva­si­ddheḥ kā­yā­di­kri­yā­rū­po '­syā­sra­vaḥ pra­si­ddhya­ty e­va | kā­yā­laṃ- TAŚVA-ML 097,10ba­nā­yā jī­va­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­spaṃ­da­na­kri­yā­yāḥ kā­yā­sra­va­tvā­d vā­gā­laṃ­ba­nā­yā vā­gā­śra­ya­tvā­n ma­no­va­rga­ṇā­laṃ­ba­nā­yā mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 097,11sā­śra­ya­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.46baṃ­dhaḥ puṃ­dha­rma­tāṃ dha­tte dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­n na pra­dhā­na­ke | ke­va­le '­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­sya dha­rmo sau nā­va­dhā­rya­te |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 097,13na hi pra­dhā­na­syai­va dha­rmo baṃ­dhaḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti ta­sya dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­d i­ti | jī­va­syā­pi dha­rmaḥ so va­dhā­rya­te sa­rva­thā TAŚVA-ML 097,14pu­ru­ṣa­sya baṃ­dhā­bhā­ve baṃ­dha­pha­lā­nu­bha­va­nā­yo­gā­d baṃ­dha­va­t pra­kṛ­ti­saṃ­sa­rgā­d baṃ­dha­pha­lā­nu­bha­va­naṃ ta­sye­ti ce­t­, sa e­va baṃ­dha­vi- TAŚVA-ML 097,15va­rtā­tmi­ka­yā pra­kṛ­tyā saṃ­sa­rgaḥ pu­ru­ṣa­sya baṃ­dhaḥ | i­ti si­ddhaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t pu­ru­ṣa­dha­rmaḥ saṃ­sa­rga­sya dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.47saṃ­va­ro jī­va­dha­rmaḥ syā­t ka­rtṛ­stho ni­rja­rā­pi ca | mo­kṣa­ś ca ka­rma­dha­rmo pi ka­rma­stho baṃ­dha­va­nma­taḥ |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.48dha­rmi­dha­rmā­tma­kaṃ ta­ttvaṃ sa­pta­bhe­da­m i­tī­ri­ta­m | śra­ddhe­yaṃ jñe­ya­m ā­dhe­yaṃ mu­mu­kṣo­r ni­ya­mā­d i­ha |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 097,18jī­vā­jī­vau hi dha­rmi­ṇau ta­ddha­rmā­s tv ā­sra­vā­da­ya i­ti dha­rmi­dha­rmā­tma­kaṃ ta­ttvaṃ sa­pta­vi­dha­m u­ktaṃ mu­mu­kṣo­r a­va­śyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 097,19śra­ddhe­ya­tvā­d vi­jñe­ya­tvā­d ā­dhye­ya­tvā­c ca sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­dhyā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­n ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­dya­nu­pa­pa­tte­s ta­dvi­ṣa­yāṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 097,20syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | saṃ­bha­ve ta­trai­vāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.49na ca ta­ttvāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­va­s ta­ttva­m a­ṣṭa­ma­m ā­sa­je­t | sa­pta­ta­ttvā­sti­tā­rū­po hy e­ṣo '­nya­syā­pra­tī­ti­taḥ |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.50ta­ttvaṃ sa­ta­ś ca sa­dbhā­vo '­sa­to '­sa­dbhā­va i­ty a­pi | va­stu­ny e­va dvi­dhā vṛ­tti­r vya­va­hā­ra­sya va­kṣya­te |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.51ya­thā hi sa­ti sa­ttve­na ve­da­naṃ si­ddha­m aṃ­ja­sā | ta­thā sa­daṃ­ta­re si­ddha­m a­sa­ttve­na pra­ve­da­na­m |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.52a­sa­drū­pa­pra­tī­ti­r hi nā­va­stu­vi­ṣa­yā kva­ci­t | bhā­vāṃ­śa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t syā­t si­ta­tvā­di­pra­tī­ti­va­t |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.53bhā­vāṃ­śo sa­tsa­dā­bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­ye­kṣa­ṇā­t | sa­rva­thā­bhā­va­ni­rmu­kta­syā­dṛ­ṣṭeḥ pā­ṭa­lā­di­va­t |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 097,26na hy a­bhā­vaḥ sa­rva­thā tu­cchaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­to '­nu­mā­na­to vā pra­tī­ya­te ya­to sya sa­rva­dā bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­yā TAŚVA-ML 097,27da­rśa­na­m a­pra­si­ddhaṃ syā­t ta­tpra­ti­ddhya­da­bhā­va­sya bhā­vāṃ­śa­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti si­ta­tvā­di­va­t | ta­to na kva­ci­d a­va­stu­ni TAŚVA-ML 097,28ka­sya­ci­d a­sa­ttva­pra­tī­ti­r va­stu­ny e­va ta­tpra­tī­te­s ta­ttvāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­va­sya sa­pta­ta­ttva­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. si­ddhe­r a­nya­ma­ta­tvā­saṃ­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 097,29nai­ve­ti sa­rva­saṃ­gra­haḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.54pra­mā­ṇā­da­ya e­va syuḥ pa­dā­rthāḥ ṣo­ḍa­śe­ti tu | bru­vā­ṇā­nāṃ na sa­rva­sya saṃ­gra­ho vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.55ta­trā­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya vi­pa­ryā­sa­sya vā ga­teḥ | nā­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­rū­pa­sya pra­mā­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇā­d ga­tiḥ |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.56saṃ­śī­ti­va­tpra­me­yāṃ­ta­rbhā­ve ta­ttva­dva­yaṃ bha­ve­t | saṃ­śa­yā­deḥ pṛ­tha­gbhā­ve pṛ­tha­gbhā­vo sya kiṃ ta­taḥ |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.57pra­mā­ṇa­vi­dhi­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­ga­tau ya­di | ta­trā­na­dhya­va­sā­yā­de­r aṃ­ta­rbhā­vo vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.58saṃ­śa­ya­sva ta­dā­trai­va nāṃ­ta­rbhā­vaḥ ki­m i­ṣya­te | pra­mā­ṇa­bhā­va­rū­pa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t ta­sya sa­rva­thā |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.59pra­mā­ṇa­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­t saṃ­śa­ya­ś ce­t pṛ­tha­kkṛ­taḥ | ta­ta e­va vi­dhī­ye­ta ji­jñā­sā­di­s ta­thā na ki­m |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.60a­bhā­va­syā­vi­nā­bhā­va­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­de­r a­saṃ­gra­hā­t | pra­mā­ṇā­di­pa­dā­rthā­nā­m u­pa­de­śo na do­ṣa­ji­t |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.61dra­vyā­di­ṣa­ṭpa­dā­rthā­nā­m u­pa­de­śo pi tā­dṛ­śaḥ | sa­rvā­rtha­saṃ­gra­hā­bhā­vā­d a­nā­pto­pa­jña­m i­ty a­taḥ |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.62sū­tre va­dhā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­c che­ṣā­rtha­syā­ni­rā­kṛ­tau | ta­ttve­nai­ke­na pa­ryā­pta­m u­pa­di­ṣṭe­na dhī­ma­tā­m |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 098,05pra­mā­ṇā­di­sū­tre dra­vyā­di­sū­tre vā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d a­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­vi­pa­rya­ya­ji­jñā­sā­dya­vi­nā­bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya- TAŚVA-ML 098,06bhā­va­prā­ga­bhā­vā­da­yaḥ saṃ­gṛ­hī­tā e­ve­ti sa­rva­saṃ­gra­he pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­ttvaṃ dra­vyaṃ ta­ttva­m i­ti co­pa­de­śaḥ ka­rta­vya­s ta­trā­na­va- TAŚVA-ML 098,07dhā­ra­ṇā­d e­va pra­me­yā­dī­nāṃ gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ vā­na­dhya­va­sā­yā­di­va­tsaṃ­gra­ho­pa­pa­tte­r i­ty ā­ku­la­tvā­d a­nā­pta­mū­la e­vā­yaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­dyu- TAŚVA-ML 098,08pa­de­śo dra­vyā­dyu­pa­de­śo vā pra­kṛ­tyā­dyu­pa­de­śa­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.63na­nv e­vaṃ sa­pta­ta­ttvā­rtha­va­ca­ne­nā­py a­saṃ­gra­hā­t | ra­tna­tra­ya­sya ta­dbā­dhye py a­yu­kta­m i­tī­ta­re |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 098,10na hi ra­tna­tra­yaṃ jī­vā­di­ṣv aṃ­ta­rbha­va­ty a­dra­vya­tvā­d ā­sra­vā­di­tvā­bhā­vā­c ca | ta­sya ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­tve ka­thaṃ sa­ptai­va ta­ttvā­ni TAŚVA-ML 098,11ya­to jī­vā­di­sū­tre­ṇa sa­rva­ta­ttvā­saṃ­gra­hā­t­, ta­d a­py a­yu­ktaṃ na bha­ve­d i­ti ke­ci­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.64ta­da­sa­tta­sya jī­vā­di­sva­bhā­va­tve­na ni­rṇa­yā­t | ta­thā pu­ṇyā­sra­va­tve­na saṃ­va­ra­tve­na vā sthi­teḥ |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.4.65jī­vā­jī­va­pra­bhe­dā­nā­m a­naṃ­ta­tve pi nā­nya­tā | pra­si­ddhya­ty ā­sra­vā­di­bhya i­ty a­vyā­ptyā­dya­saṃ­bha­vaḥ |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 098,14na hi jī­vo dra­vya­m e­va pa­ryā­ya e­va vā ye­na ta­tpa­ryā­ya­vi­śe­ṣāḥ sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­da­yaḥ ta­dgra­ha­ṇe­na na gṛ­hyaṃ­te­, TAŚVA-ML 098,15dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­sya jī­va­tva­syā­bhi­pre­ta­tvā­t | ta­to nā­dra­vya­tve pi ra­tna­tra­ya­sya jī­ve ṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­bhā­vaḥ | ta­thā­sra­vā­di- TAŚVA-ML 098,16tvā­bhā­vo py a­si­ddha­s ta­sya pu­ṇyā­sra­va­tve­na saṃ­va­ra­tve­na ca va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t i­ti nā­sra­vā­di­ṣv a­naṃ­ta­rbhā­vaḥ | ye pi TAŚVA-ML 098,17ca jī­vā­jī­va­yo­r a­naṃ­tāḥ pra­bhe­dā­s te pi jī­va­sya pu­ṇyā­ga­ma­sya he­ta­vaḥ pā­pā­ga­ma­sya vā pu­ṇya­pā­pā­ga­ma­na­ni­ro­dhi­no TAŚVA-ML 098,18vā ta­dbaṃ­dha­ni­rja­ra­ṇa­he­ta­vo vā mo­kṣa­sva­bhā­vā vā­, ga­tyaṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­t | i­ti nā­sra­vā­di­bhyo '­nya­tāṃ la­bhyaṃ­te ye­nā- TAŚVA-ML 098,19vyā­pti­r a­ti­vyā­ptya­saṃ­bha­vau tu dū­ro­tsā­ri­tā­v e­ve­ti ni­ra­va­dyaṃ jī­vā­di­sa­pta­ta­ttva­pra­ti­pā­da­kaṃ sū­traṃ­, ta­ta­s ta­dā­pto- TAŚVA-ML 098,20pa­jña­m e­va |­| TAŚVA-ML 098,21na­nv e­te jī­vā­da­yaḥ śa­bda­bra­hma­ṇo vi­va­rtāḥ śa­bda­bra­hmai­va nā­ma ta­ttvaṃ nā­nya­d i­ti ke­ci­t | te­ṣāṃ ka­lpa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 098,22ro­pa­mā­tra­tvā­t | ta­sya ca sthā­pa­nā­mā­tra­m e­ve­ty a­nye­, te­ṣāṃ dra­vyāṃ­taḥ­pra­vi­ṣṭa­tvā­t | ta­dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­saṃ­bha­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 098,23dra­vya­m e­ve­ty e­ke | pa­ryā­ya­mā­tra­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa sa­rva­syā­gha­ṭa­nā­d bhā­va e­ve­ty a­pa­re | ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­ya lo­ka­sa­ma­ya­vya­va­hā­re­ṣv a- TAŚVA-ML 098,24pra­kṛ­tā­pā­ka­ra­ṇā­ya pra­kṛ­ta­vyā­ka­ra­ṇā­ya ca saṃ­kṣe­pa­to ni­kṣe­pa­pra­si­ddhya­rtha­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 1.5 nā­ma­sthā­pa­nā­dra­vya­bhā­va­ta­s ta­nnyā­saḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 098,26na nā­ma­mā­tra­tve­na sthā­pa­nā­mā­tra­tve­na dra­vya­mā­tra­tve­na bhā­va­mā­tra­tve­na vā saṃ­ka­ra­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ vā jī­vā- TAŚVA-ML 098,27dī­nāṃ ni­kṣe­pa i­ty a­rthaḥ |­| ta­tra­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.1saṃ­jñā­ka­rmā­na­pe­kṣyai­va ni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­ra­m i­ṣṭi­taḥ | nā­mā­ne­ka­vi­dhaṃ lo­ka­vya­va­hā­rā­ya sū­tri­ta­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 098,29na hi nā­mno '­na­bhi­dhā­ne lo­ke ta­dvya­va­hā­ra­sya pra­vṛ­tti­r gha­ṭa­te ye­na ta­n na sū­trya­te | nā­pi ta­de­ka­vi­dha­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 098,30vi­śe­ṣa­to ne­ka­vi­dha­tve­na pra­tī­teḥ | kiṃ­ci­d dhi pra­tī­ta­m e­ka­jī­va­nā­ma ya­thā ḍi­ttha i­ti­, kiṃ­ci­d a­ne­ka­jī­va­nā­ma TAŚVA-ML 098,31ya­thā yū­tha i­ti­, kiṃ­ci­d e­kā­jī­va­nā­ma ya­thā gha­ṭa i­ti­, kiṃ­ci­d a­ne­kā­jī­va­nā­ma ya­thā prā­sā­da i­ti | kiṃ­ci- TAŚVA-ML 098,32d e­ka­jī­vai­kā­jī­va­nā­ma ya­thā pra­tī­hā­ra i­ti­, kiṃ­ci­d e­ka­jī­vā­ne­kā­jī­va­nā­ma ya­thā kā­hā­ra i­ti­, kiṃ­ci­d e­kā- TAŚVA-ML 098,33jī­vā­ne­ka­jī­va­nā­ma ya­thā maṃ­du­re­ti­, kiṃ­ci­d a­ne­ka­jī­vā­jī­va­nā­ma ya­thā na­ga­ra­m i­ti pra­ti­vi­ṣa­ya­m a­vāṃ­ta­ra­bhe­dā­d ba- TAŚVA-ML 098,34hu­dhā bhi­dya­te saṃ­vya­va­hā­rā­ya nā­ma lo­ke | ta­c ca ni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­ra­m a­na­pe­kṣya saṃ­jñā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ va­ktu­r i­cchā­taḥ pra­va­rta­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 099,01kiṃ pu­na­r nā­mno ni­mi­ttaṃ kiṃ vā ni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­raṃ ? i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.2nā­mno va­ktu­r a­bhi­prā­yo ni­mi­ttaṃ ka­thi­taṃ sa­ma­m | ta­smā­d a­nya­t tu jā­tyā­di­ni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­ra­m i­ṣya­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.3jā­ti­dvā­re­ṇa śa­bdo hi yo dra­vyā­di­ṣu va­rta­te | jā­ti­he­tuḥ sa vi­jñe­yo gau­ra­ś ca i­ti śa­bda­va­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.4jā­tā­v e­va tu ya­t saṃ­jñā­ka­rma ta­n nā­ma ma­nya­te | ta­syā­m a­pa­ra­jā­tyā­di­ni­mi­ttā­nā­m a­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.5gu­ṇe ka­rma­ṇi vā nā­ma saṃ­jñā ka­rma ta­the­ṣya­te | gu­ṇa­ka­rmāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­j jā­te­r a­py a­na­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.6gu­ṇa­prā­dhā­nya­to vṛ­tto dra­vye gu­ṇa­ni­mi­tta­kaḥ | śu­klaḥ pā­ṭa­la i­tyā­di­śa­bda­va­t saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.7ka­rma­prā­dhā­nya­ta­s ta­tra ka­rma­he­tu­r ni­bu­dhya­te | ca­ra­ti pla­va­te ya­dva­t ka­ści­d i­ty a­ti­ni­ści­ta­m |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.8dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­mu­khe tu syā­t pra­vṛ­tto dra­vya­he­tu­kaḥ | śa­bda­s ta­ddvi­vi­dha­s ta­jjñai­r ni­rā­ku­la­m u­dā­hṛ­taḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.9saṃ­yo­gi­dra­vya­śa­bdaḥ syā­t kuṃ­ḍa­lī­tyā­di­śa­bda­va­t | sa­ma­vā­yi­dra­vya­śa­bdo vi­ṣā­ṇī­tyā­di­r ā­sthi­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.10kuṃ­ḍa­lī­tyā­da­yaḥ śa­bdā ya­di saṃ­yo­ga­he­ta­vaḥ | vi­ṣā­ṇī­tyā­da­yaḥ kiṃ na sa­ma­vā­ya­ni­baṃ­dha­nāḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.11ta­thā sa­ti na śa­bdā­nāṃ vā­cyā jā­ti­gu­ṇa­kri­yāḥ | dra­vya­va­tsa­ma­vā­ye­na sva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­ṣu va­rta­nā­t |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.12ya­thā jā­tyā­da­yo dra­vye sa­ma­vā­ya­ba­lā­t sthi­tāḥ | śa­bdā­nāṃ vi­ṣa­ya­s ta­dva­t dra­vyaṃ ta­trā­stu kiṃ­ca­na |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.13saṃ­yo­ga­ba­la­ta­ś cai­vaṃ va­rta­mā­naṃ ta­the­ṣya­tā­m | dra­vya­mā­tre tu saṃ­jñā­naṃ nā­me­ti sphu­ṭa­m ī­kṣya­te |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.14te­na paṃ­ca­ta­yī vṛ­ttiḥ śa­bdā­nā­m u­pa­va­rṇi­tā | śā­stra­kā­rai­r na bā­dhye­ta nyā­ya­sā­ma­rthya­saṃ­ga­tā |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 099,15va­ktu­r vi­va­kṣā­yā­m e­va śa­bda­sya pra­vṛ­tti­s ta­tpra­vṛ­tteḥ sai­va ni­mi­ttaṃ na tu jā­ti­dra­vya­gu­ṇa­kri­yā­s ta­da­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 099,16sva­la­kṣa­ṇe dhya­kṣa­ta­s ta­da­na­va­bhā­sa­nā­t­, a­nya­thā sa­rva­sya tā­va­tī­nāṃ bu­ddhī­nāṃ sa­kṛ­du­da­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pra­tya­kṣa­pṛ­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 099,17bhā­vi­nyāṃ tu ka­lpa­nā­yā­m a­va­bhā­sa­mā­nā jā­tyā­da­yo ya­di śa­bda­sya vi­ṣa­yā­s ta­dā ka­lpa­nai­va ta­sya vi­ṣa­ya i­ti TAŚVA-ML 099,18ke­ci­t | te py a­nā­lo­ci­ta­va­ca­nāḥ | pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­tvā­j jā­tyā­dī­nāṃ śa­bda­ni­mi­ttā­nāṃ va­ktu­r a­bhi­prā­ya­ni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­ra­to- TAŚVA-ML 099,19pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo hi jā­tiḥ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ pra­tī­ya­te vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­khya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 099,20piṃ­ḍo yaṃ gau­ra­yaṃ ca gau­r i­ti pra­tya­yā­t khaṃ­ḍo yaṃ muṃ­ḍo ya­m i­ti pra­tya­ya­va­t | bhrāṃ­to yaṃ sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­yaḥ i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 099,21vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pra­tya­yaḥ ka­tha­m a­bhrāṃ­taḥ ? so pi bhrāṃ­ta e­va sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­pra­tya­ya­syai­vā­bhrāṃ­ta­tvā­t ta­sya spa­ṣṭā­bha­tvā­d a­vi­saṃ­vā­da- TAŚVA-ML 099,22ka­tvā­c ce­ti ce­t­, nā­kṣa­ja­sya sā­dṛ­śyā­di­pra­tya­ya­sya spa­ṣṭā­bha­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­bhrāṃ­ta­tva­sya ni­rā­ka­rtu­m a­śa­kteḥ | sā­dṛ­śya- TAŚVA-ML 099,23vai­sa­dṛ­śya­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya jā­tu­ci­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­ka­syai­va sa­rva­do­pa­laṃ­bhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 099,24sa­rva­to vyā­vṛ­ttā­naṃ­śa­kṣa­ṇi­ka­sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | sa­vi­ka­lpa­pra­tya­kṣe sa­dṛ­śa- TAŚVA-ML 099,25pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya spa­ṣṭa­m a­va­bhā­sa­nā­t sa­rva­thā bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | vṛ­tti­vi­ka­lpā­di­dū­ṣa­ṇa­syā­trā­na­va­tā­rā­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 099,26sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo vi­śe­ṣe­bhyo tyaṃ­taṃ bhi­nno nā­py a­bhi­nno ye­na bhe­dā­bhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­do­ṣo­pa­pā­taḥ | ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­dā­bhe­dā­t | TAŚVA-ML 099,27na ca te­ṣu ta­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyā­d a­nyā vṛ­tti­r e­ka­de­śe­na sa­rvā­tma­nā vā ya­taḥ sā­va­ya­va­ttvaṃ sā­dṛ­śya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya TAŚVA-ML 099,28vya­ktyaṃ­ta­rā vṛ­tti­r vā syā­t | na cā­sya sa­rva­ga­ta­tvaṃ ye­na ka­rkā­di­ṣu go­tvā­di­pra­tya­ya­sāṃ­ka­ryaṃ­, nā­pi sva­vya­kti­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 099,29sa­rvā­sv e­ka e­va ye­no­tpi­tsu vya­ktau pū­rvā­dhā­ra­sya tyā­ge­nā­ga­ma­ne ta­sya niḥ­sā­mā­nya­tvaṃ ta­da­tyā­ge­nā­ga­tau sā­va­ya­va­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 099,30prā­g e­va ta­dde­śe sti­tve sva­pna­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tvaṃ pra­sa­jya­te­, vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­me­ne­va sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­me­nā­krāṃ­tā­yā e­vo­tpi- TAŚVA-ML 099,31tsu­vya­kteḥ sva­kā­ra­ṇā­d u­tpa­tteḥ | ka­tha­m e­vaṃ ni­tyā jā­ti­r u­tpa­tti­ma­dvya­kti­va­d i­ti ce­t­, dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­d i­ti brū­maḥ | TAŚVA-ML 099,32vya­kti­r a­pi ta­thā ni­tyā syā­d i­ti ce­t na kiṃ­ci­d a­ni­ṣṭaṃ­, pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d e­va vi­śe­ṣa­pa­ryā­ya­sya sā­mā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 099,33pa­ryā­ya­sya vā ni­tya­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | no­tpa­tti­ma­tsā­mā­nya­m u­tpi­tsu­vya­kteḥ pū­rvaṃ vya­ktyaṃ­ta­re ta­tpra­tya­yā­d i­ti ce­t | TAŚVA-ML 099,34ta­ta e­va vi­śe­ṣo py u­tpa­tti­mā­n mā bhū­t | pū­rvo vi­śe­ṣaḥ sva­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­r a­nya e­vo­tpi­tsu­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti ce­t­, pū­rva- TAŚVA-ML 099,35vya­kti­sā­mā­nya­m a­py a­nya­d a­stu | ta­rhi sā­mā­nyaṃ sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­yo na syā­t vya­ktyā­tma­ka­tvā­d vya­kti­svā­tma­va­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 100,01ce­t na­, sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya vya­kteḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­pra­tī­teḥ | pra­tha­ma­m e­ka­vya­ktā­v a­pi sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya- TAŚVA-ML 100,02vi­ṣa­yaḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t na­, a­ne­ka­vya­kti­ga­ta­syai­vā­ne­ka­sya sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā pra­tī­teḥ TAŚVA-ML 100,03vi­śe­ṣa­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā vai­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­t | na­nu ca pra­ti­vya­kti­bhi­nno ya­di sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pa­raṃ sa­dṛ­śa- TAŚVA-ML 100,04pa­ri­ṇā­ma­m a­pe­kṣya sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­s ta­dā vya­kti­r e­va pa­rāṃ vya­kti­m a­pe­kṣya ta­thā­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d a­laṃ sa­dṛ­śa- TAŚVA-ML 100,05pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ka­lpa­na­ye­ti ce­t na­, vi­sa­dṛ­śa­vya­kte­r a­pi vya­ktyaṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣa­yā sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 100,06ca da­dhi­ka­ra­bhā­da­yo pi sa­mā­nā i­ti pra­tī­ye­ra­n | na­nu cai­ka­syāṃ go­vya­ktau go­tvaṃ sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo go­vya­ktyaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 100,07ta­ra­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­m a­pe­kṣya ya­thā sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­s ta­thā sa­ttvā­di­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­maṃ ka­rkā­di­vya­kti­ga­ta­m a­pe­kṣya TAŚVA-ML 100,08sa ta­thā­stu bhe­dā­vi­śe­ṣā­t ta­da­vi­śe­ṣe pi śa­ktiḥ tā­dṛ­śī ta­sya ta­yā kiṃ­ci­d e­va sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­maṃ sa­nni­dhā­ya ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 100,09na sa­rva­m i­ti ni­ya­ma­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ da­dhi­vya­kti­r a­pi da­dhi­vya­ktyaṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣya da­dhi­tva­pra­tya­ya­tā­m i­ya­rtu tā­dṛ­śa­śa­kti- TAŚVA-ML 100,10saṃ­dhā­nā­t ka­ra­bhā­dī­n a­pe­kṣya mā­tme­ya i­ti ce­t sā ta­rhi śa­kti­r vya­ktī­nāṃ kā­sāṃ­ci­d e­va sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­tva­he­tu­r ya­dy e­kā TAŚVA-ML 100,11ta­dā jā­ti­r e­vai­ka­sā­dṛ­śya­va­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ jā­ti­vā­di­nā | "­a­bhe­da­rū­paṃ sā­dṛ­śya­m ā­tma­bhū­tā­ś ca śa­kta­yaḥ | jā­ti- TAŚVA-ML 100,12pa­ryā­ya­śa­bda­tva­m e­ṣā­m a­bhyu­pa­va­rṇya­te­" i­ti | a­tha śa­kti­r a­pi tā­sāṃ bhi­nnā sai­va sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ti nā­ma­mā­traṃ TAŚVA-ML 100,13bhi­dya­te ka­thaṃ ni­ya­ta­vya­ktyā­śra­yāḥ ke­ci­d e­va sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­māḥ sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­yā i­ti ce­t­, śa­kta­yaḥ ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 100,14kā­ści­d e­va ni­ya­ta­vya­ktyā­śra­yāḥ sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­he­ta­va ? i­ti sa­maḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ | śa­kta­yaḥ svā­tma­bhū­tā TAŚVA-ML 100,15e­va vya­ktī­nāṃ sva­kā­ra­ṇā­t ta­tho­pa­jā­tā i­ti ce­t sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­s ta­thai­va saṃ­tu | na­nu ca ya­thā vya­kta­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 100,16sa­mā­nā e­tā i­ti pra­tya­ya­s ta­tsa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­ṣa­ya­s ta­thā sa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­mā e­te i­ti ta­tra sa­mā­na­pra­tya­yo pi TAŚVA-ML 100,17ta­da­pa­ra­sa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­tu­r a­stu | ta­thā cā­na­va­sthā­naṃ | ya­di pu­naḥ sa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­me­ṣu sva­sa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­ve pi TAŚVA-ML 100,18sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­s ta­dā khaṃ­ḍā­di­vya­kti­ṣu kiṃ sa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ka­lpa­na­yā | ni­tyai­ka­vyā­pi­sā­mā­nya­va­tta­da­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 100,19ce­t ka­tha­m i­dā­nī­m a­rthā­nāṃ vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mā vi­śe­ṣa­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­yāḥ ? sva­vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­māṃ­ta­re­bhya i­ti TAŚVA-ML 100,20ce­d a­na­va­sthā­naṃ | sva­ta e­ve­ti ce­t sa­rva­tra vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­na­rtha­kyaṃ | sva­kā­ra­ṇā­d u­pa­jā­tāḥ sa­rve rthā vi­sa­dṛ­śa- TAŚVA-ML 100,21pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­yāḥ sva­bhā­va­ta e­ve­ti ce­t­, sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­yā­s te sva­bhā­va­taḥ sva­kā­ra­ṇā­d u­pa­jā­ya­mā­nāḥ kiṃ TAŚVA-ML 100,22nā­nu­ma­nyaṃ­te ta­thā pra­tī­tya­pa­lā­pe pha­lā­bhā­vā­t | ke­va­laṃ sva­sva­bhā­vo vi­śe­ṣa­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­yo rthā­nāṃ vi­sa­dṛ­śa- TAŚVA-ML 100,23pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ­, sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­yaḥ sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ti vya­pa­di­śya­te na pu­na­r a­vya­pa­de­śyaḥ | sā­ma­rthye vā ta­ttā- TAŚVA-ML 100,24dṛ­śa­m i­ti pa­ryaṃ­te vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tuṃ yu­ktaṃ­, ta­to lo­ka­yā­trā­yāḥ pra­vṛ­ttya­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | saṃ­ni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­s ta­tpra­tya­ya- TAŚVA-ML 100,25vi­ṣa­yo vya­pa­di­śya­ta i­ti ce­t­, sa ka­thaṃ pa­ri­mi­tā­sv e­va vya­kti­ṣu na pu­na­ra­nyā­su syā­t | sva­he­tu­va­śā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 100,26ce­t sa e­va he­tu­s ta­tpra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­yo stu kiṃ saṃ­ni­ve­śe­na­, so pi he­tuḥ ku­taḥ pa­ri­mi­tā­sv e­va vya­kti­ṣu syā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 100,27sa­mā­naḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ | sva­he­to­r i­ti ce­t so pi ku­ta i­ty a­ni­ṣṭā­naṃ pa­ryaṃ­te ni­tyo he­tu­r u­pe­ya­te | a­na­va­sthā­na- TAŚVA-ML 100,28pa­ri­ha­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­rtha i­ti ce­t pra­tha­ma­ta e­va so bhyu­pe­ya­tāṃ saṃ­ni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­vā­ya | so pi ku­taḥ pa­ri­mi­tā­sv e­va TAŚVA-ML 100,29vya­kti­ṣu saṃ­ni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣaṃ pra­sū­te na pu­na­r a­nyā­sv i­ti vā­cyaṃ | sva­bhā­vā­t tā­dṛ­śā­t sā­ma­rthyā­d vā vya­pa­de­śyā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 100,30ce­t ta­rhi te­na vā­ggo­ca­rā­tī­te­na sva­bhā­ve­na sā­ma­rthye­na vā va­ca­na­mā­rgā­va­tā­ri­va­stu­ni­baṃ­dha­nā lo­ka­yā­trā TAŚVA-ML 100,31pra­va­rta­ta i­ti | sa­ma­bhya­dhā­yi bha­rtṛ­ha­ri­ṇā | "­sva­bhā­vo vya­pa­de­śyo vā sā­ma­rthyaṃ vā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | sa­rva­syāṃ­te TAŚVA-ML 100,32ya­ta­s ta­smā­d vya­va­hā­ro na ka­lpa­te­" i­ti | ta­smā­d vā­ggo­ca­ra­va­stu­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ lo­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­m a­nu­ru­dhya­mā­nai­r vya­pa­de­śyai­va TAŚVA-ML 100,33jā­tiḥ sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­la­kṣa­ṇā sphu­ṭa­m e­ṣi­ta­vyā | ta­tsā­dhya­sya kā­rya­sya ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇe­na sā­dha­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 100,34pu­ru­ṣe daṃ­ḍī­ti pra­tya­ya­va­ddaṃ­ḍa­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­na sā­dhya­sya ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇe­na pu­ru­ṣa­mā­tre­ṇa vā sā­dha­yiṃ­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t | daṃ­ḍo­pā­di- TAŚVA-ML 100,35tsa­yā daṃ­ḍī­ti­pra­tya­yaḥ sā­dhya­te i­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­to daṃ­ḍo­pā­di­tsā­vā­n i­ti pra­tya­ya­sya pra­sū­teḥ | a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 101,01syā­pī­cchā­kā­ra­ṇaiḥ saṃ­sta­vo­pa­kā­ra­gu­ṇa­da­rśa­nā­di­bhiḥ sā­dhya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­taḥ sa­rva­sya svā­nu­rū­pa­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 101,02va­stu­no bhi­pre­ya­tā sa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syai­va sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m a­bhi­pre­ta­vyaṃ | e­ka­tva­sva­bhā­va­sya sā­mā­nya­syai­ka­tva- TAŚVA-ML 101,03pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa e­vā­yaṃ gau­r i­ty e­ka­tva­pra­tya­ya e­ve­ti ce­t na­, ta­syo­pa­ca­ri­ta­tvā­t | sa i­va sa TAŚVA-ML 101,04i­ti ta­tsa­mā­ne ta­de­ka­tvo­pa­cā­rā­t sa gau­r a­ya­m a­pi gau­r i­ti sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­sya sa­ka­la­ja­na­sā­kṣi­ka­syā­skha­la­drū­pa­ta­thā- TAŚVA-ML 101,05nu­pa­ca­ri­ta­tva­si­ddheḥ | ka­ści­d ā­ha | daṃ­ḍī­tyā­di­pra­tya­yaḥ pa­ri­cchi­dya­mā­na­daṃ­ḍa­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā nā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­vi­ṣa­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 101,06ka­lpa­yi­tuṃ śa­kyaḥ sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­s tu pa­ri­cchi­dya­mā­na­vya­kti­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­bhā­vā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­s ta­c cā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ sā­mā­nyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 101,07pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ pa­ri­cche­dya­m a­nya­thā ta­sya ya­tno­pa­ne­ya­pra­tya­ya­tvā­gha­ṭa­nā­t nī­lā­di­va­d i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t | sā­mā­nya­sya TAŚVA-ML 101,08vi­śe­ṣa­va­tpra­tya­kṣa­tve pi ya­tno­pa­nī­ya­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­t | pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­pla­va­syai­ka­trā­rthe vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t sā­mā­nya­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 101,09pa­ri­cchi­dya­mā­na­sva­rū­paṃ na vi­śe­ṣā­s te­ṣāṃ vyā­vṛ­tti­pra­tya­yā­nu­me­ya­tvā­d i­ti va­da­to pi ni­ṣe­ddhu­m a­śa­kteḥ | na hi TAŚVA-ML 101,10va­stu­sva­rū­pa­m e­va vyā­va­rta­mā­nā­kā­ra­pra­tya­ya­sya ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ a­pi tu ta­tsaṃ­sa­rgi­ṇo rthā­s te ca bhe­da­he­ta­vo ya­dā sa­ka­lā- TAŚVA-ML 101,11sti­ra­yaṃ­te ta­dā sa­dva­stu pa­dā­rtha i­ti vā ni­ru­pā­dhi­sā­mā­nya­pra­tya­yaḥ pra­sū­te­, ya­dā tu gu­ṇa­ka­rma­bhyāṃ bhe­da­he­ta­vo TAŚVA-ML 101,12a­ti­ro­bhū­tāḥ śe­ṣā­s ti­ro­dhī­yaṃ­te ta­dā dra­vya­m i­ti bu­ddhi­r e­va­m a­vāṃ­ta­ra­sā­mā­nye­ṣv a­śe­ṣe­ṣv a­pi bu­ddha­yaḥ pra­va­rtaṃ­te bhe­da- TAŚVA-ML 101,13he­tū­nāṃ pu­na­rā­vi­rbhū­tā­nāṃ va­stu­nā saṃ­sa­rge ta­tra vi­śe­ṣa­pra­tya­yaḥ | ta­thā ca sā­mā­nya­m e­va va­stu­sva­rū­paṃ vi­śe­ṣā­s tū- TAŚVA-ML 101,14pā­dhi­ba­lā­va­laṃ­bi­na i­ti ma­tāṃ­ta­ra­m u­pa­ti­ṣṭhe­ta | va­stu­vi­śe­ṣā no­pā­dhi­kā ya­tno­pa­ne­ya­pra­tya­ya­tvā­bhā­vā­t sva­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 101,15pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­d i­ti ce­t ta­ta e­va sā­mā­nya­m au­pā­dhi­kaṃ mā bhū­t | sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­yo­r va­stu­sva­bhā­va­tve sa­rva­tro­bha- TAŚVA-ML 101,16ya­pra­tya­ya­pra­sa­kti­r i­ti ce­t kiṃ pu­na­s ta­yo­r e­ka­ta­ra­pra­tya­ya e­va kva­ci­d a­sti | da­rśa­na­kā­le sā­mā­nya­pra­tya­ya­syā­bhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 101,17d vi­śe­ṣa­pra­tya­ya e­vā­stī­ti ce­t na­, ta­dā­pi sa­ddra­vya­tvā­di­sā­mā­nya­pra­tya­ya­sya sa­dbhā­vā­d u­bha­ya­pra­tya­ya­si­ddheḥ | pra­tha­ma- TAŚVA-ML 101,18m e­kāṃ gāṃ pa­śya­nn a­pi hi sa­dā­di­nā sā­dṛ­śyaṃ ta­trā­rthāṃ­ta­re­ṇa vya­va­sya­ty e­va a­nya­thā ta­da­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pra­tha­ma­m a­va- TAŚVA-ML 101,19gra­he sā­mā­nya­syai­va pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­n no­bha­ya­pra­tya­yaḥ sa­rva­tre­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, va­rṇa­saṃ­sthā­nā­di­sa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­no va­stu- TAŚVA-ML 101,20no '­rthāṃ­ta­rā­d vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­na­ś cā­va­gra­he pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | kva­ci­d u­bha­ya­pra­tya­yā­sa­ttve pi vā na va­stu­naḥ sā­mā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 101,21vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, pra­ti­pu­ru­ṣaṃ kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā pra­tya­ya­syā­vi­rbhā­vā­t | ya­thā va­stu­sva­bhā­vaṃ pra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 101,22yo­tpa­ttau ka­sya­ci­d a­nā­dyaṃ­ta­va­stu­pra­tya­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t pa­ra­sya sva­rga­prā­pa­ṇa­śa­ktyā­di­ni­rṇa­yā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­to vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 101,23pra­tya­yā­d vi­śe­ṣa­m u­ra­rī­ku­rva­tā sa­mā­na­pra­tya­yā­t sā­mā­nya­m u­ra­rī­ka­rta­vya­m i­ti pra­tī­ti­pra­si­ddhā jā­ti­r ni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 101,24dra­vyaṃ va­kṣya­mā­ṇaṃ gu­ṇāḥ kri­yā ca pra­tī­ti­si­ddhe­ti na ta­nni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­ra­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ va­ktra­bhi­prā­yā­t ye­na ka­lpa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 101,25ro­pi­tā­nā­m e­va jā­tyā­dī­nāṃ śa­bdai­r a­bhi­dhā­nā­t ka­lpa­nai­va śa­bdā­nāṃ vi­ṣa­yaḥ syā­t­, paṃ­ca­ta­yī vā śa­bdā­nāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­r a- TAŚVA-ML 101,26bā­dhi­tā na bha­ve­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.15jā­tiḥ sa­rva­sya śa­bda­sya pa­dā­rtho ni­tya i­ty a­sa­n | vya­kti­saṃ­pra­tya­yā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­d dhva­ni­taḥ sa­dā |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 101,28ka­ści­d ā­ha | jā­ti­r e­va sa­rva­sya śa­bda­syā­rthaḥ sa­rva­dā­nu­vṛ­tti­pra­tya­ya­pa­ri­cche­dye va­stu­sva­bhā­ve śā­bda­vya­va­hā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 101,29da­rśa­nā­t | ya­thai­va hi go­r i­ti śa­bdo­nu­vṛ­tti­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ye go­tve pra­va­rta­te i­ti jā­ti­s ta­thā śu­kla­śa­bda­s ta­thā­vi­dhe TAŚVA-ML 101,30śu­kla­tve pra­va­rta­mā­no na gu­ṇa­śa­bdaḥ | ca­ra­ti­śa­bda­ś ca­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nye pra­vṛ­tto na kri­yā­śa­bdaḥ­, vi­ṣā­ṇī­ti śa­bdo pi TAŚVA-ML 101,31vi­ṣā­ṇi­tva­sā­mā­nye vṛ­tti­mā­tra­sa­ma­vā­yi­dra­vya­śa­bdaḥ­, daṃ­ḍī­ti śa­bda­ś ca daṃ­ḍi­tva­sā­mā­nye vṛ­tti­m u­pa­ga­ccha­n na saṃ­yo­gi- TAŚVA-ML 101,32dra­vya­śa­bdaḥ­, ḍi­ttha­śa­bdo pi bā­la­ku­mā­ra­yu­va­m a­dhya­stha­vi­ra­ḍi­tthā­va­sthā­su pra­tī­ya­mā­ne ḍi­ttha­tva­sā­mā­nye pra­va­rta­mā­no TAŚVA-ML 101,33na ya­dṛ­cchā­śa­bdaḥ | ka­thaṃ jā­ti­śa­bdo jā­ti­vi­ṣa­yaḥ syā­j jā­tau jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­syā­bhā­vā­d a­nya­thā­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 101,34ca na co­dyaṃ­, jā­ti­ṣv a­pi jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­syo­pa­ga­mā­j jā­tī­nā­m ā­naṃ­tyā­t | ya­thā­kāṃ­kṣā­kṣa­yaṃ vya­va­hā­ra­pa­ri­sa­mā­pte­r a­na­va- TAŚVA-ML 101,35sthā­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | kā­lo di­gā­kā­śa­m i­ti śa­bdāḥ ka­thaṃ jā­ti­vi­ṣa­yāḥ kā­lā­di­ṣu jā­te­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­t te­ṣā­m e­ka- TAŚVA-ML 102,01dra­vya­tvā­d i­ty a­pi na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, kā­la­śa­bda­sya tru­ṭi­la­vā­di­kā­la­bhe­de­ṣv a­nu­syū­ta­pra­tya­yā­va­cche­dye kā­la­tva­sā­mā­nye TAŚVA-ML 102,02pra­va­rta­nā­t | pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­di­gbhe­de­ṣv a­nva­ya­jñā­na­ga­mye di­ktva­sā­mā­nye di­kcha­bda­sya pra­vṛ­tteḥ | pā­ṭa­li­pu­tra­ci­tra­kū­ṭā­dyā- TAŚVA-ML 102,03kā­śa­bhe­de­ṣv a­nu­syū­ta­pra­tī­ti­go­ca­re cā­kā­śa­sā­mā­nye pra­va­rta­mā­na­syā­kā­śa­śa­bda­sya saṃ­pra­tya­yā­j jā­ti­śa­bda­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 102,04kā­lā­dī­nā­m u­pa­cā­ri­tā e­va bhe­dā na pa­ra­mā­rtha­saṃ­ta i­ti da­rśa­ne­na ta­jjā­ti­r a­py u­pa­ca­ri­tā te­ṣv a­stu | ta­thā ca TAŚVA-ML 102,05u­pa­ca­ri­ta­jā­ti­śa­bdāḥ kā­lā­da­ya i­ti na vya­kti­śa­bdāḥ | ka­tha­m a­ta­ttva­śa­bdo jā­tau pra­va­rta­ta i­ti na no­pā- TAŚVA-ML 102,06laṃ­bhaḥ ta­ttva­sā­mā­nya­syai­va vi­cā­ri­ta­syā­ta­ttva­śa­bde­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­na ta­ttvā­ta­ttva­yo­r bhe­da i­ti vṛ­ddhe­bhya TAŚVA-ML 102,07ā­ga­maḥ | a­ta­ttva­m i­ti ma­nyaṃ­te ta­ttva­m e­vā­vi­bhā­vi­ta­m |­| " i­ti | e­te­na prā­ga­bhā­vā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ bhā­va­sā­mā­nye TAŚVA-ML 102,08vṛ­tti­r u­ktā­, prā­ga­bhā­vā­dī­nāṃ bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tvā­d a­nya­thā ni­ru­pā­khya­tvā­pa­tte­r i­ti | ta­d e­ta­da­sa­tya­m | sa­rva­dā jā­ti- TAŚVA-ML 102,09śa­bdā­d vya­kti­saṃ­pra­tya­ya­syā­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­thā cā­rthā­kri­yā­rthi­naḥ pra­ti­pa­ttṝ­n pra­ti śa­bda­pra­yo­go na­rtha­kaḥ syā­t | TAŚVA-ML 102,10ta­taḥ pra­tī­ya­mā­na­yā jā­tyā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­sya vā­ha­do­hā­de­r a­saṃ­pā­da­nā­t | sva­vi­ṣa­ya­jñā­na­mā­trā­rthā­kri­yā­yāḥ saṃ­pā­da- TAŚVA-ML 102,11nā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, ta­dvi­jñā­na­mā­tre­ṇa vya­va­hā­ri­ṇaḥ pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­t | na śa­bda­jā­tau la­kṣi­tā­yā­m a­rtha­kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 102,12rthi­nāṃ vya­ktau pra­vṛ­tti­r u­tpa­dya­te a­ti pra­saṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.16śa­bde­na la­kṣi­tā jā­ti­r vya­ktī­r la­kṣa­ya­ti sva­kāḥ | saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d i­ty a­pi vya­kta­m a­śa­bdā­rtha­jña­te­hi­ta­m |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.17ta­thā hy a­nu­mi­te­r a­rtho vya­kti­r jā­tiḥ pu­na­r dhva­neḥ | kvā­nya­thā­kṣā­rtha­tā­bā­dhā śa­bdā­rtha­syā­pi si­dhya­tu |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.18a­kṣe­ṇā­nu­ga­taḥ śa­bdo jā­tiṃ pra­tyā­pa­ye­d i­ha | saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t sā­pi niḥ­śe­ṣā sva­vya­ktī­r i­ti ta­nna­yaḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 102,16dra­vya­tva­jā­tiḥ śa­bde­na la­kṣi­tā dra­vyaṃ la­kṣa­ya­ti ta­tra ta­syāḥ sa­ma­vā­yā­t | gu­ṇa­tva­jā­ti rgu­ṇaṃ ka­rma­tva­jā­tiḥ TAŚVA-ML 102,17ka­rma | ta­ta e­va dra­vyaṃ tu sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­vā­yā­t pra­tyā­pa­ya­ti | vi­va­kṣā­sā­mā­nyaṃ tu śa­bdā­t pra­tī­taṃ vi­va­kṣi­tā­rthaṃ TAŚVA-ML 102,18saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­vā­yā­de­r i­ty e­ta­d a­śa­bdā­rtha­jña­tā­yā e­va vi­jṛṃ­bhi­taṃ | dra­vya­gu­ṇa­ka­rma­ṇāṃ vi­va­kṣi­tā­rthā­nāṃ cai­va­m a­nu­me­yā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 102,19śa­bdāṃ­rtha­tvā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | śa­bdā­t pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā te­ṣāṃ pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t śa­bdā­rtha­tve ka­tha­m a­kṣā­rtha­tā na syā­d a­kṣā­t pa­raṃ- TAŚVA-ML 102,20pa­rā­yāḥ pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t | śa­bdo hi śro­tre­ṇā­va­ga­to jā­tiṃ pra­tyā­yaḥ ya­ti sā­pi sva­vya­ktī­r i­ti sa­rvaḥ śa­bdā­rtho TAŚVA-ML 102,21'­kṣā­rtha e­va | ta­thā­nu­mā­nā­rthāḥ ka­ra­ṇe­na pra­tī­tā­l liṃ­gā­l liṃ­gi­ni jñā­no­tpa­tteḥ | e­te­nā­rthā­pa­ttyā­di­pa­ri­cche­dya­syā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 102,22syā­kṣā­rtha­tā­pra­sa­kti­r vyā­khyā­tā­, pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇā­kṣā­t pa­ri­cchi­dya­mā­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ty a­kṣā­rtha e­va śa­bdo ni­rbā­dhaḥ syā­n na TAŚVA-ML 102,23śa­bdā­dya­rthaḥ sā­mā­nya­śa­bdā­rtha­vā­di­no na cai­vaṃ pra­si­ddhaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.19ya­dy a­spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tvā­c cha­bdā­rthaḥ ka­śca­ne­ṣya­te | liṃ­gā­rtho pi ta­dā prā­ptaḥ śa­bdā­rtho nā­nya­thā sthi­tiḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 102,25śa­bdā­t pra­tī­tā jā­ti­r jā­tyā vā la­kṣi­tā vya­ktiḥ śa­bdā­rtha e­vā­spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tvā­d i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, liṃ­gā­rthe­na TAŚVA-ML 102,26vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | ta­syā­pi pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇe liṃ­gā­rtha­yoḥ sthi­tya­yo­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.20ya­tra śa­bdā­t pra­tī­tiḥ syā­t so rthaḥ śa­bda­sya ce­n na­nu | vya­kteḥ śa­bdā­rtha­tā na syā­d e­vaṃ liṃ­gā­t pra­tī­ti­taḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 102,28śa­bdā­d e­va pra­tī­ya­mā­naṃ śa­bdā­rtha­m a­bhi­pre­tya śa­bda­la­kṣi­tā­t sā­mā­nyā­l liṃ­gā­t pra­tī­ya­mā­nāṃ vya­ktiṃ śa­bdā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 102,29m ā­ca­kṣa­ṇaḥ ka­thaṃ sva­sthaḥ­, pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā śa­bdā­t pra­tī­ya­mā­na­ttvā­t ta­syāḥ śa­bdā­rtha­tve kṣā­rtha­tāṃ ka­thaṃ bā­dhya­te ta­thā- TAŚVA-ML 102,30kṣe­ṇā­pi pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­d u­pa­cā­ra­syo­bha­ya­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | na ca la­kṣi­ta­la­kṣa­ṇa­yā­pi śa­bda­vya­ktau pra­vṛ­ttiḥ saṃ­bha­va­tī- TAŚVA-ML 102,31ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.21śa­bda­pra­tī­ta­yā jā­tyā na ca vya­ktiḥ sva­rū­pa­taḥ | pra­tye­tuṃ śa­kya­te ta­syāḥ sā­mā­nyā­kā­ra­to ga­teḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.22vya­kti­sā­mā­nya­to vya­kti­pra­tī­tā­v a­na­va­sthi­teḥ | kva vi­śe­ṣe pra­vṛ­ttiḥ syā­t pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa śa­bda­taḥ |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 102,34śa­bda­la­kṣa­ṇa­ta­yā hi jā­tyā vya­kteḥ pra­ti­pa­ttu­r a­nu­mā­na­m a­rthā­pa­tti­r vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe na ta­syāḥ vya­kteḥ sva­rū­pe­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 103,01sā­dhā­ra­ṇe nā­rtha­kri­yā­sa­ma­rthe­na pra­tī­ti­s te­na jā­te­r vyā­ptya­si­ddhe­r a­nva­yā­t ta­daṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi vya­ktyaṃ­ta­re­ṣū­pa­la­bdhe­r vya­bhi­cā­rā­c ca­, TAŚVA-ML 103,02sā­mā­nya­rū­pe­ṇa tu ta­tpra­ti­pa­ttau nā­bhi­ma­ta­vya­ktau pra­vṛ­tti­r a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ya­di pu­na­r jā­ti­la­kṣi­ta­vya­kti­sā­mā­nyā- TAŚVA-ML 103,03d a­bhi­ma­ta­vya­kteḥ pra­tī­ti­s ta­dā sā­py a­nu­mā­na­m a­rthā­pa­tti­r ve­ti sa e­va pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­s ta­d e­va cā­nu­mā­na­pa­kṣe dū­ṣa­ṇa­m i­ty a­na- TAŚVA-ML 103,04va­sthā­naṃ śa­bda­pra­tī­ta­yā jā­tyā vya­kteḥ pra­ti­pa­tte­r e­ve­ti ce­t­, pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­rū­pe­ṇa sā­mā­nya­rū­pe­ṇa vā ? na tā­va- TAŚVA-ML 103,05dā­di­vi­ka­lpa­s te­na sa­ha jā­te­r a­vi­nā­bhā­vā­pra­si­ddheḥ | dvi­tī­ya­vi­ka­lpe tu nā­bhi­ma­ta­vya­ktau pra­vṛ­tti­r i­ty a­nu­mā­na­pa­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 103,06bhā­vī do­ṣaḥ | sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­nu­mā­nā­rtha­tvā­d a­do­ṣa i­ty a­pa­raḥ | ta­syā­pi śa­bdā­rtho jā­ti­mā­traṃ mā bhū­t TAŚVA-ML 103,07sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­syai­va ta­da­rtha­to­pa­pa­tteḥ | saṃ­ke­ta­sya ta­trai­va gra­hī­tuṃ śa­kya­tvā­t | ta­thā ca śa­bdā­t pra­tya­kṣā­de­r i­va TAŚVA-ML 103,08sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ni va­stu­ni pra­vṛ­tteḥ pa­ra­ma­ta­si­ddhe­rna jā­ti­re­va śa­bdā­rthaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.23dra­vya­m e­va pa­dā­rtho stu ni­tya­m i­ty a­py a­saṃ­ga­ta­m | ta­trā­naṃ­tye­na saṃ­ke­ta­kri­yā­yu­kte­r a­na­nva­yā­t |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.24vāṃ­chi­tā­rtha­pra­vṛ­ttyā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­sya hā­ni­taḥ | śa­bda­syā­kṣā­di­sā­ma­rthyā­d e­va ta­tra pra­vṛ­tti­taḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 103,11na hi kṣa­ṇi­ka­sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m e­va śa­bda­sya vi­ṣa­ya­s ta­tra sā­ka­lye­na saṃ­ke­ta­sya ka­rtu­m a­śa­kte­r ā­naṃ­tyā­d e­ka­tra saṃ­ke­ta- TAŚVA-ML 103,12ka­ra­ṇe a­na­nva­yā­d a­bhi­ma­tā­rthe pra­vṛ­ttyā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­sya vi­ro­dhā­t | sva­ya­m a­pra­ti­pa­nne sva­la­kṣa­ṇe saṃ­ke­ta­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­c ca | TAŚVA-ML 103,13vā­ca­kā­nāṃ pra­tya­kṣā­di­bhiḥ pra­ti­pa­nne kṣā­di­sā­ma­rthyā­d e­va pra­vṛ­tti­si­ddheḥ | pra­ti­pa­ttuḥ śa­bdā­rthā­pe­kṣa­yā­na­rtha­kyā­t TAŚVA-ML 103,14kiṃ tu dra­vya­ni­tya­m a­pi ta­syā­naṃ­tyā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | syā­n ma­taṃ | ta­tra sā­ka­lye­na saṃ­ke­ta­sya ka­ra­ṇa­m a­śa­kteḥ | kiṃ ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 103,15kva­ci­d e­ka­tra na cā­na­nva­yo sya saṃ­ke­ta­vya­va­hā­ra­kā­la­vyā­pi­tvā­n ni­tya­tvā­d i­ti | ta­da­saṃ­ga­taṃ | ka­rke saṃ­ke­ti­tā­d a­śva- TAŚVA-ML 103,16śa­bdā­c cho­ṇā­dau pra­vṛ­ttya­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­tra ta­syā­na­nva­yā­t | na ca pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­bhyā­m a­dhya­kṣā­di­nā TAŚVA-ML 103,17ni­tye pi ka­rke pra­ti­pa­nne vā­ca­ka­sya saṃ­ke­ta­ka­ra­ṇaṃ kiṃ­ci­d a­rthaṃ pu­ṣṇā­ti pra­tya­kṣā­de­r e­va ta­tra pra­vṛ­ttyā­di­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 103,18sva­yaṃ tā­bhyā­m a­pra­ti­pa­nne tu ku­taḥ saṃ­ke­to vā­ca­ka­syā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ke­ci­d ā­huḥ | na nā­nā dra­vyaṃ ni­tyaṃ śa­bda- TAŚVA-ML 103,19syā­rthaḥ kiṃ­tv e­ka­m e­va pra­dhā­naṃ ta­syai­vā­tmā va­stu­sva­bhā­vaḥ śa­rī­raṃ ta­ttva­m i­tyā­di­pa­ryā­ya­śa­bdai­r a­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ya­thai­ko TAŚVA-ML 103,20'­ya­m ā­tmo­da­kaṃ nā­me­ty ā­tma­śa­bdo dra­vya­va­ca­no dṛ­ṣṭaḥ | va­stv e­kaṃ te­ja i­ti ja­laṃ nā­mai­kaḥ sva­bhā­vaḥ śa­rī­raṃ ta­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 103,21m i­ti ca da­rśa­nā­na­ti­kra­mā­t | ya­thā ca dra­vya­m ā­tme­tyā­da­yaḥ śa­bda­pa­ryā­yā dra­vya­sya vā­ca­kā­s ta­thā­nye pi sa­rve TAŚVA-ML 103,22rū­pā­di­śa­bdāḥ pra­tya­s ta­ma­yā­di­śa­bdā­ś ca ka­thaṃ­ci­t sa­dā­pa­nnāḥ sa­rve śa­bdā dra­vya­syā­dva­ya­sya vā­ca­kāḥ śa­bda­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 103,23d dra­vya­m ā­tme­tyā­di­śa­bda­va­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­ā­tmā va­stu­sva­bhā­va­ś ca śa­rī­raṃ ta­ttva­m i­ty a­pi | dra­vya­m i­ty a­sya pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 103,24yā­s ta­c ca ni­tya­m i­ti smṛ­ta­m |­| " i­ti | na ca ni­tya­śa­bde­no­da­yā­s ta­ma­ya­śa­bdā­bhyā­m a­dra­vya­śa­bde­na vya­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 103,25cā­ra­s ta­dvi­pa­rī­tā­rthā­bhi­dhā­ya­ka­tvā­d i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, dra­vyo­pā­dhi­bhū­ta­rū­pā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­ni­tyā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ rū­pā- TAŚVA-ML 103,26da­yo vyu­tpa­dyaṃ­te vi­yaṃ­ti ce­tya­ni­tyāḥ dra­vya­tvā­bhā­vā­c ca dra­vya­tva­m i­ti ka­thyaṃ­te | na co­pā­dhi­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­mī­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 103,27śa­bdā­nā­m a­dra­vya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ye­na taiḥ sā­dha­na­sya vya­bhi­cā­ra e­va sa­tya­syai­va va­stu­na­s tai­r a­sa­tyai­r ā­kā­rai­r a­va­dhā­rya­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 103,28tvā­d a­sa­tyo­pā­dhi­bhiḥ śa­bdai­r a­pi sa­tyā­bhi­dhā­no­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­d a­py a­bhi­dhā­yi | "­sa­tyaṃ va­stu ta­dā­kā­rai­r a­sa­tyai­r a­va­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 103,29rya­te | a­sa­tyo­pā­dhi­bhiḥ śa­bdaiḥ sa­tya­m e­vā­bhi­dhī­ya­te |­| " ka­thaṃ pu­na­r a­sa­tyā­nu­pā­dhī­n a­bhi­dhā­ya ta­d u­pā­dhī­nāṃ sa­tya­m a- TAŚVA-ML 103,30bhi­da­dhā­nāḥ śa­bdā dra­vya­vi­ṣa­yā e­va ta­du­pā­dhī­nā­m a­pi ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t a­nya­thā no­pā­dhi­vya­va­cchi­nnaṃ va­stu- TAŚVA-ML 103,31śa­bdā­rthaḥ i­ti na co­dyaṃ­, ka­ta­ra­d de­va­da­tta­sya gṛ­ha­ma­do ya­trā­sau kā­ka i­ti svā­mi­vi­śe­ṣā­va­cchi­nna­gṛ­ha­pra­ti­pa­ttau TAŚVA-ML 103,32kā­ka­saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya ni­baṃ­dha­na­tve­no­pā­dā­ne pi ta­tra va­rta­mā­na­sya gṛ­ha­śa­bda­syā­bhi­dhe­ya­tve­na kā­kā­na­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t | ru­ca­kā­di- TAŚVA-ML 103,33śa­bdā­nāṃ ca ru­ca­ka­va­rdha­mā­na­sva­sti­kā­dyā­kā­rai­r a­pā­yi­bhi­r u­pa­hi­taṃ su­va­rṇa­dra­vya­m a­bhi­da­dha­tā­m a­pi śu­ddha­su­va­rṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­to- TAŚVA-ML 103,34pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­a­dhru­ve­ṇa ni­mi­tte­na de­va­da­tta­gṛ­haṃ ya­thā | gṛ­hī­taṃ gṛ­ha­śa­bde­na śu­ddha­m e­vā­bhi­dhī­ya­te |­| " TAŚVA-ML 103,35"­su­va­rṇā­di ya­thā yu­ktaṃ svai­r ā­kā­rai­r a­pā­yi­bhiḥ | ru­ca­kā­dya­bhi­dhā­nā­nāṃ śu­ddha­m e­ve­ti vā­cya­tā­m |­| " i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 104,01ta­dva­drū­pā­dyu­pā­dhi­bhi­r u­pa­dhī­ya­mā­na­dra­vya­sya rū­pā­di­śa­bdai­r a­bhi­dhā­ne pi śu­ddha­sya dra­vya­syai­vā­bhi­dhā­na­si­ddhai­r na te­ṣā­m a­dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 104,02vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ta­du­pā­dhī­nā­m a­sa­tya­tvā­d gṛ­ha­sya kā­kā­dyu­pā­dhi­va­t­, su­va­rṇa­sya ru­ca­kā­dyā­kā­ro­pā­dhi­va­c ca | sa­tya­tve TAŚVA-ML 104,03pu­na­r u­pā­dhī­nāṃ rū­pā­dyu­pā­dhī­nā­m a­pi sa­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­thā ta­du­pā­dhī­nā­m i­ty a­na­va­sthā­na­m e­va syā­t­, u­pā­dhi­ta­dva­to­r a- TAŚVA-ML 104,04vya­va­sthā­nā­t | bhrāṃ­ta­tve pu­na­r u­pā­dhī­nāṃ dra­vyo­pā­dhī­nā­m a­sa­tya­tva­m a­stu ta­dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇa te­ṣāṃ saṃ­bha­vā­t sva­ya­m a­saṃ­bha­va­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 104,05śa­bdai­r a­bhi­dhā­ne te­ṣāṃ ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti sa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ śa­bdā­nā­m i­ccha­tā śu­ddha­dra­vya­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m e­ṣṭa­vyaṃ­, ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 104,06sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā vya­bhi­cā­rā­bhā­vā­d u­pā­dhī­nā­m e­va vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | na ca vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇā­m a­py u­pā­dhī­nā­m a­bhi­dhā­ya­kāḥ TAŚVA-ML 104,07śa­bdāḥ sa­vi­ṣa­yā­ṇā­m a­sva­pnā­di­pra­tya­yā­nāṃ sva­pna­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t i­ti śu­ddha­dra­vya­pa­dā­rtha­vā­di­naḥ | te pi na pa­rī- TAŚVA-ML 104,08kṣa­kāḥ | sa­rva­śa­bdā­nāṃ sva­rū­pa­mā­trā­bhi­dhā­yi­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pa­re pi hy e­vaṃ va­de­yuḥ | sa­rve vi­vā­dā­pa­nnāḥ śa­bdāḥ TAŚVA-ML 104,09sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­sya pra­kā­śa­kāḥ śa­bda­tvā­n me­gha­śa­bda­va­d i­ti | na­nv i­da­m a­nu­mā­na­vā­kyaṃ ya­di sva­rū­pā­ti­ri­ktaṃ sā­dhyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 104,10pra­kā­śa­ya­ti ta­dā­ne­nai­va vya­bhi­cā­raḥ sā­dha­na­sya | no ce­t ka­tha­m a­taḥ sā­dhya­si­ddhi­r a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ śu­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 104,11dra­vyā­dvai­ta­vā­ca­ka­tva­sā­dha­ne pi sa­mā­naṃ | ta­dvā­kye­nā­pi dra­vya­mā­trā­d vya­ti­ri­kta­sya ta­dvā­ca­ka­tva­sya śa­bda­dha­rma­sya TAŚVA-ML 104,12pra­kā­śa­ne te­nai­va he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | ta­da­pra­kā­śa­ne sā­dhya­si­ddhe­r a­yo­gā­t | dra­vyā­dvai­ta­vā­di­naḥ śa­bda­sya ta­dvā­ca- TAŚVA-ML 104,13ka­tva­dha­rma­sya pa­ra­mā­rtha­to dra­vyā­d a­vya­ti­ri­kta­tvā­t sā­dha­na­vā­kye­na ta­tpra­kā­śa­ne pi na he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 104,14ta­rhi śa­bdā­dvai­ta­vā­di­no pi su­ta­rāṃ pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dha­na­vā­kye­na na vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­, sva­rū­pa­mā­trā­bhi­dhā­ya­ka­sya sā­dhya­sya TAŚVA-ML 104,15śa­bda­dha­rma­sya śa­bdā­d a­vya­ti­ri­kta­sya te­na sā­dha­nā­t dra­vya­mā­tre śa­bda­sya pra­ve­śa­ne­na ta­ddha­rma­syā­pi ta­tra pā­raṃ­pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 104,16nu­ṣa­kteḥ pa­ri­ha­ra­ṇā­t | na­nu śa­bdā­dvai­te ka­thaṃ vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­bhā­vaḥ śu­ddha­dra­vyā­dvai­te ka­thaṃ ? ka­lpa­nā­mā­trā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 104,17ce­t­, i­ta­ra­tra sa­mā­naṃ | ya­thai­va hy ā­tmā va­stu­sva­bhā­vaḥ śa­rī­raṃ ta­ttva­m i­tyā­da­yaḥ pa­ryā­yā dra­vya­syai­vaṃ ka­thyaṃ­te ta­dā TAŚVA-ML 104,18śa­bda­syai­va te pa­ryā­yā i­ty a­pi śa­kyaṃ ka­tha­yi­tu­m a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | na­nu ca jā­ti­dra­vya­gu­ṇa­ka­rmā­ṇi śa­bde­bhyaḥ TAŚVA-ML 104,19pra­tī­yaṃ­te na ca tā­ni śa­bda­sva­rū­paṃ śro­tra­grā­hya­tvā­bhā­vā­d i­ty a­pi na co­dyaṃ­, jā­tyā­di­bhi­r ā­kā­rai­r a­sa­tyai­r e­va sa­tya­sya TAŚVA-ML 104,20śa­bda­sva­rū­pa­syā­va­dhā­rya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­ccha­bdai­ś cā­sa­tyo­pā­dhi­va­śā­d bhe­da­m a­nu­bha­va­dbhi­s ta­syai­vā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | na ca jā­tyā- TAŚVA-ML 104,21dyu­pā­dhi­ka­tha­na­dvā­re­ṇa ta­du­pā­dhi­śa­bda­sva­rū­pā­bhi­dhā­nā­d­, a­nya­thā ta­du­pā­dhi­vya­va­cchi­nna­śa­bda­rū­pa­pra­kā­śa­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 104,22jā­tyā­di­śa­bdā jā­tyā­dyu­pā­dhi­pra­ti­pā­da­kā e­ve­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, jā­tyā­dyu­pā­dhī­nā­m a­sa­tya­tvā­t gṛ­ha­sya kā­kā­di- TAŚVA-ML 104,23va­tsu­va­rṇa­sya ru­ca­kā­dyā­kā­ro­pā­dhi­va­c ca | na ca jā­tyā­dyu­pā­dha­yaḥ sa­tyā e­va ta­du­pā­dhī­nā­m a­pi sa­tya­tvā­pa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 104,24u­pā­dhi­ta­dva­toḥ kva­ci­d vya­va­sthā­nā­yo­gā­t | ta­du­pā­dhī­nā­m a­sa­tya­tve mau­lo­pā­dhī­nā­m a­py a­sa­tya­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | na TAŚVA-ML 104,25cā­sa­tyā­nā­m u­pā­dhī­nāṃ pra­kā­śa­kāḥ śa­bdāḥ sa­tyā nā­ma ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | ta­taḥ sa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ śa­bda­sye­ccha­tā sva­rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 104,26mā­tra­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m e­ṣi­ta­vyaṃ­, ta­sya ta­trā­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | jā­tyā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ tu jā­tyā­dya­bhā­ve pi bhā­vā­d vya­bhi­cā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 104,27da­rśa­nā­t | na hi gau­r a­śva i­tyā­da­yaḥ śa­bdā go­tvā­śva­tvā­di­jā­tya­bhā­ve pi vā­ha­kā­dau na pra­va­rtaṃ­te | ta­tro­pa- TAŚVA-ML 104,28cā­rā­t pra­va­rtaṃ­ta i­ti ce­n nā­pa­rā­ga­ta­yo pi ya­tra kva­ca­na te­ṣāṃ pra­va­rta­nā­t | ta­thā dra­vya­śa­bdā daṃ­ḍī­vi­ṣā­ṇī­tyā- TAŚVA-ML 104,29da­yo gu­ṇa­śa­bdāḥ śu­klā­da­ya­ś ca ra­tyā­da­ya­ś ca kri­yā­śa­bdāḥ dra­vyā­di­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇo bhyū­hyāḥ | sa­nmā­traṃ na vya­bhi­ca­raṃ- TAŚVA-ML 104,30tī­ti ce­t na­, a­sa­ty a­pi sa­ttā­bhi­dhā­yi­nāṃ śa­bdā­nāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t | na kiṃ­ci­t sa­d a­stī­ty u­pa­ya­n sa­d e­va sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 104,31m i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­thaṃ sva­stho nā­ma­, ta­to na­rtho ṃ­ta­re gu­ṇā­dā­v i­va śu­ddha­dra­vye pi śa­bda­sya vya­bhi­cā­rā­t sva­rū­pa­mā­trā- TAŚVA-ML 104,32bhi­dhā­yi­tva­m e­va śre­ya i­tī­ta­re | ta­ke­tra pra­ṣṭa­vyāḥ | ka­tha­ma­mī śa­bdāḥ sva­rū­pa­mā­traṃ pra­kā­śa­yaṃ­to rū­pā­di­bhyo TAŚVA-ML 104,33bhi­dye­ra­n ? te­ṣā­m a­pi sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­pra­kā­śa­ne vya­bhi­cā­rā­bhā­vā­t | na sva­rū­pa­pra­kā­śi­no rū­pā­da­yo '­ce­ta­na­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 104,34ce­t­, kiṃ vai śa­bda­ś ce­ta­naḥ ? pa­ra­ma­bra­hma­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t śa­bda­jyo­ti­ṣa­ś ce­ta­na­tva­m e­ve­ti ce­t­, rū­pā­da­yaḥ kiṃ na TAŚVA-ML 104,35ta­tsva­bhā­vāḥ­? pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s te­ṣā­m a­sa­ttvā­t | a­ta­tsva­bhā­vā e­ve­ti ce­t­, śa­bda­jyo­ti­r a­pi ta­ta e­va ta­tsva­bhā­vaṃ mā TAŚVA-ML 105,01bhū­t | ta­sya sa­tya­tve vā dvai­ta­si­ddhiḥ śa­bda­jyo­tiḥ­pa­ra­ma­bra­hma­ṇoḥ sva­bhā­va­ta­dva­to­r va­stu­sa­to­r bhā­vā­t śa­bda­jyo­ti- TAŚVA-ML 105,02r a­sa­tya­m a­pi pa­ra­ma­bra­hma­ṇo dhi­ga­tyu­pā­ya­tvā­t ta­tsva­rū­pa­m u­cya­te "­śa­bda­bra­hma­ṇi ni­ṣṇā­taḥ pa­raṃ bra­hmā­dhi­ga­ccha­tī­ti­" TAŚVA-ML 105,03va­ca­nā­t | na ta­thā rū­pā­da­ya i­ti ce­t ka­tha­m a­sa­tyaṃ ta­dva­da­dhi­ga­ti­ni­mi­ttaṃ ? rū­pā­dī­nā­m a­pi ta­thā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 105,04ta­sya vi­dyā­nu­kū­la­tvā­d bhā­va­nā­pra­ka­rṣa­sā­tmī­bhā­ve vi­dyā­va­bhā­sa­m a­rtha­kā­ra­ṇa­tā na tu rū­pā­dī­nā­m i­ti ce­t­, rū­pā­da­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 105,05ku­to na vi­dyā­nu­kū­lāḥ ? bhe­da­vya­va­hā­ra­syā­vi­dyā­tma­naḥ kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va śa­bdo pi vi­dyā­nu­kū­lo TAŚVA-ML 105,06mā bhū­t | gu­ru­ṇo­pa­di­ṣṭa­sya ta­sya rā­gā­di­pra­śa­ma­he­tu­tvā­d vi­dyā­nu­kū­la­tve rū­pā­dī­nāṃ ta­thai­va ta­d a­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 105,07te­ṣā­m a­ni­rdi­śya­tvā­n na gu­rū­pa­di­ṣṭa­tva­saṃ­bha­va i­ti ce­t na­, sva­ma­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | "­na so sti pra­tya­yo lo­ke yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 105,08śa­bdā­nu­ga­mā­dṛ­te | a­nu­vi­ddha­m i­vā­bhā­ti sa­rvaṃ śa­bde pra­ta­ṣṭhi­ta­m |­| " i­ti va­ca­nā­t | śā­bdaḥ pra­tya­yaḥ sa­rvaḥ TAŚVA-ML 105,09śa­bdā­nvi­to nā­nya i­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, śro­tra­ja­śa­bda­pra­tya­ya­syā­śa­bdā­nvi­ta­tva­pra­sa­kteḥ svā­bhi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­t pra­tya­kṣa TAŚVA-ML 105,10e­vā­rthaḥ pra­tya­yai­r ni­ścī­ya­ta i­ty a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­c ca | na­nu ca rū­pā­da­yaḥ śa­bdā­n nā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ te­ṣāṃ ta­dvi­va­rta­tvā­t | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 105,11na te gu­ru­ṇo­pa­di­śyaṃ­te ye­na vi­dyā­nu­kū­lāḥ syu­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi śa­bdo pi pa­ra­ma­bra­hma­ṇo nā­nya i­ti ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 105,12gu­ru­ṇo­pa­de­śyaḥ | ta­to bhe­de­na pra­ka­lpya śa­bdaṃ gu­ru­r u­pa­di­śa­tī­ti ce­t­, rū­pā­dī­n a­pi ta­tho­pa­di­śa­tu | ta­thā ca TAŚVA-ML 105,13śa­bdā­dvai­ta­m u­pā­ya­ta­ttvaṃ pa­ra­ma­bra­hma­ṇo na pu­nā rū­pā­dvai­taṃ ra­sā­dvai­tā­di ce­ti bru­vā­ṇo na pre­kṣā­vā­n | na­nu ca TAŚVA-ML 105,14lo­ke śa­bda­sya pa­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­no­pā­ya­tve­na su­pra­tī­ta­tvā­t su­gha­ṭa­sta­sya gu­rū­pa­de­śo na tu rū­pā­dī­nā­m i­ti ce­t na­, TAŚVA-ML 105,15te­ṣā­m a­pi sva­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­ya­ta­yā hi pra­tī­ta­tvā­t | ta­dvi­jñā­naṃ sva­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­yo na ta e­ve­ti ce­t ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 105,16śa­bda­jñā­naṃ pa­ra­sya pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­yo na śa­bda i­ti sa­mā­naṃ | pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā śa­bda­sya pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­ya­tve rū­pā­dī­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 105,17su­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­ya­tā­s tu | na hi dhū­mā­di­r ū­pā­dī­nāṃ vi­jñā­nā­t pā­va­kā­di­pra­tti­pa­tti­r ja­na­syā­pra­si­ddhāḥ | śa­bdaḥ TAŚVA-ML 105,18sā­kṣā­t pa­ra­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­ya­s ta­sya pra­ti­bhā­sā­d a­bhi­nna­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va rū­pā­da­yaḥ sā­kṣā­t sva­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­ta­vaḥ TAŚVA-ML 105,19saṃ­tu | e­vaṃ ca ya­thā śro­tra­pra­ti­bhā­sā­d a­bhi­nnaḥ śa­bda­s ta­tsa­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­ta­yā saṃ­ve­da­nā­c chro­tra­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 105,20pa­ra­ma­bra­hma ta­ttva­vi­ka­lpā­c cha­bdā­t so pi ca bra­hma­ta­ttvā­t saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­la­kṣa­ṇā­d a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­sva­rū­pā­d i­ti | ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 105,21pa­ra­ma­bra­hma­si­ddhiḥ | ta­thā rū­pā­da­yaḥ sva­pra­ti­bhā­sā­d a­bhi­nnāḥ­, so pi pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­tra­vi­ka­lpā­l liṃ­gā­t­, so pi ca TAŚVA-ML 105,22pa­ra­mā­tma­naḥ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­la­kṣa­ṇā­d i­ti na śa­bdā­drū­pā­dī­nāṃ kaṃ­ca­na vi­śe­ṣa­m u­tpa­śyā­maḥ | sa­rva­thā ta­m a­pa­śyaṃ­ta­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 105,23śa­bda e­va sva­rū­pa­pra­kā­śa­no na tu rū­pā­da­yaḥ­, sa e­va pa­ra­ma­bra­hma­ṇo­dhi­ga­mo­pā­ya­s ta­tsva­bhā­vo vā na pu­na­sta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 105,24ka­thaṃ pra­ti­pa­dye­ma­hi | a­trā­pa­raḥ prā­ha | pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­m e­vā­stu pa­dā­rthaḥ pra­dhā­na­śa­bda­bra­hmā­de­s ta­tsva­bhā­va­tvā­t ta­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 105,25vi­dhi­rū­pa­sya ni­tya­dra­vya­tvā­d i­ti | ta­d a­py a­sā­raṃ | ta­da­nyā­po­ha­sya pa­dā­rtha­tva­si­ddheḥ | śa­bdo hi bra­hma bru­vā­ṇaḥ TAŚVA-ML 105,26sva­pra­ti­pa­kṣā­d a­po­ḍhaṃ brū­yā­t | kiṃ vā­nya­thā pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­tma­no va­stu­naḥ pa­dā­rtha­tva­si­ddhiḥ | dvi­tī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 105,27pa­kṣe pi sai­va­, sva­pra­ti­pa­kṣā­d a­vyā­vṛ­ta­sya pa­ra­mā­tma­naḥ śa­bde­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ta­dvi­dhi­r e­vā­nya­ni­ṣe­dha i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 105,28ta­da­nya­pra­ti­ṣe­dha e­va ta­dvi­dhi­r a­stu | ta­thā cā­nyā­po­ha e­va pa­dā­rthaḥ syā­t sva­rū­pa­sya vi­dhe­s ta­da­po­ha i­ti nā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 105,29mā­tra­bhe­dā­d a­rtho na bhi­dya­te e­va ya­to ni­ṣṭa­si­ddhiḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t | na | a­nyā­po­ha­syā­nyā­rthā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t sva­rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 105,30vi­dheḥ pa­rā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­d a­rtha­bhe­da­ga­teḥ | pa­ra­mā­tma­ny a­dva­ye sa­ti ta­to nya­syā­rtha­syā­bhā­vā­t ka­thaṃ ta­da­pe­kṣa­yā­nyā­po­ha i­ti TAŚVA-ML 105,31ce­t na | pa­ra­pa­ri­kaṃ­lpi­ta­syā­va­śyā­bhyu­ga­ma­nī­ya­tvā­t | so py a­vi­dyā­tma­ka e­ve­ti ce­t­, ki­m a­vi­dyā­to­po­ha­s ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 105,32pe­kṣo ne­ṣṭaḥ ? so py a­vi­dyā­tma­ka e­ve­ti ce­t ta­rhi ta­ttva­to nā­vi­dyā­to­po­haḥ pa­ra­mā­tma­na i­ti ku­to­vi­dyā­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 105,33ye­na sa e­va pa­da­syā­rtho ni­tyaḥ pra­ti­ṣṭhe­ta | sa­ty a­pi ca pa­ra­mā­tma­ni saṃ­ve­da­nā­tma­ny a­dva­ye ka­thaṃ śa­bda­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ? TAŚVA-ML 105,34sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d e­va ta­sya pra­si­ddhe­s ta­tpra­ti­pa­tta­ye śa­bda­vai­ya­rthyā­t | ta­to mi­thyā­pra­vā­da e­vā­yaṃ ni­tyaṃ dra­vyaṃ pa­dā­rtha TAŚVA-ML 105,35i­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.25vya­ktā­ve­ka­tra śa­bde­na ni­rṇī­tā­yāṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhū­tā­yā jā­teḥ saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ sva­taḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.26gu­ḍa­śa­bdā­d ya­thā jñā­ne gu­ḍe mā­dhu­rya­ni­rṇa­yaḥ | sva­taḥ pra­tī­ya­te lo­ke pro­kto niṃ­be ca ti­kta­tā |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.27pra­tī­ta­yā pu­na­r jā­tyā vi­śi­ṣṭāṃ vya­kti­m ī­hi­tā­m | yāṃ yāṃ pa­śya­ti ta­trā­yaṃ pra­va­rte­tā­rtha­si­ddha­ye |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.28ta­thā ca sa­ka­laḥ śā­bda­vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­ti­ddhya­ti | pra­tī­te­r bā­dha­śū­nya­tvā­d i­ty e­ke saṃ­pra­ca­kṣa­te |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 106,05na pra­dhā­naṃ śu­ddha­dra­vyaṃ śa­bda­ta­ttva­m ā­tma­ta­ttvaṃ vā­dva­yaṃ pa­dā­rthaḥ pra­tī­ti­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | nā­pi bhe­da­vā­di­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 106,06nā­nā­vya­kti­ṣu ni­tyā­su vā­śa­bda­sya pra­vṛ­ttiḥ ta­tra saṃ­ke­ta­ka­ra­ṇā­saṃ­bha­vā­di­do­ṣā­va­tā­rā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi ? vya­ktā­v e- TAŚVA-ML 106,07ka­syāṃ śa­bdaḥ pra­va­rta­te śṛṃ­ga­grā­hi­ka­yā pa­ro­pa­de­śā­l liṃ­ga­da­rśa­nā­d vā ta­syāṃ ta­to ni­rṇī­tā­yāṃ ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhū­tā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 106,08jā­tau sva­ta e­va ni­śca­yo ya­thā gu­ḍā­di­śa­bdā­d gu­ḍā­de­r ni­rṇa­ye ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇe mā­dhu­ryā­dau ta­thā­bhyā­sā­di­va­śā­l lo­ke TAŚVA-ML 106,09saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t | ta­taḥ sva­ni­śca­ta­yā jā­tyā vi­śi­ṣṭā­m a­bhi­pre­tāṃ yāṃ vya­ktiṃ pa­śya­ti ta­tra ta­tre­ṣṭa­si­ddha­ye pra­va­rta­te | TAŚVA-ML 106,10tā­va­tā ca sa­ka­la­śā­bda­vya­va­hā­raḥ si­ddhya­ti bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ti vya­kti­pa­dā­rtha­vā­di­naḥ prā­huḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.29ta­d a­py a­saṃ­ga­taṃ jā­ti­pra­tī­te­r vṛ­tti­saṃ­bha­ve | śa­bde­nā­ja­nya­mā­nā­yāḥ śa­bda­vṛ­tti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.30pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa ce­c cha­bdā­t sā vṛ­ttiḥ ka­ra­ṇā­n na ki­m | ta­to na śa­bda­to vṛ­tti­r e­ṣāṃ syā­j jā­ti­vā­di­va­t |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 106,13pra­tī­tā­yā­m a­pi śa­bdā­d vya­ktā­v e­ka­tra yā­va­t sva­ta­s ta­jjā­ti­r na pra­tī­tā na tā­va­t ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭāṃ vya­ktiṃ pra­tī­tya TAŚVA-ML 106,14ka­ści­t pra­va­rta­te i­ti | jā­ti­pra­tya­yā­d e­va pra­vṛ­tti­saṃ­bha­ve śa­bdā­t sā pra­vṛ­tti­r i­ti vi­ru­ddhaṃ­, jā­ti­pra­tya­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 106,15śa­bde­nā­ja­nya­mā­na­tvā­t | śa­bdā­d vya­kti­pra­tī­ti­bhā­ve ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhū­tā­yā jā­teḥ saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t ta­ta e­va jā­ti­r ga­mya­ta TAŚVA-ML 106,16e­ve­ti ce­t­, ka­tha­m e­vaṃ vya­kti­va­jjā­ti­r a­pi śa­bdā­rtho na syā­t ? ta­syāḥ śa­bda­to '­śrū­ya­mā­ṇa­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 106,17ki­m i­dā­nīṃ śa­bda­to ga­mya­mā­no rthaḥ śa­bda­syā­vi­ṣa­yaḥ | pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­nā­vi­ṣa­ya e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ga­mya­mā­na­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 106,18pra­dhā­na­bhā­va­da­rśa­nā­t ya­thā gu­ḍa­śa­bdā­d ga­mya­mā­naṃ mā­dhu­ryaṃ pi­tto­pa­śa­ma­na­pra­ka­ra­ṇe | na cā­tra jā­te­r a­pra­dhā­na­tva­m u­ci­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 106,19ta­tpra­tī­ti­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa pra­vṛ­ttyā­rthi­naḥ pra­vṛ­ttya­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ya­di pu­na­rjā­tiḥ śa­bdā­d ga­mya­mā­nā­pi ne­ṣya­te ta­tpra­tya­ya­syā- TAŚVA-ML 106,20bhyā­sā­di­va­śā­d e­vo­tpa­tte­s ta­dā ka­tha­m a­śa­bdā­j jā­ti­pra­tya­yā­n na pra­vṛ­ttiḥ ? pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa śa­bdā­t sā pra­vṛ­tti­r i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 106,21ka­ra­ṇā­t kiṃ na syā­t ? ya­thai­va hi śa­bdā­dvya­kti­pra­tī­ti­s ta­to jā­ti­pra­tya­ya­s ta­ta­s ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭe hi ta­dvya­ktau saṃ­pra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 106,22yā­t pra­vṛ­tti­r i­ti śa­bda­mū­lā sā ta­thā śa­bda­syā­py a­kṣā­t pra­tī­te­r a­kṣa­mū­lā­s tu ta­thā vya­va­hā­rā­n nai­va­m i­ti ce­t­, sa­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 106,23m a­nya­tra | ta­to na vya­kti­pa­dā­rtha­vā­di­nāṃ jā­ti­pa­dā­rtha­vā­di­nā­m i­va śa­bdā­t sa­mī­hi­tā­rtho pra­vṛ­ttiḥ śa­bde­nā­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 106,24cchi­nna e­va ta­tra te­ṣāṃ pra­va­rta­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.31e­te­na ta­ddva­ya­syai­va pa­dā­rtha­tvaṃ ni­vā­ri­ta­m | pa­kṣe dva­yo­kta­do­ṣa­syā­śa­kteḥ syā­dvā­da­vi­dvi­ṣā­m |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 106,26na hi jā­ti­vya­ktī pa­ra­ma­bhi­nne bhi­nne vā sa­rva­thā saṃ­bhā­vye­te ye­na pa­dā­rtha­tve­na yu­ga­pa­t pra­tī­maḥ | ye­na TAŚVA-ML 106,27sva­bhā­ve­na bhi­nne te­nai­vā­bhi­nne i­ty a­pi vi­ru­ddhaṃ­, kra­me­ṇa jā­ti­vya­ktyoḥ pa­ra­spa­rā­na­pe­kṣa­yoḥ pa­dā­rtha­tve pa­kṣa­dva­yo­kta- TAŚVA-ML 106,28do­ṣā­sa­ktiḥ | kva­ci­j jā­ti­śa­bdā­t pra­tī­tya la­kṣa­ṇa­yā vya­ktiṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, kva­ci­d vya­ktiṃ pra­tī­tya jā­ti­m i­ti hi TAŚVA-ML 106,29jā­ti­vya­kti­pa­dā­rtha­vā­di­pa­kṣā­d e­vā­sa­kṛ­jjā­ti­vya­ktyā­tma­va­stu­naḥ pa­dā­rtha­tve ki­m a­ne­na syā­dvā­da­vi­dve­ṣe­ṇa | ke­ci- TAŚVA-ML 106,30d a­trā­kṛ­ti­pa­dā­rtha­vā­di­naḥ prā­huḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.32lo­hi­tā­kṛ­ti­m ā­ca­ṣṭe ya­tho­kto lo­hi­ta­dhva­niḥ | lo­hi­tā­kṛ­tya­dhi­ṣṭhā­ne vi­bhā­gā­l lo­hi­te gu­ṇe |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.33ta­dā­ve­śā­t ta­thā ta­tra pra­tya­ya­sya sa­mu­dbha­vā­t | dra­vye ca sa­ma­vā­ye­na pra­sū­ye­ta ta­dā­śra­ye |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.34gu­ṇe sa­mā­sṛ­ta­tve­na sa­ma­vā­yā­t ta­dā­kṛ­teḥ | saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­te ca dra­vye nya­tro­pa­pā­da­ye­t |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.35lo­hi­ta­pra­tya­yaṃ ra­kta­va­stra­dva­ya­vṛ­te pi ca | ta­thā gau­r i­ti śa­bde pi ka­tha­ya­ty ā­kṛ­tiṃ sva­taḥ |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.36go­tva­rū­pā­t ta­dā­ve­śā­t ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­na e­va tu | ta­dā­śra­ye ca go­piṃ­ḍe go­bu­ddhiṃ ku­ru­te ṃ­ja­sā |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 107,02ka­smā­t pu­na­r gu­ṇe dra­vye dra­vyāṃ­ta­re ca pra­tya­yaṃ ku­rva­n nā­kṛ­te­r a­bhi­dhā­ya­kaḥ śa­bda i­ti na co­dyaṃ­, lo­hi­ta­śa­bdo TAŚVA-ML 107,03hy a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­ni­ra­pe­kṣo gu­ṇa­sā­mā­nye sva­rū­paṃ pra­ti­la­bdha­sva­rū­paḥ ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­no ya­dā na gu­ṇa­sya lo­hi­ta­sya nā­py a­lo­hi- TAŚVA-ML 107,04ta­tve­na vyā­ve­śā­t pra­tyā­ya­naṃ ka­ro­ti ta­dā vi­bhā­gā­bhā­vā­d ā­kṛ­tya­dhi­ṣṭhā­na e­va | sa tu gu­ṇo pra­tya­ya­m ā­da­dha­tī­ty ā- TAŚVA-ML 107,05kṛ­ti­m a­bhi­dha­tte | ya­tho­pā­śra­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­t spha­ṭi­ka­ma­ṇiṃ ta­dgu­ṇa­m u­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­m a­dhya­kṣaṃ spha­ṭi­ka­ma­ṇe­r e­va pra­kā­śa­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 107,06ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­sya pa­ro­pa­hi­ta­gu­ṇa­vyā­ve­śā­d a­vi­bhā­ge­na ta­dgu­ṇa­tva­pra­tya­ya­ja­na­nā­t | e­vaṃ dra­vya­m a­bhi­da­dhā­no lo­hi­ta­śa­bdaḥ TAŚVA-ML 107,07svā­bhi­dhe­ya­lo­hi­ta­tvā­kṛ­te­r lo­hi­ta­gu­ṇe sa­ma­ve­tā­yā­s ta­sya ca dra­vye sa­ma­ve­ta­tvā­d ā­kṛ­tya­dhi­ṣṭhā­na e­va ta­tsa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­vā- TAŚVA-ML 107,08yā­d gu­ṇa­vya­va­hi­te pi dra­vye lo­hi­ta­pra­tya­ya­m u­pa­pā­da­ye­t­, e­va­m a­nya­tra dra­vye lo­hi­ta­dra­vya­sya saṃ­yu­kta­tvā­t ta­tra ca TAŚVA-ML 107,09lo­hi­ta­gu­ṇa­sya sa­ma­ve­ta­tvā­t ta­tra ca lo­hi­tā­kṛ­teḥ sa­ma­vā­yā­t saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­vā­yāṃ­ta­ra­m u­pa­ja­na­ye­t | e­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 107,10tu va­stra­dva­ya­vṛ­te śu­kle va­stre saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­vā­yā­d i­ti ya­thā pra­tī­taṃ lo­ke ta­thā gau­r i­ti śa­bdā­d a­pi sva­to TAŚVA-ML 107,11go­tva­rū­pā­m ā­kṛ­tiṃ ka­tha­ya­ti ta­tra pra­ti­la­bdha­sva­rū­pa­s ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­na e­va ta­dgo­piṃ­ḍe go­pra­tya­yaṃ ka­ro­ty a­vi­bhā­ge­na TAŚVA-ML 107,12ta­sya ta­dā­ve­śā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.37e­vaṃ pa­ca­ti śa­bdo dhi­śra­ya­ṇā­di­kri­yā­ga­taiḥ | sā­mā­nyaiḥ sa­ma­m e­kā­rtha­sa­ma­ve­taṃ pra­bo­dha­ye­t |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.38vyā­pa­kaṃ pa­ci­sā­mā­nya­m a­dhi­śri­tyā­di­ka­rma­ṇā­m | ya­thā bhra­ma­ṇa­sā­mā­nyaṃ bhra­ma­tī­ti dhva­ni­rja­ne |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 107,15pa­ca­tyā­di­śa­bdaḥ kri­yā­pra­ti­pā­da­ka e­va nā­kṛ­ti­vi­ṣa­ya i­ti mā maṃ­sthāḥ sva­ya­m ā­kṛ­tya­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­sya ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 107,16pa­ca­nā­di­kri­yā­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tvā­t | pa­ca­ti­śa­bdo hi yāḥ kā­śca­nā­dhi­śra­ya­ṇā­di­kri­yā­s tā­sāṃ yā­ni pra­tya­rtha­ni­ya- TAŚVA-ML 107,17tā­ny a­dhi­śra­ya­ṇa­tvā­di­sā­mā­nyā­ni taiḥ sa­hai­kā­rthe sa­ma­ve­taṃ ya­t sa­rva­vi­ṣa­yaṃ pa­ci­sā­mā­nya­m a­bhi­vya­ktaṃ ta­tpra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti TAŚVA-ML 107,18ya­thā bhra­ma­ti­śa­bdo '­ne­ka­ka­rma­vi­ṣa­yaṃ bhra­ma­ṇa­sā­mā­nyaṃ lo­ke |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.39ta­thā ḍi­tthā­di­śa­bdā­ś ca pū­rvā­pa­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­ga­m | ya­dṛ­ccha­tvā­di­sā­mā­nyaṃ ta­syai­va pra­ti­bo­dha­kāḥ |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 107,20na hi ḍi­ttho ḍa­vi­ttha i­tyā­da­yo ya­dṛ­cchā­śa­bdā­s tai­r a­pi ḍi­ttha­tvā­dyā­kṛ­te­r a­bhi­dhā­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.40i­ty e­va­m ā­kṛ­tiṃ śa­bda­syā­rthaṃ ye nā­ma me­ni­re | te­nā­ti­śe­ra­te jā­ti­vā­di­naṃ pro­kta­nī­ti­taḥ |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.41jā­ti­r ā­kṛ­ti­r i­ty a­rtha­bhe­dā­bhā­vā­t ka­thaṃ­ca­na | gu­ṇa­tve tv ā­kṛ­te­r vya­kti­vā­da e­vā­sthi­to bha­ve­t |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 107,23na sa­rvā jā­ti­r ā­kṛ­ti­r nā­pi gu­ṇa­ś ca­tu­ra­strā­di­saṃ­sthā­na­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­vyaṃ­gyā jā­ti- TAŚVA-ML 107,24r lo­hi­ta­tva­go­tvā­di­r ā­kṛ­tiḥ sā ca saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­na­bhi­vyaṃ­gyā­yāḥ sa­ttvā­di­jā­te­r a­nyā | na sa­rvaṃ saṃ­sthā­na- TAŚVA-ML 107,25vi­śe­ṣe­ṇai­va vyaṃ­gyaṃ ta­dra­hi­tā­kā­śā­di­ṣv a­pi bhā­vā­t | dra­vya­tva­m a­ne­nā­ta­dvya­gya­m u­ktaṃ ta­thā gu­ṇe­ṣu saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 107,26bhā­vā­t | ta­dva­dā­tma­tvā­di ta­da­na­bhi­vyaṃ­gyaṃ ba­hu­dhā pra­tye­yaṃ | go­tvaṃ pu­na­r na sā­snā­di­sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 107,27piṃ­ḍa­mā­tre­ṇa yu­jya­te a­śvā­di­piṃ­ḍe­nā­pi ta­da­bhi­vya­kti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā rā­ja­tva­m ā­nu­ṣa­tvā­di sa­rva­m i­ti ka­ści­t | TAŚVA-ML 107,28so pi na vi­pa­ści­t | lo­hi­ta­tvā­deḥ saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­ra­hi­te­na lo­hi­tā­di­gu­ṇe­na vya­va­cche­dya­mā­na­tvā­t | pa­ca- TAŚVA-ML 107,29tyā­di­sā­mā­nya­sya ca pa­ca­nā­di­ka­rma­ṇā tā­dṛ­śe­na vyaṃ­gya­tvā­d ā­kṛ­ti­tvā­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | sa­ttvā­di­jā­te­ś cā­kṛ­ti- TAŚVA-ML 107,30tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me ka­tha­m ā­kṛ­ti­r e­va pa­dā­rtha i­ty e­kāṃ­taḥ si­ddhye­t | jā­ti­gu­ṇa­ka­rma­ṇā­m a­pi pa­dā­rtha­tva­si­ddhe­r vya­ktā­kṛ­ti- TAŚVA-ML 107,31jā­ta­ya­ś ca pa­dā­rtha i­ty a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā­m a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣā­m a­pi ka­sya­ci­t pa­da­sya vya­kti­r e­vā­rthaḥ ka­sya­ci­d ā- TAŚVA-ML 107,32kṛ­ti­r e­va ka­sya­ci­j jā­ti­r e­ve­ty e­kāṃ­to­pa­ga­mā­t pa­kṣa­tra­yo­kta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣa­kteḥ | kiṃ ca | saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa vya­jya­mā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 107,33jā­ti­m ā­kṛ­tiṃ va­da­tāṃ ku­taḥ saṃ­sthā­nā­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣaḥ si­ddhye­t ye­nā­kṛ­tī­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­s ta­dvyaṃ­gya­ta­yā­va­ti­ṣṭhe­ta | na TAŚVA-ML 107,34tā­va­t sva­ta e­va ta­nni­ści­ti­r a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pa­ra­smā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣo ni­ścī­ya­te i­ti ce­t­, ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 108,01ku­to vi­śe­ṣo va­sī­ya­tāṃ ? pa­ra­smā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­d i­ti ce­d a­na­va­sthā­nā­t | saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣā pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ti ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 108,02ta­dvyaṃ­gyā­kṛ­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­śca­yaḥ | ya­di pu­na­r ā­kṛ­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­śca­yā­d e­ta­d a­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­ka­saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­śca­yaḥ syā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 108,03ma­taṃ ta­dā pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­ṇaṃ­, saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­sya ni­śca­ye sa­ty ā­kṛ­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­sya ni­śca­ya­s ta­ni­śca­ye sa­ti saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 108,04ni­śca­ya i­ti | sva­ta e­vā­kṛ­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­sya ni­śca­yā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­t na­, saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­śca­ya­syā­pi sva­ta TAŚVA-ML 108,05e­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­d ā­kṛ­ti­vi­śe­ṣaḥ saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ca ni­ścī­ya­ta i­ti ce­t­, ku­taḥ pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhiḥ ? TAŚVA-ML 108,06na tā­va­t sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­taḥ si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | pra­tya­yāṃ­ta­rā­c ce­d a­na­va­sthā | vi­ṣa­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­rṇa­yā­d i­ti ce­t­, pa­ra­spa­rā- TAŚVA-ML 108,07śra­ya­ṇaṃ­, vi­ṣa­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya si­ddhau pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya si­ddhiḥ ta­tsi­ddhau ca ta­tsi­ddhi­r i­ti | na cai­vaṃ sa­rva­tra TAŚVA-ML 108,08vi­śe­ṣa­vya­va­sthā­pa­hna­vaḥ sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­jñā­na­vā­di­nāṃ pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­naḥ sva­taḥ si­ddheḥ sa­rva­tra TAŚVA-ML 108,09vi­ṣa­ya­vya­va­stho­pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­thaṃ cā­ya­m ā­kṛ­tī­nāṃ go­tvā­dī­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­raṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­kṛ­tā­m a­pa­ra­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa vi­ra­ho pi TAŚVA-ML 108,10sva­ya­m u­pa­pa­nnaḥ | ga­vā­di­vya­ktī­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­va­śā­d e­va tā­m u­pa­ga­cche­t ta­thā dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d i­ti ce­t na­, ta­trai­va vi­vā- TAŚVA-ML 108,11dā­t | ta­da­vi­vā­de vā vya­ktyā­kṛ­tyā­tma­ka­sya va­stu­naḥ pa­dā­rtha­tva­si­ddhi­s ta­thā da­rśa­na­sya sa­rva­tra bhā­vā­t | yo pi TAŚVA-ML 108,12ma­nya­te nyā­po­ha­mā­traṃ śa­bda­syā­rtha i­ti ta­syā­pi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.42ya­di gau­r i­ty a­yaṃ śa­bdo vi­dha­tte nya­vi­va­rta­na­m | vi­da­dhī­ta ta­dā go­tvaṃ ta­n nā­nyā­po­ha­go­ca­raḥ |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 108,14sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­nya­smā­d a­po­hya­te ne­ne­ty a­nyā­po­ho vi­ka­lpa­staṃ ya­di go­śa­bdo vi­dha­tte ta­dā gā­m e­va kiṃ na vi­da- TAŚVA-ML 108,15dhyā­t | ta­thā ca nā­nyā­po­ha­śa­bdā­rthaḥ go­śa­bde­nā­go­ni­vṛ­tteḥ ka­lpa­nā­tmi­kā­yāḥ sva­yaṃ vi­dhā­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.43a­go­ni­vṛ­tti­m a­py a­nya­ni­vṛ­tti­mu­kha­to ya­di | go­śa­bdaḥ ka­tha­ye­n nū­na­m a­na­va­sthā pra­sa­jya­te |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 108,17na gau­r a­gau­r i­ti go­ni­vṛ­tti­s tā­va­d e­kā ta­to dvi­tī­yā tv a­go­ni­vṛ­tti­s ta­to nyā ta­nni­vṛ­tti­s tṛ­tī­yā ta­to nya- TAŚVA-ML 108,18ni­vṛ­ti­ś ca­tu­rthī ya­di go­śa­bde­na ka­thya­te ta­nmu­khe­na ga­ti­pra­va­rta­nā­t ta­dā sā­pi na go­śa­bde­na vi­dhi­prā­dhā­nye- TAŚVA-ML 108,19nā­bhi­dhe­yā dvi­tī­ya­ni­vṛ­tte­r a­pi ta­thā­vi­dhe­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | gau­r e­va vi­dhi­si­ddheḥ svā­nya­ni­vṛ­tti­dvā­re­ṇā­bhi­dhī­ya­ta TAŚVA-ML 108,20i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ta­to nyā paṃ­ca­mī ni­vṛ­tti­s ta­to ni­vṛ­ttiḥ ṣa­ṣṭhī sā go­śa­bda­syā­rtha i­ty a­na­va­sthā su­dū­ra­m a­py a­nu­sṛ­tya TAŚVA-ML 108,21ta­dvi­dhi­dvā­re­ṇā­śra­ya­ṇā­t | ni­vṛ­tti­pa­raṃ­pa­rā­yā­m e­va śa­bda­sya vyā­pā­rā­t śa­bdo vi­va­kṣāṃ vi­dha­tte na pu­na­r ba­hi­ra­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 108,22m i­ty a­bhyu­pa­ga­me ka­tha­m a­nyā­po­ha­kṛ­t sa­rvaḥ śa­bdaḥ sa­rva­thā­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.44va­ktu­r i­cchāṃ vi­dha­tte sau ba­hi­ra­rthaṃ na jā­tu­ci­t | śa­bdo nyā­po­ha­kṛ­t sa­rvaḥ ya­sya vāṃ­dhya­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­ta­m |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 108,24ya­thai­va hi śa­bde­na ba­hi­ra­rtha­sya pra­kā­śa­ne ta­tra pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā vṛ­ttiḥ sa­rvā­tma­nā ta­dve­da­ne nā­rtha­sya ni­ści­ta- TAŚVA-ML 108,25tvā­n ni­ści­te sa­mā­ro­pā­bhā­vā­t | ta­dvya­va­cche­de pi pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­syā­pra­vṛ­tte­r va­stu­no dha­rma­sya ka­sya­ci­n ni­śca­ye sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 108,26dha­rmā­tma­ka­sya dha­rmi­ṇo ni­śca­yā­t sa­rva­gra­hā­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā ta­dā­tma­ka­syai­ka­dha­rma­syā­pi ni­śca­yā­nu­pa­pa­tti­s ta­to bhi­nna­sya TAŚVA-ML 108,27dha­rma­sya ni­śca­ye dha­rmi­ṇi pra­vṛ­tti­gha­ṭa­nā­t te­na ta­sya saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­vā­d a­nu­pa­kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­tvā­t | ta­du­pa­kā­re vā TAŚVA-ML 108,28dha­rmo­pa­kā­ra­śa­ktyā­tma­ka­sya dha­rmi­ṇo dha­rma­dvā­re­ṇa śa­bdā­t pra­ti­pa­ttau sa­ka­la­gra­ha­sya ta­da­va­stha­tvā­t ta­du­pa­kā­ra­śa­kte­r a­pi TAŚVA-ML 108,29ta­to bhe­de­nā­na­va­sthā­nā­t | pra­tya­kṣa­va­dva­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­sya śa­bda­pra­tya­ya­sya spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­sa­pra­saṃ­gā­c ca na śa­bda­sya ta­dvi­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 108,30ya­tvaṃ ta­thai­va va­ktṛ­vi­va­kṣā­yāḥ śa­bde­nā­bhi­dhā­ne vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | na ca ta­tra pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā vṛ­tti­r e­vā­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­tuṃ TAŚVA-ML 108,31yu­ktā śa­bdā­t sā­mā­nya­taḥ pra­ti­pa­nnā­yā­m a­pi ta­syāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­śra­yā­t pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­vṛ­tte­r e­va ni­śca­yā­t | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 108,32va­ktu­r i­cchā­yāṃ ba­hi­ra­rtha­va­ccha­bda­sya pra­vṛ­ttya­saṃ­bha­ve pi tā­m e­va śa­bdo vi­da­dhā­tī­ti ka­thaṃ na vāṃ­dhya­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­taṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 108,33sa­rva­śa­bdā­nā­m a­nyā­po­ha­kā­ri­tva­pra­ti­jñā­nā­t | na­nu ca vi­va­kṣā­yāḥ sva­rū­pe saṃ­ve­dya­mā­ne śa­bdo na pra­va­rta­te e­va TAŚVA-ML 108,34ka­lpi­te nyā­po­he ta­sya pra­vṛ­tte­s ta­to nyā­po­ha­kā­rī sa­rvaḥ śa­bda i­ti va­ca­nā­n na vāṃ­dhya­vi­la­si­ta­m i­ti ce­t­, sa TAŚVA-ML 109,01ta­rhi ka­lpi­to nyā­po­haḥ vi­va­kṣā­to bhi­nna­sva­bhā­vo va­ktuḥ sva­saṃ­ve­dyo na syā­d bhā­vāṃ­ta­ra­va­t ta­sya ta­tsva­bhā­va­tve TAŚVA-ML 109,02vā saṃ­ve­dya­tva­si­ddheḥ ka­thaṃ na saṃ­ve­dya­mā­ne ta­tsva­rū­pe śa­bdaḥ pra­va­rta­te | na­nu ca va­ktu­r vi­va­kṣā­yāḥ sva­saṃ­vi­di­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 109,03rū­paṃ saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tro­pā­dā­naṃ sa­ka­la­pra­tya­ye bhā­vā­t ka­lpa­nā­kā­ra­s tu pū­rva­śa­bda­vā­sa­no­pā­dā­na­s ta­tra va­rta­mā­naḥ śa­bdaḥ TAŚVA-ML 109,04ka­thaṃ sva­saṃ­ve­dye rū­pe vā­sta­ve pra­va­rta­te nā­ma ya­to va­stu­vi­ṣa­yaḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t­, nai­vaṃ | sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­rū­pa­ka­lpa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 109,05kā­ra­yo­r bhi­nno­pā­dā­nā­tve­na saṃ­tā­na­bhe­da­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā ca sa­rva­ci­tta­cai­tā­nā­m ā­tma­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti vyā­ha­nya­to TAŚVA-ML 109,06sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­dbhi­nna­sya vi­ka­lpa­sya sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t rū­pā­di­va­t sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syai­vo­pā­dā­na­tvā­t | ka­lpa­no­tpa­ttau TAŚVA-ML 109,07śa­bda­vā­sa­nā­yāḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­tvā­n na sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­sva­rū­pā­t ka­lpa­nā­kā­ro bhi­nna­saṃ­tā­na i­ti ce­t­, ka­tha­m i­dā­nīṃ TAŚVA-ML 109,08ta­to sā­v a­na­nya e­va na syā­d a­bhi­nno­pā­dā­na­tvā­t | ta­thā­pi ta­sya ta­to nya­tve ka­tha­m u­pā­dā­na­bhe­do bhe­da­kaḥ ? kā­ryā­ṇāṃ TAŚVA-ML 109,09vya­ti­re­kā­si­ddheḥ kā­rya­bhe­da­syo­pā­dā­na­bhe­da­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi bhā­vā­t ta­sya ta­tsā­dha­na­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sva­saṃ­vi­di­tā­kā­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 109,10ka­lpi­tā­kā­ra­sya cai­ka­sya vi­ka­lpa­jñā­na­sya ta­thā­vi­dhā­ne­kā­kā­ra­vi­ka­lpo­pā­dā­na­tvā­d a­do­ṣo ya­m i­ti ce­t­, nai­ka­syā- TAŚVA-ML 109,11ne­kā­kā­ra­sya va­stu­naḥ si­ddhya­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | saṃ­vi­di ka­lpi­tā­kā­ra­sya bhrāṃ­ta­tvā­n nai­ka­m a­ne­kā­kā­raṃ vi­ka­lpa­ve­da­na­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 109,12ce­t na­, bhrāṃ­te­ta­rā­kā­ra­sya ta­da­va­stha­tvā­t | bhrāṃ­tā­kā­ra­syā­sa­ttve ta­d e­kaṃ sa­da­sa­dā­tma­ka­m i­ti ku­to na sa­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 109,13si­ddhiḥ | ya­di pu­na­r a­sa­dā­kā­ra­syā­kiṃ­ci­drū­pa­tvā­d e­ka­rū­pa­m e­va vi­ka­lpa­ve­da­na­m i­ti ma­tiḥ­, ta­dā ta­tra śa­bdaḥ pra­va- TAŚVA-ML 109,14rta­ta i­ti na kva­ci­t pra­va­rta­ta i­ty u­ktaṃ syā­t | ta­tho­pa­ga­me ca vi­va­kṣā­ja­nmā­no hi śa­bdā­s tā­m e­va ga­ma­ye­yu­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 109,15ri­ktā vā­co­yu­ktiḥ | ga­ma­ye­yu­r i­ti saṃ­bhā­va­nā­yaṃ li­ṅpra­yo­gā­t tā­m a­pi mā­jī­ga­ma­n na gī­r ba­hi­ra­rtha­va­t sa­rva­thā ni­rvi­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 109,16ya­tve­na te­ṣāṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­d i­ty a­py ā­tma­dhā­ti­no va­ca­naṃ sva­yaṃ sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇa­va­ca­nā­na­rtha­kya­pra­sa­kteḥ | saṃ­vṛ­tyā TAŚVA-ML 109,17ta­dva­ca­na­m a­rtha­va­d i­ti ce­t ke­nā­rthe­ne­ti va­kta­vyaṃ ? ta­da­nyā­po­ha­mā­tre­ṇe­ti ce­t­, vi­cā­ro­pa­pa­nne­ne­ta­re­ṇa vā ? na TAŚVA-ML 109,18tā­va­t pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣa­sta­sya vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­syā­kiṃ­ci­drū­pa­tva­sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | vi­cā­rā­nu­pa­pa­nne­na tv a­nyā­po­he­na sāṃ­vṛ­tte­na va­ca­na- TAŚVA-ML 109,19syā­rtha­va­ttve ba­hi­ra­rthe­na ta­thā­bhū­te­na ta­syā­rtha­va­ttvaṃ ki­m a­ni­ṣṭaṃ ta­thā vya­va­ha­rtu­r va­ca­nā­d ba­hiḥ pra­vṛ­te­r a­pi gha­ṭa­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.45a­nyā­po­he pra­tī­te ca ka­tha­ma­rthe pra­va­rta­na­m | śa­bdā­t si­ddhye­j ja­na­syā­sya sa­rva­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 109,21na hy a­nya­tra śa­bde­na co­dya­te nya­tra ta­nmū­lā pra­vṛ­tti­r yu­ktā go­de­ha­co­da­ne ba­lī­va­rda­vā­ha­nā­dau ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.46e­ka­tvā­ro­pa­mā­tre­ṇa ya­di dṛ­śya­vi­ka­lpa­yoḥ | pra­vṛ­ttiḥ ka­sya­ci­d dṛ­śye vi­ka­lpe py a­stv a­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.47nai­ka­tvā­dhya­va­sā­yo pi dṛ­śyaṃ spṛ­śa­ti jā­tu­ci­t | vi­ka­lpya­syā­nya­thā si­ddhye­d dṛ­śya­spa­rśi­tva­m aṃ­ja­sā |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.48vi­ka­lpya­dṛ­śya­sā­mā­nyai­ka­tve­nā­dhya­va­sī­ya­te | ya­di dṛ­śya­vi­śe­ṣe syā­t ka­thaṃ vṛ­tti­sta­da­rthi­nā­m |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.49ta­sya ce­d dṛ­śya­sā­mā­nyai­ka­tvā­ro­pā­t kva va­rta­na­m | sau­ga­ta­sya bha­ve­d a­rthe na­va­sthā­pya­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 109,26nā­nya­smā­d vyā­vṛ­tti­r a­nyā­rtha­sya na ca vyā­vṛ­tto nya e­ve­ty u­cya­te gha­ṭa­syā­gha­ṭa­vyā­vṛ­tteḥ ni­va­rta­mā­na­syā­gha­ṭa­tva­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 109,27ta­thā ca na ta­syā gha­ṭa­vyā­vṛ­tti­r nā­ma ta­smā­d yai­vā­nyā vyā­vṛ­ttiḥ sa e­va vyā­vṛ­ttaḥ śa­bda­pra­ti­pa­tti­bhe­da­s tu saṃ­ke­ta- TAŚVA-ML 109,28bhe­dā­d e­va vyā­vṛ­tti­r vyā­vṛ­tta i­ti | dha­rma­dha­rmi­prā­dhā­nye­na saṃ­ke­ta­vi­śe­ṣe pra­vṛ­tte­s ta­dvā­cya­bhe­da­s tu na vā­sta­vo ti- TAŚVA-ML 109,29pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­a­pi cā­nyo­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­vṛ­ttyo­r vyā­vṛ­tta i­ty a­pi | śa­bdā­ś ca ni­śca­yā­ś cai­vaṃ saṃ­ke­taṃ na TAŚVA-ML 109,30ni­ruṃ­dha­te­" i­ti dṛ­śya­vi­ka­lpa­yo­r vyā­vṛ­ttyo­r e­ka­tvā­ro­pā­vyā­vṛ­tti­co­da­ne pi śa­bde­na vi­ka­lpe­na vā vyā­vṛ­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 109,31pra­vṛ­tti­r a­rthe syā­d i­ti ka­ści­t | ta­sya vi­ka­lpye pi ka­dā­ci­t pra­vṛ­tti­r a­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | na hi dṛ­śya- TAŚVA-ML 109,32vi­ka­lpya­yo­r e­ka­tvā­dhya­va­sā­yā­vi­śe­ṣe pi dṛ­śya e­va pra­vṛ­tti­r na tu vi­ka­lpe jā­tu­ci­d i­ti bu­ddhyā­ma­he | dṛ­śye rtha- TAŚVA-ML 109,33kri­yā­rthi­nāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­s ta­syā­rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ sa­ma­rtha­nā­n na pu­na­r vi­ka­lpye ta­sya ta­trā­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­d i­ti ce­n nā­, a­rtha­kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 109,34sa­ma­rthe­na vi­ka­lpe­na sa­hai­ka­tvā­dhyā­ro­pa­m ā­pa­nna­sya dṛ­śya­syā­rtha­kri­yā­sa­ma­rtha­tvai­kāṃ­tā­bhā­vā­t | sva­to rtha­kri­yā­sa­ma­rthaṃ­ TAŚVA-ML 110,01dṛ­śya­m i­ti ce­t ta­de­ka­tvā­dhyā­ro­pā­d vi­ka­lpya­m a­pi sva­to na ta­tsa­ma­rtha­m i­ti ce­t ta­dai­kyā­ro­pā­d dṛ­śya­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 110,02ta­da­na­yo­r e­ka­tve­nā­dhya­va­si­ta­yo­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t sa­rva­thā kva­ci­t pra­vṛ­ttau ka­tha­m a­nya­trā­pi pra­vṛ­tti­r vi­ni­vā­rya­te | na cā­na- TAŚVA-ML 110,03yo­r e­ka­tvā­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti dṛ­śya­syā­dhya­va­sā­yā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t a­nya­thā vi­ka­lpya­sya va­stu­saṃ­spa­rśi­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 110,04na ca pa­rā­mā­rtha­to dṛ­śya­m a­vi­ṣa­yī­ku­rva­n vi­ka­lpo vi­ka­lpye­na sa­hai­ka­ta­yā­dhya­va­sya­ti nā­mā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nu TAŚVA-ML 110,05ca dṛ­śyaṃ vi­ka­lpa­syā­laṃ­ba­naṃ mā bhū­d a­dhya­va­se­yaṃ tu bha­va­tī­ti yu­ktaṃ ta­dvi­ka­lpye­na sa­hai­ka­ta­yā­dhya­va­sā­ya­tva­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 110,06ce­t­, ta­rhi na vi­śe­ṣa­rū­paṃ te­nai­kye­nā­dhya­va­sī­ya­te sā­mā­nyā­kā­ra­syai­vā­dhya­va­se­ya­tvā­t | dṛ­śya­sā­mā­nye­na sa­ha TAŚVA-ML 110,07vi­ka­lpya­m e­ka­tve nā­dhya­va­sī­ya­ta i­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ dṛ­śya­vi­śe­ṣe ta­da­rthi­nāṃ pra­vṛ­ttiḥ syā­t | dṛ­śya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 110,08dṛ­śya­sā­mā­nye­na sa­hai­ka­tvā­ro­pā­t ta­tra pra­vṛ­tti­r i­ti ce­t­, kve­dā­nīṃ sau­ga­ta­sya pra­vṛ­tti­r a­na­va­sthā­nā­t | su­dū­ra­m a­py a- TAŚVA-ML 110,09nu­sṛ­tya vi­śe­ṣe dhya­va­sā­yā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­to rtha­pra­vṛ­tti­m i­ccha­tā śa­bdā­t ta­sya nā­nyā­po­ha­mā­traṃ vi­ṣa­yo bhyu­pe­yo TAŚVA-ML 110,10jā­ti­mā­trā­di­va­t | sa­rva­thā ni­rvi­ṣa­yaḥ śa­bdo stv i­ty a­saṃ­ga­taṃ­, vṛ­ttyā­pi ta­sya ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tve sā­dha­nā­di­va­ca­na- TAŚVA-ML 110,11vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 110,12kiṃ pu­na­r e­vaṃ śa­bda­sya vi­ṣa­ya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.50jā­ti­vya­ktyā­tma­kaṃ va­stu ta­to stu jñā­na­go­ca­raḥ | pra­si­ddhaṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca śā­bda­vya­va­hṛ­tī­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 110,14ya­dy a­tra vya­va­hṛ­ti­m u­pa­ja­na­ya­ti ta­tta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ ya­thā pra­tya­kṣā­di | jā­ti­vya­ktyā­tma­ke va­stu­ni vya­va­hṛ­ti­m u­pa­ja­na- TAŚVA-ML 110,15ya­tta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ | ta­thā ca śa­bda i­ty a­tra nā­si­ddhaṃ sā­dha­naṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca vya­va­hṛ­teḥ sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ni va­stu­ni TAŚVA-ML 110,16sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t | ta­thā ca ya­trai­va śa­bdā­t pra­ti­pa­tti­s ta­trai­va pra­vṛ­ttiḥ ta­syai­va prā­ptiḥ pra­tya­kṣā­de­r i­ve­ti sa­rvaṃ su­sthaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 110,17sa­ttā­śa­bdā­d dra­vya­tvā­di­śa­bdā­d vā ka­thaṃ sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ni va­stu­ni pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­t­, sa­dvi­śe­ṣo­pa­hi­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 110,18sa­tsā­mā­nya­sya dra­vyā­di­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­hi­ta­sya ca dra­vya­tvā­di­sā­mā­nya­sya te­na pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | ta­d a­ne­nā­bhā­va­śa­bdā­d a­dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 110,19tvā­di­tvā­d vā ta­tra pra­ti­pa­tti­r u­ktā bhā­vāṃ­ta­ra­sva­bhā­va­tvā­d a­bhā­va­sya­, gu­ṇā­di­sva­bhā­va­tvā­c cā­dra­vya­tvā­deḥ bhā­vo­pa­ha- TAŚVA-ML 110,20ta­syā­bhā­va­syā­bhā­va­śa­bde­na gu­ṇā­dyu­pa­hi­ta­sya cā­dra­vya­tvā­de­r a­dra­vya­tvā­di­śa­bde­na pra­kā­śa­nā­d vā | na ca bhā­vo­pa­hi- TAŚVA-ML 110,21ta­tva­m a­bhā­va­syā­si­ddhaṃ sa­rva­dā gha­ṭa­syā­bhā­vaḥ pa­ṭa­syā­bhā­va i­tyā­di bhā­vo­pā­dhe­r e­vā­bhā­va­sya pra­tī­teḥ | svā­taṃ­trye­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 110,22sa­kṛ­da py a­ve­da­nā­t | ta­thai­vā­dra­vyaṃ gu­ṇā­di­r a­jī­vo dha­rmā­di­r i­ti gu­ṇā­dya­pā­dhe­r a­dra­vya­tvā­deḥ su­pra­tī­ta­tvā­t na ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 110,23ta­du­pa­hi­ta­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ ta­thā pra­tī­te­r a­bā­dha­tvā­t | e­te­na sa­tsā­mā­nya­sya vi­śe­ṣo­pa­hi­ta­tvaṃ dra­vya­tvā­di­sā­mā­nya­sya TAŚVA-ML 110,24ca dra­vya­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­hi­ta­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ bru­vā­ṇaḥ pra­tyā­khyā­taḥ­, sa­tāṃ vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ bhā­vaḥ sa­ttā dra­vyā­dī­nāṃ bhā­vo TAŚVA-ML 110,25dra­vyā­di­tva­m i­ti sa­ttā­di­sā­mā­nya­sya sva­vi­śe­ṣā­śra­ya­syai­va pra­tya­yā­bhi­dhā­na­vya­va­hā­ra­go­ca­ra­tvā­t | sa­ddra­vyaṃ su­va­rṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 110,26vā­na­ye­ty u­kte ta­nmā­tra­syā­na­yā­na­da­rśa­nā­t sva­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­na e­va sa­dā­di­sā­mā­nya­sya ta­dgo­ca­ra­tvaṃ pra­tī­ti­si­ddhaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 110,27sa­dā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­m ā­na­ye­ti va­ca­ne ta­sya sa­ttvā­di­sā­mā­nyā­tma­ka­sya vya­va­hā­ra­go­ca­ra­tva­va­t | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ sā­mā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 110,28vi­śe­ṣā­tma­no va­stu­naḥ śa­bda­go­ca­ra­tvaṃ | ta­thā śa­bda­vya­va­hā­ra­sya ni­rbā­dha­m a­va­bhā­sa­nā­t | ka­tha­m e­vaṃ paṃ­ca­ta­yī TAŚVA-ML 110,29śa­bdā­nāṃ vṛ­tti­r jā­tyā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m a­bhā­vā­d i­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, ya­smā­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.51ta­tra syā­dvā­di­naḥ prā­huḥ kṛ­tvā­yo­ddhā­ra­ka­lpa­nā­m | jā­teḥ pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na kāṃ­ści­c cha­bdā­n pra­bo­dha­kā­n |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.52vya­kteḥ pra­khyā­pa­kāṃ­ś cā­nyā­n gu­ṇa­dra­vya­kri­yā­tma­naḥ | lo­ka­saṃ­vya­va­hā­rā­rtha­m a­pa­rā­n pā­ri­bhā­ṣi­kā­n |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 110,32na hi gau­ra­ś ca i­tyā­di­śa­bdā­j jā­teḥ pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na gu­ṇī­bhū­ta­vya­kti­sva­bhā­vā­yāḥ pra­kā­śa­na gu­ṇa­kri­yā­dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 110,33śa­bdā­d vā ya­tho­di­tā­d vya­kte­r gu­ṇā­dyā­tmi­kā­yāḥ prā­dhā­nye­na gu­ṇī­bhū­ta­jā­tyā­tma­naḥ pra­ti­pā­da­ne syā­dvā­di­nāṃ ka­ści- TAŚVA-ML 110,34d vi­ro­dho ye­na sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­śa­bda­m ā­ca­kṣā­ṇā­nāṃ paṃ­ca­ta­yī śa­bda­pra­vṛ­tti­r na si­ddhye­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.53te­ne­cchā­mā­tra­taṃ­traṃ ya­tsaṃ­jñā­ka­rma ta­d i­ṣya­te | nā­mā­cā­ryai­r na jā­tyā­di­ni­mi­ttā­pa­nna­vi­gra­ha­m |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 111,02si­ddhe hi jā­tyā­di­ni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­re vi­va­kṣā­tma­naḥ śa­bda­sya ni­mi­ttā­t saṃ­vya­va­hā­ri­ṇāṃ ni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­rā­na­pe­kṣaṃ TAŚVA-ML 111,03saṃ­jñā­ka­rma nā­me­ty ā­hu­r ā­cā­ryā­s ta­to jā­tyā­di­ni­mi­ttaṃ saṃ­jñā­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­nā­di­yo­gya­tā­pe­kṣaṃ na nā­ma | ke­na ci­t TAŚVA-ML 111,04sve­ccha­yā saṃ­vya­va­hā­rā­rthaṃ pra­va­rti­ta­ttvā­t­, pa­rā­pa­ra­vṛ­ddha­pra­si­ddhe­s ta­thai­vā­vya­va­cche­dā­t­, bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 111,05kā pu­na­r i­yaṃ sthā­pa­ne­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.54va­stu­naḥ kṛ­ta­saṃ­jña­sya pra­ti­ṣṭhā sthā­pa­nā ma­tā | sa­dbhā­ve­ta­ra­bhe­de­na dvi­dhā ta­ttvā­dhi­ro­pa­taḥ |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 111,07sthā­pya­ta i­ti sthā­pa­nā pra­ti­kṛ­tiḥ sā cā­hi­ta­nā­m a­ka­syeṃ­drā­de­r vā­sta­va­sya ta­ttvā­dhyā­ro­pā­t pra­ti­ṣṭhā so '­ya- TAŚVA-ML 111,08m i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­nā­nya­sya vya­va­sthā­pa­nā sthā­pa­nā­mā­traṃ sthā­pa­ne­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­trā­dhyā­ro­pya­mā­ne­na bhā­veṃ­drā­di­nā TAŚVA-ML 111,09sa­mā­nā pra­ti­mā sa­dbhā­va­sthā­pa­nā mu­khya­da­rśi­naḥ sva­yaṃ ta­syā­s ta­dbu­ddhi­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­t sā­dṛ­śya­sa­dbhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 111,10mu­khyā­kā­ra­śū­nyā va­stu­mā­trā pu­na­r a­sa­dbhā­va­sthā­pa­nā pa­ro­pa­de­śā­d e­va ta­tra so '­ya­m i­ti saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.55sā­da­rā­nu­gra­hā­kāṃ­kṣā­he­tu­tvā­t pra­ti­bhi­dya­te | nā­mna­s ta­sya ta­thā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­d a­trā­vi­vā­da­taḥ |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 111,12sthā­pa­nā­yā­m e­vā­da­ro nu­gra­hā­kāṃ­kṣā ca lo­ka­sya na pu­na­r nā­mnī­ty a­tra na hi ka­sya­ci­d vi­vā­do sti ye­na ta­taḥ sā TAŚVA-ML 111,13na pra­ti­bhi­dya­te | nā­mni ka­sya­ci­d ā­da­ra­da­rśa­nā­n na ta­ta­s ta­dbhe­da i­ti ce­n na­, sva­de­va­tā­yā­m a­ti­bha­kti­ta­s ta­nnā­ma­ke rthe TAŚVA-ML 111,14ta­da­dhyā­ro­pa­syā­śu­vṛ­tte­s ta­tsthā­pa­nā­yā­m e­vā­da­rā­va­tā­rā­t | ta­d a­ne­na nā­mni ka­sya­ci­d a­nu­gra­hā­kāṃ­kṣā­śaṃ­kā vyu­da­stā­, TAŚVA-ML 111,15ke­va­la­m ā­hi­ta­nā­ma­ke va­stu­ni ka­sya­ci­tkā­dā­ci­tkī sthā­pa­nā ka­sya­ci­t tu kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­sthā­yi­nī ni­ya­tā | bhū­ya- TAŚVA-ML 111,16s ta­thā saṃ­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­r i­ti vi­śe­ṣaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.56na­nv a­nā­hi­ta­nā­mno pi ka­sya­ci­d da­rśa­neṃ­ja­sā | pu­na­s ta­tsa­dṛ­śe ci­tra­ka­rmā­dau dṛ­śya­te sva­taḥ |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.57so '­ya­m i­ty a­va­sā­ya­sya prā­du­rbhā­vaḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | sthā­pa­nā sā ca ta­sye­ti kṛ­ta­saṃ­jña­sya sā ku­taḥ |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.58nai­ta­t sa­n nā­ma sā­mā­nya­sa­dbhā­vā­t ta­tra ta­ttva­taḥ | kvā­nya­thā so ya­m i­tyā­di­vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­va­rta­tā­m |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 111,20na­nv e­vaṃ sa­ti nā­mni sthā­pa­nā­nu­pa­pa­tte­s ta­syā­s te­na vyā­ptiḥ ka­thaṃ na tā­dā­tmya­m i­ti ce­n na­, vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā- TAŚVA-ML 111,21sā­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.59si­ddhaṃ bhā­va­m a­pe­kṣyai­va sthā­pa­nā­yāḥ pra­vṛ­tti­taḥ | ta­da­pe­kṣāṃ vi­nā nā­ma bhā­vā­d bhi­nnaṃ ta­taḥ sthi­ta­m |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 111,23kiṃ sva­rū­pa­pra­kā­raṃ dra­vya­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.60ya­t sva­to bhi­mu­khaṃ va­stu bha­vi­ṣya­tpa­rya­yaṃ pra­ti | ta­ddra­vyaṃ dvi­vi­dhaṃ jñe­ya­m ā­ga­me­ta­ra­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 111,25na hy a­va­stv e­va dra­vya­m a­bā­dhi­ta­pra­tī­ti­si­ddhaṃ vā­, nā­py a­nā­ga­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣaṃ pra­ti gra­hī­tā­bhi­mu­khyaṃ na bha­va­ti TAŚVA-ML 111,26pū­rvā­pa­ra­sva­bhā­va­tyā­go­pā­dā­na­sthā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d va­stu­naḥ sa­rva­thā ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­sya pra­tī­ti­vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t | ta­c ca dvi­vi­dha- TAŚVA-ML 111,27m ā­ga­ma­no ā­ga­ma­bhe­dā­t pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.61ā­tmā ta­tpra­bhṛ­ta­jñā­yī yo nā­mā­nu­pa­yu­kta­dhīḥ | so trā­ga­maḥ sa­mā­mnā­taḥ syā­d dra­vyaṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­nva­yā­t |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 111,29a­nu­pa­yu­ktaḥ prā­bhṛ­ta­jñā­yī ā­tmā­ga­maḥ | ka­thaṃ dra­vya­m i­ti nā­śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇā­nva­yā­t | jī­vā­di- TAŚVA-ML 111,30prā­bhṛ­ta­jña­syā­tma­no nu­pa­yu­kta­syo­pa­yu­ktaṃ ta­tprā­bhṛ­ta­jñā­nā­khya­m a­nā­ga­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣaṃ pra­ti gṛ­hī­tā­bhi­mu­khya­sva­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 111,31tva­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.62no ā­ga­maḥ pu­na­s tre­dhā jña­śa­rī­rā­di­bhe­da­taḥ | tri­kā­la­go­ca­raṃ jñā­tuḥ śa­rī­raṃ ta­tra ca tri­dhā |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.63bhā­vi no ā­ga­ma­dra­vya­m e­ṣya­t pa­ryā­ya­m e­va ta­t | ta­thā ta­dvya­ti­ri­ktaṃ ca ka­rma­no ka­rma­bhe­da­bhṛ­t |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.64jñā­nā­vṛ­ttyā­di­bhe­de­na ka­rmā­ne­ka­vi­dhaṃ ma­ta­m | no ka­rma ca śa­rī­ra­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­ru­tsu­ka­m |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.65pu­dga­la­dra­vya­mā­hā­ra­pra­bhṛ­tyu­pa­ca­yā­tma­ka­m | vi­jñā­ta­vyaṃ pra­paṃ­ce­na ya­thā­ga­ma­m a­bā­dhi­ta­m |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 112,03na­nv ā­ga­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣaṃ pra­ti gṛ­hī­tā­bhi­mu­khyaṃ dra­vya­m i­ti dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­yu­ktaṃ­, gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vya­m i­ti ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 112,04sū­tri­ta­tvā­t­, ta­dā­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ka­ści­t | so pi sū­trā­rthā­na­bhi­jñaḥ | pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vya­m i­ti hi sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 112,05va­da­tā tri­kā­la­go­ca­rā­na­ta­kra­ma­bhā­vi­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­śra­yaṃ dra­vya­m u­ktaṃ | ta­c ca ya­dā­nā­ga­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣaṃ pra­tya­bhi­mu­khaṃ TAŚVA-ML 112,06ta­dā va­rta­mā­na­pa­ryā­yā­krāṃ­taṃ pa­ri­tya­kta­pū­rva­pa­ryā­yaṃ ca ni­ścī­ya­te nya­thā­nā­ga­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhi­mu­khyā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ sva­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 112,07di­va­t | ke­va­laṃ dra­vyā­rtha­pra­dhā­na­tve­na va­ca­ne '­nā­ga­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhi­mu­kha­m a­tī­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­maṃ vā­nu­pā­yi dra­vya­m i­ti ni­kṣe­pa- TAŚVA-ML 112,08pra­ka­ra­ṇe ta­thā dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m u­ktaṃ | sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa tu pa­ra­ma­ta­vya­va­cche­de­na pra­mā­ṇā­rpa­ṇā­d gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vya­m i­ti sū­tri­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 112,09kra­mā­kra­mā­ne­kāṃ­ta­sya ta­thā vya­va­sthi­teḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 112,10ku­ta­s ta­rhi tri­kā­lā­nu­yā­yi dra­vyaṃ si­ddha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.66a­nva­ya­pra­tya­yā­t si­ddhaṃ sa­rva­thā bā­dha­va­rji­tā­t | ta­ddra­vyaṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca mu­khyaṃ gau­ṇaṃ ta­to '­pa­ra­m |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 112,12ta­d e­ve­da­m i­ty e­ka­tva­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­m a­nva­ya­pra­tya­yaḥ sa tā­va­j jī­vā­di­prā­bhṛ­ta­jñā­yi­nyā­tma­nya­nu­pa­yu­kte jī­vā­dyā­ga­ma- TAŚVA-ML 112,13dra­vye sti | ya e­vā­haṃ jī­vā­di prā­bhṛ­ta­jñā­ne sva­ya­m u­pa­yu­ktaḥ prā­g ā­sa­n sa e­ve­dā­nīṃ ta­n nā­nu­pa­yu­kto va­rte pu­na­r u- TAŚVA-ML 112,14pa­yu­kto bha­vi­ṣyā­mī­ti saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t | na cā­yaṃ bhrāṃ­taḥ sa­rva­thā bā­dha­va­rji­ta­tvā­t | na tā­va­d a­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 112,15ta­sya bā­dha­s ta­dvi­ṣa­ye sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­pi vi­śa­da­sya va­rta­mā­na­pa­ryā­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­pra­va­rta­nā­t | nā­py a­nu­mā­ne­na ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 112,16bā­dha­s ta­sya ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ya­t sa­t ta­t sa­rvaṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­m a­kṣa­ṇi­ke sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 112,17lla­kṣa­ṇa­sa­ttvā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ty a­nu­mā­ne­na ta­dbā­dha i­ti ce­n nā­sya vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t | sa­ttvaṃ hy a­rtha­kri­ya­yā vyā­ptaṃ­, sā ca TAŚVA-ML 112,18kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dyā­bhyāṃ te ca ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­nva­yi­tve­na­, sa­rva­thā­na­nva­yi­naḥ kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dya­vi­ro­dhā­d a­rtha­kri­yā­vi­ra­hā­t sa­ttvā- TAŚVA-ML 112,19nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­m ā­tma­ny e­ka­tva­pra­tya­yaṃ bā­dha­ta i­ti ce­n na­, e­ka­tra saṃ­tā­ne ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 112,20jā­tu­ci­da­bhā­vā­t | nā­nā saṃ­tā­na­ci­tte­ṣu ta­dda­rśa­nā­d e­ka­saṃ­tā­na­ci­tte­ṣu sa­dbhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, a­ne­ka­saṃ­tā­na- TAŚVA-ML 112,21vi­bhā­gā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­dṛ­śa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe pi ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d e­va ci­tta­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m e­ka­saṃ­tā­na­tvaṃ pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­śe­ṣā­t TAŚVA-ML 112,22pa­re­ṣāṃ nā­nā­saṃ­tā­na­vi­bhā­ga­si­ddhau si­ddha­m e­ka­dra­vyā­tma­ka­ci­tta­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m e­ka­saṃ­tā­na­tvaṃ dra­vya­pra­tyā­sa­tte­r e­va ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 112,23bhā­va­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r u­pā­dā­no­pā­de­ya­bhā­vā­naṃ­ta­ryā­de­r a­pā­kṛ­ta­tvā­t | ta­to '­skha­la­tsā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­t sā­dṛ­śya- TAŚVA-ML 112,24si­ddhi­va­da­skha­la­de­ka­tva­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­d e­ka­tva­si­ddhi­r e­ve­ti ni­rū­pi­ta­prā­yaṃ | e­te­na jī­vā­di­no ā­ga­ma­dra­vya­si­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 112,25r u­ktā | ya e­vā­haṃ ma­nu­ṣya­jī­vaḥ prā­g ā­sa­n sa e­vā­dhu­nā de­vo va­rte pu­na­r ma­nu­ṣyo bha­vi­ṣyā­mī­ty a­nva­ya­pra­tya­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 112,26sa­rva­thā­py a­bā­dhya­mā­na­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t | ya­d e­vaṃ ja­laṃ śu­kti­vi­śe­ṣe pa­ti­taṃ ta­d e­va mu­ktā­pha­lī­bhū­ta­m i­tyā­dya­nva­ya- TAŚVA-ML 112,27pra­tya­ya­va­t | na­nu ca jī­vā­di­no ā­ga­ma­dra­vya­m a­saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ jī­vā­di­tva­sya sā­rva­kā­li­ka­tve­nā­nā­ga­ta­tvā­si­ddhe­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 112,28da­bhi­mu­khya­sya ka­sya­ci­d a­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t | sa­tya­m e­ta­t | ta­ta e­va jī­vā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yo­dā­hṛ­to jī­vā­di- TAŚVA-ML 112,29dra­vya­ni­kṣe­po | na­nv e­va­m ā­ga­ma­dra­vyaṃ vā bā­dhi­tā­t ta­da­nva­ya­pra­tya­yā­n mu­khyaṃ si­ddhya­tu jñā­ya­ka­śa­rī­raṃ tu tri­kā­la­go­ca­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 112,30ta­dvya­ti­ri­ktaṃ ca ka­rma­no ka­rma­vi­ka­lpa­m a­ne­ka­vi­dhaṃ ka­thaṃ ta­thā si­ddhye­t pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­trā­pi ta­thā- TAŚVA-ML 112,31vi­dhā­nva­ya­pra­tya­ya­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t | ya­d e­va me śa­rī­raṃ jñā­tu­m ā­ra­bha­mā­ṇa­sya ta­ttvaṃ ta­de­ve­dā­nīṃ pa­ri­sa­mā­pta­ta­ttva­jñā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 112,32va­rta­ta i­ti va­rta­mā­na­jñā­ya­ka­śa­rī­re tā­va­d a­nva­ya­pra­tya­yaḥ | ya­d e­vo­pa­yu­kta­ta­ttva­jñā­na­sya me śa­rī­ra­m ā­sī­t ta­d e­vā­dhu­nā­nu­pa- TAŚVA-ML 112,33yu­kta­ta­ttva­jñā­na­sye­ty a­tī­ta­jñā­ya­ka­śa­rī­re pra­tya­va­ma­rśaḥ | ya­d e­vā­dhu­nā­nu­pa­yu­kta­ta­ttva­jñā­na­sya śa­rī­raṃ ta­d e­vo­pa­yu­kta­ta­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 112,34jñā­na­sya bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ty a­nā­ga­ta­jñā­ya­ka­śa­rī­re pra­tya­yaḥ | ta­rhi jñā­ya­ka­śa­rī­raṃ bhā­vi­no ā­ga­ma­dra­vyā­d a­na­nya­d e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 113,01ce­n na­, jñā­ya­ka­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya ta­to nya­tvā­t | ta­syā­ga­ma­dra­vyā­d a­nya­tvaṃ su­pra­tī­ta­m e­vā­nā­tma­tvā­t | ka­rma no­ka­rmaṃ TAŚVA-ML 113,02vā­nva­ya­pra­tya­ya­pa­ri­cchi­nnaṃ jñā­ya­ka­śa­rī­rā­d a­na­nya­d i­ti ce­t na­, kā­rma­ṇa­sya śa­rī­ra­sya tai­ja­sa­sya ca śa­rī­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 113,03śa­rī­ra­bhā­va­m ā­pa­nna­syā­hā­rā­di­pu­dga­la­sya vā jñā­ya­ka­śa­rī­ra­tvā­si­ddheḥ­, au­dā­ri­ka­vai­kri­yi­kā­hā­ra­ka­śa­rī­ra­tra­ya­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 113,04jñā­ya­ka­śa­rī­ra­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā vi­gra­ha­ga­tā­v a­pi jī­va­syo­pa­yu­kta­jñā­na­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇa­śa­rī­ra­yoḥ sa­dbhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 113,05ka­rma no­ka­rma no­ā­ga­ma­dra­vyaṃ bhā­vi­no ā­ga­ma­dra­vyā­d a­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m i­ti ce­n na­, jī­vā­di­prā­bhṛ­ta­jñā­yi­pu­ru­ṣa­ka­rma no­ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 113,06bhā­va­m ā­pa­nna­syai­va ta­thā­bhi­dhā­nā­t ta­to nya­sya bhā­vi­no ā­ga­ma­dra­vya­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­d e­ta­du­kta­pra­kā­raṃ dra­vyaṃ ya­tho- TAŚVA-ML 113,07di­ta­sva­rū­pā­pe­kṣa­yā mu­khya­m a­nya­thā­tve­nā­dhyā­ro­pi­taṃ gau­ṇa­m a­va­bo­ddha­vya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.67sāṃ­pra­to va­stu­pa­ryā­yo bhā­vo dve­dhā sa pū­rva­va­t | ā­ga­maḥ prā­bhṛ­ta­jñā­yī pu­māṃ­s ta­tro­pa­yu­kta­dhīḥ |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.68no ā­ga­maḥ pu­na­r bhā­vo va­stu ta­tpa­rya­yā­tma­ka­m | dra­vyā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ bhe­da­pra­tya­yā­d dhva­sta­bā­dha­nā­t |­| 6­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 113,10va­stu­naḥ pa­ryā­ya­sva­bhā­vo bhā­va i­ti va­ca­nā­t ta­syā­va­stu­sva­bhā­va­tā vyu­da­sya­te | sāṃ­pra­ta i­ti va­ca­nā­t kā­la­tra­ya- TAŚVA-ML 113,11vyā­pi­no dra­vya­sya bhā­va­rū­pa­tā | na­nv e­va­m a­tī­ta­syā­nā­ga­ta­sya ca pa­ryā­ya­sya bhā­va­rū­pa­tā­vi­ro­dhā­d va­rta­mā­na­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 113,12sā na syā­t ta­sya pū­rvā­pe­kṣa­yā­nā­ga­ta­tvā­t u­tta­rā­pe­kṣa­yā­tī­ta­tvā­da­to bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­vyā­pti­r a­saṃ­bha­vo vā syā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 113,13ce­n na­, a­tī­ta­syā­nā­ga­ta­sya ca pa­ryā­ya­sya sva­kā­lā­pe­kṣa­yā sāṃ­pra­ti­ka­tvā­d bhā­va­rū­pa­to­pa­pa­tte­r a­na­nu­yā­yi­naḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya TAŚVA-ML 113,14sāṃ­pra­ti­ka­tvo­pa­ga­mā­d u­kta­do­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | sa tu bhā­vo dve­dhā dra­vya­va­dā­ga­ma­no ā­ga­ma­vi­ka­lpā­t | ta­tprā­bhṛ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 113,15vi­ṣa­yo­pa­yo­gā­vi­ṣṭa ā­tmā ā­ga­maḥ jī­vā­di­pa­ryā­yā­vi­ṣṭo '­nya i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ka­thaṃ pu­na­r ā­ga­mo jī­vā­di­bhā­va TAŚVA-ML 113,16i­ti ce­t­, pra­tya­ya­jī­vā­di­va­stu­naḥ sāṃ­pra­ti­ka­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t | pra­tya­yā­tma­kā hi jī­vā­da­yaḥ pra­si­ddhā e­vā­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 113,17bhi­dhā­nā­tma­ka­jī­vā­di­va­t | ta­tra jī­vā­di­vi­ṣa­yo­pa­yo­gā­khye­na ta­tpra­tya­ye­nā­vi­ṣṭaḥ pu­mā­n e­va ta­dā­ga­ma i­ti na TAŚVA-ML 113,18vi­ro­dhaḥ­, ta­to nya­sya jī­vā­di­pa­ryā­yā­vi­ṣṭa­syā­rthā­de­r no ā­ga­ma­bhā­va­jī­va­tve­na vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | na cai­vaṃ­pra­kā­ro TAŚVA-ML 113,19bhā­vo '­si­ddha­s ta­sya bā­dha­ra­hi­te­na pra­tya­ye­na sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t pro­kta­pra­kā­ra­dra­vya­va­t | nā­pi dra­vyā­d a­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m e­va ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 113,20bā­dhi­ta­bhe­da­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t a­nya­thā­nva­ya­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­d dra­vya­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.69nā­mo­ktaṃ sthā­pa­nā dra­vyaṃ dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­yā­rpa­ṇā­t | pa­ryā­yā­rthā­rpa­ṇā­d bhā­va­s tai­r nyā­saḥ sa­mya­gī­ri­taḥ |­| 6­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 113,22na­nv a­stu dra­vyaṃ śu­ddha­m a­śu­ddhaṃ ca dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­yā­de­śā­t nā­ma­sthā­pa­ne tu ka­thaṃ ta­yoḥ pra­vṛ­tti­m ā­ra­bhya prā­gu- TAŚVA-ML 113,23pa­ra­mā­d a­nva­yi­tvā­d i­ti brū­maḥ | na ca ta­da­si­ddhaṃ de­va­da­tta i­tyā­di nā­mnaḥ kva­ci­d bā­lā­dya­va­sthā­bhe­dā­d bhi­nne pi vi­cche- TAŚVA-ML 113,24dā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a­nva­yi­tva­si­ddheḥ | kṣe­tra­pā­lā­di­sthā­pa­nā­yā­ś ca kā­la­bhe­de pi ta­thā­tvā­vi­cche­da i­ty a­nva­yi­tva­m a­nva­ya­pra­tya­ya- TAŚVA-ML 113,25vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | ya­di pu­na­r a­nā­dya­naṃ­tā­nva­yā­sa­ttvā­n nā­ma­sthā­pa­na­yo­r a­na­nva­yi­tvaṃ ta­dā gha­ṭā­de­r a­pi na syā­t | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 113,26ca ku­to dra­vya­tvaṃ ? vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­t ta­syā­vāṃ­ta­ra­dra­vya­tve ta­ta e­va nā­ma­sthā­pa­na­yo­s ta­d a­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 113,27sū­ktaṃ nā­ma­sthā­pa­nā­dra­vyā­ṇi dra­vyā­rthi­ka­sya ni­kṣe­pa i­ti | bhā­va­s tu pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ka­sya sāṃ­pra­ti­ka­vi­śe­ṣa­mā­tra­tvā­t ta­sya | TAŚVA-ML 113,28ta­d e­tai­r nā­mā­di­bhi­r nyā­so na mi­thyā­, sa­mya­g i­ty a­dhi­kā­rā­t | sa­mya­ktvaṃ pu­na­r a­sya su­na­yai­r a­dhi­ga­mya­mā­na­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.70te­ṣāṃ da­rśa­na­jī­vā­di­pa­dā­rthā­nā­ma­śe­ṣa­taḥ | i­ti saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ ta­ccha­bda­gra­ha­ṇā­d i­ha |­| 7­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 113,30ya­d a­ma­staṃ ka­ści­t ta­dgra­ha­ṇaṃ sū­tre na­rtha­kaṃ te­na vi­nā­pi nā­mā­di­bhi­r nyā­saḥ | sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jī­vā­dī­nā­m i­ty a­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 113,31saṃ­baṃ­dha­si­ddhe­s te­ṣāṃ pra­kṛ­ta­tvā­n na jī­vā­dī­nā­m e­va a­naṃ­ta­ra­tvā­t ta­da­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­pra­sa­kti­s te­ṣāṃ vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ṣṭa­tvā­t pra­kṛ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 113,32da­rśa­nā­dī­nā­m a­bā­dha­ka­tvā­t ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­pra­dhā­na­tvā­c ca | nā­pi sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­dī­nā­m e­va nā­mā­di­nyā­sā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 113,33pa­ttiḥ jī­vā­dī­nā­m a­pi pra­tyā­sa­nna­tve­na ta­da­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­gha­ṭa­nā­d i­ti | ta­d a­ne­na ni­ra­staṃ | sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ pra­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 114,01nā­nā­m a­pra­tyā­sa­nnā­nāṃ jī­vā­dī­nāṃ ca pra­dhā­nā­nāṃ pra­tyā­sa­nnā­nāṃ nā­mā­di­nyā­sā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­rtha­tvā­t ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­sya | TAŚVA-ML 114,02ta­da­bhā­ve pra­tyā­sa­tteḥ pra­dhā­naṃ ba­lī­ya i­ti nyā­yā­t sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­dī­nā­m e­va ta­tpra­saṃ­ga­sya ni­vā­ra­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.71na­nv a­naṃ­taḥ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ ni­kṣe­po vā­cya i­ty a­sa­n | nā­mā­di­ṣv e­va ta­syāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t saṃ­kṣe­pa­rū­pa­taḥ |­| 7­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 114,04saṃ­khyā­ta e­va ni­kṣe­pa­s ta­tpra­rū­pa­ka­na­yā­nāṃ saṃ­khyā­ta­tvā­t­, saṃ­khyā­tā e­va na­yā­s ta­ccha­bdā­nāṃ saṃ­khyā­ta­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 114,05"­yā­vaṃ­to va­ca­na­pa­thā­s tā­vaṃ­taḥ saṃ­bha­vaṃ­ti na­ya­vā­dāḥ­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­to na ni­kṣe­po '­naṃ­ta­vi­ka­lpaḥ pra­paṃ­ca­to pi TAŚVA-ML 114,06pra­saṃ­ja­nī­ya i­ti ce­n na­, vi­ka­lpā­pe­kṣa­yā­rthā­pe­kṣa­yā ca ni­kṣe­pa­syā­saṃ­khyā­ta­to­pa­pa­tte­r a­naṃ­ta­to­pa­pa­tte­ś ca ta­thā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 114,07ke­va­la­m a­naṃ­ta­bhe­da­syā­pi ni­kṣe­pa­sya nā­mā­di­vi­jā­tī­ya­syā­bhā­vā­n nā­mā­di­ṣv aṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t saṃ­kṣe­pa­ta­ś cā­tu­rvi­dhya­m ā­ha |­| TAŚVA-ML 114,08na­nv e­va­m­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.72dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­to vā­cyo nyā­sa i­ty a­py a­saṃ­ga­ta­m | a­ti­saṃ­kṣe­pa­ta­s ta­syā­ni­ṣṭe­r a­trā­nya­thā­stu saḥ |­| 7­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 114,10na hy a­trā­ti­saṃ­kṣe­pa­to ni­kṣe­po vi­va­kṣi­to ye­na ta­ddvi­vi­dha e­va syā­d dra­vya­taḥ pa­ryā­ya­ta­ś ce­ti ta­thā vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 114,11tu ta­sya dvai­vi­dhye na kiṃ­ci­d a­ni­ṣṭaṃ | saṃ­kṣe­pa­ta­s tu ca­tu­rvi­dho sau ka­thi­ta i­ti sa­rva­m a­na­va­dya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.73na­nu nyā­saḥ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ ya­di syā­n nya­sya­mā­na­tā | ta­dā te­bhyo na bhi­nnaḥ syā­d a­bhe­dā­d dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇoḥ |­| 7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.74bhe­de nā­mā­di­ta­s ta­sya pa­ro nyā­saḥ pra­ka­lpya­tā­m | ta­thā ca sa­tya­va­sthā­naṃ kva syā­t ta­sye­ti ke­ca­na |­| 7­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 114,14na hi jī­vā­da­yaḥ pa­dā­rthā nā­mā­di­bhi­r nya­syaṃ­te­, na pu­na­s te­bhyo bhi­nno nyā­sa i­ty a­tra vi­śe­ṣa­he­tu­r a­sti ya­to TAŚVA-ML 114,15'­na­va­sthā na syā­t dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r bhe­do­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­nnyā­sa­syā­pi tai­r nyā­sāṃ­ta­re ta­syā­pi tai­r nyā­sāṃ­ta­re ta­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 114,16tai­r nyā­sāṃ­ta­ra­sya du­rni­vā­ra­tvā­d i­ti ke­ci­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.75ta­da­yu­kta­m a­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m a­nu­pa­dra­vā­t | sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­da­sya pro­kta­nī­tyā ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t |­| 7­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.76dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­yā­t tā­va­d a­bhe­de nyā­sa­ta­dva­toḥ | nyā­so nyā­sa­va­da­rthā­nā­m i­ti gau­ṇī va­co­ga­tiḥ |­| 7­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.77pa­ryā­yā­rtha­na­yā­d bhe­de ta­yo­r mu­khyai­va sā ma­tā | nyā­sa­syā­pi ca nā­mā­di­nyā­se­ṣṭe­r nā­na­va­sthi­tiḥ |­| 7­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.78bhe­da­pra­bhe­da­rū­pe­ṇā­naṃ­ta­tvā­t sa­rva­va­stu­naḥ | sa­dbhi­r vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­sya pra­mā­ṇā­n nā­nya­thā ga­tiḥ |­| 7­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 114,21nya­sya­mā­na­tā pa­dā­rthe­bhyo '­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m e­va ce­ty e­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­na e­vo­pa­dra­vaṃ­te na pu­na­r a­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­na­s te­ṣāṃ dra­vyā­rthi- TAŚVA-ML 114,22ka­na­yā­rpa­ṇā­t ta­da­bhe­da­sya­, pa­ryā­yā­rthā­rpa­ṇā­d bhe­da­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t | ta­trā­bhe­da­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ nyā­sa i­ti gau­ṇī vā­co- TAŚVA-ML 114,23yu­ktiḥ pa­dā­rthe­bhyo '­na­nya­syā­pi nyā­sa­sya bhe­de­no­pa­ca­ri­ta­sya ta­thā ka­tha­nā­t | na hi dra­vyā­rthi­ka­sya ta­dbhe­do TAŚVA-ML 114,24mu­khyo sti ta­syā­bhe­da­pra­dhā­na­tvā­t | bhe­da­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ tu mu­khyā sā pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ka­sya bhe­da­pra­dhā­na­tvā­t | na ca TAŚVA-ML 114,25ta­trā­na­va­sthā­, nyā­sa­syā­pi nā­mā­di­bhi­r nyā­so­pa­ga­mā­t | nā­ma­jī­vā­da­yaḥ sthā­pa­nā­jī­vā­da­yo dra­vya­jī­vā­da­yo TAŚVA-ML 114,26bhā­va­jī­vā­da­ya­ś ce­ti jī­vā­di­bhe­dā­nāṃ pra­tye­kaṃ nā­mā­di­bhe­de­na vya­va­hā­ra­sya pra­vṛ­tteḥ pa­rā­pa­ra­ta­tpra­bhe­dā­nā­m a­naṃ­ta­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 114,27sa­rva­sya va­stu­no '­naṃ­tā­tma­ka­tve­nai­va pra­mā­ṇa­to vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­sya vya­va­sthi­ta­tvā­t sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­te pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.79na­nu nā­mā­da­yaḥ ke nye nya­sya­mā­nā­rtha­rū­pa­taḥ | yai­r nyā­so stu pa­dā­rthā­nā­m i­ti ke py a­nu­yuṃ­ja­te |­| 7­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.80te­bhyo pi bhe­da­rū­pe­ṇa ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­va­sā­ya­taḥ | nā­mā­dī­nāṃ pa­dā­rthe­bhyaḥ prā­ya­śo da­tta­m u­tta­ra­m |­| 8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.81nā­meṃ­drā­diḥ pṛ­tha­ktā­va­dbhā­veṃ­drā­deḥ pra­tī­ya­te | sthā­pa­neṃ­drā­di­r a­py e­vaṃ dra­vyeṃ­drā­di­ś ca ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.82ta­dbhe­da­ś ca pa­dā­rthe­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d dha­ṭa­rū­pa­va­t | sthā­pya­sthā­pa­ka­bhā­vā­de­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 8­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 114,32nā­mā­da­yo vi­śe­ṣā jī­vā­dya­rthā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nnā ni­kṣi­pya­mā­ṇa­ni­kṣe­pa­ka­bhā­vā­t sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­bhā­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 114,33pra­tya­yā­di­bhe­dā­c ca | ta­ta­s te­ṣā­m a­bhe­de ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti | gha­ṭā­drū­pā­dī­nā­m i­va pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­tvā­n nā­mā­dī­nāṃ nya­sya- TAŚVA-ML 114,34mā­nā­rthā­dbhe­de­na ta­sya tai­r nyā­so yu­kta e­va | na hi nā­meṃ­draḥ sthā­pa­neṃ­dro dra­vyeṃ­dro vā bhā­veṃ­drā­d a­bhi­nna e­va pra­tī- TAŚVA-ML 115,01ya­te ye­na nā­meṃ­drā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ta­dva­to bhe­do na syā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ nā­mā­dī­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa sthi­ta­tvā­d e- TAŚVA-ML 115,02ka­trā­rthe va­sthā­naṃ na syā­t vi­ro­dhā­t śī­to­ṣṇa­spa­rśa­va­t­, sa­ttvā­sa­ttva­va­d ve­ti ce­n na­; a­si­ddha­tvā­d vi­ro­dha­sya nā­mā- TAŚVA-ML 115,03dī­nā­m e­ka­tra da­rśa­nā­d vi­ro­dha­syā­da­rśa­na­sā­dhya­tvā­t | pa­ra­mai­śva­rya­m a­nu­bha­va­t ka­ści­t mā hi bhā­veṃ­draḥ sāṃ­pra­ti­keṃ- TAŚVA-ML 115,04dra­tva­pa­ryā­yā­v i­ṣṭa­tvā­t | sa e­vā­nā­ga­ta­m iṃ­dra­tva­pa­ryā­yaṃ pra­ti gṛ­hī­tā­bhi­mu­khya­tvā­d dra­vyeṃ­draḥ­, sa e­veṃ­drāṃ­ta­ra­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 115,05vya­va­sthā­pya­mā­naḥ sthā­pa­neṃ­draḥ­, sa e­veṃ­drāṃ­ta­ra­nā­m nā­bhi­dhī­ya­mā­no nā­meṃ­dra i­ty e­ka­trā­tma­ni dṛ­śya­mā­nā­nāṃ ka­tha­m i­ha TAŚVA-ML 115,06vi­ro­dho nā­ma a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­ta e­va na nā­mā­dī­nāṃ saṃ­ka­ro vya­ti­ka­ro vā sva­rū­pe­ṇai­va pra­tī­teḥ | ta­d a­ne­na TAŚVA-ML 115,07nā­mā­dī­nā­m e­ka­trā­bhā­va­sā­dha­ne vi­ro­dhā­di­sā­dha­na­syā­si­ddhi­r u­ktā | ye­nā­tma­nā nā­ma te­nai­va sthā­pa­nā­dī­nā­m e­ka­trai- TAŚVA-ML 115,08ka­dā vi­ro­dha e­ve­ti ce­t na­, ta­thā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.83e­ka­trā­rthe vi­ro­dha­ś ce­n nā­mā­dī­nāṃ sa­ho­cya­te | nai­ka­tvā­si­ddhi­to rtha­sya ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca sa­rva­thā |­| 8­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 115,10na hi ba­hi­raṃ­ta­r vā sa­rva­thai­ka­sva­bhā­vaṃ bhā­va­m a­nu­bha­vā­mo nā­nai­ka­sva­bhā­va­sya ta­sya pra­tī­te­r bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | na ca TAŚVA-ML 115,11ta­thā­bhū­te rthe­, ye­na sva­bhā­ve­na nā­ma­vya­va­hā­ra­s te­nai­va sthā­pa­nā­di­vya­va­ha­ra­ṇaṃ ta­sya pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­va­ni­baṃ­dha­na­ta­yā- TAŚVA-ML 115,12nu­bhū­te­r i­ti ka­thaṃ vi­ro­dhaḥ si­ddhye­t | kiṃ ca | nā­mā­di­bhyo vi­ro­dho na­nyo '­nyo vā syā­d u­bha­ya­rū­po vā ? TAŚVA-ML 115,13pra­tha­ma­dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣa­yo­r nā­sau vi­ro­dha­ka i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.5.84nā­mā­de­r a­vi­bhi­nna­ś ce­d vi­ro­dho na vi­ro­dha­kaḥ | nā­mā­dyā­tma­va­d a­nya­ś ce­t kaḥ ka­syā­s tu vi­ro­dha­kaḥ |­| 8­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 115,15na tā­va­d ā­tma­bhū­to vi­ro­dho nā­mā­dī­nāṃ vi­ro­dha­kaḥ syā­d ā­tma­bhū­ta­tvā­n nā­mā­di­svā­tma­va­t vi­pa­rya­yo vā | TAŚVA-ML 115,16nā­py a­nā­tma­bhū­to '­nā­tma­bhū­ta­tvā­d vi­ro­dha­ko rthāṃ­ta­ra­va­t vi­pa­rya­yo vā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.85bhi­nnā­bhi­nno vi­ro­dha­ś ce­t kiṃ na nā­mā­da­ya­s ta­thā | ku­ta­ści­t ta­dva­taḥ saṃ­ti ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­da­bhi­dbhṛ­taḥ |­| 8­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 115,18vi­ro­dho vi­ro­dhi­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nno '­bhi­nna­ś cā­vi­ru­ddho na pu­na­r nā­mā­da­ya­s ta­dva­to rthā­d i­ti bru­vā­ṇo na pre­kṣā­vā­n |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.86e­ka­sya bhā­va­to '­kṣī­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­sya sa­du­dbha­ve | kṣa­yo vi­ro­dha­ka­s ta­sya so rtho ya­dy a­bhi­dhī­ya­te |­| 8­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.5.87ta­dā nā­mā­da­yo na syuḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ro­dha­kāḥ | sa­kṛ­tsaṃ­bha­vi­no rthe­ṣu jī­vā­di­ṣu vi­ni­ści­tāḥ |­| 8­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 115,21na vi­ro­dho nā­ma ka­ści­d a­rtho ye­na vi­ro­dhi­bhyo bhi­nnaḥ syā­t ke­va­la­m a­kṣī­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­sya saṃ­tā­ne­na pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 115,22śī­tā­deḥ kṣa­yo ya­syo­dbha­ve pā­va­kā­deḥ sa e­va ta­sya vi­ro­dha­kaḥ | kṣa­yaḥ pu­naḥ pra­dhvaṃ­sā­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ kā­ryāṃ­ta­ro- TAŚVA-ML 115,23tpā­da e­ve­ty a­bhi­nno vi­ro­dhi­bhyāṃ bhi­nna i­va ku­ta­ści­d vya­va­hri­ya­ta i­ti ya­d u­cya­te ta­dā­pi nā­mā­da­yaḥ kva­ci­d e­ka­tra TAŚVA-ML 115,24pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ro­dhi­no na syuḥ sa­kṛ­tsaṃ­bha­vi­tve­na vi­ni­ści­ta­tvā­t | na hi dra­vya­sya pra­baṃ­dhe­na va­rta­mā­na­sya nā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 115,25sthā­pa­nā­bhā­vā­nā­m a­nya­ta­ma­syā­pi ta­tro­dbha­ve kṣa­yo nu­bhū­ya­te nā­mno vā sthā­pa­nā­yā bhā­va­sya vā ta­thā va­rta­mā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 115,26ta­di­ta­ra­pra­vṛ­ttau ye­na vi­ro­dho ga­mye­ta | ta­thā­nu­bha­vā­bhā­ve pi ta­dvi­ro­dha­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ na kiṃ­ci­t ke­na­ci­d a­vi­ru­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 115,27si­ddhye­t | na ca ka­lpi­ta e­va vi­ro­dhaḥ sa­rva­tra ta­sya va­stu­dha­rma­tve­nā­dhya­va­sī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t sa­ttvā­di­va­t | sa­ttvā- TAŚVA-ML 115,28da­yo pi sa­ttve­nā­dhya­va­sī­ya­mā­nāḥ ka­lpi­tā e­ve­ty a­yu­ktaṃ ta­ttva­to rtha­syā­sa­ttvā­di­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­ka­la­dha­rma­nai­r ā­tmyo- TAŚVA-ML 115,29pa­ga­mā­d a­do­ṣo ya­m i­ti ce­t ka­tha­m e­vaṃ dha­rmī tā­ttvi­kaḥ | so pi ka­lpi­ta e­ve­ti ce­t­, kiṃ pu­na­r a­ka­lpi­taṃ ? TAŚVA-ML 115,30spa­ṣṭa­m a­va­bhā­sa­mā­naṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t nai­ka­treṃ­drau dvi­tva­sya bā­dhi­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ya­di pu­na­r a­bā­dhi­ta­spa­ṣṭa­saṃ­ve­da- TAŚVA-ML 115,31na­ve­dya­tvā­t sva­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­t nai­ka­treṃ­drau dvi­tvā­di­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­d i­ti ma­nya­se ta­dā ka­tha­m a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ka­lpā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 115,32va­sī­ya­mā­na­sya dha­rma­sya dha­rmi­ṇo vā pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­ttvaṃ ni­rā­ku­ru­ṣe | vi­ka­lpā­dhya­va­si­ta­sya sa­rva­syā­bā­dhi­ta­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 115,33saṃ­bha­vā­n na va­stu­sa­ttva­m i­ti ce­t­, ku­ta­s ta­sya ta­da­saṃ­bha­va­ni­śca­yaḥ | vi­vā­dā­pa­nno dha­rmā­di­r nā­bā­dhi­to vi­ka­lpā- TAŚVA-ML 115,34dhya­va­si­ta­tvā­t ma­no­rā­jyā­di­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­d i­ti ce­t­, sa ta­rhy a­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­bhā­va­s ta­syā­nu­mā­na­vi­ka­lpe­nā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 116,01va­si­taḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­n na pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­n vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe te­nai­va he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­, pa­kṣāṃ­ta­re ta­ttva­ta­s ta­syā­bā­dhi­ta­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 116,02a­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­bhā­va­syā­bhā­ve ta­da­bā­dhi­ta­tva­vi­dhā­nā­t | na cā­vi­cā­ra­si­ddha­yo­r dha­rmi­dha­rma­yo­r a­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­bhā­vaḥ pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 116,03si­ddha­m a­bā­dhi­ta­tvaṃ vi­ru­ṇa­ddhi saṃ­vṛ­tti­si­ddhe­na pa­ra­mā­rtha­si­ddha­sya bā­dha­nā­ni­ṣṭeḥ | ta­di­ṣṭau vā sve­ṣṭa­si­ddhe­r a­yo­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 116,04ka­thaṃ vi­ka­lpā­dhya­va­si­ta­syā­bā­dhi­ta­tvaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­t­, dṛ­ṣṭa­sya ka­thaṃ ? bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 116,05e­vā­nya­syā­pi | na hi dṛ­ṣṭa­syai­va sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā sa­rva­sya sa­rva­thā bā­dha­kā­bhā­vo ni­śce­tuṃ śa­kyo na pu­na­r a­dhva- TAŚVA-ML 116,06si­ta­sye­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ sva­sthaḥ pra­tī­tya­pa­lā­pā­t | ta­to vi­ro­dhaḥ kva­ci­t tā­ttvi­ka e­vā­bā­dhi­ta­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d i­ṣṭo TAŚVA-ML 116,07va­stu­sva­bhā­va­va­d i­ti vi­ro­dhi­bhyāṃ bhi­nna­si­ddheḥ | sa bhi­nna e­va sa­rva­the­ty a­yu­kta­m u­kto­tta­ra­tvā­t | tā­bhyāṃ bhi­nna­sya TAŚVA-ML 116,08ta­sya vi­ro­dha­ka­tve sa­rvaḥ sa­rva­sya vi­ro­dha­kaḥ syā­d i­ti | na­nu cā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­to pi vi­ro­dhi­no­r vi­ro­dha­ko vi­ro­dhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 116,09ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve sa­ti vi­ro­dha­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­, ya­s tu na ta­yo­r vi­ro­dha­kaḥ sa na ta­thā ya­thā­pa­ro­rthaḥ ta­to na TAŚVA-ML 116,10sa­rvaḥ sa­rva­sya vi­ro­dha­ka i­ti ce­n na­; ta­sya ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | vi­ro­dho hi bhā­vaḥ sa ca tu­ccha­sva­bhā­vo TAŚVA-ML 116,11ya­di śī­to­ṣṇa­dra­vya­yo­r vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ ta­dā sa­kṛ­tta­yo­r a­da­rśa­nā­pa­ttiḥ | a­tha śī­ta­dra­vya­syai­va vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ ta­dā ta­d e­va TAŚVA-ML 116,12vi­ro­dhi syā­n no­ṣṇa­dra­vyaṃ | ta­thā ca na dvi­ṣṭho sau e­ka­trā­va­sthi­teḥ | na cai­ka­tra vi­ro­dhaḥ sa­rva­dā ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 116,13e­te­no­ṣṇa­dra­vya­syai­va vi­ro­dho vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ i­ty a­pi ni­ra­staṃ | ya­di pu­naḥ ka­rma­stha­kri­yā­pe­kṣa­yā vi­ru­ddha­mā­na­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 116,14vi­ro­dhaḥ sa śī­ta­dra­vya­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ­, ka­rtṛ­stha­kri­yā­pe­kṣa­yā vi­ro­dhaḥ sa u­ṣṇa­dra­vya­sya | vi­ro­dha­sā­mā­nyā- TAŚVA-ML 116,15pe­kṣa­yā vi­ro­dha­syo­bha­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r dvi­ṣṭha­tvaṃ ta­dā rū­pā­de­r a­pi dvi­ṣṭha­tva­ni­ya­mā­pa­tti­s ta­tsā­mā­nya­sya dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 116,16rū­pā­de­r gu­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t ta­tsā­mā­nya­sya pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tvā­t na ta­da­ne­ka­stha­tve ta­syā­ne­ka­stha­tva­m i­ti ce­t ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 116,17ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­sthā­d vi­ro­dha­vi­śe­ṣā­t pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­sya | vi­ro­dha­sā­mā­nya­sya dvi­ṣṭha­tve ku­ta­s ta­ddvi­ṣṭha­tvaṃ ye­na dva­yo­r vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 116,18vi­ro­dhaḥ | e­te­na gu­ṇa­yoḥ ka­rma­ṇo­r dra­vya­gu­ṇa­yoḥ gu­ṇa­ka­rma­ṇoḥ dra­vya­ka­rma­ṇo­r vā vi­ro­dho vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ i­ty a­pā­staṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 116,19vi­ro­dha­sya gu­ṇa­tve gu­ṇā­dā­v a­saṃ­bha­vā­c ca | ta­syā­bhā­va­rū­pa­tve ka­thaṃ sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­bhā­vo ye­nā­ne­ka­vi­ro­dhi­ve­śe­ṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 116,20bhū­ta­vi­ro­dha­vi­śe­ṣa­m a­vyā­pi vi­ro­dha­sā­mā­nya­m u­pe­ya­te | ya­di pu­naḥ ṣa­ṭpa­dā­rtha­vya­ti­re­ka­tvā­t pa­dā­rtha­śe­ṣo vi­ro­dho TAŚVA-ML 116,21'­ne­ka­sthaḥ­, sa ca vi­ro­dhya­vi­ro­dha­ka­bhā­va­pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddheḥ sa­mā­śrī­ya­te ta­dā ta­sya ku­to dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ ? TAŚVA-ML 116,22na tā­va­t saṃ­yo­gā­t pu­ru­ṣe daṃ­ḍa­va­t ta­syā­dra­vya­tve­na saṃ­yo­gā­nā­śra­ya­tvā­t­, nā­pi sa­ma­vā­yā­d ga­vi vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 116,23dra­vya­gu­ṇa­ka­rma­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­vya­ti­ri­kta­tve­nā­sa­ma­vā­yi­tvā­t | na ca saṃ­yo­ga­sa­ma­vā­yā­bhyā­m a­saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya vi­ro­dha­sya TAŚVA-ML 116,24kva­ci­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tā yu­ktā­, sa­rva­sya sa­rva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | sa­ma­vā­ya­va­tsa­ma­vā­yi­ṣu saṃ­yo­ga­sa­ma­vā­yā­sa­ttve pi TAŚVA-ML 116,25ta­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­te­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi ta­thā sā­dhya­tvā­t | na cā­bhā­va­va­dbhā­ve­ṣu ta­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tā ta­syā­pi ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 116,26si­ddhya­bhā­vā­t | na hy a­si­ddha­m a­si­ddha­syo­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ­, a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nu ca vi­ro­dhi­nā­v e­tau sa­ma­vā­yi­nā­v i­mau TAŚVA-ML 116,27nā­stī­ha gha­ṭa i­ti vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­yaḥ ka­thaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa syā­t | daṃ­ḍī­ti pra­tya­ya­va­d bha­va­ti cā­ya­m a- TAŚVA-ML 116,28bā­dhi­ta­va­pu­r na ca dra­vyā­di­ṣa­ṭpa­dā­rthā­nā­m a­nya­ta­ma­ni­mi­tto '­yaṃ ta­da­nu­rū­pa­tvā­t pra­tī­teḥ­, nā­py a­ni­mi­ttaḥ ka­dā­ci­t kva- TAŚVA-ML 116,29ci­d bhā­vā­t | ta­to syā­pa­re­ṇa he­tu­nā bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ sa­to vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­śe­ṣaḥ pa­dā­rtha­śe­ṣe­ṣv a­vi­nā­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 116,30va­va­d i­ti sa­ma­vā­ya­va­d a­bhā­va­va­d vā vi­ro­dha­sya kva­ci­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tva­si­ddhau ta­syā­pi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va­sya svā­śra­ya- TAŚVA-ML 116,31vi­śe­ṣā­śrā­yi­ṇaḥ ku­ta­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ | pa­ra­smā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t ta­syā­pi sva­vi­śe­ṣya­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 116,32pa­ra­smā­d i­ty a­na­va­sthā­d a­pra­ti­pa­tti­vi­śe­ṣya­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­pra­ti­pa­tti­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ta­da­ni­ṣṭeḥ­, nā­gṛ­hī­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā vi­śe­ṣye TAŚVA-ML 116,33bu­ddhi­r i­ti va­ca­nā­t | su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va­syā­pa­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vā­bhā­ve pi svā­śra­ya­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 116,34ṇa­tvo­pa­ga­me sa­ma­vā­yā­de­r a­pi kva vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ­, ta­da­bhā­ve pi kiṃ na syā­t ? i­ti na vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 116,35si­ddhiḥ | ta­da­si­ddhau ca na kiṃ­ci­t ka­sya­ci­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m i­ti na vi­ro­dho vi­ro­dhi­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na si­dhya­ti | TAŚVA-ML 117,01vi­ro­dha­pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­tvaṃ tu ke­va­laṃ vi­ro­dha­mā­traṃ sā­dha­ye­n na pu­na­r a­na­yo­r vi­ro­dha i­ti ta­tpra­ti­ni­ya­maṃ­, ta­to na TAŚVA-ML 117,02vi­ro­dhi­bhyo tyaṃ­ta­bhi­nno vi­ro­dho bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ | ka­thaṃ­ci­d vi­ro­dhyā­tma­ka­tve tu vi­ro­dha­sya pra­ti­ni­ya­ma­si­ddhi­r na TAŚVA-ML 117,03ka­ści­d u­pā­laṃ­bha i­ti sū­ktaṃ vi­ro­dha­va­tsvā­śra­yā­n nā­mā­dī­nāṃ bhi­nnā­bhi­nna­tva­sā­dha­naṃ | nā­mā­di­bhi­r nyā­so '­rthā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 117,04m a­na­rtha­ka i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya pra­kṛ­ta­vyā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­tvā­d a­pra­kṛ­tā­vyā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­tvā­c ca | bhā­va­sta­mbha­pra­ka­ra­ṇe hi ta­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 117,05vyā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ nā­ma­staṃ­bhā­dī­nā­m a­vyā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ca a­pra­kṛ­tā­nāṃ na nā­mā­di­ni­kṣe­pā­bhā­ve rtha­sya gha­ṭa­te­, ta­tsaṃ­ka­ra­vya­ti­ka- TAŚVA-ML 117,06rā­bhyāṃ vya­va­hā­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nu bhā­va­staṃ­bha­sya mu­khya­tvā­d vyā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ na nā­mā­dī­nāṃ "­gau­ṇa­mu­khya­yo­r mu­khye saṃ­pra- TAŚVA-ML 117,07tya­ya­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | nai­ta­n ni­ya­taṃ­, go­pā­la­ka­mā­na­ya ka­ṭa­ja­ka­mā­na­ye­tyā­dau gau­ṇe saṃ­pra­tya­ya­si­ddheḥ | na hi ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 117,08yo gāḥ pā­la­ya­ti yo vā ka­ṭe jā­to mu­khya­s ta­tra saṃ­pra­tya­yo sti | kiṃ ta­rhi ? ya­syai­ta­n nā­ma kṛ­taṃ ta­trai­va gau­ṇe TAŚVA-ML 117,09pra­tī­tiḥ | kṛ­tri­ma­tvā­d gau­ṇe saṃ­pra­tya­yo na mu­khye ta­syā­kṛ­tri­ma­tvā­t "­kṛ­tri­mā­kṛ­tri­ma­yoḥ kṛ­tri­me saṃ­pra­tya­ya­" i­ti TAŚVA-ML 117,10va­ca­nā­t | nai­ta­de­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ pāṃ­su­la­pā­da­sya ta­trai­vo­bha­ya­ga­ti­da­rśa­nā­t | sa hy a­pra­ka­ra­ṇa­jña­tvā­d u­bha­yaṃ pra­tye­ti ki­m a­haṃ yo TAŚVA-ML 117,11gāḥ pā­la­ya­ti yo vā ka­ṭe jā­ta­s ta­m ā­na­yā­mi kiṃ vā ya­syai­ṣā saṃ­jñā taṃ ? i­ti vi­ka­lpa­nā­t | pra­ka­ra­ṇa­jña­sya TAŚVA-ML 117,12kṛ­tri­me saṃ­pra­tya­yo stī­ti ce­t na­, ta­syā­kṛ­tri­me pi saṃ­pra­tya­yo­pa­pa­tte­s ta­thā pra­ka­ra­ṇā­t | na­nu ca jī­va­śa­bdā­di­bhyo TAŚVA-ML 117,13bhā­va­jī­vā­di­ṣv e­va saṃ­pra­tya­ya­s te­ṣā­m a­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvā­d i­ti ce­t na­, nā­mā­dī­nā­m a­pi svā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 117,14bhā­vā­rtha­kri­yā­yā­s tai­r a­ka­ra­ṇā­d a­na­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvaṃ te­ṣā­m i­ti ce­t­, nā­mā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­yā­s ta­rhi bhā­ve­nā­ka­ra­ṇā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 117,15syā­na­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­m a­stu | kāṃ­ci­d a­py a­rtha­kri­yāṃ na nā­mā­da­yaḥ ku­rvaṃ­tī­ty a­yu­ktaṃ te­ṣā­m a­va­stu­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na TAŚVA-ML 117,16cai­ta­d u­pa­pa­nnaṃ bhā­va­va­nnā­mā­dī­nā­m a­bā­dhi­ta­pra­tī­tyā va­stu­tva­si­ddheḥ | e­te­na nā­mai­va vā­sta­vaṃ na sthā­pa­nā­di­tra­ya­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 117,17śa­bdā­dvai­ta­vā­di­ma­taṃ­, sthā­pa­nai­va ka­lpa­nā­tmi­kā na nā­mā­di­tra­yaṃ va­stu sa­rva­sya ka­lpi­ta­tvā­d i­ti vi­bhra­mai­kāṃ­ta­vā- TAŚVA-ML 117,18di­ma­taṃ­, dra­vya­m e­va ta­ttvaṃ na bhā­vā­di­tra­ya­m i­ti ca dra­vyā­dvai­ta­vā­di­da­rśa­naṃ pra­ti­vyū­ḍhaṃ | ta­da­nya­ta­mā­pā­ye sa­ka­la­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 117,19vya­va­hā­rā­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś ca yu­ktaḥ sa­rva­pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ nā­mā­di­bhi­r nyā­sa­stā­va­tā pra­ka­ra­ṇa­pa­ri­sa­mā­pteḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 117,20na­nu nā­mā­di­bhi­r nya­stā­nā­m a­khi­la­pa­dā­rthā­nā­m a­dhi­ga­maḥ ke­na ka­rta­vyo ya­ta­s ta­dvya­va­sthā a­dhi­ga­ma­ja­sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­vya- TAŚVA-ML 117,21va­sthā ca syā­t | na cā­sta­dha­nā ka­sya­ci­d vya­va­sthā sa­rva­sya sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­vya­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­d i­ti va­daṃ­taṃ pra­tyā­ha TAŚVA-ML 117,22sū­tra­kā­ra­;­ —TA-ML 1.6 pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r a­dhi­ga­maḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 117,24sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ mu­mu­kṣu­bhiḥ ka­rta­vyo na pu­na­r a­sā­dha­na e­vā­dhi­ga­ma i­ti vā­kyā­rthaḥ |­| ka­tha­m a­sau taiḥ ka­rta­vya TAŚVA-ML 117,25i­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.6.1sū­tre nā­mā­di­ni­kṣi­pta­ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­ma­sthi­taḥ | kā­rtsnya­to de­śa­to vā­pi sa pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r i­ha |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 117,27ta­nni­sa­rgā­d a­dhi­ga­mā­d ve­ty a­tra sū­tre nā­mā­di­ni­kṣi­ptā­nāṃ ta­ttvā­rthā­nāṃ yo dhi­ga­maḥ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­he­tu­tve­na sthi­taḥ sa TAŚVA-ML 117,28i­ha śā­stre pra­stā­ve vā kā­rtsnya­taḥ pra­mā­ṇe­na ka­rta­vyo de­śa­to na­yai­r e­ve­ti vya­va­sthā | na­nv e­vaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­na­yā­nā­m a­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 117,29ga­ma­s ta­thā­nyaiḥ pra­mā­ṇa­na­yaiḥ kā­rya­s ta­da­dhi­ga­mo py a­pa­rai­r i­ty a­na­va­sthā­, sva­ta­s te­ṣā­m a­dhi­ga­me sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ sva­taḥ so stv i­ti TAŚVA-ML 117,30na te­ṣā­m a­dhi­ga­ma­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ | na vā­na­dhi­ga­tā e­va pra­mā­ṇa­na­yāḥ pa­dā­rthā­dhi­ga­mo­pā­yā jñā­pa­ka­tvā­d a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­c ce­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 117,31pa­raḥ | so py a­pra­stu­ta­vā­dī | pra­mā­ṇa­na­yā­nā­m a­bhyā­sā­na­bhyā­sā­va­stha­yoḥ sva­taḥ pa­ra­ta­ś cā­dhi­ga­ma­sya va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 117,32pa­ra­ta­s te­ṣā­m a­dhi­ga­me kva­ci­d a­bhyā­sā­t sva­to dhi­ga­ma­si­ddhe­r a­na­va­sthā­pa­ri­ha­ra­ṇā­t | sva­to dhi­ga­me sa­rvā­rthā­nā­m a­dhi­ga­ma­sya TAŚVA-ML 117,33te­ṣā­m a­ce­ta­na­tve­nā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ce­ta­nā­rthā­nāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­t pra­mā­ṇa­na­yā­tma­ka­tve­na sva­to dhi­ga­ma­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­c ca śre­yā­n TAŚVA-ML 117,34pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r a­dhi­ga­mo rthā­nāṃ sa­rva­thā do­ṣā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 118,01na­nu ca pra­mā­ṇaṃ na­yā­ś ce­ti dvaṃ­dva­vṛ­ttau na­ya­sya pū­rva­ni­pā­taḥ syā­d a­lpā­cta­ra­tvā­n na pra­mā­ṇa­sya ba­hva­cta­stvā­d i­ty ā- TAŚVA-ML 118,02kṣe­pe prā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.6.2pra­mā­ṇaṃ ca na­yā­ś ce­ti dvaṃ­dve pū­rva­ni­pā­ta­na­m | kṛ­taṃ pra­mā­ṇa­śa­bda­syā­bhya­rhi­ta­tve­na ba­hva­caḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 118,04na hy a­lpā­cta­rā­d a­bhya­rhi­taṃ pū­rvaṃ ni­pa­ta­tī­ti ka­sya­ci­d a­pra­si­ddhaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­he­tvo­r i­ty a­tra he­tu­śa­bdā­d a­lpā­cta­rā­d a­pi TAŚVA-ML 118,05la­kṣa­ṇa­pa­da­sya ba­hva­co '­bhya­rhi­ta­sya pū­rva­pra­yo­ga­da­rśa­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 118,06ka­thaṃ pu­naḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­bhya­rhi­taṃ na­yā­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.6.3pra­mā­ṇaṃ sa­ka­lā­de­śi na­yā­da­bhya­rhi­taṃ ma­ta­m | vi­ka­lā­de­śi­na­s ta­sya vā­ca­ko pi ta­tho­cya­te |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 118,08ka­tha­m a­bhya­rhi­ta­tvā­na­bhya­rhi­ta­tvā­bhyāṃ sa­ka­lā­de­śi­tva­vi­ka­lā­de­śi­tve vyā­pti­si­ddhe ya­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­yo­s te si­ddhya­ta TAŚVA-ML 118,09i­ti ce­t­, pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śu­ddhi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d a­bhya­rhi­ta­tvā­na­bhya­rhi­ta­tva­yo­s ta­dva­yā­pa­ka­tva­m i­ti brū­maḥ | na hi pra­kṛ­ṣṭāṃ TAŚVA-ML 118,10vi­śu­ddhi­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa pra­mā­ṇa­m a­ne­ka­dha­rma­dha­rmi­sva­bhā­vaṃ sa­ka­la­m a­rtha­m ā­di­śa­ti­, na­ya­syā­pi sa­ka­lā­de­śi­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nā­pi TAŚVA-ML 118,11vi­śu­ddhya­pa­ka­rṣa­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa na­yo dha­rma­mā­traṃ vā vi­ka­la­m ā­di­śa­ti pra­mā­ṇa­syā­vi­ka­lā­de­śi­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.4svā­rtha­ni­ścā­ya­ka­tve­na pra­mā­ṇaṃ na­ya i­ty a­sa­t | svā­rthai­ka­de­śa­ni­rṇī­ti­la­kṣa­ṇo hi na­yaḥ smṛ­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 118,13na­yaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m e­va svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­ya­ka­tvā­di­ṣṭa­pra­mā­ṇa­va­d vi­pa­rya­yo vā­, ta­to na pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­yo­r bhe­do sti ye­nā- TAŚVA-ML 118,14bhya­rhi­te­ta­ra­tā ciṃ­tyā i­ti ka­ści­t | ta­d a­sa­t | na­ya­sya svā­rthai­ka­de­śa­la­kṣa­ṇa­tve­na svā­rtha­ni­ścā­ya­ka­tvā­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 118,15svā­rtho ṃ­śa­syā­pi va­stu­tve ta­tpa­ri­cche­de che­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­sya sa na ce­d va­stu ta­dvi­ṣa­yo mi­thyā­jñā­na­m e­va syā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 118,16syā­va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d i­ti co­dya­m a­sa­d e­va | ku­taḥ ? TAŚV-ML 1.6.5nā­yaṃ va­stu na cā­va­stu va­stvaṃ­śaḥ ka­thya­te ya­taḥ | nā­sa­mu­draḥ sa­mu­dro vā sa­mu­drāṃ­śo ya­tho­cya­te |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.6ta­nmā­tra­sya sa­mu­dra­tve śe­ṣāṃ­śa­syā­sa­mu­dra­tā | sa­mu­dra­ba­hu­tvaṃ vā syā­t ta­c ce­t kā­s tu sa­mu­dra­vi­t |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 118,19ya­thai­va hi sa­mu­drāṃ­śa­sya sa­mu­dra­tve śe­ṣa­sa­mu­drāṃ­śā­nā­m a­sa­mu­dra­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­mu­dra­ba­hu­tvā­pa­tti­r vā te­ṣā­m a­pi pra­tye­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 118,20sa­mu­dra­tvā­t | ta­syā­sa­mu­dra­tve vā śe­ṣa­sa­mu­drāṃ­śā­nā­m a­py a­sa­mu­dra­tvā­t kva­ci­d a­pi sa­mu­dra­vya­va­hā­rā­yo­gā­t sa­mu­drāṃ­śaḥ TAŚVA-ML 118,21sa e­vo­cya­te | ta­thā svā­rthai­ka­de­śo na­ya­sya na va­stu svā­rthai­ka­de­śāṃ­ta­rā­ṇā­m a­va­stu­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, va­stu­ba­hu­tvā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 118,22ṣa­kte­r vā | nā­py a­va­stu śe­ṣāṃ­śā­nā­m a­py a­va­stu­tve­na kva­ci­d a­pi va­stu­vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? | va­stvaṃ­śa TAŚVA-ML 118,23e­vā­sau tā­dṛ­kpra­tī­te­r bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.7nāṃ­śe­bhyo rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ka­ści­t ta­ttva­to ṃ­śī­ty a­yu­kti­ka­m | ta­syai­ka­ś ca stha­vi­ṣṭha­sya sphu­ṭaṃ dṛ­ṣṭe­s ta­daṃ­śa­va­t |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 118,25nāṃ­ta­rba­hi­rvāṃ­śe­bhyo bhi­nnoṃ­śī ka­ści­t ta­ttva­to sti yo hi pra­tya­kṣa­bu­ddhā­v ā­tmā­naṃ na sa­ma­rpa­ya­ti pra­tya­kṣa­tāṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 118,26svī­ka­ro­ti | so ya­m a­mū­lya­dā­na­kra­yī­ty a­yu­kti­ka­m e­va­, stha­vi­ṣṭha­syai­ka­sya sphu­ṭaṃ sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇā­t ta­dva­ya­ti­re­ke­ṇāṃ­śā­nā­m e- TAŚVA-ML 118,27vā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | ta­thā i­me pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vo nā­tma­naḥ pra­tya­kṣa­bu­ddhau sva­rū­paṃ sa­ma­rpa­yaṃ­ti pra­tya­kṣa­tāṃ ca svī­ka­rtu­m u­tsa­haṃ­ta TAŚVA-ML 118,28i­ty a­mū­lya­dā­na­kra­yi­ṇaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.8ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­to ṃ­śī ce­t sa na syā­t ka­lpa­nāṃ­ta­re | ta­sya nā­rtha­kri­yā­śa­kti­r na spa­ṣṭa­jñā­na­ve­dya­tā |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 118,30śa­kyaṃ­te hi ka­lpa­nāḥ pra­ti­saṃ­khyā­ne­na ni­vā­ra­yi­tuṃ neṃ­dri­ya­bu­ddha­ya i­ti sva­ya­m a­bhyu­pe­tya ka­lpa­nāṃ­ta­re sa­ty a­py a- TAŚVA-ML 118,31ni­va­rta­mā­naṃ stha­vī­yā­nsaṃ e­ka­m a­va­ya­vi­naṃ ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­taṃ bru­va­n ka­tha­m a­va­ya­ve va­ya­vi­va­ca­naḥ ? ya­di pu­na­r a­va­ya­vi­ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 118,32nā­yāḥ ka­lpa­nāṃ­ta­ra­sya vā­śu­vṛ­tte­r vi­cche­dā­nu­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­t sa­ha­bhā­vā­bhi­mā­no lo­ka­sya | ta­to na ka­lpa­nāṃ­ta­re sa­ti TAŚVA-ML 118,33ka­lpa­nā­tma­no py a­va­ya­vi­no sti­tva­m i­ti ma­tiḥ ta­dā ka­tha­m iṃ­dra­ya­bu­ddhī­nāṃ kva­ci­t sa­ha­bhā­va­s tā­ttvi­kaḥ si­ddhye­t |  TAŚVA-ML 119,01tā­sā­m a­py ā­śu­vṛ­tte­r vi­cche­dā­nu­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­t sa­ha­bhā­vā­bhi­mā­na­si­ddheḥ | ka­thaṃ vā­śvaṃ vi­ka­lpa­ya­to pi ca go­da­rśa­nā­d da­rśa­na­ka- TAŚVA-ML 119,02lpa­nā­vi­ra­ha­si­ddhiḥ ? ka­lpa­nā­tma­no pi go­da­rśa­na­sya ta­thā­śva­vi­ka­lpe­na sa­ha­bhā­va­pra­tī­te­r a­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­taḥ sa­rva­tra TAŚVA-ML 119,03ka­lpa­nā­yāḥ ka­lpa­nāṃ­ta­ro­da­ye ni­vṛ­tti­r e­ṣṭa­vyā­, a­nya­the­ṣṭa­vyā­ghā­tā­t | ta­thā ca na ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­to ṃ­śī ka­lpa­nāṃ­ta­re TAŚVA-ML 119,04sa­ty a­py a­ni­va­rta­mā­na­tvā­t sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­va­t | ta­syā­rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ sā­ma­rthyā­c ca na ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­tvaṃ | na hi mā­ṇa­va­ke TAŚVA-ML 119,05'­gni­r a­dhyā­ro­pi­taḥ pā­kā­dā­v ā­dhī­ya­te | ka­rāṃ­gu­li­ṣv ā­ro­pi­to vai­na­te­yo ni­rvi­ṣī­ka­ra­ṇā­dā­v ā­dhī­ya­ta i­ti ce­t na­, TAŚVA-ML 119,06sa­mu­dro­llaṃ­gha­nā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­yā­m a­pi ta­syā­dhā­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ni­rvi­ṣī­ka­ra­ṇā­da­ya­s tu ta­dā pā­nā­di­mā­tra­ni­baṃ­dha­nā e­ve­ti na TAŚVA-ML 119,07ta­to vi­ru­dhyaṃ­te | na­nv a­rtha­kri­yā­śa­kti­r a­si­ddhā­va­ya­vi­naḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m e­vā­rtha­kri­yā­sa­ma­rtha­si­ddhe­s ta e­va hy a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 119,08rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­ṇo rū­pā­di­ta­yā vya­va­hri­yaṃ­te | ja­lā­ha­ra­ṇā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ pra­va­rta­mā­nā­s tu gha­ṭā­di- TAŚVA-ML 119,09ta­yā | ta­to gha­ṭā­dya­va­ya­vi­no a­va­stu­tva­si­ddhi­s ta­sya saṃ­vṛ­ta­sa­ttvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ ja­lā­ha­ra­ṇā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 119,10sā­ma­rthyā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r gha­ṭā­de­r e­va ta­tra sā­ma­rthyā­t pa­ra­mā­rtha­si­ddheḥ | pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vo hi ta­tra pra­va­rta­mā­nāḥ kaṃ­ci­d a­ti­śa­ya­m a- TAŚVA-ML 119,11pe­kṣaṃ­te na­vā ? na tā­va­d u­tta­raḥ pa­kṣaḥ sa­rva­dā sa­rve­ṣāṃ ta­tra pra­vṛ­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sva­kā­ra­ṇa­kṛ­ta­m a­ti­śa­ya­m a­pe­kṣaṃ­ta e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 119,12ce­t­, kaḥ pu­na­r a­ti­śa­yaḥ ? sa­mā­na­de­śa­ta­yo­tpā­da i­ti ce­t­, kā pu­na­s te­ṣāṃ sa­mā­na­de­śa­tā ? bhi­nna­de­śā­nā­m e­vo- TAŚVA-ML 119,13pa­ga­ta­tvā­t ja­lā­ha­ra­ṇā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­yo­gya­de­śa­tā te­ṣāṃ sa­mā­na­de­śa­tā nā­nyā­, yā­dṛ­śi hi de­śe sthi­taḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r e- TAŚVA-ML 119,14ka­s ta­tro­pa­yu­jya­te tā­dṛ­śi pa­re pi pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ sthi­tā­s ta­trai­vo­pa­yu­jya­mā­nāḥ sa­mā­na­de­śāḥ ka­thyaṃ­te na pu­na­r e­ka­tra de­śe TAŚVA-ML 119,15va­rta­mā­nā­, vi­ro­dhā­t | sa­rve­ṣā­m e­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­mā­tra­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­rvā­tma­nā pa­ra­spa­rā­nu­pra­ve­śā­d a­nya­thai­ka­de­śa­tvā­yo­gā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 119,16ce­t | kā pu­na­r i­ya­m e­kā ja­lā­ha­ra­ṇā­dya­rtha­kri­yā ? ya­syā­m u­pa­yu­jya­mā­nā bhi­nna­de­śa­vṛ­tta­yo py a­ṇa­vaḥ sa­mā­na­de­śāḥ syuḥ | TAŚVA-ML 119,17pra­ti­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­bhi­dya­mā­nā hi sā­ne­kai­va yu­ktā bha­va­tā­m a­nya­thā­ne­ka­gha­ṭā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­sā­dhyā­pi sai­kā syā­d a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | TAŚVA-ML 119,18sa­tyaṃ | a­ne­kai­va sā ja­lā­ha­ra­ṇā­dyā­kā­ra­pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m e­va ta­t kri­yā­tve­na vya­va­ha­ra­ṇā­t | ta­dva­ya­ti­re­ke­ṇa kri- TAŚVA-ML 119,19yā­yā vi­ro­dhā­t ke­va­la­m e­ka­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇā­d e­ka­tve­no­pa­ca­rya­ta i­ti ce­n na­, ta­tkā­ryā­ṇā­m a­py e­ka­tvā­si­ddhe­s ta­ttva­to ne­ka­tve- TAŚVA-ML 119,20no­pa­ga­ta­tvā­t sva­kī­yai­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇā­t ta­tkā­ryā­ṇā­m e­ka­tvo­pa­ga­me syā­d a­na­va­sthā ta­ttva­taḥ su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā ba­hū­nā- TAŚVA-ML 119,21m e­ka­sya kā­rya­syā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­du­pa­ga­me vā nā­nā­ṇū­nā­m e­ko va­ya­vī kā­ryaṃ kiṃ na bha­ve­t | ya­di pu­na­r e­ka­ta­yā TAŚVA-ML 119,22pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­d e­kai­va ja­lā­ha­ra­ṇā­dya­rtha­kri­yo­pe­ya­te ta­dā gha­ṭā­dya­va­ya­vī ta­ta e­vai­kaḥ kiṃ na syā­t ? saṃ­vṛ­ttyā­s tu TAŚVA-ML 119,23ta­de­ka­tva­pra­tya­ya­sya sāṃ­vṛ­ta­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ja­lā­ha­ra­ṇā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­pi saṃ­vṛ­ttyai­kā­s tu ta­da­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­tho­pa­ga­me ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 119,24ta­ttva­to bhi­nna­de­śā­nā­m a­ṇū­nā­m e­ka­syā­m a­rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ pra­vṛ­tteḥ sa­mā­na­de­śa­tā ya­yo­tpā­de ti­śa­ya­s tai­s ta­trā­pe­kṣa­te | ta­da­na- TAŚVA-ML 119,25pe­kṣā­ś ca ka­thaṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­he­ta­vo ti­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti na gha­ṭā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­bhā­jaḥ syuḥ | na cā­yaṃ gha­ṭā­dye­ka­tva­pra- TAŚVA-ML 119,26tya­yaḥ sāṃ­vṛ­taḥ spa­ṣṭa­tvā­d a­kṣa­ja­tvā­d bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­c ca ya­ta­s ta­de­ka­tvaṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaṃ na syā­t | ta­to yu­ktāṃ­śi­no rtha­kri- TAŚVA-ML 119,27yā­yāṃ śa­kti­r aṃ­śa­va­d i­ti nā­si­ddhaṃ sā­dha­naṃ spa­ṣṭa­jñā­na­ve­dya­tvā­c ca nāṃ­śī ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­toṃ­śa­va­t | na­nv aṃ­śā e­va spa­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 119,28jñā­na­ve­dyā nāṃ­śī ta­sya pra­tya­kṣe '­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d i­ti ce­t na­, a­kṣa­vyā­pā­re sa­ty a­yaṃ gha­ṭā­di­r i­ti saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t | a- TAŚVA-ML 119,29sa­ti ta­da­bhā­vā­t | na­nv a­kṣa­vyā­pā­re ṃ­śā e­va pa­ra­ma­sū­kṣmāḥ saṃ­ci­tāḥ pra­ti­bhā­saṃ­te ta e­va spa­ṣṭa­jñā­na­ve­dyāḥ ke­va­la- TAŚVA-ML 119,30pra­ti­bhā­sā­naṃ­ta­ra­m ā­śv e­vāṃ­śi­vi­ka­lpaḥ prā­du­r bha­va­nn a­kṣa­vyā­pā­ra­bhā­vī­ti lo­ka­sya vi­bhra­maḥ­, sa­vi­ka­lpā­vi­ka­lpa­yo­r jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 119,31yo­r e­ka­tvā­dhya­va­sā­yā­d yu­ga­pa­dvṛ­tte­r la­ghu­vṛ­tte­r vā | ya­dāṃ­śa­da­rśa­naṃ spa­ṣṭaṃ ta­dai­va pū­rvāṃ­śa­da­rśa­na­ja­ni­tāṃ­śi­vi­ka­lpa­syā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 119,32ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­ma­na­so­r yu­ga­pa­dvṛ­tte­s sa­vi­ka­lpā­vi­ka­lpa­yoḥ | vi­mū­ḍho la­ghu­vṛ­tte­r vā ta­yo­r ai­kyaṃ vya­va­sya­ti­" i­ti | ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 119,33py a­yu­ktaṃ | vi­ka­lpe­nā­spa­ṣṭe­na sa­hai­ka­tvā­dhya­va­sā­ye ni­rvi­ka­lpa­syāṃ­śa­da­rśa­na­syā­spa­ṣṭa­tva­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | spa­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 119,34pra­ti­bhā­se­na da­rśa­ne­nā­bhi­bhū­ta­tvā­d vi­ka­lpa­sya spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­m e­ve­ti ce­t na­, a­śva­vi­ka­lpa­go­da­rśa­na­yo­r yu­ga­pa­dvṛ­ttau ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 119,35e­vā­śv a­vi­ka­lpa­sya spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­sa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­sya bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­n na go­da­rśa­ne­nā­bhi­bha­vo stī­ti ce­t­, ki­m i­dā­nī- TAŚVA-ML 120,01m e­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­tve sa­ti vi­ka­lpa­sya da­rśa­ne­nā­bhi­bha­vaḥ sā­dhya­te ta­ta­s ta­sya spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­sa i­ti ma­taṃ | nai­ta­d a­pi sā- TAŚVA-ML 120,02dhī­yaḥ | śa­bda­sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­da­rśa­ne­na ta­tkṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­nu­mā­na­vi­ka­lpa­syā­bhi­bha­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­hi ta­sya te­na yu­ga­pa­dbhā­vo nā­sti TAŚVA-ML 120,03vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t ta­to sya spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­saḥ syā­t | bhi­nna­sā­ma­grī­ja­nya­tvā­d a­nu­mā­na­vi­ka­lpa­sya na da­rśa­ne­nā­bhi­bha­va i­ti TAŚVA-ML 120,04ce­t­, syā­d e­vaṃ | ya­dy a­bhi­nna­sā­ma­grī­ja­nya­yo­r vi­ka­lpa­da­rśa­na­yo­r a­bhi­bhā­vyā­bhi­bhā­va­ka­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhye­t ni­ya­mā­t | na cā­sau TAŚVA-ML 120,05si­ddhaḥ sa­ka­la­vi­ka­lpa­sya sva­saṃ­ve­da­ne­na spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­nā pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­bhi­nna­sā­ma­grī­ja­nye­nā­py a­bhi­bha­vā­bhā­vā­t | sva­vi­ka- TAŚVA-ML 120,06lpa­vā­sa­nā­ja­nya­tvā­d vi­ka­lpa­sya pū­rva­saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­ja­nya­tvā­c ca sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­sya | ta­yo­r bhi­nna­sā­ma­grī­ja­nya­tva­m e­ve­ti ce­t | TAŚVA-ML 120,07ka­tha­m e­va­m aṃ­śa­da­rśa­ne­nāṃ­śi­vi­ka­lpa­syā­bhi­bha­vo nā­ma ta­thā dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, aṃ­śa­da­rśa­ne­nāṃ­śi­vi­ka­lpo '­bhi­bhū­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 120,08ka­sya­ci­t pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t | na­nu cā­pi vi­ka­lpaḥ spa­ṣṭā­bho '­nu­bhū­ya­te na cā­sau yu­kta­s ta­syā­spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tve­na vyā­pta­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 120,09ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­na vi­ka­lpā­nu­vi­ddha­sya spa­ṣṭā­rtha­pra­ti­bhā­sa­tā­" i­ti | ta­to sya da­rśa­nā­bhi­bha­vā­d e­va spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­so '­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 120,10ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, vi­ka­lpa­syā­spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tve­na vyā­ptya­si­ddheḥ | kā­mā­dyu­pa­plu­ta­ce­ta­sāṃ kā­mi­nyā­di­vi­ka­lpa­sya TAŚVA-ML 120,11spa­ṣṭa­tva­pra­tī­teḥ so kṣa­ja e­va pra­ti­bhā­so na vi­ka­lpa­ja i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, ni­mī­li­tā­kṣa­syāṃ­dha­kā­rā­vṛ­ta­na­ya­na­sya ca ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 120,12bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | bhā­va­nā­ti­śa­ya­ja­ni­ta­tvā­t ta­sya yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­te­ty a­saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­, bhrāṃ­ta­tvā­t | ta­to vi­ka­lpa­syai­vā­kṣa­ja­sya TAŚVA-ML 120,13mā­na­sa­sya vā ka­sya­ci­t spa­ṣṭa­m a­ti­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­pe­kṣa­syā­bhrāṃ­ta­sya bhrāṃ­ta­sya vā ni­rbā­dha­pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­tvā­d a­va­ya- TAŚVA-ML 120,14vi­vi­ka­lpa­sya sva­taḥ spa­ṣṭa­to­pa­pa­tteḥ si­ddha­m aṃ­śi­naḥ spa­ṣṭa­jñā­na­ve­dya­tva­m aṃ­śa­va­t | ta­c ca na ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­tve saṃ­bha­va- TAŚVA-ML 120,15tī­ti ta­syā­nā­ro­pi­ta­tva­si­ddheḥ | na­nu spa­ṣṭa­jñā­na­ve­dya­tvaṃ nā­va­ya­vi­no a­nā­ro­pi­ta­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti kā­mi­nyā­di­nā TAŚVA-ML 120,16spa­ṣṭa­bhā­va­nā­ti­śa­ya­ja­ni­ta­ta­dvi­ka­lpa­ve­dye­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­d i­ti ce­n na­, spa­ṣṭa­sa­tya­jñā­na­ve­dya­tva­sya he­tu­tvā­t | ta­thā sva­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 120,17ve­dye­na su­khā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­ta i­ty a­pi na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, ka­lpa­nā­nā­ro­pi­ta­tva­syā­kṣa­ja­tva­sya sā­dhya­ta­yā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | pa­ra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 120,18rtha­sa­ttva­syai­va sā­dhya­tvā­t | na­nu pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­to va­ya­vi­naḥ spa­ṣṭa­jñā­ne­na ve­da­naṃ sa­rvā­va­ya­va­ve­da­na­pū­rva­kaṃ ka­ti­pa­yā­va­ya­va- TAŚVA-ML 120,19va­ve­da­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­da­va­ya­vā­nā­m a­pi stha­vī­ya­sā­ma­va­ya­vi­tve­na sa­ka­lā­va­ya­va­ve­da­na­pu­raḥ­sa­ra­tve ta­sya pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m a­va- TAŚVA-ML 120,20ya­vā­nā­m a­ve­da­ne­na ta­dā­ra­bdha­śa­tā­ṇu­kā­dī­nāṃ ve­da­nā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­d a­bhi­ma­ta­pa­rva­tā­de­r a­pi ve­da­nā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | e­te­na dvi­tī­ya­pa- TAŚVA-ML 120,21kṣo­pā­kṛ­taḥ­, ka­ti­pa­ya­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ve­da­ne ta­da­ve­da­nā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | tṛ­tī­ya­pa­kṣe tu sa­ka­lā­va­ya­va­śū­nye de­śe va­ya­vi- TAŚVA-ML 120,22ve­da­na­pra­saṃ­ga­s ta­to nā­va­ya­vi­naḥ spa­ṣṭa­jñā­ne­na vi­ttiḥ | ya­taḥ spa­ṣṭa­jñā­na­ve­dya­tvaṃ ta­ttva­taḥ si­ddhye­t | i­ty a­pi pra­tī­ti- TAŚVA-ML 120,23vi­ru­ddhaṃ­, sa­rva­sya hi stha­vī­yā­na­rthaḥ sphu­ṭa­ta­ra­m a­va­bhā­sa­ta i­ti pra­tī­tiḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.9bhrāṃ­ti­r iṃ­dri­ya­je­yaṃ ce­t stha­vi­ṣṭā­kā­ra­da­rśi­nī | kvā­bhrāṃ­ta­m iṃ­dri­ya­jñā­naṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti si­ddhya­tu |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.10pra­tyā­sa­nne­ṣv a­yu­kte­ṣu pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣu ce­n na te | ka­dā­ci­t ka­sya­ci­d bu­ddhi­go­ca­rāḥ pa­ra­mā­tma­va­t |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 120,26sa­rva­dā sa­rva­thā sa­rva­syeṃ­dri­ya­bu­dhya­go­ca­rā­n pa­ra­mā­ṇū­na­saṃ­spṛ­ṣṭā­n sva­ya­m u­pa­yaṃ­sta­treṃ­dri­ya­jaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­ma­bhrāṃ­taṃ ka­thaṃ brū- TAŚVA-ML 120,27yā­t­, ya­ta­s ta­sya stha­vi­ṣṭā­kā­ra­da­rśa­naṃ bhrāṃ­taṃ si­ddhye­t | ka­yā­ci­t pra­tyā­sa­ttyā tā­n iṃ­dri­ya­bu­ddhi­vi­ṣa­yā­n i­ccha­t TAŚVA-ML 120,28ka­tha­m a­va­ya­vi­ve­da­na­m a­pā­ku­rvī­ta sa­rva­syā­va­ya­vyā­raṃ­bha­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ kā­rtsnya­to '­nya­thā vā ve­da­na­si­ddhe­s ta­dve­da­na­pū­rva­kā­va­ya- TAŚVA-ML 120,29vi­ve­da­no­pa­pa­tteḥ sa­hā­va­ya­vā­va­ya­vi­ve­da­no­pa­pa­tte­r vā ni­ya­mā­bhā­vā­t | ya­di pu­na­r na pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t ka­sya­ci- TAŚVA-ML 120,30d iṃ­dri­ya­bu­ddhe­r go­ca­rā nā­py a­va­ya­vī | na ca ta­treṃ­dri­ya­jaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­bhrāṃ­taṃ sa­rva­m ā­laṃ­ba­te­, bhrāṃ­ta­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t | sa­rva­jñā- TAŚVA-ML 120,31nā­nā­m a­nā­laṃ­ba­na­tvā­d i­ti ma­ti­s ta­dā pra­tya­kṣaṃ ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍha­m a­bhrāṃ­ta­m i­ti va­co '­na­rtha­ka­m e­va syā­t ka­sya­ci­t pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 120,32syā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.11sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m e­vai­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ ya­di ta­ttva­taḥ | si­ddhi­r aṃ­śāṃ­śi­rū­pa­sya ce­ta­na­sya ta­to na ki­m |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 120,34ya­theṃ­dri­ya­ja­sya ba­hiḥ­pra­tya­kṣa­sya ta­ttva­to '­sa­dbhā­va­s ta­thā mā­na­sa­sya yo­gi­jñā­na­sya ca sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­pa­rya­va­si­ta­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 121,01ta­taḥ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m e­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti ce­t si­ddhaṃ ta­rhi ce­ta­nā­ta­ttva­m aṃ­śāṃ­śi­sva­rū­paṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­t ta­syai­va pra­tī­ya­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 121,02tvā­t | na hi su­kha­nī­lā­dyā­bhā­sāṃ­śā e­va pra­tī­yaṃ­te sva­śa­rī­ra­vyā­pi­naḥ su­khā­di­saṃ­ve­da­na­sya ma­ha­to '­nu­bha­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 121,03nī­lā­dyā­bhā­sa­sya ceṃ­dra­nī­lā­deḥ pra­ca­yā­tma­naḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.12vi­jñā­na­pra­ca­yo py e­ṣa bhrāṃ­ta­ś ce­t ki­m a­vi­bhra­ma­m | sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­dhya­kṣaṃ jñā­nā­ṇo­r a­pra­ve­da­nā­t |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 121,05na hi sva­saṃ­vi­di pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­sya vi­jñā­na­pra­ca­ya­sya bhrāṃ­ta­tā­yāṃ ki­ci­t sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­bhrāṃ­taṃ nā­ma ya­ta­s ta­d e­va TAŚVA-ML 121,06pra­tya­kṣaṃ si­ddhye­t | vi­jñā­na­pa­ra­mā­ṇoḥ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ ta­d i­ti ce­t na­, ta­sya sa­rva­dā­py a­pra­ve­da­nā­t | sa­rva­sya grā­hya­grā­ha- TAŚVA-ML 121,07kā­tma­naḥ saṃ­ve­da­na­sya si­ddheḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ | na bu­ddhyā ka­ści­d a­nu­bhā­vyo bhi­nna­kā­lo sti su­pra­si­ddha­bhi­nna­kā­lā­n a­nu­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 121,08vya­va­t | ta­sya he­tu­tve­nā­py a­nu­bhā­vya­tva­sā­dha­ne na­ya­nā­di­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t | svā­kā­rā­rpa­ṇa­kṣa­me­ṇā­pi te­na ta­tsā­dha­ne TAŚVA-ML 121,09sa­mā­nā­rtha­sa­ma­naṃ­ta­ra­pra­tya­ye­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­t te­nā­dhya­va­sā­ya­sa­hi­te­nā­pi ta­tsā­dha­ne bhrāṃ­ta­jñā­na­sa­ma­naṃ­ta­ra­pra­tya­ye­nā- TAŚVA-ML 121,10ne­kāṃ­tā­t | ta­ttva­taḥ ka­sya­ci­t ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tvā­dya­si­ddhe­ś ca | nā­pi sa­mā­na­kā­la­s ta­sya sva­taṃ­tra­tvā­t­, yo­gya­tā­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 121,11syā­pi ta­dvya­ti­ri­kta­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­syā­py a­nu­bhā­vya­tvā­si­ddheḥ | pa­re­ṇa yo­gya­tā­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­nu­bhā­vya­tve na­va­sthā­nā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 121,12pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­c ca | nā­pi bu­ddhe­r grā­ha­ka­tve­na pa­ro nu­bha­vo sti­, sa­rva­thā­nu­bhā­vya­va­da­nu­bhā­va­ka­syā­saṃ­bha­ve ta­da­gha­ṭa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 121,13ta­to bu­ddhi­r e­va sva­yaṃ pra­kā­śa­te grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­vai­dhu­ryā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­nā­nyo nu­bhā­vyo bu­ddhyā­sti ta­syā nā­nu­bha­vo TAŚVA-ML 121,14'­pa­raḥ | grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­vai­dhu­ryā­t sva­yaṃ sai­va pra­kā­śa­te |­| " i­ti |­| a­tro­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.6.13nā­nyo­nu­bhā­vyo bu­ddhyā­sti ta­syā nā­nu­bha­vo­pa­raḥ | grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­vai­dhu­ryā­t sva­yaṃ sā na pra­kā­śa­te |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 121,16na hi bu­ddhyā­nyo nu­bhā­vyo nā­sti saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­syā­na­nu­bhā­vya­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ku­ta­ści­d a­va­sthi­te­r a­yo­gā­t | ta­du­pa- TAŚVA-ML 121,17ga­me ca ku­taḥ sva­saṃ­tā­na­si­ddhiḥ ? pū­rvo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ bhā­va­to na­nu­bhā­vya­tvā­t | syā­d ā­kū­taṃ | ya­thā va­rta- TAŚVA-ML 121,18mā­na­bu­ddhiḥ sva­rū­pa­m e­va ve­da­ya­te na pū­rvā­m u­tta­rāṃ vā bu­ddhiṃ saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ ba­hi­ra­rthaṃ vā | ta­thā­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā ca bu­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 121,19s ta­taḥ sva­saṃ­vi­di­taḥ sva­saṃ­tā­naḥ sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­kra­ma­va­rtya­ne­ka­bu­ddhi­kṣa­ṇā­tma­ka­tvā­d i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t | va­rta­mā­na­yā TAŚVA-ML 121,20bu­ddhyā pū­rvo­tta­ra­bu­ddhyo­r a­ve­da­nā­t sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­ve­di­tvā­ni­śca­yā­t | te cā­nu­mā­na­bu­ddhyā ve­dye­te | sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­ve­di- TAŚVA-ML 121,21nyā­v i­ty a­py a­sā­raṃ | saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā ca saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ sva­saṃ­tā­na­ś cā­nu­mā­na­bu­ddhyā­nu­bhā­vyo na TAŚVA-ML 121,22pu­na­r ba­hi­ra­rtha i­ti ku­to vi­bhā­gaḥ sa­rva­thā­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | vi­vā­dā­pa­nnā ba­hi­ra­rtha­bu­ddhi­r a­nā­laṃ­ba­nā bu­ddhi­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 121,23sva­pnā­di­bu­ddhi­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­d ba­hi­ra­rtho na­nu­bhā­vyo bu­ddhyā si­ddha­ya­ti na pu­naḥ saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ | sva­saṃ­tā­na­ś ce­ti na TAŚVA-ML 121,24bu­ddhyā­ma­he­, sva­pna­saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­sva­saṃ­tā­na­bu­ddhe­r a­nā­laṃ­ba­na­tva­da­rśa­nā­d a­nya­thā­pi ta­thā­tva­sā­dha­na­sya ka­rtuṃ śa­kya­tvā­t | ba­hi­ra­rtha­grā- TAŚVA-ML 121,25hya­tā­dū­ṣa­ṇa­sya ca saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­grā­hya­tā­yāṃ sa­mā­na­tvā­t ta­syā­s ta­tra ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­dū­ṣa­ṇa­tve ba­hi­ra­rtha­grā­hya­tā­yā­m a­py a­dū­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 121,26ka­thaṃ ta­ta­s ta­tpra­ti­kṣe­pa i­ty a­sty e­va bu­ddhyā­nu­bhā­vyaḥ | e­te­na bu­ddhe­r bu­ddhyaṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nu­bha­vo pi pa­ro stī­ti ni­ści­taṃ ta­to na TAŚVA-ML 121,27grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­vai­dhu­ryā­t sva­yaṃ bu­ddhi­r e­va pra­kā­śa­te | mā bhū­t saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­sya sva­saṃ­tā­na­sya vā vya­va­sthi­ti­r ba­hi­ra­rtha­va­tsaṃ­ve­da­nā | TAŚVA-ML 121,28dvai­ta­sya grā­hya­grā­ha­kā­kā­ra­vi­ve­ke­na sva­yaṃ pra­kā­śa­nā­d i­ty a­pa­raḥ | ta­syā­pi saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­rā­dya­bhā­vo '­nu­bhā­vyaḥ­, saṃ­ve­da­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 121,29syā­d a­nya­thā ta­syā­dva­ya­syā­pra­si­ddheḥ | svā­nu­bha­va­na­m e­va saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­rā­dya­bhā­vā­nu­bha­va­naṃ saṃ­ve­da­na­sye­ti ca na su­bhā­ṣi­taṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 121,30sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­saṃ­ve­da­na­syai­vā­si­ddhiḥ | na hi kṣa­ṇi­kā­naṃ­śa­sva­bhā­vaṃ saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­nu­bhū­ya­te­, spa­ṣṭa­ta­yā­nu­bha­va­na­syai­va kṣa­ṇi- TAŚVA-ML 121,31ka­tvā­t | kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ ve­da­na­m a­nu­bhū­ya­ta e­ve­ti ce­t na­, e­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yi­tva­syā­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | a­tha spa­ṣṭā- TAŚVA-ML 121,32nu­bha­va­na­m e­vai­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yi­tvaṃ a­ne­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yi­tve ta­dvi­ro­dhā­t | ta­tra ta­da­vi­ro­dhe vā­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­spa­ṣṭā­nu­bha­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 121,33ta­thā ce­dā­nīṃ spa­ṣṭaṃ ve­da­na­m a­nu­bha­vā­mī­ti pra­tī­ti­r na syā­d i­ti ma­taṃ | ta­d a­sa­t | kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve ve­da­na­sye­dā­nī­m a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 121,34bha­vā­mī­ti pra­tī­tau pū­rvaṃ pa­ścā­c ca ta­thā pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­da­vi­ro­dhe vā ka­tha­m a­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­ve­da­na­si­ddhi­r na TAŚVA-ML 122,01bha­ve­t | sa­rva­de­dā­nī­m a­nu­bha­vā­mī­ti pra­tī­ti­r e­va hi ni­tya­tā sai­va ca va­rta­mā­na­tā ta­thā­pra­tī­te­r vi­cche­dā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 122,02ta­to na kṣa­ṇi­ka­saṃ­ve­da­na­si­ddhiḥ | i­dā­nī­m e­vā­nu­bha­va­naṃ spa­ṣṭaṃ na pū­rvaṃ na pa­ścā­d i­ti pra­tī­teḥ kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ saṃ­ve­da­na- TAŚVA-ML 122,03m i­ti ce­t­, syā­d e­vaṃ ya­di pū­rvaṃ pa­ścā­d vā­nu­bha­va­sya vi­cche­daḥ si­ddhye­t | na cā­sau pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ si­ddhya­ti ta­da­nu- TAŚVA-ML 122,04mā­na­sya vai­pha­lya­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, pa­śya­nn a­pī­tyā­di­graṃ­tha­sya vi­ro­dhā­t | pra­tya­kṣa­pṛ­ṣṭa­bhā­vi­no vi­ka­lpā­d i­dā­nī­m a­nu­bha­va­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 122,05ma­me­ti ni­śca­yā­n no­kta­graṃ­tha­vi­ro­dhaḥ | ta­dba­lā­d i­dā­nī­m e­ve­ty a­ni­śca­yā­c ca nā­nu­mā­ne nai­ṣpha­lyaṃ ta­ta­s ta­thā ni­śca­yā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 122,06ce­t­, nai­ta­t sā­raṃ | pra­tya­kṣa­pṛ­ṣṭa­bhā­vi­no vi­ka­lpa­sye­dā­nī­m a­nu­bha­vo me na pū­rvaṃ pa­ścā­d ve­ti vi­dhi­ni­ṣe­dha­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā- TAŚVA-ML 122,07n u­tpa­ttau va­rta­mā­na­mā­trā­nu­bha­va­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | pa­śya­nn a­pī­tyā­di­vi­ro­dha­sya ta­da­va­stha­tvā­d a­nya­thā sa­rva­tre­da­m u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 122,08la­bhe ne­da­m u­pa­la­bhe ha­m i­ti vi­ka­lpa­dva­yā­nu­tpa­ttā­v a­pi dṛ­ṣṭa­vya­va­hā­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­da­nya­vya­va­cche­da­vi­ka­lpā­bhā­ve pī- TAŚVA-ML 122,09dā­nīṃ te­nā­nu­bha­va­na­ni­śca­ye ta­d e­vā­nu­mā­na­nai­ṣpha­lya­m i­ti ya­t kiṃ­ci­d e­ta­t | e­te­nā­nu­mā­nā­d a­nu­bha­va­sya pū­rvo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 122,10vya­va­cche­daḥ si­ddhya­tī­ti ni­rā­kṛ­taṃ sva­ta­s te­nā­dhya­kṣa­to vyā­pte­r a­si­ddheḥ­, pa­ra­to­nu­mā­nā­t si­ddhā­v a­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 122,11vi­pa­kṣe bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­ba­lā­d vyā­ptiḥ si­ddhe­ti ce­t | kiṃ ta­tra bā­dha­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ ? na tā­va­d a­dhya­kṣaṃ ta­sya kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva- TAŚVA-ML 122,12ni­ścā­yi­tve­nā­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve bā­dha­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | nā­py a­nu­mā­naṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ta­syā­si­ddha­vyā­pti­ka­tvā­t | pra­tha­mā- TAŚVA-ML 122,13nu­mā­nā­t ta­dvyā­pti­si­ddhau pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­ya­ṇā­t | sa­ti si­ddha­vyā­pti­ke vi­pa­kṣe bā­dha­ke nu­mā­ne pra­tha­mā­nu­mā­na­sya si­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 122,14vyā­pti­ka­tvaṃ ta­tsi­ddhau ca ta­tsa­dbhā­va i­ti | vi­pa­kṣe bā­dha­ka­syā­nu­mā­na­syā­pi pa­ra­smā­d vi­pa­kṣe bā­dha­kā­nu­mā­nā­d vyā­pti- TAŚVA-ML 122,15si­ddhau sai­vā­na­va­sthā | e­te­na vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­t sa­ttva­sya kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve­na vyā­ptiṃ sā­dha­ya­n ni­kṣi­ptaḥ | sa­ttva­m i- TAŚVA-ML 122,16da­m a­rtha­kri­yā­yā vyā­ptaṃ sā­dha­naṃ kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dyā­bhyāṃ­, te cā­kṣa­ṇi­kā­d vi­ni­va­rta­mā­ne rtha­kri­yāṃ sva­vyā­pyāṃ ni­va­rta­ya­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 122,17sā­pi ni­va­rta­mā­nā sa­ttvaṃ | ta­ta­s tī­rā­da­rśi­śa­ku­ni­nyā­ye­na kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva e­va sa­ttva­m a­va­ti­ṣṭha­ta i­ti hi pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 122,18kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dya­yo­r a­rtha­kri­ya­yā ta­syā­ś ca sa­ttve­na vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­sya si­ddhau si­ddhya­ti | ta­sya bā­dhya­kṣa­taḥ si­ddhya­saṃ­bha­ve TAŚVA-ML 122,19'­nu­mā­nāṃ­ta­rā­d e­va si­ddhau ka­tha­m a­na­va­sthā na syā­t ? ta­tsi­ddhā­v a­pi nā­kṣa­ṇi­ke kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dya­yo­r ni­vṛ­ttiḥ si­ddhā TAŚVA-ML 122,20śa­śva­da­vi­cchi­nnā­tma­ny e­vā­nu­bha­ve '­ne­ka­kā­la­va­rti­tva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya kra­ma­syo­pa­pa­tte­r yau­ga­pa­dya­sya vā­vi­cchi­nnā­ne­ka­pra­ti­bhā­sa­la- TAŚVA-ML 122,21kṣa­ṇa­sya ta­trai­va bhā­vā­t su­kha­saṃ­ve­da­ne prā­cya­duḥ­kha­saṃ­ve­da­nā­bhā­vā­n nā­vi­cchi­nna­m e­kaṃ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ ya­da­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­kā­la­va­rti­ta­yā TAŚVA-ML 122,22kra­ma­va­t syā­d i­ti ce­n na­, su­kha­duḥ­khā­dyā­kā­rā­ṇā­m a­nā­dya­vi­dyo­pa­da­rśi­tā­nā­m e­va vi­cche­dā­t | e­te­na nā­nā­nī­la­pī­tā- TAŚVA-ML 122,23di­pra­ti­bhā­sā­nāṃ de­śa­vi­cche­dā­d yu­ga­pa­tsa­ka­la­vyā­pi­no nu­bha­va­syā­vi­cche­dā­bhā­vaḥ pra­tyu­ktaḥ­, ta­ttva­ta­s ta­dva­dvi­cche­dā­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 122,24vā­t | ta­to na kṣa­ṇi­ka­m a­dva­yaṃ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ nā­ma ta­sya vyā­pi ni­tya­syai­va pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­tvā­t | ta­d e­vā­stu bra­hma­ta­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 122,25m i­ty a­pa­ra­staṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.6.14ya­n na pra­kā­śa­sā­mā­nyaṃ sa­rva­trā­nu­ga­mā­tma­ka­m | ta­tpra­kā­śa­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m a­bhā­ve ke­na ve­dya­te |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 122,27ke­na­ci­d vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa śū­nya­sya saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­nu­bha­ve pi vi­śe­ṣāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­śū­nya­tvā­n na sa­ka­la­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ra­hi­ta­tve­na ka­sya- TAŚVA-ML 122,28ci­t ta­da­nu­bha­vaḥ sva­ra­śrṛṃ­ga­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.15nā­tra saṃ­ve­da­naṃ kiṃ­ci­d a­naṃ­śaṃ ba­hi­ra­rtha­va­t | pra­tya­kṣaṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca sāṃ­śa­syai­ka­sya ve­da­nā­t |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 122,30ya­thai­va kṣa­ṇi­ka­m a­kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ vā nā­nai­kaṃ vā ba­hi­rva­stu nā­naṃ­śaṃ ta­sya kṣa­ṇi­ke­ta­rā­tma­no nā­nai­kā­tma­na­ś ca sā­kṣā­t TAŚVA-ML 122,31pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t ta­thāṃ­taḥ­saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­pi ta­da­vi­śe­ṣā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.16svāṃ­śe­ṣu nāṃ­śi­no vṛ­ttau vi­ka­lpo­pā­tta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m | sa­rva­thā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva­syā­bhā­vā­d aṃ­śāṃ­śi­no­r i­ha |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.17tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya ta­yoḥ si­ddheḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | pra­tya­kṣa­to nu­mā­nā­c ca na pra­tī­ti­vi­ru­ddha­tā |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 122,34svāṃ­śe­ṣv aṃ­śi­naḥ pra­tye­kaṃ kā­rtsnye­na vṛ­ttau ba­hu­tva­m e­ka­de­śe­na sā­va­ya­va­tva­m a­na­va­sthā ce­ti na dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ sa­mya­k ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 122,35svāṃ­śe­bhyo bhi­nna­syā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya pra­si­ddhe­s ta­syai­va sa­ma­vā­ya­tve­na sā­dha­nā­t | na- TAŚVA-ML 123,01vāṃ­śāṃ­śi­no­s tā­dā­tmyā­t tā­dā­tmye vi­ru­ddhe pra­tya­kṣa­ta­s ta­tho­pa­laṃ­bhā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca ta­tho­pa­laṃ­bho nu­mā­ne­na bā­dhya­te TAŚVA-ML 123,02ta­sya ta­tsā­dha­na­tve­na pra­vṛ­tteḥ | ta­thā hi­–­ya­yo­r na ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyaṃ ta­yo­r nāṃ­śāṃ­śi­bhā­vo ya­thā sa­hya­vi­ndhya­yoḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 123,03aṃ­śāṃ­śi­bhā­va­ś cā­va­ya­vā­va­ya­vi­no­r dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r vā sve­ṣṭa­yo­r i­ti nai­kāṃ­ta­bhe­daḥ | ta­d e­vaṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­to ṃ­śāṃ­śi­sa­dbhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 123,04t sū­ktaṃ va­stvaṃ­śa e­va ta­tra ca pra­va­rta­mā­no na­yaḥ | svā­rthai­ka­de­śa­vya­va­sā­ya­pha­la­la­kṣa­ṇo na­yaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ka­ści­d ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.6.18ya­thāṃ­śi­ni pra­vṛ­tta­sya jñā­na­sye­ṣṭā pra­mā­ṇa­tā | ta­thāṃ­śe­ṣv a­pi kiṃ na syā­d i­ti mā­nā­tma­ko na­yaḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 123,06ya­thāṃ­śo na va­stu nā­py a­va­stu | kiṃ ta­rhi ? va­stvaṃ­śa e­ve­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­thāṃ­śī na va­stu nā­py a­va­stu ta­syāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 123,07śi­tvā­d e­va va­stu­noṃ­śāṃ­śi­sa­mū­ha­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­to ṃ­śe­ṣv i­va pra­va­rta­mā­naṃ jñā­na­m aṃ­śi­ny a­pi na­yo stu no ce­t ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 123,08ta­tra pra­vṛ­ttaṃ jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­thāṃ­śe­ṣv a­pi vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­tho­pa­ga­me ca na pra­mā­ṇā­d a­pa­ro na­yo stī­ty a­pa­raḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.19ta­n nāṃ­śi­ny a­pi niḥ­śe­ṣa­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ gu­ṇa­tā­ga­tau | dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­ya­syai­va vyā­pā­rā­n mu­khya­rū­pa­taḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.20dha­rmi­dha­rma­sa­mū­ha­sya prā­dhā­nyā­rpa­ṇa­yā vi­daḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na ni­rṇī­teḥ pra­mā­ṇā­d a­pa­ro na­yaḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 123,11gu­ṇī­bhū­tā­khi­lāṃ­śe ṃ­śi­ni jñā­naṃ na­ya e­va ta­tra dra­vyā­rthi­ka­sya vyā­pā­rā­t | pra­dhā­na­bhā­vā­rpi­ta­sa­ka­lāṃ­śe tu pra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 123,12ṇa­m i­ti nā­ni­ṣṭā­pa­tti­r aṃ­śi­no tra jñā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tve­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­taḥ pra­mā­ṇā­d a­pa­ra e­va na­yaḥ | na­nv e­va­m a­pra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 123,13ṇā­tma­ko na­yaḥ ka­tha­m a­dhi­ga­mo­pā­yaḥ syā­n mi­thyā­jñā­na­va­d i­ti ca na co­dyaṃ | ya­smā­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.6.21nā­pra­mā­ṇaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ vā na­yo jñā­nā­tma­ko ma­taḥ | syā­t pra­mā­ṇai­ka­de­śa­s tu sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 123,15pra­mā­ṇā­d a­pa­ro na­yo '­pra­mā­ṇa­m e­vā­nya­thā vyā­dhā­taḥ sa­kṛ­d e­ka­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­ni­ṣe­dhā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 123,16tva­ni­ṣe­dhe­nā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vi­dhā­nā­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe­na ca pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vi­dhe­r ga­tyaṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­d i­ti na co­dyaṃ­, pra­mā­ṇai­ka­de­śa­sya TAŚVA-ML 123,17ga­tyaṃ­ta­ra­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t | na hi ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m e­va pra­mā­ṇā­d e­kāṃ­te­nā­bhi­nna­syā­ni­ṣṭe­r nā­py a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ bhe­da­syai­vā- TAŚVA-ML 123,18nu­pa­ga­mā­t de­śa­de­śi­noḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­sya sā­dha­nā­t | ye­nā­tma­nā pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­de­ka­de­śa­sya bhe­da­s te­nā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 123,19ye­nā­bhe­da­s te­na pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m e­vaṃ syā­d i­ti ce­t ki­m a­ni­ṣṭaṃ de­śa­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­yo­r i­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, sā­ma­stye­na na­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 123,20ta­nni­ṣe­dhā­t sa­mu­drai­ka­de­śa­sya ta­thā­sa­mu­dra­tvā­sa­mu­dra­tva­ni­ṣe­dha­va­t | kā­rtsnye­na pra­mā­ṇaṃ na­yaḥ saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­t sve­ṣṭa­pra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 123,21ṇa­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, a­syai­ka­de­śe­na saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­t kā­rtsnye­na ta­tsi­ddheḥ | ka­tha­m e­vaṃ pra­tya­kṣā­de­s ta­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­si­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 123,22s ta­syai­ka­de­śe­na saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ka­ti­pa­ya­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­dra­vye ta­sya ta­ttvo­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­thai­va sa­ka­lā­de­śi- TAŚVA-ML 123,23tva­pra­mā­ṇa­tve­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t sa­ka­lā­de­śaḥ pra­mā­ṇā­dhī­na i­ti | na ca sa­ka­lā­d e­śi­tva­m e­va sa­tya­tvaṃ vi­ka­lā­de­śi­no TAŚVA-ML 123,24na­ya­syā­sa­tya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t | na ca na­yo pi sa­ka­lā­de­śī­, vi­ka­lā­de­śo na­yā­dhī­na i­ti va­ca­nā­t | nā­py a­sa­tyaḥ TAŚVA-ML 123,25su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­va­t | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ sa­ka­lā­de­śi pra­mā­ṇaṃ vi­ka­lā­de­śi­no na­yā­d a­bhya­rhi­ta­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 123,26sa­rva­thā vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.22pra­mā­ṇe­na gṛ­hī­ta­sya va­stu­no ṃ­śe­vi­gā­na­taḥ | saṃ­pra­tya­ya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇā­c ce­n na­yo­ciṃ­taḥ |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.23nā­śe­ṣa­va­stu­ni­rṇī­teḥ pra­mā­ṇā­d e­va ka­sya­ci­t | tā­dṛ­k sā­ma­rthya­śū­nya­tvā­t sa­nna­ya­syā­pi sa­rva­dā |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 123,29na­yo bhya­rhi­taḥ pra­mā­ṇā­t ta­dvi­ṣa­yāṃ­śe vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau saṃ­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ka­sya­ci­t pra­mā­ṇā­d e­vā­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 123,30va­stu­ni­rṇa­yā­t ta­dvi­ṣa­yāṃ­śe vi­pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­n na­yā­t saṃ­pra­tya­yā­si­ddheḥ | ka­sya­ci­t ta­tsaṃ­bha­ve na­yā­t saṃ­pra­tya­ya­si- TAŚVA-ML 123,31ddhi­r i­ti ce­t­, sa­ka­le va­stu­ni vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau pra­mā­ṇā­t kiṃ na saṃ­pra­tya­ya­si­ddhiḥ | so yaṃ sa­ka­la­va­stu­vi­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 123,32pa­tti­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­rthā­t pra­mā­ṇā­d va­stve­ka­de­śa­vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­ra­sa­na­sa­ma­rthaṃ sa­nn a­ya­m a­bhya­rhi­taṃ bru­vā­ṇo na nyā­ya­vā­dī |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.24ma­te­r a­va­dhi­to vā­pi ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­to pi vā | jñā­ta­syā­rtha­sya nāṃ­śe sti na­yā­nāṃ va­rta­naṃ na­nu |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.25niḥ­śe­ṣa­de­śa­kā­lā­rthā­go­ca­ra­tva­vi­ni­śca­yā­t | ta­sye­ti bhā­ṣi­taṃ kai­ści­d yu­kta­m e­va ta­the­ṣṭi­taḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 124,01na hi ma­tya­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yā­ṇā­m a­nya­ta­me­nā­pi pra­mā­ṇe­na gṛ­hī­ta­syā­rtha­syāṃ­śe na­yāḥ pra­va­rtaṃ­te te­ṣāṃ niḥ­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 124,02de­śa­kā­lā­rtha­go­ca­ra­tvā­t ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ ta­da­go­ca­ra­tvā­t | na hi ma­no­ma­ti­r a­py a­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­yā ka­ra­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ye ta­jjā­tī­ye TAŚVA-ML 124,03vā pra­vṛ­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.26tri­kā­la­go­ca­rā­śe­ṣa­pa­dā­rthāṃ­śe­ṣu vṛ­tti­taḥ | ke­va­la­jñā­na­mū­la­tva­m a­pi te­ṣāṃ na yu­jya­te |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.27pa­ro­kṣā­kā­ra­tā­vṛ­tteḥ spa­ṣṭa­tvā­t ke­va­la­sya tu | śru­ta­mū­lā na­yāḥ si­ddhā va­kṣya­mā­ṇāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­va­t |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 124,06ya­thai­va hi śru­taṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­dhi­ga­ma­ja­sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­ni­baṃ­dha­na­ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­mo­pā­ya­bhū­taṃ ma­tya­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­ryā­ya­ke­va­lā­tma­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 124,07ca va­kṣya­mā­ṇaṃ ta­thā śru­ta­mū­lā na­yāḥ si­ddhā­s te­ṣāṃ pa­ro­kṣā­kā­ra­ta­yā vṛ­tteḥ | ta­taḥ ke­va­la­mū­lā na­yā­stri­kā­la­go- TAŚVA-ML 124,08ca­rā­śe­ṣa­pa­dā­rthāṃ­śe­ṣu va­rta­nā­d i­ti na yu­kta­m u­tpa­śyā­ma­s ta­dva­t te­ṣāṃ spa­ṣṭa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na hi spa­ṣṭa­syā­va­dhe­r ma­naḥ­pa­rya- TAŚVA-ML 124,09ya­sya vā bhe­dāḥ sva­ya­m a­spa­ṣṭā na yu­jyaṃ­te śru­tā­khya­pra­mā­ṇa­mū­la­tve tu na­yā­nā­m a­spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tve­nā­vi­ru­ddhā­nāṃ sū­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 124,10te­bhyaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­syā­bhya­rhi­ta­tvā­t prā­gva­ca­na­m |­| TAŚVA-ML 124,11na­nu pra­mā­ṇa­na­ye­bhyo dhi­ga­ma­syā­bhi­nna­tvā­n na ta­tra te­ṣāṃ ka­ra­ṇa­tva­ni­rde­śaḥ śre­yā­ni­tyā­re­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.6.28pra­mā­ṇe­na na­yai­ś cā­pi svā­rthā­kā­ra­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | pra­tye­yo '­dhi­ga­ma­s ta­jjñai­s ta­tpha­laṃ syā­d a­bhe­da­bhṛ­t |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.29te­ne­ha sū­tra­kā­ra­sya va­ca­naṃ ka­ra­ṇaṃ kṛ­taḥ | sū­tre ya­dgha­ṭa­nāṃ yā­ti ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r i­ti |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 124,14na hi pra­mā­ṇe­na na­yai­ś cā­dhya­va­sā­yā­tmā­dhi­ga­maḥ kva­ci­t saṃ­bhā­vyaḥ kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­dā­v a­pi ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t | vya­va­sā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 124,15ja­na­naḥ sva­ya­m a­dhya­va­sā­yā­tmā­py a­dhi­ga­mo yu­kta i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya ta­jja­na­na­vi­ro­dhā­t | sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­va­t bo­dhaḥ sva­ya­m a- TAŚVA-ML 124,16vi­ka­lpa­ko pi vi­ka­lpa­m u­pa­ja­na­ya­ti na pu­na­r a­rtha i­ti kiṃ­kṛ­to vi­bhā­gaḥ | pū­rva­vi­ka­lpa­vā­sa­nā­pe­kṣā­di­vi­ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 124,17pra­ti­bhā­sā­d vi­ka­lpa­syo­tpa­ttau ka­tha­ma­rthā­t tā­dṛ­śā­n no­tpa­ttiḥ | ya­thā cā­pra­ti­bhā­tā­d a­rthā­t ta­du­tpa­ttā­v a­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­s ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 124,18sva­ya­m a­ni­ści­tā­d a­pi | ya­di pu­na­r a­rtha­da­rśa­naṃ ta­dvi­ka­lpa­vā­sa­nā­yāḥ pra­bo­dha­ka­tvā­d vi­ka­lpa­sya ja­na­kaṃ ta­dā TAŚVA-ML 124,19kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­dau vi­ka­lpa­ja­na­na­pra­saṃ­ga­s ta­ta e­va ta­sya nī­lā­dā­v i­va ta­trā­py a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­dā­v a­na­bhyā­sā­n na TAŚVA-ML 124,20ta­tta­dvi­ka­lpa­vā­sa­nā­yāḥ pra­bo­dha­ka­m i­ti ce­t­, ko ya­m a­bhyā­so nā­ma ? ba­hu­śo da­rśa­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 124,21nī­lā­dā­v i­va ta­trā­py a­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­bhā­vā­si­ddheḥ | ta­dvi­ka­lpo­tpa­tti­r a­bhyā­sa i­ti ce­t­, ta­sya ku­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 124,22kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­di­dṛ­ṣṭā­v a­bhā­vaḥ ? ta­dvi­ka­lpa­vā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dha­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, so ya­m a­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­yaḥ | si­ddhe hi TAŚVA-ML 124,23kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­dau da­rśa­na­sya ta­dvi­ka­lpa­vā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dha­ka­tvā­bhā­ve bhyā­sā­bhā­va­sya si­ddhi­s ta­tsi­ddhau ca ta­tsi­ddhi­r i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 124,24e­te­na nī­lā­dau da­rśa­na­sya ta­dvā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dha­ka­tvā­bhyā­se­bhyo '­nyo­nyā­śra­yo vyā­khyā­taḥ | sa­ti ta­dvā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dha- TAŚVA-ML 124,25ka­tve ta­dvi­ka­lpo­tpa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇo­bhyā­sa­s ta­tra ca sa­ti ta­d i­ti nī­lā­dā­v i­va kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­dā­v a­pi da­rśa­na­syā­syā­vi­śe­ṣa TAŚVA-ML 124,26e­va­, kva­ci­d a­bhyā­sa­syā­na­bhyā­sa­sya vā vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | va­stu­sva­bhā­vā­n nī­lā­dā­v a­nu­bha­vaḥ pa­ṭī­yāṃ­s ta­dvā- TAŚVA-ML 124,27sa­nā­yāḥ pra­bo­dha­ko na tu kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­dā­v i­ti ce­t­, ki­m i­daṃ ta­trā­nu­bha­va­sya pa­ṭī­ya­stvaṃ ? ta­dvi­ka­lpa­ja­na­ka­tva­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 124,28ce­t ta­d e­va ku­taḥ ? ta­dvā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dha­ka­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, so ya­m a­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­yaḥ | spa­ṣṭa­tvaṃ tu ya­di ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 124,29pa­ṭī­ya­stvaṃ ta­dā kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­dā­v a­pi sa­mā­naṃ | pra­ka­ra­ṇā­rthi­tvā­pe­kṣo nī­lā­dā­v a­nu­bha­va­s ta­dvā­sa­nā­yāḥ pra­bo­dha­ka i­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 124,30py a­sā­raṃ­, kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­dā­v a­pi ta­syā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | sa­ty a­pi kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­dau pra­ka­ra­ṇe rthi­tve ca ta­dvi­ka­lpa­vā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dha­kā­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 124,31vā­c ca nī­lā­dau na ta­da­pe­kṣaṃ da­rśa­naṃ ta­tpra­bo­dha­kaṃ yu­ktaṃ­, vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | nī­lā­dau da­rśa­na­sya sā­ma­rthya­vi­śe­ṣa­s ta­tkā­rye­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 124,32vi­ka­lpe­nā­nu­mī­ya­mā­na­s ta­dvā­sa­nā­yāḥ pra­bo­dha­ko nā­bhyā­sā­d i­ti ce­t ta­rhi sā­ma­rthya­vi­śe­ṣo rtha­syai­va sā­kṣā­dvya­va­sā­ye- TAŚVA-ML 124,33nā­mī­ya­mā­no vya­va­sā­ya­sya ja­na­ko stu ki­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­pa­ri­ka­lpa­na­yā ? ya­ta­ś ca sā­ma­rthya­vi­śe­ṣā­d da­rśa­naṃ vya­va­sā­ya­sya ja­na­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 124,34ta­dvā­sa­nā­yā­ś ca pra­bo­dha­kaṃ ta­ta e­vā­tmā ta­jja­na­ka­s ta­tpra­bo­dha­ka­ś cā­stu | ta­thā ca nā­mny e­va vi­vā­do da­rśa­na­m ā­tme­ti TAŚVA-ML 125,01nā­rthe ta­tta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­cche­da­vi­śi­ṣṭa­syā­tma­na e­veṃ­dri­yā­di­ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­sya ya­thā­saṃ­bha­vaṃ vya­va­sā­ya­ja­na­ka­tve­ne- TAŚVA-ML 125,02ṣṭa­tvā­t ta­dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇa da­rśa­na­syā­pra­tī­ti­ka­tvā­c ce­ti ni­ve­da­yi­ṣya­te pra­tya­kṣa­pra­ka­ra­ṇe | ta­to nā­dhya­va­sā­yā­tmā TAŚVA-ML 125,03pra­tye­yo dhi­ga­mo rthā­nāṃ sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvā­t | pu­ru­ṣa­sya sva­vya­va­sā­ya e­vā­dhi­ga­mo nā­rtha­vya­va­sā­ya­s ta­dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 125,04syā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ke­ci­d ve­dāṃ­ta­vā­di­naḥ­, te pi na tā­ttvi­kāḥ | pu­ru­ṣā­d bhi­nna­syā­jī­vā­rtha­sya jī­vā­di­sū­tre sā­dhi­ta- TAŚVA-ML 125,05tvā­t ta­dvya­va­sā­ya­syā­pi gha­ṭa­nā­t | a­rtha­syai­va vya­va­sā­yo na sva­sya svā­tma­ni kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ty a­pa­raḥ | TAŚVA-ML 125,06so pi ya­t kiṃ­ca­na­bhā­ṣī­, svā­tma­ny e­va kri­yā­yāḥ pra­tī­teḥ | svā­tmā hi kri­yā­yāḥ sva­rū­paṃ ya­di ta­dā ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 125,07ta­tra ta­dvi­ro­dhaḥ sa­rva­sya va­stu­naḥ sva­rū­pe vi­ro­dhā­nu­ṣa­kte­r niḥ­sva­rū­pa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | kri­yā­va­dā­tmā svā­tmā ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 125,08ta­tra ta­dvi­ro­dhe kri­yā­yā ni­rā­śra­ya­tvaṃ sa­rva­dra­vya­sya ca ni­ṣkri­ya­tva­m u­pa­ḍhau­ke­ta | na cai­vaṃ | ka­rma­sthā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 125,09kri­yā­yāḥ ka­rma­ṇi ka­rtṛ­sthā­yāḥ ka­rta­ri pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ jñā­na­kri­yā­yāḥ ka­rtṛ­sa­ma­vā­yi­nyāḥ TAŚVA-ML 125,10svā­tma­ni ka­rma­ta­yā vi­ro­dha­s ta­to nya­trai­va ka­rma­tva­da­rśa­nā­d i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā jñā­ne­nā­rtha­m a­haṃ jā­nā­mī­ty a­tra jñā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 125,11ka­ra­ṇa­ta­yā­pi vi­ro­dhaḥ syā­t kri­yā­to nya­sya ka­ra­ṇa­tva­da­rśa­nā­t | jñā­na­kri­yā­yāḥ ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­sya cā­nya­tvā­d a­vi­ro­dha TAŚVA-ML 125,12i­ti ce­t­, kiṃ pu­naḥ ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­naṃ kā vā jñā­na­kri­yā ? vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­jñā­naṃ ka­ra­ṇaṃ vi­śe­ṣya­jñā­naṃ ta­tpha­la­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 125,13jñā­na­kri­ye­ti ce­t­, syā­d e­vaṃ ya­di vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­jñā­ne­na vi­śe­ṣyaṃ jā­nā­mī­ti pra­tī­ti­r u­tpa­dye­ta | na ca ka­sya­ci- TAŚVA-ML 125,14d u­tpa­dya­te | vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­jñā­ne­na vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ vi­śe­ṣya­jñā­ne­na ca vi­śe­ṣyaṃ jā­nā­mī­ty a­nu­bha­vā­t | ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na jñā­na­kri- TAŚVA-ML 125,15yā­yāḥ pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­d a­vi­ro­dhe ka­rma­tve­nā­py a­ta e­vā­vi­ro­dho stu­, vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ca­kṣu­rā­di­ka­ra­ṇaṃ jñā­na­kri­yā­to TAŚVA-ML 125,16bhi­nna­me­ve­ti ce­n na­, jñā­ne­nā­rthaṃ jā­nā­mī­ty a­pi pra­tī­teḥ | jñā­ya­te '­ne­ne­ti jñā­naṃ ca­kṣu­rā­dy e­va jñā­na­kri­yā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 125,17sā­dha­ka­ta­maṃ ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t na­, ta­sya sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | ta­tra jñā­na­syai­va sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | na­nu TAŚVA-ML 125,18ya­d e­vā­rtha­sya jñā­na­kri­yā­yāṃ jñā­naṃ ka­ra­ṇaṃ sai­va jñā­na­kri­yā­, ta­tra ka­thaṃ kri­yā­ka­ra­ṇa­vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­tī­ti­kaḥ syā­d vi- TAŚVA-ML 125,19ro­dhā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­dā­t | pra­mā­tu­r ā­tma­no hi va­stu­pa­ri­cchi­ttau sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tve­na vyā­pṛ­taṃ rū­paṃ ka­ra­ṇaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 125,20ni­rvyā­pā­raṃ tu kri­yo­cya­te­, svā­taṃ­trye­ṇa pu­na­rvyā­pri­ya­mā­ṇaḥ ka­rtā­tme­ti ni­rṇī­ta­prā­yaṃ | te­na jñā­nā­tma­ka e­vā­tmā TAŚVA-ML 125,21jñā­nā­tma­nā­rthaṃ jā­nā­tī­ti ka­rtṛ­ka­ra­ṇa­kri­yā­vi­ka­lpaḥ pra­tī­ti­si­ddha e­va | ta­dva­t ta­tra ka­rma­vya­va­hā­ro pi jñā­nā­tmā TAŚVA-ML 125,22ā­tmā­tmā­na­m ā­tma­nā jā­nā­tī­ti gha­ṭa­te | sa­rva­thā ka­rtṛ­ka­ra­ṇa­ka­rma­kri­yā­nā­m a­bhe­dā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­, tā­sāṃ ka­rtṛ­tvā­di- TAŚVA-ML 125,23śa­kti­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhe­da­si­ddheḥ | ta­to jñā­naṃ ye­nā­tma­nā­rthaṃ jā­nā­ti te­nai­va sva­m i­ti va­da­tāṃ svā­tma­ni TAŚVA-ML 125,24kri­yā­vi­ro­dha e­va­, pa­ri­cche­dya­sya rū­pa­sya sa­rva­thā pa­ri­cche­da­ka­sva­rū­pā­d a­bhi­nna­syo­pa­ga­te­ś ca | ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­dbhe­da­vā­di­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 125,25tu nā­yaṃ do­ṣaḥ | na­nu ca ye­nā­tma­nā jñā­na­m ā­tmā­naṃ vya­va­sya­ti ye­na cā­rthaṃ tau ya­di ta­to na­nyau ta­dā tā­v e­va na TAŚVA-ML 125,26jñā­naṃ ta­sya ta­tra pra­ve­śā­t­, sva­rū­pa­va­t jñā­na­m e­va vā ta­yo­s ta­trā­nu­pra­ve­śā­t | ta­thā ca na svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 125,27ya­di pu­na­s tau ta­to nyau­, ta­dā sva­saṃ­ve­dyau svā­śra­ya­jñā­na­ve­dyau vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­jñā­na­tra­ya­pra­saṃ­gaḥ ta­tra ca TAŚVA-ML 125,28pra­tye­kaṃ svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­tve sa e­va pa­rynu­yo­go '­na­va­sthā ca | dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe pi svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­ya­he­tu­bhū­ta­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 125,29sva­sva­bhā­va­yo­r jñā­naṃ ya­di vya­va­sā­yā­tma­kaṃ ta­dā sa e­va do­ṣo '­nya­thā pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | ta­to na svā­rtha­vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 125,30sā­yaḥ saṃ­bha­va­tī­ty e­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ­, syā­dvā­di­nāṃ na­, ya­thā­pra­tī­ti ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­ya­sva- TAŚVA-ML 125,31bhā­va­dva­yā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nna­syai­ka­sya jñā­na­sya pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | sa­rva­thā ta­ta­s ta­sya bhe­dā­bhe­da­yo­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­t­, ta­tpa­kṣa­bhā­vi- TAŚVA-ML 125,32dū­ṣa­ṇa­sya ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­to­pa­pa­tteḥ | pa­ri­ka­lpi­ta­yo­r bhe­dā­bhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­yo­s ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇa­sya pra­vṛ­ttau sa­rva­tra pra­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 125,33pra­saṃ­gā­t ka­sya­ci­d i­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­m a­pi hi sva­rū­paṃ saṃ­ve­da­ya­mā­naṃ ye­nā­tma­nā saṃ­ve­da­ya­te TAŚVA-ML 125,34ta­sya he­to­r bhe­dā­bhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ ya­tho­pa­va­rṇi­ta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m a­va­ta­ra­ti kiṃ pu­na­r a­nya­tra | ya­di pu­naḥ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ saṃ­ve­da- TAŚVA-ML 125,35na­m e­va­, ta­sya sva­rū­pe ve­dya­ve­da­ka­bhā­vā­t saṃ­vṛ­tyā ta­tsva­rū­paṃ saṃ­ve­da­ya­ta i­ti va­ca­naṃ ta­dā svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 126,01svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­ya e­va sva­syā­rtha­sya ca vya­va­sā­ya i­ty a­yo­ddhā­ra­ka­lpa­na­yā na­ya­vya­va­hā­rā­t | ta­to nā­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | svā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 126,02vi­ni­śca­ya­sya sva­saṃ­ve­da­ne rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­sa­ttvā­d a­vyā­pti­r i­ti ce­n na­, jñā­na­sva­rū­pa­syai­vā­rtha­tvā­t ta­syā­rya­mā­ṇa­tvā­d a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 126,03ba­hi­ra­rtha­syā­py a­na­rtha­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nu sva­rū­pa­sya bā­hya­sya cā­rtha­tve '­rtha­vya­va­sā­ya i­ty a­stu­, nā­rthaḥ sva­gra­ha­ṇe­na | TAŚVA-ML 126,04sa­tyaṃ | ke­va­laṃ sva­smai yo­gyo rthaḥ svā­tmā pa­rā­tmā ta­du­bha­yaṃ vā svā­rtha i­ty a­pi vyā­khyā­ne ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­sya sā­rtha­ka­tvā­n na TAŚVA-ML 126,05do­ṣaḥ | sva­rū­pa­la­kṣa­ṇe rthe vya­va­sā­ya­syā­pra­mā­ṇe pi bhā­vā­d a­ti­vyā­pti­r i­ti ce­t na­, ta­tra sa­rva­ve­da­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvo- TAŚVA-ML 126,06pa­ga­mā­t | na ca pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­yo­r e­ka­tra vi­ro­dhaḥ­, saṃ­vā­dā­saṃ­vā­da­da­rśa­nā­t ta­thā vya­va­sthā­nā­t | sa­rva­tra TAŚVA-ML 126,07pra­mā­ṇe­ta­ra­tva­yo­s tā­va­nmā­trā­ya­tta­tvā­d i­ti va­kṣya­te | ca­kṣu­rda­rśa­nā­dau kiṃ­ci­d i­ti svā­rtha­vi­ni­śca­ya­sya bhā­vā­d a­ti­vyā- TAŚVA-ML 126,08pti­r i­ty a­pi na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, ā­kā­ra­gra­ha­ṇā­t | na hi ta­tra svā­rthā­kā­ra­sya vi­ni­śca­yo sti ni­rā­kā­ra­sya sa­nmā­tra­sya TAŚVA-ML 126,09te­nā­lo­ca­nā­t | vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­ne ka­sya­ci­t ka­dā­ci­t kva­ci­t svā­rthā­kā­ra­ni­śca­ya­sya bhā­vā­d a­pi nā­ti­vyā­pti­r vi- TAŚVA-ML 126,10gra­ha­ṇā­t | vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa de­śa­kā­la­na­rāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣa­bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­rū­pe­ṇa ni­śca­yo hi vi­ni­śca­yaḥ­, sa ca vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­ne nā- TAŚVA-ML 126,11stī­ti ni­ra­va­dyaḥ svā­rthā­kā­ra­vi­ni­śca­yo dhi­ga­maḥ kā­rtsna­ya­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­sya de­śa­to na­yā­nā­m a­bhi­nna­pha­la­tve­na ka­thaṃ­ci- TAŚVA-ML 126,12t pra­tye­yaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­ta­t pha­la­vi­dbhiḥ | e­vaṃ ca pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r a­dhi­ga­ma i­ty a­tra sū­tre pra­mā­ṇa­na­yā­nāṃ ya­t ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 126,13va­ca­naṃ sū­tra­kā­ra­sya ta­dgha­ṭa­nāṃ yā­ty e­va­, te­bhyo dhi­ga­ma­sya pha­la­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.30sā­rū­pya­sya pra­mā­ṇa­sya sva­bhā­vo dhi­ga­maḥ pha­la­m | ta­dbhe­daḥ ka­lpa­nā­mā­trā­d i­ti ke­ci­t pra­pe­di­re |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 126,15saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­rthe­na sā­rū­pyaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­tra grā­ha­ka­ta­yā vyā­pri­ya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t pu­tra­sya pi­trā sā­rū­pya­va­t | pi­tṛ- TAŚVA-ML 126,16sva­rū­po hi pu­traḥ pi­tṛ­rū­paṃ gṛ­hṇā­tī­ti lo­ko bhi­ma­nya­te na ca ta­ttva­ta­s ta­sya grā­ha­ko nī­ru­pa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 126,17ta­dva­da­rtha­sa­rū­pa­saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­rthaṃ gṛ­hṇā­tī­ti vya­va­ha­ra­tī­ti ta­t ta­sya grā­ha­ka­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m a­rthā­dhi­ga­tiḥ pha­laṃ ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 126,18ta­da­rtha­tvā­t | na ca saṃ­ve­da­nā­d a­rtha­sā­rū­pya­m a­nya­d e­va sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tvā­d a­dhi­ga­ti­va­t | na hy a­dhi­ga­tiḥ saṃ­ve­da­nā­d a­nyā ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 126,19na­dhi­ga­m a­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­ta­s ta­d e­va pra­mā­ṇaṃ pha­laṃ na pu­naḥ pra­mā­ṇā­t ta­tpha­laṃ bhi­nna­m a­nya­tra ka­lpa­nā­mā­trā­d i­ti ke­ci­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.31ta­n na yu­ktaṃ ni­raṃ­śā­yāḥ saṃ­vi­tte­r dva­ya­rū­pa­tāṃ | pra­ti­ka­lpa­ya­tāṃ he­tu­vi­śe­ṣā­saṃ­bha­vi­tva­taḥ |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 126,21na hi ni­raṃ­śāṃ saṃ­vi­ttiṃ sva­ya­m u­pe­tya pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­dva­ya­rū­pa­tāṃ ta­ttva­pra­vi­bhā­ge­na ka­lpa­yaṃ­to yu­kti­vā­di­na­s ta­thā- TAŚVA-ML 126,22ka­lpa­ne he­tu­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­saṃ­bha­vi­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.32vi­nā he­tu­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa nā­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­mā­tra­taḥ | ka­lpi­to rtho rtha­saṃ­si­ddhyai sa­rva­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 126,24na hi ni­mi­tta­vi­śe­ṣā­d vi­nā ka­lpi­taṃ sā­rū­pya­m a­nya­d vā kiṃ­ci­d a­rthaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti­, ma­no­rā­jyā­de­r a­pi ta­thā­nu­ṣaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 126,25gā­t | nā­py a­sā­rū­pya­vyā­vṛ­tti­taḥ sā­rū­pyaṃ a­na­dhi­ga­ti­vyā­vṛ­tti­to dhi­ga­tiḥ saṃ­ve­da­ne naṃ­śe pi va­stu­to vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 126,26hri­ya­ta i­ti yu­ktaṃ­, da­ri­dre py a­rā­jya­vyā­vṛ­ttyā rā­jyaṃ a­niṃ­dra­tva­vyā­vṛ­ttyā iṃ­dra­tva­m i­tyā­di­vya­va­hā­rā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 126,27ya­di pu­na­s ta­tra rā­jyā­de­r a­bhā­vā­t ta­dvyā­vṛ­tti­r a­si­ddhā ta­dā saṃ­ve­da­na­sya sā­rū­pyā­di­śū­nya­tvā­t ka­tha­m a­sā­rū­pyā­di- TAŚVA-ML 126,28vyā­vṛ­ttiḥ ? ya­ta­s ta­nni­baṃ­dha­naṃ sā­rū­pya­ka­lpa­naṃ ta­syā­tra syā­t | ta­to na sā­kā­ro bo­dhaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.33pra­ti­ka­rma­vya­va­sthā­na­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | sā­kā­ra­sya ca bo­dha­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pa­va­rṇa­na­m |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.34kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­di­rū­pa­sya vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tā na ki­m | te­na ta­sya sva­rū­pa­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣāṃ­ta­ra­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 126,31ya­thai­va hi nī­la­ve­da­naṃ nī­la­syā­kā­raṃ bi­bha­rti ta­thā kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­de­r a­pi ta­da­bhi­nna­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣāṃ­ta­ra­sya cā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 126,32ta­to nī­lā­kā­ra­tvā­n nī­la­ve­da­na­sya nī­la­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tve kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­di­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tā­pa­tti­r a­nya­thā ta­dā­kā­re­ṇa vya- TAŚVA-ML 126,33bhi­cā­rā­t na ta­dā­kā­ra­tvā­t ta­dvya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tvaṃ sā­dhya­te | kiṃ ta­rhi ta­dvya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tvā­t ta­dā­kā­ra­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 126,34sva­rū­pa­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tve­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.35pra­mā­ṇaṃ yo­gya­tā­mā­trā­t sva­rū­pa­m a­dhi­ga­ccha­ti | ya­thā ta­thā­rtha­m i­ty a­stu pra­tī­tya­na­ti­laṃ­gha­nā­t |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.36sva­rū­pe­pi ca sā­rū­pyā­n nā­dhi­ga­tyu­pa­va­rṇa­na­m | yu­ktaṃ ta­sya dvi­ni­ṣṭha­tvā­t ka­lpi­ta­syā­py a­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.37ka­lpa­ne vā­na­va­sthā­nā­t ku­taḥ saṃ­vi­tti­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | svā­rthe­na gha­ṭa­ya­tye­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇe svā­vṛ­ti­kṣa­yā­t |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.38nā­yaṃ do­ṣa­s ta­to nai­va sā­rū­pya­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā | nā­bhi­nno dhi­ga­ma­s ta­smā­d e­kāṃ­te­ne­ti ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 127,05sva­rū­pe pra­ti­ni­ya­ma­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tvaṃ saṃ­ve­da­na­sya sā­rū­pyā­pā­ye pi bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­tha­ma­rthe sā­rū­pyaṃ ta­taḥ sā­dha­ye­t | TAŚVA-ML 127,06ni­rā­kā­ra­sya bo­dha­sya ke­na­ci­d a­rthe­na pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­ka­rṣā­bhā­vā­t sa­rvai­ka­ve­da­nā­pa­tti­r i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, sva­rū­pa­saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 127,07ta­thā pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nu ca saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d bhi­nnaṃ sva­kā­ra­ṇā­t ta­du­tpa­nnaṃ sva­rū­pa­pra­kā­śa­kaṃ yu­kta­m e­va a­nya­thā ta­syā­saṃ­ve- TAŚVA-ML 127,08da­na­tva­pra­sa­kte­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhy a­rtha­saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­py a­na­rtha­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d bhi­nnaṃ sva­he­to­r u­pa­jā­ta­m a­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­m a­stu ta­syā­nya­thā­na- TAŚVA-ML 127,09rtha­saṃ­ve­da­na­tvā­pa­tti­r i­ti sa­mā­naṃ | sa­rva­syā­rtha­sya pra­kā­śa­kaṃ ka­smā­n ne­ti ce­t­, sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­pi pa­ra­rū­pa­sya ka­smā­n na TAŚVA-ML 127,10pra­kā­śa­kaṃ ? sva­rū­pa­pra­kā­śa­ne yo­gya­tā­sa­dbhā­vā­t | pa­ra­rū­pa­pra­kā­śa­ne tu ta­da­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­rtha­pra- TAŚVA-ML 127,11kā­śa­ne sa­rvā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­nā­bhā­vā­t sa­maḥ pa­ri­hā­raḥ | pra­tī­tya­na­ti­laṃ­gha­na­syā­py a­vi­śe­ṣā­t saṃ­vṛ­ttyā sā­rū­pye pi saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 127,12ve­da­na­sya sā­rū­pyā­d a­dhi­ga­ti­r i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­sya dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­d e­ka­trā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | grā­hya­sya sva­rū­pa­sya grā­ha­kā­t sva­rū­pā- TAŚVA-ML 127,13d bhe­da­ka­lpa­na­yā ta­sya te­na sā­rū­pya­ka­lpa­nā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­t | ta­d a­pi grā­hyaṃ grā­ha­kaṃ ca sva­rū­paṃ | ya­di sva­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 127,14vi­di­taṃ ta­dā­nya­grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­sva­rū­pa­ka­lpa­ne pra­tye­ka­m a­na­va­sthā | ta­da­sva­saṃ­vi­di­taṃ ce­t ka­thaṃ saṃ­ve­da­na­sva­rū­pa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 127,15ya­t kiṃ­ci­d e­ta­t | na cā­yaṃ do­ṣaḥ sa­mā­naḥ saṃ­vi­ttiṃ svā­rthe­na gha­ṭa­ya­ti sa­ti pra­mā­ṇe svā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yā­t kṣa­yo- TAŚVA-ML 127,16pa­śa­mā­d vā ta­thā­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­sya | ta­n na sā­rū­pya­m a­sya pra­mā­ṇa­m a­dhi­ga­tiḥ pha­la­m e­kāṃ­ta­to na­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 127,17ni­ści­ta­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.39bhi­nna e­ve­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ sva­ya­m a­jñā­na­tā­pti­taḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­sya gha­ṭa­syai­va pa­ra­tvā­t svā­rtha­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 127,19ya­tsvā­rthā­dhi­ga­mā­d a­tyaṃ­taṃ bhi­nnaṃ ta­da­jñā­na­m e­va ya­thā gha­ṭā­di | ta­thā ca ka­sya­ci­t pra­mā­ṇaṃ na vā­jñā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 127,20pra­mā­ṇa­tā yu­ktā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.40ca­kṣu­rā­di pra­mā­ṇaṃ ce­d a­ce­ta­na­m a­pī­ṣya­te | na sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­syā­bhā­vā­t ta­syā­ci­taḥ sa­dā |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.41ci­ta­s tu bhā­va­ne trā­deḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ na vā­rya­te | ta­tsā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 127,23sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na vyā­ptaṃ ta­da­rtha­pa­ri­cchi­ttau ca­kṣu­rā­de­r u­pa­la­bhya­mā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­tī­ti ya­dī- TAŚVA-ML 127,24ṣya­te ta­dā ta­ddra­vya­ca­kṣu­rā­di bhā­va­ca­kṣu­rā­di vā ? na tā­va­ddra­vya­ne trā­di ta­sya sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­si­ddheḥ | na hi ta- TAŚVA-ML 127,25tsā­dha­ka­ta­maṃ svā­rtha­pa­ri­cchi­ttā­v a­ce­ta­na­tvā­d vi­ṣa­ya­va­t | ya­t tu sā­dha­ka­ta­maṃ ta­cce­ta­naṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­jñā­naṃ vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 127,26ṣya pa­ri­cchi­ttau | na ca ce­ta­naṃ pau­dga­li­kaṃ dra­vya­na­ya­nā­dī­ti na sā­dha­ka­ta­maṃ­, ya­taḥ pra­mā­ṇaṃ si­ddhye­t | chi­dau TAŚVA-ML 127,27pa­ra­śvā­di­nā sā­dha­ka­ta­me­na vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti ce­n na­, svā­rtha­pa­ri­cchi­ttau sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­bhā­va­sya sā­dhya­tvā­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 127,28sa­rva­tra sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na vyā­ptaṃ pa­ra­śvā­de­r a­pi pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | bhā­va­ne trā­di­ce­ta­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 127,29tu nā­ni­ṣṭaṃ ta­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­t sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ­, ā­tmo­pa­yo­ga­sya svā­rtha­pra­mi­tau sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­t ta­sya bhā­veṃ­dri- TAŚVA-ML 127,30ya­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.42hā­nā­di­ve­da­naṃ bhi­nnaṃ pha­la­m i­ṣṭaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | ta­da­bhi­nnaṃ pu­naḥ svā­rthā­jñā­na­vyā­va­rta­naṃ sa­ma­m |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.43syā­dvā­dā­śra­ya­ṇe yu­kta­m e­ta­d a­py a­nya­thā na tu | hā­nā­di­ve­da­na­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇā­di­bhi­de­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 127,33hā­no­pā­dā­nā­na­pe­kṣyaṃ jñā­naṃ vya­va­hi­taṃ pha­laṃ pra­mā­ṇa­syā­jñā­na­vyā­vṛ­tti­r a­vya­va­hi­ta­m i­ty a­pi syā­dvā­dā­śra­ya­ṇe yu­ktaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 127,34m a­nya­thā ta­da­yo­gā­t­, hā­nā­di­jñā­na­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­vya­va­dhā­no­pa­la­bdheḥ sa­rva­thā vya­va­hi­ta­tvā­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 127,35ta­thā hi-TAŚV-ML 1.6.44ye­nai­vā­rtho ma­yā jñā­ta­s te­nai­va tya­jya­te dhu­nā | gṛ­hye to pe­kṣa­te ce­ti ta­dai­kyaṃ ke­na ne­ṣya­te |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.45bhe­dai­kāṃ­te pu­na­r na syā­t pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tā ga­tiḥ | saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­va­tsve­ṣṭe py e­ka­trā­tma­ni saṃ­vi­doḥ |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 128,03na hy e­ke­na pra­mi­te rthe pa­ra­sya hā­nā­di­ve­da­naṃ ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­pha­laṃ yu­kta­m a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ya­sya ya­tra pra­mā­ṇaṃ jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 128,04ta­syai­va ta­tra pha­la­jñā­na­m i­ty u­pa­ga­me si­ddhaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­yo­r e­ka­pra­mā­trā­tma­ka­yo­r e­ka­tvaṃ | na cai­vaṃ ta­yo­r bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­so TAŚVA-ML 128,05vi­ru­dhya­te vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā ta­sya vya­va­sthā­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.46pa­ryā­yā­rthā­rpa­ṇā­d bhe­do dra­vyā­rthā­d a­bhi­dā­s tu naḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­yoḥ sā­kṣā­d a­sā­kṣā­d a­pi ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 128,07sā­kṣā­t pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­yo­r a­bhe­da e­ve­ty a­yu­ktaṃ pa­ryā­ya­śa­kti­bhe­da­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­na­sya bhā­va­sā­dha­na­sya ca pha­la­syā- TAŚVA-ML 128,08nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­rva­thai­kye ta­yo­r e­ka­sā­dha­na­tvā­pa­tteḥ ka­ra­ṇā­dya­ne­ka­kā­ra­ka­syai­ka­trā­pi ka­lpa­nā­mā­trā­d u­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 128,09ta­ttva­taḥ saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­kā­ra­ka­tvā­nu­ṣa­kteḥ | na cā­kā­ra­kaṃ va­stu kū­ṭa­stha­va­t ta­yo­r a­sā­kṣā­d bhe­da e­ve­ty a­py a­saṃ­ga­taṃ­, ta- TAŚVA-ML 128,10de­ko­pā­dā­na­tvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca ta­yo­r bhi­nno­pā­dā­na­tā yu­ktā saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­va­d a­nu­saṃ­dhā­na­vi­ro­dhā­t | ya­dā TAŚVA-ML 128,11pu­na­r a­vya­va­hi­taṃ vya­va­hi­taṃ ca pha­laṃ pra­mā­ṇā­d dra­vyā­rthā­d a­bhi­nnaṃ pa­ryā­yā­rthā­d bhi­nna­m i­ṣya­te ta­dā na ka­ści­d vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 128,12dha­s ta­thā­pra­tī­teḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.6.47ta­tpra­mā­ṇā­n na­yā­c ca syā­t ta­ttva­syā­dhi­ga­mo pa­raḥ | sa svā­rtha­ś ca pa­rā­rtha­ś ca jñā­na­śa­bdā­tma­kā­t ta­taḥ |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.48jñā­naṃ ma­tyā­di­bhe­de­na va­kṣya­mā­ṇaṃ pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ | śa­bda­s tu sa­pta­dhā vṛ­tto jñe­yo vi­dhi­ni­ṣe­dha­gaḥ |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 128,15ma­tyā­di­jñā­naṃ va­kṣya­mā­ṇaṃ ta­dā­tma­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ svā­rthaṃ śa­bdā­tma­kaṃ pa­rā­rthaṃ­, śru­ta­vi­ṣa­yai­ka­de­śa­jñā­naṃ na­yo va­kṣya- TAŚVA-ML 128,16mā­ṇaḥ sa svā­rthaḥ śa­bdā­tma­kaḥ pa­rā­rthaḥ kā­rtsnya­to de­śa­ta­ś ca ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­maḥ pha­lā­tmā sa ca pra­mā­ṇā­n na­yā­c ca TAŚVA-ML 128,17ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nna i­ti sū­ktaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­pū­rva­kaḥ | śa­bdo vi­dhi­pra­dhā­na e­ve­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya śa­bdā­d a­pra­ti­pa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 128,18pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­sya gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­nai­va ta­taḥ pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ty a­py a­sā­raṃ­, sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā sa­rva­thā pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­nā­pra­ti­pa­nna­sya TAŚVA-ML 128,19gu­ṇa­bhā­vā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sva­rū­pe­ṇa mu­khya­taḥ pra­ti­pa­nna­sya kva­ci­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­di­da­rśa­nā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pra­dhā­na e­va śa­bda TAŚVA-ML 128,20i­ty a­py a­ne­nā­pā­staṃ | kra­mā­d u­bha­ya­pra­dhā­na e­va śa­bda i­ty a­pi na sā­dhī­yaḥ­, ta­syai­kai­ka­pra­dhā­na­tva­pra­tī­te­r a­py a­bā­dhi­ta- TAŚVA-ML 128,21tvā­t | sa­kṛ­dvi­dhi­ni­ṣe­dhā­tma­no rtha­syā­vā­ca­ka e­ve­ti ca mi­thyā­, ta­syā­vā­cya­śa­bde­nā­py a­vā­cya­tva­pra­sa­kteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 128,22vi­dhyā­tma­no rtha­sya vā­ca­ka e­vo­bha­yā­tma­no yu­ga­pa­da­vā­ca­ka e­ve­ty e­kāṃ­to pi na yu­ktaḥ­, pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­tma­naḥ u­bha­yā- TAŚVA-ML 128,23tma­na­ś ca sa­hā­rtha­sya vā­ca­ka­tvā­vā­ca­ka­tvā­bhyāṃ śa­bda­sya pra­tī­teḥ | i­ttha­m e­ve­ty a­py a­saṃ­ga­ta­m a­nya­thā­pi saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t | TAŚVA-ML 128,24kra­mā­kra­mā­bhyā­m u­bha­yā­tma­no rtha­sya vā­ca­ka­ś cā­vā­ca­ka­ś ca nā­nya­the­ty a­pi pra­tī­ti­vi­ru­ddhaṃ­, vi­dhi­mā­trā­di­pra­dhā­na­ta­yā­pi TAŚVA-ML 128,25ta­sya pra­si­ddhe­r i­ti sa­pta­dhā pra­vṛ­tto rthe śa­bdaḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyo vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­ka­lpā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.49ta­tra pra­śna­va­śā­t ka­ści­d vi­dhau śa­bdaḥ pra­va­rta­te | syā­d a­sty e­vā­khi­laṃ ya­dva­tsva­rū­pā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­t |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.50syā­n nā­stye­va vi­pa­ryā­sā­d i­ti ka­ści­n ni­ṣe­dha­ne | syā­d dvai­ta­m e­va ta­ddvai­tā­d i­ty a­sti­tva­ni­ṣe­dha­yoḥ |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.51kra­me­ṇa yau­ga­pa­dyā­d vā syā­d a­va­kta­vya­m e­va ta­t | syā­d a­sty a­vā­cya­m e­ve­ti ya­tho­ci­ta­na­yā­rpa­ṇā­t |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.52syā­n nā­sty a­vā­cya­m e­ve­ti ta­ta e­va ni­ga­dya­te | syā­d dva­yā­vā­cya­m e­ve­ti sa­pta­bhaṃ­gya­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 128,30na hy e­ka­smi­n va­stu­ni pra­śna­va­śā­d vi­dhi­ni­ṣe­dha­yo­r vya­sta­yoḥ sa­ma­sta­yo­ś ca ka­lpa­na­yoḥ sa­pta­dhā va­ca­na­mā­rgo TAŚVA-ML 128,31vi­ru­dhya­te­, ta­tra ta­thā­vi­dha­yo­s ta­yoḥ pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­tvā­d e­kāṃ­ta­maṃ­ta­re­ṇa va­stu­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | sva­la­kṣa­ṇe TAŚVA-ML 128,32ta­yo­r a­pra­tī­te­r vi­ka­lpā­kā­ra­ta­yā saṃ­ve­da­nā­n na pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­t­, kiṃ pu­na­r vya­sta­sa­ma­stā­bhyāṃ vi­dhi­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 128,33ṣe­dhā­bhyāṃ śū­nyaṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m u­pa­la­kṣya­te ka­dā­ci­t ? saṃ­hṛ­ta­sa­ka­la­vi­ka­lpā­va­sthā­yā­m u­pa­la­kṣya­ta e­va ta­da­naṃ­ta­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 128,34vyu­cchi­tta­ci­tta­da­śā­yā­m i­da­m i­ttha­m a­sty a­nya­thā nā­stī­tyā­di­vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­tī­teḥ pū­rvaṃ ta­thā­vi­gha- TAŚVA-ML 129,01vā­sa­no­pa­ja­ni­ta­vi­ka­lpa­bu­ddhau pra­vṛ­tteḥ | ke­va­laṃ tā­n dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣāṃ­s ta­tra pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­nā­n a­pi ku­ta­ści­d vi­bhra­ma­he­toḥ TAŚVA-ML 129,02sva­la­kṣa­ṇe py ā­ro­pa­yaṃ­s ta­d a­pi ta­ddha­rmā­tma­kaṃ vya­va­hā­rī ma­nya­te | va­stu­ta­s ta­ddha­rmā­ṇā­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | saṃ­bha­ve vā pra­tya­kṣe TAŚVA-ML 129,03pra­ti­bhā­sa­pra­saṃ­gā­d e­ka­trā­pi nā­nā­bu­ddhī­nāṃ ni­vā­ra­yi­tu­m a­śa­kte­r i­ti ke­ci­t | te pi pa­rya­nu­yo­jyāḥ | ku­taḥ ? TAŚVA-ML 129,04sa­ka­la­dha­rma­vi­ka­laṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­bhi­ma­ta­da­śā­yāṃ pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­naṃ vi­ni­ści­ta­m i­ti | pra­tya­kṣa­ta e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 129,05ni­ścā­ya­ka­tvā­t | ni­śca­ya­ja­na­ka­tvā­n ni­ścā­ya­ka­m e­va ta­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhy a­sti­tvā­di­dha­rma­ni­śca­ya­ja­na­nā­t ta­nni­śca­yo pi TAŚVA-ML 129,06pra­tya­kṣo stu ta­sya ta­nni­ścā­ya­ka­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ a­nya­thā sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­ni­ścā­ya­ka­tva­sya vi­ro­dhā­t | ya­di pu­na­r a­sti­tvā­di- TAŚVA-ML 129,07dha­rma­vā­sa­nā­va­śā­t ta­ddha­rma­ni­śca­ya­syo­tpa­tte­r na pra­tya­kṣaṃ ta­nni­śca­ya­sya ja­na­ka­m i­ti ma­taṃ ta­dā sva­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ śu­ddhaṃ pra­ti­bhā­ta- TAŚVA-ML 129,08m i­ti ni­śca­ya­syā­pi sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­vā­sa­nā­ba­lā­d u­da­yā­n na ta­t ta­sya ja­na­kaṃ syā­t | sva­la­kṣa­ṇe nu­bha­va­nā­bhā­ve ni­śca­yā­yo­go TAŚVA-ML 129,09na pu­na­r a­sti­tvā­di­dha­rme­ṣv i­ti sva­ru­ci­pra­kā­śa­mā­traṃ śru­ti­mā­trā­t ta­ddha­rma­ni­śca­ya­syo­tpa­ttau sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­ni­rṇa­ya­syā­pi ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 129,10e­vo­tpa­tti­r a­stu | ta­thā ca na va­stu­taḥ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya si­ddhi­s ta­ddha­rma­va­t sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ta­nni­śca­ya­ja­na­nā­sa­ma­rthā­d a­pi TAŚVA-ML 129,11pra­tya­kṣā­t si­ddhau ta­ddha­rmā­ṇā­m a­pi ta­thā­vi­dhā­d e­vā­dhya­kṣā­t si­ddhiḥ syā­t | pra­tya­kṣe sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m e­va pra­ti­bhā­ti na tu TAŚVA-ML 129,12ki­yaṃ­to dha­rmā i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, sa­ttvā­di­dha­rmā­krāṃ­ta­syai­va va­stu­naḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | pra­tya­kṣā­d u­tta­ra­kā­la­m a­ni­ści­tāḥ ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 129,13pra­ti­bhā­saṃ­te nā­ma ta­ddha­rmā i­ti ce­t­, sva­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ka­thaṃ ? sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­tve­na sā­mā­nye­na rū­pe­ṇa ni­ści­ta­m e­va ta­t TAŚVA-ML 129,14pra­tya­kṣa­pṛ­ṣṭa­bhā­vi­nā ni­śca­ye­ne­ti ce­t­, ta­ddha­rmāḥ ka­thaṃ sā­mā­nye­nā­ni­ści­tāḥ sa­mā­nā­kā­ra­syā­va­stu­tvā­t | te­na TAŚVA-ML 129,15ni­ści­tā na te vā­sta­vāḥ syu­r i­ti ce­t sva­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ka­thaṃ te­na ni­ścī­ya­mā­naṃ va­stu sa­t | ta­thā ta­da­va­stv e­ve­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 129,16ya­thā na ni­ścī­ya­te ta­thā va­stu ta­d i­ty ā­yā­taṃ | ta­c cā­nu­pa­pa­nnaṃ | pu­ru­ṣā­dya­dvai­ta­va­t sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m e­va va­stu sa­t svā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 129,17kri­yā­ni­mi­tta­tvā­n nā­tmā­dya­dvai­ta­m i­ty a­pi na sa­tyaṃ­, sa­ttvā­di­dha­rmā­ṇā­m a­bhā­ve ta­sya ta­nni­mi­tta­tvā­si­ddheḥ sva­ra­śrṛṃ- TAŚVA-ML 129,18gā­di­va­t sa­rva­tra sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­te py a­kri­yā­ni­mi­tta­tva­sya ni­rā­kṛ­ta­tvā­c ca | ba­hi­raṃ­ta­r vā­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­ny e­va ta­sya sa­ma­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 129,19nā­t kṣa­ṇi­ka­sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ta­nni­mi­tta­tva­m aṃ­gī­kṛ­tyā­śa­kya­ni­śca­ya­syā­pi dha­rmā­ṇāṃ ta­tpra­ti­kṣe­pe tā­ny a­py aṃ­gī­kṛ­tya TAŚVA-ML 129,20sva­la­kṣa­ṇe ta­tpra­ti­kṣe­pa­sya ka­rtuṃ su­śa­ka­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­–­sa­ttvā­da­yo dha­rmā e­vā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­ṇaḥ saṃ­hṛ­ta­sa­ka­la- TAŚVA-ML 129,21vi­ka­lpā­va­sthā­yā­m u­pa­la­kṣyaṃ­te na sva­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­sya sva­vā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dhā­d vi­ka­lpa­bu­ddhau pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | ke­va­laṃ ta­trā­va- TAŚVA-ML 129,22bhā­sa­mā­na­m a­pi ta­ddha­rme dhyā­ro­pa­ya­n ku­ta­ści­d vi­bhra­mā­d a­rtha­kri­yā­ni­mi­tta­m i­va ja­no nu­ma­nya­te pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s ta­syā­saṃ­bha- TAŚVA-ML 129,23vā­t | saṃ­bha­ve vā­dhya­kṣe '­va­bhā­sā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t ci­tra­saṃ­vi­dāṃ sa­kṛ­d a­pa­ne­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya va­stu­to sa­ttve TAŚVA-ML 129,24ka­syā­ya­ttāḥ sa­ttvā­da­yo dha­rmā i­ti ce­t te­ṣāṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­to sa­ttve ka­sya sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m ā­śra­ya i­ti sa­maḥ pa­rya- TAŚVA-ML 129,25nu­yo­gaḥ | sva­rū­pa­syai­ve­ti ce­t ta­rhi dha­rmāḥ sva­rū­pā­ya­ttā e­va saṃ­tu sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­ni­rde­śyaṃ sva­sya pa­ra­sya vā­śra- TAŚVA-ML 129,26ya­tve­nā­nya­thā vā ni­rde­ṣṭu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d i­ti ce­t ta­ta e­va dha­rmā­s ta­thā bha­vaṃ­tu vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 129,27śu­ddha­dra­vya­sye­vā­rtha­pa­ryā­yā­ṇā­m a­ni­rdi­śya­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | ya­thā ca vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­la­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ ni­rde- TAŚVA-ML 129,28śya­tvaṃ tai­r i­ṣṭaṃ ta­thā dra­vya­syā­py a­śu­ddha­sye­ti nai­kāṃ­ta­taḥ kiṃ­ci­d a­ni­rde­śyaṃ ni­rde­śyaṃ vā ku­taḥ | sa­mā­ne­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 129,29pa­ri­ṇā­mā dha­rmā i­ti ce­t sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­ni ku­taḥ ? ta­thā sva­kā­ra­ṇā­d u­tpa­tte­r i­ti ce­t tu­lya­m i­ta­ra­tra | sva­la­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 129,30ṇā­ny e­ka­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇā­ka­ra­ṇā­bhyāṃ sa­mā­ne­ta­ra­rū­pā­ṇī­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d e­ka­kā­rya­kā­ri­ṇā­m a­pi vi­sa­dṛ­śa­tve­kṣa­ṇā­t TAŚVA-ML 129,31ka­tha­m a­nya­theṃ­dri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­ma­na­skā­rā­ṇāṃ ga­ḍū­cyā­dī­nāṃ ca jñā­nā­de­r jva­ro­pa­śa­ma­nā­de­ś cai­ka­kā­rya­sya ka­ra­ṇaṃ bhe­de sva­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 129,32va­ta e­vo­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­rhaṃ | ci­tra­kā­ṣṭha­ka­rmā­dya­ne­ka­kā­rya­kā­ri­ṇā­m a­pi ma­nu­ṣyā­ṇāṃ sa­mā­na­tva­da­rśa­nā­t sa­mā­na i­ti TAŚVA-ML 129,33pra­tī­te­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­mā­nā­sa­mā­na­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇā­d bhā­vā­nāṃ ta­thā­bhā­va i­ti ce­t ku­ta­s ta­tkā­ryā­ṇāṃ ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 129,34bhā­vaḥ ? sa­mā­ne­ta­ra­sva­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇā­d i­ti ce­t­, sa e­va pa­rya­nu­yo­go na­va­sthā ca | ta­tho­tpa­tti­r i­ti ce­t sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 129,35bhā­vā­nāṃ ta­ta e­va ta­thā­bhā­vo stu | sa­mā­ne­ta­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ ta­thā­bhā­va i­ty a­py a­ne­nā­pā­staṃ­, sa­mā­ne­ta­ra­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 130,01ṇā­ma­yo­gā­d a­rthā­s ta­the­ty a­py a­sā­raṃ­, ta­tpa­ri­ṇā­mā­nā­m a­pa­ra­thā­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­yo­gā­t ta­thā­bhā­ve na­va­sthi­teḥ | sva­ta­stu TAŚVA-ML 130,02ta­thā­tve rthā­nā­m a­pi vya­rtha­s ta­thā­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­yo­gaḥ­, sa­mā­ne­ta­rā­kā­rau vi­ka­lpa­ni­rbhā­si­nā­v e­va sva­la­kṣa­ṇe­ṣv a­dhyā­ro­pye­te TAŚVA-ML 130,03na tu vā­sta­vā­v i­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ ta­yo­s ta­tra spa­ṣṭa­m a­va­bhā­sa­nā­t ta­dvi­ka­lpā­nāṃ te­ṣāṃ jā­tu­ci­da­pra­ti­pa­tte­r i­ti | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 130,04pa­ri­ṇa­tā­nā­m e­va sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ ta­thā­tva­si­ddhi­r a­pra­ti­baṃ­dhā ta­dva­ddha­rmā­ṇā­m a­sti­tvā­dī­nā­m a­pī­ti pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta e­va sa­mā- TAŚVA-ML 130,05nā­kā­rāḥ pa­ryā­yāḥ śa­bdau­r ni­rde­śyāḥ pa­ryā­yi­va­t | sū­kṣmā­s tv a­rtha­pa­ryā­yāḥ ke­ci­d a­tyaṃ­tā­sa­mā­nā­kā­rā na tai­r ni- TAŚVA-ML 130,06rde­śyāḥ i­ti ni­ra­va­dyaṃ da­rśa­naṃ na pu­na­r vi­ka­lpa­pra­ti­bhā­si­no­r vi­ka­lpā­tma­na e­va sa­mā­nā­kā­rāḥ śa­bdai­r a­bhi­dhe­yāḥ | TAŚVA-ML 130,07bā­hyā­rthaḥ sa­rva­thā­na­bhi­dhe­ya i­ty e­kāṃ­taḥ pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | pra­ti­pā­da­yi­trā ya e­vo­ddhṛ­tya ku­ta­ści­j jā­tyaṃ­ta­rā­d a­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 130,08t sva­ya­m a­dhi­ga­tya dha­rmī dha­rmo vā śa­bde­na ni­rdi­ṣṭaḥ sa e­va ma­yā pra­ti­nna i­ti vya­va­hā­ra­syā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 130,09su­pra­si­ddha­tvā­c ca | ta­dbhrāṃ­ta­tva­vya­va­sthā­pa­no­pā­yā­pā­yā­t | na­nv e­ka­tra va­stu­ny a­naṃ­tā­nāṃ dha­rmā­ṇā­m a­bhi­lā­pa­yo­gyā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 130,10m u­pa­ga­mā­d a­naṃ­tā e­va va­ca­na­mā­rgāḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ bha­ve­yuḥ na pu­naḥ sa­ptai­va vā­cye­ya­ttā­tvā­t vā­ca­ke­ya­ttā­yāḥ | TAŚVA-ML 130,11ta­to vi­ru­ddhai­va sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­ti ce­t na­, vi­dhī­ya­mā­na­ni­ṣi­dhya­mā­na­dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­pe­kṣa­yā ta­da­vi­ro­dhā­t "­pra­ti­pa­ryā­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 130,12sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī va­stu­ni­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t ta­thā­naṃ­tāḥ sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyo bha­ve­yu­r i­ty a­pi nā­ni­ṣṭaṃ­, pū­rvā­cā­ryai­r a­sti­tva­nā­sti­tva­vi- TAŚVA-ML 130,13ka­lpā­t sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­m u­dā­hṛ­tya "­e­kā­ne­ka­vi­ka­lpā­dā­v u­tta­ra­trā­pi yo­ja­ye­t | pra­kri­yāṃ bhaṃ­gi­nī­m e­nāṃ na­yai­r na­ya­vi­śā­ra­da­" TAŚVA-ML 130,14i­ty a­ti­de­śa­va­ca­nā­t ta­da­naṃ­ta­tva­syā­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t | na­nu ca pra­ti­pa­ryā­ya­m e­ka e­va bha­gaḥ syā­dva­ca­na­sya na tu sa­pta- TAŚVA-ML 130,15bhaṃ­gī ta­sya sa­pta­dhā va­ktu­m a­śa­kteḥ | pa­ryā­ya­śa­bdai­s tu ta­syā­bhi­dhā­ne ka­thaṃ ta­nni­ya­maḥ sa­ha­sra­bhaṃ­gyā a­pi ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 130,16ni­ṣe­ddhu­m a­śa­kte­r i­ti ce­t nai­ta­tsā­raṃ­, pra­śna­va­śā­d i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­sya sa­pta­dhā pra­vṛ­ttau ta­tpra­ti­va­ca­na­sya sa­pta­vi­dha- TAŚVA-ML 130,17tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­śna­sya tu sa­pta­dhā pra­vṛ­ttiḥ va­stu­ny e­ka­sya pa­ryā­ya­syā­bhi­dhā­ne pa­ryā­yāṃ­ta­rā­ṇā­m ā­kṣe pa­si­ddheḥ | ku­ta­s ta­dā­kṣe­pa TAŚVA-ML 130,18i­ti ce­t ta­sya ta­nnāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­t | ya­thai­va hi kva­ci­d a­sti­tva­sya ji­jñā­sā­yāṃ pra­śnaḥ pra­va­rta­te ta­thā ta­nnāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ke TAŚVA-ML 130,19nā­sti­tve pi kra­mā­rpi­to­bha­ya­rū­pa­tvā­dau ce­ti ji­jñā­sā­yāḥ sa­pta­vi­dha­tvā­t pra­śna­sa­pta­vi­dha­tvaṃ ta­to va­ca­na­sa­pta­vi- TAŚVA-ML 130,20dha­tvaṃ | kva­ci­d a­sti­tva­sya nā­sti­tvā­di­dha­rma­ṣa­ṭka­nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­si­ddhe­s ta­jji­jñā­sā­yāḥ sa­pta­vi­dha­tva­m a­yu­kta­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 130,21ta­sya yu­kti­si­ddha­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­–­dha­rmi­ṇye­ka­trā­sti­tvaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhya­dha­rmai­r a­vi­nā­bhā­vi dha­rma­tvā­t sā­dha­nā­sti­tva­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 130,22na hi kva­ci­d a­ni­tya­tvā­dau sā­dhye sa­ttvā­di­sā­dha­na­syā­sti­tvaṃ vi­pa­kṣe nā­sti­tva­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇo­pa­pa­nnaṃ ta­sya sā­dha­nā­bhā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 130,23tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t i­ti si­ddha­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ | he­tu­m a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tāṃ tu sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttvā­sti­tva­m a­ni­ṣṭa­rū­pa­nā­sti­tve­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vi TAŚVA-ML 130,24si­ddhaṃ­, a­nya­thā ta­da­vya­va­sthi­te­r i­ti ta­d e­va ni­da­rśa­naṃ | na­nu ca sā­dhyā­bhā­ve sā­dha­na­sya nā­sti­tvaṃ ni­ya­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 130,25sā­dhya­sa­dbhā­ve sti­tva­m e­va ta­tka­thaṃ ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhya­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ sva­rū­pa­nā­sti­tvaṃ tu ya­t ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhyaṃ te­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vi- TAŚVA-ML 130,26tve­na sva­rū­pā­sti­tva­sya vyā­ghā­ta­s te­nai­va rū­pe­ṇā­sti nā­sti ce­ti pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttve sti­tva­m e­vā- TAŚVA-ML 130,27ni­ṣṭa­ta­tve nā­sti­tva­m i­ti na ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhyaṃ ye­na ta­sya ta­da­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvaṃ si­ddhye­t | te­nai­va tu rū­pe­ṇa nā­sti­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 130,28vi­pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­m i­ti ka­thaṃ ni­da­rśa­naṃ nā­ma pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dhye syā­d i­ti ce­n na­, he­to­s tri­rū­pa­tvā­di­vi­ro­dhā­t | sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 130,29vi­dhau cā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­vai­ya­rthyā­t | pa­kṣa­sa­pa­kṣa­yo­r a­sti­tva­m a­nya­tsā­dha­na­sya vi­pa­kṣe nā­sti­tvaṃ bru­vā­ṇaḥ sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 130,30ka­tha­m e­ka­sya vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­yo­r vi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­n ni­da­rśa­nā­bhā­vaṃ vi­bhā­va­ye­t | kva­ci­d a­sti­tva­si­ddhi­sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­syā­nya­tra TAŚVA-ML 130,31nā­sti­tva­sya si­ddhe­r na rū­pāṃ­ta­ra­tva­m i­ti ce­t vyā­ha­ta­m e­ta­t si­ddhau sā­ma­rthya­si­ddhaṃ ca na rū­pāṃ­ta­raṃ ce­ti ka­tha­m a- TAŚVA-ML 130,32va­dhe­yaṃ ka­sya­ci­t kva­ci­n nā­sti­tva­sā­ma­rthyā­c cā­sti­tva­sya si­ddhe­s ta­to rū­pāṃ­ta­ra­tvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | so yaṃ bhā­vā­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 130,33yo­r e­ka­tva­m ā­ca­kṣā­ṇaḥ sa­rva­thā na kva­ci­t pra­va­rte­ta nā­pi ku­ta­ści­n ni­va­rte­ta ta­nni­vṛ­tti­vi­ṣa­ya­sya bhā­va­syā­bhā­va­pa­ri­hā- TAŚVA-ML 130,34re­ṇā­saṃ­bha­vā­d a­bhā­va­sya ca bhā­va­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇe­ti | va­stu­to sti­tva­nā­sti­tva­yoḥ kva­ci­d rū­pāṃ­ta­ra­tva­m e­ṣṭa­vyaṃ | ta­thā cā­sti­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 130,35nā­sti­tve­na pra­ti­ṣe­dhye­nā­vi­nā­bhā­ve dha­rma­rū­paṃ ca ya­tra he­tau sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttve vā si­ddhaṃ ta­d e­va ni­da­rśa­na­m i­ti na ta­da­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 131,01vā­śaṃ­kā | pra­ti­ṣe­dhyaṃ pu­na rya­thā­sti­tva­sya nā­sti­tvaṃ ta­thā pra­dhā­na­bhā­va­taḥ kra­mā­rpi­to­bha­yā­tma­ka­tvā­di­dha­rma­paṃ­ca­ka- TAŚVA-ML 131,02m a­pi ta­sya ta­dva­tpra­dhā­na­bhā­vā­rpi­tā­sti­tvā­d a­nya­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | e­te­na nā­sti­tvaṃ kra­mā­rpi­taṃ dvai­taṃ sa­hā­rpi­taṃ cā­va­kta- TAŚVA-ML 131,03vyo­tta­ra­śe­ṣa­bhaṃ­ga­tra­yaṃ va­stu­to nye­na dha­rma­ṣa­ṭke­na pra­ti­ṣe­dhye­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vi sā­dhi­taṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | kra­mā­rpi­to­bha­yā­dī­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 131,04vi­ru­ddha­tve­na saṃ­bha­vā­n na ta­da­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvaṃ śa­kya­sā­dha­naṃ dha­rmi­ṇaḥ sā­dha­na­sya vā­si­ddhe­r i­ti ce­t na­, sva­rū­pā­di- TAŚVA-ML 131,05ca­tu­ṣṭa­ye­na ka­sya­ci­d a­sti­tva­sya pa­ra­rū­pā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ye­na ca nā­sti­tva­sya si­ddhau kra­ma­ta­s ta­ddva­yā­d a­sti­tva­nā­sti­tva­dva­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 131,06sa­hā­va­kta­vya­sya sa­hā­rpi­ta­sva­pa­ra­rū­pā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­bhyāṃ sva­rū­pa­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­c cā­sty a­va­kta­vya­tva­sya tā­bhyāṃ pa­ra­rū­pā­di­ca­tu- TAŚVA-ML 131,07ṣṭa­yā­c ca nā­sty a­va­kta­vya­tva­sya kra­mā­kra­mā­rpi­tā­bhyāṃ tā­bhyā­m u­bha­yā­va­kta­vya­tva­sya ca pra­si­ddhe­r vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­c ca dha­rmi­ṇaḥ TAŚVA-ML 131,08sā­dha­na­sya ca pra­si­ddheḥ | na hi sva­rū­pe sti va­stu na pa­ra­rū­pe stī­ti vi­ru­dhya­te­, sva­pa­ra­rū­pā­dā­nā­po­ha­na­vya­va­sthā­pā- TAŚVA-ML 131,09dya­tvā­d va­stu­tva­sya­, sva­rū­po­pā­dā­na­va­t pa­ra­rū­po­pā­dā­ne sa­rva­thā sva­pa­ra­vi­bhā­gā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa cā­yu­ktaḥ­, pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­tā- TAŚVA-ML 131,10de­r a­pi pa­ra­rū­pā­d a­po­ḍha­sya ta­thā­bhā­vo­pa­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā dvai­ta­rū­pa­ta­yā­pi ta­dbhā­va­si­ddhe­r e­kā­ne­kā­tma­va­stu­no ni­ṣe­ddhu­m a­śa­kteḥ TAŚVA-ML 131,11pa­ra­rū­pā­po­ha­na­va­tsva­rū­pā­po­ha­ne tu ni­rū­pā­khya­tva­sya pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­c cā­nu­pa­pa­nnaṃ | grā­hyā­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­di­śū­nya­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 131,12saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­tva­sya sva­rū­po­pā­dā­nā­d e­va ta­thā vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­d a­nya­thā pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t | ta­thā sa­rvaṃ va­stu sva­dra­vye sti na pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 131,13dra­vye ta­sya sva­pa­ra­dra­vya­svī­kā­ra­ti­ra­skā­ra­vya­va­sthi­ti­sā­dhya­tvā­t | sva­dra­vya­va­t pa­ra­dra­vya­sya svī­kā­re dra­vyā­dvai­ta­pra­sa­kteḥ TAŚVA-ML 131,14sva­pa­ra­dra­vya­vi­bhā­gā­bhā­vā­t | ta­c ca vi­ru­ddhaṃ | jī­va­pu­dga­lā­di­dra­vyā­ṇāṃ bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ pra­si­ddheḥ | ka­tha­m e­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 131,15dra­vya­m a­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­ya­m a­vi­ru­ddha­m u­kta­m i­ti ce­t­, jī­vā­dī­nā­m a­naṃ­ta­dra­vyā­ṇā­m a­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­d i­ti brū­maḥ | sa­nmā­traṃ hi śu­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 131,16dra­vyaṃ te­ṣā­m a­naṃ­ta­bhe­dā­nāṃ vyā­pa­ka­m e­kaṃ ta­da­bhā­ve ka­tha­m ā­tmā­naṃ la­bha­te | ka­tha­m i­dā­nīṃ ta­d e­va sva­dra­vye sti pa­ra­dra­vye TAŚVA-ML 131,17nā­stī­ti si­ddhye­t | na hi ta­sya sva­dra­vya­m a­sti pa­ryā­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d ya­ta­s ta­trā­sti­tvaṃ | nā­pi dra­vyāṃ­ta­raṃ ya­tra nā­sti- TAŚVA-ML 131,18tva­m i­ti ce­n na ka­thaṃ­ci­t­, na hi sa­nmā­traṃ sva­dra­vye sti pa­ra­dra­vye nā­stī­ti ni­ga­dya­te | kiṃ ta­rhi, va­stu | na ca TAŚVA-ML 131,19ta­tsaṃ­gra­ha­na­ya­pa­ri­cche­dyaṃ va­stu va­stve­ka­de­śa­tvā­t pa­ryā­ya­va­t | ta­to ya­thā jī­va­va­stu pu­dga­lā­di­va­stu vā sva­dra­vye TAŚVA-ML 131,20jī­va­tve nva­yi­ni pu­dga­lā­di­tve vā pa­ryā­ye ca sva­bhā­ve jñā­nā­dau rū­pā­dau vā­sti na pa­ra­dra­vye pa­ra­sva­rū­pe vā TAŚVA-ML 131,21ta­thā pa­ra­maṃ va­stu sa­ttva­mā­tre sva­dra­vye sva­pa­ryā­ye ca jī­vā­di­bhe­da­pra­bhe­de sti na pa­ri­ka­lpi­te sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­te ka­thaṃ­ci- TAŚVA-ML 131,22d i­ti ni­ra­va­dyaṃ ta­thā sva­kṣe­tre sti pa­ra­kṣe­tre nā­stī­ty a­pi na vi­ru­dhya­te sva­pa­ra­kṣe­tra­prā­pti­pa­ri­hā­rā­bhyāṃ va­stu­no TAŚVA-ML 131,23va­stu­tva­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā kṣe­tra­saṃ­ka­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­rva­syā­kṣe tra­tvā­pa­tte­ś ca | na cai­ta­tsā­dhī­yaḥ pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 131,24pa­ra­ma­sya va­stu­naḥ svā­tmai­va kṣe­traṃ ta­sya sa­rva­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­vyā­pi­tvā­t | ta­dvya­ti­ri­kta­sya kṣe­tra­syā­bhā­vā­t ta­da­pa­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 131,25va­stu­no ga­ga­na­syā­ne­na svā­tmai­va kṣe­tra­m i­ty u­ktaṃ ta­syā­naṃ­tyā­t kṣe­trāṃ­ta­rā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | jī­va­pu­dga­la­dha­rmā­dha­rma­kā­la­va­stū­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 131,26tu ni­śca­ya­na­yā­t svā­tmā vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­d ā­kā­śaṃ kṣe­traṃ ta­to py a­pa­ra­sya va­stu­no jī­vā­di­bhe­da­rū­pa­sya ya­thā­yo­gaṃ TAŚVA-ML 131,27pṛ­thi­vyā­di kṣe­traṃ pra­tye­yaṃ | na cai­vaṃ sva­rū­pā­t sva­dra­vyā­d vā kṣe­tra­syā­nya­tā na syā­t ta­dvya­pa­de­śa­he­toḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 131,28ta­to nya­tve­na pra­tī­te­r a­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­thā sva­kā­le sti pa­ra­kā­le nā­stī­ty a­pi na vi­ru­ddhaṃ sva­pa­ra­kā­la­gra­ha­ṇa­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 131,29tyā­gā­bhyāṃ va­stu­na­s ta­ttva­pra­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā kā­la­sāṃ­ka­rya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­rva­dā sa­rva­syā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­c ca | ta­tra pa­ra­ma­sya TAŚVA-ML 131,30va­stu­no nā­dya­naṃ­taḥ kā­lo­pa­ra­sya ca jī­vā­di­va­stu­naḥ sa­rva­dā vi­cche­dā­bhā­vā­t ta­tra ta­d a­sti na pa­ra­kā­le nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 131,31ka­lpi­te kṣa­ṇa­mā­trā­dau jī­va­vi­śe­ṣa­rū­paṃ tu mā­nu­ṣā­di­va­stu svā­yuḥ pra­mā­ṇa­sva­kā­le sti na pa­rā­yuḥ­pra­mā­ṇe pu­dga­la- TAŚVA-ML 131,32vi­śe­ṣa­rū­paṃ ca pṛ­thi­vyā­di ta­thā pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sthi­ti­ni­mi­tte sva­kā­le sti na ta­dvi­pa­rī­te ta­dā ta­syā­nya­va­stu­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 131,33tve­nā­bhā­vā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ yu­ga­pa­d e­ka­tra va­stu­ni sa­ttvā­sa­ttva­dva­ya­sya pra­si­ddhe­s ta­d e­va pra­ti­ṣe­dhye­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vi sā­dhyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 131,34na tu ke­va­la­m a­sti­tvaṃ nā­sti­tvā­di vā ta­sya ta­thā­bhū­ta­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, na­yo­pa­nī­ta­sya ke­va­lā­sti­tvā­de­r a­pi TAŚVA-ML 131,35bhā­vā­t si­ddhe va­stu­ny e­ka­trā­sti­tvā­dau nā­nā­dha­rme vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­noḥ pra­si­ddho dha­rma­s ta­da­pra­si­ddhe­na dha­rme­ṇā­vi­nā- TAŚVA-ML 132,01bhā­vī sā­dhya­ta i­ti yu­kti­si­ddha­m a­sti­tvā­di­dha­rma­sa­pta­kaṃ ku­ta­ści­t pra­ti­pa­ttu­r vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­sa­ptaṃ­ka ja­na­ye­t | ji­jñā- TAŚVA-ML 132,02sā­yāḥ sa­pta­vi­dha­tvaṃ ta­c ca pra­śna­sa­pta­vi­dha­tvaṃ ta­d a­pi va­ca­na sa­pta­vi­dha­tva­m i­ti sū­ktā pra­śna­va­śā­d e­ka­tra sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­, TAŚVA-ML 132,03bhaṃ­gāṃ­ta­ra­ni­mi­tta­sya pra­śnāṃ­ta­ra­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­da­bhā­va­ś ca ji­jñā­sāṃ­ta­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­da­saṃ­bha­vo pi vi­pra­ti­pa­ttyaṃ­ta­rā- TAŚVA-ML 132,04yo­gā­t ta­da­yo­go pi vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­ka­lpa­na­yā dha­rmāṃ­ta­ra­sya va­stu­ny a­vi­ru­ddha­syā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, ta­da­nu­pa­pa­ttā­v a­pi TAŚVA-ML 132,05pra­śnāṃ­ta­ra­syā­pra­va­rta­mā­na­syā­saṃ­baṃ­dha­pra­lā­pa­mā­tra­ta­yā pra­ti­va­ca­nā­na­rha­tvā­t | ta­d dhi pra­śnāṃ­ta­raṃ vya­stā­sti­tva­nā­sti­tva- TAŚVA-ML 132,06vi­ṣa­yaṃ sa­ma­sta­ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na pra­tha­ma­dvi­tī­ya­pra­śnā­v e­va gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na tu sa­ttva­sya dvi­tī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 132,07pra­śnaḥ syā­d a­sa­ttva­sya pra­tha­maḥ | sa­ma­stā­sti­tva­nā­sti­tva­vi­ṣa­ye tu pra­śnāṃ­ta­raṃ kra­ma­ta­s tṛ­tī­yaḥ sa­ha ca­tu­rthaḥ TAŚVA-ML 132,08pra­tha­ma­ca­tu­rtha­sa­mu­dā­ya­vi­ṣa­yaḥ paṃ­ca­maḥ dvi­tī­ya­ca­tu­rtha­sa­mu­dā­ya­vi­ṣa­yaḥ ṣa­ṣṭha­stṛ­tī­ya­ca­tu­rtha­sa­mu­dā­ya­vi­ṣa­yaḥ sa­pta­ma TAŚVA-ML 132,09i­ti sa­pta­sv e­vāṃ­ta­rbha­va­ti | pra­tha­ma­tṛ­tī­ya­yoḥ sa­mu­dā­ye tu pra­śnaḥ pu­na­r u­ktaḥ­, pra­tha­ma­sya tṛ­tī­yā­va­ya­va­tve­na pṛ­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 132,10tvā­t | ta­thā pra­tha­ma­sya ca­tu­rthā­di­bhi­r dvi­tī­ya­sya tṛ­tī­yā­di­bhi­s tṛ­tī­ya­sya ca­tu­rthā­di­bhi­ś ca­tu­rtha­sya paṃ­ca­mā­di­bhiḥ TAŚVA-ML 132,11paṃ­ca­ma­sya ṣa­ṣṭhā­di­nā ṣa­ṣṭha­sya sa­pta­me­na sa­ha­bhā­ve pra­śnaḥ pu­na­r u­ktaḥ pra­tye­ya­s ta­to na tri­ca­tuḥ­paṃ­ca­ṣa­ṭsa­pta­yo­ga­ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 132,12na­yā pra­ti­va­ca­nāṃ­ta­raṃ saṃ­bha­va­ti | nā­pi ta­tsaṃ­yo­gā­na­va­sthā­naṃ ya­taḥ sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­pra­sā­de­na sa­pta­śa­ta­bhaṃ­gy a­pi jā­ya­ta TAŚVA-ML 132,13i­ti co­dyaṃ bha­ve­t | na­nv e­vaṃ tṛ­tī­yā­dī­nā­m a­pi pra­śnā­nāṃ pu­na­r u­kta­tva­pra­sa­kti­r i­ti ce­n na­, tṛ­tī­ye dva­yoḥ kra­ma­śaḥ TAŚVA-ML 132,14pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na pṛ­ṣṭeḥ pra­tha­me dvi­tī­ye vā ta­thā ta­yo­r a­pṛ­ṣṭeḥ | sa­ttva­syai­vā­sa­ttva­syai­va ca pra­dhā­na­ta­yā pṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 132,15ca­tu­rthe tu dva­yo sa­ha pra­dhā­na­tve pṛ­ṣṭe­r na pu­na­r u­kta­tā | paṃ­ca­me tu sa­ttvā­va­kta­vya­ta­yoḥ pra­dhā­na­ta­yā pṛ­ṣṭeḥ pū­rvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 132,16ta­yo­r a­pṛ­ṣṭe­r a­pu­na­r u­kta­yā | ṣa­ṣṭhe pi nā­sti­tvā­va­kta­vya­ta­yo­s ta­thā pṛ­ṣṭe­r e­va | sa­pta­me kra­mā­kra­mā­rpi­ta­yoḥ sa­ttvā- TAŚVA-ML 132,17sa­ttva­yoḥ pra­dhā­na­ta­yā pṛ­ṣṭeḥ ku­taḥ pau­na­r u­ktyaṃ | na­nv e­vaṃ tṛ­tī­ya­sya pra­tha­me­na saṃ­yo­ge dva­yo­r a­sti­tva­yo­r e­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 132,18nā­sti­tva­sya prā­dhā­nyā­d dvi­tī­ye­na saṃ­yo­ge dva­yo­r nā­sti­tva­yo­r e­ka­syā­sti­tva­sya kra­ma­śaḥ pṛ­ṣṭhe­nā­pu­na­ru­kta­tā­stu pū­rvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 132,19ta­thā pṛ­ṣṭe­r a­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā ca­tu­rtha­sya paṃ­ca­me­na saṃ­yo­ge dva­yo­r a­vya­kta­yo­r e­ka­syā­sti­tva­sya ṣa­ṣṭhe­na saṃ­yo­ge dva­yo­r a- TAŚVA-ML 132,20vya­kta­yo­r e­ka­sya nā­sti­tva­sya sa­pta­me­na saṃ­yo­ge dva­yo­r a­vya­kta­yo­r e­ka­syā­sti­tva­sya nā­sti­tva­sya ca kra­me­ṇa pra­dhā­na- TAŚVA-ML 132,21ta­yā pṛ­ṣṭe­r na pu­na­r u­kta­tā | ta­thā paṃ­ca­ma­sya ṣa­ṣṭhe­na saṃ­yo­ge dva­yo­r a­vya­kta­yo­r e­ka­syā­sti­tva­sya nā­sti­tva­sya pṛ­ṣṭeḥ TAŚVA-ML 132,22paṃ­ca­ma­sya sa­pta­me­na saṃ­yo­ge dva­yo­r a­vya­kta­yo­r nā­sti­tva­yo­ś cai­ka­syā­sti­tva­sya sa­pta­ma­sya pra­tha­me­na saṃ­yo­ge dva­yo­r a­sti­tva- TAŚVA-ML 132,23yo­r e­ka­sya nā­sti­tva­syā­va­kta­vya­sya ca dvi­tī­ye­na saṃ­yo­ge dva­yo­r nā­sti­tva­yo­r e­ka­syā­va­kta­vya­sya ca tṛ­tī­ye­na saṃ­yo­ge TAŚVA-ML 132,24dva­yo­r a­sti­tva­yo­r nā­sti­tva­yo­ś cai­ka­syā­va­kta­vya­sya kra­ma­śaḥ pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na pṛ­ṣṭe­r na pu­na­r u­kta­tva­m i­ti ta­tpra­ti­va­ca­nā­nā­m a­py e- TAŚVA-ML 132,25kā­da­śā­nā­m a­pu­na­ru­kta­tva­si­ddhe­r a­ṣṭā­da­śa­bhaṃ­gā­s ta­thā saṃ­yo­ge ca bhaṃ­gāṃ­ta­rā­ṇi si­ddhye­yu­s ta­thā ta­tsaṃ­yo­ge pi ta­to bhaṃ­gāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 132,26ta­rā­ṇī­ti ka­thaṃ śa­ta­bhaṃ­gī ni­ṣi­dhya­te ? dvi­bhaṃ­gī­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ke­ci­t­, ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ | a­sti­tva­sya nā­sti­tva­sya ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 132,27va­kta­vya­sya cā­ne­ka­syai­ka­tra va­stu­nya­bhā­vā­t nā­nā va­stu­ṣu sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyāḥ sva­ya­m a­ni­ṣṭeḥ | ya­t pu­na­r jī­va­va­stu­ni jī­va­tve- TAŚVA-ML 132,28nā­sti­tva­m e­vā­jī­va­tve­na ca nā­sti­tvaṃ mu­kta­tve­nā­pa­ra­ma­m u­kta­tve­na ce­tyā­dya­naṃ­ta­sva­pa­ra­pa­ryā­yā­pe­kṣa­yā­ne­kaṃ ta­t saṃ­bha­va­ti TAŚVA-ML 132,29va­stu­no '­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­tvā­d i­ti va­ca­naṃ ta­d a­pi na sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­vi­dhā­ta­kṛ­ta­, jī­va­tvā­jī­va­tvā­pe­kṣā­bhyā­m i­vā­sti- TAŚVA-ML 132,30nā­sti­tvā­bhyāṃ mu­kta­tvā­m u­kta­tvā­dya­pe­kṣā­bhyā­m a­pi pṛ­tha­k sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­ka­lpa­nā­t vi­va­kṣi­ta­va­kta­vya­tvā­va­kta­vya­tvā­bhyā- TAŚVA-ML 132,31m a­pi sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī pra­ka­lpa­mā­nā­nyai­vā­ne­na pra­ti­pā­di­tā | pra­kṛ­tā­bhyā­m e­va dha­rmā­bhyāṃ sa­hā­rpi­tā­bhyā­m a­va­kta­vya­tva­syā­ne- TAŚVA-ML 132,32ka­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­d e­ka­tra ta­tpra­ka­lpa­na­yā bhaṃ­gāṃ­ta­rā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ya­t tu tā­bhyā­m e­vā­sa­hā­rpi­tā­bhyāṃ va­kta­vya­tvaṃ ta­d a­pi na TAŚVA-ML 132,33śe­ṣa­bhaṃ­ge­bhyo bhi­dya­te­, te­ṣā­m e­va va­kta­vya­tvā­t | ta­to nā­ti­vyā­pi­nī sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī nā­py a­vyā­pi­ny a­saṃ­bha­vi­nī vā TAŚVA-ML 132,34ya­taḥ pre­kṣā­va­dbhi­r nā­śrī­ya­te | na­nu ca sa­pta­su va­ca­na­vi­ka­lpe­ṣv a­nya­ta­me­nā­naṃ­ta­dha­rmā­tma­ka­sya va­stu­naḥ pra­dhā­na­gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na TAŚVA-ML 133,01pra­ti­pā­da­nā­c che­ṣa­va­ca­na­vi­ka­lpā­nā­m ā­na­rtha­kyā­d a­nā­śra­ya­ṇī­ya­tva­m e­ve­ti ce­t na­, te­ṣv a­pa­rā­pa­ra­dha­rma­prā­dhā­nye­na śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 133,02dha­rma­gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na ca va­stu­naḥ pra­ti­pa­tteḥ sā­pha­lyā­t | TAŚVA-ML 133,03ta­trā­sty e­va sa­rva­m i­tyā­di­vā­kye '­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ki­ma­rtha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.6.53vā­kye­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ tā­va­d a­ni­ṣṭā­rtha­ni­vṛ­tta­ye | ka­rta­vya­m a­nya­thā­nu­kta­sa­ma­tvā­t ta­sya ku­tra­ci­t |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 133,05na­nu gau­r e­ve­tyā­di­ṣu sa­ty a­py a­va­dhā­ra­ṇe ni­ṣṭā­rtha­ni­vṛ­tte­r a­bhā­vā­d a­sa­ty a­pi cai­va­kā­re bhā­vā­n nā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­sā­dhyā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 133,06ni­vṛ­tti­s ta­da­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­nā­bhā­vā­t | na hy e­va kā­ro ni­ṣṭā­rtha­ni­vṛ­ttiṃ ku­rva­nn e­va­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­m a­pe­kṣa­te a­na­va­sthā- TAŚVA-ML 133,07pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­tpra­yo­ge pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­bhyo '­ni­ṣṭā­rtha­ni­vṛ­tti­r a­yu­ktā sa­rva­śa­bda­pra­yo­ge ta­ta e­va ta­tpra­sa­kte­s ta­to na TAŚVA-ML 133,08ta­da­rtha­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ka­rta­vya­m i­ty e­ke­, te pi na śa­bdā­mnā­yaṃ viṃ­daṃ­ti | ta­tra hi ye śa­bdāḥ svā­rtha­mā­tre­na va­dhā­ri­te TAŚVA-ML 133,09saṃ­ke­ti­tā­ste ta­da­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­vi­va­kṣā­yā­m e­va­kā­ra­m a­pe­kṣaṃ­te ta­tsa­mu­cca­yā­di­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ tu ca­kā­rā­di­śa­bdaṃ | na cai­va­m e­va- TAŚVA-ML 133,10kā­rā­dī­nā­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­dya­rthaṃ bru­vā­ṇā­nāṃ ta­da­nya­ni­vṛ­ttā­v e­va­kā­rāṃ­ta­rā­dya­pe­kṣā saṃ­bha­va­ti ya­to na­va­sthā te­ṣāṃ sva­yaṃ dyo­ta- TAŚVA-ML 133,11ka­tvā­t dyo­ta­kāṃ­ta­rā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­t pra­dī­pā­di­va­t | na­nv e­va­m e­ve­tyā­di­śa­bda­pra­yo­ge dyo­ta­ka­syā­py e­vaṃ­śa­bda­syā­nya­ni­vṛ­ttau TAŚVA-ML 133,12dyo­ta­kāṃ­ta­ra­syai­va­kā­rā­de­r a­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­sya bhā­vā­t sa­rvo dyo­ta­ko dyo­tye rthe dyo­ta­kāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣaḥ syā­t ta­thā cā­na­va­sthā- TAŚVA-ML 133,13nā­n na kva­ci­d a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­dya­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­t na­, e­va­śa­bdā­deḥ svā­rthe vā­ca­ka­tvā­d a­nya­ni­vṛ­ttau dyo­ta­kāṃ­ta­rā- TAŚVA-ML 133,14pe­kṣo­pa­pa­tteḥ | na hi dyo­ta­kā e­va ni­pā­tāḥ kva­ci­d vā­ca­kā­nā­m a­pi te­ṣā­m i­ṣṭa­tvā­t | dyo­ta­kā­ś ca bha­vaṃ­ti ni­pā­tā TAŚVA-ML 133,15i­ty a­tra ca­śa­bdā­d vā­ca­kā­ś ce­ti vyā­khyā­nā­t | na cai­vaṃ sa­rve śa­bdā ni­pā­ta­va­tsvā­rtha­sya dyo­ta­ka­tve­nā­mnā­tā ye­na TAŚVA-ML 133,16ta­nni­ya­me dyo­ta­kaṃ nā­pe­kṣe­ra­n | ta­to vā­ca­ka­śa­bda­pra­yo­ge ta­da­ni­ṣṭā­rtha­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaḥ śre­yā­n e­va­kā­ra­pra­yo­gaḥ sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 133,17śa­bdā­nā­m a­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­vā­ca­ka­tvā­t | ta­ta e­va ta­tpra­ti­pa­tte­s ta­da­rtha­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­yu­kta­m i­ty a­nye­, te­ṣāṃ vi­dhi­rū­pa­ta- TAŚVA-ML 133,18yā­rtha­pra­ta­pa­ttiḥ śa­bdā­t pra­si­ddhā vi­ru­dhya­te ka­thaṃ cā­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­sva­rū­paṃ vi­dhi­rū­pa­ta­yā­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­śa­bdaḥ pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 133,19pā­da­ye­n na pu­naḥ sa­rve śa­bdāḥ svā­rtha­m i­ti bu­dhyā­ma­he | ta­syā­pi ta­da­nya­thā vṛ­tti­pra­ti­pā­da­ne na­va­sthā­naṃ svā­rtha­vi­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 133,20pra­ti­pā­di­tā si­ddhi­r ve­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ | vi­dhi­rū­paṃ e­va śa­bdā­rtho nā­nya­ni­vṛ­tti­rū­po ya­ta­s ta­tpra­ti­pa­tta­ye va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m i­ty a­pa­re­, TAŚVA-ML 133,21te­ṣā­m a­pi sva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhaḥ | su­rā na pā­ta­vye­ty ā­di­na­ñ TAŚVA-ML 133,22ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha e­va dvai­rā­śye­na sthi­ta­tvā­d bo­dha­va­t i­ti tu ye­ṣāṃ ma­taṃ te­ṣāṃ gha­ṭa­mā­na­ye­tyā­di­vi­dhā­ya­ka­śa­bda- TAŚVA-ML 133,23pra­yo­ge gha­ṭa­m e­va nā­gha­ṭa­mā­na­yai­va mā nai­ṣī­ri­ty a­nya­vyā­vṛ­tte­r a­pra­ti­pa­tte­s ta­dvai­ya­rthya­pra­saṃ­go nu­kta­sa­ma­tvā­t | su­rā na TAŚVA-ML 133,24pā­ta­vye­tyā­di­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­śa­bda­pra­yo­ge ca su­rā­to nya­syo­da­kā­deḥ pā­na­vi­dhe­r a­pra­tī­teḥ su­rā­śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­syā­na­rtha­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 133,25pa­ttiḥ­, su­rā­pā­na­syai­va ta­taḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t pa­yaḥ­pā­nā­de­r a TAŚVA-ML 133,26śa­bda­sya kva­ci­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­naṃ ta­da­nya­trau­dā­sī­nyaṃ ca vi­ṣa­yaḥ syā­t ta­thā kva­ci­d vi­dhā­naṃ ta­da­nya­tra vi­dhā­naṃ na pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 133,27ṣe­dha­naṃ ce­ti nai­vaṃ vyā­ghā­tā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­vā­nyā­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe svā­rtha­sya vi­dhā­naṃ ta­da­vi­dhā­ne cā­nya­pra­ti­ṣe­dho TAŚVA-ML 133,28mā bhū­t | sa­rva­sya śa­bda­sya vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­dva­yaṃ vi­ṣa­yo stu ta­thā cā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ ta­da­bhā­ve pi svā­rtha­vi­dhā­ne TAŚVA-ML 133,29nya­ni­vṛ­tti­si­ddhe­r i­ty a­pa­raḥ­, ta­syā­pi sa­kṛ­dvi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhau svā­rthe­ta­ra­yoḥ śa­bdaḥ pra­ti­pā­da­yaṃ­s ta­da­nu­bha­ya­vya­va­cche­daṃ ya­di TAŚVA-ML 133,30ku­rvī­ta ta­dā yu­kta­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­da­rtha­tvā­t | no ce­t a­nu­kta­sa­maḥ ta­da­nu­bha­ya­sya vyā­ghā­tā­d e­vā­saṃ­bha­vā­d | vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 133,31cche­da­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­ka­m i­ti ce­t na­, a­saṃ­bha­vi­no pi ke­na­ci­d ā­śaṃ­ki­ta­sya vya­va­cche­dya­to­pa­pa­tteḥ sva­ya­m a­ni­ṣṭa­ta­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 133,32va­t | ya­d e­va mū­ḍha­ma­te­r ā­śaṃ­kā­sthā­naṃ ta­syai­va ni­va­rtya­tvā­t kva­ci­t kiṃ­ci­d a­nā­śaṃ­ka­mā­na­sya pra­ti­pā­dya­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 133,33taṃ pra­yuṃ­jā­na­sya ya­t kiṃ­ca­na bhā­ṣi­tvā­d u­pe­kṣā­rha­tvā­t | ta­ta e­va sa­rvaḥ śa­bdaḥ svā­rtha­sya vi­dhā­ya­kaḥ prā­dhā­nyā­t TAŚVA-ML 133,34sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nya­sya ni­va­rta­kaḥ sa­kṛ­tsvā­rtha­vi­dhā­na­syā­nya­ni­va­rta­na­sya vā yo­gā­t | na hi śa­bda­sya dvau vyā­pā­rau TAŚVA-ML 134,01svā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­na­m a­nya­ni­va­rta­naṃ ce­ti­, ta­da­nya­ni­vṛ­tte­r e­vā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­syāḥ sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­d a­bhi­nnā­yāḥ sva­mā­na­sva­la­kṣa­ṇe- TAŚVA-ML 134,02ṣv a­nu­ga­ma­nā­yo­gā­d e­ka­sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­va­t | ta­to bhi­nnā­yā­s ta­da­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­rū­pa­tvā­gha­ṭa­nā­t sva­la­kṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­va­t svā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 134,03vyā­vṛ­tte­r a­pi ca ta­syā vyā­vṛ­ttau sa­jā­tī­ye­ta­ra­sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­r ai­kya­pra­saṃ­gā­d a­va­stu­rū­pā­yāḥ sva­tvā­nya­tvā­bhyā­m e­vā- TAŚVA-ML 134,04vā­cyā­yāṃ ni­rū­pa­tvā­t i­da­m a­smā­dvyā­vṛ­tta­m i­ti pra­tya­yo­pa­ja­na­nā­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­n na śa­bdā­rtha­tvaṃ nā­pi ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭā­rtha­sya TAŚVA-ML 134,05ta­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­yo­gā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve vā vi­śe­ṣya­sya ni­rū­pa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d a­nya­thā nī­lo­pa­hi­ta­syo­tpa­lā­de­r nī­la­tva- TAŚVA-ML 134,06vi­ro­dhā­t ta­da­nya­vyā­vṛ­tta­va­stu­da­rśa­na­bhā­vi­nā tu pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­ka­lpe­na pra­da­rśi­tā­yā­s ta­syāḥ pra­tī­te­r vi­dhi­vi­ka­lpo- TAŚVA-ML 134,07pa­da­rśi­ta­śa­bdā­rtha­vi­dhi­sā­ma­rthyā­d ga­ti­r a­bhi­dhī­ya­ta i­ti ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­bhi­ni­ve­śaḥ so pi pā­pī­yā­n­, svā­rtha­vi­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 134,08sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­ga­ti­va­t kva­ci­d a­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­pi svā­rtha­vi­dhi­ga­ti­pra­si­ddheḥ śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­ne TAŚVA-ML 134,09sa­ttvā­de­r vya­ti­re­ka­ga­ti­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nva­ya­ga­te­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t ta­da­bhi­dhā­ne nya­thā pu­na­r u­kta­tvā­gha­ṭa­nā­t śa­bde­na vi­dhī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 134,10mā­na­sya ni­ṣi­dhya­mā­na­sya ca dha­rma­sya va­stu­sva­bhā­va­ta­yā sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | sa­rva­thā dha­rma­nai­rā­tmya­sya sā­dha­yi­tu­m a- TAŚVA-ML 134,11śa­kte­ś ca­, bau­ddhe pi ca śa­bda­syā­rthe a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­syā­si­ddhe­r a­laṃ vi­vā­de­na | ke­ci­d ā­huḥ­– nai­kaṃ vā­kyaṃ svā­rtha­sya TAŚVA-ML 134,12vi­dhā­ya­kaṃ sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nya­ni­vṛ­ttiṃ ga­ma­ya­ti | kiṃ ta­rhi ? pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vā­kyaṃ­, ta­tsā­ma­rthya­ga­tau tu ta­to nya­pra­ti­ṣe­dha- TAŚVA-ML 134,13ga­ti­r i­ti te pi nā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ni­rā­ka­rtu­m ī­śā­s ta­da­bhā­ve vi­dhā­ya­ka­vā­kyā­d a­nya­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­vā­kya­ga­te­r a­yo­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 134,14ya­di cai­kaṃ vā­kya­m e­ka­m e­vā­rthaṃ brū­yā­d a­ne­kā­rtha­sya te­na va­ca­ne bhi­dye­ta ta­d i­ti ma­taṃ ta­dā pa­da­m a­pi nā­ne­kā­rtha­m ā­ca- TAŚVA-ML 134,15kṣī­tā­ne­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā ca ya e­va lau­ki­kāḥ śa­bdā­s ta e­va vai­di­kā i­ti vyā­ha­nye­ta | pa­da­m e­ka­m a­ne­ka- TAŚVA-ML 134,16m a­rthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti na pu­na­s ta­tkra­mā­tma­kaṃ vā­kya­m i­ti ta­mo­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­ta­mā­traṃ­, pa­de­bhyo hi yā­va­tāṃ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 134,17pra­ti­pa­tti­s tā­v aṃ­ta­s ta­da­va­bo­dhā­s ta­ddhe­tu­kā­ś ca vā­kyā­rthā­va­bo­dhā i­ti ca­tuḥ­saṃ­dhā­nā­di­vā­kya­si­ddhi­r na vi­ru­dhya­te | ke­va­laṃ TAŚVA-ML 134,18pa­da­m a­na­rtha­ka­m e­va jñe­yā­di­pa­da­va­dvya­va­cche­dvyā­bhā­vā­d vā­kya­stha­syai­va ta­sya vya­va­cche­dya­sa­dbhā­vā­d i­ti ye py ā­hu­s te pi TAŚVA-ML 134,19śa­bda­nyā­ya­ba­hi­ṣkṛ­tā e­va­, vā­kya­sthā­nā­m i­va ke­va­lā­nā­m a­pi pa­dā­nā­m a­rtha­va­ttva­pra­tī­teḥ | sa­mu­dā­yā­rthe­na te­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 134,20m a­na­rtha­va­ttve vā­kya­ga­tā­nā­m a­pi ta­d a­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | pa­dāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­s ta­nni­ra­pe­kṣe­bhyaḥ ke­va­le­bhya TAŚVA-ML 134,21i­ti ke­ci­t | na | ta­sya sa­to pi ta­thā pra­vi­bhā­ga­ka­ra­ṇā­sā­ma­rthyā­t | na hi sva­ya­m a­sa­ma­rthā­nāṃ vā­kyā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 134,22pra­ti­pā­da­ne sa­rva­thā pa­dāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣā­yā­m a­pi sā­ma­rthya­m u­pa­pa­nna­m a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, ta­dā ta­tsa­ma­rtha­tve­na te­ṣā­m u­tpa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 134,23ke­va­lā­va­sthā­to vi­śe­ṣa i­ti ce­t ta­rhi vā­kya­m e­va vā­kyā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ne sa­ma­rthaṃ ta­thā pa­ri­ṇa­tā­nāṃ pa­dā­nāṃ pa­da­vya- TAŚVA-ML 134,24pa­de­śā­bhā­vā­t | ya­di pu­na­r a­va­ya­vā­rthe­nā­na­rtha­va­ttvaṃ ke­va­lā­nāṃ ta­dā pa­dā­rthā­bhā­va e­va sa­rva­tra syā­t ta­to nye­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 134,25pa­dā­nā­m a­bhā­vā­t | vā­kye­bhyo­ddhṛ­tya ka­lpi­tā­nā­m a­rtha­va­ttvaṃ na pu­na­r a­ka­lpi­tā­nāṃ ke­va­lā­nā­m i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 134,26sva­sthaḥ | vya­va­cche­dyā­bhā­va­ś cā­si­ddhaḥ ke­va­la­jñe­ya­pa­da­syā­jñe­ya­vya­va­cche­de­na svā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­na­he­tu­tvā­t | sa­rvaṃ hi va­stu TAŚVA-ML 134,27jñā­naṃ jñe­yaṃ ce­ti dvai­rā­śye­na ya­dā vyā­pta­m a­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ta­dā jñe­yā­d a­nya­tā­mā­d a­dhā­naṃ jñā­na­m a­jñe­yaṃ pra­si­ddha­m e­va ta­to TAŚVA-ML 134,28jñe­ya­pa­da­sya ta­dvya­va­cche­dyaṃ ka­thaṃ pra­ti­kṣi­pya­te | ya­di pu­na­r jñā­na­syā­pi sva­to jñā­ya­mā­na­tvā­n nā­jñe­ya­tva­m i­ti ma­taṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 134,29ta­dā sa­rva­thā jñā­nā­bhā­vā­t ku­to jñe­ya­vya­va­sthā ? sva­to jñe­yaṃ jñā­na­m i­ti ce­t na­, jñā­pa­ka­sya rū­pa­sya ka­rtṛ- TAŚVA-ML 134,30sā­dha­ne­na jñā­na­śa­bde­na vā­cya­sya ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­ne­na vā sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­sya bhā­va­sā­dha­ne­na ca kri­yā­mā­tra­sya ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 134,31sā­dha­ne­na pra­tī­ya­mā­nā­d rū­pā­d bhe­de­na pra­si­ddhe­r a­jñe­ya­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­tha­m a­jñe­ya­sya jñā­pa­ka­tvā­de­r jñā­na­rū­pa­sya si­ddhiḥ ? TAŚVA-ML 134,32jñā­ya­mā­na­sya ku­taḥ ? sva­ta e­ve­ti ce­t­, pa­ra­tra sa­mā­naṃ | ya­thai­va hi jñā­naṃ jñe­ya­tve­na sva­yaṃ pra­kā­śa­te ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 134,33jñā­ya­ka­tvā­di­nā­pi vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | jñe­yāṃ­ta­rā­dya­na­pe­kṣa­sya ka­thaṃ jñā­ya­ka­tvā­di­rū­paṃ ta­sye­ti ce­t jñā­ya­kā­dya­na- TAŚVA-ML 134,34pe­kṣa­sya jñe­ya­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ ? sva­to na jñe­ya­rū­paṃ nā­pi jñā­ya­kā­di­rū­paṃ jñā­naṃ sa­rva­thā vyā­ghā­tā­t kiṃ­tu jñā­na­sva­rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 134,35m e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ta­da­bhā­ve ta­syā­py a­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­dbhā­ve pi ca si­ddhaṃ jñe­ya­pa­da­sya vya­va­cche­dya­m i­ti sā­rtha­ka­tva- TAŚVA-ML 135,01m e­va | jñā­naṃ hi syā­d jñe­yaṃ syā­d jñā­naṃ | a­jñā­naṃ tu jñe­ya­m e­ve­ti syā­dvā­di­ma­te pra­si­ddhaṃ si­ddha­m e­va | ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­dvya- TAŚVA-ML 135,02va­cche­dyaṃ na ca jñā­naṃ sva­taḥ pa­ra­to vā­, ye­na rū­pe­ṇa jñe­yaṃ te­na jñe­ya­m e­va ye­na tu jñā­naṃ te­na jñā­na­m e­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇe TAŚVA-ML 135,03syā­dvā­di­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, sa­mya­ge­kāṃ­ta­sya ta­tho­pa­ga­mā­t | nā­py a­na­va­sthā pa­rā­pa­ra­jñā­na­jñe­ya­rū­pa­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­bhā­vā­t tā­va- TAŚVA-ML 135,04tai­va ka­sya­ci­d ā­kāṃ­kṣā­ni­vṛ­tteḥ | sā­kāṃ­kṣa­sya tu ta­tra ta­t rū­pāṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­nā­yā­m a­pi do­ṣā­bhā­vā­t sa­rvā­rtha­jñā­no- TAŚVA-ML 135,05tpa­ttau sa­ka­lā­pe­kṣā­pa­rya­va­sā­nā­t | pa­rā­śaṃ­ki­ta­sya vā sa­rva­syā­jñe­ya­sya vya­va­cche­dya­tva­va­ca­nā­n na jñe­ya­pa­da­syā­na­rtha­ka­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 135,06sa­rva­pa­daṃ dvyā­di­saṃ­khyā­pa­daṃ vā­ne­na sā­rtha­ka­m u­kta­m a­sa­rva­syā­dvyā­de­ś ca vya­va­cche­dya­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t | na hy a­sa­rva­śa­bdā- TAŚVA-ML 135,07bhi­dhe­yā­nāṃ sa­mu­dā­yi­nāṃ vya­va­cche­de ta­dā­tma­naḥ sa­mu­dā­ya­sya sa­rva­śa­bda­vā­cya­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­di­ṣṭā­pa­vā­daḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti­, TAŚVA-ML 135,08sa­mu­dā­yi­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­dā­t sa­mu­dā­ya­sya | nā­py a­dvyā­dī­nāṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhe dvyā­di­vi­dhā­na­vi­ro­dhaḥ pa­ra­ma­saṃ­khyā­to lpa- TAŚVA-ML 135,09saṃ­khyā­yāḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­nya­tvā­t | ta­d e­vaṃ vi­vā­dā­pa­nnaṃ ke­va­laṃ pa­daṃ sa­vya­va­cche­dyaṃ pa­da­tvā­d gha­ṭā­di­pa­da­va­t sa­vya­va­cche- TAŚVA-ML 135,10dya­tvā­c ca sā­rtha­kaṃ ta­dva­d i­ti pra­ti­yo­gi­vya­va­cche­de­na svā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ne vā­kya­pra­yo­ga­va­tpa­da­pra­yo­ge pi yu­kta­m a­va- TAŚVA-ML 135,11dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­nya­thā­nu­kta­sa­ma­tvā­t ta­tpra­yo­ga­syā­na­rtha­kyā­t | a­nye tv ā­huḥ sa­rvaṃ va­stv i­ti śa­bdo dra­vya­va­ca­no jī­va TAŚVA-ML 135,12i­tyā­di­śa­bda­va­t ta­da­bhi­dhe­ya­sya vi­śe­ṣya­tve­na dra­vya­tvā­t­, a­stī­ti gu­ṇa­va­ca­na­s ta­da­rtha­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na gu­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 135,13tvā­t | ta­yoḥ sā­mā­nyā­tma­no­r vi­śe­ṣā­d vya­va­cche­de­na vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­saṃ­bha­va­tvā­va­dyo­ta­nā­rtha e­va­kā­raḥ | śu­kla TAŚVA-ML 135,14e­va pa­ṭa i­tyā­di­va­t svā­rtha­sā­mā­nyā­bhi­dhā­ya­ka­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣya­śa­bda­yo­s ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­sā­mā­nya­dyo­ta­ka­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 135,15e­va­kā­ra­sye­ti | te pi ya­di vi­śi­ṣṭa­pa­da­pra­yo­ge­nai­va­kā­raḥ pra­yo­kta­vya i­ty a­bhi­ma­nyaṃ­te smṛ­te ta­dā na syā­dvā­di­na- TAŚVA-ML 135,16s te­ṣāṃ ni­ya­ta­pa­dā­rthā­va­dyo­ta­ka­tve­nā­py e­va­kā­ra­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t | a­thā­sty e­va sa­rva­m i­tyā­di­vā­kye vi­śe­ṣya­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 135,17saṃ­baṃ­dha­sā­mā­nyā­va­dyo­ta­nā­rtha e­va­kā­ro nya­tra pa­da­pra­yo­ge ni­ya­ta­pa­dā­rthā­va­dyo­ta­nā­rtho pī­ti ni­ja­gu­s ta­dā na do­ṣaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 135,18ke­na pu­naḥ śa­bde­no­pā­tto rtha e­va­kā­re­ṇa dyo­tya­ta i­ti ce­t­, ye­na sa­ha pra­yu­jya­te a­sā­v i­ti pra­tye­yaṃ | pa­de­na TAŚVA-ML 135,19hi sa­ha pra­yu­kto sau ni­ya­taṃ ta­da­rtha­m a­va­dyo­ta­ya­ti vā­kye­na vā­kyā­rtha­m i­ti si­ddhaṃ | na­nu ca sa­d e­va sa­rva­m i­ty u­kte TAŚVA-ML 135,20sa­rva­sya sa­rva­thā sa­ttva­pra­sa­ktiḥ sa­ttva­sā­mā­nya­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­d va­stu­sā­mā­nya­sya ca vi­śe­ṣya­tvā­t ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 135,21sā­mā­nyā­d e­va­kā­re­ṇa dyo­ta­nā­t | ta­thā ca jī­vo py a­jī­va­sa­ttve nā­stī­ti vyā­ptaṃ sva­pra­ti­yo­gi­no nā­sti­tva­syai- TAŚVA-ML 135,22vā­stī­ti pa­de­na vya­va­cche­dā­t jī­va e­vā­stī­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇe tu bha­ve­d a­jī­va­nā­sti­tā | nai­va se­ṣṭā pra­tī­ti­vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 135,23dhā­t | ta­taḥ ka­tha­m a­sty e­va jī­va i­tyā­di­va­t sa­d e­va sa­rva­m i­ti va­ca­naṃ gha­ṭa­ta i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.6.54sa­rva­thā ta­tpra­yo­ge pi sa­ttvā­di­prā­pti­vi­cchi­de | syā­tkā­raḥ saṃ­pra­yu­jye­tā­ne­kāṃ­ta­dyo­ta­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 135,25syā­d a­sty e­va jī­va i­ty a­tra syā­tkā­raḥ saṃ­pra­yo­ga­m a­rha­ti ta­da­pra­yo­ge jī­va­sya pu­dga­lā­dya­sti­tve­nā­pi sa­rva­pra­kā­re- TAŚVA-ML 135,26ṇā­sti­tva­prā­pte­r vi­cche­dā­gha­ṭa­nā­t ta­tra ta­thā­śa­bde­nā­prā­pti­tvā­t | pra­ka­ra­ṇā­de­r jī­ve pu­dga­lā­dya­sti­tva­vya­va­cche­de tu TAŚVA-ML 135,27ta­syā­śa­bdā­rtha­tvaṃ ta­tpra­ka­ra­ṇā­de­r a­śa­bda­tvā­t | na cā­śa­bdā­d a­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r bha­vaṃ­tī śā­bdī yu­ktā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nv a- TAŚVA-ML 135,28sti­tva­sā­mā­nye­na jī­va­sya vyā­pta­tvā­t pu­dga­lā­dya­sti­tva­vi­śe­ṣai­r a­vyā­pte­r na ta­tpra­sa­ktiḥ kṛ­ta­ka­syā­ni­tya­tva­sā­mā­nye­na TAŚVA-ML 135,29vyā­pta­syā­ni­tya­tva­vi­śe­ṣā­pra­sa­kti­va­t | ta­to na­rtha­ka­s ta­nni­vṛ­tta­ye syā­t pra­yo­ga i­ti ce­n na­, a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­vai­ya­rthya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 135,30sva­ga­te­nā­sti­tva­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa jī­va­syā­sti­tvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t pra­tī­ya­te kṛ­ta­ka­sya sva­ga­tā­ni­tya­tva­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­ni­tya­tva­va­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 135,31ce­n na­, sva­ga­te­ne­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t pa­ra­ga­te­na nai­ve­ti saṃ­pra­tya­yā­d a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­na­rtha­kya­sya ta­da­va­stha­tvā­t | na cā­na­va- TAŚVA-ML 135,32dhā­ra­ṇa­kaṃ vā­kyaṃ yu­ktaṃ­, jī­va­syā­sti­tva­va­n nā­sti­tva­syā­py a­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t kṛ­ta­ka­sya ni­tya­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­va­t | ta­trā­sti- TAŚVA-ML 135,33tvā­svā­na­va­dhṛ­ta­tvā­t kṛ­ta­ke­nā­ni­tya­tvā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇe ni­tya­tya­va­t | sa­rve­ṇa hi pra­kā­re­ṇa jī­vā­de­r a­sti­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me TAŚVA-ML 135,34ta­nnā­sti­tva­ni­rā­se vā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ pha­la­va­t syā­t | ya­thā kṛ­ta­ka­sya sa­rve­ṇā­ni­tya­tve­na śa­bda­gha­ṭā­di­ga­te­nā­ni­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 136,01bhyu­pa­ga­me ta­nni­tya­tva­ni­rā­se ca nā­nya­thā­, ta­thā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­sā­pha­lyo­pa­ga­me ca jī­vā­di­r a­sti­tva­sā­mā­nye­nā­sti­, na TAŚVA-ML 136,02pu­na­r a­sti­tva­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa pu­dga­lā­di­ga­te­ne­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­ye yu­ktaḥ syā­t kā­ra­pra­yo­ga­s ta­sya tā­dṛ­ga­rtha­dyo­ta­ka­tvā­t | na­nu TAŚVA-ML 136,03ca yo sti sa svā­ya­tta­dra­vya­kṣe­tra­kā­la­bhā­vai­r e­va ne­ta­rai­s te­ṣā­m a­pra­stu­ta­tvā­d i­ti ke­ci­t­, sa­tyaṃ | sa tu tā­dṛ­śo rthaḥ TAŚVA-ML 136,04śa­bdā­t pra­tī­ya­mā­naḥ | kī­dṛ­śā­t pra­tī­ya­te i­ti śā­bda­vya­va­hā­ra­ciṃ­tā­yāṃ syā­tkā­ro dyo­ta­ko ni­pā­taḥ pra­yu­jya­te TAŚVA-ML 136,05li­ṅaṃ­ta­pra­ti­rū­pa­kaḥ | ke­na pu­naḥ śa­bde­no­kto ne­kāṃ­taḥ ? syā­tkā­re­ṇa dyo­tya­ta i­ti ce­t­, sa­d e­va sa­rva­m i­tyā­di­vā­kye- TAŚVA-ML 136,06nā­bhe­da­vṛ­ttyā­bhe­do­pa­cā­re­ṇa ce­ti brū­maḥ | sa­ka­lā­de­śo hi yau­ga­pa­dye­nā­śa­ṣe­dha­rmā­tma­kaṃ va­stu kā­lā­di­bhi­r a­bhe­da­vṛ­ttyā TAŚVA-ML 136,07pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ty a­bhe­do­pa­cā­re­ṇa vā ta­sya pra­mā­ṇā­dhī­na­tvā­t | vi­ka­lā­de­śa­s tu kra­me­ṇa bhe­do­pa­cā­re­ṇa bhe­da­prā­dhā­nye­na TAŚVA-ML 136,08vā ta­sya na­yā­ya­tta­tvā­t | kaḥ pu­naḥ kra­maḥ kiṃ vā yau­ga­pa­dyaṃ ? ya­dā­sti­tvā­di­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ kā­lā­di­bhi­r bhe­da­vi­va­kṣā TAŚVA-ML 136,09ta­dai­ka­sya śa­bda­syā­ne­kā­rtha­pra­tyā­ya­ne śa­ktya­bhā­vā­t kra­maḥ | ya­dā tu te­ṣā­m e­va dha­rmā­ṇāṃ kā­lā­di­bhi­r a­bhe­de­na vṛ­tta­m ā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 136,10rū­pa­m u­cya­te ta­dai­ke­nā­pi śa­bde­nai­ka­dha­rma­pra­tyā­ya­na­mu­khe­na ta­dā­tma­ka­tā­m ā­pa­nna­syā­ne­kā­śe­ṣa­rū­pa­sya pra­ti­pā­da­na­saṃ­bha­vā- TAŚVA-ML 136,11d yau­ga­pa­dyaṃ | ke pu­naḥ kā­lā­da­yaḥ ? kā­laḥ ā­tma­rū­paṃ a­rthaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ u­pa­kā­ro gu­ṇi­de­śaḥ saṃ­sa­gaḥ śa­bda TAŚVA-ML 136,12i­ti | ta­tra syā­j jī­vā­di va­stu a­sty e­va i­ty a­tra ya­t kā­la­m a­sti­tvaṃ ta­tkā­lāḥ śe­ṣā­naṃ­ta­dha­rmī va­stu­ny e­ka­tre­ti­, TAŚVA-ML 136,13te­ṣāṃ kā­le­nā­bhe­da­vṛ­ttiḥ | ya­d e­va cā­sti­tva­sya ta­dgu­ṇa­tva­m ā­tma­rū­paṃ ta­d e­vā­nyā­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇā­nā­m a­pī­ty ā­tma­rū­pe­ṇā­bhe­da- TAŚVA-ML 136,14vṛ­ttiḥ | ya e­va cā­dhā­ro rtho dra­vyā­khyo sti­tva­sya sa e­vā­nya­pa­ryā­yā­ṇā­m i­ty a­rthe­nā­bhe­da­vṛ­ttiḥ | ya e­vā­vi­ṣva- TAŚVA-ML 136,15gbhā­vaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho sti­tva­sya sa e­vā­śe­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m i­ti saṃ­baṃ­dhe­nā­bhe­da­vṛ­ttiḥ | ya e­va TAŚVA-ML 136,16co­pa­kā­ro sti­tve­na svā­nu­ra­kta­ka­ra­ṇaṃ sa e­va śe­ṣai­r a­pi gu­ṇai­r i­ty u­pa­kā­re­ṇā­bhe­da­vṛ­ttiḥ | ya e­va ca gu­ṇi­de­śo sti- TAŚVA-ML 136,17tva­sya sa e­vā­nya­gu­ṇā­nā­m i­ti gu­ṇi­de­śe­nā­bhe­da­vṛ­ttiḥ | ya e­va cai­ka­va­stvā­tma­nā­sti­tva­sya saṃ­sa­rgaḥ sa e­va TAŚVA-ML 136,18śe­ṣa­dha­rmā­ṇā­m i­ti saṃ­sa­rge­ṇā­bhe­da­vṛ­ttiḥ | ya e­va vā­stī­ti śa­bdo sti­tva­dha­rmā­tma­ka­sya va­stu­no vā­ca­kaḥ sa e­va TAŚVA-ML 136,19śe­ṣā­naṃ­ta­dha­rmā­tma­ka­syā­pī­ti śa­bde­nā­bhe­da­vṛ­ttiḥ | pa­ryā­yā­rthe gu­ṇa­bhā­ve dra­vyā­rthi­ka­tva­prā­dhā­nyā­d u­pa­pa­dya­te­, dra­vyā­rthi- TAŚVA-ML 136,20ka­gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ka­prā­dhā­nye tu na gu­ṇā­nāṃ kā­lā­di­bhi­r a­bhe­da­vṛ­ttiḥ a­ṣṭa­dhā saṃ­bha­va­ti | pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­m a­nya­to TAŚVA-ML 136,21pa­pa­tte­r bhi­nna­kā­la­tvā­t | sa­kṛ­d e­ka­tra nā­nā­gu­ṇā­nā­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | saṃ­bha­ve vā ta­dā­śra­ya­sya tā­va­d vā bhe­da­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 136,22te­ṣā­m ā­tma­rū­pa­sya ca bhi­nna­tvā­t ta­da­bhe­de ta­dbhe­da­vi­ro­dhā­t | svā­śra­ya­syā­rtha­syā­pi nā­nā­tvā­t a­nya­thā nā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 136,23gu­ṇā­śra­ya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya ca saṃ­baṃ­dhi­bhe­de­na bhe­da­da­rśa­nā­t nā­nā­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­bhi­r e­ka­trai­ka­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­gha­ṭa­nā­t taiḥ kri­ya- TAŚVA-ML 136,24mā­ṇa­syo­pa­kā­ra­sya ca pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­rū­pa­syā­ne­ka­tvā­t gu­ṇi­de­śa­sya ca pra­ti­gu­ṇaṃ bhe­dā­t ta­da­bhe­de bhi­nnā­rtha­gu­ṇā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 136,25m a­pi gu­ṇi­de­śā­bhe­da­pra­saṃ­gā­t | saṃ­sa­rga­sya ca pra­ti­saṃ­sa­rgi­bhe­dā­t ta­da­bhe­de saṃ­sa­rgi­bhe­da­vi­ro­dhā­t | śa­bda­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 136,26pra­ti­vi­ṣa­yaṃ nā­nā­tvā­t sa­rva­gu­ṇā­nā­m e­ka­śa­bda­vā­cya­tā­yāṃ sa­rvā­rthā­nā­m e­ka­śa­bda­vā­cya­tā­pa­tteḥ śa­bdāṃ­ta­ra­vai­pha- TAŚVA-ML 136,27lyā­t | ta­ttva­to sti­tvā­dī­nā­m e­ka­tra va­stu­ny e­va­m a­bhe­da­vṛ­tte­r a­saṃ­bha­ve kā­lā­di­bhi­r bhi­nnā­tma­nā­m a­bhe­do­pa­cā­raḥ kri­ya­te | TAŚVA-ML 136,28ta­de­vā­bhyā­m a­bhe­da­vṛ­ttya­bhe­do­pa­cā­rā­bhyā­m e­ke­na śa­bde­nai­ka­sya jī­vā­di­va­stu­no '­naṃ­ta­dha­rmā­tma­ka­syo­pā­tta­sya syā­tkā­ro TAŚVA-ML 136,29dyo­ta­kaḥ sa­ma­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.6.55syā­c chā­bdā­d a­py a­ne­kāṃ­ta­sā­mā­nya­svā­va­bo­dha­ne | śa­bdāṃ­ta­ra­pra­yo­go tra vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 136,31syā­d i­ti ni­pā­to '­ya­m a­ne­kāṃ­ta­vi­dhi­vi­cā­rā­di­ṣu ba­hu­ṣv a­rthe­ṣu va­rta­te­, ta­trai­kā­rtha­vi­va­kṣā ca syā­d a­ne­kāṃ­tā­rtha­sya TAŚVA-ML 136,32vā­ca­ko gṛ­hya­te i­ty e­ke | te­ṣāṃ śa­bdāṃ­ta­ra­pra­yo­go '­na­rtha­kaḥ syā­c cha­bde­nai­vā­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­no va­stu­naḥ pra­ti­pā­di- TAŚVA-ML 136,33ta­tvā­d i­ty a­pa­re­, te pi ya­dy a­ne­kāṃ­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­sya vā­ca­ke syā­c cha­bde pra­yu­kte śa­bdāṃ­ta­ra­pra­yo­ga­m a­na­rtha­ka­m ā­ca­kṣa­te ta­dā TAŚVA-ML 136,34na ni­vā­ryaṃ­te­, śa­bdāṃ­ta­ra­tva­sya syā­c cha­bde­na kṛ­ta­tvā­t | a­ne­kāṃ­ta­sā­mā­nya­sya tu vā­ca­ke ta­smi­n pra­yu­kte TAŚVA-ML 137,01jī­vā­di­śa­bdāṃ­ta­ra­pra­yo­go nā­na­rtha­ka­s ta­sya ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­tvā­t ka­sya­ci­t sā­mā­nye­no­pā­dā­ne pi vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 137,02rthi­nā vi­śe­ṣo '­nu­pra­yo­kta­vyo vṛ­kṣa­śa­bdā­d vṛ­kṣa­tva­sā­mā­nya­syo­pā­dā­ne pi dha­vā­di­ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­rthi­ta­yā dha­vā­di­śa­bda- TAŚVA-ML 137,03vi­śe­ṣa­va­d i­ti va­ca­nā­t | bha­va­tu nā­ma dyo­ta­ko vā­ca­ka­ś ca syā­c cha­bdo '­ne­kāṃ­ta­sya tu pra­ti­pa­daṃ pra­ti­vā­kyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 137,04vā śrū­ya­mā­ṇaḥ sa­ma­ye lo­ke ca ku­ta­s ta­thā pra­tī­ya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.6.56so pra­yu­kto pi vā ta­jjñaiḥ sa­rva­trā­rthā­t pra­tī­ya­te | ya­thai­va­kā­ro yo­gā­di­vya­va­cche­da­pra­yo­ja­naḥ |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 137,06ya­thā cai­tro dha­nu­rdha­raḥ pā­rtho dha­nu­rdha­raḥ nī­laṃ sa­ro­jaṃ bha­va­tī­ty a­trā­yo­ga­syā­nya­yo­ga­syā­tyaṃ­ta­yo­ga­sya ca vya­va­cche­dā- TAŚVA-ML 137,07yā­pra­yu­kto py e­va­kā­raḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­dvi­dbhi­r a­va­ga­mya­te­, ta­syā­nya­tra vi­śe­ṣa­ṇe­na kri­ya­yā ca sa­ha pra­yu­kta­sya TAŚVA-ML 137,08ta­tpha­la­tve­na pra­ti­pa­nna­tvā­t | ta­thā sa­rva­tra syā­tkā­ro pi sa­rva­syā­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­ka­tva­vya­va­sthā­pa­na­sā­ma­rthyā­d e­kāṃ­ta­vya- TAŚVA-ML 137,09va­cche­dā­ya kiṃ na pra­tī­ya­te | na hi ka­ści­t pa­dā­rtho vā­kyā­rtho vā sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­tā­tma­ko sti pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 137,10ka­thaṃ­ci­d e­kāṃ­tā­tma­ka­s tu su­na­yā­pe­kṣo ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­ka e­va ta­to yu­ktaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­vā­kye na­ya­vā­kye ca sa­pta­vi­ka­lpe TAŚVA-ML 137,11syā­tkā­ra­s ta­da­rthaṃ śa­bdāṃ­ta­raṃ vā śrū­ya­mā­ṇaṃ ga­mya­mā­naṃ vā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­va­t | kiṃ pu­naḥ pra­mā­ṇa­vā­kyaṃ kiṃ vā na­ya- TAŚVA-ML 137,12vā­kyaṃ ? sa­ka­lā­de­śaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­vā­kyaṃ vi­ka­lā­de­śo na­ya­vā­kya­m i­ty u­ktaṃ | kaḥ pu­naḥ sa­ka­lā­de­śaḥ ko vā TAŚVA-ML 137,13vi­ka­lā­de­śaḥ ? a­ne­kā­tma­ka­sya va­stu­naḥ pra­ti­pā­da­naṃ sa­ka­lā­de­śaḥ­, e­ka­dha­rmā­tma­ka­va­stu­ka­tha­naṃ vi­ka­lā­de­śa TAŚVA-ML 137,14i­ty e­ke­, te­ṣāṃ sa­pta­vi­dha­pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­vā­kya­vi­ro­dhaḥ | sa­ttvā­sa­ttvā­va­kta­vya­va­ca­nā­nāṃ sai­kai­ka­dha­rmā­tma­jī­vā­di­va­stu- TAŚVA-ML 137,15pra­ti­pā­da­na­pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ sa­rva­dā vi­ka­lā­de­śa­tve­na ya­thā­vā­kya­tā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t kra­mā­rpi­to­bha­ya­sa­da­va­kta­vyā­sa­da­va­kta­vyo- TAŚVA-ML 137,16bha­yā­va­kta­vya­va­ca­nā­nāṃ vā­ne­ka­dha­rmā­tma­ka­va­stu­pra­kā­śi­nāṃ sa­dā sa­ka­lā­de­śa­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­vā­kya­tā­pa­tteḥ | na ca TAŚVA-ML 137,17trī­ṇy e­va na­ya­vā­kyā­ni ca­tvā­ry e­va pra­mā­ṇa­vā­kyā­nī­ti yu­ktaṃ si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | dha­rmi­mā­tra­va­ca­naṃ sa­ka­lā­de­śaḥ TAŚVA-ML 137,18dha­rma­mā­tra­ka­tha­naṃ tu vi­ka­lā­de­śa i­ty a­py a­sā­raṃ­, sa­ttvā­dya­nya­ta­me­nā­pi dha­rme­ṇā­vi­śe­ṣi­ta­sya dha­rmi­ṇo va­ca­nā­saṃ­bha- TAŚVA-ML 137,19vā­t | dha­rma­mā­tra­sya kva­ci­d dha­rmi­ṇy a­va­rta­mā­na­sya va­ktu­m a­śa­kteḥ | syā­j jī­va e­va syā­d a­sty e­ve­ti dha­rmi­mā­tra­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 137,20dha­rma­mā­tra­sya va­ca­naṃ saṃ­bha­va­ty e­ve­ti ce­t na­, jī­va­śa­bde­na jī­va­ty a­dha­rmā­tma­ka­sya jī­va­va­stu­naḥ ka­tha­nā­d a­sti­śa­bde­na TAŚVA-ML 137,21cā­sti­tva­sya kva­ci­d vi­śe­ṣye vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­yā pra­tī­ya­mā­na­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | dra­vya­śa­bda­sya bhā­va­śa­bda­sya cai­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 137,22vi­bhā­gā­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, ta­dvi­bhā­ga­sya nā­mā­di­sū­tre pra­rū­pi­ta­tvā­t | ye pi hi pā­ca­ko '­yaṃ pā­ca­ka­tva­m a­sye­ti TAŚVA-ML 137,23dra­vya­bhā­va­vi­dhā­yi­noḥ śa­bda­yo­r vi­bhā­ga­m ā­hu­s te­ṣā­m a­pi na pā­ca­ka­tva­dha­rmā­di­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pā­ca­ka­śa­bdā­bhi­dhe­yo rthaḥ TAŚVA-ML 137,24saṃ­bha­va­ti­, nā­pi pā­ca­kā­nā­śri­taḥ pā­ca­ka­tva­dha­rma i­ty a­laṃ vi­vā­de­na | sa­dā­di­vā­kyaṃ sa­pta­vi­dha­m a­pi pra­tye­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 137,25vi­ka­lā­de­śaḥ sa­mu­di­taṃ sa­ka­lā­de­śa i­ty a­nye­, te pi na yu­ktyā­ga­ma­ku­śa­lā­s ta­thā yu­ktyā­ga­ma­yo­r a­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 137,26sa­ka­lā­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvā­t pra­tye­kaṃ sa­dā­di­vā­kyaṃ vi­ka­lā­de­śa i­ti na sa­mī­cī­nāṃ yu­kti­s ta­tsa­mu­dā­ya­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 137,27vi­ka­lā­de­śa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na hi sa­dā­di­vā­kya­sa­pta­kaṃ sa­mu­di­taṃ sa­ka­lā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­kaṃ sa­ka­la­śru­ta­syai­va ta­thā- TAŚVA-ML 137,28bhā­va­pra­si­ddheḥ | e­te­na sa­ka­lā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvā­t sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­vā­kyaṃ sa­ka­lā­de­śa i­ti yu­kti­r a­sa­mī­cī­no­ktā­, TAŚVA-ML 137,29he­to­r a­si­ddha­tvā­t | sa­dā­di­vā­kya­sa­pta­ka­m e­va sa­ka­la­śru­taṃ nā­nya­tta­dvya­ti­ri­kta­syā­bhā­vā­t a­to na he­to­r a­si­ddhi­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 137,30ce­n na­, e­kā­ne­kā­di­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gā­tma­no vā­kya­syā­śru­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­ka­la­śru­tā­rtha­sya sa­dā­di­sa­pta­vi­ka­lpā­tma­ka- TAŚVA-ML 137,31vā­kye­nai­va pra­kā­śa­nā­t ta­sya pra­kā­śi­ta­pra­kā­śa­na­ta­yā­na­rtha­ka­tvā­t | te­na sa­ttvā­di­dha­rma­sa­pta­ka­syai­va pra­ti­pā­da­nā­d e- TAŚVA-ML 137,32ka­tvā­di­dha­rma­sa­pta­ka­sya cai­kā­ne­kā­di­sa­pta­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­vā­kye­na ka­tha­nā­t ta­syā­na­rtha­kyā­d a­śru­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 137,33ta­sya sa­ka­lā­de­śa­tvā­bhā­vā­pa­tte­r a­naṃ­ta­dha­rmā­tma­ka­sya va­stu­no '­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | ya­di pu­na­r a­sti­tvā­di­dha­rma­sa­pta­ka­mu­khe­nā- TAŚVA-ML 137,34śe­ṣā­naṃ­ta­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­vi­ṣa­yā­naṃ­ta­dha­rma­sa­pta­ka­sva­bhā­va­sya va­stu­naḥ kā­lā­di­bhi­r a­bhe­da­vṛ­ttyā­bhe­do­pa­cā­re­ṇa pra­ka­śa­nā­t sa­dā­di- TAŚVA-ML 138,01sa­pta­vi­ka­lpā­tma­ka­vā­kya­sya sa­ka­lā­de­śa­tva­si­ddhi­s ta­dā syā­d a­sty e­va jī­vā­di­va­stv i­ty a­sya sa­ka­lā­de­śa­tva­m a­stu | TAŚVA-ML 138,02vi­va­kṣi­tā­sti­tva­mu­khe­na śe­ṣā­naṃ­ta­dha­rmā­tma­no va­stu­na­s ta­thā­vṛ­ttyā ka­tha­nā­t | syā­n nā­sty e­ve­ty a­sya ca nā­sti­tva- TAŚVA-ML 138,03mu­khe­na­, syā­d a­va­kta­vya­m e­ve­ty a­syā­va­kta­vya­tva­mu­khe­na­, syā­d u­bha­ya­m e­ve­ty a­sya ca kra­mā­rpi­to­bha­yā­tma­ka­tva­mu­khe­na­, syā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 138,04sty a­va­kta­vya­m e­ve­ty a­sya cā­sty a­va­kta­vya­tva­mu­khe­na­, syā­n nā­sty a­va­kta­vya­m e­ve­tya­sya ca nā­sty a­va­kta­vya­tva­mu­khe­na syā­d u- TAŚVA-ML 138,05bha­yā­va­kta­vya­m e­ve­ty a­sya co­bha­yā­va­kta­vya­tva­mu­khe­ne­ti pra­tye­kaṃ sa­ptā­nā­m a­pi vā­kyā­nāṃ ku­to vi­ka­lā­de­śa­tvaṃ ? TAŚVA-ML 138,06pra­tha­me­nai­va vā­kye­na sa­ka­la­sya va­stu­naḥ ka­tha­nā­t dvi­tī­yā­dī­nā­m a­pha­la­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­dā­py e­ka­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyā TAŚVA-ML 138,07sa­ka­la­sya va­stu­naḥ pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t pa­rā­sāṃ sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­nā­m a­pha­la­tvaṃ kiṃ na bha­ve­t ? pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na sva­vi­ṣa­ya­dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 138,08sa­pta­ka­sva­bhā­va­syai­vā­rtha­syai­ka­yā sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyā pra­ka­tha­nā­t­, sva­go­ca­ra­dha­rma­sa­pta­kāṃ­ta­rā­ṇā­m a­pa­rā­bhiḥ sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­bhiḥ ka­tha- TAŚVA-ML 138,09nā­n na tā­sā­m a­pha­la­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi pra­tha­me­na vā­kye­na sva­vi­ṣa­yai­ka­dha­rmā­tma­ka­sya va­stu­naḥ pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na TAŚVA-ML 138,10ka­tha­nā­t dvi­tī­yā­di­bhiḥ sva­go­ca­rai­kai­ka­dha­rmā­tma­ka­sya pra­kā­śa­nā­t ku­ta­s te­ṣā­m a­pha­la­tā ka­thaṃ pu­na­r a­rtha­syai­ka­dha­rmā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 138,11ka­tvaṃ pra­dhā­naṃ ta­thā śa­bde­no­pā­tta­tvā­t śe­ṣā­naṃ­ta­dha­rmā­tma­ka­tva­m a­py e­vaṃ pra­dhā­na­m a­stv i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syai­ka­to vā­kyā­da- TAŚVA-ML 138,12śrū­ya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | ka­thaṃ ta­ta­s ta­sya pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ a­bhe­da­vṛ­ttyā­bhe­do­pa­cā­re­ṇa vā ga­mya­mā­na­tvā­t | ta­rhi śrū­ya­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 138,13sye­va ga­mya­mā­na­syā­pi vā­kyā­rtha­tvā­t pra­dhā­na­tva­m a­nya­thā śrū­ya­mā­ṇa­syā­py a­pra­dhā­na­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­gni­r mā­ṇa­va­ka TAŚVA-ML 138,14i­tyā­di vā­kyai­kyā­rthe­nā­nai­kāṃ­tā­t | mā­ṇa­va­ke gni­tvā­dhyā­ro­po hi ta­dvā­kyā­rtho bha­va­ti na ca pra­dhā­na­m ā­ro- TAŚVA-ML 138,15pi­ta­syā­gne­r a­pra­dhā­na­tvā­t | ta­tra ta­dā­ro­po pi pra­dhā­na­bhū­ta e­va ta­thā śa­bde­na vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ka­s ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 138,16gau­ṇaḥ śa­bdā­rtho stu na ka­ści­d i­ti ce­n na­, gau­ṇa­mu­khya­yo­r mu­khye saṃ­pra­tya­ya­va­ca­nā­t | dhṛ­ta­m ā­yu­ra­nnaṃ vai prā­ṇā TAŚVA-ML 138,17i­ti kā­ra­ṇe kā­ryo­pa­cā­raṃ­, maṃ­cāḥ kro­śaṃ­tī­ti tā­tsthā­ttā­c cha­bdo­pa­cā­raḥ | sā­ha­ca­ryā­dya­ṣṭiḥ pu­ru­ṣa i­ti­, TAŚVA-ML 138,18sā­mī­pyā­d vṛ­kṣā grā­ma i­ti ca gau­ṇaṃ śa­bdā­rthaṃ vya­va­ha­ra­n sva­ya­m a­gau­ṇaḥ śa­bdā­rthaḥ sa­rvo pī­ti ka­tha­m ā­ti­ṣṭhe­ta ? TAŚVA-ML 138,19na ce­d u­nma­ttaḥ | gau­ṇa e­va ca śa­bdā­rtha i­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ­, mu­khyā­bhā­ve ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­m a­pi hi TAŚVA-ML 138,20sa­ka­laṃ śa­bdā­rtha­m ā­ca­kṣā­ṇai­r a­go­vyā­vṛ­tto rthā­d a­rtho bu­ddhi­ni­rbhā­sī go­śa­bda­sya mu­khyo rtha­s ta­to nyo bā­hī­kā­di­r gau­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 138,21i­ty a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ | ta­thā ca gau­ṇa­mu­khya­yo­r vā­kyā­rtha­yoḥ sa­rvaiḥ śa­bda­vya­va­hā­ra­vā­di­bhi­r i­ṣṭa­tvā­n na ka­sya­ci­t ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 138,22pa­hna­vo yu­kto '­nya­tra va­ca­nā­na­dhi­kṛ­te­bhyaḥ | na­nu ya­tra śa­bdā­d a­skha­la­tpra­tya­yaḥ sa mu­khyaḥ śa­bdā­rthaḥ śrū­ya­mā­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 138,23i­va ga­mya­mā­ne pi ya­tra tv a­skha­la­tpra­tya­yaḥ sa gau­ṇo stu­, ta­to na śrū­ya­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ mu­khya­tve­na vyā­ptaṃ gau­ṇa­tve­na vā TAŚVA-ML 138,24ga­mya­mā­na­tvaṃ ye­na śa­bdo­pā­tta e­va dha­rmo mu­khyaḥ syā­d a­pa­ra­s tu gau­ṇa i­ti ce­n na­, a­skha­la­tpra­tya­ya­tva­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 138,25mu­khya­tve­na vyā­ptya­bhā­vā­t pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­si­ddha­syā­skha­la­tpra­tya­ya­syā­pi gau­ṇa­tva­si­ddheḥ pra­ti­pa­trā bu­bhu­tsi­taṃ va­stu TAŚVA-ML 138,26ya­dā mu­khyo rtha­s ta­dā taṃ pra­ti pra­yu­jya­mā­ne­na śa­bde­no­pā­tto dha­rmaḥ pra­dhā­na­bhā­va­m a­nu­bha­va­tī­ti vi­śe­ṣā­naṃ­ta­dha­rme­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 138,27gu­ṇa­bhā­va­si­ddheḥ | na­nv a­stu pra­tha­ma­dvi­tī­ya­vā­kyā­bhyā­m e­kai­ka­dha­rma­mu­khye­na śe­ṣā­naṃ­ta­dha­rmā­tma­ka­sya va­stu­naḥ pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ TAŚVA-ML 138,28ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­hi­ta­pra­kā­rā­śra­ya­ṇā­t tṛ­tī­yā­di­vā­kyai­s tu ka­thaṃ sa­ttva­syai­va vā­naṃ­śa­śa­bda­sya te­bhyo '­pra­ti­pa­tte­r i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 138,29tṛ­tī­yā­d vā­kyā­d dvā­bhyā­m ā­tma­kā­bhyāṃ sa­ttvā­sa­ttvā­bhyāṃ sa­hā­rpi­tā­bhyāṃ ni­ṣpa­nna­syai­ka­syā­va­kta­vya­tva­syā­naṃ­śa­śa­bda­sya TAŚVA-ML 138,30pra­tī­teḥ | ca­tu­rthā­t tā­bhyā­m e­va kra­mā­rpi­tā­bhyā­m u­bha­yā­tma­ka­tva­sya dvyaṃ­śa­sya pra­tya­yā­t | paṃ­ca­mā­s tri­bhi­r ā­tma­bhi­r dvyaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 138,31śa­syā­sty a­va­kta­vya­tva­sya ni­rjñā­nā­t | ṣa­ṣṭhā­c ca tri­bhi­r ā­tma­bhi­r dvyaṃ­śa­sya nā­sty a­va­kta­vya­tva­syā­va­ga­mā­t | sa­pta­mā­c ca­tu- TAŚVA-ML 138,32rbhi­r ā­tma­bhi­s tryaṃ­śa­syā­sti­nā­stya­va­kta­vya­tva­syā­va­bo­dhā­t | na ca dha­rma­sya sāṃ­śa­tve­nai­ka­sva­bhā­va­tve vā dha­rbhi­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ TAŚVA-ML 138,33dvi­tvā­di­saṃ­khyā­yā­s ta­thā­bhā­ve pi dha­rma­tva­da­rśa­nā­t | ni­raṃ­śai­ka­sva­bhā­vā dvi­tvā­di­saṃ­khye­ti ce­n na­, dve dra­vye i­ti TAŚVA-ML 138,34sāṃ­śā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­tā pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | saṃ­khye­ya­yo­r dra­vya­yo­r a­ne­ka­tvā­t ta­tra ta­thā pra­tī­ti­r i­ti ce­t­, ka­tha­m a­nya­trā- TAŚVA-ML 138,35ne­ka­tve ta­tra ta­thā­bhā­va­pra­tya­yo ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­ma­vā­yā­d i­ti ce­t­, sa ko nyo nya­tra ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyā­d i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 139,01saṃ­khye­ya­va­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­da­bhi­nnā­yāḥ saṃ­khyā­yāḥ sāṃ­śa­tvā­d a­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­tva­si­ddheḥ | e­vaṃ sva­bhā­va­syā­ne­ka­tve pi ta­dva­to TAŚVA-ML 139,02dra­vya­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­da­bhi­nna­syai­ka­tvā­ne­kāṃ­śa­tva­m a­va­kta­vya­tva­sya si­ddha­m aṃ­śa­sya cā­ne­ka­tve py e­ka­dha­rma­tva­m a­sty a­va­kta­vya- TAŚVA-ML 139,03tvā­de­r a­vi­ru­ddhaṃ­, ta­thā śru­ta­jñā­ne va­bhā­sa­mā­na­tvā­t ta­dbā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­c ca | ta e­te sti­tvā­da­yo dha­rmā jī­vā­di­va­stu­ni TAŚVA-ML 139,04sa­rva­sā­mā­nye­na ta­da­bhā­ve­na ca­, vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­mā­nye­na ta­da­bhā­ve­na­, vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­mā­nye­na ta­da­bhā­va­sā­mā­nye­na ca­, TAŚVA-ML 139,05vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­mā­nye­na ca dra­vya­sā­mā­nye­na gu­ṇa­sā­mā­nye­na ca dha­rma­sa­mu­dā­ye­na ta­dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇa ca dha­rma­sā­mā­nya­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­na TAŚVA-ML 139,06ta­da­bhā­ve­na ca dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­na ta­da­bhā­ve­na ca ni­rū­pyaṃ­te | ta­trā­rtha­pra­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­bha­va­liṃ­gau­ci­tya­de­śa­kā­lā­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 139,07prā­ya­ga­myaḥ śa­bda­syā­rtha i­ty a­rthā­dya­nā­śra­ya­ṇo bhi­prā­ya­mā­tra­va­śa­va­rti­nā sa­rva­sā­mā­nye­na ca va­stu­tve­na jī­vā­di­r a­sty e­va TAŚVA-ML 139,08ta­da­bhā­ve­na cā­va­stu­tve­na nā­sty e­ve­ti ni­rū­pya­te | ta­thā śru­tyu­pā­tte­na vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­mā­nye­na jī­vā­di­tve­nā­sti TAŚVA-ML 139,09ta­tpra­ti­yo­gi­nā ta­da­bhā­ve­nā­jī­vā­di­tve­na nā­stī­ti ca bhaṃ­ga­dva­yaṃ | te­nai­va vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­mā­nye­nā­sti ta­da­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 139,10sā­mā­nye­na va­stvaṃ­ta­rā­tma­nā sa­rve­ṇa sā­mā­nye­na nā­stī­ti ca bhaṃ­ga­dvaṃ­ya­, te­nai­va vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­mā­nye­nā­sti ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 139,11mu­khya­tve­na nā­stī­ti ca bhaṃ­ga­dva­yaṃ­, sā­mā­nye­nā­vi­śe­ṣi­te­na dra­vya­tve­nā­sti vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­mā­nye­na pra­ti­yo­gi­nai­vā- TAŚVA-ML 139,12jī­vā­di­tve­na nā­stī­ti ca bhaṃ­ga­dva­yaṃ­, dra­vya­sā­mā­nye­nā­vi­śe­ṣi­te­nai­vā­sti gu­ṇa­sā­mā­nye­na gu­ṇa­tve­na sa e­va TAŚVA-ML 139,13nā­stī­ti ca bhaṃ­ga­dva­yaṃ­, dha­rma­sa­mu­dā­ye­na tri­kā­la­go­ca­rā­naṃ­ta­śa­kti­jñā­nā­di­sa­mi­ti­rū­pe­ṇā­sti ta­dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇo- TAŚVA-ML 139,14pa­la­bhya­mā­ne­na rū­pe­ṇa­, nā­stī­ti ca bhaṃ­ga­dva­yaṃ­, dha­rma­sā­mā­nya­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­na ya­sya ka­sya­ci­d dha­rma­syā­śra­ya­tve­nā­sti ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 139,15bhā­ve­na ka­sya­ci­d a­pi dha­rma­syā­nā­śra­ya­tve­na nā­stī­ti ca bhaṃ­ga­dva­yaṃ­, dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­na ni­tya­tva­ce­ta­na­tvā­dya­nya­ta­ma- TAŚVA-ML 139,16dha­rma­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tve­nā­sti ta­da­bhā­ve­na ta­da­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tve­na nā­stī­ti ca bhaṃ­ga­dva­ya­m i­ty a­ne­ka­dhā vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­na­yā TAŚVA-ML 139,17sa­rva­tra mū­la­bhaṃ­ga­dva­yaṃ ni­rū­pa­ṇī­yaṃ | a­thā­sti jī­va i­ty a­sti­śa­bda­vā­cyā­d a­rthā­d bhi­nna­sva­bhā­vo jī­va­śa­bda­vā­cyo rthaḥ TAŚVA-ML 139,18syā­d a­bhi­nna­sva­bhā­vo vā ? ya­dy a­bhi­nna­sva­bhā­va­s ta­dā ta­yoḥ sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­bhā­vo gha­ṭa­ku­ṭa­śa­bda­va­t TAŚVA-ML 139,19ta­da­nya­ta­rā­pra­yo­ga­ś ca­, ta­dva­d e­va vi­pa­rya­ya­pra­saṃ­go vā | sa­rva­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­vi­ṣa­yā­sti­śa­bda­vā­cyā­d a­bhi­nna­sya ca jī­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 139,20sa­rva­dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ sa­rva­dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ vā jī­va­tva­m i­ti saṃ­ka­ra­vya­ti­ka­rau syā­tāṃ | ya­di pu­na­r a­sti- TAŚVA-ML 139,21vā­cyā­d a­rthā­d bhi­nna e­va jī­va­śa­bda­vā­cyo rthaḥ ka­lpya­te ta­dā jī­va­syā­sa­drū­pa­tva­pra­saṃ­go sti­śa­bda­vā­cyā­d a­rthā­d bhi­nna- TAŚVA-ML 139,22tvā­t sva­ra­śrṛṃ­ga­va­t vi­pa­rya­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | jī­va­va­tsa­ka­lā­rthe­bhyo bhi­nna­syā­sti­tva­syā­bhā­va­pra­sa­kti­r a­nā­śra­ya­tvā­t | ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 139,23jī­vā­di­ṣu sa­ma­vā­yā­d a­do­ṣo '­ya­m i­ti ce­n na­, sa­ma­vā­ya­sya sa­ttvā­dbhi­nna­syā­sa­drū­pa­tvā­t sa ta­dva­toḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­tva­vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 139,24dhā­t | na ca sa­ma­vā­ye sa­ttva­sya sa­ma­vā­yāṃ­ta­ra­m u­pa­pa­nnaṃ a­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t sva­yaṃ ta­thā­ni­ṣṭe­ś ca | ta­tra ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 139,25vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­vā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­t so pi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­vaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho ya­di sa­ttvā­d bhi­nna­s ta­dā na sa­drū­pa i­ti sva­ra- TAŚVA-ML 139,26vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t ka­thaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ ? pa­ra­smā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇī­bhā­vā­t sa­ttva­sya pra­tha­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇī­bhā­ve ya­dy a­sa­drū­pa­tvā­bhā­va­s ta­dā sai­vā­na- TAŚVA-ML 139,27va­sthā ta­trā­pi sa­ttva­sya bhi­nna­syā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇī­bhā­va­ka­lpa­nā­d i­ti na kiṃ­ci­t sa­n nā­ma | sa­ttvā­d bhi­nna­sya sa­rva­sya TAŚVA-ML 139,28sva­bhā­va­syā­sa­drū­pa­tva­pra­si­ddhe­r i­ti | sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m u­pā­laṃ­bho na syā­dvā­di­nā­m a­sti­śa­bda­vā­cyā­d a­rthā­j jī­va­śa­bda- TAŚVA-ML 139,29vā­cya­syā­rtha­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nna­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­thai­va vā­ciṃ­tya­pra­tī­ti­sa­dbhā­vā­c ca | pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d dhi bha­va­na- TAŚVA-ML 139,30jī­va­na­yoḥ pa­ryā­ya­yo­r a­sti­jī­va­śa­bdā­bhyāṃ vā­cya­yoḥ pra­tī­ti­vi­śi­ṣṭa­ta­yā pra­tī­te­r bhe­daḥ dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­t tu ta­yo­r a- TAŚVA-ML 139,31vya­ti­re­kā­d e­ka­ta­ra­sya gra­ha­ṇe­nā­nya­ta­ra­sya gra­ha­ṇā­d a­bhe­daḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­ta i­ti na vi­ro­dhaḥ saṃ­śa­yo vā ta­thā ni­śca- TAŚVA-ML 139,32yā­t | ta­ta e­va na saṃ­ka­ro vya­ti­ka­ro vā­, ye­na rū­pe­ṇa jī­va­syā­sti­tvaṃ te­nai­va nā­sti­tvā­ni­ṣṭeḥ ye­na ca TAŚVA-ML 139,33nā­sti­tvaṃ te­nai­vā­sti­tvā­nu­pa­ga­mā­t ta­du­bha­ya­syā­py u­bha­yā­tma­ka­tvā­nā­sthā­nā­c ca | na cai­va­m e­kāṃ­to­pa­ga­me ka­ści­d do­ṣaḥ TAŚVA-ML 139,34su­na­yā­rpi­ta­syai­kāṃ­ta­sya sa­mī­cī­na­ta­yā sthi­ta­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇā­rpi­ta­syā­sti­tvā­ne­kāṃ­ta­sya pra­si­ddheḥ | ye­nā­tma­nā- TAŚVA-ML 139,35ne­kāṃ­ta­s te­nā­tma­nā­ne­kāṃ­ta e­ve­ty e­kāṃ­tā­nu­ṣaṃ­go pi nā­ni­ṣṭaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­sā­dha­na­syai­vā­ne­kāṃ­ta­tva­si­ddhaḥ na­ya­sā­dha­na­syai­kāṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 140,01tva­vya­va­sthi­te­r a­ne­kāṃ­to py a­ne­kāṃ­ta i­ti pra­ti­jñā­nā­t |­| ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­a­ne­kāṃ­to py a­ne­kāṃ­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­sā­dha­naḥ | TAŚVA-ML 140,02a­ne­kāṃ­taḥ pra­mā­ṇā­t te ta­de­kāṃ­tā­rpi­tā­n na­yā­t­" i­ti | na cai­va­m a­na­va­sthā­ne­kāṃ­ta­syai­kāṃ­tā­pe­kṣi­tve­nai­vā­ne­kāṃ­ta­tva- TAŚVA-ML 140,03vya­va­sthi­teḥ e­kāṃ­ta­syā­py a­ne­kāṃ­tā­pe­kṣi­ta­yai­vai­kāṃ­ta­vya­va­sthā­nā­t | na ce­ttha­m a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ­, sva­rū­pe­ṇā­ne­kāṃ­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 140,04va­stu­naḥ pra­si­ddha­tve­nai­kāṃ­tā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­d e­kāṃ­ta­syā­py a­ne­kāṃ­tā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­t | ta­ta e­va ta­yo­r a­vi­nā­bhā­va­syā­nyo­nyā- TAŚVA-ML 140,05pe­kṣa­yā pra­si­ddheḥ kā­ra­ka­jñā­pa­kā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­dha­rma­dha­rmya­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhya­ty a­nyo­nya­vī­kṣa­yā | na TAŚVA-ML 140,06sva­rū­paṃ sva­to hy e­ta­tkā­ra­ka­jñā­pa­kāṃ­ga­va­t |­| " i­ti | kiṃ cā­rthā­bhi­dhā­na­pra­tyā­ya­nā­t tu­lya­nā­ma­tvā­t ta­da­nya­ta­ma­syā- TAŚVA-ML 140,07pa­hna­ve sa­ka­la­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­lo­pā­t te­ṣāṃ bhrā­ta­tvai­kā­te ka­sya­ci­d a­bhrāṃ­ta­sya ta­ttva­syā­pra­ti­ṣṭhi­te­r a­va­śyaṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­ttva­m u­ra­rī- TAŚVA-ML 140,08ka­rta­vyaṃ | ta­thā cā­rthā­bhi­dhā­na­pra­tya­yā­tma­nā syā­d a­sty e­va jī­vā­di­s ta­dvi­pa­rī­tā­tma­nā tu sa e­va nā­stī­ti TAŚVA-ML 140,09bhaṃ­ga­dva­yaṃ sa­rva­pra­vā­di­nāṃ si­ddha­m a­nya­thā sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttvā­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | ta­thā co­ktaṃ | "­sa­d e­va sa­rva ko ne­cche­t sva­rū­pā­di- TAŚVA-ML 140,10ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­t | a­sa­d e­va vi­pa­ryā­sā­n na ce­n na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| " i­ti ka­tha­m a­va­kta­vyo jī­vā­diḥ ? dvā­bhyāṃ ya­tho­di­ta- TAŚVA-ML 140,11pra­kā­rā­bhyāṃ pra­ti­yo­gi­bhyāṃ dha­rmā­bhyā­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­tma­kā­bhyāṃ yu­ga­pa­tpra­dhā­na­na­yā­rpi­tā­bhyā­m e­ka­sya va­stu­no bha­vi- TAŚVA-ML 140,12tsā­yāṃ tā­dṛ­śa­sya śa­bda­sya pra­ka­ra­ṇā­de­ś cā­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti ke­ci­t | ta­tra ko yaṃ gu­ṇā­nāṃ yu­ga­pa­dbhā­vo nā­me­ti TAŚVA-ML 140,13ciṃ­tyaṃ | kā­lā­dya­bhe­da­vṛ­tti­r i­ti ce­t na­, pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ru­ddhā­nāṃ gu­ṇā­nā­m e­ka­tra va­stu­ny e­ka­smi­n kā­le vṛ­tte­r a­da­rśa­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 140,14su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­va­t | nā­py ā­tma­rū­pe­ṇā­bhe­da­vṛ­tti­s te­ṣāṃ yu­ga­pa­dbhā­va­sta­dā­tma­rū­pa­sya pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­bha­kta­tvā­t ta­dva­t | na TAŚVA-ML 140,15cai­ka­dra­vyā­dhā­ra­ta­yā vṛ­tti­r yu­ga­pa­dbhā­va­s te­ṣāṃ bhi­nnā­dhā­ra­ta­yā pra­tī­teḥ śī­to­ṣṇa­spa­rśa­va­t | saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhe­do yu­ga­pa­dbhā­va TAŚVA-ML 140,16i­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ­, te­ṣāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya bhi­nna­tvā­d de­va­da­tta­sya cha­tra­daṃ­ḍā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dha­va­t sa­ma­vā­ya­syā­py e­ka­tvā­gha­ṭa­nā­d bhi­nnā­bhi­dhā­na- TAŚVA-ML 140,17pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tvā­t saṃ­yo­ga­va­t | na co­pa­kā­rā­bhe­da­s te­ṣāṃ yu­ga­pa­dbhā­vaḥ pra­ti­gu­ṇa­m u­pa­kā­ra­sya bhi­nna­tvā­n nī­la­pī­tā­dya TAŚVA-ML 140,18nu­raṃ­ja­na­va­t pa­ṭā­dau | na cai­ka­de­śo gu­ṇi­naḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti ni­raṃ­śa­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | ya­to gu­ṇi­de­śā­bhe­do yu­ga­pa­dbhā­vo TAŚVA-ML 140,19gu­ṇā­nā­m u­pa­pa­dye­ta | na te­ṣā­m a­nyo­nyaṃ saṃ­sa­rgo yu­ga­pa­dbhā­va­s ta­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­d ā­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­rū­pa­tvā­d gu­ṇā­nāṃ śu­kla­kṛ­ṣṇā­di­va­t TAŚVA-ML 140,20ta­tsaṃ­sa­rge gu­ṇa­bhe­da­vi­ro­dhā­t | na ca śa­bdā­bhe­do yu­ga­pa­dbhā­vo gu­ṇā­nāṃ bhi­nna­śa­bdā­bhi­dhe­ya­tvā­n nī­lā­di­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 140,21ta­to yu­ga­pa­dbhā­vā­t sa­da­sa­ttvā­di­gu­ṇā­nāṃ na ta­dvi­va­kṣā yu­ktā ya­syā­m a­va­kta­vyaṃ va­stu syā­t i­ty e­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā- TAŚVA-ML 140,22m u­pa­dra­vaḥ­, syā­dvā­di­nāṃ kā­lā­di­bhi­r a­bhe­da­vṛ­tteḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ru­ddhe­ṣv a­pi gu­ṇe­ṣu sa­ttvā­di­ṣv e­ka­tra va­stu­ni pra­si­ddheḥ TAŚVA-ML 140,23pra­mā­ṇe ta­thai­va pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t sva­rū­pā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­pe­kṣa­yā vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | ke­va­laṃ yu­ga­pa­dvā­ca­kā­bhā­vā­t sa­da- TAŚVA-ML 140,24sa­ttva­yo­r e­ka­trā­vā­cya­tā sa­ttā­mā­tra­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­bhā­vā­d vā­cya­tā­yāḥ | vi­dya­mā­na­m a­pi hi sa­da­sa­ttva­gu­ṇa­dva­yaṃ yu­ga- TAŚVA-ML 140,25pa­d e­ka­tra sa­d i­ty a­bhi­dhā­ne­na va­ktu­m a­śa­kyaṃ ta­syā­sa­ttva­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­t ta­thai­vā­sa­d i­ty a­bhi­dhā­ne­na ta­dva­ktu- TAŚVA-ML 140,26m a­śa­kyaṃ ta­sya sa­ttva­pra­tyā­ya­ne sā­ma­rthyā­bhā­vā­pa­tteḥ | sāṃ­ke­ti­ka­m e­ka­pa­daṃ ta­da­bhi­dhā­tuṃ sa­ma­rtha­m i­ty a­pi na sa­tyaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 140,27ta­syā­pi kra­me­ṇā­rtha­dva­ya­pra­tyā­ya­ne sā­ma­rthyo­pa­pa­tteḥ | tau sa­d i­ti śa­tṛ­śā­na­yoḥ saṃ­ke­ti­ta­sa­ccha­bda­va­t dvaṃ­dva­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 140,28pa­daṃ ta­yoḥ sa­kṛ­da­bhi­dhā­ya­ka­m i­ty a­ne­nā­pā­staṃ­, sa­da­sa­ttve i­ty ā­di­pa­da­sya kra­me­ṇa dha­rma­dva­ya­pra­tyā­ya­na­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 140,29ka­rma­dhā­ra­yā­di­vṛ­tti­pa­da­m a­pi na ta­yo­r a­bhi­dhā­ya­kaṃ­, ta­ta e­va pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na dha­rma­dva­ya­pra­tyā­ya­ne ta­syā­sā­ma­rthyā­c ca | TAŚVA-ML 140,30vā­kyaṃ ta­yo­r a­bhi­dhā­ya­ka­m a­ne­nai­vā­pā­sta­m i­ti sa­ka­la­vā­ca­ka­ra­hi­ta­tvā­d a­va­kta­vyaṃ va­stu yu­ga­pa­tsa­da­sa­ttvā­bhyāṃ prā­dhā­na- TAŚVA-ML 140,31bhā­vā­rpi­tā­bhyā­m ā­krāṃ­taṃ vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ta­c ca na sa­rva­thai­vā­va­kta­vya­m e­va śa­bde­nā­sya va­kta­vya­tvā­d i­ty e­ke | te ca TAŚVA-ML 140,32pṛ­ṣṭa­vyāḥ | ki­m a­bhi­dhe­ya­m a­va­kta­vya­śa­bda­sye­ti ? yu­ga­pa­tpra­dhā­na­bhū­ta­sa­da­sa­ttvā­di­dha­rma­dva­yā­krāṃ­taṃ va­stv i­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 140,33ta­sya sa­ka­la­vā­ca­ka­ra­hi­ta­tvaṃ ? a­va­kta­vya­pa­da­syai­va ta­dvā­ca­ka­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t | ya­thā va­kta­vya­m i­ti pa­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 140,34sāṃ­ke­ti­kaṃ ta­sya vā­ca­kaṃ ta­thā­nya­d a­pi kiṃ na bha­ve­t ? ta­sya kra­me­ṇai­va ta­tpra­tyā­ya­ka­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 140,35e­vā­va­kta­vya­m i­ti pa­da­sya ta­dvā­ca­ka­tvaṃ mā bhū­t | ta­to pi hi sa­kṛ­tpra­dhā­na­bhū­ta­sa­da­sa­ttvā­di­dha­rmā­krāṃ­taṃ va­stu kra­me- TAŚVA-ML 141,01ṇai­va pra­tī­ya­te sāṃ­ke­ti­ka­pa­dāṃ­ta­rā­d i­va vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t va­kta­vya­tvā­bhā­va­syai­vai­ka­sya dha­rma­syā­va­kta­vya­pa­de­na pra­tyā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 141,02nā­c ca na ta­thā­vi­dha­va­stu­pra­tyā­ya­naṃ su­gha­ṭaṃ ye­nā­va­kta­vya­pa­de­na ta­dvya­kta­m i­ti yu­jya­te | ka­tha­m i­dā­nīṃ "­a­vā­cya- TAŚVA-ML 141,03tai­kāṃ­te py u­kti­r nā­vā­cya­m i­ti yu­jya­te­" i­ty u­ktaṃ gha­ṭa­te­? sa­kṛ­ddha­rma­dva­yā­krāṃ­ta­tve­ne­va sa­ttvā­dye­kai­ka­dha­rma­sa­mā­krāṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 141,04tve­nā­py a­vā­cya­tve va­stu­no vā­cya­tvā­bhā­va­dha­rme­ṇā­krāṃ­ta­syā­vā­cya­pa­de­nā­bhi­dhā­naṃ na yu­jya­te i­ti vyā­khyā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 141,05ye­na rū­pe­ṇā­vā­cyaṃ te­nai­va vā­cya­m a­vā­cya­śa­bde­na va­stv i­ti vyā­ca­kṣā­ṇo va­stu ye­nā­tma­nā sa­t te­nai­vā- TAŚVA-ML 141,06sa­d i­ti vi­ro­dhā­n no­ma­yai­kā­tmyaṃ va­stu­na i­ti ka­thaṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­ye­t­? sa­rva­tra syā­dvā­da­nyā­ya­vi­dve­ṣi­tā­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 141,07ta­to va­stu­ni mu­khya­vṛ­ttyā sa­mā­na­ba­la­yoḥ sa­da­sa­ttva­yoḥ pa­ra­spa­rā­bhi­dhā­na­vyā­ghā­te­na vyā­ghā­te sa­tī­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rī­ta- TAŚVA-ML 141,08ni­rgu­ṇa­tvā­pa­tteḥ | vi­va­kṣi­to­bha­ya­gu­ṇe­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t a­va­kta­vyo rtha i­ty a­ya­m a­pi sa­ka­lā­de­śaḥ pa­ra­spa­rā­va­dhā­ri­ta- TAŚVA-ML 141,09vi­vi­kta­rū­pai­kā­tma­kā­bhyāṃ gu­ṇā­bhyāṃ gu­ṇi­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na yu­ga­pa­du­pa­kṣi­ptā­bhyā­m a­vi­va­kṣi­tāṃ­śa­bhe­da­sya va­stu­naḥ sa­ma­stai- TAŚVA-ML 141,10ke­na gu­ṇa­rū­pe­ṇā­bhe­da­vṛ­ttyā­bhe­do­pa­cā­re­ṇa vā­bhi­dhā­tuṃ pra­krāṃ­ta­tvā­t | sa cā­va­kta­vya­śa­bde­nā­nyai­ś ca ṣa­ḍbhi­r va­ca­naiḥ TAŚVA-ML 141,11pa­ryā­yāṃ­ta­ra­vi­va­kṣa­yā ca va­kta­vya­tvā­t syā­d a­vya­kta­vya i­ti ni­rṇī­ta­m e­ta­t | e­te­na sa­rva­thā va­stu sa­t sva­la­kṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 141,12m a­va­kta­vya­m e­ve­ti ma­ta­m a­pā­staṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­ni­rde­śya­m i­tyā­di­va­ca­na­vya­va­hā­ra­sya ta­trā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ya­di pu­na­r a­sva- TAŚVA-ML 141,13la­kṣa­ṇaṃ śa­bde­no­cya­te ni­rde­śya­vyā­vṛ­ttyā ca ni­rde­śya­śa­bde­na vi­ka­lpa­pra­ti­bhā­si­na e­vā­bhi­dhā­nā­t na tu va­stu TAŚVA-ML 141,14rū­paṃ pa­rā­mṛ­śya­ta i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā ka­thaṃ va­stu ta­thā pra­ti­pa­nnaṃ syā­t­? ta­thā vya­va­sā­yā­d i­ti ce­t­, so pi TAŚVA-ML 141,15vya­va­sā­yo ya­di va­stu­saṃ­spa­rśī śa­bda­s taṃ spṛ­śa­tu ka­ra­ṇa­va­t | na hi ka­ra­ṇa­ja­ni­taṃ jñā­naṃ va­stu saṃ­spṛ­śa­ti na TAŚVA-ML 141,16pu­naḥ ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ti yu­ktaṃ | ka­ra­ṇa­m u­pa­cā­rā­t ta­tspṛ­śa­tī­ti ce­t ta­thā śa­bdo pī­ti sa­mā­naṃ | śa­bda­ja­ni­to vya­va­sā- TAŚVA-ML 141,17yo pi na va­stu saṃ­spṛ­śa­tī­ti ce­t ka­thaṃ ta­to va­stu­rū­paṃ pra­tye­yaṃ­? bhrāṃ­ti­mā­trā­d i­ti ce­t­, na hi pa­ra­mā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 141,18ta­s ta­da­ni­rde­śya­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ vā si­ddhye­t | da­rśa­nā­t ta­thā ta­tsi­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t na­, ta­syā­pi ta­trā­sā­ma­rthyā­t | na TAŚVA-ML 141,19hi pra­tya­kṣaṃ bhā­va­syā­ni­rde­śya­tāṃ pra­tye­ti ni­rde­śa­yo­gya­sya sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­rū­pa­sya va­stu­na­s te­na sā­kṣā­tka­ra- TAŚVA-ML 141,20ṇā­t | sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­vya­kti­ri­ktā ke­yaṃ ni­rde­śya­tā sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tā vā pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti ce­t ta­syā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tā­ni­rde­śya­tā TAŚVA-ML 141,21vā ke­ti sa­maḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ | sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­tva­m e­va se­ti ce­t sa­maḥ sa­mā­dhiḥ­, sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tā­ni­rde­śya­ta­yo­r a­pi TAŚVA-ML 141,22ta­tsva­rū­pa­tvā­t | ta­rhi ni­rde­śyaṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m e­va nā­māṃ­ta­re­ṇo­ktaṃ syā­d i­ti ce­t ta­vā­py a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 141,23m a­ni­rde­śya­m i­ti kiṃ na nā­māṃ­ta­re­ṇa ta­d e­vā­bhi­ma­taṃ | ta­the­ṣṭau va­stu na sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ nā­py a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ na ni­rde­śyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 141,24nā­py a­ni­rde­śya­m a­nya­thā ce­ty ā­yā­taṃ | ta­to '­kiṃ­ci­d rū­paṃ jā­tyaṃ­ta­raṃ bha­va­n na dū­rī­ka­rta­vyaṃ ga­tyaṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­t | ta­d a- TAŚVA-ML 141,25kiṃ­ci­drū­paṃ ce­t ka­thaṃ va­stu vyā­ghā­taṃ sa­kṛ­tka­lpi­ta­rū­pā­bhā­vā­d a­kiṃ­ci­d rū­paṃ nā­nu­bhū­ya­mā­na­rū­pā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 141,26ta­vā­py a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ | ta­t ki­m i­dā­nī­m a­nu­bhū­ya­mā­na­rū­paṃ va­stu sthi­taṃ ta­thā vā­? sthā­ne tai­mi­ri­kā­nu­bhū­ya­mā­na­m a­pīṃ- TAŚVA-ML 141,27du­dva­yaṃ va­stu syā­t | su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇaṃ va­stu nā­nya­d i­ti ce­t ta­rhi ya­thā pra­tya­kṣa­to nu­bhū­ya­mā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 141,28tā­dṛ­śaṃ va­stu ta­dva­lliṃ­ga­śa­bdā­di­vi­ka­lpo­pa­da­rśi­ta­m a­pi de­śa­kā­la­na­rāṃ­ta­rā­bā­dhi­ta­rū­pa­tve sa­ti kiṃ nā­bhyu­pe­ya­te TAŚVA-ML 141,29vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­to jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­m e­va sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­ka­lpa­nā­tī­taṃ va­stu­tva­m i­ty u­kteḥ syā­d a­va­kta­vya­m i­ti sū­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 141,30"­kra­mā­rpi­tā­bhyāṃ tu sa­da­sa­ttvā­bhyāṃ vi­śe­ṣi­taṃ­" | jī­vā­di va­stu syā­d a­sti ca nā­sti ce­ti va­ktuṃ śa­kya- TAŚVA-ML 141,31tvā­d va­kta­vyaṃ syā­d a­stī­ty ā­di­va­t | ka­tha­m a­sty a­va­kta­vya­m i­ti ce­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­śa­bde­na va­kta­vya­m e­vā­stī­tyā­di vi­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 141,32śa­bde­nā­va­kta­vya­m i­ty e­ke ta­da­yu­ktaṃ­, sa­rva­thā­py a­sti­tve­nā­va­kta­vya­sya nā­sti­tve­na va­kta­vya­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ vi­dhi­pū­rva­ka- TAŚVA-ML 141,33tvā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya | sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­pra­ti­ṣe­dho pi hi vi­dhi­pū­rva­ka e­vā­nya­thā mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭi­gu­ṇa­sthā­nā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 141,34du­rna­yo­pa­ka­lpi­taṃ rū­paṃ su­na­ya­pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­bhū­taṃ na bha­va­tī­ti pra­ti­ṣe­dhe sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­sya na ka­ści­d vyā­ghā­taḥ | a­sti- TAŚVA-ML 141,35tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­ta­yā sa­hā­rpi­ta­ta­da­nya­dha­rma­dva­ya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­ta­yā ca va­stu­ni pra­ti­pi­tsi­te ta­d a­sty a­va­kta­vya­m i­ty a­nye­, ta­d a­py a- TAŚVA-ML 142,01sā­raṃ | ta­trā­sty a­va­kta­vyā­va­kta­vyā­di­bhaṃ­gāṃ­ta­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to pi sa­hā­rpi­ta­ta­da­nya­dha­rma­dva­ya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya ta­to py a­pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 142,02sa­hā­rpi­ta­dha­rma­dva­ya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya va­stu­no vi­va­kṣā­yā ni­rā­ka­rtu­m a­śa­kteḥ pra­ti­yo­gi­dha­rma­yu­ga­lā­nā­m e­ka­tra va­stu­nya­naṃ­tā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 142,03saṃ­bha­vā­t te­ṣāṃ ca sa­hā­rpi­tā­nāṃ va­ktu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t a­sty a­naṃ­tā­va­kta­vyaṃ va­stu syā­t ta­c cā­ni­ṣṭaṃ | ye­na rū­pe­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 142,04va­stv i­ti te­na ta­tpra­ti­yo­gi­nā ca sa­hā­krāṃ­taṃ ya­dā pra­ti­pa­ttu­m i­ṣṭaṃ ta­dā­sty a­va­kta­vya­m i­ti ke­ci­t­, te pi yā­va­dbhiḥ TAŚVA-ML 142,05sva­bhā­vaiḥ yā­vaṃ­ti va­stu­no sti­tvā­ni ta­tpra­ti­yo­gi­bhi­s tā­va­dbhi­r e­va dha­rmaiḥ­, yā­vaṃ­ti ca nā­sti­tvā­ni ta­dyu­ga­laiḥ sa­hā­rpi- TAŚVA-ML 142,06tai­s tā­vaṃ­ty a­va­kta­vyā­ni ca rū­pā­ṇi ta­ta­s tā­vaṃ­tyaḥ sa­pta­bhaṃ­gya i­ty ā­ca­kṣa­te ce­t pra­ti­ṣṭha­ty e­va yu­ktyā­ga­mā­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 142,07e­te­na nā­sty a­va­kta­vyaṃ ciṃ­ti­taṃ pra­tye­yaṃ­, syā­d a­sti nā­sty a­va­kta­vyaṃ ca va­stv i­ti pra­mā­ṇa­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī sa­ka­la­vi­ro­dha- TAŚVA-ML 142,08vai­dhu­ryā­t si­ddhā | na­ya­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī tu na­ya­sū­tre pra­paṃ­ca­to ni­rū­pa­yi­ṣya­te | ta­taḥ pa­rā­rtho dhi­ga­maḥ pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r va­ca- TAŚVA-ML 142,09nā­tma­bhiḥ ka­rta­vyaḥ svā­rtha i­va jñā­nā­tma­bhiḥ­, a­nya­thā kā­rtsnye­nai­ka­de­śe­na ca ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­mā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 142,10ta­d e­vaṃ saṃ­kṣe­pa­to dhi­ga­mo­pā­yaṃ pra­ti­pā­dya ma­dhya­ma­pra­sthā­na­ta­s ta­m u­pa­da­rśa­yi­tu­ma­nāḥ sū­tra­kā­raḥ prā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 1.7 ni­rde­śa­svā­mi­tva­sā­dha­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­sthi­ti­vi­dhā­na­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 142,12ni­rde­śā­dī­nā­m i­ta­re­ta­ra­yo­ge dvaṃ­dvaḥ ka­ra­ṇa­ni­rde­śa­ś ca ba­hu­va­ca­nāṃ­taḥ pra­tye­ya­s ta­thā ta­si vi­dhā­nā­t | sthi­ti- TAŚVA-ML 142,13śa­bda­sya sva­taṃ­tra­tvā­d a­lpā­kṣa­ra­tvā­c ca pū­rva­ni­pā­to stv i­ti na co­dyaṃ­, ba­hu­ṣv a­ni­ya­mā­t | sa­rva­sya ni­rde­śa­pū­rva­ka- TAŚVA-ML 142,14tvā­t svā­mi­tvā­di­ni­rū­pa­ṇa­sya pū­rva ni­rde­śa­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­rthā­n nyā­yā­n na vi­ru­dhya­te svā­mi­tvā­dī­nāṃ tu pra­śna­va­śā­t kra­maḥ | TAŚVA-ML 142,15na­nu ca saṃ­kṣi­ptaiḥ pra­mā­ṇa­na­yaiḥ saṃ­kṣe­pa­to '­dhi­ga­mo va­kta­vyo ma­dhya­ma­pra­sthā­na­ta­s tai­r e­va ma­dhya­ma­pra­paṃ­cai­r na pu­na­r ni­rde­śā­di- TAŚVA-ML 142,16bhi­s ta­to ne­daṃ sū­tra­m ā­raṃ­bha­ṇī­ya­m i­ty a­nu­pa­pa­tti­co­da­nā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.7.1ni­rde­śā­dyai­ś ca ka­rta­vyo dhi­ga­maḥ kāṃ­śca­na pra­ti | i­ty ā­ha sū­tra­m ā­cā­ryaḥ pra­ti­pā­dyā­nu­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 142,18ye hi ni­rde­śya­mā­nā­di­ṣu sva­bhā­ve­ṣu ta­ttvā­nya­pra­ti­pa­nnāḥ pra­ti­pā­dyā­s tā­n pra­ti ni­rde­śā­di­bhi­s te­ṣā­m a­dhi­ga­maḥ TAŚVA-ML 142,19ka­rta­vyo na ke­va­laṃ pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r e­ve­ti sū­ktaṃ ni­rde­śā­di­sū­traṃ vi­ne­yā­śa­ya­va­śa­va­rti­tvā­t sū­tra­kā­ra­va­ca­na­sya | TAŚVA-ML 142,20vi­ne­yā­śa­yaḥ ku­ta­s tā­dṛ­śa i­ti ce­t ta­to nyā­dṛ­śaḥ ku­taḥ ta­thā vi­vā­dā­d i­ti | ta­ta e­vā­ya­m ī­dṛ­śo stu TAŚVA-ML 142,21nyā­ya­sya sa­mā­na­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 142,22kiṃ pu­na­r ni­rde­śā­da­ya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.7.2ya­t ki­m i­ty a­nu­yo­ge rtha­sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­pā­da­na­m | kā­rsntya­to de­śa­to vā­pi sa ni­rde­śo vi­dāṃ ma­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.3ka­sya ce­ty a­nu­yo­ge sa­tyā­dhi­pa­tya­ni­ve­da­naṃ | svā­mi­tvaṃ sā­dha­naṃ ke­ne­ty a­nu­yo­ge ta­thā va­caḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.4kve­ti pa­rya­nu­yo­ge tu va­co dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ vi­duḥ | ki­ya­c ci­ra­m i­ti pra­śne pra­tyu­tta­ra­va­caḥ sthi­tiḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.5ka­ti­dhe­da­m i­ti pra­śne va­ca­naṃ ta­ttva­ve­di­nā­m | vi­dhā­naṃ kī­rti­taṃ śa­bdaṃ ta­t tv '­a­jñā­naṃ ca ga­mya­tā­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 142,27kiṃ ka­sya ke­na ka­smi­n ki­ya­c ci­raṃ ka­ti­vi­dhaṃ vā va­stu ta­drū­paṃ ce­ty a­nu­yo­ge kā­rtsnye­na de­śe­na ca ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 142,28pra­ti­va­ca­naṃ | ni­rde­śā­da­ya i­ti va­ca­nā­t pra­va­ktuḥ pa­dā­rthāḥ śa­bdā­tma­kā­s te pra­tye­yāḥ ta­thā pra­kī­rti­tā­s tu sa­rve TAŚVA-ML 142,29sā­ma­rthyā­t te jñā­nā­tma­kā ga­myaṃ­te '­nya­thā ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­ty a­jñā­na­pū­rva­kā mi­thyā­jñā­na­pū­rva­kā vā­? śa­bdā TAŚVA-ML 142,30ni­rde­śā­da­yaḥ sa­tyā nā­ma su­ṣu­ptā­di­va­t­, nā­py a­sa­tyā e­va te saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­t pra­tya­kṣā­di­va­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 142,31kiṃ sva­bhā­vai­r ni­rde­śā­di­bhi­r a­rtha­syā­dhi­ga­maḥ syā­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.7.6tai­r a­rthā­dhi­ga­mo bhe­dā­t syā­t pra­mā­ṇa­na­yā­tma­bhiḥ | a­dhi­ga­mya­sva­bhā­vai­r vā va­stu­naḥ ka­rma­sā­dha­naḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 142,33ka­rtṛ­stho '­dhi­ga­ma­s tā­va­dva­stu­naḥ sā­ka­lye­na pra­mā­ṇā­tma­bhi­r bhe­de­na ni­rde­śā­di­bhi­r bha­va­tī­ti pra­mā­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­s tv e­te | TAŚVA-ML 143,01de­śa­s tu na­yā­tma­bhi­r i­ti na­yāḥ ta­to nā­pra­mā­ṇa­na­yā­tma­kai­s tai­r a­dhi­ga­ti­r i­ṣṭā ya­to vyā­ghā­taḥ | ka­sya pu­naḥ pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 143,02syai­te vi­śe­ṣāḥ śru­ta­syā­spa­ṣṭa­sa­rvā­rthā­vi­ṣa­ya­tā pra­tī­ti­r i­ti ke­ci­t | ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r i­ty a­pa­re | te­tra pra­ṣṭa­vyāḥ | TAŚVA-ML 143,03ku­to ma­te­r bhe­dā­s te i­ti­? ma­ti­pū­rva­ka­tvā­d u­pa­cā­rā­d i­ti ce­n na­, a­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ya­thai­va TAŚVA-ML 143,04hi ma­tyā­rthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya śru­ta­jñā­ne­na pa­rā­mṛ­śa­nni­rde­śā­di­bhiḥ pra­rū­pa­ya­ti ta­thā­va­dhi­ma­naḥ pa­rya­ye­ṇa vā | na cai­vaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 143,05śru­ta­jñā­na­sya ta­tpū­rva­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ sā­kṣā­t ta­syā­niṃ­dri­ya­ma­ti­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā tu ta­tpū­rva­ka­tvaṃ nā­ni­ṣṭaṃ | śa­bdā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 143,06na­s tu śru­ta­sya sā­kṣā­d a­pi nā­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­pū­rva­ka­tvaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te ke­va­la­pū­rva­ka­tva­va­t | ta­to mu­khya­taḥ śru­ta­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 143,07bhe­dā ni­rde­śā­da­yaḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ ki­m u­pa­cā­re­ṇa­, pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­t | ta­ta e­va śru­tai­ka­de­śa­la­kṣa­ṇa­na­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 143,08te vya­va­ti­ṣṭhaṃ­te | ye­ṣāṃ tu śru­taṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m e­va te­ṣāṃ ta­dva­ca­na­m a­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­ta­yā ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m ā­sa­jya­ta i­ti kva­ci- TAŚVA-ML 143,09t ka­thaṃ­ci­t pra­śna­pra­ti­va­ca­na­vya­va­hā­ro na syā­t | sva­pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­nā­tma­ko sau i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya sa­rva­trā­pra­vṛ­tte­r a­tyaṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 143,10pa­ro­kṣe­ṣv a­rthe­ṣu ta­da­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca śru­tā­d a­nya­d e­va svā­rthā­nu­mā­naṃ ma­ti­pū­rva­kaṃ pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­naṃ ce­ti­, ta­dbhe­da- TAŚVA-ML 143,11tva­m i­ṣṭa­m e­va ni­rde­śā­dī­nāṃ | prā­mā­ṇyaṃ pu­naḥ śru­ta­syā­gre sa­ma­rtha­yi­ṣya­ta i­ti ne­ha pra­ta­nya­te | ka­rma­sthaḥ pu­na­r a­dhi­ga- TAŚVA-ML 143,12mo rthā­nā­m a­dhi­ga­mya­mā­nā­nāṃ sva­bhā­va­bhū­tai­r e­va ni­rde­śā­di­bhiḥ kā­rtsnyai­ka­de­śā­bhyāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­vi­ṣa­yai­r vya­va­sthā­pya­te | TAŚVA-ML 143,13ni­rde­śya­mā­na­tvā­di­bhi­r e­va dha­rmai­r a­rthā­nā­m a­dhi­ga­ti­pra­tī­teḥ ka­rma­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ ka­thaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na gha­ṭa­ne­ti ce­t­, ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 143,14pra­tī­teḥ | a­gne­r u­ṣṇa­tve­nā­dhi­ga­ma i­ty a­tra ya­thā | na­nv a­gneḥ ka­rma­ṇaḥ ka­ra­ṇa­m u­ṣṇa­tvaṃ bhi­nna­m e­ve­ti ce­t, ta­dbhe- TAŚVA-ML 143,15dai­kāṃ­ta­sya ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­s tu sa­mā­no nya­tra | na hi ni­rde­śa­tvā­da­yo dha­rmāḥ ka­ra­ṇa­ta­yā sa­ma­bhi­dhī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 143,16mā­nā jī­vā­deḥ ka­rma­ṇaḥ pa­ryā­yā­rthā­dbhi­nnā ne­ṣyaṃ­te | dra­vyā­rthā­t tu ta­ta­s te­ṣā­m a­bhe­de pi bhe­do­pa­cā­rā­t ka­rma­ka­ra­ṇa­ni­rde­śa- TAŚVA-ML 143,17gha­ṭa­ne­ti ke­ci­t | pa­re pu­naḥ ka­rma­sā­dha­nā­dhi­ga­ma­pa­kṣe ni­rde­śya­tvā­dī­nāṃ ka­rma­ta­yā pra­tī­teḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m e­va ne­cchaṃ­ti TAŚVA-ML 143,18te­ṣāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na gha­ṭa­nā­t | na hi ya­thā­gni­r u­ṣṇa­tve­na vi­śi­ṣṭo dhi­ga­mo­pā­yai­r a­dhi­ga­mya­ta i­ti pra­tī­ti­r a- TAŚVA-ML 143,19vi­ru­ddhā ta­thā sa­rve rthā ni­rde­śyā­di­bhi­r bhā­vai­r a­dhi­ga­myaṃ­ta i­ti ni­rṇa­yo py a­vi­ru­ddho nā­va­dhā­rya­te | ta­thā sa­ti TAŚVA-ML 143,20pa­rā­pa­ra­ka­ra­ṇa­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ mu­khya­to gu­ṇa­to vā­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­kti­r a­pi ni­vā­ri­tā syā­t | ta­da­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 143,21vā svā­bhi­ma­ta­dha­rmā­ṇā­m a­pi ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ mā bhū­d i­ty a­pi co­dya­mā­na­m a­na­va­kā­śyaṃ syā­t | na­nv e­va­m a­pa­rā­pa­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 143,22ka­lpa­nā­yā­m a­py a­na­va­sthā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­ra­hi­ta­sya vā jī­vā­deḥ svā­bhi­ma­ta­dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaiḥ pra­ti­pa­ttau tai­r a­pi ra­hi­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 143,23pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, vi­śe­ṣyā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nna­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nāṃ | va­stu­to '­naṃ­tā vi­dha­yo pi TAŚVA-ML 143,24hi dha­rmā ni­rde­śā­di­bhiḥ saṃ­gṛ­hī­tā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­ny e­va­, ta­dvya­ti­ri­kta­sya dha­rma­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­tra jī­vā­di­va­stu TAŚVA-ML 143,25vi­śe­ṣya­m e­va dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­t ni­rde­śya­tvā­di vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m e­va pa­ryā­yā­rthā­t | pra­mā­ṇā­de­śā­d a­pi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣyā- TAŚVA-ML 143,26tma­kaṃ va­stu jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­m i­ti pra­rū­pa­ṇā­yāṃ no­kta­do­ṣā­va­kā­śaḥ | na­nv e­vaṃ ni­rde­śā­di­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ ka­ra­ṇa­tva­pa­kṣe pi na TAŚVA-ML 143,27pa­rā­pa­ra­dha­rma­ka­ra­ṇa­tva­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­d a­na­va­sthā ta­dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇa pa­rā­pa­ra­dha­rmā­ṇā­m a­bhā­vā­t te­ṣāṃ tu ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ tai­r a­dhi­ga­mya­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 143,28syā­rtha­sya ka­rma­tā na­yā­de­śā­t­, pra­mā­ṇā­de­śā­t tu ka­rma­ka­ra­ṇā­tma­kaṃ jā­tyaṃ­ta­raṃ va­stu pra­rū­pya­te i­ti na kiṃ­ci­d a- TAŚVA-ML 143,29va­dyaṃ | nai­ta­t sā­dhī­yaḥ | ka­ra­ṇa­tve ni­rde­śā­dī­nāṃ ka­rma­sā­dha­na­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve tu ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ | vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 143,30vi­śe­ṣya­bhū­ta­sya jī­vā­dya­rtha­sya ka­rma­sā­dha­no dhi­ga­maḥ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ śa­kya­ta i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tva­pa­kṣa e­va śre­yā­n TAŚVA-ML 143,31sa­ka­la­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ra­hi­ta­tvā­d va­stu­no na saṃ­bha­va­ty e­va ni­rdi­śya­mā­na­rū­pa­m i­ti ma­ta­m a­pā­ku­rva­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.7.7bhā­vā ye­na ni­rū­pyaṃ­te ta­drū­paṃ nā­sti ta­ttva­taḥ | ta­tsva­rū­pa­va­co mi­thye­ty a­yu­ktaṃ niḥ­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.8ya­t ta­d e­ka­m a­ne­kaṃ ca rū­paṃ te­ṣāṃ pra­tī­ya­te | pra­tya­kṣa­to nu­mā­nā­c cā­bā­dhi­tā­d ā­ga­mā­d a­pi |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 143,34na hi pra­tya­kṣā­nu­me­yā­ga­ma­ga­mya­mā­nā­nā­m a­rthā­nāṃ pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­ga­mai­r e­ka­m a­ne­kaṃ ca rū­paṃ pa­ra­spa­rā­pe­kṣaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 144,01pra­tī­ya­te pa­ra­spa­ra­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­pra­va­ṇa­syai­va ta­syā­pra­tī­teḥ | na cā­pra­tī­ya­mā­na­sya sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­syā­py a­va­sthi­tau pra­tī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 144,02mā­na­syā­pi jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­syā­va­sthi­ti­r nā­ma sve­ṣṭa­rū­pa­syā­pi ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā cai­ka­rū­pā­bhā­va­sya bhā­ve­ṣv a­na­va­sthi­tau TAŚVA-ML 144,03syā­d e­vai­ka­rū­pa­sya vi­dhi­s ta­da­na­va­sthi­tau a­ne­ka­rū­pa­sya pa­ra­spa­ra­vya­va­cche­da­rū­pa­yo­r e­ka­ta­ra­pra­ti­ṣe­dho nya­ta­ra­sya vi­dhe­r a- TAŚVA-ML 144,04va­śyaṃ bhā­vā­n nī­la­tvā­nī­la­tva­va­t pa­ra­spa­ra­vya­va­cche­da­sva­bhā­vau e­ka­rū­pa­bhā­vā­bhā­vau pra­tī­tau­, ta­da­ne­nā­ne­ka­rū­pā­bhā­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 144,05bhā­ve­ṣv a­na­va­sthi­tā­v a­ne­ka­rū­pa­sya vi­dhi­s ta­da­na­va­sthi­tā­v e­ka­rū­pa­sya ni­ve­di­taḥ sa­mā­na­tvā­n nyā­ya­sya na tu vā­dhya­kṣe TAŚVA-ML 144,06sa­ka­la­dha­rma­ra­hi­ta­sya sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t na ta­trai­ka­m a­ne­kaṃ vā rū­paṃ pa­ra­spa­raṃ sā­pe­kṣaṃ ni­ra­pe­kṣaṃ vā ta­dra- TAŚVA-ML 144,07hi­ta­tvaṃ vā pra­ti­bhā­ti ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­sya tu ta­thā pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­sya ta­ttva­to sa­ttvā­t | saṃ­vṛ­ttyā ta­tsa­dbhā­vo bhī­ṣṭa TAŚVA-ML 144,08e­va | ta­thā cai­ka­rū­pa­ta­da­bhā­va­yo­r a­ne­ka­rū­pa­ta­da­bhā­va­yo­ś cai­kā­ne­ka­rū­pa­yoḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­vya­va­cche­da­sva­bhā­va­yo­r e­ka­ta­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 144,09pra­ti­ṣe­dhe '­nya­ta­ra­sya vi­dhe­r a­va­śyaṃ­bhā­ve pi na kiṃ­ci­d vi­ru­ddhaṃ­, bhā­vā­bhā­vo­bha­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­syā­nā­di­śa­bda­vi­ka­lpa­vā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 144,10no­dbhū­ta­vi­ka­lpa­pa­ri­ni­ṣṭhi­ta­sya śa­bdā­rtha­ta­yo­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­a­nā­di­vā­sa­no­dbhū­ta­vi­ka­lpa­pa­ri­ni­ṣṭhi­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 144,11śa­bdā­rtha­s tri­vi­dho dha­rmo bhā­vā­bhā­vo­bha­yā­śra­yaḥ |­| " i­ti ke­ci­t | te pi nā­na­va­dya­va­ca­saḥ | su­kha­nī­lā­dī­nā­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 144,12rū­pā­ṇāṃ ka­lpi­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | spa­ṣṭa­m a­va­bhā­sa­mā­na­tvā­n na te­ṣāṃ ka­lpi­ta­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, sva­pnā­va­bhā­si­bhi­r a­ne- TAŚVA-ML 144,13kāṃ­tā­t | na hi cai­ṣā­m a­pi ka­lpi­ta­tvaṃ mā­na­sa­vi­bhra­mā­tma­nā sva­pna­syo­pa­ga­mā­t ta­sya ka­ra­ṇa­ja­vi­bhra­mā­tma­no­pa­ga­me TAŚVA-ML 144,14vā ka­tha­m iṃ­dri­ya­ja­vi­bhra­mā­t ta­dbhrāṃ­teḥ pṛ­tha­k pra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te | mā­na­sa­vi­bhra­ma­tve pi vi­śa­da­tvaṃ sva­pna­sya TAŚVA-ML 144,15vi­ru­dhya­ta i­ti ce­n na­, vi­śa­dā­kṣa­jñā­na­vā­sa­nā­sa­dbhū­ta­tve­na ta­sya vai­śa­dya­saṃ­bha­vā­t | na ca ta­tra vi­śa­da­rū­pa­ta­yā- TAŚVA-ML 144,16va­bhā­sa­mā­nā­nā­m a­pi su­kha­nī­lā­dī­nāṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tvaṃ vi­saṃ­vā­dā­t | ta­dva­jjā­gra­dda­śā­yā­m a­pi te­ṣā­m a­nā­dīṃ­dri­yā­di- TAŚVA-ML 144,17ja­jñā­na­vā­sa­no­dbhū­ta­pra­ti­bhā­sa­pa­ri­ni­ṣṭhi­tvā­t pra­tya­kṣā e­va te na va­stu­sva­bhā­vā i­ti śa­kyaṃ va­ktuṃ | bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 144,18d vā­sta­vā­s te i­ti ce­t­, śa­bdā­rthā­s ta­thā saṃ­tu | na cā­bhā­va­syā­pi śa­bdā­rtha­tvā­t sa­rva­śa­bdā­rthā­nā­m a­vā­sta­va­tva­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 144,19yu­ktaṃ­, bhā­vāṃ­ta­ra­rū­pa­tvā­d a­bhā­va­sya | na­nu tu­cchā­bhā­va­syā­śa­bdā­rtha­tve ka­thaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dho nā­ma ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 144,20ce­n na­, va­stu­sva­bhā­va­syā­bhā­va­sya vi­dhā­nā­d e­va tu­ccha­sva­bhā­va­sya ta­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dha­si­ddheḥ kva­ci­d a­ne­kāṃ­ta­vi­dhā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 144,21sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­si­ddhi­va­t ta­thā ta­sya mu­khyaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dho na syā­d i­ti ce­n na kiṃ­ci­d a­ni­ṣṭaṃ­, na hi sa­rva­sya TAŚVA-ML 144,22mu­khye­nai­va pra­ti­ṣe­dhe­na bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ gau­ṇe­na ve­ti ni­ya­mo sti ya­thā­pra­tī­ta­syo­pa­ga­mā­t | na­nu gau­ṇe pi pra­ti­ṣe­dhe TAŚVA-ML 144,23tu­cchā­bhā­va­sya śa­bdā­rtha­tva­si­ddhi­r ga­mya­mā­na­sya śa­bdā­rtha­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­t sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­ga­mya­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 144,24tvā­t ta­dva­t | ya­thai­va hi va­stu­no ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­ka­tva­vi­dhā­nā­t sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­tā­bhā­vo ga­mya­te na sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­s ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 144,25va­stu­rū­pa­syā­bhā­va­sya vi­dhā­nā­t tu­cchā­bhā­va­syā­bhā­vo na tu sa ga­mya­mā­naḥ | na­nu tu­cchā­bhā­va­syā­bhā­va­ga­tau ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 144,26ga­ti­r a­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vi­no pra­ti­ṣe­dhya­nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sye­ti ce­n na­, vyā­ghā­tā­t | tu­cchā­bhā­va­syā­bhā­va­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 144,27ku­ta­ści­d ga­mya­te bhā­va­ś ce­ti ko hi brū­yā­t sva­sthaḥ | na­nu va­stu­rū­pa­syā­bhā­va­sya vi­dhā­nā­t tu­cchā­bhā­va­syā­bhā­va­ga­ti­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 144,28dga­te­s ta­sya ga­ti­s ta­to na vyā­ghā­to nā­ma­, ya­ta e­va hi ta­syā­bhā­va­ga­ti­s ta­ta e­va bhā­va­syā­pi ga­tau vyā­ghā­to TAŚVA-ML 144,29nā­nya­the­ti ce­n na­, sā­ma­stye­na ta­syā­bhā­va­ga­tau pu­na­r bhā­va­ga­te­r vyā­ha­te­r a­va­sthā­nā­t | pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­de­śā­di­ta­yā tu TAŚVA-ML 144,30ka­sya­ci­d a­bhā­va­ga­tā­v a­pi na bhā­va­ga­ti­r vi­ha­nya­ta i­ti yu­ktaṃ | ka­tha­m i­dā­nīṃ "­saṃ­jñi­naḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dho na pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 144,31ṣe­dhyā­dṛ­te kva­ci­t­" i­ti ma­taṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te­? tu­cchā­bhā­va­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhya­syā­bhā­ve pi pra­ti­ṣe­dha­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 144,32śa­bdā­rtha­tā­pa­tte­r i­ti ce­n na­, saṃ­jñi­naḥ sa­mya­gjñā­na­va­taḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhyā­dṛ­te na kva­ci­d aṃ­ta­r ba­hi­r vā pra­ti­ṣe­dha i­ti TAŚVA-ML 144,33vyā­khyā­nā­t ta­da­vi­ro­dhā­t | sa­ka­la­pra­mā­ṇā­vi­ṣa­ya­sya tu­cchā­bhā­va­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ sva­ya­m a­nu­bhū­ta­sa­ka­la­pra­mā­ṇā­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 144,34ta­da­nu­va­da­na­m e­ve­ti syā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­dṛ­te pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ syā­n ne­ty a­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m a­vi­ro­dhaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­vṛ­ttāṃ­ta­vā­da­pa­ra­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ | TAŚVA-ML 144,35na hi ya­thā jī­vā­di­va­stu pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­de­śā­di­ta­yā vi­dya­mā­na­m e­va de­śāṃ­ta­rā­di­ta­yā nā­stī­ti pra­mā­ṇa­m u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 145,01da­rśa­ya­ti ta­thā tu­cchā­bhā­vaṃ ta­sya bhā­va­rū­pa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā sa­rva­thā va­stu­rū­pa­m e­vā­bhā­vaṃ ta­du­pa­da­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 145,02ya­ti ta­thā tu­cchā­bhā­vā­bhā­va­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­tī­ti ta­dva­ca­ne do­ṣā­bhā­vaḥ | na­nv e­vaṃ tu­cchā­bhā­va­sa­dṛ­śa­syā­na­rtha­ka­tve TAŚVA-ML 145,03pra­yo­go na yu­kto ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, pra­yo­ge pu­na­r a­rthaḥ ka­ści­d va­kta­vyaḥ sa ca ba­hi­rbhū­to nā­sty e­va ca ka­lpa­nā­rū­ḍha- TAŚVA-ML 145,04s tv a­nya­vya­va­cche­da e­vo­ktaḥ syā­t ta­dva­tsa­rva­śa­bdā­nā­m a­nyā­po­ha­vi­ṣa­ya­tve si­ddhe­r na vā­sta­vāḥ śa­bdā­rthā i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 145,05nai­ta­d a­pi sā­raṃ­, a­bhā­va­śa­bda­syā­bhā­va­sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t ta­sya vi­vā­dā­pa­nna­tvā­t | sa­rvo hi ki­m a­ya­m a­bhā­vo va­stu- TAŚVA-ML 145,06dha­rmaḥ kiṃ vā tu­ccha i­ti pra­ti­pa­dya­te na nā­stī­ti pra­tya­yā­rtho '­bhā­va­mā­tre | ta­tra ca va­stu­dha­rma­tā­m a­bhā­va­syā­ca­kṣā­ṇāḥ TAŚVA-ML 145,07syā­dvā­di­naḥ ka­tha­m a­bhā­va­śa­bdaṃ ka­lpi­tā­rthaṃ svī­ku­ryuḥ­? sva­yaṃ tu­ccha­rū­pa­tāṃ tu ta­sya ni­rā­ku­rvaṃ­taḥ pa­rai­r ā­ro­pi- TAŚVA-ML 145,08tā­m ā­śaṃ­ki­tāṃ vā­nu­va­da­tī­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ | na cā­tyaṃ­tā­saṃ­bha­vi­no rū­pa­sya va­stu­ny ā­ro­pi­ta­sya ke­na­ci­d ā­śaṃ­ki­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 145,09cā­tu­cchā­deḥ sa­rva­śa­bdā­nā­m a­nya­vya­va­cche­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­ja­naṃ prā­yaḥ pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā ka­sya­ci­t pra- TAŚVA-ML 145,10tya­kṣa­sya nī­la­vi­ṣa­ya­tve sa­rva­pra­tya­kṣā­ṇāṃ nī­la­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­ja­naṃ nā­nu­jñā­ya­te sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | a­tha TAŚVA-ML 145,11ya­tra pra­tya­kṣe nī­laṃ pra­ti­bhā­sa­te ni­rbā­dhā­t ta­nnī­la­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ya­tra pī­tā­di ta­tta­dvi­ṣa­ya­m i­ty a­nu­ga­mya­te ta­rhi ya­tra TAŚVA-ML 145,12śā­bde jñā­ne va­stu­rū­pa­m a­ka­lpi­ta­m ā­bhā­ti ta­dva­stu­rū­pa­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ya­tra tu ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­rū­paṃ ta­tta­dgo­ca­ra­m i- TAŚVA-ML 145,13ty u­ktaṃ | ta­taḥ śa­bdā­rthā­nāṃ bhā­vā­bhā­vo­bha­ya­dha­rmā­ṇā­m a­bhā­vā­di­vā­sa­no­di­ta­vi­ka­lpa­pa­ri­ni­ṣṭhi­ta­tve pra­tya­kṣā­rthā­nā­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 145,14ta­t syā­t te­ṣāṃ bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tve vā ta­ta e­va śa­bdā­rthā­nā­m a­pi ta­d bha­ve­d i­ti na pra­ti­pā­di­ta- TAŚVA-ML 145,15vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vaḥ | ya­d a­py u­ktaṃ pra­tya­kṣe sa­ka­la­dha­rma­ra­hi­ta­sya sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­n na ta­trai­ka­m a­ne­kaṃ vā rū­paṃ TAŚVA-ML 145,16vā pa­ra­spa­ra­sā­pe­kṣaṃ vā ni­ra­pe­kṣaṃ vā ta­dra­hi­taṃ vā pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti | ta­d a­pi mo­ha­vi­la­si­ta­m e­va­, a­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­ka- TAŚVA-ML 145,17va­stu­pra­tī­te­r a­pa­ha­vā­t | ko hi ma­hā­mo­ha­vi­ḍaṃ­bi­taḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­m ā­bā­la­m a­bā­dhi­ta­m e­ka­m a­ne­kā­kā­raṃ va­stu TAŚVA-ML 145,18pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā­nā­dṛ­tya ka­tha­m a­py a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­naṃ bra­hma­ta­ttva­m i­va sva­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­thā ā­ca­kṣī­ta­? a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t TAŚVA-ML 145,19ta­thā­nu­mā­nā­d ā­ga­mā­c ca bhā­va­syai­kā­ne­ka­rū­pa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­n na "­bhā­vā ye­na ni­rū­pyaṃ­te ta­drū­paṃ nā­sti TAŚVA-ML 145,20ta­ttva­taḥ­" i­ti va­ca­naṃ niḥ­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m e­vo­ra­rī­kā­ryaṃ­, ya­taḥ sva­rū­pa­va­ca­naṃ sū­tre mi­thyā syā­t | ya­thā ca pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 145,21m a­nu­mā­na­m ā­ga­mo vā­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­kaṃ va­stu pra­kā­śa­ya­ti sva­ni­rṇī­tā­bā­dhaṃ ta­thā­gre pra­paṃ­ca­yi­ṣya­te | kiṃ ca­ —TAŚV-ML 1.7.9niḥ­śe­ṣa­dha­rma­nai­rā­tmyaṃ sva­rū­paṃ va­stu­no ya­di | ta­dā na niḥ­sva­rū­pa­tva­m a­nya­thā dha­rma­yu­kta­tā |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 145,23ta­ttvaṃ sa­ka­la­dha­rma­ra­hi­ta­tva­m a­ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­taṃ pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ sphu­ṭa­m a­va­bhā­sa­mā­naṃ va­stu­naḥ sva­rū­pa­m e­va­, te­na ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 145,24na niḥ­sva­rū­pa­tva­m i­tī­ṣṭa­si­ddhiṃ | ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­taṃ tu ta­n na va­stu­naḥ sva­rū­pa­m ā­ca­kṣma­he | na ca ka­lpi­ta­niḥ­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 145,25dha­rma­nai­rā­tmya­syā­tma­sva­rū­pa­tve va­stu­no niḥ­śe­ṣa­dha­rma­yu­kta­tā­ni­ṣṭā­, ka­lpi­ta­sa­ka­la­dha­rma­yu­kta­sya ta­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 145,26va­stu­kṛ­tā­khi­la­dha­rma­sa­hi­ta­tā tu na śa­kyā­pā­da­yi­tuṃ ta­yā va­stu­ni ka­lpi­ta­niḥ­śe­ṣa­dha­rma­nai­rā­tmya­sva­rū­pa­tva­syā- TAŚVA-ML 145,27vi­nā­bhā­vā­t tā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi ta­syo­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ke­ci­t | te pi ma­hā­mo­hā­bhi­bhū­ta­ma­na­saḥ | sva­yaṃ va­stu­bhū­ta­sa­ka­la- TAŚVA-ML 145,28dha­rmā­tma­ka­tā­yāḥ svī­ka­ra­ṇe pi ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ka­lpi­tā­khi­la­dha­rma­ra­hi­ta­tvaṃ hi va­stu­naḥ sva­rū­paṃ bru­vā­ṇe­na TAŚVA-ML 145,29va­stu­bhū­ta­sa­ka­la­dha­rma­sa­hi­ta­tā svī­kṛ­tai­va ta­sya ta­n nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­t | ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍhaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ty a­tra ka­lpa­nā­kā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 145,30ra­hi­ta­tva­sya va­stu­bhū­tā­kā­ra­nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tve­na pra­tya­kṣe ta­dva­ca­nā­t ta­tsi­ddhi­va­t ta­thā ka­lpa­nā­kā­ra­ra­hi­ta­tva­sya va­ca­nā- TAŚVA-ML 145,31d va­stu­bhū­tā­kā­ra­si­ddhi­r na pra­tya­kṣe svī­kṛ­tai­ve­ti ce­t­, ta­t ki­m i­dā­nīṃ sa­ka­lā­kā­ra­ra­hi­ta­tva­m a­stu ta­sya saṃ­vi­dā­kā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 145,32mā­tra­tvā­t ta­ttva­ta­s ta­thā­pi ne­ti ce­t ka­thaṃ na va­stu­bhū­tā­kā­ra­si­ddhiḥ | na hi saṃ­vi­dā­kā­ro va­stu­bhū­to na bha­va­ti TAŚVA-ML 145,33saṃ­vi­da­dvai­ta­syā­py a­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­taḥ ka­lpi­ta­tve­na niḥ­śe­ṣa­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ nai­rā­tmyaṃ ya­di va­stu­naḥ sva­rū­paṃ ta­dā TAŚVA-ML 145,34sva­rū­pa­saṃ­si­ddhiḥ ya­smā­d a­nya­thā va­stu­bhū­ta­tve­nā­khi­la­dha­rma­yu­kta­tā ta­sya si­ddhe­ti vyā­khyā pre­ya­sī | a­tha­vā TAŚVA-ML 146,01va­stu­bhū­ta­niḥ­śe­ṣa­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ nai­rā­tmyaṃ va­stu­no ya­di sva­rū­paṃ ta­dā ta­sya sva­rū­pa­saṃ­si­ddhi­s ta­tsva­rū­pa­syā­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | TAŚVA-ML 146,02a­nya­thā ta­sya pa­ra­rū­pa­tva­pra­kā­re­ṇa tu sai­va va­stu­bhū­ta­dha­rma­yu­kta­tā vā­sta­vā­khi­la­dha­rmā­bhā­va­sya va­stu­naḥ pa­ra­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 146,03tā­dṛ­śa­sa­ka­la­dha­rmā­sa­dbhā­va­sya svā­tma­bhū­ta­tva­pra­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | a­tha­vā ka­lpi­tā­nāṃ va­stu­bhū­tā­nāṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 146,04niḥ­śe­ṣa­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ nai­rā­tmyaṃ va­stu­naḥ sva­rū­paṃ ya­di ta­dā ta­sya sva­rū­pa­saṃ­si­ddhi­r a­nya­thā ka­lpi­tā­ka­lpi­ta­sa­ka­la­dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 146,05yu­kta­tā ta­sye­ti vyā­khye­yaṃ sā­mā­nye­na niḥ­śe­ṣa­dha­rma­va­ca­nā­t | vyā­ghā­ta­ś cā­smi­n pa­kṣe nā­śaṃ­ka­nī­yaḥ ka­lpi­tā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 146,06va­stu­bhū­tā­nāṃ ca dha­rmā­ṇāṃ va­stu­ni ya­thā­pra­mā­ṇo­pa­pa­nna­tvā­t | ta­ta ya­t sa­ka­la­dha­rma­ra­hi­taṃ ta­n na va­stu ya­thā pu­ru­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 146,07dya­dvai­taṃ ta­thā ca kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti jī­vā­di­va­stu­naḥ sva­dha­rma­si­ddhiḥ sa­ka­la­dha­rma­ra­hi­te­na dha­rme­ṇā­ne­kāṃ­ta­sta­sya TAŚVA-ML 146,08va­stu­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, va­stvaṃ­śa­tve­na ta­sya pra­rū­pi­ta­tvā­t va­stu­tvā­si­ddheḥ | a­nya­thā va­stva­na­va­sthā­nā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 146,09ta­d e­vaṃ sa­rva­thā va­stu­ni sva­rū­pa­sya ni­rā­ka­rtu­m a­śa­kteḥ sū­ktaṃ ni­rde­śya­mā­na­tva­m a­dhi­ga­myaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.10na ka­ści­t ka­sya­ci­t svā­mī saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­va­to ṃ­ja­sā | pā­ra­taṃ­trya­vi­hī­na­tvā­t si­ddha­sye­ty a­pa­re vi­duḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 146,11saṃ­baṃ­dho hi na tā­va­d a­si­ddha­yoḥ sva­svā­mi­noḥ śa­śā­śva­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t­, nā­pi si­ddhā­si­ddha­yo­s ta­t vaṃ­dhyā­pu­tra­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 146,12si­ddha­yo stu pā­ra­taṃ­tryā­bhā­vā­d e­vā­saṃ­baṃ­dha e­va a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ke­na­ci­d rū­pe­ṇa si­ddha­syā­si­ddha­sya ca pā­ra­taṃ­trye TAŚVA-ML 146,13si­ddhe pa­ra­taṃ­tra­saṃ­baṃ­dha i­ty a­pi mi­thyā­, pa­kṣa­dva­ya­bhā­vi­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | na cai­ka­sya ni­ṣpa­nnā­ni­ṣpa­nne rū­pe staḥ TAŚVA-ML 146,14pra­tī­ghā­tā­t | ta­n na ta­ttva­taḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho stī­ti | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­pā­ra­taṃ­trye hi saṃ­baṃ­dhe si­ddhe kā pa­ra­taṃ­tra­tā | ta­smā- TAŚVA-ML 146,15t sa­rva­sya bhā­va­sya saṃ­baṃ­dho nā­sti ta­ttva­taḥ |­| " i­ti saṃ­baṃ­dha­mā­trā­bhā­ve ca si­ddhe sa­ti na ka­ści­t ka­sya­ci­t svā­mī TAŚVA-ML 146,16nā­ma ya­taḥ svā­mi­tva­m a­rthā­nā­m a­dhi­ga­myaṃ syā­d i­ty e­ke |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.11ta­thā syā­dvā­da­saṃ­baṃ­dho bhā­vā­nāṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ | svā­taṃ­tryā­t kiṃ na de­śā­di­ni­ya­mo­dbhū­ti­r ī­kṣya­te |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 146,18pā­ra­taṃ­trya­syā­bhā­vā­d bhā­vā­nāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­va­m a­bhi­da­dhā­nā­s te­na saṃ­baṃ­dhaṃ vyā­ptaṃ kva­ci­t pra­ti­pa­dyaṃ­te na vā­? pra­ti­pa­dyaṃ­te TAŚVA-ML 146,19ce­t ka­thaṃ sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­va­m a­bhi­da­dhu­rvi­ro­dhā­t | no ce­t ka­tha­m a­vyā­pa­kā­bhā­vā­d a­vyā­pyā­bhā­va­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 146,20pa­ro­pa­ga­mā­t ta­sya te­na vyā­pti­si­ddhe­r a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, ta­thā sva­pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | pa­ro­pa­ga­mā­d dhi pa­raḥ TAŚVA-ML 146,21pra­ti­pā­da­yi­tuṃ śa­kyaḥ | sa­rva­thā saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­vā­n nā­śa­kya e­va pra­tya­kṣa­ta i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya svāṃ­śa­mā­tra­pa­rya­va­sā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 146,22na ka­ści­t ke­na­ci­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t ka­dā­ci­t saṃ­baṃ­dha i­tī­ya­to vyā­pā­rā­t ka­rtu­m a­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­d a­nya­thā sa­rva­jña­tvā­pa­tteḥ | sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 146,23sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇa­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­va­sya te­na pra­ti­pa­ttu­m a­śa­kteḥ | ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­rthā­nāṃ svā­taṃ­trya­m a­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­na vyā­ptaṃ sa­rvo­pa- TAŚVA-ML 146,24saṃ­hā­re­ṇa pra­ti­pa­dya ta­to nye­ṣā­m a­saṃ­baṃ­dha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ā­nu­mā­ni­kī syā­d i­ti ce­t ta­t ta­rhi svā­taṃ­trya­m a­rthā­nāṃ na tā­va­d a- TAŚVA-ML 146,25si­ddhā­nāṃ­, si­ddhā­nāṃ tu svā­taṃ­tryā­t saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­ve ta­ttva­taḥ kiṃ­n na de­śā­di­ni­ya­me­no­dbha­vo dṛ­śya­te ta­sya pā­ra­taṃ­trye­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 146,26vyā­pta­tvā­t | na hi sva­taṃ­tro rthaḥ sa­rva­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­ta­yā ni­ya­ta­de­śa­kā­la­dra­vya­bhā­va­ja­nmā­sti na cā­ja­nmā sa­rva­thā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 146,27kri­yā­sa­ma­rthaḥ sva­yaṃ ta­syā­kā­ra­ṇā­t | pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­śe­ṣā­d de­śā­di­bhi­s ta­nni­ya­to­tpa­tti­r a­rtha­sya syā­d i­ti ce­t­, sa e­va TAŚVA-ML 146,28pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­śe­ṣaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaḥ si­ddha i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.7.12dra­vya­taḥ kṣe­tra­taḥ kā­la­bhā­vā­bhyāṃ ka­sya­ci­t sva­taḥ | pra­tyā­sa­nna­kṛ­taḥ si­ddhaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ ke­na­ci­t sphu­ṭaḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 146,30ka­sya­ci­t pa­ryā­ya­sya sva­taḥ ke­na­ci­t pa­ryā­ye­ṇa sa­hai­ka­tra dra­vye sa­ma­vā­yā­d dra­vya­pra­tyā­sa­tti­r ya­thā sma­ra­ṇa­syā­nu­bha­ve­na TAŚVA-ML 146,31sa­hā­tma­ny e­ka­tra sa­ma­vā­ya­s ta­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ta­trai­va ya­thā­nu­bha­va­sma­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ so­ma­mi­trā­nu­bha­vā­d vi­ṣṇu­mi­tra­sma­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 146,32va­t | saṃ­tā­nai­ka­tvā­d u­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, saṃ­tā­na­syā­va­stu­tve­na ta­nni­ya­ma­he­tu­tvā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | va­stu­tve vā nā­ma­mā­traṃ TAŚVA-ML 146,33bhi­dye­ta sa­tāṃ no dra­vya­m i­ti | ta­thai­ka­saṃ­tā­nā­śra­ya­tva­m e­va dra­vyā­dra­vyā­śra­ya­tvaṃ ce­ti va ka­ści­d vi­śe­ṣaḥ ya­t saṃ­tā­no TAŚVA-ML 146,34vā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dha­s ta­tsaṃ­tā­naṃ sma­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ni­ya­mo­pa­ga­mo pi na śre­yā­n­, pro­kta­do­ṣā­na­ti­kra­mā­t | saṃ­tā­na­syā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 147,01dra­vya­tvo­pa­pa­ttau ya­dā­tma­dra­vya­pa­ri­ṇā­mo vā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dha­s ta­dā­tma­dra­vya­vi­va­rtaḥ sma­ra­ṇa­m i­ti pa­ra­ma­ta­si­ddheḥ | ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 147,02pa­ra­spa­ra­bhi­nna­sva­bhā­va­kā­la­yo­r e­ka­m ā­tma­dra­vyaṃ vyā­pa­ka­m i­ti ca na co­dyaṃ­, sa­kṛ­nnā­nā­kā­ra­vyā­pi­nā jñā­ne­nai­ke­na TAŚVA-ML 147,03pra­ti­vi­hi­ta­tvā­t | sa­ma­sa­ma­ya­va­rti­no ra­sa­rū­pa­yo­r e­ka­gu­ṇi­vyā­pta­yo­r a­nu­mā­nā­nu­me­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­yo­r e­ka­dra­vya­pra­tyā­sa­tti­r a- TAŚVA-ML 147,04te­no­ktā ta­da­bhā­ve ta­yo­s ta­dvya­va­hā­ra­yo­gya­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tvā­t ta­du­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­t ka­tha­m e­kā- TAŚVA-ML 147,05sā­ma­grī nā­ma­? e­kaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­tsa­ha­kā­ryu­pā­dā­naṃ vā­? sa­ha­kā­ri ce­t ku­lā­la­ka­la­śa­yo­r da­ṇḍā­di- TAŚVA-ML 147,06r e­kā sā­ma­grī syā­t sa­mā­na­kṣa­ṇa­yo­s ta­yo­r u­tpa­ttau ta­sya sa­ha­kā­ri­tvā­t | ta­thā e­ta­yo­r a­nu­mā­nā­nu­me­ya­vya­va­hā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 147,07yo­gya­tā a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇī syā­t ta­de­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tvā­t | e­ka­sa­mu­dā­ya­va­rti­sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇa­m e­kā sā­ma­grī TAŚVA-ML 147,08na bhi­nna­sa­mu­dā­ya­va­rti ya­to ya­m a­ti­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­t­, kaḥ pu­na­r a­ya­m e­kaḥ sa­mu­dā­yaḥ­? sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­rtha­kri­yā­ni­ya­tāḥ TAŚVA-ML 147,09pra­vi­bhā­ga­ra­hi­tā rū­pā­da­ya i­ti ce­t ka­thaṃ pra­vi­bhā­ga­ra­hi­ta­tva­m e­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­ve te­ṣā­m u­pa­pa­dya­te­ti pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 147,10sāṃ­vṛ­tyai­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­me­ne­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya pra­vi­bhā­gā­bhā­va­he­tu­tvā­yo­gā­t | pra­vi­bhā­gā­bhā­vo pi te­ṣāṃ sāṃ­vṛ­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 147,11ce­n na hi ta­ttva­taḥ pra­vi­bha­ktā e­va rū­pā­da­yaḥ sa­mu­dā­ya i­ty ā­pa­nnaṃ | na cai­vaṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t sa­mu­dā­ye­ta­ra­vya­va­sthā TAŚVA-ML 147,12sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­rtha­kri­yā­ni­ya­ta­tve­ta­rā­bhyāṃ so­pa­pa­nne­ti vā yu­ktaṃ­, sū­ryāṃ­bu­ja­yo­r a­pi sa­mu­dā­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­yo­r aṃ­bu­ja- TAŚVA-ML 147,13pra­bo­dha­ra­vyoḥ sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­rtha­kri­yā­ni­ya­ta­tvā­t | ta­to vā­sta­va­m e­va pra­vi­bhā­ga­ra­hi­ta­sa­mu­dā­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­s te­ṣā­m e­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 147,14dhya­va­sā­ya­he­tu­r aṃ­gī­ka­rta­vyaḥ | sa cai­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­maṃ tā­ttvi­ka­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa na gha­ṭa­ta i­ti so pi pra­ti­pa­tta­vya e­va­, TAŚVA-ML 147,15sa cai­kaṃ dra­vya­m i­ti si­ddhaṃ | sva­gu­ṇa­pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ sa­mu­dā­ya­skaṃ­dha i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­thā­sa­ti ra­sa­rū­pa­yo­r e­kā­rthā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 147,16ka­yo­r e­ka­dra­vya­pra­tyā­sa­tti­r e­vaṃ liṃ­ga­liṃ­gi­vya­va­hā­ra­he­tuḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­syā­pi ni­ya­ta­sya ta­da­bhā­ve nu­pa­pa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 147,17saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­va­t | na hi kva­ci­t pū­rve ra­sā­di­pa­ryā­yāḥ pa­ra­ra­sā­di­pa­ryā­yā­ṇā­m u­pā­dā­naṃ nā­nya­tra dra­vye va­rta­mā­nā TAŚVA-ML 147,18i­ti ni­ya­ma­s te­ṣā­m e­ka­dra­vya­tā­dā­tmya­vi­ra­he ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­pa­pa­nnaḥ | e­ka­m u­pā­dā­na­m e­kā sā­ma­grī­ti dvi­tī­yo pi pa­kṣaḥ TAŚVA-ML 147,19sau­ga­tā­nā­m a­saṃ­bhā­vya e­va­, nā­nā­kā­rya­syai­ko­pā­dā­na­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | ya­di pu­na­r e­kaṃ dra­vya­m a­ne­ka­kā­ryo­pā­dā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 147,20bha­ve­t ta­dā sai­ve­ka­dra­vya­pra­tyā­sa­tti­r ā­yā­tā | ra­sa­rū­pa­yoḥ kṣe­tra­pra­tyā­sa­tti­r ya­thā ba­lā­kā­sa­li­la­yo­r e­ka­syāṃ bhū­mau- TAŚVA-ML 147,21sthi­ta­yoḥ saṃ­yu­kta­saṃ­yo­go hi ta­to nā­nyaḥ pra­ti­ṣṭhā­m i­ya­rti | ja­nya­ja­na­ka­bhā­va e­va ta­yoḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ pra­tyā­sa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 147,22r i­ti ce­n na­, a­nya­ta­ra­sa­mu­dbhū­tā­yāḥ pa­ra­tra sa­ra­si ba­lā­kā­yā ni­vā­sa­saṃ­bha­vā­t | nai­kā ba­lā­kā pū­rvaṃ sa­raḥ TAŚVA-ML 147,23pra­vi­hā­ya sa­ro ṃ­ta­ra­m a­dhi­ti­ṣṭhaṃ­tī kā­ci­d a­sti pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­dbhe­dā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­da­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­sya pra­tī­te­r bā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 147,24kā­bhā­vā­t ta­dbhāṃ­ta­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | kṣi­teḥ pra­ti­pra­de­śaṃ bhe­dā­d e­ka­tra pra­de­śe ba­lā­kā­sa­li­la­yo­r a­na­va­sthā­nā­n nai­va TAŚVA-ML 147,25ta­tkṣe­tra­pra­tyā­sa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, kṣi­tyā­dya­va­ya­vi­na­s ta­dā­dhā­ra­syai­ka­sya sā­dha­nā­t | na cai­ka­syā­va­ya­vi­no nā­nā­va­ya­va- TAŚVA-ML 147,26vyā­pi­naḥ sa­kṛ­da­saṃ­bha­vaḥ pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­tvā­d ve­dyā­dyā­kā­ra­vyā­py e­ka­jñā­na­va­t | kā­la­pra­tyā­sa­tti­r ya­thā sa­ha­ca­ra­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 147,27sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­sā­mā­nya­yoḥ śa­rī­re jī­va­spa­rśa­vi­śe­ṣa­yo­r vā pū­rvo­tta­ra­yo­r bha­ra­ṇi­kṛ­tti­ka­yoḥ kṛ­tti­kā­ro­hi­ṇyo­r vā TAŚVA-ML 147,28ta­yoḥ pra­tyā­sa­tty aṃ­ta­ra­syā­vya­va­sthā­nā­t | bhā­va­pra­tyā­sa­tti­r ya­thā go­ga­va­ya­yoḥ ke­va­li­si­ddha­yo­r vā ta­yo­r e­ka­ta­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 147,29hi yā­dṛ­gbhā­vaḥ saṃ­sthā­nā­di­r a­naṃ­ta­jñā­nā­di­r vā tā­dṛ­kta­da­nya­ta­ra­sya su­pra­tī­ta i­ti na pra­tyā­sa­ttyaṃ­ta­raṃ ka­yo­ści­d a­ne­ka- TAŚVA-ML 147,30pra­tyā­sa­tti­saṃ­baṃ­dhe vā na kiṃ­ci­d a­ni­ṣṭaṃ pra­ti­ni­ya­to­dbhū­teḥ sa­rva­pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ dra­vyā­di­pra­tyā­sa­tti­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 147,31nu­pa­pa­dya­mā­na­tve­na pra­si­ddheḥ | sai­va ca­tu­rvi­dhā pra­tyā­sa­ttiḥ sphu­ṭaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ti na saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­vo TAŚVA-ML 147,32vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | na­nu ca dra­vya­pra­tyā­sa­tti­r e­ke­na dra­vye­ṇa ka­yo­ści­t pa­ryā­ya­yoḥ kra­ma­bhu­voḥ sa­ha­bhu­vo­r vā tā­dā­tmyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 147,33ta­c ca rū­pa­śle­ṣaḥ sa ca dvi­tve sa­ti saṃ­baṃ­dhi­no­r a­yu­kta e­va vi­ro­dhā­t ta­yo­r ai­kye pi na saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhi­no­r a­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 147,34ta­svā­gha­ṭa­nā­t dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­d a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nai­raṃ­ta­ryaṃ ta­yo rū­pa­śle­ṣaḥ i­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­syāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­va­rū­pa­tve TAŚVA-ML 147,35tā­ttvi­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t prā­pti­rū­pa­tve pi prā­pteḥ | pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ kā­rtsyai­ka­de­śā­bhyā­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­d ga­tyaṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­t | ka­lpi- TAŚVA-ML 148,01ta­sya tu rū­pa­śle­ṣa­syā­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t na sa tā­ttvi­kaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho sti pra­kṛ­ti­bhi­nnā­nāṃ sva­sva­bhā­va­vya­va­sthi­teḥ a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 148,02sāṃ­ta­ra­tva­sya saṃ­baṃ­dha­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ke­ci­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­rū­pa­śle­ṣo hi saṃ­baṃ­dho dvi­tve sa ca ka­thaṃ bha­ve­t | TAŚVA-ML 148,03ta­smā­t pra­kṛ­ti­bhi­nnā­nāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dho nā­sti ta­ttva­taḥ |­| " i­ti | ta­d e­ta­de­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­na­ś co­dyaṃ na pu­naḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ | TAŚVA-ML 148,04te hi ka­thaṃ­ci­d e­ka­tvā­pa­ttiṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhi­no rū­pa­śle­ṣaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dha­m ā­ca­kṣa­te | na ca sā dvi­tva­vi­ro­dhi­nī ka­thaṃ­ci­t sva­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 148,05nai­raṃ­ta­ryaṃ vā ta­d a­pi nāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­va­rū­pa­m a­sti­tvaṃ chi­dra­m a­dhya­vi­ra­he­ṣv a­nya­ta­ma­syāṃ­ta­ra­syā­bhā­vo hi ta­tsva­bhā­vāṃ­ta­rā­tma­ko TAŚVA-ML 148,06va­stu­bhū­ta e­va ya­dā rū­pa­śle­ṣaḥ ka­yo­ści­d ā­sthī­ya­te ni­rbā­dhaṃ ta­thā pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­s ta­dā ka­thaṃ ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 148,07syā­t | ke­na­ci­d aṃ­śe­na tā­dā­tmya­m a­tā­dā­tmyaṃ ca saṃ­baṃ­dhi­no­r vi­ru­ddha­m i­ty a­pi na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ ta­thā­nu­bha­vā­c ci­trā­kā­ra­saṃ­ve­da­na- TAŚVA-ML 148,08va­t | e­te­na prā­ptyā­di­rū­paṃ nai­raṃ­ta­ryaṃ rū­pa­śle­ṣa i­ty a­pi svī­kṛ­taṃ ta­syā­pi ka­thaṃ­ci­ttā­dā­tmyā­na­ti­kra­mā­t | ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 148,09sva­sva­bhā­va­vya­va­sthi­teḥ pra­kṛ­ti­bhi­nnā­nā­m a­rthā­nāṃ na saṃ­baṃ­dha­s tā­ttvi­ka i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ ta­ta e­va te­ṣāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dha­si­ddheḥ | sva­sva- TAŚVA-ML 148,10bhā­vo hi bhā­vā­nāṃ pra­tī­ya­mā­naḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­pra­ka­rṣa­ś ca sa­rva­thā ta­da­pra­tī­te­s te­na cā­va­sthi­tiḥ ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 148,11saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­vai­kāṃ­taṃ sā­dha­ye­t saṃ­baṃ­dhai­kāṃ­ta­va­t | na cā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t saṃ­baṃ­dha­sva­bhā­va­sya mi­thyā­pra­ti­bhā­saḥ sū­kṣma­tvā­di- TAŚVA-ML 148,12va­d a­saṃ­baṃ­dha­sva­bhā­va­syā­pi ta­thā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | sa cā­saṃ­baṃ­dha­sva­bhā­vo '­nā­pe­kṣi­kaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­rtha­m a­pe­kṣya ka­sya­ci­t ta­dvya­va­sthi- TAŚVA-ML 148,13te­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sthū­la­tvā­di­va­t pra­tya­kṣa­bu­ddhau pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­no a­nā­pe­kṣi­ka e­va ta­tpṛ­ṣṭa­bhā­vi­nā tu vi­ka­lpe- TAŚVA-ML 148,14nā­dhya­va­sī­ya­mā­no ya­thā­pe­kṣi­ka­s ta­thā vā­sta­vo bha­va­tī­ti ce­t­, saṃ­baṃ­dha­sva­bhā­vo pi sa­mā­naṃ | na hi sa pra­tya­kṣe­na TAŚVA-ML 148,15pra­ti­bhā­sa­te ya­to '­nā­pe­kṣi­ko na syā­t | na­nu ca pa­rā­pe­kṣai­va saṃ­baṃ­dha­s ta­sya ta­nni­ṣṭha­tvā­t ta­da­bhā­ve sa­rva­thā­py a- TAŚVA-ML 148,16saṃ­bha­vā­t | pa­rā­pe­kṣa­mā­ṇo bhā­vaḥ sva­ya­m a­sa­ttvā­d a­pe­kṣa­te sa ta­thā na tā­va­d a­sa­nn a­pe­kṣo dha­rmā­śra­ya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t TAŚVA-ML 148,17kha­ra­śṛ­gaṃ­va­t | nā­pi sa­n sa­rva­ni­rā­śaṃ­sa­tvā­d a­nya­thā sa­ttva­vi­ro­dhā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t sa­nn a­sa­nn ā­pe­kṣya i­ty a­ya­m a­pi pa­kṣo TAŚVA-ML 148,18na śre­yā­n pa­kṣa­dva­ya­do­ṣā­na­ti­kra­mā­t | na cai­ko rthaḥ sa­nn a­saṃ­ś ca ke­na­ci­d rū­pe­ṇa saṃ­bha­va­ti vi­ro­dhā­d a­nya­thā­tī­tā­nā­ga- TAŚVA-ML 148,19tā­dya­śe­ṣā­tma­ko va­rta­mā­nā­rthaḥ syā­d i­ti na kva­ci­t sa­da­sa­ttva­vya­va­sthā­, saṃ­ka­ra­vya­ti­ka­rā­pa­tteḥ | ta­to pa­rā­pe­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 148,20ṇā­m a­sa­nni­baṃ­dha­naḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ si­dhye­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­pa­rā­pe­kṣā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ so sa­t ka­tha­m a­pe­kṣa­te | saṃ­ś ca sa­rva­ni­rā­śaṃ­so TAŚVA-ML 148,21bhā­vaḥ ka­tha­m a­pe­kṣya­te |­| " i­ti ka­ści­t | so pi sa­rva­thā sa­da­sa­ttvā­bhyāṃ bhā­va­sya pa­rā­pe­kṣā­yā TAŚVA-ML 148,22vi­ro­dha­m a­pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­naḥ ka­thaṃ tāṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhyā­t | pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­na­s tu sva­yaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­ddhu­m a­sa­ma­rtha­s ta­syāḥ kva­ci- TAŚVA-ML 148,23t si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā vi­ro­dhā­yo­gā­t ka­thaṃ cā­ni­rā­ku­rva­nn a­pi pa­rā­pe­kṣāṃ sa­rva­tra saṃ­baṃ­dha­syā­nā­pe­kṣi­ka­tvaṃ pra­tyā­ca­kṣī­ta­? TAŚVA-ML 148,24na ce­d u­nma­ttaḥ | sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m e­va saṃ­baṃ­dho '­nā­pe­kṣi­kaḥ syā­n na ta­to '­nyaḥ | sa ce­ṣṭo nā­ma­mā­tre vi­vā­dā­d va­stu­ny a- TAŚVA-ML 148,25vi­vā­dā­d i­ti ce­t | kaḥ pu­naḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­m a­sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m ā­ha­ta­syā­pi sve­na rū­pe­ṇa la­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sya sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t | na­nu TAŚVA-ML 148,26ku­taḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­s ta­thā dva­yoḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhi­noḥ si­ddhaḥ­? e­ke­na gu­ṇā­khye­na saṃ­yo­ge­nā­nye­na vā dha­rme­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­sthi­te­nā­vā­cye­na TAŚVA-ML 148,27vā va­stu­rū­pe­ṇa saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d i­ti ce­t­, sa ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhi­no­r a­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m a­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ vā­? ya­dy a­na­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­dā saṃ­baṃ­dhi­nā­v e­va TAŚVA-ML 148,28pra­sa­jye­te | ta­thā ca na saṃ­baṃ­dho nā­ma | sa ta­to rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ce­t saṃ­baṃ­dhi­nau ke­va­lau ka­thaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhau syā­tāṃ ta­ttvā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 148,29tvā­bhyā­m a­vā­cya­ś ce­t ka­thaṃ va­stu­bhū­taḥ syā­t | bha­va­tu cā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m a­na­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ vā saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | sa tu dva­yo­r e­ke­na TAŚVA-ML 148,30ku­taḥ syā­t | pa­re­ṇai­ke­na saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d i­ti ce­t te­nā­pi na saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | pa­re­ṇai­ke­na saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d i­ty a­na­va­sthā­nā­t saṃ­baṃ­dha- TAŚVA-ML 148,31ma­tiḥ su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā dva­yo­r e­kā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi saṃ­baṃ­dha­tve­na .­.­. a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­tva­ma­tiḥ ke­va­la­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 148,32saṃ­baṃ­dhi­no­r a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ya­di saṃ­baṃ­dha­ś ca sve­nā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇe­na rū­pe­ṇa sthi­ta­s ta­dā si­ddha­m a­mi­śra­ṇa­m a­rthā­nāṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 148,33ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­dva­yo­r e­kā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t saṃ­baṃ­dho ya­di ta­ddva­yoḥ | kaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho '­na­va­sthā ca na saṃ­baṃ­dha­ma­ti­s ta­thā |­| " TAŚVA-ML 148,34"­tau ca bhā­vau ta­da­nya­ś ca sa­rve te svā­tma­ni sthi­tāḥ | i­ty a­mi­śrāḥ sva­yaṃ bhā­vā­s ta­n mi­śra­ya­ti ka­lpa­nā |­| " TAŚVA-ML 148,35i­ti ka­thaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ṣya­te saṃ­baṃ­dhi­no­r a­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­pto '­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­sya tu ta­the­ṣṭau na va­stu­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 149,01saṃ­baṃ­dho nya­tra ka­lpa­nā­mā­trā­d i­ti va­da­nn a­pi na syā­dvā­di­ma­ta­m a­va­bu­dhya­te | ta­dvi­bhe­dā­bhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­pa­rā­ṅmu­khaṃ na ta­ddo- TAŚVA-ML 149,02ṣā­spa­daṃ | ye­na rū­pe­ṇa la­kṣya­mā­ṇaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho a­nyo vā­rthaḥ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti tu pa­ra­spa­rā­pe­kṣa­bhe­dā­bhe­dā­tma­kaṃ jā­tyaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 149,03ta­ra­m e­vo­ktaṃ ta­syā­bā­dhi­ta­pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­tve­na sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­vya­pa­de­śā­t | ta­to na ka­lpa­nā­m e­vā­nu­ruṃ­dhā­naiḥ pra­ti­pa­ttṛ­bhiḥ TAŚVA-ML 149,04kri­yā­kā­ra­ka­vā­ci­naḥ śa­bdāḥ saṃ­yo­jyaṃ­te '­nyā­po­ha­pra­tī­tya­rtha­m e­ve­ti gha­ṭa­te ye­ne­daṃ śo­bhe­ta | "­tā­m e­va cā­nu­ruṃ­dhā­nau TAŚVA-ML 149,05kri­yā­kā­ra­ka­vā­ci­naḥ | bhā­va­bhe­da­pra­tī­tya­rthaṃ saṃ­yo­jyaṃ­te '­bhi­dhā­yi­kāḥ |­| " i­ti kri­yā­kā­ra­kā­dī­nāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhi­na- TAŚVA-ML 149,06ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­sya ca va­stu­rū­pa­pra­tī­ta­ye ta­da­bhi­dhā­yi­kā­nāṃ pra­yo­ga­si­ddheḥ sa­rva­trā­nyā­po­ha­syai­va śa­bdā­rtha­tva­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­c ca | TAŚVA-ML 149,07ta­taḥ ka­ści­t ka­sya­ci­t svā­mī saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t si­dhya­ty e­ve­ti svā­mi­tva­m a­rthā­nā­m a­dhi­ga­myaṃ ni­rde­śya­tva­va­d u­pa­pa­nna­m e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.13na kiṃ­ci­t ke­na­ci­d va­stu sā­dhya­te sa­n na cā­py a­sa­t | ta­to na sā­dha­naṃ nā­me­ty a­nye te py a­sa­du­kta­yaḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 149,09sā­dha­naṃ hi kā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­c ca na sa­d e­va kā­ryaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti sva­rū­pa­va­t­, nā­py a­sa­tkha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t | prā­ga­sa­tsā­dha­ya­' TAŚVA-ML 149,10tī­ti na vā yu­ktaṃ­, sa­d e­va sā­dha­ya­tī­ti pa­kṣā­na­ti­kra­mā­t | na hy u­tpa­tteḥ prā­g a­sa­t prā­g e­va kā­ra­ṇaṃ ni­ṣpā­da- TAŚVA-ML 149,11ya­ti­, ta­syā­sa­ta e­va ni­ṣpā­da­na­pra­sa­kteḥ | u­tpa­tti­kā­le sa­d e­va ka­ro­tī­ti tu ka­tha­ne­na ka­thaṃ na sa­tpa­kṣaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 149,12ka­thaṃ­ci­t sa­ha ka­ro­tī­ty a­pi na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te­, ye­na rū­pe­ṇa sa­tte­na ka­ra­ṇā­yo­gā­d a­nya­thā svā­tma­no pi ka­ra­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 149,13ye­na cā­tma­nā ta­da­sa­tte­nā­pi na kā­rya­tā­m i­ya­rti śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­d i­ty u­bha­ya­do­ṣā­va­kā­śā­t | sa­da­sa­drū­paṃ kā­ryaṃ TAŚVA-ML 149,14nā­'­nā­ku­laṃ­, na ca ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­pi kā­rya­m a­sā­dha­ya­t kiṃ­ci­t sā­dha­naṃ nā­ma kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­sya ta­ttva­to saṃ­bha­vā­c ca | TAŚVA-ML 149,15ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo pi ta­yo­r a­sa­ha­bhā­va­taḥ | pra­si­ddhya­ti ka­thaṃ dvi­ṣṭho '­dvi­ṣṭhe saṃ­baṃ­dha­tā ka­thaṃ |­| " "­kra­me­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 149,16bhā­va e­ka­tra va­rta­mā­no nya­ni­spṛ­haḥ | ta­da­bhā­ve pi bhā­vā­c ca saṃ­baṃ­dho nai­ka­vṛ­tti­mā­n |­| " "­ya­dy a­pe­kṣya ta­yo­r e­ka­m a­nya- TAŚVA-ML 149,17trā­sau pra­va­rta­te | u­pa­kā­rī hy a­pe­kṣaḥ syā­t ka­thaṃ co­pa­ka­ro­ty a­sa­t |­| " "­ya­dy e­kā­rthā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā TAŚVA-ML 149,18ta­yoḥ | prā­ptā dvi­tvā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t sa­vye­ta­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­yoḥ |­| " "­dvi­ṣṭho hi ka­ści­t saṃ­baṃ­dho nā­to nya­t ta­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 149,19bhā­vā­bhā­vo­pa­dhi­r yo­gaḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā ya­di |­| " yo­go­pā­dhī na tā­v e­va kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­tra kiṃ | bhe­dā­c ce­n na tv a­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 149,20śa­bdo ni­yo­ktā­raṃ sa­mā­śri­taḥ |­| " "­pa­śya­nn e­ka­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya da­rśa­ne ta­da­da­rśa­ne | a­pa­śya­tkā­rya­m a­nve­ti vi­nā­py ā- TAŚVA-ML 149,21khyā­tṛ­bhi­r ja­naḥ |­| " "­da­rśa­nā­d a­rśa­ne mu­ktvā kā­rya­bu­ddhe­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | kā­ryā­di­śru­ti­r a­py a­tra lā­gha­vā­rthaṃ ni­ve­śi­tā |­| ' TAŚVA-ML 149,22"­ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vā­t ta­tkā­rya­ga­ti­r ya­sya tu va­rta­te | saṃ­ke­ta­vi­ṣa­yā­khyā sā sā­snā­de­r go­ga­ti­r ya­thā |­| " "­bhā­ve bhā­vi­ni TAŚVA-ML 149,23ta­dbhā­vo bhā­va e­va ca bhā­vi­tā | pra­si­ddhe he­tu­pha­la­te pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­taḥ |­| " "­e­tā­va­nmā­tra­ta­ttvā­rthāḥ kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 149,24kā­ra­ṇa­go­ca­rāḥ | vi­ka­lpā da­rśa­yaṃ­ty a­rthā­n mi­thyā­rthā­n gha­ṭi­tā­n i­va |­| " "­bhi­nne kā gha­ṭa­nā­'­bhi­nne TAŚVA-ML 149,25kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­pi kā | bhā­ve vā­nya­sya vi­śli­ṣṭau śli­ṣṭau syā­tāṃ ka­thaṃ na tau | " i­ti | ta­d e­ta­da­sa­ddū­ṣa­ṇaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 149,26svā­bhi­ma­te py a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve sa­mā­na­tvā­t | ta­thā hi | a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo­dvi­ṣṭha e­va ka­tha­m a­sa­ha­bhā­vi­noḥ TAŚVA-ML 149,27kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­bhyāṃ ni­ṣe­dhya­yo­r a­rtha­yo­r va­rta­te | na vā dvi­ṣṭho sau saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­va­ttva­vi­ro­dhā­t | pū­rva­tra bhā­ve va­rti­tvā TAŚVA-ML 149,28pa­ra­tra kra­me­ṇa va­rta­mā­no pi ya­di so nya­ni­spṛ­ha e­vai­ka­tra ti­ṣṭha­tka­tha­m a­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ­? pa­ra­sya hy a­nu­tpa­nna­syā­bhā­ve pi pū­rva­tra TAŚVA-ML 149,29va­rta­mā­naḥ pū­rva­sya ca na­ṣṭa­tve­nā­bhā­ve pi pa­ra­tra va­rta­mā­no sā­v e­ka­vṛ­tti­r e­va syā­t | pū­rva­tra va­rta­mā­naḥ pa­ra­m a­pe­kṣa­te TAŚVA-ML 149,30pa­ra­tra ca ti­ṣṭha­tpū­rva­ma­to saṃ­baṃ­dho dvi­ṣṭha e­vā­nya­ni­spṛ­ha­tvā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t ka­tha­m a­nu­pa­kā­raṃ ta­tho­tta­ra­m a­pe­kṣya­te­ti TAŚVA-ML 149,31pra­saṃ­gā­t | so­pa­kā­ra­ka­m a­pe­kṣa­ta i­ti ce­t nā­sa­ta­s ta­do­pa­kā­ra­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | ya­di pu­na­r e­ke­nā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t pū­rva- TAŚVA-ML 149,32pa­ra­yo­r a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­s ta­dā sa­vye­ta­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­yoḥ sa syā­d e­ke­na dvi­tvā­di­nā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t | ta­thā ca si­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 149,33sā­dhya­tā | dvi­ṣṭho hi ka­ści­d a­saṃ­baṃ­dho nā­to nya­t ta­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ye­nā­bhi­ma­ta­si­ddhiḥ | ya­di pu­naḥ pū­rva­syā­bhā­va e­va TAŚVA-ML 149,34yo bhā­vo '­bhā­ve '­bhā­va­s ta­du­pa­dhi­yo­go­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­s ta­dā tā­v e­va bhā­vā­bhā­vā­va­yo­go­pā­dhī kiṃ no '­kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 150,01kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ syā­t ta­yo­r bhe­dā­d i­ti ce­t­, śa­bda­sya ni­yo­ktṛ­sa­mā­śri­ta­tve­na bhe­de py a­bhe­da­vā­ci­naḥ pra­yo­gā­bhyu­pa­ga- TAŚVA-ML 150,02mā­t | sva­yaṃ hi lo­ko ya­m e­ka­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya da­rśa­ne py a­pa­śyaṃ­s ta­da­da­rśa­ne ca pa­śya­d vi­nā­py ā­khyā­tṛ­bhi­r a­kā­rya­m a­va­bu­dhya­te | TAŚVA-ML 150,03na ca ta­thā da­rśa­nā­da­rśa­ne mu­ktvā kva­ci­d a­kā­rya­bu­ddhi­r a­sti | na ca ta­yo­r a­kā­ryā­di­śru­ti­r vi­ru­dhya­te lā­gha­vā­rtha­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 150,04ta­nni­ve­śa­sya | yā pu­na­r a­ta­dbhā­vā­bhā­vā­d a­kā­rya­ga­ti­r u­pa­va­rṇya­te sā saṃ­ke­ta­vi­ṣa­yā­khyā­, ya­thā a­sā­snā­de­r a­go­ga­tiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 150,05nai­tā­v a­tā ta­ttva­to kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo nā­ma | bhā­ve hi a­bhā­vi­nī vā bhā­vi­tā a­he­tu­pha­la­te pra­si­ddhe | TAŚVA-ML 150,06pra­si­ddhe pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­bhyā­m e­va | ta­d e­tā­va­nmā­tra­ta­ttvā­rthā e­vā­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­go­ca­rā vi­ka­lpā da­rśa­yaṃ­ty a­rthā­n TAŚVA-ML 150,07mi­thyā­rthā­t sva­ya­m a­gha­ṭi­tā­n a­pī­ti sa­mā­yā­taṃ | bhi­nne hi bhā­ve kā nā­mā­gha­ṭa­nā ta­t kvā­nyā­va­bhā­sa­te­? ye­nā­sau TAŚVA-ML 150,08tā­ttvi­kī syā­t | a­bhi­nne su­ta­rāṃ nā­gha­ṭa­nā | na ca bhi­nnā­v a­rthau ke­na­ci­d a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve­na yo­gā­d a­kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 150,09kā­ra­ṇa­bhū­tau syā­tāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dha­vi­dhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­d e­vaṃ na tā­ttvi­ko '­rtho nā­ma kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te '­kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 150,10kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­va­t | sva­sva­bhā­va­vya­va­sthi­tā­rthā­n vi­hā­ya nā­nyaḥ ka­ści­d a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo stv i­ti | ta­thā vya­va­hā­ra­s tu TAŚVA-ML 150,11ka­lpa­nā­mā­tra­ni­rmi­ta e­va kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­vya­va­hā­ra­va­d i­ti ce­t ta­rhi vā­sta­va e­va kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo '­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 150,12bhā­va­va­t | ke­va­laṃ ta­dvya­va­hā­ro vi­ka­lpa­śa­bda­la­kṣa­ṇo vi­ka­lpa­ni­rmi­ta i­ti ki­m a­ni­ṣṭaṃ | va­stu­rū­pa­yo­r a­pi kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 150,13kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve ta­yo­r a­bhā­vo va­stu­tve­ti na tu yu­ktaṃ­, vyā­ghā­tā­t kva­ci­n nī­le­ta­ra­tvā­bhā­va­va­t | ta­to ya­di ku­ta­ści­t pra- TAŚVA-ML 150,14mā­ṇā­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­rthā­nāṃ si­dhye­t ta­dā ta­ta e­va kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo pi pra­tī­te­r a- TAŚVA-ML 150,15vi­śe­ṣā­t ta­thai­va hi ga­vā­dī­nā­m a­sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­vaḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tva­pra­tī­te­r vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | ta­thā­gni­dhū­mā- TAŚVA-ML 150,16dī­nāṃ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­vo pi ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tva­pra­tī­te­r bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | na­nv a­ka­smā­d a­gniṃ dhū­maṃ vā ke­va­laṃ pa­śya­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 150,17kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ kā­rya­tvaṃ vā kiṃ na pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti ce­t kiṃ pu­na­r a­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­kā­rya­tvaṃ vā pra­ti­bhā­ti | sā­ti­śa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 150,18saṃ­vi­dāṃ pra­ti­bhā­ty e­ve­ti ce­t­, kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ kā­rya­tvaṃ vā ta­tra te­ṣāṃ na pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti ko­śa­pā­naṃ vi­dhe­yaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 150,19a­sma­dā­dī­nāṃ tu ta­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­naṃ ta­thā ni­śca­yā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­di­va­t | ta­tho­bha­ya­tra sa­mā­naṃ | ya­thai­va hi TAŚVA-ML 150,20ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tvā­na­dhya­va­sā­yi­nāṃ na kva­ci­t kā­rya­tva­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­ni­śca­yo sti ta­thā sva­ya­m a­ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tva­vya­va­sā­yi- TAŚVA-ML 150,21nā­m a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­ni­śca­yo pi pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­sā­ma­grī­sā­pe­kṣa­ka­tvā­d va­stu­dha­rma­ni­śca­ya­sya | na hi sa­rva­tra sa­mā­na­sā­ma­grī- TAŚVA-ML 150,22pra­bhā­vo ni­rṇa­ya­s ta­syāṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­ba­hi­raṃ­ga­sā­ma­grī­vai­ci­trya­da­rśa­nā­t | dhū­mā­di­jñā­na­sā­ma­grī­mā­trā­t ta­tkā­rya­tvā­di­ni­śca­yā- TAŚVA-ML 150,23nu­tpa­tteḥ na kā­rya­tvā­di dhū­mā­di­sva­rū­pa­m i­ti ce­t ta­rhi kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­di­r a­pi ta­tsva­rū­paṃ mā bhū­t ta­ta e­va kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 150,24bhā­ve va­stu­tva­m e­va na syā­d i­ti ce­t kā­rya­tva­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­bhā­ve pi ku­to va­stu­tvaṃ sva­ra­śṛṃ­ga­va­t | sa­rva­thā­py a­kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 150,25kā­ra­ṇa­sya va­stu­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ kū­ṭa­stha­va­t | kṣa­ṇi­kai­kāṃ­ta­va­d vā vi­śe­ṣā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | na­nu ca sa­d a­pi kā­rya­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 150,26kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ vā va­stu­tva­sva­rū­paṃ na saṃ­baṃ­dho '­dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­t | kā­rya­tvaṃ kā­ra­ṇe hi na va­rta­te kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ vā kā­rye TAŚVA-ML 150,27ye­na dvi­ṣṭhaṃ bha­ve­t | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­s ta­yo­r e­ko va­rta­mā­naḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­bhyāṃ bhi­nna­syā- TAŚVA-ML 150,28pra­tī­teḥ | sa­to pi pra­tye­ka­pa­ri­sa­mā­ptyā ta­tra vṛ­ttau ta­syā­ne­ka­tvā­pa­tteḥ | e­ka­de­śe­na vṛ­ttau sā­va­ya­va­tvā­nu­ṣa­kteḥ TAŚVA-ML 150,29svā­va­ya­ve­ṣv a­pi vṛ­ttau pra­kṛ­ta­pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­sya ta­da­va­stha­tvā­d a­na­va­sthā­nā­va­tā­rā­t | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­le ta­syo­pa­laṃ­bha- TAŚVA-ML 150,30pra­saṃ­gā­c ca tā­bhyāṃ ta­syā­bhe­de pi ka­tha­m e­ka­tvaṃ bhi­nnā­bhyā­m a­bhi­nna­syā­bhi­nna­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | sva­ya­m a­bhi­nna­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 150,31bhi­nnā­rthai­s tā­dā­tmye pa­ra­mā­ṇo­r e­ka­sya sa­ka­lā­rthai­s tā­dā­tmya­pra­saṃ­gā­d e­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­mā­traṃ ja­ga­t syā­t sa­ka­la­ja­ga­tsva­rū­po vā TAŚVA-ML 150,32pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r i­ti bhe­dā­bhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­no­r u­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ syā­dvā­di­na­s ta­thā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­sya hi saṃ­baṃ­dha­syā- TAŚVA-ML 150,33bā­dhi­ta­ta­thā­vi­dha­pra­tya­yā­rū­ḍha­sya sva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­no vṛ­ttiḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya­m e­vā­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­no­cya­te | svā­kā­re­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 150,34jñā­na­vṛ­tti­va­t ku­to ne­ka­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā­dā­tmye kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­sya saṃ­baṃ­dha­syai­ka­tvaṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te i­ti ce­t­, nā­nā­kā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 150,35tā­dā­tmye jñā­na­syai­ka­tvaṃ ku­to na vi­ru­dhya­te­? ta­da­śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­na­tvā­d i­ti ce­t ta­ta e­vā­nya­trā­pi kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 151,01yo­r hi dra­vya­rū­pa­ta­yai­ka­tvā­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­syai­ka­tva­m u­cya­te na ca ta­sya śa­bde vi­ve­ca­na­tvaṃ mṛ­ddra­vyā­t ku­śū­la- TAŚVA-ML 151,02gha­ṭa­yo­r he­tu­pha­la­bhā­ve­no­pa­ga­ta­yo­r dra­vyāṃ­ta­raṃ ne­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | kra­ma­bhu­voḥ pa­ryā­ya­yo­r e­ka­dra­vya­pra­tyā­sa­tte­r u­pā­dā­no­pā­de­ya- TAŚVA-ML 151,03tva­sya va­ca­nā­t | na cai­vaṃ­vi­dhaḥ ka­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­rū­ddhaḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇe­na kā­rya­sya ka­thaṃ ya­t TAŚVA-ML 151,04syā­d e­ka­dra­vya­pra­tyā­sa­tte­r a­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t kā­la­pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­śe­ṣā­t ta­tsi­ddhiḥ | ya­d a­naṃ­ta­raṃ hi ya­d a­va­śyaṃ bha­va­ti TAŚVA-ML 151,05ta­t ta­sya sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ta­ra­tkā­rya­m i­ti pra­tī­taṃ | na ce­daṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­tvaṃ kva­ci­d bhā­va­pra­tyā­sa­ttiḥ kṣe­tra­pra­tyā- TAŚVA-ML 151,06sa­tti­r vā ni­ya­mā­bhā­vā­t | ni­ka­ṭa­de­śa­syā­pi ca­kṣu­ṣo rū­pa­jñā­no­tpa­ttau sa­ha­kā­ri­tva­da­rśa­nā­t | saṃ­daṃ­śa­kā­de­ś cā- TAŚVA-ML 151,07su­va­rṇa­sva­bhā­va­sya sau­va­rṇa­ka­ṭa­ko­tpa­ttau ya­di pu­na­r yā­va­tkṣe­traṃ ya­dy a­syo­tpa­ttau sa­ha­kā­ri dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā­bhā­vaṃ ca ta­t tā­va­tkṣe­traṃ TAŚVA-ML 151,08ta­thā­bhā­va­m e­va sa­rva­tre­ti ni­ya­tā kṣe­trā­bhā­va­pra­tyā­sa­ttiḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­tvaṃ kā­ye ni­ga­dya­te ta­dā na do­ṣo vi­ro­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 151,09bhā­vā­t | ta­d e­vaṃ vya­va­hā­ra­na­ya­sa­mā­śra­ya­ṇe kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo dvi­ṣṭhaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ saṃ­yo­ga­sa­ma­vā­yā­di­va­tpra­tī­ti­si­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 151,10tvā­t pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka e­va na pu­naḥ ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­taḥ sa­rva­thā­py a­na­va­dya­tvā­t | saṃ­gra­ha­rju­sū­tra­na­yā­śra­ya­ṇe tu na ka­sya- TAŚVA-ML 151,11ci­t ka­ści­t saṃ­baṃ­dho nya­tra ka­lpa­nā­mā­trā­t i­ti sa­rva­m a­vi­rū­ddhaṃ | na cā­tra sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­va­sya vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­d ā- TAŚVA-ML 151,12śra­ya­ṇe ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­saṃ­bha­va i­ti sū­ktaṃ sā­dha­na­tva­m a­dhi­ga­mya­m a­rthā­nāṃ ta­da­pa­la­paṃ­to '­sa­du­kta­ya e­va i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.7.14mo­kṣā­di­sā­dha­nā­bhyā­sā­bhā­vā­sa­kte­s ta­da­rthi­nā­m | ta­trā­vi­dyā­vi­lā­se­ṣṭau kva mu­ktiḥ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kī |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.15saṃ­vi­c ce­t saṃ­vi­d e­ve­ty a­do­ṣaḥ sā ya­dy a­sā­dha­nā | ni­tyā syā­d a­nya­thā si­ddhaṃ sā­dha­naṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.16ni­tya­sa­rva­ga­te­ṣv i­ṣṭau ta­syāḥ saṃ­vi­ttya­saṃ­bha­vā­t | kva vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­naṃ­śa­kṣa­ṇi­ka­jñā­na­ta­ttva­va­t |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 151,16na hi kṣa­ṇi­kā­naṃ­śa­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ sva­taḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­te sa­rva­sya bhrāṃ­tya­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­dva­nni­tyaṃ sa­rva­ga­taṃ bra­hme­ti TAŚVA-ML 151,17na ta­tsaṃ­ve­da­na­m e­va mu­ktiḥ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kī yu­ktā­, ta­taḥ sa­ka­la­ka­rma­vi­pra­mo­kṣo mu­kti­r u­ra­rī­ka­rta­vyā | sā baṃ­dha­pū­rvi- TAŚVA-ML 151,18ke­ti tā­ttvi­ko baṃ­dho bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ ta­yoḥ sa­sā­dha­na­tvā­t | a­nya­thā kā­dā­ci­tka­tvā­yo­gā­t sā­dha­naṃ tā­ttvi­ka- TAŚVA-ML 151,19m a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ na pu­na­r a­vi­dyā­vi­lā­sa­mā­tra­m i­ti sū­ktaṃ sā­dha­na­m a­dhi­ga­mya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.17ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­va­sya pa­dā­rthā­nā­m a­yo­ga­taḥ | ta­ttva­to vi­dya­te nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ kiṃ­ci­d i­ty a­sa­t |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.18sphu­ṭaṃ dra­vya­gu­ṇā­dī­nā­m ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā­ga­teḥ | pra­si­ddhi­bā­dhi­ta­tve­na ta­da­bhā­va­sya sa­rva­thā |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 151,22na hi dra­vya­m a­pra­si­ddhaṃ gu­ṇā­da­yo vā pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­di­pra­tya­ye­nā­bā­dhi­te­na ta­nni­rū­pa­ṇā­t | nā­py ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā TAŚVA-ML 151,23dra­vya­gu­ṇa­dī­nā­m a­pra­si­ddhā ya­taḥ sa­rva­thā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­sa­d i­ti pa­kṣaḥ pra­si­ddhi­bā­dhi­to na syā­t | he­tu­ś cā­si­ddhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 151,24pa­dā­rthā­nā­m ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­va­sya vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­syā­yo­gā­d i­ti | sthā­lyāṃ da­dhi pa­ṭe rū­pa­m i­ti ta­tpra­tya­ya­sya ni­rbā- TAŚVA-ML 151,25dha­sya ta­tsā­dha­na­tvā­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sā­dha­ko yaṃ pra­tya­ya i­ti ce­t sa e­vā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­vo stu | TAŚVA-ML 151,26sāṃ­vṛ­to sā­v i­ti ce­t na­, kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­sya tā­ttvi­ka­sya sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­sya tā­ttvi­ka­tva­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 151,27ka­thaṃ ta­rhi gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ dra­vyā­dhā­ra­tve dra­vya­syā­py a­nyā­dhā­ra­tvaṃ na syā­d ya­to '­na­va­sthā ni­vā­rye­ta | te­ṣāṃ vā dra­vyā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 151,28dhā­ra­tva­pra­sa­kti­r i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.7.19nā­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­go tra vyo­mnaḥ svā­śra­ya­tā­sthi­teḥ | sa­rva­lo­kā­śra­ya­syāṃ­ta­vi­hī­na­sya sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 151,30svā­śra­yaṃ vyo­ma­, sa­maṃ­ta­to ṃ­ta­vi­hī­na­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­maṃ­ta­to ṃ­ta­vi­hī­naṃ ta­t sa­ka­lā­sa­rva­ga­tā­rthā­bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tve TAŚVA-ML 151,31sa­ty e­ka­dra­vya­rū­pa­tvā­t | rū­pā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ ra­sā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­bhā­va­rū­pa­tvā­d a­vi­ro­dha i­ti ce­t te ta­rhi rū­pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 151,32sā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ sa­rve sa­kṛ­tpa­ra­spa­raṃ saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭā vya­va­hi­tā vā syuḥ ? na tā­va­t saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭāḥ kā­rtsnye­nai­ka­de­śe­na vā TAŚVA-ML 151,33saṃ­sa­rga­sya sva­yaṃ ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | vya­va­hi­ta­tve tu te­ṣā­m a­naṃ­tā­nā­m a­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śaṃ vya­va­dhā­ya­kaṃ kiṃ­ci­d u­ra­rī­ka­rta­vyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 151,34ta­d e­va vyo­ma te­ṣā­m a­bhā­ve | i­ti si­ddhaṃ sa­ka­lā­sa­rvā­ga­tā­rthā­bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ vyo­mnaḥ | na ca ta­syā­naṃ­tāḥ pra­de­śāḥ TAŚVA-ML 152,01pa­ra­spa­ra­m e­ka­śo vya­va­hi­tā ya­ta­s ta­dvya­va­dhā­ya­kāṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­nā­yā­m a­na­va­sthā ka­thaṃ­ci­d e­ka­dra­vya­tā­dā­tmye­nā­vya­va­hi­ta­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 152,02a­nya­thā ta­da­vya­va­dhā­nā­yo­gā­t | bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ vā vya­va­dhā­ne­na te­ṣāṃ pra­si­ddha­sa­ttvā­nāṃ vya­va­dhā­ne na­va­sthā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 152,03ye­na cai­ke­na dra­vye­ṇa te­ṣāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyaṃ ta­to vyo­me­ti ta­syai­ka­dra­vya­tva­si­ddhi­r i­ti nā­si­ddhaṃ vyo­mno ga­ta­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 152,04sā­dha­naṃ | ta­ta­s ta­da­naṃ­taṃ sa­rva­lo­kā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ti nā­na­va­sthā ta­dā­dhā­rā­nta­rā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.20vyo­ma­va­tsa­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ sva­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­nu­ṣaṃ­ja­naṃ | ka­rtuṃ nai­kāṃ­ta­to yu­ktaṃ sa­rva­ga­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­va­t |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 152,06ni­śca­ya­na­yā­t sa­rve bhā­vāḥ sva­pra­ti­ṣṭhā i­ti yu­ktaṃ na pu­naḥ sa­rva­thā vyo­ma­va­t te­ṣāṃ sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­mū­rta­tvā­di­pra­saṃ­ga- TAŚVA-ML 152,07syā­pi du­rni­vā­ra­tvā­t | sa­rva­dra­vyā­ṇāṃ sa­rva­ga­ta­tve ko do­ṣa i­ti ce­t pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dha e­vā­mū­rta­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 152,08va­kṣyā­maḥ | pra­tī­tya­ti­kra­me tu kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t sa­rva­m a­sa­maṃ­ja­saṃ mā­na­m e­yaṃ pra­lā­pa­mā­tra­m u­pe­kṣa­ṇī­yaṃ syā­d i­ti ya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 152,09pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­m a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­dhi­ga­mya­m a­rthā­nā­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.21a­sthi­ra­tvā­t pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ sthi­ti­r nai­vā­sti tā­ttvi­kī | kṣa­ṇā­dū­rdhva­m i­tī­cchaṃ­ti ke­ci­t ta­d a­pi du­rgha­ṭa­m |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.22ni­ra­nva­ya­kṣa­yai­kāṃ­te saṃ­tā­nā­dya­na­va­sthi­teḥ | pu­ṇya­pā­pā­dya­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­bhā­vā­sa­kte­r ni­rū­pa­ṇā­t |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 152,12saṃ­vṛ­tyā saṃ­tā­na­sa­mu­dā­ya­sā­dha­rmyā­t pre­tya­bhā­vā­nāṃ pu­ṇya­pā­pa­mu­kti­mā­rgā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­sya cā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t pa­ra­mā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 152,13ta­s ta­da­bhā­vā­sa­kti­r nā­ni­ṣṭe­ti ce­t­, ki­m i­dā­nīṃ saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­ta­m a­stu pa­ra­mā­rthaṃ sa­t ni­ra­nva­ya­vi­na­śva­rā­ṇā­m e­ka­kṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 152,14sthi­tī­nāṃ nā­nā­pa­dā­rthā­nā­m a­nu­bha­vā­t | ta­d a­pi ne­ti ce­t ta­rhi i­ṣṭaṃ saṃ­tā­nā­di sa­rvaṃ ni­raṃ­ku­śa­tvā­t ta­c ca ni­ra­nva- TAŚVA-ML 152,15ya­kṣa­yai­kāṃ­te saṃ­vṛ­ttyā­pi na syā­t | ta­thā ca ni­rū­pi­taṃ "­saṃ­tā­naḥ sa­mu­dā­ya­ś ca sā­dha­rmyaṃ ca ni­raṃ­ku­śaḥ | pre­tya- TAŚVA-ML 152,16bhā­va­ś ca ta­t sa­rvaṃ na syā­d e­ka­tva­ni­hna­ve |­| " i­ti | na­nu ca bī­jāṃ­ku­rā­dī­nā­m e­ka­tvā­bhā­ve pi saṃ­tā­naḥ si­ddha­s ti- TAŚVA-ML 152,17lā­dī­nāṃ sa­mu­dā­ya­sā­dha­rmyaṃ ca ta­dva­t sa­rva­tra ta­tsi­ddhau ki­m e­ka­tve­ne­ti ce­n na­, sa­rva­bī­jāṃ­ku­rā­dī­nā­m e­ka­saṃ­tā­na- TAŚVA-ML 152,18tvā­pa­tteḥ­, sa­ka­la­ti­lā­dī­nāṃ vā sa­mu­dā­ya­sā­dha­rmya­pra­sa­kteḥ | pra­tyā­sa­tte­r vi­śe­ṣā­t ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d e­va saṃ­tā­naḥ sa­mu­dā­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 152,19sā­dha­rmyaṃ ca vi­śi­ṣṭa­m i­ti ce­t­, sa ko nyo '­nya­trai­ka­dra­vya­kṣe­tra­bhā­va­pra­tyā­sa­tte­r i­ti nā­nva­ya­ni­hna­vo yu­ktaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 152,20na hy a­vya­bhi­cā­rī kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ saṃ­tā­na­ni­ya­ma­he­tuḥ­, su­ga­te­ta­ra­ci­ttā­nā­m e­ka­saṃ­tā­na­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti sa­ma­rthi­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 152,21prā­k | nā­py e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tvaṃ sa­mu­dā­yai­ka­tva­ni­ya­ma­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ dhū­meṃ­dha­na­vi­kā­rā­di­rū­pā­dī­nāṃ nā­nā­sa­mu­dā­yā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 152,22m e­ka­sa­mu­dā­ya­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t pra­tī­ta­mā­tu­liṃ­ga­rū­pā­di­va­t | e­te­na sa­mā­na­kā­la­tvaṃ ta­nni­mi­tta­m i­ti pra­tyu­ktaṃ­, e­ka- TAŚVA-ML 152,23dra­vyā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ tu sa­ha­bhu­vā­m e­ka­sa­mu­dā­ya­tva­vya­va­sthā­he­tu­r i­ti sa­ty e­vā­nvi­te dra­vye ti­lā­di­rū­pā­di­sa­mu­dā­yai- TAŚVA-ML 152,24ka­tva­ni­ya­maḥ sā­dha­rmyaṃ | na pu­na­r nā­nā­dra­vyā­ṇāṃ sa­mā­na­he­tu­ka­tvā­d i­ti vā­rtā­mā­traṃ­, vi­sa­dṛ­śa­he­tū­nā­m a­pi ba­hu­laṃ TAŚVA-ML 152,25sā­dha­rmya­da­rśa­nā­t | ra­ja­ta­śu­kti­kā­di­va­t sa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sa­ttvā­t sā­dha­rmye bhā­va­pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­śe­ṣā­d e­va sā­dha­rmyaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 152,26na ca sa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­mo nā­nā pa­ri­ṇā­mi­dra­vyā­bhā­ve saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti na ta­dvā­di­nā­m e­ka­dra­vyā­pa­hna­vaḥ śre­yā­n | pre­tya­bhā­vaḥ TAŚVA-ML 152,27ka­tha­m e­ka­tvā­bhā­ve na syā­d i­ti ce­t ta­sya mṛ­tvā pu­na­r bha­va­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t | saṃ­tā­na­syai­va mṛ­tvā pu­na­r bha­va­naṃ na pu­na- TAŚVA-ML 152,28r dra­vya­sye­ti ce­n na­, saṃ­tā­na­syai­ka­dra­vyā­bhā­ve ni­ya­mā­yo­ga­sya pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­d e­ka­dra­vyā­tma­no jī­va­sya pre­tya- TAŚVA-ML 152,29bhā­va­si­ddheḥ | pu­ṇya­pā­pā­dya­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ pu­na­r a­pi saṃ­vā­ha­ka­rtṛ­kri­yā­pha­lā­nu­bha­vi­tṛ­nā­nā­tve kṛ­ta­nā­śā­kṛ­tā­bhyā­ga­ma­pra­sa­kte- TAŚVA-ML 152,30r dū­ro­tsā­ri­ta­m e­va | ta­tsaṃ­tā­nai­kye cai­ka­dra­vya­tva­sya si­ddhe­r na ni­ra­nva­ya­kṣa­yai­kāṃ­ta­s ta­dvā­di­bhi­r a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ | ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 152,31sa­rva­thā saṃ­tā­nā­dyu­pa­ga­me dra­vya­sya kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­sthā­yi­naḥ pra­si­ddhe­r na kṣa­ṇā­d ū­rdhva­m a­sthi­tiḥ pa­dā­rthā­nā­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.23ya­thā cai­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yī bhā­vo he­toḥ sa­mu­dbha­ve­t | ta­thā­ne­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yī ki­n na lo­ke pra­tī­ya­te |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 152,33na­nu pra­tha­me kṣa­ṇe ya­thā­rthā­nāṃ kṣa­ṇa­dva­ya­sthā­snu­tā ta­thā dvi­tī­ye pī­ti na ka­dā­ci­d vi­nā­śaḥ syā­d a­nya­thā sai­va TAŚVA-ML 152,34kṣa­ṇa­sthi­tiḥ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ sva­bhā­vā­t ta­to na kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­sthā­yī bhā­vo he­toḥ sa­mu­dbha­va­n pra­tī­ya­te '­nya­tra vi­bhra­mā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 153,01na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­ya­sthā­yi­nāṃ tṛ­tī­yā­di­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yi­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | pra­tha­ma­kṣa­ṇe dvi­tī­ya­kṣa­ṇā­pe­kṣā­yā­m i­va TAŚVA-ML 153,02dvi­tī­ya­kṣa­ṇe pra­tha­ma­kṣa­ṇā­pe­kṣā­yāṃ kṣa­ṇa­dva­ya­sthā­snu­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ sva­bhā­va­bhe­dā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­sthā­yi­tva- TAŚVA-ML 153,03si­ddheḥ | na­nu ca pra­tha­ma­kṣa­ṇe dvi­tī­ya­kṣa­ṇā­pe­kṣaṃ kṣa­ṇa­dva­ya­sthā­yi­tva­m a­nya­d e­va­, dvi­tī­ya­kṣa­ṇe pra­tha­ma­kṣa­ṇā­pe­kṣā­t ta­to TAŚVA-ML 153,04sty e­va pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ sva­bhā­va­bhe­do '­sa­ttaḥ kṣa­ṇa­mā­trā­sthi­tiḥ si­ddhye­t sa­rvā­rthā­nā­m i­ti va­daṃ­taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.7.24kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­sthi­tiḥ si­ddhai­va­rju­sū­tra­na­yā­d i­ha | dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­yā­d e­va si­ddhā kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­sthi­tiḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 153,06na hi va­ya­mṛ­ju­sū­tra­na­yā­t pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­sva­bhā­va­bhe­dā­t kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­sthi­tiṃ pra­tī­kṣa­yā­maḥ ta­taḥ kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­sthi­ti­vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 153,07dhā­t | ke­va­laṃ ya­thā­rju­sū­trā­t kṣa­ṇa­sthi­ti­r e­va bhā­vaḥ sva­he­to­rū­tpa­nna­s ta­thā dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­yā­t kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­sthi­ti­r e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 153,08pra­ti­ca­kṣma­he sa­rva­thā­py a­bā­dhi­ta­pra­tya­yā­t ta­tsi­ddhi­r i­ti sthi­ti­r a­dhi­ga­myā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.25vi­śva­m e­kaṃ sa­dā­kā­rā­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ty a­saṃ­bha­vi | vi­dhā­naṃ vā­sta­vaṃ va­stu­ny e­vaṃ ke­ci­t pra­lā­pi­naḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.26sa­dā­kā­rā­vi­śe­ṣa­sya nā­nā­rthā­nā­m a­pa­hna­ve | saṃ­bha­vā­bhā­va­taḥ si­ddhe vi­dhā­na­syai­va ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 153,11sa­rva­m e­kaṃ sa­da­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti vi­ru­ddhaṃ sā­dha­naṃ­, nā­nā­rthā­bhā­ve sa­da­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­nu­pa­pa­tte­s ta­syā­bhe­da­ni­ṣṭha­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 153,12na­nu ca sa­de­ka­tvaṃ sa­da­vi­śe­ṣo na ta­tsā­dha­rmyaṃ ya­to vi­rū­ddhaṃ sā­dha­ye­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya sā­dhya­sa­ma­tvā­t | ko TAŚVA-ML 153,13hi sa­d e­ka­m i­ccha­t sa­rva­m e­kaṃ ne­cche­t | ya­di pu­naḥ sa­ttā­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d i­ti he­tu­s ta­dā­py a­si­ddhaṃ­, sa­dgha­ṭaḥ TAŚVA-ML 153,14sa­tpa­ṭa i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­sya pra­tī­teḥ | mi­thye­yaṃ pra­tī­ti­r gha­ṭā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sva­pnā­di­va­dvya­bhi­cā­rā­d i­ti ce­n na­, sa­ttā- TAŚVA-ML 153,15dvai­te sa­mya­ṅmi­thyā­pra­tī­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t saṃ­bha­ve vā ta­dva­d a­nya­tra ta­tsaṃ­bha­vaḥ ka­thaṃ nā­nu­ma­nya­te ? mi­thyā- TAŚVA-ML 153,16pra­tī­te­r a­vi­dyā­tvā­d a­vi­dyā­yā­ś ca nī­rū­pa­tvā­n na sā sa­nmā­tra­pra­tī­te­r dvi­tī­yā ya­to bhe­daḥ si­ddhye­t i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 153,17vyā­ghā­tā­t | pra­tī­ti­r hi sa­rvā sva­yaṃ pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­rū­pā sā ka­thaṃ nī­rū­pā syā­t | grā­hya­rū­pā­bhā­vā­n nī­rū­pā TAŚVA-ML 153,18mi­thyā­pra­tī­ti­r i­ti ce­t ta­rhi grā­hya­rū­pa­sa­hi­tā sa­mya­k pra­tī­ti­r i­ti ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­si­ddheḥ | sa­mya­kpra­tī­ti­r a­pi grā­hya- TAŚVA-ML 153,19rū­pa­ra­hi­te­ti ce­t ka­tha­m i­dā­nīṃ sa­tye­ta­ra­pra­tī­ti­vya­va­sthā ? ya­thai­va hi sa­nmā­tra­pra­tī­tiḥ sva­rū­pa e­vā­vya­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 153,20cā­rā­t sa­tyā ta­thā bhe­da­pra­tī­ti­r a­pi | ya­thā vā sā grā­hyā­bhā­vā­d a­sa­tyā ta­thā sa­nmā­tra­pra­tī­ti­r a­pī­ti na vi­dyā- TAŚVA-ML 153,21vi­dyā­vi­bhā­gaṃ bu­ddhyā­ma­he nya­tra ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­vā­dā­t | ta­to na sa­nmā­traṃ ta­ttva­taḥ si­ddhaṃ sā­dha­nā­gha­ṭa­nā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 153,22vi­dhā­na­syai­va nā­nā­rthā­śra­ya­sya si­ddhe­s ta­da­dhi­ga­mya­m e­va ni­rde­śā­di­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.27ta­d e­vaṃ mā­na­taḥ si­ddhai­r ni­rde­śā­di­bhi­r aṃ­ja­sā | yu­ktaṃ jī­vā­di­ṣū­kte­ṣu ni­rū­pa­ṇa­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 153,24na hi pra­mā­ṇa­na­yā­tma­bhi­r e­va ni­rde­śā­di­bhi­r jī­vā­di­ṣu bhā­va­sā­dha­no dhi­ga­maḥ ka­rta­vya i­ti yu­ktaṃ ta­dvi­ṣa­yai­r a­pi TAŚVA-ML 153,25ni­rdi­śya­mā­na­tvā­di­bhiḥ kā­rtsnyai­ka­de­śā­rpi­taiḥ ka­rma­sā­dha­na­syā­dhi­ga­ma­sya ka­ra­ṇā­t te­ṣā­m u­kta­pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 153,26vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.7.28ya­thā­ga­ma­m u­dā­hā­ryā ni­rde­ṣṭa­vyā­da­yo bu­dhaiḥ | ni­śca­ya­vya­va­hā­rā­bhyāṃ na­yā­bhyāṃ mā­na­to pi vā |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 153,28ni­śca­ya­na­ya e­vaṃ­bhū­taḥ vya­va­hā­ra­na­yo '­śu­ddha­dra­vyā­rthi­ka­s tā­bhyāṃ ni­rde­ṣṭa­vyā­da­yo ya­thā­ga­ma­m u­dā­ha­rta­vyā vi­ka­lā- TAŚVA-ML 153,29de­śā­t pra­mā­ṇa­ta­ś ca sa­ka­lā­de­śā­t | ta­d ya­thā | ni­śca­ya­na­yā­d a­nā­di­pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­cai­ta­nya­la­kṣa­ṇa­jī­va­tva­pa­ri­ṇa­to TAŚVA-ML 153,30jī­vaḥ vya­va­hā­rā­dau­pa­śa­mi­kā­di­bhā­va­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­sva­bhā­vaḥ­, ni­śca­ya­taḥ sva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ sa­rve­ṣāṃ­, ni­śca- TAŚVA-ML 153,31ya­to jī­va­tva­sā­dha­naḥ vya­va­hā­rā­dau­pa­śa­mi­kā­di­bhā­va­sā­dha­na­śca­, ni­śca­ya­taḥ sva­pra­de­śā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇo vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 153,32śa­rī­rā­dya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaḥ­, ni­śca­ya­to jī­va­na­sa­ma­ya­sthi­tiḥ vya­va­hā­ra­to dvi­sa­ma­yā­di­sthi­ti­r a­nā­dya­vā­sa­na­sthi­ti­r vā­, TAŚVA-ML 153,33ni­śca­ya­to naṃ­ta­vi­dhā­na e­va vya­va­hā­ra­to nā­ra­kā­di­saṃ­khye­yā­saṃ­khye­yā­naṃ­ta­vi­dhā­na­ś ca | pra­mā­ṇa­ta­s ta­du­bha­ya­na­ya- TAŚVA-ML 153,34pa­ri­cchi­tti­rū­pa­sa­mu­dā­ya­sva­bhā­va i­tyā­da­yo jī­vā­di­ṣv a­py ā­ga­mā­vi­ro­dhā­n ni­rde­śā­dī­nā­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m a­va­gaṃ­ta­vya­m |­| TAŚVA-ML 154,01na ke­va­laṃ ni­rde­śā­dī­nā­m a­dhi­ga­ma­sta­ttvā­rthā­nāṃ kiṃ ta­rhi­;­ —TA-ML 1.8 sa­tsaṃ­khyā­kṣe­tra­spa­rśa­na­kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­bhā­vā­lpa­ba­hu­tvai­ś ca |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 154,03svā­rtho '­dhi­ga­mo jñā­nā­tma­kaiḥ­, pa­rā­rthaḥ śa­bdā­tma­kaiḥ ka­rta­vya i­ti gha­ṭa­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 154,04na­nu pū­rva­sū­tra e­vā­dhi­ga­ma­sya he­toḥ pra­ti­pā­di­ta­tvā­t kiṃ ci­kī­rṣu­r i­daṃ sū­tra­m a­bra­vī­t i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.8.1sa­dā­di­bhiḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­maṃ mu­niḥ | saṃ­di­da­rśa­yi­ṣuḥ prā­ha sū­traṃ śi­ṣyā­nu­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 154,06ye hi śi­ṣyāḥ saṃ­kṣe­pa­ru­ca­ya­s tā­n pra­ti "­pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r a­dhi­ga­maḥ­" i­ti sū­tra­m ā­ha­, ye ca ma­dhya­ma­ru­ca­ya­st ā­n TAŚVA-ML 154,07pra­ti ni­rde­śā­di­sū­traṃ­, ye pu­na­r vi­sta­ra­ru­ca­ya­s tā­n pra­ti sa­dā­di­bhi­r a­ṣṭā­bhi­s ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­maṃ da­rśa­yi­tu­m i­daṃ sū­traṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 154,08śi­ṣyā­nu­ro­dhe­nā­cā­rya­va­ca­na­pra­vṛ­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.2nā­sti­tvai­kāṃ­ta­vi­cchi­ttyai tā­va­t prā­k ca pra­rū­pa­ṇa­m | sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣā­t tu jī­vā­dya­sti­tva­bhi­dvi­de |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 154,10na­nv e­ka­tvā­d a­sti­tva­sya na sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­bha­vo ye­na sā­mā­nya­to nā­sti­tvai­kāṃ­ta­sya vi­śe­ṣa­to jī­vā­di- TAŚVA-ML 154,11nā­sti­tva­sya vya­va­cche­dā­t ta­tpra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ prā­g e­va saṃ­khyā­di­bhiḥ kri­ya­te | na hy e­kā sa­ttā sa­rva­tra­, sa­rva­dā ta­syā TAŚVA-ML 154,12vi­cche­dā­bhā­vā­t | sa­ttā­śū­nya­sya ka­sya­ci­d de­śa­sya vā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, sa­tpra­tya­ya­sya sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā sa­dbhā­vā­t | sa­tpra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 154,13ya­syai­ka­rū­pa­tve pi sa­ttā­ne­ka­tve ca na kiṃ­ci­d e­kaṃ syā­d i­ti ka­ści­t­, so '­sa­mī­kṣi­tā­bhya­dhā­yī | sa­ttā­yā­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 154,14dbā­hyā­rthe­bhyaḥ sa­rva­thā bhi­nnā­yāḥ pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t te­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nnā­yā­s tu pra­tī­tau ta­dva­tsā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 154,15si­ddhe no­kto­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 154,16sa­rva­m a­sa­d e­ve­ti va­daṃ­taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.8.3sa­nmā­trā­pa­hna­ve saṃ­vi­tsa­ttvā­bhā­vā­n na sā­dha­na­m | sve­ṣṭa­sya dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ vā­sti nā­ni­ṣṭa­sya ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 154,18saṃ­ve­da­nā­dhī­naṃ hī­ṣṭa­sya sā­dha­na­m a­ni­ṣṭa­sya ca dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ jñā­nā­tma­kaṃ na ca sa­rva­śū­nya­tā­vā­di­naḥ saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­sti­, TAŚVA-ML 154,19vi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t | ta­to na ta­sya ca yu­ktaṃ | nā­pi pa­rā­rthaṃ va­ca­nā­tma­kaṃ ta­ta e­ve­ti na sa­nmā­trā­pa­hna­vo­pā­yā­t TAŚVA-ML 154,20saṃ­vi­nmā­traṃ grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­di­śū­nya­tvā­c chū­nya­m i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.8.4grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­di­śū­nyaṃ saṃ­vi­tti­mā­tra­ka­m | na sva­taḥ si­ddha­mā­re­kā­bhā­vā­pa­tte­r a­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.5pa­ra­to gra­ha­ṇe ta­sya grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­tā­sthi­tiḥ | pa­ro­pa­ga­ma­taḥ sā ce­t sva­taḥ sā­pi na si­dhya­ti |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.6ku­ta­ści­d grā­ha­kā­t si­ddhaḥ pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo ya­di | grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vaḥ syā­t ta­ttva­to nā­nya­thā sthi­tiḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.7grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vo­taḥ si­ddha­s sve­ṣṭa­sya sā­dha­nā­t | sa­rva­thai­vā­nya­thā ta­syā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r vi­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 154,25na hi grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­di­śū­nya­sya saṃ­ve­da­na­sya sva­ya­m i­ṣṭa­sya sā­dha­naṃ svā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­taḥ pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­to vā TAŚVA-ML 154,26sva­taḥ pa­ra­to vā pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­bhā­ve gha­ṭa­te­, a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | saṃ­vṛ­tyā gha­ṭa­ta e­ve­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 154,27ta­rhi saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­traṃ pa­ra­mā­rthaṃ sa­t saṃ­vṛ­tti­si­ddhaṃ | grā­ha­ka­ve­dya­tvā­d bhe­da­vya­va­hā­ra­va­t sva­rū­pa­sya sva­to ga­ti­r i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 154,28ku­ta­s ta­tra saṃ­śa­yaḥ ? ta­thā ni­śca­yā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ce­n na­, su­ga­ta­syā­pi ta­tra ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­sya vi­dhū­ta­ka­lpa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 154,29jā­la­tvā­n na sva­rū­pe saṃ­śa­ya i­ti ce­t­; ta­d i­da­m a­na­va­sthi­ta­pra­jñā­sya su­bhā­ṣi­taṃ saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­ta­ta­ttvaṃ pra­ti­jñā­ya TAŚVA-ML 154,30vi­dhū­ta­ka­lpa­nā­jā­laḥ su­ga­taḥ­, pṛ­tha­gja­nāḥ ka­lpa­nā­jā­lā­vṛ­tta­ma­na­sa i­ti bhe­da­sya ka­tha­nā­t ka­thaṃ ca saṃ­ve­da­nā- TAŚVA-ML 154,31dvai­ta­vā­di­naḥ saṃ­vṛ­tti­pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­tya­dva­ya­vi­bhā­gaḥ si­ddhaḥ­? saṃ­vṛ­ttye­ti ce­t­, so '­ya­m a­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­yaḥ | si­ddhe hi TAŚVA-ML 154,32pa­ra­mā­rtha­saṃ­vṛ­tti­sa­tya­vi­bhā­ge saṃ­vṛ­tti­r ā­śrī­ya­te ta­syāṃ ca si­ddhā­yāṃ ta­dvi­bhā­ga i­ti ku­taḥ kiṃ si­ddhye­t­, ta­n na TAŚVA-ML 154,33ta­ttva­to grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­bhā­ve sve­ṣṭa­sā­dha­naṃ nā­me­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.8bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­va­syā­py a­bā­dhe ni­ṣṭa­sā­dha­naṃ | svā­nyo­pa­ga­ma­taḥ si­ddhye­n ne­ty a­sā­v a­pi tā­ttvi­ka­m |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 155,02na hi bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vā­de­r a­ni­ṣṭa­syā­bā­dha­naṃ sva­taḥ sa­rve­ṣāṃ pra­ti­bhā­sa­te­, vi­pra­ti­pa­ttā­va­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 155,03saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­m e­va ta­tpra­ti­bhā­sa­na­m i­ti ce­t na­, ta­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t | pa­ra­to bā­dha­kā­d a­ni­ṣṭa­sya bā­dha­na­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 155,04ce­t si­ddha­s ta­rhi bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vaḥ i­ti ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­pra­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­ba­dhaṃ pra­lā­pa­mā­traṃ | saṃ­vṛ­ttyā a­ni­ṣṭa­sya bā­dha­nā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 155,05do­ṣa i­ti ce­t ta­rhi ta­ttva­to na vā bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­va­sya bā­dha­na­m i­ti do­ṣa e­va | pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t ta­dbā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 155,06m i­ti ce­t ta­sya sāṃ­vṛ­ta­tve do­ṣa­sya ta­da­va­stha­tvā­t | pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tve pi ta­da­na­ti­kra­ma e­ve­ti sa­rva­thā bā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 155,07bā­dha­ka­bhā­vā­bhā­ve ta­ttva­to nā­ni­ṣṭa­bā­dha­na­m a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.9kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­syā­bhā­ve saṃ­vi­da­kā­ra­ṇā | sa­tī ni­tyā­nya­thā vyo­mā­ra­viṃ­dā­di­va­da­pra­mā |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.10sa­rva­thai­vā­pha­la­tvā­c ca ta­syāḥ si­dhye­n na va­stu­tā | sa­pha­la­tve pu­naḥ si­ddhā kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tāṃ­ja­sā |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 155,10na saṃ­vi­da­kā­ra­ṇā nā­pi sa­kā­ra­ṇā nā­pha­lā nā­pi sa­pha­lā ya­to '­yaṃ do­ṣaḥ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? saṃ­vi­tsaṃ­vi­d e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 155,11ce­t­, nai­vaṃ pa­ra­ma­bra­hma­si­ddheḥ saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­sya sa­rva­thā­py a­si­ddheḥ sa­ma­rtha­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.11vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­tā­py e­va­mi­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭā­tma­noḥ sva­ya­m | sā­dha­nā­d dū­ṣa­ṇā­c cā­pi vā­gbhiḥ si­ddhā­nya­thā na ta­t |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 155,13sva­ya­m i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­yoḥ sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇe pa­raṃ pra­ti vā­gbhiḥ pra­kā­śa­yi­tvā­tī­tya vā­ca­ka­bhā­vaṃ ni­rā­ka­ro­ti ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 155,14sva­sthaḥ | no ce­t ka­tha­m i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­yoḥ sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m i­ti ciṃ­tyaṃ | saṃ­vṛ­ttyā ce­t na ta­yā ta­syo­kta­syā­py a- TAŚVA-ML 155,15nu­kta­sa­ma­tvā­t | sva­pnā­di­va­tsaṃ­vṛ­tte­r mṛ­ṣā­rū­pa­tvā­t | ta­da­mṛ­ṣā­rū­pa­tve pa­ra­mā­rtha­sya saṃ­vṛ­ti­r i­ti nā­ma­ka­ra­ṇa­mā­traṃ TAŚVA-ML 155,16syā­t ta­to na grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­di­śū­nyaṃ saṃ­vi­tti­mā­tra­m a­pi śū­nya­sā­dha­nā­bhā­vā­t sa­rva­śū­nya­tā­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.12ta­tsa­tpra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ yu­kta­m ā­dā­v e­va vi­pa­ści­tā­m | kvā­nya­thā pa­ra­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ ni­rū­pa­ṇa­m a­nā­ku­la­m |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 155,18sa­tpra­rū­pa­ṇā­bhā­ve '­rthā­nāṃ dha­rmi­ṇā­m a­sa­ttvā­t kva saṃ­khyā­di­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ pra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ su­ni­ści­taṃ pra­va­rta­te śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 155,19di­va­t | ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­tā­rthe­ṣu ta­tpra­rū­pa­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t na te­ṣv a­pi ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­te­na rū­pe­ṇā­sa­tsu na ta­nni­rū­pa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 155,20yu­kta­m a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­tsu ta­nni­rū­pa­ṇe sa­tpra­rū­pa­ṇa­m e­vā­dau pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ yu­kta­m i­ti ni­rā­ku­la­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.13ni­rde­śa­va­ca­nā­d e­ta­dbhi­nnaṃ dra­vyā­di­go­ca­rā­t | sa­nmā­tra­vi­ṣa­yī­ku­rva­da­rthā­na­sti­tva­sā­dha­na­m |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 155,22ni­rde­śa­va­ca­nā­t sa­ttva­si­ddheḥ sa­dva­ca­naṃ pu­na­r u­kta­m i­ty a­sā­raṃ­, ni­rde­śa­va­ca­na­sya dra­vyā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t sa­dva­ca­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 155,23sa­nmā­tra­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na ta­ta­s ta­sya pu­na­r u­kta­tvā­si­ddheḥ | na hi ya­thā jī­vā­da­yo sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­dha­rmā­dhā­rāḥ TAŚVA-ML 155,24pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vya­va­cche­de­na ni­rde­śa­va­ca­na­sya vi­ṣa­yā­s ta­thā sa­dva­ca­na­sya te­na sa­rva­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­sā­dha­ne­na sa­ttva­syā­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 155,25dhā­nā­t | ta­syā­pi sva­pra­ti­pa­kṣā­sa­ttva­vya­va­cche­de­na pra­vṛ­tte­r a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m e­ve­ti ce­n na­, a­sa­ttva­sya sa­daṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 155,26rū­pa­tve­na sa­dva­ca­nā­d a­vya­va­cche­dā­t bha­va­d a­pi sā­ma­rthya­n nā­sti­tva­sā­dha­naṃ sa­dva­ca­naṃ sa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vya­va­cche­de­na sa­nmā­tra- TAŚVA-ML 155,27go­ca­raṃ ni­rde­śa­va­ca­nā­d bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­m e­va ta­to ma­hā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | ni­rdi­śya­mā­na­va­stu­vi­ṣa­yaṃ hi ni­rde­śa­va­ca­naṃ na TAŚVA-ML 155,28svā­mi­tvā­di­vi­ṣa­yaṃ­, sa­dva­ca­naṃ pu­naḥ sa­rva­vi­ṣa­ya­m i­ti ma­hā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ | sa­ttva­m a­pi ni­rdi­śya­mā­naṃ ni­rde­śa­va­ca­ne­na TAŚVA-ML 155,29vi­ṣa­yī­kri­ya­mā­ṇaṃ na ta­syā­vi­ṣa­ya i­ti ce­n na­, svā­mi­tvā­di­va­ca­na­vi­ṣa­ya­sa­ttva­sya ta­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | kiṃ TAŚVA-ML 155,30sa­d i­ti hi pra­śne syā­d u­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sa­d i­ti ni­rde­śa­va­ca­naṃ­, na pu­naḥ ka­sya sa­t ke­na ka­smi­n ki­ya- TAŚVA-ML 155,31cci­raṃ kiṃ vi­dhā­na­m i­ti pra­śne va­ta­ra­ti ta­tra sva­mi­tvā­di­va­ca­nā­nā­m e­vā­va­tā­rā­t | nai­vaṃ­, sa­dva­ca­naṃ ki­m i­ty a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 155,32yo­ga e­va pra­va­rta­te sa­rva­thā sa­rvā­nu­yo­ge­ṣu ta­sya pra­vṛ­tteḥ | saṃ­khyā­di­va­ca­na­vi­ṣa­ye sa­dva­ca­na­syā­pra­vṛ­tte­r na sa­rva­vi­ṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 155,33tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­sa­ttva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na hy a­saṃ­ta e­va saṃ­khyā­da­yaḥ saṃ­khyā­di­va­ca­nai­r vi­ṣa­yī­kri­yaṃ­te te­ṣā­m a­sa­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 156,01pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­tāṃ na te­ṣāṃ ni­rvi­ṣa­yī­ka­ra­ṇe si­ddhaṃ | sa­dva­ca­ne­nā­pi vi­ṣa­yī­ka­ra­ṇa­mi­ti ta­d e­va sa­rva­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 156,02ma­hā­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ta­to na pu­na­ru­kta­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.14ga­tyā­di­mā­rga­ṇā­sthā­naiḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na ni­rū­pa­ṇa­m | mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭyā­di­vi­khyā­ta­gu­ṇa­sthā­nā­tma­kā­tma­naḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 156,04kṛ­ta­m a­nya­tra pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m i­ti vā­kya­śe­ṣaḥ | so­pa­skā­ra­tvā­t vā­rti­ka­sya sū­tra­va­t | TAŚV-ML 1.8.15saṃ­khyā saṃ­khyā­va­to bhi­nnā na kā­ci­d i­ti ke­ca­na | saṃ­khyā­saṃ­pra­tya­ya­s te­ṣāṃ ni­rā­laṃ­baḥ pra­sa­jya­te |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 156,06nai­va saṃ­khyā­saṃ­pra­tya­yo stīṃ­dri­ya­jaḥ ta­trai­ka­smi­n sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­ne spa­ṣṭa­m e­ka­tva­saṃ­khyā­yāḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 156,07bhā­vā­t | na hī­daṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ya­m e­ka­tva­saṃ­khye­ti pra­ti­bhā­sa­dva­ya­m a­nu­bha­vā­maḥ | nā­pi liṃ­ga­jo '­yaṃ saṃ­khyā­saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 156,08saṃ­khyā­pra­ti­ba­ddha­liṃ­ga­sya pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddha­syā­bhā­vā­t | ta­ta e­va na śā­bdo '­yaṃ pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­mū­laḥ | yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 156,09mū­lo '­ya­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya ta­thā­va­gaṃ­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t | ta­to '­yaṃ mi­thyā­pra­tya­yo ni­rā­laṃ­ba­na e­ve­ti ke­ci­t­, TAŚVA-ML 156,10te­ṣāṃ ta­sya di­śā­vi­ni­ya­mo na syā­t kā­ra­ṇa­ra­hi­ta­tvā­d a­nyā­na­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t sa­rva­dā sa­ttva­m a­sa­ttvaṃ vā pra­sa­jye­ta | TAŚVA-ML 156,11a­ni­rā­laṃ­ba­no pi sa­ma­naṃ­ta­ra­pra­tya­ya­ni­ya­mā­t pra­ti­ni­ya­to ya­m i­ti ce­n na ba­hiḥ saṃ­khyā­yāḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­yā pra­tī­ya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.16vā­sa­nā­mā­tra­he­tu­ś ce­t sā mi­thyā­ka­lpa­nā­tmi­kā | va­stu sā­pe­kṣi­ka­tve­na stha­vi­ṣṭha­tvā­di­dha­rma­va­t |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 156,13nī­rū­pe­ṣu śa­śa­śvā­vi­ṣā­ṇe­ṣv a­pi kiṃ na sā ta­tka­lpa­nā su­sa­tyā su­sva­rū­pe­ṇa tu sāṃ­ja­sā ba­hi­rva­stu­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 156,14saṃ­khyā­dhya­va­sī­ya­mā­nā vā­sa­nā­mā­tra­he­tu­kā mi­thyā­ka­lpa­nā­tmi­kai­vā­pe­kṣi­ka­tvā­di­dha­rma­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, nī­rū­pe­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 156,15śa­śā­di­vi­ṣā­ṇe­ṣv a­pi ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­tka­lpa­nā­sv a­sty e­ve­ti ce­t ta­rhi tāḥ ka­lpa­nāḥ sva­rū­pe­ṇa sa­tyāḥ kiṃ vā TAŚVA-ML 156,16na sa­tyāḥ ? na tā­va­d u­tta­raḥ pa­kṣaḥ sva­ma­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | ka­tha­m i­dā­nīṃ sva­rū­pe­ṇa sa­tyā­su ka­lpa­nā­su saṃ­khyā TAŚVA-ML 156,17pa­ra­mā­rtha­to na syā­t­, tā­sv a­pi ka­lpa­nāṃ­ta­rā­ro­pi­tā­pe­kṣi­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ba­hi­rva­stu­ṣv e­ve­ti ce­t­, syā­d e­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 156,18ya­di vi­ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­tve­nā­pe­kṣi­kaṃ vyā­ptaṃ si­ddhye­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.17na cā­pe­kṣi­ka­tā vyā­ptā nī­rū­pa­tve­na ga­mya­te | va­stu sa­tsv a­pi nī­lā­di­rū­pe­ṣv a­syāḥ pra­si­dvi­taḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 156,20nī­la­nī­lāṃ­ta­ra­yo­r hi rū­po ya­thā nī­lā­pe­kṣaṃ nī­lāṃ­ta­ra­rū­paṃ ta­thā nī­lāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣaṃ nī­la­m i­ti nī­lā­di­rū­pe­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 156,21va­stu sa­tsv a­pi bhā­vā­d a­pe­kṣi­ka­tā­yā na ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­tve­na vyā­pti­r a­va­ga­mya­te ya­taḥ saṃ­khyāṃ­ta­ra­yā ba­hi­raṃ­ta­rnī- TAŚVA-ML 156,22rū­pa­tvaṃ | ya­di pu­na­r a­spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tve sa­tyā­pe­kṣi­ka­tvā­d i­ti he­tu­s ta­dā sā­dha­na­vi­ka­lo dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ­, stha­vi­ṣṭha­tvā­di- TAŚVA-ML 156,23dha­rmā­ṇāṃ spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tvā­t | ta­tra bhrāṃ­ta­m i­ti ce­n na­, bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | stha­vi­ṣṭa­tvā­di­dha­rma­pra­ti­bhā­so na spa­ṣṭo TAŚVA-ML 156,24vi­ka­lpa­tvā­d a­nu­mā­nā­di­vi­ka­lpa­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­naṃ ta­dbā­dha­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, pu­ro­va­rti­ni va­stu­nī­dri­ya­ja­vi­ka­lpe­na TAŚVA-ML 156,25spa­ṣṭe­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | ta­syā­pi pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇā­d a­vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti ce­t ta­rhi saṃ­bhā­vya­vya­bhi­cā­ro he­tuḥ spa­ṣṭa­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 156,26vi­ka­lpa­tva­sya vi­ro­dhā­si­ddheḥ kva­ci­d vi­ka­lpa­tva­syā­spa­ṣṭa­tve­na da­rśa­nā­t | spa­ṣṭa­tve­na vi­ro­dhe caṃ­dra­dva­ya­pra­ti­bhā­sa­tva­sya TAŚVA-ML 156,27sa­tya­tve­nā­da­rśa­nā­t sva­saṃ­vi­tpra­ti­bhā­sa­tva­syā­pi sa­tya­tvaṃ mā bhū­t ta­thā ta­dvi­ro­dha­si­ddhe­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | a­tha pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 156,28bhā­si­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe pi sva­saṃ­vi­tpra­ti­bhā­saḥ sa­tyaḥ śa­śi­dva­ya­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ś cā­sa­tyaḥ saṃ­vā­dā­d a­saṃ­vā­dā­c co­cya­te ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 156,29vi­ka­lpa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe pīṃ­dri­ya­ja­vi­ka­lpaḥ spa­ṣṭaḥ sā­kṣā­da­rtha­grā­ha­ka­tvā­t nā­nu­mā­nā­di­ya­ka­lpo '­sā­kṣā­da­rtha­grā­ha- TAŚVA-ML 156,30ka­tvā­d i­ty a­nu­ma­nya­tāṃ | ta­thā ceṃ­dri­ya­ja­vi­ka­lpe vya­bhi­cā­ra e­va ni­rvi­ka­lpa­tvā­d iṃ­dri­ya­ja­sya jñā­na­svā­niṃ­dri­ya­jo TAŚVA-ML 156,31vi­ka­lpo stī­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­gre vya­sthā­pa­yi­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t ta­to nā­va­spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te stī­ti | sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 156,32vai­ka­lya­m e­va sa­rva­tra saṃ­khyā­yāṃ ca ta­n nā­stī­ti pa­kṣā­vyā­pa­ko he­tu­r va­na­spa­ti cai­ta­nye svā­pa­va­t | na hi spa­ṣṭā­va- TAŚVA-ML 156,33bhā­si­ṣv a­rthe­ṣv a­spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tvaṃ saṃ­khyā­yāḥ pra­si­ddhaṃ | na ca ta­tra spa­ṣṭa­saṃ­khyā­nu­bha­vā­bhā­va ta­da­nu­sā­rī vi­ka­lpaḥ TAŚVA-ML 156,34pā­ścā­tyo yu­ktaḥ­, pī­tā­nu­bha­vā­bhā­ve pī­ta­vi­ka­lpa­va­t ta­da­bhi­lā­ṣa­vi­ka­lpe vā­sa­nā | ta­smā­d yu­kta e­ve­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 157,01ta­rhi pī­tā­di­vi­ka­lpo pi ta­ta e­ve­ti na pī­tā­dyā­kā­ro vā­sta­vo rthe­ṣu saṃ­khyā­va­d i­ti nī­rū­pa­tvaṃ | sa­tyeṃ­dri­ya­jñā­ne TAŚVA-ML 157,02va­bhā­sa­nā­t pī­tā­dyā­kā­ro vā­sta­va e­ve­ti ce­t ta­ta e­va saṃ­khyā vā­sta­vī kiṃ na syā­t | na hi sā ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 157,03nā­va­bhā­sa­te ta­da­va­bhā­sā­bhā­vā­t ka­sya­ci­t ta­da­kṣa­vyā­pā­rāṃ­ta­rāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­da­ni­śca­yā­t ta­da vi­jñā­ne ta­syāḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­na- TAŚVA-ML 157,04m i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va pī­tā­dyā­kā­raḥ syā­t ta­tra ta­n mā bhū­t | ya­di pu­na­r a­bhyā­sā­di­sā­ka­lye sa­rva­syā­kṣa­vyā­pā­rāṃ­ta­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 157,05pī­tā­dyā­kā­re­ṣu ni­śca­yo­tpa­tte­s ta­dve­da­ne ta­tpra­ti­bhā­sa­na­m i­ti ma­taṃ ta­dā saṃ­khyā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­m a­pi ta­ta e­vā­nu­ma­nya­tāṃ | TAŚVA-ML 157,06na hi ta­da­bhyā­sā­di­pra­tya­yā­sā­ka­lye sa­rva­syā­kṣa­vyā­pā­rā­n ni­śca­yaḥ saṃ­khyā­yā­m a­si­ddha i­ti ka­ści­t pī­tā­dyā­kā­rā- TAŚVA-ML 157,07d vi­śe­ṣaḥ saṃ­khyā­va­tpī­tā­dyā­kā­rā­ṇā­m a­pi va­stu­ny a­bhā­va e­ve­ti vā­yu­ktaṃ­, sa­ka­lā­kā­ra­ra­hi­ta­sya va­stu­no '­pra­ti­bhā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 157,08nā­t pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­va­t | vi­dhū­ta­sa­ka­la­ka­lpa­nā­ka­lā­paṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­bhe­da sva­taḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­naṃ sa­ka­lā­kā­ra­ra­hi­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 157,09va­stu ma­ta­m i­ti ce­t ta­d e­va bra­hma­ta­ttva­m a­stu na ca ta­tpra­ti­bhā­sa­te ka­sya­ci­n nā­nai­kā­tma­na e­va sa­rva­dā pra­tī­teḥ | TAŚVA-ML 157,10sa­rva­sya pra­tī­tya­nu­sā­re­ṇa ta­ttva­vya­va­sthā­yāṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca va­stu­bhe­da­sya si­ddheḥ | ka­thaṃ pī­tā­dyā­kā­ra­va­t saṃ­khyā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 157,11pra­ti­kṣe­paḥ pra­tī­tya­ti­kra­me ku­taḥ sve­ṣṭa­si­ddhi­r i­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ | ta­taḥ­ —TAŚV-ML 1.8.18sā cai­ka­tvā­di­saṃ­khye­yaṃ sa­rve­ṣv a­rthe­ṣu vā­sta­vī | vi­dya­mā­nā­pi ni­rṇī­tiṃ ku­ryā­d dhe­toḥ ku­ta­śca­na |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.19pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­nā­śā­di ba­hi­raṃ­ta­rya­thā­sthi­teḥ | svā­vṛ­ttya­pā­ya­vai­ci­tryā­d bo­dha­vai­ci­trya­ni­ṣṭhi­teḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 157,14na hi pra­me­ya­sya sa­ttai­va pra­mā­tu­r ni­śca­ye he­tuḥ sa­rva­sya sa­rva­dā sa­rva­ni­śca­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nā­pīṃ­dri­yā­di­sā­ma­grī- TAŚVA-ML 157,15mā­traṃ vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | svā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­ga­mā­bhā­ve ta­tsa­dbhā­ve pi pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­nā­śā­di­ṣu ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca ni­śca­yā­nu­tpa­tteḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 157,16svā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­ga­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­vai­ci­tryā­d e­va ni­śca­ya­vai­ci­tryā­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­thā sa­ti ni­ya­ta­m e­ka­tvā­dya­śe­ṣaṃ TAŚVA-ML 157,17saṃ­khyā sa­rve­ṣv a­rthe­ṣu vi­dya­mā­nā­pi ni­śca­ya­kā­ra­ṇa­sya kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­bhā­ve ni­śca­yaṃ ja­na­ya­ti ta­dbhā­va e­va TAŚVA-ML 157,18ka­sya­ci­t ta­da­ni­śca­yā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.20ya­trai­ka­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ ta­tra dvi­tvā­de­r a­pi saṃ­bha­vaḥ | pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ro­dhā­c ce­t ta­yo­r nai­vaṃ pra­tī­ti­taḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 157,20pra­tī­te hi va­stu­ny e­ka­tva­saṃ­khyā dvi­tī­yā­dya­pe­kṣā­yāṃ dvi­tvā­di­saṃ­khyā vā nai­ka­stha­tvā­t ta­syā­s ta­to na vi­ro­dhaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.21va­stu­ny e­ka­tra dṛ­ṣṭa­sya pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ro­dhi­naḥ | vṛ­tti­dha­rma­ka­lā­pa­sya no­pā­laṃ­bhā­ya ka­lpa­te |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.22syā­dvā­da­vi­dvi­ṣā­m e­va vi­ro­dha­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | ya­thai­ka­tvaṃ pa­dā­rtha­sya ta­thā dvi­tvā­di vāṃ­cha­tā­m |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 157,23ye kha­lu pa­dā­rtha­sya ye­na rū­pe­ṇai­ka­tvaṃ te­nai­va dvi­tvā­di vāṃ­chaṃ­ti te­ṣā­m e­va syā­dvā­da­vi­dvi­ṣāṃ vi­ro­dha­sya pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 157,24pā­da­nā­t | "­vi­ro­dhā­n no­bha­yai­kā­tmyaṃ syā­dvā­da­nyā­ya­vi­dvi­ṣāṃ­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t na syā­dvā­di­nā­m e­ka­tvā­di­dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 157,25ka­lā­pa­sya pa­ra­spa­raṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhū­ta­sya vṛ­tti­r e­ka­trai­ka­dā vi­ru­dhya­te ta­thā dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t | ta­to no­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ pra­ka­lpa­nī­yaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 157,26syā­dvā­di­nāṃ ka­thaṃ na vi­ru­ddha­tā u­bha­yai­kā­tmyā­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.8.23ye­nai­ka­tvaṃ sva­rū­pe­ṇa te­na dvi­tvā­di ka­thya­te | nai­vā­naṃ­tā­tma­no '­rtha­sye­ty a­stu kve­yaṃ vi­ru­ddha­tā |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 157,28dvi­tī­yā­dya­na­pe­kṣe­ṇa hi rū­pe­ṇā­rtha­syai­ka­tvaṃ ta­da­pe­kṣe­ṇa dvi­tvā­di­ka­m i­ti dū­ro­tsā­ri­tai­va vi­ru­ddha­tā '­na­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 157,29sva­rū­pa­bhe­daḥ pu­na­r a­naṃ­tā­tma­ka­tvā­t ta­sya ta­ttva­to vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­sya ta­sya ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t bha­vaṃ­ś cai­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 157,30dī­nā­m e­ka­tra sa­rva­thā­py a­sa­tāṃ vi­ro­dhaḥ syā­t sa­tāṃ vā | kiṃ cā­taḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.24sa­rva­thai­vā­sa­tāṃ nā­sti vi­ro­dhaḥ kū­rma­ro­ma­va­t | sa­tā­m a­pi ya­thā dṛ­ṣṭa­sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 157,32na sa­rva­thā­py a­sa­tāṃ vi­ro­dho nā­pi ya­thā dṛ­ṣṭa­sa­tāṃ | kiṃ ta­rhi­, sa­hai­ka­trā­dṛ­ṣṭā­nā­m i­ti ce­t ka­tha­m i­dā­nī­m e- TAŚVA-ML 157,33ka­tvā­dī­nā­m e­ka­tra sa­kṛ­du­pa­la­bhya­mā­nā­nāṃ vi­ro­dhaḥ si­ddhye­t ? mū­rta­tvā­dī­nā­m e­va ta­ttva­to bhe­da­na­yā­t ta­tsi­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 157,34na­nu ca ya­thai­ka­syā­rtha­sya sa­rva­saṃ­khyā­tma­ka­tvaṃ ta­thā sa­rvā­rthā­tma­ka­tva­m a­stu ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d a­nya­thā ta­da­yo­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.25sa­rvaṃ sa­rvā­tma­kaṃ si­ddhye­d e­va­m i­ty a­ti­sā­ku­la­m | sa­rva­kā­ryo­dbha­ve sa­ttva­syā­rtha­sye­dṛ­kṣa­śa­kti­taḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 158,02bha­va­d a­pi hi sa­rvaṃ sa­rva­kā­ryo­dbha­ve śa­ktaṃ sa­rva­kā­ryo­dbhā­va­na­śa­ktyā­tma­kaṃ si­dhye­d ya­thā sa­rva­saṃ­khyā­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 158,03bhū­taṃ sa­rva­saṃ­khyā­tma­ka­m i­ti śa­ktyā­tma­nā sa­rvaṃ sa­rvā­tma­ka­tva­m i­ṣṭa­m e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.26vya­ktyā­tma­nā­nu­bhā­va­sya sa­rvā­tma­tvaṃ na yu­jya­te | sāṃ­ka­rya­pra­tya­yā­pa­tte­r a­vya­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 158,05na hi sa­rva­thā śa­kti­vya­ktyo­r a­bhe­do ye­na vya­ktyā­tma­nā­pi sa­rva­sya sa­rvā­tma­ka­tve sāṃ­ka­rye­ṇa pra­tya­ya­syā­pa­tte- TAŚVA-ML 158,06r bhā­va­syā­vya­va­sthā­nu­ṣa­jya­te ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­dā­t | pa­ryā­yā­rtha­to hi śa­kte­r vya­kti­r bhi­nnā ta­da­pra­tya­kṣa­tve pi pra­tya­kṣā­da- TAŚVA-ML 158,07bhe­de­na ta­da­gha­ṭa­nā­t | na­nu ca ya­thā pra­tya­ya­ni­ya­mā­d vya­kta­yaḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ na saṃ­kī­ryaṃ­te ta­thā śa­kta­yo pi ta­ta e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 158,08ka­thaṃ śa­ktyā­tma­kaṃ sa­rvaṃ syā­t | na hi da­ha­na­sya da­ha­na­yu­ktā­v a­nu­mā­na­pra­tya­yaḥ sa e­vo­dyā­na­śa­ktau ya­t sū­tra­pra­tya­ya- TAŚVA-ML 158,09pra­ti­ni­ya­mo na bha­ve­d i­ti ka­ści­t­, so py u­ktā­na­bhi­jña e­va | na hi va­yaṃ śa­ktī­nāṃ saṃ­ka­raṃ brū­mo vya­ktī­nā­m i­va TAŚVA-ML 158,10tā­sāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­t pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­sāṃ­ka­ryā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi­, bhā­va­syai­ka­sya yā­vaṃ­ti kā­ryā­ṇi kā­la­tra­ye pi sā­kṣā­tpā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 158,11vā tā­vaṃ­tyaḥ śa­kta­yaḥ saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­ta i­ty a­bhi­da­dhma­he pra­tye­kaṃ sa­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­nu­kā­rya­sya ka­sya­ci­d a­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 158,12sa­rvaṃ kṛ­ta­ka­m e­kāṃ­ta­ta­s ta­thā syā­d i­ti ce­n na­, sa­rva­thā sa­rve­ṇa sa­rva­syo­pa­kā­rya­tvā­si­ddheḥ | dra­vyā­rtha­taḥ ka­sya­ci­t ke­na- TAŚVA-ML 158,13ci­d a­nu­pa­ka­ra­ṇā­t | na co­pa­kā­rya­tvā­nu­pa­kā­rya­tva­yo­r e­ka­tra vi­ro­dhaḥ­, saṃ­vi­di ve­dya­ve­da­kā­kā­ra­va­t pra­tya­kṣe­ta­ra­sva- TAŚVA-ML 158,14saṃ­vi­dve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­ve­ka­va­d vā ni­rbā­dha­nā­t pra­tya­yā­t ta­thā si­ddheḥ | a­nya­thā ka­sya­ci­t ta­ttva­ni­ṣṭhā­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 158,15sa­rva­tra sa­rva­saṃ­khya­yā saṃ­pra­tya­yā­sa­ttvā­t ka­tha­m e­ka­tvā­di­saṃ­khyā sa­rvā sa­rva­tra vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te a­ti­pra­sa­kte­r i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 158,16e­ka­trai­ka­pra­tya­ya­va­d dvi­tī­yā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā dvi­tvā­di­pra­tya­yā­nā­m a­nu­bha­vā­t | sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­saṃ­khyā­yāḥ pra­tya­yo nā­nu­bhū­ya­te TAŚVA-ML 158,17e­ve­ti ce­t | sa­tyaṃ | kra­mā­d a­bhi­vya­ktiḥ kva­ci­d dvi­tva­saṃ­khyā hi dvi­tī­yā­bhi­vya­ktā dvi­tva­pra­tya­ya­vi­jñe­yā­, TAŚVA-ML 158,18tṛ­tī­yā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā tu tri­tvā­di­saṃ­khyā­bhi­vya­ktā tri­tvā­di­pra­tya­ya­ve­dyā | ta­thā­na­bhi­vya­ktā­yā­s ta­syāḥ ta­tpra­tya­yā­vi­ṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 158,19tvā­d a­sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­saṃ­khyā­saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ | na­nu saṃ­khyā­bhi­vya­ktaḥ prā­k ku­ta­sta­nī ku­taḥ si­ddhā ? ta­dā ta­tpra­tya­ya­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 158,20ta­tsaṃ­bha­ve vā ka­thaṃ nā­bhi­vya­ktā ? ya­di pu­na­r a­sa­tī ta­dā ku­to '­bhi­vya­kti­s ta­syāḥ maṃ­ḍū­ka­śi­khā­va­d i­ty e­kāṃ­ta­vā­di- TAŚVA-ML 158,21nā­m u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ na syā­dvā­di­nāṃ sa­da­sa­de­kāṃ­tā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | sā hi śa­kti­rū­pa­ta­yā prā­k ku­ta­sta­nī pa­rā­pe­kṣā­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 158,22pa­ścā­d a­bhi­vya­ktyā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā si­ddhā vya­kti­rū­pa­ta­yā tv a­sa­tī sā­kṣā­t sva­pra­tya­yā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d i­ti dra­vyā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 158,23prā­dhā­nyā­d u­pe­ya­te | pa­ryā­yā­rtha­prā­dhā­nyā­t tu sā­pe­kṣā kā­ryā ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vā­t | na hy a­sa­tyā­m a­pe­kṣā­yāṃ dvi­tvā­di- TAŚVA-ML 158,24saṃ­khyo­tpa­dya­ta i­ti na bhā­va­sya vya­kta­saṃ­khyā­pe­kṣa­yā sa­rva­saṃ­khyā­tma­ka­tvaṃ ya­ta­s ta­dva­t sa­rvaṃ sa­rvā­tma­ka­tvaṃ ya­ta­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 158,25dva­t pra­sa­jya­te | ta­tpra­saṃ­ga e­va ca sa­rva­tra sa­rva­saṃ­khyā­pra­tya­ya­sya ya­thā­saṃ­bha­va­m a­nu­bhū­ya­mā­na­sya bā­dha­kaḥ syā­t ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 158,26bā­dhi­tā­c ca saṃ­khyā­pra­tya­yā­t si­ddhā vā­sta­vī saṃ­khyā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.27ta­to ni­rbā­dha­nā­d e­va pra­tya­yā­t ta­ttva­ni­ṣṭhi­tau | saṃ­khyā­saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t sa­tyā tā­ttvi­kī­ti vya­va­sthi­ta­m |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 158,28ya­tra ni­rbā­dhaḥ pra­tya­ya­s ta­t tā­ttvi­kaṃ ya­tho­bha­ya­pra­si­ddhaṃ va­stu­rū­paṃ­, ni­rbā­dha­pra­tya­ya­ś ca saṃ­khyā­yā­m i­ti sā TAŚVA-ML 158,29tā­ttvi­kī si­ddhā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.28sā nai­va ta­ttva­to ye­ṣāṃ te­ṣāṃ dra­vya­m a­saṃ­khya­ka­m | saṃ­khyā­to tya­nta­bhi­nna­tvā­d gu­ṇa­ka­rmā­di­va­n na ki­m |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.29sa­ma­vā­ya­va­śā­d e­vaṃ vya­pa­de­śo na yu­jya­te | ta­syai­ka­rū­pa­tā­bhī­ṣṭe ni­ya­mā­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­taḥ |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 158,32saṃ­khyā ta­dva­to bhi­nnai­va bhi­nna­pra­ti­bhā­sa­tvā­t sa­hya­viṃ­dhya­va­d i­ty e­ke­, te­ṣāṃ dra­vya­m a­saṃ­khyaṃ syā­t saṃ­khyā­to tyaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 158,33ta­bhi­nna­tvā­d gu­ṇā­di­va­t | ta­tra saṃ­khyā­sa­ma­vā­yā­t sa­saṃ­khya­m e­va ta­d i­ti ce­t na­, ta­dva­śā­d e­vaṃ vya­pa­de­śa­syā­yo­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 158,34na sa­ma­vā­yaḥ saṃ­khyā­va­ddra­vya­m i­ti vya­pa­de­śa­ni­mi­ttaṃ ni­ya­mā­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | pra­ti­ni­ya­mā­kā­ra­ṇaṃ sa­ma­vā­yaḥ sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 159,01sa­ma­vā­yi­sā­dhā­ra­ṇai­ka­rū­pa­tvā­t sā­mā­nyā­di­ma­t tu dra­vya­m i­ti pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vya­pa­de­śa­ni­mi­ttaṃ sa­ma­vā­ya i­ty a­py a­ne­nā- TAŚVA-ML 159,02pā­staṃ | ke­na­ci­d aṃ­śe­na kva­ci­n ni­ya­ma­he­tuḥ sa­ma­vā­ya i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya sā­va­ya­va­tva­pra­sa­kteḥ sva­si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 159,03ni­raṃ­śa e­va sa­ma­vā­ya­s ta­thā śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣā­n ni­ya­ma­he­tu­r i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, a­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.30sa­ma­vā­yo na saṃ­khyā­di ta­dva­tāṃ gha­ṭa­ne pra­bhuḥ | ni­raṃ­śa­tvā­dya­thai­vai­kaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇuḥ sa­kṛ­t ta­va |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 159,05na hi ni­raṃ­śaḥ sa­kṛ­de­kaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇuḥ saṃ­khyā­di bha­va­tāṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­m i­ṣṭa­vya­pa­de­śa­na­gha­ṭa­ne sa­ma­rthaḥ si­ddhaḥ ta­dva­tsa- TAŚVA-ML 159,06ma­vā­yo pi vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­yo­gā­t sa­ma­vā­ya­s ta­tra pa­ri­vṛ­ḍha i­ti ce­t­, pa­ra­mā­ṇu­s ta­thā­stu | TAŚVA-ML 159,07sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­tsa ta­tra sa­ma­rtha i­ti ce­n na­, ni­raṃ­śa­sya ta­da­yo­gā­t pa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­t | na­nu ni­raṃ­śo pi sa­ma­vā­yo ya­dā TAŚVA-ML 159,08ya­tra ya­yoḥ sa­ma­vā­yi­no­r vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ ta­dā ta­tra ta­yoḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vya­pa­de­śa­he­tu­r vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vā­t pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 159,09ni­yā­ma­kā­t sva­yaṃ ta­sya pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, a­si­ddha­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.31yu­ga­pa­n na vi­śe­ṣyaṃ­te te­nai­va sa­ma­vā­yi­naḥ | bhi­nna­de­śā­da­vṛ­tti­tvā­d a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.32na khā­di­bhi­r a­ne­kāṃ­ta­s te­ṣāṃ sāṃ­śa­tva­ni­śca­yā­t | ni­raṃ­śa­tve pra­mā­bhā­vā­d vyā­pi­tva­sya vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.33vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­tvaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ sa­ma­vā­yi­bhiḥ | sa­ma­vā­ya­sya si­ddhye­ta dvau vaḥ pra­ti­ni­yā­ma­kaḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 159,13na hi bhe­dai­kāṃ­te sa­ma­vā­ya­sa­ma­vā­yi­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vaḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­taḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti ya­taḥ sa­ma­vā­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 159,14kva­ci­n ni­ya­ma­he­tu­tve pra­ti­ni­yā­ma­kaḥ syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.34sa­nn a­py a­yaṃ ta­ta­s tā­va­n nā­bhi­nnaḥ sva­ma­ta­kṣa­teḥ | bhi­nna­ś ce­t sa sva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­saṃ­baṃ­dho nyo sya ka­lpa­nā­t |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.35so pi ta­dbhi­nna­rū­pa­ś ce­d a­na­va­stho­pa­va­rṇi­tā | tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya sa­ma­vā­ya­sya tu sthi­tiḥ |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 159,17su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va­sya sva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­bhyāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­na­nya­tvo­pa­ga­me sa­ma­vā­ya­sya sva­sa­ma- TAŚVA-ML 159,18vā­yi­bhyā­m a­nya­tva­si­ddheḥ si­ddhaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ sa­ma­vā­ya i­ti saṃ­khyā ta­dva­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­nyā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.36ga­ṇa­nā­mā­tra­rū­pe­yaṃ saṃ­khyo­ktā­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | bhi­nnā vi­dhā­na­to bhe­da­ga­ṇa­nā­la­kṣa­ṇā­di­ha |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 159,20ni­rde­śā­di­sū­tre vi­dhā­na­sya va­ca­nā­d i­ha saṃ­khyo­pa­de­śo na yu­ktaḥ pu­na­ru­kta­tvā­d vi­dhā­na­sya saṃ­khyā­rū­pa­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 159,21na co­dyaṃ­, ta­sya ta­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­pra­si­ddheḥ | saṃ­khyā hi ga­ṇa­nā­mā­tra­rū­pā vyā­pi­nī­, vi­dhā­naṃ tu pra­kā­ra­ga­ṇa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 159,22rū­paṃ ta­taḥ pra­ti­vi­śi­ṣṭa­m e­ve­ti yu­ktaḥ saṃ­khyo­pa­de­śa­s ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­me he­tuḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.37ni­vā­sa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ kṣe­traṃ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ na vā­sta­va­m | sva­sva­bhā­va­vya­va­sthā­nā­d i­ty e­ke ta­da­pe­śa­la­m |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.38rā­jñaḥ sa­ti ku­ru­kṣe­tre ta­nni­vā­sa­sya da­rśa­nā­t | ta­smi­nn a­sa­ti cā­dṛ­ṣṭe vā­sta­va­syā­pra­bā­dha­nā­t |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 159,25na­nv e­vaṃ rā­jñaḥ ku­ru­kṣe­traṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m e­va ta­tra ni­va­sa­na­sva­bhā­va­sya ta­syaṃ te­na ja­nya­mā­na­tvā­d i­ti ce­t ki­m a­ni­ṣṭaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 159,26kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­sya kṣe­tra­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t kā­ra­ṇa­mā­tra­sya kṣe­tra­tve ti­pra­saṃ­gaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.39pra­mā­ṇa­go­ca­ra­syā­sya nā­va­stu­tvaṃ sva­ta­ttva­va­t | nā­nu­mā­go­ca­ra­syā­pi va­stu­tvaṃ na vya­va­sthi­ta­m |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 159,28na vā­sta­vaṃ kṣe­tra­m ā­pe­kṣi­ka­tvā­t sthau­lyā­di­va­d i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­go­ca­ra­tvā­t sva­ta­ttva­va­t | na hy ā­pe­kṣi­ka- TAŚVA-ML 159,29m a­pra­mā­ṇa­go­ca­raḥ su­kha­nī­le­ta­rā­deḥ pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­si­ddheḥ | saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­vā­di­na­s ta­syā­pi ta­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m i­ti ce­n na TAŚVA-ML 159,30ta­syā ni­ra­sta­tvā­t | na­nu ca kṣe­tra­tvaṃ ka­sya pra­mā­ṇa­sya vi­ṣa­yaḥ syā­t ? na tā­va­t pra­tya­kṣa­sya ta­tra ta­syā­na­va- TAŚVA-ML 159,31bhā­sa­nā­t | na hi pra­tya­kṣa­bhū­bhā­ga­mā­tra­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­ne kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­rū­pe kṣe­tra­tva­m ā­bhā­sa­te kā­rya­da­rśa­nā­t tv a­nu­mī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 159,32mā­naṃ ka­thaṃ vā­sta­va­m a­nu­mā­na­syā­va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d i­ti ka­ści­t­, so py a­yu­kta­vā­dī | va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­nu­mi­te­r a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 159,33pra­mā­ṇa­tā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 160,01na­nu ni­rde­śā­di­sū­tre dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­va­ca­nā­d i­ha kṣe­tra­sya va­ca­naṃ pu­na­ru­ktaṃ ta­yo­r e­ka­tvā­d i­ti śaṃ­kā­m a­pa­nu­da­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.8.40sā­mī­pyā­di­pa­ri­tyā­gā­d vyā­pa­ka­sya pa­ri­gra­hā­t | śa­rī­re jī­va i­ty a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ kṣe­tra­m a­nya­thā |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 160,03śa­rī­re jī­va i­ty a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ vyā­pa­kā­dhā­ra­rū­pa­m u­ktaṃ­, sā­mī­pyā­dyā­tma­kā­dhā­ra­rū­paṃ tu kṣe­tra­m i­ho­cya­te ta­to nya­thai- TAŚVA-ML 160,04ve­ti na pu­na­r u­kta­tā kṣe­trā­nu­yo­ga­sya |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.41tri­kā­la­vi­ṣa­yā­rtho­pa­śle­ṣa­ṇaṃ spa­rśa­naṃ ma­ta­m | kṣe­trā­d a­nya­tva­bhā­gva­rta­mā­nā­rtha­śle­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 160,06tri­kā­la­vi­ṣa­yo­pa­śle­ṣa­ṇaṃ spa­rśa­naṃ­, va­rta­mā­nā­rtho­pa­śle­ṣa­ṇā­t kṣe­trā­d a­nya­d e­va ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­va­se­yaṃ | sa­rva­syā­rtha­sya TAŚVA-ML 160,07va­rta­mā­na­rū­pa­tvā­t spa­rśa­na­m a­sa­d e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya dra­vya­to '­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­rū­pa­tve­na tri­kā­la­vi­ṣa­yo­pa­pa­tteḥ | na­nv i­da- TAŚVA-ML 160,08m a­yu­ktaṃ va­rta­te va­stu tri­kā­la­vi­ṣa­ya­rū­pa­m a­nā­dya­naṃ­taṃ ce­ti | ta­ddhi ya­dy a­tī­ta­rū­paṃ ka­tha­m a­naṃ­taṃ ? vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 160,09ya­dy a­nā­ga­taṃ ka­tha­m a­nā­di ? ta­to na tri­kā­la­va­rtī­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.42dra­vya­to '­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­te si­ddhe va­stu­ny a­bā­dhi­te | spa­rśa­na­sya pra­ti­kṣe­pa­s tri­kā­la­sya na yu­jya­te |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 160,11na hi ye­nā­tma­nā­tī­ta­m a­nā­ga­taṃ vā te­nā­naṃ­ta­m a­nā­di vā va­stu brū­ma­he­, ya­to vi­ro­dhaḥ syā­t | nā­pi sa TAŚVA-ML 160,12ta­dā­tmā va­stu­no bhi­nna e­va­, ye­na ta­syā­tī­ta­tve '­nā­ga­ta­tve ca va­stu­no '­naṃ­ta­tva­m a­nā­di­tvaṃ ca ka­thaṃ­ci­n na TAŚVA-ML 160,13si­dhye­t | ta­to '­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­va­stu­naḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tri­kā­la­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ na pra­ti­kṣe­pā­rha­m a­vi­ru­ddha­tvā­d i­ti śle­ṣāṃ­śa­s ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaḥ TAŚVA-ML 160,14spa­rśa­no­pa­de­śaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.43sthi­ti­m a­tsu pa­dā­rthe­ṣu yo va­dhiṃ da­rśa­ya­ty a­sau | kā­laḥ pra­ca­kṣya­te mu­khya­s ta­da­nyaḥ sva­sthi­teḥ pa­raḥ |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 160,16na hi sthi­ti­r e­va pra­ca­kṣya­mā­ṇaḥ kā­laḥ sthi­ti­m a­tsu pa­dā­rthe­ṣv a­va­dhi­da­rśa­na­he­tuḥ kā­la­tvā­t sthā­na­kri­yai­va TAŚVA-ML 160,17vya­va­hā­ra­kā­lo nā­to '­nyo mu­khya i­ti ce­n na­, ta­da­bhā­ve ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| ta­thā hi­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.8.44na kri­yā­mā­tra­kaṃ kā­lo vya­va­hā­ra­pra­yo­ja­naḥ | mu­khya­kā­lā­dṛ­te si­ddhye­d va­rta­nā­la­kṣa­ṇā­t kva­ci­t |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 160,19na hi vyā­va­hā­ri­ko pi kā­laḥ kri­yā­mā­traṃ sa­ma­kā­la­sthi­ti­r i­ti kā­la­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­yāḥ sthi­te­r a­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 160,20pa­ra­maḥ sū­kṣmaḥ kā­lo hi sa­ma­yaḥ sa­ka­la­tā­dṛ­śa­kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tā­m ā­tma­sā­t ku­rvaṃ­sta­to '­nya e­va vya­va­hā­ra­kā­la- TAŚVA-ML 160,21syā­va­li­kā­de­r mū­la­m u­nnī­ya­te | sa ca mu­khya­kā­laṃ va­rta­nā­la­kṣa­ṇa­m ā­kṣi­pa­ti ta­smā­dṛ­te kva­ci­t ta­da­gha­ṭa­nā­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 160,22kiṃ­ci­d gau­ṇaṃ mu­khyā­dṛ­te dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ye­nā­ta­s ta­syā­sā­dha­naṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.45pa­ra­tva­m a­pa­ra­tvaṃ ca sa­ma­di­gna­ta­yoḥ sa­toḥ | sa­mā­na­gu­ṇa­yoḥ si­ddhaṃ tā­dṛ­kkā­la­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.46pa­rā­pa­rā­di­kā­la­sya ta­ttva­he­tvaṃ­ta­rā­n na hi | ya­to '­na­va­sthi­ti­s ta­trā­py a­nya­he­tu­pra­ka­lpa­nā­t |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.47sva­ta­s ta­ttva­ta­thā­tve ca sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ na ta­d bha­ve­t | vyā­pya­si­ddhe­r ma­nī­ṣā­di­r a­mū­rta­tvā­di­dha­rma­va­t |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.48ya­thā­pra­tī­ti­bhā­vā­nāṃ sva­bhā­va­sya vya­va­sthi­tau | kā­le pa­rā­pa­rā­di­tvaṃ sva­to stv a­nya­tra ta­tkṛ­ta­m |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.49kvā­nya­thā vya­va­ti­ṣṭhaṃ­te dha­rmā­dha­rma­na­bhāṃ­sy a­pi | ga­tyā­di­he­tu­tā­pa­tte­r jī­va­pu­dga­la­yoḥ sva­taḥ |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.50śa­rī­ra­vā­ṅma­naḥ­prā­ṇā­pā­nā­dī­n a­pi pu­dga­lāḥ | prā­ṇi­nā­m u­pa­ku­ryu­r na sva­ta­s te­ṣāṃ hi de­hi­naḥ |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.51jī­vā vā ce­ta­nā na syuḥ kā­yāḥ saṃ­tu sva­kā­s ta­thā | niṃ­bā­di­r ma­dhu­r a­sti­kto gu­ḍā­diḥ kā­la­vi­dvi­ṣā­m |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.52e­ka­trā­rhe hi dṛ­ṣṭa­sya sva­bhā­va­sya ku­ta­śca­na | ka­lpa­nā ta­dvi­jā­tī­ye sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­vi­dhā­ti­nī |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.53ta­smā­j jī­vā­di­bhā­vā­nāṃ sva­to vṛ­tti­ma­tāṃ sa­dā | kā­laḥ sā­dhā­ra­ṇo he­tu­r va­rta­nā­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ sva­taḥ |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 160,32na hi jī­vā­dī­nāṃ vṛ­tti­r a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­d e­va kā­ra­ṇā­d i­ti yu­ktaṃ­, sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇā­d vi­nā ka­sya­ci­t kā­rya­syā- TAŚVA-ML 160,33saṃ­bha­vā­t ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­va­t | ta­tra hi ma­naḥ­pra­bhṛ­ti sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ ca­kṣu­rā­dya­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­nya­ta­rā­pā­ye ta­da­nu- TAŚVA-ML 160,34pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­dva­tsa­ka­la­vṛ­tti­ma­tāṃ vṛ­ttau kā­laḥ sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ni­mi­tta­ś co­pā­dā­na­m a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti yu­ktaṃ pa­śyā­maḥ | TAŚVA-ML 161,01khā­di ta­nni­mi­ttaṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­nya­ni­mi­tta­tve­na pra­si­ddheḥ | ke­na­ci­d ā­tma­nā ta­tta­nni­mi­tta­tva­m a­pī­ti TAŚVA-ML 161,02ce­t sa e­vā­tmā kā­la i­ti na ta­dbhā­vaḥ | ta­thā sa­ti kā­lo dra­vyaṃ na syā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya dra­vya­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 161,03va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.54sva­he­to­r jā­ya­mā­na­sya ku­ta­ści­d vi­ni­va­rta­te | pu­naḥ pra­sū­ti­taḥ pū­rvaṃ vi­ra­ho ṃ­ta­ra­m i­ṣya­te |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.55kā­la e­va sa ce­d i­ṣṭaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­n na bhe­da­taḥ | sū­ca­naṃ ta­sya sū­tre smi­n ka­thaṃ­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 161,06na­nu na ke­va­laṃ vi­ra­ha­kā­lo ṃ­ta­raṃ | kiṃ ta­rhi chi­draṃ ma­dhyaṃ vā aṃ­ta­ra­śa­bda­syā­ne­kā­rtha­vṛ­tte­ś chi­dra­m a­dhya­vi­ra­he­ṣv a- TAŚVA-ML 161,07nya­ta­ma­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t | na ce­daṃ va­ca­na­m a­yu­ktaṃ kā­la­vya­va­dhā­na­va­t kṣe­tra­sya vya­va­dhā­ya­ka­sya bhā­ga­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 161,08pa­dā­rthe­ṣu bhā­vā­d i­ti ka­ści­t | so pi ya­di mu­khya­m aṃ­ta­raṃ chi­draṃ ma­dhyaṃ vā brū­yā­t ta­dā­nu­pa­ha­ta­vī­rya­sya nya­gbhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 161,09pu­na­r u­dbhū­ti­da­rśa­nā­t ta­dva­ca­na­m i­ti vi­ru­dhya­te | vi­ra­ha­kā­lā­khya­syāṃ­ta­ra­syā­ne­na sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | a­thā­pra­dhā­naṃ ta­d i­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 161,10m e­va | sāṃ­ta­raṃ kā­ṣṭhaṃ sa­chi­dra­m i­ti pra­tī­te­r mu­khyaṃ chi­dra­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­trā­pi vi­ra­ha­sya ta­thā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 161,11vi­ra­haḥ chi­draṃ na kā­la­vi­ra­ha i­ti ce­n na­, dra­vya­vi­ra­ha­sya pa­dā­rtha­pra­rū­pa­ṇā­naṃ­ga­tvā­t | kṣe­traṃ vya­va­dhā­ya­kaṃ chi­dra- TAŚVA-ML 161,12m i­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ ta­sya ma­dhya­vya­pa­de­śa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | bhā­go vya­va­dhā­ya­ko ma­dhya­m i­ti vā­yu­kti­kaṃ hi­ma­va­t sā­ga­rāṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 161,13m i­tyā­di­ṣu ma­dhya­syāṃ­ta­ra­sya vya­va­dhā­ya­ka­bhā­ga­syā­pra­tī­teḥ | pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­bhā­ga­vi­ra­ho ṃ­ta­rā­la­bhā­go ma­dhya­m i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 161,14ta­rhi sa­rva e­va kva kṣe­tra­vi­ra­ho ṃ­ta­rā­la­rū­paḥ chi­draṃ i­ti vi­ra­ha e­vāṃ­ta­raṃ nyā­yyaṃ ta­tra chi­dra­m a­dhya­yoḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d vi­ra- TAŚVA-ML 161,15ha­kā­lā­d a­na­nya­tve pi jī­va­ta­ttvā­dhi­ga­mā­naṃ­ga­tvā­d i­hā­na­dhi­kā­rā­d a­va­ca­naṃ | vi­ra­ha­kā­la­sya tu ta­daṃ­ga­tvā­d u­pa­de­śa TAŚVA-ML 161,16i­ti yu­ktaṃ | pu­dga­la­ta­ttva­ni­rū­pa­ṇā­yāṃ tu chi­dra­m a­dhya­yo­r a­pi va­ca­naṃ vā­rti­ka­kā­ra­sya si­ddha­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.56a­trau­pa­śa­mi­kā­dī­nāṃ bhā­vā­nāṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­ye | bhā­vo nā­mā­di­sū­tro­kto py u­kta­s ta­ttvā­nu­yu­kta­ye |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 161,18nā­mā­di­ṣu bhā­va­gra­ha­ṇā­t pu­na­r bhā­va­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­yu­kta­m i­ti na co­dyaṃ­, a­trau­pa­śa­mi­kā­di­bhā­vā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­sya vi­ne- TAŚVA-ML 161,19yā­śa­ya­va­śo vā ta­ttvā­dhi­ga­ma­he­tu­vi­ka­lpaḥ sa­rvo '­ya­m i­ty a­nu­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.57e­te lpe ba­ha­va­ś cai­te '­mī­bhyo '­rthā­ti­vi­vi­kta­ye | ka­thya­te lpa­ba­hu­tvaṃ ta­tsaṃ­khyā­to bhi­nna­saṃ­khya­yā |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.58pra­tye­kaṃ saṃ­khya­yā pū­rvaṃ ni­ści­tā­rthe pi piṃ­ḍa­taḥ | ka­thya­te lpa­ba­hu­tvaṃ ya­t ta­t ta­taḥ kiṃ na bhi­dya­te |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 161,22na­nu ya­thā vi­śe­ṣa­to '­rthā­nāṃ ga­ṇa­nā saṃ­khyā ta­thā piṃ­ḍa­to pi ta­to na saṃ­khyā­to lpa­ba­hu­tvaṃ bhi­nna­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 161,23ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­sya tva­yai­vā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | na hi sa­rva­thā ta­ta­s ta­da­bhe­da­vi­śe­ṣa saṃ­khyā piṃ­ḍaṃ saṃ­khye­ti va­ktuṃ śa­kya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.59i­ti pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ sa­rva­bhā­vā­dhi­ga­ti­he­ta­vaḥ | sa­dā­da­yo nu­yo­gāḥ syu­ste syā­dvā­da­na­yā­tma­kāḥ |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 161,25sa­ka­laṃ hi va­stu­sa­ttvā­da­yo '­nu­yuṃ­jā­nāḥ syā­dvā­dā­tma­kā e­va vi­ka­lpa­yaṃ­tu na­yā­tma­kā e­ve­ti na pra­mā­ṇa­na- TAŚVA-ML 161,26ye­bhyo bhi­dyaṃ­te | ta­tpra­bhe­dā­s tu pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ sa­rve ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­ma­he­ta­vo '­nu­ve­di­ta­vyāḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.60sa­ttve­na ni­ści­tā bhā­vā ga­myaṃ­te saṃ­khya­yā bu­dhaiḥ | saṃ­khyā­taḥ kṣe­tra­to jñe­yāḥ spa­rśa­ne­na ca kā­la­taḥ |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.61ta­thāṃ­ta­rā­c ca bhā­ve­bhyo jñe­yaṃ te lpa­ba­hu­tva­taḥ | kra­mā­d i­ti ta­thai­te­ṣāṃ ni­rde­śo vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.8.62pra­śna­kra­ma­va­śā­d vā­pi vi­ne­yā­nā­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m | no­pā­laṃ­bha­m a­vā­pno­ti pra­tyu­tta­ra­va­caḥ­kra­maḥ |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 161,30ta­to yu­kta e­va sū­tre sa­dā­di­pā­ṭha­kra­maḥ śa­bdā­rtha­nyā­yā­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.8.63sā­mā­nye­nā­dhi­ga­myaṃ­te vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ca te ya­thā | jī­vā­da­ya­s ta­thā jñe­yā vyā­se­nā­nya­tra kī­rti­tāḥ |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 161,32jī­va­s ta­tra saṃ­sā­rī mu­kta­ś ca­, saṃ­sā­rī sthā­va­ra­ś ca tra­sa­ś ca­, sthā­va­raḥ pṛ­thi­vī­kā­yi­kā­di­r e­keṃ­dri­yaḥ sū­kṣmo TAŚVA-ML 161,33bā­da­ra­ś ca­, sū­kṣmaḥ pa­ryā­pta­ko­pa­ryā­pta­ka­ś ca­, ta­thā bā­da­ro pi­, tra­saḥ pu­na­r dvī­ndri­yā­diḥ pa­ryā­pta­ko '­pa­ryā­pta­ka­ś ce­ti TAŚVA-ML 162,01sā­mā­nye­na vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ca ya­thā sa­ttve­nā­dhi­ga­myaṃ­te saṃ­khyā­di­bhi­ś ca ta­thā saṃ­kṣe­pe­ṇā­jī­vā­da­yo pī­hai­va | vyā­se­na TAŚVA-ML 162,02tu ga­tyā­di­mā­rga­ṇā­su sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣa­ta­ś ca jī­va­va­da­jī­vā­da­yo '­nya­tra kī­rti­tā vi­jñā­ta­vyāḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 162,03i­ty u­ddi­ṣṭau tryā­tma­ke mu­kti­mā­rge sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r la­kṣa­ṇo­tpa­tti­he­tū­n | TAŚVA-ML 162,04ta­ttva­nyā­sau go­ca­ra­syā­dhi­gaṃ­tuṃ he­tu­r nā­nā­nī­ti­ka­ś cā­nu­yo­gaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 162,05i­ti ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kā­laṃ­kā­re pra­tha­ma­syā­dhyā­ya­sya dvi­tī­ya­m ā­hni­ka­m | TA-ML 1.9 ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­ke­va­lā­ni jñā­na­m |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 162,07ki­ma­rtha­m i­daṃ sū­tra­m ā­he­ty u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.9.1a­tha sva­bhe­da­ni­ṣṭha­sya jñā­na­sye­ha pra­si­ddha­ye | prā­ha pra­vā­di­mi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­vi­ni­vṛ­tta­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 162,09na hi jñā­na­m a­nva­ya­m e­ve­ti mi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śaḥ ka­sya­ci­n ni­va­rta­yi­tuṃ śa­kyo vi­nā ma­tyā­di­bhe­da­ni­ṣṭha­sa­mya­gjñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 162,10ni­rṇa­yā­t ta­da­nya­mi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­va­t | na cai­ta­smā­t sū­trā­dṛ­te ta­nni­rṇa­ya i­ti sū­kta­m i­daṃ saṃ­pa­śyā­maḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 162,11kiṃ pu­na­r i­ha la­kṣa­ṇī­ya­m i­ty u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.9.2jñā­naṃ saṃ­la­kṣi­taṃ tā­va­d ā­di­sū­tre ni­ru­kti­taḥ | ma­tyā­dī­ny a­tra ta­dbhe­dā­l la­kṣa­ṇī­yā­ni ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 162,13na hi sa­mya­gjñā­na­m a­tra la­kṣa­ṇī­yaṃ ta­syā­di­sū­tre jñā­na­śa­bda­ni­ru­ktyai­vā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇyā la­kṣi­ta­tvā­t ta­dbhe­da- TAŚVA-ML 162,14m ā­sṛ­tya ma­tyā­dī­ni tu la­kṣyaṃ­te ta­nni­ru­kti­sā­ma­rthyā­d i­ti bu­dhyā­ma­he | ka­thaṃ ? TAŚV-ML 1.9.3ma­tyā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣā­n ma­nya­te ya­thā | ma­na­naṃ ma­nya­te yā­va­t svā­rthe ma­ti­r a­sau ma­tā |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.4śru­tā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­śle­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣā­c chra­va­ṇaṃ śru­ta­m | śṛ­ṇo­ti svā­rtha­m i­ti vā śrū­ya­te sme­ti vā­ga­maḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.5a­va­dhyā­vṛ­ti­vi­dhvaṃ­sa­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­va­dhī­ya­te | ye­na svā­rtho va­dhā­naṃ vā so va­dhi­r ni­ya­taḥ sthi­tiḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.6ya­n ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yā­vā­ra­pa­ri­kṣa­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | . . . . . . .ma­naḥ pa­rye­ti yo pi vā |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.7sa ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yo jñe­yo ma­no­nnā­rthā ma­no­ga­tāḥ | pa­re­ṣāṃ sva­ma­no vā­pi ta­dā­laṃ­ba­na­mā­tra­ka­m |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.8kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­jñā­nā­sa­hā­yaṃ ke­va­laṃ ma­ta­m | ya­da­rtha­m a­rthi­no mā­rgaṃ ke­vaṃ­te vā ta­d i­ṣya­te |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.9ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ ni­ru­ktyai­va la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sū­ci­taṃ pṛ­tha­k | ta­tpra­kā­śa­ka­sū­trā­ṇā­m a­bhā­vā­d u­tta­ra­tra hi |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.10ya­thā­di­sū­tre jñā­na­sya cā­ri­tra­sya ca la­kṣa­ṇa­m | ni­ru­kte­r vya­bhi­cā­re hi la­kṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­sū­ca­na­m |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 162,23na ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ ni­ru­kti­s ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti jñā­nā­di­va­t na ca ta­da­vya­bhi­cā­re pi ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­pra­ṇa­ya­naṃ yu­kta- TAŚVA-ML 162,24m a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t sū­trā­ti­vi­sta­ra­pra­sa­kti­r i­ti saṃ­kṣe­pa­taḥ sa­ka­la­la­kṣa­ṇa­pra­kā­śa­nā­va­hi­ta­ma­nāḥ sū­tra­kā­ro na ni­ru­kti- TAŚVA-ML 162,25la­bhye la­kṣa­ṇe ya­tnāṃ­ta­ra­m a­ka­ro­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.11sva­ta­ttvā­lpā­kṣa­ra­tvā­bhyāṃ vi­ṣa­yā­lpa­tva­to pi ca | ma­te­r ā­dau va­co yu­ktaṃ śru­tā­t ta­sya ta­du­tta­ra­m |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.12ma­ti­saṃ­pū­rva­taḥ sā­ha­ca­ryā­t ma­tyā ka­thaṃ­ca­na | pra­tya­kṣa­tri­ta­ya­syā­dā­v a­va­dhiḥ pra­ti­pā­dya­te |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.13sa­rva­sto­ka­vi­śu­ddhi­tvā­t tu­ccha­tvā­c cā­va­dhi­dhva­neḥ | ta­taḥ pa­raṃ pu­na­rvā­cyaṃ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­ve­da­na­m |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.14vi­śu­ddha­ta­ra­tā­yo­gā­t ta­sya sa­rvā­va­dhe­r a­pi | aṃ­te ke­va­la­m ā­khyā­taṃ pra­ka­rṣā­ti­śa­ya­sthi­teḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.14efta­sya ni­rvṛ­ttya­va­sthā­yā­m a­pi sa­dbhā­va­ni­śca­yā­t | TAŚVA-ML 162,31na hi sū­tre smi­n ma­tyā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ pā­ṭha­kra­me ya­tho­kta­he­tu­bhyaḥ śa­bdā­rtha­nyā­yā­śra­ye­bhyo '­nye pi he­ta­vaḥ kiṃ TAŚVA-ML 162,32no­ktā i­ti pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ śre­yāṃ­s ta­du­ktā­v a­py a­nye ki­n no­ktā i­ti pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­syā­ni­vṛ­tteḥ ku­ta­ści­t ka­sya­ci­t kva- TAŚVA-ML 162,33ci­t saṃ­pra­ti­pa­ttau ta­da­rtha­he­tvaṃ­ta­rā­va­ca­na­m i­ti sa­mā­dhā­na­m a­pi sa­mā­na­m a­nya­tra |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.15jñā­na­śa­bda­sya saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ pra­tye­kaṃ bhu­ji­va­nma­taḥ | sa­mū­ho jñā­na­m i­ty a­syā­ni­ṣṭā­rtha­sya ni­vṛ­tta­ye |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 163,02ma­tyā­dī­ni jñā­na­m i­ty a­ni­ṣṭā­rtho na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaḥ pra­tye­kaṃ jñā­na­śa­bda­syā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d bhu­ji­va­t | na cā­ya­m a­yu­kti­kaḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 163,03sā­mā­nya­sya sva­vi­śe­ṣa­vyā­pi­tvā­t su­va­rṇa­tvā­di­va­t | ya­thai­va su­va­rṇa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu ka­ṭa­kā­di­ṣu su­va­rṇa­sā­mā­nyaṃ pra­tye­ka- TAŚVA-ML 163,04m a­bhi­saṃ­ba­dhya­te ka­ṭa­kaṃ su­va­rṇaṃ kuṃ­ḍa­laṃ su­va­rṇa­m i­ti | ta­thā ma­ti­rjñā­naṃ śru­taṃ jñā­naṃ a­va­dhi­rjñā­naṃ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yo jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 163,05ke­va­laṃ jñā­na­m i­ty a­pi vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t sā­mā­nya­ba­hu­tva­m e­vaṃ syā­d i­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ­ci­n nā­ni­ṣṭaṃ sa­rva­thā sā­mā­nyai­ka­tve TAŚVA-ML 163,06a­ne­ka­tva­svā­śra­ye sa­kṛ­dvṛ­tti­vi­ro­dhā­d e­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­t | kra­ma­śa­s ta­tra ta­dvṛ­ttau sā­mā­nyā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­kṛ­da­ne­kā­śra­ya- TAŚVA-ML 163,07va­rti­naḥ sā­mā­nya­syo­pa­ga­mā­t | na cai­ka­sya sā­mā­nya­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d ba­hu­tva­m u­pa­pa­tti­vi­ru­ddhaṃ ba­hu­vya­kti­tā­dā­tmyā­t | TAŚVA-ML 163,08ya­mā­tmā­naṃ pu­ro­dhā­ya ta­sya vya­kti­s tā­dā­tmyaṃ yaṃ ca tā­dā­tmyaṃ tau ce­d bhi­nnau bhe­da e­va­, no ce­d a­bhe­da e­ve­ty a­pi TAŚVA-ML 163,09bru­vā­ṇo a­na­bhi­jña e­va | ya­m ā­tmā­na­m ā­sṛ­tya bhe­daḥ saṃ­vya­va­hri­ya­te sa e­va hi bhe­do nā­nyaḥ­, yaṃ cā­tmā­na­m a­va­laṃ- TAŚVA-ML 163,10byā­bhe­da­vya­va­hā­raḥ sa e­vā­bhe­da i­ti ta­tpra­ti­pa­ttau ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­dā­bhe­dau pra­ti­pa­nnā­v e­va ta­da­pra­ti­pa­ttau ki­m ā­śra­yo '­ya­m u- TAŚVA-ML 163,11pā­laṃ­bhaḥ syā­t pra­ti­pa­tti­vi­ṣa­yaḥ | pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­śra­ya i­ti ce­t sa ya­di ta­vā­trā­si­ddhaḥ ka­tha­m ā­śra­yi­ta­vyaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 163,12a­tha si­ddhaḥ ka­tha­m u­pā­laṃ­bho vi­vā­dā­bhā­vā­t | a­tha pa­ra­sya va­ca­nā­d a­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ si­ddhaḥ sa tu sa­mya­gmi­thyā ce­ti TAŚVA-ML 163,13vi­vā­da­sa­dbhā­vā­d u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ śre­yā­n do­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­t | gu­ṇa­da­rśa­nā­t kva­ci­t sa­mā­dhā­na­va­d i­ti ce­t­, ka­sya pu­na­r do­ṣa­syā­tra TAŚVA-ML 163,14da­rśa­naṃ ? a­na­va­sthā­na­sye­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya pa­ri­hṛ­ta­tvā­t | vi­ro­dha­sye­ti ce­n na­, pra­tī­tau sa­tyāṃ vi­ro­dha­syā­na­va­tā- TAŚVA-ML 163,15rā­t | saṃ­śa­ya­sye­ti ce­n na­, ca­la­nā­bhā­vā­t | vai­ya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­pi na da­rśa­naṃ sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­no ne­kā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 163,16ta­yā­ba­sā­yā­t | saṃ­ka­ra­vya­ti­ka­ra­yo­r a­pi na ta­tra da­rśa­naṃ ta­dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇai­va pra­tī­teḥ | mi­thyā­pra­tī­ti­r i­ya­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 163,17ce­n na­, sa­ka­la­bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | vi­śe­ṣa­mā­tra­sya sā­mā­nya­mā­tra­sya vā pa­ri­cche­da­ka­pra­tya­yaḥ bā­dha­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 163,18ta­sya jā­tu­ci­tta­da­pa­ri­cche­di­tvā­t sa­rva­jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­sya sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­no va­stu­na­s ta­tra pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 163,19pṛ­ṣṭa­bhā­vi­ni vi­ka­lpe ta­thā pra­ti­bhā­sa­naṃ na pra­tya­kṣe ni­rvi­ka­lpā­tma­nī­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t sa­rva­thā ni­rvi- TAŚVA-ML 163,20ka­lpa­sya ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | a­nu­mā­naṃ bā­dha­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya ni­rvi­śe­ṣa­mā­tra­grā­hi­ṇo bhā­vā­t sā­mā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 163,21mā­tra­grā­hi­va­t | sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­na e­va jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­syā­nu­mā­ne­na vya­va­sthi­teḥ | ya­thā hi | sā­mā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 163,22vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­m a­khi­laṃ va­stu­, va­stva­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | va­stu­tvaṃ hi tā­va­d a­rtha­kri­yā­vyā­ptaṃ sā ca kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dyā­bhyāṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 163,23te ca sthi­ti­pū­rvā­pa­ra­bhā­va­tyā­go­pā­dā­nā­bhyāṃ­, te ca sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­tve­na sā­mā­nyā­tma­no­pā­ye sthi­tya- TAŚVA-ML 163,24saṃ­bha­vā­t vi­śe­ṣā­tma­no saṃ­bha­ve pū­rvā­pa­ra­sva­bhā­va­tyā­go­pā­dā­na­syā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­da­bhā­ve kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dya­yo­gā­d a­na­yo­r a­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 163,25kri­yā­na­va­sthi­teḥ na ka­sya­ci­t sā­mā­nyai­kāṃ­ta­sya vi­śe­ṣai­kāṃ­ta­sya vā va­stu­tvaṃ nā­ma kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 163,26sā­mā­nyaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ni­ra­pe­kṣaṃ kāṃ­ci­d a­py a­rtha­kri­yāṃ saṃ­pā­da­ya­ti­, nā­pi vi­śe­ṣaḥ sā­mā­nya­ni­ra­pe­kṣaḥ­, su­va­rṇa­sā­mā­nya­sya TAŚVA-ML 163,27ka­ṭa­kā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­śra­ya­syai­vā­rtha­kri­yā­yā­m u­pa­yu­jya­mā­na­tvā­t ka­ṭa­kā­di­vi­śe­ṣyaṃ ca su­va­rṇa­sā­mā­nyā­nu­ga­ta­syai­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 163,28sa­ka­lā­vi­ka­la­ja­na­sā­kṣi­ka­m a­va­sī­ya­te | ta­dva­d i­ha jñā­na­sā­mā­nya­sya ma­tyā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­krāṃ­ta­sya svā­rtha­kri­yā­yā­m u­pa­yo­go TAŚVA-ML 163,29ma­tyā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­sya ca jñā­na­sā­mā­nyā­nvi­ta­sye­ti yu­ktā jñā­na­sya ma­tyā­di­ṣu pra­tye­kaṃ pa­ri­sa­mā­ptiḥ | ta­ta­ś ca ma­tyā- TAŚVA-ML 163,30di­sa­mū­ho jñā­na­m i­ty a­ni­ṣṭo rtho ni­va­rti­taḥ syā­t | ku­to ya­m a­rtho ni­ṣṭaḥ ? ke­va­la­sya ma­tyā­di­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 163,31ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­saṃ­pṛ­kta­sya jñā­na­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ cai­ka­śaḥ so­pa­yo­gā­nā­m u­kta­jñā­nāṃ­ta­rā­saṃ­pṛ­ktā­nāṃ jñā­na­tva­vyā- TAŚVA-ML 163,32ghā­tā­t ta­sya pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­c ce­ti ni­ścī­ya­te | kiṃ ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­ke­va­lā­ny e­va jñā­na­m i­ti pū­rvā- TAŚVA-ML 163,33va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vyaṃ tā­ni jñā­na­m e­ve­ti pa­rā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ vā ta­du­bha­ya­m a­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.9.16ma­tyā­dī­ny e­va saṃ­jñā­na­m i­ti pū­rvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t | ma­tya­jñā­nā­di­ṣu dhva­sta­sa­mya­gjñā­na­tva­m ū­hya­te |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.17saṃ­jñā­na­m e­va tā­nī­ti pa­ra­smā­d a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t | te­ṣā­m a­jñā­na­tā­pā­stā mi­thyā­tvo­da­ya­saṃ­sṛ­tā |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 164,02na hy a­tra pū­rvā­pa­rā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­yo­r a­nyo­nyaṃ vi­ro­dho sty e­ka­ta­ra­vya­va­cche­dya­syā­nya­ta­re­ṇā­na­pa­ha­ra­ṇā­t | nā­pi ta­yo­r a­nya- TAŚVA-ML 164,03ta­ra­sya vai­ya­rthya­m e­ka­ta­ra­sā­dhya­vya­va­cche­dya­syā­nya­ta­re­ṇā­sā­dhya­tvā­d i­ty a­vi­ro­dha e­va |­| TAŚVA-ML 164,04kiṃ pu­na­r a­tra ma­ti­gra­ha­ṇā­t sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa kṛ­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.9.18ma­ti­mā­tra­gra­hā­d a­tra smṛ­tyā­de­r jñā­na­tā ga­tiḥ | te­nā­kṣa­ma­ti­r e­vai­kā jñā­na­m i­ty a­pa­sā­ri­ta­m |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.19sā­nu­mā so­pa­mā­nā ca sā­rthā­pa­ttyā­di­ke­ty a­pi | saṃ­vā­da­ka­tva­ta­s ta­syāḥ saṃ­jñā­na­tvā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 164,07a­kṣa­ma­ti­r e­vai­kā sa­mya­gjñā­na­m a­gau­ṇa­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­sya nā­nu­mā­nā­di ta­to rtha­ni­śca­ya­sya du­rla­bha­tvā­d i­ti ke­ṣāṃ­ci- TAŚVA-ML 164,08d da­rśa­naṃ | sā­nu­mā­na­sa­hi­tā sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ sva­sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇa­yoḥ pra­tya­kṣa­pa­ro­kṣa­yo­r a­rtha­yoḥ pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­bhyā­m a­va- TAŚVA-ML 164,09ga­mā­t tā­bhyāṃ ta­tpa­ri­cchi­ttau pra­vṛ­ttau prā­ptau ca vi­saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­vā­d i­ty a­nye­ṣāṃ | sai­vā­nu­mā­no­pa­mā­na­sa­hi­tā sa­mya- TAŚVA-ML 164,10gjñā­naṃ­, u­pa­mā­nā­bhā­ve ta­thā cā­tra dhū­ma i­ty u­pa­na­ya­syā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti pa­re­ṣāṃ | sai­vā­nu­mā­no­pa­mā­nā­rthā­pa­ttya­bhā­va­sa­hi- TAŚVA-ML 164,11tā­ga­ma­sa­hi­tā ca sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ ta­da­nya­ta­mā­pā­ye rthā­pa­ri­sa­mā­pte­r i­tī­ta­re­ṣāṃ | ta­nma­ti­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇā­d a­pa­sā­ri­taṃ | ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 164,12smṛ­tyā­dī­nāṃ sa­mya­gjñā­na­tā­va­ga­mā­t ta­thā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­vi­ro­dhā­t | na ca tā­sāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vi­ru­ddhaṃ saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­d | TAŚVA-ML 164,13dṛ­ṣṭa­pra­mā­ṇā­d gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, i­ṣṭa­pra­mā­ṇa­syā­py a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ce­ta­yi­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 164,14śru­tā vā­cā­tra kiṃ kṛ­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.9.20śru­ta­syā­jñā­na­tā­m i­cchaṃ­s ta­dvā­cai­va ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ | svā­rthe kṣa­ma­ti­va­tta­sya saṃ­vi­di­tve­na ni­rṇa­yā­t |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 164,16na hi śru­ta­jñā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ kva­ci­d vi­saṃ­vā­dā­d i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ sva­sthaḥ pra­tya­kṣā­de­r a­py a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pa­tteḥ | saṃ­vā­da­ka- TAŚVA-ML 164,17tvā­t ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tve ta­ta e­va śru­taṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­stu | na hi ta­to rthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya pra­va­rta­mā­no rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ vi­saṃ­vā­dya­te TAŚVA-ML 164,18pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­ta i­va śru­ta­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tā­m i­ccha­nn e­va śru­ta­va­ca­ne­na ni­rā­kṛ­to dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 164,19a­trā­va­dhyā­di­va­ca­nā­t kiṃ kṛ­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.9.21ji­ghra­ty a­tīṃ­dri­ya­jñā­na­m a­va­dhyā­di­va­co ba­lā­t | pra­tyā­khyā­ta­su­ni­rṇī­ta­bā­dha­ka­tve­na ta­dga­teḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.22si­ddhe hi ke­va­la­jñā­ne sa­rvā­rthe­ṣu sphu­ṭā­tma­ni | kā­rtsnye­na rū­pi­ṣu jñā­ne­ṣv a­va­dhiḥ ke­na bā­dhya­te |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.23pa­ri­ci­ttā­ga­te­ṣv a­rthe­ṣv e­vaṃ saṃ­bhā­vya­te na ki­m | ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­vi­jñā­naṃ ka­sya­ci­t pra­sphu­ṭā­kṛ­tiḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.24sva­lpa­jñā­naṃ sa­mā­ra­bhya pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­jñā­na­m aṃ­ti­ma­m | kṛ­tvā ta­nma­dhya­to jñā­na­tā­ra­ta­myaṃ na ha­nya­te |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 164,24na hy e­vaṃ saṃ­bhā­vya­mā­na­m a­pi yu­ktyā­ga­mā­bhyā­m a­va­dhyā­di­jñā­na­tra­ya­m a­tīṃ­dri­yaṃ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa bā­dhya­te ta­sya ta­da­vi­ṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 164,25tvā­c ca | nā­py a­nu­mā­ne­, nā­rthā­pa­ttyā­di­bhi­r vā ta­ta e­ve­ty a­vi­ro­dhaḥ si­ddhaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 164,26ka­ści­d ā­ha­, ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r e­ka­tvaṃ sā­ha­ca­ryā­d e­ka­trā­va­sthā­nā­d a­vi­śe­ṣā­c ce­ti ta­dvi­ru­ddhaṃ sā­dha­naṃ tā­va­d ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.9.25na ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r ai­kyaṃ sā­ha­ca­ryā­t sa­ha­sthi­teḥ | vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­va­to nā­pi ta­to nā­nā­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 164,28sā­ha­ca­ryā­di­sā­dha­naṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­n nā­nā­tve­na vyā­ptaṃ sa­rva­thai­ka­tve ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ta­d e­va sā­dha­ye­n ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r na TAŚVA-ML 164,29pu­naḥ sa­rva­thai­ka­tvaṃ ta­yoḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d e­ka­tva­sya sā­dhya­tve si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā­ne­nai­vo­ktā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.26sā­ha­ca­rya­m a­si­ddhaṃ ca sa­rva­dā ta­tsa­ha­sthi­tiḥ | nai­ta­yo­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ca pa­ryā­yā­rtha­na­yā­rpa­ṇā­t |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 164,31sā­mā­nyā­rpa­ṇā­yāṃ hi ma­ti­śru­ta­yoḥ sā­ha­ca­ryā­da­yo na vi­śe­ṣā­rpa­ṇā­yāṃ pau­rvā­pa­ryā­di­si­ddheḥ | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 164,32bhā­vā­d e­ka­tva­m a­na­yo­r e­vaṃ syā­d i­ti ce­t na­, ta­to pi ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­si­ddhe­s ta­dā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.9.27kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­t syā­t ta­yo­r e­ka­tva­m i­ty a­pi | vi­ru­ddhaṃ sā­dha­naṃ ta­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­sā­dha­nā­t |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 165,01na hy u­pā­dā­no­pā­de­ya­bhā­vaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­maṃ­ta­re­ṇa ma­ti­śru­ta­pa­ryā­ya­yo­r gha­ṭa­te ya­to sya vi­ru­ddha­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ na bha­ve­t TAŚVA-ML 165,02ka­thaṃ­ci­d e­ka­tva­sya sā­dha­ne tu na kiṃ­ci­d a­ni­ṣṭa­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.28go­ca­rā­bhe­da­ta­ś ce­n na sa­rva­thā ta­da­si­ddhi­taḥ | śru­ta­syā­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ya­dra­vya­grā­hi­tva­vā­cy a­pi |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.29ke­va­la­jñā­na­va­t sa­rva­ta­ttvā­rtha­grā­hi­tā­sthi­teḥ | ma­te­s ta­thā­tva­śū­nya­tvā­d a­nya­thā sva­ma­ta­kṣa­teḥ |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 165,05"­ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r ni­baṃ­dho dra­vye­ṣv a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu­" i­ti va­ca­nā­d go­ca­rā­bhe­da­s ta­ta­s ta­yo­r e­ka­tva­m i­ti na pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ sa­rva­thā TAŚVA-ML 165,06ta­da­si­ddheḥ | śru­ta­syā­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ya­dra­vya­grā­hi­tva­va­ca­ne pi ke­va­la­jñā­na­va­t sa­rva­ta­ttvā­rtha­grā­hi­tva­va­ca­nā­t | "­syā­dvā­da- TAŚVA-ML 165,07ke­va­la­jñā­ne sa­rva­ta­ttva­pra­kā­śa­ne­" i­ti ta­dvyā­khyā­nā­t | na ma­ti­s ta­syā­rthi­tvā­tmi­kā­yāḥ svā­rthā­nu­mā­nā­tmi- TAŚVA-ML 165,08kā­yā­ś ca ta­thā­bhā­va­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t | na hi ya­thā śru­ta­m a­naṃ­ta­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­ya­sa­mā­krāṃ­tā­ni sa­rva­dra­vyā­ṇi gṛ­hṇā­ti TAŚVA-ML 165,09ta­thā­bhā­va­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t | sva­ma­ta­si­ddhāṃ­te '­syāḥ va­rṇa­saṃ­sthā­nā­di­sto­ka­pa­ryā­ya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­dra­vya­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā pra­tī­teḥ | TAŚVA-ML 165,10sva­ma­ta­vi­ro­dho pi ta­syā­nya­thai­vā­va­tā­rā­t ta­yo­r a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ya­dra­vya­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­mā­tra­m e­va hi sva­si­ddhāṃ­te pra­si­ddhaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 165,11pu­na­r a­naṃ­ta­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­yā­śe­ṣa­dra­vya­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m i­ti ta­dvyā­khyā­na­m a­py a­vi­ru­ddha­m e­va bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ti na vi­ṣa­yā- TAŚVA-ML 165,12bhe­da­s ta­de­ka­tva­sya sā­dha­kaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.30iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­yā­ya­tta­vṛ­tti­tva­m a­pi sā­dha­na­m | na sā­dhī­yo pra­si­ddha­tvā­c chru­ta­syā­kṣā­na­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 165,14ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r e­ka­tva­m iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­yā­ya­tta­vṛ­tti­tvā­d i­ty a­pi na śre­yaḥ sā­dha­na­m a­si­ddha­tvā­t sā­kṣā­da­kṣā­na­pe­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 165,15tvā­c chru­ta­sya­, pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā tu ta­syā­kṣā­na­pe­kṣa­tvaṃ bhe­da­bhā­va­na­m e­va sā­kṣā­da­kṣā­pe­kṣa­yo­r vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sa­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.31nā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­d ī­ha­na­śru­ta­yo­r i­ha | tā­dā­tmyaṃ ba­hu­ve­di­tvā­c chru­ta­sye­hā­vya­pe­kṣa­yā |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.32a­va­gra­ha­gra­hī­ta­sya va­stu­no bhe­da­m ī­ha­te | vya­kta­mī­hā śru­taṃ tv a­rthā­n pa­ro­kṣā­n vi­vi­dhā­n a­pi |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 165,18na hi yā­dṛ­śa­m a­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­tta­tva­m ī­hā­yā­s tā­dṛ­śaṃ śru­ta­syā­pi | ta­nni­mi­tta­tva­mā­traṃ tu na ta­yo­s tā­dā­tmya­ga­ma- TAŚVA-ML 165,19ka­m a­vi­nā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­t sa­ttvā­di­va­t | ke­ci­d ā­hu­r ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r e­ka­tvaṃ śra­va­ṇa­ni­mi­tta­tvā­d i­ti­, te pi na yu­kti- TAŚVA-ML 165,20vā­di­naḥ | śru­ta­sya sā­kṣā­c chra­va­ṇa­ni­mi­ttvā­si­ddheḥ ta­syā­niṃ­dri­ya­va­ttvā­dṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­sa­jā­tī­ya­vi­jā­tī­ya­nā­nā­rtha­pa­rā- TAŚVA-ML 165,21ma­rśa­na­sva­bhā­va­ta­yā pra­si­ddha­tvā­t | śru­tā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­dye tu śru­taṃ vyā­ca­kṣa­te na te ta­sya śro­tra­ma­te­r bhe­daṃ pra­khyā­pa­yi­tu- TAŚVA-ML 165,22m ī­śa­te | śru­tā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­c chru­ta­m i­ty ā­ca­kṣā­ṇāḥ śa­bdaṃ śru­tvā ta­syai­vā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ śru­taṃ saṃ­pra­ti­pa­nnā­s ta­da­rtha­syā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 165,23ta­d i­ti pra­ṣṭa­vyāḥ | pra­tha­ma­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ śru­ta­sya śra­va­ṇa­ma­te­r a­bhe­da­pra­saṃ­go '­śa­kya­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­, dvi­tī­ya­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ tu TAŚVA-ML 165,24śro­tra­ma­ti­pū­rva­m e­va śru­taṃ syā­n neṃ­dri­yāṃ­ta­ra­ma­ti­pū­rvaṃ |­| ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.9.33śa­bdaṃ śru­tvā ta­da­rthā­nā­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m i­ṣya­te | yaiḥ śru­taṃ tai­r na la­bhye­ta ne­trā­di­ma­ti­jaṃ śru­ta­m |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 165,26ya­di pu­nā rū­pā­dī­n u­pa­la­bhya ta­da­vi­nā­bhā­vi­nā­m a­rthā­nā­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ śru­ta­m i­ty a­pī­ṣya­te śru­tvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t śru­ta- TAŚVA-ML 165,27m i­ty a­sya dṛ­ṣṭvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t śru­ta­m i­tyā­dyu­pa­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d i­ti ma­taṃ ta­dā na vi­ro­dhaḥ pra­ti­pa­tti­gau­ra­vaṃ na syā­t | na TAŚVA-ML 165,28cai­va­m a­pi ma­teḥ śru­ta­syā­bhe­daḥ si­ddhye­t ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­c ce­ty u­pa­saṃ­ha­rta­vya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.34ta­smā­n ma­tiḥ śru­tā­d bhi­nnā bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­ga­taḥ | a­va­dhyā­di­va­da­rthā­di­bhe­dā­c ce­ti su­ni­ści­ta­m |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 165,30ya­thai­va hy a­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­ke­va­lā­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­raṃ ma­teḥ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­do rtha­bhe­daḥ kā­ra­ṇā­di­bhe­da­ś ca si­ddha­s ta­thā śru­ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 165,31pī­ti yu­ktaṃ ta­sya ma­te­r nā­nā­tva­m a­va­dhyā­di­va­t | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ ma­tyā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.35sa­rva­jñā­na­m a­na­dhya­kṣaṃ pra­tya­kṣo rthaḥ pa­ri­sphu­ṭaḥ | i­ti ke­ci­d a­nā­tma­jñāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­vyā­ha­taṃ vi­duḥ |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 165,33pa­ro­kṣā no bu­ddhiḥ pra­tya­kṣo rthaḥ sa hi ba­hi­rde­śa­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­bhū­ya­ta i­ti ke­ci­t saṃ­pra­ti­pa­nnā­s te py a- TAŚVA-ML 165,34nā­tma­jñā pra­mā­ṇa­vyā­ha­tā­bhi­dhā­yi­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.36pra­tya­kṣa­m ā­tma­ni jñā­na­m a­pa­ra­trā­nu­mā­ni­ka­m | pra­tyā­tma­ve­dya­m ā­haṃ­ti ta­tpa­ro­kṣa­tva­ka­lpa­nā­m |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 166,02sā­kṣā­t pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­naṃ hi pra­tya­kṣaṃ sva­smi­n vi­jñā­na­m a­nu­me­ya­m a­pa­ra­tra vyā­hā­rā­de­r i­ti pra­tyā­tma­ve­dyaṃ sa­rva­sya TAŚVA-ML 166,03jñā­na­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­ka­lpa­nā­m ā­haṃ­ty e­va |­| kiṃ ca­ —TAŚV-ML 1.9.37vi­jñā­na­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tve pra­tya­kṣo rthaḥ sva­taḥ ka­tha­m | sa­rva­dā sa­rva­thā sa­rvaḥ sa­rva­sya na ta­thā bha­ve­t |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 166,05grā­ha­ka­pa­ro­kṣa­tve pi sa­rva­dā sa­rva­thā sa­rva­sya puṃ­saḥ ka­sya­ci­d e­va sva­taḥ pra­tya­kṣo rtha ka­ści­t ka­dā­ci­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 166,06vyā­ha­ta­ta­rāṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.38ta­taḥ pa­raṃ ca vi­jñā­naṃ ki­ma­rtha­m u­pa­ka­lpya­te | kā­dā­ci­tka­tva­si­ddhya­rtha­m a­rtha­jña­pte­r na sā pa­rā |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.39vi­jñā­nā­d i­ty a­na­dhya­kṣā­t ku­to vi­jñā­ya­te pa­raiḥ | liṃ­gā­c ce­t ta­tpa­ri­cchi­tti­r a­pi liṃ­gāṃ­ta­rā­d i­ti |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.40kvā­va­sthā­na­m a­ne­nai­va ta­trā­rthā­pa­tti­r ā­ha­tā | a­vi­jñā­ta­sya sa­rva­sya jñā­pa­ka­tva­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 166,10sva­taḥ pra­tya­kṣā­d a­rthā­t pa­raṃ vi­jñā­naṃ ki­ma­rthaṃ co­pa­ka­lpi­ta i­ti na va­kta­vyaṃ pa­raiḥ kā­dā­ci­tka­tva­si­dvya­rtha­m a­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 166,11jña­pte­r i­ti ce­t­, u­cya­te | na sā pū­rvā vi­jñā­nā­t ta­to nā­dhya­kṣā sa­tī ku­to vi­jñā­ta­vyā ? liṃ­gā­c ce­ta- TAŚVA-ML 166,12tpa­ri­cchi­tti­r a­pi liṃ­gāṃ­ta­rā­d e­va i­ty e­ta­du­pa­sthā­pa­na­vi­ro­dhā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | a­rthā­pa­ttyaṃ­ta­rā­t ta­sya jñā­ne na­va­sthā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 166,13e­te­no­pa­mā­nā­de­s ta­dvi­jñā­ne py a­na­va­sthā­na­m u­ktaṃ sā­dṛ­śyā­de­r a­jñā­ta­syo­pa­mā­nā­dyu­pa­ja­na­ka­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t jñā­ne py u­pa­mā­nāṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 166,14rā­di­pa­ri­ka­lpa­na­syā­va­śyaṃ bhā­vi­tvā­t | ta­d e­vaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ru­ddhaṃ saṃ­vi­daṃ­to '­nā­tma­jñā e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.41jñā­tā­haṃ ba­hi­ra­rtha­sya su­khā­de­ś ce­ti ni­rṇa­yā­t | sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tva­taḥ puṃ­so na do­ṣa i­ti ce­n ma­ta­m |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.42sva­saṃ­ve­dyāṃ­ta­rā­d a­nya­dvi­jñā­naṃ kiṃ ka­ri­ṣya­te | ka­ra­ṇe­na vi­nā ka­rtuḥ ka­rma­ṇi vyā­vṛ­ti­r na ce­t |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.43sva­saṃ­vi­tti­kri­yā na syā­t sva­taḥ puṃ­so rtha­vi­tti­va­t | ya­di svā­tmā sva­saṃ­vi­ttā­v ā­tma­naḥ ka­ra­ṇaṃ ma­ta­m |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.43efsvā­rtha­vi­ttau ta­de­vā­stu ta­to jñā­naṃ sa e­va naḥ | TAŚVA-ML 166,19na sa­rva­thā pra­ti­bhā­sa­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t pa­ro­kṣaṃ jñā­naṃ ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | ke­va­laṃ ka­rma­tve­nā­pra­ti­bhā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 166,20mā­na­tvā­t pa­ro­kṣaṃ ta­d u­cya­ta i­ti ka­ści­t taṃ pra­tyu­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.9.44ka­rma­tve­nā­pa­ri­cchi­tti­r a­pra­tya­kṣaṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te | jñā­naṃ ta­dā pa­ro na syā­d a­dhya­kṣa­s ta­ta e­va te |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 166,22ya­di pu­na­r ā­tmā ka­rtṛ­tve­ne­va ka­rma­tve­nā­pi pra­ti­bhā­sa­tāṃ vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­d e­va | ta­taḥ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­stu a­rtho TAŚVA-ML 166,23a­naṃ­śa­tvā­n na jñā­naṃ ka­ra­ṇaṃ ka­rma ca vi­ro­dhā­d i­ty ā­kū­taṃ­, ta­ta e­vā­tmā ka­rtā ka­rma ca mā bhū­d i­ty a­pra­tya­kṣa TAŚVA-ML 166,24e­va syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.45ta­thā­stv i­ti ma­taṃ dhva­sta­prā­yaṃ na pu­na­r a­sya te | sva­vi­jñā­naṃ ta­to dhya­kṣa­m ā­tma­va­d a­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 166,26a­pra­tya­kṣaḥ pu­ru­ṣa i­ti ma­taṃ prā­ye­ṇo­pa­yo­gā­tma­kā­la­pra­ka­ra­ṇe ni­ra­sta­m i­ti ne­ha pu­na­r ni­ra­sya­te | ta­taḥ pra­tya­kṣa TAŚVA-ML 166,27e­va ka­thaṃ­ci­d ā­tmā­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ | ta­dvi­jñā­naṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti vya­va­sthā śre­ya­sī pra­tī­tya­na­ti­kra­mā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.46pra­tya­kṣaṃ sva­pha­la­jñā­naṃ ka­ra­ṇaṃ jñā­na­m a­nya­thā | i­ti prā­bhā­ka­rī dṛ­ṣṭiḥ sve­ṣṭa­vyā­ghā­ta­kā­ri­ṇī |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.47ka­rma­tve­na pa­ri­cchi­tte­r a­bhā­vo hy ā­tma­no ya­thā | pha­la­jñā­na­sya ta­dva­c ce­t ku­ta­s ta­sya sa­ma­kṣa­tā |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.48ta­tka­rma­tva­pa­ri­cchi­ttau pha­la­jñā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ bha­ve­t | ta­trā­py e­va ma­to na syā­d a­va­sthā­naṃ kva­ci­t sa­dā |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.49pha­la­tve­na pha­la­jñā­ne pra­tī­te ce­t sa­ma­kṣa­tā | ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na ta­djñā­ne ka­rtṛ­tve­nā­tma­nī­ṣya­tā­m |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.50ta­thā ca na pa­ro­kṣa­tva­m ā­tma­no na pa­ro­kṣa­tā | ka­ra­ṇā­tma­ni vi­jñā­ne pha­la­jñā­na­tva­ve­di­naḥ |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 166,33sā­kṣā­t ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­sya ka­ra­ṇa­tve­nā­tma­ni sva­ka­rtṛ­tve­na pra­tī­tā­v a­pi na pra­tya­kṣa­tā­, pha­la­jñā­na­sya pha­la­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 167,01pra­tī­tau pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti ma­taṃ vyā­ha­taṃ | ta­taḥ sva­rū­pe­ṇa spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­tvā­t ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­m ā­tmā vā pra­tya­kṣaḥ TAŚVA-ML 167,02syā­dvā­di­nāṃ si­ddhaḥ pha­la­jñā­na­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.51jñā­naṃ jñā­nāṃ­ta­rā­d ve­dyaṃ svā­tma­jña­pti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | pra­me­ya­tvā­d ya­thā kuṃ­bha i­ty a­py a­ślī­la­bhā­ṣi­ta­m |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.52jñā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ ya­dā jñā­nā­d a­nya­smā­t te­na vi­dya­te | ta­dā­na­va­sthi­ti­prā­pte­r a­nya­thā hy a­vi­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.53a­rtha­jñā­na­sya vi­jñā­naṃ nā­jñā­ta­m a­va­bo­dha­ka­m | jñā­pa­ka­tvā­d ya­thā liṃ­gaṃ liṃ­gi­no nā­nya­thā sthi­tiḥ |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 167,06na hy a­rtha­jñā­na­sya vi­jñā­naṃ pa­ri­cche­da­kaṃ kā­ra­kaṃ ye­nā­jñā­ta­m a­pi jñā­nāṃ­ta­re­ṇa ta­sya jñā­pa­kaṃ syā­t a­na­va­sthā- TAŚVA-ML 167,07pa­ri­hā­rā­d i­ti ciṃ­ti­ta­prā­ya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.54pra­dhā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­t sa­rvaṃ jñā­na­m a­ce­ta­na­m | su­kha­kṣmā­di­va­d i­ty e­ka­pra­tī­te­r a­pa­lā­pi­naḥ |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.55ce­ta­nā­tma­ta­yā vi­tte­r ā­tma­va­t sa­rva­dā dhi­yaḥ | pra­dhā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­si­ddhe­ś ce­ti ni­rū­pa­ṇā­t |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.9.56ta­tsvā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­jñā­naṃ ce­ta­na­m aṃ­ja­sā | sa­mya­g i­ty a­dhi­kā­rā­c ca saṃ­ma­tyā­di­ka­bhe­da­bhṛ­t |­| 5­6 |­| TA-ML 1.10 ta­tpra­mā­ṇe |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 167,12ku­taḥ pu­na­r i­da­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.10.1sva­rū­pa­saṃ­khya­yoḥ ke­ci­t pra­mā­ṇa­sya vi­vā­di­naḥ | ta­t pra­tyā­ha sa­mā­se­na vi­da­dha­t ta­dvi­ni­śca­ya­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.2ta­d e­va jñā­na­m ā­sthe­yaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ neṃ­dri­yā­di­ka­m | pra­mā­ṇe e­va ta­d jñā­naṃ vai­ka­tryā­di­pra­mā­ṇa­vi­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 167,15pra­mā­ṇaṃ hi saṃ­khyā­va­nni­rdi­ṣṭa­m a­tra ta­ttva­saṃ­khyā­va­ddvi­va­ca­nā­n na pra­yo­gā­t | ta­tra ta­d e­va ma­tyā­di­paṃ­ca­bhe­daṃ sa­mya- TAŚVA-ML 167,16gjñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ty e­kaṃ vā­kya­m iṃ­dri­yā­dya­ce­ta­na­vya­va­cche­de­na pra­mā­ṇa­sva­rū­pa­ni­rū­pa­ṇa­pa­raṃ | ta­nma­tyā­di­jñā­naṃ paṃ­ca­vi­dhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 167,17pra­mā­ṇe e­ve­ti dvi­tī­ya­m e­ka­tryā­di­saṃ­khyāṃ­ta­ra­vya­va­cche­de­na saṃ­khyā­vi­śe­ṣa­vya­va­sthā­pa­na­pra­dhā­na­m i­ty a­taḥ sū­trā­t pra­mā­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 167,18sva­rū­pa­saṃ­khyā­vi­vā­da­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­pu­raḥ­sa­ra­ni­śca­ya­vi­dhā­nā­t i­da­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­ta e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.3na­nu pra­mī­ya­te ye­na pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­di­tī­ra­ṇa­m | pra­mā­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya syā­diṃ­dri­yā­deḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tā |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.4ta­tsā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­syā­vi­śe­ṣā­t tā­va­tā sthi­tiḥ | prā­mā­ṇya­syā­nya­thā jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ sa­ka­laṃ na ki­m |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 167,21iṃ­dri­yā­di­pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­t su­pra­tī­tau vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa jñā­na­va­t ya­t pu­na­r a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­n na sā­dha­ka­ta­maṃ TAŚVA-ML 167,22ya­thā pra­me­ya­ma­ce­ta­naṃ ce­ta­naṃ vā śa­śa­dha­ra­dva­ya­vi­jñā­na­m i­ti pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvaṃ vyā­ptaṃ na pu­na­r jñā­na­tva­m a- TAŚVA-ML 167,23jñā­na­tvaṃ vā ta­yoḥ sa­dbhā­ve pi pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­ni­śca­yā­d i­ti ka­ści­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.5ta­tre­daṃ ciṃ­tya­te tā­va­d iṃ­dri­yaṃ ki­mu bhau­ti­ka­m | ce­ta­naṃ vā pra­me­ya­sya pa­ri­cchi­ttau pra­va­rta­te |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.6na tā­va­d bhau­ti­kaṃ ta­syā­ce­ta­na­tvā­d gha­ṭā­di­va­t | mṛ­ta­dra­vyeṃ­dri­ya­syā­pi ta­tra vṛ­tti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.7pra­mā­trā­dhi­ṣṭhi­taṃ ta­c ce­t ta­tra va­rte­ta nā­nya­thā | kiṃ na svā­pā­dya­va­sthā­yāṃ ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.8ā­tmā pra­ya­tna­vāṃ­s ta­syā­dhi­ṣṭhā­nā­n nā­pra­ya­tna­kaḥ | svā­pā­dā­v i­ti ce­t ko yaṃ pra­ya­tno nā­ma de­hi­naḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.9pra­me­ye pra­mi­tā­vā­bhi­mu­khyaṃ cai­ta­d a­ce­ta­na­m | ya­dy a­kiṃ­ci­tka­raṃ ta­tra pa­ṭa­va­t ki­m a­pe­kṣa­te |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.10ce­ta­naṃ cai­ta­d e­vā­stu bhā­veṃ­dri­ya­m a­bā­dhi­ta­m | ya­t sā­dha­ka­ta­maṃ vi­ttau pra­mā­ṇaṃ svā­rtha­yo­r i­ha |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.11e­te­nai­vo­tta­raḥ pa­kṣaḥ ciṃ­ti­taḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | ta­to nā­ce­ta­naṃ kiṃ­ci­t pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti saṃ­sthi­ta­m |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 167,31pra­mī­ya­te '­ne­ne­ti pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­na­tva­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ sā­dha­ka­ta­maṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ty a­bhi­ma­ta­m e­va a­nya­thā ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 167,32ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­yo­gā­t | ke­va­la­m a­rtha­pra­mi­tau sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­m e­vā­ce­ta­na­sya ka­sya­ci­n na saṃ­bhā­va­yā­ma i­ti bhā­veṃ­dri­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 167,33ce­ta­nā­tma­kaṃ sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m u­pa­ga­cchā­maḥ | na cai­va­m ā­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhaḥ pra­sa­jya­te­, "­la­bdhyu­pa­yo­gau bhā­veṃ- TAŚVA-ML 167,34dri­yaṃ­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t u­pa­yo­ga­syā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.12a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­tva­m ā­tma­na­ś ce­t a­nā­tma­ka­m | sa­nni­ka­rṣaḥ pra­mā­ṇaṃ naḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t ke­na vā­rya­te |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.13ta­thā­pa­ri­ṇa­to hy ā­tmā pra­mi­ṇo­ti sva­yaṃ sva­bhuḥ | ya­dā ta­dā­pi yu­jye­ta pra­mā­ṇaṃ ka­rtṛ­sā­dha­na­m |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 168,03saṃ­ni­ka­rṣaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ty e­ta­d a­pi na syā­dvā­di­nāṃ vā­rya­te ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvo­pa­ga­me vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 168,04puṃ­so '­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­tvaṃ sa­nni­ka­rṣo na pu­naḥ saṃ­yo­gā­di­r i­ṣṭaḥ | na hy a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­tā­pa­ri­ṇa­ta­syā­tma­naḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tve TAŚVA-ML 168,05ka­ści­d vi­ro­dhaḥ ka­rtṛ­sā­dha­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­sya ta­thai­va ca gha­ṭa­nā­t | pra­mā­trā­tma­kaṃ ca sa e­va pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 168,06pra­mā­tṛ­pra­mā­ṇa­yoḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.14pra­mā­tā bhi­nna e­vā­tma­pra­mā­ṇā­d ya­sya da­rśa­ne | ta­syā­nyā­tmā pra­mā­tā syā­t ki­n na bhe­dā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.15pra­mā­ṇaṃ ya­tra saṃ­baṃ­ddhaṃ sa pra­mā­te­ti ce­n na ki­m | kā­yaḥ saṃ­ba­ddha­sa­dbhā­vā­t ta­sya te­na ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.16pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­saṃ­baṃ­dho pra­mā­tai­te­na dū­ṣi­taḥ | saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­vā­ya­sya si­ddheḥ pra­mi­ti­kā­ya­yoḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.17jñā­nā­tma­ka­pra­mā­ṇe­na pra­mi­tyā cā­tma­naḥ pa­raḥ | sa­ma­vā­yo na yu­jye­ta tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­taḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.18ta­to nā­tyaṃ­ti­ko bhe­daḥ pra­mā­tuḥ sva­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | svā­saṃ­ni­rṇī­ta­rū­pā­yāḥ pra­mi­te­ś ca pha­lā­tma­naḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.19ta­thā ca yu­kti­ma­tpro­ktaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ bhā­va­sā­dha­na­m | sa­to pi śa­kti­bhe­da­sya pa­ryā­yā­rthā­d a­nā­śra­yā­t |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 168,13sa­rva­thā pra­mā­tuḥ pra­mi­ti­pra­mā­ṇā­bhyā­m a­bhe­dā­d e­vaṃ ta­dvi­bhā­gaḥ ka­lpi­taḥ syā­n na pu­na­r vā­sta­va i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 168,14ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­do­pa­ga­mā­t | sa­rva­thā ta­sya tā­bhyāṃ bhe­dā­du­pa­ca­ri­taṃ pra­mā­tuḥ pra­mi­ti­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ na tā­ttvi­ka­m i­ty a­pi na TAŚVA-ML 168,15maṃ­ta­vyaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­da­bhe­da­syā­pī­ṣṭeḥ | ta­thā hi­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.10.20syā­t pra­mā­tā pra­mā­ṇaṃ syā­t pra­mi­tiḥ sva­pra­me­ya­va­t | e­kāṃ­tā­bhe­da­bhe­dau tu pra­mā­trā­di­ga­tau kva naḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.21e­ka­syā­ne­ka­rū­pa­tve vi­ro­dho pi na yu­jya­te | me­ca­ka­jñā­na­va­tprā­ya­ściṃ­ti­taṃ cai­ta­daṃ­ja­sā |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 168,18ya­thai­va hi me­ca­ka­jñā­na­syai­ka­syā­ne­ka­rū­pa­m a­vi­ru­ddha­bā­dhi­ta­pra­tī­tyā rū­ḍha­tvā­t ta­thā­tma­no pi ta­da­vi­śe­ṣā­t | TAŚVA-ML 168,19na hy a­ya­m ā­tmā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­tā­pa­ri­ṇa­taḥ sa­nni­ka­rṣā­khyaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­no pra­bā­dha­pra­tī­tyā­rū­ḍho na bha­va­ti ye­na ka­thaṃ­ci- TAŚVA-ML 168,20t pra­mā­ṇaṃ na syā­t | nā­py a­ya­m a­vyā­pṛ­tā­va­stho '­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­vyā­pā­rāṃ­ta­ra­svā­rtha­vi­dā­tma­ko na pra­ti­bhā­ti ye­na ka­thaṃ­ci- TAŚVA-ML 168,21t pra­mi­ti­r na bha­ve­t | na cā­yaṃ pra­mi­ti­pra­mā­ṇā­bhyāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­taḥ sva­taṃ­tro na ca­kā­sti ye­na pra­mā­tā na TAŚVA-ML 168,22syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.22saṃ­yo­gā­di pu­na­r ye­na sa­nni­ka­rṣo '­bhi­dhī­ya­te | ta­tsā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­sya bhā­vā­t ta­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tā |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.23sa­tīṃ­dri­yā­rtha­yo­s tā­va­t saṃ­yo­ge­no­pa­jā­ya­te | svā­rtha­pra­mi­ti­r e­kāṃ­ta­vya­bhi­cā­ra­sya da­rśa­nā­t |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.24kṣi­ti­dra­vye­ṇa saṃ­yo­go na­ya­nā­de­r ya­thai­va hi | ta­sya vyo­mā­di­nā­pya­sti na ca ta­jjñā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­m |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.25saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­vā­ya­ś ca śa­bde­na sa­ha ca­kṣu­ṣaḥ | śa­bda­jñā­na­m a­ku­rvā­ṇo rū­pa­ci­cca­kṣu­r e­va ki­m |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.26saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­tā­rtha­sa­ma­vā­yo py a­bhā­va­ya­n | śa­bda­tva­sya na ne­tre­ṇa bu­ddhiṃ rū­pa­tva­vi­tka­raḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.27śro­tra­syā­dye­na śa­bde­na sa­ma­vā­ya­ś ca ta­dvi­da­m | a­ku­rva­n na tv a­śa­bda­sya jñā­naṃ ku­ryā­t ka­thaṃ tu vaḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.28ta­syai­vā­di­m a­śa­bde­ṣu śa­bda­tve­na sa­maṃ bha­ve­ta | sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­vā­yaṃ sa­dvi­jñā­na­m a­nā­di­va­t |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.29aṃ­tya­śa­bde­ṣu śa­bda­tve jñā­na­m e­kāṃ­ta­taḥ ka­tha­m | vi­da­dhī­ta vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­ve yau­ga­sya da­rśa­ne |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.30ta­thā­ga­ta­sya saṃ­yu­kta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­yā dṛ­śā | jñā­ne­nā­dhī­ya­mā­ne pi sa­ma­vā­yā­di­vi­t ku­taḥ |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.31yo­gya­tāṃ kāṃ­ci­d ā­sā­dya saṃ­yo­gā­di­r a­yaṃ ya­di | kṣi­tyā­di­vi­t ta­d e­va syā­t ta­dā nai­vā­stu saṃ­ma­tā |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.32svā­tmā svā­vṛ­ti­vi­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­hi­taḥ kva­ci­t | saṃ­vi­daṃ ja­na­ya­nn i­ṣṭaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­vi­gā­na­taḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.33śa­kti­riṃ­dri­ya­m i­ty e­ta­d a­ne­nai­va ni­rū­pi­taṃ | yo­gya­tā­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa sa­rva­thā ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 169,01sa­nni­ka­rṣa­sya yo­gya­tā­khya­sya pra­mi­tau sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­sya pra­mā­ṇa­vya­pa­de­śyaṃ pra­ti­pā­dya­mā­na­sya svāṃ­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma- TAŚVA-ML 169,02vi­śi­ṣṭā­tma­rū­pa­tā­ni­rū­pa­ṇe­nai­va śa­kteḥ | iṃ­dri­ya­ta­yo­pa­ga­tā­yā­s sā ni­rū­pi­tā bo­ddha­vyā ta­syā yo­gya­tā­rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 169,03tvā­t | ta­to vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa sa­rva­thā­py a­saṃ­bha­vā­t sa­nni­ka­rṣa­va­t | na hi ta­dvya­ti­re­kaḥ sa­nni­ka­rṣaḥ saṃ­yo­gā­diḥ TAŚVA-ML 169,04svā­rtha­pra­mi­tau sā­dha­ka­ta­maḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | ta­tra ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t sa­nni­ka­rṣa­sya sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvaṃ ta­dva­diṃ­dri­ya­śa­kti- TAŚVA-ML 169,05r a­pī­ti ce­t­, ku­ta­s ta­tka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ? sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­d i­ti ce­t pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­ya­do­ṣaḥ | ta­dbhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­s ta­dva­ttā­si­ddhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 169,06sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­m i­ty a­pi na sā­dhī­yo '­si­ddha­tvā­t | svā­rtha­pra­mi­teḥ sa­nni­ka­rṣā­di­sa­dbhā­ve py a­bhā­vā­t­, ta­da­bhā­ve pi ca TAŚVA-ML 169,07bhā­vā­t sa­rva­vi­daḥ ka­thaṃ vā pra­mā­tu­r e­vaṃ sā­dha­ka­ma­tvaṃ na syā­t | na hi ta­sya bhā­vā­bhā­va­yoḥ pra­mi­te­r bhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 169,08bhā­va­va­ttvaṃ nā­sti ? sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­syā­tma­no nā­sty e­ve­ti ce­t saṃ­yo­gā­de­r iṃ­dri­ya­sya na sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­sya sā ki­m a­sti ? TAŚVA-ML 169,09ta­syā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­syā­sty e­ve­ti ce­t­, ā­tma­no py a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­syā­stu | pra­mā­tuḥ ki­m a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, sa­nni- TAŚVA-ML 169,10ka­rṣā­deḥ ki­m ? vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­mi­ti­he­tu­tva­m e­ve­ti ce­t­, pra­mā­tu­r a­pi ta­d e­va ta­sya sa­ta­tā­va­sthā­yi­tvā­t | sa­rva­pra­mi­ti- TAŚVA-ML 169,11sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­si­ddhe­r na saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­sthā­yi­tvā­t saṃ­yo­gā­de­r iṃ­dri­ya­sya ca ta­tsā­dhā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 169,12kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ na si­ddhye­t ? ta­da­saṃ­bha­va­ni­mi­ttaṃ ya­dā pra­mi­tyu­tpa­ttau vyā­pri­ya­te ta­dai­va sa­nni­ka­rṣā­di ta­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 169,13nā­nya­dā i­ty a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ya­dā­tmā ta­tra vyā­pri­ya­te ta­dai­va ta­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ nā­nya­dā i­ty a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo TAŚVA-ML 169,14he­tu­r a­stu | ta­thā sa­ti ta­sya ni­tya­tvā­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­t no do­ṣo yaṃ­, ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­syā ni­tya­tva­si­ddheḥ sa­nni­ka­rṣā- TAŚVA-ML 169,15di­va­t | sa­rva­thā ka­sya­ci­n ni­tya­tve '­rtha­kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.34pra­mā­ṇaṃ ye­na sā­rū­pyaṃ ka­thya­te '­dhi­ga­tiḥ pha­la­m | sa­nni­ka­rṣaḥ ku­ta­s ta­sya na pra­mā­ṇa­tva­saṃ­ma­taḥ |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 169,17sā­rū­pyaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­syā­dhi­ga­tiḥ pha­laṃ saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­rtha­rū­pa­tā­m u­ktā­rthe­na gha­ṭa­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | nī­la­sye­daṃ saṃ­ve­da­na- TAŚVA-ML 169,18m i­ti ni­rā­kā­ra­saṃ­vi­daḥ ke­na­ci­t pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­pra­ka­rṣe si­ddhe sa­rvā­rthe­na gha­ṭa­na­pra­sa­kteḥ sa­rvai­ka­ve­da­nā­pa­tteḥ | sa­rvai­ka- TAŚVA-ML 169,19ve­da­nā­pa­tteḥ ka­ra­ṇā­deḥ sa­rvā­rtha­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tve­na ta­tpra­ti­ni­ya­ma­ni­mi­tta­tā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ty a­pi ye­no­cya­te ta­sya sa­nni­ka­rṣaḥ TAŚVA-ML 169,20pra­mā­ṇa­m a­dhi­ga­tiḥ pha­laṃ ta­smā­d aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­rtha­gha­ṭa­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t sā­kā­ra­sya sa­mā­nā­rtha­sa­ka­la­ve­da­na­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t ke­na­ci- TAŚVA-ML 169,21t pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­pra­ka­rṣe si­ddhe sa­ka­la­sa­mā­nā­rthe­na gha­ṭa­na­pra­sa­kteḥ sa­rva­sa­mā­nā­rthai­ka­ve­da­nā­pa­tteḥ­, ta­du­tpa­tte­r iṃ­dri­yā­di­nā TAŚVA-ML 169,22vya­bhi­cā­rā­n ni­yā­ma­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | ta­da­vya­va­sā­ya­sya mi­thyā­tva­sa­ma­naṃ­ta­ra­pra­tya­ye­na ku­ta­ści­t si­te śaṃ­khe pī­tā- TAŚVA-ML 169,23kā­ra­jñā­na­ja­ni­tā­pa­ra­pī­tā­kā­ra­jñā­na­sya ta­jja­nmā­di­rū­pa­sa­dbhā­ve pi ta­tra pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ku­to na saṃ­ma­taṃ | TAŚVA-ML 169,24sa­ty a­pi sa­nni­ka­rṣe rthā­dhi­ga­te­r a­bhā­vā­n na pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.10.35sa­nni­ka­rṣe ya­thā sa­ty a­py a­rthā­dhi­ga­ti­śū­nya­tā | sā­rū­pye pi ta­thā se­ṣṭā kṣa­ṇa­bhaṃ­gā­di­ṣu sva­ya­m |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 169,26ya­thā ca­kṣu­rā­de­r ā­kā­śā­di­bhiḥ sa­ty a­pi saṃ­yo­gā­dau sa­nni­ka­rṣe ta­da­dhi­ga­te­r a­bhā­va­s ta­thā kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­ya­sva­rga­prā­pa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 169,27śa­ktyā­di­bhi­r dā­nā­di­saṃ­ve­da­na­sya sa­ty a­pi sā­rū­pye ta­da­dhi­ga­teḥ śū­nya­tā sva­ya­m i­ṣṭai­va ta­dā­laṃ­ba­na­pra­tya­ya­tve pi ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 169,28ta­cchū­nya­tva­tā­va­t | "­ya­trai­va ja­na­ye­de­nāṃ ta­trai­vā­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­to nā­yaṃ sa­nni­ka­rṣa­vā­di­na- TAŚVA-ML 169,29m a­ti­śe­te |­| kiṃ ca­ —TAŚV-ML 1.10.36sva­saṃ­vi­da­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ sā­rū­pye­ṇa vi­nā ya­di | kiṃ nā­rtha­ve­da­na­sye­ṣṭaṃ pā­raṃ­pa­rya­sya va­rja­nā­t |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.37sā­rū­pya­ka­lpa­ne ta­trā­py a­na­va­stho­di­tā na ki­m | pra­mā­ṇaṃ jñā­na­m e­vā­stu ta­to nā­nya­d i­ti sthi­ta­m |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 169,32sva­saṃ­vi­daḥ sva­rū­pe pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ nā­sty e­vā­nya­tro­pa­cā­rā­d i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ sa­rva­thā mu­khya­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t sva­ma­ta- TAŚVA-ML 169,33vi­ro­dhā­t | prā­mā­ṇyaṃ vya­va­hā­re­ṇa śā­straṃ mo­ha­ni­va­rta­na­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t mu­khya­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­ve na sva­ma­ta­vi­ro­dhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 169,34sau­ga­ta­sye­ti ce­t­, syā­d e­vaṃ | ya­di mu­khyaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­yaṃ na va­de­t "­a­jñā­tā­rtha­pra­kā­śo vā sva­rū­pā­dhi­ga­teḥ TAŚVA-ML 170,01pa­raṃ­" i­ti saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­tā­śra­ya­ṇā­t | ta­d a­pi na ca | ta­d i­ty e­ve­ti ce­t na ta­sya ni­ra­sta­tvā­t | kiṃ ce­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 170,02saṃ­ve­da­naṃ sa­tyaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m e­va mṛ­ṣā­sa­tya­m a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ | na hi na pra­mā­ṇaṃ nā­py a­sa­tyaṃ | sa­rva­vi­ka­lpā­tī­ta­tvā­t saṃ­ve­da­na- TAŚVA-ML 170,03m e­ve­ti ce­t su­vya­va­sthi­taṃ ta­ttvaṃ | ko hi sa­rva­thā­na­va­sthi­tā­t kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇā­d a­sya vi­śe­ṣaḥ | sva­yaṃ pra­kā­śa­mā­na­tva- TAŚVA-ML 170,04m i­ti ce­t ta­d ya­di pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­t pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­nvā­ka­rṣa­ti | ta­to dva­yaṃ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ ya­thā­sva­rū­pe ke­na­ci­t a­da­ta­tsva­rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 170,05m a­pi pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­thā hi ba­hi­ra­rthe kiṃ na bha­ve­t ta­sya ta­dvya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇo ni­rā­ka­rtu­m a­śa­kteḥ | pā­raṃ­pa­ryaṃ ca pa­ri­hṛ­ta­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 170,06syā­t saṃ­vi­da­rtha­yo­r aṃ­ta­rā­le sā­rū­pa­syā­pra­ve­śā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ saṃ­ve­da­na­sya sva­rū­pa­sā­rū­pyaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ sā­rū­pyā­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 170,07ga­tiḥ pha­la­m i­ti pa­ri­ka­lpya­te ta­dā­na­va­stho­di­tai­va | ta­to jñā­nā­d a­nya­diṃ­dri­yā­di­sā­rū­pyaṃ na pra­mā­ṇa­m a­nya­tro- TAŚVA-ML 170,08pa­cā­rā­d i­ti sthi­taṃ jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.38mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ na sa­mya­g i­ty a­dhi­kā­ra­taḥ | ya­thā ya­trā­vi­saṃ­vā­da­s ta­thā ta­tra pra­mā­ṇa­tā |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 170,10ya­di sa­mya­g e­va jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­dā caṃ­dra­dva­yā­di­ve­da­naṃ vā­va­lyā­dau pra­mā­ṇaṃ ka­tha­m u­kta­m i­ti na co­dyaṃ­, ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 170,11ta­syā­vi­vā­dā­t sa­mya­g e­ta­d i­ti sva­ya­m i­ṣṭeḥ | ka­tha­m i­ya­m i­ṣṭi­r a­vi­ru­ddhe­ti ce­t­, si­ddhāṃ­tā­vi­ro­dhā­t ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 170,12pra­tī­te­ś ca |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.39svā­rthe ma­ti­śru­ta­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ de­śa­taḥ sthi­taṃ | a­va­dhyā­di tu kā­rtsnye­na ke­va­laṃ sa­rva­va­stu­ṣu |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 170,14sva­smi­nn a­rthe ca de­śa­to gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­tā­sa­dbhā­vā­t ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r na sa­rva­thā prā­mā­ṇyaṃ­, nā­py a­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 170,15sa­rva­va­stu­ṣu ke­va­la­syai­va ta­tra prā­mā­ṇyā­d i­ti si­ddhāṃ­tā­vi­ro­dha e­va "­ya­thā ya­trā­vi­saṃ­vā­da­s ta­thā ta­tra pra­mā­ṇa­tā­" TAŚVA-ML 170,16i­ti va­ca­na­sya pra­tye­yaḥ | pra­tī­tya­vi­ro­dha­s tū­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.10.40a­nu­pa­plu­ta­dṛ­ṣṭī­nāṃ caṃ­drā­di­pa­ri­ve­da­na­m | ta­tsaṃ­khyā­di­ṣu saṃ­vā­di na pra­tyā­sa­nna­tā­di­ṣu |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.41ta­thā gra­ho­pa­rā­gā­di­mā­tre śru­ta­m a­vā­dhi­ta­m | nāṃ­gu­li­dvi­ta­yā­dau ta­nmā­na­bhe­de '­nya­thā sthi­te |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 170,19e­vaṃ hi pra­tī­tiḥ sa­ka­la­ja­na­sā­kṣi­kā sa­rva­thā ma­ti­śru­ta­yoḥ svā­rthe pra­mā­ṇa­tāṃ haṃ­tī­ti ta­yā ta­de­ta­tpra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 170,20m a­bā­dha­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.42na­nū­pa­plu­ta­vi­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ kiṃ na de­śa­taḥ | sva­pnā­dā­v i­ti nā­ni­ṣṭaṃ ta­thai­va pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 170,22sva­pnā­dyu­pa­plu­ta­vi­jñā­na­sya kva­ci­d a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­naḥ prā­mā­ṇya­sye­ṣṭau ta­dvya­va­hā­raḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.10.43pra­mā­ṇa­vya­va­hā­ra­s tu bhū­yaḥ saṃ­vā­da­m ā­śri­taḥ | gaṃ­dha­dra­vyā­di­va­dbhū­yo vi­saṃ­vā­daṃ ta­da­nya­thā |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 170,24sa­tya­jñā­na­syai­va pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vya­va­hā­ro yu­kti­mā­n bhū­yaḥ saṃ­vā­dā­t | vi­ta­tha­jñā­na­syai­va vā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vya­va­hā­ro TAŚVA-ML 170,25bhū­yo vi­saṃ­vā­dā­t ta­dā­śri­ta­tvā­t ta­dvya­va­hā­ra­sya | dṛ­ṣṭo hi lo­ke bhū­ya­si vya­pa­de­śo ya­thā gaṃ­dhā­di­nā gaṃ­dha- TAŚVA-ML 170,26dra­vyā­deḥ sa­ty a­pi spa­rśa­va­ttvā­dau | TAŚV-ML 1.10.44ye­ṣā­m e­kāṃ­ta­to jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ta­ra­c ca na | te­ṣāṃ vi­plu­ta­vi­jñā­na­pra­mā­ṇe­ta­ra­tā ku­taḥ |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 170,28a­thā­ya­m e­kāṃ­taḥ sa­rva­thā vi­ta­tha­jñā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ sa­tyaṃ tu pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t ta­dā ku­to vi­ta­tha­ve­da­na­sya sva­rū­pe TAŚVA-ML 170,29pra­mā­ṇa­tā ba­hi­ra­rthe tv a­pra­mā­ṇa­te­ti vya­va­ti­ṣṭhe­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.45sva­rū­pe sa­rva­vi­jñā­na­pra­mā­ṇa­tve ma­ta­kṣa­tiḥ | ba­hi­rvi­ka­lpa­vi­jñā­na­pra­mā­ṇa­tve pra­māṃ­ta­ra­m |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 170,31na hi sa­tya­jñā­na­m e­va sva­rū­pe pra­mā­ṇaṃ na pu­na­r mi­thyā­jñā­na­m i­ti yu­ktaṃ | nā­pi sa­rvaṃ ta­tra pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 170,32sa­rva­ci­tta­cai­tā­nā­m ā­tma­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti sva­ma­ta­kṣa­teḥ sa­rvaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ vi­ka­lpa­vi­jñā­na­m e­va ba­hi­ra­rthe pra­mā­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 170,33sva­rū­pa­va­d i­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ­, pra­kṛ­ta­pra­mā­ṇā­t pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ti­mi­rā­śva­bhra­ma­ṇa­nau­yā­ta­saṃ­kṣo­bhā­dyā­hi­ta­vi­bhra- TAŚVA-ML 171,01ma­sya ve­da­na­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tve pra­tya­kṣa­m a­bhrāṃ­ta­m i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­na­rtha­kyaṃ | ta­syā­py a­bhrāṃ­ta­to­pa­ga­me ku­to vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 171,02vi­ka­lpa­jñā­na­sya ca pra­tya­kṣa­tve ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍhaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti vi­ru­dhya­te ta­syā­nu­mā­na­tve pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tva­m a­ni­vā­rya­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 171,03mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ sva­rū­pe pra­mā­ṇaṃ ba­hi­ra­rthe tv a­pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ty a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ | ta­thā ca si­ddhaṃ de­śa­taḥ prā­mā­ṇyaṃ | ta­dva­d a- TAŚVA-ML 171,04vi­ta­tha­ve­da­na­syā­pī­ti sa­rva­m a­na­va­dyaṃ e­ka­tra pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­yoḥ si­ddhiḥ | ka­tha­m e­ka­m e­va jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 171,05vā­pra­mā­ṇaṃ ca vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ce­t no­, a­si­ddha­tvā­d vi­ro­dha­sya | ta­thā hi­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.10.46na cai­ka­tra pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pra­mā­ṇa­tve vi­ro­dhi­nī | pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pa­ro­kṣa­tve ya­thai­ka­trā­pi saṃ­vi­di |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 171,07ya­yo­r e­ka­sa­dbhā­ve '­nya­ta­rā­ni­vṛ­tti­s ta­yo­r na vi­ro­dho ya­thā pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­yo­r e­ka­syāṃ saṃ­vi­di | ta­thā ca TAŚVA-ML 171,08pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­yo­r e­ka­tra jñā­ne ta­to na vi­ro­dhaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.47sva­saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­to­dhya­kṣā ya­thā bu­ddhi­s ta­thā ya­di | ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­ni­rmu­ktā ta­dā sa­rva­sya bu­ddha­tā |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.48ta­yā ya­thā pa­ro­kṣa­tvaṃ hṛ­tsaṃ­vi­tte­r a­to pi ce­t | bu­ddhā­de­r a­pi jā­ye­ta jā­ḍyaṃ mā­na­vi­va­rji­ta­m |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 171,11na hi sa­rva­sya bu­ddha­tā bu­ddhā­de­r a­pi ca jā­ḍyaṃ sa­rva­the­ty a­tra pra­mā­ṇa­m a­pa­ra­syā­sti ya­taḥ saṃ­vi­dā­kā­re­ṇe­va TAŚVA-ML 171,12ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­ve­ke­nā­pi saṃ­ve­da­na­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tā yu­jya­te ta­dva­d e­va vā saṃ­vi­dā­kā­re­ṇa pa­ro­kṣa­tā ta­da­yo­ge ca ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 171,13dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vi­ka­laḥ he­tu­r vā na si­ddhaḥ syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.49yai­va bu­ddheḥ sva­yaṃ vi­tti­r ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­mu­kta­tā | sai­ve­ty a­dhya­kṣa­tai­ve­ṣṭā ta­syāṃ ki­ma­pa­ro­kṣa­tā |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 171,15bu­ddheḥ sva­saṃ­vi­tti­r e­va ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­mu­kta­tā ta­yā pra­tya­kṣa­tā­yāṃ ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­mu­kta­yā­pi pra­tya­kṣa­tai­va ya­dī­ṣya­te TAŚVA-ML 171,16ta­dā ta­syāḥ pa­ro­kṣa­tā­yāṃ sva­saṃ­vi­tte­r a­pi pa­ro­kṣa­tā kiṃ ne­ṣṭā ? sva­saṃ­vi­tti­ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­mu­kta­yo­s tā­dā­tmyā- TAŚVA-ML 171,17vi­śe­ṣā­t |­| na­nu ca ke­va­la­bhū­ta­lo­pa­la­bdhi­r e­va gha­ṭā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r i­ti gha­ṭā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­tā­dā­tmye pi na ke­va­la­bhū­ta- TAŚVA-ML 171,18lo­pa­la­bdhe­r a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­rū­pa­tā­sti ta­dva­dve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­mu­ktya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­tā­dā­tmye pi na sva­rū­po­pa­la­bdhe­r a­nu­pa­la­bdhi- TAŚVA-ML 171,19sva­bhā­va­tā vyā­pa­ka­sya vyā­pyā­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t vyā­pya­syai­va vyā­pa­ka­vya­bhi­cā­ra­si­ddheḥ pā­da­pa­tva­śiṃ­śi­pā­tva­va­t TAŚVA-ML 171,20sva­rū­po­pa­la­bdhi­mā­traṃ hi vyā­pyaṃ vyā­pi­kā ca ve­dyā­kā­ra­m u­ktā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r i­ti ce­t nai­ta­d e­vaṃ ta­yoḥ sa­ma­vyā­pti- TAŚVA-ML 171,21ka­tve­na pa­ra­spa­rā­vya­bhi­cā­ra­si­ddheḥ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­ni­tya­va­t | na hi ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­ve­kā­nu­pa­la­bdhā­v a­pi kva­ci­t saṃ­ve­da­ne TAŚVA-ML 171,22ka­dā­ci­t sva­rū­po­pa­la­bdhi­r nā­sti ta­taḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d a­bhi­nno grā­hyā­kā­ra­vi­ve­kaḥ pra­tya­kṣo na pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 171,23pa­ro­kṣā­d bā­hyā­kā­ra­vi­ve­kā­d a­bhi­nnaṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ bu­ddheḥ pa­ro­kṣa­m i­ty ā­ca­kṣā­ṇo na pa­rī­kṣā­kṣa­maḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­yo- TAŚVA-ML 171,24r bhi­nnā­śra­ya­tvā­n na tā­dā­tmya­m i­ti ce­n na e­ka­jñā­nā­śra­ya­tvā­t ta­da­si­ddheḥ | saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­vi­ṣa­yā pra­tya­kṣa­tā ve­dyā­kā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 171,25vi­ve­ka­vi­ṣa­yā pa­ro­kṣa­te­ti ta­yo­r bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tve ka­thaṃ sva­saṃ­vi­tpra­tya­kṣa­tai­va ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­ve­ka­pa­ro­kṣa­tā sva­saṃ­ve­da- TAŚVA-ML 171,26na­syai­va ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­ve­ka­rū­pa­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ka­tha­m e­vaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­yo­r bhi­nnā­śra­ya­tvaṃ dha­rmi­dha­rma­vi­bhe­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tva- TAŚVA-ML 171,27ka­lpa­nā­d i­ti ce­t ta­rhi pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s ta­yo­r bhi­nnā­śra­ya­tva­m i­ti saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­pra­tya­kṣa­tve ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­ve­ka­sya pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 171,28tva­m ā­yā­taṃ ta­thā ta­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tve saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tā­pi kiṃ na syā­t | ta­tra ni­śca­yo­tpa­tteḥ pra­tya­kṣa­te­ti TAŚVA-ML 171,29ce­t­, ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­ve­ka­ni­śca­yā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ pa­ro­kṣa­tai­vā­stu | ta­thā cai­ka­tra saṃ­vi­di si­ddhe pra­tya­kṣe­ta­ra­te pra­mā­ṇe­ta­ra­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 171,30pra­sā­ri­ke sta i­ti na vi­ro­dhaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.50sa­rve­ṣā­m a­pi vi­jñā­naṃ sva­ve­dyā­tma­ni ve­da­ka­m | nā­nya­ve­dyā­tma­nī­ti syā­d vi­ru­ddhā­kā­ra­m aṃ­ja­sā |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 171,32sa­rva­pra­vā­di­nāṃ jñā­naṃ sva­vi­ṣa­ya­sya sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­syo­bha­ya­sya vā pa­ri­cche­da­kaṃ ta­d e­va nā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­sye­ti si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 171,33vi­ru­ddhā­kā­ra­m a­nya­thā sa­rva­ve­da­na­sya ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ sa­rva­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ vā du­rni­vā­raṃ sva­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­py a­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­va­da- TAŚVA-ML 171,34pa­ri­cche­dā­sva­vi­ṣa­ya­va­d vā­nya­vi­ṣa­yā­va­sā­yā­t | svā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­pa­ri­cche­da­nā­pa­ri­cche­da­na­sva­bhā­va­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­syāṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 172,01tā­yā­m a­pī­da­m e­va dū­ṣa­ṇa­m u­nne­ya­m i­ti | pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s ta­du­bha­ya­sva­bhā­va­vi­ru­ddha­m e­ka­tra pra­mā­ṇe­ta­ra­tva­yo­r a­vi­ro­dhaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 172,02kiṃ ca­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.10.51sva­vyā­pā­ra­sa­mā­sa­kto nya­vyā­pā­ra­ni­ru­tsu­kaḥ | sa­rvo bhā­vaḥ sva­yaṃ va­kti syā­dvā­da­nyā­ya­ni­ṣṭha­tā­m |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 172,04sa­rvo gni­su­khā­di­bhā­vaḥ svā­ma­rtha­kri­yāṃ ku­rva­n ta­dai­vā­nyā­m a­ku­rva­nn a­ne­kāṃ­taṃ va­ktī­ti kiṃ na­ściṃ­ta­yā | sa e­va ca TAŚVA-ML 172,05pra­mā­ṇe­ta­ra­bhā­vā­vi­ro­dha­m e­ka­tra vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­ṣya­tī­ti sū­ktaṃ "­ya­thā ya­trā­vi­saṃ­vā­da­s ta­thā ta­tra pra­mā­ṇa­tā­" i­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.52caṃ­dre caṃ­dra­tva­vi­jñā­na­m a­nya­tsaṃ­khyā­pra­ve­da­na­m | pra­tyā­sa­nna­tva­vi­c cā­nya­tve­kā­dyā­kā­ra­vi­n na ce­t |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.53haṃ­ta me­ca­ka­vi­jñā­naṃ ta­thā sa­rva­jña­tā ku­taḥ | pra­si­ddhye­d ī­śva­ra­sye­ti nā­nā­kā­rai­ka­vi­tsthi­tiḥ |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.54e­ka e­ve­śva­ra­jñā­na­syā­kā­raḥ sa­rva­ve­da­kaḥ | tā­dṛ­śo ya­di saṃ­bhā­vyaḥ kiṃ bra­hmai­vaṃ na te ma­ta­m |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.55ta­cce­ta­ne­ta­rā­kā­ra­ka­raṃ­bi­ta­va­puḥ sva­ya­m | bhā­vai­ka­m e­va sa­rva­sya saṃ­vi­tti­bha­va­naṃ pa­ra­m |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.56ya­dy e­ka­sya vi­ru­ddhye­ta nā­nā­kā­rā­va­bhā­si­tā | ta­dā nā­nā­rtha­bo­dho pi nai­kā­kā­ro va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.57nā­nā jñā­nā­ni ne­śa­sya ka­lpa­nī­yā­ni dhī­ma­tā | kra­mā­t sa­rva­jña­tā­hā­ne­r a­nya­thā na­nu saṃ­dhi­taḥ |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.58ta­smā­d e­ka­m a­ne­kā­tma­vi­ru­ddha­m a­pi ta­ttva­taḥ | si­ddhaṃ vi­jñā­na­m a­nya­c ca va­stu­sā­ma­rthya­taḥ sva­ya­m |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 172,13na­nv e­ka­m a­ne­kā­tma­kaṃ ta­ttva­taḥ si­ddhaṃ ce­t ka­thaṃ vi­ru­ddha­m i­ti syā­dvā­da­vi­dvi­ṣā­m u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ kva­ci­t ta­dvi­ru­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 172,14m u­pa­la­bhya sa­rva­tra vi­ro­dha­m u­dbhā­va­ya­tāṃ na pu­na­r a­bā­dhya­pra­tī­tya­nu­sā­ri­ṇā­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.59pra­mā­ṇa­m a­vi­saṃ­vā­di jñā­nā­m i­ty u­pa­va­rṇya­te | kai­ści­t ta­trā­vi­saṃ­vā­do ya­dy ā­kāṃ­kṣā­ni­va­rta­na­m |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.60ta­dā sva­pnā­di­vi­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­nu­ṣa­jya­te | ta­taḥ ka­sya­ci­d a­rthe­ṣu pa­ri­to­ṣa­sya bhā­va­taḥ |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 172,17na hi sva­ptau ve­da­ne nā­rthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya pra­va­rta­mā­no rtha­kri­yā­yā­m ā­kāṃ­kṣā­to na ni­va­rta­te pra­tya­kṣa­to nu­mā­na­to TAŚVA-ML 172,18vā da­ha­nā­dya­va­bhā­sa­sya dā­hā­dya­rtha­kri­yo­pa­ja­na­na­sa­ma­rtha­syā­kāṃ­kṣi­ta­da­ha­nā­dya­rtha­prā­pa­ṇa­yo­gya­tā­sva­bhā­va­sya jā­gra­dda­śā- TAŚVA-ML 172,19yā­m i­vā­nu­bha­vā­t | tā­dṛ­śa­sye­vā­kāṃ­kṣā­ni­va­rta­na­sya pra­mā­ṇe pre­kṣā­va­dbhi­r a­rthya­mā­na­tvā­t | ta­to ti­vyā­pi pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 172,20sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti ā­yā­ta­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.61a­rtha­kri­yā sthi­tiḥ pro­ktā vi­mu­ktiḥ sā na ta­tra­ce­t | śā­bdā­dā­v i­va ta­dbhā­vo stv a­bhi­prā­ya­ni­ve­da­nā­t |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 172,22nā­kāṃ­kṣā­ni­va­rta­na­m a­pi saṃ­vā­da­naṃ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? a­rtha­kri­yā sthi­tiḥ | sā cā­vi­mu­kti­r a­vi­ca­la­m a­na­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 172,23kri­yā­yāṃ | na ca ta­tsva­pnā­dau da­ha­nā­dya­va­bhā­sa­syā­stī­ti ke­ci­t | te­ṣāṃ gī­tā­di­śa­bda­jñā­naṃ ci­trā­di­rū­pa­jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 172,24vā ka­thaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­thā vi­mu­kte­r a­bhā­vā­t ta­da­naṃ­ta­raṃ ka­sya­ci­t sā­dhya­sya pha­la­syā­nu­bha­va­nā­t | ta­trā­pi pra­ti­pa­ttu­r a- TAŚVA-ML 172,25bhi­prā­ya­ni­ve­da­nā­t sā­dhyā­vi­m u­kti­r i­ti ce­t ta­rhi ni­rā­kāṃ­kṣa­tai­va svā­rtha­kri­yā­sthi­tiḥ sva­pnā­dau ka­thaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 172,26syā­t | pra­bo­dhā­va­sthā­yāṃ pra­ti­pa­ttu­r a­bhi­prā­ya­ca­la­nā­d i­ti ce­t­, ki­m i­daṃ ta­cca­la­naṃ nā­ma ? dhi­ṅ mi­thyā pra­ta­rki­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 172,27ma­yā i­ti pra­tya­yo­pa­ja­na­na­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­tsva­pnā­dā­v a­py a­sti | na hi sva­pno­pa­la­bdhā­rtha­kri­yā­yā­ś ca­la­naṃ jā­gra­dda- TAŚVA-ML 172,28śā­yāṃ bā­dha­kā­nu­bha­va­na­m a­nu­ma­nya­te­, na pu­na­r jā­gra­dda­śo­pa­la­bdhā­rtha­kri­yā­yāḥ sva­pnā­dā­v i­ti yu­ktaṃ va­ktuṃ­, sa­rva­thā TAŚVA-ML 172,29vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | sva­pnā­di­ṣu bā­dha­ka­pra­tya­ya­sya sa­bā­dha­tvā­n na ta­da­nu­bha­va­naṃ ta­c ca pha­la­m i­ti ce­t­, ku­ta­s ta­sya sa­bā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 172,30tva­si­ddhiḥ | ka­sya­ci­t tā­dṛ­śa­sya sa­bā­dha­ka­tva­da­rśa­nā­di ce­t­, na­nv e­vaṃ jā­ga­dbā­dha­ka­pra­tya­ya­sya ka­sya­ci­t sa­bā­dha­tva- TAŚVA-ML 172,31da­rśa­nā­t sa­rva­sya sa­bā­dhaṃ­tvaṃ si­ddhye­t | ta­sya ni­rvā­dha­syā­pi da­rśa­nā­n nai­va­m i­ti ce­t­, sa­ty a­sva­pna­ja­pra­tya­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 172,32ni­rbā­dha­syā­va­lo­ka­nā­t sa­rva­sya ta­sya sa­bā­dha­tvaṃ mā bhū­t | ta­smā­d a­vi­cā­ri­ta­ra­ma­ṇī­ya­tva­m e­vā­vi­ca­la­na­m a­rtha­kri­yā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 172,33saṃ­vā­da­na­m a­bhi­prā­ya­ni­ve­da­nā­t kva­ci­d a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ | te ca sva­pnā­dā­v a­pi dṛ­śyaṃ­ta i­ti ta­tpra­tya­ya­sya prā­mā­ṇyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 172,34du­rni­vā­ra­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.62prā­mā­ṇyaṃ vya­va­hā­re­ṇa śā­straṃ mo­ha­ni­va­rta­na­m | ta­to pa­rya­nu­yo­jyā­ś ce­t ta­trai­te vya­va­hā­ri­ṇaḥ |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.63aśā­stre­ṇa kri­ya­tāṃ te­ṣāṃ ka­thaṃ mo­ha­ni­va­rta­na­m | ta­da­ni­ṣṭau tu śā­strā­ṇāṃ pra­tī­ti­r vyā­ha­tā na ki­m |­| 6­3­a |­| TAŚVA-ML 173,03vya­va­hā­re­ṇa prā­mā­ṇya­syo­pa­ga­mā­t ta­trā­pa­rya­nu­yo­jyā e­va vya­va­hā­ri­ṇaḥ | kiṃ na bha­vaṃ­taḥ sva­pnā­di­pra­tya­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 173,04jā­gra­tpra­tya­ya­va­t pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vya­va­ha­raṃ­ti ta­dva­dvā­do jā­gra­dbo­dha­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m i­ti ke­va­laṃ ta­da­nu­sā­ri­bhi­s ta­da­nu­ro­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 173,05d e­va kva­ci­t pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ cā­nu­maṃ­ta­vya­m i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­thaṃ śā­straṃ mo­ha­ni­va­rta­na­m ā­ca­kṣī­ta na ce­d vyā­kṣi­ptaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 173,06ye hi ya­syā­pa­rya­nu­yo­jyā­s ta­cchā­stre­ṇa ka­thaṃ te­ṣāṃ mo­ha­ni­va­rta­naṃ kri­ya­te | vya­va­hā­ro mo­ha­va­t kri­ya­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 173,07ce­t ku­ta­s te­ṣāṃ vi­ni­śca­yaḥ ? pra­si­ddha­vya­va­hā­rā­ti­kra­mā­d i­ti ce­t ko sau pra­si­ddhau vya­va­hā­raḥ ? su­ga­ta­śā­stro- TAŚVA-ML 173,08pa­da­rśi­ta i­ti ce­t ka­pi­lā­di­śā­stro­pa­da­rśi­taḥ ka­smā­n na syā­t ? ta­tra vya­va­hā­ri­ṇā­m a­na­nu­ro­dhā­d i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 173,09ta­rhi ya­ta e­va vya­va­hā­ri­ja­nā­nāṃ su­ga­ta­śā­stro­kto vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­si­ddhā­tmā vya­va­sthi­ta e­va­m a­ti­krā­ma­tāṃ ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 173,10mo­ha­ni­va­rta­naṃ si­ddha­m i­ti kiṃ śā­stre­ṇa ta­da­rthe­na te­na | ta­nni­va­rta­na­syā­ni­ṣṭau tu vyā­ha­tā śā­stra­pra­ṇī­tiḥ kiṃ na TAŚVA-ML 173,11bha­ve­t ? |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.63yu­ktyā ya­n na gha­ṭā­me­ti dṛ­ṣṭvā­pi śra­dda­dhe na ta­t | i­ti bru­va­n pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ yu­ktyā śra­ddhā­tu­m a­rha­ti |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 173,13na ke­va­laṃ vya­va­hā­rī dṛ­ṣṭaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m a­pi ta­ttvaṃ yu­ktyā śra­ddhā­ta­vyaṃ | sā ca yu­ktiḥ śā­stre­ṇa vyu­tpā­dya­te | TAŚVA-ML 173,14ta­to śā­stra­pra­ṇī­ti­vyā­ha­te­ti bru­va­n ka­syaṃ­ci­t pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ yu­ktyai­va śra­ddhā­tu­m a­rha­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.64ta­thā­sa­ti pra­mā­ṇa­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ nā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | pa­ri­ha­rtu­m a­ti­vyā­pte­r a­śa­kya­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 173,16pra­mā­ṇa­sya hi la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­vi­saṃ­vā­da­naṃ ta­c ca ya­thā sau­ga­tai­r u­pa­ga­mya­te ta­thā yu­ktyā na gha­ṭa­ta e­vā­ti­vyā­pte­r duḥ- TAŚVA-ML 173,17pa­ri­ha­ra­tvā­d i­ty u­ktaṃ sva­pnā­di­jñā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pā­da­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.65kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­di­bo­dhe vi­mu­ktya­bhā­vā­c ca dū­ṣya­te | pra­tye­kṣe pi ki­m a­vyā­ptyā ta­du­ktaṃ nai­va la­kṣa­ṇa­m |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.66kṣa­ṇi­ke­ṣu vi­bhi­nne­ṣu pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣu sa­rva­taḥ | saṃ­bha­vo py a­vi­mo­kṣa­sya na pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­yoḥ |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 173,20na hi va­stu­naḥ kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­ye sa­rva­to vyā­vṛ­tti­r na sa pa­ra­mā­ṇu­sva­bhā­ve vā pra­tya­kṣa­m a­pi saṃ­vā­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­vi­mo­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 173,21bhā­vā­d i­ty u­ktaṃ prā­k | pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­yo­r vā vi­mo­kṣa­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­d a­vyā­ptyā vā­saṃ­bha­ve­na ca ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ dū­ṣya­ta e­va­, TAŚVA-ML 173,22ta­to ti­vyā­ptya­vyā­ptya­saṃ­bha­va­do­ṣo­pa­dru­taṃ na yu­kti­ma­lla­kṣa­ṇa­m a­vi­saṃ­vā­da­na­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.67a­jñā­tā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ś ce­l la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ | gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­n na syā­d a­nu­mā­na­sya mā­na­tā |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.68pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa gṛ­hī­te pi kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­di­va­stu­ni | sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­dā­t prā­mā­ṇyaṃ laiṃ­gi­ka­sya ce­t |­| 6­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.69smṛ­tyā­di­ve­da­na­syā­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­pī­ṣya­tā­m | mā­na­dvai­vi­dhya­vi­dhvaṃ­sa­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m a­bā­dhi­ta­m |­| 6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.70mu­khyaṃ prā­mā­ṇya­m a­dhya­kṣe '­nu­mā­ne vyā­va­hā­ri­ka­m | i­ti bru­va­n na bau­ddhaḥ syā­t pra­mā­ṇe la­kṣa­ṇa­dva­ya­m |­| 7­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 173,27cā­rvā­ko vpi hy e­vaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­dva­ya­m i­ccha­ty e­va pra­tya­kṣa­m e­ka­m e­va pra­mā­ṇa­m a­gau­ṇa­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­sye­ti va­ca­nā­d a­nu­mā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 173,28gau­ṇa­prā­mā­ṇyā­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.71ta­trā­pū­rvā­rtha­vi­jñā­naṃ ni­ści­taṃ bā­dha­va­rji­ta­m | pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti yo py ā­ha so py e­te­na ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ |­| 7­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.72gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­bhe­dā­d a­nu­mā­nā­di saṃ­vi­daḥ | pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­ni­rṇī­ta­ni­tya­śa­bdā­di­va­stu­ṣu |­| 7­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 173,31na pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­ni­rṇī­te­ṣu ni­tye­ṣu śa­bdā­tmā­di­ṣv a­rthe­ṣv a­nu­mā­nā­di­saṃ­vi­daḥ pra­va­rtaṃ­te pi­ṣṭa­pe­ṣa­ṇa­va­dvai­ya­rthyā­d a­na- TAŚVA-ML 173,32va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­c ca | ta­to na gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, da­rśa­na­sya pa­rā­rtha­tvā­d i­tyā­di śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­na­syā­bhyu- TAŚVA-ML 173,33pa­ga­mā­t | ta­ta e­va ta­tsā­dha­naṃ na pu­naḥ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­d i­ty a­sā­raṃ­, ni­tyaḥ śa­bdaḥ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya­mā­na­tvā­d i­ty a­tra TAŚVA-ML 173,34he­tva­si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya­mā­na­tvaṃ hi he­tuḥ ta­dā si­ddhaḥ syā­d ya­dā sa­rve­ṣu pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ pra­va­rte­ta ta­c ca TAŚVA-ML 174,01pra­va­rta­mā­naṃ śa­bda­ni­tya­tve pra­va­rta­te na śa­bda­rū­pa­mā­tre pra­tya­kṣa­tva­va­d a­ne­kāṃ­tā­rtha­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ pra­tya­bhi­jñā- TAŚVA-ML 174,02nā­n ni­tya­śa­bdā­di­si­ddhā­v a­pi ku­ta­ści­t sa­mā­ro­pa­sya pra­sū­te­s ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m a­nu­mā­naṃ na pū­rvā­rtha­m i­ti ma­taṃ ta­dā TAŚVA-ML 174,03smṛ­ti­ta­rkā­de­r a­pi pū­rvā­rtha­tvaṃ mā bhū­t ta­ta e­va | ta­thā ca svā­bhi­ma­ta­pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­khyā­vyā­ghā­taḥ | ka­thaṃ vā pra­tya­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 174,04jñā­naṃ gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hi pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ṣṭaṃ ta­d dhi pra­tya­kṣa­m e­va vā ta­to '­nya­d e­va vā pra­mā­ṇaṃ syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.73pra­tya­kṣaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā ce­d gra­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ bha­ve­t | ta­to nya­c ce­t ta­thā­py e­vaṃ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tā ca te |­| 7­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 174,06na hy a­na­nu­bhū­tā­rthe pra­tya­bhi­jñā sa­rva­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nā­py a­sma­rya­mā­ṇe ya­to gra­hī­ta­grā­hi­ṇī na bha­ve­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.74pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­gra­hī­te rthe pra­tya­bhi­jñā pra­va­rta­te | pū­rvo­tta­ra­vi­va­rtai­ka­grā­hā­c ce­n nā­kṣa­ja­tva­taḥ |­| 7­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 174,08pū­rvo­tta­rā­va­stha­yo­r ya­d vyā­pa­ka­m e­ka­tvaṃ ta­tra pra­tya­bhi­jñā pra­va­rta­te na pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa pa­ri­cchi­nne va­sthā­mā­tre sma­rya­mā­ṇe nu- TAŚVA-ML 174,09bhū­ya­mā­ne vā ta­to na gra­hī­ta­grā­hi­ṇī ce­t ta­t ne­ndri­ya­ja­tvā­t ta­syāḥ ka­tha­m a­nya­thā pra­tya­kṣe ṃ­ta­rbhā­vaḥ | na TAŚVA-ML 174,10ceṃ­dri­yaṃ pū­rvo­tta­rā­va­stha­yo­r a­tī­ta­va­rta­mā­na­yoḥ va­rta­mā­ne ta­de­ka­tve pra­va­rti­tuṃ sa­ma­rthaṃ va­rta­mā­nā­rtha­grā­hi­tvā­t saṃ­baṃ­dhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 174,11va­rta­mā­naṃ ca gṛ­hyaṃ­te ca­kṣu­rā­di­bhi­r i­ti va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.75pū­rvo­tta­ra­vi­va­rtā­kṣa­jñā­nā­bhyāṃ so pa­ja­nya­te | ta­nmā­tra­m i­ti ce­t kve yaṃ ta­dbhi­nnai­ka­tva­ve­di­nī |­| 7­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 174,13na hi pū­rvo­tta­rā­va­sthā­bhyāṃ bhi­nne ca sa­rva­thai­ka­tve ta­tpa­ri­cche­di­bhyā­m a­kṣa­jñā­nā­bhyāṃ ja­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 174,14pra­va­rta­te sma­ra­ṇa­va­t saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­rai­ka­tva­va­d vā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.76vi­va­rtā­bhyā­m a­bhe­da­ś ce­d e­ka­tva­sya ka­thaṃ­ca­na | ta­dgrā­hi­ṇyāḥ ka­thaṃ na syā­t pū­rvā­rtha­tvaṃ smṛ­te­r i­va |­| 7­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 174,16ya­dy a­va­sthā­bhyā­m e­ka­tva­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhe­dā­t ta­dgrā­hīṃ­dri­ya­jñā­nā­bhyāṃ ja­ni­tā­yāḥ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yā gra­ha­ṇaṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te TAŚVA-ML 174,17sa­rva­thā­bhe­de ta­dvi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ma­ti­s ta­dā­syāḥ ka­thaṃ pū­rvā­rtha­tvaṃ na syā­t smṛ­ti­va­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­t pū­rvā­rtha­tve vā sa­rvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 174,18pra­mā­ṇaṃ nai­kāṃ­te­nā­pū­rvā­rthaṃ | ta­dva­d e­vaṃ ca ta­trā­pū­rvā­rtha­vi­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ty a­saṃ­baṃ­dhaṃ | e­te­nā­nu­mā­na­m e­va pra­tya­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 174,19jñā­na­pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­m e­va ce­ti pra­tyā­khyā­taṃ­, sa­rva­thā­py a­pū­rvā­rtha­tva­ni­rā­kṛ­teḥ sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­si­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 174,20pra­saṃ­gā­c ca |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.77ta­ttvā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­jñā­naṃ mā­na­m i­tī­ya­tā | la­kṣa­ṇe­na ga­tā­rtha­tvā­d vya­rtha­m a­nya­m a­nya­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m |­| 7­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.78gṛ­hī­ta­m a­gṛ­hī­taṃ vā svā­rthaṃ ya­di vya­va­sya­ti | ta­n na lo­ke na śā­stre­ṣu vi­ja­hā­ti pra­mā­ṇa­tā­m |­| 7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.79bā­dha­va­rji­ta­tā­py e­ṣā nā­pa­rā svā­rtha­ni­śca­yā­t | sa ca pra­bā­dhya­te ce­ti vyā­ghā­tā­n mu­gdha­bhā­ṣi­ta­m |­| 7­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.80bā­dha­ko­da­ya­taḥ pū­rvaṃ va­rta­te svā­rtha­ni­śca­yaḥ | ta­syo­da­ye tu bā­dhye­te­ty e­ta­d a­py a­vi­cā­ri­ta­m |­| 8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.81a­pra­mā­ṇā­d a­pi jñā­nā­t pra­vṛ­tte­r a­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ | bā­dha­ko­dbhū­ti­taḥ pū­rvaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ vi­pha­laṃ ta­taḥ |­| 8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.82bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­vi­jñā­nā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sya ni­śca­ye | pra­vṛ­ttyaṃ­ge ta­d e­va syā­t pra­ti­pa­ttuḥ pra­va­rta­ka­m |­| 8­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.83ta­syā­pi ca pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­ve­da­nā­t | pa­ra­smā­d i­ty a­va­sthā­naṃ ka nā­mai­vaṃ la­bhe­ma­hi |­| 8­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.84bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­bo­dha­sya svā­rtha­ni­rṇī­ti­r e­va ce­t | bā­dha­kāṃ­ta­ra­śū­nya­tva­ni­rṇī­tiḥ pra­tha­me tra sā |­| 8­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.85saṃ­pra­tya­yo ya­thā ya­tra ta­thā ta­trā­stv i­tī­ra­ṇe | bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­vi­jñā­na­pa­ri­tyā­gaḥ sa­mā­ga­taḥ |­| 8­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.86ya­c cā­rtha­ve­da­ne bā­dhā­bhā­va­jñā­naṃ ta­d e­va naḥ | syā­d a­rtha­sā­dha­naṃ bā­dha­sa­dbhā­va­jñā­na­m a­nya­thā |­| 8­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.87ta­tra de­śāṃ­ta­ra­dī­ni vā­pe­kṣya ya­di jā­ya­te | ta­dā su­ni­ści­taṃ bā­dhā­bhā­va­jñā­naṃ na cā­nya­thā |­| 8­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.88a­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇā­ra­bdha­m i­ty e­ta­c ca vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m | pra­mā­ṇa­sya na sā­pha­lyaṃ pra­yā­tya­vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ |­| 8­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.89du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­sya svā­rtha­ni­rṇī­tya­saṃ­bha­vā­t | sa­rva­sya ve­da­na­syo­tthaṃ ta­ta e­vā­nu­mā­na­taḥ |­| 8­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.90svā­rtha­ni­ścā­ya­ka­tve­nā­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­tā | ta­thā ca ta­ttva­m i­ty e­ta­tpa­ra­spa­ra­sa­mā­śri­ta­m |­| 9­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.91ya­di kā­ra­ṇa­do­ṣa­syā­bhā­va­jñā­naṃ ca ga­mya­te | jñā­na­syā­du­ṣṭa­he­tū­tthā ta­dā syā­d a­na­va­sthi­tiḥ |­| 9­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.92he­tu­do­ṣa­vi­hī­na­tva­jñā­na­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇa­tā | sva­he­tu­do­ṣa­śū­nya­tva­jñā­nā­t ta­syā­pi sā ta­taḥ |­| 9­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.93ga­tvā su­dū­ra­m e­ka­sya ta­da­bhā­ve pi mā­na­tā | ya­dī­ṣṭā ta­dva­d e­va syā­d ā­dya­jñā­na­sya sā na ki­m |­| 9­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 175,04e­vaṃ na bā­dha­va­rji­ta­tva­m a­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇā­ra­bdha­tvaṃ lo­ka­saṃ­ma­ta­tvaṃ vā pra­mā­ṇa­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ sa­pha­la­pū­rvā­rtha­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 175,05svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­tva­mā­tre­ṇa su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­tma­nā pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sya vā vya­va­sthi­te­r a­pi pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ TAŚVA-ML 175,06pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.94sva­taḥ sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ prā­mā­ṇya­m i­ti ke­ca­na | ya­taḥ sva­to '­sa­tī śa­ktiḥ ka­rtuṃ nā­nye­na śa­kya­te |­| 9­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.95te­ṣāṃ sva­to pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­jñā­nā­nāṃ bha­ve­n na ki­m | ta­ta e­va vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­vā­t sa­rva­tra sa­rva­thā |­| 9­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.96ya­thā­rtha­bo­dha­ka­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vya­va­sthi­ta­m | a­rthā­nya­thā­tva­he­tū­ttha­do­ṣa­jñā­nā­d a­po­hya­te |­| 9­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.97ta­thā mi­thyā­va­bhā­si­tvā­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m ā­di­taḥ | a­rtha­yā­thā­tmya­he­tū­ttha­gu­ṇa­jñā­nā­d a­po­hya­te |­| 9­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.98ya­dy a­thā­rthā­nya­thā­bhā­vā­bhā­va­jñā­naṃ ni­ga­dya­te | a­rtha­yā­thā­tmya­vi­jñā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­bā­dha­ka­m |­| 9­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.99ta­thai­vā­stv a­rtha­yā­thā­tmyā­bhā­va­jñā­naṃ sva­taḥ sa­tā­m | a­rthā­nya­thā­tva­vi­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pa­vā­da­ka­m |­| 9­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.100vi­jñā­na­kā­re­ṇa do­ṣā­bhā­vaḥ pra­jñā­ya­te gu­ṇaḥ | ya­thā ta­thā gu­ṇā­bhā­vo do­ṣaḥ kiṃ nā­tra ma­nya­te |­| 1­0­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.101ya­thā ca jā­ta­mā­tra­syā­du­ṣṭā ne­trā­da­yaḥ sva­taḥ | jā­tyaṃ­dhā­de­s ta­thā du­ṣṭāḥ śi­ṣṭai­s te kiṃ na la­kṣi­tāḥ |­| 1­0­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.102dhū­mā­da­yo ya­thā­gnyā­dī­n vi­nā na syuḥ sva­bhā­va­taḥ | dhū­mā­bhā­sā­da­ya­s ta­dva­t tai­r vi­nā saṃ­ty a­bā­dhi­tāḥ |­| 1­0­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.103ya­thā śa­bdāḥ sva­ta­s ta­ttva­pra­tyā­ya­na­pa­rā­s ta­thā | śa­bdā­bhā­sā­s ta­thā mi­thyā­pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­kāḥ |­| 1­0­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.104du­ṣṭe va­kta­ri śa­bda­sya do­ṣa­s ta­t saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | gu­ṇo gu­ṇa­va­tī­ti syā­d va­ktra­dhī­na­m i­daṃ dva­ya­m |­| 1­0­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.105ya­thā va­ktṛ­gu­ṇai­r do­ṣaḥ śa­bdā­nāṃ vi­ni­va­rtya­te | ta­thā gu­ṇo pi ta­ddo­ṣai­r i­ti spṛ­ṣṭa­m a­bhī­kṣya­te |­| 1­0­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.106ya­thā ca va­kra­bhā­ve­na na syu­r do­ṣā­s ta­dā­śra­yāḥ | ta­dva­d e­va gu­ṇā na syu­r me­gha­dhvā­nā­di­va­ddhru­va­m |­| 1­0­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.107ta­ta­ś ca co­da­nā­bu­ddhi­r na pra­mā­ṇaṃ na vā pra­mā | ā­ptā­nā­pto­pa­de­śo­ttha­bu­ddhe­s ta­ttva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­0­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.108e­vaṃ sa­ma­tva­saṃ­si­ddhau pra­mā­ṇa­tve­ta­ra­tva­yoḥ | sva­ta e­va dva­yaṃ si­ddhaṃ sa­rva­jñā­ne­ṣv i­tī­ta­re |­| 1­0­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 175,22ya­thā pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ sva­taḥ prā­mā­ṇyaṃ sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t ta­yo­r u­tpa­ttau sva­kā­rye ca sā­ma­gryaṃ­ta­ra­sva­gra­ha­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 175,23ni­ra­pe­kṣa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ty a­pa­re |­| TAŚVA-ML 175,24sva­taḥ pra­mā­ṇe­ta­rai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.10.109ta­nnā­na­bhyā­sa­kā­le pi ta­thā bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ | na ca pra­tī­ya­te tā­dṛ­k pa­ra­ta­s ta­ttva­ni­rṇa­yā­t |­| 1­0­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 175,26sva­taḥ prā­mā­ṇye­ta­rai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m a­bhyā­sā­va­sthā­yā­m i­vā­na­bhyā­sa­da­śā­yā­m a­pi sva­ta e­va pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m i­ta­ra­c ca TAŚVA-ML 175,27syā­d a­nya­thā ta­de­kāṃ­ta­hā­ni­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ce­dṛ­k pra­tī­ya­te '­na­bhyā­se pa­ra­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sye­ta­ra­sya ca ni­rṇa­yā­t | TAŚVA-ML 175,28na hi ta­t ta­dā ka­sya­ci­t ta­thyā­rthā­va­bo­dha­ka­tvaṃ mi­thyā­va­bhā­si­tvaṃ vā ne­tuṃ śa­kyaṃ sva­ta e­va ta­syā­rthā­nya­thā­tva­he­tū­ttha- TAŚVA-ML 175,29do­ṣa­jñā­nā­d a­rtha­yā­thā­tmya­he­tū­ttha­gu­ṇa­jñā­nā­d vā a­na­pa­vā­da­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā ca nā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­syā­rthā­ny a­thā­bhā­vā­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 175,30jñā­naṃ bā­dha­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sya vā­rthā­nya­thā­tva­vi­jñā­naṃ si­ddhye­t | na cā­na­bhyā­se jñā­na­kā­ra­ṇe­ṣu do­ṣā­bhā­vo gu­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 175,31bhā­vo vā gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­sva­bhā­vaḥ sva­to vi­bhā­vya­te ya­to jā­ta­mā­tra­syā­du­ṣṭā du­ṣṭā vā ne­trā­da­yaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­he­ta­vaḥ TAŚVA-ML 175,32si­ddhe­yuḥ dhū­mā­di­ta­dā­bhā­sā vā­nu­mā­na­he­ta­vaḥ śa­bda­ta­dā­bhā­sā vā śā­bda­jñā­na­he­ta­vaḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­he­ta­vo vā ya­tho­pa- TAŚVA-ML 175,33va­rṇi­tā i­ti | ka­thaṃ vā­na­bhyā­se du­ṣṭo va­ktā gu­ṇā­vā­n vā sva­taḥ śa­kyo­va­sā­tuṃ ya­taḥ śa­bda­sya do­ṣa­va­ttvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 175,34gu­ṇa­va­ttvaṃ vā va­kra­dhī­na­m a­nu­ru­dhya­te | ta­thā va­ktu­r gu­ṇaiḥ śa­bdā­nāṃ do­ṣa u­pa­nī­ya­te do­ṣai­r vā gu­ṇa i­ty e­ta­d a­pi TAŚVA-ML 176,01nā­na­bhyā­se sva­to ni­rṇe­yaṃ­, va­ktṛ­ra­hi­ta­tvaṃ vā gu­ṇa­do­ṣā­bhā­va­ni­baṃ­dha­na­ta­yā co­da­nā­bu­ddheḥ pra­mā­ṇe­ta­ra­tvā­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 176,02ni­baṃ­dha­na­m i­ti na pra­mā­ṇe­ta­ra­tva­yo sa­ma­tvaṃ si­ddhye­t sva­ta­s ta­nni­baṃ­dha­naṃ sa­rva­thā­na­bhyā­se jñā­nā­nā­m u­tpa­ttau sva­kā­rye TAŚVA-ML 176,03ca sā­ma­gryaṃ­ta­ra­sva­gra­ha­ṇa­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­tvā­si­ddhe­ś ca | ta­to na sva­ta e­ve­ti yu­kta­m u­tpa­śyā­maḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.110dva­yaṃ pa­ra­ta e­ve­ti ke­ci­t ta­d a­pi sā­ku­la­m | sva­bhya­sta­vi­ṣa­ye ta­sya pa­rā­pe­kṣā­na­bhī­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 1­1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 176,05sva­bhya­ste pi vi­ṣa­ye pra­mā­ṇā­pra­mā­ṇa­yo­s ta­dbhā­va­si­ddhau pa­rā­pe­kṣā­yā­m a­na­va­sthā­nā­pa­tteḥ ku­taḥ ka­sya­ci­t pra­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 176,06ni­vṛ­ttī ca syā­tā­m i­ti na pa­ra­ta e­va ta­du­bha­ya­m a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.111ta­tra pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­tī­ya­te | pra­mā­ṇa­syā­rtha­va­ttvaṃ ce­n nā­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 1­1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.112pra­mā­ṇe­na pra­tī­te rthe ya­t ta­d de­śo­pa­sa­rpa­ṇa­m | sā pra­vṛ­ttiḥ pha­la­syā­pti­s ta­syāḥ sā­ma­rthya­m i­ṣya­te |­| 1­1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.113pra­sū­ti­r vā sa­jā­tī­ya­vi­jñā­na­sya ya­dā ta­dā | pha­la­prā­pti­r a­pi jñā­tā sā­ma­rthyaṃ nā­nya­thā sthi­tiḥ |­| 1­1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.114ta­dvi­jñā­na­sya cā­nya­smā­t pra­vṛ­tti­ba­la­to ya­di | ta­dā­na­va­sthi­ti­s tā­va­t ke­nā­tra pra­ti­ha­nya­te |­| 1­1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.115sva­ta­s ta­dba­la­to jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ ce­t ta­thā na ki­m | pra­tha­maṃ ka­thya­te jñā­naṃ pra­dve­ṣo ni­rni­baṃ­dha­na­m |­| 1­1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.116e­te­nai­va sa­jā­tī­ya­jñā­no­tpa­ttau ni­ve­di­tā | a­na­va­sthā­nya­ta­s ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ |­| 1­1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.117na ca sā­ma­rthya­vi­jñā­ne prā­mā­ṇyā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇe | ta­nni­baṃ­dha­na­m ā­dya­sya jñā­na­syai­ta­t pra­si­ddhya­ti |­| 1­1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 176,14na hy a­na­va­dhā­ri­ta­prā­mā­ṇyā­d vi­jñā­nā­t pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyaṃ si­ddhya­ti ya­to na­va­sthā­pa­ri­hā­raḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­to rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttau TAŚVA-ML 176,15pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­rtha­va­tpra­mā­ṇa­m i­ty e­ta­d vā bhā­ṣyaṃ su­gha­ṭaṃ syā­t pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­si­ddhā­pra­mā­ṇa­syā­rtha­va­ttvā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 176,16kiṃ ca pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r a­pi jñā­ta­prā­mā­ṇyā­d a­jñā­ta­prā­mā­ṇyā­d vā syā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.10.118jñā­ta­prā­mā­ṇya­to mā­nā­t pra­vṛ­ttau ke­na vā­rya­te | pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­yo do­ṣo vṛ­tti­prā­mā­ṇya­saṃ­vi­doḥ |­| 1­1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.119a­vi­jñā­ta­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t pra­vṛ­tti­ś ce­dvṛ­thā bha­ve­t | prā­mā­ṇya­ve­da­naṃ vṛ­tteḥ kṣau­re na­kṣa­tra­pṛ­ṣṭi­va­t |­| 1­1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.120a­rtha­saṃ­śa­ya­to vṛ­tti­r a­ne­nai­va ni­vā­ri­tā | a­na­rtha­saṃ­śa­yā­d vā­pi ni­vṛ­tti­r vi­du­ṣā­m i­va |­| 1­2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.121pa­ra­lo­ka­pra­si­ddhya­rtha­m a­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | si­ddhaṃ ta­sya ba­hu­kle­śa­vi­tta­tyā­gā­tma­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 1­2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.122i­ti bru­va­n ma­hā­yā­trā­vi­vā­hā­di­ṣu va­rta­na­m | saṃ­de­hā­d a­bhi­ma­nye­na jā­ḍyā­d e­va ma­hā­ta­mā­t |­| 1­2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 176,22pa­ra­lo­kā­rthā­nu­ṣṭhā­ne ma­hā­yā­trā vi­vā­hā­dau ca ba­hu­kle­śa­vi­tta­tyā­gā­vi­śe­ṣe pi ni­ści­ta­prā­mā­ṇyā­d ve­da­nā- TAŚVA-ML 176,23d e­ka­trā­nya­tra va­rta­naṃ saṃ­de­hā­c ca sva­ya­m ā­ca­kṣā­ṇa­sya ki­m a­nya­tkā­ra­ṇa­m a­nya­tra ma­hā­ta­mā­j jā­ḍyā­t | e­ka­tra pa­ra­spa­rā- TAŚVA-ML 176,24śra­ya­syā­nya­tra prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­sthā­pa­na­vai­ya­rthya­sya ca ta­da­va­stha­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.123ta­smā­t pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ yu­ktā pra­mā­ṇā­d e­va ni­ści­tā­t | sa­rva­pra­vṛ­tti­r a­nye­ṣāṃ saṃ­śa­yā­de­r a­pi kva­ci­t |­| 1­2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 176,26dvi­vi­dhā hi pra­va­rti­tā­ro dṛ­śyaṃ­te vi­cā­rya pra­va­rta­mā­nā ke­ci­d a­vi­cā­rya cā­nye | ta­trai­ke­ṣāṃ ni­ści­ta­prā­mā­ṇyā- TAŚVA-ML 176,27d e­va ve­da­nā­t kva­ci­t pra­vṛ­tti­r a­nya­thā pre­kṣā­va­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | pa­re­ṣāṃ saṃ­śa­yā­d vi­pa­rya­yā­d vā a­nya­thā pre­kṣā­kā­ri­tva- TAŚVA-ML 176,28vyā­ghā­tā­d i­ti yu­ktaṃ va­ktuṃ­, lo­ka­vṛ­ttā­nu­vā­da­sye­vaṃ gha­ṭa­nā­t | so ya­m u­dyo­ta­ka­raḥ sva­yaṃ lo­ka­pra­vṛ­ttā­nu­vā­da­m u­pa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 176,29tprā­mā­ṇya­pa­rī­kṣā­yāṃ ta­dvi­ru­ddha­m a­bhi­da­dhā­tī­ti ki­m a­nya­da­nā­tma­jña­tā­yāḥ | na­nu ca lo­ka­vya­va­hā­raṃ pra­ti bā­la­paṃ­ḍi- TAŚVA-ML 176,30ta­yoḥ sa­dṛ­śa­tvā­d a­pre­kṣā­va­tta­yai­va sa­rva­sya pra­vṛ­tteḥ kva­ci­t saṃ­śa­yā­t pra­vṛ­tti­r yu­ktai­vā­nya­thā pre­kṣā­va­taḥ pra­vṛ­ttya­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 176,31pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ce­t na­, ta­sya kva­ci­t ka­dā­ci­t pre­kṣā­va­tta­yā­pi pra­vṛ­ttya­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.124pre­kṣā­va­tā pu­na­r jñe­yā ka­dā­ci­t ka­sya­ci­t kva­ci­t | a­pre­kṣa­kā­ri­tā­py e­va­m a­nya­trā­śe­ṣa­ve­di­naḥ |­| 1­2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 176,33pre­kṣā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā sa­rve­ṣā­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­t ka­sya­ci­d e­va kva­ci­t ka­dā­ci­c ca pre­kṣā­va­te- TAŚVA-ML 176,34ta­ra­yoḥ si­ddhi­r a­nya­tra pra­kṣī­ṇā­śe­ṣā­va­ra­ṇā­d a­śe­ṣa­jñā­d i­ti ni­ści­ta­prā­mā­ṇyā­t pra­mā­ṇā­t pre­kṣā­va­taḥ pra­vṛ­ttiḥ ka­dā­ci- TAŚVA-ML 177,01d a­nya­dā ta­syai­vā­pre­kṣā­va­taḥ ya­taḥ saṃ­śa­yā­de­r a­pī­ti na sa­rva­dā lo­ka­vya­va­hā­raṃ pra­ti bā­la­paṃ­ḍi­ta­sa­dṛ­śau | ka­tha­m e­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 177,02pre­kṣā­va­taḥ prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­ye '­na­va­sthā­di­do­ṣa­pa­ri­hā­ra i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.10.125ta­trā­bhyā­sā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ ni­ści­taḥ sva­ta e­va naḥ | a­na­bhyā­se tu pa­ra­ta i­ty ā­huḥ ke­ci­d aṃ­ja­sā |­| 1­2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.126ta­c ca syā­dvā­di­nā­m e­va svā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­nā­t sthi­ta­m | na tu sva­ni­śca­yo­nmu­kta­niḥ­śe­ṣa­jñā­na­vā­di­nā­m |­| 1­2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 177,05kva­ci­d a­tyaṃ­tā­bhyā­sā­t sva­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sya ni­śca­yā­n nā­na­va­sthā­di­do­ṣaḥ­, kva­ci­d a­na­bhyā­sā­t pa­ra­ta­s ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 177,06vya­va­sthi­te­r nā­vyā­pti­r i­ty e­ta­d a­pi syā­dvā­di­nā­m e­va pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ si­ddhye­t svā­rtha­ni­śca­yo­pa­ga­mā­t | na pu­naḥ sva­rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 177,07ni­śca­ya­ra­hi­ta­sa­ka­la­saṃ­ve­da­na­vā­di­nā­m a­na­va­sthā­dya­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­sya ta­da­va­stha­tvā­t | ta­thā hi | va­stu­vya­va­sthā­ni­baṃ­dha­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 177,08sva­rū­pa­ni­śca­ya­ra­hi­ta­syā­sva­saṃ­ve­di­ta­syai­vā­nu­pa­yo­gā­t | ta­tra ni­śca­yaṃ ja­na­ya­ta e­va pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vya­m | TAŚVA-ML 177,09ta­nni­śca­ya­sya sva­rū­pe sva­ya­m a­ni­ści­ta­syā­nu­tpā­di­tā­vi­śe­ṣā­n ni­śca­yāṃ­ta­ra­ja­na­nā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­d a­na­va­sthā­, pū­rva­ni­śca­ya­syo­tta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 177,10ni­śca­yā­t si­ddhau ta­sya pū­rva­ni­śca­yā­d a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ | ya­di pu­na­r ni­śca­yaḥ sva­rū­pe ni­śca­ya­m a­ja­na­ya­nn a­pi si­ddhya­ti TAŚVA-ML 177,11ni­śca­ya­tvā­d e­va na pra­tya­kṣa­m a­ni­śca­ya­tvā­d i­ti ma­taṃ ta­dā­rtha­jñā­na­jñā­naṃ jñā­nāṃ­ta­rā­pa­ri­cchi­nna­m a­pi si­ddhye­t ta­d- TAŚVA-ML 177,12jñā­na­tvā­t na pu­na­r a­rtha­jñā­naṃ ta­syā­ta­ttvā­d i­ti jñā­nāṃ­ta­ra­ve­dya­jñā­na­vā­di­no pi nā­rtha­ci­nta­na­m u­tsī­de­t | jñā­naṃ jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 177,13ca syā­j jñā­nāṃ­ta­ra­pa­ri­cche­dyaṃ ca vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ni­śca­yo ni­śca­ya­ś ca syā­t sva­rū­pe ni­śca­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 177,14ca ja­na­ye­t ta­ta e­va so pi ta­thai­ve­ti sa e­va do­ṣaḥ | sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­tvā­n ni­śca­ya­sya sva­yaṃ ni­śca­yā­nta­rā­na­pe­kṣa­tve TAŚVA-ML 177,15nu­bha­va­syā­pi ta­da­pe­kṣā mā bhū­t­, śa­kya­ni­śca­ya­m a­ja­na­ya­nn e­vā­rthā­nu­bha­vaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­bhyā­sa­pā­ṭa­vā­d i­ty a­pa­raḥ | ta­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 177,16"­ya­trai­va ja­na­ye­d e­nāṃ ta­trai­vā­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā­" i­ti graṃ­tho vi­ru­dhya­te | ka­ś cā­ya­m a­bhyā­so nā­ma ? pu­naḥ pu­na­r a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 177,17bha­va­sya bhā­va i­ti ce­t­, kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­dau ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pa­tti­s ta­tra sa­rva­dā sa­rvā­rthe­ṣu da­rśa­na­sya bhā­vā­t pa­ra­mā­bhyā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 177,18si­ddheḥ | pu­naḥ pu­na­r vi­ka­lpa­sya bhā­vaḥ sa i­ti ce­t­, ta­to nu­bha­va­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tve ni­śca­ya­ja­na­nā­d e­va ta­du­pa­ga­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 177,19syā­d i­ti pa­kṣāṃ­ta­raṃ pā­ṭa­va­m e­te­nai­va ni­rū­pi­taṃ | a­vi­dyā­vā­sa­nā­pra­hā­ṇā­d ā­tma­lā­bho nu­bha­va­sya pā­ṭa­vaṃ na tu pau­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 177,20pu­nye­nā­nu­bha­vo vi­ka­lpo­tpa­tti­r vā­, ya­to bhyā­se­nai­vā­sya vyā­khye­ti ce­t­; ka­tha­m e­va­m a­pra­ha­ṇā­vi­dyā­vā­sa­nā­nāṃ ja­nā- TAŚVA-ML 177,21nā­m a­nu­bha­vā­t kva­ci­t pra­va­rta­naṃ si­ddhe­t­, ta­sya pā­ṭa­vā­bhā­vā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­yo­gā­t | prā­ṇi­mā­tra­syā­vi­dyā­vā­sa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 177,22pra­hā­ṇā­d a­nya­tra kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­dya­nu­bha­vā­d i­ti do­ṣā­pā­ka­ra­ṇe ka­tha­m e­ka­syā­nu­bha­va­sya pā­ṭa­vā­pā­ṭa­ve pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ru­ddhe TAŚVA-ML 177,23vā­sta­ve­na syā­tāṃ | ta­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­syā­py a­vā­sta­va­tve kva­ci­d e­va pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­yo­r e­ka­trā­nu­bha­ve nu­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 177,24pra­ka­ra­ṇa­yo­r a­nu­tpa­tti­r a­ne­no­ktā | a­rthi­tvā­na­rthi­tve pu­na­r a­rtha­jñā­nā­t pra­mā­ṇā­tma­kā­d u­tta­ra­kā­la­bhā­vi­nī ka­tha­m a­rthā­nu­bha­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 177,25prā­mā­ṇye­ta­ra­he­tu­tāṃ pra­ti­pa­dye­te sva­ma­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­taḥ svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­jñā­nā­bhi­dhā­yi­nā­m e­vā­bhyā­se sva­to TAŚVA-ML 177,26'­na­bhyā­se pa­ra­taḥ prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhiḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.127sva­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tā ya­sya ta­syai­va pa­ra­taḥ ka­tha­m | ta­dai­vai­ka­tra nai­vā­taḥ syā­dvā­do sti vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1­2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.128nai­ta­tsā­dhu pra­mā­ṇa­syā­ne­ka­rū­pa­tva­ni­śca­yā­t | pra­me­ya­sya ca ni­rbhā­ga­ta­ttva­vā­da­s tu bā­dhya­te |­| 1­2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.129ta­tra ya­t pa­ra­to jñā­na­m a­na­bhyā­se pra­mā­ṇa­tā­m | yā­ti sva­taḥ sva­rū­pe ta­t tā­m i­ti kvai­ka­rū­pa­tā |­| 1­2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.130svā­rtha­yo­r a­pi ya­sya syā­d a­na­bhyā­sā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tā | pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­va­rtā­dau ta­syā­pi pa­ra­to na ki­m |­| 1­3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.131syā­dvā­do na vi­ru­ddho taḥ syā­t pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­yoḥ | sva­dra­vyā­di­va­śā­d vā­pi ta­sya sa­rva­tra ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 1­3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 177,32ke­va­la­jñā­na­m a­pi sva­dra­vyā­di­va­śā­t pra­mā­ṇaṃ na pa­ra­dra­vyā­di­va­śā­d i­ti sa­rvaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­t pra­mā­ṇaṃ­, ta­thā ta­d e­va TAŚVA-ML 177,33svā­tma­naḥ sva­taḥ pra­mā­ṇaṃ cha­dma­sthā­nāṃ tu pa­ra­ta i­ti sa­rvaṃ syā­t sva­taḥ­, syā­t pa­ra­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m u­pa­ga­mya­te vi­ro­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 177,34bhā­vā­t | na pu­na­r ya­tsva­taḥ ta­tsva­ta e­va ya­tpa­ra­ta­s ta­tpa­ra­ta e­ve­ti sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­pra­sa­kte­r u­bha­ya­pa­kṣa­pra­kṣi­pta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.132na­nv a­si­ddhaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ kiṃ sva­rū­pe­ṇa ni­rū­pya­te | śa­śa­śṛṃ­ga­va­d i­ty e­ke ta­d a­py u­nma­tta­bhā­ṣi­ta­m |­| 1­3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.133sve­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭā­rtha­yo­r jñā­tu­r vi­dhā­na­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­yoḥ | si­ddhiḥ pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­si­ddhya­bhā­ve sti na hi ka­sya­ci­t |­| 1­3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 178,03i­ṣṭā­rtha­sya vi­dhe­r a­ni­ṣṭā­rtha­sya vā pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ ta­ttva­to '­saṃ­bha­ve ka­dā­ci­d a­nu­pa­pa­tte­r na sva­rū­pe­ṇā­si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 178,04pra­mā­ṇa­m a­ni­rū­pa­ṇā­t śa­śa­śṛṃ­ga­va­n nā­sti pra­mā­ṇaṃ vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­syā­yo­gā­d i­ti sva­ya­m i­ṣṭa­m a­rthaṃ sā­dha­ya­nn a­ni­ṣṭaṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 178,05ni­rā­ku­rva­n pra­mā­ṇa­ta e­va ka­tha­m a­na­nu­ma­taḥ | ta­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhi­r a­rthā­d ā­ya­tā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.134na­nu pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­si­ddhiḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­to ya­di | ta­dā­na­va­sthi­ti­r no ce­t pra­mā­ṇā­nve­ṣa­ṇaṃ vṛ­thā |­| 1­3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.135ā­dya­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ syā­c ce­t pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­sā­dha­na­m | ta­ta­ś cā­dya­pra­mā­ṇa­sya si­ddhe­r a­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­yaḥ |­| 1­3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.136pra­si­ddhe­nā­pra­si­ddha­sya vi­dhā­na­m i­ti no­tta­ra­m | pra­si­ddha­syā­vya­va­sthā­nā­t pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ra­he kva­ci­t |­| 1­3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.137pa­rā­nu­ro­dha­mā­tre­ṇa pra­si­ddho rtho ya­dī­ṣya­te | pra­mā­ṇa­sā­dha­na­s ta­dva­tpra­mā­ṇaṃ kiṃ na sā­dha­na­m |­| 1­3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.138pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ ke­na si­ddhya­tī­ty a­pi ca dva­yoḥ | sa­maḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ syā­t sa­mā­dhā­naṃ ca nā­dhi­ka­m |­| 1­3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.139ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­yā­di­vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­va­rta­te | sa­rva­syā­py a­vi­cā­re­ṇa sva­pnā­di­va­d i­tī­ta­re |­| 1­3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.140te­ṣāṃ saṃ­vi­tti­mā­traṃ syā­d a­nya­d vā ta­ttva­m aṃ­ja­sā | si­ddhaṃ sva­to ya­thā ta­dva­tpra­mā­ṇa­m a­pa­re vi­duḥ |­| 1­4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.141ya­thā svā­taṃ­trya­m a­bhya­sta­vi­ṣa­ye '­sya pra­tī­ya­te | pra­me­ya­sya ta­thā ne­ti na pra­mā­nve­ṣa­ṇaṃ vṛ­thā |­| 1­4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.142pa­ra­to pi pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na­bhya­sta­vi­ṣa­ye kva­ci­t | nā­nā­va­sthā­nu­ṣa­jye­ta ta­ta e­va vya­va­sthi­teḥ |­| 1­4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 178,15sva­rū­pa­sya sva­to ga­ti­r i­ti saṃ­vi­da­dvai­taṃ bra­hma vā sva­taḥ­, si­ddha­m u­pa­pa­nna­m a­bhya­sta­vi­ṣa­ye sa­rvaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­thā- TAŚVA-ML 178,16bhyu­pa­gaṃ­tu­m a­rha­ti | no ce­d a­na­va­dhe­ya­va­ca­no na pre­kṣā­pū­rva­vā­dī | na ca ya­thā pra­mā­ṇaṃ sva­taḥ si­ddhaṃ ta­thā pra­me­ya­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 178,17ta­sya ta­dva­tsvā­taṃ­tryāṃ­pra­tī­teḥ ta­thā pra­tī­tau vā pra­me­ya­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pa­tteḥ­, svā­rtha­pra­mi­tau sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­sya sva­taṃ­tra­sya TAŚVA-ML 178,18pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­tma­ka­tvā­t | ta­to na pra­mā­ṇā­nve­ṣa­ṇa­m a­pha­laṃ­, te­na vi­nā sva­yaṃ pra­me­ya­syā­vya­va­sthā­nā­t | ya­dā TAŚVA-ML 178,19pu­na­r a­bhya­ste rthe pa­ra­taḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ prā­mā­ṇyaṃ ta­dā­pi nā­na­va­sthā pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­yo vā sva­taḥ si­ddha­prā­mā­ṇyā­t ku­ta­ści- TAŚVA-ML 178,20t kva­ci­t pra­mā­ṇā­d a­va­stho­pa­pa­tteḥ | na­nu ca kva­ci­t ka­sya­ci­d a­bhyā­se sa­rva­tra sa­rva­syā­bhyā­so stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d a­na- TAŚVA-ML 178,21bhyā­sa e­va pra­ti­prā­ṇi ta­dvai­ci­trya­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā ca ku­to bhyā­sā­na­bhyā­sa­yoḥ sva­taḥ pa­ra­to vā TAŚVA-ML 178,22prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­sthā bha­ve­d i­ti ce­t | nai­vaṃ­, ta­dvai­ci­trya­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.143dṛ­ṣṭā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ni­mi­ttā­nāṃ vai­ci­tryā­d i­ha de­hi­nā­m | jā­ya­te kva­ci­d a­bhyā­so '­na­bhyā­so vā ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 1­4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 178,24dṛ­ṣṭā­ni ni­mi­ttā­ny a­bhyā­sa­sya kva­ci­t pau­naḥ pu­nye­nā­nu­bha­vā­dī­ni ta­d jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­dī­ny a- TAŚVA-ML 178,25dṛ­ṣṭā­ni vi­ci­trā­ṇy a­bhyā­sa e­va sva­he­tu­vai­ci­tryā­t jā­yaṃ­te­, a­na­bhyā­sa­sya ca sa­kṛ­da­nu­bha­vā­dī­ny a­na­bhyā­sa­jñā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 178,26va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­dī­ni ca | ta­dvai­ci­tryā­d vai­ci­trye '­bhyā­so '­na­bhyā­sa­ś ca jā­ya­te | ta­taḥ yu­ktā sva­taḥ pa­ra­ta­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 178,27prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­sthā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.144ta­tpra­si­ddhe­na mā­ne­na sva­to si­ddha­sya sā­dha­na­m | pra­me­ya­sya ya­thā ta­dva­tpra­mā­ṇa­sye­ti dhī­dha­nāḥ |­| 1­4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 178,29na hi sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­va­da­bhyā­sa­da­śā­yāṃ sva­taḥ si­ddhe­na pra­mā­ṇe­na pra­me­ya­sya sva­ya­m a­si­ddha­sya sā­dha­na­m a­nu­ru­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 178,30mā­nai­r a­na­bhyā­sa­da­śā­yāṃ sva­ya­m a­pi si­ddha­sya pra­mā­ṇa­sya ta­da­pā­ka­rtuṃ yu­ktaṃ­, si­ddhe­nā­si­ddha­sya sā­dha­no­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 178,31sū­ktaṃ saṃ­ti pra­mā­ṇā­nī­ṣṭa­sā­dha­nā­d i­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.145e­vaṃ vi­cā­ra­to mā­na­sva­rū­pe tu vya­va­sthi­te | ta­tsaṃ­khyā­na­pra­si­ddhya­rthaṃ sū­tre dvi­tva­sya sū­ca­nā­t |­| 1­4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 178,33ta­tpra­mā­ṇe­, i­ti hi dvi­tva­ni­rde­śaḥ saṃ­khyāṃ­ta­rā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­ya yu­ktaḥ ka­rtuṃ ta­tra vi­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.146pra­mā­ṇa­m e­ka­m e­ve­ti ke­ci­t tā­va­t ku­dṛ­ṣṭa­yaḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­mu­khya­m a­nya­smā­d a­rtha­ni­rṇī­tya­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 1­4­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 179,01pra­tya­kṣa­m e­va mu­khyaṃ svā­rtha­ni­rṇī­tā­va­nyā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­d a­nya­sya pra­mā­ṇa­sya ja­nma­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t na pu­na­r a­nu­mā­di ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 179,02pra­tya­kṣā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t pra­tya­kṣa­ja­na­nā­ni­mi­tta­tvā­c ca gau­ṇa­to­pa­pa­tteḥ | na ca gau­ṇaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­taḥ pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 179,03m e­ka­m e­va pra­mā­ṇa­m a­gau­ṇa­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­sye­ti ke­ci­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.147te­ṣāṃ ta­tkiṃ sva­taḥ si­ddhaṃ pra­tya­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­yo pi vā | sva­sya sa­rva­sya ce­ty e­ta­d bha­ve­t pa­rya­nu­yo­ja­na­m |­| 1­4­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 179,05sva­syā­dhya­kṣaṃ sa­rva­sya vā sva­to vā si­ddhye­t pra­tya­kṣāṃ­ta­rā­d ve­ti pa­rya­nu­yo­go '­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vī |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.148sva­syai­va ce­t sva­taḥ si­ddhaṃ na­ṣṭaṃ gu­rvā­di­kī­rta­na­m | ta­da­vya­kta­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­si­ddhya­bhā­vā­t ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 1­4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.149pra­tya­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­to vā­pya­si­ddhau syā­d a­na­va­sthi­tiḥ | kva­ci­t sva­to '­nya­to ve­ti syā­dvā­dā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ pa­ra­m |­| 1­4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.150sa­rva­syā­pi sva­to dhya­kṣa­pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n ma­tiḥ | ke­nā­va­ga­mya­tā­m e­ta­da­dhya­kṣā­d yo­gi­vi­dvi­ṣā­m |­| 1­5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.151pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­to jñā­ne nai­ka­mā­na­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ | a­pra­mā­ṇā­d ga­tā­v e­va pra­tya­kṣaṃ ki­mu po­ṣya­te |­| 1­5­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 179,10sa­rva­sya pra­tya­kṣaṃ sva­ta e­va pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti pra­mā­ṇa­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­dhi­ga­ccha­n pra­me­ya­m a­pi ta­thā­dhi­ga­ccha­tu vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 179,11bhā­vā­t | ta­ta­s taiḥ pra­tya­kṣaṃ ki­mu po­ṣya­ta i­ti ciṃ­tya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.152pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­naṃ ca pra­mā­ṇe i­ti ke­ca­na | te­ṣā­m a­pi ku­to vyā­ptiḥ si­ddhye­n mā­nāṃ­ta­rā­d vi­nā |­| 1­5­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 179,13yo py ā­ha­–­pra­tya­kṣaṃ mu­khyaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ svā­rtha­ni­rṇī­tā­v a­nyā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­d i­ti ta­syā­nu­mā­naṃ mu­khya­m a­stu ta­ta e­va | TAŚVA-ML 179,14na hi ta­t ta­syā­ma­nyā­na­pe­kṣaṃ | svo­tpa­ttau ta­da­nyā­pe­kṣa­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­tsva­ni­mi­tta­m a­kṣā­di­ka­m a­pe­kṣa­te na pu­naḥ pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 179,15m a­nya­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­thā­nu­mā­na­m a­pi | na hi ta­ttri­rū­pa­liṃ­ga­ni­śca­yaṃ sva­he­tu­m a­pe­kṣya jā­ya­mā­na­m a­nya­tpra­mā­ṇa­m a­pe­kṣya­te | TAŚVA-ML 179,16ya­t tu tri­rū­pa­liṃ­ga­grā­hi pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­da­nu­mā­no­tpa­tti­kā­ra­ṇa­m e­va na bha­va­ti­, liṃ­ga­pa­ri­cchi­ttā­v e­va ca­ri­tā­rtha­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 179,17ya­d a­py a­bhya­dhā­yi­, pra­tya­kṣaṃ mu­khyaṃ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­ja­nma­no ni­mi­tta­tvā­d i­ti ta­ttri­rū­pa­liṃ­gā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ | ya­di TAŚVA-ML 179,18pu­na­r a­rtha­syā­saṃ­bha­ve '­bhā­vā­t pra­tya­kṣaṃ mu­khyaṃ ta­dā­nu­mā­na­m a­pi ta­ta e­va vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ­–­"­a­rtha­syā- TAŚVA-ML 179,19saṃ­bha­ve bhā­vā­t pra­tya­kṣe pi pra­mā­ṇa­tā | pra­ti­baṃ­dha­sva­bhā­va­sya ta­ddhe­tu­tve sa­maṃ dva­ya­m­" i­ti saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­t ta­nmu­khya- TAŚVA-ML 179,20m i­ti ce­t ta­ta e­vā­nu­mā­naṃ na pu­na­r dvā­bhyā­m a­rthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya pra­va­rta­mā­no rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ saṃ­vā­dya­te | va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 179,21tvā­n mu­khyaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti ce­t ta­ta e­vā­nu­mā­naṃ ta­thā­stu prā­pya­va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­nu­mā­na­sya va­stu­vi­ṣa­yaṃ prā­mā­ṇyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 179,22dva­yoḥ i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­to mu­khye dve e­va pra­mā­ṇe pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­naṃ ce­ti ke­ci­t­, te­ṣā­m a­pi yā­va­t ka­ści- TAŚVA-ML 179,23d brū­maḥ sa­sa­vo py a­gni­ja­nmā­na­gni­ja­nmā vā na bha­va­tī­ti vyā­ptiḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yoḥ ku­taḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­d vi­ne­ti TAŚVA-ML 179,24ciṃ­tya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.153pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­bhyāṃ na tā­va­t ta­tpra­sā­dha­na­m | ta­yoḥ sa­nni­hi­tā­rtha­tvā­t tri­kā­lā­go­ca­ra­tva­taḥ |­| 1­5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.154kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­c ce­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­nu­mā | vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­c ca vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­tā­nu­mā |­| 1­5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.155ta­dvyā­pti­si­ddhi­r a­py a­nyā­nu­mā­nā­d i­ti na sthi­tiḥ | pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­pi vyā­pti­si­ddhā­v a­nyo­nya­m ā­śra­yaḥ |­| 1­5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.156yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­to vyā­pti­si­ddhi­r i­ty a­pi du­rgha­ṭa­m | sa­rva­trā­nu­mi­ti­jñā­nā­bhā­vā­t sa­ka­la­yo­gi­naḥ |­| 1­5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.157pa­rā­rthā­nu­mi­tau ta­sya vyā­pā­ro pi na yu­jya­te | a­yo­gi­naḥ sva­yaṃ vyā­pti­m a­jā­nā­naḥ ja­nā­n pra­ti |­| 1­5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.158yo­gi­no pi pra­ti vya­rthaḥ sva­svā­rthā­nu­mi­tā­v i­va | sa­mā­ro­pa­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­vā­t sa­rva­tra yo­gi­nā­m |­| 1­5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.159e­te­nai­va ha­tā­de­śa­yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­to ga­tiḥ | saṃ­baṃ­dha­syā­sphu­ṭaṃ dṛ­ṣṭe­ty a­nu­mā­naṃ ni­ra­rtha­ka­m |­| 1­5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.160ta­syā­vi­śa­da­rū­pa­tve pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te | pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tā­yāṃ tu dve pra­mā­ṇe na ti­ṣṭha­taḥ |­| 1­6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.161na cā­pra­mā­ṇa­to jñā­nā­d yu­kto vyā­pti­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | pra­tya­kṣā­di­pra­me­ya­syā­py e­vaṃ ni­rṇī­ta­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 1­6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.162pra­tya­kṣaṃ mā­na­saṃ ye­ṣāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhaṃ liṃ­ga­liṃ­gi­noḥ | vyā­ptyā jā­nā­ti te py a­rthe tīṃ­dri­ye ki­mu ku­rva­te |­| 1­6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.163ya­trā­kṣā­ṇi pra­va­rtaṃ­te mā­na­saṃ ta­tra va­rta­te | no nya­trā­kṣā­di­vai­dhu­rya­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­rva­de­hi­nā­m |­| 1­6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.164saṃ­baṃ­dho tīṃ­dri­yā­rthe­ṣu ni­ścī­ye­tā­nu­mā­na­taḥ | ta­dvyā­pti­ś cā­nu­mā­ne­nā­nye­na yā­va­t pra­va­rta­te |­| 1­6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.165pra­tya­kṣa­ni­ści­ta­vyā­pti­r a­nu­mā­no na­va­sthi­tiḥ | ni­va­rtya­te ta­thā­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­ya­śce­ti ke­ca­na |­| 1­6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.166te­ṣāṃ ta­nmā­na­saṃ jñā­naṃ spa­ṣṭaṃ na pra­ti­bhā­sa­te | a­spa­ṣṭaṃ ca ka­thaṃ nā­ma pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­na­va­t |­| 1­6­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.167ta­rka­ś cai­vaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ syā­t smṛ­ti­saṃ­jñā ca kiṃ na vaḥ | mā­na­sa­tvā­vi­saṃ­vā­dā­vi­śe­ṣā­n nā­nu­mā­n ya­thā |­| 1­6­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 180,06mā­na­saṃ jñā­na­m a­spa­ṣṭaṃ vyā­ptau pra­mā­ṇa­m a­vi­saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­d i­ti va­da­n ka­tha­m a­yaṃ ta­rka­m e­vaṃ ne­cche­t ? sma­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 180,07pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ vā ku­taḥ pra­ti­kṣi­pe­t | ta­da­vi­śe­ṣā­t ma­no­jñā­na­tvā­n na ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va sma­ra­ṇā­di TAŚVA-ML 180,08pra­mā­ṇa­m a­stu | na hi ta­to rthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya va­rta­mā­no rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ viṃ­sa­vā­dya­te pra­tya­kṣā­di­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.168ta­rkā­de­r mā­na­se dhya­kṣe ya­di liṃ­gā­na­pe­kṣi­ṇaḥ | syā­d aṃ­ta­rbha­va­naṃ si­ddhi­s ta­to dhya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­yoḥ |­| 1­6­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 180,10ya­di ta­rkā­de­r mā­na­se­dhya­kṣe ṃ­ta­rbhā­vaḥ syā­l liṃ­gā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­t ta­to '­dhya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­yoḥ si­ddhiḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­bhā­va­vā­di­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 180,11saṃ­bhā­vya­te nā­nya­thā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.169ta­dā ma­teḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ nā­māṃ­ta­ra­vṛ­tto stu naḥ | ta­dva­d e­vā­vi­saṃ­vā­dā­c chru­ta­sye­ti pra­mā­tra­ya­m |­| 1­6­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 180,13yo hy a­gra­hā­dyā­tma­ka­m iṃ­dri­ya­jaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­kṣai­r ja­ni­ta­tvā­t ta­da­na­pe­kṣaṃ tu sma­ra­ṇā­di mā­na­saṃ liṃ­gā­na­pe­kṣa­ṇā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 180,14brū­yā­t te­na ma­ti­jñā­na­m e­vā­smā­ka­m i­ṣṭaṃ nā­māṃ­ta­re­ṇo­ktaṃ syā­t | ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­s tu liṃ­gā­pe­kṣo nu­mā­na­m i­ti ca pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 180,15dva­yaṃ ma­ti­jñā­na­vya­ktya­pe­kṣa­yo­pa­ga­taṃ bha­ve­t | ta­thā ca śa­bdā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t ku­to jñā­naṃ ta­taḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­raṃ si­ddhye­t TAŚVA-ML 180,16saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti pra­mā­ṇa­tra­ya­si­ddheḥ | ya­t pra­tya­kṣa­pa­rā­ma­rśi­va­caḥ pra­tya­kṣa­m e­va ta­t laiṃ­gi­kaṃ ta­tpa­rā­ma­rśi TAŚVA-ML 180,17ta­tpra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­raṃ na ce­t sa­rvaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nu­mā­ne­na vā pa­ri­cchi­dyā­rthaṃ sva­ya­m u­pa­di­śe­t pa­ra­smai nā­nya­thā ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 180,18nā­pta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­tra pra­tya­kṣa­pa­rā­ma­rśyu­pa­de­śaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­m e­va ya­thā laiṃ­gi­ka­m i­ti na śru­taṃ ta­taḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­raṃ ye­na TAŚVA-ML 180,19pra­mā­ṇa­dva­ya­ni­ya­mo na syā­d i­ti ce­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.170nā­kṣa­liṃ­ga­vi­bhi­nnā­yāḥ sā­ma­gryā va­ca­nā­tma­naḥ | sa­mu­dbhū­ta­sya bo­dha­sya mā­nāṃ­ta­ra­ta­yā sthi­teḥ |­| 1­7­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 180,21a­kṣa­liṃ­gā­bhyāṃ vi­bhi­nnā hi va­ca­nā­tmā sā­ma­grī ta­syāḥ sa­mu­dbhū­taṃ śru­taṃ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­raṃ yu­kta­m i­ti na TAŚVA-ML 180,22ta­da­dhya­kṣa­m e­vā­nu­mā­na­m e­va vā sā­ma­grī­bhe­dā­t pra­mā­ṇa­bhe­da­vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.171ya­treṃ­dri­ya­ma­no­dhya­kṣaṃ yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­m e­va vā | laiṃ­gi­kaṃ vā śru­taṃ ta­tra vṛ­tte­r mā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ bha­ve­t |­| 1­7­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.172pra­tya­kṣā­d a­nu­mā­na­sya mā bhū­t ta­rhi vi­bhi­nna­tā | ta­da­rthe va­rta­mā­na­tvā­t sā­ma­grī­bhi­tsa­mā śru­tiḥ |­| 1­7­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 180,25na hi vi­ṣa­ya­syā­bhe­dā­t pra­mā­ṇa­bhe­daḥ pra­tya­kṣā­d a­nu­mā­na­sya bhe­da­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca ta­t ta­to bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 180,26sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t pra­tya­kṣa­m e­va sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­va­stu­vi­ṣa­yaṃ na pu­na­r a­nu­mā­naṃ ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 180,27sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d i­ti ce­t ta­taḥ ka­sya­ci­t kva­ci­t pra­kṛ­tya­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­rvo rtha­kri­yā­rthī hi pra­va­rta­te na ca sā­mā- TAŚVA-ML 180,28nya­m a­śe­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­ra­hi­taṃ kāṃ­ci­d a­rtha­kri­yāṃ saṃ­pā­da­yi­tuṃ sa­ma­rthaṃ ta­t tu jñā­nā­mā­tra­syā­py a­bhā­vā­t sā­mā­nyā­d a­nu­mi­tā- TAŚVA-ML 180,29d vi­śe­ṣā­nu­mā­nā­t pra­va­rta­ka­m a­nu­mā­na­m i­ti ce­t­, na a­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | vi­śe­ṣe pi hy a­nu­mā­naṃ ta­tsā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 180,30m e­va pa­raṃ vi­śe­ṣa­m a­nu­pā­ya ya­d e­va pra­va­rta­kaṃ ta­trā­py a­nu­mā­naṃ ta­tsā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­m i­ti su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā sā­mā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 180,31vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­m a­nu­mā­na­m u­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ ta­taḥ pra­vṛ­ttau ta­sya prā­pti­pra­si­ddheḥ | sā­ma­grī­bhe­dā­d bhi­nna­m a­nu­mā­na­m a­dhya­kṣā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 180,32ce­t ta­ta e­va śru­taṃ tā­bhyāṃ bhi­nna­m a­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.173śa­bda­liṃ­gā­kṣa­sā­ma­grī­bhe­dā­d ye­ṣāṃ pra­mā­tr a­yaṃ | te­ṣā­m a­śa­bda­liṃ­gā­kṣa­ja­nma­jñā­naṃ pra­māṃ­ta­ra­m |­| 1­7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.174yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­m a­py a­kṣa­sā­ma­grī­ja­ni­taṃ na hi | sa­rvā­rthā­go­ca­ra­tva­sya pra­saṃ­gā­d a­sma­dā­di­va­t |­| 1­7­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 181,01na hi yo­gi­jñā­na­m iṃ­dri­ya­jaṃ sa­rvā­rtha­grā­hi­tvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­d a­sma­dā­di­va­t | na hīṃ­dri­yaiḥ sā­kṣā­t pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā TAŚVA-ML 181,02vā sa­rve rthāḥ sa­kṛ­t saṃ­ni­kṛ­ṣyaṃ­te na cā­saṃ­ni­kṛ­ṣṭe­ṣu ta­jjñā­naṃ saṃ­bha­va­ti | yo­ga­ja­dha­rmā­nu­gṛ­hī­te­na ma­na­sā sa­rvā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 181,03jñā­na­si­ddhe­r a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­t­, ku­taḥ pu­na­s te­na ma­na­so '­nu­gra­haḥ ? sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t ta­dva­da- TAŚVA-ML 181,04saṃ­yo­ga­jo dha­rmaḥ sva­yaṃ sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rtha­jñā­naṃ pa­ri­sphu­ṭaṃ kiṃ na ku­rvī­ta pa­raṃ­pa­rā­pa­ri­hā­ra­ś cai­vaṃ syā­n nā­nya­thā yo­ga­ja- TAŚVA-ML 181,05dha­rmā­t ma­na­so nu­gra­ha­s ta­to '­śe­ṣā­rtha­jñā­na­m i­ti pa­raṃ­pa­rā­yā ni­ṣpra­yo­ja­na­tvā­t | ka­ra­ṇā­d vi­nā jñā­na­m i­ty a­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­na- TAŚVA-ML 181,06tyā­gaḥ pra­yo­ja­na­m i­ti ce­t | na­nv e­vaṃ sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣo ma­na­sa i­ty a­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­naṃ ta­da­va­sthā­naṃ­, sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 181,07jñā­nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­s ta­sya si­ddhe­r nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­ne­ti ce­t na­, a­nya­thā­pi ta­tsi­ddheḥ ā­tmā­rthā­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­mā­trā­d e­va TAŚVA-ML 181,08ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­thā hi | yo­gi­jñā­naṃ ka­ra­ṇa­kra­mā­ti­va­rti sā­kṣā­t sa­rvā­rtha­jñā­na­va­ttvā­t ya­nnai­vaṃ ta­n na ta­thā ya­thā­sma- TAŚVA-ML 181,09dā­di­jñā­na­m i­ti yu­kta­m u­tpa­śyā­maḥ | a­ta e­va ka­ra­ṇā­d vi­nā jñā­na­m i­ti dṛ­ṣṭa­pa­ri­ka­lpa­naṃ pra­kṣī­ṇa­ka­ra­ṇā­va­ra­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 181,10sa­rvā­rtha­pa­ri­cchi­ttiḥ svā­tma­na e­va ka­ra­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tte­ś ca bhā­ska­ra­va­t | na hi bhā­noḥ sa­ka­la­ja­ga­nmaṃ­ḍa­la­pra­kā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 181,11ne rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ka­ra­ṇa­m a­sti | pra­kā­śa­s ta­sya ta­tra ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, sa ta­to nā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ | niḥ­pra­kā­śa­tvā­pa­tte­r a- TAŚVA-ML 181,12na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m i­ti ce­t­, si­ddhaṃ svā­tma­naḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ sa­ma­rthi­taṃ ca ka­rtu­r a­na­nya­d a­vi­bha­kta­ka­rtṛ­kaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­m a­gne­r au­ṣṇyā­di- TAŚVA-ML 181,13va­d i­ti nā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­ka­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­kaṃ yo­gi­jñā­naṃ | nā­py a­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ye­na ta­diṃ­dri­ya­ja­m a­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ vā ka­lpi­taṃ saṃ­bha­ve­t | ye TAŚVA-ML 181,14tv ā­huḥ­, iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa­m a­niṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣaṃ cā­kṣā­śri­taṃ kṣī­ṇo­pa­śāṃ­tā­va­ra­ṇa­sya kṣī­ṇā­va­ra­ṇa­sya cā­tma­no kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 181,15śa­bda­vā­cya­tvā­d a­nu­mā­naṃ liṃ­gā­pe­kṣaṃ śa­bdā­pe­kṣaṃ śru­ta­m i­ti pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­ga­māḥ pra­mā­ṇā­ni vya­va­ti­ṣṭhaṃ­te a­kṣā­di- TAŚVA-ML 181,16sā­ma­grī­bhe­dā­d i­ti te­ṣāṃ smṛ­ti­saṃ­jñā­ciṃ­tā­nāṃ pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ kṣī­ṇo­pa­śāṃ­tā­va­ra­ṇā­tma­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­kṣa­m ā­śri­tyo­tpa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 181,17liṃ­ga­śa­bdā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­c ca |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.175pra­tya­kṣaṃ vi­śa­daṃ jñā­naṃ yo­gī­ta­ra­ja­ne­ṣu ce­t | sma­ra­ṇā­de­r a­vai­śa­dyā­d a­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m ā­ga­ta­m |­| 1­7­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 181,19vi­śa­daṃ jñā­naṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti va­ca­ne smṛ­tyā­de­r a­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m i­ty ā­yā­taṃ | ta­thā ca pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tvaṃ laiṃ­gi­ke śā­bde TAŚVA-ML 181,20vā­naṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­tha­m­ —TAŚV-ML 1.10.176liṃ­ga­śa­bdā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­d a­nu­mā­ga­ma­tā ca na | saṃ­vā­dā­n nā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m i­ti saṃ­khyā pra­ti­ṣṭhi­tā |­| 1­7­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 181,22ya­thā hi sma­ra­ṇā­de­r a­vi­saṃ­vā­da­tvā­n na pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ ta­thā liṃ­ga­śa­bdā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­n nā­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­tvaṃ saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­n nā- TAŚVA-ML 181,23pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m i­ti pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­to­pa­pa­tteḥ su­pra­ti­ṣṭhi­tā saṃ­khyā trī­ṇy e­va pra­mā­ṇā­nī­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.177e­te­nai­va ca­tuḥ­paṃ­ca­ṣa­ṭpra­mā­ṇā­bhi­dhā­yi­nāṃ | sve­ṣṭa­saṃ­khyā­kṣa­ti­r jñe­yā smṛ­tyā­de­s ta­dvi­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 1­7­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 181,25ye py a­bhi­da­dha­te pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­no­pa­mā­na­śa­bdāḥ pra­mā­ṇā­ni ca­tvā­ry e­ve­ti sa­hā­rthā­pa­ttyā paṃ­cai­ve­ti vā sa­hā- TAŚVA-ML 181,26bhā­ve­na ṣa­ḍ e­ve­ti vā­, te­ṣā­m a­pi sve­ṣṭa­saṃ­khyā­kṣa­tiḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tra­ya­vā­dī­ṣṭa­saṃ­khyā­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe­nai­va pra­tye­ta­vyā | TAŚVA-ML 181,27smṛ­tyā­dī­nāṃ ta­to vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva­si­ddheḥ | na hy u­pa­mā­ne rthā­pa­ttyā­m a­bhā­ve vā smṛ­tyā­da­yo ṃ­ta­rbhā­va­yi­tuṃ TAŚVA-ML 181,28śa­kyāḥ sā­dṛ­śyā­di­sā­ma­grya­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­t u­pa­mā­nā­rthā­pa­tti­rū­pa­tve na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | a­bhā­va­rū­pa­tve sa­daṃ­śe TAŚVA-ML 181,29pra­va­rta­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | sā­dṛ­śya­smṛ­tyā­da­yo hi ya­dy u­pa­mā­na­rū­pā­s ta­dā ta­du­tthā­pa­ka­sā­dṛ­śyā­di­smṛ­tyā­di­bhi­r bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 181,30a­nya­thā ta­sya ta­du­tthā­pa­na­sā­ma­rthyā­saṃ­bha­vā­t smṛ­tyā­dya­go­ca­ra­syā­pi ta­du­tthā­pa­na­sā­ma­rthye ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 181,31go­ca­ra­cā­ri sā­dṛ­śya­m u­pa­mā­na­syo­tthā­pa­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya dṛ­ṣṭa­dṛ­śya­mā­na­go­ga­va­ya­vya­kti­ga­ta­sya pra­tya­kṣā­go­ca­ra- TAŚVA-ML 181,32tvā­t | go­sa­dṛ­śo ga­va­ya i­ty a­ti­de­śa­vā­kyā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­ro hi ga­va­yaṃ pa­śya­t pra­tye­ti go­sa­dṛ­śo '­yaṃ ga­va­ya i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 181,33ta­tra go­da­rśa­na­kā­le ya­di ga­va­ye­na sā­dṛ­śyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ śru­taṃ ga­va­ya­da­rśa­na­sa­ma­ye sma­rya­te pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya­te ca ga­va­ya- TAŚVA-ML 181,34pra­tya­ya­ni­mi­ttaḥ so yaṃ ga­va­ya­śa­bda­vā­cya i­ti saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­mi­ttaṃ vā ta­dā si­ddha­m e­va smṛ­tyā­di- TAŚVA-ML 182,01vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m u­pa­mā­na­ja­na­na­sya sā­dṛ­śya­sye­ti ku­taḥ pra­tya­kṣa­go­ca­ra­tvaṃ ? ya­ta­s ta­tsā­dṛ­śya­smṛ­tyā­de­r u­pa­mā­na­tve a­na­va­sthā TAŚVA-ML 182,02na syā­t | ta­thā­rthā­pa­ttyu­tthā­pa­ka­syā­na­nya­thā bha­va­na­sya pa­ri­cche­da­ka­smṛ­tyā­da­yo ya­dy a­rthā­pa­tti­rū­pā­s ta­dā ta­du­tthā­pa­kā TAŚVA-ML 182,03pa­rā­na­nya­thā bha­va­na­pra­mā­ṇa­rū­pa­tva­pa­ri­cche­di­r a­pa­raiḥ smṛ­tyā­di­bhi­r bha­vi­ta­vya­m i­ty a­na­va­sthā tā­sā­m a­nu­mā­na­rū­pa­tva­va­t pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 182,04pa­tta­vyāḥ | ka­tha­m a­bhā­va­pra­mā­ṇa­rū­pa­tve smṛ­tyā­dī­nāṃ sa­daṃ­śe pra­va­rta­ka­tvaṃ vi­ru­dhya­ta i­ti ce­t­, a­bhā­va­pra­mā­ṇa­syā- TAŚVA-ML 182,05sa­daṃ­śa­ni­ya­ta­tvā­d i­ti brū­maḥ | na hi ta­dvā­di­bhi­s ta­sya sa­daṃ­śa­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te | sā­ma­rthyā­d a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­ta TAŚVA-ML 182,06i­ti ce­t­, pra­tya­kṣā­de­r a­sa­daṃ­śa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ta­thā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­tāṃ vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | e­vaṃ cā­bhā­va­pra­mā­ṇa­vai­ya­rthya­m a- TAŚVA-ML 182,07sa­daṃ­śa­syā­pi pra­tya­kṣā­di­sa­ma­dhi­ga­mya­tva­si­ddheḥ | sā­kṣā­d a­pa­ra­bhā­va­pa­ri­cche­di­tvā­n nā­bhā­va­pra­mā­ṇa­sya vai­ya­rthya­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 182,08ce­t­, ta­rhi smṛ­tyā­dī­nā­m a­bhā­va­pra­mā­ṇa­rū­pā­ṇāṃ sā­kṣā­d a­bhā­va­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t sa­daṃ­śe pra­va­rta­ka­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ na vi­ru­ddhaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 182,09ta­to no pa­mā­nā­di­ṣu smṛ­tyā­dī­nā­m aṃ­ta­rbhā­va i­ti pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tva­si­ddheḥ si­ddhā sve­ṣṭa­saṃ­khyā­kṣa­tiḥ ca­tuḥ­paṃ­ca­ṣa­ṭ- TAŚVA-ML 182,10pra­mā­ṇā­bhi­dhā­yi­nā­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.178ta­dva­kṣya­mā­ṇa­kā­n sū­tra­dva­ya­sā­ma­rthya­taḥ sthi­taḥ | dvi­tva­saṃ­khyā­vi­śe­ṣo trā­ka­laṃ­kai­r a­bhya­dhā­yi yaḥ |­| 1­7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.179pra­tya­kṣaṃ vi­śa­daṃ jñā­naṃ tri­dhā śru­ta­m a­vi­ṣṇu­ta­m | pa­ro­kṣaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­dī pra­mā­ṇe i­ti saṃ­gra­haḥ |­| 1­7­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.180tri­dhā pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ty e­ta­tsū­tra­vyā­ha­ta­m ī­kṣya­te | pra­tya­kṣā­tīṃ­dri­ya­tva­sya ni­ya­mā­d i­ty a­pe­śa­la­m |­| 1­8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.181a­tya­kṣa­sya sva­saṃ­vi­ttiḥ pra­tya­kṣa­syā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | vai­śa­dyāṃ­śa­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t vya­va­hā­ra­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.182pra­tya­kṣa­m e­ka­m e­vo­ktaṃ mu­khyaṃ pū­rṇe­ta­rā­tma­ka­m | a­kṣa­m ā­tmā­na­m ā­śri­tya va­rta­mā­na­m a­tīṃ­dri­ya­m |­| 1­8­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.10.183pa­rā­pta­ha­ta­yā­khyā­taṃ pa­ro­kṣaṃ tu ma­ti­śru­ta­m | śa­bdā­rtha­śra­ya­ṇā­d e­vaṃ na do­ṣaḥ ka­ści­d ī­kṣya­te |­| 1­8­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 182,17pra­tya­kṣaṃ vi­śa­daṃ jñā­naṃ tri­dhe­ti bru­vā­ṇe­nā­pi mu­khya­m a­tīṃ­dri­yaṃ pū­rṇaṃ ke­va­la­m a­pū­rṇa­m a­va­dhi­jñā­naṃ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 182,18ce­ti ni­ve­di­ta­m e­va­, ta­syā­kṣa­m ā­tmā­na­m ā­śri­tya va­rta­mā­na­tvā­t | vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ pu­na­r iṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa­m a­niṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 182,19m i­ti vai­śa­dyāṃ­śa­sa­dbhā­vā­t | ta­to na ta­sya sū­tra­vyā­ha­tiḥ | śru­taṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­di ca pa­ro­kṣa­m i­ty e­ta­d a­pi na TAŚVA-ML 182,20sū­tra­vi­ru­ddhaṃ­, ā­dye pa­ro­kṣa­m i­ty a­ne­na ta­sya pa­ro­kṣa­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | a­va­gra­he­hā­vā­ya­dhā­ra­ṇā­nāṃ smṛ­te­ś ca pa­ro­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 182,21tva­va­ca­nā­t ta­dvi­ro­dha i­ti ce­n na­, pra­tya­bhi­jñā­dī­ty a­tra vṛ­tti­dva­ye­na sa­rva­saṃ­gra­hā­t | ka­thaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yā ā­diḥ TAŚVA-ML 182,22pū­rvaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­dī­ti smṛ­ti­pa­ryaṃ­ta­sya jñā­na­sya saṃ­gra­hā­t prā­dhā­nye­nā­va­gra­hā­de­r a­pi pa­ro­kṣa­tva­va­ca­nā­t pra­tya­bhi­jñā TAŚVA-ML 182,23ā­di­r ya­sye­ti vṛ­ttyā pu­na­r a­bhi­ni­bo­dha­pa­ryaṃ­ta­saṃ­gṛ­hī­te­r na kā­ci­t pa­ro­kṣa­vya­kti­r a­saṃ­gra­hī­tā syā­t | ta­ta e­va pra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 182,24bhi­jñā­dī­ti yu­ktaṃ vya­va­hā­ra­to mu­khya­taḥ sve­ṣṭa­sya pa­ro­kṣa­vya­kti­sa­mū­ha­sya pra­tyā­ya­nā­t a­nya­thā sma­ra­ṇā­di pa­ro­kṣaṃ TAŚVA-ML 182,25tu pra­mā­ṇe i­ti saṃ­gra­ha i­ty e­vaṃ spa­ṣṭa­m a­bhi­dhā­naṃ syā­t | ta­taḥ śa­bdā­rthā­śra­ya­ṇā­n na ka­ści­d do­ṣo tro­pa­la­bhya­te |­| TA-ML 1.11 ā­dye pa­ro­kṣa­m |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 182,27a­kṣā­d ā­tma­naḥ pa­rā­vṛ­ttaṃ pa­ro­kṣaṃ ta­taḥ pa­rai­r iṃ­dri­yā­di­bhi­r ū­kṣya­te siṃ­cya­te bhi­va­rdhya­ta i­ti pa­ro­kṣaṃ | kiṃ TAŚVA-ML 182,28pu­na­s ta­ta­, ā­dye jñā­ne ma­ti­śru­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 182,29ku­ta­s ta­yo­r ā­dya­tā pra­tye­ye­ty u­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 1.11.1ā­dye pa­ro­kṣa­m i­ty ā­ha sū­tra­pā­ṭha­kra­mā­d i­ha | jñe­yā­dya­tā ma­ti­r mu­khyā śru­ta­sya gu­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 182,31ya­smā­d ā­dye pa­ro­kṣa­m i­ty ā­ha sū­tra­kā­ra­s ta­smā­n ma­tyā­di­sū­tra­pā­ṭha­kra­mā­d i­hā­dya­tā jñe­yā | sā ca ma­te­r mu­khyā TAŚVA-ML 182,32ka­tha­m a­py a­nā­dya­tā­yā­s ta­trā­bhā­vā­t śru­ta­syā­dya­tā gu­ṇā­bhā­vā­t ni­ru­pa­ca­ri­tā­dya­sā­mī­pyā­d ā­dya­tvo­pa­cā­rā­t | TAŚVA-ML 182,33a­va­dhyā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā­s tu ta­sya mu­khyā­dya­te­ti ce­t na­, ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā­va­dhe­r a­py ā­dya­tva­si­ddhe­r ma­tya­va­dhyo­r gra­ha­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 182,34pra­saṃ­gā­t dvi­tva­ni­rde­śa­syā­py e­va­m a­vi­ro­dhā­t | ke­va­lā­pe­kṣa­yā sa­rve­ṣā­m ā­dya­tve pi ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r i­ha TAŚVA-ML 183,01saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ sā­ha­ca­ryā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ma­tya­pe­kṣa­yā śru­tā­dī­nā­m a­nā­dya­tā­yā a­pi sa­dbhā­vā­n mu­khyā­dya­tā­nu­pa­pa­tte­s ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 183,02va­stha­tvā­t | ā­dya­śa­bdo hi ya­dā­dya­m e­va ta­tpra­va­rta­mā­no mu­khyaḥ­, ya­t pu­na­r ā­dya­m a­nā­dyaṃ ca ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­tra pra­va­rta­mā­no TAŚVA-ML 183,03gau­ṇa i­ti nyā­yā­t ta­sya gu­ṇa­bhā­vā­d ā­dya­tā kra­mā­rpa­ṇā­yā­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.2bu­ddhau ti­rya­ga­va­sthā­nā­n mu­khyaṃ vā­dya­tva­m e­ta­yoḥ | a­va­dhyā­di­tra­yā­pe­kṣaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 183,05pa­ro­kṣa i­ti va­kta­vya­m ā­dye i­ty a­ne­na sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­d i­ti ce­t | a­tro­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 1.11.3pa­ro­kṣa­m i­ti ni­rde­śo jñā­na­m i­ty a­nu­va­rta­nā­t | ta­to ma­ti­śru­te jñā­naṃ pa­ro­kṣa­m i­ti ni­rṇa­yaḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.4dva­yo­r e­ke­na nā­yu­ktā sa­mā­nā­śra­ya­tā ya­thā | go­dau grā­ma i­ti prā­yaḥ pra­yo­ga­syo­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.5pra­mā­ṇe i­ti vā dvi­tve pra­ti­jñā­te pra­mā­ṇa­yoḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti va­rte­ta pa­ro­kṣa­m i­ti saṃ­ga­tau |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 183,09kiṃ pu­na­s ta­da­nu­va­rta­nā­t si­ddha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.11.6jñā­nā­nu­va­rta­nā­t ta­tra nā­jñā­na­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tā | pra­mā­ṇa­syā­nu­vṛ­tte­r na pa­ro­kṣa­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tā |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.7a­kṣe­bhyo hi pa­rā­vṛ­ttaṃ pa­ro­kṣaṃ śru­ta­m i­ṣya­te | ya­thā ta­thā smṛ­tiḥ saṃ­jñā ciṃ­tā cā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­ka­m |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.8a­va­gra­hā­di­vi­jñā­na­m a­kṣā­d ā­tmā vi­dhā­na­taḥ | pa­rā­vṛ­tta­ta­yā­mnā­taṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­pi de­śa­taḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 183,13śru­taṃ smṛ­tyā­dya­va­gra­hā­di ca jñā­na­m e­va pa­ro­kṣaṃ ya­smā­d ā­mnā­taṃ ta­smā­n nā­jñā­naṃ śa­bdā­di­pa­ro­kṣa­m a­na­dhi­ga­ma­mā­traṃ TAŚVA-ML 183,14vā pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.9a­spa­ṣṭaṃ ve­da­naṃ ke­ci­d a­rthā­nā­laṃ­ba­naṃ vi­duḥ | ma­no­rā­jyā­di vi­jñā­naṃ ya­thai­ve­ty e­va du­rgha­ṭa­m |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.10spa­ṣṭa­syā­py a­va­bo­dha­sya ni­rā­laṃ­ba­na­tā­pti­taḥ | ya­thā caṃ­dra­dva­ya­jñā­na­sye­ti kvā­rtha­sya ni­ṣṭhi­taḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 183,17pa­ro­kṣaṃ jñā­na­m a­nā­laṃ­ba­na­m a­spa­ṣṭa­tvā­n ma­no­rā­jyā­di­jñā­na­va­t a­to na pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ty e­ta­d a­pi du­rgha­ṭa­m e­va | pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 183,18m a­nā­laṃ­ba­naṃ spa­ṣṭa­tvā­c caṃ­dra­dva­ya­jñā­nā­d i­ti ta­syā­py a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā ca kve­ṣṭa­sya vya­va­sthā u­pā­yā­sa­ttvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.11a­nā­laṃ­ba­na­tā vyā­pti­r na spa­ṣṭa­tva­sya te ya­thā | a­spa­ṣṭa­tva­sya ta­dvi­ddhi laiṃ­gi­ka­syā­rtha­va­ttva­taḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.12ta­syā­na­rthā­śra­ya­tve rthe syā­t pra­va­rta­ka­tā ku­taḥ | saṃ­baṃ­dhā­c ce­n na ta­syā­pi ta­thā­tve nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.13liṃ­ga­liṃ­gi­dhi­yo­r e­vaṃ pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa va­stu­ni | pra­ti­baṃ­dhā­t ta­dā­bhā­sa­śū­nya­yo­r a­py a­vaṃ­ca­na­m |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.14ma­ṇi­pra­bhā­ma­ṇi­jñā­ne pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | pā­raṃ­pa­ryā­n ma­ṇau ta­sya pra­ti­baṃ­dhā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 183,23ya­thai­va na spa­ṣṭa­tva­syā­nā­laṃ­ba­na­ta­yā vyā­pti­tve sva­saṃ­ve­da­ne­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­t ta­thai­vā­spa­ṣṭa­tva­syā­nu­mā­ne­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t TAŚVA-ML 183,24ta­syā­py a­nā­laṃ­ba­na­tve ku­to rthe pra­va­rta­ka­tvaṃ ? saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­py a­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ya­d dhi jñā­naṃ ya­m a­rtha­m ā­laṃ­ba­te TAŚVA-ML 183,25ta­tra ta­sya ka­thaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dho nā­mā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­d a­ne­na ya­d u­ktaṃ "­liṃ­ga­liṃ­gi­dhi­yo­r e­vaṃ pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa va­stu­ni | TAŚVA-ML 183,26pra­ti­baṃ­dhā­t ta­dā­bhā­sa­śū­nya­yo­r a­py a­vaṃ­ca­naṃ­" i­ti ta­nni­ṣi­ddhaṃ­, sva­vi­ṣa­ye pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā­pī­ṣṭa­sya saṃ­baṃ­dha­syā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ sa­ty a­pi TAŚVA-ML 183,27saṃ­baṃ­dhe ma­ṇi­pra­bhā­yāṃ ma­ṇi­jñā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­c ca ta­da­vi­śe­ṣā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.15ta­c cā­nu­mā­na­m i­ṣṭaṃ ce­n na dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ pra­si­ddhya­ti | pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthā­ne nu­mā­na­syā­rtha­la­bdhi­taḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 183,29na hi sva­ya­m a­nu­mā­naṃ ma­ṇi­pra­bhā­yāṃ ma­ṇi­jñā­na­m a­rtha­prā­pti­to nu­mā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthi­tau dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to nā­ma TAŚVA-ML 183,30sā­dhya­vai­ka­lyā­t ta­thā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.16ma­ṇi­pra­dī­pa­pra­bha­yo­r ma­ṇi­bu­ddhyā­bhi­dhā­va­taḥ | mi­thyā­jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣe pi vi­śe­ṣo rtha­kri­yāṃ pra­ti |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.17ya­thā ta­thā ya­thā­rtha­tve py a­nu­mā­naṃ ta­do­bha­yoḥ | nā­rtha­kri­yā­nu­ro­dhe­na pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vya­va­sthi­ta­m |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 183,33ta­to nā­syā­nu­mā­na­ta­dā­bhā­sa­vya­va­sthā | TAŚV-ML 1.11.18dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­d e­va ta­tprā­pta­m i­ty e­ka­tvā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | pra­tya­kṣaṃ ka­sya­ci­t ta­c ce­n na syā­d dhāṃ­taṃ vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 184,02pra­tya­kṣa­m a­bhrāṃ­ta­m i­ti sva­ya­m u­pa­ya­n ka­thaṃ bhrāṃ­taṃ jñā­naṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ sa­nni­da­rśa­naṃ brū­yā­t ? |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.19a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pa­kṣe pi ta­sya dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tā kṣa­tiḥ | pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tā­yāṃ tu saṃ­khyā na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.20ta­taḥ sā­laṃ­ba­naṃ si­ddha­m a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­mā­tva­taḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­va­dvi­pa­ryā­so vā­nya­thā syā­d du­rā­tma­nā­m |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 184,05ka­thaṃ sā­laṃ­ba­na­tve­na vyā­ptaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.11.21a­rtha­syā­saṃ­bha­ve bhā­vā­t pra­tya­kṣe pi pra­mā­ṇa­tā­m | ta­da­vyā­ptaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­rtha­va­ttve­na ma­nya­tā­m |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.22prā­pyā­rthā­pe­kṣa­ye­ṣṭaṃ ce­t ta­thā­dhya­kṣe pi te stu ta­t | ta­thā vā­dhya­kṣa­m a­py a­rthā­nā­laṃ­ba­na­m u­pa­sthi­ta­m |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 184,08pra­tya­kṣaṃ ya­dy a­va­stvā­laṃ­ba­naṃ syā­t ta­dā nā­rthaṃ prā­pa­ye­d i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.11.23a­nu­mā­na­m a­va­stv e­va sā­mā­nya­m a­va­laṃ­ba­te | prā­pa­ya­ty a­rtha­m i­ty e­ta­t sa­ce­tā­nā­pya mo­kṣa­te |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.11.24ta­smā­d va­stv e­va sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­m aṃ­ja­sā | vi­ṣa­yī­ku­ru­te dhya­kṣaṃ ya­thā ta­dva­c ca laiṃ­gi­ka­m |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 184,11sa­rvaṃ hi va­stu sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­kaṃ si­ddhaṃ ta­dvya­va­sthā­pa­ya­tpra­tya­kṣaṃ ya­thā ta­d e­va vi­ṣa­yī­ku­ru­te ta­yā­nu­mā­na­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 184,12vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā sa­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 1.11.25smṛ­tyā­di­śru­ta­pa­ryaṃ­ta­m a­spa­ṣṭa­m a­pi ta­ttva­taḥ | svā­rthā­laṃ­ba­na­m i­ty a­rtha­śū­nyaṃ ta­nni­bha­m e­va naḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 184,14ya­dā­rthā­laṃ­ba­naṃ pa­ro­kṣaṃ ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­m i­ta­ra­tpra­mā­ṇā­bhā­sa­m i­ti pra­mā­ṇa­syā­nu­va­rta­nā­t si­ddhaṃ |­| TA-ML 1.12 pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nya­t |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 184,16ca na­nu ca pra­tya­kṣā­ṇy a­nyā­nī­ti va­kta­vya­m a­va­dhyā­dī­nāṃ tra­yā­ṇāṃ pra­tya­kṣa­vi­dhā­nā­d i­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ | ya­smā­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.12.1mi­pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nya­d i­ty ā­ha pa­ro­kṣā­d u­di­tā­t pa­raṃ | a­va­dhyā­di­tra­yaṃ jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ cā­nu­vṛ­tti­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 184,18sū u­ktā­t pa­ro­kṣā­d a­va­śi­ṣṭa­m a­nya­tpra­tya­kṣa­m a­va­dhi­jñā­naṃ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­jñā­naṃ ke­va­la­jñā­na­m i­ti saṃ­ba­dhya­te jñā­na­m i­ty a­nu­va­rta- TAŚVA-ML 184,19nā­t | pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ca ta­syā­nu­vṛ­tteḥ | ta­to na pra­tya­kṣā­ṇy a­nyā­nī­ti va­kta­vyaṃ vi­śe­ṣā­nā­śra­yā­t sā­mā­nyā- TAŚVA-ML 184,20śra­ya­ṇā­d e­ve­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhe­r graṃ­tha­gau­r a­va­pa­ri­hā­rā­c ca |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.2jñā­na­gra­ha­ṇa­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t ke­va­lā­va­dhi­da­rśa­ne | vyu­da­sye­te pra­mā­ṇā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­tā |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.3sa­mya­g i­ty a­dhi­kā­rā­c ca vi­bhaṃ­ga­jñā­na­va­rja­naṃ | pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti śa­bdā­c ca pa­rā­pe­kṣā­n ni­va­rta­na­m |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 184,23na hy a­kṣa­m ā­tmā­na­m e­vā­śri­taṃ pa­ra­miṃ­dri­ya­m a­niṃ­dri­yaṃ vā­pe­kṣa­te ya­taḥ pra­tya­kṣa­śa­bdā­d e­va pa­rā­pe­kṣā­n ni­vṛ­tti­r na bha­ve­t | TAŚVA-ML 184,24te­neṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­yā­na­pe­kṣa­m a­tī­ta­vya­bhi­cā­raṃ sā­kā­ra­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ty e­ta­tsū­tro­pā­tta­m u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti | ta­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.12.4pra­tya­kṣa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ prā­huḥ spa­ṣṭaṃ sā­kā­ra­m aṃ­ja­sā | dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­rthā­tma­ve­da­na­m |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.5sū­tra­kā­rā i­ti jñe­ya­m ā­ka­laṃ­kā­va­bo­dha­ne | pra­dhā­na­gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 184,27ya­dā pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na dra­vyā­rthā­tma­ve­da­naṃ pra­tya­kṣa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­dā spa­ṣṭa­m i­ty a­ne­na ma­ti­śru­ta­m iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­yā­pe­kṣaṃ TAŚVA-ML 184,28vyu­da­sya­te­, ta­sya sā­ka­lye­nā­spa­ṣṭa­tvā­t | ya­dā tu gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na ta­dā prā­de­śi­ka­pra­tya­kṣa­va­rja­naṃ ta­d a­pā­kri­ya­te­, TAŚVA-ML 184,29vya­va­hā­rā­śra­ya­ṇā­t | sā­kā­ra­m i­ti va­ca­nā­n ni­rā­kā­ra­da­rśa­na­vyu­dā­saḥ | aṃ­ja­se­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­d vi­bhaṃ­ga­jñā­na­m iṃ­dri- TAŚVA-ML 184,30yā­niṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣā­bhā­sa­m u­tsā­ri­taṃ | ta­c cai­vaṃ­vi­dhaṃ dra­vyā­di­go­ca­ra­m e­va nā­nya­d i­ti vi­ṣa­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­ca­nā­d da­rśi­taṃ | TAŚVA-ML 184,31ta­taḥ sū­tra­vā­rti­kā­vi­ro­dhaḥ si­ddho bha­va­ti | na cai­vaṃ yo­gi­nāṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­saṃ­gṛ­hī­taṃ ya­thā pa­re­ṣāṃ ta­d u­ktaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.6la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sa­ma­m e­tā­vā­n vi­śe­ṣo '­śe­ṣa­go­ca­raṃ | a­kra­maṃ ka­ra­ṇā­tī­ta­m a­ka­laṃ­kaṃ ma­hī­ya­sā­m |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 185,01ta­d a­stī­ti ku­to '­va­ga­mya­ta i­ti ce­t­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.12.7e­ta­c cā­sti su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tva­taḥ | sva­saṃ­vi­tti­va­d i­ty u­kta vyā­sa­to nya­tra ga­mya­tā­m |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 185,03dha­rmy a­trā­si­ddha i­ti ce­n no­bha­ya­si­ddha­sya pra­tya­kṣa­sya dha­rmi­tvā­t | ta­d dhi ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­śe­ṣa­go­ca­raṃ kra­maṃ ka­ra­ṇā­tī­ta- TAŚVA-ML 185,04m i­ti sā­dhya­te '­ka­laṃ­ka­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | na cā­ka­laṃ­ka­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ ta­sya pū­rvaṃ sā­dha­nā­t | pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­go­ca­ra­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 185,05vi­jñā­na­sya pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­ga­ma­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ bhā­nu­pra­kā­śa­va­t niḥ­śe­ṣā­va­ra­ṇa­pa­ri­kṣa­yā­t niḥ­śe­ṣa­go­ca­raṃ si­ddhya- TAŚVA-ML 185,06ty e­va | ta­taḥ e­vā­kra­maṃ ta­tkra­ma­sya ka­laṃ­ka­vi­ga­ma­kra­ma­kṛ­ta­tvā­t | yu­ga­pa­tta­dvi­ga­me ku­to jñā­na­sya kra­maḥ syā­t | TAŚVA-ML 185,07ka­ra­ṇa­kra­mā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya ka­ra­ṇā­tī­ta­tvā­t | de­śa­to hi jñā­na­m a­vi­śa­daṃ cā­kṣa­ma­no­pe­kṣaṃ si­ddhaṃ na pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 185,08sa­ka­la­vi­ṣa­yaṃ pa­ri­sphu­ṭaṃ sa­kṛ­du­pa­jā­ya­mā­na­m i­ti | na cai­vaṃ­vi­dhaṃ jñā­naṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­kaṃ­, pra­tya­kṣā­de­r a­ta- TAŚVA-ML 185,09dvi­ṣa­ya­sya ta­dbā­dha­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­ta e­va na saṃ­di­gdhā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­kaṃ­, ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 185,10tā­dṛ­śaṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ kiṃ­ci­t saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­m a­pa­ra­ma­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­kaṃ si­ddhaṃ ye­ne­daṃ saṃ­pra­ti saṃ­de­ha­vi­ṣa­ya­tā­m a­nu­bha­ve­t | ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 185,11vā­tyaṃ­ta­m a­saṃ­di­gdhā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­kaṃ nā­ma ? ni­ya­ta­de­śa­kā­la­pu­ru­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tve pi de­śāṃ­ta­rā­dya- TAŚVA-ML 185,12pe­kṣa­yā saṃ­di­gdhā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, su­ṣṭu ta­thā­bhā­va­sya si­ddheḥ | ya­thā­bhū­taṃ hi pra­tya­kṣā­di pra­mā­ṇa­m a­tra- TAŚVA-ML 185,13tye­dā­nīṃ ta­na­pu­ru­ṣā­ṇā­m u­tpa­dya­mā­na­bā­dha­kaṃ ke­va­la­sya ta­thā­bhū­ta­m e­vā­nya­de­śa­kā­la­pu­ru­ṣā­ṇā­m a­pī­ti ku­ta­s ta­dbā­dha­naṃ saṃ­de­haḥ | TAŚVA-ML 185,14ya­di pu­na­r a­nyā­dṛ­śaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nya­d vā ta­dbā­dha­ka­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te ta­dā ke­va­le ko ma­tsa­raḥ­, ke­va­le­nai­va ke­va­la­bā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 185,15saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­taḥ pra­si­ddhā­t su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­t sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­va­nma­hī­ya­sāṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­ka­laṃ­ka­m a­stī­ti pra­tī­ya­te TAŚVA-ML 185,16pra­paṃ­ca­to '­nya­tra ta­tsa­ma­rtha­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.8pra­tya­kṣaṃ ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍha­m a­bhrāṃ­ta­m i­ti ke­ca­na | te­ṣā­m a­spa­ṣṭa­rū­pā syā­t pra­tī­tiḥ ka­lpa­nā­tha­vā |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.9svā­rtha­vya­va­si­ti­r nā­nyā ga­ti­r a­sti vi­cā­ra­taḥ | a­bhi­lā­pa­va­tī vi­tti­s ta­dyo­gyā vā­pi sā ya­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 185,19a­spa­ṣṭā pra­tī­tiḥ ka­lpa­nā­, ni­ści­ti­r vā ka­lpa­nā i­ti pa­ri­sphu­ṭaṃ ka­lpa­nā la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­nu­ktvā a­bhi­lā­pa­va­tī TAŚVA-ML 185,20pra­tī­tiḥ ka­lpa­ne­tyā­di ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­m ā­ca­kṣā­ṇo na pre­kṣā­vā­n graṃ­tha­gau­ra­vā­pa­ri­hā­rā­t | na hi kā­ci­t ka­lpa­nā TAŚVA-ML 185,21spa­ṣṭā­sti vi­ka­lpā­nu­vi­ddha­sya spa­ṣṭā­rtha­pra­ti­bhā­sa­tā i­ti va­ca­nā­t | sva­pna­va­tī pra­tī­ti­r a­stī­ti ce­n na­, ta­syāḥ TAŚVA-ML 185,22sau­ga­tai­r iṃ­dri­ya­ja­tve­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t sva­pnā­ti­keṃ­dri­ya­vyā­pā­rā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­nā­t mā­na­sa­tve ta­syā ta­da­nu- TAŚVA-ML 185,23pa­pa­tteḥ | ma­rī­ci­kā­su to­ya­pra­tī­tiḥ spa­ṣṭe­ti ce­n na­, ta­syāḥ sva­ya­m a­spa­ṣṭa­tve pi ma­rī­ci­kā­da­rśa­na­spa­ṣṭa­tvā­dhyā­ro- TAŚVA-ML 185,24pā­t ta­thā­va­bhā­sa­nā­t | ta­to nā­vyā­pī­daṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | nā­py a­ti­vyā­pi kva­ci­d a­ka­lpa­nā­yāḥ spa­ṣṭa­tvā­bhā­vā­t | dū­rā- TAŚVA-ML 185,25t pā­da­pā­di­da­rśa­ne ka­lpa­nā­ra­hi­te py a­spa­ṣṭa­tva­pra­tī­te­r a­ti­vyā­pī­daṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya vi­ka­lpā­spa­ṣṭa­tve­nai­ka- TAŚVA-ML 185,26tvā­ro­pā­d a­spa­ṣṭa­to­pa­la­bdheḥ | sva­ya­m a­spa­ṣṭa­tve ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­to ni­ra­va­dya­m i­daṃ ka­lpa­nā­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 185,27e­te­na ni­śca­yaḥ ka­lpa­ne­ty a­pi ni­ra­va­dyaṃ vi­cā­ri­taṃ­, la­kṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­py e­vaṃ­vi­dhā­yāḥ pra­tī­teḥ ka­lpa­nā­tva­vi­dhā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 185,28d ga­tyaṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.10ta­trā­dya­ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍhe pra­tya­kṣe si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m | spa­ṣṭe ta­smi­nn a­vai­śa­dya­vya­va­cche­da­sya sā­dha­nā­t |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.11a­spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­sā­yāḥ pra­tī­te­r a­na­po­ha­ne | pra­tya­kṣa­syā­nu­mā­nā­de­r bhe­daḥ ke­nā­va­bu­dhya­te |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.12svā­rtha­vya­va­si­ti­s tu syā­t ka­lpa­nā ya­di saṃ­ma­tā | ta­dā la­kṣa­ṇa­m e­ta­t syā­d a­saṃ­bhā­vy e­va sa­rva­thā |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 185,32da­vi­ṣṭa­pā­da­pā­di­da­rśa­na­syā­spa­ṣṭa­syā­pi pra­tya­kṣa­to­pa­ga­mā­t ka­thaṃ a­spa­ṣṭa­pra­tī­ti la­kṣa­ṇa­yā ka­lpa­na­yā­po­ḍhuṃ pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 185,33m i­ti va­ca­ne si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m i­ti ka­ści­t | śru­ta­m e­ta­n na pra­tya­kṣaṃ śru­ta­m a­spa­ṣṭa­ta­rka­ṇaṃ i­ti va­ca­nā­t ta­to na do­ṣa TAŚVA-ML 185,34i­ty a­pa­raḥ | pā­da­pā­di­saṃ­sthā­na­mā­tre da­vī­ya­syā­pi spa­ṣṭa­tvā­va­sthi­teḥ | śru­ta­tvā­bhā­vā­d a­kṣa­vyā­pā­rā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 186,01vi­dhā­nā­c ca pra­tya­kṣa­m e­va ta­t ta­thā­vi­dha­ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍhuṃ ce­ti si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m e­va | na hi sa­rva­m a­spa­ṣṭa­ta­rka­ṇaṃ śru­ta­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 186,02yu­ktaṃ smṛ­tyā­deḥ śru­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­ha­sya vā | na hi ta­sya spa­ṣṭa­tva­m a­sti pa­ro­kṣa­tva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhā­t TAŚVA-ML 186,03a­vya­kta­śa­bdā­di­jā­ta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­ha i­ti va­ca­nā­c ca ma­ti­pū­rva­m a­spa­ṣṭa­ta­rka­ṇaṃ śru­ta­m i­ty u­pa­ga­me tu si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 186,04smṛ­tyā­di­ma­ti­jñā­naṃ vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­hā­di vā śru­taṃ da­vi­ṣṭa­pā­da­pā­di­da­rśa­naṃ ca prā­de­śi­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti na kiṃ­ci- TAŚVA-ML 186,05d vi­ru­dhya­te | ya­di pu­na­r nā­spa­ṣṭā pra­tī­tiḥ ka­lpa­nā ya­ta­s ta­da­po­ha­ne pra­tya­kṣa­sya si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ | kiṃ ta­rhi­? svā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 186,06vya­va­si­tiḥ sa­rva­ka­lpa­ne­ti ma­taṃ ta­dā pra­tya­kṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ ca tā­dṛ­śa­ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍha­sya ka­dā­ci­d a­saṃ­bha­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 186,07vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣo­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dha­ś ca | ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t saṃ­hṛ­ta­sa­ka­la­vi­ka­lpā­va­sthā­yāṃ sa­rva­thā vya­va­sā­ya­śū­nyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 186,08pra­tya­kṣaṃ pra­tyā­tma­ve­dyaṃ saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti nā­saṃ­bha­vi la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t na­, a­si­ddha­tvā­t | ya­smā­t-TAŚV-ML 1.12.13saṃ­hṛ­tya sa­rva­ta­ś ci­ttaṃ sti­mi­te­nāṃ­ta­rā­tma­nā | sthi­to pi ca­kṣu­ṣā rū­paṃ svaṃ ca spa­ṣṭaṃ vya­va­sya­ti |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 186,10ta­to na pra­tya­kṣaṃ ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍhaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­ta e­va si­ddhya­ti­, nā­py a­nu­mā­nā­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.12.14pu­na­r vi­ka­lpa­ya­n kiṃ­ci­d ā­sī­n me svā­rtha­ni­śca­yaḥ | ī­dṛ­g i­ty e­va bu­dhye­na prā­giṃ­dri­ya­ga­tā­v a­pi |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.15ta­to nya­thā­smṛ­ti­r na syā­t kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­di­va­t pu­naḥ | a­bhyā­sā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­s tu nā­nyaḥ svā­rtha­vi­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 186,13a­śvaṃ vi­ka­lpa­ya­taḥ prā­gna ceṃ­dri­ya­ga­tā­v a­pī­dṛ­śaḥ svā­rtha­ni­śca­yo ma­mā­sī­d i­ti pa­ścā­t sma­ra­ṇā­t ta­syāḥ svā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 186,14vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­tva­sya mā­nā­n na ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­tvā­nu­mā­naṃ nā­ma | na hīṃ­dri­ya­ga­te­r a­dhya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­tve sma­ra­ṇaṃ yu­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 186,15kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­di­da­rśa­na­va­t a­bhyā­sā­de­r go­da­rśa­na­smṛ­ti­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya vya­va­sā­yā­d a­nya­tra vi­cā­rā­sa­ha­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.16ta­da­ka­lpa­ka­m a­rtha­sya sā­ma­rthye­na sa­mu­dbha­vā­t | a­rtha­kṣa­ṇa­va­d i­ty e­ke na vi­ru­ddha­syai­va sā­dha­na­m |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.17jā­tyā­dyā­tma­ka­bhā­va­sya sā­ma­rthye­na sa­mu­dbha­vā­t | sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m e­va syā­t pra­tya­kṣaṃ sphu­ṭa­m aṃ­ja­sā |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 186,18pa­ra­mā­rthe­na vi­śa­daṃ sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ na pu­na­r a­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ vai­śa­dyā­ro­pā­t | na­nu ka­thaṃ ta­jjā­tyā­dyā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 186,19kā­d a­rthā­d u­pa­jā­ye­tā­vi­ka­lpā­n na hi va­stu sa­tsu jā­ti­dra­vya­gu­ṇa­ka­rma­su śa­bdāḥ saṃ­ti ta­dā­tmā­no vā ye­na te­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 186,20pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­ne­ṣu pra­ti­bhā­se­ra­n | na ca ta­tra śa­bdā­t pra­tī­tau ka­lpa­nā yu­ktā ta­syāḥ śa­bdā­pra­tī­ti­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 186,21śa­bda­ka­lpa­nā­nā­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­to na vi­ru­ddho he­tu­r i­ti ce­t | a­tro­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 1.12.18ya­thā­va­bhā­sa­to ka­lpā­t pra­tya­kṣā­t pra­bha­va­nn a­pi | ta­tpṛ­ṣṭha­to vi­ka­lpaḥ syā­t ta­thā­thā­kṣā­c ca sa sphu­ṭaḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 186,23da­rśa­nā­d a­vi­ka­lpā­d vi­ka­lpaḥ pra­jā­ya­te na pu­na­r a­rthā­d i­ti ku­to vi­śe­ṣaḥ | na cā­bhi­lā­pa­va­ty e­va pra­tī­tiḥ TAŚVA-ML 186,24ka­lpa­nā jā­tyā­di­ma­tpra­tī­te­r a­pi ta­thā­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­t | saṃ­ti cā­rthe­ṣu jā­tyā­da­yo pi te­ṣu pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­ne­ṣu pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 186,25bhā­se­ra­n | ta­to jā­tyā­dyā­tma­kā­rtha­da­rśa­naṃ sa­vi­ka­lpaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddha­m i­ti vi­ru­ddha­m e­va sā­dha­na­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.19na ca jā­tyā­di­rū­pa­tva­m a­rtha­syā­si­ddha­m aṃ­ja­sā | ni­rbā­dha­bo­dha­vi­dhva­sta­sa­ma­stā­re­ki ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 186,27jā­tyā­di­rū­pa­tve hi bhā­vā­nāṃ ni­rbā­dho bo­dhaḥ sa­ma­sta­m ā­re­ki­taṃ haṃ­tī­ti kiṃ na­ś ciṃ­ta­yā | ni­rbā­dha­tvaṃ pu­na- TAŚVA-ML 186,28r jā­tyā­di­bo­dha­syā­nya­tra sa­ma­rthi­taṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ ta­to jā­tyā­dyā­tma­ka­svā­rtha­vya­va­si­tiḥ ka­lpa­nā spa­ṣṭā pra­tya­kṣe TAŚVA-ML 186,29vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.20saṃ­ke­ta­sma­ra­ṇo­pā­yā dṛ­ṣṭa­saṃ­ka­lpa­nā­tmi­kā | nai­ṣā vya­va­si­tiḥ spa­ṣṭā ta­to yu­ktā­kṣa­ja­nma­ni |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 186,31ya­d e­va hi saṃ­ke­ta­sma­ra­ṇo­pā­yaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­saṃ­ka­lpa­nā­tma­kaṃ ka­lpa­naṃ ta­d e­va pū­rvā­pa­ra­pa­rā­ma­rśa­śū­nye cā­kṣu­ṣe spa­rśa­nā­di­ke TAŚVA-ML 186,32vā da­rśa­ne vi­ru­dhya­te | na ce­yaṃ vi­śa­dā­va­bhā­sā­rtha­vya­va­si­ti­s ta­thā­, ta­to yu­ktā sā pra­tya­kṣe ku­taḥ pu­na­r i­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 186,33na saṃ­ke­ta­sma­ra­ṇo­pā­ye­ty u­cya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.21sva­to hi vya­va­sā­yā­tma­pra­tya­kṣaṃ sa­ka­laṃ ma­ta­m | a­bhi­dhā­nā­dya­pe­kṣā­yā­m a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇā­t ta­yoḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 187,02sa­ti hy a­bhi­dhā­na­sma­ra­ṇā­dau kva­ci­d vya­va­sā­yaḥ sa­ti ca vya­va­sā­ye hy a­bhi­dhā­na­sma­ra­ṇā­dī­ti ka­tha­m a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 187,03na syā­t | svā­bhi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣā e­vā­rtha­ni­śca­yai­r vya­va­sī­ya­te i­ti bru­va­n nā­rtha­m a­dhya­va­syaṃ­s ta­da­bhi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 187,04sma­ra­ti a­na­nu­sma­ra­n na yo­ja­ya­ti a­yo­ja­ya­n na vya­va­sya­tī­ty a­ka­lpa­kaṃ ja­ga­da­rtha­ye­t | sva­va­ca­na­vi­ru­ddhaṃ ce­daṃ | TAŚVA-ML 187,05kiṃ ca­ —TAŚV-ML 1.12.22svā­bhi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­sya ni­śca­yo ya­dy a­pe­kṣa­te | svā­bhi­lā­ṣāṃ­ta­raṃ nū­na­m a­na­va­sthā ta­dā na ki­m |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.23ga­tvā su­dū­ra­m a­py e­va­m a­bhi­dhā­na­sya ni­śca­ye | svā­bhi­lā­pā­na­pe­kṣa­sya ki­mu nā­rtha­sya ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.24a­bhi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ce­t sva­smi­nn a­rthe ca ni­śca­ya­m | ku­rva­n dṛ­ṣṭaḥ sva­śa­ktyai­va liṃ­gā­dya­rthe pi tā­dṛ­śaḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.25śā­bda­sya ni­śca­yo rtha­sya śa­bdā­pe­kṣo stv a­bā­dhi­taḥ | liṃ­ga­ja­nmā­kṣa­ja­nmā ca ta­da­pe­kṣo bhi­dhī­ya­te |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.26ta­taḥ pra­tya­kṣa­m ā­sthe­yaṃ mu­khyaṃ vā de­śa­to pi vā | syā­n ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kaṃ si­ddhaṃ yu­ktyā syā­t sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.27sa­rva­thā ni­rvi­ka­lpa­tve svā­rtha­vya­va­si­tiḥ ku­taḥ | sa­rva­thā sa­vi­ka­lpa­tve ta­sya syā­c cha­bda­ka­lpa­nā |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 187,12na ke­va­laṃ jai­na­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­t sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ | kiṃ ta­rhi sau­ga­ta­syā­pī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.12.28sa­vi­ta­rka­vi­cā­rā hi paṃ­ca vi­jñā­na­dhā­ta­vaḥ | ni­rū­pa­ṇā­nu­sma­ra­ṇa­vi­ka­lpe­nā­vi­ka­lpa­kāḥ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.29i­ty e­vaṃ sva­ya­m i­ṣṭa­tvā­n nai­kāṃ­te­nā­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ | pra­tya­kṣaṃ yu­kta­m ā­sthā­tuṃ pa­ra­syā­pi vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.30vi­dhū­ta­ka­lpa­nā­jā­laṃ yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­m e­va ce­t | sa­rva­thā la­kṣa­ṇā­vyā­pti­do­ṣaḥ ke­nā­sya vā­rya­te |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.31lau­ki­kī ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍhā ya­to dhya­kṣaṃ ta­d e­va ce­t | śā­strī­yā sā­sti ta­tre­ti nai­kāṃ­te­nā­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.32ta­da­pā­ye ca bu­ddha­sya na syā­d dha­rmo­pa­de­śa­nā | ku­ṭyā­de­r yā na sā ta­sye­ty e­ta­tpū­rvaṃ vi­ni­ści­taṃ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 187,18ta­taḥ syā­t ka­lpa­nā­sva­bhā­va­śū­nya­bhrāṃ­taṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti na vyā­ha­taṃ | ye tv ā­hu­r ne­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­yā­na­pe­kṣaṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ TAŚVA-ML 187,19ta­sya ta­da­pe­kṣā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti tā­n pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.12.33ye pi cā­tma­ma­no kṣā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣo­dbha­vaṃ vi­duḥ | pra­tya­kṣaṃ ne­śva­rā­dhya­kṣaṃ saṃ­gra­ha­s taiḥ kṛ­to bha­ve­t |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.34ne­śva­ra­syā­kṣa­ja­jñā­naṃ sa­rvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­taḥ | nā­kṣaiḥ sa­rvā­rtha­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ sa­hai­ka­syā­sti sa­rva­thā |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.35yo­ga­jā­j jñā­ya­te ya­t tu jñā­naṃ dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | na saṃ­ni­ka­rṣa­jaṃ ta­smā­d i­ti na vyā­pi la­kṣa­ṇaṃ |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 187,23na­nu ca yo­ga­jā­d dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­t sa­rvā­rthai­r a­kṣa­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­s ta­taḥ sa­rvā­rtha­jñā­na­m i­ty a­kṣā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ja­m e­va ta­t | nai­ta- TAŚVA-ML 187,24t sā­raṃ | ta­trā­kṣā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­sya vai­ya­rthyā­t | yo­ga­jo hi dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­rvā­rthā­kṣa­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­m u­pa­ja­na­ya­ti na pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 187,25sā­kṣā­t sa­rvā­rtha­jñā­na­m i­ti sva­ru­ci­pra­da­rśa­na­mā­traṃ­, vi­śe­ṣa­he­tva­bhā­vā­d i­ty u­kta­pra­tya­ya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.36sau­trā­di­vṛ­tti­r a­dhya­kṣa­m i­ty a­py e­te­na ciṃ­ti­taṃ | ta­syā vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇā­yā vi­ro­dha­ś ca pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 187,27iṃ­dri­yā­ṇy a­rtha­m ā­lo­ca­yaṃ­ti ta­dā­lo­ci­taṃ ma­naḥ saṃ­ka­lpa­ya­ti ta­tsaṃ­ka­lpi­ta­m a­haṃ­kā­ro bhi­ma­nya­te ta­da­bhi­ma­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 187,28bu­ddhi­r a­dhya­va­sa­ti ta­da­dhya­va­si­taṃ pu­ru­ṣa­ś ce­ta­ya­ta i­ti śro­trā­di­vṛ­tti­r hi na sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­yā ya­ta­s ta­tpra­tya­kṣa­tve TAŚVA-ML 187,29yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­saṃ­gra­haḥ syā­t | na ca pra­mā­ṇa­to vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇā śro­trā­di­vṛ­ttiḥ sāṃ­khyā­nāṃ yu­jya­te | sā hi na TAŚVA-ML 187,30tā­va­t pu­ru­ṣa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­, nā­pi pra­dhā­na­syā­naṃ­śa­syā­mū­rta­sya ni­tya­sya sā kā­dā­ci­tka­tvā­t | na hy a­kā­dā- TAŚVA-ML 187,31ci­tka­syā­na­pe­kṣa­sya kā­dā­ci­tkaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo yu­ktaḥ sā­pe­kṣa­sya tu ku­taḥ kau­ṭa­sthyaṃ nā­mā­pe­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­kṛ­tā­ti­śa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 187,32syā­va­śyaṃ bhā­vā­n ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t kau­ṭa­sthyā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.37puṃ­saḥ sa­tsaṃ­pra­yo­ge ya­d iṃ­dri­yā­ṇāṃ pra­jā­ya­te | ta­d e­va ve­da­naṃ yu­ktaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti ke­ca­na |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 187,34te na sa­ma­rthā ni­rā­ka­rtuṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­tīṃ­dri­yaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­to nu­mā­nā­de­r vā sa­rva­jña­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | na hy a­sa­rva­jñaḥ sa­rvā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 188,01sā­kṣā­tkā­ri­jñā­naṃ nā­stī­ti ku­ta­ści­t pra­mā­ṇā­n ni­śce­tuṃ sa­ma­rtha i­ti pra­ti­pā­di­ta­prā­yaṃ | na ca ta­da­bhā­vā­n ni­śca­ye TAŚVA-ML 188,02ka­ra­ṇa­ja­m e­va pra­tya­ya­m i­ti ni­ya­maḥ si­ddhye­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.12.38ta­tsvā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­vi­dhā pra­tya­kṣa­m aṃ­ja­sā | jñā­naṃ vi­śa­da­m a­nya­t tu pa­ro­kṣa­m i­ti saṃ­gra­haḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TA-ML 1.13 ma­tiḥ smṛ­tiḥ saṃ­jñā ciṃ­tā­bhi­ni­bo­dha i­ty a­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 188,05ki­ma­rtha­m i­da­m u­cya­te | ma­ti­bhe­dā­nāṃ ma­ti­gra­ha­ṇe­na gra­ha­ṇā­d a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.1ma­tyā­di­ṣv a­va­bo­dhe­ṣu smṛ­tyā­dī­nā­m a­saṃ­gra­haḥ | i­ty ā­śaṃ­kyā­ha ma­tyā­di­sū­traṃ ma­tyā­tma­nāṃ vi­de |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.2ma­ti­r e­va smṛ­tiḥ saṃ­jñā ciṃ­tā vā­bhi­ni­bo­dha­ka­m | nā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ma­ti­jñā­nā­vṛ­ti­cche­da­pra­sū­ti­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 188,08ya­thai­va vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya ma­ti­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­n ma­ti­r a­va­gra­hā­di­rū­pā sū­te ta­thā smṛ­tyā­di­r a­pi ta­to ma­tyā- TAŚVA-ML 188,09tma­ka­tva­m a­sya ve­di­ta­vya­m |­| TAŚVA-ML 188,10i­ti śa­bdā­t kiṃ gṛ­hya­te i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.3i­ti śa­bdā­t pra­kā­rā­rthā­d bu­ddhi­r me­dhā ca gṛ­hya­te | pra­jñā ca pra­ti­bhā­bhā­vaḥ saṃ­bha­vo­pa­mi­tī ta­thā |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 188,12na­nu ca ka­thaṃ ma­tyā­dī­nā­m a­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tvaṃ vya­pa­de­śa­la­kṣa­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­pra­ti­bhā­sa­bhe­dā­d i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.4ka­thaṃ­ci­d vya­pa­de­śā­di­bhe­de py e­ta­da­bhi­nna­tā | na vi­ro­dha­m a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tu­m ī­ṣṭe prā­tī­ti­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 188,14na hi vya­pa­de­śā­di­bhe­de pi pra­tya­kṣa­vya­ktī­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tvaṃ pa­re­ṣāṃ­, nā­py a­nu­mā­nā­di­vya­ktī­nā­m a­nu­mā­nā­di­tā TAŚVA-ML 188,15sve­ṣṭa­pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­khyā ni­ya­ma­vyā­ghā­tā­t pra­tya­kṣa­tā­nu­mā­nā­di­tve­na vā | vya­pa­de­śā­di­bhe­dā­bhā­vā­n na do­ṣa i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 188,16ma­ti­jñā­na­tve­na sā­mā­nya­ta­s ta­da­bhā­vā­d a­vi­ro­dho stu | prā­tī­ti­kī hy e­te­ṣā­m a­bhi­nna­tā ka­thaṃ­ci­d i­ti na pra­ti­kṣe- TAŚVA-ML 188,17pa­m a­rha­ti | kaḥ ka­sya pra­kā­raḥ syā­d i­ty u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.5bu­ddhi­r ma­teḥ pra­kā­raḥ syā­d a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­śa­kti­kā | me­dhā smṛ­teḥ ta­thā śa­bda­smṛ­ti­śa­kti­r ma­na­svi­nā­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.6ū­hā­po­hā­tmi­kā pra­jñā ciṃ­tā­yāḥ pra­ti­bho­pa­mā | sā­dṛ­śyo­pā­dhi­ke bhā­ve sā­dṛ­śye ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇe |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.7pra­va­rta­mā­nā ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d dṛ­ṣṭā sā­dṛ­śya­saṃ­vi­daḥ | saṃ­jñā­yāḥ saṃ­bha­vā­dy a­stu laiṃ­gi­ka­sya ta­thā­ga­teḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 188,21ma­ti­sā­mā­nyā­tmi­kā­pi bu­ddhi­r iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­ttā sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­śa­kti­kā­va­gra­hā­di­ma­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 188,22pra­kā­raḥ | ya­tho­kta­śa­bda­sma­ra­ṇa­śa­kti­kā tu me­dhā smṛ­teḥ | sā hi ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d e­va ma­na­svi­nāṃ jā­ya­mā­nā vi­śi­ṣṭā TAŚVA-ML 188,23ca sma­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nyā­t | ū­hā­po­hā­tmi­kā pra­jñā ciṃ­tā­yāḥ pra­kā­raḥ pra­ti­bho­pa­mā ca sā­dṛ­śyo­pā­dhi­ke va­stu­ni TAŚVA-ML 188,24ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d va­stū­pā­dhi­ke vā sā­dṛ­śye pra­va­rta­mā­nā saṃ­jñā­yāḥ sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­rū­pā­yāḥ pra­kā­raḥ­, saṃ­bha­vā­rthā­pa­ttya- TAŚVA-ML 188,25bhā­vo­pa­mā­stu laiṃ­gi­ka­sya pra­kā­ra­s ta­thā pra­tī­teḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.8pra­tye­ka­m i­ti śa­bda­sya ta­taḥ saṃ­ga­ti­r i­ṣya­te | sa­mā­ptau ce­ti śa­bdo yaṃ sū­tre smi­n na vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 188,27ma­ti­r i­ti smṛ­ti­r i­ti saṃ­jñe­ti ciṃ­te­ty a­bhi­ni­bo­dha i­ti pra­kā­ro na ta­da­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m e­va ma­ti­jñā­na­m e­ka­m i­ti jñe­yaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 188,28ma­tyā­di­bhe­daṃ ma­ti­jñā­naṃ ma­ti­pa­ri­sa­mā­ptaṃ ta­dbhe­dā­nā­m a­nye­ṣā­m a­trai­vāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­d i­ti vyā­khye­yaṃ ga­tyaṃ­ta­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 188,29vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­c ca | smṛ­ti­r a­pra­mā­ṇa­m e­va sā ka­thaṃ pra­mā­ṇe ṃ­ta­rbha­va­tī­ti ce­n na­, ta­da­pra­mā­ṇa­tve sa­rva­śū­nya­tā­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 188,30ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.9smṛ­teḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tā­pā­ye saṃ­jñā­yā na pra­mā­ṇa­tā | ta­da­pra­mā­ṇa­tā­yāṃ tu ciṃ­tā na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.10ta­da­pra­ti­ṣṭhi­tau kvā­tra mā­naṃ nā­ma pra­va­rta­te | ta­da­pra­va­rta­ne dhya­kṣa­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ nā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.11ta­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­śū­nya­tvā­t pra­me­ya­syā­pi śū­nya­tā | sā­pi mā­nā­d vi­nā ne­ti ki­m a­py a­stī­ti sā­ku­la­m |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.12ta­smā­t pra­va­rta­ka­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­tve tra ka­sya­ci­t | smṛ­tyā­dī­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ yu­kta­m u­ktaṃ ca kai­śca­na |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.13a­kṣa­jñā­nai­r a­nu­smṛ­tya pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya ciṃ­ta­ye­t | ā­bhi­mu­khye­na ta­dbhe­dā­n vi­ni­ści­tya pra­va­rta­te |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 189,03a­kṣa­jñā­nai­r vi­ni­ści­tya pra­va­rta­ta i­ti ya­thā pra­tya­kṣa­sya pra­va­rta­ka­tva­m u­ktaṃ ta­thā smṛ­tvā pra­va­rta­ta i­ti smṛ­te­r a­pi TAŚVA-ML 189,04pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya pra­va­rta­ta i­ti saṃ­jñā­yā a­pi ciṃ­ta­ya­t ta­t pra­va­rta­ta i­ti ta­rka­syā­pi ā­bhi­mu­khye­na ta­dbhe­dā­n TAŚVA-ML 189,05vi­ni­ści­tya pra­va­rta­ta i­ty a­bhi­ni­bo­dha­syā­pi ta­ta­s ta­taḥ pra­ti­pa­ttuḥ pra­vṛ­tte­r ya­thā­bhā­sa­m ā­kāṃ­kṣā­ni­vṛ­tti­gha­ṭa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 189,06ta­tra pra­tya­kṣa­m e­va pra­va­rta­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ na pu­naḥ smṛ­ti­r i­ti ma­ta­m u­pā­la­bha­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.14a­kṣa­jñā­nai­r vi­ni­ści­tya sa­rva e­va pra­va­rta­te | i­ti bru­va­n sva­ci­ttā­dau pra­va­rta­ta i­ti smṛ­teḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 189,08ka­tha­m­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.15gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­t ta­tra na smṛ­te­ś ce­t pra­mā­ṇa­tā | dhā­rā­vā­hya­kṣa­vi­jñā­na­syai­vaṃ la­bhye­ta ke­na sā |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.16vi­śi­ṣṭa­syo­pa­yo­ga­syā­bhā­ve sā­pi na ce­n ma­tā | ta­da­bhā­ve sma­ra­ṇe py a­kṣa­jñā­na­va­nmā­na­tā­stu naḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.17smṛ­tyā svā­rthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya pra­vṛ­ttau na ca bā­dhya­te | ye­na pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ ta­syāḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r vi­ni­vā­rya­te |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.18smṛ­ti­mū­lā­bhi­lā­ṣā­de­r vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­va­rta­kaḥ | na pra­mā­ṇaṃ ya­thā ta­dva­da­kṣa­dhī­mū­li­kā smṛ­tiḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.19i­ty ā­ca­kṣa­ṇi­ko nā­mā­nu­mā­maṃ­sta pṛ­tha­kpra­mā | pra­tya­kṣaṃ ta­ddhi ta­nmū­la­m i­ti cā­rvā­ka­tā­ga­tiḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 189,14yo pi pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­naṃ ca pra­va­rta­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ma­nya­mā­naḥ smṛ­ti­mū­la­syā­bhi­lā­ṣā­de­r i­va vya­va­hā­ra­pra­vṛ­tte­r he­toḥ TAŚVA-ML 189,15pra­tya­kṣa­mū­la­sma­ra­ṇa­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇa­tāṃ pra­tyā­kṣī­ta so nu­mā­na­m a­pi pra­tya­kṣā­t pṛ­tha­kpra­mā­ṇaṃ mā­maṃ­sta ta­sya pra­tya­kṣa­mū­la- TAŚVA-ML 189,16tvā­t | na hy a­pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rva­ka­m a­nu­mā­na­m a­sti | a­nu­mā­nāṃ­ta­ra­pū­rva­ka­m a­stī­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 189,17su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā ta­syā­pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rva­ka­tve na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­tpū­rva­tve si­ddhe pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rva­ka­m a­nu­mā­na­m i­ti na pra­mā­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 189,18syā­t | ta­ta­ś ca bā­dha­ka­tva­prā­pti­r a­sya |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.20svā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­m a­nu­mā ya­di | smṛ­ti­r a­stu ta­thā nā­bhi­lā­ṣā­di­s ta­da­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 189,20svā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tvaṃ pra­va­rta­ka­tvaṃ na tu pra­tya­kṣā­rtha­pra­da­rśa­ka­tvaṃ nā­py a­rthā­bhi­mu­kha­ga­ti­he­tu­tvaṃ ta­c cā­nu­mā­na­syā­stī­ti TAŚVA-ML 189,21pra­mā­ṇa­tve sma­ra­ṇa­sya ta­d a­stu ta­ta e­va nā­bhi­lā­ṣā­de­s ta­da­bhā­vā­t | na hi ya­thā sma­ra­ṇaṃ svā­rtha­sma­rta­vya­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 189,22pra­kā­śa­kaṃ ta­thā­bhi­lā­ṣā­di­s ta­sya mo­ho­da­ya­pha­la­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.21sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­da­s sa­maḥ smṛ­tya­nu­mā­na­taḥ | svā­rthe pra­mā­ṇa­tā te­na nai­ka­trā­pi ni­vā­rya­te |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 189,24ya­thā cā­nu­mā­yāḥ kva­ci­t pra­vṛ­tta­sya sa­mā­ro­pa­sya vya­va­cche­da­s ta­thā smṛ­te­r a­pī­ti yu­kta­m u­bha­yoḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tva- TAŚVA-ML 189,25m a­nya­thā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pa­tteḥ | smṛ­ti­r a­nu­mā­na­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ṣṭa­m e­va nā­nya­the­ti ce­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.22smṛ­ti­r na laiṃ­gi­kaṃ liṃ­ga­jñā­nā­bhā­ve pi bhā­va­taḥ | saṃ­baṃ­dha­smṛ­ti­va­n na syā­d a­na­va­sthā­na­m a­nya­thā |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.23pa­rā­pa­rā­nu­mā­nā­nāṃ ka­lpa­na­sya pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | vi­va­kṣi­tā­nu­mā­na­syā­py a­nu­mā­nāṃ­ta­rā­j ja­nau |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 189,28saṃ­baṃ­dha­smṛ­te­r hy a­nu­mā­na­tve sma­rta­vyā­rthe­na liṃ­ge­na bhā­vyaṃ ta­sya te­na saṃ­baṃ­dha­s tv a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vya­s ta­sya ca sma­ra­ṇaṃ pa­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 189,29ta­syā­py a­nu­mā­na­tve ta­the­ti pa­rā­pa­rā­nu­mā­nā­nāṃ ka­lpa­nā­d a­na­va­sthā | na hy a­nu­mā­nāṃ­ta­rā­d a­nu­mā­na­sya ja­na­ne kva­ci­d a- TAŚVA-ML 189,30va­sthā nā­ma sā saṃ­baṃ­dha­smṛ­ti­r a­pra­mā­ṇa­m e­ve­ti ce­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.24nā­pra­mā­ṇā­tma­no smṛ­tyā saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ si­ddha­m ṛ­ccha­ti | pra­mā­ṇā­na­rtha­ka­tva­sya pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­rva­va­stu­ni |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 189,32na hy a­pra­mā­ṇā­t pra­me­ya­sya si­ddhau pra­mā­ṇa­m a­rtha­va­n nā­ma | na cā­pra­mā­ṇā­t kiṃ­ci­t si­ddhya­ti kiṃ­ci­n ne­ty a­rdha­ja­ra­tī- TAŚVA-ML 189,33nyā­yaḥ śre­yā­n sa­rva­tra ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.25smṛ­ti­s ta­d i­ti vi­jñā­na­m a­rthā­tī­te bha­ve­t ka­tha­m | syā­d a­rtha­va­d i­ti sve­ṣṭaṃ yā­ti bau­ddha­sya la­kṣya­te |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.26pra­tya­kṣa­m a­rtha­va­n na syā­d a­tī­te rthe sa­mu­dbha­va­t | ta­sya smṛ­ti­va­d e­vaṃ hi ta­dva­d e­va ca laiṃ­gi­ka­m |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.27nā­rthā­j ja­nmo­pa­pa­dye­ta pra­tya­kṣa­sya smṛ­te­r i­va | ta­dva­t sa e­va ta­dbhā­vā­d a­nya­thā na kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yaḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.28a­rthā­kā­ra­tva­to dhya­kṣaṃ ya­da­rtha­sya pra­bo­dha­kaṃ | ta­ta e­va smṛ­tiḥ kiṃ na svā­rtha­sya pra­ti­bo­dha­kā |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.29a­spa­ṣṭa­tve­na ce­n nā­nu­mā­ne py e­vaṃ pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | prā­pyā­rthe­nā­rtha­va­ttā ce­d a­nu­mā­nā­yāḥ smṛ­te­r na ki­m |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 190,05ta­to na sau­ga­to '­nu­mā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā­m u­pa­yaṃ­s tā­m a­pā­ka­rtu­m ī­śaḥ sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.30ma­na­sā ja­nya­mā­na­tvā­t saṃ­skā­ra­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇā | sa­rva­trā­rthā­na­pe­kṣe­ṇa smṛ­ti­r nā­rtha­va­tī ya­di |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.31ta­dā saṃ­skā­ra e­va syā­t pra­vṛ­tti­s ta­nni­baṃ­dha­nā | ta­trā­saṃ­bha­va­to rthe ce­d vya­kta­m ī­śva­ra­ce­ṣṭi­ta­m |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 190,08a­na­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tve pi smṛ­teḥ pra­va­rta­mā­nā­rthe pra­va­rta­te saṃ­skā­re pra­vṛ­tte­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti sphu­ṭaṃ rā­ja­ce­ṣṭi­taṃ ya­the­ṣṭaṃ TAŚVA-ML 190,09pra­va­rta­mā­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.32pra­tya­kṣaṃ mā­na­saṃ jñā­naṃ smṛ­te­r ya­syāḥ pra­jā­ya­te | sā hi pra­mā­ṇa­sā­ma­grī­va­rti­nī syā­t pra­va­rti­kā |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.33pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­d ya­thā liṃ­gi­liṃ­ga­saṃ­baṃ­dha­saṃ­smṛ­tiḥ | liṃ­gi­jñā­na­pha­le­ty ā­ha sā­ma­grī­mā­na­vā­di­naḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.34ta­d a­py a­saṃ­ga­taṃ liṃ­gi­jñā­na­syai­va pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­tva­kṣa­te­r liṃ­ga­ta­tpha­lā­yāḥ smṛ­te­r i­va |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 190,13ya­syāḥ smṛ­teḥ pra­tya­kṣaṃ mā­na­saṃ jā­ya­te sā ta­d e­va pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­tsā­ma­gryaṃ­ta­rbhū­ta­tva­taḥ pra­va­rti­kā svā­rthe ya­thā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 190,14mā­na­pha­lā saṃ­baṃ­dha­smṛ­ti­r a­nu­mā­na­m e­ve­ti | va­ca­na­saṃ­baṃ­dhaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­nu­mā­na­sā­ma­gryaṃ­ta­rbhū­ta­m a­pī­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.35pra­tya­kṣa­va­tsmṛ­teḥ sā­kṣā­tpha­le svā­rtha­vi­ni­śca­ye | kiṃ sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tve­na prā­mā­ṇyaṃ no­pa­ga­mya­te |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.36pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa hā­nā­di­jñā­naṃ ca pha­la­m ī­kṣya­te | ta­syā­s ta­da­nu­smṛ­tyaṃ­ta­ryā­thā­rthya­vṛ­tti­to rthi­naḥ |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 190,17ta­to na yo­go pi smṛ­te­r a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ sa­ma­rtha­yi­tu­m ī­śaḥ pra­tya­kṣā­di­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vā­, ya­tho­kta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.37pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya ca svā­rthaṃ va­rta­mā­no ya­to rtha­bhā­k | ma­taṃ ta­tpra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ pa­ra­ma­nya­thā |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.38ta­dvi­dhai­ka­tva­sā­dṛ­śya­go­ca­ra­tve­na ni­ści­taṃ | saṃ­kī­rṇa­vya­ti­kī­rṇa­tva­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.39te­na tu na pu­na­r jā­ta­ma­da­nāṃ­ku­ra­go­ca­raṃ | sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ nai­ka­tā­tma­ni |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.40e­ka­tva­go­ca­raṃ na syā­d e­ka­tve mā­na­m aṃ­ja­sā | sā­dṛ­śye ya­thā ta­smiṃ­s tā­dṛ­śe ya­m i­ti gra­haḥ |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 190,22na hy e­vaṃ sā­dṛ­śyai­ka­tva­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­yoḥ saṃ­ka­ra­vya­ti­ka­ra­vya­ti­re­ko lau­ki­ka­pa­rī­kṣa­ka­yo­r a­si­ddho '­nya­tra vi­bhra- TAŚVA-ML 190,23mā­t | ta­to yu­ktaṃ sva­vi­ṣa­ye ni­ya­me­na pra­va­rta­ka­yoḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­tya­kṣā­di­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.41ta­d i­ty a­tī­ta­vi­jñā­naṃ dṛ­śya­mā­ne­na nai­ka­tāṃ | ve­tti ne­da­m i­ti jñā­na­m a­tī­te­ne­ti ke­ca­na |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.42ta­tsi­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ jñā­na­dvi­ta­yaṃ hy e­ta­d i­ṣya­te | mā­na­dṛ­ṣṭe rtha­pa­ryā­ye dṛ­śya­mā­ne ca bhe­da­taḥ |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.43dra­vye­ṇa ta­dba­lo­dbhū­ta­jñā­na­m e­ka­tva­sā­dha­na­m | dṛ­ṣṭe­kṣya­mā­ṇa­pa­ryā­ya­vyā­pi­ny a­nya­t ta­to ma­ta­m |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 190,27na hi sāṃ­pra­ti­kā­tī­ta­pa­ryā­ya­yo­r da­rśa­na­sma­ra­ṇe e­va ta­tpra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ ya­to do­ṣā­va­kā­śaḥ syā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi­? TAŚVA-ML 190,28ta­dvyā­pi­ny e­ka­tra dra­vye saṃ­ka­la­na­jñā­naṃ | na­nv e­vaṃ ta­da­nā­di­pa­ryā­ya­vyā­pi dra­vya­vi­ṣa­yaṃ pra­sa­jye­ta ni­yā­ma­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 190,29ce­n na­, ni­yā­ma­ka­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.44kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ta­s ta­c ca ni­ya­taṃ syā­t ku­ta­śca­na | a­nā­di­pa­rya­ya­vyā­pi dra­vya­saṃ­vi­tti­to sti naḥ |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.45ta­yā yā­va­t sva­tī­te­ṣu pa­ryā­ye­ṣv a­sti saṃ­smṛ­tiḥ | ke­na ta­dvyā­pi­ni dra­vye pra­tya­bhi­jñā­sya vā­rya­te |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.46bā­la­ko haṃ ya e­vā­saṃ sa e­va ca ku­mā­ra­kaḥ | yu­vā­no ma­dhya­mo vṛ­ddho '­dhu­nā­smī­ti pra­tī­ti­taḥ |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.47smṛ­tiḥ ki­n nā­nu­bhū­te­ṣu sva­yaṃ bhe­de­ṣv a­śe­ṣa­taḥ | pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­he­tuḥ syā­d i­ti co­dyaṃ na yu­kti­ma­t |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.48tā­dṛ­kṣa­yo­gya­tā­hā­neḥ ta­dbhā­ve tv a­sti sāṃ­gi­nāṃ | vya­bhi­cā­rī hi ta­n nā­nyo he­tuḥ sa­rvaḥ sa­mī­kṣya­te |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 191,01sma­ra­ṇa­sya hi nā­nu­bha­va­na­mā­traṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ sa­rva­sya sa­rva­tra svā­nu­bhū­te rthe sma­ra­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nā­pi dṛ­ṣṭa­sa­jā­tī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 191,02da­rśa­naṃ ta­smi­n sa­ty a­pi ka­sya­ci­t ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tte­r vā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dhaḥ kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, ku­taḥ syā­t | dṛ­ṣṭa­sa­jā­tī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 191,03da­rśa­nā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­dbhā­ve pi ta­da­bhā­vā­t | e­te­nā­rtha­tvā­di­s ta­ddhe­tuḥ pra­tyā­khyā­taḥ­, sa­rva­sya dṛ­ṣṭa­sya he­to­r vya- TAŚVA-ML 191,04bhi­cā­rā­t | ta­da­vi­dyā­vā­sa­nā­pra­hā­ṇaṃ ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, sai­va yo­gya­tā sma­ra­ṇā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­śa­ma­la­kṣa­ṇā ta­syāṃ TAŚVA-ML 191,05ca sa­tyāṃ sa­du­pa­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣā vā­sa­nā pra­bo­dha i­ti nā­ma­mā­traṃ bhi­dya­te | ta­to ya­trā­rthe nu­bha­vaḥ pra­vṛ­tta­s ta­tra sma­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 191,06va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­me sa­tyaṃ­ta­raṃ­ge he­tau ba­hi­raṃ­ge ca dṛ­ṣṭa­sa­jā­tī­ya­da­rśa­nā­dau sma­ra­ṇa­syo­tpa­tti­r na pu­na­s ta­da­bhā­ve­ti- TAŚVA-ML 191,07pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti nā­nā­di­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu sva­ya­m a­nu­bhū­te­ṣv a­pi ka­sya­ci­t sma­ra­ṇaṃ­, nā­pi pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ ta­nni­baṃ­dha­naṃ ta­sya ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 191,08sma­ra­ṇaṃ ta­thā pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­maṃ ca prā­du­rbhā­vā­d u­pa­pa­nnaṃ ta­dvai­ci­tryaṃ yo­gya­tā­yā­s ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma- TAŚVA-ML 191,09la­kṣa­ṇā­yā vai­ci­tryā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 191,10ku­taḥ pu­na­r vi­ci­trā yo­gya­tā syā­d i­ty u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.49ma­lā­vṛ­ta­ma­ṇe­r vya­kti­r ya­thā­ne­ka­vi­dhe­kṣya­te | ka­rmā­vṛ­tā­tma­na­s ta­dva­dyo­gya­tā vi­vi­dhā na ki­m |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 191,12svā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­ga­ma­sya vai­ci­tryā­n ma­ṇe­r i­vā­tma­naḥ sva­rū­pā­bhi­vya­kti­vai­ci­tryaṃ na hi ta­dvi­ru­ddhaṃ | ta­dvi­ga­ma­s tu TAŚVA-ML 191,13sva­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­vai­ci­tryā­d u­pa­pa­dya­te | ta­dvi­ga­ma­kā­ra­ṇaṃ pu­na­r dra­vya­kṣe­tra­kā­la­bha­va­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ya­d a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 191,14t saṃ­bhā­va­ne­ti pa­ryā­ptaṃ pra­paṃ­ce­na | sā­dṛ­śyai­ka­tva­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­yoḥ sa­rva­thā ni­ra­va­dya­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.50na­nv a­stv e­ka­tva­sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tī­ti­r nā­rtha­go­ca­rā | saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­va­to vyo­ma­ke­śa­pā­śa­pra­tī­ti­va­t |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 191,16sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­bhi­jñai­ka­tva­pra­tya­bhi­jñā ca nā­smā­bhi­r a­pa­hnū­ya­te ta­thā pra­tī­teḥ­, ke­va­laṃ sā­na­rtha­vi­ṣa­yā saṃ­vā­dā- TAŚVA-ML 191,17bhā­vā­d ā­kā­śa­ke­śa­pā­śa­pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­va­d i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.51ta­tra yo nā­ma saṃ­vā­daḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­ga­maḥ | so dhya­kṣe pi na saṃ­bhā­vya i­ti te kva pra­mā­ṇa­tā |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.52pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ye tā­va­n nā­nu­mā­na­sya saṃ­ga­tiḥ | ta­sya sva­la­kṣa­ṇe vṛ­ttya­bhā­vā­d ā­laṃ­ba­nā­tma­ni |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.53ta­trā­dhya­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­syā­pi na vṛ­ttiḥ kṣa­ṇa­bhaṃ­gi­ni | ta­thai­va si­ddha­saṃ­vā­da­syā­na­va­sthā ta­thā na ki­m |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.54prā­pya sva­la­kṣa­ṇe vṛ­tti­r ya­thā­dhya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­yoḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­sya ta­thā kiṃ na saṃ­jña­yā saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.55ta­yā­laṃ­bi­ta­m a­nya­c ce­t prā­pta­m a­nya­tsva­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nu­mā­ne­na kiṃ ta­d e­va bha­va­nma­te |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.56gṛ­hī­ta­prā­pta­yo­r e­vā­dhyā­ro­pā­c ce­t ta­d e­va ta­t | sa­mā­naṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yāṃ sa­rve pa­śyaṃ­tu sa­ddhi­yaḥ |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.57pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­mā­na­tve pra­mā­ṇaṃ nā­nya­the­ty a­pi | ta­tra yu­ktā­nu­mā­na­syo­tthā­nā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.58ta­tra liṃ­ge ta­d e­ve­da­m i­ti jñā­naṃ ni­baṃ­dha­na­m | laiṃ­gi­ka­syā­nu­mā­naṃ ce­d a­na­va­sthā pra­sa­jya­te |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.59liṃ­ga­pra­tya­va­ma­rśe­ṇa vi­nā nā­sty e­va laiṃ­gi­ka­m | vi­bhi­nnaḥ so nu­mā­nā­c ce­t pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­m ā­ga­ta­m |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 191,27na hi liṃ­ga­pra­tya­va­ga­mo pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­to vyā­pti­vya­va­hā­ra­kā­la­bhā­va­liṃ­ga­sā­dṛ­śyā­vya­va­sthi­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 191,28cā­nu­mā­no­da­yā­saṃ­bha­va­s ta­tsaṃ­bha­ve ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | a­pra­mā­ṇā­t ta­da­vya­va­sthi­tau pra­mā­ṇā­na­rtha­kya­pra­saṃ­ga i­ty u­ktaṃ | ta­to nu- TAŚVA-ML 191,29mā­naṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ | kiṃ ta­rhi pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­raṃ saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­t pra­tya­kṣā­di­va­t | na hi dṛ­śya­prā­pya­yo­r e­ka­tvā­dhyā- TAŚVA-ML 191,30ro­pe­ṇa pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­ga­ma­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ saṃ­vā­daḥ saṃ­jñā­yā­m a­si­ddhaḥ­, pra­tya­kṣā­dā­v a­pi ta­da­si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | e­te­nā­rtha­kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 191,31sthi­ti­r a­vi­saṃ­vā­dān na pra­tya­bhi­jñā­pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ty a­pi pra­tyu­ktaṃ | ta­ta e­va pra­tya­kṣā­de­r a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 191,32pra­ti­pa­ttuḥ pa­ri­to­ṣā­t saṃ­vā­da­s ta­tra pra­mā­ṇa­tāṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­ya­tī­ti ce­t­, pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ne pi | na hi ta­taḥ pra­vṛ­tta­syā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 191,33kri­yā­sthi­tau pa­ri­to­ṣo nā­stī­ti | ya­di pu­naḥ bā­dha­kā­bhā­vaḥ saṃ­vā­da­s ta­da­bhā­vā­n na pra­tya­bhi­jñā pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 191,34ma­taṃ ta­dā na si­ddho he­tuḥ saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­vā­d i­ti | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.60saṃ­vā­do bā­dha­vai­dhu­rya­ni­śca­ya­ś ce­t sa vi­dya­te | sa­rva­tra pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ne pra­tya­kṣā­dā­v i­vāṃ­ja­sā |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.61pra­tya­kṣaṃ bā­dha­kaṃ tā­va­n na saṃ­jñā­na­sya jā­tu­ci­t | ta­dbhi­nna­go­ca­ra­tve­na pa­ra­lo­ka­ma­te­r i­va |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.62ya­tra pra­va­rta­te jñā­naṃ sva­yaṃ ta­trai­va sā­dha­ka­m | bā­dha­kaṃ vā pa­ra­sya syā­n nā­nya­trā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.63a­dṛ­śyā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­ś ca bā­dhi­kā ta­sya na pra­mā | dṛ­śyā dṛ­ṣṭi­s tu sa­rva­trā­si­ddhā ta­dgo­ca­re sa­dā |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 192,05ta­d e­vaṃ na pra­tya­kṣa­sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r vā bā­dhi­kā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.64ya­t sa­t ta­t sa­rvaṃ kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ sa­rva­thai­va vi­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | ta­to '­nya­tra pra­tī­ghā­tā­t sa­ttva­syā­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­teḥ |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.65a­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­ti­s ta­tra kra­ma­vṛ­tti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | ta­dvi­ro­dha­s ta­to naṃ­śaḥ syā­n nā­pe­kṣā­vi­ghā­ta­taḥ |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.66i­tī­yaṃ vyā­pa­kā dṛ­ṣṭi­r ni­tya­tvaṃ haṃ­ti va­stu­naḥ | sā­dṛ­śyaṃ ca ta­taḥ saṃ­jñā bā­dhi­ke­ty a­pi du­rgha­ṭa­m |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 192,09sa­ttva­m i­da­m a­rtha­kri­ya­yā vyā­ptaṃ sā ca kra­mā­kra­mā­bhyāṃ tau vā kṣa­ṇi­kā­t sa­dṛ­śā­c ca ni­va­rta­mā­nau sva­vyā­pyā- TAŚVA-ML 192,10m a­rtha­kri­yāṃ ni­va­rta­ya­taḥ | sā ni­va­rta­mā­nā sva­vyā­pyaṃ sa­ttvaṃ ni­va­rta­ya­tī­ti vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r ni­tya­syā­sa­ttvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 192,11sa­rva­thā sā­dṛ­śyaṃ ca sā­dha­yaṃ­tī ni­tya­tva­sā­dṛ­śya­vi­ṣa­ya­sya pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­sya bā­dhi­kā­stī­ti ke­ci­t | ta­d e­ta­d a­pi TAŚVA-ML 192,12du­rgha­ṭa­m | ku­taḥ­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.67kṣa­ṇa­pra­dhvaṃ­si­naḥ saṃ­taḥ sa­rva­thai­va vi­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ | i­ti vyā­pte­r a­si­ddha­tvā­d vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­śaṃ­ki­nā­m |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.68ni­tyā­nāṃ vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­nā­m a­bhā­ve bhā­va­ni­śca­yā­t | ku­ta­ści­d vyā­pti­saṃ­si­ddhi­r ā­śra­ye­ta ya­dā ta­dā |­| 6­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.69ne­daṃ nai­rā­tma­kaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­ra­m i­ti sā­dha­ye­t | prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttva­to syai­vaṃ vya­ti­re­ka­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 6­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 192,16ya­thā vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­nāṃ ni­tyā­dya­rthā­nā­m a­bhā­ve sa­ttva­sya he­toḥ sa­dbā­dha­ni­śca­ya­s ta­dvyā­pti­si­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 192,17vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­syā­tma­naḥ pā­ṣā­ṇā­di­sva­bhā­ve prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttva­sya he­to­r a­bhā­va­ni­śca­yo pi ta­dvyā­pti­si­ddhe­r ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ kiṃ na TAŚVA-ML 192,18bha­ve­t ? ya­to vya­ti­re­ky a­pi he­tu­r na syā­t | na ca sa­ttvā­d a­sya vi­śe­ṣaṃ pa­śyā­maḥ sa­rva­thā ga­ma­ka­tvā­ga­ma­ka­tva- TAŚVA-ML 192,19yo­r i­ti prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttvā­de­r vyā­pta­si­ddhi­m u­pa­ya­tāṃ sa­ttvā­de­r a­pi ta­da­si­ddhi­r ba­lā­dā­d ā­pa­ta­ty e­va | ta­to na kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 192,20sa­rva­thā vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ vā­rthā­nāṃ si­ddhya­ti vi­ru­ddha­tvā­c ca he­toḥ | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.70kṣa­ṇi­ke pi vi­ru­ddhye­te bhā­ve­naṃ­śe kra­mā­kra­mau | svā­rtha­kri­yā ca sa­ttvaṃ ca ta­to ne­kāṃ­ta­vṛ­tti ta­t |­| 7­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 192,22sa­rva­thā kṣa­ṇi­ke na kra­mā­kra­mau pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ saṃ­bha­va­ta­s ta­da­saṃ­bha­ve jñā­na­mā­tra­m a­pi sva­kī­yā­rtha­kri­yāṃ ku­to TAŚVA-ML 192,23vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ? ya­taḥ sa­ttvaṃ ta­to vi­ni­va­rta­mā­naṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­t kṣa­ṇi­ke ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­ni sthi­ti­m ā­sā­dya ta­dvi­ru­ddhaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 192,24bha­ve­d i­ty u­kto­tta­ra­prā­yaṃ | ta­thā ca kiṃ ku­ryā­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.71ni­haṃ­ti sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­taṃ sā­dha­ye­t pa­ri­ṇā­mi­naṃ | bha­ve­t ta­tra na bhā­ve ta­tpra­tya­bhi­jñā ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 7­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 192,26dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ni ni­tyā­tma­ke va­stu­ni jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ny e­va dra­vya­taḥ pra­tya­bhi­jñā sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­to TAŚVA-ML 192,27saṃ­bha­va­ti sa­rva­thā vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­n na pu­na­r ni­tyā­dye­kāṃ­te vi­ro­dha­si­ddheḥ | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.72ni­tyai­kāṃ­te na sā tā­va­t pau­rvā­pa­rya­vi­yo­ga­taḥ | nā­śai­kāṃ­te pi cai­ka­tva­sā­dṛ­śyā­gha­ṭa­nā­t ta­thā |­| 7­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.73ni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­ke tv a­rthe ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­pa­la­kṣya­te | jā­tyaṃ­ta­re vi­ru­dhye­ta pra­tya­bhi­jñā na sa­rva­thā |­| 7­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 192,30ta­to na pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yāḥ kiṃ­ci­d bā­dha­ka­m a­stī­ti bā­dhā­vi­ra­ha­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya saṃ­vā­da­sya si­ddhe­r a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sā­dha­na­m a­yu­ktaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 192,31na­nu cai­ka­tve pra­tya­bhi­jñā ta­tsi­ddhau pra­mā­ṇaṃ saṃ­vā­dā­t ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­tva­si­ddhau ta­ta­s ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­syai­ka­tva­sya si­ddhi­r i­ty a­nyo­nyā- TAŚVA-ML 192,32śra­yaḥ | pra­tya­bhi­jñāṃ­ta­rā­t pra­tha­ma­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­vi­ṣa­ya­sya sā­dha­ne ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­syā­pi pra­tya­bhi­jñāṃ­ta­rā­t sā­dha­na­m i­ty a­na­va­sthā­na- TAŚVA-ML 192,33m i­ti ce­n na­, pra­tya­kṣa­syā­pi nī­lā­dau pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sā­dha­ne sa­mā­na­tvā­t | i­ta­ra­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.74nī­la­saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­rthe nī­le si­ddhe pra­mā­ṇa­tā | ta­tra ta­syāṃ ca si­ddhā­yāṃ nī­lo rtha­s te­na si­ddhya­ti |­| 7­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.75i­ty a­nyo­nyā­śri­taṃ nā­sti ya­thā­bhyā­sa­ba­lā­t kva­ci­t | sva­taḥ prā­mā­ṇya­saṃ­si­ddhe­r a­dhya­svā­rtha­saṃ­vi­daḥ |­| 7­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.76ta­de­ka­tva­sya saṃ­si­ddhau pra­tya­bhi­jñā ta­dā­śra­yā | pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­tve ta­yā va­stve­ka­tā ga­tiḥ |­| 7­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.77i­tya­nyo­nyā­śri­ti­r na syā­t sva­taḥ prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhi­taḥ | sva­bhyā­sā­t pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yā­s ta­to nya­trā­nu­mā­na­taḥ |­| 7­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.78pra­tya­bhi­jñāṃ­ta­rā­d ā­dya­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­rtha­sā­dha­ne | yā­n a­va­sthā sa­mā sā­pi pra­tya­kṣā­rtha­pra­sā­dha­ne |­| 7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.79pra­tya­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­taḥ si­ddhā sva­taḥ sā ce­n ni­va­rta­te | pra­tya­bhi­jñāṃ­ta­rā­d e­ta­t ta­thā­bhū­tā­n ni­va­rta­tā­m |­| 7­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 193,06ta­to nai­ka­tvaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ sā­va­dyaṃ sa­rva­do­ṣa­pa­ri­hā­rā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.80sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­m e­te­nai­va vi­cā­ri­ta­m | pra­mā­ṇaṃ svā­rtha­saṃ­vā­dā­d a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­to nya­thā |­| 8­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 193,08na­nv i­daṃ sā­dṛ­śyaṃ pa­dā­rthe­bhyo ya­di bhi­nnaṃ ta­dā ku­ta­s te­ṣā­m i­ti pra­dṛ­śya­te | saṃ­baṃ­dha­tvā­c ce­t­, kaḥ pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 193,09sā­dṛ­śya­ta­dva­tā­m a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­tā­nā­m a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­tma­nāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ ? sa­ma­vā­ya i­ti ce­t­, kaḥ pu­na­r a­sau ? na tā­va- TAŚVA-ML 193,10t pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | a­vi­bhra­ma­dbhā­va i­ti ce­t sa­rvā­tma­nai­ka­de­śe­na vā pra­ti­vya­kti | sa­rvā­tma­nā ce­t sā- TAŚVA-ML 193,11dṛ­śya­ba­hu­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | na cai­ka­tra sā­dṛ­śyaṃ ta­syā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t | ya­di pu­na­r e­ka­de­śe­na sā­dṛ­śyaṃ vya­kti­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 193,12sa­ma­ve­taṃ ta­dā sā­va­ya­va­tvaṃ syā­t | ta­thā ca ta­sya sā­va­ya­vaiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­ciṃ­tā­yāṃ sa e­va pa­rya­nu­yo­ga i­ty a­na­va­sthā | TAŚVA-ML 193,13ya­di pu­na­r a­bhi­nnaṃ sā­dṛ­śya­m a­rthe­bhyo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te ta­dā­pi ta­syai­ka­tve ta­da­bhi­nnā­nā­m a­rthā­nā­m e­ka­tvā­pa­tti­r e­ka­smā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 193,14bhi­nnā­nāṃ sa­rva­thā nā­nā­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | pa­dā­rtha­nā­nā­tva­va­d vā ta­sya nā­nā­tve­bhyo '­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­sya sa­rva­thai­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 193,15ta­thā co­bha­yo­r a­pi pa­kṣa­yoḥ sā­dṛ­śyā­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | sā­dṛ­śya­va­tāṃ sa­rva­thai­ka­tve ta­tra sā­dṛ­śyā­na­va­sthā­nā­t | sā­dṛ­śyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 193,16sa­rva­thā nā­nā ce­t sā­dṛ­śya­rū­pa­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sā­dṛ­śya­m a­rthe­bhyo bhi­nnā­bhi­nna­m i­ti yu­ktaṃ vi­ro­dhā­d u­bha­ya­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 193,17gā­c ca | ta­da­rthe­bhyo ye­nā­tma­nā bhi­nnaṃ te­nai­vā­bhi­nnaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te | pa­re­ṇa bhi­nnaṃ ta­da­nye­nā­bhi­nna­m i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 193,18du­bha­ya­do­ṣa­pra­sa­ktiḥ | saṃ­śa­ya­vai­ya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­da­yo pi do­ṣā­s ta­tra du­rni­vā­rā e­ve­ti sā­dṛ­śya­sya vi­cā­rā­sa­ha­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 193,19ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­tva­m e­va ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ ca pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ svā­rthe saṃ­vā­da­śū­nyaṃ na pra­mā­ṇaṃ nā­mā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ka­lpa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 193,20ro­pi­tā­d e­va svā­rtha­saṃ­vā­dā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tve ma­no­rā­jyā­di­vi­ka­lpa­ka­lā­pa­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t tā­dṛ­ksaṃ­vā­da­sya TAŚVA-ML 193,21sa­dbhā­vā­d i­ti ka­ści­t taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.81bhe­dā­bhe­da­vi­ka­lpā­bhyāṃ sā­dṛ­śyaṃ ye­na dū­ṣya­te | vai­sā­dṛ­śyaṃ ku­ta­s ta­sya pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ pra­si­dhya­tu |­| 8­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 193,23vi­sa­dṛ­śā­nāṃ bhā­vo hi vai­sā­dṛ­śyaṃ ta­c ca pa­dā­rthe­bhyo bhi­nna­m a­bhi­nnaṃ bhi­nnā­bhi­nnaṃ vā syā­d a­to '­nya­ga­tya­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 193,24sa­rva­thā sā­dṛ­śya­pa­kṣa­bhā­vī do­ṣo du­rni­vā­ra i­ti ku­ta­s ta­tsi­ddhiḥ | sā­dṛ­śya­va­dvai­sa­dṛ­śa­m a­pi na pa­ra­mā­rtha­m a­rtha­kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 193,25śū­nya­tvā­t sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­syai­va sa­ttva­sya pa­ra­mā­rtha­tvā­t | ta­syā­rtha­kri­yā­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, na vai­sa­dṛ­śa­sā­dṛ­śya­tya­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 193,26kiṃ­ci­t sva­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­m a­stī­ha ya­thā vyo­ma­ku­śe­śa­yaṃ | pra­tya­kṣa­saṃ­vi­di pra­ti­bhā­naṃ spa­ṣṭaṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 193,27ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.82sa­mā­nā­kā­ra­tā spa­ṣṭā pra­tya­kṣaṃ pra­ti­bhā­sa­te | va­rta­mā­ne­ṣu bhā­ve­ṣu ya­thā bhi­nna­sva­bhā­va­tā |­| 8­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 193,29i­dā­nīṃ­ta­na­ta­yā pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­nā hi bhā­vā­s te­ṣu ya­thā pa­ra­spa­raṃ bhi­nna­rū­paṃ pra­tya­kṣe spa­ṣṭa­m a­va­bhā­sa­te ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 193,30sa­mā­na­m a­pī­ti sa­dṛ­śe­ta­rā­tma­kaṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­si­ddha­m a­nya­thā vyo­mā­ra­viṃ­da­va­t ta­syā­na­va­bhā­sa­nā­t | spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 193,31sa­mā­na­sya rū­pa­sya bhrāṃ­ta­m i­ti ce­t­, bhi­nna­sya ka­tha­m a­bhrāṃ­taṃ | bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, sā­mā­nya­spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tve TAŚVA-ML 193,32kiṃ bā­dha­ka­m a­sti ? na tā­va­t pra­tya­kṣaṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­ni pa­śyā­mī­ti pra­ya­ta­mā­na­sa­syā­pi sthū­la­sthi­rā­kā­ra­sya sā­dha­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 193,33sphu­ṭaṃ da­rśa­nā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­ya­sya sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­ny e­kaṃ sthū­la­m a­kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ sphu­ṭa­m | ya­d vā pa­śya­ti vai­śa­dyaṃ ta­dvi­ddhi TAŚVA-ML 193,34sa­dṛ­śa­smṛ­teḥ |­| " i­ti | nā­py a­nu­mā­naṃ liṃ­gā­bhā­vā­t | sva­sva­bhā­va­sthi­ta­liṃ­gā­d u­tpa­nnaṃ bhi­nna­sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­nu­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 194,01sā­dṛ­śya­jñā­na­vai­śa­dya­sya bā­dha­ka­jñā­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­–­sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­kāḥ sa­rve TAŚVA-ML 194,02bhā­vāḥ sva­bhā­va­vya­va­sthi­te­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sva­sva­bhā­vo hi bhā­vā­nā­m a­bā­dhi­ta­pra­tī­ti­vi­ṣa­yaḥ sa­mā­ne­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 194,03mā­tma­ka­tvaṃ ta­sya vya­va­sthi­ti­r u­pa­la­bdhi­s ta­syai­va sā­dhi­kā na pu­na­r a­nya­tra bhi­nna­sya sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya jā­tu­ci­da­nu­pa­la­bhya- TAŚVA-ML 194,04mā­na­sya he­tva­si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | te­na he­ta­va­s ta­tra pra­tyu­ktāḥ | te hi ya­tho­pa­la­bhyaṃ­te ta­thā tai­r u­ra­rī­kri­yaṃ­te a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 194,05vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe vi­ru­ddhāḥ sā­dhya­vi­pa­rī­ta­sya sā­dha­nā­t ta­syai­va sa­ttvā­di­sva­bhā­ve­no­pa­la­bhyaṃ­te | ya­di pu­naḥ pa­rā­bhi­ta- TAŚVA-ML 194,06sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sva­bhā­vāḥ sa­ttvā­da­yo ma­tā­s ta­dā te­ṣā­m a­si­ddhi­r e­va | na ca sva­ya­m a­si­ddhā­s te sā­dhya­sā­dha­nā­yā­laṃ na TAŚVA-ML 194,07tv a­yaṃ do­ṣaḥ sa­rva­he­tu­ṣu syā­t | ta­thā hi­–­dhū­mo '­na­gni­ja­nya­rū­po vā he­tu­r a­gni­ja­nya­tve sā­dhye '­nya­thā­rū­po vā ? TAŚVA-ML 194,08pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe vi­ru­ddha­s ta­syā­na­gni­ja­nya­tva­sā­dha­nā­t | so gni­ja­nya­rū­pa­s tu na si­ddha i­ti ku­taḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­naḥ | TAŚVA-ML 194,09ya­di pu­na­r vi­vā­dā­pa­nna­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­pe­kṣo dhū­maḥ kaṃ­ṭhā­di­vi­kā­ra­kā­ri­tvā­di­pra­si­ddha­sva­bhā­vo he­tu­r i­ti ma­taṃ ta­dā sa­ttvā- TAŚVA-ML 194,10da­yo pi ta­thā he­ta­vo na vi­ru­ddhā nā­py a­si­ddhā i­ti ce­n nai­ta­tsā­raṃ­, sa­ttvā­di­he­tū­nāṃ vi­vā­dā­pa­nna­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­pe­kṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 194,11pra­si­ddha­sva­bhā­va­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | a­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvaṃ pra­si­ddhaḥ sva­bhā­va­s te­ṣā­m i­ti ce­t na­, ta­syā­pi he­tu­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 194,12ta­tpra­tya­kṣa­to ti­kra­mā­t ta­ddo­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­sya bhā­vā­t ta­da­va­stha­tvā­t | sa­ttvā­di­sā­mā­nya­sya sā­dhye­ta­ra­sva­bhā­va­sya sa­ttvā- TAŚVA-ML 194,13d i­ti ce­n na­, a­ne­kāṃ­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t sā­dhye­ta­ra­yo­s ta­sya bhā­vā­t | na ca pa­re­ṣāṃ sa­ttvā­di­sā­mā­nyaṃ pra­si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 194,14sva­la­kṣa­ṇai­kāṃ­to­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhā­t | ka­lpi­taṃ si­ddha­m i­ti ce­t vyā­ha­ta­m i­daṃ si­ddhaṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­d a­bhi­dhī­ya­te ta­t ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 194,15ka­lpi­ta­m a­pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­d i­ti na vyā­ha­nya­te | na ca ka­lpi­ta­sya he­tu­tvaṃ a­rtho hy a­rthaṃ ga­ma­ya­tī­ti va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 194,16na ca pra­tī­ya­te sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­tma­ko rtho ya­sya he­tu­tvaṃ dha­rmaḥ ka­lpa­te ya­s tu pra­tī­ya­te nā­sā­va­rtho '­bhi­ma­ta i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 194,17kiṃ ca ta­lliṃ­ga­m ā­śri­tya kṣa­ṇi­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­nu­mā­naṃ pra­va­rte­ta ya­t sā­dṛ­śya­jñā­na­vai­śa­dya­pra­ti­bhā­sa­sya bā­dha­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 194,18syā­t | ta­to vi­dhva­sta­bā­dhaṃ vai­sā­dṛ­śya­jñā­na­va­t sā­dṛ­śya­vai­śa­dya­m i­ti | pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­tsā­dṛ­śyaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­sya vi­ṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 194,19bhā­va­m a­nu­bha­va­ty e­ka­tva­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.83ta­da­vi­dyā­ba­lā­d i­ṣṭā ka­lpa­nai­ka­tva­bhā­si­nī | sā­dṛ­śya­bhā­si­nī ce­ti vā­ga­vi­dyo­da­yā­d dhru­va­m |­| 8­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 194,21ta­d e­vaṃ ni­rbā­dha­bo­dhā­dhi­rū­ḍhe pra­si­ddhe py e­ka­tve sā­dṛ­śye ca bhā­vā­nāṃ ka­lpa­nai­ve­ya­m e­ka­tva­sā­dṛ­śyā­va­bhā­si­nī TAŚVA-ML 194,22du­raṃ­tā­nā­dya­vi­dyo­pa­ja­ni­tā lo­ka­sye­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ pa­ra­ma­da­rśa­na­mo­ho­da­ya­m e­vā­tma­no dhru­va­m a­va­bo­dha­ya­ti­, sa­ha­kra­mā­di- TAŚVA-ML 194,23pa­ryā­ya­vyā­pi­no dra­vya­syai­ka­tve­na su­pra­tī­ta­tvā­t | sā­dṛ­śya­sya ca pa­ryā­ya­sā­mā­nya­sya pra­ti­dra­vya­vya­kti­vya­va­sthi­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 194,24sa­mā­nā i­ti pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­syo­pa­cā­rā­d e­ka­tva­vya­va­hā­ra­bhā­jaḥ sa­ka­la­do­ṣā­saṃ­spṛ­ṣṭa­sya su­spa­ṣṭa­tvā­t | ta­ta­s ta­dvi­ṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 194,25pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­si­ddhi­r a­na­va­dyai­va |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.84saṃ­baṃ­dhaṃ vyā­pti­to rthā­nāṃ vi­ni­ści­tya pra­va­rta­te | ye­na ta­rkaḥ sa saṃ­vā­dā­t pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­tra ga­mya­te |­| 8­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 194,27ye­na hi pra­tya­ye­na pra­ti­pa­ttā sā­dhya­sā­dha­nā­rthā­nāṃ vyā­ptyā saṃ­baṃ­dhaṃ ni­ści­tyā­nu­mā­nā­ya pra­va­rta­te sa ta­rkaḥ TAŚVA-ML 194,28saṃ­baṃ­dhe saṃ­vā­dā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ma­nyā­ma­he | ku­taḥ pu­na­r a­yaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dho va­stu sa­t si­ddho ya­ta­s ta­rka­sya ta­tra saṃ­vā­dā­t TAŚVA-ML 194,29pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ ka­lpi­to hi saṃ­baṃ­dha­s ta­sya vi­cā­rā­sa­ha­tvā­d i­ty a­tro­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.85saṃ­baṃ­dho va­stu sa­nna­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­yo­ga­taḥ | sve­ṣṭā­rtha­ta­ttva­va­t ta­tra ciṃ­tā syā­d a­rtha­bhā­si­nī |­| 8­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 194,31kā pu­naḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­syā­rtha­kri­yā nā­ma |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.86ye­yaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā­rthā­nāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dha­va­śa­va­rti­nī | sai­ve­ṣṭā­rtha­kri­yā ta­jjñaiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya sva­dhī­r a­pi |­| 8­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 194,33sa­ti saṃ­baṃ­dhe rthā­nāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā bha­va­ti nā­sa­tī­ti ta­da­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­nī yā pra­tī­tā sai­vā­rtha­kri­yā TAŚVA-ML 194,34ta­sya ta­dvi­dbhi­r a­bhi­ma­tā ya­thā nī­lā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­nī kva­ci­n nī­la­tā nī­la­syā­rtha­kri­yā ta­syā­s ta­tsā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 195,01tvā­t | saṃ­baṃ­dha­jñā­naṃ ca saṃ­baṃ­dha­syā­rtha­kri­yā nī­la­sya nī­la­jñā­na­va­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | ma­tyā tā­va­d i­ya­m a­rtha­kri­yā ya­d u­ta TAŚVA-ML 195,02sva­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­jñā­no­tpā­da­naṃ nā­me­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.87vi­śi­ṣṭā­rthā­n pa­ri­tya­jya nā­nyā saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā­sti ce­t | ta­da­bhā­ve ku­to rthā­nāṃ pra­ti­ti­ṣṭhe­d vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā |­| 8­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.88sva­kā­ra­ṇa­va­śā­d e­ṣā te­ṣāṃ ce­t sai­va saṃ­ma­tā | saṃ­baṃ­dhi­te­ti bhi­dye­ta nā­ma nā­rthaḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 8­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 195,05na hi saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­ve rthāḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ saṃ­ba­ddhā i­ti vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā te­ṣāṃ pra­ti­ti­ṣṭha­ty a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sva­kā­ra­ṇa­va­śā­t TAŚVA-ML 195,06ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d e­va saṃ­baṃ­dha­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tā­sa­mā­na­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tā­va­d i­ti ce­t sai­va saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā ta­dva­d i­ti nā­ma­mā­traṃ bhi­dya­te na TAŚVA-ML 195,07pu­na­r a­rthaḥ pra­sā­dhi­ta­ś ca saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ pa­ra­mā­rthi­ko '­rthā­nāṃ pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ prā­k saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā­sya mā­na­vya­va­sthi­ti­he­tu­r i­ty a­laṃ vi­vā- TAŚVA-ML 195,08de­na ni­rbā­dhaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā­yāḥ sva­bu­ddheḥ svā­rtha­kri­yā­yāḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya vya­va­sthā­nā­t | pā­va­ka­sya dā­hā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­va­t TAŚVA-ML 195,09saṃ­ve­da­na­sya sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­va­d vā ta­syā vā­sa­nā­mā­tra­ni­mi­tta­tve tu sa­rvā­rtha­kri­yā sa­rva­sya vā­sa­nā­mā­tra­he­tu­kā TAŚVA-ML 195,10syā­d i­ti na kiṃ­ci­t pa­ra­mā­rtha­to rtha­kri­yā­kā­rī­ti ku­to va­stu­tva­vya­va­sthā pa­ri­to­ṣa­he­toḥ pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tve py u­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 195,11sva­pno­pa­la­bdha­sya ta­ttva­pra­saṃ­gā­t i­ti na hi ta­tra pa­ri­to­ṣaḥ ka­sya­ci­n nā­stī­ti sa­rva­sya sa­rva­dā sa­rva­tra nā­sty e- TAŚVA-ML 195,12ve­ti ce­t jā­gra­dda­śā­rtha­kri­yā­yā­s ta­rhi su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­t pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­ttva­m i­ty ā­yā­taṃ | ta­thā cā­rthā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 195,13saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā­rtha­kri­yā­saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya ka­thaṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­tī­ti na si­ddhye­t | na hi ta­tra ka­sya­ci­t ka­dā­ci­d bā­dha­ka­pra­tya­ya TAŚVA-ML 195,14u­cya­te ye­na su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvaṃ na bha­ve­t | sa­rva­thā saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­va­vā­di­na­s ta­trā­sti bā­dha­ka­pra­tya­ya i­ti TAŚVA-ML 195,15ce­t­, sa­rva­thā śū­nya­vā­di­na­s ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­vā­di­no bra­hma­vā­di­no vā jā­gra­du­pa­la­bdhā­rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ kiṃ na bā­dha­ka- TAŚVA-ML 195,16pra­tya­yaḥ | sa te­ṣā­m a­vi­dyā­ba­lā­d i­ti ce­t saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā­yā­m a­pi ta­ta e­va pa­re­ṣāṃ bā­dha­ka­pra­tya­yo na pra­mā­ṇa­ba­lā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 195,17ni­rvi­vā­da­m e­ta­t ya­taḥ sai­va ta­rkā­t saṃ­baṃ­dhaṃ pra­tī­tya va­rta­mā­no rthā­nāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā­m ā­bā­dha­m a­nu­bha­va­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.89ta­tta­rka­syā­vi­saṃ­vā­do nu­mā saṃ­vā­da­nā­d a­pi | vi­saṃ­vā­de hi ta­rka­sya jā­tu ta­n no­pa­pa­dya­te |­| 8­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 195,19na hi ta­rka­syā­nu­mā­na­ni­baṃ­dha­ne saṃ­baṃ­dhe saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­ve nu­mā­na­sya saṃ­vā­daḥ saṃ­bha­vi­ni­ści­taḥ saṃ­vā­da­s ta­rka­sya TAŚVA-ML 195,20nā­sti vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.90ta­rka­saṃ­vā­da­saṃ­de­he niḥ­śaṃ­kā­nu­mi­tiḥ kva te | ta­da­bhā­ve na cā­dhya­kṣaṃ ta­to ne­ṣṭa­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ |­| 9­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.91ta­smā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ccha­dbhi­r a­nu­me­yaṃ sva­saṃ­ba­lā­t | ciṃ­tā ce­ti vi­vā­de­na pa­ryā­ptaṃ ba­hu­nā­tra naḥ |­| 9­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 195,23sa­rve­ṇa vā­di­nā ta­taḥ sve­ṣṭa­si­ddhiḥ pra­ka­rta­vyā a­nya­thā pra­lā­pa­mā­tra­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sā ca pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhi­m a­nvā- TAŚVA-ML 195,24ka­rṣa­ti ta­da­bhā­ve ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­tra pra­tya­kṣaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­va­śya­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā­nu­mā­na­m u­ra­rī­ka­rta­vya­m a­nya­thā ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 195,25sā­ma­stye­nā­pra­mā­ṇa­vya­va­cche­de­na pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhya­yo­gā­t | niḥ­saṃ­de­ha­m a­nu­mā­naṃ che­da­tsa­tā sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­saṃ­baṃ­dha­grā­hi TAŚVA-ML 195,26pra­mā­ṇa­m a­saṃ­di­gdha­m e­ṣi­ta­vya­m i­ti ta­d e­va ca ta­rkaḥ ta­ta­s ta­sya ca saṃ­vā­do niḥ­saṃ­de­ha e­va si­ddho '­nya­thā pra­lā­pa- TAŚVA-ML 195,27mā­tra­m a­he­yo­pā­de­ya­m a­ślī­la­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­ta­m ā­yā­tī­ti pa­ryā­pta­m a­tra ba­hu­bhi­r vi­vā­dai­r ū­ha­saṃ­vā­da­si­ddhe­r u­llaṃ­dha­nā­rha­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.92gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­t ta­rko '­pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na vai | ta­syā­pū­rvā­rtha­ve­di­tvā­d u­pa­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 9­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.93pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­bhyāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dho de­śa­to ga­taḥ | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yo­s ta­rkā­t sā­ma­stye­ne­ti ciṃ­ti­ta­m |­| 9­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.94pra­māṃ­ta­rā­gṛ­hī­tā­rtha­pra­kā­śi­tvaṃ pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ | prā­mā­ṇyaṃ ca gṛ­hī­tā­rtha­grā­hi­tve pi ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 9­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 195,31kiṃ ca | TAŚV-ML 1.13.95liṃ­ga­jñā­nā­d vi­nā nā­sti liṃ­gi­jñā­na­m i­tī­ṣya­ti | ya­thā ta­sya ta­dā­ya­tta­vṛ­tti­tā na ta­da­rthi­tā |­| 9­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.96pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­de­r vi­nā­nu­dbhū­ti­ta­s ta­thā | ta­rka­sya ta­jjña­tā jā­tu na ta­dgo­ca­ra­taḥ smṛ­tā |­| 9­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 195,34na hi ya­d ya­d ā­tma­lā­bha­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­t ta­sya vi­ṣa­ya e­va liṃ­ga­jñā­na­sya liṃ­gi­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t pra­tya­kṣa­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 196,01ca­kṣu­rā­di­go­ca­ra­tā­pa­tteḥ | svā­kā­rā­rpa­ṇa­kṣa­ma­kā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­ṣa­ya i­ti ce­t ka­tha­m i­dā­nīṃ pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­yo­s ta­rkā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 196,02lā­bha­ni­mi­tta­yo­r vi­ṣa­yaṃ svā­kā­ra­m a­na­rpa­ya­ta­mū­hā­ya sā­kṣā­tkā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaṃ cā­nu­bha­va­taṃ ta­rka­vi­ṣa­ya­m ā­ca­kṣa­tī­ta ? ta­thā- TAŚVA-ML 196,03ca­kṣā­ṇo vā ka­tha­m a­nu­mā­na­ni­baṃ­dha­na­sya liṃ­ga­jñā­na­sya vi­ṣa­ya­m a­nu­mā­na­go­ca­ra­ta­yā pra­tya­kṣaṃ prā­ca­kṣī­ta ? na ce­d vi- TAŚVA-ML 196,04kṣi­ptaḥ | ta­to na pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­rtha­grā­hī ta­rkaḥ | sa­rva­thā ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­da­rtha­grā­hi­tvaṃ tu ta­sya nā­pra­mā­ṇa­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 196,05vi­ru­ṇa­ddhi pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­va­d i­ty u­ktaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.97sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­dā­t svā­rthe ta­rka­sya mā­na­tā | laiṃ­gi­ka­jñā­na­va­n nai­va vi­ro­dha­m a­nu­dhā­va­ti |­| 9­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.98pra­vṛ­tta­ś ca sa­mā­ro­paḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yoḥ kva­ci­t | saṃ­baṃ­dhe ta­rka­to mā­tu­r vya­va­cche­dye­ta ka­sya­ci­t |­| 9­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.99saṃ­vā­da­ko pra­si­ddhā­rtha­sā­dha­na­s ta­dvya­va­sthi­taḥ | sa­mā­ro­pa­chi­d ū­ho tra mā­naṃ ma­ti­ni­baṃ­dha­naḥ |­| 9­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 196,09pra­mā­ṇa­mū­haḥ saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­d a­pra­si­ddhā­rtha­sā­dha­na­tvā­t sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­di­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­ta­ma­ti­jñā­na­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 196,10nu­mā­nā­di­va­d i­ti sū­ktaṃ bu­ddhyā­ma­he | na­nū­ho ma­tiḥ sva­yaṃ na pu­na­r ma­ti­ni­baṃ­dha­na i­ti ce­n na­, ma­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 196,11ta­sya pū­rva­ma­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­t sā­dha­na­syā­si­ddha­tvā­yo­gā­t | na ca ta­nni­baṃ­dha­na­tvaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 196,12vyā­pta­m a­nu­mā­ne­na sva­yaṃ pra­ti­pa­nnaṃ liṃ­ga­jñā­naṃ ma­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­pū­rva­ka­tva­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vyā­pta­sya ta­tra pra­tī­te­r vya­bhi­cā­rā- TAŚVA-ML 196,13bhā­vā­t | śru­te­na vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | ta­da­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇo ma­ti­ni­baṃ­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 196,14tvā­t saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­d e­vo­haḥ pra­mā­ṇaṃ vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­ta e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.100na­nū­ha­syā­pi saṃ­baṃ­dhe svā­rthe nā­dhya­kṣa­to ga­tiḥ | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­saṃ­baṃ­dhe ya­thā nā­py a­nu­mā­na­taḥ |­| 1­0­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.101ta­syo­hāṃ­ta­ra­taḥ si­ddhau kvā­na­va­sthā­ni­vā­ra­ṇaṃ | ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­sya cā­si­ddhau no­haḥ syā­d i­ti ke­ca­na |­| 1­0­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 196,17na­nū­ha­syā­pi svā­rthai­r ū­hyaiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vya­s ta­sya ca sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­sye­va nā­dhya­kṣā­d ga­ti­s tā­va­to vyā­pā­rā­t TAŚVA-ML 196,18ka­rtu­ma­śa­kteḥ sa­nni­hi­tā­rtha­grā­hi­tvā­c ca sa­vi­ka­lpa­syā­pi pra­tya­kṣa­sya | nā­py a­nu­mā­na­to '­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 196,19hy a­nu­mā­na­sya pra­vṛ­tti­r liṃ­ga­liṃ­gi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­ni­śca­yā­t sa co­hā­t ta­syā­pi pra­vṛ­ttiḥ svā­rtha­saṃ­baṃ­dha­ni­ścā­yā­t so py a­nu­mā­nāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 196,20ta­rā­d i­ti ta­syo­hāṃ­ta­rā­t si­ddhau kve­ya­m a­na­va­sthā­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ | ya­di pu­na­r a­ya­m ū­haḥ svā­rtha­saṃ­baṃ­dha­si­ddhi­m a­na­pe­kṣa­mā­ṇaḥ TAŚVA-ML 196,21sva­vi­ṣa­ye pra­va­rta­te ta­dā­nu­mā­na­syā­pi ta­thā pra­vṛ­tti­r a­stv i­ti vya­rtha­mū­ha­pa­ri­ka­lpa­na­m i­ti ka­ści­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.102ta­n na pra­tya­kṣa­va­t ta­sya yo­gya­tā­ba­la­taḥ sthi­teḥ | svā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tva­sya kvā­nya­thā­dhya­kṣa­ni­ṣṭhi­tiḥ |­| 1­0­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 196,23yo­gya­tā­ba­lā­d ū­ha­sya svā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tvaṃ vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­ta e­va pa­tya­kṣa­va­t | na hi pra­tya­kṣaṃ sva­vi­ṣa­ya­saṃ­baṃ­dha­gra­ha­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 196,24pe­kṣa­m a­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.103grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vo vā saṃ­baṃ­dho nyo pi ka­śca­na | svā­rthe na gṛ­hya­te ke­na pra­tya­kṣa­sye­ti ciṃ­tya­tā­m |­| 1­0­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 196,26pra­tya­kṣa­syā­pi svā­rthe saṃ­baṃ­dho grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vaḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo vā­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vya e­vā­nya­thā ta­taḥ svā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 196,27pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­ya­mā­yo­gā­d a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa ca ya­di gṛ­hī­ta e­vā­dhya­kṣa­pra­vṛ­tti­ni­mi­ttaṃ ta­dā ke­na gṛ­hya­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 196,28ciṃ­tyaṃ sve­na pra­tya­kṣāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nu­mā­ne­na vā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.104sa ta­c ce­t tā­dṛ­śā­kā­rā pra­tī­tiḥ svā­tma­ni­ṣṭhi­tā | nā­sau gha­ṭo ya­m i­ty e­va­m ā­kā­rā­yāḥ pra­tī­ti­taḥ |­| 1­0­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.105pra­tya­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­ta­ś ce­n nā­py a­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ | ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­sya cā­nye­na pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa vi­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 1­0­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.106nā­nu­mā­ne­na ta­syā­pi pra­tya­kṣā­ya­tta­tā sthi­teḥ | a­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­ga­sya ta­da­va­stha­tva­ta­sta­rā­m |­| 1­0­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.107sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­taḥ si­ddhe svā­rtha­saṃ­ve­da­na­sya ce­t | saṃ­baṃ­dho kṣa­dhi­yaḥ svā­rthe si­ddhe ka­ści­d a­tīṃ­dri­yaḥ |­| 1­0­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.108kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­saṃ­jñe­yaṃ yo­gya­tā­tra sa­mā­na­tā | sai­va ta­rka­sya saṃ­baṃ­dha­jñā­na­saṃ­vi­tti­taḥ sva­taḥ |­| 1­0­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 196,34na pra­tya­kṣaṃ svā­rthe saṃ­baṃ­dha­gra­ha­ṇā­pe­kṣaṃ pra­va­rta­te kva­ci­d a­ka­smā­t ta­tpra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi | ta­sya sva­saṃ­ve­da- TAŚVA-ML 197,01nā­di­va­t svā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­si­ddhiḥ sva­to tīṃ­dri­yaḥ ka­ści­t saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | svā­rthā­nu­mā­naḥ si­ddhye­d i­ti ce­t sai­va yo­gya­tā TAŚVA-ML 197,02svā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­khyā pra­tya­kṣa­syā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­na­he­tu­r i­ha sa­mā­yā­tā | ta­rka­syā­pi sva­yaṃ vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇā­nu­bha­vā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 197,03jjñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­rū­pā yo­gya­tā­nu­mī­ya­mā­nā si­ddhya­tu pra­tya­kṣa­va­da­na­va­sthā­pa­ri­hā­ra­syā­nya­thā ka­rtu­m a­śa­kteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 197,04na­nu ca ya­thā ta­rka­sya sva­vi­ṣa­ya­saṃ­baṃ­dha­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­pe­kṣa­mā­ṇa­sya pra­vṛ­tti­s ta­thā­nu­mā­na­syā­pi sa­rva­tra jñā­ne svā­va­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 197,05kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­sya svā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­na­he­tu­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­to na­rtha­ka­m e­va ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­gra­ha­ṇā­ya ta­rka­pa­ri­ka­lpa­na­m i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 197,06sa­tya­m a­nu­mā­na­syā­pi sva­yo­gya­tā gra­ha­ṇa­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­ka­m a­nu­me­yā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­naṃ na pu­na­r u­tpa­tti­liṃ­ga­liṃ­gi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­gra­ha­ṇa­ni­ra- TAŚVA-ML 197,07pe­kṣā­sty a­gṛ­hī­ta­ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­sya pra­ti­pa­ttuḥ kva­ci­t ka­dā­ci­d a­nu­tpa­tti­ni­śca­yā­t | nai­vaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­syo­tpa­tti­r a­pi ka­ra­ṇā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 197,08saṃ­baṃ­dha­gra­ha­ṇā­pe­kṣā sva­ya­m a­gṛ­hī­ta­ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­syā­pi pu­na­s ta­du­tpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­t | ta­dva­dū­ha­syā­py a­tīṃ­dri­yā­tmā­rtha­saṃ­baṃ­dha­gra­ha­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 197,09ni­ra­pe­kṣa­syo­tpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­n no­tpa­ttā­v a­pi saṃ­baṃ­dha­gra­ha­ṇā­pe­kṣa­tva­m i­ti yu­ktaṃ ta­rkaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.109pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­yaṃ sā­dha­ko na pu­naḥ sva­yaṃ | pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­rka i­ty e­ta­t ka­sya­ci­d vyā­ha­taṃ ma­ta­m |­| 1­0­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.110pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ye śu­ddhiḥ ka­thaṃ nā­mā­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | pra­me­yāṃ­ta­ra­to mi­thyā­jñā­nā­c cai­ta­tpra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 1­1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.111ya­thā saṃ­śa­yi­tā­rthe­ṣu pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ pra­va­rta­naṃ | ni­rṇa­yā­ya ta­thā lo­ke ta­rki­te­ṣv i­ti ce­n ma­ta­m |­| 1­1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.112saṃ­śa­yaḥ sā­dha­kaḥ prā­ptaḥ pra­mā­ṇā­rtha­sya te ta­thā | nā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­ta­s ta­rkaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­nu­ma­nya­tā­m |­| 1­1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.113sa ce­t saṃ­śa­ya­jā­tī­yaḥ saṃ­śa­yā­t pṛ­tha­gā­sthi­taḥ | ka­thaṃ pa­dā­rtha­saṃ­khyā­naṃ nā­nya­thā­stv i­ti tv a­śnu­te |­| 1­1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.114ta­smā­t pra­mā­ṇa­ka­rta­vya­kā­ri­ṇo ve­di­tā­tma­naḥ | sa­tta­rka­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­vi­ta­rkya pra­ca­kṣya­te |­| 1­1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 197,16pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­rkaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­ka­rta­vya­kā­ri­tvā­t pra­tya­kṣā­di­va­t pra­tya­ya­sā­dha­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­ka­rta­vyaṃ ta­tkā­rī ca ta­rkaḥ TAŚVA-ML 197,17pra­si­ddha i­ti nā­si­ddho he­tuḥ | nā­py a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko '­pra­mā­ṇe vi­pa­kṣe vṛ­ttya­bhā­vā­t | na hi pra­me­yāṃ­ta­raṃ saṃ­śa­yā­di TAŚVA-ML 197,18vā pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­sya sā­dha­naṃ vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­ta­s ta­rka­stha­pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­sā­dha­ka­tva­m i­ccha­tā pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m u­pa­gaṃ­ta­vya­m | TAŚVA-ML 197,19kiṃ ca­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.115sa­mya­k ta­rkaḥ pra­mā­ṇaṃ syā­t ta­thā­nu­grā­ha­ka­tva­taḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­sya ya­thā­dhya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­nā­di cā­śnu­te |­| 1­1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.116a­nu­grā­ha­ka­tā vyā­ptā pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na la­kṣya­te | pra­tya­kṣā­dau ta­thā­bhā­se nā­ga­mā­nu­gra­ha­kṣa­teḥ |­| 1­1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.117ya­smi­nn a­rthaṃ pra­vṛ­ttaṃ hi pra­mā­ṇaṃ kiṃ­ci­d ā­di­taḥ | ta­tra pra­vṛ­tti­ra­nya­sya yā­nu­grā­ha­ka­tā­tra sā |­| 1­1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.118pū­rva­ni­rṇī­ta­dā­rḍhya­sya vi­dhā­nā­d a­bhi­dhī­ya­te | u­tta­re­ṇa tu ta­dyu­kta­m a­pra­mā­ṇe­na jā­tu­ci­t |­| 1­1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 197,24sva­yaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nā­m a­nu­grā­ha­kaṃ ta­rka­m i­ccha­n nā­pra­mā­ṇaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ sa­ma­rtho vi­ro­dhā­t | pra­mā­ṇa­sā­ma­gryaṃ­ta­rbhū­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 197,25ka­ści­t ta­rkaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ṣṭa e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya sva­yaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­thā hi­–­pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­rkaḥ sā­kṣā­tpa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā TAŚVA-ML 197,26ca svā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­ne pha­le sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­t pra­tya­kṣa­va­t sva­vi­ṣa­ya­bhū­ta­sya sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­tti­rū­pe sā­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 197,27tsvā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­ne pha­le sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­s ta­rkaḥ pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā tu svā­rthā­nu­mā­ne hā­no­pā­dā­no­pe­kṣā­jñā­ne vā pra­si­ddha e­ve­ty u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 197,28saṃ­hri­ya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.119ta­ta­s ta­rkaḥ pra­mā­ṇaṃ naḥ syā­t sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­taḥ | svā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­ne sā­kṣā­d a­sā­kṣā­c cā­nya­mā­na­va­t |­| 1­1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.120sā­dha­nā­t sā­dhya­vi­jñā­na­m a­nu­mā­naṃ vi­du­r bu­dhāḥ | pra­dhā­na­gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na vi­dhā­na­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­yoḥ |­| 1­2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.121a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttye­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­tra sā­dha­naṃ | sā­dhyaṃ śa­kya­m a­bhi­pre­ta­m a­pra­si­ddha­m u­dā­hṛ­ta­m |­| 1­2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.122ta­tsā­dhyā­bhi­mu­kho bo­dho ni­ya­taḥ sā­dha­ne tu yaḥ | kṛ­to niṃ­dri­ya­yu­kte­nā­bhi­ni­bo­dhaḥ sa la­kṣi­taḥ |­| 1­2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 197,33sā­dhyā­bhā­vā­saṃ­bha­va­ni­ya­ma­la­kṣa­ṇā­t sā­dha­nā­d e­va śa­kyā­bhi­pre­tā­pra­si­ddha­tva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya sā­dhya­syai­va ya­d vi­jñā­naṃ ta­d a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 197,34mā­na­m ā­cā­ryā vi­duḥ ya­tho­kta­he­tu­vi­ṣa­ya­dvā­ra­ka­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­syā­nu­mā­na­tvā­pra­tī­teḥ | sa e­va vā­bhi­ni- TAŚVA-ML 198,01bo­dha i­ti la­kṣi­taḥ | sā­dhyaṃ pra­tya­bhi­mu­kha­sya ni­ya­mi­ta­sya ca sā­dha­ne­nā­niṃ­dri­ya­yu­kte­nā­bhi­bo­dha­syā­bhi­ni­bo­dha- TAŚVA-ML 198,02tvā­t | na­nu ma­ti­jñā­na­sā­mā­nya­m a­bhi­ni­bo­dhaḥ pro­kto na pu­naḥ svā­rthā­nu­mā­naṃ ta­dvi­śe­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, pra­ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 198,03vi­śe­ṣā­c cha­bdāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­ni­dhā­nā­de­r vā sā­mā­nya­śa­bda­sya vi­śe­ṣe pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t go­śa­bda­va­t | te­na ya­dā kṛ­ta­ṣa­ṭtriṃ- TAŚVA-ML 198,04śa­ttri­śa­ta­bhe­da­m ā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­ka­m u­cya­te ta­dā­bhi­ni­bo­dha­sā­mā­nyaṃ vi­jñā­ya­te­, ya­dā tv a­va­gra­hā­di­ma­ti­vi­śe­ṣā­na- TAŚVA-ML 198,05bhi­dhā­ya ta­taḥ pṛ­tha­g a­bhi­ni­bo­dha i­ty u­cya­te ta­dā svā­rthā­nu­mā­na­m i­ti iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­yā­bhyāṃ ni­ya­mi­ta­syā­sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 198,06pa­ryā­ya­dra­vyaṃ pra­tya­bhi­mu­kha­sya bo­dha­syā­syā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­ka­vya­pa­de­śā­d a­bhi­ni­bo­dha e­vā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­ka­m i­ti svā­rthe­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 198,07ṭha­ṇo vi­dhā­nā­t | na ca ta­da­niṃ­dri­ye­ṇa liṃ­gā­pe­kṣe­ṇaṃ ni­ya­mi­taṃ sā­dhyā­rthā­bhi­mu­khaṃ bo­dha­na­m ā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­ka­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 198,08vi­ru­dhya­te­, ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­vā­kye vā­kyāṃ­ta­ro­pa­pla­vā­t | na tu nai­ka­la­kṣa­ṇā­l liṃ­gā­l liṃ­gi­ni jñā­na­m a­nu­mā­naṃ ya­d a­bhi­ni- TAŚVA-ML 198,09bo­dha­śa­bde­no­cya­te | kiṃ ta­rhi | tri­rū­pā­l liṃ­gā­d a­nu­me­ye jñā­na­m a­nu­mā­na­m i­ti pa­ra­ma­ta­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.123ni­ści­taṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvaṃ vi­pa­kṣe sa­ttva­m e­va ca | sa­pa­kṣa e­va ja­nma­tvaṃ ta­ttra­yaṃ he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇa­m |­| 1­2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.124ke­ci­d ā­hu­r na ta­dyu­ktaṃ he­tvā­bhā­se pi saṃ­bha­vā­t | a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tā­pā­yā­l la­kṣa­ṇa­tva­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1­2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 198,12a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo hi sva­bhā­vo bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­vya­bhi­cā­rā­d a­gne­r au­ṣṇya­va­t | na ca trai­rū­pya­syā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tā ta­ddhe­tau TAŚVA-ML 198,13ta­dā­bhā­se pi ta­sya sa­mu­dbha­vā­t | ta­to na ta­ddhe­tu­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ yu­ktaṃ paṃ­ca­rū­pa­tvā­di­va­t |­| ku­ta e­va ta­d i­ty u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.125va­ktṛ­tvā­dā­v a­sā­rva­jña­sā­dha­ne tra­ya­m ī­kṣya­te | na he­tu­tvaṃ vi­nā sā­dhyā­bhā­vā­saṃ­bhū­ṣṇu­tāṃ ya­taḥ |­| 1­2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 198,15i­da­m i­ha saṃ­pra­dhā­ryaṃ trai­rū­pya­mā­traṃ vā he­to­r la­kṣa­ṇaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ vā trai­rū­pya­m i­ti ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe­na ta­da­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 198,16he­tvā­bhā­se pi tā­va­dā­di­tva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m e­va bu­ddho sa­rva­jño va­ktṛ­tvā­de ra­thyā­pu­ru­ṣa­va­d i­ty a­tra he­toḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvaṃ sa­pa­kṣe TAŚVA-ML 198,17sa­ttvaṃ vi­pa­kṣe vā­sa­ttvaṃ | sa­rva­jño va­ktā pu­ru­ṣo vā na dṛ­ṣṭa i­ti | na ca ga­ma­ka­tva­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­vi­ra­hā­t | TAŚVA-ML 198,18vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ trai­rū­pyaṃ he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t ku­to na ta­da­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ ? |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.126sa­rva­jña­tve­na va­ktṛ­tvaṃ vi­ru­ddhaṃ na vi­ni­ści­taṃ | ta­to na ta­sya he­tu­tva­m i­ty ā­ca­kṣa­ṇa­kaḥ sva­ya­m |­| 1­2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.127ta­de­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ he­to­r la­kṣa­ya­ty e­va ta­ttva­taḥ | sā­dhyā­bhā­va­vi­ro­dho hi he­to­r nā­nya­s ta­to ma­taḥ |­| 1­2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.128ta­di­ṣṭau tu tra­ye­ṇā­pi pa­kṣa­dha­rmā­di­nā­tra kiṃ | ta­da­bhā­ve pi he­tu­tva­si­ddheḥ kva­ci­d a­saṃ­śa­ya­m |­| 1­2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 198,22sā­dhyā­bhā­va­vi­ro­dhi­tvā­d dhe­tu­s trai­rū­pya­m a­vi­śi­ṣṭa­ka­rtṛ­tvā­d i­ti va­da­nn a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­m e­va vi­śi­ṣṭa­tva­m a­bhyu­pa- TAŚVA-ML 198,23ga­ccha­ti sā­dhyā­bhā­va­vi­ro­dhi­tva­syai­vā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­ni­ya­ma­vya­pa­de­śā­t | ta­thā pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­m e­ka­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 198,24vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ sa­pa­kṣe sa­ttvaṃ vā vi­pa­kṣā­sa­ttva­m e­va vā ni­ści­taṃ sā­dhya­sā­dha­nā­yā­la­m i­ti kiṃ­ta­ntra­ye­ṇa sa­mu­di­te­na TAŚVA-ML 198,25ka­rta­vyaṃ ya­ta­s ta­ddhe­tu­la­kṣa­ṇa­m ā­ca­kṣī­ta | na hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.129pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­śū­nyo yaṃ he­tuḥ syā­d e­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | u­de­ṣya­ccha­ka­ṭaṃ vyo­ma kṛ­tti­ko­da­ya­va­ttva­taḥ |­| 1­2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.130i­ti pra­yo­ga­taḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tā­m e­ṣya­te ya­di | ta­dā dhū­mo gni­mā­n e­ṣa dhū­ma­tvā­d i­ti ga­dya­tā­m |­| 1­3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.131ta­taḥ sva­bhā­va­he­tuḥ syā­t sa­rvo liṃ­ga­s tri­vā­n na te | ya­di lo­kā­nu­ro­dhe­na bhi­nnāḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 1­3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.132vi­ṣa­ya­sya ca bhe­de­na kā­ryā­dya­nu­pa­la­bdha­yaḥ | kiṃ na tā­dā­tmya­ta­jja­nma­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhyāṃ vi­la­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 1­3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.132efa­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvā­d dhe­tuḥ syā­t kṛ­tti­ko­da­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 198,31ya­thai­va hi lo­kaḥ kā­rya­sva­bhā­va­yoḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­bhe­dā­t ta­to nu­pa­laṃ­bha­sya ca vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­dā­d bhe­da­m a­nu­ru­dhya­te ta­thā­vi­nā- TAŚVA-ML 198,32bhā­va­ni­ya­ma­mā­trā­t kā­ryā­di­he­tu­tra­yā­t kṛ­tti­ko­da­yā­di he­to­r a­pī­ti ka­tha­m a­sau ca­tu­rtho he­tu­r na syā­t | na hy a­tra TAŚVA-ML 198,33lo­ka­syā­nu­ro­dha­na­va­co bā­dha­kā­d i­ti śa­kyaṃ va­ktuṃ bā­dha­kā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | na­nv i­da­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ ni­ya­taṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhe­na TAŚVA-ML 198,34vyā­ptaṃ ta­da­bhā­ve ta­tsaṃ­bha­ve ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t so pi tā­dā­tmya­ta­jja­nma­bhyā­m a­tā­dā­tmya­va­ta­s ta­jja­nma­no vā saṃ­baṃ­dhā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 199,01ta­taḥ kṛ­tti­ko­da­yā­dau sā­dhye na tā­dā­tmya­sya ta­du­tpa­tte­r vā vai­dhu­rye ku­taḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­s ta­da­bhā­ve ku­to nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva- TAŚVA-ML 199,02ni­ya­mo ye­na sa ga­ma­ko he­tuḥ syā­d i­ti vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bho bā­dha­ka­s ta­tra lo­kā­nu­ro­dha­sya pra­tī­ya­te kṛ­tti­ko­da­yā- TAŚVA-ML 199,03de­r ga­ma­ka­tvaṃ he­tu­tva­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ ta­de­vā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti ta­d a­pi saṃ­baṃ­dhaṃ so pi tā­dā­tmya­ta­jja­nma­no­r a­nya­ta­raṃ | TAŚVA-ML 199,04ta­tra ta­du­tpa­tti­r va­rta­mā­na­bha­vi­ṣya­toḥ kṛ­tti­ko­da­ya­śa­ka­ṭo­da­ya­yoḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­n na TAŚVA-ML 199,05yu­jya­ta e­va tā­dā­tmyaṃ tu vyo­mnaḥ śa­ka­ṭo­da­ya­va­ttve sā­dhye kṛ­tti­ko­da­ya­va­ttvaṃ śa­kyaṃ ka­lpa­yi­tuṃ sā­dha­na­dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 199,06mā­trā­nu­baṃ­dhi­naḥ sā­dhya­dha­rma­sya ta­dā­tma­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ya­ta e­va bā­hyā­lo­ka­ta­mo­rū­pa­bhū­ta­saṃ­ghā­ta­sya vyo­ma­vya­va­hā­rā- TAŚVA-ML 199,07rha­sya kṛ­tti­ko­da­ya­va­ttvaṃ ta­ta e­va bha­vi­ṣya­ccha­ka­ṭo­da­ya­va­ttvaṃ he­tvaṃ­ta­rā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­deḥ si­ddhaṃ na ta­nmā­nā­nu­baṃ­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 199,08tva­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ ni­tya­tva­sya kṛ­ta­ka­tva­mā­trā­nu­baṃ­dhi­tva­va­d i­ti ke­ci­t tā­n pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.133nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ tā­bhyāṃ vyā­ptaṃ ni­kṣe­pa­ṇā­t | saṃ­yo­gyā­di­ṣu liṃ­ge­ṣu ta­sya ta­ttva­pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ |­| 1­3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.134a­rvā­gbhā­go '­vi­nā­bhā­vī pa­ra­bhā­ge­na ka­sya­ci­t | so pi te­na ta­thā si­ddhaḥ saṃ­yo­gī he­tu­r ī­dṛ­śaḥ |­| 1­3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.135sā­snā­di­mā­n a­yaṃ go­tvā­d gau­r vā sā­snā­di­ma­ttva­taḥ | i­ty a­nyo­nyā­śra­yī­bhā­vaḥ sa­ma­vā­yi­ṣu dṛ­śya­te |­| 1­3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.136caṃ­dro­da­yo '­vi­nā­bhā­vī pa­yo­ni­dhi­vi­va­rdha­naiḥ | tā­ni te­na vi­nā­py e­ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­dvi­ta­yā­d i­ha |­| 1­3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 199,13e­vaṃ­vi­dhaṃ rū­pa­m i­da­m ā­ma­tva­m e­va ra­sa­tvā­d i­ty e­kā­rtha­sa­ma­vā­yi­no vṛ­kṣo yaṃ śiṃ­śa­pā­tvā­d i­ty e­ta­sya vā ta­du­tpa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 199,14tā­dā­tmya­ba­lā­d a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvaṃ | nā­sty a­tra śī­ta­spa­rśo gne­r i­ti vi­ro­dhi­na­s tā­dā­tmya­ba­lā­t ta­d i­ti sva­ma­no­ra­thaṃ pra­tha- TAŚVA-ML 199,15ya­to pi saṃ­yo­gi­sa­ma­vā­yi­no­r ya­tho­kta­yo­s ta­to nya­sya ca pra­si­ddha­sya he­to­r vi­nai­va tā­bhyā­m a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tva­m ā­yā­taṃ | TAŚVA-ML 199,16nā­sty e­vā­trā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvaṃ vi­ni­ya­ta­m i­ty e­ta­d ā­śaṃ­kya pa­ri­ha­ra­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.137saṃ­yo­gi­nā vi­nā va­hniḥ sve­na dhū­me­na dṛ­śya­te | ga­vā vi­nā vi­ṣā­ṇā­diḥ sa­ma­vā­yī­ti ce­n ma­tiḥ |­| 1­3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.138kā­ra­ṇe­na vi­nā sve­na ta­smā­d a­vyā­pa­ke­na ca | vṛ­kṣa­tve­na kṣa­te kiṃ na cū­ta­tvā­di­r a­ne­ka­śaḥ |­| 1­3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.139ta­to ya­thā­vi­nā­bhū­te saṃ­yo­gā­di­r na la­kṣya­te | vyā­pa­ko vya­bhi­cā­ra­tvā­t tā­dā­tmyā­t ta­t ta­thā na ki­m |­| 1­3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.140de­śa­kā­lā­dya­pe­kṣa­ś ce­d bha­smā­de­r va­hni­sā­dha­naḥ | cū­ta­tvā­di­r vi­śi­ṣṭā­tmā vṛ­kṣa­tva­jñā­pa­ko ma­taḥ |­| 1­4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.141saṃ­yo­gā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭa­s ta­nni­ści­taḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­naḥ | vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā tu sa­rva­sya sā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tā |­| 1­4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 199,22so yaṃ kā­ryā­di­liṃ­ga­syā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­syā­ga­ma­ka­tā­m u­pa­la­kṣya kā­rya­sva­bhā­vai­r yā­va­dbhi­r a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­kā­ra­ṇe te­ṣāṃ he­tuḥ TAŚVA-ML 199,23sva­bhā­vā­bhā­ve pi bhā­va­mā­trā­nu­vi­ro­dhi­ni "­i­ṣṭaṃ vi­ru­ddha­kā­rye pi de­śa­kā­lā­dya­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ | a­nya­thā vya­bhi­cā­rī TAŚVA-ML 199,24syā­d bha­sme vā śī­ta­sā­dha­na­" i­tyā­di­va­ca­ne­na sva­yaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā­m u­pa­pa­nne ya­thā he­to­r ga­ma­ka­tva­m a­vi­nā­bhā­va­ni­ya­me­na TAŚVA-ML 199,25vyā­pta­m ā­ca­ṣṭe vi­nā­bhā­va­ni­ya­maṃ ta­da­bhā­ve pi ta­tsaṃ­bha­vā­d a­nya­thā ta­sya te­na vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­na­rtha­kyā­t | ta­taḥ saṃ­yo­gā- TAŚVA-ML 199,26di­r a­py a­vi­nā­bhā­va­ni­ya­ma­vi­śi­ṣṭo ga­ma­ko he­tu­r i­ty a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­tu­m a­rha­ti vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā­yāḥ sa­rva­trā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­rū­pa­tva- TAŚVA-ML 199,27si­ddhe­r i­ti na ta­du­tpa­tti­tā­dā­tmyā­bhyā­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ vyā­ptaṃ | ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭā­bhyāṃ vyā­pta­m i­ti ce­t ta­rhy a­nya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 199,28nu­pa­pa­nna­tve­nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ vyā­pta­m i­ty ā­yā­taṃ | ta­c ca na sā­raṃ ta­syai­va te­nai­va vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­vi­ro­dhā­t TAŚVA-ML 199,29vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­yoḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­pra­si­ddheḥ | "­vyā­pa­kaṃ ta­da­ta­nni­ṣṭhaṃ vyā­pyaṃ ta­nni­ṣṭha­m e­va ca­" i­ti ta­yo­r vi­ru­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 199,30dha­rmā­dhyā­sa­va­ca­nā­t | a­tha ma­taṃ tā­bhyāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dho vyā­pta­s te­nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­m i­ti | ta­d a­py a­vi­cā­ri­ta­m e­va­, TAŚVA-ML 199,31ta­dvya­ti­ri­kta­sya saṃ­yo­gā­deḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­yo­r a­saṃ­yo­gā­di­rū­pa­kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­bhā­va­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 199,32kva­ci­d a­py a­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ni­tya­dra­vya­saṃ­yo­gā­d de­śāṃ­ta­re­ṇai­va bhā­vā­t | na ca ni­tya­dra­vyaṃ na saṃ­bha­ve­t kṣa­ṇi­ka- TAŚVA-ML 199,33pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­t ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvā­t ta­da­va­śyaṃ sa­rva­saṃ­baṃ­dha­vya­ktī­nāṃ vyā­pa­ka­s ta­du­tpa­tti­tā­dā­tmyā­bhyā­m a­nya e­vā­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 199,34dhā­ta­vyo yo­gya­tā­la­kṣa­ṇa i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.142yo­gya­tā­khya­ś ca saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ sa­rva­saṃ­baṃ­dha­bhe­da­gaḥ | syā­d e­ka­s ta­dva­śā­l liṃ­ga­m e­ka­m e­vo­kta­la­kṣa­ṇa­m |­| 1­4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.143vi­śe­ṣa­to pi saṃ­baṃ­dha­dva­ya­syai­vā­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | saṃ­baṃ­dha­ṣa­ṭka­va­n nā­to liṃ­ge­ya­ttā vya­va­sthi­teḥ |­| 1­4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.144ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­vi­va­kṣā­yā­m a­pi saṃ­khyā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | na liṃ­ga­sya pa­rai­r i­ṣṭā vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ba­hu­tva­taḥ |­| 1­4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 200,04saṃ­baṃ­dha­tva­sā­mā­nyaṃ sa­rva­saṃ­baṃ­dha­bhe­dā­nāṃ vyā­pa­kaṃ na yo­gya­tā­khyaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha i­ty a­co­dyaṃ­, pra­tyā­sa­tte­r i­ha yo­gya­tā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 200,05sā­mā­nya­rū­pa­yoḥ sva­ya­m u­pa­ga­mā­t | sai­vā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ty a­pi na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ pra­tyā­sa­tti­mā­tre kva­ci­t sa­ty a­pi ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 200,06bhā­vā­t | na hi dra­vya­kṣe­tra­kā­la­bhā­va­pra­tyā­sa­tta­yaḥ sa­rva­tra kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­saṃ­yo­gā­di­rū­pāḥ sa­tyo py a­vi­nā­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 200,07ra­hi­tā na dṛ­śyaṃ­te ta­taḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­va­śā­d a­pi sā­mā­nya­to nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r e­kai­ve­ti ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­m e­kaṃ liṃ­ga­m a­nu­maṃ­ta­vyaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 200,08vi­śe­ṣa­to pi saṃ­baṃ­dha­dva­ya­sya tā­dā­tmya­ta­jja­nmā­khya­syā­vya­va­sthā­nā­t | saṃ­yo­gā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dha­ṣa­ṭka­va­tta­da­vya­va­sthā­ne ca TAŚVA-ML 200,09ku­to liṃ­ge­ya­ttā­ni­ya­ma i­ti ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­vi­va­kṣā­yā­m a­pi na pa­rai­r i­ṣṭā liṃ­ga­saṃ­khyā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ba­hu­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 200,10pa­re­ṣṭa­saṃ­baṃ­dha­saṃ­khyā­m a­ti­krā­maṃ­to hi saṃ­baṃ­dha­vi­śe­ṣā­s ta­di­ṣṭa­liṃ­ga­saṃ­khyāṃ vi­gha­ṭa­yaṃ­ty e­va sve­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­yoḥ śe­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 200,11ṇā­m aṃ­ta­rbhā­va­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ vi­ṣa­ya­sya vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­rū­pa­sya bhe­dā­l liṃ­ga­bhe­da­sthi­ti­r i­ty a­pī­ṣṭaṃ ta­tsaṃ­khyā­vi­ro­dhy e­va | TAŚVA-ML 200,12ya­smā­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.145ya­thai­vā­sti­tva­nā­sti­tve bhi­dye­te gu­ṇa­mu­khya­taḥ | ta­tho­bha­yaṃ kra­me­ṇe­ṣṭa­m a­kra­me­ṇa tv a­bā­dhya­tā |­| 1­4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.146a­va­kta­vyo­tta­rā śe­ṣā­s tra­yo bhaṃ­gā­ś ca ta­ttva­taḥ | sa­pta cai­vaṃ sthi­te ca syu­s ta­dva­śāḥ sa­pta­he­ta­vaḥ |­| 1­4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.147vi­ro­dhā­n no­bha­yā­tmā­di­r a­rtha­ś ce­n na ta­the­kṣa­ṇā­t | a­nya­thai­vā­vya­va­sthā­nā­t pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1­4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.148ni­rā­kṛ­ta­ni­ṣe­dho hi vi­dhiḥ sa­rvā­tma­do­ṣa­bhā­k | ni­rvi­dhi­ś ca ni­ṣe­dhaḥ syā­t sa­rva­thā sva­vya­thā­ka­raḥ |­| 1­4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 200,17na­nu ca ya­thā bhā­vā­bhā­vo­bha­yā­śri­ta­s tri­vi­dho dha­rmaḥ śa­bda­vi­ṣa­yo nā­di­vā­sa­no­dbhū­ta­vi­ka­lpa­pa­ri­ni­ṣṭhi­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 200,18na ba­hiḥ sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­tma­ka­s ta­thā syā­d a­va­kta­vyā­di pa­ra­mā­rtha­to sa­nn e­vā­rtha­kri­yā­ra­hi­ta­tvā­n ma­no­rā­jyā­di­va­t na ca TAŚVA-ML 200,19sa­rva­thā ka­lpi­to rtho mā­na­vi­ṣa­yo nā­ma ye­na ta­dbhe­dā­t sa­pta­vi­dho he­tu­r ā­pā­dya­te i­ty a­tro­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.149nā­nā­di­vā­sa­no­dbhū­ta­vi­ka­lpa­pa­ri­ni­ṣṭhi­taḥ | bhā­vā­bhā­vo­bha­yā­dya­rthaṃ spa­ṣṭaṃ jñā­ne va­bhā­sa­nā­t |­| 1­4­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 200,21śa­bda­jñā­na­pa­ri­cche­dyo pi pa­dā­rtho spa­ṣṭa­ta­yā­va­bhā­sa­mā­no pi nai­kāṃ­ta­taḥ ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­svā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvā­n ni- TAŚVA-ML 200,22rbā­dha­m a­nu­bhū­ya­te kiṃ pu­na­r a­dhya­kṣe spa­ṣṭa­m a­va­bhā­sa­mā­no bhā­vā­bhā­vo­bha­yā­di­r a­rtha i­ti pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­nn e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.150bhā­vā­bhā­vā­tma­ko nā­rthaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa ya­dī­kṣi­taḥ | ka­thaṃ ta­to vi­ka­lpaḥ syā­d bhā­vā­bhā­vā­va­bo­dha­naḥ |­| 1­5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.151nī­la­da­rśa­na­taḥ pī­ta­vi­ka­lpo hi na te ma­taḥ | bhrāṃ­te­r a­nya­tra ta­ttva­sya vya­va­sthi­ti­ma­d ī­psi­taḥ |­| 1­5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.152ta­dvā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dhā­c ce­d bhā­vā­bhā­va­vi­ka­lpa­nā | nī­lā­di­vā­sa­no­dbo­dhā­t ta­dvi­ka­lpa­va­d i­ṣya­te |­| 1­5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.153bhā­vā­bhā­ve­kṣa­ṇaṃ si­ddhaṃ vā­sa­no­dbo­dha­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | nī­lā­di­vā­sa­no­dbo­dha­he­tu­ta­ddṛ­ṣṭi­va­t ta­taḥ |­| 1­5­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 200,27ya­thā nī­lā­di­da­rśa­naṃ nī­lā­di­vā­sa­no­dbo­dha­sya kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ṣṭaṃ ta­thā bhā­vā­bhā­vo­bha­yā­dya­rtha­da­rśa­naṃ ta­dvā­sa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 200,28pra­bo­dha­sya sva­ya­m e­ṣi­ta­vya­m i­ti bhā­vā­dya­rtha­sya pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ pa­ri­cche­daḥ si­ddhaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.154ya­trai­va ja­na­ye­d e­nāṃ ta­trai­vā­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā | kvā­nya­thā syā­d a­nā­śvā­sā­dvi­ka­lpa­sya sa­mu­dbha­ve |­| 1­5­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 200,30ya­di hi bhā­vā­di­vi­ka­lpa­vā­sa­nā­yāḥ pra­bo­dha­kā­ra­ṇa­m ā­bho­gā­dy e­va na pu­na­r bhā­vā­di­da­rśa­naṃ ta­dā nī­lā­di- TAŚVA-ML 200,31vi­ka­lpa­vā­sa­na­yā­pi na nī­lā­di­da­rśa­naṃ pra­bo­dha­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m ā­bho­ga­śa­bda­yo­r e­va ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tvā­pa­tteḥ | e­vaṃ ca nī­lā­dau TAŚVA-ML 200,32da­rśa­nā­bhā­ve pi vi­ka­lpa­vā­sa­nā­yāḥ saṃ­bha­vā­t sa­rva­tra pra­tya­kṣa­pṛ­ṣṭha­bhā­vi­no vi­ka­lpa­sya sā­ma­rthyā­t pra­tya­kṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 200,33pra­mā­ṇa­tā­va­sthā­pa­ne '­nā­śvā­sa e­va syā­t | sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­da­rśa­na­pra­bha­vo vi­ka­lpa­s ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­tā­he­tu­r na sa­rva i­ti ce­n nā- TAŚVA-ML 200,34nyo­nyā­śra­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā hi­–­si­ddhe sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­da­rśa­na­pra­bha­va­tve vi­ka­lpa­sya ta­ta­s ta­dda­rśa­na­pra­mā­ṇa­tā­si­ddhiḥ TAŚVA-ML 201,01ta­tsi­ddhau ca sva­sya sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­da­rśa­na­pra­bha­va­tva­si­ddhi­r i­ti nā­nya­ta­ra­syā­pi ta­yo­r vya­va­sthā | sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­da­rśa­na­pra­bha­va­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 201,02nī­lā­di­vi­ka­lpa­sya sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d e­va si­ddhaṃ sa­rve­ṣāṃ vi­ka­lpa­sya pra­tyā­tma­ve­dya­tvā­t ta­to nā­nyo­nyā­śra­ya i­ti TAŚVA-ML 201,03ce­t­, ta­rhi bhā­vā­bhā­vo­bha­yā­di­vi­ka­lpa­syā­py a­liṃ­ga­ja­sya śa­bda­ja­sya ca bhā­vā­di­da­rśa­na­pra­bha­va­tvaṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā- TAŚVA-ML 201,04d e­va ku­to na si­ddhye­t ? sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­d a­yaṃ nī­lā­dya­rthaṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­m i­ccha­tā cā­dya- TAŚVA-ML 201,05m a­vi­ta­tho­pa­gaṃ­tu­m a­rha­ty e­ve­ti ta­da­nu­mā­ne sa­pta he­ta­vaḥ syuḥ | ya­ta­ś cai­vaṃ kṛ­tti­ko­da­yā­deḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t pra­tī­ty a­ti­kra­me­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 201,06sva­bhā­va­he­tu­tvaṃ bru­va­taḥ sa­rvaḥ sva­bhā­va­he­tuḥ syā­d e­ka e­va | saṃ­baṃ­dha­bhe­dā­t ta­dbhe­daṃ sā­dha­ya­taḥ sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣa­ta­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 201,07sve­ṣṭa­liṃ­ga­saṃ­khyā­kṣa­tiḥ | vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­dā­c ca ta­dbhe­da­m i­ccha­taḥ sa­pta­vi­dho he­tu­r a­rtha­syā­sti­tvā­di­sa­pta­rū­pa­ta­yā­nu­me­ya­tvo- TAŚVA-ML 201,08pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.155ta­smā­t pra­tī­ti­m ā­śri­tya he­tuṃ ga­ma­ka­m i­ccha­tā | pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­śū­nyo stu ga­ma­kaḥ kṛ­tti­ko­da­yaḥ |­| 1­5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.156pa­lva­lo­da­ka­nai­rma­lyaṃ ta­dā­ga­styu­da­ye sa ca | ta­tra he­tuḥ su­ni­rṇī­taḥ pū­rvaṃ śa­ra­di sa­nma­taḥ |­| 1­5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.157caṃ­drā­dau ja­la­caṃ­drā­di so pi ta­tra ta­thā­vi­dhaḥ | chā­yā­di­pā­da­pā­dau ca so pi ta­tra ka­dā­ca­na |­| 1­5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.158pa­rṇa­ko yaṃ sva­sa­ddhe­tu­r ba­lā­dā­he­ti dū­ra­ge | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­syā­bhā­ve pi sa­ha­bhā­vi­tā |­| 1­5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.159pi­tro­r brā­hma­ṇa­tā pu­tra­brā­hma­ṇye pa­kṣa­dha­rma­kaḥ | si­ddho he­tu­r a­to nā­yaṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ |­| 1­5­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 201,14na­nv ā­kā­śa­kā­lā­de­r dha­rmi­tve bha­vi­ṣya­ccha­ka­ṭo­da­ya­pa­lva­lo­da­ka­nai­rma­lyā­deḥ sā­dhya­tve kṛ­tti­ko­da­ya­tvā­ga­styu­da­yā- TAŚVA-ML 201,15de­r he­tu­tve pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­yu­kta­syai­va he­tu­tva­m a­to nā­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­la­kṣa­ṇo he­tuḥ ka­ści­d i­ti ce­t­, ki­m e­vaṃ cā­kṣu­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 201,16tvā­diḥ śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­he­tu­r na syā­t ? na hi ja­ga­to vā dha­rma­cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvaṃ ma­hā­na­sa­dhū­maḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rmaḥ | ta­thā hi­–­śa- TAŚVA-ML 201,17bdā­ni­tya­yo­gi ja­ga­ccā­kṣu­ṣa­tva­yo­gi­tvā­t ma­ho­da­dhi ja­ga­n ma­hā­na­sa­dhū­ma­yo­gi­tvā­d i­ti ka­thaṃ na cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvaṃ śa­bdā- TAŚVA-ML 201,18ni­tya­tvaṃ sā­dha­ye­t ma­hā­na­sa­dhū­mo vā ma­ho­da­dhau va­hniṃ ta­thā tva­yā saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti ce­t kṛ­tti­ko­da­yā­deḥ ku­to nva­ya- TAŚVA-ML 201,19saṃ­bha­vaḥ pū­rvo­pa­la­bdhā­kā­śā­de­r dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya sa­dbhā­vā­d a­nva­yaḥ si­ddhya­tī­ti ce­t­, pū­rvo­pa­la­bdha­ja­ga­to dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya si­ddhe­ś cā- TAŚVA-ML 201,20kṣu­ṣa­tva­yo­gi­tvā­de­r a­nva­yo stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t ta­thā­py a­syā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­saṃ­bha­vā­d a­ga­ma­ka­tve vi­nā­bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­m e­va pa­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 201,21dha­rma­tvaṃ ga­ma­ka­tvāṃ­gaṃ liṃ­ga­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | ta­thā ca na dha­rma­dha­rmi­sa­mu­dā­yaḥ pa­kṣo nā­pi ta­tta­ddha­rmī ta­ddha­rma­tva­syā­vi­nā- TAŚVA-ML 201,22bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tvā­bhā­vā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi­, sā­dhya e­va pa­kṣa i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ ta­ddha­rma­tva­syai­vā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tva­ni­ya­mā­d i- TAŚVA-ML 201,23ty u­cya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.160sā­dhyaḥ pa­kṣa­s tu naḥ si­ddha­s ta­ddha­rmo he­tu­r i­ty a­pi | tā­dṛ­kṣa­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­sā­dha­nā­bhā­va e­va vai |­| 1­6­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 201,25ka­thaṃ pu­naḥ sā­dhya­sya dha­rma­sya dha­rmo he­tu­s ta­syā­dha­rmi­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ce­t na­, te­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­t ta­sya dha­rma i­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 201,26bhi­dhā­nā­t | na hi sā­dhyā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t sā­dhya­dha­rmaḥ he­tu­r ye­na sā­dhya­dha­rmā dha­rmī syā­t | ta­taḥ sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vī TAŚVA-ML 201,27he­tuḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma i­ti syā­dvā­di­nā­m e­va pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvaṃ he­to­r la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­vi­ru­ddhaṃ spa­ṣṭa­m a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tva­syai­va ta­thā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 201,28ta­c ca kṛ­tti­ko­da­yā­di­ṣu sā­dhya­dha­rmi­ṇy a­sa­tsv a­pi ya­thā pra­tī­ti­r vi­dya­ta e­ve­ti ki­mā­kā­śā­di­dha­rmi­pa­ri­ka­lpa­na­yā TAŚVA-ML 201,29pra­tī­tya­ti­laṃ­gha­nā­pa­ra­yā­ti­pra­saṃ­gi­nyā | ta­thā ca na pa­ri­ka­lpi­taṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvaṃ he­to­r la­kṣa­ṇaṃ nā­py a­nva­ya i­ty a­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 201,30dhī­ya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.161niḥ­śe­ṣaṃ sā­tma­kaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­raṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nā | puṃ­sā prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttva­sya tv a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 1­6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.162sa­pa­kṣa­sa­ttva­śū­nya­sya he­to­r a­sya sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | nū­naṃ ni­ścī­ya­te sa­dbhi­r nā­nva­yo he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇa­m |­| 1­6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.163na cā­da­rśa­na­mā­tre­ṇa vya­ti­re­kaḥ pra­sā­dhya­te | ye­na saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tvaṃ rā­gā­dau va­ktṛ­tā­di­va­t |­| 1­6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.164ā­tmā­bhā­vo hi bha­smā­dau ta­tkā­rya­syā­sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t | si­ddhaḥ prā­ṇā­dya­bhā­va­ś ca vya­ti­re­ka­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 1­6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.165vā­kkri­yā­kā­ra­bhe­dā­de­r a­tyaṃ­tā­bhā­va­ni­ści­taḥ | ni­vṛ­tti­r ni­ści­tā ta­jjñaiḥ ciṃ­tā vyā­vṛ­tti­sā­dha­nī |­| 1­6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.166sa­rva­kā­ryā­sa­ma­rtha­sya ce­ta­na­sya ni­va­rta­naṃ | ta­ta­ś ce­t ke­na sā­dhye­ta kū­ṭa­stha­sya ni­ṣe­dha­na­m |­| 1­6­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 202,03ya­thā hi sa­rva­kā­ra­ṇā­sa­ma­rthaṃ cai­ta­nyaṃ kā­ryā­bhā­vā­d bha­smā­dau ni­ṣe­ddhu­m a­śa­kyaṃ ta­thā kū­ṭa­stha­m a­pi kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dyā- TAŚVA-ML 202,04bhyā­m a­rtha­kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.167kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve­na na vyā­ptaṃ sa­ttva­m e­vaṃ pra­si­ddhya­ti | saṃ­di­gdha­vya­ti­re­kā­c ca ta­to si­ddhiḥ kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­ye |­| 1­6­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.168ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­nā­rthā­nāṃ vi­bhā­ga­ś ca na si­ddhya­ti | ci­tta­saṃ­tā­na­nā­nā­tvaṃ ni­ja­saṃ­tā­na e­va vā |­| 1­6­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.169na ve­dya­ve­da­kā­kā­ra­vi­ve­ko taḥ sva­saṃ­vi­daḥ | sa­rva­kā­rye­ṣv a­śa­kta­sya sa tv a­saṃ­bha­va­bhā­ṣa­ṇe |­| 1­6­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 202,08na saṃ­ti ce­ta­ne­ṣv a­ce­ta­nā­rthā­s ta­dve­da­nā­di­kā­ryā­sa­ttvā­t | ta­thā na saṃ­ty a­ce­ta­nā­rthe­ṣu ce­ta­nā­rthā­s ta­ta e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 202,09ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­na­vi­bhā­go na si­ddhya­ty e­va sa­rva­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇā­sa­ma­rthā­nāṃ te­ṣāṃ ta­tra ni­ṣe­ddhu­m a­śa­kteḥ | ce­ta­nā­rthā e­va TAŚVA-ML 202,10saṃ­tu ta­thā vi­jñā­na­vā­dā­va­tā­rā­j ja­ḍa­sya pra­ti­bhā­sa­yo­gā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­thā vi­jñā­na­saṃ­tā­nā­nāṃ nā­nā­tvā­pra­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 202,11kva­ci­c ci­tta­saṃ­ta­teḥ saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ sa­rva­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇā­sa­ma­rthā­nāṃ sva­kā­ryā­sa­ttve pi sa­ttvā­vi­ro­dhā­t | mā bhū­t saṃ­tā- TAŚVA-ML 202,12nāṃ­ta­ra­si­ddhi­s ta­the­ṣṭe­r i­ti ce­n na­, ni­ja­saṃ­tā­na­syā­py a­si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | va­rta­mā­na­ci­tta­kṣa­ṇe saṃ­ve­dya­mā­ne pū­rvo­tta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 202,13ci­tta­kṣa­ṇā­nā­m a­nu­bha­va­mā­tra­m a­py a­ku­rva­tāṃ pra­ti­ṣe­ddhu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d e­ka­ci­tta­kṣa­ṇā­tma­ka­tvā­pa­tteḥ | na cai­kaḥ kṣa­ṇaḥ saṃ­tā­no TAŚVA-ML 202,14nā­ma ta­ta e­va saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­ta­m a­stu u­tta­maṃ pā­na­dva­ya­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ne­da­m a­pi si­ddhya­ti ve­dya­ve­da­kā­kā­ra­vi­ve­ka- TAŚVA-ML 202,15syā­vya­va­sthā­nā­t | saṃ­ve­da­ne ve­dya­ve­da­kā­kā­rau na staḥ sva­ya­m a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d i­ti na śa­kyaṃ va­ktu­m a­pra­ti­bhā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 202,16mā­na­yoḥ sa­ttva­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­taḥ kva­ci­t ka­sya­ci­t pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­deḥ sva­kā­rya­syā­bhā­vā­d a­bhā­va­sā­dha­ne bha­smā­dau cai­ta- TAŚVA-ML 202,17nya­sya sva­kā­rya­ni­vṛ­tti­ni­śca­yā­d a­bhā­vo ni­śce­ta­vya i­ti vi­pa­kṣe bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­d e­va prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttva­sya vya­ti­re­kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 202,18sā­dhya­te na pu­na­r a­da­rśa­na­mā­tre­ṇa ya­taḥ saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tvaṃ rā­gā­dau va­ktṛ­tvā­de­r i­va syā­t | na cai­va­m a­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nā­tma­nā TAŚVA-ML 202,19sā­tma­kaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­ra­sya si­ddhya­ti | ya­taḥ­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.170pa­ri­ṇā­mi­na­m ā­tmā­na­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa kra­mā­kra­mau | na syā­tāṃ ta­da­bhā­ve ca na prā­ṇā­di­kri­yā kva­ci­t |­| 1­7­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.171ta­trai­kāṃ­tā­tma­nā jī­va­ccha­rī­raṃ sā­tma­kaṃ bha­ve­t | ni­ṣka­la­sya sa­hā­ne­ka­de­śa­de­hā­sti­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 1­7­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 202,22ni­ṣka­laḥ sa­kṛ­da­ne­ka­de­śa­de­haṃ vyā­pno­ty ā­tme­ti kaḥ śra­dda­dhī­ta ? pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­ttvā­d vyā­pno­ty e­ve­ti ce­dvyā­ha­ta­m i­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 202,23ni­raṃ­śaḥ pa­ra­ma­ma­hā­n ve­ti pa­ra­mā­ṇo­r a­pi pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­ttva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ svā­raṃ­bha­kā­va­ya­vā­bhā­vā­n ni­ra­va­ya­va­tva- TAŚVA-ML 202,24m ā­tma­no ga­ga­na­tvā­di­va­d i­ti ma­taṃ ta­dā pa­ra­ma­ta­si­ddhiḥ sa­rva­thā ni­ra­va­ya­va­tvā­si­ddheḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­pra­mī­ya­mā­ṇa­svā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 202,25bhū­tā­va­ya­vā­nā­m ā­tma­no pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­d i­ti sa­ma­rtha­yi­ṣya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.172a­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­kaṃ sa­rvaṃ sa­ttvā­d i­tyā­di sā­dha­naṃ | sa­mya­ga­nva­ya­śū­nya­tve py a­vi­nā­bhā­va­śa­kti­taḥ |­| 1­7­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.173ni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­kaḥ śa­bdaḥ śrā­va­ṇa­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ca­na | śa­bda­tvā­d vā­nya­thā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­d i­tyā­di­he­ta­vaḥ |­| 1­7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.174he­to­r a­nva­ya­vai­dhu­rye vya­ti­re­ko na ce­n na vai | te­na ta­sya vi­nai­ve­ṣṭeḥ sa­rvā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­ne |­| 1­7­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 202,29ni­ści­to vya­ti­re­ka e­va hy a­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ sā­dha­na­sya nā­nyaḥ sa co­pa­da­rśi­ta­sya sa­rva­sya he­to­r a­nva­yā­saṃ­bha­ve­na TAŚVA-ML 202,30si­ddhya­ty e­va | sa­ty e­vā­gnau dhū­ma i­ty a­nva­ya­ni­śca­ye gnya­bhā­ve na kva­ci­d dhū­ma i­ti vya­ti­re­ka­ni­śca­ya­sya dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t | saṃ­di­gdhe TAŚVA-ML 202,31'­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­saṃ­de­hā­c ce­ti na vai maṃ­ta­vyaṃ sa­rve bhā­vāḥ kṣa­ṇi­kāḥ sa­ttvā­d i­ty a­syā­nva­yā­sa­ttve pi vya­ti­re­ka­ni­śca- TAŚVA-ML 202,32ya­sya sva­ya­m i­ṣṭe­r a­nya­thā ta­sya ga­ma­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | na­nv a­tra sa­ty e­va kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve sa­ttva­m i­ti ni­śca­ya­m e­vā­nva­yo stī­ti TAŚVA-ML 202,33ce­t | a­tro­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.175sā­dhye sa­ty e­va sa­dbhā­va­ni­śca­yaḥ sā­dha­na­sya yaḥ | so nva­ya­ś ce­t ta­thai­vo­pa­pa­ttiḥ sve­ṣṭā pa­ro '­pha­laḥ |­| 1­7­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 203,01ya­thai­va pra­ti­ṣe­dha­prā­dhā­nyā­d a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r vya­ti­re­ka i­tī­ṣya­te ta­thā­vi­dha­prā­dhā­nyā­t ta­tho­pa­pa­tti­r e­vā­nva­ya i­ti TAŚVA-ML 203,02ki­m a­ni­ṣṭaṃ syā­dvā­di­bhi­s ta­sya he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | pa­ro­pa­ga­ta­s tu nā­nva­yo he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­va­t nā­pi TAŚVA-ML 203,03vya­ti­re­kaḥ | sa hi vi­pa­kṣā­d vyā­vṛ­ttiḥ vi­pa­kṣa­s ta­dvi­ru­ddha­s ta­da­nya­s ta­da­bhā­va­ś ce­ti tri­vi­dha e­va | ta­tra­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.176ta­dvi­ru­ddhe vi­pa­kṣe ca ta­da­nya­trai­va he­ta­vaḥ | a­sa­ty a­ni­ści­tā­sa­ttvāḥ sā­ka­lyā­n ne­ṣṭa­sā­dha­nāḥ |­| 1­7­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 203,05ya­thā sā­dhyā­d a­nya­smi­n vi­pa­kṣe ni­ści­tā­sa­ttvā a­pi he­ta­vo gni­tvā­da­yo ne­ṣṭāḥ sa­ttvā­di­sā­dha­nā­s te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 203,06sā­dhyā­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇe pi pa­kṣe ku­ta­ści­d a­ni­ści­tā­sa­ttva­rū­pa­tvā­t | ta­thā sā­dhyā­vi­ru­ddhe pi vi­pa­kṣe ni­ści­tā­sa­ttvā TAŚVA-ML 203,07a­pi dhū­mā­da­yo ne­ṣṭā a­gnyā­di­sā­dha­nā­s te­ṣā­m a­gnya­bhā­ve sva­ya­m a­sa­ttve­nā­ni­śca­yā­t | na­nu ca sā­dhya­vi­ru­ddho TAŚVA-ML 203,08vi­pa­kṣaḥ sā­dhyā­bhā­va­rū­pa e­va pa­ryu­dā­sā­śra­ya­ṇā­t pra­sa­hya­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­śra­ya­ṇe tu ta­da­bhā­va­s ta­dvi­ru­ddhā­d a­nya i­ti sā­dhyā- TAŚVA-ML 203,09bhā­va­vi­pa­kṣa e­va vi­pa­kṣa­he­to­r a­sa­ttva­ni­śca­yo vya­ti­re­ko nā­nya i­ty a­tro­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.177sā­dhyā­bhā­ve vi­pa­kṣe tu yo sa­ttva­syai­va ni­śca­yaḥ | so vi­nā­bhā­va e­vā­stu he­to rū­pā­t ta­thā­ha ca |­| 1­7­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.178a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ ya­tra ta­tra tra­ye­ṇa ki­m | nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ ya­tra ta­tra tra­ye­ṇa ki­m |­| 1­7­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 203,12ya­thā cai­va­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­ni­ya­me sa­ti he­to­r na kiṃ­ci­t tra­ye­ṇa pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­dī­nā­m a­nya­ta­me­nai­va pa­ryā­pta­tvā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 203,13syai­vā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­sva­bhā­va­si­ddhe­r i­ti ca ta­smiṃ­s ta­ttra­ya­sya he­tvā­bhā­sa­ga­ta­sye­vā­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­tvaṃ yu­ktaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.179ta­ddhe­to­s tri­ṣu rū­pe­ṣu ni­rṇa­yo ye­na va­rṇi­taḥ | a­si­ddha­vi­pa­rī­tā­rtha­vya­bhi­cā­ri­vi­pa­kṣa­taḥ |­| 1­7­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.180te­na kṛ­taṃ tu ni­rṇī­taṃ he­to­r la­kṣa­ṇa­m aṃ­ja­sā | he­tvā­bhā­sā­vya­va­cche­di ta­d va­de­t ka­tha­m a­nya­thā |­| 1­8­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 203,16na­nu ca pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tve ni­rṇa­ya­ś cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvā­de­r a­si­ddha­pra­paṃ­ca­sya pra­ti­pa­kṣa­tve­na va­rṇi­taḥ sa­pa­kṣa­sa­ttve vi­ru­ddha­pra­paṃ­ca- TAŚVA-ML 203,17pra­ti­pa­kṣa­tve­na vi­pa­kṣā­sa­ttve cā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­vi­stā­ra­pra­ti­pa­kṣe­ṇe­ti ka­thaṃ he­tvā­bhā­sā­vya­va­cche­di he­to­r la­kṣa­ṇaṃ te­no­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 203,18ye­na pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaṃ rū­paṃ jñā­na­m i­ti ce­t a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­syai­va he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇa­tve­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­d i­ti brū­maḥ | ta­syai- TAŚVA-ML 203,19vā­si­ddha­vi­ru­ddhā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­he­tvā­bhā­sa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­tva­si­ddheḥ | na hy a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­ni­ya­ma­va­ca­no si­ddha­tvā­di­saṃ­bha­vo TAŚVA-ML 203,20vi­ro­dhā­t | na cai­ke­na sa­ka­la­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vya­va­cche­de si­ddhe ta­da­rthaṃ tra­ya­m a­bhi­da­dha­tāṃ ta­de­kaṃ sa­ma­rthaṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ he­to­r jñā­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 203,21bha­va­ti ta­d e­va tri­bhiḥ sva­bhā­vai­r a­si­ddhā­dī­nāṃ tra­yā­ṇāṃ vya­va­cche­da­ka­ma­ta­s tā­ni trī­ṇi rū­pā­ṇi ni­ści­tā­nya­nu­ktā­ni | TAŚVA-ML 203,22ta­da­va­ca­ne vi­śe­ṣa­to he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇa­sā­ma­rthya­syā­va­ca­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­du­ktau tu vi­śe­ṣa­to he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ jñā­ta­m e­ve­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 203,23na­, a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­dī­nā­m a­pi va­ca­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | te­ṣā­m a­nu­ktau bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­di­vya­va­cche­dā­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 203,24ni­ści­ta­trai­rū­pya­sya he­to­r bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­dya­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­dva­ca­nā­d e­va ta­dvya­va­cche­da­si­ddhe­r nā­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­di­va­ca­na- TAŚVA-ML 203,25m i­ti ce­t na­, he­toḥ paṃ­ca­bhiḥ sva­bhā­vaiḥ paṃ­cā­nāṃ pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ka­tvā­dī­nāṃ vya­va­cche­da­ka­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 203,26ka­tha­nā­t a­nya­thā ta­da­jñā­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ tu paṃ­ca­rū­pa­tva­va­t tri­rū­pa­tva­m i­ti na va­kta­vyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 203,27sā­mā­nya­to nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­va­ca­ne­nai­va pa­ryā­pta­tvā­t­, rū­pa­tra­ya­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa he­to­r a­si­ddhā­di­tra­ya­vya­va­cche­dā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 203,28ta­tra ta­sya ta­dbhā­vā­d u­pa­pa­nnaṃ va­ca­na­m i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.181rū­pa­tra­ya­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t ta­tra ta­dva­ca­naṃ ya­di | ni­ści­ta­tva­sva­rū­pa­sya ca­tu­rtha­sya va­co na ki­m |­| 1­8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.182tri­ṣu rū­pe­ṣu ce­d rū­paṃ ni­ści­ta­tvaṃ na sā­dha­ne | nā­jñā­tā si­ddha­tā he­to rū­paṃ syā­t ta­dvi­pa­rya­yaḥ |­| 1­8­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.183pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­rū­paṃ syā­j jñā­ta­tve he­tva­bhe­di­naḥ | he­to­r a­jñā­na­te­ṣṭā ce­n ni­ści­ta­tvaṃ ta­thā na ki­m |­| 1­8­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.184he­tvā­bhā­se pi ta­dbhā­vā­t sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­ta­yā na ce­t | dha­rmāṃ­ta­ra­m i­vā­rū­paṃ he­toḥ sa­d a­pi saṃ­ma­ta­m |­| 1­8­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.185haṃ­tā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ si­ddhaṃ sā­dha­na­syai­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | ta­ttva­taḥ pā­va­ka­syai­va so­ṣṇa­tvaṃ ta­dvi­dāṃ ma­ta­m |­| 1­8­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 203,34yo ya­syā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇe ni­ści­taḥ sva­bhā­vaḥ sa ta­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ya­thā pā­va­ka­syai­va so­ṣṇa­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­s ta­thā ca TAŚVA-ML 204,01he­to­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­ni­ya­ma i­ti na sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­nā­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­ni­ya­ma­vi­ka­lā­nāṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­dī­nāṃ he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 204,02la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ ni­ści­taṃ ta­ttva­mā­tra­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.186e­te­na paṃ­ca­rū­pa­tvaṃ he­to­r dhva­staṃ ni­bu­dhya­te | sa­ttvā­di­ṣv a­gni­ja­nya­tve sā­dhye dhū­ma­sya ke­na­ci­t |­| 1­8­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 204,04a­gni­ja­nyo yaṃ dhū­maḥ sa­ttvā­t dra­vya­tvā­d vā dhū­me sa­ttvā­de­r a­saṃ­di­gdha­tvā­t | ta­thā­nva­yaṃ pū­rva­dṛ­ṣṭa­dhū­me gni­ja­nya­tve TAŚVA-ML 204,05vyā­pta­sya sa­ttvā­deḥ sa­dbhā­vā­t vya­ti­re­ka­ś ca kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇā­dau sā­dhyā­bhā­ve sā­dha­na­sya sa­ttvā­de­r a­bhā­va­ni­śca­yā­t | TAŚVA-ML 204,06ta­thā­trā­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ vi­vā­dā­pa­nne dhū­me gni­ja­nya­tva­sya bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | ta­ta e­vā­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tva­m a­na­gni­ja­nya- TAŚVA-ML 204,07tva­sā­dha­na­pra­ti­pa­kṣā­nu­mā­na­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti si­ddhaṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ paṃ­ca­rū­pa­tva­sya trai­rū­pya­va­t sā­ma­stye­na vya­ti­re­ka­ni­śca­ya- TAŚVA-ML 204,08syā­bhā­vā­d a­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­rū­pa­tvā­t | ta­da­bhā­ve śe­ṣā­ṇā­m a­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­tvā­pa­tte­s ta­dvi­ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 204,09syai­va paṃ­ca­rū­pa­tvā­de­r a­la­kṣa­ṇa­tve­na sā­dhya­tvā­dyu­kto ti­de­śaḥ | e­va­m a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇo he­toḥ paṃ­ca­rū­pa­tva­m a­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 204,10vya­va­sthā­pyā­nva­yi­no pi nā­nva­yo la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d e­ve­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.187a­nva­yo lo­ha­le­khya­tve pā­rthi­va­tve­śa­ne­s ta­thā | ta­tpu­tra­tvā­di­ṣu śyā­ma­ru­pa­tve kva­ci­d ī­psa­te |­| 1­8­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 204,12lo­ha­le­khyo '­śa­niḥ pā­rthi­va­tvā­d dhā­tu­rū­pa­va­t­, sa śyā­ma­rū­pa­s ta­tpu­tra­tvā­t ta­nna­ptṛ­tvā­d vā pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa­ta­tpu­trā­di­va­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 204,13he­tvā­bhā­se pi sa­dbhā­vā­d a­nva­ya­sya sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ | ta­to he­tva­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ | ya­s tu sā­dhya­sa­dbhā­va e­va bhā­vo he­to­r a- TAŚVA-ML 204,14nva­yaḥ so '­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­m e­va ta­tho­pa­pa­ttyā­khya­m a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | pa­ro­pa­ga­ta­s tu nā­nva­ya­s ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ nā­pi TAŚVA-ML 204,15ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇo vya­ti­re­ka i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.188a­dṛ­ṣṭi­mā­tra­sā­dhya­ś ca vya­ti­re­kaḥ sa­mī­kṣya­te | va­ktṛ­tvā­di­ṣu bu­ddhā­deḥ kiṃ­ci­jjña­tva­sya sā­dha­ne |­| 1­8­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.189sā­dhyā­bhā­ve tv a­bhā­va­sya ni­śca­yo yaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | vya­ti­re­kaḥ sa sā­ka­lyā­d a­vi­nā­bhā­va e­va naḥ |­| 1­8­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 204,18sa­ty a­py a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tā­yāṃ sa­ty a­py a­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tā­yāṃ ca he­tau na rū­pāṃ­ta­ra­tva­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvā­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.190a­bā­dhi­tā­rtha­tā ca syā­n nā­nyā ta­smā­d a­saṃ­śa­yā | na vā sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvaṃ ta­da­bhā­ve na­bhī­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 1­9­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 204,20na hi kva­ci­d dhe­tau sā­dhyā­bhā­vā­saṃ­bhū­ṣṇu­tā­pā­ye py a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m a­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvaṃ sa­mī­kṣya­te ye­na ta­to TAŚVA-ML 204,21rū­pāṃ­ta­ra­tvaṃ | na­nu ca ya­thā spa­rśā­bhā­ve kva­ci­d a­saṃ­bha­va­va­to pi rū­pa­sya spa­rśā­d rū­pāṃ­ta­ra­tvaṃ ta­thā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 204,22kva­ci­d a­saṃ­bha­va­to pi ta­to rū­pāṃ­ta­ra­tva­m a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­syā­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tva­sya ca na vi­ru­dhya­te nya­thā spa­rśā­d rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 204,23syā­pi rū­pāṃ­ta­ra­tva­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ce­t nai­ta­t sā­raṃ­, a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvā­d a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­de­r a­bhe­dā­t | sā­dhyā­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 204,24pra­kā­re­ṇo­pa­pa­tte­r a­bhā­vo hy a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ sa e­va vā­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m a­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvaṃ ca pra­tī­ya­te ta­to nya­t TAŚVA-ML 204,25kiṃ­ci­n nai­vaṃ spa­rśā­d rū­pa­syā­bhe­daḥ pra­tī­ti­bhe­dā­t ta­to vi­ṣa­mo '­ya­m u­pa­nyā­saḥ | na­nu he­tū­pa­nyā­se sa­ti kra­me­ṇa pra­tī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 204,26mā­na­tvā­d a­vi­nā­bhā­vā­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­dī­nā­m a­pi pa­ra­spa­raṃ bhe­da e­ve­ti ce­n na­, bā­dha­ka­kra­mā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t ta­tkra­ma­pra­tī­teḥ | TAŚVA-ML 204,27śa­kreṃ­dra­pu­raṃ­da­rā­di­pra­tī­ti­va­da­rtha­pra­tī­teḥ kra­mā­bhā­vā­t | na hy a­bhi­nne py a­rthe bā­dha­ka­bhe­do vi­ru­ddho ya­ta­s ta­tkra­ma- TAŚVA-ML 204,28pra­tī­ti­r a­rtha­bhe­da­kra­maṃ sā­dha­ye­t | ta­to nā­ma­mā­traṃ bhi­dya­te he­to­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­m a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m a­sa­tpra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 204,29pa­kṣa­tva­m i­ti nā­rthaḥ | e­te­na ya­d u­ktaṃ he­to­r a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­bhā­ve '­nu­ṣṇo gni­r dra­vya­tvā­t ni­tyo gha­ṭaḥ sa­ttvā­t TAŚVA-ML 204,30pre­tyā­su­sva­pra­do dha­rmaḥ pu­ru­ṣa­gu­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­d i­ty e­va­m ā­deḥ pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­bhyā­m a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­py a­ga­ma­ka­tva­pra­sa- TAŚVA-ML 204,31kti­r a­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvā­bhā­ve ca sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­sya sa­rva­ga­taṃ sā­mā­nyaṃ sa­rva­tra sa­tpra­tya­ya­he­tu­tvā­d i­ty e­va­m ā­de­r ga­ma­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 204,32pa­tti­r i­ti ta­tpra­tyā­khyā­taṃ | pra­tya­kṣā­di­bhiḥ sā­dhya­vi­pa­rī­ta­sva­bhā­va­vya­va­sthā­pa­na­sya bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­sya va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 204,33pra­ti­pa­kṣā­nu­mā­ne­na ca ta­sya sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tva­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­t ta­dvya­va­cche­da­sya ca sā­dhya­sva­bhā­ve­na ta­tho­pa­pa­ti­rū­pe­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 205,01sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­sva­bhā­ve­na si­ddha­tvā­d a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­de rū­pāṃ­ta­ra­tva­ka­lpa­nā­na­rtha­kyā­t sa­ty a­pi ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 205,02rū­pāṃ­ta­ra­tve ta­nni­śca­yā­saṃ­bha­vaḥ pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­ya­ṇā­t ta­tsā­dhya­vi­ni­śca­ya­yo­r i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.191yā­va­c ca sā­dha­nā­d a­rthaḥ sva­yaṃ na pra­ti­ni­ści­taḥ | tā­va­n na bā­dha­nā­bhā­va­s ta­t syā­c cha­kya­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 1­9­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 205,04sa­ti hi bā­dha­nā­bhā­va­ni­śca­ye he­to­r a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tva­si­ddheḥ sā­dhya­ni­śca­ya­sta­nni­śca­yā­c ca TAŚVA-ML 205,05bā­dha­nā­bhā­va­ni­śca­ya i­tī­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­yā­n na ta­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­sya vya­va­sthā | ya­di pu­na­r a­nya­taḥ ku­ta­ści­t ta­dbā­dha­nā­bhā­va­ni­śca- TAŚVA-ML 205,06yā­t ta­da­ni­śca­yāṃ­gī­ka­ra­ṇā­d vā pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­ya­pa­ri­hā­raḥ kri­ya­te ta­dā­py a­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­tvaṃ he­to­r u­pa­da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.192ta­dbā­dhā­bhā­va­ni­rṇī­tiḥ si­ddhā ce­t sā­dha­ne­na ki­m | ya­thai­va he­to­r ve­śa­sya bā­dhā­sa­dbhā­va­ni­śca­ye |­| 1­9­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 205,08ta­tsā­dha­na­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­d a­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­tvaṃ ta­thā vā vi­ra­ha­ni­śca­ye ku­ta­ści­t ta­sya sa­dbhā­va­si­ddheḥ | sa­ta­ta­sā­dha­nā­ya TAŚVA-ML 205,09pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya si­ddha­sā­dha­nā­d a­pi na sā­dhī­ya­s ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ | na­nv e­va­m a­vi­nā­bhā­vo pi la­kṣa­ṇaṃ mā bhū­n ni­śca­ya­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 205,10sā­dhya­sa­dbhā­va­ni­ya­ma­ni­śca­yā­ya­tta­tvā­t ta­sya cā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­dhī­na­tvā­d i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­sya pra­saṃ­gā­t i­ti ce­n na­, a­vi- TAŚVA-ML 205,11nā­bhā­va­ni­ya­ma­sya he­tau pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­ni­śca­yo­pa­ga­mā­d i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­yā­na­va­kā­śā­t | ū­hā­khyaṃ hi pra­mā­ṇa­m a­vi­nā- TAŚVA-ML 205,12bhā­va­ni­śca­ya­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­yo­s ta­trā­vyā­pā­rā­d i­ty u­ktaṃ ta­rhi ya­ta e­vā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­ni­śca­yo he­to­s ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 205,13e­va sā­dhya­si­ddhe­s ta­tra he­to­r a­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­to de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­va­cchi­nna­sya sā­dhya­sya sā­dha­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 205,14sā­mā­nya­ta e­vo­hā­t ta­tsi­ddhe­r i­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ | a­tha­vā­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.193tri­rū­pa­he­tu­ni­ṣṭhā­na­vā­di­nai­va ni­rā­kṛ­te | he­toḥ paṃ­ca­sva­bhā­va­tve ta­ddhvaṃ­se ya­ta­ne­na ki­m |­| 1­9­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 205,16na hi syā­dvā­di­nā­m a­ya­m e­va pa­kṣo ya­t sva­yaṃ paṃ­ca­rū­pa­tvaṃ he­to­r ni­rā­ka­rta­vya­m i­ti tri­rū­pa­vya­va­sthā­na­vā­di­nā­pi TAŚVA-ML 205,17ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­syā­bhi­ma­ta­tvā­t pa­ra­ma­ta­m a­bhi­ma­ta­pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t ta­d a­la­m a­trā­bhi­pra­ya­ta­ne­ne­ti he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 205,18vā­rti­ka­kā­re­ṇai­va­m u­ktaṃ "­a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ ya­tra ta­tra tra­ye­ṇa ki­m­" i­ti sva­yaṃ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ tu ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 205,19pra­ya­tne tra­yaṃ paṃ­ca­rū­pa­tvaṃ ki­m i­ty a­pi va­ktuṃ yu­jya­te sāṃ­pra­taṃ pū­rva­va­dā­di­tra­ye­ṇa vī­tā­di­tra­ye­ṇa vā ki­m i­ti vyā­khyā- TAŚVA-ML 205,20nāṃ­ta­raṃ sa­ma­rtha­yi­tuṃ pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rva­kaṃ tri­vi­dha­m a­nu­mā­naṃ pū­rva­va­cche­ṣa­va­tsā­mā­nya­to dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ce­ti nyā­ya­sū­tra­sya vā­kya- TAŚVA-ML 205,21bhe­dā­t tri­sū­trī kai­ści­t pa­ri­ka­lpi­tā syā­t tā­m a­nū­dya ni­rā­ku­rva­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.194pū­rvaṃ pra­sa­jya­mā­na­tvā­t pū­rva­pa­kṣa­s ta­to pa­raḥ | śe­ṣaḥ su­pa­kṣa e­ve­ṣṭa­s ta­dyo­go ya­sya dṛ­śya­te |­| 1­9­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.195pū­rva­va­cche­ṣa­va­t pro­ktaṃ ke­va­lā­sv a­pi sā­dha­na­m | sā­dhyā­bhā­ve bha­va­t ta­c ca tri­rū­pā­n na vi­śi­ṣya­te |­| 1­9­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.196ya­sya vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­dhā­raḥ ka­śca­na vi­dya­te | ta­syai­va vya­ti­re­ko sti nā­nya­sye­ti na yu­kti­ma­t |­| 1­9­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.197ta­to vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te­ne­ṣṭo va­śya­m i­hā­śra­yaḥ | ta­da­bhā­ve py a­bhā­va­syā­vi­ro­dhā­d dhe­tu­ta­dva­toḥ |­| 1­9­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.198ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kī­ṣṭa­m a­nu­mā­naṃ na pū­rva­va­t | ta­thā sā­mā­nya­to dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ga­ma­ka­tvaṃ na ta­sya vaḥ |­| 1­9­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.199ta­dvi­ru­ddhe vi­pa­kṣa­syā­sa­ttve vya­va­si­te pi hi | ta­da­bhā­ve tv a­ni­rṇī­te ku­to niḥ­saṃ­śa­yā­tma­tā |­| 1­9­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.200yo vi­ru­ddho tra sā­dhye­na ta­syā­bhā­vaḥ sa e­va ce­t | ta­to ni­va­rta­mā­na­ś ca he­tuḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ ma­ta­m |­| 2­0­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.201a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kī ca he­tu­r ya­s te­na va­rṇi­taḥ | pū­rvā­nu­mā­na­sū­tre­ṇa so py e­te­na ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ |­| 2­0­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.202kā­ryā­di­tra­ya­va­t ta­smā­d e­te­nā­pi tra­ye­ṇa ki­m | bhe­dā­nāṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ ca vī­tā­di­tri­ta­ye­na ca |­| 2­0­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 205,31pū­rva­va­cche­ṣa­va­tke­va­lā­nva­yi­sā­dha­naṃ ya­thā­va­ya­vā­va­ya­vi­nau gu­ṇa­gu­ṇi­nau kri­yā­kri­yā­vaṃ­tau jā­ti­jā­ti­maṃ­tau vā TAŚVA-ML 205,32pa­ra­spa­ra­to bhi­nnau bhi­nna­pra­ti­bhā­sa­tvā­t sa­hya­viṃ­dhya­va­d i­ti ta­tsā­dhyā­bhā­ve pi ya­di sa­t ta­dā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­m e­va | a­thā- TAŚVA-ML 205,33sa­t ka­thaṃ na vya­ti­re­ky a­pi ? sā­dhyā­bhā­ve sā­dha­na­syā­bhā­vo hi vya­ti­re­kaḥ sa cā­syā­stī­ti ta­dā ke­va­lā­nva­yi TAŚVA-ML 205,34liṃ­gaṃ tri­rū­pā­d a­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­t vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­dhā­rā­bhā­vā­n nā­sya vya­ti­re­ka i­ti ce­n ne­daṃ yu­kti­ma­t­, ta­da­bhā­ve pi TAŚVA-ML 206,01sā­dhyā­bhā­va­pra­yu­kta­sya sā­dha­nā­bhā­va­syā­vi­ro­dhā­t | na hy a­bhā­ve ka­sya­ci­d a­bhā­vo vi­ru­dhya­te kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇā­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 206,02ga­ga­na­ku­su­mā­bhā­va­sya vi­ro­dha­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­rva­tra vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­syā­va­śyaṃ bhā­vi­ta­yā­ni­ṣṭa­tvā­c ca | kiṃ ce­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 206,03bhi­nna­pra­ti­bhā­si­tvaṃ ya­di ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­dā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvā­d e­va ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­sā­dha­naṃ nā­nva­yi­tvā­t dra­vyaṃ gu­ṇa­ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 206,04sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­ma­vā­ya­prā­ga­bhā­vā­da­yaḥ pra­me­ya­tvā­t pṛ­thi­vyā­di­va­d i­ty e­ta­syā­pi ga­ma­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | dha­rmi­grā­ha­ka- TAŚVA-ML 206,05pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tve­na kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvā­n ne­daṃ ga­ma­ka­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhy a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m a­pi liṃ­ga­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­ccā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 206,06thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­m e­ve­ty u­ktaṃ | sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvā­n ne­daṃ ga­ma­ka­tva­m i­ti ce­t ta­rhi a­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvaṃ he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­d a­py a­vi­nā- TAŚVA-ML 206,07bhā­va e­ve­ti ni­ve­di­taṃ ta­to nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvā­bhā­vā­d e­ve­da­m a­ga­ma­kaṃ | e­te­na sa­rva­thā bhi­nna­pra­ti­bhā­sa­tvaṃ bhe­da­sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 206,08m a­ga­ma­ka­m u­ktaṃ kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tva­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | a­va­ya­vā­dī­nāṃ hi sa­ttvā­di­nā ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhe­daḥ TAŚVA-ML 206,09pra­mā­ṇe­na pra­tī­ya­te sa­rva­thā ta­dbhe­da­sya sa­kṛ­d a­py a­na­va­bhā­sa­nā­t | ta­ta e­vā­si­ddha­tvā­n ne­daṃ ga­ma­kaṃ si­ddha­syai­vā­nya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 206,10nu­pa­pa­tti­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­thā pū­rva­va­tsā­mā­nya­to '­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki liṃ­gaṃ vi­pa­kṣe de­śa­taḥ kā­rtsnya­to vā ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 206,11dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t | sā­tma­kaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­raṃ prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttvā­t ya­n na sā­tma­kaṃ ta­n na prā­ṇā­di­ma­d dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā bha­smā­di na TAŚVA-ML 206,12ca ta­thā jī­va­ccha­rī­raṃ ta­smā­t sā­tma­ka­m i­ti | ta­d e­ta­d a­pi na pa­re­ṣāṃ ga­ma­kaṃ | sā­dhya­vi­ru­ddhe vi­pa­kṣe a­nu­bhū­ya- TAŚVA-ML 206,13mā­na­m a­pi sā­dhyā­bhā­ve vi­pa­kṣe sva­ya­m a­sa­ttve­nā­ni­śca­yā­t ta­tra ta­tra ta­sya ta­ttva­saṃ­bhā­va­nā­yāṃ nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 206,14sā­dhya­vi­ru­ddha e­va sā­dhyā­bhā­va­s ta­to ni­va­rta­mā­na­tvā­d ga­ma­ka­m e­ve­da­m i­ti ce­t ta­rhi ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­sā­dha­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 206,15sā­dhyā­bhā­va­saṃ­bha­vaṃ­ni­ya­ma­syai­va syā­dvā­di­bhi­r a­vi­nā­bhā­va­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t na pu­naḥ ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­tvā­n ne­daṃ kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 206,16ta­tsa­cci­tta­śū­nyaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­raṃ prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttvā­t sa­rvaṃ kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ sa­ttvā­d i­ty e­va­m ā­de­r a­pi ga­ma­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sā­dhyā- TAŚVA-ML 206,17bhā­ve py a­sya sa­dbhā­vā­n na sā­dha­na­tva­m i­ti ce­t ta­rhy a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­ba­lā­d e­va pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nā sā­tma­ka­tve prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 206,18sā­dha­naṃ nā­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nā sa­rva­thā ta­da­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā pū­rva­va­cche­ṣa­va­tsā­mā­nya­to dṛ­ṣṭa­m a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki­sā­dha­naṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 206,19ya­thā­gni­r a­tra dhū­mā­d i­ti | ta­d a­pi ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇo yo­go­pa­ga­ta­sya ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­d e­va ni­rā­kṛ­taṃ­, sā­dhyā­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 206,20saṃ­bha­va­ni­ya­ma­ni­śca­ya­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa sā­dha­na­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­d a­ne­na nyā­ya­vā­rti­ka­ṭī­kā­kā­ra­vyā­khyā­na­m a­nu­mā­na­sū­tra­sya TAŚVA-ML 206,21tri­sū­trī­ka­ra­ṇe­na pra­tyā­khyā­taṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m i­ti liṃ­ga­la­kṣa­ṇā­nā­m a­nva­yi­tvā­dī­nāṃ tra­ye­ṇa pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­dī­nā­m i­va TAŚVA-ML 206,22na pra­yo­ja­naṃ | nā­pi pū­rva­va­dā­di­bhe­dā­nāṃ kā­ryā­dī­nā­m i­va sa­ty a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tve te­nai­va pa­ryā­pta­tvā­t | ya­d a­py a­trā- TAŚVA-ML 206,23vā­ci u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­rmyā­t sā­dhya­sā­dha­naṃ he­tu­r i­ti vī­ta­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ liṃ­gaṃ ta­tsva­rū­pe­ṇā­rtha­pa­ri­cche­da­ka­tvaṃ vī­ta­dha­rma TAŚVA-ML 206,24i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­d ya­thā­–­a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdaḥ u­tpa­tti­dha­rma­ka­tvā­d gha­ṭa­va­d i­ti śa­bda­sva­rū­pe­ṇo­tpa­tti­dha­rma­ka­tve­nā- TAŚVA-ML 206,25ni­tya­tvā­rtha­sya pa­ri­cche­dā­t | ta­tho­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­vai­dha­rmyā­t sā­dhya­sā­dha­naṃ he­tu­r i­ty a­vī­ta­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe­nā­rtha­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 206,26cche­da­ne va­rta­mā­na­m a­vī­ta­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­d ya­thā | ne­daṃ nai­rā­tma­kaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­ra­m a­prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttva­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 206,27ya­d u­bha­ya­pa­kṣa­saṃ­pra­ti­pa­nna­m a­prā­ṇā­di­ma­tta­nni­rā­tma­kaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā gha­ṭā­di na ce­da­m a­prā­ṇā­di­ma­jjī­va­ccha­rī­raṃ ta­smā­n na TAŚVA-ML 206,28ni­rā­tma­ka­m i­ti ni­rā­tma­ka­tva­sya pa­ra­pa­kṣa­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dha­naṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­re sā­tma­ka­tva­syā­rtha­pa­ri­cchi­tti­he­tu­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 206,29nyā­ya­vā­rti­ka­kā­ra­va­ca­nā­t | ta­tho­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyā­bhyāṃ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­m a­nu­mā­na­m i­ti vī­tā­vī­ta­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 206,30sva­pa­kṣa­vi­dhā­ne­na pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe­na cā­rtha­pa­ri­cche­da­he­tu­tvā­t | ta­d ya­thā­–­sā­gniḥ pa­rva­to ya­m a­na­gni­r na bha­va­ti TAŚVA-ML 206,31dhū­ma­va­ttvā­d a­nya­thā ni­rdhū­ma­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | dhū­ma­vā­n ma­hā­na­saḥ sā­gni­rdṛ­ṣṭo '­na­gni­s tu ma­hā­na­so ni­rdhū­ma i­ti ta­d e­ta- TAŚVA-ML 206,32dvī­tā­di­tri­ta­yaṃ ya­di sā­dhya­bhā­va­saṃ­bhū­ṣṇuḥ ta­dā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­va­lā­d e­va ga­ma­ka­tvaṃ na pu­na­r vī­tā­di­tve­nai­ve­ty a­nya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 206,33nu­pa­pa­tti­vi­ra­he pi ga­ma­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ya­di pu­na­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r vī­tā­di­tvaṃ prā­pya he­to­r la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­dā "­de­va­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 206,34prā­pya ha­rī­ta­kī vi­re­ca­ya­te­" i­ti ka­sya­ci­t su­bhā­ṣi­ta­m ā­yā­taṃ | ha­rī­ta­kya­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­nā­d vi­re­ca­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 206,35sva­de­va­to­pa­yo­gi­nī ta­da­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­nā­bhā­vā­t ta­sye­ti pra­kṛ­te pi sa­mā­naṃ | he­to­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­sa­da- TAŚVA-ML 207,01sa­ttva­pra­yu­kta­tvā­d ga­ma­ka­tvā­ga­ma­ka­tva­yo­r i­ti na kiṃ­ci­d vī­tā­di­tri­ta­ye­na la­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ bhe­dā­nāṃ vā sa­rva­thā ga­ma­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 207,02naṃ­ga­tvā­t sa­rva­bhe­dā­saṃ­gra­hā­c ca |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.203kā­ra­ṇā­t kā­rya­vi­jñā­naṃ kā­ryā­t kā­ra­ṇa­ve­da­na­m | a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­c cā­pi dṛ­ṣṭā­t sā­mā­nya­to ga­tiḥ |­| 2­0­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.204tā­dṛ­śī tri­ta­ye­ṇā­pi ni­ya­te­na pra­yo­ja­na­m | ki­m e­ka­la­kṣa­ṇā­dhyā­sā­d a­nya­syā­py a­ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t |­| 2­0­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 207,05na­nu ca ya­va­bī­ja­saṃ­tā­no­tthaṃ ca kā­ra­ṇaṃ vā­nu­bha­yaṃ vā syā­t sa­rvaṃ va­stu kā­ryaṃ vā nā­nyā ga­ti­r a­sti ya­to TAŚVA-ML 207,06'­nya­d a­pi liṃ­gaṃ saṃ­bhā­vya­te '­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvā­dhyā­sā­d i­ti ce­n na­, u­bha­yā­tma­no pi va­stu­no bhā­vā­t | ya­thai­va hi TAŚVA-ML 207,07kā­ra­ṇā­t kā­rye nu­mā­naṃ vṛ­ṣṭyu­tpā­da­na­śa­kta­yo­mī me­ghā gaṃ­bhī­ra­dhvā­na­tve ci­ra­pra­bhā­va­tve ca sa­ti sa­mu­nna­ta­tvā­t pra­si- TAŚVA-ML 207,08ddhai­vaṃ­vi­dha­me­gha­va­d i­ti | kā­ryā­t kā­ra­ṇe va­hni­r a­tra dhū­mā­n ma­hā­na­sa­va­d i­ti | a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­d a­nu­bha­yā­tma­ni jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 207,09ma­dhu­ra­ra­sa­m i­daṃ pha­la­m e­vaṃ­rū­pa­tvā­t tā­dṛ­śā­nya­pha­la­va­d i­ti | ta­thai­vo­bha­yā­tma­kā­t liṃ­gā­d u­bha­yā­tma­ke liṃ­gi­ni jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 207,10m a­vi­ru­ddhaṃ pa­ra­spa­ro­pa­kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­yo­r a­vi­nā­bhā­va­da­rśa­nā­t ya­thā bī­jāṃ­ku­ra­saṃ­tā­na­yoḥ | na hi bī­ja­saṃ­tā­no '­ṃ- TAŚVA-ML 207,11ku­ra­saṃ­tā­nā­bhā­ve bha­va­ti­, nā­py aṃ­ku­ra­saṃ­tā­no bī­ja­saṃ­tā­nā­bhā­ve ya­taḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ ga­mya­ga­ma­ka­bhā­vo na syā­t | TAŚVA-ML 207,12ta­thā cā­sty a­tra de­śe ya­va­bī­ja­saṃ­tā­no ya­vāṃ­ku­ra­saṃ­tā­na­da­rśa­nā­t | a­sti ya­vāṃ­ku­ra­saṃ­tā­no ya­va­bī­jo­pa­la­bdhe­r i- TAŚVA-ML 207,13tyā­di liṃ­gāṃ­ta­ra­si­ddhiḥ | na­nū­ṣa­ra­kṣe­tra­sthe­na ya­va­bī­ja­saṃ­tā­ne­na vya­bhi­cā­ra­s ta­daṃ­ku­ra­saṃ­tā­ne kva­ci­t sā­dhye ta­dbī­ja- TAŚVA-ML 207,14saṃ­tā­ne co­kṣya­te ta­daṃ­ku­ra­saṃ­tā­ne­na ya­va­bī­ja­mā­tra­ra­hi­ta­de­śa­sthe­ne­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­de­śa­kā­lā­dya­pe­kṣa­sya ta­du- TAŚVA-ML 207,15bha­ya­syā­nyo­nya­m a­vi­nā­bhā­va­si­ddheḥ sva­sā­dhye dhū­mā­di­va­t | dhū­mā­va­ya­vi­saṃ­tā­no hi pā­va­kā­va­ya­vi­saṃ­tā­nai­r a­vi­nā- TAŚVA-ML 207,16bhā­vī de­śa­kā­lā­dya­pe­kṣyai­vā­nya­thā go­pā­la­gha­ṭi­kā­yāṃ dhū­mā­va­ya­vi­saṃ­tā­ne­na vya­bhi­cā­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­t | saṃ­tā­na­yo­r u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 207,17kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­bhā­vo pi na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaḥ pā­va­ka­dhū­mā­va­ya­vi­saṃ­tā­na­yo­s ta­da­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na cai­vaṃ vā­cyaṃ­, ta­yo- TAŚVA-ML 207,18r ni­mi­ttā­ni­mi­tta­bhā­vo­pa­ga­mā­t | pā­va­ka­dhū­mā­va­ya­vi­dra­vya­yo­r ni­mi­ttā­ni­mi­tta­bhā­va­si­ddhe­s ta­tsaṃ­tā­na­yo­r u­pa­cā­ra­ni­mi­tta- TAŚVA-ML 207,19bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, ta­dvya­ti­ri­kta­saṃ­tā­na­si­ddheḥ | kā­lā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­t saṃ­tā­naḥ saṃ­tā­ni­bhyo vya­ti­ri­kta i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 207,20ku­taḥ kā­lā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­s te­ṣāṃ saṃ­tā­na­syā­nā­di­pa­rya­va­sā­na­tvā­d a­pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­kṣe­tra­kā­rya­kā­ri­tvā­c ca saṃ­tā­ni­nāṃ ta­dvi- TAŚVA-ML 207,21pa­rī­ta­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | saṃ­tā­no hi saṃ­tā­ni­bhyaḥ sa­ka­la­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇa­dra­vye­bhyo rthāṃ­ta­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 207,22bha­vaṃ­s ta­dvṛ­tti­r a­ta­dvṛ­tti­r vā ? ta­dvṛ­tti­ś ce­n na tā­va­d a­gu­ṇa­s ta­syai­ka­dra­vya­vṛ­tti­tvā­t | saṃ­yo­gā­di­va­d a­ne­ka­dra­vya­vṛ­ttiḥ saṃ­tā­no TAŚVA-ML 207,23gu­ṇa i­ti ce­t sa ta­rhi saṃ­yo­gā­di­bhyo '­nyo vā syā­t ta­da­nya­ta­mo vā ? ya­dy a­nyaḥ sa ta­dā ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­saṃ­khyā- TAŚVA-ML 207,24vyā­ghā­taḥ­, ta­da­nya­ta­ma­ś ce­t ta­rhi na tā­va­t saṃ­yo­ga­s ta­sya vi­dya­mā­na­dra­vya­vṛ­tti­tvā­t | saṃ­tā­na­sya kā­la­tra­ya­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 207,25saṃ­tā­ni­sa­mā­śra­ya­tvā­t | ta­ta e­va na vi­bhā­go pi pa­ra­tva­m a­pi vā ta­syā­pi de­śā­pe­kṣa­sya va­rta­mā­na­dra­vyā­śra­ya­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 207,26pṛ­tha­ktvaṃ i­ty a­py a­sā­raṃ­, bhi­nna­saṃ­tā­na­dra­vya­pṛ­tha­ktva­syā­pi saṃ­tā­na­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­ta e­va­ma saṃ­khyo sau | e­te­na TAŚVA-ML 207,27saṃ­yo­gā­dī­nāṃ saṃ­tā­na­tve bhi­nna­saṃ­tā­na­ga­tā­nā­m a­py e­ṣāṃ saṃ­tā­na­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ sa­mā­pā­di­to bo­ddha­vyaḥ | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 207,28pa­raṃ­pa­rā­vi­śi­ṣṭā sa­ttā­saṃ­tā­na i­ti ce­t ku­ta­s ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭaḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇo­pā­dhi­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ka­tha­m e­va­m a­ne­kā sa­ttā TAŚVA-ML 207,29na syā­t | vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­ne­ka­tvā­d u­pa­cā­rā­d a­ne­kā­s tv i­ti ce­t ka­tha­m e­vaṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­to ne­ka­saṃ­tā­na­si­ddhi­r ye­nai­ka­saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­re TAŚVA-ML 207,30pra­vṛ­tti­r a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­nī syā­t | ye­ṣāṃ pu­na­r e­kā­ne­kā ca va­stu­naḥ sa­ttā te­ṣāṃ sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣa­ta­ś ca ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 207,31saṃ­tā­nai­ka­tva­nā­nā­tva­vya­va­hā­ro na vi­ru­dhya­te | na ca vi­śi­ṣṭa­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇo­pā­dhi­ka­yoḥ sa­ttā­vi­śe­ṣa­yoḥ saṃ­tā- TAŚVA-ML 207,32na­yoḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­m u­pa­kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­bhā­vā­bhā­vaḥ śā­śva­ta­tvā­d i­ti yu­ktaṃ va­ktuṃ­, ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­śā­śva­ta­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­t | pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 207,33yā­rtha­taḥ sa­rva­syā­ni­tya­tva­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ | ta­taḥ saṃ­tā­ni­nā­m i­va saṃ­tā­na­yoḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­pa­kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­bhā­vo '­bhyu­pa- TAŚVA-ML 207,34gaṃ­ta­vya i­ti si­ddha­m u­bha­yā­tma­ka­yo­r a­nyo­nyaṃ sā­dha­na­tvaṃ liṃ­ga­tri­ta­ya­ni­mi­ttaṃ vi­gha­ṭa­ya­tye­va | na cai­va­m a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 207,35ta­yo­r e­ka­ta­re­ṇa pra­si­ddhe­nā­nya­ta­ra­syā­pra­si­ddha­sya sā­dha­nā­t | ta­du­bha­ya­si­ddhau ka­sya­ci­d a­nu­mā­nā­nu­da­yā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 208,01saṃ­pra­ti pa­rā­bhi­ta­saṃ­khyāṃ­ta­ra­ni­ya­ma­m a­nū­dya dū­ṣa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.205ya­c cā­bhū­ta­m a­bhū­ta­sya bhū­taṃ bhū­ta­sya sā­dha­na­m | ta­thā­bhū­ta­m a­bhū­t ta­syā­bhū­taṃ bhū­ta­sya ce­ṣṭya­te |­| 2­0­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.206nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvā­bhā­ve ta­d a­pi saṃ­ga­ta­m | ta­dbhā­ve tu ki­m e­te­na ni­ya­me­nā­pha­le­na vaḥ |­| 2­0­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 208,04na hy a­bhū­tā­di­liṃ­ga­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­ni­ya­mo vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te bhū­tā­bhū­to yaṃ sva­bhā­va­syā­pi liṃ­ga­sya tā­dṛ­śi sā­dhye saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 208,05na ca ta­dvya­va­cche­da­m a­ku­rva­nni­ya­maḥ sa­pha­lo nā­ma |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.207sa­rva­he­tu­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ saṃ­gra­ho bhā­sa­te ya­thā | ta­thā ta­dbhe­da­ni­ya­me dvi­bhe­do he­tu­r i­ṣya­tā­m |­| 2­0­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.208saṃ­kṣe­pā­d u­pa­laṃ­bha­ś cā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­ś ca va­stu­naḥ | pa­re­ṣāṃ ta­tpra­bhe­da­tvā­t ta­trāṃ­ta­rbhā­va­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2­0­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 208,08u­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhyo­r e­ve­ti sa­rva­he­tu­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m aṃ­ta­rbhā­vaḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­te saṃ­kṣe­pā­t te­ṣāṃ ta­tpra­bhe­da­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 208,09ta­di­ṣṭiḥ śre­ya­sī | na hi kā­ryā­da­yaḥ saṃ­yo­gyā­da­yaḥ pū­rva­va­dā­da­yo vī­tā­da­yo vā he­tu­vi­śe­ṣā­s ta­to bhi­dyaṃ­te TAŚVA-ML 208,10ta­da­pra­bhe­da­tvā­pra­tī­teḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.209na­nū­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tva­m u­pa­laṃ­bho ya­dī­ṣya­te | ta­dā sva­bhā­va­he­tuḥ sa­dvya­va­hā­ra­pra­sā­dha­ne |­| 2­0­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.210a­tho­pa­la­bhya­te ye­na sa ta­thā kā­rya­sā­dha­naḥ | sa­mā­no nu­pa­laṃ­bhe pi vi­cā­ro yaṃ ka­thaṃ na te |­| 2­1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 208,13ya­dy u­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ ka­rma­sā­dha­na­s ta­dā sva­bhā­va­he­tu­r e­va sa­dvya­va­hā­re sā­dhye ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­na­m a­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe ta­taḥ so pi na TAŚVA-ML 208,14sva­bhā­va­kā­rya­he­tu­bhyāṃ bhi­nnaḥ syā­t | ka­rma­sā­dha­na­tve nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tva­sya sva­bhā­va­he­tu­tvā­t | ka­ra­ṇa­sā- TAŚVA-ML 208,15dha­na­tve nu­pa­laṃ­bha­na­sya kā­rya­sva­bhā­va­yo­r vi­dhi­sā­dha­na­tvā­d a­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­nya­s tā­bhyā­m a­nu­pa­laṃ­bha i­ty a­saṃ­ga­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 208,16i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.211ya­thā cā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­na ni­ṣe­dho rtha­sya sā­dhya­te | ta­thā kā­rya­sva­bhā­vā­bhyā­m i­ti yu­ktā na ta­dbhi­dā |­| 2­1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 208,18na­nu ca dvau sā­dha­nā­v e­kaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­he­tu­r i­ty a­tra dvā­v e­va va­stu­sā­dha­nau pra­ti­ṣe­dha­he­tu­r e­vai­ka i­ti ni­ya­mya­te na TAŚVA-ML 208,19pu­na­r dvau va­stu­sā­dha­nā­v e­va tā­bhyā­m a­nya­vya­va­cche­da­syā­pi sā­dha­nā­t | ta­thā nai­ka e­va pra­ti­ṣe­dha­he­tu­r i­ty a­va­dhā­rya­te TAŚVA-ML 208,20ta­ta e­va ya­to liṃ­ga­tra­ya­ni­ya­maḥ saṃ­kṣe­pā­n na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­ta i­ti na ta­ddvi­bhe­do he­tu­r i­ṣya­te ta­syā­vya­va­sthā­nā­d i­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 208,21trā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.212ni­ṣe­dha­he­tu­r e­vai­ka i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ vi­dhe­r a­pi | si­ddhe­r a­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­nā­nya­vya­va­cchi­dvi­dhi­r ya­taḥ |­| 2­1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 208,23nā­stī­ha pra­de­śe dha­ṭā­di­r u­pa­la­bdhi­la­kṣa­ṇa­prā­pta­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r i­ty a­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­na ya­thā ni­ṣe­dhya­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dha­s ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 208,24vya­va­cche­da­sya vi­dhi­r a­pi ka­rta­vya e­va | pra­ti­ṣe­dho hi sā­dhya­s ta­to '­nyo '­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­s ta­dvya­va­cche­da­sya vi­dhau ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 208,25pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ si­ddhye­t ? ta­dvi­dhau vā ka­thaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­he­tu­r e­vai­ka i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ su­gha­ṭaṃ gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na vi­dhe­r a­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­na TAŚVA-ML 208,26sā­dha­nā­t prā­dhā­nye­na pra­ti­ṣe­dha­syai­va vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t su­gha­ṭaṃ ta­thā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi dvau va­stu­sā­dha­nā­v i­ty a­va- TAŚVA-ML 208,27dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­stu tā­bhyāṃ va­stu­ta e­va prā­dhā­nye­na vi­dhā­nā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na sā­dha­nā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 208,28ṣe­dho pi kā­rya­sva­bhā­vā­bhyāṃ prā­dhā­nye­na sā­dhya­te ya­thā nā­na­gni­r a­tra dhū­mā­t­, nā­vṛ­kṣo '­yaṃ śiṃ­śa­pā­tvā­d i­ti ma­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 208,29ta­dā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­nā­pi vi­dhiḥ pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na sā­dhya­tāṃ | ya­thā­sty a­trā­gni­r a­nau­ṣṇyā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r i­ti ka­thaṃ ni­ṣe­dha­sā­dha­na TAŚVA-ML 208,30e­vai­ka i­ty e­kaṃ saṃ­vi­dha­tso­r a­nya­tpra­cya­va­te | na­nu ca nā­na­gni­r a­tra dhū­mā­d i­ti vi­ru­ddha­kā­ryo­pa­la­ldhiḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya TAŚVA-ML 208,31sā­dhi­kā nā­vṛ­kṣo yaṃ śiṃ­śa­pā­tvā­d i­ti vi­ru­ddha­vyā­pto­pa­la­bdhi­ś ca yā­va­t ka­ści­t pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ sa sa­rvo nu­pa­la­vdhe­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 208,32va­ca­nā­t | ta­thā­sty a­trā­gni­r a­nau­ṣṇyā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r i­ty a­ya­m a­pi sva­bhā­va­he­tu­r au­ṣṇyo­pa­la­bdhe­r e­va he­tu­tvā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­dva­ya­tva- TAŚVA-ML 208,33pra­kṛ­tā­rtha­sa­ma­rtha­ka­tvā­d i­ti na prā­dhā­nye­na dvau pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sā­dha­nau | nā­py e­ko vi­dhi­sā­dha­no ya­to do­ṣaḥ syā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 208,34ka­ści­t­, so pi na prā­tī­ti­kā­bhi­dhā­yī kā­rya­sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­ṣu pra­tī­ya­mā­nā­su vi­pa­rya­ya­ka­lpa­nā­t | ta­thā- TAŚVA-ML 209,01hi­–­sa­rva­tra kā­rya­sva­bhā­va­he­to­r vi­ru­ddha­vyā­pto­pa­la­bdhi­rū­pa­tā­pa­tte­r a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r e­vai­kā syā­t a­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r vā kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 209,02sva­bhā­va­he­tu­tā­pa­tte­s tā­v e­va syā­tāṃ ta­tra pra­tī­tya­nu­sa­ra­ṇe ya­tho­pa­yo­ktra­bhi­prā­yaṃ kā­rya­sva­bhā­vā­v a­pi prā­dhā­nye­na vi­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 209,03pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sā­dha­nā­v u­pe­yau | vi­dhi­sā­dha­na­ś cā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha i­ti na vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­dā­l liṃ­ga­saṃ­khyā­ni­ya­maḥ si­ddhye­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.213ya­smā­d a­nu­pa­laṃ­bho­trā­nu­pa­la­bhya­tva­m i­ṣya­te | ta­tho­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tva­m u­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ sva­rū­pa­taḥ |­| 2­1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.214bhi­nnā­v e­tau na tu svā­rthā­bhe­dā­d i­ti ni­ya­mya­te | bhā­vā­bhā­vā­tma­kai­kā­rtha­go­ca­ra­tvā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2­1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 209,06u­pa­la­bhya­tvā­nu­pa­la­bhya­tva­sva­rū­pa­bhe­dā­d e­va bhi­nnā­d u­pa­laṃ­bhau maṃ­ta­vyau na pu­naḥ sva­vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­dā­d i­ti ni­ya­mya­te TAŚVA-ML 209,07vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­tma­kai­ka­va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­sya ta­yo­r vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ya­thai­ve­ty u­pa­laṃ­bhe­na prā­dhā­nyā­d vi­dhi­r gu­ṇa­bhā­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 209,08pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ś ca vi­ṣa­yī­kri­ya­te ta­thā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­nā­pi | ya­thā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­na pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ prā­dhā­nyā­t­, vi­dhi­ś ca gu­ṇa­bhā­vā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 209,09tho­pa­laṃ­bhe­nā­pī­ti ya­thā­yo­gya­m u­dā­ha­ri­ṣya­te | ta­taḥ saṃ­khye­yā­d u­pa­laṃ­bhā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­v e­va he­tū pra­ti­pa­tta­vyau |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.215ta­t ta­trai­vo­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ syā­t si­ddhaḥ kā­ryā­di­bhe­da­taḥ | kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhi­r a­gnyā­dau dhū­mā­diḥ su­vi­dhā­na­taḥ |­| 2­1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.216kā­ra­ṇa­syo­pa­la­bdhiḥ syā­d vi­śi­ṣṭa­ja­la­do­nna­teḥ | vṛ­ṣṭau vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā ta­syā­ś ciṃ­tyā chā­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2­1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.217kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe pi ya­thā kā­rye vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā | bo­dhyā­bhyā­sā­t ta­thā kā­ryā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe pi kā­ra­ṇe |­| 2­1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.218sa­ma­rthaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ te­na nāṃ­tya­kṣa­ṇa­ga­taṃ ma­ta­m | ta­dbo­dhe ye­na vai­ya­rthya­m a­nu­mā­na­sya ga­dya­te |­| 2­1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.219na cā­nu­kū­la­tā­mā­traṃ kā­ra­ṇa­sya vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā | ye­nā­sya pra­ti­baṃ­dhā­di­saṃ­bha­vā­d vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā |­| 2­1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.220vai­ka­lya­pra­ti­baṃ­dhā­bhyā­m a­nā­sā­dya sva­bhā­va­tā­m | vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā­tra vi­jñā­tuṃ śa­kyā chā­yā­di­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 2­2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.221ta­dvi­lo­pe khi­la­khyā­ta­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­lo­pa­na­m | tṛ­ptyā­di­kā­rya­si­ddhya­rtha­m ā­hā­rā­di­pra­vṛ­tti­taḥ |­| 2­2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.222he­tu­nā yaḥ sa­ma­gre­ṇa kā­ryo­tpā­do nu­mī­ya­te | a­rthāṃ­ta­rā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­t sa sva­bhā­va i­tī­ra­ṇe |­| 2­2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.223kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­yo­gya­tve kā­rye vā śa­kta­kā­ra­ṇa­m | sva­bhā­va­he­tu­r i­ty ā­ryai­rvi­cā­rya pra­tha­me ma­taḥ |­| 2­2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.224sva­kā­rye bhi­nna­rū­pai­ka­sva­bhā­vaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ va­de­t | kā­rya­syā­pi sva­bhā­va­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2­2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.225sa­ma­gra­kā­ra­ṇaṃ kā­rya­sva­bhā­vo na tu ta­sya ta­t | ko nyo brū­yā­d i­ti dhva­sta­pra­jñā­nai­r ā­tma­vā­di­naḥ |­| 2­2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.226ya­t sva­kā­ryā­vi­nā­bhā­vi kā­ra­ṇaṃ kā­rya­m e­va ta­t | kā­ryaṃ tu kā­ra­ṇaṃ bhā­vī­ty e­ta­du­nma­tta­bhā­ṣi­ta­m |­| 2­2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.227pa­ra­spa­rā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­t ka­yā­ści­t | he­tu­ta­ttva­vya­va­sthai­va­m a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇā­j ja­naiḥ |­| 2­2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.228rā­tryā­di­dā­ya­kā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­nu­mā­pa­ka­m | pā­ṇi­ca­krā­di ta­tkā­ryaṃ ka­thaṃ vo bhā­vi­kā­ra­ṇa­m |­| 2­2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.229ta­tpa­rī­kṣa­ka­lo­kā­nāṃ pra­si­ddha­m a­nu­ma­nya­tā­m | kā­ra­ṇaṃ kā­rya­va­ddhe­tu­r a­vi­nā­bhā­va­saṃ­ga­ta­m |­| 2­2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 209,25e­vaṃ kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhiṃ kā­ra­ṇo­pa­la­bdhiṃ ca ni­ści­tya saṃ­pra­tya­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­la­bdhiṃ vi­bhi­dyo­dā­ha­ra­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.230kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­rmu­kta­va­stu­dṛ­ṣṭi­r vi­va­kṣya­te | ta­tsva­bhā­vo­pa­la­bdhi­ś ca­.­.­.­.­.­.­. ni­ści­tāḥ |­| 2­3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.231ka­thaṃ­ci­t sā­dhya­tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­mi­ta­sya yā | sva­bhā­va­syo­pa­la­bdhiḥ syā­t sā­vi­nā­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇā |­| 2­3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.232u­tpā­dā­di­tra­yā­krāṃ­taṃ sa­ma­staṃ sa­ttva­to ya­thā | gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vyaṃ dra­vya­tvā­d i­ti co­cya­te |­| 2­3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.233ya­thā­rtha­sya sva­bhā­vo­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ sa­vya­va­sā­ya­kaḥ | sta­syā­nu­mā­ne­na kiṃ tva­yā­nya­t pra­sā­dhya­te |­| 2­3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.234sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­da­s te­ne­ty a­pi na yu­kti­ma­t | ni­ści­te rthe sa­mā­ro­pā­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti ke­ca­na |­| 2­3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.235ta­da­sa­dva­stu­no ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­sya vi­ni­ści­te | sa­ttvā­dā­v a­pi sā­dhyā­tma­ni­śca­yā­n ni­ya­mā­n nṛ­ṇā­m |­| 2­3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.236ni­ści­tā­ni­ści­tā­tma­tvaṃ na cai­ka­sya vi­ru­dhya­te | ci­tra­tā­jñā­na­va­n nā­nā­sva­bhā­vai­kā­rtha­sā­dha­nā­t |­| 2­3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.237ta­ta e­va na pa­kṣa­sya pra­mā­ṇe­na vi­ro­dha­naṃ | nā­pi vṛ­tti­r vi­pa­kṣa­s te he­to­r e­kāṃ­ta­ta­ś cyu­teḥ |­| 2­3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.238u­tpā­da­vya­ya­ni­rmu­ktaṃ na va­stu kha­ra­śṛṃ­ga­va­t | nā­pi dhrau­vya­pa­ri­tya­ktaṃ tryā­tma­kaṃ svā­rtha­ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 2­3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.239sa­ha­bhā­vi gu­ṇā­tma­tvā­bhā­ve dra­vya­sya ta­ttva­taḥ | kra­mo­tpi­tsu sva­pa­ryā­yā­bhā­va­tve ca na ka­sya­ci­t |­| 2­3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.240nā­kra­me­ṇa kra­me­ṇā­pi kā­rya­kā­ri­tva­saṃ­ga­tiḥ | ta­da­bhā­ve ku­ta­s ta­sya dra­vya­tvaṃ vyo­ma­pu­ṣpa­va­t |­| 2­4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.241e­vaṃ he­tu­r a­yaṃ śa­ktaḥ sā­dhyaṃ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ dhru­vaṃ | sa­ttva­va­n ni­ya­mā­d e­va la­kṣa­ṇa­sya vi­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 2­4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 210,04ta­d i­ya­m a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­rū­pa­sya sā­dhya­sva­bhā­va­syo­pa­la­bdhi­r ni­ści­to­ktā | TAŚVA-ML 210,05sā­dhyā­d a­nya­syo­pa­la­bdhiṃ pu­na­r vi­bha­jya ni­ści­nva­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.242sā­dhyā­d a­nyo­pa­la­bdhi­s tu dvi­vi­dhā­py a­va­sī­ya­te | vi­ru­ddha­syā­vi­ru­ddha­sya dṛ­ṣṭe­s te­na vi­ka­lpa­nā­t |­| 2­4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 210,07sā­dhyā­d a­nya­sya hi te­na sā­dhye­na vi­ru­ddha­syo­pa­la­bdhi­r a­vi­ru­ddha­sya vā dvi­dhā ka­lpya­te sā ga­tyaṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­t | ta­tra­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.243pra­ti­ṣe­dhe vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r a­rtha­sya ta­d ya­thā | nā­sty e­va sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­to ne­kāṃ­ta­syo­pa­laṃ­bha­taḥ |­| 2­4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.244yā­va­t ka­ści­n ni­ṣe­dho tra sa sa­rvo nu­pa­laṃ­bha­vā­n | ya­t ta­d e­ṣa vi­ru­ddho­pa­laṃ­bho­s tv a­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m |­| 2­4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.245i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ ta­thā­bhū­ta­śru­te­r a­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­naṃ | ta­nmū­la­tvā­t ta­thā­bhā­ve pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­stu te |­| 2­4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.246ta­thai­vā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­na vi­ro­dhe sā­dhi­te kva­ci­t | syā­t sva­bhā­va­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­vṛ­tti­s ta­thai­va vā |­| 2­4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.247liṃ­ge pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ si­ddhe sā­dhya­dha­rmi­ṇi vā kva­ci­t | liṃ­gi­jñā­naṃ pra­va­rte­ta nā­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 2­4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.248gau­ṇa­ś ce­d vya­pa­de­śo yaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­sya pha­le­s tu naḥ | pra­dhā­na­bhā­va­ta­s ta­sya ta­trā­bhi­prā­ya­va­rta­nā­t |­| 2­4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 210,14sva­bhā­va­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhiṃ ni­ści­tyā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­tāṃ vyā­pya­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­m u­dā­ha­ra­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.249vyā­pa­kā­rtha­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r a­tra ni­ve­di­tā | ya­thā na sa­nni­ka­rṣā­diḥ pra­mā­ṇaṃ pa­ra­saṃ­ma­ta­m |­| 2­4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.250a­jñā­na­tvā­d a­ti­vyā­pte­r jñā­na­tve­na mi­te­r i­ha | vyā­pa­ka­vyā­pa­ka­dvi­ṣṭo­pa­la­bdhi­r ve­ya­m i­ṣya­te |­| 2­5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.251syā­t sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tve­na svā­rtha­jña­ptau pra­mā­ṇa­tā | vyā­ptā yā ca ta­da­vyā­ptaṃ jñā­nā­tma­tve­na sā­dhya­te |­| 2­5­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 210,18ya­dā pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ jñā­na­tve­na vyā­ptaṃ sā­dhya­te '­jñā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tve ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­dā ta­dvi­ru­ddha­syā­jñā­na­tva­syo- TAŚVA-ML 210,19pa­la­bdhi­r vyā­pa­ka­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r bo­dhyā na sa­nni­ka­rṣā­di­r a­ce­ta­naḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­jñā­na­tvā­d i­ti | ya­dā tu pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 210,20sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tve­na vyā­ptaṃ ta­d a­pi jñā­nā­tma­ka­tve­na vyā­ptaṃ sā­dhya­te sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a­jñā­nā­tma­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 210,21ca svā­rtha­pra­mi­tau sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­yo­gā­t | chi­di­kri­yā­dā­v e­vā­jñā­nā­tma­naḥ pa­ra­śvā­deḥ sā­dha­ka­ta­mo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­dā TAŚVA-ML 210,22vyā­pa­ka­vyā­pa­ka­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhiḥ sai­vo­dā­ha­rta­vyā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.252vyā­pa­ka­dvi­ṣṭha­kā­yo­pa­la­bdhiḥ kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhi­gā | śru­ti­prā­dhā­nya­taḥ si­ddhā pā­raṃ­pa­ryā­d vi­ru­ddha­va­t |­| 2­5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.253ya­thā nā­tmā vi­bhuḥ kā­ye ta­tsu­khā­dyu­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ | vi­bhu­tvaṃ sa­rva­bhū­tā­rtha­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tve­na va­stu­taḥ |­| 2­5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.254vyā­ptaṃ te­na vi­ro­dhī­daṃ kā­ya­saṃ­baṃ­dha­mā­tra­kaṃ | kā­ya e­va su­khā­dī­nāṃ ta­tkā­ryā­ṇāṃ vi­bo­dha­na­m |­| 2­5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.255na­nu pra­de­śa­vṛ­ttī­nāṃ te­ṣāṃ saṃ­vā­da­naṃ ka­thaṃ | śa­rī­ra­mā­tra­saṃ­baṃ­dha­m ā­tma­no bhā­va­ye­t sa­dā |­| 2­5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.256ya­to niḥ­śe­ṣa­mū­rtā­rtha­saṃ­baṃ­dha­vi­ni­va­rta­nā­t | vi­bhu­tvā­bhā­va­si­ddhiḥ syā­d i­ti ke­ci­t pra­ca­kṣya­te |­| 2­5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.257ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ ma­nī­ṣā­yāḥ sā­ka­lye­nā­tma­naḥ sthi­teḥ | ta­cchū­nya­syā­tma­tā­hā­ne­s tā­dā­tmya­sya pra­sā­dha­nā­t |­| 2­5­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 210,29ya­dy a­pi śi­ra­si me su­khaṃ pā­de me ve­da­ne­ti vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ pra­de­śa­vṛ­tti­tvaṃ su­khā­dī­nā­m a­nu­bhū­ya­te ta­da­nu­bha­va- TAŚVA-ML 210,30vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ca ta­thā­pi jñā­na­sā­mā­nya­sya sa­rvā­tma­dra­vya­vṛ­tti­tva­m e­va­, jñā­na­mā­tra­śū­nya­syā­tma­vi­ro­dhā­d a­ti­pra­sa­kte­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 210,31sā­dhi­taṃ u­pa­yo­gā­tma­si­ddhau | ta­to yu­kte­yaṃ vyā­pa­ka­vi­ru­ddha kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhiḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.258vi­ru­ddha­kā­rya­saṃ­si­ddhi­r nā­stye­kāṃ­te '­na­pe­kṣi­ṇya – | ne kāṃ­te rtha­kri­yā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r i­ty e­va­m a­va­ga­mya­te |­| 2­5­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 210,33ni­ra­pe­kṣai­kāṃ­te­na hy a­ne­kāṃ­to vi­ru­ddha­s ta­tkā­rya­m a­rtha­kri­yā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r ni­ṣe­dha­syā­bhā­vaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.259kā­ra­ṇā­rtha­vi­ru­ddhā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r jñā­ya­te ya­thā | nā­sti mi­thyā­ca­ri­traṃ me sa­mya­gvi­jñā­n a­ve­da­nā­t |­| 2­5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.260ta­d dhi mi­thyā­ca­ri­tra­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­ni­va­rta­ye­t | mi­thyā­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­tti­s tu ta­sya ta­dvi­ni­va­rti­kā |­| 2­6­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 211,02na­nu ca sa­mya­gvi­jñā­nā­n mi­thyā­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­tti­r na mi­thyā­cā­ri­tra­sya ni­vṛ­tti­kā prā­du­rbhū­ta­sa­mya­gjñā­na­syā­pi puṃ­so TAŚVA-ML 211,03'­cā­ri­tra­pra­si­ddheḥ pū­rva­sya lā­bhe bha­ja­nī­ya­m u­tta­ra­m i­ti va­ca­nā­d a­nya­thā ta­dvyā­ghā­tā­d i­ti ce­n na­, mi­thyā­cā­ri­tra­sya TAŚVA-ML 211,04mi­thyā­ga­mā­di­jñā­na­pū­rva­sya paṃ­cā­gni­sā­dha­nā­de­r ni­ṣe­dha­tvā­t | cā­ri­tra­mo­ho­da­ye sa­ti ni­vṛ­tti­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 211,05syā­cā­ri­tra­sya tu ni­ṣe­dhya­tvā­ni­ṣṭe­r mo­ho­da­ya­mā­trā­pe­kṣi­tva­sya tu dva­yo­r a­py a­cā­ri­tra­mi­thyā­cā­ri­tra­yo­r a­bhe­de­na va­ca­na- TAŚVA-ML 211,06m ā­ga­me vya­va­sthi­ti­vi­ru­ddha­m e­va mi­thyā­da­rśa­ne mi­thyā­cā­ri­tra­syāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­c ca mi­thyā­jñā­na­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.261kā­ra­ṇa­dvi­ṣṭha­kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhi­r yā­thā­tmya­vā­kkṛ­taḥ | ta­sya te­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­t pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 2­6­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 211,08nā­sti mi­thyā­cā­ri­tra­m a­sya yā­thā­tmya­vā­kkṛ­d i­ti kā­ra­ṇa­vi­ru­ddha­kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhiḥ | mi­thyā­cā­ri­tra­sya hi ni­ṣe- TAŚVA-ML 211,09dha­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ te­na vi­ru­ddhaṃ sa­mya­gjñā­na­sya kā­ryaṃ yā­thā­tmya­va­ca­naṃ ta­nni­rmā­ya su­vi­ve­ci­taṃ ni­ṣe­dhyā- TAŚVA-ML 211,10bhā­vaṃ sā­dha­ya­ty e­va vya­bhi­cā­rā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.262kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­ka­dvi­ṣṭo­pa­la­bdhi­r nā­sti ni­rvṛ­tiḥ | sāṃ­khyā­de­r jñā­na­mā­tro­pa­ga­mā­d i­ti ya­the­kṣya­te |­| 2­6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.263ni­rvṛ­teḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ vyā­ptaṃ dṛ­ṣṭyā­di­tri­ta­yā­tma­nā | ta­dvi­ru­ddhaṃ tu vi­jñā­na­mā­traṃ sāṃ­khyā­di­sa­mma­ta­m |­| 2­6­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 211,13na hī­yaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­ka­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r a­si­ddhā ni­ṣe­dhya­sya ni­rvā­ṇa­sya he­to­r vyā­pa­ka­sya sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­di­tra- TAŚVA-ML 211,14yā­tma­ka­tva­sya ni­śca­yā­t ta­dvi­ru­ddha­s tu jñā­na­mā­trā­tma­ka­tva­sya sāṃ­khyā­di­bhiḥ sva­yaṃ saṃ­ma­ta­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.264kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­ka­dvi­ṣṭha­kā­rya­dṛ­ṣṭi­s tu ta­dva­caḥ | sa­mya­gvi­ve­ci­taṃ sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vi pra­tī­ya­te |­| 2­6­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 211,16sāṃ­khyā­de­r nā­sti ni­rvā­ṇaṃ jñā­na­mā­tra­va­ca­na­śra­va­ṇā­d i­ti kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­ka­vi­ru­ddha­kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhiḥ pra­tye­yā su­vi­ve- TAŚVA-ML 211,17ci­ta­sya kā­rya­sya sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­va­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.265dra­ṣṭā sa­ha­ca­ra­dvi­ṣṭho­pa­la­bdhi­s ta­d ya­thā ma­yi | nā­sti ma­tyā­dya­vi­jñā­naṃ ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2­6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.266sa­ha­cā­ri­ni­ṣe­dhe­na mi­thyā­śra­ddhā­na­m ī­kṣi­ta­m | ta­n ni­haṃ­ty e­va ta­dghā­ti­ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­m aṃ­ja­sā |­| 2­6­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.267ta­da­bhā­ve ca ma­tyā­dya­vi­jñā­naṃ vi­ni­va­rta­te | ma­ti­jñā­nā­di­bhā­ve­na ta­dā­sya pa­ri­ṇā­ma­taḥ |­| 2­6­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 211,21sa­ha­ca­ra­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r a­pi hi ga­mi­kā pra­tī­ya­te i­ti pra­si­ddhā­sau | TAŚV-ML 1.13.268ta­thā sa­ha­ca­ra­dvi­ṣṭha­kā­rya­si­ddhi­r ni­ve­di­tā | pra­śa­mā­di­vi­ni­rṇī­te­s ta­n nā­smā­sv i­ti sā­dha­ne |­| 2­6­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.269ta­smi­n sa­ha­ca­ra­vyā­pi vi­ru­ddha­syo­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m | sa­dda­rśa­na­tva­ni­rṇī­te­r i­ti ta­jjñai­r u­dā­hṛ­ta­m |­| 2­6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.270ta­d e­ta­tsa­ha­ca­ra­vyā­pi dvi­ṣṭha­kā­ryo­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m | pra­mā­ṇā­di­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­na­si­ddhe­r i­ti ni­bu­dhya­tā­m |­| 2­7­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.271sa­ha­cā­ri­ni­mi­tte­na vi­ru­ddha­syo­pa­laṃ­bha­naṃ | ta­n nā­sty a­smā­su dṛ­gmo­haḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣo­pa­laṃ­bha­taḥ |­| 2­7­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 211,26ya­the­yaṃ sa­ha­ca­ra­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r nā­sti ma­yi ma­tyā­dya­jñā­naṃ ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­no­pa­la­bdhe­r i­ti ta­thā sa­ha­ca­ra­vi­ru­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 211,27kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhiḥ pra­śa­mā­di­ni­ści­te­r i­ti sa­ha­ca­ra­vyā­pa­ka­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhiḥ sa­dda­rśa­na­tva­ni­ści­te­r i­ti sa­ha­ca­ra- TAŚVA-ML 211,28vyā­pa­ka­vi­ru­ddha­kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhiḥ pra­mā­ṇā­di­vya­va­stho­pa­la­bdhe­r i­ti sa­ha­ca­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r da­rśa­na­mo­ha­pra­ti­pa­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 211,29pa­ri­ṇā­mo­pa­la­bdhe­r i­ti ni­bu­dhya­tāṃ ma­tyā­dya­jñā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­ni­ṣe­dhyā­bhā­vā­vi­nā­bhā­va­pra­tī­te­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.272i­ty e­vaṃ ta­dvi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­bhe­dāḥ pra­tī­ti­gāḥ | ya­thā­yo­ga­m u­dā­hā­ryāḥ sva­yaṃ ta­ttva­pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ |­| 2­7­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 211,31i­ty e­vaṃ ni­ṣi­ddhe vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­bhe­dā­ś ca­tu­rda­śo­dā­hṛ­tāḥ pra­tī­ti­m a­nu­sa­raṃ­ti kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­vo­pa­la­bdhi­r bhe­da- TAŚVA-ML 211,32tra­ya­va­t ta­to ya­thā­yo­ga­m a­nyā­ny u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­ni lo­ka­sa­ma­ya­pra­si­ddhā­ni pa­rī­kṣa­kai­r u­pa­da­rśa­nī­yā­ni pra­tī­ti­dā­rḍhyo­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 211,33saṃ­pra­ti sā­dhye­nā­vi­ru­ddha­syā­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇe­nā­rtha­syo­pa­la­bdhi­bhe­dā­n vi­bha­jya pra­da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.273sā­dhyā­rthe­na vi­ru­ddha­sya kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­di­naḥ | u­pa­la­bdhi­s tri­dhā­mnā­tā prā­ksa­ho­tta­ra­cā­ri­ṇaḥ |­| 2­7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.274ta­tra pū­rva­ca­ra­syo­pa­la­bdhiḥ si­ddhāṃ­ta­ve­di­nā­m | ya­tho­de­ṣya­ti na­kṣa­traṃ śa­ka­ṭaṃ kṛ­tti­ko­da­yā­t |­| 2­7­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.275pū­rva­cā­ri­ta­niḥ­śe­ṣaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ ni­ya­mā­d a­pi | kā­ryā­tma­lā­bha­he­tū­nāṃ kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2­7­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.276na ro­hi­ṇyu­da­ya­s tu syā­d a­mu­ṣmi­n kṛ­tti­ko­da­yā­t | ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­dhi­tvā­bhā­vā­t kā­lāṃ­ta­re­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 2­7­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.277vi­śi­ṣṭa­kā­la­m ā­sā­dya kṛ­tti­kāḥ ku­rva­te ya­di | śa­ka­ṭaṃ bha­ra­ṇiḥ kiṃ na ta­t ka­ro­ti ta­thai­va ca |­| 2­7­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.278vya­va­dhā­nā­d a­he­tu­tve ta­syā­s ta­tra kva vā­sa­nā | smṛ­ti­he­tu­r vi­bhā­vye­ta ta­tta e­ve­ty a­va­rti­na­m |­| 2­7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.279kā­ra­ṇaṃ bha­ra­ṇi­s ta­tra kṛ­tti­kā­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇī | ya­di kā­lāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣā ta­thā syā­d a­śvi­nī na ki­m |­| 2­7­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.280pi­tā­ma­haḥ pi­tā kiṃ na ta­thai­va pra­pi­tā­ma­haḥ | sa­rvo vā­nā­di­saṃ­tā­naḥ sū­noḥ pū­rva­tva­yo­ga­taḥ |­| 2­8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.281sva­rū­pa­lā­bha­he­to­ś ce­t pi­tṛ­tvaṃ ne­ta­ra­sya tu | prā­k śa­ka­ṭa­sya mā bhū­va­n kṛ­tti­kā­he­ta­va­s ta­thā |­| 2­8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.282pū­rva­pū­rva­ca­rā­dī­nā­m u­pa­la­bdhiḥ pra­da­rśi­tā | pū­rvā­cā­ryo­pa­laṃ­bhe­na ta­to nā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ma­ta­m |­| 2­8­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.283sa­ha­cā­ryu­pa­la­bdhiḥ syā­t kā­ya­ścai­ta­nya­vā­n a­ya­m | vi­śi­ṣṭa­spa­rśa­saṃ­si­ddhe­r i­ti kai­ści­d u­dā­hṛ­ta­m |­| 2­8­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.284kā­rya he­tu­r a­yaṃ sve­ṣṭaḥ sa­mā­na­sa­ma­ya­tva­taḥ | svā­taṃ­trye­ṇa vya­va­sthā­nā­d vā­ma­da­kṣi­ṇa­śṛṃ­ga­va­t |­| 2­8­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.285e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tvā­t ta­yoḥ syā­t sa­ha­bhā­vi­tā | kvā­nya­thā ni­ya­ma­s ta­syā­s ta­to nye­ṣā­m i­tī­ti ce­t |­| 2­8­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.286nai­ka­dra­vyā­tma­ta­ttve­na vi­nā ta­syā vi­ro­dha­taḥ | sā­ma­grye­kā hi ta­ddra­vyaṃ ra­sa­rū­pā­di­ṣu sphu­ṭa­m |­| 2­8­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.287na ca ta­syā­nu­mā­sā­dya­mā­nā­d ra­sa­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | sa­mā­na­sa­ma­ya­syai­va rū­pā­de­r a­nu­mā­na­taḥ |­| 2­8­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.288kā­rye­ṇa kā­ra­ṇa­syā­nu­mā­naṃ ye­ne­da­m u­cya­te | kā­ra­ṇe­nā­pi rū­pā­de­s ta­to dra­vye­ṇa nā­nu­mā |­| 2­8­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.289sa­mā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ tu sā­ma­grye­kā ya­dī­ṣya­te | pa­yo­ra­sā­t sa­ro­ja­nma­rū­pa­syā­nu­mi­ti­r na ki­m |­| 2­8­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.290ya­thai­va hi pa­yo­parū­pā­d ra­sa­sa­hā­ya­kā­t | ta­thā sa­ro­dbha­ve pī­ti syā­t sa­mā­na­ni­mi­tta­tā |­| 2­9­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.291pra­tyā­sa­tte­r a­bhā­vā­c ce­t sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tā­na­yoḥ | na­ṣṭai­ka­dra­vya­tā­dā­tmyā­t pra­tyā­sa­ttiḥ pa­rā ca sā |­| 2­9­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.292na­nv a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­tā­nā­m a­he­tu­pha­la­nā­śri­tā­m | sa­ha­cā­ri­tva­m a­rthā­nāṃ ku­to ni­ya­ta­m ī­kṣya­se |­| 2­9­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.293kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­s te ka­smā­d i­ti sa­maṃ na ki­m | ta­thā saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t tu­lyaṃ sa­mā­dhā­na­m a­pī­dṛ­śaṃ |­| 2­9­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.294sva­kā­ra­ṇā­t ta­thā­gni­ś ce­j jā­to dhū­ma­sya kā­ra­kaḥ | cai­ta­nya­sa­ha­kā­rya­s tu spa­rśo ṃ­ge ta­da­dṛ­ṣṭa­taḥ |­| 2­9­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.295dṛ­ṣṭā­d dhe­to­r vi­nā ye rthā ni­ya­mā­t sa­ha­cā­ri­ṇaḥ | a­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­ra­ṇaṃ te­ṣāṃ kiṃ­ci­d i­ty a­nu­mī­ya­te |­| 2­9­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.296dra­vya­to '­nā­di­rū­pā­ṇāṃ sva­bhā­vo stu na tā­dṛ­śaḥ | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tai­vai­ṣāṃ ta­tkṛ­tā­nyo­nya­m i­ty a­sa­t |­| 2­9­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.297ye cā­rvā­kpa­ra­bhā­gā­dyā ni­ya­me­na pa­ra­spa­rāḥ | sa­ha­bhā­va­m i­tā­s te­ṣāṃ he­tu­r e­te­na va­rṇi­taḥ |­| 2­9­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.298ta­to tī­tai­ka­kā­lā­nāṃ ga­tiḥ kiṃ­kā­rya­liṃ­ga­jā | ni­ya­mā­d a­nya­thā dṛ­ṣṭiḥ sa­ha­cā­ryā­d a­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2­9­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.299ta­tho­tta­ra­ca­ra­syo­pa­la­bdhi­s ta­jjñai­r u­dā­hṛ­tā | u­da­gā­dbha­ra­ṇi­rā­gne­ya­da­rśa­nā­n na­bha­sī­ti sā |­| 2­9­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.300sa­rva­m u­tta­ra­cā­rī­ha kā­rya­m i­ty a­ni­rā­kṛ­teḥ | nā­nā prā­ṇi­ga­ṇā­dṛ­ṣṭā­t sā­te­ta­ra­pha­lā­d vi­nā |­| 3­0­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.301pū­rvo­tta­ra­ca­rā­ṇi syu­r bhā­ni kra­ma­bhu­vaḥ sa­dā | nā­nyo­nyaṃ he­tu­tā te­ṣāṃ kā­ryā­bā­dhā ta­to ma­tā |­| 3­0­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.301efsā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tā na syā­d a­vi­nā­bhā­va­yo­ga­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 212,30ta­d e­vaṃ sa­ha­ca­ro­pa­la­bdhyā­dī­nāṃ kā­rya­sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­bhyo nya­tva­bhā­jāṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t ta­to nye | he­tvā­bhā­sā TAŚVA-ML 212,31e­ve­ti na va­kta­vyaṃ sau­ga­tai­r i­ty u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.302pa­kṣa­dha­rma­s ta­daṃ­śe­na vyā­pto he­tu­s tri­dhai­va saḥ | a­vi­nā­bhā­va­ni­ya­mā­d i­ti vā­cyaṃ na dhī­ma­tā |­| 3­0­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.303pa­kṣa­dha­rmā­tya­ye yu­ktāḥ sa­ha­cā­ryā­da­yo ya­taḥ | sa­tyaṃ ca he­ta­vo nā­to he­tvā­bhā­sā­s ta­thā­pa­re |­| 3­0­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.304tri­dhai­va vā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­ni­ya­mā­d dhe­tu­r ā­sthi­taḥ | kā­ryā­di­r nā­nya i­ty e­ṣā vyā­khyai­te­na ni­rā­kṛ­tā |­| 3­0­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 212,35ta­d e­vaṃ ka­sya­ci­d a­rtha­sya vi­dhau pra­ti­ṣe­dho­pa­la­bdhi­bhe­dā­na­bhi­dhā­ya saṃ­pra­ti ni­ṣe­dhe nu­pa­la­bdhi­pra­paṃ­caṃ ni­ści­nva­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.305ni­ṣe­dhe nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ syā­t pha­la­he­tu­dva­yā­tma­nā | he­tu­sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­va­ni­ya­ma­sya vi­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 3­0­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 213,02ni­ṣe­dhe nu­pa­la­bdhi­r e­ve­ti nā­va­dhā­ra­ṇī­yaṃ vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhyā­de­r a­pi ta­tra pra­vṛ­ttiḥ ni­ṣe­dha e­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r i­ty a­va- TAŚVA-ML 213,03dhā­ra­ṇe tu na do­ṣaḥ pra­dhā­ne­na vi­dhau ta­da­pra­vṛ­tteḥ | sā ca kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­nu­bha­yā­tma­nā­m a­va­bo­ddha­vyā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.306ta­tra kā­ryā­pra­si­ddhiḥ syā­n nā­sti ci­n mṛ­ta­vi­gra­he | vā­kkri­yā­kā­ra­bhe­dā­nā­m a­si­ddhe­r i­ti ni­ści­tā |­| 3­0­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 213,05na­nu vā­gā­di­ṣv a­pra­ti­ba­ddha­sā­ma­rthyā­yā e­va ci­to nā­sti­tvaṃ va­ca­nā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ si­ddhye­n na tu pra­ti­ba­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 213,06sā­ma­rthyā­yā vi­dya­mā­nā­yā a­pi vā­gā­di­kā­rye vyā­pā­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­n nā­va­śyaṃ kā­ra­ṇā­ni kā­ryaṃ ci­ti bha­vaṃ­ti pra­ti­baṃ­dha- TAŚVA-ML 213,07vai­ka­lya­saṃ­bha­ve ka­sya­ci­t kā­ra­ṇa­sya sva­kā­ryā­ka­ra­ṇa­da­rśa­nā­t ta­to ne­yaṃ kā­ryā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r ga­mi­kā ci­nmā­trā­bhā­va­si­ddhā- TAŚVA-ML 213,08v i­ti ka­ści­t | ta­thā­pi saṃ­baṃ­dha­kā­ryā­bhā­vā­t ka­thaṃ ni­tyā­tmā­dya­bhā­va­si­ddhi­r i­ta sva­ma­ta­vyā­ha­ti­r u­ktā | ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 213,09sva­saṃ­tā­ne saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ va­rta­mā­na­kṣa­ṇe kṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­raṃ saṃ­vi­da­dva­ye ve­dyā­kā­ra­bhe­daṃ vā ta­tkā­ryā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­sa­tve­na sā­dha­ya- TAŚVA-ML 213,10tkā­ryā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­sā­ma­rthyā­ni­śca­yā­d ga­ma­ka­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­tu­m a­rha­ty e­va | sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­s tu tā­dṛ­śe ni­ṣṭe TAŚVA-ML 213,11pra­kṛ­ta­kā­ryā­nu­pa­la­bdhau pu­na­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­sā­ma­rthya­ni­śca­yo lo­ka­sya sva­ta e­vā­tyaṃ­tā­bhyā­sā­t tā­dṛ­śaṃ lo­ko TAŚVA-ML 213,12vi­ve­ca­ya­tī­ti pra­si­ddhe­s ta­taḥ sā­dhī­ya­sī kā­ryā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.307kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­s tu nā­rthi­tā­ca­ra­ṇaṃ śu­bha­m | sa­mya­gbo­dho­pa­laṃ­bha­syā­bhā­vā­d i­ti vi­bhā­vya­te |­| 3­0­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 213,14sa­mya­gbo­dho hi kā­ra­ṇaṃ sa­mya­k TAŚVA-ML 213,15jā­ta­sya vi­bhra­ma­syā­nya­thā vi­cche­dā­yo­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.308a­he­tu­pha­la­rū­pa­sya va­stu­no nu­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m | dve­dhā ni­ṣe­dhya tā­dā­tmye­ta­ra­syā­dṛ­ṣṭi­ka­lpa­nā­t |­| 3­0­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.309ta­trā­bhi­nnā­tma­noḥ si­ddhi­r dvi­vi­dhā saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­ś ca vyā­pa­kā­dṛ­ṣṭi­r e­va ca |­| 3­0­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.310ā­dyā ya­thā na me duḥ­khaṃ vi­pā­dā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­taḥ | vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­s tu vṛ­kṣā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r na śiṃ­śa­pā |­| 3­1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.311kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhi­nna­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r na bu­dhya­tā­m | sa­ha­cā­ri­ṇa e­vā­tra pra­ti­ṣe­dhe­na va­stu­nā |­| 3­1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.312ma­yi nā­sti ma­ti­jñā­naṃ sa­ddṛ­ṣṭya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ | rū­pā­da­yo na jī­vā­dau spa­rśā­si­ddhe­r i­tī­ya­tā­m |­| 3­1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 213,21sai­va­m a­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ paṃ­ca­vi­dho­ktā śru­ti­prā­dhā­nyā­t | na­nu kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­la­bdha­yo pi śrū­ya­mā­ṇāḥ saṃ­ti | TAŚVA-ML 213,22sa­tyaṃ | tā­s tv a­trai­vāṃ­ta­rbhā­va­m u­pa­yāṃ­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.313kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­ka­dṛ­ṣṭi­pra­mu­khā­ś cā­sya dṛ­ṣṭa­yaḥ | ta­trāṃ­ta­rbhā­va­m ā­yāṃ­ti pā­raṃ­pa­ryā­d a­ne­ka­dhā |­| 3­1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 213,24kāḥ pu­na­s tā i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.314prā­ṇā­da­yo na saṃ­ty e­va bha­smā­di­ṣu ka­dā­ca­na | jī­va­tvā­si­ddhi­to he­tu­vyā­pa­kā­dṛ­ṣṭi­r ī­dṛ­śī |­| 3­1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.315kva­ci­d ā­tma­ni saṃ­sā­ra­pra­sū­ti­r nā­sti kā­rtsnya­taḥ | sa­rva­ka­rmo­da­yā­bhā­vā­d i­ti vā sa­mu­dā­hṛ­tā |­| 3­1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.316ta­ddhe­tu­he­tva­dṛ­ṣṭiḥ syā­n mi­thyā­tvā­dya­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | ta­nni­vṛ­ttau hi ta­ddhe­tu­ka­rmā­bhā­vā­t kva saṃ­sṛ­tiḥ |­| 3­1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.317ta­tkā­rya­vyā­pa­kā­si­ddhi­r ya­thā nā­sti ni­ra­nva­yaṃ | ta­ttvaṃ kra­mā­kra­mā­bhā­vā­d a­nva­yai­kāṃ­ta­ta­ttva­va­t |­| 3­1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.318ta­tkā­rya­vyā­pa­ka­syā­pi pa­dā­rthā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­naṃ | pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­vā­d i­ti vi­bhā­vya­tā­m |­| 3­1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.319kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­kā dṛ­ṣṭiḥ sāṃ­khyā­de­r nā­sti ni­rvṛ­tiḥ | sa­ddṛ­ṣṭyā­di­tra­yā­si­ddhe­r i­yaṃ pu­na­r u­dā­hṛ­tā |­| 3­1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.320kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­kā vyā­ptiḥ sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­naṃ | ta­trai­va pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syā­si­ddhe­r i­ti ya­tho­cya­te |­| 3­2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.321pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­vṛ­ttau hi ta­d vyā­ptaṃ vi­ni­va­rta­te | sa­ddṛ­ṣṭyā­di­tra­yaṃ mā­rgaṃ vyā­pa­kaṃ pū­rva­va­tpa­ra­m |­| 3­2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.322sa­ha­cā­ri­pha­lā dṛ­ṣṭi­r ma­tya­jñā­nā­di nā­sti me | nā­sti­kyā­dhya­va­sā­nā­de­r a­bhā­vā­d i­ti da­rśi­tā |­| 3­2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.323nā­sti­kya­pa­ri­ṇā­mo hi pha­laṃ mi­thyā­dṛ­śaḥ sphu­ṭa­m | sa­ha­cā­ri­ta­yā ma­tya­jñā­nā­di­va­dvi­pa­ści­tā­m |­| 3­2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.324sa­ha­cā­ri­ni­mi­tta­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r u­dā­hṛ­tā | dṛ­ṣṭi­mo­ho­da­yā­si­ddhe­r i­ti vya­ktaṃ ta­thai­va hi |­| 3­2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.325sa­ha­bhū­vyā­pa­kā dṛ­ṣṭi­r nā­sti ve­da­ka­da­rśa­naiḥ | sa­ha­bhā­vi ma­ti­jñā­naṃ ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 3­2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.326sa­ha­bhū­vyā­pi he­tvā­dya­dṛ­ṣṭa­yo py a­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | pra­tye­ta­vyāḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na lo­ka­śā­stra­ni­da­rśa­naiḥ |­| 3­2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 214,04sa­ha­ca­ra­vyā­pa­ka­kā­ryā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r ya­thā nā­sty a­bha­vye sa­mya­gvi­jñā­naṃ da­rśa­na­mo­ho­pa­śa­mā­dya­bhā­vā­t | sa­ha­ca­ra- TAŚVA-ML 214,05vyā­pa­ka­kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r ya­thā ta­trai­vā­dhaḥ­pra­vṛ­ttā­di­ka­ra­ṇa­kā­la­la­bdhyā­dya­bhā­vā­t | sa­ha­ca­ra­vyā­pa­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­kā- TAŚVA-ML 214,06nu­pa­la­bdhi­s ta­trai­va da­rśa­na­mo­ho­pa­śa­mā­di­tvā­bhā­vā­d i­ti sa­ma­ya­pra­si­ddhā­ny u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­ni | lo­ka­pra­si­ddhā­ni pu­na­r nā­śva­sya TAŚVA-ML 214,07da­kṣi­ṇaṃ ś­ṃ­ṛ­gaṃ śṛṃ­gā­raṃ­bha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ti sa­ha­ca­ra­vyā­pa­ka­kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ | da­kṣi­ṇa­śṛṃ­ga­sa­ha­cā­ri­ṇo hi vā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 214,08śṛṃ­ga­sya vyā­pa­kaṃ śṛṃ­ga­mā­traṃ ta­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­dā­raṃ­bha­kāḥ pu­dga­la­vi­śe­ṣāḥ ta­da­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r da­kṣi­ṇa­śṛṃ­ga­syā­bhā­vaṃ sā­dha­ya- TAŚVA-ML 214,09ty e­va | sa­ha­ca­ra­vyā­pa­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­s ta­trai­va śṛṃ­gā­raṃ­bha­ka­pu­dga­la­sā­mā­nyā­bhā­vā­d i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyā­ni |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.327u­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­bhyā­m i­ty e­vaṃ sa­rva­he­ta­vaḥ | saṃ­gṛ­hyaṃ­te na kā­ryā­di­tri­ta­ye­na ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 3­2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.328nā­pi pū­rva­va­dā­dī­nāṃ tri­ta­yo na ni­ṣe­dha­ne | sā­dhye ta­syā­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­d dvi­dhā cai­va pra­yu­kti­taḥ |­| 3­2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 214,12na­nu ca kā­rya­sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­bhiḥ sa­rva­he­tū­nāṃ saṃ­gra­ho mā bhū­t sa­ha­ca­rā­dī­nāṃ ta­trāṃ­ta­rbhā­va­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 214,13pū­rva­va­dā­di­bhi­s tu bha­va­ty e­vaṃ vi­dhau ni­ṣe­dhe ca pū­rva­va­taḥ pa­ri­śe­ṣā­nu­mā­na­sya sā­mā­nya­to dṛ­ṣṭa­sya ca pra­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 214,14vi­ro­dhā­t sa­ha­ca­rā­dī­nā­m a­pi ta­trāṃ­ta­rbhā­va­yi­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t | te hi pū­rva­va­dā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­ga­m a­na­ti­krā­maṃ­to na ta­to TAŚVA-ML 214,15bhi­dyaṃ­ta i­ti ka­ści­t | so pi ya­di pū­rva­va­dā­dī­nāṃ sā­dhyā­vi­ru­ddhā­nā­m u­pa­la­bdhiṃ vi­dhau pra­yuṃ­jī­ta ni­ṣe­dhyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 214,16vi­ru­ddhā­nāṃ ca pra­ti­ṣe­dhe ni­ṣe­dhya­sva­bhā­va­kā­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ tv a­nu­pa­la­bdhiṃ ta­dā ka­tha­m u­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­bhyāṃ sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 214,17he­tu­saṃ­gra­haṃ ne­cche­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.329pū­rva­va­tkā­ra­ṇā­t kā­rye nu­mā­na­m a­nu­ma­nya­te | śe­ṣa­va­tkā­ra­ṇe kā­ryā­d vi­jñā­naṃ ni­ya­ta­sthi­teḥ |­| 3­2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.330kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­rmu­ktā­d a­rthā­t sā­dhye ta­thā­vi­dhe | bha­ve­t sā­mā­nya­to dṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ti vyā­khyā­na­saṃ­bha­ve |­| 3­3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.331vi­dhau ta­du­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ syu­r ni­ṣe­dhe nu­pa­la­bdha­yaḥ | ta­ta­ś ca ṣa­ḍvi­dho he­tuḥ saṃ­kṣe­pā­t ke­na vā­rya­te |­| 3­3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 214,21a­tra ni­ṣe­dhe nu­pa­la­bdha­ya e­ve­ti nā­va­dhā­rya­te sva­bhā­va­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhyā­dī­nā­m a­pi ta­tra vyā­pā­rā­t ta­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 214,22vi­dhā­v e­vo­pa­la­bdha­ya i­ti nā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ śre­ya i­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ | e­te­na prā­gvyā­khyā­ne pi pū­rva­va­dā­dī­nā­m u­pa­la­bdha­ya­s ti- TAŚVA-ML 214,23sro nu­pa­la­bdha­ya­ś ce­ti saṃ­kṣe­pā­t ṣa­ḍvi­dho he­tu­r a­ni­vā­rya­ta i­ti ni­ve­di­taṃ | a­ti­saṃ­kṣe­pā­d vi­śe­ṣa­to dvi­vi­dha u­cya­te TAŚVA-ML 214,24sā­mā­nyā­d e­ka e­vā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­ni­ya­ma­la­kṣa­ṇo rtha i­ti na kiṃ­ci­d vi­ru­ddha­m u­tpa­śyā­maḥ |­| ṣa­ḍvi­dho he­tuḥ ku­to na TAŚVA-ML 214,25ni­vā­rya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.332ke­va­lā­nva­ya­saṃ­yo­gī vī­ta­bhū­tā­di­bhe­da­taḥ | vi­ni­rṇī­tā­vi­nā­bhā­va­he­tu­nā­m a­tra saṃ­gra­hā­t |­| 3­3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 214,27na hi ke­va­lā­nva­yi­ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kya­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇaḥ saṃ­yo­gi­sa­ma­vā­yi­vi­ro­dhi­no vā vī­tā­vī­ta­ta- TAŚVA-ML 214,28du­bha­ya­sva­bhā­vā vā bhū­tā­da­yo vā kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­nu­bha­vo­pa­laṃ­bha­nā­ti­kra­maṃ ni­ya­tā ni­ya­ta­he­tu­bhyo nye bha­ve­yu­r a­vi­nā- TAŚVA-ML 214,29bhā­va­ni­ya­ma­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gi­nāṃ te­ṣāṃ ta­trai­vāṃ­ta­rbha­va­nā­d i­ti pra­kṛ­ta­m u­pa­saṃ­ha­ra­nn ā­ha |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.333a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttye­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sā­dha­naṃ ta­taḥ | sū­ktaṃ sā­dhyaṃ vi­nā sa­dbhiḥ śa­kya­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ |­| 3­3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 214,31e­vaṃ hi yai­r u­ktaṃ "­sā­dhyaṃ śa­kya­m a­bhi­pre­ta­m a­pra­si­ddhaṃ ta­to pa­raṃ | sā­dhyā­bhā­saṃ vi­ru­ddhā­di­sā­dha­nā­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­taḥ |­| " TAŚVA-ML 214,32i­ti taiḥ sū­kta­m e­va­, a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttye­ka­la­kṣa­ṇa­sā­dha­na­vi­ṣa­ya­sya sā­dhya­tva­pra­tī­te­s ta­da­vi­ṣa­ya­sya pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ru­ddha­sya TAŚVA-ML 214,33pra­si­ddha­syā­na­bhi­pre­ta­sya vā sā­dha­yi­tu­m a­śa­kya­sya sā­dhyā­bhā­sa­tva­ni­rṇa­yā­t | ta­tra hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.334śa­kyaṃ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ sā­dhya­m i­ty a­ne­na ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ | pra­tya­kṣā­di­pra­mā­ṇe­na pa­kṣa i­ty e­ta­dā­sthi­ta­m |­| 3­3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.335te­nā­nu­ṣṇo gni­r i­ty e­ṣa pa­kṣaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhi­taḥ | dhū­mo na­gni­ja e­vā­ya­m i­ti laiṃ­gi­ka­bā­dhi­taḥ |­| 3­3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.336pre­tyā­su­kha­pra­do dha­rma i­ty ā­ga­ma­ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ | nṛ­ka­pā­laṃ śu­cī­ti syā­l lo­ka­rū­ḍhi­pra­bā­dhi­taḥ |­| 3­3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.337pa­kṣā­bhā­saḥ sva­vā­gvā­dhyaḥ sa­dā mau­na­vra­tī­ti yaḥ | sa sa­rvo pi pra­yo­kta­vyo nai­va ta­ttva­pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ |­| 3­3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.338śa­bda­kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yai­kāṃ­taḥ sa­ttvā­d i­ty a­tra ke­ca­na | dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­bhā­va­to śa­kyaḥ pa­kṣa i­ty a­bhya­maṃ­sa­ta |­| 3­3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.339te­ṣāṃ sa­rva­m a­ne­kāṃ­ta­m i­ti pa­kṣo vi­ru­dhya­te | ta­ta e­vo­bha­yoḥ si­ddho dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to na hi ku­tra­ci­t |­| 3­3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.340pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tve­na sā­dhyā­bhā­sa­tva­bhā­ṣa­ṇe | sa­rva­s ta­the­ṣṭa e­ve­ha sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­saṃ­ga­raḥ |­| 3­4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.341ta­thā sā­dhya­m a­bhi­pre­ta­m i­ty a­ne­na ni­vā­rya­te | a­nu­kta­sya sva­yaṃ sā­dhyā­bhā­vā­bhā­vaḥ pa­ro­di­taḥ |­| 3­4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.342ya­thā hy u­kto bha­ve­t pa­kṣa­s ta­thā­nu­kto '­pi vā­di­taḥ | pra­stā­vā­di­ba­lā­t si­ddhaḥ sā­ma­rthyā­d u­kta e­va ce­t |­| 3­4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.343svā­ga­mo­kto '­pi kiṃ na syā­d e­va pa­kṣaḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | ta­thā­nu­kto '­pi co­kto vā sā­dhyaḥ sve­ṣṭo '­stu tā­ttvi­kaḥ |­| 3­4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.344nā­ni­ṣṭo '­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­sya pa­ri­ha­rtu­m a­śa­kti­taḥ | na­nu ne­ccha­ti vā­dī­ha sā­dhyaṃ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ sva­ya­m |­| 3­4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.345pra­si­ddha­syā­nya­saṃ­vi­tti­kā­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣya­va­rta­nā­t | pra­ti­vā­dy a­pi ta­syai­ta­nni­rā­kṛ­ti­pa­ra­tva­taḥ |­| 3­4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.346sa­tyā no­bha­ya­si­ddhā­nta­ve­di­naḥ pa­kṣa­pā­ti­naḥ | i­ty a­yu­kta­m a­va­kta­vya­m a­bhi­pre­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m |­| 3­4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.347ji­jñā­si­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­tva­m i­vā­nye saṃ­pra­ca­kṣa­te | ta­da­sa­dvā­di­ne­ṣṭa­sya sā­dhya­tvā­pra­ti­ghā­ti­taḥ |­| 3­4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.348svā­rthā­nu­mā­su pa­kṣa­sya ta­nni­śca­ya­vi­ve­ka­taḥ | pa­rā­rthe­ṣv a­nu­mā­ne­ṣu pa­ro bo­dha­yi­tuṃ sva­ya­m |­| 3­4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.349kiṃ ne­ṣṭa­sye­ha sā­dhya­tvaṃ vi­śe­ṣā­na­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ | i­ṣṭaḥ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ sā­dhyaḥ sva­pa­ra­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye |­| 3­4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.350i­ti vyā­khyā­na­to yu­kta­m a­bhi­pre­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | a­pra­si­ddhaṃ ta­thā sā­dhya­m i­ty a­ne­nā­bhi­dhī­ya­te |­| 3­5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.351ta­syā­re­kā vi­pa­ryā­sā vyu­tpa­tti­vi­ṣa­yā­tma­tā | ta­sya ta­dvya­va­cche­da­tvā­tsi­ddhi­r a­rtha­sya ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 3­5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.352ta­to na yu­jya­te va­ktuṃ vya­sto he­to­r a­pā­śra­yaḥ | saṃ­śa­yo hy a­nu­mā­ne­na ya­thā vi­cchi­dya­te ta­thā |­| 3­5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.353a­vyu­tpa­tti­vi­pa­ryā­sā­v a­nya­thā ni­rṇa­yaḥ ka­thaṃ | a­vyu­tpa­nna­vi­pa­rya­stau nā­cā­rya­m u­pa­sa­rpa­taḥ |­| 3­5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.354kau­ce­d e­va ya­thā ta­dva­tsaṃ­śa­yā­tmā­pi ka­ś ca naḥ | nā­va­śyaṃ ni­rṇa­yā­kāṃ­kṣā saṃ­di­gdha­syā­py a­na­rthi­naḥ |­| 3­5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.355saṃ­de­ha­mā­tra­kā­sthā­nā­t svā­rtha­si­ddhau pra­va­rta­nā­t | ya­thā­pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya saṃ­di­gdha­sya pra­va­rta­na­m |­| 3­5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.356vi­dhī­ya­te nu­mā­ne­na ta­thā kiṃ na ni­ṣi­dhya­te | a­vyu­tpa­nna­vi­pa­rya­s ta­ma­na­so py a­pra­va­rta­na­m |­| 3­5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.357pa­rā­nu­gra­ha­vṛ­ttī­nā­m u­pe­kṣā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | a­vi­ne­yi­ṣu mā­dhya­sthyaṃ na cai­vaṃ pra­ti­ha­nya­te |­| 3­5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.358rā­ga­dve­ṣa­vi­hī­na­tvaṃ ni­rgu­ṇe­ṣu hi te­ṣu naḥ | sva­yaṃ mā­dhya­sthya­m ā­laṃ­bya gu­ṇa­do­ṣo­pa­de­śa­nā |­| 3­5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.359kā­ryā te­bhyo pi dhī­ma­dbhi­s ta­dvi­ne­ya­tva­si­ddha­ye | a­vyu­tpa­nna­vi­pa­rya­stā pra­ti­pā­dya­tva­ni­śca­ye |­| 3­5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.360pra­ti­pā­dyaḥ ka­thaṃ nā­ma du­ṣṭo­jñaḥ sva­su­to ja­naiḥ | lau­ki­ka­syā­pra­bo­dhya­tve ka­tha­m a­stu pa­rī­kṣa­kaḥ |­| 3­6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.361pra­bo­dhya­s ta­sya ya­tne­na kra­ma­ta­s ta­ttva­saṃ­bha­vā­t | pra­ti­pā­dya­s ta­ta­s tre­dhā pa­kṣa­s ta­tpra­ti­pa­tta­ye |­| 3­6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.362saṃ­di­gdhā­diḥ pra­yo­kta­vyo '­pra­si­ddha i­ti kī­rta­nā­t | su­pra­si­ddha­ś ca vi­kṣi­ptaḥ pa­kṣo '­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­tva­taḥ |­| 3­6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.363ta­tra pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya sā­dha­na­sya sva­rū­pa­va­t | sa­mā­ro­pe tu pa­kṣa­tvaṃ sā­dha­ne pi na vā­rya­te |­| 3­6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.364sva­ru­pe­ṇai­va ni­rdi­śya­s ta­thā sa­ti bha­va­ty a­sau | ji­jñā­si­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­s tu dha­rmī yaiḥ pa­kṣa i­ṣya­te |­| 3­6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.365te­ṣāṃ saṃ­ti pra­mā­ṇā­ni sve­ṣṭa­sā­dha­na­taḥ ka­thaṃ | dha­rmi­ṇy a­si­ddha­rū­pe pi he­tu­r ga­ma­ka i­ṣya­te |­| 3­6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.366a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ si­ddhaṃ sa­dbhi­r a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ | dha­rmi­saṃ­tā­na­sā­dhyā­ś ce­t sa­rve bhā­vāḥ kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yāḥ |­| 3­6­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.367i­ti pa­kṣo na yu­jye­ta he­to­s ta­ddha­rma­tā­pi ca | pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pra­si­ddha­tvā­d dha­rmi­ṇā­m i­ha kā­rtsnya­taḥ |­| 3­6­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.368a­nu­mā­ne­na ta­tsi­ddhau dha­rmi­sa­ttā­pra­sā­dha­naṃ | pa­ra­pra­si­ddhi­ta­s te­ṣāṃ dha­rmi­tvaṃ he­tu­dha­rma­va­t |­| 3­6­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.369dhru­vaṃ te­ṣāṃ sva­taṃ­tra­sya sā­dha­na­sya ni­ṣe­dha­kaṃ | pra­saṃ­ga­sā­dha­naṃ ve­cche­t ta­tra dha­rmi­gra­haḥ ku­taḥ |­| 3­6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.370i­ti dha­rmi­sa­ṇya­si­ddhe pi sā­dha­naṃ ma­ta­m e­va ca | vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­ve hi si­ddhe sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­yoḥ |­| 3­7­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.371pra­saṃ­ga­sā­dha­naṃ pro­ktaṃ ta­tpra­da­rśa­na­mā­tra­kaṃ | a­tha niḥ­śe­ṣa­śū­nya­tva­vā­di­naṃ pra­ti tā­rki­kaiḥ |­| 3­7­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.372vi­ro­dho­dbhā­va­naṃ sve­ṣṭe vi­dhī­ye­te­ti saṃ­ma­taṃ | ta­da­pra­mā­ṇa­kaṃ tā­va­d a­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­m ī­kṣya­te |­| 3­7­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.373sa­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­tā ta­sya kva pra­mā­ṇā­pra­sā­dha­ne | na­nv i­ṣṭa­sā­dha­nā­t saṃ­ti pra­mā­ṇā­nī­ti bhā­ṣa­ṇe |­| 3­7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.374sa­maḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­go­yaṃ pra­mā­śū­nya­tva­vā­di­naḥ | ta­di­ṣṭa­sā­dha­naṃ tā­va­da­pra­mā­ṇa­ma­sā­dha­na­m |­| 3­7­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.375sva­sā­dhye­na pra­mā­ṇaṃ tu na pra­si­ddhaṃ dva­yo­r a­pi | ta­da­saṃ­ga­ta­m i­ṣṭa­sya saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­sya sā­dha­na­m |­| 3­7­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.376sva­yaṃ pra­kā­śa­naṃ dhva­sta­vya­bhi­cā­raṃ hi su­sthi­taṃ | sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­dhya­kṣaṃ vā­di­no mā­na­m aṃ­ja­sā |­| 3­7­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.377ta­to '­nye­ṣāṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nā­m a­sti­tva­sya vya­va­sthi­tiḥ | na­nv i­ṣṭa­sā­dha­naṃ dha­rmi­pra­mā­ṇai­r a­pa­rai­r yu­ta­m |­| 3­7­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.378ta­di­ṣṭa­sā­dha­na­tva­sye­ta­ra­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | e­vaṃ pra­yo­ga­taḥ si­ddhiḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nā­m a­nā­ku­la­m |­| 3­7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.379ta­tsa­ttā nai­va sā­dhyā syā­t sa­rva­tre­ti pa­re vi­duḥ | ya­to bha­yaṃ ta­d e­vai­ṣāṃ sva­ya­m a­gre vya­va­sthi­ta­m |­| 3­7­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.380he­to­r a­na­nva­ya­tva­sya pra­saṃ­ja­na­m a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ | sa­ttā­yāṃ hi pra­sā­dhyā­yāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­syai­va sā­dha­nā­t |­| 3­8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.381ya­thā­na­nva­ya­tā­do­ṣa­s ta­thā­trā­py a­ni­da­rśa­nā­t | he­to­r a­na­nva­ya­syā­pi ga­ma­ka­tvo­pa­va­rṇa­ne |­| 3­8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.382sa­ttā sā­dhyā­s tu mā­nā­nā­m i­ti dha­rmī na saṃ­ga­raḥ | dha­rmi­dha­rma­sa­mū­ho '­tra pa­kṣa i­ty a­pa­sā­ri­ta­m |­| 3­8­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.383e­te­ne­ti sthi­taḥ sā­dhyaḥ pa­kṣo vi­dhva­sta­bā­dha­kaḥ | vyā­pti­kā­le ma­taḥ sā­dhyaḥ pa­kṣo ye­ṣāṃ ni­rā­ku­laḥ |­| 3­8­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.384so nya­thai­va ka­thaṃ te­ṣāṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­vya­va­hā­ra­yoḥ | vyā­ptiḥ sā­dhye­na ni­rṇī­tā he­toḥ sā­rdhyaṃ pra­sā­dhya­te |­| 3­8­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.385ta­d e­vaṃ vya­va­hā­re pī­ty a­na­va­dyaṃ na cā­nya­thā | dha­rmi­ṇo py a­pra­si­ddha­sya sā­dhya­tvā­pra­ti­ghā­ti­taḥ |­| 3­8­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.386a­sti dha­rmi­ṇi dha­rma­sya ce­ti no­bha­ya­pa­kṣa­tā | ta­dy a­tra sā­dha­nā­dbo­dho ni­ya­mā­d a­bhi­jā­ya­te |­| 3­8­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.386efsa ta­sya vi­ṣa­yaḥ sā­dhyo nā­nyaḥ pa­kṣo stu jā­tu­ci­t | TAŚVA-ML 216,19ta­d e­vaṃ śa­kya­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sā­dhya­sā­dha­nā­ya kā­lā­pe­kṣa­tve­na vya­va­sthā­pi­te a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttye­ka­la­kṣa­ṇe sā­dha­ne TAŚVA-ML 216,20ca pra­kṛ­ta­m a­bhi­ni­bo­dha­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ vya­va­sthi­taṃ bha­va­ti | yaḥ sā­dhyā­bhi­mu­kho bo­dhaḥ sā­dha­ne­nā­niṃ­dri­ya­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇā TAŚVA-ML 216,21ni­ya­mi­taḥ so bhi­ni­bo­dhaḥ svā­rthā­nu­mā­na­m i­ti ka­ści­d ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.387iṃ­dri­yā­ṇīṃ­dri­yā­rthā­bhi­mu­kho bo­dho na tu smṛ­taḥ | ni­ya­to kṣa­ma­no­bhyāṃ yaḥ ke­va­lo na tu liṃ­ga­jaḥ |­| 3­8­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 216,23iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­yā­bhyāṃ ni­ya­mi­taḥ kṛ­taḥ sva­vi­ṣa­yā­bhi­mu­kho bo­dho bhi­ni­bo­dhaḥ pra­si­ddho na pu­na­r a­niṃ­dri­ya­sa­ha- TAŚVA-ML 216,24kā­ri­ṇā liṃ­ge­na liṃ­gi­ni­ya­mi­taḥ ke­va­la e­va ciṃ­tā­pa­ryaṃ­ta­syā­bhi­ni­bo­dha­tvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā ca si­ddhāṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 216,25vi­ro­dho '­śa­kyaḥ pa­ri­ha­rtu­m i­ty a­tro­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.388sa­tyaṃ svā­rthā­nu­mā­naṃ tu vi­nā ya­c cha­bda­yo­ja­nā­t | ta­nmā­nāṃ­ta­ra­tāṃ mā­gā­d i­ti vyā­khyā­ya­te ta­thā |­| 3­8­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 216,27na hi liṃ­ga­ja e­va bo­dho­bhi­ni­bo­dha i­ti vyā­ca­kṣma­he | kiṃ ta­rhi | liṃ­ga­jo bo­dhaḥ śa­bda­yo­ja­na­ra­hi­to TAŚVA-ML 216,28bhi­ni­bo­dha e­ve­ti ta­sya pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tva­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ kṛ­tā bha­va­ti si­ddhāṃ­ta­ś ca saṃ­gṛ­hī­taḥ syā­t | na hīṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri- TAŚVA-ML 216,29yā­bhyā­m e­va sva­vi­ṣa­ye bhi­mu­kho ni­ya­mi­to bo­dho bhi­ni­bo­dha i­ti si­ddhāṃ­to sti smṛ­tyā­de­s ta­dbhā­va­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 216,30kiṃ ta­rhi | so niṃ­dri­ye­ṇā­pi vā­kya­bhe­dā­t | ka­thaṃ a­niṃ­dri­ya­ja­nyā­bhi­ni­bo­dhe ka­m a­niṃ­dri­ya­jā­bhi­mu­kha­ni­ya­mi­ta- TAŚVA-ML 216,31bo­dha­na­m i­ti vyā­khyā­nā­t | na­nv e­va­m a­py a­rthā­pa­ttiḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­m a­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t pa­ro­kṣa­bhe­de­ṣū­kte­ṣv a­naṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 216,32pra­mā­ṇa­ṣa­ṭka­vi­jñā­ta­syā­rtha­syā­na­nya­thā­bha­va­na­yu­kta­sya sā­ma­rthyā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭā­ny a­va­stu­ka­lpa­ne a­rthā­pa­tti­vya­va­hā­rā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 216,33"­pra­mā­ṇa­ṣa­ṭka­vi­jñā­to ya­trā­rtho na­nya­thā bha­ve­t | a­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ka­lpa­ye­d a­nyaṃ sā­rthā­pa­tti­r u­dā­hṛ­tā |­| " pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rvi­kā TAŚVA-ML 216,34hy a­rthā­pa­ttiḥ pra­tya­kṣa­vi­jñā­tā­d a­rthā­d a­nya­thā dṛ­ṣṭe rthe pra­ti­pa­tti­r ya­thā rā­tri­bho­jī de­va­da­tto yaṃ di­vā bho­ja­na­ra­hi­ta­tve TAŚVA-ML 217,01ci­raṃ­jī­vi­tve ca sa­ti sta­na­pī­nāṃ­ga­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti­, ta­tho­pa­mā­na­pū­rvi­ko­pa­mā­na­vi­jñā­tā­d a­rthā­d vā­hā­di­śa­kti- TAŚVA-ML 217,02r a­yaṃ ga­va­yo ga­va­ya­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti­, ta­thā­ga­ma­pū­rvi­kā ā­ga­ma­vi­jñā­tā­d a­rthā­d a­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­na­śa­ktiḥ śa­bdo TAŚVA-ML 217,03ni­tyā­rtha­saṃ­baṃ­dha­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti­, ta­thā­rthā­pa­tti­pū­rvi­kā­rthā­pa­tti­r a­rthā­pa­tti­pra­mā­ṇa­vi­jñā­tā­d a­rthā­d ya­thā rā­tri­bho­ja­na- TAŚVA-ML 217,04śa­ktiḥ vi­vā­dā­pa­nno de­va­da­tto yaṃ rā­tri­bho­ji­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti | ta­thai­vā­bhā­va­pū­rvi­kā­rthā­pa­tti­r a­bhā­va­pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 217,05vi­jñā­tā­d a­rthā­d ya­thā­smā­d gṛ­hā­d ba­hi­sti­ṣṭha­ti de­va­da­tto jī­vi­tve sa­ty a­trā­bhā­vā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti | e­te­nā­bhā­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 217,06pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tva­m u­kta­m u­pa­mā­na­sya vā va­stu­no sa­taḥ sa­du­pa­laṃ­bha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­pra­vṛ­tte­r a­bhā­va­pra­mā­ṇa­syā­va­śyā­śra­ya­ṇī­ya­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 217,07sā­dṛ­śya­vi­śi­ṣṭā­d va­stu­no va­stu­vi­śi­ṣṭā­d vā sā­dṛ­śyā­t pa­ro­kṣā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­nī­ya­tvā­c ce­ti ke­ci­t | TAŚVA-ML 217,08saṃ­bha­vaḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­m ā­ḍha­kaṃ dṛ­ṣṭvā saṃ­bha­va­ty a­dva­ḍhi­ka­m i­ti pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā vi­ro­dhā­t | prā­ti­bhaṃ ca pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­m a­tyaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 217,09tā­bhyā­sā­d a­nya­ja­nā­ve­dya­sya ra­tnā­di­pra­bhā­va­sya jha­ṭi­ti pra­ti­pa­tte­r da­rśa­nā­d i­ty a­nye tā­n pra­tī­da­m u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.13.389si­ddhaḥ sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vo hy a­rthā­pa­tteḥ pra­bhā­va­kaḥ | saṃ­bha­vā­de­ś ca yo he­tuḥ so pi liṃ­gā­n na bhi­dya­te |­| 3­8­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.390dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­tvaṃ liṃ­ga­syā­pi ne­ve­di­ta­m | ta­n na mā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ liṃ­gā­d a­rthā­pa­ttyā­di­ve­da­na­m |­| 3­9­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.13.391ma­ti­jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇa­tā sthi­taṃ | te­na sa­rvaṃ ma­ti­jñā­naṃ si­ddha­m ā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­ka­m |­| 3­9­1 |­| TA-ML 1.14 ta­diṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­tta­m |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 217,14ma­ti­vi­jñā­na­syā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­tvā­t ta­nni­mi­ttaṃ ma­ti­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pra­si­ddha­m e­va vā­mu­nā­nu­mā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 217,15de­s ta­dbhā­vā­yo­gā­d a­taḥ ki­m a­rtha­m i­da­m u­cya­te sū­tra­m i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.14.1ta­sya bā­hya­ni­mi­tto­pa­da­rśa­nā­ye­da­m u­cya­te | ta­d i­tyā­di­va­caḥ sū­tra­kā­re­ṇā­nya­ma­ta­cchi­de |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 217,17ka­sya pu­na­s ta­ccha­bde­na pa­rā­ma­rśo ya­sya bā­hya­ni­mi­tto­pa­da­rśa­nā­rthaṃ ta­d i­tyā­di­sū­tra­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­ta i­ti tā­va­d ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.14.2ta­ccha­bde­na pa­rā­ma­rśo na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m i­ti dhva­neḥ | vā­cya­syai­ka­sya ma­tyā­di­pra­kā­ra­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 217,19ma­ti­jñā­na­sya sā­ma­rthyā­l la­bhya­mā­na­sya vā­kya­va­taḥ pra­tyā­sa­nna­tvā­d a­bhi­ni­bo­dha­sya ta­ccha­bde­na pa­rā­ma­rśaḥ pra­sa­kta- TAŚVA-ML 217,20ś ciṃ­tā ta­syāḥ pra­tyā­sa­tte­r i­ti na maṃ­ta­vya­m a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m i­ti śa­bde­na vā­cya­sya ma­tyā­di­pra­kā­ra­syai­ka­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 217,21sā­ma­rthyā­l la­bhya­mā­na­sya pra­tyā­sa­nna­ta­ra­sya su­kha­va­dbhā­vā­t ta­ccha­bde­na pa­rā­ma­rśo­tpa­tteḥ sve­ṣṭa­si­ddhe­ś ca ta­syā­sya bā­hya- TAŚVA-ML 217,22ni­mi­tta­m u­pa­da­rśa­yi­tu­m i­da­m u­cya­te | kiṃ pu­na­s ta­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚVA-ML 217,23va­kṣya­mā­ṇaṃ ca vi­jñe­ya­m a­treṃ­dri­ya­m a­niṃ­dri­ya­m | TAŚVA-ML 217,24va­kṣya­te hi spa­rśa­nā­dīṃ­dri­yaṃ paṃ­ca dra­vya­bhā­va­to dvai­vi­dhya­mā­sti­dhru­vā­naṃ ta­thā­niṃ­dri­yaṃ cā­ni­ya­ta­m iṃ­dri­ye­ṣṭe­bhyo nya- TAŚVA-ML 217,25tva­m ā­tma­sā­t ku­rva­d i­ti ne­ho­cya­te | ta­dbā­hya­ni­mi­ttaṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | ki­m i­daṃ jñā­pa­kaṃ kā­ra­kaṃ vā ta­sye­ṣṭaṃ ku­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 217,26sve­ṣṭa­saṃ­gra­ha i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.14.3ni­mi­ttaṃ kā­ra­kaṃ ya­sya ta­tta­tho­ktaṃ vi­bhā­ga­taḥ | vā­kya­syā­sya vi­śe­ṣā­d vā pā­raṃ­pa­rya­sya cā­śri­tau |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 217,28ta­d dhi ni­mi­tta­m i­ha na jñā­pa­kaṃ ta­tpra­ka­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi | kā­ra­kaṃ | ta­thā ca sa­ti pra­kṛ­ta­m iṃ­dri­ya- TAŚVA-ML 217,29m a­niṃ­dri­yaṃ ca ni­mi­ttaṃ ya­sya ta­tta­tho­kta­m e­kaṃ ma­ti­jñā­na­m i­ti jñā­ya­te i­ṣṭa­saṃ­gra­haḥ | pu­na­r a­sya vā­kya­sya vi­bha­ja- TAŚVA-ML 217,30nā­t ta­diṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­ttaṃ dhā­ra­ṇā­pa­ryaṃ­taṃ ta­da­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­ttaṃ smṛ­tyā­dī­nāṃ sa­rva­saṃ­gra­hā­t | pā­raṃ­pa­rya­sya cā­śra­ya­ṇe TAŚVA-ML 217,31vā­kya­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­to vā­bhi­pre­ta­si­ddhiḥ | ya­thā hi dhā­ra­ṇā­pa­ryaṃ­taṃ ta­diṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­ttaṃ ta­thā smṛ­tyā­di­ka­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 217,32ta­sya pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yeṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­tta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | kiṃ pu­na­r a­tra ta­de­veṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­tta­m i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m ā­ho­svi­tta- TAŚVA-ML 217,33diṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­tta­m e­ve­ti ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­bha­ya­m i­ṣṭa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.14.4vā­kya­bhe­dā­śra­ye yu­kta­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m u­tta­raṃ | ta­da­bhe­de pu­naḥ pū­rva­ma nya­thā vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 218,02ku­taḥ pu­na­r a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­d a­nya­ma­ta­cchi­t ku­to vā ma­tya­jñā­naṃ śru­tā­dī­ni ca vya­va­cchi­nnā­nī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.14.5dhva­staṃ ta­trā­rtha­ja­nya­tva­m u­tta­rā­d a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t | ma­tya­jñā­na­śru­tā­dī­ni ni­ra­stā­ni tu pū­rva­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 218,04a­trā­rtha­ja­nya­m e­va vi­jñā­na­m a­nu­mā­nā­t si­ddhaṃ nā­rthā­ja­nyaṃ ya­ta­s ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m u­tta­rā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ syā­d i­ti ma­nya­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 218,05syā­nu­mā­na­m u­pa­nya­sya dū­ṣa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.14.6sva­ja­nya­jñā­na­saṃ­ve­dyo rthaḥ pra­me­ya­tva­to na­nu | ya­thā­niṃ­dri­ya­m i­ty e­ke ta­da­sa­dvya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.14.7niḥ­śe­ṣa­va­rta­mā­nā­rtho na sva­ja­nye­na sa­rva­vi­t | saṃ­ve­da­ne­na saṃ­ve­dyaḥ sa­mā­na­kṣa­ṇa­va­rti­nā |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.14.8svā­rtha­ja­nya­m i­daṃ jñā­naṃ sa­tya­jñā­na­tva­to nya­thā | vi­pa­ryā­sā­di­va­t ta­sya sa­tya­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.14.9i­ty a­py a­śe­ṣa­vi­dbo­dhai­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­m ī­ri­taṃ | sā­dha­naṃ na ta­to jñā­na­m a­rtha­ja­nya­m i­ti sthi­ta­m |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 218,10na­nv e­va­m ā­lo­ka­ja­nya­tva­m a­pi jñā­na­sya cā­kṣu­ṣa­sya ta­syā­di­ṣṭaṃ ca ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pa­ra­pra­tya­yaḥ pu­na­r ā­lo­ka- TAŚVA-ML 218,11liṃ­gā­di­r i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­da­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­nā­t ta­sya ta­jja­nya­tvā­rtha­ja­nya­tva­m a­pi sa­ty a­syā­sma­dā­di­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 218,12syā­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | na cai­vaṃ saṃ­śa­yā­di­jñā­na­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa vi­ru­dhya­te ta­sya sa­tya­jñā­na­tvā­bhā­vā­t | nā­pi TAŚVA-ML 218,13sa­rva­vi­dbo­dhai­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tva­m a­sma­dā­di­sa­tya­jñā­na­tva­sya he­tu­tvā­t | a­sma­dā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ tu sa­rva­vi­dāṃ jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 218,14cā­rthā­ja­nyaṃ ni­ści­tyā­sma­dā­di­jñā­ne rthā­ja­nya­tva­śaṃ­kā­yāṃ na­ktaṃ­ca­rā­ṇāṃ mā­rjā­rā­dī­nā­m aṃ­ja­nā­di­saṃ­skṛ­ta­ca­kṣu­ṣāṃ vā­sma- TAŚVA-ML 218,15dvi­jā­tī­yā­nā­m ā­lo­kā­ja­nya­tva­m u­pa­la­bhyā­sma­dā­dī­nā­m a­pi nā­rthā­ve­da­na­syā­lo­kā­ja­nya­tvaṃ śaṃ­ka­nī­ya­m i­ti ka­ści­t TAŚVA-ML 218,16taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.14.10ā­lo­ke­nā­pi ja­nya­tve­nā­laṃ­ba­na­ta­yā bhi­daḥ | kiṃ tv iṃ­dri­ya­ba­lā­dhā­na­mā­tra­tve­nā­nu­ma­nya­te |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.14.11ta­thā­rtha­ja­nya­tā­pī­ṣṭā kā­lā­kā­śā­di­ta­ttva­va­t | sā­laṃ­ba­na­ta­yā tv a­rtho ja­na­kaḥ pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 218,19i­da­m i­ha saṃ­pra­dhā­ryaṃ ki­m a­sma­dā­di­sa­tya­jñā­na­tve­nā­lo­ko ni­mi­tta­mā­traṃ cā­kṣu­ṣa­jñā­na­sye­ti pra­ti­pā­dya­te kā­lā- TAŚVA-ML 218,20kā­śā­di­va­t ā­ho­svi­dā­laṃ­ba­na­tve­ne­ti ? pra­tha­m a­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ na kiṃ­ci­d a­ni­ṣṭa dvi­tī­ya­ka­lpa­nā tu na yu­ktā TAŚVA-ML 218,21pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | rū­pa­jñā­no­tpa­ttau hi ca­kṣu­rba­lā­dhā­na­rū­pe­ṇā­lo­kaḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ pra­tī­ya­te ta­da­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 218,22vi­dhā­na­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ ta­dva­da­rtho pi ya­dā­dya­kṣa­ṇa­jñā­na­sya ja­na­kaḥ syā­n na kiṃ­ci­d vi­ru­dhya­te ta­syā­laṃ­ba­na­tve­na ja­na- TAŚVA-ML 218,23ka­tvo­pa­ga­me vyā­ghā­tā­t | ā­laṃ­ba­naṃ hy ā­laṃ­ba­na­tvaṃ grā­hya­tvaṃ pra­kā­śya­tva­m u­cya­te ta­c cā­rtha­sya pra­kā­śa­ka­sa­mā­na­kā­la­sya TAŚVA-ML 218,24dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā pra­dī­paḥ sva­pra­kā­śa­sya | na hi pra­kā­śyo rthaḥ sva­pra­kā­śa­kaṃ pra­dī­pa­m u­pa­ja­na­ya­ti sva­kā­ra­ṇa­ka­lā­pā­d e­va TAŚVA-ML 218,25ta­syo­pa­ja­na­nā­t pra­kā­śya­syā­bhā­ve pra­kā­śa­ka­sya pra­kā­śa­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | sa ta­sya ja­na­ka i­ti ce­t­, pra­kā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 218,26ka­syā­bhā­ve pra­kā­śya­syā­pi pra­kā­śya­tvā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | sa ta­sya ja­na­ko stu ta­thā cā­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ pra­kā­śyā­nu­pa­pa­ttau TAŚVA-ML 218,27pra­kā­śa­kā­nu­pa­pa­tte­s ta­da­nu­tpa­ttau ca pra­kā­śyā­nu­tpa­tti­r i­ti | ya­di pu­naḥ sva­kā­ra­ṇa­ka­lā­pā­d u­tpa­nna­yoḥ pra­dī­pa­gha­ṭa­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 218,28sva­rū­pa­to bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d a­nyo­nyā­pe­kṣau pra­kā­śa­ka­tva­pra­kā­śya­tva­dha­rmau pa­ra­spa­rā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­nau bha­vi­ṣye­te ta­thā­nyo­nyā- TAŚVA-ML 218,29śra­ya­ṇā­t ta­ta­rā­da­ttā­jñā­nā­rtha­yo­r a­pi sva­sā­ma­grī­ba­lā­d u­pa­jā­ta­yoḥ sva­rū­pe­ṇa pa­ra­spa­rā­pe­kṣa­yā grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­va­dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 218,30vya­va­sthā sthī­ya­tāṃ ta­thā pra­tī­te­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­dha­rma­dha­rmya­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ si­dhya­ty a­nyo­nya­vī­kṣa­yā | na TAŚVA-ML 218,31sva­rū­paṃ sva­to hy e­ta­tkā­ra­ka­jñā­pa­kā­d i­ti­" ta­to jñā­na­syā­laṃ­ba­naṃ ce­d a­rtho na ja­na­kaḥ ja­na­ka­ś ce­n nā­laṃ­ba­naṃ vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 218,32dhā­t | pū­rva­kā­la­bhā­vya­rtho jñā­na­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ sa­mā­na­kā­laḥ sa e­vā­laṃ­ba­naṃ ta­sya kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­d i­ti ce­t na hi­, TAŚVA-ML 218,33ya­dā ja­na­ka­s ta­dā­laṃ­ba­na­m i­ti ka­tha­m ā­laṃ­ba­na­tve­na ja­na­ko rthaḥ saṃ­vi­daḥ syā­t | pū­rva­kā­la e­vā­rtho ja­na­ko jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 218,34syā­laṃ­ba­naṃ ca svā­kā­rā­rpa­ṇa­kṣa­ma­tvā­d i­ti va­ca­na­m a­yu­ktaṃ sa­mā­nā­rtha­sa­bha­naṃ­ta­ra­jñā­ne­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | na tvā­laṃ­ba­na­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 219,01yo ja­na­kaḥ svā­kā­rā­rpa­ṇa­kṣa­ma­ś ca sa grā­hyo jñā­na­sya na pu­naḥ sa­ma­naṃ­ta­ra­tve­nā­dhi­pa­ti­tve­na vā ya­to vya­bhi­cā­ra TAŚVA-ML 219,02i­ti ce­d i­ta­rā­śra­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­tyā­laṃ­ba­na­tve­na ja­na­ka­tve rtha­sya jñā­nā­laṃ­ba­na­tvaṃ sa­ti ca ta­smi­nn ā­laṃ­ba­na­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 219,03ja­na­ka­sya grā­hya­tvā­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | pa­ra­mā­ṇu­nā vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ty a­pi na śre­yaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇo­r e­ka­syā­laṃ­ba­na­tve­na jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 219,04ja­na­ka­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | saṃ­ci­tā­laṃ­ba­nāḥ paṃ­ca vi­jñā­na­kā­yā i­ti va­ca­nā­t | pra­tye­kaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m ā­laṃ­ba­na­tve­na te TAŚVA-ML 219,05bu­ddhi­go­ca­rā i­ti graṃ­tha­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­rhi yo­dhi­pa­ti­sa­ma­naṃ­ta­rā­laṃ­ba­na­tve­nā­ja­na­ko ni­mi­tta­mā­tra­tve­na ja­na­kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 219,06svā­kā­rā­rpa­ṇa­kṣa­maḥ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­sya grā­hyo stv a­vya­bhi­cā­rā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | na hi saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 219,07pa­tyā­di­vya­ti­ri­kto nyaḥ pra­tya­yo sti | ta­tsā­mā­nya­m a­stī­ti ce­t na­, ta­syā­va­stu­tve­no­pa­ga­mā­j ja­na­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 219,08va­stu­tve ta­sya ta­to rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve ta­d e­va grā­hyaṃ syā­n na pu­na­r a­rtho nī­lā­di­r he­tu­tva­sā­mā­nya­ja­na­ka­nī­lā­dya­rtho grā­hyaḥ saṃ­ve­da- TAŚVA-ML 219,09na­sye­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­thaṃ ja­na­ka e­va grā­hya i­ti vya­va­sthā­pa­ye­t | ta­to na pū­rva­kā­lo rthaḥ saṃ­vi­do grā­hyaḥ | kiṃ TAŚVA-ML 219,10ta­rhi sa­mā­na­sa­ma­ya e­ve­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | na­nv e­vaṃ yo­gi­vi­jñā­naṃ śru­ta­jñā­naṃ smṛ­ti­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­di vā ka­tha­m a­sa­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 219,11kā­lā­rtha­pa­ri­cchi­diḥ si­ddhye­d i­ti ce­t sa­mā­na­sa­ma­ya­m e­va grā­hyaṃ saṃ­ve­da­na­sye­ti ni­ya­mā­bhā­vā­t | a­kṣa­jñā­naṃ hi TAŚVA-ML 219,12sva­sa­ma­ya­va­rti­na­m a­rthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­na­tti sva­yo­gya­tā­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­ya­mā­d ya­thā smṛ­ti­r a­nu­bhū­ta­mā­traṃ pū­rva­m e­va pra­tya­bhi­jñā­tī­ta­va­rta- TAŚVA-ML 219,13mā­na­pa­ryā­ya­vṛ­ttye­kaṃ pa­daṃ ciṃ­tā tri­kā­la­sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vyā­ptiṃ svā­rthā­nu­mā­naṃ tri­kā­la­m a­nu­me­yaṃ śru­ta­jñā­naṃ tri­kā­la- TAŚVA-ML 219,14go­ca­rā­naṃ­ta­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­yā­tma­kā­n bhā­vā­n a­va­dhi­r a­tī­ta­va­rta­mā­nā­nā­ga­taṃ ca rū­pi­dra­vyaṃ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yo '­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­n TAŚVA-ML 219,15va­rta­mā­nāṃ­ś cā­rthā­n pa­ra­ma­no­ga­tā­n­, ke­va­laṃ sa­rva­dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­n i­ti va­kṣya­te gra­taḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.14.12ta­to nā­kā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­tte­r vi­ṣa­yo stī­ti du­rgha­ṭa­m | yaṃ rū­pa­syā­pra­ve­dya­tvā­pa­tteḥ kā­ra­ṇa­tāṃ vi­nā |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 219,17saṃ­ve­da­na­sya nā­kā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­ṣa­ya i­ti ni­ya­me sva­rū­pa­syā­pra­ve­dya­tva­m a­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā ta­dva­dva­rta­mā­nā­nā­ga­tā­nā­m a­tī­tā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 219,18vā kā­ra­ṇā­nāṃ yo­gi­jñā­nā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ pra­sa­jya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.14.13a­sva­saṃ­ve­dya­vi­jñā­na­vā­dī pū­rvaṃ ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ | pa­ro­kṣa­jñā­na­vā­dī ce­ty a­laṃ saṃ­ka­tha­yā­na­yā |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 219,20ta­taḥ sū­kta­m i­da­m u­tta­rā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ pa­ra­ma­tā­laṃ­ba­na­ja­nya­tva­vya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ sū­tre pū­rvaṃ tu ma­tya­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ saṃ­jñi- TAŚVA-ML 219,21paṃ­ceṃ­dri­ya­ja­m e­ve­ti ta­de­veṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­tta­m u­cya­te | saṃ­jñi­paṃ­ceṃ­dri­yā­ṇāṃ mi­thyā­dṛ­śāṃ ma­tya­jñā­na­m a­pīṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri- TAŚVA-ML 219,22ya­ni­mi­tta­m a­sti ta­sya ku­to vya­va­cche­daḥ sa­mya­ga­dhi­kā­rā­t | ta­ta e­vā­saṃ­jñi­paṃ­ceṃ­dri­yāṃ­tā­nāṃ ma­tya­jñā­na­sya vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 219,23cche­do stu na hi śru­ta­vya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ pū­rvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­syā­niṃ­dri­ya­mā­tra­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t | ta­thā mi­thyā­dṛ­śāṃ da­rśa­na- TAŚVA-ML 219,24mo­ho­pa­ha­ta­m a­niṃ­dri­yaṃ sa­d a­py a­sa­tka­lpa­ne­ti vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ ta­dve­da­na­m iṃ­dri­ya­ja­m e­ve­ti ma­tya­jñā­naṃ sa­rva­ta u­bha­ya­ni­mi­ttaṃ TAŚVA-ML 219,25ta­ta­s ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ ca yu­ktaṃ pū­rvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m |­| TA-ML 1.15 a­va­gra­he­hā­vā­ya­dhā­ra­ṇāḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 219,27ki­ma­rtha­m i­da­m u­cya­te na tā­va­t ta­nma­ti­bhe­dā­nā ka­tha­nā­rthaṃ ma­tiḥ smṛ­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa ka­tha­nā­t | nā­pi ma­te­r a­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 219,28bhe­da­ka­tha­nā­rthaṃ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyu­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.15.1ma­ti­jñā­na­sya ni­rṇī­ta­pra­kā­ra­syai­ka­śo vi­di | bhi­dā­m a­va­gra­he­ty ā­di­sū­tra­mā­hā­vi­pa­rya­ya­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 219,30ma­ti­jñā­na­sya ni­rṇī­tāḥ pra­kā­rā ma­ti­smṛ­tyā­da­ya­s te­ṣāṃ pra­tye­kaṃ bhe­dā­nāṃ vi­ttyai­ka­sū­tra­m i­da­m ā­ra­bhya­te | ya­thai­va TAŚVA-ML 219,31hīṃ­dri­ya­ma­no­ma­teḥ smṛ­tyā­di­bhyaḥ pū­rva­m a­va­gra­hā­da­yo bhe­dā­s ta­thā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­ttā­yā a­pī­ti pra­si­ddhiṃ si­ddhāṃ­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 219,32kiṃ­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ pu­na­r a­va­gra­hā­d a­ya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.15.2a­kṣā­rtha­yo­ga­jā­d va­stu­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇā­t | jā­taṃ ya­d va­stu­bhe­da­sya gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­d a­va­gra­haḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.3ta­dnṛ­hī­tā­rtha­sā­mā­nye ya­dvi­śe­ṣa­sya kāṃ­kṣa­ṇa­m | ni­śca­yā­bhi­mu­khaṃ se­hā saṃ­śī­te­r bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇā |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.4ta­syai­va ni­rṇa­yo vā­yaḥ smṛ­ti­he­tuḥ sā dhā­ra­ṇā | i­ti pū­rvo­di­taṃ sa­rvaṃ ma­ti­jñā­naṃ ca­tu­rvi­dha­m |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.5sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ tu ta­d e­vā­va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ | ta­d i­ti prā­ksū­tra­ta­ccha­bda­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d i­ha yu­jya­te |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 220,04ta­diṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­tta­m i­ty a­tra pū­rva­sū­tre ya­t ta­dgra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­sye­ha saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ yu­ktaṃ ta­d e­vā­va­gra­hā- TAŚVA-ML 220,05da­ya i­ti bhā­va­ta­dva­to­r bhe­dā­t ta­syā­va­gra­hā­da­yo bhi­hi­ta­la­kṣa­ṇā i­ti vai­ya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­m e­ve­ti nā­śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ ta­yoḥ ka­thaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 220,06ci­d a­bhe­dā­t sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­gha­ṭa­nā­t | bhe­dai­kāṃ­te ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ sa­hya­viṃ­dhya­va­d i­ty u­kta­prā­ya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.6ta­tra ya­d va­stu­mā­tra­sya gra­ha­ṇaṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­m | dvi­dhā tre­dhā kva­ci­j jñā­naṃ ta­d i­ty e­kaṃ na cā­pa­ra­m |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.6efta­n na sā­dhva­kṣa­ja­syā­rtha­bhe­da­jñā­na­sya ta­ttva­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 220,09spa­ṣṭa­syā­nu­bha­vā­d bā­dhā­vi­ni­rmu­kta­tva­m i­ṣṭa­m a­nya­thā ta­da­vya­va­sthā­nā­t ta­c cā­rtha­bhe­da­jñā­na­syā­pi spa­ṣṭa­syā­nu­bhū­ya­te | TAŚVA-ML 220,10pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­kā­la­saṃ­ve­da­ne­na ka­tha­m a­sma­dā­de­s ta­tra sa­rva­dā bā­dha­ra­hi­ta­tvaṃ si­ddhye­d i­ti ce­t pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­tre ka­thaṃ sa­kṛ- TAŚVA-ML 220,11d a­pi bā­dhā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­nā­t sa­rva­dā bā­dhā­saṃ­bha­va­nā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ce­t bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­se pi | ta­ta e­va caṃ­dra­dva­yā­di­ve­da­ne TAŚVA-ML 220,12bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­sya bā­dho­pa­laṃ­bhā­d a­nya­trā­pi bā­dha­saṃ­bha­va­nā­n na bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­se sa­dā bā­dha­vai­dhu­ryaṃ si­ddhya­tī­ti ce­t ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 220,13va­ku­la­ti­la­kā­di­ve­da­ne dū­rā­d a­bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­sya bā­dha­sa­hi­ta­syo­pa­laṃ­bha­nā­d a­bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­se pi sa­dā bā­dha­śū­nya­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 220,14mā­si­dha­t | ta­trā­pi pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­tra­sya bā­dhā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha i­ti ce­t caṃ­dra­dva­yā­di­ve­da­ne pi vi­śe­ṣa­mā­tra­pra­ti­bhā­se TAŚVA-ML 220,15bā­dhā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha e­ve­ty u­pā­laṃ­bha­sa­mā­dhā­nā­nāṃ sa­mā­na­tvā­d a­la­m a­ti­ni­rbaṃ­dha­ne­na | na­nu ca vi­ṣa­ya­sya sa­tya­tve saṃ­ve­da­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 220,16sa­tya­tva­m i­ti nyā­ye pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­tra­m e­va pa­ra­ma­bra­hma sa­tyaṃ ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­sya sa­nmā­tra­sya sa­tya­tvā­n na bhe­da­jñā­naṃ ta­dgo­ca­ra- TAŚVA-ML 220,17syā­sa­tya­tvā­d i­ti ma­ta­m a­nū­dya dū­ṣa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.15.7na­nu sa­nmā­tra­kaṃ va­stu vya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­mu­kti­taḥ | na bhe­do vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­t ta­tra jñā­naṃ na tā­ttvi­ka­m |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.8i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ sa­dā­śe­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­dhu­rā­tma­naḥ | sa­ttva­syā­nu­bha­vā­bhā­vā­d bhe­da­mā­tra­ka­va­stu­va­t |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.9dṛ­ṣṭe­r a­bhe­da bhe­dā­tma­va­stu­ny a­vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ | pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tā yu­ktā nā­nya­thā ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 220,21na hi sa­ka­la­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ka­laṃ sa­nmā­tra­m u­pa­la­bhā­ma­he niḥ­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t sa­tsā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­no va­stu­no TAŚVA-ML 220,22da­rśa­nā­t | na ca ta­dvya­bhi­cā­ro sti ke­na­ci­t sa­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ra­hi­ta­sya sa­nmā­tra­syo­pa­laṃ­bhe pi sa­dvi­śe­ṣāṃ­ta­ra­hi­ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 220,23nu­pa­laṃ­bha­nā­t | ta­ta­s ta­syai­va sa­tsā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­no rtha­syā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tva­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tvaṃ yu­kta­m i­ti ta­dvi- TAŚVA-ML 220,24dhā­tṛ­pra­tya­kṣaṃ si­ddha­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.10jā­tyā­di­ka­lpa­no­nmu­ktaṃ va­stu­mā­traṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m | ta­jjñā­na­m a­kṣa­jaṃ nā­nya­d i­ty a­py e­te­na dū­ṣi­ta­m |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 220,26kiṃ pu­na­r e­vaṃ syā­dvā­di­no da­rśa­na­m a­va­gra­ha­pū­rva­kā­la­bhā­vi bha­ve­d i­ty a­tro­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 1.15.11kiṃ­ci­d i­ty a­va­bhā­sy a­tra va­stu­mā­tra­m a­po­ddhṛ­taṃ | ta­dgrā­hi da­rśa­naṃ jñe­ya­m a­va­gra­ha­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.12a­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­ke bhā­ve pra­si­ddhe pi hi bhā­va­taḥ | puṃ­saḥ sva­yo­gya­tā­pe­kṣaṃ gra­ha­ṇaṃ kva­ci­d aṃ­śa­taḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.13te­nā­rtha­mā­tra­ni­rbhā­sā­d da­rśa­nā­d bhi­nna­m i­ṣya­te | jñā­na­m a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣā­tmā­bhā­si vi­ttve­na ta­tsa­ma­m |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.14kṛ­to bhe­do na­yā­t sa­ttā­mā­tra­jñā­t saṃ­gra­hā­t pa­ra­m | na­ra­mā­trā­c ca ne­trā­di­da­rśa­naṃ va­kṣya­te gra­taḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 220,31na hi sa­nmā­tra­grā­hī saṃ­gra­ho na­yo da­rśa­naṃ syā­d i­ty a­ti­vyā­ptiḥ śaṃ­ka­nī­ya ta­sya śru­ta­bhe­da­tvā­d a­spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si- TAŚVA-ML 220,32ta­yā na­ya­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ śru­ta­bhe­dā na­yā i­ti va­ca­nā­t | nā­py ā­tma­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇaṃ da­rśa­naṃ ca­kṣu­ra­va­dhi­ke­va­la­da­rśa­nā­nā­m a- TAŚVA-ML 220,33bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ca­kṣu­rā­dya­pe­kṣa­syā­tma­na­s ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya ca­kṣu­rda­rśa­nā­di­vi­bhā­ga­bhā­ktve tu nā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 220,34mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇe da­rśa­na­vya­pa­de­śaḥ śre­yā­ni­tya­gre pra­paṃ­ca­to vi­cā­ra­yi­ṣya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.15na­nv a­va­gra­ha­vi­jñā­naṃ da­rśa­nā­j jā­ya­te ya­di | ta­syeṃ­dri­ya­ma­no­ja­tvaṃ ta­dā kiṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.16pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa ta­jja­tvā­t ta­sye­hā­di­vi­dā­m i­va | ko vi­ro­dhaḥ kra­mā­d vā­kṣa­ma­no­ja­nya­tva­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.17iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­yā­bhyāṃ hi ya­s tv ā­lo­ca­na­m ā­tma­naḥ | sva­yaṃ pra­tī­ya­te ya­dva­t ta­thai­vā­va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 221,04ya e­vā­haṃ kiṃ­ci­d i­ti va­stu­mā­tra­m iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­yā­bhyā­m a­drā­kṣaṃ sa e­va ta­dva­rṇa­saṃ­sthā­nā­di­sā­mā­nya­bhe­de­nā­va­gṛ­hṇā­mi TAŚVA-ML 221,05ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­tma­nā­kāṃ­kṣā­mi ta­d e­va ta­thā­vai­mi ta­d e­va dhā­ra­yā­mī­ti kra­ma­śaḥ sva­yaṃ da­rśa­nā­va­gra­hā­dī­nā­m iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­yo- TAŚVA-ML 221,06tpā­dya­tvaṃ pra­tī­ya­te pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­tā­t pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­t kra­ma­bhā­vya­ne­ka­pa­ryā­ya­vyā­pi­no dra­vya­sya ni­śca­yā­d i­ty u­kta­prā­ya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.18va­rṇa­saṃ­sthā­di­sā­mā­nyaṃ ya­tra jñā­ne va­bhā­sa­te | ta­n no vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­jñā­na­m a­va­gra­ha­pa­rā­bhi­dha­m |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.19vi­śe­ṣa­ni­śca­yo vā ya i­ty e­ta­d u­pa­pa­dya­te | jñā­ne­ne­hā­bhi­lā­ṣā­tmā saṃ­skā­rā­tmā na dhā­ra­ṇā |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.20i­ti ke­ci­t pra­bhā­ṣaṃ­te ta­c ca na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | vi­śe­ṣa­ve­da­na­sye­ha dṛ­ḍha­sye­hā­tva­sū­ca­nā­t |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.21ta­to dṛ­ḍha­ta­rā­vā­ya­jñā­nā­d dṛ­ḍha­ta­m a­sya ca | dhā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­ti­jñā­nā­t smṛ­ti­he­to­r vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.22a­jñā­nā­tma­ka­tā­yāṃ tu saṃ­skā­ra­sye­ha ta­sya vā | jñā­no­pā­dā­na­tā na syā­d rū­pā­de­r i­va sā­sti ca |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.23su­khā­di­nā na cā­trā­sti vya­bhi­cā­raḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | ta­sya jñā­nā­tma­ka­tve­na sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.24sa­rve­ṣāṃ jī­va­bhā­vā­nāṃ jī­vā­tma­tvā­rpa­ṇā­n na­yā­t | saṃ­ve­da­nā­tma­tā­si­ddhe­r nā­ma­si­ddhā­n na saṃ­bha­vaḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 221,14au­pa­śa­mi­kā­da­yo hi paṃ­ca jī­va­sya bhā­vāḥ saṃ­ve­da­nā­tma­kā e­vo­pa­yo­ga­sva­bhā­va­jī­va­dra­vyā­rthā­d e­va | ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 221,15ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­saṃ­ve­da­nā­tma­tvo­pa­de­śā­d a­nya­thā ta­dvya­va­sthi­ti­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti va­kṣya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.25ta­ta e­va pra­dhā­na­sya dha­rmā nā­va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ | ā­lo­ca­nā­di­nā­mā­naḥ sva­saṃ­vi­tti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 221,17ā­lo­ca­na­saṃ­ka­lpa­nā­bhi­ma­na­nā­dhya­va­sā­na­nā­mā­no­va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ pra­dhā­na­sya vi­va­rtā­ś ce­ta­nāḥ puṃ­saḥ sva­bhā­va i­ti TAŚVA-ML 221,18ye py ā­hu­s te pi na yu­kta­vā­di­naḥ­, sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­tma­ka­tvā­d e­va te­ṣā­m ā­tma­sva­bhā­va­tva­pra­si­ddhe­r a­nya­tho­pa­ga­me sva­saṃ­vi­tti- TAŚVA-ML 221,19vi­ro­dhā­t | na hī­daṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ bhrāṃ­taṃ bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ty u­ktaṃ pu­ra­stā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.26na­nu dū­re ya­thai­te­ṣāṃ kra­ma­śo rthe pra­va­rta­naṃ | saṃ­ve­dya­te ta­thā­sa­nne ki­n na saṃ­vi­di­tā­tma­nā­m |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.27vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣyā­di­jñā­nā­nāṃ sa­ma­m ī­dṛ­śaṃ | ve­dyaṃ ta­tra sa­mā­dhā­naṃ ya­t ta­d a­trā­pi yu­jya­te |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.28ta­thai­vā­lo­ca­nā­dī­nāṃ dṛ­gā­dī­nāṃ ca bu­dhya­te | saṃ­baṃ­dha­sma­ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­nu­mā­no­pa­kā­ri­ṇā­m |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.29a­tyaṃ­tā­bhyā­sa­to hy ā­śu vṛ­tte­r a­nu­pa­la­kṣa­ṇa­m | kra­ma­śo ve­da­nā­nāṃ syā­t sa­rve­ṣā­m a­vi­gā­na­taḥ |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 221,24ta­taḥ kra­ma­bhu­vo va­gra­hā­da­yo a­na­bhya­s ta­de­śā­dā­v i­vā­bhya­sta­de­śā­dau si­ddhāḥ svā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ TAŚVA-ML 221,25kra­ma­bhā­vi­tvā­t |­| a­trā­pa­raḥ prā­ha | nā­kṣa­jo va­gra­ha­s ta­sya vi­ka­lpā­tma­ka­tvā­t ta­ta e­va na pra­mā­ṇa­m a­va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 221,26tvā­d i­ti taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.15.30dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­yo va­gra­ho kṣa­jaḥ | ta­syā­pa­ra­vi­ka­lpe­nā­ni­ṣe­dhya­tvā­t sphu­ṭa­tva­taḥ |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.31saṃ­vā­da­ka­tva­to mā­naṃ svā­rtha­vya­va­si­teḥ pha­laṃ | sā­kṣā­dvya­va­hi­taṃ tu syā­d ī­hā hā­nā­di­dhī­r a­pi |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 221,29dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­yo va­gra­ho kṣa­jo yu­ktaḥ pra­ti­saṃ­khyā­ne­nā­vi­ro­dhya­tvā­d vi­śa­da­tvā­c ca | ta­syā­na­kṣa­ja­tve TAŚVA-ML 221,30ta­da­yo­gā­t | śa­kyaṃ­te hi ka­lpa­nāḥ pra­ti­saṃ­khyā­ne­na ni­vā­ra­yi­tuṃ neṃ­dri­ya­bu­ddha­ya i­ti sva­ya­m i­ṣṭeḥ | ma­no- TAŚVA-ML 221,31vi­ka­lpa­sya vai­śa­dyā­ni­ṣe­dho pra­mā­ṇaṃ cā­yaṃ saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­t sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­d a­ni­ści­tā­rtha­ni­ścā­ya­ka­tvā­t pra­ti­pa­ttra­pe­kṣa­ṇī- TAŚVA-ML 221,32ya­tvā­c ca | na pu­na­r ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kaṃ da­rśa­naṃ ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­tvā­t sa­nni­ka­rṣā­di­va­t | pha­laṃ pu­na­r a­va­gra­ha­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tve svā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 221,33vya­va­sthi­tiḥ sā­kṣā­tpa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā tv ī­hā hā­nā­di­bu­ddhi­r vā | na­nu ca pra­mā­ṇā­t pha­la­syā­bhe­de ka­thaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­vya­va­sthā TAŚVA-ML 221,34vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ce­t na­, e­ka­syā­ne­kā­tma­no jñā­na­sya sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | kri­yā­tve­na pha­la­tva- TAŚVA-ML 222,01vya­va­sthā­nā­d vi­ro­dhā­na­va­tā­rā­t | ka­tha­m e­kaṃ jñā­naṃ ka­ra­ṇaṃ kri­yā ca yu­ga­pa­d i­ti ce­t ta­ccha­kti­dva­ya­yo­gā­t pā­va- TAŚVA-ML 222,02kā­di­va­t | pā­va­ko da­ha­ty au­ṣṇye­ne­ty a­tra hi da­ha­na­kri­yā ta­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ cau­ṣṇyaṃ yu­ga­pa­tpā­va­ke dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ta­ccha­kti­dva­ya- TAŚVA-ML 222,03saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d i­ti ni­rṇī­ta­prā­yaṃ | na­nv a­tho pi vai­śa­dya­sya pra­ti­saṃ­khyā­nā­ni­ro­dhya­tva­sya cā­saṃ­bha­vā­n na ta­to va­gra­ha­syā­kṣa­ja- TAŚVA-ML 222,04tva­si­ddhi­r i­ti pa­rā­kū­ta­m u­pa­da­rśya ni­rā­ku­ru­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.15.32ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­yā dṛ­ṣṭyā gṛ­hī­te rthe sva­la­kṣa­ṇe | ta­dā­nyā­po­ha­sā­mā­nya­go­ca­ro va­gra­haḥ sphu­ṭaḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.33sa­ha­bhā­vo vi­ka­lpo pi ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­yā dṛ­śā | pa­ri­ka­lpa­na­yā vā­to ni­ṣe­dhya i­ti ke­ca­na |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.34ta­da­sa­tsvā­rtha­saṃ­vi­tte­r a­vi­ka­lpa­tva­dū­ṣa­ṇā­t | sa­dā sa vya­va­sā­yā­kṣa­jñā­na­syā­nu­bha­vā­t sva­ya­m |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.35ma­na­so­r yu­ga­pa­dvṛ­ttiḥ sa­vi­ka­lpā­vi­ka­lpa­yoḥ | mo­hā­d ai­kyaṃ vya­va­syaṃ­tī­ty a­sa­tpṛ­tha­g a­pī­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.36laiṃ­gi­kā­di­vi­ka­lpa­syā­spa­ṣṭā­tma­tvo­pa­laṃ­bha­nā­t | yu­ktā nā­kṣa­vi­ka­lpā­nā­m a­spa­ṣṭā­tma­ka­to­di­tā |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.37a­nya­thā tai­mi­ra­syā­kṣa­jñā­na­sya bhrāṃ­ta­te­kṣa­ṇā­t | sa­rvā­kṣa­saṃ­vi­do bhrāṃ­tyā ki­n no­hyaṃ­te vi­ka­lpa­kaiḥ |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.38sa­ha­bhā­vo pi go­dṛ­ṣṭi­tu­raṃ­ga­m a­vi­ka­lpa­yoḥ | ki­n nai­ka­tvaṃ vya­va­syaṃ­ti sve­ṣṭa­dṛ­ṣṭi­vi­ka­lpa­va­t |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.39pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­vā­c ce­t so tra ko pa­raḥ | tā­dā­tmyā­d e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tva­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.40tā­dṛ­śī vā­sa­nā kā­ci­d e­ka­tva­vya­va­sā­ya­kṛ­t | sa­ha­bhā­vā­vi­śe­ṣe pi ka­yo­ści­d dṛ­gvi­ka­lpa­yoḥ |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.41sā­bhī­ṣṭā yo­gya­tā­smā­kaṃ kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­la­kṣa­ṇā | spa­ṣṭa­tve kṣa­vi­ka­lpa­sya he­tu­r nā­nya­sya jā­tu­ci­t |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.42ta­nni­rṇa­yā­tma­kaḥ si­ddho va­gra­ho va­stu­go­ca­raḥ | spa­ṣṭā­bho kṣa­ba­lo­dbhū­to '­spa­ṣṭo vyaṃ­ja­na­go­ca­raḥ |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 222,16spa­ṣṭā­kṣā­va­gra­ha­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­yo­gya­tā hi spa­ṣṭā­kṣā­va­gra­ha­sya he­tu­r a­spa­ṣṭā­kṣā­va­gra­ha­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma- TAŚVA-ML 222,17la­kṣa­ṇā pu­na­r a­spa­ṣṭā­kṣā­v a­gra­ha­sye­ti ta­ta e­vo­bha­yo­r a­py a­va­gra­haḥ si­ddhaḥ pa­ro­pa­ga­ma­sya vā­sa­nā­de­s ta­ddhe­tu­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 222,18saṃ­pra­tī­hāṃ vi­cā­ra­yi­tu­m u­pa­kra­mya­te | ki­m a­niṃ­dri­ya­jai­vā­ho­svi­da­kṣa­jai­vo­bha­ya­jai­va ve­ti | ta­tra­ —TAŚV-ML 1.15.43ne­hā­niṃ­dri­ya­jai­vā­kṣa­vyā­pā­rā­pe­kṣa­ṇā sphu­ṭā | svā­kṣa­vyā­pṛ­tya­bhā­ve syāḥ pra­bha­vā­bhā­va­ni­rṇa­yā­t |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 222,20na hi mā­na­saṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m ī­hā­stu spa­ṣṭa­tvā­d a­kṣa­jñā­na­sa­ma­naṃ­ta­ra­pra­tya­ya­tvā­c ca ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­m a­pi jā­tyā­di­ka­lpa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 222,21ra­hi­ta­m a­bhrāṃ­taṃ ce­ti ka­ści­t | ta­da­ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­m e­va ni­rvi­ka­lpa­syā­bhrāṃ­ta­sya ca ni­śca­yā­tma­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ty a­pa­raḥ | TAŚVA-ML 222,22ta­nma­ta­m a­pā­ku­rva­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.15.44nā­pī­yaṃ mā­na­saṃ jñā­na­m a­kṣa­vi­tsa­ma­naṃ­ta­raṃ | ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­m a­nya­d vā spa­ṣṭā­bhaṃ ta­ta e­va naḥ |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.45ta­sya pra­tya­kṣa­rū­pa­sya pra­mā­ṇe­na pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­to nya­sya ka­lpa­naṃ ki­mu ni­ṣpha­la­m |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.46mā­na­sa­sma­ra­ṇa­syā­kṣa­jñā­nā­d u­tpa­ttya­saṃ­bha­vā­t | vi­jā­tī­yā­t pra­ka­lpye­ta ya­di ta­t ta­sya ja­nma te |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.47ta­dā­kṣa­ve­da­naṃ na syā­t sa­ma­naṃ­ta­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­m | ma­no­dhya­kṣa­sya ta­syai­va vai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.48pra­tya­kṣa­tve­na vai­śa­dya­va­stu­go­ca­ra­tā­tma­nā | sa­jā­tī­yaṃ ma­no­dhya­kṣa­m a­kṣa­jñā­ne­na ce­n ma­ta­m |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.49sma­ra­ṇaṃ saṃ­vi­dā­tma­tva­saṃ­tā­nai­kye­na va­s ta­thā | ki­n na si­ddhye­d ya­ta­s ta­sya ta­tro­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ka­m |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.50a­nya­thā na ma­no­dhya­kṣaṃ sma­ra­ṇe­na sa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | a­syo­pā­dā­na­tā­pā­yā­d i­ty a­na­rtha­ka­ka­lpa­na­m |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.51sma­ra­ṇā­kṣa­vi­do­r bhi­nnau saṃ­tā­nau ce­d a­na­rtha­ka­m | ma­no­dhya­kṣaṃ vi­nā­py a­smā­t sma­ra­ṇo­tpa­tti­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.52a­kṣa­jñā­naṃ hi pū­rva­smā­d a­kṣa­jñā­nā­nya­tho­di­yā­t | smṛ­tiḥ smṛ­te­s ta­thā­nā­di­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­te­dṛ­śī |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.53saṃ­tā­nai­kye ta­yo­r a­kṣa­jñā­nā­t smṛ­ti­sa­mu­dbha­vaḥ | pū­rvaṃ ta­dvā­sa­nā yu­ktā­d a­kṣa­jñā­naṃ ca ke­va­lā­t |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.54sa­ha smṛ­tya­kṣa­vi­jñā­ne ta­taḥ syā­tāṃ ka­dā­ca­na | sau­ga­tā­nā­m i­ti vya­rthaṃ ma­no­dhya­kṣa­pra­ka­lpa­naṃ |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.55syā­dvā­di­nāṃ pu­na­r jñā­nā­vṛ­tti­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | sa­mā­ne­ta­ra­vi­jñā­na­saṃ­tā­no na vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 223,01na­nv e­vaṃ pa­ra­syā­pi sa­mā­ne­ta­ra­jñā­na­saṃ­tā­nai­ka­tva­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣā­d e­vā­vi­ru­ddha­ma­to­kṣa­jñā­na­sa­ma­naṃ­ta­ra­pra­tya­yaṃ ni­śca­yā- TAŚVA-ML 223,02tma­kaṃ mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣaṃ si­ddhya­tī­ty a­bhyu­pa­ga­me pi dū­ṣa­ṇa­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.15.56pra­tya­kṣaṃ mā­na­saṃ svā­rtha­ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­m a­sti ce­t | spa­ṣṭā­bha­m a­kṣa­vi­jñā­naṃ ki­ma­rtha­kyā­d u­pe­ya­te |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.57a­kṣa­saṃ­ve­da­nā­bhā­ve ta­syo­tpa­ttau vi­ro­dha­taḥ | sa­rve­ṣā­m aṃ­dha­tā­dī­nāṃ kṛ­taṃ ta­tka­lpa­naṃ ya­di |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.58ta­dā­kṣā­niṃ­dri­yo­tpā­dyaṃ svā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­nā­tma­kaṃ | rū­pā­di­ve­da­naṃ yu­kta­m e­kaṃ khyā­pa­yi­tuṃ sa­tā­m |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 223,06ya­thai­va hy a­kṣa­vyā­pā­rā­bhā­ve mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣa­sya ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­syo­tpa­ttau jā­tyaṃ­dhā­dī­nā­m a­pi ta­du­tpa­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­d aṃ­dha- TAŚVA-ML 223,07ba­dhi­ra­tā­di­vi­ro­dha­s ta­thā ma­no­vyā­pā­rā­pā­ye py a­kṣa­jñā­na­syo­tpa­tti­r vi­gu­ṇa­ma­na­ska­syā­pi ta­du­tpa­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t ma­na­skā­rā- TAŚVA-ML 223,08pe­kṣa­tva­vi­ro­dha i­ty a­kṣa­ma­no­pe­kṣa­m a­kṣa­jñā­na­m a­kṣa­ma­no­pe­kṣa­tvā­d e­va ca ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­m a­stu ki­m a­nye­na mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa |­| TAŚVA-ML 223,09na­nu ya­dy e­ka­m e­ve­da­m iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­tta­rū­pā­di­jñā­naṃ ta­dā ka­thaṃ kra­ma­to va­gra­he­hā­sva­bhā­vau pa­ra­spa­raṃ bhi­nnau syā­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 223,10no ce­t ka­tha­m e­kaṃ ta­dvi­ro­dhā­d i­ty a­tro­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 1.15.59kra­mā­d a­va­gra­he­hā­tma­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­go­ca­raṃ | jī­va­syā­vṛ­tti­vi­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣa­kra­ma­he­tu­ka­m |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.60ta­tsa­ma­kṣe­ta­ra­vya­kti­śa­ktye­kā­rtha­va­d e­ka­dā | na vi­ru­ddhaṃ vi­ci­trā­bha­jñā­na­va­d vā pra­tī­ti­taḥ |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 223,13pra­tya­kṣa­pa­ro­kṣa­vya­kti­rū­pa­m e­ka­m a­rthaṃ vi­ci­trā­bhā­saṃ jñā­naṃ vā sva­ya­m a­vi­ru­ddhaṃ yu­ga­pa­d a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­t kra­ma­to dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 223,14pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­m a­rthaṃ pa­ri­cchiṃ­da­da­va­gra­he­hā­sva­bhā­va­bhi­nna­m e­kaṃ ma­ti­jñā­naṃ vi­ru­ddha­m u­dbhā­va­ya­tī­ti ka­thaṃ vi­śu­ddhā­tmā ? TAŚVA-ML 223,15ta­da­śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­na­syā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | na hy e­ka­syā­tma­no va­rṇa­saṃ­sthā­nā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­dra­vya­ta­dvi­śe­ṣya­grā­hi­ṇā­va­gra­he­hā- TAŚVA-ML 223,16pra­tya­yau sva­he­tu­kra­mā­t kra­ma­śo bha­va­n na vā­tmāṃ­ta­raṃ ne­tuṃ śa­kyau saṃ­tau śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­nau na syā­tāṃ ci­tra­jñā­na­va­t TAŚVA-ML 223,17ta­thā pra­tī­te­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ka­thaṃ pu­na­r a­vā­yaḥ syā­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.15.61a­va­gra­ha­gṛ­hī­tā­rtha­bhe­da­m ā­kāṃ­kṣa­to kṣa­jaḥ | spa­ṣṭo vā­ya­s ta­dā­vā­ra­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­to tra tu |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.62saṃ­śa­yo vā vi­pa­ryā­sa­s ta­da­bhā­ve ku­ta­śca­na | te­ne­hā­to vi­bhi­nno sau saṃ­śī­ti­bhrāṃ­ti­he­tu­taḥ |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.63vi­pa­rī­ta­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t saṃ­śa­yā­dya­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | a­vā­yaṃ hi pra­bhā­ṣaṃ­te ke­ci­d dṛ­ḍha­ta­ra­tva­taḥ |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.64a­kṣa­jñā­na­ta­yā tvai­kya­m ī­ha­yā­va­gra­he­ṇa ca | yā­tya­vā­yaḥ kra­mā­t puṃ­sa­sta­thā­tve­na vi­va­rta­nā­t |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.65vi­cche­dā­bhā­va­taḥ spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­sa­sya dhā­ra­ṇā | pa­ryaṃ­ta­syo­pa­yu­ktā­kṣa­na­ra­syā­nu­bha­vā­t sva­ya­m |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 223,23na­nu ca ya­trai­vā­va­gra­ha­gṛ­hī­tā­rtha­sya vi­śe­ṣa­pra­va­rta­na­m ī­hā­yā­s ta­trai­vā­vā­ya­sya dhā­ra­ṇā­yā­ś ca ta­to nā­vā­ya­dhā­ra­ṇā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 223,24pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­d i­ti pa­rā­kū­ta­m a­nū­dya pra­ti­kṣi­pa­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.15.66a­vā­ya­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ dhā­ra­ṇā­yā­ś ca ne­ṣya­te | sa­mī­ha­ye­hi­te svā­rthe gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­d i­ti |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.15.67ta­dā­nu­mā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vyā­pri­yā­t ta­ta e­va te | i­ty u­ktaṃ sma­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ prā­mā­ṇya­pra­ti­pā­da­ne |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 223,27sa­ty a­pi gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hi­tve vā­ya­dhā­ra­ṇa­yoḥ sva­smi­nn a­rthe ca pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ yu­kta­m u­pa­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣā­t | na hi ya­the­hā TAŚVA-ML 223,28gṛ­hṇā­ti vi­śe­ṣaṃ ka­dā­ci­t saṃ­śa­yā­di­he­tu­tve­na ta­thā cā­vā­yaḥ ta­sya dṛ­ḍha­ta­ra­tve­na sa­rva­dā saṃ­śa­yā­dya­he­tu­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 223,29vyā­pā­rā­t | nā­pi ya­thā­vā­yaḥ ka­dā­ci­d vi­sma­ra­ṇa­he­tu­tve­nā­pi ta­tra vyā­pri­ya­te ta­thā dhā­ra­ṇā ta­syāḥ kā­lāṃ­ta­rā- TAŚVA-ML 223,30vi­sma­ra­ṇa­he­tu­tve­no­pa­yo­gā­dī­hā­vā­yā­bhyāṃ dṛ­ḍha­ta­ma­tvā­t | pra­paṃ­ca­to ni­ści­taṃ cai­ta­tsma­ra­ṇā­di­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­rū­pa­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 223,31yā­m i­ti ne­ha pra­ta­nya­te |­| TA-ML 1.16 ba­hu­ba­hu­vi­dha­kṣi­prā­ni­sṛ­tā­nu­kta­dhru­vā­ṇāṃ se­ta­rā­ṇā­m |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 223,33ki­ma­rtha­m i­daṃ sū­traṃ bra­vī­ti | ya­dy a­va­gra­hā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­rjñā­nā­rthaṃ ta­dā na va­kta­vya­m u­tta­ra­tra sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 223,34vi­ṣa­ya­pra­rū­pa­ṇā­t pra­yo­ja­nāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.16.1ke­ṣāṃ pu­na­r i­me va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ ka­rma­ṇā­m i­ti | prā­ha saṃ­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ ba­hv i­tyā­di­pra­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 224,02nā­va­gra­hā­dī­nāṃ vi­ṣa­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­rjñā­nā­rtha­m i­da­m u­cya­te prā­dhā­nye­na | kiṃ ta­rhi | ba­hvā­di­ka­rma­dvā­re­ṇa te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 224,03pra­bhe­da­ni­śca­yā­rthaṃ ka­rma­ṇi ṣa­ṣṭhī­vi­dhā­nā­t |­| ka­thaṃ ta­rhi ba­hvā­dī­nāṃ ka­rma­ṇā­m a­va­gra­hā­dī­nāṃ ca kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ TAŚVA-ML 224,04pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.16.2ba­hvā­dya­va­gra­hā­dī­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m | pra­tye­ka­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ kā­ryo na sa­mu­dā­ya­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.3ba­hoḥ saṃ­khyā­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­va­gra­ho vi­pu­la­sya vā | kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­to nuḥ syā­d ī­hā­vā­yo tha dhā­ra­ṇā |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.4i­ta­ra­syā­ba­ho­r e­ka­dvi­tvā­khya­syā­lpa­ka­sya vā | se­ta­ra­gra­ha­ṇā­d e­vaṃ pra­tye­ta­vya­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 224,08ba­hu­vi­dha­sya tryā­di­pra­kā­ra­sya vi­pu­la­pra­kā­ra­sya vā ta­di­ta­ra­syai­ka­dvi­pra­kā­ra­syā­lpa­pra­kā­ra­sya vā­, kṣi­pra­syā­ci­ra- TAŚVA-ML 224,09kā­la­pra­vṛ­tte­r i­ta­ra­sya ci­ra­kā­la­pra­vṛ­tteḥ­, a­niḥ­sṛ­ta­syā­sa­ka­la­pu­dga­lo­dga­ti­ma­ta i­ta­ra­sya sa­ka­la­pu­dga­lo­dga­ti­ma­taḥ­, a­nu­kta- TAŚVA-ML 224,10syā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa vi­jñe­ya­sye­ta­ra­sya sa­rvā­tma­nā pra­kā­śi­ta­sya­, dhru­va­syā­vi­ca­li­ta­sye­ta­ra­sya vi­ca­li­ta­syā­va­gra­ha i­ty a­śe- TAŚVA-ML 224,11ṣa­to va­gra­haḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­nī­yaḥ­, ta­the­hā ta­thā­vā­ya­s ta­thā dhā­ra­ṇe­ti sa­mu­dā­ya­to bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dho ni­ṣṭa­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­tuḥ pra­ti­kṣi­pto TAŚVA-ML 224,12bha­va­ti |­| ka­thaṃ ba­hu­ba­hu­vi­dha­yo­s ta­di­ta­ra­yo­ś ca bhe­da i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.16.5vya­kti­jā­tyā­śri­ta­tve­na ta­yo­r ba­hu­vi­dha­sya ca | bhe­daḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ ta­dva­ddho dhya­sta­di­ta­ra­sya ca |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 224,14vya­kti­vi­śe­ṣau ba­hu­tva­ta­di­ta­ra­tva­dha­rmau jā­ti­vi­ṣa­yau tu ba­hu­vi­dha­tva­ta­di­ta­ra­tva­dha­rmā­v i­ti ba­hu­ba­hu­vi­dha­yo­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 224,15di­ta­ra­yo­ś ca bhe­daḥ si­ddhaḥ | e­vaṃ ba­hve­ka­vi­dha­yo­r a­bhe­da i­ty a­pā­staṃ ba­hū­nā­m a­py a­ne­kā­nā­m e­ka­pra­kā­ra­tvaṃ hy e­ka­vi­dhaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 224,16pu­na­r ba­hu­tva­m e­ve­ty u­dā­hṛ­taṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.6kṣi­pra­syā­ci­ra­kā­la­syā­dhru­va­sya ca­li­tā­tma­naḥ | sva­bhā­vai­kyaṃ na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ ta­thā ta­di­ta­ra­sya ca |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 224,18a­ci­ra­kā­la­tvaṃ hy ā­śu­pra­ti­pa­tti­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ca­li­ta­tvaṃ pu­na­r a­ni­ya­ta­pra­ti­pa­tti­go­ca­ra­tva­m i­ti sva­bhā­va­bhe­dā­t kṣi­prā- TAŚVA-ML 224,19dhru­vaṃ nai­kya­m a­va­se­yaṃ | ta­thā ta­di­ta­ra­yo­r a­kṣi­pra­dhru­va­yo­s ta­ta e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.7niḥ­śe­ṣa­pu­dga­lo­dga­tya­bhā­vā­d bha­va­ti niḥ­sṛ­taḥ | sto­ka­pu­dga­la­ni­ṣkrāṃ­te­r a­nu­kta­s tv ā­bhi­saṃ­hi­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.8ni­ṣkrāṃ­to niḥ­sṛ­taḥ kā­rtsnyā­d u­ktaḥ saṃ­da­rśi­to ma­taḥ | i­ti ta­dbhe­da­ni­rṇī­te­r a­yu­ktai­ka­tva­co­da­nā |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 224,22a­niḥ­sṛ­tā­nu­kta­yo­r niḥ­sṛ­to­kta­yo­ś ca nai­ka­tva­co­da­nā yu­ktā la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­t |­| ku­to ba­hvā­dī­nāṃ prā­dhā­nye­na ta­di- TAŚVA-ML 224,23ta­re­ṣāṃ gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na pra­ti­pā­da­naṃ na pu­na­r vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇe­ty a­tro­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.16.9ta­tra pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na ba­hvā­dī­nāṃ ni­ve­da­naṃ | pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­vṛ­tti­vi­śle­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣā­t nuḥ sa­mu­dbha­vā­t |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.10ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­ve­na ka­thaṃ cā­trā­lpa­yo­gya­tāṃ | sa­mā­sṛ­tya sa­mu­dbhū­te­r i­ta­re­ṣāṃ vi­dhī­ya­te |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 224,26a­tha ba­hvā­dī­nāṃ kra­ma­ni­rde­śa­kā­ra­ṇa­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.16.11ba­hu­jñā­na­sa­ma­bhya­rcyaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­taḥ | sphu­ṭaṃ ba­hu­vi­dha­jñā­nā­j jā­ti­bhe­dā­v a­bhā­si­naḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.12ta­tkṣi­pra­jñā­na­sā­mā­nyā­t ta­c cā­niḥ­sṛ­ta­ve­da­nā­t | ta­da­nu­kta­ga­mā­t so pi dhru­va­jñā­nā­t ku­ta­śca­na |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 224,29ta­tta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tvā­de­r ba­hvā­dī­n sa­ma­bhyā­rhi­tā­n ta­thā bo­dhyaṃ ta­dvā­ca­kā­nāṃ ca kra­ma­ni­rde­śa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | ba­hvā­dī­nāṃ hi TAŚVA-ML 224,30śa­bdā­nā­m i­ta­re­ta­ra­yo­ge dvaṃ­dve ba­hu­śa­bdo ba­hu­vi­dha­śa­bdā­t prā­k pra­yu­kto bhya­rhi­ta­tvā­t so pi kṣi­pra­śa­bdā­t so py a- TAŚVA-ML 224,31niḥ­sṛ­ta­śa­bdā­t so py a­nu­kta­śa­bdā­t so pi dhru­va­śa­bdā­t | e­vaṃ ka­thaṃ śa­bdā­nā­m a­bhya­rhi­ta­tvaṃ ? ta­dvā­cyā­nā­m a­rthā­nā­m a- TAŚVA-ML 224,32bhya­rhi­ta­tvā­t | ta­d a­pi ka­thaṃ ? ta­dgrā­hi­ṇāṃ jñā­nā­nā­m a­bhya­rhi­ta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | so pi jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya kṣa­yo- TAŚVA-ML 224,33pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ka­rṣā­d u­kta­vi­śu­ddhi­pra­ka­rṣa­sya pa­ra­mā­rtha­to bhya­rhi­ta­sya bhā­vā­d i­ti | ta­d e­va ya­tho­kta­kra­ma­ni­rde­śa­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 224,34kā­ra­ṇa­m a­va­sī­ya­te kā­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­syā­pra­tī­teḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.13vi­jā­nā­ti na vi­jñā­naṃ ba­hū­n ba­hu­vi­dhā­n a­pi | pa­dā­rthā­n i­ti ke­ṣāṃ­ci­n ma­taṃ pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhi­ta­m |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.14pra­tya­kṣā­ṇi ba­hū­ny e­va te­ṣv a­jñā­nā­ni ce­t ka­tha­m | ta­dba­dbo­dhai­ka­ni­rbhā­saiḥ śa­tai­ś ce­n nā­pra­bā­dha­nā­t |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.15ta­dbo­dha­ba­hu­tā­vi­tti­r bā­dhi­kā­tre­ti ce­n ma­taṃ | sā ya­dy e­ke­na bo­dhe­na ta­da­rthe­ṣv a­nu­ma­nya­tā­m |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.16ba­hu­bhi­r ve­da­nai­r a­nya­jñā­na­ve­dyai­s tu sā ya­di | ta­da­va­sthā ta­dā pra­śno na­va­sthā na ma­hī­ya­sī |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.17sva­to ba­hva­rtha­ni­rbhā­si­jñā­nā­nāṃ ba­hu­tā ga­tiḥ | nā­nyo­nya­m a­nu­saṃ­dhā­nā­bhā­vā­t pra­tyā­tma­va­rti­nā­m |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.18ta­tpṛ­ṣṭha­jo vi­ka­lpa­ś ce­d a­nu­saṃ­dhā­na­kṛ­n ma­taḥ | so pi nā­ne­ka­vi­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­stā­va­ke ma­te |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 225,07ba­hva­rtha­vi­ṣa­yo na syā­d vi­ka­lpaḥ ka­tha­m a­nya­thā |­| TAŚVA-ML 225,08spa­ṣṭaḥ pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā sa pa­ri­hā­ra­s ta­thā sa­ti ya­thai­va ba­hva­rtha­jñā­nā­ni ba­hū­ny e­vā­nu­saṃ­dhā­na­vi­ka­lpa­s ta­tpṛ­ṣṭha­jaḥ spa­ṣṭo TAŚVA-ML 225,09vya­va­sya­ti ta­thā spa­ṣṭo vya­va­sā­yaḥ sa­kṛ­dba­hū­n ba­hu­bi­dhā­n vā pa­dā­rthā­nā­laṃ­ba­tāṃ vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā TAŚVA-ML 225,10śa­śva­d e­vaṃ pa­ri­hṛ­taṃ syā­t ta­to jha­ṭi­ti ba­hvā­dya­rtha­syai­va pra­ti­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.19e­vaṃ ba­hu­tva­saṃ­khyā­yā­m e­ka­syā­ve­da­naṃ na­nu | saṃ­khye­ye­ṣu ba­hu­ṣv i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ ke­ci­t pra­pe­di­re |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.20ba­hu­tve­na vi­śi­ṣṭe­ṣu saṃ­khye­ye­ṣu pra­va­rti­taḥ | ba­hu­jñā­na­sya ta­dbhe­dai­kāṃ­tā­bhā­vā­c ca yu­kti­taḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 225,13na hi ba­hu­tva­m i­da­m i­ti jñā­naṃ ba­hu­ṣv a­rthe­ṣu ka­sya­ci­c ca­kā­sti ba­ha­vo mī bhā­vā i­ty e­ka­sya ve­da­na­syā­nu­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 225,14saṃ­khye­ye­bhyo bhi­nnā­m e­va ba­hu­tva­saṃ­khyāṃ saṃ­ci­nva­n ba­ha­vo rthā i­ti ce­t te­ṣāṃ sa­tsa­ma­vā­yi­tvā­d i­ty a­yu­ktā pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 225,15pa­ttiḥ | ku­ṭā­dya­va­ya­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau sā­kṣā­t ta­dā­raṃ­bha­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | a­nya­tra pra­ti­pa­ttau nā­nya­tra pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 225,16pa­tti­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ba­hu­tva­saṃ­vi­ttau ba­hva­rtha­saṃ­vi­tti­r a­pi mā bhū­t | ye­ṣāṃ tu ba­hu­tva­saṃ­khyā­vi­śi­ṣṭe­ṣv a­rthe­ṣu jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 225,17pra­va­rta­mā­naṃ ba­ha­vo rthā i­ti pra­tī­tiḥ te­ṣāṃ na do­ṣo sti­, ba­hu­tva­saṃ­khyā­yāḥ saṃ­khye­ye­bhyaḥ sa­rva­thā bhe­dā­na­bhyu­pa- TAŚVA-ML 225,18ga­mā­t | gu­ṇa­gu­ṇi­noḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhe­da­sya yu­ktyā vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | ta­to na pra­tya­rtha­va­śa­va­rti vi­jñā­naṃ ba­hu­ba­hu- TAŚVA-ML 225,19vi­dhe saṃ­ve­da­na­vya­va­hā­rā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.21ka­thaṃ ca me­ca­ka­jñā­naṃ pra­tya­rtha­va­śa­va­rti­ni | jñā­ne sa­rva­tra yu­jye­ta pa­re­ṣāṃ na­ga­rā­di­ṣu |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 225,21na hi na­ga­raṃ nā­ma kiṃ­ci­d e­ka­m a­sti grā­mā­di vā ya­ta­s ta­dve­da­naṃ pra­tya­rtha­va­śa­va­rti syā­t | prā­sā­dā­dī­nā­m a­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 225,22saṃ­yu­kta­saṃ­yo­ga­la­kṣa­ṇā­t pra­tyā­sa­tti­r na­ga­rā­dī­ti ce­t na­, prā­sā­dā­dī­nāṃ sva­yaṃ saṃ­yo­ga­tve­na saṃ­yo­gāṃ­ta­rā­nā­śra­ya- TAŚVA-ML 225,23tvā­t | kā­ṣṭhe­ṣṭa­kā­dī­nāṃ ta­lla­kṣa­ṇā pra­tyā­sa­tti­r na­ga­rā­di bha­vaṃ­tv i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­py a­ne­ka­ga­tvā­t | na hi ya­thai­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 225,24kā­ṣṭhā­de­r e­ke­na ke­na­ci­d i­ṣṭa­kā­di­nā saṃ­yo­gaḥ sa e­vā­nye­nā­pi sa­rva­tra saṃ­yo­ga­tva­syai­ka­tva­vyā­pi­tvā­di­pra­saṃ­gā­t TAŚVA-ML 225,25sa­ma­vā­ya­va­t | ci­trai­ka­rū­pa­va­cci­trai­ka­saṃ­yo­go na­ga­rā­dye­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, sā­dhya­sa­ma­tvā­d u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sya | na hy e­kaṃ ci­traṃ TAŚVA-ML 225,26rū­paṃ pra­si­ddha­m u­bha­yo­r a­sti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.22ya­thā nī­laṃ ta­thā ci­traṃ rū­pa­m e­kaṃ pa­ṭā­di­ṣu | ci­tra­jñā­naṃ pra­va­rte­ta ta­tre­ty a­pi vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.23ci­tra­saṃ­vya­va­hā­ra­syā­bhā­vā­d e­ka­tra jā­tu­ci­t | nā­nā­rthe­ṣv iṃ­dra­nī­lā­dī­rū­pe­ṣu vya­va­hā­ri­ṇā­m |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.24e­ka­syā­ne­ka­rū­pa­sya ci­tra­tve­na vya­va­sthi­teḥ | ma­ṇyā­de­r i­va nā­nya­sya sa­rva­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 225,30ya­thā­ne­ka­va­rṇa­ma­ṇe­r ma­yū­rā­de­r vā­ne­ka­va­rṇā­tma­ka­syai­ka­sya ci­tra­vya­pa­de­śa­s ta­thā sa­rva­tra rū­pā­dā­v a­pi sa vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te TAŚVA-ML 225,31nā­nya­thā | na hy e­ka­tra ci­tra­vya­va­hā­ro yu­ktaḥ saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­rā­rtha­nī­lā­di­va­t nā­py a­ne­ka­trai­va ta­dva­d e­ve­ti ni­rū­pi­ta- TAŚVA-ML 225,32prā­ya­m |­| na­nv e­vaṃ dra­vya­m e­vai­ka­m a­ne­ka­sva­bhā­vaṃ ci­traṃ syā­n na pu­na­r e­kaṃ rū­paṃ | ta­thā ca ta­tra ci­tra­vya­va­hā­ro na TAŚVA-ML 225,33syā­t | a­tro­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 1.16.25ci­traṃ rū­pa­m i­ti jñā­na­m e­va na pra­ti­ha­nya­te | rū­pe py a­ne­ka­rū­pa­tva­pra­tī­te­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 226,01na­nu rū­paṃ gu­ṇa­s ta­sya ka­tha­m a­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ vi­ro­dhā­t | nai­ta­t sā­dhu ya­taḥ­ —TAŚV-ML 1.16.26gu­ṇo ne­ka­sva­bhā­vaḥ syā­d dra­vya­va­n na gu­ṇā­śra­yaḥ | i­ti rū­pa­gu­ṇe ne­ka­sva­bhā­ve ci­tra­śe­mu­ṣī |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 226,03na hi gu­ṇa­sya ni­rgu­ṇa­tva­va­nni­rvi­śe­ṣa­tvaṃ rū­pe nī­la­nī­la­ta­ra­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­tī­teḥ | pra­ti­yo­gya­pe­kṣa­s ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 226,04vi­śe­ṣo na tā­ttvi­ka i­ti ce­n na­, pṛ­tha­ktvā­de­r a­tā­ttvi­ka­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pṛ­tha­ktvā­de­r a­ne­ka­dra­vyā­śra­ya­syai­vo­tpa­tte­r na pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 226,05yo­gya­pe­kṣa­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­thā­pi ta­syai­ka­pṛ­tha­ktvā­di­pra­ti­yo­gya­pe­kṣa­yā vya­va­sthā­nā­t | sū­kṣma­tvā­dya­pe­kṣai­ka­dra­vyā­śra­yā TAŚVA-ML 226,06ma­ha­tvā­di­va­t ta­syā­skha­la­tpra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tve­na nī­la­ta­ra­tvā­de­r a­pi rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣa­sya pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 226,07yu­kta­m a­nya­thā nai­rā­tmya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nī­la­ta­ra­tvā­di­va­tsa­rva­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ pra­ti­kṣe­pe dra­vya­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­to dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 226,08va­dgu­ṇā­de­r a­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ pra­tya­ya­vi­ru­ddha­m a­va­bo­ddha­vya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.27na­nv a­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t sa­rva­syā­rtha­sya ta­ttva­taḥ | na ci­tra­vya­va­hā­raḥ syā­j jai­nā­nāṃ kva­ci­d i­ty a­sa­t |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.28si­ddhe jā­tyaṃ­ta­re ci­tre ta­to po­ddhṛ­tya bhā­ṣa­te | ja­no hy e­ka­m i­daṃ nā­nā ve­ty a­rthi­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 226,11si­ddhe py e­kā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­ve jā­tyaṃ­ta­re sa­rva­va­stu­ni syā­dvā­di­nāṃ ci­tra­vya­va­hā­rā­rhe ta­to yo­ddhā­ra­ka­lpa­na­yā kva­ci- TAŚVA-ML 226,12d e­ka­trā­rthi­tvā­d e­ka­m i­da­m i­ti kva­ci­d a­ne­kā­rthi­tvā­d a­ne­ka­m i­da­m i­ti vya­va­hā­ro ja­naiḥ pra­ta­nya­ta i­ti sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā TAŚVA-ML 226,13ci­tra­vya­va­hā­ra­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ kva­ci­t pu­na­r e­kā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­bhā­vā­rthi­tvā­c ci­tra­vya­va­hā­ro pī­ti nai­ka­m e­va kiṃ­ci­c ci­traṃ nā­ma TAŚVA-ML 226,14ya­tra ni­ya­taṃ ve­da­naṃ syā­t pra­tya­rtha­va­śa­va­rtī­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.29yo­gi­jñā­na­va­d i­ṣṭaṃ ta­dba­hvā­dya­rthā­v a­bhā­sa­na­m | jñā­na­m e­kaṃ sa­ha­srāṃ­śu­pra­kā­śa­jñā­na­m e­va ce­t |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.30ta­de­vā­va­gra­hā­dyā­khyaṃ prā­pnu­va­t ki­mu vā­rya­te | na ca smṛ­ti­sa­hā­ye­na kā­ra­ṇe­no­pa­ja­nya­te |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.31ba­hvā­dya­va­gra­hā­dī­daṃ ve­da­naṃ śa­bda­bo­dha­va­t | ye­nā­va­bhā­sa­nā­d bhi­nnaṃ gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­tra ne­ṣya­te |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 226,18yo hy a­ne­ka­trā­rthe kṣā­va­bhā­sa­na­m ī­śva­ra­jñā­na­va­dā­d i­ty a­pra­kā­śa­na­va­d vyā­ca­kṣī­ta na­nu ta­dgra­ha­ṇaṃ smṛ­ti­sa­hā­ye­neṃ­dri­ye­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 226,19ja­ni­taṃ ta­sya pra­tya­rthi­va­śa­va­rti­tvā­t | sa i­daṃ pra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ ki­m i­daṃ ba­hvā­dya­rthe a­va­gra­hā­di­ve­da­naṃ smṛ­ti­ni­ra­pe­kṣi­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 226,20kṣe­ṇa ja­nya­te smṛ­ti­sa­hā­ye­na vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe si­ddhaṃ syā­dvā­di­ma­taṃ ba­hvā­dya­rthā­va­bhā­sa­na­syai­vā­va­gra­hā­di­jñā­na­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 226,21vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | dvi­tī­ya­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ tu pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ sva­ya­m a­nu­bhū­ta­pū­rve pi ba­hvā­dya­rthe va­gra­hā­di­pra­tī­teḥ smṛ­ti- TAŚVA-ML 226,22sa­hā­yeṃ­dri­ya­ja­nya­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­tra smṛ­te­r a­nu­da­yā­t ta­syāḥ sva­ya­m a­nu­bhū­tā­rtha e­va pra­va­rta­nā­d a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 226,23ta­to ne­daṃ ba­hvā­dya­va­gra­hā­di­jñā­na­m a­va­bhā­sa­nā­d bhi­nnaṃ śa­bda­jñā­na­va­tsmṛ­ti­sā­pe­kṣaṃ gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti maṃ­ta­vyaṃ | ta­to yu­ga- TAŚVA-ML 226,24pa­da­ne­kāṃ­tā­rthe na syā­t | bha­va­tu nā­ma dhā­ra­ṇā­pa­ryaṃ­ta­m a­va­bhā­sa­naṃ ta­tra na pu­naḥ sma­ra­ṇā­di­kaṃ vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 226,25ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 1.16.32ba­hau ba­hu­vi­dhe cā­rthe se­ta­re '­va­gra­hā­di­ka­m | sma­ra­ṇaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ ciṃ­tā vā­bhi­ni­bo­dha­na­m |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.33dhā­ra­ṇā­vi­ṣa­ye ta­tra na vi­ru­ddhaṃ pra­tī­ti­taḥ | pra­vṛ­tte­r a­nya­thā jā­tu ta­nmū­lā­yā vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 226,28na hi dhā­ra­ṇā­vi­ṣa­ye ba­hvā­dya­rthe smṛ­ti­r vi­ru­dhya­te ta­nmū­lā­yā­s ta­tra pra­vṛ­tte­r jā­tu­ci­da­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nā­pi ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 226,29smṛ­ti­vi­ṣa­ye pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yā­s ta­ta e­va | nā­pi pra­tya­bhi­jñā­vi­ṣa­ye ciṃ­tā­yā­ś ciṃ­tā­vi­ṣa­ye vā­bhi­ni­bo­dha­sya ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 226,30e­va pra­tī­ya­te ca ta­tra ta­nmū­lā pra­vṛ­tti­r a­bhrāṃ­tā ca pra­tī­ti­r i­ti ni­ści­taṃ prā­k |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.34kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yi­ta­yā­rtha­sya niḥ­śe­ṣa­sya pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | kṣi­prā­va­gra­ha e­ve­ti ke­ci­t ta­da­pa­rī­kṣi­ta­m |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.35sthā­snū­tpi­tsu­vi­nā­śi­tva­sa­mā­krāṃ­ta­sya va­stu­naḥ | sa­ma­rtha­yi­ṣya­mā­ṇa­sya ba­hu­to­ba­hu­to gra­taḥ |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.36kau­ṭa­sthā­t pū­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ pa­ra­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­taḥ | a­kṣi­prā­va­gra­hai­kāṃ­to py e­te­nai­va ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 226,34kṣi­prā­va­gra­hā­di­va­da­kṣi­prā­va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ saṃ­ti tra­yā­tma­no va­stu­naḥ si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.37prā­pya­kā­rīṃ­dri­yai­r yu­kto ni­sṛ­tā­nu­kta­va­stu­naḥ | nā­va­gra­hā­di­r i­ty e­ke prā­pya­kā­rī­ṇi tā­ni vā |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 227,02prā­pya­kā­ri­bhi­r iṃ­dri­yaiḥ spa­rśa­na­ra­sa­na­ghrā­ṇa­śro­trai­r a­ni­sṛ­ta­syā­nu­kta­sya cā­rtha­syā­va­gra­hā­di­r a­nu­pa­pa­nna e­va vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 227,03ta­du­pa­pa­nna­tve vā na tā­ni prā­pya­kā­rī­ṇi ca­kṣu­rva­t | ca­kṣu­ṣo pi hy a­prā­ptā­rtha­pa­ri­cche­da­he­tu­tva­m a­prā­pya­kā­ri­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 227,04ta­c cā­ni­sṛ­tā­nu­ktā­rthā­va­gra­hā­di­he­toḥ spa­rśa­nā­di­r a­stī­ti ke­ci­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.38ta­n nā­ni­sṛ­ta­bhā­va­syā­nu­kta­syā­pi ca kai­śca­na | sū­kṣmai­r aṃ­śaiḥ pa­ri­prā­pta­syā­kṣai­s tai­r a­va­bo­dha­nā­t |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.39ni­sṛ­to­kta­m a­thai­vaṃ syā­t ta­sye­ty a­pi na śaṃ­kya­te | sa­rvā­prā­pti­ma ve­kṣyai­vā­ni­sṛ­tā­nu­kta­tā­sthi­teḥ |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 227,07na hi va­yaṃ kā­rtsnye­nā­prā­pti­m a­rtha­syā­ni­sṛ­ta­tva­m a­nu­kta­tvaṃ vā brū­ma­he ya­ta­s ta­da­va­gra­hā­di­he­to­r iṃ­dri­ya­syā­prā­pya- TAŚVA-ML 227,08kā­ri­tva­m ā­yu­jya­te | kiṃ ta­rhi | sū­kṣmai­r a­va­ya­vai­s ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ra­hi­ta­ja­nā­ve­dyaiḥ kai­ści­t prā­ptā­na­va- TAŚVA-ML 227,09bhā­sa­sya cā­ni­sṛ­ta­syā­nu­kta­sya ca pa­ri­cche­de pra­va­rta­mā­na­m iṃ­dri­yaṃ nā­prā­pya­kā­ri syā­c ca­kṣu­ṣy e­va­m a­prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­syā- TAŚVA-ML 227,10pra­tī­teḥ | ka­thaṃ ta­rhi ca­kṣu­ra­niṃ­dri­yā­bhyā­m a­ni­sṛ­tā­nu­ktā­va­gra­hā­di­s ta­yo­r a­pi prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 227,11yo­gya­de­śā­va­sthi­te­r e­va prā­pte­r a­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ta­thā ca ra­sa­gaṃ­dha­spa­rśā­nāṃ sva­grā­hi­bhi­r iṃ­dri­yaiḥ spṛ­ṣṭi­baṃ­dha­sva­yo­gya­de­śā- TAŚVA-ML 227,12va­sthi­tiḥ śa­bda­sya śro­tre­ṇa spṛ­ṣṭi­mā­traṃ rū­pa­sya ca­kṣu­ṣā­bhi­mu­kha­ta­yā­na­ti­dū­rā­.­.­.­ta­yā­va­sthi­tiḥ | sā ca ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 227,13sa­ka­la­sya va­strā­de­s ta­thā ta­da­va­ya­vā­nāṃ ca ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d i­ti ta­tpa­ri­cche­di­nā ca­kṣu­ṣā prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­m u­pa­ḍhau­ka­te | TAŚVA-ML 227,14sva­smi­nn a­spṛ­ṣṭā­nā­m a­ba­ddhā­nāṃ ca ta­da­va­ya­vā­nāṃ ki­ya­tāṃ ci­tte­na pa­ri­cche­da­nā­t tā­va­tā cā­ni­sṛ­tā­nu­ktā­va­gra­hā­di- TAŚVA-ML 227,15si­ddheḥ ki­m a­dhi­ke­nā­bhi­hi­te­na |­| TAŚV-ML 1.16.40dhru­va­sya se­ta­ra­syā­trā­va­gra­hā­de­r na bā­dhya­te | ni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­ke bhā­ve si­ddhiḥ syā­dvā­di­no ṃ­ja­sā |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 227,17ya­di ka­ści­d dhru­va e­vā­rthaḥ ka­ści­d a­dhru­vaḥ syā­t ta­dā syā­dvā­di­na­s ta­trā­va­gra­hā­va­bo­dha­m ā­ca­kṣā­ṇa­sya sva­si­ddhāṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 227,18bā­dhaḥ syā­n na pu­na­r e­ka­m a­rthaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d dhru­va­m a­dhru­vaṃ cā­va­dhā­ra­ya­ta­s ta­sya si­ddhāṃ­te su­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t sa ta­thā vi­ro­dho bā­dha­ka TAŚVA-ML 227,19i­ti ce­t na­, ta­syā­pi su­pra­tī­te vi­ṣa­ye '­na­va­kā­śā­t | pra­tī­taṃ ca sa­rva­sya va­stu­no ni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­ka­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 227,20pra­tya­kṣa­to­nu­mā­nā­c ca ta­syā­va­bo­dhā­d a­nya­thā jā­tu­ci­da­pra­tī­te pa­ra­mā­rtha­to no­bha­ya­rū­pa­tā­rtha­sya ta­trā­nya­ta­ra­sva­bhā­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 227,21ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­tvā­d i­ty a­pi na ka­lpa­nī­yaṃ ni­tyā­ni­tya­sva­bhā­va­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­ka­lpi­ta­tve ta­da­vi­nā­bhā­vi­no pa­ra­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 227,22ka­lpi­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na co­bha­yo­s ta­yoḥ ka­lpi­ta­tve kiṃ­ci­d a­ka­lpi­taṃ va­stu­no rū­pa­m u­pa­pa­tti­m a­nu­sa­ra­ti ya­ta­s ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 227,23vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te vā­ya­m i­ti ta­du­bha­ya­m aṃ­ja­sā­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vya­m |­| TA-ML 1.17 a­rtha­sya |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 227,25ki­ma­rtha­m i­daṃ sū­trya­te sā­ma­rthya­si­ddha­tvā­d i­ti ce­d a­tro­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.17.1na­nu ba­hvā­da­yo dha­rmāḥ se­ta­rāḥ ka­sya dha­rmi­ṇaḥ | te '­va­gra­hā­da­yo ye­ṣā­m i­ty a­rtha­sye­ti sū­tri­ta­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 227,27na ka­ści­d dha­rmī vi­dya­te ba­hvā­di­bhyo nyo '­na­nyo vā­ne­ka­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t ta­da­bhā­ve­na te pi dha­rmi­ṇāṃ dha­rma­pa­ra­taṃ­tra- TAŚVA-ML 227,28la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t sva­taṃ­trā­ṇā­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­taḥ ke­ṣā­m a­va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣā i­ty ā­kṣi­paṃ­taṃ pra­tī­da­m u­cya­te | a­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 227,29syā­bā­dhi­ta­pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­sya dha­rmi­ṇo ba­hvā­dī­nāṃ se­ta­rā­ṇāṃ ta­tpa­ra­taṃ­tra­ta­yā pra­tī­ya­mā­nā­nāṃ dha­rmā­ṇā­m a­va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 227,30pa­ri­cchi­tti­vi­śe­ṣā­s ta­d e­kaṃ ma­ti­jñā­na­m i­ti sū­tra­tra­ye­ṇai­kaṃ vā­kyaṃ ca­tu­rtha­sū­trā­pe­kṣe­ṇa vā pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 227,31kaḥ pu­na­r a­rtho nā­me­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.17.2yo vya­kto dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tmā­rthaḥ so trā­bhi­saṃ­hi­taḥ | a­vya­kta­syo­tta­re sū­tre vyaṃ­ja­na­syo­pa­va­rṇa­nā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.17.3ke­va­lo nā­rtha­pa­ryā­yaḥ sū­re­r i­ṣṭo vi­ro­dha­taḥ | ta­sya ba­hvā­di­pa­ryā­ya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tve­na saṃ­vi­daḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.17.4ta­ta e­va na niḥ­śe­ṣa­pa­ryā­ye­bhyaḥ pa­rā­ṅmu­kha­m | dra­vya­m a­rtho na cā­nyo­nyā­na­pe­kṣya ta­ddva­yaṃ bha­ve­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.17.5e­va­m a­rtha­sya dha­rmā­ṇāṃ ba­hvā­dī­ta­ra­bhe­di­nā­m | a­va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ si­ddhaṃ ta­nma­ti­jñā­na­m ī­ri­ta­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 228,03na hi dha­rmī dha­rme­bhyo '­nya e­va ya­taḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhā­si­ddhi­r a­nu­pa­kā­rā­t ta­du­pa­kā­re vā kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­pa­tte­s ta­yo- TAŚVA-ML 228,04r dha­rma­dha­rmi­bhā­vā­bhā­vo gni­dhū­ma­va­t | dha­rmi­ṇi dha­rmā­ṇāṃ vṛ­ttau ca sa­rvā­tma­nā pra­tye­kaṃ dha­rmi­ba­hu­tvā­pa­ttiḥ e­ka­de­śe­na TAŚVA-ML 228,05sā­va­ya­va­tvaṃ pu­na­s te­bhyo va­ya­ve­bhyo bhe­de sa e­va pa­rya­nu­yo­go na­va­sthā ca­, pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­re­ṇa vṛ­ttā­v a­dṛ­ṣṭa­pa­ri­ka­lpa­na- TAŚVA-ML 228,06m i­tyā­di­do­ṣo­pa­ni­pā­taḥ syā­t | nā­py a­na­nya e­va ya­to dha­rmy e­va vā dha­rma e­va ta­da­nye ṃ­ta­rā­yāḥ | ye co­bha­yā- TAŚVA-ML 228,07sa­ttvaṃ ta­to pi sa­rvo vya­va­hā­ra i­ty u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ saṃ­bha­ve­t | nā­pi te­nai­va rū­pe­ṇā­nya­tva­m a­na­nya­tvaṃ ca dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r ya­to TAŚVA-ML 228,08vi­ro­dho­bha­ya­do­ṣa­saṃ­ka­ra­vya­ti­ka­rāḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ syuḥ | kiṃ ta­rhi | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­nya­tva­m a­na­nya­tvaṃ ca ya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 228,09pra­tī­ti jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­m a­vi­ru­ddhaṃ ci­tra­vi­jñā­na­va­tsā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­d vā sa­ttvā­dyā­tma­kai­ka­pra­dhā­na­va­d vā ci­tra­pa­ṭa­va­dve­ty u­kta- TAŚVA-ML 228,10prā­yaṃ | ta­ta e­va na si­ddhā­nā­m a­si­ddhā­nāṃ vā ba­hvā­dī­nāṃ dha­rmi­ṇi na pā­ra­taṃ­tryā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya­sya TAŚVA-ML 228,11ta­taḥ pā­ra­taṃ­trya­sya vya­va­sthi­teḥ | na ca ta­ddra­vyā­rtha­taḥ sa­tāṃ pa­ryā­yā­rtha­to '­sa­tāṃ dha­rmā­ṇāṃ dha­rmī vi­ru­ddhya­te '­nya­thai­va TAŚVA-ML 228,12vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­to dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tmā­rthau dha­rmī vya­ktaḥ pra­tī­ya­tā­m a­vya­kta­sya vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­ya­syo­tta­ra­sū­tre vi­dhā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 228,13dra­vya­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­s tv a­rtha­pa­ryā­yaḥ ke­va­lo nā­rtho tra ta­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­tvā­t | nā­pi dra­vya­mā­traṃ pa­ra­spa­raṃ ni­ra­pe­kṣaṃ ta­du­bha­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 228,14vā ta­ta e­va | na cai­vaṃ­bhū­ta­syā­rtha­sya vi­va­rtā­nāṃ ba­hvā­dī­ta­ra­bhe­da­bhṛ­tā­m a­va­gra­hā­da­yo vi­ru­dhyaṃ­te ye­na e­vai­kaṃ ma­ti- TAŚVA-ML 228,15jñā­naṃ ya­tho­ktaṃ na si­ddhye­t |­| TA-ML 1.18 vyaṃ­ja­na­syā­va­gra­haḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 228,17nā­ra­bdha­vya­m i­daṃ pū­rva­sū­tre­ṇai­va si­ddha­tvā­t i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.18.1ni­ya­mā­rtha­m i­daṃ sū­traṃ vyaṃ­ja­ne­tyā­di da­rśi­ta­m | si­ddhe hi vi­dhi­r ā­ra­bhyo ni­ya­mā­ya ma­nī­ṣi­bhiḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 228,19kiṃ pu­na­r vyaṃ­ja­na­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.18.2a­vya­kta­m a­tra śa­bdā­di­jā­taṃ vyaṃ­ja­na­m i­ṣya­te | ta­syā­va­gra­ha e­ve­ti ni­ya­mo dhya­kṣa­va­dga­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.18.3ī­hā­da­yaḥ pu­na­s ta­sya na syuḥ spa­ṣṭā­rtha­go­ca­rāḥ | ni­ya­me­ne­ti sā­ma­rthyā­d u­kta­m a­tra pra­tī­ya­te |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.18.4na­nv a­rthā­va­gra­ho ya­dva­da­kṣa­taḥ spa­ṣṭa­go­ca­raḥ | ta­dva­t kiṃ nā­bhi­ma­nye­ta vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­ho py a­sau |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.18.5kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­bhe­da­sya tā­dṛ­śo '­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ha | a­spa­ṣṭā­tma­ka­sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­vya­va­sthi­ta­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.18.6a­dhya­kṣa­tvaṃ na hi vyā­ptaṃ spa­ṣṭa­tve­na vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | da­vi­ṣṭha­pā­da­pā­dhya­kṣa­jñā­na­syā­spa­ṣṭa­te­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.18.7vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ca di­vā tā­ma­sa­pa­kṣi­ṇāṃ | ti­gma­ro­ci­r ma­yū­khe­ṣu bhṛṃ­ga­pā­dā­v a­bhā­sa­nā­t |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 228,26na­nu ca dū­ra­ta­ma­de­śa­va­rti­ni pā­da­pā­dau jñā­na­m a­spa­ṣṭa­m a­sma­dā­de­r a­sti vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­yaṃ cā­di­tya­ki­ra­ṇe­ṣu dhyā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 228,27lā­kā­ra­m a­dhu­ka­ra­ca­ra­ṇa­va­da­va­bhā­sa­na­m u­lū­kā­dī­nāṃ pra­si­ddhaṃ | na­nu ta­da­kṣa­jaṃ śru­ta­m a­spa­ṣṭa­tvā­c chru­ta­m a­spa­ṣṭa­ta­rka­ṇa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 228,28va­ca­nā­t | ta­to na te­na vya­bhi­cā­ro kṣa­ja­tva­sya he­toḥ spa­ṣṭa­tve sā­dhye vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­he dha­rmi­ṇī­ti ka­ści­t | TAŚVA-ML 228,29ta­n na yu­ktyā­ga­mā­vi­ru­ddhaṃ da­vi­ṣṭha­pā­da­pā­di­jñā­na­m a­kṣa­ja­m a­kṣā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvā­t sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭa­pā­da­pā­di- TAŚVA-ML 228,30vi­jñā­na­va­t | śru­ta­jñā­naṃ vā na bha­va­ti sā­kṣā­t pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā vā ma­ti­pū­rva­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­t ta­dva­d e­ve­ti yu­kti­vi­ru­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 228,31m ā­ga­ma­vi­ru­ddhaṃ ca ta­sya śru­ta­jñā­na­tvaṃ ya­to dhī­ma­dbhi­r a­nu­bhū­ya­te | na cā­spa­ṣṭa­ta­rka­ṇaṃ śru­ta­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ smṛ­tyā­de­r a­pi TAŚVA-ML 228,32śru­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ma­ti­gṛ­hī­te rthe niṃ­dri­ya­ba­lā­d a­spa­ṣṭa­sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­pra­tya­kṣā­d a­nya­tvā­t ta­rka­ṇaṃ | nā­nā­sva­rū­pa­pra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ śru­ta- TAŚVA-ML 228,33m i­ti ta­sya vyā­khyā­ne '­śru­taṃ ma­ti­pū­rvaṃ­' i­ty e­ta­d e­va la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­tho­ktaṃ syā­t ta­c ca na pra­kṛ­ta­jñā­ne sti | na hi TAŚVA-ML 228,34sā­kṣā­c ca­kṣu­rma­ti­pū­rva­kaṃ ta­tspa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­sā­naṃ­ta­raṃ ta­da­spa­ṣṭā­v a­bhā­sa­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nā­pi pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā liṃ­gā­di­śru­ta­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 229,01pū­rva­ka­tve­na ta­syā­na­nu­bha­vā­t | na cā­tra yā­dṛ­śa­m a­kṣā­na­pe­kṣaṃ pā­da­pā­di sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­kaṃ pra­rū­pa­ṇa­m a­spa­ṣṭaṃ tā­dṛ­śa- TAŚVA-ML 229,02m a­nu­bhū­ya­te ye­na śru­ta­jñā­naṃ ta­da­nu­ma­nye­ma­hi | śru­ta­sya smṛ­tyā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā spa­ṣṭa­tvā­t | saṃ­sthā­nā­di­sā­mā­nya­sya pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 229,03bhā­sa­nā­t | sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭa­pā­da­pā­di­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­pe­kṣa­yā tu da­vi­ṣṭha­pā­da­pā­di­pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­m a­spa­ṣṭa­m a­kṣa­ja­m a­pī­ti yu­kto ne­na TAŚVA-ML 229,04vya­bhi­cā­raḥ pra­kṛ­ta­he­toḥ | a­pa­raḥ prā­ha | spa­ṣṭa­m e­va sa­rva­vi­jñā­naṃ sva­vi­ṣa­ye nya­sya ta­dvya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tvā­yo­gā­d a­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 229,05bhā­sa­na­va­t | ta­to nā­spa­ṣṭo vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­ha i­ti­.­.­.­. ma­nye­ta spa­ṣṭā­spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­sa­yo­r a­bā­dhi­ta­va­pu­ṣoḥ TAŚVA-ML 229,06sva­yaṃ sa­rva­syā­nu­bha­vā­t | na­nu cā­spa­ṣṭa­tvaṃ ya­di jñā­na­dha­rma­s ta­dā ka­tha­m a­rtha­syā­spa­ṣṭa­tva­m a­nya­syā­spa­ṣṭa­tvā­d a­nya­syā­spa­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 229,07tve ti­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ce­t ta­rhi spa­ṣṭa­tva­m a­pi ya­di jñā­na­sya dha­rma­s ta­dā ka­tha­m a­rtha­sya spa­ṣṭa­tā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­sya sa­mā­na­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 229,08vi­ṣa­ye vi­ṣa­yi­dha­rma­syo­pa­cā­rā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­t ta­ta e­vā­nya­trā­pi na do­ṣaḥ | ya­thai­va hi dū­rā­d a­spa­ṣṭa­sva­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 229,09tva­m a­rtha­sya sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭa­spa­ṣṭa­tā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­naṃ bā­dhya­te ta­thā sa­nni­hi­tā­rtha­sya spa­ṣṭa­tva­m a­pi dū­rā­d a­spa­ṣṭa­tā pra­ti­bhā­se­na TAŚVA-ML 229,10ni­rā­kri­ya­ta i­ti nā­rthaḥ sva­yaṃ ka­sya­ci­t spa­ṣṭo '­spa­ṣṭo vā sva­vi­ṣa­ya­jñā­na­spa­ṣṭa­tvā­spa­ṣṭa­tvā­bhyā­m e­va ta­sya ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 229,11vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ jñā­na­sya ku­taḥ spa­ṣṭa­tā ? sva­jñā­na­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, a­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | sva­ta e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 229,12ce­t sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ spa­ṣṭa­tvā­pa­tti­r i­ty a­tra ka­ści­d ā­ca­ṣṭe | a­kṣā­t spa­ṣṭa­tā jñā­na­sye­ti ta­da­yu­ktaṃ­, da­vi­ṣṭha­pā­da­pā­di- TAŚVA-ML 229,13jñā­na­sya di­vā tā­ma­sa­kha­ga­ku­la­vi­jñā­na­sya ca spa­ṣṭa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­du­tpā­da­ka­m a­kṣa­m e­va na bha­va­ti dū­ra­ta­ma­di­va­sa­ka­ra- TAŚVA-ML 229,14pra­tā­pā­bhyā­m u­pa­ha­ta­tvā­t ma­rī­ci­kā­su to­yā­kā­ra­jñā­no­tpā­da­kā­kṣa­va­d i­ti ce­t ta­rhi tā­bhyā­m a­kṣa­sya sva­rū­pa­m u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 229,15ha­nya­te śa­kti­r vā | na tā­va­dā­dyaḥ pa­kṣaḥ ta­tsva­rū­pa­syā­vi­ka­la­syā­nu­bha­vā­t | dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe tu yo­gya­tā­si­ddhi­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 229,16dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­kṣa­śa­kte­r a­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­yāḥ yo­gya­tā­yā e­va bhā­veṃ­dri­yā­khyā­yāḥ svī­ka­ra- TAŚVA-ML 229,17ṇā­rha­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.18.8jñā­na­sya spa­ṣṭa­tā lo­ka­ni­mi­tte­ty a­pi dū­ṣi­ta­m | e­te­na sthā­pi­tā­ka­rī­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.18.9sai­vā­spa­ṣṭa­tva­he­tuḥ syā­d vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­ha­sya naḥ | gaṃ­dhā­di­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­grā­hi­ṇo py a­kṣa­ja­nma­naḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 229,20ya­thā spa­ṣṭa­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­spa­ṣṭa­tā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­ta i­ti nā­nyo he­tu­r a­vya­bhi­cā­rī ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 229,21saṃ­bhā­vya­te ta­to rtha­syā­va­gra­hā­diḥ spa­ṣṭo vyaṃ­ja­na­syā­spa­ṣṭo '­va­gra­ha e­ve­ti sū­kta­m |­| TA-ML 1.19 na ca­kṣu­ra­niṃ­dri­yā­bhyā­m |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 229,23ki­m a­va­gra­he­hā­dī­nāṃ sa­rve­ṣāṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m i­da­m ā­ho­svi­dvyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­ha­syai­ve­ti śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ca­ṣṭe­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.1ne­tyā­dy ā­ha ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m a­ni­ṣṭa­sya pra­saṃ­gi­naḥ | ca­kṣu­rma­no­ni­mi­tta­sya vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­ha­sya ta­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.2vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­ho nai­va ca­kṣu­ṣā­niṃ­dri­ye­ṇa ca | a­prā­pya­kā­ri­ṇā te­na spa­ṣṭā­va­gra­ha­he­tu­nā |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.3prā­pya­kā­rīṃ­dri­ya­ś cā­rthe prā­pti­bhe­dā­d dhi ku­tra­ci­t | ta­dyo­gya­tāṃ vi­śe­ṣāṃ vā spa­ṣṭā­va­gra­ha­kā­ra­ṇa­m |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.4ya­thā na­va­śa­rā­v ā­dau dvi­trā­dyā­s to­ya­viṃ­da­vaḥ | a­vya­ktā­mā­rdra­tāṃ kṣi­ptāḥ ku­rvaṃ­ti prā­pya­kā­ri­ṇaḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.5pau­naḥ pu­nye­na vi­kṣi­ptā vya­ktāṃ tā­m e­va ku­rva­te | ta­tprā­pti­bhe­da­ta­s ta­dva­diṃ­dri­yā­ṇy a­py a­va­gra­ha­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.6a­prā­pti­kā­ri­ṇī ca­kṣu­rma­na­sī ku­ru­taḥ pu­naḥ | vya­ktā­m a­rtha­pa­ri­cchi­tti­m a­prā­pte­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.7ya­thā­ya­skāṃ­ta­pā­ṣā­ṇaḥ śa­lyā­kṛ­ṣṭiṃ sva­śa­kti­taḥ | ka­ro­ty a­prā­pti­kā­rī­ti vya­kti­m e­va śa­rī­ra­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 229,31na hi ya­thā svā­rtha­yoḥ spṛ­ṣṭi­la­kṣa­ṇā­prā­pti­r a­nyo­pa­ca­ya­spṛ­ṣṭi­tā­ra­ta­myā­d bhi­dya­te ta­thā ta­yoḥ prā­pti­r de­śa­vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 229,32dhā­na­la­kṣa­ṇā­pi kā­rtsnye­nā­spṛ­ṣṭe­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t ta­dvya­va­dhā­ya­ka­de­śā­s pa­dā­d a­prā­pti­r a­pi bhi­dya­te e­ve­ti­ce­t ki­m a­yaṃ pa­ryu- TAŚVA-ML 229,33dā­sa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ pra­sa­jya­pra­ti­ṣe­dho vā ? pra­tha­m a­pa­kṣe­kṣā­rthā­prā­pti­r a­nyā na vā­rthaḥ pu­na­r e­vaṃ "­na­ñ i­va yu­kta­m a­nya­sa­dṛ­śā- TAŚVA-ML 229,34dhi­ka­ra­ṇe ta­thā hy a­rtha­ga­tiḥ­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t sā ca nā­va­gra­hā­deḥ kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ta­dbhe­de pi ku­ta­s ta­dbhe­daḥ | dvi­tī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 230,01pa­kṣe tu prā­pte­r a­bhā­vo '­prā­ptiḥ sā ca na bhi­dya­te bhā­va­sya sva­yaṃ sa­rva­trā­bhe­dā­t | ka­tha­m a­va­gra­hā­dyu­tpa­ttau sā kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 230,02m i­ti ce­t ta­syāṃ ta­tprā­du­rbhā­vā­nu­bha­vā­t ni­mi­tta­mā­tra­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ prā­pti­va­t pra­dhā­naṃ tu kā­ra­ṇaṃ svā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma TAŚVA-ML 230,03e­ve­ti na kiṃ­ca­na vi­ru­ddha­m u­tpa­śyā­maḥ |­| a­tra pa­ra­sya ca­kṣu­ṣi prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­sā­dha­na­m a­nū­dya dū­ṣa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.8ca­kṣuḥ prā­pta­pa­r i­cche­d a­kā­ra­ṇaṃ rū­pa­vya­kti­taḥ | spa­rśa­nā­di­va­d i­ty e­ke ta­n na pa­kṣa­sya bā­dha­nā­t |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.9bā­hyaṃ ca­kṣu­r ya­dā tā­va­t kṛ­ṣṇa­tā­rā­di dṛ­śya­tā­m | prā­ptaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­to bā­dhā­t ta­syā­rthā­prā­pti­ve­di­naḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.10śa­kti­rū­pa­m a­dṛ­śyaṃ ce­d a­nu­mā­ne­na bā­dha­na­m | ā­ga­me­na su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ke­na ca |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 230,07vya­kti­rū­pa­sya ca­kṣu­ṣaḥ prā­pya­kā­ri­tve sā­dhye pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa bā­dhya­te pa­kṣo nu­ṣṇo gni­r i­tyā­di­va­t | pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 230,08sā­dhya­vi­pa­rya­si­ddheḥ śa­kti­rū­pa­sya ta­sya ta­thā­tva­sā­dha­ne nu­mā­ne­na bā­dhya­te ta­ta e­va su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ke TAŚVA-ML 230,09nā­ga­me­na ca | kiṃ ta­da­nu­mā­naṃ pa­kṣa­sya bā­dha­ka­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.11ta­trā­prā­pti­pa­ri­cche­di ca­kṣuḥ spa­ṣṭā­na­va­gra­hā­t | a­nya­thā ta­da­saṃ­bhū­te­r ghrā­ṇā­de­r i­va sa­rva­thā |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 230,11ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­mā­na­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttye­ka­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gā­d u­pa­pa­nnaṃ pa­kṣa­sya bā­dha­ka­m i­ti bhā­vaḥ | a­tra he­to­r a- TAŚVA-ML 230,12si­ddha­tā­m ā­śaṃ­kya pa­ri­ha­ra­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.12ca­kṣu­ṣā śa­kti­rū­pe­ṇa tā­ra­kā­ga­ta­m aṃ­ja­naṃ | na spṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ti ta­ddhe­to­r a­si­ddha­tva­m i­ho­cya­te |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.13śa­ktiḥ śa­kti­m a­to nya­tra ti­ṣṭha­tā­rthe­na yu­jya­te | ta­tra­sthe­na tu nai­ve­ti ko nyo brū­yā­j ja­ḍā­tma­naḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 230,15vya­kti­rū­pā­c ca­kṣu­ṣaḥ śa­kti­m a­to nya­tra dū­rā­di­de­śe ti­ṣṭha­tā­rthe­na gha­ṭā­di­nā śa­ktīṃ­dri­yaṃ yu­jya­te na pu­na­rvya­kti- TAŚVA-ML 230,16na­ya­na­sthe­nāṃ­ja­nā­di­ne­ti ko nyo ja­ḍā­tma­vā­di­no brū­yā­t | dū­rā­di­de­śa­sthe­nā­rthe­na vya­kti­ca­kṣu­ṣaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­pū­rva­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 230,17ca­kṣuḥ saṃ­ba­dhya­te ta­dve­da­na­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ce­t syā­d e­ta­d e­vaṃ ya­dy a­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­na ta­tra ve­da­na­m u­pa­ja­na­yi­tuṃ ne­tre­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 230,18na śa­kye­ta ma­no­va­t | na hi prā­pti­r e­va ta­sya vi­ṣa­ya­jñā­na­ja­na­na­ni­mi­tta­m aṃ­ja­nā­deḥ prā­pta­syā­pra­ve­da­nā­t | yo­gya­tā- TAŚVA-ML 230,19yā­s ta­tra bhā­vā­t ta­da­pra­ve­da­na­m i­ti ce­t sai­vā­stu kiṃ prā­pti­ni­rbaṃ­dhe­na | yo­gya­tā­yāṃ hi sa­tyāṃ kiṃ­ci­d a­kṣaṃ prā­pta- TAŚVA-ML 230,20m a­rthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­na­tti kiṃ­ci­d a­prā­pta­m i­ti ya­thā­pra­tī­ta­m a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ | na hi prā­ptya­bhā­ve rtha­pa­ri­cche­da­na­yo­gya­tā­kṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 230,21na saṃ­bha­va­ti ma­no­va­dvi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | ye­na pra­tī­tya­ti­kra­maḥ kri­ya­te ta­to na sva­rū­pā­si­ddho he­tuḥ | TAŚVA-ML 230,22pa­kṣā­vyā­pa­ko pi na bha­va­tī­ty ā­haḥ­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.14pa­kṣā­vyā­pa­ka­tā he­to­r ma­na­sya prā­pya­kā­ri­ṇi | vi­ra­hā­d i­ti maṃ­ta­vyaṃ nā­syā­pe­kṣa­tva­yo­gya­taḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 230,24ca­kṣu­r e­va hy a­nu­pa­kṣī­kṛ­taṃ na pu­na­r ma­na­s ta­syā­prā­pya­kā­ri­tve­na pra­si­ddha­tvā­t sva­ya­m a­pra­si­ddha­sya sā­dhya­tve­na vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 230,25sthā­pa­nā­t | na ve­da­m a­pra­si­ddha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.15ma­na­so prā­pya­kā­ri­tvaṃ nā­pra­si­ddhaṃ pra­vā­di­nā­m | kvā­nya­thā­tī­ta­dū­rā­di­pa­dā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­taḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 230,27na hy a­tī­tā­da­yo dū­ra­sthā­rthā ma­na­sā prā­pya­kā­ri­ṇā vi­ṣa­yī­ka­rtuṃ śa­kyā i­ti sa­rvaiḥ pra­vā­di­bhi­r a­prā­pya­kā­ri TAŚVA-ML 230,28ta­daṃ­gī­ka­rta­vya­m a­nya­thā­tī­ta­dū­rā­di­va­stu­pa­ri­cchi­tte­r a­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­to na pa­kṣā­vyā­pa­ko he­tuḥ spṛ­ṣṭā­na­va­gra­hā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 230,29pa­kṣī­kṛ­te ca­kṣu­ṣi bhā­vā­t | nā­py a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko vi­ru­ddho vā prā­pya­kā­ri­ṇi vi­pa­kṣe spa­rśa­nā­dā­v a­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ty a­to TAŚVA-ML 230,30he­to­r bha­va­ty e­va sā­dhya­si­ddhiḥ |­| i­ta­ś ca bha­va­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.16kā­cā­dyaṃ­ta­ri­tā­rthā­nāṃ gra­hā­c cā­prā­pta­kā­ri­tā | ca­kṣu­ṣaḥ prā­pya­kā­ri­tve ma­na­saḥ spa­rśa­nā­di­va­t |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 230,32na­nu ca ya­dy aṃ­ta­ri­tā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ sva­bhā­va­kā­lāṃ­ta­ri­tā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ṣya­te ta­dā na si­ddhaṃ sā­dha­naṃ ca­kṣu­ṣi ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 230,33bhā­vā­t | de­śāṃ­ta­ri­tā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ce­t ta­d e­va sā­dhyaṃ sā­dha­naṃ ce­ty ā­yā­taṃ | de­śāṃ­ta­ri­tā­rtha­grā­hi­tva­m e­va hy a­prā­pya­kā­ri- TAŚVA-ML 231,01tva­m i­ti ka­ści­t­, ta­d a­sa­t | ca­kṣu­ṣo prā­pta­m a­rthaṃ pa­ri­cche­ttuṃ śa­kteḥ sā­dhya­tvā­t ta­trā­pra­si­ddha­tvā­d a­prā­pta­kā­ra­ṇa­śa­kti- TAŚVA-ML 231,02tva­syā­prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t | sā­dha­na­sya pu­na­r aṃ­ta­ri­tā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­sya sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddha­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 231,03na­nu ca kā­cā­dyaṃ­ta­ri­tā­rtha­sya prā­pta­syai­va ca­kṣu­ṣā pa­ri­cche­dā­d a­si­ddho he­tu­r i­ty ā­śaṃ­kāṃ pa­ri­ha­ra­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.17vi­bha­jya spha­ṭi­kā­dīṃ­ś ce­t ka­thaṃ­ci­c ca­kṣu­raṃ­śa­vaḥ | prā­pnu­vaṃ­s tū­la­rā­śyā­dī­n na­śva­rā­n ne­ti cā­dbhu­ta­m |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 231,05ni­ṣṭhu­ra­sthi­ra­sva­bhā­vā­n spha­ṭi­kā­dī­n vi­bha­jya na­ya­na­ra­śma­yaḥ pra­kā­śa­yaṃ­ti na pu­na­r mṛ­du­nā­śi­sva­bhā­vāṃ­s tū­la- TAŚVA-ML 231,06rā­śyā­dī­n i­ti ki­m a­tya­dbhu­ta­m ā­śri­tya he­to­r a­si­ddha­tā­m u­dbhā­va­yaṃ­taḥ ka­thaṃ sva­sthāḥ ? |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.18sā­ma­rthyaṃ pā­ra­dī­ya­sya ya­thā ya­syā­nu­bhe­da­ne | nā­lāṃ­bū­bhā­no­dbhe­de ma­nā­g a­pi sa­mī­kṣya­te |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.19kā­cā­di­bhe­da­ne śa­kti­s ta­thā na­ya­na­ro­ci­ṣāṃ | saṃ­bhā­vyā tū­la­rā­śyā­di­bhi­dā­yāṃ ne­ti ke­ca­na |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.20ta­da­prā­tī­ti­kaṃ so yaṃ kā­cā­di­r i­ti ni­śca­yā­t | vi­nā­śa­vya­va­hā­ra­sya ta­trā­bhā­vā­c ca ka­sya­ci­t |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.21sa­mā­na­sa­nni­ve­śa­sya ta­syo­tpa­tte­r a­nā­śi­tāṃ | ja­no ma­nye­ta ni­rlū­na­ke­śā­de­r ve­ti ce­n ma­ta­m |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.22na kva­ci­t pra­tyā­bhi­jñā­na­m e­ka­tva­sya pra­sā­dha­kaṃ | si­ddhye­d i­ti kṣa­ṇa­dhvaṃ­si ja­ga­dā­pā­ta­m aṃ­ja­sā |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.23ā­tmā­dye­ka­tva­si­ddhi­ś ce­t pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­to dṛ­ḍhā­t | dā­rḍhyā­t ta­tra ku­to bā­dhā­bhā­vā­c ce­t pra­kṛ­te sa­bhaṃ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 231,13na hi spha­ṭi­kā­dau pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­syai­ka­tva­pa­rā­ma­rśi­naḥ kiṃ­ci­d bā­dha­ka­m a­sti pu­ru­ṣā­di­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 231,14ta­dbhe­de­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­me tu bā­dha­ka­m a­stī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.24kā­cā­dyaṃ­ta­ri­tā­na­rthā­n pa­śya­ta­ś ca ni­raṃ­ta­raṃ | ta­tra bhe­da­sya ni­ṣṭhā­nā­n nā­bhi­nna­sya ka­ra­gra­haḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 231,16sa­ta­taṃ pa­śya­to hi kā­ca­śi­lā­dī­n na­ya­na­ra­śma­yo ni­raṃ­ta­raṃ bhi­daṃ­tī­ti pra­ti­ṣṭhā­yāṃ ka­tha­m a­bhi­nna­sva­bhā­vā­nāṃ ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 231,17ta­sya ha­ste­na gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­c ce­d a­sti ta­dbhe­dā­bhyu­pa­ga­maṃ bā­dhi­ṣya­ta i­ti kiṃ na­ściṃ­ta­yā |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.25vi­nā­śā­naṃ­ta­ro­tpa­ttau pu­na­rnā­śe pu­na­rbha­ve­t | ku­to ni­raṃ­ta­raṃ te­na chā­di­tā­rtha­sya da­rśa­na­m |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.26spa­rśa­ne­na ca ni­rbhe­da­śa­rī­ra­sya ma­hoṃ­gi­nā­m | sāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nu­bhū­yaṃ­te ta­sya spa­rśa­na­da­rśa­ne |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 231,20spha­ṭi­kā­de­r ā­śū­tpā­da­vi­nā­śā­bhyā­m a­bhe­da­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ni­raṃ­ta­raṃ pa­śya­taḥ saṃ­ta­taṃ na ta­dbhe­dā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­sya bā­dha­ka­m i­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 231,21yu­kta­m ā­śv e­va spa­rśa­na­da­rśa­na­yo­s ta­tra pra­saṃ­gā­t | spa­rśa­nā­spa­rśa­na­yo­ś ca | na ca ta­tra ta­dā ka­sya­ci­d u­pa­yu­kta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 231,22da­rśa­nā­spa­rśa­nā­bhyāṃ vya­va­hi­ta­da­rśa­na­spa­rśa­ne sa­ma­nu­bhū­ye­te ta­dvi­nā­śa­sya pū­rvo­tta­ro­tpā­dā­bhyā­m ā­śu bhā­vi­bhyāṃ ti­ro- TAŚVA-ML 231,23hi­ta­tvā­n na ta­trā­da­rśa­na­m a­spa­rśa­naṃ vā syā­d i­ti ce­t | na­nv e­vaṃ ta­du­tpā­da­sya pū­rvo­tta­ra­vi­nā­śā­bhyā­m ā­śu bhā­vi­bhyā- TAŚVA-ML 231,24m e­va vi­ro­dhā­n nā­da­rśa­na­spa­rśa­na mā bhū­tāṃ ta­du­tpā­da­yoḥ sva­ma­dhya­ga­ta­vi­nā­śa­ti­ro­dhā­ne sā­ma­rthyaṃ bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 231,25ba­lī­ya­stvā­t ta­dvi­nā­śa­yoḥ sva­ma­dhya­ga­to­tpā­da­ti­ro­dhā­ne '­bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tve­na du­rba­la­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, bhā­vā­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 231,26sva­bhā­va­yoḥ sa­mā­na­ba­la­tvā­t | ta­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­ba­lī­ya­stve yu­ga­pa­dbhā­vā­bhā­vā­tma­ka­va­stu­pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 231,27va­stu­no bhā­va e­va ka­dā­ci­t pra­tī­ya­te sva­rū­pā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ye­ne­va pa­ra­rū­pā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ye­nā­pi bhā­va­pra­tī­ti­śa­kteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 231,28na cā­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­sa­rvā­tma­kaṃ ca va­stu pra­ti­bhā­ti ya­ta­s ta­thā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ śre­yā­n | nā­py a­bhā­va e­va va­stu­no nu­bhū­ya­te TAŚVA-ML 231,29pa­ra­rū­pā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ye­ne­va sva­rū­pā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ye­nā­py a­bhā­va­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca sa­rva­thā­py a­sa­t pra­ti­bhā­ti ya­ta­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 231,30da­bhyu­pa­ga­mo pi ka­sya­ci­t pra­ti­ti­ṣṭhe­t | pra­rū­pi­ta­prā­yaṃ ca bhā­vā­bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­va­s tu pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­m i­ti kṛ­taṃ pra­paṃ­ce­na | TAŚVA-ML 231,31sa­rva­tho­tpā­de vi­nā­śe ca pu­naḥ pu­naḥ spha­ṭi­kā­dau da­rśa­na­spa­rśa­na­yoḥ sāṃ­ta­ra­yoḥ pra­saṃ­ja­na­sya du­rni­vā­ra­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 231,32ta­da­rtho nu­mī­ye­te­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣāṃ kā­cā­de­r na bhrāṃ­ta­tva­m a­rtho­pa­ra­kta­sya vi­jñā­na­syā­nu­dga­ti­r naḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.27prā­pta­syāṃ­ta­ri­tā­rthe­na vi­bhi­nna­sya pa­rī­kṣa­ṇā­t | nā­rtha­sya da­rśa­naṃ si­ddhye­d a­nu­mā ca ta­thai­va vā |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.28na­nv a­tyaṃ­ta­pa­ro­kṣa­tve sa­tyā­rtha­syā­nu­mā­ga­teḥ | vi­jñā­na­syo­pa­ra­kta­tve te­na vi­jñā­ya­te ka­tha­m |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.29ta­yā śa­śva­da­dṛ­śye­na ve­dha­sā ni­rmi­taṃ ja­ga­t | ka­thaṃ ni­ści­ya­te kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­c ce­t pa­rai­r a­pi |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 232,02ya­thai­vā­trā­sma­dā­di­vi­ni­rmi­te­ta­ra­ccha­rī­rā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ kā­rya­m u­pa­la­bhya ta­sye­śva­re­ṇā­tyaṃ­ta­pa­ro­kṣe­ṇa ni­rmi­ta­tva­m a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 232,03mī­ya­te bha­va­tā ta­thā pa­rai­r a­pi vi­jñā­naṃ nī­lā­dya­rthā­kā­ra­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ kā­rya­m a­bhi­saṃ­ve­dya nī­lā­dya­rtho nu­mī­ya­ta i­ti sa­maṃ TAŚVA-ML 232,04pa­śyā­maḥ | ya­thā ca kā­cā­dyaṃ­ta­ri­tā­rthe pra­tya­kṣa­tā vya­va­hā­ro vi­bhra­ma­va­śā­d e­vaṃ ba­hi­ra­rthe pī­ti ku­to ma­tāṃ­ta­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 232,05ni­rā­kri­ya­te ? |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.30pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pra­bā­dhe­na ba­hi­ra­rtha­sya da­rśa­na­m | jñā­na­syāṃ­taḥ pra­si­ddhaṃ ce­n nā­nya­thā pa­ri­ka­lpya­te |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.31kā­cā­dyaṃ­ta­ri­tā­rthe pi sa­mā­na­m i­da­m u­tta­raṃ | kā­cā­de­r bhi­nna­de­śa­sya ta­syā­vā­dhaṃ vi­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.32ya­thā mu­khaṃ ni­rī­kṣaṃ­te da­rpa­ṇe pra­ti­biṃ­bi­ta­m | sva­de­he saṃ­spṛ­śaṃ­tī­ti bā­dhā si­ddhā­tra dhī­ma­tā­m |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.33ta­thā na spha­ṭi­kāṃ­bho nu­pa­ṭa­lā­vṛ­tta­va­stu­ni | sva­de­śā­di­ta­yā ta­sya ta­dā pa­ścā­c ca da­rśa­nā­t |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 232,10na ca na­ya­na­ra­śma­yaḥ pra­si­ddhāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­sā­ma­rthyā­deḥ spha­ṭi­kā­dī­n vi­bha­jya gha­ṭā­dī­n pra­kā­śa­yaṃ­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.34na ce­kṣaṃ­te sma­dā­dī­nāṃ sphu­raṃ­ta­ś ca­kṣu­raṃ­śa­vaḥ | sāṃ­dha­kā­ra­ni śī­thi­ny ā­ma­nyā­nva­bhi­bha­vā­d a­pi |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.35ya­dy a­nu­dbhū­ta­rū­pā­s te śa­kyaṃ­te ne­kṣi­tuṃ ja­naiḥ | ta­dā pra­māṃ­ta­raṃ vā­cyaṃ ta­tsa­dbhā­vā­va­bo­dha­ka­m |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.36ra­śmi­va­llo­ca­naṃ sa­rvaṃ tai­ja­sa­tvā­t pra­dī­pa­va­t | i­ti si­ddhaṃ na ne­tra­sya jyo­ti­ṣka­tvaṃ pra­sā­dha­ye­t |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.37tai­ja­saṃ na­ya­naṃ sa­tsu sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ra­sā­di­ṣu | rū­pa­sya vyaṃ­ja­ka­tvā­c ce­t pra­dī­pā­di­va­d ī­rya­te |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.38he­to­r di­na­ni­śā­nā­tha­ma­yū­khai­r vya­rbhi­cā­ri­tā | tai­ja­saṃ ni­hi­te caṃ­dra­kāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­tkṣi­tau bha­vāḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.39te­jo­nu­sū­tri­tā jñe­yā gā mū­lo­ṣṇa­va­tī pra­bhā | nā­nyā ma­ka­ra­tā­dī­nāṃ pā­rthi­va­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 232,17ca­kṣu­ṣa­s tai­ja­sa­tve sā­dhye rū­pa­syai­va vyaṃ­ja­ka­tvā­d i­ty a­sya he­to­ś caṃ­drā­dyu­dyo­te­na mū­lo­ṣṇa­tva­ra­hi­te­na pā­rthi­va­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 232,18vya­bhi­cā­rā­d a­ga­ma­ka­tvā­t ta­ttai­ja­sa­tva­syā­si­ddhe­r na ta­to ra­śmi­va­cca­kṣu­ṣaḥ si­ddhye­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.40rū­pā­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­ne cā­kṣṇāṃ nā­śe kvā­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ bha­ve­t | tai­ja­sa­tvā­t pra­dī­pā­de­r i­va sa­rva­sya de­hi­naḥ |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.41ya­thai­ka­sya pra­dī­pa­sya su­spa­ṣṭā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ne | maṃ­da­tvā­d a­sa­ma­rtha­sya dvi­tī­yā­de­r a­pe­kṣa­ṇa­m |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.42ta­thā­kṣṇo­r na vi­ru­ddhye­ta sū­ryā­lo­kā­dya­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ | sva­kā­ryo hi sva­jā­tī­yaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri pra­tī­kṣya­te |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.43ta­da­sa­llo­ca­na­syā­rtha­pra­kā­śi­tvā­vi­ni­śca­yā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­pi dī­pā­di­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­sya pra­dī­pa­va­t |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.44aṃ­dha­kā­rā­va­bhā­so sti vi­nā­lo­ke­na ce­n na vai | pra­si­ddha­steṃ­dha­kā­ro sti jñā­nā­bhā­vā­t pa­ro­rtha­kṛ­t |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.45pa­re­ṣṭyā­stī­ti ce­t ta­syāḥ si­ddhaṃ ca­kṣu­ra­tai­ja­saṃ | pra­mā­ṇa­tve nya­thā nāṃ­dha­kā­raḥ si­ddhye­t ta­ta­s ta­va |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.46a­tai­ja­sāṃ­ja­nā­pe­kṣi ca­kṣū rū­paṃ vya­na­kti yaṃ | nā­taḥ sa­mā­na­jā­tī­ya­sa­ha­kā­ri ni­ya­mya­te |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 232,26tai­ja­sa­m e­vāṃ­ja­nā­di rū­pa­pra­kā­śa­ne ne­tra­sya sa­ha­kā­ri na pu­naḥ pā­rthi­va­m e­va ta­trā­nu­dbhū­ta­sya te­jo­dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 232,27bhā­vā­d i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | tai­ja­sa­m aṃ­ja­nā­di rū­pā­va­bhā­sa­ne na­ya­na­sa­ha­kā­ri­tvā­d dī­pā­di­va­ty a­py a­sa­mya­k­, TAŚVA-ML 232,28caṃ­dra­dyo­tā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­tā­t | ta­syā­pi pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇā­n na vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti ce­n na­, he­toḥ kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tva- TAŚVA-ML 232,29pra­saṃ­gā­t | pa­kṣa­sya pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t ta­sya pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­tai­ja­sa­tve­nā­nu­bha­vā­t | na tai­ja­sa­ś caṃ­dro­dyo­to TAŚVA-ML 232,30na­yā­nā­naṃ­da­he­tu­tvā­t sa­li­lā­di­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­t | mū­lo­ṣṇa­va­tī pra­bhā te­ja i­ty ā­ga­mā­c cā­bdhi­ja­la­ka­llo­lai­ś caṃ­dra­kāṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 232,31pra­ti­ha­tāḥ sū­ryāṃ­śa­vaḥ pra­dyo­taṃ­te śi­śi­rā­ś ca bha­vaṃ­ti | ta­ta e­va na­ya­nā­naṃ­da­he­ta­va i­ty ā­ga­ma­s tu na pra­mā­ṇaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 232,32yu­ktyā­n a­nu­gṛ­hī­ta­tvā­t ta­thā­vi­dhā­ga­māṃ­ta­ra­va­t | ta­da­na­nu­gṛ­hī­ta­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇa­tve ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 232,33pā­da­kā­ga­ma­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­ka­la­yau­ga­ma­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | kiṃ­ca­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.47ki­m u­ṣṇa­spa­rśa­vi­jñā­naṃ tai­ja­se­kṣṇi na jā­ya­te | ta­syā­nu­dbhū­ta­tā­yāṃ tu rū­pā­nu­dbhū­ta­tā ku­taḥ |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.48te­jo­dra­vyaṃ hy a­nu­dbhū­ta­spa­rśa­m u­dbhū­ta­rū­pa­bhṛ­t | dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā pra­dī­pa­sya pra­bhā­bhā­raḥ sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.49ta­thā­nu­dbhū­ta­rū­paṃ ta­du­dbhū­ta­spa­rśa­m ī­kṣi­ta­m | ya­tho­ṣṇo­da­ka­saṃ­yu­ktaṃ pa­ra­mu­dbhū­ta­ta­ddva­ya­m |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.50nā­nu­bhū­ta­dva­yaṃ te­jo dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ca­kṣu­r ya­ta­s ta­thā | a­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­śa­ta­s ta­c ce­t sa­rva­m a­kṣaṃ ta­thā na ki­m |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.51su­va­rṇa­gha­ṭa­va­t ta­tsyā­di­tya­si­ddhaṃ ni­da­rśa­naṃ | pra­mā­ṇa­ba­la­ta­s ta­sya tai­ja­sa­tvā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.52no­ṣṇa­vī­rya­tva­ta­s ta­sya tai­ja­sa­tvaṃ pra­si­ddhya­ti | vya­bhi­cā­rā­n ma­rī­cā­di­dra­vye­ṇa tai­ja­se­na vaḥ |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.53ta­to nā­si­ddha­tā he­toḥ si­ddha­sā­dhya­sya bu­dhya­te | ca­kṣu­ṣa­tvā­di­to dhvā­ne­ni­ta­tya­tva­sya ya­thai­va hi |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 233,07ta­d e­vaṃ tai­ja­sa­tvā­d i­ty a­sya he­to­r a­si­ddha­tvā­n na ca­kṣu­ṣi ra­śmi­va­ttva­si­ddhi­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvaṃ ya­ta­s ta­sya ra­śma­yo rtha- TAŚVA-ML 233,08pra­kā­śa­na­śa­kta­yaḥ syuḥ sa­tā­m a­pi te­ṣāṃ bṛ­ha­tta­ra­gi­ri­pa­ri­cche­da­na­m a­yu­ktaṃ ma­na­so dhi­ṣṭhā­ne sa­rva­the­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.54saṃ­to pi ra­śma­yo ne­tre ma­na­sā­dhi­ṣṭhi­tā ya­di | vi­jñā­na­he­ta­vo rthe­ṣu prā­pte­ṣv e­ve­ti ma­nya­te |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.55ma­na­so ṇu­tva­ta­ś ca­kṣu­rma­yū­khe­ṣv a­na­dhi­ṣṭhi­teḥ | bhi­nna­de­śe­ṣu bhū­ya­stva­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­de­ka­śaḥ |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.56ma­hī­ya­so ma­hī­dhra­sya pa­ri­cchi­tti­r na yu­jya­te | kra­me­ṇā­dhi­ṣṭhi­tau ta­sya ta­daṃ­śe­ṣv e­va saṃ­vi­daḥ |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.57ni­raṃ­śo va­ya­vī śai­lo ma­hī­yā­n a­pi ro­ci­ṣā | na­ya­ne­na pa­ri­cche­dyo ma­na­sā­dhi­ṣṭhi­te­na ce­t |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.58na syā­n me­ca­ka­vi­jñā­naṃ nā­nā­va­ya­va­go­ca­ra­m | ta­dde­śi­ṣa­vi­ṣa­yaṃ cā­sya ma­no­hī­nai­r dṛ­gaṃ­śu­bhiḥ |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.59śai­la­caṃ­dra­ma­so­ś cā­pi pra­tyā­sa­nna­da­vi­ṣṭha­yoḥ | sa­ha jñā­ne­na yu­jya­te pra­si­ddha­m a­pi sa­ddhi­yā­m |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.60kā­le­na yā­va­tā śai­laṃ pra­yāṃ­ti na­ya­nāṃ­śa­vaḥ | ke­ci­c caṃ­dra­ma­saṃ cā­nye tā­va­tai­ve­ti yu­jya­te |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.61ta­yo­ś ca kra­ma­to jñā­naṃ ya­di syā­t te ma­no­dva­yaṃ | nā­nya­thai­ka­sya ma­na­sa­s ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhi­tya­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.62vi­kī­rṇā­ne­ka­ne­trāṃ­śu­rā­śe­r a­prā­pya­kā­ri­ṇaḥ | ma­na­so­dhi­ṣṭhi­tau kā­rya­syai­ka­de­śe pi ti­ṣṭha­taḥ |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.63sa­hā­kṣa­paṃ­ca­ka­syai­ta­t kiṃ nā­dhi­ṣṭhā­ya­kaṃ ma­taṃ | ya­to na kra­ma­to bhī­ṣṭaṃ rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­m |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.64ta­thā ca yu­ga­pa­jjñā­nā­nu­tpa­tte­r a­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | sā­dhye ma­na­si liṃ­ga­tvaṃ na syā­d i­ti ma­naḥ ku­taḥ |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.65ma­no­na­dhi­ṣṭhi­tā­ś ca­kṣū­ra­śma­yo ya­di ku­rva­te | svā­rtha­jñā­naṃ ta­d a­py e­ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇaṃ du­ra­ti­kra­ma­m |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.66ta­to kṣi­ra­śma­yo bhi­ttvā kā­cā­dī­n a­rtha­bhā­si­naḥ | te­ṣā­m a­bhā­va­to bhā­ve py u­kta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.67kā­cā­dyaṃ­ta­ri­tā­rthā­nāṃ gra­ha­ṇaṃ ca­kṣu­ṣaḥ sthi­ta­m | a­prā­pya­kā­ri­tā­liṃ­gaṃ pa­ra­pa­kṣa­sya bā­dha­ka­m |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 233,23e­vaṃ pa­kṣa­syā­dhya­kṣa­bā­dhā­m a­nu­mā­na­bā­dhāṃ ca pra­rū­pyā­ga­ma­bā­dhāṃ ca da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.68spṛ­ṣṭaṃ śa­bdaṃ śṛ­ṇo­ty a­kṣa­m a­spṛ­ṣṭaṃ rū­pa­m ī­kṣya­te | spṛ­ṣṭaṃ ba­ddhaṃ ca jā­nā­ti spa­rśaṃ gaṃ­dhaṃ ra­saṃ ta­thā |­| 6­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.69i­ty ā­ga­ma­ś ca ta­syā­sti bā­dha­ko bā­dha­va­rji­taḥ | ca­kṣu­ṣo prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­sā­dha­naḥ śu­ddha­dhī­ma­taḥ |­| 6­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 233,26na­nu na­ya­nā­prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­sā­dha­na­syā­ga­ma­sya bā­dhā­ra­hi­ta­tva­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti pa­rā­kū­ta­m u­pa­da­rśya dū­ṣa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.70ma­no­bu­ddhi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­grā­ha­ka­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­ja­naṃ | ne­tra­syā­prā­pya­kā­ri­tve bā­dha­kaṃ ye­na gī­ya­te |­| 7­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.71ta­sya prā­ptā­nu­gaṃ­dhā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­sya pra­saṃ­ja­na­m | prā­ṇā­deḥ prā­pya­kā­ri­tve bā­dha­kaṃ ke­na bā­dhya­te |­| 7­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.72sū­kṣme ma­hi­ta ca prā­pte­r a­vi­śe­ṣe pi yo­gya­tā | gṛ­hī­tuṃ ce­n ma­ha­ddra­vyaṃ dṛ­śyaṃ ta­sya na cā­pa­ra­m |­| 7­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.73ta­rhy a­prā­pte­r a­bhe­de pi ca­kṣu­ṣaḥ śa­kti­r ī­dṛ­śī | ya­thā kiṃ­ci­d dhi dū­rā­rtha­m a­vi­di­kkaṃ pra­pa­śya­ti |­| 7­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 233,31na­nu ca prā­ṇā­dīṃ­dri­yaṃ prā­pya­kā­ri prā­pta­m a­pi ta­trā­ṇu­gaṃ­dhā­di­yo­gi­naḥ pa­ri­cchi­na­tti nā­sma­dā­de­s tā­dṛ­śā­dṛ­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 233,32vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­vā­t ma­ha­ttvā­dyu­pe­ta­dra­vyaṃ gaṃ­dhā­di tu pa­ri­cchi­na­tti tā­dṛ­ga­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sa­dbhā­vā­d i­ty a­dṛ­ṣṭa­vai­ci­tryā- TAŚVA-ML 233,33t ta­dvi­jñā­na­bhā­vā­bhā­va­vai­ci­tryaṃ ma­nya­mā­nā­n pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.74sa­maṃ cā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vai­ci­tryaṃ jñā­na­vai­ci­trya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ pa­re­ṣāṃ ce­ty a­laṃ vā­de­na ta­tra naḥ |­| 7­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 234,01syā­dvā­di­nā­m a­pi hi ca­kṣu­ra­prā­pya­kā­ri ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­ti­śa­ya­jñā­na­bhṛ­tā­mṛ­ddhi­ma­tā­m a­sma­dā­dya­go­ca­raṃ vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 234,02sva­vi­ṣa­ya­pa­ri­cche­da­kaṃ tā­dṛ­śaṃ ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­dbhā­vā­t | a­sma­dā­dī­nāṃ tu ya­thā­pra­tī­ti svā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 234,03pra­kā­śa­kaṃ svā­nu­rū­pa­ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­d i­ti sa­ma­ma­dṛ­ṣṭa­vai­ci­tryaṃ jñā­na­vai­ci­trya­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m u­bha­ye­ṣāṃ | ta­to na na­ya­nā- TAŚVA-ML 234,04prā­pya­kā­ri­tvaṃ bā­dhya­te ke­na­ci­t ghrā­ṇā­di­prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­va­d i­ti na ta­dā­ga­ma­sya bā­dho sti ye­na bā­dha­ko na TAŚVA-ML 234,05syā­t pa­kṣa­sya | ta­d e­vaṃ­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.75pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nu­mā­ne­na svā­ga­me­na ca bā­dhi­taḥ | pa­kṣaḥ prā­pti­pa­ri­cche­da­kā­ri ca­kṣu­r i­ti sthi­taḥ |­| 7­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.76kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­ś ca he­tu­rbā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­tva­taḥ | i­ty a­prā­ptā­rtha­kā­ri­tve ghrā­ṇā­de­r i­va vāṃ­chi­te |­| 7­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 234,08na hi pa­kṣa­syai­vaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhā­yāṃ he­tuḥ pra­va­rta­mā­naḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­nā­yā­la­m a­tī­ta­kā­la­tvā­d a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.77e­te­na bhau­ti­ka­tvā­di sā­dha­naṃ ta­tra vā­ri­taṃ | pra­tye­ta­vyaṃ pra­mā­ṇe­na pa­kṣa­bā­dha­sya ni­rṇa­yā­t |­| 7­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 234,10prā­pya­kā­ri ca­kṣu­rbhau­ti­ka­tvā­t ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t ghrā­ṇā­di­va­d i­ty a­tra na ke­va­laṃ pa­kṣaḥ pra­tya­kṣā­di­bā­dhi­taḥ | kā­lā­tya- TAŚVA-ML 234,11yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­ś ce­d dhe­tuḥ pū­rva­va­d u­ktaḥ | kiṃ ta­rhy a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­ś ce­ti ka­tha­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.78a­ya­skāṃ­tā­di­nāṃ lo­ha­m a­prā­pyā­ka­rṣa­tā sva­yaṃ | a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā he­to­r bhau­ti­kā­rtha­sya bā­dhya­te |­| 7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.79kā­yāṃ­ta­rga­ta­lo­ha­sya ba­hi­rde­śa­sya va­kṣya­te | nā­ya­skāṃ­tā­di­nā prā­pti­s ta­tka­rai­r vo­kta­ka­rma­ṇi |­| 7­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.80ya­thā ka­stū­ri­kā­dra­vye vi­yu­kte pi pa­ṭā­di­taḥ | ta­tra sau­gaṃ­dhya­taḥ prā­pti­s ta­dgaṃ­dhā­ṇu­bhi­r i­ṣya­te |­| 8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.81a­ya­skāṃ­tā­ṇu­bhiḥ kai­ści­t ta­thā lo­he pi se­ṣya­tāṃ | vi­bha­kte pi ta­ta­s ta­trā­kṛ­ṣṭyā­de­r dṛ­ṣṭi­ta­s ta­dā |­| 8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.82i­ty a­yu­kta­m a­ya­skāṃ­ta­m a­prā­ptaṃ pra­ti da­rśa­nā­t | lo­hā­kṛ­ṣṭeḥ pa­ri­prā­ptā­s ta­daṃ­śā­s tu na jā­tu­ci­t |­| 8­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.83ya­thā ka­stū­ri­kā­dya­rthaṃ gaṃ­dhā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ | svā­dhi­ṣṭhā­nā­bhi­mu­khye­na tā na­yaṃ­ti pa­ṭā­di­gāḥ |­| 8­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.84ta­thā­ya­skāṃ­ta­pā­ṣā­ṇaṃ sū­kṣma­bhā­gā­ś ca lo­ha­gāḥ | i­ty ā­yā­ta­m i­to prā­ptā­ya­skāṃ­to lo­ha­ka­rma­kṛ­t |­| 8­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 234,19na­nu ya­thā ha­rī­ta­kī prā­pya ma­la­maṃ­gā­d vi­re­ca­ya­ti ta­thā­ya­skāṃ­ta­pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ śa­rī­rāṃ­ta­rga­taṃ śa­lyaṃ prā­pyā­ka­rṣaṃ­ti TAŚVA-ML 234,20śa­rī­rā­d i­ti ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.85prā­ptā ha­rī­ta­kī śa­ktā ka­rtuṃ ma­la­vi­re­ca­naṃ | ma­laṃ na pu­na­r ā­ne­tuṃ ha­rī­ta­kyaṃ­ta­raṃ pra­ti |­| 8­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 234,22ta­rhi ya­thā­na­nā­n ni­rga­to vā­yuḥ pa­dma­nī­lā­di­gaḥ prā­pya pā­nī­ya­mā­na­naṃ pra­tyā­ka­rṣa­ti ta­thā­ya­skāṃ­tāṃ­ta­ra­gāḥ TAŚVA-ML 234,23pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vo ba­hi­r a­va­sthi­tā­ya­skāṃ­tā­va­ya­vi­no ni­rga­tāḥ prā­pya lo­haṃ taṃ pra­ty e­vā­ka­rṣaṃ­tī­ti śaṃ­ka­mā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 234,24pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.86ā­ka­rṣa­ṇa­pra­ya­tne­na vi­nā­na­na­kṛ­tā­ni­laḥ | pa­dma­nā­lā­di­go ṃ­bhāṃ­si nā­ka­rṣa­ti mu­khaṃ pra­ti |­| 8­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 234,26ta­rhi pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ya­tna­ni­ra­pe­kṣā ya­thā­di­tya­ra­śma­yaḥ prā­pya bhū­ga­taṃ to­yaṃ ta­m e­va pra­ti na­yaṃ­ti ta­thā­ya­skāṃ­ta­pa­ra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 234,27vo pī­ty a­bhi­ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.87sū­ryāṃ­śa­vo na­yaṃ­ty aṃ­bhaḥ prā­pya ta­tsū­rya­maṃ­ḍa­laṃ | ci­tra­bhā­nu­tvi­ṣo nā­sta­m i­ti sve­ccho­pa­ka­lpi­ta­m |­| 8­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 234,29niḥ­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m ā­śri­tyā­ya­skāṃ­ta­sya prā­pya­kā­ri­tvaṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­ya­t ka­thaṃ na sve­cchā­kā­ri ? ta­dā­ga­mā­t si­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 234,30m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya pra­tyā­ga­me sa­rva­tra dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭā­vi­ru­ddhe­na pra­mā­ṇa­tā­m ā­tma­sā­t ku­rva­tā pra­ti­ha­ta­tvā­t sva­yaṃ yu­ktā­n a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 234,31gṛ­hī­ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­n a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­c ca na ta­ta­s ta­tsi­ddhiḥ ya­to ya­skāṃ­ta­sya prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­si­ddhau te­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 234,32bhau­ti­ka­tva­sya na syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.88ta­thai­va kā­ra­ṇa­tva­sya ma­na­sā vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā | maṃ­tre­ṇa ca bhu­jaṃ­gā­dyu­ccā­ṭa­kā­di­ka­re­ṇa vā |­| 8­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.89śa­bdā­tma­no hi maṃ­tra­sya prā­pti­r na bhu­ja­gā­di­nā | ma­nā­g ā­va­rta­mā­na­sya dū­ra­sthe­na pra­tī­ya­te |­| 8­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 235,01prā­pya­kā­ri ca­kṣuḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­d dā­trā­di­va­d i­ty a­trā­py aṃ­śa­taḥ sa­rvā­n pra­tyu­dyo­ta­ka­re­ṇo­kto he­tu­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko ma­na­sā TAŚVA-ML 235,02maṃ­tre­ṇa ca sa­rvā­dyā­kṛ­ṣṭi­kā­ri­ṇā pra­tye­yaḥ pa­kṣa­ś ca pra­mā­ṇā­bā­dhi­taḥ pū­rva­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.90ta­d e­vaṃ ca­kṣu­ṣaḥ prā­pya­kā­ri­tve nā­sti sā­dha­naṃ | ma­na­sa­ś ca ta­ta­s tā­bhyāṃ vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­haḥ ku­taḥ |­| 9­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 235,04ya­tra ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­pi ca­kṣu­ṣi prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­sā­dha­nā­ya nā­laṃ ca ta­trā­nya­tsā­dha­naṃ dū­ro­tsā­ri­ta­m e­ve­ti ma­no­va­da- TAŚVA-ML 235,05prā­pya­kā­ri ca­kṣuḥ si­ddhaṃ | ta­ta­ś ca na ca­kṣu­rma­no­bhyāṃ vyaṃ­ja­na­syā­va­gra­ha i­ti vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.91dū­re śa­bdaṃ śṛ­ṇo­mī­ti vya­va­hā­ra­sya da­rśa­nā­t | śro­tra­m a­prā­pya­kā­rī­ti ke­ci­d ā­hu­s ta­d a­py a­sa­t |­| 9­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.92dū­re ji­ghrā­my a­haṃ gaṃ­dha­m i­ti vya­va­hṛ­tī­kṣa­ṇā­t | ghrā­ṇa­syā­prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­pra­sa­kti­r i­ṣṭa­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 9­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.93gaṃ­dhā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­bhū­ta­sya dra­vya­prā­pta­sya ka­sya­ci­t | dū­ra­tve­na ta­thā vṛ­ttau vya­va­hā­ro tra ce­n nṛ­ṇā­m |­| 9­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.94sa­maṃ śa­bde sa­mā­dhā­na­m i­ti ya­t kiṃ­ca­ne­dṛ­śaṃ | co­dyaṃ mī­māṃ­sa­kā­dī­nā­m a­prā­tī­ti­ka­vā­di­nā­m |­| 9­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.95ku­ṭyā­di­vya­va­dhā­ne pi śa­bda­sya śra­va­ṇā­d ya­di | śro­trā­m a­prā­pya­kā­rī­ṣṭaṃ ta­thā ghrā­ṇaṃ ta­the­ṣya­tāṃ |­| 9­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.96dra­vyāṃ­ta­ri­ta­gaṃ­dha­sya ghrā­ta­sū­kṣma­sya ta­sya ce­t | ghrā­ṇa­prā­pta­sya saṃ­vi­ttiḥ śro­tra­prā­pta­sya no dhva­neḥ |­| 9­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.19.97ya­thā gaṃ­dhā­ṇa­vaḥ ke­ci­c cha­ktāḥ ku­ṭyā­di­bhe­da­ne | sū­kṣmā­s ta­thai­va naḥ si­ddhāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­dhva­ni­pu­dga­lāḥ |­| 9­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 235,13pu­dga­la­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ śa­bdo bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t gaṃ­dhā­di­va­d i­tyā­di pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhāḥ śa­bda­pa­ri­ṇa­ta­pu­dga­lāḥ i­ty a­gre TAŚVA-ML 235,14sa­ma­rtha­yi­ṣyā­ma­he | te ca gaṃ­dha­pa­ri­ṇa­ta­pu­dga­la­va­t ku­ṭyā­di­kaṃ bhi­tvā sveṃ­dri­yaṃ prā­pra­vaṃ­taḥ pa­ri­cche­dyā i­ti na TAŚVA-ML 235,15te­ṣā­m a­prā­ptā­nā­m iṃ­dri­ye­ṇa gra­ha­ṇaṃ | ka­thaṃ mū­rtāḥ skaṃ­dhāḥ śrā­va­ṇa­sva­bhā­vāḥ ku­ṭyā­di­nā mū­rti­ma­tā na pra­ti­ha­nyaṃ­te TAŚVA-ML 235,16i­ti ce­t­, ta­v ā­pi vā­ya­vī­yā dhva­na­yaḥ śa­bdā­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­kāḥ ka­thaṃ te na pra­ti­ha­nyaṃ­te i­ti sa­mā­naṃ co­dyaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 235,17ta­tpra­ti­ghā­te ta­tra śa­bda­syā­bhi­vya­kte­r a­yo­gā­d a­na­bhi­vya­kta­sya ca śra­va­ṇā­saṃ­bha­vā­d a­pra­ti­ghā­taḥ ta­sya ku­ṭyā­di­nā TAŚVA-ML 235,18si­ddha­s ta­daṃ­ta­ri­ta­sya śra­va­ṇā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va śa­bdā­tma­nāṃ pu­dga­lā­nā­m a­pra­ti­ghā­to stu dṛ­ḍha­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 235,19hā­rā­t | dṛ­ṣṭo hi gaṃ­dhā­tma­pu­dga­lā­nā­m a­pra­ti­ghā­tā­s ta­dva­ccha­bdā­nāṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te | ya­di pu­na­r a­mū­rta­sya sa­rva­ga­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 235,20ca śa­bda­sya pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­t ta­dvyaṃ­ja­kā­nā­m e­vā­pra­ti­ghā­tā­c chra­va­ṇa­m i­ty a­bhi­ni­ve­śaḥ ta­thā gaṃ­dha­syā­mū­rta­sya ka­stū­ri­kā­di- TAŚVA-ML 235,21dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­yo­ga­ja­ni­tā­va­ya­vā vyaṃ­ja­kā­mū­rta­dra­vyāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pra­ti­ha­tā­s ta­thā ghrā­ṇa­he­ta­vaḥ i­ti ka­lpa­nā­nu­ṣa­jya­mā­nā TAŚVA-ML 235,22ka­thaṃ ni­vā­ra­ṇī­yā ? gaṃ­dha­syai­vaṃ pṛ­thi­vī­gu­ṇa­tva­vi­ro­dha i­ti ce­t śa­bda­syā­pi pu­dga­la­tva­vi­ro­dha­s ta­thā pa­raiḥ śa­bda­sya TAŚVA-ML 235,23dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­tve­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­t ta­thā gaṃ­dho pi dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­tāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­ba­lā­yā­ta­sya pa­ri­ha­rtu­m a- TAŚVA-ML 235,24śa­kteḥ | spa­rśā­dī­nā­m a­py e­vaṃ dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­t­, tā­ny a­pi dra­vyāṃ­ta­rā­ṇi saṃ­tu | ni­rgu­ṇa­tvā­t te­ṣā­m a- TAŚVA-ML 235,25dra­vya­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va gaṃ­dha­spa­rśā­dī­nāṃ dra­vya­tva­m a­stu | te­ṣū­pa­ca­ri­ta­ma­ha­ttvā­da­ya i­ti ce­t śa­bde py u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 235,26ca­ri­tāḥ saṃ­tu | ku­taḥ śa­bde­na ta­du­pa­cā­ra i­ti ce­t gaṃ­dhā­di­ṣu ku­taḥ ? svā­śra­ya­ma­ha­ttvā­d i­ti ce­t ta­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 235,27śa­bde pi mu­khya­ma­ha­ttvā­de­r a­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | śa­bde ki­m a­va­ga­taḥ ? tva­yā­pi gaṃ­dhā­dau sa ki­mu ni­ści­taḥ | gaṃ­dhā­da­yo na TAŚVA-ML 235,28mu­khya­ma­ha­ttvā­dyu­pe­tāḥ śa­śva­da­sva­taṃ­tra­tvā­d a­bhā­va­va­d i­ty a­to nu­mā­nā­t ta­da­saṃ­bha­vo ni­ści­ta i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va śa­bde pi TAŚVA-ML 235,29sa ni­ścī­ya­tāṃ | śa­bde ta­da­si­ddhe­r na ta­nni­śce­yaḥ sa­rva­dā ta­syā­sva­taṃ­tra­syo­pa­la­bdhe­r i­ti ce­t gaṃ­dhā­dā­v a­pi TAŚVA-ML 235,30ta­ta e­va ta­da­si­ddheḥ | ku­ta­s tu ta­nni­śca­yaḥ ta­sya kṣi­tyā­di­dra­vya­taṃ­tra­tve­na pra­tī­te­r a­sva­taṃ­tra­tva­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 235,31śa­bda­syā­pi va­ktṛ­bhe­ryā­di­dra­vya­taṃ­tra­syo­pa­la­bdhe­r a­sva­taṃ­tra­tva­si­ddhe­r a­stu | ta­sya ta­da­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­ka­dhva­ni­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­t taṃ­tra­tvo- TAŚVA-ML 235,32pa­la­bdhe­r i­ti ce­t ta­rhi kṣi­tyā­di­dra­vya­syā­pi gaṃ­dhā­di­vyaṃ­ja­ka­vā­yu­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­t tu gaṃ­dhā­de­s taṃ­tra­tvo­pa­pa­ttiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 235,33śa­bda­sya va­ktu­r a­nya­tro­pa­la­bdhe­r na taṃ­tra­tvaṃ sa­rva­de­ti ce­t gaṃ­dhā­de­r a­pi ka­stū­ri­kā­di­dra­vyā­d a­nya­tro­pa­laṃ­bhā­t ta­tpa­ra­taṃ­tra­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 235,34sa­rva­dā mā bhū­t | ta­to nya­trā­pi sū­kṣma­dra­vyā­śri­tā gaṃ­dhā­da­yaḥ pra­tī­yaṃ­te i­ti ce­t śa­bdo pi tā­lvā­di­bhyo '­nya­tra TAŚVA-ML 235,35sū­kṣma­pu­dga­lā­śri­ta e­va śrū­ya­ta i­ti ka­tha­m i­va sva­taṃ­traḥ | ta­dā­śra­ya­dra­vya­sya ca­kṣu­ṣo­pa­la­bdhiḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 236,01gaṃ­dhā­dyā­śra­ya­sya kiṃ na syā­t ? sū­kṣma­tvā­d i­ti ce­t ta­ta e­va śa­bdā­śra­ya­dra­vya­syā­pi na ca­kṣu­ṣo­pa­la­bdhi­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 236,02sa­rvaṃ sa­maṃ pa­śyā­maḥ | ta­to ya­di gaṃ­dhā­dī­nāṃ śa­śva­da­sva­taṃ­tra­tvā­n ma­ha­ttvā­dyu­pe­ta­tvā­bhā­vā­d ā­khyā­to na dra­vya­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 236,03ta­dā śa­bda­syā­pi na ta­t | na­nu śa­bda­syā­dra­vya­tve py a­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vyā­śra­ya­tve ka­thaṃ sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­tro­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 236,04gaṃ­dhā­deḥ sa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­bhṛ­tāṃ pu­dga­lā­nāṃ sva­kā­ra­ṇa­va­śā­t sa­maṃ­ta­to vi­sa­rpa­ṇā­t vṛ­kṣā­d vya­va­hi­tā­nāṃ vi­sa­rpa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 236,05ka­thaṃ na te­ṣā­m i­ti ce­t­, ya­thā gaṃ­dha­dra­vya­skaṃ­dhā­nāṃ ta­thā pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t ta­d e­va gaṃ­dhā­di­kṛ­ti­pra­ti­vi­dhā­na­yā dū­rā­d e- TAŚVA-ML 236,06ko­tka­raḥ śa­bde sa­ma­sto nā­va­ta­ra­tī­ti ta­dva­tprā­pta­syeṃ­dri­ye­ṇa gra­ha­ṇaṃ ni­rā­re­ka­m a­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ta­thā­pra­tī­te­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.19.98ta­trā­re­ko­tka­raḥ sa­rvo gaṃ­dha­dra­vye sa­ma­sthi­taḥ | sa­mā­dhi­ś ce­ti na vyā­se­nā­smā­bhi­r a­bhi­dhī­ya­te |­| 9­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 236,08pra­paṃ­ca­to vi­cā­ri­ta­m e­ta­da­nya­trā­smā­bhi­r i­ti ne­ho­cya­te |­| TA-ML 1.20 śru­taṃ ma­ti­pū­rvaṃ dvya­ne­ka­dvā­d a­śa­bhe­da­m |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 236,10ki­ma­rtha­m i­da­m u­pa­di­ṣṭaṃ ma­ti­jñā­na­pra­rū­pa­ṇā­naṃ­ta­ra­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.1kiṃ ni­mi­ttaṃ śru­ta­jñā­naṃ kiṃ bhe­daṃ kiṃ pra­bhe­da­ka­m | pa­ro­kṣa­m i­ti ni­rṇe­tuṃ śru­ta­m i­tyā­di sū­tri­ta­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 236,12kiṃ ni­mi­ttaṃ śru­ta­jñā­naṃ ni­tya­śa­bda­ni­mi­tta­m a­nya­ni­mi­ttaṃ ce­ti śaṃ­kā­m a­pa­nu­da­ti ma­ti­pū­rva­ka­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 236,13kiṃ bhe­daṃ ta­t ? ṣa­ḍbhe­daṃ dvi­bhe­da­m i­ty a­bhe­daṃ ve­ti saṃ­śa­yaṃ sa­ha­sra­pra­bhe­daṃ dvā­da­śa­pra­bhe­da­m a­ne­ka­bhe­daṃ ve­ti cā­re­kā­m a- TAŚVA-ML 236,14pā­ka­ro­ti dvya­ne­ka­dvā­da­śa­bhe­da­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­tra ki­m i­daṃ śru­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.2śru­te ne­kā­rtha­tā­si­ddhe jñā­na­m i­ty a­nu­va­rta­nā­t | śra­va­ṇaṃ hi śru­ta­jñā­naṃ na pu­naḥ śa­bda­mā­tra­ka­m |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 236,16ka­tha­m e­vaṃ śa­bdā­tma­kaṃ śru­ta­m i­ha pra­si­ddhaṃ si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­dā­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.3ta­c co­pa­cā­ra­to grā­hyaṃ śru­ta­śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­taḥ | śa­bda­bhe­da­pra­bhe­do­ktaḥ sva­yaṃ ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tva­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 236,18ta­c ca śa­bda­mā­traṃ śru­ta­m i­ha jñe­ya­m u­pa­cā­rā­t dvya­ne­ka­dvā­da­śa­bhe­da­m i­ty a­ne­na śa­bda­saṃ­da­rbha­sya bhe­da­pra­bhe­da­yo­r va­ca­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 236,19sva­yaṃ sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa śru­ta­śa­bda­pra­yo­gā­c ca | sa hi śrū­ya­te sme­ti śru­taṃ pra­va­ca­na­m i­ty a­sye­ṣṭā­rtha­sya saṃ­gra­hā­rthaḥ śre­yo TAŚVA-ML 236,20nā­nya­thā spa­ṣṭa­jñā­nā­bhi­dhā­yi­naḥ śa­bda­sya pra­yo­gā­rha­tvā­t | ku­taḥ pu­na­r u­pa­cā­raḥ ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | śru­ta­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 236,21kā­ra­ṇaṃ hi pra­va­ca­naṃ śru­ta­m i­ty u­pa­ca­rya­te mu­khya­sya śru­ta­jñā­na­sya bhe­da­pra­ti­pā­da­naṃ ka­tha­m u­pa­pa­nnaṃ ta­jjñā­na­sya bhe­da- TAŚVA-ML 236,22pra­bhe­da­rū­pa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ dvi­bhe­da­pra­va­ca­na­ja­ni­taṃ hi jñā­naṃ dvi­bhe­daṃ aṃ­ga­bā­hya­pra­va­ca­na­ja­ni­ta­sya jñā­na­syāṃ­ga­bā­hya­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 236,23aṃ­ga­pra­vi­ṣṭa­va­ca­na­ja­ni­ta­sya cāṃ­ga­pra­vi­ṣṭa­tvā­t | ta­thā­ne­ka­dvā­da­śa­pra­bhe­da­va­ca­na­ja­ni­taṃ jñā­na­ma­n e­ka­dvā­da­śa­pra­bhe­da­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 236,24kā­li­ko­tkā­li­kā­di­va­ca­na­ja­ni­ta­syā­ne­ka­pra­bhe­da­rū­pa­tvā­t­, ā­cā­rā­di­va­ca­na­ja­ni­ta­sya ca dvā­da­śa­pra­bhe­da­tvā­d i­da- TAŚVA-ML 236,25m u­pa­ca­ri­taṃ ca śru­taṃ dvya­ne­ka­dvā­da­śa­bhe­da­m i­hai­va va­kṣya­te | dvi­bhe­da­m a­ne­ka­dvā­da­śa­bhe­da­m i­ti pra­tye­kaṃ bhe­da­śa­bda­syā­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 236,26saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t ta­thā ca­tu­rbhe­do ve­daḥ ṣa­ḍaṃ­gaḥ sa­ha­sra­śā­khaḥ i­tyā­di śru­tā­bhā­sa­ni­vṛ­tti­r a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­di­ni- TAŚVA-ML 236,27vṛ­tti­ś ca kṛ­tā bha­va­ti | ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.4sa­mya­g i­ty a­dhi­kā­rā­t tu śru­tā­bhā­sa­ni­va­rta­na­m | ta­syā­prā­mā­ṇya­vi­cche­daḥ pra­mā­ṇa­pa­da­vṛ­tti­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.5pa­ro­kṣā­vi­ṣkṛ­te­s ta­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tva­ni­rā­kri­yā | nā­va­dhyā­di­ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ ma­ti­pū­rva­m i­ti śru­teḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 236,30na ni­tya­tvaṃ dra­vya­śru­ta­sya bhā­va­śru­ta­sya vā na ni­tya­ni­mi­tta­tva­m i­ti sā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­sī­ya­te ma­ti­pū­rva­tva­va­ca­nā- TAŚVA-ML 236,31d a­va­dhyā­dya­ni­mi­tta­tva­va­t | śru­ta­ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ śru­ta­syai­va bā­dhye­te­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ | ku­taḥ ? TAŚV-ML 1.20.6pū­rvaṃ śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­sya vya­va­dhā­ne pi da­rśa­nā­t | na sā­kṣā­nma­ti­pū­rva­sya śru­ta­sye­ṣṭa­sya bā­dha­na­m |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 237,01liṃ­gā­di­va­ca­na­śro­tra­ma­ti­pū­rvā­t ta­da­rtha­gā­t śru­tā­c chu­ta­m i­ti si­ddhaṃ liṃ­gā­di­vi­ṣa­yaṃ vi­dā­m | TAŚVA-ML 237,02na­nv e­vaṃ ke­va­la­jñā­na­pū­rva­kaṃ bha­ga­va­da­rha­tpra­bhā­ṣi­taṃ dra­vya­śru­taṃ vi­ru­ddhya­ta i­ti ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.7na ca ke­va­la­pū­rva­tvā­t sa­rva­jña­va­ca­nā­tma­naḥ | śru­ta­sya ma­ti­pū­rva­tva­ni­ya­mo tra vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.8jñā­nā­tma­na­s ta­thā­bhā­va­pro­kte ga­ṇa­bhṛ­tā­m a­pi | ma­ti­pra­ka­rṣa­pū­rva­tvā­d a­rha­tpro­ktā­rtha­saṃ­vi­daḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 237,05śru­ta­jñā­naṃ hi ma­ti­pū­rvaṃ sā­kṣā­tpā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa ve­ti ni­ya­mya­te na pu­naḥ śa­bda­mā­traṃ ya­ta­s ta­sya ke­va­la­pū­rva­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 237,06vi­ro­dhaḥ syā­t | na ca ga­ṇa­dha­ra­de­vā­dī­nāṃ śru­ta­jñā­naṃ ke­va­la­pū­rva­kaṃ ta­nni­mi­tta­śa­bda­vi­ṣa­ya­ma­ti­jñā­nā­ti­śa­ya­pū­rva­ka- TAŚVA-ML 237,07tvā­t ta­sye­ti ni­ra­va­dyaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.9ma­ti­sā­mā­nya­ni­rde­śā­n na śro­tra­ma­ti­pū­rva­kaṃ | śru­taṃ ni­ya­mya­te '­śe­ṣa­ma­ti­pū­rva­sya vī­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.10śru­tvā śa­bdaṃ ya­thā ta­smā­t ta­da­rthaṃ la­kṣa­ye­d a­yaṃ | ta­tho­pa­la­bhya rū­pā­dī­n a­rthaṃ ta­n nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­m |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 237,10ya­thā hi śa­bdaḥ sva­vā­cya­m a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­nāṃ pra­tyā­pa­ya­ti ta­thā rū­pā­da­yo pi svā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­na­m a­rthaṃ pra­tyā­pa­yaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 237,11tī­ti śro­tra­ma­ti­pū­rva­ka­m e­va śru­ta­jñā­na­m ī­kṣya­te | ta­to na śro­tra­ma­ti­pū­rva­m e­va ta­d i­ti ni­ya­maḥ śre­yā­n­, ma­ti- TAŚVA-ML 237,12sā­mā­nya­va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.11na smṛ­tyā­di ma­ti­jñā­naṃ śru­ta­m e­vaṃ pra­sa­jya­te | ma­ti­pū­rva­tva­ni­ya­mā­t ta­syā­sya tu ma­ti­tva­taḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.12śru­ta­jñā­nā­vṛ­ti­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­ṇa­sya ca | smṛ­tyā­di­ṣv aṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­syā­bhā­vā­n na śru­ta­tā­sthi­tiḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 237,15ma­ti­r hi ba­hi­raṃ­gaṃ śru­ta­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ aṃ­ta­raṃ­gaṃ tu śru­ta­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣaḥ | sa ca smṛ­tyā­de­r ma­ti­vi- TAŚVA-ML 237,16śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya nā­stī­ti na śru­ta­tva­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.13ma­ti­pū­rvaṃ ta­to jñe­yaṃ śru­ta­m a­spa­ṣṭa­ta­rka­ṇa­m | na tu sa­rva­ma­ti­vyā­pti­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ṣṭa­bā­dha­nā­t |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 237,18śru­ta­m a­spa­ṣṭa­ta­rka­ṇa­m i­ty a­pi ma­ti­pū­rvaṃ nā­nā­rtha­pra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ śru­ta­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­pe­kṣa­m i­ty a­va­gaṃ­ta­vya­m a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 237,19smṛ­tyā­dī­nā­m a­spa­ṣṭā­kṣa­jñā­nā­nāṃ ca śru­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhā­pa­tti­r i­ti sū­ktaṃ ma­ti­pū­rvaṃ śru­taṃ | ta­c ca­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.14dvi­bhe­da­m aṃ­ga­bā­hya­tvā­d aṃ­ga­rū­pa­tva­taḥ śru­ta­m | a­ne­ka­bhe­da­m a­trai­kaṃ kā­li­ko­tkā­li­kā­di­ka­m |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.15dvā­da­śā­va­stha­m aṃ­gā­tma­ta­dā­cā­rā­di­bhe­da­taḥ | pra­tye­kaṃ bhe­da­śa­bda­sya saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d i­ti vā­kya­bhi­t |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.16mu­khyā jñā­nā­tma­kā bhe­da­pra­bhe­dā­s ta­sya sū­tri­tāḥ | śa­bdā­tma­kāḥ pu­na­r gau­ṇāḥ śru­ta­sye­ti vi­bhi­dya­te |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 237,23ta­tra śru­ta­jñā­na­sya ma­ti­pū­rva­ka­tve pi sa­rve­ṣāṃ vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.17śa­bda­jñā­na­sya sa­rve pi ma­ti­pū­rva­tva­m ā­dṛ­tāḥ | vā­di­naḥ śro­tra­vi­jñā­nā­bhā­ve ta­sya sa­mu­dbha­vā­t |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 237,25bha­va­tu nā­ma śru­ta­jñā­naṃ ma­ti­pū­rva­kaṃ yā­jñi­kā­nā­m a­pi ta­trā­vi­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ "­śa­bdā­d u­de­tya vi­jñā­na­m a­pra­tya­kṣe­tha TAŚVA-ML 237,26va­stu­ni | śā­bdaṃ ta­d i­ti ma­nyaṃ­te pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­vā­di­naḥ­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | śa­bdā­tma­kaṃ tu śru­taṃ ve­da­nā­khyaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 237,27ma­ti­pū­rva­kaṃ ta­sya ni­tya­tvā­d i­ti ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.18śa­bdā­tma­kaṃ pu­na­r ye­ṣāṃ śru­ta­m a­jñā­na­pū­rva­kaṃ | ni­tyaṃ te­ṣāṃ pra­mā­ṇe­na vi­ro­dho ba­hu­co­di­taḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.19pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dha­naṃ tā­va­d a­gni­m ī­le pu­ro­hi­taṃ | i­ty e­va­m ā­di­śa­bda­sya jñā­na­pū­rva­tva­ve­da­nā­t |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.20ta­dvya­kteḥ jñā­na­pū­rva­tvaṃ sva­yaṃ saṃ­ve­dya­te na tu | śa­bda­sye­ti na sā­dhī­yo vya­kteḥ śa­bdā­tma­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.21śa­bdā­dya­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ vya­ktiḥ śa­bda­sya ka­tha­m u­cya­te | saṃ­baṃ­dhā­c ce­ti saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ sva­bhā­va i­ti sai­ka­tā |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.22śa­bda­vya­kte­ra­bhi­nnai­ka­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­tma­tva­to na ki­m | saṃ­baṃ­dha­syā­pi ta­dbhe­de na­va­sthā ke­na vā­rya­te |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.23bhi­nnā­bhi­nnā­tma­ka­tve tu saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya ta­ta­s ta­va | śa­bda­sya bu­ddhi­pū­rva­tvaṃ vya­kte­r i­va ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.24vya­kti­r va­rṇa­sya saṃ­skā­raḥ śro­tra­syā­tho­bha­ya­sya vā | ta­dbu­ddhi­tā­vṛ­tti­cche­daḥ sā­py e­te­nai­va dū­ṣi­tā |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.25vi­śe­ṣā­dhā­na­m a­py a­sya nā­bhi­vya­kti­r vi­bhā­vya­te | ni­tya­syā­ti­śa­yo­tpa­tti­vi­ro­dhā­t svā­tma­nā­śa­va­t |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.26ka­la­śā­de­r a­bhi­vya­kti­r dī­pā­deḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­naḥ | pra­si­ddhe­ti na sa­rva­tra do­ṣo­ya­m a­nu­ṣa­jya­te |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.27ni­tya­sya vyā­pi­no vya­ktiḥ sā­ka­lye­na ya­dī­ṣya­te | kiṃ na sa­rva­tra sa­rva­sya sa­rva­dā ta­dvi­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.28svā­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­śa­taḥ puṃ­sāṃ śā­bda­jñā­na­vi­ci­tra­tā | vya­kte pi kā­rtsnya­taḥ śa­bde bhā­ve sa­rvā­tma­ke na ki­m |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.29de­śa­ta­s ta­da­bhi­vya­ktau sāṃ­śa­tā na vi­ru­dhya­te | vyaṃ­ja­ke ya­t tu śa­bda­nā­m a­bhi­nne sa­ka­la­śru­tiḥ |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.30ta­sya kva­ci­d a­bhi­vya­ktau vyā­pā­re de­śa­bhā­k sva­taḥ | nā­nā­rū­pe tu nā­nā­tvaṃ ku­ta­s ta­syā­va­ga­mya­tā­m |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.31svā­bhi­pre­tā­bhi­lā­pa­sya śru­te­r a­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­yaḥ | si­ddhe vyaṃ­ja­ka­nā­nā­tve vi­śi­ṣṭa­va­ca­saḥ śru­tiḥ |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.32pra­si­ddhā­yāṃ pu­na­s ta­syāṃ ta­tpra­si­ddhi­r hi te ma­te | ya­di pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddhe­yaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­va­ca­saḥ śru­tiḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.33śe­mu­ṣī­pū­rva­tā­si­ddhi­r vā­cā kiṃ nā­nu­ma­nya­te | na­nu jñā­na­ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ vā­cā­m u­ccā­ra­ṇa­sya naḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.34si­ddhaṃ nā­pū­rva­rū­pe­ṇa prā­du­rbhā­vaḥ ka­dā­ca­na | ka­rtu­r a­sma­ra­ṇaṃ tā­sāṃ tā­dṛ­śī­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.35pu­ru­ṣā­rtho­pa­yo­ga­tva­bhā­jā­m a­pi ma­hā­tma­nāṃ | nai­vaṃ sa­rva­nṛ­ṇāṃ ka­rtuḥ smṛ­te­r a­pra­ti­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.36ta­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ hi kā­ṇā­dāḥ sma­raṃ­ti ca­tu­rā­na­naṃ | jai­nāḥ kā­lā­su­raṃ bau­ddhāḥ svā­ṣṭa­kā­t sa­ka­lāḥ sa­dā |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.37sa­rve sva­saṃ­pra­dā­ya­syā­vi­cche­de­nā­vi­gā­na­taḥ | nā­nā­ka­rtṛ­smṛ­te­r nā­sti tā­sāṃ ka­rte­ty a­saṃ­ga­taṃ |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.38ba­hu­ka­rtṛ­ka­tā­si­ddheḥ khaṃ­ḍa­śa­s tā­dṛ­ga­nya­va­t | ka­rtu­r a­sma­ra­ṇaṃ he­tu­r yā­jñi­kā­nāṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.39ta­dā sva­gṛ­ha­mā­nyā syā­d ve­da­syā­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tā | ja­ga­to '­ka­rtṛ­tā­py e­vaṃ pa­re­ṣā­m i­ti ce­n na vai |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.40ka­rtuḥ sma­ra­ṇa­he­tu­s ta­tsi­ddhau tai­ś ca pra­yu­jya­te | ma­ha­ttvaṃ tu na ve­da­sya pra­ti­vā­dyā­ga­mā­t sthi­ta­m |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.41ye­nā­śa­kya­kri­ya­tva­sya sā­dha­naṃ ta­t ta­va smṛ­teḥ | pu­ru­ṣā­rtho­pa­yo­gi­tvaṃ vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­taṃ ka­thaṃ |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.42vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­yā he­toḥ pra­yo­ktuṃ yu­jya­te sa­tāṃ | ve­dā­dhya­ya­na­vā­cya­tvaṃ ve­dā­dhya­ya­na­pū­rva­tā­m |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.43na ve­dā­dhya­ya­ne śa­ktaṃ prā­jñā­pa­yi­tu­m a­nya­va­t | ya­thā hi­ra­ṇya­ga­rbhaḥ so '­dhye­tā ve­da­sya sā­dhya­te |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.44yu­gā­dau pra­tha­ma­s ta­dva­dbu­ddhā­diḥ svā­ga­ma­sya ca | sā­kṣā­tkṛ­tyā­ga­ma­syā­rtha­va­ktā ka­rtā­ga­ma­sya ce­t |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.45a­gni­r i­ty a­gni­r i­tyā­di­r va­ktā ka­rtā tu tā­dṛ­śaḥ | pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t ka­rtā sa ce­d ve­de pi­tā­ma­haḥ |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.46ta­ta e­va na dhā­tā­stu na vā ka­ści­t sa­ma­tva­taḥ | nā­nā­dhī­ta­sya ve­da­syā­dhye­tā­sty a­dhyā­pa­kā­d vi­nā |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.47na so sti bra­hma­ṇo trā­dā­v i­ti nā­dhye­tṛ­tā ga­tiḥ | sva­rge dhī­tā­n sva­yaṃ ve­dā­na­nu­smṛ­ty e­ha saṃ­bha­vī |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.48bra­hmā­dhye­tā pa­re­ṣāṃ bā­dhyā­pa­ka­ś ce­d ya­thā ya­thaṃ | sa­rve pi ka­va­yaḥ saṃ­tu ta­thā­dhye­tā­ra e­va ca |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.49i­ty a­kṛ­tri­ma­tā sa­rva­śā­strā­ṇāṃ sa­mu­pā­ga­tā | sva­yaṃ ja­nmāṃ­ta­rā­dhī­ta­m a­dhī­yā­ma­hi saṃ­pra­ti |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.50i­ti saṃ­ve­da­nā­bhā­vā­t te­ṣā­m a­dhye­tṛ­tā na ce­t | pū­rvā­nu­bhū­ta­pā­nā­de­s ta­da­ha­rjā­ta­dā­ra­kāḥ |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.51sma­rtā­raḥ ka­tha­m e­vaṃ syu­s ta­thā saṃ­ve­da­nā­d vi­nā | smṛ­ti­liṃ­ga­vi­śe­ṣā­c ce­t te­ṣāṃ ta­tra pra­sā­dhya­te |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.52ka­vī­nāṃ kiṃ na kā­vye­ṣu pū­rvā­dhī­te­ṣu sā­nva­yā | ya­di vyu­tpa­tti­va­rṇe­ṣu pa­de­ṣv a­rthe­ṣv a­ne­ka­dhā |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.53vā­kye­ṣu ce­ha ku­rvaṃ­taḥ ka­va­yaḥ kā­vya­m ī­kṣi­tāḥ | kiṃ na pra­jā­pa­ti­r ve­dā­n ku­rva­nn e­vaṃ sa­tī­kṣi­taḥ |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.54ka­ści­t pa­rī­kṣa­kai­r lo­kaiḥ sa­dbhi­s ta­dde­śa­kā­la­gaiḥ | ta­thā ca śrū­ya­te sā­pi gi­rā sā­mā­ni ru­gni­rā­ṭ |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.55ṛ­caḥ kṛ­tā i­ti kve­yaṃ ve­da­syā­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tā | pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya­mā­na­tvaṃ ni­tyai­kāṃ­taṃ na sā­dha­ye­t |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.56pau­rvā­pa­rya­vi­hī­ne rthe ta­da­yo­gā­d vi­ro­dha­taḥ | pū­rva­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya pa­ścā­d yā dṛ­śya­mā­na­sya cai­ka­tā­m |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.57ve­tti sā pra­tya­bhi­jñe­ti prā­ya­śo vi­ni­ve­di­ta­m | dṛ­ṣṭa­tva­dṛ­śya­mā­na­tve rū­pe pū­rvā­pa­re na ce­t |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.58bhā­va­sya pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ syā­t ta­d a­trā­śv a­śṛṃ­ga­va­t | ta­dā ni­tyā­tma­kaḥ śa­bdaḥ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­to ya­thā |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.59de­va­da­ttā­di­r i­ty a­stu vi­ru­ddho he­tu­r ī­ri­taḥ | da­rśa­na­sya pa­rā­rtha­tvā­d i­ty a­pi pa­ra­da­rśi­taḥ |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.60vi­ru­ddho he­tu­r i­ty e­vaṃ śa­bdai­ka­tva­pra­sā­dha­ne | ta­to '­kṛ­ta­ka­tā si­ddhe­r a­bhā­vā­n na­ya­śa­kti­taḥ |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.61ve­da­sya pra­tha­mo dhye­tā ka­rte­ti ma­ti­pū­rva­taḥ | pa­da­vā­kyā­tma­ka­tvā­c ca bhā­ra­tā­di­va­d a­nya­thā |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.62ta­da­yo­gā­d vi­ru­dhye­ta saṃ­gi­rau ca ma­hā­na­saḥ | sa­rve­ṣāṃ hi vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ kri­yā śa­kyā va­co­tta­re |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.63ve­da­vā­kye­ṣu dṛ­śyā­nā­m a­nye­ṣāṃ ce­ti he­tu­tā | yu­ktā­nya­thā na dhū­mā­de­r a­gnyā­di­ṣu bha­ve­d a­sau |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.64ta­taḥ sa­rvā­nu­mā­nā­nā­m u­cche­da­s te du­ru­tta­raḥ | pra­mā­ṇaṃ na pu­na­r ve­da­va­ca­so kṛ­tri­ma­tva­taḥ |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.65sā­dhya­te ce­d bha­ve­d a­rtha­vā­d a­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇa­tā | a­du­ṣṭa­he­tu­ja­nya­tvaṃ ta­dva­tprā­mā­ṇya­sā­dha­ne |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.66he­tvā­bhā­sa­na­m i­ty u­kta­m a­pū­rvā­rtha­tva­m a­pya­daḥ | bā­dha­va­rji­ta­tā he­tu­s ta­tra ce­l laiṃ­gi­kā­di­va­t |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.67ki­m a­kṛ­tri­ma­tā ta­sya po­ṣya­te kā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­nā | puṃ­so do­ṣā­śra­ya­tve­na pau­ru­ṣe­ya­sya du­ṣṭa­tā |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.68śa­kya­te ta­jja­saṃ­vi­tte­r a­to bā­dha­na­śaṃ­ka­naṃ | niḥ­saṃ­śa­yaṃ pu­na­r bā­dha­va­rji­ta­tvaṃ pra­si­ddhya­ti |­| 6­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.69ka­rtṛ­hī­na­va­co vi­tte­r i­ty a­kṛ­tri­ma­tā­rtha­kṛ­t | pa­re­ṣā­m ā­ga­ma­sye­ṣṭaṃ gu­ṇa­va­dva­ktṛ­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.70sā­dhī­ya­sī­ti yo va­kti so pi mī­māṃ­sa­kaḥ ka­thaṃ | sa­ma­tvā­d a­kṣa­liṃ­gā­deḥ ka­sya­ci­d du­ṣṭa­tā dṛ­śaḥ |­| 7­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.71śa­bda­jñā­na­va­dā­śaṃ­kā­pa­tte­s ta­jja­nma­saṃ­vi­daḥ | mi­thyā­jñā­na­ni­mi­tta­sya ya­dy a­kṣā­de­s ta­dā na tāḥ |­| 7­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.72tā­dṛ­śaḥ kiṃ na vā­kya­sya śru­tyā­bhā­sa­tva­m i­ṣya­te | gu­ṇa­va­dva­ktṛ­ka­tvaṃ tu pa­rai­r i­ṣṭaṃ ya­d ā­ga­me |­| 7­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.73ta­tsā­dha­nāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­sya prā­mā­ṇye kāṃ­śca­na pra­ti | su­ni­rbā­dha­tva­he­to­r vā sa­ma­rtha­na­pa­raṃ bha­ve­t |­| 7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.74ta­n no ca pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tvaṃ bha­va­ta­s ta­tra tā­dṛ­śaṃ | maṃ­trā­rtha­vā­da­ni­ṣṭha­sya pau­ru­ṣe­ya­sya bā­dha­nā­t |­| 7­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.75ve­da­syā­pi pa­yo­dā­di­dhva­ne­r nai­ṣpha­lya­da­rśa­nā­t | sa­tyaṃ śru­taṃ su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 7­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.76pra­tya­kṣā­di­va­d i­ty e­ta­tsa­mya­k prā­mā­ṇya­sā­dha­naṃ | ka­dā­ci­t syā­d a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ śu­ktau ra­ja­ta­bo­dha­va­t |­| 7­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.77nā­pe­kṣaṃ saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dhaṃ de­śa­kā­la­na­rāṃ­ta­raṃ | sve­ṣṭa­jñā­na­va­d i­ty a­sya nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā sthi­tiḥ |­| 7­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.78na ca he­tu­r a­si­ddho ya­m a­vya­ktā­rtha­va­co­vi­daḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dha­nā­bhā­vā­d a­ne­kāṃ­te ka­dā­ca­na |­| 7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.79a­nu­me­ye nu­mā­ne­na bā­dha­vai­dhu­rya­ni­rṇa­yā­t | tṛ­tī­ya­sthā­na­saṃ­krāṃ­te tv ā­ga­mā­va­ya­ve­na ca |­| 7­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.80pa­rā­ga­me pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ nai­vaṃ saṃ­bhā­vya­te sa­dā | dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dha­nā­t sa­rva­śū­nya­tvā­ga­ma­bo­dha­va­t |­| 8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.81bhā­vā­dye­kāṃ­ta­vā­cā­nāṃ sthi­taṃ dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dha­naṃ | sā­maṃ­ta­bha­dra­to nyā­yā­d i­ti nā­tra pra­paṃ­ci­ta­m |­| 8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.82ka­ri­ṣya­te ca ta­dva­tsa ya­thā­va­sa­ra­m a­gra­taḥ | yu­ktyā sa­rva­tra ta­ttvā­rthe pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­go­ca­ra­m |­| 8­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.83pro­kta­bhe­da­pra­bhe­daṃ ta­cchru­ta­m e­va hi ta­ddṛ­ḍhaṃ | prā­mā­ṇya­m ā­tma­sā­t ku­ryā­d i­ti na­ściṃ­ta­yā­tra ki­m |­| 8­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 239,25ta­d e­vaṃ śru­ta­syā­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tai­kāṃ­ta­m a­pā­kṛ­tya ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tve pi co­da­nā­yāḥ prā­mā­ṇya­sā­dha­nā­saṃ­bha­vaṃ vi­bhā­vya TAŚVA-ML 239,26syā­dvā­da­sya ca su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvaṃ prā­mā­ṇya­sā­dha­naṃ vya­va­sthā­pya sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­tā­nāṃ ta­da­saṃ­bha­vaṃ bha­ga­va­tsa­maṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 239,27bha­drā­cā­rya­nyā­yā­dbhā­vā­dye­kāṃ­ta­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­pra­va­ṇā­d ā­ve­dya va­kṣya­mā­ṇā­c ca nyā­yā­t saṃ­kṣe­pa­taḥ pra­va­ca­na­prā­mā­ṇya­dā­rḍhya­m a­va­dhā­rya TAŚVA-ML 239,28ta­tra ni­ści­taṃ nā­mā­tma­sā­t kṛ­tya saṃ­pra­ti śru­ta­sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­m a­ka­laṃ­ka­graṃ­tha­m a­nu­vā­da­pu­ra­ssa­raṃ vi­cā­ra­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.84a­tra pra­ca­kṣa­te ke­ci­c chru­taṃ śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­t | ta­tpū­rva­ni­ya­mā­dyu­ktaṃ nā­nya­the­ṣṭa­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 8­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.85śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­d e­va śru­taṃ hi ya­di ka­thya­te | ta­dā śro­tra­ma­ti­jñā­naṃ na syā­n nā­nya­ma­tau bha­va­m |­| 8­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.86ya­dy a­pe­kṣa­va­ca­s te­ṣāṃ śru­taṃ sāṃ­vya­va­hā­ri­kaṃ | sve­ṣṭa­sya bā­dha­naṃ na syā­d i­ti saṃ­pra­ti­pa­dya­te |­| 8­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.87na so sti pra­tya­yo lo­ko yaḥ śa­bdā­nu­ga­mā­dṛ­te | i­ty e­kāṃ­taṃ ni­rā­ka­rtuṃ ta­tho­ktaṃ tai­r i­he­ti vā |­| 8­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.88jñā­na­m ā­dyaṃ smṛ­tiḥ saṃ­jñā ciṃ­tā cā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­kaṃ | prā­gnā­ma­saṃ­sṛ­taṃ śe­ṣaṃ śru­taṃ śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­t |­| 8­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 239,34a­trā­ka­laṃ­ka­de­vāḥ prā­huḥ "­jñā­na­m ā­dyaṃ smṛ­tiḥ saṃ­jñā ciṃ­tā cā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­kaṃ | prā­ṅnā­ma­yo­ja­nā­c che­ṣaṃ śru­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 239,35śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­t |­| " i­ti ta­tre­daṃ vi­cā­rya­te ma­ti­jñā­nā­d ā­dyā­d ā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­ka­pa­ryaṃ­tā­c che­ṣaṃ śru­taṃ śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā- TAŚVA-ML 240,01d e­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ śru­ta­m e­va śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­d i­ti vā ? ya­di śru­ta­m e­va śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­d i­ti pū­rva­ni­ya­ma­s ta­dā na TAŚVA-ML 240,02ka­ści­d vi­ro­dhaḥ śa­bda­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­jñā­na­syā­śru­ta­jñā­na­tva­vya­va­cche­dā­t | a­tha śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­d e­va śru­ta­m i­ti ni­ya­ma­s ta­dā TAŚVA-ML 240,03śro­tra­ma­ti­pū­rva­ka­m e­va śru­taṃ na ca­kṣu­rā­di­ma­ti­pū­rva­ka­m i­ti si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhaḥ syā­t | sāṃ­vya­va­hā­ri­kaṃ śā­bdaṃ jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 240,04śru­ta­m i­ty a­pe­kṣa­yā ta­thā ni­ya­me tu ne­ṣṭa­bā­dhā­sti ca­kṣu­rā­di­ma­ti­pū­rva­ka­syā­pi śru­ta­sya pa­ra­mā­rtha­to bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t TAŚVA-ML 240,05sva­sa­ma­ya­saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | a­tha­vā "­na so sti pra­tya­yo lo­ke yaḥ śa­bdā­nu­ga­mā­dṛ­te | a­nu­vi­ddha­m i­vā­bhā­ti sa­rvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 240,06śa­bde pra­ti­ṣṭhi­taṃ |­| " i­ty e­kāṃ­taṃ ni­rā­ka­rtuṃ prā­gnā­ma­yo­ja­nā­d ā­dya­m i­ṣṭaṃ na tu ta­nnā­ma­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ti vyā­khyā­na­m ā- TAŚVA-ML 240,07ka­laṃ­ka­ma­nu­sa­rta­vyaṃ | ta­thā sa­ti ya­dā­ha pa­raḥ "­vā­grū­pa­tā ce­d u­tkrā­me­d a­va­bo­dha­sya śā­śva­tī | na pra­kā­śaḥ pra­kā­śe­ta TAŚVA-ML 240,08sā hi pra­tya­va­ma­rśi­nī­" i­ti ta­da­pā­staṃ bha­va­ti ta­yā vi­nai­vā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­ka­sya pra­kā­śa­nā­d i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.89vā­grū­pa­tā ta­to na syā­d yo­ktā pra­tya­va­ma­rśi­nī | ma­ti­jñā­naṃ pra­kā­śe­ta sa­dā ta­d dhi ta­yā vi­nā |­| 8­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 240,10na hīṃ­dri­ya­jñā­naṃ vā­cā saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­m a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā hi | na tā­va­d a­jñā­tvā vā­cā saṃ­sṛ­je­d a­ti­pra­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 240,11gā­t | jñā­tvā saṃ­sṛ­ja­tī­ti ce­t te­nai­va saṃ­ve­da­ne­nā­ny e­va vā ? te­nai­va ce­d a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇa­m a­nye­na ce­d a­na­va­sthā­naṃ | TAŚVA-ML 240,12a­tra śa­bdā­dvai­ta­vā­di­nā­m a­jña­tva­m u­pa­da­rśya dū­ṣa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.90vai­kha­rīṃ ma­dhya­māṃ vā­caṃ vi­nā­kṣa­jñā­na­m ā­tma­naḥ | sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m i­ṣṭaṃ no nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇa­m a­nya­thā |­| 9­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.91pa­śyaṃ­tyā nu vi­nā nai­ta­dvya­va­sā­yā­tma­ve­da­na­m | yu­ktaṃ na cā­tra saṃ­bhā­vyaḥ pro­kto nyo­nya­sa­mā­śra­yaḥ |­| 9­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.92vyā­pi­nyā sū­kṣma­yā vā­cā vyā­ptaṃ sa­rvaṃ ca ve­da­naṃ | ta­yā vi­nā hi pa­śyaṃ­tī vi­ka­lpā­tmā ku­taḥ pu­naḥ |­| 9­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.93ma­dhya­mā ta­da­bhā­ve kva ni­rbī­jā vai­kha­rī ra­vā­t | ta­taḥ sā śā­śva­tī sa­rva­ve­da­ne­ṣu pra­kā­śa­te |­| 9­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.94i­ti ye pi sa­mā­da­dhyu­s te py a­nā­lo­ci­to­kta­yaḥ | śa­bda­bra­hma­ṇi ni­rbhā­ge ta­thā va­ktu­m a­śa­kti­taḥ |­| 9­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.95na hy a­va­sthā ca śro­tra­sya sa­tyā­dvai­ta­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | na ca tā­sā­m a­vi­dyā­tvaṃ ta­ttvā­si­ddhau pra­si­ddhya­ti |­| 9­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 240,19ca­tu­rvi­dhā hi vā­gvai­kha­rī ma­dhya­mā pa­śyaṃ­tī sū­kṣmā ce­ti | ta­trā­jñā­naṃ vi­nai­va vai­kha­ryā ma­dhya­ma­yā cā­tma­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 240,20pra­bha­va­ti sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ ca a­nya­thā­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇa­sya du­rni­vā­ra­tvā­t | ta­ta e­vā­na­va­sthā­pa­ri­hā­ro pi | na cai­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 240,21vā­grū­pa­tā sa­rva­ve­da­ne­ṣu pra­tya­va­ma­rśi­nī­ti vi­ru­dhya­te pa­śyaṃ­tyā vā­cā vi­nā­kṣa­jñā­nā­de­r a­py a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­d dhi ya­di TAŚVA-ML 240,22vya­va­sā­yā­tma­kaṃ ta­dā vya­va­sā­ya­rū­pāṃ pa­śyaṃ­tī­vā­caṃ ka­s ta­tra ni­rā­ku­ryā­d a­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na cai­va- TAŚVA-ML 240,23m a­nyo­nyā­śra­yo na­va­sthā vā yu­ga­pa­t sva­kā­ra­ṇa­va­śā­d vā­k TAŚVA-ML 240,24tma­kaṃ da­rśa­naṃ ta­tpa­śyaṃ­tyā­pi vi­no­pa­jā­ya­mā­naṃ na vā­cā­na­nu­ga­taṃ sū­kṣma­yā vā­cā sa­ho­tpa­dya­mā­na­tvā­t ta­syāḥ TAŚVA-ML 240,25sa­ka­la­saṃ­ve­da­nā­nu­yā­yi­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t | ta­yā vi­nā pu­naḥ pa­śyaṃ­tyā ma­dhya­mā­yā vai­kha­ryā­ś co­tpa­tti­vi­ro­dhā­d a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 240,26ni­rbī­ja­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­ta­s ta­dbī­ja­m i­ccha­tā ta­du­tpā­da­na­śa­kti­rū­pā sū­kṣmā vā­k vyā­pi­nī sa­ta­taṃ pra­kā­śa­mā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 240,27bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyā | sai­vā­nu­pa­ri­ha­ra­ty a­bhi­dhā­nā­dya­pe­kṣā­yāṃ bha­va­da­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­ya i­ti dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ "­a­bhi­lā­pa­ta­dva­śā­nā­m a­bhi­lā- TAŚVA-ML 240,28pa­vi­ve­ka­taḥ | a­pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­tva­m a­va­śya­m a­nu­ṣa­jya­te­" i­ty a­na­va­sthā­naṃ ca a­bhi­lā­pa­sya ta­dbhā­gā­nāṃ vā pa­rā­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 240,29lā­pe­na vai­kha­rī­rū­pe­ṇa ma­dhya­mā­rū­pe­ṇa ca vi­ni­bā­dha­saṃ­ve­da­no­tpa­tte­r a­pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ye sa­mā­da­dha­te TAŚVA-ML 240,30te py a­nā­lo­ci­to­kta­ya e­va­, ni­raṃ­śa­śa­bda­bra­hma­ṇi ta­thā va­ktu­m a­śa­kteḥ | ta­syā­va­sthā­nāṃ ca­ta­sṛ­ṇāṃ sa­tya­tve '­dvai­ta- TAŚVA-ML 240,31vi­ro­dhā­t | tā­sā­m a­vi­dyā­tvā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, śa­bda­bra­hma­ṇo naṃ­śa­sya vi­dyā­tva­si­ddhau ta­da­va­sthā­nā­m a­vi­dyā­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 240,32pra­si­ddheḥ | ta­d dhi śa­bda­bra­hma ni­raṃ­śa­m iṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣā­d a­nu­mā­nā­t sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­pra­tya­kṣā­d ā­ga­mā­d vā na pra­si­ddhya­tī­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.96bra­hma­ṇo na vya­va­sthā­na­m a­kṣa­jñā­nā­t ku­ta­śca­na | sva­pnā­dā­v i­va mi­thyā­tvā­t ta­sya sā­ka­lya­taḥ sva­ya­m |­| 9­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.97nā­nu­mā­nā­t ta­to rthā­nāṃ pra­tī­te­r du­rla­bha­tva­taḥ | pa­ra­pra­si­ddhi­r a­py a­sya pra­si­ddhā nā­pra­mā­ṇi­kā |­| 9­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.98sva­taḥ saṃ­ve­da­nā­t si­ddhiḥ kṣa­ṇi­kā­naṃ­śa­vi­tti­va­t | na pa­ra­bra­hma­ṇo nā­pi sā yu­ktā sā­dha­nā­d vi­nā |­| 9­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.99ā­ga­mā­d e­va ta­tsi­ddhau bhe­da­si­ddhi­s ta­thā na ki­m | ni­rbā­dhā­d e­va ce­tta­vyaṃ va pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­dṛ­te |­| 9­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.100ta­dā­ga­ma­sya ni­śce­tuṃ śa­kyaṃ jā­tu pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ | na cā­ga­ma­s ta­to bhi­nnaḥ sa­ma­sti pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ |­| 1­0­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.101ta­dvi­va­rta­s tv a­vi­dyā­tmā ta­sya pra­jñā­pa­kaḥ ka­thaṃ | na cā­vi­ni­ści­te ta­ttve phe­na­bu­dbu­da­va­dbhi­dā |­| 1­0­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.102mā­ye­yaṃ ba­ta duḥ­pā­rā vi­pa­ści­d i­ti pa­śya­ti | ye­nā­vi­dyā vi­ni­rṇī­tā vi­dyāṃ ga­ma­ya­ti dhru­va­m |­| 1­0­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.103bhrāṃ­te­r bī­jā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­d a­nu­mā­trai­va­m ā­ga­tā | ta­to nai­va pa­raṃ bra­hmā­sty a­nā­di­ni­dha­nā­tma­ka­m |­| 1­0­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.103efvi­va­rte­tā­rtha­bhā­ve­na pra­kri­yā ja­ga­to ya­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 241,07na hi bhrāṃ­ti­r i­ya­m a­khi­la­bhe­da­pra­tī­ti­r i­ty a­ni­śca­ye ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā ta­dbī­ja­bhū­taṃ śa­bda­ta­ttva­m a­nā­di­ni­dha­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 241,08bra­hma si­ddhya­ti | nā­pi ta­da­si­ddhau bhe­da­pra­tī­ti­bhrāṃ­ti­r i­ti pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­ya­ṇā­t ka­tha­m i­da­m a­va­ti­ṣṭha­te "­a­nā­di­ni­dha­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 241,09bra­hma śa­bda­ta­ttvaṃ ya­d a­kṣa­raṃ | vi­va­rte­tā­rtha­bhā­ve­na pra­kri­yā ja­ga­to ya­taḥ |­| " i­ti ya­ta­s ta­sya ca­ta­stro va­sthā vai­kha­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 241,10da­yaḥ saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te sa­tyo sa­tyo vā | na ca ta­da­saṃ­bha­ve­nā­yaṃ sa­rva­tra pra­tya­ye śa­bdā­nu­ga­maḥ si­ddhye­t sū­kṣmā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 241,11sa­rva­tra bhā­vā­t | ya­to bhi­dhā­nā­pe­kṣā­yā­m a­kṣā­di­jñā­ne nyo­nyā­śra­yo '­na­va­sthā ca na syā­t sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­tā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.104syā­dvā­di­nāṃ pu­na­rvā­co dra­vya­bhā­va­vi­ka­lpa­taḥ | dvai­vi­dhyaṃ dra­vya­vā­gdve­dhā dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 1­0­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.105śro­tra­grā­hyā­tra pa­ryā­ya­rū­pā sā vai­kha­rī ma­tā | ma­dhya­mā ca pa­rai­s ta­syāḥ kṛ­taṃ nā­māṃ­ta­raṃ ta­thā |­| 1­0­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.106dra­vya­rū­pā pu­na­r bhā­ṣā­va­rga­ṇāḥ pu­dga­lāḥ sthi­tāḥ | pra­tya­yā­n ma­na­sā nā­pi sa­rva­pra­tya­ya­gā­mi­nī |­| 1­0­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.107bhā­va­vā­gvya­kti­rū­pā­tra vi­ka­lpā­tma­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | dra­vya­vā­co­bhi­dhā ta­syāḥ pa­śyaṃ­tī­ty a­ni­rā­kṛ­tāḥ |­| 1­0­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.108vā­gvi­jñā­nā­vṛ­tti­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­hi­tā­tma­naḥ | va­ktuḥ śa­ktiḥ pu­naḥ sū­kṣmā bhā­va­vā­g a­bhi­dhī­ya­tā­m |­| 1­0­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.109ta­yā vi­nā pra­va­rtaṃ­te na vā­caḥ ka­sya­ci­t kva­ci­t | sa­rva­jña­syā­py a­naṃ­tā­yā jñā­na­śa­kte­s ta­du­dbha­vaḥ |­| 1­0­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.110i­ti ci­drū­pa­sā­mā­nyā­t sa­rvā­tma­vyā­pi­nī na­nu | vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ta­ye­ty u­ktā ma­tiḥ prā­ṅ nā­ma­yo­ja­nā­t |­| 1­1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.111śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­d e­va śru­ta­m e­vaṃ na bā­dhya­te | jñā­na­śa­bdā­d vi­nā ta­sya śa­kti­rū­pā­d a­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 1­1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.112la­bdhya­kṣa­ra­sya vi­jñā­naṃ ni­tyo­ddhā­ṭa­na­vi­gra­haṃ | śru­tā­jñā­ne pi hi pro­ktaṃ ta­tra sa­rva­ja­gha­nya­ke |­| 1­1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.113spa­rśa­neṃ­dri­ya­mā­tro­tthe ma­tya­jñā­na­ni­mi­tta­kaṃ | ta­to kṣa­rā­di­vi­jñā­naṃ śru­te sa­rva­tra saṃ­ma­ta­m |­| 1­1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.114nā­ka­laṃ­ka­va­co­bā­dhā saṃ­bha­va­ty a­tra jā­tu­ci­t | tā­dṛ­śaḥ saṃ­pra­dā­ya­syā­vi­cche­dā­dyu­ktya­nu­gra­hā­t |­| 1­1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 241,23na­nu ca śro­tra­grā­hyā pa­ryā­ya­rū­pā vai­kha­rī ma­dhya­mā ca vā­gu­ktā śa­bdā­dvai­ta­vā­di­bhi­r ya­to nā­māṃ­ta­ra­mā­traṃ ta­syāḥ TAŚVA-ML 241,24syā­n na pu­na­r a­rtha­bhe­da i­ti | nā­pi pa­śyaṃ­tī vā­g vā­ca­ka­vi­ka­lpa­la­kṣa­ṇā sū­kṣmā vā vā­k śa­bda­jñā­na­śa­kti­rū­pā | TAŚVA-ML 241,25kiṃ ta­rhi | sthā­ne­ṣū­raḥ­pra­bhṛ­ti­ṣu vi­bha­jya­mā­ne vi­vṛ­tte vā­yau va­rṇa­tva­m ā­pa­dya­mā­nā va­ktṛ­prā­ṇa­vṛ­tti­he­tu­kā vai­kha­rī TAŚVA-ML 241,26sthā­ne­ṣū­raḥ­pra­bhṛ­ti­ṣu vi­bha­jya­mā­ne vi­vṛ­tte vā­yau kṛ­ta­va­rṇa­tva­pa­ri­gra­haḥ | "­vai­kha­rī vā­k pra­yo­ktṝ­ṇāṃ prā­ṇa­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 241,27ni­ba­ndha­nā­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­thā ma­dhya­mā ke­va­la­m e­va bu­ddhyu­pā­dā­nā kra­ma­rū­pā­nu­pā­ti­nī va­ktṛ­prā­ṇa­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 241,28m a­ti­kra­mya pra­va­rta­mā­nā ni­ści­tā ke­va­laṃ bu­ddhyu­pā­dā­nā kra­ma­rū­pā­nu­pā­ti­nī | "­prā­ṇa­vṛ­tti­m a­ti­kra­mya ma­dhya­mā TAŚVA-ML 241,29vā­k pra­va­rtta­te­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | pa­śya­ntī pu­na­r a­vi­bhā­gā sa­rva­taḥ saṃ­hṛ­ta­kra­mā pra­tye­yā | sū­kṣmā­tra sva­rū­pa­jyo­ti- TAŚVA-ML 241,30r e­vā­nta­ra­va­bhā­si­nī ni­tyā­va­ga­nta­vyā | "­a­vi­bhā­gā­nu­pa­śya­ntī sa­rva­taḥ saṃ­hṛ­ta­kra­mā | sva­rū­pa­jyo­ti­r e­vā­ntaḥ TAŚVA-ML 241,31sū­kṣmā vā­ga­va­bhā­si­nī | 1 | '­' i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­to na syā­dvā­di­nāṃ ka­lpa­yi­tuṃ yu­ktā­ś ca­ta­stro '­va­sthāḥ śru­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 241,32vai­kha­ryā­da­ya­s ta­da­ni­ṣṭa­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d i­ti ke­ci­t | te '­pi na prā­tī­ti­ko­kta­yaḥ | vai­kha­ryā ma­dhya­mā­yā­ś ca śro­tra- TAŚVA-ML 241,33grā­hya­tva­la­kṣa­ṇā­na­ti­kra­mā­t | sthā­ne­ṣu vi­vṛ­to hi vā­yu­r va­ktṝ­ṇāṃ prā­ṇa­vṛ­tti­ś ca va­rṇa­tvaṃ pa­ri­gṛ­hṇaṃ­tyā vai­kha­ryāḥ TAŚVA-ML 241,34kā­ra­ṇaṃ | va­rṇa­tva­pa­ri­gra­ha­s tu la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | sa ca śro­tra­grā­hya­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma e­va | i­ti na ki­ñci­d a­ni­ṣṭaṃ | ta­thā ke­va­lā TAŚVA-ML 242,01bu­ddhi­r va­ktṛ­prā­ṇa­vṛ­ttya­ti­kra­ma­ś ca ma­dhya­mā­yāḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ tu la­kṣa­ṇaṃ kra­ma­rū­pā­nu­pā­ti­tva­m e­va ca ta­tra śro­tra­gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya- TAŚVA-ML 242,02tvā­vi­ru­ddha­m i­ti na ni­rā­kri­ya­te | pa­śya­ntyāḥ sa­rva­taḥ saṃ­hṛ­ta­kra­ma­tva­m a­vi­bhā­ga­tvaṃ ca la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | ta­c ca ya­di sa­rva­thā TAŚVA-ML 242,03ta­dā pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ro­dho­, vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­vi­ka­lpa­kra­mā­vi­bhā­ga­yo­s ta­tra pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­t tu saṃ­hṛ­ta­kra­ma­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 242,04vi­bhā­ga­tvaṃ ca ta­tre­ṣṭa­m e­va­, yu­ga­pa­du­pa­yu­kta­śru­ta­vi­ka­lpā­nā­m a­sa­mbha­vā­d va­rṇā­di­vi­bhā­gā­bhā­vā­c cā­nu­pa­yu­kta­śru­ta­vi­ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 242,05sye­ti | ta­syā­vi­ka­lpā­tma­ka­tva­la­kṣa­ṇā­na­ti­kra­ma e­va | sū­kṣmā­yāḥ pu­na­ra­ntaḥ­pra­kā­śa­mā­na­sva­rū­pa­jyo­ti­r la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 242,06ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­tya­tvaṃ ca ni­tyo­dghā­ṭi­tā­n ni­rā­va­ra­ṇa­la­bdhya­kṣa­ra­jñā­nā­c cha­kti­ru­pā­c ca ci­tsā­mā­nyā­n na vi­śi­ṣya­te | TAŚVA-ML 242,07sa­rva­thā ni­tyā­dva­ya­rū­pa­tvaṃ tu pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ru­ddha­sya ve­di­ta­prā­ya­m | i­ty a­laṃ pra­paṃ­ce­na "­śru­taṃ śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­d e­va­" TAŚVA-ML 242,08i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­syā­ka­laṃ­kā­bhi­pre­ta­sya ka­dā­ci­d vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t­; ta­thā saṃ­pra­dā­ya­syā­vi­cche­dā­dyu­ktya­nu­gra­hā­c ca sa­rva­m a­ti- TAŚVA-ML 242,09pū­rva­ka­syā­pi śru­ta­syā­kṣa­ra­jñā­na­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | a­tro­pa­mā­na­syā­nta­rbhā­vaṃ vi­bhā­va­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.115kṛ­tā­bhi­de­śa­vā­cyā­bhiḥ saṃ­skā­ra­sya kva­ci­t pu­naḥ | saṃ­vi­tpra­si­ddha­sā­dha­rmyā­t ta­thā vā­ca­ka­yo­ji­tā |­| 1­1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.116pra­kā­śi­to­pa­mā kai­ści­t sā śru­tā­n na vi­bhi­dya­te | śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­t ta­syāḥ pra­si­ddhā­ga­ma­vi­tti­va­t |­| 1­1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.117pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tā­yā­n tu pra­mā­ṇa­ni­ya­maḥ ku­taḥ | saṃ­khyā saṃ­ve­da­nā­dī­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tā­sthi­tau |­| 1­1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.118pra­tya­kṣaṃ dvyā­di­vi­jñā­na­m u­tta­rā­dha­rya­ve­di­naṃ | stha­vi­ṣṭho­ru­da­vi­ṣṭhā­lpa­la­ghvā­sa­nnā­di­vi­c ca ce­t |­| 1­1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.119no­pa­de­śa­m a­pe­kṣe­ta jā­tu rū­pā­di­vi­tti­va­t | pa­ro­pa­de­śa­ni­rmu­ktaṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ hi sa­tāṃ ma­taṃ |­| 1­1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.120ta­tsaṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­pe­kṣa­te | pa­ro­pa­de­śa­m a­dhya­kṣaṃ saṃ­khyā­di­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ya­di |­| 1­2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.121ta­tro­pa­mā­na­taḥ sai­ta­t pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m a­stu vaḥ | no­pa­mā­nā­rtha­tā ta­syā­s ta­dvā­kye­na vi­no­dbha­vā­t |­| 1­2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.122ā­ga­ma­tvaṃ pu­naḥ si­ddha­m u­pa­mā­naṃ śru­taṃ ya­thā | siṃ­hā­sa­ne sthi­to rā­je­tyā­di­śa­bdo­ttha­ve­da­naṃ |­| 1­2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 242,18pra­si­ddha­sā­dha­rmyā­t sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­m u­pa­mā­naṃ­, gau­r i­va ga­va­ya i­ti jñā­naṃ | ta­thā vai­dha­rmyā­d yo '­ga­va­yo ma­hi­ṣā­diḥ TAŚVA-ML 242,19sa na gau­r i­ve­ti jñā­naṃ | sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyā­bhyāṃ saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­rū­pa­mā­nā­rthaḥ | a­yaṃ sa ga­va­ya­śa­bda- TAŚVA-ML 242,20vā­cyaḥ piṃ­ḍa­, i­ti so '­yaṃ ma­hi­ṣā­di­r a­ga­va­ya­śa­bda­vā­cya i­ti vā | sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyo­pa­mā­na­vā­kyā­di­saṃ­skā­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 242,21pra­ti­pā­dya­syo­pa­jā­ya­te | i­ti dve­dho­pa­mā­naṃ śa­bdā­t pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ ye sa­mā­ca­kṣa­te te­ṣāṃ dvyā­di­saṃ­khyā­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 242,22nta­raṃ­, ga­ṇi­ta­jña­saṃ­khyā­vā­kyā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­sya pra­ti­pā­dya­sya pu­na­rdvyā­di­ṣu saṃ­khyā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­dra­vya­da­rśa­nā­d e­tā­ni TAŚVA-ML 242,23dvyā­dī­ni tā­nī­ti saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r dvyā­di­saṃ­khyā­jñā­na­pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­m i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | ta­tho­tta­rā­dha­rya­jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 242,24so­pa­mā­nādi­ṣu stha­vi­ṣṭha­jñā­naṃ pa­rvā­di­ṣu ma­ha­tva­jñā­naṃ sva­vaṃ­śā­di­ṣu da­vi­ṣṭha­jñā­naṃ ca­ndrā­rkā­di­ṣv a­lpa­tva­jñā­naṃ sa­rṣa- TAŚVA-ML 242,25pā­di­ṣu­, la­ghu­tva­jñā­naṃ tū­lā­di­ṣu­, pra­tyā­sa­nna­jñā­naṃ sva­gṛ­hā­di­ṣu­, saṃ­sthā­na­jñā­naṃ trya­sryā­di­ṣu­, va­kra­rjvā­di­jñā­naṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 242,26kva­ci­t pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­m ā­yā­taṃ | pa­ro­pa­di­ṣṭo­tta­rā­dha­ryā­di­vā­kyā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­sya vi­ne­ya­ja­na­sya pu­na­r au­tta­rā­dha­rya­da­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 242,27nā­d i­daṃ ta­dau­tta­rā­dha­ryā­dī­ti saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­tte­s ta­tpha­la­sya bhā­vā­n na hi saṃ­khyā­jñā­nā­di pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 242,28yu­ktaṃ va­ktuṃ­, pa­ro­pa­de­śā­pe­kṣā­vi­ra­ha­pra­saṃ­gā­t rū­pā­di­jñā­na­va­t­, pa­ro­pa­de­śa­vi­ni­rmu­ktaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ty a­tra sa­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 242,29saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | ya­di pu­naḥ saṃ­khyā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­jñā­naṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­pa­ro­pa­de­śa­m e­va ta­tsaṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­tte­r e­va pa­ro- TAŚVA-ML 242,30pa­de­śā­pe­kṣā­nu­bha­vā­d i­ti ma­taṃ ta­dā sai­va saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m a­stu­, vi­no­pa­mā­na­vā­kye­na TAŚVA-ML 242,31bhā­vā­d u­pa­mā­ne '­nta­rbhā­vi­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t | na­nu cā­pto­pa­de­śā­t pra­ti pā­dya­sya ta­tsaṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ā­ga­ma- TAŚVA-ML 242,32pha­la­m e­va ta­to '­pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­m i­ti ce­t ta­rhy ā­pto­pa­di­ṣṭo­pa­mā­na­vā­kyā­d a­pi ta­tpra­ti­pa­tti­r ā­ga­ma­jñā­na­m e­ve­ti no­pa­mā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 242,33śru­tā­t pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ­, siṃ­hā­sa­na­stho rā­jā maṃ­ca­ke ma­hā­de­vī su­va­rṇa­pī­ṭhe sa­ci­vaḥ e­ta­smā­t pū­rva­ta e­ta­smā­d u- TAŚVA-ML 242,34tta­ra­ta e­ta­smā­d da­kṣi­ta e­ta­nnā­mā­ṇa­va­yaṃ grā­ma­vā­na­ka i­tyā­di­vā­kyā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­sya pu­na­s ta­thai­va da­rśa­nā­t so TAŚVA-ML 242,35TAŚVA-ML 243,01'­yaṃ rā­je­tyā­di­saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­saṃ­ba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ | ṣa­ḍā­na­no gu­ha­ś ca­tu­rmu­kho bra­hmā tuṃ­ga­nā­so bhā­ga­va­taḥ kṣī­rā- TAŚVA-ML 243,02mbho vi­ve­ca­na­tu­ṇḍo haṃ­saḥ sa­pta­ccha­da i­tyā­di­vā­kyā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­sya ta­thā pra­ti­pa­tti­r vā ya­dy ā­ga­ma­jñā­naṃ ta­dā ta­dva- TAŚVA-ML 243,03d e­vo­pa­mā­na­m a­va­se­yaṃ vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ya­di pu­na­r u­pa­mā­no­pa­me­ya­bhā­va­pra­ti­pā­da­na­pa­ra­tve­na vi­śi­ṣṭā­d u­pa­mā­na­vā­kyā- TAŚVA-ML 243,04d u­tpa­dya­mā­naṃ śru­tā­t pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m i­ty a­bhi­ni­ve­śa­s ta­dā rū­pya­rū­pa­ka­bhā­vā­di­pra­ti­pā­da­na­pa­ra­tve­na ta­to '­pi vi­śi­ṣṭā- TAŚVA-ML 243,05d rū­pa­kā­di­vā­kyā­d u­pa­jā­ya­mā­naṃ vi­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m a­nu­ma­nya­tāṃ­, ta­syā­pi sva­vi­ṣa­ya­pra­mi­tau sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­d vi- TAŚVA-ML 243,06saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­yo­gā­t | a­tha rū­pa­kā­dya­laṃ­kā­ra­bhā­jo '­pi vā­kya­vi­śe­ṣā­d u­pa­jā­ta­m a­rtha­jñā­naṃ śru­ta­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 243,07pra­va­ca­na­mū­la­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti ma­ti­s ta­do­pa­mā­na­vā­kyo­pa­ja­ni­ta­m a­pi ve­da­naṃ śru­ta­jñā­na­m a­py u­pa­ga­nta­vyaṃ ta­ta e­ve­ty a­laṃ TAŚVA-ML 243,08pra­paṃ­ce­na | pra­ti­bhā kiṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.123u­tta­ra­pra­ti­pa­ttyā­khyā pra­ti­bhā ca śru­taṃ ma­tā | nā­bhyā­sa­jā su­saṃ­vi­ttiḥ kū­ṭa­dru­mā­di­go­ca­rā |­| 1­2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 243,10u­tta­ra­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ pra­ti­bhā kai­ści­d u­ktā sā śru­ta­m e­va­, na pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ­, śa­bda­yo­ja­nā­sa­dbhā­vā­t | a­tya­ntā- TAŚVA-ML 243,11bhyā­sā­d ā­śu pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­śa­bda­jā kū­ṭa­dru­mā­dā­va­kṛ­tā­bhyā­sa­syā­śu pra­vṛ­ttiḥ pra­ti­bhā pa­raiḥ pro­ktā | sā na śru­taṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 243,12sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­rū­pa­tvā­t ta­syā­sta­yoḥ pū­rvo­tta­ra­yo­r hi dṛ­ṣṭa­dṛ­śya­mā­na­yoḥ kū­ṭa­drū­ma­yoḥ sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­bhi­jñā TAŚVA-ML 243,13jha­ṭi­ty e­ka­tāṃ pa­rā­mṛ­ṣa­ntī ta­d e­ve­ty u­pa­jā­ya­te | sā ca ma­ti­r e­va ni­ści­te­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.20.124"­so '­yaṃ kū­ṭa i­ti prā­cyau­dī­cya­dṛ­ṣṭe kṣa­mā­ṇa­yoḥ | sā­dṛ­śye pra­tya­bhi­jñe­yaṃ ma­ti­r e­va hi ni­ści­tā |­| 1­2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.125śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­t tv e­ṣā śru­ta­m a­stv a­kṣa­vi­tti­va­t | saṃ­bha­vā­bhā­va­saṃ­vi­tti­r a­rthā­pa­tti­s ta­thā­nu­mā |­| 1­2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.20.126nā­nā­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­rū­pā hi ma­ti­r e­ṣā pra­kī­rti­tā | nā­taḥ ka­ści­d vi­ro­dho '­sti syā­dvā­dā­mṛ­ta­bho­gi­nāṃ |­| 1­2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 243,17nā­mā­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­rū­pā pra­ti­bhā saṃ­bha­va­vi­tti­r a­bhā­va­vi­tti­r a­rthā­pa­ttiḥ svā­rthā­nu­mā ca pū­rvaṃ ma­ti­r i­ty u­ktā | nā­ma­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭā TAŚVA-ML 243,18tu sa­mpra­ti śru­ta­m i­ty u­cya­mā­ne pū­rvā­pa­ra­vi­ro­dho na syā­dvā­dā­mṛ­ta­bhā­jāṃ sa­mbhā­vya­te­, ta­thai­va yu­ktyā­ga­mā­nu­ro- TAŚVA-ML 243,19dhā­t | ta­d e­vaṃ pū­rvo­kta­yā ma­tyā sa­ha śru­taṃ pa­ro­kṣaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ sa­ka­la­mu­nī­śva­ra­vi­śru­ta­m u­nmū­li­ta­niḥ­śe­ṣa­du­rma­ta­ni­ka­ra- TAŚVA-ML 243,20m i­ha ta­tvā­rtha­śā­stre sa­mu­dī­ri­ta­m i­ti pa­rī­kṣa­kā­ś ce­ta­si dhā­ra­ya­ntu sva­pra­jñā­ti­śa­ya­va­śā­d i­ty u­pa­saṃ­ha­ra­nn ā­ha | TAŚV-ML 1.20.127abi­ti śruṃ­ta sa­rva­mu­nī­śa­vi­śru­taṃ | sa­ho­kta­m a­tyā­tra pa­ro­kṣa­m ī­ri­taṃ | TAŚV-ML 1.20.127cdpra­mā­ṇa­m u­nmū­li­ta­du­rma­to­tka­raṃ | pa­rī­kṣa­kā­ś ce­ta­si dhā­ra­ya­ntu ta­m |­| 1­2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 243,23i­ti ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kā­laṃ­kā­re pra­tha­ma­syā­dhyā­ya­sya tṛ­tī­ya­m ā­hni­ka­m |­| TA-ML 1.21 bha­va­pra­tya­yo '­va­dhi­r de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 243,25kiṃ pu­naḥ ku­rva­nn i­da­m ā­ve­da­ya­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.21.1bha­va­pra­tya­ya i­tyā­di­sū­tra­m ā­hā­va­dhe­r ba­hiḥ | kā­ra­ṇaṃ ka­tha­ya­nn e­kaṃ svā­mi­bhe­da­vya­pe­kṣa­yā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 243,27de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ bha­va­bhe­dā­t ka­thaṃ bha­va­s ta­da­va­dhe­re­kaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti na co­dyaṃ bha­va­sā­mā­nya­syai­ka­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­t | ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 243,28ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇaṃ bha­va­s ta­syā­tma­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­d i­ti ce­t | TAŚV-ML 1.21.2nā­mā­yu­ru­da­yā­pe­kṣo nuḥ pa­ryā­yo bha­vaḥ smṛ­taḥ | sa ba­hiḥ­pra­tya­yo ya­sya sa bha­va­pra­tya­yo '­va­dhiḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 243,30ba­hi­raṃ­ga­sya de­va­ga­ti­nā­ma­ka­rma­ṇo de­vā­yu­ṣa­ś co­da­yā­d de­va­bha­vaḥ | ta­thā na­ra­ka­ga­ti­nā­ma­ka­rma­ṇo nā­ra­kā­yu­ṣa­ś co- TAŚVA-ML 243,31da­yā­n na­ra­ka­bha­va i­ti | ta­sya ba­hi­raṃ­ga­tā­tma­pa­ryā­ya­tve '­pi na vi­ru­ddhā | ka­tha­m a­trā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ­, de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 243,32bha­va­pra­tya­yo '­va­dhi­r i­ti vā bha­va­pra­tya­ya e­va de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m i­ti ? u­bha­ya­thā­py a­do­ṣa i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.21.3ye '­gra­to '­tra pra­va­kṣya­nte prā­ṇi­no de­va­nā­ra­kāḥ | te­ṣā­m e­vā­ya­m i­ty a­rthā­n nā­nye­ṣāṃ bha­va­kā­ra­ṇaḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.21.4bha­va­pra­tya­ya e­ve­ti ni­ya­mā­n na gu­ṇo­dbha­vaḥ | saṃ­ya­mā­di­gu­ṇā­bhā­vā­d de­va­nā­ra­ka­de­hi­nā­m |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 244,03na­nv e­va­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇe '­va­dhau jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­he­tu­r a­pi na bha­ve­d i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­m a­pa­nu­da­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.21.5nā­va­dhi­jñā­na­vṛ­tka­rma­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­he­tu­tā | vya­va­cche­dyā pra­sa­jye­tā­pra­ti­yo­gi­tva­ni­rṇa­yā­t |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.21.6bā­hyau hi pra­tya­yā­v a­trā­khyā­tau bha­va­gu­ṇau ta­yoḥ | pra­ti­yo­gi­tva­m i­ty e­ka­ni­ya­mā­d a­nya­vi­cchi­de |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 244,06ya­thai­va hi cai­tro dha­nu­rddha­ra e­ve­ty a­trā­yo­ga­vya­va­cche­de '­py a­dhā­nu­rddha­rya­sya vya­va­cche­do nā­pā­ṇḍi­tyā­de­s ta­sya ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 244,07pra­ti­yo­gi­tvā­t | kiṃ cai­tro dha­nu­rddha­raḥ kiṃ vā­ya­m a­dha­nu­rddha­ra i­ti ā­śaṃ­kā­yāṃ dhā­nu­ddha­rye­ta­ra­yo­r e­va pra­ti­yo­gi­tvā­d dhā- TAŚVA-ML 244,08nu­rddha­rya­ni­ya­te­nā­dhā­nu­rddha­ryaṃ vya­va­cchi­dya­te | ta­thā ki­m a­va­dhi­r bha­va­pra­tya­ya i­ti ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­r bha­va­gu­ṇa­yoḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 244,09pra­ti­yo­gi­noḥ śaṃ­kā­yā­m e­ka­ta­ra­sya bha­va­sya kā­ra­ṇa­tve­na ni­ya­me gu­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ vya­va­cchi­dya­te | na pu­na­r a­va­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 244,10jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣaḥ kṣe­tra­kā­lā­di­va­t ta­sya ta­da­pra­ti­yo­gi­tvā­t | ta­dvya­va­cche­de bha­va­sya sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t sa­rve­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 244,11sā­dhā­ra­ṇo '­va­dhiḥ pra­sa­jye­ta | ta­c cā­ni­ṣṭa­m e­va | pa­ri­hṛ­taṃ ca bha­va­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.21.7pra­tya­ya­syā­nta­ra­syā­ta­s ta­tkṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­tma­naḥ | pra­tya­gbhe­do '­va­dhe­r yu­kto bha­vā­bhe­de '­pi cā­ṅgi­nā­m |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 244,13ku­taḥ pu­na­r bha­vā­bhe­de '­pi de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m a­va­dhi­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­bhe­daḥ si­ddhye­t i­ti ce­t­, sva­śu­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 244,14bhe­dā­t | so '­pi ja­nmā­nta­ro­pa­pa­tti­vi­śu­ddhi­bhā­vā­t­, nā­bhe­dā­t | so '­pi sva­kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­dā­t | i­ti na pa­rya­nu- TAŚVA-ML 244,15yo­go vi­dhe­yaḥ kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­pa­ra­mpa­rā­yāḥ sa­rva­trā­pa­rya­nu­yo­gā­rha­tvā­t | TA-ML 1.22 kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ni­mi­ttaḥ ṣa­ḍvi­ka­lpaḥ śe­ṣā­ṇā­m |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 244,17ki­ma­rtha­m i­da­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.22.1gu­ṇa­he­tuḥ sa ke­ṣāṃ syā­t ki­ya­dbhe­da i­tī­ri­tu­m | prā­ha sū­traṃ kṣa­ye­tyā­di saṃ­kṣe­pā­d i­ṣṭa­saṃ­vi­de |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 244,19kaḥ pu­na­r a­tra kṣa­yaḥ ka­śco­pa­śa­maḥ ka­ś ca kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.22.2kṣa­ya­he­tu­r i­ty ā­khyā­taḥ kṣa­yaḥ kṣā­yi­ka­saṃ­ya­maḥ | saṃ­ya­ta­sya gu­ṇaḥ pū­rvaṃ sa­ma­bhya­rhi­ta­vi­gra­haḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.22.3ta­thā cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­syo­pa­śa­mā­d u­dbha­va­nn a­ya­m | ka­thye­to­pa­śa­mo he­to­r u­pa­cā­ra­s tv a­yaṃ pha­le |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.22.4kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­to jā­taḥ kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma u­cya­te | saṃ­ya­mā­saṃ­ya­mo '­pī­ti vā­kya­bhe­dā­d vi­vi­cya­te |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 244,23kṣa­ya­ni­mi­tto '­va­dhiḥ śe­ṣā­ṇā­m u­pa­śa­ma­ni­mi­ttaḥ kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ni­mi­tta i­ti vā­kya­bhe­dā­t kṣā­yi­kau­pa­śa­mi­ka­kṣā­yo- TAŚVA-ML 244,24pa­śa­mi­ka­saṃ­ya­m a­gu­ṇa­ni­mi­tta­syā­va­dhi­r a­va­ga­mya­te | kā­rye kā­ra­ṇo­pa­cā­rā­t kṣa­yā­dī­nāṃ kṣā­yi­ka­saṃ­ya­mā­di­ṣū­pa­cā­raḥ TAŚVA-ML 244,25ta­thā­bhi­dhā­no­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| ki­ma­rthaṃ mu­khya­śa­bdā­na­bhi­dhā­na­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.22.5kṣā­yo­pa­śa­ma i­ty a­nta­raṃ­go he­tu­r ni­ga­dya­te | ya­di ve­ti pra­tī­ty a­rthaṃ mu­khya­śa­bdā­pra­kī­rta­na­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.22.6te­ne­ha prā­cya­vi­jñā­ne va­kṣya­mā­ṇe ca bhe­di­ni | kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­he­tu­tvā­t sū­tri­taṃ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 244,28kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma i­ty a­nta­raṃ­go he­tuḥ sā­mā­nye­nā­bhi­dhī­ya­mā­na­s ta­dā­va­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te sa ca sa­ka­la­kṣā­yo- TAŚVA-ML 244,29pa­śa­mi­ka­jñā­na­bhe­dā­nāṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa i­ti | ya­the­ha ṣa­ḍvi­dha­syā­va­dhe­r ni­mi­ttaṃ ta­thā pū­rva­tra bha­va­pra­tya­ye '­va­dhau śru­te ma­tau TAŚVA-ML 244,30cā­va­sī­ya­te | va­kṣya­mā­ṇe ca ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ye sa e­va ta­dā­va­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­ye­ti sū­tri­taṃ bha­va­ti | mu­khya­sya śa­bda­syā- TAŚVA-ML 244,31śra­ya­ṇā­t sa­rva­tra ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇa­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­c ca mu­khya­śa­bda­pra­yo­go yu­kto '­nya­thā gu­ṇa­pra­tya­ya­syā­va­dhe­r a­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 244,32ke pu­naḥ śe­ṣā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.22.7śe­ṣā ma­nu­ṣya­ti­rya­ñco va­kṣya­mā­ṇāḥ pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ | te ya­taḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyā ga­ti­nā­mā­bhi­dhā­śra­yāḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.22.8syā­t te­ṣā­m a­va­dhi­r bā­hya­gu­ṇa­he­tu­r i­tī­ra­ṇā­t | bha­va­he­tu­r na me '­stī­ti sā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­dhā­rya­te |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.22.9te­ṣā­m e­ve­ti ni­rṇī­te­r de­va­nā­ra­ka­vi­cchi­dā | kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­he­tuḥ sa­nn i­ty u­kte nā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 245,03kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ni­mi­tta e­va śe­ṣā­ṇā­m i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­d bha­va­pra­tya­ya­tva­vyu­dā­saḥ śe­ṣā­ṇā­m e­va kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ni­mi­tta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 245,04de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ ni­ya­mā­t ta­to no­bha­ya­thā­py a­va­dhā­ra­ṇe do­ṣo '­sti | kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ni­mi­tto '­va­dhiḥ śe­ṣā­ṇā­m i­ty u­bha­ya- TAŚVA-ML 245,05trā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­c ca nā­vi­śe­ṣa­to '­va­dhi­sti­rya­ṅma­nu­ṣyā­ṇā­m a­nta­ra­ṅga­sya ta­sya kā­ra­ṇa­sya vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­thā pū­rva­trā­na­va- TAŚVA-ML 245,06dhā­ra­ṇā­d ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇā­vya­va­cche­daḥ | pa­ra­trā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­d de­va­nā­ra­kā­vya­va­cche­daḥ pra­si­ddho bha­va­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.22.10ṣa­ḍvi­ka­lpaḥ sa­ma­stā­nāṃ bhe­dā­nā­m u­pa­saṃ­gra­hā­t | pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­si­ddhā­nāṃ yu­ktyā sa­mbhā­vi­tā­tma­nā­m |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 245,08a­nu­gā­mya­na­nu­gā­mī va­rddha­mā­no hī­ya­mā­no '­va­sthi­to '­na­va­sthi­ta i­ti ṣa­ḍvi­ka­lpo '­va­dhiḥ saṃ­pra­ti­pā­tā­pra­ti­pā­ta- TAŚVA-ML 245,09yo­r a­trai­vā­nta­rbhā­vā­t | de­śā­va­dhiḥ pa­ra­mā­va­dhiḥ sa­rvā­va­dhi­r i­ti ca pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­pra­si­ddhā­nāṃ pū­rvo­kta­yu­ktyā sa­mbhā- TAŚVA-ML 245,10vi­tā­nā­m a­tro­pa­saṃ­gra­hā­t ku­taḥ pu­na­r a­va­dhiḥ ka­ści­d a­nu­gā­mī ka­ści­d a­nya­thā sa­mbha­va­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.22.11vi­śu­ddhya­nu­ga­mā­t puṃ­so '­nu­gā­mī de­śa­to '­va­dhiḥ | pa­ra­mā­va­dhi­r a­py u­ktaḥ sa­rvā­va­dhi­r a­pī­dṛ­śaḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.22.12vi­śu­ddhya­na­nva­yā­de­śo '­na­nu­gā­mī ca ka­sya­ci­t | ta­dbha­vā­pe­kṣa­yā prā­cyaḥ śe­ṣo '­nya­bha­va­vī­kṣa­yā |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.22.13va­rddha­mā­no '­va­dhiḥ ka­ści­d vi­śu­ddhe vṛ­ddhi­taḥ sa tu | de­śā­va­dhi­r i­hā­mnā­taḥ pa­ra­mā­va­dhi­r e­va ca |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.22.14hī­ya­mā­no '­va­dhiḥ śu­ddhe hī­ya­mā­na­tva­to ma­taḥ | sa­dde­śā­va­dhi­r e­vā­tra hā­ne sa­dbhā­va­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.22.15a­va­sthi­to '­va­dhiḥ śu­ddhe­r a­va­sthā­nā­n ni­ya­mya­te | sa­rvo ṅgi­nāṃ vi­ro­dha­syā­tha­bhā­vā­n nā­na­va­sthi­teḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.22.16vi­śu­ddhe­r a­na­va­sthā­nā­t sa­mbha­ve­d a­na­va­sthi­taḥ | sa de­śā­va­dhi­r e­vai­ko '­nya­tra ta­t pra­ti­ghā­ta­taḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.22.17pro­ktaḥ sa­pra­ti­pā­to vā­'­pra­ti­pā­ta­s ta­thā­'­va­dheḥ | so '­nta­rbhā­va­m a­mī­ṣv e­va pra­yā­tī­ti na sū­tri­taḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 245,18vi­śu­dgheḥ pra­ti­pā­tā­pra­ti­pā­tā­bhyāṃ sa­pra­ti­pā­tā­pra­ti­pā­tau hy a­va­dhī ṣa­ṭsv e­vā­nta­rbha­va­taḥ | a­na­gā­myā­da­yo hi TAŚVA-ML 245,19ke­ci­t pra­ti­pā­tāḥ ke­ci­d a­pra­ti­pā­tā i­ti | TA-ML 1.23 ṛ­ju­vi­pu­la­ma­tī ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yaḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 245,21na­nv i­ha ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇa­sya bhe­da­sya ca jñā­nā­nāṃ pra­stu­ta­tvā­n ne­daṃ va­kta­vyaṃ jñā­na­bhe­da­kā­ra­ṇā­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 245,22d i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.23.1ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­vi­jñā­na­bhe­da­kā­ra­ṇa­si­ddha­ye | prā­ha­rjv i­tyā­di­kaṃ sū­traṃ sva­rū­pa­sya vi­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 245,24na hi ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­jñā­na­rū­pa­sya ni­śca­yā­rtha­m i­daṃ sū­tra­m u­cya­te ya­to '­pra­stu­tā­rthaṃ syā­t | ta­sya ma­tyā­di­sū­tre TAŚVA-ML 245,25ni­ru­ktyai­va ni­śca­yā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi | pra­kṛ­ta­sya ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇa­sya bhe­da­sya pra­si­ddha­ye sa­mā­ra­bha­te | ṛ­jvī TAŚVA-ML 245,26ma­ti­r ya­sya na ṛ­ju­ma­tiḥ | vi­pu­lā ma­ti­r ya­sya sa vi­pu­la­ma­tiḥ | ṛ­ju­ma­ti­ś ca vi­pu­la­ma­ti­ś ca ṛ­ju­vi­pu­la­ma­tī | TAŚVA-ML 245,27e­ka­sya ma­ti­śa­bda­sya ga­mya­mā­na­tvā­l lo­pa i­ti vyā­khyā­ne kā sā ṛ­jvī vi­pu­lā ca ma­tiḥ kiṃ­pra­kā­rā ca TAŚVA-ML 245,28ma­ti­śa­bde­na cā­nya­pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ vṛ­ttau ko '­nya­pa­dā­rtha i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.23.2ni­rva­rti­ta­śa­rī­rā­di­kṛ­ta­syā­rtha­sya ve­da­nā­t | ṛ­jvī ni­rva­rti­tā tre­dhā pra­gu­ṇā ca pra­kī­rti­tā |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.23.3a­ni­rva­rti­ta­kā­yā­di­kṛ­tā­rtha­sya ca ve­di­kā | vi­pu­lā ku­ṭi­lā ṣo­ḍhā ca­kra­rju­tra­ya­go­ca­rā |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.23.4e­ta­yo­r ma­ti­śa­bde­na vṛ­tti­r a­nya­pa­dā­rthi­kā | kai­ści­d u­ktā sa cā­nyo '­rtho ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya i­ty a­sa­n |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.23.5dvi­tra­pra­saṃ­ga­ta­s ta­tra pra­va­ktuṃ dhī­dha­no ja­naḥ | na ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yo yu­kto ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya i­ty a­la­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.23.6ya­dā­tv a­nyau pa­dā­rthau sta­sta­dvi­śe­ṣau ba­lā­d ga­tau | sā­mā­nya­ta­s ta­de­ko '­ya­m i­ti yu­ktaṃ ta­thā va­caḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.23.7sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ ca na sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­yoḥ | pra­bā­dhya­te ta­dā­tma­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t saṃ­pra­tī­ti­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 246,01ye '­py ā­huḥ | ṛ­ju­ś ca vi­pu­lā ca ṛ­ju­vi­pu­le te ca te ma­tī­ti ca sva­pa­dā­rtha­vṛ­tti­s te­na ṛ­ju­vi­pu­la- TAŚVA-ML 246,02ma­tī vi­śi­ṣṭe pa­ri­cchi­nnaṃ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya u­kto bha­va­tī­ti ta­dbhe­da­ka­tha­naṃ pra­tī­ya­ta i­ti te­ṣā­m a­py a­vi­ro­dha­m u­pa­da­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 246,03ya­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.23.8sva­pa­dā­rthā ca vṛ­ttiḥ syā­d a­vi­ru­ddhā ta­thā sa­ti | vi­śi­ṣṭe hi ma­ti­jñā­ne ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya i­ṣya­te |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 246,05ya­tha­rju­vi­pu­la­ma­tī ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­vi­śe­ṣau ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­sā­mā­nye­ne­ti sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­m a­vi­ru­ddhaṃ sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 246,06ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyā­t ta­thā saṃ­pra­tī­te­ś ca ta­dva­dṛ­ju­vi­pu­la­ma­tī jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣau ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­yo­r jñā­na­m i­ty a­pi na vi­ru­dhya­te TAŚVA-ML 246,07ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­jñā­na­bhe­dā­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ pra­kṛ­ta­yoḥ sa­dbhā­vā­t vi­śe­ṣā­t | ka­thaṃ bā­hya­kā­ra­ṇa­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­tre­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.23.9pa­ra­to '­ya­m a­pe­kṣa­syā­tma­naḥ sva­sya pa­ra­sya vā | ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya i­ty a­smi­n pa­kṣe bā­hya­ni­mi­tta­va­t |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 246,09ma­naḥ­pa­rī­tyā­nu­saṃ­dhā­ya vā­ya­naṃ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya i­ti vyu­tpa­ttau ba­hi­raṃ­ga­ni­mi­tta­ko '­yaṃ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya i­ti bā­hya- TAŚVA-ML 246,10ni­mi­tta­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­sya kṛ­tā bha­va­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.23.10na ma­ti­jñā­na­tā­pa­tti­s ta­syai­vaṃ ma­na­saḥ sva­yaṃ | ni­rva­rtta­ka­tva­vai­dhu­ryā­d a­pe­kṣā­mā­tra­tā­sthi­teḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.23.11kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­m ā­bi­bhra­dā­tmā mu­khyaṃ hi kā­ra­ṇaṃ | ta­tpra­tya­kṣa­sya ni­rvṛ­ttau pa­ra­he­tu­pa­rā­ṅmu­khaḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.23.12ma­no­li­ṅga­ja­tā­pa­tte­r na ca ta­syā­nu­mā­na­taḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­syai­va ni­rbā­dha­sya vya­va­sthi­teḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 246,14na­nv e­vaṃ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­śa­bda­ni­rva­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­dbā­hya­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ ka­tha­m a­taḥ syā­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.23.13ya­dā pa­ra­ma­naḥ­prā­ptaḥ pa­dā­rtho ma­na u­cya­te | tā­tsthyā­t tā­ccha­bdya­saṃ­si­ddhe­r maṃ­ca­kro­śa­na­va­t ta­dā |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.23.14ta­sya pa­rya­ya­ṇaṃ ya­smā­t ta­d vā ye­na pa­rī­ya­te | sa ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yo jñe­ya i­ty u­kte­s ta­tsva­rū­pa­vi­t |­| 1­4 |­| TA-ML 1.24 vi­śu­ddhya­pra­ti­pā­tā­bhyāṃ ta­dvi­śe­ṣaḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 246,18na­nu ṛ­ju­vi­pu­la­ma­tyoḥ sva­va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­d e­va vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­tte­s ta­da­rtha­m i­daṃ ki­m ā­ra­bhya­ta i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.24.1ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­yo­r u­kta­bhe­da­yoḥ sva­va­co­ba­lā­t | vi­śe­ṣa­he­tu­saṃ­vi­ttau vi­śu­ddhī­tyā­di­sū­tri­ta­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 246,20na rju­ma­ti­tva­vi­pu­la­ma­ti­tvā­bhyā­m e­va rju­vi­pu­la­ma­tyo­r vi­śe­ṣo '­tra pra­ti­pā­dya­te | ya­to nā­na­rtha­ka­m i­daṃ syā­t | kiṃ TAŚVA-ML 246,21ta­rhi vi­śu­ddhya­pra­ti­pā­tā­bhyāṃ ta­yoḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ vi­śe­ṣā­nta­ra­m i­ho­cya­te ta­to '­sya sā­pha­lya­m e­va | TAŚVA-ML 246,22kā pu­na­r vi­śu­ddhiḥ ka­ś cā­pra­ti­pā­taḥ ko vā­na­yo­r vi­śe­ṣa i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.24.2ā­tma­pra­sa­tti­r a­tro­ktā vi­śu­ddhi­r ni­ja­rū­pa­taḥ | pra­cyu­tya saṃ­bha­va­ś cā­syā­pra­ti­pā­taḥ pra­tī­ya­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.24.3tā­bhyāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vi­śe­ṣaḥ ka­rma­sā­dha­naḥ | ta­ccha­bde­na pa­rā­ma­rśo ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya bhe­da­yoḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 246,25ta­yo­r e­va rju­vi­pu­la­ma­tyo­r vi­śu­ddhya­pra­ti­pā­tā­bhyāṃ vi­śe­ṣo '­va­se­ya i­ty a­rthaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.24.4na­nū­tta­ra­tra ta­dbhe­da­sthi­tā­bhyāṃ sa vi­śi­ṣya­te | vi­śu­ddhya­pra­ti­pā­tā­bhyāṃ pū­rva­s tu na ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.24.5i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­sya dvi­ṣṭha­tve­na pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | vi­śi­ṣya­te ya­to ya­sya vi­śe­ṣaḥ so '­tra hī­kṣa­te |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 246,28pā­ṭhā­pe­kṣa­yo­tta­ro ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­sya bhe­do vi­pu­la­ma­ti­s ta­dga­tā­bhyāṃ vi­śu­ddhya­pra­ti­pā­tā­bhyāṃ sa e­va pū­rva­smā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 246,29dbhe­dā­d ṛ­ju­ma­te­r vi­śi­ṣya­te na pu­naḥ pū­rva u­tta­ra­smā­t ka­tha­m a­pī­ty a­yu­ktaṃ vi­śe­ṣya­syo­bha­ya­tve­na pra­si­ddheḥ | ya­to vi­śi- TAŚVA-ML 246,30ṣya­te sa vi­śe­ṣo ya­ś ca vi­śi­ṣya­te sa vi­śe­ṣya i­ti vyu­tpa­tteḥ | vi­śu­ddhya­pra­ti­pā­tā­bhyāṃ co­tta­ra­ta­dbhe­da­ga- TAŚVA-ML 246,31tā­bhyāṃ pū­rvo ya­tho­tta­ra­smā­d vi­śi­ṣya­te ta­thā pū­rva­va­dbhe­da­gā­bhyā­m u­tta­ra i­ti sa­rvaṃ ni­ra­va­dyaṃ | na­nu ca rju­ma­te­r vi­pu­la- TAŚVA-ML 246,32ma­ti­r vi­śu­ddhyā vi­śi­ṣya­te ta­sya ta­to vi­śu­ddha­ta­ra­tvā­n ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­pra­ka­rṣā­d u­tpa­nna­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 246,33a­pra­ti­pā­te­na ca ta­tsvā­mi­nā­ma­pra­ti­pa­ti­ta­saṃ­ya­ma­tve­na ta­tsaṃ­ya­m a­gu­ṇai­kā­rtha­sa­ma­vā­yi­tve­na vi­pu­la­ma­te­r a­pra­ti­pā­tā­d vi- TAŚVA-ML 247,01pu­la­ma­te­s tu ka­tha­m ṛ­ju­ma­ti­r vi­śi­ṣya­te ? tā­bhyā­m i­ti ce­t sva­vi­śu­ddhyā­lpa­yā pra­ti­pā­te­na ce­ti ga­mya­tā­m | vi­pu­la- TAŚVA-ML 247,02ma­tya­pe­kṣa­ya­rju­ma­te­r a­lpa­vi­śu­ddhi­tvā­t ta­tsvā­mi­nā­m u­pa­śā­nta­ka­ṣā­yā­ṇā­m a­pi sa­mbha­va­tpra­ti­pa­ta­tsaṃ­ya­m a­gu­ṇai­kā­rtha­sa­ma­vā­yi­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 247,03pra­ti­pā­ta­sa­mbha­vā­d i­ti pra­paṃ­ci­ta­m a­smā­bhi­r a­nya­tra |­| TA-ML 1.25 vi­śu­ddhi­kṣe­tra­svā­mi­vi­ṣa­ye­bhyo '­va­dhi­ma­naḥ pa­rya­ya­yoḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 247,05vi­śe­ṣa i­ty a­nu­va­rtta­te | ki­ma­rtha­m i­da­m u­cya­te i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.25.1ku­to '­va­dhe­r vi­śe­ṣaḥ syā­n ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­saṃ­vi­daḥ | i­ty ā­khyā­tuṃ vi­śu­ddhyā­di­sū­tra­m ā­ha ya­thā­ga­maṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 247,07vi­śu­ddhi­r u­ktā kṣe­traṃ pa­ri­cche­dyā­dya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ svā­mī­śva­raṃ vi­ṣa­yaḥ pa­ri­cche­dya­s tai­r vi­śe­ṣo '­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­yo­r vi­śe­ṣaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 247,08ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.25.2bhū­yaḥ sū­kṣmā­rtha­pa­ryā­ya­vi­nma­naḥ­pa­rya­yo '­va­dheḥ | pra­bhū­ta­dra­vya­vi­ṣa­yā­d a­pi śu­ddhyā vi­śe­ṣya­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.25.3kṣe­tra­to '­va­dhi­r e­vā­taḥ pa­ra­ma­kṣe­tra­tā­m i­taḥ | svā­mi­nā tv a­va­dheḥ saḥ syā­d vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ saṃ­ya­ta­pra­bhuḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.25.4vi­ṣa­ye­ṇa ca niḥ­śe­ṣa­rū­pa­rū­pya­rtha­go­ca­raḥ | rū­pya­rtha­go­ca­rā­d e­va ta­smā­d e­ta­c ca va­kṣya­te |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.25.5e­vaṃ ma­tyā­di­bo­dhā­nāṃ sa­bhe­dā­nāṃ ni­rū­pa­ṇa­m | kṛ­taṃ na ke­va­la­syā­tra bhe­da­syā­pra­stu­ta­tva­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.25.6va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tva­ta­ś cā­sya ghā­ti­kṣa­ya­ja­m ā­tma­naḥ | sva­rū­pa­sya ni­ru­ktyai­va jñā­naṃ sū­tre pra­rū­pa­ṇā­t |­| 6 |­| TA-ML 1.26 ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r ni­ba­ndho dra­vye­ṣv a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 247,15ma­tyā­di­jñā­ne­ṣu sa­bhe­dā­ni ca­tvā­ri jñā­nā­ni bhe­da­to vyā­khyā­ya ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇa­ta­ś ca ke­va­la­m a­bhe­daṃ va­kṣya- TAŚVA-ML 247,16mā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­sva­rū­pa­m i­hā­pra­stu­ta­tvā­t ta­thā­nu­ktvā ki­ma­rtha­m i­da­m u­cya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.1a­thā­dya­jñā­na­yo­r a­rtha­vi­vā­da­vi­ni­vṛ­tta­ye | ma­tī­tyā­di va­caḥ sa­mya­k sū­tra­ya­n sū­tra­m ā­ha saḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 247,18saṃ­pra­ti ke ma­ti­śru­te ka­ś ca ni­ba­ndhaḥ kā­ni dra­vyā­ṇi ke vā pa­ryā­yā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.2ma­ti­śru­te sa­mā­khyā­te ni­ba­ndho ni­ya­maḥ sthi­taḥ | dra­vyā­ṇi va­kṣya­mā­ṇā­ni pa­ryā­yā­ś ca pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 247,20ta­to ma­ti­śru­ta­yoḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na vyā­khyā­ta­yo­r va­kṣya­mā­ṇe­ṣu dra­vye­ṣv a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu ni­ba­ndho ni­ya­mo pra­tye­ta­vya TAŚVA-ML 247,21i­ti sū­trā­rtho vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv i­ty a­nu­ktaṃ ka­tha­m a­trā­ga­mya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.3pū­rva­sū­tro­di­ta­ś cā­tra va­rtta­te vi­ṣa­ya­dhva­niḥ | ke­va­lo '­rthā­d vi­śu­ddhyā­di­sa­ha­yo­gaṃ śra­ya­nn a­pi |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 247,23vi­śu­ddhi­kṣe­tra­svā­mi­vi­ṣa­yo­bhyo '­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­yo­r i­ty a­smā­t sū­trā­t ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­śa­bdo '­trā­nu­va­rtta­te | ka­thaṃ sa vi­śu­ddhyā- TAŚVA-ML 247,24di­bhiḥ sa­ha yo­ga­m ā­śra­ya­nn a­pi ke­va­laḥ śa­kyo '­nu­va­rta­yi­tuṃ ? sā­ma­rthyā­t | ta­thā hi­–­na tā­va­d vi­śu­ddhe­r a­nu­va­rtta­na­sā­ma­rthyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 247,25pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­t­, ta­ta e­va na kṣe­tra­sya svā­mi­no vā sū­tra­sā­ma­rthyā­bhā­vā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ dra­vye­ṣv a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 247,26ni­ba­ndha­na i­ti va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­d vi­ṣa­ya­śa­bda­syā­nu­va­rtta­ne­ṣv i­ti ka­thaṃ vi­ṣa­ye­bhya i­ti pū­rvaṃ ni­rde­śā­t ta­thai­vā­nu­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 247,27pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.4dra­vye­ṣv i­ti pa­de­nā­sya sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­taḥ | ta­dvi­bha­ktya­nta­tā­pa­tte­r vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv i­ti bu­dhya­te |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 247,29kiṃ pu­naḥ pha­laṃ vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv i­ti sa­mba­ndha­sye­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.5vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu ni­ba­ndho '­stī­ty u­kte ni­rvi­ṣa­ye­na te | ma­ti­śru­te i­ti jñe­yaṃ na vā ni­ya­ta­go­ca­re |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 247,31ta­rhi dra­vye­ṣv a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣv i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­pha­laṃ ki­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.6pa­ryā­ya­mā­tra­ge nai­te dra­vye­ṣv i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | dra­vya­ge e­va te '­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye dra­vya­go­ca­re |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.26.7e­te­ṣv a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣv i­ty u­kte­r i­ṣṭa­ni­rṇa­yā­t | ta­thā­ni­ṣṭau tu sa­rva­sya pra­tī­ti­vyā­ha­tī­ra­ṇā­t |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 248,02ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r ye tā­va­dbā­hyā­rthā­nā­la­mba­na­tva­m i­ccha­nti te­ṣāṃ pra­tī­ti­vyā­ha­tiṃ da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.8ma­tyā­di­pra­tya­yo nai­va bā­hyā­rthā­la­mba­naṃ sa­dā | pra­tya­ya­tvā­d ya­thā sva­pna­jñā­na­m i­ty a­pa­re vi­duḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.26.9ta­da­sa­tsa­rva­śū­nya­tvā­pa­tte­r bā­hyā­rtha­vi­tti­va­t | svā­nya­saṃ­tā­na­saṃ­vi­tte­r a­bhā­vā­t ta­da­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 248,05ma­ti­śru­ta­pra­tya­yāḥ na bā­hyā­rthā­laṃ­ba­nāḥ sa­rva­dā pra­tya­ya­tvā­t sva­pna­pra­tya­ya­va­d i­ti yo­gā­cā­ra­s ta­da­yu­ktaṃ­, sa­rva­śū­nya- TAŚVA-ML 248,06tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | bā­hyā­rtha­saṃ­ve­da­na­va­tsva­pa­ra­saṃ­tā­na­saṃ­ve­da­nā­sa­mbha­vā­d grā­ha­ka­jñā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā sva­sa­ntā­na­sya pa­ra­sa­ntā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 248,07ca bā­hya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | saṃ­ve­da­naṃ hi ya­di kiṃ­ci­t sva­smā­d a­rthā­nta­raṃ pa­ra­sa­ntā­naṃ sva­sa­ntā­naṃ vā pū­rvā­pa­ra­kṣa­ṇa­pra­vā­ha- TAŚVA-ML 248,08rū­pa­m ā­la­mba­te | ta­dā gha­ṭā­dya­rthe­na ta­sya ko '­pa­rā­dhaḥ kṛ­taḥ ya­ta­s ta­m a­pi nā­la­mba­te | a­tha gha­ṭā­di­va­tsva­pa­ra­sa­ntā- TAŚVA-ML 248,09na­m a­pi nā­la­mba­ta e­va ta­sya sva­sa­mā­na­sa­ma­ya­sya bhi­nna­sa­ma­ya­sya bā­laṃ­ba­nā­sa­mbha­vā­t | na cai­vaṃ sva­rū­pa­sa­ntā­nā­bhā­vaḥ TAŚVA-ML 248,10sva­rū­pa­sya sva­to ga­teḥ | nī­lā­de­s tu ya­di sva­to ga­ti­s ta­dā saṃ­ve­da­na­tva­m e­ve­ti sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­pa­rya­va­si­tāḥ sa­rve TAŚVA-ML 248,11pra­tya­yā ni­rā­la­mba­nāḥ si­ddhā­s ta­t ku­taḥ sa­rva­śū­nya­tvā­pa­tti­r i­ti ma­taṃ ta­da­sa­t­, va­rtta­mā­na­saṃ­ve­da­nā­t sva­m a­nu­bhū­ya- TAŚVA-ML 248,12mā­nā­d a­nyā­ni sva­pa­ra­sa­ntā­na­saṃ­ve­da­nā­ni sva­rū­pa­mā­tre pa­rya­va­si­tā­nī­ti ni­śce­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­tā­ni TAŚVA-ML 248,13sva­rū­pa­sa­ntā­na­jñā­nā­ni sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­pa­rya­va­si­tā­ni jñā­na­tvā­t sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­t ta­thā ni­śca­ya i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 248,14ta­syā­nu­mā­na­jñā­na­sya pra­kṛ­ta­sā­la­mba­na­tve '­ne­nai­va he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­rā­t sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­pa­rya­va­si­ta­tve pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dhya­syā­smā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 248,15si­ddheḥ | saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­ta­syai­vaṃ pra­si­ddhe­s ta­thā­pi na sa­rva­śū­nya­tvā­pa­tti­r i­ti ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.10na cai­vaṃ sa­mbha­ve­d i­ṣṭa­m a­dva­yaṃ jñā­na­m u­tta­ma­m | ta­to '­nya­sya ni­rā­ka­rttu­m a­śa­kte­s te­na sa­rva­thā |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 248,17ya­thai­va hi sa­ntā­nā­nta­rā­ṇi sva­sa­ntā­na­ve­da­nā­ni cā­nu­bhū­ya­mā­ne­na saṃ­ve­da­ne­na sa­rva­thā vi­dhā­tuṃ na śa­kya­nte | TAŚVA-ML 248,18ta­thā pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­m a­pi ta­ddhi tā­ni ni­rā­ku­rva­dā­tma­mā­tra­vi­dhā­na­mu­khe­na vā ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dha­mu­khe­na vā ni­rā­ku­ryā­t | TAŚVA-ML 248,19pra­tha­ma­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ dū­ṣa­ṇa­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.11sva­to na ta­sya saṃ­vi­tti­r a­sya na syā­n ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ | ki­m a­nya­sya sva­saṃ­vi­tti­r a­nya­sya syā­n ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.26.12sva­yaṃ saṃ­ve­dya­mā­na­sya ka­tha­m a­nyai­r ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ | pa­raiḥ saṃ­ve­dya­mā­na­sya bha­va­tāṃ sā ka­thaṃ ma­tā |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 248,22pa­raiḥ saṃ­ve­dya­mā­naṃ ve­da­na­m a­stī­ti jñā­tu­m a­śa­kte­s ta­sya ni­rā­kṛ­ti­r a­smā­kaṃ ma­te­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ta­n nā­stī­ti TAŚVA-ML 248,23jñā­tu­m a­śa­kte­s ta­dvya­va­sthi­tiḥ ki­n na ma­tā | na­nu ta­d a­stī­ti jñā­tu­m a­śa­kya­tva­m e­va | ta­n nā­stī­ti jñā­tuṃ śa­kti­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 248,24ce­t­, ta­n nā­stī­ti jñā­tu­m a­śa­kya­tva­m e­va | ta­d a­stī­ti jñā­tuṃ śa­kti­r a­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ya­di pu­na­s ta­d a­sti TAŚVA-ML 248,25nā­stī­ti vā jñā­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ saṃ­di­gdha­m i­ti ma­ti­s ta­dā­pi ka­thaṃ saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­te si­ddhye­d a­saṃ­śa­ya­m i­ti ci­ntya­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 248,26saṃ­ve­da­nā­nta­raṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­mu­khe­na ni­rā­ka­ro­tī­ti | dvi­tī­ya­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ pu­na­r a­dvai­ta­ve­da­nā­si­ddhi­dū­ro­tsā­ri­tai­va ta­tpra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 248,27ṣe­dha­jñā­na­sya dvi­tī­ya­syā­bhā­vā­t sva­yaṃ ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­ra­ṇā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi sva­rū­pa­vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­ṣa­ya­m e­ka- TAŚVA-ML 248,28saṃ­ve­da­na­m i­ty ā­yā­taṃ | ta­thā cai­ka­m e­va va­stu sā­dhyaṃ sā­dha­naṃ vā­pe­kṣā­taḥ kā­ryaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ ca bā­dhyaṃ bā­dha­kaṃ ce­tyā­di TAŚVA-ML 248,29ki­n na si­ddhye­t | vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va saṃ­ve­da­na­m e­kaṃ ca pa­ra­rū­pa­vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­ṣa­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 248,30mā bhū­t svā­pe­kṣā­vi­dhā­ya­kaṃ pa­rā­pe­kṣa­yā pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­m i­ty a­vi­ro­dhe sva­kā­ryā­pe­kṣa­yā kā­ra­ṇaṃ sva­kā­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yā kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 248,31m i­ty a­vi­ro­dho '­stu | a­tha sva­to '­nya­sya kā­rya­sya kā­ra­ṇa­sya vā sā­dhya­sya sā­dha­ka­sya vā sa­dbhā­vā­si­ddheḥ ka­thaṃ ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 248,32pe­kṣā ya­ta­s ta­tkā­ryaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ bā­dhyaṃ bā­dha­kaṃ ca sā­dhyaṃ sā­dha­naṃ ca syā­d i­ti brū­te ta­rhi pa­ra­sya sa­dbhā­vā­si­ddheḥ TAŚVA-ML 248,33ka­thaṃ ta­da­pe­kṣā ya­ta­s ta­tpa­ra­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dha­kaṃ su­vi­dhā­ya­kaṃ vā syā­d i­ty u­pa­hā­sā­spa­daṃ ta­ttvaṃ su­ga­te­na bhā­vi­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.13na sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tvā­di­r na ca sa­tye­ta­ra­sthi­tiḥ | te sva­si­ddhi­r a­pī­ty e­ta­tta­ttvaṃ su­ga­ta­bhā­vi­ta­m |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 249,01ta­taḥ sva­rū­pa­si­ddhi­m i­ccha­tā sa­tye­ta­ra­sthi­ti­r a­ṅgī­ka­rtta­vyā sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tvā­di­r a­pi svī­ka­ra­ṇī­ya i­ti bā­hyā­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 249,02la­mba­nāḥ pra­tya­yāḥ ke­ci­t sa­nty e­va­, sa­rva­thā te­ṣāṃ ni­rā­la­mba­na­tva­sya vya­va­sthā­nā­yo­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.26.14a­kṣa­jñā­naṃ ba­hi­rva­stu ve­ti na sma­ra­ṇā­di­kaṃ | i­ty u­ktaṃ tu pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­hyā­rtha­syā­sya sā­dha­nā­t |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 249,04śru­taṃ tu bā­hyā­rthā­la­mba­naṃ | ka­tha­m i­ty u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.15śru­te­nā­rthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya va­rtta­mā­no na bā­dhya­te | a­kṣa­je­nai­va ta­t ta­sya bā­hyā­rthā­laṃ­ba­nā sthi­tiḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 249,06sā­mā­nya­m e­va śru­taṃ pra­kā­śa­ya­ti vi­śe­ṣa­m e­va pa­ra­spa­ra­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­m u­bha­ya­m e­ve­ti vā­śaṃ­kā­m a­pā­ka­ro­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.16a­ne­kā­ntā­tma­kaṃ va­stu saṃ­pra­kā­śa­ya­ti śru­taṃ | sa­dbo­dha­tvā­d ya­thā­kṣo­ttha­bo­dha i­ty u­pa­pa­tti­ma­t |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.26.17na­ye­na vya­bhi­cā­ra­ś ce­n na ta­sya gu­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ | sva­go­ca­rā­rtha­dha­rmā­ṇy a­dha­rmā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­nā­t |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.26.18śru­ta­syā­va­stu­ve­di­tve pa­ra­pra­tyā­ya­naṃ ku­taḥ | saṃ­vṛ­te­ś ce­d vṛ­thai­vai­ṣā pa­ra­mā­rtha­sya ni­ści­teḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 249,10na­nu sva­ta e­va pa­ra­mā­rtha­vya­va­sthi­teḥ ku­ta­ści­d a­vi­dyā­pra­kṣa­yā­n na pu­naḥ śru­ta­vi­ka­lpā­t ta­du­kta­śā­stre­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 249,11pra­kri­yā­bhe­dai­r a­vi­dyai­vo­pa­va­rṇya­te | a­nā­ga­ma­vi­ka­lpā hi svaṃ­ya vi­dyo­pa­va­rtta­ta i­ti ta­da­yu­ktaṃ­, pa­re­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­syā­pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 249,12vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­syā­ne­kā­ntā­tma­no va­stu­naḥ sa­rva­dā pa­ra­syā­py a­va­bhā­sa­nā­t | li­ṅga­sya tv a­syā­ṅgī­ka­ra­ṇī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 249,13tvā­t | na ca ta­tra liṃ­gaṃ vā­sta­va­m a­sti ta­sya sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tve­na pra­tya­kṣa­ta e­va pra­ti­pa­ttu­m a­śa­kte­r a­nu­mā­nā­nta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 249,14tvā­t pra­ti­pa­ttā­v a­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, pra­va­ca­nā­d a­pi ne­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ ta­sya ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tvā­yo­gā­d i­ti ka­tha­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 249,15ta­dga­te­r a­bhā­vā­t sva­ta­s ta­ttvā­va­bhā­sa­nā­sa­mbha­vā­t | ta­thā co­ktaṃ | "­pra­tya­kṣa­bu­ddhiḥ kra­ma­te na ya­tra ta­lli­ṅga­myaṃ TAŚVA-ML 249,16na ta­da­rtha­li­ṅgaṃ | vā­co na vā ta­dvi­ṣa­ye na yo­gaḥ kā ta­dga­tiḥ ka­ṣṭa­m a­sṛ­jya­tā­nte |­| " i­ti ta­ta e­va ve­dya­ve­da­ka- TAŚVA-ML 249,17bhā­vaḥ pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­bhā­vo vā na pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ ki­ntu saṃ­vṛ­tyai­ve­ti ce­t­, ta­d i­ha ma­hā­dhā­rṣṭyaṃ ye­nā­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 249,18vri­ṣṭi­ka­m a­pi ja­pe­t | ta­tho­ktaṃ | "­saṃ­vṛ­tyā sā­dha­yaṃ­s ta­ttvaṃ ja­ye dhā­rṣṭye­na ḍiṃ­ḍi­kaṃ | ma­tyā ma­ta­vi­lā­si­nyā rā­ja- TAŚVA-ML 249,19vi­pro­pa­de­śi­naṃ |­| " i­ti | ka­thaṃ vā saṃ­vṛ­tya­saṃ­vṛ­ttyoḥ vi­bhā­gaṃ bu­ddhye­t ? saṃ­vṛ­tye­ti ce­t­, sā cā­ni­ści­tā ta­yai­va TAŚVA-ML 249,20ki­ñci­n ni­ści­no­tī­ti ka­tha­m a­nu­nma­ttaḥ­, su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā sva­yaṃ ki­ñci­n ni­ści­nva­n pa­raṃ ca ni­ścā­ya­ya­nve­dya- TAŚVA-ML 249,21ve­da­ka­bhā­vaṃ pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­bhā­vaṃ ca pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ svī­ka­rttu­m a­rha­ty e­va­, a­nya­tho­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­tvā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 249,22ca va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­m a­dhya­kṣa­m i­va śru­taṃ si­ddhaṃ sa­dbo­dha­va­ttvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­rhi dra­vye­ṣv e­va ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r ni­baṃ­dho stu TAŚVA-ML 249,23te­ṣā­m e­va va­stu­tvā­t pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ pa­ri­ka­lpi­ta­tvā­t pa­ryā­ye­ṣv e­va vā dra­vya­syā­va­stu­tvā­di ca ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.19sa­rva­pa­ryā­ya­m u­ktā­ni na syu­r dra­vyā­ṇi jā­tu­ci­t | sa­dvi­yu­ktā­ś ca pa­ryā­yāḥ śa­śa­śrṛṃ­go­cca­tā­di­va­t |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 249,25na sa­nti sa­rva­pa­ryā­ya­m u­ktā­ni dra­vyā­ṇi sa­rva­pa­ryā­yā­ni­rmu­kta­tvā­c cha­śa­śrṛ­ṅga­va­t | na sa­nty e­kā­nta­pa­ryā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 249,26sa­rva­thā dra­vya­m u­kta­tvā­c cha­śa­śrṛ­ṅgo­cca­tvā­di­va­t | ta­to na ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ma­ti­śru­ta­yoḥ śa­ṅka­nī­yaṃ pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.26.20nā­śe­ṣa­pa­rya­yā­krā­nta­ta­nū­ni ca ca­kā­sa­ti | dra­vyā­ṇi pra­kṛ­ta­jñā­ne ta­thā yo­gya­tva­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 249,28na­nu ca ya­di dra­vyā­ṇy a­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yā­ṇi va­stu­tvaṃ vi­bhra­ti ta­dā ma­ti­śru­tā­bhyāṃ ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­bhyāṃ bha­vi­ta­vya­m a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 249,29ta­yo­r a­va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­pa­tte­r i­ti na co­dyaṃ­, ta­thā yo­gya­tā­pā­yā­t | na hi va­stu sa­ttā­mā­tre­ṇa jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tva- TAŚVA-ML 249,30m u­pa­yā­ti | sa­rva­sya sa­rva­dā sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣa­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi va­stu­naḥ pa­ri­cchi­ttau kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.26.21jñā­na­syā­rtha­pa­ri­cchi­ttau kā­ra­ṇaṃ nā­nya­d ī­kṣya­te | yo­gya­tā­yā­s ta­du­tpa­ttiḥ sā­rū­py ā­di­ṣu sa­tsv a­pi |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 249,32ta­smā­d u­tpa­dya­te jñā­naṃ ye­na ca sa­rū­paṃ ta­sya grā­ha­ka­m i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, sa­mā­nā­rtha­sa­ma­na­nta­ra­pra­tya­ya­sya sa­ma­naṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 249,33pra­tya­ya­sya te­nā­gra­ha­ṇā­t | ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­tā­pā­yā­t ta­syā­gra­ha­ṇe yo­gya­tai­va vi­ṣa­ya­gra­ha­ṇa­ni­m i­ttaṃ ve­da­na­sye­ty ā­yā­ta­m | TAŚVA-ML 249,34yo­gya­tā pu­na­r ve­da­na­sya svā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣa e­ve­ty u­kta­prā­ya­m |­| TA-ML 1.27 rū­pi­ṣv a­vi­dheḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 250,02ki­ma­rtha­m i­daṃ sū­tra­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.27.1pra­tya­kṣa­syā­va­dheḥ ke­ṣu vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu ni­ba­ndha­na­m | i­ti ni­rṇī­ta­ye prā­ha rū­pi­ṣv i­tyā­di­kaṃ va­caḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.27.2rū­paṃ pu­dga­la­sā­mā­nya­gu­ṇa­s te­no­pa­la­kṣya­te | spa­rśā­di­r i­ti ta­dyo­gā­t rū­pi­ṇī­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.27.3te­ṣv e­va ni­ya­mo '­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣv a­va­dheḥ sphu­ṭa­m | dra­vye­ṣu vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv e­va­m a­nu­vṛ­tti­r vi­dhī­ya­te |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 250,06rū­paṃ mū­rti­r i­ty e­ke­, te­ṣā­m a­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ mū­rtiḥ spa­rśā­di­r vā mū­rti­r i­ti ma­taṃ syā­t | pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe TAŚVA-ML 250,07jī­va­sva­rū­pa­tva­pra­sa­kti­r a­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇā­yā mū­rte­s ta­tra bhā­vā­t | sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­d ā­tma­na­s ta­dbhā­va i­ti ce­n na TAŚVA-ML 250,08śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­na­s ta­sya pra­sā­dha­nā­t | spa­rśā­di­mū­rti­r i­ty a­smiṃ­s tu pa­kṣe rū­paṃ pu­dga­la­sā­mā­nya­gu­ṇa­s te­na TAŚVA-ML 250,09spa­rśā­di­rū­paṃ la­kṣya­te i­ti ta­dyo­gā­d dra­vyā­ṇi rū­pī­ṇi mū­rti­ma­nti ka­thi­tā­ni bha­va­nty e­va ta­the­ha dra­vye­ṣv a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 250,10i­ti ni­ba­ndha i­ti cā­nu­va­rtta­te | te­ne­da­m u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti mū­rti­ma­tsu dra­vye­ṣv a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu a­va­dhe­r ni­ba­ndha TAŚVA-ML 250,11i­ti | ku­ta e­vaṃ nā­nya­the­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.27.4sva­śa­kti­va­śa­to '­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣv e­va va­rtta­na­m | ta­sya nā­nā­ga­tā­tī­tā­na­nta­pa­ryā­ya­yo­gi­ṣu |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.27.5pu­dga­le­ṣu ta­thā­kā­śā­di­ṣv a­mū­rte­ṣu jā­tu­ci­t | i­ti yu­ktaṃ su­ni­rṇī­tā­sa­mbha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 250,14a­trā­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ya­rū­pa­dra­vya­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­va­dheḥ sva­śa­kti­s ta­dva­śā­t ta­syā­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣv e­va pu­dga­le­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 250,15vṛ­tti­r nā­tī­tā­dya­na­nta­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu nā­py a­mū­rte­ṣv ā­kā­śā­di­ṣu i­ti yu­kta­m u­tpa­śyā­maḥ | su­ni­rṇī­tā­sa­mbha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­n ma­ti- TAŚVA-ML 250,16śru­ta­yo­r ni­ba­ndho dra­vye­ṣv a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣv i­tyā­di­va­t |­| TA-ML 1.28 ta­da­na­nta­bhā­ge ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­sya |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 250,18ki­ma­rtha­m i­da­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.28.1kvaḥ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­syā­rthe ni­ba­ndha i­ti da­rśa­ya­t | ta­d i­tyā­dy ā­ha sa­tsū­tra­m i­ṣṭa­saṃ­gra­ha­si­ddha­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 250,20ka­sya pu­na­s ta­ccha­bde­na pa­rā­ma­rśo ya­d a­na­nta­bhā­ge '­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu ni­baṃ­dho ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­sye­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.28.2pa­ra­mā­va­dhi­ni­rṇī­te vi­ṣa­ye '­na­nta­bhā­ga­tā­m | nī­te sa­rvā­va­dhe­r jñe­yo bhā­gaḥ sū­kṣmo '­pi sa­rva­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.28.3e­ta­syā­na­nta­bhā­ge syā­d vi­ṣa­ye sa­rva­pa­rya­ye | vya­va­stha­rju­ma­te­r a­nya­ma­naḥ­sthe pra­gu­ṇe dhru­va­m |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.28.4a­mu­ṣyā­na­nta­bhā­ge­ṣu pa­ra­maṃ sau­kṣmya­mā­ga­te | syā­n ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­syai­vaṃ ni­ba­ndho vi­ṣa­ye khi­le |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 250,24ta­ccha­bdo '­trā­va­dhi­vi­ṣa­yaṃ pa­rā­mṛ­śa­ti na pu­na­r a­va­dhiṃ vi­ṣa­ya­pra­ka­ra­ṇā­t | sa ca mu­khya­sya pa­rā­ma­rśya­te TAŚVA-ML 250,25gau­ṇa­sya pa­rā­ma­rśe pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­t | mu­khya­sya pa­ra­bhā­va­dhi­vi­ṣa­ya­sya sa­rva­to de­śā­va­dhi­vi­ṣa­yā­t sū­kṣma­syā­naṃ­ta­bhā­gī- TAŚVA-ML 250,26kṛ­ta­syā­na­nto bhā­gaḥ sa­rvā­va­dhi­vi­ṣa­ya­s ta­sya sa­mpū­rṇe­na mu­khye­na sa­rvā­va­dhi­pa­ri­cche­dya­tvā­t | ta­tra­rju­ma­te­r ni­ba­ndho TAŚVA-ML 250,27bo­ddha­vya­s ta­sya ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­pra­tha­ma­vya­kti­tvā­t sā­ma­rthyā­d ṛ­ju­ma­ti­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­na­nta­bhā­ge vi­ṣa­ye vi­pu­la­ma­te­r ni­ba­ndho '­va- TAŚVA-ML 250,28sī­ya­te ta­sya pa­ra­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­tvā­d a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ya­gra­ha­ṇā­nu­vṛ­tte­r nā­stī­ti nā­nā­dya­na­nta­pa­ryā­yā­krā­nte dra­vye ma­naḥ­pa­rya- TAŚVA-ML 250,29ya­sya pra­vṛ­tti­s ta­djñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­sa­mbha­vā­t | a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­va­rtta­mā­nā­na­nta­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­va­stu­naḥ sa­ka­la- TAŚVA-ML 250,30jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­ya­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­ta­ke­va­la­jñā­na­pa­ri­cche­dya­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 250,31ka­thaṃ pu­na­s ta­d e­vaṃ­vi­dha­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­jñā­naṃ pa­rī­kṣya­te i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.28.5kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kaṃ jñā­naṃ pra­ka­rṣaṃ pa­ra­maṃ vra­je­t | sū­kṣme pra­ka­rṣa­mā­ṇa­tvā­d a­rthe ta­d i­da­m ī­ri­ta­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 250,33na hi kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­sya jñā­na­sya sū­kṣme '­rthe pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ ta­jjñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­hā­neḥ pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tva- TAŚVA-ML 251,01si­ddheḥ | pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇā­t ta­jjñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­hā­ni­tvā­n mā­ṇi­kyā­dyā­va­ra­ṇa­hā­ni­va­t | ka­tha­m ā­va­ra­ṇa­hā­neḥ pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tve TAŚVA-ML 251,02si­ddhe '­pi kva­ci­d vi­jñā­na­sya pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ si­ddhya­tī­ti ce­t pra­kā­śā­tma­ka­tvā­t | ya­d dhi pra­kā­śā­tma­kaṃ ta­tsvā­va- TAŚVA-ML 251,03ra­ṇa­hā­ni­pra­ka­rṣe pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā ca­kṣuḥ | pra­kā­śā­tma­kaṃ ca vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­taṃ jñā­na­m i­ti sva­vi­ṣa­ye TAŚVA-ML 251,04pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇaṃ si­ddhya­t­, ta­sya pa­ra­ma­pra­ka­rṣa­ga­ma­naṃ sā­dha­ya­ti | ya­t ta­tpa­ra­ma­pra­ka­rṣa­prā­ptaṃ kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka jñā­naṃ spa­ṣṭaṃ TAŚVA-ML 251,05ta­n ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya i­ty u­ktaṃ | ya­thā cā­pi ma­ti­śru­tā­ni pa­ra­ma­pra­ka­rṣa­bhā­ñji kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kā­nī­ti da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.28.6kṣe­tra­dra­vye­ṣu bhū­ye­ṣu ya­thā ca vi­vi­dha­sthi­tiḥ | spa­ṣṭā yā pa­ra­mā ta­dva­da­sya svā­rthe ya­tho­di­te |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.28.7ya­thā ce­ndri­ya­ja­jñā­naṃ vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv a­ti­śā­ya­nā­t | sve­ṣu pra­ka­rṣa­m ā­pa­nnaṃ ta­dvi­dbhi­r vi­ni­ve­di­ta­m |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.28.8ma­ti­pū­rvaṃ śru­taṃ ya­dva­da­spa­ṣṭaṃ sa­rva­va­stu­ṣu | sthi­taṃ pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t pa­ryaṃ­taṃ prā­pya ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.28.9ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­vi­jñā­naṃ ta­thā pra­spa­ṣṭa­bhā­sa­naṃ | vi­ka­lā­dhya­kṣa­pa­rya­ntaṃ ta­thā sa­mya­kpa­rī­kṣi­taṃ |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.28.10pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tā tv a­kṣa­jñā­nā­deḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | i­ti nā­si­ddha­tā he­to­r na cā­sya vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.28.11sā­dhye sa­ty e­va sa­dbhā­vā­d a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | sve­ṣṭa­he­tu­va­d i­ty a­stu ta­taḥ sā­dhya­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.28.12dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dha­naṃ ta­syā­pa­hna­ve sa­rva­vā­di­nāṃ | sa­rva­thai­kā­nta­vā­de­ṣu ta­dvā­de '­pī­ti ni­rṇa­yaḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TA-ML 1.29 sa­rva­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu ke­va­la­sya |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 251,14na­nu a­si­ddha­tvā­t ke­va­la­sya vi­ṣa­ya­ni­ba­ndha­ka­tha­naṃ na yu­kta­m i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.29.1ke­va­laṃ sa­ka­la­jñe­ya­vyā­pi spa­ṣṭaṃ pra­sā­dhi­ta­m | pra­tya­kṣa­m a­kra­maṃ ta­sya ni­ba­ndho vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv i­ha |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.2bo­dhyo dra­vye­ṣu sa­rve­ṣu pa­ryā­ye­ṣu ca ta­ttva­taḥ | pra­kṣī­ṇā­va­ra­ṇa­syai­va ta­dā­vi­rbhā­va­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.3ā­tma­dra­vyaṃ jña e­ve­ṣṭaḥ sa­rva­jñaḥ pa­ra­maḥ pu­mā­n | kai­ści­t ta­dvya­ti­ri­ktā­rthā­bhā­vā­d i­ty a­pa­sā­ri­taṃ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.4dra­vye­ṣv i­ti ba­hu­tva­sya ni­rde­śā­t ta­tpra­si­ddhi­taḥ | va­rtta­mā­ne '­stu pa­ryā­ye jñā­nī sa­rva­jña i­ty a­pi |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.5pa­ryā­ye­ṣv i­ti ni­rde­śā­d a­va­ya­va­sya pra­tī­ti­taḥ | sa­rva­thā­bhe­da­ta­ttva­sya ya­the­ti pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.6ta­smā­d a­nu­ṣṭhe­ya­ga­taṃ jñā­na­m a­sya vi­cā­rya­tāṃ | kī­ṭa­saṃ­jñā­pa­ri­jñā­naṃ ta­sya nā­tro­pa­yu­jya­te |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.7i­ty e­ta­c ca vya­va­cchi­nnaṃ sa­rva­śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­taḥ | ta­de­ka­syā­py a­vi­jñā­ne kvā­kṣū­ṇāṃ śi­ṣya­sā­dha­naṃ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.8he­yo­pā­de­ya­ta­ttva­sya sā­bhyu­pā­ya­sya ve­da­kaṃ | sa­rva­jña­tā­mi­taṃ ni­ṣṭaṃ ta­jjñā­naṃ sa­rva­go­ca­ra­m |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.9u­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­ta­ttva­sya he­yā­di­bhi­r a­saṃ­gra­hā­t | na jñā­naṃ na pu­na­s te­ṣāṃ na jñā­ne '­pī­ti ke­ca­na |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.10ta­da­sa­dvī­ta­rā­gā­ṇā­m u­pe­kṣa­tve­na ni­śca­yā­t | sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ kṛ­tā­rtha­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ kva­ci­d a­vṛ­tti­taḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.11vi­ne­yā­pe­kṣa­yā he­ya­m u­pā­de­yaṃ ca kiṃ­ca­na | so­pā­yaṃ ya­di te '­py ā­hu­s ta­do­pe­kṣyaṃ na vi­dya­te |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.12niḥ­śe­ṣaṃ saṃ­pa­raṃ tā­va­d u­pe­yaṃ sa­mma­taṃ sa­tā­m | he­yaṃ ja­nma­ja­rā­mṛ­tyu­kī­rṇaṃ saṃ­sa­ra­ṇaṃ sa­dā |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.13a­na­yoḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­t syā­d ya­d a­nya­t ta­n na vi­dya­te | pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa sā­kṣā­c ca va­stū­pe­kṣaṃ ta­taḥ ki­mu |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.14dve­ṣo hā­na­m u­pā­dā­naṃ rā­ga­s ta­ddva­ya­va­rja­naṃ | khyā­to­pe­kṣe­ti he­yā­dyā bhā­vā­s ta­dvi­ṣa­yā­d i­me |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.15i­ti mo­hā­bhi­bhū­tā­nāṃ vya­va­sthā pa­ri­ka­lpya­te | he­ya­tvā­di­vya­va­sthā­nā­sa­mbha­vā­t ku­tra­ci­t ta­va |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.16hā­tuṃ yo­gyaṃ mu­mu­kṣū­ṇāṃ he­ya­ta­ttvaṃ vya­va­sthi­taṃ | u­pā­dā­tuṃ pu­na­ryo­gya­m u­pā­de­ya­m i­tī­ya­te |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.17u­pe­kṣa­ntu pu­naḥ sa­rva­m u­pā­de­ya­sya kā­ra­ṇa­m | sa­rvo­pe­kṣā­sva­bhā­va­tvā­c cā­ri­tra­sya ma­hā­tma­naḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.18ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­saṃ­jñā­na­go­ca­ra­tvaṃ ya­thā da­dha­t | ta­dbhā­vya­mā­na­m ā­mnā­ta­m a­mo­gha­m a­gha­ghā­ti­bhiḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.19mi­thyā­dṛ­gbo­dha­cā­ri­tra­go­ca­ra­tve­na bhā­vi­ta­m | sa­rvaṃ he­ya­sya ta­ttva­sya saṃ­sā­ra­syai­va kā­ra­ṇaṃ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.20ta­da­va­śyaṃ pa­ri­jñe­yaṃ ta­ttvā­rtha­m a­nu­śā­sa­tā | vi­ne­yā­n i­ti bo­ddha­vyaṃ dha­rmma­va­tsa­ka­laṃ ja­ga­t |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.21dha­rmā­d a­nya­tpa­ri­jñā­naṃ vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ | ye­na ta­sya ka­thaṃ nā­ma dha­rma­jña­tva­ni­ṣe­dha­na­m |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.22sa­rvā­na­tīṃ­dri­yā­n ve­tti sā­kṣā­ddha­rma­ma­tī­ndri­ya­m | pra­mā­te­ti va­da­nnyā­ya­m a­ti­krā­ma­ti ke­va­laṃ |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 252,03ya­thai­va hi he­yo­pā­de­ya­ta­ttvaṃ sā­bhyu­pā­yaṃ sa ve­tti na pu­naḥ sa­rva­kī­ṭa­saṃ­khyā­di­ka­m i­ti va­da­nnyā­ya­m a­ti­krā­ma­ti TAŚVA-ML 252,04ke­va­laṃ ta­tsaṃ­ve­da­ne sa­rva­saṃ­ve­da­na­sya nyā­ya­prā­pta­tvā­t | ta­thā dha­rmā­d a­nyā­na­tī­ndri­yā­n sa­rvā­n a­rthā­n vi­jā­na­nn a­pi dha­rmaṃ sā- TAŚVA-ML 252,05kṣā­n na sa ve­ttī­ti va­da­nn a­pi ta­tsā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇe dha­rmma­sya sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇa­si­ddhe­r a­tī­ndri­ya­tve­na jā­tya­nta­ra­tvā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 252,06ya­sya ya­jjā­tī­yāḥ pa­dā­rthāḥ pra­tya­kṣā­s ta­syā­sa­tyā­va­ra­ṇe '­pi pra­tya­kṣā ya­thā gha­ṭa­sa­mā­na­jā­tī­ya­bhū­ta­la­pra­tya­kṣa­tve gha­ṭaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 252,07pra­tya­kṣā­ś ca ka­sya­ci­d vi­vā­dā­pa­nna­sya dha­rma­sa­jā­tī­yāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­da­yo de­śa­kā­la­sva­bhā­va­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā i­ti nyā­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 252,08su­vya­va­sthi­ta­tvā­t | ta­to ne­daṃ sū­ktaṃ mī­māṃ­sa­ka­sya | "­dha­rma­jña­tva­ni­ṣe­dha­s tu ke­va­lo '­tro­pa­yu­jya­te | sa­rva­m a­nya­dvi­jā­naṃ­s tu TAŚVA-ML 252,09pu­ru­ṣaḥ ke­na vā­rya­te­" i­ti | na tv a­va­dhī­ra­ṇā­nā­da­raḥ | ta­tsa­rva­m a­nya­dvi­jā­naṃ­s tu pu­ru­ṣaḥ ke­na vā­rya­ta i­ti | ta­tra no TAŚVA-ML 252,10nā­ti­ta­rā­m ā­da­raḥ | pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s tu na ka­tha­m a­pi pu­ru­ṣa­syā­tī­ndri­yā­rtha­da­rśa­nā­ti­śa­yaḥ sa­mbhā­vya­te sā­ti­śa­yā­nā­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 252,11pra­jñā­me­ghā­di­bhiḥ sto­ka­sto­kā­nta­ra­tve­nai­va da­rśa­nā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ "­ye '­pi sā­ti­śa­yā dṛ­ṣṭāḥ pra­jñā­me­dhā­di­bhi­r na­rāḥ | TAŚVA-ML 252,12sto­ka­sto­kā­nta­ra­tve­nā­tī­ndri­ya­jñā­na­da­rśa­nā­t |­| " i­ti ka­ści­t taṃ pra­ti vi­jñā­na­sya pa­ra­ma­pra­ka­rṣa­ga­ma­na­sā­dha­na­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.29.23jñā­naṃ pra­ka­rṣa­mā­yā­ti pa­ra­maṃ kva­ci­dā­tma­ni | tā­ra­ta­myā­dhi­rū­ḍha­tvā­d ā­kā­śe pa­ri­mā­ṇa­va­t |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 252,14tā­ra­ta­myā­dhi­rū­ḍha­tva­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­prā­pta­tvaṃ ta­dvi­jñā­na­sya si­ddhya­t kva­ci­d ā­tma­ni pa­ra­ma­pra­ka­rṣa­prā­ptiṃ sā­dha­ya­ti­, TAŚVA-ML 252,15ta­yā ta­sya vyā­pta­tvā­t pa­ri­mā­ṇa­va­dā­kā­śe |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.24a­tra ya­dy a­kṣa­vi­jñā­naṃ ta­sya sā­dhyaṃ pra­bhā­ṣya­te | si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m e­ta­t syā­t pa­ra­syā­py e­va­m i­ṣṭi­taḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.25li­ṅgā­ga­mā­di­vi­jñā­naṃ jñā­na­sā­mā­nya­m e­va vā | ta­thā sā­dhyaṃ va­daṃ­s te­na do­ṣaṃ pa­ri­ha­re­t ka­tha­m |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.26a­kra­maṃ ka­ra­ṇā­tī­taṃ ya­di jñā­naṃ pa­ri­sphu­ṭa­m | dha­rmī­ṣye­ta ta­dā pa­kṣa­syā­pra­si­ddha­vi­śe­ṣya­tā |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.27sva­rū­pā­si­ddha­tā he­to­r ā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tā­pi ca | ta­n nai­ta­tsā­dha­naṃ sa­mya­g i­ti ke­ci­t pra­vā­di­naḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.28a­tra pra­ca­kṣma­he jñā­na­sā­mā­nyaṃ dha­rmi nā­pa­ra­m | sa­rvā­rtha­go­ca­ra­tve­na pra­ka­rṣaṃ pa­ra­maṃ vra­je­t |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.29i­ti sā­dhya­m a­ni­ccha­ntaṃ bhū­tā­di­vi­ṣa­yaṃ pa­raṃ | co­da­nā­jñā­na­m a­nya­d vā vā­di­naṃ pra­ti nā­sti­ka­m |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.30na si­ddha­sā­dhya­tai­vaṃ syā­n nā­pra­si­ddha­vi­śe­ṣya­tā | pa­kṣa­sya nā­pi do­ṣo­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 252,23sa he­toḥ kva­ci­t pra­da­rśi­taḥ | na hy a­trā­kṣa­vi­jñā­naṃ pa­ra­maṃ pra­ka­rṣaṃ yā­tī­ti sā­dhya­te nā­pi li­ṅgā­ga­mā­di­vi­jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 252,24ye­na si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā­nā­ma pa­kṣa­sya do­ṣo duḥ­pa­ri­hā­raḥ syā­t | pa­ra­syā­pī­ndri­ya­jñā­ne li­ṅgā­di­jñā­ne ca pa­ra­ma­pra­ka­rṣa­ga­ma­na- TAŚVA-ML 252,25sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t | nā­py a­kra­maṃ ka­ra­ṇā­tī­taṃ pa­ri­sphu­ṭaṃ jñā­naṃ ta­thā sā­dhya­te ya­ta­s ta­syai­va dha­rmi­ṇo­r a­pra­si­ddha­vi­śe­ṣya­tā .­.­.­.­. TAŚVA-ML 252,26rū­pā­deḥ si­ddhi­ś ca he­tu­r dha­rmi­ṇo si­ddhau ta­ddha­rma­sya sā­dha­na­syā­sa­mbha­vā­d ā­śra­yā­si­ddha­ś ca bha­ve­t | kiṃ ta­rhi jñā­na­sā­mā­nyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 252,27dha­rmi ? na ca ta­sya sa­rvā­rtha­go­ca­ra­tve­na pa­ra­ma­pra­ka­rṣa­mā­tre sā­dhye si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā bhū­tā­di­vi­ṣa­yaṃ co­da­nā­jñā­na­m a­nu­mā- TAŚVA-ML 252,28nā­di­jñā­naṃ vā pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­m a­ni­ccha­ntaṃ vā­di­naṃ nā­sti­kaṃ pra­ti pra­yo­gā­t | mī­māṃ­sa­kaṃ pra­ti ta­tpra­yo­ge si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 252,29bhū­tā­dya­śe­ṣā­rtha­go­ca­ra­sya co­da­nā­jñā­na­sya pa­ra­ma­pra­ka­rṣa­prā­pta­sya te­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, taṃ pra­ti pra­tya­kṣa­sā­mā- TAŚVA-ML 252,30nya­sya dha­rmi­tvā­t ta­sya te­na sa­rvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­tya­nta­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­syā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | na cai­va­m a­pra­si­ddha­vi­śe­ṣyā­di­do­ṣaḥ TAŚVA-ML 252,31pa­kṣā­deḥ sa­mbha­va­ti ke­va­laṃ mī­māṃ­sa­kā­n pra­ti ya­dai­ta­tsā­dha­naṃ ta­dā pra­tya­kṣaṃ vi­śa­daṃ sū­kṣmā­dya­rtha­vi­ṣa­yaṃ sā­dha­ya­ty e- TAŚVA-ML 252,32vā­na­va­dya­tvā­t | ya­dā tu nā­sti­kaṃ pra­ti sa­rvā­rtha­go­ca­raṃ jñā­na­sā­mā­nyaṃ sā­dhya­te ta­dā ta­sya ka­ra­ṇa­kra­ma­vya­va­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 252,33nā­ti­va­rti­tvaṃ spa­ṣṭa­tvaṃ ca ka­thaṃ si­ddhya­ti i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.29.31ta­c ca sa­rvā­rtha­vi­jñā­naṃ pu­naḥ sā­va­ra­ṇaṃ ma­taṃ | a­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d ya­thā ca­kṣu­s ti­mi­rā­di­bhi­r ā­vṛ­taṃ |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.32jñā­na­syā­va­ra­ṇaṃ yā­ti pra­kṣa­yaṃ pa­ra­maṃ kva­ci­t | pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­hā­ni­tvā­d dhe­mā­dau śyā­mi­kā­di­va­t |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.33ta­to '­nā­va­ra­ṇaṃ spa­ṣṭaṃ vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­go­ca­raṃ | si­ddha­m a­kra­ma­vi­jñā­naṃ sa­ka­laṃ­ka­ma­hī­ya­sā­m |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 253,03ya­ta e­va­m a­tī­ndri­yā­rtha­pa­ri­cche­da­na­sa­ma­rthaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­sa­rva­jña­vā­di­naṃ pra­ti si­ddha­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.34ta­taḥ sā­ti­śa­yā dṛ­ṣṭāḥ pra­jñā­me­dhā­di­bhi­r na­rāḥ | bhū­tā­dya­śe­ṣa­vi­jñā­na­bhā­ja­ś ce­c co­da­nā­ba­lā­t |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.35ki­n na kṣī­ṇā­vṛ­tiḥ sū­kṣmā­na­rthā­n dra­ṣṭuṃ kṣa­maḥ sphu­ṭaṃ | maṃ­da­jñā­nā­na­ti­krā­ma­n nā­ti­śe­te pa­rā­n na­rā­n |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 253,06ya­di pa­rai­r a­bhya­dhā­yi | "­da­śa­ha­stā­nta­raṃ vyo­mni yo na nā­mā­tra ga­ccha­ti | na yo­ja­na­m a­sau gaṃ­tuṃ śa­kto- TAŚVA-ML 253,07bhyā­sa­śa­tai­r a­pi­'­' i­tyā­di | ta­d a­pi na yu­kta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.29.36la­ṅgha­nā­di­ka­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ sva­bhā­vā­n na vi­laṃ­gha­ne | nā­vi­rbhā­ve sva­bhā­va­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ ku­ta­śca­na |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.37svā­bhā­vi­kī ga­ti­r na syā­t pra­kṣī­ṇā­śe­ṣa­ka­rma­ṇaḥ | kṣa­ṇā­d ū­rddhvaṃ ja­ga­ccū­ḍā­ma­ṇau vyo­mni ma­hī­ya­si |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.29.38vī­ryā­nta­rā­ya­vi­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣa­va­śa­to­pa­rā | ba­hu­dhā ke­na vā­rye­ta ni­ya­taṃ vyo­ma­la­ṅgha­nā­t |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 253,11ta­to ya­d u­pa­ha­sa­na­ma­kā­ri bha­ṭṭe­na | "­yai­r u­ktaṃ ke­va­la­jñā­na­m i­ndri­yā­dya­na­pe­kṣi­ṇaḥ | sū­kṣmā­tī­tā­di­vi­ṣa­yaṃ sū­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 253,12jī­va­sya tai­r a­daḥ­" i­ti­, ta­d a­pi pa­ri­hṛ­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.29.39ta­taḥ sa­ma­nta­ta­ś ca­kṣu­ri­ndri­yā­dya­na­pe­kṣi­ṇaḥ | niḥ­śe­ṣa­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ke­va­laṃ sthi­taṃ |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 253,14ta­d e­vaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ si­ddhe ke­va­la­jñā­ne sa­ka­la­ku­vā­dya­vi­ṣa­ye yu­ktaṃ ta­sya vi­ṣa­ya­pra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ ma­ti­jñā­nā­di­va­t |­| TA-ML 1.30 e­kā­dī­ni bhā­jyā­ni yu­ga­pa­d e­ka­smi­n nā­ca­tu­rbhyaḥ |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 253,16kā­n pra­tī­daṃ sū­tra­m i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.30.1e­ka­trā­tma­ni vi­jñā­na­m e­ka­m e­vai­ka­de­ti ye | ma­nya­nte tā­n pra­ti prā­ha yu­ga­pa­j jñā­na­sa­mbha­va­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 253,18a­trai­ka­śa­bda­sya prā­tha­mya­va­ca­na­tvā­t prā­dhā­nya­va­ca­na­tvā­d vā kva­ci­d ā­tma­ni jñā­naṃ e­kaṃ pra­tha­maṃ pra­dhā­naṃ vā TAŚVA-ML 253,19saṃ­khyā­va­ca­na­tvā­d e­ka­saṃ­khyaṃ vā va­kta­vyaṃ | ta­c ca kiṃ dve ca jñā­ne kiṃ yu­ga­pa­d e­ka­tra trī­ṇi ca­tvā­ri vā jñā­nā­ni TAŚVA-ML 253,20kā­nī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.30.2prā­cya­m e­kaṃ ma­ti­jñā­naṃ śru­ti­bhe­dā­na­pe­kṣa­yā | pra­dhā­naṃ ke­va­laṃ vā syā­d e­ka­tra yu­ga­pa­n na­ri |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.3dve­dhā ma­ti­śru­te syā­tāṃ te cā­va­dhi­yu­te kva­ci­t | ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­jñā­ne vā trī­ṇi ye­na yu­te ta­thā |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 253,23pra­tha­maṃ ma­ti­jñā­naṃ kva­ci­d ā­tma­ni śru­ta­bhe­da­sya ta­tra sa­to '­py a­pa­ri­pū­rṇa­tve­nā­na­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t pra­dhā­naṃ ke­va­la­m e­te- TAŚVA-ML 253,24nai­ka­saṃ­khyā­vā­cy a­py e­ka­śa­bdo vyā­khyā­taḥ sva­ya­m i­ṣṭa­syai­ka­sya pa­ri­gra­hā­t | paṃ­cā­nā­m a­nya­ta­ma­syā­ni­ṣṭa­syā­sa­mbha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 253,25kva­ci­t pu­na­r dve ma­ti­śru­te kva­ci­t te vā­va­dhi­yu­te ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­yu­te ce­ti trī­ṇi jñā­nā­ni saṃ­bha­va­nti kva­ci­t te e­vā­va­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 253,26ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­dva­ye­na yu­te ca­tvā­ri jñā­nā­ni bha­va­nti | paṃ­cai­ka­smi­n na bha­va­ntī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.30.4ā­ca­tu­rbhya i­ti vyā­pta­vā­do va­ca­na­taḥ pu­naḥ | paṃ­cai­ka­tra na vi­dya­nte jñā­nā­ny e­tā­ni jā­tu­ci­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 253,28kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­jñā­naiḥ sa­ha­bhā­va­vi­ro­dhā­t kṣā­yi­ka­sye­ty u­ktaṃ paṃ­cā­nā­m e­ka­trā­sa­ha­bha­va­na­m a­nya­tra |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.5bhā­jyā­ni pra­vi­bhā­ge­na sthā­pyā­nī­ti ni­bu­ddhya­tāṃ | e­kā­dī­ny e­ka­dai­ka­trā­nu­pa­yo­gā­ni nā­nya­thā |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 253,30so­pa­yo­ga­syā­ne­ka­sya jñā­na­syai­ka­tra yau­ga­pa­dya­va­ca­ne hi si­ddhā­nta­vi­ro­dhaḥ sū­tra­kā­ra­sya na pu­na­r a­nu­pa­yo­ga­sya TAŚVA-ML 253,31sa­ha dvā­v u­pa­yo­gau na sta i­ti va­ca­nā­t |­| so­pa­yo­ga­yo­r jñā­na­yoḥ sa­ha pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­d i­ti ni­ve­da­ya­nti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.30.6kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kaṃ jñā­naṃ so­pa­yo­gaṃ kra­mā­d i­ti | nā­rtha­sya vyā­ha­tiḥ kā­ci­t kra­ma­jñā­nā­bhi­dhā­yi­naḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 254,01ni­ru­pa­yo­ga­syā­ne­ka­sya jñā­na­sya sa­ha­bhā­va­va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­t so­pa­yo­ga­sya kra­ma­bhā­vaḥ kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­sye­ty u­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 254,02bha­va­ti | ta­thā ca nā­rtha­sya hā­niḥ kra­ma­bhā­vi­jñā­nā­va­bo­dha­ka­sya sa­mbhā­vya­te | a­trā­pa­rā­kū­ta­m a­nū­dya ni­rā­ku­rva­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.30.7mo­pa­yo­gau sa­ha syā­tā­m i­ty ā­ryāḥ khyā­pa­ya­nti ye | da­rśa­na­jñā­na­rū­pau tau na tu jñā­nā­tma­kā­v i­ti |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.8jñā­nā­nāṃ sa­ha­bhā­vā­ya te­ṣā­m e­ta­d vi­ru­ddhya­te | kra­ma­bhā­vi ca ya­j jñā­na­m i­ti yu­ktaṃ ta­to na ta­t |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 254,05ya­dā­pi kra­ma­bhā­vi ca ya­j jñā­na­m i­ti sa­ma­nta­bha­dra­svā­mi­va­ca­na­m a­nya­thā vyā­ca­kṣa­te vi­ro­dha­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ ta­dā­pi- TAŚVA-ML 254,06do­ṣa­m u­dbhā­va­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.30.9śa­bda­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­vi­jñā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā va­ca­naṃ ta­thā | ya­smā­d u­ktaṃ ta­d e­vā­ryaiḥ syā­dvā­da­na­ya­saṃ­sthi­ta­m |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.10i­ti vyā­ca­kṣa­te ye tu te­ṣāṃ ma­tyā­di­ve­da­naṃ | pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­tra ne­ṣṭaṃ syā­t ta­taḥ sū­tra­sya bā­dha­na­m |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 254,09ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ te yu­ga­pa­t sa­rva­bhā­sa­na­m i­ty a­ne­na ke­va­la­sya kra­ma­bhā­vi ca ya­j jñā­naṃ syā­dvā­da­na­ya­saṃ­skṛ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 254,10m i­ty a­ne­na ca śru­ta­syā­ga­ma­sya pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­va­ca­na­m i­ti vyā­khyā­ne ma­ti­jñā­na­syā­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­yo­ś ca nā­tra pra­mā­ṇa­tva- TAŚVA-ML 254,11m u­ktaṃ syā­t | ta­thā ca '­ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­ke­va­lā­ni jñā­naṃ­' '­ta­tpra­mā­ṇe­' i­ti jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­sya pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 254,12dva­ya­rū­pa­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­sū­tre­ṇa bā­dha­naṃ pra­sa­jye­ta | ya­dā tu ma­tyā­di­jñā­na­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yaṃ kra­ma­bhā­vi ke­va­laṃ ca yu­ga- TAŚVA-ML 254,13pa­tsa­rva­bhā­vi pra­mā­ṇaṃ syā­dvā­de­na pra­mā­ṇe­na sa­ka­lā­de­śi­nā ta­yo­ś ca vi­ka­lā­de­śi­bhiḥ saṃ­skṛ­taṃ sa­ka­la­vi­pra­ti­pa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 254,14ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­dvā­re­ṇā­ga­ta­m i­ti vyā­khyā­ya­te ta­dā-sū­tra­bā­dhā pa­ri­hṛ­tā bha­va­ty e­va | na­nu pa­ra­vyā­khyā­ne '­pi na TAŚVA-ML 254,15sū­tra­bā­dhā kra­ma­bhā­vi ce­ti ca­śa­bdā­n ma­ti­jñā­na­syā­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­yo­ś ca saṃ­gra­hā­d i­ty a­tra do­ṣa­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.30.11ca­śa­bdā­saṃ­gra­hā­t ta­sya ta­dvi­ro­dho na ce­t ka­tha­m | ta­sya kra­me­ṇa ja­nme­ti la­bhya­te va­ca­nā­d vi­nā |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 254,17kra­ma­bhā­vi syā­dvā­da­na­ya­saṃ­skṛ­taṃ ca­śa­bdā­n ma­tyā­di­jñā­naṃ kra­ma­bhā­vī­ti na vyā­khyā­ya­te ya­ta­s ta­sya kra­ma- TAŚVA-ML 254,18bhā­vi­tvaṃ va­ca­nā­d vi­nā na la­bhye­ta | kiṃ ta­rhi syā­dvā­da­na­ya­saṃ­skṛ­taṃ | ya­t tu śru­ta­jñā­naṃ kra­ma­bhā­vi ca­śa­bdā­d a­kra­ma- TAŚVA-ML 254,19bhā­vi ca ma­tyā­di­jñā­na­m i­ti vyā­khyā­naṃ kri­ya­te sū­tra­bā­dhā­pa­ri­hā­ra­syai­vaṃ pra­si­ddhe­r i­ti ce­t­, nai­va­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 254,20sū­trā­n ma­tyā­di­jñā­na­m a­kra­ma­bhā­vi­pra­kā­śa­nā­d vi­nā la­bdhu­m a­śa­kteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 254,21na­nu ba­hvā­di­sū­traṃ ma­ti­jñā­na­yau­ga­pa­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­kaṃ tā­va­d a­stī­ti śaṃ­kā­m u­pa­da­rśya pra­tyā­ca­ṣṭe­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.30.12ba­hvā­dya­va­gra­hā­dī­nā­m u­pa­de­śā­t sa­ho­dbha­vaḥ | jñā­nā­nā­m i­ti ce­n nai­vaṃ sū­trā­rthā­na­va­bo­dha­taḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.13ba­hu­ṣv a­rthe­ṣu ta­trai­ko va­gra­hā­di­r i­tī­ṣya­te | ta­thā ca na ba­hū­ni syuḥ sa­ha­jñā­nā­ni jā­tu­ci­t |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 254,24ka­tha­m e­va­m i­daṃ sū­tra­m e­ka­sya jñā­na­syai­ka­tra sa­ha­bhā­vaṃ pra­kā­śa­ya­n na vi­ru­ddhya­te i­ti ce­d u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.30.14śa­ktya­rpa­ṇā­t tu ta­dbhā­vaḥ sa­he­ti na vi­ru­dhya­te | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­kra­mo­dbhū­tiḥ syā­dvā­da­nyā­ya­ve­di­nā­m |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 254,26kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­jñā­nā­nāṃ hi svā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­yau­ga­pa­dya­śa­kteḥ sa­ha­bhā­vo '­sty e­ka­trā­tma­ni yo­ga i­ti TAŚVA-ML 254,27ka­tha­ñci­d a­kra­mo­tpa­tti­r na vi­ru­dhya­te sū­tro­ktā syā­dvā­da­nyā­ya­vi­dāṃ | sa­rva­thā sa­ha­bhā­va­yo­r a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­c ca na pra­tī­ti- TAŚVA-ML 254,28vi­ro­dhaḥ śa­ktyā­tma­nai­va hi sa­ha­bhā­vo no­pa­yu­ktā­tma­nā­nu­pa­yu­ktā­tma­nā vā sa­ha­bhā­vo na śa­ktyā­tma­nā­pī­ti TAŚVA-ML 254,29pra­tī­ti­si­ddhaṃ | sa­ho­pa­yu­ktā­tma­nā­pi rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­prā­du­rbhā­va­m u­pa­ya­ntaṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.30.15śa­ṣku­lī­bha­kṣa­ṇā­dau tu ra­sā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­m | sa­kṛ­d e­va ta­thā ta­tra pra­tī­te­r i­ti yo va­de­t |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.16ta­sya ta­tsmṛ­ta­yaḥ ki­n na sa­ha syu­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | ta­tra tā­dṛ­kṣa­saṃ­vi­tteḥ ka­dā­ci­t ka­sya­ci­t kva­ci­t |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.17sa­rva­sya sa­rva­dā­tve ta­dra­sā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­m | sa­ho­pa­jā­ya­te nai­va smṛ­ti­va­tta­tkra­me­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.18kra­ma­ja­nma kva­ci­d dṛ­ṣṭvā smṛ­tī­nā­m a­nu­mī­ya­te | sa­rva­tra kra­ma­bhā­vi­tvaṃ ya­dy a­nya­trā­pi ta­tsa­maṃ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.19paṃ­ca­bhi­r vya­va­dhā­naṃ tu śa­ṣku­lī­bha­kṣa­ṇā­di­ṣu | ra­sā­di­ve­da­ne­ṣu syā­d ya­thā ta­dva­tsmṛ­ti­ṣv a­pi |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.20la­ghu­vṛ­tte­r na vi­cche­daḥ smṛ­tī­nā­m u­pa­la­kṣya­te | ya­thā ta­thai­va rū­pā­di­jñā­nā­nā­m i­ti ma­nya­tā­m |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.21a­saṃ­khyā­taiḥ kṣa­ṇaiḥ pa­dma­pa­tra­dvi­ta­ya­bhe­da­na­m | vi­cchi­nnaṃ sa­kṛ­d ā­bhā­ti ye­ṣāṃ bhrā­nteḥ ku­ta­śca­na |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.22paṃ­ca­ṣaiḥ sa­ma­yai­s te­ṣāṃ ki­n na rū­pā­di­ve­da­na­m | vi­cchi­nna­m a­pi bhā­tī­hā­vi­cchi­nna­m i­va vi­bhra­mā­t |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.23vya­va­sā­yā­tma­kaṃ ca­kṣu­rjñā­naṃ ga­vi ya­dā ta­dā | ma­ta­ṅga­ja­vi­ka­lpo '­pī­ty a­na­yoḥ sa­kṛ­du­dbha­vaḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.24jñā­no­da­ya­sa­kṛ­jja­nma­ni­ṣe­dhe ha­nti ce­n na vai | ta­yo­r a­pi sa­hai­vo­pa­yu­kta­yo­r a­sti ve­da­na­m |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.25ya­do­pa­yu­jya­te hy ā­tmā ma­ta­ṅga­ja­vi­ka­lpa­ne | ta­dā lo­ca­na­vi­jñā­naṃ ga­vi ma­ndo­pa­yo­ga­hṛ­t |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.26ta­thā ta­tro­pa­yu­kta­sya ma­ta­ṅga­ja­vi­ka­lpa­ne | pra­tī­ya­nti sva­yaṃ sa­nno bhā­va­ya­nto vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.27sa­mo­pa­yu­kta­tā ta­tra ka­sya­ci­t pra­ti­bhā­ti yā | sā­śu saṃ­ca­ra­ṇā­d dhā­nte­r go­ku­ñja­ra­vi­ka­lpa­va­t |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.28na­nv a­śva­ka­lpa­nā­kā­le go­dṛ­ṣṭeḥ sa­vi­ka­lpa­tā­m | ka­tha­m e­vaṃ pra­sā­dhye­ta kva­ci­t syā­dvā­da­ve­di­bhiḥ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.29saṃ­skā­ra­smṛ­ti­he­tu­r yā go­dṛ­ṣṭiḥ sa­vi­ka­lpi­kā | sā­nya­thā kṣa­ṇa­bhaṃ­gā­di dṛ­ṣṭi­va­n na ta­thā bha­ve­t |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.30i­ty ā­śra­yo­pa­yo­gā­yāḥ sa­vi­ka­lpa­tva­sā­dha­naṃ | ne­trā­lo­ca­na­mā­tra­sya nā­pra­mā­ṇā­tma­naḥ sa­dā |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.31go­da­rśa­no­pa­yo­ge­na sa­ha­bhā­vaḥ ka­thaṃ na tu | ta­dvi­jñā­ne '­sya yo­ga­sya nā­rtha­vyā­ghā­ta­kṛ­t ta­dā |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.32i­ty a­co­dyaṃ dṛ­śa­s ta­trā­nu­pa­yu­kta­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ | puṃ­so vi­ka­lpa­vi­jñā­naṃ pra­tye­vaṃ pra­ṇi­dhā­na­taḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.33so­pa­yo­gaṃ pu­na­ś ca­kṣu­rda­rśa­naṃ pra­tha­maṃ ta­taḥ | ca­kṣu­rjñā­naṃ śru­taṃ ta­smā­t ta­trā­rthe '­nya­tra ca kra­mā­t |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.30.34prā­du­rbha­va­t ka­ro­ty ā­śu vṛ­tyā sa­ha ja­nau dhi­yaṃ | ya­thā dṛ­gjñā­na­yo­r nṛ­ṇā­m i­ti si­ddhā­nta­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 255,16ja­na­naṃ ja­ni­r i­ti nā­ya­mi­ga­nto '­yaṃ ya­to ji­r i­ti pra­sa­jya­te kiṃ ta­rhi­, au­ṇā­di­kai­kā­ro '­tra kri­ya­te ba­hu­la- TAŚVA-ML 255,17va­ca­nā­t | u­ṇā­da­yo ba­hu­laṃ ca sa­ntī­ti va­ca­nā­t i­kā­rā­da­yo '­py a­nu­ktāḥ ka­rta­vyā e­ve­ti si­ddhaṃ ja­ni­r i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 255,18ta­tra ja­nau sa­ha­dhi­yaṃ ka­ro­ty ā­śu­vṛ­ttyā ca­kṣu­rjñā­naṃ ta­cchru­ta­jñā­naṃ ca kra­mā­d a­bha­va­d a­pi ka­thaṃ­ci­d i­ti hi si­ddhā­nta- TAŚVA-ML 255,19vi­ni­śca­yo na pu­naḥ sa­ha kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­da­rśa­na­jñā­ne so­pa­yo­ge ma­ti­śru­ta­jñā­ne vā ye­na sū­trā­vi­ro­dho na TAŚVA-ML 255,20bha­ve­t | na cai­tā­va­tā pa­ra­ma­ta­si­ddhi­s ta­tra sa­rva­thā kra­ma­bhā­vi­jñā­na­vya­va­sthi­te­r i­ha ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­thā­bhi­dhā­nā­t |­| TA-ML 1.31 ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dha­yo vi­pa­rya­ya­ś ca |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 255,22ka­syāḥ pu­na­r ā­śaṃ­kā­yā ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ ka­sya­ci­d vā si­ddhya­rtha­m i­daṃ sū­tra­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.31.1a­tha jñā­nā­pi paṃ­cā­ni vyā­khyā­tā­ni pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ | kiṃ sa­mya­g e­va mi­thyā vā sa­rvā­ṇy a­pi ka­dā­ca­na |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.2kā­ni­ci­d vā ta­thā puṃ­sā mi­thyā­śaṃ­kā­ni­vṛ­tta­ye | sve­ṣṭa­pa­kṣa­pa­kṣa­si­ddhya­rthaṃ ma­tī­tyā­dy ā­ha saṃ­pra­ti |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 255,25pū­rva­pa­dā­va­dhā­ra­ṇe­na sū­traṃ vyā­ca­ṣṭe­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.31.3ma­tyā­da­yaḥ sa­mā­khyā­tā­sta e­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t | saṃ­gṛ­hye­te ka­dā­ci­n na ma­naḥ­pa­ryā­ya­ke­va­le |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.4ni­ya­me­na ta­yoḥ sa­mya­gbhā­va­ni­rṇa­ya­taḥ sa­dā | mi­thyā­tva­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d vi­śu­ddhā­tma­ni sa­mbha­vā­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.5dṛ­ṣṭi­cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­sya kṣa­ye vo­pa­śa­me '­pi vā | ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­vi­jñā­naṃ bha­va­nmi­thyā na yu­jya­te |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.6sa­rva­ghā­ti­kṣa­ye '­tya­ntaṃ ke­va­laṃ pra­bha­va­t ka­tha­m | mi­thyā saṃ­mbhā­vya­te jā­tu vi­śu­ddhiṃ pa­ra­maṃ da­dha­t |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.7ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dhi­jñā­na­tra­yaṃ tu syā­t ka­dā­ca­na | mi­thye­ti te ca ni­rdi­ṣṭā vi­pa­rya­ya i­hā­ṅgi­nā­m |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.8sa ca sā­mā­nya­to mi­thyā­jñā­na­m a­tro­pa­va­rṇya­te | saṃ­śa­yā­di­vi­ka­lpā­nāṃ tra­yā­ṇāṃ saṃ­gṛ­hī­ya­te |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.9sa­mu­cci­no­ti ca­ste­ṣāṃ sa­mya­ktvaṃ vyā­va­hā­ri­ka­m | mu­khyaṃ ca ta­da­nu­ktau tu te­ṣāṃ mi­thyā­tva­m e­va hi |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.10te vi­pa­rya­ya e­ve­ti sū­tre ce­n nā­va­dhā­rya­te | ca­śa­bda­m a­nta­re­ṇā­pi sa­dā sa­mya­ktva­m a­ttva­taḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.11mi­thyā­jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣaḥ syā­d ā­smi­npa­kṣe vi­pa­rya­ya­m | saṃ­śa­yā­jñā­na­bhe­da­sya ca­śa­bde­na sa­mu­cca­yaḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 256,01a­tra ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dhī­nā­m a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa saṃ­śa­ya­vi­pa­ryā­sā­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­rū­pa­tva­sa­ktau ya­thā­pra­tī­ti ta­dda­rśa­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.31.12ta­tra tri­dhā­pi mi­thyā­tvaṃ ma­ti­jñā­ne pra­tī­ya­te | śru­te ca dvi­vi­dhaṃ bo­dhya­m a­va­dhau saṃ­śa­yā­d vi­nā |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.13ta­sye­ndri­ya­ma­no­he­tu­sa­mu­dbhū­ti­ni­yā­ma­taḥ | i­ndri­yā­ni­ndri­yā­ja­nya­sva­bhā­va­ś cā­va­dhiḥ smṛ­taḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 256,04ma­tau śru­te ca tri­vi­dhaṃ mi­thyā­tvaṃ bo­ddha­vyaṃ ma­te­r i­ndri­yā­ni­ndri­ya­ni­mi­tta­ka­tva­ni­ya­mā­t | śru­ta­syā­ni­ndri­ya- TAŚVA-ML 256,05ni­mi­tta­ka­tva­ni­ya­mā­t dvi­vi­dha­m a­va­dhau saṃ­śa­yā­d vi­nā vi­pa­rya­yā­na­dhya­va­sā­yā­v i­ty a­rthaḥ | ku­taḥ saṃ­śa­yā­d i­ndri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 256,06ni­ndri­yā­ja­nya­sva­bhā­vaḥ pro­ktaḥ | saṃ­śa­yo hi ca­li­tā­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­, ki­m a­yaṃ sthā­ṇuḥ kiṃ vā pu­ru­ṣa i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 256,07sa ca sā­mā­nya­pra­tya­kṣā­d vi­śe­ṣā­pra­tya­kṣā­d u­bha­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­sma­ra­ṇā­t pra­jā­ya­te | dū­ra­sthe ca va­stu­ni i­ndri­ye­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 256,08sā­mā­nya­ta­ś ca sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭe sā­mā­nya­pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ vi­śe­ṣā­pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ ca dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ma­na­sā ca pū­rvā­nu­mū­ta­ta­du­ma­ya­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 256,09sma­ra­ṇe­na­, na cā­va­dhyu­tpa­ttau kva­ci­d i­ndri­ya­vyā­pā­ro '­sti ma­no­vyā­pā­ro vā svā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­nā TAŚVA-ML 256,10sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­no va­stu­naḥ sva­vi­ṣa­ya­sya te­na gra­ha­ṇā­t | ta­to na saṃ­śa­yā­tmā­va­dhiḥ | vi­pa­rya­yā­tmā tu TAŚVA-ML 256,11mi­thyā­tvo­da­yā­d vi­pa­rī­ta­va­stu­sva­bhā­va­śra­ddhā­na­sa­ha­bhā­vā­t sa­mbo­dhya­te | ta­thā­na­dhya­va­sā­yā­tmā­py ā­śu u­pa­yo­ga­saṃ­ha­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 256,12d vi­jñā­nā­nta­ro­pa­yo­gā­d ga­ccha­ttṛ­ṇa­spa­rśa­va­d u­tpā­dya­te | dṛ­ḍho­pa­yo­gā­va­sthā­yāṃ tu nā­va­dhi­r a­na­dhya­va­sā­yā­tmā­pi ka­tha­m e­vā- TAŚVA-ML 256,13va­sthi­to '­va­dhi­r i­ti ce­t­, ka­dā­ci­d a­nu­ga­ma­nā­t ka­dā­ci­d a­na­nu­ga­ma­nā­t ka­dā­ci­d va­rdha­mā­na­tvā­t ka­dā­ci­d dhī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 256,14vi­śu­ddhi­vi­pa­ri­va­rtta­mā­nā­d a­va­sthi­tā­va­dhi­r e­ke­na rū­pe­ṇā­va­sthā­nā­n na pu­na­r a­dṛ­ṣṭo­pa­yo­ga­tvā­t sva­bhā­va­pa­rā­va­rtta­ne '­pi­, ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 256,15ta­thā ta­thā dṛ­ḍho­pa­yo­ga­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­t | ku­taḥ pu­na­s tri­ṣv e­va bo­dhe­ṣu mi­thyā­tva­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.31.14mi­thyā­tvaṃ tri­ṣu bo­dhe­ṣu dṛ­ṣṭi­mo­ho­da­yā­d bha­ve­d | te­ṣāṃ sā­mā­nya­ta­s te­na sa­ha­bhā­vā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.15ya­dā ma­tyā­da­yaḥ puṃ­sa­s ta­dā na syā­d vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | sa ya­dā te ta­dā na syu­r i­ty e­te­na ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.16vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā hy e­ṣāṃ na vi­pa­rya­ya­rū­pa­tā | ma­tya­jñā­nā­di­saṃ­jñe­ṣu te­ṣu ta­syāḥ pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 256,19sa­mya­ktvā­va­sthā­yā­m e­va ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dha­yo vya­pa­di­śya­nte mi­thyā­tmā­va­sthā­yāṃ te­ṣāṃ ma­tya­jñā­na­vya­pa­de­śā­t | TAŚVA-ML 256,20ta­to na vi­śe­ṣa­rū­pa­ta­yā te vi­pa­rya­ya i­ti vyā­khyā­ya­te ye­na sa­hā­na­va­sthā­la­kṣa­ṇo vi­ro­dhaḥ syā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 256,21sa­mya­g mi­thyā­ma­tyā­di­vya­kti­ga­ta­ma­tyā­di­sā­mā­nyā­pe­kṣa­yā te vi­pa­rya­ya i­ti ni­ścī­ya­te mi­thyā­tve­na sa­ha­bhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 256,22vi­ro­dhā­t ta­thā ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ | na­nu ca te­ṣāṃ te­na sa­ha­bhā­ve '­pi ka­thaṃ mi­thyā­tva­m i­tyā­śaṃ­kyo­tta­ra­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.31.17mi­thyā­tvo­da­ya­sa­dbhā­ve ta­dvi­pa­rya­ya­rū­pa­tā | na yu­ktā­gryā­di­saṃ­pā­te jā­tya­he­mno ya­the­ti ce­t |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.18nā­śra­ya­syā­nya­thā­bhā­va­sa­mya­kpa­ri­dṛ­ḍhe sa­ti | pa­ri­ṇā­me ta­dā­dhe­ya­syā­nya­thā bhā­va­da­rśa­nā­t |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.19ya­thā sa­ra­ja­sā­lā­mbū­pha­la­sya ka­ṭu ki­n na ta­t | kṣi­pta­sya pa­ya­so dṛ­ṣṭaḥ ka­ṭu­bhā­va­s ta­thā­vi­dhaḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.20ta­thā­tma­no '­pi mi­thyā­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­me sa­tī­ṣya­te | ma­tyā­di­saṃ­vi­dāṃ tā­dṛ­ṅbhi­thyā­tvaṃ ka­sya­ci­t sa­dā |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 256,27jā­tya­he­mno mā­ṇi­kya­sya cā­gnyā­di­r vā gṛ­hā­di­r vā nā­he­ma­tva­m a­mā­ṇi­kya­tvaṃ vā ka­rttuṃ sa­ma­rtha­s ta­syā­pa­ri­ṇā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 256,28ka­tvā­t | mi­thyā­tva­pa­ri­ṇa­ta­s tu ā­tmā sā­śra­yī­ṇi ma­tyā­di­jñā­nā­ni vi­pa­rya­ya­rū­pa­tā­m ā­pā­da­ya­ti | ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 256,29ta­thā pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ka­tvā­t sa­ra­ja­sa­ka­ṭu­kā­lā­mbū­va­tsvā­śra­yi pa­ya i­ti na mi­thyā­tva­sa­ha­bhā­ve '­pi ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ sa­mya­k- TAŚVA-ML 256,30tva­pa­ri­tyā­gaḥ śa­ṅka­nī­yaḥ | pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­m ā­tma­no si­ddha­m i­ti ce­d a­tro­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.31.21na ce­daṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­m ā­tma­no na pra­sā­dhi­ta­m | sa­rva­syā­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tve sa­ttva­syai­va vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.31.22ya­to vi­pa­rya­yo na syā­t pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ ka­dā­ca­na | ma­tyā­di­ve­da­nā­kā­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­vṛ­tti­taḥ |­| 2­2 |­| TA-ML 1.32 sa­da­sa­to­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­d ya­dṛ­ccho­pa­la­bdhe­r u­nma­tta­va­t |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 257,02kiṃ ku­rva­nn i­daṃ sū­traṃ bra­vī­ti­ti śaṃ­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.1sa­mā­no­rtha­pa­ri­cche­daḥ sa­ddu­ṣṭya­rtha­pa­ri­cchi­dā | ku­to vi­jñā­ya­te tre­dhā mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r vi­pa­rya­yaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.2i­ty a­tra jñā­pa­kaṃ he­tuṃ sa­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaṃ pra­da­rśa­ya­t | sa­d i­tyā­dy ā­ha saṃ­kṣe­pā­d vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 257,05mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r a­py a­rtha­pa­ri­cche­daḥ sa­ddṛ­ṣṭya­rtha­pa­ri­cche­de­na sa­mā­no bhū­ya­te ta­t ku­to '­sau tre­dhā vi­pa­rya­ya i­ty ā­re- TAŚVA-ML 257,06kā­yāṃ sa­tyāṃ da­rśa­naṃ jñā­pa­kaṃ he­tu­m a­ne­no­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 257,07ke pu­na­r a­tra sa­da­sa­tī ka­ś ca ta­yo­r a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ kā ca ya­dṛ­ccho­pa­la­bdhi­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.3nā­tro­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sa­d i­ti va­kṣya­ti | ta­to '­nya­d a­sa­d i­ty e­ta­tsā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­sī­ya­te |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.4a­vi­śe­ṣa­s ta­yoḥ sa­dbhi­r a­vi­ve­ko vi­dhī­ya­te | sāṃ­ka­rya­to hi ta­dvi­tti­s ta­thā vai­ya­ti­ka­ryya­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.5pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­bhi­prā­ya­mā­traṃ ya­d a­ni­ba­ndha­naṃ | sā ya­dṛ­kṣā ta­yā vi­tti­r u­pa­la­bdhiḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 257,11ki­m a­tra sā­dhya­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.6ma­tyā­da­yo '­tra va­rtta­nte te vi­pa­rya­ya i­ty a­pi | he­to­r ya­tho­di­tā­d a­tra sā­dhya­te sa­da­sa­ttva­yoḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 257,13te­nai­ta­d u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dha­yo vi­pa­rya­yaḥ sa­da­sa­to­r a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ya­dṛ­ccho­pa­la­bdhe­r u­nma­tta- TAŚVA-ML 257,14syai­ve­ti | sa­mā­ne '­py a­rtha­pa­ri­cche­de ka­sya­ci­d vi­pa­rya­ya­si­ddhiṃ dṛ­ṣṭā­nte sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yo­r vyā­ptiṃ pra­da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.7sva­rṇe sva­rṇa­m i­ti jñā­na­m a­sva­rṇe sva­rṇa­m i­ty a­pi | sva­rṇe vā­sva­rṇa­m i­ty e­va­m u­nma­tta­sya ka­dā­ca­na |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.8vi­pa­rya­yo ya­thā lo­ke ta­d ya­dṛ­ccho­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ | vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­va­ta­s ta­dva­nmi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r gha­ṭā­di­ṣu |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 257,17sa­rva­trā­hā­rya e­va vi­pa­rya­yaḥ sa­ha­ja e­ve­ty e­kā­nta­vya­va­cche­de­na ta­du­bha­yaṃ svī­ku­rva­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.9sa­ha­cā­ryo vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭaḥ sa­ha­ja­ś ca vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | prā­cya­s ta­tra śru­tā­jñā­naṃ mi­thyā­sa­ma­ya­sā­dhi­ta­m |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.10ma­tya­jñā­naṃ vi­bha­ṅga­ś ca sa­ha­jaḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | pa­ro­pa­de­śa­ni­rmu­kteḥ śru­tā­jñā­naṃ ca kiṃ­ca­na |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 257,20ca­kṣu­rā­di­ma­ti­pū­rva­kaṃ śru­tā­jñā­na­m a­pa­ro­pa­de­śa­tvā­t sa­ha­jaṃ ma­tya­jñā­na­vi­bha­ṅga­jñā­na­va­t | śro­tra­m a­ti­pū­rva­kaṃ tu pa­ro- TAŚVA-ML 257,21pa­de­śā­pe­kṣa­tvā­d ā­hā­ryaṃ pra­tye­yaṃ | ta­tra sa­ti vi­ṣa­ye śru­tā­jñā­na­m ā­hā­rya­vi­pa­rya­ya­m ā­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.11sa­ti sva­rū­pa­to '­śe­ṣe śū­nya­vā­do vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­dau saṃ­vi­da­dvai­ta­va­rṇa­na­m |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.12ci­trā­dvai­ta­pra­vā­da­ś ca puṃ­śa­bdā­dvai­ta­va­rṇa­na­m | bā­hya­rthe­ṣu ca bhi­nne­ṣu vi­jñā­nāṃ­ḍa­pra­ka­lpa­naṃ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.13ba­hi­r a­nta­ś ca va­stū­nāṃ sā­dṛ­śye vai­sa­dṛ­śya­vā­k | vai­sa­dṛ­śye ca sā­dṛ­śyai­kā­nta­vā­dā­va­la­mba­na­m |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.14dra­vye pa­ryā­ya­mā­tra­sya pa­ryā­ye dra­vya­ka­lpa­nā | ta­ddva­yā­tma­ni ta­dbhe­da­vā­do vā­cya­tva­vā­g a­pi |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.15u­tpā­da­vya­ya­vā­da­ś ca dhrau­vye ta­da­va­la­mba­na­m | ja­nma­pra­dhvaṃ­sa­yo­r e­vaṃ pra­ti­va­stu pra­bu­ddhya­tā­m |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 257,27sa­ti tā­va­t kā­rtsnye­nai­ka­de­śe­na ca vi­pa­rya­yo '­sti ta­tra kā­rtsnye­na śū­nya­vā­daḥ sva­rū­pa­dra­vya­kṣe­tra­kā­la­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 257,28sa­rva­sya sa­ttve­na pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvā­t | vi­śe­ṣa­ta­s tu sa­ti grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­ve kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve ca vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 257,29vā­dau ca ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­na­m | ta­tra saṃ­vi­da­dvai­ta­sya vā­va­la­mba­ne­na sau­ga­ta­sya­, pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­syā­la­mba­ne­na bra­hma­vā­di­naḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 257,30śa­bdā­dvai­ta­syā­śra­ye­ṇa vai­yā­ka­ra­ṇa­sye­ti pra­tye­yaṃ | vi­pa­rya­ya­tvaṃ tu ta­sya grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­dī­nāṃ pra­tī­ti­si­ddhaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 257,31ta­dva­ca­nā­t ta­thā ba­hi­ra­rthe bhi­nne sa­ti ta­dva­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ vi­jñā­nāṃ­śa­pra­ka­lpa­nā­d vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | pa­ra­mā­rtha­to ba­hi­r a­nta­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 257,32va­stū­nāṃ sā­dṛ­śye sa­ti ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ sa­rva­vai­sa­dṛ­śyā­va­la­mba­ne­na ta­thā­ga­ta­syai­va vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 257,33syā­bā­dhi­ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sā­dha­ne­na sā­dṛ­śya­sya sā­dha­nā­t sa­ty a­pi ca ka­thaṃ­ci­d vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­dṛ­śye ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ | sa­rva­thā TAŚVA-ML 258,01sā­dṛ­śyā­va­la­mba­nā­t sā­dṛ­śyai­kā­nta­vā­di­no vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | e­ka­tva­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­syā­bā­dhi­ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 258,02nā­t ta­tsa­ttva­si­ddheḥ pa­ryā­ye ca sa­ti ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ dra­vya­mā­trā­sthā­nā­d a­pa­ra­sya vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | bhe­da­jñā­nā­dya­bā­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 258,03tā­t ta­tsa­ttva­sā­dha­nā­t | dra­vya­pa­ryā­tma­ni va­stu­ni sa­ti ta­da­sa­ttvā­bhi­dhā­naṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­bhi­nna­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­vā­dā­śra­ya­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 258,04d a­nye­ṣāṃ ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­to vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | ta­ttvā­nya­tvā­bhyā­m a­vā­cya­tva­vā­dā­la­mba­nā­d vā ta­tra vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | sa­ti TAŚVA-ML 258,05dhrau­vye ta­da­sa­ttva­ka­tha­na­m u­tpā­da­vya­ya­mā­trāṃ­gī­ka­ra­ṇā­t ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d vi­pa­rya­yaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t sa­rva­sya ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 258,06u­tpā­da­vya­ya­yo­ś ca sa­to­s ta­da­sa­ttvā­bhi­ni­ve­śaḥ śā­śva­tai­kā­ntā­śra­ya­ṇā­d a­nye­ṣāṃ vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | sa­rva­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­tpā­da- TAŚVA-ML 258,07vya­yā­tma­naḥ sā­dha­nā­d e­vaṃ pra­ti­va­stu­sa­ttve '­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ vi­pa­rya­yaḥ pra­paṃ­ca­to bu­dhya­tāṃ | jī­ve sa­ti ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 258,08cā­rvā­ka­sya vi­pa­rya­ya­s ta­tsa­ttva­sya pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ sā­dha­nā­t | a­jī­ve ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ bra­hma­vā­di­no vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 258,09ā­sra­ve ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ ca bau­ddha­cā­rvā­ka­syai­va | saṃ­va­re ni­rja­rā­yāṃ mo­kṣe ca ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ yā­jñi­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 258,10vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | pū­rva­m e­va jī­va­va­da­jī­vā­dī­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ pra­rū­pa­ṇā­t | vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇi mu­kte ca jī­ve sa­ti TAŚVA-ML 258,11ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | jī­ve pu­dga­le dha­rme '­dha­rme na­bha­si kā­le ca sa­ti ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ | ta­tka­pu­ṇyā­sra­ve TAŚVA-ML 258,12pā­pā­sra­ve ca pu­ṇya­va­ttve pā­pa­va­ttve ca de­śa­saṃ­va­re sa­rva­saṃ­va­re ca ya­thā­kā­laṃ ni­rja­rā­yā­m au­pa­kra­mi­ka­ni­rja­rā­yāṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 258,13ā­rha­tya­mo­kṣe si­ddha­tva­mo­kṣe ca sa­ti ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ ka­sya­ci­d vi­pa­rya­ya­s ta­tsa­ttva­sya pu­ra­stā­t pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ sā­dha­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 258,14e­vaṃ ta­dā bhe­de­ṣu pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhe­ṣu ta­da­sa­tsu ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ vi­pa­rya­yo ba­hu­dhā­va­bo­ddha­vyaḥ pa­rī­kṣā­kṣa­m a­dhi­ṣa­ṇai­r i- TAŚVA-ML 258,15ty a­laṃ vi­cā­re­ṇa |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.16pa­ra­rū­pā­di­to­śe­ṣe va­stu­ny a­sa­ti sa­rva­thā | sa­ttva­vā­daḥ sa­mā­mnā­taḥ pa­rā­hā­ryo vi­pa­rya­yaḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 258,17pa­ra­rū­pa­dra­vya­kṣe­tra­kā­la­taḥ sa­rva­va­s tv a­sa­t ta­tra kā­rtsnya­taḥ sa­ttva­va­ca­na­m ā­hā­ryo vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | sa­ttvai­kā­ntā­va­la- TAŚVA-ML 258,18mba­nā­t ka­sya­ci­t pra­tye­ta­vyaḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­ta­s ta­thā sa­rva­syā­sa­ttva­si­ddheḥ de­śa­to '­sa­to '­sa­ti sa­ttva­vi­pa­rya­ya­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.17sa­tya­sa­ttva­vi­pa­ryā­sā­d vai­pa­rī­tye­na kī­rti­tā­t | pra­tī­ya­mā­na­kaḥ sa­rvo '­sa­ti sa­ttva­vi­pa­rya­yaḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 258,20sa­ti grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­dau saṃ­vi­da­dvai­tā­dyā­la­mba­ne­na ta­da­sa­ttva­va­ca­na­la­kṣa­ṇā­d vi­pa­rya­yā­t pū­rvo­ktā­d vi­pa­rī­ta­tve­nā- TAŚVA-ML 258,21sa­ti pra­tī­tyā­rū­ḍhe grā­hya­grā­hya­ka­bhā­vā­dau sau­trā­nti­kā­dyu­pa­va­rṇi­te sa­ttva­va­ca­naṃ vi­pa­rya­yaḥ pra­paṃ­ca­to '­va­bo­ddha­vyaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 258,22e­va­m ā­hā­ryaṃ śru­ta­vi­pa­rya­ya­m u­pa­da­rśya śru­tā­na­dhya­va­sā­yaṃ cā­hā­ryaṃ da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.18sa­ti tri­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­rthe saṃ­śa­yaḥ śru­ti­go­ca­re | ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d dṛ­śya­mā­ne '­pi ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­vā­di­nā­m |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.19ta­thā­na­dhya­va­sā­yo '­pi ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t sa­rva­ve­di­ni ta­ttve | sa­rva­tra vā­ggo­ca­rā­hā­ryo '­va­ga­mya­tā­m |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 258,25śru­ta­vi­ṣa­ye de­śa­kā­la­sva­bhā­va­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭe '­rthe saṃ­śa­yaḥ | sau­ga­tā­nā­m a­dṛ­śya­saṃ­śa­yai­kā­nta­vā­dā­va­la­mba­nā­d ā­hā­ryo TAŚVA-ML 258,26'­va­se­yaḥ | pṛ­thi­vyā­dau dṛ­śya­mā­ne '­pi saṃ­śa­yaḥ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­vā­d ā­va­ṣṭaṃ­bhā­t | sa­rva­ve­di­ni pu­naḥ saṃ­śa­yo TAŚVA-ML 258,27'­dhya­va­sā­ya­ś ca ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d vi­pa­rya­ya­va­dā­hā­ryo '­va­ga­mya­tā­m | sa­rva­jñā­bhā­va­vā­d ā­va­le­pā­t sa­rva­tra vā ta­ttve ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­nyo TAŚVA-ML 258,28'­na­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ | saṃ­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­ya­va­t "­ta­rko '­pra­ti­ṣṭhaḥ śru­ta­yo vi­bhi­nnā nā­sau mu­ni­r ya­sya va­caḥ pra­mā­ṇaṃ | dha­rma­sya TAŚVA-ML 258,29ta­ttvaṃ ni­hi­taṃ gu­hā­yāṃ ma­hā­ja­no ye­na ga­taḥ sa pa­nthāḥ­" i­ti pra­lā­pa­mā­trā­śra­ya­ṇā­t | ta­thā pra­lā­pi­nāṃ svo­ktā- TAŚVA-ML 258,30pra­ti­ṣṭhā­nā­t ta­tpra­ti­ṣṭhā­ne vā ta­thā va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ |­| sa­mpra­ti ma­ti­jñā­na­vi­pa­rya­ya­sa­ha­ja­m ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.20ba­hvā­dya­va­gra­hā­dye­ṣu ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­tsu vi­tti­ṣu | ku­ta­ści­n ma­ti­bhe­de­ṣu sa­ha­jaḥ syā­d vi­pa­rya­yaḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.21smṛ­tā­v a­na­nu­bhū­tā­rthe smṛ­ti­sā­dha­rmya­sā­dha­naḥ | saṃ­jñā­yā­m e­ka­tā­jñā­naṃ sā­dṛ­śyaḥ śro­tra­da­rśi­taḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.22ta­thai­ka­tve '­pi sā­dṛ­śya­vi­jñā­naṃ ka­sya­ci­d bha­ve­t | sa vi­saṃ­vā­da­taḥ si­ddha­ś ciṃ­tā­yāṃ li­ṅga­li­ṅgi­noḥ |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.23he­tvā­bhā­sa­ba­lā­jñā­naṃ li­ṅgi­ni jñā­na­m u­cya­te | svā­rthā­nu­mā­vi­pa­ryā­so ba­hu­dhā ta­ddhi­yāṃ ma­taḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 258,35kaḥ pu­na­ra­sau he­tvā­bhā­so ya­to jā­ya­mā­naṃ li­ṅgi­ni jñā­naṃ svā­rthā­nu­mā­na­vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | sa­ha­jo ma­tiḥ TAŚVA-ML 259,01smṛ­ti­saṃ­jñā­ci­ntā­nā­m i­va sva­vi­ṣa­ye ti­mi­rā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­va­śā­d u­pa­ga­mya­te i­ti pa­rya­nu­yo­ge sa­mā­sa­vyā­sa­to he­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 259,02bhā­sa­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.24he­tvā­bhā­sa­s tu sā­mā­nyā­d e­kaḥ sā­dhyā­pra­sā­dha­naḥ | ya­thā he­tuḥ sva­sā­dhye­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vī ni­ve­di­taḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.25tri­vi­dho '­sā­va­si­ddhā­di­bhe­dā­t ka­ści­d vi­ni­ści­taḥ | sva­rū­pā­śra­ya­saṃ­di­gdha­jñā­tā­si­ddha­ś ca­tu­rvi­dhaḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.26ta­tra sva­rū­pa­to '­si­ddho vā­di­naḥ śū­nya­sā­dha­ne | sa­rvo he­tu­r ya­thā bra­hma­ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­sā­dha­ne |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.27sa­ttvā­diḥ sa­rva­thā sā­dhye śa­bda­bhaṃ­gu­ra­tā­di­ke | syā­dvā­di­naḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­n na sa­rva­thai­kā­nta­vā­di­naḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.28śa­bdā­d vi­na­śva­rā­d dhe­tu­sā­dhye cā­'­kṛ­ta­kā­da­yaḥ | he­ta­vo '­si­ddha­tāṃ yā­nti bau­ddhā­deḥ pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.29jai­na­sya sa­rva­thai­kā­nta­dhū­ma­va­ttvā­da­yo '­gni­ṣu | sā­dhye­ṣu he­ta­vo '­si­ddhā pa­rva­tā­dau ta­thā­gni­taḥ |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.30śa­bdā­dau cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvā­di­r u­bha­yā­si­ddha i­ṣya­te | niḥ­śe­ṣo '­pi ya­thā śū­nya­bra­hmā­dvai­ta­pra­vā­di­noḥ |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 259,10bā­dya­si­ddhau ta­tra sā­dhya­pra­sā­dha­nau |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.31sa­ma­rtha­na­vi­hī­naḥ syā­d a­si­ddhaḥ pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ | he­to­r ya­syā­śra­yo na syā­t ā­śra­yā­si­ddha e­va saḥ |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.32sva­sā­dhye­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­d a­ga­ma­ko ma­taḥ | pra­tya­kṣā­deḥ pra­mā­ṇā­deḥ saṃ­vā­di­tvā­da­yo ya­thā |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.33śū­nyo­pa­pla­va­śa­bdā­dya­dvai­ta­vā­dā­va­la­mbi­nāṃ | saṃ­de­ha­vi­ṣa­yaḥ sa­rvaḥ saṃ­di­gdhā­si­ddha u­cya­te |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.34ta­thā­ga­ma­pra­mā­ṇa­tve ru­dro­kta­tvā­di­r ā­sthi­taḥ | sa­nn a­py a­jñā­ya­mā­no '­trā­jñā­tā­si­ddho vi­bhā­vya­te |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.35sau­ga­tā­de­r ya­thā sa­rvaḥ sa­ttvā­di­sve­ṣṭa­sā­dha­ne | na ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kā­dhya­kṣā­d a­sti he­to­r vi­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.36ta­tpṛ­ṣṭha­jā­d vi­ka­lpā­c ca va­stu­go­ca­ra­taḥ kva saḥ | a­nu­mā­nā­nta­rā­d dhe­tu­ni­śca­yo cā­na­va­sthi­tiḥ |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.37pa­rā­pa­rā­nu­mā­nā­nāṃ pū­rva­pū­rva­tra­vṛ­tti­taḥ | jñā­naṃ jñā­nā­nta­rā­dhya­kṣaṃ va­da­to ne­na da­rśi­taḥ |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.38sa­rvo he­tu­ra­vi­jñā­to '­na­va­sthā­nā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | a­rthā­pa­tti­pa­ri­cche­dyaṃ pa­ro­kṣaṃ jñā­na­m ā­dṛ­tāḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.39sa­rvaṃ ye te '­py a­ne­no­ktā svā­jñā­tā­si­ddha­he­ta­vaḥ | pra­tya­kṣaṃ tu pha­la­jñā­na­m ā­tmā­naṃ vā sva­saṃ­vi­da­m |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.40prā­ṅbha­yo­ka­ra­ṇā­jñā­naṃ vya­rthaṃ te­ṣāṃ ni­ve­di­taṃ | pra­dhā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­d a­ce­ta­na­m i­tī­ri­ta­m |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.41jñā­naṃ yai­s te ka­thaṃ na syu­r a­jñā­tā­si­ddha­he­ta­vaḥ | pra­ti­jñā­rthai­ka­de­śa­s tu sva­rū­pā­si­ddha e­va naḥ |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.42śa­bdo nā­sau vi­nā­śi­tvā­d i­tyā­di sā­dhya­sa­nni­bhaḥ | ya­s sā­dhya­vi­pa­rī­tā­rtho vya­bhi­cā­rī su­ni­ści­taḥ |­| 4­2TAŚV-ML 1.32.43sa vi­ru­ddho '­va­bo­ddha­vya­s ta­thai­ve­ṣṭa­vi­ghā­ta­kṛ­t | sa­ttvā­diḥ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­dau ya­thā syā­dvā­da­vi­dvi­ṣāṃ |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.44a­ne­kā­ntā­tma­ka­tva­sya ni­ya­mā­t te­na sā­dha­nā­t | pa­rā­rthyaṃ ca­kṣu­rā­dī­nāṃ saṃ­ha­nta­vyaṃ pra­sā­dha­ye­t |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.45pa­ra­sya pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvaṃ ta­the­tī­ṣṭa­vi­ghā­ta­kṛ­t | a­nu­syū­ta­ma­nī­ṣā­di­sā­mā­nyā­di­ni sā­dha­ye­t |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.46te­ṣāṃ dra­vya­vi­va­rtta­tva­m e­va­m i­ṣṭa­vi­ghā­ta­kṛ­t | vi­ru­ddhā­n na ca bhi­nno '­sau sva­ya­m i­ṣṭā­d vi­pa­rya­ye |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.47sā­ma­rthya­syā­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa bhe­da­vā­di­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­taṃ dhī­ma­ddhe­tu­kaṃ kṛ­ta­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.48ya­thā śa­ka­ṭa­m i­tyā­di vi­ru­ddho te­na da­rśi­taḥ | ya­thā hi bu­ddhi­ma­tpū­rvaṃ ja­ga­d e­ta­t pra­sā­dha­ye­t |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.49ta­thā bu­ddhi­ma­to he­to­r a­ne­ka­tva­śa­rī­ri­tā­m | sva­śa­rī­ra­sya ka­rttā­tmā nā­śa­rī­ro '­sti sa­rva­thā |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.50kā­rma­ṇe­na śa­rī­re­ṇā­nā­di­sa­mba­ndha­si­ddhi­taḥ | ya­taḥ sā­dhye śa­rī­re sve dhī­ma­to vya­bhi­cā­ra­tā |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.51ja­ga­tka­rttuḥ pra­pa­dye­ta te­na he­toḥ ku­tā­rki­kaḥ | bo­dhyo '­nai­kā­nti­ko he­tuḥ sa­mbha­vā­n nā­nya­thā ta­thā |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.52saṃ­śī­tiṃ vi­dhi­va­tsa­rvaḥ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­ta­yā sthi­taḥ | śa­bda­tva­śrā­va­ṇa­tvā­di śa­bdā­dau pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ni |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.53sā­dhya­he­tu­s ta­to vṛ­tteḥ pa­kṣa e­va su­ni­ści­taḥ | saṃ­śī­tyā­li­ṅgi­tā­ṅga­s tu yaḥ sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­yoḥ |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.54pa­kṣe sa va­rta­mā­naḥ syā­d a­nai­kā­nti­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | te­na sā­dhā­ra­ṇo nā­nyo he­tvā­bhā­sa­s ta­to '­sti naḥ |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.55ta­syā­nai­kā­nti­ke sa­mya­gghe­tau vā­nta­rga­tiḥ sthi­tiḥ | pra­me­ya­tvā­di­r e­te­na sa­rva­smi­n pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ni |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.56sā­dhye va­stu­ni ni­rṇī­to vyā­khyā­taḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­tāṃ | pa­kṣa­tri­ta­ya­hā­ni­s tu ya­syā­nai­kā­nti­ko ma­taḥ |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.57ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kā­di­s ta­syā­nai­kā­nti­kaḥ ka­thaṃ | vya­ktā­tma­nāṃ hi bhe­dā­nāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mā­di­sā­dha­na­m |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.58e­kaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­tve ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­naḥ | kā­ra­ṇa­tra­ya­pū­rva­tvā­t kā­rye­ṇā­na­nva­yā­ga­teḥ |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.59pu­ru­ṣai­r vya­bhi­cā­rī­ṣṭaṃ pra­dhā­na­pu­ru­ṣai­r a­pi | vi­nā sa­pa­kṣa­sa­ttve­na ga­ma­kaṃ ya­sya sā­dha­na­m |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.60a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvā­t ta­sya sā­dhā­ra­ṇo ma­taḥ | sā­dhye ca ta­da­bhā­ve ca va­rtta­mā­no vi­ni­ści­taḥ |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.61saṃ­śī­tyā­krā­nta­de­ho vā he­tuḥ kā­rtsnyai­ka­de­śa­taḥ | ta­tra kā­rtsnye­na ni­rṇī­ta­s tā­va­tsā­dhya­vi­pa­kṣa­yoḥ |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.62ya­thā dra­vyaṃ na­bhaḥ sa­ttvā­d i­tyā­diḥ ka­ści­d ī­ri­taḥ | vi­śva­ve­dī­śva­raḥ sa­rva­ja­ga­tka­rtṛ­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.63i­ti saṃ­śra­ya­ta­s ta­trā­vi­nā­bhā­va­sya saṃ­śa­yā­t | sa­ti hy a­śe­ṣa­ve­di­tve saṃ­di­gdhā vi­śva­ka­rtṛ­tā |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.64ta­da­bhā­ve ca ta­n nā­yaṃ ga­ma­ko nyā­ya­ve­di­nā­m | ni­tyo rtho ni­rmū­rtta­tvā­d i­ti syā­d e­ka­de­śa­taḥ |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.65sthi­ta­s ta­yo­r vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭa­pa­ro '­pī­dṛ­k ta­dā tu kaḥ | ya­trā­rthe sā­dha­ye­d e­kaṃ dha­rmaṃ he­tu­r vi­va­kṣi­ta­m |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.66ta­trā­nya­s ta­dvi­ru­ddhaṃ ce­d vi­ru­ddhyā vya­bhi­cā­ry a­sau | i­ti ke­ci­t ta­da­prā­pta­m a­ne­kā­nta­sya yu­kti­taḥ |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.67sa­mya­gghe­tu­tva­ni­rṇī­te­r ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­he­tu­va­t | sa­rva­thai­kā­nta­vā­de tu he­tvā­bhā­so '­ya­m i­ṣya­te |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.68sa­rva­ga­tve pa­ra­smiṃ­śca jā­teḥ khyā­pi­ta­he­tu­va­t | sa ca sa­pra­ti­pa­kṣo '­tra ka­ści­d u­ktaḥ pa­raiḥ pu­naḥ |­| 6­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.69a­nai­kā­nti­ka e­ve­ti ta­to nā­sya vi­bhi­nna­tā | sve­ṣṭa­dha­rma­vi­hī­na­tve he­tu­nā­nye­na sā­dhya­te |­| 6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.70sā­dhyā­bhā­ve pra­yu­kta­sya he­to­r nā­bhā­va­ni­śca­yaḥ | dha­rmi­ṇī­ti sva­yaṃ sā­dhyā­sā­dhya­yo­r vṛ­tti­saṃ­śra­yā­t |­| 7­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.71nā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tā bā­dhyā ta­sya ta­lla­kṣa­ṇā­nva­yā­t | yaḥ sva­pa­kṣa­sa­pa­kṣā­nya­ta­ra­vā­daḥ sva­nā­di­ṣu |­| 7­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.72ni­tya­tve bhaṃ­gu­ra­tve vā pro­ktaḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇe sa­maḥ | so '­py a­nai­kā­nti­kā­n nā­nya i­ty a­ne­nai­va kī­rti­ta­m |­| 7­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.73sva­sā­dhye sa­ti sa­mbhū­tiḥ saṃ­śa­yā sa­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭo '­pi sā­dhya­mā­ne­na bā­dhi­te |­| 7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.74yaḥ pra­yu­jye­ta he­tuḥ syā­t sa no nai­kā­nti­ko '­pa­raḥ | sā­dhyā­bhā­ve pra­vṛ­tto hi pra­mā­ṇaiḥ ku­tra­ci­t sva­ya­m |­| 7­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.75sā­dhye he­tu­r na ni­rṇī­to vi­pa­kṣa­vi­ni­va­rtta­naḥ | vi­pa­kṣe bā­dha­ke vṛ­tte sa­mī­cī­no ya­tho­cya­te |­| 7­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.76sā­dhya­ke sa­ti ki­n na syā­t ta­dā hā­sa­s ta­thai­va saḥ | sā­dhyā­bhā­ve pra­vṛ­tte­na kiṃ pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­dhya­te |­| 7­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.77he­tuḥ kiṃ vā ta­d e­te­ne­ty a­tra saṃ­śī­ti­sa­mbha­vaḥ | sā­dhya­syā­bhā­va e­vā­yaṃ pra­vṛ­tta i­ti ni­śca­ye |­| 7­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.78vi­ru­ddho he­tu­r u­dbhā­vyo '­tī­ta­kā­lo na cā­pa­raḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dha­naṃ nā­ma do­ṣaḥ pa­kṣa­sya va­stu­taḥ |­| 7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.79kva ta­sya he­tu­bhi­s trā­ṇo '­nu­tpa­nne­na ta­po­ha­taḥ | si­ddhe sā­dhye pra­vṛ­tto '­trā­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra i­tī­ri­taḥ |­| 7­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.80kai­ści­d dhe­tu­r na saṃ­ciṃ­tyaḥ syā­dvā­da­na­ya­śā­li­bhiḥ | gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­t ta­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te |­| 8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.81smṛ­tyā­de­r a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ smṛ­tyā­de­ś ce­t ka­thaṃ tu taiḥ | si­ddhe rthe va­rta­mā­na­sya he­toḥ saṃ­vā­di­tā na te |­| 8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.82pra­yo­ja­na­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sa­dbhā­vā­n mā­na­tā ya­di | ta­dā­lpa­jñā­na­vi­jñā­naṃ he­toḥ kiṃ na pra­yo­ja­na­m |­| 8­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.83pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­pla­va­s tv e­vaṃ sva­ya­m i­ṣṭo vi­ru­dhya­te | si­ddhe ku­ta­śca­nā­rthe nya­pra­mā­ṇa­syā­pha­la­tva­taḥ |­| 8­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.84mā­ne­nai­ke­na si­ddhe rthe pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­va­rta­ne | yā­n a­va­stho­cya­te sā­pi nā­kāṃ­kṣā­kṣa­ya­taḥ sthi­teḥ |­| 8­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.85sa­rā­ga­pra­ti­pa­ttṝ­ṇāṃ svā­dṛ­ṣṭa­tva­ma­taḥ kva­ci­t | syā­d ā­kāṃ­kṣā­kṣa­yaḥ kā­la­de­śā­deḥ sva­ni­mi­tta­taḥ |­| 8­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.86vī­ta­rā­gāḥ pu­naḥ svā­rthā­n ve­da­nai­r a­pa­rā­pa­raiḥ | pa­ri­kṣe­traṃ pra­va­rtaṃ­te sa­do­pe­kṣā­pa­rā­ya­ṇā |­| 8­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.87pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­pla­ve cai­va­m a­do­ṣe pra­tyu­pa­sthi­te | gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­t kva syā­t ke­va­la­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tā |­| 8­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.88ta­taḥ sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇā­nā­m a­pū­rvā­rtha­tva­sa­nna­ye | syā­d a­kiṃ­ci­tka­ro he­tvā­bhā­so nai­vā­nya­thā­rpa­ṇā­t |­| 8­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.89ta­trā­pi ke­va­la­jñā­naṃ nā­pra­mā­ṇaṃ pra­sa­hya­te | sā­dya­pa­rya­va­sā­na­sya ta­syā­pū­rvā­rtha­tā sthi­teḥ |­| 8­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.90prā­du­rbhū­ti­kṣa­ṇā­d ū­rdhvaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­vi­cyu­tiḥ | ke­va­la­syai­ka­rū­pi­tvā­d i­ti co­dyaṃ na yu­kti­ma­t |­| 9­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.91pa­rā­pa­re­ṇa kā­le­na saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t pa­ri­ṇā­mi ca | .­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.jñā­tṛ­tve­nai­ka­m e­va hi |­| 9­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.92e­vaṃ vyā­khyā­na­niḥ­śe­ṣa­he­tvā­bhā­sa­sa­mu­dbha­vaṃ | jñā­naṃ svā­rthā­nu­mā­bhā­saṃ mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r vi­pa­rya­yaḥ |­| 9­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 261,03ya­thā śru­ta­jñā­ne vi­pa­ryā­sa­s ta­dva­tsaṃ­śa­yo '­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­ś ca pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ | sā­mā­nya­to vi­pa­rya­ya­śa­bde­na mi­thyā- TAŚVA-ML 261,04jñā­na­sā­mā­nya­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 261,05saṃ­pra­ti vā­kyā­rtha­jñā­na­vi­pa­rya­ya­m ā­hā­ryaṃ da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.93ni­yo­go bhā­va­nai­kāṃ­tā­d dhā­tva­rtho vi­dhi­r e­va ca | ya­trā­rū­ḍhā­di­vya­rtho ṝ­nyā­po­ho vā va­ca­so ya­dā |­| 9­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.94kai­ści­n ma­nye­ta ta­jjñā­naṃ śru­tā­bhaṃ ve­da­naṃ ta­dā | ta­thā vā­kyā­rtha­ni­rṇī­te­r vi­dhā­tuṃ duḥ­śa­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 9­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 261,08kaḥ pu­na­r a­yaṃ ni­yo­go nā­ma ni­yu­kto ha­m a­ne­na vā­kye­ne­ti ni­ra­va­śe­ṣo yo­go ni­yo­ga­s ta­tra ma­nā­g a­py a­yo­gā- TAŚVA-ML 261,09śaṃ­kā­yāḥ saṃ­bha­vā­bhā­vā­t | sa cā­ne­ka­dhā­, ke­ṣāṃ­ci­l li­ṅā­di­pra­tya­yā­rthaḥ śu­ddho '­nya­ni­ra­pe­kṣaḥ kā­rya­rū­po ni­yo­ga TAŚVA-ML 261,10i­ti ma­ta­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.95pra­tya­yā­rtho ni­yo­ga­ś ca ya­taḥ śu­ddhaṃ pra­tī­ya­te | kā­rya­rū­pa­ś ca te­nā­tra śu­ddhaṃ kā­rya­m a­sau ya­taḥ |­| 9­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.96vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ tu ya­t ta­sya kiṃ­ci­d a­nya­tpra­tī­ya­te | pra­tya­yā­rtho na ta­dyu­ktaḥ dhā­tva­rthaḥ sva­rga­kā­ma­va­t |­| 9­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.97pre­ra­ka­tvaṃ tu ya­t ta­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m i­he­ṣya­te | ta­syā­pra­tya­ya­vā­cya­tvā­t śu­ddhe kā­rye ni­yo­ga­tā |­| 9­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 261,14pa­re­ṣāṃ śu­ddhā pre­ra­ṇā ni­yo­ga i­ty ā­śa­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.32.98pre­ra­ṇai­va ni­yo­go tra śu­ddhā sa­rva­tra ga­mya­te | nā­pre­ri­to ya­taḥ ka­ści­n ni­yu­ktaṃ svaṃ pra­bu­dhya­te |­| 9­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 261,16pre­ra­ṇā­sa­hi­taṃ kā­ryaṃ ni­yo­ga i­ti ke­ci­n ma­nyaṃ­te | TAŚV-ML 1.32.99ma­me­daṃ kā­rya­m i­ty e­vaṃ jñā­naṃ pū­rvaṃ ya­dā bha­ve­t | sva­si­ddhyai pre­ra­kaṃ ta­t syā­d a­nya­thā ta­n na si­ddhya­ti |­| 9­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 261,18kā­rya­sa­hi­tā pre­ra­ṇā ni­yo­ga i­ty a­pa­re |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.100pre­rya­te pu­ru­ṣo nai­va kā­rye­ṇe­ha vi­nā kva­ci­t | ta­ta­ś ce­t pre­ra­ṇā pro­ktā ni­yo­gaḥ kā­rya­saṃ­ga­tā |­| 1­0­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 261,20kā­rya­syai­vo­pa­cā­ra­taḥ pra­va­rta­ka­tvaṃ ni­yo­ga i­ty a­nye | TAŚV-ML 1.32.101pre­ra­ṇā­vi­ṣa­yaḥ kā­ryaṃ na tu ta­tpre­ra­kaṃ sva­taḥ | vyā­pā­ra­s tu pra­mā­ṇa­sya pra­me­ya u­pa­ca­rya­te |­| 1­0­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 261,22kā­rya­pre­ra­ṇa­yoḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho ni­yo­ga i­ty a­pa­re | TAŚV-ML 1.32.102pre­ra­ṇā hi vi­nā kā­ryaṃ pre­ri­kā nai­va ka­sya­ci­t | kā­rya­pre­ra­ṇa­yo­r yo­go ni­yo­ga­s te­na sa­mma­taḥ |­| 1­0­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 261,24ta­tsa­mu­dā­yo ni­yo­ga i­ti cā­pa­re | TAŚV-ML 1.32.103pa­ra­spa­rā­vi­nā­bhū­taṃ dva­ya­m e­ta­t pra­tī­ya­te | ni­yo­gaḥ sa­mu­dā­yo smā­t kā­rya­pre­ra­ṇa­yo­r ma­taḥ |­| 1­0­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 261,26ta­du­bha­ya­sva­bhā­va­ni­rmu­kto ni­yo­ga i­ti cā­nye | TAŚV-ML 1.32.104si­ddha­m e­kaṃ ya­to bra­hma­ga­ta­m ā­mnā­ya­taḥ sa­dā | si­ddha­tve­na ca ta­tkā­ryaṃ pre­ra­kaṃ ku­ta e­va ta­t |­| 1­0­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 261,28yaṃ­trā­rū­ḍho ni­yo­ga i­ti ka­ści­t | TAŚV-ML 1.32.105kā­mī ya­trai­va yaḥ ka­ści­n ni­yo­ge sa­ti ta­tra saḥ | vi­ṣa­yā­rū­ḍha­m ā­tmā­naṃ ma­nya­mā­naḥ pra­va­rta­te |­| 1­0­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 261,30bho­gya­rū­po ni­yo­ga i­ty a­pa­raḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.106ma­me­daṃ bho­gya­m i­ty e­vaṃ bho­gya­rū­paṃ pra­tī­ya­te | ma­ma­tve­na ca vi­jñā­naṃ bho­kta­ry e­va vya­va­sthi­ta­m |­| 1­0­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.107svā­mi­tve­nā­bhi­mā­no hi bho­ktu­r ya­tra bha­ve­d a­yaṃ | bho­gyaṃ ta­d e­va vi­jñe­yaṃ ta­d e­vaṃ svaṃ ni­ru­cya­te |­| 1­0­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.108sā­dhya­rū­pa­ta­yā ye­na ma­me­da­m i­ti ga­mya­te | ta­tpra­sā­dhye­na rū­pe­ṇa bho­gyaṃ svaṃ vya­pa­di­śya­te |­| 1­0­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.109si­ddha­rū­paṃ hi ya­d bho­gyaṃ na ni­yo­gaḥ sa tā­va­tā | sā­dhya­tve­ne­ha bho­gya­sya pre­ra­ka­tvā­n ni­yo­ga­tā |­| 1­0­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 262,01pu­ru­ṣa e­va ni­yo­ga i­ty a­nyaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.32.110ma­me­daṃ kā­rya­m i­ty e­vaṃ ma­nya­te pu­ru­ṣaḥ sa­dā | puṃ­saḥ kā­rya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvaṃ ni­yo­gaḥ syā­d a­bā­dhi­taḥ |­| 1­1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.111kā­rya­sya si­ddhau jā­tā­yāṃ ta­d yu­ktaḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ sa­dā | bha­ve­t sā­dhi­ta i­ty e­vaṃ pu­mā­n vā­kyā­rtha u­cya­te |­| 1­1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 262,04so '­ya­m e­kā­da­śa­vi­ka­lpo ni­yo­ga e­va vā­kyā­rtha i­ty e­kāṃ­to vi­pa­rya­yaḥ pra­bhā­ka­ra­sya ta­sya sa­rva­syā­py e­kā­da­śa- TAŚVA-ML 262,05bhe­da­sya pra­tye­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­dya­ṣṭa­vi­ka­lpā­na­ti­kra­mā­t | ya­d u­ktaṃ­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.112pra­mā­ṇaṃ kiṃ ni­yo­gaḥ syā­t pra­me­ya­m a­tha­vā pu­naḥ | u­bha­ye­na vi­hī­no vā dva­ya­rū­po tha­vā pu­naḥ |­| 1­1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.113śa­bda­vyā­pā­ra­rū­po vā vyā­pā­raḥ pu­ru­ṣa­sya vā | dva­ya­vyā­pā­ra­rū­po vā dva­yā­vyā­pā­ra e­va vā |­| 1­1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 262,08ta­trai­kā­da­śa­bhe­do pi ni­yo­go ya­di pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­dā vi­dhi­r e­va vā­kyā­rtha i­ti ve­dāṃ­ta­vā­da­pra­ve­śaḥ pra­bhā­ka­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 262,09syā­t pra­mā­ṇa­sya ci­dā­tma­ka­tvā­t­, ci­dā­tma­naḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­tra­tvā­t ta­sya ca pa­ra­bra­hma­tvā­t | pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­trā­d dhi TAŚVA-ML 262,10pṛ­tha­gvi­dhiḥ kā­rya­ta­yā na pra­tī­ya­te gha­ṭā­di­va­t pre­ra­ka­ta­yā va­ca­nā­di­va­t | ka­rma­kā­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­na­ta­yā ca hi TAŚVA-ML 262,11ta­tpra­tī­tau kā­rya­tā­pre­ra­ka­tā­pra­tya­yo yu­kto nā­nya­thā | kiṃ ta­rhi­, dra­ṣṭa­vyo '­re '­ya­m ā­tmā śro­ta­vyo '­nu­maṃ­ta­vyo TAŚVA-ML 262,12ni­di­dhyā­si­ta­vya i­tyā­di śra­va­ṇā­d a­va­sthāṃ­ta­ra­vi­la­kṣa­ṇe­na pre­ri­to ha­m i­ti jā­tā­kū­te­nā­kā­ra­ṇai­va sva­ya­m ā­tmai­va TAŚVA-ML 262,13pra­ti­bhā­ti sa e­va vi­dhi­r i­ti ve­dāṃ­ta­vā­di­bhi­r a­bhi­dhā­nā­t | pra­me­ya­tvaṃ ta­rhi ni­yo­ga­syā­s tu pra­mā­ṇa­tve do­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 262,14bhi­dhā­nā­t i­ti ka­ści­t | ta­d a­sa­t­, pra­mā­ṇa­va­ca­nā­bhā­vā­t | pra­me­ya­tve hi ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­m a­nya­dvā­cyaṃ­, ta­da­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 262,15kva­ci­t pra­me­ya­tvā­yo­gā­t | śru­ti­vā­kyaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na ta­syā­ci­dā­tma­ka­tve pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­gha­ṭa­nā­d a­nya­tro­pa­cā­rā­t | TAŚVA-ML 262,16saṃ­vi­dā­tma­ka­tve śru­ti­vā­kya­sya pu­ru­ṣa e­va ta­d i­ti sa e­va pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­tsaṃ­ve­da­na­vi­va­rta­ś ca | ni­yu­kto ha­m i­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 262,17bhi­dhā­na­rū­po ni­yo­gaḥ pra­me­ya i­ti nā­yaṃ pu­ru­ṣā­d a­nyaḥ pra­tī­ya­te ya­to ve­dāṃ­ta­vā­di­ma­tā­nu­pra­ve­śo '­smi­nn a­pi pa­kṣe TAŚVA-ML 262,18na saṃ­bha­ve­t | pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­sva­bhā­vo ni­yo­ga i­ti ce­t si­ddha­s ta­rhi ci­d vi­va­rto sau pra­mā­ṇa­rū­pa­tā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 262,19ta­thā ca sa e­va ci­dā­tmo­bha­ya­sva­bhā­va­ta­yā­tmā­na­m ā­da­rśa­ya­n ni­yo­ga i­ti sa e­va bra­hma­vā­daḥ | a­nu­bha­va­sva­bhā­vo TAŚVA-ML 262,20ni­yo­ga i­ti ce­t ta­rhi saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­m e­va pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaṃ ta­sya ka­dā­ci­d a­he­ya­tvā­t ta­thā­vi­dha­tva­saṃ­bha­vā­t sa­nmā­tra- TAŚVA-ML 262,21de­ha­ta­yā ni­rū­pi­ta­tvā­d i­ti ve­dāṃ­ta­vā­da e­va | śa­bda­vyā­pā­ro ni­yo­ga i­ti ce­t bha­ṭṭa­ma­ta­pra­ve­śaḥ­, śa­bda- TAŚVA-ML 262,22vyā­pā­ra­sya śa­bda­bhā­va­nā­rū­pa­tvā­t | pu­ru­ṣa­vyā­pā­ro ni­yo­ga i­ti ce­t­, sa e­va do­ṣaḥ ta­syā­pi bhā­va­nā- TAŚVA-ML 262,23rū­pa­tvā­t­; śa­bdā­tma­vyā­pā­ra­rū­pe­ṇa bhā­va­nā­yā dvai­vi­dhyā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ta­du­bha­ya­rū­po ni­yo­ga i­ty a­ne­nai­va TAŚVA-ML 262,24vyā­khyā­taṃ | ta­da­nu­bha­ya­vyā­pā­ra­rū­pa­tve ta­nni­yo­ga­sya vi­ṣa­ya­sva­bhā­va­tā pha­la­sva­bhā­va­tā niḥ­sva­bhā­va­tā vā syā­t ? TAŚVA-ML 262,25pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe yā­gā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­gni­ṣṭo­mā­di­vā­kya­kā­le vi­ra­hā­t ta­drū­pa­sya ni­yo­ga­syā­saṃ­bha­va e­va | saṃ­bha­ve vā na TAŚVA-ML 262,26vā­kyā­rtho ni­yo­ga­s ta­sya ni­ṣpā­da­nā­rtha­tvā­t ni­ṣpa­nna­sya ni­ṣpā­da­nā­yo­gā­t pu­ru­ṣā­di­va­t | dvi­tī­ye pa­kṣe pi TAŚVA-ML 262,27nā­sau ni­yo­gaḥ pha­la­sya bhā­va­tve­na ni­yo­ga­tvā­gha­ṭa­nā­t ta­dā ta­syā­saṃ­ni­dhā­nā­c ca | ta­sya vā­kyā­rtha­tve ni­rā- TAŚVA-ML 262,28laṃ­ba­na­śa­bda­vā­dā­śra­ya­ṇā­t ku­taḥ pra­bhā­ka­ra­ma­ta­si­ddhiḥ ? niḥ­sva­bhā­va­tve ni­yo­ga­syā­ya­m e­va do­ṣaḥ | kiṃ ca­, sa­n TAŚVA-ML 262,29vā ni­yo­gaḥ syā­d a­sa­n vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe vi­dhi­vā­da e­va dvi­tī­ye ni­rā­laṃ­ba­na­vā­da i­ti na ni­yo­go vā­kyā­rthaḥ TAŚVA-ML 262,30saṃ­bha­va­ti­; pa­ra­sya vi­cā­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­thā vā­kyā­rtha i­ty e­kāṃ­to pi vi­pa­rya­ya­s ta­thā vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 262,31bhā­va­nā hi dvi­vi­dhā śa­bda­bhā­va­nā a­rtha­bhā­va­nā ce­ti "­śa­bdā­tma­bhā­va­nā­m ā­hu­r a­nyā­m e­va li­ṅā­da­yaḥ | i­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 262,32tv a­nyai­va sa­rvā­rthā sa­rvā­khyā­te­ṣu vi­dya­te­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | a­tra śa­bda­bhā­va­nā śa­bda­vyā­pā­ra­s ta­tra śa­bda­vyā­pā­ro TAŚVA-ML 262,33bhā­vya­te pu­ru­ṣa­vyā­pā­re­ṇa dhā­tva­rtho dhā­tva­rthe­na ca pha­la­m i­ti śa­bda­bhā­va­nā­vā­di­no ma­taṃ­, ta­c ca na yu­jya­te śa­bda- TAŚVA-ML 262,34vyā­pā­ra­sya śa­bdā­rtha­tvā­yo­gā­t | na hy a­gni­ṣṭo­me­na ya­je­ta sva­rga­kā­ma i­ti śa­bdā­t ta­vdyā­pā­ra e­va pra­ti­bhā­ti TAŚVA-ML 262,35sva­ya­m e­ka­sya pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | pra­ti­pā­da­ka­sya si­ddha­rū­pa­tvā­t pra­ti­pā­dya­sya cā­si­ddha­sya ta­thā­tva- TAŚVA-ML 263,01si­ddhe­r e­ka­sya ca sa­kṛ­tpra­ti­si­ddhe­ta­ra­rū­pa­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­dvi­ro­dhaḥ | śa­bdaḥ sva­rū­pa­m a­pi śro­tra­jñā­ne­r pa­ya­tī­ti ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 263,02pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvā­vi­ro­dhe rū­pā­da­yo pi sva­sya pra­ti­pā­da­kāḥ saṃ­ca­kṣu­rā­di­jñā­ne sva­rū­pā­da­yo py '­rpa­ṇā­d vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 263,03svā­bhi­dhe­ya­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tva­sa­ma­rpa­ṇā­t | pra­ti­pā­da­kaḥ śa­bdo na rū­pā­da­ya i­ti cā­yu­kti­kaṃ­, śa­bda­sya svā­bhi­dhe­ya- TAŚVA-ML 263,04pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tva­sa­ma­rpa­ṇe sva­yaṃ pra­si­ddhe pa­ro­pa­de­śā­na­rtha­kya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sva­ta e­va śa­bde­na ma­me­da­m a­bhi­dhe­ya­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 263,05pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | pu­ru­ṣa­saṃ­ke­ta­ba­lā­t svā­bhi­dhe­ya­pra­ti­pā­da­na­vyā­pā­ra­m ā­tma­naḥ śa­bdo ni­ve­da­ya­tī­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 263,06ya­trā­rthe saṃ­ke­ti­taḥ śa­bda­s ta­syā­rtha­sya pu­ru­ṣā­bhi­pre­ta­sya pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvaṃ ta­sya vyā­pā­ra i­ti na śa­bda­vyā­pā­ro TAŚVA-ML 263,07bhā­va­nā va­ktra­bhi­prā­ya­rū­ḍhā­rthaḥ | ka­thaṃ ? ta­sya ta­thā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ta­thā ca ka­tha­m a­gni­ṣṭo­mā­di­vā­kye­na bhā­va­ke­na TAŚVA-ML 263,08pu­ru­ṣa­sya yā­ga­vi­ṣa­ya­pra­vṛ­tti­la­kṣa­ṇo vyā­pā­ro bhā­vya­te pu­ru­ṣa­vyā­pā­re­ṇa vā dhā­tva­rtho ya­ja­na­kri­yā­la­kṣa­ṇo dhā­tva- TAŚVA-ML 263,09rthe­na pha­laṃ sva­rgā­khyaṃ­, ya­to bhā­vya­bhā­va­ka­ka­ra­ṇa­rū­pa­ta­yā tryaṃ­śa­pa­ri­pū­rṇā bhā­va­nā vi­bhā­vya­ta i­ti pu­ru­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 263,10vyā­pā­ro bhā­va­ne­ty a­trā­pi pu­ru­ṣo yā­gā­di­nā sva­rgaṃ bhā­va­ya­tī­ti ka­thya­te | na cai­vaṃ dhā­tva­rtha­bhā­va­nā śa­bdā­rthaḥ TAŚVA-ML 263,11sva­rga­syā­saṃ­ni­hi­ta­tvā­t | pra­ti­pā­da­yi­tṛ­vi­vaṃ­kṣā­bu­ddhau pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­sya śa­bdā­rtha­tve bau­ddha vi­śa­bdā­rtha i­ty a­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 263,12ma­taṃ syā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­va­ktṛ­vyā­pā­ra­vi­ṣa­yo yo rtho bu­ddhau pra­kā­śa­te | prā­mā­ṇyaṃ ta­tra śa­bda­sya nā­rtha­ta­ttva- TAŚVA-ML 263,13ni­baṃ­dha­na­m |­| " i­ti na bhā­va­nā­vā­dā­va­tā­ro mī­māṃ­sa­ka­sya­, sau­ga­ta­pra­ve­śā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­d i­ti | ta­thā dhā­tva­rtho TAŚVA-ML 263,14vā­kyā­rtha i­tye­kāṃ­to vi­pa­rya­yaḥ śu­ddha­sya bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­ta­yā vi­dhi­rū­pa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­sa­nmā­traṃ bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 263,15liṃ­gaṃ syā­d a­saṃ­pṛ­ktaṃ tu kā­ra­kaiḥ | dhā­tva­rthaḥ ke­va­laḥ śu­ddho bhā­va i­ty a­bhi­dhī­ya­te |­| " i­ti vi­dhi­vā­da e­va­, TAŚVA-ML 263,16na ca pra­tya­yā­rtha­s ta­yo­r dhā­tva­rthaḥ ku­ta­ści­d vi­dhi­vā­kyā­t pra­tī­ya­te ta­du­pā­dhe­r e­va ta­sya ta­taḥ pra­tī­teḥ | pra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 263,17yā­rtha­s ta­tra pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­no pi na pra­dhā­naṃ ka­rmā­di­va­d a­nya­trā­pi bhā­va­nā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi dhā­tva­rtho pi pra­dhā­naṃ mā TAŚVA-ML 263,18bhū­t pra­tya­yāṃ­ta­re pi bhā­vā­t | pra­kṛ­ta­pra­tya­yā­pā­ye pī­ti sa­mā­naṃ pa­śyā­maḥ | na­nv e­vaṃ dhā­tva­rtha­sya sa­rva­tra pra­tya­ye- TAŚVA-ML 263,19ṣv a­nu­syū­ta­tvā­t pra­dhā­na­tva­m i­ṣya­ta i­ti ce­t­, pra­tya­yā­rtha­sya sa­rva­dhā­tva­rthe­ṣv a­nu­ga­ta­tvā­t pra­dhā­na­tva­m a­stu | pra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 263,20yā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­rva­dhā­tva­rthā­n a­nu­yā­yī­ti ce­t­, dhā­tva­rtha­vi­śe­ṣo pi sa­rva­pra­tya­yā­rthā­n a­nu­gā­my e­va dhā­tva­rtha­sā­mā­nya­sya TAŚVA-ML 263,21sa­rva­pra­tya­yā­rthā­n a­nu­pā­yi­tva­m i­ti na vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhiḥ | ta­thā vi­dhi­r vā­kyā­rtha i­ty e­kāṃ­to pi vi­pa­rya­ya­s ta­sya vi­cā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 263,22mā­ṇa­syā­yo­gā­t | ta­d dhi vi­dhi­vi­ṣa­yaṃ vā­kyaṃ gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na vi­dhau pra­mā­ṇaṃ syā­t ? ya­di gu­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 263,23bhā­ve­na ta­dā­gni­ho­traṃ ju­hu­yā­t sva­rga­kā­ma i­tyā­de­r a­pi ta­d a­stu gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na vi­dhi­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­sya bhā­vā­t | ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 263,24bha­ṭṭa­ma­tā­nu­sā­ri­bhi­r bhā­va­nā­prā­dhā­nyo­pa­ga­mā­t prā­bhā­ka­rai­ś ca ni­yo­gā­go­ca­ra­tva­pra­dhā­nāṃ­gī­ka­ra­ṇā­t | tau ca bhā­va­nā- TAŚVA-ML 263,25ni­yo­gau nā­sa­dvi­ṣa­yau pra­va­rte­te pra­tī­ye­te vā sa­rva­thā­py a­sa­toḥ pra­vṛ­ttau pra­tī­tau vā śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­de­r a­pi ta­da­nu- TAŚVA-ML 263,26ṣa­kteḥ sa­drū­pa­tāṃ ca ta­yo­r vi­dhi­nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tva­si­ddheḥ si­ddhaṃ gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na vi­dhi­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ vā­kya­sye­ti na TAŚVA-ML 263,27pra­mā­ṇa­tā­pa­tte­r vi­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ ye­na ka­rma­kāṃ­ḍa­sya pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tā na bha­ve­t | pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na vi­dhi­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ve­da­vā­kyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 263,28pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, vi­dheḥ sa­tya­tve dvai­tā­va­tā­rā­t | ta­da­sa­tya­tve prā­dhā­nyā­yo­gā­t | ta­thā hi­–­yo yo TAŚVA-ML 263,29'­sa­tyaḥ sa sa na pra­dhā­na­bhā­va­m a­nu­bha­va­ti ya­thā ta­da­vi­dyā­vi­lā­saḥ ta­thā cā­sa­tyo vi­dhi­r i­ti na pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na TAŚVA-ML 263,30ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­to­pa­pa­ttiḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ­, na sa­mya­ga­va­dhā­ri­taṃ vi­dheḥ sva­rū­paṃ bha­va­tā ta­syai­va­m a­vya­va­sthi­ta­tvā­t | pra­ti­bhā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 263,31mā­trā­d dhi pṛ­tha­gvi­dhiḥ kā­rya­ta­yā na pra­tī­ya­te gha­ṭā­di­va­t pre­ra­ka­ta­yā vā va­ca­nā­di­va­t | ka­rma­ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­na­ta­yā TAŚVA-ML 263,32hi ta­tpra­tī­tau kā­rya­tā­pre­ra­ka­tā­pra­tya­yo yu­kto nā­nya­thā | kiṃ ta­rhi dra­ṣṭa­vyo '­re '­ya­m ā­tmā śro­ta­vyo a­nu­ma­nta­vyo TAŚVA-ML 263,33ni­di­dhyā­si­ta­vya i­tyā­di śa­bda­śra­va­ṇā­d a­va­sthāṃ­ta­ra­vi­la­kṣa­ṇe­na pre­ri­to ha­m i­ti jā­tā­kū­te­nā­kā­re­ṇa sva­ya­m ā­tmai­va TAŚVA-ML 263,34pra­ti­bhā­ti­, sa e­va vi­dhi­r i­ty u­cya­te | ta­sya jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā saṃ­baṃ­dha­m a­dhi­ti­ṣṭha­tī­ti pra­dhā­na­bhā­va­vi­bhā­va­nā- TAŚVA-ML 263,35vi­dhi­r na vi­ha­nya­te­, ta­thā­vi­dha­ve­da­vā­kyā­d ā­tma­na e­va vi­dhā­ya­ka­ta­yā bu­ddhau pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | ta­dda­rśa­na­śra­va­ṇā­t tu TAŚVA-ML 264,01ma­na­na­ni­di­dhyā­sa­na­rū­pa­sya vi­dhī­ya­mā­na­ta­yā­nu­bha­vā­t | ta­thā ca sva­ya­m ā­tmā­naṃ dra­ṣṭuṃ śro­tu­m a­nu­bhaṃ­tuṃ ni­dhyā­tuṃ TAŚVA-ML 264,02vā pra­va­rta­te­, a­nya­thā pra­vṛ­ttya­saṃ­bha­ve py ā­tma­naḥ pre­ri­to ha­m i­ty a­tra ga­ti­ra­pra­mā­ṇi­kā syā­t | ta­to nā­sa­tyo TAŚVA-ML 264,03vi­dhi­r ye­na pra­dhā­na­tā na vi­ru­dhya­te | nā­pi sa­tya­tve dvai­ta­si­ddhiḥ ā­tma­sva­rū­pa­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa ta­da­bhā­vā­t­, ta­syai­ka- TAŚVA-ML 264,04syai­va ta­thā pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t i­ti | ta­d a­py a­sa­tyaṃ | ni­yo­gā­di­vā­kyā­rtha­sya ni­śca­yā­tma­ta­yā pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 264,05ta­thā hi­–­ni­yo­ga­s tā­va­d a­gni­ho­trā­di­vā­kyā­di­va­t dra­ṣṭa­vyo re '­ya­m ā­tmā i­tyā­di­va­ca­nā­d a­pi pra­tī­ya­te e­va TAŚVA-ML 264,06ni­yu­kto ha­m a­ne­na vā­kye­ne­ti ni­ra­va­śe­ṣo yo­go ni­yo­gaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti ma­nā­g a­py a­yo­gā­śaṃ­kā­na­va­tā­rā­d a­va­śya­ka­rta- TAŚVA-ML 264,07vya­tā­saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā ta­dvā­kya­śra­va­ṇā­d a­sya pra­vṛ­tti­r u­pa­pa­dya­te­, me­gha­dhva­nyā­de­r a­pi pra­vṛ­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 264,08syā­d e­ta­t | mi­thye­yaṃ pra­tī­ti­r ni­yo­ga­sya vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­sya pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­yo­gā­t | sa hi pra­va­rta­ka­sva­bhā­vo vā TAŚVA-ML 264,09syā­d a­ta­tsva­bhā­vo vā ? pra­tha­ma­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ prā­bhā­ka­rā­ṇā­m i­va tā­thā­ga­tā­dī­nā­m a­pi pra­va­rta­kaḥ syā­t | sa­rva­thā TAŚVA-ML 264,10pra­va­rta­ka­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ vi­pa­ryā­sā­d a­pra­va­rta­ka i­ty ā­pi na ni­śce­tuṃ śa­kyaṃ pa­re­ṣā­m a­pi vi­pa­ryā­sā­t pra­va­rta­ka­tvā­d a­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 264,11prā­bhā­ka­rā hi vi­pa­rya­sta­ma­na­saḥ śa­bda­ni­yo­gā­t pra­va­rtaṃ­te ne­ta­re sa­vi­pa­rya­sta­tvā­d i­ti va­da­to ni­vā­ra­yi­tu­m a- TAŚVA-ML 264,12śa­kteḥ sau­ga­tā­di­ma­ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t ta e­va vi­pa­rya­stā na prā­bhā­ka­rā i­ty a­pi pa­kṣa­pā­ta­mā­traṃ ta­nma- TAŚVA-ML 264,13ta­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dha­nā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ya­thai­va hi pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­na­śva­ra­sa­ka­lā­rtha­va­ca­naṃ pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ru­ddhaṃ ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 264,14ni­yo­gā­d vi­ṣa­yā­di­bhe­da­ka­lpa­na­m a­pi sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ vi­dhi­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t sa­de­ka­tva­syai­va pa­ra­mā­rtha­to­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 264,15ya­di pu­na­r a­pra­va­rta­ka­sva­bhā­vaḥ śa­bda­ni­yo­ga­s ta­dā si­ddha e­va ta­sya pra­kṛ­ti­he­tu­tvā­yo­gaḥ pha­la­ra­hi­tā­d vā ni­yo­ga- TAŚVA-ML 264,16mā­trā­n na pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­r a­pre­kṣā­va­ttva­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, pra­yo­ja­na­m a­nu­ddi­śya na maṃ­do pi pra­va­rta­ta i­ti pra­si­ddhe­ś ca | TAŚVA-ML 264,17pra­caṃ­ḍa­pa­ri­dṛ­ḍha­va­ca­na­ni­yo­gā­d a­pha­lā­d a­pi pra­va­rta­na­da­rśa­nā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, ti­nni­mi­ttā­pā­ya­pa­ri­ra­kṣa­ṇa­sya pha­la­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 264,18ta­nni­yo­gā­d a­pra­va­rta­ne hi ma­mā­na­pā­yo va­śyaṃ bhā­vī­ti ta­nni­vā­ra­ṇā­ya pra­va­rta­mā­nā­nāṃ pre­kṣā­va­tā­m a­pi ta­ttvā­vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 264,19dhā­t | ta­rhi ve­da­va­ca­nā­d a­pi ni­yu­kta­pra­tya­vā­ya­pa­ri­hā­rā­ya pra­va­rta­tāṃ "­ni­tya­nai­mi­tti­ke ku­ryā­t pra­tya­vā­ya­ji­hā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 264,20yā­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ka­tha­m i­dā­nīṃ sva­rga­kā­ma i­ti va­ca­na­m a­va­ti­ṣṭha­te­, ju­hu­yā­t ju­ho­tu ho­ta­vya­m i­ti liṃ­ṅlo- TAŚVA-ML 264,21ṭta­vya­pra­tya­yāṃ­ta­ni­rde­śā­d e­va ni­yo­ga­mā­tra­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ­, ta­ta e­va ca pra­vṛ­tti­saṃ­bha­vā­t | pha­la­sa­hi­tā­n ni­yo­gā­t pra­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 264,22pha­la­si­ddhau ca pha­lā­rthi­tai­va pra­va­rti­kā na ni­yo­ga­sta­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi pha­lā­rthi­nāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t | pu­ru­ṣa­va­ca­nā­n ni- TAŚVA-ML 264,23yo­ge a­ya­m u­pā­laṃ­bho nā­pau­ru­ṣe­yā­gni­ho­trā­di­vā­kya­ni­yo­ge ta­syā­nu­pā­la­bhya­tvā­t | i­ti na yu­ktaṃ­, "­sa­rvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 264,24kha­lv i­daṃ bra­hma­" i­tyā­di va­ca­na­syā­py a­nu­pā­la­bhya­tva­si­ddhe­r ve­dāṃ­ta­vā­da­pa­ri­ni­ṣṭhā­nā­t | ta­smā­n na ni­yo­go vā­kyā­rthaḥ TAŚVA-ML 264,25ka­sya­ci­t pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­r i­ti | ta­d e­ta­dvi­dhi­vā­di­no pi sa­mā­naṃ vi­dhe­r a­pi pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­yo­ga­syā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | pra­kṛ- TAŚVA-ML 264,26vi­ka­lpā­n a­ti­vṛ­tteḥ | ta­syā­pi hi pra­va­rta­ka­sva­bhā­va­tve ve­dāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m i­va prā­bhā­ka­ra­ta­thā­ga­tā­dī­nā­m a­pi pra­va­rta- TAŚVA-ML 264,27ka­tva­pra­sa­kte­r a­pra­va­rta­ka­sva­bhā­vā­t te­ṣā­m a­pi na pra­va­rta­ko vi­dhiḥ syā­t | sva­ya­m a­vi­pa­rya­stā­s ta­taḥ pra­va­rtaṃ­te na vi­pa- TAŚVA-ML 264,28rya­stā i­ti ce­t­, ku­taḥ saṃ­vi­bhā­go vi­bhā­vya­tāṃ | pra­mā­ṇā­bā­dhi­te­ta­ra­ma­tā­śra­ya­ṇā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ve­dāṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 264,29vā­di­naḥ ka­thaṃ na vi­pa­rya­stāḥ sa­rva­thā sa­rvai­ka­tva­ma­ta­syā­dhya­kṣa­vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t pa­ra­spa­ra­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­dra­vya­gu­ṇā­di­bhe­dā- TAŚVA-ML 264,30bhe­da­ma­na­na­va­t | ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­syā­ne­kāṃ­ta­sya jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­sya pra­tī­teḥ pha­la­ra­hi­ta­ś ca vi­dhi­r na pra­va­rta­ko ni­yo­ga­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 264,31sa­pha­laḥ pra­va­rta­ka i­ti ce­t­, kiṃ­ci­j jñā­nāṃ pha­lā­rthi­nāṃ pha­lā­ya da­rśa­nā­d e­va pra­vṛ­ttyu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­te na kā­ści­t TAŚVA-ML 264,32ku­ta­ści­t pra­va­rta­ta i­ti ce­t­, si­ddha­s ta­rhi vi­dhi­r a­pra­va­rta­ko ni­yo­ga­va­d i­ti na vā­kyā­rthaḥ | pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­vā­di­nā- TAŚVA-ML 264,33m u­pa­ni­ṣa­dvā­kyā­d ā­tma­ni da­rśa­na­śra­va­ṇā­nu­ma­na­na­ni­dhyā­na­vi­dhā­ne py a­pra­va­rta­ne ku­ta­s te­ṣāṃ ta­da­bhyā­saḥ sā­pha­lya­m a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 264,34bha­va­ti ma­tto­nma­ttā­di­pra­lā­pa­va­t­, ka­thaṃ vā sa­rva­thā­py a­pra­va­rta­ko vi­dhi­r e­va vā­kyā­rtho na pu­na­r ni­yo­gaḥ pa­ṭā­di­va­t TAŚVA-ML 264,35pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve­nā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | ni­yu­jya­mā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­ni­yo­ktṛ­dha­rma­tve­na cā­na­va­sthā­nā­n na ni­yo­go vā­kyā­rtha i­ti TAŚVA-ML 265,01ce­t ta­d i­ta­ra­tra sa­mā­naṃ­, vi­dhe­r a­pi gha­ṭā­di­va­tpa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve­nā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d vi­dhā­pya­mā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­dhā­ya­ka­dha­rma­tve TAŚVA-ML 265,02vya­va­sthi­te­ś ca | ya­thai­va hi ni­yo­jya­sya puṃ­so dha­rme ni­yo­ge a­na­nu­ṣṭhe­ya­tā ni­yo­ga­sya si­ddha­tvā­d a­nya­thā­nu­ṣṭhā­no TAŚVA-ML 265,03pa­ra­mā­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t ka­sya­ci­t ta­drū­pa­syā­si­ddha­syā­bhā­vā­d­, sa­si­ddha­rū­pa­tā­yāṃ vā ni­yo­jya­tvaṃ vi­ro­dhā­d vaṃ­dhyā­sta­naṃ­dha­yā- TAŚVA-ML 265,04di­va­t | si­ddha­rū­pe­ṇa ni­yo­jya­tve a­si­ddha­rū­pe­ṇa vā ni­yo­jya­tā­m e­ka­sya pu­ru­ṣa­syā­si­ddha­si­ddha­rū­pa­saṃ­ka­rā­n ni- TAŚVA-ML 265,05yo­jye­ta­ra­tva­vi­bhā­gā­si­ddhi­s ta­drū­pā­saṃ­ka­re vā bhe­da­pra­saṃ­gā­d ā­tma­naḥ si­ddhā­si­ddha­rū­pa­yoḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­vo nu­pa­kā­rā­t | TAŚVA-ML 265,06u­pa­kā­ra­ka­lpa­nā­yā­m ā­tma­na­s ta­du­pa­kā­rya­tve ni­tya­tva­hā­ni­s ta­yo­r ā­tmo­pa­kā­rya­tve si­ddha­rū­pa­sya sa­rva­tho­pa­kā­rya­tva- TAŚVA-ML 265,07vyā­ghā­to '­si­ddha­rū­pa­syā­py u­pa­kā­rya­tve­na ga­ga­na­ku­su­mā­de­r u­pa­kā­rya­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gaḥ | si­ddhā­si­ddha­rū­pa­yo­r a­pi ka­thaṃ­ci­d a- TAŚVA-ML 265,08si­ddha­rū­po­pa­ga­me pra­kṛ­ta­pa­rya­nu­yo­gā­ni­vṛ­tte­r a­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga i­ty u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ | ta­thā vi­dhī­ya­mā­na­sya pu­ru­ṣa­sya dha­rme TAŚVA-ML 265,09vi­dhā­v a­pi si­ddha­sya puṃ­so da­rśa­na­śra­va­ṇā­nu­ma­na­na­ni­dhyā­na­vi­dhā­na­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­dvi­dhā­ne vā sa­rva­dā ta­da­nu- TAŚVA-ML 265,10pa­ra­ti­pra­sa­ktiḥ | da­rśa­nā­di­rū­pe­ṇa ta­syā­si­ddhau vi­dhā­na­vyā­ghā­taḥ kū­rma­ro­mā­di­va­t | si­ddha­rū­pe­ṇa vi­dhā­pya- TAŚVA-ML 265,11mā­na­sya vi­dhā­ne si­ddha­rū­pe­ṇa vi­dhā­ne si­ddhā­si­ddha­rū­pe­ṇa vā vi­dhā­ne si­ddhā­si­ddha­rū­pa­saṃ­ka­rā­t vi­dhā­pye­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 265,12vi­bhā­gā­si­ddhe­s ta­drū­pā­saṃ­ka­re vā bhe­da­pra­saṃ­gā­d ā­tma­naḥ si­ddhā­si­ddha­rū­pa­yo­s ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­vā­di­do­ṣā­saṃ­ja­na­na­syā- TAŚVA-ML 265,13vi­śe­ṣaḥ | ta­thā vi­ṣa­ya­sya yā­ga­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya dha­rme ni­yo­ge ta­syā­pa­ri­ni­ṣpa­nna­tvā­t sva­rū­pā­bhā­vā­d vā­kye­na pra­tye­tu- TAŚVA-ML 265,14m a­śa­kya­tva­sya vi­dhā­v a­pi vi­ṣa­ya­dha­rme sa­mā­na­tvā­t ku­to vi­ṣa­ya­dha­rme vi­dhiḥ ? pu­ru­ṣa­syai­va vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā­va­bhā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 265,15mā­na­sya vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t ta­sya vā pa­ri­ni­ṣpa­nna­tvā­n na ta­ddha­rma­sya vi­dhe­r a­saṃ­bha­va i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ya­ja­nā­śra­ya­sya dra­vyā­deḥ TAŚVA-ML 265,16si­ddha­tvā­t ta­sya vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t ka­thaṃ ta­ddha­rmo ni­yo­go pi na si­dhye­t ? ye­na rū­pe­ṇa vi­ṣa­yo vi­dya­te te­na dha­rme­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 265,17ni­yo­go pī­ti­, ta­da­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­bhā­ve vi­dhi­vi­ṣa­yo ye­na rū­pe­ṇa nā­sti te­na ta­ddha­rma­sya vi­dheḥ ka­tha­m a­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ ? TAŚVA-ML 265,18ye­nā­tma­nā­sti te­nā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­m i­ti ce­t ta­nni­yo­ge­na sa­mā­naṃ | ka­tha­m a­sa­nni­yo­go '­nu­ṣṭhī­ya­te a­pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 265,19kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va vi­dhi­r a­pi nā­nu­ṣṭhe­yaḥ | pra­tī­ya­mā­na­ta­yā si­ddha­tvā­d a­nu­ṣṭhe­yo vi­dhi­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 265,20ce­t­, ni­yo­go pi ta­thā­stu | na­nv a­nu­ṣṭhe­ya­ta­yai­va ni­yo­go va­ti­ṣṭha­te na pra­tī­ya­mā­na­ta­yā ta­syāḥ sa­ka­la­va­stu- TAŚVA-ML 265,21sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | a­nu­ṣṭhe­ya­tā ce­t pra­ti­bhā­tā ko nyo ni­yo­go ya­syā­nu­ṣṭhi­te­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi vi­dhi­r a­pi na pra­tī- TAŚVA-ML 265,22ya­mā­na­ta­yā pra­ti­ṣṭhā­m a­nu­bha­va­ti kiṃ tu vi­dhī­ya­mā­na­ta­yā | sā ce­d a­nu­bhū­tā ko nyo vi­dhi­r nā­ma ? ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 265,23vi­dhā­na­m u­pa­ni­ṣa­dvā­kyā­d u­pa­va­rṇya­te | dra­ṣṭa­vyā­di­vā­kye­nā­tma­da­rśa­nā­di­vi­hi­taṃ ma­me­ti pra­tī­te­r a­pra­ti­kṣe­pā­rho vi­dhiḥ TAŚVA-ML 265,24ka­tha­m a­pā­kri­ya­te ? ki­m i­dā­nī­m a­gni­ho­trā­di­vā­kye­na yā­gā­di­vi­ṣa­ye ni­yu­kto ha­m i­ti pra­tī­ti­r na vi­dya­te­, ye­na TAŚVA-ML 265,25ni­yo­gaḥ pra­ti­kṣi­pya­te | sā pra­tī­ti­r a­pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, vi­dhi­pra­tī­tiḥ ka­tha­m a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ na syā­t ? pu­ru­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 265,26do­ṣa­ra­hi­ta­ve­da­va­ca­no­pa­ja­ni­ta­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va ni­yo­ga­pra­tī­ti­r a­py a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ mā bhū­t sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 265,27ṣā­t | ta­thā­pi ni­yo­ga­sya vi­ṣa­ya­dha­rma­syā­saṃ­bha­ve vi­dhe­r a­pi dha­rma­sya na saṃ­bha­vaḥ | śa­bda­sya vi­dhā­ya­ka­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 265,28dha­rmo vi­dhi­r i­ty a­pi na ni­śce­tuṃ śa­kyaṃ­, ni­yo­ga­syā­pi ni­yo­ktṛ­śa­bda­dha­rmā­rtha­pra­ti­ghā­tā­bhā­vā­nu­ṣa­kteḥ | śa­bda­sya TAŚVA-ML 265,29si­ddha­rū­pa­tvā­n na ta­ddha­rmo ni­yo­gaḥ ka­tha­m a­si­ddho ye­nā­sau saṃ­pā­dya­te ka­sya­ci­d i­ty a­pi na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, vi­dhi­saṃ­pā­da­na- TAŚVA-ML 265,30vi­ro­dhā­t ta­syā­pi si­ddho­pa­ni­ṣa­dvā­kya­dha­rma­tva­vi­śe­ṣā­t | pra­si­ddha­syā­pi saṃ­pā­da­ne pu­naḥ pu­na­s ta­tsaṃ­pā­da­ne TAŚVA-ML 265,31pra­vṛ­ttya­nu­pa­ra­mā­t ka­tha­m u­pa­ni­ṣa­dva­ca­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā a­pū­rvā­rtha­tā­vi­ra­hā­t smṛ­ti­va­t | ta­sya vā pra­mā­ṇa­tve ni­yo­ga- TAŚVA-ML 265,32vā­kyaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | syā­n ma­taṃ­, ni­yo­ga­sya sa­rva­pa­kṣe­ṣu vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­syā­yo­gā­t ta­dva­ca­na­m a- TAŚVA-ML 265,33pra­mā­ṇaṃ | te­ṣāṃ hi na tā­va­t kā­ryaṃ śu­ddhaṃ ni­yo­gaḥ pre­ra­ṇā ni­yo­jya­va­rji­ta­sya ni­yo­ga­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­smi­n TAŚVA-ML 265,34ni­yo­ga­saṃ­jñā­ka­ra­ṇe sva­kaṃ­ba­la­sya ku­rdā­li­ke­ti nā­māṃ­ta­ra­ka­ra­ṇa­mā­traṃ syā­t | na ca tā­va­tā sve­ṣṭa­si­ddhiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 265,35śu­ddhā pre­ra­ṇā ni­yo­ga i­ty a­py a­ne­nā­pā­staṃ­, ni­yo­jya­pha­la­ra­hi­tā­yāḥ pre­ra­ṇā­yāḥ pra­lā­pa­mā­tra­tvā­t | pre­ra­ṇā­sa­hi­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 266,01kā­ryaṃ ni­yo­ga i­ty a­py a­saṃ­bha­vi­, ni­yo­gā­dya­saṃ­bha­ve ta­dvi­ro­dhā­t | kā­rya­sa­hi­tā pre­ra­ṇā ni­yo­ga i­ty a­py a­ne­na TAŚVA-ML 266,02ni­ra­staṃ | kā­rya­syai­vo­pa­cā­ra­taḥ pra­va­rta­ka­tvaṃ ni­yo­ga i­ty a­py a­sā­raṃ­; ni­yo­jyā­di­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­sya kā­rya­sya pra­va­rta­ka­tvo- TAŚVA-ML 266,03pa­cā­rā­yo­gā­t­, ka­dā­ci­t kva­ci­t pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s ta­sya ta­thā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­t | kā­rya­pre­ra­ṇa­yoḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho ni­yo­ga i­ti TAŚVA-ML 266,04va­ca­na­m a­saṃ­ga­taṃ­, ta­to bhi­nna­sya saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya saṃ­baṃ­dhi­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­sya ni­yo­ga­tve­nā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | saṃ­baṃ­dhā­tma­naḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya TAŚVA-ML 266,05ni­yo­ga­tva­m i­ty a­pi du­ra­nva­yaṃ­, pre­rya­mā­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣa­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­yoḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhā­tma­no­r a­pi kā­rya­pre­ra­ṇa­yoḥ ni­yo­ga­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 266,06sa­mu­dā­ya­ni­yo­ga­vā­do py a­ne­na pra­tyā­khyā­taḥ | kā­rya­pre­ra­ṇā­sva­bhā­va­ni­rmu­kta­s tu ni­yo­go na vi­dhi­vā­da­m a­ti­śe­te | TAŚVA-ML 266,07ya­t pu­naḥ sva­rga­kā­maḥ pu­ru­ṣo gni­ho­trā­di­vā­kya­ni­yo­ge sa­ti yā­ga­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ vi­ṣa­ya­m ā­rū­ḍha­m ā­tmā­naṃ ma­nya­mā­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 266,08pra­va­rta­ta i­ti yaṃ­trā­rū­ḍha­ni­yo­ga­va­ca­naṃ ta­d a­pi na pa­ra­mā­tma­vā­de pra­ti­kū­laṃ­, pu­ru­ṣā­bhi­mā­na­mā­tra­sya ni­yo­ga­tva- TAŚVA-ML 266,09va­ca­nā­t ta­sya cā­vi­dyo­da­ya­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­t | bho­gya­rū­po ni­yo­ga i­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, ni­yo­ktṛ­pre­ra­ṇā­śū­nya­sya bho­gya­sya TAŚVA-ML 266,10ta­da­bhā­vā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pu­ru­ṣa­sva­bhā­vo pi na ni­yo­go gha­ṭa­te­, ta­sya śā­śva­ti­ka­tve­na ni­yo­ga­sya śā­śva­ti­ka­tva- TAŚVA-ML 266,11pra­saṃ­gā­t | pu­ru­ṣa­mā­tra­vi­dhe­r e­va ta­thā vi­dhā­ne ve­dāṃ­ta­vā­di­pa­ri­sa­mā­pteḥ | ku­to ni­yo­ga­vā­do nā­me­ti ? ta­d e­ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 266,12sā­raṃ­, sa­rva­thā vi­dhe­r a­pi vā­kyā­rthā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | so pi hi śa­bdā­di­r dra­ṣṭa­vya­tā­di­vya­va­cche­de­na ra­hi­to ya­dī­ṣya­te TAŚVA-ML 266,13ta­dā na ka­dā­ci­t pra­vṛ­tti­he­tuḥ­, pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­dhi­nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­t pre­kṣā­va­tpra­vṛ­tteḥ ta­sya vā ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 266,14hā­rā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvā­t ka­ṭaḥ ka­rta­vya i­ti ya­thā | na hi ka­ṭa­ka­rta­vya­tā­vi­dhi­r a­ta­dvya­va­cche­da­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa vya­va­hā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 266,15mā­rgya­m a­va­tā­ra­yi­tuṃ śa­kyaḥ | pa­ra­pa­ri­hā­ra­sa­hi­to vi­dhiḥ śa­bdā­rtha i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­tma­kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 266,16śa­bdā­rtha i­ti ku­to vi­dhye­kāṃ­ta­vā­da­pra­ti­ṣṭhā pra­ti­ṣe­dhai­kāṃ­ta­vā­da­va­t | syā­n ma­taṃ­, pa­ra­pa­ri­hā­ra­sya gu­ṇī­bhū­tā- TAŚVA-ML 266,17d vi­dhe­r e­va pra­vṛ­ttyaṃ­ga­tve prā­dhā­nyā­d vi­dhiḥ śa­bdā­rtha i­ti | ka­tha­m i­dā­nīṃ śu­ddha­kā­ryā­di­rū­pa­ni­yo­ga­vya­va­sthi­ti­r na TAŚVA-ML 266,18syā­t ? kā­rya­syai­va śu­ddha­sya pra­vṛ­ttyaṃ­ga­ta­yā pra­dhā­na­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ­, ni­yo­jyā­deḥ sa­to pi gu­ṇī­bhā­vā­t | ta­dva­tpre­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 266,19di­sva­bhā­va­ni­yo­ga­vā­di­nāṃ pre­ra­ṇā­dau pra­dhā­na­tā­bhi­prā­yā­t | ta­d i­ta­ra­sya sa­to pi gu­ṇī­bhā­vā­dhya­va­sā­yā­d u­kto TAŚVA-ML 266,20ni­yo­gaḥ śa­bdā­rthaḥ | śu­ddha­kā­rya­pre­ra­ṇā­di­ṣu svā­bhi­prā­yā­t ka­sya­ci­t pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve pi pa­rā­bhi­prā­yā­t pra­dhā­na­tvā­bhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 266,21d a­nya­ta­ra­syā­pi sva­bhā­va­syā­vya­va­sthi­te­r nai­ka­syā­pi śa­bdā­rtha­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­vā­dyā­śa­ya­va­śā­d vi­dheḥ TAŚVA-ML 266,22pra­dhā­na­tve pi ta­thā­ga­ta­ma­tā­śra­ya­ṇā­d a­pra­dhā­na­tā­gha­ṭa­nā­t so pi na pra­ti­ṣṭhā­m a­ṭā­ṭye­ta vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­sa­dbhā­vā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | TAŚVA-ML 266,23pra­mā­ṇa­rū­pa­ś ca ya­di vi­dhiḥ ta­dā pra­me­ya­m a­nya­d vā­cyaṃ | ta­tsva­rū­pa­m e­va pra­me­ya­m i­ti ce­t­, ka­tha­m a­syā­rtha­dva­ya­rū­pa­tā TAŚVA-ML 266,24na vi­ru­dhya­te ? ka­lpa­na­ye­ti ce­t­, ta­rhy a­nyā­po­haḥ śa­bdā­rthaḥ ka­thaṃ pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te ? pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vyā­vṛ­ttyā vi­dheḥ TAŚVA-ML 266,25pra­mā­ṇa­tva­va­ca­nā­d a­pra­me­ya­vyā­vṛ­ttyā ca pra­me­ya­tva­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­t | pa­dā­rtha­sva­rū­pa­vi­dhā­ya­ka­tva­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nyā­po­ha­mā­tra- TAŚVA-ML 266,26vi­dhā­ya­ka­sya śa­bda­sya kva­ci­t pra­va­rta­ka­tvā­yo­gā­d a­nyā­po­ho na śa­bdā­rtha i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi pa­dā­rtha­sva­rū­pa­vi­dhā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 266,27ka­syā­pi śa­bda­syā­nyā­po­hā­na­bhi­dhā­yi­naḥ ka­tha­m a­nya­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa kva­ci­t pra­vṛ­tti­ni­mi­tta­tva­si­ddhiḥ ye­na vi­dhi­mā­traṃ TAŚVA-ML 266,28śa­bdā­rthaḥ syā­t | pa­ra­ma­pu­ru­ṣa e­va vi­dhiḥ sa e­va ca pra­mā­ṇaṃ pra­me­yaṃ cā­vi­dyā­va­śā­d ā­bhā­sa­te pra­ti­bhā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 266,29mā­tra­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa vyā­vṛ­ttyā­de­r a­py a­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ty a­pi da­tto­tta­raṃ­, pra­ti­bhā­sa­vya­ti­ri­kta­sya pra­ti­bhā­sya­syā­rtha­sya vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 266,30sthā­pi­tā­tvā­t | pra­me­ya­rū­po vi­dhi­r i­ti va­ca­na­m a­yu­ktaṃ­, pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­ve pra­me­ya­rū­pa­tvā­yo­gā­t ta­syai­va ca TAŚVA-ML 266,31dva­ya­rū­pa­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | ka­lpa­nā­va­śā­d vi­dhe­r dva­ya­rū­pa­tve a­nyā­po­ha­vā­dā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­syā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­yo­bha­ya­rū­po TAŚVA-ML 266,32vi­dhi­r i­ty a­py a­ne­na ni­ra­staṃ bha­va­tu | a­nu­bha­ya­rū­po '­sā­v i­ti ce­t­, sva­ra­śṛṃ­gā­di­va­da­va­stu­tā­pa­ttiḥ ka­tha­m i­va ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 266,33ni­vā­rya­tāṃ ? ta­thā yaṃ­trā­rū­ḍho vā­kyā­rtha i­ty e­kāṃ­to pi vi­pa­rya­ya e­vā­nyā­po­ha­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ta­sya pra­va­rta­ka­tvā­yo­gā- TAŚVA-ML 266,34d vi­dhi­va­ca­na­va­t | e­te­na bho­gya­m e­va pu­ru­ṣa e­va vā­kyā­rtha i­ty a­py e­kā­nto ni­ra­staḥ­, yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa­ta­yā ca yaṃ­trā- TAŚVA-ML 266,35rū­ḍhā­deḥ pra­ti­vi­hi­ta­tvā­t | na pu­na­s ta­tpra­ti­vi­dhā­ne ti­ta­rā­mā­da­ro smā­ka­m i­ty u­pa­ra­mya­te | ta­thā­nyā­po­ha e­va TAŚVA-ML 267,01śa­bdā­rtha i­ty e­kāṃ­to vi­pa­rya­yaḥ sva­rū­pa­vi­dhi­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nyā­po­ha­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | va­kra­bhi­prā­yā­rū­ḍha­syā­rtha­sya vi­dhi­r e- TAŚVA-ML 267,02vā­nyā­po­ha i­tthaṃ i­ti ce­t­, ta­thai­va ba­hi­ra­rtha­sya vi­dhi­r a­stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | te­na śa­bda­sya saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­vā­n na TAŚVA-ML 267,03śa­bdā­t ta­dvi­dhi­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va va­kra­bhi­pre­ta­syā­py a­rtha­sya vi­dhi­r mā bhū­t | te­na sa­ha kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 267,04saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya sa­hā­yā­c cha­bda­sya ta­dvi­dhā­yi­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, vi­va­kṣā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi su­ptā­dya­va­sthā­yāṃ śa­bda­sya pra­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 267,05da­rśa­nā­t kā­rya­tvā­d vya­va­sthā­nā­t | pra­ti­kṣi­pta­ś cā­nyā­po­hai­kāṃ­taḥ pu­ra­stā­d i­ti ta­rki­taṃ | ni­yo­go bhā­va­nā dhā­tva­rtho TAŚVA-ML 267,06vi­dhi­yaṃ­trā­rū­ḍhā­di­r a­nyā­po­ho vā ya­dā kai­ści­d e­kāṃ­te­na vi­ṣa­yo vā­kya­syā­nu­ma­nya­te ta­dā ta­jja­ni­taṃ ve­da­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 267,07śru­tā­bhā­saṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ­, ta­thā vā­kyā­rtha­ni­rṇī­te­r vi­dhā­tuṃ duḥ­śa­ka­tvā­d i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 267,08kaḥ pu­na­r a­va­dhi­vi­pa­rya­ya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.113abha­vaṃ pra­tī­tya yo jā­to gu­ṇaṃ vā prā­ṇi­nā­m i­ha | de­śā­va­dhiḥ sa vi­jñe­yo dṛ­ṣṭi­mo­hā­d vi­pa­rya­yaḥ |­| 1­1­3 a |­| TAŚV-ML 1.32.114sa­tsaṃ­ya­ma­vi­śe­ṣo­ttho na jā­tu pa­ra­mā­va­dhiḥ | sa­rvā­va­dhi­r a­pi vya­sto ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­bo­dha­va­t |­| 1­1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 267,11pa­ra­mā­va­dhiḥ sa­rvā­va­dhi­ś ca na ka­dā­ci­d vi­pa­rya­yaḥ sa­tsaṃ­ya­ma­vi­śe­ṣo­ttha­tvā­t ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­va­d i­ti | de­śā­va­dhi­r e­va TAŚVA-ML 267,12ka­sya­ci­n mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­vi­rbhā­ve vi­pa­rya­yaḥ pra­ti­pā­dya­te | kiṃ pu­naḥ ka­rtuṃ pra­mā­ṇā­tma­ka­sa­mya­gjñā­na­vi­dhau pra­kṛ­te TAŚVA-ML 267,13vi­pa­rya­yaṃ jñā­na­m a­ne­ka­dhā ma­tyā­di pra­rū­pi­taṃ sū­tra­kā­rai­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.32.115abi­ti pra­mā­ṇā­tma­vi­bo­dha­saṃ­vi­dhau vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­na­m a­ne­ka­dho­di­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.32.115cdvi­pa­kṣa­vi­kṣe­pa­mu­khe­na ni­rṇa­yaḥ su­bo­dha­rū­pe­ṇa vi­dhā­tu­m u­dya­taḥ |­| 1­1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 267,16pū­rvaṃ sa­mya­ga­va­bo­dha­sva­rū­pā­va­dhi­rū­pa­mu­khe­na ni­rṇa­yaṃ vi­dhā­ya vi­pa­kṣa­vi­kṣe­pa­mu­khe­nā­pi taṃ vi­dhā­tu­m u­dya­tai­r a­ne­ka­dhā TAŚVA-ML 267,17vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­na­m u­di­taṃ vā­di­no­bha­yaṃ ka­rta­vyaṃ sva­pa­ra­pa­kṣa­sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m i­ti nyā­yā­nu­sa­ra­ṇā­t­, sva­vi­dhi­sā­ma­rthyā­t pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 267,18ṣe­dha­sya si­ddhe­s ta­tsā­ma­rthyā­d vā sva­pa­kṣa­vi­dhi­si­ddhe­r no­bha­ya­va­ca­na­m a­rtha­va­d i­ti pra­vā­da­syā­va­sthā­pi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ­, sa­rva­tra TAŚVA-ML 267,19sā­ma­rthya­si­ddha­syā­va­ca­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sve­ṣṭa­vyā­dhā­ta­syā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | kva­ci­t sā­ma­rthya­si­ddha­syā­pi va­ca­ne syā­dvā­da­nyā­ya­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 267,20si­ddheḥ sa­rvaṃ śu­ddha­m |­| TAŚVA-ML 267,21i­ti ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kā­laṃ­kā­re pra­tha­ma­syā­dhyā­ya­sya ca­tu­rtha­m ā­hni­ka­m |­| TA-ML 1.33 nai­ga­ma­saṃ­gra­ha­vya­va­hā­ra­rju­sū­tra­śa­bda­sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhai­vaṃ­bhū­tā na­yāḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 267,23kiṃ kṛ­tvā­dhu­nā kiṃ ca ka­rtu­m i­daṃ sū­traṃ bra­vī­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.1ni­rde­śyā­dhi­ga­mo­pā­yaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­dhu­nā na­yā­n | na­yai­r a­dhi­ga­me­tyā­di prā­ha saṃ­kṣe­pa­to khi­lā­n |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 267,25pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r a­dhi­ga­ma i­ty a­ne­na pra­mā­ṇaṃ na­yā­ś cā­dhi­ga­mo­pā­yā i­ty u­ddi­ṣṭaṃ | ta­tra pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­mo­pā­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 267,26pra­paṃ­ca­to ni­rde­śyā­dhu­nā na­yāṃ­s ta­da­dhi­ga­mo­pā­yā­n a­khi­lā­n saṃ­kṣe­pa­to nya­thā ca vyā­khyā­tu­m i­daṃ prā­ha bha­ga­vā­n | TAŚVA-ML 267,27ka­thaṃ ? na­ya­sā­mā­nya­sya ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­syai­va saṃ­kṣe­pa­to vi­bhā­ga­sya vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ca vi­sta­ra­to na­ya­vi­bhā­ga­sya TAŚVA-ML 267,28a­ti­vi­sta­ra­to na­ya­pra­paṃ­ca­sya cā­tra pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t sa­rva­thā na­ya­pra­rū­pa­ṇa­sya sū­tri­ta­tvā­d i­ti brū­ma­he |­| TAŚVA-ML 267,29ta­tra sā­mā­nya­to na­ya­saṃ­khyāṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ca ni­rū­pa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.2sā­mā­nyā­de­śa­ta­s tā­va­d e­ka e­va na­yaḥ sthi­taḥ | syā­dvā­da­pra­vi­bha­ktā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­vyaṃ­ja­nā­tma­kaḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 267,31sā­mā­nyā­de­śā­t tā­va­d e­ka e­va na­yaḥ sthi­taḥ sā­mā­nya­syā­ne­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | sa ca syā­dvā­da­pra­vi­bha­ktā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 267,32vi­śe­ṣa­vyaṃ­ja­ko na­ya i­ti va­ca­nā­t | na­nu ce­daṃ he­tu­r la­kṣa­ṇa­va­ca­na­m i­ti ke­ci­t | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ | he­toḥ syā­dvā­de­na TAŚVA-ML 267,33pra­vi­bha­kta­syā­rtha­sya sa­ka­la­sya vi­śe­ṣaṃ vyaṃ­ja­yi­tu­m a­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­d a­nya­tro­pa­cā­rā­t | he­tu­ja­ni­ta­sya bo­dha­sya vyaṃ­ja­kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 268,01pra­dhā­na­bhā­va­ta e­va yu­ktaḥ | sa ca na­ya e­va svā­rthai­ka­de­śa­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­tvā­d i­ty u­ktaṃ | na­nv e­vaṃ dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­vi­ru­ddhe­nā­pi TAŚVA-ML 268,02rū­pe­ṇa ta­sya vyaṃ­ja­ko na­yaḥ syā­d i­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, "­sa­dha­rma­ṇai­va śā­bda­sya sā­dha­rmyā­d a­vi­ro­dha­taḥ­" i­ti va­ca- TAŚVA-ML 268,03nā­t | sa­mā­no hi dha­rmo ya­sya dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya te­na sā­dha­rmyaṃ sā­dhya­sya dha­rmi­ṇo ma­nā­g a­pi vai­dha­rmyā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 268,04ta­to syā­vi­ro­dhe­nai­va vyaṃ­ja­ka i­ti ni­ścī­ya­te dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sā­dha­rmyā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to­tsa­ra­ṇā­d i­ty a­ne­na dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­ro­dha­sya ni­va­rta- TAŚVA-ML 268,05nā­t | na­nu ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­pi dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­vai­dha­rmyā­d dṛ­ṣṭa­vai­pa­rī­tyā­d i­ty a­ne­ne­ṣṭa­vi­ro­dha­sya pa­ri­ha­ra­ṇā­t dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rī­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 268,06sa­rva­thā­ni­ṣṭa­tvā­t sva­ya­m u­dā­hṛ­ta­ś cai­vaṃ la­kṣa­ṇo na­yaḥ svā­mi­sa­maṃ­ta­bha­drā­cā­ryaiḥ | "­sa­d e­va sa­rvaṃ ko ne­cche­t sva- TAŚVA-ML 268,07rū­pā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­t­" i­ti sa­rva­sya va­stu­naḥ syā­dvā­da­pra­vi­bha­kta­sya vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­ttvaṃ ta­sya vyaṃ­ja­ko bo­dhaḥ sva­rū- TAŚVA-ML 268,08pā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­d dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­dha­rmya­sya sva­rū­pa­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­t sa­nni­ści­taṃ na pa­ra­rū­pā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ye­na ta­dva­tsa­rvaṃ vi­vā­dā- TAŚVA-ML 268,09pa­nnaṃ sa­t ko ne­cche­t ? ka­syā­tra vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ti vyā­khyā­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 268,10saṃ­kṣe­pa­to na­ya­vi­bhā­ga­m ā­ma­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.3saṃ­kṣe­pā­d dvau vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­go­ca­rau | dra­vyā­rtho vya­va­hā­rāṃ­taḥ pa­ryā­yā­rtha­s ta­to pa­raḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 268,12vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ saṃ­kṣe­pā­d dvau na­yau dra­vyā­rthaḥ pa­ryā­yā­rtha­ś ca | dra­vya­vi­ṣa­yo dra­vyā­rthaḥ pa­ryā­ya­vi­ṣa­yaḥ pa­ryā­yā­rthaḥ TAŚVA-ML 268,13pra­tha­mo nai­ga­ma­saṃ­gra­ha­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ka­lpaḥ | ta­to pa­ra­ś ca­tu­rdhā ṛ­ju­sū­tra­śa­bda­sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhai­vaṃ­bhū­ta­vi­ka­lpā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.4vi­sta­re­ṇe­ti sa­ptai­te vi­jñe­yā nai­ga­mā­da­yaḥ | ta­thā­ti­vi­sta­re­ṇai­ta­dbhe­dāḥ saṃ­khyā­ta­vi­gra­hāḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 268,15ku­ta e­va­m a­taḥ sū­trā­l la­kṣya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.5na­yo na­yau na­yā­ś ce­ti vā­kya­bhe­de­na yo­ji­tāḥ | nai­ga­mā­da­ya i­ty e­vaṃ sa­rva­saṃ­khyā­bhi­sū­ca­nā­t |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 268,17nai­ga­ma­saṃ­gra­ha­vya­va­hā­ra­rju­sū­tra­śa­bda­sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhai­vaṃ­bhū­tā na­yāḥ i­ty a­tra na­ya i­ty e­kaṃ vā­kyaṃ­, te na­yau dra­vyā­rthi­ka­pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 268,18yā­rthi­kau i­ti dvi­tī­ya­me­te na­yāḥ sa­pte­ti tṛ­tī­yaṃ­, pu­na­r a­pi te na­yāḥ saṃ­khyā­tā śa­bda­ta i­ti ca­tu­rthaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 268,19saṃ­kṣe­pa­pa­rā­yāṃ vā­ka TAŚVA-ML 268,20bhi­dhā­ne da­rśa­nā­t | ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t ta­thā va­ca­no­pa­laṃ­bhā­c ca na vi­ru­dhya­te | a­tra vā­kya­bhe­dau nai­ga­mā­di­r e­ka­sya dva­yo­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 268,21sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­vi­ro­dhā­c ca gṛ­hā grā­maḥ de­va­m a­nu­ṣyā u­bhau rā­śī i­ti ya­thā | na­nv e­va­m e­ka­tva­dvi­tvā­di­saṃ­khyā- TAŚVA-ML 268,22ga­tā­v a­pi ka­thaṃ na­ya­sya sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ dvi­dhā vi­bha­kta­sya ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ vi­jñā­ya­ta i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.6na­yā­nāṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ la­kṣyaṃ ta­tsā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | nī­ya­te ga­mya­te ye­na śru­tā­rthāṃ­śo na­yo hi saḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.7ta­daṃ­śau dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­la­kṣa­ṇau sā­dhya­pa­kṣi­ṇau | nī­ye­te tu ya­kā­bhyāṃ tau na­yā­v i­ti vi­ni­ści­tau |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 268,25nī­ya­te '­ne­ne­ti na­ya i­ty u­kte ta­sya vi­ṣa­yaḥ sā­ma­rthyā­d ā­kṣi­pya­te | sa ca śru­tā­khya­pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ṣa­yī­kṛ­ta­syāṃ­śa TAŚVA-ML 268,26i­ti ta­da­pe­kṣā ni­ru­kti­r na­ya­sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇe la­kṣa­ya­ti­, ta­thā nī­ye­te ya­kā­bhyāṃ tau na­yā­v i­ty u­kte tu dra­vyā­rthi- TAŚVA-ML 268,27ka­pa­ryā­yā­rthi­kau na­yau dvau tau ca dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­v i­ti ta­da­pe­kṣaṃ ni­rva­ca­naṃ na­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­dva­ya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pra­kā­śa­ya­ti | TAŚVA-ML 268,28na­nu ca gu­ṇa­vi­ṣa­yo gu­ṇā­rthi­ko pi tṛ­tī­yo va­kta­vya i­ty a­trā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.8gu­ṇaḥ pa­ryā­ya e­vā­tra sa­ha­bhā­vī vi­bhā­vi­taḥ | i­ti ta­dgo­ca­ro nā­nya­s tṛ­tī­yo sti gu­ṇā­rthi­kaḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 268,30pa­ryā­yo hi dvi­vi­dhaḥ­, kra­ma­bhā­vī sa­ha­bhā­vī ca | dra­vya­m a­pi dvi­vi­dhaṃ śu­ddha­m a­śu­ddhaṃ ca | ta­tra saṃ­kṣe­pa­śu­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 268,31va­ca­ne dvi­tva­m e­va yu­jya­te­, pa­ryā­ya­śa­bde­na pa­ryā­ya­sā­mā­nya­sya sva­vya­kti­vyā­pi­no bhi­dhā­nā­t | dra­vya­śa­bde­na ca TAŚVA-ML 268,32dra­vya­sā­mā­nya­sya sva­śa­kti­vyā­pi­naḥ ka­tha­nā­t | ta­to na gu­ṇaḥ sa­ha­bhā­vī pa­ryā­ya­s tṛ­tī­yaḥ śu­ddha­dra­vya­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 268,33saṃ­kṣe­pā­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ tu vi­śe­ṣa­va­ca­na­sya ca­tvā­ro na­yāḥ syuḥ­, pa­ryā­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇaṃ ca dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­śu­ddha­dra­vya­sya TAŚVA-ML 268,34pṛ­tha­gu­pā­dā­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nu ca dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­yo­s ta­dvāṃ­s tṛ­tī­yo sti ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tṛ­tī­yo mū­la­na­yo stī­ti ce­t na­, TAŚVA-ML 269,01ta­tpa­ri­ka­lpa­ne '­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­t dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­s ta­dva­tā­m a­pi ta­dva­daṃ­ta­ra­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­nu­ṣa­kte­r du­rni­vā­ra­tvā­t | ya­di tu TAŚVA-ML 269,02ya­thā taṃ­ta­vo va­ya­vā­s ta­dvā­n a­va­ya­vī pa­ṭa­sta­yo­r a­pi taṃ­tu­pa­ṭa­yo­r nā­nyo sti ta­dvāṃ­sta­syā­pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t | ta­thā pa­ryā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 269,03sva­bhā­vā­s ta­dva­d dra­vyaṃ ta­yo­r a­pi nā­nya­s ta­dvā­n a­sti pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ma­ti­s ta­dā pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na sva­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka- TAŚVA-ML 269,04va­stu­pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­s ta­vo­po­ddhṛ­taṃ | dra­vya­mā­traṃ dra­vyā­rthi­ka­vi­ṣa­yaḥ pa­ryā­ya­mā­traṃ pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ka­vi­ṣa­ya i­ti na tṛ­tī­yo TAŚVA-ML 269,05na­ya­vi­śe­ṣo­sti ya­to mū­la­na­ya­s tṛ­tī­yaḥ syā­t | ta­d e­va­m­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.9pra­mā­ṇa­go­ca­rā­rthāṃ­śā nī­yaṃ­te yai­r a­ne­ka­dhā | te na­yā i­ti vyā­khyā­tā jā­tā mū­la­na­ya­dva­yā­t |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.10dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­pa­ri­bo­dhi­kāḥ | na mū­laṃ nai­ga­mā­dī­nāṃ na­yā­ś ca­tvā­ra e­va ta­t |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.11sā­mā­nya­sya pṛ­tha­ktve­na dra­vyā­d a­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | sā­dṛ­śya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya ta­thā vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­rya­yā­t |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.12vai­sa­dṛ­śya­vi­va­rta­sya vi­śe­ṣa­sya ca pa­rya­ye | aṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­d vi­bhā­vye­ta dvau ta­nmū­laṃ na­yā­v i­ti |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.13nā­mā­da­yo pi ca­tvā­ra­s ta­nmū­laṃ ne­ty a­to ga­taṃ | dra­vya­kṣe­trā­da­ya­ś cai­ṣāṃ dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­ga­tva­taḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.14bhā­vā­nvi­tā na paṃ­cai­te skaṃ­dhā vā pa­ri­kī­rti­tāḥ | rū­pā­da­yo ta e­ve­ha te pi hi dra­vya­pa­rya­yau |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.15ta­thā dra­vya­gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ ṣo­ḍhā­tvaṃ na vya­va­sthi­taṃ | ṣa­ṭ syu­r mū­la­na­yā ye­na dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­grā­hi­te |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.16ye pra­mā­ṇā­da­yo bhā­vā pra­dhā­nā­da­ya e­va vā | te nai­ga­mā­di­bhe­dā­nā­m a­rthā nā­pa­ra­nī­ta­yaḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 269,14pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­saṃ­śa­ya­pra­yo­ja­na­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­si­ddhāṃ­tā­va­ya­va­ta­rka­ni­rṇa­ya­vā­da­ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍā­he­tvā­bhā­sa­ccha­la­jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 269,15khyāḥ ṣo­ḍa­śa pa­dā­rthāḥ kai­ści­d u­pa­di­ṣṭāḥ­, te pi dra­vya­gu­ṇa­ka­rma­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­m a­vā­ye­bhyo na jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 269,16pra­ti­pa­dyaṃ­te­, gu­ṇā­da­ya­ś ca pa­ryā­yā­n nā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m i­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ | ta­to dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­v e­va tai­r i­ṣṭau syā­tāṃ­, ta­yo­r e­va te­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 269,17m aṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­n nā­mā­di­va­t | ye py ā­huḥ | "­mū­la­pra­kṛ­ti­r a­vi­kṛ­ti­r ma­ha­dā­dyāḥ pra­kṛ­ti­vi­kṛ­ta­yaḥ sa­pta | ṣo­ḍa­śa­ka­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 269,18vi­kā­ro na pra­kṛ­ti­r na vi­kṛ­tiḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ |­| " i­ti paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­ti­s ta­ttvā­nī­ti | tai­r a­pi dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­v e­vāṃ­gī- TAŚVA-ML 269,19ka­ra­ṇī­yau mū­la­pra­kṛ­teḥ pu­ru­ṣa­sya ca dra­vya­tvā­t­, ma­ha­dā­dī­nāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tve­na pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t rū­pā­di­skaṃ­dha­saṃ­tā­na- TAŚVA-ML 269,20kṣa­ṇa­va­t | ta­to nai­ga­mā­di­bhe­dā­nā­m e­vā­rthā­s te na pu­na­r a­pa­rā­nī­ta­yaḥ | a­pa­rā­nī­ti­r ye­ṣu ta e­va hy a­pa­rā­nī­ta­yaḥ i­ti TAŚVA-ML 269,21ga­mya­te­, na cai­te­ṣu dra­vyā­rthi­ka­pa­ryā­yā­rthi­kā­bhyāṃ nai­ga­mā­di­bhe­dā­bhyāṃ a­pa­rā­nī­tiḥ pra­va­rta­ta i­ti tā­v e­va mū­la­na­yau­, TAŚVA-ML 269,22nai­ga­mā­dī­nāṃ ta­ta e­va jā­ta­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 269,23ta­tra nai­ga­maṃ vyā­ca­ṣṭe­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.17ta­tra saṃ­ka­lpa­mā­tra­sya grā­ha­ko nai­ga­mo na­yaḥ | so­pā­dhi­r i­ty a­śu­ddha­sya dra­vyā­rtha­syā­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.18saṃ­ka­lpo ni­ga­ma­s ta­tra bha­vo yaṃ ta­tpra­yo­ja­naḥ | ta­thā pra­sthā­di­saṃ­ka­lpaḥ ta­da­bhi­prā­ya i­ṣya­te |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.21na­nv a­yaṃ bhā­vi­nīṃ saṃ­jñāṃ sa­mā­śri­tyo­pa­ca­rya­te | a­pra­sthā­di­ṣu ta­dbhā­va­s taṃ­ḍu­le­ṣv o­da­nā­di­va­t |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.20i­ty a­sa­dba­hi­ra­rthe­ṣu ta­thā­na­dhya­va­sā­na­taḥ | sva­ve­dya­mā­na­saṃ­ka­lpe sa­ty e­vā­sya pra­vṛ­tti­taḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.21ya­d vā nai­kaṃ ga­mo yo­tra sa sa­tāṃ nai­ga­mo ma­taḥ | dha­rma­yo­r dha­rmi­ṇo vā­pi vi­va­kṣā dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇoḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.22pra­mā­ṇā­tma­ka e­vā­ya­m u­bha­ya­grā­ha­ka­tva­taḥ | i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ i­ha jña­pteḥ pra­dhā­na­gu­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.23prā­dhā­nye no­bha­yā­tmā­na­m a­rthaṃ gṛ­hṇa­ddvi­ve­da­na­m | pra­mā­ṇaṃ nā­nya­d i­ty e­ta­tpra­paṃ­ce­na ni­ve­di­ta­m |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.24saṃ­gra­he vya­va­hā­re vā nāṃ­ta­rbhā­vaḥ sa­mī­kṣya­te | nai­ga­ma­sya ta­yo­r e­ka­va­stvaṃ­śa­pra­va­ṇa­tva­taḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.25na­rju­sū­trā­di­ṣu pro­kta­he­ta­vo ve­ti ṣa­ṇna­yāḥ | saṃ­gra­hā­da­ya e­ve­ha na vā­cyāḥ pra­pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.26sa­ptai­te ni­ya­taṃ yu­ktā nai­ga­ma­sya na­ya­tva­taḥ | ta­sya tri­bhe­da­vyā­khyā­nā­t kai­ści­d u­ktā na­yā na­va |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.27ta­tra pa­ryā­ya­ga­s tre­dhā nai­ga­mo dra­vya­go dvi­dhā | dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­gaḥ pro­kta­ś ca­tu­rbhe­do dhru­vaṃ dhru­vaiḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.28a­rtha­pa­ryā­ya­yo­s tā­va­d gu­ṇa­mu­khya­sva­bhā­va­taḥ | kva­ci­d va­stu­ny a­bhi­prā­yaḥ pra­ti­pa­ttuḥ pra­jā­ya­te |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.29ya­thā pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ dhvaṃ­si su­kha­saṃ­vi­ccha­rī­ri­ṇaḥ | i­ti sa­ttā­rtha­pa­ryā­yo vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­yā gu­ṇaḥ |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.30saṃ­ve­da­nā­rtha­pa­ryā­yo vi­śe­ṣya­tve­na mu­khya­tā­m | pra­ti­ga­ccha­nn a­bhi­pre­to nā­nya­thai­vaṃ va­co­ga­tiḥ |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.31sa­rva­thā su­kha­saṃ­vi­ttyo­r nā­nā­tve bhi­ma­tiḥ pu­naḥ | svā­śra­yā cā­rtha­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­mā­bho pra­tī­ti­taḥ |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.32ka­ści­d vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­yo vi­ṣa­yī­ku­ru­te ṃ­ja­sā | gu­ṇa­pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na dha­rmi­ṇy e­ka­tra nai­ga­maḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.33sa­ccai­ta­nyaṃ na­rī­ty e­vaṃ sa­ttva­sya gu­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ | pra­dhā­na­bhā­va­ta­ś cā­pi cai­ta­nya­syā­bhi­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.34ta­yo­r a­tyaṃ­ta­bhe­do­kti­r a­nyo­nyaṃ svā­śra­yā­d a­pi | jñe­yo vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­mā­bho vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.35a­rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­yau go­ca­rī­ku­ru­te pa­raḥ | dhā­rmi­ke su­kha­jī­vi­tva­m i­ty e­va­m a­nu­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.36bhi­nne tu su­kha­jī­va­tve yo bhi­ma­nye­ta sa­rva­thā | so rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­mā­bhā­sa e­va naḥ |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.37śu­ddha­dra­vya­m a­śu­ddhaṃ ca ta­thā­bhi­prai­ti yo na­yaḥ | sa tu nai­ga­ma e­ve­ha saṃ­gra­ha­vya­va­hā­ra­jaḥ |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.38sa­ddra­vyaṃ sa­ka­laṃ va­stu ta­thā­nva­ya­vi­ni­śca­yā­t | i­ty e­va­m a­va­gaṃ­ta­vya­s ta­dbhe­do­kti­s tu du­rna­yaḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.39ya­stu pa­ryā­ya­va­ddra­vyaṃ gu­ṇa­va­d ve­ti ni­rṇa­yaḥ | vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­j jā­taḥ so '­śu­ddha­dra­vya­nai­ga­maḥ |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.40ta­dbhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­vā­da­s tu ta­dā­bhā­so nu­ma­nya­te | ta­tho­kte­r ba­hi­r aṃ­ta­ś ca pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.41śu­ddha­dra­vyā­rtha­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­mo sti pa­ro ya­thā | sa­tsu­khaṃ kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ śu­ddhaṃ saṃ­sā­re smi­nn i­tī­ra­ṇa­m |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.42sa­ttvaṃ su­khā­rtha­pa­ryā­yā­d bhi­nna­m e­ve­ti saṃ­ma­tiḥ | du­rnī­tiḥ syā­t sa­bā­dha­tvā­d i­ti nī­ti­vi­do vi­duḥ |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.43kṣa­ṇa­m e­kaṃ su­khī jī­vo vi­ṣa­yī­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭo rtha­pa­ryā­yā­śu­ddha­dra­vya­ga­nai­ga­maḥ |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.44su­kha­jī­va­bhi­do­kti­s tu sa­rva­thā mā­na­bā­dhi­tā | du­rnī­ti­r e­va bo­ddha­vyā śu­ddha­bo­dhai­r a­saṃ­śa­yā­t |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.45go­ca­rī­ku­ru­te śu­ddha­dra­vya­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­rya­yau | nai­ga­mo nyo ya­thā sa­cci­tsā­mā­nya­m i­ti ni­rṇa­yaḥ |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.46vi­dya­te cā­pa­ro­śu­ddha­dra­vya­byaṃ­ja­na­pa­rya­yau | a­rthī­ka­ro­ti yaḥ so tra nā­gu­ṇī­ti ni­ga­dya­te |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.47bhi­dā­bhi­dā­bhi­r a­tyaṃ­taṃ pra­tī­te­r a­pa­lā­pa­taḥ | pū­rva­va­nnai­ga­mā­bhā­sau pra­tye­ta­vyau ta­yo­r a­pi |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.48na­va­dhā nai­ga­ma­syai­vaṃ khyā­teḥ paṃ­ca­da­śo­di­tāḥ | na­yāḥ pra­tī­ti­m ā­rū­ḍhāḥ saṃ­gra­hā­di­na­yaiḥ sa­ha |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 270,22tri­vi­dha­s tā­va­nnai­ga­maḥ | pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­maḥ­, dra­vya­nai­ga­maḥ­, dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­ma­ś ce­ti | ta­tra pra­tha­ma­s tre­dhā | a­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 270,23pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­mo vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­mo '­rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­ma­ś ca i­ti | dvi­tī­yo dvi­dhā | śu­ddha­dra­vya­nai­ga­maḥ­, a­śu­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 270,24dra­vya­nai­ga­ma­ś ce­ti | tṛ­tī­ya­ś ca­tu­rdhā | śu­ddha­dra­vyā­rtha­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­maḥ­, śu­ddha­dra­vya­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­maḥ­, a­śu­ddha­dra­vyā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 270,25pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­maḥ a­śu­ddha­dra­vya­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­ma­ś ce­ti na­va­dhā nai­ga­maḥ sā­bhā­sa u­dā­hṛ­taḥ pa­rī­kṣa­ṇī­yaḥ | saṃ­gra­hā­da- TAŚVA-ML 270,26ya­s tu va­kṣya­mā­ṇā ṣa­ḍ i­ti sa­rve paṃ­ca­da­śa na­yāḥ sa­mā­sa­taḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 270,27ta­tra saṃ­gra­ha­na­yaṃ vyā­ca­ṣṭe­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.49e­ka­tve­na vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ gra­ha­ṇaṃ saṃ­gra­ho na­yaḥ | sa­jā­te­r a­vi­ro­dhe­na dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭā­bhyāṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.50sa­me­kī­bhā­va­sa­mya­ktve va­rta­mā­no hi gṛ­hya­te | ni­ru­ktyā la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­sya ta­thā sa­ti vi­bhā­vya­te |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.51śu­ddha­dra­vya­m a­bhi­prai­ti sa­nmā­traṃ saṃ­gra­haḥ pa­raḥ | sa cā­śe­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu sa­dau­dā­sī­nya­bhā­g i­ha |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.52ni­rā­kṛ­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­s tu sa­ttā­dvai­ta­pa­rā­ya­ṇaḥ | ta­dā­bhā­saḥ sa­mā­khyā­taḥ sa­dbhi­r dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dha­nā­t |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.53a­bhi­nnaṃ vya­kti­bhe­de­bhyaḥ sa­rva­thā ba­hu­dhā­na­kaṃ | ma­hā­sā­mā­nya­m i­ty u­ktiḥ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d du­rna­ya­s ta­thā |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.54śa­bda­bra­hme­ti cā­nye­ṣāṃ pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­m i­ty a­pi | saṃ­ve­da­nā­d va­yaṃ ce­ti prā­ya­śo nya­tra da­rśi­ta­m |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.55dra­vya­tvaṃ sa­ka­la­dra­vya­vyā­py a­bhi­prai­ti cā­pa­raḥ | pa­ryā­ya­tvaṃ ca niḥ­śe­ṣa­pa­ryā­ya­vyā­pi­saṃ­gra­haḥ |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.56ta­thai­vā­vāṃ­ta­rā­n bhe­dā­n saṃ­gṛ­hyai­ka­tva­to ba­huḥ | va­rta­te yaṃ na­yaḥ sa­mya­k pra­ti­pa­kṣā­ni­rā­kṛ­teḥ |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.57sva­vya­ktyā­tma­m a­nai­kāṃ­ta­s ta­dā­bhā­so py a­ne­ka­dhā | pra­tī­ti­bā­dhi­to bo­dhyo niḥ­śe­ṣo py a­na­yā di­śā |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 271,03dra­vya­tvaṃ dra­vyā­tma­ka­m e­va ta­to rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­tā­nāṃ dra­vyā­ṇā­m a­bhā­vā­d i­ty a­pa­ra­saṃ­gra­hā­bhā­saḥ­, pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 271,04pa­ryā­ya­tvaṃ pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­m e­va ta­to rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­ta­pa­ryā­yā­sa­ttvā­d i­ti ta­ttvaṃ ta­ta e­va | ta­thā jī­va­tvaṃ jī­vā­tma­ka­m e­va­, TAŚVA-ML 271,05pu­dga­la­tvaṃ pu­dga­lā­tma­ka­m e­va­, dha­rma­tvaṃ dha­rmā­tma­ka­m e­va­, a­dha­rma­tvaṃ a­dha­rmā­tma­ka­m e­va­, ā­kā­śa­tvaṃ ā­kā­śā­tma­ka­m e­va­, TAŚVA-ML 271,06kā­la­tvaṃ kā­lā­tma­ka­m e­ve­ti cā­pa­ra­saṃ­gra­hā­bhā­sāḥ | jī­va­tvā­di­sā­mā­nyā­nāṃ sva­vya­kti­bhyo bhe­de­na ka­thaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 271,07ci­t pra­tī­te­r a­nya­thā ta­da­nya­ta­ra­lo­pe sa­rva­lo­pā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­thā kra­ma­bhā­vi­pa­ryā­ya­tvaṃ kra­ma­bhā­vi­pa­ryā­ya­vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 271,08tma­ka­m e­va­, sa­ha­bhā­vi­gu­ṇa­tvaṃ ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­m e­ve­ti vā­pa­ra­saṃ­gra­hā­bhā­sau pra­tī­ti­pra­ti­ghā­tā­d e­va | e­va­m a­pa­rā­pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 271,09dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­bhe­da­sā­mā­nyā­ni sva­vya­ktyā­tma­kā­ny e­ve­tya­bhi­prā­yāḥ sa­rve py a­pa­ra­saṃ­gra­hā­bhā­sāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­d e­va TAŚVA-ML 271,10bo­ddha­vyāḥ­, pra­tī­tya­vi­ru­ddha­syai­vā­pa­ra­saṃ­gra­ha­pra­paṃ­ca­syā­va­sthi­ta­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 271,11vya­va­hā­ra­na­yaṃ pra­rū­pa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.48saṃ­gra­he­ṇa gṛ­hī­tā­nā­m a­rthā­nāṃ vi­dhi­pū­rva­kaḥ | yo va­hā­ro vi­bhā­gaḥ syā­d vya­va­hā­ro na­yaḥ smṛ­taḥ |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.59sa cā­ne­ka­pra­kā­raḥ syā­d u­tta­raḥ pa­ra­saṃ­gra­hā­t | ya­t sa­t ta­d dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­v i­ti prā­gṛ­ju­sū­tra­taḥ |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.60ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­pra­vi­bhā­ga­bhā­k | pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­to nya­s tu ta­dā­bhā­so '­va­sī­ya­tā­m |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 271,15pa­ra­saṃ­gra­ha­s tā­va­t sa­rvaṃ sa­d i­ti saṃ­gṛ­hṇā­ti­, vya­va­hā­ra­s tu ta­dvi­bhā­ga­m a­bhi­prai­ti ya­t sa­t ta­d dra­vyaṃ pa­ryā­ya i­ti | ya­thai­vā- TAŚVA-ML 271,16pa­ra­saṃ­gra­haḥ sa­rva­dra­vyā­ṇi dra­vya­m i­ti saṃ­gṛ­hṇā­ti sa­rva­pa­ryā­yāḥ pa­ryā­ya i­ti | vya­va­hā­ra­s ta­d vi­bha­ja­te ya­d dra­vyaṃ ta­j jī- TAŚVA-ML 271,17vā­di­ṣa­ḍvi­dhaṃ­, yaḥ pa­ryā­yaḥ sa dvi­vi­dhaḥ kra­ma­bhā­vī sa­ha­bhā­vī ce­ti | pu­na­r a­pi saṃ­gra­haḥ sa­rvā­n jī­vā­dī­n TAŚVA-ML 271,18saṃ­gṛ­hṇā­ti jī­vaḥ pu­dga­lo dha­rmo '­dha­rmaḥ ā­kā­śaṃ kā­la i­ti­, kra­ma­bhu­va­ś ca pa­ryā­yā­n kra­ma­bhā­vi­pa­ryā­ya i­ti­, sa­ha- TAŚVA-ML 271,19bhā­vi­pa­ryā­yāṃ­s tu sa­ha­bhā­vi­pa­ryā­ya i­ti | vya­va­hā­ra­s tu ta­dvi­bhā­ga­m a­bhi­prai­ti yo jī­vaḥ sa mu­ktaḥ saṃ­sā­rī ca­, TAŚVA-ML 271,20yaḥ pu­dga­laḥ so ṇuḥ skaṃ­dha­ś ca­, yo dha­rmā­sti­kā­yaḥ sa jī­va­ga­ti­he­tuḥ pu­dga­la­ga­ti­he­tu­ś ca­, ya­s tv a­dha­rmā­sti­kā­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 271,21sa jī­va­sthi­ti­he­tu­r a­jī­va­sthi­ti­he­tu­ś ca pa­ryā­ya­to dra­vya­ta­s ta­syai­ka­tvā­t | ta­thā ya­d ā­kā­śaṃ ta­l lo­kā­kā­śa­m a­lo­kā- TAŚVA-ML 271,22kā­śaṃ ca­, yaḥ kā­laḥ sa mu­khyo vyā­va­hā­ri­ka­ś ce­ti­, yaḥ kra­ma­bhā­vī pa­ryā­yaḥ sa kri­yā­rū­po '­kri­yā­rū­pa­ś ca­, TAŚVA-ML 271,23vi­śe­ṣaḥ yaḥ sa­ha­bhā­vī pa­ryā­yaḥ sa gu­ṇaḥ­, sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ś ca sā­mā­nya­m i­ti a­pa­rā­pa­ra­saṃ­gra­ha­vya­va­hā­ra­pra­paṃ­caḥ TAŚVA-ML 271,24prā­gṛ­ju­sū­trā­t pa­ra­saṃ­gra­hā­d u­tta­raḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ­, sa­rva­sya va­stu­naḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­tvā­t | na cai­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 271,25vya­va­hā­ra­sya nai­ga­ma­tva­pra­sa­ktiḥ saṃ­gra­ha­vi­ṣa­ya­pra­vi­bhā­ga­pa­ra­tvā­t sa­rva­tra nai­ga­ma­sya tu gu­ṇa­pra­dhā­no­bha­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 271,26yaḥ pu­naḥ ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­vi­bhā­ga­m a­bhi­prai­ti sa vya­va­hā­rā­bhā­saḥ­, pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­–­na TAŚVA-ML 271,27ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta e­va dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­pra­vi­bhā­gaḥ svā­rtha­kri­yā­he­tu­tvā­d a­nya­thā ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | vaṃ­dhyā­pu­trā­di­va­t vya­va­hā­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 271,28mi­thyā­tve ta­dā­nu­kū­lye­na pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tā ca na syā­t­, sva­pnā­di­vi­bhra­mā­nu­kū­lye­nā­pi te­ṣāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tva- TAŚVA-ML 271,29pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­vya­va­hā­rā­nu­kū­lye­na pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tā | nā­nya­thā bā­dhya­mā­nā­nāṃ te­ṣāṃ ca ta­tpra- TAŚVA-ML 271,30saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| " i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 271,31sāṃ­pra­ta­mṛ­ju­sū­tra­na­yaṃ sū­tra­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.61ṛ­ju­sū­traṃ kṣa­ṇa­dhvaṃ­si va­stu sa­t sū­tra­ye­d ṛ­ju | prā­dhā­nye­na gu­ṇī­bhā­vā­d dra­vya­syā­na­rpa­ṇā­t sa­taḥ |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.62ni­rā­ka­ro­ti ya­d dra­vyaṃ ba­hi­r aṃ­ta­ś ca sa­rva­thā | sa ta­dā­bho '­bhi­maṃ­ta­vyaḥ pra­tī­te­r a­pa­lā­pa­taḥ |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.63kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā ce­ti grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­tā­pi vā | vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­tā ce­ti kvā­rtha­sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.64lo­ka­saṃ­vṛ­tti­sa­tyaṃ ca sa­tyaṃ ca pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ | kvai­vaṃ si­ddhye­d ya­dā­śri­tya bu­ddhā­nāṃ dha­rma­de­śa­nā |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.65sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ kva vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­tā | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­vo vā kvā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā­pi ca |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.66saṃ­yo­go vi­pra­yo­go vā kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇa­saṃ­sthi­tiḥ | sā­dṛ­śyaṃ vai­sa­dṛ­śyaṃ vā sva­saṃ­tā­ne­ta­ra­sthi­tiḥ |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.67sa­mu­dā­yaḥ kva ca pre­tya­bhā­vā­di dra­vya­ni­hna­ve | baṃ­dha­mo­kṣa­vya­va­sthā vā sa­rva­the­ṣṭā­'­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 272,05kṣa­ṇa­dhvaṃ­si­na e­va ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca bhā­vāḥ­, kṣa­ṇa­dva­ya­sthā­ṣṇu­tve pi te­ṣāṃ sa­rva­dā nā­śā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ kau­ṭa­sthya­pra­saṃ­gā­t TAŚVA-ML 272,06kra­mā­kra­mā­bhyā­m a­rtha­kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­d a­va­stu­tā­pa­tteḥ i­ti yo dra­vyaṃ ni­rā­ka­ro­ti sa­rva­thā so tra­rju­sū­trā­bhā­so hi TAŚVA-ML 272,07maṃ­ta­vyaḥ pra­tī­tya­ti­kra­mā­t | pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­pra­tī­ti­r hi ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś cai­kaṃ dra­vyaṃ pū­rvo­tta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­rti sā­dha­yaṃ­tī bā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 272,08vi­dhu­rā pra­sā­dhi­tai­va pu­ra­stā­t | ta­smi­n sa­ti pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­nā­śe sye­ṣṭa­tvā­n na vi­nā­śā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r na bhā­vā­nāṃ kau­ṭa- TAŚVA-ML 272,09sthyā­pa­ttiḥ ya­taḥ sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­t a­va­stu­tā syā­t | yo pi ca ma­nya­te pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 272,10bhā­va­syā­bhā­vā­n na grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vo vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­bhā­vo vā ya­to ba­hi­ra­rthaḥ si­ddhye­t | vi­jñā­na­mā­traṃ tu sa­rva­m i­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 272,11trai­dhā­tu­ka­m i­ti­, so pi ca­rju­sū­trā­bhā­saḥ sva­pa­ra­kṣa­sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | lo­ka­saṃ­vṛ­ttyā sva­pa­kṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 272,12sā­dha­nā­t pa­ra­pa­kṣa­sya bā­dha­nā­t dū­ṣa­ṇā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, lo­ka­saṃ­vṛ­tti­sa­tya­sya pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­tya­sya ca pra­mā­ṇa­to TAŚVA-ML 272,13si­ddheḥ ta­dā­śra­ya­ṇe­nā­pi bu­ddhā­na­pa­va­rṇa­de­śa­nā­d dū­ṣa­ṇa­dvā­re­ṇa dha­rma­de­śa­nā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | e­te­na ci­trā­dvai­taṃ saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 272,14kṣa­ṇi­ka­m i­ty a­pi ma­na­na­mṛ­ju­sū­trā­bhā­sa­tā­m ā­yā­tī­ty u­ktaṃ ve­di­ta­vyaṃ | kiṃ ca­, sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­bhā­vo dra­vya­syo- TAŚVA-ML 272,15bha­yā­dhā­ra­bhū­ta­sya ni­hna­vā­t | ta­thā ca ku­taḥ śa­bdā­de­r vi­śe­ṣya­tā kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­deḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 272,16ka­lā­pa­sya ca ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tā si­ddhye­t ? ta­da­si­ddhau ca na sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­vaḥ sā­dha­na­sya pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­sa­pa­kṣa­tvā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 272,17pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­sya sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­va­sye­ṣṭe­r a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, ba­hi­ra­rtha­tva­ka­lpa­nā­yāḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 272,18dha­rmā­dhā­rā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, kva­ci­d a­py ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā­yāḥ saṃ­bha­vā­bhā­vā­t | kiṃ ca­, saṃ­yo­ga­vi­bhā­gā­bhā­vo dra­vyā­bhā­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 272,19kri­yā­vi­ra­ha­ś ca ta­to na kā­ra­ka­vya­va­sthā ya­taḥ kiṃ­ci­t pa­ra­mā­rtha­to '­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri va­stu syā­t | sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 272,20mā­bhā­va­ś ca pa­ri­ṇā­mi­no dra­vya­syā­pa­hna­vā­t | ta­taḥ sva­pa­ra­saṃ­tā­na­vya­va­sthi­ti­vi­ro­dhaḥ sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 272,21nā­m a­tyaṃ­ta­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­t sa­mu­dā­yā­yo­ga­ś ca­, sa­mu­dā­yi­no dra­vya­syā­ne­ka­syā­sa­mu­dā­yā­va­sthā­pa­ri­tyā­ga­pū­rva­ka­sa­mu­dā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 272,22va­sthā­m u­pā­da­dā­na­syā­pa­hna­vā­t | ta­ta e­va na pre­tya­bhā­vaḥ śu­bhā­śu­bhā­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ ta­tpha­laṃ ca pu­ṇyaṃ pā­paṃ baṃ­dho vā TAŚVA-ML 272,23vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ya­to saṃ­sā­ra­mo­kṣa­vya­va­sthā ta­tra syā­t­, sa­rva­thā­pī­ṣṭa­syā­pra­si­ddheḥ | saṃ­vṛ­tyā hi ce­ṣṭa­sya si­ddhiḥ TAŚVA-ML 272,24saṃ­vṛ­te­r mṛ­ṣā­tvā­t | nā­pi pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kai­ka­dra­vya­si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­da­bhā­ve ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti pa­rī­kṣi­ta­m a­sa- kṛ­dvi­dyā­naṃ­di­ma­ho­da­yaiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 272,25śa­bda­na­ya­m u­pa­va­rṇa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.68kā­lā­di­bhe­da­to rtha­sya bhe­daṃ yaḥ pra­ti­pā­da­ye­t | so tra śa­bda­na­yaḥ śa­bda­pra­dhā­na­tvā­d u­dā­hṛ­taḥ |­| 6­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 272,27kā­la­kā­ra­ka­liṃ­ga­saṃ­khyā­sā­dha­no­pa­gra­ha­bhe­dā­d bhi­nna­m a­rthaṃ śa­pa­tī­ti śa­bdo na­yaḥ śa­bda­pra­dhā­na­tvā­d u­dā­hṛ­taḥ | ya­s tu TAŚVA-ML 272,28vya­va­hā­ra­na­yaḥ kā­lā­di­bhe­de py a­bhi­nna­m a­rtha­m a­bhi­prai­ti ta­m a­nū­dya dū­ṣa­ya­nn ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.69vi­śva­dṛ­śvā­sya ja­ni­tā sū­nu­r i­ty e­ka­m ā­dṛ­tāḥ | pa­dā­rthaṃ kā­la­bhe­de pi vya­va­hā­rā­nu­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.70ka­ro­ti kri­ya­te pu­ṣya­stā­ra­kā yoṃ­bha i­ty a­pi | kā­ra­ka­vya­kti­saṃ­khyā­nāṃ bhe­de pi ca pa­re ja­nāḥ |­| 7­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.71e­hi ma­nye ra­the­ne­tyā­di­ka­sā­dha­na­bhi­dy a­pi | saṃ­ti­ṣṭhe­tā­va­ti­ṣṭhe­te­tyā­dyu­pa­gra­ha­bhe­da­ne |­| 7­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.72ta­n na śre­yaḥ pa­rī­kṣā­yā­m i­ti śa­bdaḥ pra­kā­śa­ye­t | kā­lā­di­bhe­da­ne py a­rthā­bhe­da­ne ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 7­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 272,33ye hi vai­yā­ka­ra­ṇa­vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­nu­ro­dhe­na '­dhā­tu­saṃ­baṃ­dhe pra­tya­yā­' i­ti sū­tra­m ā­ra­bhya vi­śva­dṛ­ś vā­sya pu­tro ja­ni­tā TAŚVA-ML 273,01bhā­vi kṛ­tya­m ā­sī­d i­ty a­tra kā­la­bhe­de py e­ka­pa­dā­rtha­m ā­dṛ­tā yo vi­śvaṃ dṛ­kṣya­ti so pi pu­tro ja­ni­te­ti bha­vi­ṣya­tkā­le- TAŚVA-ML 273,02nā­tī­ta­kā­la­syā­bhe­do bhi­ma­taḥ ta­thā vya­va­hā­ra­da­rśa­nā­d i­ti | ta­tra yaḥ pa­rī­kṣā­yā mū­la­kṣa­teḥ kā­la­bhe­de py a­rtha­syā- TAŚVA-ML 273,03bhe­de ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t rā­va­ṇa­śaṃ­kha­ca­kra­va­rti­no­r a­py a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­kā­la­yo­r e­ka­tvā­pa­tteḥ | ā­sī­d rā­va­ṇo rā­jā śaṃ­kha­ca­kra­va­rtī TAŚVA-ML 273,04bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti śa­bda­yo­r bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­n nai­kā­rtha­te­ti ce­t­, vi­śva­dṛ­ś vā ja­ni­te­ty a­na­yo­r a­pi mā bhū­t ta­ta e­va | na TAŚVA-ML 273,05hi vi­śvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­vā­n i­ti vi­śva­dṛ­śi tve­ti­śa­bda­sya yo rtho tī­ta­kā­la­sya ja­ni­te­ti śa­bda­syā­nā­ga­ta­kā­laḥ pu­tra­sya TAŚVA-ML 273,06bhā­vi­no tī­ta­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | a­tī­ta­kā­la­syā­py a­nā­ga­ta­tvā­vya­pa­ro­pā­d e­kā­rtha­tā­bhi­pre­te­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi na pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 273,07kā­la­bhe­de py a­bhi­nnā­rtha­vya­va­sthā | ta­thā ka­ro­ti kri­ya­te i­ti kā­ra­ka­yoḥ ka­rtṛ­ka­rma­ṇo­r bhe­de py a­bhi­nna­m a­rtha­ta e­vā­dri- TAŚVA-ML 273,08ya­te sa e­va ka­ro­ti kiṃ­ci­t sa e­va kri­ya­te ke­na­ci­d i­ti pra­tī­te­r i­ti | ta­d a­pi na śre­yaḥ pa­rī­kṣā­yāṃ | TAŚVA-ML 273,09de­va­da­ttaḥ ka­ṭaṃ ka­ro­tī­ty a­trā­pi ka­rtṛ­ka­rma­ṇo­r de­va­da­tta­ka­ṭa­yo­r a­bhe­da­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā pu­ṣyaṃ tā­ra­ke­tya­vya­kti­bhe­de pi TAŚVA-ML 273,10na kṛ­tā­rtha­m e­ka­m ā­dri­yaṃ­te­, liṃ­ga­m a­śi­ṣyaṃ lo­kā­śra­ya­tvā­d i­ti | ta­d a­pi na śre­yaḥ­, pa­ṭaḥ ku­ṭī­ty a­trā­pi pa­ṭa­ku­ṭyo- TAŚVA-ML 273,11r e­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­lliṃ­ga­bhe­dā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­thā­poṃ­bha i­ty a­tra saṃ­khyā­bhe­de py e­ka­m a­rthaṃ ja­lā­khya­m ā­dṛ­tāḥ saṃ­khyā- TAŚVA-ML 273,12bhe­da­syo­dbhe­da­ka­tvā­t gu­rvā­di­va­d i­ti | ta­d a­pi na śre­yaḥ pa­rī­kṣā­yāṃ | gha­ṭa­saṃ­s ta­va i­ty a­trā­pi ta­thā­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t TAŚVA-ML 273,13saṃ­khyā­bhe­dā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | e­hi ma­nye ra­the­na yā­sya­si na hi yā­sya­si sa yā­ta­ste pi­tā i­ti sā­dha­na­bhe­de pi TAŚVA-ML 273,14pa­dā­rtha­m a­bhi­nna­m ā­dṛ­tāḥ "­pra­hā­se ma­nya vā­vi yu­ṣma­nma­nya­te­r a­sma­de­ka­va­c ca­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­d a­pi na śre­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 273,15pa­rī­kṣā­yāṃ­, a­haṃ pa­cā­mi tvaṃ pa­ca­sī­ty a­trā­pi a­sma­dyu­ṣma­tsā­dha­nā­bhe­de py e­kā­rtha­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā saṃ­ti­ṣṭha­te TAŚVA-ML 273,16a­va­ti­ṣṭha­ta i­ty a­tro­pa­sa­rga­bhe­de py a­bhi­nna­m a­rtha­m ā­dṛ­tā u­pa­sa­rga­sya dhā­tva­rtha­mā­tra­dyo­ta­ka­tvā­d i­ti | ta­d a­pi na śre­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 273,17ti­ṣṭha­ti pra­ti­ṣṭha­ta i­ty a­trā­pi sthi­ti­ga­ti­kri­ya­yo­r a­bhe­da­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­taḥ kā­lā­di­bhe­dā­d bhi­nna e­vā­rtho '­nya­thā­ti- TAŚVA-ML 273,18pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti śa­bda­na­yaḥ pra­kā­śa­ya­ti ta­dbhe­de py a­rthā­bhe­de dū­ṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­raṃ ca da­rśa­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.73ta­thā kā­lā­di­nā­nā­tva­ka­lpa­naṃ niḥ­pra­yo­ja­na­m | si­ddhaṃ kā­lā­di­nai­ke­na kā­rya­sye­ṣṭa­sya ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 7­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 273,20kā­lā­di­bhe­dā­d a­rtha­sya bhe­do stv i­ti hi ta­tpa­ri­ka­lpa­naṃ pra­yo­ja­na­va­n nā­nya­thā sā­dha­nā­stī­ti niḥ­pra­yo­ja­na­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 273,21ta­t | kiṃ ca­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.74kā­lā­dya­nya­ta­ma­syai­va ka­lpa­naṃ tai­r vi­dhī­ya­tāṃ | ye­ṣāṃ kā­lā­di­bhe­de pi pa­dā­rthai­ka­tva­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 7­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 273,23kā­la­bhe­de py a­bhi­nnā­rthaḥ | kā­la­kā­ra­ka­liṃ­ga­saṃ­khyā­sā­dha­na­bhe­de­bhyo bhi­nno '­rtho na bha­va­tī­ti sva­ru­ci­pra­kā­śa­na- TAŚVA-ML 273,24mā­traṃ |­| kā­lā­di­bhe­dā­d bhi­nno rthaḥ i­ty a­tro­pa­pa­tti­m ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.75śa­bdaḥ kā­lā­di­bhi­r bhi­nnā­bhi­nnā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­kaḥ | kā­lā­di­bhi­nna­śa­bda­tvā­t tā­dṛ­ksi­ddhā­nya­śa­bda­va­t |­| 7­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 273,26sa­rva­sya kā­lā­di­bhi­nna­śa­bda­syā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tve­nā­bhi­ma­ta­sya vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­ta­tve­na pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇā­n na ke­na­ci­d dhe- TAŚVA-ML 273,27to­r vya­bhi­cā­raḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­taḥ pa­kṣaḥ i­ti ce­n na­, kā­lā­di­bhi­nna­śa­bda­syā­bhi­nnā­rtha­tva­grā­hi­ṇaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 273,28bhi­nnā­rtha­grā­hi­ṇā pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 273,29sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍha­m i­dā­nīṃ vyā­ca­ṣṭe­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.76pa­ryā­ya­śa­bda­bhe­de­na bhi­nnā­rtha­syā­dhi­ro­ha­ṇā­t | na­yaḥ sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhaḥ syā­t pū­rva­va­c cā­sya ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 7­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 273,31vi­śva­dṛ­ś vā sa­rva­dṛ­ś ve­ti pa­ryā­ya­bhe­de pi śa­bdo bhi­nnā­rtha­m a­bhi­prai­ti bha­vi­tā bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti ca kā­la­bhe­dā­bhi­ma­na- TAŚVA-ML 273,32nā­t | kri­ya­te vi­dhī­ya­te ka­ro­ti vi­da­dhā­ti pu­ṣya­sti­ṣāḥ tā­ra­ko duḥ ā­po vāḥ aṃ­bhaḥ sa­li­la­m i­tyā­di TAŚVA-ML 273,33pa­ryā­ya­bhe­de pi cā­bhi­nna­m a­rthaṃ śa­bdo ma­nya­te kā­ra­kā­di­bhe­dā­d e­vā­rtha­bhe­dā­bhi­ma­na­nā­t | sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhaḥ pu­naḥ pa­ryā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 273,34bhe­de pi bhi­nnā­rthā­n a­bhi­prai­ti | ka­thaṃ ? TAŚV-ML 1.33.77iṃ­draḥ pu­raṃ­da­raḥ śa­kra i­tyā­dyā bhi­nna­go­ca­rāḥ | śa­bdā vi­bhi­nna­śa­bda­tvā­d vā­ji­vā­ra­ṇa­śa­bda­va­t |­| 7­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,02na­nu cā­tra bhi­nnā­rtha­tve sā­dhye vi­bhi­nna­śa­bda­tva­he­to­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r a­si­ddhe­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, sā­dhya­ni­vṛ­ttau TAŚVA-ML 274,03sā­dha­na­ni­vṛ­tte­r a­tra bhā­vā­t | bhi­nnā­rtha­tvaṃ hi vyā­pa­kaṃ vā­ji­vā­ra­ṇa­śa­bda­yo­r vi­bhi­nna­yo­r a­sti go­śa­bde vā­bhi­nne pi TAŚVA-ML 274,04ta­d a­sti vi­bhi­nna­śa­bda­tvaṃ ta­dvyā­pyaṃ sā­dha­naṃ vi­bhi­nnā­rtha e­va sā­dhye­sti no bhi­nnā­rtha­tve­, ta­to nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 274,05r a­sty e­va he­toḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,06saṃ­pra­ty e­vaṃ­bhū­taṃ na­yaṃ vyā­ca­ṣṭe­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.78ta­tkri­yā­pa­ri­ṇā­m o­rtha­s ta­thai­ve­ti vi­ni­śca­yā­t | e­vaṃ­bhū­te­na nī­ye­ta kri­yāṃ­ta­ra­pa­rā­ṅmu­khaḥ |­| 7­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,08sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍho hi śa­ka­na­kri­yā­yāṃ sa­tyā­m a­sa­tyāṃ ca de­va­rā­jyā­rtha­sya śa­kra­vya­pa­de­śa­m a­bhi­prai­ti­, pa­śo­r ga­ma­na- TAŚVA-ML 274,09kri­yā­yāṃ sa­tyā­m a­sa­tyāṃ ca go­vya­pa­de­śa­va­tta­thā­rū­ḍheḥ sa­dbhā­vā­t | e­vaṃ­bhū­ta­s tu śa­ka­na­kri­yā­pa­ri­ṇa­ta­m e­vā­rthaṃ TAŚVA-ML 274,10ta­tkri­yā­kā­le śa­kra­m a­bhi­prai­ti nā­nya­dā |­| ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.79yo yaṃ kri­yā­rtha­m ā­ca­ṣṭe nā­sā­v a­nya­tkri­yaṃ dhva­niḥ | pa­ṭha­tī­tyā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ pā­ṭhā­dya­rtha­tva­saṃ­ja­nā­t |­| 7­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,12na hi ka­ści­d a­kri­yā­śa­bdo syā­sti gau­ra­śva i­ti jā­ti­śa­bdā­bhi­ma­tā­nā­m a­pi kri­yā­śa­bda­tvā­t ā­śu gā­mya­śva TAŚVA-ML 274,13i­ti­, śu­klo nī­la i­ti gu­ṇa­śa­bdā­bhi­ma­tā a­pi kri­yā­śa­bdā e­va | śu­ci­bha­va­nā­c chu­klaḥ nī­la­nā­n nī­la i­ti TAŚVA-ML 274,14de­va­da­tta i­ti ya­dṛ­cchā­bhiḥ śa­bdā­bhi­ma­tāḥ a­pi kri­yā­śa­bdā e­va de­va e­va de­yā­d i­ti de­va­da­ttaḥ ya­jña­da­tta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 274,15saṃ­yo­gi­dra­vya­śa­bdāḥ sa­ma­vā­yi­dra­vya­śa­bdā­bhi­ma­tāḥ kri­yā­śa­bdā e­va | daṃ­ḍo­syā­stī­ti daṃ­ḍī­, vi­ṣā­ṇa­m a­syā­stī­ti TAŚVA-ML 274,16vi­ṣā­ṇī­tyā­di paṃ­ca­ta­yī tu śa­bdā­nāṃ pra­vṛ­ttiḥ vya­va­hā­ra­mā­trā­n na ni­śca­yā­d i­ty a­yaṃ ma­nya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,17e­va­m e­te śa­bda­sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhai­vaṃ­bhū­ta­na­yāḥ sā­pe­kṣāḥ sa­mya­k­, pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­na­pe­kṣā­s tu mi­thye­ti pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.80i­to nyo­nya­m a­pe­kṣā­yāṃ saṃ­taḥ śa­bdā­d a­yo na­yāḥ | ni­ra­pe­kṣāḥ pu­na­s te syu­s ta­dā­bhā­sā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 8­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,19ke pu­na­r a­tra sa­pta­su na­ye­ṣv a­rtha­pra­dhā­nā ke ca śa­bda­pra­dhā­nā na­yāḥ ? i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.81ta­tra­rju­sū­tra­pa­ryaṃ­tā­ś ca­tvā­ro rtha­na­yā ma­tāḥ | tra­yaḥ śa­bda­na­yāḥ śe­ṣāḥ śa­bda­vā­cyā­rtha­go­ca­rāḥ |­| 8­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,21kaḥ pu­na­r a­tra ba­hu­vi­ṣa­yaḥ ka­ścā­lpa­vi­ṣa­yo na­ya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.82pū­rva­pū­rvo na­yo bhū­ma­vi­ṣa­yaḥ kā­ra­ṇā­tma­kaḥ | pa­raḥ pa­raḥ pu­naḥ sū­kṣma­go­ca­ro he­tu­mā­n i­ha |­| 8­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,23ta­tra nai­ga­ma­saṃ­gra­ha­yo­s tā­va­n na saṃ­gra­ho ba­hu­vi­ṣa­yo nai­ga­mā­t pa­raḥ | kiṃ ta­rhi­, nai­ga­ma e­va saṃ­gra­hā­t pū­rvaṃ i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.83sa­nmā­tra­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na saṃ­gra­ha­sya na yu­jya­te | ma­hā­vi­ṣa­ya­tā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­rthā­n nai­ga­mā­n na­yā­t |­| 8­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.84ya­thā hi sa­ti saṃ­ka­lpa­s ta­thai­vā­sa­ti ve­dya­te | ta­tra pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya nai­ga­ma­sya ma­hā­rtha­tā |­| 8­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,26saṃ­gra­hā­d vya­va­hā­ro ba­hu­vi­ṣa­ya i­ti vi­pa­rya­ya­m a­pā­ka­ro­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.85saṃ­gra­hā­d vya­va­hā­ro pi sa­dvi­śe­ṣā­va­bo­dha­kaḥ | na bhū­ma­vi­ṣa­yo śe­ṣa­sa­tsa­mū­ho­pa­da­rśi­taḥ |­| 8­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,28vya­va­hā­rā­d ṛ­ju­sū­tro ba­hu­vi­ṣa­ya i­ti vi­pa­ryā­saṃ ni­ra­sya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.86na­rju­sū­tra­pra­bhū­tā­rtho va­rta­mā­nā­rtha­go­ca­raḥ | kā­la­tri­ta­ya­vṛ­ttya­rtha­go­ca­rā­d vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ |­| 8­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,30ṛ­ju­sū­trā­c cha­bdo ba­hu­vi­ṣa­ya i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­m a­pa­sā­ra­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.87kā­lā­di­bhe­da­to py a­rtha­m a­bhi­nna­m u­pa­ga­ccha­taḥ | na­rju­sū­trā­n ma­hā­rtho tra śa­bda­s ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­va­t |­| 8­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,32śa­bdā­t sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍho ma­hā­vi­ṣa­ya i­ty ā­re­kāṃ haṃ­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.88śa­bdā­t pa­ryā­ya­bhe­de­nā­bhi­nna­m a­rtha­m a­bhī­psi­naḥ | na syā­t sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍho pi ma­hā­rtha­s ta­dvi­pa­rya­yaḥ |­| 8­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 274,34sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhā­d e­vaṃ­bhū­to bhū­ma­vi­ṣa­ya i­ti cā­kū­ta­m a­pā­sya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.89kri­yā­bhe­de pi cā­bhi­nna­m a­rtha­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­taḥ | nai­vaṃ­bhū­taḥ pra­bhū­tā­rtho na­yaḥ sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍha­taḥ |­| 8­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 275,01ka­thaṃ pu­na­r na­ya­vā­kya­pra­vṛ­tti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.90nai­ga­mā­prā­ti­kū­lye­na na saṃ­gra­haḥ pra­va­rta­te | tā­bhyāṃ vā­cya­m i­hā­bhī­ṣṭā sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­vi­bhā­ga­taḥ |­| 9­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.91nai­ga­ma­vya­va­hā­rā­bhyāṃ vi­ru­ddhā­bhyāṃ ta­thai­va sā | sā nai­ga­ma­rju­sū­trā­bhyāṃ tā­dṛ­gbhyā­m a­vi­gā­na­taḥ |­| 9­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.92sā śa­bdā­n ni­ga­mā­d a­nyā­d yu­ktā­t sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍha­taḥ | sai­vaṃ­bhū­tā­c ca sā jñe­yā vi­dhā­na­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­gā |­| 9­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.93saṃ­gra­hā­de­ś ca śe­ṣe­ṇa pra­ti­pa­kṣe­ṇa ga­mya­tā­m | ta­thai­va vyā­pi­nī sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī na­ya­vi­dāṃ ma­tā |­| 9­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.94vi­śe­ṣai­r u­tta­raiḥ sa­rvai­r na­yā­nā­m u­di­tā­tma­nā­m | pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ru­ddhā­rthai­r dvaṃ­dva­vṛ­tte­r ya­thā­ya­tha­m |­| 9­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.95pra­tye­yā pra­ti­pa­ryā­ya­m a­vi­ru­ddhā ta­thai­va sā | pra­mā­ṇa­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī ca tāṃ vi­nā nā­bhi­vā­gga­tiḥ |­| 9­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 275,08i­ha tā­va­n nai­ga­ma­sya saṃ­gra­hā­di­bhiḥ sa­ha ṣa­ḍbhiḥ pra­tye­kaṃ ṣa­ṭ sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyaḥ­, saṃ­gra­ha­sya vya­va­hā­rā­di­bhiḥ sa­ha TAŚVA-ML 275,09va­ca­nā­t paṃ­ca­, vya­va­hā­ra­sya­rju­sū­trā­di­bhi­ś ca­ta­sraḥ­, ṛ­ju­sū­tra­sya śa­bdā­di­bhi­s ti­sraḥ­, śa­bda­sya sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhā­di­bhyāṃ TAŚVA-ML 275,10dve­, sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍha­syai­vaṃ­bhū­te ne­kā­, i­ty e­ka­viṃ­śa­ti­mū­la­na­ya­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyaḥ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­ta­yā vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­na­yā- TAŚVA-ML 275,11va­gaṃ­ta­vyāḥ | ta­thā na­vā­nāṃ nai­ga­ma­bhe­dā­nāṃ dvā­bhyāṃ pa­rā­pa­ra­saṃ­gra­hā­bhyāṃ sa­ha va­ca­nā­d a­ṣṭā­da­śa sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyaḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 275,12pa­rā­pa­ra­vya­va­hā­rā­bhyāṃ cā­ṣṭā­da­śa­, ṛ­ju­sū­tre­ṇa na­va­, śa­bda­bhe­daiḥ ṣa­ḍiḥ sa­ha ca­tuḥ­paṃ­cā­śa­t­, sa­ma­rū­ḍhe­na sa­ha TAŚVA-ML 275,13na­va­, e­vaṃ­bhū­te­na ca na­va­, i­ti sa­pta­da­śo­tta­raṃ śa­taṃ | ta­thā saṃ­gra­hā­di­na­ya­bhe­dā­nāṃ śe­ṣa­na­ya­bhe­daiḥ sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyo TAŚVA-ML 275,14yo­jyāḥ | e­va­m u­tta­ra­na­ya­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyaḥ paṃ­ca­sa­pta­tyu­tta­ra­śa­taṃ | ta­tho­tta­ro­tta­ra­na­ya­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyo pi śa­bda­taḥ saṃ­khyā­tāḥ TAŚVA-ML 275,15pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ | i­ti pa­ryā­yaṃ sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī ba­hu­dhā va­stu­ny e­ka­trā­vi­ro­dhe­na vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­nā prā­ga­va­du­ktā­cā­ryaiḥ TAŚVA-ML 275,16nā­nyā vyā­pi­ny a­ti­vyā­pi­nī vā nā­py a­saṃ­bha­vi­nī ta­thā pra­tī­ti­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­d ya­thā­–­saṃ­ka­lpa­nā­mā­tra­grā­hi­ṇo TAŚVA-ML 275,17nai­ga­ma­sya tā­va­d ā­śra­ya­ṇā­d vi­dhi­ka­lpa­nā­, pra­sthā­di­saṃ­ka­lpa­mā­traṃ pra­sthā­dy ā­ne­tuṃ ga­cchā­mī­ti vya­va­hā­ro­pa­la­bdheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 275,18bhā­vi­ni bhū­ta­va­du­pa­cā­rā­t ta­thā vya­va­hā­raḥ taṃ­du­le­ṣv o­da­na­vya­va­hā­ra­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, pra­sthā­di­saṃ­ka­lpya­sya ta­dā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 275,19bhū­ya­mā­na­tve­na bhā­vi­tvā­bhā­vā­t pra­sthā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhi­mu­kha­sya kā­ṣṭha­sya pra­sthā­di­tve­na bhā­vi­tvā­t ta­tra ta­du­pa- TAŚVA-ML 275,20cā­ra­sya pra­si­ddhiḥ | pra­sthā­di­bhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­s tu ta­tsaṃ­ka­lpya­sya vyā­pi­no nu­pa­ca­ri­ta­tvā­t | na ca ta­dvya­va­hā­ro TAŚVA-ML 275,21mu­khya e­ve­ti ta­tpra­ti­saṃ­gra­hā­śra­ya­ṇā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­nā na pra­sthā­di­saṃ­ka­lpa­mā­traṃ pra­sthā­di­sa­nmā­tra­sya ta­thā pra­tī­teḥ TAŚVA-ML 275,22a­sa­taḥ pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti vya­va­hā­rā­śra­ya­ṇā­t dra­vya­sya ta­tho­pa­la­vdhe­r a­dra­vya­syā­sa­taḥ sa­to vā pra­tye­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ TAŚVA-ML 275,23pa­ryā­ya­sya ta­dā­tma­ka­tvā­d a­nya­thā dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ṛ­ju­sū­trā­śra­ya­ṇā­t pa­ryā­ya­mā­tra­sya pra­sthā­di­tve­no­pa­la­bdheḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 275,24a­nya­thā pra­tī­tya­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti śa­bdā­śra­ya­ṇā­t kā­lā­di­bhe­dā­d bhi­nna­syā­rtha­sya pra­sthā­di­tvā­d a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 275,25i­ti sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhā­śra­ya­ṇā­t pa­ryā­ya­bhe­de­na bhi­nna­syā­rtha­sya pra­sthā­di­tvā­t a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti­, e­vaṃ­bhū­tā­śra­ya­ṇā­t TAŚVA-ML 275,26pra­sthā­di­kri­yā­pa­ri­ṇa­ta­syai­vā­rtha­sya pra­sthā­di­tvā­d a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti | ta­thā syā­d u­bha­yaṃ kra­mā­rpi­to­bha­ya­na­yā­rpa­ṇā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 275,27syā­d a­va­kta­vyaṃ sa­hā­rpi­to­bha­ya­na­yā­śra­ya­ṇā­t­, a­va­kta­vyo­tta­rāḥ śe­ṣā­s tra­yo bhaṃ­gā ya­thā­yo­ga­m u­dā­hā­ryā­, i­ty e­tāḥ TAŚVA-ML 275,28ṣa­ṭsa­pta­bhaṃ­gyaḥ | ta­thā saṃ­gra­hā­śra­ya­to vi­dhi­ka­lpa­nā syā­t sa­d e­va sa­rva­m a­sa­to '­pra­tī­teḥ kha­ra­śṛṃ­ga­va­d i­ti ta­t TAŚVA-ML 275,29pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­nā vya­va­hā­rā­śra­ya­ṇā­n na syā­t­, sa­rvaṃ sa­d e­va dra­vya­tvā­di­no­pa­la­bdhe­dra­rvyā­di­ra­hi­ta­sya sa­nmā­tra­syā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 275,30pa­la­bdhe­ś ce­ti ṛ­ju­sū­trā­śra­ya­ṇā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­nā na sa­rvaṃ syā­t sa­d e­va va­rta­mā­nā­d rū­pā­d a­nye­na rū­pe­ṇā­nu­pa­la­bdhe- TAŚVA-ML 275,31r a­nya­thā a­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­sa­tto­pa­laṃ­bha­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti śa­bdā­śra­ya­ṇā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­nā na sa­rvaṃ syā­t sa­d e­va kā­lā­di­bhe­de­na TAŚVA-ML 275,32bhi­nna­syā­rtha­syo­pa­la­bdhe­r a­nya­thā kā­lā­di­bhe­dā­na­rtha­kya­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhā­śra­yā pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­nā na sa­rvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 275,33sa­d e­va syā­t­, pa­ryā­ya­bhe­de­na bhi­nna­syā­rtha­syo­pa­la­bdhe­r a­nya­thai­ka­pa­ryā­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t i­ti | e­vaṃ­bhū­tā­śra­yā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha- TAŚVA-ML 275,34ka­lpa­nā na sa­rvaṃ sa­d e­va ta­tkri­yā­pa­ri­ṇa­ta­syai­vā­rtha­sya ta­tho­pa­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā kri­yā­saṃ­ka­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­t i­ti | ta­tho­bha­ya­na- TAŚVA-ML 275,35ya­kra­mā­kra­mā­rpa­ṇā­d u­bha­yā­va­kta­vya­ka­lpa­nā vi­dhi­na­yā­śra­ya­ṇā­t sa­ho­bha­ya­na­yā­śra­ya­ṇā­c ca pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­va­kta­vya­ka­lpa­nā TAŚVA-ML 276,01kra­mā­kra­mo­bha­ya­na­yā­śra­ya­ṇā­t ta­du­bha­yā­va­kta­vya­ka­lpa­ne­ti paṃ­ca­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyaḥ | ta­thā vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­d vi­dhi­ka­lpa­nā sa­rvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 276,02dra­vyā­dyā­tma­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­vya­va­hā­rā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ ka­lpa­nā­mā­tre­ṇa ta­dvya­va­hā­re sva­pa­ra­pa­kṣa­vya­va­sthā­pa­na­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 276,03pa­ra­mā­rtha­to nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti taṃ pra­ti tā­va­dṛ­ju­sū­trā­śra­yā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­nā­, na sa­rvaṃ dra­vyā­dyā­tma­kaṃ pa­ryā­ya­mā­tra­syo- TAŚVA-ML 276,04pa­la­bdhe­r i­ti | śa­bda­sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhai­vaṃ­bhū­tā­śra­yā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­nā na sa­rvaṃ dra­vyā­dyā­tma­kaṃ­, kā­lā­di­bhe­de­na pa­ryā­ya­bhe­de­na TAŚVA-ML 276,05kri­yā­bhe­de­na ca bhi­nna­syā­rtha­syo­pa­la­bdheḥ i­ti | pra­tha­ma­dvi­tī­ya­bhaṃ­gau pū­rva­va­du­tta­re bhaṃ­gā i­ti ca­ta­sraḥ sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyaḥ TAŚVA-ML 276,06pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ | ta­tha­rju­sū­trā­śra­yā­d vi­dhi­ka­lpa­nā sa­rvaṃ pa­ryā­ya­mā­traṃ dra­vya­sya kva­ci­d a­va­sthi­te­r i­ti taṃ pra­ti TAŚVA-ML 276,07śa­bdā­śra­yā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­nā | sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhai­vaṃ­bhū­tā­śra­yā­c ca na sa­rvaṃ pa­ryā­ya­mā­traṃ kā­lā­di­bhe­de­na pa­ryā­ya­bhe­de­na TAŚVA-ML 276,08kri­yā­bhe­de­na ca bhi­nna­sya pa­ryā­ya­syo­tpa­tti­ma­ttvā­d i­ti | dvau bhaṃ­gau kra­mā­kra­mā­rpi­to­bha­ya­na­yā­s tṛ­tī­ya­ca­tu­rtha­bhaṃ­gāḥ TAŚVA-ML 276,09tra­yo nye pra­tha­ma­dvi­tī­ya­tṛ­tī­yā e­vā­va­kta­vyo­tta­rā ya­tho­kta­na­ya­yo­gā­d a­va­se­yā i­ti ti­sraḥ sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyaḥ | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 276,10śa­bda­na­yā­śra­yā­t vi­dhi­ka­lpa­nā sa­rvaṃ kā­lā­di­bhe­dā­d bhi­nnaṃ vi­va­kṣi­ta­kā­lā­di­ka­syā­rtha­syā­vi­va­kṣi­ta­kā­lā­di- TAŚVA-ML 276,11tvā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti | taṃ pra­ti sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhai­vaṃ­bhū­tā­śra­yā pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­nā na sa­rvaṃ kā­lā­di­bhe­dā­d e­va bhi­nnaṃ pa­ryā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 276,12bhe­dā­t kri­yā­bhe­dā­c ca bhi­nna­syā­rtha­sya pra­tī­teḥ i­ti mū­la­bhaṃ­ga­dva­yaṃ pū­rva­va­t pa­re paṃ­ca bhaṃ­gāḥ pra­tye­yā i­ti dve TAŚVA-ML 276,13sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyau | ta­thā sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhyā­śra­yā vi­dhi­ka­lpa­nā sa­rvaṃ pa­ryā­ya­bhe­dā­d bhi­nnaṃ vi­va­kṣi­ta­pa­ryā­ya­syā­vi­va­kṣi­ta- TAŚVA-ML 276,14pa­ryā­ya­tve­nā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r i­ti taṃ pra­ty e­vaṃ­bhū­tā­śra­yā pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­lpa­nā na sa­rvaṃ pa­ryā­ya­bhe­dā­d e­va bhi­nnaṃ kri­yā­bhe­de­na TAŚVA-ML 276,15pa­ryā­ya­sya bhe­do­pa­la­bdhe­r i­ti | e­ta­tsaṃ­yo­ga­jāḥ pū­rva­va­tpa­re paṃ­ca­bhaṃ­gāḥ pra­tye­ta­vyā i­ty e­kā sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī | e­va­m e­tā TAŚVA-ML 276,16e­ka­viṃ­śa­ti­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyaḥ vai­pa­rī­tye­nā­pi tā­v aṃ­tyaḥ pra­paṃ­ca­to­bhyū­hyā | ta­tho­tta­ra­na­ya­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gyaḥ sa­rvāḥ pa­ra­spa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 276,17vi­ru­ddhā­rtha­yo­r dva­yo­r na­va­bhe­da­yo­r e­ka­ta­ra­sya sva­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­dhau ta­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­sya na­ya­syā­va­laṃ­ba­ne­na ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhe mū­la­bhaṃ­ga­dva­ya- TAŚVA-ML 276,18ka­lpa­na­yā ya­tho­di­ta­nyā­ye­na ta­du­tta­ra­bhaṃ­ga­ka­lpa­na­yā ca pra­ti­pa­ryā­ya­m a­va­gaṃ­ta­vyāḥ | pū­rvo­kta­pra­mā­ṇa­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­va­tta­dvi- TAŚVA-ML 276,19cā­ra­ś ca ka­rta­vyaḥ | pra­ti­pā­di­ta­na­ya­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­ṣv a­pi pra­ti­bhaṃ­gaṃ syā­t kā­ra­syai­va­kā­ra­sya ca pra­yo­ga­sa­dbhā­vā­t | tā­sāṃ TAŚVA-ML 276,20vi­ka­lā­de­śa­tvā­de­.­.­.­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­taḥ sa­ka­lā­de­śā­tmi­kā­yā vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | ye­na ca kā­ra­ṇe­na sa­rva­na­yā­śra­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 276,21sa­pta vā va­ca­na­mā­rgāḥ pra­va­rtaṃ­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.96sa­rve śa­bda­na­yā­s te­na pa­rā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ne | svā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ne mā­tu­r i­me jñā­na­na­yāḥ sthi­tāḥ |­| 9­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.97vai nī­ya­mā­na­va­stvaṃ­śāḥ ka­thyaṃ­te '­rtha­na­yā­ś ca te | trai­vi­dhyaṃ vya­va­ti­ṣṭhaṃ­te pra­dhā­na­gu­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 9­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 276,24kiṃ pu­na­r a­mī­ṣāṃ na­yā­nā­m e­ka­smi­nn a­rthe pra­vṛ­tti­r ā­ho­svi­tpra­ti­vi­śe­ṣo stī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.98ya­tra pra­va­rta­te svā­rthe ni­ya­mā­d u­tta­ro na­yaḥ | pū­rva­pū­rvo na­ya­s ta­tra va­rta­mā­no na vā­rya­te |­| 9­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.33.99sa­ha­sraṃ ca śa­tī ya­dva­t ta­syāṃ paṃ­ca­śa­tī ma­tā | pū­rva­saṃ­khyo­tta­ra­tvā­bhyāṃ saṃ­khyā­yā­m a­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 9­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 276,27pa­raḥ pa­raḥ pū­rva­tra pū­rva­tra ka­smā­n na­yo na pra­va­rta­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.100pū­rva­tra no­tta­rā saṃ­khyā ya­thā­yā­tā­nu­va­rtya­te | ta­tho­tta­ra­na­yaḥ pū­rva­na­yā­rtha­sa­ka­le sa­dā |­| 1­0­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 276,29pra­mā­ṇa­na­yā­nā­m a­pi pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­ga­ma­na­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa vi­śe­ṣi­ta­ś ce­ti śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.101na­yā­rthe­ṣu pra­mā­ṇa­sya vṛ­ttiḥ sa­ka­la­de­śi­naḥ | bha­ve­n na tu pra­mā­ṇā­rthe na­yā­nā­m a­khi­le­ṣu sā |­| 1­0­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 276,31ki­m e­vaṃ pra­kā­rā e­va na­yāḥ sa­rve py ā­hu­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣāḥ saṃ­ti ? a­pa­re pī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.33.102saṃ­kṣe­pe­ṇa na­yā­s tā­va­dvyā­khyā­tā­s ta­tra sū­ci­tāḥ | ta­dvi­śe­ṣāḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na saṃ­ciṃ­tyā na­ya­ca­kra­taḥ |­| 1­0­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 276,33e­va­m a­dhi­ga­mo­pā­ya­bhū­tāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­na­yāḥ vyā­khyā­tāḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 276,34i­ti na­ya­sū­tra­sya vyā­khyā­naṃ sa­mā­ptaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.0 ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­ma­bhe­daḥ | TAŚVA-ML 277,02ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­ma­bhe­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.1ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­ma­s tā­va­t pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­to ma­taḥ | sa­rvaḥ sva­rthaḥ pa­rā­rtho vā­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­si­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 277,04a­dhi­ga­ccha­ty a­ne­na ta­ttvā­rthā­na­dhi­ga­ma­ya­ty a­ne­ne­ti vā­dhi­ga­maḥ svā­rtho jñā­nā­tma­kaḥ pa­rā­rtho va­ca­nā­tma­ka TAŚVA-ML 277,05i­ti pra­tye­ya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.2pa­rā­rthā­dhi­ga­ma­s ta­trā­nu­dbha­va­drā­ga­go­ca­raḥ | ji­gī­ṣu­go­ca­ra­ś ce­ti dvi­dhā śu­ddha­dhi­yo vi­duḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.3sa­tya­vā­gbhi­r vi­dhā­ta­vyaḥ pra­tha­ma­s ta­ttva­ve­di­bhiḥ | ya­thā ka­thaṃ­ci­d i­ty e­ṣa ca­tu­raṃ­go na saṃ­ma­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.4pra­va­krā­jñā­pya­mā­na­sya pra­sa­bha­jñā­na­pe­kṣa­yā | ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­maṃ ka­rtuṃ sa­ma­rtho­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.5vi­śru­taḥ­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­sva­yaṃ pra­bhuḥ | tā­dṛ­śā­nya­bha­sā­mī­tā bhā­ve pi pra­ti­bo­dha­kaḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.6sā­bhi­mā­na­ja­nā­ra­bhya­ś ca­tu­raṃ­go ni­ve­di­taḥ | ta­jjñai­r a­nya­ta­mā­pā­ye py a­rthā­pa­ri­sa­mā­pti­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.7ji­gī­ṣa­dbhyāṃ vi­nā tā­va­n na vi­vā­daḥ pra­va­rta­te | tā­bhyā­m e­va ja­yo nyo­nyaṃ vi­dhā­tuṃ na ca śa­kya­te |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.8vā­di­no spa­rddha­yā vṛ­ddhi­r a­bhi­mā­naḥ pra­vṛ­ddhi­taḥ | si­ddhe vā­trā­ka­laṃ­ka­sya ma­ha­to nyā­ya­ve­di­naḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.9sva­pra­jā­pa­ri­pā­kā­di­pra­yo­ja­ne­ti ke­ca­na | te­ṣā­m a­pi vi­nā mā­nā­d dva­yo­r ya­di sa saṃ­ma­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 277,14ta­dā ta­tra bha­ve­dvya­rthaḥ sa­tprā­śni­ka­pa­ri­gra­haḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.app.10ta­yo­r a­nya­ta­ma­sya syā­d a­bhi­mā­naḥ ka­dā­ca­na | ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m e­ve­ṣṭaṃ sa­bhyā­pe­kṣa­ṇa­m a­tra ce­t |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.11rā­jā­pe­kṣa­ṇa­m a­py a­stu ta­thai­va ca­tu­raṃ­ga­tā | vā­da­sya bhā­vi­nī­m i­ṣṭā­m a­pe­kṣāṃ vi­ji­gī­ṣa­tā­m |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.12sa­bhyai­r a­nu­ma­taṃ ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ dṛ­ḍha­ta­raṃ bha­ve­t | i­ti te vī­ta­rā­gā­bhyā­m a­pe­kṣā ta­ta e­va ce­t |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.13ta­c ce­n ma­he­śva­ra­syā­pi sva­śi­ṣya­pra­ti­pā­da­ne | sa­bhyā­pe­kṣa­ṇa­m a­py a­stu vyā­khyā­ne ca bha­vā­dṛ­śāṃ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.14sva­yaṃ ma­he­śva­raḥ sa­bhyo ma­dhya­stha­s ta­ttva­vi­ttva­taḥ | pra­va­ktā ca vi­ne­yā­nāṃ ta­ttva­khyā­pa­na­to ya­di |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.15ta­dā­nyo pi pra­va­ktai­vaṃ bha­ve­d i­ti vṛ­thā ta­va | prā­śni­kā­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ vā­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.16ya­thā cai­kaḥ pra­va­ktā ca ma­dhya­stho­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te | ta­thā sa­bhā­pa­tiḥ kiṃ na pra­ti­pā­dyaḥ sa e­va te |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.17ma­ryā­d ā­ti­kra­mā­bhā­va­he­tu­tvā­d bo­dhya­śa­kti­taḥ | pra­si­ddha­pra­bha­vā tā­dṛ­gvi­ne­ya­ja­na­va­ddhru­va­m |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.18sva­yaṃ bu­ddhaḥ pra­va­ktā syā­t bo­dhya­saṃ­di­gdha­dhī­r i­ha | ta­yoḥ ka­thaṃ sa­hai­ka­tra sa­dbhā­va i­ti cā­ku­laṃ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.19prā­śni­ka­tva­pra­va­ktṛ­tva­sa­dbhā­va­syā­pi hā­ni­taḥ | sva­pa­kṣa­rā­gau­dā­sī­na­vi­ro­dha­syā­ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.20pū­rvaṃ va­ktā bu­dhaḥ pa­ścā­t sa­bhyo na vyā­ha­to ya­di | ta­dā pra­bo­dha­ko bo­dhya­s ta­thai­va na vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.21va­ktṛ­vā­kyā­nu­va­ktā­di sva­sya syā­t pra­ti­pā­da­kaḥ | ta­da­rthaṃ bu­dhya­mā­na­s tu pra­ti­pā­dyo na ma­nya­tā­m |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.22ta­thai­kāṃ­go pi vā­daḥ syā­c ca­tu­raṃ­go vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | pṛ­tha­k sa­bhyā­di­bhe­dā­nā­m a­na­pe­kṣā­c ca sa­rva­dā |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.23ya­thā vā­dyā­da­yo lo­ke dṛ­śyaṃ­te te nya­bhe­di­naḥ | ta­thā nyā­ya­vi­dā­m i­ṣṭā vya­va­hā­re­ṣu te ya­di |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.24ta­da­bhā­vā­t sva­yaṃ va­ktuḥ sa­bhyā bhi­nnā bha­vaṃ­tu te | sa­bhā­pa­ti­ś ca ta­dbo­dhya­ja­na­vaṃ­ta­ś ca ne­ṣya­te |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.25ji­gī­ṣā­vi­ra­hā­t ta­sya ta­ttvaṃ bo­dha­ya­to ja­nā­n | na sa­bhyā­di­pra­tī­kṣā­sti ya­di vā­de kva sā bha­ve­t |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.26ta­to vā­do ji­gī­ṣā­yāṃ vā­di­noḥ saṃ­pra­va­rta­te | sa­bhyā­pe­kṣa­ṇa­to ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍā­va­d i­ti sphu­ṭaṃ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.27ta­da­pe­kṣā ca ta­trā­sti ja­ye­ta­ra­vi­dhā­na­taḥ | ta­dva­d e­vā­nya­thā ta­tra sā na syā­d a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.28si­ddho ji­gī­ṣa­to vā­da­ś ca­tu­raṃ­ga­s ta­thā sa­ti | svā­bhi­pre­ta­vya­va­sthā­nā­l lo­ka­pra­khyā­ta­vā­da­va­t |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 278,01na­nu ca prā­śni­kā­pe­kṣa­ṇā­vi­śe­ṣe pi vā­da­ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍā­nāṃ na vā­do ji­gī­ṣa­to­s ta­ttvā­vya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 278,02tva­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t | ya­s tu ji­gī­ṣa­to­r na sa ta­thā si­ddho ya­thā ja­lpo vi­taṃ­ḍā ca ta­thā vā­daḥ ta­smā­n na ji­gī­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 278,03to­r i­ti | na hi vā­da­s ta­ttvā­vya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rtho bha­va­ti ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍa­yo­r e­va ta­thā­tvā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­ta­ttvā- TAŚVA-ML 278,04vya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rthe ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍe bī­ja­pra­ro­ha­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ kaṃ­ṭa­ka­śā­khā­va­ra­ṇa­va­d i­ti | ta­d e­ta­tpra­lā­pa­mā­traṃ­, vā­da- TAŚVA-ML 278,05syai­va ta­ttvā­vya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­thā hi­–­vā­da e­va ta­ttvā­vya­va­sā­ya­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rthaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­ta­rka­sā­dha­no- TAŚVA-ML 278,06pā­laṃ­bha­tve si­ddhāṃ­tā­vi­ru­ddha­tve paṃ­cā­va­ya­vo­pa­pa­nna­tve ca sa­ti pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­ha­tvā­t ya­s tu na ta­thā sa na ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 278,07ā­kro­śā­diḥ ta­thā ca vā­da­s ta­smā­t ta­ttvā­vya­va­sā­ya­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rtha i­ti yu­kti­sa­dbhā­vā­t | na tā­va­d a­ya­m a­si­ddho TAŚVA-ML 278,08he­tuḥ pra­mā­ṇa­ta­rka­sā­dha­no­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ si­ddhāṃ­tā­vi­ru­ddhaḥ paṃ­cā­va­ya­vo­pa­pa­nnaḥ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­ho vā­da i­ti va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 278,09pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­hā­d i­ty u­cya­mā­ne ja­lpe­pi ta­thā syā­d i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­vi­ro­dha­s ta­tpa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­ta­rka­sā­dha­no- TAŚVA-ML 278,10pā­laṃ­bha­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | na hi ja­lpe ta­d a­sti ya­tho­kto­pa­pa­nna­cha­la­jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­sā­dha­no­pā­laṃ­bho ja­lpa i­ti TAŚVA-ML 278,11va­ca­nā­t | ta­ta e­va na vi­taṃ­ḍā ta­thā pra­sa­jya­te pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­ha­ra­hi­ta­tvā­c ca | pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣau hi va­stu- TAŚVA-ML 278,12dha­rmā­v e­kā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇau vi­ru­ddhau e­ka­kā­lā­dhya­na­va­si­tau va­stu­vi­śe­ṣau va­stu­naḥ sā­mā­nye­nā­dhi­ga­ta­tvā­c ca vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 278,13va­ga­ma­ni­mi­tto vi­vā­daḥ | e­kā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­v i­ti nā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇau vi­cā­raṃ na pra­yo­ja­ta u­bha­yoḥ pra­mā­ṇe­no- TAŚVA-ML 278,14pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­d ya­thā­–­a­ni­tyā bu­ddhi­r ni­tya ā­tme­ti a­vi­ru­ddhā­v a­py e­vaṃ vi­cā­raṃ na pra­yo­ja­ya­taḥ | ta­d ya­thā kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 278,15va­ddra­vyaṃ niḥ­kri­yaṃ ca kā­la­bhe­de sa­tī­ty e­ka­kā­lā­v i­ty u­ktaṃ | ta­thā­va­si­tau vi­cā­raṃ na pra­yo­ja­ye­te ni­śca­yo­tta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 278,16kā­laṃ vi­vā­dā­bhā­vā­d i­ty a­na­va­si­tau ni­rdi­ṣṭau | e­vaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­yo­r dha­rma­yoḥ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­yoḥ pa­ri­gra­ha TAŚVA-ML 278,17i­tthaṃ­bhā­va­ni­ya­maḥ | e­vaṃ dha­rmā­yaṃ dha­rmī nai­vaṃ dha­rme­ti vā so '­yaṃ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­ho na vi­taṃ­ḍā­yā­m a­sti sa­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 278,18pa­kṣa­sthā­pa­nā­rhā no vi­taṃ­ḍā i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­thā ya­tho­kto ja­lpaḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sthā­pa­nā­hī­na­ta­yā vi­śe­ṣa­to TAŚVA-ML 278,19vi­taṃ­ḍā­tvaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te | vai­taṃ­ḍi­ka­sya ca sva­pa­kṣa e­va sā­dha­na­vā­di­pa­kṣā­pe­kṣa­yā pra­ti­pa­kṣo ha­sti­pra­ti­ha­sti­nyā- TAŚVA-ML 278,20ye­na­.­.­.­.­vai­taṃ­ḍi­ko na sā­dha­naṃ va­kti ke­va­laṃ pa­ra­pa­kṣa­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­yai­va pra­va­rta­ta i­ti vyā­khyā­nā­t | na­nu vai­taṃ­ḍi- TAŚVA-ML 278,21ka­sya pra­ti­pa­kṣā­bhi­dhā­naḥ sva­pa­kṣo sty e­vā­nya­thā pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­na i­ti sū­tra­kā­ro brū­yā­t na tu pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sthā­pa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 278,22hī­na i­ti | na hi rā­ja­hī­no de­śa i­ti ca ka­ści­d rā­ja­pu­ru­ṣa­hī­na i­ti va­kti ta­thā­bhi­pre­tā­rthā­pra­ti­pa­tte­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 278,23ke­ci­t | te pi na sa­mī­cī­na­vā­caḥ­, pra­ti­pa­kṣa i­ty a­ne­na vi­dhi­rū­pe­ṇa pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­na­syā­rtha­sya vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 278,24ya­sya hi sthā­pa­nā kri­ya­te sa vi­dhi­rū­paḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣo na pu­na­r ya­sya pa­ra­pa­kṣa­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­sā­ma­rthyo­nna­tiḥ so tra TAŚVA-ML 278,25mu­khya­vi­dhi­rū­pa­ta­yā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ta­sya gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na vya­va­sthi­teḥ | ja­lpo pi ka­ści­d e­vaṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sthā­pa­nā­hī­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 278,26syā­n ne­daṃ ni­rā­tma­kaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­raṃ prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttva­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­t sā­tma­kaṃ jī­va- TAŚVA-ML 278,27ccha­rī­ra­m i­ti sva­pa­kṣa­sya si­ddhe­r vi­rū­pe­ṇa sthā­pa­nā­vi­ra­hā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ni­ya­me­na pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sthā­pa­nā­hī­na­tvā­bhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 278,28j ja­lpa­sya | ta­tra hi ka­dā­ci­t sva­pa­kṣa­vi­dhā­na­dvā­re­ṇa pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ ka­dā­ci­t pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­dvā­re­ṇa sva­pa­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 278,29vi­dhā­na­m i­ṣya­te nai­vaṃ vi­taṃ­ḍā­yāṃ pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­syai­va sa­rva­dā ta­tra ni­ya­mā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣo pi vi­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 278,30rū­po vi­taṃ­ḍā­yāṃ nā­stī­ti pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­na i­ty e­va va­kta­vyaṃ sthā­pa­nā­hī­na i­ty a­syā­pi ta­thā si­ddheḥ­, sthā­pya­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 278,31syā­bhā­ve sthā­pa­nā­yāḥ saṃ­bha­vā­yo­gā­d i­ti ce­n na­; a­ni­ṣṭa­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­rva­thā pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­na­syā­rtha­syā­ni­ṣṭa­sya pra­sa­ktau TAŚVA-ML 278,32ca ya­thā vi­taṃ­ḍā­yāṃ sā­dhya­ni­rde­śā­bhā­va­s ta­sya ce­ta­si pa­ri­sphu­ra­ṇā­bhā­va­ś ca ta­thā­rthā­pa­ttyā­pi ga­mya­mā­na­sya pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 278,33pa­kṣa­syā­bhā­va i­ti vyā­ha­tiḥ syā­d va­ca­na­sya ga­mya­mā­na­sva­pa­kṣā­bhā­ve pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya bhā­vi­vi­ro­dhā­t pra­ti­pa­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 278,34sthā­pa­nā­hī­na i­ti va­ca­ne tu na vi­ro­dhaḥ sa­rva­śū­nya­vā­di­nāṃ pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe sa­rvaḥ śū­nya­m i­ti sva­pa­kṣa­ga­mya- TAŚVA-ML 278,35mā­na­sya bhā­ve pi sthā­pa­nā­yā ga­mya­mā­nā­yā­s ta­dbhā­vā­bhā­ve vā śū­nya­tā­vyā­ghā­tā­t | ta­rhi pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­na­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 279,01vā pra­yo­ja­nā­rtha­m a­rthi­tve­na ta­m a­bhyu­pe­yā­d i­ty a­trā­pi pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­na­m a­pi ce­ti va­kta­vyaṃ­, sa­rva­thā pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­na­vā­da­syā- TAŚVA-ML 279,02saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti ce­t | ka e­vaṃ vyā­ca­ṣṭe sa­rva­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­na­m i­ti ? pa­ra­taḥ pra­ti­jñā­m u­pā­di­tsa­mā­na­s ta­ttva­bu­bhu­tsā- TAŚVA-ML 279,03pra­kā­śa­ne­na sva­pa­kṣaṃ va­ca­na­to na­va­sthā­pa­ya­tsva­da­rśa­naṃ sā­dha­ye­d i­ti vyā­khyā­nā­t ta­tra ga­mya­mā­na­sya sva­pa­kṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 279,04bhā­vā­t­, sva­pa­kṣa­m a­na­va­sthā­pa­ya­nn i­ti bhā­ṣya­kā­ra­va­ca­na­syā­nya­thā vi­ro­dhā­t | ku­to nya­thā bhā­ṣya­kā­ra­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 279,05vyā­khyā­na­m i­ti ce­t­, sa­rva­thā sva­pa­kṣa­hī­na­sya vā­da­sya ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍā­va­da­saṃ­bha­vā­d e­va ka­tha­m e­vaṃ vā­da­ja­lpa­yo­r vi­taṃ- TAŚVA-ML 279,06ḍā­to bhe­daḥ ? pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sthā­pa­nā­hī­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti ce­t­, u­kta­m a­tra ni­ya­ma­taḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sthā­pa­nā­yā hī­nā TAŚVA-ML 279,07vi­taṃ­ḍā­, ka­dā­ci­t ta­yā hī­nau vā­da­ja­lpā­v i­ti | ke­va­laṃ vā­daḥ pra­mā­ṇa­ta­rka­sā­dha­no­pa­laṃ­bha­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaḥ pa­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 279,08pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­haḥ | ja­lpa­s tu cha­la­jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­sā­dha­no­pā­laṃ­bha­ś ca ya­tho­kto­pa­pa­nna­ś ce­ti vi­taṃ­ḍā­to vi­śi- TAŚVA-ML 279,09ṣya­te | ta­d e­vaṃ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­ha­sya ja­lpe sa­to pi pra­mā­ṇa­ta­rka­sā­dha­no­pa­laṃ­bha­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­vā­d vi­taṃ­ḍā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 279,10m a­sa­ttvā­c ca na ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍa­yo­s ta­ttvā­vya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­tva­si­ddhiḥ pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dha­nā­d ye­ne­ṣṭa­vi­ghā­ta­kā­rī­daṃ syā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 279,11ni­ṣṭa­sya sā­dha­nā­d i­ti vā­da e­va ta­ttvā­vya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­tvā­j ji­gī­ṣa­to­r yu­kto na ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍe tā­bhyāṃ ta­ttvā- TAŚVA-ML 279,12vya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ khyā­ti­lā­bha­pū­jā­va­t ta­ttva­syā­vya­va­sā­yo hi ta­ttva­ni­śca­ya­s ta­sya saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 279,13nyā­ya­ba­lā­t sa­ka­la­bā­dha­ka­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe­na pu­na­s ta­tra bā­dha­ka­m u­dbhā­va­ya­te ya­thā­ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­rmu­khī­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ca­pe­ṭā­di­bhi­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 279,14tpa­kṣa­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­syā­pi ta­ttvā­vya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍā­bhyāṃ ta­tra sa­ka­la­bā­dha­ka­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 279,15ha­ra­ṇaṃ cha­la­jā­tyā­dyu­pa­kra­ma­pa­rā­bhyāṃ saṃ­śa­ya­sya vi­pa­ryā­sa­sya vā ja­na­nā­t | ta­ttvā­vya­va­sā­rya sa­ty a­pi hi vā­di­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 279,16pa­ra­ni­rmu­khī­ka­ra­ṇe pra­vṛ­ttau prā­śni­kā­s ta­tra saṃ­śe­ra­te vi­pa­rya­sya­nn i­va ki­m a­sya ta­ttvā­vya­va­sā­yo sti kiṃ vā TAŚVA-ML 279,17nā­stī­ti | nā­sty e­ve­ti vyā­pā­ra­ni­rmu­khī­ka­ra­ṇa­mā­tre ta­thā vya­va­sā­ya­ra­hi­ta­syā­pi pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­vā­di- TAŚVA-ML 279,18va­t ta­thā vyā­khyā­ti­r e­va pre­kṣā­va­tsu na syā­d i­ti ku­taḥ pū­jā­lā­bho vā ? ta­ta­ś cai­vaṃ va­kta­vyaṃ vā­do ji­gī­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 279,19to­r e­va ta­ttvā­vya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­tvā­d a­nya­thā ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­mā­trā­j ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍā­va­ttvā­t ni­gra­ha­sthā­na- TAŚVA-ML 279,20va­ttvā­c ca | na hi vā­de ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­ni na saṃ­ti | si­ddhāṃ­tā­vi­ru­ddhaḥ i­ty a­ne­nā­pa­si­ddhāṃ­ta­sya paṃ­cā­va­ya­vo­pa­pa­nna TAŚVA-ML 279,21i­ty a­tra paṃ­ca­gra­ha­ṇā­n nyū­nā­dhi­ka­yo­r a­va­ya­vo­pa­pa­nna­gra­ha­ṇā­d dhe­tvā­bhā­sa­paṃ­ca­ka­sya pra­ti­pā­da­nā­d du­ṣṭā­nāṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­nāṃ ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 279,22ni­ya­ma­vyā­khyā­nā­t | na­nu vā­de sa­tā­m a­pi ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­nāṃ ni­gra­ha­bu­ddhyo­dbhā­va­nā­bhā­vā­n na ji­gī­ṣā­sti | ta­du­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 279,23ta­rka­śa­bde­na bhū­ta­pū­rva­ga­ti­nyā­ye­na vī­ta­rā­ga­ka­thā­tva­jñā­pa­nā­d u­dbhā­va­ni­ya­mo la­bhya­te te­na si­ddhāṃ­tā­vi­ru­ddhaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 279,24paṃ­cā­va­ya­vo­pa­pa­nna i­ti co­tta­ra­pa­da­yoḥ sa­ma­sta­ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­dyu­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­tvā­d e­va pra­mā­ṇa­bu­ddhyā pa­re­ṇa cha­la­jā­ti- TAŚVA-ML 279,25ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­ni pra­yu­ktā­ni na ni­gra­ha­bu­ddhyo­dbhā­vyaṃ­te kiṃ tu ni­vā­ra­ṇa­bu­ddhyā ta­ttva­jñā­nā­yā­va­ya­vaḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r na ca TAŚVA-ML 279,26sā­dha­nā­bhā­so dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­ve vā ta­ttvā­jñā­na­he­tu­r a­to na ta­tpra­yo­go yu­ktaḥ i­ti | ta­d e­ta­da­saṃ­ga­taṃ | ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍa- TAŚVA-ML 279,27yo­r a­pi ta­tho­dbha­va­ni­ya­ma­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­yo­s ta­ttvā­vya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­ya sva­ya­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­sya cha­la­jā­ti­ni­gra­ha- TAŚVA-ML 279,28sthā­naiḥ ka­rtu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t | pa­ra­sya tū­ṣṇī­bhā­vā­rthaṃ ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍa­yo­ś cha­lā­dyu­dbhā­va­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­thā pa­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 279,29tū­ṣṇī­bhā­vā­saṃ­bha­vā­d a­sa­du­tta­rā­ṇā­m ā­naṃ­tyā­n nyā­ya­ba­lā­d e­va pa­ra­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­bha­vā­t | so yaṃ pa­ra­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­yā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 279,30yo­ga­vya­va­cche­de­na vya­va­si­tā­dya­nu­jā­taṃ ta­ttva­vi­ṣa­ya­pra­jñā­pā­ri­pā­kā­di ca pha­la­m a­bhi­pre­tya vā­daṃ ku­rva­n pa­raṃ ni­gra­ha- TAŚVA-ML 279,31sthā­nai­r ni­rā­ka­ro­tī­ti ka­tha­m a­vi­ru­ddha­vā­k nyā­ye­na pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ svā­bhi­prā­yā­n ni­va­rta­na­syai­va ni­gra­ha­tvā­d a­lā­bhe vā TAŚVA-ML 279,32ta­to ni­gra­ha­tvā­yo­gā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­ā­stāṃ tā­va­d a­lā­bhā­di­r a­ya­m e­va hi ni­gra­haḥ | nyā­ye­na vi­ji­gī­ṣū­ṇāṃ TAŚVA-ML 279,33svā­bhi­prā­ya­ni­va­rta­na­m |­| " i­ti si­ddha­m e­ta­t ji­gī­ṣa­to vā­do ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­va­ttvā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti | sa ca TAŚVA-ML 279,34ca­tu­raṃ­gaḥ svā­bhi­pre­ta­sva­vya­va­sthā­na­pha­la­tvā­l lo­ka­pra­khyā­ta­vā­da­va­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.29ma­ryā­dā­ti­kra­maṃ le­ke ya­thā haṃ­ti ma­hī­pa­tiḥ | ta­thā śā­stre py a­haṃ­kā­ra­gra­s ta­yo­r vā­di­noḥ kva­ci­t |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.30vā­di­no­r vā­da­naṃ vā­daḥ sa­ma­rthe hi sa­bhā­pa­tau | sa­ma­rtha­yoḥ sa­ma­rthe­ṣu prā­śni­ke­ṣu pra­va­rta­te |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.31sā­ma­rthyaṃ pu­na­r ī­śa­sya śa­kti­tra­ya­m u­dā­hṛ­ta­m | ye­na sva­maṃ­ḍa­la­syā­jñā vi­dhe­ya­tvaṃ pra­si­ddhya­ti |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.32maṃ­tra­śa­ktyā pra­bhu­s tā­va­t sva­lo­kā­n sa­ma­yā­n a­pi | dha­rma­nyā­ye­na saṃ­ra­kṣe­d vi­pla­vā­t sā­dhu­sā­t su­dhīḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.33pra­bhu­sā­ma­rthya­to vā­pi du­rlaṃ­ghyā­tma­ba­lai­r a­pi | svo­tsā­ha­śa­kti­to vā­pi daṃ­ḍaṃ nī­ti­vi­dāṃ­va­raḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.34rā­ga­dve­ṣa­vi­hī­na­tvaṃ vā­di­ni pra­ti­vā­di­ni | nyā­ye '­nyā­ye ca ta­dva­ttvaṃ sā­ma­rthyaṃ prā­śni­ke­ṣv a­daḥ |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.35si­ddhāṃ­ta­dva­ya­ve­di­tvaṃ pro­ktā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­tva­tā | pra­ti­bhā­di­gu­ṇa­tvaṃ ca ta­ttva­ni­rṇa­ya­kā­ri­tā |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.36ja­ye­ta­ra­vya­va­sthā­yā­m a­nya­thā­na­dhi­kā­ra­tā | sa­bhyā­nā­m ā­tma­naḥ pa­tyu­r ya­śo dha­rmaṃ ca vāṃ­cha­taḥ |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.37ku­mā­ra­naṃ­di­na­ś cā­hu­r vā­da­nyā­ya­vi­ca­kṣa­ṇāḥ | rā­ja­prā­śni­ka­sā­ma­rthya­m e­vaṃ­bhū­ta­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.38e­ka­taḥ kā­ra­ye­t sa­bhyā­n vā­di­nā­m e­ka­taḥ pra­bhuḥ | pa­ścā­d a­bhya­rṇa­kā­n vī­kṣya pra­mā­ṇa­gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­yoḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.39lau­ki­kā­rtha­vi­cā­re­ṣu na ta­thā prā­śni­kā ya­thā | śā­strī­yā­rtha­vi­cā­re­ṣu vā ta­jjñāḥ prā­śni­kā ya­thā |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.40sa­tya­sā­dha­na­sā­ma­rthya­saṃ­pra­kā­śa­na­pā­ṭa­vaḥ | vā­dya­je­yo vi­je­tā no sa­do­nmā­de­na ke­va­la­m |­| 4­0 |­| i­tiTAŚV-ML 1.app.41sa­ma­rtha­sā­dha­nā­khyā­naṃ sā­ma­rthyaṃ vā­di­no ma­taṃ | sā tv a­va­śyaṃ ca sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tā |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.42sa­ddo­ṣo­dbhā­va­naṃ vā­pi sā­ma­rthyaṃ pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ | dū­ṣa­ṇa­sya ca sā­ma­rthyaṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­ghā­ti­tā |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 280,14na­nu ya­thā sa­bhā­pa­teḥ prā­śni­kā­nāṃ ca sā­ma­rthya­m a­vi­ru­ddha­m u­ktaṃ vā­di­noḥ sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇa­yo­ś ca pa­ra­spa­ra­vyā­ghā- TAŚVA-ML 280,15tā­t | ta­thā hi­–­ya­di vā­di­naḥ sa­mya­ksā­dha­na­va­ca­naṃ sā­ma­rthyaṃ sā­dha­na­sya cā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ ta­dā ka­thaṃ ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 280,16pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ sa­ddo­ṣo­dbhā­va­naṃ sā­ma­rthyaṃ saṃ­sā­dhyaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇa­sya ca pa­kṣa­vi­ghā­ti­tā­va­t ka­tha­m i­ta­ra­d i­ti pa­ra­spa­ra­vyā­ha­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 280,17pa­śyā­maḥ | ta­da­nya­ta­mā­sa­ma­rtha­tve vā ya­thā sa­ma­rthe sa­bhā­pa­tau prā­śni­ke­ṣu va­ca­naṃ vā­da­s ta­thā sa­ma­rtha­yo­r vā­di- TAŚVA-ML 280,18pra­ti­vā­di­noḥ sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇa­yo­ś ce­ti vyā­khyā­na­m a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m ā­yā­ta­m i­ti ka­ści­t | ta­d a­sa­t | vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­noḥ TAŚVA-ML 280,19sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇa­va­ca­ne kra­ma­taḥ pra­vṛ­ttau vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | pū­rvaṃ tā­va­dvā­dī sva­da­rśa­nā­nu­sā­ri­ta­yā sa­ma­rthaḥ sā­dha­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 280,20sa­ma­rtha­m u­pa­nya­sya­ti pa­ścā­t pra­ti­vā­dī sva­da­rśa­nā­laṃ­ba­ne­na do­ṣo­dbhā­va­na­sa­ma­rtha­sa­ddū­ṣa­ṇaṃ ta­tsā­ma­rthyaṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 280,21vi­ghā­ti­tā na vi­ru­dhya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 280,22kā pu­na­r i­yaṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­ghā­ti­te­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.43sā pa­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­si­ddhi­r vā sā­dha­nā­śa­kti­tā­pi vā | he­to­r vi­ru­ddha­tā ya­dva­da­bhā­sāṃ­ta­ra­tā­pi ca |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 280,24sā­dha­na­sya sva­pa­kṣa­dhā­ti­tā pa­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ ya­thā vi­ru­ddhaṃ sva­pa­kṣa­sā­dha­nā­śa­kta­tva­mā­traṃ vā ya­thā­nai­kāṃ­ti- TAŚVA-ML 280,25ka­tvā­di sā­dha­nā­bhā­sa­tvaṃ­, ta­du­dbha­va­ne sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhe­r a­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­tvā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­vi­ru­ddhaṃ he­tu­m a­dbhā­vya­vā­di­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 280,26ja­ya­tī­ta­raḥ | ā­bhā­sāṃ­ta­ra­m u­dbhā­vya pa­kṣa­si­ddha­m a­pe­kṣa­te |­| " i­ti | na cai­va­m a­ṣṭāṃ­go vi­vā­daḥ syā­t ta­tsā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 280,27ta­dva­ca­na­yo­r vā­di­sā­ma­rtha­rū­pa­tvā­t sa­dū­ṣa­ṇa­ta­dva­ca­na­yo­ś ca pra­ti­vā­di­sā­ma­rthya­rū­pa­tvā­d di­gaṃ­ta­ra­tvā­yo­gā­t nai­vaṃ pra­bhuḥ TAŚVA-ML 280,28sa­bhyo vā vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­noḥ sā­ma­rthyaṃ ta­yoḥ sva­taṃ­tra­tvā­t | ta­to nā­bhi­mā­ni­ko pi vā­do dvyaṃ­ga e­va TAŚVA-ML 280,29vī­ta­rā­ga­vā­da­va­d i­ti śa­kyaṃ va­ktuṃ­, ca­tu­rṇā­m aṃ­gā­nā­m a­nya­ta­ma­syā­py a­pā­ye a­rthā­pa­ri­sa­mā­pte­r i­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ | e­va- TAŚVA-ML 280,30m a­ya­mā­bhi­mā­ni­ko vā­do ji­gī­ṣa­to­r dvi­vi­da i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.44i­ty ā­bhi­mā­ni­kaḥ pro­kta­s tā­ttvi­kaḥ prā­ti­bho pi vā | sa­ma­rthā­va­ca­naṃ vā­da­ś ca­tu­raṃ­go ji­gī­ṣa­toḥ |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 280,32pū­rvā­cā­ryo pi bha­ga­vā­n a­mu­m e­va dvi­vi­dhaṃ ja­lpa­mā­ve­di­ta­vā­n i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.45dvi­pra­kā­raṃ ja­gau ja­lpaṃ ta­ttva­prā­ti­bha­go­ca­ra­m | tri­ṣa­ṣṭe­r vā­di­nāṃ je­tā śrī­da­tto ja­lpa­ni­rṇa­ye |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 281,01kaḥ pu­na­r ja­yo tre­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.46ta­tre­ha tā­ttvi­ke vā­de '­ka­laṃ­kaiḥ ka­thi­to ja­yaḥ | sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­r e­ka­sya ni­gra­ho nya­sya vā­di­naḥ |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 281,03ka­thaṃ­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.47sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­pa­ryaṃ­tā śā­strī­yā­rtha­vi­cā­ra­ṇā | va­stvā­śra­ya­tva­to ya­dva­llau­ki­kā­rthe vi­cā­ra­ṇā |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 281,05kaḥ pu­naḥ sva­sya pa­kṣo ya­t si­ddhi­r ja­yaḥ syā­d i­ti vi­cā­ra­yi­tu­m u­pa­kra­ma­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.48ji­jñā­si­ta­vi­śe­ṣo tra dha­rmī pa­kṣo na yu­jya­te | ta­syā­saṃ­bha­va­do­ṣe­ṇa bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t kha­pu­ṣpa­va­t |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.49kva­ci­t sā­dhya­vi­śe­ṣaṃ hi na vā­dī pra­ti­pi­tsa­te | sva­yaṃ vi­ni­ści­tā­rtha­sya pa­ra­bo­dhā­ya vṛ­tti­taḥ |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.50pra­vṛ­tti­vā­dī ta­syai­va pra­ti­kṣe­pā­ya va­rta­nā­t | ji­jñā­si­te­na sa­bhyā­ś ca si­ddhāṃ­ta­dva­ya­ve­di­naḥ |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.51svā­rthā­nu­mā­ne vā­dye ca ji­jñā­si­te­ti ce­n ma­taṃ | vā­de ta­syā­dhi­kā­raḥ syā­t pa­ra­pra­tya­ya­nā­dṛ­te |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.52ji­jñā­pa­yi­tā­tme­ha dha­rmī pa­kṣo ya­dī­ṣya­te | la­kṣa­ṇa­dva­ya­m ā­yā­taṃ pa­kṣa­sya graṃ­tha­ghā­ti­ne |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.53ta­thā­nu­ṣṇo gni­r i­tyā­diḥ pra­tya­kṣā­di­ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ | sva­pa­kṣaṃ syā­d a­ti­vyā­pi ne­daṃ pa­kṣa­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.54liṃ­gā­t sā­dha­yi­tuṃ śa­kyo vi­śe­ṣo ya­sya dha­rmi­ṇaḥ | sa e­va pa­kṣa i­ti ce­t vṛ­thā dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­vā­k |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.55liṃ­gaṃ ye­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vi so rthaḥ sā­dhyo va­dhā­rya­te | na ca dha­rmī ta­thā­bhū­taḥ sa­rva­trā­na­nva­yā­tma­kaḥ |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.56na dha­rmī ke­va­laḥ sā­dhyo na dha­rmaḥ si­ddhya­saṃ­bha­vā­t | sa­mu­dā­ya­s tu sā­dhye­ta ya­di saṃ­vya­va­hā­ri­bhiḥ |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.57ta­dā ta­tsa­mu­dā­ya­sya svā­śra­ye­ṇa vi­nā sa­dā | saṃ­bha­vā­bhā­va­taḥ so pi ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭaḥ pra­sā­dhya­tā­m |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.58ta­dvi­śe­ṣo pi so nye­na svā­śra­ye­ṇe­ti na kva­ci­t | sā­dhya­vya­va­sthi­ti­r mū­ḍha­ce­ta­sā­m ā­tma­vi­dvi­ṣā­m |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.59vi­nā­pi te­na liṃ­ga­sya bhā­vā­t ta­sya na sā­dhya­tā | ta­to na­pe­kṣa­te­ty e­ta­d a­nu­kū­laṃ sa­mā­ca­re­t |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.60dha­rmi­ṇā­pi vi­nā bhā­vā­t kva­ci­l liṃ­ga­sya pa­kṣa­tā | ta­sya mā bhū­t ta­taḥ si­ddhaḥ pa­kṣaḥ sā­dha­na­go­ca­raḥ |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 281,19yā­dṛ­g e­va hi svā­rthā­nu­mā­ne pa­kṣaḥ śa­kya­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaḥ sā­dha­na­vi­ṣa­ya­s tā­dṛ­g e­va pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­ne yu­ktaḥ TAŚVA-ML 281,20sva­ni­śca­ya­va­d a­nye­ṣāṃ ni­śca­yo­tpā­da­nā­ya pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­na­pra­yo­gā­t­, a­nya­thā ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­di- TAŚVA-ML 281,21do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t |­| kā pu­naḥ pa­kṣa­sya si­ddhi­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.61sa­bhya­pra­tyā­ya­naṃ ta­sya si­ddhiḥ syā­dvā­di­no tha­vā | pra­ti­vā­di­na i­ty e­ṣa ni­gra­ho nya­ta­ra­sya tu |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 281,23vā­di­naḥ sva­pa­kṣa­pra­tyā­ya­naṃ sa­bhā­yāṃ sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhiḥ­, pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ sa e­va ni­gra­haḥ­, pra­ti­vā­di­no tha­vā TAŚVA-ML 281,24ta­tsva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­r vā­di­no ni­gra­ha i­ty e­ta­tpra­tye­ya­m |­| ta­tho­ktaṃ | "­sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­r e­ka­sya ni­gra­ho nya­sya vā­di­naḥ | TAŚVA-ML 281,25nā­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­va­ca­naṃ nā­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­naṃ dva­yoḥ |­| " i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 281,26a­tra pa­ra­ma­ta­m a­nū­dya vi­cā­ra­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.62a­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­va­ca­na­m a­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­naṃ dva­yoḥ | ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m a­nya­t ta­n na yu­kta­m i­ti ke­ca­na |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.63sva­pa­kṣaṃ sā­dha­ya­n ta­tra ta­yo­r e­ko ja­ye­d ya­di | tū­ṣṇī­bhū­taṃ bru­vā­ṇaṃ vā ya­t kiṃ­ci­t ta­t sa­maṃ­ja­sa­m |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 281,29sa­tya­m e­ta­t­, sva­pa­kṣaṃ sā­dha­ya­nn e­vā­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­va­ca­nā­d a­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­nā­d vā vā­dī pra­ti­vā­dī vā tū­ṣṇī­bhū­taṃ ya­t kiṃ- TAŚVA-ML 281,30ci­d bru­vā­ṇaṃ vā pa­raṃ ja­ya­ti nā­nya­thā ke­va­laṃ pa­kṣo vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­noḥ sa­mya­k sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇa­va­ca­na­m e­ve­ti pa­rā- TAŚVA-ML 281,31kū­ta­m a­nū­dya pra­ti­kṣi­pa­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.64ta­tsā­dha­na­va­caḥ pa­kṣo ma­taḥ sā­dha­na­vā­di­naḥ | sa­ddū­ṣa­ṇā­bhi­dhā­naṃ tu sva­pa­kṣaḥ pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.65i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ dva­yo­r e­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­na­va­sthi­teḥ | sva­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­d bhi­nna­pa­kṣa­va­t |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.66va­stu­ny e­ka­tra va­rte­te ta­yoḥ sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇe | te­na ta­dva­ca­so­r yu­ktā sva­pa­kṣe­ta­ra­tā ya­di |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.67ta­dā vā­sta­va­pa­kṣaḥ syā­t sā­dhya­mā­naṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | dū­ṣya­mā­ṇaṃ ca niḥ­śaṃ­kaṃ ta­dvā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­noḥ |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 282,02ya­d va­stu śa­bdā­ni­tya­tvā­vā­di­nāṃ sā­dhya­mā­naṃ vā­di­nā­, dū­ṣya­mā­ṇaṃ ca pra­ti­vā­di­nā ta­d e­va vā­di­naḥ pa­kṣaḥ TAŚVA-ML 282,03śa­kya­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya sā­dha­na­vi­ṣa­ya­sya pa­kṣa­tva­vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | ta­thā ya­d dū­ṣa­ṇa­vā­di­nā śa­bdā­di va­stu TAŚVA-ML 282,04a­ni­tya­tvā­di­nā sā­dhya­mā­naṃ vā­di­nā dū­ṣya­mā­ṇaṃ ta­d e­va pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ pa­kṣa i­ti vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te na pu­naḥ sā­dha­na TAŚVA-ML 282,05va­ca­naṃ vā­di­naḥ dū­ṣa­ṇa­va­ca­naṃ ca pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ pa­kṣa i­ti vi­vā­dā­bhā­vā­t ta­yo­s ta­tra vi­vā­de vā ya­tho­kta­la­kṣa­ṇa e­va TAŚVA-ML 282,06pa­kṣa i­ti ta­syā­si­ddhe­r e­ka­sya ja­yo '­pa­ra­sya pa­rā­ja­yo vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te­, na pu­na­r a­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­va­ca­na­mā­tra­m a­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­na­mā­traṃ TAŚVA-ML 282,07vā | pa­kṣa­si­ddhya­vi­nā­bhā­vi­na­s tu sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­syā­va­ca­naṃ vā­di­no ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­si­ddhau sa­tyāṃ pra­ti­vā­di­na TAŚVA-ML 282,08i­ti na ni­vā­rya­ta e­va | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.68pa­kṣa­si­ddhya­vi­nā­bhā­vi sā­dha­nā­va­ca­naṃ ta­taḥ | ni­gra­ho vā­di­naḥ si­ddhaḥ sva­pa­kṣe pra­ti­vā­di­ni |­| 6­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 282,10sā­ma­rthyā­t pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ sa­ddū­ṣa­ṇa­va­ttva­ni­gra­hā­di­ka­ra­ṇaṃ vā­di­naḥ pa­kṣa­si­ddhau sa­tyā­m i­ty a­va­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 282,11vā­di­naṃ sā­dha­na­mā­traṃ bru­vā­ṇa­m a­pi pra­ti­vā­dī ka­thaṃ ja­ya­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.69vi­ru­ddha­sā­dha­no­dbhā­vī pra­ti­vā­dī­ta­raṃ ja­ye­t | ta­thā sva­pa­kṣa­saṃ­si­ddhe­r vi­dhā­naṃ te­na ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 6­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 282,13dū­ṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­m u­dbhā­vya sva­pa­kṣaṃ sā­dha­ya­n ja­ya­ty e­va a­nya­thā ta­sya na ja­yo na pa­rā­ja­yaḥ | ya­tra dha­rma­kī­rti- TAŚVA-ML 282,14nā­bhya­ghā­yi sā­dha­naṃ si­ddhi­s ta­daṃ­gaṃ tri­rū­paṃ liṃ­gaṃ ta­syā­va­ca­naṃ vā­di­no ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ | ta­thā sā­dha­na­sya tri­rū­paṃ TAŚVA-ML 282,15liṃ­gaṃ sa­ma­rtha­naṃ vya­ti­re­ka­ni­śca­ya­ni­rū­pa­ṇa­tvā­t­, ta­sya vi­pa­kṣe bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­va­ca­na­sya he­toḥ sa­ma­rtha­tvā­t ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 282,16va­ca­naṃ vā­di­no ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ti ca ta­nnai­yā­yi­ka­syā­pi sa­mā­na­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.70sve­ṣṭā­rtha­si­ddhi­r aṃ­ga­sya tryaṃ­śa­he­to­r a­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ | ta­syā­sa­ma­rtha­naṃ cā­pi vā­di­no ni­gra­ho ya­thā |­| 7­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.71paṃ­cā­va­ya­va­liṃ­ga­syā­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ na ta­thai­va ki­m | ta­syā­sa­ma­rtha­naṃ cā­pi sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 7­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 282,19na­nu ca na sau­ga­ta­sya paṃ­cā­va­ya­va­sā­dha­na­sya ta­tsa­ma­rtha­na­sya vā va­ca­naṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ ta­tra ni­ga­ma­nāṃ­ta­sā­ma­rthyā- TAŚVA-ML 282,20d ga­mya­mā­na­tvā­t ta­dva­ca­na­sya pu­na­r u­kta­tve­nā­pha­la­tvā­d i­ty a­pi na saṃ­ga­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.72sā­ma­rthyā­d ga­mya­mā­na­sya ni­ga­ma­sya va­co ya­thā | pa­kṣa­dha­rmo­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­va­ca­naṃ ca ta­thā pha­la­m |­| 7­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 282,22na­nu ca sa­pa­kṣa­dha­rmo­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­sya sā­ma­rthyā­d ga­mya­mā­na­syā­pi he­to­r a­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tve­nā­si­ddha­tva­sya vya­va­cche­daḥ pha­la- TAŚVA-ML 282,23m a­stī­ti yu­ktaṃ ta­dva­ca­na­m a­nu­ma­nya­te ya­t sa­t ta­t sa­rvaṃ kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ ya­thā gha­ṭaḥ saṃ­ś ca śa­bda i­ti | ta­rhi ni­ga­ma­na­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 282,24pra­ti­jñā­he­tū­dā­ha­ra­ṇo­pa­na­yā­nā­m e­kā­rtha­tvo­pa­da­rśa­naṃ pha­la­m a­sti ta­tta­dva­ca­na­m a­pi yu­kti­ma­d e­ve­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.73ta­syā­si­ddha­tva­vi­cchi­ttiḥ pha­laṃ he­to­r ya­thā ta­thā | ni­ga­ma­sya pra­ti­jñā­nā­dye­kā­rtha­tvo­pa­da­rśa­na­m |­| 7­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 282,26na hi pra­ti­jñā­dī­nā­m e­kā­rtha­tvo­pa­da­rśa­na­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa saṃ­ga­ta­tva­m u­pa­pa­dya­te bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­pra­ti­jñā­di­va­t | ta­thā pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 282,27jñā­taḥ sā­dhya­si­ddhau he­tvā­di­va­ca­na­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ syā­d a­nya­thā ta­syā na sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­te­ti ya­d u­ktaṃ ta­d a­pi sva­ma­ta­ghā­ti- TAŚVA-ML 282,28dha­rma­kī­rte­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.74pra­ti­jñā­to rtha­si­ddhau syā­d dhe­tvā­di­va­ca­naṃ vṛ­thā | nā­nya­thā sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­tvaṃ ta­syā i­ti ya­thai­va ta­t |­| 7­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.74efta­ttvā­rtha­ni­śca­ye he­to­r dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to '­na­rtha­ko na ki­m | TAŚVA-ML 282,31ta­to rthā­ti­vi­pa­rī­ta­vya­ti­re­ka­tvaṃ pra­da­rśi­ta­vya­ti­re­ka­tva­m i­ti | na ca vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­do­ṣāḥ kva­ci­n nyā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 282,32vi­ni­śca­yā­dau pra­ti­pā­dyā­nu­ro­dha­taḥ sa­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te­ṣu sa­pra­yo­ge­ṣu sa­vi­bhā­ga­m u­dā­hṛ­tāḥ na pu­naḥ sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­tvā­ni­ya- TAŚVA-ML 282,33mā­t | ta­da­nu­dbhā­va­naṃ pra­ti­vā­di­no ni­gra­hā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ vā­di­nā sva­pa­kṣa­syā­sā­dha­ne pī­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ sau­ga­to ja­ḍa­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 282,34ja­ḍā­n a­pi cha­lā­di­nā vya­va­hā­ra­to nai­yā­yi­kā­n ja­ye­t | kiṃ ca­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.75sa­tye ca sā­dha­ne pro­kte vā­di­nā pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ | do­ṣā­nu­tsā­dha­ne na syā­n na­kā­ro vi­ta­the pi vā |­| 7­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.76prā­cye pa­kṣe ka­laṃ­ko­kti­r dvi­tī­ye lo­ka­bā­dhi­tā | dva­yo­r hi pa­kṣa­saṃ­si­ddhya­bhā­ve ka­sya vi­ni­gra­haḥ |­| 7­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.77a­trā­nye prā­hu­r i­ṣṭaṃ na­s ta­thā ni­gra­ha­ṇaṃ dva­yoḥ | ta­ttva­jñā­no­kti­sā­ma­rthya­śū­nya­tva­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 7­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.78ya­tho­pā­ttā­pa­ri­jñā­naṃ sā­dha­nā­bhā­sa­vā­di­naḥ | ta­thā sa­ddū­ṣa­ṇā­jñā­naṃ do­ṣā­nu­dbhā­vi­naḥ sa­maṃ |­| 7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.79jā­na­to pi sa­bhā­tī­te ha­nya­to vā ku­ta­śca­na | do­ṣā­nu­dbhā­va­naṃ ya­dva­tsā­dha­nā­bhā­sa­vā­k ta­thā |­| 7­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.80do­ṣā­nu­dbhā­va­ne tu syā­dvā­di­nā pra­ti­vā­di­te | pa­ra­sya ni­gra­ha­s te­na ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­taḥ sphu­ṭa­m |­| 8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.81a­nyo­nya­śa­kti­ni­rghā­tā­pe­kṣa­yā hi ja­ye­ta­raḥ | vya­va­sthā vā­di­noḥ si­ddhāḥ nā­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.82i­ty e­ta­ddu­rvi­da­gdha­tve ce­ṣṭi­taṃ pra­ka­ṭaṃ na tu | vā­di­naḥ kī­rti­kā­ri syā­d e­vaṃ mā­dhya­stha­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 8­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.83do­ṣā­nu­dbhā­va­nā­khyā­nā­d ya­thā pa­ra­ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ | ta­thai­va vā­di­naḥ sva­sya dṛ­ṣṭa­vā­n kā ti­ra­skṛ­tiḥ |­| 8­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.84doṃ­ṣā­nu­dbhā­va­nā­d e­kaṃ na ku­rvaṃ­ti sa­bhā­sa­daḥ | sā­dha­nā­nu­kti­to nā­nya­m i­ty a­ho te '­ti­sa­jja­nāḥ |­| 8­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 283,11a­tra pa­re­ṣā­m ā­kū­ta­m u­pa­da­rśya vi­cā­ra­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.85pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­vi­hī­na­tvā­d e­ka­syā­tra pa­rā­ja­ye | pa­ra­syā­pi na kiṃ na syā­j ja­yo py a­nya­ta­ra­sya tu |­| 8­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.86ta­thā cai­ka­sya yu­ga­pa­t syā­tāṃ ja­ya­pa­rā­ja­yau | pa­kṣa­si­ddhī­ta­rā­tma­tvā­t ta­yoḥ sa­rva­tra lo­ka­va­t |­| 8­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.87ta­de­ka­sya pa­re­ṇe­ha ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­m e­va naḥ | pa­rā­ja­yo vi­cā­re­ṣu pa­kṣā­si­ddhi­s tu sā kva nuḥ |­| 8­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.88pa­rā­ja­ya­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­na­m a­pe­kṣya pra­ti­yo­gi­nāṃ | lo­ke hi dṛ­śya­te yā­dṛ­k si­ddhaṃ śā­stre pi tā­dṛ­śa­m |­| 8­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.89si­ddhya­bhā­vaḥ pu­na­rdṛ­ṣṭaḥ sa­ty a­pi pra­ti­yo­gi­ni | sā­dha­nā­bhā­va­taḥ śū­nye sa­ty a­pi ca sa jā­tu­ci­t |­| 8­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.90ta­nni­rā­kṛ­ti­sā­ma­rthya­śū­nye vā­da­m a­ku­rva­ti | pa­rā­ja­ya­s ta­ta­s ta­sya prā­pta i­ty a­pa­re vi­duḥ |­| 9­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.91ta­tre­daṃ ciṃ­tya­te tā­va­t ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ki­mu | ni­rmu­khī­ka­ra­ṇaṃ kiṃ vā vā­gbhi­s ta­tta­ttva­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m |­| 9­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.92nā­trā­di­ka­lpa­nā yu­ktā pa­rā­nu­grā­hi­ṇāṃ sa­tāṃ | ni­rmu­khī­ka­ra­ṇā­vṛ­tte­r bo­dhi­sa­ttvā­di­va­t kva­ci­t |­| 9­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.93dvi­tī­ya­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ tu pa­kṣa­si­ddhiḥ pa­rā­ja­yaḥ | sa­rva­sya va­ca­nai­s ta­ttva­dū­ṣa­ṇe pra­ti­yo­gi­nā­m |­| 9­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.94si­ddhya­bhā­va­s tu yo­gi­nā­m a­sa­ti pra­ti­yo­gi­ni | sā­dha­nā­bhā­va­s ta­tra ka­thaṃ vā­de pa­rā­ja­yaḥ |­| 9­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.95ya­dai­va vā­di­noḥ pa­kṣaḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­haḥ | rā­ja­nva­ti sa­de­ka­sya pa­kṣā­si­ddha­s ta­thai­va hi |­| 9­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.96sā ta­tra vā­di­no sa­mya­k sā­dha­no­kte­r vi­bhā­vya­te | tū­ṣṇī­bhā­vā­c ca nā­nya­tra nā­nya­de­ty a­ka­laṃ­ka­vā­k |­| 9­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.97tū­ṣṇī­bhā­vo tha­vā do­ṣā­nā­śa­ktiḥ sa­tya­sā­dha­ne | vā­di­no­kte pa­ra­sye­ṣṭā pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­r na cā­nya­thā |­| 9­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.98ka­sya­ci­t ta­ttva­saṃ­si­ddhya­pra­ti­kṣe­po ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ | kī­rtiḥ pa­rā­ja­yo va­śya­ma­kī­rti­kṛ­d i­ti sthi­ta­m |­| 9­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.99a­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­va­ca­na­m a­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­naṃ dva­yoḥ | na yu­ktaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ saṃ­dhā­hā­nyā­di­va­t ta­taḥ |­| 9­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 283,27ke pu­na­s te pra­ti­jñā­hā­nyā­da­ya i­me ka­thyaṃ­te ? pra­ti­jñā­hā­niḥ pra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­raṃ pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhaḥ pra­ti­jñā­saṃ­nyā­saḥ TAŚVA-ML 283,28he­tvaṃ­ta­raṃ a­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ni­ra­rtha­kaṃ a­vi­jñā­tā­rthaṃ a­pā­rtha­kaṃ prā­pta­kā­laṃ pu­na­r u­ktaṃ a­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ a­jñā­naṃ a­pra­ti­bhā TAŚVA-ML 283,29pa­rya­nu­yo­gyā­nu­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­ra­nu­yo­jyā­nu­yo­gaḥ vi­kṣe­paḥ ma­tā­nu­jñā nyū­naṃ a­dhi­kaṃ a­pa­si­ddhāṃ­taḥ he­tvā­bhā­sāḥ cha­laṃ TAŚVA-ML 283,30jā­ti­r i­ti | ta­tra pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ ka­tha­m a­yu­kta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.100pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rma­sya yā­nu­jñā nyā­ya­da­rśa­ne | sva­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te ma­tā sai­va pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r ai­śva­raiḥ |­| 1­0­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 283,32pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rmā­nu­jñā sva­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r i­ty a­kṣa­pā­da­va­ca­nā­t | e­vaṃ sū­tra­m a­nū­dya pa­rī­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ bhā­ṣya- TAŚVA-ML 283,33m a­nu­va­da­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.101sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­ru­ddhe­na dha­rme­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthi­te | a­nya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rmā­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. m e­vā­nu­jā­na­taḥ |­| 1­0­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.102pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r i­ty e­va bhā­ṣyā­kā­rā­gra­ho na vā | pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ro py a­sya syā­t saṃ­bha­vā­c ci­tra­vi­bhra­mā­t |­| 1­0­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.103vi­na­śva­ra­sva­bhā­vo yaṃ śa­bda aiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tva­taḥ | ya­thā gha­ṭa i­ti pro­kte pa­raḥ pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| 1­0­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.104dṛ­ṣṭa­m aiṃ­dri­ya­kaṃ ni­tyaṃ sā­mā­nyaṃ ta­dva­d a­stu naḥ | śa­bdo pī­ti sva­liṃ­ga­sya jñā­nā­t te nā­py a­saṃ­ma­taṃ |­| 1­0­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.105kā­maṃ gha­ṭo pi ni­tyo stu sā­mā­nyaṃ ya­di śā­śva­taṃ | i­ty e­vaṃ bhā­ṣya­mā­ṇe­na pra­ti­jño­tpa­dya­te ka­tha­m |­| 1­0­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.106dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya pa­ri­tyā­gā­t sva­he­toḥ pra­kṛ­ta­kṣa­teḥ | ni­ga­māṃ­ta­sya pa­kṣa­sya tyā­gā­d i­ti ma­taṃ ya­di |­| 1­0­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.107ta­dā dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­hā­niḥ syā­t sā­kṣā­d i­ya­m a­nā­ku­lā | sā­dhya­dha­rma­pa­ri­tyā­gā­d dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te sve­ṣṭa­sā­dha­ne |­| 1­0­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.108pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa tu tyā­go he­tū­pa­na­ya­yo­r a­pi | u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­hā­nau hi nā­na­yo­r a­sti sā­dhu­tā |­| 1­0­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.109ni­ga­ma­sya pa­ri­tyā­gaḥ pa­kṣa­vā­do pi vā sva­yaṃ | ta­thā ca na pra­ti­jñā­ta­hā­ni­r e­ve­ti saṃ­ga­ta­m |­| 1­0­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.110pa­kṣa­tyā­gā­t pra­ti­jñā­yā­s tyā­ga­s ta­sya ta­dā­sṛ­teḥ | pa­kṣa­tyā­ge pi dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tyā­gā­d i­ti ya­dī­ṣya­te |­| 1­1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.111he­tvā­di­tyā­ga­to pi syā­t pra­ti­jñā­tya­ja­naṃ ta­dā | ta­taḥ pa­kṣa­pa­ri­tyā­gā­vi­śe­ṣā­n ni­ya­maḥ ku­taḥ |­| 1­1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 284,11sā­dha­rma­pra­tya­nī­ka­dha­rme­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthi­taḥ pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rmaṃ sva­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te nu­jā­na­n pra­ti­jñāṃ ja­hā­tī­ti pra­ti­jñā­hā­niḥ | TAŚVA-ML 284,12ya­thā a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bda aiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tvā­t gha­ṭa­va­d i­ti bru­va­n pa­re­ṇa dṛ­ṣṭa­m aiṃ­dri­ya­kaṃ sā­mā­nyaṃ ni­tyaṃ ka­smā­n na ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 284,13śa­bda i­ty e­vaṃ pra­tya­va­sthi­taḥ | pra­yu­kta­sya he­to­r ā­bhā­sa­tā­m a­va­śya­m a­pi ka­thā­va­sā­na­m a­ku­rva­nni­śca­ya­m a­ti­laṃ­bya pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 284,14jñā­tyā­gaṃ ka­ro­ti­, ya­thaiṃ­dri­ya­kaṃ sā­mā­nyaṃ ni­tyaṃ kā­maṃ gha­ṭo pi ni­tyo sti i­ti | sa kha­lv a­yaṃ sa­sā­dha­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 284,15dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya ni­tya­tvaṃ pra­sa­ja­nni­ga­māṃ­ta­m e­va pa­kṣaṃ ca pa­ri­tya­ja­n pra­ti­jñāṃ ja­hā­tī­ty u­cya­te pra­ti­jñā­śra­ya­tvā­t pa­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 284,16sye­ti bhā­ṣya­kā­ra­ma­ta­mā­lū­na­vi­stī­rṇa­m ā­da­rśi­ta­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.112pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­sū­tra­sya vyā­khyāṃ vā­rti­ka­kṛ­t pu­naḥ | ka­ro­ty e­vaṃ vi­ro­dhe­na nyā­ya­bhā­ṣya­kṛ­taḥ sphu­ṭa­m |­| 1­1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.113dṛ­ṣṭa­ś cāṃ­te sthi­ta­ś cā­ya­m i­ti dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta u­cya­te | sva­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ sva­pa­kṣaḥ syā­t pra­ti­pa­kṣaḥ pu­na­r ma­taḥ |­| 1­1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.114pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta e­ve­ti ta­ddha­rma­m a­nu­jā­na­taḥ | sva­pa­kṣe syā­t pra­ti­jñā­na­m i­ti nyā­yā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1­1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.115sā­mā­nya­m aiṃ­dri­yaṃ ni­tyaṃ ya­di śa­bdo pi tā­dṛ­śaḥ | ni­tyo '­stv i­ti bru­vā­ṇa­syā­ni­tya­tva­tyā­ga­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 1­1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.116i­ty e­ta­c ca na yu­ktaṃ syā­d u­dyo­ta­ka­ra­jā­dya­kṛ­t | pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r i­tthaṃ tu ya­ta­s te­nā­va­dhā­rya­te |­| 1­1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.117sā he­tvā­di­pa­ri­tyā­gā­t pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­sā­dha­nā | prā­yaḥ pra­tī­ya­te vā­de maṃ­da­bo­dha­sya vā­di­naḥ |­| 1­1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.118ku­ta­ści­d ā­ku­lā­bhā­vā­d a­nya­to vā ni­mi­tta­taḥ | ta­thā ta­dvā­ci sū­trā­rtho ni­ya­mā­n na vya­va­sthi­taḥ |­| 1­1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 284,24ya­thā­ha u­dyo­ta­ka­raḥ dṛ­ṣṭa­ś cā­sā­vaṃ­te ca vya­va­sthi­ta i­ti dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ sva­pa­kṣaḥ­, pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣaḥ pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 284,25pa­kṣa­sya dha­rmaṃ pa­kṣe nya­tra jā­na­n pra­ti­jñāṃ ja­hā­ti | ya­di sā­mā­nya­m aiṃ­dri­ya­kaṃ ni­tyaṃ śa­bdo py e­va­m a­stv i­ti ta­de- TAŚVA-ML 284,26ta­d a­pi ta­sya jā­ḍya­kā­ri saṃ­la­kṣya­te | i­ttha­m e­va pra­ti­jñā­hā­ne­r e­va vā­ra­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­sā­dha­nā­d dhi TAŚVA-ML 284,27pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ ki­la hā­niḥ saṃ­pa­dya­te ta­ttva­he­tvā­di­pa­ri­tyā­gā­d a­pi ka­sya­ci­n maṃ­da­bu­ddhe­r vā­di­no vā­di­prā­ye­ṇa pra­tī­ya­te TAŚVA-ML 284,28na pu­naḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sya dha­rmaṃ sva­pa­kṣe bhya­nu­jā­na­ta e­va ye­nā­ya­m e­ka­pra­kā­raḥ pra­ti­jñā­hā­nau syā­t | ta­thā vi­kṣe­pā­di- TAŚVA-ML 284,29bhi­r ā­ku­lī­bhā­vā­t pra­kṛ­tyā sa­bhā­bhī­ru­tvā­d a­nya­ma­na­ska­tvā­de­r vā ni­mi­ttā­t kiṃ­ci­t sā­dhya­tve­na pra­ti­jñā­ya ta­dvi­pa­rī­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 284,30pra­ti ja­ni­r u­pa­la­bhya­ta e­va pu­ru­ṣa­bhrāṃ­te­r a­ne­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­to nā­pto­pa­jña­m e­ve­daṃ sū­traṃ bhā­ṣya­kā­ra­sya vā­rti­ka- TAŚVA-ML 284,31kā­ra­sya ca vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t yu­ktyā­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| a­tra dha­rma­kī­rte­r dū­ṣa­ṇa­m u­pa­da­rśya pa­ri­ha­ra­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.119ya­s tv ā­haiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tva­sya vya­bhi­cā­rā­d vi­na­śva­re | śa­bda­sā­dhye­na he­tu­tvaṃ sā­mā­nye­ne­ti so py a­dhīḥ |­| 1­1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.120si­ddha­sā­dha­na­ta­s te­ṣāṃ saṃ­dhā­hā­ne­ś ca bhe­da­taḥ | sā­dha­naṃ vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­t ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­taḥ ku­taḥ |­| 1­2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.121sā­sty e­va hi pra­ti­jñā­na­hā­ni­r do­ṣaḥ ku­ta­śca­na | ka­sya­ci­n ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ ta­nmā­trā­t tu na yu­jya­te |­| 1­2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.122ye­ṣāṃ pra­yo­ga­yo­gyā­sti pra­ti­jñā­na­m i­tī­ra­ṇe | te­ṣāṃ ta­ddhā­ni­r a­py a­stu ni­gra­ho vā pra­sā­dha­ne |­| 1­2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.123pa­re­ṇa sā­dhi­te svā­rthe nā­nya­the­ti hi ni­ści­taṃ | sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­r e­vā­tra ja­ya i­ty a­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ |­| 1­2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.124ga­mya­mā­nā pra­ti­jñā na ye­ṣāṃ te­ṣāṃ ca ta­tkṣa­tiḥ | ga­mya­mā­nai­va do­ṣaḥ syā­d i­ti sa­rvaṃ sa­maṃ­ja­sa­m |­| 1­2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 285,04na hi va­yaṃ pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r do­ṣa e­va na bha­va­tī­ti saṃ­gi­rā­ma­he a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvā­t sā­dha­na­do­ṣā­t pa­ścā­t TAŚVA-ML 285,05ta­dbhā­vā­t ta­to bhe­de­na pra­si­ddheḥ | pra­ti­jñāṃ pra­yo­jyāṃ sā­ma­rthya­ga­myāṃ vā va­da­ta­s ta­ddhā­ne­s ta­thai­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­nī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 285,06tvā­t sa­rva­thā tā­m a­ni­ccha­to vā­di­na e­vā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ke­va­la­m e­ta­smā­d e­va ni­mi­ttā­t pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r bha­va­ti pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 285,07pa­kṣa­si­ddha­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ca ka­sya­ci­n ni­gra­hā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ty e­ta­n na kṣa­mya­te ta­ttvā­vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 285,08pra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­ra­m i­dā­nī­m a­nu­va­da­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.125pra­ti­ṣe­dhe pra­ti­jñā­tā­rtha­sya dha­rma­vi­ka­lpa­taḥ | yo sau ta­da­rtha­ni­rde­śa­s ta­tpra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­raṃ ki­la |­| 1­2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 285,10pra­ti­jñā­tā­rtha­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­t ta­da­rtha­ni­rde­śaḥ pra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­sū­tra­m a­ne­no­kta­m i­daṃ vyā­ca­ṣṭe­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.126gha­ṭo '­sa­rva­ga­to ya­dva­t ta­thā śa­bdo py a­sa­rva­gaḥ | ta­dva­d e­vā­stu ni­tyo ya­m i­ti dha­rma­vi­ka­lpa­nā­t |­| 1­2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.127sā­mā­nye­naiṃ­dri­ya­tva­sya sa­rva­ga­tvo­pa­da­rśi­taṃ | vya­bhi­cā­re pi pū­rva­syāḥ pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ pra­si­ddha­ye |­| 1­2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.128śa­bdo '­sa­rva­ga­ta­s tā­va­d i­ti sa­ttvāṃ­ta­raṃ kṛ­ta­m | ta­c ca ta­tsā­dha­nā­śa­kta­m i­ti bhā­ṣye­na ni­gra­haḥ |­| 1­2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 285,14a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdaḥ aiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tvā­d gha­ṭa­va­d i­ty e­kaḥ sā­mā­nya­m aiṃ­dri­ya­kaṃ ni­tyaṃ ka­smā­n na ta­thā śa­bda i­ti dvi­tī­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 285,15sā­dha­na­syā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvaṃ sā­mā­nye­no­dbhā­va­ya­ti te­na pra­ti­jñā­tā­rtha­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhe sa­ti taṃ do­ṣa­m a­nu­ddha­ra­n dha­rma­vi­ka­lpaṃ TAŚVA-ML 285,16ka­ro­ti­, so yaṃ śa­bdo '­sa­rva­ga­to gha­ṭa­va­dā­ho­svi­tsa­rva­ga­taḥ sā­mā­nya­va­d i­ti ? ya­dy a­sa­rva­ga­to gha­ṭa­va­t ta­dā ta­dva­d e­vā- TAŚVA-ML 285,17ni­tyo stv i­ti brū­te | so yaṃ sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­sa­rva­ga­ta­tva­dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­t ta­da­rtha­ni­rde­śaḥ pra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­raṃ a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bda i­ti TAŚVA-ML 285,18pra­ti­jñā­to '­sa­rva­ga­to a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bda i­ti pra­ti­jñā­yā a­nya­tvā­t | ta­d i­daṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ sā­dha­na­sā­ma­rthyā­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 285,19jñā­nā­d vā­di­naḥ | na co­tta­ra­pra­ti­jñā pū­rva­pra­ti­jñāṃ sā­dha­ya­ty a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t i­ti pa­ra­syā­kū­taṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 285,20a­tra dha­rma­kī­rteḥ dū­ṣa­ṇa­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.129nā­tre­daṃ yu­jya­te pū­rva­pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ pra­sā­dha­ne | pra­yu­ktā­yāṃ pa­ra­syā­s ta­dbhā­va­hā­ne­na he­tu­va­t |­| 1­2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.130ta­da­sa­rva­ga­ta­tve­na pra­yu­ktā­d aiṃ­dri­ya­tva­taḥ | śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­mā­hā­ya­m i­ti he­tvaṃ­ta­raṃ bha­ve­t |­| 1­3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.131na pra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­sya kva­ci­d a­py a­pra­yo­ga­taḥ | pra­jñā­va­tāṃ ja­ḍā­nāṃ tu nā­dhi­kā­ro vi­cā­ra­ṇe |­| 1­3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.132vi­ru­ddhā­di­pra­yo­ga­s tu prā­jñā­nā­m a­pi saṃ­bha­vā­t | ku­ta­ści­d vi­śra­mā­t ta­tre­ty ā­hu­r a­nye ta­d a­py a­sa­t |­| 1­3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.133pra­ti­jñā­tā­rtha­si­ddhya­rthaṃ pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t | bhrāṃ­taiḥ pra­yu­jya­mā­nā­yāḥ vi­cā­re si­ddha­he­tu­va­t |­| 1­3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.134prā­jñe­ti vi­bhra­mā­d brū­yā­d vā­de '­si­ddhā­di­sā­dha­na­m | sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­r ye­na syā­t sa­ttva­m i­ty a­ti­du­rgha­ṭa­m |­| 1­3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 285,27ta­to pra­ti­pa­tti­va­tpra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­raṃ ka­sya­ci­t sā­dha­na­sā­ma­rthyā­pra­ti­jñā­nā­t pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­va­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 285,28ta­rhi ka­tha­m i­da­m a­yu­kta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.135ta­to ne­nai­va mā­rge­ṇa pra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | i­ty e­ta­d e­va ni­rmu­kti­s ta­d dhi nā­nā­ni­mi­tta­kaṃ |­| 1­3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.136pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­ta­ś cā­sya bhe­daḥ ka­tha­m u­pe­ya­te | pa­kṣa­tyā­gā­vi­śe­ṣe pi yo­gai­r i­ti ca vi­sma­yaḥ |­| 1­3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.137pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rma­sya sva­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te bhya­nu­jña­yā | ya­thā pa­kṣa­pa­ri­tyā­ga­s ta­thā saṃ­dhāṃ­ta­rā­d a­pi |­| 1­3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.138sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddha­ye ya­dva­tsaṃ­dhāṃ­ta­ra­m u­dā­hṛ­taṃ | bhrāṃ­tyā ta­dva­c ca śa­bdo pi ni­tyo stv i­ti na kiṃ pu­naḥ |­| 1­3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.139śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhya­rthaṃ ni­tyaḥ śa­bda i­tī­ra­ṇaṃ | sva­stha­sya vā­ha­taṃ ya­dva­t ta­thā sa­rva­ga­śa­bda­vā­k |­| 1­3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 286,01ta­taḥ pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r e­va pra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­raṃ ni­mi­tta­bhe­dā­t ta­dbhe­dai­r ni­gra­ha­sthā­nāṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ pra­saṃ­gā­t | te­ṣāṃ ta­trāṃ­ta­rbhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 286,02pra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­ra­sye­ti pra­ti­jñā­nā­va­rta­bhā­va­sya ni­vā­ra­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ |­| pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dha­m a­nū­dya vi­cā­ra­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.140pra­ti­jñā­yā vi­ro­dho yo he­tu­nā saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | sa pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhaḥ syā­d i­ty e­ta­c ca na yu­kti­ma­t |­| 1­4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 286,04pra­ti­jñā­he­tvo­r vi­ro­dhaḥ pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dha i­ti sū­traṃ | ya­tra pra­ti­jñā he­tu­nā vi­ru­dhya­te he­tu­ś ca pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 286,05sa pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dho nā­ma ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ­, ya­thā gu­ṇa­vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ dra­vyaṃ bhe­de­nā­gra­ha­ṇā­d i­ti nyā­ya­vā­rti­kaṃ | ta­c ca TAŚVA-ML 286,06na yu­kti­ma­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.141pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ pra­ti­jñā­tve he­tu­nā hi ni­rā­kṛ­te | pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r e­ve­yaṃ pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­to bha­ve­t |­| 1­4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.142dra­vyaṃ bhi­nnaṃ gu­ṇā­t sva­smā­d i­ti pa­kṣe bhi­bhā­ṣi­te | rū­pā­dya­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve­nā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r i­tī­rya­te |­| 1­4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.143ye­na he­tu­r ha­ta­s te­nā­saṃ­de­haṃ bhe­da­saṃ­ga­raḥ | ta­da­bhe­da­sya ni­rṇī­te­s ta­tra te­ne­ti bu­dhya­tā­m |­| 1­4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.144he­to­r vi­ru­ddha­tā vā syā­d do­ṣo yaṃ sa­rva­saṃ­ma­taḥ | pra­ti­jñā­do­ṣa­tā tv a­sya nā­nya­thā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| 1­4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 286,11ya­d a­pi u­dyo­ta­ka­re­ṇā­bhya­dhā­yi­; '­e­te­nai­va pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dho py u­ktaḥ­, ya­tra pra­ti­jñā sva­va­ca­ne­na vi­ru­dhya­te TAŚVA-ML 286,12ya­thā śra­va­ṇā ga­rbhi­ṇī nā­styā­tme­ti vā­kyāṃ­ta­ro­pa­pla­vā­d i­ti­' ta­d a­pi na yu­kta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.145pra­ti­jñā ca sva­yaṃ ya­tra vi­ro­dha­m a­dhi­ga­ccha­ti | nā­styā­tme­tyā­di­va­t ta­tra pra­ti­jñā­vi­dhi­r e­va naḥ |­| 1­4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 286,14ta­dvi­ro­dho­dbhā­va­ne­na tyā­ga­syā­va­śyaṃ bhā­vi­tvā­t | sva­ya­m a­tyā­gā­n ne­yaṃ pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r i­ti ce­t na­, ta­dvi­ru­ddha­tva- TAŚVA-ML 286,15pra­ti­pa­tte­r e­va nyā­ya­ba­lā­t tyā­ga­rū­pa­tvā­t | ya­t kiṃ­ci­d a­va­da­to pi pra­ti­jñā­kṛ­ti­si­ddhe­r va­da­to pi do­ṣa­tve­nai­va ta­ttyā- TAŚVA-ML 286,16ga­sya vya­va­sthi­teḥ | ya­d a­pi te­no­ktaṃ he­tu­vi­ro­dho pi pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dha e­va e­te­no­kto ya­tra he­tuḥ pra­ti­jña­yā TAŚVA-ML 286,17bā­dhya­te ya­thā sa­rvaṃ pṛ­tha­k sa­mū­he bhā­va­śa­bda­pra­yo­gā­d i­ti­, ta­d a­pi na sā­dhī­ya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.146he­tuḥ pra­ti­jña­yā ya­tra bā­dhya­te he­tu­du­ṣṭa­tā | ta­tra si­ddhā­nya­thā saṃ­dhā­vi­ro­dho ti­pra­sa­jya­te |­| 1­4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.147sa­rvaṃ pṛ­tha­k sa­mu­dā­yaḥ bhā­va­śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­taḥ | i­ty a­tra si­ddha­yā bhe­da­saṃ­dha­yā ya­di bā­dhya­te |­| 1­4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.148he­tu­s ta­tra pra­si­ddhe­na he­tu­nā sā­pi bā­dhya­tāṃ | pra­ti­jñā­va­t pa­ra­syā­pi he­tu­si­ddhe­r a­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 1­4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.149bhā­va­śa­bdaḥ sa­mū­haṃ hi ya­syai­kaṃ va­kti vā­sta­vaṃ | ta­sya sa­rvaṃ pṛ­tha­kta­ttva­m i­ti saṃ­dhā­dhi­ha­nya­te |­| 1­4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.150vi­ru­ddha­sā­dha­nā­d vā­yaṃ vi­ru­ddho he­tu­r ā­ga­taḥ | sa­mū­hā­vā­sta­ve he­tu­do­ṣo nai­ko pi pū­rva­kaḥ |­| 1­5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.151sa­rva­thā bhe­di­no nā­nā­rthe­ṣu śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­taḥ | pra­ka­lpi­ta­sa­mū­he­ṣv i­ty e­vaṃ he­tva­rtha­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 1­5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.152ta­thā sa­ti vi­ro­dho yaṃ ta­ddhe­toḥ saṃ­dha­yā sthi­taḥ | saṃ­dhā­hā­ni­s tu si­ddhe yaṃ he­tu­nā ta­tpra­bā­dha­nā­t |­| 1­5­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 286,25ya­d a­py a­bhi­hi­taṃ te­na­, e­te­na pra­ti­jñā­yā dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dho va­kta­vyo he­to­ś ca dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­di­bhi­r vi­ro­dhaḥ pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 286,26vi­ro­dha­ś ca pra­ti­jñā­he­to­r ya­thā va­kta­vyaḥ i­ti­, ta­d a­pi na pa­rī­kṣā­kṣa­ma­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.153dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya ca yo nā­ma vi­ro­dhaḥ saṃ­dha­yo­di­taḥ | sā­dha­na­sya ca dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­pra­mu­khai­r mā­na­bo­dha­na­m |­| 1­5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.154pra­ti­jñā­di­ṣu ta­syā­pi na pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dha­tā | sū­trā­rū­ḍha­ta­yo­kta­sya bhāṃ­ḍā­le­khya­na­yo­kti­va­t |­| 1­5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.155pra­ti­jñā­ne­na dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­bā­dha­ne sa­ti ga­mya­te | ta­tpra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhaḥ syā­d vi­sta­ttvā­d i­ti ce­n ma­ta­m |­| 1­5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.156haṃ­ta he­tu­vi­ro­dho pi kiṃ nai­ṣo bhī­ṣṭa e­va te | dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­di­vi­ro­dho pi he­tu­r e­te­na va­rṇi­taḥ |­| 1­5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.157ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­saṃ­khyā­na­vi­ghā­ta­kṛ­d a­yaṃ ta­taḥ | ya­tho­kta­ni­gra­ha­sthā­ne­ṣv aṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1­5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.158pra­tya­kṣā­di­pra­mā­ṇe­na pra­ti­jñā­bā­dha­naṃ pu­naḥ | pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r ā­yā­tā pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­taḥ sphu­ṭa­m |­| 1­5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.159ni­da­rśa­nā­di­bā­dhā ca ni­gra­hāṃ­ta­ra­m e­va te | pra­ti­jñā­na­śru­te­s ta­trā­bhā­vā­t ta­dbā­dha­nā­tya­yā­t |­| 1­5­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 286,34ya­d a­py a­vā­di te­na pa­ra­pa­kṣa­si­ddhe­na go­tvā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­co­da­nā­vi­ru­ddhe­ti yaḥ pa­ra­pa­kṣa­si­ddhe­na go­tvā­di­nā TAŚVA-ML 287,01vya­bhi­cā­ra­ya­ti ta­dvi­ru­ddha­m u­tta­raṃ ve­di­ta­vya­m | a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdaḥ aiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tvā­t gha­ṭa­va­d i­ti ke­na­ci­d bau­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 287,02pra­tyu­ktaṃ­, nai­yā­yi­ka­pra­si­ddhe­na go­tvā­di­nā sā­mā­nye­na he­to­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tva­co­da­nā hi vi­ru­ddha­m u­tta­raṃ sau­ga­ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 287,03ni­ṣṭa­si­ddhe­r i­ti | ta­d a­pi na vi­cā­rā­rha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.160mo­kṣā­di­nā sva­si­ddhe­na yā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­co­da­nā | pa­ra­pa­kṣa­vi­ru­ddhaṃ syā­du­t ta­raṃ ta­d i­he­ty a­pi |­| 1­6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.161na pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhe ṃ­ta­rbhā­va­me­ti ka­thaṃ­ca­na | sva­yaṃ tu sā­dhi­te sa­mya­ggo­tvā­dau do­ṣa e­va saḥ |­| 1­6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.162ni­rā­kṛ­tau pa­re­ṇā­syā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­sa­mā­na­tā | he­to­r e­va bha­ve­t tā­va­t saṃ­dhā­do­ṣa­s tu ne­ṣya­te |­| 1­6­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 287,07ya­d a­py a­bhā­ṇi te­na­, sva­pa­kṣā­na­pe­kṣaṃ ca ta­thā yaḥ sva­sva­pa­kṣā­na­pe­kṣaṃ he­tuṃ pra­yuṃ­kte a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bda aiṃ­dri­ya- TAŚVA-ML 287,08ka­tvā­d i­ti sa sva­si­ddha­sya go­tvā­de­r a­ni­tya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­d vi­ru­ddha i­ti | ta­d a­py a­pe­śa­la­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.163he­tā­v aiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tve tu ni­ja­pa­kṣā­na­pe­kṣi­ṇi | sa pra­si­ddha­sya go­tvā­de­r i­ti ta­ttva­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1­6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.164syā­d vi­ro­dha i­tī­daṃ ca ta­dva­d e­va na bhi­dya­te | a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā­do­ṣā­t ta­da­bhā­vā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1­6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.165vā­dī­ta­ra­pra­tā­ne­na go­tve­na vya­bhi­cā­ra­tā | he­to­r ya­thā cai­ka­ta­ra­si­ddhe­nā­sā­dha­ne­na ki­m |­| 1­6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.166pra­mā­ṇe­nā­pra­si­ddhau tu ta­sya sai­va ta­dā bha­va­t | sa­rve­ṣā­m a­pi te­nā­yaṃ vi­bhā­go ja­ḍa­ka­lpi­taḥ |­| 1­6­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 287,13so ya­m u­dyo­ta­ka­raḥ sva­ya­m u­bha­ya­pa­kṣa­saṃ­pra­ti­pa­nna­s tv a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka i­ti pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­no vā­di­naḥ pra­ti­vā­di­na e­va TAŚVA-ML 287,14pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ si­ddhe­na go­tvā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­co­da­ne­na he­to­r vi­ru­ddha­m u­tta­raṃ bru­vā­ṇa­m a­ti­kra­me­ṇa ka­thaṃ nyā­ya­vā­dī ? TAŚVA-ML 287,15a­pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhe­na tu sa­rve­ṣāṃ ta­cco­da­naṃ do­ṣā­bhā­sa e­ve­ti ta­dvi­bhā­gaṃ ku­rva­n ja­ḍa­tva­m ā­tma­no ni­ve­da­ya­ti | a­tra TAŚVA-ML 287,16pra­ti­jñā­va­ca­nā­d e­vā­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­va­ca­ne­na vā­di­ni­gṛ­hī­te pra­ti­jñā­vi­ru­ddha­syā­ni­gra­ha­tva­m e­ve­ti dha­rma­kī­rti­no­ktaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 287,17m a­saṃ­ga­taṃ ga­mya­mā­naḥ prā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.167pra­ti­jñā­va­ca­ne­nai­va ni­gṛ­hī­ta­sya vā­di­naḥ | na pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dha­sya ni­gra­ha­tva­m i­tī­ta­re |­| 1­6­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.168te­ṣā­m a­ne­ka­do­ṣa­sya sā­dha­na­syā­bhi­bhā­ṣa­ṇe | pa­re­ṇai­ka­sya do­ṣa­sya ka­tha­naṃ ni­gra­ho ya­thā |­| 1­6­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.169ta­thā­nya­syā­tra te­nai­va ka­tha­naṃ ta­sya ni­gra­haḥ | kiṃ ne­ṣṭo vā­di­no­r e­vaṃ yu­ga­pa­nni­gra­ha­s ta­va |­| 1­6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.170sā­dha­nā­va­ya­va­syā­pi ka­sya­ci­d va­ca­ne sa­kṛ­t | ja­yo stu vā­di­no nya­syā­va­ca­ne ca pa­rā­ja­yaḥ |­| 1­7­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.171pra­ti­pa­kṣā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­do­ṣa­syo­dbhā­va­ne ya­di | vā­di­ni nya­tkṛ­te nya­sya ka­thaṃ nā­sya vi­ni­gra­haḥ |­| 1­7­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.172ta­dā sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vi sā­dha­nā­va­ya­ve­ra­ṇe | ta­syai­va śa­ktyu­bha­yā­kā­re nya­sya vā­k ca pa­rā­ja­yaḥ |­| 1­7­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.173vi­ru­ddho­dbhā­va­naṃ he­toḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­sā­dha­naṃ | ya­thā ta­thā vi­nā­bhā­vi­he­tū­ktiḥ svā­rtha­sā­dha­nā |­| 1­7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.174sā­dha­nā­va­ya­vo ne­kaḥ pra­yo­kta­vyo ya­thā­pa­raḥ | ta­thā do­ṣo pi kiṃ na syā­d u­dbhā­vya­s ta­tra ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 1­7­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.175ta­smā­t pra­yu­jya­mā­na­sya ga­mya­mā­na­sya vā sva­yaṃ | saṃ­ga­ra­sya vya­va­sthā­na­ka­thā­vi­cche­da­mā­tra­kṛ­t |­| 1­7­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 287,27saṃ­ga­raḥ pra­ti­jñā­ta­sya vā­di­nā yu­jya­mā­na­sya pa­kṣa­dha­rmo­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­d ga­mya­mā­na­sya vā ya­d a­vya­va­sthā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 287,28sva­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rmā­nu­jñā­nā­t pra­ti­jñā­tā­rtha­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe­na dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­t ta­da­rtha­ni­rde­śā­d vā pra­ti­jñā­he­tvo- TAŚVA-ML 287,29r vi­ro­dhā­t pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhā­d vā pra­ti­vā­di­nā­pa­dye­ta ta­tka­thā­vi­cche­da­mā­traṃ ka­ro­ti na pu­naḥ pa­rā­ja­yaṃ vā­di­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 287,30sva­pa­kṣa­sya pra­ti­vā­di­nā­va­śyaṃ sā­dha­nī­ya­tvā­d i­ti nyā­yaṃ bu­ddhyā­ma­he | pra­ti­jñā­va­ca­naṃ tu ka­thā­vi­cche­da­mā­tra­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 287,31na pra­yo­ja­ya­ti ta­syā­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­tvā­vya­va­sthi­teḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rmo­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­va­ca­nā­d i­ty u­ktaṃ prā­k | ke­va­laṃ sva­da­rśa­nā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 287,32rā­ga­mā­tre­ṇa pra­ti­jñā­va­ca­na­sya ni­gra­ha­tve­no­dbhā­va­ne pi sau­ga­taiḥ pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhā­di­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­naṃ nā­va­sa­ra­m a­nu­maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 287,33a­ne­ka­sā­dha­na­va­ca­na­va­d a­ne­ka­dū­ṣa­ṇa­va­ca­na­syā­pi vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d i­ti vi­cā­ri­ta­m a­smā­bhiḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 287,34saṃ­pra­ti pra­ti­jñā­saṃ­nyā­saṃ vi­cā­ra­yi­tu­m u­pa­kra­ma­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.176pra­ti­jñā­rthā­pa­na­ya­naṃ pa­kṣa­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ne | na pra­ti­jñā­na­saṃ­nyā­saḥ pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­taḥ pṛ­tha­k |­| 1­7­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 288,01na­nu pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe '­pra­ti­jñā­nā­rthā­pa­na­ya­naṃ pra­ti­jñā­saṃ­nyā­saḥ­' i­ti sū­tra­kā­ra­va­ca­nā­t yaḥ pra­ti­jñā­ta­m a­rthaṃ pa­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 288,02pra­ti­ṣe­dhe kṛ­te pa­ri­tya­jya­ti sa pra­ti­jñā­saṃ­nyā­so ve­di­ta­vyaḥ u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ pū­rva­va­t | sā­mā­nye­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvā­d dhe­toḥ TAŚVA-ML 288,03kṛ­te brū­yā­d e­ka e­va ma­hā­n ni­tya śa­bda i­ti | e­ta­tsā­dha­na­sya sā­ma­rthyā­pa­ri­cche­dā­d vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­to ni­gra­ha­sthā­na- TAŚVA-ML 288,04m i­ty u­dyo­ta­ka­ra­va­ca­nā­c ca pra­ti­jñā­saṃ­nyā­sa­s ta­sya pra­ti­jñā­hā­ne­r bhe­da e­ve­ti ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.177e­ka e­va ma­hā­n ni­tyo yaṃ śa­bdaḥ i­ty a­nī­ya­ta | pra­ti­jñā­rthaḥ ki­lā­ne­na pū­rva­va­tpa­kṣa­dū­ṣa­ṇe |­| 1­7­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.178he­to­r aiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tva­sya vya­bhi­cā­ra­pra­da­rśa­nā­t | ta­thā cā­pa­na­yo hā­niḥ saṃ­dhā­yā i­ti nā­rtha­bhi­t |­| 1­7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.179pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r e­vai­taiḥ pra­kā­rai­r ya­di ka­thya­te | pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­to pī­yaṃ ta­dā kiṃ na pra­ka­thya­te |­| 1­7­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.180ta­nni­mi­tta­pra­kā­rā­ṇāṃ ni­ya­mā­bhā­va­taḥ kva nu | ya­tho­ktā ni­ya­ti­s te­ṣāṃ na­so­pa­jñaṃ va­ca­s ta­taḥ |­| 1­8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.181pa­kṣa­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhe hi tū­ṣṇīṃ­bhā­vo dha­re­kṣa­ṇaṃ | vyo­me­kṣa­ṇaṃ di­gā­lo­kaḥ khā­tkṛ­taṃ ca­pa­lā­yi­ta­m |­| 1­8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.182ha­stā­sphā­la­na­m ā­kaṃ­paḥ pra­sve­dā­dy a­py a­ne­ka­dhā | ni­gra­hāṃ­ta­ra­m a­syā­stu ta­tpra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­rā­di­va­t |­| 1­8­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 288,11he­tvaṃ­ta­raṃ vi­cā­ra­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.183a­vi­śe­ṣo­di­te he­tau pra­ti­ṣi­ddhe pra­vā­di­nā | vi­śe­ṣa­m i­ccha­taḥ pro­ktaṃ he­tvaṃ­ta­ra­m a­pī­ha ya­t |­| 1­8­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.184ta­d e­va­m e­va saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ nā­nya­the­ti na ni­śca­yaḥ | pa­ra­smi­nn a­pi he­tau syā­d u­kte he­tvaṃ­ta­raṃ ya­thā |­| 1­8­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.185ya­thā ca pra­kṛ­te he­tau do­ṣa­va­ty a­pi da­rśi­te | pa­ra­sya va­ca­naṃ he­to­r he­tvaṃ­ta­ra­m u­dā­hṛ­ta­m |­| 1­8­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.186ta­thā ni­da­rśa­nā­dau ca dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­dyaṃ­ta­raṃ na ki­m | ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m ā­sthe­yaṃ vya­va­sthā­pyā­ti­ni­ści­ta­m |­| 1­8­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.187ya­di he­tvaṃ­ta­re­ṇai­va ni­gṛ­hī­ta­sya vā­di­naḥ | dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­dyaṃ­ta­raṃ ta­t syā­t ka­thā­yāṃ vi­ni­va­rta­nā­t |­| 1­8­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.188ta­dā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvā­di­he­tu­do­ṣe­ṇa ni­rji­te | mā bhū­d dhe­tvaṃ­ta­raṃ ta­sya ta­ta e­vā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1­8­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.189ya­thā co­dbhā­vi­te do­ṣe he­to­r ya­d vā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | brū­yā­t ka­ści­t ta­thā dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­de­r a­pi ji­gī­ṣa­yā |­| 1­8­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 288,19a­vi­śe­ṣo­ktau he­tau pra­ti­ṣi­ddhe vi­śe­ṣa­m i­ccha­to he­tvaṃ­ta­ra­m i­ti sū­tra­kā­ra­va­ca­nā­t dvi­tva­tvaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 288,20sā­dha­nāṃ­ta­ro­pā­dā­ne pū­rva­syā­sā­ma­rthya­khyā­pa­nā­t | sā­ma­rthye vā pū­rva­sya he­tvaṃ­ta­raṃ vya­rtha­m i­ty u­dyo­ta­ka­ro vyā­ca- TAŚVA-ML 288,21kṣā­ṇo ga­tā­nu­ga­ti­ka­tā­m ā­tma­sā­t ku­ru­te pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi he­tvaṃ­ta­ra­va­ca­na­da­rśa­nā­t | ta­thā a­vi­śe­ṣo­kte dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to- TAŚVA-ML 288,22pa­na­ya­na­ni­ga­ma­ne pra­ti­si­ddhe vi­śe­ṣa­m i­ccha­to dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­dyaṃ­ta­ro­pā­dā­ne pū­rva­syā­sā­ma­rthya­khyā­pa­nā­t | sā­ma­rthye vā TAŚVA-ML 288,23pū­rva­sya pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­dyaṃ­ta­raṃ vya­rtha­m i­ti va­ktu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t | a­trā­kṣe­pa­sa­mā­dhā­nā­nāṃ sa­mā­na­tvā­t ya­d a­py a­prā­de­śi- TAŚVA-ML 288,24pra­kṛ­tā­d a­rthā­d a­pra­ti­saṃ­baṃ­dha­tvā­rtha­m a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­rthā­saṃ­ga­ta­tvā­n ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ti ta­d a­pi vi­cā­ra­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.190pra­ti­saṃ­baṃ­dha­śū­nyā­nā­m a­rthā­nā­m a­bhi­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m | ya­t pu­naḥ pra­kṛ­tā­d a­rthā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­sa­mā­śri­ta­m |­| 1­9­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.191kva­ci­t kiṃ­ci­d a­pi nya­sya he­tuṃ ta­ccha­bda­sā­dha­ne | pa­dā­di­vyā­kṛ­tiṃ ku­ryā­d ya­thā­ne­ka­pra­kā­ra­taḥ |­| 1­9­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.192ta­trā­pi sā­dha­ne nu­kte pro­kte rthāṃ­ta­ra­vā­k ka­tha­m | ni­gra­ho dū­ṣa­ṇe vā­pi lo­ka­nā­d vi­ni­ya­mya­te |­| 1­9­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.193a­sa­ma­rthe tu ta­n na syā­t ka­sya­ci­t pa­kṣa­sā­dha­ne | ni­gra­hā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ vā­de nā­nya­the­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 1­9­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 288,29ni­ra­rtha­kaṃ vi­cā­ra­yi­tu­m ā­ra­bha­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.194va­rṇa­kra­ma­sya ni­rde­śo ya­thā ta­dva­nni­ra­rtha­kaṃ | ka­thaṃ ya­thā ja­ba­jha­bhe­tyā­deḥ pra­tyā­hā­ra­sya ku­tra­ci­t |­| 1­9­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 288,31ya­d u­ktaṃ va­rṇa­kra­mo ni­rde­śa­va­nni­ra­rtha­kaṃ | ta­d ya­thā­–­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdo ja­ba­ga­ḍa­da­stvā­j jha­bha­gha­ḍha­dha­va­d i­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.195ta­tsa­rva­thā­rtha­śū­nya­tvā­t kiṃ sā­dhya u­pa­yo­ga­taḥ | kiṃ vā­nā­di­vi­ka­lpo trā­saṃ­bha­vā­d e­va tā­dṛ­śaḥ |­| 1­9­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.196va­rṇa­kra­mā­di­śa­bda­syā­py a­rtha­va­ttvā­t ka­thaṃ­ca­na | ta­dvi­cā­re kva­ci­c ca ma­tkā­rye­ṇā­rthe­na yo­ga­taḥ |­| 1­9­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.197dvi­tī­ya­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ tu sa­rva­m e­va ni­ra­rtha­ka­m | ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m u­ktaṃ syā­t si­ddha­va­n no­pa­yo­gi­va­t |­| 1­9­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.198ta­smā­n ne­daṃ pṛ­tha­gyu­ktaṃ ka­kṣā­di­hi­ta­kā­di­va­t | ka­thā­vi­cche­da­mā­traṃ tu bha­ve­t pa­kṣāṃ­ta­ro­kti­va­t |­| 1­9­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 289,02ta­thā hi­–­bru­va­n na sā­dhyaṃ na sā­dha­naṃ jā­nī­te a­sā­dhya­sā­dha­naṃ co­pā­da­tte i­ti ni­gṛ­hya­te sva­pa­kṣaṃ sā­dha­ya- TAŚVA-ML 289,03tā­nye­na nā­nya­thā­, nyā­ya­vi­ro­dhā­t | ya­d a­py u­ktaṃ­, "­pa­ri­ṣa­tpra­ti­vā­di­bhyāṃ tri­r a­bhi­hi­ta­m a­py a­vi­jñā­ta­m a­vi­jñā­tā­rthaṃ TAŚVA-ML 289,04bhā­ṣye co­da­nā­hṛ­ta­m a­sā­ma­rthyaṃ ca vyā­pa­nā­n ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ sa­sā­ma­rthyaṃ cā­jñā­na­m i­ti­, ta­d i­ha vi­cā­rya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.199pa­ri­ṣa­tpra­ti­vā­di­bhyāṃ tri­r u­kta­ma­pi vā­di­nā | a­vi­jñā­ta­m a­vi­jñā­tā­rthaṃ ta­d u­ktaṃ ja­ḍā­tma­bhiḥ |­| 1­9­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.200ya­dā maṃ­da­ma­tī tā­va­t pa­ri­ṣa­tpra­ti­vā­di­nau | ta­dā sa­tya­gi­ro­pe­te ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m ā­pa­ye­t |­| 2­0­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.201ya­dā tu tau ma­hā­prā­jñau ta­dā gū­ḍhā­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ | dru­to­ccā­rā­di­to vā syā­t ta­yo­r a­na­va­bo­dha­na­m |­| 2­0­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.202prā­gvi­ka­lpe ka­thaṃ yu­ktaṃ ta­sya ni­gra­ha­ṇaṃ sa­tā­m | ya­tra vā­kya­pra­yo­ge pi va­ktu­s ta­da­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 2­0­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.203ya­tra vā­kyaṃ sva­yaṃ vā­dī vyā­ca­ṣṭe nyai­r a­ni­ści­ta­m | ya­thā ta­thai­va vyā­ca­ṣṭaṃ gū­ḍho­pa­nyā­sa­m ā­tma­naḥ |­| 2­0­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.204a­dhyā­khyā­ne tu ta­syā­s tu ja­yā­bhā­vo na ni­gra­haḥ | pa­ra­sya pa­kṣa­saṃ­si­ddhya­bhā­vā­d e­tā­va­tā dhru­va­m |­| 2­0­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.205dru­to­ccā­rā­di­ta­s tv e­tāḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­va­ga­ccha­taḥ | si­ddhāṃ­ta­dva­ya­ta­ttva­jñai­s ta­to nā­jñā­na­saṃ­bha­vaḥ |­| 2­0­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.206va­ktuḥ pra­lā­pa­mā­tre tu ta­yo­r a­na­va­bo­dha­na­m | nā­vi­jñā­tā­rtha­m e­ta­t syā­d va­rṇā­nu­kta­m a­vā­da­va­t |­| 2­0­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 289,13ta­to ne­da­m a­vi­jñā­tā­rthaṃ ni­ra­rtha­kā­dbhi­dya­te nā­py a­pā­rtha­ka­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.207pra­ti­saṃ­baṃ­dha­hī­nā­nāṃ śa­bdā­nā­m a­bhi­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ | pau­rvā­pa­rye­ṇa yo­ga­sya ta­trā­bhā­vā­d a­pā­rtha­ka­m |­| 2­0­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.208dā­ḍi­mā­ni da­śe­tyā­di­śa­bda­va­t pa­ri­kī­rta­na­m | te ni­ra­rtha­ka­to bhi­nnaṃ na yu­ktyā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| 2­0­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.209nai­ra­rtha­kyaṃ hi va­rṇā­nāṃ ya­thā ta­dva­tpa­dā­ti­ṣu | nā­bhi­dye­tā­nya­thā vā­kyaṃ nai­ra­rtha­kyaṃ ta­to pa­ra­m |­| 2­0­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 289,17na hi pa­ra­spa­ra­saṃ­ga­tā­ni pa­dā­ny e­va na pu­na­r vā­kyā­nī­ti śa­kyaṃ va­ktuṃ­, te­ṣā­m a­pi pau­rvā­pa­rye­ṇā­pi yu­jya­mā­nā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 289,18ba­hu­la­m u­pa­laṃ­bhā­t | "­śaṃ­khaḥ ka­da­lyāṃ ka­da­lī ca bhe­ryāṃ ta­syāṃ ca bhe­ryāṃ su­ma­ha­dvi­mā­naṃ | ta­cchaṃ­kha­bhe­rī ka­da­lī TAŚVA-ML 289,19vi­mā­na­m u­nma­tta­gaṃ­ga­pra­ti­maṃ ba­bhū­va |­| " i­tyā­di­va­t | ya­di pu­naḥ pa­da­nai­ra­rtha­kya­m e­va vā­kya­nai­ra­rtha­kyaṃ pa­da­sa­mu­dā­ya­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 289,20d vā­kya­sye­ti ma­ti­s ta­dā va­rṇa­nai­ra­rtha­kya­m e­va pa­da­nai­ra­rtha­kya­m a­stu va­rṇa­sa­mu­dā­ya­tvā­t pa­da­sye­ti ma­nya­tāṃ­, va­rṇā­nāṃ sa­rva­tra TAŚVA-ML 289,21ni­ra­rtha­ka­tvā­t pa­da­sya ni­ra­rtha­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­t­, pa­da­syā­pi ni­ra­rtha­ka­tvā­t ta­tsa­mu­dā­yā­tma­no vā­kya­syā­pi ni­ra­rtha­ka- TAŚVA-ML 289,22tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gaḥ | pa­dā­rthā­pe­kṣa­yā sā­rtha­kaṃ pa­da­m i­ti ce­t­, va­rṇā­rthā­pe­kṣa­yā va­rṇaḥ sā­rtha­ko stu | pra­kṛ­ti­pra­tya­yā­di­va­rṇa­va­t TAŚVA-ML 289,23na pra­kṛ­tiḥ ke­va­lā pa­daṃ pra­tya­yo vā­, nā­pi ta­yo­r a­rtha­ka­tva­m a­bhi­vya­ktā­rthā­bhā­vā­d a­na­rtha­ka­tve pa­da­syā­py a­na­rtha­ka­tvaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 289,24ya­thai­va hi pra­kṛ­tya­rthaḥ pra­tya­ye­nā­bhi­bhi­dya­te pra­tya­yā­rthaḥ sva­pra­kṛ­tyā ta­yoḥ ke­va­la­yo­r a­pra­yo­gā­rha­tvā­t | ta­thā de­va- TAŚVA-ML 289,25da­tta­s ti­ṣṭha­tī­tyā­di­pra­yo­ge­ṣu su­baṃ­ta­pa­dā­rtha­sya ti­ṅaṃ­ta­pa­de­nā­bhi­vya­kteḥ ti­ṅaṃ­ta­pa­dā­rtha­sya ca su­baṃ­ta­pa­de­nā­bhi­vya­kteḥ TAŚVA-ML 289,26ke­va­la­syā­pra­yo­gā­rha­tvā­d a­bhi­vya­ktā­rthā­bhā­vo vi­bhā­vya­ta e­va | pa­dāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣa­tve sā­rtha­ka­tva­m e­ve­ti ta­tpra­kṛ­tya­pe­kṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 289,27pra­tya­ya­sya ta­da­pe­kṣa­sya ca pra­kṛ­tyā­di­va­tsva­sya sā­rtha­ka­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ty e­va sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­to va­rṇā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 289,28pa­dā­nāṃ ca saṃ­ga­tā­rthā­nāṃ ni­ra­rtha­ka­tva­m i­ccha­tā vā­kyā­nā­m a­py a­saṃ­ga­tā­rthā­nāṃ ni­ra­rtha­ka­tva­m e­ṣi­ta­vyaṃ | ta­sya ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 289,29pṛ­tha­ktve­na ni­gṛ­hṇa­n sthā­na­tvā­ni­ṣṭau va­rṇa­pa­da­ni­ra­rtha­ka­tva­yo­r a­pi ta­thā ni­gra­hā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ mā bhū­t | ya­d a­py u­ktaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 289,30a­va­ya­va­vi­pa­ryā­saṃ baṃ­dha­na­m a­prā­pta­kā­laṃ a­va­ya­vā­nāṃ pra­ti­jñā­dī­nāṃ vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇā­bhi­dhā­naṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ti | ta­d a­pi TAŚVA-ML 289,31na su­gha­ṭa­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.210saṃ­dhā­dya­va­ya­vā­n nyā­yā­d vi­pa­ryā­se­na bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m | a­prā­pta­kā­la­m ā­khyā­taṃ ta­c cā­yu­ktaṃ ma­nī­ṣi­ṇā­m |­| 2­1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.211pa­dā­nāṃ kra­ma­ni­ya­maṃ vi­nā­rthā­vya­va­sā­ya­taḥ | de­va­da­ttā­di­vā­kye­ṣu śā­stre py e­vaṃ vi­ni­rṇa­yā­t |­| 2­1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.212ya­thā­pa­śa­bda­taḥ śa­bda­pra­tya­yā­d a­rtha­ni­śca­yaḥ | śa­bdā­d e­va ta­thā svā­di­vyu­tkra­mā­n na kra­ma­sya vi­t |­| 2­1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.213ta­to vā­kyā­rtha­ni­rṇī­tiḥ pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa jā­ya­te | vi­pa­ryā­sā­t tu nai­ve­ti ke­ci­d ā­hu­s ta­d a­py a­sa­t |­| 2­1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.214vyu­tkra­mā­d a­rtha­ni­rṇī­ti­r a­pa­śa­bdā­d i­ve­ty a­pi | va­ktuṃ śa­kte­s ta­thā dṛ­ṣṭeḥ sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2­1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.215śa­bdā­d vyā­khyā­na­vai­ya­rthya­m e­vaṃ ce­t ta­ttva­vā­di­nā­m | nā­pa­śa­bde­ṣv a­pi prā­yo vyā­khyā­na­syo­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 2­1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.216ta­thā ca saṃ­skṛ­tā­c cha­bdā­t sa­tyā­d dha­rma­s ta­thā­nya­taḥ | syā­d a­sa­tyaṃ ya­dā dha­rmaḥ kva ni­ya­maḥ pu­ṇya­pā­pa­yoḥ |­| 2­1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.217vṛ­ddhi­pra­si­ddhi­ta­s tv e­ṣa vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­va­rta­te | saṃ­skṛ­tai­r i­ti sa­rvā­pi śa­bdai­r bhā­ṣā­sva­nai­r i­va |­| 2­1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.218ta­to rthā­ni­śca­yo ye­na pa­de­na kra­ma­śaḥ sthi­taḥ | ta­dvya­ti­kra­ma­ṇā­d do­ṣo nai­ra­rtha­kyaṃ na cā­pa­ra­m |­| 2­1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 290,07e­te­nai­ta­d a­pi pra­tyā­khyā­taṃ | ya­dā­ho­dyo­ta­ka­raḥ­, ya­thā gau­r i­ty a­sya pa­da­syā­rthe gau­ṇī­ti pra­yu­jya­mā­naṃ pa­daṃ na TAŚVA-ML 290,08va­krā­di­m aṃ­ta­m a­rthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­tī­ti na śa­bdā­dvyā­khyā­naṃ vya­rthaṃ a­ne­nā­pa­śa­bde­nā­sau go­śa­bda­m e­va pra­ti­pa­dya­te TAŚVA-ML 290,09go­śa­bdā­c ca­krā­di­m aṃ­ta­m a­rthaṃ ta­thā pra­ti­jñā­dya­va­ya­vā­vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇā­nu­pū­rvaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te ta­thā­nu­pū­rvyā­rtha­m i­ti | pū­rvaṃ hi TAŚVA-ML 290,10tā­va­t ka­rmo­pā­dī­ya­te lo­ke ta­to dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­di mṛ­tpiṃ­ḍa­ca­krā­di­va­t | ta­thā nai­vā­yaṃ sa­ma­yo pi tv a­rtha­syā­nu­pū­rvī | TAŚVA-ML 290,11so ya­m a­rthā­nu­pū­rvī­m a­nvā­ca­kṣā­ṇo nā­ma vyā­khye­yā­t ka­syā­yaṃ sa­ma­ya i­ti | ta­thā śā­stre vā­kyā­rtha­saṃ­gra­hā­rtha­m u­pā­dī- TAŚVA-ML 290,12ya­te saṃ­gṛ­hī­taṃ tv a­rthaṃ vā­kye­na pra­ti­pā­da­yi­tā pra­yo­ga­kā­le pra­ti­jñā­di­ka­yā­nu­pū­rvyā pra­ti­pā­da­ya­tī­ti sa­rva­thā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 290,13pū­rvī­pra­ti­pā­da­na­bhā­vā­d e­vā­prā­pta­kā­la­sya ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­tva­sa­ma­rtha­nā­d a­nya­thā pa­ra­co­dya­syai­va­m a­pi si­ddheḥ | sa­ma­vā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 290,14na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d ba­hu­pra­yo­gā­c ca nai­vā­va­ya­va­vi­pa­ryā­sa­va­ca­naṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ty e­ta­sya pa­ri­ha­rtu­m a­śa­kteḥ | sa­rvā­rthā­nu­pū­rvīṃ TAŚVA-ML 290,15pra­ti­pā­da­nā­bhā­vo '­va­ya­va­vi­pa­ryā­sa­va­ca­na­sya ni­ra­rtha­ka­tvā­n nyā­yyaḥ | ta­to ne­daṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ ya­tho­ktaṃ hī­na­m a­nya- TAŚVA-ML 290,16ta­me­nā­py a­va­ya­ve­na nyū­naṃ | ya­smi­n vā­kye pra­ti­jñā­dī­nā­m a­nya­ta­mā­va­ya­vo na bha­va­ti ta­dvā­kyaṃ hī­naṃ ve­di­ta­vyaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 290,17ta­c ca ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­sā­dha­nā­bhā­ve sā­dhya­si­ddhe­r a­bhā­vā­t pra­ti­jñā­dī­nāṃ paṃ­cā­nā­m a­pi sā­dha­na­tvā­t pra­ti­jñā­nyū­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 290,18nā­stī­ty e­ke | te tra pa­rya­nu­yo­jyāḥ­, pra­ti­jñā­nyū­naṃ vā­kyaṃ yo brū­te sa kiṃ ni­gṛ­hya­te ? a­tha ne­ti ya­di TAŚVA-ML 290,19ni­gṛ­hya­te ka­tha­m a­ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ ? na hi ta­tra he­tvā­da­yo na saṃ­ti na ca he­tvā­di­do­ṣāḥ saṃ­tī­ti ni­gra­haṃ cā­bhyu- TAŚVA-ML 290,20pai­ti | ta­smā­t pra­ti­jñā­nyū­na­m e­ve­ti | a­tha na ni­gra­haḥ nyū­naṃ vā­kya­m a­rthaṃ sā­dha­ya­tī­ti sā­dha­nā­bhā­ve si­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 290,21r a­bhyu­pa­ga­tā bha­va­ti | ya­c ca bra­vī­ṣi si­ddhāṃ­ta­pa­ri­gra­ha e­va pra­ti­jñe­ti­, ta­d a­pi na bu­dhdyā­ma­he | ka­rma­ṇa u­pā­dā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 290,22hi pra­ti­jñā­sā­mā­nyaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­to va­dhā­ri­ta­sya va­stu­naḥ pa­ri­gra­haḥ si­ddhāṃ­ta i­ti ka­tha­m a­na­yo­r ai­kyaṃ­, ya­taḥ pra­ti­jñā- TAŚVA-ML 290,23sā­dha­na­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā sā­dha­nāṃ­gaṃ ta­t syā­d i­ty u­dyo­ta­ka­ra­syā­kū­taṃ­, ta­d e­ta­d a­pi na sa­mī­cī­na­m i­ti da­rśa­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.219hī­na­m a­nya­ta­me­nā­pi vā­kyaṃ svā­va­ya­ve­na ya­t | ta­nnyū­na­m i­ty a­sa­tsvā­rthe pra­tī­te­s tā­dṛ­śā­d a­pi |­| 2­1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 290,25yā­va­d a­va­ya­vaṃ vā­kyaṃ sā­dhyaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti tā­va­d a­va­ya­va­m e­va sā­dha­naṃ na ca paṃ­cā­va­ya­va­m e­va sā­dhyaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti TAŚVA-ML 290,26kva­ci­t pra­ti­jñā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi sā­dha­na­vā­kya­syo­tpa­tte­r ga­mya­mā­na­sya ka­rma­ṇaḥ sā­dha­nā­t | ta­tho­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­hī­na­m a­pi sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 290,27vā­kya­m u­pa­pa­nnaṃ sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­vi­ra­he pi he­to­r ga­ma­ka­tva­sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | ta­ta e­vo­pa­na­ya­ni­ga­ma­na­hī­na­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 290,28vā­kyaṃ ca sā­dha­naṃ pra­ti­jñā­hī­na­va­t vi­du­ṣaḥ pra­ti he­to­r e­va ke­va­la­sya pra­yo­gā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | dhū­mo tra dṛ­śya­te TAŚVA-ML 290,29i­ty u­kte pi ka­sya­ci­d a­gni­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t sā­ma­rthyā­d ga­mya­mā­nā­s ta­tra pra­ti­jñā­da­yo pi saṃ­tī­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 290,30ta­rhi pra­yu­jya­mā­nā na saṃ­tī­ti tai­r vi­nā­pi sā­dhya­si­ddheḥ na te­ṣāṃ va­ca­naṃ sā­dha­naṃ sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 290,31m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa sā­dhya­si­ddhe­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­dva­ca­na­m e­va sā­dha­na­m a­ta­s ta­nnyū­naṃ na ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ pa­ra­sya sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhau sa­tyā- TAŚVA-ML 290,32m i­ty e­ta­d e­va śre­yaḥ pra­ti­pa­dyā­ma­he | pra­ti­jñā­di­va­ca­naṃ tu pra­ti­pā­dyā­śa­yā­nu­ro­dhe­na pra­yu­jya­mā­naṃ na ni­vā­rya­te ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 290,33e­vā­si­ddho he­tu­r i­tyā­di­pra­ti­jñā­va­ca­naṃ he­tu­dū­ṣa­ṇo­dbhā­va­na­kā­le ka­sya­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te ta­da­va­ca­na­ni­ya­mā­na­bhyu­pa­ga- TAŚVA-ML 290,34mā­t | ta­rhi ya­thā­vi­dhā­n nyū­nā­d a­rtha­syā­pi si­ddhi­s ta­thā­vi­dhaṃ ta­nni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ty a­pi na gha­ṭa­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.220ya­thā­cā­ryā­pra­tī­tiḥ syā­t ta­nni­ra­rtha­ka­m e­va te | ni­gra­hāṃ­ta­ra­to­kti­s tu ta­tra śra­ddhā­nu­sā­ri­ṇā­m |­| 2­2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 291,01ya­tho­ktaṃ­, he­tū­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­di­ka­m a­dhi­kaṃ ya­smi­n vā­kye dvau he­tū dbau vā dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tau ta­dvā­kya­dhi­kaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 291,02ā­dhi­kyā­d i­ti ta­d a­pi nyū­ne­na vyā­khyā­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.221he­tū­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhyāṃ ya­d vā­kyaṃ syā­d a­dhi­kaṃ pa­raiḥ | pro­ktaṃ ta­da­dhi­kaṃ nā­ma ta­c ca nyū­ne­na va­rṇi­ta­m |­| 2­2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.222ta­ttvā­pa­rya­va­sā­nā­yāṃ ka­thā­yāṃ ta­ttva­ni­rṇa­yaḥ | ya­dā syā­d ā­dhi­kā­d e­va ta­dā kā nā­ma du­ṣṭa­tā |­| 2­2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.223svā­rthi­ke ke dhi­ke sa­rvaṃ nā­sti vā­kyā­bhi­bhā­ṣa­ṇe | ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t ta­to rtha­syā­ni­śca­yā­t ta­nni­ra­rtha­ka­m |­| 2­2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 291,06so ya­m u­dyo­ta­ka­raḥ­, sā­dhya­syai­ke­na jñā­pi­ta­tvā­d vya­rtha­m a­bhi­dhā­naṃ dvi­tī­ya­sya­, pra­kā­śi­te pra­dī­pāṃ­ta­ro­pā­dā­na­va­da­na­va- TAŚVA-ML 291,07sthā­naṃ vā­, pra­kā­śi­te pi sā­dha­nāṃ­ta­ro­pā­dā­ne pa­rā­pa­ra­sā­dha­nāṃ­ta­ro­pā­dā­na­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­pla­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 291,08sa­ma­rtha­ya­ta i­ti ka­thaṃ sva­sthaḥ ? ka­sya­ci­d a­rtha­syai­ke­na pra­mā­ṇe­na ni­śca­ye pi pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­tve pi na do­ṣo TAŚVA-ML 291,09dā­rḍhyā­d i­ti ce­t­, ki­m i­daṃ dā­rḍhyaṃ nā­ma ? su­ta­rāṃ pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­t ki­m u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti­, su­ta­rā­m i­ti si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 291,10pra­ti­pa­tti­r dvā­bhyāṃ pra­mā­ṇā­bhyā­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhy ā­dye­na pra­mā­ṇe­na ni­ści­te rthe dvi­tī­yaṃ pra­mā­ṇaṃ pra­kā­śi­ta­pra­kā­śa­na- TAŚVA-ML 291,11va­dvya­rtha­m a­na­va­sthā­naṃ vā ni­ści­te pi pa­rā­pa­ra­pra­mā­ṇā­nve­ṣa­ṇā­t | i­ti ka­thaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­pla­vaḥ ? ya­di pu­na­r ba­hū­pā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 291,12pra­tti­pa­ttiḥ ka­thaṃ dā­rḍhya­m e­ka­tra bhū­ya­sāṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ pra­vṛ­ttau saṃ­vā­da­si­ddhi­ś ce­ti ma­ti­s ta­dā he­tu­nā dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te­na vā TAŚVA-ML 291,13ke­na­ci­d jñā­pi­te rthe dvi­tī­ya­sya he­to­r dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya vā va­ca­naṃ ka­tha­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ ta­sya ta­thā­vi­dha­dā­rḍhya­tvā­t | na cai­va- TAŚVA-ML 291,14m a­na­va­sthā­, ka­sya­ci­t kva­ci­n ni­rā­kāṃ­kṣa­to­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­va­t | ka­thaṃ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­d i­ti he­tuḥ kva­ci­d va­da­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 291,15svā­rthi­ka­sya ka­pra­tya­ya­sya va­ca­naṃ ya­t kṛ­ta­kaṃ ta­d a­ni­tyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ti vyā­ptiṃ pra­da­rśa­ya­te ya­t ta­dva­ca­na­m a­dhi­kaṃ nā­ma TAŚVA-ML 291,16ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ na syā­t­, te­na vi­nā­pi ta­da­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | sa­rva­tra vṛ­tti­pa­da­pra­yo­gā­d e­va cā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttau saṃ­bhā­vya- TAŚVA-ML 291,17mā­nā­yāṃ vā­kya­sya va­ca­na­m a­rthaṃ pu­ṣṇā­ti ye­nā­dhi­kaṃ na syā­t | ta­thā­vi­dha­va­ca­na­syā­pi pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­ya­tvā­t ta­nni- TAŚVA-ML 291,18gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ti ce­t­, ka­tha­m a­ne­ka­sya he­to­r dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya vā pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­ya­bhū­ta­sya va­ca­naṃ ni­gra­hā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ? ni­ra­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 291,19ka­sya tu va­ca­naṃ ni­ra­rtha­ka­m e­va ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ nyū­na­va­n na pu­na­s ta­to nya­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 291,20pu­na­ru­tkaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ vi­cā­ra­yi­tu­kā­ma ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.224pu­na­rva­ca­na­m a­rtha­sya śa­bda­sya ca ni­ve­di­ta­m | pu­na­ru­tkaṃ vi­cā­re nya­trā­nu­vā­dā­t pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ |­| 2­2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.225ta­trā­ya­m e­va ma­nyaṃ­te pu­na­ru­ktaṃ va­co­rtha­taḥ | śa­bda­sā­mye pi bhe­da­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ty u­dā­hṛ­ta­m |­| 2­2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 291,23ha­sa­ti ha­sa­ti svā­m i­ty u­ccai­r u­da­tya­ti ro­di­ti kṛ­ta­pa­ri­ka­raṃ sve­do­dgā­ri pra­dhā­va­ti dhā­va­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.app.226gu­ṇa­sa­mu­di­taṃ do­ṣā­pe­taṃ pra­ṇiṃ­da­ti ni­da­ti dha­na­va­ti pa­ri­krī­taṃ yaṃ­traṃ pra­nṛ­tya­ti nṛ­tya­ti |­| 2­2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.227sa­tya­pra­tyā­ya­naṃ yā­va­t tā­va­d vā­cya­m a­to bu­dhaiḥ | sve­ṣṭā­rtha­vā­ci­bhiḥ śa­bdai­s tai­ś cā­nyai­r vā ni­rā­ku­la­m |­| 2­2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.228ta­da­pra­tyā­yi śa­bda­sya va­ca­naṃ tu ni­ra­rtha­ka­m | sa­kṛ­du­ktaṃ pu­na­r ve­ti tā­ttvi­kaḥ saṃ­pra­ca­kṣa­te |­| 2­2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.229sa­kṛ­dvā­de pu­na­r vā­do nu­vā­do rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | pu­na­ru­ktaṃ ya­thā ne­ṣṭaṃ kva­ci­t ta­dva­d i­hā­pi ta­t |­| 2­2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.230a­rthā­d ā­pa­dya­mā­na­sya ya­c cha­bde­na pu­na­rva­caḥ | pu­na­ru­ktaṃ bha­taṃ ya­sya ta­sya sve­ṣṭo­kti­bā­dha­na­m |­| 2­3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 291,29yo py ā­ha­, śa­bdā­rtha­yoḥ pu­na­rva­ca­naṃ pu­na­ru­kta­m a­nya­trā­nu­vā­dā­t a­rthā­d ā­pa­nna­sya sva­śa­bde­na pu­na­rva­ca­naṃ pu­na­ru­kta- TAŚVA-ML 291,30m i­ti ca ta­sya pra­ti­pa­nnā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tve­na vai­ya­rthyā­n ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ti ma­taṃ na pu­na­r a­nya­thā | ta­thā ca ni­ra­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 291,31kā­n na vi­śi­ṣya­te­, sva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dha­ś ca | sva­ya­m u­dde­śa­la­kṣa­ṇa­pa­rī­kṣā­va­ca­nā­nāṃ pu­na­r u­ktā­nāṃ prā­ye­ṇā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d a­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 291,32d ga­mya­mā­na­sya pra­ti­jñā­de­r va­ca­nā­c ca | ya­d a­py u­ktaṃ­, vi­jñā­ta­sya pa­ri­ṣa­dā tri­bhi­r a­bhi­hi­ta­syā­pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ṇa­m a­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 291,33ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ti ta­d a­nū­dya vi­cā­ra­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.231ni­rvā­di­no­di­ta­syā­pi vi­jñā­ta­syā­pi saṃ­sa­dā | a­pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ṇaṃ prā­ha pa­ra­syā­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m |­| 2­3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 292,01ta­d e­ta­du­tta­ra­vi­ṣa­yā­pa­ri­jñā­na­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m a­pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ya­to dū­ṣa­ṇa­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­tre­daṃ vi­cā­rya­te­, kiṃ TAŚVA-ML 292,02sa­rva­sya vā­di­no­kta­syā­na­nu­ccā­ra­ṇaṃ kiṃ ya­n nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­kā sā­dhya­si­ddhi­r a­bhi­ma­tā ta­sya sā­dha­na­vā­kya­syā­na­nu- TAŚVA-ML 292,03ccā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti­? |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.232ya­n nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­kā si­ddhiḥ sā­dhya­sya ta­da­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ | pa­ra­sya ka­thya­te kai­ści­t sa­rva­thā­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ |­| 2­3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.233prā­gu­pa­nya­sya niḥ­śe­ṣaṃ pa­ro­pa­nya­sta­m aṃ­ja­sā | pra­tye­kaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇā­vā­cye pu­na­r u­ccā­rya­te ya­di |­| 2­3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.234ta­d e­va syā­t ta­dā ta­sya pu­na­ru­kta­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m | no­ccā­rya­te ya­dā tv e­ta­t ta­dā do­ṣaḥ kva ga­dya­te |­| 2­3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.235ta­smā­d ya­d dū­ṣya­te ya­t ta­tka­rma­tvā­di pa­ro­di­ta­m | ta­d u­ccā­ra­ṇa­m e­ve­ṣṭa­m a­nyo­ccā­ro ni­ra­rtha­kaḥ |­| 2­3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.236u­ktaṃ dū­ṣa­ya­tā­va­śyaṃ da­rśa­nī­yo tra go­ca­raḥ | a­nya­thā dū­ṣa­ṇā­vṛ­tteḥ sa­rvo­ccā­ra­s tu ne­ty a­pi |­| 2­3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.237ka­sya­ci­d va­ca­naṃ ne­ṣṭa­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­sā­dha­naṃ | ta­syā­pra­ti­bha­yai­vo­ktai­r u­tta­rā­pra­ti­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 2­3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 292,10ta­d e­ta­ddha­rma­kī­rte­r ma­ta­m a­yu­kta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.238pra­tyu­ccā­rā­sa­ma­rtha­tvaṃ ka­thya­te '­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ | ta­smi­nn u­ccā­ri­te py a­nya­pa­kṣa­vi­kṣi­ptya­ve­da­na­m |­| 2­3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.239khyā­pya­te pra­ti­bhā­nya­sye­ty e­ta­yo­r nai­ka­tā­sthi­tiḥ | sā­kṣā­t saṃ­la­kṣya­te lo­kaiḥ kī­rte­r a­nya­tra du­rga­teḥ |­| 2­3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 292,13ta­to '­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ sa­rva­sya dū­ṣa­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­mā­tra­sya vā­nya­d e­vā­pra­ti­bhā­yāḥ ke­va­laṃ ta­nni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m a­yu­ktaṃ­, pa­ro­kṣa­m a- TAŚVA-ML 292,14pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ya­to pi dū­ṣa­ṇa­va­ca­na­nyā­yyā­t | ta­d ya­thā­–­sa­rvaṃ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­na­śva­raṃ sa­ttvā­d i­ti ke­na­ci­d u­kte ta­du­kte TAŚVA-ML 292,15pa­tyu­ccā­ra­ya­nn e­va pa­ro vi­ru­ddha­tvaṃ he­to­r u­dbhā­va­ya­ti­, sa­rva­m a­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­kaṃ sa­ttvā­t | kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­dye­kāṃ­te sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 292,16vi­ro­dhā­t ta­ttvā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti sa­ma­rtha­ya­te ca tā­va­tā pa­ro­pa­nya­sta­he­to­r dū­ṣa­ṇā­t kiṃ pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ṇe­na | ya­thai­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 292,17dū­ṣa­yi­tu­m a­sa­ma­rthaḥ śā­strā­rtha­jñā­na­pa­ri­ṇa­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t ta­dā­ya­m u­tta­rā­pra­ti­pa­tte­r e­va ti­ra­skri­ya­te na pu­na­r a­pra­tyu- TAŚVA-ML 292,18ccā­ra­ṇā­t | sa­rva­sya pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­de­r vā­nu­vā­de pu­na­ru­kta­tvā­ni­ṣṭeḥ pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ṇo pi ta­tro­tta­ra­m a­pra­kā­śa­ya­n na hi na TAŚVA-ML 292,19ni­gṛ­hya­te sva­pa­kṣaṃ sā­dha­ya­tā­, ya­to '­pra­ti­bhai­va ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ na syā­t | ya­d a­py u­ktaṃ­, a­vi­jñā­taṃ cā­jñā­na­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 292,20ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ­, ta­d a­pi na pra­ti­vi­śi­ṣṭa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.240a­jñā­naṃ ca ki­lā­jñā­naṃ vi­jñā­ta­syā­pi saṃ­sa­dā | pa­ra­sya ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ ta­tsa­mā­naṃ pra­tī­ya­te |­| 2­4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.241sa­rve­ṣu hi pra­ti­jñā­na­hā­nyā­di­ṣu na vā­di­noḥ | a­jñā­nā­d a­pa­raṃ kiṃ­ci­n ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m āṃ­ja­sa­m |­| 2­4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.242te­ṣā­m e­ta­tpra­bhe­da­tve ba­hu­ni­gra­ha­ṇaṃ na ki­m | a­rthā­jñā­nā­di­bhe­dā­nāṃ ba­hu vā­trā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t |­| 2­4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 292,24u­tta­rā­pra­ti­pa­tti­ra­pra­ti­bhe­tya­pi ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­ma­sya nā­jñā­nā­nya­di­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.243u­tta­rā­pra­ti­pa­tti­r yā pa­rai­r a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­tā | sā­py e­te­na pra­ti­vyū­ḍhā bhe­de­nā­jñā­na­taḥ sphu­ṭa­m |­| 2­4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 292,26ya­d a­py u­ktaṃ­, ni­gra­ha­prā­pta­syā­ni­gra­ha­pa­rya­nu­yo­jyo­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ti­, ta­d a­pi na sā­dhī­ya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.244yaḥ pu­na­r ni­gra­ha­prā­pte py a­ni­gra­ha u­pe­ya­te | ka­sya­ci­t pa­rya­nu­yo­jyo­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­d a­pi kṛ­ta­m |­| 2­4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.245sva­yaṃ pra­ti­bha­yā hi ce­t ta­daṃ­ta­rbhā­va­ni­rṇa­yaḥ | sa­bhyai­r u­dbhā­va­nī­ya­tvā­t ta­sya bhe­do ma­hā­na­ho |­| 2­4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.246vā­de py u­dbhā­va­ya­n nai­ta­n na hi ke­nā­pi dhā­rya­te | svaṃ kau­pī­naṃ na ko­pī­ha vi­vṛ­ṇo­tī­ti cā­ku­la­m |­| 2­4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.247u­tta­rā­pra­ti­pa­tti­r hi pa­ra­syo­dbhā­va­ya­nsva­yaṃ | sā­dha­na­sya sa­do­ṣa­tva­m ā­vi­rbhā­va­ya­ti dhru­va­m |­| 2­4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.248saṃ­bha­va­ty u­tta­raṃ ya­tra ta­tra ta­syā­nu­dī­ra­ṇa­m | yu­ktaṃ ni­gra­ha­ṇaṃ nā­nya­the­ti nā­nya­vi­dāṃ ma­ta­m |­| 2­4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.249ni­rde­ṣa­sā­dha­no­ktau tu tū­ṣṇīṃ­bhā­vā­d vi­ni­gra­haḥ | pra­lā­pa­mā­tra­to ve­ti pa­kṣa­si­ddheḥ sa ā­ga­taḥ |­| 2­4­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 292,33ya­d a­py a­bhya­dhā­yi­, sva­pa­kṣa­do­ṣā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t pa­kṣe do­ṣa­pra­saṃ­go ma­tā­nu­jñā | yaḥ pa­re­ṇa co­di­taṃ do­ṣa­m a­nu­ddhṛ­tya TAŚVA-ML 292,34bha­va­to py a­yaṃ do­ṣa i­ti bra­vī­ti sā ma­tā­nu­jñā­sya ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ti­, ta­d a­py a­pa­rī­kṣi­ta­m e­ve­ti pa­rī­kṣya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.250sva­pa­kṣe do­ṣa­m u­pa­ya­n pa­ra­pa­kṣe pra­saṃ­ja­ya­n | ma­tā­nu­jñā­m a­vā­pno­ti ni­gṛ­hī­tiṃ na yu­kti­taḥ |­| 2­5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.251dva­yo­r e­vaṃ sa­do­ṣa­tvaṃ tā­ttvi­kaiḥ sthā­pya­te ya­taḥ | pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­ni­ro­dha­sya sa­mā­na­tve­na ni­rṇa­yā­t |­| 2­5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.252a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tai­vai­vaṃ sa­mu­dbhā­vye­ti ke­ca­na | he­to­r a­va­ca­ne ta­c ca no­pa­pa­tti­ma­d ī­kṣya­te |­| 2­5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.253ta­tho­tta­rā­pra­tī­tiḥ syā­d i­ty a­py ā­gra­ha­mā­tra­kaṃ | sa­rva­syā­jñā­na­mā­tra­tvā­pa­tte­r do­ṣa­sya vā­di­noḥ |­| 2­5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.254saṃ­kṣe­pa­to nya­thā kvā­yaṃ ni­ya­maḥ sa­rva­vā­di­nā­m | he­tvā­bhā­so­tta­rā­vi­ttī kī­rteḥ syā­tāṃ ya­taḥ sthi­teḥ |­| 2­5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.255na­nu cā­jñā­na­mā­tre pi ni­gra­he­ti pra­sa­jya­te | sa­rva­jñā­na­sya sa­rve­ṣāṃ sā­dṛ­śyā­nā­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 2­5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.256sa­tya­m e­ta­da­bhi­pre­ta­va­stu­si­ddha­pra­yo­gi­noḥ | jñā­na­sya ya­di nā­bhā­vo do­ṣo nya­syā­rtha­sā­dha­ne |­| 2­5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.257sa­tsv a­pa­kṣa­pra­si­ddhai­va ni­grā­hyo nya i­ti sthi­ta­m | sa­mā­sa­to na­va­dya­tvā­d a­nya­thā ta­da­yo­ga­taḥ |­| 2­5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.258ta­ska­ra­tvaṃ na­ra­tvā­de­r i­ti he­tu­r ya­do­cya­te | ta­dā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvo­kti­tva­m a­pī­ti na vā­rya­te |­| 2­5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.259vā­co­yu­kti­pra­kā­rā­ṇāṃ lo­ke vai­ci­trya­da­rśa­nā­t | no­pā­laṃ­bha­s ta­tho­ktau syā­d vi­pa­kṣe he­tu­da­rśa­na­m |­| 2­5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.260do­ṣa­he­tu­m a­bhi­ga­mya sva­pa­kṣe pa­ra­pa­kṣa­tā­m | do­ṣa­m u­dbhā­vya pa­ścā­ttve sva­pa­kṣaṃ sā­dha­ye­j ja­yī |­| 2­6­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 293,12ya­d a­py a­bhi­hi­ta­m a­ni­gra­ha­sthā­ne ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­nu­yo­go ni­ra­nu­yo­jyā­nu­yo­go ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ti ta­d a­py a­sa­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.261ya­dā tv a­ni­gra­ha­sthā­ne ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m u­cya­te | ta­dā ni­ra­nu­yo­jyā­nu­yo­gā­khyo ni­gra­ho ma­taḥ |­| 2­6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.262so py a­pra­ti­bha­yo­ktaḥ syā­d e­va­m u­tta­ra­vi­kṛ­teḥ | ta­tpra­kā­ra­pṛ­tha­gbhā­ve ki­m e­taiḥ sva­lpa­bhā­ṣi­taiḥ |­| 2­6­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 293,15ya­tho­ktaṃ kā­rya­vyā­saṃ­gā­t ka­thā­vi­cche­do vi­kṣe­paḥ ya­tra ka­rta­vyaṃ vyā­sa­jya­ka­thāṃ vi­cchi­na­tti pra­ti­sthā­ya ka­lā- TAŚVA-ML 293,16m e­kāṃ kṣa­ṇo­ti pa­ścā­t ka­tha­yi­ṣyā­mī­ti sa vi­kṣe­po nā­ma ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ ta­thā te­nā­jñā­na­syā­vi­ṣka­ra­ṇā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 293,17ta­d a­pi na sa­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.263sa­bhāṃ prā­pta­sya ta­sya syā­tkā­rya­vyā­saṃ­ga­taḥ ka­thā | vi­cche­da­s ta­sya ni­rdi­ṣṭo vi­kṣe­po nā­ma ni­gra­haḥ |­| 2­6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.264so pi nā­pra­ti­bhā­to sti bhi­nnaḥ ka­śca­na pū­rva­va­t | ta­d e­vaṃ bhe­da­taḥ sū­traṃ nā­kṣa­pā­da­sya kī­rti­kṛ­t |­| 2­6­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 293,20ya­d a­py u­ktaṃ­, si­ddhāṃ­ta­m a­bhyu­pe­tya ni­ya­mā­t ka­thā­pra­saṃ­go­pa­si­ddha­taḥ pra­ti­jñā­tā­rtha­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­bhyu­pe­tā­rtha­pa­ri­tyā­gā­n ni- TAŚVA-ML 293,21gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ti­, ta­d a­pi vi­cā­ra­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.265sva­yaṃ ni­ya­ta­si­ddhāṃ­to ni­ya­me­na vi­nā ya­dā | ka­thāṃ pra­saṃ­ja­ye­t ta­syā­pa­si­ddhāṃ­ta­s ta­tho­di­taḥ |­| 2­6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.266so py a­yu­ktaḥ sva­pa­kṣa­syā­sā­dha­ne ne­na ta­ttva­taḥ | a­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­va­ca­nā­d do­ṣo­dbhā­va­na­mā­tra­va­t |­| 2­6­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.267ta­trā­bhyu­pe­tya śa­bdā­dī­n ni­tyā­n e­va pu­naḥ sva­ya­m | tā­n a­ni­tyā­n bru­vā­ṇa­sya pū­rva­si­ddhāṃ­ta­bā­dha­na­m |­| 2­6­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.268ta­thai­va śū­nya­m ā­sthā­ya ta­sya saṃ­vi­da­mā­tra­taḥ | pū­rva­syo­tta­ra­to bā­dhā si­ddhāṃ­ta­syā­nya­thā kva ta­t |­| 2­6­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.269pra­dhā­naṃ cai­va­m ā­sṛ­tya ta­dvi­kā­ra­pra­rū­pa­ṇa­m | tā­dṛ­g e­vā­nya­thā he­tu­s ta­tra na syā­t sa­ma­nva­yaḥ |­| 2­6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.270bra­hmā­dyā­dvai­ta­m a­py e­va­m u­pe­tyā­ga­ma­va­rṇa­naṃ | ku­rva­nnā­mnā­ya­ni­rdi­ṣṭaṃ bā­dhyo nyo py a­na­yā di­śā |­| 2­7­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.271sva­yaṃ pra­va­rta­mā­nā­c ca sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­naḥ | a­ne­kāṃ­tā­vi­nā­bhū­ta­vya­hā­re­ṣu tā­dṛ­śāḥ |­| 2­7­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 293,29ya­dy a­py a­vā­di­, he­tvā­bhā­sā­ś ca ya­tho­ktā i­ti ta­trā­py ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.272he­tvā­bhā­sā­ś ca yo­go­ktāḥ paṃ­ca pū­rva­m u­dā­hṛ­tāḥ | sa­pta­dhā­nyauḥ sa­mā­khyā­tāṃ ni­gra­hā­dhi­ka­tāṃ ga­taiḥ |­| 2­7­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.273he­tvā­bhā­sa­tra­yaṃ te pi sa­ma­rthaṃ nā­ti­va­rti­tuṃ | a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­vai­ka­lyaṃ ta­c ca nai­ka­ka­m |­| 2­7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.274ya­thai­ka­la­kṣa­ṇo he­tuḥ sa­ma­rthaḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­ne | ta­thā ta­dvi­ka­lā­śa­kto he­tvā­bhā­so nu­ma­nya­tā­m |­| 2­7­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.275yo hy a­si­ddha­ta­yā sā­dhyaṃ vya­bhi­cā­ri­ta­yā­pi vā | vi­ru­ddha­tve­na vā he­tuḥ sā­dha­ye­n na sa ta­nni­bhaḥ |­| 2­7­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 293,34a­si­ddhā­da­yo pi he­ta­vo ya­di sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­va­ni­ya­ma­la­kṣa­ṇa­yu­ktā­s ta­dā na he­tvā­bhā­sā bha­vi­tu­m a­rhaṃ­ti | na TAŚVA-ML 294,01cai­vaṃ­, te­ṣāṃ ta­da­yo­gā­t | na hy a­si­ddhaḥ sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­va­ni­ya­ta­s ta­sya sva­ya­m a­sa­ttvā­t | nā­py a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko vi­pa- TAŚVA-ML 294,02kṣe pi bhā­vā­t | na ca vi­ru­ddho vi­pa­kṣa e­va bhā­vā­d i­ty a­si­ddhā­di­pra­kā­re­ṇā­py a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­vai­ka­lya­m e­va he­toḥ TAŚVA-ML 294,03sa­ma­rthya­te | ta­ta­s ta­sya he­tvā­bhā­sa­tva­m i­ti saṃ­kṣe­pā­d e­ka e­va he­tvā­bhā­saḥ pra­tī­ya­te a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­ni­ya­ma- TAŚVA-ML 294,04la­kṣa­ṇai­ka­he­tu­va­t | a­ta­s ta­dva­ca­naṃ vā­di­no ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ pa­ra­sya pa­kṣa­si­ddhā­v i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | ta­thā ca saṃ­kṣe- TAŚVA-ML 294,05pa­taḥ '­sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­r e­ka­sya ni­gra­ho nya­sya vā­di­na­' i­ti vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | na pu­na­r vi­pra­ti­pa­ttya­pra­ti­pa­ttī ta­dbhā­ve pi TAŚVA-ML 294,06ka­sya­ci­t sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhya­bhā­ve pa­ra­sya pa­rā­ja­yā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­va­ca­nā­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­na­mā­tra­va­t cha­la­va­d vā |­| TAŚVA-ML 294,07kiṃ pu­na­ś cha­la­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.276yo rthā­ro­po­pa­pa­ttyā syā­d vi­dhā­to va­ca­na­sya ta­t | cha­laṃ sā­mā­nya­taḥ śa­kyaṃ no­dā­ha­rtuṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 2­7­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.277vi­bhā­ge­no­di­ta­syā­syo­dā­hṛ­tiḥ sa tri­dhā ma­taḥ | vā­ksā­mā­nyo­pa­cā­re­ṣu cha­lā­nā­m u­pa­va­rṇa­nā­t |­| 2­7­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 294,10a­rtha­syā­ro­po vi­ka­lpaḥ ka­lpa­ne­ty a­rthaḥ ta­syo­pa­pa­ttiḥ gha­ṭa­nā ta­yā yo va­ca­na­sya vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­bhi­hi­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 294,11vi­ghā­taḥ pra­ti­pā­da­kā­d a­bhi­pre­tā­d a­rthā­t pra­cyā­va­naṃ ta­ccha­la­m i­ti la­kṣa­ṇī­yaṃ­, '­va­ca­na­vi­ghā­to rtha­vi­ka­lpo­pa­pa­ttyā TAŚVA-ML 294,12cha­laṃ­' i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­c ca sā­mā­nya­to la­kṣa­ṇe ka­tha­m a­pi na śa­kya­m u­dā­ha­rtuṃ vi­bhā­ge­no­kta­sya ta­ccha­la­syo- TAŚVA-ML 294,13dā­ha­ra­ṇā­ni śa­kyaṃ­te da­rśa­yi­tuṃ | sa ca vi­bhā­ga­s tri­dhā ma­to kṣa­pā­da­sya tu tri­vi­dha­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t | vā­ksā- TAŚVA-ML 294,14mā­nyo­pa­cā­re­ṣu cha­lā­nāṃ tra­yā­ṇā­m e­vo­pa­va­rṇa­nā­t | vā­kcha­laṃ­, sā­mā­nya­cha­laṃ­, u­pa­cā­ra­cha­laṃ ce­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 294,15ta­tra kiṃ vā­kcha­la­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.278ta­trā­vi­śe­ṣa­di­ṣṭe rthe va­ktu­r ā­kū­ta­to nya­thā | ka­lpa­nā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­sye­ṣṭaṃ vā­kcha­laṃ cha­la­vā­di­bhiḥ |­| 2­7­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 294,17te­ṣā­m a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa di­ṣṭe a­bhi­hi­te rthe va­ktu­r ā­kū­tā­d a­bhi­prā­yā­d a­nya­thā svā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­sya ka­lpa­na­m ā­ro­pa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 294,18vā­kcha­la­m i­ṣṭaṃ­, te­ṣā­m a­vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­hi­te rthe va­ktu­r a­bhi­prā­yā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­nā vā­kcha­laṃ i­ti va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 294,19a­syo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.279ā­dyau vai de­va­da­tto yaṃ va­rta­te na­va­kaṃ­ba­laḥ | i­ty u­kte pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ ku­to sya na­va kaṃ­ba­lāḥ |­| 2­7­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.280ya­smā­d dā­rḍhya­tva­saṃ­si­ddhi­r bha­ve­d i­ti ya­dā pa­raḥ | pra­ti­brū­yā­t ta­dā vā­ci cha­laṃ te­no­pa­pā­di­ta­m |­| 2­8­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.281na­va­kaṃ­ba­la­śa­bde hi vṛ­ttyā pro­kte vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | na­vo '­sya kaṃ­ba­lo jī­rṇo nai­ve­ty ā­kū­ta­m āṃ­ja­sa­m |­| 2­8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.282va­ktuḥ saṃ­bhā­vya­te ta­smā­d a­nya­syā­rtha­sya ka­lpa­nā | na­vā­sya kaṃ­ba­lā nā­ṣṭā­v i­ty a­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­tma­naḥ |­| 2­8­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.283pra­tya­va­sthā­tu­r a­nyā­ya­vā­di­tā­m ā­na­ye­d bhu­vaṃ | saṃ­ta­sta­ttva­pa­rī­kṣā­yāṃ ka­thaṃ syu­ś cha­la­vā­di­naḥ |­| 2­8­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 294,25ka­thaṃ pu­na­r a­ni­ya­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­hi­to rthaḥ va­ktu­r a­bhi­prā­yā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­nā vā­kcha­lā­khyā pra­tya­va­sthā­tu­r a­nyā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 294,26vā­di­tā­m ā­na­ye­d i­ti ce­t­, cha­la­syā­nyā­ya­rū­pa­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­–­ta­sya pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ sā­mā­nya­śa­bda­syā­ne­kā­rtha­tve TAŚVA-ML 294,27a­nya­ta­rā­bhi­dhā­na­ka­lpa­nā­yā vi­śe­ṣa­va­ca­nā­d da­rśa­nī­ya­m e­ta­t syā­t vi­śe­ṣā­j jā­nī­mo '­ya­m a­rtha­s tva­yā vi­va­kṣi­to TAŚVA-ML 294,28na­vā­sya kaṃ­ba­lā i­ti­, na pu­na­r na­vo sya kaṃ­ba­la i­ti | sa ca vi­śe­ṣo nā­sti ta­smā­n mi­thyā­bhi­yo­ga­mā­tra­m e­ta- TAŚVA-ML 294,29d i­ti | pra­si­ddha­ś ca lo­ke śa­bdā­rtha­saṃ­baṃ­dho bhi­dhā­nā­bhi­dhe­ya­ni­ya­ma­ni­yo­go syā­bhi­dhā­na­syā­ya­m a­rtho bhi­dhe­ya i­ti TAŚVA-ML 294,30sa­mā­nā­rthaḥ sā­mā­nya­śa­bda­sya­, vi­śi­ṣṭo rtho vi­śe­ṣa­śa­bda­sya | pra­yu­kta­pū­rvā­ś cā­mī śa­bdāḥ pra­yu­jyaṃ­te '­rthe­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 294,31sā­ma­rthyā­n nā­pra­yu­kta­pū­rvāḥ pra­yo­ga­syā­rtha­saṃ­pra­tya­yā­d vya­hā­ra i­ti | ta­trai­va­m a­rtha­ga­tyā­rtha­śa­bda­pra­yo­ge sā­ma­rthyā­t sā­mā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 294,32śa­bda­sya pra­yo­ga­ni­ya­maḥ | a­jā­mā­na­ya grā­maṃ­, sa­rpi­r ā­ha­ra­, brā­hma­ṇaṃ bho­ja­ye­ti sā­mā­nya­śa­bdāḥ saṃ­to rthā­va­ya­ve­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 294,33pra­yu­jyaṃ­te sā­ma­rthyā­t | ya­trā­rthe kri­yā­co­da­nā saṃ­bha­va­ti ta­tra va­rtaṃ­te­, na cā­rtha­sā­mā­nye a­jā­dau kra­yā­co­da­nā TAŚVA-ML 294,34saṃ­bha­va­ti | ta­to jā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m e­vā­na­ya­nā­da­yaḥ kri­yāḥ pra­tī­yaṃ­te na pu­na­s ta­tsā­mā­nya­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | e­va­m a­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 295,01sā­mā­nya­śa­bdo na­va­kaṃ­ba­la i­ti yo rthaḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti na­vaḥ kaṃ­ba­lo sye­ti ta­tra va­rta­te­, ya­s tu na saṃ­bha­va­ti na­vā­sya TAŚVA-ML 295,02kaṃ­ba­lā i­ti ta­tra na va­rta­te pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dhā­t | so ya­m a­nu­pa­pa­dya­mā­nā­rtha­ka­lpa­na­yā pa­ra­vā­kyo­pā­laṃ­bho na TAŚVA-ML 295,03ka­lpa­te­, ta­tra pa­rī­kṣā­yāṃ sa­tāṃ cha­le­na pra­tya­va­sthā­nā­yo­gā­t | ta­d i­daṃ cha­la­va­ca­naṃ pa­ra­sya pa­rā­ja­ya e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 295,04ma­nya­mā­naṃ nyā­ya­bhā­ṣya­kā­raṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.284e­te­nā­pi ni­gṛ­hye­ta ji­gī­ṣu­r ya­di dhī­dha­naiḥ | ya­tra vā­kyaṃ ta­da­nyā­rthaṃ vyā­ca­kṣā­ṇo ni­gṛ­hya­tā­m |­| 2­8­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.285ta­tra sva­ya­m a­bhi­pre­ta­m a­rthaṃ sthā­pa­yi­tuṃ na yaiḥ | yo '­sā­ma­rthyo '­pa­raiḥ śa­ktaiḥ svā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­sā­dha­ne |­| 2­8­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.286yo rtha­saṃ­bha­va­nn a­rthaḥ pra­mā­ṇai­r u­pa­pa­dya­te | vā­kye sa e­va yu­kto stu nā­pa­ro ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 2­8­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.287ya­tra pa­kṣe vi­vā­de­na pra­vṛ­tti­r vā­di­no­r a­bhū­t | ta­tsi­ddhyai­vā­sya dhi­kkā­ro nya­sya pa­tre sthi­te­na ce­t |­| 2­8­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.288kvai­vaṃ pa­rā­ja­yaḥ si­ddhe cha­la­mā­tre­ṇa te ma­te | saṃ­dhā­hā­nyā­di­do­ṣai­ś ca dā­trā­dā­troḥ sa­pa­tra­ka­m |­| 2­8­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 295,10pa­tra­pa­kṣe vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­no­r vi­pra­ti­pa­ttyā pra­vṛ­tti­s ta­tsi­ddhi­r e­vai­ka­sya pa­rā­ja­yo nya­sya­, na pu­naḥ ya­tra vā­kyā­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 295,11na­va­sthā­pa­na­m i­ti bru­vā­ṇa­sya ka­thaṃ cha­la­mā­tre­ṇa pra­ti­jñā­hā­nyā­di­do­ṣai­ś ca sa pa­rā­ja­yaḥ syā­t pa­traṃ dā­tu­r a­dā­tu­ś ce­ti TAŚVA-ML 295,12ciṃ­tya­tāṃ | na hi ya­tra vā­kya­vi­da­rthe ta­sya vṛ­tti­s ta­tsi­ddhi­ś ca pa­traṃ dā­tu­r a­dā­tuḥ pa­rā­ja­ya­s ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ vā TAŚVA-ML 295,13ta­dā dā­tu­r ja­yo '­dā­tuḥ pa­rā­ja­ya i­ti ca dvi­tī­yā­rthe pi ta­sya vṛ­tti­saṃ­bha­vā­t­, pra­mā­ṇa­ta­s ta­thā­pi pra­tī­teḥ sa­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 295,14pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­ka­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā­dyo vai de­va­da­tto na­va­ka­baṃ­la­tvā­t so­ma­da­tta­va­t i­ti pra­yo­ge pi ya­di va­ktu- TAŚVA-ML 295,15r na­vaḥ kaṃ­ba­lo sye­ti na­vā­sya kaṃ­ba­lā i­ti vā­rtha­dva­yaṃ na­va­kaṃ­ba­la­śa­bda­syā­bhi­pre­taṃ bha­va­ti ta­dā ku­to sya na­va­kaṃ­ba­lā TAŚVA-ML 295,16i­ti pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­mā­no he­to­r a­si­ddha­tā­m e­vo­dbhā­va­ya­ti na pu­na­ś cha­le­na pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | ta­tpa­ri­hā­rā­ya ca ce­ṣṭa­mā­na­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 295,17du­bha­yā­rtha­sa­ma­rtha­ne­na ta­de­ka­ta­rā­rtha­sa­ma­rtha­ne­na vā he­tu­si­ddhi­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti na­va­s tā­va­d e­kaḥ kaṃ­ba­lo sya pra­tī­to TAŚVA-ML 295,18bha­va­tā­'­nye syā­ṣṭau kaṃ­ba­lā gṛ­he ti­ṣṭhaṃ­tī­ty u­bha­ya­thā na­va­kaṃ­ba­la­tva­sya si­ddheḥ nā­si­ddha­to­dbhā­va­nī­yā | na kaṃ­ba­la­yo­gi- TAŚVA-ML 295,19tva­sya vā he­tu­tve­no­pā­dā­nā­t si­ddha e­va he­tu­r i­ti sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhau sa­tyā­m e­va vā­di­no ja­yaḥ pa­ra­sya ca pa­rā­ja­yo TAŚVA-ML 295,20nā­nya­thā | ta­d e­vaṃ vā­kcha­la­m a­pā­sya sā­mā­nya­cha­la­m a­nū­dya ni­ra­sya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.289ya­tra saṃ­bha­va­to rtha­sya na sā­mā­nya­sya yo­ga­taḥ | a­sa­dbhū­ta­pa­dā­rtha­sya ka­lpa­nā kri­ya­te ba­lā­t |­| 2­8­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.290ta­tsā­mā­nya­cha­laṃ prā­huḥ sā­mā­nya­vi­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­tti­r brā­hma­ṇe saṃ­bha­ve­d i­ti |­| 2­9­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.291ke­nā­py u­kte ya­thai­vaṃ sā vrā­tye pi brā­hma­ṇe­na ki­m | brā­hma­ṇa­tva­sya sa­dbhā­vā­d bha­ve­d i­ty a­pi bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m |­| 2­9­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.292ta­d e­ta­n na cha­laṃ yu­ktaṃ sa­pa­kṣe­ta­ra­da­rśa­nā­t | ta­lliṃ­ga­syā­nya­thā ta­sya vya­bhi­cā­ro khi­lo stu ta­t |­| 2­9­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.293kva­ci­d e­ti ta­thā­tye­ti vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­daṃ | brā­hma­ṇa­tva­m i­ti khyā­ta­m i­ti sā­mā­nya­m a­tra ce­t |­| 2­9­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.294ta­thai­vā­spa­rśa­va­ttvā­di śa­bdaṃ ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­ne | kiṃ na syā­d i­ti sā­mā­nyaṃ sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ |­| 2­9­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.295ta­n na ta­sye­ti ni­tya­tva­m a­sye­ti ca su­khā­di­va­t | te­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ yu­ktaṃ sa­pa­kṣe­ta­ra­vṛ­tti­taḥ |­| 2­9­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.296vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­tti­r vi­ṣa­ya­sya pra­śaṃ­sa­naṃ | brā­hma­ṇa­sya ya­thā śā­li­go­ca­ra­kṣe­tra­va­rṇa­na­m |­| 2­9­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.297ya­sye­ṣṭaṃ pra­kṛ­te vā­kye ta­sya brā­hma­ṇa­dha­rmi­ṇi | pra­śa­sta­tve sva­yaṃ sā­dhye brā­hma­ṇa­tve­na he­tu­nā |­| 2­9­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.298ke­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko he­tu­r u­dbhā­vyo na pra­sa­hya­te | kṣe­tre kṣe­tra­tva­va­cchā­li­yo­gya­tva­sya pra­sā­dha­ne |­| 2­9­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 295,31ya­tra bha­va­to rtha­syā­ti­sā­mā­nya­sya yo­gā­d a­sa­dbhū­tā­rtha­ka­lpa­nā ha­ṭhā­t kri­ya­te ta­tsā­mā­nya­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 295,32sā­mā­nya­cha­laṃ prā­huḥ | saṃ­bha­va­to rtha­syā­ti­sā­mā­nya­sya yo­gā­d a­sa­dbhū­tā­rtha­ka­lpa­nā sā­mā­nya­cha­la­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 295,33ta­d ya­thā­–­a­ho tu kha­lv a­sau brā­hma­ṇo vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­nna i­ty u­kte ke­na­ci­t kva­ci­d ā­ha saṃ­bha­va­ti brā­hma­ṇe vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 295,34saṃ­pa­d i­ti­, taṃ pra­tya­sya vā­kya­sya vi­ghā­to rtha­vi­ka­lpo­pa­pa­ttyā­'­sa­dbhū­tā­rtha­ka­lpa­na­yā kri­ya­te | ya­di brā­hma­ṇo vi­dyā- TAŚVA-ML 296,01ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­t saṃ­bha­va­ti vrā­tye pi saṃ­bha­vā­t | vrā­tyo pi brā­hma­ṇo vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­nno stu | ta­d i­daṃ brā­hma­ṇa­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 296,02vi­va­kṣi­ta­m a­rthaṃ vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ kva­ci­d brā­hma­ṇo tā­dṛ­śye­ti kva­ci­d vrā­tye pi ta­dbhā­ve pi bhā­vā­d i­ty a­pi sā­mā­nyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 296,03te­na yo­gā­d va­ktu­r a­bhi­pre­tā­d a­rthā­t sa­ddhū­tā­d a­nya­syā­sa­dbhū­ta­syā­rtha­sya ka­lpa­nā sā­mā­nya­cha­laṃ | ta­c ca na yu­ktaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 296,04ya­smā­d a­vi­va­kṣi­te he­tu­ka­sya vi­ṣa­yā­rtha­vā­daḥ pra­śaṃ­sā­rtha­tvā­d vā­kya­sya ta­trā­sa­dbhū­tā­rtha­ka­lpa­nā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ | ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 296,05saṃ­bha­va­ty a­smi­n kṣe­tre śā­la­sya i­ty a­trā­vi­va­kṣi­taṃ śā­li­bī­ja­m a­ni­rā­kṛ­taṃ ca ta­nni­vṛ­tti­vi­ṣa­ya­kṣe­traṃ pra­śa­sya­te | so yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 296,06kṣe­trā­rtha­vā­do nā­smi­n śā­la­yo vi­dyaṃ­ta i­ti | bī­jā­t tu śā­li­ni­rvṛ­ttiḥ sa­tī na vi­va­kṣi­tā | ta­thā saṃ­bha­va­ti TAŚVA-ML 296,07brā­hma­ṇe vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­d i­ti sa­mya­gvi­ṣa­yo brā­hma­ṇa­tvaṃ na saṃ­pa­ddhe­tu­r na cā­tra ta­ddhe­tu­r vi­va­kṣi­ta­s ta­dvi­ṣa­yā­rtha­vā­da- TAŚVA-ML 296,08s tv a­yaṃ pra­śaṃ­sā­rtha­tvā­d vā­kya­sya sa­ti brā­hma­ṇa­tve saṃ­pa­ddhe­tuḥ sa­ma­rtha i­ti vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­pra­śaṃ­sa­tā vā­kye­na ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 296,09he­tu­pha­lā­n ni­vṛ­tti­r na pra­tyā­khyā­ya­te ta­d e­vaṃ sa­ti va­ca­na­vi­ghā­to sa­ddhū­tā­rtha­ka­lpa­na­yā no­pa­pa­dya­te i­ti pa­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 296,10pa­rā­ja­ya­s ta­thā va­ca­nā­d i­ty e­vaṃ nyā­ya­bhā­ṣya­kā­ro bru­va­n nā­yaṃ ve­tti­, ta­thā cha­la­vya­va­hā­rā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | he­tu­do­ṣa­syā- TAŚVA-ML 296,11nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tva­sya pa­re­ṇo­dbhā­va­nā vā na vā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvo­dbhā­va­na­m e­va sā­mā­nya­cha­la­m i­ti sa­tyaṃ va­ktuṃ sa­rva­tra­, ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 296,12sā­mā­nya­cha­la­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | śa­bdo ni­tyo '­spa­rśa­va­ttvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­d i­ty a­tra hi ya­thā śa­bda­ni­tya­tve sā­dhye a­spa­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 296,13va­ttva­m ā­kā­śe ni­tya­tva­me­ti | su­khā­di­ṣv a­tye­tī­ti vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­d a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­m u­cya­te na pu­naḥ sā­mā­nya­cha­laṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 296,14ta­thā pra­kṛ­ta­m a­pī­ti na vi­śe­ṣaḥ ka­ści­d a­sti | so yaṃ brā­hma­ṇe dha­rmi­ṇi vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­dvi­ṣa­ye pra­śaṃ­sa­naṃ brā­hma­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 296,15tve­na he­tu­nā sā­dhya­te­, ya­thā śā­li­vi­ṣa­ya­kṣe­tre pra­śaṃ­sā kṣe­tra­tve­na sā­kṣā­n na pu­na­rvi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­tsa­ttā sā­dhya­te TAŚVA-ML 296,16ye­nā­ti­pra­śa­kya­ta i­ti sva­ya­m a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvaṃ he­toḥ pa­ri­ha­ra­nn a­pi ta­trā­nu­ma­nya­ta i­ti ka­thaṃ nyā­ya­vi­t ? TAŚVA-ML 296,17ta­tho­pa­cā­ra­cha­la­m a­nū­dya vi­cā­ra­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.299dha­rmā­dhyā­ro­pa­ni­rde­śe sa­tyā­rtha­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­na­m | u­pa­cā­ra­cha­laṃ maṃ­cāḥ kro­śaṃ­tī­tyā­di­go­ca­ra­m |­| 2­9­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.300maṃ­cāḥ kro­śaṃ­ti gā­yaṃ­tī­tyā­di­śa­bda­pra­yo­ja­na­m | ā­ro­pya sthā­ni­nāṃ dha­rmaṃ sthā­ne­ṣu kri­ya­te ja­naiḥ |­| 3­0­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.301gau­ṇaṃ śa­bdā­rtha­m ā­sṛ­tya sā­mā­nyā­di­ṣu sa­ttva­va­t | ta­tra mu­khyā­bhi­dhā­nā­rthe pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ś cha­laṃ sthi­ta­m |­| 3­0­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.302na ce­daṃ vā­kcha­laṃ yu­ktaṃ kiṃ­ci­t sā­dha­rmya­mā­tra­taḥ | sva­rū­pa­bhe­da­saṃ­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 3­0­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.303ka­lpa­nā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­syo­ktā vā­kcha­la­sya hi la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | sa­dbhū­tā­rtha­ni­ṣe­dha­stū­pa­cā­ra­cha­la­la­kṣa­ṇa­m |­| 3­0­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 296,23a­trā­bhi­dhā­na­sya dha­rmo ya­thā­rthe pra­yo­ga­s ta­syā­dhyā­ro­pyo vi­ka­lpaḥ a­nya­tra dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­nya­tra pra­yo­gaḥ­, maṃ­cāḥ TAŚVA-ML 296,24kro­śaṃ­ti gā­yaṃ­tī­tyā­dau śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­va­t | sthā­ne­ṣu hi maṃ­ce­ṣu sthā­ni­nāṃ pu­ru­ṣā­ṇāṃ dha­rma­m ā­kro­ṣṭi­tvā­di­kaṃ sa­mā- TAŚVA-ML 296,25ro­pya ja­nai­s ta­thā pra­yo­gaḥ kri­ya­te gau­ṇa­śa­bdā­rtha­śra­ya­ṇā­t sā­mā­nyā­di­ṣv a­stī­ti śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­va­t ta­sya dha­rmā- TAŚVA-ML 296,26dhyā­ro­pa­ni­rde­śe sa­ty a­rtha­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dha­naṃ na maṃ­cāḥ kro­śaṃ­ti maṃ­ca­sthāḥ pu­ru­ṣāḥ kro­śaṃ­tī­ti | ta­d i­da­m u­pa­cā­ra­cha­laṃ TAŚVA-ML 296,27pra­tye­yaṃ | dha­rma­vi­ka­lpa­ni­rde­śe a­rtha­sa­dbhā­va­pra­ti­ṣe­dha u­pa­cā­ra­cha­laṃ i­ti va­ca­nā­t | kā pu­na­ra­trā­rtha­vi­ka­lpo- TAŚVA-ML 296,28pa­pa­tti­r ya­yā va­ca­na­vi­ghā­ta­ś cha­la­m i­ti­, a­nya­thā pra­yu­kta­syā­bhi­dhā­na­sya na ta­thā pa­ri­ka­lpa­naṃ | bha­ktyā hi pra­yo- TAŚVA-ML 296,29go '­yaṃ maṃ­cāḥ kro­śaṃ­tī­ti tā­tsthā­tta­ccha­bdo­pa­cā­rā­t prā­dhā­nye ta­sya pa­ri­ka­lpa­naṃ kṛ­tvā pa­re­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ vi­dhī- TAŚVA-ML 296,30ya­te | kaḥ pu­na­r u­pa­cā­ro nā­ma ? sā­ha­ca­ryā­di­nā ni­mi­tte­na ta­da­bhā­ve pi ta­dva­da­bhi­dhā­na­m u­pa­cā­raḥ | ya­dy e­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 296,31vā­kcha­lā­d u­pa­cā­ra­cha­laṃ na bhi­dya­te a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­nā­yā a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | i­hā­pi hi sthā­nā­rtho gu­ṇa­śa­bdaḥ pra­dhā­na- TAŚVA-ML 296,32śa­bdaḥ sthā­nā­rtha i­ti ka­lpa­yi­tvā pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te nā­nya­the­ti | nai­ta­tsā­raṃ | a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­nā­to rtha­sa­dbhā­va­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 296,33ṣe­dha­syā­nya­thā­tvā­t­, kiṃ­ci­t sā­dha­rmyā­t ta­yo­r e­ka­tve vā tra­yā­ṇā­m a­pi cha­lā­nā­m e­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | a­tha vā­kcha­la- TAŚVA-ML 296,34sā­mā­nya­cha­la­yoḥ kiṃ­ci­t sā­dha­rmyaṃ sa­d a­pi dvi­tvaṃ na ni­va­rta­ya­ti­, ta­rhi ta­yo­r u­pa­cā­ra­cha­la­sya ca kiṃ­ci­t sā­dha­rmyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 296,35vi­dya­mā­na­m a­pi tri­tvaṃ te­ṣā na ni­va­rta­yi­ṣya­ti­, va­ca­na­vi­ghā­ta­syā­rtha­vi­ka­lpo­pa­pa­ttyā tri­ṣv a­pi bhā­vā­t | ta­to nya- TAŚVA-ML 297,01d e­va vā­kcha­lā­d u­pa­cā­ra­cha­laṃ | ta­d a­pi pa­ra­sya pa­rā­ja­yā­yā­va­ka­lpa­te ya­thā­va­ktra­bhi­prā­ya­m a­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t | śa­bda­sya hi TAŚVA-ML 297,02pra­yo­go lo­ke pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na ca pra­si­ddhaḥ | ta­tra ya­di va­ktu­r gu­ṇa­bhū­to rtho '­bhi­pre­ta­s ta­dā ta­syā­nu­jñā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 297,03pra­ti­ṣe­dho vā vi­dhī­ya­te­, pra­dhā­na­bhū­ta­ś ce­t ta­syā­nu­jñā­na­pra­ti­ṣe­dhau ka­rta­vyau pra­ti­pā­dye­ta i­ti nyā­yaḥ | ya­dā­tra TAŚVA-ML 297,04gau­ṇa­mā­traṃ va­ktā­bhi­prai­ti pra­dhā­na­bhū­taṃ tu taṃ pa­ri­ka­lpya pa­raḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ti ta­dā te­na sva­ma­nī­ṣā pra­ti­ṣi­ddhā syā­n na TAŚVA-ML 297,05pa­ra­syā­bhi­prā­ya i­ti na ta­syā­ya­m u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ syā­t | ta­da­nu­pā­laṃ­bhā­c cā­sau pa­rā­jī­ya­te ta­du­pā­laṃ­bhā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 297,06nai­yā­yi­kā ma­nyaṃ­te |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.304ta­d e­ta­smi­n pra­yu­kte syā­n ni­gra­ho ya­di ka­sya­ci­t | ta­dā yo­go ni­gṛ­hye­ta pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t pra­mā­di­ka­m |­| 3­0­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.305mu­khya­rū­pa­ta­yā śū­nya­vā­di­naṃ pra­ti sa­rva­thā | te­na saṃ­vya­va­hā­re­ṇa pra­mā­de­r u­pa­va­rṇa­nā­t |­| 3­0­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.306sa­rva­thā śū­nya­tā vā­de pra­mā­ṇā­de­r vi­ru­dhya­te | ta­to nā­yaṃ sa­tāṃ yu­kta i­ty a­śū­nya­tva­sā­dha­nā­t |­| 3­0­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.307yo­ge­na ni­gra­haḥ prā­pyaḥ svo­pa­cā­ra­ccha­le pi ce­t | si­ddhaḥ sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhyai­va pa­ra­syā­ya­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m |­| 3­0­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 297,11a­tha jā­tiṃ vi­cā­ra­yi­tu­m ā­ra­bha­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.308sva­sā­dhyā­d a­vi­nā­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇe sā­dha­ne sthi­te | ja­na­naṃ ya­t pra­saṃ­ga­sya sā jā­tiḥ kai­ści­d ī­ri­tā |­| 3­0­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 297,13"­pra­yu­kte he­tau yaḥ pra­saṃ­go jā­ya­te sā jā­tiḥ­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 297,14kaḥ pu­naḥ pra­saṃ­gaḥ ? i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.309pra­saṃ­gaḥ pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ sā­dha­rmye­ṇe­ta­re­ṇa vā | vai­dha­rmyo­kte '­nya­tho­kte ca sā­dha­ne syā­d ya­thā­kra­ma­m |­| 3­0­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 297,16u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­vai­dha­rmye­ṇo­kte sā­dha­ne sā­dha­rmye­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­rmye­ṇo­kte vai­dha­rmye­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 297,17pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ pra­saṃ­ga i­ti vi­jñe­yaṃ­, "­sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyā­bhyāṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ jā­tiḥ­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 297,18e­ta­d e­vā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.310u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­rmyā­t sā­dhya­syā­rtha­sya sā­dha­naṃ | he­tu­s ta­smi­n pra­yu­kte nyo ya­dā pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| 3­1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.311u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­vai­dha­rmyā­t ta­tra vyā­pti­m a­khaṃ­ḍa­ya­t | ta­dā­sau jā­ti­vā­dī syā­d dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­vā­k ta­taḥ |­| 3­1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.312ya­tho­dā­hṛ­ti­vai­dha­rmyā­t sā­dhya­syā­rtha­sya sā­dha­naṃ | he­tu­s ta­smi­n pra­yu­kte pi pa­ra­sya pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ |­| 3­1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.313sā­dha­rmye­ṇe­ha dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­vā­di­naḥ | jā­ya­mā­nā bha­ve­j jā­ti­r i­ty a­nva­rthe pra­va­kṣya­te |­| 3­1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 297,23u­dyo­ta­ka­ra­s tv ā­ha­–­jā­te­r nā­ma­sthā­pa­nā­he­tau pra­yu­kte yaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­sa­ma­rtho he­tu­r i­ti so pi pra­saṃ­ga­sya pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 297,24pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­sya he­to­r ja­na­naṃ jā­ti­r i­ty a­nva­rtha­saṃ­jñā­m e­va jā­tiṃ vyā­ca­ṣṭe '­nya­thā nyā­ya­bhā­ṣya­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 297,25ka­tha­m e­vaṃ jā­ti­ba­hu­tvaṃ ka­lpa­nī­ya­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.314sa­rva­sa­ttva­vi­dha­rma­tva­pra­tya­va­sthā­vi­ka­lpa­taḥ | ka­lpyaṃ jā­ti­ba­hu­tvaṃ syā­d vyā­sa­to '­naṃ­ta­śaḥ sa­tā­m |­| 3­1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.315ya­thā vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­nā­jñā­na­ni­gra­ha­bhe­da­taḥ | ba­hu­tvaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­syo­ktaṃ pū­rvaṃ su­vi­sta­ra­m |­| 3­1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.316ta­tra hy a­pra­ti­bhā­jñā­nā­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­pa­rya­nu­– | yo­jyo­pe­kṣa­ṇa­vi­kṣe­pā la­bhaṃ­te pra­ti­pa­tti­tā­m |­| 3­1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.317śe­ṣā vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­tvaṃ prā­pnu­vaṃ­ti sa­mā­sa­taḥ | ta­dvi­bhi­nna­sva­bhā­va­sya ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m ī­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 3­1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 297,30ta­trā­ti­vi­sta­re­ṇā­naṃ­ta­jā­ta­yo na śa­kyā va­ktu­m i­ti vi­sta­re­ṇa ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­jā­ta­yaḥ pro­ktā i­ty u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.318pra­yu­kte sthā­pa­nā­he­tau jā­ta­yaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhi­kāḥ | ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­r a­tro­ktā­s tāḥ sā­dha­rmya­sa­mā­da­yaḥ |­| 3­1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 297,32ta­thā cā­ha nyā­ya­bhā­ṣya­kā­raḥ | sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyā­bhyāṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­na­sya vi­ka­lpā­j jā­ti­ba­hu­tva­m i­ti saṃ­kṣe- TAŚVA-ML 298,01pe­ṇo­ktaṃ­, ta­dvi­sta­re­ṇa vi­bhi­dya­te | tā­ś ca kha­lv i­mā jā­ta­yaḥ sthā­pa­nā­he­tau pra­yu­kte ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­tiḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­he­ta­va- TAŚVA-ML 298,02"­sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyo­tka­rṣā­pa­ka­rṣa­va­rṇyā­va­rṇya­vi­ka­lpa­sā­dhya­prā­ptya­prā­pti­pra­saṃ­ga­pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­nu­pa­pa­tti­saṃ­śa­ya­pra­ka­ra­ṇā­he­tva­rthā­pa- TAŚVA-ML 298,03ttya­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­ni­tyā­ni­tya­kā­rya­sa­māḥ­" i­ti sū­tra­kā­ra­va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.319ya­trā­vi­śi­ṣya­mā­ṇe­na he­tu­nā pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ | sā­dha­rmye­ṇa sa­mā jā­tiḥ sā sā­dha­rmya­sa­mā ma­tā |­| 3­1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.320ni­rva­kta­vyā­s ta­thā śe­ṣā­s tā vai­dha­rmya­sa­mā­da­yaḥ | la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pu­na­r e­tā­sāṃ ya­tho­kta­m a­bhi­bhā­ṣya­te |­| 3­2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 298,06a­tra jā­ti­ṣu yā sā­dha­rmye­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthi­ti­r a­vi­śi­ṣya­mā­ṇa­sthā­pa­nā­he­tu­taḥ sā sā­dha­rmya­sa­mā jā­tiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 298,07e­va­m a­vi­śi­ṣya­mā­ṇa­sthā­pa­nā­he­tu­to vai­dha­rmye­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ vai­dha­rmya­sa­mā | ta­tho­tka­rṣā­di­bhiḥ pra­tya­va­sthi­ta­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 298,08u­tka­rṣā­di­sa­mā i­ti ni­rva­kta­vyāḥ | la­kṣa­ṇaṃ tu ya­tho­kta­m a­bhi­bhā­ṣya­te ta­tra |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.321sā­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re ta­ddha­rma­rū­pa vi­pa­rya­yā­t | ya­s ta­tra dū­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­saḥ sa sā­dha­rmya­sa­mo ma­taḥ |­| 3­2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.322ya­thā kri­yā­bhṛ­dā­tmā­yaṃ kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­śra­yā­t | ya ī­dṛ­śaḥ sa ī­dṛ­kṣo ya­thā lo­ṣṭha­s ta­thā ca saḥ |­| 3­2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.323ta­smā­t kri­yā­bhṛ­d i­ty e­va­m u­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­bhā­ṣa­ṇe | ka­ści­d ā­hā­kri­yo jī­vo vi­bhu­dra­vya­tva­to ya­thā |­| 3­2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.324vyo­ma ta­thā na vi­jñā­to vi­śe­ṣa­sya pra­sā­dha­kaḥ | he­tuḥ pa­kṣa­dva­yo py a­sti ta­to yaṃ do­ṣa­sa­nni­bhaḥ |­| 3­2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.325sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yo­r vyā­pte­r vi­cche­da­syā­sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | ta­tsa­ma­rtha­na­taṃ­tra­sya dve­ṣa­tve­no­pa­va­rṇa­nā­t |­| 3­2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 298,14nā­styā­tma­naḥ kri­yā­va­ttve sā­dhye kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­śra­ya­tva­sya sā­dha­na­sya sva­sā­dhye­na vyā­pti­r vi­bhu­tvā­n ni­ṣkri­ya- TAŚVA-ML 298,15tva­si­ddhau vi­cchi­dya­te­, na ca ta­da­vi­cche­de ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yo­r vyā­pti­vi­cche­da­sa­ma­rtha­na­taṃ­tra­syai­va do­ṣa­tve- TAŚVA-ML 298,16no­pa­va­rṇa­nā­t | ta­thā co­ktaṃ nyā­ya­bhā­ṣya­kā­re­ṇa | "­sā­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­pa­rya­yo­pa­pa­tteḥ sā­dha­rmye­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 298,17pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ sā­dha­rmya­sa­maḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­" i­ti | ni­da­rśa­naṃ­, kri­yā­vā­n ā­tmā dra­vya­sya kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­yo­gā­t | dra­vyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 298,18lo­ṣṭhaḥ sa ca kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­yu­ktaḥ kri­yā­vāṃ­s ta­thā cā­tmā ta­smā­t kri­yā­vā­n i­ty e­va­m u­pa­saṃ­hṛ­tya pa­raḥ sā­dha­rmye­ṇai­va TAŚVA-ML 298,19pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | ni­ṣkri­ya ā­tmā vi­bhu­no dra­vya­sya ni­ṣkri­ya­tvā­t | vi­bhvā­kā­śaṃ ni­ṣkri­yaṃ ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 298,20cā­tmā ta­smā­n ni­ṣkri­ya i­ti | na cā­sti vi­śe­ṣaḥ kri­yā­va­tsā­dha­rmyā­t kri­yā­va­tā bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ­, na pu­na­r ni- TAŚVA-ML 298,21ṣkri­ya­sā­dha­rmyā­t kri­ye­ṇe­ti vi­śe­ṣaḥ | he­tva­bhā­vā­t sā­dha­rmya­sa­mā­pta­dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­so bha­va­tī­ty a­tra vā­rti­ka­kā­ra TAŚVA-ML 298,22e­va­m ā­ha­–­sā­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­sā­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re ta­tsā­dha­rmye­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ sā­dha­rmya­sa­maḥ | TAŚVA-ML 298,23ya­thā a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bda u­tpa­tti­dha­rma­ka­tvā­t | u­tpa­tti­dha­rma­kaṃ kuṃ­bhā­dya­ni­tye dṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ti vā­di­no­pa­saṃ­hṛ­te pa­raḥ TAŚVA-ML 298,24pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | ya­dy a­ni­tya­gha­ṭa­sā­dha­rmya­da­ya­m a­ni­tyo ni­tye­nā­py a­syā­kā­śe­na sā­dha­rmya­m a­mū­rta­tva­m a­stī­ti ni­tya­prā­ptaḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 298,25ta­thā a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bda u­tpa­tti­dha­rma­ka­tvā­t ya­t pu­na­r a­ni­tyaṃ na bha­va­ti ta­n no­tpa­tti­ma­da­rtha­kaṃ ya­thā­kā­śa­m i­ti pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 298,26pā­di­te pa­raḥ pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | ya­di ni­tyā­kā­śa­vai­dha­rmyā­d a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bda­s ta­dā sā­dha­rmya­m a­py a­syā­kā­śe­nā­sty a­mū­rta- TAŚVA-ML 298,27tva­m a­to ni­tyaḥ prā­ptaḥ | a­tha sa­ty a­py e­ta­smi­n sā­dha­rmye na ni­tyo bha­va­ti­, na ta­rhi va­kta­vya­m a­ni­tya­gha­ṭa­sā­dha­rmyā- TAŚVA-ML 298,28n ni­tyā­kā­śa­vai­dha­rmyā­d vā a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bda i­ti | se­yaṃ jā­tiḥ vi­śe­ṣa­he­tva­bhā­vaṃ da­rśa­ya­ti vi­śe­ṣa­he­tva­bhā­vā­c cā- TAŚVA-ML 298,29nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­co­da­nā­bhā­so go­tvā­d go­si­ddhi­va­du­tpa­tti­dha­rma­ka­tvā­d a­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhiḥ | sā­dha­rmyaṃ hi ya­d a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki TAŚVA-ML 298,30go­tvaṃ ta­smā­d e­va gauḥ si­ddhya­ti na sa­ttvā­de­s ta­sya go­r i­ty a­trā­śvā­dā­v a­pi bhā­vā­d a­vya­ti­re­ki­tvā­t | e­va­m a­go- TAŚVA-ML 298,31vai­dha­rmya­m a­pi goḥ sā­dha­naṃ nai­ka­śa­pha­tvā­d i­ty a­syā­vya­ti­re­ki­tvā­d e­va pu­ru­ṣā­dā­v a­pi bhā­vā­t | go­tvaṃ pu­na­r ga­vi TAŚVA-ML 298,32dṛ­śya­mā­na­m a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki goḥ sā­dha­na­m u­pa­pa­dya­te ta­dva­du­tpa­tti­dha­rma­ka­tvaṃ gha­ṭā­dā­v a­ni­tya­tve sa­ti bhā­vā­d ā­kā- TAŚVA-ML 298,33śā­dau vā ni­tya­tvā­bhā­ve a­bhā­vā­d a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki śa­bde sa­mu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­m a­ni­tya­tva­sya sā­dha­naṃ­, na pu­na­r a- TAŚVA-ML 298,34ni­tya­gha­ṭa­sā­dha­rmya­mā­tra­sa­ttvā­di­nā­py ā­kā­śa­vai­dha­rmya­mā­tra­m a­mū­rta­tvā­di ta­syā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki­tvā­bhā­vā­t | ta­ta­s te­na TAŚVA-ML 299,01pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­yu­ktaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­tvā­d i­ti | e­te­nā­tma­naḥ kri­yā­va­tsā­dha­rmya­mā­traṃ ni­ṣkri­ya­vai­dha­rmya­mā­traṃ vā kri- TAŚVA-ML 299,02yā­va­ttva­sā­dha­naṃ pra­tyā­khyā­ta­m a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki­tvā­t­, a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇa e­va sā­dha­na­sya sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­sā­ma­rthyā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.326ta­trai­va pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ vai­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­da­rśya­te | yaḥ kri­yā­vā­n sa dṛ­ṣṭo tra kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­śra­yaḥ |­| 3­2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.327ya­thā lo­ṣṭho na vā­tmai­vaṃ ta­smā­n ni­ṣkri­ya e­va saḥ | pū­rva­va­ddū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­so vai­dha­rmya­sa­ma ī­kṣya­tā­m |­| 3­2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 299,05kri­yā­vā­n ā­tmā kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­śra­ya­tvā­l lo­ṣṭha­va­d i­ty a­tra vai­dha­rmye­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ­, yaḥ kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­śra­yo TAŚVA-ML 299,06lo­ṣṭhaḥ sa kri­yā­vā­n pa­ri­cchi­nno dṛ­ṣṭo na ca ta­thā­tmā ta­smā­n na lo­ṣṭha­va­tkri­yā­vā­n i­ti ni­ṣkri­ya e­ve­ty a­rthaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 299,07so '­yaṃ sā­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re vai­dha­rmye­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthā­nā­t vai­dha­rmya­sa­maḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ pū­rva­ddū­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­so ve­di­ta­vyaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 299,08kā pu­na­r vai­dha­rmya­sa­mā jā­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.328vai­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­pa­rya­yā­t | vai­dha­rmye­ṇe­ta­re­ṇā­pi pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m i­ṣya­te |­| 3­2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.329yā vai­dha­rmya­sa­mā jā­ti­r i­daṃ ta­syā ni­da­rśa­na­m | na­ro ni­ṣkri­ya e­vā­yaṃ vi­bhu­tvā­t sa­kri­yaḥ pu­naḥ |­| 3­2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.330vi­bhu­tva­ra­hi­taṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ lo­ṣṭhā­di na ta­thā na­raḥ | ta­smā­n ni­ṣkri­ya i­ty u­kte pra­tya­va­sthā vi­dhī­ya­te |­| 3­3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.331vai­dha­rmye­ṇai­va sā tā­va­t kai­ści­n ni­gra­ha­bhī­ru­bhiḥ | ka­rma­baṃ­dha­kri­yā­he­tu­r gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ sa­mī­kṣi­taṃ |­| 3­3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.332nai­va­mā­tmā ta­to nā­yaṃ ni­ṣkri­yaḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | sā­dha­rmye­ṇā­pi ta­trai­vaṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m u­cya­te |­| 3­3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.333kri­yā­vā­n e­va lo­ṣṭhā­diḥ kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­śra­yaḥ | tṛ­ṣṇā­tā­dṛ­ktva­jī­vo pi ta­smā­t sa­kri­ya e­va saḥ |­| 3­3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.334i­ti sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmya­sa­ma­yo dū­ṣa­ṇo­dbha­vā­t | sa­dha­rma­tva­vi­dha­rma­tva­mā­trā­t sā­dhyā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 3­3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 299,16a­tho­tka­rṣā­pa­ka­rṣa­va­rṇyā­va­rṇya­vi­ka­lpa­sā­dhya­sa­mā sā­dhyā­yā vi­dhī­ya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.335sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­yo­r dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­d dva­ya­sā­dhya­tā | sa­dbhā­vā­c ca ma­tā jā­ti­r u­tka­rṣe­ṇā­pa­ka­rṣa­taḥ |­| 3­3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.336va­rṇyā­va­rṇya­vi­ka­lpai­ś ca sā­dhye­na ca sa­māḥ pṛ­tha­k | ta­syāḥ pra­tī­ya­tā­m e­ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ sa­nni­da­rśa­na­m |­| 3­3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 299,19ya­d ā­ha­, sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­yo­r dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­d u­bha­ya­sā­dhya­tvā­c co­tka­rṣā­pa­ka­rṣa­va­rṇyā­va­rṇya­vi­ka­lpa­sā­dhya­sa­mā i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 299,20ta­tro­tka­rṣa­sa­mā tā­va­lla­kṣa­ṇa­to ni­da­rśa­na­ca­ś cā­pi vi­dhī­ya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.337dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rmaṃ sā­dhyā­rthe sa­mā­saṃ­ja­ya­taḥ smṛ­tā | ta­tro­tka­rṣa­sa­mā ya­dva­tkri­yā­va­jjī­va­sā­dha­ne |­| 3­3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.338kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­saṃ­gī ya­dy ā­tmā lo­ṣṭha­va­t ta­dā | ta­dva­d e­va bha­ve­d e­ṣa spa­rśa­vā­n a­nya­thā na saḥ |­| 3­3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 299,23dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rmaṃ sā­dhye sa­mā­saṃ­ja­ya­taḥ smṛ­to­tka­rṣa­sa­mā jā­tiḥ sva­yaṃ­, ya­thā kri­yā­vā­n ā­tmā kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­yo­gā- TAŚVA-ML 299,24l lo­ṣṭha­va­t i­ty a­tra kri­yā­va­jjī­va­sā­dha­ne pro­kte sa­ti pa­raḥ pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | ya­di kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­saṃ­gī pu­māṃ­l lo­ṣṭha- TAŚVA-ML 299,25va­t ta­dā lo­ṣṭha­va­d e­va spa­rśa­vā­n bha­ve­t | a­tha na spa­rśa­vāṃ­l lo­ṣṭha­va­dā­tmā kri­yā­vā­n a­pi na sa syā­d i­ti vi­pa­rya­ye TAŚVA-ML 299,26vā vi­śe­ṣo vā­cya i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 299,27kā pu­na­r a­pa­ka­rṣa­sa­me­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.339sā­dhya­dha­rmi­ṇi dha­rma­syā­bhā­vaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­to va­da­n | a­pa­ka­rṣa­sa­māṃ va­kti jā­tiṃ ta­trai­va sā­dha­ne |­| 3­3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.340lo­ṣṭhaḥ kri­yā­śra­yo dṛ­ṣṭo vi­bhuḥ kā­maṃ ta­thā­stu nā | ta­dvi­pa­rya­ya­pa­kṣe vā vā­cyo he­tu­r vi­śe­ṣa­kṛ­t |­| 3­4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 299,30ta­trai­va kri­yā­va­jjī­va­sā­dha­ne pra­yu­kte sa­ti sā­dhya­dha­rmi­ṇi dha­rma­syā­bhā­vaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­t sa­mā­saṃ­ja­ya­n yo va­kti TAŚVA-ML 299,31so­pa­ka­rṣa­sa­mā­jā­tiṃ va­da­ti | ya­thā lo­ṣṭhaḥ kri­yā­śra­yo '­sa­rva­ga­to dṛ­ṣṭa­s ta­dva­dā­tmā sa­dā­py a­sa­rva­ga­to stu vi­pa­rya- TAŚVA-ML 299,32yai­r vā vi­śe­ṣa­kṛ­ddhe­tu­r vā­cya i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 300,01va­rṇyā­va­rṇya­sa­mau pra­ti­ṣe­dha­kā­v i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.341khyā­pa­nī­yo ma­to va­rṇyaḥ syā­d a­va­rṇyo vi­pa­rya­yā­t | ta­tsa­mā sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rma­yo­r a­tra sā­dha­ne |­| 3­4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.342vi­pa­ryā­sa­na­to jā­ti­r vi­jñe­yā ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇā | bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tā­yo­gā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t pū­rva­jā­ti­va­t |­| 3­4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 300,04khyā­pa­nī­yo va­rṇya­s ta­dvi­pa­rya­yā­d a­khyā­pa­nī­yaḥ pu­na­r a­va­rṇya­s te­na va­ṇye­nā­va­rṇye­na ca sa­mā jā­ti­r va­rṇya­sa­mā­va­rṇya- TAŚVA-ML 300,05sa­mā ca vi­jñe­yā | a­trai­va sā­dha­ne sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rma­yo­r vi­pa­ryā­sa­nā­t | u­tka­rṣā­pa­ka­rṣa­sa­mā­bhyāṃ ku­to na­yo­r bhe­da TAŚVA-ML 300,06i­ti ce­t­, la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­t | ta­thā hi­–­a­vi­dya­mā­na­dha­rma­vyā­pa­ka u­tka­rṣaḥ vi­dya­mā­na­dha­rmā­pa­na­yo '­pa­ka­rṣaḥ | va­rṇya­s tu TAŚVA-ML 300,07sā­dhyo '­va­rṇyo '­sā­dhya i­ti­, ta­tpra­yo­gā­j jā­ta­yo vi­bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmya­sa­ma­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.343sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­ka­lpaṃ tu dha­rmāṃ­ta­ra­vi­ka­lpa­taḥ | pra­saṃ­ja­ya­ta i­ṣye­ta vi­ka­lpe­na sa­mā bu­dhaiḥ |­| 3­4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.344kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇo­pe­taṃ kiṃ­ci­d gu­ru sa­mī­kṣya­te | pa­raṃ la­ghu ya­thā lo­ṣṭho vā­yu­ś ce­ti kri­yā­śra­yaṃ |­| 3­4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.345kiṃ­ci­t ta­d e­va yu­jye­ta ya­thā lo­ṣṭhā­di ni­ṣkri­yaṃ | kiṃ­ci­n na syā­d ya­thā­tme­ti vi­śe­ṣo vā ni­ve­da­tā­m |­| 3­4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 300,11vi­śe­ṣo vi­ka­lpā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sā­dhya­dha­rma­sya vi­ka­lpaḥ sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­ka­lpa­staṃ dha­rmāṃ­ta­ra­vi­ka­lpā­t pra­saṃ­ja­ya­ta­s tu TAŚVA-ML 300,12vi­ka­lpa­sa­mā jā­tiḥ ta­trai­va sā­dha­ne pra­yu­kte pa­raḥ pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇo­pe­taṃ kiṃ­ci­d gu­ru dṛ­śya­te ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 300,13lo­ṣṭhā­di­, kiṃ­ci­t tu la­ghu sa­mī­kṣya­te ya­thā vā­yu­r i­ti | ta­thā kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇo­pe­ta­m a­pi kiṃ­ci­t kri­yā­śra­yaṃ yu­jya­te TAŚVA-ML 300,14ya­thā lo­ṣṭhā­di­, kiṃ­ci­t tu la­ghu sa­mī­kṣya­te ya­thā vā­yu­r i­ti­, kiṃ­ci­t tu ni­ṣkri­yaṃ ya­thā­tme­ti va­rṇyā­va­rṇya- TAŚVA-ML 300,15sa­mā­bhyā­m i­yaṃ bhi­nnā ta­trai­vaṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­nā­bhā­vā­t va­rṇyā­va­rṇya­sa­ma­yo­r hy e­vaṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ­, ya­dy ā­tmā kri­yā­vā­n TAŚVA-ML 300,16va­rṇyaḥ sā­dhya­s ta­dā lo­ṣṭhā­di­r a­pi sā­dhyo stu | a­tha lo­ṣṭhā­di­r a­va­rṇya­s ta­rhy ā­tmā­py a­va­rṇyo stu­, vi­śe­ṣo vā va­kta­vya TAŚVA-ML 300,17i­ti | vi­ka­lpa­sa­mā­yāṃ tu kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­śra­ya­sya gu­ru­la­ghu­vi­ka­lpa­va­tsa­kri­ya­ni­ṣkri­ya­tva­vi­ka­lpo stv i­ti TAŚVA-ML 300,18pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ | a­to sau bhi­nnā |­| TAŚVA-ML 300,19kā pu­naḥ sā­dhya­sa­me­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.346he­tvā­di­kāṃ­ga­sā­ma­rthya­yo­gī dha­rmo va­dhā­rya­te | sā­dhya­s ta­m e­va dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te pra­saṃ­ja­ya­ti yo na­raḥ |­| 3­4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.347ta­sya sā­dhya­sa­mā jā­ti­r u­dbhā­vyā ta­ttva­vi­tta­kaiḥ | ya­thā lo­ṣṭha­s ta­thā cā­tmā ya­thā­tmā­yaṃ ta­thā na ki­m |­| 3­4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.348lo­ṣṭhaḥ syā­t sa­kri­ya­ś cā­tmā sā­dhyo lo­ṣṭho '­pi tā­dṛ­śaḥ | sā­dhyo stu ne­ti ce­l lo­ṣṭho ya­thā­tmā­pi ta­thā ka­thaṃ |­| 3­4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 300,23he­tvā­dya­va­ya­va­sā­m a­rthya­yo­gī dha­rmaḥ sā­dhyo '­va­dhā­rya­te ta­m e­va dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te pra­saṃ­ja­ya­ti yo vā­dī ta­sya sā­dhya­sa­mā TAŚVA-ML 300,24jā­ti­s ta­ttva­pa­rī­kṣa­kai­r u­dbhā­va­nī­yā | ta­d ya­thā­–­ta­trai­va sā­dha­ne pra­yu­kte pa­raḥ pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ ka­ro­ti ya­di ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 300,25lo­ṣṭha­s ta­thā­tmā­, ta­dā ya­thā­tmā ta­thā­yaṃ lo­ṣṭhaḥ syā­t sa­kri­ya i­ti­, sā­dhya­ś cā­tmā lo­ṣṭho pi sā­dhyo stu sa­kri­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 300,26i­ti | a­tha lo­ṣṭhaḥ kri­yā­vā­n sā­dhya­s ta­rhy ā­tmā­pi kri­yā­vā­n sā­dhyo mā bhū­t­, vi­śe­ṣo vā TAŚVA-ML 300,27va­kta­vya i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 300,28ka­tha­m ā­sāṃ dū­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­sa­tva­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.349dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­tā tv a­tra dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­di­sa­ma­rtha­nā | yu­kte sā­dha­na­dha­rme pi pra­ti­ṣe­dha­m a­la­bdhi­taḥ |­| 3­4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.350sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­yo­r dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­d u­pa­va­rṇi­tā­t | vai­dha­rmyaṃ ga­vi sā­dṛ­śye ga­va­ye­na ya­thā sthi­te |­| 3­5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.351sā­dhyā­ti­de­śa­mā­tre­ṇa dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­syo­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | sā­dhya­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­c co­ktaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya na dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ |­| 3­5­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 300,32kri­yā­vā­n ā­tmā kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­śra­ya­tvā­l lo­ṣṭha­va­d i­tyā­dau dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­di­sa­ma­rtha­na­yu­kte sā­dha­na­dha­rme pra­yu­kte sa­ty a­pi TAŚVA-ML 300,33sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­yo­r dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­d u­pa­va­rṇi­tā­d vai­dha­rmye­ṇa pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya ka­rtu­m a­la­bdheḥ kiṃ­ci­t sā­dha­rmyā­d u­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 301,01ta­dā­ha nyā­ya­bhā­ṣya­kā­raḥ | "­a­la­bhyaḥ si­ddha­sya ni­hna­vaḥ si­ddhaṃ ca kiṃ­ci­t sā­dha­rmyā­d u­pa­mā­naṃ ya­thā gau­s ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 301,02ga­va­ya­'­' i­ti | ta­tra na la­bhyo go­ga­va­ya­yo­r dha­rma­vi­ka­lpa­ś co­da­yi­tuṃ | e­vaṃ sā­dha­na­dha­rme dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­di­sā­ma­rthya­yu­kte sa­ti TAŚVA-ML 301,03na la­bhyaḥ sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­yo­r dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­d vai­dha­rmyā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dho va­ktu­m i­ti | sā­dhyā­ti­de­śa­mā­trā­c ca dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­syo­pa­pa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 301,04sā­dhya­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ya­tra hi lau­ki­ka­pa­rī­kṣa­ṇa­kā­ṇāṃ bu­ddhe­r a­bhe­da­s te­nā­vi­pa­rī­to rthaḥ sā­dhye '­ti­di­śya­te pra­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 301,05e­vaṃ ca sā­dhyā­ti­de­śā­d dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te kva­ci­d u­pa­pa­dya­mā­ne sā­dhya­tva­m a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m i­ti | ta­tho­dyo­ta­ka­ro py ā­ha | dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 301,06sā­dhya i­ti­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­va­ttā bha­va­tā na dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ vya­jñā­yi | dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to hi nā­ma da­rśa­na­yo­r vi­hi­ta­yo- TAŚVA-ML 301,07r vi­ṣa­yaḥ | ta­thā ca sā­dhya­m a­nu­pa­pa­nnaṃ | a­tha da­rśa­naṃ vi­ha­nya­te ta­rhi nā­sau dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­vā­d i­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.352prā­ptyā ya­t pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ jā­tiḥ prā­pti­sa­mai­va sā | a­prā­ptyā pu­na­r a­prā­pti­sa­mā sa­tsā­dha­ne­ra­ṇe |­| 3­5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.353ya­thā­yaṃ sā­dha­ye­d dhe­tuḥ sā­dhya­prā­ptyā­n ya­thā­pi vā | prā­ptyā ce­d yu­ga­pa­dbhā­vā­t sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­dha­rma­yoḥ |­| 3­5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.354prā­pta­yoḥ ka­tha­m e­ka­sya he­tu­tā­nya­sya sā­dhya­tā | yu­kte­ti pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ prā­ptyā tā­va­d u­dā­hṛ­ta­m |­| 3­5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.355a­prā­pya sā­dha­ye­t sā­dhyaṃ he­tu­ś ce­t sa­rva­sā­dha­naḥ | so stu dī­po hi nā­prā­pta­pa­dā­rtha­sya pra­kā­śa­kaḥ |­| 3­5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.356i­ty a­prā­ptyā­va­bo­ddha­vyaṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­ni­da­rśa­na­m | tā­v e­tau dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sau ni­ṣe­dha­syai­va­m a­nva­yā­t |­| 3­5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.357prā­pta­syā­pi daṃ­ḍā­deḥ kuṃ­bha­sā­dha­ka­te­kṣya­te | ta­thā­bhi­cā­ra­m aṃ­tra­sya prā­pta­syā­sā­ta­kā­ri­tā |­| 3­5­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 301,14na­nv a­tra kā­ra­ka­sya he­toḥ prā­pta­syā­prā­pta­sya ca daṃ­ḍā­de­r a­bhi­cā­ra­m aṃ­trā­de­ś ca sva­kā­rya­kā­ri­to­pa­da­rśi­tā jñā­pa­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 301,15tu he­toḥ prā­pta­syā­prā­pta­sya vā sva­sā­dhyā pra­kā­śi­tā co­di­te­ti na saṃ­ga­ti­r a­stī­ti ka­ści­t | ta­d a­sa­t | kā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 301,16ka­sya jñā­pa­ka­sya vā vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa pra­ti­kṣe­po ya­m i­ty e­vaṃ jñā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­t kā­ra­ka­he­tu­vya­va­sthā­pa­na­sya | te­na jñā­pa­ko pi TAŚVA-ML 301,17he­tuḥ ka­ści­t prā­ptaḥ sva­sā­dhya­sya jñā­pa­ko dṛ­ṣṭo ya­thā saṃ­yo­gī dhū­mā­diḥ pā­va­kā­deḥ | ka­ści­d a­prā­pto vi­śle­ṣe­, TAŚVA-ML 301,18ya­thā kṛ­tti­ko­da­yaḥ śa­ka­ṭo­da­ya­sye­ty a­pi vi­jñā­ya­te | ya­thā­yaṃ sa­rvo pi pa­kṣī­kṛ­ta­s ta­rhi ye­na he­tu­nā pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te TAŚVA-ML 301,19so pi pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ko na syā­d u­bha­ya­tho­kta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ty a­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­s ta­to dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sā­vi­mau pra­ti­pa­tta­vyau |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.358va­kta­vyaṃ sā­dha­na­syā­pi sā­dha­naṃ vā­di­ne­ti tu | pra­saṃ­ga­va­ca­naṃ jā­tiḥ pra­saṃ­ga­sa­ma­tāṃ ga­tā |­| 3­5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.359kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇo­pe­taḥ kri­yā­vāṃ­llo­ṣṭha i­ṣya­te | ku­to he­to­r vi­nā te­na ka­sya­ci­n na vya­va­sthi­tiḥ |­| 3­5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.360e­vaṃ hi pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ na yu­ktaṃ nyā­ya­vā­di­nāṃ | vā­di­no­r ya­tra vā sā­myaṃ ta­sya dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tā­sthi­tiḥ |­| 3­6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.361ya­thā rū­paṃ di­dṛ­kṣū­ṇāṃ dī­pā­dī­nāṃ pra­tī­ya­te | sva­yaṃ pra­kā­śa­mā­naṃ tu dī­paṃ dī­pāṃ­ta­rā­gra­hā­t |­| 3­6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.362ta­thā sā­dhya­pra­si­ddhya­rthaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ma­taṃ | pra­jñā­tā­tma­ni dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te tv a­pha­laṃ sā­dha­nāṃ­ta­ra­m |­| 3­6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.363pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­rū­pe­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m i­ṣya­te | pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tu­lye­ti jā­ti­s ta­trai­va sā­dha­nā |­| 3­6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.364kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇo­pe­taṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m ā­kā­śa­m a­kri­yaṃ | kri­yā­he­tu­r gu­ṇo vyo­mni saṃ­yo­go vā­yu­nā sa ca |­| 3­6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.365saṃ­skā­rā­pe­kṣa­ṇo ya­dva­tsaṃ­yo­ga­s te­na pā­da­pe | sa cā­yaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­sā­dha­nā­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kaḥ |­| 3­6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.366sā­dha­kaḥ pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to pi hi he­tu­nā | te­na ta­dva­ca­nā­bhā­vā­t sa­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to stu he­tu­kaḥ |­| 3­6­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 301,29e­vaṃ hy ā­ha­, dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya kā­ra­ṇa­m a­pa­de­śā­t pra­tya­va­sthā­nā­c ca pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ te­na pra­saṃ­ga­pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sa­mau | ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 301,30sā­dha­na­syā­pi dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya sā­dha­naṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttau vā­cya­pra­saṃ­ge­na pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ pra­saṃ­ga­sa­maḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ ta­trai­va TAŚVA-ML 301,31sā­dha­ne kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­yo­gā­t kri­yā­vāṃ­l lo­ṣṭha i­ti he­tu­nā­pa­di­śya­te­, na ca he­tu­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ka­sya­ci­t si­ddhi­r a­stī­ti | TAŚVA-ML 301,32so ya­m e­vaṃ va­da­ddū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­vā­dī nyā­ya­vā­di­nā­m e­vaṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­na­syā­yu­kta­tvā­t | a­tra vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­noḥ bu­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 302,01sā­mā­nya­sya dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | ya­thā hi rū­paṃ di­dṛ­kṣū­ṇāṃ pra­dī­po­pā­dā­naṃ pra­tī­ya­te na pu­naḥ sva­yaṃ pra­kā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 302,02mā­naṃ pra­dī­paṃ di­dṛ­kṣū­ṇāṃ te­ṣāṃ ta­da­gra­ha­ṇā­t | ta­thā sā­dhya­syā­tma­naḥ kri­yā­va­ttva­sya pra­si­ddhya­rthaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 302,03lo­ṣṭha­sya gra­ha­ṇa­m a­bhi­pre­taṃ na pu­na­rdṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­syai­va pra­si­ddhya­rthaṃ sā­dha­nāṃ­ta­ra­syo­pā­dā­naṃ pra­jñā­ta­sva­bhā­va­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 302,04ta­tra sā­dha­nāṃ­ta­ra­syā­pha­la­tvā­t | ta­thā pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­rū­pe­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sa­mā jā­ti­s ta­trai­va sā­dha­ne TAŚVA-ML 302,05pra­yu­kte ka­ści­t pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te­na pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­śra­ya­m ā­kā­śaṃ ni­ṣkri­yaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ti | kaḥ pu­na­rā- TAŚVA-ML 302,06kā­śa­sya kri­yā­he­tu­r gu­ṇa­saṃ­yo­go vā­yu­nā sa­ha­, sa ca saṃ­skā­rā­pe­kṣo dṛ­ṣṭo ya­thā pā­da­pe vā­yu­nā saṃ­yo­gaḥ TAŚVA-ML 302,07kā­la­tra­ye py a­saṃ­bha­vā­d ā­kā­śe kri­yā­yāḥ | ka­thaṃ kri­yā­he­tu­r vā­yu­nā saṃ­yo­ga i­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, vā­yu­nā saṃ­yo­go TAŚVA-ML 302,08na va­na­spa­tau kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇe­na pra­si­ddhe­na sa­mā­na­dha­rma­tvā­d ā­kā­śe vā­yu­saṃ­yo­ga­sya­, ya­t tv a­sau ta­thā­bhū­taḥ kri­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 302,09na ka­ro­ti ta­trā­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d a­pi tu pra­ti­baṃ­dhā­n ma­hā­pa­ri­mā­ṇe­na | ya­thā maṃ­da­vā­yu­nā­naṃ­tā­nāṃ lo­ṣṭhā­dī­nā­m i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 302,10ya­di ca kri­yā dṛ­ṣṭā kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇaṃ vā­yu­saṃ­yo­ga i­ti ma­nya­se ta­dā sa­rva­kā­ra­ṇaṃ kri­yā­nu­śe­ṣaṃ bha­va­taḥ prā­ptaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 302,11ta­ta­ś ca ka­sya­ci­t kā­ra­ṇa­syo­pā­dā­naṃ prā­pno­ti kri­yā­rthi­nāṃ ki­m i­daṃ ka­ri­ṣya­ti kiṃ vā na ka­ri­ṣya­tī­ti saṃ­de- TAŚVA-ML 302,12hā­t | ya­sya pu­naḥ kri­yā­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­d u­pā­dā­naṃ kā­ra­ṇa­sya yu­ktaṃ ta­sya sa­rva­m ā­bhā­ti | a­tha kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇa­vā­yu- TAŚVA-ML 302,13va­na­spa­ti­saṃ­yo­ga­sa­dṛ­śo vā pra­kā­śa­saṃ­yo­go nya­ś cā­nya­t kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ma­nya­se­, ta­rhi na ka­ści­d dhe­tu­r a- TAŚVA-ML 302,14nai­kāṃ­ti­kaḥ syā­t | ta­thā hi | a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdo mū­rta­tvā­t su­khā­di­va­d i­ty a­trā­mū­rta­tva­he­tuḥ śa­bdo nyo­nya­ś cā­kā­śe TAŚVA-ML 302,15ta­tsa­dṛ­śa i­ti ka­tha­m a­syā­kā­śe­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvaṃ sa­rvā­nu­mā­nā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­ga­ś ca bha­ve­t­, a­nu­mā­na­syā­nye­na dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­nya­tra TAŚVA-ML 302,16dṛ­śyā­d e­va pra­va­rta­nā­t | na hi ye dhū­ma­dha­rmāḥ kva­ci­d dhū­me dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta e­va­, ghū­māṃ­ta­re­ṣv a­pi dṛ­śyaṃ­te ta­tsa­dṛ­śā­nāṃ da­rśa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 302,17ta­to '­ne­na ka­sya­ci­d dhe­to­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tva­m i­ccha­tā kva­ci­d a­nu­mā­nā­pra­vṛ­tti­ś cā­ku­rva­tā ta­ddha­rma­sa­dṛ­śa­s ta­ddha­rmo nu­maṃ­ta­vya TAŚVA-ML 302,18i­ti kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇa­vā­yu­va­na­spa­ti­saṃ­yo­ga­sa­dṛ­śo vā­yvā­kā­śa­saṃ­yo­go pi kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇa­m e­va | ta­thā ca pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te- TAŚVA-ML 302,19nā­kā­śe­na pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m i­ti pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sa­ma­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vā­di­no bhi­prā­yaḥ | sa cā­yu­ktaḥ | pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sa­ma­sya TAŚVA-ML 302,20dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­tvā­t pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dha­nā­pra­ti­baṃ­dhi­tvā­t ta­sya­, pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to hi sva­yaṃ he­tuḥ sā­dha­kaḥ sā­dhya­sya na pu­na­r a­nye­na TAŚVA-ML 302,21he­tu­nā ta­syā­pi dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣā­yāṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tāṃ­ta­ra­sya vā pa­re­ṇa he­tu­nā sā­dha­ka­tve pa­rā­pa­ra­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­he­tu­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 302,22yā­m a­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to pi na pa­re­ṇa he­tu­nā sā­dha­kaḥ pro­ktā­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­sa­mā­na­tvā­t ta­to dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te pi TAŚVA-ML 302,23pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta i­va he­tu­va­ca­nā­bhā­vā­d bha­va­to dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to stu he­tu­ka e­va | ta­dā­ho­dyo­ta­ka­raḥ | pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya he­tu­bhā­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 302,24pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­ne­na dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­syā­pi he­tu­bhā­vo bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ | he­tu­bhā­va­ś ca sā­dha­ka­tvaṃ sa ca ka­tha­m a­he­tu­r na syā­t | ya­dy a­pra- TAŚVA-ML 302,25ti­ṣi­ddhaḥ syā­t a­pra­ti­si­ddha­ś cā­yaṃ sā­dha­kaḥ | kiṃ ca­, ya­di tā­va­d e­vaṃ brū­te ya­thā­yaṃ tva­dī­yo dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to lo­ṣṭhā­di- TAŚVA-ML 302,26s ta­thā ma­dī­yo py ā­kā­śā­di­r i­ti ta­dā dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya lo­ṣṭhā­de­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­n na dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tvaṃ vyā­ghā­ta­tvā­t | a­thai­vaṃ brū­te TAŚVA-ML 302,27ya­thā­yaṃ ma­dī­yo dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­s ta­thā tva­dī­ya i­ti ta­thā­pi na dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ ka­ści­t vyā­ghā­tā­d e­va dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tvaiḥ TAŚVA-ML 302,28pa­ra­spa­raṃ vyā­ghā­taḥ sa­mā­na­ba­la­tvā­t | ta­yo­r a­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tve tu pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tve dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­syā­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tva­vyā­ghā­taḥ pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 302,29tā­bhā­ve ta­sya dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya cā­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tve pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­syā­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tva­vyā­ghā­taḥ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­bhā­ve ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 302,30pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­to­pa­pa­tteḥ | na co­bha­yo­r dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tvaṃ vyā­ghā­tā­d i­ti na pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te­na pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ yu­kta­m |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.367kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­va­taḥ pū­rva­m u­tpa­tteḥ pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ | yā­nu­tpa­ttyā pa­ra­syo­ktā sā­nu­tpa­tti­sa­mā bha­ve­t |­| 3­6­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.368śa­bdo vi­na­śva­rā­t sai­va­m u­pa­pa­nno bha­va­tv a­taḥ | ka­daṃ­bā­di­va­d i­ty u­kte sā­dha­ne prā­ha ka­śca­na |­| 3­6­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.369prā­gu­tpa­tte­r a­nu­tpa­nne śa­bde ni­tya­tva­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­ro­ttha­tvaṃ nā­stī­ty e­ṣo '­vi­na­śva­raḥ |­| 3­6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.370śā­śva­ta­sya ca śa­bda­sya no­tpa­ttiḥ syā­t pra­ya­tna­taḥ | pra­tya­va­sthe­ty a­nu­tpa­ttyā jā­ti­r nyā­yā­ti­laṃ­gha­nā­t |­| 3­7­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.371u­tpa­nna­syai­va śa­bda­sya ta­thā­bhā­va­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | prā­gu­tpa­tte­r na śa­bdo stī­ty u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ ki­mā­śra­yaḥ |­| 3­7­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.372sa­ta e­va tu śa­bda­sya pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­ro­ttha­tā | kā­ra­ṇaṃ na­śva­ra­tve sti ta­nni­ṣe­dha­s ta­taḥ ka­tha­m |­| 3­7­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 303,03u­tpa­tteḥ pū­rvaṃ kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­va­to yā pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ pa­ra­syā­nu­tpa­tti­sa­mā jā­ti­r u­ktā bha­ve­t | "­prā­gu­tpa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 303,04kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d a­nu­tpa­tti­sa­ma i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­d ya­thā­–­vi­na­śva­raḥ śa­bdaḥ pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ya­tno­dbha­vā­t ka­daṃ­bā­di­va­d i- TAŚVA-ML 303,05ty u­kte sā­dha­ne sa­ti pa­ra e­vaṃ bra­vī­ti prā­gu­tpa­tte­r a­nu­tpa­nne śa­bda­vi­na­śva­ra­tva­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ ya­t pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 303,06ta­n nā­sti ta­to ya­m a­vi­na­śva­raḥ­, śā­śva­ta­sya ca śa­bda­sya na pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­raṃ ja­nme­ti se­ya­m a­nu­tpa­ttyā pra­tya­va­sthā TAŚVA-ML 303,07dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­so nyā­yā­ti­laṃ­gha­nā­t | u­tpa­nna­syai­va hi śa­bda­dha­rmi­ṇaḥ pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tva­m u­tpa­tti­dha­rma­ka­tvaṃ vā TAŚVA-ML 303,08bha­va­ti­, nā­nu­tpa­nna­sya prā­gu­tpa­tteḥ śa­bda­sya cā­sa­ttve ki­m ā­śra­yo ya­m u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ | na hy a­ya­m a­nu­tpa­ttau sa­nn e­va śa­bda TAŚVA-ML 303,09i­ti vā pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka i­ti vā a­ni­tya i­ti vā vya­pa­de­śaṃ śa­kyaḥ | śa­bde tu si­ddha­m e­va pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 303,10ka­tvaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ na­śva­ra­tve sā­dhye | ta­taḥ ka­tha­m a­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ kiṃ vā­yaṃ he­tu­r jñā­pa­ko na pu­naḥ kā­ra­ko­, jñā­pa­ke TAŚVA-ML 303,11ca kā­ra­ka­va­tpra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­saṃ­ba­ddha­m e­va | jñā­pa­ka­syā­pi kiṃ­ci­t ku­rva­taḥ kā­ra­ka­tva­m e­ve­ti ce­t na­, kri­yā­he­to­r e­va TAŚVA-ML 303,12kā­ra­ka­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r a­syā­nu­tpa­nne sti he­to­r jñā­pa­ka­tvā­t | kā­ra­ka­tā hi va­stū­tpā­da­ya­ti jñā­pa­ka­s tū­tpa­nnaṃ va­stu jñā­pa- TAŚVA-ML 303,13ya­tī­ty a­sti vi­śe­ṣaḥ | kā­ra­ka­vi­śe­ṣe vā jñā­pa­ke kā­ra­ka­sā­mā­nya­va­tpra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­yu­ktaṃ | kiṃ ca­–­prā­gu­tpa­tte­r a- TAŚVA-ML 303,14pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ko a­nu­tpa­tti­dha­rma­ko vā śa­bda i­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ śa­bda­m a­bhyu­pai­ti nā­sa­to pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­di- TAŚVA-ML 303,15dha­rma i­ti ta­ttva­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ prā­gu­tpa­ttau i­ti | a­pa­re tu prā­huḥ­, prā­gu­tpa­tteḥ kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d i­ty u­kte TAŚVA-ML 303,16a­rthā­pa­tti­sa­mai­ve­ya­m i­ti prā­gu­tpa­tteḥ pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tva­syā­bhā­vā­d a­pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­c ca i­ti kṛ­te sa­tpra­tyu­tta­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 303,17brū­te | nā­yaṃ ni­ya­mo a­pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvaṃ ni­tya­m i­ti tu­, na hi ta­sya ga­tiḥ kiṃ­ci­n ni­tya­m ā­kā­śā­dy e­va­, TAŚVA-ML 303,18ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­ni­tyaṃ vi­dyu­dā­di­, kiṃ­ci­d a­sa­d e­vā­kā­śa­pu­ṣpā­dī­ti | e­ta­t tu na pa­śya­n yu­kta­m i­ti pa­śyā­maḥ | ka­tha­m i­ti­? TAŚVA-ML 303,19ya­t tā­va­d a­sa­t ta­d a­pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvaṃ vya­ja­nma­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­t | ya­syā­pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­raṃ ja­nma ta­d a­pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­kaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 303,20cā­bhā­vo vi­dya­te a­to na ta­sya ja­nma ya­c cā­sa­t kiṃ ta­sya vi­śe­ṣya­m a­sti | e­te­na ni­tyaṃ pra­yu­ktaṃ­, na hi TAŚVA-ML 303,21ni­tya­m a­pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­m i­ti yu­ktaṃ va­ktuṃ­, ta­sya ja­nmā­bhā­vā­d i­ti jā­ti­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­vā­n ne­ya­m a­nu­tpa­tti­sa­mā jā­ti­r i- TAŚVA-ML 303,22ti ce­t nā­nu­tpa­tte­r a­he­tu­bhiḥ sā­dha­rmyā­t yo nu­tpa­nna­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­bhi­s ta­d ya­thā­nu­tpa­nnā­s taṃ­ta­vo na pa­ṭa­sya kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.373sā­mā­nye gha­ṭa­yo­s tu­lya aiṃ­dri­ya­tve vya­va­sthi­te | ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­rmyā­t saṃ­śa­ye­na sa­mā ma­tā |­| 3­7­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.374ta­trai­va sā­dha­ne pro­kte saṃ­śa­ye­na sva­yaṃ pa­raḥ | pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m ā­dha­tte pa­śya­n sa­dbhū­ta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m |­| 3­7­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.375pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­ro­tthe pi śa­bde sā­dha­rmya­m aiṃ­dri­ye | sā­mā­nye­nā­sti ni­tye­na gha­ṭe­na ca vi­nā­śi­nā |­| 3­7­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.376tā­dṛ­śe­ne­ti saṃ­de­ho ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­dha­rma­yoḥ | sa cā­yu­kto vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 3­7­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.377ya­thā puṃ­si vi­ni­rṇī­te śi­raḥ­saṃ­ya­ma­nā­di­nā | pu­ru­ṣa­sthā­ṇu­sā­dha­rmyā­d dha­rma­tvā­n nā­sti saṃ­śa­yaḥ |­| 3­7­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.378ta­thā pra­ya­tna­ja­tve­nā­ni­tye śa­bde vi­ni­ści­te | gha­ṭa­sā­mā­nya­sā­dha­rmyā­d aiṃ­dri­ya­tvā­n na saṃ­śa­yaḥ |­| 3­7­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.379saṃ­de­he­ty aṃ­ta­saṃ­de­haḥ sā­dha­rmya­syā­vi­nā­śa­taḥ | puṃ­si­tvā­di­ga­ta­sye­ti ni­rṇa­yaḥ kvā­spa­daṃ vra­je­t |­| 3­7­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 303,30na­nu cai­ṣā saṃ­śa­ya­sa­mā sā­dha­rmya­sa­mā­to na bhi­dya­te e­vo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­rmyā­t ta­syā­pra­va­rta­nā­d i­ti na co­dyaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 303,31saṃ­śa­ya­sa­mā­no­bha­ya­sā­dha­rmyā­t pra­vṛ­tteḥ | sā­dha­rmya­sa­mā­yā e­ka­sā­dha­rmyā­d u­pa­de­śā­t | ta­to jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­m e­va saṃ­śa­ya­sa­mā | TAŚVA-ML 303,32ta­thā hi­–­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdaḥ pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­t gha­ṭa­va­d i­ti­, a­tra ca sā­dha­ne pra­yu­kte sa­ti pa­raḥ sva­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 303,33saṃ­śa­ye­na pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ ka­ro­ti sa­dbhū­taṃ dū­ṣa­ṇa­m a­py a­sa­t­, pra­ya­tnā­nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ke pi śa­bde sā­mā­nye­na sā­dha­rmya­gaiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 304,01ni­tye­nā­sti gha­ṭe­na vā­ni­tye­ne­ti saṃ­śa­yaḥ | śa­bde ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r i­ty e­ṣā saṃ­śa­ya­sa­mā jā­tiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 304,02sā­mā­nya­gha­ṭa­yo­r aiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tve sā­mā­nye sthi­te ni­tyā­ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­n na pu­na­r e­ka­sā­dha­rmyā­t | sā­mā­nya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 304,03ta­yo­r aiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tve sa­mā­ne ni­tyā­ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­t saṃ­śa­ya­sa­ma i­ti va­ca­nā­t | a­tra saṃ­śa­yo na yu­kto TAŚVA-ML 304,04vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddheḥ | ta­thā hi­–­pu­ru­ṣe śi­raḥ­saṃ­ya­ma­nā­di­nā vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ni­tya­tve sa­ti na TAŚVA-ML 304,05pu­ru­ṣa­sthā­ṇu­sā­dha­rmyā­d ū­rddhva­tvā­t saṃ­śa­ya­s ta­thā pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tve­na vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­ni­tye śa­bde ni­ści­te sa­ti na TAŚVA-ML 304,06gha­ṭa­sā­mā­nya­sā­dha­rmyā­d aiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tvā­t saṃ­śa­yaḥ a­tyaṃ­ta­saṃ­śa­yaḥ | sā­dha­rmya­syā­vi­nā­śi­tvā­t pu­ru­ṣa­sthā­ṇvā­di­ga­ta- TAŚVA-ML 304,07sye­ti ni­rṇa­yaḥ kvā­spa­daṃ prā­pnu­yā­t | sā­dha­rmya­mā­trā­d dhi saṃ­śa­ye kva­ci­d vai­dha­rmya­da­rśa­nā­n ni­rṇa­yo yu­kto na TAŚVA-ML 304,08pu­na­r vai­dha­rmyā­t sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyā­bhyāṃ vā saṃ­śa­ye ta­thā­tyaṃ­ta­saṃ­śa­yā­t | na cā­tyaṃ­ta­saṃ­śa­yo jyā­yā­n sā­mā­nyā­t TAŚVA-ML 304,09saṃ­śa­yā­d vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­t saṃ­śa­ya­ni­vṛ­tti­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.380a­thā­ni­tye­na ni­tye­na sā­dha­rmyā­d u­bha­ye­na yā | pra­kri­yā­yāḥ pra­si­ddhiḥ syā­t ta­taḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇe sa­mā |­| 3­8­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 304,11u­bhā­bhyāṃ ni­tyā­ni­tyā­bhyāṃ sā­dha­rmyā­d yā pra­kri­yā­si­ddhi­s ta­taḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­mā jā­ti­r a­va­se­yā­, "­u­bha­ya­sā­dha­rmyā­t TAŚVA-ML 304,12pra­kri­yā­si­ddheḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­mā­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 304,13ki­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m e­ta­syā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.381ta­trā­ni­tye­na sā­dha­rmyā­n niḥ­pra­ya­tno­dbha­va­tva­taḥ | śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tāṃ ka­ści­t sā­dha­ye­d a­pa­raḥ pu­naḥ |­| 3­8­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.382ta­sya ni­tye­na go­tvā­di­sā­mā­nye­na hi ni­tya­tā | ta­taḥ pa­kṣe vi­pa­kṣe ca sa­mā­nā pra­kri­yā sthi­tā |­| 3­8­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 304,16ta­tra hi pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­mā­yāṃ jā­tau ka­ści­d a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdaḥ pra­ya­tnā­nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­d gha­ṭa­va­d i­ty a­ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­t TAŚVA-ML 304,17pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ya­tno­dbha­va­tvā­c cha­bda­syā­ni­tya­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti | pa­raḥ pu­na­r go­tvā­di­nā sā­mā­nye­na sā­dha­rmyā­t ta­sya ni­tya­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 304,18sā­dha­ye­t | ta­taḥ pa­kṣe vi­pa­kṣe ca pra­kri­yā sa­mā­ne­ty u­bha­ya­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­he­ṇa vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­no­r ni­tya­tvā­ni­tya­tve TAŚVA-ML 304,19sā­dha­ya­taḥ | sā­dha­rmya­sa­mā­yāṃ saṃ­śa­ya­sa­mā­yāṃ ca nai­va­m i­ti tā­bhyāṃ bhi­nne­yaṃ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­mā jā­tiḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 304,20ka­tha­m ī­dṛ­śaṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­yu­kta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.383pra­kri­yāṃ­ta­ni­vṛ­ttyā ca pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m ī­dṛ­śaṃ | vi­pa­kṣe pra­kri­yā­si­ddhau na yu­ktaṃ ta­dvi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 3­8­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.384pra­ti­pa­kṣo­pa­pa­ttau hi pra­ti­ṣe­dho na yu­jya­te | pra­ti­ṣe­dho­pa­pa­ttau ca pra­ti­pa­kṣa­kṛ­ti­r dhru­va­m |­| 3­8­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.385ta­ttvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇe cai­ta­tsi­ddhaṃ pra­ka­ra­ṇaṃ bha­ve­t | ta­da­bhā­ve­na ta­tsi­ddhi­r ye­ne­yaṃ pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ |­| 3­8­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 304,24pra­kri­yāṃ­ta­ni­vṛ­ttyā pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m ī­dṛ­śa­m a­yu­ktaṃ­, vi­pa­kṣe pra­kri­yā­si­ddhau ta­yo­r vi­ro­dhā­t | pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 304,25si­ddhau hi pra­ti­ṣe­dho vi­ru­dhya­te­, pra­ti­ṣe­dho­pa­pa­ttau ca pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­kri­yā­si­ddhi­r vyā­ha­nya­te i­ti vi­ru­ddha­s ta­yo­r e­va TAŚVA-ML 304,26sāṃ­bha­vī | kiṃ ca­, ta­ttvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇe sa­ty e­vai­ta­tpra­ka­ra­ṇaṃ si­ddhaṃ bha­ve­n nā­nya­thā | na cā­tra ta­ttvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­to '­si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 304,27pra­ka­ra­ṇaṃ­, ta­da­si­ddhau ca nai­ve­yaṃ pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 304,28kā pu­na­r a­he­tu­sa­mā jā­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.386trai­kā­lyā­nu­pa­pa­tte­s tu he­toḥ sā­dhyā­rtha­sā­dha­ne | syā­d a­he­tu­sa­mā jā­tiḥ pra­yu­kte sā­dha­ne kva­ci­t |­| 3­8­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.387pū­rvaṃ vā sā­dha­naṃ sā­dhyā­d u­tta­raṃ vā sa­hā­pi vā | pū­rvaṃ tā­va­d a­sa­ty a­rthe ka­sya sā­dha­na­m i­ṣya­te |­| 3­8­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.388pa­ścā­c ce­t kiṃ na ta­tsā­dhyaṃ sā­dha­ne '­sa­ti ka­thya­tāṃ | yu­ga­pa­dvā­ci ci­tsā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ na yu­jya­te |­| 3­8­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.389sva­taṃ­tra­yo­s ta­thā­bhā­vā­si­ddhe­r vi­ndhya­hi­mā­dri­va­t | ta­thā cā­he­tu­nā he­tu­r na ka­thaṃ­ci­d vi­śi­ṣya­te |­| 3­8­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.390i­ty a­he­tu­sa­ma­tve­na pra­tya­va­sthā­pya yu­kti­tā | he­toḥ pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ si­ddheḥ kā­ra­ka­sya gha­ṭā­di­ṣu |­| 3­9­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.391kā­rye­ṣu kuṃ­bha­kā­ra­sya ta­nni­vṛ­tte­s ta­to gra­hā­t | jñā­pa­ka­sya ca dhū­mā­de­r a­gryā­dau jña­pti­kā­ri­ṇaḥ |­| 3­9­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.392sva­jñe­ye pa­ra­saṃ­tā­ne vā­gā­de­r a­pi ni­śca­yā­t | trai­kā­lyā­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś ca pra­ti­ṣe­dhe kva­ci­t ta­thā |­| 3­9­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 305,04sa­mā na kā­ryā­sau pra­ti­ṣe­dha­.­.­.­.­.­.­vi­dbhiḥ­, ka­thaṃ pu­na­s trai­kā­lyā si­ddhi­r he­to­r a­he­tu­sa­mā jā­ti­r a­bhi­dhī­ya­te ? a­he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 305,05sā­mā­nyā­pra­tya­va­sthā­nā­t | ya­thā hy a­he­tuḥ sā­dhya­syā­sā­dha­ka­s ta­thā he­tu­r a­pi tri­kā­la­tve­nā­pra­si­ddha i­ti spa­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 305,06tvā­d a­he­tu­sa­mā jā­te­r la­kṣa­ṇo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­pra­ti­vi­dhā­nā­nā­m a­laṃ vyā­khyā­ne­na |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.393pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­ro­ttha­tvā­d dhe­toḥ pa­kṣe pra­sā­dhi­te | pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­si­ddhya­rtha­m a­rthā­pa­ttyā vi­dhī­ya­te |­| 3­9­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.394yā pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ sā­tra ma­tā jā­ti­vi­dāṃ­va­raiḥ | a­rthā­pa­ttiḥ sa­mai­vo­ktā sā­dha­nā­pra­ti­ve­di­nī |­| 3­9­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.395ya­di pra­ya­tna­ja­tve­na śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tā­bha­va­t | ta­dā­rthā­pa­tti­to ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­d a­stu ni­tya­tā |­| 3­9­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.396ya­thai­vā­spa­rśa­na­tvā­de­r ni­tye dṛ­ṣṭā ta­thā dhva­nau | i­ty a­tra vi­dya­mā­na­tvā­t sa­mā­dhā­na­sya ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 3­9­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.397śa­bdo nā­stī­ti­.­.­.­.­.­.­pa­kṣe he­to­r a­saṃ­śa­ya­m | e­ṣa nā­stī­ti pa­kṣa­sya hā­ni­r a­rthā­t pra­tī­ya­te |­| 3­9­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.398ya­yā ca pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­rthā­pa­ttyā vi­dhī­ya­te | nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā dṛ­ṣṭā sa­ma­tvā­d u­bha­yo­r a­pi |­| 3­9­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.399grā­.­.­.­.­.­dya­na­sya pā­taḥ syā­d i­ty u­kte­r thā­n na si­ddhya­ti | dra­vyā­tma­nā­ma­saṃ­pā­tā­bhā­vo '­rthā­pa­tti­to ya­thā |­| 3­9­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.400ta­syāḥ sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­va­śū­nya­tvaṃ ta­dva­d e­va hi | śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­saṃ­si­ddhau nā­rthā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­naṃ |­| 4­0­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 305,15na hy a­rthā­pa­ttyā­nai­kāṃ­ti­kyā pra­ti­pa­kṣaḥ si­ddhya­ti ye­na pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­t śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tve sā­dhi­te '­pi TAŚVA-ML 305,16a­spa­rśa­va­ttvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā ta­sya ni­tya­tvaṃ | si­ddhe tu su­khā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­kī ce­ya­m a­rthā­pa­tti­r a­to na pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 305,17si­ddhi­s ta­da­si­ddhau ca nā .­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­u­pa­pa­dya­te­, sa­rvā­pa­ttya­rthā­pa­tti­taḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­si­ddhe­r a­rthā­pa­tti­sa­ma i­ti TAŚVA-ML 305,18va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 305,19kā pu­na­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­mā jā­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.401kva­ci­d e­ka­sya dha­rma­sya gha­ṭa­nā­d u­ra­rī­kṛ­te | a­vi­śe­ṣo tra sa­dbhā­vā­gha­ṭa­nā­t sa­rva­va­stu­naḥ |­| 4­0­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.402a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­saṃ­gaḥ syā­d a­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­mā sphu­ṭaṃ | jā­ti­r e­vaṃ­vi­dhaṃ nyā­ya­prā­pta­do­ṣā­sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 4­0­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 305,22e­ko dha­rmaḥ pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvaṃ ta­sya kva­ci­c cha­bda­gha­ṭa­yo­r gha­ṭa­nā­d a­vi­śe­ṣe sa­mā­na­tve sa­tya­ni­tya­tve vā­di­no­r u- TAŚVA-ML 305,23ra­rī­kṛ­te pu­naḥ sa­dbhā­vaḥ sa­rva­sya sa­ttva­dha­rma­sya va­stu­ṣu gha­ṭa­nā­d a­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­ja­na­m a­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­mā jā­tiḥ TAŚVA-ML 305,24sphu­ṭaṃ­, e­vaṃ vi­dha­sya nyā­ya­prā­pta­sya do­ṣa­syā­sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t | e­ka­dha­rmo­pa­pa­tte­r a­vi­śe­ṣe sa­rvā­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­dbhā­vo- TAŚVA-ML 305,25pa­pa­tte­r a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­ma i­ty e­vaṃ­vi­dho hi pra­ti­ṣe­dhe­na nyā­ya­prā­ptaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 305,26ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.403pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­tva­dha­rma­syai­ka­sya saṃ­bha­vā­t | a­vi­śe­ṣe hy a­ni­tya­tve si­ddhe pi gha­ṭa­śa­bda­yoḥ |­| 4­0­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.404na sa­rva­syā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ syā­t sa­ttva­dha­rmo­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | dha­rmāṃ­ta­ra­sya sa­dbhā­va­ni­mi­tta­sya ni­rī­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 4­0­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.405pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­tve ni­mi­tta­sya ca da­rśa­nā­t | na sa­mo ya­m u­pa­nyā­saḥ pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti mu­cya­tā­m |­| 4­0­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.405efsa­rvā­rthe­ṣv a­vi­śe­ṣa­sya pra­saṃ­gā­t pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 305,31na hi ya­thā pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvaṃ sā­dha­na­dha­rmaḥ sā­dhya­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti śa­bde ta­thā sa­rva­va­stu­ni sa­ttvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 306,01ya­taḥ sa­rva­syā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ syā­t sa­ttva­dha­rmo­pa­pa­tti­ta­yai­va dha­rmāṃ­ta­ra­syā­pi ni­tya­tva­syā­kā­śā­dau sa­dbhā­va­ni­mi­tta­sya da­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 306,02nā­t pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tva­ni­mi­tta­sya vā ni­tya­tva­sya gha­ṭā­dau da­rśa­nā­t | ta­to vi­ṣa­mo ya­m u­pa­nyā­saḥ i­ti TAŚVA-ML 306,03tya­jya­tāṃ sa­rvā­rthe­ṣv a­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­saṃ­gā­t pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ | ya­di tu sa­rve­ṣā­m a­rthā­nā­m a­ni­tya­tā sa­tva­syā­ni­mi­tta­m i­ṣya­te TAŚVA-ML 306,04ta­dā­pi pra­tya­va­sthā­nā­d a­ni­tyāḥ sa­rve bhā­vāḥ sa­ttvā­d i­ti pa­kṣaḥ prā­pno­ti ta­tra ca pra­ti­jñā­rtha­vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ kvo­dā- TAŚVA-ML 306,05ha­ra­ṇo he­tu­r a­stu | u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­rmyā­t sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ he­tu­r i­ti sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­sya pra­dī­pa­jvā­lā- TAŚVA-ML 306,06de­r u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­tve sā­dhya­tva­vi­ro­dhaḥ sā­dhya­tve tū­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te | na ca sa­rve­ṣāṃ sa­ttva­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti TAŚVA-ML 306,07ni­tya­tve pi ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t sa­ttva­pra­tī­teḥ | saṃ­pra­ti si­ddhā­rthā vā sa­rve­ṣā­m a­ni­tya­tā­yā ka­thaṃ śa­bdā­ni­tya­tvaṃ pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te TAŚVA-ML 306,08sa­ttvai­r i­ti pa­rī­kṣya­tāṃ | so yaṃ sa­rva­syā­ni­tya­tvaṃ sā­dha­ye­n nai­va śa­bdā­ni­tya­tvaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­tī­ti ka­thaṃ sva­sthaḥ ? |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.406kā­ra­ṇa­syo­pa­pa­tteḥ syā­d u­bha­yoḥ pa­kṣa­yo­r a­pi | u­pa­pa­tti­sa­mā jā­tiḥ pra­yu­kte sa­tya­sā­dha­ne |­| 4­0­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 306,10u­bha­yo­r a­pi pa­kṣa­yoḥ kā­ra­ṇa­syo­bha­yo­r u­pa­pa­ttiḥ pra­tye­yā u­bha­ya­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tti­sa­ma i­ti va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 306,11e­ta­d u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.407kā­ra­ṇaṃ ya­dy a­ni­tya­tve pra­ya­tno­ttha­tva­m i­ty a­yaṃ | śa­bdo '­ni­tya­s ta­dā ta­sya ni­tya­tve '­spa­rśa­nā­sti ta­t |­| 4­0­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.407efta­to ni­tyo py a­sā­v a­stu na ni­tyaḥ ka­tha­m a­nya­thā | TAŚVA-ML 306,14ya­dy a­ni­tya­tvaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ pra­ya­tnāṃ­ta­rī­ka­tvaṃ śa­bda­syā­stī­ty a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bda­s ta­dā ni­tya­tve pi ta­sya kā­ra­ṇa­m a­spa­rśa­tva- TAŚVA-ML 306,15m u­pa­pa­dya­te | ta­to ni­tyo py a­stu ka­tha­m a­ni­tyo nya­thā syā­d i­ty u­bha­ya­sya ni­tya­tva­syā­ni­tya­tva­sya ca kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­ttyā TAŚVA-ML 306,16pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m u­pa­pa­tti­sa­mo dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­saḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.408i­ty e­ṣa hi na­puṃ­sko tra pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | kā­ra­ṇa­syā­bhya­nu­jñā­di yā­dṛ­śaṃ bru­va­tā sva­yaṃ |­| 4­0­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.409śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhi­ś co­pa­pa­tte­r a­vi­gā­na­taḥ | vyā­ghā­ta­s tu dva­yo­s tu­lyaḥ sa­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­yoḥ |­| 4­0­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.410sā­dha­nā­d i­ti nai­vā­sau ta­yo­r e­ka­sya sā­dha­kaḥ | e­vaṃ hy e­ṣa na yu­kto tra pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ ka­thaṃ ma­yi |­| 4­1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 306,20kā­ra­ṇa­syā­bhya­nu­jñā­nā­t u­bha­ya­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti bru­va­tā sva­ya­m e­va kha­tve ni­tya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 306,21tā­va­d a­bhya­nu­jñā­ta­m a­ne­nā­bhya­nu­jñā­nā­n nā­nu­pa­pa­nna­s ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ | śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhā­yā u­pa­pa­tte­r a­vi­vā­dā­t | ya­di TAŚVA-ML 306,22pu­na­r ni­tya­tva­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­ttau sa­tyā­m a­ni­tya­tva­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tte­r vyā­ghā­tā­d a­ni­tya­tvā­d a­si­ddhe­r yu­ktaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha i­ti ma­ti- TAŚVA-ML 306,23s ta­dā­sty a­ni­tya­tva­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­ttau sa­tyāṃ ni­tya­tva­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tti­r a­pi vyā­ghā­tā­n na ni­tya­tva­si­ddhi­r a­pī­ti ni­tya­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 306,24ni­tya­tva­yo­r e­ka­ta­ra­syā­pi na sā­dha­ka­s tu­lya­tvā­d u­bha­yo­r vyā­ghā­ta­sya |­| TAŚVA-ML 306,25kā pu­na­r u­pa­la­bdhi­sa­mā jā­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.411sā­dhya­dha­rma­ni­mi­tta­syā­bhā­ve py u­kta­sya ya­t pu­naḥ | sā­dhya­dha­rmo­pa­la­bdhyā syā­t pra­tya­va­sthā­na­mā­tra­ka­m |­| 4­1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.412so­pa­la­bdhi­sa­mā jā­ti­r ya­thā śvā­sā­di­bhaṃ­ga­je | śa­bde sty a­ni­tya­tā ya­tna­ja­tvā­bhā­ve py a­sā­v i­ti |­| 4­1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 306,28sā­dhya­dha­rma­s tā­va­d a­ni­tya­tvaṃ ta­sya ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇaṃ pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvaṃ jñā­pa­kaṃ ta­syo­kta­sya vā­di­nā kva­ci­d a- TAŚVA-ML 306,29bhā­ve pi pu­naḥ sā­dhya­dha­rma­syo­pa­la­bdhyā ya­t pra­tya­va­sthā­na­mā­tra­kaṃ so­pa­la­bdhi­sa­mā jā­ti­r vi­jñe­yā­, "­ni­rdi­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 306,30bhā­ve py u­pa­laṃ­bhā­d u­pa­la­bdhi­sa­ma­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­d ya­thā­–­śvā­sā­di­bhaṃ­ga­je śa­bde pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­bhā­ve py a- TAŚVA-ML 306,31ni­tya­tva­m a­sti sā­dhya­dha­rmo sā­v i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 307,01sa cā­yaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dho na yu­kta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.413kā­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­to py a­tra sā­dhya­dha­rma­sya si­ddhi­taḥ | na yu­ktaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dho '­yaṃ kā­ra­ṇā­ni­ya­mo­kti­taḥ |­| 4­1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 307,03pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­t kā­ra­ṇā­d a­nya­du­tpa­tti­dha­rma­ka­tvā­di­kā­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­m a­ni­tya­tva­sya sā­dha­rmya­sya­, ta­to pi si­ddhi­r na TAŚVA-ML 307,04yu­ktaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dho yaṃ ta­tra kā­ra­ṇā­ni­ya­ma­va­ca­nā­t | nā­bhi­jñā­pa­ka­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa jñā­pyaṃ na bha­va­tī­ti ni­ya­mo sti­, sā­dhyā- TAŚVA-ML 307,05bhā­ve sā­dha­na­syā­ni­ya­ma­vya­va­sthi­teḥ i­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.414ni­ṣe­dhyā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­ś cā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ pra­sā­dha­ne | a­bhā­va­sya vi­pa­ryā­sā­d u­pa­pa­ttiḥ pra­kī­rti­tā |­| 4­1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.414efpra­stu­tā­rtha­vi­ghā­tā­yā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­sa­mā­na­ghaiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 307,08ka­ści­d ā­ha­, na prā­gu­ccā­ra­ṇā­d vi­dya­mā­na­sya śa­bda­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ sa­dā­va­ra­ṇa­ś cā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r u­tpa­tteḥ prā­ggha­ṭā­de­r i­va | TAŚVA-ML 307,09ya­sya tu da­rśa­nā­t prā­gvi­dya­mā­na­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­s ta­sya nā­va­ra­ṇā­dya­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ ya­thā bhū­myā­vṛ­tta­syo­da­kā­de­r nā­va­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 307,10dya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­ś ca śra­va­ṇā­t prā­k śa­bda­sya | ta­smā­n na vi­dya­mā­na­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r i­ty a­vi­dya­mā­naḥ śa­bda­śra­va­ṇā­t pū­rva- TAŚVA-ML 307,11m a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r i­ti ni­ṣe­dha­sya śa­bda­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r yā ta­syā­ś cā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­bhā­va­sya sā­dha­ne kṛ­te sa­ti vi­pa­ryā­sā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 307,12bhā­ve '­syo­pa­pa­tti­r a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­sa­mā jā­tiḥ pra­kī­rti­tā­na­dhaiḥ­, pra­stu­tā­rthā­vi­dhā­tā­ya ta­syāḥ pra­yo­gā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 307,13"­ta­da­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­d a­bhā­va­si­ddhau vi­pa­rī­to­pa­pa­tte­r a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­sa­ma­" i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 307,14ka­tha­m i­ti ślo­kai­r u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.415ya­thā na vi­dya­mā­na­sya śa­bda­sya prā­gu­dī­ra­ṇā­t | a­śru­tiḥ syā­t ta­dā­vṛ­ttyā vā dṛ­ṣṭe­r i­ti bhā­ṣi­te |­| 4­1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.416ka­ści­d ā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­dṛ­ṣṭe­r a­py a­dṛ­ṣṭi­taḥ | śi­vaṃ mā bhū­t ta­taḥ śa­bde sa­tye vā śra­va­ṇā­t ta­dā |­| 4­1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.416efvṛ­tyā sva­bhā­va­saṃ­si­ddhe­r a­bhā­vā­d i­ti ja­lpa­ti |­|  |­| TAŚVA-ML 307,18ta­d ī­dṛ­śaṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­saṃ­ga­ta­m i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.417ta­da­saṃ­baṃ­dha­m e­vā­syā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ sva­yaṃ sa­dā­– | nu­pa­la­bdhi­sva­bhā­vo no­pa­la­bdhi­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­taḥ |­| 4­1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.418nai­vo­pa­la­bdhya­bhā­ve­nā­bhā­vo ya­smā­t pra­si­ddhya­ti | vi­pa­rī­to­pa­pa­tti­ś ca nā­spa­daṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te |­| 4­1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.419śa­bda­syā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­ni prā­gu­ccā­ra­ṇa­to na vai | sa­rva­tro­pa­la­bhe haṃ­ta i­ty ā­bā­la­m a­nā­ku­la­m |­| 4­1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.420ta­ta­ś cā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­dṛ­ṣṭe­r a­py a­dṛ­ṣṭi­taḥ | si­ddhya­ty a­bhā­va i­ty e­ṣa no­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ pra­mā­nvi­taḥ |­| 4­2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 307,23nā­vi­dya­mā­na­sya śa­bda­sya prā­gu­ccā­ra­ṇā­dya­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r i­ty u­pa­ma­ste ya­t ka­sya­ci­t pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ ta­dā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 307,24pa­la­bdhe­r a­py a­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­t | sai­vā­va­ra­ṇā­dya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r mā bhū­t ta­taḥ śa­bda­sya prā­gu­ccā­ra­ṇā­t sa­ta e­vā­śra­va­ṇaṃ ta­dā- TAŚVA-ML 307,25va­ra­ṇā­dya­bhā­va­si­ddhe­r a­bhā­vā­d ā­va­ra­ṇā­di­sa­dbhā­vā­d i­ti saṃ­baṃ­dha­m e­vā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ sa­rva­dā sva­ya­m e­vā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­sva­bhā­va­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 307,26d u­pa­la­bdhi­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | ya­thai­va hy u­pa­la­bdhi­r vi­ṣa­ya­s ta­thā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r a­pi | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā­sti me gha­ṭo­pa­la­bdhi­r nā­sti TAŚVA-ML 307,27me gha­ṭo­pa­la­bdhi­r i­ti saṃ­ve­da­na­m u­pa­pa­dya­te ya­ta­ś cai­va­m ā­va­ra­ṇā­dya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r a­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­n nai­vā­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhya­ti ta­da­si­ddhau TAŚVA-ML 307,28ca vi­pa­rī­ta­syā­va­ra­ṇā­di­sa­dbhā­va­syo­pa­pa­tti­ś ca nā­spa­daṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te | ya­ta­ś ca prā­gu­ccā­ra­ṇā­c cha­bda­syā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­ni TAŚVA-ML 307,29so haṃ nai­vo­pa­la­bhe­, ta­da­nu­pa­la­bdhi­m u­pa­la­bhe sa­rva­tre­ty ā­bā­la­m a­nā­ku­laṃ saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­sti | ta­smā­d ā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­dṛ- TAŚVA-ML 307,30ṣṭi­r a­dṛ­ṣṭe­r naḥ si­ddhya­ty a­bhā­vaḥ i­ty a­ya­m u­pā­laṃ­bho na pra­mā­ṇā­nvi­taḥ­, sa­rva­tro­pa­laṃ­bhā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­vya­va­sthi­tya­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 307,31ta­to nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­pi sa­ma­yā­nu­pa­la­bdhyā pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­ma­to dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa e­ve­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 307,32kā pu­na­r a­ni­tya­sa­mā jā­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.421kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­di­nā sā­myaṃ gha­ṭe­na ya­di sā­dha­ye­t | śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tāṃ sa­rvaṃ va­stu ni­tyaṃ ta­dā na ki­m |­| 4­2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.422a­ni­tye­na gha­ṭe­nā­sya sā­dha­rmyaṃ ga­ma­ye­t sva­yaṃ | sa­ttve­na sā­mya­mā­tra­sya vi­śe­ṣā­pra­ti­ve­da­nā­t |­| 4­2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.423i­ty a­ni­tye­na yā nā­ma pra­tya­va­sthā vi­dhī­ya­te | sā­trā­ni­tya­sa­mā jā­ti­r vi­jñe­yā nyā­ya­bā­dha­nā­t |­| 4­2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 308,03a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdaḥ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­d gha­ṭa­va­d i­ti pra­yu­kte sā­dha­ne ya­dā ka­ści­t pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ya­di śa­bda­sya gha­ṭe­na TAŚVA-ML 308,04sā­dha­rmyā­t kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­di­nā kṛ­tvā sā­dha­ye­d a­ni­tya­tvaṃ ta­dā sa­rvaṃ va­stu ni­tyaṃ kiṃ na ga­ma­ye­t ? sa­ttve­na kṛ­tvā TAŚVA-ML 308,05sā­dha­rmyaṃ­, a­ni­tye­na­, gha­ṭe­na sā­dha­rmya­mā­tra­sya vi­śe­ṣā­pra­ve­dā­d i­ti | ta­d e­va­m a­ni­tya­sa­mā jā­ti­r vi­jñe­yā nyā­ye­na TAŚVA-ML 308,06bā­dhya­mā­na­tvā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­sā­dha­rmyā­t tu­lya­dha­rmo­pa­pa­tteḥ sa­rvā­ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d a­ni­tya­sa­mā­" i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 308,07e­ta­c ca sa­rva­m a­sa­maṃ­ja­sa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.424ni­ṣe­dha­sya ta­tho­kta­syā­si­ddhi­prā­pteḥ sa­ma­tva­taḥ | pa­kṣe­ṇā­si­ddhi­m ā­pte­ne­ty a­śe­ṣa­m a­sa­maṃ­ja­saṃ |­| 4­2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.425pa­kṣa­sya hi ni­ṣe­dha­sya pra­ti­pa­kṣo bhi­la­pya­te | ni­ṣe­dho dhī­dha­nai­r a­tra ta­syai­va vi­ni­va­rta­kaḥ |­| 4­2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.426pra­ti­jñā­nā­di­yo­ga­s tu ta­yoḥ sā­dha­rmya­m i­ṣya­te | sa­rva­trā­saṃ­bha­vā­t te­na vi­nā pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­yoḥ |­| 4­2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.427ta­to si­ddhi­r ya­thā pa­kṣe vi­pa­kṣe pi ta­thā­stu sā | no ce­d a­ni­tya­tā śa­bde gha­ṭa­va­n nā­khi­lā­rtha­gā |­| 4­2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.428dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te pi ca yo dha­rmaḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­va­taḥ | pra­jñā­ya­te sa e­vā­tra he­tu­r u­kto rtha­sā­dha­naḥ |­| 4­2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.429ta­sya ke­na­ci­d a­rthe­na sa­mā­na­tvā­t sa­dha­rma­tā | ke­na­ci­t tu vi­śe­ṣā­t syā­d vai­dha­rmya­m i­ti ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 4­2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.430he­tu­r vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­dha­rmyaṃ na tu sā­dha­rmya­mā­tra­kaṃ | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­sā­ma­rthya­bhā­ga­yaṃ na ca sa­rva­gaḥ |­| 4­3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.431sa­ttve­na ca sa­dha­rma­tvā­t sa­rva­syā­ni­tya­te­ra­ṇe | do­ṣaḥ pū­rvo­di­to vā­cyaḥ sā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­mā­śra­yaḥ |­| 4­3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 308,16te­na pra­kā­re­ṇo­kto yo ni­ṣe­dha­s ta­syā­py a­si­ddhi­pra­sa­kte­r a­sa­maṃ­ja­sa­ma­śe­ṣaṃ syā­d i­ty a­ni­tya­sa­ma­vā­di­naḥ | ku­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 308,17ce­t­, pa­kṣe­ṇā­si­ddhiṃ prā­pte­na sa­mā­na­tvā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sye­ti | ni­ṣe­dho hy a­tra pa­kṣaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­s ta­sya pra­ti­pa­kṣaḥ ka­thya­te TAŚVA-ML 308,18dhī­ma­dbhiḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa i­ti pra­si­ddhiḥ­, ta­yo­ś ca pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­yoḥ sā­dha­rmyaṃ pra­ti­jñā­di­bhi­r yo­ga i­ṣya­te te­na vi­nā TAŚVA-ML 308,19ta­yoḥ sa­rva­trā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­taḥ pra­ti­jñā­di­yo­gā­d ya­thā pa­kṣa­syā­si­ddhi­s ta­thā pra­ti­pa­kṣa­syā­py a­stu | a­tha sa­ty a­pi TAŚVA-ML 308,20sā­dha­rmye pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­yoḥ pa­kṣa­syai­vā­si­ddhi­r na pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sye­ti ma­nya­te ta­rhi gha­ṭe­na sā­dha­rmyā­t kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­deḥ śa­bda- TAŚVA-ML 308,21syā­ni­tya­tā­stu | sa­ka­lā­rtha­ga­tvaṃ ni­tya­tā te­na sā­dha­rmya­mā­trā­t mā bhū­d i­ti sa­maṃ­ja­saṃ | a­pi ca­, dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te TAŚVA-ML 308,22gha­ṭā­dau yo dha­rmaḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­ve­na pra­jñā­ya­te kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­diḥ sa e­vā­tra si­ddhi­he­tuḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­no bhi­hi- TAŚVA-ML 308,23ta­s ta­sya ca ke­na­ci­d a­rthe­na sa­pa­kṣe­ṇa sa­mā­na­tvā­t sā­dha­rmyaṃ ke­na­ci­d vi­pa­kṣe­ṇā­sa­mā­na­tvā­d vai­dha­rmya­m i­ti ni­śca­yo TAŚVA-ML 308,24nyā­ya­vi­dāṃ | ta­to vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­dha­rmya­m e­va he­tuḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­sā­ma­rthya­bhā­k | sa ca na sa­rvā­rthe­ṣv a­ni­tya­tve TAŚVA-ML 308,25sā­dhye saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti na sa­rva­ga­taḥ | sa­rve bhā­vāḥ kṣa­ṇi­kāḥ sa­ttvā­d i­ti saṃ­bha­va­ty e­ve­ti ce­t na­, a­nva­yā- TAŚVA-ML 308,26saṃ­bha­vā­d vya­ti­re­kā­ni­śca­yā­t | kiṃ ca­, na sa­ttve­na sā­dha­rmyā­t sa­rva­sya pa­dā­rtha­syā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­ne sa­rvo a­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 308,27sa­mā­śra­yo do­ṣaḥ pū­rvo­di­to vā­cyaḥ | sa­rva­syā­ni­tya­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­nn e­va śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tvaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­tī­ti ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 308,28sva­stha i­tyā­diḥ | ta­n ne­ya­m a­ni­tya­sa­mā jā­ti­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­mā­to bhi­dya­mā­nā­pi ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­pa­pa­tti­ma­tī­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.432a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bda i­ty u­kte ni­tya­tva­pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ | jā­ti­r ni­tya­sa­mā va­ktu­r a­jñā­nā­t saṃ­pra­va­rta­te |­| 4­3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.433śa­bdā­śra­ya­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ ni­tyaṃ vā­ni­tya­m e­va vā | ni­tye śa­bdo pi ni­tyaṃ syā­t ta­dā­dhā­ro '­nya­thā kva ta­t |­| 4­3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.434ta­trā­ni­tye py a­yaṃ do­ṣaḥ syā­d a­ni­tya­tva­vi­cyu­tau | ni­tyaṃ śa­bda­sya sa­dbhā­vā­d i­ty e­ta­d dhi na saṃ­ga­ta­m |­| 4­3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.435a­ni­tya­tva­pra­ti­jñā­ne ta­nni­ṣe­dha­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | sva­yaṃ ta­da­pra­ti­jñā­ne py e­ṣa ta­sya ni­rā­śra­yaḥ |­| 4­3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.436sa­rva­dā ki­m a­ni­tya­tva­m i­ti pra­śno py a­saṃ­bha­vī | prā­du­rbhū­ta­sya bhā­va­sya ni­ro­dhi­ś ca ta­d i­ṣya­te |­| 4­3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.437nā­śra­yā­śra­yi­bhā­vo pi vyā­ghā­tā­d a­na­yoḥ sa­dā | ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­yo­r e­ka­va­stu­nī­ṣṭau vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 4­3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.438ta­to nā­ni­tya­tā śa­bde ni­tya­tva­pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ | pa­raiḥ śa­kyā ni­rā­ka­rtuṃ vā­cā­lai­r ja­ya­lo­lu­paiḥ |­| 4­3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 309,04a­tha kā­rya­sa­mā jā­ti­r a­bhi­dhī­ya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.439pra­ya­tnā­ne­ka­kā­rya­tvā­j jā­tiḥ kā­rya­sa­mo­di­tā | tri­pra­ya­tno­dbha­va­tve­na śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­ne |­| 4­3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.440pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­raṃ tā­va­d ā­tma­lā­bhaḥ sa­mī­kṣi­taḥ | kuṃ­bhā­dī­nāṃ ta­thā­vya­kti­r vya­va­dhā­ne py a­po­ha­nā­t |­| 4­4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.441ta­dbu­ddhi­la­kṣa­ṇā­t pū­rvaṃ sa­tā­m e­ve­ty a­ni­tya­tā | pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­raṃ bhā­vā­n na śa­bda­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 4­4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.442ta­tro­tta­ra­m i­daṃ śa­bdaḥ pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­ro­dbha­vaḥ | prā­ga­dṛ­ṣṭi­ni­mi­tta­syā­bhā­ve py a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ |­| 4­4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.443sa­tyā­bhā­vā­d a­bhū­tvā­sya bhā­vo ja­nmai­va ga­mya­te | nā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ sa­taḥ pū­rvaṃ vya­va­dhā­nā­vya­po­ha­nā­t |­| 4­4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.444a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā he­to­r e­vaṃ ce­d u­pa­pa­dya­te | pra­ti­ṣe­dhe pi sā tu­lyā ta­to '­sā­dha­ka e­va saḥ |­| 4­4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.445vi­dhā­v i­va ni­ṣe­dhe pi sa­mā hi vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā | vi­śe­ṣa­syo­kti­ta­ś cā­yaṃ he­to­r do­ṣo ni­vā­ri­taḥ |­| 4­4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.446e­vaṃ bhe­de­na ni­rdi­ṣṭā jñā­ta­yo­.­.­.­.­di­ṣṭa | ye ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­r a­nyā­naṃ­tā bo­dhyā­s ta­thā bu­dhaiḥ |­| 4­4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.447nai­tā­bhi­rni­gra­ho vā­de sa­tya­sā­dha­na­vā­di­naḥ | sā­dha­nā­bhaṃ bru­vā­ṇa­s tu ta­ta e­va ni­gṛ­hya­te |­| 4­4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.448ni­gra­hā­ya pra­ka­lpyaṃ­te tv e­tā ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍa­yoḥ | ji­gī­ṣa­yā pra­vṛ­ttā­nā­m i­ti yau­gāḥ pra­ca­kṣa­te |­| 4­4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.449ta­tre­daṃ du­rgha­ṭaṃ tā­va­jjā­teḥ sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | sā­dha­rmye­ṇe­ta­re­ṇā­pi pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m ī­ri­ta­m |­| 4­4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.450sā­dha­nā­bha­pra­yo­ge pi ta­jjā­ti­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­rū­pa­sya jā­ti­tve­na pra­kī­rta­ne |­| 4­5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.450efa­stu mi­thyo­tta­raṃ jā­ti­r a­ka­laṃ­ko­kta­la­kṣa­ṇā | TAŚVA-ML 309,18yu­ktaṃ tā­va­d i­ha ya­d a­naṃ­tā jā­ta­ya i­ti va­ca­naṃ ta­the­ṣṭa­tvā­d a­sa­du­tta­rā­ṇā­m ā­naṃ­tya­pra­si­ddheḥ | saṃ­kṣe­pa­ta­s tu vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 309,19ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­r i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, jā­tyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇā­m a­pi bhā­vā­t | te­ṣā­m ā­sve­vāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­t na­, jā­ti­sā­mā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 309,20la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ta­tra du­rgha­ṭa­tvā­t | sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyā­bhyāṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ jā­ti­r i­ty e­ta­d dhi sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ jā­te­r u­dī­ri­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 309,21yau­gai­s ta­c ca na su­gha­ṭaṃ­, sā­dha­nā­bhā­sa­pra­yo­ge pi sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyā­bhyāṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­na­sya jā­ti­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­the­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 309,22tvā­n na do­ṣa i­ty e­ke | ta­thā hi­–­a­sā­dhau sā­dha­ne pra­yu­kte yo jā­tī­nāṃ pra­yo­gaḥ so na­bhi­jña­ta­yā vā sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 309,23do­ṣaḥ syā­t­, ta­ddo­ṣa­pra­da­rśa­nā­rtha­tvā­pra­saṃ­ga­vyā­je­ne­ti | ta­d a­py a­yu­ktaṃ | sva­ya­m u­dyo­ta­ka­re­ṇa sā­dha­nā­bhā­se pra­yu­kte TAŚVA-ML 309,24jā­ti­pra­yo­ga­sya ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | jā­ti­vā­dī hi sā­dha­nā­bhā­sa­m e­ta­d i­ti pra­ti­pa­dya­te vā na vā ? ya­di pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 309,25pa­dya­te e­vā­sya sā­dha­nā­bhā­sa­tva­he­tu­r do­ṣo ne­na pra­ti­pa­nnaḥ sa e­va va­kta­vyo na jā­tiḥ­, pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­t | pra­saṃ­ga- TAŚVA-ML 309,26vyā­je­na do­ṣa­pra­da­rśa­na­tva­m i­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, a­na­rtha­saṃ­śa­yā­t | ya­di hi pa­re­ṇa pra­yu­ktā­yāṃ jā­tau sā­dha­nā­bhā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 309,27bā­dhā sva­pra­yu­kta­sā­dha­na­do­ṣaṃ pa­śya­n sa­bhā­yā­m e­vaṃ brū­yā­t ma­yā pra­yu­kte sā­dha­ne a­yaṃ do­ṣaḥ sa ca pa­re­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 309,28no­dbhā­vi­taḥ kiṃ tu jā­ti­r u­dbhā­vi­te­ti­, ta­dā­pi na jā­ti­vā­di­no ja­yaḥ pra­yo­ja­naṃ syā­t­, u­bha­yo­r a­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 309,29si­ddheḥ | nā­pi sā­myaṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ sa­rva­thā ja­ya­syā­saṃ­bha­ve ta­syā­bhi­pre­ta­tvā­d e­kāṃ­ta­pa­rā­ja­yā­d va­raṃ saṃ­de­ha i­ti TAŚVA-ML 309,30va­ca­nā­t | ya­dā tu sā­dha­nā­bhā­sa­vā­dī sva­sā­dha­na­do­ṣaṃ pra­cchā­dya yu­ktāṃ jā­ti­m e­vo­dbhā­va­ya­ti ta­dā­pi na ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 309,31ja­yaḥ pra­yo­ja­naṃ sā­myaṃ vā pa­rā­ja­ya­syai­va ta­thā saṃ­bha­vā­t | a­tha sā­dha­na­do­ṣa­m a­na­va­bu­dhya­mā­no jā­tiṃ pra­yuṃ­kte TAŚVA-ML 309,32ta­dā niḥ­pra­yo­ja­no jā­ti­pra­yo­gaḥ syā­t | ya­t kiṃ­ca­na va­da­to pi tū­ṣṇī­bhā­va­to pi vā sā­mya­prā­ti­bhai­r vya­va­sthā­pa- TAŚVA-ML 309,33nā­d dva­yo­r a­jñā­na­sya ni­śca­yā­t | e­vaṃ ta­rhi sā­dhu­sā­dha­ne pra­yu­kte ya­t pa­ra­sya sā­dha­rmyā­bhyāṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 310,01rū­paṃ ta­jjā­teḥ sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­stu ni­ra­va­dya­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, mi­thyo­tta­raṃ jā­ti­r i­ty e­tā­va­d e­va jā­ti­la­kṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 310,02m a­ka­laṃ­ka­pra­ṇī­ta­m a­stu ki­m a­pa­re­ṇa | "­ta­tra mi­thyo­tta­raṃ jā­ti­r ya­thā­ne­kāṃ­ta­vi­dvi­ṣā­m­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 310,03ta­thā­sa­ti a­vyā­pti­do­ṣa­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­n ni­ra­va­dya­m e­ta­d e­ve­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.451sāṃ­ka­ryā­t pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ ya­thā­ne­kāṃ­ta­sā­dha­ne | ya­thā vai­ya­dhi­ka­rye­ṇa vi­ro­dhe­nā­na­va­stha­yā |­| 4­5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.452bhi­nnā­cā­ra­ta­yā tā­bhyāṃ do­ṣā­bhyāṃ saṃ­śa­ye­na ca | a­pra­tī­tyā ta­yā bhā­ve­nā­nya­thā vā ya­the­ccha­yā |­| 4­5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.453va­stu­ta­s tā­dṛ­śai­r do­ṣaiḥ sā­dha­nā­pra­ti­ghā­ta­taḥ | si­ddhaṃ mi­thyo­tta­ra­tvaṃ no ni­ra­va­dyaṃ hi la­kṣa­ṇa­m |­| 4­5­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 310,07na cai­vaṃ pa­ra­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­vyā­pti­do­ṣā­bhā­va i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.454pa­ro­ktaṃ pu­na­r a­vyā­pti­pro­kte­ṣv e­te­ṣv a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­to na ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ yu­kta­m e­ta­d i­ti sthi­ta­m |­| 4­5­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 310,09pa­ro­ktaṃ pu­na­r jā­ti­sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­yu­kta­m e­va­, saṃ­ka­ra­vya­ti­ka­ra­vi­ro­dhā­na­va­sthā­vai­ya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyo­bha­ya­do­ṣa­saṃ­śa­yā­pra­tī- TAŚVA-ML 310,10tya­bhā­vā­di­bhiḥ pra­tya­va­sthā­ne­ṣu ta­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­to na ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m e­ta­dyu­ktaṃ tā­ttvi­ke vā­de­, pra­ti­jñā- TAŚVA-ML 310,11hā­nyā­di­va­ccha­la­va­da­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­na­va­c ce­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.455ta­thā ca tā­ttvi­ko vā­daḥ sve­ṣṭa­si­ddhya­va­sā­na­bhā­k | pa­kṣe pa­ta­tva­yu­ktyai­va ni­ya­mā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 4­5­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 310,13e­vaṃ tā­va­t tā­ttvi­ko vā­daḥ svā­bhi­pre­ta­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­pa­ryaṃ­ta­bhā­vā­va­sthi­taḥ pa­kṣe­ya­t tā­yāḥ ka­rtu­m a­śa­kte­r ni­ya­mā­nu­pa­pa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 310,14ta­ś ca na sa­ka­la­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­pa­ryaṃ­taḥ ka­sya­ci­j ja­yo vya­va­sthi­taḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 310,15sāṃ­pra­taṃ prā­ti­bhe vā­de ni­gra­ha­vya­va­sthāṃ da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.456abya­s tū­ktaḥ prā­ti­bho vā­daḥ saṃ­prā­ti­bha­pa­rī­kṣa­ṇaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.app.456cdni­gra­ha­s ta­tra vi­jñe­yaḥ sva­pra­ti­jñā­vya­ti­kra­maḥ |­| 4­5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.457abya­thā pa­dyaṃ ma­yā vā­cya­m ā­gra­stu­ta­vi­ni­śca­yā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.app.457cdsā­laṃ­kā­raṃ ta­thā ga­dya­m a­skha­la­drū­pa­m i­ty a­pi |­| 4­5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.458abpaṃ­cā­va­ya­va­vā­kyaṃ vā tri­rū­paṃ vā­nya­thā­pi vā | TAŚV-ML 1.app.458cdni­rdo­ṣa­m i­ti vā saṃ­dhā­stha­la­bhe­daṃ ta­m ū­hya­te |­| 4­5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.459abta­thā saṃ­ga­ra­hā­nyā­di­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­to py a­sau | TAŚV-ML 1.app.459cdcha­lo­ktyā jā­ti­vā­cya­tvā­t ta­thā saṃ­dhā­vya­ti­kra­mā­t |­| 4­5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.460abya­thā dyū­ta­vi­śe­ṣā­dau sva­pra­ti­jñā­kṣa­te­r ja­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.app.460cdlo­ke ta­thai­va śā­stre­ṣu vā­de prā­ti­bha­go­ca­re |­| 4­6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.461abdvi­pra­kā­raṃ ta­to ja­lpā­t ta­ttva­prā­ti­bha­go­ca­rā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.app.461cdnā­nya­bhe­da­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­naṃ pra­kri­yā­mā­tra­gho­ṣa­ṇā­t |­| 4­6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 1.app.462abso '­yaṃ ji­gī­ṣu­bo­dhā­ya vā­da­nyā­yaḥ sa­tāṃ ma­taṃ | TAŚV-ML 1.app.462cdpra­ka­rta­vyo bru­vā­ṇe­na na­ya­vā­kyai­r ya­tho­di­taiḥ |­| 4­6­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 311,01e­vaṃ pra­paṃ­ce­na pra­tha­mā­dhyā­yaṃ vyā­khyā­ya saṃ­gṛ­hṇa­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 1.app.463asa­mu­ddi­ṣṭo mā­rga­s tri­va­pu­r a­bha­va­tva­sya ni­ya­mā-TAŚV-ML 1.app.463bd vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭā dṛ­ṣṭi­r ni­khi­la­vi­dhi­nā jñā­na­m a­ma­la­m | TAŚV-ML 1.app.463cpra­mā­ṇaṃ saṃ­kṣe­pā­d vi­vi­dha­na­ya­saṃ­pa­c ca mu­ni­nāTAŚV-ML 1.app.463dsu­gṛ­hyā­dye '­dhyā­ye '­dhi­ga­ma­na­pa­thaḥ svā­nya­vi­ṣa­yaḥ |­| 4­6­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 311,06i­ti pra­tha­mā­dhyā­ya­sya paṃ­ca­ma­m ā­hni­kaṃ sa­mā­pta­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 311,07i­ti śrī­vi­dyā­naṃ­di–­ā­cā­rya­vi­ra­ci­te ta­ttvā­rthaślo­ka­vā­rti­kāla­ṅkā­re TAŚVA-ML 311,08pra­tha­mo '­dhyā­yaḥ sa­mā­ptaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 311,9pra­tha­mo '­dhyā­yaḥ sa­mā­ptaḥTAŚV-ML 313,1a­tha dvi­tī­yo '­dhyā­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 2.1.1absa­mya­gdṛ­ggo­ca­ro jī­va­s ta­syau­pa­śa­mi­kā­da­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 2.1.1cdsvaṃ ta­ttvaṃ paṃ­ca bhā­vāḥ syuḥ sa­pta­sū­tryā ni­rū­pi­tāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 313,04sa­mya­gdṛ­kta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ ta­syāḥ go­ca­ro vi­ṣa­yo jī­vo ni­rū­pi­ta­s tā­va­d a­jī­vā­di­va­t ta­sya sva­m a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 313,05ta­ttva­m au­pa­śa­mi­kā­da­yaḥ paṃ­ca bhā­vāḥ syu­r na pu­naḥ pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka e­va bhā­va­ś cai­ta­nya­mā­traṃ­, ya­ta­ś cai­ta­nyaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­sya svaṃ TAŚVA-ML 313,06rū­pa­m i­ti da­rśa­naṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | bu­ddhyā­da­yo na cai­vā­tma­no vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇā i­ti vā­, ā­naṃ­da­mā­traṃ bra­hma- TAŚVA-ML 313,07rū­pa­m i­ti vā pra­bhā­ka­ra­m e­ve­daṃ ci­tta­m i­ti vā­, pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | pra­mā­ṇo­pa­pa­nnā­stu jī­va­syā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇāḥ sva­bhā­vāḥ TAŚVA-ML 313,08paṃ­cau­pa­śa­mi­kā­da­ya­s te sa­pta­sū­tryā ni­rū­pi­tāḥ sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa la­kṣa­ṇa­taḥ saṃ­khyā­taḥ pra­bhe­da­ta­ś ca |­| TAŚVA-ML 313,09ta­tra te­ṣāṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­to ni­rū­pa­ṇā­rtha­m i­da­m ā­dyaṃ sū­tra­m u­pa­la­kṣya­te­;­ —TA-ML 2.1 au­pa­śa­mi­ka­kṣā­yi­kau bhā­vau mi­śra­śva jī­va­sya sva­ta­ttva­m au­da­yi­ka­pā- TA-ML 2.1 ri­ṇā­mi­kau ca |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 313,12a­trau­pa­śa­mi­kā­di­śa­bda­ni­ru­kti­ta e­vau­pa­śa­mi­kā­di­bhā­vā­nāṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m u­pa­da­rśi­taṃ ta­syā­s ta­da­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 313,13ta­thā hi­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.1.2a­nu­dbhū­ta­sva­sā­ma­rthyaṃ vṛ­tti­to­pa­śa­mo ma­taḥ | ka­rma­ṇāṃ puṃ­si to­yā­dā­v a­dhaḥ­prā­pi­ta­pa­ṅka­va­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.3te­ṣā­m ā­tyaṃ­ti­kī hā­niḥ kṣa­ya­s ta­du­bha­yā­tma­kaḥ | kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma u­dgī­taḥ kṣī­ṇā­kṣī­ṇa­ba­la­tva­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.4u­da­yaḥ pha­la­kā­ri­tvaṃ dra­vyā­di­pra­tya­ya­dva­yā­t | dra­vyā­tma­lā­bha­he­tuḥ syā­t pa­ri­ṇā­mo na­pe­kṣi­ṇaḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.5e­ta­tpra­yo­ja­nā bhā­vāḥ sa­rvau­pa­śa­mi­kā­da­yaḥ | i­ty au­pa­śa­mi­kā­dī­nāṃ śa­bdā­nā­m u­pa­va­rṇi­tā |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.6ni­ru­kti­r a­rtha­sā­ma­rthyā­d jñā­tu­m a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇī | ta­to nya­trā­pra­vṛ­tta­tvā­t jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­śa­bda­va­t |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.7prā­gau­pa­śa­mi­ka­syo­kti­r bha­vya­syā­nā­di­saṃ­sṛ­tau | va­rta­mā­na­sya sa­mya­ktva­gra­ha­ṇe ta­sya saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.8sto­ka­tvā­t sa­rva­bhā­ve­bhyaḥ sto­ka­kā­la­tva­to pi vā | śe­ṣe­bhyaḥ kṣā­yi­kā­di­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­d vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.9ta­ta­s tu kṣā­yi­ka­syo­kti­r a­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­tva­taḥ | bha­vya­jī­va­sva­bhā­va­tva­khyā­pa­nā­rtha­tva­to pi ca |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.10kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­syā­to yā saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­tva­taḥ | yu­ktā­sti ta­ddva­yā­tma­tvā­d bha­vye­ta­ra­sa­ma­tva­taḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.11u­kti­r au­da­yi­ka­syā­ta­s te­na jī­vā­v a­bo­dha­taḥ | pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­bhā­va­sya ta­to ṃ­te sa­rva­nṛ­sthi­teḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.12na cai­ṣāṃ dva­ndva­ni­rde­śaḥ sa­rve­ṣāṃ sū­ri­ṇā kṛ­taḥ | kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­syai­va mi­śra­sya pra­ti­pa­tta­ye |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.13nā­na­rtha­ka­ś ca­śa­bdau tau ma­dhye sū­tra­sya la­kṣya­te | nā­py aṃ­te dvyā­di­saṃ­yo­ga­ja­nma­bhā­vo­pa­saṃ­gra­hā­t |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.14kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kaṃ cāṃ­te no­ktaṃ ma­dhye tra yu­jya­te | graṃ­tha­sya gau­ra­vā­bhā­vā­d a­nya­thā ta­tpra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.1.15ni­ra­va­dya­ma­taḥ sū­traṃ bhā­va­paṃ­ca­ka­la­kṣa­ṇa­m | pra­khyā­pa­ya­ti niḥ­śe­ṣa­du­rā­re­kā­vi­ve­ka­taḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 314,01a­thau­pa­śa­mi­kā­di­bhe­da­saṃ­khyā­khyā­pa­nā­rthaṃ dvi­tī­yaṃ sū­tra­m­;­ —TA-ML 2.2 dvi­na­vā­ṣṭā­da­śai­ka­viṃ­śa­ti­tri­bhe­dā ya­thā­kra­ma­m |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.2.1dvyā­dī­nāṃ bhe­da­śa­bde­na vṛ­tti­r a­nya­pa­dā­rthi­kā | dvaṃ­dva­bhā­jāṃ bha­ve­d a­tra svā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.2.2pra­tye­kaṃ bhe­da­śa­bda­sya sa­mā­pti­r bhu­ji­va­nma­tā | ya­thā­kra­ma­m i­ti khyā­te py a­kra­ma­sya ni­rā­kri­yā |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 314,05ta­thā ca sa­ty e­ta­d u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti au­pa­śa­mi­ko bhā­vo dvi­bhe­daḥ kṣā­yi­ko na­va­bhe­daḥ mi­śro ṣṭā­da­śa­bhe­daḥ au­da- TAŚVA-ML 314,06yi­ka e­ka­viṃ­śa­ti­bhe­daḥ pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­s tri­bhe­da i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 314,07ta­trau­pa­śa­mi­ka­bhe­da­dva­ya­pra­ci­khyā­pa­yi­ṣa­yā tṛ­tī­ya­sū­tra­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.3 sa­mya­ktva­cā­ri­tre |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 314,09au­pa­śa­mi­ka­sya dvau bhe­dā­v i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ sā­ma­rthyā­t | ta­tra da­rśa­na­mo­ha­syo­pa­śa­mā­d au­pa­śa­mi­ka­sa­mya­ktvaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 314,10cā­ri­tra­mo­ho­pa­śa­mā­d au­pa­śa­mi­ka­cā­ri­traṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 314,11da­rśa­na­mo­ha­sya cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­sya co­pa­śa­maḥ ka­thaṃ kva­ci­d ā­tma­ni si­ddha i­ti ce­d u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.3.1puṃ­si sa­mya­ktva­cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­syo­pa­śa­maḥ kva­ci­t | śāṃ­ta­pra­sa­tti­saṃ­si­ddhe­r ya­thā paṃ­ka­sya vā­ri­ṇi |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 314,13ya­thai­va hi ja­le sa­paṃ­ke ku­ta­ści­t pra­sa­nna­tā sā ca sā­dhya­mā­nā paṃ­ka­syo­pa­śa­me sa­ti bha­va­ti nā­nu­pa­śa­me­, TAŚVA-ML 314,14kā­lu­ṣya­pra­tī­teḥ­; nā­pi kṣa­ye­, śāṃ­ta­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­thā­tma­ni sa­mya­ktva­cā­ri­tra­la­kṣa­ṇā pra­sa­nna­tā sa­ty e­va TAŚVA-ML 314,15da­rśa­na­cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­syo­pa­śa­me bha­va­ti nā­nu­pa­śa­me­, mi­thyā­tvā­saṃ­ya­m a­la­kṣa­ṇa­kā­lu­ṣyo­pa­la­bdheḥ | na kṣa­ye­, ta­syāḥ TAŚVA-ML 314,16śāṃ­ta­tva­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti yu­ktaṃ pa­śyā­maḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 314,17ku­taḥ pu­naḥ pra­sa­nna­tā tā­dṛ­śī pra­si­ddhā­tma­na i­ti ce­d i­me brū­ma­he­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.3.2yau ya­t kā­lu­ṣya­he­tuḥ syā­t sa ku­ta­ści­t pra­śā­mya­ti | ta­tra to­ye ya­thā paṃ­kaḥ ka­ta­kā­di­ni­mi­tta­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.3.3na cā­bha­vyā­di­kā­lu­ṣya­he­tu­nā vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā | ku­ta­ści­t kā­ra­ṇā­t ta­sya pra­śa­maḥ sā­dhya­te ya­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.3.4na ca ta­tpra­śa­me kiṃ­ci­d a­bha­vya­syā­sti kā­ra­ṇaṃ | ta­dbhā­ve ta­sya bha­vya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d a­vi­pa­kṣa­tā |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.3.5sva­yaṃ saṃ­vi­dya­mā­nā vā sa­mya­ktvā­di­pra­sa­nna­tā | si­ddhā­tra sā­dha­ya­ty e­va ta­nmo­ha­syo­pa­śāṃ­ta­tā­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 314,22ta­to yu­kti­mā­nau­pa­śa­mi­ko bhā­vo dvi­bhe­da­taḥ | ta­thā kṣā­yi­ko na­va­bhe­daḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 314,23ka­tha­m i­ti pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rthaṃ ca­tu­rthaṃ sū­tra­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.4 jñā­na­da­rśa­na­dā­na­lā­bha­bho­go­pa­bho­ga­vī­ryā­ṇi ca |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 314,25ca­śa­bde­na sa­mya­ktva­cā­ri­tre sa­mu­ccī­ye­te | jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yā­t kṣā­yi­ka­jñā­naṃ ke­va­laṃ­, da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yā­t ke- TAŚVA-ML 314,26va­la­da­rśa­naṃ­, dā­nāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa­yā­d a­bha­ya­dā­naṃ­, lā­bhāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa­yā­l lā­bhaḥ­, pa­ra­ma­śu­bha­pu­dga­lā­dā­na­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ pa­ra­mau­dā­ri­ka- TAŚVA-ML 314,27śa­rī­ra­sthi­ti­he­tuḥ bho­gāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa­yā­d bho­gaḥ­, u­pa­bho­gāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa­yā­d u­pa­bho­gaḥ­, vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya kṣa­yā­d a­naṃ­ta­vī­ryaṃ­, da­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 314,28na­mo­ha­kṣa­yā­t sa­mya­ktvaṃ­, cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­kṣa­yā­c cā­ri­tra­m i­ti na­vai­te kṣā­yi­ka­bhā­va­sya bhe­dāḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 314,29ku­taḥ pu­na­r jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ kṣa­yaḥ si­ddha i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.4.1ā­tyaṃ­ti­kaḥ kṣa­yo jñā­na­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­sya ca | sāṃ­ta­rā­ya­pra­paṃ­ca­syā­naṃ­ta­śu­ddhi­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 314,31jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­sya da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­sya ca­śa­bdā­d da­rśa­na­mo­ha­sya cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­sya cāṃ­ta­rā­ya­paṃ­ca­ka­sa­hi­ta­syā­tyaṃ­taḥ kṣa­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 314,32kva­ci­d a­sti a­naṃ­ta­śu­ddhi­pra­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 315,01ta­thā hi­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.4.2śu­ddhiḥ pra­ka­rṣa­m ā­yā­ti pa­ra­maṃ kva­ci­d ā­tma­ni | pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­vṛ­ddhi­tvā­t ka­na­kā­di­vi­śu­ddhi­va­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.4.3śu­ddhi­r jñā­nā­di­ka­syā­tra jī­va­syā­sty a­ti­śā­yi­nī | bha­vya­sya bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ty a­si­ddhā­tra sā­dha­nā |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.4.4nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­m a­py e­ta­t ta­d a­stu dvyā vi­bhā­vya­te | ta­syā a­pi kva­ci­t si­ddheḥ pra­ka­rṣa­sya pa­ra­sya ca |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.4.5prā­ksā­dhi­tā­tra sa­rva­jña­jñā­na­vṛ­ddhiḥ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | da­rśa­na­sya vi­śu­ddhi­r vā ta­ta e­vā­vi­nā­bhu­vaḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 315,06ta­to yu­ktaḥ kṣā­yi­ko bhā­vo na­va­bhe­daḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 315,07kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ko ṣṭā­da­śa­bhe­daḥ | ka­tha­m i­ti ta­tpra­ti­pā­da­nā­rthaṃ paṃ­ca­maṃ sū­tra­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.5 jñā­nā­jñā­na­da­rśa­na­la­bdha­ya­ś ca­tu­stri­tri­paṃ­ca­bhe­dāḥ sa­mya­ktva­cā­ri­tra­saṃ­ya­mā- TA-ML 2.5 saṃ­ya­mā­ś ca |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 315,10ca­tvā­ra­ś ca tra­ya­ś ca paṃ­ca ca­tu­stri­paṃ­ca­bhe­dā yā­sāṃ tā­ś ca­tu­stri­tri­paṃ­ca­bhe­dāḥ | kā­s tāḥ ? jñā­na­da­rśa­na­la­bdha­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 315,11ya­thā­kra­ma­m i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te te­nai­va­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ ka­rta­vyaḥ | jñā­naṃ ca­tu­rbhe­daṃ­, a­jñā­naṃ tri­bhe­daṃ­, da­rśa­naṃ tri­bhe­daṃ­, la­bdhiḥ TAŚVA-ML 315,12paṃ­ca­bhe­dā­, sa­mya­ktva­cā­ri­tra­saṃ­ya­mā­saṃ­ya­mā­ś ca tra­yaḥ kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­bhā­va­syā­ṣṭā­da­śa bhe­dā i­ti | ma­tyā­di­jñā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 315,13va­ra­ṇa­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­ma­tya­jñā­nā­dyā­va­ra­ṇa­tra­ya­sya ca­kṣu­rda­rśa­nā­dyā­va­ra­ṇa­tra­ya­sya ca dā­nāṃ­ta­rā­yā­di­paṃ­ca­ka­sya da­rśa­na­mo­ha­sya TAŚVA-ML 315,14cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­sya saṃ­ya­ma­mo­ha­sya ca kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­d u­pa­jā­ya­mā­na­tvā­t | ku­taḥ pu­na­r a­yaṃ mi­śro bhā­vaḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 315,15ma­ti­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­di­sa­rva­ghā­ti­spa­rdha­kā­nā­m u­da­ya­kṣa­yā­t te­ṣā­m e­va sa­du­pa­śa­mā­t ta­dde­śa­ghā­ti­spa­rdha­kā­nā­m u­da­yā­t kṣā­yo­pa­śa- TAŚVA-ML 315,16mi­ko bhā­vaḥ | kiṃ pu­naḥ spa­rdha­kā nā­ma ? a­vi­bhā­ga­pa­ri­cchi­nna­ka­rma­pra­de­śa­ra­sa­bhā­ga­pra­ca­ya­paṃ­kteḥ kra­ma­vṛ­ddhiḥ TAŚVA-ML 315,17kra­ma­hā­niḥ spa­rdha­kaṃ ka­rma­skaṃ­dha­śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣaḥ | saṃ­jñi­tva­sa­mya­gmi­thyā­tva­yo­gā­nāṃ jñā­na­sa­mya­ktva­la­bdhi­ṣv aṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­n na TAŚVA-ML 315,18pṛ­tha­g u­pā­dā­naṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 315,19ku­taḥ pu­naḥ kṣa­yo­pa­śa­maḥ ka­rma­ṇāṃ si­ddha i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.5.1kṣī­ṇā­kṣī­ṇā­tma­nāṃ ghā­ti­ka­rma­ṇā­m a­va­sī­ya­te | śu­ddhā­śu­ddhā­tma­tā­si­ddhi­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 315,21sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d e­vā­tma­naḥ śu­ddhā­śu­ddhā­tma­tā­yāḥ si­ddhi­r a­pra­ti­baṃ­dhā sa­tī ghā­ti­ka­rma­ṇāṃ kṣī­ṇo­pa­śāṃ­ta­sva­bhā­va­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 315,22sā­dha­ya­ti ta­da­bhā­ve ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, pa­ya­si paṃ­ka­sya kṣī­ṇo­pa­śāṃ­ta­tā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa śu­ddhā­tma­tā­nu­pa­pa­tti­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 2.5.2ta­to ma­tyā­di­vi­jñā­na­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­m i­ha smṛ­taṃ | śu­ddhā­śu­ddhā­tma­kaṃ liṃ­gaṃ ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­ka­rma­ṇā­m |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.5.3kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­sa­dbhā­ve ma­tya­jñā­nā­di ca tra­yaṃ | da­rśa­na­tri­ta­yaṃ cā­pi ni­jā­va­ra­ṇa­ka­rma­ṇāṃ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.5.4la­bdha­yaḥ paṃ­ca tā­dṛ­śyaḥ svāṃ­ta­rā­ya­sya ka­rma­ṇaḥ | sa­mya­ktvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭi­mo­ha­sya vṛ­ttaṃ vṛ­tta­m u­ha­s ta­thā |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.5.5saṃ­ya­mā­saṃ­ya­mo pī­ti ghā­ti­kṣī­ṇo­pa­śāṃ­ta­tā | si­ddhā ta­dbha­va­bhā­vā­nāṃ ta­thā bhā­vaṃ pra­sā­dha­ye­t |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 315,27e­vaṃ ca si­ddho ṣṭā­da­śa­bhe­do mi­śro bhā­vaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 315,28yaḥ pu­na­r au­da­yi­ko bhā­va e­ka­viṃ­śa­ti­bhe­do tro­ddi­ṣṭa­s ta­sya ni­rde­śā­rthaṃ ṣa­ṣṭha­m i­daṃ sū­tra­m­;­ —TA-ML 2.6 ga­ti­ka­ṣā­ya­liṃ­ga­mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­jñā­nā­saṃ­ya­tā­si­ddha­le­śyā­ś ca­tu- TA-ML 2.6 śca­tu­strye­kai­kai­kai­ka­ṣa­ṅbhe­dāḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 315,31ca­tu­rā­dī­nāṃ kṛ­ta­dvaṃ­dvā­nāṃ bhe­da­śa­bde­nā­nya­pa­dā­rthā vṛ­ttiḥ pū­rva­va­t | ya­thā­kra­ma­m i­ti cā­nu­va­rta­te te­nai­va­m a- TAŚVA-ML 315,32bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ kri­ya­te­–­ga­ti­ś ca­tu­rbhe­dā ka­ṣā­ya­ś ca­tu­rbhe­do liṃ­gaṃ tri­bhe­daṃ mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­m e­ka­bhe­da­m a­da­rśa­na­sya ta­trai­vāṃ­ta­rbhā- TAŚVA-ML 316,01vā­t­, a­jñā­na­m e­ka­bhe­daṃ a­saṃ­ya­ta­tva­m e­ka­bhe­daṃ liṃ­ge hā­sya­ra­tyā­dyaṃ­ta­rbhā­vaḥ sa­ha­cā­ri­tvā­t | ga­ti­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­ghā­tyu- TAŚVA-ML 316,02pa­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti na ka­sya­ci­d au­da­yi­ka­bhe­da­syā­saṃ­gra­haḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 316,03ku­taḥ pu­na­r ga­ti­nā­m ā­di­ka­rma­ṇā­m u­da­yaḥ si­ddho ya­to '­mī­ṣā­m e­ka­viṃ­śa­ti­bhā­vā­nā­m au­da­yi­ka­tvaṃ si­ddhya­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.6.1a­nya­thā­bhā­va­he­tū­nāṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d u­da­yaḥ sthi­taḥ | kā­lu­ṣya­vi­tti­ta­s ta­dva­dga­ti­nā­mā­da­ya­s tu te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 316,05sva­ya­m a­ga­ti­sva­bhā­va­sya puṃ­so na­ra­kā­di­ga­ti­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣaḥ kā­lu­ṣya­m a­nya­thā­bhā­vā­d ve­dya­te ta­dva­da­ka­ṣā­ya­liṃ­ga TAŚVA-ML 316,06mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­jñā­nā­saṃ­ya­tā­si­ddha­le­śyā­sva­bhā­va­sya sa­ta­s ta­sya ka­ṣā­yā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­kā­lu­ṣyā­bhā­va e­va ta­dvi­tti­r e­va TAŚVA-ML 316,07vā­tma­no nya­thā­bhā­va­he­tū­nāṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d u­da­yaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti­, ta­da­bhā­ve sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­dya­mā­na­tvā­t pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa­he­tū­nāṃ ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 316,08vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | ta­thā sa­ti ye­ṣā­m u­da­yā­d ga­tyā­da­yaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣāḥ kā­dā­ci­t kā­s te ga­ti­nā­mā­da­yaḥ ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 316,09pra­kṛ­ti­bhe­dā i­ti pa­ri­śe­ṣā­d a­va­sī­ya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 2.6.2ga­ti­nā­mo­da­yā­d e­va ga­ti­r au­da­yi­kī ma­tā | ta­dvi­śe­ṣo­da­yā­t sai­va ca­tu­rdhā tu vi­śi­ṣya­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.6.3ta­yo­pa­la­kṣi­tā­ghā­ti­ka­rmo­da­ya­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | su­khā­dyau­da­yi­kaṃ sa­rva­m e­te­nai­vo­pa­va­rṇi­ta­m |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.6.4ta­thā kro­dhā­di­bhe­da­sya ka­ṣā­ya­syo­da­yā­n nṛ­ṇā­m | ca­tu­rbhe­daḥ ka­ṣā­yaḥ syā­d a­nya­thā­bhā­va­sā­dha­naḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.6.5liṃ­gaṃ ve­do­da­yā­t tre­dhā hā­syā­dyu­da­ya­to pi ca | hā­syā­di­s te­na jī­va­sya mu­ni­nā pra­ti­va­rṇi­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.6.6dṛ­ṣṭi­mo­ho­da­yā­t puṃ­so mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­m i­ṣya­te | dṛ­gā­va­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nyo­da­yā­c cā­da­rśa­naṃ ta­thā |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.6.7sā­sā­da­naṃ ca sa­mya­ktvaṃ ya­dā­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhi­naḥ | ka­ṣā­ya­syo­da­yā­j jā­taṃ ta­d a­py e­te­na va­rṇi­ta­m |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.6.8sa­mya­gmi­thyā­tva­m e­ke­ṣāṃ ta­tka­rmo­da­ya­ja­nma­kaṃ | ma­ta­m au­da­yi­kaṃ kai­ści­t kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kaṃ smṛ­ta­m |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.6.9jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nya­syo­da­yā­d u­pa­va­rṇi­taṃ | jī­va­syā­jñā­na­sā­mā­nya­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.6.10vṛ­tti­mo­ho­da­yā­t puṃ­so '­saṃ­ya­ta­tvaṃ pra­ca­kṣya­te | ka­rma­mā­tro­da­yā­d e­vā­si­ddha­tvaṃ pra­ṇi­ga­mya­te |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.6.11ka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­to yo­ga­pra­vṛ­tti­r u­pa­da­rśi­tā | le­śyā jī­va­sya kṛ­ṣṇā­diḥ pa­ḍbhe­dā bhā­va­to na­dhaiḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 316,20a­tha pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­bhā­va­bhe­da­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rthaṃ sa­pta­ma­m i­daṃ sū­tra­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.7 jī­va­bha­vyā­bha­vya­tvā­ni ca |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 316,22pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­sya bhā­va­sya tra­yo '­sā­dhā­ra­ṇā bhe­dā i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | ca­śa­bda­sa­mu­cci­tā­s tu sā­dhā­ra­ṇāḥ a- TAŚVA-ML 316,23sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­ś cā­sti­tvā­nya­tva­ka­rtṛ­tva­ha­ra­tva­pa­ryā­ya­va­ttvā­sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­nā­di­saṃ­ta­ti­baṃ­dha­tva­pra­de­śa­va­ttvā­rū­pa­tva­ni­tya­tvā­da­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 316,24ta­rhy ā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­tra nyā­yya­m i­ti ce­n na­, tri­vi­dha­pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­bhā­va­pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­mu­cca­yā­rthe pi ca­śa­bde TAŚVA-ML 316,25sa­ti tu­lyo do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, pra­dhā­nā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t tri­tva­pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ | sa­mu­ccī­ya­mā­nā­s tu ca­śa­bde­nā­pra­dhā­na­bhū­tā TAŚVA-ML 316,26e­vā­sti­tvā­da­ya i­ti na do­ṣaḥ | ku­taḥ pu­naḥ pā­ri­ṇā­mi­kā jī­va­tvā­da­yo bhā­vā i­ti ce­t­, ka­rmo­pa­śa­ma- TAŚVA-ML 316,27kṣa­ya­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mo­da­yā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­t | na hy ā­yu­r u­da­yā­pe­kṣaṃ jī­va­tvaṃ si­ddha­syā­jī­va­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­sya jī­vi­ta­pū­rva- TAŚVA-ML 316,28ka­tvā­j jī­va­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, u­pa­cā­ra­to jī­va­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | mu­khyaṃ tu jī­va­tvaṃ ta­sye­ṣya­te­, ta­to na hy au­da­yi­kaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 316,29na­nu ca jñā­nā­de­r bhā­va­prā­ṇa­sya dhā­ra­ṇā­t si­ddha­sya mu­khyaṃ jī­va­tva­m i­ty a­bhyu­pa­ga­me kṣā­yi­ka­m e­ta­t syā­d a­naṃ­ta­jñā­nā­deḥ TAŚVA-ML 316,30kṣā­yi­ka­tvā­d i­ti ce­t na­, jī­va­na­kri­yā­yāḥ śa­bda­ni­ṣpa­ttya­rtha­tvā­t te­da­kā­rtha­sa­ma­ve­ta­sya jī­va­tva­sā­mā­nya­sya TAŚVA-ML 316,31jī­va­śa­bda­pra­vṛ­tti­ni­mi­tta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | a­tha­vā na tri­kā­la­vi­ṣa­ya­jī­va­nā­m a­bha­va­naṃ jī­va­tvaṃ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? ci­tta­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 316,32na ca ta­dā­yu­r u­da­yā­pe­kṣaṃ­, na cā­pi ka­rma­kṣa­yo­pe­kṣaṃ sa­rva­dā­bhā­vā­t | e­te­na sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­pa­ri­ṇā­me­na TAŚVA-ML 316,33si­ddha­bha­va­na­yo­gya­tvaṃ bha­vya­tvaṃ ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­m a­bha­vya­tvaṃ ca pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­m u­nne­yaṃ ta­syā­pi ka­rmo­da­yā­dya­na­pe­kṣa­tva­si­ddheḥ TAŚVA-ML 316,34sa­rva­dā bhā­vā­t | a­nā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­mā­tra­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 317,01ku­taḥ pu­na­r a­nā­diḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ ka­rmo­da­yāṃ­dyu­pā­dhi­ni­ra­pe­kṣo jī­va­sya si­ddha i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.7.1a­nā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­mo sti ta­tro­pā­dhi­pa­rā­ṅmu­khaḥ | so­pā­dhi­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­nā­m a­nya­thā­ta­ttva­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 317,03na hi spha­ṭi­kā­de­r a­sa­ti svā­bhā­vi­ka­pa­ri­ṇā­me sva­ccha­tve ja­pā­ku­su­mā­dyu­pā­dhi­sā­nni­dhya­bhā­vā­nu­ja­nmā ra­kta- TAŚVA-ML 317,04tvā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pra­tī­ya­te ta­dva­dā­tma­no py au­pā­dhi­kāḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mā au­pa­śa­mi­kā­da­yo nā­nā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇo- TAŚVA-ML 317,05pa­pa­dyaṃ­te śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­de­r a­pi svā­bhā­vi­ka­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ra­hi­ta­syau­pā­dhi­ka­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to sti jī­va­syā­nā­di- TAŚVA-ML 317,06ni­ru­pā­dhi­kaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ ka­rmo­pa­śa­mā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­t | ta­thā sa­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 2.7.2e­ta­tsa­mu­dbha­vā bhā­vā dvyā­di­bhe­dā ya­thā­kra­ma­m | jī­va­syai­vo­pa­pa­dyaṃ­te ci­tsva­bhā­va­sa­ma­nva­yā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 317,08ka­rma­ṇā­m u­pa­śa­ma­kṣa­ya­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mo­da­ya­pra­yo­ja­nā au­pa­śa­mi­ka­kṣā­yi­ka­kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kau­da­yi­kā bhā­vāḥ ka­rma­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 317,09e­ve­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, ka­rmo­pa­śa­mā­di­bhiḥ pra­yu­jya­mā­nā­d au­pa­śa­mi­kā­dī­nāṃ jī­va­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ce­ta­nā- TAŚVA-ML 317,10saṃ­baṃ­dha­tvā­c ca pra­dhā­na­syai­vai­te pa­ri­ṇā­mā­, i­ty a­py a­nā­lo­ci­tā­bhi­dhā­naṃ ta­ta e­va | na hi dvyā­di­bhe­de­ṣu ya­thā­kra­ma­m au- TAŚVA-ML 317,11pa­śa­mi­kā­di­ṣu bhā­ve­ṣu ci­tsa­ma­nva­yo '­si­ddha­s te­ṣā­m a­haṃ­kā­rā­spa­da­tve­na pra­tī­te­r ā­tmo­pa­bho­ga­va­t | na cā­haṃ­kā­ro pi TAŚVA-ML 317,12pra­dhā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pu­ru­ṣa­tā­dā­tmye­na sva­yaṃ saṃ­ve­da­nā­t | bhrāṃ­taṃ ta­t ta­thā saṃ­ve­da­na­m i­ti ce­t na­, bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 317,13a­haṃ­kā­rā­da­yo '­ce­ta­nā e­vā­ni­tya­tvā­t ka­la­śā­di­va­ty e­ta­da­nu­mā­naṃ bā­dha­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, pu­ru­ṣā­nu­bha­ve­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka- TAŚVA-ML 317,14tvā­t ta­syā­pi pa­rā­pe­kṣi­ta­yā kā­dā­ci­tka­tve­nā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhe­r i­ty u­kta­tvā­d u­pa­yo­ga­si­ddhau |­| kiṃ ca­ —TAŚV-ML 2.7.3kṣā­yi­kā na­va bhā­vāḥ syuḥ pu­ru­ṣa­syai­va ta­ttva­taḥ | kṣā­yi­ka­tvā­d ya­thā ta­sya si­ddha­tva­m i­ti ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.4kṛ­tsna­ka­rma­kṣa­yā­t tā­va­t si­ddha­tvaṃ kṣā­yi­kaṃ ma­taṃ | sa­rve­ṣā­m ā­tma­rū­paṃ ce­ty a­pra­si­ddhaṃ na sā­dha­na­m |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.5dvā­v au­pa­śa­mi­kau bhā­vau jī­va­sya bha­va­to dhru­vaṃ | mo­kṣa­he­tu­tva­taḥ ka­rma­kṣa­ya­ja­nma­dṛ­gā­di­va­t |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.6kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kā dṛ­ṣṭi­jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ | bhā­vāḥ puṃ­so '­ta e­va syu­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.7pra­dhā­nā­dyā­tma­kā hy e­ṣā sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭyā­di­bhā­va­nā | na puṃ­so mo­kṣa­he­tuḥ syā­t sa­rva­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.8kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kāḥ śe­ṣā bhā­vāḥ puṃ­va­nma­tā bhṛ­taḥ | kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­tvā­t syuḥ sa­mya­gdṛ­gbo­dha­vṛ­tta­va­t |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.9jī­va­syau­da­yi­kāḥ sa­rve bhā­vā ga­tyā­da­yaḥ smṛ­tāḥ | jī­ve sa­ty e­va sa­dbhā­vā­d a­sa­ty a­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.10ka­rmo­da­ye ca ta­syai­va ta­thā pa­ri­ṇa­ma­tva­taḥ | te­ṣāṃ ta­tpa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.11bha­vyā­bha­vya­tva­yo­r jī­va­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ vi­bhā­vya­te | pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­tā­yo­gā­c ce­ta­na­tva­vi­va­rta­va­t |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.12ce­ta­na­tva­sva­bhā­va­tva­m ā­tma­no '­si­ddha­m i­ty a­sa­t | svo­pa­yo­ga­sva­bhā­va­tva­si­ddheḥ prā­ga­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.13na­nv au­pa­śa­mi­kā­dī­nāṃ tyā­ga­ś ce­n ni­rvṛ­tā­tma­naḥ | niḥ­sva­bhā­va­tva­m ā­sa­ktaṃ nai­rā­tmyaṃ sa­rva­thā ta­taḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.14ta­da­tyā­ge tu mo­kṣa­syā­bhā­vaḥ syā­d ā­tma­naḥ sa­dā | ta­to na ta­tsva­bhā­va­tvaṃ jī­va­sye­ty a­pa­re vi­duḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.15ta­da­saṃ­ga­ta­m ā­de­śa­va­ca­nā­d e­va de­hi­naḥ | te­ṣāṃ ta­drū­pa­tā­bhī­ṣṭe­r a­tyā­gā­c ca ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.16ci­tsva­bhā­va­ta­yā tā­va­n nai­ṣāṃ tyā­gaḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­tvo­pa­śa­mi­ka­tve­na ta­tkṣa­ye |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.17te­ṣā­m au­da­yi­ka­tve­na nai­va syā­n niḥ­sva­bhā­va­tā | mo­kṣā­bhā­vo '­pi cā­puṃ­saḥ kṣā­yi­kā­dya­vi­nā­śa­taḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.18na cau­pa­śa­mi­kā­dī­nāṃ nā­śā­j jī­vā­sva­bhā­va­tā | pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­va­rtā­nāṃ ta­tsva­bhā­va­tva­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.19kū­ṭa­sthā­tma­ka­tā­pa­tteḥ sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­teḥ | va­stu­tva­hā­ni­to jī­va­ta­ttvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.20ta­thā ca nā­śi­no bhā­vāḥ sva­bhā­vā nā­tma­na­s ta­thā | a­nā­tma­no '­pi te na syu­r i­ti ta­dva­stu­tā ku­taḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.21e­vaṃ niḥ­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­nā­m a­bhā­vaḥ ke­na vā­rya­te | nā­sti­bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tvā­bhā­vaḥ sā­dha­na­vā­di­nā­m |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.7.22ta­taḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ si­ddhaḥ śā­śva­to '­śā­śva­to '­pi ca | sva­bhā­vaḥ sa­rva­va­stū­nā­m i­ti nu­sta­tsva­bhā­va­tā |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 318,01e­vaṃ jī­va­sya sva­ta­ttvaṃ vyā­khyā­ya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ vyā­ci­khyā­su­r i­daṃ sū­tra­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.8 u­pa­yo­go la­kṣa­ṇa­m |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 318,03jī­va­sye­ty a­nu­va­rta­te | kaḥ pu­naḥ sva­ta­ttva­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­r vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? sva­ta­ttvaṃ la­kṣyaṃ syā­l la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ca la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | la­kṣa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 318,04tu na la­kṣyaṃ i­ti ta­yo­r vi­śe­ṣaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 318,05ya­dy e­vaṃ ki­m a­tra jī­va­sya sva­ta­ttvaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.8.1ta­tra kṣa­yo­dbha­vo bhā­vaḥ kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ja­ś ca yaḥ | ta­dvya­kti­vyā­pi sā­mā­nya­m u­pa­yo­go sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 318,07kṣa­yo­dbha­vo bhā­vaḥ kṣā­yi­ko bhā­va­s ta­sya vya­ktī ke­va­la­jñā­na­da­rśa­ne gṛ­hye­te­, kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­jo mi­śra­s ta­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 318,08vya­kta­yo ma­tyā­di­jñā­nā­ni ca­tvā­ri ma­tya­jñā­nā­dī­ni trī­ṇī ca­kṣu­rda­rśa­nā­dī­ni ca gṛ­hyaṃ­te ta­trai­vo­pa­yo­ga­sā­mā- TAŚVA-ML 318,09nya­sya vṛ­tte­r a­nya­trā­va­rta­nā­t | ta­dvyā­pi sā­mā­nya­m u­pa­yo­go­sya jī­va­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t­, ta­dvya­kte- TAŚVA-ML 318,10r la­kṣa­ṇa­tve la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­vyā­pti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­he­tu­dva­ya­sa­nni­dhā­ne ya­thā­saṃ­bha­va­m u­pa­la­bdha­ś cai­ta­nyā­nu­vi­dhā­yī TAŚVA-ML 318,11pa­ri­ṇā­ma u­pa­yo­ga i­ti va­ca­nā­t | a­tra hi na cai­ta­nya­mā­tra­m u­pa­yo­go ya­ta­s ta­d e­va jī­va­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ syā­t | TAŚVA-ML 318,12kiṃ ta­rhi ? cai­ta­nyā­nu­vi­dhā­yī pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ sa co­pa­la­bdhu­r ā­tma­no na pu­naḥ pra­dhā­nā­deḥ cai­ta­nyā­nu­bi­dhā­yi­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 318,13bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na cā­sā­v a­he­tu­ko bā­hya­syā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­sya ca he­to­r dva­ya­syo­pā­ttā­nu­pā­tta­vi­ka­lpa­sya sa­nni­dhā­ne sa­ti TAŚVA-ML 318,14bhā­vā­t | na cai­vaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa u­pa­yo­go ma­ti­jñā­nā­di­vya­kti­rū­paḥ pra­ti­pā­di­to bha­va­ti ya­thā­saṃ­bha­va­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 318,15va­ca­nā­t | ta­to da­rśa­na­jñā­na­sā­mā­nya­mu­pa­yo­ga i­ti sū­ktaṃ | kiṃ pu­na­r la­kṣa­ṇaṃ­? pa­ra­spa­ra­vya­ti­ka­re sa­ti ye­nā- TAŚVA-ML 318,16nya­tvaṃ la­kṣya­te ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ | he­ma­śyā­mi­ka­yo­r va­rṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t | ta­ddvi­vi­dhaṃ ā­tma­bhū­tā­nā­tma­bhū­ta­vi­ka­lpā­t | TAŚVA-ML 318,17ta­trā­tma­bhū­taṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­gne­r u­ṣṇa­gu­ṇa­va­t­, a­nā­tma­bhū­taṃ de­va­da­tta­sya daṃ­ḍa­va­t | ta­tre­hā­tma­bhū­taṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m u­pa­yo­go TAŚVA-ML 318,18jī­va­sye­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | nā­tma­bhū­to jī­va­syo­pa­yo­go gu­ṇa­tvā­d a­gne­r u­ṣṇa­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, e­kāṃ­ta­bhe­da­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 318,19syo­kta­tvā­d gu­ṇa­gu­ṇi­noḥ­, gu­ṇi­naḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nna­syai­va gu­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā gu­ṇa­gu­ṇi­bhā­va­vi­ro­dhā­t | gha­ṭa­pa- TAŚVA-ML 318,20ṭā­di­va­t sa­rva­thā bhi­nna­m e­va la­kṣyā­l la­kṣa­ṇaṃ daṃ­ḍā­di­va­t i­ti ce­n na­, a­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | la­kṣa­ṇā­d vi­bhi­nnaṃ la­kṣyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 318,21ku­taḥ si­ddhye­t ? la­kṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­c ce­t ta­to '­pi ya­di ta­dbhi­nnaṃ ta­dā la­kṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­d e­va si­ddhye­d i­ty a­na­va­sthā | su­dū­ra­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 318,22ga­tvā ya­dy a­bhi­nnā­l la­kṣa­ṇā­t ku­ta­ści­t ta­t si­ddhye­t ta­dā na sa­rvaṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ la­kṣyā­d bhi­nna­m e­va | ta­thā ya­di pra­si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 318,23ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ la­kṣya­sya pra­jñā­pa­kaṃ ta­dā ku­ta­s ta­tpra­si­ddhaṃ­? sva­la­kṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­d i­ti ce­t ta­d a­pi sva­la­kṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­d i­ty a­na­va­sthā | TAŚVA-ML 318,24sū­du­ra­m a­py a­nu­sṛ­tya ya­di la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sva­rū­pa­ta e­va pra­si­ddhye­t ta­dā na sa­ka­laṃ bhi­nna­m e­va la­kṣa­ṇaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­sya svā­tma­bhū- TAŚVA-ML 318,25ta­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t | na vā pra­si­ddhaṃ kiṃ­ci­t ka­sya­ci­l la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti pra­yo­gā­t | ta­rhy a­bhi­nna­m e­va la­kṣyā­l la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­gne­r u- TAŚVA-ML 318,26ṣṇā­di­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, vi­pa­rya­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | tā­dā­tmyā­vi­śe­ṣo py ā­tmo­pa­yo­ga­yo­r a­gryau­ṣṇa­yo­r vo­pa­yo­gā­di­r e­va la­kṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 318,27m ā­tmā­deḥ na pu­na­r ā­tmā­di­r u­pa­yo­gā­de­r i­ti ni­ya­ma­he­tva­bhā­vā­t | pra­si­ddha­tvā­d u­pa­yo­gā­di­r la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 318,28kiṃ pu­na­r ā­tmā­di­r a­pra­si­ddhaḥ ta­tho­pa­yo­ga­m e­kaṃ ka­tha­m ā­tmo­pa­yo­ga­yo­r a­gnyu­ṣṇa­yo­r vā tā­dā­tmyaṃ pra­si­ddhā­pra­si­ddha­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 318,29sa­rva­thā tā­dā­tmya­vi­ro­dhā­t | na cai­kāṃ­te­nā­pra­si­ddha­sya la­kṣya­tvaṃ sva­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t | nā­pi pra­si­ddha­syai­va | la­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 318,30ṇa­va­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t pra­si­ddha­syai­va la­kṣya­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ dra­vya­tve­na pra­si­ddha­sya hi va­nhe­r a­gni­tve­nā­pra­si­ddha­sya la­kṣya­tva­m u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 318,31la­bdhaṃ dra­vya­sya ca sa­ttve­na pra­si­ddha­sya dra­vya­tve­nā­pra­si­ddha­sya la­kṣya­tva­m u­pa­pa­dya­te sa­to pi va­stu­tve­na pra­si­ddha­syā- TAŚVA-ML 318,32sa­ttva­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­pra­si­ddha­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­tva­m u­pa­la­kṣya­te nā­nya­thā | na cai­va­m a­na­va­sthā ka­sya­ci­t kva­ci­n ni­rṇa­yo­pa­la­bdheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 318,33sa­rva­trā­ni­rṇa­ya­sya vyā­ha­ta­tvā­t ta­syai­va sva­rū­pe­ṇa ni­rṇa­yā­t | ta­da­ni­rṇa­yo vā ka­thaṃ sa­rva­trā­ni­rṇa­ya­si­ddhiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 318,34sa­rva­thā pra­si­ddhaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ­, vṛ­tta­drā­ghi­mā­di­nā pra­si­ddha­sya daṃ­ḍa­sya kai­ści­d du­ru­pa­la­kṣyai­r vi­śe­ṣai­r a­pra­si­ddha­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 319,01de­va­da­tta­la­kṣa­ṇa­tva­pra­tī­teḥ | na hi pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ sva­rga­prā­pa­ṇa­śa­ktyā­di sa­rva­thā sa­rva­sya ke­na­ci­d u­pa­la- TAŚVA-ML 319,02kṣa­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te | ya­di pu­na­r ye­na rū­pe­ṇa pra­si­ddho daṃ­ḍā­di­s te­na la­kṣa­ṇaṃ­, de­va­da­tta­ś ca ye­na rū­pe­ṇā­pra­si­ddha­s te­na TAŚVA-ML 319,03la­kṣya i­ti pra­tī­teḥ pra­si­ddha­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­tva­m a­pra­si­ddha­sya tu la­kṣya­tva­m i­ti ma­taṃ­; ta­dā ka­thaṃ la­kṣya­saṃ­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo- TAŚVA-ML 319,04s ta­dā­nai­kāṃ­taḥ syā­d vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sā­t | ta­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nna­yo­r a­bhi­nna­yo­ś ca la­kṣya­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ­, pra­tī­ti­sa- TAŚVA-ML 319,05dbhā­vā­t sa­rva­thā vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t­, a­nya­thā la­kṣya­la­kṣa­ṇa­śū­nya­tā­pa­tteḥ | saṃ­vṛ­ttyā la­kṣya­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 319,06saṃ­vṛ­tte­r u­pa­cā­ra­tve mu­khyā­bhā­ve '­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | mṛ­ṣā­tve­na saṃ­vṛ­tti­r nā­ma ya­thā ta­dbhā­vaḥ si­ddhye­t | vi­cā­ra­to nu­pa­pa­dya- TAŚVA-ML 319,07mā­nā vi­ka­lpa­bu­ddhiḥ saṃ­vṛ­tti­r i­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ ta­yā la­kṣya­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­va­s ta­sya ta­trā­va­bhā­sa­nā­d i­ti ce­t si­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 319,08s ta­rhi bau­ddho la­kṣya­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ ta­dva­da­bau­ddho pi kiṃ na si­ddhye­t ? vi­ka­lpā­d ba­hi­rbhū­ta­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 319,09ta­syā­saṃ­bha­ve vi­ka­lpa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­yo­gā­t | na ca sa­rvo vi­ka­lpa­vi­ṣa­yaḥ saṃ­bha­va­nn e­va saṃ­bha­va­to '­pi vi­ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 319,10vi­ṣa­ya­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­va­t sa­rvo vi­ka­lpaḥ saṃ­bha­va­dvi­ṣa­yo vi­ka­lpa­tvā­n ma­no­rā­jyā­di­vi­ka­lpa­va­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 319,11ce­t­, sa­rvaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­saṃ­bha­va­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t ke­śoṃ­ḍu­ka­pra­tya­kṣa­va­d i­ti kiṃ na syā­t | pra­tya­kṣā­bhā­so '­saṃ­bha- TAŚVA-ML 319,12va­dvi­ṣa­yo dṛ­ṣṭo na pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti ce­t ta­rhi vi­ka­lpā­bhā­so saṃ­bha­va­dvi­ṣa­yo na vi­ka­lpa i­ti sa­mā­naḥ pa­ri­hā­raḥ | TAŚVA-ML 319,13kaḥ pu­naḥ sa­tyo vi­ka­lpaḥ pra­tya­kṣaṃ kiṃ sa­tya­m i­ti sa­maḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ | ya­taḥ pra­va­rta­mā­no rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ na TAŚVA-ML 319,14vi­saṃ­vā­dya­te ta­t sa­mya­k pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ti ce­t­, ya­to vi­ka­lpā­d a­rthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya pra­va­rta­mā­no rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ na vi­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 319,15bā­dya­te sa sa­tya­m i­ti kiṃ nā­nu­ma­nya­se ? kiṃ pu­na­r vi­ka­lpa­syā­rtha­pa­ri­cche­da­ka­tvaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­sya kiṃ a­vi­ca­li­ta­spa­ṣṭā- TAŚVA-ML 319,16rthā­va­bhā­si­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, ka­sya­ci­d vi­ka­lpa­syā­pi ta­d e­va­, ka­sya­ci­t tu bā­dha­ka­vi­dhu­rā­spa­ṣṭā­rthā­va­bhā­si­tva­m a­pī­ti TAŚVA-ML 319,17ma­nyā­ma­he | a­spa­ṣṭo rtha e­va na bha­va­tī­ti ce­t ku­ta­s ta­syā­na­rtha­tvaṃ pu­na­r a­spa­ṣṭa­ta­yā­na­va­bhā­sa­nā­d i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 319,18spa­ṣṭo py e­va­m a­na­rthaḥ syā­t pu­naḥ spa­ṣṭa­ta­yā­na­va­bhā­sa­nā­t | ya­thai­va hi dū­rā­t pā­da­pā­di­sā­mā­nya­spa­ṣṭa­ta­yā TAŚVA-ML 319,19pra­ti­bhā­taṃ pu­na­r ni­ka­ṭa­de­śa­va­rti­tā­yāṃ ta­d e­vā­spa­ṣṭaṃ na pra­ti­bhā­ti ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­sya ta­dā pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | ta­thai­va TAŚVA-ML 319,20hi sa­nni­hi­ta­sya pā­da­pā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ rū­paṃ spa­ṣṭa­ta­yā pra­ti­bhā­taṃ pu­na­r dū­ra­ta­ra­de­śa­va­rti­tā­yāṃ na ta­d e­va spa­ṣṭaṃ TAŚVA-ML 319,21pra­ti­bhā­sa­te | ya­di pu­naḥ sa­nni­hi­ta­jñā­na­grā­hya­m e­va ta­drū­paṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­m i­ti ma­tiḥ ta­dā da­vi­ṣṭhā­di­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 319,22grā­hya­m e­va ta­drū­paṃ sā­mā­nya­m i­ti kiṃ na ma­taṃ | ya­thā vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ pā­da­pā­di­rū­paṃ svā­m a­rtha­kri­yāṃ ni­va­rta­ya­ti TAŚVA-ML 319,23ta­thā pā­da­pā­di­sā­mā­nya­rū­pa­m a­pi pra­ti­pa­ttuḥ pa­ri­to­ṣa­ka­ra­ṇaṃ hi ya­dy a­rtha­kri­yā ta­dā ta­tsā­mā­nya­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 319,24sā­sty e­va ka­sya­ci­t tā­va­tā pa­ri­to­ṣā­t | a­tha sva­vi­ṣa­ya­jñā­na­ja­na­ka­tvaṃ ta­d a­pi sā­mā­nya­syā­sti sa­jā­tī- TAŚVA-ML 319,25yā­rtha­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­rtha­kri­ye­ti ce­t­, so pi sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syā­sti vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sye­va sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­kā­d dhi TAŚVA-ML 319,26bā­la­pā­da­pā­t sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­ka e­va ta­ru­ṇa­pā­da­pā­da­yaḥ prā­du­rbhā­va­m u­pa­la­bhya­te | ta­tra ya­thā vi­sa­dṛ­śa- TAŚVA-ML 319,27pa­ri­ṇā­mā­d vi­śe­ṣā­d vā vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­s ta­thā sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t sā­mā­nyā­t sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ti sa­jā­tī­yā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 319,28ka­ra­ṇa­m a­rtha­kri­yā si­ddhā sā­mā­nya­sya | e­te­na vi­jā­tī­ya­sthā ya­dy a­rtha­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­rtha­kri­yā sā­mā­nya­sya pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 319,29pā­di­tā pā­da­pa­vi­śe­ṣa­sye­va pā­da­pa­sā­mā­nya­syā­pi ta­d vyā­pā­rā­t | e­ka­tra pā­da­pa­vya­ktau sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 319,30ṇā­maḥ ka­thaṃ ta­sya dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, kiṃ pu­na­r vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo na dvi­ṣṭhaḥ | dvi­tī­yā­dya­pe­kṣā­mā­trā­d e­ka­trai­va TAŚVA-ML 319,31vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ti ce­t­, kiṃ pu­na­r na sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo pi ta­syai­va­m ā­pe­kṣi­ka­tvā­d a­va­stu­tva­m i­ti ce­t na­, vi­sa- TAŚVA-ML 319,32dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syā­py a­va­stu­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pra­tya­kṣa­bu­ddhau pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­no vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo nā­pe­kṣi­ka i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 319,33sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo pi ta­tra pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­naḥ pa­rā­pe­kṣi­ko mā bhū­t | sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pra­tya­kṣe pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti ku­to TAŚVA-ML 319,34vya­va­sthā­pya­te i­ti ce­t­, vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­s ta­tra pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti ku­taḥ­? pra­tya­kṣa­pṛ­ṣṭa­bhā­vi­no vi­sa­dṛ­śa­vi­ka­lpā- TAŚVA-ML 319,35d i­ti ce­t ta­thā­vi­dhā­t sa­dṛ­śa­vi­ka­lpā­t sā­dṛ­śya­pra­ti­bhā­sa­vya­va­sthā­stu | ka­tha­m a­nya­thā ya­trai­va ja­na­ye­d e­nāṃ ta­trai­vā­sya TAŚVA-ML 320,01pra­mā­ṇa­te­ti gha­ṭa­te | na­nv e­va­m a­dhya­kṣa­saṃ­vi­di pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­naḥ sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo vi­śe­ṣa e­va syā­t spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 320,02bhā­sa­vi­ṣa­ya­sya vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi pra­tya­kṣe pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­no vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma e­va syā­t spa­ṣṭā- TAŚVA-ML 320,03va­bhā­sa­go­ca­ra­sya sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­d i­ty a­pi bru­vā­ṇaḥ ku­to ni­ṣi­dhya­te­? pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 320,04sā­mā­nya­sya vi­śe­ṣa­tā­m ā­pā­da­ya­nni­ṣi­dhya­tāṃ pra­tya­kṣe sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syā­pra­tī­teḥ sa­ka­la­ja­na­ma­no­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 320,05bhrāṃ­tā­dhya­kṣe sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tī­ti­r bā­dha­ka­sa­dbhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, kiṃ ta­dbā­dha­kaṃ | vṛ­tti­vi­ka­lpā­di dū­ṣa­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 320,06ta­syā­ne­ka­vya­kti­vyā­pi sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | na hi va­yaṃ sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­m a­ne­ka­vya­kti­vyā­pi­naṃ yu­ga­pa­d u­pa­ga­cchā- TAŚVA-ML 320,07mo nya­tro­pa­cā­rā­t | ya­ta­s ta­sya sva­vya­kti­ṣv e­ka­de­śe­na vṛ­ttau sā­va­ya­va­tvaṃ­, sā­va­ya­ve­ṣu cai­ka­de­śāṃ­ta­re­ṇa vṛ­tte­r a­na­va- TAŚVA-ML 320,08sthā­naṃ ya­ta­ś ca pra­tye­ka­pa­ri­sa­mā­ptyā vṛ­ttau vya­ktyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ niḥ­sā­mā­nya­tva­m e­ka­tra vya­ktau kā­rtsnye­na pa­ri­sa­mā­pta- TAŚVA-ML 320,09tvā­t sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­c ca ta­sya vya­ktyaṃ­ta­rā­le sva­pra­tya­ya­ka­rtṛ­tvā­pa­tti­r a­nya­thā ka­rtṛ­tvā­ka­rtṛ­tva­yo­r dha­rma­yoḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­vi- TAŚVA-ML 320,10ru­ddha­yo­r a­dhyā­sā­d e­ka­tvā­va­sthā­naṃ sva­vya­kti­de­śe bhi­vya­ktau ta­daṃ­ta­rā­le cā­na­bhi­vya­ktau ta­syā­bhi­vya­kte­ta­rā­kā­ra­pra­sa­ktiḥ TAŚVA-ML 320,11sa­rva­thā ni­tya­syā­rtha­kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­da­ya­ś ca do­ṣāḥ pra­sa­jye­ra­n | na­nu ca sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­me pi pra­ti­vya­kti­ni­ya­te TAŚVA-ML 320,12syā­dvā­di­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­mā­ne ta­dva­ttvā­pa­tti­r ā­va­śya­kī ta­syāṃ ca sa­tyāṃ sa­sa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­me­ṣv a­py e­kai­ka­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭhe­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 320,13sa­mā­na­pra­tya­yo­tpa­tteḥ sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­māṃ­ta­rā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­d a­na­va­sthā­ne­ṣu sa­mā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­māṃ­ta­ra­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa sa­mā­na­pra­tya­yo­tpa­ttau TAŚVA-ML 320,14khaṃ­ḍā­di­vya­kti­ṣv a­pi sa­mā­na­pra­tya­yo­tpa­tti­s ta­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa syā­t ta­taḥ sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ka­lpa­na­m a­yu­kta­m e­ve­ti ka­ści­t | TAŚVA-ML 320,15ta­syā­pi vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ka­lpa­nā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r e­ta­ddo­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | vai­sā­dṛ­śye­ṣv a­pi hi pra­ti­vya­kti­ni­ya­te­ṣu ba­hu- TAŚVA-ML 320,16vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pra­tya­yo­pa­ja­na­nā­d vai­sa­dṛ­śāṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­nā­yā­m a­na­va­sthā­na­m a­va­śyaṃ bhā­vi­te­ṣu vai­sā­dṛ­śyāṃ­ta­ra­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pra- TAŚVA-ML 320,17tya­yo­tpa­ttau sa­rva­tra vai­sa­dṛ­śa­ka­lpa­na­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ te­na vi­nā­pi vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pra­tya­ya­si­ddhe­r i­ti ka­thaṃ vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­me TAŚVA-ML 320,18ka­lpa­no­pa­pa­dye­ta­? ya­ta e­va sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­ka­lpa­m a­khi­laṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­ma­ni­r de­śyaṃ sa­rva­the­ti ce­t ka­tha­m e­va­m a­sā­dṛ­śyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 320,19na syā­t | na hi kiṃ­ci­t ta­thā pa­śyā­mo ya­thā kri­ya­te pa­raiḥ sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­no nta­r ba­hi­r vā va­stu­no nu­bha- TAŚVA-ML 320,20vā­t | ya­di pu­na­r vai­sā­dṛ­śyaṃ va­stu­sva­rū­paṃ ta­tra vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pra­tya­yo va­stu­ny e­va na va­stu­vya­ti­ri­kte vai­sa­dṛ­śye ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 320,21bhā­vā­t ka­lpa­na­yā­nu ta­to po­ddhṛ­te­r vā­nta­ra­ta­yā vai­sā­dṛ­śye vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pra­tya­ya au­pa­cā­ri­ka e­va na mu­khyo ya­to TAŚVA-ML 320,22vai­sā­dṛ­śyāṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­na­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā sā­dṛ­śya­m a­pi va­stu­sva­rū­paṃ ta­tra sa­dṛ­śa­pra­tya­yo va­stu­ny e­va na va­stu­vya- TAŚVA-ML 320,23tti­ri­kte sā­dṛ­śye ta­syā bhā­vāṃ­ta­ra­ta­yā­po­ddhṛ­te sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­me sa­dṛ­śa­pra­tya­yo bho­kta­ry e­va sa mu­khyo ma­taḥ | sā­dṛ- TAŚVA-ML 320,24śyāṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­nā­d a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­kti­r i­ti sa­mā­dhā­naṃ vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­noḥ sa­mā­na­m ā­kṣe­pa­va­d u­pa­la­kṣya­te | ta­to va­stu TAŚVA-ML 320,25sa­tsā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t ta­tra ca pra­va­rta­mā­no vi­ka­lpo va­stu­ni­rbhā­saṃ saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­d a­nu­pa­pla­va e­va pra­tya­kṣa­va­t tā­dṛ- TAŚVA-ML 320,26śā­c ca vi­ka­lpā­l la­kṣya­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­vo vya­va­sthā­pya­mā­no nya­bu­ddhyā­rū­ḍha e­va ya­taḥ sāṃ­vṛ­taḥ syā­t | pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 320,27la­kṣya­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhaḥ sa­nn a­yaṃ jī­vo­pa­yo­ga­yoḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyā­d u­pa­pa­dya­te a­gnyu­ṣṇa­va­t | ka­ści­d ā­ha­ —TAŚVA-ML 320,28no­pa­yo­ga­la­kṣa­ṇo jī­va­s ta­dā­tma­ka­tvā­t vi­pa­rya­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti­, taṃ pra­tyā­ha | nā­ta­s ta­tsi­ddheḥ | u­bha­ya­thā­pi tva­dva­ca- TAŚVA-ML 320,29nā­si­ddheḥ sva­sa­ma­ya­vi­ro­dhā­t ke­na­ci­d vi­jñā­tā­tma­ka­tvā­t ta­dā­tma­ka­sya te­nai­va pa­ri­ṇā­ma­da­rśa­nā­t kṣī­ra­nī­ra­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 320,30niḥ­pa­ri­ṇā­me tv a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­rtha­sva­bhā­va­saṃ­ka­rā­v i­ti | sa cā­ya­m ā­kṣe­paḥ sa­mā­dhā­naṃ na vi­dhe­r jī­vo­pa­yo­ga­yo­s tā­dā- TAŚVA-ML 320,31tmyai­kāṃ­tā­śra­yo na­yā­śra­ya­ś ca pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ | a­trā­pa­raḥ prā­ha­–­u­pa­yo­ga­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r la­kṣya­syā­tma­no saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 320,32baṃ­dhā­t | ta­thā hi | nā­sty ā­tmā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­d a­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d a­kā­rya­tvā­t sva­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇā­di­va­d i­ti | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ | sā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 320,33na­do­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­t | a­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­da­yo hi he­ta­va­s tā­va­d a­si­ddhāḥ pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­ga­mai­r ā­tma­no '­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­syo­pa­laṃ­bhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 320,34yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­sya ta­du­pa­laṃ­bha­ka­syā­nu­mā­na­syā­ga­ma­sya ca pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­ta­sya ni­rṇa­yā­t ta­da­nu­pa­laṃ­bho si­ddha e­va vā a­nai- TAŚVA-ML 320,35kāṃ­ti­ka­ś ca cā­rvā­ka­sya pa­ra­ce­to­vṛ­tti­vi­śe­ṣaiḥ | ta­thā pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­t pū­rva­pū­rva­pa­ryā­ya­he­tu­ka­tvā­d u­tta­ro­tta­rā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 321,01pa­ryā­ya­syā­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d i­ty a­ya­m a­py a­si­ddho he­tuḥ dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­d vi­ru­ddha­ś ca | ta­thā hi | a­sty ā­tmā a­nā­dya­naṃ­to '­kā- TAŚVA-ML 321,02ra­ṇa­tvā­t pṛ­thi­vī­tvā­di­va­t | prā­ga­bhā­ve­na vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya dra­vyā­rthā­de­śe­' nu­pa­pa­dya­mā­na­tvā­d a­nu­tpā- TAŚVA-ML 321,03da­vya­yā­tma­ka­tvā­t sa­rva­dra­vya­sya | pṛ­thi­vī­dra­vyā­di­bhyo '­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­ta­s tu prā­ga­bhā­vaḥ pa­ra­syā­py a­si­ddha e­vā­nya­thā ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 321,04ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pa­ścā­t kā­rya­tvā­d i­ti he­tuḥ so py a­si­ddhaḥ su­khā­de­r ā­tma­kā­rya­sya pa­ryā­yā­rthā­rpa­ṇā­t pra­si­ddheḥ TAŚVA-ML 321,05kā­dā­ci­t kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­vā­d a­kā­rya­tva­m a­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ­, mu­rmu­rā­dya­va­sthe­nā­gni­nā kā­rya­tvā­bhā­vo '­kā­rya­tvaṃ vi­ru­ddhaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 321,06ta­thā hi­–­sa­rva­dā­sty ā­tmā­'­kā­rya­tvā­t pṛ­thi­vī­tvā­di­va­t | na prā­ga­bhā­ve­ta­re­ta­rā­bhā­vo­ta­pa­nnā­bhā­vai­r a­nai­kāṃ­ta­s te­ṣāṃ dra- TAŚVA-ML 321,07vyā­rthā­śra­ya­ṇe nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pa­ryā­yā­rthā­śra­ya­ṇe kā­rya­tvā­t | ku­ṭa­sya hi prā­ga­bhā­vaḥ ku­śū­laḥ sa ca ko­śa­kā­ryaṃ ko­śa­sya TAŚVA-ML 321,08ca śi­va­kaḥ sa ca sthā­sāṃ­ta­ra­kā­rya­m i­ti ku­ṭa­pa­ṭa­yo­r i­ta­re­ta­rā­bhā­vaḥ ku­ṭa­pa­ṭā­tma­ka­tvā­t kā­ryaḥ ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­na­yo- TAŚVA-ML 321,09r a­tyaṃ­tā­bhā­vo pi ce­ta­nā­tma­ka­tvā­t kā­rya i­ti | pa­ra­sya tu pṛ­thi­vyā­di­bhyo rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­tāḥ prā­ga­bhā­vā­da­yo na TAŚVA-ML 321,10saṃ­ty e­vā­nya­thā te­ṣāṃ ta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­the­ta­re­ta­rā­bhā­vā­tyaṃ­tā­bhā­va­yoḥ sa­rva­dā­stī­ti pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t na TAŚVA-ML 321,11tā­bhyā­m a­ne­kāṃ­taḥ sva­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇā­di­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­ś ca sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vi­ka­lpaḥ­, sva­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇā­de­r a­py e­kāṃ­te­na nā­sti­tvā­nu­pa­la­bhya- TAŚVA-ML 321,12mā­na­tvā­dya­si­ddheḥ | go­ma­sta­ka­sa­ma­vā­yi­tve­na hi ya­d a­stī­ti pra­si­ddhaṃ vi­ṣā­ṇaṃ ta­tsva­rā­di­ma­sta­ka­sa­ma­vā­yi­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 321,13nā­stī­ti ni­ścī­ya­te­, me­ṣā­di­sa­ma­vā­yi­tve­na ca pra­si­ddhā­ni ro­mā­ṇi kū­rma­sa­ma­vā­yi­tve­na ca na saṃ­ti­, no­pa- TAŚVA-ML 321,14la­bhyaṃ­te ca va­na­spa­ti­sa­ma­vā­yi­tve­na pra­si­ddhā­sti­tvo­pa­laṃ­bhaṃ ku­su­maṃ ga­ga­na­sa­ma­vā­yi­tve­na nā­sti­tvā­nu­pa­la­bhya- TAŚVA-ML 321,15mā­na­tva­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ na pu­naḥ sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā sa­rva­thā kiṃ­ci­n nā­sti­tvā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ pra­si­ddhaṃ vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 321,16dhā­t | ta­to nā­tma­naḥ sa­rva­thā sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā nā­sti­tve sā­dhye ta­thā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­di­he­tū­nāṃ ni­da­rśa­na­m a­sti sā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 321,17sā­dha­na­vi­ka­lpa­syā­ni­da­rśa­tvā­t | ta­thā­tmā nā­stī­ti pa­kṣa­ś ca pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­bā­dhi­to va­ga­mya­ta i­ti sā­dha­ne TAŚVA-ML 321,18do­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­t nā­taḥ sā­dha­nā­d ā­tma­ni­nha­va­si­ddhi­r ya­to sya no­pa­yo­go la­kṣa­ṇaṃ syā­t | kiṃ ca­, sa e­vā­haṃ dra­ṣṭā TAŚVA-ML 321,19spra­ṣṭā svā­da­yi­tā ghrā­tā śro­tā­nu­sma­rtā ne­ty a­nu­saṃ­dhā­na­pra­tya­yo gṛ­hī­tṛ­kṛ­taḥ ka­ra­ṇe a­vi­jñā­ne­ṣu vā saṃ­bhā­vya­mā- TAŚVA-ML 321,20na­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ sva­vi­ṣa­ya­ni­ya­ta­tvā­t pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­saṃ­kra­mā­bhā­vā­t ga­rbhā­di­ma­ra­ṇa­pa­ryaṃ­to ma­hāṃ­ś cai­ta­nya­vi­va­rto da­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 321,21na­spa­rśa­nā­svā­da­nā­ghrā­ṇa­śra­va­ṇā­nu­sma­ra­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇa­cai­ta­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­śra­yo gṛ­hī­ta­s ta­ddhe­tu­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syai­vā­tma­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 321,22sā­dhi­ta­tvā­d a­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | na cā­yaṃ ni­rhe­tu­kaḥ kā­dā­ci­tka­tvā­d i­ti pa­ri­śe­ṣā­d ā­tma­si­ddhe­ś ca nā­tma­no TAŚVA-ML 321,23bhā­vo yu­ktaḥ | kiṃ ca­, a­sma­dā­de­r ā­tmā­stī­ti pra­tya­yaḥ saṃ­śa­yo vi­pa­rya­yo ya­thā­rtha­ni­śca­yo vā syā­t ? saṃ­śa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 321,24ś ce­t si­ddhaḥ prā­gā­tmā a­nya­thā ta­tsaṃ­śa­yā­yo­gā­t | ka­dā­ci­d a­pra­si­ddha­sthā­ṇu­pu­ru­ṣa­sya pra­ti­pa­ttu­s ta­tsaṃ­śa­yā- TAŚVA-ML 321,25yo­ga­va­t | vi­pa­rya­ya­ś ce­t ta­thā­py ā­tma­si­ddhiḥ ka­dā­ci­d ā­tma­ni vi­pa­rya­ya­sya ta­nni­rṇa­ya­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t | ta­to ya­thā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 321,26ni­rṇa­ya e­vā­ya­m ā­tma­si­ddhiḥ | na­nv e­vaṃ sa­rva­sya sve­ṣṭa­si­ddhiḥ syā­t pra­dhā­nā­di­pra­tya­ya­syā­pi sa­rva­vi­ka­lpe­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 321,27pra­dhā­nā­dya­sti­tva­sā­dha­nā­t­, ta­syai­ta­da­sā­dha­na­tve ka­tha­m ā­tmā­stī­ti pra­tya­ya­syā­tmā­sti­tva­sā­dha­na­tva­m i­ti ka­ści­t | TAŚVA-ML 321,28ta­d a­sa­t | pra­dhā­na­sya sa­ttva­ra­ja­sta­mo­rū­pa­syā­vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t ta­ddha­rma­syai­va ni­tyai­ka­tvā­de­r ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | e­va­m ī­śva­ra- TAŚVA-ML 321,29syā­tma­vi­śe­ṣa­sya bra­hmā­de­r vā­bhi­ma­ta­tvā­t ta­ddha­rma­sya ja­ga­tka­rtu­tvā­de­r a­pā­ka­ra­ṇā­t sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­syā­pi sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 321,30rū­pa­ta­yā ka­dā­ci­t pra­si­ddhe­s ta­sya sa­mya­ktve­na śra­ddhā­na­sya ni­rā­ci­kī­rṣi­ta­tvā­t | sa­rva­thā sa­rva­sya sa­rva­tra saṃ­śa- TAŚVA-ML 321,31ya­vi­pa­rya­yā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | na­nv e­va­m ā­tma­ni sa­ty a­pi no­pa­yo­ga­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­tva­m a­na­va­sthā­nā­d i­ti ce­n na­, u­pa­yo­gā­sā­mā- TAŚVA-ML 321,32nya­syā­va­sthā­pi­ta­tvā­t | pa­rā­pa­ro­pa­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­nu­pa­ra­mā­t ta­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­rva­tho­pa­ra­me pu­na­r a­nu­sma­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 321,33bhā­va­pra­sa­kteḥ | saṃ­tā­ni­ka­tvā­d a­nu­sma­ra­ṇā­di­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­tma­ni­hna­ve saṃ­vṛ­te sa­to nu­sma­ra­ṇā­di­he­tu­tvā­d yo­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 321,34pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­ttve vā nā­ma­mā­tra­bhe­dā­t u­pa­yo­ga­saṃ­baṃ­dho la­kṣa­ṇaṃ jī­va­sya no­pa­yo­ga i­ti ce­t­, sa ta­rhi jī­va­syā- TAŚVA-ML 321,35rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­te­no­pa­yo­ge­na sa saṃ­baṃ­dho ya­di jī­vā­d a­nya­s ta­dā na la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­va­t a­nya­tho­pa­yo­ga­syā­pi la­kṣa­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 322,01tva­si­ddhe­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­te­na saṃ­baṃ­dhe­nā­py a­pa­raḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti ma­taṃ­, ka­tha­m a­na­va­sthā­pa­ri­hā­raḥ ? TAŚVA-ML 322,02su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā ya­di saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhi­naḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­na­nya­tvā­l la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ṣya­te ta­do­pa­yo­ga e­vā­tma­no la­kṣa­ṇa­m i- TAŚVA-ML 322,03ṣya­tāṃ ta­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyo­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 322,04ta­syo­pa­yo­ga­sya bhe­da­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.9 sa dvi­vi­dho ṣṭa­ca­tu­rbhe­daḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 322,06sa u­pa­yo­go dvi­vi­dha­s tā­va­t­, sā­kā­ro jñā­no­pa­yo­gaḥ sa­vi­śe­ṣā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­, ni­rā­kā­ro da­rśa­no­pa­yo­gaḥ TAŚVA-ML 322,07sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | ta­trā­dyo '­ṣṭa­bhe­da­ś ca­tu­rbhe­do nya i­ti saṃ­khyā­vi­śe­ṣo­pā­dā­nā­t pū­rvaṃ jñā­na­m u­ktaṃ a­bhya­rhi­ta­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 322,08n ni­ścī­ya­te | e­ta­tsū­tra­va­ca­nā­d e­va ya­tho­kto­pa­yo­ga­vya­kti­vyā­pi sā­mā­nya­m u­pa­yo­go sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.9.1sa dvi­vi­dho ṣṭa­ca­tu­rbhe­daḥ i­ty u­kteḥ sū­ri­ṇā sva­ya­m | śe­ṣa­bhā­va­tra­yā­tma­tva­syai­ta­lla­kṣya­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 322,10jī­va­syo­pa­yo­ga­sā­mā­nya­m i­ha la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­ścī­ya­te i­ti śe­ṣaḥ­, sa dvi­vi­dha i­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ka­tha­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 322,11a­ṣṭā­bhyo jñā­na­vya­kti­bhya­ś ca­ta­sṛ­bhyo da­rśa­na­vya­kti­bhya­ś cā­nye śe­ṣā a­ṣṭau kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­bhe­dāḥ sa­pta ca kṣā­yi- TAŚVA-ML 322,12ka­bhe­dāḥ pa­ri­gṛ­hyaṃ­te | bhā­va­tra­yaṃ pu­na­r au­pa­śa­mi­kau­da­yi­ka­pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­vi­ka­lpaṃ pra­tye­yaṃ | śe­ṣā­ś ca bhā­va­tra­yaṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 322,13śe­ṣa­bhā­va­tra­yaṃ ta­dā­tmā sva­bhā­vo ya­sya jī­va­sya sa śe­ṣa­bhā­va­tra­yā­tmā ta­sya bhā­vaḥ śe­ṣa­bhā­va­tra­yā­tma­tvaṃ ta­syai­ta- TAŚVA-ML 322,14lla­kṣa­tva­si­ddheḥ pra­ti­pā­di­to­pa­yo­ga­vya­kti­ga­ta­sā­mā­nye­na la­kṣya­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r i­ty a­rthaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 2.9.2e­vaṃ sū­tra­dva­ye­no­ktaṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ la­kṣa­ye­n na­raṃ | kā­yā­d bhe­de­na saṃ­śle­ṣa­m ā­pa­nnā­d a­pi ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 322,16ya­thā ja­lā­na­la­yoḥ saṃ­śle­ṣa­m ā­pa­nna­yo­r a­py u­ṣṇo­da­kā­va­sthā­yāṃ dra­vo­ṣṇa­sva­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ bhi­nnaṃ bhe­daṃ sā­dha­ya­ti TAŚVA-ML 322,17ta­thā kā­yā­tma­noḥ saṃ­śle­ṣa­m ā­pa­nna­yo­r a­pi sū­tra­dva­yo­ktaṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ bhe­daṃ la­kṣa­ye­t sa­rva­tra bhe­da­syai­va bhe­da­vya­va­sthā­he­tu­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 322,18ta­da­bhā­ve pra­ti­bhā­sa­bhe­dā­de­r a­bhe­da­ka­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 322,19ke pu­na­r jī­va­sya bhe­dā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.10 saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo mu­ktā­ś ca |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 322,21jī­va­sye­ty a­nu­va­rta­nā­d bhe­dā bha­vaṃ­tī­ty a­dhyā­hā­raḥ | ā­tmo­pa­ci­ta­ka­rma­va­śā­d ā­tma­no bha­vāṃ­ta­rā­vā­ptiḥ saṃ­sā­raḥ TAŚVA-ML 322,22ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhā­t saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo jī­va­vi­śe­ṣāḥ | ni­ra­sta­dra­vya­bhā­va­baṃ­dhā mu­ktā­s te jī­va­sya sā­mā­nya­to bhi­hi­ta­sya bhe­dā TAŚVA-ML 322,23bha­vaṃ­tī­ti sū­trā­rthaḥ | ta­to no­pa­yo­ge­na la­kṣa­ṇe­nai­ka e­va jī­vo la­kṣya i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.10.1la­kṣyāḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo jī­vā mu­ktā­ś ca ba­ha­vo nya­thā | ta­de­ka­tva­pra­vā­daḥ syā­t sa ca dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dhi­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 322,25saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa i­ti ba­hu­tva­ni­rde­śā­d ba­ha­vo jī­vā la­kṣa­ṇī­yā­s ta­thā mu­ktā­ś ce­ti va­ca­nā­t ta­to na dvaṃ­dva­ni­rde­śo TAŚVA-ML 322,26yu­ktaḥ saṃ­sā­ra­mu­ktā­v i­ti | ta­nni­rde­śe hi saṃ­sā­ry e­ka e­va mu­kta­ś cai­kaḥ pa­ra­mā­tme­ti pra­vā­daḥ pra­sa­jye­ta | na TAŚVA-ML 322,27cā­sau śre­yā­n dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa­s tā­va­d e­ka­tve ja­na­na­ma­ra­ṇa­ka­ra­ṇā­di­ni­ya­mo no­pa­pa­dya­te | bhrāṃ­to TAŚVA-ML 322,28sā­v i­ti ce­n na­, bha­va­ta i­va sa­rva­sya ta­dbhrāṃ­ta­tva­ni­śca­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ma­mai­va ta­nni­śca­ya­s ta­da­vi­dyā­pra­kṣa­yā­d i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 322,29sa­rva­sya ta­da­vi­dyā­pra­kṣa­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t a­nya­thā tv a­nno­bhe­da­pra­sa­kti­r vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sā­t | ma­mā­vi­dyā­pra­kṣa­yo nā­nye- TAŚVA-ML 322,30ṣā­m i­ty a­py a­vi­dyā­vi­la­si­ta­m e­ve­ti ce­t­, sa­rvo py e­vaṃ saṃ­pra­ti­pa­dya­te ta­vai­va i­tthaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttau pa­re­ṣā­m a­pra­ti­pa­ttau tu TAŚVA-ML 322,31na ka­dā­ci­d vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sā­n mu­cya­te | ta­to yaṃ pra­tyā­tma­dṛ­ṣṭe­nā­tma­bhe­de­na bā­dhi­taḥ saṃ­sā­ryā­tmai­ka­tva­vā­daḥ | TAŚVA-ML 322,32ta­the­ṣṭe­nā­pi pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­bhā­vā­di­ne­ti pra­da­rśi­ta­prā­yaṃ | ta­thā mu­ktā­tma­no py e­ka­tve mo­kṣa­sā­dha­nā­bhyā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 322,33vai­pha­lyaṃ­, ta­to nya­sya mu­kta­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | saṃ­bha­ve vā mu­ktā­ne­ka­tva­si­ddhiḥ | yo yaḥ saṃ­sā­rī ni­rvā­ti sa sa pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 323,01mā­tma­ny e­ka­tra lī­ya­ta i­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­syā­ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā ca kṛ­tsna­s ta­de­ka­tva­pra­vā­daḥ i­ty a­sā­v a­pi dṛ­ṣṭe- TAŚVA-ML 323,02ṣṭa­bā­dhi­taḥ | ya­di pu­naḥ saṃ­sā­ri­mu­ktā i­ti dvaṃ­dvo ni­rdi­śya­te ta­dā­py a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ pra­sa­jye­ta saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa e­va TAŚVA-ML 323,03mu­ktāḥ saṃ­sā­ri­mu­ktā i­ti­, ta­thā saṃ­sā­ri­mu­ktai­ka­tva­pra­vā­daḥ syā­t sa ca dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dhi­taḥ­, saṃ­sā­ri­ṇāṃ mu­kta­sva­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 323,04va­ta­yā­śra­ya­saṃ­ve­da­nā­t saṃ­sā­ri­tve­nai­vā­nu­bha­vā­t mu­kti­sā­dha­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhā­c ca mu­kta­syā­pi saṃ­sā­ryā­tma­ka­tvā­pra- TAŚVA-ML 323,05cyu­teḥ | saṃ­sā­ri­mu­kta­m i­ti dvaṃ­dva­ni­rde­śe pi saṃ­sā­ry e­va mu­ktaṃ jī­va­ta­ttva­m i­ty a­ni­ṣṭā­rtha­pra­tī­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­de­ka­tva­pra­vā­da TAŚVA-ML 323,06e­va syā­t­, sa ca dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dhi­ta i­ty u­ktaṃ | ca śa­bdo na­rtha­ka i­ti ce­n na­, i­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­m u­cca­yā­rtha­tvā­t | no TAŚVA-ML 323,07saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ sa­yo­ga­ke­va­li­naḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ no saṃ­sā­rya­saṃ­sā­ri­tva­vya­pe­tā­s tv a­yo­ga­ke­va­li­no bhī­ṣṭā­s te ye­na sa­mu­ccī­yaṃ­te | TAŚVA-ML 323,08no saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa e­ve­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣāṃ saṃ­sā­ri­vai­dha­rmyā­d bha­vāṃ­ta­rā­v ā­pte­r a­bhā­vā­t | mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­vi­ra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 323,09pra­mā­da­ka­ṣā­yā­ṇāṃ saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇā­nā­m a­bhā­vā­t | na cai­va­m a­saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa e­va te­, yo­ga­mā­tra­sya saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 323,10ka­rmā­ga­ma­na­he­toḥ sa­dbhā­vā­t | kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­yāḥ saṃ­yo­ga­ke­va­li­va­n no saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa e­ve­ti ce­n na kiṃ­ci­d a­ni­ṣṭaṃ | a­yo- TAŚVA-ML 323,11ga­ke­va­li­no mu­ktā e­ve­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣāṃ paṃ­cā­śī­ti­ka­rma­pra­kṛ­ti­sa­dbhā­vā­t­, kṛ­tsna­ka­rma­vi­pra­mo­kṣā­bhā­vā­d a­saṃ­sā­ri- TAŚVA-ML 323,12tvā­yo­gā­t | na cai­vaṃ te no saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ ke­va­li­naḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo saṃ­sā­rya­saṃ­sā­ri­tva­vya­pe­tā­ś cā­yo­ga­ke­va­li­no TAŚVA-ML 323,13hī­ṣṭā­s te saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­sya yo­ga­mā­tra­syā­py a­bhā­vā­t ta­ta e­va na saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa­s ta­ttri­ta­ya­vya­pe­tā­s tu ni­ści­yaṃ­te | TAŚVA-ML 323,14ta­thā­nye va­rṇa­yaṃ­ti­–­mu­ktā­nāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­māṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­kra­mā­bhā­vā­d u­pa­yo­ga­sya gu­ṇa­bhā­va­pra­da­rśa­nā­rthaṃ ca­śa­bdo­pā­dā­na­m i­ti­, TAŚVA-ML 323,15ta­tra bu­ddhyā­ma­he te­ṣāṃ ni­tyo­pa­yo­ga­si­ddheḥ pu­na­r u­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­prā­du­rbhā­vā­t | ta­tro­pa­yo­ga­vya­va­hā­rā­bhā­vā­t gu­ṇī­bhū­to tra TAŚVA-ML 323,16bhū­ya yo­ga i­ti ce­ti | saṃ­sā­ri­gra­ha­ṇa­mā­dau ku­ta i­ti ce­t­, saṃ­sā­ri­ṇāṃ ba­hu­vi­ka­lpa­tvā­t ta­tpū­rva­ka­tvā­n mu­kteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 323,17sva­yaṃ ve­dya­tvā­c ce­ty e­ke­, u­tta­ra­tra­ya­pra­tha­maṃ saṃ­sā­ri­pra­paṃ­ca­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rthaṃ ce­ty a­nye |­| TAŚVA-ML 323,18ya­dy e­vaṃ kiṃ vi­śi­ṣṭāḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa i­ty ā­ha sū­traṃ­;­ —TA-ML 2.11 sa­ma­na­skā­ma­na­skāḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 323,20ma­na­so dra­vya­bhā­va­bhe­da­sya sa­nni­dhā­nā­t sa­ma­na­skāḥ ta­da­saṃ­ni­dhā­d a­ma­na­skāḥ | sa­ma­na­skā­ś cā­ma­na­skā­ś ca sa­ma­na- TAŚVA-ML 323,21skā­ma­na­skā i­ti sa­ma­na­ska­gra­ha­ṇa­mā­dau yu­kta­m a­bhya­rhi­ta­tvā­t | saṃ­sā­ri­m u­kta­pra­ka­ra­ṇā­t ya­thā­saṃ­khya­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti TAŚVA-ML 323,22ce­t ta­the­ṣṭa­saṃ­sā­ri­ṇā­m e­va ma­na­ska­tvā­n mu­ktā­nā­m a­ma­na­ska­tvā­d i­ty e­ke | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ | sa­rva­saṃ­sā­ri­ṇāṃ ma­na­ska­tva­pra­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 323,23gā­t | ku­ta­s ta­rhi ya­thā­saṃ­khya­pra­saṃ­gaḥ­, pṛ­tha­gyo­ga­ka­ra­ṇā­t | ya­thā­saṃ­khyaṃ ta­da­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­ṣṭau saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo mu­ktā­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 323,24sa­ma­na­skā­ma­na­skā i­ty e­ka­yo­gaḥ kri­ye­ta u­pa­ri saṃ­sā­ri­va­ca­na­pra­tyā­sa­tte­ś ca | saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa­s tra­sa­sthā­va­rā i­ty a­tra hi TAŚVA-ML 323,25saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa i­ti va­ca­naṃ sa­ma­na­skā­ma­na­skā i­ty a­tra saṃ­ba­dhya­te tra­sa­sthā­va­rā i­ty a­tra ca ma­dhya­stha­tvā­t ta­to na TAŚVA-ML 323,26ya­thā­saṃ­khya­saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ | a­tha­vā saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo mu­ktā­ś ce­ty a­tra saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa i­ti va­ca­na­m a­ne­na saṃ­ba­dhya­te na mu­ktā TAŚVA-ML 323,27i­ti te­ṣāṃ pra­dhā­na­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­n mu­ktā­nā­m a­pra­dhā­na­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­t | ta­thā sa­ti sa­ma­na­skā­ma­na­skāḥ tra­sa­sthā­va­rā i­ti TAŚVA-ML 323,28ya­thā­saṃ­khyā­pra­yo­gaḥ­, sa­rva­tra­sā­nāṃ sa­ma­na­ska­tvā­si­ddheḥ ma­dhya­stha­saṃ­sā­ri­gra­ha­ṇā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhe pi vā pṛ­tha­gyo­ga­ka­ra­ṇā­n na TAŚVA-ML 323,29tra­sa­sthā­va­ra­ya­thā­saṃ­khyā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ syā­t a­nya­thai­ka­m e­va yo­gaṃ ku­rvī­ta­, ta­thā ca dviḥ saṃ­sā­ra­gra­ha­ṇaṃ na syā­t ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 323,30saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa e­va ke­ci­t sa­ma­na­skāḥ ke­ci­d a­ma­na­skā i­ti sū­trā­rtho vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| ku­ta­s te ta­thā ma­tā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.11.1sa­ma­na­skā­ma­na­skā­s te ma­tāḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo dvi­dhā | ta­dve­da­na­sya kā­rya­sya si­ddhe­r i­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 323,32sa­ma­na­skāḥ ke­ci­t saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ śi­kṣā­kri­yā­lā­pa­gra­ha­ṇa­saṃ­ve­da­na­sya kā­rya­sya si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, ke­ci­t pu­na­r a- TAŚVA-ML 323,33ma­na­skāḥ śi­kṣā­dya­grā­hi­ve­da­na­kā­rya­sya si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | i­ty e­tā­va­tā dvi­vi­dhāḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ si­ddhāḥ i­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 324,01vi­śe­ṣa­ta­ś ca | i­he­ṣṭaṃ hi pra­va­ca­naṃ ta­sya vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­ma­na­ske­ta­ra­jī­va­pra­va­ca­naṃ ta­sya vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­ma­na­ske­ta­ra­jī­va­pra- TAŚVA-ML 324,02kā­śi vā­kyaṃ­, saṃ­ti saṃ­jñi­no jī­vāḥ saṃ­ty a­saṃ­jñi­na i­ti | ta­ta­ś ca te vya­va­ti­ṣṭhaṃ­te sa­rva­thā bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 324,03a­tra tra­sā e­va saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ sa­ma­na­skā­ma­na­skā i­ti ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d ā­kū­taṃ­, ta­da­pa­sā­ra­ṇā­yā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.12 saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa­s tra­sa­sthā­va­rāḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 324,05tra­sa­nā­m a­ka­rmo­da­yā­pā­di­ta­vṛ­tta­ya­s tra­sāḥ pra­tye­ta­vyāḥ na pu­na­s tra­syaṃ­tī­ti tra­sāḥ pa­va­nā­dī­nāṃ tra­sa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t TAŚVA-ML 324,06ga­rbhā­di­ṣv a­tra­sa­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­c ca­, sthā­va­ra­nā­m a­ka­rmo­da­yo­pa­ja­ni­ta­vi­śe­ṣāḥ sthā­va­rāḥ | sthā­na­śī­lāḥ sthā­va­rā i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 324,07vā­yvā­dī­nā­m a­sthā­va­ra­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | i­ṣṭa­m e­ve­ti ce­n na­, sa­ma­yā­rthā­na­va­bo­dhā­t | na hi vā­yvā­da­ya­s tra­sā i­ti TAŚVA-ML 324,08sa­ma­yā­rthaḥ | tra­sā­ś ca sthā­va­rā­ś ca tra­sa­sthā­va­rāḥ | tra­sa­gra­ha­ṇa­m ā­dā­v a­lpā­kṣa­ra­tvā­d a­bhya­rhi­ta­tvā­c ca | saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa e­va TAŚVA-ML 324,09tra­sa­sthā­va­rā i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­n mu­ktā­nāṃ ta­dbhā­va­vyu­dā­saḥ­, tra­sa­sthā­va­rā e­va saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­d vi­ka­lpāṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 324,10ni­vṛ­ttiḥ |­| ku­ta pu­na­r e­vaṃ pra­kā­rāḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo vya­va­ti­ṣṭhaṃ­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.12.1tra­sā­s te sthā­va­rā­ś cā­pi ta­da­nya­ta­ra­ni­hna­ve | jī­va­ta­ttva­pra­bhe­dā­nāṃ vya­va­sthā­nā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 324,12sthā­va­rāḥ e­va sa­rve jī­vāḥ pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­tve­na ni­ṣkri­yā­ṇāṃ ca­la­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t tra­sa­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti tra­sa­ni­hna­va­s tā- TAŚVA-ML 324,13va­n na yu­ktaḥ­, sva­ya­m i­ṣṭā­nāṃ jī­va­ta­ttva­pra­bhe­dā­nāṃ vya­va­sthā­nā­pra­si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­rva­ga­tā­tma­ny e­vā­trai­va nā­nā­tma­kā- TAŚVA-ML 324,14rya­pa­ri­sa­mā­ptiḥ | sa­kṛ­nnā­nā­tma­naḥ saṃ­yo­go hi nā­nā­tma­kā­ryaṃ ta­trai­ka­trā­pi pra­yu­jya­te na­bha­si nā­nā­gha­ṭā­di­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 324,15yo­ga­va­t | e­te­na yu­ga­pa­n nā­nā śa­rī­reṃ­dri­ya­saṃ­yo­gaḥ pra­ti­pā­di­taḥ | yu­ga­pa­n nā­nā śa­rī­re­ṣv ā­tma­sa­ma­vā­yi­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 324,16su­kha­duḥ­khā­dī­nā­m a­nu­pa­pa­tti­vi­ro­dhā­t i­ti ce­t­, yu­ga­pa­nnā­nā­bhe­ryā­di­ṣv ā­kā­śa­sa­ma­vā­yi­nāṃ vi­ta­tā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 324,17pa­pa­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­dvi­ro­dha­syā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­thā­vi­dha­śa­bda­kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­dā­n na ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­t su­khā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­dā- TAŚVA-ML 324,18t ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tti­r a­py e­ka­trā­tma­ni mā bhū­t vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sā­d ā­tma­no nā­nā­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 324,19e­vā­kā­śa­nā­nā­tva­m a­stu | pra­de­śa­bhe­do­pa­cā­rā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­vā­tma­ny a­do­ṣaḥ | ja­na­na­ma­ra­ṇā­di­ni­ya­mo pi TAŚVA-ML 324,20sa­rva­ga­tā­tma­vā­di­nāṃ nā­tma­ba­hu­tvaṃ sā­dha­ye­t­, e­ka­trā­pi ta­du­pa­pa­tte­r gha­ṭā­kā­śā­di­ja­na­na­vi­nā­śa­va­t | na hi gha­ṭā- TAŚVA-ML 324,21kā­śa­syo­tpa­ttau pa­ṭā­dyā­kā­śa­syo­tpa­tti­r e­va ta­dā vi­nā­śa­syā­pi da­rśa­nā­t | vi­nā­śe vā na vi­nā­śa e­va TAŚVA-ML 324,22ja­na­na­syā­pi ta­do­pa­laṃ­bhā­t sthi­tau vā na sthi­ti­r e­va vi­nā­śo­tpā­da­yo­r a­pi ta­dā sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t | sa­ti baṃ­dhe na TAŚVA-ML 324,23mo­kṣaḥ sa­ti vā mo­kṣe na baṃ­dha syā­d e­ka­trā­tma­ni vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ā­kā­śe pi sa­ti gha­ṭa­va­ttve gha­ṭāṃ­ta­ra­mo- TAŚVA-ML 324,24kṣā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­ti vā gha­ṭa­vi­śle­ṣe gha­ṭāṃ­ta­ra­vi­śle­ṣa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pra­de­śa­bhe­do­pa­cā­rā­n na ta­tpra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 324,25ta­ta e­vā­tma­ni ta­tpra­saṃ­gaḥ | ka­tha­m e­ka e­vā­tmā ba­ddho mu­kta­ś ca vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ce­t­, ka­tha­m e­ka­m ā­kā­śaṃ gha­ṭā- TAŚVA-ML 324,26di­nā ba­ddhaṃ mu­ktaṃ ca yu­ga­pa­d i­ti sa­mā­na­m e­ta­cco­dya­m | na­bha­saḥ pra­de­śa­bhe­do­pa­ga­me jī­va­syā­py e­ka­sya pra­de­śa­bhe­do TAŚVA-ML 324,27stv i­ti ku­to jī­va­ta­ttva­pra­bhe­da­vya­va­sthā | ta­ta­s tā­m i­ccha­tā kri­yā­vaṃ­to jī­vā­ś ca na­bha­to a­sa­rva­ga­tā e­vā­bhyu- TAŚVA-ML 324,28pa­gaṃ­ta­vyā i­ti tra­sa­si­ddhiḥ | tra­sā e­va na sthā­va­rā i­ti sthā­va­ra­ni­hna­vo pi na śre­yā­n­, jī­va­ta­ttva­pra­bhe­dā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 324,29vya­va­sthā­nā­pra­si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | jī­va­ta­ttva­saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­rā­ṇi hi vya­va­sthā­pa­ya­n na pra­tya­kṣā­d vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m a­rha­ti ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 324,30ta­trā­pra­vṛ­tteḥ | vyā­pā­ra­vyā­hā­ra­liṃ­gā­t sā­dha­ya­tī­ti ce­t na­, su­ṣu­pta­mū­rchi­tāṃ­ḍa­kā­dya­va­sthā­nāṃ saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­rā­ṇā­m a­va- TAŚVA-ML 324,31sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t ta­tra ta­da­bhā­vā­t | ā­kā­ra­vi­śe­ṣā­t ta­tsi­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va va­na­spa­ti­kā­yi­kā­dī­nāṃ sthā­va- TAŚVA-ML 324,32rā­ṇāṃ pra­si­ddhi­r a­stu | kaḥ pu­na­r ā­kā­ra­vi­śe­ṣo va­na­spa­tī­nāṃ ā­hā­ra­lā­bhā­lā­bha­yoḥ pu­ṣṭi­jñā­na­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 324,33ya­di va­na­spa­tī nā­ma­si­ddhi­r ā­tma­nāṃ ta­dā saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­rā­ṇā­m a­pi mū­rchi­tā­dī­nāṃ ku­taḥ si­ddhi­r i­ti jī­va­ta­ttva­pra­bhe­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 324,34vya­va­sthā­pa­ya­taḥ tra­sa­sthā­va­ra­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­ni­hna­vo '­na­bhi­dhe­yaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 325,01ko tra vi­śe­ṣaḥ ? sthā­va­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.13 pṛ­thi­vya­pte­jo­vā­yu­va­na­spa­ta­yaḥ sthā­va­rāḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 325,03pṛ­thi­vī­kā­yi­kā­di­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­ya­va­śā­t pṛ­thi­vyā­da­yo jī­vāḥ pṛ­thi­vī­kā­yi­kā­da­yaḥ sthā­va­rāḥ pra­tye­ta­vyā na TAŚVA-ML 325,04pu­na­r a­jī­vā­s te­ṣā­m a­pra­stu­ta­tvā­t |­| ku­ta­s ta­va bo­ddha­vyā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.13.1jī­vāḥ pṛ­thvī­mu­khā­s ta­tra sthā­va­rāḥ pa­ra­mā­ga­mā­t | su­ni­rbā­dhā­t pra­bo­ddha­vyā yu­ktyā e­keṃ­dri­yā hi te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 325,06saṃ­ti pṛ­thi­vī­kā­yi­kā­da­yo jī­vā i­ty ā­ga­mā­t pṛ­thi­vī­kā­yi­kā­di­si­ddhiḥ | ku­ta­s ta­dā­ga­ma­sya prā­mā­ṇya­ni- TAŚVA-ML 325,07śca­ya i­ti ce­t­, sa­rva­thā bā­dha­ka­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t | na hy a­sya pra­tya­kṣaṃ bā­dha­kaṃ ta­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | pṛ­thi­vyā­da­yo a­ce- TAŚVA-ML 325,08ta­nā e­va vyā­pā­ra­vyā­hā­ra­ra­hi­ta­tvā­d bha­smā­di­va­t i­ty a­nu­mā­naṃ bā­dha­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­sya su­ṣu­ptā­di­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t | TAŚVA-ML 325,09ta­syā­pi pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­yu­ktaṃ sa­mā­dhi­sthe­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t­, pa­kṣa­sya pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | sāṃ­khya­sya mu­ktā­tma­nā vya­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 325,10cā­rā­t pra­tyā­ga­mo bā­dha­ka i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pā­da­nā­t syā­dvā­da­sya pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­ta­sya vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 325,11ta­d e­va­m ā­ga­mā­t su­ni­rbā­dhā­t pṛ­thi­vī­pra­mu­khāḥ sthā­va­rāḥ prā­ṇi­no bo­ddha­vyāḥ | yu­kte­ś ca­, jñā­naṃ kva­ci­d ā­tma­ni pa­ra­ma- TAŚVA-ML 325,12pra­ka­rṣa­m ā­yā­ti a­pa­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­t pa­ri­mā­ṇa­va­d i­ty a­to ya­tra ta­da­pa­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­ta­s te '­smā­ka­m e­keṃ­dri­yāḥ sthā­va­rā TAŚVA-ML 325,13e­va yu­ktyā saṃ­bhā­vi­tāḥ | na­nu ca bha­smā­dā­v a­nā­tma­ny e­va vi­jñā­na­syā­tyaṃ­ti­kā­pa­ka­rṣa­sya si­ddhe­r na sthā­va­ra­si­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 325,14r i­ti ce­n na­, svā­śra­ya e­va jñā­nā­pa­ka­rṣa­da­rśa­nā­t a­nā­tma­ni ta­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­d e­va hā­nya­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pra­dhvaṃ­so hi TAŚVA-ML 325,15hā­niḥ sa­ta e­vo­pa­pa­dya­te nā­sa­to nu­tpa­nna­sya baṃ­dhyā­pu­tra­va­t kva­ci­d ā­tma­ny a­py a­tyaṃ­ta­nā­śo jñā­na­syā­stī­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 325,16sa­to va­stu­na u­tpa­nna­vi­nā­śā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­rma­ṇāṃ ka­tha­m a­tyaṃ­ta­vi­nā­śa i­ti ce­t­, ka e­va­m ā­ha ? te­ṣā­m a­tyaṃ­ta­vi- TAŚVA-ML 325,17nā­śa i­ti | ka­rma­rū­pā­ṇāṃ hi pu­dga­lā­nā­m a­ka­rma­rū­pa­tā­pa­tti­r vi­nā­śaḥ su­va­rṇa­sya ka­ṭa­kā­kā­ra­syā­ka­ṭa­ka­rū­pa­tā­pa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 325,18va­t | ta­to ga­ga­na­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­d ā­ra­bhyā­pa­kṛ­pya­mā­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣaṃ pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ ya­thā pa­ra­mā­ṇau pa­ra­mā­pa­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­ta­prā­ptaṃ si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 325,19ta­thā jñā­na­m a­pi ke­va­lā­d ā­ra­bhyā­pa­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­m e­keṃ­dri­ye­ṣu pa­ra­mā­pa­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­ta­prā­pta­m a­va­sī­ya­te | i­ti yu­kti­ma- TAŚVA-ML 325,20tpṛ­thi­vī­kā­yi­kā­di­sthā­va­ra­jī­va­pra­ti­pā­da­naṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 325,21ke pu­na­r vi­śe­ṣa­ta­s tra­sā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.14 dvīṃ­dri­yā­da­ya­s tra­sāḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 325,23dve spa­rśa­na­ra­sa­ne iṃ­dri­ye ye­ṣāṃ te dvīṃ­dri­yāḥ kṛ­myā­da­ya­s te ā­da­yo ye­ṣāṃ te i­me dvīṃ­dri­yā­da­ya i­ti vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 325,24sthā­vā­ci­nā­di­śa­bde­na ta­dgu­ṇa­saṃ­vi­jñā­na­la­kṣa­ṇā­ny a­pa­dā­rthā vṛ­tti­r a­va­ya­ve­na vi­gra­ho sa­mu­dā­ya­sya vṛ­ttya­rtha­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 325,25te ca pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ si­ddhā e­ve­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.14.1tra­sāḥ pu­naḥ sa­mā­khyā­tāḥ pra­si­ddhā dvīṃ­dri­yā­da­yaḥ | i­ty e­vaṃ paṃ­ca­bhiḥ sū­traiḥ sa­rva­saṃ­sā­ri­saṃ­gra­ha |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 325,27vi­gra­ha­ga­tyā­pa­nna­sya saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo '­saṃ­gra­ha i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi tra­sa­sthā­va­ra­nā­m a­ka­rmo­da­ya­ra­hi­ta­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­dva- TAŚVA-ML 325,28ca­ne­na saṃ­gṛ­hī­ta­tvā­t | so pi nai­keṃ­dri­ya­tvaṃ dvīṃ­dri­yā­di­tvaṃ vā­ti­krā­ma­ti sū­kta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to bha­va­ty e­va TAŚVA-ML 325,29paṃ­ca­bhiḥ sū­traiḥ sa­rva­saṃ­sā­ri­saṃ­gra­haḥ |­| na kā­ni­ci­d iṃ­dri­yā­ṇi ni­ya­tā­ni saṃ­ti ya­t saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d e­keṃ­dri­yā­da­yo vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 325,30ti­ṣṭhaṃ­ta i­ty ā­śaṃ­kāṃ ni­rā­ka­rtu­kā­maḥ sū­ri­r i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.15 paṃ­ceṃ­dri­yā­ṇi |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 325,32saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo jī­va­sya saṃ­tī­ti vā­kyā­rthaḥ | kiṃ pu­na­r iṃ­dri­yaṃ ? iṃ­dre­ṇa ka­rma­ṇā spṛ­ṣṭa­m iṃ­dri­yaṃ spa­rśa­nā­dīṃ­dri- TAŚVA-ML 325,33ya­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­ya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t | iṃ­dra­syā­tma­no liṃ­ga­m iṃ­dri­yaṃ i­ti vā ka­rma­ma­lī­ma­sa­syā­tma­naḥ sva­ya­m a­rthā­nu­pa­la- TAŚVA-ML 326,01bdhya­sa­ma­rtha­sya hi ya­d a­rtho­pa­la­bdhau liṃ­gaṃ ni­mi­ttaṃ ta­diṃ­dri­ya­m i­ti bhā­ṣya­te | na­nv e­va­m ā­tma­no rtha­jñā­na­m iṃ­dri­ya­liṃ­gā- TAŚVA-ML 326,02d u­pa­jā­ya­mā­na­m a­nu­mā­naṃ syā­t | ta­c cā­yu­ktaṃ | liṃ­ga­sya pa­ri­jñā­ne nu­mā­nā­nu­da­yā­t | ta­syā­nu­mā­nāṃ­ta­rā­pa­ri­jñā­ne TAŚVA-ML 326,03'­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­d i­ti ka­ści­t | ta­d a­sa­t | bhā­veṃ­dri­ya­syo­pa­yo­ga­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­tvā­t ta­da­va­laṃ­bi­no rtha­jñā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 326,04si­ddheḥ | na cai­ta­da­nu­mā­naṃ pa­ro­kṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­rū­paṃ­, vi­śa­da­tve­na de­śa­taḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­t | pa­ro­kṣa­sā­mā­nya­m a- TAŚVA-ML 326,05nya­t tu mu­khya­ta­s ta­di­ṣṭa­m e­va pa­ra­pra­tya­yā­pe­kṣa­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tva­va­ca­nā­t |­| ka­thaṃ pu­naḥ paṃ­cai­veṃ­dri­yā­ṇi jī­va­sye­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.15.1paṃ­ceṃ­dri­yā­ṇi jī­va­sya ma­na­so niṃ­dri­ya­tva­taḥ | bu­ddhya­haṃ­kā­ra­yo­r ā­tma­rū­pa­yo­s ta­tpha­la­tva­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.15.2vā­gā­dī­nā­m a­to bhe­dā­si­ddhe­r dhī­sā­dha­na­tva­taḥ | spa­rśā­di­jñā­na­kā­ryā­ṇā­m e­vaṃ­vi­dha­vi­ni­rṇa­yā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 326,08na hi ma­naḥ ṣa­ṣṭha­m iṃ­dri­yaṃ ta­syeṃ­dri­ya­vai­dha­rmyā­d a­niṃ­dri­ya­tva­si­ddheḥ | ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­yā­ṇīṃ­dri­yā­ṇi­, ma­naḥ pu­na­r a­ni- TAŚVA-ML 326,09ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­m i­ti ta­dvai­dha­rmyaṃ pra­si­ddha­m e­va | ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­driṃ­dra­liṃ­ga­tvā­d iṃ­dri­yaṃ ma­na i­ti ce­t­, ta­d a­tra dhū­mā­di­nā­ne- TAŚVA-ML 326,10kāṃ­tā­t | ta­d a­pi hi ka­ra­ṇa­mā­tma­no rtho­pa­la­bdhau liṃ­gaṃ ca bha­va­ti na ceṃ­dri­ya­m i­ti | bu­ddhya­haṃ­kā­ra­yo­r iṃ­dri­ya- TAŚVA-ML 326,11tvā­n na paṃ­cai­veṃ­dri­yā­ṇī­ti ce­t na­, ta­yo­r ā­tma­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­yo­r iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­pha­la­tvā­t | vā­kpā­ṇi­pā­da­pā­yū­pa­sthā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 326,12ka­rmeṃ­dri­ya­tvā­n na paṃ­cai­ve­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ­, te­ṣāṃ spa­rśa­nāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t | ta­trā­naṃ­ta­rbhā­ve ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | paṃ­cā­nā­m e­va bu­ddhi­sā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 326,13na­tvā­c ceṃ­dri­yā­ṇāṃ pāṃ­ca­vi­dhya­ni­rṇa­yaḥ ka­rta­vyaḥ spa­rśā­di­jñā­na­kā­ryā­ṇi hi tā­ni | ta­thā hi­–­spa­rśa­nā­di­jñā­neṃ­dri­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 326,14ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­nāḥ kri­yā­tvā­d iṃ­dri­ya­kri­yā­va­t | sva­saṃ­vi­tti­kri­ya­yā­ne­kāṃ­ta i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā a­pi sa­ma­na­skā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 326,15m aṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t pa­re­ṣāṃ sva­śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | na cai­ka­trā­tma­ni ka­rtṛ­ka­ra­ṇa­rū­pa­vi­ro­dhaḥ pra­tī­ti- TAŚVA-ML 326,16si­ddha­tvā­d i­ti ni­rū­pi­taṃ prā­k | ta­taḥ spa­rśā­di­jñā­ne­bhyaḥ kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣe­bhyaḥ paṃ­ca­bhyaḥ paṃ­ceṃ­dri­yā­ṇī­ti sā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 326,17rthyā­t ma­no niṃ­dri­yaṃ ṣa­ṣṭha­m i­ti sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa ni­ve­di­taṃ bha­va­ti | te­nai­tai­r vya­va­sthi­tai­r yo­go dvi­tri­ca­tuḥ­paṃ­ceṃ­dri­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 326,18saṃ­jñi­na­ś ca tra­sā i­ti ni­ścī­ya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 326,19tā­ni pu­na­r iṃ­dri­yā­ṇi pau­dga­li­kā­ny e­ka­vi­dhā­ny e­ve­ti ka­sya­ci­d ā­kū­ta­m a­pā­ku­rva­nn ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.16 dvi­vi­dhā­ni |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 326,21dviḥ pra­kā­rā­ṇī­ty a­rthaḥ pra­kā­ra­vā­ci­tvā­d vi­dha­śa­bda­sya | śa­ktīṃ­dri­yā­ṇi vya­ktīṃ­dri­yā­ṇi ce­ti dvi­vi­dhā­ni TAŚVA-ML 326,22ke­ci­n ma­nya­te­, mū­rtā­ny a­mū­rtā­ni ve­ty a­pa­re | sū­tra­kā­rā­s tu dra­vyeṃ­dri­yā­ṇi bhā­veṃ­dri­yā­ṇi ce­ti ce­ta­si TAŚVA-ML 326,23ni­dhā­yai­va­m ā­huḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 326,24ya­dy e­vaṃ kā­ni dra­vyeṃ­dri­yā­ṇī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.17 ni­rvṛ­ttyu­pa­ka­ra­ṇe dra­vyeṃ­dri­ya­m |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 326,26ni­rva­rtya­ta i­ti ni­rvṛ­ttiḥ sā dve­dhā bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­bhe­dā­t | ta­tra vi­śu­ddhā­tma­pra­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r a­bhyaṃ­ta­rā ta­syā­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 326,27ka­rmo­da­yā­pā­di­tā­va­sthā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pu­dga­la­pra­ca­yo bā­hyā | u­pa­kri­ya­te ne­ne­ty u­pa­ka­ra­ṇaṃ | ta­d a­pi dvi­vi­dhaṃ bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 326,28bhe­dā­t | ta­tra bā­hyaṃ pa­kṣa­pu­ṭā­di­, kṛ­ṣṇa­sā­ra­m aṃ­ḍa­lā­dya­bhyaṃ­ta­raṃ | ni­rvṛ­tti­ś co­pa­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ca ni­rvṛ­ttyu­pa­ka­ra­ṇe dra­vyeṃ­dri- TAŚVA-ML 326,29ya­m i­ti jā­tya­pe­kṣa­yai­ka­va­ca­naṃ |­| ku­taḥ pu­na­s tā­ni pra­ti­pa­dyaṃ­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.17.1dvi­vi­dhā­ny e­va ni­rvṛ­tti­sva­bhā­vā­ny a­nu­mi­nva­te | si­ddho­pa­ka­ra­ṇā­tmā­ni ta­ccyu­tau ta­dvi­da­cyu­teḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 326,31bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ro­pa­ka­ra­ṇeṃ­dri­yā­ṇi tā­va­t pra­si­ddhā­ny e­va ta­dvyā­pā­rā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­nāṃ spa­rśā­di­jñā­nā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 326,32m u­pa­laṃ­bhā­t | bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­ni­rvṛ­tti­sva­bhā­vā­ni ceṃ­dri­yā­ṇi ta­ta e­vā­nu­mī­yaṃ­te vyā­pā­ra­va­tsv a­py u­pa­ka­ra­ṇeṃ­dri­ye­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 326,33vi­ṣa­yā­lo­ka­ma­na­ssu ca saṃ­ni­hi­te­ṣu sa­ty a­pi ca bhā­veṃ­dri­ye ka­dā­ci­t spa­rśā­di­jñā­nā­nu­tpa­tte­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­s ta­ccyu- TAŚVA-ML 326,34tā­v e­va ta­dvi­da­ś cyu­ti­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 327,01kā­ni pu­na­r bhā­veṃ­dri­yā­ṇī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.18 la­bdhyu­pa­yo­gau bhā­veṃ­dri­ya­m |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 327,03iṃ­dri­ya­ni­vṛ­tti­he­tuḥ kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣo la­bdhiḥ ta­nni­mi­ttaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa u­pa­yo­gaḥ la­bdhi­ś co­pa­yo- TAŚVA-ML 327,04ga­ś ca la­bdhyu­pa­yo­gau bhā­veṃ­dri­ya­m i­ti jā­tya­pe­kṣa­yai­ka­va­ca­naṃ | ku­taḥ pu­na­s tā­ni pa­rī­kṣa­kā jā­na­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.18.1bhā­veṃ­dri­yā­ṇi la­bdhyā­tmo­pa­yo­gā­tmā­ni jā­na­te | svā­rtha­saṃ­vi­di yo­gya­tvā­d vyā­pṛ­ta­tvā­c ca saṃ­vi­daḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 327,06la­bdhi­sva­bhā­vā­ni tā­va­d bhā­veṃ­dri­yā­ṇi svā­rtha­saṃ­vi­ttau yo­gya­tvā­d ā­tma­naḥ pra­ti­pa­dyaṃ­te | na hi ta­trā­yo­gya­syā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 327,07na­s ta­du­tpa­tti­r ā­kā­śa­va­t svā­rtha­saṃ­vi­dyo­gya­tai­va ca la­bdhi­r i­ti la­bdhīṃ­dri­ya­si­ddhiḥ | u­pa­yo­ga­sva­bhā­vā­ni pu­naḥ svā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 327,08saṃ­vi­do vyā­pṛ­ta­tvā­n ni­ści­nvaṃ­ti | na hy a­vyā­pṛ­tā­ni spa­rśā­di­saṃ­ve­da­nā­ni puṃ­saḥ spa­rśā­di­pra­kā­śa­kā­ni bha­vi­tu­m a­rhaṃ­ti TAŚVA-ML 327,09su­ṣu­ptyā­dī­nā­m a­pi ta­tpra­kā­śa­ka­pra­saṃ­gā­t | svā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ne vyā­pṛ­ta­sya saṃ­ve­da­na­syo­pa­yo­ga­tve pha­la­tvā­d iṃ­dri­ya­tvā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 327,10pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, kā­ra­ṇa­dha­rma­sya kā­ryā­nu­vṛ­tteḥ | na hi pā­va­ka­sya pra­kā­śa­ka­tve ta­tkā­rya­sya pra­dī­pa­sya pra­kā­śa­ka­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 327,11vi­ru­dhya­te | na ca ye­nai­va sva­bhā­ve­no­pa­yo­ga­syeṃ­dri­ya­tvaṃ te­nai­va pha­la­tva­m i­ṣya­te ya­to vi­ro­dhaḥ syā­t sā­dha­ka­ta­ma- TAŚVA-ML 327,12tva­sva­bhā­ve­na hi ta­syeṃ­dri­ya­vya­pa­de­śaḥ kri­yā­rū­pa­ta­yā tu pha­la­tvaṃ pra­dī­pa­va­t | pra­dī­paḥ pra­kā­śā­tma­nā pra­kā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 327,13ya­tī­ty a­tra hi sā­dha­ka­ta­maḥ pra­kā­śā­tmā ka­ra­ṇaṃ kri­yā­tmā pha­laṃ sva­taṃ­trā­tmā ka­rte­ti pra­rū­pi­ta­prā­yaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 327,14kiṃ vya­pa­de­śa­la­kṣa­ṇā­ni tā­nīṃ­di­yā­ṇī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.19 spa­rśa­na­ra­sa­na­ghrā­ṇa­ca­kṣuḥ­śro­trā­ṇi |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 327,16spa­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ pā­ra­taṃ­tryā­t ka­rtṛ­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ ca svā­taṃ­tryā­d ba­hu­tva­va­ca­nā­t | te­nā­nva­rtha­saṃ­jñā- TAŚVA-ML 327,17ka­ra­ṇā­d e­vaṃ vya­pa­de­śā­ny e­vaṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­ni ca paṃ­ceṃ­dri­yā­ṇī­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ ka­rta­vyaḥ | spa­rśa­na­sya gra­ha­ṇa­mā­dau śa­rī­ra­vyā- TAŚVA-ML 327,18pi­tvā­t­, va­na­spa­tyaṃ­tā­nā­m e­ka­m i­ty a­trā­bhī­ṣṭa­tvā­t sa­rva­saṃ­sā­ri­ṣū­pa­la­bdhe­ś ca | ta­to ra­sa­na­ghrā­ṇa­ca­kṣu­ṣāṃ kra­ma­va­ca- TAŚVA-ML 327,19na­m u­tta­ro­tta­rā­lpa­tvā­t­, śro­tra­syāṃ­te va­ca­naṃ ba­hū­pa­kā­ri­tvā­t | ra­sa­na­m a­pi va­ktṛ­tve­na ba­hū­pa­kā­rī­ti ce­t na­, TAŚVA-ML 327,20te­na śro­tra­pra­ṇā­li­kā­pā­di­ta­syo­pa­de­śa­syo­ccā­ra­ṇā­t ta­tpā­ra­taṃ­trya­svī­ka­ra­ṇā­t | sa­rva­jñe ta­da­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 327,21iṃ­dri­yā­di­ka­ra­ṇā­t | na hi sa­rva­jña­sya śa­bdo­ccā­ra­ṇe ra­sa­na­vyā­pā­ro sti tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­yo­pa­ja­ni­ta­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 327,22bha­ga­va­ttī­rtha­ka­rā­va­ga­ma­sya ka­ra­ṇa­vyā­pā­rā­pe­kṣa­tve kra­ma­pra­vṛ­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­ka­la­vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa­yā­n na kra­ma­pra­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 327,23s ta­sye­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va ka­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣā­pi mā bhū­t | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ śro­tra­syāṃ­te va­ca­naṃ ba­hū­pa­kā­ri­tvā­d i­ti | e­kai- TAŚVA-ML 327,24ka­vṛ­ddhi­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ vā spa­rśa­nā­di­kra­ma­va­ca­naṃ |­| ku­taḥ pu­naḥ spa­rśa­nā­dī­ni jī­va­sya ka­ra­ṇā­ny a­rtho­pa­la­bdhā­v i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.19.1spa­rśa­nā­dī­ni tā­ny ā­huḥ ka­rtuḥ sāṃ­ni­dhya­vṛ­tti­taḥ | kri­yā­yāṃ ka­ra­ṇā­nī­ha ka­rma­vai­ci­trya­ta­s ta­thā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 327,26spa­rśa­nā­dī­ni dra­vyeṃ­dri­yā­ṇi tā­va­n nā­ma­ka­rma­ṇo vai­ci­tryā­dyu­pa­la­bdhe­r ā­tma­naḥ spa­rśā­di­pa­ri­cche­da­na­kri­yā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 327,27vyā­pri­ya­mā­ṇa­sya sāṃ­ni­dhye­na vṛ­tteḥ ka­ra­ṇā­ni lo­ke pra­tī­yaṃ­te | bhā­veṃ­dri­yā­ṇi pu­na­s ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 327,28yo­pa­śa­ma­sya vai­ci­tryā­d i­ti maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, te­ṣāṃ pa­ra­spa­raṃ ta­dva­ta­ś ca bhe­dā­bhe­daṃ pra­tya­ne­kāṃ­to­pa­pa­tteḥ | na hi pa­ra­spa­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 327,29tā­va­d i­driṃ­yā­ṇā­m a­bhe­dai­kāṃ­taḥ spa­rśa­ne­na spa­rśa­sye­va ra­sā­dī­nā­m a­pi gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­kte­r iṃ­dri­yāṃ­ta­ra­pra­ka­lpa­nā­na­rtha­kyā­t | TAŚVA-ML 327,30ka­sya­ci­d vai­ka­lye sā­ka­lye vā sa­rve­ṣāṃ vai­ka­lya­sya sā­ka­lya­sya vā pra­saṃ­gā­t | nā­pi bhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­s te­ṣā­m e­ka­tva­saṃ­ka­la- TAŚVA-ML 327,31na­jñā­na­ja­na­ka­tvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­reṃ­dri­ya­va­t ma­na­s ta­sya ja­na­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, iṃ­dri­ya­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­sya ta­jja­na­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 327,32saṃ­bha­vā­t | iṃ­dri­yā­pe­kṣaṃ ma­no­nu­saṃ­dhā­na­sya ja­na­ka­m i­ti ce­t­, saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­reṃ­dri­yā­pe­kṣaṃ ku­to na ja­na­kaṃ ? pra­tyā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 327,33tte­r a­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, a­tra kā pra­tyā­sa­ttiḥ ? a­nya­trai­kā­tma­tā­dā­tmyā­d de­śa­kā­la­bhā­va­sya pra­tyā­sa­ttī­nāṃ vya­bhi­cā- TAŚVA-ML 328,01rā­t | ta­taḥ spa­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­raṃ syā­d a­bhe­do dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­t­, syā­d bhe­daḥ pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­t | e­te­na te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 328,02ta­dva­to bhe­dā­bhe­dai­kāṃ­tau pra­tyu­ktau | ā­tma­naḥ ka­ra­ṇā­nā­m a­bhe­dai­kāṃ­te ka­rtṛ­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­c cā­tma­va­t | ā­tma­no vā ka­ra- TAŚVA-ML 328,03ṇa­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ­, u­bha­yo­r u­bha­yā­tma­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­go vā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­ta­s te­ṣāṃ bhe­dai­kāṃ­te cā­tma­naḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vaḥ TAŚVA-ML 328,04saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­ka­ra­ṇa­va­t vi­pa­rya­yo ve­ty a­ne­kāṃ­ta e­vā­śra­ya­ṇī­yaḥ­, pra­tī­ti­sa­dbhā­vā­d bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­c ca | ta­thā dra­vyeṃ- TAŚVA-ML 328,05dri­yā­ṇā­m a­pi pa­ra­spa­raṃ svā­raṃ­bha­ka­pu­dga­la­dra­vyā­c ca bhe­dā­bhe­daṃ pra­tya­ne­kāṃ­to va­bo­ddha­vyaḥ pu­dga­la­dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­d a­bhe­do- TAŚVA-ML 328,06pa­pa­tteḥ | pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­t te­ṣāṃ bhe­do­pa­pa­tte­ś ca |­| TAŚV-ML 2.19.2i­tīṃ­dri­yā­ṇi bhe­de­na vyā­khyā­tā­ni ma­tāṃ­ta­raṃ | vya­va­ci­cchi­tsu­bhiḥ paṃ­ca­sū­tryā yu­ktyā­ga­mā­nvi­taiḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 328,08i­dā­nī­m iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­pra­da­rśa­ne ka­rta­vye­, ke tā­va­d iṃ­dri­ya­vi­ṣa­yā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.20 spa­rśa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dha­va­rṇa­śa­bdā­s ta­da­rthāḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 328,10spa­rśā­dī­nāṃ ka­rma­bhā­va­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­vi­va­kṣo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­ccha­bdā­d iṃ­dri­ya­pa­rā­ma­rśaḥ te­ṣā­m a­rthā­s ta­da­rthāḥ TAŚVA-ML 328,11spa­rśā­dī­nāṃ ka­rma­vi­ṣa­yāḥ spa­rśā­da­ya i­ty a­rthaḥ | ta­da­rthā i­ti vṛ­ttya­nu­pa­pa­tti­r a­sā­ma­rthyā­d i­ti ce­t­, na cā­tra TAŚVA-ML 328,12ga­ma­ka­tvā­t ni­tya­sā­pe­kṣe­ṣu saṃ­baṃ­dhi­śa­bda­va­t | ya e­va hi vā­kye rthaḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te sa e­va vṛ­ttā­v i­ti ga­ma­ka­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 328,13ni­tya­sā­pe­kṣe­ṣu saṃ­baṃ­dhi­śa­bde­ṣu ka­thi­taṃ­, ya­thā de­va­da­tta­sya gu­ru­ku­laṃ de­va­da­tta­sya gu­ru­pu­traḥ de­va­da­tta­sya dā­sa­bhā­rye­ti | TAŚVA-ML 328,14ta­the­hā­pi ta­ccha­bda­sya spa­rśa­nā­di­sā­pe­kṣa­tve pi ga­ma­ka­tvā­t vṛ­tti­r ve­di­ta­vyā | spa­rśā­dī­nā­m ā­nu­pū­rvye­ṇa ni­rde­śaḥ TAŚVA-ML 328,15iṃ­dri­ya­kra­mā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­rthaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 328,16kiṃ pu­naḥ spa­rśā­da­yo dra­vyā­tma­kā e­va pa­ryā­yā­tma­kā e­va ce­ti du­rā­śaṃ­kāṃ ni­rā­ka­ro­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.20.1spa­rśā­da­ya­s ta­da­rthāḥ syu­r dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­tā­rha­taḥ | dra­vyai­kāṃ­te kri­yā­yāḥ syā­t sa­rva­thā kū­rma­ro­ma­va­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.20.2ta­thai­va pa­rya­yai­kāṃ­te bhe­dai­kāṃ­te '­na­yo­r a­pi | a­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­nā te­ṣāṃ ni­rbā­dha­m u­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 328,19ta­to a­ne­kā­tma­na e­va spa­rśā­da­yaḥ spa­rśā­dī­nāṃ vi­ṣa­ya­bhā­va­m a­nu­bha­vaṃ­ti nā­nya­thā pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 328,20a­thā­niṃ­dri­ya­sya ko vi­ṣa­ya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.21 śru­ta­m a­niṃ­dri­ya­sya |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 328,22a­rtha i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ sā­ma­rthyā­t | na­nu cā­śrū­ya­mā­ṇa­m a­niṃ­dri­ya­m a­tra ta­t ka­thaṃ ta­sya vi­ṣa­yo ni­rū­pya­te TAŚVA-ML 328,23i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.21.1sā­ma­rthyā­d ga­mya­mā­na­syā­niṃ­dri­ya­sye­ha sū­tri­taḥ | śru­ta­m a­rthaḥ śru­ta­jñā­na­ga­myaṃ va­stu ta­d u­cya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 328,25paṃ­cai­veṃ­dri­yā­ṇī­ti va­da­tā ma­no­niṃ­dri­ya­m aṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇaṃ sā­ma­rthyā­d i­ty u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti ta­sya ca vi­ṣa­yaḥ śru­ta­m i­tī­ha TAŚVA-ML 328,26sū­tra­ya­to na sū­tra­kā­ra­sya vi­ro­dhaḥ | śru­taṃ pu­naḥ śru­ta­jñā­na­sa­ma­dhi­ga­myaṃ va­stū­cya­te vi­ṣa­ye vi­ṣa­yi­ṇa u­pa­cā- TAŚVA-ML 328,27rā­t | ma­ti­jñā­na­pa­ri­cche­dyaṃ va­stu ka­tha­m a­ni­ndri­ya­sya vi­ṣa­ya i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi śru­ta­jñā­na­pa­ri­cche­dya­tvā­na­ti- TAŚVA-ML 328,28kra­mā­t | a­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­ke­va­la­jñā­na­pa­ri­cche­dya­m a­pi śru­ta­jñā­na­pa­ri­cche­dya­tvā­d a­niṃ­dri­ya­sya vi­ṣa­yaḥ syā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 328,29ce­t­, na kiṃ­ci­d a­ni­ṣṭaṃ | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 2.21.2ma­no­mā­tra­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t śru­ta­jñā­na­sya kā­rtsnya­taḥ | spa­rśa­nā­dīṃ­dri­ya­jñe­ya­s ta­da­rtho hi ni­ya­mya­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 328,31a­tra spa­rśa­nā­dīṃ­dri­ya­pa­ri­cche­dyaḥ ta­syā­ni­ya­ta­tvā­t | sā­ka­lye­na śru­ta­jñā­na­mā­tra­ni­mi­ttā­t pa­ri­cchi­dya­mā- TAŚVA-ML 328,32na­sya va­stu­naḥ śru­ta­śa­bde­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ sa­rva­m a­niṃ­dri­ya­sye­ti va­kta­vyaṃ spa­ṣṭa­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, pa­ro­kṣa­tva­jñā- TAŚVA-ML 329,01pa­nā­rtha­tvā­c chru­ta­va­ca­na­sya | na hi ya­thā ke­va­laṃ sa­rvaṃ sā­kṣā­t pa­ri­cchi­na­tti ta­thā­niṃ­dri­yaṃ ta­syā­vi­śa­da­rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 329,02ta­yā­rtha­pa­ri­cche­da­ka­tvā­t | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ śru­ta­m a­niṃ­dri­ya­sye­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 329,03ki­ma­rtha­m iṃ­dri­ya­ma­na­sāṃ vi­ṣa­ya­pra­rū­pa­ṇa­m a­tra kṛ­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.21.3i­ti sū­tra­dva­ye­nā­kṣa­ma­no­rthā­nāṃ pra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ | kṛ­taṃ ta­jja­nma­vi­jñā­na­ni­rā­laṃ­ba­na­tā­chi­de |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 329,05ke­ṣāṃ pu­naḥ prā­ṇi­nāṃ ki­m iṃ­dri­ya­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.22 va­na­spa­tyaṃ­tā­nā­m e­ka­m |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 329,07va­na­spa­ti­r aṃ­to­va­sā­naṃ ye­ṣāṃ te va­na­spa­tyaṃ­tāḥ sā­ma­rthyā­t pṛ­thi­vyā­da­ya i­ti ga­myaṃ­te te­ṣā­m e­kaṃ pra­tha­ma­m iṃ­dri­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 329,08spa­rśa­na­m i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m |­| ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.22.1va­na­spa­tyaṃ­ta­jī­vā­nā­m e­kaṃ spa­rśa­na­m iṃ­dri­yaṃ | ta­jja­jñā­na­ni­mi­ttā­yāḥ pra­vṛ­tte­r u­pa­laṃ­bha­nā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 329,10ya­thā­sma­dā­dī­nāṃ spa­rśa­na­ja­jñā­na­ni­mi­ttā­hi­ta­sya saṃ­gra­ha­ṇa­pa­ri­tyā­ga­la­kṣa­ṇā pra­vṛ­tti­r u­pa­la­bhya­te ta­thā va­na­spa­tī- TAŚVA-ML 329,11nā­m a­pi so­pa­la­bhya­mā­nā spa­rśa­na­ja­jñā­na­pū­rva­ka­tvaṃ ca sā­dha­ya­ti ta­jjaṃ ca jñā­naṃ spa­rśa­na­m i­ndri­ya­m i­ti ni­rbā­dhaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 329,12ta­dva­tpṛ­thi­vyā­di­jī­vā­nā­m e­ka­m iṃ­dri­yaṃ saṃ­bhā­vya­te bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 329,13ke­ṣāṃ dvyā­dīṃ­dri­ya­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.23 kṛ­mi­pi­pī­li­kā­bhra­ma­ra­ma­nu­ṣyā­dī­nā­m e­kai­ka­vṛ­ddhā­ni |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 329,15e­kai­ka­m i­ti vī­psā­ni­rde­śā­d vṛ­ddhā­nī­ti ba­hu­tva­ni­rde­śā­c ca vā­kyāṃ­ta­ro­pa­pla­vaṃ ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.23.1ta­thā kṛ­mi­pra­kā­rā­ṇāṃ ra­sa­ne­nā­dhi­kaṃ ma­taṃ | vṛ­ddhe pi­pī­li­kā­dī­nāṃ te ghrā­ṇe­na ni­rū­pya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.23.2ca­kṣu­ṣā tā­ni vṛ­ddhā­ni bhra­ma­rā­di­śa­rī­ri­ṇāṃ | śro­tre­ṇā­nu ma­nu­ṣyā­di­jī­vā­nāṃ tā­ni ni­śca­yā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.23.3ta­tta­ddhe­tu­ka­vi­jñā­na­mū­lā­nā­m u­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ | vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu pra­vṛ­ttī­nāṃ sva­smi­nn i­va vi­pa­ści­tā­m |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 329,19ke pu­naḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ sa­ma­na­skāḥ ke vā­'­ma­na­skā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.24 saṃ­jñi­naḥ sa­ma­na­skāḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 329,21sā­ma­rthyā­d a­saṃ­jñi­no a­ma­na­skā i­ti sū­tri­taṃ­, te­nā­ma­na­skā e­va sa­rve saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ sa­rve sa­ma­na­skā e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 329,22ni­ra­staṃ bha­va­ti |­| ku­taḥ pu­naḥ saṃ­jñi­nāṃ sa­ma­na­ska­tvaṃ si­ddha­m i­ty u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.24.1saṃ­jñi­nāṃ sa­ma­na­ska­tvaṃ saṃ­jñā­yāḥ pra­ti­pa­tti­taḥ | sā hi śi­kṣā­kri­yā­lā­pa­gra­ha­ṇaṃ mu­ni­bhi­r ma­tā |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.24.2nā­nā­di­bha­va­saṃ­bhū­ta­vi­ṣa­yā­nu­bha­vo­dbha­vā | sā­mā­nya­dhā­ra­ṇā­hā­ra­saṃ­jñā­dī­nā­ma­dhī­r a­pi |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 329,25na hy a­ma­na­skā­nāṃ śi­kṣā­kri­yā­lā­pa­gra­ha­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇā saṃ­jñā saṃ­bha­va­ti ya­ta­s ta­du­pa­la­bdheḥ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t sa­ma­na­ska­tvaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 329,26si­ddhye­t | na cā­ma­na­skā­nāṃ sma­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nyā­bhā­vo '­nā­di­bha­va­saṃ­bhū­ta­vi­ṣa­yā­nu­bha­vo­dbha­vā­yāḥ sā­mā­nya­dhā­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 329,27yā­s ta­ddhe­toḥ sa­dbhā­vā­t ā­hā­ra­saṃ­jñā­di­si­ddheḥ pra­vṛ­tti­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­la­bdheḥ | na ca sai­va saṃ­jñā mu­ni­bhi­r i­ṣṭā TAŚVA-ML 329,28smṛ­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­mi­ttā­yā­s ta­syāḥ pra­kā­śa­nā­t | e­te­na ya­d u­ktaṃ kai­ści­d a­ma­na­skā­nāṃ sma­ra­ṇā­bhā­ve py a­bhi­lā­ṣa­si­ddhe- TAŚVA-ML 329,29s ta­da­ha­rjā­ta­dā­ra­ka­sya sta­nyā­bhi­mu­khaṃ mu­kha­ma­rja­ya­to bhi­lā­ṣaḥ sma­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­ko '­bhi­lā­ṣa­tvā­t a­sma­dā­dya­bhi­lā­ṣa­va­d i­ty a­tra TAŚVA-ML 329,30he­to­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvā­t pa­ra­lo­kā­si­ddhiḥ | ta­thā ca na smṛ­te­r a­bhi­lā­ṣo sti vi­nā­śo pi da­rśa­nā­t | ta­d dhi TAŚVA-ML 329,31ja­nmāṃ­ta­rā­n nā­yaṃ jā­ta­mā­tre pi la­kṣya­te i­ty a­ka­laṃ­ka­va­ca­na­m a­vi­cā­ra­ca­tu­ra­m ā­yā­taṃ i­ti | ta­d a­pi pra­tyā­khyā­taṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 329,32sma­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nya­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa kva­ci­d a­py a­bhi­lā­ṣā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­ddhe­to­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | na cā­ma­na­ske­ṣu sma­ra­ṇa­sā- TAŚVA-ML 329,33mā­nya­sa­dbhā­vā­t sma­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­sya si­ddhiḥ ta­sya te­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­t | na hi ya­syā­nu­bhū­ta­sma­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nya­m a­sti TAŚVA-ML 330,01ta­sya sma­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣo ni­ya­mā­d u­pa­la­bhya­te vi­śe­ṣa­sa­ma­yā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | vi­śe­ṣa­mā­trā­vi­nā­bhā­ve pi vā na śi­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 330,02kri­yā­lā­pa­gra­ha­ṇa­ni­mi­tta­sma­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhye­t prā­ṇi­mā­tra­sya ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to nā­ma­ma­ti­va­dā­hā- TAŚVA-ML 330,03rā­di­saṃ­jñā ta­ddhe­tu­ś ca smṛ­ti­sā­mā­nyaṃ dhā­ra­ṇā­sā­mā­nyaṃ ca ta­nni­mi­tta­m a­vā­ya­sā­mā­nya­m ī­hā­sā­mā­nya­m a­va­gra­ha­sā­mā­nyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 330,04ca sa­rva­prā­ṇi­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­nā­di­bha­vā­bhyā­sa­saṃ­bhū­ta­m a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, na pu­naḥ kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ni­mi­ttaṃ bhā­va­ma­naḥ ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 330,05pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­prā­ṇi­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā­nu­bhū­ya­mā­na­tvā­t | a­nya­thā sa­rva­tra bhā­va­ma­na­so vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 330,06bhā­va­ma­no '­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā dra­vya­ma­no pi si­ddhya­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.24.3kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­bhe­de­na yu­kto jī­vo nu­ma­nya­te | sa­dbhi­r bhā­va­ma­na­s tā­va­t kai­ści­t saṃ­jñā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.24.4ta­tsa­ddra­vya­ma­no­yu­kta­m ā­tma­naḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tva­taḥ | svā­rtho­pa­laṃ­bha­ne bhā­va­spa­rśa­nā­di­va­d a­tra naḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 330,09na hi saṃ­jñā­vi­śe­ṣā­dṛ­te kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa yu­kto jī­va e­va bhā­va­ma­naḥ kai­ści­d a­nu­mā­tuṃ śa­kya­te | TAŚVA-ML 330,10pra­jñā­me­dhā­deḥ kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­mi­tā­c cha­kya­ta e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi saṃ­jñā­vi­śe­ṣa­rū­pa­tvā­t | ū­hā­po­hā­tmi­kā TAŚVA-ML 330,11hi pra­jñā śi­kṣā­di­kri­yā­gra­ha­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇai­va­, me­dhā pu­naḥ pā­ṭha­gra­ha­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇā­lā­pa­gra­ha­rū­pai­ve­ti | ta­to bhā­va­ma­naḥ si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 330,12dra­vya­ma­na­stvā­t ka­rṣa­ti | ta­thā hi­–­bhā­va­ma­naḥ svā­rtho­pa­la­bdhau dra­vya­ka­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣaṃ bhā­va­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t spa­rśa­nā­di- TAŚVA-ML 330,13bhā­va­ka­ra­ṇa­va­t | ma­na­so '­niṃ­dri­ya­tvā­t ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­n na­, aṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na pra­si­ddheḥ | a­niṃ­dri­ya­tvaṃ tu TAŚVA-ML 330,14pu­na­s ta­syā­ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d i­driṃ­ya­vai­dha­rmyā­t nā­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­, svā­rtho­pa­la­bdhau sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tve­na ka­ra­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 330,15na cai­vaṃ sū­tra­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, paṃ­ceṃ­dri­yā­ṇi dvi­vi­dhā­ni dra­vya­bhā­va­vi­ka­lpā­d i­ty a­trā­niṃ­dri­ya­syā­pi dvi­vi­dha­sya sā­ma­rthya- TAŚVA-ML 330,16si­ddha­tvā­t | śa­rī­ra­vā­ṅma­naḥ­prā­ṇā­pā­nāḥ pu­dga­lā­nā­m i­ty a­tra sū­tre pau­dga­li­ka­sya dra­vya­ma­na­saḥ sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa sva­ya- TAŚVA-ML 330,17m a­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ta­smā­d iṃ­dri­ya­ma­na­sī vi­jñā­na­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ nā­rtho pī­ty a­ka­laṃ­kai­r a­pi dvi­vi­dheṃ­dri­ya­sā­mā­nya­vā­kya­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 330,18dvi­vi­dha­sya ma­na­so bhī­ṣṭa­tvā­t | dra­vya­ma­naḥ­pra­ti­ṣe­dhi­ta­va­ca­na­bhā­vā­c ca ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhe pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­dyu­ktyā­ga­ma­vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 330,19dhā­c ca | ta­trā­ho pu­ru­ṣi­kā­mā­traṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­vi­bhā­vi­ta­si­ddhāṃ­ta­tva­m ā­vi­rbhā­va­ya­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 330,20ka­ści­d ā­ha­–­dra­vya­ma­na e­va bhā­va­ma­no sti ta­c cā­tma­pu­dga­la­vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­m i­ti ta­d a­py a­pa­sā­ra­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.24.5ā­tma­pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­ya­vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ ma­no na tu | dra­vya­m a­sti pa­rai­r u­ktaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­va­ta­s ta­thā |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 330,22bhā­va­ma­no hy ā­tma­pa­ryā­yaḥ ta­sya la­bdhyu­pa­yo­ga­tvā­t | sa­ty a­pi dra­vya­ma­na­si ta­da­bhā­ve svā­rtha­pa­ri­cche­da­prā- TAŚVA-ML 330,23du­rbhā­vā­yo­gā­t ta­tpra­si­ddheḥ | dra­vya­ma­naḥ pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­ya­s ta­du­pa­ka­ra­ṇā­t dra­vyeṃ­dri­ya­va­t | ta­dvya­ti­ri­ktaṃ tu dra­vyāṃ­ta­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 330,24ma­no na śa­kyaṃ pa­raiḥ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ ta­thā pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | yu­ga­pa­jjñā­nā­nu­tpa­tti­r ma­na­so liṃ­ga­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­to TAŚVA-ML 330,25ma­no­mā­tra­sya pra­ti­pa­tti­s ta­ddra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­tvā­si­ddheḥ | pṛ­thi­vyā­di­dra­vya­tva­ni­ṣe­dhā­t pa­ri­śe­ṣā­t ta­sya dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­tva­si­ddhi­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 330,26ce­n nai­ta­t­, ni­ṣe­dhā­si­ddheḥ | ta­thā hi­–­spa­rśa­va­ddra­vya­ma­no '­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tvā­t pa­va­na­va­d i­ti pu­dga­la­dra­vya­tva­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 330,27ku­taḥ ? pa­ri­śe­ṣā­t ta­sya dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­tvaṃ sa­ma­rtha­yi­ṣya­te ca ta­syā­gra­taḥ pau­dga­li­ka­tva­m i­ty a­laṃ pra­saṃ­gā­t | a­trā­nye TAŚVA-ML 330,28dra­vya­ma­no bhā­va­ma­naḥ­sa­hi­taṃ dra­vyaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t spa­rśa­nā­di­dra­vya­ka­ra­ṇa­va­d i­ty ā­ve­da­yaṃ­ti | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ | yo­gi­dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 330,29ma­na­sā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t | yo­gi­no hi dra­vya­ma­naḥ sa­d a­pi na bhā­va­ma­naḥ­sa­hi­taṃ dra­vyeṃ­dri­yaṃ ca na bhā­veṃ­dri­ya­yu­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 330,30kṣā­yi­ka­jñā­ne­na sa­ha kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­sya bhā­va­ma­no­kṣa­sya vi­ro­dhā­t | na ca ke­va­li­no dra­vya­ma­no­kṣā­ṇi na TAŚVA-ML 330,31saṃ­ti ba­hi­r aṃ­ta­r a­py u­bha­ya­thā ca ka­ra­ṇa­m a­vi­ghā­tī­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­to vi­jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­d e­va bhā­va­ma­naḥ sā­dha­nī­yaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 330,32si­ddhā­c ca bhā­va­ma­na­so dra­vya­ma­na­saḥ si­ddhi­r i­ty a­na­va­dyaṃ | ye­ṣāṃ tu prā­ṇi­nāṃ śi­kṣā­kri­yā­lā­pa­gra­ha­ṇa­vi­jñā­na­vi- TAŚVA-ML 330,33śe­ṣā­bhā­vaḥ śa­śva­tta­dbha­ve ni­ści­ta­s te­ṣāṃ saṃ­jñi­tvā­bhā­vā­n na bhā­va­ma­no sti ta­da­bhā­vā­n na dra­vya­ma­no '­nu­mī­ya­ta i­ty a­ma- TAŚVA-ML 330,34na­skā­s te ta­to yu­ktaṃ saṃ­jñi­tvā­saṃ­jñi­tvā­bhyāṃ sa­ma­na­skā­ma­na­ska­tvaṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m |­| TAŚV-ML 2.24.6i­ti sū­tra­tra­ye­ṇā­kṣa­ma­na­sāṃ svā­mi­ni­śca­yaḥ | saṃ­jñya­saṃ­jñi­vi­bhā­ga­ś ca sā­ma­rthyā­d vi­hi­to ṃ­ja­sā |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 331,02ya­thā spa­rśa­na­sya va­na­spa­tyaṃ­tāḥ svā­mi­naḥ kṛ­myā­da­yaḥ ta­sya ra­sa­na­vṛ­ddha­sya­, pi­pī­li­kā­da­ya­s ta­yo­r ghrā­ṇa­vṛ­ddha­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 331,03bhra­ma­rā­da­ya­s te­ṣāṃ ca­kṣu­rvṛ­ddhā­nāṃ­, ma­nu­ṣyā­da­ya­s te­ṣā­m a­pi śro­tra­vṛ­ddhā­nāṃ ta­thā saṃ­jñi­no ma­na­sa i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 331,04ye tu ma­na­so '­svā­mi­naḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa­ste na saṃ­jñi­naḥ i­ti saṃ­jñya­saṃ­jñi­vi­bhā­ga­ś ca pa­ra­mā­rtha­to vi­hi­taḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 331,05ta­d e­va­m ā­hni­kā­rtha­m u­pa­saṃ­ha­ra­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.24.7abi­ti sva­ta­ttvā­di vi­śe­ṣa­rū­pa­to ni­ve­di­taṃ tu vya­va­hā­ra­to na­yā­t | TAŚV-ML 2.24.7cdta­d e­va sā­mā­nya­m a­vāṃ­ta­ro­di­tā­t sva­saṃ­gra­hā­t ta­ddvi­ta­ya­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 331,08pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r a­dhi­ga­ma i­ty u­ktaṃ ta­tra jī­va­sya sva­ta­ttva­m i­ha sā­mā­nyaṃ saṃ­gra­hā­d a­vāṃ­ta­ro­ktā­d a­dhi­ga­taṃ ni­ve­di­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 331,09ta­dbhe­dāḥ pa­rau­pa­śa­mi­kā­da­yo vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­t ya­j jī­va­sya sva­ta­ttvaṃ ta­dau­pa­śa­mi­kā­di­bhe­da­rū­pa­m i­ti | pu­na­r a­py au­pa­śa- TAŚVA-ML 331,10mi­kā­di­sā­mā­nyaṃ ta­tsaṃ­gra­hā­t ta­dbhe­do vya­va­hā­rā­t | ya­d au­pa­śa­mi­ka­sā­mā­nyaṃ ta­ddvi­bhe­daṃ­, ya­t kṣā­yi­ka­sā­mā­nyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 331,11ta­n na­va­bhe­daṃ­, ya­n mi­śra­sā­mā­nyaṃ ta­d a­ṣṭā­da­śa­bhe­daṃ­, ya­d au­da­yi­ka­sā­mā­nyaṃ ta­d e­ka­viṃ­śa­ti­bhe­daṃ­, ya­t pā­ri­ṇā­mi­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 331,12sā­mā­nyaṃ ta­t tri­bhe­daṃ i­ti | pu­na­r a­pi sa­mya­ktvā­di­sāṃ­mā­nyaṃ ta­tsaṃ­gra­hā­t ta­dbhe­do vya­va­hā­rā­d i­ti saṃ­gra­ha­vya­va­hā- TAŚVA-ML 331,13ra­ni­rū­pa­ṇa­pa­raṃ­pa­rā prā­gṛ­ju­sū­trā­d a­va­gaṃ­ta­vyā | sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­kaṃ tu sva­ta­ttvaṃ sa­ka­laṃ pra­dhā­na­bhā­vā­t pra­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 331,14to dhi­ga­taṃ ni­ve­di­taṃ sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa | e­vaṃ jī­va­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ bhe­da iṃ­dri­yaṃ ma­na­s ta­dvi­ṣa­yaḥ ta­tsvā­mī ca sā­mā­nya­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 331,15saṃ­gra­hā­d vi­śe­ṣa­to vya­va­hā­rā­t pra­dhā­na­bhā­vā­rpi­ta­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ pra­mā­ṇā­d a­dhi­ga­mya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 331,16i­ti ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kā­laṃ­kā­re dvi­tī­yā­dhyā­ya­sya pra­tha­ma­m ā­hni­ka­m |­| TA-ML 2.25 vi­gra­ha­ga­tau ka­rma­yo­gaḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 331,18vi­gra­ho de­haḥ ga­ti­r ga­ma­na­kri­yā vi­gra­hā­ya ga­tiḥ vi­gra­ha­ga­tiḥ a­śva­ghā­sā­di­va­d a­tra vṛ­ttiḥ ka­rma kā­rma­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 331,19śa­rī­raṃ ka­rmai­va yo­gaḥ ka­rma­yo­gaḥ | kā­rma­ṇa­śa­rī­rā­laṃ­ba­nā­tma­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­spaṃ­da­rū­pā kri­ye­ty a­rthaḥ | vi­gra­ha­ga­tau ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 331,20yo­go stī­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ­, te­na pū­rvaṃ śa­rī­raṃ pa­ri­tya­jyo­tta­ra­śa­rī­rā­bhi­mu­khaṃ ga­ccha­to jī­va­syāṃ­ta­rā­le ka­rmā­dā­na­si­ddhiḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 331,21ku­taḥ pu­na­r vi­gra­ha­ga­tau jī­va­sya ka­rma­yo­go stī­ti ni­ścī­ya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.25.1ga­tau tu vi­gra­hā­rthā­yāṃ ka­rma­yo­go ma­to nya­thā | te­na saṃ­baṃ­dha­vai­dhu­ryā­d vyo­ma­va­nni­rvṛ­tā­tma­va­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 331,23ye­ṣāṃ vi­gra­ha­ni­mi­ttā­yāṃ ga­tau jī­va­sya ka­rma­yo­go nā­bhi­ma­ta­s te­ṣāṃ ta­dā pa­ścā­d vā nā­tmā pū­rva­ka­rma­saṃ­baṃ­dha­va- TAŚVA-ML 331,24t ka­rma­yo­ga­ra­hi­ta­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­nmu­ktā­tma­baṃ­dho vi­pa­rya­ya­pra­saṃ­go vā ā­tma­naḥ pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­ttvā­t ga­ti­ma­ttvā­bhā­vā­d vi- TAŚVA-ML 331,25gra­ha­ga­ti­r a­si­ddhā | ta­tho­tta­ra­śa­rī­ra­yo­ga e­va pū­rva­śa­rī­ra­vi­yo­ga i­ty e­ka­kā­la­tvā­t ta­yo­r nā­nta­rā­la­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­yo­ga­ra­hi­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 331,26ya­to pū­rva­ka­rma­saṃ­baṃ­dha­bhā­gā­tmā na syā­d i­ti ka­ści­t | taṃ pra­tyā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 2.25.2ga­ti­ma­ttvaṃ pu­na­s ta­sya kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­tva­taḥ | lo­ṣṭha­va­ddhe­tu­dha­rmo sti ta­tra kā­rya­kri­ye­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.25.3sa­rva­ga­tvā­d ga­tiḥ puṃ­saḥ sva­va­n nā­stī­ti ye vi­duḥ | te­ṣāṃ he­tu­r a­si­ddho sya kā­ya­mā­tra­tva­ve­da­nā­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.25.4vi­bhuḥ pu­mā­n a­mū­rta­tve sa­ti ni­tya­tva­taḥ sva­va­t | i­tyā­di he­ta­vo py e­vaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­ha­ta­go­ca­rāḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.25.5he­tu­r ī­śva­ra­bo­dhe­na vya­bhi­cā­rī ca kī­rti­taḥ | ta­syā­mū­rta­tva­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhe­r a­vi­bhu­tā ma­tā |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.25.6a­ni­tyo bha­va­bo­dha­ś ce­n na syā­t ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā | gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­n no ce­t smṛ­tyā­deḥ śā­stra­bā­dhi­tā |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 331,32ga­ti­mā­nā­tmā kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­l lo­ṣṭha­va­t | kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­saṃ­baṃ­dho sty ā­tma­ni kā­ye ta­tkṛ­ta­kri­yo­pa­laṃ­bhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 332,01ya­tra ya­t kṛ­ta­kri­yo­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ ta­tra kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­saṃ­baṃ­dho sti ya­thā va­na­spa­tau vā­yu­kṛ­ta­kri­yo­pa­laṃ­bhā­d vā­yau ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 332,02cā­tma­kṛ­ta­kri­yo­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ kā­ye ta­smā­d ā­tma­ni kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­saṃ­baṃ­dho sti i­ti ni­ścī­ya­te | kaḥ pu­na­r a­sā­v ā­tma­ni TAŚVA-ML 332,03kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇaḥ pra­ya­tnā­diḥ | pra­ya­tna­va­hā hy ā­tma­nā bu­ddhi­pū­rvi­kā kri­yā­kā­ye kri­ya­te­, a­bu­ddhi­pū­rvi­kā tu dha­rmā- TAŚVA-ML 332,04dha­rma­va­tā­nya­thā ta­da­yo­gā­t | na­nu ca kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­yu­ktaḥ ka­ści­d a­nya­tra kri­yā­m ā­ra­bha­mā­ṇaḥ kri­yā­vā­n dṛ­ṣṭo TAŚVA-ML 332,05ya­thā ve­ge­na yu­kto vā­yu­r va­na­spa­tau­, ka­ści­t pu­na­r a­kri­yo ya­thā­kā­śaṃ pa­ta­trī­ṇi ta­thā­tmā kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­yu­kta­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 332,06syā­d a­kri­ya­ś ce­ti nā­yaṃ he­tuḥ kri­yā­va­ttvaṃ sā­dha­ye­d ā­kā­śe­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­t i­ti ka­ści­t­, so trai­vaṃ pa­rya­nu­yo- TAŚVA-ML 332,07kta­vyaḥ | ke­na kri­yā­he­tu­nā gu­ṇe­na yu­kta­m ā­kā­śa­m i­ti ? vā­yu­saṃ­yo­ge­ne­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya kri­yā­he­tu­tvā­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 332,08va­na­spa­tau vā­yu­saṃ­yo­gā­t kri­yā­he­tu­r a­sā­v i­ti ce­n na­, ta­smi­n sa­ty a­py a­bhā­vā­t | vi­śi­ṣṭo vā­yu­saṃ­yo­gaḥ kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 332,09he­tu­r i­ti ce­t­, kaḥ pu­na­r a­sau ? no­da­na­m a­bhi­ghā­ta­ś ce­ti | kiṃ pu­na­r no­da­naṃ ka­ścā­bhi­ghā­taḥ ? ve­ga­va­ddra­vya­saṃ­yo­ga i­ti TAŚVA-ML 332,10ce­t­, ta­rhi ve­ga e­va kri­yā­he­tu­s ta­dbhā­ve bhā­vā­t ta­da­bhā­ve vā­bhā­vā­t na­tv ā­kā­śa­sya ve­go stī­ti na kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 332,11he­tu­gu­ṇa­yu­kta­m ā­kā­śaṃ ta­to na te­na sā­dha­na­sya vya­bhi­cā­raḥ | a­tha ma­taṃ na ga­ti­mā­nā­tmā sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­d ā­kā- TAŚVA-ML 332,12śa­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­d ga­ti­ma­ttva­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­d a­nu­mā­na­vi­ru­ddhaḥ pa­kṣa i­ti | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ­, puṃ­saḥ sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­si­ddheḥ kā­ye TAŚVA-ML 332,13e­va ta­sya saṃ­ve­da­nā­t ta­to ba­hiḥ saṃ­vi­ttya­bhā­vā­t | sa­rva­ga­taḥ pu­mā­n ni­tya­tve sa­tya­mū­rta­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 332,14ce­n na­, a­sya kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvā­t sā­dha­na­sya dha­rmi­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ru­ddha­pa­kṣa­ni­rde­śā­naṃ­ta­ra­pra­yu- TAŚVA-ML 332,15kta­tvā­t śī­to gni­r dra­vya­tvā­t ja­la­va­d i­ty ā­di­va­t | e­te­nā­mū­rta­dra­vya­tvā­t sa­rva­tro­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­gu­ṇa­tvā­d i­ty e­va­m ā­da­yo TAŚVA-ML 332,16he­ta­vaḥ pra­tyā­khyā­tāḥ pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | kiṃ ca­, ni­tya­tve sa­tya­mū­rta­tvā­d i­ty a­yaṃ he­tu­r ī­śva­ra­jñā­ne­na TAŚVA-ML 332,17a­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaḥ ta­syā­sa­rva­ga­ta­syā­pi ni­tya­tvā­mū­rta­tva­si­ddheḥ ni­tyaṃ hī­śva­ra­jñā­na­m a­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­tvā­t su­ra­va­rtma­va­t | ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 332,18sā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tve sa­ti ma­he­śva­ra­sya sa­rvā­rtha­pa­ri­cche­da­vi­ro­dhā­t | yo py ā­ha­, a­ni­tya­m ī­śva­ra­jñā­na­m u­tpa­tti­ma­ttvā­t TAŚVA-ML 332,19ka­la­śā­di­va­t u­tpa­tti­ma­tta­dā­tmāṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­yo­gā­pe­kṣa­tvā­d a­sma­dā­di­jñā­na­va­t | yo­ga­ja­dha­rmā­nu­gra­hī­te­na hi ma­na­se- TAŚVA-ML 332,20śva­ra­sya saṃ­yo­ge sa­ti sa­rvā­rthe jñā­na­m u­tpā­dya­te | na cai­vaṃ­, ta­dā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­va­t saṃ­tā­na­rū­pa­ta­yā­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 332,21yo­ga­saṃ­tā­no hi ma­he­śa­syā­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­taḥ sa­dā rā­gā­di­ma­lai­r a­spṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t a­nā­di­śu­ddhā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­tvā­d bhu­ja­ś ca dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣaḥ TAŚVA-ML 332,22ta­da­nu­gra­ha­ś ca ma­na­saḥ te­na saṃ­yo­ga­ś ce­ti ta­nni­mi­ttaṃ sa­rvā­rtha­jñā­na­m a­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­m u­pa­pa­dya­te pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tvā­c ce­śva­ra­jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 332,23m a­ni­tyaṃ ni­tya­tve ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­gu­ṇa­tvā­c ca ta­da­ni­tyaṃ su­khā­di­va­d i­ti­, ta­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 332,24gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hī­śva­ra­jñā­na­m ā­yā­taṃ | ta­ta­ś ca na pra­mā­ṇaṃ sma­ra­ṇā­di­va­t gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hi­ṇo pi ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tve pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 332,25pla­va­vā­di­nā­m a­nu­bhū­tā­rthe sma­ra­ṇā­deḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­gaḥ ke­na ni­vā­rye­ta | syā­n ma­taṃ­, pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­gra­hī­ta­sya sa­ka- TAŚVA-ML 332,26la­sū­kṣmā­dya­rtha­sya ma­he­śva­ra­jñā­na­saṃ­tā­ne­na gra­ha­ṇā­n na ta­sya gra­hī­ta­grā­hi­tva­m i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t | dhā­rā­vā­hi­jñā­na­syā- TAŚVA-ML 332,27py e­vaṃ gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hi­tvā­bhā­vā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tā­pa­tteḥ | ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­tvo­pa­ga­me ta­thai­va pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­gṛ­hī­ta­tvā­nu­bha­va­sma­ra­ṇa­pra- TAŚVA-ML 332,28tya­bhi­jñā­nā­di­saṃ­tā­na­sya pra­va­rta­mā­na­syā­gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hi­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­stu | ya­di pu­na­r a­nu­bha­vā­dī­nā­m e­ka­saṃ­tā­na­tve TAŚVA-ML 332,29py a­nu­bha­va­gṛ­hī­te­rthe sma­ra­ṇā­deḥ pra­vṛ­tte­r a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ ta­dā pra­tha­ma­jñā­ne­na pa­ri­cchi­nne rthe ta­du­tta­ro­tta­ra­dhā­rā­vā­hi­vi­jñā- TAŚVA-ML 332,30nā­nāṃ ku­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ ? ta­du­pa­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va smṛ­tyā­dī­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­stu sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 332,31bhā­vā­t | ta­thā sa­ti pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­khyā­ni­ya­mo na vya­va­ti­ṣṭhe­te­ty u­ktaṃ pu­ra­stā­t | ta­smā­d a­ne­na gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hi­tvā­t ka- TAŚVA-ML 332,32sya­ci­d vi­jñā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m u­ra­rī­ku­rva­tā ma­he­śva­ra­jñā­na­syā­py u­tta­ro­tta­ra­sya pū­rva­jñā­naṃ pa­ri­cchi­nnā­rtha­grā­hi­tvā­d a­pra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 332,33ṇa­tvaṃ duḥ­śa­kaṃ pa­ri­ha­rtuṃ | ya­d a­py u­ktaṃ­, ma­he­śva­ra­jñā­na­sya ni­tya­tve pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tvā­bhā­va i­ti | ta­d a­py a­yu­ktaṃ | ta­syo- TAŚVA-ML 332,34pa­cā­ra­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ya­thai­va ī­śva­ra­syāṃ­taḥ­kra­ra­ṇa­saṃ­yo­gā­di­sā­ma­grī ni­tya­jñā­na­syā­bhi­vya­kta­tvā­d u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 332,35cā­ra­taḥ pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­thā ta­dvyaṃ­gya­tvā­n ni­tya­syā­pī­śva­ra­jñā­na­syo­pa­cā­ra­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tva­m u­pa­pa­dya­ta e­va | na cā­bhi­vya- TAŚVA-ML 333,01kti­r u­tpa­tti­r e­va sā­mā­nyā­deḥ kha­vya­kti­bhi­r a­bhi­vyaṃ­gya­syo­tpa­ti­ma­ttva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to ni­tya­m e­ve­śva­ra­jñā­na­m i­ti | te­na TAŚVA-ML 333,02he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­ra e­va | bha­va­tu vā ma­he­śva­ra­jñā­na­m a­ni­tyaṃ ta­thā­pi sa­li­la­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­rū­pā­di­bhi­r a­pa­de­śa­syā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā TAŚVA-ML 333,03du­ṣpa­ri­ha­re­ty a­laṃ pra­saṃ­ge­na­, sa­rva­thā­tma­no ga­ti­ma­ttva­sya pra­ti­ṣe­ddhu­m a­śa­kteḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 333,04ka­thaṃ pu­na­r a­śa­rī­ra­syā­tma­no ga­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.26 a­nu­śre­ṇi ga­tiḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 333,06ā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­paṃ­ktiḥ śre­ṇiḥ a­no­rā­nu­pū­rvye vṛ­ttiḥ śre­ṇe­rā­nu­pū­rvye­ṇā­nu­śre­ṇi jī­va­sya pu­dga­la­sya ca ga­ti- TAŚVA-ML 333,07r i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | jī­vā­dhi­kā­rā­t pu­dga­la­syā­saṃ­pra­tya­ya i­ti ce­n na­, pu­na­r ga­ti­gra­ha­ṇā­t ta­tsaṃ­pra­tya­yā­t kri­yāṃ­ta­ra­ni- TAŚVA-ML 333,08vṛ­ttya­rtha­m i­ha ga­ti­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­va­sthā­nā­dya­saṃ­bha­vā­t kri­yāṃ­ta­ra­ni­vṛ­tti­si­ddheḥ | u­tta­ra­sū­tre jī­va­gra­ha­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 333,09c ce­ha śa­rī­ra­pu­dga­la­sya jī­va­syā­nu­śre­ṇi­ga­tiḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | na­nu ca ku­to jī­va­sya cā­nu­śre­ṇi­ga­ti­r ni­ści­tā jyo­ti- TAŚVA-ML 333,10rā­dī­nāṃ niḥ­śre­ṇi­ga­ti­da­rśa­nā­t ta­nni­ya­mā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ka­ści­t | taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.26.1si­ddhā ga­ti­r a­nu­śre­ṇi de­hi­naḥ pa­ra­mā­ga­mā­t | lo­kāṃ­ta­raṃ pra­ti­jñe­yaṃ pu­dga­la­sya ca nā­nya­thā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 333,12kaḥ pu­na­r a­sau pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­s ta­dā­ve­da­kaḥ ku­to vā­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.26.2po­ḍhā pra­kra­ma­yu­kto ya­m ā­tme­ti va­ca­naṃ pu­mā­n | saṃ­pra­dā­yā­t su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 333,14ṣa­ṭpra­kra­ma­yu­kto jī­va i­ti pa­ra­mā­ga­maḥ kha­taḥ saṃ­pra­dā­yā­vi­cche­dā­t pra­mā­ṇaṃ su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­d vā TAŚVA-ML 333,15mo­kṣa­mā­rga­va­d i­ti ni­rū­pi­ta­prā­yaṃ | ta­to jī­va­sya pu­dga­la­sya ca de­śa­kā­la­ni­ya­mā­d a­nu­śre­ṇi ga­tiḥ si­ddhā TAŚVA-ML 333,16bo­ddha­vyā |­| TAŚVA-ML 333,17mu­kta­syā­tma­naḥ kī­dṛ­śī ga­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.27 a­vi­gra­hā jī­va­sya |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 333,19u­tta­ra­sū­tre saṃ­sā­ri­gra­ha­ṇā­d i­ha mu­kta­sya ga­tiḥ | vi­gra­ho vyā­ghā­taḥ kau­ṭi­lya­m i­ti yā­va­t­, na vi­dya­te vi­gra- TAŚVA-ML 333,20ho syā i­ty a­vi­gra­hā mu­kta­sya jī­va­sya ga­ti­r i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ |­| ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.27.1ga­ti­r mu­kta­sya jī­va­syā­vi­gra­hā va­kra­tāṃ pra­ti | ni­mi­ttā­bhā­va­ta­s ta­sya sva­bhā­ve­no­rdhva­ga­tva­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 333,22ū­rdhva­vra­jyā­sva­bhā­vo jī­va i­ti yu­ktyā­ga­mā­bhyā­m u­tta­ra­tra ni­rṇe­ṣya­te­, ta­to mu­kta­syā­nya­tra ga­ma­ne ta­dva­krī­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 333,23ca kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d va­krī­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­d a­vi­gra­hā ga­tiḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 333,24saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ kī­dṛ­śī ga­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.28 vi­gra­ha­va­tī ca saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ prā­k ca­tu­rbhyaḥ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 333,26ca śa­bdā­d a­vi­gra­hā ce­ti sa­mu­cca­yaḥ te­na saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo jī­va­sya nā­vi­gra­ha­ga­te­r a­pa­vā­do­, vi­gra­ha­va­tyā vi­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 333,27nā­d i­ti saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ kā­la­pa­ri­cche­dā­rthaḥ prā­k ca­tu­rbhya i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ā­ṅo gra­ha­ṇaṃ la­ghva­rthaṃ ka­rta­vya­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 333,28ce­n na­, a­bhi­vi­dhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | u­bha­ya­saṃ­bha­ve vyā­khyā­na­to ma­ryā­dā­saṃ­pra­tya­ya i­ti ce­n na­, pra­ti­pa­tte­r gau­ra­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 333,29pra­ti­pa­tti­gau­ra­vā­dva­raṃ graṃ­tha­gau­ra­vaṃ i­ti va­ca­nā­c ca prā­ggra­ha­ṇa­m a­stu |­| ku­ta­ś ca­tu­rbhyaḥ sa­ma­ye­bhyaḥ prā­g e­va vi­gra­ha­va­tī TAŚVA-ML 333,30ga­tiḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo na pu­na­ś ca­tu­rthe sa­ma­ye pa­ra­tre­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.28.1saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ pu­na­r va­krī­bhā­va­yu­ktā ca sā ma­tā | ca­tu­rbhyaḥ sa­ma­ye­bhyaḥ prā­k pa­ra­ta­s ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 333,32tri­va­kra­ga­ti­saṃ­bha­vaḥ ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.28.2ni­ṣku­ṭa­kṣe­tra­saṃ­si­ddhe­s tri­va­kra­ga­ti­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | e­ka­dvi­va­kra­yā ga­tyā kva­ci­d u­tpa­ttya­yo­ga­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 334,01ya­di hy e­ka­va­krā ga­tiḥ syā­d dvi­va­krai­va vā ta­dā ve­trā­sa­nā­dyā­kā­re lo­ke ni­ṣku­ṭa­kṣe­tre kva­ci­t pra­de­śe jī­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 334,02ku­ta­ści­d de­śāṃ­ta­rā­d ā­ga­ta­syo­tpa­tti­r na syā­t |­| sū­kṣma­vā­da­ra­kai­r jī­vaiḥ sa­rvo lo­ko ni­raṃ­ta­raṃ ni­ci­taḥ | bā­da­ra­kai­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 334,03ya­thā saṃ­bha­va­m i­ti pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­va­ca­naṃ | ta­thai­ke­na jī­ve­na sa­rva­lo­kaḥ pra­ti­de­śaṃ kṣe­trī­kṛ­ta i­ti va­krā­va­kra­ma­la­bha­ta | TAŚVA-ML 334,04na­nu dvi­va­kra­yā ga­tyā ya­to ya­tra vyā­ptiḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti ta­ta­s ta­tra jī­va­syo­tpa­tteḥ sa­rva­m a­sa­maṃ­ja­sa­m e­ta­d va­ca­na­m i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 334,05sa­rva­smā­l lo­ka­pra­de­śā­t sa­rva­smi­n lo­ka­pra­de­śāṃ­ta­re jī­va­sya ga­ti­r i­ti si­ddhāṃ­ta­vyā­ha­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 2.28.3ye­ṣāṃ ca ca­tu­ra­sraḥ syā­l lo­ko vṛ­tto pi vā ma­taḥ | ni­ṣku­ṭa­tva­vi­ni­rmu­kta­s te­ṣāṃ sā na tri­va­kra­tā |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 334,07mā bhū­d i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­thā pā­ṇi­mu­ktā lāṃ­ga­li­kā go­mū­tri­kā cai­ka­dvi­tri­va­krā saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo ga­ti­r i­ti si­ddhāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 334,08ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­da­vi­ru­ddha­m a­nu­ru­dhya­mā­naiḥ tri­va­krā tu ga­ti­r a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyā­, na cā­sau ni­ṣku­ṭa­tva­vi­ni­rmu­kte ca­tu­ra­sre TAŚVA-ML 334,09vṛ­tte vā lo­ke saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti na ta­du­pa­de­śa­saṃ­bha­vaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 334,10ki­ya­tsa­ma­yā pu­na­r a­va­krā ga­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.29 e­ka­sa­ma­yā­vi­gra­hā |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 334,12ga­ti­r i­ty a­nu­va­rta­ne­na sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­t strī­liṃ­ga­ni­rde­śaḥ kṛ­taḥ | e­kaḥ sa­ma­yo '­syā i­ty e­ka­sa­ma­yā­, na TAŚVA-ML 334,13vi­dya­te vi­gra­ho vyā­ghā­to syā i­ty a­vi­gra­hā ṛ­jvī ga­ti­r i­ty a­rthaḥ |­| ku­ta­ś cai­va­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.29.1a­vi­gra­hā ga­ti­s ta­tra pro­ktai­ka­sa­ma­yā­khi­lā | prā­ptiḥ sa­ma­ya­mā­tre­ṇa lo­kā­gra­sya ta­no­r a­pi |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 334,15lo­kā­gra­prā­pa­ṇī ga­ti­r mu­kta­sya tā­va­d e­ka­sa­ma­yā sa­mā­vi­rbhū­tā­naṃ­ta­vī­rya­sya ta­syai­ka­sa­ma­ya­mā­tre­ṇa lo­kā­gra­prā­ptyu- TAŚVA-ML 334,16pa­pa­tteḥ | pū­rva­ta­nu­pa­ri­tyā­ge­na ta­nvaṃ­ta­ra­prā­pa­ṇī­rva­kra­ga­ti­r e­ka­sa­ma­yai­va saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo pi­, saṃ­prā­pta­tā­dṛ­gvī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa­yo- TAŚVA-ML 334,17pa­śa­ma­sya lo­kāṃ­ta­ra­va­rti­nyāḥ ta­no­r a­pi sa­ma­ya­mā­tre­ṇa prā­pti­gha­ṭa­nā­t | ta­taḥ sa­ka­lā­py a­vi­gra­hā ga­ti­r e­ka­sa­ma­ye- TAŚVA-ML 334,18ty u­pa­pa­nnaṃ | sā­ma­rthyā­d e­ka­va­krā dvi­sa­ma­yā­, dvi­va­krā tri­sa­ma­yā­, tri­va­krā ca­tuḥ­sa­ma­ye­ti si­ddhaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 334,19ya­dy e­vaṃ sa­rva­trā­hā­ra­ko jī­vaḥ pra­sa­kta i­ty ā­kū­taṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.30 e­kaṃ dvau trī­n vā­nā­hā­ra­kaḥ |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 334,21e­kaṃ vā sa­ma­yaṃ dvau vā sa­ma­yau trī­n vā sa­ma­yā­n a­nā­hā­ra­ka i­ti saṃ­pra­tye­yaṃ­, pra­tyā­sa­tteḥ sa­ma­ya­syā­bhi­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 334,22baṃ­dhā­t­, vā­śa­bda­sya pra­tye­kaṃ pa­ri­sa­mā­pte­ś ca | sa­pta­mī­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, a­tyaṃ­ta­saṃ­yo­ga­sya vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 334,23kaḥ pu­na­r ā­hā­ro nā­ma ye­nā­hā­ra­ko jī­vaḥ syā­d i­ty a­bhi­dhī­ya­te­–­tra­yā­ṇāṃ śa­rī­rā­ṇāṃ ṣa­ṇṇāṃ pa­ryā­ptī­nāṃ yo­gya­pu- TAŚVA-ML 334,24dga­la­gra­ha­ṇa­m ā­hā­raḥ ta­da­bhā­vā­d vi­gra­ha­ga­tā­v a­nā­hā­ra­kaḥ­, na hi ta­syā­m ā­hā­ra­ka­śa­rī­ra­sya saṃ­bha­vaḥ­, nā­py au­dā­ri­ka- TAŚVA-ML 334,25vai­kri­yi­ka­śa­rī­ra­yoḥ ṣa­ṇṇāṃ pa­ryā­ptī­nāṃ vyā­ghā­tā­t | pu­na­r ā­tmai­ka­sa­ma­ye dvau trī­n vā­nā­hā­ra­ko na pu­na­ś ca­tu­rtha­m a- TAŚVA-ML 334,26pī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.30.1e­kaṃ sa­ma­ya­m ā­tmā dvau trī­n vā nā­hā­ra­ya­ty a­yaṃ | śa­rī­ra­tra­ya­pa­ryā­pti­prā­yo­gyā­n pu­dga­lā­n i­da­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.30.2ca­tu­rthe sa­ma­ye va­śya­m ā­hā­ra­sya pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | ṛ­jvā­m i­va ga­tau prā­cye puṃ­saḥ saṃ­sā­ra­cā­ri­ṇaḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.30.3dvi­tī­ye pā­ṇi­mu­ktā­yāṃ lāṃ­ga­li­kā tṛ­tī­ya­ke | ya­thā ta­dva­ttri­va­krā­yāṃ ca­tu­rthe vi­gra­haḥ gra­haḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 334,30saṃ­pra­ti kṣa­ṇi­kā­dye­kāṃ­ta­vya­va­cche­de­na syā­dvā­da­pa­kṣa e­va vi­gra­ha­ga­ti­r jī­va­sya saṃ­bha­va­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.30.4kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ ni­ṣkri­yaṃ ci­ttaṃ sva­śa­rī­ra­pra­de­śa­taḥ | bhi­nnaṃ ci­ttāṃ­ta­raṃ nai­va prā­ra­bhe­ta sa­vi­gra­haṃ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.30.5sa­rva­kā­ra­ṇa­śū­nye hi de­śe kā­rya­sya ja­nma­ni | kā­le vā na kva­ci­j jñā­tu­m a­sya ja­nma na si­ddhya­ti |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.30.6kū­ṭa­stho pi pu­mā­n nai­va ja­hā­ti prā­cya­vi­gra­haṃ | na gṛ­hṇā­ty u­tta­raṃ kā­ya­m a­ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.30.7pa­ri­ṇā­mī ya­thā kā­lo ga­ti­mā­nā­ha­ra­tya­taḥ | svo­pā­tta­ka­rma­sṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­de­śā­dī­n pu­dga­lā­nta­raṃ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.30.8i­ti vi­gra­ha­saṃ­prā­ptyai ga­ti­r jī­va­sya yu­jya­te | ṣa­ḍbhiḥ sū­traiḥ su­ni­rṇī­tā ni­rbā­dhaṃ jai­na­da­rśa­ne |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 335,03a­thai­vaṃ ni­rū­pi­ta­ga­te­r jī­va­sya ni­ya­ta­kā­lā­tma­lā­bha­sya ṣa­ṣṭi­kā­dyā­tma­lā­bha­va­tsaṃ­bhā­vya­mā­na­sya ja­nma­bhe­da­pra­ti­pā- TAŚVA-ML 335,04da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.31 saṃ­mū­rcha­na­ga­rbho­pa­pā­dā ja­nma |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 335,06sa­maṃ­ta­to mū­rcha­naṃ śa­rī­rā­kā­ra­ta­yā sa­rva­taḥ pu­dga­lā­nāṃ sa­mmū­rcha­naṃ­, śu­kra­śo­ṇi­ta­ga­ra­ṇā­d ga­rbhaḥ mā­tṛ­pra­yu­ktā­hā- TAŚVA-ML 335,07rā­tma­sā­t ka­ra­ṇā­d vā­, u­pe­tya pa­dya­te smi­nn i­ty u­pa­pā­daḥ | e­te­ṣā­m i­ta­re­ta­ra­yo­ge dvaṃ­dve | saṃ­mū­rcha­na­sya gra­ha­ṇa­m ā­dā­v a­ti- TAŚVA-ML 335,08sthū­la­tvā­t a­lpa­kā­la­jī­vi­tvā­t ta­tkā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­c ca­, ta­da­naṃ­ta­raṃ ga­rbha­sya gra­ha­ṇaṃ kā­la­pra­ka­rṣā­ni­ṣpa­tteḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 335,09u­pa­pā­da­sya gra­ha­ṇa­m aṃ­te dī­rgha­jī­vi­tvā­t | ta e­te jī­va­sya ja­nme­ti pra­tye­yaṃ | saṃ­mū­rcha­nā­di­bhe­dā­t ja­nma­bhe­da­va­ca- TAŚVA-ML 335,10na­bhe­da­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, ja­nma­sā­mā­nyo­pā­dā­nā­nāṃ ta­de­ka­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 335,11ku­taḥ pu­naḥ saṃ­mū­rcha­nā­da­ya e­va ja­nma­bhe­dā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.31.1saṃ­mū­rcha­nā­da­yo ja­nma puṃ­so bhe­de­na saṃ­gra­hā­t | sa­to pi ja­nma­bhe­da­sya pa­ra­syāṃ­ta­rga­te­r i­ha |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 335,13saṃ­sve­do­dbhe­dā­da­yaḥ pa­re ja­nma­bhe­dāḥ saṃ­mū­rcha­nā­t te­ṣāṃ ta­trai­vāṃ­ta­rga­ma­nā­t | bhe­de­na tu saṃ­gṛ­hya­mā­ṇaṃ ja­nma TAŚVA-ML 335,14tri­vi­dhaṃ vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te saṃ­mū­rcha­nā­di­bhe­daḥ pu­na­r jī­va­sya ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­ka­rma­bhe­dā­t­, so pi sva­ni­mi­ttā­dhya­va­sā­ya­bhe­dā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 335,15pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 335,16ta­dyo­ni­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.32 sa­ci­tta­śī­ta­saṃ­vṛ­tāḥ se­ta­rā mi­śrā­ś cai­ka­śa­s ta­dyo­na­yaḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 335,18ā­tma­naḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ci­ttaṃ­, śī­taḥ spa­rśa­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, saṃ­vṛ­to du­ru­pa­la­kṣyaḥ | sa­ha ci­tte­na va­rta­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 335,19sa­ci­ttaḥ­, śī­to syā­stī­ti śī­taḥ­, saṃ­vrī­ya­te saṃ­vṛ­taḥ | sa­ci­tta­ś ca śī­ta­ś ca saṃ­vṛ­ta­ś ca sa­ci­tta­śī­ta­saṃ­vṛ­tāḥ sa­he- TAŚVA-ML 335,20ta­rai­r a­ci­tto­ṣṇa­vi­vṛ­tai­r va­rtaṃ­te i­ti se­ta­rāḥ sa­pra­ti­pa­kṣāḥ­, mi­śra­gra­ha­ṇa­m u­bha­yā­tma­saṃ­gra­hā­rthaṃ | ca­śa­bdaḥ pra­tye­kaṃ sa­mu- TAŚVA-ML 335,21cca­yā­rtha i­ty e­ke­, ta­da­yu­ktaṃ ta­maṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi ta­tpra­tī­teḥ pṛ­thi­vya­pte­jo­vā­yu­r i­ti ya­thā | i­ta­ra­yo­ni­bhe­da­sa­mu­cca­yā- TAŚVA-ML 335,22rtha­s tu yu­kta­ś ca­śa­bdaḥ­, e­kra­śo gra­ha­ṇaṃ kra­ma­mi­śra­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ te­na sa­ci­tto ci­tto mi­śra­ś ca śī­ta u­ṣṇo TAŚVA-ML 335,23mi­śra­ś ca saṃ­vṛ­to vi­vṛ­to mi­śra­ś ce­ti na­va­yo­ni­bhe­dā­s ta­sya ja­nma­naḥ pra­tī­yaṃ­te ta­ccha­bda­sya pra­kṛ­tā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 335,24sa­ci­ttā­dī­nāṃ dvaṃ­dve puṃ­va­dbhā­vā­bhā­vo bhi­nnā­śra­ya­tvā­d i­ty e­ke­, ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ | pu­lliṃ­ga­sya yo­ni­śa­bda­sye­hā­śra­ya­ṇā­t ta­syo- TAŚVA-ML 335,25bha­ya­liṃ­ga­tvā­t | strī­liṃ­ga­sya vā pra­yo­ga­syo­tta­re ya­di­ka­sya hra­sva­tva­sya vi­dhā­nā­t dru­tā­yāṃ ta­pa­ra­ka­ra­ṇa­ka­ra­ṇā­n ma- TAŚVA-ML 335,26dhya­m a­va­laṃ­bi­ta­yo­r u­pa­saṃ­khyā­na­m i­ty a­tra dvaṃ­dve pi ta­sya da­rśa­nā­t | yo­ni­ja­nma­no­r a­vi­śe­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya- TAŚVA-ML 335,27bhe­dā­d vi­śe­ṣo­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­ci­tta­gra­ha­ṇa­mā­dau ta­sya ce­ta­nā­tma­ka­tvā­t ta­da­naṃ­ta­raṃ śī­tā­bhi­dhā­naṃ ta­d a­py ā­dye he­tu­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 335,28aṃ­te saṃ­vṛ­ta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ gu­pta­rū­pa­tvā­t | ta­trā­ci­tta­yo na­yo de­va­nā­ra­kāḥ­, ga­rbha­jā mi­śra­yo­na­yaḥ­, śe­ṣā­stri­vi­ka­lpāḥ­; TAŚVA-ML 335,29śī­to­ṣṇa­yo na­yo de­va­nā­ra­kāḥ­, u­ṣṇa­yo­ni­s te­ja­skā­yi­kaḥ­, i­ta­re tri­pra­kā­rāḥ­; de­va­nā­ra­kai­keṃ­dri­yāḥ saṃ­vṛ­ta­yo- TAŚVA-ML 335,30na­yaḥ­, vi­ka­leṃ­dri­yā vi­vṛ­ta­yo­na­yaḥ­, mi­śra­yo­na­yo ga­rbha­jāḥ ta­dbhe­dā­ś ca­śa­bda­sa­mu­cci­tāḥ pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­na­dṛ­ṣṭāḥ­, i­ta­re- TAŚVA-ML 335,31ṣā­m ā­ga­ma­ga­myā­ś ca­tu­ra­śī­ti­śa­ta­sa­ha­sra­saṃ­khyāḥ | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­ṇi­cci­da­ra­dhā­tu­sa­tta­ya­ta­ru­da­sa­vi­ya­liṃ­di­e do­do | TAŚVA-ML 335,32a­su­ra­ṇi­ra­ya­ti­ri­ya­ca­du­ro co­dda­sa ma­ṇu­e sa­da­sa­ha­ssā­" |­| a­thai­te­ṣāṃ yo­ni­bhe­dā­nāṃ sa­dbhā­ve yu­kti­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.32.1ta­syā­pi yo­na­yaḥ saṃ­ti sa­ci­ttā­dyā ya­tho­di­tāḥ | svā­vā­re­ṇa vi­nā ja­nma kri­yā­yā jā­tva­nī­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.32.2ta­dvai­ci­tryaṃ pu­naḥ ka­rma­vai­ci­tryā­t ta­d vi­ha­nya­te | kā­rya­vai­ci­trya­si­ddhe­s tu ka­rma­vai­ci­trya­ni­rṇa­yaḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 336,02na hi sva­bhā­va­ta e­va prā­ṇi­nāṃ su­kha­duḥ­khā­nu­bha­vā­di­kā­rya­vai­ci­tryaṃ ni­ya­mā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | kā­lā­d e­ve­ti vā TAŚVA-ML 336,03yu­ktaṃ­, e­ka­smi­nn a­pi kā­le ta­dvai­ci­tryā­nu­bha­vā­t | bhū­ta­vai­ci­tryā­t su­khā­di­vai­ci­trya­m i­ti ce­t na­, su­khā­deḥ bhū­ta- TAŚVA-ML 336,04kā­rya­tva­ni­ṣe­dhā­t | ta­taḥ ka­rma­vai­ci­trya­m e­va su­khā­di­kā­rya­vai­ci­tryaṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­, ta­dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇa dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­sā­ka­lye pi TAŚVA-ML 336,05ka­dā­ci­d a­nu­tpa­tteḥ | ta­c ca ka­rma­vai­ci­trya­m a­sya ja­nma­ni­mi­tta­m i­ti pa­ryā­ptaṃ pra­paṃ­ca­ke­na |­| TAŚVA-ML 336,06ke­ṣāṃ pu­na­r ga­rbha­ja­nme­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.33 ja­rā­yu­jāṃ­ḍa­ja­po­tā­nāṃ ga­rbhaḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 336,08jā­la­va­tprā­ṇi­pa­ri­va­ra­ṇaṃ ja­rā­yuḥ ja­rā­yau jā­tā ja­rā­yu­jāḥ­, śu­kra­śo­ṇi­ta­pa­ri­va­ra­ṇa­m u­pā­tta­kā­ṭhi­nyaṃ na­kha­tva­k- TAŚVA-ML 336,09sa­dṛ­śaṃ pa­ri­maṃ­ḍa­la­m aṃ­ḍaṃ aṃ­ḍe jā­tā aṃ­ḍa­jāḥ pū­rṇā­va­ya­vaḥ pa­ri­spaṃ­dā­di­sā­ma­rthyo­pa­la­kṣi­taḥ po­taḥ | po­ta­ja i­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 336,10yu­kta­m a­rtha­bhe­dā­bhā­vā­t | ā­tmā po­ta­ja i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi po­ta­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­tmā­tma­naḥ po­ta­tvā­t | ja­rā­yu- TAŚVA-ML 336,11jā­ś ca aṃ­ḍa­jā­ś ca po­tā­ś ca ja­rā­yu­jāṃ­ḍa­ja­po­tā i­ti si­ddhaṃ dvaṃ­dve | ja­rā­yu­gra­ha­ṇa­mā­dā­v a­bhya­rhi­ta­tvā­t kri­yā­raṃ­bha- TAŚVA-ML 336,12śa­kti­yo­gā­t ke­ṣāṃ­ci­n ma­hā­pra­bhā­va­tvā­n mā­rga­pha­lā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­c ca | ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m aṃ­ḍa­ja­gra­ha­ṇaṃ po­te­bhyo '­bhya­rhi­ta­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 336,13e­te­ṣāṃ ga­rbha e­va ja­nme­ti sū­trā­rthaḥ | u­dde­śe ca ni­rde­śo yu­kta i­ti ce­n na­, gau­ra­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ saṃ­mū- TAŚVA-ML 336,14rcha­na­m i­ti la­ghu­no­pā­ye­na ga­rbho­pa­pā­dā­naṃ­ta­raṃ va­ca­no­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| ku­taḥ pu­na­r ja­rā­yu­jā­dī­nāṃ ga­rbha e­va yu­kta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.33.1yu­kto ja­rā­yu­jā­dī­nā­m e­va ga­rbho va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t | de­va­nā­ra­ka­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ga­rbhā­bhā­va­vi­bhā­va­nā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 336,16ya­di hi ja­rā­yu­jā­dī­nāṃ ga­rbha e­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ syā­t ta­dā ja­rā­yu­jā­da­yo ga­rbha­ni­ya­tāḥ syuḥ ga­rbha­s tu te­ṣv a­ni- TAŚVA-ML 336,17ya­ta i­ti de­va­nā­ra­ke­ṣu śe­ṣe­ṣu sa pra­sa­jye­ta | ya­dā tu ja­rā­yu­jā­dī­nā­m e­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­dā te­ṣu ga­rbhā­bhā­vo TAŚVA-ML 336,18vi­bhā­vya­ta i­ti yu­kto ja­rā­yu­jā­dī­nā­m e­va ga­rbhaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 336,19ke­va­la­m u­pa­pā­de pi ja­rā­yu­jā­dī­nāṃ pra­sa­ktau ta­nni­vā­ra­ṇā­rtha­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.34 de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m u­pa­pā­daḥ |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.34.1syā­d de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m u­pa­pā­do ni­ya­ta­s ta­thā | ta­syā­bhā­vā­t ta­to nye­ṣāṃ te­ṣāṃ ja­nmāṃ­ta­ra­cyu­teḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 336,22de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m e­vo­pa­pā­da i­ti hi ni­ya­me de­va­nā­ra­ke­ṣu ni­ya­ta u­pa­pā­daḥ de­va­nā­ra­kā­s tū­pa­pā­de­na ni­ya­tā TAŚVA-ML 336,23i­ti ga­rbha­saṃ­mū­rcha­na­yo­r a­pi pra­sa­ktāḥ pū­rvo­tta­ra­sū­trā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t | ta­tra ni­ru­vā­ca­, ko sau ? u­pa­pā­da e­va nā­ra­kā TAŚVA-ML 336,24a­va­ti­ṣṭhaṃ­te na ga­rbhe saṃ­mū­rcha­ne vā pra­sa­jyaṃ­te ta­ta­s te­ṣāṃ ja­nmāṃ­ta­ra­cyu­ti­si­ddhe­r u­pa­pā­da e­va |­| TAŚVA-ML 336,25na­nv e­vaṃ ja­rā­yu­jā­dī­nāṃ de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ ca saṃ­mū­rcha­ne pi pra­sa­kti­r i­ty ā­khyā­taṃ pra­ti­ghna­nn ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.35 śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ saṃ­mū­rcha­na­m |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 336,27śe­ṣā­ṇā­m e­va saṃ­mū­rcha­na­m i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇī­yaṃ | ke pu­naḥ śe­ṣāḥ ku­to vā te­ṣā­m e­va saṃ­mū­rcha­na­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.35.1ni­rdi­ṣṭe­bhya­s tu śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ yu­ktaṃ saṃ­mū­rcha­naṃ sa­dā | ga­rbho­pa­pā­da­yo­s ta­tra pra­tī­tya­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 336,29u­kte­bhyo ja­rā­yu­jā­di­bhyo de­va­nā­ra­ke­bhya­ś ca a­nye śe­ṣā­s te­ṣā­m e­va saṃ­mū­rcha­naṃ yu­ktaṃ sa­dā ga­rbho­pa­pā­da­yo­s ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 336,30pra­tī­tya­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­rhi saṃ­sve­da­jā­dī­nāṃ ja­nma­kā­ro nyaḥ sū­tra­yi­ta­vya i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­m a­pa­sā­ra­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.35.2ta­thā saṃ­sve­da­jā­dī­nā­m a­pi saṃ­mū­rcha­naṃ ma­taṃ | ja­nme­ti nā­pa­ro ja­nma­pra­kā­ro sū­tri­to sti naḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.35.3i­ty e­vaṃ paṃ­ca­bhiḥ sū­traiḥ sū­tri­taṃ ja­nma ja­nmi­nāṃ | bhe­da­pra­bhe­da­ta­ś ciṃ­tyaṃ yu­ktyā­ga­ma­sa­mā­śra­yaṃ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 337,01a­tha jī­va­sya ka­ti śa­rī­rā­ṇī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.36 au­dā­ri­ka­vai­kri­yi­kā­hā­ra­ka­tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇā­ni śa­rī­rā­ṇi |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 337,03śa­rī­ra­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­ye sa­ti śī­ryaṃ­ta i­ti śa­rī­rā­ṇi | śa­ra­ṇa­kri­yā­tra vyu­tpa­tti­ni­mi­ttaṃ tu śa­rī­ra­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­ya TAŚVA-ML 337,04e­vo­di­taḥ śa­rī­ra­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ na pu­na­r a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­ta­śa­rī­ra­tva­sā­mā­nyaṃ ta­sya vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­syā­yo­gā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 337,05ke­na pu­naḥ kā­ra­ṇe­na ja­nmāṃ­ta­raṃ śa­rī­rā­ṇy ā­hu­r i­ty u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.36.1sva­yo­nau ja­nma jī­va­sya śa­rī­ro­tpa­tti­r i­ṣya­te | te­nā­trau­dā­ri­kā­dī­ni śa­rī­rā­ṇi pra­ca­kṣa­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 337,07au­dā­ri­kā­di­śa­rī­ra­nā­ma­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣo­da­yā­pā­di­tā­ni paṃ­cai­vau­dā­ri­kā­dī­ni śa­rī­rā­ṇi jī­va­sya ya­du­tpa­ttiḥ TAŚVA-ML 337,08sva­yo­nau ja­nmo­ktaṃ­, na hi ga­ti­nā­mo­da­ya­mā­traṃ ja­nma­, a­nu­tpa­nna­śa­rī­ra­syā­pi ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­tro­dā­raṃ sthū­laṃ TAŚVA-ML 337,09pra­yo­ja­na­m a­sye­ty au­dā­ri­kaṃ u­dā­re bha­va­m i­ti vā­, vi­kri­yā pra­yo­ja­na­m a­sye­ti vai­kri­yi­ka­m ā­hri­ya­te ta­d i­ty ā­hā­ra­kaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 337,10te­jo­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t tai­ja­saṃ­, ka­rma­ṇā­m i­daṃ kā­rma­ṇaṃ ta­tsa­mū­ho vā | e­te­ṣāṃ dvaṃ­dve­, pū­rva­m au­dā­ri­ka­sya gra­ha­ṇa­m a­ti­sthū­la- TAŚVA-ML 337,11tvā­t u­tta­re­ṣāṃ kra­ma­va­ca­naṃ | sū­kṣma­kra­ma­sū­kṣma­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ kā­rma­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇa­mā­dau yu­kta­m au­dā­ri­kā­di­śa­rī­rā­ṇāṃ TAŚVA-ML 337,12ta­tkā­rya­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­tyaṃ­ta­pa­ro­kṣa­tvā­t | au­dā­ri­ka­m a­pi pa­ro­kṣa­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t pa­ro­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 337,13tvā­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 2.36.2si­ddha­m au­dā­ri­kaṃ ti­rya­ṅmā­nu­ṣā­ṇā­m a­ne­ka­dhā | śa­rī­raṃ ta­tra ta­nnā­ma­ka­rma­vai­ci­trya­to bṛ­ha­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 337,15bṛ­ha­d dhi śa­rī­ra­m au­dā­ri­kaṃ ma­nu­ṣyā­ṇāṃ ti­ra­ścāṃ ca pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ si­ddhaṃ te­ṣu śa­rī­re­ṣu ma­dhye | ta­c cā­ne­ka­dhā ta­nnā- TAŚVA-ML 337,16ma­ka­rma­ṇo ne­ka­vi­dha­tvā­t |­| śe­ṣā­ṇi ku­taḥ si­ddhā­nī­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 2.36.3saṃ­bhā­vyā­ni ta­to nyā­ni bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­ni­rṇa­yā­t | pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­si­ddhā­ni yu­kti­to pi ca kā­rma­ṇaṃ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 337,18na ka­rma­ṇā­m i­daṃ kā­rma­ṇa­m i­ty a­smi­n pa­kṣe sa­rva­m au­dā­ri­kā­di kā­rma­ṇaṃ pra­sa­kta­m i­ti ce­n na­, pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­ka­rma­ni- TAŚVA-ML 337,19mi­tta­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ bhe­do­pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­rma­sā­mā­nya­kṛ­ta­tvā­d a­bhe­da i­ti ce­n na­, e­ka­mṛ­dā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­syā­pi gha­ṭo­daṃ- TAŚVA-ML 337,20ca­nā­de­r bhe­da­da­rśa­nā­t kā­rma­ṇa­pra­ṇā­li­ka­yā ca ta­nni­ṣpa­ttiḥ svo­pā­dā­na­bhe­dā­d bhe­daḥ pra­si­ddhaḥ | pṛ­tha­gu­pa­laṃ­bha­pra­saṃ­ga TAŚVA-ML 337,21i­ti ce­n na­, vi­śra­so­pa­ca­ye­na sthā­nā­t kli­nna­gu­ḍa­re­ṇu­śle­ṣa­va­dau­dā­ri­kā­dī­nāṃ kā­rma­ṇa­ni­mi­tta­tve kā­rma­ṇaṃ kiṃ TAŚVA-ML 337,22ni­mi­tta­m i­ti vā­cyaṃ ? na tā­va­n ni­rni­mi­ttaṃ ta­da­ni­rmo­kṣa­pra­saṃ­gā­d vā­bhi­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­d vā śa­rī­rāṃ­ta­ra­ni­mi­tta­tve tu TAŚVA-ML 337,23ta­syā­py a­nya­śa­rī­ra­ni­mi­tta­tve na­va­sthā­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syai­va ni­mi­tta­bhā­vā­t | pū­rvaṃ hi kā­rma­ṇaṃ kā­rma­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 337,24ni­mi­ttaṃ ta­d a­pi ta­du­tta­ra­sye­ti ni­mi­tta­nai­mi­tti­ka­bhā­vo '­vi­ru­dhya­te | na­cai­va­m a­na­va­sthā­pa­ttiḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve­na ta­tsaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 337,25tā­na­syā­nā­de­r a­vi­ro­dhā­t | mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­di­ni­mi­tta­tvā­c ca nā­ni­mi­ttaṃ kā­rma­ṇaṃ­, ta­to nā­ni­rmo­kṣa­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 337,26ta­c cai­vaṃ­vi­dhaṃ pa­ra­mā­ga­mā­t si­ddhaṃ vai­kri­yi­kā­di­va­t yu­kti­ta­ś ca ya­thā­pra­de­śaṃ sā­dha­yi­ṣya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 337,27na­nu ya­dy au­dā­ri­kaṃ sthū­laṃ ta­dā pa­raṃ pa­raṃ kī­dṛ­śa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.37 pa­raṃ pa­raṃ sū­kṣma­m |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 337,29pa­ra­śa­bda­syā­ne­kā­rtha­tve vi­va­kṣā­to vya­va­sthā­rtha­ga­tiḥ pṛ­tha­gbhū­tā­nāṃ sū­kṣma­gu­ṇe­na vī­psā­ni­rde­śaḥ te­nau­dā­ri- TAŚVA-ML 337,30kā­t pa­raṃ vai­kri­yi­kaṃ sū­kṣmaṃ na sthū­la­ta­raṃ­, ta­to py ā­hā­ra­kaṃ­, ta­to pi tai­ja­saṃ sū­kṣmaṃ­, ta­to pi kā­rma­ṇa­m i­ti saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 337,31pra­de­śa­taḥ pa­raṃ pa­raṃ kī­dṛ­g i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.38 pra­de­śa­to '­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇaṃ prā­ktai­ja­sā­t |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 337,33pra­de­śāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­va­s ta­to '­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇaṃ pa­raṃ pa­ra­m i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ prā­ktai­ja­sā­d i­ti va­ca­nā­t | na tai­ja­sa­kā­rma- TAŚVA-ML 338,01ṇa­yo­r a­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­tvaṃ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? au­dā­ri­kā­d vai­kri­yi­kaṃ pra­de­śa­to '­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇaṃ ta­to py ā­hā­ra­ka­m i­ti ni­śca­yaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 338,02tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇe kiṃ gu­ṇe i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.39 a­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇe pa­re |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 338,04pra­de­śa­ta i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te pa­raṃ pa­ra­m i­ti ca­, te­nā­hā­ra­kā­t pa­raṃ tai­ja­saṃ pra­de­śa­to '­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇaṃ ta­to pi kā­rma­ṇa­m a­naṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 338,05gu­ṇa­m i­ti vi­jñā­ya­te | ta­ta e­va no­bha­yo­s tu­lya­tva­m ā­hā­ra­kā­d a­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vā­t | a­nya­d e­va hi ā­hā­ra­kā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 338,06naṃ­ta­gu­ṇa­tvaṃ tai­ja­sa­sya­, tai­ja­sā­c cā­nya­t kā­rma­ṇa­sya ta­syā­naṃ­ta­vi­ka­lpa­tvā­t pa­ra­smi­n sa­tyā­rā­tī­ya­syā­va­ra­tvā­va­re TAŚVA-ML 338,07i­ti ni­rde­śo na pra­sa­jya­te bu­ddhi­vi­ṣa­ya­vyā­pā­rā­d u­bha­yo­r ā­hā­ra­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | vya­va­hi­te pi vā pa­ra­śa­bda­pra­yo­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 338,08na­nu ca ya­di pra­de­śā­pe­kṣa­yā pa­raṃ pa­ra­ma­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­m a­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇaṃ co­cya­te sū­kṣmaṃ ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.39.1kṣe­trā­va­gā­ha­nā­pe­kṣāṃ kṛ­tvā sū­kṣmaṃ pa­raṃ pa­raṃ | tai­ja­sā­t prā­ga­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇaṃ jñe­yaṃ pra­de­śa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.39.1efta­thā­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇe jñe­ye pa­re tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇe | TAŚVA-ML 338,11ta­rhi sa­pra­ti­ghā­te te prā­pte i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.40 a­pra­tī­ghā­te |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 338,13pra­tī­ghā­to mū­rtyaṃ­ta­ra­vyā­ghā­taḥ sa na vi­dya­te ya­yo­s te '­pra­tī­ghā­te tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇe | ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚVA-ML 338,14sa­rva­to py a­pra­tī­ghā­te pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 338,15vai­kri­yi­kā­hā­ra­yo­r a­py a­pra­tī­ghā­ta­tva­m i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, sa­rva­to '­pra­tī­ghā­ta­sya ta­yo­r a­bhā­vā­t | na hi vai­kri­yi­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 338,16sa­rva­to pra­tī­ghā­ta­m ā­hā­ra­kaṃ vā pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t ta­da­pra­tī­ghā­ta­sya | tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇe pu­naḥ sa­rva­sya saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ TAŚVA-ML 338,17sa­rva­to pra­tī­ghā­te tā­bhyāṃ sa­ha sa­rva­tro­tpā­dā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­ta­s ta­rhi sū­tre sa­rva­to gra­ha­ṇaṃ ka­rta­vya­m i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 338,18na­, mu­khya­sya pra­tī­ghā­ta­syā­tra vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t | ku­taḥ pu­na­s tā­dṛ­śo '­pra­tī­ghā­ta i­ti ce­t­, sū­kṣma­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi- TAŚVA-ML 338,19śe­ṣā­da­ya­s piṃ­ḍe te­jo­nu­pra­ve­śa­va­t | ye tv ā­huḥ­, pū­rvaṃ pū­rvaṃ sū­kṣmaṃ yu­ktaṃ pra­de­śa­to lpa­tvā­d i­ti tā­n pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.40.1pra­de­śa­to lpa­tā­tā­ra­ta­myaṃ kā­ye­ṣu ye vi­duḥ | sū­kṣma­tā­tā­ra­ta­mya­sya sā­dha­naṃ te ku­tā­rki­kāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.40.2ta­sya kā­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍe­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t tri­ṣv i­lā­tma­nāṃ | pra­de­śa­ba­hu­tā­tā­ra­ta­mya­va­tsthau­lya­baṃ­dha­ne |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 338,22ya­thai­va pra­de­śa­ba­hu­tva­tā­ra­ta­mya­m u­tta­ro­tta­ra­śa­rī­re­ṣu sthū­la­tva­pra­ka­rṣe sā­dhye ni­bi­ḍā­va­ya­va­saṃ­yo­ga­pa­ri­ṇā­me­nā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 338,23spiṃ­ḍe­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­m i­ti na ta­tra sthū­la­tā­tā­ra­ta­myaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti ta­thā pra­de­śā­lpa­tva­tā­ra­ta­mya­m a­pi pū­rva­śa­rī­re­ṣu na TAŚVA-ML 338,24sū­kṣma­tā­tā­ra­ta­mya­m i­ti sva­he­tu­vi­śe­ṣa­sāṃ­ni­dhyā­t tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇa­yo­r a­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇa­tve pi pū­rva­kā­yaḥ sū­kṣma­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ TAŚVA-ML 338,25si­ddhaḥ sa­rva­to pra­tī­ghā­ta­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ty e­vā­ya­spiṃ­ḍe te­jo­nu­pra­ve­śa­va­di­ti sū­ktaṃ | na hi te­ja­so­ya­spiṃ­ḍe­na pra­tī­ghā­te TAŚVA-ML 338,26ta­trā­nu­pra­ve­śo yu­jya­te | syā­n ma­taṃ­, te­ja­saḥ saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣā­da­ya­s piṃ­ḍā­va­ya­ve­ṣu ka­rmā­ṇy u­tpra­ti­pa­dyaṃ­te ta­to vi­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 338,27ga­sta­taḥ saṃ­yo­ga­vi­nā­śa­s ta­to pi ta­syā­ya­spiṃ­ḍā­va­ya­vi­no vi­nā­śa­s ta­to py au­ṣṇyā­pe­kṣā­d a­gni­saṃ­yo­gā­t ta­da­va­ya­ve- TAŚVA-ML 338,28ṣv a­nu­ṣṇā­śī­ta­spa­rśa­vi­nā­śaḥ pa­ra­smā­d a­gni­saṃ­yo­gā­d u­ṣṇa­spa­rśo­tpa­ttiḥ ta­ta­s ta­du­pa­bho­ktu­r a­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­va­śā­d dvya­ṇu­kā­di- TAŚVA-ML 338,29pra­kra­me­ṇa tā­dṛ­śa­syai­vā­ya­spiṃ­ḍa­syo­tpa­ttiḥ | e­vaṃ na nā­ya­spiṃ­ḍe ta­da­va­sthe te­ja­so nu­pra­ve­śo sti ya­to '­pra­tī- TAŚVA-ML 338,30ghā­ta­sya vi­ghā­te ni­da­rśa­nī­kri­ye­te­ti | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ­, pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | sa e­vā­ya­m a­ya­spiṃ­ḍa­s te­jo­vyā­ptaḥ TAŚVA-ML 338,31pra­ti­bhā­ti yaḥ pū­rva­m a­nu­ṣṇaḥ sa­mu­pa­la­bdha i­ti pra­tī­teḥ | pa­ra­tra pra­kri­yā­mā­tra­sya jā­tu­ci­da­pra­tī­te­r na TAŚVA-ML 338,32bhrāṃ­ta­tvaṃ sa­dṛ­śā­pa­ro­tpa­tte­s ta­thā pra­tī­ti­r i­ti ce­n na­, e­ka­tvā­di­va­t | na hi kiṃ­ci­n mū­rta­ma­ti pra­vi- TAŚVA-ML 338,33śa­da­mū­rtaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ | vyo­ma dṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­tra mū­rta­ma­ti mū­rte­ṣv a­pi ta­thā pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā ca ta­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t pra- TAŚVA-ML 339,01tya­bhi­jñā­nā­d e­ka­tva­si­ddhiḥ | bā­dha­ka­ra­hi­tā­t ta­ta­s ta­tsi­ddhau ka­tha­m a­ya­spiṃ­ḍe pi pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­d e­ka­tvaṃ si­ddhye­t ? na TAŚVA-ML 339,02hi ta­tra kiṃ­ci­d bā­dha­ka­m a­sti | syā­n ma­taṃ­, te­jo '­ya­spiṃ­ḍe ta­da­va­sthe­nā­nu­pra­vi­śa­ti mū­rta­tvā­l lo­ṣṭha­va­d i­ty e­ta­dbā­dha­ka­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 339,03ta­d a­sa­ddhe­toḥ saṃ­di­gdha­vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­vṛ­tti­ka­tvā­t sa­rva­jña­tvā­bhā­ve va­ktṛ­tvā­di­va­t | na hi kiṃ­ci­n mū­rta­ma­ti pra­vi­śa- TAŚVA-ML 339,04da­mū­rtaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ | vyo­ma dṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­tra mū­rti­ma­to nu­pra­ve­śā­t ta­thā pra­tī­te­r a­bā­dha­tvā­d i­ty a­laṃ pra­saṃ­ge­na |­| TAŚVA-ML 339,05na­nu ka­rmai­va kā­rma­ṇa­m i­ty a­smi­n pa­kṣe na ta­ccha­rī­raṃ pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­tvā­d bu­ddhyā­di­va­d i­ti ka­ści­t taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.40.3ka­rmai­va kā­rma­ṇaṃ ta­tra śa­rī­raṃ nṛ­gu­ṇa­tva­taḥ | i­ty a­sa­ddra­vya­rū­pe­ṇa ta­sya pau­dga­li­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 339,07na hi ka­rma dha­rmā­dha­rma­rū­pa­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­saṃ­jña­kaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­s ta­sya dra­vyā­tma­nā pau­dga­li­ka­tvā­t ta­to nā­śa­rī­ra­tva- TAŚVA-ML 339,08si­ddhiḥ | bhā­va­ka­rmai­vā­tma­gu­ṇa­rū­paṃ na dra­vya­ka­rma pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­ya­tva­m ā­tma­sā­t ku­rva­tpra­si­ddha­m i­ti ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.40.4ka­rma pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­yo jī­va­sya pra­ti­pa­dya­te | pā­ra­taṃ­trya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t kā­rā­gā­rā­di­baṃ­dha­va­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 339,10kro­dhā­di­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣā­m a­pi jī­va­sya pā­ra­taṃ­trya­ni­mi­tta­tve pau­dga­li­ka­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ci­drū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 339,11ta­yā saṃ­ve­dya­mā­nāḥ kro­dhā­da­yaḥ ka­thaṃ pau­dga­li­kāḥ pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ni­rhe­to­r vya­bhi­cā­rā­yo­gā­t TAŚVA-ML 339,12te­ṣāṃ pā­ra­taṃ­trya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­bhā­vā­t | dra­vya­kro­dhā­da­ya e­va hi jī­va­sya pā­ra­taṃ­trya­ni­mi­ttaṃ na bhā­va­kro­dhā­da­ya­s te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 339,13sva­yaṃ pā­ra­taṃ­trya­rū­pa­tvā­d dra­vya­kro­dhā­di­ka­rmo­da­ye hi sa­ti bhā­va­kro­dhā­dyu­tpa­tti­r e­va jī­va­sya pā­ra­taṃ­tryaṃ na pu­na­s ta­tkṛ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 339,14m a­nya­t kiṃ­ci­d i­ty a­vya­bhi­cā­rī he­tu­r nā­ga­ma­kaḥ sa­dā |­| TAŚVA-ML 339,15a­trā­pa­raḥ sva­pnāṃ­ti­kaṃ śa­rī­raṃ pa­ri­ka­lpa­ya­ti ta­m a­pa­sā­ra­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.40.5sva­pno­pa­bho­ga­si­ddhya­rthaṃ kā­yaṃ sva­pnāṃ­ti­kaṃ tu ye | prā­hu­s te­ṣāṃ ni­vā­ryaṃ­te bho­gyāḥ sva­pnāṃ­ti­kāḥ ka­tha­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.40.6bho­gya­vā­sa­na­yā bho­gyā­bhā­saṃ ce­t sva­pna­ve­di­nāṃ | śa­rī­ra­vā­sa­nā­mā­trā­c cha­rī­rā­bhā­sa­naṃ na ki­m |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 339,18ya­thai­va hi sva­pna­da­śā­yāṃ bho­go­pa­la­bdhiḥ sva­pnāṃ­ti­kaṃ śa­rī­ra­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa na gha­ṭa­ta i­ti ma­nya­te ta­thā bho­gyā­na­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 339,19naṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi sā na su­gha­ṭe­ti bha­va­dbhi­r ma­na­nī­yaṃ­, jā­gra­dda­śā­yāṃ śa­rī­ra i­va bho­ge­ṣv a­pi sa­tsu bho­go­pa­la­bdheḥ si­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 339,20tvā­t | ya­di pu­na­r bho­gya­vā­sa­nā­mā­trā­t sva­pna­da­rśi­nāṃ bho­gyā­bhā­sa i­ti bha­va­tāṃ ma­ti­s ta­dā śa­rī­ra­vā­sa­nā­mā­trā­c cha- TAŚVA-ML 339,21rī­rā­bhā­sa­na­m i­ti kiṃ na ma­taṃ ? ta­thā­sa­ti sva­pna­pra­ti­bhā­sa­sya mi­thyā­tvaṃ si­ddhye­t­, a­nya­thā śa­rī­ra­pra­tī­te­r a­pi TAŚVA-ML 339,22bho­gya­pra­tī­teḥ su­khā­di­bho­go­pa­la­bdheḥ sva­pna­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to na sau­ga­tā­nāṃ sva­pnāṃ­ti­kaṃ śa­rī­raṃ ka­lpa­yi­tuṃ TAŚVA-ML 339,23yu­ktaṃ nā­pi svā­bhā­vi­ka­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 2.40.7svā­bhā­vi­kaṃ pu­na­r gā­traṃ śu­ddhaṃ jñā­naṃ va­daṃ­ti ye | ku­ta­s te­ṣāṃ vi­bhā­gaḥ syā­t ta­ccha­rī­ra­śa­rī­ri­ṇoḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 339,25ta­d e­va jñā­na­śa­rī­ra­vyā­vṛ­ttyā śa­rī­rī syā­d a­śa­rī­ra­vyā­vṛ­ttyā śa­rī­ra­m i­ti su­ga­ta­sya śu­ddha­jñā­nā­tma­naḥ śa­rī- TAŚVA-ML 339,26ri­tva­m a­śa­rī­ri­tvaṃ ca vi­bhā­ge­na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ka­lpa­nā­sā­ma­rthyā­d i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, ta­dvyā­vṛ­tte­r e­va ta­trā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 339,27si­ddhe hi ta­sya śa­rī­ri­tve vā śa­rī­ri­ṇa śa­rī­rā­c ca vyā­vṛ­ttiḥ si­ddhye­t ta­tsi­ddhau ca śa­rī­ri­tva­m a­śa­rī­ri­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 339,28ce­ti pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­yā­n nai­ka­syā­pi si­ddhiḥ | ta­to na svā­bhā­vi­kaṃ śa­rī­raṃ nā­ma ya­t pu­na­r ā­ti­vā­hi­kaṃ nai­rmā­ṇi­kaṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 339,29ta­da­sma­da­bhi­ma­ta­m e­ve­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 2.40.8kā­rma­ṇāṃ­ta­rga­taṃ yu­ktaṃ śa­rī­raṃ cā­ti­vā­hi­ka­m | nai­rmā­ṇi­kaṃ tu ya­t te­ṣāṃ ta­n no vai­kri­yi­kaṃ ma­taṃ |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 339,31sāṃ­bho­gi­kaṃ pu­na­r au­dā­ri­kā­di­śa­rī­ra­tra­ya­m a­pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­m e­ve­ti na śa­rī­rāṃ­ta­ra­m a­sti |­| TAŚVA-ML 339,32na­nv au­dā­ri­kā­dī­ni bhi­nnā­ni pā­rthi­vā­di­śa­rī­rā­ṇi saṃ­ti ta­to nya­tro­pa­saṃ­khyā­ta­vyā­nī­ti ke­ci­t tā­n TAŚVA-ML 339,33pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.40.9pā­rthi­vā­di­śa­rī­rā­ṇi ye to bhi­nnā­ni me­ni­re | pra­tī­te­r a­pa­lā­pe­na ma­nya­tāṃ te kha­vā­ri­ja­m |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 339,35na hi pṛ­thi­vyā­dī­ni dra­vyā­ṇi bhi­nna­jā­tī­yā­ni saṃ­ti te­ṣāṃ pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­ya­tve­na pra­tī­teḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­pa­ri­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 340,01ma­da­rśa­nā­d bhi­nna­jā­tī­ya­tve ta­da­yo­gā­t | na hy ā­kā­śaṃ pṛ­thi­vī­rū­pa­ta­yā pa­ri­ṇa­ma­te kā­lā­di­r vā­, pa­ri­ṇa­ma­te ca TAŚVA-ML 340,02ja­laṃ mu­ktā­pha­lā­di pṛ­thi­vī­rū­pa­ta­yā | ta­to na ta­jjā­tyaṃ­ta­raṃ yu­ktaṃ ye­na pā­rthi­vā­di­śa­rī­rā­ṇi saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te sa­ty a­pi TAŚVA-ML 340,03tā­ni nai­te­bhyaḥ śa­rī­re­bhyo bhi­nnā­ni pra­tī­te­r vi­ṣa­ya­bhā­va­m a­nu­bha­vaṃ­ti vyo­mā­ra­viṃ­da­va­t | pā­rthi­vaṃ hi śa­rī­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 340,04ya­d iṃ­dra­lo­ke ya­c ca tai­ja­sa­mā­di­tya­lo­ke ya­d ā­pyaṃ va­ru­ṇa­lo­ke ya­c ca vā­ya­vyaṃ vā­yu­lo­ke ve­di­ta­vyaṃ­, ta­dvai­kri­yi­ka- TAŚVA-ML 340,05m e­va de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m au­pa­pā­di­ka­sya śa­rī­ra­sya vai­kri­yi­ka­tvā­t | ya­c ca cā­tu­rbhū­ti­kaṃ pāṃ­ca­bhau­ti­kaṃ vā kai­ści­d i­ṣṭaṃ TAŚVA-ML 340,06śa­rī­raṃ ma­nu­ṣya­ti­ra­ścāṃ ta­dau­dā­ri­ka­m e­va ca­, na ta­to nya­d i­ti paṃ­cai­va ya­tho­ktā­ni śa­rī­rā­ṇi vya­va­ti­ṣṭhaṃ­te sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 340,07vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ta­trāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 340,08na­nu cā­mū­rta­syā­tma­naḥ ka­thaṃ mū­rti­ma­dbhiḥ śa­rī­rai­s saṃ­baṃ­dho mu­ktā­tma­va­d i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­m a­pa­nu­da­nn ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.41 a­nā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhe ca |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 340,10a­nā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dho ya­yo­r ā­tma­nā te ya­thā tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇa­śa­rī­re­, ca­śa­bdā­t sā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhe te pra­ti­pa­tta­vye | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 340,11nai­kāṃ­te­nā­mū­rta­tva­m ā­tma­naḥ pa­ra­śa­rī­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t pū­rvaṃ ye­na ta­da­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhā­t prā­g a­pi ta­sya tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇā­bhyāṃ TAŚVA-ML 340,12saṃ­baṃ­dha­sa­dbhā­vā­t | ta­taḥ pū­rva­m a­py a­pa­rā­bhyāṃ tā­bhyā­m i­ty a­nā­di­ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­saṃ­tā­naḥ pra­ti­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇa­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 340,13baṃ­ghā­t sai­va sā­di­tā |­| TAŚVA-ML 340,14na­nu ka­sya­ci­n nā­nā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhe te '­taḥ pa­ra­śa­rī­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.42 sa­rva­sya |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 340,16sa­rva­sya saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa­s tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇa­śa­rī­re ta­thā­nā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhe na pu­naḥ ka­sya­ci­t sā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhe ye­nā­tma­naḥ śa­rī­ra­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 340,17baṃ­dhā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ | ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.42.1sa­rva­syā­nā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhe co­kte tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇe | śa­rī­rāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dha­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 340,19tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇā­bhyā­m a­nya­ccha­rī­ra­m au­dā­ri­kā­di ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dho sma­dā­dī­nāṃ tā­va­t su­pra­si­ddha e­va sa ca tai­ja­sa­kā­rma- TAŚVA-ML 340,20ṇā­bhyāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dho nā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dha­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa no­pa­pa­dya­te mu­kta­syā­pi ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­pra­yo­gā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 340,21a­thai­tā­ni śa­rī­rā­ṇi yu­ga­pa­d e­ka­smi­nn ā­tma­ni ki­yaṃ­ti saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.43 ta­dā­dī­ni bhā­jyā­ni yu­ga­pa­d e­ka­smi­nn ā­ca­tu­rbhyaḥ |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 340,23ta­dgra­ha­ṇaṃ pra­kṛ­ta­śa­rī­ra­dva­ya­pra­ti­ni­rde­śā­rtha­m ā­di­śa­bde­na vya­va­sthā­vā­ci­nā­nya­pa­dā­rthā vṛ­ttiḥ­, te­na tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇe TAŚVA-ML 340,24ā­di­r ye­ṣāṃ śa­rī­rā­ṇāṃ tā­ni ta­dā­dī­nī­ti saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | bhā­jyā­ni pṛ­tha­kka­rta­vyā­ni | pṛ­tha­ktvā­d e­va te­ṣāṃ bhā­jya­gra- TAŚVA-ML 340,25ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­ka­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­d dhi ka­sya­ci­d dvi­tri­ca­tuḥ­śa­rī­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dha­vi­bhā­go­pa­pa­ttiḥ | yu­ga­pa­d i­ti kā­lai­ka­tvaṃ va­rta­te­, TAŚVA-ML 340,26ā­ṅa­bhi­vi­dhya­rthaḥ | te­nai­ta­d u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti kva­ci­d ā­tma­ni vi­gra­ha­ga­ty ā­pa­nne dve e­va tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇe śa­rī­re yu­ga­pa- TAŚVA-ML 340,27tsaṃ­bha­va­taḥ­, kva­ci­t trī­ṇi tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇa­vai­kri­yi­kā­ṇi tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇau­dā­ri­kā­ṇi vā­, kva­ci­c ca­tvā­ri tā­ny e­vā- TAŚVA-ML 340,28hā­ra­ka­sa­hi­tā­ni vai­kri­yi­ka­sa­hi­tā­ni |­| paṃ­ca tv e­ka­tra yu­ga­pa­n na saṃ­bha­vaṃ­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.43.1ta­dā­dī­ni śa­rī­rā­ṇi bhā­jyā­ny e­ka­tra de­hi­ni | sa­kṛ­t saṃ­ty ā­ca­tu­rbhyo na paṃ­cā­nāṃ ta­tra saṃ­bha­vaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 340,30na hi vai­kri­yi­kā­hā­ra­ka­yo­r yu­ga­pa­tsaṃ­bha­vo ya­taḥ kva­ci­t paṃ­cā­pi syuḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 340,31kiṃ pu­na­r a­tra śa­rī­raṃ ni­ru­pa­bho­gaṃ kiṃ vā so­pa­bho­ga­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.44 ni­ru­pa­bho­ga­m aṃ­tya­m |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 340,33prā­ga­pe­kṣa­yā aṃ­tyaṃ kā­rma­ṇaṃ ta­nni­ru­pa­bho­ga­m i­ti | sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nya­t so­pa­bho­gaṃ ga­mya­te | ka­rmā­dā­na­su­khā­nu­bha­va- TAŚVA-ML 341,01na­he­tu­tvā­t so­pa­bho­gaṃ kā­rma­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, vi­va­kṣi­tā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t | iṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­ttā hi śa­bdā­dyu­pa­la­bdhi­r u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 341,02bho­ga­s ta­smā­n ni­ṣkrāṃ­taṃ ni­ru­pa­bho­ga­m i­ti vi­va­kṣi­taṃ | tai­ja­sa­m a­py e­vaṃ ni­ru­pa­bho­ga­m a­stv i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya yo­ga­ni- TAŚVA-ML 341,03mi­tta­tvā­bhā­vā­d a­na­dhi­kā­rā­t | ya­d e­va hi yo­ga­ni­mi­tta­m au­dā­ri­kā­di ta­d e­va so­pa­bho­gaṃ pro­cya­te ni­ru­pa­bho­ga­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 341,04d e­va ca kā­rma­ṇa­m au­dā­ri­kā­di­bhyo bhi­nnaṃ ni­ścī­ya­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 2.44.1aṃ­tyaṃ ni­ru­pa­bho­ga­tvā­c che­ṣe­bhyo bhi­dya­te va­puḥ | śa­bdā­dya­nu­bha­vo hy a­smā­d u­pa­bho­go na jā­ya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 341,06au­dā­ri­kaṃ kiṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.45 ga­rbha­saṃ­mū­rcha­na­ja­m ā­dya­m |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 341,08ga­rbha­saṃ­mū­rcha­na­jaṃ pā­ṭhā­pe­kṣa­yā­dya­m au­dā­ri­kaṃ ta­dga­rbha­jaṃ saṃ­mū­rcha­na­jaṃ ca pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | ta­ta e­va so­pa­bho­gā­bhyā- TAŚVA-ML 341,09m a­pi pa­rā­bhyāṃ śa­rī­rā­bhyāṃ ta­d bhi­dya­te i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 2.45.1ā­dyaṃ tu so­pa­bho­gā­bhyāṃ pa­rā­bhyāṃ bhi­nna­m u­cya­te | ga­rbha­saṃ­mū­rcha­nā­d dhe­to­r jā­ya­mā­na­tva­to bhi­dā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 341,11ya­thai­va kā­rma­ṇaṃ ni­ru­pa­bho­ga­tvā­t so­pa­bho­ge­bhyo bhi­nnaṃ ta­thau­dā­ri­kaṃ so­pa­bho­ga­m a­pi kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­dā­t pa­rā­bhyāṃ TAŚVA-ML 341,12bhi­nna­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 341,13vai­kri­yi­kaṃ kī­dṛ­śa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.46 au­pa­pā­di­kaṃ vai­kri­yi­ka­m |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 341,15u­pa­pā­do vyā­khyā­taḥ ta­tra bha­va­m au­pa­pā­di­kaṃ ta­dvai­kri­yi­kaṃ bo­ddha­vyaṃ | ku­taḥ pu­na­r au­dā­ri­kā­d i­daṃ bhi­nna­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.46.1au­pa­pā­di­ka­tā­si­ddhe­r bhi­nna­m au­dā­ri­kā­d i­daṃ | tā­va­d vai­kri­yi­kaṃ de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m u­dī­ri­ta­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 341,17na hy au­dā­ri­ka­m e­va vai­kri­yi­kaṃ ta­to nya­syau­pa­pā­di­ka­sya de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ śa­rī­ra­sya vai­kri­yi­ka­tvā­t | ta­c ca TAŚVA-ML 341,18kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­dā­d au­dā­ri­kā­d bhi­nna­m u­cya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 341,19ki­m e­ta­d e­va vai­kri­yi­ka­m u­tā­nya­d a­pī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.47 la­bdhi­pra­tya­yaṃ ca |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 341,21ta­po­ti­śa­ya­rddhi­r la­bdhiḥ sā pra­tya­yaḥ kā­ra­ṇa­m a­sye­ti la­bdhi­pra­tya­yaṃ vai­kri­yi­ka­m i­ti saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 341,22na­nv i­da­m au­dā­ri­kā­di ka­thaṃ bhi­nna­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.47.1kiṃ­ci­d au­dā­ri­ka­tve pi la­bdhi­pra­tya­ya­tā ga­teḥ | ta­taḥ pṛ­tha­k ka­thaṃ­ci­t syā­d e­ta­tka­rma­sa­mu­dbha­vaṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 341,24ya­thau­dā­ri­ka­nā­ma­ka­rma­sa­mu­dbha­va­m au­dā­ri­kaṃ ta­thā vai­kri­yi­ka­nā­ma­ka­rma­sa­mu­dbha­vaṃ vai­kri­yi­kaṃ yu­ktaṃ ta­thā ta­da­la­bdhi- TAŚVA-ML 341,25pra­tya­yaṃ vai­kri­yi­kaṃ | na hi la­bdhi­r e­vā­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ vai­kri­yi­ka­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­ya­syā­pi kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d a­nya­thā sa­rva­sya TAŚVA-ML 341,26vai­kri­yi­ka­sya ta­da­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | te­ne­da­m au­dā­ri­ka­tve pi ka­thaṃ­ci­d au­dā­ri­kā­d bhi­nnaṃ la­bdhi­pra­tya­ya­tva­ni­śca­yā­t | TAŚVA-ML 341,27kiṃ­ci­d e­va hi la­bdhi­pra­tya­yaṃ vai­kri­yi­ka­m i­ṣṭaṃ na sa­rva­m |­| TAŚVA-ML 341,28tai­ja­sa­m a­pi kiṃ­ci­t tā­dṛ­śa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.48 tai­ja­sa­m a­pi |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 341,30la­bdhi­pra­tya­ya­m i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te­, te­na tai­ja­sa­m a­pi la­bdhi­pra­tya­ya­m a­pi ni­śce­yaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 341,31ta­d a­pi la­bdhi­pra­tya­ya­tā­ga­te­r e­va bhi­nna­m au­dā­ri­kā­de­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.48.1ta­thā tai­ja­sa­m a­py a­tra la­bdhi­pra­tya­ya­m ī­ya­tāṃ | sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ tu sa­rve­ṣāṃ de­hi­nāṃ kā­rya­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 342,01la­bdhi­pra­tya­yaṃ tai­ja­saṃ dvi­vi­dhaṃ­, ni­ssa­ra­ṇā­tma­ka­m a­niḥ­sa­ra­ṇā­tma­kaṃ ca | dvi­vi­dhaṃ niḥ­sa­ra­ṇā­tma­kaṃ ca pra­śa- TAŚVA-ML 342,02stā­pra­śa­sta­bhe­dā­t la­bdhi­pra­tya­ya­tvā­d e­va bhi­nnaṃ śa­rī­rāṃ­ta­raṃ ga­mya­tāṃ­, ya­t tu sa­rve­ṣāṃ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇāṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ tai­ja­saṃ TAŚVA-ML 342,03ta­tsva­kā­rya­bhe­dā­d bhi­nna­m ī­ya­tāṃ | tai­ja­sa­vai­kri­yi­ka­yoḥ la­bdhi­pra­tya­ya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­bhe­da­pra­saṃ­gā i­ti ce­n na­, ka­rma­bhe­da- TAŚVA-ML 342,04kā­ra­ṇa­ka­tvā­d bhe­do­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­ty a­pi ta­yo­r la­bdhi­pra­tya­ya­tve tai­ja­sa­vai­kri­yi­ka­nā­ma­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣo­da­yā­pe­kṣa­tvā­d bhe­do TAŚVA-ML 342,05yu­jya­ta e­va |­| TAŚVA-ML 342,06saṃ­pra­tyā­hā­ra­kaṃ śa­rī­ra­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TA-ML 2.49 śu­bhaṃ vi­śu­ddha­m a­vyā­ghā­ti cā­hā­ra­kaṃ pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­ta­syai­va |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 342,08śu­bhaṃ ma­naḥ­prī­ti­ka­raṃ vi­śu­ddhaṃ saṃ­kle­śa­ra­hi­taṃ a­vyā­ghā­ti sa­rva­to vyā­ghā­ta­ra­hi­taṃ ca­śa­bdā­d u­kta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sa- TAŚVA-ML 342,09mu­cca­yaṃ | e­vaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­m ā­hā­ra­kaṃ śa­rī­ra­ma­ti­mā­traṃ pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­ta­syai­va mu­ne­r nā­nya­sye­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 342,10ta­ccha­rī­rāṃ­ta­rā­t ku­to bhi­nna­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.49.1ā­hā­ra­kaṃ śa­rī­raṃ tu śu­bhaṃ kā­rya­kṛ­ta­tva­taḥ | vi­śu­ddhi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­c ca vi­śu­ddhaṃ bhi­nna­m a­nya­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.49.2a­vyā­ghā­ti­sva­rū­pa­tvā­t pra­ma­ttā­dhi­pa­ti­tva­taḥ | pha­la­he­tu­sva­rū­pā­dhi­pa­ti­bhe­de­na ni­ści­ta­m |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 342,13ā­hā­ra­kaṃ vai­kri­yi­kā­di­bhyo bhi­nnaṃ śu­bha­pha­la­tvā­d i­ty a­trā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvaṃ he­toḥ vai­kri­yi­kā­de­r a­pi śu­bha­pha­la­syo- TAŚVA-ML 342,14pa­laṃ­bhā­d i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, ni­ya­me­na śu­bha­pha­la­tva­sya he­tu­tvā­t | vi­śu­ddhi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t ta­to bhi­nna­m i­ty a­trā­pi TAŚVA-ML 342,15la­bdhi­pra­tya­ye­na vai­kri­yi­kā­di­nā­. he­to­r a­ne­kāṃ­ta i­ti nā­śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, ni­ya­me­na vi­śu­ddhi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­sya he­tu­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 342,16sa­mu­dbhū­ta­la­bdhe­r a­pi kro­dhā­di­saṃ­kle­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­śā­d vi­kri­yā­de­r ni­va­rta­nā­d vi­śu­ddhi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­ni­ya­mā­bhā­vā­t | a­vyā- TAŚVA-ML 342,17ghā­ti­sva­rū­pa­tvā­d ā­hā­ra­kaṃ śa­rī­rāṃ­ta­rā­d bhi­nna­m i­ty a­smi­nn a­pi tai­ja­sā­di­nā he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ty a­co­dyaṃ­, prā­ṇi­vā­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 342,18pa­ri­hā­ra­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­vyā­ghā­ti­tva­sya he­tu­tvā­t | pra­ma­ttā­dhi­pa­ti­tva­m a­pi nā­hā­ra­ka­sya śa­rī­rāṃ­ta­rā­d bhe­de sā­dhye­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 342,19vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­ma­ttā­dhi­pa­ti­tva­sya he­tu­tvā­t | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ pha­la­he­tu­sva­rū­pā­dhi­pa­ti­bhe­de­na bhi­nna­m ā­hā­ra­ka­m a­nye­bhyaḥ TAŚVA-ML 342,20śa­rī­re­bhyo ni­ści­ta­m i­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 2.49.3ca­tu­rda­śa­bhi­r i­ty e­vaṃ sū­trai­r u­ktaṃ pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ | śa­rī­raṃ tī­rthi­ko­pe­ta­śa­rī­ra­vi­ni­vṛ­tta­ye |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 342,22a­tha ke saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo na­puṃ­sa­kā­nī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.50 nā­ra­ka­saṃ­mū­rchi­no na­puṃ­sa­kā­ni |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 342,24nā­ra­kāḥ saṃ­mū­rchi­na­ś ca na­puṃ­sa­kā­ny e­va bha­vaṃ­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 342,25de­ve­ṣu ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.51 na de­vāḥ |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 342,27de­vā na­puṃ­sa­kā­ni nai­va saṃ­bha­vaṃ­tī­ti sā­ma­rthyā­t pu­māṃ­saḥ stri­ya­ś ca de­vyo bha­vaṃ­tī­ti ga­mya­te | ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 2.51.1nā­ra­kā de­hi­na­s ta­tra pro­ktāḥ saṃ­mū­rchi­na­ś ca ye | na­puṃ­sa­kā­ni te ni­tyaṃ na de­vā jā­tu­ci­t ta­thā |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.51.2strī­puṃ­sa­su­kha­saṃ­prā­pti­he­tu­hī­na­tva­taḥ pu­rā | na­puṃ­sa­ka­tva­duḥ­khā­pti­he­tva­bhā­vā­d ya­thā­kra­maṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 342,30nā­ra­kāḥ saṃ­mū­rchi­na­ś ca prā­ṇi­no na­puṃ­sa­kā­ny e­va­, strī­puṃ­sa­su­kha­saṃ­prā­pti­kā­ra­ṇa­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t pū­rva­smi­n bha­ve na­puṃ- TAŚVA-ML 342,31sa­ka­tva­sā­dha­nā­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­t | de­vā­s tu na ka­dā­ci­n na­puṃ­sa­kā­di jā­yaṃ­te na­puṃ­sa­ka­tva­duḥ­khā­pti­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 342,32ya­thā­kra­maṃ sā­dhya­dva­ye he­tu­dva­yaṃ pra­tye­yaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 343,01śe­ṣāḥ ki­ya­dve­dā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.52 śe­ṣā­s tri­ve­dāḥ |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 343,03u­kte­bhyo ye śe­ṣāḥ ga­rbha­jā­s tri­ve­dāḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ | ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 2.52.1tri­ve­dāḥ prā­ṇi­naḥ śe­pā­s te­bhya­s tā­dṛ­k su­he­tu­taḥ | i­ti sū­tra­tra­ye­ṇo­ktaṃ liṃ­ga­bhe­de­na de­hi­nā­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 343,05strī­ve­do­da­yā­diḥ strī­ve­da­sya he­tuḥ puṃ­ve­do­da­yā­diḥ puṃ­ve­da­sya­, na­puṃ­sa­ka­ve­do­da­yā­diḥ na­puṃ­sa­ka­ve­da­sye­ti | ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 343,06e­va prā­ṇi­nāṃ strī­liṃ­gā­di­tra­ya­si­ddhi­r i­ti bhe­de­na liṃ­gaṃ sa­ka­la­de­hi­nāṃ sū­tra­tra­ye­ṇo­ktaṃ ve­di­ta­vyaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 343,07ke pu­na­r a­tra śa­rī­ri­ṇo na­pa­va­rtyā­yu­ṣaḥ ke vā­pa­va­rtyā­yu­ṣa i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 2.53 au­pa­pā­di­ka­ca­ra­mo­tta­ma­de­hā saṃ­khye­ya­va­rṣā­yu­ṣo '­na­pa­va­rtyā­yu­ṣaḥ |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 343,09au­pa­pā­di­kā de­va­nā­ra­kāḥ ca­ra­mo ṃ­tya­s ta­jja­nma­ni­rvā­ṇā­rha­sya de­haḥ u­tta­ma u­tkṛ­ṣṭaḥ ta­ra­ma­ś cā­sau u­tta­ma­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 343,10ca­ra­mo­tta­ma­ś ca­ra­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m u­tta­ma­syā­ca­ra­ma­sya ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ u­tta­ma­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ca­ra­ma­syā­nu­tta­ma­tva­vyu­dā­sā­rthaṃ | ca­ra­mo­tta­mo TAŚVA-ML 343,11de­ho ye­ṣāṃ te ca­ra­mo­tta­ma­de­hāḥ | u­pa­mā­pra­mā­ṇa­ga­mya­saṃ­khye­ya­va­rṣā­yu­r ye­ṣāṃ te dvaṃ­dva­vṛ­ttyā ni­rdi­ṣṭāḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo '­na- TAŚVA-ML 343,12pa­va­rtyā ye­ṣāṃ bha­vaṃ­ti i­ti va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­to nye a­pa­va­rtyā­yu­ṣo ga­myaṃ­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 343,13ku­taḥ pu­na­r a­na­pa­va­rtya­m ā­yu­rau­pa­pā­di­kā­dī­nā­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.53.1a­trau­pa­pā­di­kā­dī­nāṃ nā­pa­va­rtyaṃ ka­dā­ca­na | so­mā­tta­mā­yu­rī­dṛ­kṣā­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthya­saṃ­ga­teḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.53.2sā­ma­rthya­ta­s ta­to nye­ṣā­m a­pa­va­rtyaṃ vi­ṣā­di­bhiḥ | si­ddhaṃ ci­ki­tsi­tā­dī­nā­m a­nya­thā ni­ṣpha­la­tva­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 343,16bā­hya­pra­tya­yā­na­pa­va­rta­nī­ya­m ā­yuḥ­ka­rma prā­ṇi­da­yā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣo­pā­rji­taṃ tā­dṛ­śā­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ta­sya sā­ma­rthya­m u­da­ya­s ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 343,17saṃ­ga­tiḥ saṃ­prā­pti­s ta­to bha­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m au­pa­pā­di­kā­dī­nā­m a­na­pa­va­rtya­m i­ti sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nye­ṣāṃ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇāṃ ta­dvi­pa­rī­tā- TAŚVA-ML 343,18dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­pa­va­rtyaṃ jī­va­naṃ vi­ṣā­di­bhiḥ si­ddhaṃ­, ci­ki­tsi­tā­dī­nā­m a­nya­thā ni­ṣpha­la­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na hy a­prā­pta- TAŚVA-ML 343,19kā­la­sya ma­ra­ṇā­bhā­vaḥ kha­ḍga­pra­hā­rā­di­bhi­r ma­ra­ṇa­sya da­rśa­nā­t | prā­pta­kā­la­syai­va ta­sya ta­thā da­rśa­na­m i­ti ce­t­, kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 343,20pu­na­r a­sau kā­laṃ prā­pto '­pa­mṛ­tyu­kā­laṃ vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā­, dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe sva­ṅga­pra­hā­rā­di­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ TAŚVA-ML 343,21sa­ka­la­ba­hiḥ­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­re­pa­kṣa­sya mṛ­tyu­kā­ra­ṇa­sya mṛ­tyu­kā­la­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | śa­stra­saṃ­pā­tā­di­ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 343,22nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­na­s ta­syā­pa­mṛ­tyu­kā­la­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­da­bhā­ve pu­na­r ā­yu­rve­da­prā­mā­ṇya­ci­ki­tsi­tā­dī­nāṃ kva TAŚVA-ML 343,23sā­ma­rthyo­pa­yo­gaḥ | duḥ­kha­pra­tī­kā­rā­dā­v i­ti ce­t­, ta­thai­vā­pa­mṛ­tyu­pra­tī­kā­rā­dau ta­du­pa­yo­go stu ta­syo­bha­ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 343,24da­rśa­nā­t | na­nv ā­yuḥ­kṣa­ya­ni­mi­tto­pa­mṛ­tyuḥ ka­thaṃ ke­na­ci­t pra­ti­kri­ya­te­, ta­rhy a­sa­dve­dyo­da­ya­ni­mi­ttaṃ duḥ­khaṃ ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 343,25ke­na­ci­t pra­ti­kri­ya­tāṃ ? sa­ty a­py a­sa­dve­dyo­da­ye nta­raṃ­ge he­tau duḥ­khaṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ge vā­tā­di­vi­kā­re ta­tpra­ti­pa­kṣau­ṣa­dho­pa­yo- TAŚVA-ML 343,26go pa­nī­te duḥ­kha­syā­nu­tpa­tteḥ pra­tī­kā­raḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi sa­ty a­pi ka­sya­ci­d ā­yu­ru­da­ye ṃ­ta­raṃ­ge he­tau ba­hi­raṃ­ge TAŚVA-ML 343,27pa­thyā­hā­rā­dau vi­cchi­nne jī­va­na­syā­bhā­ve pra­sa­kte ta­tsaṃ­pā­da­nā­ya jī­va­nā­dhā­na­m e­vā­pa­mṛ­tyo­r a­stu pra­tī­kā­raḥ | sa­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 343,28py ā­yu­ṣi jī­va­na­syā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ktau kṛ­ta­pra­ṇā­śaḥ syā­t i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi sa­ty a­py a­sa­dve­dyo­da­ye duḥ­kha­syo­pa­śa­ma­ne TAŚVA-ML 343,29ka­thaṃ kṛ­ta­pra­ṇā­śo na bha­ve­t ? ka­ṭu­kā­di­bhe­ṣa­jo­pa­yo­ga­ja­pī­ḍā­mā­traṃ sva­pha­laṃ da­tvai­vā­sa­dve­dya­sya ni­vṛ­tte­r na kṛ­ta­pra- TAŚVA-ML 343,30ṇā­śa i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhy ā­yu­ṣo pi jī­va­na­mā­traṃ sva­pha­laṃ da­ttvai­va ni­vṛ­tteḥ kṛ­ta­pra­ṇā­śo mā bhū­t vi­śi­ṣṭa­pha­la­dā- TAŚVA-ML 343,31nā­bhā­va­s tū­bha­ya­tra sa­mā­naḥ | ta­to sti ka­sya­ci­d a­pa­mṛ­tyu­ś ci­ki­tsi­tā­dī­nāṃ sa­pha­lā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ ka­rma­ṇā­m a­ya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 343,32kā­la­vi­pā­ko­pa­pa­tte­ś cā­mra­pha­lā­di­va­t | ya­ś cā­ha­, vi­vā­dā­pa­nnāḥ prā­ṇi­naḥ sā­pa­va­rtyā­yu­ṣaḥ śa­rī­ri­tvā­d iṃ­dri­ya­va- TAŚVA-ML 343,33ttvā­d vā pra­si­ddha­sā­pa­va­rtyā­yu­ṣka­prā­ṇi­va­t te vā­na­pa­va­rtyā­yu­ṣa­s ta­ta e­vau­pa­pā­di­ka­va­d i­ti­, so pi na yu­kta­vā­dī- TAŚVA-ML 343,34ty u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.53.3ta­da­nya­ta­ra­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­c cha­rī­ri­tvā­di­he­tu­bhiḥ | sa­rve­ṣā­m a­pa­va­rtyaṃ ta­nnā­pa­va­rtya­m i­tī­ra­ya­n |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 2.53.4pra­bā­dhya­te pra­mā­ṇe­na sve­ṣṭa­bhe­dā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | sa­rva­jñā­di­vi­ro­dhā­c ca mā­na­me­yā­vya­va­sthi­teḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 344,03na hy a­pa­va­rtyā­na­pa­va­rtya­yo­r ā­yu­ṣo­r a­nya­ta­ra­syā­pi pra­ti­kṣe­paṃ ku­rva­n pra­mā­ṇe­na na bā­dhya­te­, a­nu­mā­ne­nā­ga­me­na ca TAŚVA-ML 344,04ta­sya bā­dha­nā­t sve­ṣṭa­bhe­da­pra­si­ddhyā cā­yaṃ pra­bā­dhya­te | sva­ya­m i­ṣṭaṃ hi ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t prā­ṇi­nā­m a­lpa­m ā­yuḥ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d dī­rghaṃ TAŚVA-ML 344,05ta­tra śa­kyaṃ va­ktuṃ | vi­vā­dā­pa­nnāḥ prā­ṇi­no lpā­yu­ṣaḥ śa­rī­ri­tvā­t pra­si­ddhā­lpā­yu­ṣka­va­t te vā dī­rghā­yu­ṣa­s ta­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 344,06pra­si­ddha­dī­rghā­yu­ṣka­va­d i­ti sve­ṣṭa­vi­bhā­ga­si­ddhiḥ pra­bā­dha­kā sa­rva­jñā­di­vi­ro­dhā­c cā­sau bā­dhya­te | ta­thā vi­vā­dā- TAŚVA-ML 344,07pa­nnaḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ sa­rva­jño vī­ta­rā­go vā na bha­va­ti śa­rī­ri­tvā­d a­nya­pu­ru­ṣa­va­t ve­dā­rtha­jño vā na bha­va­ti jai­mi­nyā­di­s ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 344,08e­va ta­dva­t vi­pa­rya­ya­pra­saṃ­go ve­ti pra­tya­va­sthā­na­sya ka­rtuṃ śa­kya­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­yā­vya­va­sthā­nā­c cā­yaṃ bā­dhya­te | TAŚVA-ML 344,09śa­kyaṃ hi va­ktuṃ vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­taḥ pra­mā­tā pra­mā­ṇa­ra­hi­taḥ śa­rī­ri­tvā­t sa­nni­pā­tā­dyā­ku­la­va­t pra­me­ya­sya vā TAŚVA-ML 344,10na pa­ri­cche­ttā ta­ta e­va ta­dva­d i­ti | ta­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­vya­va­sthi­tiṃ ku­ta­ści­t svī­ku­rva­t sa­rva­jñā­di­vya­va­sthi­tiṃ TAŚVA-ML 344,11sve­ṣṭa­vi­bhā­ga­si­ddhiṃ vā nā­na­pa­va­rtya­sye­ta­ra­sya vā­yu­ṣaḥ pra­ti­kṣe­paṃ ka­rtu­m a­rha­ti ta­sya pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­tvā­d i­ti da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 2.53.5abi­ha sa­ti ba­hi­raṃ­ge kā­ra­ṇe ke '­pi mṛ­tyo­r na mṛ­ti­m a­nu­bha­vaṃ­ti svā­yu­ṣo hā­nya­bhā­ve | TAŚV-ML 2.53.5cdjva­li­ta­hu­ta­bhu­gaṃ­taḥ­pā­ti­nāṃ paṃ­ca­tā­pi pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­ta­nu­r no jī­vi­ta­syā­pi dṛ­ṣṭeḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 344,14ta­d e­vaṃ yu­ktyā­ga­mā­bhyā­m a­vi­ru­ddho '­na­pa­va­rtye­ta­rā­yu­r vi­bhā­gaḥ sū­kta e­va |­| TAŚVA-ML 344,15svaṃ ta­ttvaṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ bhe­daḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­ṣa­yo ga­tiḥ | ja­nma­yo­ni­r va­pu­rliṃ­ga­m a­hī­nā­yu­r i­ho­di­ta­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 344,16i­ti śrī­vi­dyā­naṃ­di ā­cā­rya­vi­ra­ci­te ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kā­la­ṅkā­re dvi­tī­yo '­dhyā­yaḥ sa­mā­ptaḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 345,1oṃ TAŚV-ML 345,2tṛ­tī­yo '­dhyā­yaḥ |­| 3 |­| TA-ML 3.1 ra­tna­śa­rka­rā­vā­lu­kā­paṃ­ka­dhū­ma­ta­mo­ma­hā­ta­maḥ­pra­bhā bhū­ma­yo gha­nāṃ­bu­vā­tā­kā- TA-ML 3.1 śa­pra­ti­ṣṭhāḥ sa­ptā­dho '­dhaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 345,05ra­tnā­dī­nā­m i­ta­re­ta­ra­yo­ge dvaṃ­dvaḥ­, pra­bhā­śa­bda­sya pra­tye­kaṃ pa­ri­sa­mā­pti­r bhu­ji­va­t | sā­ha­ca­ryā­t tā­ccha­bdya­si­ddhi­r ya- TAŚVA-ML 345,06ṣṭi­va­t | ta­maḥ­pra­me­ti vi­ru­ddha­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­tsvā­tma­pra­bho­pa­pa­tteḥ | a­nā­di­pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­saṃ­jñā­ni­rde­śā­d ve­ṣṭa­go­pa­va­t TAŚVA-ML 345,07ra­tna­pra­bhā­di­saṃ­jñāḥ pra­tye­ta­vyāḥ | rū­ḍhi­śa­bdā­nā­m a­ga­ma­ka­tva­m a­va­ya­vā­rthā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, sū­tra­sya pra­ti­pā­da­no- TAŚVA-ML 345,08pā­ya­tvā­t te­ṣā­m a­pi ga­ma­ka­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | bhū­mi­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ­, gha­nā­di­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­dā­laṃ­ba­na­ni­rjñā- TAŚVA-ML 345,09nā­rthaṃ­, sa­pta­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ya­t tā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­rthaṃ | sā­mī­pyā­bhā­vā­d a­dho­dha i­ti dvi­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, aṃ­ta­ra­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 345,10vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t |­| ku­taḥ pu­na­r e­tāḥ saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.1gha­nāṃ­bu­pa­va­nā­kā­śa­pra­ti­ṣṭhāḥ sa­pta­bhū­ma­yaḥ | ra­tna­pra­bhā­da­yo '­dho­dhaḥ saṃ­bhā­vyā bā­dha­ka­cyu­teḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 345,12na hi ya­tho­di­ta­ra­tna­pra­bhā­di­bhū­mi­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­va­ca­na­sya kiṃ­ci­d bā­dha­kaṃ ka­dā­ci­t saṃ­bhā­vya­te i­ti ni­rū­pi­ta­prā­yaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 345,13na­nv e­tā bhū­ma­yo gha­nā­ni­la­pra­ti­ṣṭhāḥ gha­nā­ni­la­s tv aṃ­bu­vā­ta­pra­ti­ṣṭhaḥ so pi ta­nu­vā­ta­pra­ti­ṣṭha­s ta­nu­vā­taḥ pu­na­r ā- TAŚVA-ML 345,14kā­śa­pra­ti­ṣṭhaḥ svā­tma­pra­ti­ṣṭha­m ā­kā­śa­m i­ty e­ta­d a­nu­pa­pa­nnaṃ­, vyo­ma­va­dbhū­mī­nā­m a­pi svā­tma­pra­ti­ṣṭha­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t bhū­myā­di­va- TAŚVA-ML 345,15d vā­kā­śa­syā­dhā­rāṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­nā­yā­m a­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to nā­tra bā­dha­ka­cyu­ti­r i­ti ka­ści­t taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.2svā­tma­pra­ti­ṣṭha­m ā­kā­śaṃ vi­bhu­dra­vya­tva­to nya­thā | gha­ṭā­de­r i­va nai­vo­pa­pa­dye­ta vi­bhu­tā­sya sā |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 345,17pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­da­nya­tpra­ti­ṣṭhaṃ ve­ti vyā­ha­ta­m e­ta­t | ta­to vyo­ma cā­tma­pra­ti­ṣṭhaṃ vi­bhu­dra­vya­tvā­d ya­t tu na svā­tma­pra- TAŚVA-ML 345,18ti­ṣṭhaṃ ta­n na vi­bhu dra­vyaṃ ya­thā gha­ṭā­di vi­bhu dra­vyaṃ ca vyo­me­ti na ta­syā­py ā­dhā­rāṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­na­yā­na­va­sthā syā­t | TAŚVA-ML 345,19nā­pi bhū­myā­dī­nā­m a­pi sva­pra­ti­ṣṭha­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­s te­ṣā­m a­vi­bhu­dra­vya­tvā­d i­ti na pra­kṛ­ta­bā­dha­ka­tvaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 345,20na­nu ka­tha­m i­dā­nīṃ vyo­ma ta­nu­vā­ta­syā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­mū­rta­tvā­t ta­tpra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­d i­ty a­pa­ra­staṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.3ta­nu­vā­taḥ pu­na­r vyo­ma­pra­ti­ṣṭhaḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­te | ta­nu­vā­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­n me­gha­dhā­ra­ṇa­vā­yu­va­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 345,22me­gha­dhā­ra­ṇo vā­tā­va­ya­vī vā­yu­raṃ­bu­pra­ti­ṣṭha i­ti ce­n na­, a­naṃ­ta­śaḥ pa­va­na­pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ pa­va­nā­va­ya­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 345,23vā­kā­śa­pra­ti­ṣṭha­tvā­d a­bhi­nna­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­t pa­va­nā­va­ya­vi­no pi ta­dā­dhā­ra­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r na sā­dhya­vi­ka­la­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ­, nā­pi saṃ­di- TAŚVA-ML 345,24gdha­vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­vṛ­tti­ko he­tuḥ­, ka­sya­ci­d a­py a­nā­kā­śā­dhā­ra­sya ta­nu­vā­ta­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­taḥ ta­syā­mū­rta­syā­pi pa­va­nā- TAŚVA-ML 345,25dhā­ra­tva­m u­pa­pa­nnaṃ ā­tma­naḥ śa­rī­rā­dyā­dhā­ra­tva­va­t ta­thā pra­tī­te­r a­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 345,26ta­nu­vā­taḥ ka­tha­m aṃ­bu­vā­ta­syā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ sa­mī­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­va­tvā­d i­ti ce­d u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.4ta­ddhṛ­ta­ś cāṃ­bu­vā­taḥ syā­d dha­nā­tmā­rtha­sya dhā­ra­kaḥ | aṃ­bu­vā­ta­tva­to vā­rddhe­r vī­cī­vā­yu­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 345,28sa ca ta­nu­vā­ta­pra­ti­ṣṭho ṃ­bu­vā­to gha­na­vā­ta­sya sthi­ti­he­tuḥ so pi bhū­me­r na pu­naḥ kū­rmā­di­r i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.5gha­nā­ni­laṃ pra­ti­ṣṭhā­na­he­tuḥ kū­rmaḥ sa e­ṣa naḥ | na kū­rmā­di­r a­nā­dhā­ro dṛ­ṣṭa­kū­rmā­di­va­t sa­dā |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.1.6ta­nni­vā­sa­ja­nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣe va­sa­to ya­di | kū­rmā­di­r ā­śra­yaḥ kiṃ na vā­yu­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sā­ra­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 346,01so yaṃ kū­rmaṃ va­rā­haṃ vā sva­ya­m a­nā­dhā­raṃ bhū­me­r ā­śra­yaṃ ka­lpa­ya­n dṛ­ṣṭa­hā­nyā ni­rdhā­rya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 346,02ka­ści­d ā­ha­–­na sthi­rā bhū­mi­r da­rpa­ṇā­kā­rā | kiṃ ta­rhi ? go­la­kā­kā­rā sa­rva­do­rdhvā­dho bhrā­mya­ti­, sthi­raṃ tu TAŚVA-ML 346,03na­kṣa­tra­ca­kraṃ me­roḥ prā­da­kṣi­ṇye­nā­va­sthā­nā­t | ta­ta e­va pū­rvā­di­di­gde­śa­bhe­de­na na­kṣa­trā­dī­nāṃ saṃ­pra­tya­yo na vi­ru­dhya­te | TAŚVA-ML 346,04ta­tho­da­yā­s ta­m a­na­yo­ś caṃ­drā­dī­nāṃ bhū­mi­saṃ­la­gna­ta­yā pra­tī­ti­ś ca gha­ṭa­te nā­nya­the­ti­, taṃ pra­ti bā­dha­ka­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.7no­rdhvā­dho­bhra­ma­ṇaṃ bhū­me­r gha­ṭa­te go­la­kā­tma­naḥ | sa­dā ta­thai­va ta­dbhrāṃ­ti­he­to­r a­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 346,06vā­yu­r e­vo­rdhvā­dho bhra­ma­n sa­rva­dā bhū­me­s ta­thā bhra­ma­ṇa­he­tu­r i­ti na saṃ­ga­taṃ­, pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | ā­ga­maḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 346,07ce­n na­, ta­syā­nu­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­t | ta­syā­nu­mā­na­m a­nu­grā­ha­ka­m a­stī­ti ce­n na­, a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­liṃ­gā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 346,08na­nu ca ya­t pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ya­tnā­dya­bhā­ve pi bhrā­mya­ti ta­dbhra­ma­dvā­yu­he­tu­kaṃ bhra­ma­ṇaṃ ya­thā­kā­śe pa­rṇā­di ta­thā ca bhū­go­la TAŚVA-ML 346,09i­ty a­vi­nā­bhā­vi liṃ­ga­m a­nu­mā­naṃ pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ya­tna­kṛ­ta­ca­krā­di­bhra­ma­ṇe­na pā­ṣā­ṇā­di­saṃ­gha­ṭṭa­kṛ­ta­na­dī­ja­lā­di­bhra­ma­ṇe­na ca TAŚVA-ML 346,10vya­bhi­cā­rā­bhā­vā­t | na ca pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ya­tnā­dya­bhā­vo '­si­ddhaḥ pṛ­thi­vī­go­la­ka­bhra­ma­ṇe ma­he­śva­rā­deḥ kā­ra­ṇa­sya ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | TAŚVA-ML 346,11pā­ṣā­ṇa­saṃ­gha­ṭṭā­di­saṃ­bha­vā­bhā­vā­t bhū­go­la­bhra­ma­ṇa­m a­si­ddhaṃ i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ ta­da­bhā­ve ta­tstha­ja­nā­nāṃ caṃ­drā­rkā­di­biṃ­ba­syo- TAŚVA-ML 346,12da­yā­sta­m a­na­yo­r bhi­nna­de­śā­di­ta­yā pra­tī­te­r a­gha­ṭa­nā­t | sā­sti ca pra­tī­ti­s ta­to bhū­go­la­bhra­maḥ pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha i­ti TAŚVA-ML 346,13ka­ści­t | so trai­va pa­rya­nu­yo­kta­vyaḥ | bhra­maḥ ka­smā­n na bha­va­tī­ti ta­dā­ve­di­naḥ pra­va­ca­na­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t | pra­ti­ni­ya­tā- TAŚVA-ML 346,14ne­ka­de­śā­di­ta­yā­rkā­dī­nāṃ pra­tī­te­r a­pi gha­ṭa­nā­t bhū­bhra­ma­ṇa­he­to­r vi­ru­ddha­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | bhū­go­la­bhra­ma­ṇe sā­dha­na­syā­nu­mā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 346,15di­bā­dhi­ta­pa­kṣa­tā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t bhū­bhra­mo va­ti­ṣṭha­ta i­ti ce­t­, ta­thā­vi­dhā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vai­ci­tryā­t ta­dbhra­ma­ṇo­pa- TAŚVA-ML 346,16pa­tteḥ |­| bhū­go­la­bhra­ma­ṇe tu vā­yu­bhra­ma­ṇaṃ na kā­ra­ṇaṃ bha­vi­tu­m a­rha­ti sa­rva­dā ta­sya ta­thā bhra­ma­ṇa­ni­ya­mā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a­ni­ya­ta- TAŚVA-ML 346,17ga­ti­tvā­t | ta­to nā­bhi­pre­ta­di­ga­bhi­mu­khaṃ bhra­ma­ṇaṃ bhū­go­la­sya syā­t | prā­ṇya­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­śā­d vā­yo­r ni­ya­taṃ ta­thā bhra­ma­ṇa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 346,18ce­n na­, ta­tkā­ryā­si­ddhau ta­da­si­ddheḥ | pra­si­ddhe hi su­khā­di­kā­rye ni­rvi­vā­de dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­vya­bhi­cā­re cā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ta­tkā- TAŚVA-ML 346,19ra­ṇa­m a­nu­mī­ya­te na cā­bhi­pre­ta­vā­yu­bhra­ma­ṇaṃ ni­rvi­vā­daṃ si­ddhaṃ ya­to na dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­vya­bhi­cā­re ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­m a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 346,20mī­ye­ta | bhū­bhra­mā­t pra­va­ha­dvā­yu­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi ta­dva­da­si­ddheḥ | nā­nā­di­gde­śā­di­ta­yā­rkā­di­pra­tī­ti­s tu TAŚVA-ML 346,21bhū­bhra­me pi gha­ṭa­mā­nā na bhū­bhra­maṃ sā­dha­ya­tī­ti | ka­thaṃ ? a­nu­mi­tā­nu­mā­nā­d a­py a­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhi­r i­ti sū­ktaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 346,22bhū­me­r ū­rdhvā­dho­bhra­ma­ṇaṃ­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­va­de­kā­nu­bha­vaṃ saṃ­pa­ri­vṛ­tti­r vā gha­ṭa­te ta­dbhra­ma­ṇa­he­toḥ pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­sya sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­dya­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 346,23tvā­t pa­re­ṣṭa­bhū­bhra­mā­di­va­d i­ti | ta­thā dṛ­ṣṭa­vyā­ghā­tā­c ca na so stī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.8dṛ­śya­mā­na­sa­mu­drā­di­ja­la­sthi­ti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | go­le bhrā­mya­ti pā­ṣā­ṇa­go­la­va­t kva vi­śe­ṣa­vā­k |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 346,25na hi ja­lā­deḥ pa­ta­na­dha­rma­ṇo bhū­ya­so bhrā­mya­ti pā­ṣā­ṇa­go­le sthi­ti­r dṛ­ṣṭā ya­to bhū­go­le pi sā saṃ­bhā­vye­ta | TAŚVA-ML 346,26dhā­ra­ka­vā­yu­va­śā­t ta­tra ta­sya sthi­ti­r na vi­ru­dhya­ta i­ti ce­t­, sa dhā­ra­ko vā­yuḥ ka­thaṃ pre­ra­ka­vā­yu­nā na pra­ti­ha­nya­te ? TAŚVA-ML 346,27pra­va­ha­to hi sa­rva­dā bhū­go­laṃ ca bhra­ma­ya­tsa­maṃ­ta­to pi ta­tstha­sa­mu­drā­di­dhā­ra­ka­vā­yuṃ vi­gha­ṭa­ya­ty e­va­m e­va dhā­ra­ka­vā­yu­m i­va TAŚVA-ML 346,28ta­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­vā­ta i­ti vi­ru­ddhai­va ta­da­va­sthi­tiḥ­, sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣa­pa­va­na­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 346,29a­tra pa­rā­kū­ta­m ā­śaṃ­kya pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.9gu­rva­rtha­syā­bhi­mu­khye­na bhū­meḥ sa­rva­sya pā­ta­taḥ | ta­tsthi­ti­ś ce­t pra­tī­ye­ta nā­dha­stā­t pā­ta­dṛ­ṣṭi­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 346,31bhū­go­le bhrā­mya­ti pa­ta­d a­pi sa­mu­dra­ja­lā­di sthi­ta­m i­va bhā­ti ta­sya ta­dā­bhi­mu­khye­na pa­ta­nā­t | sa­rva­sya gu­ro- TAŚVA-ML 346,32r a­rtha­sya bhū­me­r a­na­bhi­mu­kha­ta­yā pa­ta­nā­da­rśa­nā­d i­ti ce­n nai­vaṃ­, a­dha­stā­t gu­rva­rtha­sya pā­ta­da­rśa­nā­t­, ta­thā­bhi­to bhi­ghā­tā- TAŚVA-ML 346,33dya­bhā­ve sva­sthā­nā­t pra­cyu­to dha­stā­t pa­ta­ti gu­ru­tvā­l lo­ṣṭhā­di­va­t | na hi ta­trā­bhi­ghā­to no­da­naṃ vā pu­ru­ṣa­ya­tnā­di- TAŚVA-ML 346,34kṛ­ta­m a­sti ye­nā­nya­thā­ga­tiḥ syā­t | na cā­tra he­toḥ kaṃ­du­kā­di­nā vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­, a­bhi­ghā­tā­dya­bhā­ve sa­tī­ti TAŚVA-ML 347,01vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | nā­pi sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vi­ka­lo dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ sā­dha­na­sya gu­ru­tva­sya ya­tho­kta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya sā­dhya­sya vā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 347,02stā­t pa­ta­na­sya lo­ṣṭhā­dau pra­si­ddha­tvā­t | ta­n na bhū­bhra­ma­vā­dī sa­tya­vā­gū­rdhvā­dho­bhū­bhra­ma­vā­di­va­t | kiṃ ca­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.10bhū­bhra­mā­ga­ma­sa­tya­tve '­bhū­bhra­mā­ga­ma­sa­tya­tā | kiṃ na syā­t sa­rva­thā jyo­ti­rjñā­na­si­ddhe­r a­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.1.11dva­yoḥ sa­tya­tva­m i­ṣṭaṃ ce­t kvā­vi­ru­ddhā­rtha­tā ta­yoḥ | pra­va­ktro­r ā­pta­tā nai­vaṃ su­ga­te­ś­‍­va­ra­yo­r i­va |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 347,05ma­tāṃ­ta­ra­m u­pa­da­rśya ni­vā­ra­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.12sa­rva­dā­dhaḥ pa­ta­nty e­tāḥ bhū­ma­yo ma­ru­to '­sthi­teḥ | ī­ra­ṇā­tma­tva­to dṛ­ṣṭa­pra­bhaṃ­ja­na­va­d i­ty a­sa­t |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.1.13ma­ru­to dhā­ra­ka­syā­pi da­rśa­nā­t to­ya­dā­di­ṣu | sa­rva­dā dhā­ra­ka­tva­syā­nā­di­tvā­t ta­tra na kṣa­tiḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 347,08na hi bhū­myā­dhā­ro vā­yu­r a­na­va­sthi­ta­s ta­sye­ra­ṇā­tma­tvā­bhā­vā­t | ta­c cā­saṃ­bha­va­n nā­ya­m ī­ra­ṇā­tma­ka­tva­ra­hi­to ma­ru­tto- TAŚVA-ML 347,09ya­dā­di­dhā­ra­ṇā­tma­ka­syā­pi da­rśa­nā­t | sa­rva­dā dhā­ra­ka­tvaṃ na dṛ­ṣṭaṃ i­ti ce­t­, sā­de­r a­nā­de­r vā ? sā­de­ś ce­t TAŚVA-ML 347,10si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā | ya­di pu­na­r a­nā­de­r a­pi sa­rva­dā­dhā­ra­ka­tvaṃ pa­va­na­sya na syā­t ta­dā­tmā­kā­śā­de­r a­py a­mū­rta­tva­vi­bhu­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 347,11di­dha­rma­dhā­ra­ṇa­vi­ro­dhaḥ | a­trā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­yo­r a­nā­di­tvā­t sa­rva­dā ta­dbhā­va i­ti ce­t­, bhū­mi­m a­va­bhṛ­to­r a­pi ta­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 347,12ta­thā so stu | ta­n na sa­rva­dā­dhaḥ pa­taṃ­ti bhū­ma­yaḥ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | e­te­na sa­rva­do­tpa­taṃ­ty e­va ti­rya­g e­va ga­cchaṃ­tī­ti TAŚVA-ML 347,13vā ni­ra­staṃ­, dhā­ra­ka­sya vā­yo­r a­bā­dhi­ta­sya si­ddhe­s ta­da­va­sthā­nā­vi­ro­dhā­t | ka­ści­d ā­ha-vi­vā­dā­pa­nnā bhū­mi­r bhū­myaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 347,14ta­rā­dhā­rā bhū­mi­tvā­t ta­thā pra­si­ddha­bhū­mi­va­t | sā­py a­pa­rā bhū­mi­r bhū­myaṃ­ta­rā­dhā­rā bhū­mi­tvā­t ta­thā pra­si­ddha­bhū­mi­va­t TAŚVA-ML 347,15sā­py a­pa­rā bhū­mi­r bhū­myaṃ­ta­rā­dhā­rā ta­ta e­va ta­dva­d i­ti śa­śva­da­pa­ryaṃ­tā ti­rya­g a­dho pī­ti taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.14nā­pa­ryaṃ­tā dha­rā­dho pi si­ddhā saṃ­sthā­na­bhe­da­taḥ | dha­ra­va­tsva­m a­pa­ryaṃ­taṃ si­ddhaṃ saṃ­sthā­na­va­n na hi |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 347,17dha­raḥ pa­rva­taḥ saṃ­sthā­na­vā­n dṛ­ṣṭo yaḥ pu­na­r a­pa­ryaṃ­taḥ sa na saṃ­sthā­na­vā­n ya­thā­kā­śā­di­r i­ti vi­pa­kṣā­d vyā­vṛ­tto TAŚVA-ML 347,18he­tuḥ pa­ryaṃ­ta­va­ttāṃ dha­rā­yāḥ sā­dha­ya­ty e­va | ya­t pu­na­r a­bhya­dhā­yi­–­vi­vā­dā­pa­nnā dha­rā dha­rā­dhā­rā dha­rā­tvā­t pra­si­ddha­dha­rā- TAŚVA-ML 347,19va­d i­ti | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ­, he­to­r ā­di­tya­dha­rā­di­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t na hi ta­syā dha­rāṃ­ta­rā­dhā­ra­tvaṃ si­ddha­m aṃ­ta­rā­tmā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 347,20ta­taḥ pa­ryaṃ­ta­va­tyo bhū­ma­ya i­ti ni­rā­re­kaṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | na­nu cā­dho­dhaḥ sa­pta­su bhū­mi­ṣu jī­va­sya ga­ti­vai­ci­tryaṃ TAŚVA-ML 347,21vi­ru­ddhaṃ ta­to a­mī­bhyaḥ śū­nyā­bhi­s tā­bhi­r bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ | ta­thā ca ta­tka­lpa­nā­vai­ya­rthyaṃ jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 347,22ṇā­rthā hi ta­tpa­ri­ka­lpa­nā śre­ya­sī nā­nya­the­ti va­daṃ­taṃ pra­tyā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.15nā­dho dho ga­ti­vai­ci­tryaṃ vi­ru­ddhaṃ prā­ṇi­nā­m i­ha | tā­dṛ­k pā­pa­sya vai­ci­tryā­t ta­nni­mi­tta­sya ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 347,24pra­si­ddhaṃ hi tā­va­d a­śu­bha­pha­laṃ ka­rma pā­paṃ ta­sya pra­ka­rṣa­tā­ra­ta­myaṃ ta­tpha­la­sya pra­ka­rṣa­tā­ra­ta­myā­d i­ti prā­ṇi­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 347,25ra­tna­pra­bhā­di­na­ra­ka­bhū­mi­sa­mu­dbhū­ti­ni­mi­tta­bhū­ta­sya pā­pa­vi­śe­ṣa­sya vai­ci­tryā­t ta­dga­ti­vai­ci­tryaṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te ti­rya­gā­di- TAŚVA-ML 347,26ga­ti­vai­ci­trya­va­t |­| ya­ta e­vaṃ­ —TAŚV-ML 3.1.16ta­taḥ sa­pte­ti saṃ­khyā­naṃ bhū­mī­nāṃ na vi­ru­ddhya­te | saṃ­khyāṃ­ta­raṃ ca saṃ­kṣe­pa­vi­sta­rā­di­va­śā­n ma­taṃ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 347,28na hi saṃ­kṣe­pā­d e­kā­dho­bhū­mi­r i­ti vi­ru­dhya­te vi­sta­ra­to vā sai­ka­viṃ­śa­ti­bhe­dā sa­ptā­nāṃ pra­tye­kaṃ ja­gha­nya­m a­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 347,29mo­tkṛ­ṣṭa­vi­ka­lpā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 347,30ta­dga­ta­na­ra­ka­saṃ­khyā­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­da­rśa­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.2 tā­su triṃ­śa­tpaṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­ti­paṃ­ca­da­śa­da­śa­tri­paṃ­co­nai­ka­na­ra­ka­śa­ta­sa­ha­srā­ṇi paṃ­ca TA-ML 3.2 cai­va ya­thā­kra­ma­m |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 347,33triṃ­śa­c ca paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­ti­ś ca paṃ­ca­da­śa ca da­śa ca tra­ya­ś ca paṃ­co­nai­kaṃ ce­ti dvaṃ­dvaḥ­, na­ra­kā­ṇāṃ śa­ta­sa­ha­srā­ṇi na­ra- TAŚVA-ML 348,01ka­śa­ta­sa­ha­srā­ṇi ca tā­nī­ti sva­pa­dā­rthā vṛ­ttiḥ­, tā­sv i­ti ra­tna­pra­bhā­di­bhū­mi­pa­rā­ma­rśaḥ­, ya­thā­kra­ma­va­ca­naṃ ya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 348,02saṃ­khyā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­rthaṃ | te­na ra­tna­pra­bhā­yāṃ triṃ­śa­nna­ra­ka­śa­ta­sa­ha­srā­ṇi­, śa­rka­rā­pra­bhā­yāṃ paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­tiḥ­, bā­lu­kā­pra­bhā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 348,03paṃ­ca­da­śa­, paṃ­ka­pra­bhā­yāṃ da­śa­, dhū­ma­pra­bhā­yāṃ trī­ṇi­, ta­maḥ­pra­bhā­yāṃ paṃ­co­nai­kaṃ na­ra­ka­śa­ta­sa­ha­sraṃ­, ma­hā­ta­maḥ­pra­bhā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 348,04paṃ­ca­na­ra­kā­ṇi bha­vaṃ­tī­ti vi­jñā­ya­te | ku­taḥ pu­na­s triṃ­śa­lla­kṣā­di­saṃ­khyā ra­tna­pra­bhā­di­ṣu si­ddhe­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.2.1triṃ­śa­lla­kṣā­di­saṃ­khyā ca na­ra­kā­ṇāṃ su­sū­tri­tā | ra­tna­pra­bhā­di­ṣū­ktā­su prā­ṇya­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 348,06tā­dṛ­śāḥ prā­ṇi­nāṃ ta­nni­vā­si­nā­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣāḥ pū­rvo­pā­ttāḥ saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te ya­ta­s tā­su triṃ­śa­lla­kṣā­di­saṃ­khyā na­ra- TAŚVA-ML 348,07kā­ṇāṃ ra­tna­pra­bhā­di­saṃ­khyā ca si­ddhya­tī­ti śo­bha­naṃ sū­tri­tā sā |­| TAŚV-ML 3.2.2i­ti sū­tra­dva­ye­nā­dho­lo­kā­vā­sa­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | śre­yā­n sa­rva­vi­dā­yā­ta­syā­mnā­ya­syā­vi­lo­pa­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 348,09na hi sa­rva­vi­dā­yā­ta­tva­m e­ta­dā­mnā­ya­syā­si­ddhaṃ bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t sva­rgā­dyā­mnā­ya­va­t­, prā­k ciṃ­ti­taṃ cā­ga­ma­sya TAŚVA-ML 348,10prā­mā­ṇya­m i­ti ne­ha pra­ta­nya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 348,11kī­dṛ­śa­le­śyā­da­ya­s ta­tra prā­ṇi­no va­saṃ­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.3 nā­ra­kā ni­tyā­śu­bha­ta­ra­le­śyā­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­de­ha­ve­da­nā­vi­kri­yāḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 348,13le­śyā­di­śa­bdā u­ktā­rthāḥ | ti­rya­gvya­pe­kṣa­yā­ti­śa­ya­ni­rde­śaḥ pū­rvo pe­kṣo vā­dho­ga­tā­nāṃ | ni­tya­gra­ha­ṇā­l le­śyā- TAŚVA-ML 348,14dya­ni­vṛ­tti­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, ā­bhī­kṣṇya­va­ca­na­tvā­n ni­tya­śa­bda­sya ni­tya­pra­ha­si­ta­va­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 348,15ke pu­na­r e­vaṃ vi­śe­ṣya­mā­ṇā nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.3.1ti­ryaṃ­co '­śu­bha­le­śyā­dyā­s te­bhyo pya­ti­śa­ye­na ye | prā­ṇi­no '­śu­bha­le­śyā­dyāḥ ke­ci­t te ta­tra nā­ra­kāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 348,17ti­ryaṃ­ca­s tā­va­d a­śu­bha­le­śyāḥ ke­ci­t pra­si­ddhā­s ta­to py a­ti­śa­ye­nā­śu­bha­le­śyāḥ prā­ṇi­no nā­ra­kāḥ saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te a­śu- TAŚVA-ML 348,18bha­ta­ra­le­śyāḥ­, pra­tha­mā­yāṃ bhū­mau e­va­m a­śu­bha­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­da­yo pī­ti pra­si­ddhā e­va pra­ti­pā­di­ta­vi­śe­ṣā­dhā­rā TAŚVA-ML 348,19nā­ra­kāḥ­, ta­to py a­ti­śa­ye­nā­śu­bha­le­śyā­da­yo dvi­tī­yā­yāṃ­, ta­to pi tṛ­tī­yā­yāṃ­, ta­to pi ca­tu­rthyāṃ­, ta­to pi TAŚVA-ML 348,20paṃ­ca­myāṃ­, ta­to pi ṣa­ṣṭhyāṃ­, ta­to pi sa­pta­myā­m i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 348,21ka­thaṃ pu­na­r e­ta­da­śu­bha­tva­tā­ra­ta­myaṃ si­ddha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.3.2saṃ­kle­śa­tā­ra­ta­mye­nā­śu­bha­tā­tā­ra­ta­mya­tā | si­ddhye­d a­śu­bha­le­śyā­di­tā­ra­ta­mya­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 348,23saṃ­kle­śo jī­va­syā­vi­śu­ddhi­pa­ri­ṇā­mo mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­di­s ta­sya tā­ra­ta­myā­d a­śu­bha­tva­tā­ra­ta­mya­m a­śe­ṣa­to pi le­śyā- TAŚVA-ML 348,24dī­nāṃ si­ddhye­d i­ti na ta­da­he­tu­kaṃ ya­to ti­pra­sa­jye­ta |­| TAŚVA-ML 348,25na­nu cai­kāṃ­ti­ka­duḥ­kha­yo­gi­no nā­ra­kāḥ su­kha­duḥ­kha­yo­gi­nāṃ ti­rya­ṅma­nu­ṣya­va­ca­nā­t­, ai­kāṃ­ti­ka­śa­rī­ra­su­kha- TAŚVA-ML 348,26yo­gi­nāṃ de­va­tvā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ta­tra ki­m u­dī­ri­ta­duḥ­khā­s te nā­ra­kā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.4 pa­ra­spa­ro­dī­ri­ta­duḥ­khāḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 348,28na­nu ca ko­po­tpa­ttau sa­tyāṃ pa­ra­spa­raṃ duḥ­kho­dī­ra­ṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ nā­nya­thā na ca te­ṣāṃ ta­du­tpa­ttau kā­ra­ṇa­m a­sti na TAŚVA-ML 348,29cā­kā­ra­ṇi­kā sā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ni­rda­ya­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­da­rśa­ne sa­ti ko­po­tpa­tteḥ śva­va­t | sa­tyaṃ­ta­raṃ­ge TAŚVA-ML 348,30kro­dha­ka­rmo­da­ye ba­hi­raṃ­ge ca pa­ra­spa­ra­da­rśa­ne te­ṣāṃ ko­po­tpa­tti­r nā­he­tu­kā ya­to ti­pra­saṃ­gaḥ syā­d i­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 3.4.1ta­thā tai­r nā­ra­kai­r duḥ­khaṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­m u­dī­rya­te | rau­dra­dhyā­nā­t sa­mu­dbhū­teḥ ku­dhe­r me­ṣā­di­bhi­r ya­thā |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.4.2ni­mi­tta­he­ta­va­s tv e­te '­nyo­nyaṃ duḥ­kha­sa­mu­dbha­ve | ba­hi­raṃ­gā­s ta­thā­bhū­te sa­ti sva­kṛ­ta­ka­rma­ṇi |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 348,33ta­to ne­daṃ pa­ra­spa­ro­dī­ri­ta­duḥ­kha­tvaṃ nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m a­saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ yu­kti­ma­ttvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 349,01a­nyo­dī­ri­ta­duḥ­khā­ś ca te i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.5 saṃ­kli­ṣṭā­su­ro­dī­ri­ta­duḥ­khā­ś ca prā­k ca­tu­rthyāḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 349,03pū­rva­bha­va­saṃ­kle­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo­pā­ttā­śu­bha­ka­rmo­da­yā­t sa­ta­taṃ kli­ṣṭāḥ saṃ­kli­ṣṭā a­su­ra­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­yā­d a­su­rāḥ saṃ­kli- TAŚVA-ML 349,04ṣṭā­ś ca te '­su­rā­ś ce­ti | saṃ­kli­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m a­nyā­su­ra­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ­, a­su­rā­ṇāṃ ga­ti­vi­ṣa­ya­ni­ya­ma­pra­da­rśa­nā­rthaṃ prā­k TAŚVA-ML 349,05ca­tu­rthyā i­ti va­ca­naṃ | ā­ṅo gra­ha­ṇaṃ la­ghva­rtha­m i­ti ce­n na­, saṃ­de­hā­t | ca­śa­bdaḥ pū­rva­he­tu­sa­mu­cca­yā­rthaḥ | a­naṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 349,06tvā­d u­dī­ri­ta­gra­ha­ṇa­sye­hā­na­rtha­kya­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya vṛ­ttau pa­rā­rtha­tvā­t | vā­kye '­va­ca­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, u­dī­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 349,07he­tu­pra­kā­ra­pra­da­rśa­nā­rtha­tvā­t pu­na­r u­dī­ri­ta­gra­ha­ṇa­sya | te­na kuṃ­bhī­pā­kā­dyu­dī­ri­ta­duḥ­khā­ś ce­ti pra­ti­pā­di­taṃ bha­va­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 349,08ka­thaṃ pu­naḥ­ —TAŚV-ML 3.5.1saṃ­kli­ṣṭai­r a­su­rai­r duḥ­khaṃ nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m u­dī­rya­te | me­ṣā­dī­nāṃ ya­thā tā­dṛ­krū­pai­s ti­sṛ­ṣu bhū­mi­ṣu |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.5.2pa­rā­su ga­ma­nā­bhā­vā­t te­ṣāṃ ta­dvā­si­de­hi­nāṃ | duḥ­kho­tpa­ttau ni­mi­tta­tva­m a­su­rā­ṇāṃ na vi­dya­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.5.3e­vaṃ sū­tra­tra­yo­nnī­ta­sva­bhā­vā nā­ra­kāṃ­gi­naḥ | sva­ka­rma­va­śa­taḥ saṃ­ti pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­go­ca­rāḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 349,12pra­mā­ṇaṃ pa­ra­mā­ga­maḥ syā­dvā­da­s ta­dvi­ṣa­yā­s tā­va­d ya­tho­nnī­tā nā­ra­kā jī­vāḥ sā­ka­lye­na te­ṣāṃ ta­taḥ pra­ti­pa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 349,13na­ya­vi­ṣa­yā­ś ca vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­sa­mā­krāṃ­tai­ka­de­śa­pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r a­dhi­ga­mo nā­nā­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m ū­hyaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 349,14a­tha ra­tna­pra­bhā­di­na­ra­ke­ṣu triṃ­śa­lla­kṣā­di­saṃ­khye­ṣu ya­thā­kra­maṃ sthi­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.6 te­ṣv e­ka­tri­sa­pta­da­śa­sa­pta­da­śa­dvā­viṃ­śa­ti­tra­ya­striṃ­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­mā sa­ttvā­nāṃ TA-ML 3.6 pa­rā sthi­tiḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 349,17sā­ga­ra u­pa­mā ye­ṣāṃ tā­ni sā­ga­ro­pa­mā­ṇi­, sā­ga­ra­syo­pa­mā­tvaṃ dra­vya­bhū­ya­stvā­t | e­ka­tri­sa­pta­da­śa­sa­pta­da­śa- TAŚVA-ML 349,18dvā­viṃ­śa­ti­tra­ya­striṃ­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­mā­ṇi ya­syā sā ta­the­ty e­kā­dī­nāṃ kṛ­ta­dva­ndvā­nāṃ sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ | ra­tna­pra­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 349,19di­bhi­r ā­nu­pū­rvye­ṇa saṃ­baṃ­dho ya­thā­kra­mā­nu­vṛ­tteḥ | na­ra­ka­pra­saṃ­ga­s te­ṣv i­ti va­ca­nā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ra­tna­pra­bhā­dyu­pa­la­kṣi­tā­ni hi TAŚVA-ML 349,20na­ra­kā­ṇi triṃ­śa­ccha­ta­sa­ha­strā­di­saṃ­khyā­ni te­ṣv i­ty a­ne­na pa­rā­mṛ­śya­te­, sā­ha­ca­ryā­d vā tā­ccha­dbyā­t si­ddhiḥ | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 349,21ya­tho­kta­saṃ­khya­na­ra­ka­sā­ha­ca­ryā­d ra­tna­pra­bhā­da­yo na­ra­ka­śa­bda­vā­cyāḥ pra­tī­yaṃ­te | ya­dy e­vaṃ ra­tna­pra­bhā­di­ṣv a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­bhū­tā­su TAŚVA-ML 349,22na­ra­kā­ṇāṃ sthi­tiḥ pra­sa­kte­ti ce­t­, sa­ttvā­nā­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t | pa­ro­tkṛ­ṣṭā na pu­na­r i­ṣṭā pa­ra­śa­bda­sye­ṣṭa­vā­ca- TAŚVA-ML 349,23ka­sye­hā­gra­ha­ṇā­t |­| ku­taḥ so­tkṛ­ṣṭā sthi­tiḥ sa­ttvā­nāṃ pra­si­ddhe­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.6.1na­ra­ke­ṣū­di­tai­kā­di­sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­sa­mmi­taḥ | sthi­ti­r a­sty a­tra sa­ttvā­nāṃ sa­dbhā­vā­t tā­dṛ­gā­yu­ṣaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.6.2saṃ­kṣe­pā­di­pa­rā tv a­gre va­kṣya­mā­ṇā tu ma­dhya­mā | sā­ma­rthyā­d ba­hu­dhā pro­ktā ni­rṇe­ta­vyā ya­thā­kra­maṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 349,26pa­rā sthi­ti­r a­sti prā­ṇi­nāṃ pa­ra­mā­yu­ṣka­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pa­ra­mā­yu­ṣka­tvaṃ pu­naḥ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t ta­ddhe­tu­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi- TAŚVA-ML 349,27śe­ṣā­t svo­pā­ttā­d bha­va­n na vā­cya­te ma­nu­ṣya­ti­ra­ścā­mā­yuḥ­pra­ka­rṣa­pra­si­ddheḥ | ta­tra ra­tna­pra­bhā­yāṃ na­ra­ke­ṣu sa­ttvā­nāṃ pa­rā- TAŚVA-ML 349,28sthi­ti­r e­ka­sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­pra­mi­tāḥ­, śa­rka­rā­pra­bhā­yāṃ tri­sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­pra­mi­tāḥ­, bā­lu­kā­pra­bhā­yāṃ sa­pta­sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­pra­mi­tāḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 349,29paṃ­ka­pra­bhā­yāṃ da­śa­sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­pra­mi­tāḥ­, dhū­ma­pra­bhā­yāṃ sa­pta­da­śa­sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­pra­mi­tāḥ­, ta­maḥ­pra­bhā­yāṃ dvā­viṃ­śa­ti­sā­ga­ro- TAŚVA-ML 349,30pa­ma­pra­mi­tāḥ­, ma­hā­ta­maḥ­pra­bhā­yāṃ tra­ya­striṃ­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­ma­pra­mi­tā i­ti va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­n ma­dhya­mā sthi­ti­r a­ne­ka­dhā ya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 349,31ga­maṃ ni­rṇī­ya­te | ja­gha­nyā­yāḥ sthi­te­s tv a­tra saṃ­kṣe­pā­d va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­d i­ty a­laṃ pra­paṃ­ce­na |­| TAŚVA-ML 349,32i­ha pra­paṃ­ce­na vi­ciṃ­ta­nī­yaṃ śa­rī­ri­ṇo '­dho­ga­ti­bhā­ja­na­sya | TAŚVA-ML 349,33sva­ta­ttva­m ā­cā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­śi­ṣṭaṃ bu­dhaiḥ sva­saṃ­ve­ga­vi­ra­kti­si­ddhyai |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 349,34i­ti tṛ­tī­yā­dhyā­ya­sya pra­tha­ma­m ā­hni­kaṃ sa­mā­ptaṃ | TA-ML 3.7 jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­la­va­ṇo­dā­da­yaḥ śu­bha­nā­mā­no dvī­pa­sa­mu­drāḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 350,02pra­ti­vi­śi­ṣṭa­jaṃ­bū­vṛ­kṣā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­j jaṃ­bū­dvī­paḥ­, la­va­ṇo­da­kā­nu­yo­gā­l la­va­ṇo­daḥ | ā­di­śa­bdaḥ pra­tye­ka­m a- TAŚVA-ML 350,03bhi­saṃ­ba­dhya­te te­na jaṃ­bū­dvī­pā­da­yo dvī­pā la­va­ṇo­dā­da­yaḥ sa­mu­drā i­ti saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ | śu­bha­nā­mā­na i­ti va­ca­nā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 350,04śu­bha­nā­ma­tva­ni­rā­saḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 350,05kiṃ­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhāḥ kiṃ­pa­ri­kṣe­pi­ṇaḥ ki­mā­kṛ­ta­ya­ś ca te i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.8 dvi­rdvi­rvi­ṣkaṃ­bhāḥ pū­rva­pū­rva­pa­ri­kṣe­pi­ṇo va­la­yā­kṛ­ta­yaḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 350,07dvi­rdvi­r i­ti vī­psā­bhyā­vṛ­tte­r va­ca­naṃ vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­dvi­gu­ṇa­tva­vyā­ptya­rthaṃ­, pū­rva­pū­rva­pa­ri­kṣe­pi­ṇa i­ti va­ca­nā­d a­ni­ṣṭa­ni- TAŚVA-ML 350,08ve­śa­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ­, va­la­yā­kṛ­ta­ya i­ti va­ca­nā­c ca­tu­ra­srā­di­saṃ­sthā­na­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ | jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­sya dvi­rvi­ṣkaṃ­bha­tva­pū­rva­pa­ri­kṣe­pi- TAŚVA-ML 350,09tva­va­la­yā­kṛ­ti­tvā­bhā­vā­d a­vyā­pī­ni vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nī­ti ce­t na­, jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­syai­ta­da­pa­vā­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 350,10'­ta­nma­dhye­' i­tyā­di sū­tra­syā­naṃ­ta­ra­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 350,11kva pu­na­r i­me dvī­pa­sa­mu­drā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.8.1sa­ptā­dho bhū­ma­yo ya­smā­n ma­dhya­lo­ko ba­lā­d ga­taḥ | ta­n na dvī­pa­sa­mu­drāḥ syuḥ sū­tra­dvi­ta­ya­va­rṇi­tā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 350,13ū­rdhvā­dho­lo­ka­va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­n ma­dhya­lo­ka­s tā­va­d ga­ta e­va ya­smā­d a­dho­ra­tna­pra­bhā­yāḥ sa­pta­bhū­ma­yaḥ pra­ti­pā­di­tā­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 350,14smi­n ma­dhya­lo­ke dvī­pa­sa­mu­drāḥ saṃ­kṣe­pā­d a­bhi­hi­tāḥ sū­tra­dva­ye­na pra­paṃ­ca­to saṃ­khye­yā­s te ya­thā­ga­maṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 350,15kva pu­na­r a­yaṃ jaṃ­bū­dvī­paḥ kī­dṛ­śa­ś ce­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.9 ta­nma­dhye me­ru­nā­bhi­rvṛ­tto yo­ja­na­śa­ta­sa­ha­sra­vi­ṣkaṃ­bho jaṃ­bū­dvī­paḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 350,17ta­ccha­bdaḥ pū­rva­dvī­pa­sa­mu­dra­ni­rde­śā­rthaḥ | jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­sya ni­rde­śa­pra­saṃ­gaḥ pū­rvo­kta­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 350,18pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­de­śā­di­ta­yā pra­ti­pā­dya­tvā­t ta­tpa­ri­kṣe­pi­ṇā­m e­va pa­rā­ma­rśo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­rhi pū­rvo­kta­sa­mu­dra­dvī­pa­ni­rde­śā- TAŚVA-ML 350,19rtha­s ta­ccha­bda i­ti va­kta­vyaṃ jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­pa­ri­kṣe­pi­ṇāṃ sa­mu­drā­di­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, sthi­ti­kra­ma­syā­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ pū­rvo­kta­dvī­pa­sa- TAŚVA-ML 350,20mu­dra­ni­rde­śā­rtha i­ti va­ca­nā­vi­ro­dhā­t­, ya­tra ku­tra­ci­d a­va­sthi­tā­nāṃ dvī­pā­nāṃ sa­mu­drā­ṇāṃ ca vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 350,21dvī­pa­śa­bda­syā­tmā­ka­ra­tvā­c ca dvaṃ­dve pū­rva­va­ca­ne pi sa­mu­drā­da­ya e­vā­rthā­n nyā­yā­t pa­rā­mṛ­śyaṃ­te | ta­ta i­da­m u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti TAŚVA-ML 350,22te­ṣāṃ sa­mu­drā­dī­nāṃ ma­dhyaṃ ta­nma­dhyaṃ ta­smi­n jaṃ­bū­dvī­paḥ | sa ca me­ru­nā­bhi­ru­pa­ca­ri­ta­ma­dhya­de­śa­sya me­ru­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 350,23vṛ­tto na ca­tu­ra­srā­di­saṃ­sthā­naḥ | ta­tpa­ri­kṣe­pi­ṇāṃ va­la­yā­kṛ­ti­va­ca­nā­d e­va ta­sya vṛ­tta­tvaṃ si­ddha­m i­ti ce­n na­, ca­tu- TAŚVA-ML 350,24ra­srā­di­pa­ri­kṣe­pi­ṇā­m a­pi va­la­yā­kṛ­ti­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­t | yo­ja­na­śa­ta­sa­ha­sra­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha i­ti va­ca­nā­t ta­ddvi­gu­ṇa­dvi­gu- TAŚVA-ML 350,25ṇa­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhā­di­ni­rṇa­yaḥ śe­ṣa­sa­mu­drā­dī­nāṃ kṛ­to bha­va­ti | e­vaṃ ca­ —TAŚV-ML 3.9.1ta­nma­dhye me­ru­nā­bhiḥ syā­j jaṃ­bū­dvī­po ya­tho­di­taḥ | sū­tre­ṇai­ke­na niḥ­śe­ṣa­ku­ma­tā­nāṃ vya­po­ha­nā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 350,27sa­ka­la­sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe hi nyā­ya­ba­lā­d vi­hi­te syā­dvā­da e­va vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te pa­ra­mā­ga­maḥ­, sa ca ya­tho- TAŚVA-ML 350,28di­ta­jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­pra­kā­śa­ka i­ti bha­ve­d e­vaṃ sū­tri­to jaṃ­bū­dvī­paḥ sa­rva­thā bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t a­tra |­| TAŚVA-ML 350,29ta­tra kā­ni kṣe­trā­ṇī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.10 bha­ra­ta­hai­ma­va­ta­ha­ri­vi­de­ha­ra­mya­ka­hai­ra­ṇya­va­tai­rā­va­ta­va­rṣāḥ kṣe­trā­ṇi |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 350,31bha­ra­ta­kṣa­tri­ya­yo­gā­d bha­ra­to va­rṣaḥ a­nā­di­saṃ­jñā­saṃ­baṃ­dha­tvā­d vā ā­di­ma­da­nā­di­rū­pa­to­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa ca hi­ma­va­tsa­mu- TAŚVA-ML 350,32dra­tra­ya­ma­dhye jñe­yaḥ | ta­tra paṃ­cā­śa­dyo­ja­na­vi­stā­ra­s ta­da­rdho­tse­dhaḥ ṣa­ḍyo­ja­nā­va­gā­ho ra­ja­tā­dri­rvi­ja­yā­rdho­nva­rthaḥ sa­ka- TAŚVA-ML 351,01la­ca­kra­dha­ra­vi­ja­ya­syā­rdha­sī­mā­tma­ka­tvā­t | hi­ma­va­to '­dū­ra­bha­vaḥ so smi­nn a­stī­ti vā hai­ma­va­taḥ sa ca kṣu­dra­hi­ma­va­nma- TAŚVA-ML 351,02hā­hi­ma­va­to­r ma­dhye­, ta­nma­dhye śa­bda­vā­n vṛ­tta­ve­dā­ḍhya | ha­ri­va­rṇa­ma­nu­ṣya­yo­gā­d dha­ri­va­rṣaḥ sa ni­ṣa­dha­ma­hā­hi­ma­va­to­r ma­dhye TAŚVA-ML 351,03vi­kṛ­ta­vā­n vai­dā­ḍhyaḥ | vi­de­ha­yo­gā­j ja­na­pa­de pi vi­de­ha­vya­pa­de­śaḥ ni­ṣa­dha­nī­la­va­to­r aṃ­ta­re ta­tsaṃ­ni­ve­śaḥ | sa TAŚVA-ML 351,04ca­tu­rvi­dhaḥ pū­rva­vi­de­hā­di­bhe­dā­t | ra­ma­ṇī­ya­de­śa­yo­gā­d ra­mya­kā­bhi­dhā­naṃ nī­la­ru­kmi­ṇo­r aṃ­ta­rā­le ta­tsaṃ­ni­ve­śaḥ TAŚVA-ML 351,05ta­nma­dhye gaṃ­dha­vā­n vṛ­tta­ve­dā­ḍhyaḥ | hi­ra­ṇya­va­to '­dū­ra­bha­va­tvā­d dhai­ra­ṇya­va­ta­vya­pa­de­śaḥ ru­kmi­śi­kha­ri­ṇo­r aṃ­ta­re ta­dvi­stā­raḥ TAŚVA-ML 351,06ta­nma­dhye mā­lya­vā­n vṛ­tta­ve­dā­ḍhyaḥ | ai­rā­va­ta­kṣa­tri­ya­yo­gā­d ai­rā­va­tā­bhi­dhā­naṃ śi­kha­ri­sa­mu­dra­tra­yāṃ­te ta­dvi­nyā­saḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 351,07ta­nma­dhye pū­rva­va­dvi­ja­yā­rdhaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 351,08ki­ma­rthaṃ pu­na­r bha­ra­tā­dī­ni kṣe­trā­ṇi sa­pto­ktā­nī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.10.1kṣe­trā­ṇi bha­ra­tā­dī­ni sa­pta ta­trā­pa­re­ṇa tu | sū­tre­ṇo­ktā­ni ta­tsaṃ­khyāṃ haṃ­tuṃ tī­rtha­ka­ka­lpi­tā­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 351,10ku­taḥ pu­na­s tī­rtha­ka­ka­lpi­tā kṣe­tra­saṃ­khyā­ne­na pra­ti­ha­nya­te va­ca­na­syā­vi­śe­ṣā­t syā­dvā­dā­śra­ya­tvā­d e­ta­dva­ca­na­sya pra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 351,11ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ saṃ­vā­da­ka­tvā­t sa­rva­thā bā­dha­vai­dhu­ryā­t sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­va­ca­na­sya te­na pra­ti­ghā­ta­si­ddhe­r i­ti ni­rū­pi­ta­prā­yaṃ |­| TA-ML 3.11 ta­dvi­bhā­ji­naḥ pū­rvā­pa­rā­ya­tā hi­ma­va­nma­hā­hi­ma­va­nni­ṣa­dha­nī­la­ru­kmi­śi­kha- TA-ML 3.11 ri­ṇo va­rṣa­dha­ra­pa­rva­tāḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 351,14hi­mā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­to hi­ma­va­dvya­pa­de­śaḥ bha­ra­ta­hai­ma­va­ta­yoḥ sī­ma­ni sthi­taḥ­, ma­hā­hi­ma­va­nn i­ti co­ktaṃ hai­ma­va­ta- TAŚVA-ML 351,15ha­ri­va­rṣa­yo­r bhā­ga­ka­raḥ­, ni­ṣī­daṃ­ti ta­smi­nn i­ti ni­ṣa­dho ha­ri­vi­de­ha­yo­r ma­ryā­dā­he­tuḥ­, nī­la­va­rṇa­yo­gā­n nī­la­vya­pa­de­śaḥ TAŚVA-ML 351,16vi­de­ha­ra­mya­ka­vi­ni­ve­śa­vi­bhā­jī­, ru­kma­sa­dbhā­va­to ru­kmī­ty a­bhi­dhā­naṃ ra­mya­ka­hai­ra­ṇya­va­ta­vi­ve­ka­ka­raḥ­, śi­kha­ri­sa- TAŚVA-ML 351,17dbhā­vā­c chi­kha­rī­ti saṃ­jñā hai­ra­ṇya­va­tai­r ā­va­ta­se­tu­baṃ­dhaḥ śi­kha­rī | hi­ma­va­dā­dī­nā­m i­ta­re­ta­ra­yo­ge dvaṃ­dvo a­va­ya­va­pra­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 351,18na­tvā­t­, va­rṣa­dha­ra­pa­rva­tā i­ti va­ca­naṃ va­rṣa­dha­rā­ṇāṃ pa­rva­tā­nā­m a­pa­rva­tā­nāṃ ca ni­rā­sā­rthaṃ | ta­dvi­bhā­ji­na i­ti va­ca­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 351,19bha­ra­tā­di­va­rṣa­vi­bhā­ga­he­tu­tva­si­ddhiḥ­, pū­rvā­pa­rā­ya­tā i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­d a­nya­thā­ya­ta­tva­m a­nā­ya­ta­tvaṃ vyu­da­sta­m |­| TAŚVA-ML 351,20kiṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mā­s te i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.12 he­mā­rju­na­ta­pa­nī­ya­vai­ḍū­rya­ra­ja­ta­he­ma­ma­yāḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 351,22he­ma­ma­yo hi­ma­vā­n­, a­rju­na­ma­yo ma­hā­hi­ma­vā­n­, ta­pa­nī­ya­ma­yo ni­ṣa­dhaḥ­, vai­ḍū­rya­ma­yo nī­laḥ­, ra­ja­ta­ma­yo TAŚVA-ML 351,23ru­kmī­, he­ma­ma­yaḥ śi­kha­rī­ti | he­mā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­mā hi­ma­va­dā­da­yaḥ ta­thā­nā­di­si­ddha­tvā­d a­nya­tho­pa­de­śa­sya pa­ra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 351,24ga­ma­pra­ti­ha­ta­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 351,25pu­na­r a­pi kiṃ vi­śi­ṣṭā­s ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.13 ma­ṇi­vi­ci­tra­pā­rśvāḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 351,27ma­ṇi­bhi­r vi­ci­trā­ṇi pā­rśvā­ṇi ye­ṣāṃ te ta­thā | a­ne­na te­ṣā­m a­nā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­m a­ṇi­vi­ci­tra­pā­rśva­tvaṃ pra­ti­pā­di­taṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 351,28ta­dvi­sta­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;TA-ML 3.14 u­pa­ri mū­le ca tu­lya­vi­stā­rāḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 351,30ca śa­bdā­n ma­dhye ca­, ta­thā cā­ni­ṣṭa­vi­stā­ra­saṃ­sthā­na­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ pra­tī­ya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 351,31ta­d e­vaṃ sū­tra­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ye­na pa­rva­tāḥ pro­ktāḥ i­ty u­pa­saṃ­ha­ra­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.14.1pū­rvā­pa­rā­ya­tā­s ta­tra pa­rva­tā­s ta­dvi­bhā­ji­naḥ | ṣa­ṭpra­dhā­nāḥ pa­re­ṇai­te pro­ktā hi­ma­va­dā­da­yaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 352,01sū­tre­ṇe­ti pū­rva­ślo­kā­d a­nu­vṛ­ttiḥ pa­re­ṇe­ti sū­tra­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ te­na kṣe­trā­bhi­dhā­yi­sū­trā­t pa­re­ṇa sū­tre­ṇa hi­ma­va­dā- TAŚVA-ML 352,02da­yaḥ ṣa­ṭ pra­dhā­nāḥ pa­rva­tāḥ pro­ktāḥ i­ti saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ ka­rta­vyaḥ | pū­rva­pa­rā­ya­tā­s ta­dvi­bhā­ji­na i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­dva­ya­va- TAŚVA-ML 352,03ca­naṃ he­mā­di­ma­ya­tva­m a­ṇi­vi­ci­tra­pā­rśva­tvo­pa­ri mū­le ca tu­lya­vi­stā­ra­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nā­m u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ | he­mā­di­ma­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 352,04ma­ṇi­bhi­r vi­ci­tra­pā­rśvāḥ ta­tho­pa­ri mū­le ca tu­lya­vi­stā­rāḥ pro­ktāḥ sū­tra­tra­ye­ṇa |­| TAŚVA-ML 352,05te­ṣāṃ hi­ma­va­dā­dī­nā­m u­pa­ri pa­dmā­di­hra­da­sa­dbhā­va­ni­ve­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.15 pa­dma­ma­hā­pa­dma­ti­giṃ­cha­ke­śa­ri­ma­hā­puṃ­ḍa­rī­ka­puṃ­ḍa­rī­kā hra­dā­s te­ṣā­m u- TA-ML 3.15 pa­ri |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 352,08hi­ma­va­ta u­pa­ri pa­dmo hra­daḥ­, ma­hā­hi­ma­va­to ma­hā­pa­dmaḥ­, ni­ṣa­dha­sya ti­giṃ­chaḥ­, nī­la­sya ke­śa­rī­, ru­kmi­ṇaḥ TAŚVA-ML 352,09ma­hā­puṃ­ḍa­rī­kaḥ­, śi­kha­ri­ṇaḥ puṃ­ḍa­rī­ka i­ti saṃ­baṃ­dho ya­thā­kra­maṃ ve­di­ta­vyaḥ | pa­dmā­di­ja­la­ku­su­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­ha­ca­ri- TAŚVA-ML 352,10ta­tvā­t pa­dmā­da­yo hra­dā vya­pa­di­śyaṃ­te­, ta­thā rū­ḍhi­sa­dbhā­vā­d vā hi­ma­va­dā­di­vya­pa­de­śa­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 3.15.1pa­dmā­da­yo hra­dā­s te­ṣā­m u­pa­ri pra­ti­pā­di­tāḥ | sū­tre­ṇai­ke­na vi­jñe­yā ya­thā­ga­ma­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 352,12ta­tra pra­tha­mo hra­daḥ ki­m ā­yā­ma­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.16 pra­tha­mo yo­ja­na­sa­ha­srā­yā­ma­s ta­da­rdha­vi­ṣkaṃ­bho hra­daḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 352,14sū­tra­pā­ṭhā­pe­kṣa­yā pra­tha­maḥ pa­dmo hra­daḥ yo­ja­na­sa­ha­srā­yā­ma i­ti va­ca­nā­d a­nya­thā ta­ddai­rghya­vya­va­cche­daḥ­, ta­da­rgha­vi- TAŚVA-ML 352,15ṣkaṃ­bha i­ti va­ca­nā­t paṃ­ca­yo­ja­na­śa­ta­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­tva­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­nya­thā ta­dvi­stā­ra­ni­rā­saḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 352,16ki­m a­va­gā­ho­sā­v i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.17 da­śa­yo­ja­nā­va­gā­haḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 352,18pṛ­tha­gyo­ga­ka­ra­ṇaṃ sa­rva­hra­dā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­va­gā­ha­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 3.17.1saṃ­khya­yā­yā­m a­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhā­va­gā­ha­ga­ta­yā hra­daḥ | sū­tra­dva­ye­na ni­rdi­ṣṭaḥ pra­tha­maḥ sa­rva­ve­di­bhiḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 352,20sā­ma­rthyā­d e­ke­na sū­tre­ṇa hi­ma­va­dā­dī­nā­m u­pa­ri ṣa­ṭ pa­dmā­da­yo hra­dā ni­rdi­ṣṭā i­ti ga­mya­te­, ta­tpā­ṭhā­pe­kṣa­yā TAŚVA-ML 352,21pa­dma­sya hra­da­sya pra­tha­ma­tva­va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 352,22a­tha ta­nma­dhye vi­śi­ṣṭa­pa­ri­ṇā­maṃ pu­ṣka­raṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­;­ —TA-ML 3.18 ta­nma­dhye yo­ja­naṃ pu­ṣka­ra­m |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 352,24dvi­kro­śa­ka­rṇi­ka­tvā­d e­ka­kro­śa­ba­ha­la­pa­tra­tvā­c ca yo­ja­na­pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ yo­ja­naṃ pu­ṣka­raṃ ja­la­ku­su­maṃ ta­thā­nā­di­pa­ri­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 352,25mā­d ve­di­ta­vya­m | kva ta­t ? ta­sya pa­dma­hra­da­sya ma­dhye |­| TAŚVA-ML 352,26śe­ṣa­hra­da­pu­ṣka­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.19 ta­ddvi­gu­ṇa­dvi­gu­ṇā hra­dāḥ pu­ṣka­rā­ṇi ca |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 352,28ta­taḥ pa­dma­hra­dā­t puṃ­ḍa­rī­ka­hra­dā­c ca dvi­gu­ṇa­dvi­gu­ṇā hra­dā ma­hā­pa­dma­ma­hā­puṃ­ḍa­rī­kā­da­yaḥ­, yo­ja­na­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­c ca TAŚVA-ML 352,29pu­ṣka­rā­d da­kṣi­ṇā­d u­tta­ra­smā­c ca dvi­gu­ṇa­dvi­gu­ṇā­ni pu­ṣka­rā­ṇi vi­ṣkaṃ­bhā­yā­mā­nī­ti vī­psā­ni­rde­śā­t saṃ­pra­tī­yaṃ­te TAŚVA-ML 352,30'­u­tta­rā da­kṣi­ṇa­tu­lyāḥ­' i­ti va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sū­tra­saṃ­baṃ­dha­tvā­t | ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ pu­na­r ba­hu­va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nya­thā dvi­va­ca­na- TAŚVA-ML 352,31pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­ddvi­gu­ṇau dvi­gu­ṇā­v i­ti | ta­d e­vaṃ­ —TAŚV-ML 3.19.1ta­nma­dhye yo­ja­naṃ pro­ktaṃ pu­ṣka­raṃ dvi­gu­ṇā­s ta­taḥ | hra­dā­ś ca pu­ṣka­rā­ṇī­ti sū­tra­dvi­ta­ya­to ṃ­ja­sā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 353,01ta­nni­vā­si­nyo de­vyaḥ kāḥ kiṃ sthi­ta­yaḥ pa­ri­vā­rā­ś ca śrū­ya­nta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.20 ta­nni­vā­si­nyo de­vyaḥ śrī­hrī­dhṛ­ti­kī­rti­bu­ddhi­la­kṣmyaḥ pa­lyo­pa­ma­sthi­ta­yaḥ TA-ML 3.20 sa­sā­mā­ni­ka­pa­ri­ṣa­tkāḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 353,04te­ṣu pu­ṣka­re­ṣu ni­va­sa­na­śī­lā­s ta­nni­vā­si­nyaḥ­, de­va­ga­ti­nā­ma­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­d u­pa­jā­tā i­ti de­vyaḥ śrī­pra­bhṛ­ta­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 353,05ta­tra pa­dma­hra­da­pu­ṣka­ra­prā­sā­de­ṣu | śe­ṣa­hra­da­pu­ṣka­ra­prā­sā­de­ṣu hrī­pra­bhṛ­ta­yo ya­thā­kra­maṃ ni­va­saṃ­tī­ti ya­thā­ga­maṃ ve­di- TAŚVA-ML 353,06ta­vyaṃ | tāḥ pa­lyo­pa­ma­sthi­ta­ya­s tā­va­d ā­pu­ṣka­ra­tve­no­tpa­tteḥ | sā­mā­ni­kāḥ pa­ri­ṣa­da­ś ca va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ sa­ha TAŚVA-ML 353,07tā­bhi­r va­rtaṃ­ta i­ti sa­sā­mā­ni­ka­pa­ri­ṣa­tkāḥ | e­te­na tā­sāṃ pa­ri­vā­ra­vi­bhū­tiṃ ka­thi­ta­vā­n | e­ta­d e­vā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.20.1de­vyaḥ śrī­mu­khāḥ khyā­tāḥ sū­tre­ṇai­ke­na sū­ca­nā­t | ṣa­ḍ e­va ta­nni­vā­si­nya­stā sa­sā­mā­ni­kā­da­yaḥ |­| 1 |­| TA-ML 3.21 gaṃ­gā­siṃ­dhū­ro­hi­dro­hi­tā­syā ha­ri­ddha­ri­kāṃ­tā­sī­tā­sī­to­dā­nā­rī­na­ra­kāṃ- TA-ML 3.21 tā­su­va­rṇa­rū­pya­kū­lā­ra­ktā­ra­kto­dāḥ sa­ri­ta­sta­nma­dhya­gāḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 353,11sa­ri­to na vā­pyaḥ­, te­ṣāṃ bha­ra­tā­di­kṣe­trā­ṇāṃ ma­dhyaṃ ta­nma­dhyaṃ ta­d ga­cchaṃ­tī­ti ta­nma­dhya­gā i­ty a­ne­nā­nya­thā­ga­tiṃ TAŚVA-ML 353,12gaṃ­gā­siṃ­dhvā­dī­nāṃ ni­vā­ra­ya­ti | ta­tra bha­ra­ta­kṣe­tra­ma­dhye gaṃ­gā­siṃ­dhvau­, hai­ma­va­ta­ma­dhya­ge ro­hi­dro­hi­tā­sye­, ha­ri­ma- TAŚVA-ML 353,13dhya­ge ha­ri­ddha­ri­kāṃ­te­, vi­de­ha­ma­dhya­ge sī­tā­sī­to­de­, ra­mya­ka­ma­dhya­ge nā­rī­na­ra­kāṃ­te­, hai­ra­ṇya­va­ta­ma­dhya­ge su­va­rṇa- TAŚVA-ML 353,14rū­pya­kū­le­, ai­rā­va­ta­ma­dhya­ge ra­ktā­ra­kto­de i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 353,15a­thai­ta­yo­r dva­yoḥ kā pū­rva­sa­mu­draṃ ga­ccha­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.22 dva­yo­r dva­yoḥ pū­rvā pū­rva­gāḥ |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 353,17dva­yo­r dva­yo­r e­ka­kṣe­tra­vi­ṣa­ya­ga­tya­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d e­ka­tra sa­rvā­sāṃ pra­saṃ­ga­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ­, pū­rvāḥ pū­rva­gā i­ti va­ca­naṃ di­gvi- TAŚVA-ML 353,18śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 353,19a­thā­pa­raṃ sa­mu­draṃ kā ga­cchaṃ­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.23 śe­ṣā­s tv a­pa­ra­gāḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 353,21dva­yo­r dva­yo­r e­ka­trai­ka­kṣe­tre va­rta­mā­na­yo­r na­dyo­r yāḥ pū­rvā­s tā­bhyo nyāḥ śe­ṣāḥ sa­ri­to '­pa­raṃ sa­mu­draṃ ga­cchaṃ­tī­ti | ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 353,22pa­dma­hra­da­pra­bha­vā pū­rva­to­ra­ṇa­dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā gaṃ­gā­, a­pa­ra­to­ra­ṇa­dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā siṃ­dhuḥ­, u­dī­cya­to­ra­ṇa­dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā ro­hi- TAŚVA-ML 353,23tā­syā | ma­hā­pa­dma­hra­da­pra­bha­vā­pā­cya­to­ra­ṇa­dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā ro­hi­t­, u­dī­cya­to­ra­ṇa­dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā ha­ri­kāṃ­tā | ti­giṃ- TAŚVA-ML 353,24cha­hra­da­sa­mu­dbha­vā da­kṣi­ṇa­dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā ha­ri­t­, u­dī­cya­to­ra­ṇa­dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā sī­to­dā | ke­sa­ri­hra­da­pra­bha­vā a­pā­cya- TAŚVA-ML 353,25dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā sī­tā­, u­dī­cya­dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā nā­rī | ma­hā­puṃ­ḍa­rī­ka­hra­da­pra­bha­vā da­kṣi­ṇa­dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā na­ra­kāṃ­tā­, u­dī- TAŚVA-ML 353,26cya­dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā rū­pya­kū­lā | puṃ­ḍa­rī­ka­hra­da­pra­bha­vā a­pā­cya­dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā su­va­rṇa­kū­lā­, pū­rva­to­ra­ṇa­dvā­ra­ni­rga­tā TAŚVA-ML 353,27ra­ktā­, pra­tī­cya­dvā­ra­ni­rga­mā ra­kto­dā |­| TAŚVA-ML 353,28a­tha ki­ya­n na­dī­pa­ri­vṛ­tā e­tā na­dya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.24 ca­tu­rda­śa­na­dī­sa­ha­sra­pa­ri­vṛ­tā gaṃ­gā­siṃ­dhvā­da­yo na­dyaḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 353,30gaṃ­gā­siṃ­dhvā­dya­gra­ha­ṇaṃ pra­ka­ra­ṇā­d i­ti ce­n na­, a­naṃ­ta­ra­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | gaṃ­gā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, pū­rva­gā­ṇāṃ TAŚVA-ML 353,31gra­ha­ṇa­m a­saṃ­gā­t | na­dī­gra­ha­ṇā­t si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syo­tta­ra­tra dvi­gu­ṇā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­nā­rtha­tvā­t |­| sa­rva­thai­vā­saṃ­bhā­vyā TAŚVA-ML 353,32gaṃ­gā­da­yo na­dyaḥ sū­tri­tā i­ti ka­sya­ci­d ā­re­kāṃ ni­rā­ka­rtuṃ pra­kra­ma­te­ —TAŚV-ML 3.24.1a­tha gaṃ­gā­da­yaḥ pro­ktāḥ sa­ri­taḥ kṣe­tra­ma­dhya­gāḥ | pū­rvā­pa­ra­sa­mu­drāṃ­taḥ­pra­ve­śi­nyo ya­thā­ga­maṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 354,02pa­ri­vā­ra­na­dī­saṃ­khyā­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­hi­tāḥ pṛ­tha­k ca­tu­rda­śa ca­tuḥ­sū­tryā nā­saṃ­bhā­vyā ka­thaṃ­ca­na saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ | ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 354,03e­va hi gaṃ­gā­siṃ­dhvā­da­yo ma­hā­na­dyo ya­thā­ga­ma­mā­yā­m a­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhā­va­gā­hai­r a­pa­rai­ś ca vi­śe­ṣai­s ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­sya ma­ha­tvā­d i- TAŚVA-ML 354,04hā­sti kā­sāṃ­ci­n na­dī­nāṃ sa­ra­yvā­dī­nāṃ ma­hā­vi­stā­rā­ṇā­m u­pa­laṃ­bhā­t ka­sya­ci­d bā­dha­ka­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 354,05a­tha ki­ya­d vi­ṣkaṃ­bho bha­ra­to va­rṣa i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.25 bha­ra­taḥ ṣa­ḍviṃ­śa­ti­paṃ­ca­yo­ja­na­śa­ta­vi­stā­raḥ ṣa­ṭ cai­ko­na­viṃ­śa­ti­bhā­gā TA-ML 3.25 yo­ja­na­sya |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 354,08bha­ra­ta­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­syo­tta­ra­tra va­ca­nā­d i­hā­va­ca­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­na­va­ti­śa­ta­bhā­ga­sye­ya­ttā­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­tvā­d e- TAŚVA-ML 354,09ta­tsū­tra­sya ta­tsaṃ­khyā­na­ya­no­pā­ya­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 354,10a­to nye va­rṣa­dha­rā­da­yaḥ kiṃ­vi­stā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.26 ta­ddvi­gu­ṇa­dvi­gu­ṇa­vi­stā­rā va­rṣa­dha­ra­va­rṣā vi­de­hāṃ­tāḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 354,12va­rṣa­dha­ra­śa­bda­sya pū­rva­ni­pā­ta­s ta­dā­nu­pū­rvya­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaḥ va­rṇā­nā­m ā­nu­pū­rvye­ṇa i­ti ni­ru­kti­kā­ra­va­ca­na­syā­sya mā- TAŚVA-ML 354,13nā­kṣu­rā­ṇā­m a­nye­ṣā­m a­pi ya­thā­bhi­dhā­na­m ā­nā­nu­pū­rvye­ṇa pū­rva­ni­pā­ta­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­tvā­t ta­thā prā­yaḥ pra­yo­ga­da­rśa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 354,14vi­de­hāṃ­ta­va­ca­naṃ ma­ryā­dā­rthaṃ te­na bha­ra­ta­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhā­d dvi­gu­ṇa­vi­ṣkaṃ­bho hi­ma­vā­n va­rṣa­dha­raḥ­, ta­to hai­ma­va­to va­rṣaḥ­, ta­to TAŚVA-ML 354,15ma­hā­hi­ma­vā­n va­rṣa­dha­raḥ­, ta­to ha­ri­va­rṣaḥ­, ta­to ni­ṣa­dho va­rṣa­dha­ra­s ta­to '­pi vi­de­ho va­rṣa i­ty u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 354,16pa­re va­rṣa­dha­rā­da­yaḥ kiṃ­vi­stā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.27 u­tta­rā da­kṣi­ṇa­tu­lyāḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 354,18ni­ṣa­dhe­na tu­lyo nī­lo va­rṣa­dha­raḥ­, ha­ri­ṇā ra­mya­ko va­rṣaḥ­, ma­hā­hi­ma­va­tā ru­kmī­va­rṣa­dha­raḥ­, hai­ma­va­te­na hai­ra­ṇya- TAŚVA-ML 354,19va­to va­rṣaḥ­, hi­ma­va­tā śi­kha­rī va­rṣa­dha­raḥ­, bha­ra­te­na da­kṣi­ṇe­no­tta­ra ai­rā­va­ta i­ti yo­jyaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 354,20a­tha bha­ra­tai­rā­va­ta­yo­r a­na­va­sthi­ta­tva­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.28 bha­ra­tai­rā­va­ta­yo­r vṛ­ddhi­hrā­sau ṣa­ṭsa­ma­yā­bhyā­m u­tsa­rpi­ṇy a­va­sa­rpi­ṇī­bhyā­m |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 354,22tā­tsthā­t ta­ccha­bdā­si­ddhe­r bha­ra­tai­rā­va­ta­yo­r vṛ­ddhi­hrā­sa­yo­gaḥ a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­ni­rde­śo vā­, ta­tra­sthā­nāṃ hi ma­nu­ṣyā­dī­nā- TAŚVA-ML 354,23m a­nu­bha­vā­yuḥ­pra­mā­ṇā­di­kṛ­tau vṛ­ddhi­hrā­sau ṣa­ṭkā­lā­bhyā­m u­tsa­rpi­ṇy a­va­sa­rpi­ṇī­bhyāṃ | ta­trā­nu­bha­vā­di­bhi­r u­tsa­rpa­ṇa­śī­lā TAŚVA-ML 354,24u­tsa­rpi­ṇī tai­r e­vā­va­sa­rpa­ṇa­śī­lā­va­sa­rpi­ṇī | ṣa­ṭkā­lāḥ pu­na­r u­tsa­rpi­ṇyāṃ duḥ­ṣa­ma­duḥ­ṣa­mā­da­yo '­va­sa­rpi­ṇyāṃ su­ṣa­ma­su­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 354,25mā­da­yaḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 354,26a­tha bha­ra­tai­rā­va­tā­bhyā­m a­pa­rā bhū­ma­yo va­sthi­tā e­ve­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TA-ML 3.29 tā­bhyā­m a­pa­rā bhū­ma­yo '­va­sthi­tāḥ |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 354,28ta­tstha­prā­ṇi­nā­m a­nu­bha­vā­di­bhi­r vṛ­ddhi­hrā­sā­bhā­vā­t ṣa­ṭsa­ma­ya­yo­r u­tsa­rpi­ṇy a­va­sa­rpi­ṇyo­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­d e­kai­ka­kā­la­tvā­d a­va- TAŚVA-ML 354,29sthi­tā e­va tā­bhyā­m a­pa­rā bhū­ma­yo '­va­gaṃ­ta­vyāḥ | ta­d e­vaṃ­ —TAŚV-ML 3.29.1va­rṣa­va­rṣa­dha­rā­bā­dhya­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­ka­tha­naṃ kṛ­taṃ | sū­tra­tra­ye­ṇa bhū­mī­nāṃ sthi­ti­bhe­do­da­ye­na tu |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 354,31na hi bha­ra­tā­di­va­rṣā­ṇāṃ hi­ma­va­dā­di­va­rṣa­dha­rā­ṇāṃ ca sū­tra­tra­ye­ṇa vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­sya ka­tha­naṃ bā­dhya­te pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā- TAŚVA-ML 355,01na­yo­s ta­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na ta­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t pra­va­ca­nai­ka­de­śa­sya ca ta­dbā­dha­ka­syā­bhā­vā­t ā­ga­māṃ­ta­ra­sya ca ta­dbā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 355,02ka­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­ta e­va sū­tra­dva­ye­na bha­ra­tai­rā­va­ta­yo­s ta­da­pa­ra­bhū­mi­ṣu ca sthi­te­r bhe­da­sya vṛ­ddhi­hrā­sa­yo­gā­yo­gā­bhyāṃ TAŚVA-ML 355,03vi­hi­ta­sya pra­ka­tha­naṃ na bā­dhya­te­, ta­thā saṃ­bha­vā­t a­nya­thā­bhā­vā­d e­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­c ce­ti pa­ryā­ptaṃ pra­paṃ­ce­na |­| TAŚVA-ML 355,04a­tha bha­ra­tai­rā­va­tā­bhyā­m a­pa­rā bhū­ma­yaḥ kiṃ­sthi­ta­ya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.30 e­ka­dvi­tri­pa­lyo­pa­ma­sthi­ta­yo hai­ma­va­ta­ka­hā­ri­va­rṣa­ka­dai­va­ku­ra­va­kāḥ |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 355,06hi­ma­va­tā­di­bhyo bha­vā­rthe­ṣu ma­hā­hai­ma­va­ta­kā­dī­nāṃ dvaṃ­dve sa­ti hai­ma­va­ta­ka­syā­nu­pū­rvya­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaḥ pū­rva­ni­pā­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 355,07e­kā­dī­nāṃ hai­ma­va­ta­kā­di­bhi­r ya­thā­saṃ­khyaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ­, te­nai­ka­pa­lyo­pa­ma­sthi­ta­yo hai­ma­va­ta­kā­, dvi­pa­lyo­pa­ma­sthi­ta­yo hā­ri- TAŚVA-ML 355,08va­rṣa­kāḥ­, tri­pa­lyo­pa­ma­sthi­ta­yo dai­va­ku­ra­va­kā i­ty u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 355,09vi­de­hā­d u­tta­rāḥ ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.31 ta­tho­tta­rāḥ |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 355,11hai­ra­ṇya­va­ta­ka­ra­mya­ko­tta­ra­ku­ra­va­kā e­ka­dvi­tri­pa­lyo­pa­ma­sthi­ta­yo hai­ma­va­ta­kā­di­va­d i­ty a­rthaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 355,12vi­de­he­ṣu kiṃ­kā­lā ma­nu­ṣyā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.32 vi­de­he­ṣu saṃ­khye­ya­kā­lāḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 355,14saṃ­khye­yaḥ kā­lo ye­ṣāṃ te saṃ­khye­ya­kā­lāḥ saṃ­va­tsa­rā­di­ga­ṇa­nā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t ta­tkā­la­sya |­| TAŚVA-ML 355,15a­tha pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­re­ṇa bha­ra­ta­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.33 bha­ra­ta­sya vi­ṣkaṃ­bho jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­sya na­va­ti­śa­ta­bhā­gaḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 355,17na­va­tyā­dhi­kaṃ śa­taṃ na­va­ti­śa­taṃ na­va­ti­śa­te­na la­bdho bhā­go na­va­ti­śa­ta­bhā­gaḥ | a­tra tṛ­tī­yāṃ­ta­pū­rvā­d u­tta­ra­pa­de TAŚVA-ML 355,18lo­pa­ś ce­ty a­ne­na vṛ­tti­r da­dhyo­da­nā­di­va­t | sa pu­na­r bha­va­ti śa­ta­bhā­go jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­sya paṃ­ca­yo­ja­na­śa­tā­ni ṣa­ḍviṃ­śā­ni TAŚVA-ML 355,19ṣa­ṭcai­kā­n na­viṃ­śa­ti­bhā­gā yo­ja­na­sye­ty u­ktaṃ ve­di­ta­vyaṃ | pu­na­r bha­ra­ta­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­va­ca­naṃ pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m u­tta­rā­rthaṃ TAŚVA-ML 355,20vā | ta­d e­vaṃ-TAŚV-ML 3.33.1ta­tkṣe­tra­vā­si­nāṃ nṝ­ṇāṃ sā­yu­ṣaḥ sthi­ti­r ī­ri­tā | sū­tra­tra­ye­ṇa vi­ṣkaṃ­bho bha­ra­ta­syai­ka­sū­tra­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 355,22ta­nnṛ­ṇā­m i­ty u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­t ti­ra­ścā­m a­pi sthi­ti­r u­kte­ti ga­mya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 355,23dhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍe bha­ra­tā­di­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhaḥ ka­thaṃ pra­mī­ya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.34 dvi­rdhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍe |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 355,25na­nu ca jaṃ­bū­dvī­pā­naṃ­ta­raṃ la­va­ṇo­do va­kta­vya­s ta­du­llaṃ­gha­ne pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­bha­ra­tā­di­dvi­gu- TAŚVA-ML 355,26ṇa­dhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍa­bha­ra­tā­di­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­tvā­t­, la­va­ṇo­da­va­ca­na­sya sā­ma­rthya­la­bdha­tvā­c ca | ma­hī­ta­la­mū­la­yo­r da­śa­yo- TAŚVA-ML 355,27ja­na­sa­ha­sra­vi­stā­ro la­va­ṇo­daḥ ta­nma­dhye di­kṣu pā­tā­lā­ni yo­ja­na­śa­ta­sa­ha­srā­va­gā­hā­ni­, vi­di­kṣu kṣu­dra­pā­tā­lā­ni TAŚVA-ML 355,28da­śa­yo­ja­na­sa­ha­srā­va­gā­hā­ni­, ta­daṃ­ta­re kṣu­dra­pā­tā­lā­nāṃ yo­ja­na­sa­ha­srā­va­gā­hā­nāṃ sa­ha­sraṃ | di­kṣu ve­laṃ­dha­ra­nā­gā­dhi­pa­ti- TAŚVA-ML 355,29na­ga­rā­ṇi ca­tvā­ri dvā­da­śa­yo­ja­na­sa­ha­srā­yā­m a­vi­ṣkaṃ­bho gau­ta­ma­dvī­pa­ś ce­ti śrū­ya­te | na­nu ca pū­rva­pū­rva­pa­ri­kṣe­pi- TAŚVA-ML 355,30dvī­pa­sa­mu­dra­pra­kā­śa­ka­s ta­tra sā­ma­rthyā­j jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­pa­ri­kṣe­pī la­va­ṇo­do jñā­ya­te sā­mā­nya­ta e­va | ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­s tu ka­tha­m a- TAŚVA-ML 355,31nu­ktā i­hā­va­sī­yaṃ­ta i­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, sā­mā­nya­ga­tau vi­śe­ṣa­sa­dbhā­va­ga­teḥ sā­mā­nya­sya sva­vi­śe­ṣā­vi­nā­bhā­vi- TAŚVA-ML 355,32tvā­t saṃ­kṣe­pa­taḥ sū­trā­ṇāṃ pra­vṛ­tteḥ sū­trai­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­na­bhi­dhā­naṃ jaṃ­bū­dvī­pā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­na­bhi­dhā­na­va­t | vā­rti­ka­kā­rā­da­ya- TAŚVA-ML 356,01s tv a­rthā­vi­ro­dhe­na ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­n sū­tra­sā­ma­rthyā­l la­bdhā­nā­ca­kṣā­ṇā no­tsū­tra­vā­di­tāṃ la­bhaṃ­te '­vyā­khyā­na­to vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 356,02pra­ti­pa­tti­r na hi saṃ­de­hā­d a­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­' i­ti va­ca­nā­t | na­nu ca dhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍe dvau bha­ra­tau dvau hi­ma­vaṃ­tā­v i­tyā­di- TAŚVA-ML 356,03dra­vyā­bhyā­vṛ­ttau dvi­r i­ty a­tra sū­tra­saṃ­bha­va i­ti ce­n na­, mī­yaṃ­ta i­ti kri­yā­dhyā­hā­rā­t | dvi­stā­vā­n i­ti ya­thā­, TAŚVA-ML 356,04te­na dhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍe bha­ra­tā­di­va­rṣo hi­ma­va­dā­di­va­rṣa­dha­ra­ś ca hra­dā­di­ś ca dvi­rmī­ya­ta i­ti sū­tri­taṃ bha­va­ti | ki­yā­n TAŚVA-ML 356,05pu­na­r dhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍe bha­ra­ta­sya vi­ṣkaṃ­bha i­ty u­cya­te-ṣa­ṭṣa­ṣṭi­śa­tā­ni ca­tu­rda­śā­ni yo­ja­nā­nā­m e­kā­n na­triṃ­śa­c ca bhā­gāḥ TAŚVA-ML 356,06śa­ta­yo­ja­na­syā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhaḥ | sai­kā­śī­ti­paṃ­ca­śa­tā­dhi­ka­dvā­da­śa­sa­ha­srā­ṇi ṣa­ṭtriṃ­śa­c ca bhā­gā yo­ja­na­sya ma­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 356,07vi­ṣkaṃ­bhaḥ | sa­pta­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­tpaṃ­ca­śa­tā­dhi­kā­ṣṭā­da­śa­sa­ha­srā­ṇi yo­ja­nā­nāṃ paṃ­ca­paṃ­cā­śa­c ca bhā­gāḥ śa­ta­yo­ja­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 356,08bā­hya­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhaḥ | va­rṣā­d va­rṣa­śca­tu­rgu­ṇa­vi­stā­ra ā­vi­de­hā­t | va­rṣa­dha­rā­d va­rṣa­dha­ra ā­ni­ṣa­dhā­t | u­tta­rā da­kṣi­ṇa­tu­lyā TAŚVA-ML 356,09i­ti ca vi­jñe­yaṃ | bha­ra­tai­r ā­va­ta­vi­bhā­ji­nau ca da­kṣi­ṇo­tta­rā­ya­tau la­va­ṇo­da­kā­lo­da­spa­rśi­nau la­va­ṇo­dā­d da­kṣi­ṇo- TAŚVA-ML 356,10tta­rā­vi­ṣvā­kā­ra­gi­rī pra­ti­pa­tta­vyau | dhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍa­va­la­ya­pū­rvā­pa­ra­vi­bhā­ga­ma­dhya­gau me­rū ca |­| TAŚVA-ML 356,11a­tha pu­ṣka­rā­rdhe ka­thaṃ bha­ra­tā­di­r mī­ya­te ta­dvi­ṣkaṃ­bhā­ś ce­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.35 pu­ṣka­rā­rdhe ca |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 356,13saṃ­khyā­bhyā­vṛ­ttya­nu­va­rta­nā­rtha­ś ca­śa­bdaḥ | dhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍa­va­tpu­ṣka­rā­rdhe ca bha­ra­tā­da­yo dvi­r mī­yaṃ­te | ta­trai­kā- TAŚVA-ML 356,14śī­tyu­tta­ra­paṃ­ca­śa­tā­dhi­kai­ka­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­dyo­ja­na­sa­ha­srā­ṇi sa­tri­sa­pta­ti­bhā­ga­śa­taṃ ca bha­ra­ta­syā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhaḥ­, dvā­da­śa- TAŚVA-ML 356,15paṃ­ca­śa­to­tta­rā­ṇi tri­paṃ­cā­śa­dyo­ja­na­sa­ha­srā­ṇi na­va­na­va­tya­dhi­kaṃ ca bhā­ga­śa­taṃ yo­ja­na­sya ma­dhya­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhaḥ­, dvā­ca­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 356,16riṃ­śa­c ca­tuḥ­śa­to­tta­ra­paṃ­ca­ṣa­ṣṭi­sa­ha­srā­ṇi tra­yo­da­śa ca bhā­gā yo­ja­na­sya bā­hya­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhaḥ | va­rṣā­dva­rṣa­śca­tu­rgu­ṇa­vi­stā­ra TAŚVA-ML 356,17ā vi­de­hā­t | va­rṣa­dha­rā­dva­rṣa­dha­ra­ś cā ni­ṣa­dhā­t | mā­nu­ṣo­tta­ra­śai­le­na vi­bha­ktā­rdha­tvā­t pu­ṣka­rā­rdha­saṃ­jñā­, pu­ṣka­ra­dvī- TAŚVA-ML 356,18pa­syā­rdhaṃ hi pu­ṣka­rā­rdha­m i­ti pro­ktaṃ | a­tra dhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍa­va­rṣa­dha­rā­ś ca­krā­ra­va­da­va­sthi­tā­s ta­daṃ­ta­rā­la­va­dva­rṣāḥ | kā­lo- TAŚVA-ML 356,19da­mā­nu­ṣo­tta­ra­śai­la­spa­rśi­nā­vi­ṣvā­kā­ra­gi­rī da­kṣi­ṇo­tta­rau pu­rva­va­dve­di­ta­vyau | pu­ṣka­rā­rdha­va­la­ya­pū­rvā­pa­ra­vi­bhā­ga­m a­dhya­va- TAŚVA-ML 356,20rti­nau me­rū ce­ti pra­paṃ­caḥ sa­rva­sya vi­dyā­naṃ­da­ma­ho­da­yaiḥ pra­ti­pā­di­to va­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ | ta­d e­vaṃ­ —TAŚV-ML 3.35.1jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­ga­va­rṣā­di­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhā­di­r a­śe­ṣa­taḥ | sa­dā dvi­rdhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍe pu­ṣka­rā­rdhe ca bhī­ya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 356,22e­ke­nai­ke­na sū­tre­ṇo­ktaṃ ya­tho­di­ta­sū­tra­va­ca­nā­t | ka­smā­t pu­naḥ pu­ṣka­rā­rdha­ni­rū­pa­ṇa­m e­va kṛ­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.36 prā­ṅmā­nu­ṣo­tta­rā­n ma­nu­ṣyāḥ |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 356,24na pa­ra­to ya­smā­d i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | ma­nu­ṣya­lo­ko hi pra­ti­pā­da­yi­tu­m u­pa­krāṃ­taḥ sa ce­yā­n e­va |­| TAŚVA-ML 356,25ya­dy e­vaṃ kiṃ­pra­kā­rā ma­nu­ṣyā­s ta­tre­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.37 ā­ryā mle­cchā­ś ca |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 356,27e­ta­d e­va pra­rū­pa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.37.1prā­ṅmā­nu­ṣo­tta­rā­dya­smā­n ma­nu­ṣyāḥ pa­ra­ta­ś ca na | ā­ryā­mle­cchā­ś ca te jñe­yā­s tā­dṛ­kka­rma­ba­lo­dbha­vāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 356,29u­ccai­r go­tro­da­yā­de­r ā­ryā­, nī­cai­r go­trā­de­ś ca mle­cchāḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 3.37.2prā­pta­rddhī­ta­ra­bhe­de­na ta­trā­ryā dvi­vi­dhāḥ smṛ­tāḥ | sa­dgu­ṇai­r a­rya­mā­ṇa­tvā­d gu­ṇa­va­dbhi­ś ca mā­na­vaiḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.37.3ta­tra prā­pta­rddha­yaḥ sa­pta­vi­dha­rdhi­m a­dhi­saṃ­sṛ­tāḥ | bu­ddhyā­di­sa­pta­dhā nā­nā vi­śe­ṣā­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 356,32ṛ­ddhi­prā­ptā­ryāḥ sa­pta­vi­dhāḥ sa­pta­vi­dha­rddhi­mā­sṛ­tā hi te | sa­pta­vi­dha­rdhiḥ pu­na­r bu­ddhyā­di­s ta­thā hi­–­bu­ddhi­ta­po- TAŚVA-ML 356,33vi­kri­yau­ṣa­dha­ra­sa­ba­lā­kṣī­ṇa­rddha­yaḥ sa­pta pra­jñā­pi­tāḥ nā­nā vi­śe­ṣā­ś ca prā­pta­rdha­yo bha­vaṃ­ty ā­ryā­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­t | bu­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 357,01vi­śe­ṣa­rdhi­prā­ptā hi bī­ja­bu­ddhyā­da­yaḥ­, ta­po­vi­śe­ṣa­rdhi­prā­ptā­s ta­pta­ta­paḥ­pra­bhṛ­ta­yaḥ­, vi­kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­rdhi­prā­ptā e­ka- TAŚVA-ML 357,02tva­vi­kri­yā­di­sa­ma­rthāḥ­, au­ṣa­dha­vi­śe­ṣa­rdhi­prā­ptāḥ ja­llau­ṣa­dhi­prā­ptā­da­yaḥ­, ra­sa­rdhi­prā­ptāḥ kṣī­ra­srā­vi­pra­bhṛ­ta­yaḥ­, ba­la­vi- TAŚVA-ML 357,03śe­ṣa­rdhi­prā­ptā ma­no­ba­la­pra­bhṛ­ta­yaḥ­, a­kṣī­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­rdhi­prā­ptāḥ pu­na­ra­kṣī­ṇa­ma­hā­la­yā­da­ya i­ti | a­nye tv ā­huḥ ṛ­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 357,04prā­ptā­ryā a­ṣṭa­vi­dhāḥ bu­ddhi­kri­yā­vi­kri­yā­ta­po­ba­lau­ṣa­dha­ra­sa­kṣe­tra­bhe­dā­d i­ti | te ku­taḥ saṃ­bhā­vyā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.37.4saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te ca te he­tu­vi­śe­ṣa­va­śa­va­rti­naḥ | ke­ci­t pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇā­tma­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­va­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 357,06ya­thā pa­ri­mā­ṇa­m ā­pa­ra­mā­ṇoḥ pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­sva­rū­pa­m ā­kā­śe pa­ra­ma­pra­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­ta­prā­ptaṃ si­ddhya­tta­daṃ­ta­rā­le a­ne­ka­dhā TAŚVA-ML 357,07pa­ri­mā­ṇa­pra­ka­rṣaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti ta­thā sa­rva­ja­gha­nya­jñā­nā­di­gu­ṇa­rdhi­vi­śe­ṣā­dā­ra­bhya­rdhi­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­sva­rū­paṃ pa­ra­ma- TAŚVA-ML 357,08pra­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­ta­m ā­pnu­va­nn aṃ­ta­rā­la­rdhi­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ka­rṣaṃ sā­dha­ya­tī­ti saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te sa­rve bu­ddhya­ti­śa­ya­rdhi­vi­śe­ṣā­da­yaḥ pa­ra­mā­ga­ma- TAŚVA-ML 357,09pra­si­ddhā­ś ce­ti na kiṃ­ci­d a­nu­pa­pa­nnaṃ |­| ke pu­na­r a­saṃ­prā­pta­rdha­ya i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.37.5a­saṃ­prā­pta­rdha­yaḥ kṣe­trā­dyā­ryā ba­hu­vi­dhāḥ sthi­tāḥ | kṣe­trā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā te­ṣāṃ ta­thā ni­rṇī­ti­yo­ga­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 357,11kṣe­trā­ryā­, jā­tyā­ryāḥ­, ka­rmā­ryā­ś cā­ri­trā­ryā­, da­rśa­nā­ryā­ś ce­ty a­ne­ka­vi­dhāḥ kṣe­trā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā a­nṛ­ddhi­prā­ptā­ryāḥ TAŚVA-ML 357,12pra­tye­ta­vyā ta­thā pra­tī­ti­yo­gā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 357,13ke pu­na­r mle­cchā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.37.6ta­thā ta­ddvī­pa­jā mle­cchāḥ pa­re syuḥ ka­rma­bhū­mi­jāḥ | ā­dyāḥ ṣa­ṇṇa­va­tiḥ khyā­tā vā­rdhi­dva­ya­ta­ṭa­dva­yoḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 357,15mle­cchā dvi­vi­dhāḥ aṃ­ta­rdvī­pa­jāḥ ka­rma­bhū­mi­jā­ś ca | ta­trā­dyā­s tā­va­l la­va­ṇo­da­syo­bha­yo­r a­ṣṭa­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­t ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 357,16kā­lo­da­sya i­ti ṣa­ṇṇa­va­tiḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 357,17te ca ke­ci­d bho­ga­bhū­mi­sa­ma­pra­ṇi­dha­yaḥ pa­re ka­rma­bhū­mi­sa­ma­pra­ṇi­dha­yaḥ śrū­ya­mā­ṇāḥ kī­dṛ­gā­yu­ru­tse­dha­vṛ­tta­ya i­ty ā­ca­ṣṭe­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.37.7bho­ga­bhū­myā­yu­ru­tse­dha­vṛ­tta­yo­r bho­ga­bhū­mi­bhiḥ | sa­ma­pra­ṇi­dha­yaḥ ka­rma­bhū­mi­va­tka­rma­bhū­mi­bhiḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 357,19bho­ga­bhū­mi­bhiḥ sa­mā­na­pra­ṇi­dha­yoṃ­ta­rdvī­pa­jā mle­cchā bho­ga­bhū­myā­yu­ru­tse­dha­vṛ­tta­yaḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ­, ka­rma­bhū­mi­bhiḥ TAŚVA-ML 357,20sa­ma­prā­ṇi­dha­yaḥ ka­rma­bhū­myā­yu­ru­tse­dha­vṛ­tta­s ta­thā ni­mi­tta­sa­dbhā­vā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 357,21a­tha ke ka­rma­bhū­mi­jā mle­cchā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.37.8ka­rma­bhū­mi­bha­vā mle­cchāḥ pra­si­ddhā ya­va­nā­da­yaḥ | syuḥ pa­re ca ta­dā­cā­ra­pā­la­nā­d ba­hu­dhā ja­nāḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 357,23ku­taḥ pu­na­r e­va­m ā­rya­mle­ccha­vya­va­sthe­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.37.9saṃ­pra­dā­yā­vya­va­cche­dā­d ā­rya­mle­ccha­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ | saṃ­tā­ne­na vi­ni­śce­yā ta­dvi­dbhi­r vya­va­hā­ri­bhiḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.37.10sva­yaṃ saṃ­ve­dya­mā­nā ca gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­ni­baṃ­dha­nā | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­nu­me­yā ca ta­tkā­rya­sya vi­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 357,26na saṃ­pra­dā­yā­vya­va­cche­do '­si­ddha­s ta­dvi­dāṃ nā­sti­ka­saṃ­pra­dā­yā­vya­va­cche­da­va­t­, nā­py a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va- TAŚVA-ML 357,27dbā­dha­ka­tvā­t ta­dva­t | ta­taḥ saṃ­tā­ne­nā­rya­mle­ccha­vya­va­sthi­ti­s ta­dvi­dbhi­r ni­śce­ta­vyā | nā­sti­ka­saṃ­tā­na­vya­va­sthi­ti­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 357,28sa­rvaḥ sa­rva­dā­rya­tva­mle­ccha­tva­śū­nyo ma­nu­ṣya­saṃ­tā­na i­ty a­trā­pi saṃ­pra­dā­yā­vya­va­cche­da e­va nā­sti­kā­nāṃ śa­ra­ṇaṃ pra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 357,29kṣa­syā­nu­mā­na­sya ca ta­trā­vyā­pā­rā­t | ya­thā cā­haṃ nā­sti­ka­s ta­thā sa­rve pū­rva­kā­la­va­rti­no nā­sti­kā jā­tyā­di- TAŚVA-ML 357,30vya­va­sthā­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­pa­rā i­ty a­pi saṃ­pra­dā­yā­d e­vā­vi­cchi­nnā­d a­va­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ nā­nya­thā | a­ya­m e­va saṃ­pra­dā­yaḥ pra­mā­ṇaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 357,31pu­na­r ā­rya­mle­ccha­vya­va­sthi­ti­pra­ti­pā­da­ka i­ti ma­no­ra­tha­mā­traṃ pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t | jā­ta­mā­tra­sya jaṃ­to­r ā­rye­ta­ra­bhā­va­śū­nya­sya TAŚVA-ML 357,32pra­tī­teḥ pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­dbhā­vā­bhā­va­vi­ṣa­yaḥ saṃ­pra­dā­ya i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­py ā­rye­ta­ra­bhā­va­pra­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 357,33dhā­t | ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­s ta­dvya­va­hā­ra i­ti ce­t­, ta­nni­rbī­jā­yāḥ ka­lpa­nā­yā e­vā­saṃ­bha­vā­t kva­ci­t ka­sya­ci­t ta­ttva­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 358,01pra­si­ddha­syā­nya­trā­ro­pyo hi ka­lpa­nā dṛ­ṣṭā vi­ka­lpa­mā­tra­sthā ga­tyaṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­t u­bha­ya­thā­cā­rye­ta­ra­bhā­va­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ TAŚVA-ML 358,02vā­sta­ba­s ta­dbhā­va­si­ddheḥ pra­dhā­nā­d vai­tā­di­ka­lpa­nā­nā­m a­pi hi ni­rbī­jā­nā­m a­nu­pa­pa­tti­r e­va sa­ttva­ra­ja­sta­ma­sāṃ sā­mya­vā­sta- TAŚVA-ML 358,03va­sya pra­dhā­na­tve­na na­rā­dhi­pā­dau pra­si­ddhe­nā­dhyā­ro­pa­sya pra­dhā­na­ka­lpa­na­tvā­t | kva­ci­c cai­ka­tva­syā­dvai­ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 358,04si­ddha­sya sa­rva­va­stu­ṣv a­dhyā­ro­pa­ṇa­syā­dvai­ta­ka­lpa­nā­tvā­d a­nya­thā ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ka­thaṃ vā kva­ci­t saṃ­pra­dā­yā­t pā­ra­mā­rthi­kī TAŚVA-ML 358,05vya­va­sthā­mā­ca­kṣā­ṇo ma­nu­ṣye­ṣv e­vā­rye­ta­ra­bhā­va­vya­va­sthāṃ kā­lpa­ni­kī­m ā­ca­kṣī­ta­, ? pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 358,06na­, ā­rya­mle­ccha­vya­va­sthā­yā gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­ni­baṃ­dha­nā­yāḥ pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­bhyā­m i­ti pra­si­ddhe­ra­ta | ta­thā hi­–­sva­saṃ­tā­na- TAŚVA-ML 358,07va­rti­nī hi ma­nu­ṣyā­ṇāṃ ā­rya­tva­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­di­gu­ṇa­ni­baṃ­dha­nā mle­ccha­vya­va­sthi­ti­ś ca mi­thyā­tvā­di- TAŚVA-ML 358,08do­ṣa­ni­baṃ­dha­nā sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­si­ddhā sva­rū­pa­va­t | saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­va­rti­nī tu sā vyā­pā­ra­vyā­hā­rā­kā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 358,09kā­rya­sya vi­ni­śca­yā­d a­nu­me­yā ce­ti na pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­go­ca­rā pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­bhyāṃ pra­si­ddhā­yāṃ ca gu­ṇa­ni­baṃ­dha­nā- TAŚVA-ML 358,10yā­m ā­rya­tva­vya­va­sthā­yāṃ kā­su­ci­t ma­nu­ṣya­vya­kti­ṣu yu­gā­d ā­va­vya­va­cchi­nna­saṃ­tā­nā­s ta­thā­bhū­ta­gu­ṇai­r a­rya­mā­ṇā jā­tyā­ryāḥ TAŚVA-ML 358,11pra­si­ddhā bha­vaṃ­ti kṣe­trā­dyā­rya­va­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 358,12ta­thā mle­cchāḥ­ —TAŚV-ML 3.37.11ni­tya­sa­rva­ga­tā­mū­rta­sva­bhā­vā sa­rva­thā tu yā | jā­ti­r brā­hma­ṇya­cāṃ­ḍā­lya­pra­bhṛ­tiḥ kai­ści­d ī­rya­te |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.37.11efsā na si­ddhā pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­dhya­mā­nā ka­dā­ca­na | 1­1TAŚVA-ML 358,15brā­hma­ṇa­tvā­di­jā­tiḥ sa­rva­ga­tā sa­rva­tra sva­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­t sa­ttā­va­d vā­, ta­thā ni­tyā sa­rva­do­tpā­da­ka- TAŚVA-ML 358,16vi­nā­śa­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t ta­dva­d e­va i­ty e­ke | te tra pra­ṣṭa­vyāḥ­, sā sa­rva­ga­tā sa­tī vya­ktyaṃ­ta­rā­le ka­smā­t sva- TAŚVA-ML 358,17pra­tya­yaṃ no­tpā­da­ya­tī­ti ? sva­vyaṃ­ja­ka­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d a­na­bhi­vya­kta­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­da­bhi­vya­kteḥ ka­ra­ṇe TAŚVA-ML 358,18kva­ci­d u­pa­laṃ­bhe sa­rva­tro­pa­laṃ­bha­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, de­śa­taḥ ka­ra­ṇe sā­va­ya­va­tva­pra­sa­kteḥ | na­nu ca kā­rtsnye­nā­bhi­vya­ktā­v a­pi TAŚVA-ML 358,19jā­te­r na sa­rva­tro­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ sā­ma­grya­bhā­vā­t sva­vya­kti­de­śa e­va hi ta­du­pa­laṃ­bha­sā­ma­grī pra­tī­tā iṃ­dri­ya­ma­na­ā­kā­śā- TAŚVA-ML 358,20di­va­t na ca vya­ktyaṃ­ta­rā­le sā­stī­ti ke­ci­t | ta­d a­py a­saṃ­ga­taṃ­, gha­ṭā­de­r e­vaṃ sa­rva­ga­ta­tva­pra­sa­kteḥ | śa­kyaṃ hi va­ktuṃ TAŚVA-ML 358,21gha­ṭā­dī­nāṃ sa­rva­ga­ta­tve pi na sa­rva­tro­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ sā­ma­grya­bhā­vā­t ka­pā­lā­di­de­śa e­va hi ta­du­pa­laṃ­bha­sā­ma­grī na ca TAŚVA-ML 358,22sā sa­rva­trā­stī­ti ka­pā­lā­de­r a­py a­va­ya­vi­naḥ sa­rva­ga­ta­tve pi na sa­rva­tro­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ sā­va­ya­vo­pa­laṃ­bha­sā­ma­grya­bhā­vā­d i­ty e­va- TAŚVA-ML 358,23m a­naṃ­ta­śaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m a­na­va­ya­vi­tvā­d a­sa­rva­ga­ta­tve sa­rva­tro­pa­laṃ­bhā­bhā­vā­tya­yā­nu­yo­ga­ni­vṛ­tti­r i­ti | ya­di pu­na­r gha­ṭā­deḥ TAŚVA-ML 358,24sa­rva­ga­ta­tva­ka­lpa­nā­yā pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ro­dhaḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­saṃ­sthā­na­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t a­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dha­ś ca | na sa­rva­ga­to TAŚVA-ML 358,25gha­ṭā­diḥ sā­va­ya­va­tvā­t mū­rti­ma­ttvā­t pa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­t i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­d a­sa­rva­ga­ta­tva­si­ddhe­r i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā jā­ti­sa­rva­ga- TAŚVA-ML 358,26ta­tva­ka­lpa­nā­yā­m a­pi sa e­va pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dhaḥ sā­dṛ­śya­la­kṣa­ṇā­yā e­va jā­te­r a­sa­rva­ga­tā­yāḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vya­kti- TAŚVA-ML 358,27ga­tā­yāḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t | ta­thā na jā­tiḥ sa­rva­ga­tā pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vya­kti­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣa­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­j jā­te­r a­sa- TAŚVA-ML 358,28rva­ga­ta­tva­si­ddheḥ | ku­taḥ pu­naḥ sā­dṛ­śya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sā­mā­nyaṃ si­ddha­m i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 3.37.12si­ddhaṃ sā­dṛ­śya­sā­mā­nyaṃ sa­mā­nā i­ti ta­dgra­hā­t | ku­ta­ści­t sa­dṛ­śe­ṣv e­va ma­nu­ṣye­ṣu ga­vā­di­va­t |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 358,30sa e­vaṃ ma­nu­ṣya i­ti pra­tya­yā­n na sa­mā­nā i­ti ta­dgra­ho sti ya­taḥ sā­dṛ­śya­sā­mā­nyaṃ si­ddhye­d i­ti ce­t na­, TAŚVA-ML 358,31sa­dṛ­śe ma­nu­ṣyā­dau sa e­vā­ya­m i­ti pra­tya­ya­syo­pa­ca­ri­tai­ka­tva­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | dvi­vi­dhaṃ hy e­ka­tvaṃ mu­khya­m u­pa­ca­ri­taṃ ca­, TAŚVA-ML 358,32mu­khya­mū­rdhva­tā­sā­mā­nya­m u­pa­ca­ri­taṃ ti­rya­k sā­mā­nyaṃ sā­dṛ­śya­m i­ti su­ni­ści­ta­m a­nya­tra | sā pu­na­r brā­hma­ṇa­tvā­di TAŚVA-ML 358,33jā­ti­r nai­kāṃ­ta­to ni­tyā śa­kyā vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m a­ni­tya­vya­kti­tā­d ā­tmyā­t­, sa­rva­thā ta­syā­s ta­da­tā­dā­tmye vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 358,34vi­ka­lpā­na­va­sthā­di­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | nā­py e­kāṃ­te­nā­mū­rtā mū­rta­tā­dā­tmya­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­taḥ syā­n ni­tyā jā­ti­r ni- TAŚVA-ML 358,35tya­sā­dṛ­śya­rū­pa­tvā­t­, syā­d a­ni­tyā na­śva­ra­sā­dṛ­śya­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t­, syā­t sa­rva­ga­tā sa­rva­pa­dā­rthā­nva­yi­tvā­t­, syā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 359,01sa­rva­ga­tā pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­pa­dā­rthā­śra­ya­tvā­t­, syā­n mū­rti­ma­tī mū­rti­ma­ddra­vya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­t­, syā­d a­mū­rtā ga­ga­nā­dya­mū­rta­dra- TAŚVA-ML 359,02vya­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tmi­ke­ti ni­tya­sa­rva­ga­tā­mū­rta­sva­bhā­vā sa­rva­thā brā­hma­ṇa­tvā­di­jā­ti­r a­yu­ktā pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­dhya­mā­na­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 359,03i­ti sū­ktaṃ |­| ta­d e­vaṃ­ —TAŚV-ML 3.37.13sā­rdha­dvi­dvī­pa­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­pra­bhṛ­ti pra­ti­pā­di­taṃ | sa­ma­nu­ṣyaṃ ca­tu­ṣṭyā ca sū­trā­ṇā­m i­ti ga­mya­te |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 359,05kāḥ pu­naḥ ka­rma­bhū­ma­yaḥ kā­ś ca bho­ga­bhū­ma­ya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.38 bha­ra­tai­rā­va­ta­vi­de­hāḥ ka­rma­bhū­ma­yo '­nya­tra de­va­ku­rū­tta­ra­ku­ru­bhyaḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 359,07ka­rma­bhū­ma­ya i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ sa­rva­tra ka­rma­ṇo vyā­pā­rā­d i­ti ce­n na vā­, pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­gu­ṇā­nu­bha­va­na­ka­rmo­pā- TAŚVA-ML 359,08rji­ta­ni­rja­rā­dhi­ṣṭhā­no­pa­pa­tteḥ ṣa­ṭka­rma­da­rśa­nā­c ca | a­nya­tra­śa­bdaḥ pa­ri­va­rja­nā­rthaḥ | śe­ṣā­s tā bho­ga­bhū­ma­ya i­ti sā­ma­rthyā- TAŚVA-ML 359,09d ga­mya­ta i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 3.38.1bha­ra­tā­dyā vi­de­hāṃ­tāḥ pra­khyā­tāḥ ka­rma­bhū­ma­yaḥ | de­vo­tta­ra­ku­rūṃ­s tya­ktvā tāḥ śe­ṣā bho­ga­bhū­ma­yaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.38.2sā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­sī­yaṃ­te sū­tre smi­nn ā­ga­tā a­pi | sa­mu­dra­dvi­ta­yaṃ ya­dva­t pū­rva­sū­tro­kta­śa­kti­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 359,12sā­rdha­dvī­pa­dva­ya­pra­ti­pā­da­na­sū­tre va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­śrū­ya­mā­ṇa­syā­pi sa­mu­dra­dvi­ta­ya­sya ya­thā­va­sā­yo jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­la­va­ṇo- TAŚVA-ML 359,13dā­di­dvī­pa­sa­mu­drā­ṇāṃ pū­rva­pū­rva­pa­ri­kṣe­pi­tva­va­ca­nā­t ta­thā­smi­n sū­tre nu­ktā­nā­m a­pi bho­ga­bhū­mī­nāṃ ni­śca­yaḥ syā­t | TAŚVA-ML 359,14bha­ra­tai­r ā­va­ta­vi­de­hā de­va­ku­rū­tta­ra­ku­ru­bhi­r va­rji­tāḥ ka­rma­bhū­ma­ya i­ti va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­t de­va­ku­rū­tta­ra­ku­ra­vaḥ śe­ṣā­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 359,15hai­ma­va­ta­ha­ri­ra­mya­ka­hai­r a­ṇya­va­tā­khyā bhū­ma­yaḥ ka­rma­bhū­mi­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d bho­ga­bhū­ma­ya i­ty a­va­sī­yaṃ­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 359,16a­tha ta­nni­vā­si­nāṃ nṛ­ṇāṃ ke pa­rā­va­re sthi­tī bha­va­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.39 nṛ­sthi­tī pa­rā­va­re tri­pa­lyo­pa­māṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rte |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 359,18ya­thā­saṃ­khya­m a­bhi­saṃ­ba­dha­s tri­pa­lyo­pa­mā pa­rā nṛ­sthi­ti­r aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā­va­rā i­ti | ma­dhya­mā nṛ­sthi­tiḥ ke­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.39.1pa­rā­va­re vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭe ma­nu­ṣyā­ṇā­m i­ha sthi­tī | tri­pa­lyo­pa­ma­saṃ­khyāṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­ga­ṇa­ne ba­lā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.39.2ma­dhya­mā sthi­ti­r e­te­ṣāṃ vi­vi­dhā vi­ni­ve­di­tā | svo­pā­ttā­yu­r vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ bhā­vā­t sū­tre tra tā­dṛ­śāṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 359,21ti­ra­ścāṃ ke pa­rā­va­re sthi­tī syā­tā­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 3.40 ti­rya­gyo­ni­jā­nāṃ ca |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 359,23tri­pa­lyo­pa­māṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rte i­ti va­rta­te­, pṛ­tha­gyo­ga­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ya­thā­saṃ­khya­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ | e­ka­yo­ga­ka­ra­ṇe hi nṛ­sthi­tī TAŚVA-ML 359,24i­ti ni­rde­śe nṛ­sthi­tiḥ pa­rā tri­pa­lyo­pa­mā­, ti­rya­ksthi­ti­ra­va­rā­nta­rmu­hū­rte­ti ya­thā­saṃ­khya­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ pra­sa­jye­ta | TAŚVA-ML 359,25ta­ta­s ta­nni­vṛ­ttiḥ pṛ­tha­gyo­ga­ka­ra­ṇā­t | ti­rya­ṅgā­m a­ka­rmo­da­yā­pā­di­ta­ja­nma ti­rya­gyo­ni­s ta­tra jā­tā­s ti­rya­gyo­ni­jāḥ TAŚVA-ML 359,26e­keṃ­dri­ya­vi­ka­leṃ­dri­ya­paṃ­ceṃ­dri­ya­vi­ka­lpā­s tri­vi­dhāḥ te­ṣāṃ ca ya­thā­ga­maṃ ma­dhya­mā sthi­tiḥ sā­ma­rthya­la­bhyā pra­ti­pa- TAŚVA-ML 359,27tta­vyā pa­rā­va­ra­sthi­ti­va­t | ki­m a­rtha­m i­ho­kte ti­ra­ścāṃ pa­rā­va­re sthi­ti pra­ka­ra­ṇā­bhā­ve pī­ty ā­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.1te ti­rya­gyo­ni­jā­nāṃ ca saṃ­kṣe­pā­rtha­m i­ho­di­te | sthi­tī pra­ka­ra­ṇā­bhā­ve py e­ṣāṃ sū­tre­ṇa sū­ri­bhiḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 359,29na­nv a­saṃ­khye­ye­ṣv a­pi dvī­pa­sa­mu­dre­ṣu dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣu sā­rdha­dvī­pa­dva­ya­pra­paṃ­caṃ ni­rū­pa­ya­taḥ sū­tra­kā­ra­sya kiṃ ce­ta­si sthi­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.2sā­rdha­dvī­pa­dva­ye kṣe­tra­vi­bhā­gā­di­ni­rū­pa­ṇaṃ | a­dhyā­ye smi­nn a­saṃ­khye­ye­ṣv a­pi dvī­pe­ṣu ya­t kṛ­taṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.3ma­nu­ṣya­lo­ka­saṃ­khyā yā ji­jñā­sa­vi­ṣa­yā mu­neḥ | te­na ni­rṇī­ya­te sa­dbhi­r a­nya­tra ta­da­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 359,32na­nu ca jī­va­ta­ttva­pra­rū­pa­ṇe pra­kṛ­te kiṃ ni­ra­rtha­kaṃ dvī­pa­sa­mu­dra­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­rū­pa­ṇa­m i­ty ā­śaṃ­kāṃ ni­vā­ra­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.4na ca dvī­pa­sa­mu­drā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ pra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ | niḥ­pra­yo­ja­na­m ā­śaṃ­kyaṃ ma­nu­ṣyā­dhā­ra­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 360,02kā­ni pu­na­r ni­mi­ttā­ni ta­ddvī­pa­sa­mu­dra­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣū­tpa­dya­mā­nā­nāṃ ma­nu­ṣyā­ṇā­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.5nā­nā­kṣe­tra­vi­pā­kī­ni ka­rmā­ṇy u­tpa­tti­he­ta­vaḥ | saṃ­ty e­va ta­dvi­śe­ṣe­ṣu pu­dga­lā­di­vi­pā­ka­va­t |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 360,04ya­thā pu­dga­le­ṣu śa­rī­rā­di­la­kṣa­ṇe­ṣu vi­ve­ca­na­śī­lā­ni pu­dga­la­vi­pā­kī­ni ka­rmā­ṇi śa­rī­ra­nā­m ā­dī­ni ya­thā ca TAŚVA-ML 360,05bha­va­vi­pā­kī­ni nā­ra­kā­yu­rā­dī­ni jī­va­vi­pā­kī­ni ca sa­dve­dyā­dī­ni ta­thā ta­tro­tpa­ttau ma­nu­ṣyā­ṇā­m a­nye­ṣāṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 360,06prā­ṇi­nāṃ he­ta­vaḥ saṃ­ti ta­dva­n nā­nā­kṣe­tre­ṣu vi­ve­ca­na­śī­lā­ni kṣe­tra­vi­pā­kī­ny a­pi ka­rmā­ṇi saṃ­ti ta­tra ta­tro­tpa­ttau TAŚVA-ML 360,07te­ṣāṃ he­ta­va i­ti ta­dā­dhā­ra­vi­śe­ṣāḥ sa­rve ni­rū­pa­ṇī­yā e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.6ta­da­pra­rū­pa­ṇe jī­va­ta­ttvaṃ na syā­t pra­rū­pi­taṃ | vi­śe­ṣe­ṇe­ti ta­jjñā­na­śra­ddhā­ne na pra­si­ddhya­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.7ta­nni­baṃ­dha­na­m a­kṣu­ṇṇaṃ cā­ri­traṃ ca ta­thā kva nu | mu­kti­mā­rgo­pa­de­śo no śe­ṣa­ta­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­vā­k |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 360,10te­ṣāṃ hi dvī­pa­sa­mu­dra­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m a­pra­rū­pa­ṇe ma­nu­ṣyā­dhā­rā­ṇāṃ nā­ra­ka­ti­rya­gde­vā­dhā­rā­ṇā­m a­py a­pra­rū­pa­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gā­n na TAŚVA-ML 360,11vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa jī­va­ta­ttvaṃ ni­rū­pi­taṃ syā­t­, ta­nni­rū­pa­ṇā­bhā­ve ca na ta­dvi­jñā­naṃ śra­ddhā­naṃ ca si­ddhye­t­, ta­dā­si­ddhau TAŚVA-ML 360,12śra­ddhā­na­jñā­na­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m a­kṣu­ṇṇaṃ cā­ri­traṃ ca kva nu saṃ­bhā­vya­te ? mu­kti­mā­rga­ś ca kvai­vaṃ ? śe­ṣā­jī­vā­di­ta­ttva­va­ca­naṃ ca nai­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 360,13syā­t | ta­to mu­kti­mā­rgo­pa­de­śa­m i­ccha­tā sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­ṇy a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyā­ni | ta­da­nya­ta­mā­pā­ye mu­kti- TAŚVA-ML 360,14mā­rgā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, tā­ni cā­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­bhā­va­m a­nu­bha­va­t jī­va­ta­ttva­m a­jī­vā­di­ta­ttva­va­t pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 360,15ta­tpra­ti­pa­dya­mā­ne ca ta­dvi­śe­ṣā ā­dhā­rā­da­yaḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ | i­ti yu­ktaṃ dvī­pa­sa­mu­drā­di­sa­nni­ve­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 360,16pra­rū­pa­ṇa­m a­dhyā­ye '­smi­n |­| a­trā­pa­raḥ prā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.8na­nu dvī­pā­da­yo dhī­ma­ddhe­tu­kāḥ saṃ­tu sū­tri­tāḥ | sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­tva­si­ddhe­r gha­ṭa­va­d i­ty a­sa­t |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.9he­to­r ī­śva­ra­de­he­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­d i­ti ke­ca­na | ta­trā­pa­re tu ma­nyaṃ­te ni­rde­he­śva­ra­vā­di­naḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.10ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇaṃ te­ṣāṃ ne­śva­ra­s ta­tra si­ddhya­ti | ni­rde­ha­tvā­d ya­thā mu­ktaḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ sa­mma­taḥ sva­yaṃ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 360,20vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­tā dvī­pā­da­yo bu­ddhi­ma­tkā­ra­ṇa­kāḥ sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­t gha­ṭa­va­d i­ti ka­ści­t | ta­d a­sa­t | TAŚVA-ML 360,21he­to­r ī­śva­ra­śa­rī­re­ṇa vi­śva­ta­ś ca­kṣu­ru­ta vi­śva­to mu­kho vi­śva­to bā­hu­r u­ta vi­śva­ta­spā­t | saṃ­bā­hu­bhyāṃ dha­ma­ti TAŚVA-ML 360,22saṃ­pa­ta­trai­rdyā­vā­bhū­mī ja­na­ya­n de­va e­ka i­ty ā­ga­ma­pra­si­ddhe­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­d i­ti | a­pa­re ne­śva­ra­sya śa­rī­ra­m a­sti TAŚVA-ML 360,23he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­ra­ś co­dya­ta i­ti ma­nyaṃ­te te­ṣāṃ "­a­pā­ṇi­pā­do ja­va­no gra­hī­tā pa­śya­ty a­ca­kṣuḥ sa śṛ­ṇo­ty a­ka­rṇaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 360,24sa ve­tti vi­śvaṃ na hi ta­sya ve­ttā ta­mā­hu­ra­gryaṃ pu­ru­ṣaṃ ma­hāṃ­taṃ­" i­ty ā­ga­maṃ pra­mā­ṇa­ya­tāṃ ne­śva­ra­s ta­tra ni­mi­tta­kā- TAŚVA-ML 360,25ra­ṇaṃ si­ddhya­ti ni­rde­ha­tvā­t sva­yaṃ saṃ­ma­ta­m u­ktā­tma­va­t | na­nu ca mu­ktā­tma­nā­m a­jña­tvā­n na ja­ga­du­tpa­ttau ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 360,26ī­śva­ra­sya tu ni­rde­ha­syā­pi ni­tya­jñā­na­tvā­t tu ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m e­ve­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.11ni­tya­jñā­na­tva­to he­tu­r ī­śva­ro ja­ga­tā­m i­ti | na yu­kta­m a­nva­yā­sa­ttvā­d vya­ti­re­kā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 360,28na­nu ni­tya­jñā­na­tvā­d i­ty e­ta­sya he­to­r a­nva­ya­sa­ttve pi na vya­ti­re­ka­sa­ttvaṃ ja­ga­da­kā­ra­ṇa­syā­sma­dā­de­r ni­tya­jñā­na­tvā­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 360,29vā­d i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, jñā­na­saṃ­tā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā­sma­dā­de­r a­pi ni­tya­jñā­na­tvā­t | na hi jñā­na­sā­mā­nya­ra­hi­to sma­dā­diḥ TAŚVA-ML 360,30saṃ­bha­va­ti­, vi­ro­dhā­t | ya­di pu­na­rjñā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā ni­tya­jñā­na­tvaṃ he­tu­s ta­dā na si­ddha i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.12bo­dho na ve­dha­so ni­tyo bo­dha­tvā­d a­nya­bo­dha­va­t | i­ti he­to­r a­si­ddha­tvā­n na ve­dhāḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ bhu­vaḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 360,32bo­dha­tvaṃ ca syā­d ī­śva­ra­bo­dha­sya ni­tya­tvaṃ ca syā­d vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­d a­smā­d ṛ­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­d ī­śva­ra­sya vi­śi­ṣṭa­bo­dho- TAŚVA-ML 360,33pa­pa­tteḥ a­nya­thā sa­rva­jña­tva­si­ddhi­vi­ro­dhā­t i­ti ka­ści­t | so py a­yu­kta­vā­dī­, ta­dbo­dha­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tve ta­to '­pa­ra­sya TAŚVA-ML 361,01pha­la­jñā­na­syā­ni­tya­sya ta­tra pra­si­ddhe­r a­pha­la­sya pra­mā­ṇa­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­sya pha­la­tve ni­tya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | pha­laṃ hi TAŚVA-ML 361,02pra­mā­ṇaṃ kā­ryaṃ ta­t ka­thaṃ ni­tyaṃ yu­ktaṃ ? pra­mā­ṇa­pha­lā­tma­ka­m ī­śva­ra­jñā­na­m e­ka­m i­ty a­pi vyā­ha­taṃ­, svā­tma­ni kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­t TAŚVA-ML 361,03ta­sya sva­ja­na­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ya­di pu­na­r ī­śa­sya pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­taṃ jñā­naṃ ni­tyaṃ pha­la­bhū­taṃ tv a­ni­tya­m i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 361,04dva­ya­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ vā­cyaṃ | ta­syā­śa­rī­ra­syā­sa­taḥ sa­dā sa­rva­jña­tva­si­ddhiḥ pra­yo­ja­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­jñā- TAŚVA-ML 361,05na­rū­pā­yā e­va sa­nni­ka­rṣā­di­sā­ma­gryāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me pi sa­dā sa­rvā­rtha­jñā­na­syā­ni­tya­sya ta­tpha­la­sya ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 361,06nā­t sa­dā sa­rva­jña­tva­si­ddhe­r vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | na­nv a­śa­rī­ra­syeṃ­dri­ya­saṃ­ni­ka­rṣā­bhā­va­va­daṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­ni­ka­rṣa­syā­py a­bhā­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 361,07sa­nni­ka­rṣā­di­sā­ma­grī­vi­ra­he ta­to a­nā­di­sa­rvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ni­tya­jñā­na­m e­va ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, ā­tmā­rtha­sa- TAŚVA-ML 361,08nni­ka­rṣa­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | ma­he­śva­ra­sya hi sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rtha­saṃ­ni­ka­rṣa­mā­trā­t sa­rvā­rtha­jñā­no­tpa­tti­r i­ṣya­te kai­ści­t TAŚVA-ML 361,09ta­to na ni­tya­jñā­na­tvaṃ si­ddhaṃ­, ye­na na ja­ga­nni­mi­tta­m ī­śva­ro ni­rde­ha­tvā­t mu­ktā­tma­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­ti­ha­nye­ta |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.13kā­lā­de­r a­śa­rī­ra­sya kā­ryo­tpa­tti­ni­mi­tta­tā | si­ddhe­ti vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvaṃ ni­rde­ha­tva­sya ce­n ma­taṃ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.14na ta­sya pu­ru­ṣa­tve­na vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya pra­yo­ga­taḥ | kā­lā­de­r a­śa­rī­ra­tve­śva­ra­tvā­vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 361,12de­hā­n ni­ṣkrāṃ­to ni­rde­haḥ pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣo ma­he­śva­ra­s ta­ttva­ni­rde­ha­pu­ru­ṣa­tvaṃ ta­taḥ pu­ru­ṣa­tve sa­ti ni­rde­ha­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 361,13pu­ru­ṣa­tve­na vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya ni­rde­ha­tva­sya pra­yo­gā­n na kā­lā­di­nā sa­rva­kā­ryo­tpa­tti­ni­mi­tte­nā­śa­rī­re­ṇa vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 361,14ya­to '­pra­ti­ha­ta­m i­da­m a­nu­mā­naṃ na syā­d a­śa­rī­re­śva­ra­ja­ga­nni­mi­tta­tvā­bhā­va­sā­dha­naṃ | kiṃ ca­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.15ja­ga­tāṃ ne­śva­ro he­tu­r a­jña­tvā­d a­nya­jaṃ­tu­va­t | na jño­sā­va­śa­rī­ra­tvā­n mu­kta­va­t so nya­thā sa vi­t |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 361,16e­te­nā­ni­tya­jñā­na­tve pī­śva­ra­sya jñā­tvā ja­ga­nni­mi­tta­tva­si­ddhe­r na mu­ktā­tma­va­tta­da­ni­mi­tta­tva­m i­ty e­ta­nni­ra­sta­m a­śa­rī­ra­sya­, TAŚVA-ML 361,17ta­nma­te sa­rva­thā­py a­jña­tvā­t | ta­sya jña­tve mu­ktā­tma­no pi jña­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.16sa­de­ha­bu­ddhi­ma­ddhe­tu­r dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to pi gha­ṭaḥ ka­thaṃ | ni­rde­ha­bu­ddhi­ma­ddhe­tau sā­dhye ja­ga­ti yu­jya­te |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.17dhī­ma­ddhe­tu­tva­sā­mā­nyaṃ sā­dhyaṃ ce­n ni­rvi­śe­ṣa­kaṃ | nā­nā­dhī­ma­nni­mi­tta­tva­si­ddheḥ syā­t si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.18nā­nā­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­khya­bhā­va­ka­rma­ni­mi­tta­kaṃ | si­ddhaṃ hī­daṃ ja­ga­t ta­sya ta­dbho­gya­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 361,21na hi dhī­ma­ddhe­tu­tva­mā­traṃ ja­ga­tāṃ pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­taḥ syā­dvā­di­no '­pa­si­ddhāṃ­taḥ­, si­ddhāṃ­te pi TAŚVA-ML 361,22nā­nā­prā­ṇi­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­khya­bhā­va­ka­rma­ni­mi­tta­ja­ga­dvya­va­sthi­teḥ a­nya­thā ja­ga­ta­s ta­du­pa­bho­gya­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.19sa­śa­rī­ra­ku­lā­lā­diḥ ku­rva­n dṛ­ṣṭo gha­ṭā­di­kaṃ | sva­ya­m ā­tmā pu­na­r de­ha­m a­śa­rī­ro pi vi­śru­taḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.20sa­de­he­ta­ra­sā­mā­nya­sva­bhā­vo ja­ga­dī­śva­raḥ | ka­ro­tī­ti nu sā­dhye­ta ya­dā do­ṣa­s ta­dā kva saḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.21i­ty e­ke ta­da­saṃ­baṃ­dhaṃ sva­śa­rī­rā­ṇi ku­rva­tā | śa­rī­rāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­tma­nāṃ syā­n nā­nya­thā kri­yā |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.22pa­rā­pa­ra­śa­rī­rā­ṇāṃ ka­lpa­nā­n nā­na­va­sthi­tiḥ | te sa­mā­nā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 361,27pū­rva­m a­ta­nu­tve na­ra­sya­ —TAŚVA-ML 361,28mu­kta­sye­va na yu­jye­ta bhū­yo nya­ta­nu­saṃ­ga­tiḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.23sā ya­dy a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sa­dbhā­vā­n ma­tā ta­sya tu si­ddhya­tu | pū­rvaṃ ka­rma­śa­rī­re­ṇa saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ pa­ra­vi­gra­hā­t |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.24śa­rī­ra­m ā­tma­no '­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ pu­dga­lā­tma­ka­m ī­ri­taṃ | sa­rva­thā­tma­gu­ṇa­tve sya pā­ra­taṃ­tryā­ni­mi­tta­tā |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 361,31na hi sa­rva­thā­tma­gu­ṇa­tve dha­rmā­dha­rma­saṃ­jña­ka­syā­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­tma­pā­ra­taṃ­trya­ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ yu­ktaṃ | bu­ddhi­va­t i­cchā­dve­ṣa­yo- TAŚVA-ML 361,32r ā­tma­gu­ṇa­tve py ā­tma­pā­ra­taṃ­trya­ni­mi­tta­tva­si­ddhe­r yu­kta­m e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ta­yoḥ sa­rva­thā­tma­gu­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vā­t ka­rmo­da­ya­ni­mi- TAŚVA-ML 361,33tta­tve­na bhā­va­ka­rma­tva­va­ca­nā­t | ta­yo­r e­vā­tma­pā­ra­taṃ­trya­sva­bhā­va­tvā­c ca na pā­ra­taṃ­trya­ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ | mo­ha­vi­śe­ṣa­pā­ra­taṃ­trya TAŚVA-ML 361,34e­va hi pu­ru­ṣa­sye­cchā­dve­ṣau ta­da­pa­ra­taṃ­tra­sya kva­ci­d a­bhi­lā­ṣa­dve­ṣā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­to na dha­rmā­dha­rmau pu­ru­ṣa­gu­ṇau pu­ru­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 362,01pā­ra­taṃ­trya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­n mo­ha­vi­śe­ṣā­n ni­ga­lā­di­va­t | kiṃ ta­rhi ? pu­dga­la­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­kau tau ta­ta e­va ta­dva­t TAŚVA-ML 362,02pu­dga­la­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­tvā­c cā­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­tma­śa­rī­ra­tva­m u­pa­ga­ta­m i­ti nau­dā­ri­kā­di­śa­rī­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t pū­rva­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­t sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 362,03thā­tmā ni­rde­ho yu­ktaḥ | ya­s tu ni­rde­ho mu­ktā­tmā sa na ka­sya­ci­c cha­rī­ra­syā­raṃ­bha­ko bha­va­ti ya­ta­s ta­dva­dī­śva­ro pi TAŚVA-ML 362,04ja­ga­to '­he­tuḥ syā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 362,05saṃ­pra­ti sa­de­he­śva­ra­vā­di­ma­ta­m ā­śaṃ­kya pra­ti­vi­dha­tte­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.25kṣi­tyā­di­mū­rta­yaḥ saṃ­ti ma­he­śa­sya ta­du­dbha­ve | sa e­va he­tu­r i­tyā­di vya­bhi­cā­ro na ce­d bha­ve­t |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.26ta­thā­nye pi ki­mā­tmā­naḥ sva­mū­rtyu­tpa­tti­he­ta­vaḥ | sva­yaṃ na syu­r i­tī­śa­sya kva si­ddhye­t sa­rva­he­tu­tā |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.27ku­rva­n kṣi­tyā­di­mū­rtīṃ­ś ca sva­mū­rtiṃ ta­tpra­yo­ga­taḥ | mū­rtyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇi ku­rvī­ta ya­di vā­nā­di­bhi­r ya­taḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.28ga­tvā su­dū­ra­m a­py e­vaṃ ya­di mū­rtī na kā­śca­na | ku­ryā­t tā­bhi­s ta­dā he­to­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā na kiṃ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.29a­nā­di­mū­rti­bhi­s ta­sya saṃ­baṃ­dha i­ti ce­n ma­taṃ | kiṃ­kṛ­tā­nā­di­tā tā­sāṃ sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.30na vā tā­bhi­r ma­he­śe­na kṛ­tā­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­ra­tā | sā­dha­na­sya kṛ­tā­bhi­r vā te­na tā­m a­na­va­sthi­tiṃ |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.31ke­va­laṃ mu­kha­m a­stī­ti ya­t kiṃ­ci­d a­bhi­dhī­ya­te | mi­thyo­tta­rā­ṇā­m ā­naṃ­tyā­t pre­kṣā­va­ttā nu ta­tra kā |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 362,13ta­taḥ sū­kta­m e­ta­t sa­de­he­śva­ra­vā­di­nāṃ sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­d i­ti he­tu­r ī­śva­ra­de­he­na vya­bhi­cā­rī­ti |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.32bu­ddhi­ma­ddhe­tu­kaṃ yā­dṛ­gdṛ­ṣṭaṃ dra­vya­gra­hā­di­ṣu | saṃ­ni­ve­śa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvaṃ tā­dṛ­gja­ga­ti ne­kṣya­te |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.33i­ti he­to­r a­si­ddha­tvaṃ kai­ści­d u­ktaṃ na yu­jya­te | ta­thā sa­rve­ṣṭa­he­tū­nā­m a­si­ddha­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.34kṛ­ta­dhī­ja­na­kaṃ ta­d dhi nā­kri­yā­da­rśi­no ya­thā | kva­ci­t ta­thā na dhū­mā­di­r a­gnyā­di­jñā­na­kā­ra­ṇaṃ |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.35va­hnyā­di­bu­ddhi­kā­ri­tvaṃ sva­yaṃ si­ddha­sya si­ddha­tā | dhū­mā­deḥ sā­dha­na­syai­ta­tsi­ddhau va­nhyā­di­dhī­r i­ti |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.36ya­thā­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­s ta­dva­tpra­kṛ­te pi hi sā­dha­ne | kṛ­ta­dhī­ja­na­ka­tve sya si­ddha­tā­yāṃ kṛ­ta­tva­dhīḥ |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.37ta­to nai­kāṃ­ti­ko he­tu­r e­ṣa vā­cyaḥ pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ | kā­rya­tvā­rtha­kri­yā­kṛ­tva­pra­mu­kho­ne­na va­rṇi­taḥ |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 362,20ya­thai­va hi sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­d i­ti he­tu­r nā­si­ddhaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho va­ktu­m i­ṣṭa­he­tū­nā­m a­py a­si­ddha­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | kiṃ TAŚVA-ML 362,21ta­rhi ? pa­rī­kṣa­kai­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko vā­cya­s ta­thā kā­rya­tvā­d a­ce­ta­no­pā­dā­na­tvā­d a­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvā­t sthi­tvā­pra­vṛ­tteḥ i­ty e- TAŚVA-ML 362,22va­m ā­di­r a­pī­śva­ra­de­he­na nai­kāṃ­ti­ka e­va sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | a­pi ca­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.38sthā­va­rā­di­bhi­r a­py a­sya vya­bhi­cā­ro nu­va­rṇya­te | kai­ści­t pa­kṣī­kṛ­tai­s te­ṣā­m a­dhī­ma­ddhe­tu­tā­sthi­taiḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 362,24ka­thaṃ pu­naḥ sthā­va­rā­dī­nā­m a­bu­ddhi­ma­tkā­ra­ṇa­ka­tva­sthi­ti­r ya­ta­s tai­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvaṃ kā­rya­tvā­di­he­tū­nā­m u­dbhā­vya­ta TAŚVA-ML 362,25i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.39dṛ­ṣṭa­kṣi­tyā­di­he­tū­nā­m a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­taḥ | dṛ­śya­te sthā­va­rā­dī­nāṃ sa­rva­ga­tve­na ve­dha­saḥ |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.40na de­śe vya­ti­re­ko sti kṣi­tā­va­sya sa­dā sthi­teḥ | sa­rva­ga­syā­nva­ya­s tv e­ko na ta­jja­nyaṃ tv a­sā­dha­naḥ |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 362,28kṣi­tyu­da­ka­bī­jā­di­ta­yā kā­ra­ṇā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­t sthā­va­rā­dī­nāṃ bhā­vya­bhā­va­ka­yo­r u­pa­laṃ­bhā­n na bu­ddhi­ma­tkā­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 362,29nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­naṃ | na hi bu­ddhi­ma­to ve­dha­saḥ kva­ci­d de­śe vya­ti­re­ko sti sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­t­, nā­pi kā­le TAŚVA-ML 362,30ni­tya­tvā­t | ta­thā ca nā­nva­yo ni­ści­taḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti ta­dbhā­vā­bhā­va­da­rśa­na­mā­trā­nva­yo vā­, sa na ta­jja­nya­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 362,31sā­dha­ya­ti ka­ra­bhā­de­r bhā­ve dhū­mā­vi­rbhā­va­da­rśa­nā­t ta­jja­nya­tva­si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ka­tha­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya sthā­va­rā­di­ni­mi­tta­tva- TAŚVA-ML 362,32m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.41na­śva­ra­tvā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­sa­rva­ga­tvā­c ca si­ddhya­ti | vya­ti­re­ka­s ta­tra ta­sya sthā­va­rā­di­ni­mi­tta­tā |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 362,34na hy a­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ dha­rmā­dha­rma­saṃ­jñi­taṃ kū­ṭa­sthaṃ sa­rva­ga­taṃ vā ma­he­śva­ra­va­d i­py a­te ya­ta­s ta­sya de­śa­kā­la­vya­ti­re­ko na TAŚVA-ML 363,01si­ddhye­t | kṣi­tyā­di­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­grī­sa­dbhā­ve pi kva­ci­t sthā­va­rā­dī­nā­m a­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ si­ddhya­ty e­va | ka­tha­m e­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 363,02ta­du­tpa­ttau kā­lā­de­r he­tu­tva­m i­ti sa­rva­ga­ta­sya vya­ti­re­kā­si­ddhe­r ī­śva­ra­va­d i­ti va­daṃ­taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.42kā­lā­di­pa­rya­ya­syā­pi ni­tya­tvā­dya­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | sa­rva­thā kā­rya­ni­ṣpa­ttau he­tu­tvaṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 363,04na hi kā­lā­kā­śā­di­pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ ni­tya­tvaṃ sa­rva­ga­ta­tvaṃ vā pra­si­ddhaṃ kā­lā­ṇū­nā­m e­va dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­n ni­tya­tvo- TAŚVA-ML 363,05pa­ga­mā­t | niḥ­pa­ryā­ya­sya ni­tya­sya sa­rva­ga­ta­sya ca kā­la­sya pa­ro­pa­ga­ta­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­tvā­t­, sa­rva­ga­ta­sya ni­tya­sya TAŚVA-ML 363,06cā­kā­śa­dra­vya­syai­va vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­n niḥ­pa­ryā­ya­sya ta­syā­pi grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | dha­rmā­sti­kā­ya­syā­dha­rmā­sti­kā- TAŚVA-ML 363,07ya­sya ca lo­ka­vyā­pi­no pi dra­vya­ta e­va ni­tya­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t pa­ryā­ya­to '­sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­d a­ni­tya­tvā­c ca | ta­to yu­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 363,08sva­kā­ryo­tpa­ttau ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ sa­rva­thā vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | ya­dy e­vaṃ ma­he­śva­ra­gu­ṇa­sya si­sṛ­kṣā­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­ni­tya­tvā­d a­sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 363,09ga­ta­tvā­t ca ta­nni­mi­tta­tvaṃ sthā­va­rā­dī­nāṃ yu­ktaṃ vya­ti­re­ka­pra­si­ddhe­r i­ti pa­rā­kū­ta­m a­nū­dya dū­ṣa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.43ma­he­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣā­yā ja­ga­jja­nme­ti ke­ca­na | ta­syāḥ śā­śva­ta­tā­pā­yā­d a­vi­bhu­tvā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­t |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.44ta­da­yu­ktaṃ ma­he­śa­sya si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­to vi­nā | si­sṛ­kṣo­tpā­da­ne he­to­s ta­thai­va vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.45si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­ta­s ta­syāḥ pra­sū­tā­v a­na­va­sthi­teḥ | sthā­va­rā­di­sa­mu­dbhū­ti­r na syā­t ka­lpa­śa­tai­r a­pi |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.46ta­dbho­ktṛ­prā­ṇya­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya sā­ma­rthyā­t sā bha­va­sya ce­t | pra­sū­tiḥ sthā­va­rā­dī­nāṃ ta­smā­d a­nva­ya­nā­n na kiṃ |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.47svā­taṃ­trye­ṇa ta­du­dbhū­tau sa­rva­do­pa­ra­m a­cyu­teḥ | sa­rva­tra sa­rva­kā­ryā­ṇāṃ ja­nma ke­na ni­vā­rya­te |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.48vyā­khyā­tā­tre­śva­re­ṇai­va ni­tyā sā­dhyā­ti­re­ki­ṇī | kva­ci­d vya­va­sthi­tā­nya­tra na syā­d a­nva­ya­bhā­g a­pi |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 363,16na­nv e­vaṃ kā­lā­di­pa­rya­ya­sya sva­kā­ryo­tpa­ttau ni­mi­tta­bhā­va­m a­nu­bha­va­taḥ prā­du­rbhā­ve ya­dy a­pa­raḥ kā­lā­di­pa­ryā­yo TAŚVA-ML 363,17ni­mi­ttaṃ ta­dva­da­nya­kā­ryo­tpa­ttā­v a­pi kā­lā­di­pa­ryā­yo ni­mi­ttaṃ mā bhū­t­, a­tha ni­mi­ttaṃ ta­du­tpa­ttā­v a­py a­pa­ro ni­mi- TAŚVA-ML 363,18tta­m i­ty a­na­va­sthā syā­t kā­lā­di­pa­ryā­ya­sya kā­ra­ṇa­maṃ­ta­re­ṇo­tpa­ttau de­śa­kā­lā­di­ni­ya­mā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā TAŚVA-ML 363,19bhā­vā­t sa­rva­kā­ryā­ṇā­m a­nu­pa­ra­te­ty a­ti­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | ta­sya ni­tya­tve kā­lā­di­dra­vya­va­dvya­ti­ri­ktā si­ddhi­r a­nva­ya­mā­tra­si­ddhā- TAŚVA-ML 363,20v a­pi sa­rva­do­tpa­tti­s te­ṣā­m a­ni­mi­tta­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | si­sṛ­kṣā­va­tsthā­va­rā­dyu­tpa­ttā­v i­ti ke­ci­t­, te pi na ta­ttva­jñāḥ | TAŚVA-ML 363,21syā­dvā­di­nāṃ sva­kā­ryo­tpa­tti­ni­mi­tta­sya kā­lā­di­pa­rya­ya­sya ni­mi­tta­tva­si­ddhe­s ta­du­tpa­ttā­v a­pi ta­tpū­rva­kā­lā­di­pa­ryā­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 363,22ni­mi­tta­tva­m i­ty a­nā­di­tvā­n ni­mi­tta­nai­mi­tti­ka­bhā­va­sya ta­tpa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ bī­jāṃ­ku­rā­di­va­da­na­va­sthā­na­va­tā­rā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­t svā- TAŚVA-ML 363,23taṃ­trye­ṇo­tpa­dya­mā­na­syā­pi sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā ca bhā­vā­nu­tpa­tteḥ ni­tya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­c ca | na­nu ma­he­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣā­pi ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 363,24svā­va­rā­dyu­tpa­ttau ni­mi­tta­bhā­va­m a­nu­bha­va­tī­ti pū­rva­si­sṛ­kṣā­taḥ sā­pi sva­pū­rva­si­sṛ­kṣā­taḥ i­ty a­nā­di­tvā­t kā­rya­kā- TAŚVA-ML 363,25ra­ṇa­bhā­va­sya ka­tha­m a­na­va­sthā­do­ṣe­ṇo­pa­drū­ye­ta ka­thaṃ vā ta­yai­va he­ta­vo nai­kāṃ­ti­kāḥ syuḥ ? na sthā­va­rā­di­kā­ryā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 363,26pa­ra­maḥ svā­taṃ­trye­ṇā­nu­tpā­dā­t | nā­vya­ti­re­ko ni­tya­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t si­sṛ­kṣā­yāḥ ta­nni­tya­tve sa­rva­dā kā­ryo­tpa- TAŚVA-ML 363,27tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­rva­dā sa­ha­kā­rī­ṇā­m a­bhā­vā­n na ta­tpra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣā­m a­pi ma­he­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣa­yā ta­jja­nma­tve TAŚVA-ML 363,28sa­rva­dā sa­dbhā­vā­pa­tte­s ta­da­nā­ya­tta­ja­nma­kṛ­tai­r e­va he­tū­nāṃ vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­ṇo pi svo­tpa­tti­he­tū­nā­m a­bhā­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 363,29sa­rva­do­tpa­dya­ta i­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣā­m a­pī­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣā­yā­s ta­jja­nma­tve­ta­ra­yo­r u­kta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­ṇāṃ ni­tya­tve TAŚVA-ML 363,30sa e­va sa­rva­dā kā­ryo­tpa­tti­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | si­sṛ­kṣā­yāḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇāṃ ca ni­tya­tvā­d a­ni­tyai­va sā yu­ktā | brā­hme­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 363,31mā­ne­na va­rṣa­śa­tāṃ­te prā­ṇi­nāṃ bho­ga­bhū­ta­ye bha­ga­va­to ma­he­śva­ra­sya ca­tu­rda­śa­bhu­va­nā­dhi­pa­teḥ si­sṛ­kṣo­tpa­dya­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 363,32va­ca­nā­c ca na ni­tyā­sau ta­tho­tpa­tti­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ke­ci­t | ta­trai­ke­ṣāṃ dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ si­sṛ­kṣā­yā ni­tya­tvā­bhā­ve pi TAŚVA-ML 363,33dṛ­ṣṭaṃ kṣi­tyā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­sā­ka­lye pi sthā­va­rā­dī­nāṃ ka­dā­ci­d a­nu­tpa­tti­pra­saṃ­gaḥ ka­dā­ci­t ta­da­bhā­va­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­daṃ­tya­sa­ha­kā- TAŚVA-ML 363,34ri­kā­ra­ṇa­sa­nni­dhā­nā­naṃ­ta­ra­m e­va si­sṛ­kṣo­tpa­tte­s ta­da­bhā­vā­saṃ­bha­ve ta­syāḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇa­pra­bha­va­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 364,01bhā­va­ni­ya­ma­syā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ te­ṣāṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇāṃ si­sṛ­kṣā­m u­tpā­da­ya­tāṃ si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­rā­d u­tpa­ttau sthā­va­rā­di­va­t ka­dā­ci- TAŚVA-ML 364,02d a­nu­tpa­tti­pra­saṃ­ga­s ta­sya ka­dā­ci­d a­saṃ­ni­dhā­nā­t ta­daṃ­tya­kā­ra­ṇa­saṃ­ni­dhā­nā­naṃ­ta­ra­m e­va si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­syo­tpa­tti­ni­ya­mā­t | ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 364,03pra­saṃ­ge ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­pra­bha­va­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­s ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­bhā­va­ni­ya­ma­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ i­tyā­di pu­na­r ā­va­rta­ta i­ti ca­kra­ka­m e­ta­t | TAŚVA-ML 364,04si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pre­ri­tā­nā­m e­va sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇā­m u­tpa­tte­r e­va he­tū­nā­m a­ne­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇāṃ si­sṛ­kṣa­yā sa­ha ni­ya- TAŚVA-ML 364,05me­no­tpa­tteḥ | sthā­va­rā­dī­nāṃ sa­ka­la­kā­ra­ṇā­nāṃ ka­dā­ci­d a­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pra­saṃ­gā­bhā­ve si­sṛ­kṣā­yā sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇāṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 364,06kṣi­tyā­dī­nā­m e­kaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m a­nu­pa­pa­dye­ta a­nya­thā sa­ha­bhā­va­ni­ya­mā­yo­gā­t | ta­c cai­kaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ ya­di si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­re­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 364,07pre­ri­taṃ ta­jja­na­kaṃ te­nai­va he­tu­vya­bhi­cā­ra­s te­na pre­ri­ta­sya ta­jja­na­ka­tve ka­dā­ci­t ta­jja­na­na­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | pū­rva­va­tta­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 364,08pre­rye­ṇa sa­ha ni­ya­me­no­tpa­ttau ta­yo­r a­py e­kaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ syā­t | ta­c cai­kaṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ ya­di si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pre­ri­taṃ ta­jja­na­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 364,09te­nai­va he­tu­vya­bhi­cā­ra i­tyā­di pu­na­r ā­va­rta­ta i­ti ca­kra­ka­m a­pa­raṃ | kṣi­tyā­di­bhiḥ prā­ga­naṃ­ta­raṃ ni­ya­mo­tpa­ttau si­sṛ- TAŚVA-ML 364,10kṣā­yāḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­he­tu­bhi­r e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tā syā­d a­nya­thā prā­ga­naṃ­ta­raṃ ni­ya­mo­tpa­ttya­yo­gā­t | sā cai­kā sā­ma­grī TAŚVA-ML 364,11ya­di si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pre­ri­tā ta­jja­ni­kā ta­dā ta­yai­va he­tu­vya­bhi­cā­raḥ | ya­di pu­naḥ pre­ri­tā sā ta­jja­ni­kā TAŚVA-ML 364,12ta­dā pre­ryā­t prā­ga­naṃ­ta­raṃ ni­ya­me­no­tpa­ttyā ta­syā bha­vi­ta­vya­m a­nya­tho­kta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­thā ca si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­raṃ pre­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 364,13t sā­ma­grya­vi­śe­ṣā­t prā­ga­naṃ­ta­raṃ ni­ya­me­no­tpa­dya­mā­naṃ ta­ddhe­tu­bhi­r e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­naṃ syā­t | sā cai­kā sā­ma­grī ya­di TAŚVA-ML 364,14si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pre­ri­tā ta­jja­ni­kā ta­dā ta­yai­va he­tu­vya­bhi­cā­ra i­tyā­di pu­na­r ā­va­rta­ta i­ty a­nya­cca­kra­kaṃ | ta­d e­ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 364,15pa­ri­ha­rtu­kā­me­na kṣi­tyā­di­bhyo naṃ­ta­raṃ prā­k sa­d vā taiḥ si­sṛ­kṣo­tpa­tti­r ni­ya­ma­to nā­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyā | ta­thā ca ta­dvya- TAŚVA-ML 364,16ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­na­m u­pa­la­bhye­ta na co­pa­la­bhya­te­, kṣi­tyu­da­ka­bī­jā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­sā­ma­grī­sa­nni­dhā­ne pra­ti­baṃ­dhe vā sa­ti TAŚVA-ML 364,17sthā­va­rā­di­kā­rya­syā­va­śyaṃ bhā­va­da­rśa­nā­d i­ti | ta­d e­ta­da­yu­ktaṃ­, sthā­va­rā­dī­nā­m a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­he­tu­tve py e­ta­ddo­ṣa­pra­saṃ­gā­t sva­si- TAŚVA-ML 364,18ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | ya­di pu­na­r a­dṛ­ṣṭa­kṣi­tyā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­sā­ka­lye pi sthā­va­rā­dī­nāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vai­ci­tryā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­si­ddhiḥ TAŚVA-ML 364,19ca­kṣu­rā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­sā­ka­lye pi rū­pā­di­jñā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vai­ci­tryā­di­ni­ya­ta­śa­kti­va­d i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­de­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣā­si­ddhi­r a­pi TAŚVA-ML 364,20ta­ta e­vā­stu ta­syā­s ta­tsi­ddhyā vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­d i­ty a­pa­re | te­tra pra­ṣṭa­vyāḥ | sthā­va­rā­dyu­tpa­ttau ni­mi­tta­bhā­va­m a­nu­bha- TAŚVA-ML 364,21vaṃ­tī ma­he­śva­ra­sya si­sṛ­kṣā ya­di pū­rva­si­sṛ­kṣā­to bha­va­ti sā­pi ta­tpū­rva­si­sṛ­kṣā­ta­s ta­dā so­tta­rāṃ si­sṛ­kṣāṃ prā­du- TAŚVA-ML 364,22r bhā­va­ya­ti vā na­vā ? na tā­va­d u­tta­raḥ pa­kṣa­s ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­sthā­va­rā­di­bhya u­tta­ro­tta­ra­sthā­va­rā­dya­nu­tpa­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 364,23e­va ta­du­tpa­ttau vya­rthā­nā­di­si­sṛ­kṣā­pa­raṃ­pa­rā­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­, ka­thaṃ­ci­d e­ka­yai­vā­śe­ṣa­pa­rā­pa­ra­sthā­va­rā­di­kā­ryā­ṇā­m u­tpā­da­yi­tuṃ TAŚVA-ML 364,24śa­kya­tvā­t pū­rva­si­sṛ­kṣa­yā a­py u­tta­ro­tta­ra­si­sṛ­kṣāṃ pra­tya­vyā­pā­rā­t | ya­di pu­na­r ā­dyaḥ pa­kṣī­kri­ya­te ta­dā co­tta- TAŚVA-ML 364,25ra­si­sṛ­kṣā­yā­m e­va pra­kṛ­ta­si­sṛ­kṣā­yā vyā­pā­rā­t ta­taḥ sthā­va­rā­di­kā­ryo­tpa­tti­r na bha­ve­t | e­te­na pū­rva­pū­rva­si­sṛ- TAŚVA-ML 364,26kṣā­yā a­py u­tta­ro­tta­ra­si­sṛ­kṣā­yā­m e­va vyā­vṛ­tteḥ pū­rva­m a­pi sthā­va­rā­dyu­tpa­ttya­bhā­vaḥ pra­ti­pā­di­taḥ | ya­di pu­na­r i­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 364,27si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­ro­tpa­ttau sthā­va­rā­di­kā­ryo­tpa­ttau ca vyā­pri­ye­ta pū­rvā pū­rvā ca si­sṛ­kṣā pa­rāṃ pa­rāṃ ca si­sṛ­kṣāṃ ta­tsa- TAŚVA-ML 364,28ha­bhā­vi­sthā­va­rā­dīṃ­ś ca pra­ti vyā­pri­ya­mā­ṇā­bhyu­pe­ye­ta­, ta­dai­kai­va si­sṛ­kṣā sa­ka­lo­tpa­tti­ma­tā­m u­tpa­ttau vyā­pā­ra­va­tī TAŚVA-ML 364,29pra­ti­pa­tta­vyā | ta­thā ca sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­kā­ryo­tpa­tteḥ ku­taḥ pu­naḥ kā­rya­kra­ma­bhā­va­pra­tī­tiḥ ? syā­n ma­taṃ­, kra­ma­śaḥ sthā­va­rā- TAŚVA-ML 364,30di­kā­ryā­ṇāṃ de­śā­di­ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­vā­nā­m u­bha­ya­vā­di­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t ta­nni­mi­tta­bhā­va­m ā­tma­sā­t ku­rvā­ṇā ma­he­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣāḥ TAŚVA-ML 364,31kra­ma­bhā­vi­nya e­vā­nu­bhī­yaṃ­te kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­me­ya­tvā­t kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­vya­va­sthi­te­r i­ti | ta­rhi si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­ro­tpa­ttā- TAŚVA-ML 364,32v a­nyāḥ si­sṛ­kṣāḥ sthā­va­rā­di­kā­ryo­tpa­ttau vā­pa­rā­s tā­vaṃ­tyo a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyāḥ kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­t kā­ra­ṇa vi­śe­ṣa­vya­va­sthi- TAŚVA-ML 364,33te­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | nā­nā­śa­kti­r e­kai­va si­sṛ­kṣā­yāṃ ta­nni­mi­tta­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi sa­ka­la­kra­ma­bhā­vī­ta­ra­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­pa- TAŚVA-ML 364,34ṭu­r a­ne­ka­śa­kti­r e­kai­va ma­he­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣā­stu | sā ca ya­di si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­ni­ra­pe­kṣo­tpa­dya­te ta­dā sthā­va­rā­di­kā­ryā­ṇy a­pi TAŚVA-ML 364,35ta­nni­ra­pe­kṣā­ṇi bha­vaṃ­tu ki­m ī­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣa­yā ? si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­rā­t ta­du­tpa­ttau ta­ta e­va sa­ka­la­kra­ma­bhā­vī­ta­ra­sthā­va­rā­di- TAŚVA-ML 365,01kā­ryā­ṇi prā­du­rbha­vaṃ­tu | nā­nā śa­kti­yo­gā­t ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca sa e­va pa­rya­nu­yo­ga i­ty a­na­va­sthā du­rni­vā­rā | ya­di TAŚVA-ML 365,02pu­na­r ni­tyā­ne­ka­śa­kti­r e­kai­va ma­he­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣā ta­dā a­syāḥ sa e­va vya­ti­re­kā­bhā­vo ma­he­śva­ra­nyā­ya­va­t | ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 365,03vyā­pi­tve e­ta­cchū­nye pi de­śe sthā­va­rā­dī­nā­m u­tpa­tteḥ ku­to nva­ya­syā­pi pra­si­ddhaḥ ? ya­di pu­na­r a­ni­tyā­pi si­sṛ­kṣā TAŚVA-ML 365,04brā­hme­ṇa mā­ne­na va­rṣa­śa­tāṃ­te ja­ga­dbho­ktṛ­prā­ṇya­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthyā­d e­kai­vo­tpa­dya­te na si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­rā­d i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 365,05e­va ja­ga­du­tpa­tti­r a­stu ki­m ī­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣa­yā ? ta­to na sthā­va­rā­dyu­tpa­ttau ma­he­śva­ro ni­mi­ttaṃ ta­da­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 365,06vi­dhā­na­vi­ka­lpa­tvā­t | ya­dy a­nni­mi­ttaṃ ta­n na ta­da­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­na­vi­ka­laṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā ku­viṃ­dā­di­ni­mi­ttaṃ TAŚVA-ML 365,07va­strā­di | ma­he­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­na­vi­ka­laṃ ca sthā­va­rā­di ta­smā­n na ta­nni­mi­tta­m i­ti vyā­pa­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 365,08ta­da­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­na­syā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­d vyā­pya­ta­nni­mi­tta­tva­sya sthā­va­rā­di­ṣu pra­ti­ṣi­ddhe si­ddhe sa­ti sa­nni­ve­śa- TAŚVA-ML 365,09vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­de­r he­to­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvaṃ sthā­va­rā­di­bhiḥ ke­ci­n ma­nyaṃ­te |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.49e­va­mī­śa­sya he­tu­tvā­bhā­va­si­ddhiṃ pra­ca­kṣa­te | vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­na sthā­va­rā­di­sa­mu­dbha­ve |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 365,11e­vaṃ ja­ga­tāṃ bu­ddhi­ma­tkā­ra­ṇa­tve sā­dhye kā­rya­tvā­di­he­toḥ sthā­va­rā­di­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­ra­m u­dbhā­vya pu­naḥ sthā­va­rā- TAŚVA-ML 365,12dī­nā­m ī­śa­ni­mi­tta­tvā­bhā­va­si­ddhiṃ vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­na ke­ci­t pra­ca­kṣa­te |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.50pa­kṣa­syai­vā­nu­mā­ne­na bā­dho­dbhā­vye­ti cā­pa­re | pa­kṣī­kṛ­tai­r a­yu­kta­tvā­d vya­bhi­cā­ra­sya sā­dha­ne |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 365,14a­ne­nai­vā­nu­mā­ne­na vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­na pa­kṣa­bā­dho­dbhā­va­nī­yā kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvaṃ ca he­to­s ta­tho­dbhā­vi­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 365,15syā­n na pu­naḥ pa­kṣī­kṛ­taiḥ sthā­va­rā­di­bhiḥ sā­dha­na­sya vya­bhi­cā­ra­s ta­tro­dbhā­va­nī­ya­s ta­syā­yu­kta­tvā­t | e­vaṃ hi na ka­ści- TAŚVA-ML 365,16d dhe­tu­r a­vya­bhi­cā­rī syā­t kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­de­r a­pi śa­bdā­ni­tya­tvā­dau pa­kṣī­kṛ­taiḥ śa­bdai­r e­va ka­ści­d vya­bhi­cā­ra­syo­dbhā­va­yi­tuṃ TAŚVA-ML 365,17śa­kya­tvā­t | na ka­ści­j ja­ga­dbu­ddhi­ma­nni­mi­ttaṃ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ sthā­va­rā­dī­n pa­kṣī­ku­ru­te | taiḥ sā­dha­na­sya vya­bhi­cā- TAŚVA-ML 365,18ro­dbhā­va­ne vā kṛ­te sa­ti pa­ścā­n na pa­kṣī­ku­rvī­ta ye­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­vi­ṣa­ya­sya pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇā­d dhe­to­r a­vya­bhi­cā­re na TAŚVA-ML 365,19ka­ści­d dhe­tu­r vya­bhi­cā­rī syā­t | pa­kvā­nye tā­ny ā­mra­pha­lā­ny e­ka­śā­khā­pra­bha­va­tvā­d u­pa­yu­kta­pha­la­va­d i­tyā­di­ṣu ta­de­ka­śā­khā- TAŚVA-ML 365,20pra­bha­vā­nā­m a­pa­kvā­nā­m ā­mra­pha­lā­nāṃ vya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­ṣa­yā­ṇāṃ pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇā­d i­ty u­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ syā­t | ya­thā cā­tra na pa­kṣī- TAŚVA-ML 365,21kṛ­taiḥ ka­ści­d vya­bhi­cā­ra­m u­dbhā­va­ya­ti kiṃ­tu pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhā pa­kṣa­sya he­to­ś ca kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvaṃ ta­thā pra­kṛ­tā­nu­mā- TAŚVA-ML 365,22ne pi | ya­thā ca pa­kṣa­sya pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dho­dbhā­va­yi­tuṃ yu­ktā ta­thā­nu­mā­na­bā­dhā­pi | ya­thā ca pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhi­ta­pa­kṣa­ni­rde- TAŚVA-ML 365,23śā­naṃ­ta­raṃ pra­yu­jya­mā­no he­tuḥ kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­s ta­thā­nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­ta­pa­kṣa­ni­rde­śā­naṃ­ta­ra­m a­pi sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 365,24pa­kṣa­bā­dho­dbhā­va­ne ca he­tu­bhiḥ pa­ri­dhā­na­m a­pi na bha­ve­d i­ti so­dbhā­va­nī­yā­, ta­du­pe­kṣā­yāṃ pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 365,25cā­pa­re pra­ca­kṣa­te | a­nye tv ā­huḥ­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.51sa­rva­thā ya­di kā­rya­tvaṃ he­tuḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ ta­yā | na si­ddho dra­vya­rū­pe­ṇa sa­rva­syā­kā­rya­tā sthi­teḥ |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.52ka­thaṃ­ci­t tu vi­ru­ddhaḥ syā­d dhī­ma­ttve tu ja­ga­tsva­yaṃ | ka­thaṃ­ci­t sā­dha­ya­nn i­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rī­taṃ vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.53nā­kro­śaṃ­taḥ pa­lā­yaṃ­te vi­ru­ddhā he­ta­vaḥ sva­taḥ | sa­rva­ge bu­ddhi­ma­ddhe­tau sā­dhye nyai­r ja­ga­tā­m i­ha |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 365,29ya­di sa­rva­thā kā­rya­tva­m a­ce­ta­no­pā­dā­na­tvaṃ sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvaṃ sthi­tvā pra­vṛ­ttyā­di vā he­tu­s ta­dā na si­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 365,30s ta­nvā­de­r a­pi ka­dra­rvyā­thā­de­śā­d ā­rya­tvā­t | kā­rya­tvaṃ tā­va­d a­si­ddhaṃ ta­thā ta­sya ni­tya­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ sa­rva­thā ka­sya- TAŚVA-ML 365,31ci­d a­ni­tya­tve rtha­kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­ta e­va sa­rva­syā­nu­pā­dā­na­tvā­d a­ce­ta­no­pā­dā­na­tvaṃ na si­ddhaṃ jñā­nā­deḥ pa­kṣī- TAŚVA-ML 365,32kṛ­ta­syā­pi ce­ta­no­pā­dā­na­tvā­t ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­mo nā­pi bhā­gā­si­ddhaṃ va­na­spa­ti­cai­ta­nye svā­pa­va­t sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śi- TAŚVA-ML 365,33ṣṭa­tva­m a­pi na dra­vya­sya pa­ryā­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t ta­sye­ty a­si­ddhaṃ jñā­nā­dau sva­ya­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­c ca bhā­gā­si­ddhaṃ ta­dva­d e­va sthi­tvā TAŚVA-ML 365,34pra­vṛ­tti­r a­pi na dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­t ka­sya­ci­t ta­thā sa­rva­sya ni­tya­pra­vṛ­tta­tvā­d i­tī­ta­ra­si­ddhiḥ | a­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 366,01pu­na­r dra­vyā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­ta­sya pa­ryā­ya­syai­kāṃ­te­na ta­ddu­ru­pa­pā­da­m i­ty a­si­ddha­m e­va | ya­di pu­naḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t kā­rya­tva­m a­nya­d vā TAŚVA-ML 366,02he­tu­s ta­dā vi­ru­ddhaḥ syā­t sva­ya­m i­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rī­ta­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d dhī­ma­ddhe­tu­ka­tva­sya sā­dha­nā­t | sa­rva­thā bu­ddhi­ma­tkā­ra­ṇa­tve TAŚVA-ML 366,03hi sā­dhye ja­ga­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d dhī­ma­ddhe­tu­ka­tva­sā­dha­no he­tu­r vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ru­ddhaḥ sa­rvo pī­ti | nā­kro­śaṃ­taḥ pra­pa­lā­yaṃ­te TAŚVA-ML 366,04vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ru­ddhā he­ta­vaḥ | kā­rya­tvā­di­nā mau­le­na he­tu­nā sve­ṣṭa­sya sā­dhya­syā­pra­sā­dha­nā­t te­ṣāṃ ni­ra­va­kā­śa­tvā­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 366,05vā­t tai­r a­sya vyā­ghā­ta­si­ddheḥ | na cai­vaṃ dhū­mā­de­r a­gnyā­dya­nu­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­khye­yaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­gni­ma­ttvā­de­r e­va kva­ci­l lau- TAŚVA-ML 366,06ki­kaiḥ sā­dhya­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d dhū­ma­ka­tvā­de­r e­va he­tu­tve­no­pa­ga­mā­c cā­si­ddha­tva­vi­ru­ddha­tva­yo­r a­yo­gā­t | ta­rhi ja­ga­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 366,07ka­thaṃ­ci­d bu­ddhi­ma­tkā­ra­ṇa­tva­sya sā­dhya­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t kā­rya­tvā­de­ś ca he­tu­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t pa­ra­syā­pi na do­ṣaḥ i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 366,08syā­dvā­di­nāṃ si­ddha­sā­dha­na­sya ta­thā vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.54dra­vyaṃ gu­ṇaḥ kri­yā­naṃ­ta­vi­śe­ṣo śā­śva­to na­nu | vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­to dhī­mā­n he­tuḥ sā­dhya­sthi­to ya­dā |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.55kā­rya­tvaṃ na ta­thā sve­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rī­taṃ pra­sā­dha­ye­t | nā­py a­si­ddhaṃ bha­ve­t ta­tra sa­rva­thā­pi vi­va­kṣi­taṃ |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.56i­ty e­ke ta­da­saṃ­prā­ptaṃ bhe­dai­kāṃ­tā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­r ai­kya­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 366,12ya­d a­py ā­huḥ pa­re pṛ­thi­vyā­di­kā­rya­dra­vya­m a­śā­śva­taṃ dha­rmi ta­sya vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­ta­tvā­n na pu­na­r ā­kā­śaṃ a­bhi­lā­pā- TAŚVA-ML 366,13t ta­m e­vaṃ śā­śva­taṃ dra­vyaṃ­, nā­py ā­tmā su­khā­dya­nu­me­yo ni­tyo­, na kā­laḥ pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tvā­dya­nu­me­yo di­g vā­, nā­pi TAŚVA-ML 366,14ma­naḥ sa­kṛ­dvi­jñā­nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā­nu­me­yaṃ­, nā­pi pṛ­thi­vyā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vo kā­rya­dra­vyā­nu­me­yā­s te­ṣā­m a­vi­vā­dā­pa­nna- TAŚVA-ML 366,15tvā­t | ta­ta e­va na sā­mā­nya­m a­nu­vṛ­tti­pra­tya­yā­nu­me­yaṃ­, nā­pi sa­ma­vā­ya i­he­da­m i­ti pra­tya­yā­nu­me­yo­, nāṃ­tya­vi­śe­ṣā TAŚVA-ML 366,16ni­tya­dra­vya­vṛ­tta­yo '­tyaṃ­ta­vyā­vṛ­tti­bu­ddhi­he­ta­vaḥ ta­thā gu­ṇo py a­śā­śva­ta e­va rū­pā­di­r dha­rmī na pu­naḥ śā­śva­to ṃ­tya­vi­śe­ṣai- TAŚVA-ML 366,17kā­rtha­sa­ma­ve­taḥ | pa­ri­mā­ṇai­ka­tvai­ka­pṛ­tha­ktva­gu­ru­tva­sne­ha­sa­li­lā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­rū­pa­ra­sa­spa­rśā­di­la­kṣa­ṇo nā­pi dra­vya­tva­m a­mū­rta- TAŚVA-ML 366,18dra­vya­saṃ­yo­go vā ta­dā­dhā­re­ta­re­ta­rā­bhā­vo vā ta­syā­nu­tpa­tti­rū­pa­syā­vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­ta­tvā­t | ta­thā kri­yā­dha­rmi­ṇī TAŚVA-ML 366,19vi­na­śva­rī pa­ri­spaṃ­da­la­kṣa­ṇo­tkṣe­pa­ṇā­di­r na pu­na­r dhā­tva­rtha­la­kṣa­ṇā bhā­va­nā­diḥ kā­ci­n ni­tyā ta­syā a­pi vi­vā­dā­pa­nna- TAŚVA-ML 366,20tvā­bhā­vā­t | ta­sya ca bu­ddhi­mā­n he­tu­r a­stī­ti | ya­dā sā­dhya­sthi­to bha­ve­t ta­dā nu kā­rya­tvaṃ sve­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rī- TAŚVA-ML 366,21ta­tvaṃ sā­dha­ye­t sve­ṣṭa­syai­va sa­rva­thā bu­ddhi­ma­tkā­ra­ṇa­ka­tva­sya sā­dha­nā­t | sa­rva­thā vi­va­kṣi­ta­syā­pi ta­sya si­ddha­tvaṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 366,22no­pa­pa­tti­ma­d i­ti ta­d e­ta­tsa­rva­m a­saṃ­ba­ddhaṃ­, kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­r bhe­dai­kāṃ­tā­pra­si­ddheḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d ai­kya­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | sa­rva­sya ta­dbhe- TAŚVA-ML 366,23dai­kāṃ­ta­sā­dha­na­syā­ne­kā­nta­grā­hi­ṇā pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | na­nu ca TAŚVA-ML 366,24kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­r e­ka­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­śca­yā­t kā­rya­dra­vya­sya kā­ra­ṇa­dra­vyā­d bhe­dai­kāṃ­to mā bhū­t gu­ṇa­sya cā­ni­tya­sya TAŚVA-ML 366,25ka­rma­ṇo pi ca ta­tkā­rya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya sā­mā­nya­sya vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya vi­śe­ṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 366,26vāṃ­tyā­pa­ra­vi­ka­lpa­sya sa­ma­vā­ya­sya vā vi­ṣva­gbhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya dra­vya­kā­rya­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­to na­nya­tva­m a­stu ni­tyā­t tu TAŚVA-ML 366,27gu­ṇā­d gu­ṇī bhi­nna e­va ta­yoḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.57nai­kāṃ­ta­bhe­da­bhṛ­tsi­ddho ni­tyā­d a­pi gu­ṇā­d gu­ṇī | dra­vya­syā­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t ta­thā sthi­teḥ |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 366,29na ke­va­la­m a­ni­tyā­d gu­ṇā­t ka­rmā­de­ś ca gu­ṇī jī­vā­di­dra­vya­pa­dā­rthaḥ sa­rva­thā bhi­nno na si­ddhaḥ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? TAŚVA-ML 366,30ni­tyā­d a­pi gu­ṇā­d da­rśa­nā­di­sā­mā­nyā­n na sa­rva­thā bhi­nna­s ta­sya ta­thā­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t ta­thā vya­va­sthi­ta­tvā­j jī­va- TAŚVA-ML 366,31tvā­di­va­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyā­bhā­ve ta­sya ta­dgu­ṇa­tva­vi­ro­dhā­d dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­gu­ṇa­va­t | ta­tra sa­ma­vā­yā­t ta­sya ta­dgu­ṇa­tva- TAŚVA-ML 366,32m i­ti ce­n na­, sa­ma­vā­ya­sya sa­ma­vā­yi­tā­dā­tmya­sya pra­sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | ta­taḥ sa­rva­sya vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­ta­sya ta­tkā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 366,33ṇa­bhu­va­nā­deḥ sa­rva­thā bu­ddhi­ma­tkā­ra­ṇa­tve sā­dhye ka­thaṃ­ci­t kā­rya­tvaṃ sā­dha­naṃ sve­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rī­taṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bu­ddhi­ma­nni- TAŚVA-ML 366,34mi­tta­tvaṃ pra­sā­dha­ye­d e­ve­ti vi­ru­ddhaṃ bha­ve­t | sa­rva­thā­tra kā­rya­tva­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti du­ṣpa­ri­ha­ra­m e­vai­ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇa­dva­yaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 367,01saṃ­pra­ti sā­dha­nāṃ­ta­ra­m a­nū­dya dū­ṣa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.58vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­tā­tmā­ni ka­ra­ṇā­dī­ni ke­na­ci­t | ka­rtrā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­vṛ­ttī­ni ka­ra­ṇā­di­tva­to ya­thā |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.59vā­syā­dī­ni ca ta­tka­rtṛ­sā­mā­nye si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ | sā­dhye ka­rtṛ­vi­śe­ṣe tu sā­dhya­śū­nyaṃ ni­da­rśa­na­m |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 367,04vi­vā­dā­pa­nna­sva­bhā­vā­ni ka­ra­ṇā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­dī­ni ke­na­ci­t ka­rtrā­dhi­ṣṭhi­tā­ni va­rtaṃ­te ka­ra­ṇā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­d vā­syā- TAŚVA-ML 367,05di­va­t | yo sau ka­rtā sa ma­he­śva­ra i­ti ka­ści­t­, ta­sya ka­rtṛ­sā­mā­nye sā­dhye si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ | ka­rtṛ­vi­śe­ṣe tu TAŚVA-ML 367,06ni­tya­sa­rva­ga­tā­mū­rta­sa­rva­jñā­di­gu­ṇo­pe­te sā­dhye sā­dhya­vi­ka­la­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ­, vā­syā­de­r a­sa­rva­ga­tā­di­rū­pa­ta­kṣā­di­ka­rtra­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 367,07ṣṭhi­ta­sya pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.60ta­tsā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sā­dhya­tvā­c ce­d a­dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ | so pi si­ddhā­khi­la­vya­kti­vyā­pī ka­ści­t pra­si­ddhya­ti |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.61de­śa­kā­la­vi­śe­ṣā­va­cchi­nnā­gni­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭhi­taṃ | sā­dhya­te hy a­gni­sā­mā­nyaṃ dhū­mā­n nā­si­ddha­bhe­da­gaṃ |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 367,10na kā­ra­ṇā­di­dha­rmi­ṇaḥ ka­ra­ṇā­di­tve­na he­tu­nā ka­rtṛ­sā­mā­nyā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­vṛ­tti­tvaṃ sā­dhya­te­, nā­pi ka­rtu­vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 367,11dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­vṛ­tti­tvaṃ ye­no­kta­dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ syā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi ? ka­rtṛ­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tvaṃ sā­dhya­te­, rū­po­pa­la­bdhyā- TAŚVA-ML 367,12di­kri­yā­ṇāṃ kri­yā­tve­na ka­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tva­va­t | na hi tā­sāṃ ka­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nyā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tvaṃ sā­dhyaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 367,13si­ddha­sā­dha­nā­pa­tteḥ | nā­py a­mū­rta­tvā­di­dha­rmā­dhā­ra­ka­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tvaṃ­, vi­cchi­di­kri­yā­dyu­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sya sā­dhya­vi- TAŚVA-ML 367,14ka­la­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­sya mū­rta­tvā­di­dha­rmā­dhā­ra­dā­trā­di­ka­ra­ṇā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­sya da­rśa­nā­t | ya­thā vā lau­ki­ka­pa­rī­kṣa­ka- TAŚVA-ML 367,15pra­si­ddhe dhū­mā­d a­gnya­nu­mā­ne sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sā­dhya­te ta­thā­trā­pī­ty a­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m e­va­, a­nya­thā sa­rvā­nu­mā­no­cche­da­pra­saṃ­gā- TAŚVA-ML 367,16d i­ti ma­nya­mā­na­syā­pi so pi ka­rtṛ­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­si­ddhā­khi­la­ka­rtṛ­vya­kti­vyā­pī ka­ści­t si­ddhya­ti na pu­na- TAŚVA-ML 367,17r i­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­vyā­pī | na hy a­pra­si­ddhā­gni­sā­mā­nyaṃ ke­na­ci­t sā­dhya­te de­śa­kā­la­vi­śe­ṣā­va­cchi­nnā­gni­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭhi­ta­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 367,18ta­sya sā­dha­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­tvā­d a­nya­thā ni­tya­sa­rva­ga­tā­mū­rtā­gni­sā­dha­na­syā­pi pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā rū­po­pa­la­bdhyā­dī­nā­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 367,19kri­yā­tve­na pra­si­ddha­ka­ra­ṇa­vya­kti­vyā­pi­ka­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­pū­rva­ka­tva­m e­va sā­dhya­te nā­pra­si­ddha­ka­ra­ṇa­vya­kti­vyā­pi | TAŚVA-ML 367,20vya­kti­r hi kva­ci­n mū­rti­ma­tī dṛ­ṣṭā ya­thā dā­trā­di­chi­di­kri­yā­yāṃ kva­ci­d a­mū­rtā ya­thā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­jñā­nā­di­r vi­śe­ṣya- TAŚVA-ML 367,21jñā­nā­dau | ta­tra rū­po­pa­la­bdhyā­dau ka­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nyaṃ ku­ta­ści­t si­ddhya­ti ta­du­pā­dā­na­sā­ma­rthyaṃ si­ddhye­t ta­ddra­vya­ka­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 367,22mū­rti­ma­tpu­dga­la­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­ka­tvā­d bhā­va­ka­ra­ṇaṃ pu­na­r a­mū­rta­m a­pi ta­syā­tma­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­d i­ti ta­sya kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣā­t pra­si- TAŚVA-ML 367,23ddha­sya saṃ­jñā­vi­śe­ṣa­mā­traṃ kri­ya­te ca­kṣuḥ spa­rśa­naṃ ra­sa­na­m i­tyā­di | ta­to bha­va­tī­ṣṭa­si­ddhi­s tā­va­nmā­tra­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 367,24na­nu ca ya­thā­tma­ni rū­po­pa­la­bdhyā­di­kri­yā­m u­pa­la­bhya ta­syai­va ta­tra vyā­pri­ya­mā­ṇa­sya sva­taṃ­tra­sya ka­rtuḥ ka­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 367,25ca­kṣu­rā­di si­ddhya­ti­, ta­thā ja­ga­ti ka­ra­ṇā­di­sā­dha­na­m u­pa­la­bhya ta­syai­va ka­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ ka­rtra­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tvaṃ si­ddhya­tī­ti TAŚVA-ML 367,26sa­ka­la­ja­ga­tkā­ra­ṇā­dya­dhi­ṣṭhā­yī­śva­ra i­ti saṃ­jñā­ya­mā­naḥ ka­tha­m i­ṣṭo na si­ddhye­t tā­va­nmā­tra­sya ma­yā­pī­ṣṭa­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 367,27pa­rā­kū­ta­m a­nū­dya ni­rā­ka­ro­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.62si­ddhe ka­rta­ri niḥ­śe­ṣa­kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ pra­yo­kta­ri | he­tuḥ­sā­ma­rthya­taḥ si­ddhaḥ sa ce­d i­ṣṭo ma­he­śva­raḥ |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.63nai­vaṃ pra­yo­ktu­r e­ka­sya kā­ra­kā­ṇā­m a­si­ddhi­taḥ | nā­nā pra­yo­ktṛ­ka­tva­sya kva­ci­d dṛ­ṣṭe­r a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 367,30na hi kā­ra­ṇā­d dvi­tva­sya he­to­r e­ka­ka­rtṛ­tve sā­ma­rthyaṃ ye­na ta­to niḥ­śe­ṣa­kā­ra­kā­ṇā­m e­ka e­va pra­yo­ktā sve­ṣṭo- TAŚVA-ML 367,31ma­he­śva­raḥ si­ddhye­t kva­ci­t prā­sā­dā­dau ka­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ nā­nā pra­yo­ktṛ­ka­tva­syā­py a­saṃ­de­ha­m u­pa­la­bdheḥ | na­nu prā­dhā­nye­na TAŚVA-ML 367,32cā­trā­pi te­ṣā­m e­ka e­va pra­yo­ktā sū­tra­kā­ro ma­ha­tta­ro rā­jā vā gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na tu nā­nā pra­yo­ktṛ­ka­tvaṃ ja­ga­tka- TAŚVA-ML 367,33ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­pi na ni­vā­rya­ta e­va­, ta­taḥ pra­dhā­na­bhū­to a­mī­ṣā­m e­ka e­va pra­yo­kte­śva­ra i­ti ce­t na­; pra­dhā­na­bhū- TAŚVA-ML 367,34tā­nā­m a­pi sa­mā­na­ku­le vi­tta­pau­ru­ṣa­tyā­gā­bhi­mā­nā­nāṃ kva­ci­n na­ga­rā­dau ka­ra­ṇā­di­ṣu nā­nā pra­yo­ktṝ­ṇā­m u­pa­laṃ­bhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 368,01te­ṣā­m a­pi rā­jā­cā­ryā­di­r vā pra­yo­ktai­ka e­ve­ti ce­t­, ta­syā­pi rā­jño nyo ma­hā­rā­jaḥ pra­dhā­naḥ pra­yo­ktā ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 368,02py a­pa­raḥ ta­to ma­hā­n i­ti kva nā­ma pra­dhā­na­pra­yo­ktṛ­tvaṃ vya­va­ti­ṣṭhe­ta | ma­he­śva­ra e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi pra­dhā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 368,03pa­rā­dhi­ṣṭhā­pa­ka­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­yā­m a­na­va­sthā­na­sya du­rni­vā­ra­tvā­t | su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā vya­va­sthi­ti­ni­mi­ttā­bhā­vā­c ca | TAŚVA-ML 368,04syā­n ma­taṃ­, ne­śva­ra­syā­nyo '­dhi­ṣṭhā­tā pra­bhuḥ sa­rva­jña­tvā­d a­nā­di­śu­ddhi­vai­bha­va­bhā­ktvā­c ca | ya­sya tv a­nyo­dhi­ṣṭhā­tā pra­bhuḥ sa na TAŚVA-ML 368,05sa­rva­jño '­nā­di­śu­ddhi­vai­bha­va­bhā­g vā ya­thā­dhi­ṣṭa­ka­rma­ka­rā­diḥ na ca ta­the­śva­ra­s ta­smā­n na ta­syā­nyo­dhi­ṣṭhā­tā pra­bhu­r i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 368,06nā­tra dha­rmi­ṇo si­ddhi­r a­khi­la­ja­ga­tkā­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ pra­yo­ktu­sta­syā­nu­mā­na­si­ddha­tvā­t­, nā­pi he­tu­r a­si­ddha­s ta­sya sa­rva­jña­tva- TAŚVA-ML 368,07m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa sa­ma­sta­kā­ra­kā­pra­yo­ktṛ­tva­syā­nu­mā­na­si­ddha­syā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a­nā­di­śu­ddhi­vai­bha­vā­bhā­ve vā śa­rī­ra­sya sa­rva­jña­tvā­yo- TAŚVA-ML 368,08gā­t | na ca śa­rī­ro sau ta­ccha­rī­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t i­ti | ta­d a­py a­sa­t­, sa­rva­jña­tva­sya he­to ru­drai­r vya- TAŚVA-ML 368,09bhi­cā­rā­t | te­ṣāṃ hi sa­rva­jña­tva­m i­ṣya­te yo­gi­nā­nye­na vā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tvaṃ ma­he­śva­ra­syā­nā­de­r a­dhi­ṣṭhā­pa­ka­sya te­ṣā­m ā­di- TAŚVA-ML 368,10ma­taṃ sva­ya­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­, ta­da­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me a­pa­si­ddhāṃ­ta­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā­nā­di­śu­ddhi­vai­bha­va­m a­py ā­kā­śe­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 368,11ta­sya ja­ga­du­tpa­ttau vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­sya mā­he­śva­rā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | kiṃ ca­, ya­di prā­dhā­nye­na sa­ma­sta­kā­ra­ka­pra­yo- TAŚVA-ML 368,12ktṛ­tvā­dī­śva­ra­sya sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ sā­dhya­te sa­rva­jña­tvā­c ca pra­yo­ktraṃ­ta­raṃ ni­ra­pe­kṣaṃ sa­ma­sta­kā­ra­ka­pra­yo­ktṛ­tvaṃ pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na TAŚVA-ML 368,13ta­dā pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­yo do­ṣaḥ ku­to ni­vā­rye­ta ? sā­dha­nāṃ­ta­rā­t ta­sya sa­rva­jña­tva­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­nu­mā­ne­na TAŚVA-ML 368,14bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­ga­ma­ka­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­–­ne­śva­ro '­śe­ṣā­rtha­ve­dī dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­vi­ru­ddhā­bhi­dhā­yi­tvā­t bu­ddhā­di­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā- TAŚVA-ML 368,15ne­na ta­tsa­rva­jña­tvā­va­bo­dha­ka­m a­khi­la­m a­nu­mā­na­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­mā­na­m e­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­bhi­r a­bhi­ha­nya­te­, syā­dvā­di­na e­va sa­rva­jña­tvo- TAŚVA-ML 368,16pa­pa­tteḥ yu­kti­śā­strā­vi­ro­dhi­vā­ktvā­d i­ty a­nya­tra ni­ve­di­taṃ | ta­to nā­śe­ṣa­kā­ryā­ṇā­m u­tpa­ttau kā­ra­kā­ṇā­m e­kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 368,17pra­yo­ktā prā­dhā­nye­nā­pi si­ddhya­tī­ti pa­re­ṣāṃ ne­ṣṭa­si­ddhiḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ­; nai­kaḥ pra­yo­ktā sā­dhya­te te­ṣāṃ nā­py a­ne­kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 368,18pra­yo­ktṛ­sā­mā­nya­sya sā­dha­yi­tu­m i­ṣṭa­tvā­d i­ti | ta­d a­py a­saṃ­ga­ta­m e­va­, ta­thā si­ddha­sā­dha­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | na hi pra­yo- TAŚVA-ML 368,19ktṛ­mā­tre sa­ma­sta­kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ vi­pra­ti­pa­dyā­ma­he ya­sya ya­d u­pa­bho­gyaṃ ta­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­t pra­yo­ktṛ­tva­ni­ya­ma­ni­śca­yā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.64i­ti kri­yā­nu­mā­nā­nāṃ mā­lā nai­vā­ma­lā bhu­vaṃ | ka­rta­ry e­ka­tra saṃ­sā­dhye nu­mi­tyā pa­kṣa­bā­dha­nā­t |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 368,21ya­thai­va sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­di­sā­dha­naṃ ni­ra­va­dyaṃ vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­na pa­kṣa­sya bā­dha­nā­t ta­thā ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­dya­nu- TAŚVA-ML 368,22mā­na­m a­pi ja­ga­tā­m e­ka­ka­rtṛ­tve sā­dhye vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­c ca sa­ma­rthi­ta­m e­ve­ti nā­nu­mā­na­mā­lā ni­ra­va­dyā vi­dhā­tuṃ TAŚVA-ML 368,23śa­kyā ta­syāḥ pra­ti­pā­di­tā­ne­ka­do­ṣā­śra­ya­tvā­t | ta­ta e­vā­ga­mā­d a­pi ne­śva­ra­si­ddhi­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.65vi­śva­ta­ś ca­kṣu­r i­tyā­de­r ā­ga­mā­d a­pi ne­śva­raḥ | si­ddhye­t ta­syā­nu­mā­ne­nā­nu­gra­hā­bhā­va­ta­s ta­taḥ |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 368,25na hi nai­yā­yi­kā­nāṃ ya­ktya­na­nu­gra­hī­taḥ ka­ści­d ā­ga­maḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca yu­kti­s ta­tra kā­ci­d vya- TAŚVA-ML 368,26va­ti­ṣṭha­ta i­ti ne­śva­ra­si­ddhiḥ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t pra­dhā­nā­dvai­tā­di­va­t |­| ta­taḥ kiṃ si­ddha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.66lo­ko '­kṛ­tri­ma i­ty e­ta­dva­ca­naṃ sa­tya­tāṃ ga­taṃ | bā­dha­ka­sya pra­mā­ṇa­sya sa­rva­thā vi­ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 368,28lo­kaḥ kha­lva­kṛ­tri­mo '­nā­di­ni­dha­naḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­taḥ sā­di­pa­rya­va­sā­na­ś ce­ti pra­va­ca­naṃ ya­thā­tre­dā­nīṃ kṛ­ta­pu­ru­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 368,29pe­kṣa­yā bā­dha­vi­va­rji­taṃ ta­thā de­śāṃ­ta­ra­kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­va­rti pu­ru­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā­pi vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t ta­taḥ sa­tya­tāṃ prā­pta­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 368,30si­ddhaṃ su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­d ā­tmā­di­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­pra­va­ca­na­va­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 368,31a­thā­nu­mā­nā­d a­py a­kṛ­tri­maṃ ja­ga­tsi­ddha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.67vi­śi­ṣṭa­sa­nni­ve­śaṃ ca dhī­ma­tā na kṛ­taṃ ja­ga­t | dṛ­ṣṭa­kṛ­tri­m a­kū­ṭā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­ta­ye­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 3.40.68sa­mu­drā­ka­ra­saṃ­bhū­ta­ma­ṇi­m u­ktā­pha­lā­di­va­t | i­ti he­tu­va­caḥ śa­kte­r a­pi lo­ko '­kṛ­taḥ­sthi­taḥ |­| 6­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 369,01dṛ­ṣṭa­kṛ­tri­m a­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tā­pe­kṣya­mā­ṇa­ś ca syā­t kṛ­tri­ma­ś ca syā­t saṃ­ni­ve­śa­vi­śi­ṣṭo lo­ko vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 369,02ta­to si­ddha­m a­sya he­toḥ sā­dhye­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tva­m i­ti ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.69nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­m a­syā­si­ddhaṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | kṛ­tri­mā­rtha­vi­bhi­nna­syā­kṛ­tri­ma­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 6­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 369,04na hi kṛ­tri­mā­rtha­vi­la­kṣa­ṇo ga­ga­nā­diḥ kṛ­tri­maḥ si­ddho ye­na sā­dhya­vyā­vṛ­ttau sā­dha­na­vyā­vṛ­tti­ni­ści­tā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 369,05thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r a­sya he­to­r na si­ddhye­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 369,06a­si­ddha­tā­py a­sya he­to­r ne­tyā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.70nā­si­ddhi­r ma­ṇi­mu­ktā­dau kṛ­tri­me­ta­ra­to kṛ­te | kṛ­tri­ma­tvaṃ na saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ ja­ga­tskaṃ­dha­sya tā­dṛ­śaḥ |­| 7­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 369,08ma­ṇi­mu­ktā­pha­lā­dī­nāṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t kṛ­tri­ma­tvaṃ vrī­hi­saṃ­ma­rda­nā­di­nā re­khā­di­ma­ttva­pra­tī­tyā sva­ya­m u­pa­ya­n pa­re­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 369,09sa­mu­drā­ka­ro­tthā­nā­t ta­thā re­khā­di­ma­ttva­saṃ­pra­tya­ye­nā­kṛ­tri­ma­tvaṃ ca ta­dvai­la­kṣa­ṇya­m ā­la­kṣa­ya­ty e­va | ta­dva­d dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­rtṛ­ka­prā­sā- TAŚVA-ML 369,10dā­di­bhyaḥ kā­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­kā­di­gha­ṭa­nā­vi­śe­ṣā­śra­ye­bhya­s ta­dvi­pa­rī­tā­kā­ra­pra­ti­pa­ttyā bhū­bhū­dha­rā­dī­nāṃ vai­la­kṣa­ṇyaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttu­m a- TAŚVA-ML 369,11rha­ti ca | na ce­d a­bhi­ni­vi­ṣṭa­ma­nā i­ti nā­si­ddho he­tu­r ma­ṇi­mu­ktā­dau kṛ­tri­ma­tva­vya­va­hā­ra­kṣa­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­dvai­la­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 369,12ṇya­syā­pi ta­dva­da­si­ddheḥ | na hi va­yaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­kṛ­tri­m a­kū­ṭā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­ta­ye­kṣa­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­kṛ­tri­ma­m a­pe­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ va­cmo TAŚVA-ML 369,13ye­na sā­dhya­sa­mo he­tuḥ syā­d a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdo ni­tya­dha­rmā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r i­tyā­di­va­t | nā­pi bhi­nna­de­śa­kā­lā­kā­ra­mā­tra- TAŚVA-ML 369,14ta­ye­kṣa­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ ta­da­bhi­da­dhma­he ye­na pu­rā­ṇa­prā­sā­dā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaḥ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? gha­ṭa­nā­vi­śe­ṣā­nā­śra­yā­pe­kṣa­mā- TAŚVA-ML 369,15ṇa­tvaṃ ja­ga­taḥ pra­tī­ta­kṛ­tri­ma­kū­ṭā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­ta­ye­kṣa­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­te | ta­to ni­ra­va­dya­m i­daṃ sā­dha­naṃ | na­nu TAŚVA-ML 369,16ce­d a­sma­dā­di­ka­rtṛ­ka­kū­ṭā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­ta­ye­kṣa­ṇaṃ ja­ga­to sma­dā­di­ka­rtra­pe­kṣa­yai­vā­kṛ­tri­ma­tvaṃ sā­dha­ye­t ma­ṇi­mu­ktā­pha­lā­dī- TAŚVA-ML 369,17nā­m i­va sa­mu­drā­di­pra­bha­vā­nāṃ na pu­na­r a­smā­d vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­ma­he­śva­ra­ka­rtṛ­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā ta­du­pa­bho­ktṛ­prā­ṇya­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā- TAŚVA-ML 369,18py a­kṛ­tri­ma­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca ta­da­pe­kṣa­yā­kṛ­tri­ma­tve pi te­ṣāṃ sa­rva­tra kṛ­tri­mā­kṛ­tri­ma­tva­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ro­dhaḥ pra­tī­ta- TAŚVA-ML 369,19ka­rtṛ­vyā­pā­rā­pe­kṣa­yā ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t kṛ­tri­ma­tve­na vya­va­ha­ra­ṇā­t pa­re­ṣā­m a­tīṃ­dri­ya­ka­tvaṃ vyā­pā­rā­pe­kṣa­ṇe­nā­kṛ­tri­ma­ta­yā vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 369,20hṛ­te­r a­nī­śva­ra­vā­di­nā­py a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­nī­ya­tvā­t­, a­nya­thā­sya sa­rva­tro­tpa­tti­ma­ti ta­du­pa­bho­ktṛ­prā­ṇya­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣā­he­tu­ke TAŚVA-ML 369,21ka­tha­m a­kṛ­tri­ma­vya­va­hā­raḥ kva­ci­d e­va yu­jye­ta | ta­to sma­dā­di­ka­rtra­pe­kṣa­yā ja­ga­to kṛ­tri­ma­tva­sā­dha­ne si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m a­sma- TAŚVA-ML 369,22dvi­la­kṣa­ṇe­śva­ra­ka­rtṛ­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā tu ta­sya sā­dha­ne vi­ru­ddho he­tuḥ sā­dhya­vi­pa­rī­ta­syā­sma­dā­di­ka­rtra­pe­kṣa­yai­vā­kṛ­tri­ma- TAŚVA-ML 369,23tva­sya ta­taḥ si­ddhe­r i­ti ke­ci­t | te pi na nyā­ya­vi­daḥ­, a­ni­tyaḥ śa­bdo ni­tya­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­ta­yā pra­tī­ya­mā- TAŚVA-ML 369,24na­tvā­t ka­la­śā­di­va­d i­tyā­de­r a­py e­va­m a­ga­ma­ka­pra­saṃ­gā­t | śa­kyaṃ hi va­ktuṃ ya­di ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­ni­tya­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­ta­ye- TAŚVA-ML 369,25kṣa­ṇā­t sā­ti­śa­ya­ni­tya­tva­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ sā­dhya­te ta­dā si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā te­ne­yaṃ vya­va­hā­rā­t syā­d a­kau­ṭa­sthye pi ni­tya- TAŚVA-ML 369,26tve pi sva­yaṃ mī­māṃ­sa­kai­r a­bhi­dhā­nā­t | a­ne­ka­kṣa­ṇa­tra­ya­sthā­yi­tva­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ sā­dhyaṃ ta­dā vi­ru­ddho he­tu­s ta­dvi­pa­rī- TAŚVA-ML 369,27ta­sya sā­ti­śa­ya­ni­tya­la­kṣa­ṇa­syai­vā­ni­tya­tva­sya ta­taḥ si­ddhe­r i­ti | ya­di pu­na­r ni­tya­mā­tra­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tā­pe­kṣa­ṇā­d i­ti he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 369,28r i­ṣṭa­m e­va kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­khya­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti­, ta­to na si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ pa­ra­sya­, nā­pi vi­ru­ddho he­tu­r i­ti ma­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 369,29ta­dā dṛ­ṣṭā­kṛ­tri­ma­sā­mā­nya­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­ta­ye­kṣa­ṇā­d i­ti he­tu­r a­sma­dā­di­ka­rtra­pe­kṣa­yā­sma­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇe­śva­rā­di­ka­rtra­pe­kṣa­yā­pi vā TAŚVA-ML 369,30kṛ­tri­ma­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­tī­ti ka­thaṃ nai­yā­yi­ka­syā­pi si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ vi­ru­ddho vā he­tu syā­t | ya­thai­va hi ni­ra­ti­śa- TAŚVA-ML 369,31ya­ni­tyā­t sā­ti­śa­ya­ni­tyā­c ca vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­m u­tpā­da­ka­vi­nā­śa­kā­ra­ṇa­ka­tvaṃ pra­tī­ya­mā­naṃ śa­bde sve­ṣṭaṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 369,32sā­dha­ye­t­, ta­thai­vā­sma­dā­di­kṛ­tā­t kū­ṭa­prā­sā­dā­de­r ī­śva­rā­di­kṛ­tā­c ca tri­pu­ra­dā­hāṃ­dha­kā­su­ra­vi­dhvaṃ­sa­nā­deḥ sā­mā­nya­to TAŚVA-ML 369,33vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­gha­ṭa­nā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­nā­śra­ya­tvaṃ ja­ga­ti sa­mī­kṣya­mā­ṇaṃ sa­ka­la­bu­ddhi­ma­tka­rtra­pe­kṣa­yai­vā­kṛ­tri­ma­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­tī­ti TAŚVA-ML 369,34sa­rvaṃ ni­ra­va­dyaṃ | na hī­śva­ra­nā­rā­ya­ṇā­da­yaḥ syā­dvā­di­nā­m a­pra­si­ddhā e­va­, nā­pi ta­tkṛ­ta­tri­pu­ra­dā­hā­di­ka­va­tsa vi­dhvaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 370,01sa­nā­śra­yo ye­na ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sā­dha­na­m u­pā­dī­ya­mā­naṃ vi­ru­ddhye­ta ma­he­śva­rā­de­r a­khi­la­ja­ga­tkā­ra­ṇa­syai­va te­ṣā­m a­na­bhi­ma­ta- TAŚVA-ML 370,02tvā­t tā­dṛ­śo ma­ha­to ja­ga­tskaṃ­dha­sya sa­ka­la­gha­ṭa­nā­vi­śe­ṣā­nā­śra­ya­sye­śva­rā­pe­kṣa­yā­pi ka­rtṛ­ma­ttva­m a­saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ sa­nni- TAŚVA-ML 370,03ve­śa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­deḥ sā­dha­na­sya ta­tpra­yo­ja­ka­tvā­yo­ga­sya sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | e­te­na sa­mu­drā­ka­ra­saṃ­bhū­ta­m a­ṇi­mu­ktā­pha­lā­di- TAŚVA-ML 370,04dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­ka­la­tvaṃ sā­dha­na­dha­rma­vi­ka­la­tvaṃ ca ni­rā­kṛ­taṃ­, ta­trā­pi sa­ka­la­kṛ­tri­ma­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­ta­ye­kṣa­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 370,05ma­he­śva­ra­kṛ­ta­tvā­saṃ­bha­va­sya ca kṛ­tā­ne­śca­ya­tvā­t | ta­d e­vaṃ ni­khi­la­bā­dha­ka­ra­hi­tā­t pra­va­ca­nā­d a­nu­mā­nā­c cā­kṛ­tri­ma­lo- TAŚVA-ML 370,06ka­vya­va­sthā­nā­n nai­ka­bu­ddhi­ma­tkā­ra­ṇo lo­kaḥ śaṃ­ka­nī­yaḥ kā­lā­di­va­t | ta­to ma­dhya­lo­ka­sya ni­ve­śaḥ ka­thi­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 370,07dvī­pa­sa­mu­dra­pa­rva­ta­kṣe­tra­sa­ri­tpra­bhṛ­ti­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­mya­k sa­ka­la­nai­ga­mā­di­na­ya­m a­ye­na jyo­ti­ṣā pra­va­ca­na­mū­la­sū­trai­r ja­nya- TAŚVA-ML 370,08mā­ne­na ka­tha­m a­pi bhā­va­ya­dbhiḥ sa­dbhiḥ sva­yaṃ pū­rvā­pa­ra­śā­strā­rtha­pa­ryā­lo­ca­ne­na pra­va­ca­na­pa­dā­rtha­vi­du­pā­sa­ne­na cā­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 370,09yo­gā­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa vā pra­paṃ­ce­na pa­ri­ve­dyo a­dho­lo­ka­sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­va­d i­ty u­pa­saṃ­ha­ra­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 3.40.71abi­ti ka­thi­ta­vi­śe­ṣo ma­dhya­lo­ka­sya sa­mya­k sa­ka­la­na­ya­ma­ye­na jyo­ti­ṣā sa­nni­ve­śaḥ | TAŚV-ML 3.40.71cdpra­va­ca­na­bha­va­sū­trai­r ja­nya­mā­ne­na sa­dbhiḥ ka­tha­m a­pi pa­ri­ve­dyo bhā­va­ya­dbhiḥ pra­paṃ­cā­t |­| 7­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 370,12i­ti tṛ­tī­yā­dhyā­ya­sya dvi­tī­yam ā­hni­ka­m | TAŚVA-ML 370,13a­dho­lo­ka­ś ci­tro na­ra­ka­ga­ṇa­nā nā­ra­ka­ja­na­s ta­thā lo­ko ma­dhyo ba­hu­vi­dha­vi­śe­ṣo na­ra­ga­ṇaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 370,14ta­dā­yu­rbhe­da­ś ca pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­kā­lo ni­ga­di­ta­s ti­ra­ścā­m a­dhyā­ye sthi­ti­r a­pi tṛ­tī­ye­tra mu­ni­nā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 370,15i­ti śrīvi­dyā­naṃ­diā­cā­ryā­vi­ra­ci­te ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kā­laṃ­kā­re tṛ­tī­yo '­dhyā­yaḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 371,1a­tha ca­tu­rtho '­dhyā­yaḥ |­| 4 |­| TA-ML 4.1 de­vā­ś ca­tu­rṇi­kā­yāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 371,03de­va­ga­ti­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­ye sa­ti dī­vyaṃ­tī­ti de­vāḥ vyu­tpa­ttya­rthā­vi­ro­dhā­t | ba­hu­tva­ni­rde­śo ṃ­ta­rga­ta­bhe­da­pra­ti­pa- TAŚVA-ML 371,04ttya­rthaḥ | sva­dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­pā­di­ta­sā­ma­rthyā­n ni­cī­yaṃ­ta i­ti ni­kā­yāḥ ca­tvā­ro ni­kā­yāḥ ye­ṣāṃ te ca­tu­rni- TAŚVA-ML 371,05kā­yāḥ | ku­taḥ pu­na­ś ca­tvā­ra e­va ni­kā­yā de­vā­nā­m i­ti ce­t­, ni­kā­yi­nāṃ te­ṣāṃ ca­tuḥ­pra­kā­ra­ta­yā va­kṣya­mā- TAŚVA-ML 371,06ṇa­tvā­t | te hi bha­va­na­vā­si­no vyaṃ­ta­rā jyo­ti­ṣkā vai­mā­ni­kā­ś ce­ti ca­tu­rvi­dhā­n ni­kā­yi­bhe­dā­c ca ni­kā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 371,07bhe­dā i­ti | nai­ka e­va de­vā­nāṃ ni­kā­yo nā­pi dvā­v e­va tra­ya e­va vā­, paṃ­cā­da­yo py a­saṃ­bhā­vyā e­va te­ṣā­m a­trāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 371,08ta­rbhā­vā­t | na­nu ca brā­hma­sau­mya­prā­jā­pa­tya­aiṃ­dra­ya­kṣa­rā­kṣa­sa­bhū­ta­pi­śā­cā­nā­m a­ṣṭa­pra­kā­rā­ṇā­m a­ṣṭau ni­kā­yāḥ ku­to na TAŚVA-ML 371,09pa­ro­ktā i­ti ce­t­, pa­rā­ga­ma­sya ta­tpra­ti­pā­da­ka­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ty a­sa­kṛ­da­bhi­dhā­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 371,10na­nu ca nā­ra­ka­ma­nu­ṣyā­ṇā­m i­vā­dhā­ra­va­ca­na­pū­rva­kaṃ de­vā­nāṃ va­ca­naṃ ki­ma­rthaṃ na kṛ­ta­m i­ty ā­śaṃ­ka­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.1.1de­vā­ś ca­tu­rṇi­kā­yā i­ty e­ta­t sū­traṃ ya­d a­bra­vī­t | nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m i­vā­dhā­ra­m a­nu­ktaṃ de­va­saṃ­vi­de |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.1.2sū­tra­kā­ra­s ta­d e­te­ṣāṃ lo­ka­tra­ya­ni­vā­si­nāṃ | sā­ma­rthyā­d ū­rdhva­lo­ka­sya saṃ­sthā­naṃ va­ktu­m ai­ha­ta |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 371,13na hi ya­thā nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m ā­dhā­raḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­to '­dho­lo­ka e­va ma­nu­ṣyā­ṇāṃ ca mā­nu­ṣo­tta­rā­n ma­dhya­lo­ka e­va­, TAŚVA-ML 371,14ta­thā de­vā­nā­m ū­rdhva­lo­ka e­va śrū­ya­te | bha­va­na­vā­si­nā­m a­dho­lo­kā­dhā­ra­ta­yai­va śra­va­ṇā­t­, vyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ ti­rya­glo­kā- TAŚVA-ML 371,15dhā­ra­ta­yā­pi śrū­ya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­to lo­ka­tra­ya­ni­vā­si­nāṃ sā­ma­rthyā­d ū­rdhva­lo­ka­sya saṃ­sthā­naṃ ca mṛ­daṃ­ga­va­d va­ktu­m ai­ha­ta TAŚVA-ML 371,16sū­tra­kā­raḥ ā­dhā­ra­m a­nu­ktvā ni­kā­ya­saṃ­vi­tta­ye sū­tra­pra­ṇa­ya­nā­t |­| TA-ML 4.2 ā­di­ta­s tri­ṣu pī­tāṃ­ta­le­śyāḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 371,18saṃ­kṣe­pā­rtha­m i­he­daṃ sū­traṃ le­śyā­pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sya va­ca­ne vi­sta­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­t | te­na bha­va­na­vā­si­vyaṃ­ta­ra­jyo­ti­ṣka­ni­kā­ye­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 371,19de­vāḥ pī­tāṃ­ta­le­śyā i­ti | i­ha tu de­vā i­ty a­va­ca­na­m a­nu­vṛ­tte­r bha­va­na­vā­syā­dya­va­ca­naṃ ca ta­ta e­va | ka­tha­m i­ha TAŚVA-ML 371,20ni­kā­ye­ṣv i­ty a­nu­va­rta­yi­tuṃ śa­kyaṃ­, te­ṣā­m a­nya­pa­dā­rthe vṛ­ttau sā­ma­rthyā­bhā­vā­t | ca­tvā­ra­ś ca te ni­kā­yā­ś ca­tu­rṇi- TAŚVA-ML 371,21kā­yā i­ti sva­pa­dā­rthā­yā­m a­pi vṛ­ttau de­vā i­ti sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­t u­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, u­bha­ya­thā­pi do­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 371,22bhā­vā­t | a­nya­pa­dā­rthā­yāṃ vṛ­ttau tā­va­nni­kā­ye­ṣv i­ti śa­kya­m a­nu­va­rta­yi­tuṃ | tri­ṣv i­ti va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­t tri­tva­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 371,23khyā­yā­ś ca saṃ­khye­yai­r vi­nā saṃ­bha­vā­bhā­vā­d a­nye­ṣā­m i­hā­śru­ta­tvā­t pra­ka­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­c ca tri­ni­kā­yai­r e­va tai­r bha­vi­ta­vya­m i- TAŚVA-ML 371,24ty a­rtha­sā­ma­rthyā­n ni­kā­yā­nu­vṛ­ttiḥ | sva­pa­dā­rthā­yā­m a­pi vṛ­ttau ta­ta e­va ta­da­nu­vṛ­ttiḥ pra­dhā­na­tvā­c ca ni­kā­yā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 371,25ca­tuḥ­saṃ­khyā­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ra­hi­tā­nā­m a­nu­vṛ­tti­gha­ṭa­nā­t tri­tva­saṃ­khya­yā ca­tuḥ­saṃ­khya­yā bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | de­vā i­ti TAŚVA-ML 371,26i­ti sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ tu ni­kā­ya­ni­kā­yi­nāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhe­dā­n na vi­ru­dhya­te | tri­ni­kā­yāḥ pī­tāṃ­ta­le­śyā i­ti TAŚVA-ML 371,27yu­kta­m i­ti ce­n na­, i­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rya­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ā­di­ta i­ti va­ca­ne tv a­tra sū­tra­gau­ra­va­m a­ni­vā­ryaṃ | ta­to ya­thā­nyā­sa­me- TAŚVA-ML 371,28vā­s tu ki­ma­rtha­m i­hā­di­ta i­ti va­ca­naṃ ? vi­pa­ryā­sa­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ­, aṃ­te nya­thā vā tri­ṣv i­ti vi­pa­ryā­sa­syā­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 371,29ni­vā­ra­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | dvy­‍­e­ka­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­s tu tri­ṣv i­ti va­ca­naṃ | ca­tu­rni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ ka­smā­n na bha­va­ti ? ā­di­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 372,01va­ca­nā­t ca­tu­rtha­syā­di­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t­, aṃ­tya­tvā­t paṃ­ca­mā­di­ni­kā­yā­nu­pa­de­śā­t | ā­dye­ṣu pī­tāṃ­ta­le­śyā i­ty a­stu TAŚVA-ML 372,02la­ghu­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, vi­pa­rya­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ā­dau ni­kā­ye bha­vā ā­dyā de­vā­s te­ṣu pī­tāṃ­ta­le­śyā i­ti vi­pa­rya­yo TAŚVA-ML 372,03ya­thā nyā­saṃ su­śa­kaḥ pa­ri­ha­rtuṃ­, niḥ­saṃ­de­hā­rthaṃ cai­vaṃ va­ca­naṃ | a­tha pī­tāṃ­ta­va­ca­naṃ ki­ma­rthaṃ ? le­śyā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­rthaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 372,04kṛ­ṣṇā nī­lā ka­po­tā pī­tā pa­dmā śu­klā le­śye­ti pā­ṭhe hi pī­tāṃ­ta­va­ca­nā­t kṛ­ṣṇā­dī­nāṃ saṃ­pra­tya­yo bha­va- TAŚVA-ML 372,05tī­ti­, pa­dmā śu­klā ca ni­va­rti­tā syā­t | te­na tri­ṣv ā­di­to ni­kā­ye­ṣu de­vā­nāṃ kṛ­ṣṇā nī­lā ka­po­tā TAŚVA-ML 372,06pī­te­ti ca­ta­stro le­śyā bha­vaṃ­tī­ti |­| a­nya­thā ka­smā­n na bha­vaṃ­ti te­ṣu de­vā i­ty u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.2.1tri­ṣv ā­dye­ṣu ni­kā­ye­ṣu de­vāḥ sū­tre­ṇa sū­ci­tāḥ | saṃ­ti pī­tāṃ­ta­le­śyā­s te nā­nya­thā bā­dhi­ta­tva­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 372,08na tā­va­d de­vāḥ sū­tro­ktāḥ saṃ­to nya­thā bha­vaṃ­ti­, su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­t su­khā­di­va­t | nā­pi tri­ṣu ni­kā- TAŚVA-ML 372,09ye­ṣu pī­tāṃ­ta­le­śyāḥ sū­tre­ṇo­ktā­s ta­da­nya­thā pa­dma­le­śyāḥ śu­kla­le­śyā vā bha­vaṃ­ti­, ta­ta e­va ta­dva­t |­| TA-ML 4.3 da­śā­ṣṭa­paṃ­ca­dvā­da­śa­vi­ka­lpāḥ ka­lpo­pa­pa­nna­pa­ryaṃ­tāḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 372,11de­vā­ś ca­tu­rṇi­kā­yā i­ty a­nu­va­rta­mā­ne­nā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dho sya ca­tu­rṇāṃ ni­kā­yā­nā­m aṃ­ta­rvi­ka­lpa­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­tvā­t na TAŚVA-ML 372,12pu­na­r ā­di­ta­s tri­ṣv i­ty ā­dī­nāṃ pī­tāṃ­ta­le­śyā­nāṃ ka­lpo­pa­pa­nna­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tvā­bhā­vā­t | te­na ca­tu­rṇāṃ de­va­ni­kā­yā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 372,13da­śā­di­bhiḥ saṃ­khyā­śa­bdai­r ya­thā­saṃ­khya­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dho vi­jñā­ya­te­, te­na bha­va­na­vā­si­vyaṃ­ta­ra­jyo­ti­ṣka­vai­mā­ni­kā da­śā­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 372,14paṃ­ca­dvā­da­śa­vi­ka­lpā i­ti | vai­mā­ni­kā­nāṃ dvā­da­śa­vi­ka­lpāṃ­taḥ­pā­ti­tve pra­sa­kte ta­dvya­po­ha­nā­rthaṃ ka­lpo­pa­pa­nna­pa- TAŚVA-ML 372,15ryaṃ­ta­va­ca­naṃ­, grai­ve­ya­kā­dī­nāṃ dvā­da­śa­vi­ka­lpa­vai­mā­ni­ka­ba­hi­rbhā­va­pra­tī­teḥ | e­ta­de­vā­bhi­dhī­ya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 4.3.1ca­tu­rṣv a­pi ni­kā­ye­ṣu te da­śā­di­vi­ka­lpa­kāḥ | ka­lpo­pa­pa­nna­pa­ryaṃ­tā i­ti sū­tre ni­yā­ma­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 372,17ca­tu­rni­kā­yā de­vā da­śā­di­vi­ka­lpā i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhe hi vai­mā­ni­kā­nāṃ dvā­da­śa­vi­ka­lpāṃ­taḥ­pā­ti­tva­pra­sa­ktau TAŚVA-ML 372,18ka­lpo­pa­pa­nna­pa­ryaṃ­tā i­ti va­ca­nā­n ni­ya­mo yu­jya­te­, nā­nya­thā | iṃ­drā­da­yo da­śa­pra­kā­rā e­te­ṣu ka­lpyaṃ­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 372,19ka­lpāḥ sau­dha­rmā­da­yo rū­ḍhi­va­śā­n na bha­va­na­vā­si­naḥ | ka­lpe­ṣū­pa­pa­nnāḥ ka­lpo­pa­pa­nnāḥ '­sā­dha­naṃ kṛ­tā ba­hu­la­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 372,20vṛ­ttiḥ ma­yū­ra­vyaṃ­sa­kā­di­tvā­d vā­, ka­lpo­pa­pa­nnāḥ pa­ryaṃ­te ye­ṣāṃ te ka­lpo­pa­pa­nna­pa­ryaṃ­tāḥ prā­ggrai­ve­ya­kā­di­bhya i­ti yā­va­t |­| TA-ML 4.4 iṃ­dra­sā­mā­ni­ka­trā­ya­striṃ­śa­pā­ri­ṣa­dā­tma­ra­kṣa­lo­ka­pā­lā­nī­ka­pra­kī­rṇa­kā­bhi- TA-ML 4.4 yo­gya­ki­lbi­ṣi­kā­ś cai­ka­śaḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 372,23a­nya­de­vā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­ṇi­mā­di­gu­ṇa­pa­ra­m ai­śva­rya­yo­gā­diṃ­daṃ­tī­tīṃ­drāḥ | ā­jñai­śva­rya­va­rji­ta­m ā­yu­rvī­rya­pa­ri­vā­ra­bho­go­pa­bho- TAŚVA-ML 372,24gā­di­sthā­na­m iṃ­draiḥ sa­mā­naṃ ta­tra bha­vāḥ sā­mā­ni­kā iṃ­dra­sthā­nā­rha­tvā­t­, sa­mā­na­sya ta­dā­de­ś ce­ti ṭha­k | tra­ya­striṃ- TAŚVA-ML 372,25śa­ti jā­tāḥ trā­ya­striṃ­śāḥ '­dṛ­ṣṭe­śā­ni ca jā­te ca a­ṇi­dvi­dhī­ya­ta­' i­ty a­bhi­dhā­na­m a­stī­ti a­ṇi­dvi­dhī­ya­te­, ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 372,26vṛ­tti­r bhe­dā­bhā­vā­t ma­ha­tta­ra­pi­tṛ­gu­rū­pā­dhyā­ya­tu­lyāḥ | maṃ­tri­pu­ro­hi­ta­saṃ­sthā­nī­yā hi ye tra­ya­striṃ­śa­dde­vā­s ta e­va trā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 372,27striṃ­śā na ta­tra jā­tāḥ ke­ci­d a­nye saṃ­tī­ti du­ru­pa­pā­dā vṛ­ttiḥ | nai­ta­tsā­raṃ­, saṃ­khyā­saṃ­khye­ya­bhe­da­vi­va­kṣā­yā­m ā­dhā­rā- TAŚVA-ML 372,28dhe­ya­bhe­do­pa­pa­tteḥ­, tra­ya­striṃ­śa­tsaṃ­khyā ta­dā­dhā­raḥ saṃ­khye­yā­s tu ya­tho­ktā­s ta­dā­dhe­yā i­ti sū­pa­pā­dā vṛ­ttiḥ | a­tha vā TAŚVA-ML 372,29tra­ya­striṃ­śa­dde­vā e­va trā­ya­striṃ­śāḥ '­svā­rthi­ko pi hṛ­ta­' i­ti ba­hu­tva­ni­rde­śā­t | aṃ­ti­mā­di­va­t pa­ri­ṣa­dva­kṣya­mā­ṇā TAŚVA-ML 372,30ta­tra jā­tā bha­vā vā pā­ri­ṣa­dāḥ­, pa­ri­ṣa­tta­dva­tāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­dā­t te ca va­ya­sya pī­ṭha­m a­rda­tu­lyāḥ | ā­tmā­naṃ ra­kṣaṃ­tī- TAŚVA-ML 372,31tī­tyā­tma­ra­kṣā­s te śi­ro­ra­kṣo­pa­māḥ | lo­kaṃ pā­la­yaṃ­tī­ti lo­ka­pā­lā­s te cā­ra­kṣi­kā­rtha­ca­ra­sa­māḥ | a­nī­kā­nī­vā- TAŚVA-ML 372,32nī­kā­ni tā­ni daṃ­ḍa­sthā­nī­yā­ni gaṃ­dha­rvā­nī­kā­dī­ni sa­pta | pra­kī­rṇā e­va pra­kī­rṇa­kāḥ te pau­ra­jā­na­pa­da­ka­lpāḥ | TAŚVA-ML 372,33vā­ha­nā­di­bhā­ve­nā­bhi­mu­khye­na yo­go bhi­yo­ga­s ta­tra bha­vā a­bhi­yo­gyā­s ta e­va ā­bhi­yo­gyāḥ i­ti svā­rthi­kaḥ gha­ṇu TAŚVA-ML 373,01cā­tu­rva­rṇyā­di­va­t­, a­tha­vā a­bhi­yo­ge sā­dha­vaḥ ā­bhi­yo­gyāḥ a­bhi­yo­ga­m a­rhaṃ­tī­ti vā ā­bhi­yo­gyā­s te ca TAŚVA-ML 373,02dā­sa­sa­mā­nāḥ | ki­lbi­ṣaṃ pā­paṃ ta­d e­ṣā­m a­stī­ti ki­lbi­ṣi­kāḥ te ṃ­ty a­vā­si­sthā­nī­yāḥ | e­kai­ka­sya ni­kā­ya­syai­ka­śa TAŚVA-ML 373,03i­ti vī­psā­rthe śa­s |­| ku­taḥ pu­na­r e­kai­ka­sya ni­kā­ya­syeṃ­drā­da­yo da­śa­vi­ka­lpāḥ pra­tī­yaṃ­ta i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 4.4.1iṃ­drā­da­yo da­śai­te­ṣā­m e­ka­śaḥ pra­ti­sū­tri­tāḥ | pu­ṇya­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ta­ddhe­tū­nāṃ ta­thā sthi­teḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 373,05ya­thai­va hi de­va­ga­ti­nā­m a­pu­ṇya­ka­rma­sā­mā­nyā­d de­vā­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­bha­va­na­vā­si­nā­m ā­di­pu­ṇyo­da­yā­c ca bha­va­na­vā­syā­da­ya- TAŚVA-ML 373,06s ta­thai­veṃ­drā­di­nā­m a­pu­ṇya­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa iṃ­drā­da­yo pi saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te­, te­ṣāṃ ta­ddhe­tū­nāṃ yu­ktyā­ga­mā­bhyāṃ vya­va­sthi­te­r bā- TAŚVA-ML 373,07dha­kā­bhā­vā­t |­| TA-ML 4.5 trā­ya­striṃ­śa­lo­ka­pā­la­va­rjyā vyaṃ­ta­ra­jyo­ti­ṣkāḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 373,09iṃ­drā­di­da­śa­vi­ka­lpā­nā­m u­tsa­rga­to '­bhi­hi­tā­nāṃ ca­tu­rṣu ni­kā­ye­ṣv a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa pra­sa­ktau ta­da­rtha­m i­da­m u­cya­te | ku­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 373,10pu­na­rvyaṃ­ta­rā jyo­ti­ṣkāḥ trā­ya­striṃ­śai­r lo­ka­pā­lai­ś ca va­rjyā ye­na te ṣṭa­vi­ka­lpā e­va syu­r i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.5.1ta­trā­pi vyaṃ­ta­rā va­rjyā jyo­ti­ṣkā­ś co­pa­va­rṇi­tāḥ | trā­ya­striṃ­śai­s ta­thā lo­ka­pā­lai­s ta­ddhe­tva­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 373,12na hi vyaṃ­ta­ra­jyo­ti­ṣkā ni­kā­yā­s tra­ya­striṃ­śa­llo­ka­pā­la­nā­m a­pu­ṇya­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­s trā­ya­striṃ­śa­lo­ka­pā­la­de­va­vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 373,13ṣa­ka­lpa­nā­he­tu­r a­sti ya­ta­s ta­yo­s trā­ya­striṃ­śa­lo­ka­pā­lā­ś ca syu­r i­ti ta­dva­rjyā­s te de­vāḥ ta­da­ti­śa­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya pra­tī- TAŚVA-ML 373,14ti­he­to­r ni­kā­yāṃ­ta­ra­va­t ta­trā­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| TA-ML 4.6 pū­rva­yo­r dvī­ndrāḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 373,16bha­va­na­vā­si­vyaṃ­ta­ra­ni­kā­ya­yoḥ pū­rva­yo­r de­vā dvīṃ­drā na pu­na­r e­keṃ­drā ni­kā­yāṃ­ta­ra­va­d i­ti pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m i­daṃ sū­traṃ | TAŚVA-ML 373,17pū­rva­yo­r i­ti va­ca­naṃ pra­tha­ma­dvi­tī­ya­ni­kā­ya­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ­, tṛ­tī­yā­pe­kṣa­yā dvi­tī­ya­sya pū­rva­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ dvi­va­ca­na­sā- TAŚVA-ML 373,18ma­rthyā­c ca­tu­rthā­pe­kṣa­yā tṛ­tī­ya­sya pū­rva­tve py a­gra­ha­ṇā­d a­pra­tyā­sa­tteḥ | dvau dvau iṃ­drau ye­ṣāṃ te dvīṃ­drā i­ty aṃ­ta­rnī­ta­vī- TAŚVA-ML 373,19psā­rtho ni­rde­śaḥ | dvi­pa­di­kā tri­pa­di­ke­ti ya­thā vī­psā­yāṃ vu­no vi­dhā­nā­d i­ha vī­psā­ga­ti­r yu­ktā na pra­kṛ­teḥ TAŚVA-ML 373,20kiṃ­ci­d vi­dhā­na­m a­sti | ta­rhi sa­pta­pa­rṇā­di­va­d bha­vi­ṣya­ti vī­psā­vi­dhā­nā­bhā­ve pi vī­psā­saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ | pū­rva­yo­r ni­kā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 373,21yo­r dvau dvā­v iṃ­drau de­vā­nā­m i­ti ni­kā­ya­ni­kā­yi­bhe­da­vi­va­kṣā­va­śā­d ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­vo vi­bhā­vya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 4.6.1dvīṃ­drāḥ ni­kā­ya­yo­r de­vāḥ pū­rva­yo­r i­ti ni­śca­yā­t | ta­trai­ka­sya pra­bho­r bhā­vo ne­ti te sto­ka­pu­ṇya­kāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 373,23bha­va­na­vā­si­ni­kā­ye a­su­rā­ṇāṃ dvā­viṃ­drau ca­ma­ra­vai­ro­ca­nau­, nā­ga­ku­mā­rā­ṇāṃ dha­ra­ṇa­bhū­tā­naṃ­dau­, vi­dyu­tku­mā­rā­ṇāṃ TAŚVA-ML 373,24ha­ri­siṃ­ha­ha­ri­kāṃ­tau­, su­pa­rṇa­ku­mā­rā­ṇāṃ ve­ṇu­de­va­ve­ṇu­dhā­ri­ṇau­, a­gni­ku­mā­rā­ṇāṃ a­gni­śi­khā­gni­mā­ṇa­vau­, vā­ta­ku- TAŚVA-ML 373,25mā­rā­ṇāṃ vai­laṃ­ba­na­pra­bhaṃ­ja­nau­, sta­ni­ta­ku­mā­rā­ṇāṃ su­gho­ṣa­ma­hā­gho­ṣau­, u­da­dhi­ku­mā­rā­ṇāṃ ja­la­kāṃ­ta­ja­la­pra­bhau­, dvī­pa­ku- TAŚVA-ML 373,26mā­rā­ṇāṃ pū­rṇa­va­śi­ṣṭau­, di­kku­mā­rā­ṇāṃ a­mi­ta­ga­tya­mi­ta­vā­ha­nau | ta­thā vyaṃ­ta­ra­ni­kā­ye ki­nna­rā­ṇāṃ ki­nna­ra­kiṃ­pu- TAŚVA-ML 373,27ru­ṣau­, kiṃ­pu­ru­ṣā­ṇāṃ sa­tpu­ru­ṣa­ma­hā­pu­ru­ṣau­, ma­ho­ra­gā­ṇā­m a­ti­kā­ya­ma­hā­kā­yau­, gaṃ­dha­rvā­ṇāṃ gī­ta­ra­ti­gī­ta­ya­śa­sau­, TAŚVA-ML 373,28ya­kṣā­ṇāṃ pū­rṇa­bha­dra­mā­ṇi­bha­drau­, rā­kṣa­sā­nāṃ bhī­ma­ma­hā­bhī­mau­, pi­śā­cā­nāṃ kā­la­ma­hā­kā­lau­, bhū­tā­nāṃ pra­ti­rū­pā­pra- TAŚVA-ML 373,29ti­rū­pau | e­va­m e­te­ṣā­m e­kai­ka­sya pra­bho­ra­bhā­vā­t te sto­ka­pu­ṇyāḥ pra­bha­vo ni­ścī­yaṃ­te |­| TA-ML 4.7 kā­ya­pra­vī­cā­rā ā ai­śā­nā­t |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 373,31pra­ti­pū­rvā­c ca­reḥ saṃ­jñā­yāṃ gha­ṇu tu pra­vī­ca­ra­ṇaṃ pra­vī­cā­ro mai­thu­no­pa­se­va­naṃ | kā­ye pra­vī­cā­ro ye­ṣāṃ te kā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 373,32pra­vī­cā­rāḥ | a­saṃ­hi­tā­ni­rde­śo '­saṃ­de­hā­rthaḥ | ai­śā­nā­d i­ty u­cya­mā­ne hi saṃ­de­haḥ syā­t ki­mā­daṃ­ta­rbhū­ta u­ta TAŚVA-ML 374,01di­kcha­bdo dhyā­hā­rya i­ti vi­pa­rya­yo vā syā­t | ai­śā­nā­t pū­rva­yo­r i­ty a­nu­va­rta­mā­ne­nā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t | a­saṃ­hi- TAŚVA-ML 374,02tā­ni­rde­śe tu nā­yaṃ do­ṣaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 4.7.1de­vāḥ kā­ya­pra­vī­cā­rā ā ai­śā­nā­di­tī­ra­ṇā­t | ca­tu­rṣv a­pi ni­kā­ye­ṣu su­kha­bhe­da­sya sū­ca­naṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 374,04ca­tu­rṇi­kā­yā de­vāḥ kā­ya­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ i­ti saṃ­baṃ­dhā­c ca­tu­rṣv a­pi ni­kā­ye­ṣu su­rā­ṇāṃ su­ra­ta­su­kha­vi­śe­ṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 374,05ka­tha­naṃ ga­mya­te ā ai­śā­nā­d i­ti va­ca­nā­t | na hi vai­mā­ni­ka­ni­kā­ye sa­rva­su­rā­ṇāṃ kā­ya­pra­vī­cā­ra­pra­sa­ktau ta­nni- TAŚVA-ML 374,06vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ ai­śā­nā­d i­ti va­ca­na­m a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­tuṃ yu­ktaṃ |­| TA-ML 4.8 śe­ṣāḥ spa­rśa­rū­pa­śa­bda­ma­naḥ­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 374,08śe­ṣā i­ti va­ca­naṃ u­ktā­va­śi­ṣṭa­saṃ­gra­hā­rthaṃ­, te co­ktā­va­śi­ṣṭāḥ sā­na­tku­mā­rā­da­yaḥ ka­lpo­pa­pa­nnā e­vā­cyu- TAŚVA-ML 374,09tā­ntāḥ pa­re '­pra­vī­cā­rā i­ti va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t ka­lpo­pa­pa­nna­pa­ryaṃ­tā­nā­m e­va dvā­da­śa­vi­ka­lpa­tve­na ni­rdi­ṣṭā­nāṃ pra­ka­ra- TAŚVA-ML 374,10ṇā­c ca | na­nv e­vaṃ ke spa­rśa­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ ke ca rū­pā­di­pra­vī­cā­rā i­ti vi­ṣa­ya­vi­ve­kā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­d a­ga­ma­ko '­yaṃ ni­rde­śa TAŚVA-ML 374,11i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 4.8.1te spa­rśā­di­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ śe­ṣā­s te­bhyo ya­thā­ga­maṃ | jñe­yāḥ kā­mo­da­yāḥ pā­pa­tā­ra­ta­mya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 374,13te de­vāḥ śe­ṣāḥ sā­na­tku­mā­rā­da­yo ya­thā­ga­maṃ spa­rśā­di­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ | sā­na­tku­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 374,14spa­rśa­pra­vī­cā­rā de­vā­s te­ṣā­m u­tpa­nna­mai­thu­na­su­kha­li­psā­nāṃ sa­mu­pa­sthi­ta­sva­de­vī­śa­rī­ra­spa­rśa­mā­trā­t prī­tyu­tpa­ttau ni­vṛ­tte­ccha- TAŚVA-ML 374,15tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | bra­hma­bra­hmo­tta­ra­lāṃ­ta­va­kā­pi­ṣṭhe­ṣu rū­pa­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ­, sva­de­vī­ma­no­jña­rū­pā­va­lo­ka­na­mā­trā­d e­va ni­rā­kāṃ­kṣa­ta­yā TAŚVA-ML 374,16prī­tya­ti­śa­yo­pa­pa­tteḥ | śu­kra­ma­hā­śu­kra­sa­tā­ra­sa­ha­srā­re­ṣu śa­bda­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ­, sva­kāṃ­tā­ma­no jña­śa­bda­śra­va­ṇa­mā­trā­d e­va saṃ­to- TAŚVA-ML 374,17ṣo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ā­na­ta­prā­ṇa­tā­ra­ṇā­cyu­ta­ka­lpe­ṣu ma­naḥ­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ­, svāṃ­ga­nā­ma­naḥ­saṃ­ka­lpa­mā­trā­d e­va pa­ra­ma­su­khā­nu­bha­va- TAŚVA-ML 374,18si­ddhe­r i­ti hi pa­ra­mā­ga­maḥ śrū­ya­te | ta­ta­s ta­da­na­ti­kra­me­ṇai­va vi­ṣa­ya­vi­ve­ka­vi­jñā­nā­n nā­ga­ma­ko '­yaṃ ni­rde­śaḥ | pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 374,19pra­vī­cā­ra­gra­ha­ṇā­d i­ṣṭā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­pra­tya­yā­d a­nya­thā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhe cā­rtha­vi­ro­dhā­t | saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te ya­thā­ga­maṃ spa­rśā­di­pra­vī­cā­rā TAŚVA-ML 374,20de­vāḥ kā­mo­da­yāḥ pā­pa­sya cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­sya tā­ra­ta­mya­bhe­dā­n ma­nu­ṣya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t |­| TA-ML 4.9 pa­re '­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 374,22pe­ra gra­ha­ṇaṃ ka­lpā­tī­ta­sa­rva­de­va­saṃ­gra­hā­rthaṃ | ta­to '­ni­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ | a­pra­vī­cā­ra­gra­ha­ṇaṃ pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­su­kha­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 374,23pa­ttya­rthaṃ­, te na ma­naḥ­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ | te­bhyaḥ pa­re ka­lpā­tī­tāḥ sa­rva­de­vāḥ pra­vī­cā­ra­ra­hi­tā i­ty u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 374,24ku­taḥ pu­na­r u­kte­bhyaḥ pa­re '­pra­vī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.9.1te­bhya­s tu pa­re kā­ma­ve­da­nā­yāḥ pa­ri­kṣa­yā­t | su­kha­pra­ka­rṣa­saṃ­prā­pteḥ pra­vī­cā­re­ṇa va­rji­tāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.9.2saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te ca te sa­rve tā­ra­ta­mya­sya da­rśa­nā­t | na­rā­ṇā­m i­ha ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t kā­mā­pā­pa­sya tā­dṛ­śaḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 374,27vi­vā­dā­pa­nnāḥ su­rāḥ kā­ma­ve­da­nā­krāṃ­tāḥ sa­śa­rī­ra­tvā­t pra­si­ddha­kā­mu­ka­va­t i­ty u­ktaṃ kā­ma­ve­da­nā­pā­pa­sya TAŚVA-ML 374,28śa­rī­ra­tve­na vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d i­hai­va ma­nu­ṣyā­ṇāṃ maṃ­da­m aṃ­da­ta­ma­kā­nāṃ vi­ni­śca­yā­t kā­ma­ve­da­nā­hā­ni- TAŚVA-ML 374,29tā­ra­ta­mye śa­rī­ra­hā­ni­tā­ra­ta­mya­da­rśa­nā­bhā­vā­t pra­kṣī­ṇa­śe­ṣa­ka­lma­ṣā­ṇā­m a­pi śa­rī­rā­ṇāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ sā­dha­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 374,30e­te­na kā­mi­tve sā­dhye sa­ttva­pra­me­ya­tvā­da­yo pi he­ta­vaḥ saṃ­di­gdha­vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­vṛ­tti­kā i­ti pra­ti­pā­di­taṃ­, ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 374,31saṃ­bhā­vyā e­va ke­ci­d a­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 4.9.3i­ty e­vaṃ na­va­bhiḥ sū­traiḥ ni­kā­yā­dyaṃ­ta­ra­sya yā | ka­lpa­nā saṃ­śa­ya­ś cā­tra ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t ta­nni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 374,33pra­tha­me­na sū­tre­ṇa tā­va­t ke­ṣāṃ­ci­n ni­kā­yāṃ­ta­ra­sya ka­lpa­nā ta­tsaṃ­de­haḥ cā­tra ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ | dvi­tī­ye­na le­śyāṃ­ta­ra­sya­, TAŚVA-ML 375,01tṛ­tī­ye­na saṃ­khyāṃ­ta­ra­sya­, ca­tu­rthe­na ka­lpāṃ­ta­ra­sya­, paṃ­ca­me­na ta­da­pa­vā­dāṃ­ta­ra­sya­, ṣa­ṣṭhe­neṃ­dra­saṃ­khyāṃ­ta­ra­sya­, sa­pta­me­nā­ṣṭa­me­na TAŚVA-ML 375,02cā­ni­ṣṭa­pra­vī­cā­ra­sya­, na­va­me­na sa­rva­pra­vī­cā­ra­sye­ti na­va­bhiḥ sū­trai­r ni­kā­yā­dyaṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­na­saṃ­śa­ya­ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ pra­tye­ta­vyā |­| TA-ML 4.10 bha­va­na­vā­si­no '­su­ra­nā­ga­vi­dyu­tsu­pa­rṇā­gni­vā­ta­sta­ni­to­da­dhi­dvī­pa­di­kku­mā­rāḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 375,04bha­va­na­vā­si­nā­m a­ka­rmo­da­ye sa­ti bha­va­ne­ṣu va­sa­na­śī­lā bha­va­na­vā­si­na i­ti sā­mā­nya­saṃ­jñā pra­tha­ma­ni­kā­ye TAŚVA-ML 375,05de­vā­nāṃ | a­su­rā­di­nā­m a­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣo­da­yā­d a­su­ra­ku­mā­rā­da­ya i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­jñā | ku­mā­ra­śa­bda­sya pra­tye­ka­m a­bhi­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 375,06baṃ­dhā­t te­ṣāṃ kau­mā­ra­va­yo­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­kri­yā­di­yo­gāḥ ke­ci­d ā­huḥ | de­vaiḥ sa­hā­syaṃ­tī­ti a­su­rā i­ti­, ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 375,07te­ṣā­m e­va­m a­va­rṇa­vā­dā­t | sau­dha­rmā­di­de­vā­nāṃ ma­hā­pra­bhā­va­tvā­d a­su­raiḥ sa­ha yu­ddhā­yo­gā­t te­ṣāṃ ta­tprā­ti­kū­lye­nā­vṛ- TAŚVA-ML 375,08tte­r vai­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­sya ca pa­ra­dā­rā­pa­hā­rā­de­r a­bhā­vā­t |­| a­thai­te­ṣāṃ bha­va­na­vā­si­nāṃ da­śā­nā­m a­pi ni­ru­kti­sā­ma­rthyā­d ā­cā- TAŚVA-ML 375,09ra­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ti pra­da­rśa­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 4.10.1da­śā­su­rā­da­ya­s ta­tra pro­ktā bha­va­na­vā­si­naḥ | a­dho­lo­ka­ga­te­ṣv e­ṣāṃ bha­va­ne­ṣu ni­vā­sa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 375,11kva pu­na­r a­dho­lo­ke te­ṣāṃ bha­va­nā­ni śrū­yaṃ­te ? ra­tna­pra­bhā­yāḥ paṃ­ka­ba­hu­la­bhā­ge bha­va­nā­ny a­su­ra­ku­mā­rā­ṇāṃ­, kha­ra­pṛ­thi- TAŚVA-ML 375,12vī­bhā­ge ca­tu­rda­śa­yo­ja­na­sa­ha­sre­ṣu nā­gā­di­ku­mā­rā­ṇāṃ | ta­tro­pa­ry a­dha­ś cai­kai­ka­smi­n yo­ja­na­sa­ha­sre ta­dbha­va­nā­bhā­va­śra­va- TAŚVA-ML 375,13ṇā­t | ta­tra da­kṣi­ṇo­tta­rā­dhi­pa­tī­nāṃ ca­ma­ra­vai­ro­ca­nā­dī­nāṃ bha­va­na­saṃ­khyā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pa­ri­vā­ra­vi­bha­va­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ca ya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 375,14ga­maṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ |­| TA-ML 4.11 vyaṃ­ta­rāḥ kiṃ­na­ra­kiṃ­pu­ru­ṣa­ma­ho­ra­ga­gaṃ­dha­rva­ya­kṣa­rā­kṣa­sa­bhū­ta­pi­śā­cāḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 375,16vyaṃ­ta­ra­nā­m a­ka­rmo­da­ye sa­ti vi­vi­dhāṃ­ta­ra­ni­vā­si­tvā­d vya­‍­ṃ­ta­rā i­ty a­ṣṭa­vi­ka­lpā­nā­m a­pi dvi­tī­ya­ni­kā­ye de­vā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 375,17sā­mā­nya­saṃ­jñā | ki­nna­rā­di­nā­m a­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣo­da­yā­t ki­nna­rā­da­ya i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­jñā | kiṃ­na­rā­n kā­ma­yaṃ­ta i­ti TAŚVA-ML 375,18kiṃ­na­rāḥ­, kiṃ­pu­ru­ṣā­n kā­ma­yaṃ­ta i­ti kiṃ­pu­ru­ṣāḥ­, pi­śi­tā­śa­nā­t pi­śā­cā i­tyā­dya­nva­rtha­saṃ­jñā­yā­m a­va­rṇa­vā­da- TAŚVA-ML 375,19pra­saṃ­gā­t­; de­vā­nāṃ ta­thā­bhā­va­saṃ­bha­vā­t | pi­śā­cā­nāṃ ma­tsyā­di­pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t pi­śi­tā­śi­tva­saṃ­bha­va i­ti ce­t TAŚVA-ML 375,20na­, ta­syāḥ krī­ḍā­su­kha­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ mā­na­sā­hā­ra­tvā­t |­| kva pu­na­r vyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ vi­vi­dhā­nyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇy a­va­kā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 375,21sthā­nā­khyā­ni ya­to ni­ru­kti­sā­ma­rthyā­d e­te­ṣā­m ā­dhā­ra­pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.11.1a­ṣṭa­bhe­dā vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭā vyaṃ­ta­rāḥ ki­nna­rā­da­yaḥ | vi­vi­dhā­nyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇy e­ṣā­m a­dho­ma­dhya­ma­lo­ka­yoḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 375,23a­dho­lo­ke tā­va­d au­pa­ri­ṣṭe kha­ra­pṛ­thvī­bhā­ge kiṃ­na­rā­dī­nā­m a­ṣṭa­bhe­dā­nāṃ vyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ da­kṣi­ṇā­dhi­pa­tī­nāṃ kiṃ­pu­ru­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 375,24dī­nāṃ co­tta­rā­dhi­pa­tī­nā­m a­saṃ­khye­ya­na­ga­ra­śa­ta­sa­ha­srā­ṇi śrū­yaṃ­te­, ma­dhya­lo­ke ca dvī­pā­di­sa­mu­dra­de­śa­grā­ma­na­ga­ra­tri­ka- TAŚVA-ML 375,25ca­tu­ṣka­ca­tu­ra­sra­gṛ­hāṃ­ga­ṇe ra­thyā­ja­lā­śa­yo­dyā­na­de­va­ku­lā­dī­nāṃ vā­sa­śa­ta­sa­ha­srā­ṇāṃ saṃ­khye­yā­ni te­ṣā­m ā­khyā­yaṃ­te | TAŚVA-ML 375,26ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­khyā­pa­ri­vā­ra­vi­bhū­ti­vi­śe­ṣo ya­thā­ga­maṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ pū­rva­va­t |­| TA-ML 4.12 jyo­ti­ṣkāḥ sū­ryā­caṃ­dra­m a­sau gra­ha­na­kṣa­tra­pra­kī­rṇa­ka­tā­ra­kā­ś ca |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 375,28jyo­ti­ṣa e­va jyo­ti­ṣkāḥ ko vā yā­vā­de­r i­ti svā­rthi­kaḥ kaḥ | jyo­tiḥ­śa­bda­sya yā­vā­di­ṣu pā­ṭhā­t TAŚVA-ML 375,29ta­thā­bhi­dhā­na­da­rśa­nā­t pra­kṛ­ti­liṃ­gā­nu­vṛ­ttiḥ ku­ṭī­raḥ sa­mī­ra i­ti ya­thā | sū­ryā­caṃ­dra­ma­sā i­ty a­trā­na­du de­va­tā- TAŚVA-ML 375,30dvaṃ­dva­vṛ­tteḥ | gra­ha­na­kṣa­tra­pra­kī­rṇa­ka­tā­ra­kā i­ty a­tra nā­na­du | na­nu dvaṃ­dva­gra­ha­ṇā­t ta­sye­ṣṭa­vi­ṣa­ye vya­va­sthā­nā­d a­su­rā­di­va­t TAŚVA-ML 375,31kiṃ­na­rā­di­va­c ca ka­thaṃ jyo­ti­ṣkāḥ paṃ­ca­vi­ka­lpāḥ si­ddhā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.12.1jyo­ti­ṣkāḥ paṃ­ca­dhā dṛ­ṣṭāḥ sū­ryā­dyā jyo­ti­r ā­śri­tāḥ | nā­ma­ka­rma­va­śā­t tā­dṛ­k saṃ­jñā sā­mā­nya­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 375,33jyo­ti­ṣka­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­ye sa­tī­rā­śra­ya­tvā­jyo­ti­ṣkā i­ti sā­mā­nya­ta­s te­ṣāṃ saṃ­jñā sū­ryā­di­nā­m a­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣo- TAŚVA-ML 376,01da­yā­t sū­ryā­dyā i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­jñāḥ | ta e­te paṃ­ca­dhā­pi dṛ­ṣṭāḥ pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­ni­bhiḥ sā­kṣā­tkṛ­tā­s ta­du­pa­de­śā­vi­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 376,02vā­dā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 4.12.2sā­mā­nya­to '­nu­me­yā­ś ca cha­dma­sthā­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­saṃ­ga­myā i­ti nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā |­| 2 |­| TA-ML 4.13 me­ru­pra­da­kṣi­ṇā ni­tya­ga­ta­yo nṛ­lo­ke |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 376,05jyo­ti­ṣkā i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te | nṛ­lo­ka i­ti ki­ma­rtha­m i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.13.1ni­ru­ktyā vā­sa­bhe­da­sya pū­rva­va­dga­tya­bhā­va­taḥ | te nṛ­lo­ka i­ti pro­kta­m ā­vā­sa­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 376,07na hi jyo­ti­ṣkā­ṇāṃ ni­ru­ktyā­vā­sa­pra­ti­pa­tti­r bha­va­na­vā­syā­dī­nā­m i­vā­sti ya­to nṛ­lo­ka i­ty ā­vā­sa­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 376,08pa­ttya­rthaṃ no­cya­te | kva pu­na­r nṛ­lo­ke te­ṣā­m ā­vā­sāḥ śrū­yaṃ­te ? —TAŚV-ML 4.13.2a­smā­t sa­mā­ddha­rā­bhā­gā­d ū­rdhvaṃ te­ṣāṃ pra­kā­śi­tāḥ | ā­vā­sāḥ kra­ma­śaḥ sa­rva­jyo­ti­ṣāṃ vi­śva­ve­di­bhiḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.3yo­ja­nā­nāṃ śa­tā­ny a­ṣṭau hī­nā­ni da­śa­yo­ja­naiḥ | u­tpa­tya tā­ra­kā­s tā­va­c ca­raṃ­ty a­dha i­ti śru­tiḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.4ta­taḥ sū­ryā da­śo­tpa­tya yo­ja­nā­ni ma­hā­pra­bhāḥ | ta­ta­ś caṃ­dra­ma­so­śī­tiṃ bhā­ni trī­ṇi ta­ta­s tra­yaḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.5trī­ṇi trī­ṇi bu­dhāḥ śu­krā gu­ra­va­ś co­pa­ri kra­mā­t | ca­tvā­ro ṃ­gā­ra­kā­s ta­dva­c ca­tvā­ri ca śa­nai­ś ca­rāḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.6ca­raṃ­ti tā­dṛ­śā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­va­śa­va­rti­naḥ | sva­bhā­vā­d vā ta­thā­nā­di­ni­dha­nā­d dra­vya­rū­pa­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.7e­ṣa e­va na­bho bhā­go jyo­tiḥ­saṃ­ghā­ta­go­ca­raḥ | ba­ha­laḥ sa­da­śa­kaṃ sa­rvo yo­ja­nā­nāṃ śa­taṃ smṛ­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.8sa gha­no­da­dhi­pa­ryaṃ­to nṛ­lo­ke '­nya­tra vā sthi­taḥ | si­ddha­s ti­rya­ga­saṃ­khyā­ta­dvī­pāṃ­bho­dhi­pra­mā­ṇa­kaḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.9sa­rvā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­cā­rī­ṣṭaḥ ta­trā­bhi­ji­da­tho ba­hiḥ | sa­rve­bhyo ga­di­taṃ mū­laṃ bha­ra­ṇyo dha­s ta­tho­di­tāḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.10sa­rve­ṣā­m u­pa­ri svā­ti­r i­ti saṃ­kṣe­pa­taḥ kṛ­tā | vya­va­sthā jyo­ti­ṣāṃ ciṃ­tyā pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­ve­di­bhiḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 376,18me­ru­pra­da­kṣi­ṇā ni­tya­ga­ta­ya i­ti va­ca­nā­t ki­m i­ṣya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.13.11me­ru­pra­da­kṣi­ṇā ni­tya­ga­ta­ya­s tv i­ti ni­ve­da­nā­t | nai­vā­pra­da­kṣi­ṇā te­ṣāṃ kā­dā­ci­t kī­ṣya­te na ca |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.12ga­tya­bhā­vo pi cā­ni­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā bhū­bhra­ma­vā­di­naḥ | bhu­vo bhra­ma­ṇa­ni­rṇī­ti­vi­ra­ha­syo­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 376,21na hi pra­tya­kṣa­to bhū­me­r bhra­ma­ṇa­ni­rṇī­ti­r a­sti­, sthi­ra­ta­yai­vā­nu­bha­vā­t | na cā­yaṃ bhrāṃ­taḥ sa­ka­la­de­śa­kā­la­pu­ru­ṣā­ṇāṃ TAŚVA-ML 376,22ta­dbhra­ma­ṇā­pra­tī­teḥ | ka­sya­ci­n nā­vā­di­sthi­ra­tvā­nu­bha­va­s tu bhrāṃ­taḥ pa­re­ṣāṃ ta­dga­ma­nā­nu­bha­ve­na bā­dha­nā­t | nā­py a­nu­mā- TAŚVA-ML 376,23na­to bhū­bhra­ma­ṇa­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ ka­rtuṃ su­śa­kaḥ ta­da­vi­nā­bhā­vi­liṃ­gā­bhā­vā­t | sthi­re bha­ca­ke sū­ryo­da­yā­sta­m a­ya­m a­dhyā­hnā- TAŚVA-ML 376,24di­bhū­go­la­bhra­ma­ṇe a­vi­nā­bhā­va­liṃ­ga­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t pā­va­kā­nau­ṣṇyā­di­ṣu dra­vya­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 376,25di­va­t | bha­ca­kra­bhra­ma­ṇe sa­ti bhū­bhra­ma­ṇa­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi sū­ryo­da­yā­di­pra­tī­tyu­pa­pa­tte­ś ca | na ta­smā­t sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 376,26ni­ya­ma­ni­śca­yaḥ | pra­ti­vi­hi­taṃ ca pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ pu­ra­stā­t bhū­go­la­bhra­ma­ṇa­m i­ti na ta­da­va­laṃ­ba­ne­na jyo­ti­ṣāṃ ni­tya- TAŚVA-ML 376,27ga­tya­bhā­vo vi­bhā­va­yi­tuṃ śa­kyaḥ | nā­pi kā­dā­ci­t kī­ṣya­te ga­ti­r ni­tya­gra­ha­ṇā­t | ta­dga­te­r ni­tya­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 376,28pa­pa­tti­r a­ghrau­vyā­d i­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, ni­tya­śa­bda­syā­bhī­kṣṇya­vā­ci­tvā­n ni­tya­pra­ha­si­tā­di­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.13ū­rdhvā­dho­bhra­ma­ṇaṃ sa­rva­jyo­ti­ṣāṃ dhru­va­tā­ra­kāḥ | mu­ktvā bhū­go­la­kā­d e­vaṃ prā­hu­r bhū­bhra­ma­vā­di­naḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.14ta­d a­py a­pā­sta­m ā­cā­ryai­r nṛ­lo­ka i­ti sū­ca­nā­t | ta­trai­va bhra­ma­ṇaṃ ya­smā­n no­rdhvā­dho­bhra­ma­ṇe sa­ti |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 376,31dha­no­da­dheḥ pa­ryaṃ­te hi jyo­ti­r ga­ṇa­go­ca­re si­ddhe tri­lo­ka e­va bhra­ma­ṇaṃ jyo­ti­ṣā­mū­rdhvā­dhaḥ ka­tha­m u­pa­pa­dya­te ? TAŚVA-ML 376,32bhū­vi­dā­ra­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­ta e­va viṃ­śa­tyu­tta­rai­kā­da­śa­yo­ja­na­śa­ta­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­tvaṃ bhū­go­la­ś cā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­ta i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 376,33u­tta­ra­to bhū­maṃ­ḍa­la­sye­ya­ttā­ti­kra­mā­t ta­da­dhi­ka­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­sya pra­tī­teḥ ta­ccha­ta­bhā­ga­sya ca sā­ti­re­kai­kā­da­śa TAŚVA-ML 377,01yo­ja­na­mā­tra­syai­va sa­ma­bhū­bhā­ga­syā­pra­tī­teḥ ku­ru­kṣe­trā­di­ṣu bhū­dvā­da­śa­yo­ja­nā­di­pra­mā­ṇa­syā­pi sa­ma­bhū­ta­la­sya su­pra­si­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 377,02tvā­t | ta­ccha­ta­gu­ṇa­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­bhū­go­la­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­yā­m a­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ka­thaṃ ca sthi­re pi bhū­go­le gaṃ­gā­siṃ­dhvā­da­yo TAŚVA-ML 377,03na­dyaḥ pū­rvā­pa­ra­sa­mu­dra­gā­mi­nyo gha­ṭe­ra­n ? bhū­go­la­ma­dhyāṃ­ta­pra­bha­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, kiṃ pu­na­r bhū­go­la­ma­dhyaṃ ? | u­jja­yi­nī­ti TAŚVA-ML 377,04ce­t­, na ta­to gaṃ­gā­siṃ­dhvā­dī­nāṃ pra­bha­vaḥ sa­mu­pa­la­bhya­te | ya­smā­t ta­tpra­bha­vaḥ pra­tī­ya­te ta­d e­va ma­dhya­m i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 377,05ta­d i­da­m a­ti­vyā­ha­taṃ | gaṃ­gā­pra­bha­va­de­śa­sya ma­dhya­tve siṃ­dhu­pra­bha­va­bhū­bhā­ga­sya ta­to ti­vya­va­hi­ta­sya ma­dhya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 377,06sva­bā­hya­de­śā­pe­kṣa­yā tv a­sya ma­dhya­tve na kiṃ­ci­d a­ma­dhyaṃ syā­t sva­si­ddhāṃ­ta­pa­ri­tyā­ga­ś co­jja­yi­nī­m a­dhya­vā­di­nāṃ | TAŚVA-ML 377,07ta­da­pa­ri­tyā­ge co­jja­yi­nyā u­tta­ra­to na­dyaḥ sa­rvā u­da­ṅmu­khya­s ta­syā da­kṣi­ṇa­to '­vā­ṅmu­khya­s ta­taḥ pa­ści­ma­taḥ pra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 377,08ṅmu­khya­s ta­taḥ pū­rva­taḥ prā­ṅmu­khyaḥ pra­tī­ye­ra­n | bhū­mya­va­gā­ha­bhe­dā­n na­dī­ga­ti­bhe­da i­ti ce­n na­, bhū­go­la­ma­dhye ma­hā­va­gā­ha- TAŚVA-ML 377,09pra­tī­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na hi yā­vā­n e­va nī­cai­r de­śe va­gā­ha­s tā­vā­n e­vo­rdhva­bhū­go­le yu­jya­te | ta­to na­dī­bhi­r bhū­go­lā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 377,10rū­pa­tā­m a­ti­kra­mya va­haṃ­tī­ti bhū­go­la­vi­dā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti sa­ma­m e­va dha­rā­ta­la­m a­va­laṃ­bi­tuṃ yu­ktaṃ­, sa­mu­drā­di­sthi­ti­vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 377,11dha­ś ca ta­thā pa­ri­hṛ­taḥ syā­t | sa­dbhū­mi­śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣā­t sa pa­ri­gī­ya­ta i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va sa­ma­bhū­mau chā­yā­di- TAŚVA-ML 377,12bhe­do stu | śa­kyaṃ hi va­ktuṃ laṃ­kā­bhū­me­r ī­dṛ­śī śa­kti­r ya­to ma­dhyā­hne a­lpa­chā­yā mā­nya­khe­ṭā­dyu­tta­ra­bhū­me­s tu tā­dṛ­śī TAŚVA-ML 377,13ya­ta­s ta­dā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tā­ra­ta­mya­bhā chā­yā | ta­thā da­rpa­ṇa­sa­ma­ta­lā­yā­m a­pi bhū­mau na sa­rve­ṣā­m u­pa­ri sthi­te sū­rye chā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 377,14vi­ra­ha­s ta­syā­s ta­da­bhe­da­ni­mi­tta­śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣā­sa­dbhā­vā­t | ta­thā vi­ṣu­ma­ti sa­ma­rā­tra­m a­pi tu­lya­m a­dhya­di­ne vā bhū­mi- TAŚVA-ML 377,15śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­stu | prā­cyā­m u­da­yaḥ pra­tī­cyā­ma­sta­ma­yaḥ sū­rya­sya ta­ta e­va gha­ṭa­te | kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­d dra­vya­sya TAŚVA-ML 377,16śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­mā­na­syā­vi­ro­dhā­t a­nya­thā dṛ­ṣṭa­hā­ne­r a­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā­yā­ś cā­va­śyaṃ bhā­vi­tvā­t | sā ca pā­pī­ya­sī TAŚVA-ML 377,17ma­hā­mo­ha­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­ta­m ā­ve­da­ya­ti | na ca va­yaṃ da­rpa­ṇa­sa­ma­ta­lā­m e­va bhū­miṃ bhā­ṣā­ma­he pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t ta­syāḥ TAŚVA-ML 377,18kā­lā­di­va­śā­d u­pa­ca­yā­pa­ca­ya­si­ddhe­r ni­mno­nna­tā­kā­ra­sa­dbhā­vā­t | ta­to no­jja­yi­nyā u­tta­ro­tta­ra­bhū­mau ni­mnā­yāṃ ma­dhyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 377,19di­ne chā­yā­vṛ­ddhi­r vi­ru­dhya­te | nā­pi ta­to da­kṣi­ṇa­kṣi­tau sa­mu­nna­tā­yāṃ chā­yā­hā­ni­r u­nna­te­ta­rā­kā­ra­bhe­da­dvā­rā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 377,20śa­kti­bhe­da­pra­si­ddheḥ | pra­dī­pā­di­vā­di­tyā­n na dū­re chā­yā­yā vṛ­ddhi­gha­ṭa­nā­t ni­ka­ṭe pra­bhā­to­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 377,21no­da­yā­s ta­ma­ya­yoḥ sū­ryā­de­biṃ­bā­rdha­da­rśa­naṃ vi­ru­dhya­te | bhū­mi­saṃ­la­gna­ta­yā vā sū­ryā­di­pra­tī­ti­r na saṃ­bhā­vyā­, dū­rā­di- TAŚVA-ML 377,22bhū­me­s ta­thā­vi­dha­da­rśa­na­ja­na­na­śa­kti­sa­dbhā­vā­t |­| na ca bhū­mā­tra­ni­baṃ­dha­nāḥ sa­ma­rā­trā­da­ya­s te­ṣāṃ jyo­ti­ṣka­ga­ti­vi- TAŚVA-ML 377,23śe­ṣa­ni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­d i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.13.15sa­ma­rā­traṃ­di­vā­vṛ­ddhi­r hā­ni­r do­ṣā­c ca yu­jya­te | chā­yā­gra­ho­pa­rā­gā­di­r ya­thā jyo­ti­rga­ti­s ta­thā |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.16kha­khaṃ­ḍa­bhe­da­taḥ si­ddhā bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­m a­dhya­taḥ | ta­thā­bhi­yo­gya­de­vā­nāṃ ga­ti­bhe­dā­t sva­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 377,26sū­rya­sya tā­va­c ca­tu­ra­śī­ti­śa­taṃ maṃ­ḍa­lā­ni | ta­tra paṃ­ca­ṣa­ṣṭi­r a­bhyaṃ­ta­re jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­syā­śī­ti­śa­ta­yo­ja­naṃ sa­ma­va­gā­hya- TAŚVA-ML 377,27pra­kā­śa­nā­j jaṃ­bū­dvī­pā­d bā­hya­maṃ­ḍa­lā­ny e­kā­nna­viṃ­śa­ti­śa­taṃ la­va­ṇo­da­syā­bhyaṃ­ta­re trī­ṇi triṃ­śā­ni yo­ja­na­śa­tā­ny a­va­gā­hya TAŚVA-ML 377,28ta­sya pra­kā­śa­nā­t | dvi­yo­ja­na­m e­kai­ka­maṃ­ḍa­lāṃ­ta­raṃ dve yo­ja­ne a­ṣṭā­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­dyo­ja­nai­ka­ṣa­ṣṭi­bhā­gā­ś cai­kai­ka­m u­da­yāṃ­ta­raṃ | TAŚVA-ML 377,29ta­tra ya­dā trī­ṇi śa­ta­sa­ha­srā­ṇi ṣo­ḍa­śa­sa­ha­srā­ṇi sa­pta­śa­tā­ni dvya­dhi­kā­ni pa­ri­dhi­pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ bi­bhra­ti tu­la­me- TAŚVA-ML 377,30ṣa­pra­ve­śa­di­na­go­ca­re sa­rva­ma­dhya­m aṃ­ḍa­le me­ruṃ paṃ­ca­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­dyo­ja­na­sa­ha­sraiḥ paṃ­ca­paṃ­cā­śa­dyo­ja­nai­r a­ṣṭā­viṃ­śa­tyā yo­ja­nai­ka­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 377,31ṣṭi­bhā­gai­ś ca prā­pya sū­ryaḥ pra­kā­śa­ya­ti ta­dā­ha­ni paṃ­ca­da­śa­mu­hū­rtā bha­vaṃ­ti rā­trau ce­ti sa­ma­rā­traṃ si­ddhya­ti | vi­ṣu- TAŚVA-ML 377,32ma­ti di­ne dvā­viṃ­śa­tye­ka­ṣa­ṣṭi­bhā­gaḥ sā­ti­re­kā­ṣṭa­sa­pta­ti­dvi­śa­ta­paṃ­ca­sa­ha­sra­yo­ja­na­pa­ri­mā­ṇāṃ ka­mu­hū­rta­ga­ti­kṣe­tro­pa­pa­teḥ | TAŚVA-ML 377,33da­kṣi­ṇo­tta­re sa­ma­pra­ṇi­dhī­nāṃ ca vya­va­hi­tā­nā­m a­pi ja­nā­nāṃ prā­cya­m ā­di­tya­pra­tī­ti­ś ca laṃ­kā­di­ku­ru­kṣe­trāṃ­ta­ra­de­śa- TAŚVA-ML 377,34sthā­nā­m a­bhi­mu­kha­m ā­di­tya­syo­da­yā­t | a­ṣṭa­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­dyo­ja­nai­ka­ṣa­ṣṭi bhā­ga­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­yo­ja­nā­pe­kṣa­yā sā­ti­re­ka- TAŚVA-ML 378,01tri­na­va­ti­yo­ja­na­śa­ta­tra­ya­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­d u­tse­dha­yo­ja­nā­pe­kṣa­yā dū­ro­da­ya­tvā­c ca svā­bhi­mu­kha­laṃ­bī­ddha­pra­ti­bhā­sa­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 378,02dvi­tī­ye a­ha­ni ta­thā pra­ti­bhā­saḥ ku­to na syā­t ta­da­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti ce­n na­, maṃ­ḍa­lāṃ­ta­re sū­rya­syo­da­yā­t ta­daṃ­ta­ra­syo- TAŚVA-ML 378,03tse­dha­yo­ja­nā­pe­kṣa­yā dvā­viṃ­śa­tye­ka­ṣa­ṣṭi­bhā­ga­yo­ja­na­sa­ha­sra­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­, u­tta­rā­ya­ṇe ta­du­tta­ra­taḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­syo­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 378,04da­kṣi­ṇā­ya­ne ta­dda­kṣi­ṇa­taḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­sya gha­ṭa­nā­t | sū­rya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­da­kṣi­ṇo­tta­ra­sa­ma­pra­ṇi­dhi­bhū­bhā­gā­d a­nya­pra­de­śe TAŚVA-ML 378,05ku­taḥ prā­cī si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­maṃ­ḍa­le ta­thā sa­rvā­bhi­mu­kha­m ā­di­tya­syo­da­yā­d e­ve­ti sa­rva­m a­na­va­dyaṃ­, kṣe­trāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 378,06ta­re pi ta­thā vya­va­hā­ra­si­ddheḥ | ta­d e­te­na prā­cī­da­rśa­nā­d dha­rā­yāṃ go­lā­kā­ra­tā­sā­dha­na­m a­pra­yo­ja­ka­mu­ktaṃ ta­tra ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 378,07da­rpa­ṇā­kā­ra­tā­yā­m a­pi prā­cī­da­rśa­no­pa­pa­tteḥ | ya­dā tu sū­ryaḥ sa­rvā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­maṃ­ḍa­le ca­tu­śca­tvā­riṃ­śa­dyo­ja­na­sa­ha­srai- TAŚVA-ML 378,08r a­ṣṭā­bhi­ś ca yo­ja­na­śa­tai­r vi­sta­rai­r me­ru­m a­prā­pya pra­kā­śa­ya­ti ta­dā­ha­ny a­ṣṭā­da­śa mu­hū­rtā bha­vaṃ­ti | ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­ṣa­ṭcha­tā- TAŚVA-ML 378,09dhi­ka­na­va­na­va­ti­yo­ja­na­sa­ha­sra­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­sya tri­gu­ṇa­sā­ti­re­ka­pa­ri­dhe­s ta­nmaṃ­ḍa­la­syai­kā­n na­viṃ­śa­dyo­ja­na­ṣa­ṣṭi­bhā­gā­dhi­kai­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 378,10paṃ­cā­śa­ddvi­śa­to­tta­ra­yo­ja­na­sa­ha­sra­paṃ­ca­ka­mā­tra­mu­hū­rta­ga­ti­kṣe­tra­tva­si­ddheḥ śe­ṣā­pra­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­ta­taḥ prā­ptā di­vā­vṛ­ddhi­r hā­ni­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 378,11rā­trau sū­rya­ga­ti­bhe­dā­d a­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­maṃ­ḍa­lā­t si­ddhā | ya­dā ca sū­ryaḥ sa­rva­bā­hya­maṃ­ḍa­le paṃ­ca­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­tsa­ha­srai­s tri­bhi­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 378,12śa­tai­s triṃ­śai­r yo­ja­nā­nāṃ me­ru­m a­prā­pya bhā­sa­ya­ti ta­dā­ha­ni dvā­da­śa mu­hū­rtāḥ | ṣa­ṣṭya­dhi­ka­śa­ta­ṣa­ṭko­tta­ra­yo­ja­na­śa- TAŚVA-ML 378,13ta­sa­ha­sra­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­sya ta­tri­gu­ṇa­sā­ti­re­ka­pa­ri­dheḥ ta­nmaṃ­ḍa­la­sya paṃ­ca­da­śai­ka­yo­ja­na­ṣa­ṣṭi­bhā­gā­dhi­ka­paṃ­co­tta­ra­śa­ta­tra­ya­sa­ha- TAŚVA-ML 378,14sra­paṃ­ca­ka­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­ga­ti­mu­hū­rta­kṣe­tra­tvā­t śe­ṣā pa­ra­ma­pra­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­ta­prā­ptā tā­va­ddi­vā­hā­ni­rvṛ­ddhi­ś ca rā­trau sū­rya­ga­ti­bhe­dā- TAŚVA-ML 378,15d bā­hyā­d ga­ga­na­khaṃ­ḍa­maṃ­ḍa­lā­t si­ddhā | ma­dhye tv a­ne­ka­vi­dhā di­na­sya vṛ­ddhi­r hā­ni­ś cā­ne­ka­maṃ­ḍa­la­bhe­dā­t sū­rya­ga­ti­bhe­dā- TAŚVA-ML 378,16d e­va ya­thā­ga­maṃ maṃ­ḍa­laṃ ya­thā­ga­ṇa­naṃ ca pra­tye­ta­vyā ta­thā do­ṣā­vṛ­ddhi­r hā­ni­ś ca yu­jya­te | ta­d e­te­na di­na­rā­tri­vṛ­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 378,17hā­ni­da­rśa­nā­d bhu­vo go­lā­kā­ra­tā­nu­mā­na­m a­pā­staṃ­, ta­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­vai­ka­lyā­d a­nya­thai­va ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­thā chā­yā TAŚVA-ML 378,18ma­ha­tī dū­re sū­rya­sya ga­ti­m a­nu­mā­pa­ya­ti aṃ­ti­ke '­ti­sva­lpāṃ na pu­na­r bhū­me­r go­la­kā­kā­ra­tā­m i­ti chā­yā­vṛ­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 378,19hā­ni­da­rśa­na­m a­pi sū­rya­ga­ti­bhe­da­ni­mi­tta­ka­m e­va | ma­dhyā­hne kva­ci­c chā­yā­vi­ra­he pi pa­ra­tra ta­dda­rśa­naṃ bhū­me­r go­lā­kā­ra­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 378,20ga­ma­ya­ti sa­ma­bhū­mau ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­dā­pi bhū­mi­ni­mna­tvo­nna­ta­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­mā­tra­syai­va ga­teḥ ta­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 378,21bha­ra­tai­rā­va­ta­yo­r dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t "­bha­ra­tai­rā­va­ta­yo­r vṛ­ddhi­hra­sau ṣa­ṭsa­ma­yā­bhyā­m u­tsa­rpi­ṇy a­va­sa­rpi­ṇī­bhyāṃ­" i­ti va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 378,22ta­nma­nu­ṣyā­ṇā­m u­tse­dhā­nu­bha­vā­yu­rā­di­bhi­r vṛ­ddhi­hrā­sau pra­ti­pā­di­tau na bhū­me­r a­pa­ra­pu­dga­lai­r i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, gau­ṇa­śa­bda­pra­yo- TAŚVA-ML 378,23gā­n mu­khya­sya gha­ṭa­nā­d a­nya­thā mu­khya­śa­bdā­rthā­ti­kra­me pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­t | te­na bha­ra­tai­rā­va­ta­yoḥ kṣe­tra­yo­r vṛ­ddhi­hrā­sau TAŚVA-ML 378,24mu­khya­taḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyau­, gu­ṇa­bhā­va­ta­s tu ta­tstha­ma­nu­ṣyā­ṇā­m i­ti ta­thā va­ca­naṃ sa­pha­la­tā­m a­stu te pra­tī­ti­ś cā­nu­llaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 378,25dhi­tā syā­t | sū­rya­sya gra­ho­pa­rā­go pi na bhū­go­la­chā­ya­yā yu­jya­te ta­nma­te bhū­go­la­syā­lpa­tvā­t sū­rya­go­la­sya TAŚVA-ML 378,26ta­cca­tu­rgu­ṇa­tvā­t ta­yā sa­rva­grā­sa­gra­ha­ṇa­vi­ro­dhā­t | e­te­na caṃ­dra­chā­ya­yā sū­rya­sya gra­ha­ṇa­m a­pā­staṃ caṃ­dra­ma­so pi ta­to TAŚVA-ML 378,27lpa­tvā­t kṣi­ti­go­la­ca­tu­rgu­ṇa­chā­yā­vṛ­ddhi­gha­ṭa­nā­c caṃ­dra­go­la­vṛ­ddhi­gu­ṇa­chā­yā­vṛ­ddhi­gu­ṇa­gha­ṭa­nā­d vā | ta­taḥ sa­rva­grā­se gra­ha­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 378,28m a­vi­ru­ddha­m e­ve­ti ce­t ku­ta­s ta­tra ta­thā ta­cchā­yā­vṛ­ddhiḥ | sū­rya­syā­ti­dū­ra­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, sa­ma­ta­la­bhū­mā­v a­pi ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 378,29e­va chā­yā­vṛ­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ka­thaṃ ca bhū­go­lā­de­r u­pa­ri sthi­te sū­rye ta­cchā­yā­prā­ptiḥ pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t ta­dā TAŚVA-ML 378,30chā­yā­vi­ra­ha­pra­si­ddhe­r ma­dhyaṃ­di­na­va­t ta­taḥ ti­rya­k sthi­te sū­rye ta­cchā­yā­prā­pti­r i­ti ce­n na­, go­lā­t pū­rva­di­kṣu sthi­te TAŚVA-ML 378,31ra­vau pa­ści­ma­di­ga­bhi­mu­kha­chā­yo­pa­pa­tte­s ta­tprā­ptya­yo­gā­t | sa­rva­dā ti­rya­g e­va sū­rya­gra­ha­ṇa­saṃ­pra­tya­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ma­dhyaṃ di­ne TAŚVA-ML 378,32sva­syo­pa­ri ta­tpra­tī­te­ś ca kṣi­ti­go­la­syā­dhaḥ­sthi­te bhā­nau caṃ­dre ca ta­cchā­ya­yā gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, rā­trā­v i­va TAŚVA-ML 378,33ta­da­da­rśa­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nu ca na ta­yā­va­ra­ṇa­rū­pa­yā bhū­myā­di­chā­ya­yā gra­ha­ṇa­m u­pa­ga­mya­te ta­dvi­dbhi­r ya­to '­yaṃ do­ṣaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 378,34kiṃ ta­rhi ? u­pa­rā­ga­rū­pa­yā caṃ­drā­dau bhū­myā­dyu­pa­rā­ga­sya caṃ­drā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yo­pa­ga­mā­t | spha­ṭi­kā­dau TAŚVA-ML 378,35ja­pā­ku­su­mā­dyu­pa­rā­ga­va­t ta­tra ta­du­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ka­ści­t ; so pi na sa­tya­vā­k­, ta­thā sa­ti sa­rva­dā gra­ha­ṇa­vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 379,01hā­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­t bhū­go­lā­t sa­rva­di­kṣu sthi­ta­sya caṃ­drā­de­s ta­du­pa­rā­go­pa­pa­tteḥ | ja­pā­ku­su­mā­deḥ sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ sthi­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 379,02spha­ṭi­kā­de­s ta­du­pa­rā­ga­va­t | na hi caṃ­drā­deḥ ka­syāṃ­ci­d a­pi di­śi ka­dā­ci­d a­vya­va­sthi­ti­r nā­ma bhū­go­la­sya ye­na TAŚVA-ML 379,03sa­rva­dā ta­du­pa­rā­go na bha­ve­t ta­sya ta­to ti­vi­pra­ka­rṣā­t ka­dā­ci­n na bha­va­ty e­va pra­tyā­sa­ttya­ti­de­śa­kā­la e­va ta­du- TAŚVA-ML 379,04pa­ga­mā­d i­ti ce­t­, ki­m i­dā­nīṃ sū­ryā­de­r bhra­ma­ṇa­mā­rga­bhe­do bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te ? bā­ḍha­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­ta i­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 379,05nā­nā­rā­śi­ṣu sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇaṃ pra­ti­rā­śi­mā­rga­sya ni­ya­mā­t pra­tyā­sa­nna­ta­ma­mā­rga­bhra­ma­ṇa e­va ta­dgha­ṭa­nā­t a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 379,06sa­rva­dā gra­ha­ṇa­pra­saṃ­ga­sya du­rni­vā­ra­tvā­t | pra­ti­rā­śi pra­ti­di­naṃ ca ta­nmā­rga­syā­pra­ti­ni­ya­mā­t sa­ma­rā­tra­di­va­sa­vṛ- TAŚVA-ML 379,07ddhi­hā­nyā­di­ni­ya­mā­bhā­vaḥ ku­to vi­ni­vā­rye­ta ? bhū­go­la­śa­kte­r i­ti ce­t­, u­kta­m a­tra sa­mā­yā­m a­pi bhū­mau TAŚVA-ML 379,08ta­ta e­va sa­ma­rā­trā­di­ni­ya­mo stv i­ti | ta­to na bhū­chā­ya­yā caṃ­dra­gra­ha­ṇaṃ caṃ­dra­chā­ya­yā vā sū­rya­gra­ha­ṇaṃ vi­cā­ra­sa­haṃ | TAŚVA-ML 379,09rā­hu­vi­mā­no­pa­rā­go tra caṃ­drā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­vya­va­hā­ra i­ti yu­kta­m u­tpa­śyā­maḥ sa­ka­la­bā­dha­ka­vi­ka­la­tvā­t | na hi rā­hu- TAŚVA-ML 379,10vi­mā­nā­ni sū­ryā­di­vi­mā­ne­bhyo lpā­ni śrū­yaṃ­te | a­ṣṭa­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­dyo­ja­nai­ka­ṣa­ṣṭi­bhā­ga­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhā­yā­mā­ni ta­ttri­gu­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 379,11sā­ti­r e­ka­pa­ri­dhī­ni ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­yo­ja­nai­ka­ṣa­ṣṭi­bhā­ga­bā­hu­lyā­ni sū­rya­vi­mā­nā­ni­, ta­thā ṣa­ṭpaṃ­cā­śa­dyo­ja­nai­ka­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 379,12ṣṭi­bhā­ga­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhā­yā­mā­ni ta­tri­gu­ṇa­sā­ti­r e­ka­pa­ri­dhī­nya­ṣṭā­viṃ­śa­ti­yo­ja­nai­ka­ṣa­ṣṭi­bhā­ga­bā­hu­lyā­ni caṃ­dra­vi­mā­nā­ni­, TAŚVA-ML 379,13ta­thai­ka­yo­ja­na­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhā­yā­mā­ni sā­ti­re­ka­yo­ja­na­tra­ya­pa­ri­dhī­nya­rdha­tṛ­tī­ya­dha­nu­s tu bā­hu­lyā­ni rā­hu­vi­mā­nā­nī­ti TAŚVA-ML 379,14śru­teḥ | ta­to na caṃ­dra­biṃ­ba­sya sū­rya­biṃ­ba­sya vā­rdha­gra­ho­pa­rā­go kuṃ­ṭha­vi­ṣā­ṇa­tva­da­rśa­naṃ vi­ru­dhya­te | nā­py a­nya­dā TAŚVA-ML 379,15tī­kṣṇa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­tva­da­rśa­naṃ vyā­ha­nya­te rā­hu­vi­mā­na­syā­ti­vṛ­tta­sya a­rdha­go­la­kā­kṛ­teḥ pa­ra­bhā­ge­no­pa­ra­kte sa­ma­vṛ­tte a­rdha- TAŚVA-ML 379,16go­la­kā­kṛ­tau sū­rya­biṃ­be caṃ­dra­biṃ­be tī­kṣṇa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­ta­yā pra­tī­ti­gha­ṭa­nā­t | sū­ryā­caṃ­dra­ma­sāṃ rā­hū­ṇāṃ ca ga­ti­bhe­dā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 379,17du­pa­rā­ga­bhe­da­saṃ­bha­vā­d gra­ha­yu­ddhā­di­va­t | ya­thai­va hi jyo­ti­rga­tiḥ si­ddhā ta­thā gra­ho­pa­rā­gā­diḥ si­ddha i­ti syā­dvā- TAŚVA-ML 379,18di­nāṃ da­rśa­naṃ na ca sū­ryā­di­vi­mā­na­sya rā­hu­vi­mā­ne­no­pa­rā­go '­saṃ­bhā­vyaḥ­, spha­ṭi­ka­sye­va sva­ccha­sya te­nā­si­te- TAŚVA-ML 379,19no­pa­rā­ga­gha­ṭa­nā­t | sva­ccha­tvaṃ pu­naḥ sū­ryā­di­vi­mā­nā­nāṃ ma­ṇi­ma­ya­tvā­t | ta­pta­ta­pa­nī­ya­sa­ma­pra­bhā­ṇi lo­hi­tā­kṣa­ma- TAŚVA-ML 379,20ṇi­ma­yā­ni sū­rya­vi­mā­nā­ni­, vi­ma­la­mṛ­ṇā­la­va­rṇā­ni caṃ­dra­vi­mā­nā­ni­, a­rka­ma­ṇi­ma­yā­ni aṃ­ja­na­sa­ma­pra­bhā­ṇi TAŚVA-ML 379,21rā­hu­vi­mā­nā­ni­, a­ri­ṣṭa­ma­ṇi­ma­yā­nī­ti pa­ra­mā­ga­m a­sa­dbhā­vā­t | śi­ro­mā­traṃ rā­huḥ sa­rpā­kā­ro ve­ti pra­vā­da­sya TAŚVA-ML 379,22mi­thyā­tvā­t te­na gra­ho­pa­rā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ va­rā­ha­mi­ha­rā­di­bhi­r a­py a­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ka­thaṃ pu­naḥ sū­ryā­diḥ ka­dā­ci­d rā­hu- TAŚVA-ML 379,23vi­mā­na­syā­rvā­gbhā­ge­na ma­ha­to­pa­ra­jya­mā­naḥ kuṃ­ṭha­vi­ṣā­ṇaḥ sa e­vā­nya­dā ta­syā­pa­ra­bhā­ge­nā­lpe­no­pa­ra­jya­mā­na­s tī- TAŚVA-ML 379,24kṣṇa­vi­ṣā­ṇaḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­dā­bhi­yo­gya­de­va­ga­ti­vi­śe­ṣā­t ta­dvi­mā­na­pa­ri­va­rta­no­pa­pa­tteḥ | ṣo­ḍa­śa­bhi­r de­va­sa­ha­srai- TAŚVA-ML 379,25r u­hyaṃ­te sū­rya­vi­mā­nā­ni pra­tye­kaṃ pū­rva­da­kṣi­ṇo­tta­rā­pa­ra­bhā­gā­t kra­me­ṇa siṃ­ha­kuṃ­ja­ra­vṛ­ṣa­bha­tu­raṃ­ga­rū­pā­ṇi vi­kṛ­tya TAŚVA-ML 379,26ca­tvā­ri ca­tvā­ri de­va­sa­ha­srā­ṇi va­haṃ­tī­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­thā caṃ­dra­vi­mā­nā­ni pra­tye­kaṃ ṣo­ḍa­śa­rbhi­r de­va­sa­ha­srai­r u­hyaṃ­te­, TAŚVA-ML 379,27ta­thai­va rā­hu­vi­mā­nā­ni pra­tye­kaṃ ca­tu­rbhi­r de­va­sa­ha­srai­r u­hyaṃ­te i­ti ca śru­teḥ | ta­dā­bhi­yo­gya­de­vā­nāṃ siṃ­hā­di­rū­pa­vi- TAŚVA-ML 379,28kā­ri­ṇāṃ ku­to ga­ti­bhe­da­s tā­dṛ­k i­ti ce­t­, sva­bhā­va­ta e­va pū­rvo­pā­tta­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­mi­tta­kā­d i­ti brū­maḥ | TAŚVA-ML 379,29sa­rve­ṣā­m e­va­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­syā­va­śyaṃ bhā­vi­tvā­d a­nya­thā sve­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ ta­tpra­ti­pā­da­ka­syā­ga­ma­syā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 379,30ka­sya sa­dbhā­vā­c ca | go­lā­kā­rā bhū­miḥ sa­ma­rā­trā­di­da­rśa­nā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ty e­ta­dbā­dha­ka­m ā­ga­ma­syā­sye­ti ce­t na­, a­tra TAŚVA-ML 379,31he­to­r a­pra­yo­ja­ka­tvā­t | sa­ma­rā­trā­di­da­rśa­naṃ hi ya­di ti­ṣṭha­dbhū­me­r go­lā­kā­ra­tā­yāṃ sā­dhyā­yāṃ he­tu­s ta­dā na pra­yo­ja­kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 379,32syā­t bhrā­mya­d bhū­me­r go­lā­kā­ra­tā­yā­m a­pi ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ | a­tha bhra­ma­dbhū­me­r go­lā­kā­ra­tā­yāṃ sā­dhyā­yāṃ­, ta­thā­py a­pra­yo- TAŚVA-ML 379,33ja­ko he­tu­s ti­ṣṭha­tbhū­go­lā­kā­ra­tā­yā­m a­pi ta­dgha­ṭa­nā­t | a­tha bhū­sā­mā­nya­sya go­lā­kā­ra­tā­yāṃ sā­dhyā­yāṃ he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 379,34s ta­thā­py a­ga­ma­ka­s ti­rya­ksū­ryā­di­bhra­ma­ṇa­vā­di­nā­m a­rdha­go­la­kā­kā­ra­tā­yā­m a­pi bhū­meḥ sā­dhyā­yāṃ ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­ma­ta- TAŚVA-ML 379,35lā­yā­m a­pi bhū­mau jyo­ti­r ga­ti­vi­śe­ṣā­t sa­ma­rā­trā­di­da­rśa­na­syo­pa­pā­di­ta­tvā­c ca | nā­taḥ sā­dhya­si­ddhiḥ kā­lā­tya­yā- TAŚVA-ML 380,01pa­di­ṣṭa­tvā­c ca | pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­pa­kṣa­ni­rde­śā­naṃ­ta­raṃ pra­yu­jya­mā­na­sya he­tu­tve ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to ne­da­m a­nu­mā­naṃ he­tvā­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 380,02so­tthaṃ bā­dha­kaṃ pra­kṛ­tā­ga­ma­sya ye­nā­smā­d e­ve­ṣṭa­si­ddhi­r na syā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 4.13.17jyo­tiḥ śā­stra­ma­to yu­ktaṃ nai­ta­tsyā­dvā­da­vi­dvi­ṣāṃ | saṃ­vā­da­ka­m a­ne­kāṃ­te sa­ti ta­sya pra­ti­ṣṭhi­te |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 380,04na hi kiṃ­ci­t sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­te jyo­tiḥ­śā­stre saṃ­vā­da­kaṃ vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te pra­tya­kṣā­di­va­t ni­tyā­dya­ne­kāṃ­ta­rū­pa­sya ta­dvi- TAŚVA-ML 380,05ṣa­ya­sya su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­t ta­sya dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭā­bhyāṃ bā­dha­nā­t | ta­taḥ syā­dvā­di­nā­m e­va ta­d yu­ktaṃ­, sa­tya- TAŚVA-ML 380,06ne­kāṃ­te ta­tpra­ti­ṣṭhā­nā­t ta­tra sa­rva­thā bā­dha­ka­vi­ra­hi­ta­ni­śca­yā­t |­| TA-ML 4.14 ta­tkṛ­taḥ kā­la­vi­bhā­gaḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 380,08kiṃ kṛ­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.14.1ye jyo­ti­ṣkāḥ smṛ­tā de­vā­s ta­tkṛ­to vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ | kṛ­taḥ kā­la­vi­bhā­go yaṃ sa­ma­yā­di­r na mu­khya­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.14.2ta­dvi­bhā­gā­t ta­thā mu­khyo nā­vi­bhā­gaḥ pra­si­ddhya­ti | vi­bhā­ga­ra­hi­te he­tau vi­bhā­go na pha­le kva­ci­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 380,11vi­bhā­ga­vā­n mu­khyaḥ kā­lo vi­bhā­ga­va­tpha­la­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t kṣi­tyā­di­va­t | sa­ma­yā­va­li­kā­di­vi­bhā­ga­va­dvya­va- TAŚVA-ML 380,12hā­ra­kā­la­la­kṣa­ṇa­pha­la­ni­mi­tta­tva­sya mu­khya­kā­le dha­rmi­ṇi pra­si­ddha­tvā­t nā­py ā­śra­yā­si­ddhaḥ­, sa­ka­la­kā­la­vā­di­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 380,13mu­khya­kā­le vi­vā­dā­bhā­vā­t ta­da­bhā­va­vā­di­nāṃ tu pra­ti­kṣe­pā­t | ga­ga­nā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko '­yaṃ he­tu­r i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 380,14ta­syā­pi vi­bhā­ga­va­da­va­gā­ha­nā­di­kā­ryo­tpa­ttau vi­bhā­ga­va­ta e­va ni­mi­tta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | na­nu ca ya­dy a­va­ya­va­bhe­do TAŚVA-ML 380,15vi­bhā­ga­s ta­dā nā­sau ga­ga­nā­dā­v a­sti ta­syai­ka­dra­vya­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | pa­ṭā­di­va­da­va­ya­vā­ra­bhya­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś ca | a­tha TAŚVA-ML 380,16pra­de­śa­va­to­pa­cā­ro vi­bhā­ga­s ta­dā kā­le py a­sti­, sa­rva­ga­tai­ka­kā­la­vā­di­nā­m ā­kā­śā­di­va­du­pa­ca­ri­ta­pra­de­śa­kā­la­sya TAŚVA-ML 380,17vi­bhā­ga­va­ttvo­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­thā ca ta­tsā­dha­ne si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m i­ti ka­ści­t­, pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta e­va ga­ga­nā­deḥ sa­pra­de­śa- TAŚVA-ML 380,18tva­ni­śca­yā­t ta­sya sa­rva­dā­va­sthi­ta­pra­de­śa­tvā­t e­ka­dra­vya­tvā­c ca | dvi­vi­dhā hy a­va­ya­vāḥ sa­dā­va­sthi­ta­va­pu­ṣo '­na­va- TAŚVA-ML 380,19sthi­ta­va­pu­ṣa­ś ca | gu­ṇa­va­t ta­tra sa­dā­va­sthi­ta­dra­vya­pra­de­śāḥ sa­dā­va­sthi­tā e­vā­nya­thā dra­vya­syā­na­va­sthi­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 380,20pa­ṭā­di­va­da­na­va­sthi­ta­dra­vya­pra­de­śā­s tu taṃ­tvā­da­yo '­na­va­sthi­tā­s te­ṣā­m a­va­sthi­ta­tve pa­ṭā­dī­nā­m a­va­sthi­ta­tvā­pa­tteḥ | kā­dā- TAŚVA-ML 380,21ci­tka­tva­sthe­ya­ta­yā­va­dhā­ri­tā­va­ya­va­tva­sya ca vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­tra ga­ga­naṃ dha­rmā­dha­rmai­ka­jī­vā­ś cā­va­sthi­ta­pra­de­śāḥ sa­rve TAŚVA-ML 380,22ya­to va­dhā­ri­ta­pra­de­śa­tve­na va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t pra­de­śa­pra­de­śi­bhā­va­sya ca te­ṣāṃ tai­r a­nā­di­tvā­t | ka­tha­m a­nā­dī­nāṃ ga­ga- TAŚVA-ML 380,23nā­di­ta­tpra­de­śā­nāṃ pra­de­śa­pra­de­śi­bhā­vaḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­pa­tha­pra­sthā­yī ? sā­dī­nā­m e­va taṃ­tu­pa­ṭā­dī­nāṃ ta­dbhā­va­da­rśa­nā­t i­ti TAŚVA-ML 380,24ce­t­, ka­tha­m i­dā­nīṃ ga­ga­nā­di ta­nma­ha­tvā­di­gu­ṇā­nā­m a­nā­di­ni­dha­nā­nāṃ gu­ṇa­gu­ṇi­bhā­vaḥ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaḥ si­ddhye­t ? TAŚVA-ML 380,25te­ṣāṃ gu­ṇa­gu­ṇi­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gā­t ta­thā­bhā­va i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ta­tpra­de­śā­nā­m a­pi pra­de­śi­pra­de­śa­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gā­t pra­de­śa- TAŚVA-ML 380,26pra­de­śi­bhā­vo stu | ya­thai­va hi gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vya­m i­ti ga­ga­nā­dī­nāṃ dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­sti ta­nma­ha­tvā­dī­nāṃ ca "­dra­vyā- TAŚVA-ML 380,27śri­tā ni­rgu­ṇā gu­ṇā­" i­ti gu­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­thā­va­ya­vā­nā­m e­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pra­de­śi­dra­vya­m i­ti pra­de­śi­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ga­ga- TAŚVA-ML 380,28nā­dī­nā­m a­va­yu­to '­va­ya­vaḥ pra­de­śa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­de­ka­de­śā­nā­m a­stī­ti yu­kta­s te­ṣāṃ pra­de­śa­pra­de­śi­bhā­vaḥ | kā­la­s tu nai­ka- TAŚVA-ML 380,29dra­vyaṃ ta­syā­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­dra­vya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­t | e­kai­ka­smiṃ­l lo­kā­kā­śa­pra­de­śe kā­lā­ṇo­r e­kai­ka­sya dra­vya­syā­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 380,30ya­syā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me ta­dde­śa­va­rti­dra­vya­syā­naṃ­ta­sya pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­de­r a­naṃ­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti dra­vya­to bhā­va­to vā vi­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 380,31ga­va­ttve sā­dhye kā­la­sya na si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ | nā­pi ga­ga­nā­di­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko he­tuḥ | kṣi­tyā­di­ni­da­rśa­naṃ sā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 380,32sā­dha­na­vi­ka­la­m i­ty a­pi na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ ta­tkā­rya­syāṃ­ku­rā­de­r vi­bhā­ga­va­taḥ pra­tī­teḥ­, kṣi­tyā­de­ś ca dra­vya­to bhā­va­ta­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 380,33vi­bhā­ga­tva­si­ddhe­r i­ti sū­ktaṃ "­vi­bhā­ga­ra­hi­te he­tau vi­bhā­go na pha­le kva­ci­t­" i­ti |­| TA-ML 4.15 ba­hi­ra­va­sthi­tāḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 381,02ki­m a­ne­na sū­tre­ṇa kṛ­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.15.1ba­hi­rma­nu­ṣya­lo­kāṃ­te va­sthi­tā i­ti sū­tra­taḥ | ta­trā­sa­n nā­vya­va­cche­daḥ prā­da­kṣi­ṇya­ma­ti kṣa­tiḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 381,04kṛ­te­ti śe­ṣaḥ | TAŚV-ML 4.15.2e­vaṃ sū­tra­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­j jyo­ti­ṣā­ma­ra­ciṃ­ta­naṃ | ni­vā­sā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa yu­ktaṃ bā­dha­vi­va­rja­nā­t |­| 2 |­| TA-ML 4.16 vai­mā­ni­kāḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 381,07svāṃ­s tu kṛ­ti­no vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa mā­na­yaṃ­tī­ti vi­mā­nā­ni te­ṣu bha­vā vai­mā­ni­kāḥ | pa­re pi vai­mā­ni­kāḥ syu­r e­va- TAŚVA-ML 381,08m i­ti ce­n na­, vai­mā­ni­ka­nā­m a­ka­rmo­da­ye sa­ti vai­mā­ni­kā i­ti va­ca­nā­t | te­na śre­ṇīṃ­dra­ka­pu­ṣpa­pra­kī­rṇa­ka­bhe­dā­t TAŚVA-ML 381,09tri­vi­dhe­ṣu vi­mā­ne­ṣu bha­vā de­vā vai­mā­ni­ka­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­yā­dvai­mā­ni­kā i­ty a­dhi­kṛ­tā ve­di­ta­vyāḥ |­| TA-ML 4.17 ka­lpo­pa­pa­nnāḥ ka­lpā­tī­tā­ś ca |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 381,11sau­dha­rmā­da­yo cyu­tāṃ­tāḥ ka­lpo­pa­pa­nnā iṃ­drā­di­da­śa­ta­ya­ka­lpa­nā­sa­dbhā­vā­t ka­lpo­pa­pa­nna­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­ya­va­śa­va­rti- TAŚVA-ML 381,12tvā­c ca na bha­va­na­vā­syā­da­ya­s te­ṣāṃ ta­da­bhā­vā­t | na­ca grai­ve­ya­kā na­vā­nu­di­śāḥ paṃ­cā­nu­tta­rā­ś ca ka­lpā­tī­tāḥ TAŚVA-ML 381,13ka­lpā­tī­ta­nā­m a­ka­rmo­da­ye sa­ti ka­lpā­tī­ta­tvā­t te­ṣā­m iṃ­drā­di­da­śa­ta­ya­ka­lpa­nā­vi­ra­hā­t sa­rve­ṣā­m a­ha­m iṃ­dra­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 4.17.1vai­mā­ni­kā vi­mā­ne­ṣu ni­vā­sā­d u­pa­va­rṇi­tāḥ | dvi­dhā ka­lpo­pa­pa­nnā­ś ca ka­lpā­tī­tā­ś ca te ma­tāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 381,15na vai­mā­ni­kā­s tri­dhā ca­tu­rdhā vā­nya­thā vā saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te dvi­vi­dhe­ṣv e­vā­nye­ṣā­m aṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t te ca ka­tha­m a­va­sthi­tāḥ­? |­| TA-ML 4.18 u­pa­ryu­pa­ri |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 381,17sā­mī­pye vo­pa­ryu­pa­rī­ti dvi­tvaṃ te­ṣā­m a­saṃ­khye­ya­yo­ja­nāṃ­ta­ra­tve pi tu­lya­jā­tī­ya­vya­va­dhā­nā­bhā­vā­t sā­mī­pyo- TAŚVA-ML 381,18pa­pa­tteḥ | ki­m a­tro­pa­ryu­pa­rī­ty a­ne­nā­bhi­saṃ­ba­dhya­te ? ka­lpā i­ty e­ke | ka­lpo­pa­pa­nnā i­ty a­tra ka­lpa­gra­ha­ṇa­syo­pa­sa­rja- TAŚVA-ML 381,19nī­bhū­ta­syā­pi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇe­nā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t | rā­ja­pu­ru­ṣo '­yaṃ­, ka­sya rā­jña i­ti ya­thā pra­tyā­sa­tte­r du­rvya­pe­kṣi­ta­tvā­d i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 381,20ta­n na bu­dhyā­ma­he­, vai­mā­ni­kā i­ty a­dhi­ka­rā­rthaṃ va­ca­na­m i­ty e­ta­sya vyā­ghā­tā­t | ya­thā hi vai­mā­ni­kā de­vāḥ ka­lpo- TAŚVA-ML 381,21pa­pa­nnāḥ ka­lpā­tī­tā­ś ce­ti saṃ­ba­dhya­te ta­tho­pa­ryu­pa­rī­ty a­pi ta e­ve­ti yu­ktaṃ | na hi de­vā e­va ni­rvi­śe­ṣa­ṇā TAŚVA-ML 381,22u­pa­ryu­pa­rī­ty u­cya­te ye­nā­ni­ṣṭa­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? ma­dhya­stheṃ­dra­ka­ti­rya­ga­va­sthi­ta­śre­ṇi­pra­kī­rṇa­ka­vi­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­ka­lpo- TAŚVA-ML 381,23pa­pa­nna­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­krāṃ­tāḥ ka­lpā­tī­ta­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­krāṃ­tā­ś ca ya­tho­pa­va­rṇi­ta­sa­nni­ve­śāḥ saṃ­ba­dhyaṃ­te | ta­thā ca ni­ra- TAŚVA-ML 381,24va­dyo ni­rde­śaḥ sa­rvā­ni­ṣṭa­ni­vṛ­tteḥ | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 4.18.1u­pa­ryu­pa­ri ta­ddhā­ma nā­dha­sti­rya­k ca ta­tsthi­tiḥ | ya­thā bha­va­na­vā­syā­di­de­vā­nā­m i­ti ni­rṇa­yaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 381,26na hi ya­thā bha­va­na­vā­si­no vyaṃ­ta­rā­ś cā­dha­sti­rya­k sa­ma­va­sthi­ta­yo jyo­ti­ṣkā­s ti­rya­k sthi­ta­ya­s ta­thā vai­mā- TAŚVA-ML 381,27ni­kā i­ṣyaṃ­te­, te­ṣā­m u­pa­ryu­pa­ri sa­ma­va­sthi­ta­tvā­t u­pa­ryu­pa­ri va­ca­ne­nai­va ni­rṇa­yā­t |­| TA-ML 4.19 sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­sā­na­tka­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­bra­hma­lo­ka­bra­hmo­tta­ra­lāṃ­ta­va­kā­pi­ṣṭha­śu­kra­ma­hā­śu- TA-ML 4.19 kra­sa­tā­ra­sa­ha­srā­re­ṣv ā­na­ta­prā­ṇa­ta­yo­r ā­ra­ṇā­cyu­ta­yo­r na­va­su grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣu TA-ML 4.19 vi­ja­ya­vai­ja­yaṃ­ta­ja­yaṃ­tā­pa­rā­ji­te­ṣu sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddha ca |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 381,31su­dha­rmā nā­ma sa­bhā sā­smi­nn a­stī­ti sau­dha­rmaḥ ka­lpaḥ '­ta­d a­smi­nn a­stī­tya­ṇ­' ta­tka­lpa­sā­ha­ca­ryā­diṃ­dro pi sau­dha­rmaḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 382,01ī­śā­no nā­meṃ­draḥ sva­bhā­va­taḥ ī­śā­no sya ni­vā­saḥ ka­lpa ai­śā­naḥ '­ta­sya ni­vā­saḥ­' i­tya­ṇ ta­tsā­ha­ca­ryā­diṃ- TAŚVA-ML 382,02dro py ai­śā­naḥ­, sa­na­tku­mā­ro nā­meṃ­draḥ sva­bhā­va­taḥ ta­sya ni­vā­saḥ ka­lpaḥ sā­na­tku­mā­raḥ ta­tsā­ha­ca­ryā­d iṃ­dro pi TAŚVA-ML 382,03sā­na­tku­mā­raḥ­, mā­heṃ­dro nā­meṃ­draḥ sva­bhā­va­taḥ ta­sya ni­vā­saḥ ka­lpo mā­heṃ­draḥ ta­tsā­ha­ca­ryā­diṃ­dro pi mā­heṃ­draḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 382,04bra­hma­nā­meṃ­draḥ ta­sya lo­ko bra­hma­lo­kaḥ ka­lpo bra­hmo­tta­ra­ś ca­, lāṃ­ta­vā­da­yo cyu­tāṃ­tā iṃ­drā­s ta­tsā­ha­ca­ryā­t ka­lpā a­pi TAŚVA-ML 382,05lāṃ­ta­vā­da­yaḥ­, iṃ­dra­lo­ka­pu­ru­ṣa­sya grī­vā­sthā­nī­ya­tvā­d grī­vāḥ grī­vā­su bha­vā­ni grai­ve­ya­kā­ṇi vi­mā­nā­ni ta­tsā­ha- TAŚVA-ML 382,06ca­ryā­diṃ­drā a­pi grai­ve­ya­kāḥ vi­ja­yā­dī­ni vi­mā­nā­ni pa­ra­mā­bhyu­da­ya­vi­ja­yā­d a­nva­rtha­saṃ­jñā­ni ta­tsā­ha­ca­ryā­d iṃ­drā TAŚVA-ML 382,07a­pi vi­ja­yā­di­nā­mā­naḥ sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ si­ddheḥ sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddhi­vi­mā­naṃ ta­tsā­ha­ca­ryā­diṃ­dro pi sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddhaḥ | ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 382,08pṛ­tha­ggra­ha­ṇaṃ dvaṃ­dve ka­rta­vye pi sthi­tyā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ | sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddha­sya hi sthi­ti­r u­tkṛ­ṣṭā ja­gha­nyā ca tra­ya- TAŚVA-ML 382,09striṃ­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­mā vi­ja­yā­di­bhyo ja­gha­nya­to dvā­triṃ­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­ma­sthi­ti­bhyo vi­śi­ṣṭā pra­bhā­va­ta­ś ca ta­to lpa­pra- TAŚVA-ML 382,10bhā­ve­bhyaḥ i­ti śrū­ya­te | grai­ve­ya­kā­ṇāṃ pṛ­tha­ggra­ha­ṇaṃ ka­lpā­tī­ta­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ­, na­va­śa­bda­syā­vṛ­tti­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­nu­di­śa­sū­ca- TAŚVA-ML 382,11nā­rthaṃ | di­śa ā­nu­pū­rvye­ṇā­nu­di­śaṃ vi­mā­nā­nī­ti pū­rva­pa­dā­rtha­pra­dhā­nā vṛ­ttiḥ di­kcha­bda­sya śa­ra­dā­di­tvā­t ā­kā­rāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 382,12ta­sya vā­di­śā­śa­bda­sya bhā­vā­t ta­tsā­ha­ca­ryā­d iṃ­drā a­py a­nu­di­śā­s te ca na­va saṃ­ti grai­ve­ya­kā­ṇā­m u­pa­rī­ti śra­va­ṇā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 382,13na­nu ca sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­yoḥ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­py u­pa­ri­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­d a­vyā­pa­ka­to­pa­ri­bhā­va­sya syā­d i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.19.1sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­yo­r de­vā jyo­ti­ṣā­mu­pa­ri sthi­tāḥ | no­pa­ryu­pa­ri­bhā­va­sya te­nā­vyā­pa­ka­tā bha­ve­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 382,15ku­taḥ pu­na­r dva­yo­r dva­yo­r u­pa­ryu­pa­ri­bhā­vaḥ prā­ggrai­ve­ya­ke­bhya e­ve­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.19.2sau­dha­rme­tyā­di­sū­tre ca dvaṃ­dva­vṛ­tti­r vi­bhā­vya­te | sau­dha­rmā­di­vi­mā­nā­nā­m u­pa­ryu­pa­ri nā­nya­thā |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.19.3ā­na­ta­prā­ṇa­ta­dvaṃ­dva­mā­ra­ṇā­cyu­ta­yo­r i­ti | sū­ca­nā­d aṃ­ta­śaḥ sā ca ka­lpe­ṣv e­vai­ka­śa­s ta­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.19.4grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣu na­va­su na­va­sva­nu­di­śe­ṣv i­yaṃ | ta­to nu­tta­ra­saṃ­jñā­nāṃ paṃ­cā­nāṃ se­ṣya­te rtha­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 382,19sau­dha­rme­tyā­di­sū­tre ni­rdi­ṣṭā­nāṃ sau­dha­rme­śā­nā­dī­nāṃ śre­ṇīṃ­dra­ka­pra­kī­rṇa­kā­tma­ka­pa­ṭa­la­bhā­vā­pa­nnā­nāṃ vi­mā­nā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 382,20m u­pa­ryu­pa­ri dvaṃ­dva­va­rta­naṃ vi­bhā­vya­te ā­na­ta­prā­ṇa­ta­dvaṃ­dva­m a­naṃ­ta­mā­ra­ṇā­cyu­ta­yo­r i­ti sū­ca­nā­d a­nyā­vṛ­ttya­ka­ra­ṇe pra­yo- TAŚVA-ML 382,21ja­nā­bhā­vā­t | ta­c ca dvaṃ­dva­va­rta­naṃ ka­lpe­ṣv e­va vi­bhā­vya­te | ta­daṃ­te vṛ­ttya­ka­ra­ṇā­t prā­g e­va sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­yoḥ sā­na- TAŚVA-ML 382,22tku­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­yo­r i­ty a­vṛ­tya­ka­ra­ṇā­t | ta­ta e­va na­va­su grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣv e­ka­śo va­rta­naṃ vi­bhā­vya­te | na­va­sva­nu­di­śe­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 382,23ca ta­tra di­gvi­di­gva­rtye­kai­ka­vi­mā­na­ma­dhya­ga­syeṃ­dra­ka­vi­mā­na­syai­ka­tvā­t | ta­ta e­vā­nu­tta­ra­saṃ­jñā­nāṃ paṃ­cā­nā­m e­ka­śo TAŚVA-ML 382,24va­rta­naṃ vi­bhā­vya­te di­gva­ka­rtye­kai­ka­vi­bhā­na­ma­dhya­ga­syeṃ­dra­ka­sya sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddha­syai­ka­tvā­t | a­rtha­ta­ś cai­vaṃ vi­bhā­vya­te a­nya- TAŚVA-ML 382,25tho­kta­ni­rde­śa­kra­ma­sya pra­yo­ja­nā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 382,26te ca sū­tri­te­ṣu sau­dha­rmā­di­ṣu ka­lpe­ṣu ka­lpā­tī­te­ṣu ca vai­mā­ni­kā de­vāḥ­ —TA-ML 4.20 sthi­ti­pra­bhā­va­su­kha­dyu­ti­le­śyā­vi­śu­ddhīṃ­dri­yā­va­dhi­vi­ṣa­ya­to dhi­kāḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 382,28svo­pā­ttā­yu­ṣa u­da­yā­t ta­smi­n bha­ve te­na śa­rī­re­ṇā­va­sthā­naṃ sthi­tiḥ­, śā­pā­nu­gra­ha­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ pra­bhā­vaḥ­, sa­dve­dyo­da­ye TAŚVA-ML 382,29sa­tī­ṣṭa­vi­ṣa­yā­nu­bha­va­naṃ su­khaṃ­, śa­rī­ra­va­sa­nā­bha­ra­ṇā­di­dī­pti­r dyu­tiḥ­, ka­ṣā­yā­nu­raṃ­ji­tā yo­ga­pra­vṛ­tti­r le­śyo­ktā ta­syā TAŚVA-ML 382,30vi­śu­ddhi­r le­śyā­vi­śu­ddhiḥ­, iṃ­dri­ya­syā­va­dhe­ś ca vi­ṣa­yo go­ca­raḥ pra­tye­yaḥ­, vi­ṣa­ya­śa­bda­syeṃ­dri­yā­va­dhi­bhyāṃ pra­tye­ka­m a- TAŚVA-ML 382,31bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t a­nya­tho­pa­ryu­pa­ri de­vā­nā­m iṃ­dri­yā­di­vṛ­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhā­pa­tteḥ | sthi­tyā­dī­nāṃ dvaṃ­dve TAŚVA-ML 382,32sthi­ti­śa­bda­syā­dau gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­tpū­rva­ka­tvā­t pra­bhā­vā­dī­nāṃ | te­bhya­s ta­taḥ i­ty a­tro­pā­dā­ne '­hī­ya­ra­ho­ri­ta­siḥ tai­r vā TAŚVA-ML 382,33ta­ta­s ta­si pra­ka­ra­ṇe ā­ṭyā­di­bhya u­pa­saṃ­khyā­na­m i­ti­' ta­siḥ | u­pa­ryu­pa­ri vai­mā­ni­kā i­ti cā­nu­va­rta­te te­nai- TAŚVA-ML 382,34va­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ kri­ya­te u­pa­ryu­pa­ri vai­mā­ni­kāḥ pra­ti­ka­lpaṃ pra­ti­pra­stā­raṃ ca sthi­tyā­di­bhi­r a­dhi­kā i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 383,01ku­ta­s te ta­thā si­ddhā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.20.1sa­pta­bhi­s te ta­thā jñe­yāḥ sthi­tyā­di­bhi­r a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ | te­ṣā­m i­ha ma­nu­ṣyā­dau tā­ra­ta­mya­sya da­rśa­nā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 383,03ma­nu­ṣyā­dau sthi­te­s tā­va­ttā­ra­ta­mya­sya da­rśa­nā­d de­vā­nā­m u­pa­ryu­pa­ri sthi­tyā­dhi­kyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ saṃ­bhā­vya­te | ye­ṣā­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 383,04sa­mā­nā sthi­tiḥ te­ṣā­m a­pi gu­ṇa­to dhi­ka­tva­si­ddheḥ pra­bhā­va­sya tā­ra­ta­mya­da­rśa­naṃ te­nā­dhi­kaṃ | yaḥ pra­bhā­vaḥ sau­dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 383,05ka­lpe ni­gra­hā­nu­gra­ha­ṇa­pa­rā­bhi­yo­gā­di­ṣu ta­da­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇa­tvā­d u­pa­ryu­pa­ri de­vā­nāṃ ke­va­laṃ maṃ­dā­bhi­mā­na­ta­yā­lpa­saṃ­kle­śa­ta­yā TAŚVA-ML 383,06ca na pra­va­rta­naṃ | e­va­m i­ha su­kha­sya tā­ra­ta­mya­da­rśa­nā­t te­ṣāṃ su­khe­nā­dhi­kyaṃ | dyu­tyā tā­ra­ta­mya­da­rśa­nā­d i­ti dyu­tyā- TAŚVA-ML 383,07dhi­kyaṃ | le­śyā­vi­śu­ddhe­s tā­ra­ta­mya­da­rśa­nā­t ta­yā­dhi­kyaṃ­, sa­mā­na­le­śyā­nā­m a­pi ka­rma­vi­śu­ddhya­dhi­ka­tva­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 383,08iṃ­dri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­sya tā­ra­ta­mya­da­rśa­nā­d iṃ­dri­ya­vi­ṣa­ye­ṇā­dhi­kyaṃ | ta­dva­da­va­dhi­vi­ṣa­ye­ṇa ta­thā saṃ­bhā­va­nā­yāṃ bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 383,09ga­tyā­di­bhi­r a­dhi­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­ge ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 4.21 ga­ti­śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­gra­hā­bhi­mā­na­to hī­nāḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 383,11u­bha­ya­ni­mi­tta­va­śā­d de­śāṃ­ta­ra­prā­pti­ni­mi­ttaḥ kā­ya­pa­ri­spaṃ­do ga­tiḥ­, śa­rī­ra­m i­ha vai­kri­yi­ka­m u­kta­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ grā­hyaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 383,12lo­bha­ka­ṣā­yo­da­yā­n mū­rchā pa­ri­gra­ho va­kṣya­mā­ṇaḥ­, mā­na­ka­ṣā­yo­da­yā­t pra­ti­yo­ge­ṣv a­pra­ṇa­ti­pa­ri­ṇā­mo '­bhi­mā­naḥ | TAŚVA-ML 383,13ga­ti­śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­gra­hā­bhi­mā­nai­r ga­ti­śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­gra­hā­bhi­mā­na­taḥ u­pa­ryu­pa­ri vai­mā­ni­kāḥ pra­ti­ka­lpaṃ pra­ti­pra­stā­raṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 383,14hī­nāḥ pra­tye­ta­vyāḥ |­| ku­ta­s te ta­the­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.21.1u­pa­ryu­pa­ri te hī­nā ga­tyā­di­bhi­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­pra­ka­rṣa­sya pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 383,16ga­tyā tā­va­d u­pa­ryu­pa­ri hī­nā de­vā­s ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­sya vi­ṣa­yā­bhi­ṣv aṃ­go­dre­ka­sya hī­na­tvā­t ta­thā pa­ri­ṇā­me­no­tpa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 383,17śa­rī­re­ṇā­pi hī­nā­s ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­sya pra­vṛ­ddha­śa­rī­ra­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­ya­sya hī­na­tvā­t | sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­yo­r de­vā­nāṃ śa­rī­raṃ sa­pta- TAŚVA-ML 383,18ra­tni­pra­mā­ṇaṃ­, sā­na­tku­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­yo­r a­ra­tni­hī­naṃ­, ta­to py a­ra­tni­hī­naṃ kā­pi­ṣṭāṃ­te­ṣu­, ta­to pi sa­ha­srā­rāṃ­te­ṣv a­ra­tni­hī­naṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 383,19ta­to py ā­na­ta­prā­ṇa­ta­yo­r a­rdha­ra­tni­hī­naṃ­, ta­to py ā­ra­ṇā­cyu­ta­yoḥ­, ta­to py a­dho­grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣu­, ta­to ma­dhya­grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣu­, ta­to TAŚVA-ML 383,20py u­pa­ri grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣv a­nu­di­śa­vi­mā­ne­ṣu ca­, ta­to nu­tta­re­ṣu ta­trā­ra­tni­mā­tra­tvā­d de­va­śa­rī­ra­sye­ti hi śru­tiḥ | pa­ri­gra­he- TAŚVA-ML 383,21ṇā­pi vi­mā­na­pa­ri­vā­rā­di­la­kṣa­ṇe­na hī­nāḥ ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­sya pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­syā­bhā­vā­t | sau­dha­rmā­di­ṣu hi de­vā­nā­m u­pa­ryu­pa­ri TAŚVA-ML 383,22nā­ma­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣo lpā­lpa­ta­rā­lpa­ta­ma­vi­mā­na­pa­ri­vā­ra­he­tu­r aṃ­ta­raṃ­go ba­hi­raṃ­ga­s tu kṣe­tra­vi­śe­ṣā­di­r i­ti kā­ra­ṇā­pa­ka­rṣa- TAŚVA-ML 383,23tā­ra­ta­myā­t kā­ryā­pa­ka­rṣa­tā­ra­ta­myā si­ddhiḥ | ku­to bhi­mā­ne­na hī­nā­s te ? ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­pra­ka­rṣa­syā­bhā­vā­d e­va | kiṃ pu­na­r a- TAŚVA-ML 383,24bhi­mā­na­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ? śa­rī­ri­ṇā­ma­pra­ta­nu­ka­ṣā­ya­tvaṃ ma­na­saḥ saṃ­kle­śo va­dhi­śu­ddhi­vi­ra­hā­d a­ta­ttvā­va­lo­ka­na­m a­saṃ­ve­ga­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 383,25ta­sya hā­ni­tā­ra­ta­myā­d u­pa­ryu­pa­ri de­vā­nā­m a­bhi­mā­na­hā­ni­tā­ra­ta­myaṃ ta­t pu­na­r a­bhi­mā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­sya hā­ni­tā­ra­ta­myaṃ ta­tpra- TAŚVA-ML 383,26ti­pa­kṣa­bhū­tā­nā­m a­ta­nu­ka­ṣā­ya­tvā­lpa­saṃ­kle­śā­va­dhi­vi­śu­ddhi­ta­ttvā­va­lo­ka­na­saṃ­ve­ga­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­dhi­kyā­nāṃ tā­ra­ta­myā­d u­pa­pa­dya­te TAŚVA-ML 383,27pū­rva­ja­nmo­pā­tta­vi­śu­ddhā­dhya­va­sā­ya­pra­ka­rṣa­tā­ra­ta­myā­d u­pa­ryu­pa­ri te­ṣā­m u­pa­pā­da­sya gha­ṭa­nā­c ca |­| ka­thaṃ pu­na­r u­pa­ryu­pa­ri­bhā­vo TAŚVA-ML 383,28vai­mā­ni­kā­nāṃ saṃ­ga­ccha­ta i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.21.2sthi­tyā­di­bhi­s ta­thā­dhi­kya­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | no­pa­ryu­pa­ri­bhā­va­sya te­ṣāṃ saṃ­ke­ti­saṃ­ga­tiḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 383,30pū­rva­ja­nma­bhā­vi­sva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­śu­ddhi­tā­ra­ta­myo­pā­tta­śu­bha­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ka­rṣa­tā­ra­ta­myā­t sthi­tyā­di­bhi­r ā­dhi­kyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 383,31tā­va­d vai­mā­ni­kā­nāṃ sū­tri­taṃ sa­rva­thā bā­dha­ka­vi­dhu­ra­tvā­t ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā ca te­ṣā­m u­pa­ryu­pa­ri­bhā­va­sya saṃ­ga­tiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 383,32pū­rva­ja­nma­bhā­vi­sva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­śu­ddhi­tā­ra­ta­myo­pā­tta­śu­bha­ka­rma­tā­ra­ta­myā­t sthi­tyā­di­bhi­r ā­dhi­kya­sya da­rśa­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 383,33kṣī­ṇā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­dā­dhi­kya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya te­ṣā­m u­pa­ryu­pa­ri­bhā­ve­nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 384,01a­thā­dye­ṣu tri­ṣu ni­kā­ye­ṣu le­śyā­vi­dhā­na­m u­ktaṃ vai­mā­ni­ka­ni­kā­ye saṃ­pra­tyu­cya­te­;­ —TA-ML 4.22 pī­ta­pa­dma­śu­kla­le­śyā dvi­tri­śe­ṣe­ṣu |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 384,03na­nu ca pū­rva­m e­ta­dva­kta­vyaṃ ta­tra pu­na­r le­śyā­bhā­vā­t sū­tra­sya lā­gha­vo­pa­pa­tteḥ ā­di­ta­s tri­ṣu pī­tāṃ­ta­le­śyāḥ ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 384,04pī­ta­pa­dma­śu­klā dvi­tri­śe­ṣe­ṣv i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t­, ta­tra sai­dha­rmā­di­gra­ha­ṇe sū­tra­gau­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­d a­gra­ha­ṇe bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 384,05saṃ­kṣe­pā­rtha­m i­hai­va va­ca­no­pa­pa­tteḥ | pī­ta­pa­dma­śu­klā­nāṃ dvaṃ­dve pī­ta­pa­dma­yo­r u­tta­ra­pa­di­kaṃ hra­sva­tvaṃ dru­tā­pā­tta­pa­ra­ka­ra­ṇā­n ma- TAŚVA-ML 384,06dhya­ma­vi­ḍaṃ­bi­ta­yo­r u­pa­saṃ­khyā­na­m i­ty ā­cā­rya­va­ca­na­da­rśa­nā­t ma­dhya­mā­śa­bda­sya vi­ḍaṃ­bi­to­tta­ra­pa­de dvaṃ­dve pi hra­sva­tva­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 384,07ta­taḥ pī­ta­pa­dma­śu­kla­le­śyāḥ ye­ṣāṃ de­vā­nāṃ te pī­ta­pa­dma­śu­kla­le­śyā i­ti dvaṃ­dva­pū­rvā­ny a­pa­dā­rthā vṛ­ttiḥ | dvi­tri­śe- TAŚVA-ML 384,08ṣe­ṣv i­ty a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­ni­rde­śā­d dva­yā­di­vi­ka­lpā­dī­nā­m ā­dhā­ra­tva­si­ddheḥ |­| ka­thaṃ pu­naḥ pī­tā­da­yo le­śyā­s ta­dā­dhe­yā­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 384,09de­vā­nāṃ vi­jñe­yā i­ty ā­ve­dya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.22.1le­śyāḥ pī­tā­da­ya­s te­ṣāṃ sū­tra­vā­kya­pra­bhe­da­taḥ | pra­tye­ta­vyāḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na ya­thā­ga­ma­m a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 384,11dva­yoḥ sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­yoḥ sā­na­tku­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­yo­ś ca pī­ta­le­śyāḥ dva­yo­r bra­hma­lāṃ­ta­va­ka­lpa­yoḥ śu­kla­sa­tā­ra­ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 384,12yo­ś ca pa­dma­le­śyāḥ­, dva­yo­r ā­na­ta­prā­ṇa­ta­yo­r ā­ra­ṇā­cyu­ta­yo­ś ca śu­kla­le­śyāḥ­, tri­ṣv a­dho­grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣu tri­ṣu ma­dhya­ma­grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 384,13tri­ṣū­pa­ri­grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣu ca śu­kla­le­śyāḥ | śe­ṣe­ṣv a­nu­di­śe­ṣu paṃ­ca­sv a­nu­tta­re­ṣu ca śu­kla­le­śyā i­ti sū­tra­vā­kya­pra­bhe­da­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 384,14pra­tye­ta­vyāḥ | ca­tuḥ­śe­ṣe­ṣv i­ti va­kta­vyaṃ spa­ṣṭā­rtha­m i­ti ce­t na­, a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ca­tu­rṣu mā­heṃ­drāṃ­te­ṣu pī­tā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 384,15pra­saṃ­gā­t­, ca­tu­rṣu ca sa­ha­srāṃ­te­ṣu ka­lpe­ṣu pa­dmā­yāḥ pra­sa­kteḥ śe­ṣe­ṣu cā­na­tā­di­ṣu śu­kla­le­śyā­yāḥ sa­ma­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t TAŚVA-ML 384,16ta­thā­cā­rya­vi­ro­dhaḥ syā­t | ta­tra hi sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­yoḥ de­vā­nāṃ pī­tā le­śye­ṣya­te­, sā­na­tku­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­yoḥ pī­ta- TAŚVA-ML 384,17pa­dmā­, ta­taḥ kā­pi­ṣṭāṃ­te­ṣu pa­dmā­, ta­taḥ sa­ha­srā­rāṃ­te­ṣu pa­dma­śu­klā­, ta­to '­cyu­tāṃ­te­ṣu śu­klā­, ta­taḥ śe­ṣe­ṣu pa­ra­ma- TAŚVA-ML 384,18śu­kle­ti | ka­thaṃ sū­tre­ṇā­na­bhi­hi­to­yaṃ vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­tī­ya­te ? | pī­tā­gra­ha­ṇe­na pī­ta­pa­dma­yoḥ saṃ­gra­hā­t pa­dmā­gra­ha­ṇe­na TAŚVA-ML 384,19pa­dma­śu­kla­yoḥ i­ty ā­huḥ | ka­thaṃ ? ta­thā lo­ke śa­bda­vya­va­hā­ra­da­rśa­nā­t | cha­tri­ṇo ga­cchaṃ­tī­ti ya­thā cha­tri­sa­ha­ca­ri- TAŚVA-ML 384,20tā­nā­m a­cha­tri­ṇā­m a­pi cha­tri­vya­pa­de­śā­t | pā­ṭhāṃ­ta­re pi ya­thā vyā­khyā­nā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, a­ni­ṣṭa­śaṃ­kā­ni- TAŚVA-ML 384,21vṛ­ttya­rtha­tvā­t | dvi­tre­śe­ṣe­ṣv i­ti pā­ṭha­sya ca­tuḥ­śe­ṣe­ṣv i­ti tu pā­ṭhe ca­tu­rṇāṃ ca­tu­rṇā­m u­pa­ryu­pa­ri­bhā­ve '­ni­ṣṭaḥ śa­kye­ta TAŚVA-ML 384,22ta­nni­vṛ­tti­r ya­thā­nyā­sa­va­ca­ne kṛ­tā bha­va­ti | ya­thā­saṃ­khya­pra­saṃ­gā­d a­trā­py a­ni­ṣṭa­m i­ti ce­n na­, dvyā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m aṃ­ta­rnī­ta- TAŚVA-ML 384,23vī­psā­rtha­tvā­d dvi­bho­ja­nā­di­va­t | di­ne di­ne dvi­bho­ja­ne ya­sya sa dvi­bho­ja­na i­tyā­da­yo ya­thā­nta­rnī­ta­vī­psā­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 384,24s ta­tho­pa­ryu­pa­ri dva­yo­r dva­yo­s tri­ṣu śe­ṣe­ṣu śe­ṣe­ṣv i­ty aṃ­ta­rnī­ta­vī­psā­rthā dvyā­di­śa­bdā i­ha vyā­khyā­yaṃ­te­, ta­to na ya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 384,25saṃ­khya­pra­saṃ­go vā­kya­bhe­dā­d vyā­khyā­nā­c ca | pī­ta­mi­śra­pa­dma­mi­śra­pa­dma­śu­kla­le­śyā dvi­dvi­ca­tuḥ­śe­ṣe­ṣv i­ti pā­ṭhāṃ­ta­ra­m a­nye TAŚVA-ML 384,26ma­nyaṃ­te­, ta­tra sū­tra­gau­ra­vaṃ ta­da­va­sthaṃ | a­tha­vā­stu ya­thā­saṃ­khya­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­sthā­pi nā­ni­ṣṭa­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | ka­thaṃ ? dva­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 384,27yu­ga­la­yoḥ pī­ta­le­śyā­, sā­na­tku­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­yoḥ pa­dma­le­śyā­yāḥ a­vi­va­kṣā­taḥ bra­hma­lo­kā­di­ṣu tri­ṣu ka­lpa­yu­ga­le­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 384,28pa­dma­le­śyā śe­ṣe­ṣu sa­ttā­rā­di­ṣu śu­kla­le­śyā pa­dma­le­śyā­yā a­vi­va­kṣā­taḥ i­ty u­ktau a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t | ta­to na TAŚVA-ML 384,29ka­ści­d ā­rṣa­vi­ro­dhaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.2le­śyā ni­rde­śa­taḥ sā­dhyā kṛ­ṣṇe­tyā­di­sva­rū­pa­taḥ | va­rṇa­to bhra­ma­rā­dī­nāṃ chā­yāṃ bi­bhra­ti bā­hya­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.3a­naṃ­ta­bhe­da­mā­sāṃ syā­d va­rṇāṃ­ta­ra­m a­pi sphu­ṭaṃ | e­ka­dvi­tri­ka­saṃ­khyā­di­kṛ­ṣṇā­di­gu­ṇa­yo­ga­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.4ta­thāṃ­taḥ­pa­ri­ṇā­me­na sā­dhya­jī­va­sya ta­ttva­taḥ | sa cā­saṃ­khyā­ta­lo­kā­tma­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­kaḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.5ta­tka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­sthā­ne­ṣv i­ya­tsū­tkṛ­ṣṭa­m a­dhya­ma­– | ja­gha­nyā­tma­ka­rū­pe­ṣu kle­śa­hā­nyā ni­va­rta­nā­t |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.6kṛ­ṣṇā­da­yo '­śu­bhā­s ti­sro vi­va­rtaṃ­te śa­rī­ri­ṇaḥ | ja­gha­nya­ma­dhya­mo­tkṛ­ṣṭe­ṣv aṃ­śāṃ­śe­ṣu vi­vṛ­ddhi­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.7vi­śu­ddhe­r u­tta­rā­s ti­sraḥ śu­bhā e­vaṃ vi­pa­rya­yā­t | vi­śu­ddhi­hā­nyā saṃ­kle­śa­vṛ­ddhyā cai­va śu­bhe­ta­rāḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.8e­kai­kā cā­py a­saṃ­khye­ya­lo­kā­tmā vya­va­sā­ya­bhṛ­t | le­śyā­vi­śe­ṣa­to jñe­yāḥ ka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.9ta­thā saṃ­kra­ma­taḥ sā­dhyā le­śyāḥ kle­śa­vi­śu­ddhi­jā­t | kli­śya­mā­na­sya kṛ­ṣṇā­yāṃ na le­śyāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­kra­maḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.10ta­syā­m e­va tu ṣa­ṭsthā­na­pa­ti­te­na vi­va­rdha­te | hī­ya­te ca pu­mā­n e­ṣa saṃ­kra­me­ṇa ni­ja­kra­mā­t |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.11kṛ­ṣṇā prā­tha­mi­ka­kle­śa­sthā­nā­d dhi pa­ri­va­rdha­te | saṃ­khye­yā­d a­py a­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­ga­taḥ sva­ni­mi­tta­taḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.12saṃ­khye­yā­di­gu­ṇā­d vā­pi nā­nya­the­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | le­śyāṃ­ta­ra­sya kṛ­ṣṇā­to '­śu­bha­syā­nya­sya bā­dha­nā­t |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.13ta­tkṛ­ṣṇa­le­śya­taḥ sthā­nā­ddhī­ya­mā­no vi­hī­ya­te | kṛ­ṣṇā­yā­m e­va nā­nya­syāṃ le­śyā­yāṃ he­tva­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.14sā­dya­naṃ­tā­di­bhā­gā­d vā saṃ­khyā­tā­di­gu­ṇā­t ta­thā | hī­ya­te nā­nya­thā sthā­na­ṣa­ṭka­saṃ­kra­ma­to su­bhṛ­t |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.15ya­dā­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇā hā­niḥ kṛ­ṣṇā­yāḥ saṃ­kra­ma­s ta­dā | nī­lā­yā u­tta­ma­sthā­ne ta­lle­śyāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­kra­maḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.16e­vaṃ vi­śu­ddhi­vṛ­ddhau syā­c chu­kla­le­śya­sya saṃ­kra­maḥ | śu­klā­yā­m e­va nā­nya­tra le­śyā e­vā­va­sā­na­taḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.17ta­thā vi­śu­ddhi­hā­nyāṃ syā­t ta­lle­śyāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­kra­maḥ | a­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇa­hā­nyai­va nā­nya­hā­nyā ka­dā­ca­na |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.18ma­dhye le­śyā­ca­tu­ṣka­sya śu­ddhi­saṃ­kle­śa­yo­r nṛ­ṇāṃ | hā­nau vṛ­ddhau ca vi­jñe­ya­s te­ṣāṃ sva­pa­ra­saṃ­kra­maḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.19ta­thai­va ka­rma­to le­śyāḥ sā­dhyāḥ ṣa­ḍ a­pi bhe­da­taḥ | pha­la­la­kṣa­ṇa­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­ttva­ve­di­bhiḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.20ā­dyā tu skaṃ­dha­bhe­de­cchā vi­ṭa­pa­cche­da­śe­mu­pī | pa­rā ca śā­khā­che­dī­cchā­d a­nu­śā­kha­chi­dai­ṣa­ṇā |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.21piṃ­ḍi­kā­che­da­ne­cchā na sva­yaṃ pa­ti­ta­mā­tra­ka | pha­lā­di­tsā ca kṛ­ṣṇā­di­le­śyā­nāṃ bha­kṣa­ṇe­ccha­yā |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.22ta­thā la­kṣa­ṇa­to le­śyāḥ sā­dhyāḥ si­ddhāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | pa­rā­n a­nu­bha­yā­diḥ syā­t kṛ­ṣṇā­yā­s ta­tra la­kṣa­ṇaḥ |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.23a­la­syā­di­s tu nī­lā­yā mā­tsa­ryā­diḥ pu­naḥ sphu­ṭaṃ | kā­po­tyā dṛ­ḍha­mai­tryā­diḥ pī­tā­yāḥ sa­tya­vā­di­tā |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.24pra­bhṛ­ti pa­dma­le­śyā­yāḥ śu­klā­yāḥ pra­śa­mā­di­kaṃ | ga­tyā le­śyā­s ta­thā jñe­yāḥ prā­ṇi­nāṃ ba­hu­bhe­da­yā |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.25pra­tyaṃ­śa­kaṃ sa­mā­khyā­tāḥ ṣa­ṅviṃ­śa­ti­r i­hāṃ­śa­kāḥ | ta­trā­ṣṭau ma­dhya­mā­s tā­va­d ā­yu­ṣo baṃ­dha­he­ta­vaḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.26ā­rṣo­pa­de­śa­taḥ si­ddhāḥ śe­ṣā­s tu ga­ti­he­ta­vaḥ | pu­ṇya­pā­pa­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m u­pa­cā­ra­ta­yā hi te |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.27bha­vā­yu­rga­ti­bhe­dā­nāṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ nā­ma­bhe­da­va­t | śu­klo­tkṛ­ṣṭāṃ­śa­kā­d ā­tmā bha­ve­t sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddhi­gaḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.28kṛ­ṣṇo­tkṛ­ṣṭāṃ­śa­kā­t tu syā­d a­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­na­gā­my a­sau | śe­ṣāṃ­śa­ka­va­śā­n nā­nā­ga­ti­bhā­g a­va­ga­mya­tā­m |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.29ya­thā­ga­maṃ pra­paṃ­ce­na vi­dyā­naṃ­da­ma­ho­da­yā | svā­mi­tve­na ta­thā sā­dhyā le­śyā sā­dha­na­to pi ca |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.22.30saṃ­khyā­taḥ kṣe­tra­ta­ś cā­pi spa­rśa­nā­t kā­la­to ṃ­ta­rā­t | bhā­vā­c cā­lpa­ba­hu­tvā­c ca pū­rva­sū­tro­kta­nī­ti­taḥ |­| 3­0 |­| TA-ML 4.23 prā­ggrai­ve­ya­ke­bhyaḥ ka­lpāḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 385,26sau­dha­rmā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­nu­va­rta­te­, te­nā­ya­m a­rthaḥ­–­sau­dha­rmā­da­yaḥ prā­ggrai­ve­ya­ke­bhyaḥ ka­lpā i­ti | sau­dha­rmā­di­sū­trā- TAŚVA-ML 385,27naṃ­ta­ra­m i­daṃ sū­traṃ va­kta­vya­m i­ti ce­n na­, sthi­ti­pra­bhā­vā­di­sū­tra­tra­ya­sya vya­va­dhā­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­ti vya­va­dhā­ne '­ne­na TAŚVA-ML 385,28vi­dhī­ya­mā­no rthaḥ ka­lpe­ṣv e­va syā­d a­naṃ­ta­ra­tvā­t |­| ke pu­naḥ ka­lpā­tī­tā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.23.1ka­lpāḥ prā­g e­va te bo­dhyā grai­ve­ya­ka­vi­mā­na­taḥ | ta­dā­da­ya­s tu sā­ma­rthyā­t ka­lpā­tī­tāḥ pra­tī­ti­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 385,30na­nu ca pa­ri­śe­ṣā­d grai­ve­ya­kā­dī­nāṃ ka­lpā­tī­ta­tva­si­ddhau bha­va­na­vā­syā­dī­nāṃ ka­lpā­tī­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 385,31u­pa­ryu­pa­rī­ty a­nu­va­rta­nā­t |­| TA-ML 4.24 bra­hma­lo­kā­la­yā lau­kāṃ­ti­kāḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 385,33e­tyā­smiṃ­l lī­ya­ta i­ty ā­la­yo ni­vā­saḥ | bra­hma­lo­ka ā­la­yo ye­ṣāṃ te bra­hma­lo­kā­la­yāḥ | sa­rva­bra­hma­lo­ka­de- TAŚVA-ML 385,34vā­nāṃ lau­kāṃ­ti­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, lo­kāṃ­to­pa­śle­ṣā­t | bra­hma­lo­ka­syāṃ­to hi lo­kāṃ­taḥ lo­kāṃ­te bha­vā TAŚVA-ML 386,01lau­kāṃ­ti­kā i­ti na sa­rva­tra bra­hma­lo­ka­de­vā­s ta­thā | a­tha­vā lo­kaḥ saṃ­sā­raḥ ja­nma­ja­rā­mṛ­tyu­saṃ­kī­rṇaḥ ta­syāṃ­to TAŚVA-ML 386,02lo­kāṃ­taḥ ta­tpra­yo­ja­nā lau­kāṃ­ti­kāḥ | te hi pa­rī­ta­saṃ­sā­rāḥ ta­ta­ś cyu­tvā e­kaṃ ga­rbha­vā­sa­m a­vā­pya pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 386,03ni­rvāṃ­ti |­| kiṃ pu­na­r a­ne­na sū­tre­ṇa kri­ya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.24.1ta­tra lau­kāṃ­ti­kā de­vā bra­hma­lo­kā­la­yā i­ti | sū­ca­nā­t ka­lpa­vā­si­tvaṃ te­ṣāṃ ni­ya­ta­m u­cya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 386,05lau­kāṃ­ti­kā­nāṃ ka­lpo­pa­pa­nna­ka­lpā­tī­te­bhyo nya­tvaṃ mā bhū­d i­ti te­ṣāṃ ka­lpa­vā­si­ni­ya­mo '­ne­na kri­ya­te na TAŚVA-ML 386,06ta­to de­vā­nāṃ ca­tu­rṇi­kā­ya­tva­ni­ya­mo vi­ru­dhya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 386,07ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 4.25 sā­ra­sva­tā­d i­ty a­va­nhya­ru­ṇa­ga­rda­to­ya­tu­ṣi­tā­vyā­bā­dhā­ri­ṣṭā­ś ca |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 386,09ki­m i­me sā­ra­sva­tā­da­yaḥ pū­rvo­tta­rā­di­di­kṣu ya­thā­kra­maṃ | ta­d ya­thā­–­a­ru­ṇa­sa­mu­dra­pra­bha­vo mū­le saṃ­khye­ya­yo­ja­na- TAŚVA-ML 386,10vi­stā­ra­s ta­ma­saḥ skaṃ­dhaḥ sa­mu­dra­va­la­yā­kṛ­ti­r i­ti tī­vrāṃ­dha­kā­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ sa ū­rdhvaṃ kra­ma­vṛ­ddhyā ga­ccha­n ma­dhye ṃ­te TAŚVA-ML 386,11vā saṃ­khye­ya­yo­ja­na­bā­hu­lyaḥ a­ri­ṣṭa­vi­mā­na­syā­dho­bhā­ge sa­me­taḥ ku­kku­ṭa­ku­ṭī­va­da­va­sthi­taḥ | ta­syo­pa­ri ta­mo­rā­ja- TAŚVA-ML 386,12yo­ṣṭā vyu­tpa­ttyā­ri­ṣṭeṃ­dra­ka­vi­mā­na­sa­ma­prā­ṇi­dha­yaḥ | ta­tra ca­ta­sṛ­ṣv a­pi di­kṣu dvaṃ­dvaṃ ga­tā­s ti­rya­gā­lo­kāṃ­tā­t ta­daṃ­ta­re­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 386,13pū­rvo­tta­ra­ko­ṇā­di­ṣu sā­ra­sva­tā­da­yo ya­thā­kra­maṃ ve­di­ta­vyāḥ | ca­śa­bda­sa­mu­cci­tāḥ sā­ra­sva­tā­dyaṃ­ta­rā­la­va­rti­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 386,14pa­re '­gnyā­bha­sū­ryā­bhā­da­yo dvaṃ­dva­vṛ­ttyā sthi­tāḥ pra­tye­ta­vyāḥ | ta­d ya­thā­–­sā­ra­sva­tā­di­tya­yo­r aṃ­ta­rā­le '­gnyā­bha­sū­ryā­bhāḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 386,15ā­di­tya­va­hna­yo­ś caṃ­drā­bha­sa­tyā­bhāḥ­, va­hnya­ru­ṇa­yoḥ śre­ya­ska­ra­kṣe­maṃ­ka­rāḥ­, a­ru­ṇa­ga­rda­to­ya­yo­r vṛ­ṣa­bhe­ṣṭa­kā­ma­cā­rāḥ­, ga­rda- TAŚVA-ML 386,16to­ya­tu­ṣi­ta­yo­r ni­mā­ṇa­ra­jo­di­gaṃ­ta­ra­kṣi­tāḥ­, tu­ṣi­tā­vyā­bā­dha­yo­r ā­tma­ra­kṣi­ta­sa­rva­ra­kṣi­tāḥ­, a­vyā­bā­dhā­ri­ṣṭa­yo­r ma­ru­dva- TAŚVA-ML 386,17sa­vaḥ­, a­ri­ṣṭa­sā­ra­sva­ta­yo­r a­śva­vi­śvāḥ | tā­ny e­tā­ni vi­mā­nā­nāṃ nā­mā­ni ta­nni­vā­si­nāṃ ca de­vā­nāṃ ta­tsā­ha­ca- TAŚVA-ML 386,18ryā­t | ta­tra sā­ra­sva­tāḥ sa­pta­śa­ta­saṃ­khyāḥ­, ā­di­tyā va­hna­yaḥ sa­pta­sa­ha­srā­ṇi sa­ptā­dhi­kā­ni­, a­ru­ṇā­ś ca tā­vaṃ­ta TAŚVA-ML 386,19e­va­, ga­rda­to­yā na­va­sa­ha­srā­ṇi na­vo­tta­rā­ṇi­, tu­ṣi­tā­ś ca tā­vaṃ­ta e­va­, a­vyā­bā­dhā e­kā­da­śa­sa­ha­srā­ṇy e­kā­da­śā­ni­, TAŚVA-ML 386,20a­ri­ṣṭā a­pi tā­vaṃ­ta e­va | ca­śa­bda­sa­mu­cci­tā­nāṃ saṃ­khyo­cya­te­–­a­gnyā­bhe de­vāḥ sa­pta­sa­ha­srā­ṇi sa­ptā­dhi­kā­ni­, TAŚVA-ML 386,21sū­ryā­bhe na­va­na­vo­tta­rā­ṇi­, caṃ­drā­bhe e­kā­da­śai­kā­da­śo­tta­rā­ṇi­, sa­tyā­bhe tra­yo­da­śa tra­yo­da­śo­tta­rā­ṇi­, śre­ya­ska­re paṃ­ca- TAŚVA-ML 386,22da­śa­paṃ­ca­da­śo­tta­rā­ṇi­, kṣe­maṃ­ka­re sa­pta­da­śa­sa­pta­da­śo­tta­rā­ṇi­, vṛ­ṣa­bhe­ṣṭe e­ko­na­viṃ­śa­tye­ko­nā­viṃ­śa­tya­dhi­kā­ni­, kā­ma­cā­re TAŚVA-ML 386,23e­ka­viṃ­śa­tye­ka­viṃ­śa­tya­dhi­kā­ni­, ni­rmā­ṇa­ra­ja­si tra­yo­viṃ­śa­ti­tra­yo­viṃ­śa­tya­dhi­kā­ni­, di­gaṃ­ta­ra­kṣi­te paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­ti­paṃ­ca­viṃ- TAŚVA-ML 386,24śa­tya­dhi­kā­ni­, ā­tma­ra­kṣi­te sa­pta­viṃ­śa­ti­sa­pta­viṃ­śa­tya­dhi­kā­ni­, sa­rva­ra­kṣi­te e­kā­n na triṃ­śa­de­kā­n na triṃ­śa­da­dhi­kā­ni­, TAŚVA-ML 386,25ma­ru­ti e­ka­triṃ­śa­de­ka­triṃ­śa­da­dhi­kā­ni­, va­su­ni tra­ya­striṃ­śa­ttra­ya­striṃ­śa­da­dhi­kā­ni­, a­śve paṃ­ca­triṃ­śa­tpaṃ­ca­triṃ­śa­da­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 386,26kā­ni­, vi­śve sa­pta­triṃ­śa­tsa­pta­triṃ­śa­da­dhi­kā­ni | ta e­te ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­r lau­kāṃ­ti­ka­ga­ṇāḥ sa­mu­di­tāḥ ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­tsa- TAŚVA-ML 386,27ha­srā­ṇi a­ṣṭa­sa­pta­ti­ś ca śa­tā­ni ṣa­ḍu­tta­rā­ṇi | sa­rve sva­taṃ­trāḥ hī­nā­dhi­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­t | vi­ṣa­ya­ra­ti­vi­ra­hā­d de- TAŚVA-ML 386,28va­rṣa­yaḥ ta­ta e­ve­ta­re­ṣāṃ de­vā­nā­m a­rca­nī­yāḥ ca­tu­rda­śa­pū­rva­dha­rāḥ sa­ta­taṃ jñā­na­bhā­va­nā­va­hi­ta­ma­na­saḥ ni­tyaṃ saṃ­sā­rā- TAŚVA-ML 386,29d u­dvi­gnāḥ a­ni­tyā­śa­ra­ṇā­dya­nu­pre­kṣā­va­hi­ta­ce­ta­saḥ tī­rtha­ka­ra­niḥ­kra­ma­ṇa­pra­bo­dha­na­pa­rāḥ nā­ma­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣo­da­yā­d u­pa­jā­yaṃ­te |­| TAŚV-ML 4.25.1te nva­rtha­saṃ­jña­tāṃ prā­ptā bhe­dāḥ sā­ra­sva­tā­da­yaḥ | te­nai­ka­ca­ra­mā­s ta­dva­ccha­krā­dyā­ś co­pa­la­kṣi­tāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 386,31ya­thai­ka­ca­ra­mā lau­kāṃ­ti­kāḥ sa­rve nva­rthe saṃ­jñāṃ prā­ptāḥ sū­tri­tāḥ ta­thā śa­krā­da­ya­ś ca te­ṣā­m u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 386,32kva pu­na­r dvi­ca­ra­mā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 4.26 vi­ja­yā­di­ṣu dvi­ca­ra­māḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 386,34ā­di­śa­bdaḥ pra­kā­rā­rthaḥ | kaḥ pra­kā­raḥ ? sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭi­tve ni­rgraṃ­tha­tve ca sa­tyu­pa­pā­daḥ | sa ca vi­ja­ya­sye­va TAŚVA-ML 387,01vai­ja­yaṃ­tā­pa­rā­ji­tā­nā­m a­nu­di­śā­nā­m a­py a­stī­ti ta­trā­di­śa­bde­na gṛ­hyaṃ­te | sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddha­sya gra­ha­ṇa­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 387,02ta­syā­nva­rtha­saṃ­jñā­ka­ra­ṇā­t pṛ­tha­gu­pā­dā­nā­c ca lau­kāṃ­ti­ka­va­de­ka­ca­ra­ma­tva­si­ddheḥ | ka­thaṃ pu­na­r vi­ja­yā­dī­nāṃ dvi­ca­ra­ma­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 387,03ma­nu­ṣya­bha­vā­pe­kṣā­yāṃ ta­thai­va vyā­khyā­pra­jña­pti­daṃ­ḍa­ke '­bhi­dhā­nā­t | de­va­bha­vā­pe­kṣā­yā­m a­pi tri­ca­ra­ma­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 387,04ma­nu­ṣya­bha­va­sya pu­na­r e­ka­sya mu­khya­ca­ra­ma­tvaṃ ye­nai­va ni­rvā­ṇa­prā­pteḥ | a­pa­ra­sya tu ca­ra­ma­pra­tyā­sa­tte­r u­pa­ca­ri­taṃ ca­ra­ma­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 387,05sa­jā­tī­ya­sya vya­va­dhā­ya­ka­syā­bhā­vā­t ta­sya ta­tpra­tyā­sa­tti­si­ddheḥ | dvau ca­ra­mau ma­nu­ṣya­bha­vau ye­ṣāṃ te dvi­ca­ra­māḥ TAŚVA-ML 387,06de­vāḥ vi­ja­yā­di­ṣu pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ | a­thā­nya­tra sau­dha­rmā­di­ṣu ki­ya­cca­ra­mā de­vā i­ty ā­ve­da­yi­tu­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.26.1ta­thā dvi­ca­ra­māḥ pro­ktā vi­ja­yā­di­ṣu ya­to '­ma­rāḥ | ta­to nya­tra ni­yā­mo sti na ma­nu­ṣya­bha­ve­ṣv i­ha |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 387,08ya­to lau­kāṃ­ti­kā­nāṃ sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddha­sya śa­kra­sya ca ta­da­gra­ma­hi­ṣyā lo­ka­pā­lā­dī­nā­m e­ka­ca­ra­ma­tva­m u­ktaṃ ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 387,09vi­ja­yā­di­de­vā­nāṃ dvi­ca­ra­ma­tvaṃ­, ta­to nya­tra sau­dha­rmā­di­ṣu ni­ya­mo nā­stī­ti ga­mya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 4.26.2i­ty e­kā­da­śa­bhiḥ sū­trai­r vai­mā­ni­ka­ni­rū­pa­ṇaṃ | yu­ktyā­ga­ma­va­śā­dā­ttaṃ ta­nni­kā­ya­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­m |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 387,11i­ti ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kā­laṃ­kā­re ca­tu­rthā­dhyā­ya­sya pra­tha­ma­m ā­hni­ka­m | TA-ML 4.27 au­pa­pā­di­ka­ma­nu­ṣye­bhyaḥ śe­ṣā­sti­rya­gyo­na­yaḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 387,13au­pa­pā­di­kā­ś ca ma­nu­ṣyā­ś cau­pa­pā­di­ka­ma­nu­ṣyā i­tya­tra dvaṃ­dve bhya­rhi­ta­tvā­d au­pa­pā­di­ka­śa­bda­sya pū­rva­ni­pā­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 387,14ma­nu­ṣya­śa­bda­syā­lpā­kṣa­ra­tve pi ta­smā­d u­tta­ra­tra pra­yo­gaḥ­, a­bhya­rhi­ta­tva­syā­lpā­kṣa­rā­pa­vā­da­tvā­t | te­bhyo nye śe­ṣāḥ TAŚVA-ML 387,15saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ ti­rya­gyo­na­yaḥ pra­tye­yāḥ­, ti­rya­gnā­ma­ka­rmo­da­ya­sa­dbhā­vā­t | na pu­naḥ si­ddhāḥ saṃ­sā­ri­pra­ka­ra­ṇe ta­da­pra- TAŚVA-ML 387,16saṃ­gā­t | ka­smā­t pu­na­r hi te bhi­dhī­yaṃ­te ? ti­rya­kpra­ka­ra­ṇe te­ṣā­m a­bhi­dhā­nā­rha­tvā­t i­ty ā­śaṃ­ka­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.27.1sa­rva­lo­kā­śra­yāḥ si­ddhā­s ti­ryaṃ­co py a­rtha­to ṃ­gi­naḥ | saṃ­tau­pa­pā­di­ke bhya­ste ma­nu­ṣye­bhyo pi cā­pa­re |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.27.2i­ti saṃ­kṣe­pa­ta­sti­rya­gyo­ni­jā­nāṃ vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | kṛ­to tra sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa la­kṣa­ṇā­vā­sa­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 387,19a­dho­lo­kaṃ ma­dhya­lo­ka­m ū­rdhva­lo­kaṃ cā­bhi­dhā­ya ya­d a­tra pra­ka­ra­ṇā­bhā­ve pi ti­rya­gyo­ni­jā­nāṃ ni­rū­pa­ṇaṃ sū­tra­kā- TAŚVA-ML 387,20re­ṇa kṛ­taṃ ta­t te­ṣāṃ sa­rva­lo­ka­śra­ya­tva­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ saṃ­kṣe­pā­rthaṃ ca | ti­rya­kpra­ka­ra­ṇe sya sū­tra­syā­bhi­dhā­ne sa­rva­ti­rya­gbhe- TAŚVA-ML 387,21da­va­ca­ne sa­ti sū­tra­sya gau­ra­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­rva­lo­kā­śra­ya­tvaṃ pu­na­r e­ṣāṃ pa­ri­śe­ṣā­t yo­jya­te | ti­rya­gyo­na­yo dvi­vi­dhāḥ TAŚVA-ML 387,22sū­kṣmā bā­da­rā­ś ca­, sū­kṣma­bā­da­ra­nā­ma­ka­rma­dvai­vi­dhyā­t | ta­tra sū­kṣmāḥ sa­rva­lo­ka­vā­si­naḥ­, bā­da­rā­s tu ni­ya­tā­vā­sā TAŚVA-ML 387,23i­ti ni­ya­tā­vā­sa­bhe­da­ni­rū­pa­ṇaṃ ti­rya­gyo­ni­śa­bda­ni­ru­kta­yā la­kṣa­ṇa­ni­rū­pa­ṇaṃ ti­ra­ścī nya­gbhū­to­pa­jā­tā yo­ni­r ye­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 387,24te ti­rya­gyo­na­ya i­ti | ma­nu­ṣyā­dī­nāṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t pa­ro­pa­bā­hya­tvā­t ti­rya­gyo­ni­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ti­rya­gnā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 387,25ka­rmo­da­ye sa­tī­ti va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 387,26saṃ­pra­ti bha­va­na­vā­si­nāṃ tā­va­d u­tkṛ­ṣṭa­sthi­ti­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 4.28 sthi­ti­r a­su­ra­nā­ga­su­pa­rṇa­dvī­pa­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­tri­pa­lyo­pa­mā­rdha- TA-ML 4.28 hī­na­mi­tā |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 387,29a­su­rā­dī­nāṃ sā­ga­ro­pa­mā­di­bhi­r a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dho ya­thā­kra­maṃ |­| TA-ML 4.29 sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­yoḥ sā­ga­ro­pa­me dhi­ke |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 387,31dvi­va­ca­na­ni­rde­śā­d dvi­tva­ga­tiḥ­, a­dhi­ke i­ty a­dhi­kā­ra ā­sa­ha­srā­rā­t |­| TA-ML 4.30 sā­na­tku­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­yoḥ sa­pta |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 388,02a­dhi­kā­rā­t sā­ga­ro­pa­mā­dhi­kā­ni ce­ti saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ |­| TA-ML 4.31 tri­sa­pta­na­vai­kā­da­śa­tra­yo­da­śa­paṃ­ca­da­śa­bhi­r a­dhi­kā­ni tu |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 388,04sa­pte tya­nu­va­rta­te­, te­na sā­na­tku­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­yo­r u­pa­ri dva­yoḥ ka­lpa­yoḥ sa­pta­sā­ga­ro­pa­mā­ṇi tri­bhi­r a­dhi­kā­ni i­ti TAŚVA-ML 388,05da­śa sā­dhi­kā­ni sthi­tiḥ­, ta­yo­r u­pa­ri dva­yoḥ ka­lpa­yoḥ sa­pta sa­ptā­dhi­kā­nī­ti ca­tu­rda­śā­dhi­kā­nī­ti­, ta­yo­r u­pa­ri TAŚVA-ML 388,06dva­yoḥ sa­pta na­va­bhi­r a­dhi­kā­nī­ti ṣo­ḍa­śā­dhi­kā­ni­, ta­yo­r u­pa­ri dva­yoḥ sa­ptai­kā­da­śa­bhi­r a­dhi­kā­nī­ty a­ṣṭa­da­śā­dhi­kā­ni­, TAŚVA-ML 388,07ta­yo­r u­pa­ri dva­yo­r ā­na­ta­prā­ṇa­ta­yoḥ sa­pta­tra­yo­da­śa­bhi­r a­dhi­kā­nī­ti viṃ­śa­ti­r e­va­, ta­yo­r u­pa­ri dva­yo­r ā­ra­ṇā­cyu­ta­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 388,08sa­pta­paṃ­ca­da­śa­bhi­r a­dhi­kā­nī­ti dvā­viṃ­śa­ti­r e­va | tu­śa­bda­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­rtha­tvā­t | ā­sa­ha­srā­d a­dhi­kā­rā­t pa­ra­trā­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 388,09kā­nī­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­vaḥ |­| TA-ML 4.32 ā­ra­ṇā­cyu­tā­d ū­rdhva­m e­kai­ke­na na­va­su grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣu vi­ja­yā­di­ṣu TA-ML 4.32 sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddhau ca |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 388,12a­dhi­kā­rā­d a­dhi­ka­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | grai­ve­ya­ke­bhyo vi­ja­yā­dī­nāṃ pṛ­tha­ggra­ha­ṇa­m a­nu­di­śa­saṃ­gra­hā­rthaṃ | pra­tye­ka­m e­kai­ka­vṛ­ddhya- TAŚVA-ML 388,13bhiṃ­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­rthaṃ na­va­gra­ha­ṇaṃ | sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddha­sya pṛ­tha­ggra­ha­ṇaṃ vi­ka­lpa­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 388,14kā pu­na­r i­yaṃ bha­va­na­vā­syā­dī­nāṃ sthi­ti­r u­kte­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.32.1sthi­ti­r i­ty ā­di­sū­tre­ṇa yo­ktā bha­va­na­vā­si­nāṃ | vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa sthi­ti­r yā ca ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­kī­rti­tā |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.32.3sū­trai­ś ca­tu­rbhi­r a­bhyā­sā­dya­thā­ga­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | pa­rā vai­mā­ni­kā­nāṃ ca so­tta­ra­trā­va­ro­kti­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 388,17a­va­rā­yāḥ sthi­te­r u­tta­ra­tra va­ca­nā­d i­ha bha­va­na­vā­si­nā­m e­ke­na sū­tre­ṇa vai­mā­ni­kā­nāṃ ca ca­tu­rbhiḥ sū­trai­r vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 388,18yā sthi­tiḥ pa­ro­ktā sā pa­ro­tkṛ­ṣṭe­ti ga­mya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 388,19kā pu­na­r a­va­re­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 4.33 a­pa­rā pa­lyo­pa­ma­m a­dhi­ka­m |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 388,21pa­ri­śe­ṣā­t sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­yo­r de­vā­nā­m a­va­rā sthi­ti­r i­yaṃ vi­jñā­ya­te­, ta­to nye­ṣā­m u­tta­ra­tra ja­gha­nya­sthi­te­r va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 4.33.1pa­lyo­pa­ma­m a­ti­ri­kta­m a­va­rā­sthi­ti­m a­bra­vī­t | sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­yoḥ sa­he sū­tre rthā­t saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 388,23ta­ta e­vā­naṃ­ta­ra­sū­tre­ṇa sā­na­tku­mā­rā­di­ṣu ja­gha­nyā sthi­ti­r u­cya­te­;­ —TA-ML 4.34 pa­ra­taḥ pa­ra­taḥ pū­rvā pū­rvā­naṃ­ta­rā |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 388,25a­pa­re­ty a­nu­va­rta­te­, te­na pa­ra­taḥ pa­ra­to yā ca pa­rā sthi­tiḥ sā pū­rvā pū­rvā­naṃ­ta­rā pa­ra­smi­nn a­va­rā sthi­ti­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 388,26saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ | a­dhi­ka­gra­ha­ṇā­nu­vṛ­tteḥ sā­ti­re­ka­saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ | ā vi­ja­yā­di­bhyo dhi­kā­raḥ | a­naṃ­ta­re­ti va­ca­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 388,27vya­va­hi­ta­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ | sa­rve­ty e­tā­va­tyu­cya­mā­ne vya­va­hi­ta­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­saṃ­ga­s ta­trā­pi pū­rva­śa­bda­pra­vṛ­tteḥ |­| TA-ML 4.35 nā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ ca dvi­tī­yā­di­ṣu |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 388,29ki­ma­rthaṃ nā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ ja­gha­nyā sthi­ti­r i­ha ni­ve­di­te­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.35.1sā­na­tku­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­pra­bhṛ­tī­nā­m a­naṃ­ta­re | ya­thā ta­thā dvi­tī­yā­di­pṛ­thi­vī­ṣu ni­ve­di­tā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 388,31nā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ ca saṃ­kṣe­pā­d a­trai­va ta­da­naṃ­ta­re de­va­sthi­ti­pra­ka­ra­ṇe pi nā­ra­ka­sthi­ti­va­ca­naṃ saṃ­kṣe­pā­rthaṃ |­| TA-ML 4.36 da­śa­va­rṣa­sa­ha­srā­ṇi pra­tha­mā­yā­m |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 289,02pṛ­thi­vyāṃ na­ra­kā­ṇā­m a­va­ra­sthi­ti­r i­ti gha­ṭa­nī­yaṃ |­| TA-ML 4.37 bha­va­ne­ṣu ca |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 289,04da­śa­va­rṣa­sa­ha­srā­ṇi de­vā­nā­m a­va­rā sthi­ti­r i­ti saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ |­| TA-ML 4.38 vyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ ca |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 289,06a­pa­rā sthi­ti­r da­śa­va­rṣa­sa­ha­strā­ṇī­ti ca­śa­bde­na sa­mu­ccī­ya­te |­| TAŚV-ML 4.38.1da­śa­va­rṣa­sa­ha­strā­ṇi pra­tha­mā­yā­m u­dī­ri­tā | bha­va­ne­ṣu ca sā pro­ktā vyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ ca tā­va­tī |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 289,08a­tha vyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ pa­rā kā sthi­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 4.39 pa­rā­pa­lyo­pa­ma­m a­dhi­ka­m |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 289,10sthi­ti­r i­ti saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ |­| TA-ML 4.40 jyo­ti­ṣkā­ṇāṃ ca |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 289,12pa­lyo­pa­ma­m a­dhi­kaṃ pa­rā sthi­ti­gha­ṭa­nā |­| TA-ML 4.41 ta­da­ṣṭa­bhā­go '­pa­rā |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 289,14sthi­ti­r jyo­ti­ṣkā­ṇā­m i­ti saṃ­pra­tya­ya­s te­ṣā­m a­naṃ­ta­ra­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 4.41.1pa­re­ṣā­m a­dhi­kaṃ jñe­yaṃ pa­lyo­pa­ma­m a­va­sthi­tiḥ | jyo­ti­ṣkā­ṇāṃ ca ta­dva­tta­da­ṣṭa­bhā­go '­pa­ro­di­tā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 289,16ya­thā vyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ pa­lyo­pa­ma­m a­dhi­kaṃ pa­rā sthi­tiḥ ta­dva­t jyo­ti­ṣkā­ṇā­m a­pi ta­d jñe­yaṃ ta­da­ṣṭa­bhā­gaḥ | pu­na- TAŚVA-ML 289,17r a­va­rā sthi­ti­r jyo­ti­ṣkā­ṇāṃ pra­tī­tā | a­tha ma­dhya­mā sthi­tiḥ ku­to va­ga­mya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.41.2sā­ma­rthyā­n ma­dhya­mā bo­dhyā sa­rve­ṣāṃ sthi­ti­r ā­yu­ṣaḥ | prā­ṇi­nāṃ sā ca saṃ­bhā­vyā ka­rma­vai­ci­trya­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.41.3na­nu ya­dva­dgha­ṭā­dī­nāṃ vi­ci­trā sthi­ti­r i­ṣya­te | ka­rmā­na­pe­kṣi­ṇāṃ ta­dva­dde­hi­nā­m i­ti ye vi­duḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.41.4te '­na­bhi­jñā gha­ṭā­dī­nā­m a­pi ta­dbho­ktṛ­ka­rma­bhiḥ | sthi­te­r ni­ṣpā­da­nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.41.5sū­kṣmo bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ce­d vyā­bhi­cā­re­ṇa va­rji­taḥ | ta­ddhe­tu­r vi­vi­dhaṃ ka­rma ta­n na si­ddhaṃ ta­thā­khya­yā |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 289,22pa­rā­pa­ra­sthi­ti­va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­t ma­dhya­mā­ne­ka­vi­dhā sthi­ti­r de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ ti­rya­ṅma­nu­ṣyā­ṇā­m i­va saṃ­bhā­vyā | TAŚVA-ML 289,23sā ca ka­rma­vai­ci­trya­si­ddhiṃ prā­pya vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te ta­taḥ ka­rma­ve­ci­trya­m a­nu­mī­ya­te | sthi­ti­vai­ci­trya­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa- TAŚVA-ML 289,24pa­tteḥ | ka­rma­vai­ci­tryā­bhā­ve pi gha­ṭā­dī­nāṃ sthi­ti­vai­ci­trya­da­rśa­nā­d a­si­ddhā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ye '­bhya­ma­nyaṃ­ta te '­na- TAŚVA-ML 289,25bhi­jñā e­va­, gha­ṭā­dī­nā­m a­pi vi­ci­trā­yāḥ sthi­te­s ta­du­pa­bho­ktṛ­prā­ṇi­ka­rma­bhi­r vi­ci­trai­r ni­va­rta­nā­t­, kuṃ­bha­kā­rā­di- TAŚVA-ML 289,26dṛ­ṣṭa­ta­tkā­ra­ṇā­nāṃ vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | a­dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇā­na­pe­kṣi­tve ta­da­gha­ṭa­nā­t | sa­mā­na­kuṃ­bha­kā­rā­di­kā­ra­ṇā­nāṃ sa­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 289,27kā­la­ja­nma­nāṃ sa­dṛ­śa­kṣe­trā­ṇāṃ sa­mā­na­kā­ra­ṇā­nāṃ ca gha­ṭā­dī­nāṃ sa­mā­na­kā­la­sthi­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | mu­dga­rā­di­vi­nā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 289,28ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pā­ta­vai­ci­tryā­d dṛ­ṣṭā­d e­va gha­ṭa­sthi­ti­vai­ci­trya­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­d e­va ku­taḥ ? sa­mā­na­kā­ra­ṇā­di­tve pi te­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 289,29m i­ti ciṃ­tyaṃ | sva­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­d dṛ­ṣṭā­d e­ve­ti ce­n na­, mu­dga­rā­di­vi­nā­śa­kā­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pā­ta­he­toḥ pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ya­tnā­deḥ TAŚVA-ML 289,30pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | sa­mā­ne pi ta­smi­n kva­ci­t ta­tsaṃ­pā­tā­da­rśa­nā­t | sa­mā­ne pi ca ta­tsaṃ­pā­te ta­dvi­nā­śā- TAŚVA-ML 289,31pra­tī­teḥ kā­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­sya si­ddheḥ | sū­kṣmo bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­rva­thā vya­bhi­cā­ra­va­rji­to vi­vi­dhaḥ kā­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 289,32ce­t­, ta­d e­va ka­rmā­smā­kaṃ si­ddhaṃ ta­sya sū­kṣma­bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­jñā­mā­traṃ tu bhi­dya­te pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya sū­kṣma­bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 390,01vya­bhi­cā­ra­va­rji­ta­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | a­tha ki­m e­te saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo jī­vāḥ ka­rma­vai­ci­tryā­t sthi­ti­vai­ci­trya­m a­nu­bha­vaṃ­to TAŚVA-ML 390,02nā­nā­tmā­naḥ pra­tye­kā­ya­ttai­kā­tmā­naḥ i­ti ? ya­di nā­nā­tmā­na­s ta­dā nu saṃ­baṃ­dhā­nā­dya­bhā­vaḥ syā­d e­ka­saṃ­tā­ne pi nā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 390,03saṃ­tā­na­va­t | a­thai­kā­tmā­na­s ta­dā­nu­bha­va­sma­ra­ṇā­di­saṃ­kra­mā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ pau­rvā­pa­ryā­yo­gā­d i­ti va­daṃ­taṃ pra­tyā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 4.41.6ta­taḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo jī­vāḥ sva­ta­ttvā­di­bhi­r ī­ri­tāḥ | nā­nai­kā­tma­ta­yā saṃ­to nā­nya­thā­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­teḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 390,05ya­smā­d dvi­tī­yā­dhyā­ye sva­ta­ttva­la­kṣa­ṇā­di­bhiḥ sva­bhā­vaiḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo jī­vāḥ pra­tye­kaṃ ni­ści­tā­s tṛ­tī­ya­ca­tu­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 390,06dhyā­ya­yo­ś cā­dhā­rā­di­vi­śe­ṣai­r nā­nā­vi­dhai­r a­dhya­va­si­tā­s ta­to nā­nai­kā­tma­ta­yā vya­va­sthi­tāḥ | na pu­na­r nā­nā­tmā­na e­vai- TAŚVA-ML 390,07kā­tmā­na e­va vā sa­rvā­rtha­kri­yā­vi­ra­hā­t te­ṣā­m a­sa­ttva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | saṃ­ś ca sa­rva­saṃ­sā­rī jī­va i­ti ni­ści­ta­prā­yaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 390,08a­bhā­va­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ hi sa­ttvaṃ ta­c ca nā­stī­ty e­ka­sva­bhā­vā­d dhi bhā­vā­d vai­la­kṣa­ṇyaṃ |­| nā­nā­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ jī­va­sya ku­ta TAŚVA-ML 390,09i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.41.7ja­nmā­sti­tvaṃ ni­vṛ­ttiṃ ca kra­mā­d vṛ­ddhi­m a­pa­kṣa­yaṃ | vi­nā­śaṃ ca pra­pa­dyaṃ­te vi­kā­raṃ ṣa­ṅvi­dhaṃ hi te |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 390,11sa­rvo hi bhā­vo ja­nma pra­ti­pa­dya­te ni­mi­tta­dva­ya­va­śā­d ā­tma­lā­bha­m ā­pa­dya­mā­na­sya jā­ya­ta i­ty a­sya vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 390,12ya­thā su­va­rṇaṃ ka­ṭa­kā­di­tve­na a­sti­tvaṃ ca pra­ti­pa­dya­te sva­ni­mi­tta­va­śā­d a­va­sthā­m ā­vi­bhra­to rtha­syā­stī­ti pra­tya­yā­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 390,13dhā­na­go­ca­ra­tvā­t | ni­vṛ­tiṃ ca pra­pa­dya­te ta­ta e­vā­va­sthāṃ­ta­rā­v ā­pti­da­rśa­nā­t pa­ri­ṇa­ma­te i­ty a­sya vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 390,14vṛ­ddhiṃ ca pra­ti­pa­dya­te a­ni­vṛ­tta­pū­rva­sva­bhā­va­sya bhā­vāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­dhi­kyaṃ la­bha­mā­na­sya va­rddha­te i­ty a­sya vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 390,15a­pa­kṣa­yaṃ ca pra­pa­dya­te kra­me­ṇa pū­rva­bhā­vai­ka­de­śa­vi­ni­vṛ­ttiṃ prā­pnu­va­to va­stu­no pa­kṣī­ya­ta i­tya­sya vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 390,16vi­nā­śaṃ ca pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, ta­tpa­ryā­ya­sā­mā­nya­ni­vṛ­ttiṃ sa­mā­sā­da­ya­to rtha­sya na­śya­tī­ty a­sya go­ca­ra­tvā­t | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 390,17jī­vā a­pi bhā­vāḥ saṃ­taḥ ṣa­ṅvi­dhaṃ vi­kā­raṃ pra­pa­dyaṃ­te a­bhā­va­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d i­tye­k­, te­ṣāṃ ya­dy a­va­stu­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 390,18sa­ttvaṃ dha­rma­s ta­dā na sa­mya­g i­daṃ sā­dha­naṃ | pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­me­nai­ke­na a­bhā­va­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ va­stu­tvaṃ ta­dā yu­ktaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 390,19ta­to jī­va­sya ṣa­ṅvi­kā­ra­prā­pti­sā­dha­naṃ va­stu­tva­sya ta­da­vi­nā­bhā­va­si­ddheḥ | a­thā­sa­ttva­dha­rma­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ sa­ttvaṃ dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 390,20s ta­dā na sa­mya­g i­daṃ sā­dha­naṃ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­mai­ke­na ṛ­ju­sū­tra­vi­ṣa­ye­ṇa vya­va­hā­ra­na­ya­go­ca­re­ṇa dra­vye­ṇa ca vya­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 390,21cā­rā­t ta­sya ṣa­ṅvi­dha­vi­kā­rā­bhā­ve pi sa­ttva­dha­rmā­śra­ya­tve­nā­bhā­va­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tva­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 390,22na­nu ca va­stu­tva­m a­py a­bhā­va­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ na jī­vā­nāṃ ṣa­ṅvi­dha­vi­kā­ra­prā­ptiṃ sā­dha­ya­ti ta­syā­sti­tva­mā­tre­ṇa vyā­pta- TAŚVA-ML 390,23tvā­d i­ti ma­nya­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 4.41.8bi­bhra­te sti­tva­m e­vai­te śa­śva­de­kā­tma­ka­tva­taḥ | nā­nyaṃ vi­kā­ra­m i­ty e­ke ta­n na ja­nmā­di­dṛ­ṣṭi­taḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 390,25e­te­ṣv a­sti­tvā­di­ṣu ma­dhye a­sti­tva­m e­vā­tmā­no bi­bhra­ti nā­nyaṃ paṃ­ca­vi­dhaṃ ja­nmā­di­vi­kā­raṃ te­ṣāṃ ni­tyai­ka- TAŚVA-ML 390,26rū­pa­tvā­t sva­rū­pe­ṇa śa­śva­da­sti­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r i­ty e­ke | ta­n na sa­mya­k­, te­ṣāṃ ja­nmā­di­da­rśa­nā­t | ma­nu­ṣyā­dī­nāṃ hi TAŚVA-ML 390,27de­hi­nāṃ bā­lyā­di­bhā­ve­na ja­nmā­da­yaḥ pra­tī­yaṃ­te mu­ktā­tma­nā­m a­pi mu­kta­tvā­di­nā te saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­ta i­ti pra­tī­ti- TAŚVA-ML 390,28vi­ru­ddhaṃ jī­vā­nāṃ ja­nmā­di­vi­kā­ra­vi­ka­la­tva­va­ca­na­m |­| TAŚV-ML 4.41.9ja­nmā­da­yaḥ pra­dhā­na­sya vi­kā­rāḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­naḥ | ta­tsaṃ­sa­rgā­t pra­tī­yaṃ­te bhrāṃ­te puṃ­sī­ti ce­n na vai |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.41.10te­ṣāṃ bhā­va­vi­kā­ra­tvā­d ā­tma­ny a­py a­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | ja­nmā­di­ra­hi­ta­syā­syā­pra­tī­te bhrāṃ­tya­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.41.11vi­kā­rī pu­ru­ṣaḥ sa­ttvā­d ba­hu­dhā­na­ka­va­t ta­va | sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­hā­ne­r a­nya­thā sa­ttva­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 390,32ya­thā hi pra­dhā­naṃ bhā­va­s ta­thā­tmā­pi sa­nn a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ | sa­ttvaṃ cā­rtha­kri­ya­yā vyā­ptaṃ ta­da­bhā­ve sva­pu­ṣpa­va- TAŚVA-ML 390,33tsa­ttvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sā cā­rtha­kri­yā kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dyā­bhyāṃ vyā­ptā­, ta­dvi­ra­he rtha­kri­yā­vi­ra­hā­t ta­dva­t | te ca kra­ma­yau­ga- TAŚVA-ML 390,34pa­dye vi­kā­ra­tve­na vyā­pte ja­nmā­di­vi­kā­rā­bhā­ve kra­mā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r ā­tma­no '­sa­ttva­pra­sa­kte­r i­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 4.41.12jā­yaṃ­te te vi­na­śyaṃ­ti saṃ­ti ca kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­kaṃ | pu­māṃ­so na vi­va­rtaṃ­te vṛ­ddhya­pa­kṣa­ya­gā­ś ca na |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 4.41.13i­ti ke­ci­t pra­dhva­stā­s te py e­te­nai­vā­vi­gā­na­taḥ | vi­va­rtā­dyā­tma­tā­pā­ye sa­ttva­syā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 391,03ya­thai­va hi ja­nma­vi­nā­śā­sti­tvā­pe­kṣa­ṇa­m a­pi na pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­ttvaṃ ta­thā vi­va­rta­na­pa­ri­va­rdha­na­pa­ri­kṣa­ya­ṇā­tma­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 391,04pā­ye pi ta­thā pra­tī­ya­te­, a­nya­thā kū­ṭa­sthā­tma­nī­va khe pu­ṣpa­va­d vā ce­ta­na­sya sa­ttvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sva­bhā­vāṃ­ta­re­ṇo­pa­pa- TAŚVA-ML 391,05tti­r e­va pa­ri­ṇā­mo vṛ­ddhi­ś cā­dhi­kye­no­tpa­tti­r a­pa­kṣa­ya­s tu vi­nā­śa e­ve­ti na ṣa­ṅvi­kā­ro jī­va i­ti ce­n na­, a­nvi- TAŚVA-ML 391,06ta­sva­bhā­vā­pa­ri­tyā­ge­na sa­jā­tī­ye­ta­ra­sva­bhā­vāṃ­ta­ra­mā­tra­prā­pteḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­d ā­dhi­kye­no­tpa­tte­ś ca vṛ­ddhi­tvā­d de­śa­to vi­nā- TAŚVA-ML 391,07śa­syā­pa­kṣa­ya­tvā­t pa­ri­ṇā­mā­dī­nāṃ vi­nā­śo­tpā­dā­sti­tve­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­va­ca­nā­t | jī­va­syā­nvi­ta­sva­bhā­vā­si­ddhe- TAŚVA-ML 391,08r ya­tho­kta­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­d a­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya pu­ra­stā­d a­nvi­ta­sya bhā­va­sya pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ sā­dha­nā­t | ta­to na jī­va- TAŚVA-ML 391,09syai­kā­ne­kā­tma­ka­tve sā­dhye sa­ttvā­d i­ty a­yaṃ he­tu­r a­si­ddho '­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko vi­ru­ddho vā­, ja­nmā­dya­ne­ka­vi­kā­rā­tma­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 391,10pā­ye nvi­tai­ka­tva­bhā­vā­bhā­ve ca sa­rva­thā sa­ttvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | e­te­nā­ne­ka­vā­gvi­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m ā­tma­no ni­ve­di­taṃ | TAŚVA-ML 391,11ta­thā­ne­ka­śa­kti­pra­ci­ta­tvaṃ va­stvaṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­vi­rbhū­tā­ne­ka­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­rū­pa­tvaṃ a­nyā­pe­kṣā­ne­ka­rū­po­tka­rṣā­pa­ka­rṣa­pa­ri­ṇa­ta­gu­ṇa­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 391,12baṃ­dhi­tvaṃ a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­va­rta­mā­na­kā­la­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tvaṃ u­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­kta­tvaṃ a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­tma­ka­tvaṃ ca sa­ma­rthi­taṃ | TAŚVA-ML 391,13ta­sya ja­nmā­di­vi­kā­ra­ṣa­ṭka­pra­paṃ­cā­tma­ka­tvā­t sa­ttva­vyā­pa­ka­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­ttvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā pra­si­ddhaṃ ca ta­tsa­rva­m e- TAŚVA-ML 391,14kā­tma­ka­tva­m a­ne­kā­tma­ka­tvaṃ ca jī­va­sya sā­dha­ya­ti ta­da­nya­ta­rā­pā­ye a­ne­ka­vā­gvi­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­dya­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 391,15nu­pa­pa­ttau sa­ttvā­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś ca jī­va­ta­ttvā­vya­va­sthi­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­tra ja­nmā­di­vi­kā­ra­pra­paṃ­ca­syā­vi­dyo­pa­ka­lpi­ta­tve TAŚVA-ML 391,16kra­mā­kra­ma­yo­r a­py a­vi­dyo­pa­ka­lpi­ta­tva­pra­sa­ktiḥ | ta­ta­ś cā­rtha­kri­yā­py a­vi­dyā­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­tai­ve­ti na sa­ttvaṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 391,17pra­si­ddhye­t | ta­ta e­va saṃ­ci­nmā­traṃ ta­ttva­m i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­sya bra­hmā­dya­dvai­ta­va­da­pra­tī­te­r i­ti pra­paṃ­ce­na sa­ma­rthi­ta­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 391,18nā­nai­kā­tma­ta­yā pra­tī­te­r aṃ­ta­r ba­hi­ś ca su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tva­si­ddhe­ś ca si­ddho nā­nai­kā­tma­ko jī­vaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 4.41.14abta­taḥ sva­ta­ttvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ciṃ­ta­naṃ gha­ṭe­ta jī­va­sya na­ya­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 4.41.14cdkra­mā­dya­ne­kāṃ­ta­ta­yā vya­va­sthi­te­r i­ho­di­ta­nyā­ya­ba­le­na ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 391,21i­ti ca­tu­rthā­dhyā­ya­sya dvi­tī­ya­m ā­hni­ka­m | TAŚVA-ML 391,22i­ti śrī­vi­dyā­naṃ­di­ā­cā­rya­vi­ra­ci­te ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kā­laṃ­kā­re ca­tu­rtho '­dhyā­yaḥ sa­mā­ptaḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 392,1 oṃ TAŚV-ML 392,2a­tha pa­ñca­mo '­dhyā­yaḥ |­| 5 |­| TA-ML 5.1 a­jī­va­kā­yā dha­rmā­dha­rmā­kā­śa­pu­dga­lāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 392,04ki­ma­rthā­sya sū­tra­sya pra­vṛ­tti­r a­tre­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.1.1a­thā­jī­va­vi­bhā­gā­di­vi­vā­da­vi­ni­vṛ­tta­ye | a­jī­ve­tyā­di­sū­tra­sya pra­vṛ­tti­r u­pa­pa­dya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 392,06sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­vi­ṣa­ya­bhā­ve­na jī­vo­ddi­ṣṭe dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­jī­va­ta­ttva­vyā­khyā­na­m a­rha­ty e­va­, ta­tra ca la­kṣa­ṇa­vi­bhā­ga­vi­śe­ṣa­la- TAŚVA-ML 392,07kṣa­ṇa­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau ta­dvi­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthā­sya sū­tra­sya pra­vṛ­tti­r gha­ṭa­ta e­vā­nya­thā niḥ­śaṃ­ka­m a­jī­va­ta­ttvā­vya­va­sthā­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 5.1.2a­jī­va­nā­d a­jī­vāḥ syu­r i­ti sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | kā­yāḥ pra­de­śa­bā­hu­lyā­d i­ti kā­lā­d vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.1.3dha­rmā­di­śa­bda­to bo­dhyo vi­bhā­go bhe­da­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | te­na nai­kaṃ pra­dhā­nā­di­rū­pa­tā nā­py a­naṃ­śa­tā |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.1.4niḥ­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m a­jī­vā­nā­m i­ti si­ddhaṃ pra­tī­ti­taḥ | vi­pa­kṣe bā­dha­sa­dbhā­vā­d dṛ­ṣṭe­ne­ṣṭe­na ca sva­ya­m |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 392,11jī­va­syo­pa­yo­go la­kṣa­ṇaṃ jī­va­na­m i­ti pra­ti­pā­di­taṃ ta­to nya­d a­jī­va­naṃ ga­ti­sthi­tya­va­gā­ha­he­tu­tva­rū­pā­di­sva­rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 392,12m a­nva­yi­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­jī­vā­nāṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | tri­kā­la­vi­ṣa­yā­jī­va­nā­nu­bha­va­nā­d a­jī­va i­ti ni­ru­kte­r a­vya­bhi­cā­rā­n na TAŚVA-ML 392,13pu­na­r jī­va­nā­bhā­va­mā­traṃ ta­sya pra­mā­ṇā­go­ca­ra­tvā­t pa­dā­rtha­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­yo­gā­t bhā­vāṃ­ta­ra­sva­bhā­va­syai­vā­bhā­va­sya vya­va­sthā- TAŚVA-ML 392,14pa­nā­t | kā­yā i­va kā­yāḥ pra­de­śa­bā­hu­lyā­t kā­lā­ṇu­va­da­ṇu­mā­tra­tvā­bhā­vā­t | ta­to vi­śi­ṣṭāḥ paṃ­cai­vā­sti- TAŚVA-ML 392,15kā­yā i­ti va­ca­nā­t | a­jī­vā­ś ca te kā­yā­ś ce­ti sa­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­vṛ­ttiḥ sā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­sī­ya­te­, bhi­nnā­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 392,16ka­ra­ṇā­yāṃ vṛ­ttau ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­vi­va­kṣā­yā­m a­pi kā­yā­nā­m e­va saṃ­pra­tya­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | jī­vā­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­vā­t sā­mā- TAŚVA-ML 392,17nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­yā­m a­pi vṛ­ttau do­ṣo ya­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­bhe­da­pra­tī­teḥ | a­jī­vā e­va kā­yā i­ti dha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­jī- TAŚVA-ML 392,18va­tva­kā­ya­tvā­bhyāṃ tā­dā­tmya­prā­dhā­nye ta­yoḥ sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyo­pa­pa­tteḥ | kā­yā i­ty e­vā­stu i­ti ce­n na­, jī­va- TAŚVA-ML 392,19syā­pi kā­ya­tvā­t ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­rtha­tvā­d a­jī­va­gra­ha­ṇa­sya | dha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­jī­va­tva­vi­dhā­nā­rtha­tvā­c ca sū­tra­sya yu­kta­m a­jī- TAŚVA-ML 392,20va­gra­ha­ṇaṃ | ta­rhy a­jī­vā i­ty e­vā­stu i­ti ce­n na­, kā­lā­ṇu­va­tpra­de­śa­mā­tra­tva­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­tvā­t kā­ya­gra­ha­ṇa­sya | TAŚVA-ML 392,21a­nya­thā te '­sti­kā­yā i­ti sū­trāṃ­ta­rā­raṃ­bha­pra­saṃ­gā­t | jī­vā­nāṃ kā­ya­tva­vi­dhā­nā­rtha­m ā­raṃ­bha­ṇī­ya­m e­va sū­trāṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 392,22m i­ti ce­t­; nā­raṃ­bha­ṇī­yaṃ­, a­saṃ­khye­yāḥ pra­de­śā dha­rmā­dha­rmai­ka­jī­vā­nā­m i­ty a­ta e­va jī­vā­nāṃ pra­de­śa­bā­hu­lya­si­ddheḥ TAŚVA-ML 392,23kā­ya­tva­vi­dhā­nā­t | ta­rhi dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­s ta­ta e­va­, ā­kā­śa­syā­naṃ­tā i­ti va­ca­nā­d ā­kā­śa­sya­, saṃ­khye­yā­saṃ­khye- TAŚVA-ML 392,24yā­naṃ­tā­ś ca pu­dga­lā­nā­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t pu­dga­la­sya kā­ya­tva­vi­dhā­na­si­ddhe­r a­pā­rtha­kaṃ kā­ya­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­to TAŚVA-ML 392,25dha­rmā­di­pra­de­śā­nā­m i­ya­ttā­vi­dhā­nā­t | ta­rhi jī­va­syā­pi ta­to '­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tva­vi­dhā­nā­n na kā­ya­tva­vi­dhi­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 392,26ce­n na­, ta­to jī­va­sya kā­ya­tvā­nu­mā­nā­t | na cā­tra dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ kā­ya­tva­vi­dhā­ne ta­tra jī­va­sya kā­ya­tva­m a­nu­mā­tuṃ TAŚVA-ML 392,27śa­kya­m i­ti yu­kta­m i­ha kā­ya­gra­ha­ṇaṃ | a­sti­kā­yo jī­vaḥ pra­de­śe­ya­ttā­śra­ya­tvā­d dha­rmā­di­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­na­pra­vṛ­tteḥ­, a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 392,28dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­si­ddheḥ | ki­ma­rthaṃ dha­rmā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ va­ca­naṃ ? vi­bhā­ga­vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­pra­si­ddhya­rthaṃ | a­stu nā­ma dha­rmā­dha­rmā- TAŚVA-ML 392,29kā­śa­pu­dga­lā i­ti śa­bdo­pā­dā­nā­t vi­bhā­ga­sya pra­si­ddhiḥ­, vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya tu ka­thaṃ ? ta­nni­rva­ca­na­sya la­kṣa­ṇā­vya- TAŚVA-ML 392,30bhi­cā­rā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­si­ddhiḥ | sa­kṛ­tsa­ka­la­ga­ti­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nāṃ sāṃ­ni­dhya­dhā­nā­d dha­rmaḥ­, sa­kṛ­tsa­ka­la­sthi­ti­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 392,31ṇā­mi­nā­m a­sāṃ­ni­dhya­dhā­nā­d ga­ti­pa­ryā­yā­d a­dha­rmaḥ­, ā­kā­śaṃ­te '­smi­n dra­vyā­ṇi sva­yaṃ vā­kā­śa­te i­ty ā­kā­śaṃ­, tri­kā­la- TAŚVA-ML 393,01pū­ra­ṇa­ga­la­nā­t pu­dga­lā i­ti ni­rva­ca­naṃ na pra­ti­pa­kṣa­m u­pa­yā­tī­ty a­vya­bhi­cā­raṃ si­ddhaṃ | kā­la­syā­jī­va­tve­no­pa­saṃ­khyā- TAŚVA-ML 393,02na­m i­ha ka­rta­vya­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­gre va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­to dha­rmā­dha­rmā­kā­śa­pu­dga­lāḥ kā­la­ś ce­ti paṃ­cai­vā­jī­va- TAŚVA-ML 393,03pa­dā­rthāḥ pra­ti­pā­di­tā bha­vaṃ­ti | te­na pra­dhā­na­m e­vā­jī­va­pa­dā­rtho dha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m a­jī­vā­nāṃ pra­dhā­na­rū­pa­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 393,04naḥ si­ddhaṃ te­ṣāṃ pṛ­tha­gu­pa­la­bdheḥ | pra­dhā­nā­dvai­te dṛ­ṣṭe­na sva­ya­m i­ṣṭe­na ca bā­dha­sa­dbhā­vā­t | na hi pra­dhā­na­m e­ka­m u- TAŚVA-ML 393,05pa­la­bhā­ma­he aṃ­ta­r ba­hi­ś ca bhe­dā­nā­m u­pa­la­bdheḥ | na cai­ṣā bhrāṃ­tā bhe­do­pa­la­bdhi­r bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | pra­dhā­nā­dvai­ta­grā­ha­ka- TAŚVA-ML 393,06m a­nu­mā­naṃ bā­dha­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya ta­da­bhe­de ta­dva­da­si­ddha­tva­ta­tsā­dha­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­d bhe­do­pa­la­bdhi­bā­dha­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 393,07ta­to bhe­de dvai­ta­si­ddhi­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d a­nu­mā­naṃ ta­tsā­dha­kaṃ bhe­do­pa­la­bdhe­ś ca bā­dha­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 393,08pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­tve bhe­da­si­ddhe­r a­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vā­t | ta­taḥ pra­dhā­nā­dvai­te ni­rbā­dhaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­ro­dhaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 393,09ta­the­ṣṭe­na ca ma­ha­dā­di­vi­kā­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­ga­me­na ta­dbā­dho sti­, ta­syā­vi­dyo­pa­ka­lpi­ta­tve pra­dhā­nā­dvai­ta­si­ddhi­r a­pi ta­to TAŚVA-ML 393,10na syā­t | na ca pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­ga­mā­go­ca­ra­syā­pi pra­dhā­na­sya sva­taḥ pra­kā­śa­m a­ce­ta­na­tvā­d i­ti na ta­drū­pa­tā dha­rmā- TAŚVA-ML 393,11dī­nāṃ | e­te­na śa­bdā­dvai­ta­rū­pa­tā pra­ti­ṣi­ddhā­, pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­rū­pa­tā­yāṃ tu te­ṣā­m a­jī­va­tva­vi­ro­dhaḥ | na ca pu­ru­ṣa TAŚVA-ML 393,12e­ve­daṃ sa­rva­m i­ti śa­kya­vya­va­sthaṃ­, pu­ra­stā­d a­jī­va­si­ddhi­vi­dhā­nā­t | pṛ­thi­vya­pte­jo­vā­yu­ma­no­di­kkā­lā­kā­śa­bhe­da­rū- TAŚVA-ML 393,13pa­tā­pya­jī­va­pa­dā­rtha­syā­yu­ktai­va­, pṛ­thi­vya­pte­jo­vā­yu­ma­na­sāṃ pu­dga­la­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­j jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­tvā­si­ddheḥ | pṛ­thi­vyā­da­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 393,14pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­yā e­va bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­tā­bhyā­m u­tpa­dya­mā­na­tvā­t | ye tu na pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­yā­s te na ta­thā dṛ­ṣṭāḥ ya­thā­kā­śā­da­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 393,15bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­tā­bhyā­m u­tpa­dya­mā­nā­ś ca pṛ­thi­vyā­da­ya i­ti na ta­to jā­tyaṃ­ta­raṃ | vi­bhā­ga­saṃ­yo­gā­bhyā­m u­tpa­dya­mā­ne­na śa­bde­na TAŚVA-ML 393,16vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t | ta­da­pa­ryā­ya­tve ta­sya ba­hiḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­ve­dya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | na ca TAŚVA-ML 393,17bhe­do vi­bhā­ga­mā­traṃ­, skaṃ­dha­vi­dā­ra­ṇa­sya bhe­da­śa­bde­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | nā­pi saṃ­ghā­taḥ saṃ­yo­ga­mā­traṃ­, mṛ­tpiṃ­ḍā­dī­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 393,18skaṃ­dha­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya saṃ­ghā­ta­śa­bda­vā­cya­tvā­t | na ca tā­bhyā­m u­tpa­dya­mā­na­tva­m a­pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­ya­sya jñā­nā­de­r a­sti ye­nā- TAŚVA-ML 393,19nai­kāṃ­ti­ko he­tuḥ syā­t | bhe­dā­t pṛ­thi­vyā­dī­nā­m u­tpa­ttya­saṃ­bha­vā­d a­si­ddho he­tu­r i­ti ce­n na­, gha­ṭā­di­bhe­dā­t ka­pā- TAŚVA-ML 393,20lā­dyu­tpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­t dvya­ṇu­bhe­dā­d a­pi pa­ra­mā­ṇū­tpa­tti­si­ddheḥ | ya­thai­va hi taṃ­tvā­di­saṃ­ghā­tā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 393,21pa­ṭā­dī­nāṃ ta­tsaṃ­ghā­tā­d u­tpa­tti­r u­ra­rī­kri­ya­te ta­thā pa­ṭā­di­bhe­dā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­nā­t taṃ­tvā­dī­nā­m ā­tma­lā­bhā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 393,22dbhe­dā­d u­tpa­ttiḥ su­śa­kā­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­tuṃ | pa­ṭā­di­bhe­dā­bhā­ve pi taṃ­tvā­di­da­rśa­nā­n na ta­ta­s ta­du­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 393,23taṃ­tvā­deḥ ka­rpā­sa­pra­ve­ṇī­bhe­dā­d e­vo­tpa­tti­si­ddheḥ | ya­thā­vi­dhā­nāṃ ca taṃ­tvā­dī­nāṃ pa­ṭā­di­bhe­dā­d u­tpa­tti­r u­pa­la­bdhā TAŚVA-ML 393,24ta­thā­vi­dhā­nāṃ na ta­da­bhā­ve pra­tī­ya­te i­ti no­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ sa­ma­m i­ṣya­te ca bhe­dā­t pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­dī­nā­m u­tpa­ttiḥ saṃ­ghā- TAŚVA-ML 393,25tā­c ce­ti nā­si­ddho he­tuḥ­, ya­taḥ pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­yāḥ pṛ­thi­vyā­da­yo na si­ddhye­yuḥ | di­śo pi nā­tro­pa­saṃ­khyā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 393,26kā­rya­m ā­kā­śe '­nta­rbhā­vā­t ta­to dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­tvā­pra­si­ddheḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ­, pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pa­dā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 393,27he­tu­ko vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­ya­tvā­t daṃ­ḍā­di­pra­tya­ya­va­t­, yo sau vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ pa­dā­rtha­s ta­ddhe­tuḥ sā di­gdra­vyaṃ pa­ri­śe­ṣā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 393,28nya­sya pra­sa­kta­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t ta­to dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­m ā­kā­śā­d i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t­, ta­ddhe­tu­tve nā­śa­sya pra­ti­ṣe­ddhu­m a­śa­kte­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 393,29tpra­de­śa­śre­ṇi­ṣv e­vā­di­tyo­da­yā­di­va­śā­t prā­cyā­di­di­gvya­va­hā­ra­pra­si­ddheḥ | prā­cyā­di­di­ksaṃ­baṃ­dhā­c ca mū­rta­dra­vye­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 393,30pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣo­tpa­tte­r na pa­ra­spa­rā­pe­kṣa­yā mū­rta­dra­vyā­ṇy e­va ta­ddhe­ta­vaḥ | e­ka­ta­ra­sya pū­rva­tvā­si­ddhā­v a­nya­ta­ra­syā- TAŚVA-ML 393,31pa­ra­tvā­si­ddhe­s ta­da­si­ddhau cai­ka­ta­ra­sya pū­rva­tvā­yo­gā­d i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tvā­t u­bha­yā­sa­ttva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nv e­va­m ā­kā­śa­pra­de- TAŚVA-ML 393,32śa­śre­ṇi­ṣv a­pi ku­taḥ pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­pra­tya­yaḥ si­ddhye­t ? sva­rū­pa­ta e­va ta­tsi­ddhau ta­sya pa­rā­vṛ­ttya­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 393,33pa­ra­spa­rā­pe­kṣa­yā ta­tsi­ddhā­v i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­ṇā­d u­bha­yā­sa­ttva­pra­sa­kte­r i­ti ce­t­, di­kpra­de­śe­ṣv a­pi pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­pra­tya­yo- TAŚVA-ML 393,34tpa­ttau sa­maḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ | dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­yā­m a­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­ga­ś ca | ya­thai­va hi mū­rta­dra­vya­m a­va­dhiṃ kṛ­tvā mū­rte- TAŚVA-ML 393,35ṣv e­ve­da­m a­smā­t pa­ści­me­ne­tyā­di­pra­tya­yā di­gdra­vya­he­tu­kā­s ta­to di­gbhe­da­m a­va­dhiṃ kṛ­tvā di­gbhe­da­ṣv e­ve­yā­m a­taḥ pū­rvā pa­ści- TAŚVA-ML 394,01me­ya­m i­tyā­di­pra­tya­yā dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­he­tu­kāḥ saṃ­tu vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­ya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t ta­dbhe­de­ṣv a­pi pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­pra­tya­yāḥ pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 394,02dra­vya­he­tu­kā i­ty a­na­va­sthā | di­kṣu bhe­de­ṣu dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­pra­tya­ya­syo­tpa­ttau te­nai­va he­to­r a­ne­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 394,03t ku­to di­ksi­ddhiḥ ? vi­ṣu­va­ti di­ne ya­tra sa­vi­to­de­ti sa pū­rvo di­gbhā­go­, ya­trā­sta­me­ti so '­pa­ra i­ti TAŚVA-ML 394,04di­gbhe­de­ṣu pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­pra­tya­ya­si­ddhau ga­ga­na­pra­de­śa­paṃ­kti­ṣv a­pi ta­thai­va ta­tsi­ddhi­r a­stu ki­m a­tra di­gdra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­ka­lpa­na­yā TAŚVA-ML 394,05ta­dde­śa­dra­vya­ka­lpa­nā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | a­ya­m a­taḥ pū­rvo de­śa i­tyā­di­pra­tya­ya­sya de­śa­dra­vya­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pṛ­thi­vyā­di- TAŚVA-ML 394,06r e­va de­śaṃ dra­vya­m i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­tra pṛ­thi­vyā­di­pra­tya­yo­tpa­tteḥ | pū­rvā­di­di­kkṛ­taḥ pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣu pū­rva­de­śā­di­pra­tya­ya TAŚVA-ML 394,07i­ti ce­t­, pū­rvā­dyā­kā­śa­kṛ­ta­s ta­trai­va pū­rvā­di­di­kpra­tya­yo stv i­ti vya­rthā di­kka­lpa­nā | na­nv e­va­m ā­di­tyo­da­yā­di­va- TAŚVA-ML 394,08śā­d e­vā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­śre­ṇi­ṣv i­va pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣv e­va pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­pra­tya­ya­si­ddhe­r ā­kā­śa­śre­ṇi­ka­lpa­nā­py a­na­rthi­kā bha­va­tv i­ti TAŚVA-ML 394,09ce­t na­, pū­rva­syāṃ di­śi pṛ­thi­vyā­da­ya i­tyā­dyā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­da­rśa­nā­t | pṛ­thi­vyā­dya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­bhū­tā­yā ga­ga­na- TAŚVA-ML 394,10pra­de­śa­paṃ­kteḥ pa­ri­ka­lpa­na­sya sā­rtha­ka­tvā­t ga­ga­na­sya pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tva­taḥ sā­dha­yi­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­c ca | ta­to na dha­rmā­dī- TAŚVA-ML 394,11nā­m a­jī­vā­dī­nāṃ di­gdra­vya­rū­pa­to­pa­saṃ­khyā­ta­vyā | pṛ­thi­vyā­di­rū­pa­tā­va­tskaṃ­dha­sva­rū­pa e­vā­jī­va­pa­dā­rtha i­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 394,12dha­rmā­dha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­pi ta­to bhi­nna­sva­bhā­vā­nā­m a­jī­va­dra­vyā­ṇā­m a­gre sa­ma­rtha­yi­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | pu­dga­la­dra­vya­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 394,13rū­pa­skaṃ­dha­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­c ca sū­ktaṃ dha­rmā­da­ya e­vā­jī­va­pa­dā­rthā i­ti |­| TA-ML 5.2 dra­vyā­ṇi |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 394,15sva­pa­ra­pra­tya­yo­tpā­da­vi­ga­ma­pa­ryā­yai­r drū­yaṃ­te dra­vaṃ­ti vā tā­nī­ti dra­vyā­ṇi­, ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­sā­dha­na­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ dra­vya­śa­bda­sya TAŚVA-ML 394,16syā­dvā­di­nāṃ vi­ro­dhā­na­va­tā­rā­t | sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nāṃ tu ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tti­r vi­ro­dhā­t | dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ hi bhe­dai­kāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 394,17te­na dra­vyā­ṇāṃ pa­ryā­yai­r dra­va­ṇaṃ ta­thā sva­ya­m a­si­ddha­tvā­t | si­ddha­rū­pai­r e­va hi de­va­da­ttā­di­bhiḥ pra­si­ddha­sa­ttā­kā grā­mā- TAŚVA-ML 394,18dra­yo drū­ya­mā­ṇā dṛ­ṣṭāḥ na pu­na­r a­si­ddha­sa­ttā­kai­r a­si­ddha­sa­ttā­kā vaṃ­dhyā­pu­trā­di­bhiḥ kū­rma­ro­mā­da­ya i­ti | na ca TAŚVA-ML 394,19dra­vye­bhyaḥ pa­ryā­yāḥ pṛ­tha­k si­ddha­sa­ttvāḥ pa­ryā­ya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­va­t­, dra­vya­pa­ra­taṃ­trā­ṇā­m e­va sva­bhā­vā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 394,20pa­ryā­ya­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | pṛ­tha­gbhū­tā a­pi dra­vya­to dra­vya­pa­ra­taṃ­trāḥ pa­ryā­yā­s ta­tsa­ma­vā­yā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya- TAŚVA-ML 394,21vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa sa­ma­vā­ya­sya ni­ra­sta­pū­rva­tvā­t | pa­ryā­ye­bhyo bhi­nnā­nāṃ dra­vyā­ṇāṃ ca sa­ttva­si­ddhau pa­ryā­ya­pa­ri­ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 394,22nā­vai­ya­rthyā­t | kā­rya­nā­nā­tva­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ tv a­bhi­nna­pa­ryā­ya­saṃ­baṃ­dha­nā­nā­tva­si­ddhi­ta­s ta­nni­baṃ­dha­na­pa­ryā­yāṃ­ta­ra­pa­ri­ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 394,23nā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā pa­ryā­yāṃ­ta­ra­tā­dā­tmyo­pa­ga­me pra­tha­ma­ta e­va pa­ryā­ya­tā­dā­tmyo­pa­ga­me ca na pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 394,24yai­r dra­vyā­ṇi drū­yaṃ­te ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nnā­nā­m e­va prā­pya­prā­pa­ka­bhā­vo­pa­pa­tteḥ | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ tu bhe­da­na­yā­rpa­ṇā­t pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ TAŚVA-ML 394,25dra­vye­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­de sa­ti ya­tho­di­ta­pa­ryā­yai­r drū­yaṃ­te prā­pyaṃ­te i­ti dra­vyā­ṇi '­ka­rma­ṇi ya­stye yu­jya­te­' dra­vaṃ­ti prā­pnu- TAŚVA-ML 394,26vaṃ­ti pa­ryā­yā­n i­ti dra­vyā­ṇī­ti ca ka­rta­ri ba­hu­la­va­ca­nā­d u­pa­pa­dya­te dra­vyā i­va bha­vaṃ­tī­ti dra­vyā­ṇī­ti ce­vā­rthe TAŚVA-ML 394,27dra­vya­śa­bda­sya ni­pā­ta­nā­t | dra­vya­tva­yo­gā­d dra­vyā­ṇī­ty a­pa­re­, te­ṣāṃ dra­vya­tva­vaṃ­tī­ti syā­d daṃ­ḍī­ty a­bhi­dhā­na­va­t | a­thā- TAŚVA-ML 394,28bhe­do­pa­cā­raḥ kri­ya­te ya­ṣṭi­yo­gā­t pu­ru­ṣo ya­ṣṭi­r i­ti ya­thā ta­d a­pi dra­vya­tvā­nī­ti syā­n na tu dra­vyā­ṇi­, dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 394,29tvā­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | ta­c ca dra­vya­tvaṃ dra­va­ṇaṃ dra­vya­m i­ti dra­vya­śa­bdā­bhi­dhe­ya­m a­pi sā­mā­nyaṃ | ya­di sa­rva­ga­tā- TAŚVA-ML 394,30mū­rtā­nāṃ sva­sva­bhā­vaṃ dra­vye­bhyaḥ sa­rva­thā bhi­nnaṃ ta­dā na pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhaṃ­, dra­vye­ṣu sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syai­va dra­vya­tvā­khya­syā- TAŚVA-ML 394,31nu­vṛ­ttya­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r i­ty a­nya­tra ni­rū­pa­ṇā­t | a­tha ta­d e­va sā­dṛ­śyaṃ sā­mā­nyaṃ ta­dā­bhi­ma­ta­m e­va pa­ryā­yai­r drū­yaṃ­ta TAŚVA-ML 394,32i­ti dra­vyā­ṇī­ti va­ca­nā­t sā­dṛ­śya­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t dha­rmā­da­yo nu­va­rtaṃ­te i­ti sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­t dra­vyā­ṇī­ti TAŚVA-ML 394,33va­ca­nā­t | pu­lliṃ­ga­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, ā­vi­ṣṭa­liṃ­ga­tvā­d dra­vya­śa­bda­sya va­nā­di­śa­bda­va­t |­| kiṃ pu­na­r a­trā­ne­na TAŚVA-ML 394,34sū­tre­ṇa kṛ­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.2.1ta­dgu­ṇā­di­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ dra­vyā­ṇī­tī­ha sū­tra­taḥ | dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­t pra­tyā­khyā­ta­m a­ve­ya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 395,02dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r ā­tma­gu­ṇa­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­sya ca mū­rta­dra­vyā­bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tvā­n na dra­vya­tva­m i­ty e­ke ma­nyaṃ­te­, tā­n pra­ti dha­rmā- TAŚVA-ML 395,03dī­nāṃ gu­ṇā­bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tva­m a­ne­nā­tra pra­tyā­khyā­taṃ ni­ścī­ya­te | na hi pu­ṇya­pā­pe dha­rmā­dha­rmau brū­mo nā­py ā­kā­śaṃ TAŚVA-ML 395,04mū­rta­dra­vyā­bhā­va­mā­traṃ dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gā­t te­ṣāṃ dra­vya­vya­pa­de­śa­si­ddheḥ | ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.2.2dha­rmā­dha­rmau ma­tau dra­vye gu­ṇi­tvā­t pu­dga­lā­di­va­t | ta­thā­kā­śa­ma­to nai­ṣāṃ gu­ṇā­bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tā |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.2.3na he­to­r ā­śra­yā­si­ddhi­s te­ṣā­m a­gre pra­sā­dha­nā­t | nā­pi sva­rū­pa­to si­ddhi­r ma­ha­ttvā­di­gu­ṇa­sthi­teḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 395,07dra­vya­tve sā­dhye dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ dha­rmi­ṇā­m a­pra­si­ddha­tvā­d gu­ṇi­tvā­d i­ty a­sya he­to­r ā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tvā­t ta­ta e­va gu­ṇi­tva­syā- TAŚVA-ML 395,08saṃ­bha­vā­t sva­rū­pā­si­ddha­tvaṃ ce­ty e­ke | ta­n na sa­mya­k­, te­ṣā­m a­gre pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ sā­dha­nā­t ta­tra ma­ha­ttvā­di­gu­ṇa­sthi­ta- TAŚVA-ML 395,09tvā­c ca | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ dha­rmā­da­yo dra­vyā­ṇī­ti |­| TA-ML 5.3 jī­vā­ś ca |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 395,11dra­vyā­ṇī­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | ta­tra ba­hu­tva­va­ca­naṃ jī­vā­nāṃ vai­vi­dhya­khyā­pa­nā­rthaṃ | dra­vyā­ṇi jī­vā i­ty e­ka­yo­ga­ka­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 395,12yu­kta­m i­ti ce­n na­, jī­vā­nā­m e­va dra­vya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | dha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­py a­dhi­kā­rā­t dra­vya­tva­saṃ­pra­tya­ya i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 395,13dra­vya­śa­bda­sya jī­va­śa­bdā­va­ba­ddha­tvā­d dha­rmā­di­bhiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­yi­tu­m a­śa­kteḥ | sa­ty a­py a­dhi­kā­re a­bhi­pre­ta­saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya ya­tna- TAŚVA-ML 395,14m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pra­si­ddheḥ | ca­śa­bda­ka­ra­ṇā­t ta­tsi­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t­, ko vi­śe­ṣaḥ syā­d e­ka­yo­ga­ka­ra­ṇe ? yo­ga­vi­bhā­ge tu TAŚVA-ML 395,15spa­ṣṭā pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ti sa e­vā­stu |­| kiṃ pu­na­r a­ne­na vā vya­va­cchi­dya­te i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.3.1ka­lpi­tā­ś ci­tta­saṃ­tā­nā jī­vā i­ti ni­ra­sya­te | jī­vā­ś ce­tī­ha sū­tre­ṇa dra­vyā­ṇī­ty a­nu­vṛ­tti­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 395,17na hy a­pa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭa­bhe­dā ni­ra­nva­ya­vi­na­śva­ra­ci­tta­la­kṣa­ṇā e­va pū­rva­pū­rvā­pa­rī­bhū­tāḥ saṃ­tā­nā jī­vā­khyāṃ pra­ti­pa­dyaṃ­ta TAŚVA-ML 395,18i­ti yu­ktaṃ­, ya­ta­s te­ṣāṃ saṃ­vṛ­ttyā dra­vya­vya­va­hā­rā­nu­ro­dha­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ pra­si­ddhā­nva­ya­tvā­t | pra­mā­ṇaṃ pu­na­s ta­da­nva­ya- TAŚVA-ML 395,19pra­sā­dha­ka­m e­ka­tva­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ pu­ra­stā­t sa­ma­rthi­ta­m i­ti pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­d e­va dra­vya­tva­m a­ne­na jī­vā­nāṃ sū­tri­taṃ | ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 395,20ka­lpi­tā­ś ci­tta­saṃ­tā­nā e­va jī­vā i­ty e­ta­nni­rā­kṛ­taṃ ve­di­ta­vyaṃ | pṛ­thi­vyā­dī­ny e­va dra­vyā­ṇi na jī­vā­s te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 395,21ta­tsa­mu­dā­yo­ttha­jī­va­tkā­yā­tma­ka­tvā­t­, cai­ta­nya­vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ kā­yaḥ pu­ru­ṣa i­ti va­ca­nā­t dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ty a­pa­raḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 395,22so pi te­nai­va pa­rā­kṛ­ta i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.3.2kṣmā­di­bhū­ta­ca­tu­ṣkā­c ca dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­ta­yā ga­tiḥ | na­nu de­ha­gu­ṇa­tvā­di­r i­ti de­hā­t pa­re na­rāḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 395,24pṛ­thi­vyā­di­bhyo dra­vyāṃ­ta­raṃ jī­va i­ti prā­gu­ktā­t sā­dha­nā­d bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­de­r vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | ta­thā de­ha­sya gu­ṇaḥ TAŚVA-ML 395,25kā­ryaṃ vā ce­ta­ne­ty a­pi na­, vi­gra­ha­gu­ṇo bo­dhaḥ ta­trā­na­dhya­va­sī­ya­te i­tyā­de­r vā ni­ra­sta­tvā­n na de­ha­gu­ṇa­tvā­di­r jī- TAŚVA-ML 395,26vā­nā­ma­to bhe­dā­t dra­vyāṃ­ta­rā­n nai­va jī­vāḥ | e­vaṃ ca paṃ­cā­sti­kā­ya­dra­vyā­ṇi dha­rmā­dha­rmā­kā­śa­pu­dga­la­jī­vā­khyā­ni TAŚVA-ML 395,27pra­si­ddhā­ni bha­vaṃ­ti |­| tā­ni pu­naḥ­ —TA-ML 5.4 ni­tyā­va­sthi­tā­ny a­rū­pā­ṇi |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 395,29ta­dbhā­vā­vya­yā­ni ni­tyā­ni­, ni­tya­śa­bda­sya dhrau­vya­va­ca­na­tvā­t sa­rva­de­ya­ttā­ni­vṛ­tte­r a­va­sthi­tā­ni­, na vi­dya­te rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 395,30m e­te­ṣv i­ty a­rū­pā­ṇi |­| ku­ta­s tā­ny e­va­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.4.1dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­yā­t tā­ni ni­tyā­ny e­vā­nvi­ta­tva­taḥ | a­va­sthi­tā­ni sāṃ­ka­rya­syā­nyo­nyaṃ śa­śva­da­sthi­teḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.4.2ta­to dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­syā­pi dra­vya­ṣa­ṭkā­d a­bhā­va­taḥ | ta­tpa­ryā­yā­na­va­sthā­nā­n ni­tya­tve pu­na­ra­rtha­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 395,33dha­rmā­dī­ni vyā­khyā­tā­ni paṃ­ca va­kṣya­mā­ṇe­na kā­le­na sa­ha ṣa­ḍ e­va dra­vyā­ṇi | tā­ni dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­yā­de­śā­d e­va TAŚVA-ML 396,01ni­tyā­ni­, ni­rbā­dhā­nvi­ta­vi­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­ta e­vā­va­sthi­tā­ni te­ṣā­m a­nyo­nya­sāṃ­ka­rya­syā­vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 396,02sthā­nā­t sa­rva­dā sa­pta­ma­dra­vya­syā­bhā­vā­c ce­ti sū­tra­kā­ra­va­ca­nā­t pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d a­ni­tyā­ni tā­ny a­na­va­sthi­tā­ni TAŚVA-ML 396,03ce­ti sā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­ga­mya­te | e­te­na kṣa­ṇi­kā­ny e­va sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­ni dra­vyā­ṇī­ti da­rśa­naṃ pra­tyā­khyā­taṃ­, pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 396,04pra­kṛ­ta­dra­vyā­ṇāṃ ni­tya­tva­si­ddhe­r a­nya­tra pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t | ta­thai­ka­m e­va dra­vyaṃ sa­nmā­traṃ pra­dhā­nā­dya­dvai­ta­m e­va vā nā­nā TAŚVA-ML 396,05dra­vyā­ṇāṃ ta­trā­nu­pra­ve­śā­t | pa­ra­mā­rtha­to na­va­sthi­tā­ni tā­nī­ty a­pi ma­ta­m a­pā­staṃ­, pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­t sa­rva­dā TAŚVA-ML 396,06te­ṣā­m a­va­sthi­ta­tva­si­ddheḥ |­| a­thā­rū­pā­ṇī­ti kiṃ sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣa­to vā­bhi­dhī­ya­ta i­ty ā­śaṃ­ka­mā­naṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.4.3a­rū­pā­ṇī­ti sā­mā­nyā­d ā­ha na tv a­pa­vā­da­taḥ | rū­pi­tva­va­ca­nā­d a­gre pu­dga­lā­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 396,08na vi­dya­te rū­paṃ mū­rti­r ye­ṣāṃ tā­ny a­rū­pā­ṇī­ty u­tsa­rga­taḥ ṣa­ḍ a­pi dra­vyā­ṇi vi­śe­ṣyaṃ­te na pu­na­r vi­śe­ṣa­ta­s ta­tho­tta­ra­tra TAŚVA-ML 396,09pu­dga­lā­nāṃ rū­pi­tva­vi­dhā­nā­t | ka­ści­d ā­ha­–­dha­rmā­dha­rma­kā­lā­ṇa­vo jī­vā­ś ca nā­mū­rta­yo a­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tvā­t pu­dga- TAŚVA-ML 396,10la­va­t | syā­dvā­di­bhi­s te­ṣā­m a­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­n nā­trā­si­ddho he­tuḥ­, nā­py a­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaḥ sā­dhya­vi­pa­kṣe ga­ga­ne TAŚVA-ML 396,11su­khā­dau vā pa­ryā­ye ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti | so tra pra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ | kā pu­na­r i­yaṃ mū­rti­r i­ti ? a­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­pa­ri­ṇā­mo TAŚVA-ML 396,12mū­rti­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vaṃ­to dha­rmā­da­ya i­ti sā­dhya­m ā­yā­taṃ ta­thā vā si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ | a­tha TAŚVA-ML 396,13spa­rśā­di­saṃ­sthā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­mo mū­rti­s ta­dbhā­vā­n nā­mū­rta­yo dha­rmā­da­ya i­ti sā­dhyaṃ ta­dā­nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­taḥ pa­kṣaḥ kā­lā­tya- TAŚVA-ML 396,14yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­ś ca he­tuḥ | ta­thā hi­–­dha­rmā­da­yo na mū­rti­maṃ­taḥ pu­dga­lā­d a­nya­tve sa­ti dra­vya­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 396,15vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­ta­dra­vyā­ṇā­m a­mū­rti­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ty e­va | su­khā­di­pa­ryā­ye­ṣv a­bhā­vā­d bhā­gā­si­ddha­tvaṃ he­to­r i­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 396,16m a­pi pa­kṣī­kṛ­ta­tvā­t | ku­ta­s te­ṣā­m a­mū­rti­tva­si­ddhiḥ ? sā­dha­nāṃ­ta­rā­d i­ty a­bhi­dhī­ya­te | su­khā­da­yo py a­mū­rta­dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā TAŚVA-ML 396,17na mū­rti­maṃ­taḥ a­mū­rti­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­pa­ryā­ya­va­t | mū­rti­ma­ddra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ rū­pā­dī­nāṃ ka­tha­m a­mū­rti­tva­si­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 396,18r i­ti ce­n na­, ka­tha­m a­pi te­ṣāṃ sva­yaṃ mū­rti­ma­ttvā­t | mū­rtyaṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­t te­ṣā­m a­mū­rti­tvaṃ gu­ṇa­tvā­d e­va si­ddhya­ti TAŚVA-ML 396,19gu­ṇā­nāṃ ni­rgu­ṇa­tva­sā­dha­nā­t | e­te­na sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­ma­vā­yā­nāṃ sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­vi­ṣva­gbhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇā­na­, TAŚVA-ML 396,20mū­rti­ma­ddra­vyā­śra­yā­ṇāṃ ka­rma­ṇāṃ ca mū­rti­tva­m a­mū­rti­tvaṃ ciṃ­ti­taṃ bo­ddha­vyaṃ | te­ṣā­m a­mū­rti­tva­m e­ve­ty a­pi vyā­khyā­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 396,21te­na ya­d u­ktaṃ gu­ṇa­ka­rma­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­ma­vā­yā a­mū­rta­ya e­ve­ti ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ­, pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 396,22a­tho­tsa­rga­taḥ pu­dga­lā­nā­m a­py a­rū­pi­tva­pra­sa­ktau ta­da­pa­vā­dā­rtha­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.5 rū­pi­ṇaḥ pu­dga­lāḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 396,24rū­pa­śa­bda­syā­ne­kā­rtha­tve pi mū­rti­ma­tpa­ryā­ya­gra­ha­ṇaṃ­, śā­stra­sā­ma­rthyā­t | ta­to rū­paṃ mū­rti­r i­ti gṛ­hya­te rū­pā­di- TAŚVA-ML 396,25saṃ­sthā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­mo mū­rti­r i­ti va­ca­nā­t | gu­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­va­ca­naṃ gra­ha­ṇaṃ vā­sma­dā­dī­nāṃ ta­da­vi­nā­bhā­vā­t ta­daṃ­ta­rbhū­ta- TAŚVA-ML 396,26tvā­d a­gra­ha­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | rū­pa­m e­te­ṣv a­stī­ti rū­pi­ṇa i­ti ni­tya­yo­ge ka­thaṃ­ci­d vya­ti­re­ki­ṇāṃ rū­pa­ta­dva­tā­m i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 396,27pu­dga­lā i­ti ba­hu­va­ca­naṃ bhe­da­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rthaṃ | ta­d e­vaṃ­ —TAŚV-ML 5.5.1a­rū­pi­tvā­pa­vā­do '­yaṃ rū­pi­ṇaḥ pu­dga­lā i­ti | rū­paṃ mū­rti­r i­ha jñe­yā na sva­bhā­ve khi­lā­rtha­bhā­k |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.5.2rū­pā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya mū­rti­tve­nā­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ | spa­rśā­di­ma­ttva­m e­te­ṣā­m u­pa­la­kṣye­ta ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 396,30a­tha ṣa­ṇṇā­m a­pi dra­vyā­ṇāṃ nā­nā­dra­vya­tva­m ā­ho­svi­de­kai­ka­dra­vya­tva­m u­ta ke­ṣāṃ­ci­n nā­nā­dra­vya­tva­m i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 396,31m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.6 ā ā­kā­śā­d e­ka­dra­vyā­ṇi |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 396,33a­bhi­vi­dhā­vā­pra­yo­gaḥ | e­ka­śa­bdaḥ saṃ­khyā­va­ca­na­s ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhā­d dra­vya­syai­ka­va­ca­na­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, dha­rmā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā TAŚVA-ML 396,34ba­hu­tva­si­ddheḥ | e­kaṃ ca dra­vyaṃ ca ta­de­ka­dra­vyaṃ e­ka­dra­vyaṃ cai­ka­dra­vyaṃ ca e­ka­dra­vyā­ṇī­ti dha­rmā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā ba­hu­tvaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 397,01vi­ru­dhya­te | e­kai­ka­m a­stu la­ghu­tvā­t pra­si­ddha­tvā­d dra­vya­ga­te­r i­ti ce­n na vā­, dra­vyā­pe­kṣa­yai­ka­tva­khyā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­d e­ka- TAŚVA-ML 397,02dra­vyā­ṇī­ti va­ca­na­sya pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d ba­hu­tva­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 5.6.1e­ka­saṃ­khyā­vi­śi­ṣṭā­nī­ty e­ka­dra­vyā­ṇi sū­ca­ya­n | a­ne­ka­dra­vya­tāṃ haṃ­ti dha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.6.2ā ā­kā­śā­d i­ti khyā­tiḥ pu­dga­lā­nāṃ nṛ­ṇā­m a­pi | kā­lā­ṇū­nā­m a­ne­ka­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­dra­vya­tāṃ vi­duḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 397,05ā ā­kā­śā­d e­ka­tva­saṃ­khyā­vi­śi­ṣṭā­ny e­ka­dra­vyā­ṇī­ti sū­tra­ya­n na ke­va­laṃ dra­vyā­pe­kṣa­yā­ne­ka­dra­vya­tā­m e­ṣā­m a­pā- TAŚVA-ML 397,06sya­ti | kiṃ ta­rhi ? jī­va­pu­dga­la­kā­la­dra­vyā­ṇā­m e­ka­tvaṃ ca ta­to ne­ka­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­dra­vya­tā­m e­ṣāṃ vā­rti­ka­kā­rā­da­yo TAŚVA-ML 397,07vi­duḥ | ka­tha­m i­ti ce­t­, u­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 5.6.3e­ka­dra­vya­m a­yaṃ dha­rmaḥ syā­d a­dha­rma­ś ca ta­ttva­taḥ | ma­ha­ttve sa­tya­mū­rta­tvā­t kha­va­tta­tsi­ddhi­vā­di­nā­m |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 397,09ma­ha­ttvā­d i­ty u­cya­mā­ne pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dhai­r vya­bhi­cā­ro mā bhū­d i­ty a­mū­rta­tva­va­ca­naṃ­, a­mū­rta­tvā­d i­ty u­kte kā­lā­ṇu­bhi­r vā- TAŚVA-ML 397,10di­naḥ su­khā­di­bhiḥ pra­ti­vā­di­no '­ne­kāṃ­to mā bhū­d i­ti ma­ha­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | na cā­mū­rta­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 397,11pu­dga­lā­d a­nya­tve sa­ti dra­vya­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­d i­ti ta­tsā­dha­nā­t | nā­pi ma­ha­ttvaṃ tri­ja­ga­dvyā­pi­tve­na sā­dha­yi­ṣya­mā­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 397,12tvā­t | ta­to ni­ra­va­dyo he­tuḥ | kha­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m a­pi na sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­dha­rma­vi­ka­laṃ ta­tsi­ddhi­vā­di­nāṃ­, ta­de­ka­dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 397,13tva­sya sā­dhya­dha­rma­sya sā­dha­na­dha­rma­sya ca ma­ha­ttvā­mū­rta­tva­sya ta­ttva­sya ta­tra pra­si­ddha­tvā­t | ga­ga­nā­sa­ttva­vā­di­nāṃ pra­ti TAŚVA-ML 397,14ta­sya ta­thā­tve­nā­gre sā­dha­nā­d dha­rmā­dha­rma­dra­vya­va­t | ta­ta e­va nā­śra­yā­si­ddho he­tu­s ta­dā­śra­ya­sya dha­rma­syā­dha­rma­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 397,15pra­mā­ṇa­tve si­ddha­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 5.6.4nā­nā­dra­vya­m a­sau nā­nā­pra­de­śa­tvā­d dha­rā­di­va­t | i­ty a­yu­kta­m a­ne­kāṃ­tā­d ā­kā­śe­nai­ka­tā hṛ­tā |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.6.5ta­sya nā­nā­pra­de­śa­tva­sā­dha­nā­d a­gra­to na­yā­t | ni­raṃ­śa­sya sa ta­tsa­rva­mū­rta­dra­vyai­r a­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 397,18ta­to na pa­kṣa­syā­syā­nu­mā­ne bā­dhā ta­syā­pra­yo­ja­ka­tvā­t | nā­pi he­toḥ kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­te­ti dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo- TAŚVA-ML 397,19r e­ka­dra­vya­tva­si­ddhiḥ |­| ya­thā ca tā­ni dha­rmā­dha­rmā­kā­śā­ny e­ka­dra­vyā­ṇi ta­thā­ —TA-ML 5.7 ni­ṣkri­yā­ṇi ca |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 397,21u­bha­ya­ni­mi­ttā­pe­kṣaḥ pa­ryā­ya­vi­śe­ṣo dra­vya­sya de­śāṃ­ta­ra­prā­pti­he­tuḥ kri­yā­, na pu­naḥ pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­thā pra­tī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 397,22mā­na­tvā­t gu­ṇa­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­ma­vā­ya­va­t | na­nu kri­yā dra­vyā­t pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­dbhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d gu­ṇā­di­va­d i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 397,23pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve­nā­pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tva­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tva­sya dra­vya­vya­kti­bhi­r a­ne­kāṃ­tā­t | kā­lā- TAŚVA-ML 397,24di­dra­vya­vya­ktī­nāṃ na dra­vyā­d bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ kri­yā­va­dgu­ṇa­va­tsa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ta­tra bhā­vā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 397,25ce­n na­, kā­lā­di­ṣu kri­yā­va­ttva­va­rji­ta­sya dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­syo­pa­ga­mā­t | pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣu ta­da­va­rji­ta­sya ta­sya vyā­khyā- TAŚVA-ML 397,26nā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t te­ṣāṃ dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­da­si­ddheḥ | pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve tu dra­vya­vya­ktī­nāṃ gu­ṇā­di­vya­ktī­nā­m a­pi pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 397,27tva­pra­sa­kteḥ ku­taḥ ṣa­ṭpa­dā­rtha­ni­ya­maḥ ? dra­vya­tva­pra­tī­ti­mā­traṃ dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sa­ka­la­dra­vya­vya­ktī­nā­m a­bhi­nnaṃ nā­sya TAŚVA-ML 397,28ka­rma­ṇi ma­nā­g a­py a­bhā­vā­t | sa­rva­thā ta­dbhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ he­tu­r i­ti ce­t­, pra­ti­vā­dya­si­ddhaḥ sa­ddra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 397,29ṇy a­pi dra­vya­pra­tya­ya­mā­tra­sya dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya bhā­vā­d a­nya­thā ta­da­sa­ttva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na hi sa­ttā­ma­hā­sā­mā­nya­m e­va dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 397,30m i­ti syā­dvā­di­nāṃ da­rśa­naṃ ta­syāḥ śu­ddha­dra­vya­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vya­m i­ty a­śu­ddha­dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ka­rma­ṇy a- TAŚVA-ML 397,31bhā­ve pi ka­thaṃ­ci­d e­ka­dra­vyā­bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ ta­sya si­ddhye­n na sa­rva­thā | ta­c ca ka­thaṃ­ci­t pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tvaṃ sā­dha­ye­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 397,32vi­ru­ddha­sā­dha­nā­d vi­ru­ddhaṃ pa­raiḥ sa­rva­thā pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva­sya ta­tra sā­dhya­tvā­t | ka­rma sa­rva­thā na dra­vya­pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 397,33ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­dbhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d gu­ṇā­di­va­d i­ti pa­ra­ma­ta­si­ddheḥ | na cā­tra ka­rmā­pra­ti­pa­nnaṃ ye­nā­śra­yā­si­ddhiḥ sā­dha­na­sya | TAŚVA-ML 397,34nā­pi sa­rva­thā pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve­na dra­vyā­t pra­ti­pa­nnaṃ ku­ta­ści­t pra­mā­ṇā­t syā­dvā­di­bhiḥ­, ye­na dha­rmi­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 398,01t ta­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­t pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve­nai­va pra­ti­pa­nna­tvā­t | na cai­vaṃ si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, ka­rma­ṇaḥ pa­ryā­ya­tve­na dra­vyā­t ka­thaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 398,02ci­t pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva­vya­va­sthi­te­r u­tpā­da­vi­nā­śa­tva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya dhrau­vyā­d dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇā­d bhe­da­si­ddheḥ ka­rma­gu­ṇa­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 398,03sa­ma­vā­yā­nāṃ pa­ryā­ya­la­kṣa­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­t pa­ryā­ya­pa­dā­rtha­tva­va­ca­nā­d a­nya­thā­ti­pra­sa­kteḥ | prā­gbhā­vā­dī­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 398,04ṣya­bhā­vā­dī­nāṃ ca pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pa­dā­rtha­śe­ṣa­tva­ka­lpa­nā­yā­m e­ke­nai­va pa­dā­rthe­na pa­ryā­pta­tvā­d a­nye­ṣāṃ pa­dā- TAŚVA-ML 398,05rtha­śe­ṣā­va­sthi­te sū­tre va­dhā­ra­ṇā­d i­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ | sā­mā­nya­sa­ma­vā­yau ka­thaṃ pa­ryā­yau ? ni­tya­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­yo­r a­pi TAŚVA-ML 398,06gu­ṇa­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­va­da­ni­tya­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo hi sā­mā­nyaṃ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ a­vi­ṣva­gbhā­va­ś ca dra­vya­pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 398,07ya­yoḥ sa­ma­vā­yaḥ­, sa co­tpā­da­vi­nā­śa­vā­n e­va sa­dṛ­śa­vya­ktyu­tpā­de sā­dṛ­śyo­tpā­da­pra­tī­te­s ta­dvi­nā­śe ca ta­dvi­nā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 398,08mā­tra­bhā­vā­t | sā­dṛ­śya­sya vya­ktyaṃ­ta­re­ṣu da­rśa­nā­n ni­tya­tva­m i­ti ce­n na ca­, sā­dṛ­śya­sya vi­śe­ṣa­sya gu­ṇa­sya ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 398,09ṇa­ś cai­vaṃ ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­ṣṭo­tpa­nna­vya­kti­bhyo vya­ktyaṃ­ta­re­ṣu na ta­d e­va vai­sā­dṛ­śyā­di dṛ­śya­te | ta­to nya- TAŚVA-ML 398,10syai­va da­rśa­nā­d i­ti ce­t­, sā­dṛ­śyā­di pa­ra­m e­va ki­n na bha­ve­t ta­thā­pra­tī­te­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­to dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya e­va | TAŚVA-ML 398,11kri­yā­gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ kri­yā­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, ta­to vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­t | dra­vya­sya hi de­śāṃ­ta­ra­prā­pti­he­tuḥ TAŚVA-ML 398,12pa­ryā­yaḥ kri­yā na sa­rvaḥ | sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā ka­smā­n na syā­d i­ti ce­n na­, u­bha­ya­ni­mi­ttā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t kri­yā­yā­s ta­dbhā­va TAŚVA-ML 398,13e­va bhā­vā­t pa­ryā­yāṃ­ta­ra­va­t | ni­ṣkrāṃ­tā­ni kri­yā­yāḥ ni­ṣkri­yā­ṇi dha­rmā­dha­rmā­kā­śā­ni | ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.7.1ni­ṣkri­yā­ṇi ca tā­nī­ti pa­ri­spaṃ­da­vi­mu­kti­taḥ | sū­tri­taṃ tri­ja­ga­dvyā­pi­rū­pā­ṇāṃ spaṃ­da­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 398,15dha­rmā­dha­rmau pa­ri­spaṃ­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­yā kri­ya­yā ni­ṣkri­yau sa­ka­la­ja­ga­dvyā­pi­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­t | pa­ri­ṇā­ma­la­kṣa­ṇa­yā TAŚVA-ML 398,16tu kri­ya­yā sa­kri­yā­v e­va­, a­nya­thā va­stu­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | sva­rū­pā­si­ddho he­tu­r i­ti ce­n na­, dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ sa­ka­la- TAŚVA-ML 398,17lo­ka­vyā­pi­tva­syā­gre sa­ma­rtha­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.2sā­ma­rthyā­t sa­kri­yau jī­va­pu­dga­lā­v i­ti ni­śca­yaḥ | jī­va­sya ni­ṣkri­ya­tve hi na kri­yā­he­tu­tā ta­nau |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 398,19pra­kṛ­te­ṣu paṃ­ca­su dra­vye­ṣv ā­kā­śāṃ­tā­nāṃ tra­yā­ṇāṃ ni­ṣkri­ya­tva­va­ca­ne sā­ma­rthyā­j jī­va­pu­dga­lau sa­kri­yau sū­tri­tau TAŚVA-ML 398,20ve­di­ta­vyau | na­nu pu­dga­lāḥ kri­yā­va­tta­yo­pa­la­bhya­mā­nāḥ kri­yā­vaṃ­ta i­ti yu­ktaṃ­, jī­va­s tu na sa­kri­ya­s ta­sya ta­thā- TAŚVA-ML 398,21nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tvā­d i­ti na co­dyaṃ­; ta­sya ni­ṣkri­ya­tve śa­rī­re kri­yā­he­tu­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­taḥ kri­yā­vā­n ā­tmā- TAŚVA-ML 398,22ny a­tra dra­vye kri­yā­he­tu­tvā­t pu­dga­la­dra­vya­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­j jī­va­sya kri­yā­va­tto­pa­laṃ­bhā­n na ta­sya sa­kri­ya­tva­m a­yu­ktaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 398,23kā­le­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­n na he­tu­r ga­ma­ko ve­ti ce­n na­, kā­la­sya kri­yā­he­tu­tvā­bhā­vā­t | kri­yā­ni­rva­rta­ka­tvaṃ kri­yā­he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 398,24tva­m i­ha sā­dha­naṃ na pu­naḥ kri­yā­ni­mi­tta­mā­tra­tvaṃ ta­sya kā­lā­dau sa­dbhā­vā­bhā­vā­n na vya­bhi­cā­raḥ | kā­lo hi TAŚVA-ML 398,25kri­yā­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nāṃ sva­yaṃ ni­mi­tta­mā­traṃ stha­vi­ra­ga­tau ya­ṣṭi­va­t­, na pu­naḥ kri­yā­ni­rva­rta­kaḥ pa­rṇā­dau pa­va­na­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.3pra­ya­tnā­di­gu­ṇa­s ta­dvā­n na he­tu­r i­ti ce­n na vai | gu­ṇo sti ta­dva­to bhi­nnaḥ sa­rva­the­ti ni­ve­di­ta­m |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 398,27nā­tmā śa­rī­rā­dau kri­yā­he­tu­r ni­rgu­ṇa­syā­pi mu­kta­sya ta­ddhe­tu­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to '­si­ddho he­tuḥ | pra­ya­tno dha­rmo TAŚVA-ML 398,28'­dha­rma­ś cā­tma­no gu­ṇo hi ta­nvā­m a­nya­tra vā dra­vye kri­yā­he­tu­r i­ti pa­re­ṣā­m ā­śa­yo na yu­ktaḥ­, pra­ya­tna­sya gu­ṇa­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 398,29si­ddheḥ | vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­di­kā­ra­ṇā­pā­di­to hy ā­tma­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­spaṃ­daḥ pra­ya­tno naḥ kri­yai­ve­ti syā­dvā­di­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 398,30r ni­ve­da­nā­t | ta­thā dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r a­pi pu­dga­la­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tva­sa­ma­rtha­nā­n nā­tma­gu­ṇa­tvaṃ | sa­nn a­py a­sau pra­ya­tnā­di­r ā­tma­gu­ṇaḥ TAŚVA-ML 398,31sa­rva­thā­tma­no bhi­nno na pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddho stī­ti ni­ve­da­nā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­da­bhi­nna­s tu sa ta­tra kri­yā­he­tu­r i­ty ā­tmai­va ta­ddhe- TAŚVA-ML 398,32tu­r u­ktaḥ syā­t | ta­thā ca ka­tha­m a­si­ddho he­tuḥ ? |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.4kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­tvā­d vā lo­ṣṭha­va­tsa­kri­yaḥ pu­mā­n | dha­rma­dra­vye­ṇa ce­d a­sya vya­bhi­cā­raḥ pa­ra­śru­tau |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.5na ta­sya pre­ra­ṇā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­yo­gi­tva­hā­ni­taḥ | ni­mi­tta­mā­tra­he­tu­tvā­t sva­yaṃ ga­ti­vi­va­rti­nā­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 399,01kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­tva­sya he­toḥ kri­yā­va­ttve sā­dhye ga­ga­ne­nā­ne­kāṃ­ta i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­sya kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­yo­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 399,02vā­yu­saṃ­yo­gaḥ kri­yā­he­tu­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya kri­yā­va­ti tṛ­ṇā­dau kri­yā­he­tu­tve­na da­rśa­nā­t | ni­ṣkri­ye vyo­mā­dau TAŚVA-ML 399,03ta­thā­tve­nā­pra­tī­teḥ | na ca ya e­va tṛ­ṇā­dau vā­yu­saṃ­yo­gaḥ sa e­vā­kā­śe sti­, pra­ti­yo­gi­saṃ­yo­ga­sya bhe­dā­t | TAŚVA-ML 399,04vā­yu­saṃ­yo­ga­sā­mā­nyaṃ tu na kva­ci­d a­pi kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇaṃ­, maṃ­da­ta­m a­ve­ga­vā­yu­saṃ­yo­ge sa­ty a­pi pā­da­pā­dau kri­yā­nu­pa- TAŚVA-ML 399,05la­bdheḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ­, kri­yā­vā­n ā­tmā sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­taḥ kri­yā­vā­n pu­ru­ṣa i­ti pa­kṣaḥ TAŚVA-ML 399,06kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­ś ca he­tu­r i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t­, pu­ru­ṣa­sya sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­si­ddheḥ | sa­rva­ga­taḥ pu­ru­ṣo dra­vya­tve sa­tya­mū- TAŚVA-ML 399,07rta­tvā­d ga­ga­na­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, pa­re­ṣāṃ kā­la­dra­vye­ṇa vya­bhi­cā­rā­t sā­dha­na­sya | kā­la­sya pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti TAŚVA-ML 399,08ce­n na­, pa­kṣa­syā­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­bā­dhā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­thā hi­–­kā­lo '­sa­rva­ga­to nā­nā­dra­vya­tvā­t pu­dga­la­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 399,09pa­kṣa­sya bā­dha­kaṃ | na cā­trā­si­ddho he­tuḥ ta­sya nā­nā­dra­vya­tve­na syā­dvā­di­nāṃ si­ddha­tvā­t | nā­nā­dra­vyaṃ kā­laḥ TAŚVA-ML 399,10pra­tyā­kā­śa­pra­de­śaṃ yu­ga­pa­dvya­va­hā­ra­kā­la­bhe­dā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pra­tyā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­bhi­nno vya­va­hā­ra­kā­laḥ sa­kṛ­tku­ru­kṣe- TAŚVA-ML 399,11trā­kā­śa­laṃ­kā­kā­śa­de­śa­yo­r di­va­sā­di­bhe­dā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­tra di­va­sā­di­bhe­da­taḥ pu­naḥ kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­bhe­dā­t nai­mi- TAŚVA-ML 399,12tti­kā­nāṃ lau­ki­kā­nāṃ ca su­pra­si­ddha e­va | sa ca vya­va­hā­ra­kā­la­bhe­do gau­ṇaḥ pa­rai­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­mā­no mu­khya­kā- TAŚVA-ML 399,13la­dra­vya­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa no­pa­pa­dya­te | ya­thā mu­khya­sa­ttva­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa kva­ci­d u­pa­ca­ri­taṃ sa­ttva­m i­ti pra­ti­lo­kā­kā­śa­pra­de­śaṃ kā­la- TAŚVA-ML 399,14dra­vya­bhe­da­si­ddhi­s ta­tsā­dha­na­syā­na­va­dya­tvā­t a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­si­ddheḥ |­| kā­la­syā­sa­rva­ga­ta­tve '­ni­ṣṭā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­pa­ri­ji­hī- TAŚVA-ML 399,15rṣa­yā prā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.7.6kā­lo '­sa­rva­ga­ta­tve­na kri­yā­va­n nā­nu­ṣa­jya­te | sa­rva­dā ja­ga­de­kai­ka­de­śa­stha­tvā­t pṛ­tha­k pṛ­tha­k |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 399,17kri­yā­vā­n kā­lo '­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tvā­t pu­dga­la­va­d i­ty a­ni­ṣṭā­nu­ṣaṃ­ja­na­m a­yu­ktaṃ­, sa­rva­dā lo­kā­kā­śai­kai­ka­pra­de­śa­stha- TAŚVA-ML 399,18tve­na pṛ­tha­k pṛ­tha­k kā­lā­ṇū­nāṃ pra­sā­dha­nā­t | te hi pra­tyā­kā­śa­pra­de­śaṃ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­va­sthi­ta­yo bhyu­pa­gaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 399,19ta­vyāḥ pa­rī­kṣa­kai­r a­nya­thā vya­va­hā­ra­kā­la­bhe­da­pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­va­sthi­tya­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ ka­dā­ci­t ta­tpa­rā­vṛ­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 399,20a­ṇu­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­ni ca tā­ni kā­la­dra­vyā­ṇi skaṃ­dhā­kā­ra­tve­na kā­ryā­nu­mi­ti­pra­tī­ya­mā­na­sya kā­rya­sya pra­tyā­kā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 399,21pra­de­śaṃ sa­kṛ­dvya­va­hā­ra­kā­la­bhe­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­ṇu­nā­pi kā­la­dra­vye­ṇa ka­rtuṃ śa­kya­tvā­t | e­te­na sa­rva­ga­taḥ kā­la i­ti TAŚVA-ML 399,22pa­kṣa­syā­ga­ma­bā­dho­pa­da­rśi­tā | ka­thaṃ ? "­lo­yā­yā­sa­pa­e­se e­kke­kke je ṭhi­yā hu e­kke­kkā | ra­ya­ṇā­ṇaṃ rā­sī i­va te TAŚVA-ML 399,23kā­lā­ṇū mu­ṇe­ya­vvā |­| " i­ty ā­ga­ma­syā­bā­dhi­ta­sya si­ddheḥ | a­ta e­va dra­vya­tve sa­tya­mū­rta­tvā­d i­ti he­tuḥ kā­lā- TAŚVA-ML 399,24tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭaḥ | kā­lo '­sa­rva­ga­ta e­va vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | ta­thā cā­tma­naḥ pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­ttve sā­dhye syai­va he­toḥ kā­le­na TAŚVA-ML 399,25vya­bhi­cā­raḥ si­ddhya­tī­ti nā­ta­s ta­tsi­ddhi­r ye­na kri­yā­vā­n ā­tmā kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­tvā­l lo­ṣṭha­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­na­m a­na­va­dyaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 399,26bha­ve­t | pa­kṣa­syā­nu­mā­na­bā­dha­nā­na­va­tā­rā­d dhe­to­ś ca kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvā­bhā­vā­d i­ti sū­kta­m ā­kā­śāṃ­tā­nāṃ ni­ṣkri­ya­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 399,27ta­dva­ca­ne­na sā­ma­rthyā­j jī­va­pu­dga­lā­nāṃ sa­kri­ya­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­naṃ ca kā­la­sya va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sya ni­ṣkri­ya­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.7na­nv e­vaṃ na kri­ya­tve pi dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ vya­va­sthi­teḥ | na syuḥ sva­ya­m a­bhi­pre­tā ja­nma­sthā­na­vya­ya­kri­yāḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.8ta­tho­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sa­d i­ti la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | ta­tra na syā­t ta­to nai­ṣāṃ dra­vya­tvaṃ va­stu­tā­pi ca |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.9i­ty a­pā­staṃ pa­ri­spaṃ­da­kri­yā­yāḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­nā­t | u­tpā­dā­di­kri­yā­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā sa­ttva­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.10pa­ri­spaṃ­da­kri­yā­mū­lā na­co­tpā­dā­da­yaḥ kri­yāḥ | sa­rva­tra gu­ṇa­bhe­dā­nā­m u­tpā­dā­di­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.11sva­pa­ra­pra­tya­yau ja­nma­vya­yau ya­di gu­ṇā­di­ṣu | sthi­ti­ś ca kiṃ na dha­rmā­di­dra­vye­ṣv e­va­m u­pe­ya­te |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.12ga­ti­sthi­tya­va­gā­hā­nāṃ pa­ra­tra na ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | dha­rmā­dī­ni kri­yā­śū­nya­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t kha­pu­ṣpa­va­t |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.13kri­yā­va­ttva­pra­saṃ­go vā te­ṣāṃ vā­yu­dha­rāṃ­bu­va­t | i­ty a­co­dyaṃ ba­lā­dhā­na­mā­tra­tvā­d ga­ma­nā­di­ṣu |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.14dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ sva­śa­ktyai­va ga­tyā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nāṃ | ya­theṃ­dri­yaṃ ba­lā­dhā­na­mā­traṃ vi­ṣa­ya­saṃ­ni­dhau |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.15puṃ­saḥ sva­yaṃ sa­ma­rtha­sya ta­tra si­ddhe­r na cā­nya­thā | ta­trai­va dra­vya­sā­ma­rthyā­n ni­ṣkri­yā­ṇā­m a­pi sva­yaṃ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.16dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ pa­ra­trā­stu kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇa­m ā­pta­tā | na­cai­va­m ā­tma­naḥ kā­ya­kri­yā­he­tu­tva­m ā­pa­te­t |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.17sa­rva­thā ni­ṣkri­ya­syā­pi sva­yaṃ mā­na­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | ā­tmā hi pre­ra­ko he­tu­r i­ṣṭaḥ kā­yā­di­ka­rma­ṇi |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.18tṛ­ṇā­di­ka­rma­ṇī­vā­stu pa­va­nā­di­ś ca sa­kri­yaḥ | vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­vi­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­cche­da­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.19sa­kri­ya­syai­va jī­va­sya ta­to ṃ­ge ka­rma­he­tu­tā | ha­ste ka­rmā­tma­saṃ­yo­ga­pra­pa­nnā­bhyā­m u­pe­ya­te |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.20yai­s te pi ca pra­ti­kṣi­ptā­s ta­yo­s ta­ccha­ktya­yo­ga­taḥ | ni­ṣkri­yo hi ya­thā­tmai­ṣāṃ kri­yā­va­dvai­sa­dṛ­śya­taḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.21kā­lā­di­va­tta­thai­vā­tma­saṃ­yo­gaḥ sa­pra­ya­tna­kaḥ | gu­ṇaḥ syā­t ta­sya ta­dva­c ca ni­ṣkri­ya­tvā­di­de­śa­taḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.22gu­ṇāḥ ka­rmā­ṇi cai­te­na vyā­khyā­tā­nī­ti sū­ca­nā­t | na tā­va­d ā­tma­saṃ­yo­gaḥ ke­va­laḥ ka­rma­kā­ra­ṇaṃ |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.23niḥ­pra­ya­tna­sya ha­stā­dau kri­yā­he­tu­tva­hā­ni­taḥ | nai­ka­sya ta­tpra­ya­tna­sya kri­yā­he­tu­tva­m ī­kṣya­te |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.24śa­rī­rā­yo­gi­no nya­sya ta­taḥ ka­rma­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | sa­hi­tā­v ā­tma­saṃ­yo­ga­pra­pa­nnau ku­ru­taḥ kri­yāḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.25ha­stā­dā­v i­ty a­saṃ­bhā­vya­ma­na­yoḥ sa­ha­dṛ­ṣṭi­va­t | a­dṛ­ṣṭā­pe­kṣi­ṇau tau ce­d a­ku­rvā­ṇau kri­yāṃ na­ri |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.26ha­stā­dau ku­ru­taḥ ka­rma nai­vaṃ kva­ci­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­taḥ | u­ṣṇā­pe­kṣo ya­thā va­nhi­saṃ­yo­gaḥ ka­la­śā­di­ṣu |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.27rū­pā­dī­n pā­ka­jā­n va­rta­te va­hnau svā­śra­ye ta­thā | nṛ­saṃ­yo­gā­di­r a­nya­tra kri­yā­m ā­ra­bha­te na tu |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.28svā­dhā­re na­ri ta­sye­tthaṃ sā­ma­rthyā­d i­ti ce­n na vai | vai­ṣa­myā­d a­sma­di­ṣṭa­sya si­ddheḥ sā­dhya­sa­ma­tva­taḥ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.29pra­tī­ti­bā­dha­nā­c cai­ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | sā­dhye kri­yā­ni­mi­tta­tve dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to hy a­kri­yā­śra­yaḥ |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.30syā­d e­ṣa vi­ṣa­ma­s tā­va­d a­gni­saṃ­yo­ga u­ṣṇa­bhṛ­t | ya­thā ca svā­śra­ye ku­rva­n vi­kā­raṃ ka­la­śā­di­ṣu |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.31ka­ro­ti va­nhi­saṃ­yo­gaḥ puṃ­so yo­ga­s ta­thā ta­nau | i­ty a­sma­di­ṣṭa­saṃ­si­ddhiḥ kri­yā­pa­ri­ṇa­ta­sya nuḥ |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.32kā­ye kri­yā­ni­mi­tta­tva­si­ddheḥ saṃ­yo­gi­ni sphu­ṭaṃ | saṃ­yo­gā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ va­nheḥ ku­ṭā­de­ś ca ta­dā­śri­taḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.33sa­ma­vā­yā­t ta­to bhi­nna­pra­tī­tyā bā­dhya­te na kiṃ | gha­ṭā­di­ṣv ā­ma­rū­pā­dī­n vi­nā­śa­ya­ti sa sva­yaṃ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.34pā­ka­jā­n ja­na­ya­ty e­ta­t pra­ti­pa­dye­ta kaḥ su­dhīḥ | na cai­ṣā pā­ka­jo­tpa­tti­pra­kri­yā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.35va­nheḥ pā­ka­ja­ru­pā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­māḥ ku­ṭā­di­ṣu | sva­he­tu­bhe­da­taḥ sa­rvaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pra­tī­ya­te |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.36pū­rvā­kā­ra­pa­ri­tyā­gā­d u­tta­rā­kā­ra­la­bdhi­taḥ | ku­ṭe pā­ka­ja­rū­pā­di­pa­ri­tyā­ge­na jā­ya­te |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.37va­nheḥ pā­ka­ja­rū­pā­di­s ta­thā dṛ­ṣṭe­r a­bā­dha­nā­t | nau­ṣṇyā­pe­kṣa­s ta­to va­nhi­saṃ­yo­go tra ni­da­rśa­naṃ |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.38nuḥ kri­yā­he­tu­tā­si­ddhau vi­pa­rī­ta­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | a­nu­ṣṇā­śī­ta­rū­pa­ś cā­pre­ra­ko nu­pa­ghā­ta­kaḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.39ku­ṭeḥ prā­ptaḥ ka­thaṃ rū­pā­dyu­cche­do­tpā­da­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | gu­ru­tvaṃ ni­ṣkri­yaṃ lo­ṣṭhe va­rta­mā­naṃ tṛ­ṇā­di­ṣu |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.40kri­yā­he­tu­r ya­thā ta­dva­tpra­ya­tnā­di­s ta­the­kṣa­ṇā­t | ye tv ā­hu­s te pi vi­dhva­stāḥ pra­tye­ta­vyā di­śā­na­yā |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.41svā­śra­ye vi­kri­yā­he­tau ta­to nya­tra hi vi­kri­yā | dra­vya­syai­va kri­yā­he­tu­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t pu­naḥ pu­naḥ |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.42kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­m a­nya­tra pra­tī­tyā nai­va bā­dhya­te | pu­ru­ṣa­s ta­dgu­ṇo vā­pi na kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­nau |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.43ni­ṣkri­ya­tvā­d ya­thā vyo­me­ty u­kti­r yā­tma­ni bā­dha­kaṃ | nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā dha­rma­dra­vye­ṇā­sya ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.44ta­syāḥ pre­ra­ka­tā­si­ddheḥ kri­yā­yā vi­gra­hā­di­ṣu | e­vaṃ sa­kri­ya­tā­si­ddhā­v ā­tma­no ni­rvṛ­tā­v a­pi |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.45sa­kri­ya­tvaṃ pra­sa­ktaṃ ce­d i­ṣṭa­m ū­rdhva­ga­ti­tva­taḥ | yā­dṛ­śī sa­śa­rī­ra­sya kri­yā mu­kta­sya tā­dṛ­śī |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.46na yu­ktā ta­sya mu­kta­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t ka­rma­saṃ­ga­teḥ | kri­yā­ne­ka­pra­kā­rā hi pu­dga­lā­nā­m i­vā­tma­nāṃ |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.47sva­pa­ra­pra­tya­yā­ya­tta­bhe­dā na vya­ti­kī­rya­te | sā­nyai­va sa­dva­to ye­ṣāṃ te­ṣāṃ ta­ddva­ya­śū­nya­tā |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.48kri­yā­kri­yā­va­to­r bhe­de­nā­pra­tī­teḥ ka­dā­ca­na | kri­yā­kri­yā­śra­yau bhi­nnau vi­bhi­nna­pra­tya­ya­tva­taḥ |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.49sa­hya­viṃ­dhya­va­d i­ty e­ta­dvi­bhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­sā­dha­naṃ | dha­rmi­grā­hi­pra­mā­ṇe­na he­to­r bā­dha­na­ni­rṇa­yā­t |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.50ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nna­yo­s te­na ta­yo­r gra­ha­ṇa­taḥ sphu­ṭaṃ | vi­bhi­nna­pra­tya­ya­tvaṃ ca sa­rva­thā ya­di ga­dya­te |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.51ta­ta e­va ta­dā ta­sya si­ddha­tvaṃ pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ | ka­thaṃ­ci­t tu na ta­tsi­ddhaṃ vā­di­nā­m i­ty a­sā­dha­naṃ |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.52vi­ru­ddhaṃ vā bha­ve­d i­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rī­ta­pra­sā­dha­nā­t | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vai­ka­lyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­syā­pi dṛ­śya­tā­m |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.53sa­ttve­nā­bhi­nna­yo­r e­va pra­tī­teḥ sa­hya­viṃ­dhya­yoḥ | vi­ru­ddha­dha­rma­tā­dhyā­sā­d i­tyā­de­r a­py a­he­tu­tā |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.54pro­ktai­te­na pra­pa­tta­vyā sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | kri­yā­kri­yā­va­to na­nyā­na­nya­de­śa­tva­taḥ kri­yā |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.55ta­tsva­rū­pa­va­d i­ty e­ke ta­d a­py a­jñā­na­ce­ṣṭi­taṃ | lau­ki­kā­na­ny a­de­śa­tvaṃ he­tu­ś ce­dvya­bhi­cā­ra­tā |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.56vā­tā­ta­pā­di­bhi­s ta­syā­na­nya­de­śai­r vi­bhe­di­bhiḥ | śā­strī­yā­n a­nya­de­śa­tvaṃ ma­nya­te sā­dha­naṃ ya­di |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.57na si­ddha­m a­nya­de­śa­tva­pra­tī­te rū­pa­yo­s ta­yoḥ | ta­dva­dde­śā kri­yā ta­dva­tsva­kī­yā­śra­ya­de­śa­kaḥ |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.58pra­tī­ya­te ya­dā­na­nya­de­śa­tvaṃ ka­tha­m e­ta­yoḥ | sa­rva­thā­na­nya­de­śa­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.59ka­thaṃ­ci­d vā­di­na­s ta­tsyā­dvi­ru­ddhaṃ ce­ṣṭa­hā­ni­kṛ­t | dha­rmi­grā­hi­pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­dhā pa­kṣa­sya pū­rva­va­t |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.60sā­dha­na­sya ca vi­jñe­yā tai­r e­vā­tī­ta­kā­la­tā | ni­ṣkri­yāḥ sa­rva­thā sa­rve bhā­vāḥ syuḥ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 6­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.61pa­ryā­yā­rtha­ta­yā la­bdhiṃ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­va­rta­va­t | i­ty ā­hu­r ye na te sva­sthāḥ sā­dha­na­syā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 6­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.62na hi pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ si­ddhaṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvaṃ ni­ra­nva­yaṃ | sā­dha­rmya­sya ta­taḥ si­ddhe­r ba­hi­r aṃ­ta­ś ca va­stu­naḥ |­| 6­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.63i­dā­nīṃ­ta­na­tā dṛ­ṣṭi­r na kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yi­ṇaḥ kva­ci­t | kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­sthi­te­r e­va ta­thā­tva­pra­ti­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 6­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.64nā­nu­mā­nā­c ca ta­tsi­ddhaṃ ta­ddhe­to­r a­na­bhī­kṣa­ṇā­t | sa­ttvā­di sa­ttva­he­tu­ś ce­n na ta­trā­ga­ma­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 6­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.65vi­ru­ddhā­di­ta­yā ta­sya pu­ra­stā­d u­pa­va­rṇa­nā­t | pra­paṃ­ce­na pu­na­r ne­ha ta­dvi­cā­raḥ pra­ta­nya­te |­| 6­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.66ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­ṣkri­ya­tve na sā­dhye syā­t si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ | ta­nni­śca­ya­na­yā­de­śā­t pra­si­ddhaṃ sa­rva­va­stu­ṣu |­| 6­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.67vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­t te­ṣāṃ sa­kri­ya­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | bhū­ti­r ye­ṣāṃ kri­yā sai­ve py a­yu­ktaṃ sā­nva­ya­tva­taḥ |­| 6­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.68ni­tya­tvā­t sa­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ ni­ṣkri­ya­tvaṃ tu sa­rva­thā | yai­r u­ktaṃ te py a­ne­nai­va he­tu­nā dū­ṣi­tā hṛ­tāḥ |­| 6­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.69sa­rva­thā ta­nma­ta­dhvaṃ­sā­t pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­va­taḥ kva­ci­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­tya­tā­he­tu­r ya­di ta­sya vi­ru­ddha­tā |­| 6­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.70ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­ṣkri­ya­tva­sya sā­dha­nā­t kṣa­ṇi­kā­di­va­t | ta­taḥ syu­r ni­ṣkri­yāḥ sa­rve bhā­vāḥ syā­t sa­kri­yā­sa­ha |­| 7­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.71vi­ro­dhā­di­pra­saṃ­ga­ś ce­n na dṛ­ṣṭe ta­da­yo­ga­taḥ | cai­trai­ka­jñā­na­va­t sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­va­d vā pra­vā­di­nā­m |­| 7­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.72sve­ṣṭaṃ ta­ttva­m a­ni­ṣṭā­tma­śū­nyaṃ sa­d i­ti ye vi­duḥ | sa­da­sa­drū­pa­m e­kaṃ te ni­rā­ku­ryuḥ ka­thaṃ pu­naḥ |­| 7­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.7.73ni­ṣkri­ye­ta­ra­tā­bhā­ve ba­hi­raṃ­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | pra­tī­te­r bā­dha­śū­nyā­yāḥ sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 7­3 |­| TA-ML 5.8 a­saṃ­khye­yāḥ pra­de­śā dha­rmā­dha­rmai­ka­jī­vā­nā­m |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 401,26pra­de­śe­ya­ttā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­rtha­m i­daṃ | dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r e­ka­jī­va­sya ca | ku­taḥ pu­na­r a­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tā dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ pra­si- TAŚVA-ML 401,27ddhya­tī­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.8.1pra­ti­de­śaṃ ja­ga­dvyo­ma­vyā­pta­yo­gya­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ | dha­rmā­dha­rmai­ka­jī­vā­nā­m a­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tā |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.8.2lo­kā­kā­śa­va­d e­va syā­c cā­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śā­bhṛ­t | ta­dā­dhye­ya­sya lo­ka­sya sā­va­dhi­tva­pra­sā­dha­nā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.8.3a­naṃ­ta­de­śa­tā­pā­yā­t pra­saṃ­khyā­tu­m a­śa­kti­taḥ | na ta­trā­naṃ­ta­saṃ­khyā­ta­pra­de­śa­tva­vi­bhā­va­nā |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 401,31na hy a­yaṃ lo­ko ni­ra­va­dhiḥ pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t | pṛ­thi­vyā u­pa­ri sā­va­dhi­tva­da­rśa­nā­t pā­rśva­to dha­stā­c ca sā­va- TAŚVA-ML 401,32dhi­tva­saṃ­bha­va­nā­t ta­dva­du­pa­ri lo­ka­sya sā­va­dhi­tva­si­ddheḥ | sa­rva­taḥ a­pa­ryaṃ­tā bhe­di­nī­ti sā­dha­ne sa­rva­sya he­to- TAŚVA-ML 401,33r a­pra­yo­ja­ka­tvā­pa­tteḥ | pra­si­ddhe ca sā­va­dhau lo­ke ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­syā­kā­śa­sya lo­kā­kā­śa­saṃ­jña­ka­sya sā­va­dhi­tva­si­ddheḥ TAŚVA-ML 401,34pa­ri­śe­ṣā­d a­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tva­si­ddhiḥ | ta­thā hi­–­na tā­va­llo­kā­kā­śa­m a­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śaṃ śa­śva­da­saṃ­ha­ra­ṇa­dha­rma­tve sa­ti TAŚVA-ML 402,01sā­va­dhi­tvā­t paṃ­cā­ṇu­kā­kā­śa­va­t | a­saṃ­ha­ra­ṇa­dha­rma­tvā­d i­ty u­cya­mā­ne lo­kā­kā­śe­na vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti sā­va­dhi­tva- TAŚVA-ML 402,02va­ca­naṃ­, sā­va­dhi­tvā­d i­ty u­kte pi pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dhe­nā­naṃ­ta­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ke­nā­ne­kāṃ­to mā bhū­d i­ti śa­śva­da­saṃ­ha­ra­ṇa­dha­rma­ka­tve TAŚVA-ML 402,03sa­tī­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | na cai­ta­d a­si­ddhaṃ sā­dha­na­sa­dbhā­vā­t | śa­śva­da­saṃ­ha­ra­ṇa­dha­rma­kaṃ lo­kā­kā­śa­m a­jī­va­tve sa­ty a­mū­rta­dra- TAŚVA-ML 402,04vya­tvā­d a­lo­kā­kā­śa­va­t | na hy a­lo­kā­kā­śaṃ ka­dā­ci­t saṃ­ha­ra­ṇa­dha­rma sa­rva­dā pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­ttvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā na TAŚVA-ML 402,05saṃ­khyā­ta­pra­de­śaṃ lo­kā­kā­śaṃ ga­ṇa­na­yā pra­saṃ­khyā­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d a­lo­kā­kā­śa­va­d e­ve­ti nā­naṃ­ta­saṃ­khyā­ta­pra­de­śa­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 402,06ta­sya vi­bhā­va­yi­tuṃ śa­kyaṃ | pa­ri­śe­ṣā­d a­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śaṃ lo­kā­kā­śaṃ si­ddhaṃ | ta­to dha­rmā­dha­rmai­ka­jī­vā­s tv a­saṃ­khye­ya- TAŚVA-ML 402,07pra­de­śāḥ pra­ti­pra­de­śaṃ tā­va­d a­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­lo­kā­kā­śa­vyā­pti­yo­gya­tvā­t ya­n na ta­thā ta­n na ta­thā ya­thai­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu- TAŚVA-ML 402,08r i­ti ni­ra­va­dyo he­tuḥ­, a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­sa­dbhā­vā­t |­| na­nv a­tra jī­va­syai­ka­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ ki­ma­rtha­m i­ty ā­re­kā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 402,09m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.8.4e­ka­jī­va­va­caḥ­śa­kte­r nā­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tā | nā­nā­tma­nā­m a­naṃ­tā­di­pra­de­śa­tva­sya saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 402,11e­ka­jī­va­va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­n na nā­nā­jī­vā­nā­m a­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tvaṃ te­ṣāṃ a­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śa­tva­syā­naṃ­tā­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śa­tva­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 402,12saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| ku­taḥ pu­na­r dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ sa­pra­de­śa­tvaṃ si­ddhaṃ ya­to '­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tā sā­dhya­ta i­ty ā­śaṃ­kāṃ ni­rā­ci- TAŚVA-ML 402,13kī­rṣu­r ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.8.5sa­pra­de­śā i­me sa­rve mū­rti­ma­ddra­vya­saṃ­ga­mā­t | sa­kṛ­de­vā­nya­thā ta­syā­yo­gā­d e­kā­ṇu­va­t ta­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 402,15na hi sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­mū­rti­ma­ddra­vya­saṃ­ga­maḥ sa­pra­de­śa­tva­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa gha­ṭa­te dha­rmā­dī­nā­m e­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­t | ta­to mī dha­rmā­dha­rmai- TAŚVA-ML 402,16ka­jī­vā­s te sa­pra­de­śā e­va | mu­khya­pra­de­śā­bhā­vā­d u­pa­ca­ri­tāḥ pra­de­śā­s te­ṣā­m i­ti ce­t­, ku­ta­s ta­tra ta­du­pa­cā­raḥ­? TAŚVA-ML 402,17sa­kṛ­nnā­nā­de­śa­dra­vya­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d e­va ta­sya sa­pra­de­śe kāṃ­ḍa­pa­ṭā­dau da­rśa­nā­d i­ti ce­t ta­dva­nmu­khya­pra­de­śa­sa­dbhā­ve ko TAŚVA-ML 402,18do­ṣo ? a­ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ sā­va­ya­va­syā­ni­tya­tva­pra­si­ddhe­r gha­ṭā­di­va­d i­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­ni­tya­tva­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­d a­do- TAŚVA-ML 402,19ṣo yaṃ | sa­rva­thā­ni­tya­tve rtha­kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­t | sa­rva­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­ni­tya­tva­sya vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 5.8.6jī­va­sya sa­rva­ta­ddra­vya­saṃ­ga­mo na vi­ru­dhya­te | lo­ka­pū­ra­ṇa­saṃ­si­ddheḥ sa­dā ta­dyo­gya­tā­sthi­teḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 402,21jī­vo hi lo­ka­pū­ra­ṇā­va­sthā­yāṃ sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­mū­rti­ma­ddra­vyaiḥ saṃ­ba­dhya­te i­ti si­ddhāṃ­ta­sa­dbhā­vā­n na syā­dvā­di­nāṃ ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 402,22sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­mū­rti­ma­ddra­vya­saṃ­ga­mo vi­ru­dhya­te­, śe­ṣā­va­sthā­sv a­pi ta­dyo­gya­tā­vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | e­te­na dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 402,23sa­rva­thā pra­ti­de­śaṃ lo­kā­kā­śa­vyā­pti­va­de­ka­jī­va­syā­pi ta­dvyā­pti­yo­gya­tva­sthi­te­r a­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tva­sā­dha­ne he­to­r a- TAŚVA-ML 402,24si­ddhiḥ pa­ri­hṛ­tā ve­di­ta­vyā | ta­thā yo­gya­tā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ śa­śva­ta­dvyā­pti­vi­ro­dhā­t | pa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­t TAŚVA-ML 402,25kā­lā­ṇu­va­d vā ta­dvyā­ptiḥ sā­dha­yi­ṣya­te cā­gra­taḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 402,26a­thā­kā­śa­sya ki­yaṃ­taḥ pra­de­śā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.9 ā­kā­śa­syā­naṃ­tāḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 402,28pra­de­śā i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te | pū­rva­sū­tre vṛ­ttya­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ta­ta e­vā­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śā i­ti vṛ­tti­ni­rde­śe lā­gha­ve pi vā­kya- TAŚVA-ML 402,29ni­rde­śo '­saṃ­khye­yāḥ i­ti kṛ­ta i­ho­tta­ra­sū­tre­ṣu ca pra­de­śa­gra­ha­ṇaṃ mā bhū­d yo­gai­r e­va­m i­ti | aṃ­to '­va­sā­na­m i­ha TAŚVA-ML 402,30gṛ­hya­te­, a­vi­dya­mā­no ṃ­to ye­ṣāṃ ta i­me '­naṃ­tāḥ pra­de­śā i­ty a­nya­pa­dā­rtha­ni­rde­śo yaṃ | te cā­kā­śa­sye­ti bhe­da­ni- TAŚVA-ML 402,31rde­śaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t pra­de­śa­pra­de­śi­no­r bhe­do­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­rva­thā ta­yo­r a­bhe­de pra­de­śi­naḥ sva­pra­de­śā­d e­ka­smā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tvā­bhā­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 402,32pra­de­śa­mā­tra­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti pra­de­śi­no '­sa­ttvaṃ | ta­da­sa­ttve pra­de­śa­syā­py a­sa­ttva­m i­ty u­bha­yā­sa­ttva­pra­sa­ktiḥ | sa­rva­thā TAŚVA-ML 402,33ta­dbhe­de pu­na­r ā­kā­śa­sya ca dra­vya­pra­de­śā dra­vyā­ṇi vā syu­r gu­ṇā­da­yo vā ? ya­di dra­vyā­ṇi ta­dā­kā­śa­syā­ne­ka­dra- TAŚVA-ML 402,34vya­tva­pra­saṃ­go gha­ṭā­di­va­t | ta­thā ca sā­di­pa­rya­va­sā­na­tvaṃ ta­dva­d e­va | na hy a­ne­ka­dra­vyā­ra­bdhaṃ dra­vyaṃ kiṃ­ci­d a­nā­dya­naṃ­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 403,01dṛ­ṣṭa­mi­ṣṭaṃ vā pa­ra­sya | gu­ṇāḥ pra­de­śā i­ti ce­n na­, gu­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­śra­ya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇā hi saṃ­yo­ga­vi- TAŚVA-ML 403,02bhā­ga­saṃ­khyā­da­ya­s ta­tre­ṣyaṃ­te gha­ṭa­saṃ­yo­go nya­syā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­sya ku­ḍya­saṃ­yo­go nya­sya dvā­rvi­bhā­go '­nya­sya daṃ­ḍa­vi­bhā­go TAŚVA-ML 403,03nya­sye­ti saṃ­yo­ga­vi­bhā­ga­yoḥ pra­tī­teḥ | e­kaḥ kha­sya pra­de­śo dvau ce­ti saṃ­khyā­yāḥ saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t pa­ro ga­ga­na­pra- TAŚVA-ML 403,04de­śo '­pa­ro ve­ti pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tva­yo­r a­va­bo­dhā­t pṛ­tha­g e­ta­smā­t pā­ṭa­li­pu­trā­kā­śa­pra­de­śā­c ci­tra­kū­ṭā­dyā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa TAŚVA-ML 403,05i­ti pṛ­tha­ktva­syo­pa­laṃ­bhā­t | ta­thā gha­ṭā­kā­śa­pra­de­śā­n ma­hā­n maṃ­da­rā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa i­ti pa­ri­mā­ṇa­sya sa­nni­rṇa­yā­t | TAŚVA-ML 403,06pra­de­śi­ny e­vā­kā­śe saṃ­yo­gā­da­yo gu­ṇā na pra­de­śe­ṣv i­ti ce­n na­, a­va­ya­va­saṃ­yo­ga­pū­rva­kā­va­ya­vi­saṃ­yo­go­pa­ga­mā­d dhi TAŚVA-ML 403,07taṃ­tu­ka­vī­ra­ṇa­saṃ­yo­ga­va­t | pa­ṭā­dī­nā­m ā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­saṃ­yo­ga­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­kā­śa­pra­de­śe saṃ­yo­go pa­raḥ e­ka­vī­ra­ṇa­sya si­ddhiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 403,08si­ddhe taṃ­tu­ka­saṃ­yo­ge dvi­taṃ­tu­ka­saṃ­yo­ga­pra­saṃ­gā­t saṃ­yo­ga­ja­saṃ­yo­gā­bhā­vaḥ | e­te­na vi­bhā­ga­ja­vi­bhā­gā­bhā­vaḥ pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 403,09pā­di­taḥ | saṃ­khyā pu­na­r dvi­tvā­di­kā­kā­śe pra­de­śi­ny a­nu­pa­pa­nnai­va ta­syai­ka­tvā­t | e­te­na pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tva­pṛ­tha­ktva­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 403,10mā­ṇa­bhe­dā­bhā­vaḥ pra­ti­ni­ve­di­taḥ ta­trai­ka­tra ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­taḥ sva­pra­de­śe­ṣv e­vai­te gu­ṇāḥ si­ddhā i­ti na gu­ṇāḥ TAŚVA-ML 403,11pra­de­śā gu­ṇi­tvā­t pṛ­thi­vyā­di­va­t | nā­pi ka­rmā­ṇi ta­ta e­va pa­ri­spaṃ­dā­tma­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­c ca | nā­pi sā­mā­nyā- TAŚVA-ML 403,12da­yo nu­vṛ­tti­pra­tya­yā­di­he­tu­tvā­bhā­vā­t | pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­rā­ṇi sva­pra­de­śā i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ | ṣa­ṭpa­dā­rtha­ni­ya­ma­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 403,13a­ta e­va na mu­khyāḥ kha­sya pra­de­śā i­ti ce­n na­, mu­khya­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­da­rśa­nā­t | te­ṣā­m u­pa­ca­ri­ta­tve ta­da­yo­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 403,14na hy u­pa­ca­ri­to gniḥ pā­kā­dā­v u­pa­yu­jya­mā­no dṛ­ṣṭa­s ta­sya mu­khya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pra­tī­ya­te ca mu­khyaṃ kā­rya­m a­ne­ka- TAŚVA-ML 403,15pu­dga­la­dra­vyā­dya­va­gā­ha­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | ni­raṃ­śa­syā­pi vi­bhu­tvā­t ta­d yu­kta­m i­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ vi­bhu­r ni­raṃ­śo ve­ti na vi­ru- TAŚVA-ML 403,16ddhya­te | na­nu pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvā­d vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­no­r ā­kā­śe vi­bhu­tva­bhā­vaṃ na vi­pra­ti­ṣi­ddhaṃ | ta­ta e­va ni­raṃ­śa­tva- TAŚVA-ML 403,17si­ddhiḥ | ta­thā hi­–­ni­raṃ­śa­m ā­kā­śā­di sa­rva­ja­ga­dvyā­pi­tvā­t ya­n na ni­raṃ­śaṃ na ta­t ta­thā dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā gha­ṭā­di sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 403,18ja­ga­dvyā­pi cā­kā­śā­di ta­smā­n ni­raṃ­śa­m i­ti ka­ści­t | ta­da­sa­mī­cī­naṃ­, he­toḥ pa­kṣā­vyā­pa­ka­tvā­t pa­ra­mā­ṇau TAŚVA-ML 403,19ni­raṃ­śe ta­da­bhā­vā­t | ta­syā vi­vā­da­go­ca­ra­tvā­d a­pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, sāṃ­śa­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­vā­di­na­s ta­trā­pi TAŚVA-ML 403,20vi­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tteḥ | sā­dha­nāṃ­ta­rā­t ta­tra ni­raṃ­śa­tva­si­ddhe­r i­hā­pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, e­vaṃ ta­rhi na TAŚVA-ML 403,21ka­ści­t pa­kṣā­vyā­pa­ko he­tuḥ syā­t ce­ta­nā­sta­ra­vaḥ svā­pā­t ma­nu­ṣya­va­d i­ty a­trā­pi ta­thā pa­ri­hā­ra­sya saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 403,22śa­kyaṃ hi va­ktuṃ ye­ṣu ta­ru­ṣu svā­pā­da­yo '­si­ddhā­s ta e­va pa­kṣī­kri­yaṃ­te­, te­ne­ta­re ta­tra he­tvaṃ­ta­rā­c ce­ta­na­tva­pra­sā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 403,23nā­t | ta­to na pa­kṣā­vyā­pa­ko he­tu­r i­ti ki­la kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭo he­tu­r ni­raṃ­śa­tva­sā­dha­ne­; sa­rva­ja­ga­dvyā­pi­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 403,24d i­ti pa­kṣa­syā­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t a­tra he­toḥ sā­mā­nyā­di­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­t­, te­ṣāṃ sa­kṛ­dbhi­nna­de­śa- TAŚVA-ML 403,25dra­vya­saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­syā­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā dha­rmā­dha­rmai­ka­jī­va­lo­kā­kā­śā­nāṃ tu­lyā­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tvā­t pra­de­śa- TAŚVA-ML 403,26sa­ma­vā­ya i­tyā­dyā­ga­ma­syā­pi ta­tsāṃ­śa­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­sya su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­sya sa­dbhā­vā­c ca | ya­d a­py u­cya­te TAŚVA-ML 403,27ni­raṃ­śa­m ā­kā­śā­di sa­dā­va­ya­vā­nā­ra­bhya­tvā­t pa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­d i­ti ta­d a­py a­ne­na ni­ra­staṃ­, he­toḥ kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tva­vi- TAŚVA-ML 403,28śe­ṣā­t | kiṃ ca ya­di sa­rva­thā sa­dā­va­ya­vā­nā­ra­bhya­tvaṃ he­tu­s ta­dā pra­ti­vā­dya­si­ddhaḥ pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­t pū­rva­pū­rvā- TAŚVA-ML 403,29kā­śā­di­pra­de­śo­tpa­tte­r ā­ra­bhyā­raṃ­bha­ka­bhā­ve pa­pa­tteḥ | a­tha ka­thaṃ­ci­t sa­dā­va­ya­vā­nā­ra­bhya­tvaṃ he­tu­s ta­dā vi­ru­ddhaḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 403,30ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­raṃ­śa­tva­sya sa­rva­thā ni­raṃ­śa­tva­vi­ru­ddha­sya sā­dha­nā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­raṃ­śa­tva­sya sā­dha­ne si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 403,31pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dha­va­tsa­rva­dā­va­ya­va­vi­bhā­gā­bhā­vā­t sā­va­ya­va­tvā­bhā­vo­pa­ga­mā­t | syā­n ma­taṃ­, nā­kā­śā­dī­nāṃ pra­de­śā mu­khyāḥ TAŚVA-ML 403,32saṃ­ti sva­to '­pra­di­śya­mā­na­tvā­t pa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­t | pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­dī­nāṃ hi mu­khyāḥ pra­de­śāḥ sva­to va­dhā­rya­mā­ṇāḥ TAŚVA-ML 403,33si­ddhā i­ti | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ­, pa­ra­mā­ṇo­r e­ka­pra­de­śā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t cha­dma­sthaiḥ sva­to '­pra­di­śya­mā­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | pa­ra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 403,34ṇu­r e­ka­pra­de­śo tya­nta­pa­ro­kṣa­tvā­d a­sma­dā­dī­nāṃ sva­to­pra­di­śya­mā­na i­ti ce­t­, ta e­vā­kā­śā­di­pra­de­śāḥ sva­to­pra­di­śya- TAŚVA-ML 403,35mā­nāḥ saṃ­tva­sma­dā­di­bhiḥ | a­tīṃ­dri­yā­rtha­da­rśi­nāṃ tu ya­thā pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r e­ka­pra­de­śaḥ sva­taḥ pra­de­śya­s ta­thā­kā­śā­di­pra- TAŚVA-ML 404,01de­śo pī­ti sva­to '­pra­di­śya­mā­na­tvā­d i­ty a­si­ddho he­tuḥ | pa­ṭā­di­dvya­ṇu­kā­dya­va­ya­vai­r a­ne­kāṃ­ti­ka­ś ca­, te­ṣā­m a­sma­dā­di­bhiḥ TAŚVA-ML 404,02sva­to '­pra­di­śya­mā­nā­nā­m a­pi bhā­vā­t | kiṃ ca ka­thaṃ­ci­t sāṃ­śa­mā­kā­śā­di pa­ra­mā­ṇu­bhi­r e­ka­de­śe­na yu­jya­mā­na­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 404,03skaṃ­dha­va­t | ta­sya taiḥ sa­rvā­tma­nā saṃ­yu­jya­mā­na­tve pa­ra­mā­ṇu­mā­tra­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā cā­kā­śā­di­ba­hu­tvā­pa­ttiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 404,04syā­n ma­taṃ­, nai­ka­de­śe­na sa­rvā­tma­nā vā pa­ra­mā­ṇu­bhi­r ā­kā­śā­di­r yu­jya­te | kiṃ ta­rhi ? yu­jya­te e­va ya­thā­va­ya­vī TAŚVA-ML 404,05svā­va­ya­vaiḥ sā­mā­nyaṃ vā svā­śra­yai­r i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t­, sā­dhya­sa­ma­tvā­n ni­da­rśa­na­sya | ta­syā­py a­va­ya­vyā­deḥ sa­rva­thā TAŚVA-ML 404,06ni­raṃ­śa­tve svā­va­ya­vā­di­bhi­r e­kāṃ­ta­to bhi­nnaiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dho ya­tho­kta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t kā­rtsnyai­ka­de­śa­vya­ti­ri­kta­sya pra­kā­rāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 404,07ta­ra­sya ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­ni­baṃ­dha­na­syā­si­ddheḥ | ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya­sya ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­tve syā­dvā­di­ma­ta­si­ddhiḥ­, sā­mā­nya­ta­dva­to­r a- TAŚVA-ML 404,08va­ya­vā­va­ya­vi­no­ś ca ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmyo­pa­ga­mā­t | na cai­va­m ā­kā­śā­deḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­bhiḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmya­m i­ty e­ka­de- TAŚVA-ML 404,09śe­na saṃ­yo­go bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ | ta­thā ca sāṃ­śa­tva­si­ddhiḥ | kiṃ ca sāṃ­śa­m ā­kā­śā­di śye­na­me­ṣā­dya­nya­to bha­ya­ka­rma­ja- TAŚVA-ML 404,10saṃ­yo­ga­vi­bhā­gā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | śye­ne­na hi sthā­ṇoḥ saṃ­yo­go vi­bhā­ga­ś cā­nya­ta­ra­ka­rma­ja­s ta­tro­tpa­nnaṃ ka­rma svā­śra­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 404,11śye­naṃ ta­dā­kā­śa­pra­de­śā­d vi­yo­jya sthā­ṇvā­kā­śa­de­śe­na saṃ­yo­ja­ya­ti ta­to vā vi­bhi­dyā­kā­śa­de­śāṃ­ta­re­ṇa saṃ­yo­ja­ya- TAŚVA-ML 404,12tī­ti pra­tī­ya­te na cā­kā­śa­syai­ka­de­śā­bhā­ve ta­dgha­ṭa­nā­t ka­rma­ṇaḥ svā­śra­yā­nyā­śra­ya­yo­r e­ka­de­śa­tvā­t | e­te­na TAŚVA-ML 404,13śe­ṣa­yo­r u­bha­ya­ka­rma­jaḥ saṃ­yo­go vi­bhā­ga­ś cā­kā­śa­syā­pra­de­śa­tve­na gha­ṭa­ta i­ti ni­ve­di­taṃ­, kri­yā­nu­pa­pa­tti­ś ca ta­syāḥ TAŚVA-ML 404,14de­śāṃ­ta­ra­prā­pti­he­tu­tve­na vya­va­sthi­ta­tvā­t de­śāṃ­ta­ra­sya vā saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­ta e­va pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tva­pṛ­tha­ktvā­dya­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ TAŚVA-ML 404,15pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ vi­jñe­yā | ta­tsa­ka­la­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tāṃ­ja­sā sāṃ­śa­m ā­kā­śā­di pra­mā­ṇa­yi­ta­vyaṃ |­| ku­taḥ pu­na­r ā­kā­śa­syā- TAŚVA-ML 404,16naṃ­tāḥ pra­de­śā i­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 5.9.1a­naṃ­tā­s tu pra­de­śāḥ syu­r ā­kā­śa­sya sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ | lo­ka­tra­yā­d ba­hiḥ prāṃ­tā­bhā­vā­t ta­syā­nya­thā­ga­teḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 404,18a­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śa­m ā­kā­śaṃ lo­ka­tra­yā­d ba­hiḥ sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ prāṃ­tā­bhā­vā­t ya­n nā­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śaṃ na ta­sya ta­to ba­hiḥ­sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 404,19prāṃ­tā­bhā­vo ya­thā pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­deḥ | i­ty a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇo he­tuḥ sva­sā­dhyaṃ sā­dha­ya­ty e­va | ta­to ba­hiḥ­sa­maṃ- TAŚVA-ML 404,20ta­taḥ prāṃ­tā­bhā­va­syā­bhā­ve pu­na­r ā­kā­śa­sya ga­tya­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | bhā­ve pi ka­tha­m ā­kā­śa­sya ga­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.9.2ja­ga­taḥ sā­va­dhe­s tā­va­dbhā­vo ba­hi­ra­va­sthi­tiḥ | saṃ­tā­nā­tmā na yu­jye­ta sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­maḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.9.3na gu­ṇaḥ ka­sya­ci­t ta­tra dra­vya­syā­na­bhyu­pā­ya­taḥ | ta­dā­śra­ya­sya ka­rmā­de­r a­pi nai­vaṃ vi­bhā­vya­te |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.9.4dra­vyaṃ tu pa­ri­śe­ṣā­t syā­t ta­nna­bho naḥ pra­ti­ṣṭi­taṃ | pra­sa­kta­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe hi pa­ri­śi­ṣṭa­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 404,24a­naṃ­tā lo­ka­dhā­ta­vaḥ i­ty ā­kā­śa­tva­vā­di­nāṃ da­rśa­na­m a­yu­ktaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | sva­bhā­va­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­nāṃ bhā­vā­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 404,25va­ni­śca­yā­saṃ­bha­vā­t saṃ­bha­ve vā sva­taḥ kṣa­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­dā­ga­ma­sya pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­ta­syā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­taḥ sā­va­dhi­r e- TAŚVA-ML 404,26va lo­ko vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | ta­sya ca sva­to ba­hiḥ sa­maṃ­tā­d a­bhā­va­s tā­va­tsi­ddhaḥ sa ca nī­rū­po na yu­jya­te pra­mā­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 404,27bhā­vā­t | bhā­va­dha­rma­sva­bhā­vo na gu­ṇaḥ ka­rma­sā­mā­nyaṃ vi­śe­ṣo vā ka­sya­ci­d dra­vya­sya ta­dā­śra­ya­syā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t TAŚVA-ML 404,28pa­ri­śe­ṣā­d dra­vya­m i­ti vi­bhā­vya­te | pra­sa­kta­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe pa­ri­śi­ṣṭa­vya­va­sthi­teḥ ta­d a­smā­ka­m ā­kā­śaṃ sa­rva­to '­va­dhi­r a­hi­ta- TAŚVA-ML 404,29m i­ty a­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śa­si­ddhiḥ | pa­re­ṣāṃ pu­na­r a­naṃ­tā lo­ka­dhā­ta­vaḥ saṃ­to pi ya­di ni­raṃ­ta­rā­s ta­dā aṃ­ta­rā­la­pra­tī­ti­r na syā­t TAŚVA-ML 404,30sa­rva­thā te­ṣāṃ ni­ra­nva­ye vai­kaṃ lo­ka­dhā­tu­mā­traṃ syā­t | pa­re­ṣāṃ lo­ka­dhā­tū­nāṃ ta­trā­nu­pra­ve­śā­t | e­ka­de­śe­na nai­raṃ- TAŚVA-ML 404,31ta­rye sā­va­ya­va­tvaṃ ta­da­va­ya­ve­nā­pi ta­da­va­ya­vāṃ­ta­raiḥ sa­rvā­tma­nā nai­raṃ­ta­rye ta­de­kā­va­ya­va­mā­traṃ syā­t­, ta­de­ka­de­śe­na TAŚVA-ML 404,32nai­raṃ­ta­rye ta­d e­va sā­va­ya­va­tva­m e­vaṃ a­naṃ­ta­pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ | sa­rvā­tma­nā nai­raṃ­ta­rye pa­ra­mā­ṇu­mā­traṃ ja­ga­d bha­ve­t ta­de­ka­de­śe­na TAŚVA-ML 404,33nai­raṃ­ta­rye sā­va­ya­va­tvaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ | ta­n nā­ni­ṣṭaṃ­, i­ti sāṃ­ta­rā e­va lo­ka­dhā­ta­vaḥ pra­ti­pa­ra­mā­ṇu va­kta­vyāḥ | ta­daṃ- TAŚVA-ML 404,34ta­ra e­vā­kā­śa­m e­vo­kta­vyā­pā­da­nā­d a­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śa­m ā­yā­taṃ | ā­lo­ka­ta­maḥ­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­mā­tra­m aṃ­ta­ra­m i­ti ce­n na­, ā­lo­ka­ta- TAŚVA-ML 405,01maḥ­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­bhi­r a­pi sāṃ­ta­rai­r bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ | ta­nnai­raṃ­ta­rye pra­ti­pā­di­ta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­daṃ­ta­rā­ṇy ā­kā­śa­pra­de­śā e­ve­ty a­va­śyaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 405,02bhā­vi na­bho '­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 5.9.5ā­ga­ma­jñā­na­saṃ­ve­dya­m a­nu­mā­naṃ vi­ni­ści­taṃ | sa­rva­jñai­r vā pa­ri­cche­dya­m a­py a­naṃ­ta­pra­mā­ṇa­bhā­k |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.9.6ya­d vi­jñā­na­pa­ri­cche­dyaṃ ta­tsāṃ­ta­m i­ti yo bra­vī­t | ta­sya ve­do bha­vā­di­r vā nā­naṃ­tyaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 405,05sva­yaṃ ve­da­sye­śva­ra­sya pu­ru­ṣā­de­r vā a­nā­dya­naṃ­ta­tvaṃ ku­ta­ści­t pra­mā­ṇā­t pa­ri­cchiṃ­da­nn a­pi ta­tsā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tva­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 405,06chi­nnā­kā­śa­syā­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣaiḥ pa­ri­cchi­dya­mā­na­syā­naṃ­ta­tvaṃ pra­ti­kṣi­pa­tī­ti ka­thaṃ sva­sthaḥ ? pra­mā­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 405,07ya­thā­va­sthi­ta­va­stu­pa­ri­cche­da­na­sva­bhā­va­tvā­d a­naṃ­ta­syā­naṃ­ta­tve­nai­va pa­ri­cche­da­ne ko vi­ro­dhaḥ syā­d a­saṃ­khyā­tā­d a­saṃ­khyā­tā- TAŚVA-ML 405,08de­s ta­thā pa­ri­cche­da­na­va­t | ta­taḥ sū­kta­m ā­kā­śa­syā­naṃ­tāḥ pra­de­śā i­ti |­| TA-ML 5.10 saṃ­khye­yā­saṃ­khye­yā­ś ca pu­dga­lā­nā­m |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 405,10pra­de­śā i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te | ca­śa­bdā­d a­naṃ­tā­ś ca sa­mu­ccī­yaṃ­te | ku­ta­s te pu­dga­lā­nāṃ ta­the­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.10.1saṃ­khye­yāḥ syu­r a­saṃ­khye­yā­s ta­thā­naṃ­tā­ś ca ta­ttva­taḥ | pra­de­śāḥ skaṃ­dha­saṃ­si­ddheḥ pu­dga­lā­nā­m a­ne­ka­dhā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 405,12saṃ­khye­ya­pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­ra­bdhā­nā­m a­ne­ka­dhā skaṃ­dhā­nā­m a­saṃ­khyā­tā­naṃ­tā­naṃ­ta­pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­ra­bdhā­nāṃ ca saṃ­si­ddheḥ pu­dga­lā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 405,13syu­r e­vaṃ saṃ­khye­yā­ś cā­saṃ­khye­yā­ś cā­naṃ­tā­ś ca pra­de­śā­s ta­ttva­taḥ sa­ka­la­bā­dha­vai­dhu­ryā­t | na­nu ca skaṃ­dha­sya gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­dā­raṃ- TAŚVA-ML 405,14bha­kā­va­ya­va­gra­ha­ṇa­pū­rva­kaṃ ta­da­gra­ha­ṇa­pū­rva­kaṃ vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe '­naṃ­ta­śaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ ta­da­va­ya­vā­nā­m a­tīṃ­dri­ya­tvā­d a­gra­ha­ṇe TAŚVA-ML 405,15skaṃ­dhā­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti sa­rvā­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­va­ya­vya­si­ddheḥ­, dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe tra sa­ka­lā­va­ya­va­śū­nye pi de­śe '­va­ya­vi­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 405,16ka­ti­pa­yā­va­ya­vi­gra­ha­ṇa­pū­rva­ke pi skaṃ­dha­gra­ha­ṇe sa­rvā­gra­ha­ṇa­m e­va ka­ti­pa­yā­va­ya­vā­nā­m a­py naṃ­ta­śaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ vya­va­sthā- TAŚVA-ML 405,17nā­t te­ṣāṃ ca gra­ha­ṇa­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­to na pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ skaṃ­dha­saṃ­si­ddhiḥ | a­nā­dya­vi­dyā­va­śā­d a­tyā­sa­nne­ṣv a­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭe­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 405,18ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣu ta­dā­kā­ra­pra­tī­teḥ tā­dṛ­śa­ke­śā­di­ṣv a­py a­nā­kā­ra­pra­tī­ti­va­d i­ti ka­ści­t­, ta­syā­pi sa­rvā- TAŚVA-ML 405,19gra­ha­ṇa­m a­va­ya­vya­si­ddheḥ | pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vo hi ba­hi­r aṃ­ta­r vā­bu­ddhi­go­ca­rā e­vā­tīṃ­dri­ya­tvā­t na cā­va­ya­vī ta­dā­ra­bdho bhyu- TAŚVA-ML 405,20pa­ga­taḥ i­ti sa­rva­sya ba­hi­raṃ­ga­syāṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­sya cā­rtha­syā­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ka­thaṃ vi­ni­vā­rya­te ? | a­tha ke­ci­t saṃ­ci­tāḥ pa­ra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 405,21ṇa­va e­va sva­pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­d iṃ­dri­ya­jñā­na­pa­ri­cche­dya­sva­bhā­vā jā­yaṃ­te te­ṣāṃ gra­ha­ṇa­si­ddhe­r na sa­rvā­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti ma­taṃ­; TAŚVA-ML 405,22ta­d a­pi na sa­mī­cī­naṃ­, ka­dā­ci­t kva­ci­t ka­sya­ci­t pa­ra­mā­ṇu­pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t | e­ko hi jñā­na­sa­nni­ve­śī sva­dhi­yā- TAŚVA-ML 405,23nā­kā­raḥ pa­ri­sphu­ṭa­m a­va­bhā­sa­te | pa­ra­mā­ṇa­va e­va ce­ta­nā­tma­ny a­vi­dya­mā­na­m a­py ā­kā­raṃ stha­vī­yāṃ­saṃ ku­ta­ści­d vi­bhra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 405,24d da­rśa­yaṃ­tī­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ­ci­t pra­ti­bhā­tā­s te ta­m u­pa­da­rśa­ye­yu­r a­pra­ti­bhā­tā ? na tā­va­d a­pra­ti­bhā­tāḥ sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā­, TAŚVA-ML 405,25sa­rva­thā sa­rva­sya ta­du­pa­da­rśa­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t­; pra­ti­bhā­tā e­va te ta­m u­pa­da­rśa­yaṃ­ti sa­ttvā­di­nā­ti­ke­śā­di­va­d i­ti ce­n na | TAŚVA-ML 405,26pa­ra­mā­ṇu­tvā­di­nā­pi te­ṣāṃ pra­ti­bhā­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa­tyaṃ­, te­nā­pra­ti­bhā­tā e­va pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ "­e­ka­syā­rtha­sva­bhā­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 405,27pra­tya­kṣa­sya sva­taḥ sva­yaṃ | ko nyo na dṛ­ṣṭo bhā­gaḥ syā­d vā pra­mā­ṇaiḥ pa­rī­kṣa­te |­| " i­ti va­ca­nā­t ke­va­laṃ ta­thā ni­śca- TAŚVA-ML 405,28yā­t ta­thā­nu­tpa­tte­s te­ṣā­m a­pra­ti­bhā­ta­tva­m u­cya­te | "­ta­smā­d dṛ­ṣṭa­sya bhā­va­sya dṛ­ṣṭa e­vā­khi­lo gu­ṇaḥ | bhrāṃ­te­r ni­ścī­ya­te TAŚVA-ML 405,29ne­ti sā­dha­naṃ saṃ­pra­va­rta­te |­| " i­ti va­ca­nā­t sa­ttvā­di­nai­va sva­bhā­ve­na ta­tra ni­śca­yo­tpa­tte­r a­bhyā­sa­pra­va­ra­bu­ddhi­pā­ṭa- TAŚVA-ML 405,30vā­rthi­tva­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­sya bhā­vā­d va­stu­sva­bhā­vā­t | va­stu­sva­bhā­vo hy e­ṣa pa­raṃ pra­tī­ti­kā­nu­bha­va­pa­ṭī­yā­n TAŚVA-ML 405,31kva­ci­d e­va smṛ­ti­bī­ja­m ā­dha­tte pra­bo­dha­ya­ti cāṃ­ta­raṃ saṃ­sā­ra­m i­ti ce­t­, ka­tha­m e­vaṃ sa­ttvā­de­r a­ṇu­tvā­di­sva­bhā­vaḥ pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 405,32mā­ṇu­ṣu bhi­nno na bha­ve­d vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sā­t sa­hya­viṃ­dhya­va­t | ya­di pu­na­r ni­śca­ya­syā­va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­n na ta­dbhā­vā­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 405,33vā­nāṃ va­stu­sva­bhā­va­bhe­da i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā ka­thaṃ da­rśa­na­sya pra­mā­ṇe­ta­ra­bhā­va­vya­va­sthā ni­śca­yo­tpa­ttya­nu­tpa­tti­bhyāṃ TAŚVA-ML 405,34vi­pa­rya­yo­pa­ja­na­nā­nu­pa­ja­na­nā­bhyā­m i­ti ta­dvya­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | da­rśa­na­prā­mā­ṇya­he­tu­r ya­thā­rtha­ni­śca­ya e­va dṛ­ṣṭā­rthā- TAŚVA-ML 406,01vya­va­sā­yi­tvā­n na vi­pa­rya­yaḥ saṃ­śa­yo vā ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­tvā­d i­ti ce­d vyā­ha­ta­m e­ta­t | sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­nā­laṃ­ba­na­ś ca ni­śca­yo TAŚVA-ML 406,02dṛ­ṣṭā­rthā­vya­va­sā­yī ce­ti­, ta­taḥ sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­vya­va­sā­yī sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­laṃ­ba­na e­ve­ti va­stu­vi­ṣa­yo ni­śca­yo nya­thā­nu­pa- TAŚVA-ML 406,03pa­tteḥ si­ddhaḥ | e­vaṃ ca ta­dbhā­vā­bhā­vā­bhyāṃ va­stu­sva­bhā­va­bhe­do va­śyaṃ­bhā­vī­ti sa­ttve dra­vya­tvā­di­sva­bhā­ve­na ni­ścī- TAŚVA-ML 406,04ya­mā­nāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vo a­ṇu­tvā­di­sva­bhā­ve­na vā ni­ścī­ya­mā­nā nā­nā­sva­bhā­vāḥ si­ddhā e­va | ke­śā­di­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 406,05ni­ścī­ya­mā­nāḥ pra­vi­ra­la­tvā­di­nā vā ni­ścī­ya­mā­nāḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ sa­rva­thā ta­da­ni­śca­ye ta­tra vi­bhra­mā­bhā­va­pra- TAŚVA-ML 406,06saṃ­gā­t ta­dbhā­ve a­ti­śa­kteḥ | sa­ttvā­di­nā ca ni­ścī­ya­mā­no va­ya­vī ba­hi­r na pa­ra­mā­ṇa­va i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, sa­rvā­ni­śca- TAŚVA-ML 406,07ye '­va­ya­va­si­ddheḥ | ta­rhy a­mū­la­dā­na­kri­yi­ṇaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­bu­ddhā­vā­tmā­naṃ ca na sa­ma­rpa­yaṃ­ti pra­tya­kṣa­tāṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 406,08svī­ku­rvaṃ­tī­ti ta­taḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­saṃ­taḥ pu­dga­lā­nāṃ skaṃ­dhā dvya­ṇu­kā­da­yo '­ne­ka­vi­dhā i­ti te­ṣāṃ saṃ­khye­yā­di­pra­de­śāḥ TAŚVA-ML 406,09prā­tī­ti­kā e­va |­| TA-ML 5.11 nā­ṇoḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 406,11saṃ­khye­yā­saṃ­khye­yā­ś ca pra­de­śā i­ty a­nu­va­rta­nā­t ta e­vā­ṇoḥ pra­ti­ṣi­dhyaṃ­te | ta­thā ca­ —TAŚV-ML 5.11.1nā­ṇo­r i­ti ni­ṣe­dha­sya va­ca­nā­n nā­pra­de­śa­tā | pra­si­ddhai­vai­ka­de­śa­tvā­t ta­syā­ṇu­tvaṃ na cā­nya­thā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 406,13na hy e­ka­pra­de­śo py a­ṇu­r na bha­va­tī­ti yu­ktaṃ ta­syā­va­stu­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nu cā­ṇoḥ pra­de­śa­tve pra­de­śī kaḥ syā­t­? TAŚVA-ML 406,14sa e­va spa­rśā­di­gu­ṇā­śra­ya­tvā­d gu­ṇī­ti brū­maḥ | ka­thaṃ sa e­va pra­de­śaḥ pra­de­śī ca ? vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­du­bha­ya- TAŚVA-ML 406,15sva­bhā­va­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | pra­de­śa­tva­sva­bhā­va­tva­syā­sti skaṃ­dhā­va­sthā­yāṃ ta­dbhā­vā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­de­śi­tva­sva­bhā­vaḥ pu­dga­la- TAŚVA-ML 406,16dra­vya­tvā­t | e­ke­na pra­de­śe­na pu­dga­la­dra­vya­syā­pra­de­śi­tve dvyā­di­pra­de­śai­r a­py a­pra­de­śi­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t vi­ru­ddhaṃ ce­daṃ pa­ra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 406,17ṇu­r e­ka­pra­de­śo '­pra­de­śī ce­ti pra­de­śa­pra­de­śi­no­r a­nyo­nyā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­t pra­de­śi­na­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa pra­de­śa­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t kha­pu- TAŚVA-ML 406,18ṣpa­va­t pra­de­śa­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ca pra­de­śi­no nu­pa­pa­tte­s ta­dva­d e­va | ta­ta e­va na pra­de­śo nā­pi pra­de­śī pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 406,19dra­vya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t gu­ṇā­di­va­t | na cā­dra­vyaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r gu­ṇa­va­ttvā­t skaṃ­dha­va­t | na cā­pra­de­śi pra­de­śi­sva­bhā­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 406,20kiṃ­ci­d dra­vyaṃ si­ddhaṃ ga­ga­nā­dya­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­naṃ­tā­di­pra­de­śa­tva­sā­dha­ne­na pra­de­śi­tva­vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | syā­d ā- TAŚVA-ML 406,21kṛ­taṃ te a­ne­ka­pra­de­śaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r dra­vya­tvā­d gha­ṭā­kā­śā­di­va­d i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t­, dha­rmi­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 406,22pa­kṣa­sya kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvā­t he­toḥ kā­le­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­c ca | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ mī­māṃ­sa­kā­nāṃ ca śa­bda­dra­vye- TAŚVA-ML 406,23ṇā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t | ta­thā­hi­–­gha­ṭā­di­r bhi­dya­mā­na­pa­ryaṃ­to bhe­dya­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ yo sau ta­sya pa­ryaṃ­taḥ sa pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 406,24pa­ra­mā­ṇu­grā­hi­ṇā pra­mā­ṇe­nā­ne­ka­pra­de­śi­tvaṃ bā­dhya­te ta­syā­ne­ka­pra­de­śa­tve pa­ra­mā­ṇu­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 5.11.2a­ṣṭa­pra­de­śa­rū­pā­ṇu­vā­do '­ne­na ni­vā­ri­taḥ | ta­trā­pi pa­ra­ma­skaṃ­dha­vi­da­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 406,26pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m a­ne­ka­pra­de­śa­tvā­bhā­ve sa­rvā­tma­nai­ka­de­śe­na ca saṃ­yo­ge ṇu­mā­tre pi a­ṇu­pra­sa­kteḥ | sā­va­ya­va­tve na­va­sthā- TAŚVA-ML 406,27pra­saṃ­gā­c ca pa­ra­ma­skaṃ­dha­sya pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­d a­ṣṭa­pra­de­śa­rū­pā­ṇu­r bhi­dya­mā­na­pa­ryaṃ­taḥ sa­rva­dā sva­ya­m a­ve­dyaḥ si­ddhya­ti na TAŚVA-ML 406,28pu­na­r a­naṃ­śaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­s ta­sya bu­ddhyā pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­d i­ti ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­ṣṭa­pra­de­śa­rū­pā­ṇu­vā­daḥ so py a­ne­nai­va pra­de­śa­pa­ra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 406,29ṇu­skaṃ­dha­sya va­ca­ne­na vi­cā­ri­to dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. rū­pā­ṇo­r a­pra­de­śa­sya sa­rva­dā­py a­sya bhe­dya­tvā­yo­gā­t | ta­thā hi­–­bhe­dyo TAŚVA-ML 406,30rū­pā­ṇuḥ mū­rta­tve sa­ty a­ne­kā­va­ya­va­tvā­t gha­ṭa­va­t | nā­tra he­to­r ā­kā­śā­di­bhi­r a­ne­kāṃ­to mū­rti­ma­ttve sa­tī­ti vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 406,31ṣa­ṇā­t te­ṣā­m a­mū­rta­tvā­t | ta­taḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r e­ka­pra­de­śa e­va bhi­dya­mā­na­pa­ryaṃ­taḥ si­ddhaḥ | na­nv e­vaṃ pa­ra­ma­skaṃ­dha­pra­tī­tya­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 406,32va­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­ṣṭa­pra­de­śā­ṇu­vā­de pi sa­mā­na­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.11.3ya­thā­ṇu­r a­ṇu­bhi­r nā­nā­di­kkaiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­m ā­da­dha­t | de­śa­to va­ya­vī ta­dva­tpra­de­śo nyaiḥ pra­de­śa­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.11.4sa­rvā­tma­nā ca tai­s ta­syā­pi saṃ­baṃ­dhe ṇu­mā­tra­kaḥ | piṃ­ḍaḥ syā­d a­nya­tho­pā­tta­do­ṣā­bhā­vaḥ sa­mo na ki­m |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 407,01a­ṣṭa­pra­de­śo pi hi rū­pā­ṇuḥ pū­rvā­di­di­gga­ta­rū­pā­ṇvaṃ­ta­ra­pra­de­śai­r e­ka­śaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­m a­dhi­ti­ṣṭha­nn e­ka­de­śe­na kā­rtsnye­na TAŚVA-ML 407,02vā­dhi­ti­ṣṭe­t ? e­ka­de­śe­na ce­d a­va­ya­vī pra­de­śaḥ syā­t pa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­t ta­thā cā­na­va­sthā pa­rā­pa­ra­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 407,03piṃ­ḍa­mā­traḥ syā­t rū­pā­ṇu­pra­de­śe­ṣv a­ṣṭā­su rū­pā­ṇvaṃ­ta­ra­pra­de­śā­nāṃ pra­ve­śā­t te­ṣāṃ ca pa­ra­spa­rā­nu­pra­ve­śā­t | ta­thā ca TAŚVA-ML 407,04pa­ra­ma­skaṃ­dha­tva­pra­tī­tya­bhā­vaḥ | a­tha ma­ha­taḥ skaṃ­dha­sya pra­tī­tya­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­re­ṇa rū­pā­ṇu­pra­de­śā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 407,05m a­nya­rū­pa­de­śaiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­si­ddheḥ kā­rtsnyai­ka­de­śa­pa­kṣo­pā­tta­do­ṣā­bhā­vo vi­bhā­vya­te pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m a­pi pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­re­ṇa saṃ­baṃ­dha- TAŚVA-ML 407,06s ta­ta e­ve­ti sa­mā­na­sta­tpa­kṣo­pā­tta­do­ṣā­bhā­vaḥ | va­kṣya­te ca pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ baṃ­dha­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­tuḥ sni­gdha­rū­kṣa­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 407,07pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­m i­ti ne­ho­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 5.11.5vi­dyā­da­jī­va­kā­yā­nāṃ dra­vya­tvā­di­sva­bhā­va­tāṃ | e­vaṃ prā­dhā­nya­taḥ pro­ktāṃ sa­mā­sā­t su­na­yā­nvi­tā­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 407,09dha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­jī­va­kā­yā­nā­m ā­di­sū­tro­ktā­nāṃ dra­vya­tva­sva­bhā­vo jī­vā­nāṃ ca prā­dhā­nye­na ve­di­ta­vyo gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na TAŚVA-ML 407,10pa­ryā­ya­tva­sya bhā­va­syā­pi bhā­vā­t | śu­ddha­dra­vya­sya hi sa­nmā­tra­de­ha­sya pa­ryā­yā e­vā­jī­va­kā­yā jī­vā­ś ca ta­syai­ka- TAŚVA-ML 407,11syā­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­ya­syā­ti­saṃ­kṣe­pa­to bhi­ma­ta­tvā­t | e­kaṃ dra­vya­m a­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­ya­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­thā ni­tya­tvā­va­sthi­tā- TAŚVA-ML 407,12rū­pa­tvai­ka­dra­vya­tva­ni­ṣkri­ya­tva­sva­bhā­vo '­pi prā­dhā­nye­nai­va te­ṣāṃ gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­nā­ni­tya­tvā­na­va­sthi­ta­tva­sa­rū­pa­tvā­ne­ka­dra- TAŚVA-ML 407,13vya­tva­sva­bhā­vā­nā­m a­pi bhā­vā­t te­ṣā­m a­nu­ktā­nā­m a­pi ga­mya­mā­na­tvā­t sa­mā­sa­to bhi­dhā­nā­t | ta­thai­va su­na­yā­nvi­ta- TAŚVA-ML 407,14tvo­pa­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā du­rna­yā­nvi­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | dra­vyā­rthā­n ni­tya­tve pi pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d a­ni­tya­tvo­pa­ga­mā­d a­nya­thā­rtha­kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 407,15vi­ro­dhā­d va­stu­tvā­yo­gā­t | ta­thā dra­vya­to­va­sthi­ta­tve pi pa­ryā­ya­to­na­va­sthi­ta­tva­si­ddhe­r i­ty a­va­ya­vā­va­sthā­nā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 407,16ta­thā sva­rū­pa­to a­rū­pa­tve pi mū­rti­ma­ddra­vya­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t te­ṣāṃ sva­rū­pa­tva­vya­va­hā­rā­t | ta­thai­ka­dra­vya­tve pi vi­bhā­gā­pe­kṣa­yā TAŚVA-ML 407,17ta­dvi­bhā­ga­vi­va­kṣā­yā­m a­ne­ka­dra­vya­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | pa­ri­spaṃ­da­kri­ya­yā ni­ṣkri­ya­tve pi te­ṣā­m a­va­sthi­ta­tvā­di­kri­ya­yā TAŚVA-ML 407,18sa­kri­ya­tvā­t | e­va­m a­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tvā­da­yo pi pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­nai­va dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tvā­di­sva- TAŚVA-ML 407,19bhā­vā­nā­m a­py a­vi­ro­dhā­t pa­ri­mi­ta­ta­dbhā­vā­pe­kṣa­yā saṃ­khyo­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti sa­rva­tra syā­tkā­raḥ sa­tya­lāṃ­cha­no dra­ṣṭa­vya­s ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 407,20nu­kta­syā­pi sā­ma­rthyā­t sa­rva­tra pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­d i­ti pra­ka­ra­ṇā­rtho­pa­saṃ­hṛ­tiḥ |­| TA-ML 5.12 lo­kā­kā­śe '­va­gā­haḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 407,22dha­rmā­dī­nā­m i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ pra­kṛ­ta­tvā­d a­rtha­va­śā­d vi­bha­kti­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t | lo­ko na yu­kta­m ā­kā­śaṃ ta­trā­va­gā­haḥ | TAŚVA-ML 407,23ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.12.1lo­kā­kā­śe va­gā­haḥ syā­t sa­rve­ṣā­m a­va­gā­hi­nāṃ | bā­hya­to saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­smā­l lo­ka­tva­syā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 407,25na hi lo­kā­kā­śā­d bā­hya­to dha­rmā­da­yo '­va­gā­hi­naḥ saṃ­bha­vaṃ­ty a­lo­kā­kā­śa­syā­pi lo­kā­kā­śa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t |­| na­nu TAŚVA-ML 407,26ca ya­thā dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ lo­kā­kā­śe va­gā­ha­s ta­thā lo­kā­kā­śa­syā­nya­smi­nn a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­va­gā­he­na bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ ta­syā­py a­nya- TAŚVA-ML 407,27smi­nn i­ty a­na­va­sthā syā­t­, ta­sya sva­rū­pe va­gā­he sa­rve­ṣāṃ svā­tma­ny e­vā­va­gā­ho stv i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.12.2lo­kā­kā­śa­sya nā­nya­smi­nn a­va­gā­haḥ kva­ci­n ma­taḥ | ā­kā­śa­sya vi­bhu­tve­na sva­pra­ti­ṣṭa­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 407,29ta­to nā­na­va­sthā nā­pi sa­rve­ṣāṃ svā­tma­ny e­vā­va­gā­ha­s te­ṣā­m a­vi­bhu­tvā­t­, pa­ra­smi­nn a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇe va­gā­ho­pa­pa­tte­r a­nya- TAŚVA-ML 407,30thā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­vya­va­hā­rā­bhā­vā­t |­| TA-ML 5.13 dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ kṛ­tsne |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 407,32lo­kā­kā­śe va­gā­ha i­ty a­nu­va­rta­nī­yaṃ | kṛ­tsna i­ti va­ca­nā­t ta­de­ka­de­śa e­va dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r a­va­gā­ho vyu­da­staḥ | TAŚVA-ML 407,33ku­ta­s tau kṛ­tsna­lo­kā­kā­śā­va­gā­hi­nau si­ddhā­v i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.13.1dha­rmā­dha­rmau ma­tau kṛ­tsna­lo­kā­kā­śā­va­gā­hi­nau | ga­ccha­tti­ṣṭha­tpa­dā­rthā­nāṃ sa­rve­ṣā­m u­pa­kā­ra­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 408,02na hi lo­ka­tra­ya­va­rti­nāṃ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ sa­rve­ṣāṃ ga­ti­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nāṃ sthi­ti­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nāṃ ca ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­hau TAŚVA-ML 408,03yu­ga­pa­du­pa­kā­ro dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r e­ka­de­śa­va­rti­noḥ saṃ­bha­va­tya­lo­kā­kā­śe pi ta­dga­ti­sthi­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to lo­kā­kā­śe TAŚVA-ML 408,04ga­ccha­tti­ṣṭha­tpa­dā­rthā­nāṃ sa­rve­ṣāṃ ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­kā­ra­m i­ccha­tā dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ kṛ­tsne lo­kā­kā­śe '­va­gā­ho bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ |­| TA-ML 5.14 e­ka­pra­de­śā­di­ṣu bhā­jyaḥ pu­dga­lā­nā­m |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 408,06a­va­gā­ha i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te lo­kā­kā­śa­sye­ty a­rtha­va­śā­d vi­bha­kti­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ | te­na lo­kā­kā­śa­syai­ka­pra­de­śe­ṣv a­saṃ­khye- TAŚVA-ML 408,07ye­ṣu ca pu­dga­lā­nā­m a­va­gā­ha i­ti vā­kyā­rthaḥ si­ddhaḥ |­| ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.14.1ta­syai­vai­ka­pra­de­śe sti ya­thai­ka­syā­va­gā­ha­naṃ | pa­ra­mā­ṇo­s ta­thā­ne­kā­ṇu­skaṃ­dhā­nāṃ ca sau­kṣmya­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.14.2ta­thā cai­ka­pra­de­śā­di­s te­ṣāṃ pra­ti­vi­bhi­dya­tāṃ | so va­gā­ho ya­thā­yo­gyaṃ pu­dga­lā­nā­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 408,10ta­syai­va lo­kā­kā­śa­syai­ka­sya pra­de­śe ya­thai­ka­sya pa­ra­mā­ṇo­r a­va­gā­ha­na­m a­sti ni­rbā­dhaṃ ta­thā dvyā­di­saṃ­khye­yā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 408,11skaṃ­dhā­nā­m a­pi pa­ra­ma­sau­kṣmya­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­nāṃ ta­ddra­vyā­di­pra­de­śe­ṣu ca | ya­thai­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­ru­tsu­kā­nāṃ dvyā­di­pa­ra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 408,12ṇū­nā­m a­va­gā­ha­s ta­thā tryā­di­saṃ­khye­yā­saṃ­khye­yā­naṃ­ta­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ma­ya­skaṃ­dhā­nā­ma­pi tā­dṛ­śā­t sau­kṣmya­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­d i­ty a­śe­ṣa­to TAŚVA-ML 408,13ya­thā­yo­gaṃ pra­vi­bha­jya­tāṃ na ca pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dhā­nāṃ tā­dṛ­śa­sau­kṣmya­pa­ri­ṇā­mo '­si­ddhaḥ sthū­lā­nā­m a­pi śi­thi­lā­va­ya­va­ka­rpā- TAŚVA-ML 408,14sā­piṃ­ḍā­dī­nāṃ ni­bi­ḍā­va­ya­va­da­śā­yāṃ sau­kṣmya­da­rśa­nā­t­, kū­ṣmāṃ­ḍa­mā­tu­liṃ­ga­bi­lvā­ma­la­ka­ba­da­ra­sau­kṣmyā­t tā­ra­ta­mya­da­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 408,15nā­c ca kva­ci­t kā­rma­ṇa­skaṃ­dhā­di­ṣu pa­ra­ma­sau­kṣmyā­nu­mā­nā­t ma­ha­ttva­tā­ra­ta­mya­da­rśa­nā­t kva­ci­t pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­ttvā­nu­mā­na­va­t |­| TA-ML 5.15 a­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­gā­di­ṣu jī­vā­nā­m |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 408,17lo­kā­kā­śa­sye­ti saṃ­baṃ­dha­nī­yaṃ a­va­gā­ho bhā­jya i­ti cā­nu­va­rta­te | te­nā­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­ge a­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śe TAŚVA-ML 408,18ka­sya­ci­j jī­va­sya sa­rva­ja­gha­nya­śa­rī­ra­sya ni­tya­ni­go­ta­syā­va­gā­haḥ­, ka­sya­ci­d dva­yo­s ta­da­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­ga­yoḥ ka­sya­ci­t tryā- TAŚVA-ML 408,19di­ṣu sa­rva­smiṃ­ś ca lo­ke syā­d i­ty u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti | nā­nā jī­vā­nāṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­śa­rī­rā­ṇā­m e­ka­smi­nn a­saṃ­khye­ya- TAŚVA-ML 408,20bhā­ge va­gā­haḥ­, ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d dva­yo­r a­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­ga­yo­s tryā­di­ṣu cā­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­ge­ṣv i­ti bhā­jyo va­gā­ho na cai­ka­sya ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 408,21saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­ga­sya dvyā­dya­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­gā­nāṃ cā­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t sa­rva­jī­vā­nāṃ sa­mā­no va­gā­haḥ śaṃ­ka­nī­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 408,22a­saṃ­khye­ya­syā­saṃ­khye­ya­vi­ka­lpa­tvā­t ca si­ddhaṃ lo­kā­kā­śai­kā­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­ṇa­ma­na­tvā­d dvā­dya­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­gā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 408,23m i­ti nā­nā­rū­pā­va­gā­ha­si­ddhiḥ | dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ sa­ka­la­lo­kā­kā­śā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­va­ca­nā­t sā­ma­rthyā­l lo­kā­kā­śa­syai­ka- TAŚVA-ML 408,24smi­nn e­ka­smi­n pra­de­śe cai­ka­sya kā­la­pa­ra­mā­ṇo­r a­va­gā­haḥ pra­tī­ya­te | ta­thā ca sū­tra­kā­ra­sya nā­saṃ­gra­ha­do­ṣaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 408,25na­nu ca lo­kā­kā­śa­pra­mā­ṇa­tve jī­va­sya vya­va­sthā­pi­te ka­thaṃ ta­da­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­gā­v a­gā­ha­naṃ na vi­ru­dhya­ta TAŚVA-ML 408,26i­ty ā­śaṃ­kyā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.16 pra­de­śa­saṃ­hā­ra­vi­sa­rpā­bhyāṃ pra­dī­pa­va­t |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 408,28a­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­gā­di­ṣu jī­vā­nā­m a­va­gā­ho bhā­jya i­ti sā­dhya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.16.1na jī­vā­nā­m a­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­gā­di­ṣv a­va­gā­ha­naṃ | vi­ru­ddhaṃ ta­tpra­de­śā­nāṃ saṃ­hā­rā­t pra­vi­sa­rpa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.16.2pra­dī­pa­va­d i­ti jñe­yā vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­śra­yā | ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā­rthā­nāṃ ni­śca­yā­t ta­da­yo­ga­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 408,31a­mū­rta­sva­bhā­va­syā­py ā­tma­no '­nā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhaṃ pra­tye­ka­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­n mū­rta­tāṃ bi­bhra­to lo­kā­kā­śa­tu­lya­pra­de­śa­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 408,32kā­rma­ṇa­śa­rī­ra­va­śā­d u­pā­ttaṃ sū­kṣma­śa­rī­ra­m a­dhi­ti­ṣṭha­taḥ śu­ṣka­ca­rma­va­tsaṃ­ko­ca­naṃ pra­de­śā­nāṃ saṃ­hā­ra­s ta­syai­va bā­da­ra­śa­rī- TAŚVA-ML 408,33ra­m a­dhi­ti­ṣṭha­to ja­le tai­la­va­dvi­sa­rpa­ṇaṃ vi­sa­rpaḥ pra­sa­rpa­s ta­to '­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­gā­di­ṣu vṛ­ttiḥ pra­dī­pa­va­n na vi­ru­dhya­te | na TAŚVA-ML 409,01hi pra­dī­pa­sya ni­rā­va­ra­ṇa­na­bho­de­śā­va­dhṛ­ta­pra­kā­śa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­syā­pi pra­bhā­pa­va­ra­kā­dyā­va­ra­ṇa­va­śā­t pra­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­saṃ­hā- TAŚVA-ML 409,02ra­vi­sa­rpau ka­sya­ci­d a­si­ddhau ya­to na dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tā syā­t | syā­d ā­kū­taṃ­, nā­tmā pra­de­śa­saṃ­hā­ra­vi­sa­rpa­vā­n a­mū­rta­dra- TAŚVA-ML 409,03vya­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­d i­ti | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ­, pa­kṣa­sya bā­dhi­ta­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­–­ā­tmā pra­de­śa­saṃ­hā­ra­vi­sa­rpa­vā­n a­sti TAŚVA-ML 409,04ma­hā­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­de­śa­vyā­pi­tvā­t pra­dī­pa­pra­kā­śa­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­ne­na tā­va­tpa­kṣo bā­dhya­te | na cā­tra he­tu­r a­si­ddhaḥ śi­śu- TAŚVA-ML 409,05śa­rī­ra­vyā­pi­naḥ pu­naḥ ku­mā­ra­śa­rī­ra­vyā­pi­tva­pra­tī­teḥ | sthū­la­śa­rī­ra­vyā­pi­na­ś ca sa­to jī­va­sya kṛ­śa­śa­rī­ra­vyā­pi- TAŚVA-ML 409,06tva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­t | na ca pū­rvā­pa­ra­śa­rī­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­vyā­pi­no jī­va­sya bhe­da e­va pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ve­ha TAŚVA-ML 409,07ta­de­ka­tva­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ bhrāṃ­taṃ bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ty u­kta­tvā­t | ta­thā­ga­ma­vā­dhi­ta­ś ca pa­kṣaḥ syā­dvā­dā­ga­me jī­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 409,08saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ pra­de­śa­saṃ­hā­ra­vi­sa­rpa­va­tka­tha­nā­t | na ca ta­da­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tvā­t pra­tya­kṣā­rtha­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 409,09pā­da­kā­ga­ma­va­t | sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­d ā­tma­no na pra­de­śe saṃ­hā­ra­vi­sa­rpa­va­ttva­m ā­kā­śa­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­sa­rva­ga­ta­tva­sā- TAŚVA-ML 409,10dha­nā­t | ye­ṣāṃ pu­na­r gha­ṭa­ka­ṇi­kā­mā­traḥ sa­ha­sra­dhā bhi­nno vā ke­śā­gra­mā­tro ṃ­gu­ṣṭha­pa­rva­pra­mā­ṇo vā­tmā te­ṣāṃ sa­rva­śa- TAŚVA-ML 409,11rī­re sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, ta­syā­śu saṃ­cā­ri­tvā­t ta­thā saṃ­ve­da­ne sa­ka­la­śa­rī­re­ṣu ta­thā saṃ­ve­da­nā­pa­tte­r e­kā­tma­vā­dā­va- TAŚVA-ML 409,12ta­ra­ṇā­t | śa­kyaṃ hi va­ktuṃ sa­ka­la­śa­rī­re­ṣv e­ka e­vā­tmā­ṇu­pra­mā­ṇo py ā­śu saṃ­cā­ri­tvā­t saṃ­ve­dya­ta i­ti ta­trā­śve- TAŚVA-ML 409,13vā­ce­ta­na­tva­pra­saṃ­go '­nya­tra saṃ­cā­ra­ṇā­d i­ti ce­t­, śa­rī­rā­va­ya­ve­ṣv a­pi ta­nmu­kte­ṣv a­ce­ta­na­tva­m u­pa­sa­jye­ta ta­dyu­kta­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 409,14co­pa­śa­rī­rai­ka­de­śa­sya sa­ce­ta­na­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ya­t kiṃ­ci­d e­ta­t ya­thā­pra­tī­teḥ śa­rī­ra­pa­ra­mā­ṇā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­no jī­va­syā- TAŚVA-ML 409,15bhyu­pa­ga­ma­nī­ya­tvā­t | ta­thā­sa­ti ta­syā­ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ pra­dī­pa­va­d i­ti ce­n na kiṃ­ci­d a­ni­ṣṭaṃ­, pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d ā- TAŚVA-ML 409,16tma­no '­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­nā­t | dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­t ta­nni­tya­tva­va­ca­nā­t pra­dī­pa­va­d e­va | so pi hi pu­dga­la­dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā- TAŚVA-ML 409,17n ni­tya e­vā­nya­thā va­stu­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | jī­va­sya sā­va­ya­va­tve bhaṃ­gu­ra­tve vā­va­ya­va­vi­śa­ra­ṇa­pra­saṃ­go gha­ṭa­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 409,18ā­kā­śā­di­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t | na hy ā­kā­śā­di ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­ni­tyo pi sā­va­ya­vo pi pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddho na bha­va­ti | na TAŚVA-ML 409,19cā­va­ya­va­vi­śa­ra­ṇaṃ ta­sye­ti pra­tī­taṃ kiṃ­ci­d ā­tma­no va­ya­vā vi­śī­ryaṃ­te kā­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tvā­d ā­kā­śā­di­pra­de­śa­va­t pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 409,20mā­ṇve­ka­pra­de­śa­va­d vā | kā­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­kā e­va hi pa­ṭā­di­skaṃ­dhā­va­ya­vā vi­śī­rya­mā­ṇā dṛ­ṣṭā­s ta­thā­śra­ya­tve­nā­va­ya­va­vya­pa- TAŚVA-ML 409,21de­śā­t | a­va­yū­yaṃ­te vi­śli­ṣyaṃ­te i­ty a­va­ya­vā i­ti vyu­tpa­tteḥ | na­cai­va­m ā­tma­naḥ pra­de­śāḥ­, pa­ra­mā­ṇu­pa­ri­mā­ṇe­na TAŚVA-ML 409,22pra­di­śya­mā­na­ta­yā te­ṣāṃ pra­de­śa­vya­pa­de­śā­d ā­kā­śā­di­pra­de­śa­va­t | ta­to na vi­śa­ra­ṇaṃ jī­va­syā­vi­bhā­ga­dra­vya­tvā­d ā- TAŚVA-ML 409,23kā­śā­di­va­t nā­va­ya­va­vi­śa­ra­ṇa­m a­vi­bhā­ga­dra­vya­m ā­tmā a­mū­rta­tvā­nu­bha­vā­t | pra­sā­dhi­taṃ cā­syā­mū­rta­dra­vya­tva­m i­ti na TAŚVA-ML 409,24pu­na­r a­tro­cya­te | ta­d e­vaṃ lo­kā­kā­śa­m ā­dhā­raḥ kā­rtsnye­nai­ka­de­śe­na vā dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ ya­thā­saṃ­bha­vaṃ | dha­rmā­da­yaḥ pu­na- TAŚVA-ML 409,25r ā­dhe­yā­s ta­thā­pra­tī­te vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­śra­yā­d i­ti vi­jñe­yā­rthā­nā­m ā­kā­śa­dha­rmā­dī­nā­m ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā gha­ṭo­da­kā­dī­nā­m i­va TAŚVA-ML 409,26bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | na te­ṣā­m ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā sa­ha­bhā­vi­tvā­t sa­vye­ta­ra­go­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­d i­ty e­ta­dbā­dha­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, ni­tya- TAŚVA-ML 409,27gu­ṇi­gu­ṇā­bhyāṃ vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | na lo­kā­kā­śa­dra­vye dha­rmā­dī­ni dra­vyā­ṇy ā­dhe­yā­ni yu­ta­si­ddha­tvā­d a­ne­ka­kā­la­dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 409,28va­d i­ti ce­n na­, kuṃ­ḍa­ba­da­rā­di­bhi­r a­ne­kāṃ­tā­t | sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­śa­rī­rā­ṇā­m ā­tma­nā­m a­pi pa­ra­spa­ra­m ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tvo­pa­ga­mā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 409,29śva­m a­nu­ṣyā­dī­nāṃ ca da­rśa­nā­t sā­dhya­śū­nya­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ | na tā­ni ta­trā­dhe­yā­ni śa­śva­da­sa­ma­ve­ta­tve sa­ti sa­ha­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 409,30vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, he­to­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­ni­ya­mā­si­ddheḥ | na hi ya­tra ya­d ā­dhe­yaṃ ta­tra śa­śva­tsa­ma­ve­taṃ ta­da­sa­ha­bhā­vi ca TAŚVA-ML 409,31sa­rvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ vyo­mā­dau ni­tya­ma­ha­ttvā­di­gu­ṇa­syā­dhe­ya­sya śa­śva­tsa­ma­ve­ta­sya si­ddhā­v a­pi ta­da­sa­ha­bhā­vā­pra­tī­teḥ­, kuṃ­ḍā­dau TAŚVA-ML 409,32ba­da­rā­de­r ā­dhe­ya­sya sa­ha­bhā­va­si­ddhā­v a­pi śa­śva­tsa­ma­ve­ta­tvā­pra­si­ddhi­r i­ti sa­mu­di­ta­sya he­toḥ sā­dhya­vyā­vṛ­ttau vyā­vṛ­ttya- TAŚVA-ML 409,33bhā­vā­d a­pra­yo­ja­ko he­tuḥ | na­bhaḥ­pu­dga­la­dra­vyā­bhyāṃ vya­bhi­cā­rā­c ca | na hi na­bha­si pu­dga­la­dra­vya­m ā­dhe­yaṃ na bha­va­ti TAŚVA-ML 409,34ta­sya ta­da­va­gā­hi­tve­na pra­tī­te­s ta­dā­dhe­ya­tva­si­ddheḥ pa­ya­si ma­ka­rā­di­va­t­, ta­tra ta­sya śa­śva­da­sa­ma­ve­ta­tve sa­ti sa­ha- TAŚVA-ML 409,35bhā­va­ś ca he­tuḥ pra­si­ddhaḥ | kha­pu­dga­la­dra­vya­sya sa­dā sa­ma­vā­yā­saṃ­bha­vā­n ni­tya­tve­na sa­ha­bhā­va­tve pi vi­pa­kṣe pi bhā­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 410,01ta­sya vya­bhi­cā­ra­ta e­va ta­yoḥ pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇe tra pa­kṣa­sya pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhaḥ kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­ś ca he­tuḥ kha­pu­dga­la­dra­vya­yo- TAŚVA-ML 410,02r ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā­pra­tī­teḥ | pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­yā e­va gha­ṭā­da­yaḥ sva­syā­dhe­yāḥ pra­tī­yaṃ­te na ca dra­vya­m i­ti ce­n na­, pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 410,03ye­bhyo dra­vya­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­vya­ti­re­kā­t ta­dā­dhe­ya­tve ta­syā­py ā­dhe­ya­tva­si­ddheḥ | ta­taḥ su­ktaṃ lo­kā­kā­śa­dha­rmā­di­dra- TAŚVA-ML 410,04vyā­ṇā­m ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­śra­yā pra­ti­pa­tta­vyā bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ni­śca­ya­na­yā­n na te­ṣā­m ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā TAŚVA-ML 410,05yu­ktā | vyo­ma­va­ddha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­pi sva­rū­pe va­sthā­nā­d a­nya­syā­nya­tra sthi­tau sva­rū­pa­saṃ­ka­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sva­yaṃ sthā­sno­r a­nye­na TAŚVA-ML 410,06sthi­ti­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ sva­ya­m a­sthā­snoḥ sthi­ti­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t | śa­kti­rū­pe­ṇa sva­yaṃ sthā­na­śī­la- TAŚVA-ML 410,07syā­nye­na vya­kti­rū­pa­ta­yā sthi­tiḥ kri­ya­ta i­ti ce­t ta­syā­pi vya­kti­rū­pā sthi­ti­s ta­tsva­bhā­va­sya vā kri­ye­ta | na TAŚVA-ML 410,08ca tā­va­t ta­tsva­bhā­va­sya vai­ya­rthyā­t ka­ra­ṇa­vyā­pā­ra­sya­, nā­py a­ta­tsva­bhā­va­sya sva­pu­ṣpa­va­tka­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­tha­m e­va­m u- TAŚVA-ML 410,09tpa­tti­vi­nā­śa­yoḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ ka­sya­ci­t ta­tsva­bhā­va­syā­ta­tsva­bhā­va­sya vā ke­na­ci­t ta­tkā­ra­ṇe sthi­ti­pa­kṣo­kta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā- TAŚVA-ML 410,10d i­ti ce­n na ka­tha­m a­pi ta­nni­śca­ya­na­yā­t sa­rva­sya vi­sra­so­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­d e­vo­tpā­dā­dī­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 410,11sa­he­tu­ka­tva­pra­tī­teḥ | kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yai­kāṃ­te tu sa­rva­thā ta­da­bhā­vaḥ śā­śva­tai­kāṃ­ta­va­t | saṃ­vṛ­ttyā tu ja­nmai­va sa­he­tu­kaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 410,12pu­na­r vi­nā­śaḥ sthi­ti­ś ce­ti sva­ru­ci­vi­ra­ci­ta­da­śa­no­pa­da­rśa­na­mā­traṃ ni­ya­ma­he­tva­bhā­vā­t | ta­to nā­sti ni­śca­ya­na­yā- TAŚVA-ML 410,13d bhā­vā­nā­m ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­vaḥ sa­rva­thā vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­syā­yo­gā­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­d i­ti syā­l lo­kā­kā­śe dha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­va- TAŚVA-ML 410,14gā­haḥ syā­d a­na­va­gā­ha i­ti syā­dvā­da­pra­si­ddhiḥ |­| TA-ML 5.17 ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­hau dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r u­pa­kā­raḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 410,16dra­vya­sva de­śāṃ­ta­ra­prā­pti­he­tuḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo ga­tiḥ­, ta­dvi­pa­rī­tā sthi­tiḥ | u­pa­gra­ho '­nu­gra­haḥ ga­ti­sthi­tī e­vo- TAŚVA-ML 410,17pa­gra­hau sva­pa­dā­rthā vṛ­tti­r na pu­na­r a­nya­pa­dā­rthā dha­rmā­dha­rmā­v i­ty a­va­ca­nā­t | nā­py a­nya­ta­ra­pa­dā­rthā ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­hā­v i­ti TAŚVA-ML 410,18dvi­va­ca­na­ni­rde­śā­t | ta­syāṃ hi sa­tyā­m u­pa­gra­ha­syai­ka­tvā­d e­ka­va­ca­na­m e­va syā­t | ga­ti­sthi­tyo­r u­pa­gra­ho ga­ti­sthi- TAŚVA-ML 410,19tyu­pa­gra­ha i­ti bhā­va­sā­dha­na­syo­pa­gra­ha­śa­bda­sya ṣa­ṣṭhī­vṛ­tte­r gha­ṭa­nā­t | ta­sya ka­rma­sā­dha­na­tve sva­pa­dā­rtha­vṛ­tte­r e­vo­pa­pa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 410,20ga­ti­sthi­tī e­vo­pa­gṛ­hye­te i­ty u­pa­gra­hau | na ca ka­rma­sā­dha­na­tve py u­pa­gra­ha­śa­bda­syo­pa­kā­ra­śa­bde­na sa­ha sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka- TAŚVA-ML 410,21ra­ṇyā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­hau u­pa­kā­ra i­ti u­pa­kā­ra­śa­bda­syā­pi ka­rma­sā­dha­na­tvā­t | na cai­va­m u­pa­kā­ra­śa- TAŚVA-ML 410,22bda­sya dvi­va­ca­na­pra­sthā sā­mā­nyo­pa­kra­mā­d e­ka­va­ca­no­pa­pa­tteḥ | pu­na­r vi­śe­ṣo­pa­kra­me pi ta­da­pa­ri­tyā­gā­t sā­dhoḥ kā­ryaṃ TAŚVA-ML 410,23ta­paḥ­śru­ti­r i­tyā­di­va­t | na­nu sva­pa­dā­rthā­yāṃ vṛ­ttā­v u­pa­gra­ha­va­ca­na­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ ga­ti­sthi­tī dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r u­pa­kā­ra TAŚVA-ML 410,24i­tī­ya­tā pa­ryā­pta­tvā­t | dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r a­nu­gra­ha­mā­tra­vṛ­tti­tva­khyā­pa­nā­rthaṃ ga­ti­sthi­tyo­r ni­rva­rta­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ TAŚVA-ML 410,25co­pa­gra­ha­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ­, ga­ti­sthi­tī dha­rmā­dha­rma­kṛ­te i­ty a­va­ca­nā­d e­va ta­tsi­ddheḥ | u­pa­kā­ra­va­ca­nā­j jī­va­pu- TAŚVA-ML 410,26dga­lā­nāṃ ga­ti­sthi­tī sva­ya­m ā­ra­bha­mā­ṇā­nāṃ dha­rmā­dha­rmau ta­da­nu­gra­ha­mā­tra­vṛ­tti­tvā­d u­pa­kā­ra­kā­v i­ti pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | ya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 410,27saṃ­khya­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m u­pa­gra­ha­va­ca­na­m i­ty a­py a­sā­raṃ­, ta­dbhā­ve ta­da­ni­vṛ­tteḥ | śa­kyaṃ hi va­ktuṃ jī­va­sya ga­tyu­pa­gra­ho dha­rma- TAŚVA-ML 410,28syo­pa­kā­raḥ pu­dga­la­sya sthi­tyu­pa­gra­ho '­dha­rma­syo­pa­kā­ra i­ti ya­thā­saṃ­khya­m u­pa­gra­ha­va­ca­na­sa­dbhā­ve pi jī­va­pu­dga­lā­nāṃ ba­hu- TAŚVA-ML 410,29tvā­c ca dvā­bhyāṃ sa­ma­tvā­bhā­vā­d e­va ya­thā­saṃ­khya­ni­vṛ­tti­si­ddhi­r na ta­da­rthaṃ ta­dva­ca­naṃ yu­ktaṃ | dha­rmā­dha­rmā­bhyāṃ ya­thā­saṃ­khya- TAŚVA-ML 410,30pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­hā­v i­ti va­ca­naṃ vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te na ga­tyu­pa­gra­ho dha­rma­sya sthi­tyu­pa­gra­haḥ pu­na­r a­dha­rma­sye­ti TAŚVA-ML 410,31pra­tī­ya­te | na­nu ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­hau dha­rma­syā­dha­rma­sya ca pra­tye­ka­m i­ti ka­ści­t­; so pi na sthi­ta­vā­dī­, u­pa­kā- TAŚVA-ML 410,32rā­v i­ti va­ca­nā­d a­pi ta­tsi­ddhiḥ ga­ti­r u­pa­kā­ro dha­rma­sya sthi­ti­r a­dha­rma­sye­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­tvā­t | ta­t ki­m i­dā­nī­m u­pa­gra- TAŚVA-ML 410,33ha­va­ca­naṃ­? na ka­rta­vyaṃ | ka­rta­vya­m e­vo­pa­kā­ra­śa­bde­na kā­rya­sā­mā­nya­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­t ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­hā­v i­ti kā­rya­vi- TAŚVA-ML 410,34śe­ṣa­ka­tha­nā­t | te­na dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r na kiṃ­ci­t kā­rya­m a­stī­ti va­da­n ni­vā­rya­te dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r u­pa­kā­ro stī­ti va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 411,01kiṃ pu­na­s ta­tkā­rya­m i­ty ā­re­kā­yāṃ ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­hā­v i­ty u­cya­te ga­ti­sthi­tī i­ti ta­yo­s ta­da­ni­rva­rtya­tvā­t dha­rmā- TAŚVA-ML 411,02dha­rmau hi na jī­va­pu­dga­lā­nāṃ ga­ti­sthi­tī ni­rva­rta­ya­taḥ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? ta­da­nu­gra­hā­v e­va | ku­ta i­ty e­vaṃ­ —TAŚV-ML 5.17.1sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ ga­ccha­tāṃ ga­tyu­pa­gra­haḥ | dha­rma­sya co­pa­kā­raḥ syā­t ti­ṣṭha­tāṃ sthi­tyu­pa­gra­haḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.17.2ta­thai­va syā­d a­dha­rma­syā­nu­me­yā­v i­ti tau ta­taḥ | tā­dṛ­kkā­rya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya kā­ra­ṇā­vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 411,05kra­me­ṇa sa­rva­pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ ga­ti­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nāṃ ga­tyu­pa­gra­ha­sya sthi­ti­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nāṃ sthi­tyu­pa­gra­ha­sya ca kṣi­tyā­di- TAŚVA-ML 411,06he­tu­ka­sya da­rśa­na­sya dha­rmā­dha­rma­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m i­ti ce­n na sa­kṛ­dgra­ha­ṇā­t | sa­kṛ­d a­pi ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ ta­sya kṣi­tyā­di- TAŚVA-ML 411,07kṛ­ta­tva­si­ddhe­ś ca ta­nni­mi­tta­tva­m i­ty a­pi na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, sa­rva­gra­hā­t | ta­taḥ sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­pa­dā­rtha­ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­hau sa­rva­lo- TAŚVA-ML 411,08ka­vyā­pi­dra­vyo­pa­kṛ­tau sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­pa­dā­rtha­ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­ha­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­me­yau dha­rmā­dha­rmau | na TAŚVA-ML 411,09hi dha­rmā­dha­rmā­bhyāṃ vi­nā sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­hau saṃ­bhā­vye­te­, ya­to na ta­da­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇau syā­tāṃ | TAŚVA-ML 411,10tā­bhyāṃ vi­nai­va pa­ra­spa­ra­taḥ saṃ­bhā­vye­te tā­v i­ti ce­t­, ki­m i­dā­nīṃ yu­ga­pa­d ga­ccha­tāṃ sa­rve­ṣāṃ ti­ṣṭhaṃ­to he­ta­vaḥ sa­rve­, TAŚVA-ML 411,11ti­ṣṭha­tāṃ ca sa­kṛ­tsa­rve­ṣāṃ ga­cchaṃ­taḥ sa­rve­ṣāṃ ā­ho­svi­t ke­ci­d e­va ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t ? | na tā­va­t pra­tha­maḥ pa­kṣaḥ pa­ra­spa- TAŚVA-ML 411,12rā­śra­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nā­pi dvi­tī­yaḥ śre­yā­n sa­rvā­rtha­ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­ha­yoḥ sa­rva­lo­ka­vyā­pi­dra­vyo­pa­kṛ­ta­tve­na sā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 411,13tvā­t | pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­rtha­ga­ti­sthi­tya­nu­gra­ha­yoḥ kā­dā­ci­t ka­yoḥ pra­ti­vi­śi­ṣṭa­yoḥ kṣi­tyā­di­dra­vyo­pa­kṛ­ta­tvā­bhyu­pa- TAŚVA-ML 411,14ga­mā­t | ga­ga­no­pa­kṛ­ta­tvā­t si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, lo­kā­lo­ka­vi­bhā­gā­bhā­va­saṃ­ga­tā­l lo­ka­sya sā­va­dhi­tva­sā- TAŚVA-ML 411,15dha­nā­t | ni­ra­va­dhi­tve saṃ­sthā­na­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­c ca | ya­di pu­na­r lo­kai­ka­de­śa­va­rti­dra­vyo­pa­kṛ­tau sa­ka­lā- TAŚVA-ML 411,16rtha­ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­hau syā­tāṃ ta­dā­pi lo­kā­lo­ka­vi­bhā­gā­si­ddhiḥ­, kva­ci­d va­rta­mā­na­yo­r dha­rmā­dha­rmā­sti­kā­ya­yoḥ sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 411,17lo­kā­kā­śe i­vā­lo­kā­kā­śe pi sa­rvā­rtha­ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­ho­pa­kā­ri­tva­pra­sa­kte­s ta­sya lo­ka­tvā­pa­tteḥ | ta­taḥ sa­rva­ga­tā- TAŚVA-ML 411,18bhyā­m e­va dra­vyā­bhyāṃ sa­ka­lā­rtha­ga­ti­sthi­tya­nu­gra­ho­pa­kā­ri­bhyāṃ bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ | tau no dha­rmā­dha­rmau |­| TA-ML 5.18 ā­kā­śa­syā­va­gā­haḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 411,20u­pa­kā­ra i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te | kaḥ pu­na­r a­va­gā­haḥ ? a­va­gā­ha­na­m a­va­gā­haḥ sa ca na ka­rma­stha­s ta­syā­si­ddha­tvā­l liṃ­ga­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 411,21yo­gā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi ? ka­rtṛ­stha i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 5.18.1u­pa­kā­ro va­gā­haḥ syā­t sa­rve­ṣā­m a­va­gā­hi­nāṃ | ā­kā­śa­sya sa­kṛ­n nā­nya­sye­ty e­ta­d a­nu­mī­ya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 411,23jī­vā­da­yo hy a­va­gā­ha­kā­s ta­tra pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­tvā­l liṃ­ga­m a­va­gā­hya­sya ka­sya­ci­t ya­t ta­da­va­gā­hyaṃ sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 411,24ta­dā­kā­śa­m i­ti ka­rtṛ­sthā­d a­va­gā­hā­d a­nu­mī­ya­te | ga­ga­nā­d a­nya­sya ta­thā­bhā­vā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ā­lo­ka­ta­ma­so­r a­va­gā­haḥ TAŚVA-ML 411,25sa­rve­ṣā­m a­va­gā­ha­kā­nāṃ ja­lā­de­r bha­smā­di­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­yo­r a­py a­va­gā­ha­ka­tvā­d a­va­gā­hyāṃ­ta­ra­si­ddheḥ | na­nv e­va­m ā­kā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 411,26syā­py a­va­gā­ha­ka­tvā­d a­nya­d a­va­gā­hyaṃ ka­lpya­tāṃ ta­syā­py a­va­gā­ha­ka­tve a­pa­ra­ma­va­gā­hya­m i­ty a­na­va­sthā syā­d i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 411,27ā­kā­śa­syā­naṃ­ta­syā­mū­rta­sya vyā­pi­naḥ svā­va­gā­hi­tva­si­ddhe­r a­va­gā­hyāṃ­ta­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | na cai­va­m ā­lo­ka­ta­ma­soḥ sa­rvā- TAŚVA-ML 411,28rthā­nāṃ vā svā­va­gā­hi­tva­pra­sa­kti­r a­sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­t | na ca kiṃ­ci­d a­sa­rva­ga­taṃ svā­va­gā­hi dṛ­ṣṭaṃ­, ma­tsyā­de­r ja­lā­dya­va- TAŚVA-ML 411,29gā­hi­tva­da­rśa­nā­t | sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t a­va­gā­hyā­va­gā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, sthū­la­sthi- TAŚVA-ML 411,30ra­sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­rtha­pra­tī­teḥ | na ce­yaṃ bhrāṃ­ti­r bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t e­ka­syā­ne­ka­de­śa­kā­la­vyā­pi­no rtha­syā­bhā­ve sa­rva­śū­nya­tā- TAŚVA-ML 411,31pa­tteḥ | bhā­ve pu­na­r a­va­gā­hyā­va­gā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­vi­ro­dha e­vā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­vā­di­va­t śī­ta­vā­tā­ta­pā­dī­nā­m a­bhi­nna­de­śa­kā­la- TAŚVA-ML 411,32ta­yā pra­tī­teḥ svā­va­gā­hyā­va­gā­ha­ka­bhā­va­si­ddhiḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­va­gā­hā­nu­pa­pa­ttau bhi­nna­de­śa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­l lo­ṣṭha­dva­ya­va­t | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 411,33ya­thā­pra­tī­ti­ni­ya­tā­nā­m a­va­gā­ha­kā­nāṃ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­m a­va­gā­hya­m a­si­ddhaṃ ta­yā sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­va­gā­hi­nā­m a­va­gā­hya­m ā­kā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 411,34m a­nu­maṃ­ta­vya­m |­| TA-ML 5.19 śa­rī­ra­vā­ṅma­naḥ­prā­ṇā­pā­nāḥ pu­dga­lā­nā­m |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 412,02u­pa­kā­ra i­ty a­nu­va­rta­nī­yaṃ­, ta­tra śa­rī­ra­m au­dā­ri­kaṃ vyā­khyā­taṃ | vā­k dvi­dha­–­dra­vya­vā­k bhā­va­vā­k ca | ta­tre­ha TAŚVA-ML 412,03dra­vya­vā­k pau­dga­li­kī gṛ­hya­te | ma­no pi dvi­vi­dhaṃ­, dra­vya­bhā­va­vi­ka­lpā­t | ta­tre­ha dra­vya­ma­naḥ pau­dga­li­kaṃ grā­hyaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 412,04prā­ṇā­pā­nau śvā­so­cchvā­sau | ta e­te pu­dga­lā­nāṃ śa­rī­ra­va­rga­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­tīṃ­dri­yā­ṇā­m u­pa­kā­raḥ kā­rya­m a­nu­mā­pa­ka­m i- TAŚVA-ML 412,05ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.19.1śa­rī­ra­va­rga­ṇā­dī­nāṃ pu­dga­lā­nāṃ sa saṃ­ma­taḥ | śa­rī­rā­va­ya­va i­ty e­tai­s te­ṣā­m a­nu­mi­ti­r bha­ve­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 412,07saṃ­ti śa­rī­ra­vā­ṅma­no­va­rga­ṇāḥ prā­ṇā­pā­nā­raṃ­bha­kā­ś ca sū­kṣmāḥ pu­dga­lāḥ śa­rī­rā­di­kā­ryā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | na TAŚVA-ML 412,08pra­dhā­naṃ kā­ra­ṇaṃ śa­rī­rā­dī­nāṃ mū­rti­ma­ttvā­bhā­vā­d ā­tma­va­t | na hy a­mū­rti­ma­taḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ | pṛ­thi­vyā- TAŚVA-ML 412,09di­pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ke­ci­t­, te­ṣāṃ sa­rve py a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa pṛ­thi­vyā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ śa­rī­rā­dyā­raṃ­bha­kāḥ syuḥ TAŚVA-ML 412,10pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­vāḥ ? na tā­va­d ā­di­vi­ka­lpo '­ni­ṣṭa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | dvi­tī­ya­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ tu śa­rī­rā­di­va­rga­ṇā e­va TAŚVA-ML 412,11nā­māṃ­ta­re­ṇo­ktā bha­ve­yu­r i­ti si­ddho '­sma­tsi­ddhāṃ­taḥ |­| TA-ML 5.20 su­kha­duḥ­kha­jī­vi­ta­ma­ra­ṇo­pa­gra­hā­ś ca |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 412,13pu­dga­lā­nā­m u­pa­kā­ra i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | ke­ṣāṃ pu­naḥ pu­dga­lā­nā­m i­me kā­rya­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.20.1su­khā­dyu­pa­gra­hā­ś co­pa­kā­ro jī­va­vi­pā­ki­nā­m | sā­ta­ve­dyā­di­ka­rmā­tma­pu­dga­lā­nā­m i­to nu­mā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 412,15su­khaṃ ta­c ce­t sa­dve­dya­sya ka­rma­ṇaḥ kā­ryaṃ duḥ­kha­m a­sa­dve­dya­sya­, jī­vi­ta­m ā­yu­ṣaḥ­, ma­ra­ṇa­m a­sa­dve­dya­syai­vā­yuḥ­kṣa­ye sa­ti TAŚVA-ML 412,16ta­du­da­yā­t pa­ra­ma­duḥ­khā­tma­nā ta­syā­nu­bha­vā­t | ta­taḥ sā­ta­ve­dyā­di­ka­rmā­tmā­naḥ pu­dga­lāḥ su­khā­dyu­pa­gra­he­bhyo '­nu­mī- TAŚVA-ML 412,17yaṃ­te | a­tro­pa­gra­ha­va­ca­naṃ sa­dve­dyā­di­ka­rma­ṇāṃ su­khā­dyu­tpa­ttau ni­mi­tta­mā­tra­tve­nā­nu­grā­ha­ka­tva­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 412,18kā­ra­ṇaṃ jī­vaḥ su­khā­dī­nāṃ ta­syai­va ta­thya­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t | a­ta e­va jī­va­vi­pā­ki­tvaṃ sa­dve­dyā­di­ka­rma­ṇāṃ jī­ve TAŚVA-ML 412,19ta­dvi­pā­ko­pa­la­bdheḥ | na­nv ā­yuḥ bha­va­vi­pā­ki śrū­ya­te ta­t ka­thaṃ jī­va­vi­pā­ki syā­t ? bha­va­sya jī­va­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tva- TAŚVA-ML 412,20vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ ta­thā vi­dhā­nā­d a­do­ṣaḥ | ta­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­jī­va­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­tve vā jī­va­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­mā­trā­d bhe­da­vi­va- TAŚVA-ML 412,21kṣā­yā­m ā­yu­rbha­va­vi­pā­ki pro­kta­m i­ti na vi­ro­dhaḥ | na­nv ā­bha­ra­ṇā­di­pu­dga­lā­nāṃ su­khā­dyu­pa­gra­he vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 412,22su­khā­dyu­pa­gra­ha u­pa­kā­ro stv i­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣā­m a­nu­me­ya­tvā­t ni­ya­mā­bhā­vā­c ca ka­sya­ci­t ka­dā­ci­t su­kho­pa­gra­he va­rta­mā- TAŚVA-ML 412,23na­syā­pi baṃ­dha­nā­de­r a­pa­ra­sya duḥ­khā­dyu­pa­gra­he pi vṛ­ttya­vi­ro­dhā­n na ni­ya­maḥ | sa­dve­dyā­di­ka­rmā­ṇi su­khā­dyu­pa­gra­he pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 412,24ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­vā­ny e­vā­nya­thā ta­tsaṃ­bhā­va­nā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti te­bhya­s ta­da­nu­mā­na­m |­| TA-ML 5.21 pa­ra­spa­ro­pa­gra­ho jī­vā­nā­m |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 412,26u­pa­kā­ra i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te­, ta­taḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ jī­vā­nā­m a­nu­mā­na­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.21.1jī­vā­nā­m u­pa­kā­raḥ syā­t pa­ra­spa­ra­m u­pa­gra­haḥ | saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­va­dbhā­jāṃ vyā­pā­rā­di­r a­to nu­mā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 412,28saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­bhā­jo hi jī­vāḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­saṃ­vi­dā­tmā­naḥ kā­rya­to nu­me­yāḥ syu­r na pu­na­r ai­kya­bhā­jaḥ | ta­c ca TAŚVA-ML 412,29kā­ryaṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­m u­pa­gra­haḥ | sa ca vyā­pā­rā­di­r ā­liṃ­ga­nā­di­vā­ha­nā­di­bhi­r vyā­pā­raḥ | a­nu­na­ya­naṃ hi­ta­pra­ti­pā­da­nā- TAŚVA-ML 412,30di­r vyā­hā­raḥ | sa ca pa­ra­spa­ra­m u­pa­la­bhya­mā­naḥ saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­tī­ti ta­da­nu­me­yāḥ saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­bhā­jo jī­vāḥ TAŚVA-ML 412,31pa­ra­spa­raṃ saṃ­vṛ­ttyā saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­vya­va­hā­ra i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­vā­da­sya pū­rva­m e­va ni­ra­sta­tvā­t saṃ­ve­da­nā­dvai­ta­vā­da­va­t |­| TA-ML 5.22 va­rta­nā pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ kri­yā pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tve ca kā­la­sya |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 412,33va­rta­te va­rta­na­mā­traṃ vā va­rta­nā­, vṛ­tte­r ṇya­ntā­t ka­rma­ṇi bhā­ve vā yu­k ta­syā­nu­dā­tta­tvā­d vā tā­cchī­li­ko va yu­c TAŚVA-ML 413,01va­rta­nā­śī­lā va­rta­ne­ti | kā pu­na­r i­yaṃ ? pra­ti­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­m aṃ­ta­rnī­tai­ka­sa­ma­yā sva­sa­ttā­nu­bhū­ti­r va­rta­nā | dra­vyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 413,02va­kṣya­mā­ṇaṃ ta­sya pa­ryā­yo dra­vya­pa­ryā­yaḥ dra­vya­pa­ryā­yaṃ dra­vya­pa­ryā­yaṃ pra­ti pra­ti­dra­vya­pa­ryā­yaṃ aṃ­ta­rnī­ta e­kaḥ sa­ma­yo- TAŚVA-ML 413,03na­ye­ty aṃ­ta­rnī­tai­ka­sa­ma­yā | kā pu­na­r a­sau ? sva­sa­ttā­nu­bhū­tiḥ sva­syai­va sa­ttā sva­sa­ttā a­nyā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇī ja­nma­vya­ya- TAŚVA-ML 413,04dhrau­vyai­kya­vṛ­tti­r i­ty a­rthaḥ | '­u­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sa­t­' i­ti va­ca­nā­t | na hi sa­ttā­tyaṃ­taṃ bhi­nnā svā­śra­yā­d u- TAŚVA-ML 413,05pa­pa­dya­te | dra­vyā­bhi­dhā­nā­nu­pra­vṛ­tti­liṃ­ge­nā­nu­mī­ya­mā­nā sai­kai­ve­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, sā­dṛ­śyo­pa­cā­rā­t ta­de­ka­tva­pra­tya­ya­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 413,06jī­vā­jī­va­ta­dbhe­da­pra­bhe­daiḥ saṃ­ba­dhya­mā­nā vi­śi­ṣṭā śa­kti­r a­ne­ka­tva­m ā­skaṃ­da­tī­ti sva­sa­ttā­yā a­nu­bhū­tiḥ sā va­rta­nā TAŚVA-ML 413,07va­rtya­mā­na­tvā­t va­rta­mā­na­mā­tra­tvā­d vā ta­d u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.22.1aṃ­ta­nīṃ­tai­ka­sa­ma­yaḥ sva­sa­ttā­nu­bha­vo bhi­dā | yaḥ pra­ti­dra­vya­pa­ryā­yaṃ va­rta­nā se­ha kī­rtya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.2ya­smā­t ka­rma­ṇi bhā­ve ca ṇyaṃ­tā­dva­rteḥ stri­yāṃ yu­ci | va­rta­ne­ty a­nu­dā­tte tā­cchī­lyā­dau vā yu­cī­ṣya­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.3dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ hi va­stū­nā­m e­ka­smi­nn a­vi­bhā­gi­ni | sa­ma­ye va­rta­mā­nā­nāṃ sva­pa­ryā­yaiḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.4u­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­vi­ka­lpai­r ba­hu­dhā sva­yaṃ | pra­yu­jya­mā­na­tā­nye­na va­rta­nā ka­rma bhā­vya­te |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.5pra­yo­ja­naṃ tu bhā­vaḥ syā­t sa cā­sau ta­tpra­yo­ja­kaḥ | kā­la i­ty e­ṣa ni­rṇī­to va­rta­nā­la­kṣa­ṇo ṃ­ja­sā |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.6pra­tya­kṣa­to '­pra­si­ddhā­pi va­rta­nā­smā­dṛ­śāṃ ta­thā | vyā­va­hā­ri­ka­kā­rya­sya da­rśa­nā­d a­nu­mī­ya­te |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.7ta­thā taṃ­du­la­vi­kle­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | pā­ka­syo­da­na­pa­ryā­ya­nā­m a­bhā­jaḥ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.8sū­kṣma­taṃ­du­la­pā­ko stī­ty a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­va­rta­te | pā­ka­syai­vā­nya­the­ṣṭa­sya sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.9ta­thai­va svā­tma­sa­dbhā­vā­nu­bhū­tau sa­rva­va­stu­naḥ | pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ ba­hi­rhe­tuḥ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa i­ti dhru­va­m |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.10pra­si­ddha­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­vṛ­ttau bā­hya­sya da­rśa­nā­t | ni­mi­tta­syā­nya­thā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­n ni­ścī­ya­te bu­dhaiḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.11ā­di­tyā­di­ga­ti­s tā­va­n na ta­ddhe­tu­r vi­bhā­vya­te | ta­syā­pi svā­tma­sa­ttā­nu­bhū­tau he­tu­vya­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.12na­cai­va­m a­na­va­sthā syā­t kā­la­syā­nyā­vya­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t | sva­vṛ­ttau ta­tsva­bhā­va­tvā­t sva­yaṃ vṛ­tteḥ pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.13ta­thai­va sa­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ sva­yaṃ vṛ­tti­r na yu­jya­te | dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dha­nā­t sa­rvā­dī­nā­m i­ti vi­ciṃ­ti­taṃ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.14na dṛ­śya­mā­na­tai­vā­tra yu­jya­te va­rta­mā­na­tā | va­rta­mā­na­sya kā­la­syā­bhā­ve ta­syāḥ sva­taḥ sthi­teḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.15pra­tya­kṣā­saṃ­bha­vā­śa­kte­r a­nu­mā­nā­dya­yo­ga­taḥ | sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇa­ni­nhu­tyā sa­rva­śū­nya­tva­śa­kti­taḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.16sva­saṃ­vi­da­dva­yaṃ ta­ttva­m i­ccha­taḥ sāṃ­pra­taṃ ka­thaṃ | si­ddhye­n na va­rta­mā­no sya kā­laḥ sū­kṣmaḥ sva­yaṃ­pra­bhuḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.17ta­to na bhā­vi­tā dra­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tā nā­py a­tī­ta­tā | dṛ­ṣṭa­tā bhā­vya­tī­ta­sya kā­la­syā­nya­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.18ga­taṃ na ga­mya­te tā­va­d ā­ga­taṃ nai­va ga­mya­te | ga­tā­ga­ta­vi­ni­rmu­ktaṃ ga­mya­mā­naṃ na ga­mya­te |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.19i­ty e­vaṃ va­rta­mā­na­sya kā­la­syā­bhā­va­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ | sva­vā­gvi­ru­ddha­m ā­bhā­ti ta­nni­ṣe­dhe sa­ma­tva­taḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.20ni­ṣi­ddha­ma­ni­ṣi­ddhaṃ vā ta­ddva­yo­nmu­kta­m e­va vā | ni­ṣi­dhya­te na hi kvai­vaṃ ni­ṣe­dho vi­dhi­r e­va vā |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.21kva vā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ si­ddhye­t pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­saṃ­ga­taḥ | ta­sya sva­yaṃ pra­ti­jñā­nā­d va­rta­mā­na­sya ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.22ta­thai­va ca sva­yaṃ kiṃ­ci­t pa­rai­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te | ta­thai­va ga­mya­te kiṃ na kri­ya­te ve­dya­te pi ca |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.23saṃ­ve­da­nā­dva­yaṃ tā­va­dvi­di­taṃ nai­va ve­dya­te | na cā­vi­di­ta­m ā­tmā­di­ta­ttvaṃ vā nā­pi ta­ddva­yaṃ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.24i­ti sva­saṃ­vi­dā­dī­nā­m a­bhā­vaḥ ke­na vā­rya­te | va­rta­mā­na­sya kā­la­syā­pa­nha­ve svā­tma­vi­dvi­ṣāṃ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.25na saṃ­vi­tsaṃ­vi­d e­ve­ti sva­taḥ sa­ma­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | bra­hma bra­hmai­va ve­tyā­di ya­thā bhe­dā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.26ta­tsva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­pi saṃ­tā­na­m a­nu­ga­ccha­taḥ | pa­re­ṇa he­tu­nā bhā­vyaṃ sva­yaṃ vṛ­ttyā­tma­nāṃ na saḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.27va­rta­nai­vaṃ pra­si­ddhā syā­t pa­ri­ṇā­mā­di­va­t sva­yaṃ | ta­taḥ si­ddhāṃ­ta­sū­tro­ktāḥ sa­rve mī va­rta­nā­da­yaḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 414,01a­ta e­vā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.22.28kā­la­syo­pa­gra­hāḥ pro­ktā ye pu­na­r va­rta­nā­da­yaḥ | syā­t ta e­vo­pa­kā­ro­ta­s ta­syā­nu­mi­ti­r i­ṣya­te |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 414,03va­rta­nā hi jī­va­pu­dga­la­dha­rmā­dha­rmā­kā­śā­nāṃ ta­tsa­ttā­yā­ś ca sā­dhā­ra­ṇyāḥ sū­rya­ga­tyā­dī­nāṃ ca sva­kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 414,04nu­mi­ta­sva­bhā­vā­nāṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣā­kā­rya­tvā­t taṃ­du­la­pā­ka­va­t | ya­ttā­va­dba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇaṃ sa kā­laḥ | na­nu kā­la- TAŚVA-ML 414,05va­rta­na­yā vya­bhi­cā­raḥ sva­yaṃ va­rta­mā­ne­ṣu kā­lā­ṇu­ṣu ta­da­bhā­vā­t | na hi kā­lā­ṇa­vaḥ sva­sa­ttā­nu­bhū­tau pra­yo­ja­ka- TAŚVA-ML 414,06m a­pa­ra­m a­pe­kṣaṃ­te sa­rva­pra­yo­ja­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t sva­sa­rva­pra­yo­ja­ka­sva­bhā­va­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | sva­sya svā­va­gā­ha­he­tu­tvā­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 414,07sa­rvā­va­gā­ha­he­tu­tva­sva­bhā­va­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | sa­rva­jña­vi­jñā­na­sya sva­rū­pa­pa­ri­cche­da­ka­tvā­bhā­va­tva­vi­ro­dha­va­d vā di­śaḥ TAŚVA-ML 414,08sva­smi­n pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tvā­bhā­ve sa­rva­tra pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tva­vi­ro­dha­va­d ve­ti ke­ci­t | kā­la­va­rta­nā­yā TAŚVA-ML 414,09a­nu­pa­ca­ri­ta­rū­pe­ṇā­sa­dbhā­vā­t ya­syā­sā­v a­nye­na va­rta­te ta­sya sā mu­khya­va­rta­nā ka­rma­sā­dha­na­tvā­t ta­syāḥ | kā­la­sya tu TAŚVA-ML 414,10nā­nye­na va­rta­te ta­sya sva­yaṃ sva­sa­ttā­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­d a­nya­thā­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­taḥ kā­la­mā sva­to vṛ­tti­r e­vo­pa­cā- TAŚVA-ML 414,11ra­to va­rta­nā | vṛ­tti­va­rta­ka­yo­r vi­bhā­gā­bhā­vā­n mu­khya­va­rta­nā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | śa­kti­bhe­dā­t ta­yo­r vi­bhā­ge tu sā kā­la­sya TAŚVA-ML 414,12ya­thā mu­khyā ta­thā ca ba­hi­raṃ­ga­ni­mi­ttā­pe­kṣā­tvaṃ va­rta­ka­śa­kte­r ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­to na ta­yā vya­bhi­cā­raḥ | TAŚVA-ML 414,13a­kā­la­vṛ­tti­tve sa­ti kā­rya­tvā­d i­ti sa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇo vā he­tuḥ sā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­sī­ya­te | ya­thā pṛ­thi­vyā­da­yaḥ sva­to- TAŚVA-ML 414,14rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­ta­jñā­na­ve­dyāḥ pra­me­ya­tvā­d i­ty u­kte py a­jñā­na­tve sa­tī­ti ga­mya­te­, a­nya­thā jñā­ne­na sva­yaṃ ve­dya­mā­ne­na vya­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 414,15cā­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nv a­tra pra­me­ya­tvā­d e­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t ta­da­pra­mā­ṇa­tve sa­tī­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ma­nu­kta­m a­pi śa­kya­m a­va­gaṃ­tu­m a- TAŚVA-ML 414,16nya­tra tu ka­tha­m i­ti ce­t­, kā­rya­tvā­d e­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­śra­ya­ṇā­d a­nya­trā­py a­kā­ra­ṇa­tve sa­tī­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ la­bhya­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 414,17sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­to na pra­kṛ­tau he­tu­vi­śe­ṣa­m i­cchaṃ­tau he­tvaṃ­ta­raṃ | na­nv e­vaṃ kā­la­vṛ­tteḥ kā­rya­tve ta­yā vya­bhi­cā­rā- TAŚVA-ML 414,18bhā­vā­d a­na­rtha­kaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇo­pā­dā­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­t kā­rya­tva­sya ta­tra bhā­vā­t ta­yā vya­bhi­cā­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 414,19ta­tpa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇo­pā­dā­na­syā­na­rtha­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | ta­to va­rta­no­pa­kā­raḥ kā­la­sa­ttāṃ sā­dha­ya­ty e­va |­| kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 414,20pu­naḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ ?  dra­vya­sya sva­jā­tya­pa­ri­tyā­ge­na pra­yo­ga­vi­sra­sā­la­kṣa­ṇo vi­kā­raḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ | ta­tra vi­sra­sā­pa- TAŚVA-ML 414,21ri­ṇā­mo nā­di­r ā­di­māṃ­ś ca | ce­ta­na­dra­vya­sya tā­va­tsva­jā­te­ś ce­ta­na­dra­vya­tvā­khyā­yā a­pa­ri­tyā­ge­na jī­va­tva­bha­vya­tvā­bha­vya- TAŚVA-ML 414,22tvā­di­ra­nā­di­r au­pa­śa­mi­kā­diḥ pū­rvā­kā­ra­pa­ri­tyā­gā­ja­ha­dvṛ­tti­r ā­di­mā­n sa tu ka­rmo­pa­śa­mā­dya­pe­kṣa­tvā­d a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 414,23d vai­sra­si­kaḥ | a­ce­ta­na­dra­vya­sya tu lo­ka­saṃ­sthā­na­m aṃ­da­rā­kā­rā­di­r a­nā­di­r i­ti | dra­vya­ta­yā­di­mā­n a­pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ya­tnā­na­pe­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 414,24tvā­d e­va vai­sra­si­kaḥ | pra­yo­ga­jaḥ pu­na­r dā­na­śī­la­bhā­va­nā­di­ś ce­ta­na­sya cā­ryo­pa­de­śa­la­kṣa­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ya­tnā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t­, gha­ṭa- TAŚVA-ML 414,25saṃ­sthā­nā­di­r a­ce­ta­na­sya ku­lā­lā­di­pu­ru­ṣa­pra­yo­gā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t | dha­rmā­sti­kā­yā­di­dra­vya­sya tu vai­sra­si­ko '­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de- TAŚVA-ML 414,26śi­tvā­di­r a­nā­diḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­ga­tyu­pa­gra­ha­he­tu­tvā­diḥ | ā­di­mā­n pra­yo­ga­jo yaṃ­trā­di­ga­tyu­pa­gra­ha­he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 414,27tvā­diḥ pu­ru­ṣa­pra­yo­gā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t | sa­ma­rtho hi ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣo kā­la­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tve sa­ti kā­rya­tvā­t vrī­hyā­di- TAŚVA-ML 414,28va­d i­ti | ya­t ta­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ bā­hyaṃ sa kā­laḥ | pa­ri­ṇā­mo '­si­ddha i­ti ce­n na­, bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syā­bhā­vaḥ TAŚVA-ML 414,29sa­ttvā­sa­ttva­yo­r do­ṣo­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ce­n na­, pa­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­tvā­t | na hi sa­nn e­va bī­jā­dā­v aṃ­ku­rā­diḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­s ta­tpa­ri­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 414,30ma­tva­vi­ro­dhā­d bī­ja­svā­tma­va­t | nā­py a­sa­nn e­va ta­ta e­va kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t | kiṃ ta­rhi ? dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­t sa­n TAŚVA-ML 414,31pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d a­sa­n | na co­bha­ya­pa­kṣa­bhā­vī do­ṣo trā­va­ta­ra­ti sa­da­sa­de­kāṃ­ta­pa­kṣā­bhyā­m a­ne­kāṃ­ta­pa­kṣa­syā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 414,32tvā­t hiṃ­sa­ka­tva­pā­ra­dā­ri­ka­tvā­bhyā­m a­hiṃ­sa­kā­pā­ra­dā­ri­ka­tva­va­t vi­yu­kta­gu­ḍa­śuṃ­ṭhī­bhyāṃ ta­tsaṃ­yo­ga­va­d vā jā­tyaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 414,33ta­ra­tvā­c ca ra­sāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­bha­vā­t | e­te­na vi­ro­dhā­da­yaḥ pa­ri­dru­tā dra­ṣṭa­vyāḥ | kiṃ ca pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dho na TAŚVA-ML 414,34tā­va­t sa­taḥ sa­ttvā­d e­va pa­ri­ṇā­ma­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­va­t sa­to pi pra­ti­ṣe­dha­syā­pi pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pra­saṃ­gā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­bhā­vaḥ a­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 414,35sa­ttvā­n na pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te | ta­ta e­va pa­ri­ṇā­mo pi na pra­ti­ṣe­ddha­vya i­ti sa e­va pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­bhā­vaḥ | nā­py a­sa­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 415,01pra­ti­ṣe­dha­m i­yā­n ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ ka­tha­m i­ti ce­t­, na ka­tha­m a­pi sa­ttvā­dye­kāṃ­ta­vā­di- TAŚVA-ML 415,02nā­m i­ti brū­maḥ | ta­da­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nāṃ tu kva­ci­t ka­dā­ci­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t sa­ta e­vā­nya­trā­nya­dā­nya­thā pra­ti­ṣe­dha i­ti TAŚVA-ML 415,03sa­rva­m a­na­va­dya­m | sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ ka­tha­m i­ti ce­t­, ko '­yaṃ sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­taḥ | i­da­m e­ve­ttha­m e­ve­ti vā dha- TAŚVA-ML 415,04rmi­ṇo dha­rma­sya vā­bhi­ma­na­na­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ta­sya sa­ta e­va ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­sā­dha­na­m e­va pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ | sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe tu TAŚVA-ML 415,05sa­rva­thā pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhaḥ syā­t | da­rśa­na­mo­ho­da­ye sa­ti sa­dā­dye­kāṃ­tā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­sya mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­vi­śe­ṣa­sya pra­tyā­tma­ve- TAŚVA-ML 415,06dya­tvā­t | ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tva­sā­dha­ne tu ta­sya na pra­tī­ti­bā­dhā pra­tī­ya­mā­na­sya va­stu­ni sa­ttvā­dyaṃ­śa­sya dha­rmi­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 415,07nā­yaṃ sa­rva­thā sa­ttvā­dye­kāṃ­tā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­sya vi­ṣa­yo va­stvaṃ­śaḥ sa­rva­thā vi­ro­dhā­t | e­te­na pra­dhā­nā­di­pra­ti­ṣe­dho TAŚVA-ML 415,08vyā­khyā­taḥ pra­dhā­nā­dya­bhi­ni­ve­śa­sya ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tva­sā­dha­nā­t | ta­to nai­kāṃ­te­nā­sa­taḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha i­ti sa­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 415,09pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­t pra­ti­ṣe­dho­pa­pa­tteḥ | sa­rva­thā nā­bhā­vaḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ­, nā­sti pa­ri­ṇā­mo nyā­na­nya­tva­yo­r do­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 415,10d i­ti no­kta­tvā­t | u­kta­m a­tro­tta­raṃ­, na va­yaṃ bī­jā­d aṃ­ku­ra­m a­nya­m e­va ma­nyā­ma­he ta­da­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t pa­dā­rthāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 415,11ta­ra­va­t | nā­py a­na­nya­m e­vāṃ­ku­ra­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi ? pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d bī­jā­d aṃ­ku­ra­m a­nya­m a­nu­ma­nyā­ma­he dra­vyā- TAŚVA-ML 415,12rthā­de­śā­d a­na­nya­m i­ti pa­kṣāṃ­ta­rā­nu­sa­ra­ṇā­d do­ṣā­bhā­vā­n na pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­vaḥ | vya­va­sthi­tā­vya­va­sthi­ta­do­ṣā­t pa­ri­ṇā­mā- TAŚVA-ML 415,13bhā­va i­ti ce­n nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t | na hi va­ya­m aṃ­ku­re bī­jaṃ vya­va­sthi­ta­m e­va brū­ma­he vi­ro­dhā­d aṃ­ku­ra­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 415,14nā­py a­vya­va­sthi­ta­m e­vāṃ­ku­ra­sya bī­ja­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­bhā­va­va­t | kiṃ ta­rhi ? TAŚVA-ML 415,15syā­d bī­jaṃ vya­va­sthi­taṃ syā­d a­va­sthi­ta­m aṃ­ku­re vyā­ku­rma­he | na cai­kāṃ­ta­pa­kṣa­bhā­vī do­ṣo '­ne­kāṃ­te­ṣv a­stī­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 415,16syā­dvā­di­nāṃ hi bī­ja­śa­rī­rā­de­r e­va va­na­spa­ti­kā­yi­ko bī­jo ṃ­ku­rā­diḥ sva­śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­bhā­ga­bhi­ma­to ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 415,17ka­la­la­śa­rī­re ma­nu­ṣya­jī­vo­rbu­dā­di­sva­śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­bhṛ­d i­ti na pu­na­r a­nya­thā saḥ | ta­thā sa­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 5.22.29ma­nu­ṣya­nā­ma­ka­rmā­yu­ṣo­r u­da­yā­t pra­ti­pa­dya­te | ka­la­lā­di­śa­rī­rāṃ­go­pāṃ­ga­pa­ryā­ya­rū­pa­tā­m |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.30sa jī­va­tva­ma­nu­ṣya­tva­pra­mu­khai­r a­nva­yai­r ya­thā | vya­va­sthi­taḥ sva­kī­ye­ṣu pa­ri­ṇā­me­ṣv a­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.31ka­la­lā­di­bhiḥ pu­naḥ pū­rvai­r bhā­vaiḥ kra­ma­vi­va­rti­bhiḥ | vya­ti­ri­ktaiḥ pa­ra­trā­sau na vya­va­sthi­ta ī­kṣya­te |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.32ta­thā va­na­spa­ti­r jī­vaḥ sva­nā­mā­yu­rvi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | va­na­spa­ti­tva­jī­va­tva­pra­mu­khai­r a­nva­yaiḥ sthi­taḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.33sva­śa­rī­ra­vi­va­rte­ṣu bī­jā­di­ṣu pa­raṃ na tu | pū­rva­pū­rve­ṇa bhā­ve­na tu sthi­taḥ kra­ma­bhā­vi­naḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 415,23syā­n ma­taṃ­, na bī­ja­m aṃ­ku­rā­di­tve­na pa­ri­ṇa­ma­te vṛ­ddhya­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t yo hi ya­t pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ sa na ta­to vṛ­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 415,24mā­n dṛ­ṣṭo ya­thā pa­yaḥ­pa­ri­ṇā­mo da­dhyā­diḥ bī­ja­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ś cāṃ­ku­rā­di­s ta­smā­n na ta­to vṛ­ddhi­mā­n i­ti bī­ja­mā- TAŚVA-ML 415,25tra­m aṃ­ku­rā­diḥ syā­d a­ta­tpa­ri­ṇā­mo ve­ti | u­ktaṃ ca­–­"­kiṃ vā­nya­d ya­di ta­dbī­jaṃ ga­cche­d aṃ­ku­ra­tā­m i­ha | vi­vṛ­ddhi­r aṃ­ku- TAŚVA-ML 415,26ra­sya syā­t ka­thaṃ bī­jā­d a­pu­ṣka­lā­t |­| " "­ya­the­ṣṭaṃ tai ra­saiḥ so­mai­r au­da­kai­ś ca vi­va­rdha­te | ta­syai­va sa­ti bī­ja­sya pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 415,27ṇā­mo na yu­jya­te |­| " "­ā­li­ptaṃ ja­tu­nā kā­ṣṭhaṃ ya­thā sthū­la­tva­m ṛ­ccha­ti | na tu kā­ṣṭhaṃ ta­thai­vā­ste ja­tu­nā­tra TAŚVA-ML 415,28vi­va­rdha­te |­| " "­ta­thai­va ya­tra ta­dbī­ja­m ā­ste ye­nā­tma­nā sthi­taṃ | ra­sā­ś ca vṛ­ddhiṃ ku­rvaṃ­ti bī­jaṃ ta­tra ka­ro­ti ki­m |­| " TAŚVA-ML 415,29i­ti | ta­d e­ta­da­nā­lo­ci­ta­ta­ttva­va­ca­naṃ­, ta­dvṛ­ddhe­r a­he­tu­ka­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.34ya­thā ma­nu­ṣya­nā­mā­yuḥ­ka­rmo­da­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | jā­to bā­lo ma­nu­ṣyā­tmā sta­nyā­dyā­hā­ra­m ā­ha­ra­n |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.35sū­ryā­ta­pā­di­sā­pe­kṣaḥ kā­yā­gni­va­la­m ā­da­dha­n | vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya vi­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­hi­to­dbha­vaṃ |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.36vi­va­rdha­te ni­jā­hā­ra­ra­sā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­taḥ | ni­rmā­ṇa­nā­ma­ka­rmo­pa­ṣṭaṃ­bhā­d a­bhyaṃ­ta­rā­d a­pi |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.37ta­thā va­na­spa­ti­r jī­vaḥ svā­yu­r nā­mo­da­ye sa­ti | jī­vā­śra­yo ṃ­ku­ro jā­to bhau­mā­di­ra­sa­m ā­ha­ra­n |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.38ta­ptā­ya spiṃ­ḍa­va­tto yaṃ svī­ku­rva­nn e­va va­rdha­te | ā­tmā­nu­rū­pa­ni­rmā­ṇa­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­yā­d dhru­va­m |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 416,01ta­to na vṛ­ddhya­bhā­vo ṃ­ku­rā­deḥ | ya­d a­py u­ktaṃ­, yo ya­t pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ś ca ta­to na vṛ­ddhi­mā­n dṛ­ṣṭo ya­thā kṣī­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mo TAŚVA-ML 416,02da­dhyā­di­r na kṣī­rā­d i­ti | ta­tra he­tuḥ kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭo dha­rmi­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | dha­rmī tā­va­dbī- TAŚVA-ML 416,03ja­pa­ri­ṇā­mo ṃ­ku­rā­di­s ta­to vṛ­ddhi­mā­n e­va pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­naḥ ka­thaṃ vā­vṛ­ddhi­mā­n a­nu­mā­tuṃ śa­kyaḥ | dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­ś ca śī­ta­kṣī- TAŚVA-ML 416,04ra­sya ta­pya­mā­no nyo na kṣī­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mo dha­rmo­dva­rti­ta­da­dhi­pa­ri­ṇā­mo vā kṣī­rā­d vṛ­ddhi­m a­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­naḥ ka­thaṃ ta­dvṛ­ddhya- TAŚVA-ML 416,05bhā­va­sā­dhye ni­da­rśa­naṃ ta­tpa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­d i­ty a­si­ddhaṃ ca sā­dha­naṃ ca pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­va­vā­di­naḥ pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | TAŚVA-ML 416,06ta­tsi­ddhau vṛ­ddhi­si­ddhi­r a­pi ta­ta e­va syā­t sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ta­nna vṛ­ddhya­bhā­vā­t pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­vaḥ TAŚVA-ML 416,07syā­dvā­di­nāṃ pra­ti sā­dha­yi­tuṃ śa­kyaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­vā­t vṛ­ddhya­bhā­vaḥ sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­naḥ pra­si­ddhya­ty e­va ja­nmā­dya- TAŚVA-ML 416,08bhā­va­va­d i­ti ni­ve­di­ta­prā­yaṃ | na hi ni­tyai­kāṃ­te pa­ri­ṇā­mo sti­, pū­rvā­kā­ra­vi­nā­śā­ja­ha­dvṛ­tto­tta­rā­kā­ro­tpā­dā- TAŚVA-ML 416,09na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t sthi­ti­mā­trā­va­sthā­nā­t | na ca sthi­ti­mā­traṃ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ ta­sya pū­rvo­tta­rā­kā­ra­pa­ri­tyā­go­pā­dā­na­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 416,10va­sthi­ti­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t sa­dā sthā­sno­r ā­tmā­de­r a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­to ti­śa­yaḥ ku­ta­ści­d u­pa­jā­ya­mā­naḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ti ce­t­, sa TAŚVA-ML 416,11ta­sye­ti ku­taḥ ? ta­dā­śra­ya­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ka­tha­m e­ka­sva­bhā­va­m ā­tmā­di va­stu ka­dā­ci­t ka­sya­ci­d a­ti­śa­ya­syā­śra­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 416,12ka­dā­ci­ttve sa­ti saṃ­bhā­vya­te ? sva­bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ye­na sva­bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­śra­yaḥ ka­sya­ci­d bhā­vo TAŚVA-ML 416,13ye­na vā­nā­śra­yaḥ sa ta­to na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­ta­ś ce­t ta­nni­tya­tvai­kāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhaḥ | sa ta­to rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­ta­ś ce­t ta­sye­ti ku­taḥ ? ta­dā­śra- TAŚVA-ML 416,14ya­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, sa e­va pa­rya­nu­yo­go na­va­sthā ca | su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā ta­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­ta­sva­bhā­va­vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 416,15ṣā­bhyu­pa­ga­me ka­thaṃ ta­to rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­to ti­śa­yaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­s ta­dā­śra­yaḥ syā­t | yo ya­thā ya­tra ya­dā yā­to ti­śa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 416,16s ta­sya ta­thā ta­tra ta­dā­śra­yo bhā­va i­ty e­vaṃ­rū­pai­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvā­d ā­tmā­di­bhā­va­syā­do­ṣa e­ve­ti ce­n nā­nā­tmā­di­bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 416,17pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­t vi­ro­dhaḥ pṛ­thi­vyā­dya­ti­śa­yā­nā­m e­kā­tmā­ti­śa­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | śa­kyaṃ hi va­ktu­m e­ka e­vā­tmai­vaṃ­bhū­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 416,18sva­bhā­vaṃ bi­bha­rtti ye­na ya­thā ya­tra ya­dā pṛ­thi­vyā­dya­ti­śa­yāḥ pra­bha­vaṃ­ti te­ṣāṃ ta­thā ta­tra ta­dā­śra­yo na bha­va­tī­ti | TAŚVA-ML 416,19ta­da­ti­śa­yā e­va te pu­na­r a­nya­dra­vyā­ti­śa­ya i­ti | dra­vyāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­ve ku­to ti­śa­yāḥ syu­r ā­tma­nī­ti ce­t­, a­ti- TAŚVA-ML 416,20śa­yāṃ­ta­re­bhyaḥ | e­te cā­nye pi pa­re­bhyo ti­śa­ye­bhya i­ty a­nā­dya­ti­śa­ya­pa­raṃ­pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d a­nu­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ | a­sty e­ka TAŚVA-ML 416,21e­vā­tmā pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­tā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d i­ty a­pa­raḥ ta­syā­pi nā­tmā­ti­śa­yaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo dvai­ta­pra­saṃ­gā­t | a­nā­dya­vi­dyo­pa­da- TAŚVA-ML 416,22rśi­naḥ pu­ru­ṣa­syā­ti­śa­yaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi na vā­sta­vaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­vā­di­no sti | yo py ā­ha­, TAŚVA-ML 416,23pra­dhā­nā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­ta e­va ma­ha­dā­deḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ti­, so py a­yu­kta­vā­dī­; sa­rva­thā pra­dhā­nā­d a­bhi­nna­sya ma­ha­dā­deḥ pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 416,24ṇā­ma­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t svā­tma­pra­dhā­na­va­t ta­sya vā pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t ma­ha­dā­di­va­t | ta­to na pra­dhā­naṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mi TAŚVA-ML 416,25gha­ṭa­te ni­tyai­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvā­d ā­tma­va­t | ya­di pu­naḥ pra­dhā­na­sya ma­ha­dā­di­rū­pe­ṇā­vi­rbhā­va­ti­ro­bhā­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 416,26ṇā­mi­tva­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­te ta­dā sa e­va syā­dvā­di­bhi­r a­bhi­dhī­ya­mā­naḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo nā­nya­the­ti ni­tya­tvai­kāṃ­ta­pa­kṣe pa­ri­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 416,27mā­bhā­vaḥ | kṣa­ṇi­kai­kāṃ­te pi kṣa­ṇā­d ū­rdhva­sthi­te­r a­bhā­vā­t pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­vaḥ | pū­rva­kṣa­ṇe ni­ra­nva­ya­vi­nā­śā­d u­tta­ra­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 416,28ṇo­tpā­daḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ti ce­t­, ka­sya pa­ri­ṇā­mi­na i­ti va­kta­vyaṃ ? pū­rva­kṣa­ṇa­syai­ve­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­tyaṃ­ta­vi­nā- TAŚVA-ML 416,29śā­t ta­da­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvā­c ci­raṃ­ta­na­vi­śi­ṣṭa­kṣa­ṇa­va­t | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va e­va pa­ri­ṇā­mi­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, kṣa­ṇi­kai­kāṃ­te TAŚVA-ML 416,30kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­sya ni­ra­sta­tvā­t | kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dya­vi­ro­dhā­n ni­tya­tvai­kāṃ­ta­va­t | saṃ­vṛ­tyā kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve tu na TAŚVA-ML 416,31vā­sta­vaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­bhā­vaḥ ka­yo­ści­d i­ti kṣa­ṇi­kai­kāṃ­ta­pa­kṣe pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhaḥ | saṃ­ve­da­nā­dya­dvai­te tu dū­ro- TAŚVA-ML 416,32tsā­ri­ta e­va pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ti sa­ka­la­sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­vā­d vṛ­ddhya­bhā­vo a­pa­kṣa­yā­dya­bhā­va­va­d a­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | TAŚVA-ML 416,33syā­dvā­di­nāṃ pu­naḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­pra­si­ddhe­r yu­ktā ka­sya­ci­d vṛ­ddhiḥ | sva­kā­ra­ṇa­sa­nni­pā­tā­d a­pa­kṣa­yā­di­va­t ta­thā pra­tī­te­r vā TAŚVA-ML 416,34bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | pa­ri­ṇā­mo hi ka­ści­t pū­rva­pa­ri­ṇā­me­na sa­dṛ­śo ya­thā pra­dī­pā­de­r jvā­lā­diḥ­, ka­ści­d vi­sa­dṛ­śo TAŚVA-ML 416,35ya­thā ta­syai­va ka­jja­lā­diḥ­, ka­ści­t sa­dṛ­śā­sa­dṛ­śo ya­thā su­va­rṇa­sya ka­ṭa­kā­diḥ | ta­tra pū­rva­saṃ­sthā­nā­dya­pa­ri­tyā­ge TAŚVA-ML 417,01sa­ti pa­ri­ṇā­mā­dhi­kyaṃ vṛ­ddhiḥ | sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mo ya­thā bā­la­ka­sya ku­mā­rā­di­bhā­vaḥ | sa­dṛ­śa e­vā­ya­m i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 417,02vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pra­tya­yo­tpa­tteḥ | sa­rva­thā sā­dṛ­śye bā­la­ku­mā­rā­dya­va­stha­yoḥ ku­mā­rā­dya­va­sthā­yā­m a­pi bā­la­pra­tya­yo­tpa­tti­pra- TAŚVA-ML 417,03saṃ­gā­t­, bā­la­kā­va­sthā­yāṃ vā ku­mā­rā­di­pra­tya­yo­tpa­tti­pra­sa­kteḥ | sa­rva­thā vi­sa­dṛ­śa e­va bā­la­ka­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t ku- TAŚVA-ML 417,04mā­rā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ty a­pi na prā­tī­ti­kaṃ­, sa e­vā­ya­m i­ti pra­tya­ya­sva­bhā­vā­t | bhrāṃ­to sau pra­tya­ya i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 417,05bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d ā­tma­ni sa e­vā­haṃ pra­tya­ya­va­t | sa­rva­tra ta­sya bhrāṃ­ta­tvo­pa­ga­me nai­rā­tmya­vā­dā­va­laṃ­ba­na­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | na TAŚVA-ML 417,06cā­sau śre­yā­n va­ś ca sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­no va­stu­naḥ sā­dha­nā­t­, pra­tī­ti­jñā­na­syā­bhe­da­pra­tya­ya­sya vā prā­mā- TAŚVA-ML 417,07ṇya­vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | ta­to yu­ktaḥ sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­ko vṛ­ddhi­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ | e­te­nā­pa­kṣa­ya­pa­ri­ṇā­mo vyā­khyā­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 417,08ya­thā sthū­la­sya kā­yā­deḥ sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pra­tya­ya­sa­dbhā­vā­t sa­dṛ­śe­ta­rā­tma­ka i­ti vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mo ja­nma ta­syā­pū- TAŚVA-ML 417,09rva­prā­du­rbhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­, ta­thā vi­nā­śaḥ pū­rva­vi­nā­śa­syā­pū­rva­prā­du­rbhā­va­rū­pa­tvā­t | ta­dvya­ti­ri­kta­sya vi­nā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 417,10syā­pra­tī­teḥ | nā­bhā­vo stī­ti pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta­ś ca bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tve nī­rū­pa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 417,11nā­stī­ti pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­rū­pa­sa­dbhā­vā­n na nī­rū­pa­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­vi­nā­śaḥ sva­bhā­va­tvā­d u­tpā­da­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 417,12prā­ga­bhā­ve­ta­re­ta­rā­bhā­vā­tyaṃ­tā­bhā­vā­nā­m a­py a­ne­nai­va bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tā vyā­khyā­tā | na­nu ca ya­thā sva­bhā­va­va­ttvā­vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 417,13ṣe pi gha­ṭa­pa­ṭa­yo­r nā­nā­tvaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t ta­thā bhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­r a­pi syā­d i­ti ce­n na­; gha­ṭa­tve­na vā sva­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 417,14va­va­ttva­syā­vā­pta­tvā­d gha­ṭa­sya pa­ṭā­tma­ka­tvā­si­ddheḥ­, pa­ṭa­sya vā gha­ṭā­tma­ka­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­n nā­nā­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | TAŚVA-ML 417,15bhā­vā­tma­ka­tve­na tu sva­bhā­va­tva­sya vyā­pti­si­ddheḥ sa­rva­tra bhā­vā­tma­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa sva­bhā­va­tvā­pra­si­ddhe­r a­bhā­va­sya | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 417,16bhā­vā­tma­ka­tva­si­ddhe­r a­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­nā­t | ta­tra vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­ya­s tu pa­ryā­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­d u­pa­pa­dya­te e­va gha­ṭe na­va­pu­rā­ṇā­di­pra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 417,17ya­va­t | ya­thai­va gha­ṭo na­vaḥ pu­rā­ṇa i­ti vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­ya­tā­m ā­tma­sā­t ku­rva­nn a­pi gha­ṭā­tma­tāṃ ja­hā­ti ta­thā bhā­vo sti TAŚVA-ML 417,18nā­stī­ti vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­yaṃ vi­ṣa­ya­tāṃ svī­ku­rva­nn a­pi na bhā­va­tva­m a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | na cā­bhā­vo bhā­va­pa­ryā­ya e­va na TAŚVA-ML 417,19bha­va­ti sa­rva­dā bhā­va­pa­ra­taṃ­tra­tvā­d a­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca sa­rva­dā­bhā­va­pa­ra­taṃ­tro nī­la­tvā­di­r bhā­va­dha­rmo nā­pra­si­ddho TAŚVA-ML 417,20ye­nā­bhā­vo pi ta­dva­dbhā­va­dha­rmo na syā­t | na ca sa­rva­dā bhā­va­pa­ra­taṃ­tra­tva­m a­bhā­va­syā­si­ddhaṃ­, gha­ṭa­syā­bhā­vaḥ pa­ṭa­sya TAŚVA-ML 417,21ce­ty e­vaṃ pra­tī­teḥ sva­taṃ­tra­syā­bhā­va­sya jā­tu­ci­da­pra­tī­teḥ | a­ta e­va bhā­va­vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­m a­bhā­va­sye­ti ce­n na­, nī­lā­di­nā TAŚVA-ML 417,22vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | nī­la­m i­da­m i­ty e­vaṃ nī­lā­deḥ sva­taṃ­tra­sya saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t sa­rva­dā bhā­va­pa­ra­taṃ­tre nī­la­tvā­si­ddhe­r na te­na TAŚVA-ML 417,23vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi ta­vā­py a­sa­d i­da­m i­ty e­va­m a­bhā­va­sya sva­taṃ­tra­sya ni­śca­yā­t sa­rva­dā bhā­va­pā­ra­taṃ­tryaṃ na TAŚVA-ML 417,24si­ddhye­t i­da­m i­ti pra­tī­ya­mā­na­bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­yā­trā­sa­taḥ pra­tī­te­r a­sva­taṃ­tra­tve nī­lā­de­r a­pi sva­taṃ­tra­tvaṃ mā bhū­t ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 417,25e­va vya­va­sthā­pi­ta­prā­yaṃ vā bhā­va­sya bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tva­m i­ti na pra­paṃ­cya­te | ya­t pu­na­r a­sti­tvaṃ vi­pa­ri­ṇa­ma­naṃ ca TAŚVA-ML 417,26jā­ta­sya sa­ta­s ta­tsa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­kaṃ ta­tra vai­sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­yā­nu­tpa­tteḥ | na­nu ca sa­rva­sya va­stu­naḥ sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 417,27ṇā­mā­tma­ka­tve syā­dvā­di­nāṃ ka­thaṃ ka­ści­t sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­ka e­va ka­ści­d vi­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­kaḥ pa­ryā­yo TAŚVA-ML 417,28yu­jya­te i­ti ce­t­, ta­thā pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ka­prā­dhā­nyā­t sā­dṛ­śyā­rtha­prā­dhā­nyā­d vai­sā­dṛ­śya­gu­ṇa­bhā­vā­t sā­dṛ­śyā­tma­ko yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 417,29pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ti ma­nyā­ma­he na pu­na­r vai­sā­dṛ­śya­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | ta­thā vai­sā­dṛ­śyā­rtha­prā­dhā­nyā­t sā­dṛ­śya­sya sa­to pi gu­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 417,30bhā­vā­d vi­sa­dṛ­śā­tma­ko yaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ti vya­va­ha­rā­ma­he | ta­du­bha­yā­rtha­prā­dhā­nyā­t tu sa­dṛ­śe­ta­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­ka i­ti TAŚVA-ML 417,31saṃ­gi­rā­ma­he ta­thā pra­tī­teḥ | ta­to pi na ka­ści­d u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ­, saṃ­ka­ra­vya­ti­ka­ra­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­vi­ru­ddha­sva­bhā­vā­nāṃ niḥ­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 417,32śa­yaṃ ta­da­ta­tpa­ri­ṇā­mā­nāṃ vi­ni­ya­tā­tma­nāṃ jī­vā­di­pa­dā­rthe­ṣu pra­si­ddheḥ | su­khā­di­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu sa­ttvā­dya­nva­ya­vi­va­rta- TAŚVA-ML 417,33saṃ­da­rbho­pa­la­kṣi­ta­ja­nmā­di­vi­kā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t jī­vā­da­yo dra­vya­pa­dā­rthāḥ su­svā­da­yaḥ pa­ryā­yā vi­ni­ya­ta­ta­da­ta­tpa­ri­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 417,34mā­ya­tta­tva­vi­va­rta­yi­tṛ­vi­kā­rā­' i­ty a­ka­laṃ­ka­de­vai­r a­py a­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ta­to nā­va­sthi­ta­syai­va dra­vya­sya pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 417,35pū­rvā­pa­ra­sva­bhā­va­tyā­go­pā­dā­na­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­d a­py a­na­va­sthi­ta­syai­va sa­rva­thā­nva­ya­ra­hi­ta­sya pa­ri­ṇa­ma­nā­gha­ṭa­nā­d i­ti syā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 418,01va­sthi­ta­sya dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­t­, syā­d a­na­va­sthi­ta­sya pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d i­ty ā­di sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­bhā­k pa­ri­ṇā­mo ve­di­ta­vyaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 418,02so yaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ kā­la­syo­pa­kā­raḥ­, sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­pa­dā­rtha­ga­sya pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya bā­hya­kā­ra­ṇa­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r va­rta­nā­t ya­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 418,03dbā­hyaṃ ni­mi­ttaṃ sa kā­laḥ | na­nu ca kā­la­sya pa­ri­ṇā­mo ya­dy a­sti ta­dā­sau bā­hyā­nya­ni­mi­ttā­pe­kṣaṃ sa­nni­mi­ttaṃ TAŚVA-ML 418,04pa­ri­ṇā­ma­m ā­tma­sā­t ku­rva­d a­pa­ra­ni­mi­ttā­pe­kṣa­m i­ty a­na­va­sthā syā­t | kā­la­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya bā­hya­ni­mi­ttā­na­pe­kṣa­tve pu­dga­lā- TAŚVA-ML 418,05di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syā­pi bā­hya­ni­mi­ttā­pe­kṣā mā bhū­t | a­tha kā­la­sya pa­ri­ṇā­mo nā­sti pū­rvaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­sa­ttvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 418,06sā­dha­na­m a­pra­yo­ja­kaṃ syā­t te­na vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | ta­to na kā­la­sya pa­ri­ṇā­mo '­nu­mā­pa­ka i­ti ka­ści­t | so pi na TAŚVA-ML 418,07vi­pa­ści­t­; kā­la­sya sa­ka­la­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­mi­tta­tve­na sva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­mi­tta­tva­si­ddheḥ | sa­ka­lā­va­gā­ha­he­tu­tve­nā­kā- TAŚVA-ML 418,08śa­sya svā­va­gā­ha­he­tu­va­t sa­rva­vi­daḥ sa­ka­lā­rtha­sā­kṣā­tkā­ri­tve­na svā­tma­sā­kṣā­tkā­ri­tva­va­d vā­nya­thā ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 418,09na cai­vaṃ pu­dga­lā­da­yaḥ sa­ka­la­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­ta­vaḥ­, sva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­tu­tve pi sa­ka­la­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­tu­tvā­bhā­vā­t pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­sva- TAŚVA-ML 418,10pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­tu­tvā­t | ye tv ā­huḥ­, nā­nyo­nyaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ya­ti bhā­vā­n nā­sau sva­yaṃ ca pa­ri­ṇa­ma­te vi­vi­dha­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 418,11ṇā­ma­bhā­jāṃ ni­mi­tta­mā­traṃ bha­va­ti kā­la i­ti | te pi na kā­la­syā­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvaṃ pra­ti­pa­nnāḥ­, sa­rva­sya va­stu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 418,12pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvā­t | na ca sva­yaṃ pa­ri­ṇa­ma­te i­ty a­ne­na pu­dga­lā­di­va­t ma­ha­ttvā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t | na cā­sau TAŚVA-ML 418,13bhā­vā­n a­nyo­nyaṃ pa­ri­ṇa­ma­ya­tī­ty a­ne­nā­pi te­ṣāṃ sva­yaṃ pa­ri­ṇa­ma­mā­nā­nāṃ kā­la­sya pra­dhā­na­ka­rtṛ­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t | ta­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 418,14pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­tu­tvaṃ ni­mi­tta­mā­traṃ bha­va­ti kā­la i­ti va­ca­nā­t | ta­taḥ sa­rvo va­stu­pa­ri­ṇā­mo ni­mi­tta­dra­vya­he­tu­ka TAŚVA-ML 418,15e­vā­nya­thā ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | kā pu­naḥ kri­yā? |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.39pa­ri­spaṃ­dā­tma­ko dra­vya­pa­ryā­yaḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | kri­yā de­śāṃ­ta­ra­prā­pti­he­tu­r ga­tyā­di­bhe­da­bhṛ­t |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.40pra­yo­ga­vi­sra­so­tpā­dā­d dve­dhā saṃ­kṣe­pa­ta­s tu sā | pra­yo­ga­jā pu­na­r nā­no­tkṣe­pa­ṇā­di­pra­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.41vi­sra­so­tpa­tti­kā te­jo vā­tāṃ­bhaḥ­pra­bhṛ­ti­ṣv i­yaṃ | sa­rvā­py a­dṛ­ṣṭa­vai­ci­tryā­t prā­ṇi­nāṃ pha­la­bhā­gi­nāṃ |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.42kri­yā kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yai­kāṃ­te pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ na yu­jya­te | bhū­ti­rū­pā­pi va­stu­tva­hā­ne­r e­kāṃ­ta­ni­tya­va­t |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.43kra­mā­kra­ma­pra­si­ddhe­s tu pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ni va­stu­ni | pra­tī­ti­pa­da­m ā­pa­nnā pra­mā­ṇe­na na bā­dhya­te |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 418,21ka­thaṃ pa­na­r e­vaṃ vi­dhā kri­yā kā­la­syo­pa­kā­ro stu ya­ta­s taṃ ga­ma­ye­t kā­la­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­dya­mā­na­tvā­t pa­ri­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 418,22ma­va­t | ta­thā hi­–­sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­dra­vya­kri­yā ba­hi­raṃ­ga­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇā­, kā­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­kā­rya­tvā­t pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­t sa­kṛ­tsa- TAŚVA-ML 418,23rva­pa­dā­rtha­ga­ti­sthi­tya­va­gā­ha­va­d vā ya­t ta­d ba­hi­raṃ­ga­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ sa kā­lo nyā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ke pu­naḥ pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tve? TAŚVA-ML 418,24vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭe­ta­ra­de­śā­pe­kṣā­bhyāṃ pra­śa­ste­ta­rā­pe­kṣā­bhyāṃ ca pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tvā­bhyā­m a­ne­kāṃ­ta­pra­ka­ra­ṇā­t a­pa­ra­di­ksaṃ­baṃ­dhi­ni TAŚVA-ML 418,25ni­ve­dye vṛ­ddha­lu­bdha­ke pa­ra­tva­pra­tya­ya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ pa­ra­tvaṃ­, pa­ra­di­ksaṃ­baṃ­dhi­ni ca pra­śa­ste ku­mā­ra­ta­pa­svi­ny a­pa­ra­tva­pra­tya­ya­he- TAŚVA-ML 418,26tu­r a­pa­ra­tvaṃ na ta­d dhi gu­ṇa­kṛ­taṃ na vā­he­tu­ka­m i­ti ta­ddhe­tu­nā vi­śi­ṣṭe­na bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ | sa naḥ kā­la i­ti | kā­le TAŚVA-ML 418,27ta­rhi di­gbhe­da­gu­ṇa­do­ṣā­na­pe­kṣe pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tve pa­raḥ kā­lo '­pa­raḥ kā­la i­ti pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­mi­tte kiṃ kṛ­te TAŚVA-ML 418,28syā­tā­m i­ti ce­t­, a­dhyā­ro­pa­kṛ­te gau­ṇe i­ti ke­ci­t | sva­he­tu­ke mu­khye e­vā­stv a­nya­pra­tya­ya­sa­ma­dhi­ga­ma­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 418,29d i­ty a­nye | na cai­vaṃ sa­rva­dra­vye­ṣu sva­he­tu­ke pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tve pra­sa­jye­te­, niṃ­bā­dau sva­he­tu­ka­sya ti­kta­tvā­de­r da­rśa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 418,30d o­da­nā­dā­v a­pi ta­sya sva­he­tu­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t niṃ­bā­di­saṃ­skā­rā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­pa­tteḥ | vya­va­hā­ra­kā­la­sya pa­ri­ṇā­ma­kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 418,31pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tvai­r a­nu­me­ya­tvā­c ca na mu­khya­kā­lā­pe­kṣa­yā co­dya­m a­na­va­dyaṃ | dvi­vi­dho hy a­tra kā­lo mu­khyo vya­va­hā­ra­rū­pa­ś ca | TAŚVA-ML 418,32ta­tra mu­khyo va­rta­nā­nu­me­yaḥ­, pa­ra­s tu pa­ri­ṇā­mā­dya­nu­me­yaḥ pra­ti­pā­di­taḥ sū­tre '­nya­thā pa­ri­ṇā­mā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­na­rtha­kya- TAŚVA-ML 418,33pra­saṃ­gā­t va­rta­nā­gra­ha­ṇe­nai­va pa­ryā­pta­tvā­t | kaḥ pu­na­r a­sau mu­khyaḥ kā­lo nā­ma ? |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.44lo­kā­kā­śa­pra­bhe­de­ṣu kṛ­tsne­ṣv e­kai­ka­vṛ­tti­taḥ | pra­ti­pra­de­śa­m a­nyo­nya­m a­ba­ddhāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.45mu­khyo­pa­cā­ra­bhe­dai­s te '­va­ya­vaiḥ pa­ri­va­rji­tāḥ | ni­raṃ­śā ni­ṣkri­yā ya­smā­d a­va­sthā­nā­t sva­de­śa­va­t |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.46a­mū­rtā­s ta­dva­d e­ve­ṣṭāḥ spa­rśā­di­r a­hi­ta­tva­taḥ | kā­lā­khyā mu­khya­to ye sti­kā­ye­bhyo nye pra­kā­śi­tāḥ |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.47vya­va­hā­rā­tma­kaḥ kā­laḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | kā­la­va­rta­na­yā la­bdha­kā­lā­khya­s tu ta­to '­pa­raḥ |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.48ku­ta­ści­t pa­ri­cchi­nno '­nya­pa­ri­cche­da­na­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | pra­sthā­di­va­tpra­pa­tta­vyo nyo­nyā­pe­kṣa­pra­bhe­da­bhṛ­t |­| 4­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.49ta­ta­s trai­vi­dhya­si­ddhi­ś ca ta­sya bhū­tā­di­bhe­da­taḥ | ka­thaṃ­ci­n nā­vi­ru­ddhā syā­t vya­va­hā­rā­nu­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 4­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.50ya­thā pra­ti­ta­ru prā­pta­prā­pnu­va­tprā­psya­d u­cya­te | ta­ru­paṃ­ktiṃ kra­mā­d a­śva­pra­sṛ­tya­nu­sa­ra­n ma­taṃ |­| 5­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.51ta­thā­va­sthi­ta­kā­lā­ṇu­ś ca jī­vā­dya­nu­saṃ­ga­mā­t | bhū­taṃ syā­d va­rta­mā­naṃ ca bha­vi­ṣya­ccā­py a­pe­kṣa­yā |­| 5­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.52bhū­tā­di­vya­va­hā­ro­taḥ kā­laḥ syā­d u­pa­cā­ra­taḥ | pa­ra­mā­rthā­tma­ni mu­khya­s tu sa syā­t sāṃ­vya­va­hā­ri­ke |­| 5­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.53e­vaṃ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇā­di­tya­ga­ti­pra­ca­ya­bhe­da­taḥ | sa­ma­yā­va­li­ko­cchvā­sa­prā­ṇa­sto­ka­la­vā­tma­kaḥ |­| 5­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.54nā­li­kā­de­ś ca vi­khyā­te kā­lo ne­ka­vi­dhaḥ sa­tāṃ | mu­khya­kā­lā­vi­nā­bhū­tāṃ kā­lā­khyāṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te |­| 5­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.55pa­rā­pa­ra­ci­ra­kṣi­pra­kra­mā­kra­ma­dhi­yā­m a­pi | he­tuḥ sa e­va sa­rva­tra va­stu­to gu­ṇa­taḥ smṛ­taḥ |­| 5­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.56kri­yai­va kā­la i­ty e­ta­d a­ne­nai­vā­pa­sā­ri­taṃ | va­rta­nā­nu­mi­taḥ kā­laḥ si­ddho hi pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ |­| 5­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.22.57dha­rmā­di­va­rga­va­tkā­rya­vi­śe­ṣa­vya­va­sā­ya­taḥ | bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­ta­ś cā­pi sa­rva­thā ta­tra ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 5­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 419,14sāṃ­pra­taṃ sa­rve­ṣāṃ dha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­nu­me­yā­rthā­nā­m ā­nu­mā­ni­kī pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ sū­tra­sā­ma­rthyā­d u­pa­jā­tā pra­tya­kṣā­rtha­pra­tī­ti- TAŚVA-ML 419,15va­n na bā­dhya­ta i­ty u­pa­saṃ­ha­ra­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.22.58e­vaṃ sa­rvā­nu­me­yā­rthā pra­ti­pa­tti­r na bā­dhya­te | sū­tra­sā­ma­rthya­to jā­tā pra­tya­kṣā­rtha­pra­tī­ti­va­t |­| 5­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 419,17na hi dha­rmā­sti­kā­yā­dya­nu­me­yā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa bā­dhya­te ta­sya ta­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | na saṃ­ti TAŚVA-ML 419,18dha­rmā­da­yo '­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ kha­ra­śṛṃ­ga­va­d i­tyā­dya­nu­mā­ne­na bā­dhya­te i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­pra­yo­ja­ka­tvā­t | pa­ra­ce­to­vṛ­ttyā- TAŚVA-ML 419,19di­nā vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | dṛ­śyā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ pu­na­r a­trā­si­ddhai­va sa­rva­thā dha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­sma­dā­di­bhiḥ pra­tya­kṣa­to nu­pa­la­bhya- TAŚVA-ML 419,20tvā­t | kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­ś ca he­tuḥ pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­tā­ga­mā­bā­dhi­ta­pa­kṣa­ni­rde­śā­naṃ­ta­raṃ pra­yu­kta­tvā­t | e­va­m a­bā­dhi­ta- TAŚVA-ML 419,21pra­tī­ti­go­ca­rā­rtha­pra­kā­śi­naḥ sū­tra­kā­rā­da­yaḥ pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ sto­trā­rhā i­ti stu­vaṃ­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.22.59abni­ra­sta­niḥ­śe­ṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­sā­dha­nai­r a­jī­va­bhā­vā ni­khi­lāḥ pra­sā­dhi­tāḥ | TAŚV-ML 5.22.59cdpra­paṃ­ca­to yai­r i­ha nī­ti­śā­li­bhi­r ja­yaṃ­ti te vi­śva­vi­pa­ści­taṃ­ma­tāḥ |­| 5­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 419,24i­ti paṃ­ca­ma­syā­dhyā­ya­sya pra­tha­ma­m ā­hni­ka­m | TA-ML 5.23 spa­rśa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dha­va­rṇa­vaṃ­taḥ pu­dga­lāḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 419,26spa­rśa­gra­ha­ṇa­m ā­dau vi­ṣa­ya­ba­la­da­rśa­nā­t | sa­rve­ṣu hi vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu ra­sā­di­ṣu spa­rśa­sya ba­laṃ dṛ­śya­te spa­ṣṭa­grā­hi- TAŚVA-ML 419,27ṣv iṃ­dri­ye­ṣu spa­rśa­syā­dau gra­ha­ṇa­vya­kteḥ­, sa­rva­saṃ­sā­ri­jī­va­gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­tvā­c cā­dau spa­rśa­sya gra­ha­ṇaṃ | ra­sa­gra­ha­ṇa­m ā­dau TAŚVA-ML 419,28pra­sa­jya­te vi­ṣa­ya­ba­la­da­rśa­nā­t spa­rśa­su­kha­ni­ru­tsu­ke­ṣv a­pi ra­sa­vyā­pā­ra­da­rśa­nā­d i­ti ce­n na­, spa­rśe sa­ti ta­dvyā­pā- TAŚVA-ML 419,29rā­t | ta­ta e­vā­naṃ­ta­raṃ ra­sa­va­ca­naṃ­, spa­rśa­gra­ha­ṇā­naṃ­ta­ra­bhā­vi hi ra­sa­gra­ha­ṇaṃ | rū­pā­t prā­ggaṃ­dha­va­ca­na­m a­cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 419,30aṃ­te va­rṇa­gra­ha­ṇaṃ sthau­lye sa­ti ta­du­pa­la­bdheḥ | ni­tya­yo­ge ma­to­r vi­dhā­nā­t kṣī­ri­ṇo nya­gro­dhā i­tyā­di­va­t TAŚVA-ML 419,31spa­rśā­di­sā­mā­nya­sya ni­tya­yo­gā­t pu­dga­le­ṣu |­| TAŚV-ML 5.23.1a­tha spa­rśā­di­m aṃ­taḥ syuḥ pu­dga­lā i­ti sū­ca­nā­t | kṣi­tyā­di­jā­ti­bhe­dā­nāṃ pra­ka­lpa­na­ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 420,01pṛ­thi­vya­pte­jo­vā­ya­vo hi pu­dga­la­dra­vya­sya pa­ryā­yāḥ spa­rśā­di­ma­ttvā­t ye na ta­tpa­ryā­yā­s te na spa­rśā­di­maṃ­to TAŚVA-ML 420,02dṛ­ṣṭā ya­thā­kā­śā­da­yaḥ spa­rśā­di­maṃ­ta­ś ca pṛ­thi­vyā­da­ya i­ti ta­jjā­ti­bhe­dā­nāṃ ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ si­ddhaṃ | na­nv a­yaṃ pa­kṣā- TAŚVA-ML 420,03vyā­pa­ko he­tuḥ spa­rśā­di­ja­le gaṃ­dha­syā­bhā­vā­t te­ja­si gaṃ­dha­ra­sa­yoḥ vā­yau gaṃ­dha­ra­sa­rū­pā­ṇā­m a­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r i­ti bru­vā­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 420,04pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.23.2nā­bhā­vo '­nya­ta­ma­syā­pi spa­rśā­dī­nā­m a­dṛ­ṣṭi­taḥ | ta­syā­nu­mā­na­si­ddha­tvā­t svā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­ta­ttva­va­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 420,06ki­m i­yaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­ni­vṛ­tti­r a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r ā­ho­svi­tsa­ka­la­pra­mā­ṇa­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ ? pra­tha­mā ca ce­t ta­taḥ sa­li­lā­di­ṣu spa­rśā- TAŚVA-ML 420,07dī­nā­m a­nya­ta­ma­syā­py a­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhye­t | svā­bhi­pre­ta­tve­nā­tīṃ­dri­ye­ṇa dha­rmā­di­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t | ta­syā­nu­mā­na­si­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 420,08tve­psu gaṃ­dha­sya­, te­ja­si gaṃ­dha­ra­sa­yoḥ­, pa­va­ne gaṃ­dha­ra­sa­rū­pā­ṇā­m a­nu­mā­na­si­ddha­tva­m a­stu | ta­thā hi­–­ā­po gaṃ­dha­va­tya- TAŚVA-ML 420,09ste­jo gaṃ­dha­ra­sa­va­dvā­yuḥ gaṃ­dha­ra­sa­rū­pa­vā­n spa­rśa­va­ttvā­t pṛ­thi­vī­va­t | kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭo he­tuḥ pra­tya­kṣā­ga­ma­vi­ru- TAŚVA-ML 420,10ddha­pa­kṣa­ni­rde­śā­naṃ­ta­raṃ pra­yu­kta­tvā­t te­ja­sy a­nu­ṣṇa­tve sā­dhye dra­vya­tva­va­d i­ti ce­t­, na nā­ma ra­sā­di­ṣv a­nu­bhū­ta­rū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 420,11spa­rśa­vi­śe­ṣe sā­dhye tai­ja­sa­tva­he­toḥ kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­trā­ga­me­na vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t ta­da­bhā­va­pra­ti­pā- TAŚVA-ML 420,12da­nā­n na do­ṣa i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­vā­nya­tra do­ṣo mā bhū­t | syā­dvā­dā­ga­ma­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 420,13ta­syai­va prā­mā­ṇya­sā­dha­nā­t | yau­gā­ga­ma­syai­va sa­rva­tra dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­vi­ru­ddha­tve­na prā­mā­ṇyā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | yu­ktya­nu­gṛ­hī­ta­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 420,14cā­ga­ma­sya prā­mā­ṇya­m a­nu­ma­nya­mā­naḥ ka­tha­m i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­do­ṣaṃ pa­ri­ha­re­t ? si­ddhe hy ā­ga­ma­sya ta­tpra­ti­pā­da­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 420,15prā­mā­ṇye ta­tra he­to­r a­tī­ta­kā­la­tvā­bhā­va­si­ddhiḥ ta­tsi­ddhau ca ta­da­nu­mā­ne­nā­nu­gṛ­hī­ta­sya ta­dā­ga­ma­sya prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 420,16r i­ti | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ tu su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­tve­nā­ga­ma­sya prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhau nā­yaṃ do­ṣaḥ | a­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 420,17ja­lā­di­ṣu gaṃ­dhā­dya­bhā­va­sā­dha­ne sa­rva­sya he­to­r a­tī­ta­kā­la­tvaṃ pra­tye­ta­vyaṃ­, ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­ta­jai­nā­ga­ma­vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 420,18ta­to na kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭo he­tuḥ | nā­py a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko vi­pa­kṣa­vṛ­ttya­bhā­vā­t | a­nva­yā­bhā­vā­d a­ga­ma­ka i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 420,19sa­rva­sya ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇo '­pra­yo­ja­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­va­ni­ya­ma­ni­śca­yā­t | ka­sya­ci­t pra­yo­ja­ka­tve TAŚVA-ML 420,20pra­kṛ­ta­he­to­s ta­ta e­va pra­yo­ja­ka­tva­m a­stu | pu­dga­la­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­bhā­ve kṣi­tyā­dī­nāṃ spa­rśa­ta­ttvā­bhā­va­ni­ya­ma­ni­śca- TAŚVA-ML 420,21yā­t | e­te­na sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇā­ni­vṛ­tti­r a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r a­si­ddhā na to­yā­di­ṣu gaṃ­dhā­dya­bhā­va­sā­dha­nī­ty u­ktaṃ ve­di­ta­vyaṃ­, pra­va­ca- TAŚVA-ML 420,22na­syā­nu­mā­na­sya ca ta­dbhā­vā­ve­di­naḥ pra­vṛ­tteḥ |­| TA-ML 5.24 śa­bda­baṃ­dha­sau­kṣmya­sthau­lya­saṃ­sthā­na­bhe­da­ta­ma­śchā­yā­ta­po­dyo­ta­vaṃ­ta­ś ca |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 420,24pu­dga­lā i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te | ta­tra śa­bdā­dī­nā­m a­bhi­hi­ta­ni­rva­ca­nā­nāṃ pa­ri­prā­pta­dvaṃ­dvā­nā­m e­vā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | śa­bdo dve­dhā TAŚVA-ML 420,25bhā­ṣā­la­kṣa­ṇo vi­pa­rī­ta­ś ca | bhā­ṣā­tma­ko dve­dhā a­kṣa­rā­tma­ko a­na­kṣa­rā­tma­ka­ś ca | pra­tha­maḥ śā­strā­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 420,26saṃ­skṛ­tā­di­bhe­dā­dā­rya­mle­ccha­vya­va­hā­ra­he­tuḥ­, a­na­kṣa­rā­tma­ko dvīṃ­dri­yā­dī­nā­m a­ti­śa­ya­jñā­na­sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­pā­da­na­he­tu­ś ca | TAŚVA-ML 420,27sa e­ṣa prā­yo­gi­ka e­va | a­bhā­ṣā­tma­ko dve­dhā pra­yo­ga­vi­sra­sā­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t | ta­tra pra­yo­ga­ni­mi­tta­ś ca­tu­rdhā­, TAŚVA-ML 420,28ta­tā­di­bhe­dā­t | ca­rma­ta­na­nā­t ta­taḥ pu­ṣka­rā­di­pra­bha­vaḥ­, taṃ­trī­kṛ­to vi­ta­to vī­ṇā­di­sa­mu­dbha­vaḥ­, kāṃ­sya­tā­lā­di­jo TAŚVA-ML 420,29gha­naḥ­, vaṃ­śā­di­ni­mi­ttaḥ śau­ṣi­raḥ­, vi­sra­sā­ni­mi­ttaḥ śa­bdo me­ghā­di­pra­bha­vaḥ | baṃ­dho dvi­vi­dho vi­sra­sā­pra­yo­ga- TAŚVA-ML 420,30bhe­dā­t | vi­sra­sā baṃ­dho '­nā­di­r ā­di­māṃ­ś ca­, pra­yo­ga­baṃ­dhaḥ pu­na­r ā­di­mā­n e­va pa­ryā­ya­taḥ | sau­kṣmyaṃ dvi­vi­dha­m a­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 420,31m ā­pe­kṣi­kaṃ ca | ta­thā sthau­lyaṃ saṃ­sthā­na­mi­tthaṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ca­tu­ra­srā­di­ka­m a­ni­tthaṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ca a­ni­ya­tā­kā­raṃ | bhe­daḥ TAŚVA-ML 420,32ṣo­ḍhā u­tka­ra­ś cū­rṇaḥ khaṃ­ḍa­stū­rṇi­kā pra­ta­ro nu­ca­ṭa­na­m i­ti | ta­mo dṛ­ṣṭi­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t | chā­yā pra­kā- TAŚVA-ML 420,33śā­va­ra­ṇaṃ | ā­ta­pa u­ṣṇa­pra­kā­śa­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | u­dyo­ta­ś caṃ­drā­di­pra­kā­śo nu­ṣṇaḥ | ta e­te śa­bdā­da­yaḥ sva­rū­pa­to bhe­da- TAŚVA-ML 420,34ta­ś ca su­pra­si­ddhā e­va | ku­taḥ pu­naḥ pu­dga­lāḥ śa­bdā­di­maṃ­taḥ si­ddhā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.24.1pro­ktā śa­bdā­di­bhaṃ­ta­s tu pu­dga­lāḥ skaṃ­dha­bhe­da­taḥ | ta­thā pra­mā­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­d a­nya­thā­ta­da­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 421,02na hi pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ śa­bdā­di­maṃ­taḥ saṃ­ti vi­ro­dhā­t skaṃ­dha­syai­va śa­bdā­di­ma­tta­yā pra­tī­teḥ | śa­bda­syā­kā­śa- TAŚVA-ML 421,03gu­ṇa­tvā­n na ta­dvā­n pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dha i­ty e­ke­, ta­syā­mū­rta­dra­vya­tvā­d i­ty a­nye | tā­n pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.24.2na śa­bdaḥ kha­gu­ṇo bā­hya­ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­go­ca­raḥ | si­ddho gaṃ­dhā­di­va­n nai­va so mū­rta­dra­vya­m a­py a­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.24.3na spho­ṭā­tmā­pi ta­syai­va sva­bhā­va­syā­pra­tī­ti­taḥ | śa­bdā­tma­na­s sa­dā nā­nā­sva­bhā­va­syā­va­bhā­sa­nā­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.24.4aṃ­taḥ­pra­kā­śa­rū­pa­s tu śa­bde spho­ṭo pa­re dhva­neḥ | ya­thā­rtha­ga­ti­he­tuḥ syā­t ta­thā gaṃ­dhā­di­to pa­raḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.24.5gaṃ­dha­rū­pa­ra­sa­spa­rśaḥ spho­ṭaḥ kiṃ no­pa­ga­mya­te | ta­trā­kṣe­pa­sa­mā­dhā­na­sa­ma­tvā­t sa­rva­thā­rtha­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 421,08nā­kā­śa­gu­ṇaḥ śa­bdo bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d gaṃ­dhā­di­va­d i­ty a­tra na he­tu­r vya­bhi­cā­rī vi­pa­kṣā­vṛ­tti­tvā­t | pa­ṭā- TAŚVA-ML 421,09kā­śa­saṃ­yo­ge­na vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­kā­śa­gu­ṇa­tvai­kāṃ­tā­bhā­vā­t ta­du­bha­ya­gu­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­tra bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­vi- TAŚVA-ML 421,10ṣa­ya­tvā­si­ddheḥ saṃ­yo­gi­no ga­ga­na­syā­tīṃ­dri­ya­tvā­t | pa­ṭa­syeṃ­dri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tve pi ta­tsaṃ­yo­ga­sya ta­da­yo­gā­t | ta­du- TAŚVA-ML 421,11kta­m a­nyaiḥ | "­dva­ya­saṃ­baṃ­dha­saṃ­vi­tti­r nai­ka­rū­pa­pra­ve­da­nā­t | dva­ya­sva­rū­pa­gra­ha­ṇe sa­ti saṃ­baṃ­dha­ve­da­naṃ |­| " i­ti | e­te­nai- TAŚVA-ML 421,12ta­d a­pi pra­tyu­ktaṃ | ya­d u­ktaṃ yau­gaiḥ­–­na spa­rśa­va­ddra­vya­gu­ṇaḥ śa­bdo '­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣa­tve sa­tya­yā­va­ddra­vya­bhā­vi­tvā­d a­kā- TAŚVA-ML 421,13ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tvā­d vā su­khā­di­va­d i­ti­, pa­kṣa­sya pra­kṛ­tā­nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | śa­bda­sya dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­da­yā­va­ddra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 421,14bhā­vi­tvā­si­ddhiḥ sva­rū­pā­di­va­t | pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d a­kā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­pū­rva­tva­syā­py a­si­ddhiḥ śa­bda­pa­ri­ṇa­tā­nāṃ pu­dga­lā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 421,15m a­pa­rā­pa­ra­sa­dṛ­śa­śa­bdā­raṃ­bha­ka­tvā­t | a­nya­thā va­ktṛ­de­śā­d a­nya­tra śa­bda­syā­śra­va­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na­nu ca va­ktṛ­vyā­pā­rā- TAŚVA-ML 421,16t pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dhaḥ śa­bda­ta­yā pa­ri­ṇa­ma­nn e­ko ne­ko vā pa­ri­ṇa­me­t ? na tā­va­d e­ka­s ta­sya sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­di­kṣu ga­ma­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 421,17ya­di pu­na­r yā­va­dbhiḥ sa­rva­di­kkaiḥ śro­tṛ­bhiḥ śrū­ya­te śa­bda­s tā­vā­n e­va va­ktṛ­vyā­pā­ra­ni­ṣpa­nnaḥ ta­cchro­trā­bhi­mu­khaṃ ga­ccha- TAŚVA-ML 421,18tī­ti tai­r ma­taṃ­, ta­dā sa­dṛ­śa­śa­bda­ko­lā­ha­la­śra­va­ṇaṃ śro­tṛ­ja­na­sya ku­to na bha­ve­t ? sa­rve­ṣāṃ śa­bdā­nā­m e­kai­ka­śro­tṛ­grā- TAŚVA-ML 421,19hya­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhy e­kai­kaḥ śa­bda e­kai­ka­śro­tṛ­grā­hya­tva­pa­ri­ṇa­taḥ sa­rva­di­kkaṃ ga­ccha­nne­kai­ke­nai­va TAŚVA-ML 421,20śro­trā śrū­ya­te i­ty ā­yā­taṃ | ta­c cā­yu­ktaṃ­, e­ka­di­kke­ṣu sa­pra­ṇi­dhi­ṣu śro­tṛ­ṣu sthi­te­ṣv a­tyā­sa­nna­śro­tṛ­śro­tra­sya pa­rā­pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 421,21śro­tṛ­śra­va­ṇa­vi­ro­dhā­t | pa­rā­pa­ra e­va śa­bdaḥ pa­rā­pa­ra­śro­tṛ­bhiḥ śrū­ya­te na pu­naḥ sa e­ve­ti ce­t­, sa ta­rhi pa­rā- TAŚVA-ML 421,22pa­ra­śa­bdaḥ kiṃ va­ktṛ­vyā­pā­rā­d e­va prā­du­rbha­va­dā­ho­svi­tpū­rva­śro­tṛ­śa­bdā­t ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe ka­tha­m a­sau pa­rā­pa­raiḥ śro­tṛ­bhiḥ TAŚVA-ML 421,23śrū­ya­mā­ṇaḥ pū­rva­pū­rvaiḥ sa­ma­m ā­kā­śa­śre­ṇi­sthai­r a­pi na śrū­ya­te i­ti ma­ha­dā­śca­ryaṃ | na cai­vaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­pū­rva­kaḥ śa­bdaḥ TAŚVA-ML 421,24si­ddhye­ta | dvi­tī­ya­vi­ka­lpe pa­ryaṃ­ta­sthi­ta­śro­tṛ­śru­ta­śa­bdā­d a­pi śa­bdāṃ­ta­ro­tpa­ttiḥ ka­thaṃ na bha­ve­t ? pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dha­sya TAŚVA-ML 421,25ta­du­pā­dā­na­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t | va­ktṛ­vyā­pā­ra­ja­ni­ta­vā­yu­vi­śe­ṣa­sya ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­ṇa­s ta­trā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi vā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 421,26vī­yaḥ śa­bdo­s tu ki­m a­pa­re­ṇa pu­dga­la­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ta­du­pā­dā­ne­na ka­lpi­te­nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā­mā­tra­he­tu­nā kiṃ ka­rta­vyaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 421,27ta­tho­pa­ga­me sva­ma­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­taḥ syā­dvā­di­no du­rni­vā­ra i­ti ka­ści­t | so py a­nā­lo­ci­ta­va­ca­naḥ­, śa­bda­sya TAŚVA-ML 421,28ga­ga­na­gu­ṇa­tve pi pra­ti­pā­di­ta­do­ṣa­sya sa­mā­na­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­–­śaṃ­kha­mu­kha­saṃ­yo­gā­d ā­kā­śe śa­bdaḥ prā­du­rbha­va­nn e­ka e­va TAŚVA-ML 421,29prā­du­rbha­ve­d a­ne­ko vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe ku­ta­s ta­sya nā­nā­di­kkaiḥ śro­tṛ­bhiḥ śra­va­ṇaṃ ? sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­di­kka­ga­ma­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 421,30a­thā­ne­ka­s ta­dā śa­bda­ko­lā­ha­la­śru­ti­pra­saṃ­gaḥ sa­mā­naḥ śa­bda­syā­ne­ka­sya sa­kṛ­du­tpa­tteḥ­, sa­rva­di­kkā­śe­ṣa­śro­tṛ­śrū­ya­mā- TAŚVA-ML 421,31ṇa­sya tā­va­d vā bhe­da­si­ddheḥ | ya­di pu­na­r e­kai­ka­syai­va śa­bda­syai­kai­ka­śro­tṛ­grā­hya­sva­bhā­va­ta­yo­tpa­tte­r na sa­mā­na­śa­bda­ka­la­ka- TAŚVA-ML 421,32la­śru­ti­r i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dai­ka­di­kke­ṣu sa­mā­na­pra­ṇi­dhi­ṣu śro­tṛ­ṣu pra­tyā­sa­nna­ta­ma­śro­tṛ­śru­ta­sya śa­bda­syāṃ­tya­tvā­c cha­bdāṃ­ta­rā- TAŚVA-ML 421,33raṃ­bha­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­c che­ṣa­śro­tṝ­ṇāṃ ta­cchrva­ṇaṃ na syā­t | ta­syā­pa­ra­śa­bdā­raṃ­bha­ka­tve cāṃ­tya­tvā­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ | pra­tyā­sa­nna- TAŚVA-ML 421,34ta­ma­śro­tṛ­śra­va­ṇa­m a­pi na bha­ve­t ta­dbhā­ve vā­dya e­va śa­bdaḥ śrū­ya­te nāṃ­tya i­ti si­ddhāṃ­ta­vyā­ghā­taḥ | a­tha pra­tyā- TAŚVA-ML 422,01sa­nna­ta­ma­śro­tā­raṃ pra­tya­sau śa­bdo ṃ­tya­s te­na śrū­ya­mā­ṇa­tvā­n na pra­tyā­sa­nna­ta­raṃ te­na ta­syā­śra­va­ṇā­t te­na ca śrū­ya­mā­ṇa­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 422,02m e­va pra­tyaṃ­to na tu pra­tyā­sa­nnaṃ pra­ti | ta­ta e­va so pi ta­m e­va pra­tyaṃ­tyo na dū­ra­śro­tā­raṃ pra­tī­ti ma­tiḥ­, sā­pi na TAŚVA-ML 422,03śre­ya­sī­, śa­bda­syai­ka­syāṃ­tya­tvā­naṃ­tya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t ta­sya ni­raṃ­śa­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | a­tha ta­syā­pi dha­rma­bhe­do­pa­ga­mā­d a­do­ṣaḥ sa TAŚVA-ML 422,04ta­rhi dha­rma­śa­bda­sya jā­ti­r e­va bha­vi­tu­m a­rha­ti na gu­ṇā­diḥ śa­bda­sya sva­yaṃ gu­ṇa­tvā­t ta­dā­śra­ya­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | na ca TAŚVA-ML 422,05ta­daṃ­tya­tvaṃ ta­da­naṃ­tya­tvaṃ vā jā­ti­r e­ka­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭha­tvā­t jā­te­s tv a­ne­ka­vya­kti­vṛ­tti­tvā­t | a­thai­ka­śro­tṛ­śra­va­ṇa­yo­gyo TAŚVA-ML 422,06ne­kaḥ śa­bdo ṃ­tyo '­naṃ­ta­ś cā­pa­ra­śro­tṛ­śra­va­ṇa­yo­gyo stī­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­rhy ā­dyo pi śa­bdo­tyaḥ syā­t ka­sya­ci­c chra­va­ṇa­yo­gya- TAŚVA-ML 422,07tvā­t ka­rṇa­śaḥ ku­ṭyaṃ­taḥ­pra­vi­ṣṭa­m ā­kā­śa­śa­bda­va­t ka­rṇa­gho­ṣa­va­d vā | ta­thā cā­dyaḥ śa­bdo na śrū­ya­te i­ti si­ddhāṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 422,08vi­ro­dhaḥ | a­tha na śra­va­ṇa­yo­gya­tvā­d aṃ­tya­tvaṃ kiṃ ta­rhi ? ā­dyā­pe­kṣa­yā śa­bdāṃ­ta­rā­nā­raṃ­bha­ka­tvā­pe­kṣa­yā ce­ty a­bhi­ma- TAŚVA-ML 422,09ti­s ta­dā­dya­syāṃ­tya­tvaṃ ta­daṃ­tya­syā­naṃ­tya­tvaṃ ka­tha­m u­pa­pa­dya­te ? ye­nai­ka­syāṃ­tya­tva­m a­naṃ­tya­tvaṃ ca syā­t | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ pra­tyā- TAŚVA-ML 422,10sa­nna­ta­ma­śro­tṛ­śru­ta­śa­bdā­c cha­bdāṃ­ta­ra­syā­prā­du­rbhā­vā­d e­ka­di­kka­sa­pra­ṇi­dhi­śro­tṛ­paṃ­ktyā śa­bda­śra­va­ṇa­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 422,11syā­n ma­taṃ­, śaṃ­kha­mu­kha­saṃ­yo­gā­d ā­kā­śe ba­ha­vaḥ śa­bdāḥ sa­mā­nāḥ pra­tyā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­ka­daṃ­ba­ke śaṃ­khā­d u­pa­jā­yaṃ­te te ca TAŚVA-ML 422,12pa­va­na­pre­ri­ta­ta­raṃ­gā­tma­va­ccha­bdāṃ­ta­rā­nā­ra­bhaṃ­te­; ta­to bhi­nna­di­kka­sa­pra­ṇi­dhi­śro­tṛ­paṃ­kte­r i­vai­ka­di­kka­pra­ṇi­dhi­śro­tṛ­paṃ­kte­r a­pi TAŚVA-ML 422,13pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­saṃ­ta­ti­pa­ti­ta­syai­va śa­bda­sya śra­va­ṇa­m e­ka­syai­va ca śro­tu­r na pu­na­r a­nya­sya ya­to ni­ga­di­ta­do­ṣaḥ syā­d i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 422,14ta­d a­py a­nā­lo­ci­tā­bhi­dhā­naṃ śa­bda­saṃ­ta­teḥ sa­rva­to pa­ryaṃ­ta­tā­pa­tteḥ | sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­sya ga­ga­na­syā­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 422,15ca śa­bda­sya śa­bdāṃ­ta­ro­tpa­tti­he­toḥ sa­dbhā­vā­t śaṃ­kha­mu­kha­saṃ­yo­ga­ja­pa­va­nā­kā­śa­saṃ­yo­ga­sya śa­bda­kā­ra­ṇa­syā­bhā­vā­n nāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 422,16tyā­bhi­ma­taḥ śa­bdaḥ śa­bdāṃ­ta­ra­m ā­ra­bha­te ya­taḥ śa­bda­saṃ­ta­ti­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tā syā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi vā­ya­vī­yaḥ śa­bdo stu TAŚVA-ML 422,17ki­m ā­kā­śe­na sa­ma­vā­yi­nā ka­lpi­te­ne­ti ma­tāṃ­ta­raṃ syā­t | śa­bdā­c cha­bdo­tpa­tti­r na syā­t ta­syā­pi pa­va­na­saṃ­yo­ga­ja- TAŚVA-ML 422,18tvā­t | sa­ty e­vā­kā­śe śa­bda­syo­tpa­tti­s ta­tsa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇaṃ na ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dha­he­ta­vo ga­ma­kāḥ syu­r bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 422,19tvā­d i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā śa­bdaḥ spa­rśa­va­ddra­vya­pa­ryā­yo bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t spa­rśā­di­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­t ta­sya pu­dga­la­pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 422,20ya­tve si­ddhe ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dha­he­ta­vo nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d e­va ga­ma­kāḥ ka­tha­m u­pa­pa­dye­ra­n ? | e­te­na ya­d u­ktaṃ sau­ga­taiḥ —TAŚVA-ML 422,21e­ka­dra­vyā­śri­taḥ śa­bdaḥ sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­ttve sa­ti bā­hyai­keṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­d rū­pa­va­d i­ti | ta­d a­pi pra­tyā­khyā­taṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 422,22pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dha­syai­ka­dra­vya­sya śa­bdā­śra­ya­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ si­ddha­sā­dha­na­tvā­t | ga­ga­nā­śra­ya­tve sā­dhye sā­dhya­vi­ka­lo dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­, TAŚVA-ML 422,23syā­d dhe­tu­ś ca vi­ru­ddhaḥ | ta­thā hi­–­spa­rśa­va­de­ka­dra­vyā­śri­taḥ śa­bdaḥ sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­ttve sa­ti bā­hyai­keṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 422,24tvā­t rū­pā­di­va­t | na ca he­to­r ā­tma­nā vya­bhi­cā­ra­s ta­syāṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t | nā­pi gha­ṭā­di­nā ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 422,25bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t dvya­‍­ṃ­gu­la­saṃ­yo­ga­syā­ne­ka­dra­vyā­śri­ta­sya spa­rśa­ne­na ca sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇā­t | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ­–­na śa­bdaḥ TAŚVA-ML 422,26kha­gu­ṇo bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t gaṃ­dhā­di­va­d i­ti ta­sya pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­ya­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | ta­thā nā­mū­rti­dra­vyaṃ śa­bdaḥ TAŚVA-ML 422,27bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣā­t gha­ṭā­di­va­t | na na­bha­sā vya­bhi­cā­raḥ sā­dha­na­sya­, na­bha­so bā­hyeṃ­dri­yā­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t | na­nu ca TAŚVA-ML 422,28śu­ṣi­ra­sya ca­kṣu­ṣā spa­rśa­ne­na ca sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇā­dya­cchu­ṣi­raṃ ta­dā­kā­śa­m i­ti va­ca­nā­d bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa­m e­vā­kā­śaṃ TAŚVA-ML 422,29ta­sye­daṃ­ta­yā pra­rū­pa­ṇā­d i­ti ce­t­; nai­ta­t sa­tyaṃ­, śu­ṣi­ra­sya gha­na­dra­vyā­bhā­va­rū­pa­tvā­d u­pa­cā­ra­ta­s ta­trā­kā­śa­vya­pa­de­śā­d TAŚVA-ML 422,30dha­na­dra­vyā­bhā­va­sya ca dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­sa­dbhā­va­rū­pa­tvā­t | ta­tra ca­kṣu­ṣaḥ spa­rśa­na­sya ca vyā­pā­rā­t | pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s ta­tpra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 422,31kṣa­tvā­bhā­vā­n na­bha­saḥ | ta­thā hi­–­na­bho na bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa­m a­mū­rta­dra­vya­tvā­d ā­tmā­di­va­t ya­t tu bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣaṃ TAŚVA-ML 422,32ta­nnā­mū­rta­dra­vyaṃ ya­thā gha­ṭā­di­dra­vyaṃ i­ti na na­bha­sā vya­bhi­cā­rī he­tuḥ | syā­d ā­kū­taṃ te­, a­mū­rta­dra­vyaṃ śa­bdaḥ pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 422,33ma­ma­ha­ttvā­śra­ya­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­taḥ pa­kṣa i­ti | ta­d a­sa­mya­k­; pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­ttvā­śra­ya­tva­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 422,34ta­thā hi­–­na pa­ra­ma­ma­hā­n śa­bdaḥ a­sma­dā­di­śa­bda­tvā­t pa­ṭā­di­va­t | nā­pi mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa na­bha­sā­, ta­syā­sma­dā- TAŚVA-ML 422,35di­ma­naḥ­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­si­ddheḥ | saṃ­vya­va­hā­ra­to niṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa­sya sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­sya su­khā­di­pra­ti­bhā­si­na­ś ca­kṣu­rā­di­pa­ri­cchi- TAŚVA-ML 423,01nnā­rtha­sma­ra­ṇa­sya ca vi­śa­da­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | ga­ga­nā­di­ṣv a­tīṃ­dri­ye­ṣu mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣā­na­va­ga­mā­t | na cai­vaṃ ma­ti- TAŚVA-ML 423,02jñā­na­sya sa­rva­dra­vya­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­va­ca­naṃ vi­ru­dhya­te­, ga­ga­nā­dī­nā­m a­tīṃ­dri­ya­dra­vyā­ṇāṃ svā­rthā­nu­mā­na­m a­ti­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga- TAŚVA-ML 423,03mā­t | a­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣa­yā sa­tta­yā­ne­kāṃ­ta i­ty a­pi na syā­dvā­di­nā kṣa­mya­te­, sa­ttā­yāḥ sa­rva­thā pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­ttvā- TAŚVA-ML 423,04bhā­vā­t | pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­to dra­vya­sya na­bha­saḥ sa­ttā hi pa­ra­ma­ma­ha­tī nā­sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vyā­di­sa­ttā | na ca na­bha­saḥ TAŚVA-ML 423,05sa­ttā­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣā ta­to na ta­yā vya­bhi­cā­raḥ | na ca sa­ka­la­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­vyā­pi­ny e­kai­va sa­ttā pra­si­ddhā­, TAŚVA-ML 423,06ta­syā­s ta­tho­pa­cā­ra­taḥ pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s ta­de­ka­tve vi­śva­rū­pa­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | sa­tpra­tya­yā­vi­śe­ṣā­d e­kai­va TAŚVA-ML 423,07sa­tte­ti ce­n na­, sa­rva­thā sa­tpra­tya­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t saṃ­yu­kta­pra­tya­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t | a­trā­nye prā­huḥ – na dra­vyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 423,08śa­bdaḥ kiṃ ta­rhi ? gu­ṇaḥ pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­mā­na­dra­vya­ka­rma­tve sa­ti sa­ttvā­d rū­pa­va­t | śa­bdo na dra­vya­m a­ni­tya­tve sa­ty a­sma- TAŚVA-ML 423,09dā­dya­cā­kṣu­ṣa­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t | śa­bdo na ka­rmā­cā­kṣu­ṣa­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­d ra­sa­va­d i­ti | ta­d a­yu­ktaṃ­; TAŚVA-ML 423,10te­ṣāṃ vā­yu­nā­sma­dā­dya­cā­kṣu­ṣa­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­sya vya­bhi­cā­rā­dvā­yo­r a­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t | a­ni­tya­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya cā­pra- TAŚVA-ML 423,11si­ddha­tvā­t dra­vya­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­rma­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­na­sya cā­kṣu­ṣa­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­sya vā­yu­ka­rma­ṇā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 423,12dra­vyaṃ śa­bdaḥ kri­yā­va­ttvā­d bā­ṇā­di­va­d i­ty a­pa­re | te ya­di syā­dvā­da­m a­nā­sṛ­tyā­ca­kṣa­te ta­dā­pa­si­ddhāṃ­taḥ śa­bda­sya TAŚVA-ML 423,13pa­ryā­ya­ta­yā pra­va­ca­ne ni­rū­pa­ṇā­d a­nya­thā pu­dga­lā­nāṃ śa­bda­va­ttva­vi­ro­dhā­t | dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­d dra­vyaṃ śa­bdaḥ pu­dga­la­dra­vyā- TAŚVA-ML 423,14bhe­dā­d i­ti ce­t­, ki­m e­vaṃ gaṃ­dhā­di­r a­pi dra­vyaṃ na syā­t ? gaṃ­dhā­da­yo gu­ṇā e­va dra­vyā­śri­ta­tvā­t ni­rgu­ṇa­tvā­c ca TAŚVA-ML 423,15'­dra­vyā­śra­yā ni­rgu­ṇā gu­ṇā­' i­ti va­ca­nā­n ni­ṣkri­ya­tvā­c ce­ti ce­t­, śa­bda­s ta­ta e­va gu­ṇo­s tu | sa­ha­bhā­vi­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 423,16bhā­vā­n na gu­ṇa i­ti ce­t­, ka­thaṃ rū­pā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­s ta­ta e­va gu­ṇā bha­ve­yuḥ | sā­mā­nyā­rpa­ṇā­t te­ṣāṃ sa­ha­bhā­vi­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 423,17pu­dga­la­dra­vye­ṇa ta­dgu­ṇā­s te i­ti ce­t­, śa­bda­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­m a­stu bha­va­ta e­va pṛ­thi­vī­dra­vyā­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 423,18sa­ty a­py ā­kā­śe gaṃ­dha­syā­nu­tpa­tteḥ pṛ­thi­vī dra­vya­m e­va ta­tsa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­m ā­kā­śaṃ tu ni­mi­tta­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 423,19vā­yu­dra­vya­syā­bhā­ve śa­bda­syā­nu­tpa­tteḥ ta­d e­va ta­sya sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­m a­stu ga­ga­naṃ tu ni­mi­tta­mā­traṃ ta­sya sa­rvo­tpa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 423,20ma­tā­m u­tpa­ttau ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­tvo­pa­ga­mā­t | pa­va­na­dra­vyā­bhā­ve pi bhe­rī­daṃ­ḍa­saṃ­yo­gā­c cha­bda­syo­tpa­tte­r na pa­va­na­dra­vyaṃ ta­tsa- TAŚVA-ML 423,21ma­vā­yi pṛ­thi­vya­pte­jo­dra­vya­va­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi śa­bda­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­yo­gyaṃ pu­dga­la­dra­vyaṃ śa­bda­syo­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­m a­stu TAŚVA-ML 423,22vā­yvā­de­r a­ni­ya­ta­ta­yā ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­tva­si­ddheḥ | ku­ta­s ta­tsi­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t­, pṛ­thi­vyā­deḥ ku­taḥ ? pra­ti­vi­śi­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 423,23spa­rśa­rū­pa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dhā­nā­m u­pa­laṃ­bhā­t pṛ­thi­vyāḥ si­ddhiḥ­, spa­rśa­rū­pa­ra­sa­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m u­pa­la­bdhe­r a­pāṃ­, spa­rśa­rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣa­yo­r u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 423,24la­bdhe­s te­ja­saḥ­, spa­rśa­vi­śe­ṣa­syo­pa­laṃ­bhā­d vā­yoḥ | svā­śra­ya­dra­vyā­bhā­ve ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi śa­bda­sya TAŚVA-ML 423,25pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣv a­saṃ­bha­vi­naḥ sphu­ṭa­m u­pa­laṃ­bhā­t ta­dā­śra­ya­dra­vya­sya bhā­ṣā­va­rga­ṇā­pu­dga­la­sya pra­si­ddhi­r a­nya­thā ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | na TAŚVA-ML 423,26ca pa­ra­mā­ṇu­rū­paḥ pu­dga­laḥ śa­bda­syā­śra­yo sma­dā­di­bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­grā­hya­tvā­t chā­yā­ta­pā­di­va­t | skaṃ­dha­rū­pa­s tu syā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 423,27sū­kṣma­śa­bda­gu­ṇā­tma­ke­bhyaḥ sū­kṣma­bhā­ṣā­va­rga­ṇā­pu­dga­le­bhyo sma­dā­di­bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­grā­hya­pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dhā­tmā śa­bdaḥ prā­du­rbha­va­n TAŚVA-ML 423,28kā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­pū­rva­ka e­va pa­ṭa­rū­pā­di­va­t | ta­to '­kā­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tvā­d i­ty a­si­ddho he­tu­r a­yā­va­ddra­vya­bhā­vi­tvā­di­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 423,29ka­ści­d ā­ha – a­kā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­pū­rva­kaḥ śa­bdo '­spa­rśa­dra­vya­gu­ṇa­tvā­t su­khā­di­va­d i­ti­; ta­syā­pi pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­yaḥ | si­ddhe TAŚVA-ML 423,30hy a­kā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tve śa­bda­syā­spa­rśa­va­ddra­vya­gu­ṇa­tvaṃ si­ddhye­t ta­tsi­ddhau vā­kā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tva­m i­ti | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 423,31nā­kā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­pū­rva­kaḥ śa­bdo sma­dā­di­bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­jñā­na­pa­ri­cche­dya­tve sa­ti gu­ṇa­tvā­t gha­ṭa­rū­pā­di­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­na­vi­ru- TAŚVA-ML 423,32ddha­ś ca pa­kṣaḥ syā­t | na hy a­tra he­toḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­rū­pā­di­nā vya­bhi­cā­raḥ su­khā­di­nā vā­, bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­jñā­na­pa­ri­cche- TAŚVA-ML 423,33dya­tve sa­tī­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | ta­thā­pi yo­gi­bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa pa­ra­mā­ṇu­rū­pā­di­nā­ne­kāṃ­ta i­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 423,34m a­sma­dā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­t | pṛ­thi­vī­tvā­di­sā­mā­nye­nā­ni­tya­dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa sa­ma­vā­ye­na ka­rma­ṇā vā vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ty a­pi TAŚVA-ML 423,35na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, gu­ṇa­tvā­d i­ti va­ca­nā­t | na cai­vaṃ syā­dvā­di­nā­m a­pa­si­ddhāṃ­taḥ śa­bda­sya pa­ryā­ya­tva­va­ca­nā­t pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 424,01ya­sya ca gu­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­thā cā­hu­r a­ka­laṃ­ka­de­vāḥ­, '­śa­bdaḥ pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­yaḥ skaṃ­dhaḥ chā­yā­ta­pā­di­va­d i­ti | syā­n ma­taṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 424,02na śa­bdaḥ na pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dha­pa­ryā­yo '­sma­dā­dya­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­spa­rśa­rū­pa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dhā­śra­ya­tvā­t su­khā­di­va­d i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t­, TAŚVA-ML 424,03dvya­ṇu­kā­di­rū­pā­di­nā he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | śa­bdā­śra­ya­tve sma­dā­dya­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­nā­nā­m a­py a­nu­dbhū­ta­ta­yā spa­rśā­dī­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 424,04sa­dbhā­va­sā­dha­nā­t | gaṃ­dhā­śra­ya­tve spa­rśa­rū­pa­ra­sa­va­t | gaṃ­dho hi ka­stū­ri­kā­de­r gaṃ­dha­dra­vyā­d dū­re gaṃ­dhaṃ sa­mu­pa­la­bhya­mā­ne TAŚVA-ML 424,05ghrā­ṇeṃ­dri­ye saṃ­prā­ptaḥ svā­śra­ya­dra­vya­ra­hi­taḥ na saṃ­bha­va­ti­, gu­ṇa­tvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nā­pi ta­dā­śra­ya­dra­vya­m a­sma­dā­di- TAŚVA-ML 424,06bhi­r u­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­spa­rśa­rū­pa­ra­saṃ | na ca ta­trā­nu­bhū­ta­vṛ­tta­yaḥ spa­rśa­rū­pa­ra­sā na saṃ­ti pā­rthi­ve py a­vi­ro­dhā­t | ya­thā TAŚVA-ML 424,07vā­yo­r a­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­rū­pa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dha­sya te­ja­sa­ś cā­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­ra­sa­gaṃ­gha­sya sa­li­la­sya cā­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­gaṃ­dha­sya pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 424,08.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­ga­gaṃ spa­rśa­rū­pa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dhāḥ pra­si­ddhā­s ta­thā­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­spa­rśa­rū­pa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dha­syā­pi bhā­ṣā­va­rga­ṇā­pu­dga­la­sya TAŚVA-ML 424,09pa­ryā­yaḥ śa­bdo ni­ssaṃ­de­haṃ pra­si­ddhya­ty e­va | ka­tha­m a­nya­thai­va­m ā­ca­kṣā­ṇaḥ pra­ti­kṣi­pya­te pa­raiḥ | na vā­yu­gu­ṇo nu­ṣṇā- TAŚVA-ML 424,10śī­ta­spa­rśo­pā­ka­jaḥ u­pa­la­bhya­tve sa­ty a­sma­dā­dya­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­rū­pa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dhā­śra­ya­tvā­t su­khā­di­va­t | ta­thā na bhā­su­ra- TAŚVA-ML 424,11rū­po­ṣṇa­spa­rśa­s te­jo­dra­vya­gu­ṇa u­pa­la­bhya­tve sa­ty a­sma­dā­dya­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­gaṃ­dhā­śra­ya­tvā­t ta­dva­t | ta­thā na śī­ta­spa­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 424,12nī­la­rū­pa­ma­dhu­ra­ra­sāḥ sa­li­la­gu­ṇāḥ u­pa­la­bhya­tve sa­ty a­sma­dā­dya­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­gaṃ­dhā­śra­ya­tvā­t ta­dva­d e­ve­ti | ya­di pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 424,13spa­rśā­da­yo dra­vyā­śra­yā e­va gu­ṇa­tvā­t su­khā­di­va­t ya­t ta­ddra­vyaṃ ta­dā­śra­yaḥ sa vā­yu­ra­na­laḥ sa­li­laṃ kṣi­ti­r i­ty a­nu­mā- TAŚVA-ML 424,14na­si­ddha­tvā­t spa­rśa­vi­śe­ṣā­dī­nāṃ vā­yvā­di­gu­ṇa­tva­sya sā­mā­nyā­rpa­ṇa­yā kiṃ na bhā­ṣā­va­rga­ṇa­pu­dga­la­dra­vye­ṇa sa­ha­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 424,15vī­ṣṭo ye­na ta­dgu­ṇo na syā­t | vi­śe­ṣā­rpa­ṇā­t ya­thā rū­pā­da­yaḥ pa­ryā­yā­s ta­thā śa­bdo pi pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­ya i­ti TAŚVA-ML 424,16ka­tha­m a­sau dra­vyaṃ syā­t ? ṣa­ḍdra­vya­pra­ti­jñā­na­vi­ro­dhā­c ca | śa­bda­dra­vya­sya pṛ­thi­vyā­di­va­tpu­dga­la­dra­vyeṃ ta­rbhā­vā­n na ta­dvi­ro­dha TAŚVA-ML 424,17i­ti ce­t­, gaṃ­dha­dra­vyā­dī­nā­m a­pi ta­dva­tta­trāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t ta­dvi­ro­dhā­si­ddhe­r gu­ṇa­tvaṃ ki­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­te jñā­nā­dī­nāṃ ca dra­vya­tva- TAŚVA-ML 424,18m a­stu jī­va­dra­vye ṃ­ta­rbhā­va­tvā­pra­sa­kteḥ dra­vya­saṃ­khyā­ni­ya­mā­vi­ghā­tā­t | ta­thā ca na ka­ści­d gu­ṇa i­ti dra­vya­syā­py a- TAŚVA-ML 424,19bhā­vaḥ ta­sya gu­ṇa­va­ttva­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­to dra­vya­gu­ṇa­pa­ryā­ya­vya­va­sthā­m i­ccha­tā jñā­nā­di­rū­pā­dī­nā­m i­va śa­bda­sya TAŚVA-ML 424,20sa­ha­bhā­vi­no gu­ṇa­tvaṃ kra­ma­bhu­va­s tu pa­ryā­ya­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ | kri­yā­va­ttvaṃ ca śa­bda­syā­si­ddhaṃ gaṃ­dhā­di­va­t ta­dā­śra­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 424,21pu­dga­la­dra­vya­sya kri­yā­va­ttvo­pa­cā­rā­t | syā­n ma­taṃ­, na śa­bda­pa­ryā­yaḥ śro­tra­grā­hyo dra­vyaṃ sā­dhya­te kiṃ tu ta­dā­śra­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 424,22pu­dga­la­vi­śe­ṣa i­ti­, ta­rhi kri­yā­va­ddra­vya­pa­ryā­yaḥ śa­bdaḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ sā­dhyaḥ | syā­d ā­kū­taṃ te­; na dra­vyaṃ śa­bdaḥ TAŚVA-ML 424,23sā­dhya­te­, nā­pi sa­rva­thā pa­ryā­yaṃ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tmā­, ta­to na ka­ści­d do­ṣaḥ kri­yā­va­ttva­sya he­to­r a­pi TAŚVA-ML 424,24pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s ta­tra si­ddheḥ a­nu­vā­ta­pra­ti­vā­ta­ti­rya­gvā­te­ṣu śa­bda­sya pra­ti­pa­ttya­pra­ti­pa­ttī­ṣa­tpra­ti­pa­tti­da­rśa­nā­t kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 424,25kri­yā­va­ttva­sā­dha­nā­d i­ti | ki­m e­vaṃ gaṃ­dhā­di­r dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tmā na sā­dhya­te ? '­dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tmā­rtha­' i­ty a­ka­laṃ­ka­de­vai­r a- TAŚVA-ML 424,26bhi­dhā­nā­t spa­rśā­dī­nāṃ ceṃ­dri­yā­rtha­tva­ka­tha­nā­t­, spa­rśa­ra­sa­rū­pa­gaṃ­dha­śa­bdā­s ta­da­rthā i­ti sū­tra­sa­dbhā­vā­t | a­tha TAŚVA-ML 424,27pa­ryā­yā­rtha­prā­dhā­nyā­t pa­ryā­ya e­va gaṃ­dhā­da­yaḥ śa­bda­s ta­thā ki­m a­pa­ryā­yaḥ śa­bdo ? dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­t dra­vya­m i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 424,28ta­rhi ta­thā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ ka­rta­vyaṃ | syā­d dra­vyaṃ śa­bda i­ti ta­d a­pra­yu­kta­m a­pi vā ta­trai­ṣi­ta­vyaṃ | ta­to nai­kāṃ­te­na dra­vyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 424,29śa­bdaḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ si­ddho ya­ta­s ta­sya dra­vya­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe pa­si­ddhāṃ­taḥ ta­syā­mū­rta­dra­vya­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­d vā na do­ṣaḥ ka­ści- TAŚVA-ML 424,30d a­va­ta­ra­ti | ka­ści­d ā­ha­–­spho­ṭo '­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­tu­r na dhva­na­ya­s te­ṣāṃ pra­tye­kaṃ sa­mu­di­tā­nāṃ vā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­mi­tta­tā- TAŚVA-ML 424,31nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | de­va­da­ttā­di­vā­kye da­kā­ro­ccā­ra­ṇā­d e­va ta­da­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttau śe­ṣa­śa­bdo­ccā­ra­ṇa­vai­ya­rthyā­n na pra­tye­kaṃ ta­nni­mi­tta­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 424,32yu­ktaṃ­, da­kā­ra­sya vā­kyāṃ­ta­re pi da­rśa­nā­t | saṃ­śa­ya­ni­rā­sā­rthaṃ śa­bdāṃ­ta­ro­ccā­ra­ṇa­m u­ci­ta­m e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ā­vṛ­ttyā TAŚVA-ML 424,33vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | va­rṇāṃ­ta­re pi ta­syai­vā­rtha­sya pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | na ca sa­mu­di­tā­nā­m e­va vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 424,34pa­tti­he­tu­tvaṃ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ vi­nā­śi­tve sa­mu­dā­yā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ka­lpi­ta­sya ta­tsa­mu­dā­ya­sya ta­ddhe­tu­tve ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 424,35ni­tya­tvā­d va­rṇā­nāṃ sa­mu­dā­yaḥ saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti ce­t na­, a­bhi­vya­ktā­nāṃ te­ṣāṃ kra­ma­vṛ­tti­tvā­t ta­da­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­ka­vā­yū­nā­m a­ni- TAŚVA-ML 425,01tya­tvā­t kra­ma­bhā­vi­tvā­t kra­ma­śa­s ta­da­bhi­vya­kti­si­ddheḥ | te­ṣā­m a­na­bhi­vya­ktā­nā­m a­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­tu­tve ta­da­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­ka- TAŚVA-ML 425,02vyā­pā­ra­vai­ya­rthyā­d a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­c ca | ta­ta e­vā­bhi­vya­ktā­na­bhi­vya­kta­śa­bda­sa­mū­hā­d a­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ti pra­ti­vyū­ḍhaṃ | pū­rva­pū­rva- TAŚVA-ML 425,03va­rṇa­jñā­nā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­rā­pe­kṣā­d aṃ­tya­va­rṇa­śra­va­ṇā­d vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­tsaṃ­skā­rā­ṇā­m a­ni­tya­tve ṃ­tya­va­rṇa­śra­va­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 425,04kā­le sa­ttva­vi­ro­dhā­d a­sa­tto­pe­kṣā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­saṃ­skā­rā­pe­kṣā­yāṃ ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­tā­d e­va vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa- TAŚVA-ML 425,05tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­tsaṃ­skā­rā­ṇāṃ kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­sthā­yi­tve ṃ­tya­va­rṇa­śra­va­ṇā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­sya pū­rva­va­rṇa­śra­va­ṇā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­raiḥ sa­hā- TAŚVA-ML 425,06rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­tu­tva­m i­ti ta­tsaṃ­skā­ra­sa­mū­ho '­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­tu­r na śa­bda i­ty ā­yā­taṃ | na cai­ta­d yu­ktaṃ­, va­rṇa­śra­va­ṇā­hi- TAŚVA-ML 425,07ta­saṃ­skā­re­bhyo va­rṇa­sma­ra­ṇa­mā­tra­syai­vo­pa­pa­tteḥ pa­da­śra­va­ṇā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­re­bhyaḥ pa­da­sma­ra­ṇa­mā­tra­va­t | a­tha saṃ­ke­ta­ba­lo- TAŚVA-ML 425,08pa­jā­ta­pa­dā­bhi­dhe­ya­jñā­nā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­re­bhyo rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ṣya­te ta­thā hi pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r e­va syā­n na vā­kyā­rtha­pra- TAŚVA-ML 425,09ti­pa­ttiḥ | na ca pa­dā­rtha­sa­mu­dā­ya­pra­ti­pa­tti­r e­va vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ti yu­ktaṃ­, va­rṇā­rtha­sa­mu­dā­ya­pra­ti­pa­tte­r e­va TAŚVA-ML 425,10pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­rū­pa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca va­rṇā­nā­m a­rtha­va­ttvā­bhā­ve pa­da­syā­rtha­va­ttvaṃ gha­ṭa­te­, ta­sya pra­kṛ­ti­pra­tya­yā­di- TAŚVA-ML 425,11sa­mu­dā­yā­tma­ka­tvā­t pra­kṛ­tyā­dī­nāṃ ca a­rtha­va­ttvo­pa­ga­mā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ pra­kṛ­tyā­da­yaḥ svā­rthā­pe­kṣa­yā­rtha­vaṃ­to pi TAŚVA-ML 425,12pa­dā­rthā­pe­kṣa­yā ni­ra­rtha­kā e­ve­ti ma­taṃ ta­dā pa­dā­ny a­pi svā­bhi­dhe­yā­pe­kṣa­yā­rtha­vaṃ­ty a­pi vā­kyā­rthā­pe­kṣa­yā ni­ra­rtha­kā­ni TAŚVA-ML 425,13kiṃ na bha­ve­yuḥ ? ta­d u­ktaṃ­–­"­brā­hma­ṇyā­rtho ya­dā nā­sti ka­ści­d brā­hma­ṇya­kaṃ­va­le | de­va­da­ttā­da­yo vā­kye ta­thai­va syu­r a- TAŚVA-ML 425,14na­rtha­kāḥ |­| " i­ti | ta­thā ca na pa­dā­rtha­sa­mu­dā­ya e­va vā­kya­syā­rtha­s ta­sya ta­to nya­tvā­d e­ka­tve pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 425,15bhyaṃ­ja­na­kri­yā­de­r de­va­da­ttā­di­vā­kyā­rtha­tvā­t | na ca ta­sya va­rṇe­bhya i­va pa­de­bhyo pi vi­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti TAŚVA-ML 425,16ta­tpra­ti­pa­tti­he­tu­r va­rṇa­pa­da­vya­ti­ri­ktaḥ ka­ści­d va­stvā­tmā­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaḥ | sa ca spho­ṭa e­va­, sphu­ṭa­ty a­rtho '­smā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 425,17spho­ṭa i­ti ta­syai­ka­rū­pa­tā pu­na­r e­kā­kā­ra­pra­ti­bhā­sā­d a­va­sī­ya­te nā­nā­kā­re­bhyo he­tu­bhya­s ta­da­yo­gā­d a­he­tu­ka­tva­pra- TAŚVA-ML 425,18saṃ­gā­d i­ti | so py a­yaṃ spho­ṭa­vā­dī pra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­, ki­m a­yaṃ spho­ṭaḥ śa­bdā­tma­ko '­śa­bdā­tma­ko vā ? i­ti | na tā­va- TAŚVA-ML 425,19dā­dyaḥ pa­kṣaḥ śre­yā­n ta­sya spho­ṭa­sya śa­bdā­tma­naḥ sa­dai­ka­sva­bhā­va­syā­pra­tī­teḥ va­rṇa­pa­dā­tma­no nā­nā­sva­bhā­va­syā- TAŚVA-ML 425,20va­bhā­sa­nā­t­, va­rṇa­pa­de­bhyo bhi­nna­syai­ka­sva­bhā­va­syai­va śa­bda­sya śro­tra­bu­ddhau pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d a­si­ddhā sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 425,21sva­bhā­va­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r vā spho­ṭā­bhā­va­sā­dha­nī­ti ce­t na­, ta­sya va­rṇa­pa­da­śra­va­ṇa­kā­le pa­ścā­d vā pra­ti­bhā­sā­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 425,22vā­t | sa hi ya­di tā­va­dā­khyā­ta­śa­bdaḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­na e­va vā­kyā­tmā ta­dā nai­ka­sva­bhā­vo '­ne­ka­va­rṇā­tma­ka­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 425,23bhi­nna e­vā­khyā­ta­śa­bdo '­bhyā­je­tyā­di­va­rṇe­bhya i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­thā pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t | va­rṇa­vyaṃ­gyo ṃ­tya­va­rṇa­śra­va­ṇā­naṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 425,24m e­kaḥ pra­tī­ya­ta e­ve­ti ce­n na­, va­rṇā­nāṃ pra­tye­kaṃ sa­mu­di­tā­nāṃ vā spho­ṭā­bhi­vya­ktau he­tu­tvā­gha­ṭa­nā­d a­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttā- TAŚVA-ML 425,25v i­va sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d va­rṇāḥ spho­ṭā­bhi­vya­kti­he­ta­vaḥ syu­s ta­dā ta­thai­vā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 425,26he­ta­vaḥ saṃ­tu ki­m a­na­yā pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā ? va­rṇe­bhyaḥ spho­ṭa­syā­bhi­vya­kti­s ta­to bhi­vya­ktā­d a­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ti ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­vya- TAŚVA-ML 425,27ti­ri­ktaḥ spho­ṭo va­rṇe­bhya i­ti ta­sya śro­tra­bu­ddhau pra­ti­bhā­sa­no­pa­ga­me ka­tha­m e­kā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­vo sau na syā­t ? su­kha- TAŚVA-ML 425,28duḥ­khā­di­pa­ryā­yā­tma­kā­tma­va­t | na­va­pu­rā­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­tva­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t | bhā­ṣā­va­rga­ṇā­pu­dga­la­dra­vyaṃ hi sva­sa­ha­kā­ri­vi- TAŚVA-ML 425,29śe­ṣa­va­śā­d a­kā­ra­rū­pa­tā­m ā­sā­dya bha­kā­rā­di­rū­pa­tā­m ā­sā­da­ya­t kra­ma­śaḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­va­ktṛ­vi­śe­ṣā­di­r a­bhyā­je­tyā­di- TAŚVA-ML 425,30r ā­khyā­ta­śa­bdaḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­te na cā­sau vā­kyaṃ de­va­da­ttā­di­pa­da­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­s ta­du­ccā­ra­vai­ya­rthyā­pa­tteḥ | sa­ttā­pe­kṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 425,31tu vā­kya­tve de­va­da­tto gā­ma­bhyā­ja śu­klāṃ daṃ­ḍe­ne­tyā­di ka­thaṃ­ci­t pa­dā­tma­kaṃ vā­kya­m e­kā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­m ā­khyā­ta­śa- TAŚVA-ML 425,32bda­va­da­bhi­dhā­ta­vyaṃ­, ta­nni­rā­kṛ­tau kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yai­ka­tā­va­laṃ­ba­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | kra­ma­bhu­vāṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d va­rṇā­nāṃ vā­sta­vai­ka­pa­da­tvā­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 425,33kṣa­ṇi­ka­va­rṇa­bhā­gā­nā­m a­pi pā­ra­mā­rthi­kai­ka­va­rṇa­tvā­si­ddhe­s ta­tho­pa­ga­me vāṃ­ta­rba­hi­ś cā­tma­no gha­ṭā­de­ś ca kra­ma­bhā­vya­ne­ka­pa- TAŚVA-ML 425,34ryā­yā­tma­ka­syā­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | ta­ta­s ta­dbhā­va­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā kṣa­ṇi­kā­ne­ka­kra­ma­vṛ­tti­va­rṇa­bhā­gā­tma­ka­m e­kaṃ va­rṇa­m a­bhyu­pe­yaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 425,35ta­dva­da­ne­ka­kra­ma­va­tsa­va­rṇā­tma­ka­m e­kaṃ pa­daṃ tā­dṛ­śā­ne­ka­pa­dā­tma­kaṃ ca vā­kya­m e­ṣi­ta­vyaṃ | ta­to nā­khyā­ta­śa­bdo TAŚVA-ML 426,01vā­kyā­tmai­ka­sva­bhā­va e­va ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­sya ta­sya pra­tī­teḥ | e­te­na pa­da­m ā­dya­m aṃ­tyaṃ cā­nya­d vā pa­dāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣaṃ TAŚVA-ML 426,02vā­kya­m e­ka­sva­bhā­va­m i­ti ni­ra­staṃ­, ta­syā­py ā­khyā­ta­śa­bda­va­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­sya pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | e­ko na­va- TAŚVA-ML 426,03ya­vaḥ śa­bdo vā­kya­m i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­sya sā­va­ya­va­sya pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | ta­sya cā­va­ya­ve­bhyo na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve '­ne­ka­tva­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 426,04syā­t­, ta­da­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve saṃ­baṃ­dhā­si­ddhiḥ u­pa­kā­ra­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ vā­kya­syā­va­ya­va­kā­rya­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­s tai­r u­pa­kā­rya­tvā­d a­va­ya­vā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 426,05vā vā­kya­kā­rya­tā te­no­pa­kri­ya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t u­pa­kā­ra­sya ta­to rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve saṃ­baṃ­dhā­si­ddhi­r a­nu­pa­kā­rā­t ta­du­pa­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­ka- TAŚVA-ML 426,06lpa­nā­yā­m a­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti vā­kya­ta­da­va­ya­vā­bhe­da­bhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ ya­thā­pra­tī­ti TAŚVA-ML 426,07ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­da­bhe­do­pa­ga­mā­t e­kā­ne­kā­kā­ra­pra­tī­te­r e­kā­ne­kā­tma­ka­sya jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­sya vya­va­sthi­teḥ | na hi vā­kya­śra­va- TAŚVA-ML 426,08ṇā­naṃ­ta­ra­m a­ne­kā­kā­ra­pra­tī­ti­va­t sa­rva­dā sa­rva­tra sa­dbhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | nā­pi va­rṇa­pa­da­mā­tra­he­tu­kā ta­dā­kā­ra­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d va- TAŚVA-ML 426,09rṇa­pa­da­pra­tī­ti­va­t | ta­to vā­kyā­kā­ra­pa­ri­ṇa­ta­śa­bda­dra­vya­he­tu­kā vā­kya­pra­tī­ti­va­c ca ta­thā pa­ri­ṇa­ta­śa­bda­dra­vya­m e- TAŚVA-ML 426,10kā­ne­kā­kā­raṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ si­ddhaṃ bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | ka­thaṃ nā­nā­bhā­ṣā­va­rga­ṇā­pu­dga­la­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­rṇā­nā­m e­ka­dra­vya­tva­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 426,11ce­t­, ta­tro­pa­cā­rā­n nā­nā­dra­vyā­di­saṃ­tā­na­va­t | kiṃ pu­na­s ta­da­ne­ka­tvo­pa­cā­ra­ni­mi­tta­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­thā sa­dṛ­śa­pa- TAŚVA-ML 426,12ri­ṇā­ma e­va ta­dva­t va­rṇa­kra­mo vā­kya­m i­ty a­pa­raḥ | so pi va­rṇe­bhyo bhi­nna­m e­ka­sva­bhā­vaṃ kra­maṃ ya­di brū­yā­t ta­dā TAŚVA-ML 426,13pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhaḥ ta­sya śro­tra­bu­ddhā­v a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhā­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś cā­na­va­ya­va­vā­kya­va­t | va­rṇe­bhyo na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva- TAŚVA-ML 426,14va­t kra­ma­sya va­rṇā e­va na ka­ści­t kra­maḥ syā­t | sa­tya­m e­ta­d e­vaṃ­, yā­vaṃ­to yā­dṛ­śā ye ca pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ne TAŚVA-ML 426,15va­rṇā vi­jñā­ta­sā­ma­rthyā­s te ta­thai­va bo­dha­kā i­ti va­ca­nā­t ta­to nya­sya vā­kya­sya ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­d i­tī­ta­raḥ | so pi TAŚVA-ML 426,16ya­di va­rṇā­nāṃ kra­maṃ pra­tyā­ca­kṣī­ta ta­dā­gni­ṣṭo­me­na ya­je­na sva­rga­kā­ma i­ty ā­kā­rā­da­yo ye yā­vaṃ­ta­ś ca va­rṇāḥ sve­ṣṭa­vā- TAŚVA-ML 426,17kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ne vi­jñā­ta­sā­ma­rthyā­s te tā­vaṃ­ta e­va ve­ty u­dga­me­nā­pi sa­mu­ccā­rya­mā­ṇā­s ta­thā syu­r vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 426,18a­tha ye­na kra­me­ṇa vi­śi­ṣṭā­s te ta­thā dṛ­ṣṭā­s tā­dṛ­śā e­va ta­da­rtha­syā­va­bo­dha­kā i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­rhī­ṣṭaḥ kra­mo va­rṇā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 426,19m a­nya­thā te­na vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­gha­ṭa­nā­t va­rṇā­bhi­vya­kteḥ kra­mo va­rṇā­nāṃ te­ṣā­m a­kra­ma­tvā­t | u­pa­cā­rā­t tu ta­sya ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 426,20bhā­vā­t ta­dvi­śe­pa­ṇa­tva­m u­pa­pa­dya­ta e­ve­ti ce­n na­, e­kāṃ­ta­ni­tya­tve va­rṇā­nā­m a­bhi­vya­kteḥ sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ u­tpa­tti­sa­ma­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 426,21nā­t ta­tra mu­khya­kra­ma­sya pra­si­ddheḥ | kaḥ pu­na­r a­yaṃ kra­mo nā­ma va­rṇā­nā­m i­ti ce­t­, kā­la­kṛ­tā vya­va­sthe­ti brū­maḥ | TAŚVA-ML 426,22ka­tha­m a­sau va­rṇā­nā­m i­ti ce­t­, va­rṇo­pā­dā­nā­d u­dā­ttā­dya­va­sthā­va­t | ta­rhy au­pā­dhi­kaḥ kra­mo va­rṇā­nā­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 426,23u­dā­ttā­dya­va­sthā­nā­m a­py au­pā­dhi­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | au­pā­dhi­kyu­dā­ttā­dya­va­sthā e­va vā­co va­rṇa­tvā­t ka­kā­rā­di­va­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 426,24ce­n na­, te­ṣāṃ sva­ya­m a­naṃ­śa­tvā­si­ddheḥ | sva­bhā­va­ta­s ta­thā­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā dhva­nī­nā­m a­pi svā­bhā­vi­ko­dā­tta­tvā­dya­yo- TAŚVA-ML 426,25gā­t | ta­taḥ sva­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­va­śā­t kra­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­śi­ṣṭā­nā­m a­kā­rā­di­va­rṇā­nā­m u­tpa­tteḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­kra­maḥ | TAŚVA-ML 426,26sa ca sā­dṛ­śya­sā­mā­nyā­d u­pa­cā­rā­d e­kaḥ­, pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vi­śe­ṣā­kā­ra­ta­yā tv a­ne­ka i­ti syā­dvā­di­nā­m e­kā­ne­kā­tma­kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 426,27kra­mo pi vā­kyaṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te | va­rṇa­saṃ­ghā­to vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­tu­r vā­kya­m i­ty a­nye­; te­ṣā­m a­pi na va­rṇe­bhyo TAŚVA-ML 426,28bhi­nnaḥ saṃ­ghā­to naṃ­śaḥ pra­tī­ti­mā­rgā­va­tā­rī­, saṃ­ghā­ta­tva­vi­ro­dhā­d a­va­rṇāṃ­ta­ra­va­t | nā­pi ta­to '­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m e­va saṃ­ghā­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 426,29pra­ti­va­rṇa­saṃ­ghā­ta­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na cai­ko va­rṇaḥ saṃ­ghā­to bha­ve­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­nyo­nya­sva­va­rṇe­bhyaḥ saṃ­ghā­ta i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 426,30ka­tha­m e­kā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­vo na syā­t ? ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­ne­ka­va­rṇā­d a­bhi­nna­tvā­d a­ne­ka­s ta­tsvā­tma­va­t | saṃ­ghā­ta­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­de­śā- TAŚVA-ML 426,31t ta­to bhi­nna­tvā­d e­kaḥ syā­d i­ti pra­tī­ti­si­ddheḥ | e­te­na saṃ­ghā­ta­va­rti­nī jā­ti­r vā­kya­m i­ti ciṃ­ti­taṃ­, ta­syāḥ TAŚVA-ML 426,32saṃ­ghā­te­bhyo bhi­nnā­yāḥ sa­rva­thā­nu­tpa­tteḥ | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhi­nnā­yā­s tu saṃ­ghā­ta­va­de­kā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­tva­si­ddhe­r nā­naṃ­śaḥ śa­bdā- TAŚVA-ML 426,33tmā ka­ści­d e­ko vā­kya­spho­ṭo sti śro­tra­bu­ddhau jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­syā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­toḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t e­kā­ne­kā­tma­na e­va TAŚVA-ML 426,34sa­rvā­tma­nā vā­kya­sya si­ddheḥ | ya­di pu­na­r aṃ­taḥ­pra­kā­śa­rū­paḥ śa­bda­spho­ṭaḥ pū­rva­va­rṇa­jñā­nā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­syā­tma­no ṃ- TAŚVA-ML 426,35tya­va­rṇa­śra­va­ṇā­naṃ­ta­raṃ vā­kyā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­he­tu­r bu­ddhyā­tmā dhva­ni­bhyo '­nyo bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, sphu­ṭa­ty a­rtho smi­n pra­kā­śa­ta TAŚVA-ML 427,01i­ti spho­ṭa i­ty a­bhi­prā­yā­t­; ta­dā­py e­ta­syai­kā­ne­kā­tma­ka­tve syā­dvā­da­si­ddhi­r ā­tma­na e­va vā­kyā­rtha­grā­ha­ka­tva­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 427,02ṇa­ta­sya bhā­va­vā­kya­sya saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t­, ta­sya spho­ṭa i­ti nā­ma­ka­ra­ṇe vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | ta­sya ni­raṃ­śa­tve tu pra­tī- TAŚVA-ML 427,03ti­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, sa­rva­dā ta­syai­kā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­sya tri­dhāṃ­śa­ka­sya pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | na cā­ya­m a­bhi­ni­ve­śaḥ śa­bda­spho­ṭa TAŚVA-ML 427,04i­ti śre­yā­n gaṃ­dhā­di­spho­ṭa­sya ta­thā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­rha­tvā­t | ya­thai­va śa­bdaḥ va­ktṛ­saṃ­ke­ta­sya kva­ci­d a­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 427,05s ta­thā gaṃ­dhā­di­r a­pi­, vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | e­vaṃ­vi­dha­m e­va gaṃ­dhaṃ sa­mā­ghrā­ye­ttha­m e­vaṃ­vi­dho rthaḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ spa­rśaṃ spṛ­śya TAŚVA-ML 427,06ra­saṃ vā­svā­dya rū­paṃ vā­lo­kye­tthaṃ bhū­ta­m ī­dṛ­śo bhā­vaḥ pra­tye­ta­vya i­ti sa­ma­ya­grā­hi­ṇāṃ pu­naḥ kva­ci­t tā­dṛ­śa­gaṃ­dhā­dyu- TAŚVA-ML 427,07pa­laṃ­bhā­t ta­thā­vi­dhā­rtha­ni­rṇa­ya­pra­si­ddhe­r gaṃ­dhā­di­jñā­nā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­syā­tma­na­s ta­dvā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­to­r gaṃ­dhā­di­pa­da­spho­ṭa­to­pa- TAŚVA-ML 427,08pa­tteḥ | pū­rva­pū­rva­gaṃ­dhā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­jñā­nā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­syā­tma­no ṃ­tya­gaṃ­dhā­di­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­laṃ­bhā­naṃ­ta­raṃ gaṃ­dhā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­mu­dā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 427,09ga­myā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­to­r gaṃ­dhā­di­vā­kya­spho­ṭa­tva­gha­ṭa­nā­t | ta­thā lo­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­syā­pi ka­rtuṃ su­śa­ka­tvā­t kā­ya­pra­jña- TAŚVA-ML 427,10pti­va­t | ha­sta­pā­da­ka­ra­ṇa­mā­tri­kāṃ­ga­hā­rā­di­spho­ṭa­va­d vā ha­stā­di­pa­dā­di­spho­ṭa e­va gha­ṭa­te na pu­naḥ svā­va­ya­va­kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 427,11vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­vyaṃ­gyo haṃ­sa­pa­kṣmā­di­r ha­sta­spho­ṭaḥ svā­bhi­dhe­yā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tte­r he­tu­r i­ti sva­lpa­m a­ti­saṃ­da­rśa­na­mā­traṃ | e­te­na TAŚVA-ML 427,12vi­tku­ṭi­tā­diḥ pā­da­spho­ṭo ha­sta­pā­da­sa­mā­yo­ga­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ ka­ra­ṇa­spho­ṭaḥ ka­ra­ṇa­dva­ya­rū­pa­mā­tri­kā sa­ha­sra­la­kṣa­ṇo ṃ­ga- TAŚVA-ML 427,13hā­rā­di­spho­ṭa­ś ca na gha­ṭa­ta i­ti va­da­nn a­na­va­dhe­ya­va­ca­naḥ pra­ti­pā­di­to bo­ddha­vyaḥ­, ta­syā­pi sva­svā­va­ya­vā­bhi­vyaṃ­gya­sya TAŚVA-ML 427,14svā­bhi­dhe­yā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­to­r a­śa­kya­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | na cai­vaṃ syā­dvā­da­si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhaḥ śro­tra­ma­ti­pū­rva­sye­va ghrā­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 427,15di­m a­ti­pū­rva­syā­pi śru­ta­jñā­na­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t ta­tpa­ri­ṇa­tā­tma­na­s ta­ddhe­toḥ spho­ṭa i­ti saṃ­jñā­ka­ra­ṇā­t gaṃ­dhā­di­bhiḥ ka­sya- TAŚVA-ML 427,16ci­d a­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­vā­t ta­tra ta­du­pa­laṃ­bha­ni­mi­tta­ka­pra­tya­yā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r na ta­thā pa­ri­ṇa­to bu­ddhyā­tmā spho­ṭaḥ saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti TAŚVA-ML 427,17ce­t­, ta­ta e­va śa­bda­spho­ṭo pi mā sma bhū­t śa­bda­syā­rthe­na sa­ha yo­gya­tā­la­kṣa­ṇa­saṃ­baṃ­dha­sa­dbhā­vā­t ta­tsaṃ­bha­ve ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 427,18e­ve­ta­ra­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | gaṃ­dhā­dī­nā­m a­rthe­na sa­ha yo­gya­tā­khya­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­ve saṃ­ke­ta­sa­ha­sre pi ta­ta­s ta­tpra­tī­tya­yo­gā­c cha­bda­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 427,19śa­bdā­rtha­va­tpra­ti­pa­ttu­r a­gṛ­hī­ta­saṃ­ke­ta­sya śa­bda­sya śra­va­ṇā­t ki­m a­ya­m ā­he­ti vi­śi­ṣṭā­rthe saṃ­de­he­na pra­śna­da­rśa­nā­d a­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 427,20sā­mā­nya­pra­ti­pa­tti­si­ddheḥ | śa­bda­sā­mā­nya­syā­rtha­sā­mā­nye­na yo­gya­tā­saṃ­baṃ­dha­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va rū­pā­di- TAŚVA-ML 427,21sā­mā­nya­sya sva­da­rśyā­rtha­sā­mā­nye­na yo­gya­tā­si­ddhi­r a­stu sva­ya­m a­pra­ti­pa­nna­saṃ­ke­ta­syāṃ­gu­lyā­di­rū­pa­da­rśa­ne ke­na­ci­t kṛ­te TAŚVA-ML 427,22ki­m a­ya­m ā­he­ti vi­śi­ṣṭā­rthe saṃ­śa­ye­na pra­śno­pa­laṃ­bhā­d a­rtha­sā­mā­nya­pra­ti­pa­tti­si­ddhe­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­d e­vaṃ śa­bda­sye­vā­rthe TAŚVA-ML 427,23gaṃ­dhā­dī­nāṃ pra­ti­pa­ttiṃ ku­rva­tā­m ā­kṣe­pa­sa­mā­dhā­nā­nāṃ sa­mā­na­tvā­d aṃ­taḥ pra­kā­śa­rū­pe bu­ddhyā­tma­ni spho­ṭe śa­bdā­d a­nya- TAŚVA-ML 427,24smi­nn u­pa­ga­mya­mā­ne gaṃ­dhā­di­bhyaḥ pa­raṃ spho­ṭo rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­tu­r ghrā­ṇā­dīṃ­dri­ya­m a­ti­pū­rva­śru­ta­jñā­na­rū­po bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyo '­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 427,25śa­bda­spho­ṭā­vya­va­sthi­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | sa ca nai­ka­sva­bhā­vo nā­nā­sva­bhā­va­ta­yā sa­dā­va­bhā­sa­nā­t | e­te­nā­nu­saṃ­ha­ti- TAŚVA-ML 427,26r vā­kya­m i­ty a­pi ciṃ­ti­taṃ­, pa­dā­nā­m a­nu­saṃ­ha­te­r bu­ddhi­rū­pa­ta­vā pra­tī­te­r a­nu­saṃ­dhe­ya­mā­ṇā­nā­m e­ka­pa­dā­kā­rā­yāḥ sa­rva­thai­ka­sva- TAŚVA-ML 427,27bhā­va­tvā­pra­tī­teḥ | a­trā­pa­re prā­huḥ - na pa­de­bhyo '­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m e­ka­sva­bhā­va­m e­kā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­vaṃ vā vā­kya­m ā­khyā­ta­śa­bda­rū­paṃ TAŚVA-ML 427,28pa­dāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣaṃ­, nā­pi pa­da­saṃ­ghā­ta­va­rti­jā­ti­rū­paṃ vā­, na cai­kā­na­va­ya­va­śa­bda­rū­paṃ kra­ma­rū­paṃ vā­, nā­pi bu­ddhi­rū­pa­m a- TAŚVA-ML 427,29nu­saṃ­hṛ­ti­rū­paṃ vā­, na cā­dya­pa­da­rū­pa­m aṃ­tya­pa­da­rū­paṃ vā­, pa­da­mā­traṃ vā pa­dāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣaṃ ya­thā vyā­va­rṇya­te '­nyaiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 427,30"­ā­khyā­ta­śa­bda­saṃ­ghā­to jā­tiḥ saṃ­ghā­ta­va­rti­nī | e­ko '­na­va­ya­vaḥ śa­bdaḥ kra­mo bu­ddhya­nu­saṃ­ha­ti | pa­da­m ā­dya­pa­daṃ cāṃ­tyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 427,31pa­da­sā­pe­kṣa­m i­ty a­pi | vā­kyaṃ pra­ti­mi­ti­r bhi­nnā ba­hu­dhā nyā­ya­ve­di­nā­m­" i­ti | kiṃ ta­rhi ? pa­dā­ny e­va pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pā- TAŚVA-ML 427,32da­na­pū­rva­kaṃ vā­kyā­rthā­va­bo­dhaṃ vi­da­dhā­nā­ni vā­kya­vya­pa­de­śaṃ pra­ti­pa­dyaṃ­te ta­thā pra­tī­te­r i­ti te­ṣā­m a­pi ya­di pa­dāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 427,33ta­rā­rthai­r a­nvi­tā­nā­m e­vā­rthā­nāṃ pa­dai­r a­bhi­dhā­nā­t pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r vā­kyā­rthā­va­bo­dhaḥ syā­t ta­dā de­va­da­tta­pa­dā­d de­va­da­ttā- TAŚVA-ML 427,34rtha­sya gā­ma­bhyā­je­tyā­di­pa­da­vā­kyai­r a­rthai­r a­nvi­ta­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­t ta­du­ccā­ra­ṇa­vai­ya­rthya­m e­va vā­kyā­rthā­va­bo­dha­si­ddheḥ | sva­ya- TAŚVA-ML 427,35m a­vi­va­kṣi­ta­pa­dā­rthā­ny a­va­cche­dā­rtha­tvā­n na gā­mi­tyā­di­pa­do­ccā­ra­ṇa­vai­ya­rthya­m i­ti ce­t­, ki­m e­vaṃ spho­ṭa­vā­di­naḥ pra­tha­ma- TAŚVA-ML 428,01pa­de­nā­na­va­ya­va­sya vā­kya­spho­ṭa­syā­vya­ktā­v a­pi vya­tta­yaṃ­ta­rā­hi­ta­vyaṃ­ja­ka­pa­da­vya­va­cche­dā­rtha­sya pa­dāṃ­ta­ro­ccā­ra­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­ka- TAŚVA-ML 428,02m u­cya­te ? ya­ta­s ta­d e­va pa­dai­r a­bhi­vya­ktaṃ ta­to '­nya­d e­vā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­mi­ttaṃ na bha­ve­t | ta­thā sa­tyā­vṛ­ttyā sa­tyā TAŚVA-ML 428,03vā­kyā­bhi­vya­kti­pra­saṃ­gaḥ pa­dāṃ­ta­rai­s ta­syāḥ pu­naḥ pra­kā­śa­nā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­vā­py ā­vṛ­ttyā vā­kyā­rthā­va­bo­dhaḥ syā­t | TAŚVA-ML 428,04pra­tha­ma­pa­de­nā­bhi­hi­ta­syā­rtha­sya dvi­tī­yā­di­pa­dā­rthā­bhi­dhe­yai­r a­nvi­ta­sya dvi­tī­yā­di­pa­daiḥ pu­naḥ pu­naḥ pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 428,05a­tha dvi­tī­ya­pa­de­na svā­rtha­sya pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na pū­rvo­tta­ra­pa­da­vā­kyai­r a­rthai­r a­nvi­ta­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­t pra­tha­ma­pa­dā­bhi­dhe­ya­sya ta­thā- TAŚVA-ML 428,06na­bhi­dhā­nā­t nā­vṛ­ttyā ta­syai­va pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­rhi yā­vaṃ­ti pa­dā­ni tā­vaṃ­ta­s ta­da­rthāḥ pa­dāṃ­ta­rā­bhi­dhe­yā- TAŚVA-ML 428,07nvi­tāḥ prā­dhā­nye­na pra­ti­pa­tta­vyā i­ti tā­vaṃ­tyo vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tta­yaḥ ka­thaṃ na syuḥ ? hy aṃ­ta­pa­do­ccā­ra­ṇā­t ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 428,08rtha­syā­śe­ṣa­pū­rva­pa­dā­bhi­dhe­yai­r a­nvi­ta­sya pra­ti­pa­tti­r vā­kyā­rthā­va­bo­dho bha­va­ti na pu­naḥ pra­tha­ma­pa­do­ccā­ra­ṇā­t ta­da­rtha­syo­tta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 428,09pa­dā­bhi­dhe­yai­r a­nvi­ta­sya pra­ti­pa­tti­r dvi­tī­yā­di­pa­do­ccā­ra­ṇā­c ca śe­ṣa­pa­dā­bhi­dhe­yai­r a­nvi­ta­sya ta­da­rtha­sya pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ty a­tra TAŚVA-ML 428,10kiṃ­ci­t kā­ra­ṇa­m u­pa­la­bhā­ma­he | e­te­nā­vṛ­ttyā pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­saṃ­ga u­ktaḥ | dvi­tī­yā­di­pa­de­na svā­rtha­sya ca pū­rvo- TAŚVA-ML 428,11tta­ra­pa­dā­rthā­nā­m a­pi pra­ti­pā­da­nā­d a­nya­thā tai­s ta­syā­nvi­ta­tvā­yo­gā­t ga­mya­mā­nai­s tai­s ta­syā­nvi­ta­tvaṃ na pu­na­r a­bhi­dhī­ya­mā- TAŚVA-ML 428,12nai­r i­ti ce­t­, sa ki­m i­dā­nī­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­mā­na e­va pa­da­syā­rtho ga­mya­mā­naḥ ? ta­tho­pa­ga­me ka­tha­m a­nvi­tā­bhi­dhā­naṃ ? TAŚVA-ML 428,13vi­va­kṣi­ta­pa­da­sya pa­dāṃ­ta­rā­bhi­dhe­yā­nāṃ ga­mya­mā­nā­nāṃ vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t tai­r a­nvi­ta­sya svā­rtha­sya pra­ti­pā­da­ne sā­ma­rthyā­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 428,14vā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ pa­dā­nāṃ dvau vyā­pā­rau svā­rthā­bhi­dhā­ne vyā­pā­raḥ pa­dā­rthāṃ­ta­re ga­ma­ka­tva­vyā­pā­ra­ś ca ta­dā ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 428,15na pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ā­vṛ­ttyā pra­sa­jya­te ? pa­da­vyā­pā­rā­t­, pra­tī­ya­mā­na­sya ga­mya­mā­na­syā­pi pa­dā­rtha­tvā­d a­bhi­dhī­ya- TAŚVA-ML 428,16mā­nā­rtha­va­t | na ca pa­da­vyā­pā­rā­t­, pra­tī­ya­mā­no rtho ga­mya­mā­no yu­ktaḥ ka­ści­d e­vā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | syā­n ma­taṃ­, pa­da- TAŚVA-ML 428,17pra­yo­gaḥ pre­kṣā­va­tā pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtho vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtho vā kri­ye­ta ? na tā­va­tpa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­s ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 428,18pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­bhā­vā­t | kaḥ pi­kaḥ ? ko­ki­la i­tyā­di ke­va­la­pa­da­pra­yo­ga­syā­pi vā­kyā­rtha­pra­tī­ti­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 428,19kaḥ pi­ka u­cya­te ? ko­ki­la u­cya­te i­ti pra­tī­teḥ | ya­di tu vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaḥ pa­da­pra­yo­ga­s ta­dā pa­da- TAŚVA-ML 428,20pra­yo­gā­naṃ­ta­raṃ pa­dā­rthe pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ sā­kṣā­d bha­va­tī­ti ta­tra pa­da­syā­bhi­dhā vyā­pā­raḥ pa­dāṃ­ta­rā­rtha­syā­pi pra­ti­pa­tta­ye TAŚVA-ML 428,21ta­syā­pra­yo­gā­t ta­tra ga­ma­ka­tva­vyā­pā­ra i­ti­; ta­d a­py a­sa­t­, pā­da­pa i­ti pa­da­sya pra­yo­ge śā­khā­di­ma­da­rtha­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 428,22pra­ti­pa­tti­s ta­da­rthā­c ca pra­ti­pa­nnā­t ti­ṣṭha­ty ā­di­pa­da­vā­cya­sya sthā­nā­dya­rtha­sya sā­ma­rthya­taḥ pra­tī­te­s ta­tra pa­da­sya sā­kṣā­d vyā- TAŚVA-ML 428,23pā­rā­bhā­vā­d ga­ma­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t ta­da­rtha­syai­va ta­dga­ma­ka­tvā­t | pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā ta­sya ta­tra vyā­pā­re liṃ­ga­va­ca­na­sya liṃ­ga­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 428,24pa­ttau vyā­pā­ro stu | ta­thā sa­ti śā­bda­m e­vā­nu­mā­na­jñā­naṃ bha­ve­t liṃ­ga­vā­ca­kā­c cha­bdā­l liṃ­ga­sya pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | sai­va TAŚVA-ML 428,25śā­bdī na pu­na­s ta­tpra­ti­pa­tti­ṣu liṃ­gā­d a­nu­me­ya­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va pā­da­pa­sthā­nā­dya­rtha­pra­ti­pa- TAŚVA-ML 428,26tti­r bha­vaṃ­tī śā­bdī mā bhū­t­, ta­syāḥ svā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttā­v e­va pa­rya­va­si­ta­tvā­l liṃ­ga­śa­bda­va­t | ka­tha­m e­vaṃ ga­mya­mā­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 428,27śa­bda­syā­rthaḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t­, na ka­tha­m a­pī­ti ka­ści­t­; ta­syā­pi vā­kyā­rthā­va­sā­yo na śā­bdaḥ syā­t ga­mya- TAŚVA-ML 428,28mā­na­syā­śa­bdā­rtha­tvā­t vā­cya­syai­va śa­bdā­rtha­tva­jñā­nā­t dyo­tya­vi­ṣa­ya­bhū­ta­yo­r a­pi vā­cya­tvā­t śa­bda­mū­la­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 428,29vā­kyā­rthā­va­bo­dhaḥ śā­bda i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­vā­ga­mya­mā­no­rthaḥ śa­bda­syā­stu | pā­da­pa­śa­bdo­ccā­ra­ṇā­naṃ­ta­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 428,30śā­khā­di­ma­da­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­va­tta­tsthā­nā­dya­rtha­syā­pi ga­te­r i­ti sa e­vā­vṛ­ttyā pa­dā­rthā­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­saṃ­go nvi­tā­bhi­dhā­na- TAŚVA-ML 428,31vā­di­naḥ pa­da­spho­ṭa­vā­di­va­t | kiṃ ca­, vi­śe­ṣya­pa­daṃ vi­śe­ṣya­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sā­mā­nye­nā­nvi­taṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 428,32vā­bhi­dha­tte ta­du­bha­ye­na vā ? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe vi­śi­ṣṭa­vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­vi­ro­dhaḥ | pa­rā­pa­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­pa­da­pra­yo­gā- TAŚVA-ML 428,33t ta­da­vi­ro­dha i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhy a­bhi­hi­tā­nva­ya­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe pu­naḥ ni­śca­yā­saṃ­bha­vaḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 428,34ṇa­sya śa­bde­nā­ni­rdi­ṣṭa­sya svo­kta­vi­śe­ṣe nva­ya­saṃ­śī­te­r vi­śe­ṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­ṇā­m a­pi saṃ­bha­vā­t | va­ktu­r a­bhi­prā­yā­t pra­ti­ni- TAŚVA-ML 428,35ya­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya ta­trā­nva­ya­ni­rṇa­ya i­ti ce­n na­, yaṃ pra­ti śa­bdo­ccā­ra­ṇaṃ ta­sya ta­da­ni­rṇa­yā­d ā­tmā­na­m e­va pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 429,01va­ktuḥ śa­bdo­ccā­ra­ṇā­rtha­kyā­t | tṛ­tī­ya­pa­kṣe tu u­bha­ya­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gaḥ | e­te­na kri­yā­sā­mā­nye­na kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 429,02ta­du­bha­ye­na cā­nvi­ta­sya sā­dha­na­sā­mā­nya­syā­bhi­dhā­naṃ ni­ra­staṃ­, kri­yā­yā­ś ca sā­dha­na­sā­mā­nye­na sā­dha­na­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ta­du- TAŚVA-ML 429,03bha­ye­na vā­nvi­ta­yoḥ pra­ti­pā­da­na­m ā­khyā­taṃ­, ta­to na pra­ti­pā­dya­bu­ddhā­v a­nvi­tā­nāṃ pa­dā­rthā­nā­m a­bhi­dhā­naṃ pra­tī­ti- TAŚVA-ML 429,04vi­ro­dhā­t | pra­ti­pā­da­ka­bu­ddhau tu te­ṣā­m a­nvi­ta­tva­pra­ti­pa­ttā­v a­pi nā­nvi­tā­bhi­dhā­na­si­ddhi­s ta­tra te­ṣāṃ pa­re­ṇā­bhi­hi- TAŚVA-ML 429,05tā­nā­m a­nva­yā­t | a­ta e­vā­bhi­hi­tā­nva­yaḥ śre­yā­ni­tya­nye­, te­ṣā­m a­py a­bhi­hi­tāḥ pa­dā­rthāḥ śa­bdāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nvī­yaṃ­te TAŚVA-ML 429,06bu­ddhyā vā ? na tā­va­d ā­dyaḥ pa­kṣaḥ­, śa­bdāṃ­ta­ra­syā­śe­ṣa­pa­dā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­sya ka­sya­ci­d a­ni­ṣṭeḥ | dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe tu bu­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 429,07r e­va vā­kyaṃ syā­n na pu­naḥ pa­dā­ny e­va­, ta­to vā­kyā­rthā­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ pa­dā­rthe­bhyo pe­kṣā­bu­ddhi­saṃ­ni­dhā­t pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­nvi- TAŚVA-ML 429,08te­bhyo vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ | pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā pa­de­bhya e­va bhā­vā­n na ta­to vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ vā­kya­m a­stī­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi TAŚVA-ML 429,09pra­kṛ­ti­pra­tya­ye­bhyaḥ pra­kṛ­ti­pra­tya­yā­rthāḥ pra­tī­yaṃ­te te­bhyo pe­kṣā­bu­ddhi­saṃ­ni­dhā­nā­d a­nyo­nya­m a­nvi­te­bhyaḥ pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 429,10r i­ti pra­kṛ­tyā­di­vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ pa­da­m a­pi mā bhū­t­, pra­kṛ­tyā­dī­nā­m a­nvi­tā­nā­m a­bhi­dhā­na­m a­bhi­hi­tā­nā­m a­nva­ye pa­dā- TAŚVA-ML 429,11rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­si­ddheḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ­, pa­da­m e­va lo­ke ve­de vā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye pra­yo­gā­rhaṃ na tu ke­va­lā pra­kṛ­tiḥ TAŚVA-ML 429,12pra­tya­yo vā pa­dā­da­yo vāṃ­tya­ta­du­tpā­da­nā­rthaṃ ya­thā­ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­da­bhi­dhā­nā­t ta­ttva­ta­s ta­da­bhā­vaḥ | ta­d u­ktaṃ | a­tha gau­r i- TAŚVA-ML 429,13ty a­tra kaḥ śa­bda ? ga­kā­rau­kā­ra­vi­sa­rja­nī­yā i­ti bha­ga­vā­n pa­va­rpa i­ti | ya­thai­va hi va­rṇo naṃ­śaḥ pra­ka­lpi­ta­mā- TAŚVA-ML 429,14trā­bhe­da­s ta­thā gau­r i­ti pa­da­m a­py a­naṃ­śa­m a­po­ddhṛ­tya ga­kā­rā­di­bhe­daṃ svā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­m a­va­sī­ya­te i­ti | ta­d a­py a­nā­lo- TAŚVA-ML 429,15ci­ta­va­ca­naṃ­, vā­kya­syai­vaṃ tā­ttvi­ka­tva­si­ddhe­s ta­dvyu­tpā­da­nā­rthaṃ ta­to po­ddhṛ­tya pa­dā­nā­m u­pa­de­śā­d vā­kya­syai­va lo­ke śā­stre TAŚVA-ML 429,16vā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye pra­yo­gā­rha­tvā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ | "­dvi­dhā kai­ści­t pa­daṃ bhi­nnaṃ ca­tu­rdhā paṃ­ca­dhā­pi vā | a­po­ddhṛ­tyai­va TAŚVA-ML 429,17vā­kye­bhyaḥ pra­kṛ­ti­pra­tya­yā­d i­ti |­| " ta­taḥ pra­kṛ­tyā­di­bhyo va­ya­ve­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nna­m a­bhi­nnaṃ ca pa­daṃ prā­tī­ti- TAŚVA-ML 429,18ka­m a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ na pu­naḥ sa­rva­thā­naṃ­śa­va­rṇa­va­t ta­dgrā­ha­kā­bhā­vā­t | ta­dva­tpa­de­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nnaṃ ca vā­kyaṃ pra­tī­ti- TAŚVA-ML 429,19pa­da­m ā­skaṃ­da­d u­pa­ga­mya­tāṃ na ca dra­vya­rū­paṃ bhā­va­rū­paṃ vā | e­kā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­vaṃ ciṃ­ti­ta­prā­ya­m i­ti sthi­ta­m e­ta­ccha­bda- TAŚVA-ML 429,20va­taḥ pu­dga­lā i­ti | śa­bda­sya va­rṇa­pa­da­vā­kya­rū­pa­syā­nya­sya ca pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dha­pa­ryā­ya­tva­si­ddhe­r ā­kā­śa­gu­ṇa­tve­nā­mū­rta­dra- TAŚVA-ML 429,21vya­tve­na spho­ṭā­tma­ta­yā vā vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­syā­yo­gā­t |­| kaḥ pu­na­r baṃ­dhaḥ ? pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­ya e­va pra­si­ddho ye­na baṃ­dha- TAŚVA-ML 429,22vaṃ­taḥ pu­dga­lā e­va syu­r i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.24.6baṃ­dho vi­śi­ṣṭa­saṃ­yo­go vyo­mā­tmā­di­ṣv a­saṃ­bha­vī | pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dha­pa­ryā­yaḥ sa­ktu­to­yā­di­baṃ­dha­va­t |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 429,24dra­vya­yo­r a­prā­pti­pū­rvi­kā prā­ptiḥ saṃ­yo­gaḥ sa cā­bā­dhi­ta­saṃ­yu­kta­pra­tya­yā­t pra­si­ddhaḥ­, saṃ­yo­ga­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ta­syā­nu­pa- TAŚVA-ML 429,25pa­tteḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ kva­ci­t saṃ­yu­kta­pra­tya­yo '­si­ddha­s ta­sya ta­tpṛ­ṣṭa­bhā­vi­vi­ka­lpa­rū­pa­tvā­d i­ti ce­t na­, a­gṛ­hī­ta­saṃ­ke- TAŚVA-ML 429,26ta­syā­pi pra­tti­pa­ttuḥ śa­bda­yo­ja­nā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa svā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ni pra­tya­kṣe saṃ­yu­kta­pra­tya­ya­pra­si­ddhe­r ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­pra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 429,27kṣa­sya sa­rva­thā ni­rā­kṛ­ta­tvā­t | ta­thā dṛ­ṣṭe kva­ci­t saṃ­yo­ge saṃ­yu­kta­vi­ka­lpo yu­kto nī­la­pra­tya­ya­va­t ta­syā­sa­tya­tva- TAŚVA-ML 429,28pra­saṃ­gā­t | na cā­sā­v a­sa­tyo bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | na­nu ca saṃ­yu­kta­pra­tya­yaḥ sa­tya­s ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­sya vṛ­tta­vi­ka­lpā­na­va­sthā­di- TAŚVA-ML 429,29do­ṣa­dū­ṣi­ta­tvā­d a­va­ya­vi­pra­tya­ya­va­d i­ty e­ta­d a­sti ta­dbā­dha­kaṃ | ta­thā hi­–­saṃ­yo­gaḥ svā­śra­ye va­rta­mā­no ya­dy e­ka­de­śe­na TAŚVA-ML 429,30va­rta­te ta­dā sā­va­ya­vaḥ syā­t­, svā­va­ya­ve­ṣu ca sva­to bhi­nne­ṣu ta­syai­ka­de­śāṃ­ta­re­ṇa vṛ­ttau pa­rā­pa­ra­de­śa­ka­lpa­ne '­na- TAŚVA-ML 429,31va­sthā | sa­rvā­tma­nā pra­tye­kaṃ ta­tra ta­sya vṛ­ttau saṃ­yo­gā­ne­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­s ta­thā sa­ty e­kai­ka­smi­n saṃ­yo­ge saṃ­yo­ga­pra­tya­ya- TAŚVA-ML 429,32pra­saṃ­gaḥ | sa­kṛ­da­ne­ka­saṃ­yu­kta­pra­tya­ya­pra­saṃ­ga­ś ca | nai­ka­de­śe­na va­rta­te nā­pi sa­rvā­tma­nā | kiṃ ta­rhi ? va­rta­ta TAŚVA-ML 429,33e­ve­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­re­ṇa kva­ci­t ka­sya­ci­d va­rta­mā­na­syā­dṛ­ṣṭeḥ svā­śra­yā­bhi­nna­rū­pa­s ta­tsaṃ­yo­gi­nā cai­va pra­tyā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 429,34nna­ta­yo­tpa­ttau na ta­to rthāṃ­ta­raṃ kiṃ­ci­d i­ty e­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m u­pā­laṃ­bho na pu­naḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ­, te­ṣāṃ svā­śra­yā­t ka­thaṃ­ci- TAŚVA-ML 429,35d bhi­nna­sya saṃ­yo­ga­syā­bhi­ma­ta­tvā­t saṃ­yo­ga­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ saṃ­yo­ga­sya ta­dbhi­nna­tva­si­ddheḥ­, prā­k pa­ścā­c ca TAŚVA-ML 430,01ta­dā­śra­ya­dra­vya­sa­dbhā­ve pi saṃ­yo­ga­syā­bhā­vā­t ta­to bhe­da­syā­pi pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | na­nv a­saṃ­yu­kta­dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhyā- TAŚVA-ML 430,02m u­pa­sa­rpa­ṇā­pra­tya­ya­va­śā­t saṃ­yu­kta­yo­s ta­yo­r u­tpa­tte­r nā­pa­raḥ saṃ­yo­go va­bhā­sa­ta i­ti ce­n na­, ta­yo­r a­saṃ­yu­kta­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tyā­ge­na TAŚVA-ML 430,03saṃ­yu­kta­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya pra­tī­teḥ | saṃ­yu­kta­yoḥ pu­na­r vi­bhā­ga­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­t | yā­v e­va saṃ­yu­ktau ta­t tū­bha­yo­pa­la­bdhau tā­v e­va TAŚVA-ML 430,04ca saṃ­pra­ti bha­ktau dṛ­śye­te i­ti pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­t saṃ­yo­ga­vi­bhā­gā­śra­ya­dra­vya­yo­r a­va­sthi­ta­tva­si­ddheḥ | na ca pra­tya­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 430,05jñā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ ta­sya pra­tya­kṣa­va­tsva­vi­ṣa­ye pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na pū­rvaṃ sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ pra­si­ddho pi saṃ­yo­gaḥ ka­thaṃ TAŚVA-ML 430,06vyo­mā­tmā­di­ṣv a­saṃ­bha­vī vi­śe­ṣaḥ pu­dga­le­ṣu si­ddhye­d ya­to baṃ­dhaḥ pu­dga­lā­nā­m e­va pa­ryā­yaḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­de­ka­tva- TAŚVA-ML 430,07pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­tu­tvā­t ta­sya vi­śi­ṣṭa­tva­si­ddhiḥ sa­ktu­to­yā­di­baṃ­dha­va­t | ta­rhi ya­thā sa­ktu­to­yā­dī­nāṃ saṃ­yo­gaḥ piṃ­ḍai­ka- TAŚVA-ML 430,08tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­tu­s ta­thā vyo­mā­tmā­dī­nāṃ te­ṣā­m e­ka­dra­vya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | saṃ­yo­ga­mā­tre tu sa­ty a­pi na ta­tpra­saṃ­gaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 430,09pu­ru­ṣa­ta­dā­sa­ra­ṇa­va­t | ta­to sti pu­dga­lā­nāṃ baṃ­dha­s ta­de­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ ka­sya­ci­d a­va­ya­va­dra­vya­syai­ka­smā- TAŚVA-ML 430,10d a­ne­ka­pu­dga­la­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­d a­si­ddha­s ta­de­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya prā­k sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t | jī­va­ka­rma­ṇo- TAŚVA-ML 430,11r baṃ­dhaḥ ka­tha­m i­ti ce­t­, pa­ra­spa­raṃ pra­de­śā­nu­pra­ve­śā­n na tv e­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t ta­yo­r e­ka­dra­vyā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ '­ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­nā- TAŚVA-ML 430,12v e­tau baṃ­dhaṃ pra­tye­ka­tāṃ ga­tau­' i­ti va­ca­nā­t ta­yo­r e­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­tu­r baṃ­dho stī­ti ce­n na­, u­pa­sa­ra­ta­s ta­de­ka­tva­va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 430,13bhi­nnau la­kṣa­ṇa­to tyaṃ­ta­m i­ti dra­vya­bhe­dā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ta­taḥ pu­dga­lā­nā­m e­vai­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­tu­r baṃ­dha i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 430,14bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | sa ca skaṃ­dha­dha­rma e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 5.24.7ta­thai­vā­vāṃ­ta­raṃ sau­kṣmyaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣv a­saṃ­bha­vi | sthau­lyā­di­va­t pra­pa­tta­vya­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 430,16pa­ra­ma­sau­kṣmya­syā­ṇu­dha­rma­tva­m a­ṇū­nāṃ ta­ta e­va vya­va­sthā­nā­t sā­ma­rthyā­d a­pa­ra­sau­kṣmyaṃ bi­lvā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā ba­da­rā­di­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 430,17skaṃ­dha­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­grā­hya­tvā­t | sthau­lya­saṃ­sthā­na­bhe­da­ta­ma­śchā­yā­ta­po­dyo­ta­va­t śa­bda­baṃ­dha­va­c ca dvya­ṇu­kā­di- TAŚVA-ML 430,18ṣv a­bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­grā­hya­m a­pi sau­kṣmyaṃ skaṃ­dha­pa­ryā­ya e­vā­pe­kṣi­ka­sū­kṣmā­tma­tvā­d ba­da­rā­di­sau­kṣmya­va­t | e­te­na kā­rma­ṇa­śa­rī- TAŚVA-ML 430,19rā­dau sau­kṣmya­sya skaṃ­dha­pa­ryā­ya­tvaṃ sā­dhi­taṃ | ta­thā­sma­dā­di­bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­grā­hyāḥ sthau­lyā­da­yaḥ sū­kṣma­pa­ryā­ya­sthau­lya­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 430,20d a­sma­dā­di­bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­grā­hya­sthau­lyā­di­va­t |­| TA-ML 5.25 a­ṇa­vaḥ skaṃ­dhā­ś ca |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 430,22pra­de­śa­mā­tra­bhā­vi­spa­rśā­di­pa­ryā­ya­pra­sa­va­sā­ma­rthye­nā­ṇyaṃ­te śa­bdya­nte i­ty a­ṇa­vaḥ sau­kṣmyā­d ā­tmā­da­ya ā­tma­ma­dhyā TAŚVA-ML 430,23ā­tmāṃ­tā­ś ca | ta­thā co­ktaṃ | "­ā­tmā­di­m ā­tma­ma­dhyaṃ ca ta­thā­tmāṃ­ta­m a­tīṃ­dri­yaṃ | a­vi­bhā­gaṃ vi­jā­nī­yā­t TAŚVA-ML 430,24pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ma­naṃ­śa­kaṃ­" i­ti | sthau­lyā­t gra­ha­ṇa­ni­kṣe­pa­ṇā­di­vyā­pā­rā­skaṃ­da­nā­t skaṃ­dhā­, u­bha­ya­tra jā­tya­pe­kṣā ba­hu­va- TAŚVA-ML 430,25ca­naṃ | a­ṇu­jā­tyā­dhā­rā­ṇāṃ skaṃ­dha­jā­tyā­dhā­rā­ṇāṃ tā­vaṃ­ta­ra­ta­jjā­ti­bhe­dā­nā­m a­naṃ­ta­tvā­t | a­ṇu­skaṃ­dhā i­ty a­stu la­ghu- TAŚVA-ML 430,26tvā­d i­ti ce­n no­bha­ya­tra­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­rtha­tvā­d bhe­da­ka­ra­ṇa­sya | spa­rśa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dha­va­rṇa­vaṃ­to ṇa­vaḥ­, śa­bda­baṃ­dha­sau­kṣmya­sthau­lya­saṃ­sthā­na- TAŚVA-ML 430,27bhe­da­ta­ma­śchā­yā­ta­po­dyo­ta­vaṃ­ta­ś ca skaṃ­dhā i­ti | vṛ­ttau pu­naḥ sa­mu­dā­ya­syā­rtha­va­ttvā­d a­va­ya­vā­rthā­bhā­vā­t bhe­de­nā­bhi­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 430,28baṃ­dhaḥ ka­rtu­m a­śa­kyaḥ |­| kiṃ pu­na­r a­ne­na sū­tre­ṇa kṛ­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.25.1a­ṇa­vaḥ pu­dga­lāḥ ke­ci­t skaṃ­dhā­ś ce­ti ni­ve­da­nā­t | a­ṇve­kāṃ­taḥ pra­ti­kṣi­ptaḥ skaṃ­dhai­kāṃ­ta­ś ca ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 430,30na hy a­ṇa­va e­ve­ty e­kāṃ­taḥ śre­yā­n­, skaṃ­dhā­nā­m a­kṣa­bu­ddhau pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | ta­tra ta­tpra­ti­bhā­sa­sya bhrāṃ­ta­tve ba­hi- TAŚVA-ML 430,31raṃ­ta­ś ca pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­n na pra­tya­kṣa­m a­bhrāṃ­taṃ syā­t | sva­saṃ­ve­da­ne pi saṃ­vi­tpa­ra­mā­ṇo­r a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 430,32ta­tho­pa­ga­me sa­rva­śū­nya­tā­pa­tti­r a­nu­mā­na­syā­pi pa­ra­mā­ṇu­grā­hi­ṇo sa­dbhā­vā­t bhrāṃ­tā­t pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ ka­sya­ci­n na liṃ­ga­syā­vya- TAŚVA-ML 430,33va­sthi­teḥ ku­taḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇve­kāṃ­ta­vā­daḥ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaḥ syā­t ? skaṃ­dhai­kāṃ­ta­s ta­ttva­to stv i­ty a­pi na sa­mya­k­, pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 431,01mā­ṇū­nā­m a­pi pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­–­a­ṣṭā­ṇu­kā­di­skaṃ­dho bhe­dyo mū­rta­tve sa­ti sā­va­ya­va­tvā­t ka­la­śa­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 431,02yo sau ta­dbhe­dā­j jā­to naṃ­śo va­ya­vaḥ sa pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r i­ti pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ skaṃ­dha­va­t |­| TA-ML 5.26 bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­te­bhya u­tpa­dyaṃ­te |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 431,04saṃ­ha­tā­nāṃ dvi­ta­ya­ni­mi­tta­va­śā­d vi­dā­ra­ṇaṃ bhe­daḥ­, vi­vi­ktā­nā­m e­kī­bhā­vaḥ saṃ­ghā­taḥ | dvi­tvā­d dvi­va­ca­na­pra­saṃ­ga TAŚVA-ML 431,05i­ti ce­n na­, ba­hu­va­ca­na­syā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­t ta­to bhe­de­na saṃ­ghā­ta i­ty a­syā­py a­vi­ro­dhaḥ | u­tpū­rvaḥ pa­di­rjā­tya- TAŚVA-ML 431,06rtha­s te­no­tpa­dyaṃ­te jā­yaṃ­ta i­ty u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti | ta­da­pe­kṣo he­tu­ni­rde­śo bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­te­bhya i­ti ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­he­tu­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 431,07sa­rvā­sāṃ pra­da­rśa­nā­d bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­te­bhya u­tpa­dyaṃ­ta i­ti | na­nu ca no­tpa­dyaṃ­te ṇa­vo '­kā­rya­tvā­d ga­ga­nā­di­va­d i­ti ka­ści­t­, TAŚVA-ML 431,08skaṃ­dhā­ś ca no­tpa­dyaṃ­te sa­ttva­m e­va te­ṣā­m ā­vi­rbhā­vā­d i­ty a­pa­raḥ | taṃ pra­tya­bhi­dhī­ya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.26.1u­tpa­dyaṃ­te ṇa­vaḥ skaṃ­dhāḥ pa­ryā­ya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | bhe­dā­t saṃ­ghā­ta­to bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­bhyāṃ vā­pi ke­ca­na |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.26.2i­ti sū­tre ba­hu­tva­sya ni­rde­śā­d vā­kya­bhi­dga­teḥ | ni­ścī­ya­te nya­thā dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­ro­dha­syā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.26.3skaṃ­dha­syā­raṃ­bha­kā ya­dva­da­ṇa­va­s ta­dva­d e­va hi | skaṃ­dho ṇū­nāṃ bhi­dā­raṃ­bha­ni­ya­ma­syā­na­bhī­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 431,12u­tpa­dyaṃ­te '­ṇa­vaḥ pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t skaṃ­dha­va­t | na hi pā­rthi­vā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vo pi pṛ­thi­vyā­di­dra­vyā­ṇy e­va­, TAŚVA-ML 431,13pṛ­thi­vyā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­skaṃ­dha­dra­vya­ga­ti­ṣu pṛ­thi­vī­tvā­di­pra­tya­ya­he­to­r ū­rdhva­tā­sā­mā­nyā­khya­sya pṛ­thi­vyā­di­dra­vya­sya vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 431,14sthā­pa­nā­t | ta­to na te­ṣāṃ pa­ryā­ya­tva­m a­si­ddhaṃ | pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ kā­ra­ṇa­dra­vya­tva­ni­ya­mā­d a­si­ddha­m e­ve­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 431,15kā­rya­tva­syā­pi si­ddheḥ | ya­thai­va bhe­dā­t saṃ­ghā­tā­bhyāṃ ca skaṃ­dhā­nā­m u­tpa­tteḥ kā­rya­tvaṃ ta­thā­ṇū­nā­m a­pi bhe­dā­d u­tpa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 431,16kā­rya­tva­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­ro­dha­syā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | na hi skaṃ­dha­syā­raṃ­bha­kāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vo na pu­naḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇoḥ skaṃ­dha TAŚVA-ML 431,17i­ti ni­ya­mo dṛ­śya­te­, ta­syā­pi bhi­dya­mā­na­sya sū­kṣma­dra­vya­ja­na­ka­tva­da­rśa­nā­t bhi­dya­mā­na­pa­ryaṃ­ta­sya pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ja­na­ka- TAŚVA-ML 431,18tva­si­ddheḥ |­| TA-ML 5.27 bhe­dā­d a­ṇuḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 431,20sā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­pra­tī­te­r e­va­kā­rā­va­ca­naṃ a­bbha­kṣa­va­t | ya­smā­t­ —TAŚV-ML 5.27.1bhe­dā­d a­ṇu­r i­ti pro­ktaṃ ni­ya­ma­syo­pa­pa­tta­ye | pū­rva­sū­trā­t ta­to ṇū­nā­m u­tpā­de vi­di­te pi ca |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 431,22a­ṇa­vaḥ skaṃ­dhā­ś ca bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­te­bhya u­tpa­dyaṃ­te i­ti va­ca­nā­t skaṃ­dhā­nā­m i­vā­ṇū­nā­m a­pi te­bhya u­tpa­tti­vi­dhā­nā­n ni- TAŚVA-ML 431,23ya­mo­pa­pa­ttya­rtha­m i­daṃ sū­traṃ bhe­dā­da­ṇu­r i­ti pro­cya­te | ta­smā­d bhe­dā­d e­vā­ṇu­r u­tpa­dya­te na saṃ­ghā­tā­dbhe­da­saṃ­ghā­tā­bhyāṃ vā TAŚVA-ML 431,24skaṃ­dha­va­t | bhe­dā­d a­ṇu­r e­ve­tya­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­ni­ṣṭe­ś ca na skaṃ­dha­sya bhe­dā­d u­tpa­tti­r ni­vṛ­tti­r bhe­dā­d e­ve­tya­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 5.27.2vi­bhā­gaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ skaṃ­dha­bhe­dā­n na vā­ṇa­vaḥ | ni­tya­tvā­d u­pa­jā­yaṃ­te ma­ru­tpa­tha­va­d i­ty a­sa­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.27.3saṃ­yo­gaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ saṃ­ghā­tā­d u­pa­jā­ya­te | na skaṃ­dha­s ta­dva­d e­ve­ti va­ktuṃ śa­kteḥ pa­rai­r a­pi |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 431,27na­nu ca saṃ­ghā­ta­taḥ saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa e­va ta­taḥ ka­thaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­raṃ saṃ­yo­gaḥ sa­mu­pa­jā­ye­ta ta­syā­saṃ­yo- TAŚVA-ML 431,28ga­ja­tvā­t | sa­rva­trā­va­ya­va­saṃ­yo­ga­pū­rva­syā­va­ya­vi­saṃ­yo­ga­sya pra­si­ddhe­r vī­ra­ṇā­dau dvi­taṃ­tu­ka­saṃ­yo­ga­va­t pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­va­ya­vā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 431,29tu saṃ­yo­ga­syā­nya­ta­ra­ka­rma­ja­syo­bha­ya­ka­rma­ja­sya vā pra­tī­te skha­la­drū­pa­tvā­t | ta­taḥ saṃ­ghā­tā­d a­va­ya­vi­na e­va skaṃ­dhā­pa- TAŚVA-ML 431,30ra­nā­mna u­tpa­tti­r na saṃ­yo­ga­sye­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi vi­bhā­go bhe­da e­va pra­ti­pā­dya­te ta­taḥ ka­thaṃ dvya­ṇu­kā­deḥ skaṃ­dha­sya TAŚVA-ML 431,31vi­bhā­gaḥ sa­mu­pa­jā­ye­ta ta­syā­vi­bhā­ga­ja­tvā­t sa­rva­trā­va­ya­va­vi­bhā­ga­pū­rva­syā­va­ya­vi­vi­bhā­ga­sya vi­bhā­ga­ja­vi­bhā­ga­sya vā TAŚVA-ML 431,32pra­si­ddhe­r ā­kā­śa­skaṃ­dha­da­la­vi­bhā­ga­va­t | pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­va­ya­vā­nāṃ tu vi­bhā­ga­syā­nya­ta­ra­ka­rma­ja­syo­bha­ya­ka­rma­ja­sya vā pra­tī­te- TAŚVA-ML 431,33r a­bā­dhya­tvā­t ka­thaṃ dvya­ṇu­kā­di­skaṃ­dha­bhe­dā­d vi­bhā­ga­syai­vo­tpa­tti­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te bha­va­dbhiḥ ? ta­syā­va­ya­va­bhe­dā­d ā­kā­śā­d vi- TAŚVA-ML 432,01bhā­go vi­bhā­ga­ja e­ve­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi pa­ra­mā­ṇu­saṃ­ghā­tā­d ā­kā­śa­de­śā­di­nā saṃ­yo­go pi saṃ­yo­ga­jo stu | a­tha pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 432,02mā­ṇu­saṃ­ghā­tā­d u­tpa­nne­nā­va­ya­vi­nā vyo­mā­deḥ saṃ­yo­gaḥ saṃ­yo­ga­jo na pu­naḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­bhi­s ta­sya saṃ­yo­ga i­ti ma­taṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 432,03ta­rhi skaṃ­dha­bhe­dā­d u­tpa­nna­sya pa­ra­mā­ṇo­r e­ka­de­śā­di­bhyo vi­bhā­go na vi­bhā­ga­jaḥ kiṃ tu skaṃ­dha­bhe­da i­thi sa­rvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 432,04sa­mā­naṃ pa­śyā­maḥ | ya­di pu­na­r a­va­ya­vā­nāṃ saṃ­yo­gā­d a­va­ya­vi­naḥ prā­du­rbhā­va­s ta­dbhā­ve bhā­vā­t ta­da­bhā­ve vā­bhā­vā­d vi­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 432,05vya­te­, ta­dā ta­ta e­va pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ skaṃ­dha­bhe­dā­t prā­du­rbhā­vo stu | ni­tya­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ na prā­du­rbhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, ta­nni- TAŚVA-ML 432,06tya­tva­sya sa­rva­thā a­na­va­sā­yā­t | ni­tyāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ sa­da­kā­ra­ṇa­va­ttvā­d ā­kā­śā­di­va­d i­ty a­pi na sa­mya­k­, te­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 432,07m a­kā­ra­ṇa­va­ttvā­si­ddheḥ | pu­dga­la­dra­vya­sya ta­du­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­sya bhā­vā­t | skaṃ­dha­bhe­da­sya ca sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ pra­si­ddhe­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 432,08dbhā­ve vā bhā­vā­t | sū­kṣma­pū­rva­kaḥ skaṃ­dho na skaṃ­dha­pū­rva­kaḥ sū­kṣmo sti ya­taḥ skaṃ­dhā­d a­ṇu­r u­tpa­dya­ta i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 432,09pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 5.27.4vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­taḥ skaṃ­dho jā­ya­te sū­kṣma­to nya­taḥ | skaṃ­dha­tvā­t pa­ṭa­va­t pro­ktaṃ yai­r e­vaṃ te va­daṃ­tv i­daṃ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.27.5vi­vā­da­go­ca­rāḥ sū­kṣmā jā­yaṃ­te skaṃ­dha­bhe­da­taḥ | sū­kṣma­tvā­d dṛ­ṣṭa­va­strā­di­khaṃ­ḍa­va­dbhrāṃ­tya­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.27.6gha­na­ka­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍe­na sū­kṣme­ṇa vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā | he­to­r i­ti na va­kta­vya­m a­nya­syā­pi sa­ma­tva­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.27.7śli­thā­va­ya­va­ka­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍa­saṃ­ghā­ta­to ya­thā | gha­nā­va­ya­va­ka­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍaḥ sa­mu­pa­jā­ya­te |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.27.8ta­thā stha­vi­ṣṭa­piṃ­ḍe­bhyo '­ni­ṣṭo ni­bi­ḍa­piṃ­ḍa­kaḥ | pra­tī­ti­go­ca­ro stu sa ya­thā­sū­tro­pa­pā­di­taḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 432,15vi­vā­dā­pa­nno va­ya­vī sva­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­n ma­hā­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇā­ra­bdho va­ya­vi­tvā­t pa­ṭa­va­d i­ti yai­r u­kta­m a­nu­mā­naṃ te TAŚVA-ML 432,16va­daṃ­tv i­da­m a­pi vi­vā­da­go­ca­rāḥ sū­kṣmāḥ sthū­la­bhe­da­pū­rva­kāḥ sū­kṣma­tvā­t pa­ṭa­khaṃ­ḍā­di­va­d i­ti | gha­na­ka­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍe­na TAŚVA-ML 432,17sū­kṣme­ṇa śi­thi­lā­va­ya­va­ka­rṣā­sa­piṃ­ḍa­saṃ­ghā­tā­ra­bdhe­nā­va­ya­vi­tva­sya he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­rā­n nai­va va­daṃ­tī­ti ce­t­, sa­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 432,18m a­nya­tra te­nai­va sva­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­n ma­hā­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇā­ra­bdhe­nā­va­ya­vi­tva­sya he­to­r vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | ya­thai­va hi śli­thā­va­ya- TAŚVA-ML 432,19va­ka­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍā­nāṃ sa­tāṃ sa­mu­pa­jā­ya­mā­no gha­nā­va­ya­va­ka­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍaḥ sū­kṣmo na sthū­la­bhe­da­pū­rva­ka­s ta­thā sa e­va te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 432,20stha­vi­ṣṭā­nāṃ saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣā­d u­pa­jā­ya­mā­no gha­nā­va­ya­vaḥ sva­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­d a­ṇu­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇā­ra­bdhaḥ pra­tī­ti­vi­ṣa­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 432,21ta­to nā­pto­pa­jña­m i­daṃ ni­ya­ma­ka­lpa­na­m i­ti ya­thā sū­tro­pa­pā­di­taṃ ta­thai­vā­stu | ta­thā hi­–­dva­yoḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇvoḥ saṃ­ghā- TAŚVA-ML 432,22tā­d u­tpa­dya­mā­no dvi­pra­de­śaḥ skaṃ­dhaḥ ka­ści­d ā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­dva­yā­va­gā­hī pa­ra­mā­ṇu­pa­ri­mā­ṇa e­va syā­t | dvya­ṇu­kā­bhyāṃ TAŚVA-ML 432,23ca sva­kā­ra­ṇā­d a­dhi­ka­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­bhyā­m u­tpa­dya­mā­naḥ ka­ści­d ā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­va­gā­hī ma­hā­n | ka­ści­t pu­na­r e­kā- TAŚVA-ML 432,24kā­śa­pra­de­śā­va­gā­hī | ta­to ṇu­r e­vā­va­gā­ha­vi­śe­ṣa­sya ni­ya­mā­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā śa­tā­ṇu­kā­va­ya­vi­bhe­dā­d u­tpa­dya­mā­no TAŚVA-ML 432,25va­ya­vī ka­ści­t sū­kṣmaḥ sto­kā­kā­śa­pra­de­śā­va­gā­hi­tvā­t | ka­ści­t ta­ta e­vā­lpā­kā­śa­pra­de­śā­va­gā­ha­bhā­jo lpā­d ba­hvā- TAŚVA-ML 432,26kā­śa­pra­de­śā­va­gā­hi­tvā­n ma­hā­n | e­va­m e­kai­ka­sa­ma­yi­kā­bhyāṃ bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­tā­bhyā­m u­tpa­dya­mā­no pi skaṃ­dhaḥ ka­ści­t sva­kā- TAŚVA-ML 432,27ra­ṇa­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­d a­dhi­ka­pa­ri­mā­ṇaḥ ka­ści­n nyū­na­pa­ri­mā­ṇa i­ti sū­kta­m u­tpa­śyā­mo dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t pra­tī­ya­te hi TAŚVA-ML 432,28tā­dṛ­śaḥ |­| TA-ML 5.28 bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­tā­bhyāṃ cā­kṣu­ṣaḥ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 432,30bhe­dā­t saṃ­ghā­tā­d bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­tā­bhyāṃ ta ca­kṣu­rjñā­na­grā­hyā­va­ya­vī ka­ści­t pa­ri­mā­ṇā­d a­ṇu­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­kaḥ­, ka­ści- TAŚVA-ML 432,31n ma­hā­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­kaḥ­, ka­ści­t sa­mā­na­kā­ra­ṇā­ra­bdha­s ta­dva­ddṛ­ṣṭo pi syā­d bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t | ta­dā­huḥ­ —TAŚV-ML 5.28.1cā­kṣu­ṣo va­ya­vī ka­ści­d bhe­dā­t saṃ­ghā­ta­to dva­yā­t | u­tpa­dya­te ta­to nā­sya saṃ­ghā­tā­d e­va ja­nma­naḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 432,33pa­ṭā­di­rū­pa­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa ca­kṣu­rbu­ddhau ca pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­no va­ya­vī ka­thaṃ cā­kṣu­ṣo nā­ma ? gaṃ­dhā­de­r a­pi cā­kṣu­ṣa­tva­pra- TAŚVA-ML 432,34saṃ­gā­d i­ti ce­n na­, pa­ṭā­dya­va­ya­vi­na e­va ca­kṣu­rbu­ddhau pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t | ta­dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇa rū­pa­sya ta­trā­pra­tī­te­r gaṃ­dhā­di- TAŚVA-ML 433,01va­t | ca­kṣu­rbu­ddho rū­paṃ pra­ti­bhā­sa­te na pu­na­s ta­da­bhi­nno va­ya­vī­ti bru­vā­ṇaḥ ka­thaṃ sva­sthaḥ ? ka­thaṃ rū­pā­d a­bhi­nno va­ya­vī TAŚVA-ML 433,02rū­pa­m e­va na syā­d i­ti ce­t ta­sya ta­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­dā­t | na hi sa­rva­thā gu­ṇa­gu­ṇi­no­r a­bhe­da­mā­tra­m ā­ca­kṣma­he TAŚVA-ML 433,03pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t pa­ryā­yā­rtha­ta­s ta­yo­r bhe­da­syā­pi pra­tī­teḥ | sa­rva­thā­bhe­de ta­yo­r bhe­da i­va gu­ṇa­gu­ṇi­bhā­vā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ TAŚVA-ML 433,04gu­ṇa­svā­tma­va­tku­ṭa­pa­ṭa­va­c ca | ta­tra dra­vyā­rthi­ka­prā­dhā­nyā­d dra­vya­sva­rū­pā­d a­bhi­nna­tvā­d rū­pa­sya cā­kṣu­ṣa­tve dra­vya­sya cā­kṣu­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 433,05tva­si­ddhiḥ spṛ­śyā­d a­bhi­nna­sya spa­rśa­syā­bhā­vā­t ta­tra ta­sya spa­rśa­na­tva­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ka­prā­dhā­nyā­c ca dra­vyā- TAŚVA-ML 433,06d bhe­de pi rū­pa­sye­va dra­vya­syā­pi cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvo­pa­ga­mā­n na ta­syā­cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvaṃ­, nā­py a­spa­rśa­na­tvaṃ spa­rśa­sye­va ta­ddra­vya­sya spa­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 433,07na­tva­pra­tī­teḥ | na ca da­rśa­naṃ spa­rśa­naṃ ca dra­vya­m i­ti dvīṃ­dri­ya­grā­hyaṃ dra­vya­m u­pa­ga­mya­te ta­sya ghrā­ṇa­ra­sa­na­śro­tra­ma­no- TAŚVA-ML 433,08grā­hya­tve­nā­pi pra­si­ddheḥ | rū­pā­di­ra­hi­ta­sya dra­vya­syai­va dra­vya­ra­hi­tā­nāṃ rū­pā­dī­nāṃ pra­tya­kṣā­dya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­sa­rva­pa­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 433,09yā­ṇāṃ dra­vyā­ṇāṃ ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r vi­ṣa­ya­tva­vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t | i­da­m e­va hi pra­tya­kṣa­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ ya­d a­nā­tma­ny a­vi­ve­ke­na TAŚVA-ML 433,10bu­ddhau sva­rū­pa­sya sa­ma­rpa­ṇaṃ | i­me pu­nā rū­pā­da­yo dra­vya­ra­hi­tā e­vā­mū­lya­dā­na­kra­yi­ṇaḥ sva­rū­paṃ ca no­pa­da­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 433,11yaṃ­ti pra­tya­kṣa­tāṃ ca svī­ka­rtu­m i­cchaṃ­tī­ti sphu­ṭa­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­tāṃ | e­te­na śru­ta­jñā­ne py a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­nāḥ śru­ta­jñā­na­pa- TAŚVA-ML 433,12ri­cche­dya­tvaṃ svī­ka­rtu­m i­cchaṃ­ta­s ta e­vā­mū­lya­dā­na­kra­yi­ṇaḥ pra­ti­pā­di­tā­s ta­dā­hi­ta­dra­vya­t | ta­taḥ pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­m a­va- TAŚVA-ML 433,13ya­vi­naḥ cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvaṃ spa­rśa­na­tvā­di sa­mu­pa­la­kṣa­ya­ti bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 433,14kiṃ pu­na­r dra­vya­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.29 sa­ddra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 433,16a­tha vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ sa­ddra­vya­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sā­mā­nya­to vā ? ya­di vi­śe­ṣa­ta­s ta­dā pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ dra­vya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d a­ti- TAŚVA-ML 433,17vyā­pti­r nā­ma la­kṣa­ṇa­do­ṣaḥ­, a­vyā­pti­ś ca tri­kā­lā­nu­yā­yi­ni dra­vye sa­dvi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t va­rta­mā­na­dra­vya e­va ta­dbhā- TAŚVA-ML 433,18vā­t | ya­di pu­naḥ sā­mā­nya­ta­s ta­ddra­vya­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ śu­ddha­m e­va dra­vyaṃ syā­d i­ti sai­vā­vyā­pti­r a­śu­ddha­dra­vye ta­da­bhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 433,19d i­ti va­daṃ­taṃ pra­tyu­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.29.1sa­ddra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ śu­ddha­m a­śu­ddhaṃ sa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | pro­ktaṃ sā­mā­nya­to ya­smā­t ta­to dra­vyaṃ ya­tho­di­taṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 433,21na hi vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ sa­ddra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ya­to trā­ti­vyā­ptya­vyā­ptī syā­tāṃ sā­mā­nya­ta­s ta­sya ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t | na cai­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 433,22śu­ddha­dra­vya­m e­va sa­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ syā­d a­śu­ddha­dra­vya­syā­pi la­kṣa­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­to nā­vyā­pti­r la­kṣa­ṇa­sya | ya­thai­va hi de­śa- TAŚVA-ML 433,23kā­lai­r a­vi­cchi­nnaṃ sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā sa­rva­thā va­stu­ni sa­tsa­d i­ti pra­tya­yā­bhi­dhā­na­vya­va­hā­ra­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ sa­ttā­sā­mā­nyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 433,24śu­ddha­dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­bā­dha­m a­nu­bhū­ya­mā­na­m ā­bā­la­pra­si­ddhaṃ ta­thā sa­rva­dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu dra­vyaṃ dra­vya­m i­ty a­nu­bhū­ta­bu­ddhyā­bhi­dhā­na- TAŚVA-ML 433,25ni­baṃ­dha­na­dra­vyo­pā­dhi sa­d e­va dra­vya­tva­m a­śu­ddha­dra­vya­sa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya sa­ttva­syā­śu­ddha­tvā­t | e­vaṃ jī­va­pu­dga­la­dha­rmā­dha­rmā- TAŚVA-ML 433,26kā­śa­kā­la­dra­vyaṃ pra­tye­ta­vyaṃ | kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dya­vṛ­tti sva­pa­ryā­ya­vyā­pi jī­va­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya sa­ttva­sya jī­va­dra­vya­tvā­t tā- TAŚVA-ML 433,27dṛ­k pu­dga­la­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya pu­dga­la­dra­vya­tvā­t kra­mā­kra­ma­bhā­vi­dha­rma­pa­ryā­ya­vyā­pi­dha­rma­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya dha­rma­dra­vya­tvā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 433,28ta­thā­vi­dhā­dha­rma­tvo­pa­hi­ta­syā­dha­rma­dra­vya­tvā­t­, tā­dṛ­śā­kā­śa­tvo­pā­dhe­r ā­kā­śa­dra­vya­tvā­t­, kra­mā­kra­ma­bhā­vi­pa­ryā­ya­vyā- TAŚVA-ML 433,29pi­kā­la­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya kā­la­dra­vya­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 433,30na­nv a­stu sa­ddra­vya­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­ttu ni­tya­m e­va­, ta­d e­ve­da­m i­ti pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­t | ta­da­ni­tya­tve '­gha­ṭa­nā­t sa­rva­dā TAŚVA-ML 433,31bā­dha­ka­ra­hi­ta­tvā­d i­ti ka­ści­t­, pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­m u­tpā­da­vya­yā­tma­ka­tvā­n na­śva­ra­m e­va ta­dvi­cche­da­pra­tya­ya­syā­bhrāṃ­ta­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa- TAŚVA-ML 433,32tte­r i­ty a­pa­raḥ | taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.30 u­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sa­t |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 434,02sva­jā­tya­pa­ri­tyā­ge­na bhā­vāṃ­ta­rā­v ā­pti­r u­tpā­daḥ­, ta­thā pū­rva­bhā­va­vi­ga­mo vya­yaḥ­, dhru­veḥ sthai­rya­ka­rma­ṇo dhru­va­tī­ti TAŚVA-ML 434,03dhru­va­s ta­sya bhā­vaḥ ka­rma vā dhrau­vyaṃ tai­r yu­ktaṃ sa­d i­ti bo­ddha­vya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 5.30.1ta­tro­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sa­d i­ti sū­ca­nā­t | gu­ṇa­sa­ttvaṃ bha­ve­n nai­va dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m aṃ­ja­sā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 434,05na hi gu­ṇa­bhū­taṃ sa­ttva­m u­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­kta­m u­pa­pa­dya­te ta­sya ka­lpi­ta­tvā­t­, nāṃ­ja­sā dra­vya­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 434,06va­stu­bhū­ta­syai­va sa­ttva­syo­tpā­dā­di­yu­kta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ bhe­da­jñā­nā­d u­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­si­ddhi­va­da­bhe­da­jñā­nā­d drau­vya­si­ddhe­r a­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 434,07baṃ­dha­tvā­t | na­nu ca dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sa­ddra­vya­sya la­kṣa­ṇaṃ u­tpā­da­vya­ya­yu­ktaṃ sa­t pa­ryā­ya­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti vya­ktaṃ va­kta- TAŚVA-ML 434,08vya­m a­vi­ro­dhā­t | nai­vaṃ va­kta­vyaṃ­, sa­taḥ e­ka­tvā­d e­kā sa­tte­ti va­ca­nā­t ta­d e­vai­kaṃ dra­vya­m a­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­ya­m i­ty u­cya­te na TAŚVA-ML 434,09pu­na­r dvi­vi­dhā dra­vya­sa­ttā pa­ryā­ya­sa­ttā ce­ti | ta­to nya­sya ma­hā­sā­mā­nya­syai­ka­sya ta­dvyā­pi­no dra­vya­sya pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 434,10ta­d a­pi ya­dy a­sa­drū­paṃ ta­dā na dra­vyaṃ sva­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t | sa­drū­paṃ ce­t­, sai­vai­kā sa­tte­ti si­ddhaṃ sa­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ dra­vya­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 434,11pa­ryā­ya­sya pa­ryā­yāṃ­ta­ra­rū­pe­ṇa sa­drū­pa­tva­pra­tī­teḥ | ta­ta e­va sa­lla­kṣa­ṇa­m e­va dra­vyaṃ śu­ddha­m i­ty a­va­dhā­rya­te­, ta­syā­sa­drū- TAŚVA-ML 434,12pa­tvā­bhā­vā­t prā­ga­bhā­vā­de­r a­pi bhā­vāṃ­ta­ra­sva­bhā­va­syai­va sa­da­sa­ttva­si­ddheḥ | sa­tpra­tya­yā­vi­śe­ṣā­d vi­śe­ṣa­liṃ­gā­bhā­vā­d e­kā TAŚVA-ML 434,13sa­tte­ti pa­rai­r a­py a­bhi­dhā­nā­t ke­va­la­dhrau­vya­yu­kta­m e­va sa­d i­ty e­kāṃ­ta­vya­va­cche­da­nā­rtha­m u­tpā­da­vya­ya­yu­kta­m i­ty u­cya­te­, ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 434,14naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­tvā­t pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ co­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­kta­tvā­t | na ni­tyaṃ sa­d e­ka­m a­sty a­nu­syū­tā­kā­raṃ ta­syā­sa­drū- TAŚVA-ML 434,15pa­vyā­vṛ­ttyā ka­lpi­ta­tvā­t sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­syai­vo­tpā­da­vya­ya­va­taḥ sa­ttvā­d i­ty e­kāṃ­ta­vya­va­cchi­tta­ye dhrau­vya­yu­kta­m i­ty a­bhi­bhā­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 434,16ṇā­t | syā­n ma­taṃ­; ya­dy u­tpā­dā­dī­ni pa­rai­r u­tpā­dā­di­bhi­r vi­nā saṃ­ti ta­dā dra­vya­m a­pi tai­r vi­nai­va sa­d a­stv i­ti vya­rthaṃ TAŚVA-ML 434,17ta­dyu­kta­va­ca­naṃ­, a­tha pa­rai­r u­tpā­dā­di­bhi­r yo­gā­t ta­dā­na­va­sthā syā­t pra­tye­ka­m u­tpā­dā­dī­nā­m a­pa­ro­tpā­dā­di­tra­ya­yo­gā­t ta- TAŚVA-ML 434,18du­tpā­dā­dī­nā­m a­pi pra­tye­ka­m a­pa­ro­tpā­dā­di­tra­ya­yo­ga­taḥ sa­ttva­si­ddheḥ | su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvo­tpā­dā­dī­nāṃ sva­taḥ sa­ttve TAŚVA-ML 434,19sa­to pi sva­ta e­va sa­ttvaṃ bha­ve­d u­tpā­dā­dī­nāṃ sa­to na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve la­kṣya­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­va­vi­ro­dha­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 434,20ta­d e­ta­tpra­jñā­ka­re­ṇo­ktaṃ ta­syā­pra­jñā­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­ta­m i­ty a­yaṃ da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.30.2ya­tho­tpā­dā­da­yaḥ saṃ­taḥ pa­ro­tpā­dā­di­bhi­r vi­nā | ta­thā va­stu na ce­t ke­nā­na­va­sthā­di ni­vā­rya­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.30.3i­ty a­sa­t sa­rva­thā te­ṣāṃ va­stu­no sa­da­si­ddhi­taḥ | la­kṣya­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ syā­t sa­rva­thai­kyā­na­bhī­ṣṭi­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 434,23u­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vyai­kyai­r yu­ktaṃ sa­tsa­mā­hi­taṃ | TAŚVA-ML 434,24tā­dā­tmye­na sthā­pi­taṃ sa­d i­ti yu­jeḥ sa­mā­dhya­rtha­sya vyā­khyā­nā­n na te­ṣāṃ sa­to rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva­m u­cya­te ye­na ta­tpa­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 434,25bhā­vī do­ṣo na­va­sthā ta­dyo­ga­vai­ya­rthya­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ syā­t | na cā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva­m e­va ya­to la­kṣya­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­va­vi­ro­dhaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci- TAŚVA-ML 434,26d bhe­do­pa­ga­mā­dyu­je­r yo­gā­rtha­syā­pi vyā­khyā­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 434,27kiṃ pu­naḥ sa­to rū­paṃ ni­tyaṃ ? ya­d dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ syā­t­, kiṃ vā­ni­tyaṃ ? ya­d u­tpā­da­vya­ya­yu­ktaṃ bha­ve­d i­ty u­pa­da­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 434,28ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.31 ta­dbhā­vā­vya­yaṃ ni­tyaṃ |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 434,30sā­ma­rthyā­l la­bhya­te dvi­tī­yaṃ sū­traṃ '­a­ta­dbhā­ve­na sa­vya­ya­m a­ni­tyaṃ­' i­ti bhā­va­s ta­dbhā­va­s ta­ttva­m e­ka­tvaṃ ta­d e­va­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 434,31pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­sa­ma­dhi­ga­myaṃ ta­d i­ty u­pa­ga­mā­t | te­na ka­dā­ci­d vya­yā­sa­ttvā­d a­vya­yaṃ ni­tyaṃ sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nu­tpā­da­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 434,32ga­mya­te vya­ya­ni­vṛ­ttā­v u­tpā­da­ni tti­si­ddhe­r u­tta­rā­kā­ro­tpā­da­sya pū­rvā­kā­ra­vya­ye­na vyā­pta­tvā­t ta­nni­vṛ­ttau ni­vṛ­tti­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 434,33a­ta­dbhā­vo nya­tvaṃ pū­rva­smā­d a­nya­d i­da­m i­ty a­nva­ya­pra­tya­yā­d a­va­se­yaṃ | ta­ttva­dhrau­vya­m a­ni­tya­m u­tpā­da­vya­ya­yo­gā­t ta­du­ktaṃ ni­tyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 434,34ta­d e­ve­da­m i­ti pra­tī­te­na ni­tya­m a­nya­pra­ti­pa­tti­si­ddhe­r i­ti ta­d e­va yu­kta­m e­ta­tsū­tra­dvi­ta­ya­m i­ty u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.31.1ta­dbhā­ve­nā­vya­yaṃ ni­tyaṃ ta­thā pra­tya­va­ma­rśa­taḥ | ta­ddhrau­vyaṃ va­stu­no rū­paṃ yu­kta­m a­rtha­kri­yā­kri­yaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.31.2sā­ma­rthyā­t sa­vya­yaṃ rū­pa­m u­tpā­da­vya­ya­saṃ­jña­kaṃ | sū­tre­smi­n sū­ci­taṃ ta­syā­pā­ye va­stu­tva­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 435,03na hy e­kāṃ­ta­to ni­tyaṃ sa­n nā­ma ta­sya kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dyā­bhyā­m a­rtha­kri­yā­ro­dhā­t | nā­py a­ni­tya­m e­va ta­ta e­va | na TAŚVA-ML 435,04cā­rtha­kri­yā­ra­hi­taṃ va­stu sa­t sva­ra­śṛṃ­ga­va­t­, a­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­ṇa e­va va­stu­naḥ sa­ttvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­ta­s sa­nni­tya­m a- TAŚVA-ML 435,05ni­tyaṃ ca yu­ktaṃ sū­ci­ta­m a­vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 435,06ku­ta­s ta­da­vi­ru­ddha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.32 a­rpi­tā­na­rpi­ta­si­ddheḥ |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 435,08ta­dbhā­ve­nā­vya­yaṃ ni­tya­m a­ta­dbhā­ve­na sa­vya­ya­m a­ni­tya­m i­ti sā­dhyaṃ | ta­taḥ­ —TAŚV-ML 5.32.1ni­tyaṃ rū­paṃ vi­ru­dhye­ta ne­ta­re­ṇai­ka­va­stu­ni | a­rpi­te­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa prā­hai­vaṃ na­ya­bhe­da­va­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 435,10ku­taḥ pu­naḥ sa­to ni­tya­m a­ni­tyaṃ ca rū­pa­m a­rpi­taṃ ce­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.32.2dra­vyā­rthā­d a­rpi­taṃ rū­paṃ pa­ryā­yā­rthā­d a­na­rpi­taṃ | ni­tyaṃ vā­cya­m a­ni­tyaṃ tu vi­pa­ryā­sā­t pra­si­ddhya­ti |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 435,12dra­vyā­rthā­d ā­di­ṣṭaṃ rū­paṃ pa­ryā­yā­rthā­d a­nā­di­ṣṭaṃ ya­thā ni­tyaṃ­, ta­thā pa­ryā­yā­rthā­d ā­di­ṣṭaṃ dra­vyā­rthā­d a­nā­di­ṣṭa­m a­ni- TAŚVA-ML 435,13tya­m i­ti si­ddhya­ty e­va | ta­ta­s ta­d e­ka­tra sa­dā­tma­ni na vi­ru­ddhaṃ | ya­d e­va rū­paṃ ni­tyaṃ ta­de­vā­ni­tya­m i­ti va­ca­ne TAŚVA-ML 435,14vi­ro­dha­si­ddheḥ vi­ka­lā­de­śā­ya­tta­na­ya­ni­rū­pa­ṇā­yāṃ sa­rva­thā vi­ro­dha­syā­na­va­tā­rā­t |­| na­nv e­va­m u­bha­ya­do­ṣā­dya­nu­ṣaṃ­gaḥ TAŚVA-ML 435,15syā­d i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.32.3pra­mā­ṇā­rpa­ṇa­ta­s ta­t syā­d va­stu jā­tyaṃ­ta­raṃ ta­taḥ | ta­tra no­bha­ya­do­ṣā­di­pra­saṃ­go nu­bha­vā­spa­de |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 435,17na hi sa­ka­lā­de­śe pra­mā­ṇā­ya­tte pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­m u­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ ta­du­bha­ya­do­ṣā­bhyāṃ spṛ­śya­te­, ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 435,18ni­tyā­ni­tyai­kāṃ­tā­bhyāṃ jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­tvā­t | ta­ta e­va nā­na­va­sthā­vai­ya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ saṃ­ka­ra­vya­ti­ka­rau vā saṃ­śa­yo vā TAŚVA-ML 435,19ya­to pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­bhā­va­s ta­syā­pā­dya­te ci­tra­saṃ­ve­da­na­va­da­nu­bha­vā­spa­de va­stu­ni ta­da­na­va­tā­rā­t | ta­di­tthaṃ pa­rā­pa­ra­dra­vya­sya TAŚVA-ML 435,20sa­lla­kṣa­ṇa­sya pra­si­ddhe­r na cā­kṣu­ṣa­m a­va­ya­vi­dra­vyaṃ pu­dga­laṃ skaṃ­dha­saṃ­jña­kaṃ pra­ti­kṣe­ptuṃ śa­kyaṃ­, sa­rva­pra­ti­kṣe­pa­pra­saṃ­gā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 435,21ku­taḥ pu­naḥ pu­dga­lā­nāṃ nā­nā­dra­vyā­ṇāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dho ya­taḥ skaṃ­dha e­ko va­ti­ṣṭha­ta i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.33 sni­gdha­rū­kṣa­tvā­d baṃ­dhaḥ |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 435,23sne­ha­gu­ṇa­yo­gā­t sni­gdhāḥ rū­kṣa­gu­ṇa­yo­gā­d rū­kṣā­s ta­dbhā­vā­t pu­dga­lā­nāṃ baṃ­dhaḥ syā­t | na rū­kṣo nā­ma gu­ṇo sti­, TAŚVA-ML 435,24sne­hā­bhā­ve rū­kṣa­vya­va­hā­ra­si­ddhe­r i­ti ce­n na­; rū­kṣā­bhā­ve sne­ha­vya­va­hā­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­t sne­ha­syā­py a­bhā­vo­pa­pa­tteḥ­, śī­tā­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 435,25co­ṣṇa­vya­va­hā­ra­pra­sa­kte­r u­ṣṇa­gu­ṇā­bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­t | spa­rśa­neṃ­dri­ya­jñā­ne śī­ta­va­du­ṣṇa­gu­ṇa­sya pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d u­ṣṇo gu­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 435,26spa­rśa­vi­śe­ṣo nu­ṣṇā­śī­ta­pā­ka­je­ta­ra­spa­rśa­va­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­rhi sne­ha­spa­rśa­na­ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­ne rū­kṣa­sya la­ghu­gu­ru­spa­rśa­vi­śe­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 435,27va­da­va­bhā­sa­nā­t ka­thaṃ rū­kṣo gu­ṇo na syā­t ? ta­sya bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d a­pra­ti­kṣe­pā­rha­tvā­c ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­r e­va gu­ṇā i­ti TAŚVA-ML 435,28ni­ya­ma­syā­gha­ṭa­nā­t | ta­thā sa­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.33.1skaṃ­dho baṃ­dhā­t sa cā­sty e­ṣāṃ sni­gdha­rū­kṣa­tva­yo­ga­taḥ | pu­dga­lā­nā­m i­ti dhva­stā sū­tre smiṃ­s ta­da­bhā­va­tā |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.33.2sni­gdhāḥ sni­gdhai­s ta­thā rū­kṣā rū­kṣaiḥ sni­gdhā­ś ca pu­dga­lāḥ | baṃ­dhaṃ ya­thā­sa­te skaṃ­dha­si­ddhe­r bā­dha­ka­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.33.3nai­ka­de­śe­na kā­rtsnye­na baṃ­dha­syā­gha­ṭa­nā­t ta­taḥ | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­mā­dhya­sthya­kṣa­ṇa­va­tta­dvi­bhā­va­nā­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 435,32ya­thai­ka­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­kṣa­ṇā­bhyāṃ ta­nma­dhya­syai­ka­de­śe­na saṃ­baṃ­dhe sā­va­ya­va­tva­m a­na­va­sthā ca ta­de­ka­de­śā­py e­ka­de­śāṃ­ta­re­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 435,33saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t | kā­rtsnye­na saṃ­baṃ­dhe pu­na­r e­ka­kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­saṃ­tā­na­pra­saṃ­gaḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­bhā­va­ś ca sa­rva­thai­ka­smiṃ­s ta­dvi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 436,01kiṃ ta­rhi­? saṃ­baṃ­dha e­ve­ti ka­thya­te | ta­thā pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m a­pi yu­ga­pa­t pa­ra­spa­ra­m e­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­tu­r baṃ­dho nai­ka­de­śe­na TAŚVA-ML 436,02sa­rvā­tma­nā vā sā­va­ya­va­tvā­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­gā­d e­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­mā­tra­piṃ­ḍa­pra­saṃ­gā­c ca | kiṃ ta­rhi ? piṃ­ḍa e­va sni­gdha­rū­kṣa­tva- TAŚVA-ML 436,03vi­śe­ṣā­ya­tta­tvā­t ta­sya ta­thā da­rśa­nā­t sa­ktu­to­yā­di­va­t |­| TAŚV-ML 5.33.4pū­rvā­pa­ra­vi­dāṃ baṃ­dha­s ta­thā­bhā­vā­t pa­ro bha­ve­t | nā­nā­ṇu­bhā­va­taḥ sāṃ­śā­da­ṇo­r baṃ­dho '­pa­ro sti ki­m |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.33.5ni­raṃ­śa­tvaṃ na cā­ṇū­nāṃ ma­dhyaṃ prā­pta­sya nā­va­taḥ | ta­thā te saṃ­vi­do­r ma­dhyaṃ prā­ptā­yāḥ saṃ­vi­daḥ sphu­ṭa­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.33.6saṃ­vi­da­dvai­ta­ta­ttva­syā­si­ddhau baṃ­dho na ke­va­laṃ | sa syā­t kiṃ­tu sva­saṃ­tā­nā­dya­bhā­vā­t sa­rva­śū­nya­tā |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.33.7ta­tsaṃ­vi­nmā­tra­saṃ­si­ddhau saṃ­tā­na­s te pra­si­ddhya­ti | ta­dva­dbaṃ­dhaḥ sthi­to rthā­nāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mo vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 436,08śū­nya­vā­di­nā­pi saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­m u­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ ta­sya cā­va­śyaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m a­nya­thā ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t kā­rya­m a­bhyu­pa­gaṃ­ta­vya- TAŚVA-ML 436,09m a­nya­thā ta­da­va­stu­tvā­pa­tte­r i­ti ta­tsaṃ­tā­na­si­ddhiḥ | ta­tsi­ddhau ca kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­saṃ­vi­do­r ma­dhya­m a­dhyā­sī­nā­yāḥ saṃ­vi- TAŚVA-ML 436,10da­s ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhe pi sāṃ­śa­tvā­bhā­va­va­tpa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ ma­dhya­m a­dhi­ṣṭhi­to pi pa­ra­mā­ṇo­r a­naṃ­śa­tva­si­ddhe­s ta­tsa­rva­sa­mu­dā­ya­vi­śe­ṣo py a- TAŚVA-ML 436,11ne­ka­pa­ri­ṇā­mo baṃ­dhaḥ pra­si­ddhya­ty e­va | sa ca sa­rva­pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa pra­sa­kta i­ty a­ni­rgu­ṇā­nāṃ baṃ­dha­pra­ti­ṣe- TAŚVA-ML 436,12dhā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.34 na ja­gha­nya­gu­ṇā­nā­m |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 436,14ja­gha­nya­m i­va ja­gha­nyaṃ ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ti śā­khā­di­tvā­de­r de­hāṃ­ga­tvā­d vā ja­gha­na­śa­bda­si­ddhiḥ ja­gha­ne bha­vo ja­gha­nyo TAŚVA-ML 436,15ni­kṛ­ṣṭaḥ ja­gha­nya i­va ja­gha­nyo tyaṃ­tā­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa i­ti | gu­ṇa­śa­bda­syā­ne­kā­rtha­tve vi­va­kṣā­va­śā­d bhā­ga­gra­ha­ṇaṃ dvi­gu­ṇā­va- TAŚVA-ML 436,16ya­vā i­ti ya­thā dvi­bhā­gā i­ty a­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tte­r ja­gha­nyo gu­ṇo ye­ṣāṃ te ja­gha­nya­gu­ṇāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ sū­kṣma­tvā­d vā te­ṣāṃ TAŚVA-ML 436,17na baṃ­dha i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | te­nai­ka­gu­ṇa­sya sni­gdha­rū­kṣa­sya vā pa­re­ṇa sni­gdhe­na rū­kṣe­ṇa cai­ka­gu­ṇe­na dvi­tri­saṃ­khye­yā- TAŚVA-ML 436,18saṃ­khye­yā­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇe­na vā nā­sti baṃ­dha­s ta­thā dvyā­di­bhi­r dvyā­di­gu­ṇai­r e­ka­gu­ṇai­ś ce­ti sū­tri­taṃ bha­va­ti | na­nu ca ja­gha­nya- TAŚVA-ML 436,19gu­ṇāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ ke­ci­t saṃ­tī­ti ku­to ni­śca­yaḥ sni­gdha­rū­kṣa­gu­ṇa­yo­r a­pa­ka­rṣā­ti­śa­ya­da­rśa­nā­t pa­ra­mā­pa­ka­rṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 436,20si­ddhe­r ja­gha­nya­gu­ṇa­si­ddhiḥ | u­ṣṭrī­kṣī­rā­d dhi ma­hi­ṣī­kṣī­ra­syā­pa­kṛ­ṣṭaḥ sne­ha­gu­ṇaḥ pra­tī­ya­te ta­to go­kṣī­ra­sya ta­to py a­jā- TAŚVA-ML 436,21kṣī­ra­sya ta­to pi to­ya­sye­ti | ta­thā rū­kṣa­gu­ṇo pi śa­rka­rā­taḥ ka­ṇi­kā­nā­m a­pa­kṛ­ṣṭaḥ pra­tī­ya­te ta­to pi pāṃ­śū­nā- TAŚVA-ML 436,22m i­ti | sni­gdha­rū­kṣa­gu­ṇaḥ kva­ci­d a­tyaṃ­ta­m a­pa­ka­rṣa­me­ti pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇā­pa­ka­rṣa­tvā­dā na­bha­saḥ pa­ri­mā­ṇe pa­ri­mā­ṇa­va­d i- TAŚVA-ML 436,23ty a­nu­mā­nā­j ja­gha­nya­gu­ṇa­si­ddhiḥ | e­te­no­tkṛ­ṣṭa­gu­ṇa­si­ddhi­r vyā­khyā­tā­, pra­ka­rṣā­ti­śa­ya­da­rśa­nā­t kva­ci­t pa­ra­ma­pra­ka­rṣa­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 436,24na­nu ca ka­dā­ci­d a­baṃ­dhaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ sa­rva­dā skaṃ­dhā­tma­ta­yai­va pu­dga­lā­nā­m a­va­sthi­teḥ | bu­ddhyā pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ka­lpa­no­pa­pa- TAŚVA-ML 436,25tte­r a­vi­bhā­ga­pa­ri­cche­da­va­d i­ti ka­ści­t taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.34.1na ja­gha­nya­gu­ṇā­nāṃ syā­d baṃ­dha i­ty u­pa­de­śa­taḥ | pu­dga­lā­nā­m a­baṃ­dha­sya pra­si­ddhe­r a­pi saṃ­gra­haḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 436,27skaṃ­dhā­nā­m e­va ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d bā­lu­kā­dī­nā­m a­baṃ­dho stu na pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ro­dhā­t | "­pṛ­thi­vī sa­li­laṃ TAŚVA-ML 436,28chā­yā ca­tu­riṃ­dri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­ka­rma­pa­ra­mā­ṇuḥ ṣa­ḍvi­gha­bhe­daṃ bha­ṇi­taṃ pu­dga­la­ta­ttvaṃ ji­neṃ­dre­ṇe­"­ty ā­ga­me­na pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu- TAŚVA-ML 436,29pra­kā­śa­ke­na ka­lpi­ta­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­vā­da­sya vi­dhā­nā­t | pa­ra­mā­rtha­to a­saṃ­baṃ­dha­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­vā­da­sya ca pa­ra­mā­ṇū­tpa­tti­sū­tre­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 436,30ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | bhe­dā­d a­ṇuḥ ka­lpya­te i­ti kri­yā­dhyā­hā­rā­n no­tpa­ttiḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m i­ti ce­n na­, bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­te­bhya TAŚVA-ML 436,31u­tpa­dyaṃ­ta i­ty a­tra sva­ya­m u­tpa­dyaṃ­ta i­ti kri­yā­yāḥ kri­yāṃ­ta­rā­dhyā­hā­ra­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m u­pa­nyā­sā­t bhe­dā­da­ṇu­r i­ti sū­tra­sya TAŚVA-ML 436,32ni­ya­mā­tha­tvā­t pū­rva­sū­tre­ṇai­va pa­ra­mā­ṇū­tpa­tte­r vi­dhā­nā­t | kiṃ ca­, vi­vā­dā­pa­nnāḥ skaṃ­dha­bhe­dāḥ kva­ci­t pra­ka­rṣa­bhā­jaḥ TAŚVA-ML 436,33pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t pa­ri­mā­ṇa­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­n na pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m a­baṃ­dha­ka­lpa­nā śre­ya­sī | na­nu ca pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā- TAŚVA-ML 437,01m a­baṃ­dha­sā­dha­ne te­ṣāṃ pu­na­r baṃ­dhā­bhā­vaḥ sā­ka­lye­nai­ka­de­śe­na baṃ­dha­syā­gha­ṭa­nā­d i­ti ce­n na­, sū­kṣma­skaṃ­dhā­nā­m a­pi baṃ­dhā­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 437,02va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | te­ṣā­m a­pi kā­rtsnye­na baṃ­dhe sū­kṣmai­ka­skaṃ­dha­mā­tra­piṃ­ḍa­pra­sa­kteḥ | e­ka­de­śe­na saṃ­baṃ­dhe cai­ka­skaṃ­dha­de­śa­sya TAŚVA-ML 437,03skaṃ­dhāṃ­ta­ra­de­śe­na baṃ­dho nai­ka­de­śe­na vā bha­ve­t ? kā­rtsnye­na ce­t ta­de­ka­de­śa­mā­tra­pra­sa­ktiḥ­, e­ka­de­śe­na ce­d a­na­va­sthā TAŚVA-ML 437,04syā­t pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­re­ṇa ta­ddva­ndve pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m a­pi baṃ­dha­s ta­thai­va syā­t sni­gdha­rū­kṣa­tvā­d baṃ­dha i­ti niḥ­pra­ti­dvaṃ­dva­sya baṃ­dha­sya TAŚVA-ML 437,05sā­dha­nā­t | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ na ja­gha­nya­gu­ṇā­nāṃ baṃ­dha i­ti | pra­ti­ṣe­dha­va­tpu­dga­lā­nā­m a­baṃ­dha­si­ddhe­r a­pi saṃ­gra­ha i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 437,06ye­ṣāṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ baṃ­dha­s te­ṣāṃ baṃ­dha e­va sa­rva­dā­, ye­ṣāṃ tv a­baṃ­dha­s te­ṣā­m a­baṃ­dha e­ve­ty e­kāṃ­to py a­ne­nā­pā­staḥ | ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a- TAŚVA-ML 437,07baṃ­dhā­nā­m a­pi ka­dā­ci­d baṃ­dha­da­rśa­nā­d baṃ­dha­va­tāṃ vā baṃ­dha­pra­tī­te­r bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣv a­pi ta­nni­ya­mā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| TA-ML 5.35 gu­ṇa­sā­mye sa­dṛ­śā­nā­m |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 437,09gu­ṇa­vai­ṣa­mye baṃ­dha­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ sa­dṛ­śa­gra­ha­ṇaṃ | sa­dṛ­śā­nāṃ sni­gdha­gu­ṇā­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­raṃ rū­kṣa­gu­ṇā­nāṃ vā­nyo­nyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 437,10bhā­ga­sā­mye baṃ­dha­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ vi­sa­dṛ­śā­nāṃ gu­ṇa­sā­mye baṃ­dha­pra­ti­ṣe­dho na syā­d i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 437,11sa­dṛ­śa­gra­ha­ṇa­sya vi­sa­dṛ­śa­vya­va­cche­dā­rtha­tvā­bhā­vā­t sa­dṛ­śā­nā­m e­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­nā­śra­ya­ṇā­t | gu­ṇa­sā­mye ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 437,12sū­tro­pa­de­śe hi sa­dṛ­śā­nāṃ gu­ṇa­vai­ṣa­mye pi baṃ­dha­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pra­sa­ktau ta­dva­tta­tsi­ddha­ye sa­dṛ­śa­gra­ha­ṇaṃ kṛ­taṃ­, te­na sni­gdha­rū- TAŚVA-ML 437,13kṣa­jā­tyā sā­mye pi gu­ṇa­vai­ṣa­mye baṃ­dha­si­ddhiḥ | ki­ma­rtha­m i­daṃ sū­tra­m a­bra­vī­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.35.1a­ja­gha­nya­gu­ṇā­nāṃ ta­tpra­sa­ktā­v a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | gu­ṇa­sā­mye sa­mā­nā­nāṃ na baṃ­dha i­ti cā­bra­vī­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 437,15ke­ṣāṃ pu­na­r baṃ­dhaḥ syā­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.36 dvya­dhi­kā­di­gu­ṇā­nāṃ tu |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 437,17dvya­dhi­ka­ś ca­tu­rgu­ṇaḥ | ka­thaṃ ? e­ka­gu­ṇa­sya ke­na­ci­d baṃ­dha­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­d dvi­gu­ṇa­sya baṃ­dha­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­to dvya­dhi­ka­sya ca­tu­rgu­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 437,18tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | pra­kā­ra­vā­ci­nā­di­gra­ha­ṇe­na paṃ­ca­gu­ṇā­di­pa­ri­gra­haḥ­, tri­gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ baṃ­dhe paṃ­ca­gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ dvya­dhi­ka­to- TAŚVA-ML 437,19pa­pa­tteḥ | e­vaṃ ca tu­lya­jā­tī­yā­nāṃ vi­jā­tī­yā­nāṃ ca dvya­dhi­kā­di­gu­ṇā­nāṃ baṃ­dhaḥ si­ddho bha­va­ti | tu śa­bda­sya TAŚVA-ML 437,20pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­tvā­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 5.36.1dvya­dhi­kā­di­gu­ṇā­nāṃ tu baṃ­dho stī­ti ni­ve­da­ya­t | sa­rvā­pa­vā­da­ni­rmu­kta­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­ha saṃ­bha­va­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 437,22u­ktaṃ ca | "­ṇi­ddha­ssa ṇi­ddhe­ṇa du­rā­hi­e­ṇa lu­kkha­ssa lu­kkhe­ṇa du­rā­hi­e­ṇa | ṇi­ddha­ssa lu­kkhe­ṇa u e­i TAŚVA-ML 437,23baṃ­dho ja­ha­ṇṇa­va­jje vi­sa­me sa­me vā |­| " vi­ṣa­mo '­tu­lya­jā­tī­yaḥ sa­maḥ sa­jā­tī­yo na pu­naḥ sa­mā­na­bhā­ga i­ti TAŚVA-ML 437,24vyā­khyā­nā­n na sa­ma­gu­ṇa­yo­r baṃ­dha­pra­si­ddhiḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 437,25ku­taḥ pu­na­r dvā­v e­va gu­ṇā­v a­dhi­kau sa­jā­tī­ya­sya vi­jā­tī­ya­sya vā pa­re­ṇa baṃ­dha­he­tu­tāṃ pra­ti­pa­dye­te nā­nya­the­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.37 baṃ­dhe dhi­kau pā­ri­ṇā­mi­kau |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 437,27ya­smā­d i­ti śe­ṣaḥ | pra­kṛ­ta­tvā­d gu­ṇa­saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ | kva­, pra­kṛ­tau gu­ṇau dvya­dhi­kā­di­gu­ṇā­nāṃ tv i­ty a­tra sa­mā­se TAŚVA-ML 437,28gu­ṇī­bhū­ta­syā­pi gu­ṇa­śa­bda­syā­nu­va­rta­na­m i­ha sā­ma­rthyā­t­, ta­da­nya­syā­nu­va­rta­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | gu­ṇā­v i­ti vā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ- TAŚVA-ML 437,29dho rtha­va­śā­d vi­bha­kti­va­ca­na­yoḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t bhā­vāṃ­ta­rā­pā­da­kau pā­ri­ṇā­mi­kau­, re­ṇoḥ kli­nna­gu­ḍa­va­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 5.37.1baṃ­dhe­dhi­kau gu­ṇau ya­smā­d a­nye­ṣāṃ pā­ri­ṇā­mi­kau | dṛ­ṣṭau sa­ktu­ja­lā­dī­nāṃ nā­nya­the­ty a­tra yu­kti­vā­k |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 437,31ta­thai­va hi rū­kṣā­ṇāṃ sa­ktū­nāṃ sni­gdhā ja­la­ka­ṇā­s ta­to dvā­bhyāṃ gu­ṇā­bhyā­m a­dhi­kāḥ piṃ­ḍā­tma­ta­yā pā­ri­ṇā­mi­kā TAŚVA-ML 437,32dṛ­śyaṃ­te nā­nya­thā | ta­thai­va pa­ra­mā­ṇo­r dvi­gu­ṇa­sya ca­tu­rgu­ṇaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇuḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­kaḥ syā­d a­nya­thā dva­yoḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇvo- TAŚVA-ML 438,01r a­nyo­nya­m a­vi­vi­kta­rū­pa­dvya­ṇu­ka­skaṃ­dha­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­yo­gā­t saṃ­yo­ga­mā­tra­pra­sa­kteḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ve­ka­pra­sa­kte­s ta­da­na­nva­ya­va­ttvaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 438,02na ca vi­bhā­ga­saṃ­yo­gā­bhyā­m a­nya­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ prā­pti­rū­po na saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti yu­ktaṃ va­ktuṃ­, tṛ­tī­ya­syā­va­sthā­vi­śe­ṣa­sya TAŚVA-ML 438,03skaṃ­dhai­ka­tva­pra­tya­ya­he­toḥ sa­dbhā­vā­t | śu­kla­pī­ta­dra­vya­yoḥ pa­ri­ṇā­me yu­kta­pī­ta­va­rṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­t kli­nna­gu­ḍā­nu­pra­ve­śe TAŚVA-ML 438,04re­ṇvā­dī­nāṃ ma­dhu­ra­sa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­d vā | na­nv a­trā­pi dvā­v e­va gu­ṇā­ba­dhi­kau pā­ri­ṇā­mi­kā­v i­ti ku­taḥ pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ ? TAŚVA-ML 438,05su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­d ā­ga­mā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ta­s ta­tpra­ti­pa­ttiḥ | e­vaṃ hy u­kta­mā­rṣe va­rga­ṇā­yāṃ baṃ­dha­vi­dhā­ne no ā- TAŚVA-ML 438,06ga­ma­dra­vya­baṃ­dha­vi­ka­lpo sā­di­vai­sra­si­ka­baṃ­dha­ni­rde­śe pro­ktaḥ | vi­ṣa­ma­sni­gdha­tā­yāṃ vi­ṣa­ma­rū­kṣa­tā­yāṃ ca baṃ­dhaḥ sa­ma­sni- TAŚVA-ML 438,07gdha­tā­yāṃ sa­ma­rū­kṣa­tā­yāṃ vā bhe­da i­ti | ta­da­nu­sā­re­ṇa sū­tra­kā­rai­r baṃ­dha­vya­pa­sthā­pa­nā­t­, pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­si­ddho baṃ­dha­vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 438,08ṣa­he­tu­dvya­dhi­kā­di­gu­ṇa­tvaṃ | dva­yo­r e­va bā­dhi­ka­yo­r gu­ṇa­yoḥ pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­tvaṃ | sā­mā­nye­na tu pu­dga­lā­nāṃ baṃ­dha­he­tuḥ TAŚVA-ML 438,09ka­ści­d a­sti kā­rtsnyai­ka­de­śa­to baṃ­dhā­saṃ­bha­ve pi baṃ­dha­vi­ni­śca­yā­t ta­tra bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ti pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dha­dra­vya­si­ddhiḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 438,10ta­syai­va rū­pā­di­bhiḥ sva­bhā­vaiḥ pa­ri­ṇa­ta­sya ca­kṣu­rā­di­ka­ra­ṇa­grā­hya­tā­m ā­pa­nna­sya ra­tyā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­go­ca­ra­ta­yā vya­va- TAŚVA-ML 438,11sthi­teḥ | na hi ta­thā pa­ri­ṇa­taṃ ta­d bha­va­ty a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, nā­pi ta­d e­va pa­ri­ṇā­ma­mā­tra­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca pa­ri­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 438,12mi­no­sa­ttve pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti sva­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­sya tai­kṣṇā­di­va­t | nā­pi pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­ve pa­ri­ṇā­mi bha­va­ti TAŚVA-ML 438,13sva­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­d i­ti pa­ri­ṇā­ma­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­no­r a­nyo­nyā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvā­d a­nya­ta­rā­pā­ye py u­bha­yā­sa­ttva­pra­sa­ktiḥ | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 438,14ni­tya­tā­pa­ri­ṇā­mi dra­vya­m u­pa­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ ta­tpa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­t |­| TA-ML 5.38 gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vya­m |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 438,16gu­ṇāḥ va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ pa­ryā­yā­ś ca ta­tsā­mā­nyā­pe­kṣa­yā ni­tya­yo­ge bha­tuḥ | dra­va­ti dro­ṣya­ty a­du­dru­va­ttāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 438,17stā­n pa­ryā­yā­n i­ti dra­vya­m i­ty a­pi na vi­ru­dhya­te | vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ ni­tya­yo­gā­bhā­vā­t kā­dā­ci­tka- TAŚVA-ML 438,18tva­si­ddheḥ |­| ki­ma­rtha­m i­daṃ pu­na­r dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ bra­vī­tī­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 5.38.1gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vya­m i­ty ā­ha vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ | sa­tpa­ryā­ya­sya dha­rmā­de­r dra­vya­tva­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 438,20sa­to hi ma­hā­dra­vya­sya pa­ryā­yo dha­rmā­sti­kā­yā­di­r vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­rpa­ṇā­yāṃ dra­vya­tva­m a­pi svī­ka­ro­ty e­va­, ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 438,21cā­dhā­ra­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ gu­ṇa­pa­ryā­ya­va­ttva­m i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ­, na pu­naḥ kri­yā­va­ttvaṃ ta­syā­vyā­pa­ka­tvā­n ni­ṣkri­ye­ṣv ā- TAŚVA-ML 438,22kā­śā­di­ṣv a­bhā­vā­t | sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­pi na dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ yu­ktaṃ­, gu­ṇa­ka­rma­ṇo­r a­pi dra­vya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­yo­r gu­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 438,23tva­rma­tva­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­si­ddheḥ | ta­yo­s ta­tsa­ma­vā­yi­tva­m e­va ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ gu­ṇa­tva­ka­rma­tva­sā­mā­nya­yo­r a­kā­rya- TAŚVA-ML 438,24tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya sā­mā­nya­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­t kā­rya­tva­sā­dha­nā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­da­ni­tya­tva­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 438,25nā­ni­ṣṭaṃ­, pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­sya sa­rva­thā ni­tye­ṣv a­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ty u­kta­prā­yaṃ | gu­ṇa­va­ttve sa­ti kri­yā­va­ttvaṃ sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 438,26ca dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ­, gu­ṇa­va­ddra­vya­m i­ty u­kte la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­vyā­ptya­ti­vyā­ptyo­r a­bhā­vā­t ta­dva­ca­nā­na­rtha­kyā­t | TAŚVA-ML 438,27na­nv e­va­m a­trā­pi pa­ryā­ya­va­ddra­vya­m i­ty u­kte gu­ṇa­va­d i­ty a­na­rtha­kaṃ sa­rva­dra­vye­ṣu pa­ryā­ya­baṃ­dha­sya bhā­vā­t | gu­ṇa­va­d i­ti co­kte TAŚVA-ML 438,28pa­ryā­ya­va­d i­ti vya­rthaṃ ta­ta e­ve­ti ta­du­bha­yaṃ la­kṣa­ṇaṃ dra­vya­sya ki­ma­rtha­m u­kta­m i­ty a­tro­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 5.38.2gu­ṇa­va­ddra­vya­m i­ty u­ktaṃ sa­hā­ne­kāṃ­ta­si­ddha­ye | ta­thā pa­ryā­ya­va­ddra­vyaṃ kra­mā­ne­kāṃ­ta­vi­tta­ye |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 438,30nā­sty e­ka­tra va­stu­nī­hā­ne­ko dha­rmaḥ sa­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­pa­ri­hā­ra­sthi­ti­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d e­ke­na dha­rme­ṇa sa­rvā­tma­nā TAŚVA-ML 438,31vyā­pteḥ dha­rmi­ṇi dha­rmāṃ­ta­ra­sya ta­dvyā­pti­vi­ro­dhā­d a­nya­thā sa­rva­dha­rma­saṃ­ka­ra­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti | sa­hā­ne­kāṃ­ta­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­vā­di­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 438,32pra­ti gu­ṇa­va­ddra­vya­m i­ty u­ktaṃ | sa­kṛ­da­ne­ka­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­sya va­stu­naḥ pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t ku­ṭe rū­pā­di­va­t sva­pa­ra­pa­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 438,33sā­dha­ka­tve­ta­ra­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇai­ka­he­tu­va­t | pi­tā­pu­trā­di­vya­pa­de­śa­vi­ṣa­yā­ne­ka­dha­rmā­vi­ka­ra­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣa­va­d vā | grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 438,34ve­da­nā­kā­raṃ saṃ­ve­da­na­m e­ka­m u­pa­ya­n sa­kṛ­da­ne­ka­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m e­kaṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ta­r vā pra­ti­kṣi­pa­tī­ti ka­thaṃ pa­rī­kṣa­ko nā­ma ? TAŚVA-ML 439,01ve­dyā­dyā­kā­ra­vi­ve­kaṃ pa­ro­kṣaṃ saṃ­vi­dā­kā­raṃ ca pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ccha­nn a­pi na sa­hā­ne­kāṃ­taṃ ni­rā­ka­rtu­m a­rha­ti saṃ­vi­da­dvai­te TAŚVA-ML 439,02pra­tya­kṣa­pa­ro­kṣā­kā­ra­yo­r a­pa­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tve pa­ra­mā­rthe­ta­rā­kā­ra­m e­kaṃ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ ba­lā­d ā­pa­te­t pa­ra­mā­rthā­kā­ra­syai­va sa­ttvā­t TAŚVA-ML 439,03saṃ­vi­dā nā­pā­ra­m ā­rthi­kā­kā­raḥ­, sa­nn i­ti bru­vā­ṇa­s sa­kṛ­tsa­da­sa­ttva­sva­bhā­vā­krāṃ­ta­m e­kaṃ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ svī­ka­ro­ty e­va | na TAŚVA-ML 439,04sa­n nā­py a­sa­tsaṃ­ve­da­na­m i­ty a­pi vyā­ha­taṃ­, pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­tā­di­va­tta­taḥ sa­kṛ­da­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­m e­kaṃ va­stu ta­ttva­taḥ sa­rva­sya sve­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 439,05ta­ttva­vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | sva­pa­ra­rū­po­pā­dā­nā­po­ha­na­vya­va­sthā­pā­dya­tvā­d va­stu­tva­sye­ti pra­paṃ­ci­ta­prā­yaṃ | ta­thā kra­mā­ne- TAŚVA-ML 439,06kāṃ­ta­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­vā­di­naṃ pra­ti pa­ryā­ya­va­ddra­vyaṃ pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t sa­rva­sya pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­si­ddheḥ pra­ti­pā­di­ta­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 439,07e­vaṃ kra­mā­kra­mā­ne­kāṃ­ta­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­pra­va­ṇa­mā­na­saṃ pra­ti gu­ṇa­pa­ryā­ya­va­ddra­vya­m i­ty u­ktaṃ sa­rva­thā ni­ru­pā­dhi­bhā­va­syā­pra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 439,08ṇa­tvā­t | a­tha­ve­yaṃ tri­sū­trī sa­ma­va­ti­ṣṭha­te­, gu­ṇa­va­ddra­vyaṃ pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vyaṃ gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vyaṃ dra­vya­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i- TAŚVA-ML 439,09ty a­nu­mā­na­tra­yaṃ ce­daṃ saṃ­kṣe­pa­to la­kṣya­te | na­nu cai­vaṃ ni­ṣkri­yaṃ na sa­rva­dra­vya­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ce­ti pa­rā­kū­ta­ni­rā- TAŚVA-ML 439,10kṛ­ta­ye kri­yā­va­ddra­vyaṃ sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ca dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­bhi­dhī­ya­te­, pṛ­thi­vya­pte­jo­vā­yu­ma­na­sāṃ kri­yā­va­ttva­si­ddheḥ TAŚVA-ML 439,11sa­rva­dra­vyā­ṇāṃ sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­sya ca gu­ṇa­va­ttva­va­tpra­tī­te­r i­ty e­ta­d a­pi ca pa­re­ṣāṃ va­co '­sa­mī­cī­naṃ­, dra­vya­va­d vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 439,12ṣa­va­t sā­mā­nya­va­c ca dra­vya­m i­ti dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­va­ca­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na kā­rya­dra­vya­va­tkā­ra­ṇa­dra­vyaṃ nā­pi vi­śe­ṣa­va­t sā­mā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 439,13va­d ve­ti pa­ra­dra­vya­vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­tvā­t | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ pu­naḥ kā­rya­dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­dṛ­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­la­kṣa­ṇa­sā- TAŚVA-ML 439,14mā­nyā­nā­m a­pi kri­yā­va­t sa­ma­vā­ya­va­c ca pa­ryā­ya­tvā­n na ta­thā va­ca­naṃ ka­rta­vya­m i­ti sa­rva­m a­na­va­dyaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 439,15ta­d e­vaṃ jī­va­pu­dga­la­dha­rmā­dha­rmā­kā­śa­bhe­dā­t paṃ­ca­vi­dha­m e­va dra­vya­m i­ti va­daṃ­taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.39 kā­la­ś ca |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 439,17gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vya­m i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­nī­ya­m |­| TAŚV-ML 5.39.1kā­la­ś ca dra­vya­m i­ty ā­ha pro­kta­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­ga­taḥ | ta­syā­d ra­vya­tva­vi­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ sa­mā­sa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 439,19ke pu­naḥ kā­la­sya gu­ṇāḥ ke ca pa­ryā­yāḥ pra­si­ddhā ya­to gu­ṇa­pa­ryā­ya­va­ddra­vya­m i­ti pro­kta­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gaḥ si­ddhye- TAŚVA-ML 439,20t ta­syā­dra­vya­tva­vi­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­tte­ś ce­ty a­tro­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 5.39.2niḥ­śe­ṣa­dra­vya­saṃ­yo­ga­vi­bhā­gā­di­gu­ṇā­śra­yaḥ | kā­laḥ sā­mā­nya­taḥ si­ddhaḥ sū­kṣma­tvā­dyā­śra­yo­bhi­dhā |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.39.3kra­ma­vṛ­tti­pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ vṛ­tti­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­da­yaḥ | pa­ryā­yāḥ saṃ­ti kā­la­sya gu­ṇa­pa­ryā­ya­vā­na­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 439,23sa­rva­dra­vyaiḥ saṃ­yo­ga­s tā­va­tkā­la­syā­sti sā­di­r a­nā­di­ś ca vi­bhā­ga­ś cā­sa­rva­ga­ta­kri­yā­va­ddra­vyaiḥ saṃ­khyā­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­da- TAŚVA-ML 439,24ya­ś ca gu­ṇā i­ti sā­mā­nya­to '­śe­ṣa­dra­vya­saṃ­yo­ga­sya vi­bhā­gā­di­gu­ṇā­nāṃ cā­śra­yaḥ kā­laḥ si­ddhaḥ | vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa tu TAŚVA-ML 439,25sū­kṣmā­mū­rta­tvā­gu­ru­la­ghu­tvai­ka­pra­de­śa­tvā­da­ya­s ta­sya gu­ṇā i­ti sū­kṣma­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇā­śra­ya­ś ca | kra­ma­vṛ­ttī­nāṃ pa­dā- TAŚVA-ML 439,26rthā­nāṃ pu­dga­lā­di­pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ vṛ­tti­he­tu­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tva­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tvā­khyāḥ pa­ryā­yā­ś ca kā­la­sya TAŚVA-ML 439,27saṃ­ti yai­s ta­ttā­nu­mā­na­m i­ti | gu­ṇa­pa­ryā­ya­vā­n kā­laḥ | ka­thaṃ dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­k­? ta­taḥ kā­lo dra­vyaṃ gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya- TAŚVA-ML 439,28va­ttvā­j jī­vā­di­dra­vya­va­d i­ti ta­syā­dra­vya­tva­vi­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ |­| TA-ML 5.40 so '­naṃ­ta­sa­ma­yaḥ |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 439,30pa­ra­ma­sū­kṣmaḥ kā­la­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­ma­yaḥ a­naṃ­tāḥ sa­ma­yā ya­sya so naṃ­ta­sa­ma­yaḥ kā­lo va­bo­ddha­vyaḥ | pa­ryā­ya­to TAŚVA-ML 439,31dra­vya­to vā vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­to ve­ti śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m u­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 5.40.1so naṃ­ta­sa­ma­yaḥ pro­kto bhā­va­to vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ | dra­vya­to ja­ga­dā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­kaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 439,33bhā­vaḥ pa­ryā­ya­s te­nā­naṃ­ta­sa­ma­yaḥ kā­lo naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­ya­va­rta­nā­he­tu­tvā­t | e­kai­ko hi kā­lā­ṇu­r a­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yā­n va­rta- TAŚVA-ML 440,01ya­te pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ śa­kti­bhe­dā­n nā­nya­thā | ta­to naṃ­ta­śa­ktiḥ sa­nna­naṃ­ta­sa­ma­yaḥ vya­va­hā­ra­to '­bhi­dhī­ya­te sa­ma­ya­sya vya­va­hā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 440,02kā­la­tvā­d ā­va­li­kā­di­va­t | dra­vya­ta­s tu lo­kā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­ko '­saṃ­khye­ya e­va kā­lo mu­ni­bhiḥ pro­kto na TAŚVA-ML 440,03pu­na­r e­ka e­vā­kā­śā­di­va­t­, nā­py a­naṃ­taḥ pu­dga­lā­tma­dra­vya­va­t pra­ti­lo­kā­kā­śa­pra­de­śaṃ va­rta­mā­nā­nāṃ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 440,04vṛ­tti­he­tu­tva­si­ddheḥ | lo­kā­kā­śā­d ba­hi­s ta­da­bhā­vā­t | ka­tha­m e­va­m a­lo­kā­kā­śa­sya va­rta­naṃ kā­la­kṛ­taṃ yu­ktaṃ ta­tra kā­la- TAŚVA-ML 440,05syā­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ti ce­t­, a­tro­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 5.40.2lo­kā­d ba­hi­ra­bhā­ve syā­l lo­kā­kā­śa­sya va­rta­naṃ | ta­syai­ka­dra­vya­tā­si­ddhe­r yu­ktaṃ kā­lo­pa­pā­di­taṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 440,07na hy a­lo­kā­kā­śaṃ dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­m ā­kā­śa­syai­ka­dra­vya­tvā­t ta­sya lo­ka­syāṃ­ta­r ba­hi­ś ca va­rta­mā­na­sya va­rta­naṃ lo­ka­va­rti­nā TAŚVA-ML 440,08kā­le­no­pa­pā­di­taṃ yu­ktaṃ­, na pu­naḥ kā­lā­na­pe­kṣaṃ sa­ka­la­pa­dā­rtha­va­rta­na­syā­pi kā­lā­na­pe­kṣa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na cai­t a­da­bhyu- TAŚVA-ML 440,09pa­gaṃ­tuṃ śa­kyaṃ­, kā­lā­sti­tva­sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 440,10na­nu ca jī­vā­dī­ni ṣa­ḍ e­va dra­vyā­ṇi gu­ṇa­pa­ryā­ya­va­ttvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ gu­ṇā­nā­m a­pi dra­vya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā- TAŚVA-ML 440,11t te­ṣāṃ gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ttva­pra­tī­te­r i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.41 dra­vyā­śra­yā ni­rgu­ṇā gu­ṇāḥ |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 440,13ā­śa­ya­śa­bdo dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­naḥ ka­rma­sā­dha­no vā dra­vya­śa­bda u­ktā­rthaḥ | dra­vya­m ā­śra­yo ye­ṣāṃ te dra­vyā­śra­yāḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 440,14ni­ṣkrāṃ­tā gu­ṇe­bhyo ni­rgu­ṇāḥ | e­vaṃ­vi­dhā gu­ṇāḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ na pu­na­r a­nya­thā | ta­tra dra­vyā­śra­yā i­ti vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 440,15ṣa­ṇa­va­ca­nā­d g­‍­u­ṇā­nāṃ ki­m a­va­sī­ya­ta i­ty u­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 5.41.1dra­vyā­śra­yā i­ti khyā­teḥ sū­tre smi­nn a­va­sī­ya­te | gu­ṇā­śra­yā gu­ṇa­tvā­d yā na gu­ṇāḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 440,17na hi gu­ṇa­tva­sa­rva­jñe­ya­tva­dha­rmā gu­ṇā­śra­yā gu­ṇā śa­kya­vya­va­sthāḥ­, pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s te­ṣāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d g­‍­u­ṇe­bhyo na­rthāṃ­ta­ra- TAŚVA-ML 440,18ta­yā gu­ṇa­tvo­pa­cā­rā­t | ta­ttva­ta­s te­ṣāṃ gu­ṇa­tve gu­ṇā­nāṃ dra­vya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d g­‍­u­ṇa­gu­ṇi­bhā­va­vya­va­hā­rā­va­sthi­ti­vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 440,19dhā­t | dra­vye­ṣv a­pi gu­ṇā­s ta­du­pa­ca­ri­tā e­va bha­vaṃ­tu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, kva­ci­n mu­khya­gu­ṇā­bhā­ve ta­du­pa- TAŚVA-ML 440,20cā­rā­yo­gā­t | ta­to dra­vyā­śra­yā i­ti va­ca­nā­d a­dra­vyā­śra­yā­ṇāṃ gu­ṇa­tvā­dī­nāṃ gu­ṇa­tvaṃ vyā­va­rti­ta­m a­va­sī­ya­te | TAŚVA-ML 440,21ni­rgu­ṇā i­ti va­ca­nā­t | kiṃ kri­ya­te i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 5.41.2ni­rgu­ṇā i­ti ni­rde­śā­t kā­rya­dra­vya­sya vā­rya­te | gu­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ pa­ra­dra­vyā­śra­yi­ṇo pī­ti ni­rṇa­yaḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 440,23dra­vyā­śra­yā gu­ṇā i­ty u­cya­mā­ne hi pa­ra­mā­ṇu­dra­vyā­śra­yā­ṇāṃ dvya­ṇu­kā­di­kā­rya­dra­vyā­ṇāṃ gu­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­sa­jye­ta ta­nni- TAŚVA-ML 440,24rgu­ṇā i­ti va­ca­nā­d vi­ni­vā­rya­te te­ṣāṃ gu­ṇa­tve­na dra­vya­tva­si­ddheḥ | e­te­na gha­ṭa­saṃ­sthā­nā­dī­nāṃ gu­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­tyu­ktaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 440,25te­ṣāṃ pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 440,26kaḥ pu­na­r a­sau pa­ryā­ya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 5.42 ta­dbhā­vaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 440,28jī­vā­dī­nāṃ dra­vyā­ṇāṃ te­na pra­ti­ni­ya­te­na rū­pe­ṇa bha­va­naṃ ta­dbhā­vaḥ te­ṣāṃ dra­vyā­ṇāṃ sva­bhā­vo va­rta­mā­na­kā­la- TAŚVA-ML 440,29ta­yā­nu­bhū­ya­mā­na­s ta­dbhā­vaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ | sa ca­ —TAŚV-ML 5.42.1ta­dbhā­vaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo tra pa­ryā­yaḥ pra­ti­va­rṇi­taḥ | gu­ṇā­c ca sa­ha­bhu­vo bhi­nnaḥ kra­ma­vā­n dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 440,31pū­rva­sva­bhā­va­pa­ri­tyā­gā­j ja­ha­dv­‍­ṛ­tto­tpā­do dra­vya­syo­tta­rā­kā­raḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ sa e­va pa­ryā­yaḥ kra­ma­vā­n dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 440,32na vā­sau gu­ṇa e­va pra­ti­va­rṇi­ta­s ta­sya sa­ha­bhā­vi­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nna­tve­na vya­va­sthā­nā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ na­ya­dva­ya­vi­ro­dha­s tṛ- TAŚVA-ML 440,33tī­ya­sya gu­ṇā­rthi­ka­na­ya­sya si­ddhe­r i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 5.42.2pa­ryā­ya e­va ca dve­dhā sa­ha­kra­ma­vi­va­rti­taḥ | śu­ddhā­śu­ddha­tva­bhe­de­na ya­thā­dra­vyaṃ dvi­dho­di­taṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 5.42.3te­na nai­va pra­sa­jye­ta na­ya­dvai­vi­dhya­bā­dha­naṃ | saṃ­kṣe­pa­to nya­thā tryā­di­na­ya­saṃ­khyā na vā­rya­te |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 441,03saṃ­kṣe­pa­to hi dra­vyā­rthi­kaḥ pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ka­ś ce­ti na­ya­dva­ya­va­ca­naṃ gu­ṇa­va­ca­ne na bā­dhya­te pa­ryā­ya­syai­va sa­ha­kra­ma- TAŚVA-ML 441,04vi­va­rta­na­va­śā­d ga­‍­u­ṇa­pa­ryā­ya­vya­pa­de­śā­t dra­vya­sya ni­ru­pā­dhi­tva­va­śe­na śu­ddhā­śu­ddha­vya­pa­de­śa­va­t | pra­paṃ­ca­s tu ya­thā­ —TAŚVA-ML 441,05śu­ddha­dra­vyā­rthi­ko '­śu­ddha­dra­vyā­rthi­ka­ś ce­ti dra­vyā­rthi­ko dve­dhā | ta­thā sa­ha­bhā­vī pa­ryā­yā­rthi­kaḥ kra­ma­bhā­vī pa­ryā­yā­rthi- TAŚVA-ML 441,06ka­ś ce­ti pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ko pi dve­dhā a­bhī­ya­tāṃ | ta­ta­s tryā­di­saṃ­khyā na vā­rya­ta e­va dvi­bhe­da­sya pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ka­syai­ka­vi­dha­sya TAŚVA-ML 441,07dra­vyā­rthi­ka­sya vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ na­ya­tri­ta­ya­si­ddheḥ | pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ka­syai­ka­vi­dha­sya dra­vyā­rthi­ka­sya dvi­bhe­da­sya vi­va­kṣā­yā­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 441,08ka­ści­t | dva­yo­r vi­bhe­da­yo­r vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ tu na­ya­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­m i­ṣya­te | te nai­ga­ma­saṃ­gra­ha­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ka­lpā­d dra­vyā­rthi­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 441,09tri­vi­dha­sya pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ka­sya cā­rtha­pa­ryā­ya­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ka­bhe­de­na dvi­vi­dha­sya vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ na­ya­paṃ­ca­kaṃ śu­ddhā­śu­ddha- TAŚVA-ML 441,10dra­vyā­rthi­ka­dva­ya­sya ṛ­ju­sū­trā­di­pa­ryā­yā­rthi­ka­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­sya vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ na­ya­ṣa­ṭkaṃ­, nai­ga­mā­di­sū­tra­pā­ṭhā­pe­kṣa­yā na­ya­sa- TAŚVA-ML 441,11pta­ka­m i­ti | na­yā­nā­m a­ṣṭā­di­saṃ­khyā­pi na vā­rya­te | ta­to na gu­ṇe­bhyaḥ pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­de­na ka­tha­na­m a­yu­ktaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 441,12ye­na gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vya­m i­ti dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­ra­va­dyaṃ na bha­ve­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 441,13pra­tī­ya­tā­m e­va­m a­jī­va­ta­ttvaṃ sa­mā­sa­taḥ sū­tri­ta­sa­rva­bhe­daṃ | TAŚVA-ML 441,14pra­mā­ṇa­ta­s ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­rū­paṃ pra­ka­lpya­tāṃ sa­nna­ya­to ni­ha­tya |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 441,15i­ti paṃ­ca­mā­dhyā­ya­sya dvi­tī­ya­m ā­hni­ka­m | TAŚVA-ML 441,16i­ti śrīvi­dyā­naṃ­diā­cā­rya­vi­ra­ci­te ta­ttvā­rthaślo­ka­vā­rti­kālaṃ­kā­re pa­ñca­mo '­dhyā­yaḥ sa­mā­ptaḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 442,1a­tha ṣa­ṣṭho '­dhyā­yaḥ |­| 6 |­| TA-ML 6.1 kā­rya­vā­ṅ ma­naḥ­ka­rma yo­gaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 442,03na­nv a­jī­va­pa­dā­rtha­vyā­khyā­nā­naṃ­ta­ra­m ā­sra­ve va­kta­vye kiṃ ci­kī­rṣuḥ sū­tra­kā­raḥ prā­g e­va yo­gaṃ bra­vī­tī­ty ā­re­kā- TAŚVA-ML 442,04yā­m i­da­m u­pa­di­śya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 6.1.1a­thā­sra­vaṃ vi­ni­rde­ṣṭu­kā­maḥ prā­gā­tma­no ṃ­ja­sā | kā­ya­vā­ṅma­na­sāṃ ka­rma yo­go stī­ty ā­ha ka­rma­ṇā­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 442,06ā­tma­naḥ ka­rma­ṇāṃ jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m ā­sra­vaṃ vi­ni­rde­ṣṭu­kā­mo ṃ­ja­sā prā­g e­va kā­ya­vā­ṅma­na­sāṃ ka­rma­yo­go stī­ty ā- TAŚVA-ML 442,07he­daṃ sū­traṃ | ta­tra yo­jya­te a­ne­nā­tmā ka­rma­bhi­r i­ti yo­go baṃ­dha­he­tu­r na pu­naḥ sa­mā­dhiḥ yu­je­r yo­gā­rtha­sya ṇyaṃ­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 442,08pra­yo­gā­t | pre­ra­vau­pyaḥ prā­ye­ṇe­ti ya­sya vi­dhā­nā­t | sa ca kā­ya­vā­ṅma­naḥ ka­rma­, te­nai­vā­tma­ni jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­di­ka- TAŚVA-ML 442,09rma­bhi­r baṃ­dha­sya ka­ra­ṇā­t ta­sya baṃ­dha­he­tu­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | pra­dhā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­mo yo­ga i­ty a­yu­ktaṃ­, ta­syā­tma­baṃ­dha­he­tu­tvā­yo­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 442,10pra­dhā­na­syai­va baṃ­dha­he­tu­r a­sā­v i­ti cā­yu­ktaṃ­, baṃ­dha­syo­bha­ya­stha­tva­si­ddheḥ | ta­rhi jī­vā­jī­va­pa­ri­ṇā­mo baṃ­dha i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 442,11sa­tyaṃ­; jī­va­ka­rma­ṇo­r baṃ­dha­sya ta­du­bha­ya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­he­tu­ka­tva­va­ca­nā­t | kā­yā­di­kri­yā­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­ga­pa­ri­ṇā­mo jī­va­syā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 442,12pa­pa­nno ni­ṣkri­ya­tvā­d i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ |­| TAŚV-ML 6.1.2kā­yā­di­va­rga­ṇā­laṃ­ba­pra­de­śa­spaṃ­da­naṃ hi ya­t | yu­ktaṃ kā­yā­di­ka­rmā­sya sa­kri­ya­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 442,14jī­va­sya sa­kri­ya­tva­sā­dha­nā­d u­pa­pa­nna­m e­va hi kā­yā­di ka­rme­ṣya­te | kā­ya­va­rga­ṇā­laṃ­bi­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­spaṃ­da­na­syā­tma­ni TAŚVA-ML 442,15kā­ya­ka­rma­tvā­d vā­gva­rga­ṇā­laṃ­bi­na­s ta­sya vā­kka­rma­tvā­t­, ma­no­va­rga­ṇā­pu­dga­lā­laṃ­bi­no ma­naḥ­ka­rma­tvā­t | na ca ta­syā­yo­ga- TAŚVA-ML 442,16ke­va­li­ni si­ddhe­ṣu ca pra­sa­kti­s te­ṣāṃ pra­de­śa­pa­ri­spaṃ­da­nā­bhā­vā­t | ta­thā hi­–­a­yo­ga­ke­va­li­no na pra­de­śa­spaṃ­daḥ TAŚVA-ML 442,17sa­mu­cchi­nna­kri­yā­pra­ti­pā­ti­dhyā­nā­śra­ya­tvā­t | ya­sya tu pra­de­śa­spaṃ­daḥ syā­t sa ta­thā pra­si­ddho ya­thā sa­yo­ga i­ti TAŚVA-ML 442,18yu­ktiḥ | si­ddhā­nā­m a­ta e­va pra­de­śa­spaṃ­dā­bhā­va­s te­ṣā­m a­yo­ga­vya­pa­de­śaḥ sa­mu­cchi­nna­kri­yā­pra­ti­pā­ti­dhyā­nā­śra­ya­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 442,19si­ddhe­r a­vya­pa­de­śya­cā­ri­tra­ma­ya­tvā­t kā­yā­di­va­rga­ṇā­bhā­vā­c ca si­ddhā­nāṃ na yo­goḥ yu­jya­te | ta­to vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 442,20kṣa­yo­pa­śa­me kṣa­ye vā sa­ti kā­yā­di­va­rga­ṇā­la­bdhi­to jī­va­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­spaṃ­do yo­ga­s tri­vi­dhaḥ pra­tye­ta­vyaḥ | TA-ML 6.2 sa ā­sra­vaḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 442,22sa ā­sra­va i­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t ke­va­li­sa­mu­ddhā­ta­kā­le daṃ­ḍa­ka­pā­ṭa­pra­ta­ra­lo­ka­pū­ra­ṇa­kā­ya­yo­ga­syā­saṃ­baṃ­dha­vya­va­cche­daḥ | TAŚVA-ML 442,23kā­yā­di­va­rga­ṇā­laṃ­ba­na­syai­va yo­ga­syā­sra­va­tva­va­ca­nā­t | ta­tspaṃ­da­nā­laṃ­ba­na­tvā­t | ka­tha­m e­vaṃ ca ke­va­li­naḥ sa­mu­ddhā­ta- TAŚVA-ML 442,24kā­le­bhyo baṃ­dhaḥ syā­d i­ti ce­t­, kā­ya­va­rga­ṇā­ni­mi­ttā­tma­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­spaṃ­da­sya ta­nni­mi­tta­sya bhā­vā­t sa i­ti pra­tye­yaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 442,25kā­ya­vā­ṅma­naḥ­ka­rmā­sra­va i­ty e­ka­m e­va sū­tra­m a­stu la­ghu­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, yo­ga ā­sra­va i­ti si­ddhāṃ­to­pa­de­śa­pra­tya­yā- TAŚVA-ML 442,26pā­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­rhi yo­ga ā­sra­va i­ty a­stu ni­ra­va­dya­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ke­va­li­sa­mu­dghā­ta­syā­py ā­sra­va­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t TAŚVA-ML 442,27ta­sya lo­ka­yo­ga­tve­na pra­si­ddheḥ saṃ­de­hā­c ca | kā­ya­vā­ṅma­naḥ­ka­rma yo­ga ā­sra­va i­ty a­pi na śre­yaḥ­, saṃ­de­ha­pra­sa­kteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 442,28kā­ya­vā­ṅma­naḥ ka­rma yo­ga i­ty a­pi saṃ­ke­taṃ­, na cai­vaṃ ta­d yu­ktaṃ ta­sya yo­ga­la­kṣa­ṇa­tve­na ni­rde­śā­t | saṃ­baṃ­dha­syā­tma­ni TAŚVA-ML 442,29niḥ­kri­ye pi bhā­vā­t sa e­vā­sra­vo yu­kta i­ti ce­n na­, ā­tma­no ni­ṣkri­ya­tva­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t ta­tra ta­tka­rma­ṇa e­va TAŚVA-ML 443,01bhā­vā­t | ta­to yo­ga­vi­bhā­ga e­va śre­yā­n niḥ­saṃ­de­hā­rtha­tvā­t ta­da­nya­syā­pi yo­ga­syā­sti­tva­saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tte­ś ca |­| TAŚVA-ML 443,02ku­taḥ pu­na­r ya­tho­kta­la­kṣa­ṇo yo­ga e­vā­sra­vaḥ sū­tri­to na tu mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­da­yo pī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 6.2.1sa ā­sra­va i­ha pro­ktaḥ ka­rmā­ga­ma­na­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | puṃ­so trā­nu­pra­ve­śe­na mi­thyā­tvā­de­r a­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 443,04mi­thyā­da­rśa­naṃ hi jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­di­ka­rma­ṇā­m ā­ga­ma­na­kā­ra­ṇaṃ mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r e­va na pu­naḥ sā­sā­da­na­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭyā­dī­nāṃ | TAŚVA-ML 443,05a­vi­ra­ti­r a­py a­saṃ­ya­ta­syai­va kā­rtsnye­nai­ka­de­śe­na vā na pu­naḥ saṃ­ya­ta­sya­, pra­mā­do pi pra­ma­tta­pa­ryaṃ­ta­syai­va nā­pra­ma­ttā­deḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 443,06ka­ṣā­ya­ś ca sa­ka­ṣā­ya­syai­va na śe­ṣa­syo­pa­śāṃ­ta­ka­ṣā­yā­deḥ­, yo­gaḥ pu­na­r a­śe­ṣa­taḥ sa­yo­ga­ke­va­lyaṃ­ta­sya ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 443,07sa e­vā­sra­vaḥ pro­kto tra śā­stre saṃ­kṣe­pā­d a­śe­ṣā­sra­va­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­tvā­n mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­de­r a­trai­va yo­ge nu­pra­ve­śā­t ta­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 443,08mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­dya­nu­raṃ­ji­ta­sya ke­va­la­sya ca ka­rmā­ga­ma­na­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 443,09kī­dṛ­śaḥ sa yo­gaḥ pu­ṇya­syā­sra­vaḥ kī­dṛ­śa­ś ca pā­pa­sye­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 6.3 śu­bhaḥ pu­ṇya­syā­śu­bhaḥ pā­pa­sya |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 443,11sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­dya­nu­raṃ­ji­to yo­gaḥ śu­bho vi­śu­ddhyaṃ­ga­tvā­t­, mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­dya­nu­raṃ­ji­to '­śu­bhaḥ saṃ­kle­śāṃ­ga­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 443,12sa pu­ṇya­sya pā­pa­sya ca va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sya ka­rma­ṇa ā­sra­vo ve­di­ta­vyaḥ | e­te­na sva­smi­n duḥ­khaṃ pa­ra­tra su­khaṃ ja­na- TAŚVA-ML 443,13ya­n ca pu­ṇya­sya­, sva­smi­n su­khaṃ pa­ra­smi­n duḥ­khaṃ ca ku­rva­n pā­pa­syā­sra­va i­ty e­kāṃ­to ni­ra­staḥ | vi­śu­ddhi­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 443,14kle­śā­tma­ka­syai­va sva­pa­ra­stha­sya su­khā­su­kha­sya pu­ṇya­pā­pā­sra­va­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­d u­ktaṃ­–­"­vi­śu­ddhi­saṃ­kle­śā­ptaṃ TAŚVA-ML 443,15ce­t sva­pa­ra­sthaṃ su­khā­su­khaṃ | pu­ṇya­pā­pā­sra­vo yu­kto na ce­d vya­rtha­s ta­vā­rha­taḥ |­| " i­ti | ta­d e­vaṃ­ —TAŚV-ML 6.3.1śu­bhaḥ pu­ṇya­sya vi­jñe­yo '­śu­bhaḥ pā­pa­sya sū­tri­taḥ | saṃ­kṣe­pā­d dvi­pra­kā­ro pi pra­tye­kaṃ sa dvi­dhā­sra­vaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 443,17kā­yā­di­yo­ga­s tri­vi­dhaḥ śu­bhā­śu­bha­bhe­dā­t | pra­tye­kaṃ sa dvi­vi­dho pi dvi­vi­dha e­vā­sra­vo vi­jñe­yaḥ | pu­ṇya­pā- TAŚVA-ML 443,18pa­ka­rma­ṇoḥ sā­mā­nyā­d ā­śrū­ya­mā­ṇa­yo­r dvi­vi­dha­tve­na sū­tri­ta­tvā­t | ku­taḥ pu­naḥ śu­bhaḥ pu­ṇya­syā­śu­bhaḥ pā­pa­syā­sra­vo TAŚVA-ML 443,19jī­va­sye­ti ni­ścī­ya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 6.3.2śu­bhā­śu­bha­pha­lā­nāṃ tu pu­dga­lā­nāṃ sa­mā­ga­maḥ | vi­śu­ddhe­ta­ra­kā­yā­di­he­tu­s ta­ttvā­t sva­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 443,21jī­va­sya śu­bha­pha­la­pu­dga­lā­nā­m ā­sra­vo vi­śu­ddha­kā­yā­dhya­va­sā­nā­dyaṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­ba­hi­raṃ­ga­kṛ­taḥ śu­bha­pha­la­pu­dga­lā­sra­va­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 443,22t sva­yaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­śu­bha­pha­la­pa­thyā­hā­rā­di­sa­mā­ga­ma­va­t | ta­thai­vā­śu­bha­pha­la­pu­dga­la­sa­mā­ga­mo jī­va­syā­vi­śu­ddha­kā­ra­ṇa­kṛ­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 443,23a­śu­bha­pha­la­pu­dga­la­sa­mā­ga­ma­tvā­t sva­yaṃ dṛ­ṣṭā­śu­bha­pha­lā­pa­thyā­hā­rā­di­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­t ta­nni­śca­yaḥ | na tā­va­d a­trā­si­ddho TAŚVA-ML 443,24he­tuḥ śu­bha­sya vi­śu­ddhi­rū­pa­syā­śu­bha­sya ca saṃ­kle­śā­tma­naḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­si­ddha­sya kā­ra­ṇā­nāṃ pu­dga­lā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 443,25sa­mā­ga­ma­sya śu­bhā­śu­bha­pha­la­sya pra­si­ddhe­s ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | na­nu cā­tma­ni śu­bhā­śu­bha­pha­la­pu­dga­la­sa­mā- TAŚVA-ML 443,26ga­ma­syā­tma­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­kṛ­ta­tvā­n na śu­bhā­śu­bha­kā­yā­di­yo­ga­kṛ­ta­tvaṃ yu­kta­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya vi­śu­ddhi­saṃ­kle­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 443,27vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | dha­rmā­dha­rmau ta­dvya­ti­ri­ktā­v e­ve­ti ce­n na­, bhā­va­dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r vi­śu­ddhi­saṃ­kle­śa­rū­pa­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 443,28dra­vya­dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ pu­dga­la­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t sa­mā­ga­ma­sya vi­śu­ddhi­saṃ­kle­śa­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­nu­gṛ­hī­ta­sya kā­yā­di­yo­ga­kṛ­ta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 443,29sva­pra­si­ddha­śu­bhā­śu­bha­pha­la­pa­thyā­pa­thyā­hā­rā­di­pu­dga­la­sa­mā­ga­ma­sya ta­tkṛ­ta­tva­ni­śca­yā­t ta­da­bhā­ve sa­rva­thā ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚV-ML 6.3.3dvai­vi­dhyā­t ta­tpha­laṃ cai­va­m ā­sra­vo dvi­vi­dhaḥ smṛ­taḥ | kā­yā­di­r a­khi­lo yo­gaḥ so '­saṃ­khye­yo vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.3.4jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­yoḥ ka­rma­ṇo­r i­ha | kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­to '­naṃ­ta­bhe­da­yoḥ spa­rddha­kā­tma­noḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.3.5prā­du­rbhā­vā­d a­naṃ­taḥ syā­d yo­go '­naṃ­ta­ni­mi­tta­kaḥ | a­naṃ­ta­ka­rma­he­tu­tvā­d a­naṃ­tā­tmā­sra­va­tva­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.3.6a­saṃ­khye­yo tha saṃ­khyā­tā­dhya­va­sā­yā­tma­ko '­ṅgi­nāṃ | saṃ­khyā­ta­ś ca ya­thā­yo­gaṃ saṃ­kṣe­pā­d dvi­vi­dho '­py a­yaṃ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 444,01svā­mi­dvai­vi­dhyā­c ca dvi­vi­dho yo­ga i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 6.4 sa­ka­ṣā­yā­ka­ṣā­ya­yoḥ sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­ke­ryā­pa­tha­yoḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 444,03ya­thā­saṃ­khya­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 6.4.1sa sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­ka­sya syā­t sa­ka­ṣā­ya­sya de­hi­naḥ | ī­ryā­pa­tha­sya ca pro­kto '­ka­ṣā­ya­sye­ha sū­tra­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 444,05i­ha sū­tre sa ā­sra­vaḥ sa­ka­ṣā­ya­sya jī­va­sya sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­ka­sya ka­rma­ṇaḥ syā­t­, a­ka­ṣā­ya­sya pu­na­r ī­ryā­pa­tha­sye- TAŚVA-ML 444,06ty ā­sra­va­syo­bha­ya­svā­mi­ka­tvā­t dva­yoḥ pra­si­ddhiḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 6.4.2ka­ṣa­ṇā­d ā­tma­nāṃ ghā­tā­t ka­ṣā­yaḥ ku­ga­ti­pra­daḥ | kro­dhā­diḥ sa­ha te­nā­tmā sa­ka­ṣā­yaḥ pra­va­rta­nā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.4.3ka­ṣā­ya­ra­hi­ta­s tu syā­d a­ka­ṣā­yaḥ pra­śāṃ­ti­taḥ | ka­ṣā­ya­sya kṣa­yā­d ve­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m ā­ga­mā­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.4.4sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ pa­rā­bhū­tiḥ saṃ­pa­rā­yaḥ pa­rā­bha­vaḥ | jī­va­sya ka­rma­bhiḥ pro­kta­s ta­da­rthaṃ sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­kaṃ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.4.5ka­rma mi­thyā­dṛ­gā­dī­nā­m ā­rdra­ca­rma­ṇi re­ṇu­va­t | ka­ṣā­ya­pi­cchi­le jī­ve sthi­ti­m ā­pnu­va­d u­cya­te |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.4.6ī­ryā yo­ga­ga­tiḥ sai­vaṃ ya­thā ya­sya ta­d u­cya­te | ka­rme­ryā­pa­tha­m a­syā­stu śu­ṣka­ku­ṭye­śma­va­c ci­raṃ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.4.7yo­ga­mā­tra­ni­mi­ttaṃ tu puṃ­syā­sra­va­d a­pi sthi­tiḥ | na pra­yā­ty a­nu­bhā­gaṃ vā ka­ṣā­yā­n sa­ttva­taḥ sa­dā |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 444,13ka­ṣā­ya­pa­ra­taṃ­tra­syā­tma­naḥ sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­kā­sra­va­s ta­da­pa­ra­taṃ­tra­sye­ryā­pa­thā­sra­va i­ti sū­ktaṃ | ka­thaṃ pu­na­r ā­tma­naḥ ka­sya­ci- TAŚVA-ML 444,14t pā­ra­taṃ­trya­m a­pa­ra­syā­pā­ra­taṃ­tryaṃ vā­tma­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe py u­pa­pa­dya­te i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 6.4.8ka­ṣā­ya­he­tu­kaṃ puṃ­saḥ pā­ra­taṃ­tryaṃ sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ | sa­ttvāṃ­ta­rā­na­pe­kṣī­ha pa­dma­m a­dhya­ga­bhṛṃ­ga­va­t |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.4.9ka­ṣā­ya­vi­ni­vṛ­ttau tu pā­ra­taṃ­tryaṃ ni­va­rtya­te | ya­the­ha ka­sya­ci­c chāṃ­ta­ka­ṣā­yā­va­sthi­ti­kṣa­ṇe |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 444,17saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo jī­va­sya pā­ra­taṃ­tryaṃ ci­dā­pa­nnaṃ ka­ṣā­ya­he­tu­kaṃ sa­ttvāṃ­ta­rā­na­pe­kṣi­tve sa­ti pā­ra­taṃ­trya­śa­bda­vā­cya­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 444,18pa­dma­m a­dhya­ga­bhra­ma­ra­sya ta­tpā­ra­taṃ­trya­va­t | niḥ­ka­ṣā­ya­sya ya­te­rda­syu­kṛ­te­na ra­kṣā­di­pa­ra­taṃ­tra­tve­na vya­bhi­cā­ra i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 444,19ta­sya sa­ttvāṃ­ta­rā­na­pe­kṣi­tve­na vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | vī­ta­rā­ga­syā­ghā­ti­ka­rma­pā­ra­taṃ­trye­ṇā­ne­kāṃ­ta i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya pū­rva­ka- TAŚVA-ML 444,20ṣā­ya­kṛ­ta­tvā­t | ma­he­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣā­pe­kṣi­tvā­t saṃ­sā­ri­jī­va­pā­ra­taṃ­trya­sya sa­ttvāṃ­ta­rā­na­pe­kṣi­tva­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­n na­, ma­he- TAŚVA-ML 444,21śva­rā­pe­kṣi­tva­sya saṃ­sā­ri­ṇā­m a­pā­kṛ­ta­tvā­t | ni­tya­śu­ddha­sva­bhā­va­tvā­j jī­va­sya ka­rma­pā­ra­taṃ­trya­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 444,22saṃ­sā­rā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pra­kṛ­teḥ saṃ­sā­ra i­ti ce­n na­, pu­ru­ṣa­ka­lpa­nā­vai­ya­rthya­pra­saṃ­gā­t ta­syā e­va mo­kṣa­syā­pi gha­ṭa- TAŚVA-ML 444,23nā­t | na ca pra­kṛ­ti­r e­va saṃ­sā­ra­mo­kṣa­bhā­ga­ce­ta­na­tvā­d gha­ṭa­va­t | ce­ta­na­saṃ­sa­rga­vi­ve­kā­bhyāṃ sā ta­dbhā­g e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 444,24ce­t­, ta­rhi ya­thā pra­kṛ­te­ś ce­ta­na­saṃ­sa­rgā­t pā­ra­taṃ­trya­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ saṃ­sā­ra­s ta­thā ce­ta­na­syā­pi pra­kṛ­ti­saṃ­sa­rgā­t ta­tpā­ra­taṃ­tryaṃ TAŚVA-ML 444,25si­ddhaṃ­, saṃ­sa­rga­sya dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ pra­kṛ­ti­pā­ra­taṃ­trye­ṇa vya­bhi­cā­ra­s ta­sya ka­ṣā­ya­he­tu­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­d i­ti na TAŚVA-ML 444,26maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, kā­pi­lā­nāṃ ka­ṣā­ya­sya kro­dhā­deḥ pra­kṛ­ti­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ta­ye­ṣṭa­tvā­t | ta­tpā­ra­taṃ­trya­sya ka­ṣā­ya­he­tu­ka­tva­si­ddheḥ | TAŚVA-ML 444,27syā­dvā­di­nāṃ tu ka­ṣā­ya­sya jī­va­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tve pi ka­rma­la­kṣa­ṇa­pra­kṛ­teḥ pā­ra­taṃ­trya­sya ta­tpra­kṛ­ta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ ka­thaṃ te­na TAŚVA-ML 444,28vya­bhi­cā­raḥ ? ka­ṣā­ya­pa­ri­ṇā­mo hi jī­va­sya ka­rma­ṇāṃ baṃ­dha­m ā­da­dhā­no ya­thā ta­tpā­ra­taṃ­tryaṃ ku­ru­te ta­thā ka­rma­ṇo pi TAŚVA-ML 444,29jī­va­na­pa­ra­taṃ­tra­tva­m i­ti ca vya­bhi­cā­ra­sā­dha­naṃ ka­ṣā­ya­he­tu­ka­tva­ni­vṛ­ttau ni­va­rta­mā­na­tvā­d a­nya­thā mu­ktā­tma­no pi pā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 444,30taṃ­trya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | jī­va­nmu­kta­syā­pi hi śāṃ­ta­ka­ṣā­yā­va­sthā­kā­le pā­ra­taṃ­trya­ni­vṛ­tti­r u­pa­la­bhya­te | "­jī­va­nn e­va hi TAŚVA-ML 444,31vi­dvā­n saṃ­gā­śā­bhyāṃ vi­mu­cya­te­" i­ti pra­si­ddheḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vi­ka­la­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ca na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, pa­dma­m a- TAŚVA-ML 444,32dhya­ga­ta­sya bhṛṃ­ga­sya ta­dgaṃ­dha­lo­bha­ka­ṣā­ya­he­tu­ka­tve­na ta­tsaṃ­ko­ca­kā­le pā­ra­taṃ­tryāṃ­ta­rā­na­pe­kṣi­ṇaḥ pra­si­ddha­tvā­t | ta­to '­na- TAŚVA-ML 444,33va­dya­m i­daṃ sā­dha­naṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 445,01ta­tra sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­kā­sra­va­sya ke bhe­dā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 6.5 iṃ­dri­ya­ka­ṣā­yā­vra­ta­kri­yāḥ paṃ­ca­ca­tuḥ­paṃ­ca­paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­ti­saṃ­khyāḥ pū­rva­sya bhe­dāḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 445,03iṃ­dri­yā­ṇi paṃ­ca­saṃ­khyā­ni ka­ṣā­yā­ś ca­tuḥ­saṃ­khyāḥ a­vra­tā­ni paṃ­ca­saṃ­khyā­ni kri­yāḥ paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­ti­saṃ­khyā i­ti TAŚVA-ML 445,04ya­thā­saṃ­khya­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.1sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­ka­m a­tro­ktaṃ pū­rvaṃ ta­syeṃ­dri­yā­da­yaḥ | bhe­dāḥ paṃ­cā­di­saṃ­khyāḥ syuḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 445,06na hi jī­va­syeṃ­dri­yā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣo si­ddhaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­sya va­ca­nā­t | kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣo­pe­kṣa­tvā­c ca TAŚVA-ML 445,07spa­rśā­di­ṣu vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu puṃ­saḥ spa­rśā­dī­ni paṃ­ca bhā­veṃ­dri­yā­ṇi ta­du­pa­kṛ­tau va­rta­mā­nā­ni dra­vyeṃ­dri­yā­ṇi paṃ­ceṃ­dri­ya- TAŚVA-ML 445,08sā­mā­nyo­pā­dā­nā­d u­kta­la­kṣa­ṇā­ni pra­tye­ta­vyā­ni | tā­ni vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­yeṃ­dri­ya­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­n nā­ma­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣo- TAŚVA-ML 445,09da­yā­c co­pa­jā­ya­mā­nā­ni kā­ye­bhyo mo­ha­nī­ya­vi­śe­ṣo­da­yā­d u­tpa­dya­mā­ne­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­dyaṃ­te ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­c ca | TAŚVA-ML 445,10ka­ṣā­yāḥ pu­na­r a­ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­yā va­kṣya­mā­ṇā­s ta­to bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇā­ni hiṃ­sā­dī­ny a­vra­tā­ni ca va­kṣyaṃ­te | kri­yā­s ta­trā- TAŚVA-ML 445,11bhi­dhī­yaṃ­te paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­tiḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.2ta­tra cai­tya­śru­tā­cā­rya­pū­jā­s ta­vā­di­la­kṣa­ṇā | sa­mya­ktva­va­rdha­nī jñe­yā vi­dbhiḥ sa­mya­ktva­sa­tkri­yā |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.3ku­cai­tyā­di­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­di­r yā mi­thyā­tva­pra­va­rdha­nī | sā mi­thyā­tva­kri­yā bo­dhyā mi­thyā­tvo­da­ya­saṃ­sṛ­tā |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.4kā­yā­di­bhiḥ pa­re­ṣāṃ ya­d ga­ma­nā­di­pra­va­rta­naṃ | sa­da­sa­tkā­rya­si­ddhya­rthaṃ sā pra­yo­ga­kri­yā ma­tā |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.5na kā­ya­vā­ṅma­no­yo­gā­n no ni­va­rta­yi­tuṃ kṣa­māḥ | pu­dga­lā­s ta­du­pā­dā­naṃ sva­he­tu­dva­ya­to nya­thā |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.6saṃ­ya­ta­sya sa­taḥ puṃ­so '­saṃ­ya­maṃ pra­ti ya­d bha­ve­t | ā­bhi­mu­khyaṃ sa­mā­dā­na­kri­yā sā vṛ­tta­ghā­ti­nī |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.7ī­ryā­pa­tha­kri­yā ta­tra pro­ktā ta­tka­rma­he­tu­kā | i­ti paṃ­ca­kri­yā­s tā­va­cchu­bhā­śu­bha­pha­lāḥ smṛ­tāḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.8kro­dhā­ve­śā­t pra­do­ṣo yaḥ sāṃ­ta­prā­do­ṣi­kī kri­yā | ta­tkā­rya­tvā­t sa­he­tu­tvā­t kro­dhā­d a­nyā hy a­nī­dṛ­śā­t |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.9pra­du­ṣṭa­syo­dya­mo haṃ­tuṃ ga­di­tā kā­yi­kī kri­yā | hiṃ­so­pa­ka­ra­ṇā­dā­naṃ ta­thā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­kri­yā |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.10duḥ­kho­tpā­da­na­taṃ­tra­tvaṃ syā­t kri­yā pā­ri­tā­pi­kī | kri­yā sā tā­va­tā bhi­nnā pra­tha­mā ta­tpha­la­tva­taḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.11.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. | ka­ṣā­yā­c ce­ti paṃ­cai­tāḥ pra­pa­tta­vyāḥ kri­yāḥ pa­rāḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.12rā­gā­rdra­sya pra­ma­tta­sya su­rū­pā­lo­ka­nā­śa­yaḥ | syā­d da­rśa­na­kri­yā spa­rśe spṛ­ṣṭa­dhīḥ spa­rśa­na­kri­yā |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.13e­te ceṃ­dri­ya­to bhi­nne pa­ri­spaṃ­dā­tmi­ke ma­te | jñā­nā­tma­naḥ ka­ṣā­yā­c ca ta­tpha­la­tvā­t ta­thā­vra­tā­t |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.14a­pū­rva­prā­ṇi­ghā­tā­rtho­pa­ka­ra­ṇa­pra­va­rta­naṃ | kri­yā prā­tya­yi­kī jñe­yā hiṃ­sā­he­tu­s ta­thā pa­rā |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.15stryā­di­saṃ­pā­ti­de­śe ṃ­ta­rma­lo­tsa­rgaḥ pra­mā­di­naḥ | śa­kta­sya yaḥ kri­ye­ṣṭe­ha sā sa­maṃ­tā­nu­pā­ti­kī |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.16a­dṛ­ṣṭe yo pra­mṛ­ṣṭe ca sthā­ne nyā­so ya­te­r a­pi | kā­yā­deḥ sā tv a­nā­bho­ga­kri­yā sai­tā­ś ca paṃ­ca tāḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.17pa­ra­ni­rva­rtya­kā­rya­sya sva­yaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­m a­tra ya­t | sā sva­ha­sta­kri­yā­va­dya­pra­dhā­nā dhī­ma­tāṃ ma­tā |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.18pā­pa­pra­vṛ­ttā­v a­nye­ṣā­m a­bhya­nu­jñā­na­m ā­tma­nā | syā­n ni­sa­rga­kri­yā­la­syā­da­kṛ­ti­r vā su­ka­rma­ṇāṃ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.19pa­rā­ca­ri­ta­sā­va­dya­pra­kā­śa­na­m i­ha sphu­ṭaṃ | vi­dā­ra­ṇa­kri­yā tv a­nyā syā­d a­nya­tra vi­śu­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.20ā­va­śya­kā­di­ṣu khyā­tā­m a­rha­dā­jñā­m u­pā­si­tuṃ | a­śa­kta­syā­nya­thā­khyā­nā­d ā­jñā­vyā­pā­di­kī kri­yā |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.21śā­ṭhyā­la­sya va­śā­d a­rha­tpro­ktā­cā­ra­vi­dhau tu yaḥ | a­nā­da­raḥ sa e­va syā­d a­nā­kāṃ­kṣa­kri­yā vi­dāṃ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.22e­tāḥ paṃ­ca kri­yāḥ pro­ktāḥ pa­rā­s ta­ttvā­rtha­ve­di­bhiḥ | ka­ṣā­ya­he­tu­kā bhi­nnāḥ ka­ṣā­ye­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.23che­d a­nā­di­kri­yā­sa­kta­ci­tta­tvaṃ sva­sya ya­d bha­ve­t | pa­re­ṇa ta­tkṛ­tau ha­rṣaḥ se­hā­raṃ­bha­kri­yā ma­tā |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.24pa­ri­gra­hā­vi­nā­śā­rthā syā­t pā­ri­gra­hi­kī kri­yā | du­rva­ktṛ­ka­va­co jñā­nā­dau sā mā­yā­di­kri­yā pa­rā |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.25mi­thyā­di­kā­ra­ṇā­vi­ṣṭa­dṛ­ṣṭī­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­tra ya­t | pra­śaṃ­sā­di­bhi­r u­ktā­nyā sā mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­kri­yā |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.5.26vṛ­tta­mo­ho­da­yā­t puṃ­sā­m a­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ ku­ka­rma­ṇaḥ | a­pra­tyā­khyā kri­ye­ty e­tāḥ paṃ­ca paṃ­ca kri­yāḥ smṛ­tāḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 446,03na­nu ceṃ­dri­ya­ka­ṣā­yā­vra­tā­nāṃ kri­yā­sva­bhā­va­ni­vṛ­tteḥ kri­yā­va­ca­ne­nai­va ga­ta­tvā­t pra­paṃ­ca­mā­tra­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 446,04a­ne­kāṃ­tā­t | nā­ma­sthā­pa­nā­dra­vyeṃ­dri­ya­ka­ṣā­yā­vra­tā­nāṃ kri­yā­sva­bhā­va­tvā­bhā­vā­t | dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­t te­ṣāṃ kri­yā­sva- TAŚVA-ML 446,05bhā­va­tvā­t | kiṃ ca­, dra­vya­bhā­vā­sra­va­tva­bhe­dā­c ceṃ­dri­yā­dī­nāṃ kri­yā­ṇāṃ ca na kri­yāḥ ta­tpra­paṃ­ca­mā­traṃ iṃ­dri­yā­da­yo TAŚVA-ML 446,06hi śu­bhe­ta­rā­sra­va­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhi­mu­kha­tvā­d dra­vyā­sra­vāḥ kri­yā­s tu ka­rmā­dā­na­rū­pāḥ puṃ­so bhā­vā­sra­vā i­ti si­ddhāṃ­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 446,07kā­ya­vā­ṅma­naḥ­ka­rma yo­gaḥ sa ā­sra­va i­ty a­ne­na bhā­vā­sra­va­sya ka­tha­nā­t | dra­vyā­sra­va e­va yo­gaḥ ka­rmā­ga­ma­na­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 446,08vā­sra­va­sya he­tu­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ā­sra­va­tya­ne­ne­ty ā­sra­va i­ti ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­na­tā­yāṃ yo­ga­sya bhā­vā­sra­va­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 446,09e­va­m iṃ­dri­yā­dī­nā­m a­pi bhā­vā­sra­va­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣāṃ kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇa­tve­na dra­vyā­sra­va­tve­na vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 446,10ā­sra­va­ṇa­m ā­sra­va i­ti bhā­va­sā­dha­na­tā­yāṃ kri­yā­ṇāṃ bhā­vā­sra­va­tva­gha­ṭa­nā­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­c ceṃ­dri­yā­di­bhyaḥ kri­yā­ṇāṃ TAŚVA-ML 446,11pṛ­tha­gva­ca­naṃ yu­ktaṃ iṃ­dri­yā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­mā he­ta­vaḥ kri­yā­ṇāṃ te­ṣu sa­tsu bhā­vā­d a­sa­tsv a­bhā­vā­d i­ti ni­ga­di­ta­m a­nya­tra | TAŚVA-ML 446,12iṃ­dri­ya­gra­ha­ṇa­m e­vā­stv i­ti ce­n na­, ta­da­bhā­ve py a­pra­ma­ttā­dī­nā­m ā­sra­va­sa­dbhā­vā­t | e­ka­dvi­tri­ca­tu­riṃ­dri­yā­saṃ­jñi­paṃ­ceṃ­dri­ye­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 446,13ya­thā­saṃ­bha­vaṃ ca­kṣu­rā­dīṃ­dri­ya­ma­no­vi­cā­rā­bhā­ve pi kro­dhā­di­hiṃ­sā­di­pū­rva­ka­ka­rmā­dā­na­śra­va­ṇā­t | ka­ṣā­yā­ṇāṃ sāṃ­pa­rā- TAŚVA-ML 446,14yi­ka­bhā­ve pa­ryā­pta­tvā­d a­nyā­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, sa­nmā­tre pi ka­ṣā­ye bha­ga­va­tpra­śāṃ­ta­sya ka­ṣā­ya­sya ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t | na TAŚVA-ML 446,15ca ta­syeṃ­dri­ya­ka­ṣā­yā­vra­ta­kri­yā­sra­vāḥ saṃ­ti­, yo­gā­sra­va­syai­va ta­tra bhā­vā­t | ca­kṣu­rā­di­r ū­pā­dya­gra­ha­ṇaṃ vī­ta­rā­ga­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 446,16a­vra­ta­va­ca­na­m e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ta­tpra­vṛ­tti­ni­mi­tta­ni­rde­śā­rtha­tvā­d iṃ­dri­ya­ka­ṣā­ya­kri­yā­va­ca­na­sya | ta­d e­va­m iṃ­dri­yā­da­ya TAŚVA-ML 446,17e­kā­n na ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­tsaṃ­khyāḥ sāṃ­pa­rā­ya­ka­sya bhe­dā yu­ktā e­va va­ktuṃ saṃ­gra­hā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 446,18ku­taḥ pu­naḥ pra­tyā­tma­saṃ­bha­va­tā­m e­te­ṣā­m ā­sra­vā­ṇāṃ vi­śe­ṣa i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 6.6 tī­vra­maṃ­da­jñā­tā­jñā­ta­bhā­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­vī­rya­vi­śe­ṣe­bhya­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣaḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 446,20a­ti­pra­vṛ­ddha­kro­dhā­di­va­śā­t tī­vraḥ sthū­la­tvā­d u­dri­ktaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ­, ta­dvi­pa­rī­to maṃ­daḥ­, jñā­na­mā­traṃ jñā­tvā vā TAŚVA-ML 446,21pra­vṛ­tti­rjñā­ptaṃ­, ma­dā­t pra­mā­dā­d vā a­na­va­bu­ddhya pra­vṛ­tti­r a­jñā­taṃ­, a­dhi­kri­yaṃ­te smi­nn a­rthā i­ty a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ pra­yo­ja­nā­śra­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 446,22dra­vyaṃ­, dra­vya­syā­tma­sā­ma­rthyaṃ vī­ryaṃ | bhā­va­śa­bdaḥ pra­tye­ka­m a­bhi­saṃ­ba­dhya­te bhu­ji­va­t­, tī­vra­bhā­vo maṃ­da­bhā­vo jñā­ta- TAŚVA-ML 446,23bhā­vo a­jñā­ta­bhā­va i­ti | yu­ga­pa­da­saṃ­bha­vā­d bhā­va­śa­bda­syā­yu­ktaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, bu­ddhi­vi­śe­ṣa­vyā­pā­rā­t ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 446,24ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | na hi sa­tpra­tya­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­liṃ­gā­bhā­vā­d e­ko bhā­vaḥ sa­ttā­la­kṣa­ṇa e­ve­ti yu­ktaṃ­, bhā­va­dvai­vi- TAŚVA-ML 446,25dhyā­t | dvi­vi­dho hi syā­dvā­di­nāṃ bhā­vaḥ pa­ri­spaṃ­da­rū­po '­pa­ri­spaṃ­da­rū­pa­ś ca | ta­trā­pa­ri­spaṃ­da­rū­po ṃ­ta­rdra­vyā­ṇā­m a­sti- TAŚVA-ML 446,26tva­mā­tra­m a­nā­di­ni­dha­naṃ ta­d e­kaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d i­ti mā bhū­d vi­śe­ṣa­kaṃ­, pa­ri­spaṃ­da­rū­pa­s tu vya­yo­da­yā­tma­ka­s tī­vrā­dī­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 446,27vi­śe­ṣa­kaḥ kā­yā­di­vyā­pā­ra­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ sa­kṛ­d u­pa­pa­dya­te­, kā­yā­di­sa­ttva­sya ca ta­syā­bhi­ma­ta­tvā­t | kā­ya­vā­ṅma­naḥ­ka- TAŚVA-ML 446,28rma­yo­gā­dhi­kā­rā­t ka­thaṃ ta­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ka­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, bau­ddhā­vyā­pā­rā­t bhe­de­nā­yo­ddhā­ra­si­ddheḥ | ā­tma­no vya­ti- TAŚVA-ML 446,29re­kā­d vā tī­vrā­dī­nāṃ bhā­va­tva­si­ddheḥ | kiṃ ca­, bhā­va­sya bhū­ya­stvā­t a­saṃ­khye­ya­lo­ka­pa­ri­mā­ṇo hi jī­va­syai- TAŚVA-ML 446,30kai­ka­smi­nn a­pi ka­ṣā­yā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­mo bhā­vaḥ śrū­ya­te | ta­to yu­ktaṃ bhā­va­sya yu­ga­pa­ttī­vrā­dī­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ka­tvaṃ | e­ka- TAŚVA-ML 446,31tve pi vā bhā­va­sya pa­re­ṣṭyā bu­ddhyā­ne­ka­tva­ka­lpa­nā­n na co­dya­m e­ta­t | vī­rya­sya ca pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­n na pṛ­tha­ggra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 446,32ce­n na­, ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­va­to vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇā­di­ṣv ā­sra­va­bhe­da­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­t pṛ­tha­ktvaṃ ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­sya | vī­rya­va­to hy ā­tma­na­s tī­vra­tī- TAŚVA-ML 446,33vra­ta­rā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣo jā­ya­ta i­ti prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇā­di­ṣv ā­sra­va­pha­la­bhe­do jñā­ya­te | ta­thā ca tī­vrā­di­gra­ha- TAŚVA-ML 446,34ṇa­si­ddhiḥ | i­ta­ra­thā hi jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­sva­rū­pa­tvā­d vī­rya­va­ttī­vrā­dī­nā­m a­pi pṛ­tha­ggra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ syā­t ta­nni­mi­tta- TAŚVA-ML 447,01tvā­c cha­rī­rā­dyā­naṃ­tya­si­ddhiḥ | ka­thaṃ ? a­nu­bhā­ga­vi­ka­lpā­d ā­sra­va­syā­naṃ­ta­tvā­t ta­tkā­rya­śa­rī­rā­dī­nā­m a­naṃ­ta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ku­taḥ | TAŚVA-ML 447,02pu­naḥ sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­kā­sra­vā­ṇāṃ vi­śe­ṣaḥ kiṃ­he­tu­ke­bhya­ś ca pra­paṃ­cya­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.6.1tī­vra­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­bhya­s te­ṣāṃ pra­tye­ka­m ī­ri­taḥ | baṃ­dhaḥ ka­ṣā­ya­he­tu­bhyo vi­śe­ṣo vyā­sa­taḥ pu­naḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.6.2na yu­ktaḥ sū­tri­ta­ś ci­traḥ ka­rma­baṃ­dhā­nu­rū­pa­taḥ | ta­c ca ka­rma nṛ­ṇāṃ ta­smā­d i­ti he­tu­pha­la­sthi­tiḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 447,05jī­va­sya bhā­vā­sra­vo hi sva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma e­veṃ­dri­ya­ka­ṣā­yā­di­s tī­vra­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­t | pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ pu­naḥ ka­ṣā­ya­vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 447,06ṣa­kā­ra­ṇā­d vi­śi­ṣṭo jñā­taḥ | sa ca ka­rma­baṃ­dhā­nu­sā­ra­to ne­ka­pra­kā­ro yu­ktaḥ sū­tri­taḥ | ka­rma pu­na­r nṛ­ṇā­m a­ne­ka­pra­kā­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 447,07ka­ṣā­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­d bhā­va­ka­rma­ṇa i­ti he­tu­pha­la­vya­va­sthā | pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­yā­n na ta­dvya­va­sthe­ti ce­n na­, bī­jāṃ­ku­ra­va­da­nā­di- TAŚVA-ML 447,08tvā­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­sya ta­tra sa­rve­ṣāṃ saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tte­ś ca |­| TAŚVA-ML 447,09kiṃ pu­na­r a­trā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 6.7 a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ jī­vā­jī­vāḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 447,11dvi­va­ca­na­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, pa­ryā­yā­pe­kṣa­yā ba­hu­tva­ni­rde­śā­t | na hi jī­va­dra­vya­sā­mā­nya­m a­jī­va­dra­vya­sā­mā­nyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 447,12vā hiṃ­sā­dyu­pa­ka­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve­na sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­kā­sra­va­he­tu­s te­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te ke­na­ci­t pa­ryā­ye­ṇa vi­śi­ṣṭe­nai­va ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 447,13ta­thā­bhā­va­pra­tī­teḥ | sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ ta­da­bhe­dā­rpa­ṇā­ya jī­vā­jī­vā­s ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ti | sa­rva­thā ta­dbhe­de '­bhe­de ca TAŚVA-ML 447,14sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ | ta­ttve­bhi­r ni­rdhā­ra­ṇā­rthaḥ sū­tre sā­ma­rthyā­n ni­rde­śaḥ | te­ṣu tī­vra­maṃ­da­jñā­tā­jñā­ta­bhā­vā- TAŚVA-ML 447,15dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­vī­rya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu ya­d a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ta­sya jī­vā­jī­vā­tma­ka­tve­na ni­rdhā­ra­ṇā­t | ta­d e­va da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 6.7.1ta­trā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ jī­vā­jī­vā ya­sya vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­ka­bhe­dā­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­ti­sū­tri­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 447,17ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ jī­vā­jī­vā i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 447,18ta­trā­dyaṃ ku­to bhi­dya­te i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 6.8 ā­dyaṃ saṃ­raṃ­bha­sa­mā­raṃ­bhā­raṃ­bha­yo­ga­kṛ­ta­kā­ri­tā­nu­ma­ta­ka­ṣā­ya­vi­śe­ṣai- TA-ML 6.8 s tri­stri­stri­śca­tu­ś cai­ka­śaḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 447,21ā­dya­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­ka­m u­tta­ra­sū­tre pa­ra­va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­t si­ddhe­r i­ti ce­n na­, vi­śi­ṣṭā­rtha­tvā­t ta­sya | ta­da­gra­ha­ṇe hi TAŚVA-ML 447,22pra­ti­pa­tti­gau­ra­va­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | pa­ra­va­ca­na­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nu­mā­nā­t saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t pa­ra­śa­bda­sye­ṣṭa­vā­ci­no pi bhā­vā­t ta­dva­ca­nā­d ā­dya­saṃ­pra- TAŚVA-ML 447,23tya­yā­t si­ddhye­t sū­kta­m i­ha gra­ha­ṇaṃ | pra­mā­da­va­taḥ pra­pa­nnā­ve­śaḥ prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇā­di­ṣu saṃ­raṃ­bhaḥ­, kri­yā­yāḥ sā­dha­nā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 447,24sa­ma­bhyā­sī­ka­ra­ṇaṃ sa­mā­raṃ­bhaḥ­, pra­tha­ma­pra­vṛ­tti­r ā­raṃ­bha­ś cā­da­ya ā­dya­ka­rma­ṇi dyo­ta­na­tvā­t | saṃ­raṃ­bha­ṇaṃ saṃ­raṃ­bhaḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 447,25sa­mā­raṃ­bha­ṇaṃ sa­mā­raṃ­bhaḥ­, ā­raṃ­bha­ṇa­m ā­raṃ­bha i­ti bhā­va­sā­dha­nāḥ saṃ­raṃ­bhā­da­yo­, yo­ga­śa­bdo vyā­khyā­tā­rthaḥ kā­ya­vā- TAŚVA-ML 447,26ṅma­naḥ­ka­rma yo­ga i­ti | kṛ­ta­va­ca­naṃ ka­rtuḥ svā­taṃ­trya­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ­, kā­ri­tā­bhi­dhā­naṃ pa­ra­pra­yo­gā­pe­kṣaṃ­, a­nu­ma­ta- TAŚVA-ML 447,27śa­bdaḥ pra­yo­ktu­r mā­na­sa­vyā­pā­ra­pra­da­rśa­nā­rthaḥ­, kva­ci­n mau­na­vra­ti­ka­va­tta­sya va­ca­na­pra­yo­ja­ka­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­t kā­ya­vyā­pā- TAŚVA-ML 447,28re '­pra­yo­ktṛ­tvā­n mā­na­sa­vyā­pā­ra­si­ddheḥ | ka­ṣaṃ­tyā­tmā­na­m i­ti ka­ṣā­yāḥ pro­kta­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ vi­śe­ṣa­śa­bda­sya pra­tye­kaṃ pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 447,29sa­mā­pti­r bhu­ji­va­t­, te­na saṃ­raṃ­bhā­di­vi­śe­ṣai­r yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣaiḥ kṛ­tā­di­vi­śe­ṣaiḥ ka­ṣā­ya­vi­śe­ṣai­r e­ka­śaḥ pra­tha­ma­m a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 447,30bhi­dya­ta i­ti sū­trā­rtho vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | e­ta­d e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.8.1jī­vā­jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ pro­kta­m ā­dyaṃ hi bhi­dya­te | saṃ­raṃ­bhā­di­bhi­r ā­khyā­tai­r vi­śe­ṣai­s tri­bhi­r e­ka­śaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.8.2yo­gai­s ta­nna­va­dhā bhi­nnaṃ sa­pta­viṃ­śa­ti­saṃ­khya­kaṃ | kṛ­tā­di­bhiḥ pu­na­ś cai­ta­d bha­ve­d a­ṣṭo­tta­raṃ śa­taṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.8.3ka­ṣā­yai­r bhi­dya­mā­nā­tma­ca­tu­rbhi­r i­ti saṃ­gra­haḥ | ka­ṣā­ya­sthā­na­bhe­dā­nāṃ sa­rve­ṣāṃ pa­ra­mā­ga­me |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 448,02jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ saṃ­raṃ­bhā­di­bhi­s tri­bhi­r bhi­dya­mā­naṃ hiṃ­sā­sra­va­sya tā­va­t tri­vi­dhaṃ | hiṃ­sā­yāṃ saṃ­raṃ­bhaḥ sa­mā­raṃ­bhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 448,03ā­raṃ­bha­ś ce­ti | ta­d e­va yo­gai­s tri­bhiḥ pra­tye­kaṃ bhi­dya­mā­naṃ na­va­dhā­va­dhā­rya­te kā­ye­na saṃ­raṃ­bho vā­cā saṃ­raṃ­bho ma­na­sā TAŚVA-ML 448,04saṃ­raṃ­bha i­ti­, ta­thā sa­mā­raṃ­bha­s ta­thā cā­raṃ­bha i­ti | ta­d e­va na­va­bhe­daṃ kṛ­tā­di­bhi­r bhi­nnaṃ sa­pta­viṃ­śa­ti­saṃ­khyaṃ kā­ye­na TAŚVA-ML 448,05kṛ­ta­kā­ri­tā­nu­ma­tāḥ saṃ­raṃ­bha­sa­mā­raṃ­bhā­raṃ­bhāḥ­, ta­thā vā­cā ma­na­sā ce­ti | pu­na­ś cai­ta­tsa­pta­viṃ­śa­ti­bhe­daṃ ka­ṣā­yaiḥ TAŚVA-ML 448,06kro­dhā­di­bhi­ś ca­tu­rbhi­r bhi­dya­mā­nā­tma­kaṃ bha­ve­d a­ṣṭo­tta­ra­śa­taṃ – kro­dha­mā­na­mā­yā­lo­bhaiḥ kṛ­ta­kā­ri­tā­nu­ma­tāḥ kā­ya­vā­ṅma­na­sā TAŚVA-ML 448,07saṃ­raṃ­bha­sa­mā­raṃ­bhā­raṃ­bhā i­ti | ta­thai­vā­nṛ­tā­di­ṣv a­vra­te­ṣu yo­jyaṃ | e­vaṃ ka­ṣā­ya­sthā­na­bhe­dā­nāṃ sa­rve­ṣāṃ pa­ra­mā­ga­me saṃ­gra­haḥ TAŚVA-ML 448,08kṛ­to bha­va­ti | ta­d a­py a­ṣṭo­tta­ra­śa­taṃ pra­tye­ka­m a­saṃ­khye­yaiḥ ka­ṣā­ya­sthā­naiḥ pra­ti­bhi­dya­mā­na­m a­saṃ­khye­ya­m i­ti jī­vā­dhi­ka- TAŚVA-ML 448,09ra­ṇaṃ vyā­khyā­taṃ | jī­va e­va hi ta­thā pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­ka­rma­ṇā­m ā­sra­va­tāṃ ta­tkā­ra­ṇā­nāṃ ca hiṃ­sā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­mā- TAŚVA-ML 448,10nā­m a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tāṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te na pu­naḥ pu­dga­lā­di­s ta­sya ta­thā pa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­vā­t | saṃ­raṃ­bhā­dī­nāṃ vā kro­dhā­dyā­vi­ṣṭa- TAŚVA-ML 448,11pu­ru­ṣa­ka­rtṛ­kā­ṇāṃ ta­da­nu­raṃ­ja­nā­d a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo nī­la­pa­ṭā­di­va­t | na cai­ṣāṃ jī­va­vi­va­rtā­nā­m ā­sra­vā­di­bhā­ve jī­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 448,12ta­dvyā­ghā­taḥ sa­rve­ṣāṃ te­ṣāṃ ta­dbhe­dā­bhā­vā­t | na hi nī­la­gu­ṇa­sya nī­la­dra­vya­m e­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ta­trai­va nī­la­pra­tya­ya­pra­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 448,13gā­t | nī­laḥ pa­ṭa i­ti saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t tu pa­ṭa­syā­pi ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­bhā­vaḥ si­ddha­s ta­sya nī­li­dra­vyā­nu­raṃ­ja­nā­n nī­la­dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 448,14tva­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t ta­dbhā­vo­pa­pa­tteḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhe­da­si­ddheḥ | sa­rva­thā ta­dbhe­de pi pa­ṭe saṃ­yu­kta­nī­lī­sa­ma­vā­yā­n nī­la­gu­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 448,15nī­laḥ pa­ṭa i­ti pra­tya­yo gha­ṭa­ta e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ā­tmā­kā­śā­di­ṣv a­pi pra­saṃ­gā­t | tai­r nī­lī­dra­vya­saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 448,16bhā­vā­n na ta­tpra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­t­, sa ko nyo vi­śe­ṣaḥ saṃ­yo­ga­sya ta­thā pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t | ta­thā hi pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvaṃ hi TAŚVA-ML 448,17taṃ­tu­ṣu ta­tsaṃ­yu­kta­m a­tro­pa­cā­rā­t | na ca nī­laḥ pa­ṭa i­ty u­pa­ca­ri­taḥ pra­tya­yo '­skha­la­du­pa­cā­rā­c chu­klaḥ pa­ṭa i­ti TAŚVA-ML 448,18pra­tya­ya­va­t ta­dbā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­t sū­ktaṃ ya­thā nī­lyā nī­la­gu­ṇaḥ pa­ṭe nī­la i­ti ca ta­sya ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 448,19bhā­va­s ta­thā saṃ­raṃ­bhā­di­ṣv ā­sra­vo jī­ve­ṣv ā­sra­va i­ti vā­sra­va­sya te dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ jī­va­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­nāṃ jī­va­gra­ha­ṇe­na gra­ha­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 448,20d a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ jī­vā i­ty u­pa­pa­tteḥ a­nya­thā ta­tpa­ri­ṇā­ma­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti |­| TAŚVA-ML 448,21ta­taḥ pa­ra­m a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 6.9 ni­rva­rta­nā­ni­kṣe­pa­saṃ­yo­ga­ni­sa­rgā dvi­ca­tu­rdvi­tri­bhe­dāḥ pa­ra­m |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 448,23a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te | ni­rva­rta­nā­dī­nāṃ ka­rma­sā­dha­naṃ bhā­vo vā sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇye­na vai­ya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇye­na TAŚVA-ML 448,24vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­dā­bhe­do­pa­pa­tteḥ | dvi­ca­tu­rdvi­tri­bhe­dā i­ti dvaṃ­dva­pū­rvo nya­pa­dā­rtha­ni­rde­śaḥ | ka­ści­d ā­ha - TAŚVA-ML 448,25pa­ra­va­ca­na­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ pū­rva­trā­dya­va­ca­nā­t­, pū­rva­trā­dya­va­ca­na­m a­na­rtha­ka­m i­ha sū­tre pa­ra­va­ca­nā­t ta­yo­r e­ka­ta­ra­va­ca­nā­d dvi­tī­ya­syā- TAŚVA-ML 448,26rthā­pa­tti­si­ddheḥ pū­rva­pa­ra­yo­r a­nyo­nyā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvā­t | na ce­ya­m a­rthā­pa­tti­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­kī kva­ci­d vya­bhi­cā­ra­co­da­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 448,27sa­rva­tra vya­bhi­cā­ra­co­da­nā­yāḥ pra­yā­sa­mā­tra­tvā­t pa­ra­spa­rā­pe­kṣa­yo­r a­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | pū­rva­pa­ra­yo­r aṃ­ta­rā­le ma­dhya­ma­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 448,28saṃ­bha­vā­n nā­vi­nā­bhā­va i­ty a­py a­yu­ktaṃ­, ma­dhya­ma­sya pū­rva­pa­ro­bha­yā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t pū­rva­mā­trā­pe­kṣa­yā ta­sya pa­ra­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ pa­ra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 448,29trā­pe­kṣa­yā pū­rva­tva­gha­ṭa­nā­d a­vya­va­hi­ta­yoḥ pū­rva­pa­ra­vo­r a­vi­nā­bhā­va­si­ddhiḥ | pa­ra­śa­bda­syā­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­rtha­tvā­n nā­na­rtha­kya­m i- TAŚVA-ML 448,30ty a­pi na sā­dhī­yo ni­va­rtyā­bhā­vā­t | pa­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dha­m a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ti va­ca­naṃ hi sva­saṃ­baṃ­dha­m a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ni­va­rta­ya­ti na TAŚVA-ML 448,31ce­ha ta­d a­sti­, ta­thā va­ca­nā­bhā­vā­t | e­te­na pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­vā­ci­tvaṃ pa­ra­śa­bda­sya pra­tyu­ktaṃ ta­nni­va­rtya­syā­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­syā­va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 448,32i­ṣṭa­vā­ci­tva­m a­pi tā­dṛ­śa­m e­vā­ni­ṣṭa­sya ni­va­rtya­syā­bhā­vā­t | na ca pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­m a­sti ya­to tra pa­ra­va­ca­na­m a­na­rtha­va­t syā- TAŚVA-ML 448,33d i­ti | so py a­yu­kta­vā­dī­, pa­ra­va­ca­na­syā­nyā­rtha­tvā­t | pa­raṃ jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­d a­jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ty a­rthaḥ te­nā­dyā­j jī- TAŚVA-ML 448,34vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­d i­da­m a­pa­raṃ jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ni­va­rti­taṃ syā­t | jī­vā­jī­va­pra­ka­ra­ṇā­t ta­tsi­ddhi­r i­ti ce­t­, ta­to TAŚVA-ML 449,01nya­syā­jī­va­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | i­ṣṭa­vā­ci­tvā­d vā pa­ra­śa­bda­sya nā­na­rtha­kya­m a­ni­ṣṭa­sya ni­rva­rta­nā­d a­ni­ṣṭa­jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tva­sya TAŚVA-ML 449,02ni­va­rtya­tvā­t | e­ta­d e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.9.1ta­to dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ pro­ktaṃ pa­raṃ ni­rva­rta­nā­da­yaḥ | dvyā­di­bhe­dā­s ta­d a­sya syā­d a­jī­vā­tma­ka­m e­va hi |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 449,04ni­rva­rta­nā dvi­dhā­, mū­lo­tta­ra­bhe­dā­t | ni­kṣe­pa­ś ca­tu­rdhā­, a­pra­tya­ve­kṣa­ṇa­duḥ­pra­mā­rja­na­sa­ha­sā­nā­bho­ga­bhe­dā­t | ta TAŚVA-ML 449,05e­te ni­rva­rta­nā­da­yo dvyā­di­bhe­dāḥ­, pa­ra­mā­dya­jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­d i­ṣṭa­m a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­syā­jī­vā­tma­ka­tvā­t |­| na­nv e­vaṃ jī­vā- TAŚVA-ML 449,06jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­dvai­vi­dhyā­t dvā­v e­vā­sra­vau syā­tāṃ na pu­na­r iṃ­dri­yā­da­yo ba­hu­pra­kā­rāḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d ā­sra­vāḥ syuḥ sa­rvāṃ­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 449,07ka­ṣā­yā­na­pe­kṣā­n a­pi vā jī­vā­jī­vā­n ā­śri­tya te pra­va­rte­ra­nn i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.9.2jī­vā­jī­vā­n sa­mā­śri­tya ka­ṣā­yā­nu­gra­hā­nvi­tā­n | ā­sra­vā ba­hu­dhā bhi­nnāḥ syu­r nṛ­ṇā­m iṃ­dri­yā­da­yaḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 449,09ba­hu­vi­dha­kro­dhā­di­ka­ṣā­yā­nu­gra­hī­tā­tma­no jī­vā­jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­nāṃ ba­hu­pra­kā­ra­tvo­pa­pa­tte­s ta­dā­śri­tā­nā­m iṃ­dri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 449,10dyā­sra­vā­ṇāṃ ba­hu­pra­kā­ra­tva­si­ddhiḥ | ta­ta e­va mu­ktā­tma­no '­ka­ṣā­ya­va­to vā na ta­dā­sra­va­pra­saṃ­gaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 449,11ku­ta­s te ta­thā si­ddhā e­ve­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.9.3bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­ni­rṇī­te­s ta­thā sa­rva­tra sa­rva­dā | sa­rve­ṣāṃ sve­ṣṭa­nā­t si­ddhā­s tī­vra­tvā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭa­va­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 449,13ya­thai­va hi tī­vra­m aṃ­da­tvā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭāḥ sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­kā­sra­va­sya bhe­dāḥ su­ni­ści­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t si­ddhā- TAŚVA-ML 449,14s ta­thā jī­vā­jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇāḥ sa­rva­sya ta­ta e­ve­ṣṭa­si­ddheḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 6.9.4abe­vaṃ bhū­mā ka­rma­ṇā­m ā­sra­vo yaṃ sā­mā­nye­na khyā­pi­taḥ sāṃ­pa­rā­yī | TAŚV-ML 6.9.4cdta­tsā­ma­rthyā­d a­nya­m ī­ryā­pa­tha­sya prā­hu­rdhva­stā­śe­ṣa­do­ṣā­śra­ya­sya |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 449,17ya­tho­kta­pra­kā­re­ṇa sa­ka­ṣā­ya­syā­tma­naḥ sā­mā­nya­to syā­sra­va­sya khyā­pa­ne sā­ma­rthyā­d a­ka­ṣā­ya­sya tai­r ī­ryā­pa­thā­sra­va- TAŚVA-ML 449,18si­ddhi­r i­ti na ta­tra sū­tra­kā­rāḥ sū­tri­ta­vaṃ­taḥ­, sā­ma­rthya­si­ddha­sya sū­tre­ṇa pha­lā­bhā­vā­d a­ti­pra­sa­kte­ś ca | vi­śe­ṣaḥ TAŚVA-ML 449,19pu­na­r ī­ryā­pa­thā­sra­va­syā­ka­ṣā­ya­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣā­d bo­ddha­vyaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 449,20i­ti ṣa­ṣṭhā­dhyā­ya­sya pra­tha­ma­m ā­hni­ka­m | TA-ML 6.10 ta­tpra­do­ṣa­ni­hna­va­mā­tsa­ryāṃ­ta­rā­yā­sā­da­no­pa­ghā­tā jñā­ta­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­yoḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 449,22ā­sra­vā i­ti saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | ke pu­naḥ pra­do­ṣā­da­yo jñā­na­da­rśa­na­yo­r i­ty u­cya­te – ka­sya­ci­t ta­tkī­rta­nā­naṃ­ta­ra­m a­na­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 449,23vyā­ha­ra­to ṃ­taḥ­pai­śū­nyaṃ pra­do­ṣaḥ­, pa­rā­ti­saṃ­dhā­na­to vya­pa­lā­po ni­hna­vaḥ­, yā­va­d ya­thā­va­ddve­ṣa­sya pra­dā­naṃ mā­tsa­ryaṃ­, vi­cche- TAŚVA-ML 449,24da­ka­ra­ṇa­m aṃ­ta­rā­yaḥ­, vā­kkā­yā­bhyā­m a­nā­va­rta­na­m ā­sā­da­naṃ­, pra­śa­sta­syā­pi dū­ṣa­ṇa­m u­pa­ghā­taḥ | na cā­sā­da­na­m e­va syā­d dū­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 449,25ṇe pi vi­na­yā­dya­nu­ṣṭhā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­d i­ti jñā­na­da­rśa­na­yoḥ pra­ti­ni­rde­śa­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nya­syā­śru­teḥ | jñā­na­da­rśa­nā- TAŚVA-ML 449,26va­ra­ṇa­yo­r ā­sra­vā­s ta­tpra­do­ṣā­da­yo jñā­na­da­rśa­na­pra­do­ṣā­da­ya i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t | sa­mā­se gu­ṇī­bhū­ta­yo­r a­pi jñā­na­da­rśa­na- TAŚVA-ML 449,27yo­r ā­rthe­na nyā­ye­na pra­dhā­na­tvā­t ta­ccha­bde­na pa­rā­ma­rśo­pa­pa­ttiḥ | sā­mā­nya­taḥ sa­rva­ka­rmā­sra­va­syeṃ­dri­ya­vra­tā­di­rū­pa­sya TAŚVA-ML 449,28va­ca­nā­d i­ha bhū­yo pi ta­tka­tha­naṃ pu­na­ru­kta­m e­ve­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m i­da­m u­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 6.10.1vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa pu­na­r jñā­na­dṛ­ṣṭyā­va­ra­ṇa­yo­r ma­tāḥ | ta­tpra­do­ṣā­da­yaḥ puṃ­sā­m ā­sra­vā­s te nu­bhā­ga­gāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 449,30sā­mā­nya­to bhi­hi­tā­nā­m a­py ā­sra­vā­ṇāṃ pu­na­r a­bhi­dhā­naṃ vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ pra­tye­kaṃ jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­ṣṭā­nā­m a­py ā­sra­va- TAŚVA-ML 449,31pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m | e­te vā­sra­vāḥ sa­rve nu­bhā­ga­gāḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ ka­ṣā­yā­sra­va­tvā­t | puṃ­sā­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t pra­dhā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 449,32di­vyu­dā­saḥ | ka­thaṃ pu­na­s te ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­ka­rmā­sra­va­he­ta­va i­ty u­pa­pa­tti­m ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.10.2ya­tpra­do­ṣā­da­yo ye te ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­pu­dga­lā­t | na­ro na­yaṃ­ti bī­bha­tsu­pra­do­ṣā­dyā ya­thā ka­rā­n |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 450,02ye ya­tpra­do­ṣā­da­ya­s te ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­pu­dga­lā­nā­tma­no ḍhau­ka­yaṃ­ti ya­thā bī­bha­tsu­sva­śa­rī­ra­pra­de­śa­pra­do­ṣā­da­yaḥ ka­rā- TAŚVA-ML 450,03dī­n | jñā­na­da­rśa­na­vi­ṣa­yā­ś ca ka­sya­ci­t pra­do­ṣā­da­ya i­ty a­tra na tā­va­d a­si­ddho he­tuḥ kva­ci­t ka­dā­ci­t pra­do­ṣā­dī­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 450,04pra­tī­ti­si­ddha­tvā­t | nā­py a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko vi­pa­kṣa­vṛ­ttya­bhā­vā­t | a­śu­ddhyā­di­pū­ti­gaṃ­dhi­vi­ṣa­yaiḥ pra­do­ṣā­di­bhi­s ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 450,05nya­prā­ṇi­vi­ṣa­ya­ka­rā­dyā­va­ra­ṇā­ḍhau­ka­na­he­tu­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­rī­ti ce­n na­, ghrā­ṇa­saṃ­baṃ­dha­du­rgaṃ­dha­pu­dga­lāḥ pra­do­ṣā­di­he­tu­ka­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 450,06ta­tpi­dhā­ya­ka­ka­rā­dyā­va­ra­ṇa­ḍhau­ka­na­sya do­ṣā­dya­bhā­ve ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­saṃ­bhū­ta­bā­hyā­śu­cyā­di­gaṃ­dha­pra­do­ṣā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­dvi­ṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 450,07tva­pa­ri­jñā­nā­yo­gā­t ta­da­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­va­t | ta­ta e­va na vi­ru­ddhaṃ sa­rva­thā vi­pa­kṣā­vṛ­tte­r a­vi­ru­ddho­pa­pa­tteḥ | vi­pa­kṣe TAŚVA-ML 450,08bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t saṃ­di­gdha­vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­vṛ­tti­ko '­yaṃ he­tu­r i­ti ce­n na­, sā­dhyā­bhā­ve sā­dha­nā­bhā­va­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 450,09ya­sya ya­dvi­ṣa­yāḥ pra­do­ṣā­da­ya­s ta­sya ta­dvi­ṣa­yā­s ta­da­vi­dyai­va na pu­na­s ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­pu­dga­laḥ si­ddhye­t ta­to na ta­tpra­do­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 450,10di­bhyo jñā­na­da­rśa­na­yo­r ā­va­ra­ṇa­pu­dga­la­pra­si­ddhi­r i­ti na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­sya ka­rma­ṇaḥ pau­dga­li­ka­tva­sā­dha­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 450,11ka­thaṃ mū­rta­ka­rmā­mū­rta­sya jñā­nā­de­r ā­va­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­da­vi­dyā­dya­mū­rtaṃ ka­tha­m i­ti sa­maḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ | ya­thai­vā­mū- TAŚVA-ML 450,12rta­sya vā­ra­ka­tve jñā­nā­dī­nāṃ śa­rī­ra­m ā­vā­ra­kaṃ vi­pra­sa­jyaṃ ta­thai­vā­mū­rta­sya sa­dbhā­ve te­ṣāṃ ga­ga­na­m ā­vā­ra­ka­m ā­sa­jye­ta | TAŚVA-ML 450,13ta­da­vi­ru­ddha­tvā­n na ta­tta­dā­vā­ra­ka­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va śa­rī­ra­m a­pi ta­dvi­ru­ddha­syai­va ta­dā­vā­ra­ka­tva­si­ddheḥ | syā­n ma­taṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 450,14jñā­nā­de­r va­rta­mā­na­sya sa­to py a­vi­dyā­dyu­da­ye ti­ro­dhā­nā­t ta­d e­va ta­dvi­ru­ddhaṃ ta­dā­va­ra­ṇaṃ yu­ktaṃ na pu­naḥ pau­dga­li­kaṃ ka­rma TAŚVA-ML 450,15ta­sya ta­dvi­ru­ddha­tvā­si­ddhe­r i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t­, ta­syā­pi ta­dvi­ru­ddha­tva­pra­tī­teḥ su­rā­di­dra­vya­va­t | na­nu ma­di­rā­di­dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 450,16m a­vi­dyā­di­vi­kā­ra­sya ma­da­sya jñā­nā­di­vi­ro­dhi­no ja­na­ka­tvā­t pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā ta­dvi­ru­ddhaṃ na sā­kṣā­d i­ti ce­t­, pau­dga- TAŚVA-ML 450,17li­kaṃ ka­rma ta­thai­va ta­dvi­ru­ddha­m a­stu ta­syā­pi vi­jñā­na­vi­ru­ddhā­jñā­nā­di­he­tu­tvā­t ta­sya bhā­vā­va­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | na ca TAŚVA-ML 450,18dra­vyā­va­ra­ṇā­pā­ye bhā­vā­va­ra­ṇa­saṃ­bha­vo ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | yu­kta­syā­ta­tprā­pte­r a­pi vā­ra­ṇā­t | ta­sya sa­mya­gjñā­na­sā­tmī- TAŚVA-ML 450,19bhā­ve mi­thyā­jñā­nā­de­r a­tyaṃ­ta­m u­cche­dā­t ta­syo­da­ye ta­dā­tma­no bhā­vā­va­ra­ṇa­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t | ku­to dra­vyā­va­ra­ṇa­si­ddhi­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 450,20ce­t­, ā­tma­no mi­thyā­jñā­nā­diḥ pu­dga­la­vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­baṃ­dha­na­s ta­tsva­bhā­vā­ny a­thā­bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tvā­d u­nma­tta­kā­di­he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 450,21ko­nmā­dā­di­va­d i­ty a­nu­mā­nā­t | mi­thyā­jñā­nā­di­he­tu­kā­pa­ra­mi­thyā­jñā­na­vya­bhi­cā­rā­n ne­da­m a­nu­mā­naṃ sa­mī­cī­na­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 450,22ce­n na­, ta­syā­pi pa­rā­pa­ra­pau­dga­li­ka­ka­rmo­da­ye sa­ty e­va bhā­vā­t ta­da­bhā­ve ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | pa­rā­pa­ro­nma­tta­kā­di­ra­sa­sa- TAŚVA-ML 450,23dbhā­ve ta­tkṛ­to­nmā­dā­di­saṃ­tā­na­va­t | kā­mi­nyā­di­bhā­ve­no­dbhū­tai­r u­nmā­dā­di­bhi­r a­ne­kāṃ­ta i­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣā­m a­pi pa­raṃ- TAŚVA-ML 450,24pa­ra­yā ta­nvī­ma­no­ha­rāṃ­ga­ni­rī­kṣa­ṇā­di­ni­baṃ­dha­tvā­t ta­da­bhā­ve ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­to yu­kta­m e­va ta­d jñā­na­da­rśa­na­pra­do- TAŚVA-ML 450,25ṣā­dī­nāṃ ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­ka­rmā­sra­va­tva­va­ca­naṃ yu­kti­sa­dbhā­vā­d bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­c ca tā­dṛ­śā­nya­va­ca­na­va­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 450,26a­thā­sa­dve­dyā­sra­sū­ca­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 6.11 duḥ­kha­śo­ka­tā­pā­kraṃ­da­na­ba­dha­pa­ri­de­va­nā­nyā­tma­pa­ro­bha­ya­sthā­nya­sa­dve­dya­sya |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 450,28pī­ḍā­dya­sa­dve­dyā­sra­va­sū­ca­nā­rtha­m ā­ha | pī­ḍā­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo duḥ­khaṃ­, ta­c cā­sa­dve­dyo­da­ye sa­ti vi­ro­dhi­dra­vyā- TAŚVA-ML 450,29dyu­pa­ni­pā­tā­t | a­nu­grā­ha­ka­bāṃ­dha­vā­di­vi­cche­de mo­ha­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣo­da­yā­d a­sa­dve­dye ca vai­kla­vya­vi­śe­ṣaḥ śo­kaḥ­, sa TAŚVA-ML 450,30ca bāṃ­dha­vā­di­ga­tā­śa­ya­sya jī­va­sya ci­tta­khe­da­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ pra­si­ddha e­va | pa­ri­vā­dā­di­ni­mi­ttā­dā­vi­lāṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 450,31tī­vrā­nu­śa­ya­s tā­paḥ­, sa cā­sa­dve­dyo­da­ye kro­dhā­di­vi­śe­ṣo­da­ye ca sa­ty u­pa­pa­dya­te | pa­ri­tā­pā­ptyu­pā­tta­pra­cu­ra­vi­lā­pāṃ­ga- TAŚVA-ML 450,32vi­kā­rā­bhi­vya­ktaṃ kraṃ­da­naṃ­, ta­c cā­sa­dve­dyo­da­ye ka­ṣā­ya­vi­ṣa­yo­da­ye ca pra­jā­ya­te | ā­yu­riṃ­dri­ya­ba­la­prā­ṇa­vi­yo­ga­ka­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 450,33ba­dhaḥ­, so py a­sa­dve­dyo­da­ye ca sa­ti pra­tye­ta­vyaḥ | saṃ­kle­śa­śra­va­ṇaṃ sva­pa­rā­nu­gra­ha­ṇaṃ hā nā­tha nā­the­ty a­nu­kaṃ­pā­prā­yaṃ pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 450,34de­va­naṃ­, ta­c cā­sa­dve­dyo­da­ye mo­ho­da­ye ca sa­ti bo­ddha­vyaṃ | ta­d e­vaṃ śo­kā­dī­nā­m a­sa­dve­dyo­da­yā­pe­kṣa­tvā­d duḥ­kha­jā­tī­ya­tve pi TAŚVA-ML 451,01duḥ­khā­t pṛ­tha­gva­ca­naṃ mo­ha­vi­śe­ṣo­da­yā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­tvā­t pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d bhe­do­pa­pa­tte­ś ca nā­na­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 451,02ka­m u­tpre­kṣa­ṇī­yaṃ­, ta­thai­vā­kṣe­pa­sa­mā­dhā­na­va­ca­nā­t | vā­rti­ka­kā­rai­r duḥ­kha­jā­tī­ya­tvā­t sa­rve­ṣāṃ pṛ­tha­gva­ca­na­m i­ti na ka­ti- TAŚVA-ML 451,03pa­ya­ni­śe­ṣa­saṃ­ba­ddhe­na jā­tyā­khyā­nā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­nya­tvo­pa­pa­tte­ś ce­ti | duḥ­khā­dī­nāṃ ka­rtā­di­sā­dha­na­bhā­vaḥ pa­ryā­yi­pa- TAŚVA-ML 451,04ryā­ya­yo­r bhe­dā­bhe­do­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­yo­r a­bhe­de tā­va­dā­tmai­va duḥ­kha­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­tma­ko duḥ­kha­ya­tī­ti duḥ­khaṃ­, bhe­de tu duḥ­kha- TAŚVA-ML 451,05ya­ty a­ne­nā­smi­n vā duḥ­kha­m i­ti­, sa­nmā­tra­ka­tha­ne duḥ­kha­naṃ duḥ­kha­m i­ti | śo­kā­di­ṣv a­pi ka­rtṛ­ka­ra­ṇā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­sā- TAŚVA-ML 451,06dha­na­tvaṃ pra­tye­yaṃ­, ta­de­kāṃ­tā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­nna­m a­nya­ta­rai­kāṃ­ta­saṃ­gra­hā­t | pa­ryā­yai­kāṃ­te hi duḥ­khā­di­ci­tta­sya ka­rtṛ­tva­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 451,07gra­haḥ ka­ra­ṇā­di­tva­saṃ­gra­ho vā syā­n na pu­na­s ta­du­bha­ya­saṃ­gra­haḥ | ta­tra ka­rtṛ­tva­saṃ­gra­ha­s tā­va­d a­yu­ktaḥ ka­ra­ṇā­dya­bhā­ve TAŚVA-ML 451,08ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ma­naḥ­ka­ra­ṇaṃ saṃ­tā­no dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ty u­bha­ya­saṃ­gra­ho pi na śre­yā­n­, ka­rtṛ­kā­le sva­ya­m a­sa­taḥ pū­rva­vi­jñā- TAŚVA-ML 451,09na­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ma­na­saḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­yo­gā­t ṣa­ṇṇā­m a­naṃ­ta­rā­tī­taṃ vi­jñā­naṃ ya­d dhi ta­nma­na i­ti va­ca­nā­t | sa­ttā na TAŚVA-ML 451,10bhā­vā va­stu ta­to dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ sva­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t | ca­kṣu­rā­di­ka­ra­ṇaṃ śa­rī­ra­m a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ty a­pi na śre­ya­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 451,11syā­pi ta­tkā­le sthi­tya­bhā­vā­t | ya­di pu­na­r duḥ­khā­di ci­ttaṃ ka­rtṛ sva­kā­ryo­tpā­da­ne ta­tsa­mā­na­sa­ma­ya­va­rti ca­kṣu­rā­di TAŚVA-ML 451,12ka­ra­ṇaṃ śa­rī­ra­m a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ vya­va­hā­ra­mā­trā­t | pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s tu na kiṃ­ci­t ka­rtṛ ka­ra­ṇā­di vā bhū­ti­mā­tra­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 451,13bhā­vā­nāṃ kri­yā­kā­ra­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t | bhū­ti­r ye­ṣāṃ kri­yā sai­va kā­ra­kaṃ sai­va co­dya­te i­ti va­ca­nā­t | sa­rva­syā- TAŚVA-ML 451,14ka­rtṛ­tvā­di­vyā­vṛ­tte­r e­va ka­rtṛ­tvā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­ṇā­d i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­dā­pi na duḥ­khā­di­ci­tta­sya ka­rtu­ś ca­kṣu­rā­di­ka­ra­ṇā­dhi­ka- TAŚVA-ML 451,15ra­ṇe ta­sya ba­hi­rbhū­ta­rū­pā­di­jñā­no­tpa­ttau ka­ra­ṇa­tva­va­ca­nā­t | nā­pi ma­na­s ta­sya duḥ­khā­di­ci­tta­sa­mā­na­kā­la­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 451,16na­nu rū­pā­di­skaṃ­dha­paṃ­ca­ka­sya yu­ga­pa­dbhā­vā­d duḥ­khā­dya­nu­bha­vā­tma­ka­sya ve­da­nā­skaṃ­dha­sya pū­rva­sya ka­rtṛ­tva­m u­tta­ra­duḥ­khā­dyu­tpa­ttau TAŚVA-ML 451,17ta­syai­va vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ sa­rva­sya svā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | duḥ­khā­di­he­tu­r ba­hi­ra­rtha­vi­jña­pti­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ve­da­na­skaṃ­dha­sya co­tta- TAŚVA-ML 451,18ra­ta­tkā­ryā­t pū­rva­ka­sya ma­no­vya­pa­de­śa­m a­rha­taḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ yu­kta­m e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ni­ra­nva­ya­na­ṣṭa­sya ka­rtṛ­ka­ra­ṇa­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 451,19sva­kā­rya­kā­le ta­da­nā­śe vā kṣa­ṇa­bhaṃ­ga­vi­ghā­taḥ | ta­thai­va sva­bhā­va­sya bhā­va­sya svā­tmai­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ty a­py a­saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 451,20śa­kti­vai­ci­trye sa­ti ta­sya ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ ta­syā­dhye­ya­tva­śa­ktyā­dhe­ya­tā­vya­va­sthi­te­r a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tva­śa­ktyā pu­na­r a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 451,21tva­sthi­tiḥ | saṃ­vṛ­tyā ta­du­pa­pa­ttau pa­ra­mā­rtha­to na ka­rtā­di­si­ddhi­r i­ti na duḥ­khā­dī­nāṃ ka­rtā­di­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ | ni­tya- TAŚVA-ML 451,22tvai­kāṃ­te pi na ta­t saṃ­ga­ccha­te­, ni­ra­ti­śa­yā­tma­naḥ ka­rtṛ­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | ke­na­ci­t sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇā ta­to bhi­nna­syā­ti- TAŚVA-ML 451,23śa­ya­sya ka­ra­ṇe ta­sya pū­rva­ka­rtṛ­tvā­va­sthā­to '­pra­cyu­teḥ ka­rtṛ­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | pra­cyu­tau vā ni­tya­tva­vi­ghā­tā­t ta­da­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 451,24nna­syā­ti­śa­ya­sya ka­ra­ṇe ta­syai­va kṛ­te­r a­ni­tya­tai­va syā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­sya ni­tya­tā­yāṃ pa­ra­ma­tā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ du­rni­vā­raṃ | TAŚVA-ML 451,25e­te­na pra­dhā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya ma­ha­dā­deḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­tyu­ktaṃ­, syā­dvā­dā­nā­śra­ya­ṇe ka­sya­ci­t pa­ri­ṇā­mā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­sā­dha- TAŚVA-ML 451,26nā­t | ta­ta e­va nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ka­rma­tā vā ta­sye­ti vi­ciṃ­ti­taṃ | e­te­na sva­to bhi­nnā­ne­ka­gu­ṇa­syā­tma­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 451,27ka­rtṛ­tvaṃ vya­va­cchi­nnaṃ­, ni­tya­syā­nā­de­yā­pra­he­yā­ti­śa­ya­tvā­t | ta­ta e­va na ma­na­saḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ duḥ­khā­dyu­tpa­ttau sa­rva- TAŚVA-ML 451,28thā­py a­ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | duḥ­khā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­py ā­tma­no nu­pa­pa­nnaṃ pū­rvaṃ ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­va­syā­tyā­ge ta­dvi­ro­dhā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 451,29tyā­ge ni­tya­tva­kṣa­teḥ sa­rva­thā­pa­tteḥ | ta­to ne­kā­tma­ny e­vā­tma­ni duḥ­khā­dī­ni saṃ­sṛ­tau saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te ne­ta­ra­tra | tā­ny ā- TAŚVA-ML 451,30tma­pa­ro­bha­ya­sthā­ni kro­dhā­dyā­ve­śa­va­śā­d bha­vaṃ­ti sva­ghā­ta­na­va­t sva­dā­syā­di­tā­ḍa­na­va­t svā­dha­ma­rṇa­ni­ro­dha­ko­tta­ma­rṇa­va­c ca | TAŚVA-ML 451,31a­sa­dve­dya­sye­ty a­tra vi­dyā­dī­nā­bha­va­ga­ma­nā­dya­rtha­tvā­d a­na­rtha­ko ni­rde­śa i­ti ce­n na­, vi­de­śce­ta­nā­rtha­sya gra­ha­ṇā­t vi­de­śce- TAŚVA-ML 451,32ta­nā­rthe cu­rā­di­tvā­t ta­sye­daṃ ve­dya­te i­ti ve­dyaṃ na pu­na­r a­va­ga­ma­na­lā­bha­vi­cā­ra­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­rthā­nāṃ ve­tti­viṃ­da­ti­vi­na­tti­ve­ttī- TAŚVA-ML 451,33nā­m a­nya­ta­ma­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ye­nā­na­rtha­ko ni­rde­śaḥ syā­t | ta­da­sa­dve­dya­m a­pra­śa­sta­tvā­da­ni­ṣṭa­pha­la­prā­du­rbhā­va­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­c ca vi­śi- TAŚVA-ML 451,34ṣya­te | a­sa­c ca ta­dve­dyaṃ ca ta­d i­ti | a­tra sū­tre duḥ­khā­bhi­dhā­na­mā­dau pra­dhā­na­tvā­t | ta­sya prā­dhā­nyaṃ ta­dvi­ka­lpa- TAŚVA-ML 451,35tvā­d i­ta­re­ṣāṃ śo­kā­dī­nāṃ | śo­kā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­syā­nya­vi­ka­lpo­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­tvā­d a­nya­saṃ­gra­haḥ | ke pu­na­s te nye ? a­śu­bha- TAŚVA-ML 452,01pra­yo­ga­pai­śū­nya­pa­ra­pa­ri­vā­dāḥ kṛ­pā­vi­hī­na­tvaṃ aṃ­go­pāṃ­ga­che­da­na­ta­rja­na­saṃ­trā­sa­nā­ni | ta­thā bha­rtsa­na­bha­kṣa­ṇa­vi­śa­sa­na- TAŚVA-ML 452,02baṃ­dha­na­saṃ­ro­dha­na­ni­ro­dhā­dyai­r ma­rda­na­ci­dbhe­da­na­vā­ha­na­saṃ­gha­rṣa­ṇā­ni ta­thā vi­gra­he rau­kṣya­vi­dhā­naṃ pa­rā­tma­niṃ­dā­pra­śaṃ­sa­ne cai­va TAŚVA-ML 452,03saṃ­kle­śa­ja­na­na­m ā­yu­rba­hu­mā­na­tvaṃ ca su­kha­lo­bhā­t ba­hvā­raṃ­bha­pa­ri­gra­ha­vi­śraṃ­bha­vi­ghā­ta­nai­ka­śī­la­tvaṃ pā­pa­kri­yo­pa­jī­va­na­niḥ- TAŚVA-ML 452,04śe­ṣā­na­rtha­daṃ­ḍa­ka­ra­ṇā­ni ta­ddā­naṃ ca pa­re­ṣāṃ pā­pā­cā­rai­r ja­nai­ś ca sa­ha mai­trī ta­tse­vā saṃ­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­saṃ­vya­va­hā­rā­c ca saṃ­la­kṣyāḥ | TAŚVA-ML 452,05te e­te duḥ­khā­da­yaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­māḥ sva­pa­ro­bha­ya­sthāḥ a­sa­dve­dya­sya ka­rma­ṇa ā­sra­vāḥ pra­tye­ta­vyāḥ | pra­paṃ­ca­to nya­tra TAŚVA-ML 452,06ta­da­bhi­dhā­nā­t | a­tha duḥ­khā­dī­nā­m a­sa­dve­dyā­sra­va­tvaṃ ki­m ā­ga­ma­mā­tra­si­ddha­m ā­ho­svi­da­nu­mā­na­si­ddha­m a­pī­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 452,07m a­syā­nu­mā­na­si­ddha­tva­m ā­da­rśa­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 6.11.1duḥ­khā­dī­ni ya­tho­ktā­ni sva­pa­ro­bha­ya­gā­ni tu | ā­srā­va­yaṃ­ti sa­rva­syā­py a­sā­ta­pha­la­pu­dga­lā­n |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.11.2ta­jjā­tī­yā­tma­saṃ­kle­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­d ya­thā­na­le | pra­ve­śā­di­vi­dhā­yī­ni sva­saṃ­ve­dyā­ni kā­ni­ci­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 452,10duḥ­kha­m ā­tma­stha­m a­sā­ta­pha­la­pu­dga­lā­srā­vi duḥ­kha­jā­tī­yā­tma­saṃ­kle­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­t pā­va­ka­pra­ve­śa­kā­ri­pra­si­ddha­duḥ­kha- TAŚVA-ML 452,11va­t | ta­thā pa­ra­tra duḥ­kha­m a­sā­ta­pha­la­pu­dga­lā­srā­vi ta­ta e­va ta­dva­t­, ta­tho­bha­ya­sthaṃ duḥ­khaṃ vi­vā­dā­pa­nna­m a­sā­ta­pha­la- TAŚVA-ML 452,12pu­dga­lā­srā­vi ta­ta e­va ta­dva­t | e­vaṃ śo­ka­tā­pā­kraṃ­da­na­va­dha­pa­ri­de­va­nā­nyā­tma­pa­ro­bha­ya­sthā­ny a­sā­ta­pha­la­pu­dga­lā­srā­vī- TAŚVA-ML 452,13ṇy u­tpā­da­yi­tu­r jī­va­sya duḥ­kha­jā­tī­yā­tma­saṃ­kle­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­d vi­ṣa­bha­kṣa­ṇā­di­vi­dhā­yi­śo­ka­tā­pā­kraṃ­da­na­va­dha­pa­ri­de­va­na­va­t TAŚVA-ML 452,14i­ty a­ṣṭā­da­śā­nu­mā­nā­ni pra­ti­pa­tta­vyā­ni | na tā­va­d a­tra duḥ­kha­jā­tī­yā­tma­saṃ­kle­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvaṃ sā­dha­na­si­ddhaṃ­, kro­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 452,15d u­pa­nī­ta­duḥ­khā­dī­nāṃ vi­śu­ddhi­r i­ti vi­ro­dhi­nāṃ duḥ­kha­jā­tī­yā­tma­saṃ­kle­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­tva­pra­si­ddheḥ | nā­py a­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 452,16tī­rtha­ka­rā­dyu­tpā­di­ta­kā­ya­kle­śā­di­duḥ­khe­na na sva­pa­ro­bha­ya­sthe­nā­py a­sā­ta­pha­la­pu­dga­lā­nā­sra­va­ṇā­d i­ti na maṃ­ta­vyaṃ­, ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 452,17ta­jjā­tī­ya­tvā­d ā­tma­saṃ­kle­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­si­ddheḥ | ta­ta e­va na tī­rtha­ka­ro­pa­de­śa­vi­ro­dhā­t duḥ­khā­dī­nā­m a­sa­dve­dyā­sra- TAŚVA-ML 452,18va­tvā­yu­ktiḥ­, sa­rve­ṣāṃ sva­rgā­pa­va­rga­sā­dha­nā­nāṃ duḥ­kha­jā­tī­nāṃ pā­pā­sra­va­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­pa­śca­ra­ṇā­dya­nu­ṣṭhā­yi­no dve­ṣā­dya­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 452,19vā­c ca ā­sā­di­ta­pra­sā­da­tvā­c ca di­ṣṭā pra­sa­nna­ma­na­sā­m e­va sva­pa­ro­bha­ya­duḥ­khā­dyu­tpā­da­ne pā­pā­sra­va­tva­si­ddheḥ |­| "­grā­me pu­re TAŚVA-ML 452,20vā vi­ja­ne ja­ne vā prā­sā­da­śṛṃ­ge dru­ma­ko­ṭa­re vā | pri­yāṃ­ga­nāṃ­ke­tha śi­lā­ta­le vā ma­no­ra­tiṃ sau­khya­m u­dā­ha- TAŚVA-ML 452,21raṃ­ti |­| " i­ti | na ca ma­no­r a­tya­bhā­ve bu­ddhi­pū­rvaḥ sva­taṃ­traḥ kva­ci­t ta­paḥ­kle­śa­m ā­ra­bha­te­, vi­ro­dhā­t | ta­to na TAŚVA-ML 452,22pra­kṛ­ta­he­toḥ ta­pa­śca­ra­ṇā­di­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­raḥ sa­rva­saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | pa­re­ṣā­m a­sa­dve­dyā­dī­nāṃ ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­c ca ni­ra­va­dya­duḥ­khā- TAŚVA-ML 452,23dī­nā­m a­sa­dve­dyā­sra­va­tva­sā­dha­naṃ |­| TA-ML 6.12 bhū­ta­vra­tya­nu­kaṃ­pā­dā­na­sa­rā­ga­saṃ­ya­m ā­di­yo­gaḥ kṣāṃ­tiḥ śau­ca­m i­ti TA-ML 6.12 sa­dve­dya­sya |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 452,26ā­yu­rnā­ma­ka­rmo­da­ya­va­śā­d bha­va­nā­d bhū­tā­ni sa­rva­prā­ṇi­na i­ty a­rthaḥ | vra­tā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­no vra­ti­naḥ sā­gā­rā­na­gā­ra­bhe­dā- TAŚVA-ML 452,27dva­kṣya­mā­ṇāḥ | a­nu­kaṃ­pa­na­m a­nu­kaṃ­pā | bhū­tā­ni ca vra­ti­na­ś ca bhū­ta­vra­ti­naḥ te­ṣā­m a­nu­kaṃ­pā bhū­ta­vra­tya­nu­kaṃ­pā | '­sā­dha­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 452,28kṛ­tā ba­hu­la­m­' i­ti vṛ­tiḥ ga­le co­pa­ka­va­t ma­yū­ra­vyaṃ­sa­kā­di­tvā­d vā | sva­sya pa­rā­nu­gra­ha­bu­ddhyā­ti­sa­rja­naṃ dā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 452,29va­kṣya­mā­ṇaṃ­, sāṃ­pa­rā­ya­ni­vā­ra­ṇa­pra­va­ṇo a­kṣī­ṇā­śa­yaḥ sa­rā­gaḥ­, prā­ṇīṃ­dri­ye­ṣv a­śu­bha­pra­vṛ­tte­r vi­ra­tiḥ saṃ­ya­maḥ sa­rā­go vā TAŚVA-ML 452,30saṃ­ya­maḥ sa ā­di­r ye­ṣāṃ te sa­rā­ga­saṃ­ya­mā­da­yaḥ | saṃ­ya­mā­saṃ­ya­ma­kā­ma­ni­rja­rā­bā­la­ta­pa­sāṃ va­kṣya­mā­ṇā­nā­m ā­di­gra­ha­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 452,31d a­va­ro­dha­taḥ | ni­ra­va­dya­kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ yo­gaḥ sa­mā­dhi­r i­ty a­rthaḥ | ta­sya gra­ha­ṇaṃ kā­yā­di­daṃ­ḍa­bhā­va­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 452,32bhū­ta­vra­tya­nu­kaṃ­pā ca dā­naṃ ca sa­rā­ga­saṃ­ya­mā­ś ce­ti dvaṃ­dvaḥ te­ṣāṃ yo­gaḥ | dha­rma­pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­t kro­dhā­di­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ kṣāṃ­tiḥ TAŚVA-ML 452,33kṣa­mū­ṣ sa­ha­ne i­ty a­sya di­vā­di­ka­sya rū­paṃ | lo­bha­pra­kā­rā­ṇā­m u­pa­ra­maḥ śau­caḥ­, sva­dra­vyā­tyā­ga­pa­ra­dra­vyā­pa­ha­ra­ṇa­sāṃ­nyā- TAŚVA-ML 452,34si­ka­ni­hna­vā­da­yo lo­bha­pra­kā­rāḥ te­ṣā­m u­pa­ra­maḥ śau­ca­m i­ti pra­tī­tāḥ | i­ti ka­ra­ṇaḥ pra­kā­rā­rthaḥ | vṛ­tti­pra­yo­ga­pra­saṃ­go TAŚVA-ML 453,01la­ghu­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, a­nyo­pa­saṃ­gra­hā­rtha­tvā­t ta­da­ka­ra­ṇa­sya i­ti | ka­ra­ṇā­na­rtha­kya­m i­ti ce­n na­, u­bha­ya­gra­ha­ṇa­sya TAŚVA-ML 453,02vya­ktya­rtha­tvā­t | ke pu­na­s te gṛ­hya­mā­ṇā i­ty u­pa­da­rśa­yā­maḥ | "­a­rha­tpū­jā­pa­ra­tā vai­yā­vṛ­ttyo­dya­mo vi­nī­ta­tvaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 453,03ā­rja­va­mā­rda­va­dhā­rmi­ka­ja­na­se­vā mi­tra­bhā­vā­dyāḥ­" | bhū­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­d e­va sa­rva­prā­ṇi­saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tte­r vra­ti­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­ka­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 453,04ce­n na­, pra­dhā­na­khyā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­d vra­ti­gra­ha­ṇa­sya ni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­ka­tve nu­kaṃ­pā­di­si­ddhi­r nā­nya­thā | so '­ya­m a­śe­ṣa­bhū­ta­vra­tya­nu­kaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 453,05pā­diḥ sa­dve­dya­syā­sra­vaḥ |­| ku­to ni­ścī­ya­ta i­ti yu­kti­m ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.12.1bhū­ta­vra­tya­nu­kaṃ­pā­di sā­ta­kā­ra­ṇa­pu­dga­lā­n | jī­va­sya ḍhau­ka­ya­ty e­vaṃ vi­śu­ddhyaṃ­ga­tva­to ya­thā |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.12.2pa­thyau­ṣa­dhā­va­bo­dhā­diḥ pra­si­ddhaḥ ka­sya­ci­d dva­yoḥ | sa­da­sa­dve­dya­ka­rmā­ṇi tā­dṛ­śā­n pu­dga­lā­na­yaṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 453,08ya­thā duḥ­khā­dī­ni sva­pa­ro­bha­ya­sthā­ni saṃ­kle­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­d duḥ­kha­pha­lā­nā­srā­va­yaṃ­ti jī­va­sya ta­thā bhū­ta­vra­tya­nu­kaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 453,09pā­da­yaḥ su­kha­pha­lā­n vi­śu­ddhyaṃ­ga­tvā­d u­bha­ya­vā­di­pra­si­ddha­pa­thyau­ṣa­dhā­va­bo­dhā­di­va­t | ye te tā­dṛ­śā duḥ­kha­su­kha­pha- TAŚVA-ML 453,10lā­s te a­sa­dve­dya­ka­rma­pra­kṛ­ti­vi­śe­ṣāḥ sa­dve­dya­ka­rma­pra­kṛ­ti­vi­śe­ṣā­ś cā­smā­kaṃ si­ddhāḥ­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­vi­nā- TAŚVA-ML 453,11bhā­vi­tvā­t |­| TA-ML 6.13 ke­va­li­śru­ta­saṃ­gha­dha­rma­de­vā­va­rṇa­vā­do da­rśa­na­mo­ha­sya |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 453,13ka­ra­ṇa­kra­ma­vya­va­dhā­nā­ti­va­rti­jñā­no­pe­tāḥ ke­va­li­naḥ pra­ti­pā­di­tāḥ­, ta­du­pa­di­ṣṭaṃ bu­ddhya­ti­śa­ya­ga­ṇa­dha­rā­va­dhā­ri­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 453,14śru­taṃ vyā­khyā­taṃ­, ra­tna­tra­yo­pe­taḥ śra­ma­ṇa­ga­ṇaḥ saṃ­ghaḥ | e­ka­syā­saṃ­gha­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­ne­ka­vra­ta­gu­ṇa­saṃ­ha­na­nā­d e­ka­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 453,15saṃ­gha­tva­si­ddheḥ | "­saṃ­gho gu­ṇa­saṃ­ghā­do ka­mmā­ṇa­vi­mo­kkha­do ha­va­di saṃ­gho | daṃ­sa­ṇa­ṇā­ṇa­ca­ri­tte saṃ­ghā­diṃ­to TAŚVA-ML 453,16ha­va­di saṃ­gho |­| " i­ti va­ca­nā­t | a­hiṃ­sā­la­kṣa­ṇo dha­rmaḥ | de­va­śa­bdo vyā­khyā­tā­rthaḥ | aṃ­taḥ­ka­lu­ṣa­do­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 453,17d a­sa­dbhū­ta­ma­lo­dbhā­va­na­m a­va­rṇa­vā­daḥ | piṃ­ḍā­bhya­va­hā­ra­jī­va­nā­di­va­ca­naṃ ke­va­li­ṣu­, māṃ­sa­bha­kṣa­ṇā­na­va­dyā­bhi­dhā­naṃ śru­te­, TAŚVA-ML 453,18śū­dra­tvā­śu­ci­tvā­dyā­vi­rbhā­va­naṃ saṃ­ghe­, ni­rgu­ṇa­tvā­dya­bhi­dhā­naṃ dha­rme­, su­rā­māṃ­so­pa­se­vā­dyā­gho­ṣa­ṇaṃ de­ve­ṣv a­va­rṇa­vā­do TAŚVA-ML 453,19bo­ddha­vyaḥ | da­rśa­na­mo­ha­ka­rma­ṇa ā­sra­vaḥ | da­rśa­naṃ mo­ha­ya­ti mo­ha­na­mā­traṃ vā da­rśa­na­mo­haḥ ka­rma ta­syā­ga­ma­na­he­tu- TAŚVA-ML 453,20r i­ty a­rthaḥ |­| ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.13.1ke­va­lyā­di­ṣu yo va­rṇa­vā­daḥ syā­d ā­śa­ye nṛ­ṇāṃ | sa syā­d da­rśa­na­mo­ha­sya ta­ttvā­śra­ddhā­na­kā­ri­ṇaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.13.2ā­sra­vo yo hi ya­tra syā­d ya­d ā­cā­re ya­dā sthi­tau | ya­t pra­ṇe­ta­ri cā­va­rṇa­vā­daḥ śra­ddhā­na­ghā­ty a­sau |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.13.3śro­tri­ya­sya ya­thā ma­dye ta­dā­dhā­rā­di­ke­ṣu ca | pra­tī­to sau ta­thā ta­ttve ta­to da­rśa­na­mo­ha­kṛ­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 453,24yo ya­tra ya­dā­śra­ye ya­tpra­ti­jñā­ne ya­tpra­ṇe­ta­ri cā­va­rṇa­vā­daḥ sa ta­tra ta­dā­śra­ye ta­tpra­ti­jñā­ne ta­tpra­ṇe­ta­ri ca TAŚVA-ML 453,25śra­ddhā­na­ghā­ta­he­tū­n pu­dga­lā­nā­sra­va­ya­ti­, ya­thā śro­tri­ya­sya ma­dye ta­dbhāṃ­ḍe ta­tpra­ti­jñā­ne ta­tpra­ṇe­ta­ri ca śra­ddhā­na­ghā- TAŚVA-ML 453,26ta­he­tū­n nā­si­kā­di­pi­dhā­ya­ka­ka­rā­dī­n­, ta­thā ca ka­sya­ci­j jī­vā­di­ta­ttva­pra­ṇe­ta­ri ke­va­li­ni ta­dā­śra­ye ca śru­te TAŚVA-ML 453,27ta­tpra­ti­jñā­pi­ni ca saṃ­ghe ta­tpra­ti­pā­di­te ca dha­rme de­ve­ṣu cā­va­rṇa­vā­da­s ta­smā­t ta­the­ti pra­tye­ta­vya­m |­| TA-ML 6.14 ka­ṣā­yo­da­yā­t tī­vra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ś cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­sya |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 453,29dra­vyā­di­ni­mi­tta­va­śā­t ka­rma­pa­ri­pā­ka u­da­yaḥ­, tī­vra­ka­ṣā­ya­śa­bdā­v u­ktā­rthau­, cā­ri­traṃ mo­ha­ya­ti mo­ha­na­mā­traṃ vā TAŚVA-ML 453,30mo­haḥ | ka­ṣā­ya­syo­da­yā­t tī­vraḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ś cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­sya ka­rma­ṇa ā­sra­va i­ti sū­trā­rthaḥ |­| ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.14.1ta­thā cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­sya ka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­to nṛ­ṇāṃ | syā­t tī­vra­pa­ri­ṇā­mo yaḥ sa sa­mā­ga­ma­kā­ra­ṇaṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.14.2yaḥ ka­ṣā­yo­da­yā­t tī­vraḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ sa ḍhau­ka­ye­t | cā­ri­tra­vā­ti­naṃ bhā­vaṃ kā­mo­dre­ko ya­thā ya­teḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.14.3ka­sya­ci­t tā­dṛ­śa­syā­yaṃ vi­vā­dā­pa­nna­vi­gra­haḥ | ta­smā­t ta­the­ti ni­rbā­dha­m a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­va­rta­te |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 454,01ka­ṣā­yo­da­yā­t tī­vra­pa­ri­ṇā­mo vi­vā­dā­pa­nna­ś cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­he­tu­pu­dga­la­sa­mā­ga­ma­kā­ra­ṇaṃ jī­va­sya ka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­he­tu­ka- TAŚVA-ML 454,02tī­vra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­t ka­sya­ci­d ya­teḥ kā­mo­dre­ka­va­t | na sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vi­ka­lo dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ­, kā­mo­dre­ke cā­ri­tra­mo­ha- TAŚVA-ML 454,03he­tu­r yo­ṣi­dā­di­pu­dga­la­sa­mā­ga­ma­kā­ra­ṇa­tve­na vyā­pta­sya ka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­he­tu­ka­tī­vra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tva­sya su­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t |­| TA-ML 6.15 ba­hvā­raṃ­bha­pa­ri­gra­ha­tvaṃ nā­ra­ka­syā­yu­ṣaḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 454,05saṃ­khyā­vai­pu­lya­vā­ci­no ba­hu­śa­bda­sya gra­ha­ṇa­m a­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ā­raṃ­bho he­tu­ka­rma­, ma­me­da­m i­ti saṃ­ka­lpaḥ pa­ri­gra­haḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 454,06ba­hvā­raṃ­bhaḥ pa­ri­gra­ho ya­sya sa ta­thā ta­sya bhā­va­s ta­ttvaṃ­, ta­nnā­ra­ka­syā­yu­ṣaḥ­, ā­sra­vaḥ pra­tye­yaḥ | e­ta­d e­va so­pa­pa- TAŚVA-ML 454,07tti­ka­m ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.15.1na­ra­ka­syā­yu­ṣo bhī­ṣṭaṃ ba­hvā­raṃ­bha­tva­m ā­sra­vaḥ | bhū­yaḥ pa­ri­gra­ha­tvaṃ ca rau­dra­dhyā­nā­ti­śā­yi ya­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.15.2niṃ­dyaṃ dhā­ma nṛ­ṇāṃ tā­va­t pā­pā­dhā­na­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m | si­ddhaṃ cāṃ­ḍā­la­kā­dī­nāṃ dhe­nu­ghā­ta­vi­dhā­yi­nā­m |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.15.3ta­tpra­ka­rṣā­t pu­naḥ si­ddhye­d dhī­na­dhā­ma­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­tā | ta­sya pra­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­tā ta­tpra­ka­rṣa­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.15.4pā­pā­nu­ṣṭhā kva­ci­d ghā­ti­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tā­ra­ta­mya­taḥ | pa­ri­ṇā­mā­di­va­tta­tto rau­dra­dhyā­na­m a­pa­ści­maṃ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.15.5ta­syā­pa­ka­rṣa­to hī­na­ga­te­r a­py a­pa­kṛ­ṣṭa­tā | si­ddhe­ti ba­hu­dhā bhi­nnaṃ nā­ra­kā­yu­r u­pe­ya­te |­| 5 |­| TA-ML 6.16 mā­yā tai­rya­gyo­na­sya |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 454,14cā­ri­tra­mo­ho­da­yā­t ku­ṭi­la­bhā­vo mā­yā | sā kī­dṛ­śī ? tai­rya­gyo­na­syā­yu­ṣa ā­sra­va i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.16.1mā­yā tai­rya­gyo­na­sye­ty ā­yu­ṣaḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ ma­tā | ā­rta­dhyā­nā­d vi­nā nā­tra svā­bhyu­pā­ya­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.16.2a­pa­kṛ­ṣṭaṃ hi ya­t pā­pa­dhyā­na­mā­rtaṃ ta­dī­ri­taṃ | niṃ­dyaṃ dhā­ma ta­thai­vā­pra­kṛ­ṣṭaṃ tai­rya­gga­ti­s ta­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.16.3pra­si­ddha­m ā­yu­ṣo nai­ka­pra­dhā­na­tvaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | tai­rya­gyo­na­sya si­ddhāṃ­te dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭā­bhyā­m a­bā­dhi­taṃ |­| 3 |­| TA-ML 6.17 a­lpā­raṃ­bha­pa­ri­gra­ha­tvaṃ mā­nu­ṣa­sya |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 454,19nā­ra­kā­yu­rā­sra­va­vi­pa­rī­to mā­nu­ṣa­s ta­sye­ty a­rthaḥ |­| kiṃ ta­d i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.17.1mā­nu­ṣa­syā­yu­ṣo jñe­ya­m a­lpā­raṃ­bha­tva­m ā­sra­vaḥ | mi­śra­dhyā­nā­nvi­ta­m a­lpa­pa­ri­gra­ha­ta­yā sa­ha |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.17.2dha­rma­mā­tre­ṇa saṃ­mi­śraṃ mā­nu­ṣīṃ ku­ru­te ga­tiṃ | sā­tā­sā­tā­tma­ta­nmi­śra­pha­la­saṃ­va­rti­kā hi sā |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.17.3dha­rmā­dhi­kyā­t su­khā­dhi­kyaṃ pā­pā­dhi­kyā­t pu­na­r nṛ­ṇāṃ | duḥ­khā­dhi­kya­m i­ti pro­ktā ba­hu­dhā mā­nu­ṣī ga­tiḥ |­| 3TA-ML 6.18 sva­bhā­va­mā­rda­vaṃ ca |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 454,24u­pa­de­śā­na­pe­kṣaṃ mā­rda­vaṃ sva­bhā­va­mā­rda­vaṃ | e­ka­yo­gī­ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­to naṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t pṛ­tha­kka­ra­ṇa­sya | TAŚVA-ML 454,25te­na dai­va­syā­yu­ṣo ya­m ā­sra­vaḥ pra­ti­pā­da­yi­ṣya­te | kī­dṛ­śaṃ ta­nmā­nu­ṣa­syā­yu­ṣa ā­sra­va i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.18.1sva­bhā­va­mā­rda­vaṃ ce­ti he­tvaṃ­ta­ra­sa­mu­cca­yaḥ | mā­nu­ṣa­syā­yu­ṣa­s ta­d dhi mi­śra­dhyā­no­pa­pā­di­kaṃ |­| 1 |­| TA-ML 6.19 niḥ­śī­la­vra­ta­tvaṃ ca sa­rve­ṣā­m |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 454,28ca­śa­bdo dhi­kṛ­ta­sa­mu­cca­yā­rthaḥ | sa­rve­ṣāṃ gra­ha­ṇaṃ sa­ka­lā­sra­va­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ | de­vā­yu­ṣo pi pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 454,29a­ti­krāṃ­tā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t | pṛ­tha­kka­ra­ṇā­t si­ddhe­r ā­na­rtha­kya­m i­ti ce­n na­, bho­ga­bhū­mi­jā­rtha­tvā­t | te­na bho­ga­bhū­mi­jā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 454,30niḥ­śī­la­vra­ta­tvaṃ dai­va­syā­yu­ṣa ā­sra­vaḥ si­ddho bha­va­ti | ku­ta e­ta­d i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.19.1niḥ­śī­la­vra­ta­tvaṃ ca sa­rve­ṣā­m ā­yu­ṣā­m i­ha | ta­tra sa­rva­sya saṃ­bhū­te­r dhyā­na­syā­su­bhṛ­tāṃ śri­tau |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 454,32ta­to ya­thā­saṃ­bha­vaṃ sa­rva­syā­yu­ṣo bha­va­ty ā­sra­vaḥ |­| TA-ML 6.20 sa­rā­ga­saṃ­ya­ma­saṃ­ya­mā­saṃ­ya­mā­kā­ma­ni­rja­rā­bā­la­ta­pāṃ­si dai­va­sya |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 455,02vyā­khyā­tāḥ sa­rā­ga­saṃ­ya­mā­da­yaḥ | kī­dṛ­śā­ni sa­rā­ga­saṃ­ya­mā­dī­ni dai­va­mā­yuḥ pra­ti­pā­da­yaṃ­tī­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.20.1ta­syai­ka­syā­pi dai­va­syā­yu­ṣaḥ saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye | dha­rma­dhyā­nā­nvi­ta­tve­na nā­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TA-ML 6.21 sa­mya­ktvaṃ ca |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 455,05a­vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­dhā­ne pi sau­dha­rmā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ga­tiḥ | pṛ­tha­kka­ra­ṇā­t si­ddheḥ ki­ma­rtha­ś ca­śa­bda i­ti ce­d u­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 6.21.1sa­mya­ktvaṃ ce­ti ta­ddhe­tu­sa­mu­cca­ya­va­co­ba­lā­t | ta­syai­ka­syā­pi dai­vā­yuḥ­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.21.2sa­rvā­pa­vā­da­kaṃ sū­traṃ ke­ci­d vyā­ca­kṣa­te sa­ti | sa­mya­ktve nyā­yu­ṣāṃ he­to­r vi­pha­la­sya pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.21.3ta­trā­pra­cyu­ta­sa­mya­ktvā jā­yaṃ­te de­va­nā­ra­kāḥ | ma­nu­ṣye­ṣv i­ti nai­ve­daṃ ta­dbā­dha­ka­m i­tī­ta­re |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.21.4ta­nniḥ­śī­la­vra­ta­tva­sya na bā­dha­ka­m i­daṃ vi­duḥ | syā­d a­śe­ṣā­yu­ṣāṃ he­tu­bhā­va­si­ddheḥ ku­ta­śca­na |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.21.5pṛ­tha­ksū­tra­sya ni­rde­śā­d dhe­tu­r vai­mā­ni­kā­yu­ṣaḥ | sa­mya­ktva­m i­ti vi­jñe­yaṃ saṃ­ya­mā­saṃ­ya­mā­di­va­t |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.21.6sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r a­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhi­kro­dhā­dya­bhā­va­taḥ | jī­ve­ṣv a­jī­va­tā śra­ddhā­pā­yā­n mi­thyā­tva­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.21.7hiṃ­sā­yā­s ta­tsva­bhā­vā­yā ni­vṛ­tteḥ śu­ddhi­vṛ­tti­taḥ | pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­syā­yu­ṣo dai­va­syā­sra­vo na vi­ru­dhya­te |­| 7 |­| TA-ML 6.22 yo­ga­va­kra­tā vi­saṃ­vā­da­naṃ cā­śu­bha­sya nā­mnaḥ |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 455,14kā­ya­vā­ṅma­na­sāṃ kau­ṭi­lye­na vṛ­tti­r yo­ga­va­kra­tā­, vi­saṃ­vā­da­na­m a­nya­thā pra­va­rta­naṃ | yo­ga­va­kra­tai­ve­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 455,15sa­tyaṃ­; kiṃ­tvā­tmāṃ­ta­re pi ta­dbhā­va­pra­yo­ja­ka­tvā­t pṛ­tha­gva­ca­naṃ vi­saṃ­vā­da­na­sya | ca­śa­bdo nu­kta­sa­mu­cca­yā­rthaḥ te­na ta­jjā- TAŚVA-ML 455,16tī­yā­śe­ṣa­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­pa­ri­gra­haḥ | ku­to '­śu­bha­sya nā­mno ya­mā­sra­va i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.22.1nā­mno­śu­bha­sya he­tuḥ syā­d yo­gā­nāṃ va­kra­tā ta­thā | vi­saṃ­vā­da­na­m a­nya­sya saṃ­kle­śā­d ā­tma­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TA-ML 6.23 ta­dvi­pa­rī­taṃ śu­bha­sya |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 455,19pra­yo­ga­tā­'­vi­saṃ­vā­da­naṃ ca ta­dvi­pa­rī­taṃ | ku­ta­s ta­da­khi­laṃ śu­bha­sya nā­mnaḥ kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.23.1ta­ta­s ta­dvi­pa­rī­taṃ ya­t kiṃ­ci­t ta­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­duḥ | nā­mnaḥ śu­bha­sya śu­ddhā­tma­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­va­sā­ya­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TA-ML 6.24 da­rśa­na­vi­śu­ddhi­r vi­na­ya­saṃ­pa­nna­tā śī­la­vra­te­ṣv a­na­tī­cā­ro '­bhī­kṣṇa­jñā­no­pa­yo­ga- TA-ML 6.24 saṃ­ve­gau śa­kti­ta­s tyā­ga­ta­pa­sī sā­dhu­sa­mā­dhi­r vai­yā­vṛ­tya­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­rha- TA-ML 6.24 dā­cā­rya­ba­hu­śru­ta­pra­va­ca­na­bha­kti­r ā­va­śya­kā­pa­ri­hā­ṇi­r mā­rga­pra­bhā- TA-ML 6.24 va­nā pra­va­ca­na­va­tsa­la­tva­m i­ti tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­sya |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 455,25ke pu­na­r da­rśa­na­vi­śu­ddhyā­da­ya i­ty u­cya­te­;­ —TAŚV-ML 6.24.1ji­no­ddi­ṣṭe­ti nai­rgraṃ­thya­mo­kṣa­va­rtma­ny a­śaṃ­ka­naṃ | a­nā­kāṃ­kṣa­ṇa­m a­py a­trā­mu­tra cai­ta­tpha­lā­pta­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.2vi­ci­ki­tsā­ny a­dṛ­ṣṭī­nāṃ pra­śaṃ­sā­saṃ­sta­va­cyu­tiḥ | mau­ḍhyā­di­ra­hi­ta­tvaṃ ca vi­śu­ddhiḥ sā dṛ­śo ma­tā |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.3saṃ­jñā­nā­di­ṣu ta­dva­tsu vā­da­ro­tthā­na­pe­kṣa­yā | ka­ṣā­ya­vi­ni­vṛ­tti­r vā vi­na­yai­r mu­ni­saṃ­ma­taiḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.4saṃ­pa­nna­tā sa­mā­khyā­tā mu­mu­kṣū­ṇā­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ | sa­ddṛ­ṣṭyā­di­gu­ṇa­sthā­na­va­rti­nāṃ svā­nu­rū­pa­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.5sa­ccā­ri­tra­vi­ka­lpe­ṣu vra­ta­śī­le­ṣv a­śe­ṣa­taḥ | ni­ra­va­dyā­nu­vṛ­tti­r yā­n a­ti­cā­raḥ sa te­ṣu vai |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.6saṃ­jñā­na­bhā­va­nā­yāṃ tu yā ni­tya­m u­pa­yu­kta­tā | jñā­no­pa­yo­ga e­vā­sau ta­dā­bhī­kṣṇaṃ pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.7saṃ­sā­rā­d bhī­ru­tā­bhī­kṣṇaṃ saṃ­ve­gaḥ sa­ddhi­yāṃ ma­taḥ | na tu mi­thyā­dṛ­śāṃ te­ṣāṃ saṃ­sā­ra­syā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.8śa­kti­ta­s tyā­ga u­dgī­taḥ prī­tyā sva­syā­ti­sa­rja­naṃ | nā­tma­pī­ḍā­ka­raṃ nā­pi saṃ­pa­dy a­na­ti­sa­rja­naṃ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.9a­ni­gū­hi­ta­vī­rya­sya sa­mya­gmā­rgā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | kā­ya­kle­śaḥ sa­mā­khyā­taṃ vi­śu­ddhaṃ śa­kti­ta­s ta­paḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.10bhāṃ­ḍā­gā­rā­gni­saṃ­śāṃ­ti­sa­maṃ mu­ni­ga­ṇa­sya ya­t | ta­paḥ­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇaṃ sā­dhu­sa­mā­dhiḥ sa u­dī­ri­taḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.11gu­ṇi­duḥ­kha­ni­pā­te tu ni­ra­va­dya­vi­dhā­na­taḥ | ta­syā­pa­ha­ra­ṇaṃ pro­ktaṃ vai­yā­vṛ­tya­m a­niṃ­di­taṃ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.12a­rha­tsv ā­cā­rya­va­rye­ṣu ba­hu­śru­ta­ya­ti­ṣv a­pi | jai­ne pra­va­ca­ne cā­pi bha­ktiḥ pra­tyu­pa­va­rṇi­tā |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.13bhā­va­śu­ddhyā nu­tā śa­śva­da­nu­rā­ga­pa­rai­r a­laṃ | vi­pa­ryā­si­ta­ci­tta­syā­py a­nya­thā­bhā­va­hā­ni­taḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.14ā­va­śya­ka­kri­yā­ṇāṃ tu ya­thā­kā­laṃ pra­va­rta­nā | ā­va­śya­kā­pa­ri­hā­ṇiḥ ṣa­ṇṇā­m a­pi ya­thā­ga­maṃ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.15mā­rga­pra­bhā­va­nā jñā­na­ta­po­r ha­tpū­ja­nā­di­bhiḥ | dha­rma­pra­kā­śa­naṃ śu­ddha­bau­ddhā­nāṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.16va­tsa­la­tvaṃ pu­na­r va­tse dhe­nu­va­tsaṃ pra­kī­rti­taṃ | jai­ne pra­va­ca­ne sa­mya­kchra­ddhā­na­jñā­na­va­tsv a­pi |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 456,13a­tha ki­m e­te da­rśa­na­vi­śu­ddhyā­da­yaḥ ṣo­ḍa­śā­pi sa­mu­di­tā­s tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­saṃ­va­rta­ka­sya nā­ma­ka­rma­ṇaḥ pu­ṇyā­sra­vaḥ TAŚVA-ML 456,14pra­tye­kaṃ ve­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 6.24.17dṛ­gvi­śu­ddhyā­da­yo nā­mna­s tī­rtha­kṛ­ttva­sya he­ta­vaḥ | sa­ma­stā vya­sta­rū­pā vā dṛ­gvi­śu­ddhyā sa­ma­nvi­tāḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.24.18sa­rvā­ti­śā­yi ta­tpu­ṇyaṃ trai­lo­kyā­dhi­pa­ti­tva­kṛ­t | pra­vṛ­ttyā­ti­śa­yā­dī­nāṃ ni­rva­rta­ka­m a­pī­śi­tuḥ |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 456,17a­ta e­va śu­bha­nā­mnaḥ sā­mā­nye­nā­sra­va­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­d e­va tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­sya śu­bha­nā­ma­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­sra­va­pra­ti­pa­ttā­v a­pi TAŚVA-ML 456,18ta­tpra­ti­pa­tta­ye sū­tra­m i­da­m u­kta­m ā­cā­ryaiḥ | sā­mā­nye­na bhū­ta­syā­pi vi­śe­ṣā­rthi­nā vi­śe­ṣa­syā­nu­pra­yo­gaḥ ka­rta­vya i­ti TAŚVA-ML 456,19nyā­ya­sa­dbhā­vā­t |­| TA-ML 6.25 pa­rā­tma­niṃ­dā­pra­śaṃ­se sa­da­sa­dgu­ṇa­cchā­da­no­dbhā­va­ne ca nī­cai­r go­tra­sya |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 456,21do­ṣo­dbhā­va­ne­cchā niṃ­dā­, gu­ṇo­dbhā­va­nā­bhi­prā­yaḥ pra­śaṃ­sā­, a­nu­dbhū­ta­vṛ­tti­tā chā­da­naṃ­, pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kā­bhā­ve pra­kā- TAŚVA-ML 456,22śi­ta­vṛ­tti­to­dbhā­va­naṃ­, gū­ya­te ta­d i­ti go­traṃ­, nī­cai­r i­ty a­dhi­ka­pra­dhā­na­śa­bdaḥ | ta­d e­vaṃ pa­rā­tma­no niṃ­dā­pra­śaṃ­se sa­da- TAŚVA-ML 456,23sa­dgu­ṇa­yo­ś chā­da­no­dbhā­va­ne nī­cai­r go­tra­syā­sra­va i­ti vā­kyā­rthaḥ pra­tye­yaḥ | ku­ta e­ta­d i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.25.1pa­ra­niṃ­dā­da­yo nī­cai­r go­tra­syā­sra­va­ṇaṃ ma­taṃ | te­ṣāṃ ta­da­nu­rū­pa­tvā­d a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TA-ML 6.26 ta­dvi­pa­rya­yo nī­cai­r vṛ­ttya­nu­tse­kau co­tta­ra­sya |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 456,26nī­cai­r go­trā­sra­va­pra­ti­ni­rde­śā­rtha­s ta­ccha­bdaḥ­, vi­pa­rya­yo '­nya­thā­vṛ­ttiḥ­, gu­ru­ṣv a­va­na­ti­rnī­cai­r vṛ­ttiḥ­, a­na­haṃ­kā­ra­tā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 456,27tse­kaḥ | ta e­te u­ccai­r go­tra­syā­sra­vā i­ti sa­mu­dā­yā­rthaḥ |­| ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.26.1u­tta­ra­syā­sra­vaḥ si­ddhaḥ sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­dvi­pa­rya­yaḥ | nī­cai­r vṛ­tti­r a­nu­tse­ka­s ta­thai­vā­ma­la­vi­gra­ha |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 456,29ya­thai­va hi nī­cai­r go­trā­nu­rū­po nī­cai­r go­tra­syā­sra­vaḥ pa­ra­niṃ­dā­di­s ta­tho­ccai­r go­trā­nu­rū­paḥ pa­ra­pra­śaṃ­sā­di­r u­ccai­r go­tra- TAŚVA-ML 456,30sye­ti na ka­ści­d vi­ro­dhaḥ |­| TA-ML 6.27 vi­ghna­ka­ra­ṇa­m aṃ­ta­rā­ya­sya |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 457,02dā­nā­di­vi­ha­na­naṃ vi­ghnaḥ ta­sya ka­ra­ṇaṃ dā­nā­dyaṃ­ta­rā­ya­syā­sra­vaḥ pra­tye­yaḥ | ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.27.1sa­rva­syā­py aṃ­ta­rā­ya­syā­sra­vaḥ syā­t prā­ṇi­nā­m i­ha | vi­ghna­sya ka­ra­ṇā­t ta­sya ta­thā­yo­gya­tva­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 6.27.2pra­va­rta­mā­na­dā­nā­di­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya bhā­va­nā | ā­srā­vi­kāṃ­ta­rā­ya­sya dṛ­ṣṭa­ta­dbhā­va­nā ya­thā |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 457,05i­ti ka­ra­ṇā­nu­vṛ­tteḥ sa­rva­trā­nu­kta­saṃ­gra­haḥ | te­na vi­ghna­ka­ra­ṇa­jā­tī­yāḥ kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣāḥ | pra­bhū­ta­svaṃ pra­ya­ccha­ti TAŚVA-ML 457,06pra­bhau sva­lpa­dā­no­pa­de­śā­da­yo pi dā­nā­dyaṃ­ta­rā­yā­sra­vāḥ pra­si­ddhā bha­vaṃ­ti | so yaṃ vi­ci­traḥ svo­pā­tta­ka­rma­va­śā­d ā- TAŚVA-ML 457,07tma­no vi­kā­raḥ śauṃ­ḍā­tu­ra­va­t pra­tye­yaḥ | a­nu­pa­di­ṣṭa­he­tu­ka­tvā­t sva­yaṃ vā­ni­ya­ma i­ti ce­n na­, sva­bhā­vā­bhi­vyaṃ­ja- TAŚVA-ML 457,08ka­tvā­c chā­stra­sya | ta­tsi­ddhi­r a­ti­śa­ya­jñā­na­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t sa­rva­vi­saṃ­vā­do­pa­laṃ­bha­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ | sa­rve­ṣāṃ pra­vā­di­nā­m a­vi­saṃ­vā­da TAŚVA-ML 457,09e­va śu­bhā­śu­bhā­sra­va­he­tu­ṣu ya­tho­pa­va­rṇi­te­ṣu | ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 6.27.3i­ti pra­tye­ka­m ā­khyā­taḥ ka­rma­ṇā­m ā­sra­vaḥ śu­bhaḥ | pu­ṇyā­nā­m a­śu­bhaḥ pā­pa­rū­pā­ṇāṃ śu­ddhya­śu­ddhi­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 457,11jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ ka­rma­ṇāṃ ta­tpra­do­ṣā­da­yo '­śu­bhā­sra­vāḥ prā­ṇi­nāṃ saṃ­kle­śāṃ­ga­tvā­t­, bhū­ta­vra­tya­nu­kaṃ­pā­da­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 457,12sa­dve­dyā­dī­nāṃ śu­bhā­sra­vā vi­śu­ddhyaṃ­ga­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ti pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvā­t | ta­tsva­bhā­vā­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­ka­śā­stra­sya TAŚVA-ML 457,13sa­rva­saṃ­vā­daḥ si­ddha e­va | na­nu ta­tpra­do­ṣā­dī­nāṃ sa­rvā­sra­va­tvā­n ni­ya­mā­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, a­nu­bhā­ga­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­ya­mo- TAŚVA-ML 457,14pa­pa­tteḥ | pra­kṛ­ti­pra­de­śa­saṃ­baṃ­dha­ni­baṃ­dha­no hi sa­rva­ka­rma­ṇāṃ ta­tpra­do­ṣā­diḥ sa­ka­lo py ā­sra­vo na pra­ti­vi­bhi­dya­te | TAŚVA-ML 457,15ya­s tv a­nu­bhā­gā­sra­vaḥ sa vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ pro­ktaḥ | a­ta e­va sa­ka­lā­sra­vā­dhyā­ya­sū­tri­ta­m a­tra vi­śe­ṣā­t sa­mu­dā­ya­to nu­bhā­gā­pe- TAŚVA-ML 457,16kṣa­yai­vo­pa­saṃ­hṛ­tya da­rśa­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 6.27.4abyā­dṛ­śāḥ sva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣā ya­sya he­tu­va­śa­to '­su­bhṛ­taḥ syuḥ | TAŚV-ML 6.27.4cdtā­dṛ­śā­ny u­pa­pa­taṃ­ti ta­m a­gre svā­nu­bhā­ga­ka­ra­ka­rma­ra­jāṃ­si |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 457,19i­ti ṣa­ṣṭhā­dhyā­ya­sya dvi­tī­ya­m ā­hni­ka­m | TAŚVA-ML 457,20i­ti śrīvi­dyā­naṃ­diā­cā­rya­vi­ra­ci­te ta­ttvā­rthaślo­ka­vā­rti­kālaṃ­kā­re ṣa­ṣṭho '­dhyā­yaḥ sa­mā­ptaḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 458,1oṃ TAŚV-ML 458,2a­tha sa­pta­mo '­dhyā­yaḥ |­| 7 |­| TA-ML 7.1 hiṃ­sā­nṛ­ta­ste­yā­bra­hma­pa­ri­gra­he­bhyo vi­ra­ti­rvra­ta­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 458,04hiṃ­sā­da­yo ni­rde­kṣya­mā­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ­, vi­ra­ma­ṇaṃ vi­ra­tiḥ­, vra­ta­m a­hiṃ­sā­di­kṛ­to ni­ya­maḥ | hiṃ­sā­nṛ­ta­ste­yā­bra­hma- TAŚVA-ML 458,05pa­ri­gra­he­bhya i­ty a­pā­dā­na­ni­rde­śaḥ | dhru­va­tvā­bhā­vā­t ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, bu­ddhya­pā­yā­d dhru­va­tva­vi­va­kṣo­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 458,06a­hiṃ­sā­yāḥ pra­dhā­na­tvā­d ā­dau ta­dva­ca­naṃ­, i­ta­re­ṣāṃ ta­tpa­ri­pā­la­nā­rtha­tvā­t | vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­dā­d vi­ra­ti­bhe­de ta­dba­hu­tva­pra­saṃ­ga TAŚVA-ML 458,07i­ti ce­n na vā­, ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­vi­ra­ma­ṇa­sā­mā­nyo­pā­dā­nā­t | ta­d e­vaṃ hiṃ­sā­nṛ­ta­ste­yā­bra­hma­pa­ri­gra­he­bhyo vi­ra­ti­r vra­ta­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 458,08yu­kto '­yaṃ sū­tra­ni­rde­śaḥ | na­nv i­ha hiṃ­sā­di­ni­vṛ­tti­va­ca­naṃ ni­ra­rtha­kaṃ saṃ­va­rāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t­, dha­rmā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­tvā­t ta­tpra­paṃ- TAŚVA-ML 458,09cā­rtha u­pa­nyā­sa i­ti ce­n na­, ta­trai­va ka­ra­ṇā­t | saṃ­va­ra­pra­paṃ­co hi sa saṃ­va­rā­dhyā­ye ka­rta­vyo na pu­na­r i­hā­sra­vā- TAŚVA-ML 458,10dhyā­ye­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ka­ści­t | taṃ pra­tyu­cya­te – na saṃ­va­ro vra­tā­ni­, pa­ri­spaṃ­da­da­rśa­nā­t gu­ptyā­di­saṃ­va­ra­pa­ri­ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 458,11tvā­c ca | na­nu paṃ­ca­su vra­te­ṣv a­naṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­d i­ha rā­tri­bho­ja­na­vi­ra­tyu­pa­saṃ­khyā­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, bhā­va­nāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t | ta­trā- TAŚVA-ML 458,12ni­rde­śā­d a­yu­kto ṃ­ta­rbhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, ā­lo­ki­ta­pā­na­bho­ja­na­sya va­ca­nā­t | pra­dī­pā­di­saṃ­bha­ve sa­ti rā­trā­v a­pi TAŚVA-ML 458,13ta­tpra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, a­ne­kā­raṃ­bha­do­ṣā­t | pa­ra­kṛ­ta­pra­dī­pā­di­saṃ­bha­ve ta­da­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, caṃ­kra­ma­ṇā­dya­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 458,14di­vā­nī­ta­sya rā­trau bho­ja­na­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, u­kto­tta­ra­tvā­t sphu­ṭā­rthā­bhi­vya­kte­ś ca di­vā bho­ja­na­m e­va yu­ktaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 458,15te­nā­lo­ki­ta­pā­na­bho­ja­nā­khyā bhā­va­nā rā­tri­bho­ja­na­vi­ra­ti­r e­ve­ti nā­sā­v u­pa­saṃ­khye­yā | kiṃ pu­na­r a­ne­na vra­ta­la­kṣa­ṇe­na TAŚVA-ML 458,16vyu­da­sta­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.1.1a­tha pu­ṇyā­sra­vaḥ pro­ktaḥ prā­gvra­taṃ vi­ra­ti­ś ca ta­t | hiṃ­sā­di­bhya i­ti dhva­staṃ gu­ṇe­bhyo vi­ra­ti­rvra­ta­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 458,18vi­ra­ti­rvra­ta­m i­ty u­cya­mā­ne sa­mya­ktvā­di­gu­ṇe­bhyo pi vi­ra­ti­rvra­ta­m a­nu­ṣa­ktaṃ ta­d a­tra hiṃ­sā­di­bhya i­ti va­ca­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 458,19pra­dhva­staṃ bo­ddha­vyaṃ | ta­to yaḥ pu­ṇyā­sra­vaḥ prā­ga­bhi­hi­taḥ śu­bhaḥ pu­ṇya­sye­ti va­ca­nā­t saṃ­kṣe­pa­ta i­ti sa­rva­s ta­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 458,20pra­da­rśa­nā­rtho ya­m a­dhyā­ya­s ta­tpra­paṃ­ca­syai­vā­tra sū­tri­ta­tvā­d i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 458,21vra­ti­ṣv a­nu­kaṃ­pā sa­dve­dya­syā­sra­va i­ti prā­g u­ktaṃ­, ta­tra ke vra­ti­no ye­ṣāṃ vra­te­nā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ ? kiṃ ta­dvra­ta­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 458,22pra­śne­na pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtho ya­m ā­raṃ­bhaḥ pra­tī­ya­tā­m­;­ —TA-ML 7.2 de­śa­sa­rva­to '­ṇu­ma­ha­tī |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 458,24ku­ta­ści­d di­śya­ta i­ti de­śaḥ­, sa­ra­tya­śe­ṣā­na­va­ya­vā­n i­ti sa­rvaṃ­, ta­to de­śa­sa­rva­to hiṃ­sā­di­bhyo vi­ra­tī a­ṇu- TAŚVA-ML 458,25ma­ha­tī vra­te bha­va­ta i­ti sū­trā­rthaḥ |­| ka­thaṃ vra­te i­ti ? pū­rva­sū­tra­syā­nu­vṛ­tte­r a­rtha­va­śā­d vi­bha­kti­pa­ri­ṇā­me­nā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dho- TAŚVA-ML 458,26pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­ta i­da­m u­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 7.2.1de­śa­to ṇu­vra­taṃ ce­ha sa­rva­ta­s tu ma­ha­dvra­taṃ | de­śa­sa­rva­vi­śu­ddhā­tma­bhe­dā­t saṃ­jñā­ni­no ma­taṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 458,28na hi mi­thyā­dṛ­śo hiṃ­sā­di­bhyo vi­ra­ti­rvra­taṃ­, ta­sya bā­la­ta­po­vya­pa­de­śā­t sa­mya­gjñā­na­va­ta e­va nu te­bhyo TAŚVA-ML 458,29vi­ra­ti­r de­śa­to ṇu­vra­taṃ sa­rva­ta­s te­bhyo vi­ra­ti­r ma­hā­vra­ta­m i­ti pra­tya­yaṃ | de­śa­vi­śu­ddhi­sva­bhā­va­bhe­dā­t ta­d e­ka­m a­pi vra­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 458,30dve­dhā bhi­dya­ta i­ty a­rthaḥ |­| TA-ML 7.3 ta­tsthai­ryā­rthaṃ bhā­va­nāḥ paṃ­ca paṃ­ca |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,02bhā­va­nā­śa­bdaḥ ka­rma­sā­dha­naḥ­, paṃ­ca paṃ­ce­ty a­tra vī­psā­yāṃ śa­saḥ pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, kā­ra­kā­dhi­kā­rā­t | TAŚVA-ML 459,03kri­yā­dhyā­ro­pā­t kā­ra­ka­tva­m ā­sā­m i­ti ce­n na­, vi­ka­lpā­dhi­kā­rā­t | te­nai­kai­ka­sya vra­ta­sya bhā­va­nāḥ paṃ­ca paṃ­ca ka­rta- TAŚVA-ML 459,04vyā­s ta­tsthi­ra­bhā­vā­rtha­m i­ty u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti |­| ta­d e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.3.1ta­tsthai­ryā­rthaṃ vi­dhā­ta­vyā bhā­va­nāḥ paṃ­ca paṃ­ca tu | ta­da­sthai­rye ya­tī­nāṃ hi saṃ­bhā­vyo no­tta­ro gu­ṇaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,06a­thā­dya­sya vra­ta­sya paṃ­ca­bhā­va­nāḥ ka­thyaṃ­te­;­ —TA-ML 7.4 vā­ṅma­no­gu­ptī­ryā­dā­na­ni­kṣe­pa­ṇa­sa­mi­tyā­lo­ki­ta­pā­na­bho­ja­nā­ni paṃ­ca |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,08ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.4.1syā­tāṃ me vā­ṅma­no­gu­ptī pra­tha­ma­vra­ta­śu­ddha­ye | ta­the­ryā­dā­na­ni­kṣe­pa­sa­mi­tī vī­kṣya­bho­ja­naḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,10i­ti mu­hu­rmu­hu­ś ce­ta­si saṃ­ciṃ­ta­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,11kāḥ pu­na­r dvi­tī­ya­sya vra­ta­sya bhā­va­nā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.5 kro­dha­lo­bha­bhī­ru­tva­hā­sya­pra­tyā­khyā­nā­ny a­nu­vī­cī­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ ca paṃ­ca |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,13ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.5.1kro­dha­lo­bha­bha­yaṃ hā­syaṃ pra­tyā­khyā­na­mṛ­to­dbha­vaṃ | ta­ttvā­nu­kū­la­m ā­bhā­ṣe dvi­tī­ya­vra­ta­śu­ddha­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,15i­ty e­vaṃ pau­naḥ­pu­nye­na ciṃ­ta­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,16tṛ­tī­ya­sya vra­ta­sya kā bhā­va­nā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.6 śū­nyā­gā­ra­vi­mo­ci­tā­vā­sa­pa­ro­pa­ro­dhā­ka­ra­ṇa­bhai­kṣya­śu­ddhi­sa­dha­rmā- TA-ML 7.6 vi­saṃ­vā­dāḥ paṃ­ca |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,19ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.6.1śū­nyaṃ mo­ci­ta­m ā­vā­sa­m a­dhi­ti­ṣṭhā­mi śu­ddhi­daṃ | pa­ro­pa­ro­dhaṃ muṃ­cā­mi bhai­kṣya­śu­ddhiṃ ka­ro­my a­haṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.6.2sa­dha­rma­bhiḥ sa­maṃ śa­śva­da­vi­saṃ­vā­da­m ā­dri­ye | a­ste­yā­ti­kra­ma­dhvaṃ­sa­he­tu­ta­dvra­ta­vṛ­ddha­ye |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,22i­ty e­vaṃ ba­hu­śaḥ sa­mī­ha­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,23ca­tu­rtha­sya vra­ta­sya kā­s tā bhā­va­nā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.7 strī­rā­ga­ka­thā­śra­va­ṇa­ta­nma­no­ha­rāṃ­ga­ni­rī­kṣa­ṇa­pū­rva­ra­tā­nu­spa­ra­ṇa­vṛ­ṣye­ṣṭa­ra­sa- TA-ML 7.7 śa­rī­ra­saṃ­skā­ra­tyā­gāḥ paṃ­ca |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,26ka­tha­m i­ty u­pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.7.1strī­ṇāṃ rā­ga­ka­thāṃ ja­hyāṃ ma­no­hā­ryaṃ­ga­vī­kṣa­ṇaṃ | pū­rva­ra­ta­smṛ­tiṃ vṛ­ṣya­m i­ṣṭaṃ ra­sa­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.7.2ta­thā śa­rī­ra­saṃ­skā­raṃ ra­ti­ce­to bhi­vṛ­ddhi­kaṃ | ca­tu­rtha­vra­ta­ra­kṣā­rthaṃ sa­ta­taṃ ya­ta­mā­na­saḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,29i­ty e­vaṃ bhū­ri­śaḥ sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,30paṃ­ca­ma­sya vra­ta­sya kā bhā­va­nā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.8 ma­no­jñā­ma­no­jñeṃ­dri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­rā­ga­dve­ṣa­va­rja­nā­ni paṃ­ca |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 459,32ka­tha­m i­ti ni­ve­da­ya­ti­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.8.1sa­rvā­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭo­pa­sthi­te­ṣv i­ha | rā­ga­dve­ṣau tya­jā­my e­vaṃ paṃ­ca­ma­vra­ta­śu­ddha­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 460,02i­ty a­ne­ka­dhā­va­dhā­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 7.8.2pra­tye­ka­m i­ti paṃ­cā­nāṃ vra­tā­nāṃ bhā­va­nā ma­tāḥ | paṃ­ca paṃ­ca sa­dā saṃ­tu niḥ­śre­ya­sa­pha­la­pra­dāḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 460,04kiṃ pu­na­r a­tra bhā­vyaṃ ? ko vā bhā­va­kaḥ ? ka­ś ca bhā­va­no­pā­ya i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.8.3bhā­vyaṃ niḥ­śre­ya­saṃ bhā­vyo bhā­va­ko bhā­va­nā pu­naḥ | ta­du­pā­ya i­ti tryaṃ­śa­pū­rṇāḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ gi­raḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 460,06na hi sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nāṃ bhā­va­nā bha­va­ti | ni­tya­syā­tma­no bhā­va­ka­tve vi­ro­dhaḥ­, ta­taḥ prā­ga­bhā­va­ka­sya śa­śva­da- TAŚVA-ML 460,07bhā­va­ka­tvā­nu­ṣa­kteḥ­, bhā­va­ka­sya sa­rva­dā bhā­va­ka­tvā­pa­tteḥ | ta­ta e­va pra­dhā­na­syā­pi na bhā­va­ka­tva­m a­ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 460,08nā­pi kṣa­ṇi­kai­kāṃ­te bhā­va­ko sti­, ni­ra­nva­ya­vi­nā­śi­naḥ kṣa­ṇā­d ū­rdhva­m a­va­sthā­nā­bhā­vā­t pau­naḥ pu­nye­na ci­tsaṃ­tā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 460,09nā­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­t saṃ­tā­na­syā­py a­va­stu­tvā­t | ta­to ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m e­va bhā­va­nā yu­ktā bhā­va­ka­sya bha­vya­syā­tma­naḥ si­ddheḥ TAŚVA-ML 460,10sa­rva­ka­rma­ni­rmo­kṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ca niḥ­śre­ya­sa­sya bhā­vya­syo­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­du­pā­ya­bhū­tā­yāḥ sa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­di­sva­bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 460,11tmi­kā­yāḥ sa­tya­bhā­va­nā­yāḥ pra­si­ddheḥ | syā­dvā­di­nā­m e­va tryaṃ­śa­pū­rṇā gi­ro ve­di­ta­vyāḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 460,12sa­ka­la­vra­ta­sthai­ryā­rtha­m i­tthaṃ ca bhā­va­nā ka­rta­vye­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.9 hiṃ­sā­di­ṣv i­hā­mu­trā­pā­yā­va­dya­da­rśa­na­m |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 460,14a­bhyu­da­ya­niḥ­śre­ya­sā­rthā­nāṃ kri­yā­ṇāṃ vi­nā­śa­ko­pā­yaḥ bha­yaṃ vā­, a­va­dyaṃ ca ga­rhyaṃ ta­yo­r da­rśa­na­m a­va­lo­ka­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 460,15pra­tye­kaṃ hiṃ­sā­di­ṣu bhā­va­yi­ta­vyaṃ |­| ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.9.1hiṃ­sa­nā­di­ṣv i­hā­pā­ya­da­rśa­naṃ bhā­va­nā ya­thā | ma­yā­mu­tra ta­thā­va­dya­da­rśa­naṃ pra­vi­dhī­ya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 460,17hiṃ­sā­di­sa­ka­la­m a­vra­taṃ duḥ­kha­m e­ve­ti ca bhā­va­nāṃ vra­ta­sthai­ryā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.10 duḥ­kha­m e­va vā |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 460,19duḥ­kha­m e­ve­ti kā­ra­ṇe kā­ryo­pa­cā­ro a­nna­prā­ṇa­va­t­, kā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇe vā dha­na­prā­ṇa­va­t | duḥ­kha­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ hy a­vra­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 460,20hiṃ­sā­di­ka­m a­pā­ya­he­tu­svā­d i­hai­va duḥ­kha­m i­ty u­pa­ca­rya­te­, kā­ra­ṇe kā­ra­ṇaṃ vā ta­da­va­dya­he­tu­he­tu­tvā­t ta­sya ca duḥ­kha­pha- TAŚVA-ML 460,21la­tvā­t ta­tpa­ra­tra bhā­va­nā­m ā­tma­sā­kṣi­kaṃ |­| na­nu cā­bra­hma­ka­rmā­mu­tra duḥ­kha­m ā­tma­sā­kṣi­kaṃ ta­d dhi spa­rśa­su­kha­m e­ve­ti TAŚVA-ML 460,22ce­n na­, ta­tra spa­rśa­su­kha­ve­da­nā­pra­tī­kā­ra­tvā­t duḥ­khā­nu­ṣa­kta­tvā­c ca duḥ­kha­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| e­ta­d e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.10.1bhā­va­nā de­hi­nāṃ ta­tra ka­rta­vyā duḥ­kha­m e­va vā | duḥ­khā­tma­ka­bha­vo­dbhū­ti­he­tu­tvā­d a­vra­taṃ hi ta­t |­| 1 |­| TA-ML 7.11 mai­trī­pra­mo­da­kā­ru­ṇya­m ā­dhya­sthyā­ni ca sa­ttva­gu­ṇā­dhi­ka­kli­śya­mā­nā­vi­na­ye­ṣu |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 460,25hiṃ­sā­di­vi­ra­ti­sthai­ryā­rthaṃ bhā­va­yi­ta­vyā­nī­ti bhā­va­nā­ś ca­ta­sro pi ve­di­ta­vyāḥ | pa­re­ṣāṃ duḥ­khā­nu­tpa­ttya­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 460,26lā­ṣo mai­trī­, va­da­na­pra­sā­dā­di­bhi­r a­bhi­vya­jya­mā­nāṃ­ta­rbha­kti­r a­nu­rā­gaḥ pra­mo­daḥ­, dī­nā­nu­gra­ha­bhā­vaḥ kā­ru­ṇyaṃ­, rā­ga­dve­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 460,27pū­rva­ka­pa­kṣa­pā­tā­bhā­vo mā­dhya­sthyaṃ­, a­nā­di­ka­rma­baṃ­dha­va­śā­t sī­daṃ­tī­ti sa­ttvāḥ­, sa­mya­gjñā­nā­di­bhiḥ pra­kṛ­ṣṭā gu­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 460,28dhi­kāḥ­, a­sa­dve­dyo­da­yā­pā­di­ta­kle­śāḥ kli­śya­mā­nāḥ­, ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­va­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇā­bhyā­sa­saṃ­pā­di­ta­gu­ṇā a­vi­ne­yāḥ | TAŚVA-ML 460,29sa­ttvā­di­ṣu mai­tryā­da­yo ya­thā­saṃ­khya­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­nī­yāḥ | tā e­tā bhā­va­nāḥ sa­ty a­ne­kāṃ­tā­śra­ya­ṇe saṃ­bha­vaṃ­ti nā­nya- TAŚVA-ML 460,30the­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.11.1mai­tryā­da­yo vi­śu­ddhyaṃ­gāḥ sa­ttvā­di­ṣu ya­thā­ga­maṃ | bhā­va­nāḥ saṃ­bha­vaṃ­ty aṃ­ta­rnai­kāṃ­tā­śra­ya­ṇe tu tāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.11.2mai­trī sa­ttve­ṣu ka­rta­vyā ya­thā ta­dva­dgu­ṇā­dhi­ke | kli­śya­mā­ne '­vi­ne­ye ca sa­ttva­rū­pā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.11.3kā­ru­ṇyaṃ ca sa­ma­ste­ṣu saṃ­sā­ra­kle­śa­bhā­gi­ṣu | mā­dhya­sthyaṃ vī­ta­rā­gā­ṇāṃ na kva­ci­d vi­ni­dhī­ya­te |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.11.4bha­vya­tvaṃ gu­ṇa­m ā­lo­kya pra­mo­dā­khi­la­de­hi­ṣu | ka­rta­vya i­ti ta­trā­yaṃ vi­bhā­go mu­khya­rū­pa­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TA-ML 7.12 ja­ga­tkā­ya­sva­bhā­vau vā saṃ­ve­ga­vai­rā­gyā­rtha­m |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 461,04bhā­va­yi­ta­vyau vra­ta­sthai­ryā­rtha­m i­ti śe­ṣaḥ | saṃ­ve­ga­vai­rā­gye hi vra­ta­sthai­rya­sya he­tū­, ja­ga­tkā­ya­sva­bhā­va­bhā­va­naṃ saṃ­ve- TAŚVA-ML 461,05ga­vai­rā­gyā­rtha­m i­ti pa­raṃ­pa­ra­yā ta­sya ta­da­rtha­si­ddhiḥ | ja­ga­tkā­ya­śa­bdā­v u­ktā­rthau sve­nā­tma­nā bha­va­naṃ sva­bhā­vaḥ­, ja­ga- TAŚVA-ML 461,06tkā­ya­yoḥ sva­bhā­vā­v i­ti vai­rā­gyā­rthaṃ grā­hyaṃ | saṃ­sā­rā­d bhī­ru­tā saṃ­ve­gaḥ­, rā­ga­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­d vi­ṣa­ye­bhyo vi­raṃ­ja­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 461,07vi­rā­gaḥ ta­sya bhā­vo vai­rā­gyaṃ­, saṃ­ve­ga­vai­rā­gyā­bhyāṃ saṃ­ve­ga­vai­rā­gyā­rtha­m i­ti dva­yoḥ pra­tye­ka­m u­bha­yā­rtha­tvaṃ pra­tye­ta­vyaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 461,08ke­ṣāṃ pu­naḥ saṃ­ve­ga­vai­rā­gyā­rthaṃ ja­ga­tkā­ya­sva­bhā­va­bhā­va­ne ku­to vā bha­va­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.12.1ja­ga­tkā­ya­sva­bhā­vau vā bhā­va­ne bhā­vi­tā­tma­nāṃ | saṃ­ve­gā­ya vi­ra­ktya­rthaṃ ta­ttva­ta­s ta­tpra­bo­dha­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 461,10ta­ttva­to ja­ga­tkā­ya­sva­bhā­vā­bhā­va­bo­dha­vā­di­nāṃ tu ta­dbhā­va­nā­to nā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­si­ddhi­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.12.2bhā­va­nā ka­lpa­nā­mā­traṃ ye­ṣā­m a­rthā­na­pe­kṣa­yā | te­ṣāṃ nā­rtha­s ta­to '­ni­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā­ta i­ve­psi­ta­m |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.12.3a­naṃ­tā­naṃ­ta­ta­ttva­sya ka­ści­d a­rthe­ṣu bhā­vya­te | sa­nn e­ve­ti ya­thā­rthai­va bhā­va­nā no vya­va­sthi­tā |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 461,13ta­to ya­thā vi­ta­tha­sa­ka­la­bhā­va­nāḥ pra­ti­pa­nna­vra­ta­sthai­rya­he­ta­va­s ta­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­svī­kā­ra­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­he­tu­tvā­t sa­mya­k TAŚVA-ML 461,14sū­tri­tāḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 461,15a­tha ke hiṃ­sā­da­yo ye­bhyo vi­ra­ti­r vra­ta­m i­ty u­kta­m i­ti śaṃ­kā­yāṃ hiṃ­sāṃ tā­va­d ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.13 pra­ma­tta­yo­gā­t prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇaṃ hiṃ­sā |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 461,17a­na­bhi­gṛ­hī­ta­pra­cā­ra­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­ma­ttaḥ a­bhyaṃ­ta­rī­bhū­te vā­rtho vā paṃ­ca­da­śa­pra­mā­da­pa­ri­ṇa­to vā­, yo­ga­śa­bdaḥ TAŚVA-ML 461,18saṃ­baṃ­dha­pa­ryā­ya­va­ca­naḥ­, kā­yā­vā­ṅma­naḥ­ka­rma vā­; te­na pra­ma­tta­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t pra­ma­tta­kā­yā­di­ka­rma­ṇo vā prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 461,19hiṃ­se­ti sū­tri­taṃ bha­va­ti | kiṃ pu­na­r vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇaṃ­? vi­yo­ga­ka­ra­ṇaṃ prā­ṇā­nāṃ vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇaṃ prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇaṃ prā­ṇa­gra- TAŚVA-ML 461,20ha­ṇaṃ ta­tpū­rva­ka­tvā­t prā­ṇi­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇa­sya | sā­ma­rthya­taḥ si­ddheḥ prā­ṇa­sya prā­ṇi­bhyo nya­tvā­d a­dha­rmā­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 461,21ta­dduḥ­kho­tpā­da­ka­tvā­t prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇa­sya | prā­ṇā­nāṃ vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇe ta­taḥ śa­rī­ri­ṇo '­nya­tvā­d duḥ­sva­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 461,22i­ṣṭa­pu­tra­ka­la­trā­di­vi­yo­ge tā­pa­da­rśa­nā­t | te­nā­nya­tva­sya vya­bhi­tā­rā­t prā­ṇa­prā­ṇi­no­r baṃ­dhaṃ pra­tye­ka­tvā­c ca sa­rva­thā- TAŚVA-ML 461,23nya­tva­m a­si­ddha­m i­ti na duḥ­khā­bhā­va­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | śa­rī­ri­ṇaḥ sā­dha­ya­to ya­to hiṃ­sā na syā­t | e­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 461,24ta­da­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­vā­t | prā­ṇa­prā­ṇi­noḥ saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­baṃ­dha i­ti ce­t­, ku­ta­s ta­tsāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­yo­gā­d vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? TAŚVA-ML 461,25ta­da­ddṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti ce­t­, ta­syā­py ā­tma­no nya­tve ku­taḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­tma­nā vya­pa­de­śaḥ | ta­tra sa­ma­vā­yā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 461,26ce­t­, sa­rvā­tma­su ka­smā­n na ta­tsa­ma­vā­yaḥ­? pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­tma­ni dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ pha­lā­nu­bha­va­nā­t ta­trai­va sa­ma­vā­yo na TAŚVA-ML 461,27sa­rvā­tma­sv i­ti ce­t­, ta­d e­va sa­rvā­tma­su kiṃ na syā­t­? sa­rvā­tma­śa­rī­re­ṣv a­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, śa­rī­ra­syā­pi pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 461,28ni­ya­tā­tma­svā­bhā­vi­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t sa­rvā­tma­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | ya­da­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa kṛ­taṃ ya­c cha­rī­raṃ ta­t ta­syai­ve­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 461,29ta­rhy a­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­pi ta­to nya­tai­ve­ty e­kāṃ­te ku­taḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­tma­nā vya­pa­de­śa i­ti sa e­va pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­ś ca­kra­kaṃ ca | TAŚVA-ML 461,30ta­taḥ su­dū­ra­m a­pi ga­tvā ya­trā­tma­ni bhā­vā­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tā­dā­tmye­na sthi­taṃ ta­sya ta­tkṛ­taṃ dra­vyā­pṛ­ṣṭaṃ pau­dga­li­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 461,31ka­rma vya­pa­di­śya­te | ta­tkṛ­taṃ ca śa­rī­raṃ prā­ṇā­tma­kaṃ ta­dvya­pa­de­śa­m a­rha­ti pu­tra­ka­la­trā­di­va­d e­ve­ti syā­dvā­di­nā­m e­va TAŚVA-ML 461,32prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇe prā­ṇi­no vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇaṃ duḥ­kho­tpa­tte­r yu­ktaṃ na pu­na­r e­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā yau­gā­nāṃ saṃ­khyā­di­va­t | na­nu TAŚVA-ML 461,33pra­ma­tta­yo­ga e­va hiṃ­sā ta­da­bhā­ve saṃ­ya­tā­tma­no ya­teḥ prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇe pi hiṃ­sā­ni­ṣṭe­r i­ti ka­ści­t | prā­ṇa­vya- TAŚVA-ML 462,01pa­ro­pa­ṇa­m e­va hiṃ­sā pra­ma­tta­yo­gā­bhā­ve ta­dvi­dhā­ne prā­ya­ści­tto­pa­de­śā­t­, ta­ta­s ta­du­bha­yo­pā­dā­naṃ sū­tre ki­ma­rtha­m i­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 462,02pa­raḥ | a­tro­cya­te – a­bha­ya­vi­se­ṣo­pā­dā­na­m a­nya­ta­mā­bhā­ve hiṃ­sā­bhā­va­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ | hiṃ­sā hi dve­dhā bhā­va­to dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 462,03ta­ś ca | ta­tra bhā­va­to hiṃ­sā pra­ma­tta­yo­gaḥ sa­n ke­va­la­s ta­tra bhā­va­prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­syā­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vi­tvā­t | ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 462,04pra­ma­tta­syā­tma­naḥ svā­tma­ghā­ti­tvā­t rā­gā­dyu­tpa­tte­r e­va hiṃ­sā­tve­na sa­ma­ye pra­ti­va­rṇa­nā­t | dra­vya­hiṃ­sā tu pa­ra­dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 462,05prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­da­ṇaṃ svā­tma­no vā ta­dvi­dhā­yi­naḥ prā­ya­ści­tto­pa­de­śo bhā­va­prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇā­bhā­vā­t ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t pra­bha- TAŚVA-ML 462,06tta­yo­gaḥ syā­t ta­d dhi pū­rva­ka­sya ya­te­r a­py a­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vā­t | ta­taḥ pra­ma­tta­yo­gaḥ prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇaṃ ca hiṃ­se­ti jñā­pa- TAŚVA-ML 462,07nā­rthaṃ ta­du­bha­yo­pā­dā­naṃ kṛ­taṃ sū­tre yu­kta­m e­va | ye­ṣāṃ tu na ka­ści­d ā­tmā vi­dya­te kṣa­ṇa­ka­ci­tta­mā­tra­pra­ti­jñā­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 462,08pṛ­thi­vyā­di­bhū­ta­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­pra­ti­jñā­nā­d vā te­ṣāṃ prā­ṇya­bhā­ve prā­ṇā­bhā­vaḥ ka­rtu­r a­bhā­vā­t | na hi ci­tta­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ prā­ṇā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 462,09ka­rtā ta­sya ni­ra­nva­ya­syā­rtha­kri­yā­he­tu­tva­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | nā­pi kā­yā­kā­ra­pa­ri­ṇa­to bhū­ta­saṃ­ghā­to mṛ­ta­śa­rī­ra­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 462,10ta­tka­rtṛ­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to jī­va­śa­rī­ra­syā­tmā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tva­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa vi­śe­ṣā­vya­va­dhā­na­sā­dha­nā­t jī­va­ti prā­ṇi­ni TAŚVA-ML 462,11prā­ṇa­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­dvya­pa­ro­pa­ṇaṃ pra­ma­tta­yo­gā­t syā­dvā­di­nā­m e­va hiṃ­se­ty ā­ve­da­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 7.13.1hiṃ­sā­tra prā­ṇi­nāṃ prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇa­m u­dī­ri­tā | pra­ma­tta­yo­ga­to nā­to mu­neḥ saṃ­ya­ta­nā­tma­naḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 462,13rā­gā­dī­nā­m a­nu­tpā­dā­n na hiṃ­sā sva­smi­n pa­ra­tra vā­stu na hiṃ­sa­ka i­ti si­ddhāṃ­te de­śa­nā­, ta­sya kva­ci­d a­pi TAŚVA-ML 462,14bhā­va­dra­vya­prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇā­bhā­vā­t ta­dbhā­va e­va hiṃ­sa­ka­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ rā­gā­dī­nā­m u­tpa­tti­r hiṃ­se­ti va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 462,15kiṃ pu­na­r a­nṛ­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.14 a­sa­da­bhi­dhā­na­m a­nṛ­ta­m |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 462,17a­sa­d i­ti ni­rjñā­ta­sa­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhe na­rtha­saṃ­pra­tya­ya­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ka­ści­t na­vā­, sa­ccha­bda­sya pra­śaṃ­sā­rtha­vā­ci­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 462,18ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhe a­pra­śa­stā­rtha­ga­ti­r i­ty a­nva­yaḥ | ta­d i­ha hiṃ­sā­di­ka­m a­sa­da­bhi­pre­taṃ a­bhi­dhā­na­śa­bdaḥ ka­ra­ṇā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 462,19sā­dha­naḥ­, ṛ­taṃ ca ta­tsa­tyā­rthe ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhā­da­nṛ­taṃ | te­ne­da­m u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti pra­ma­tta­yo­gā­d a­sa­da­bhi­dhā­naṃ ya­t ta­da­nṛ­ta­m i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 462,20mi­thyā­nṛ­ta­m i­ty a­stu la­ghu­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, vi­pa­rī­tā­rtha­mā­tra­saṃ­pra­tya­ya­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na ca vi­pa­rī­tā­rtha­mā­tra­m a­nṛ­ta­m i- TAŚVA-ML 462,21ṣya­te sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vi­pa­rī­ta­syā­ne­kā­tma­no rtha­syā­nṛ­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | e­te­na mi­thyā­bhi­dhā­na­m a­nṛ­ta­m i­ty a­pi ni­rā­kṛ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 462,22m a­ti­vyā­pi­tvā­t | ya­di pu­na­r a­sa­d e­va mi­thye­ti vyā­khyā­na­m ā­śrī­ya­te ta­dā ya­thā­va­sthi­ta­m a­stu pra­ti­pa­tti­gau­ra­vā- TAŚVA-ML 462,23na­va­ta­ra­ṇā­t |­| ta­d e­vaṃ­ —TAŚV-ML 7.14.1a­pra­śa­sta­m a­sa­dbo­dha­m a­bhi­dhā­naṃ ya­d a­sya ta­t | pra­ma­tta­syā­nṛ­taṃ nā­nya­sye­ty ā­huḥ sa­ty a­vā­di­naḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.14.2te­na sva­pa­ra­saṃ­tā­pa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ya­d va­coṃ­gi­nāṃ | ya­thā­dṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­m a­py a­tra ta­d a­sa­tyaṃ vi­bhā­vya­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.14.3mi­thyā­rtha­m a­pi hiṃ­sā­di­ni­ṣe­dha va­ca­naṃ ma­taṃ | sa­tyaṃ ta­tsa­tsu sā­dhu­tvā­d a­hiṃ­sā­vra­ta­śu­ddhi­da­m |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 462,27ste­yaṃ ki­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.15 a­da­ttā­dā­naṃ ste­ya­m |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 462,29sa­rva­m a­da­tta­mā­da­dā­na­sya ste­ya­tva­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ ka­rmā­de­ya­m ā­tma­sā­t ku­rva­taḥ ste­ya­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, dā­nā­dā­na- TAŚVA-ML 462,30yo­r ya­trai­va pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­ttī ta­trai­vo­pa­pa­tteḥ | i­cchā­mā­tra­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­da­ttā­dā­na­gra­ha­ṇā­t | a­da­tta­syā­dā­naṃ ste­ya- TAŚVA-ML 462,31m i­ty u­kte hi dā­nā­dā­na­yo­r ya­tra pra­va­rta­na­m a­sti ta­trai­va ste­ya­vya­va­hā­ra i­ty a­bhi­hi­taṃ bha­va­ti | ta­tka­rmā­pi ki­m a­rthaṃ TAŚVA-ML 462,32ka­smai­ci­n na dī­ya­ta i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya ha­stā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­vi­sa­rgā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | sa e­va ku­ta i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 462,33sū­kṣma­tvā­t | ka­thaṃ dha­rmo ma­yā­smai da­tta i­ti vya­va­hā­ra i­ti ce­t­, dha­rma­kā­ra­ṇa­syā­ya­ta­nā­de­r dā­nā­t TAŚVA-ML 462,34kā­ra­ṇe kā­ryo­pa­cā­rā­d dha­rma­sya dā­na­si­ddheḥ | dha­rmā­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­t ma­naḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­d vā ta­thā vya­va­hā­ro­pa­pa­tte­r a­nu­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 463,01ka­tha­m e­vaṃ ka­rma­ṇā jī­va­sya baṃ­dha­s ta­dyo­gya­pu­dga­lā­dā­na­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ sū­tri­ta i­ti ce­t­, śa­rī­rā­hā­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ta­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 463,02dbaṃ­dhaḥ śa­rī­ri­ṇo na pu­naḥ sva­ha­stā­dyā­dā­na­taḥ te­ṣā­m ā­tma­ni śu­bhā­śu­bha­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ḍhau­ka­na­syai­vā­dā­na­śa­bde­na vya­pa­de- TAŚVA-ML 463,03śā­t | ta­rhi śa­dbā­di­vi­ṣa­yā­ṇāṃ ra­thyā­dvā­rā­dī­nāṃ vā­da­ttā­nā­m ā­dā­nā­t ste­ya­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, ta­dā­dā­yi­no TAŚVA-ML 463,04ya­te­ra­pra­ma­tta­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ sā­mā­nye­na ja­nai­r da­tta­tvā­c ca de­va­vaṃ­da­nā­di­ni­mi­tta­dha­rmā­dā­nā­t ste­ya­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 463,05u­kta­tvā­t | ta­tra dā­nā­dā­na­vya­va­hā­rā­saṃ­bha­vā­d dha­rma­kā­ra­ṇā­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­d dha­rma­gra­ha­ṇo­pa­cā­rā­d vā ta­thā vya­va­hā­ra­si- TAŚVA-ML 463,06ddhe­r i­ti | pra­ma­ttā­dhi­kā­ra­tvā­d a­nya­trā­pra­saṃ­gaḥ ste­ya­sya | de­va­vaṃ­da­nā­dau pra­mā­dā­bhā­vā­t ta­nni­mi­tta­ka­sya dha­rma­sya pa­re­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 463,07da­tta­syā­py ā­dā­ne ku­taḥ ste­ya­pra­saṃ­gaḥ­? e­ta­d e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.15.1pra­ma­tta­yo­ga­to ya­t syā­d a­da­ttā­dā­na­m ā­tma­naḥ | ste­yaṃ ta­tsū­tri­taṃ dā­nā­dā­na­yo­gyā­rtha­go­ca­ra­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.15.2te­na sā­mā­nya­to '­da­tta­m ā­da­dā­na­sya sa­nmu­neḥ | sa­ri­nni­rjha­ra­ṇā­dyaṃ­bhaḥ śu­ṣka­go­ma­ya­khaṃ­ḍa­ka­m |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.15.3bha­smā­di vā sva­yaṃ mu­ktaṃ pi­cchā­lā­bū­pha­lā­di­kaṃ | prā­su­ktaṃ na bha­ve­t ste­yaṃ pra­ma­tta­tva­sya hā­ni­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 463,11a­tha ki­m a­bra­hme­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.16 mai­thu­na­m a­bra­hma |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 463,13mi­thu­na­sya bhā­vo mai­thu­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, dra­vya­dva­ya­bha­va­na­mā­tra­pra­saṃ­gā­t | mi­thu­na­sye ka­rme­ti ce­n na­, pu­ru­ṣa­dva­ya­ni- TAŚVA-ML 463,14rva­rtya­ki­yā­vi­śe­pa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | strī­puṃ­sa­yo ka­rme­ti ce­n na­, pa­cyā­di­kri­yā­pra­saṃ­gā­t | strī­puṃ­sa­yoḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­gā­tra­śle­ṣe TAŚVA-ML 463,15rā­ga­pa­ri­ṇā­mo mai­thu­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, e­ka­smi­nn a­pra­saṃ­gā­t | u­pa­cā­rā­d i­ti ce­n na­, mu­khya­pha­lā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 463,16na mai­thu­na­śa­bdā­d i­ṣṭā­rtha­sa­pra­tya­ya i­ti ka­ści­t­, ta­tpra­ti­kṣe­pā­rtha­m u­cya­te – na ca­, spa­rśa­va­ddra­vya­saṃ­yo­ga­syā­vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 463,17ṣā­bhi­dhā­nā­d e­ka­sya dvi­tī­ya­tvo­pa­pa­ttau mi­thu­na­tva­si­ddheḥ­, pra­si­ddhi­va­śā­d vā­rtha­pra­tī­teḥ pū­rvo­ktā­nāṃ cā­na­va­dya­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 463,18si­ddho mai­thu­na­śa­bdā­rthaḥ | a­hiṃ­sā­di­gu­ṇa­bṛṃ­ha­ṇā­d bra­hma ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­m a­bra­hma ta­c ca mai­thu­na­m i­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ rū­ḍhi­va- TAŚVA-ML 463,19śā­t | ta­to na prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇā­dī­nāṃ bra­hma­vi­pa­rī­ta­tve py a­bra­hma­tva­pra­si­ddhiḥ |­| ta­d i­da­m a­bra­hma pra­ma­tta­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 463,20saṃ­bha­va­tī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.16.1ta­thā mai­thu­na­m a­bra­hma pra­ma­tta­syai­va ta­tpu­naḥ | pra­mā­da­ra­hi­tā­nāṃ hi jā­tu­ci­tta­da­saṃ­bha­vaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 463,22na hi ya­thā pra­mā­dā­bhā­ve pi ka­sya­ci­t saṃ­ya­tā­tma­naḥ prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇā­di­kaṃ saṃ­bha­va­ti ta­thā mai­thu­na­m a­pi­, ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 463,23pra­mā­da­sa­dbhā­va e­va bhā­vā­t | va­rāṃ­ga­nā­liṃ­ga­na­mā­tra­m a­pra­ma­tta­syā­pi bha­va­tī­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya mai­thu­na­tvā­pra­si­ddheḥ TAŚVA-ML 463,24pu­tra­sya mā­trā­liṃ­ga­na­va­t | spa­rśa­na­mai­thu­na­da­rśa­nā­di vā ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t pra­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya ri­raṃ­sā­pū­rva­ka­syo­pa­ga- TAŚVA-ML 463,25mā­t | na ca saṃ­ya­ta­syāṃ­ga­nā­liṃ­gi­ta­syā­pi ri­raṃ­sā­sti­, a­saṃ­ya­ta­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­daṃ­ga­nā­yā ri­raṃ­sā­stī­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 463,26ta­syā e­va mai­thu­na­m a­stu le­pa­ma­ya­pu­ru­ṣā­liṃ­ga­na­va­t | prā­ya­ści­tto­pa­de­śa­s ta­tra ka­tha­m i­ti ce­t­, ta­syā­pi pra­saṃ­ga­ni- TAŚVA-ML 463,27vṛ­ttya­rtha­tvā­t | vi­sra­bdhā­lo­ka­nā­dā­v a­pi ta­du­pa­de­śa­syā­vi­ro­dhā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 463,28kaḥ pu­naḥ pa­ri­gra­ha i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.17 mū­rchā pa­ri­gra­haḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 463,30bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ro­pa­dhi­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­di­vyā­pṛ­ti­r mū­rchā | vā­ta­pi­tta­śle­ṣma­vi­kā­ra­sye­ti ce­n na­, vi­śe­ṣi­ta­tvā­t | ta­syāḥ TAŚVA-ML 463,31sa­ka­la­saṃ­ga­ra­hi­te pi ya­tau pra­saṃ­gā­t | bā­hya­syā­pa­ri­gra­ha­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, a­dhyā­tma­ka­pra­dhā­na­tvā­t mū­rchā­kā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 463,32ṇa­tvā­d bā­hya­sya mū­rchā­vya­pa­de­śā­t | jñā­na­da­rśa­na­cā­ri­tre­ṣu pra­saṃ­gaḥ pa­ri­gra­ha­sye­ti ce­n na­, pra­ma­ttā­dhi­kā­rā­t | ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 463,33sū­ktaṃ mū­rchā pa­ri­gra­haḥ pra­ma­tta­yo­gā­d i­ti | ta­nmū­lāḥ sa­rva­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gāḥ | ya­thā cā­mī pa­ri­gra­ha­mū­lā­s ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 463,34hiṃ­sā­di­mū­lā a­pi hiṃ­sā­dī­nāṃ paṃ­cā­nā­m a­pi pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­vi­nā­bhā­vā­t |­| ta­d e­vā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.17.1ya­sya hiṃ­sā­nṛ­tā­dī­ni ta­sya saṃ­ti pa­ra­spa­raṃ | a­vi­nā­bhā­va­va­dbhā­vā­d e­ṣā­m i­ti ca du­rbu­dhāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.17.2ta­to hiṃ­sā­vra­taṃ ya­sya ya­sya sa­rva­vra­ta­kṣa­tiḥ | ta­d e­va paṃ­ca­dhā bhi­nnaṃ kāṃ­ści­t pra­ti ma­hā­vraṃ­ta |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 464,03ya­smā­d a­ti­ja­ḍā­n va­kra­ja­ḍāṃ­ś ca vi­ne­yā­t pra­ti sa­rva­sā­va­dya­ni­vṛ­tti­la­kṣa­ṇa­hiṃ­sā­vra­ta­m e­ka­m e­va su­me­dho­bhi­r a­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 464,04ma­nya­mā­naṃ paṃ­ca­dhā chi­nnaṃ ta­smā­d ya­sya hiṃ­sā ta­syā­nṛ­tā­dī­nī saṃ­ty e­va te­ṣāṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­vi­nā­bhā­vā­d a­hiṃ­sā­yāḥ TAŚVA-ML 464,05sa­tyā­d a­vi­nā­bhā­va­va­t | na­nu ca sa­ti pa­ri­gra­he ta­tsaṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­naṃ­dā­d a­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vi­nī hiṃ­sā­nṛ­te syā­tāṃ ste­yā­bra- TAŚVA-ML 464,06hma­ṇī tu ka­tha­m i­ti ce­t­, sa­rva­thā pa­ri­gra­ha­va­taḥ pa­ra­sya sva­gra­ha­ṇā­t strī­gra­ha­ṇā­c ca ni­vṛ­tte­r a­bhā­vā­t | ta­nni­vṛ­ttau TAŚVA-ML 464,07de­śa­to vi­ra­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­rva­thā vi­ro­dhā­t | e­te­na sa­rva­thā hiṃ­sā­yā­m a­nṛ­ta­ste­yā­bra­hma­pa­ri­gra­hā­ṇā­m a­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vaḥ TAŚVA-ML 464,08pra­ti­pā­di­ta­s ta­trā­nṛ­tā­di­bhyo hiṃ­sā­ge­bhyo vi­ra­te­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­t saṃ­bha­ve vā sa­rva­thā hiṃ­sā­na­va­sthi­teḥ | ta­thai­vā­nṛ­te TAŚVA-ML 464,09sa­rva­thā hiṃ­sā­ste­yā­bra­hma­pa­ri­gra­hā­ṇā­m a­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vaḥ pra­kā­śi­taḥ hiṃ­sāṃ­ga­tve­nā­nṛ­ta­sya va­ca­nā­t ta­tra ta­syāḥ sā­ma- TAŚVA-ML 464,10rthya­taḥ si­ddheḥ | ste­yā­bra­hma­pa­ri­gra­hā­ṇā­m a­pi si­ddhe­s ta­daṃ­ga­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ta­thā ste­yā­sa­tye a­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vi­nī TAŚVA-ML 464,11hiṃ­sā­, dra­vi­ṇa­ha­ra­ṇa­syai­va hiṃ­sā­tvā­t dra­vi­ṇa­sya bā­hya­prā­ṇā­tma­ka­tvā­t | ta­thā co­ktaṃ – "­yā­va­t ta­ddra­vi­ṇaṃ nā­ma TAŚVA-ML 464,12prā­ṇā e­te ba­hi­sta­rāṃ | sa ta­sya ha­ra­te prā­ṇā­n yo ya­sya ha­ra­te dha­naṃ |­| " i­ti hiṃ­sā­pra­si­ddhau cā­nṛ­tā­bra­hma- TAŚVA-ML 464,13pa­ri­gra­hā­ṇāṃ si­ddhi­s ta­daṃ­ga­tvā­t | e­va­m a­bra­hma­ṇi sa­ti hiṃ­sā­yāḥ si­ddhi­s ta­syā rā­gā­dyu­tpa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t sva­bho- TAŚVA-ML 464,14gya­strī­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­naṃ­dā­c ca hiṃ­sā­yāṃ ca si­ddhā­yāṃ ste­yā­nṛ­ta­pa­ri­gra­ha­si­ddhi­s ta­daṃ­ga­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ ta­dvi­ra­tya­bhā­vā­d vi­ra­tau TAŚVA-ML 464,15vā sa­rva­thā ta­dbhā­va­vi­ro­dhā­t de­śa­vi­ra­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t |­| ta­d e­vaṃ va­stra­pā­tra­daṃ­ḍā­ji­nā­di­pa­ri­gra­hā­ṇāṃ na pa­ri­gra­ho mū­rchā- TAŚVA-ML 464,16ra­hi­ta­tvā­t ta­ttva­jñā­nā­di­svī­ka­ra­ṇa­va­d i­ti va­daṃ­taṃ pra­tyā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.17.3mū­rchā pa­ri­gra­haḥ so pi nā­pra­ma­tta­sya yu­jya­te | ta­yā vi­nā na va­strā­di­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ka­sya­ci­t ta­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 464,18la­jjā­pa­na­ya­nā­rthaṃ ka­rpa­ṭa­khaṃ­ḍā­di­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇaṃ mū­rchā­vi­ra­he pi saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti ce­n na­, kā­ma­ve­da­nā­pa­na­ya­nā­rthaṃ strī­mā­tra- TAŚVA-ML 464,19gra­ha­ṇe pi mū­rchā­vi­ra­ha­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­tra yo­ṣi­da­bhi­ṣaṃ­ga e­va mū­rche­ti ce­t­, a­nya­trā­pi va­strā­bhi­lā­ṣaḥ sā­stu ke­va- TAŚVA-ML 464,20la­m e­kaṃ tu kā­ma­ve­da­nā yo­ṣi­da­bhi­lā­ṣa­he­tuḥ pa­ra­tra la­jjā ka­rpa­ṭā­bhi­lā­ṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ti na ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­ni­ya­mo sti­, TAŚVA-ML 464,21mo­ho­da­ya­syai­vāṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇa­sya ni­ya­ta­tvā­t | e­te­na liṃ­ga­da­rśa­nā­t kā­mi­nī­ja­na­du­ra­bhi­saṃ­dhiḥ syā­d i­ti ta­nni­vā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 464,22ṇā­rthaṃ pa­ṭa­khaṃ­ḍa­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti pra­tyu­ktaṃ­, ta­nni­vā­ra­ṇa­syai­va ta­da­bhi­lā­ṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | na­ya­nā­di­ma­no­ha­rāṃ­gā­nāṃ da­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 464,23ne pi va­ni­tā­ja­na­du­ra­bhi­prā­ya­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­tpra­cchā­da­na­ka­rpa­ṭa­syā­pi gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­kti­ś ca ta­ta e­va ta­dva­t | so '­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 464,24sva­ha­ste­na bu­ddhi­pū­rva­pa­ṭa­khaṃ­ḍā­di­ka­m ā­dā­ya pa­ri­da­dhā­no pi ta­nmū­rchā­ra­hi­ta i­ti ko­śa­pā­naṃ vi­dhe­yaṃ­, ta­nvī­mā­śli- TAŚVA-ML 464,25ṣya­to '­pi ta­nmū­rchā­ra­hi­ta­tva­m e­vaṃ syā­t | ta­to na mū­rchā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa pa­ṭā­di­svī­ka­ra­ṇaṃ saṃ­bha­va­ti ta­sya ta­ddhe­tu­ka­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 464,26sā tu ta­da­bhā­ve pi saṃ­bhā­vya­te kā­ryā­pā­ye pi kā­ra­ṇa­sya da­rśa­nā­t­, dhū­mā­bhā­ve pi mu­rmu­rā­dya­va­stha­pā­va­ka­va­t | na­nv e­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 464,27pi­cchā­di­gra­ha­ṇe pi mū­rchā syā­t i­ti ce­t­, ta­ta e­va pa­ra­ma­nai­rgra­nthya­si­ddhau pa­ri­hā­ra­vi­śu­ddhi­saṃ­ya­ma­bhṛ­tāṃ TAŚVA-ML 464,28ta­ttyā­gaḥ sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ya­ya­thā­khyā­ta­saṃ­ya­ma­bhṛ­nmu­ni­va­t | sā­mā­yi­ka­che­do­pa­sthā­pa­na­saṃ­ya­ma­bhṛ­tāṃ tu ya­tī­nāṃ saṃ­ya- TAŚVA-ML 464,29mo­pa­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t pra­ti­le­kha­na­sya gra­ha­ṇaṃ sū­kṣma­mū­rchā­sa­dbhā­ve pi yu­kta­m e­va­, mā­rgā­vi­ro­dhi­tvā­c ca | na tv e­vaṃ su­va­rṇā­di- TAŚVA-ML 464,30gra­ha­ṇa­pra­saṃ­gaḥ ta­sya nā­gnyā­saṃ­ya­mo­pa­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vā­t ta­dvi­ro­dhi­tvā­t | sa­ka­lo­pa­bho­ga­sa­mya­gni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­c ca | na ca TAŚVA-ML 464,31tri­ca­tu­ra­pi­ccha­mā­tra­ma­lā­bū­pha­la­mā­traṃ vā kiṃ­ci­n mū­lyaṃ la­bha­te ya­ta­s ta­d a­py u­pa­bho­ga­saṃ­pa­tti­ni­mi­ttaṃ syā­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 464,32mū­lya­dā­na­ka­ya­yo­gya­sya pi­cchā­de­r a­pi gra­ha­ṇaṃ nyā­yyaṃ­, si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­ro­dhā­t | na­nu mū­rchā­bi­ra­he kṣī­ṇa­mo­hā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 464,33śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­gra­ho­pa­ga­mā­n na ta­ddhe­tuḥ sa­rvaḥ pa­ri­gra­ha i­ti ce­n na­, te­ṣāṃ pū­rva­bha­va­mo­ho­da­yā­pā­di­ta­ka­rma­baṃ­dha­ni­baṃ- TAŚVA-ML 464,34dha­na­śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­gra­hā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | mo­ha­kṣa­yā­t ta­ttyā­gā­rthaṃ pa­ra­mā­cā­ri­tra­sya vi­dhā­nā­d a­nya­thā ta­ttyā­ga­syā­tyaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 465,01ti­ka­sya ka­ra­ṇā­yo­gā­t | ta­rhi ta­nu­sthi­tya­rtha­m ā­hā­ra­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ya­te­s ta­nu­mū­rchā­kā­ra­ṇa­kṣa­maṃ yu­kta­m e­ve­ti ce­n na­, ra­tna­tra­yā- TAŚVA-ML 465,02rā­dha­na­ni­baṃ­dha­na­syai­vo­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­dvi­rā­dha­na­he­to­s ta­syā­py a­ni­ṣṭaḥ | na hi na­va­ko­ṭi­vi­śu­ddha­m ā­hā­raṃ bhai­kṣya­śu­ddhya- TAŚVA-ML 465,03nu­sā­ri­ta­yā gṛ­hṇa­n mu­ni­r jā­tu­ci­dra­tna­tra­ya­vi­rā­dha­na­vi­dhā­yī­, ta­to na kiṃ­ci­t pa­dā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ka­sya­ci­n mū­rchā­vi­ra­he TAŚVA-ML 465,04saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti sa­rvaḥ pa­ri­gra­haḥ pra­ma­tta­syai­vā­bra­hma­va­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 465,05a­thai­te­bhyo hiṃ­sā­di­bhyo vi­ra­ti­rvra­ta­m i­ti ni­ści­taṃ ta­da­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t tu yo vra­tī sa kī­dṛ­śa i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.18 niḥ­śa­lyo vra­tī |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 465,07a­ne­ka­dhā prā­ṇi­ga­ṇa­śa­ra­ṇā­c cha­lyaṃ bā­dhā­ka­ra­tvā­d u­pa­cā­ra­si­ddhiḥ | tri­vi­dhaṃ mā­yā­ni­dā­na­mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­bhe­dā­t | TAŚVA-ML 465,08ka­ści­d ā­ha – vi­ro­dhā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­di­ni­vṛ­tte­r vra­ti­tvā­bhā­vā­t sa­dda­rśa­nā­di­tva­si­ddhe­r vra­tā­bhi­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 465,09baṃ­dhā­d e­va vra­ti­tva­gha­ṭa­nā­t | vi­ru­ddhaṃ vra­ti­tva­sya niḥ­śa­lya­tvaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ daṃ­ḍi­tva­sya ca­kri­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­va­t | ta­da- TAŚVA-ML 465,10vi­ru­ddhe pi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­syā­na­rtha­kyaṃ vā­nya­ta­re­ṇa ga­tā­rtha­tvā­t | niḥ­śa­lya i­ty a­ne­nai­va vra­ti­tva­si­ddhi­r vra­ti­gra­ha­ṇa­syā- TAŚVA-ML 465,11na­rtha­kyaṃ vra­tī­ti va­ca­nā­d e­va niḥ­śa­lya­tva­si­ddhe­s ta­dva­ca­nā­na­rtha­kya­va­t | vi­ka­lpa i­ti ce­n na­, pha­la­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t TAŚVA-ML 465,12niḥ­śa­lya i­ti vā vra­tī­ti vā syā­d i­ti­, vi­ka­lpe hi na kiṃ­ci­t pha­la­m u­pa­la­bhā­ma­he | na ca vya­pa­de­śa­dva­ya­mā- TAŚVA-ML 465,13tra­m e­va pha­laṃ | saṃ­śa­ya­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ pha­la­m i­ty a­pi na sa­mya­k­, ta­da­vi­nā­bhā­vā­d e­va saṃ­śa­ya­ni­vṛ­tte­r vi­pa­rya­yā­na­dhya­va­sā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 465,14ni­vṛ­tti­va­d i­ti | a­trā­bhi­dhī­ya­te – na vāṃ­gāṃ­gi­bhā­va­sya vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t | niḥ­śa­lya­vra­ti­tva­yo­r hy a­trāṃ­gāṃ­gi­bhā­vo TAŚVA-ML 465,15vi­va­kṣi­taḥ | pra­dhā­na­vi­dhā­nā­d a­pra­dhā­na­sya | pra­dhā­naṃ hi vra­ti­tva­m aṃ­gi ta­nniḥ­śa­lya­tva­m a­pra­dhā­na­m aṃ­ga­bhū­ta­m a­nu­vi­dha­tte­, TAŚVA-ML 465,16ya­tra vra­ti­tvaṃ ta­trā­va­śyaṃ bha­va­tī­ti na ta­sya te­na vi­ro­dhe­nā­pi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ ta­da­na­rtha­kaṃ na vi­ka­lpo­pa­ga­mo na ca TAŚVA-ML 465,17pha­la­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vo pi pra­dhā­na­gu­ṇa­da­rśa­ne­na ma­tāṃ­ta­ra­vya­va­cche­da­sya pha­la­sya si­ddheḥ | te­na kṛ­ta­ni­dā­na­syā­pi mā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 465,18vi­no mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭe­ś ca hiṃ­sā­di­bhyo vi­ra­tā­v a­pi vra­ti­tvā­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhaḥ | mā­yā­ni­dā­na­mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­ra­hi­ta­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 465,19cā­saṃ­ya­ta­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r vra­ti­tvā­bhā­vaḥ pra­ti­pā­di­taḥ syā­t | ta­taḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 7.18.1niḥ­śa­lyo tra vra­tī jñe­yaḥ śa­lyā­ni trī­ṇi ta­ttva­taḥ | mi­thyā­tvā­dī­nī sa­dbhā­ve vra­tā­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­yaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 465,21sa pu­na­r vra­tī sā­gā­ra e­vā­na­gā­ra e­ve­ty e­kāṃ­tā­pā­kṛ­ta­ye sū­tra­kā­raḥ prā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.19 a­gā­rya­na­gā­ra­ś ca |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 465,23pra­ti­śra­yā­rthi­ta­yāṃ­ga­nā­da­gā­raṃ | a­ni­ya­ma­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, bhā­vā­gā­ra­sya vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t ta­d a­syā­stī­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 465,24gā­rī | vra­tī­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | vra­ti­kā­ra­ṇā­sā­ka­lyā­d gṛ­ha­stha­syā­vra­ti­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, nai­ga­ma­saṃ­gra­ha­vya­va­hā­ra­vyā­pā­rā- TAŚVA-ML 465,25n na­ga­ra­vā­sa­va­drā­ja­va­d vā | nai­ga­ma­vyā­pā­rā­d dhi de­śa­to vi­ra­taḥ sa­rva­to vi­ra­ti pra­tya­bhi­mu­kha­saṃ­ka­lpo vra­tī vya­pa- TAŚVA-ML 465,26di­śya­te na­ga­ra­vā­sa­tva­rā­ja­tvā­bhi­mu­khya­sya na­ga­ra­vā­sa­rā­ja­vya­pa­de­śa­va­t | saṃ­gra­ha­na­yā­d vā­ṇu­vra­ta­ma­hā­vya­kti­va­rti­vra­ta­tva- TAŚVA-ML 465,27sā­mā­nyā­de­śā­d a­ṇu­vra­to pi vra­tī­ṣya­te na­ga­rai­ka­de­śa­vā­si­no na­ga­ra­vā­sa­vya­pa­de­śa­va­t de­śa­vi­ṣa­ya­rā­ja­syā­pi rā­ja- TAŚVA-ML 465,28vya­pa­de­śa­va­c ca vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­d de­śa­to vra­ty a­py a­gā­rī vra­tī­ti pra­ti­pā­dya­te ta­dva­de­ve­tya­vi­ro­dhaḥ |­| na vi­dya­te a­gā- TAŚVA-ML 465,29ra­m a­tye­tya­na­gā­raḥ sa ca vra­tī sa­ka­la­vra­ta­kā­ra­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­t | ta­to a­gṛ­ha­stha e­va vra­tī­ty e­kāṃ­to py a­pā­staḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 465,30na­nv e­va­m a­na­gā­ra­sya pa­thi­kā­deḥ vra­ti­tvaṃ syā­d i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­m a­pā­sa­nn ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.19.1so py a­gā­rya­na­gā­ra­ś ca bhā­vā­gā­ra­sya bhā­va­taḥ | a­bhā­vā­c ce­ti pāṃ­thā­de­r nā­na­gā­ra­tva­saṃ­bha­vaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 465,32kaḥ pu­na­r a­gā­rī­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.20 a­ṇu­vra­to '­gā­rī |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 466,02a­nu­śa­bdaḥ sū­kṣma­va­ca­naḥ sa­rva­sā­va­dya­ni­vṛ­ttya­saṃ­bha­vā­t | sa hi dvīṃ­dri­yā­di­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇe ni­vṛ­ttaḥ­, sne­ha­dve- TAŚVA-ML 466,03ṣa­mo­hā­ve­śā­d a­sa­tyā­bhi­dhā­na­va­rja­na­pra­va­ṇaḥ­, a­nya­pī­ḍā­ka­rā­t pā­rthi­va­bha­yā­dyu­tpā­di­ta­ni­mi­ttā­d a­py a­da­ttā­t pra­ti­ni- TAŚVA-ML 466,04vṛ­ttaḥ­, u­pā­ttā­nu­pā­ttā­nyāṃ­ga­nā­saṃ­gā­d vi­ra­tiḥ­, pa­ri­cchi­nna­dha­na­dhā­nya­kṣe­trā­dya­va­dhi­r gṛ­hī pra­tye­ta­vyaḥ |­| sā­ma­rthyā­t TAŚVA-ML 466,05ma­hā­vra­to '­na­gā­ra i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.20.1ta­tra cā­ṇu­vra­to­gā­rī sā­ma­rthyā­t syā­n ma­hā­vra­taḥ | a­na­gā­ra i­ti jñe­ya­m a­tra sū­trāṃ­ta­rā­d vi­nā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 466,07di­gvi­ra­tyā­di­saṃ­pa­nnaḥ syā­da­gā­rī­tyā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.21 di­gde­śā­na­rtha­daṃ­ḍa­vi­ra­ti­sā­mā­yi­ka­pro­ṣa­dho­pa­vā­so­pa­bho­ga­pa­ri­bho­ga­pa­ri­mā- TA-ML 7.21 ṇā­ti­thi­saṃ­vi­bhā­ga­vra­ta­saṃ­pa­nna­ś ca |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 466,10ā­kā­śa­pra­de­śre­ṇī di­k­, na pu­na­r dra­vyāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­sya ni­ra­sta­tvā­t | ā­di­tyā­di­ga­ti­vi­bha­kta­s ta­dbhe­daḥ pū­rvā- TAŚVA-ML 466,11di­r da­śa­dhā | grā­mā­dī­nā­m a­va­dhṛ­ta­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­pra­de­śo de­śaḥ | u­pa­ka­rā­tya­ye pā­pā­dā­na­ni­mi­tta­m a­na­rtha­daṃ­ḍaḥ | vi­ra- TAŚVA-ML 466,12ti­śa­bdaḥ pra­tye­ka­m a­bhi­saṃ­ba­dhya­te | vi­ra­tya­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­dhi­kā­rā­d i­ti ce­n na­, u­pa­sa­rja­nā­na­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­tvā­t | e­ka­tve­na TAŚVA-ML 466,13ga­ma­naṃ sa­ma­yaḥ­, e­ko­ha­mā­tme­ti pra­ti­pa­tti­r dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­t kā­ya­vā­ṅma­naḥ­ka­rma pa­ryā­yā­rthā­na­rpa­ṇā­t­, sa­rva­sā­va­dya­yo- TAŚVA-ML 466,14ga­ni­vṛ­ttye­ka­ni­śca­ya­naṃ vā vra­ta­bhe­dā­rpa­ṇā­t­, sa­ma­ya e­va sā­ma­yi­kaṃ sa­ma­yaḥ pra­yo­ja­na­m a­sye­ti vā | u­pe­tya TAŚVA-ML 466,15sva­smi­n va­saṃ­tīṃ­dri­yā­ṇī­tyu­pa­vā­saḥ­, sva­vi­ṣa­yaṃ pra­tya­vyā­vṛ­tta­tva­nā­t pro­ṣa­dhe pa­rva­ṇyu­pa­vā­saḥ pro­ṣa­dho­pa­vā­saḥ | TAŚVA-ML 466,16u­pe­tye bhu­jya­ta i­ty u­pa­bho­gaḥ a­śa­nā­diḥ pa­ri­tya­jya bhu­jya­ta i­ti pa­ri­bho­gaḥ pu­naḥ pu­na­r bhu­jya­ta i­ty a­rthaḥ sa TAŚVA-ML 466,17va­strā­diḥ | pa­ri­mā­ṇa­śa­bdaḥ pra­tye­ka­m u­bhā­bhyāṃ saṃ­ba­dha­nī­yaḥ | saṃ­ya­ma­m a­vi­rā­dha­ya­nn a­ta­tī­tya­ti­thiḥ­, na vi­dya­te sya TAŚVA-ML 466,18ti­thi­r i­ti vā ta­smai saṃ­vi­bhā­gaḥ pra­ti­śra­yā­dī­nāṃ ya­thā­yo­ga­ma­ti­thi­saṃ­vi­bhā­gaḥ | vra­ta­śa­bdaḥ pra­tye­ka­ma­bhi­saṃ­ba- TAŚVA-ML 466,19dhya­te saṃ­pa­nna­śa­bda­ś ca te­na di­gvi­ra­ti­vra­ta­saṃ­pa­nna i­tyā­di yo­jyaṃ | vra­ta­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­ka­m i­ti ce­t­, u­kta­m a­tra co­pa- TAŚVA-ML 466,20sa­rja­nā­na­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d i­ti | ta­ta i­da­m u­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 7.21.1di­gde­śā­na­rtha­daṃ­ḍe­bhyo vi­ra­ti­r yā vi­śu­ddhi­kṛ­t | sā­mā­yi­kaṃ tri­dhā śu­ddhaṃ tri­kā­laṃ ya­d u­dā­hṛ­taṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.21.2yaḥ pro­ṣa­dho­pa­vā­sa­ś ca ya­thā­vi­dhi ni­ve­di­taḥ | pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ ca ya­t sva­syo­pa­bho­ga­pa­ri­bho­ga­yoḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.21.3ā­hā­ra­bhe­ṣa­jā­vā­sa­pu­sta­va­strā­di­go­ca­raḥ | saṃ­vi­bhā­go vra­taṃ ya­t syā­d yo­gyā­yā­ti­tha­ye sva­yaṃ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.21.4ta­tsaṃ­pa­nna­ś ca ni­śce­yo '­gā­rī­ti dvā­da­śo­di­tāḥ | dī­kṣā­bhe­dā gṛ­ha­stha­sya te sa­mya­ktva­pu­raḥ­sa­rā |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 466,25ku­taḥ kā­ra­ṇā­d di­gvi­ra­tiḥ pa­ri­mi­tā­c ca sa­mā­śrī­ya­te ya­to vi­śu­ddhi­kā­ri­ṇī syā­d i­ti ce­t­, du­ṣpa­ri­hā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 466,26kṣu­dra­jaṃ­tu­prā­ya­tvā­d vi­ni­vṛ­tti­s ta­tpa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ ca yo­ja­nā­di­bhi­r jñā­ta­va­dbhiḥ ta­to a­ga­ma­ne pi prā­ṇi­va­dhā­dya­nu­jñā­ta­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 466,27ce­n na­, ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­tvā­t ta­dva­ca­na­sya | ka­thaṃ­ci­t prā­ṇi­va­dha­sya pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa ga­ma­na­saṃ­bha­vā­t­, tṛ­ṣṇā­prā­kā­mya­ni­ro­dha­na­taṃ­tra- TAŚVA-ML 466,28tva­nā­c ca ta­dvi­ra­teḥ | ma­hā­lā­bhe pi pa­ri­mi­ta­di­śo ba­hi­ra­ga­ma­nā­t | ta­to ba­hi­rma­hā­vra­ta­si­ddhi­r i­ti va­ca­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 466,29ta­thai­va de­śa­vi­ra­te­r viṃ­śu­ddhi­kṛ­t a­na­rtha­daṃ­ḍaḥ paṃ­ca­dhā­, a­pa­dhyā­na­pā­po­dde­śa­pra­mā­da­ca­ri­ta­hiṃ­sā­pra­dā­nā­śu­bha­śru­ti­bhe- TAŚVA-ML 466,30dā­n | ta­to pi vi­ra­ti­r vaṃ­śu­ddhi­kā­ri­ṇī | na­ra­pa­ti­ja­ya­pa­rā­ja­yā­di­saṃ­ciṃ­ta­na­la­kṣa­ṇā­d a­pa­dhyā­nā­t kle­śa­ti­rya­gva­ṇi- TAŚVA-ML 466,31jyā­di­va­ca­na­la­kṣa­ṇā­t pā­po­de­śā­t niḥ­pra­yo­ja­na­vṛ­kṣā­di­che­da­na­bhū­mi­ku­ṭṭa­nā­di­la­kṣa­ṇā­t pra­mā­dā­ca­ri­tā­t vi­ṣa­śa­strā- TAŚVA-ML 466,32di­pra­dā­na­la­kṣa­ṇā­c ca hiṃ­sā­pra­dā­nā­t hiṃ­sā­di­ka­thā­śra­va­ṇā­bhī­kṣṇa­vyā­vṛ­tti­la­kṣa­ṇā­c cā­śu­bha­śru­te­r vi­ra­te­r vi­śu­ddha­pa­ri­ṇā­mo- TAŚVA-ML 466,33tpa­tteḥ | ma­dhye na­rtha­daṃ­ḍa­gra­ha­ṇaṃ pū­rvo­tta­rā­ti­re­kā­na­rtha­kya­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ te­nā­na­rtha­daṃ­ḍā­t pū­rva­yo­r di­gde­śa­vi­ra­tyo­r u­tta­ra­yo­ś co- TAŚVA-ML 467,01pa­bho­ga­pa­ri­bho­ga­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­yo­r a­na­rtha­kaṃ caṃ­kra­ma­ṇā­di­kaṃ vi­ṣa­yo­pa­se­va­naṃ ca na ka­rta­vya­m i­ti pra­kā­śi­taṃ bha­va­ti ta­to TAŚVA-ML 467,02vi­śu­ddhi­vi­śe­ṣo­tpa­tteḥ | sā­mā­yi­kaṃ ka­thaṃ tri­dhā vi­śu­ddhi­da­m i­ti ce­t­, pra­ti­pā­dya­te | sā­mā­yi­ke ni­ya­ta- TAŚVA-ML 467,03de­śa­kā­le ma­hā­vra­ta­tvaṃ pū­rva­va­t ta­to vi­śu­ddhi­r a­ṇu­sthū­la­kṛ­ta­hiṃ­sā­di­ni­vṛ­tteḥ | saṃ­ya­ma­pra­saṃ­gaḥ saṃ­ya­tā­saṃ­ya­ta­syā- TAŚVA-ML 467,04pī­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya ta­dghā­ti­ka­rmo­da­yā­t | ma­hā­vra­ta­tvā­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, u­pa­cā­rā­drā­ja­ku­le sa­rva­ga­ta­cai­tra­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 467,05kaḥ pu­naḥ pro­ṣa­dho­pa­vā­so ya­thā­vi­dhī­ty u­cya­te – snā­na­gaṃ­dha­mā­lyā­di­vi­ra­hi­to a­va­kā­śe śu­cā­vu­pa­va­se­t i­ty u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 467,06vā­sa­vi­dhi­r vi­śu­ddhi­kṛ­t­, sva­śa­rī­ra­saṃ­skā­ra­ka­ra­ṇa­tyā­gā­d dha­rma­śra­va­ṇā­di­sa­mā­hi­tāṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t ta­smi­n va­sa­ti TAŚVA-ML 467,07ni­rā­raṃ­bha­tvā­c ca | bho­ga­pa­ri­bho­ga­saṃ­khyā­naṃ paṃ­ca­vi­dhaṃ­, tra­sa­ghā­ta­pra­mā­da­ba­hu­va­dhā­n i­ṣṭā­nu­pa­se­vya­vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­dā­t | ta­tra TAŚVA-ML 467,08ma­dhu­māṃ­saṃ tra­sa­dhā­ta­jaṃ ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ sa­rva­dā vi­ra­ma­ṇaṃ vi­śu­ddhi­daṃ­, ma­dyaṃ pra­mā­da­ni­mi­ttaṃ ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ ca vi­ra­ma­ṇaṃ saṃ­vi- TAŚVA-ML 467,09dhe­ya­m a­nya­thā ta­du­pa­se­va­na­kṛ­taḥ pra­mā­dā­t sa­ka­la­vra­ta­vi­lo­pa­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | ke­ta­kya­rju­na­pu­ṣpā­di­mā­lyaṃ jaṃ­tu­prā­yaṃ śṛṃ­ga­ve­ra- TAŚVA-ML 467,10mū­la­kā­rdra­ha­ri­drā­niṃ­ba­ku­su­mā­di­ka­m u­pa­daṃ­śa­ka­m a­naṃ­ta­kā­ya­vya­pa­de­śaṃ ca ba­hu­va­dhaṃ ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ vi­ra­ma­ṇaṃ ni­tyaṃ śre­yaḥ­, śrā­va- TAŚVA-ML 467,11ka­tva­vi­śu­ddhi­he­tu­tvā­t | yā­na­vā­ha­nā­di ya­dy a­syā­ni­ṣṭaṃ ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ pa­ri­bho­ga­vi­ra­ma­ṇaṃ yā­va­j jī­vaṃ vi­dhe­yaṃ | ci­tra­va- TAŚVA-ML 467,12strā­dya­nu­pa­se­vya­m a­sa­tya­śi­ṣṭa­se­vya­tvā­t­, ta­d i­ṣṭa­m a­pi pa­ri­tyā­jyaṃ śa­śva­d e­va |­| ta­to nya­tra ya­thā­śa­kti sva­vi­bha­vā­nu­rū­paṃ TAŚVA-ML 467,13ni­ya­ta­de­śa­kā­la­ta­yā bho­kta­vyaṃ | a­ti­thi­saṃ­vi­bhā­ga­ś ca­tu­rvi­dho bhi­kṣo­pa­ka­ra­ṇai­ṣa­dha­pra­ti­śra­ya­bhe­dā­t | ta­tra bhi­kṣā TAŚVA-ML 467,14ni­ra­va­dyā­hā­raḥ­, ra­tna­tra­yo­pa­bṛṃ­ha­ṇa­m u­pa­ka­ra­ṇaṃ pu­sta­kā­di­, ta­thau­ṣa­dhaṃ ro­ga­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m a­na­va­dya­dra­vyaṃ­, pra­ti­śra­yo va­sa­tiḥ TAŚVA-ML 467,15strī­pa­śvā­di­kṛ­ta­saṃ­baṃ­dha­ra­hi­tā yo­gyā vi­jñe­yā | e­vaṃ­vi­dho­di­ta­vra­ta­saṃ­pa­nno ṇu­vra­to gṛ­ha­sthaḥ śu­ddhā­tmā pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 467,16ca­śa­bdaḥ sū­tre nu­kta­sa­mu­cca­yā­rthaḥ prā­gu­kta­sa­mu­cca­yā­rthā­t | te­na gṛ­ha­stha­sya paṃ­cā­ṇu­vra­tā­ni sa­pta­śī­lā­ni gu­ṇa­vra­ta- TAŚVA-ML 467,17śi­kṣā­vra­ta­vya­pa­de­śa­bhāṃ­jī­ti dvā­da­śa dī­kṣā­bhe­dāḥ sa­mya­ktva­pū­rva­kāḥ sa­lle­kha­naṃ­tā­ś ca ma­hā­vra­ta­ta­cchī­la­va­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 467,18ka­dā sa­lle­kha­nā ka­rta­vye­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.22 mā­ra­ṇāṃ­ti­kīṃ sa­lle­kha­nāṃ jo­ṣi­tā |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 467,20vra­tī­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ sā­mā­nyā­t | svā­yu­riṃ­dri­ya­ba­la­saṃ­kṣa­yo ma­ra­ṇaṃ­, aṃ­ta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­dbha­va­ma­ra­ṇa­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ ta­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 467,21pra­ti­sa­ma­yaṃ svā­yu­rā­di­saṃ­kṣa­yo­pa­la­kṣa­ṇa­ni­tya­ma­ra­ṇa­vyu­dā­saḥ | bha­vāṃ­ta­ra­prā­ptya­ja­ha­dvṛ­tta­sva­bhā­va­ni­vṛ­tti­rū­pa­syai­va ta­dbha­va- TAŚVA-ML 467,22ma­ra­ṇa­sya pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | ma­ra­ṇa­m e­vāṃ­to ma­ra­ṇāṃ­taḥ ma­ra­ṇāṃ­taḥ pra­yo­ja­na­m a­syā i­ti mā­ra­ṇāṃ­ti­kī | sa­mya­kkā­ya­ka­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 467,23ya­le­kha­nā bā­hya­sya kā­ya­syā­bhya­ta­rā­ṇāṃ ca ka­ṣā­yā­ṇāṃ ya­thā­vi­dhi­ma­ra­ṇa­vi­bha­ktyā­rā­dha­no­di­ta­kra­me­ṇa ta­nū­ka­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 467,24m i­ti yā­va­t | tāṃ mā­ra­ṇāṃ­ti­kīṃ sa­lle­kha­nāṃ jo­ṣi­tā prī­tyā se­vi­te­ty a­rthaḥ |­| kiṃ ka­rtu­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.22.1sa­mya­kkā­ya­ka­ṣā­yā­ṇāṃ tva­kṣā sa­lle­kha­nā­tra tāṃ | jo­ṣi­tā se­vi­tā prī­tyā sa vra­tī mā­ra­ṇāṃ­ti­kīṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.22.2mṛ­tyu­kā­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pā­ta­kā­la­m ā­sthi­tya sa­dvra­taṃ | ra­kṣi­tuṃ śa­kya­bhā­ve­na nā­nya­the­ty a­pra­ma­tta­gaṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 467,27se­vi­te­ti gra­ha­ṇaṃ vi­spa­ṣṭā­rtha­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­pa­tteḥ | prī­ti­se­va­nā­rtho hi vi­śi­ṣṭo jo­ṣi­te­ti TAŚVA-ML 467,28va­ca­nā­t pra­ti­pa­dya­te | vi­śe­ṣo­pa­yo­gā­di­bhi­r ā­tmā­naṃ ghna­ta e­va ta­dbhā­vā­t ta­tra sva­ya­m ā­ro­pi­ta­gu­ṇa­kṣa­te­r a­bhā­vā­t prī- TAŚVA-ML 467,29tyu­tpa­ttā­v a­pi ma­ra­ṇa­syā­ni­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, sva­ra­tnā­vi­ghā­te bhāṃ­ḍā­gā­ra­vi­nā­śe pi ta­da­dhi­pa­teḥ prī­ti­vi­nā­śā­ni­ṣṭa­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 467,30u­bha­yā­na­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­c cā­pra­ma­tta­sya nā­tma­ba­dhaḥ | na hy a­sau ta­dā jī­va­naṃ ma­ra­ṇaṃ vā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhe "­nā­bhi­naṃ­dā­mi ma­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 467,31nā­bhi­kāṃ­kṣā­mi jī­vi­taṃ | kā­la­m e­va pra­tī­kṣe haṃ ni­de­śaṃ bhṛ­ta­ko ya­thā |­| " i­ti saṃ­nyā­si­no bhā­va­nā­vi­śu­ddhiḥ | TAŚVA-ML 467,32ta­to na sa­lle­kha­nā­yā­m ā­tma­va­dha i­ti va­ca­naṃ yu­ktaṃ­, ta­dā va­da­taḥ sva­sa­ma­ya­vi­ro­dhā­t | so yaṃ nā­saṃ­ce­ti­taṃ ka­rma TAŚVA-ML 467,33ba­dhya­ta i­ti sva­yaṃ pra­ti­jñā­ya ba­dha­ka­ci­tta­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi saṃ­nyā­se sva­ba­dha­do­ṣa­m u­dbhā­va­ya­n sva­sa­ma­yaṃ bā­dha­te sva­va­ca­na- TAŚVA-ML 467,34vi­ro­dhā­c ca sa­dā mau­na­vra­ti­ko ha­m i­ty a­bhi­dhā­na­va­t | ma­ra­ṇa­saṃ­ce­ta­nā­bhā­ve ka­thaṃ sa­lle­kha­nā­yāṃ pra­pa­nna i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 468,01ja­rā­ro­geṃ­dri­ya­hā­ni­bhi­r ā­va­śya­ka­pa­ri­kṣa­ya­saṃ­prā­pte ya­t ta­sya sva­gu­ṇa­ra­kṣa­ṇe pra­ya­tnā­t ta­to na sa­lle­kha­nā­tma­ba­dhaḥ pra­ya- TAŚVA-ML 468,02tna­sya vi­śu­ddhyaṃ­ga­tvā­t ta­pa­śca­ra­ṇā­di­va­t | e­ka­yo­ga­ka­ra­ṇaṃ nyā­yyaṃ i­ti ce­n na kva­ci­t ka­dā­ci­t ka­sya­ci­t tāṃ pra­tyā- TAŚVA-ML 468,03bhi­mu­khya­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­tvā­t ve­śmā­pa­ri­tyā­gi­na­s ta­du­pa­de­śā­t | di­gvi­ra­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa sa­hā­sya sū­tra­syai­ka­yo­gī­ka- TAŚVA-ML 468,04ra­ṇe pi ya­thā di­gvi­ra­tyā­da­yo ve­śmā­pa­ri­tyā­gi­naḥ kā­ryā­s ta­thā sa­lle­kha­nā­pi kā­ryā syā­t | na cā­sau ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 468,05kri­ya­te kva­ci­d e­va sa­mā­dhya­nu­kū­le kṣe­tre ka­dā­ci­d e­va saṃ­nyā­sa­yo­gye kā­le ka­sya­ci­d e­vā­sā­dhya­vyā­dhyā­deḥ saṃ­nyā- TAŚVA-ML 468,06sa­kā­ra­ṇa­saṃ­ni­pā­tā­d a­pra­ma­tta­sya sa­mā­dhya­rthi­naḥ sa­lle­kha­nāṃ pra­tyā­bhi­mu­khya­jñā­pa­nā­c ca sā­gā­rā­na­gā­ra­yo­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 468,07pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­tvā­c ca sa­lle­kha­nā­yāṃ pū­rva­tvā­d a­sya taṃ­tra­sya pṛ­tha­gva­ca­naṃ nyā­yyaṃ |­| e­ta­d e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.22.3pṛ­tha­ksū­tra­sya sā­ma­rthyā­c ca sā­gā­rā­na­gā­ra­yoḥ | sa­lle­kha­na­sya se­ve­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m aṃ­ja­sā |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 468,09ta­d e­va­m a­yaṃ sā­ka­lye­nai­ka­de­śe­na ca ni­vṛ­tti­pa­ri­ṇā­mo hiṃ­sā­di­bhyo ne­ka­pra­kā­raḥ kra­mā­kra­ma­sva­bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣā­tma- TAŚVA-ML 468,10ka­syā­tma­no ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nāṃ si­ddho na pu­na­r ni­tyā­dye­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­na i­ti |­| te­ṣā­m e­va ba­hu­vi­dha­vra­ta­m u­pa­pa­nnaṃ nā­nya­sye- TAŚVA-ML 468,11ty u­pa­saṃ­hṛ­tya da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.22.1abnā­nā­ni­vṛ­tti­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhe­r e­ka­sya nu­rba­hu­vi­dha­vra­ta­m a­rtha­bhe­dā­t | TAŚV-ML 7.22.1cdyu­ktaṃ kra­mā­kra­ma­vi­va­rti­bhi­dā­tma­ka­sya nā­nya­sya jā­tu na­ya­bā­dhi­ta­vi­gra­ha­sya |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 468,14i­ti sa­pta­mā­dhyā­ya­sya pra­tha­ma­m ā­hni­ka­m | TAŚVA-ML 468,15a­tha sa­dda­rśa­nā­dī­nāṃ sa­lle­kha­nāṃ­tā­nāṃ ca­tu­rda­śā­nā­m a­py a­tī­cā­ra­pra­ka­ra­ṇe sa­mya­ktvā­ti­cā­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rthaṃ TAŚVA-ML 468,16tā­va­d ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.23 śaṃ­kā­kāṃ­kṣā­vi­ci­ki­tsā­nya­dṛ­ṣṭi­pra­śaṃ­sā­saṃ­sta­vāḥ sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r a­tī­cā­rāḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 468,18jī­vā­di­ta­ttvā­rthe­ṣu ra­tna­tra­ya­mo­kṣa­mā­rgeṃ ta­tpra­ti­pā­da­ke vā­ga­me ta­tpra­ṇe­ta­ri ca sa­rva­jñe sa­da­sa­ttvā­bhyā­m a­nya­thā TAŚVA-ML 468,19vā saṃ­śī­tiḥ śaṃ­kā­, sa­dda­rśa­na­pha­la­sya vi­ṣa­yo­pa­bho­ga­sye­hā­mu­tra cā­kāṃ­kṣa­ṇa­m ā­kāṃ­kṣā­, ā­ptā­ga­ma­pa­dā­rthe­ṣu saṃ­ya­mā- TAŚVA-ML 468,20dhā­re ca ju­gu­psā vi­ci­ki­tsā­, su­ga­tā­di­da­rśa­nā­ny a­nya­dṛ­ṣṭa­ya­s ta­dā­śri­tā vā pu­māṃ­sa­s te­ṣaṃ pra­śaṃ­sā­saṃ­sta­vau TAŚVA-ML 468,21a­nya­dṛ­ṣṭi­pra­śaṃ­sā­saṃ­sta­vau | ta e­te sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r gu­ṇa­sya ta­dga­te vā­tī­cā­rāḥ paṃ­ca pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ | kaḥ pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 468,22pra­śaṃ­sā­saṃ­sta­va­yoḥ pra­ti­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? i­ty u­cya­te – vā­ṅmā­na­sa­vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­dā­t pra­śaṃ­sā­saṃ­sta­va­yo­r bhe­daḥ | ma­na­sā mi­thyā- TAŚVA-ML 468,23dṛ­ṣṭi­jñā­nā­di­ṣu gu­ṇo­dbhā­va­nā­bhi­prā­yaḥ pra­śaṃ­sā­, va­ca­sā ta­dbhā­va­naṃ saṃ­sta­va i­ti | pra­tye­kaṃ pra­ka­ra­ṇā­d a­gā­rya­va­dhā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 468,24ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭi­gra­ha­ṇa­syo­bha­yā­rtha­tvā­t | sa­ty a­py a­gā­ri­pra­ka­ra­ṇe nā­gā­ri­ṇa e­va sa­mya­ga­dṛ­ṣṭe­r i­tī­ṣṭa­m a- TAŚVA-ML 468,25va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ | sā­mā­nya­taḥ sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭya­dhi­kā­re pi pu­na­r i­ha sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭi­gra­ha­ṇa­syā­gā­rya­gā­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dha­nā­rtha­tvā­t | e­te­nā- TAŚVA-ML 468,26na­gā­ra­syai­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­pā­staṃ­, u­tta­ra­trā­gā­ri­gra­ha­ṇā­nu­vṛ­tteḥ | da­rśa­na­mo­ho­da­yā­d a­ti­ca­ra­ṇa­m a­tī­cā­raḥ ta­ttvā­rtha­śra- TAŚVA-ML 468,27ddhā­nā­ti­kra­ma­ṇa­m i­ty a­rthaḥ | na­nu ca na paṃ­cā­ti­cā­ra­va­ca­naṃ yu­kta­m a­ṣṭāṃ­ga­tvā­t sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­syā­ti­kra­ma­ṇā­nāṃ tā­va- TAŚVA-ML 468,28ttva­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­trai­vāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t­, niḥ­śaṃ­ki­ta­tvā­dya­ṣṭāṃ­ga­vi­pa­rī­tā­cā­rā­ṇā­m a­ṣṭa­vi­dha­tva­pra­saṃ­ge tra­yā­ṇāṃ vā­tsa­lyā- TAŚVA-ML 468,29di­vi­pa­rī­tā­nā­m a­vā­tsa­lyā­dī­nā­m a­nya­dṛ­ṣṭi­pra­śaṃ­sā­di­nā sa­jā­tī­yā­nāṃ ta­trai­vāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t | vra­tā­dya­tī­cā­rā­ṇāṃ paṃ­ca- TAŚVA-ML 468,30saṃ­khyā­vyā­khyā­na­pra­kā­rā­ṇā­m a­pi paṃ­ca­saṃ­khyā­bhi­dhā­nā­t | ku­taḥ pu­na­r a­mī da­rśa­na­syā­ti­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.23.1sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r a­tī­cā­rāḥ paṃ­ca śaṃ­kā­da­yaḥ smṛ­tāḥ | te­ṣu sa­tsu hi ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ na vi­śu­ddhya­ti |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 468,32śaṃ­kā­da­yaḥ sa­dda­rśa­na­syā­tī­cā­rā e­va mā­li­nya­he­tu­tvā­t ye tu na ta­syā­tī­cā­rā na te ta­nmā­li­nya­he­ta­vo TAŚVA-ML 469,01ya­thā ta­dvi­śu­ddhi­he­ta­va­s ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­va­ṇā­dya­rthā­s ta­dvi­nā­śa­he­ta­vo vā da­rśa­na­mo­ho­da­yā­da­ya­s ta­nmā­li­nya­he­ta­va­ś cai­va te TAŚVA-ML 469,02ta­smā­t ta­da­tī­cā­rā i­ti yu­kti­va­ca­naṃ pra­tye­yaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 469,03vra­ta­śī­le­ṣu ki­yaṃ­to tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.24 vra­ta­śī­le­ṣu paṃ­ca paṃ­ca ya­thā­kra­ma­m |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 469,05a­tī­cā­rā i­ty a­nu­vṛ­ttiḥ | vra­ta­gra­ha­ṇa­m e­vā­stv i­ti ce­n na­, śī­la­vi­śe­ṣa­dyo­ta­nā­rtha­tvā­t śī­la­gra­ha­ṇa­sya | TAŚVA-ML 469,06di­gvi­ra­tyā­dī­nāṃ hi vra­ta­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­bhi­saṃ­dhi­kṛ­ta­ni­ya­ma­rū­pa­sya sa­dbhā­vā­d vra­ta­tve pi ta­thā­bhi­dhā­ne pi ca śī­la­tvaṃ TAŚVA-ML 469,07pra­kā­śya­te­, vra­ta­pa­ri­ra­kṣa­ṇaṃ śī­la­m i­ti śī­la­la­kṣa­ṇo­pa­pa­tteḥ | sā­ma­rthyā­d gṛ­hi­saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ baṃ­dha­nā­da­yo hy a­tī­cā­rā TAŚVA-ML 469,08va­kṣya­mā­ṇā nā­na­gā­ra­sya saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti sā­ma­rthyā­d gṛ­hi­ṇa e­va vra­te­ṣu śī­le­ṣu paṃ­ca paṃ­cā­tī­cā­rāḥ pra­tī­yaṃ­te | TAŚVA-ML 469,09paṃ­ca paṃ­ce­ti vī­psā­yāṃ dvi­tvaṃ vra­ta­śī­lā­tī­cā­rā­ṇā­m a­na­ya­ve­na paṃ­ca­saṃ­khya­yā vyā­pya­tvā­t | paṃ­ca­śa i­ti la­ghu- TAŚVA-ML 469,10ni­rde­śe saṃ­bha­va­ty a­pi paṃ­ca paṃ­ce­ti va­ca­na­m a­bhi­vā­kyā­rthaṃ­, ya­thā­kra­ma­va­ca­naṃ va­kṣya­mā­ṇā­tī­cā­ra­ka­ra­m a­saṃ­baṃ­dha­nā­rthaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 469,11a­tha e­vā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.24.1paṃ­ca paṃ­ca vra­te­ṣv e­vaṃ śī­le­ṣu ca ya­thā­kra­maṃ | va­kṣyaṃ­te taḥ pa­raṃ śe­ṣe i­ti sū­tre ti­di­śya­tā­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 469,13ta­trā­dya­syā­ṇu­vra­ta­sya ke­tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.25 baṃ­dha­va­dha­cche­dā­ti­bhā­rā­ro­pa­ṇā­n na pā­na­ni­ro­dhāḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 469,15a­bhi­ma­ta­de­śe ga­ti­ni­ro­dha­he­tu­r baṃ­dhaḥ­, prā­ṇi­pī­ḍā­he­tu­r ba­dhaḥ ka­śā­dya­bhi­ghā­ta­mā­traṃ na tu prā­ṇa­vya­pa­re­pa­ṇaṃ ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 469,16vra­ta­nā­śa­rū­pa­tvā­t­, che­do ṃ­gā­pa­na­ya­naṃ­, nyā­yya­bhā­ra­ti­ri­kta­bhā­ra­vā­ha­na­m a­ti­bhā­rā­ro­pa­ṇaṃ­, kṣu­tpi­pā­sā­bā­dha­na­m a­nna­pā­na- TAŚVA-ML 469,17ni­ro­dhaḥ | ku­to mī paṃ­cā­hiṃ­sā­ṇu­vra­ta­syā­tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.25.1ta­trā­hiṃ­sā­vra­ta­syā­tī­cā­rā baṃ­dhā­da­yaḥ śru­tāḥ | te­ṣāṃ kro­dhā­di­ja­nma­tvā­t kro­dhā­de­s ta­nma­la­tva­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 469,19pū­rva­va­da­nu­mā­na­pra­yo­gaḥ pra­tye­ta­vyaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 469,20a­tha dvi­tī­ya­syā­ṇu­vra­ta­sya ke tī­cā­rāḥ paṃ­ce­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.26 mi­thyo­pa­de­śa­ra­ho bhyā­khyā­na­kū­ṭa­le­kha­kri­yā­nyā­sā­pa­hā­ra­sā­kā­ra- TA-ML 7.26 maṃ­tra­bhe­dāḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 469,23mi­thyā­nya­thā­pra­va­rta­na­m a­ti­saṃ­dhā­pa­naṃ vā mi­thyo­pa­de­śaḥ sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­pra­va­rta­na­va­t sa­cchā­strā­nya­thā­ka­tha­na­va­t pa­rā- TAŚVA-ML 469,24ti­saṃ­dhā­ya­ka­śā­stro­pa­de­śa­va­c ca­, saṃ­vṛ­ta­sya pra­kā­śa­naṃ ra­ho­bhyā­khyā­naṃ strī­pu­ru­ṣā­nu­ṣṭhi­ta­gu­pta­kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­kā­śa­na­va­t­, TAŚVA-ML 469,25pa­ra­pra­yo­gā­d a­nyā­nu­ktā­pa­ddha­ti­ka­rma kū­ṭa­le­kha­kri­yā e­vaṃ te­no­kta­m a­nu­ṣṭhi­taṃ ce­ti va­ca­nā­bhi­prā­ya­le­kha­na­va­t­, hi­ra­ṇyā- TAŚVA-ML 469,26di­ni­kṣe­pa a­lpa­saṃ­khyā­nu­jñā­va­ca­naṃ nyā­sā­pa­hā­raḥ śa­ta­nya­se na­va­tya­nu­ṣṭhā­na­va­t­, a­rthā­di­bhiḥ­, pa­ra­gṛ­hya­pra­kā­śa­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 469,27sā­kā­ra­m aṃ­tra­bhe­daḥ a­rtha­pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­bhi­r a­nyā­kū­ta­m u­pa­la­bhyā­sū­yā­di­nā ta­tpra­kā­śa­na­va­t |­| ka­tha­m e­te a­tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.26.1ta­thā mi­thyo­pa­de­śā­dyā dvi­tī­ya­sya vra­ta­sya te | te­ṣā­m a­nṛ­ta­mū­la­tvā­t ta­dva­t te­na vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 469,29ya­thā­dya­vra­ta­sya mā­li­nya­he­tu­tvā­d baṃ­dhā­da­yo tī­cā­rā­s ta­thā dvi­tī­ya­sya miṃ­thyo­pa­de­śā­da­ya­s ta­da­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­nmā­li- TAŚVA-ML 469,30nya­he­tu­tvaṃ pu­na­s te­ṣāṃ ta­cchu­ddhi­vi­ro­dhi­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 469,31a­tha tṛ­tī­ya­sya vra­ta­sya ke tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.27 ste­na­pra­yo­ga­ta­dā­hṛ­tā­dā­na­vi­ru­ddha­rā­jyā­ti­kra­ma­hī­nā­dhi­ka­mā­no- TA-ML 7.27 nmā­na­pra­ti­rū­pa­ka­vya­va­hā­rāḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 470,03mo­ṣa­ka­sya tri­dhā pra­yo­ja­naṃ | ste­na­pra­yo­gaḥ­, co­rā­nī­ta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­dā­hṛ­tā­dā­naṃ­, u­ci­tā­d a­nya­thā dā­na­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­ti- TAŚVA-ML 470,04kra­maḥ­, vi­ru­ddha­rā­jye sa­ty a­ti­kra­maḥ vi­ru­ddha­rā­jyā­ti­kra­maḥ­, kū­ṭa­pra­stha­tu­lā­di­bhiḥ kra­ya­vi­kra­ya­pra­yo­go hī­nā­dhi­ka- TAŚVA-ML 470,05mā­no­nmā­naṃ­, kṛ­tri­ma­hi­ra­ṇyā­di­ka­ra­ṇaṃ pra­ti­rū­pa­ka­vya­va­hā­raḥ | ku­to mī tṛ­tī­ya­sya vra­ta­syā­tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.27.1pro­ktāḥ ste­na­pra­yo­gā­dyāḥ paṃ­cā­ste­ya­vra­ta­sya te | ste­ya­he­tu­tva­ta­s te­ṣaṃ bhā­ve ta­nma­li­na­tva­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 470,07a­tha ca­tu­rtha­syā­ṇu­vra­ta­sya ke­tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.28 pa­ra­vi­vā­ha­ka­ra­ṇe­tva­ri­kā­pa­ri­gṛ­hī­tā­pa­ri­gṛ­hī­tā­ga­ma­nā­naṃ­ga­krī- TA-ML 7.28 ḍā­kā­ma­tī­vrā­bhi­ni­ve­śāḥ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 470,10sa­dve­dya­cā­ri­tra­mo­ho­da­yā­d vi­va­ha­naṃ vi­vā­haḥ pa­ra­sya vi­vā­ha­s ta­sya ka­ra­ṇaṃ pa­ra­vi­vā­ha­ka­ra­ṇaṃ­, a­ya­na­śī­le­tva­rī TAŚVA-ML 470,11sai­va ku­tsi­tā i­tva­ri­kā ta­syāṃ pa­ri­gṛ­hi­tā­yā­m a­pa­ri­gṛ­hī­tā­yāṃ ca ga­ma­na­mi­tva­ri­kā­pa­ri­gṛ­hī­tā­pa­ri­gṛ­hī­tā­ga- TAŚVA-ML 470,12ma­naṃ­, a­naṃ­ge­ṣu krī­ḍā a­naṃ­ga­krī­ḍā­, kā­ma­sya pra­vṛ­ddhaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ kā­ma­tī­vrā­bhi­ni­ve­śaḥ | dī­kṣi­tā­ti­bā­lā­ti­rya- TAŚVA-ML 470,13gyo­nyā­dī­nā­m a­nu­pa­saṃ­gra­ha i­ti ce­n na­, kā­ma­tī­vrā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­gra­ha­ṇā­t si­ddheḥ | ta e­te ca­tu­rthā­ṇu­vra­ta­sya ku­to tī- TAŚVA-ML 470,14cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.28.1ca­tu­rtha­sya vra­ta­syā­nya­vi­vā­ha­ka­ra­ṇā­da­yaḥ | paṃ­cai­te ti­kra­mā bra­hma­vi­dhā­ta­ka­ra­ṇa­kṣa­māḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 470,16sva­dā­ra­saṃ­to­ṣa­vra­ta­vi­ha­na­na­yo­gyā hi ta­da­tī­cā­rā na pu­na­s ta­dvi­ghā­ti­na e­va pū­rva­va­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 470,17a­tha paṃ­ca­ma­vra­ta­sya ke tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.29 kṣe­tra­vā­stu­hi­ra­ṇya­su­va­rṇa­dha­na­dhā­nya­dā­sī­dā­sa­ku­pya­pra­mā­ṇā­ti­kra­māḥ |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 470,19kṣe­tra­vā­stvā­dī­nāṃ dva­yo­r dva­yo­r dvaṃ­dvaḥ prā­k ku­pyā­t­, tī­vra­lo­bhā­bhi­ni­ve­śā­t pra­mā­ṇā­ti­re­kā­s te­ṣā­m a­ti­kra­māḥ | TAŚVA-ML 470,20paṃ­ca ku­to tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.29.1kṣe­tra­vā­stvā­di­ṣū­pā­tta­pra­mā­ṇā­ti­kra­māḥ sva­yaṃ | paṃ­ca saṃ­to­ṣa­ni­rghā­ta­he­ta­vo ṃ­tya­vra­ta­sya te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 470,22saṃ­to­ṣa­ni­rghā­tā­nu­kū­la­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d dhi ta­da­tī­cā­rāḥ syu­r na pu­naḥ sa­ma­rtha­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t pū­rva­va­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 470,23a­tha di­gvi­ra­teḥ ke ti­kra­māḥ pa­re­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.30 ū­rdhvā­dha­s ti­rya­gvya­ti­kra­ma­kṣe­tra­vṛ­ddhi­smṛ­tyaṃ­ta­rā­dhā­nā­ni |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 470,25pa­ri­mi­ta­di­ga­va­dhi­vya­ti­laṃ­gha­na­m a­ti­kra­maḥ­, sa tre­dhā ū­rdhvā­dha­s ti­rya­gvi­ṣa­ya­bhe­dā­t | ta­tra pa­rva­tā­dyā­ro­ha­ṇā­d ū­rdhvā- TAŚVA-ML 470,26ti­kra­maḥ­, kū­pā­va­ta­ra­ṇā­de­r a­dho­ti­vṛ­ttiḥ­, bi­la­pra­ve­śā­de­s ti­rya­ga­tī­cā­raḥ­, a­bhi­gṛ­hī­tā­yā di­śo lo­bhā­ve­śā­d ā- TAŚVA-ML 470,27dhi­kyā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ kṣe­tra­vṛ­ddhiḥ | i­cchā­pa­ri­mā­ṇe ṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t pau­na­r u­tta­ya­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­nyā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t ta­da­ti- TAŚVA-ML 470,28kra­maḥ | pra­mā­da­mo­ha­vyā­saṃ­gā­di­bhiḥ a­na­nu­sma­ra­ṇaṃ smṛ­tyaṃ­ta­rā­dhā­naṃ | ka­smā­t pu­na­r a­mī pra­tha­ma­sya śī­la­sya paṃ­cā- TAŚVA-ML 470,29tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.30.1ū­rdhva­ti­kra­ma­ṇā­dyāḥ syuḥ śī­la­syā­dya­sya paṃ­ca te | ta­dvi­ra­tyu­pa­ghā­ti­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ ta­d dhi ma­la­tva­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 470,31a­tha dvi­tī­ya­sya ke tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.31 ā­na­ya­na­pre­ṣya­pra­yo­ga­śa­bda­rū­pā­n u­pā­ta­pu­dga­la­kṣe­pāḥ |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 471,02ta­m ā­na­ye­ty ā­jñā­pa­na­m ā­na­ya­naṃ­, e­vaṃ ku­rv i­ti vi­ni­yo­gaḥ pra­ṣye pra­yo­gaḥ­, a­bhyu­tkā­si­kā­di­ka­ra­ṇaṃ śa­bdā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 471,03pā­taḥ­, sva­vi­gra­ha­pra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ rū­pā­nu­pā­taḥ­, lo­ṣṭhā­di­pā­taḥ pu­dga­la­kṣe­paḥ | ku­taḥ paṃ­cai­te dvi­tī­ya­sya śī­la­sya vya­ti- TAŚVA-ML 471,04kra­mā i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.31.2dvi­tī­ya­sya tu śī­la­sya te paṃ­cā­na­ya­nā­da­yaḥ | sva­de­śa­vi­ra­te­r bā­dhā taiḥ saṃ­kle­śa­vi­dhā­na­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 471,06a­tha tṛ­tī­ya­sya śī­la­sya ke tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.32 kaṃ­da­rpa­kau­tku­cya­mau­kha­ryā­sa­mī­kṣyā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇo­pa­bho­ga­pa­ri­bho­gā­na­rtha- TA-ML 7.32 kyā­ni |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 471,09rā­go­dre­kā­t pra­hā­sa­mi­śro '­śi­ṣṭa­vā­kpra­yo­gaḥ kaṃ­da­rpaḥ­, ta­d e­vo­bha­yaṃ pa­ra­tra du­ṣṭa­kā­ya­ka­rma­yu­ktaṃ kau­tku­cyaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 471,10dhā­rṣṭya­prā­yo­saṃ­ba­ddha­ba­hu­pra­lā­pi­tvaṃ mau­kha­ryaṃ­, a­sa­mī­kṣya pra­yo­ja­nā­dhi­kye­na ka­ra­ṇaṃ a­sa­mī­kṣyā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ­, ta­ttre­dhā TAŚVA-ML 471,11kā­ya­vā­ṅma­no­vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­dā­t | yā­va­tā­rthe­no­pa­bho­ga­pa­ri­bho­ga­syā­rtha­s ta­to nya­syā­dhi­kya­m ā­na­rtha­kyaṃ | u­pa­bho­ga­pa­ri­bho­ga- TAŚVA-ML 471,12vra­te ṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t pau­na­ru­ktya­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, ta­da­rthā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t |­| ka­smā­d i­me tṛ­tī­ya­śī­la­syā­tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.32.1kaṃ­da­rpā­dyā­s tṛ­tī­ya­sya śī­la­sye­ho­pa­sū­tri­tāḥ | te­ṣā­m a­na­rtha­daṃ­ḍe­bhyo vi­ra­te­r bā­dha­ka­tva­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 471,14a­tha ca­tu­rtha­sya śī­la­sya ke ti­kra­mā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.33 yo­ga­duḥ­pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­nā­da­ra­smṛ­tya­nu­pa­sthā­nā­ni |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 471,16yo­ga­śa­bdo vyā­khyā­tā­rthaḥ­, du­ṣṭa­pra­ṇi­dhā­na­m a­nya­thā vā duḥ­pra­ṇi­dhā­naṃ­, a­nā­da­ro nu­tsā­haḥ­, a­nai­kā­gryaṃ smṛ­tya- TAŚVA-ML 471,17nu­pa­sthā­naṃ | ma­no­duḥ­pra­ṇi­dhā­naṃ ta­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­dvra­tā­d a­nyā­ciṃ­ta­nā­t | ku­ta­ś ca­tu­rtha­sya śī­la­syā­ti­kra­mā i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.33.1yo­ga­duḥ­pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­dyā­ś ca­tu­rtha­sya vya­ti­kra­māḥ | śī­la­sya ta­dvi­ghā­ti­tvā­t te­ṣāṃ ta­nma­la­tā­sthi­teḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 471,19paṃ­ca­ma­sya śī­la­sya ke tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.34 a­pra­tya­ve­kṣi­tā­pra­mā­rji­to­tsa­rgā­dā­na­saṃ­sta­ro­pa­kra­ma­ṇā­nā­da­ra­smṛ­tya- TA-ML 7.34 nu­pa­sthā­nā­ni |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 471,22pra­tya­ve­kṣa­ṇaṃ ca­kṣu­ṣo vyā­pā­raḥ­, pra­mā­rja­na­m u­pa­ka­ra­ṇo­pa­kā­raḥ­, ta­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­śi­ṣṭa­syo­tsa­rgā­di­bhiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­s te- TAŚVA-ML 471,23nā­pra­tya­ve­kṣi­tā­pra­mā­rji­ta­de­śe kva­ci­d u­tsa­rga­s tā­dṛ­śa­sya ka­sya­ci­d u­pa­ka­ra­ṇa­syā­dā­naṃ tā­dṛ­śe ca kva­ci­c cha­ya­nī­ya­sthā­ne TAŚVA-ML 471,24saṃ­sta­ro­pa­kra­ma­ṇa­m i­ti trī­ṇya­bhi­hi­tā­ni bha­vaṃ­ti­, ta­thā­va­śya­ke­ṣv a­nā­da­raḥ­, smṛ­tya­nu­pa­sthā­naṃ ca kṣu­da­rdi­ta­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 471,25pro­ṣa­dho­pa­vā­sā­nu­ṣṭhā­yi­naḥ syā­d i­ti | ta­syai­te paṃ­cā­tī­cā­rāḥ ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.34.1a­pra­tya­ve­kṣi­te­tyā­dyā­s ta­tro­ktāḥ paṃ­ca­ma­sya te | śī­la­syā­ti­kra­māḥ paṃ­ca ta­dvi­ghā­ta­sya he­ta­vaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 471,27ya­ta i­ti śe­ṣaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 471,28ṣa­ṣṭha­sya śī­la­sya ke tī­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.35 sa­ci­tta­saṃ­baṃ­dha­saṃ­mi­śrā­bhi­ṣa­va­duḥ­pa­kvā­hā­rāḥ |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 471,30sa­ha ci­tte­na va­rta­ta i­ti sa­ci­ttaṃ­, ta­du­pa­śli­ṣṭaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ­, ta­dvya­ti­kī­rṇa­s ta­nmi­śraḥ | pū­rve­ṇā­vi­śi­ṣṭa i­ti TAŚVA-ML 472,01ce­n na­, ta­tra saṃ­sa­rga­mā­tra­tvā­t | pra­mā­da­saṃ­mo­hā­bhyāṃ sa­ci­ttā­di­ṣu vṛ­tti­r de­śa­vi­ra­ta­syo­pa­bho­ga­pa­ri­bho­ga­vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 472,02pa­ri­mi­te­ṣv a­pī­ty a­rthaḥ | dra­vo vṛ­ṣyaṃ cā­bhi­ṣa­vaḥ­, a­sa­mya­k pa­kvo duḥ­pa­kvaḥ | ta e­te ti­kra­māḥ paṃ­ca ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.35.1ta­thā ta­cci­tta­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­hā­rā­dyāḥ paṃ­ca sū­tri­tāḥ | te tra ṣa­ṣṭha­sya śī­la­sya ta­dvi­ro­dha­na­he­ta­vaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 472,04sa­pta­ma­sya śī­la­sya ke ti­kra­mā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.36 sa­ci­tta­ni­kṣe­pā­pi­dhā­na­pa­ra­vya­pa­de­śa­mā­tsa­rya­kā­lā­ti­kra­māḥ |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 472,06sa­ci­tte ni­kṣe­paḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇā­t sa­ci­tte­nā­pi­dhā­naṃ­, a­nya­dā­tṛ­de­yā­rpa­ṇaṃ pa­ra­vya­pa­de­śaḥ­, pra­ya­ccha­to py ā­da­rā­bhā­vo TAŚVA-ML 472,07mā­tsaṃ­rya­, a­kā­le bho­ja­naṃ kā­lā­ti­kra­maḥ |­| ku­ta e­te ti­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.36.1smṛ­tāḥ sa­ci­tta­ni­kṣe­pa­pra­mu­khā­s te vya­ti­kra­māḥ | sa­pta­ma­sye­ha śī­la­sya ta­dvi­ghā­ta­vi­dhā­yi­naḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 472,09a­tha sa­lle­kha­nā­yāḥ ke ti­cā­rā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.37 jī­vi­ta­ma­ra­ṇā­śaṃ­sā­mi­trā­nu­rā­ga­su­khā­nu­baṃ­dha­ni­dā­nā­ni |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 472,11ā­kāṃ­kṣa­ṇa­m ā­śaṃ­sā­, a­va­śya­he­ya­tve śa­rī­ra­syā­va­sthā­nā­da­ro jī­vi­tā­śaṃ­sā­, jī­vi­ta­saṃ­kle­śā­n ma­ra­ṇaṃ pra­ti TAŚVA-ML 472,12ci­ttā­nu­ro­dho ma­ra­ṇā­śaṃ­sā­, pū­rvaṃ su­hṛ­tsa­ha­pāṃ­śu­krī­ḍa­nā­dya­nu­sma­ra­ṇaṃ mi­trā­nu­rā­gaḥ­, pū­rvā­nu­bhū­ta­prī­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­smṛ­ti- TAŚVA-ML 472,13sa­ma­nvā­hā­raḥ su­khā­nu­baṃ­dhaḥ­, bho­gā­kāṃ­kṣa­yā ni­ya­taṃ dī­ya­te ci­ttaṃ ta­smiṃ­s te­ne­ti vā ni­dā­naṃ | ta e­te saṃ­nyā­sa- TAŚVA-ML 472,14syā­ti­kra­māḥ ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.37.1vi­jñe­yā jī­vi­tā­śaṃ­sā­pra­mu­khāḥ paṃ­ca ta­ttva­taḥ | pro­kta­sa­lle­kha­nā­yā­s te vi­śu­ddhi­kṣa­ti­he­ta­vaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 472,16ta­d e­vaṃ śī­la­vra­te­ṣv a­na­ti­cā­rai­s tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­sya pa­ra­ma­śu­bha­nā­mnaḥ ka­rma­ṇo he­tu­r i­ty e­ta­sya pu­ṇyā­sra­va­sya pra­paṃ­ca­to TAŚVA-ML 472,17ni­śca­yā­rthaṃ vra­ta­śī­la­sa­mya­ktva­bhā­va­nā­ta­da­ti­cā­ra­pra­paṃ­caṃ vyā­khyā­ya saṃ­pra­ti śa­kti­ta­s tyā­ga­ta­pa­sī i­ty a­tra pro­kta­sya TAŚVA-ML 472,18vyā­khyā­nā­rtha­m u­pa­kra­mya­te­;­ —TA-ML 7.38 a­nu­gra­hā­rthaṃ sva­syā­ti­sa­rgo dā­na­m |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 472,20sva­pa­ro­pa­kā­ro nu­gra­haḥ­, sva­śa­bdo dha­na­pa­ryā­ya­va­ca­naḥ | ki­ma­rtho yaṃ ni­rde­śa i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.38.1svaṃ dha­naṃ syā­t pa­ri­tyā­go ti­sa­rga­s ta­sya nu sphu­ṭaḥ | ta­ddā­na­m i­ti ni­rde­śo ti­pra­saṃ­ga­ni­vṛ­tta­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.38.2a­nu­gra­hā­rtha­m i­ty e­ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m u­dī­ri­taṃ | te­na sva­māṃ­sa­dā­nā­di ni­ṣi­ddhaṃ pa­ra­mā­pa­kṛ­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 472,23na hi pa­ra­kī­ya­vi­tta­syā­ti­sa­rja­naṃ dā­naṃ sva­syā­ti­sa­rga i­ti va­ca­nā­t | sva­kī­yaṃ hi dha­naṃ sva­m i­ti pra­si­ddhaṃ TAŚVA-ML 472,24dha­na­pa­ryā­ya­vā­ci­naḥ sva­śa­bda­sya ta­thai­va pra­si­ddheḥ | na cai­vaṃ sva­duḥ­kha­kā­ra­ṇaṃ pa­ra­duḥ­kha­ni­mi­ttaṃ vā sa­rva­m ā­hā­rā­di­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 472,25dha­naṃ bha­va­tī­ti ta­syā­py a­ti­sa­rgo dā­na­m i­ti pra­sa­jya­te sā­mā­nya­to nu­gra­hā­rtha­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t | svā­nu­gra­hā­rtha­sya TAŚVA-ML 472,26vā­pa­rā­nu­gra­hā­rtha­sya ca gha­na­syā­ti­sa­rgo dā­na­m i­ti vya­va­sthi­teḥ | te­na ca vi­śe­ṣa­ṇe­na sva­māṃ­sā­di­dā­naṃ svā­pā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 472,27kā­ra­ṇaṃ pa­ra­syā­va­dya­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ ca pra­ti­kṣi­pta­m ā­la­kṣya­te­, ta­sya sva­pa­ra­yoḥ pa­ra­mā­pa­kā­ra­he­tu­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 472,28ku­ta­s ta­sya dā­na­sya vi­śe­ṣa i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 7.39 vi­dhi­dra­vya­dā­tṛ­pā­tra­vi­śe­ṣā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣaḥ |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 472,30pra­ti­gra­hā­di­kra­mo vi­dhiḥ­, vi­śe­ṣo gu­ṇa­kṛ­taḥ ta­sya pra­tye­ka­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | ta­paḥ­svā­dhyā­ya­pa­ri­vṛ­ddhi­he­tu­tvā­di- TAŚVA-ML 472,31r dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, a­na­sū­yā­'­vi­ṣā­dā­di­r dā­tṛ­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­saṃ­yo­gaḥ pā­tra­vi­śe­ṣaḥ | e­ta­d e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.39.1ta­dvi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na syā­d vi­dhyā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | dā­tuḥ śu­ddhi­vi­śe­ṣā­ya sa­mya­gbo­dha­sya vi­śru­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 473,01ku­to yaṃ vi­dhyā­dī­nāṃ ya­tho­di­to vi­śe­ṣaḥ syā­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 7.39.2vi­dhyā­dī­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣaḥ syā­t sva­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | ta­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ pu­na­r bā­hya­māṃ­ta­raṃ cā­py a­ne­ka­dhā |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 473,03vi­dhi­dra­vya­dā­tṛ­pā­trā­ṇāṃ hi vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, sva­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­t | ta­c ca kā­ra­ṇaṃ bā­hya­m a­ne­ka­dhā dra­vya­kṣe­tra­kā­la- TAŚVA-ML 473,04bhā­va­bhe­dā­t | āṃ­ta­raṃ cā­ne­ka­dhā śra­ddhā­vi­śe­ṣā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ | kaḥ pu­na­r a­sau vi­dhyā­dī­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­khyā­to TAŚVA-ML 473,05ya­to dā­na­sya vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ pha­la­vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­pā­da­naḥ syā­d i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 7.39.3pā­tra­pa­ri­gra­hā­di­bhyo vi­dhi­bhya­s tā­va­d ā­sra­vaḥ | dā­tuḥ pu­ṇya­sya saṃ­kle­śa­ra­hi­te­bhyo ti­śā­yi­naḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.39.4kiṃ­ci­t saṃ­kle­śa­yu­kte­bhyo ma­dhya­ma­syo­pa­va­rṇi­taḥ | bṛ­ha­tsaṃ­kle­śa­yu­kte­bhyaḥ sva­lpa­sye­ti vi­bhi­dya­te |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.39.5ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ma­dhya­mo­tkṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śu­ddhi­bhyo vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | te­bhyaḥ syā­d i­ti saṃ­kṣe­pā­d u­ktaṃ sū­ri­bhi­raṃ­ja­sā |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.39.6gu­ṇa­vṛ­ddhi­ka­raṃ dra­vyaṃ pā­tre '­pā­tre sa­ma­rpi­taṃ | do­ṣa­vṛ­ddhi­ka­raṃ pā­pa­kā­ri mi­śraṃ tu mi­śra­kṛ­t |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.39.7dā­tā gu­ṇā­nvi­taḥ śu­ddhaḥ pa­raṃ pu­ṇya­m a­vā­pnu­yā­t | do­ṣā­nvi­ta­s tv a­śu­ddhā­tmā pa­raṃ pā­pa­m u­pai­ti saḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.39.8gu­ṇa­do­ṣā­nvi­taḥ śu­ddhā­śu­ddha­bhā­ve sa­ma­ś­‍­nu­te | ba­hu­dhā ma­dhya­maṃ pu­ṇyaṃ pā­paṃ ce­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.39.9da­tta­m a­nnaṃ su­pā­trā­ya sva­lpa­m a­py u­ru­pu­ṇya­kṛ­t | ma­dhya­mā­ya tu pā­trā­ya pu­ṇyaṃ ma­dhya­ma­m ā­na­ye­t |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 7.39.10ka­ni­ṣṭhā­ya pu­naḥ sva­lpa­m a­pā­trā­yā­pha­laṃ vi­duḥ | pā­pā­pā­paṃ pha­laṃ ce­ti sū­ra­yaḥ saṃ­pra­ca­kṣa­te |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 473,14sā­ma­grī­bhe­dā­d dhi dā­na­vi­śe­ṣaḥ syā­t kṛ­pyā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­d bī­ja­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t | ni­rā­tma­ka­tve sa­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ vi­dhyā- TAŚVA-ML 473,15di­sva­rū­pā­bhā­vaḥ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­va­dhi­vi­jñā­na­sya ta­da­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­vaḥ ni­tya­tvā­jña­tva­niḥ­kri­ya­tvā­c ca ta­da­bhā­vaḥ | kri­yā- TAŚVA-ML 473,16gu­ṇa­sa­ma­vā­yā­d u­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­tpa­ri­ṇā­mā­bhā­vā­t kṣe­tra­sya vā­ce­ta­na­tvā­t | syā­dvā­di­na­s ta­du­pa­pa­tti­r a­ne­kāṃ­tā- TAŚVA-ML 473,17śra­ya­ṇā­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 7.39.11aba­pā­tre­bhyo da­ttaṃ bha­va­ti sa­pha­laṃ kiṃ­ci­d a­pa­raṃ na pā­tre­bhyo vi­ttaṃ pra­cu­ra­m u­di­taṃ jā­tu­ci­d i­ha | TAŚV-ML 7.39.11cda­da­ttaṃ pā­tre­bhyo ja­na­ya­ti śu­bhaṃ bhū­ri ga­ha­naṃ ja­no '­yaṃ syā­dvā­daṃ ka­tha­m i­va ni­ru­ktaṃ pra­bha­va­ti |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 473,20kiṃ­ci­d dhi va­stu vi­śu­ddhāṃ­ta­ra­m a­pā­tre­bhyo pi da­ttaṃ sa­pha­la­m e­va­, saṃ­kle­śa­du­rga­taṃ tu pā­tre­bhyo da­ttaṃ na pra­cu­ra­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 473,21sa­pha­laṃ ka­dā­ci­d u­pa­pa­dya­te '­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t­, .­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­m a­da­tta­m a­pi pā­tre­bhyo '­pā­tre­bhya­ś ca śu­bha­m e­va pha­laṃ ja­na­ya­ti TAŚVA-ML 473,22saṃ­kle­śāṃ­gā­pra­dā­na­syai­va śre­ya­ska­ra­tvā­t | ta­taḥ pā­trā­yā­pā­trā­ya vā syā­d dā­naṃ sa­pha­laṃ­, syā­d a­dā­naṃ­, syā­d u­bha­yaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 473,23syā­d a­va­kta­vyaṃ ca syā­d dā­naṃ vā va­kta­vyaṃ ce­ti syā­dvā­di­na­ya­pra­mā­ṇa­ma­ya­jyo­tiḥ­pra­tā­no a­pa­sā­ri­ta­sa­ka­la­ku­na- TAŚVA-ML 473,24ya­ti­mi­ra­pa­ṭa­laḥ sa­mya­ga­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­di­na­ka­ra e­va vi­bhā­ge­na vi­bhā­va­yi­tuṃ pra­bha­va­ti na pu­na­r i­ta­ro ja­naḥ kū­pa- TAŚVA-ML 473,25m aṃ­ḍū­ka­va­tpā­rā­vā­ra­vā­ri­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­ta­m i­ti prā­ye­ṇo­ktaṃ pu­ra­stā­t pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m |­| TAŚVA-ML 473,26i­ti sa­pta­mā­dhyā­ya­sya dvi­tī­ya­m ā­hni­ka­m | TAŚVA-ML 473,27i­ti śrīvi­dyā­naṃ­diā­cā­rya­vi­ra­ci­te ta­ttvā­rthaślo­ka­vā­rti­kālaṃ­kā­re sa­pta­mo '­dhyā­yaḥ sa­mā­ptaḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 474,1a­tha a­ṣṭa­mo­'­dhyā­yaḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.1.1a­tha baṃ­dhe '­bhi­dhā­ta­vye '­bhi­dhī­yaṃ­te sya he­ta­vaḥ | ni­rhe­tu­ka­tva­kū­ṭa­sthā­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­ni­vṛ­tta­ye |­| 1 |­| TA-ML 8.1 mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­vi­ra­ti­pra­mā­da­ka­ṣā­ya­yo­gā baṃ­dha­he­ta­vaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 474,04mi­thyā­da­rśa­naṃ kri­yā­svaṃ­ta­rbhū­taṃ­, vi­ra­ti­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhū­tā­py a­vi­ra­tiḥ­, ā­jñā­vyā­pā­da­nā­nā­kāṃ­kṣa­kri­yā­yā­m aṃ­ta­rbhā­vaḥ TAŚVA-ML 474,05pra­mā­da­sya­, ka­ṣā­yāḥ kro­dhā­da­yaḥ pro­ktāḥ­, yo­gāḥ kā­yā­di­vi­ka­lpāḥ pra­kḷ­ptāḥ | mi­thyā­da­rśa­naṃ dve­dhā nai­sa­rgi- TAŚVA-ML 474,06ka­pa­ro­pa­de­śa­ni­mi­tta­bhe­dā­t | ta­tro­pa­de­śa­ni­ra­pe­kṣaṃ nai­sa­rgi­kaṃ­, pa­ro­pa­de­śa­ni­mi­ttaṃ ca­tu­rvi­dhaṃ kri­yā­kri­yā­vā­dā­jñā- TAŚVA-ML 474,07ni­ka­vai­na­yi­ka­ma­ta­vi­ka­lpā­t | ca­tu­ra­śī­tiḥ kri­yā­vā­dā i­ti kau­tku­lya­kaṃ­ṭha­vi­ddhi­pra­bhṛ­ti­ma­ta­vi­ka­lpā­t | TAŚVA-ML 474,08a­śī­ti­śa­ta­m a­kri­yā­vā­dā­nāṃ ma­rī­ci­ku­mā­ro­lū­ka­ka­pi­lā­di­da­rśa­na­bhe­dā­t | ā­jñā­ni­ka­vā­dāḥ sa­pta­ṣa­ṣṭi­saṃ­khyāḥ TAŚVA-ML 474,09sā­ka­lya­vā­ka­lya­pra­bhṛ­ti­dṛ­ṣṭi­bhe­dā­t | vai­na­yi­kā­nāṃ dvā­triṃ­śa­t va­śi­ṣṭa­pa­rā­śa­rā­di­ma­ta­bhe­dā­t | e­te mi­thyā­da­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 474,10no­pa­de­śā­s trī­ṇi śa­tā­ni tri­ṣa­ṣṭyu­tta­rā­ṇi baṃ­dha­he­ta­vaḥ prā­ṇi­va­dha­ni­mi­tta­tvā­d a­dha­rma­he­tu­tva­si­ddheḥ | ā­ga­ma­prā­mā- TAŚVA-ML 474,11ṇyā­t prā­ṇi­va­dho dha­rma­he­tu­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­ga­ma­tvā­si­ddhe­r a­na­va­sthā­nā­t | pa­ra­mā­ga­me pra­si­ddha­tvā­t ta­da­si­ddhi­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 474,12ce­n na­, a­ti­śa­ya­jñā­nā­ka­ra­tvā­t | a­nya­trā­py a­ti­śa­ya­jñā­na­da­rśa­nā­d i­ti ce­n na­, a­ta e­va te­ṣāṃ saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚVA-ML 474,13śra­ddhā­mā­tra­m i­ti ce­n na­, bhū­ya­sā­mu­pa­la­bdheḥ ra­tnā­ka­ra­va­t | ta­du­dbha­va­tvā­t te­ṣā­m a­pi prā­mā­ṇya­m i­ti ce­n na­, ni­ssā- TAŚVA-ML 474,14ra­tvā­t kaṃ­tvā­di­va­t | sa­rve­ṣā­m a­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ya­jña­ka­rma­ṇo nya­tra va­dhaḥ pā­pā­ye­ti ce­n na­, u­bha­ya­tra tu­lya­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 474,15tā­da­rthyā­t sa­rva­sye­ti ce­n na­, sā­dhya­tvā­t a­nya­tho­pa­yo­ge do­ṣa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | maṃ­tra­prā­dhā­nyā­d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 474,16vi­ro­dhā­t hiṃ­sā­do­ṣā­vi­ni­vṛ­tteḥ | ni­ya­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­mi­tta­syā­nya­thā vi­dhi­ni­ṣe­dhā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ka­rtu­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­c ca | TAŚVA-ML 474,17paṃ­ca­vi­dhaṃ vā mi­thyā­da­rśa­naṃ­, a­vi­ra­ti­ka­ṣā­ya­yo­gā dvā­da­śa­paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­ti­tra­yo­da­śa­bhe­dāḥ­, pra­mā­do ne­ka­vi­dhaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 474,18sa­mu­dā­yā­va­ya­va­yo­r baṃ­dha­he­tu­tvaṃ vā­kya­pa­ri­sa­mā­pte­r vai­ci­tryā­t | a­vi­ra­teḥ pra­mā­da­syā­vi­śe­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, vi­ra­ta- TAŚVA-ML 474,19syā­pi pra­mā­da­da­rśa­nā­t | ka­ṣā­yā­vi­ra­tyo­r a­bhe­da i­ti ce­n na­, kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­do­pa­pa­tteḥ |­| ku­taḥ pu­na­r mi­thyā­da­rśa- TAŚVA-ML 474,20nā­da­yaḥ paṃ­ca baṃ­dha­he­ta­va i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 8.1.2syu­r baṃ­dha­he­ta­vaḥ puṃ­saḥ sva­mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­da­yaḥ | ta­sya ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tvā­d a­nya­thā ta­da­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 474,22puṃ­so baṃ­dha­he­ta­va i­ti va­ca­nā­t pra­dhā­na­kṣa­ṇi­ka­ci­tta­sya saṃ­tā­na­sya ca vya­va­cche­daḥ­, sva­mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­da­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 474,23i­ti ni­rde­śā­t pra­dhā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­s te puṃ­so baṃ­dha­he­ta­va i­ti vyu­da­staṃ­, kṛ­ta­nā­śā­kṛ­tā­bhyā­ga­ma­pra­saṃ­gā­t baṃ­dha­sya TAŚVA-ML 474,24mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­dya­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­nā­t ta­ddhe­tu­ka­tva­si­ddhiḥ |­| na­nu ca mo­kṣa­kā­ra­ṇa­trai­vi­dhyo­pa­de­śā­t baṃ­dha­kā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 474,25ṇa­pāṃ­ca­vi­dhyaṃ vi­ru­ddha­m i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 8.1.3ta­dvi­pa­rya­ya­to mo­kṣa­he­ta­vaḥ paṃ­ca sū­tri­tāḥ | sā­ma­rthyā­d a­tra nā­to sti vi­ro­dhaḥ sa­rva­thā gi­rā­m |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 474,27ni­rṇī­ta­prā­yaṃ cai­ta­n na pu­na­r u­cya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 474,28ko yaṃ baṃ­dha i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.2 sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tvā­j jī­vaḥ ka­rma­ṇo yo­gyā­n pu­dga­lā­n ā­da­tte sa baṃ­dhaḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 474,30pu­naḥ ka­ṣā­ya­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­nu­vā­da i­ti ce­n na­, ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­śa­ya­vā­ci­tvā­j ja­ṭha­rā­gni­va­t | jī­vā­bhi­dhā­naṃ pra­co­di­ta- TAŚVA-ML 475,01tvā­t­, jī­va­sya hi ka­tha­m a­mū­rte­na ka­rma­ṇā baṃ­dha i­ti pa­raiḥ prā­co­di ta­to jī­va i­ty a­bhi­dhī­ya­te | jī­va­nā­vi- TAŚVA-ML 475,02ni­rmu­kta­tvā­d vā­, jī­va­naṃ hy ā­yu­s te­nā­vi­ni­rmu­kta e­vā­tmā ka­rma­pu­dga­lā­nā­da­tte '­ta­ś ca jī­vā­bhi­dhā­naṃ yu­ktaṃ | ka­rma­ṇo TAŚVA-ML 475,03yo­gyā­n pu­dga­lā­nā­da­tta i­ti pṛ­tha­gvi­bha­ktyu­ccā­ra­ṇaṃ vā­kyāṃ­ta­ra­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ te­na ka­rma­ṇo jī­vaḥ sa­ka­ṣā­yo bha­va­ti TAŚVA-ML 475,04pū­rvo­pā­ttā­d i­ty e­kaṃ vā­kyaṃ sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tvā­t pū­rva­m a­ka­rma­ka­sya mu­kta­va­tsa­ka­ṣā­ya­tvā­yo­gā­t | ta­thā ka­rma­ṇo yo­gyā­n TAŚVA-ML 475,05pu­dga­lā­nā­da­tte jī­vaḥ sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tvā­t i­ti dvi­tī­yaṃ vā­kyaṃ ka­rma­yo­gya­pu­dga­lā­dā­nā­t pū­rva­ma­ka­ṣā­ya­sya kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 475,06di­va­tta­da­gha­ṭa­nā­t | ta­to jī­va­ka­rma­ṇo­r a­nā­di­baṃ­dha i­ty u­ktaṃ bha­va­ti bī­jāṃ­ku­ra­va­t | sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tva­ka­rma­yo­gya­pu­dga­lā- TAŚVA-ML 475,07dā­na­yo­r bhā­va­dra­vya­baṃ­dha­sva­bhā­va­yo­r ni­mi­tta­nai­mi­tti­ka­bhā­va­vya­va­sthā­nā­t | pu­dga­la­va­ca­naṃ ka­rma­ṇa­s tā­dā­tmya­khyā­pa­nā­rthaṃ pu­dga- TAŚVA-ML 475,08lā­tma­kaṃ dra­vya­ka­rma na pu­na­r a­nya­sva­bhā­vaṃ | ta­d a­si­ddha­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­mū­rte­r a­nu­gra­ho­pa­ghā­tā­bhā­vā­t | na hy a­mū­rti­r ā- TAŚVA-ML 475,09tma­gu­ṇo jī­va­syā­mū­rte­r a­nu­gra­ho­pa­ghā­tau ka­rtu­m a­laṃ kā­la­va­dā­kā­śā­dī­nāṃ | mū­rti­ma­ta­s tu pau­dga­li­ka­sya ka­rma­ṇo nu­gra- TAŚVA-ML 475,10ho­pa­ghā­ta­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­mū­rte py ā­tma­ni ka­thaṃ­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te­, ta­da­nā­di­baṃ­dhaṃ pra­ti ta­sya mū­rti­ma­ttva­pra­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā baṃ­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 475,11yo­gā­t | ā­da­tte i­ti pra­ti­jñā­to­pa­saṃ­hā­rā­rthaṃ | ta­thā hi – yo yaḥ śu­bhā­śu­bha­pha­la­dā­yi­dra­vya­yo­gyā­n pu­dga­lā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 475,12da­tte sa sa sa­ka­ṣā­yo ya­thā tā­dṛ­śaḥ sa sa ka­rma­ṇo yo­gyā­n pu­dga­lā­nā­da­tte ya­tho­bha­ya­vā­di­pra­si­ddhaḥ śu­bhā­śu- TAŚVA-ML 475,13bha­pha­la­grā­sā­di­pu­dga­lā­dā­yī ra­kto dvi­ṣṭo vā sa­ka­ṣā­ya­ś ca vi­vā­dā­pa­nnaḥ saṃ­sā­rī ta­smā­t ka­rma­ṇo yo­gyā­n TAŚVA-ML 475,14pu­dga­lā­nā­da­tte i­ti pra­ti­jñā­to­pa­saṃ­hā­raḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ | a­ta­s ta­du­pa­śle­ṣo baṃ­dhaḥ ta­dbhā­vo ma­di­rā­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 475,15sa­va­ca­na­m a­nya­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ­, ka­rma­ṇo yo­gyā­nāṃ sū­kṣmai­ka­kṣe­trā­va­gā­hi­nā­m a­naṃ­tā­nā­m ā­dā­nā­d ā­tma­naḥ ka­ṣā­yā­rdrī­kṛ­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 475,16pra­ti­pra­de­śaṃ ta­du­pa­śle­ṣo baṃ­dhaḥ sa e­va baṃ­dho nā­nyaḥ saṃ­yo­ga­mā­traṃ sva­gu­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­ma­vā­yo ve­ti tā­tpa­ryā­rthaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 475,17ka­ṣā­yā­rdrī­kṛ­te jī­ve ka­rma­yo­gya­pu­dga­lā­nāṃ ka­rma­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya bhā­vā­d gu­ḍo­da­ka­dhā­ta­kī­ku­su­mā­dyā­rdra­bhā­ja­na­vi­śe­ṣe TAŚVA-ML 475,18ma­di­rā­yo­gya­pu­dga­lā­nāṃ ma­di­rā­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­t | ka­ra­ṇā­di­sā­dha­no baṃ­dha­śa­bdaḥ ta­syo­pa­ca­yā­pa­ca­ya­sa­dbhā­vaḥ ka­rma­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 475,19ā­ya­vya­ya­da­rśa­nā­t vrī­hi­ko ṣṭhā­gā­ra­va­t | ka­rma­ṇā­m ā­ya­vya­ya­da­rśa­nā­t ta­tpha­lā­ya­vya­yā­nu­bha­va­nā­t si­ddhaṃ ta­to nu­mi- TAŚVA-ML 475,20tā­nu­mā­naṃ | e­ta­d e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 8.2.1pu­dga­lā­nāṃ nu­rā­dā­naṃ vaṃ­dho dra­vyā­tma­kaḥ smṛ­taḥ | yo­gyā­nāṃ ka­rma­ṇaḥ sve­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­ni­rva­rta­nā­tma­naḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 475,22ka­thaṃ pa­naḥ pu­dga­lāḥ ka­rma­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­yo­gyāḥ ke­ci­d u­pa­pa­dyaṃ­te i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 8.2.2pu­dga­lāḥ ka­rma­ṇo yo­gyāḥ ke­ci­n mū­rtā­rtha­yo­ga­taḥ | pa­cya­mā­na­tva­taḥ śā­li­bī­jā­di­va­d i­tī­ri­taṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 475,24pu­dga­lā e­va ka­rma­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­bhā­jo mū­rta­dra­vya­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­na vi­pa­cya­mā­na­tvā­c chā­li­bī­jā­di­va­d i­ty u­ktaṃ pu­ra­stā­t | TAŚVA-ML 475,25ta­taḥ ka­rma­ṇo yo­gyāḥ pu­dga­lāḥ ke­ci­t saṃ­ty e­va |­| TAŚV-ML 8.2.3tā­n ā­da­tte sva­yaṃ jī­vaḥ sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tva­taḥ sa tu | yo nā­da­tte pra­si­ddho hi ka­ṣā­ya­ra­hi­taḥ pa­raḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.2.4sa­ka­ṣā­yaḥ sa­ka­rma­tva­jī­vaḥ syā­t pū­rva­to nya­taḥ | ka­ṣā­ye­bhyaḥ sa­ka­rme­ti nā­nya­thā bha­va­bhā­ga­yaṃ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.2.5jī­vaḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha i­ti vā sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tva­to nya­thā | ta­sya mu­ktā­tma­va­tta­ttvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.2.6sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tva­m a­dhya­kṣā­t sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­taḥ sva­yaṃ | ko­pa­vā­n a­ha­m i­ty e­vaṃ rū­pā­t si­ddhaṃ hi de­hi­nāṃ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.2.7pra­dhā­naṃ sa­ka­ṣā­yaṃ tu syā­n nai­vā­ce­ta­na­tva­taḥ | kuṃ­bhā­di­va­t ta­to ne­daṃ saṃ­baṃ­dha­m i­ti ni­rṇa­yaḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.2.8ka­rma­ṇaḥ sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tvaṃ jī­va­sye­ti na śā­śva­taṃ | sa­he­tu­ka­sya kau­ṭa­sthya­vi­ro­dhā­t ku­ṭa­kā­di­va­t |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.2.9ta­to nu mu­ktya­bhā­vo nu ku­ta­ści­t ka­rma­ṇaḥ kṣa­ye | sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tva­vi­dhvaṃ­sā­vi­dhvaṃ­sa­kṛ­ta­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.2.10jī­vo hi ka­rma­ṇo yo­gyā­n ā­da­tte pu­dga­lā­n sva­yaṃ | sa­ka­ṣā­ya­s ta­taḥ pū­rvaṃ śu­ddha­sya ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.2.11ta­ddra­vya­ka­rma­bhi­r baṃ­dhaḥ pu­dga­lā­tma­bhi­r ā­tma­naḥ | si­ddho nā­tma­gu­ṇai­r e­vaṃ ka­ṣā­yai­r bhā­va­ka­rma­bhiḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.2.12a­nya­thā sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tva­pra­tya­ya­sya vi­ro­dha­taḥ | saṃ­sā­ri­ṇāṃ śa­rī­rā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dha­syai­va hā­ni­taḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 476,02so yaṃ sā­mā­nya­to baṃ­dhaḥ pra­ti­pā­di­ta­s ta­tpra­kā­ra­gra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.3 pra­kṛ­ti­sthi­tya­nu­bhā­gabha­vapra­de­śā­s ta­dvi­dha­yaḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 476,04a­ka­rta­rī­ty a­nu­vṛ­tte­r a­pā­dā­na­sā­dha­nā pra­kṛ­tiḥ­, bhā­va­sā­dha­nau sthi­tya­nu­bha­vau­, ka­rma­sā­dha­naḥ pra­de­śa­śa­bdaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 476,05pra­kṛ­tiḥ sva­bhā­va i­ty a­na­rthā­nta­raṃ­, sva­bhā­vā­pra­cyu­tiḥ sthi­tiḥ­, ta­dra­sa­vi­śe­ṣo nu­bha­vaḥ­, i­ya­ttā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ pra­de­śaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 476,06vi­dhi­śa­bdaḥ pra­kā­ra­va­ca­naḥ | ta­sya vi­dha­ya­s ta­dvi­dha­yo baṃ­dha­pra­kā­rāḥ pra­kṛ­tyā­da­ya i­ty a­rthaḥ |­| ta­d e­vā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 8.3.1ta­sya baṃ­dha­sya vi­dha­yaḥ pra­kṛ­tyā­dyāḥ su­sū­tri­tāḥ | ta­thā­vi­dha­tva­saṃ­si­ddhe­r baṃ­dha­vyā­nāṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.3.2sthi­tyā­di­pa­rya­yo­nmu­ktaiḥ ka­rma­yo­gyai­r hi pu­dga­laiḥ | pra­kṛ­tyā­va­sthi­tai­r baṃ­dhaḥ pra­tha­mo tra vi­va­kṣi­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.3.3pra­ti­pra­de­śa­m e­tai­r nu ma­to baṃ­dhaḥ pra­de­śa­taḥ | sthi­tyā­di­pa­rya­yā­krāṃ­taiḥ sa sthi­tyā­di­vi­śe­ṣi­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 476,10baṃ­dha­sya bhe­dā­d e­vaṃ hi baṃ­dho bhi­dya­te nā­nya­thā baṃ­dha­vyā­ni ca ka­rmā­ṇi pra­kṛ­tyā­va­sthi­tā­ni pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dha­vya­pa- TAŚVA-ML 476,11de­śaṃ la­bhaṃ­te | tā­ny e­vā­tma­pra­de­śa­vṛ­ttī­ni pra­de­śa­baṃ­dha­vya­pa­de­śaṃ | sa­ma­yā­d ū­rdhva­sthi­ti­pa­rya­yā­krāṃ­tā­ni sthi­ti­baṃ­dha­vya- TAŚVA-ML 476,12pa­de­śaṃ pha­la­dā­na­pra­śa­kti­la­kṣa­ṇā­nu­bha­va­pa­rya­yā­krāṃ­tā­ny a­nu­bha­va­baṃ­dha­vya­pa­de­śa­m i­ti śo­bha­naṃ sū­tri­tāḥ pra­kṛ­tyā­di­vi­dha­yo TAŚVA-ML 476,13baṃ­dha­sya | ta­tra yo­ga­ni­mi­ttau pra­kṛ­ti­pra­de­śau­, sthi­tya­nu­bha­vau ka­ṣā­ya­he­tu­kau | ā­dyo dve­dhā mu­lo­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­bhe­dā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 476,14ta­tra mū­la­pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dhaṃ tā­va­d ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.4 ā­dyo jñā­na­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­ve­da­nī­ya­mo­ha­nī­yā­yu­rnā­ma­go­trāṃ­ta­rā­yāḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 476,16sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇye sa­ti pū­rvo­tta­ra­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dha i­ti ce­n na­, u­bha­ya­na­ya­dha­rma­vi­va­kṣā­sa­dbhā­vā­t ta­yo­r e­ka­va­ca­na- TAŚVA-ML 476,17ba­hu­va­ca­na­pra­yo­go­pa­pa­tteḥ | pra­mā­ṇaṃ śro­tā­ra i­ti sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­yo­r e­ka­tva­ba­hu­tva­vya­va­sthi­te­r ya­thā­saṃ­bha­vaṃ ka­rtrā­di- TAŚVA-ML 476,18sā­dha­na­tvaṃ jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ pra­yo­ga­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­d ā­ga­ccha­d e­vā­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ ka­rma jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣai­r vi­bhi­dya­te TAŚVA-ML 476,19a­nnā­de­r vā­tā­di­vi­kā­ra­va­t | jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­m e­va mo­ha i­ti ce­n na­, a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhā­vā­t kā­rya­bhe­de ca kā­ra­ṇā­nya­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 476,20jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­sya hi kā­ryaṃ jñā­naṃ­, mo­ha­sya ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­m a­cā­ri­traṃ ce­ti | e­te­na jñā­na­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­yo­r a­nya­tva­m u­ktaṃ TAŚVA-ML 476,21ta­tkā­rya­yo­r a­jñā­nā­da­rśa­na­yo­r a­nya­tvā­t ta­dā­vri­ya­mā­ṇa­yo­ś ca jñā­na­da­rśa­na­yo­r a­nya­tvaṃ pra­yu­ktaṃ bhe­da­sā­dha­naṃ | jñā­nā­va­ra- TAŚVA-ML 476,22ṇa­syā­vi­śe­ṣe pi pra­tyā­sra­vaṃ ma­tyā­di­vi­śe­ṣo ja­la­va­t | e­te­ne­ta­rā­ṇi vyā­khyā­tā­ni da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­ny a­pi TAŚVA-ML 476,23pra­tyā­sra­vaṃ mū­lo­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­vi­ka­lpa­bhāṃ­ji vi­bhā­vyaṃ­te | sa­ka­la­ka­rma­pra­kṛ­tī­nāṃ kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­me­ya­tvā­d iṃ­dri­ya- TAŚVA-ML 476,24śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t | ta­d e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 8.4.1ka­rma­pra­kṛ­ta­ya­s ta­tra syu­r jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­da­yaḥ | tā­dṛ­kkā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­me­yāḥ ka­ra­ṇa­śa­kti­va­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 476,26ka­ści­d ā­ha – pu­dga­la­dra­vya­syai­ka­syā­va­ra­ṇa­su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­ni­mi­tta­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tti­rvi­ro­dhā­t i­ti | sa vi­ni­vā­rya­te TAŚVA-ML 476,27na vā­, ta­tsvā­bhā­vyā­dva­nhe­r dā­ha­pā­ka­pra­tā­pa­pra­kā­śa­sā­ma­rthya­va­t | a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvā­c ca dra­vya­sya nai­ka­tvā­di­rū­pe­ṇā­nai- TAŚVA-ML 476,28kāṃ­ti­ka­tvaṃ ya­to vi­ro­dhaḥ | pa­rā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇeṃ­dri­yā­ṇāṃ bhi­nna­jā­tī­yā­nāṃ kṣī­rā­dyu­pa­bho­ge vṛ­ddhi­va­t | vṛ­ddhi­r e­kai- TAŚVA-ML 476,29ve­ti ce­n na­, pra­tīṃ­dri­yaṃ vṛ­ddhi­bhe­dā­t | ta­thai­vā­tu­lya­jā­tī­ye­nā­nu­gra­ha­si­ddhiḥ | te­na ce­ta­na­syā­tma­no '­ce­ta­naṃ ka­rmā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 476,30grā­ha­kaṃ si­ddhaṃ bha­va­ti | ki­m e­tā­vā­n e­va pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dha­vi­ka­lpo ne­ty ā­khyā­ya­te – e­kā­di­saṃ­khye­ya­vi­ka­lpa­ś ca śa­bda­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 476,31ta­trai­ka­s tā­va­tsā­mā­nyā­t ka­rma­baṃ­dho vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m a­vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t se­nā­va­ca­na­va­t | sa e­va pu­ṇya­pā­pa­bhe­dā­d dvi­vi­dhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 476,32svā­mi­bhṛ­tya­bhe­dā­t se­nā­va­t | tri­vi­dha­ś cā­nā­diḥ sāṃ­taḥ­, a­nā­di­r a­naṃ­taḥ­, sā­diḥ sāṃ­ta­ś ce­ti­, bhu­jā­kā­rā­lpa­ta- TAŚVA-ML 476,33rā­va­sthi­ta­bhe­dā­d vā | pra­kṛ­tyā­di­bhe­dā­c ca­tu­rvi­dhaḥ­, dra­vyā­di­bhe­dā­t paṃ­ca­vi­dhaḥ | ṣa­ḍjī­va­na­kā­ya­bhe­dā­t ṣo­ḍhā | TAŚVA-ML 477,01rā­ga­dve­ṣa­mo­ha­kro­dha­mā­na­mā­yā­lo­bha­he­tu­bhe­dā­t sa­pta­vi­dhaḥ | jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­di­vi­ka­lpā­d a­ṣṭa­vi­dhaḥ | e­vaṃ saṃ­khye­yā TAŚVA-ML 477,02vi­ka­lpāḥ śa­bda­to yo­ja­nī­yāḥ | ca­śa­bdā­d a­va­sthā­yāḥ sthā­na­vi­ka­lpā­d a­saṃ­khye­yāḥ pra­de­śa­skaṃ­dha­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­bhe­dā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 477,03naṃ­tāḥ jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­dya­nu­bha­vā­vi­bhā­ga­pa­ri­cche­dā­pe­kṣa­yā vā | kra­ma­yo­ja­na­jñā­ne­nā­tma­no dhi­ga­mā­d jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇaṃ sa­rve- TAŚVA-ML 477,04ṣā­m ā­dā­v u­ktaṃ | ta­to da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­m a­nā­kā­ro­pa­la­bdheḥ | ta­da­naṃ­ta­raṃ ve­da­nī­ya­va­ca­naṃ ta­da­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 477,05mo­hā­bhi­dhā­naṃ ta­dvi­ro­dhā­t | ā­yu­rva­ca­naṃ ta­tsa­mī­pe ta­nni­baṃ­dha­na­tvā­t | ta­da­naṃ­ta­raṃ nā­ma­va­ca­naṃ ta­du­da­yā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 477,06prā­yo nā­mo­da­ya­sya | ta­to go­tra­va­ca­naṃ prā­pta­śa­rī­rā­di­lā­bha­sya saṃ­śa­bda­nā­bhi­vya­kteḥ | pa­ri­śe­ṣā­d aṃ­te aṃ­ta­rā­ya­va­ca­naṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 477,07a­tho­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dhaṃ pra­ti­pi­pā­da­yi­ṣu­s ta­tsaṃ­khyā­bhe­dā­n sū­tra­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.5 paṃ­ca­na­va­dvya­ṣṭā­viṃ­śa­ti­ca­tu­rdvi­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­ddvi­paṃ­ca­bhe­dā ya­thā­kra­ma­m |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 477,09paṃ­cā­di­paṃ­cāṃ­tā­nāṃ dvaṃ­dva­pū­rvo nya­pa­dā­rtha­ni­rde­śaḥ | dvi­tī­ya­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, pa­ri­śe­ṣā­t si­ddheḥ | pū­rva­trā­dya­va­ca- TAŚVA-ML 477,10nā­t | i­ha hi pa­ri­śe­ṣā­d e­va dvi­tī­ya u­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dha i­ti si­ddhya­ti | bhe­da­śa­bdaḥ pra­tye­kaṃ pa­ri­sa­mā­pya­te | TAŚVA-ML 477,11ya­thā­kra­maṃ ya­thā­nu­pū­rvaṃ te­na jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇaṃ paṃ­ca­bhe­da­m i­ti | ā­dya­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ pa­ri­pā­ṭyā dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ | e­ta­d e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 8.5.1te ca paṃ­cā­di­bhe­dāḥ syu­r ya­thā­kra­ma­m i­tī­ra­ṇā­t | kā­rya­pra­bhe­da­taḥ sā­dhyāḥ sa­dbhiḥ pra­kṛ­ta­yo­pa­rāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 477,13ta­tra ke­ṣāṃ jñā­nā­nāṃ paṃ­cā­nā­m ā­vri­ya­mā­ṇā nā­mā­vṛ­ti­kā­rya­bhe­dā­t paṃ­ca­bhe­daṃ jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.6 ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­ke­va­lā­nā­m |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 477,15ma­tyā­dī­ny u­kta­la­kṣa­ṇā­ni | ma­tyā­dī­nā­m i­ti pā­ṭho la­ghu­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, pra­tye­ka­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­rtha­tvā­t | te­na TAŚVA-ML 477,16paṃ­ca jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­ni si­ddhā­ni bha­vaṃ­ti | paṃ­ca­va­ca­nā­t paṃ­ca­saṃ­khyā­pra­tī­ti­r i­ti ce­n na­, pra­tye­kaṃ paṃ­ca­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | TAŚVA-ML 477,17pra­ti­pa­daṃ pa­ṭhe­t | ma­te­r ā­va­ra­ṇaṃ śru­ta­syā­va­ra­ṇa­m i­tyā­dya­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t pra­tye­kaṃ paṃ­cā­va­ra­ṇā­ni pra­sa­jyaṃ­te | ka­ści­d ā­ha - TAŚVA-ML 477,18ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ sa­ttvā­sa­ttva­yo­r ā­vṛ­tya­bhā­va i­ti taṃ pra­tyā­ha­, na­vā­trā­de­śa­va­ca­nā­t sa­ta­ś cā­va­ra­ṇa­da­rśa­nā­t na­bha­so ṃ­bho- TAŚVA-ML 477,19dha­ra­pa­ṭa­la­va­t | ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ sa­ttvai­kāṃ­te vā­sa­ttvai­kāṃ­te ca kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t sa­tā­m e­vā­va­ra­ṇa- TAŚVA-ML 477,20saṃ­bha­vaḥ | a­rthāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­c ca pra­tyā­khyā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­va­t | ya­syo­da­ye hy ā­tma­naḥ pra­tyā­khyā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­mo no­tpa­dya­te TAŚVA-ML 477,21ta­tpra­tyā­khyā­nā­va­ra­ṇaṃ na pu­na­r a­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ pra­tyā­khyā­na­m ā­vṛ­ta­syā­bhā­vā­t | ta­dva­dā­tma­no ya­t kṣa­yo­pa­śa­me sa­ti ma­ti- TAŚVA-ML 477,22jñā­nā­di­rū­pa­ta­yo­tpa­tti­s ta­n ma­tyā­dyā­va­ra­ṇaṃ na pu­na­r a­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ma­tyā­di­jñā­na­m ā­vṛ­ta­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | a­pa­ra ā­ha – a­bha- TAŚVA-ML 477,23vya­syo­tta­rā­va­ra­ṇa­dva­yā­nu­pa­pa­tti­s ta­da­bhā­vā­t | na ca­, u­kta­tvā­t | ki­m u­kta­m i­ti ce­t­, ā­de­śa­va­ca­nā­t sa­ta- TAŚVA-ML 477,24ś cā­va­ra­ṇa­da­rśa­nā­t bhā­vāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­c ce­ti | dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­t sa­to­r a­pi ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­ke­va­la­jñā­na­yo­r ā­va­ra­ṇo­pa­ga­me TAŚVA-ML 477,25syā­dvā­di­nāṃ nā­bha­vya­sya bha­vya­tva­pra­saṃ­gaḥ­, ka­dā­ci­t ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­ga­mā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | pa­ryā­yā­rthā­de­śā­d a­sa­to­r a­pi ta­yo- TAŚVA-ML 477,26r ā­va­ra­ṇa­gha­ṭa­nā­d u­tpa­tti­pra­ti­baṃ­dhi­no py ā­va­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­si­ddheḥ ta­yo­r a­bhā­vyā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­yo­r a­bhā­vā­c ca na ka­ści­d do­ṣaḥ | na ca TAŚVA-ML 477,27ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yā­di­sa­da­sa­ttva­mā­trā­t dra­vya­to bha­vye­ta­ra­vi­bhā­gaḥ | kiṃ ta­rhi ? sa­mya­ktvā­di­vya­kti­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­bhyāṃ TAŚVA-ML 477,28bha­vyā­bha­vya­tva­vi­ka­lpaḥ­, ka­na­ke­ta­ra­pā­ṣā­ṇa­va­t | na ca jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇo­da­yā­d a­jño ti­duḥ­khi­ta­s ta­to nā­di­r e­va pa­ra­ma- TAŚVA-ML 477,29ni­rvṛ­tti­r i­ti da­rśa­na­m u­pa­pa­nnaṃ | ku­taḥ pu­na­r ma­tyā­dyā­va­ra­ṇa­si­ddhi­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 8.6.1ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ hi paṃ­cā­nāṃ jñā­nā­nāṃ paṃ­ca ve­di­taṃ | ka­rmā­va­ra­ṇa­m a­nya­sya he­to­r bhā­ve py a­bhā­va­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 477,31sa­ty a­py ā­tma­ny u­pā­dā­na­he­tau kā­lā­kā­śā­dau sa­mā­ne vi­ṣa­ye ca yo­gya­de­śa­va­rti­ny ā­hā­ra­pa­ro­pa­de­śā­bhyā­sā­dau TAŚVA-ML 477,32ca ka­sya­ci­n ma­tyā­di­jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m a­bhā­vā­t | ta­to nya­t kā­ra­ṇa­m a­dṛ­ṣṭa­m a­nu­mī­ya­te ta­tta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­m e­va bha­vi­tu­m a­rha­tī­ti TAŚVA-ML 477,33ni­śca­yaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 478,01a­tha da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇaṃ na­va­bhe­daṃ ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.7 ca­kṣu­ra­ca­kṣu­ra­va­dhi­ke­va­lā­nāṃ ni­drā­ni­drā­ni­drā­pra­ca­lā­pra­ca­lā­pra­ca­lā­styā­na- TA-ML 8.7 gṛ­ddha­ya­ś ca |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 478,04ca­kṣu­rā­dī­nāṃ da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d bhe­da­ni­rde­śaḥ | ca­kṣu­ra­ca­kṣu­ra­va­dhi­ke­va­lā­nāṃ da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇā­nī­ti | ma­da­khe­da- TAŚVA-ML 478,05kla­ma­vi­no­da­nā­rthaḥ svā­po ni­drā­, u­pa­ryu­pa­ri ta­dva­tti­r ni­drā­ni­drā­, pra­ca­la­ya­tyā­tmā­na­m i­ti pra­ca­lā­, pau­naḥ­pu­nye­na TAŚVA-ML 478,06sai­vā­hi­ta­vṛ­ttiḥ pra­ca­lā­pra­ca­lā­, sva­pne ya­yā vī­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­vi­rbhā­vaḥ sā styā­na­gṛ­ddhiḥ styā­ne sva­pne gṛ­dhya­ti TAŚVA-ML 478,07dī­pya­te rau­dra­ba­hu­ka­rma ka­ro­ti ya­du­da­yā­d i­ty a­rthaḥ | nā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d vī­psā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, kā­lā­di­bhe­de­na TAŚVA-ML 478,08ta­dbhe­da­si­ddheḥ­, pa­ṭu­rbha­vā­n pa­ṭu­de­śī­va­t pa­ṭu­ta­ra e­ṣa sa i­ti ya­thā | de­śa­bhe­dā­d a­pi ma­thu­rā­yāṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­sya pu­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 478,09pā­ṭa­li­pu­tre dṛ­śya­mā­na­sya ta­ttva­va­t | ta­trai­ka­smi­nn a­py ā­tma­ni kā­la­de­śa­bhe­dā­t nā­nā­tva­bhā­ji vī­psā yu­ktā TAŚVA-ML 478,10ni­drā­ni­drā pra­ca­lā­pra­ca­le­ti | ā­bhī­kṣṇye vā dvi­tva­pra­si­ddhiḥ ya­thā ge­haṃ ge­ha­m a­nu­pra­ve­śa­m ā­sta i­ti | ni­drā- TAŚVA-ML 478,11di­ka­rma­sa­dve­dyo­da­yā­t ni­drā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­si­ddhiḥ | ni­drā­dī­nā­m a­bhe­de­nā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­vi­ro­dha i­ti ce­n na­, vi­va­kṣā­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 478,12saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t | ca­kṣu­ra­ca­kṣu­rda­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇo­da­yā­c ca­kṣu­rā­dīṃ­dri­yā­lo­ca­na­vi­ka­laḥ­, a­va­dhi­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇo­da­yā­d a­va­dhi­da­rśa­na­vi- TAŚVA-ML 478,13pra­yu­ktaḥ­, ke­va­la­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇo­da­yā­d a­nā­vi­rbhū­ta­ke­va­la­da­rśa­naḥ­, ni­drā­ni­drā­ni­dro­da­yā­t ta­mo­ma­hā­ta­mo va­sthā­, pra­ca­lā- TAŚVA-ML 478,14pra­ca­lā­pra­ca­lo­da­yā­c ca­la­nā­ti­ca­la­na­bhā­vaḥ |­| e­ta­d e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 8.7.1ca­tu­rṇāṃ ca­kṣu­rā­dī­nāṃ da­rśa­nā­nāṃ ca­tu­rvi­dhaṃ | ni­drā­da­ya­ś ca paṃ­ce­ti na­va pra­kṛ­ta­yo­sya tāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 478,16ca­tu­rṇāṃ hi ca­kṣu­rā­di­da­rśa­nā­nā­m ā­va­ra­ṇā­c ca­tu­rvi­dha­m a­va­bo­dhyaṃ­, ta­dā­vri­ya­mā­ṇa­bhe­dā­t ta­dbhe­da­si­ddheḥ | ni­drā­da- TAŚVA-ML 478,17ya­ś ca paṃ­ca da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇā­nī­ti bhe­dā­bhe­dā­bhyā­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dho trā­vi­ru­ddha e­ve­ty u­ktaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 478,18a­tha tṛ­tī­ya­syo­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dha­sya bhe­da­pra­da­rśa­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.8 sa­da­sa­dve­dye |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 478,20ya­syo­da­yā­d de­vā­di­ga­ti­ṣu śā­rī­ra­mā­na­sa­su­kha­prā­pti­s ta­tsa­dve­dyaṃ­, ya­t pha­laṃ duḥ­kha­m a­ne­ka­vi­dhaṃ ta­d a­sa­dve­dyaṃ | ta­d e­vo- TAŚVA-ML 478,21pa­da­rśa­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 8.8.1dve­dhā tu sa­da­sa­dve­dye sā­te­ta­ra­kṛ­tā­d i­me | pra­kṛ­tī ve­da­nī­ya­sya nā­nya­thā ta­dvya­va­sthi­tiḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 478,23a­tha ca­tu­rtha­syo­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dha­sya bhe­do­pa­da­rśa­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 8.9 da­rśa­na­cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­nī­yā­ka­ṣā­ya­ka­ṣā­ya­ve­da­nī­yā­khyā­s tri­dvi­na­va­ṣo­ḍa­śa­bhe­dāḥ TA-ML 8.9 sa­mya­ktva­mi­thyā­tva­ta­du­bha­yā­nya­ka­ṣā­ya­ka­ṣā­yau hā­sta­ra­tya­ra­ti­śo­ka­bha­ya- TA-ML 8.9 ju­gu­psā­strī­pu­nna­puṃ­sa­ka­ve­dā a­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhya­pra­tyā­khyā­na­pra­tyā­khyā­na- TA-ML 8.9 saṃ­jva­la­na­vi­ka­lpā­ś cai­ka­śaḥ kro­dha­mā­na­mā­yā­lo­bhāḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 478,28da­rśa­nā­di­bhi­s tri­dvi­na­va­ṣo­ḍa­śa­bhe­dā­nāṃ ya­thā­saṃ­khye­na saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | da­rśa­na­mo­ha­nī­yaṃ tri­bhe­daṃ­, cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­nī­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 478,29dvi­bhe­daṃ­, a­ka­ṣā­ya­ve­da­nī­yaṃ na­va­vi­dhaṃ­, ka­ṣā­ya­ve­da­nī­yaṃ ṣo­ḍa­śa­vi­dha­m i­ti | ta­tra da­rśa­na­mo­ha­nī­yaṃ tri­bhe­daṃ sa­mya­ktva- TAŚVA-ML 478,30mi­thyā­tva­ta­du­bha­yā­nī­ti | ta­dbaṃ­dhaṃ pra­tye­kaṃ bhū­tvā sa­tka­rma pra­tī­tya tre­dhā | cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­nī­yaṃ dve­dhā­, a­ka­ṣā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 478,31ka­ṣā­ya­bhe­dā­t | ka­ṣā­ya­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­t na­, ī­ṣa­da­rtha­tvā­n na ñaḥ | a­ka­ṣā­ya­ve­da­nī­yaṃ na­va­vi­dhaṃ hā­syā- TAŚVA-ML 478,32di­bhe­dā­t | ka­ṣā­ya­ve­da­nī­yaṃ ṣo­ḍa­śa­vi­dha­m a­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhyā­di­vi­ka­lpā­t |­| ku­to mo­ha­syā­ṣṭā­viṃ­śa­tiḥ pra­kṛ­ta­yaḥ TAŚVA-ML 478,33si­ddhā i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 8.9.1da­rśa­ne­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa mo­ha­nī­ya­sya ka­rma­ṇaḥ | a­ṣṭā­viṃ­śa­ti­r ā­khyā­tā­s tā­va­d vā kā­rya­da­rśa­nā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 479,02pra­si­ddhā­ny e­va hi mo­ha­pra­kṛ­tī­nā­m a­ṣṭā­viṃ­śa­te­s ta­ttvā­rthā­śra­ddhā­nā­dī­ni kā­ryā­ṇi mi­thyā­tvā­dī­nā­m i­he­ti na pra­ta- TAŚVA-ML 479,03nya­te | ta­ta­s ta­du­pa­laṃ­bhā­t tā­sā­m a­nu­mā­na­m a­na­va­dya­m a­nya­thā ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tte­r dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­vya­bhi­cā­rā­c ca |­| TAŚVA-ML 479,04a­thā­yu­ru­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dha­bhe­da­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.10 nā­ra­ka­tai­rya­gyo­na­mā­nu­ṣa­dai­vā­ni |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 479,06ā­yūṃ­ṣī­ti śe­ṣaḥ | nā­ra­kā­di­bha­va­saṃ­baṃ­dhe­nā­yu­rvya­pa­de­śaḥ | ya­dbhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­r jī­vi­ta­ma­ra­ṇaṃ ta­dā­yuḥ | a­nnā­di TAŚVA-ML 479,07ta­nni­mi­tta­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syo­pa­grā­ha­ka­tvā­t de­va­nā­ra­ke­ṣu vā­nnā­dya­bhā­vā­t | na­ra­ke­ṣu tī­vra­śī­to­ṣṇa­ve­da­ne­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 479,08ya­n ni­mi­ttaṃ dī­rgha­jī­va­naṃ ta­n na­ra­kā­yuḥ | kṣu­tpi­pā­sā­śī­to­ṣṇa­vā­tā­di­kṛ­to­pa­dra­va­pra­cu­re­ṣu ti­rya­kṣu ya­syo­da­yā­d va­sa­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 479,09ta­ttai­rya­gyo­naṃ | śā­rī­ra­mā­na­sa­su­kha­duḥ­kha­bhū­yi­ṣṭhe­ṣu ma­nu­ṣye­ṣu ja­nmo­da­yā­n mā­nu­ṣyā­yu­ṣaḥ | śā­rī­ra­mā­na­sa­su­kha­prā­ye­ṣu TAŚVA-ML 479,10de­ve­ṣu ja­nmo­da­yā­d de­vā­yu­ṣaḥ | ku­ta e­tā­ny ā­yūṃ­ṣi si­ddhā­nī­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 8.10.1nā­ra­kā­dī­ni ca­tvā­ri cā­yūṃ­ṣi bha­va­bhe­da­taḥ | si­ddhā­ni ta­da­bhā­ve sya prā­ṇi­nā­ma­vya­va­sthi­teḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 479,12a­tha nā­mo­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dha­bhe­da­da­rśa­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.11 ga­ti­jā­ti­śa­rī­rāṃ­go­pāṃ­ga­ni­rmā­ṇa­baṃ­dha­na­saṃ­ghā­ta­saṃ­sthā­na­saṃ­ha­na­na­spa­rśa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dha­va- TA-ML 8.11 rṇā­nu­pū­rvyā­gu­ru­la­ghū­pa­ghā­ta­pa­ra­ghā­tā­ta­po­dyo­to­cchvā­sa­vi­hā­yo­ga­ta­yaḥ pra­tye- TA-ML 8.11 ka­śa­rī­ra­tra­sa­su­bha­ga­su­sva­ra­śu­bha­sū­kṣma­pa­ryā­pti­sthi­rā­de­ya­ya­śa­skī- TA-ML 8.11 rti­se­ta­rā­ṇi tī­rtha­ka­ra­tvaṃ ca |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 479,17ku­taḥ pu­na­r i­me nā­mnaḥ pra­kṛ­ti­bhe­dāḥ sa­ma­nu­mī­yaṃ­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 8.11.1dvi­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­dā­khyā­tā ga­ti­nā­mā­da­ya­s ta­thā | nā­mnaḥ pra­kṛ­ti­bhe­dā­s te nu­mī­yaṃ­te sva­kā­rya­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 479,19ya­d u­da­yā­d ā­tmā bha­vāṃ­ta­raṃ ga­ccha­ti sā ga­tiḥ­, ta­trā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­sā­dṛ­śyai­kī­kṛ­to rthā­tmā jā­tiḥ­, ya­d u­da­yā- TAŚVA-ML 479,20d ā­tma­naḥ śa­rī­ra­ni­rvṛ­tti­s ta­ccha­rī­ra­nā­ma­, ya­d u­da­yā­d aṃ­go­ṣāṃ­ga­vi­ve­ka­s ta­daṃ­go­pāṃ­ga­nā­ma­, ya­n ni­mi­ttā pa­ri­ni­ṣpa­tti­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 479,21nni­rmā­ṇaṃ­, śa­rī­ra­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­yo­pā­ttā­nāṃ ya­to nyo­nya­saṃ­śle­ṣa­ṇaṃ ta­dbaṃ­dha­naṃ­, a­vi­va­ra­bhā­ve­nai­ka­tva­ka­ra­ṇaṃ saṃ­ghā­ta­nā­ma­, TAŚVA-ML 479,22ya­d dhe­tu­kā śa­rī­rā­kṛ­ti­ni­vṛ­tti­s ta­tsaṃ­sthā­na­nā­ma­, ya­d u­da­yā­d a­sthi­baṃ­dha­na­vi­śe­ṣa­s ta­tsaṃ­ha­na­naṃ­, ya­d u­da­yā­t spa­rśa­ra­sa- TAŚVA-ML 479,23gaṃ­dha­va­rṇa­vi­ka­lpā­ṣṭa­paṃ­ca­dvi­paṃ­ca­saṃ­khyā­s tā­ni spa­rśā­di­nā­mā­ni­, ya­d u­da­yā­t pū­rva­śa­rī­rā­kā­ra­vi­nā­śa­s ta­d ā­nu­pū­rvya­nā­ma­, TAŚVA-ML 479,24ya­n ni­mi­tta­ma­gu­ru­la­ghu­tvaṃ ta­d a­gu­ru­la­ghu nā­ma­, ya­d u­da­yā­t sva­yaṃ kṛ­to baṃ­dha­nā­dyu­pa­ghā­ta­s ta­d u­pa­ghā­ta­nā­ma­, ya­n ni­mi­ttaḥ TAŚVA-ML 479,25pa­ra­śa­strā­ghā­ta­naṃ ta­tpa­ra­ghā­ta­nā­ma­, ya­d u­da­yā­n ni­rvṛ­tta­mā­ta­pa­naṃ ta­d ā­tā­pa­nā­ma­, ya­n ni­mi­tta­m u­dyo­ta­naṃ ta­d u­dyo­ta­nā­ma­, TAŚVA-ML 479,26ya­d dhe­tu­r u­cchvā­sa­s ta­du­cchvā­sa­nā­ma­, vi­hā­ya ā­kā­śaṃ ta­tra ga­ti­ni­rva­rta­kaṃ vi­hā­yo­ga­ti­nā­ma­, e­kā­tmo­pa­bho­ga­kā- TAŚVA-ML 479,27pa­ṇaṃ śa­rī­raṃ ya­ta­s ta­tpra­tye­ka­śa­rī­ra­nā­ma­, ya­to ba­hvā­tma­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo­pa­bho­ga­śa­rī­ra­tā ta­tsā­dhā­ra­ṇa­śa­rī­ra­nā­ma­, ya­d u­da­yā- TAŚVA-ML 479,28d dvīṃ­dri­yā­di­ṣu ja­nma ta­ttra­sa­nā­ma­, ya­n ni­mi­tta e­keṃ­dri­ye­ṣu prā­du­rbhā­va­s ta­tsthā­va­ra­nā­ma­, ya­du­da­yā­d a­nya­prī­ti­pra­bha­va­s ta- TAŚVA-ML 479,29tsu­bha­ga­nā­ma­, ya­du­da­yā­d rū­pā­di­gu­ṇo­pe­te py a­prī­ti­s ta­ddu­rbha­ga­nā­ma­, ya­n ni­mi­ttaṃ ma­no­jña­sva­ra­ni­rva­rta­naṃ ta­t su­sva­ra­nā­ma­, TAŚVA-ML 479,30ta­dvi­pa­rī­taṃ duḥ­sva­ra­nā­ma­, ya­d u­da­yā­d ra­ma­ṇī­ya­tvaṃ ta­c chu­bha­nā­ma­, ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­m a­śu­bha­nā­ma­, sū­kṣma­śa­rī­ra­ni­rva­rta­kaṃ TAŚVA-ML 479,31sū­kṣma­nā­ma­, a­nya­bā­dhā­ka­ra­śa­rī­ra­kā­ra­ṇaṃ bā­da­ra­nā­ma­, ya­d u­da­yā­d ā­hā­rā­di­pa­ryā­pti­ni­vṛ­tti­s ta­tpa­ryā­pti­nā­ma ṣa­ḍvi­dhaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 479,32pa­ryā­ptya­bhā­va­he­tu­r a­pa­ryā­pti­nā­ma­, sthi­ra­bhā­va­sya ni­rva­rta­kaṃ sthi­ra­nā­ma­, ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­m a­sthi­ra­nā­ma­, pra­bho­pe­ta­śa­rī­ra­tā­kā- TAŚVA-ML 480,01ra­ṇa­mā­de­ya­nā­ma­, ni­ṣpra­bha­śa­rī­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­m a­nā­de­ya­tā­nā­ma­, pu­ṇya­gu­ṇa­khyā­pa­na­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ya­śa­skī­rti­nā­ma­, ya­śo gu­ṇa­vi- TAŚVA-ML 480,02śe­ṣaḥ kī­rti­s ta­sya śa­bda­na­m i­ti na ta­yo­r a­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tvaṃ | ta­tpra­tya­nī­ka­pha­la­m a­ya­śa­skī­rti­nā­ma­, ā­rhaṃ­ty a­ni­mi­tta- TAŚVA-ML 480,03kā­ra­ṇaṃ tī­rtha­ka­ra­tvaṃ­, ga­ṇa­dha­ra­tvā­dī­nā­m u­pa­saṃ­khyā­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­nya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t | ga­ṇa­dha­ra­tva­sya śru­ta­jñā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 480,04va­ra­ṇa­vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­pra­ka­rṣa­he­tu­ka­tvā­t ca­kra­va­rti­tvā­de­r u­ccai­r go­tro­da­ya­ni­mi­tta­ka­tvā­t | ta­d e­va tī­rtha­ka­ra- TAŚVA-ML 480,05tva­syā­pī­ti ce­t na­, tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­sya hi ta­nni­mi­tta­tve ga­ṇa­dha­ra­sya ta­tpra­saṃ­ga­ś ca­kra­dha­rā­de­ś ca­, na ca ta­d a­sti­, TAŚVA-ML 480,06ta­to rthāṃ­ta­ni­mi­ttaṃ­, ya­t ta­d a­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ | ta­ttī­rtha­ka­ra­nā­mai­va | ghā­ti­kṣa­ya­sya muṃ­ḍasā­mā­nyake­va­lyā­de­r a­pi bhā­vā­n na TAŚVA-ML 480,07ta­nni­baṃ­dha­naṃ ta­sya śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­, cha­tra­tra­yā­di­pa­ra­ma­vi­bhū­ti­pha­la­sya ta­to saṃ­bha­va­ni­śca­yā­t | na­nu ca vi­hā­yo­ga­tyaṃ­tā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 480,08pra­tye­ka­śa­rī­rā­di­bhi­r e­ka­vā­kya­tvā­bhā­vaḥ | ku­ta i­ti ce­t­, pū­rve­ṣāṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­ra­hā­d e­ka­vā­kya­tvā­bhā­vaḥ | pra­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 480,09na­tvā­t tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­sya pṛ­tha­ggra­ha­ṇaṃ­, a­nya­tvā­c ca pra­tye­ka­śa­rī­rā­di­bhi­r e­ka­vā­kya­tvā­bhā­vaḥ pra­tye­ta­vyaḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 8.11.2prā­dhā­nyaṃ sa­rva­nā­ma­bhyaḥ śa­te­bhyaḥ śu­ddhi­ja­nma­naḥ | bo­dhyaṃ tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­sya bha­vāṃ­te pha­la­dā­yi­naḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 480,11go­tro­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dha­bhe­da­pra­kā­śa­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.12 u­ccai­r nī­cai­ś ca |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 480,13go­traṃ dvi­vi­dha­m u­ccai­r nī­cai­r i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | ya­syo­da­yā­t lo­ke pū­ji­te­ṣu ku­le­ṣu ja­nma ta­du­ccai­r go­traṃ­, ga­rhi- TAŚVA-ML 480,14te­ṣu ya­t kṛ­taṃ ta­n nī­cai­r go­traṃ |­| ku­ta­s ta­d e­vaṃ­vi­dhaṃ si­ddha­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 8.12.1u­ccai­r nī­cai­ś ca go­traṃ syā­d dvi­bhe­daṃ de­hi­nā­m i­ha | ta­thā saṃ­śa­bda­na­syā­nya­he­tu­hī­na­sya si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 480,16ta­thāṃ­ta­rā­yo­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dhā­va­bo­dha­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.13 dā­na­lā­bha­bho­go­pa­bho­ga­vī­ryā­ṇa­m |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 480,18dā­nā­dī­nā­m aṃ­ta­rā­yā­pe­kṣa­yā­rtha­vya­ti­re­ka­ni­rde­śaḥ­, aṃ­ta­rā­ya i­ty a­nu­va­rta­nā­t | dā­nā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vyā­ghā­ta­he­tu­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 480,19t ta­dvya­pa­de­śaḥ | bho­go­pa­bho­ga­yo­r a­vi­śe­ṣa i­ti ce­n na­, gaṃ­dhā­di­śa­ya­nā­di­bhe­da­ta­s ta­dbhe­da­si­ddheḥ | ku­ta­s te dā­nā­dyaṃ­ta- TAŚVA-ML 480,20rā­yāḥ pra­si­ddhā i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 8.13.1dā­nā­dī­nāṃ tu paṃ­cā­nā­m aṃ­ta­rā­yāḥ pra­sū­tri­tāḥ | paṃ­ca dā­nā­di­vi­ghna­sya ta­tkā­rya­sya vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 480,22u­kta­m e­va pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dha­pra­paṃ­ca­m u­pa­saṃ­ha­ra­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 8.13.2e­vaṃ pra­kṛ­ti­bhi­r baṃ­dhaḥ ka­rma­bhi­r vi­ni­ve­di­taḥ | ā­dyaḥ pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dho tra jī­va­syā­ne­ka­dhā sthi­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 480,24ta­du­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­va­du­tta­ro­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­tī­nā­m a­pi pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dha­vya­pa­de­śā­t sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣa­ta­ś ca pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dhaḥ TAŚVA-ML 480,25sthi­tyā­di­baṃ­dhā­pe­kṣa­yā­nya e­vā­ne­ka­dho­ktaḥ | ta­thā ca­ —TAŚV-ML 8.13.3abya­va­tā­m a­nu­bha­vo stu pha­lā­nāṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­he­tu­gha­ṭa­nā­c ca ja­nā­nāṃ | TAŚV-ML 8.13.3cdtā­va­tī­ha ga­ṇa­nā pra­kṛ­tī­s tāḥ ka­rma­ṇā­m a­nu­mi­no­tu ma­hā­tmā |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 480,28i­ti a­ṣṭa­mā­dhyā­ya­sya pra­tha­ma­m ā­hni­ka­m | TA-ML 8.14 ā­di­ta­s ti­sṛ­ṇā­m aṃ­ta­rā­ya­sya ca triṃ­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­ma­ko­ṭī­ko­ṭyaḥ pa­rā TA-ML 8.14 sthi­tiḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 480,31ā­di­ta i­ti va­ca­naṃ ma­dhyāṃ­ta­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ­, ti­sṛ­ṇā­m i­ti va­ca­na­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­rthaṃ­, aṃ­ta­rā­ya­sya ce­ti kra­ma­bhe­di- TAŚVA-ML 481,01va­ca­naṃ sa­mā­na­sthi­ti­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ | u­kta­pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­ko­ṭī­ko­ṭya i­ti | dvi­tve ba­hu­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 481,02ce­n na­, rā­ja­pu­ru­ṣa­va­tta­tsi­ddheḥ | ko­ṭī­nāṃ ko­ṭyaḥ ko­ṭī­ko­ṭya i­ti | pa­rā­bhi­dhā­naṃ ja­gha­nya­sthi­ti­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 481,03saṃ­jñi­paṃ­ceṃ­dri­ya­pa­ryā­pta­ka­sya pa­rā sthi­tiḥ­, a­nye­ṣā­m ā­ga­mā­t saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ | ta­d ya­thā e­keṃ­dri­ya­sya pa­ryā­pta­ka­syai­ka­sā­ga­ro­pa­mā TAŚVA-ML 481,04sa­pta­bhā­gā­s tra­yaḥ­, dvīṃ­dri­ya­sya paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­tiḥ sā­ga­ro­pa­mā­ṇāṃ sa­pta­bhā­gā­s tra­yaḥ­, trīṃ­dri­ya­sya paṃ­cā­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­mā­ṇāṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 481,05ca­tu­riṃ­dri­ya­sya sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­śa­ta­sya­, a­saṃ­jñi­paṃ­ceṃ­dri­ya­sya sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­sa­ha­sra­sya­, a­pa­ryā­pta­saṃ­jñi­paṃ­ceṃ­dri­ya­syāṃ­taḥ­sā­ga­ro- TAŚVA-ML 481,06pa­ma­ko­ṭī­ko­ṭyaḥ | e­ka­dvi­tri­ca­tuḥ­paṃ­ceṃ­dri­yā­saṃ­jñi­nāṃ ta e­va bhā­gāḥ pa­lyo­pa­mā­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­go­nā i­ti pa­ra­mā- TAŚVA-ML 481,07ga­ma­pra­vā­haḥ |­| ku­taḥ pa­rā sthi­ti­r ā­khyā­ta­pra­kṛ­tī­nā­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 8.14.1ā­di­ta­s ti­sṛ­ṇāṃ ka­rma­pra­kṛ­tī­nāṃ pa­rā sthi­tiḥ | aṃ­ta­rā­ya­sya ca pro­ktā ta­tpha­la­sya pra­ka­rṣa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.14.2sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­ko­ṭī­nāṃ ko­ṭya­s triṃ­śa­t ta­da­nya­thā | ta­da­bhā­ve pra­mā­ṇa­syā­bhā­vā­t sā ke­na bā­dhya­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 481,10a­tha mo­ha­nī­ya­sya pa­rāṃ sthi­ti­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.15 sa­pta­ti­r mo­ha­nī­ya­sya |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 481,12sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­ko­ṭī­ko­ṭyaḥ pa­rā sthi­ti­r i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te | i­ya­m a­pi pa­rā sthi­tiḥ saṃ­jñi­paṃ­ceṃ­dri­ya­sya pa­ryā­pta­ka­sya­, e­ka- TAŚVA-ML 481,13dvi­tri­ca­tu­riṃ­dri­yā­ṇā­m e­ka­paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­ti­paṃ­cā­śa­ccha­ta­sā­ga­ro­pa­mā­ni ya­thā­saṃ­khyaṃ­, te­ṣā­m e­vā­pa­ryā­pta­kā­nā­m e­keṃ­dri­yā­dī­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 481,14pa­lyo­pa­mā­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­go­nā­, sai­va pa­ryā­ptā­saṃ­jñi­paṃ­ceṃ­dri­ya­sya sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­sa­ha­sraṃ­, ta­syai­vā­pa­ryā­pta­ka­sya sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­sa­ha­sraṃ TAŚVA-ML 481,15pa­lyo­pa­ma­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­go­naṃ­, saṃ­jñi­no pa­ryā­pta­ka­syāṃ­taḥ­sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­ko­ṭī­ko­ṭya i­ti pa­ra­mā­ga­mā­rthaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 481,16a­tha nā­ma­go­tra­yoḥ kā pa­rā sthi­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.16 viṃ­śa­ti­r nā­ma­go­tra­yoḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 481,18sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­ko­ṭī­ko­ṭyaḥ pa­rā sthi­ti­r i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te | i­ya­m a­pi pa­rā saṃ­jñi­naḥ pa­ryā­pta­ka­syai­keṃ­dri­ya­sya e­ka­sā­ga­ro- TAŚVA-ML 481,19pa­maḥ sa­pta­bhā­gau dvau­, dvīṃ­dri­ya­sya paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­teḥ sā­ga­ro­pa­mā­ṇāṃ­, trīṃ­dri­ya­sya paṃ­cā­śa­taḥ­, ca­tu­riṃ­dri­ya­sya śa­ta­sya­, TAŚVA-ML 481,20a­saṃ­jñi­naḥ paṃ­ceṃ­dri­ya­sya sa­ha­sra­sya­, saṃ­jñi­no pa­ryā­pta­ka­syāṃ­taḥ­sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­ko­ṭī­ko­ṭyaḥ­, e­keṃ­dri­yā­deḥ sai­va sthi­tiḥ TAŚVA-ML 481,21pa­lyo­pa­mā­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­go­nā | ka­thaṃ bā­dha­va­rji­ta­m e­ta­tsū­tra­dva­ya­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 8.16.1sa­pta­ti­r mo­ha­nī­ya­sya viṃ­śa­ti­r nā­ma­go­tra­yoḥ | i­ti sū­tra­dva­yaṃ bā­dha­va­rja­m e­te­na va­rṇi­ta­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 481,23ta­to '­nya­thā sthi­ti­r grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­ve nai­ve­ty a­rthaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 481,24a­thā­yu­ṣaḥ ko­tkṛ­ṣṭā sthi­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.17 tra­ya­striṃ­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­mā­ṇyā­yu­ṣaḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 481,26pu­naḥ sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­gra­ha­ṇā­t ko­ṭī­ko­ṭi­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ­, pa­rā sthi­ti­r i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te | i­ya­m a­pi pa­rā sthi­tiḥ saṃ­jñi­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 481,27pa­ryā­pta­ka­sya | i­ta­re­ṣāṃ ya­thā­ga­maṃ | ta­d ya­thā – a­saṃ­jñi­naḥ paṃ­ceṃ­dri­ya­sya pa­ryā­pta­sya pa­lyo­pa­mā­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­gaḥ­, śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 481,28ṇā­m u­tkṛ­ṣṭā pū­rva­ko­ṭī | i­ya­m a­pi ta­thai­va bā­dha­va­rji­te­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 8.17.1ta­thā­yu­ṣa­s tra­ya­striṃ­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­ma­saṃ­khya­yā | pa­ra­ma­sthi­ti­ni­rṇī­ti­r i­ti sā­ka­lya­taḥ smṛ­tā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 481,30ka­rma­ṇā­m a­ṣṭā­nā­m a­pi pa­rā sthi­ti­r i­ti śe­ṣaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 481,31a­tha ve­da­nī­ya­sya kā­'­pa­rā sthi­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.18 a­pa­rā dvā­da­śa mu­hū­rtā ve­da­nī­ya­sya |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 481,33sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye i­ti vā­kya­śe­ṣaḥ | e­ta­d e­vā­ha —TAŚV-ML 8.18.1a­dhu­nā ve­da­nī­ya­sya mu­hū­rtā dvā­da­śa sthi­tiḥ | sā­ma­rthyā­n ma­dhya­mā ma­dhye '­ne­ka­dhā saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 482,02a­thā­yu­ṣo naṃ­ta­ra­yoḥ ka­rma­ṇoḥ kā ja­gha­nyā sthi­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.19 nā­ma­go­tra­yo­r a­ṣṭau |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 482,04mu­hū­rtā i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te a­pa­rā sthi­ti­r i­ti ca | sā ca sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye vi­bhā­vya­te | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 8.19.1sā nā­ma­go­tra­yo­r a­ṣṭau mu­hū­rtā i­ti va­rta­nā­t | yā­m ā­da­yo vya­va­cchi­nnāḥ kā­maṃ ma­dhye stu ma­dhya­mā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 482,06a­tho­kte­bhyo '­nye­ṣāṃ ka­rma­ṇāṃ kā ni­kṛ­ṣṭā sthi­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.20 śe­ṣā­ṇā­m aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 482,08a­pa­rā sthi­ti­r i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te | śe­ṣā­ṇi jñā­na­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­ya­mo­ha­nī­yā­yūṃ­ṣi | ta­tra jñā­na­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­rā- TAŚVA-ML 482,09yā­ṇāṃ sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye­, mo­ha­nī­ya­syā­ni­vṛ­tti­bā­da­ra­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye­, ā­yu­ṣaḥ saṃ­khye­ya­va­rṣā­yu­ṣa­ti­rya­gma­nu­ṣye­ṣu |­| sa­rva­ka- TAŚVA-ML 482,10rma­ṇāṃ sthi­ti­baṃ­dha­m u­pa­saṃ­ha­ra­nn ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 8.20.1śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ka­rma­ṇā­m aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā ce­ti kā­rtsnya­taḥ | ja­gha­nya­m a­dhya­mo­tkṛ­ṣṭā sthi­ti­ryā pra­ti­pā­di­tā |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.20.2ta­yā vi­śe­ṣi­tai­r baṃ­dhaḥ ka­rma­bhiḥ sva­ya­m ā­hṛ­taiḥ | sthi­ti­baṃ­dho va­bo­ddha­vya­sta­tprā­dhā­nya­vi­va­kṣa­yā |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.20.3sthi­tyā ke­va­la­yā baṃ­dha­s ta­dva­cchū­nyai­r na yu­jya­te | ta­dva­dā­śri­ta­yā tv a­sti bhū­mi­bhū­dha­ra­yo­r i­va |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.20.4sthi­ti­śū­nyā­ni ka­rmā­ṇi ni­ra­nva­ya­vi­nā­śa­taḥ | pra­dī­pā­di­va­d i­ty e­ta­tsthi­teḥ si­ddhā­ni dhā­rya­te |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 482,15ni­rṇī­tā hi sthi­tiḥ sa­rva­pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ kṣa­ṇā­d ū­rdhva­m a­pi pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­d a­bā­dhi­ta­sva­rū­pā­dbhe­da­pra­tya­yā­d u­tpā­da­vi­nā- TAŚVA-ML 482,16śa­va­t | ta­taḥ sthi­ti­ma­dbhiḥ ka­rma­bhi­r ā­tma­naḥ sthi­ti­baṃ­dho '­ne­ka­dhā sū­tri­to na­va­dyo bo­ddha­vyaḥ pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dha­va­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 482,17a­thā­nu­bha­va­baṃ­dhaṃ vyā­ca­ṣṭe­ —TA-ML 8.21 vi­pā­ko '­nu­bha­vaḥ |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 482,19vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ pā­ko nā­nā­vi­dho vā vi­pā­kaḥ­, pū­rvā­sra­va­tī­vrā­di­bhā­va­ni­mi­tta­vi­śe­ṣā­śra­ya­tvā­t dra­vyā­di­ni­mi­tta- TAŚVA-ML 482,20bhe­de­na vi­śva­rū­pa­tvā­c ca so nu­bha­vaḥ ka­thya­te | śu­bha­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­nāṃ pra­ka­rṣā­c chu­bha­pra­kṛ­tī­nāṃ pra­kṛ­ṣṭo nu­bha­vaḥ­, a­śu­bha­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 482,21ṇā­mā­nāṃ pra­ka­rṣā­t ta­dvi­pa­rya­yaḥ | sa kiṃ­mu­khe­nā­tma­naḥ syā­d i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 8.21.1vi­pā­ko nu­bha­vo jñe­yaḥ pu­dga­lā­di­mu­khe­na tu | ka­rma­ṇāṃ pha­la­ni­ṣpa­ttau sā­ma­rthyā­yo­ga­to nya­thā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 482,23pu­dga­la­vi­pā­ki­nāṃ ka­rma­ṇā­m aṃ­go­pāṃ­gā­dī­nāṃ pu­dga­la­dvā­re­ṇā­nu­bha­vo '­nya­thā­tma­ni pha­la­dā­ne sā­ma­rthyā­bhā­vā­t­, TAŚVA-ML 482,24kṣe­tra­vi­pā­ki­nāṃ tu na­ra­kā­di­ga­ti­prā­yo­gyā­nu­pū­rvyā­dī­nāṃ kṣe­tra­dvā­re­ṇa­, jī­va­vi­pā­ki­nāṃ pu­na­rjñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­sa­dve- TAŚVA-ML 482,25dyā­dī­nā­m ā­tma­bhā­va­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­vi­dhā­na­vi­dhā­nā­nāṃ jī­va­mu­khye­nai­va­, bha­va­vi­pā­ki­nāṃ tu nā­ra­kā­dyā­yu­ṣāṃ bha­va­dvā­re­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 482,26ta­ta e­va | te­na mū­la­pra­kṛ­tī­nāṃ sva­mu­khe­nai­vā­nu­bha­vo­, a­tu­lya­jā­tī­yā­nā­m u­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­tī­nāṃ ca ni­ve­di­taḥ | tu­lya- TAŚVA-ML 482,27jā­tī­yā­nāṃ tū­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­tī­nāṃ pa­ra­mu­khe­nā­pī­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m a­nya­trā­yu­rda­rśa­na­cā­ri­tra­mo­he­bhyaḥ­, te­ṣāṃ pa­ra­mu­khe­na sva­pha- TAŚVA-ML 482,28la­dā­ne sā­ma­rthyā­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 482,29ku­taḥ pu­na­rjñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­di­ka­rma­pra­kṛ­tī­nāṃ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­pha­la­dā­na­sā­ma­rthyaṃ ni­ścī­ya­ta i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.22 sa ya­thā­nā­ma |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 482,31ya­smā­d i­ti śe­ṣa­s te­na jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ sa­vi­ka­lpā­nāṃ pra­tye­ka­m a­nva­rtha­saṃ­jñā­ni­rde­śā­t ta­da­nu­bha­va­saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 482,32jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­di­ka­m e­va hi te­ṣāṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ nā­nya­d i­ti ka­tha­m a­nva­rtha­saṃ­jñā na syā­t ? ta­taḥ —TAŚV-ML 8.22.1sā­ma­rthyā­n nā­ma­bhe­de­na jñā­ye­tā­nva­rtha­nā­ma­tā | nu­rjñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ ka­rma­ṇā­m a­nya­thā smṛ­teḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.22.2ta­thā cā­nu­bha­va­prā­ptai­r ā­tma­naḥ ka­rma­bhi­r bha­ve­t | e­ṣo nu­bha­va­baṃ­dho syā­nyā­sra­va­sya vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 483,03kiṃ pu­na­r a­smā­d a­nu­ma­vā­d da­tta­pha­lā­ni ka­rmā­ṇy ā­tma­ny a­va­ti­ṣṭhaṃ­te kiṃ vā ni­rjī­ryaṃ­te i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 8.23 ta­ta­ś ca ni­rja­rā |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 483,05pū­rvo pā­rji­ta­ka­rma­pa­ri­tyā­go ni­rja­rā | sā dvi­pra­kā­rā vi­pā­ka­je­ta­rā ca | ni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­ra­sya sa­mu­cca­yā­rtha­ś ca­śa­bdaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 483,06ta­c ca ni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­raṃ ta­po vi­jñe­yaṃ­, ta­pa­sā ni­rja­rā ce­ti va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t | saṃ­va­rā­t pa­ra­tra pā­ṭha i­ti ce­n na­, a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 483,07bha­vā­nu­vā­da­pa­ri­hā­rā­rtha­tvā­t | pṛ­tha­gni­rja­rā­va­ca­na­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ baṃ­dhe ṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, a­rthā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t | pha­la­dā- TAŚVA-ML 483,08na­sa­ma­rthyaṃ hi a­nu­bha­va­baṃ­dha­s ta­to nu­bhū­tā­nāṃ gṛ­hī­ta­vī­ryā­ṇāṃ pu­dga­lā­nāṃ ni­vṛ­tti­r ni­rja­rā | sā ka­thaṃ ta­trāṃ­ta­rbha­ve­t ? TAŚVA-ML 483,09ta­sya ta­ddhe­tu­tva­ni­rde­śā­t ta­dbhe­do­pa­pa­tteḥ | la­ghva­rtha­m i­hai­va ta­pa­sā ce­ti va­kta­vya­m i­ti ce­n na­, saṃ­va­rā­nu­gra­ha­taṃ­tra­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 483,10ta­pa­sā ni­rja­rā ca bha­va­ti saṃ­va­ra­ś ce­ti | dha­rme nta­rbhā­vā­t saṃ­va­ra­he­tu­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, pṛ­tha­ggra­ha­ṇa­sya prā­dhā­nya­sthā­pa- TAŚVA-ML 483,11nā­rtha­tvā­t | e­ta­d e­vā­ha —TAŚV-ML 8.23.1ta­ta­ś ca ni­rja­re­ty e­ta­tsaṃ­kṣe­pā­rtha­m i­ho­di­taṃ | ni­rja­rā­pra­stu­te­r a­gre py e­ta­dbhe­da­pra­si­ddha­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.23.2ya­thā­kā­laṃ vi­pā­ke­na ni­rja­rā ka­rma­ṇā­m i­yaṃ | va­kṣya­mā­ṇā pu­na­r jī­va­syo­pa­kra­ma­ni­baṃ­dha­nā |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.23.3prā­ga­nu­ktā sa­mu­ccā­ryā ca­śa­bde­nā­tra sā pu­naḥ | ta­pa­sā ni­rja­rā ce­ti ni­ya­mo na ni­ru­cya­te |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.23.4pha­laṃ da­ttvā ni­va­rtaṃ­te dra­vya­ka­rmā­ṇi de­hi­naḥ | te­nā­hṛ­ta­tva­taḥ svā­dyā­dyā­hā­ra­dra­vya­va­tsva­yaṃ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.23.5bhā­va­ka­rmā­ṇi na­śyaṃ­ti ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | ta­tkā­rya­tvā­d ya­thā­gnyā­di­nā­śe dhū­mā­di­vṛ­tta­yaḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.23.6ta­taḥ pha­lo­pa­bho­ge pi ka­rma­ṇāṃ na kṣa­yo nṛ­ṇāṃ | pā­da­pā­di­va­d i­ty e­ta­dva­co pā­staṃ ku­nī­ti­kaṃ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.23.7pā­ra­taṃ­trya­m a­ku­rvā­ṇāḥ puṃ­so ye ka­rma­pu­dga­lāḥ | ka­rma­tve­na vi­śi­ṣṭā­s te saṃ­to py a­trāṃ­ba­rā­di­va­t |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 483,19ta­d e­va­m a­nu­bha­va­baṃ­dhaṃ pra­ti­pā­dyā­dhu­nā pra­de­śa­baṃ­dha­m a­va­ga­ma­yi­tu­m a­nāḥ prā­ha —TA-ML 8.24 nā­ma­pra­tya­yāḥ sa­rva­to yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣā­t sū­kṣmai­ka­kṣe­trā­va­gā­ha­sthi­tāḥ sa­rvā- TA-ML 8.24 tma­pra­de­śe­ṣv a­naṃ­tā­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śāḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 483,22nā­mnaḥ pra­tya­yā nā­ma­pra­tya­yāḥ i­ty u­tta­ra­pa­da­pra­dhā­nā vṛ­ttiḥ | nā­mā­sāṃ pra­tya­ya i­ti ce­n na­, sa­ma­ya­vi­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 483,23a­nya­pa­dā­rthā­yāṃ hi vṛ­ttau nā­ma­pra­tya­yo yā­sāṃ pra­kṛ­tī­nā­m i­ti sa­rva­ka­rma­pra­kṛ­tī­nāṃ nā­ma­he­tu­ka­tvaṃ pra­sa­ktaṃ­, ta­c ca TAŚVA-ML 483,24sa­ma­ye­na vi­ru­dhya­te | ta­tra tā­sāṃ ta­ddhe­tu­ka­tve­nā­na­bhi­dhā­nā­t pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­pra­do­ṣā­dyā­sra­va­ni­mi­tta­tva­pra­kā­śa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 483,25ke pu­na­s te nā­mnaḥ pra­tya­yāḥ ku­to ve­ty ā­ve­da­ya­nn ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 8.24.1nā­mā­nva­rthaṃ pa­dā­khyā­taṃ pra­tya­yā­s ta­sya he­ta­vaḥ | pra­de­śāḥ ka­rma­ṇo '­naṃ­tā­naṃ­ta­mā­na­vi­śe­ṣi­tāḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.24.2skaṃ­dhā­tma­nā vi­ru­dhyaṃ­te na pra­mā­ṇe­na ta­ttva­taḥ | skaṃ­dhā­bhā­ve kṣa­vi­jñā­nā­bhā­vā­t sa­rvā gṛ­hā­ga­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 483,28a­naṃ­tā­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śa­va­ca­naṃ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­vya­po­hā­rthaṃ | ka­rma­ṇo naṃ­tā­naṃ­tāḥ pra­de­śāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­rū­pāḥ ka­thaṃ skaṃ­dhā­tma­nā TAŚVA-ML 483,29pa­ri­ṇa­maṃ­te pa­rva­tā­tma­nā sū­kṣma­sa­li­ka­ṇa­va­dvi­ro­dhā­t | ta­to na te nā­mno jñā­nā­bhā­vā­de­r a­nu­bha­va­pha­la­sya he­ta­va i­ti TAŚVA-ML 483,30na śaṃ­ka­nī­yaṃ­; skaṃ­dhā­bhā­ve kṣa­vi­jñā­nā­bhā­va­t sa­rva­pa­dā­rthā­gra­ha­ṇa­syā­nu­ṣa­kteḥ sa­ka­lā­nu­me­yā­rthā­nā­m a­pi liṃ­gā­rtha­gra­ha- TAŚVA-ML 483,31ṇā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | tṛ­tī­ya­sthā­na­saṃ­krāṃ­tā­nā­m a­pi śa­bda­ga­myā­nāṃ pra­kā­śa­ka­śa­bda­gra­ha­ṇa­vi­ro­dhā­t | kha­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d ā­tma­gra- TAŚVA-ML 483,32ha­ṇā­n na sa­rva­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ti ce­n na­, śa­rī­rā­di­skaṃ­dhā­bhā­ve ma­no­ni­mi­tta­ka­sya sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | mu­kta­sva­saṃ­vi- TAŚVA-ML 483,33di­ta­vi­jñā­nā­t sa­rvā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­si­ddhe­r na sa­rvā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa i­ti ce­n na­, liṃ­ga­śa­bdā­dya­gra­ha­ṇe ta­vdya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | na hi TAŚVA-ML 484,01pa­ra­mā­ṇa­va e­va liṃ­ga­śa­bdā­tma­nā­m ā­tma­sā­n na ku­rva­te­, te­ṣāṃ sa­rva­thā bu­ddhya­go­ca­ra­tvā­t | nā­pi pa­ra­mā­ṇa­va TAŚVA-ML 484,02e­veṃ­dri­ya­bhā­vi­nā liṃ­gā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­ka­ra­ṇā­di­nā ni­yu­jyaṃ­te­, na ca śa­rī­ra­bhā­ve­nā­nu­bha­vā­khya­bho­gā­ya­ta­na­tvaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te TAŚVA-ML 484,03a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m a­pi sva­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­t ta­tho­tpa­tte­s ta­dbhā­vā­vi­ro­dha i­ti ce­n na­; a­tyā­sa­nnā­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­rū- TAŚVA-ML 484,04pa­ta­yo­tpa­tte­r e­va skaṃ­dha­ta­yo­tpa­tteḥ­, a­nya­thai­ka­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­ro­dhā­d u­kta­do­ṣa­sya ni­vā­ra­yi­tu­m a­śa­kte­r i­ti vi­cā­ri­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 484,05prā­k | ta­taḥ sū­ktaṃ ka­rma­ṇaḥ pra­de­śāḥ skaṃ­dha­tve­na pa­ri­ṇā­m a­vi­śe­ṣā­n nā­mnaḥ pra­tya­yā na vi­ru­dhyaṃ­te ta­ttva­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 484,06pra­mā­ṇe­nā­dhi­ga­te­r i­ti | sa­rvā­tma­pra­de­śe­ṣv i­ti ki­m a­rtha­m i­ti ce­d u­cya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 8.24.3sa­rve­ṣv ā­tma­pra­de­śe­ṣu na ki­ya­tsu­ci­d e­va te | ta­tpha­la­sya ta­thā vi­tte nī­re kṣī­ra­pra­de­śa­va­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 484,08ya­thai­va hi sa­rva­tra ka­la­śo­da­ke kṣī­ra­mi­śre kṣī­ra­ra­sa­vi­śe­ṣa­sya pha­la­syo­pa­la­bdheḥ sa­rve­ṣu ta­du­da­ka­pra­de­śe­ṣu kṣī­ra- TAŚVA-ML 484,09saṃ­śle­ṣaḥ si­ddha­s ta­thā sa­rve­ṣv ā­tma­pra­de­śe­ṣu ka­rma­pha­la­syā­jñā­nā­de­r u­pa­laṃ­bhā­t ka­rma­pra­de­śa­saṃ­śle­ṣaḥ si­ddhya­tī­ti sū­kta- TAŚVA-ML 484,10m i­daṃ sa­rvā­tma­pra­de­śe­ṣv i­ti va­ca­na­m e­ka­pra­de­śā­d vya­po­hā­rtha­m i­ti | sū­kṣme­tyā­di ni­rde­śe­na kiṃ kṛ­ta­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 8.24.4sū­kṣma­śa­bde­na ca yo­gya­sva­bhā­va­gra­ha­ṇā­ya te | pu­dga­lāḥ pra­ti­pā­dyaṃ­te sthū­lā­nāṃ ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 484,12sū­kṣma­gra­ha­ṇaṃ gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­sva­bhā­va­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m i­ti va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 8.24.5e­ka­kṣe­trā­va­gā­hā­bhi­dhā­naṃ kṣe­trāṃ­ta­ra­sya ta­t | ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ sthi­tāḥ syā­t tu kri­yāṃ­ta­ra­ni­vṛ­tta­ye |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 484,14e­ka­kṣe­trā­va­gā­ha­va­ca­naṃ kṣe­trāṃ­ta­ra­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ­, sthi­tā i­ti va­ca­naṃ kri­yāṃ­ta­ra­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m i­ti pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 484,15e­ka­kṣe­trā­va­gā­haḥ ko sā­v i­ti co­cya­te —TAŚV-ML 8.24.6a­tyaṃ­ta­ni­vi­ḍā­va­sthā­va­gā­ho rthā­t pra­tī­ya­te | te­na te va­sthi­tā­s ta­tra go­ma­ye dhū­ma­rā­śi­va­t |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 484,17ta­taḥ sū­kṣmā­ś ca te e­ka­kṣe­trā­va­gā­ha­sthi­tā­ś ce­ti sva­pa­dā­rtha­vṛ­ttiḥ pra­tye­yā­, te ca ka­rma­ṇaḥ pra­de­śāḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 8.24.7bhū­yaḥ pra­de­śa­m e­ka­tra pra­de­śe dra­vya­m ī­kṣya­te | pa­ra­mā­ṇau ya­thā kṣmā­bhṛ­t ku­laṃ nai­ve­ti ke­ca­na |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.24.8te­ṣā­m a­lpa­pra­de­śa­sthai­r gha­naiḥ ka­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍa­kaiḥ | a­nyai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā he­to­r bhū­yo­de­śai­r a­saṃ­śa­ya­m |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 484,20yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣā­d i­ti va­ca­naṃ ni­mi­tta­ni­rde­śā­rthaṃ | ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TAŚV-ML 8.24.9yo­gaḥ pū­rvo­di­ta­sta­sya vi­śe­ṣā­t kā­ra­ṇā­t ta­thā | sthi­tā­s te tra vi­nā he­to­r ni­ya­tā­va­sthi­ti­kṣa­teḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 484,22sa­rve­ṣu bha­ve­ṣu sa­rva­ta i­ty a­ne­na kā­lo­pā­dā­naṃ kṛ­ta­m |­| TAŚV-ML 8.24.10sa­rve­ṣv a­sa­rve­ṣv e­te kva­ci­d e­va bha­ve­n na tu | sa­rva­to va­ca­nā­d e­va pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m aṃ­ja­sā |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.24.11i­ti pra­de­śai­r yo baṃ­dhaḥ ka­rma­skaṃ­dhā­di­bhi­r ma­taḥ | sa nuḥ pra­de­śa­baṃ­dhaḥ syā­d e­ṣa baṃ­dho vi­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.24.12so yaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­de­na kā­rya­bhe­de­na cā­sthi­taḥ | sva­bhā­va­sya ca bhe­de­na ka­rma­baṃ­dha­ś ca­tu­rvi­dhaḥ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.24.13ba­ddha­spṛ­ṣṭā­di­bhe­de­nā­va­sthi­tā­di­bhi­dā­pi ca | dra­vyā­di­bhe­da­to nā­mā­di­pra­bhe­de­na vā ta­thā |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.24.14vi­nā pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dhā­n na syu­r jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­da­yaḥ | kā­rya­bhe­dā­t sva­yaṃ si­ddhāḥ sthi­ti­baṃ­dhā­d vi­nā sthi­rāḥ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.24.15na cā­nu­bha­va­baṃ­dhe­na vi­nā­nu­bha­va­naṃ nṛ­ṇāṃ | pra­de­śa­baṃ­dha­taḥ kṛ­tsnai­r nai­kai­r na vyā­pya­vṛ­tta­ye |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.24.16e­vaṃ kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣe­bhyo vi­śe­ṣo baṃ­dha­ni­ṣṭhi­taḥ | pra­tye­yo ne­ka­dhā yu­kte­r ā­ga­mā­c ca ta­thā­vi­dhā­t |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.24.17pu­ṇyā­sra­vo­kti­sā­ma­rthyā­t pu­ṇya­baṃ­dho '­va­ga­mya­te | sa­dve­dyā­dī­ni ca­tvā­ri ta­tpu­ṇya­m i­ha sū­tri­taṃ |­| 1­7 |­| TA-ML 8.25 sa­dve­dya­śu­bhā­yu­rnā­ma­go­trā­ṇi pu­ṇya­m |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 484,32śu­bha­gra­ha­ṇa­m ā­yu­rā­dī­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | śu­bhā­yu­s tri­vi­dhaṃ­, śu­bhaṃ nā­ma sa­pta­triṃ­śa­dvi­ka­lpaṃ­, u­ccai­r go­traṃ ca śu­bhaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 484,33ku­taḥ sa­dve­dyā­di pra­si­ddha­m i­ty u­cya­te —TAŚV-ML 8.25.1ya­syo­da­yā­t su­khaṃ ta­t syā­t sa­dve­dyaṃ de­hi­nāṃ ta­thā | śu­bha­m ā­yu­s tri­dhā ya­sya pha­laṃ śu­bha­bha­va­tra­yaṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.25.2sa­pta­triṃ­śa­dvi­ka­lpaṃ tu śu­bhaṃ nā­ma ta­thā pha­laṃ | u­ccai­r go­traṃ śu­bhaṃ prā­huḥ śu­bha­saṃ­śa­bda­nā­rtha­ka­m |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.25.3i­ti kā­ryā­nu­me­yaṃ ta­ddvi­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­dā­tma­ni | pā­pā­sra­vo­kti­sā­ma­rthyā­t pā­pa­baṃ­dho vya­va­sthi­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 485,04pā­paṃ pu­na­s ta­taḥ pu­ṇyā­d a­nya­d i­ty a­tra sū­trya­te­ —TA-ML 8.26 a­to nya­t pā­pa­m |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 485,06a­sa­dve­dyā­śu­bhā­yu­rnā­ma­go­trā­ṇī­ty a­rthaḥ | ku­ta­s ta­da­va­sī­ya­te i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 8.26.1duḥ­khā­di­bhyo '­śu­bhe­bhya­s ta­tpha­le­bhya­s tv a­nu­mī­ya­te | he­tu­bhyo dṛ­śya­mā­ne­bhya­s ta­jja­nmā­d vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.26.2e­vaṃ saṃ­kṣe­pa­taḥ ka­rma­baṃ­dho dve­dhā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | pu­ṇya­pā­pā­ti­ri­kta­sya ta­syā­tyaṃ­ta­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.26.3pu­ṇyaṃ pu­ṇyā­nu­baṃ­dhī­ṣṭaṃ pā­paṃ pā­pā­nu­baṃ­dhi ca | kiṃ­ci­t pā­pā­nu­baṃ­dhi syā­t kiṃ­ci­t pu­ṇyā­nu­baṃ­dhi ca |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.26.4ya­thā­rtho rthā­nu­baṃ­dhī syā­n nyā­yā­ca­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­kaḥ | ta­thā­na­rtho pi cāṃ­bho­dhi­sa­mu­ttā­rā­di­r a­rtha­kṛ­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.26.5a­nyā­yā­ca­ra­ṇā­yā­ta­s ta­dva­da­rtho py a­na­rtha­kṛ­t | a­na­rtho pī­ti ni­rṇī­ta­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m aṃ­ja­sā |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 485,12ta­tra pā­pā­nu­baṃ­dhi­naḥ pu­ṇya­sya pu­ṇyā­nu­baṃ­dhi­na­ś ca pā­pa­sya kā­ryaṃ da­rśa­ya­ti ya­tpra­da­rśa­na­sā­ma­rthyā­t pu­ṇyā­nu­baṃ­dhi­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 485,13pu­ṇya­sya pā­pā­nu­baṃ­dhi­na­ś ca pā­pa­sya pha­la­m |­| TAŚV-ML 8.26.6aba­va­sī­ya­ti pra­tha­ma­ka­m u­ta saṃ­pa­dāṃ pa­daṃ sa­ma­nu­bha­vaṃ­ti vaṃ­dya­pā­dāḥ | TAŚV-ML 8.26.6cdta­da­nu ca vi­pa­daṃ ga­rī­ya­sīṃ da­dha­ti pa­rā­m a­pi niṃ­dya­vṛ­tti­tāṃ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 8.26.7abya­d i­ha ta­d i­ha­mu­tta­rai­na­so ni­ja­su­kṛ­ta­sya pha­laṃ va­daṃ­ti ta­jjñāḥ | TAŚV-ML 8.26.7cdta­da­pa­ra­m a­pi cā­di­mai­na­saḥ su­kṛ­ta­pa­ra­sya vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇa vṛ­tteḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 485,18i­ti a­ṣṭa­mā­dhyā­ya­sya dvi­tī­ya­m ā­hni­ka­m |­| TAŚVA-ML 485,19i­ti śrīvi­dyā­naṃ­diā­cā­rya­vi­ra­ci­te ta­ttvā­rthaślo­ka­vā­rti­kālaṃ­kā­re a­ṣṭa­mo '­dhyā­yaḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 486,1a­tha na­va­mo '­dhyā­yaḥ |­| 9 |­| TA-ML 9.1 ā­sra­va­ni­ro­dhaḥ saṃ­va­raḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 486,03ka­rmā­ga­ma­ni­mi­ttā­prā­du­rbhū­ti­rā­sra­va­ni­ro­dhaḥ­, ta­nni­ro­dhe sa­ti ta­tpū­rva­ka­rmā­dā­nā­bhā­vaḥ saṃ­va­raḥ | ta­thā ni­rde­śaḥ TAŚVA-ML 486,04ka­rta­vya i­ti ce­n na­, kā­rye kā­ra­ṇo­pa­cā­rā­t | ni­ru­dhya­te '­ne­na ni­ro­dha i­ti vā­, ni­ro­dha­śa­bda­sya ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­na- TAŚVA-ML 486,05tvā­t ā­sra­va­ni­ro­dhaḥ saṃ­va­ra i­ty u­cya­te na pu­naḥ ka­rmā­dā­nā­bhā­vaḥ | sa i­ti yo­ga­vi­bhā­go vā ā­sra­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 486,06ni­ro­dhaḥ ta­taḥ saṃ­va­ra i­ti | e­ta­d e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.1.1a­thā­sra­va­ni­ro­dhaḥ syā­t saṃ­va­ro '­pū­rva­ka­rma­ṇāṃ | kā­ra­ṇa­sya ni­ro­dhe hi baṃ­dha­kā­rya­sya no­da­yaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 486,08ā­sra­vaḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ baṃ­dha­sya ku­taḥ si­ddha i­ti ce­t­ —TAŚV-ML 9.1.2ā­sra­vaḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ baṃ­dhe si­ddha­s ta­dbhā­va­bhā­va­taḥ | ta­nni­ro­dhe vi­ru­dhye­ta nā­tmā saṃ­vṛ­ta­rū­pa­bhṛ­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 486,10na hi ni­ro­dho ni­rū­pi­to a­bhā­va­s ta­sya bhā­vāṃ­ta­ra­sva­bhā­va­tva­sa­ma­rtha­nā­t­, te­nā­tmai­va ni­ru­ddhā­sra­vaḥ saṃ­vṛ­ta­sva- TAŚVA-ML 486,11bhā­va­bhṛ­t saṃ­va­raḥ si­ddhaḥ sa­rva­thā­vi­ro­dhā­d bhā­vā­bhā­vā­bhyāṃ bha­va­to '­bha­va­ta­ś ca | baṃ­dha­syā­sra­va­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­va­t baṃ­dha­syai­va TAŚVA-ML 486,12ni­ro­dhaḥ saṃ­va­ra i­ti ka­ści­t­, ta­d a­yu­kta­m i­ty ā­ha­: —TAŚV-ML 9.1.3saṃ­va­raḥ pū­rva­baṃ­dha­sya ni­ro­dha i­ti bhā­ṣi­taṃ | na yu­kta­m ā­sra­ve sa­ty a­py e­ta­dbā­dhā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 486,14na hi sa­ty a­py ā­sra­ve saṃ­va­raḥ saṃ­bha­va­ti sa­rva­sya ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t | na cā­pū­rva­ka­rma­baṃ­dha­sya ni­ro­dhe sa­tyā­sra­va­ni­ro­dha TAŚVA-ML 486,15e­ve­ti ni­ya­mo sti­, kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­sa­yo­ga­ke­va­li­no­r a­pū­rva­baṃ­dha­ni­ro­dhe pi ka­rmā­sra­va­si­ddheḥ | pra­kṛ­tyā­di­sa­ka­la­baṃ­dha­ni- TAŚVA-ML 486,16ro­dha­s tu na nā­sra­va­ni­ro­dha­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa bha­va­tī­ti ta­nni­ro­dha e­va baṃ­dha­ni­ro­dha­s ta­to yu­kta­m e­ta­dā­sra­va­ni­ro­dhaḥ ka­rma­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 486,17m ā­tma­naḥ saṃ­va­ra i­ti | mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­di­pra­tya­ya­dha­rma­saṃ­va­ra­ṇaṃ saṃ­va­raḥ | sa dve­dhā­, dra­vya­bhā­va­bhe­dā­t | saṃ­sā­ra­ni- TAŚVA-ML 486,18mi­tta­kri­yā­ni­vṛ­tti­r bhā­va­saṃ­va­raḥ­, ta­nni­ro­dhe ta­tpū­rva­ka­ka­rma­pu­dga­lā­dā­na­vi­cche­do dra­vya­saṃ­va­raḥ | ta­dvi­bhā­va­nā­rthaṃ gu­ṇa­sthā- TAŚVA-ML 486,19na­vi­bhā­ga­va­ca­naṃ | mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭi­sā­sā­da­na­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭi­sa­mya­gmi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭya­saṃ­ya­ta­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭi­saṃ­ya­tā­saṃ­ya­ta­pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­tā­pra­ma­tta- TAŚVA-ML 486,20saṃ­ya­tā­pū­rva­ka­ra­ṇā­ni­vṛ­tti­bā­da­ra­sāṃ­pa­rā­ya­sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­yo­pa­śa­ma­ka­kṣa­pa­ko­pa­śāṃ­ta­kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­vī­ta­rā­ga­cha­dma­stha­sa­yo­gā­yo- TAŚVA-ML 486,21gi­ke­va­li­bhe­dā­d gu­ṇa­sthā­na­vi­ka­lpaḥ | ta­tra mi­thyā­da­rśa­no­da­ya­va­śī­kṛ­to mi­thyā­tvo­da­ye '­sa­mya­gmi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭiḥ­, ta­du­da­yā- TAŚVA-ML 486,22bhā­ve '­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhi­ka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­vi­dhe­yī­kṛ­taḥ sā­sā­da­na­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭiḥ­, sa­mya­ṅmi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭiḥ­, sa­mya­ktvo­pe­ta­ś cā­ri­tra­mo- TAŚVA-ML 486,23ho­da­yā­pā­di­tā­vi­ra­ti­r a­saṃ­ya­ta­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭiḥ­, vi­ṣa­ya­vi­ra­ti­pa­ri­ṇa­taḥ saṃ­ya­tā­saṃ­ya­taḥ­, pa­ri­prā­pta­saṃ­ya­maḥ pra­mā­da­vā­n TAŚVA-ML 486,24pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­taḥ pra­mā­da­vi­ra­hi­to '­pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­taḥ­, a­pū­rva­ka­ra­ṇa­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ u­pa­śa­ma­kaḥ kṣa­pa­ka­ś co­pa­cā­rā­t­, a­ni­vṛ- TAŚVA-ML 486,25tti­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­va­śā­t sthū­la­bhā­ve­no­pa­śa­ma­kaḥ kṣa­pa­ka­ś cā­ni­vṛ­tti­bā­da­ra­sāṃ­pa­rā­yaḥ­, sū­kṣma­bhā­ve­no­pa­śa­mā­t kṣa­pa­ṇā­c ca TAŚVA-ML 486,26sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­yaḥ­, sa­rva­syo­pa­śa­mā­t kṣa­pa­śā­c co­pa­śāṃ­ta­ka­ṣā­yaḥ kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­ś ca­, ghā­ti­ka­rma­kṣa­yā­dā­vi­rbhū­ta­jñā­nā­dya­ti- TAŚVA-ML 486,27śa­yaḥ ke­va­lī | sa dvi­vi­dho yo­ga­bhā­vā­bhā­va­bhe­dā­t | ta­tra mi­thyā­tva­pra­tya­ya­sya ka­rma­ṇa­s ta­da­bhā­ve saṃ­va­ro jñe­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 486,28a­saṃ­ya­ma­sri­vi­dho '­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhya­pra­tyā­khyā­na­pra­tyā­khyā­no­da­ya­vi­ka­lpā­t ta­tpra­tya­ya­sya ta­da­bhā­ve saṃ­va­raḥ­, pra­mā­do­pa- TAŚVA-ML 486,29nī­ta­sya ta­da­bhā­ve ni­ro­dhaḥ­, ka­ṣā­yā­sra­va­sya ta­nni­ro­dhe ni­rā­saḥ­, ke­va­la­yo­ga­ni­mi­ttaṃ sa­dve­dyaṃ ta­da­bhā­ve ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 486,30ni­ro­dha i­ti sa­ka­la­saṃ­va­ro a­yo­ga­ke­va­li­naḥ | sa­yo­ga­ke­va­lyaṃ­te­ṣu gu­ṇa­sthā­ne­ṣu de­śa­saṃ­va­raḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 487,01sa kaiḥ kri­ya­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.2 sa gu­pti­sa­mi­ti­dha­rmā­nu­pre­kṣā­pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­ya­cā­ri­traiḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 487,03saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­go­pa­nā­d gu­ptiḥ­, sa­mya­ga­ya­naṃ sa­mi­tiḥ­, i­ṣṭe sthā­ne dha­tte i­ti dha­rmaḥ­, sva­bhā­vā­nu­ciṃ­ta­na­m a­nu­pre­kṣā­, TAŚVA-ML 487,04pa­ri­ṣa­hmaṃ­te i­ti pa­rī­ṣa­hā­s te­ṣāṃ ja­yo nya­kkā­raḥ­, cā­ri­tra­śa­bdo vyā­khyā­tā­rthaḥ | saṃ­vṛ­ṇva­to gu­ptyā­di­bhiḥ gu­ptyā- TAŚVA-ML 487,05da­ya i­ti cā­sra­va­ni­mi­tta­ka­rma­saṃ­va­ra­ṇā­t | sa i­ti va­ca­naṃ gu­ptyā­di­bhiḥ sā­kṣā­t saṃ­baṃ­dha­nā­rthaṃ |­| ku­to gu­ptyā­di- TAŚVA-ML 487,06bhi­r gu­ptyā­da­ya e­va vā saṃ­va­raḥ syā­d i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.2.1sa cā­sra­va­ni­ro­dhaḥ syā­d gu­ptyā­di­bhi­r u­dī­ri­taiḥ | ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­vi­pa­kṣa­tvā­t te­ṣā­m i­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 487,08ta­tra gu­ptī­nāṃ ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­vi­pa­kṣa­tvaṃ na tā­va­d a­si­ddhaṃ­, ka­rmā­ga­ma­na­kā­ra­ṇā­nāṃ kā­yā­di­yo­gā­nāṃ vi­ro­dhi­naḥ TAŚVA-ML 487,09sva­rū­pa­ni­śca­yā­t | ta­thā sa­mi­tyā­dī­nāṃ vā sa­mi­tyā­di­ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­vi­ru­ddha­bhā­va­na­yā pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 487,10a­tha dha­rme nta­rbhū­te­na ta­pa­sā kiṃ saṃ­va­ra e­va kri­ya­te kiṃ vā­nya­d a­pi kiṃ­ci­d i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 9.3 ta­pa­sā ni­rja­rā ca |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 487,12dha­rme ṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t pṛ­tha­ggra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­ka­m i­ti ce­n na­, ni­rja­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­tva­khyā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­t ta­pa­saḥ | pra­dhā­na­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ TAŚVA-ML 487,13ca | saṃ­va­ra­ni­mi­tta­tva­sa­mu­cca­yā­rtha­ś ca­śa­bdaḥ | ta­pa­so bhyu­da­ya­he­tu­tvā­n ni­rja­rāṃ­ga­tvā­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, e­ka­syā­ne­ka­kā­ryā- TAŚVA-ML 487,14raṃ­bha­da­rśa­nā­t | gu­ṇa­pra­dhā­na­pha­lo­pa­pa­tte­r vā kṛ­ṣī­va­la­va­t | ke­na he­tu­nā —TAŚV-ML 9.3.1ta­pa­sā ni­rja­rā ca syā­t saṃ­va­ra­ś ce­ti sū­tri­taṃ | saṃ­ci­tā­pū­rvā­ka­rmā­pti­vi­pa­kṣa­tve­na ta­sya nu |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 487,16ta­po dvya­pū­rva­do­ṣa­ni­ro­dhi saṃ­ci­ta­do­ṣa­vi­nā­śi ca laṃ­gha­nā­di­va­t pra­si­ddhaṃ | ta­ta­s te­na saṃ­va­ra­ni­rna­ra­yoḥ TAŚVA-ML 487,17kri­yā na vi­ru­dhya­te |­| TAŚVA-ML 487,18a­tha kā gu­pti­r i­ty ā­ha­;­ —TA-ML 9.4 sa­mya­gyo­ga­ni­gra­ho gu­ptiḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 487,20yo­ga­śa­bdo vyā­khyā­tā­rthaḥ­, prā­kā­myā­bhā­vo ni­gra­haḥ­, sa­mya­g i­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ sa­tkā­ra­lo­ka­pa­ri­paṃ­ktyā­dyā­kāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 487,21kṣā­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ | ta­smā­t kā­yā­di­ni­ro­dhā­t ta­nni­mi­tta­ka­rmā­nā­sra­va­ṇā­t saṃ­va­ra­pra­si­ddhiḥ | kī­dṛ­k saṃ­va­ra­s ta­yā TAŚVA-ML 487,22vi­dhī­ya­ta i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.4.1yo­gā­nāṃ ni­gra­haḥ sa­mya­ggu­pti­s tre­dhā ta­yo­tta­maḥ | saṃ­va­ro baṃ­dha­he­tū­nāṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sva­bhā­va­yā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 487,24kaḥ pu­naḥ sa­ka­laṃ saṃ­va­raṃ sa­mā­sā­da­ya­tī­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.4.2a­yo­gaḥ ke­va­lī sa­rvaṃ saṃ­va­raṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te | dra­vya­to bhā­va­ta­ś ce­ti pa­raṃ śre­yaḥ sa­ma­ś­‍­nu­te |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 487,26kāḥ sa­mi­ta­ya i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.5 ī­ryā­bhā­ṣai­ṣa­ṇā­dā­na­ni­kṣe­po­tsa­rgāḥ sa­mi­ta­yaḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 487,28sa­mya­ggra­ha­ṇe­nā­nu­va­rta­mā­ne­na pra­tye­ka­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ­, sa­mya­gī­rye­tyā­diḥ | sa­mi­ti­r i­ty a­nva­rtha­saṃ­jñā vā tāṃ­tri­kā TAŚVA-ML 487,29paṃ­cā­nāṃ | ta­tra ca­ryā­yāṃ jī­va­bā­dhā­pa­ri­hā­ra ī­rmā­sa­mi­tiḥ­, sū­kṣma­vā­da­rai­ka­dvi­tri­ca­tu­riṃ­dri­ya­saṃ­jñya­saṃ­jñi­paṃ­ceṃ­dri­ya- TAŚVA-ML 487,30pa­ryā­pta­kā­pa­ryā­pta­ka­bhe­dā­c ca­tu­rda­śa­jī­va­sthā­nā­ni ta­dvi­ka­lpa­jī­va­bā­dhā­pa­ri­ha­ra­ṇaṃ sa­mī­ryā­sa­mi­ti­r i­ty a­rthaḥ | hi­ta­mi- TAŚVA-ML 487,31tā­saṃ­di­gdhā­bhi­dhā­naṃ bhā­ṣā­sa­mi­tiḥ | a­nnā­dā­v u­dga­mā­di­do­ṣa­va­rja­na­me­ṣa­ṇā­sa­mi­tiḥ­, u­dga­mā­da­yo hi do­ṣāḥ – u­dga- TAŚVA-ML 487,32mo­tpā­da­nai­ṣa­ṇa­saṃ­yo­ja­na­pra­mā­ṇāṃ­gā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­dhū­ma­pra­tya­yā­s te­ṣāṃ na­va­bhi­r a­pi ko­ṭi­bhi­r va­rja­na­me­ṣa­ṇā­sa­mi­ti­r i­ty a­rthaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 488,01dha­rmo­pa­ka­ra­ṇāṃ gra­ha­ṇa­vi­sa­rja­naṃ pra­ti ya­ta­na­m ā­dā­na­ni­kṣe­pa­ṇā­sa­mi­tiḥ | jī­vā­vi­ro­ghe­nāṃ­ga­ma­la­ni­rha­ra­ṇaṃ sa­mu- TAŚVA-ML 488,02tsa­rga­sa­mi­tiḥ | vā­kkā­ya­gu­pti­r i­ya­m a­pī­ti ce­n na­, ta­tra sa­rva­kā­la­vi­śe­ṣe sa­ti sa­rva­ni­gra­ho­pa­pa­tteḥ | na­nu ca TAŚVA-ML 488,03pā­trā­bhā­vā­t pā­ṇi­pu­ṭā­hā­rā­ṇāṃ saṃ­va­rā­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, pā­tra­gra­ha­ṇā­t pa­ri­gra­ha­do­ṣā­t dai­nya­pra­saṃ­gā­c ca | a­nna­va­tta- TAŚVA-ML 488,04tpra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, te­na vi­nā­bhā­vā­t ci­ra­kā­laṃ ta­pa­śca­ra­ṇa­sya | nai­vaṃ ta­sya pā­trā­di vi­nā­bhā­va i­ti na pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 488,05ma­rṣi­bhiḥ pā­trā­di grā­hyaṃ prā­su­kā­nna­gra­ha­ṇa­va­t | ku­taḥ sa­mi­tī­nāṃ saṃ­va­ra­tva­m i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.5.1sa­mya­k­‌­pra­bhṛ­ta­yaḥ paṃ­ce­ryā­dyāḥ sa­mi­ta­yaḥ smṛ­tāḥ | a­saṃ­ya­ma­bha­va­syā­bhi­rā­sra­va­sya ni­ro­dha­naṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.5.2ta­dvi­pa­kṣa­tva­ta­s tā­sā­m i­ti de­śe­na saṃ­va­raḥ | sa­mi­tau va­rta­mā­nā­nāṃ saṃ­ya­tā­nāṃ ya­thā­ya­thaṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 488,08a­tha dha­rma­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.6 u­tta­ma­kṣa­mā­mā­rda­vā­rja­va­śau­ca­sa­tya­saṃ­ya­ma­ta­pa­styā­gā­kiṃ­ca­nya­bra­hma­ca­ryā­ṇi TA-ML 9.6 dha­rmaḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 488,11pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya pra­mā­da­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ dha­rma­va­ca­naṃ­, kro­dho­tpa­tti­ni­mi­ttā­vi­sa­hyā­kro­śā­di­saṃ­bha­ve kā­lu­ṣyā­bhā­vaḥ TAŚVA-ML 488,12kṣa­mā­, jā­tyā­di­ma­dā­ve­śā­dya­bhi­mā­nā­bhā­vo mā­rda­vaṃ­, yo­ga­syā­va­kra­tā­rja­vaṃ­, pra­ka­rṣa­prā­pta­lo­bha­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ śau­caṃ­, gu­ptā- TAŚVA-ML 488,13v aṃ­ta­rbhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, ta­tra mā­na­sa­pa­ri­spaṃ­da­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t | ā­kiṃ­ca­nye '­va­ro­dha i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya nai­rma­lya­pra­dhā­na- TAŚVA-ML 488,14tvā­t | ta­cca­tu­rvi­dhaṃ śau­caṃ ta­to '­nya­d e­va | ku­ta i­ti ce­t­, jī­vi­tā­ro­gyeṃ­dri­yo­pa­bho­ga­bhe­dā­t ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­prā­pta­pra- TAŚVA-ML 488,15ka­rṣa­lo­bha­ni­vṛ­tteḥ śau­ca­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t | sa­tsu sā­dhu­va­ca­naṃ sa­tyaṃ | bhā­ṣā­sa­mi­tā­v aṃ­ta­rbhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, ta­tra sā­dhva- TAŚVA-ML 488,16sā­dhu­bhā­ṣā­vya­va­hā­re hi­ta­mi­tā­rtha­tvā­t | ba­hv a­pi va­kta­vyaṃ­, a­nya­thā­na­rtha­pra­saṃ­gā­t | na bhā­ṣā­di­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ saṃ­ya­mo TAŚVA-ML 488,17gu­ptyaṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t | nā­pi kā­yā­di­pra­vṛ­tti­rvi­śi­ṣṭā saṃ­ya­maḥ­, sa­mi­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | tra­sa­sthā­va­ra­ba­dhā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dha TAŚVA-ML 488,18ā­tyaṃ­ti­kaḥ saṃ­ya­ma i­ti ce­n na­, pa­ri­hā­ra­vi­śu­ddhi­cā­ri­tre ṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t | ka­s ta­rhi saṃ­ya­maḥ ? sa­mi­ti­ṣu va­rta­mā­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 488,19prā­ṇīṃ­dri­ya­pa­ri­hā­raḥ saṃ­ya­maḥ­, a­to pa­hṛ­ta­saṃ­ya­ma­bhe­da­si­ddhiḥ | saṃ­ya­mo hi dvi­vi­dhaḥ­, u­pe­kṣā­saṃ­ya­mo a­pa­hṛ­ta­saṃ­ya- TAŚVA-ML 488,20ma­ś ce­ti | de­śa­kā­la­vi­dhā­na­jña­sya pa­rā­nu­ro­dha­no­tsṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ya­sya tri­dhā gu­pta­sya rā­ga­dve­ṣā­na­bhi­ṣaṃ­ga­la­kṣa­ṇa u­pe­kṣā­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 488,21ya­maḥ | a­pa­hṛ­ta­saṃ­ya­ma­s tri­vi­dhaḥ u­tkṛ­ṣṭo ma­dhya­mo ja­gha­nya­ś ce­ti | ta­tra prā­su­ka­va­sa­tyā­hā­ra­mā­tra­bā­hya­sā­dha­na­sya TAŚVA-ML 488,22svā­dhī­ne­ta­ra­jñā­na­ca­ra­ṇa­ka­ra­ṇa­sya bā­hma­jaṃ­tū­pa­ni­pā­te sa­ty a­py ā­tmā­naṃ ta­to pa­hṛ­tya jī­vā­n pa­ri­pā­la­ya­ta u­tkṛ­ṣṭaḥ­, TAŚVA-ML 488,23mṛ­du­nā pra­mṛ­jya jaṃ­tū­n a­pa­ha­ra­to ma­dhya­maḥ­, u­pa­ka­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­re­ccha­yā ja­gha­nyaḥ | ta­tpra­ti­pā­da­nā­rthaḥ śu­ddhya­ṣṭa­ko­pa­de­śaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 488,24bhā­va­śu­ddhyā­da­yo ṣṭau śu­ddha­yaḥ | ta­tra bhā­va­śu­ddhiḥ ka­rma­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ja­ni­tā mo­kṣa­mā­rga­ru­cyā­hi­ta­pra­sā­dā rā­gā­dyu­pa­pla- TAŚVA-ML 488,25va­ra­hi­tā­, ta­syāṃ sa­tyā­m ā­cā­raḥ pra­kā­śa­te pa­ri­śu­ddha­bhi­tti­ga­ta­ci­tra­ka­rma­va­t | kā­ya­śu­ddhiḥ ni­rā­va­ra­ṇā­bha­ra­ṇā ni­ra- TAŚVA-ML 488,26sta­saṃ­skā­rā ya­thā­jā­ta­ma­la­dhā­ri­ṇī ni­rā­kṛ­tāṃ­ga­vi­kā­rā sa­rva­tra pra­ya­ta­vṛ­ttiḥ pra­śa­ma­su­khaṃ mū­rti­maṃ­taṃ pra­da­rśa­yaṃ­tī­, TAŚVA-ML 488,27ta­syāṃ sa­tyāṃ na sva­to sya bha­yaṃ u­pa­jā­ya­te nā­py a­nya­ta­s ta­sya kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | vi­na­ya­śu­ddhiḥ a­rha­dā­di­ṣu pa­ra­ma- TAŚVA-ML 488,28gu­ru­ṣu ya­thā­rha­pū­jā­pra­va­ṇā jñā­nā­di­ṣu ca ya­thā­vi­dhi bha­kti­yu­ktā gu­roḥ sa­rva­trā­nu­kū­la­vṛ­ttiḥ pra­śna­svā­dhyā­ya­vā- TAŚVA-ML 488,29ca­nā ka­thā­vi­jñā­pa­nā­di­ṣu pra­ti­pa­tti­ku­śa­lā de­śa­kā­la­bhā­vā­va­bo­dha­ni­pu­ṇā sa­dā­cā­rya­ma­tā­nu­cā­ri­ṇī­, ta­nmū­lāḥ TAŚVA-ML 488,30sa­rva­saṃ­pa­daḥ | ī­ryā­pa­tha­śu­ddhiḥ nā­nā­vi­dha­jī­va­sthā­na­yo nyā­śra­yā­va­bo­dha­ja­ni­ta­pra­ya­tna­pa­ri­hṛ­ta­jaṃ­tu­pī­ḍā­jñā­nā­d i­ty a­sveṃ- TAŚVA-ML 488,31dri­ya­pra­kā­śa­ni­rī­kṣi­ta­de­śa­gā­mi­nī dru­ta­vi­laṃ­bi­ta­saṃ­bhrāṃ­tā vi­smi­ta­lī­lā­vi­kā­ra­di­gaṃ­ta­rā­va­lo­ka­nā­di vi­ra­hi- TAŚVA-ML 488,32ta­ga­ma­nā­, ta­syāṃ sa­tyāṃ saṃ­ya­maḥ pra­ti­ṣṭhi­to bha­va­ti vi­bha­va i­va su­nī­tau | bhi­kṣā­śu­ddhiḥ pa­rī­kṣi­to­bha­ya­pra­cā­rā TAŚVA-ML 488,33pra­mṛ­ṣṭa­pū­rvā­pa­ra­svāṃ­ga­de­śa­vi­dhā­nā ā­cā­ra­sū­tro­kta­kā­la­de­śa­pra­vṛ­tti­pra­ti­pa­tti­ku­śa­lā lā­bhā­lā­bha­mā­na­pra­ti­mā­na­sa­mā- TAŚVA-ML 488,34na­ma­no­vṛ­ttiḥ lo­ka­ga­rhi­ta­ku­la­pa­ri­va­rja­na­pa­rā caṃ­dra­ga­ti­r i­va hī­nā­dhi­ka­gṛ­hā vi­śi­ṣṭo­pa­sthā­nā dī­nā­nā­tha­dā­na­śā- TAŚVA-ML 489,01lā­vi­vā­ha­ya­ja­na­ge­hā­di­pa­ri­va­rja­no­pa­la­kṣi­ta­dī­na­vṛ­tti­vi­ga­mā prā­su­kā­hā­ra­ga­ve­ṣa­pra­ṇi­dhā­nā ā­ga­ma­vi­dhi­nā ni­ra- TAŚVA-ML 489,02va­dyā­śa­na­pa­ri­prā­pta­prā­ṇa­yā­trā­pha­lā­t ta­tpra­ti­ba­ddhā hi ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­t gu­ṇa­saṃ­pa­d i­va sā­dhu­ja­na­se­vā­ni­baṃ­dha­kā lā­bhā­lā- TAŚVA-ML 489,03bha­yoḥ su­ra­sa­vi­ra­sa­yo­ś ca sa­ma­saṃ­to­ṣa­va­dbhi­r bhi­kṣe­ti bhā­ṣya­te­, ya­thā sa­lī­la­sā­laṃ­kā­ra­va­ra­yu­va­ti­bhi­r u­pa­nī­ya­mā­na- TAŚVA-ML 489,04dhā­so gau­r na ta­daṃ­ga­ga­ta­sauṃ­da­rya­ni­rī­kṣa­ṇa­pa­raḥ tṛ­ṇa­m e­vā­tti ya­thā vā tṛ­ṇa­la­vaṃ nā­nā­de­śa­sthaṃ ya­thā­lā­bha­m a­bhya­va­ha­ra­ti TAŚVA-ML 489,05na yo­ja­nā­saṃ­pa­da­m a­ve­kṣa­te­, ta­thā bhi­kṣu­r a­pi bhi­kṣā­pa­ri­ve­ṣa­ka­ja­na­mṛ­du­la­li­ta­rū­pa­ve­ṣa­vi­lā­sa­vi­lo­ka­na­ni­ru­tsu­kaḥ TAŚVA-ML 489,06śu­ṣka­dra­vā­hā­ra­yo­ja­nā­vi­śe­ṣaṃ vā­na­pe­kṣa­mā­ṇaḥ ya­thā­ga­ta­m a­śnā­tī­ti gau­r i­va go­r vā cā­ro go­ca­ra i­ti ca vya­pa­di- TAŚVA-ML 489,07śya­te ta­thā ga­ve­ṣa­ṇe­ti ca | ya­thā śa­ka­ṭaṃ ra­tna­bhā­ra­pa­ri­pū­rṇaṃ ye­na ke­na­ci­t sne­he­nā­kṣa­le­paṃ kṛ­tvā­bhi­la­ṣi­taṃ TAŚVA-ML 489,08de­śāṃ­ta­raṃ va­ṇi­gja­no na­ya­ti ta­thā mu­ni­r gu­ṇa­ra­tna­bha­ri­tāṃ ta­nu­śa­ka­ṭi­m a­na­va­dya­bhi­kṣa­yā­yu­ra­kṣa­mra­kṣa­ṇe­nā­bhi­pre­ta­sa­mā­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 489,09pa­tta­naṃ prā­pa­ya­tī­ti a­kṣa­mra­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ti ca nā­ma ni­rū­ḍhaṃ | ya­thā bhāṃ­ḍā­gā­re sa­mu­tthi­ta­m a­na­la­m a­śu­ci­nā śu­ci­nā TAŚVA-ML 489,10vā vā­ri­ṇā śa­ma­ya­ti gṛ­hī ya­ti­r a­pī­ti u­da­rā­gni­pra­śa­ma­na­m i­ti ca ni­ru­cya­te­, dā­tṛ­ja­na­bā­dha­yā vi­nā TAŚVA-ML 489,11ku­śa­lo mu­niḥ bhra­ma­ra­va­d ā­ha­ra­tī­ti bhra­ma­rā­hā­ra i­ty a­pi pa­ri­bhā­ṣya­te­, ye­na ke­na­ci­t pra­kā­re­ṇa śva­bhra­pū­ra­ṇa­va­du­da­ra- TAŚVA-ML 489,12ga­rta­ma­na­gā­raḥ pū­ra­ya­ti svā­du­ne­ta­re­ṇa vā­hā­re­ṇe­ti śva­bhra­pū­ra­ṇa­m i­ti ca ni­ru­cya­te | pra­ti­ṣṭhā­pa­na­śu­ddhi­pa­raḥ saṃ­ya­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 489,13na­kha­ro­ma­siṃ­ghā­ṇa­ka­ni­ṣṭhī­va­na­śu­kro­ccā­ra­pra­sra­va­ṇa­śo­dha­ne de­ha­pa­ri­tyā­ge ca vi­di­ta­de­śa­kā­lo jaṃ­tū­pa­ro­dha­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 489,14pra­ya­ta­te | saṃ­ya­te­na śa­ya­nā­sa­na­śu­ddhi­pa­re­ṇa srī­va­dhi­ka­cau­ra­pā­na­śauṃ­ḍa­śā­ku­ni­kā­di­pā­pa­ja­na­vā­sāḥ vā­dyāḥ śrṛṃ­gā- TAŚVA-ML 489,15ra­vi­kā­ra­bhū­ṣa­ṇo­jjva­la­ve­śa­ve­śyā­krī­ḍā­bhi­r ā­ma­gī­ta­nṛ­tya­vā­di­trā­ku­la­śā­lā­da­yaḥ pa­ri­ha­rta­vyāḥ­, a­kṛ­tri­māḥ gi­ri- TAŚVA-ML 489,16gu­hāṃ­ta­ra­ko­ṭa­rā­da­yaḥ kṛ­tri­mā­ś ca śū­nyā­gā­rā­da­yo mu­kta­mo­ci­tā­vā­sāḥ a­nā­tmo­dde­śa­ni­rva­rti­tāḥ ni­rā­raṃ­bhāḥ TAŚVA-ML 489,17se­vyāḥ | vā­kya­śu­ddhiḥ pṛ­thi­vī­kā­ya­kā­raṃ­bhā­di­pre­ra­ṇa­ra­hi­tā pa­ru­ṣa­ni­ṣṭhu­rā­di­pa­ra­pī­ḍā­ka­ra­ṇa­pra­yo­ga­ni­ru­tsu­kā vra­ta- TAŚVA-ML 489,18śī­la­de­śa­nā­di­pra­dhā­na­pha­lā hi­ta­mi­ta­ma­dhu­ra­ma­no­ha­rā saṃ­ya­ta­yo­gyā ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­nā hi sa­rva­saṃ­pa­da i­ti­, śu­ddhya­ṣṭa­ka- TAŚVA-ML 489,19m u­pa­di­ṣṭaṃ bha­ga­va­dbhiḥ saṃ­ya­ma­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rthaṃ | ta­to ni­ra­va­dyaḥ saṃ­ya­maḥ syā­t | ta­po va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­bhe­daṃ | pa­ri­gra­ha­ni­vṛ­tti- TAŚVA-ML 489,20s tyā­gaḥ | a­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­ta­po­vi­śe­ṣo­tsa­rga­gra­ha­ṇā­t si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syā­nyā­rtha­tvā­t | śau­ca­va­ca­nā­t si­ddhi­r i­ti TAŚVA-ML 489,21ce­n na­, ta­trā­sa­ty a­pi ga­rdho­tpa­tteḥ­, dā­naṃ vā sva­yo­gyaṃ tyā­gaḥ | ma­me­da­m i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­dhi­ni­vṛ­tti­r ā­kiṃ­ca­nyaṃ | a­nu­bhū­tāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 489,22ga­nā­sma­ra­ṇa­ka­thā­śra­va­ṇa­strī­saṃ­sa­kta­śa­ya­nā­sa­nā­di­va­rja­nā­t bra­hma­ca­ryaṃ­, svā­taṃ­tryā­rthaṃ gu­rau bra­hma­ṇi ca­rya­m i­ti vā | TAŚVA-ML 489,23a­nva­rtha­saṃ­jñā­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­tvā­d vā pau­na­r u­ktyaṃ gu­ptyā­dyaṃ­ta­rbhū­tā­nā­m a­pi saṃ­va­ra­dhā­ra­ṇa­sā­ma­rthyā­d dha­rma i­ti saṃ­jñā­yā TAŚVA-ML 489,24a­nva­rtha­tā­pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r i­ty a­rtha­ga­taṃ | ta­dbhā­va­nā­pra­kā­ra­tvā­d vā sa­pta­pra­kā­ra­pra­ti­kra­ma­ṇa­va­t­, sa­pta­pra­kā­raṃ hi TAŚVA-ML 489,25pra­ti­kra­ma­ṇa­m ī­ryā­pa­thi­ka­rā­triṃ­di­vī­ya­pā­kṣi­ka­cā­tu­rmā­si­ka­sāṃ­va­tsa­ri­ko­tta­ma­sthā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t | ta­c ca gu­ptyā­di­pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 489,26sthā­pa­nā­rthaṃ ya­thā bhā­vya­te ta­tho­tta­ma­kṣa­mā­di­da­śa­vi­dha­dha­rmo pi | ta­ta­s ta­trāṃ­ta­rbhū­ta­syā­pi pṛ­tha­gva­ca­naṃ nā­dyaṃ | u­tta­ma- TAŚVA-ML 489,27vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­pra­yo­ja­na­pa­ri­va­rja­nā­rthaṃ | sa­rve­ṣāṃ sva­gu­ṇa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­do­ṣā­bhā­vā­t saṃ­va­ra­he­tu­tvaṃ | ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.6.1dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ryā­na­pe­kṣā­ṇi kṣa­mā­dī­ny u­tta­mā­ni tu | syā­d dha­rmaḥ sa­mi­ti­bhyo '­nyaḥ­kro­dhā­di­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 489,29kro­dhā­di­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­tva­m i­ty e­va dha­rmaḥ­, u­tta­mā­yāḥ kṣa­mā­yāḥ kro­dha­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvā­t mā­rda­vā­rja­va­śau­cā­nāṃ mā­na­mā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 489,30lo­bha­vi­pa­kṣa­tvā­t sa­tyā­dī­nā­m a­nṛ­tā­saṃ­ya­mā­ta­po '­tyā­ga­ma­ma­tvā­bra­hma­pra­ti­kū­la­tvā­c ca | sa hi dha­rma u­tta­ma­kṣa­mā­dī­ny e­va TAŚVA-ML 489,31sa­mi­ti­bhyo nyaḥ sū­tri­taḥ | na­nv a­tra vya­kti­va­ca­na­bhe­dā­d vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­m i­ti ce­n na­, sa­rve­ṣāṃ dha­rma­bhā­vā­vya­ti­re­ka­syai­ka­tvā­dā- TAŚVA-ML 489,32v i­ṣṭa­liṃ­ga­tvā­c ca | ka­sya pu­naḥ saṃ­va­ra­sya he­tu­r dha­rma i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.6.2ta­nni­mi­ttā­sra­va­dhvaṃ­sī ya­thā­yo­gaṃ sa de­śa­taḥ | saṃ­va­ra­sya bha­ve­d dhe­tu­r a­saṃ­ya­ta­dṛ­gā­di­ṣu |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 489,34kro­dhā­di­ni­mi­tta­kā­sra­va­dhvaṃ­sī­ny u­tta­ma­kṣa­mā­dī­ni ni­ści­tā­nī­ti ta­tsva­bhā­vo dha­rma­s ta­nni­mi­tta­tā­pra­dhvaṃ­sī ka­thya­te | TAŚVA-ML 490,01sa ya­thā­yo­gaṃ de­śa­taḥ saṃ­va­ra­sya he­tu­r bha­ve­d a­saṃ­śa­ya­m e­va a­saṃ­ya­ta­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭyā­di­ṣu ta­tsaṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­thā hi TAŚVA-ML 490,02a­saṃ­ya­ta­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭau tā­va­d a­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhi­kro­dhā­di­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bhū­tāḥ kṣa­mā­da­yaḥ saṃ­bha­vaṃ­ty e­va | saṃ­ya­tā­saṃ­ya­te vā­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ- TAŚVA-ML 490,03dhya­pra­tyā­khyā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­kro­dhā­di­vi­pa­kṣāḥ­, pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­tā­di­ṣu sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­yāṃ­te­ṣu pu­na­r a­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhya­pra­tyā­khyā­na­pra- TAŚVA-ML 490,04tyā­khyā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­pra­ti­baṃ­dhi­naḥ­, u­pa­śāṃ­ta­ka­ṣā­yā­di­ṣu sa­ma­sta­kro­dhā­di­saṃ­pa­nnāḥ saṃ­ga­cchaṃ­te vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | e­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 490,05saṃ­ya­mā­da­yo pi pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­tā­di­ṣu ya­thā­yo­gaṃ saṃ­bha­vaṃ­taḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyāḥ | te ca sva­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­he­tu­kā­sra­va­ni­ro­dha­ni- TAŚVA-ML 490,06baṃ­dha­na­tvā­d de­śa­saṃ­va­ra­sya he­ta­vaḥ syuḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 490,07a­thā­nu­pre­kṣā­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.7 a­ni­tyā­śa­ra­ṇa­saṃ­sā­rai­ka­tvā­nya­tvā­śu­cyā­sra­va­saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­rā­lo­ka­bo­dhi­du- TA-ML 9.7 rla­bha­dha­rma­svā­khyā­ta­tvā­nu­ciṃ­ta­na­m a­nu­pre­kṣāḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 490,10u­pā­ttā­nu­pā­tta­dra­vya­saṃ­yo­ga­vya­bhi­cā­ra­sva­bhā­vo '­ni­tya­tvaṃ­, kṣu­dhi­ta­vyā­ghrā­bhi­dru­ta­mṛ­ga­śā­va­ka­va­jjaṃ­to­r ja­rā­mṛ­tyu­ru­jāṃ- TAŚVA-ML 490,11ta­ra­pā­re­trā­ṇā­bhā­vo '­śa­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ­, dra­vyā­di­ni­mi­ttā­d ā­tma­no bha­vāṃ­ta­rā­vā­ptiḥ saṃ­sā­raḥ­, ja­nma­ja­rā­ma­ra­ṇā­vṛ­tti­ma­hā- TAŚVA-ML 490,12duḥ­khā­nu­bha­va­naṃ pra­ti sa­hā­yā­na­pe­kṣa­tva­m e­ka­tvaṃ­, śa­rī­ra­vya­ti­re­ko la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­do '­nya­tvaṃ­, a­śu­bha­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­di­bhi­r a­śu- TAŚVA-ML 490,13ci­tvaṃ­, ā­sra­va­saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­rā­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­ka­m u­kta­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­dgu­ṇa­do­ṣā­nve­ṣa­ṇa­pa­ra­tvā­d i­ha ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­sya | lo­ka- TAŚVA-ML 490,14saṃ­sthā­nā­di­vi­dhi­r vyā­khyā­taḥ­, ra­tna­tra­yatra­sabhā­vā­di­lā­bha­sya kṛ­cchra­pra­ti­pa­tti­r bo­dhi­du­rla­bha­tvaṃ­, jī­va­sthā­na­gu­ṇa­sthā­nā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 490,15ga­tyā­di­ṣu mā­rga­ṇā­la­kṣa­ṇo dha­rmo vyā­khyā­taḥ | ga­tīṃ­dri­ya­kā­ya­yo­ga­ve­da­ka­ṣā­ya­jñā­na­saṃ­ya­ma­da­rśa­na­le­śyā­bha­vya­sa­mya- TAŚVA-ML 490,16ktva­saṃ­jñā­hā­ra­ke­ṣu mā­rga­ṇā | svā­khyā­ta i­ti ce­n na­, prā­di­vṛ­tteḥ śo­bha­na­m ā­khyā­ta i­ti | a­nu­pre­kṣā i­ti bhā­va- TAŚVA-ML 490,17sā­dha­na­tve ba­hu­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, ka­rma­sā­dha­na­tve sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na vā­, kṛ­da­bhi­hi­ta­sya bhā­va­sya TAŚVA-ML 490,18dra­vya­va­dbhā­vā­t sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­si­ddhe­ś co­bha­yoḥ ka­rma­sā­dha­na­tvā­t | ma­dhye nu­pre­kṣā­va­ca­na­m u­bha­ya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 490,19dha­rma­pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­ya­yo­r ni­mi­tta­bhū­tā hy a­nu­pre­kṣā­s ta­nma­dhye '­bhi­dhī­yaṃ­te | ku­ta­s tāḥ ka­thyaṃ­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.7.1a­nu­pre­kṣāḥ pra­kī­rtyaṃ­te ni­tya­tvā­dya­nu­ciṃ­ta­naṃ | dvā­da­śā­trā­na­nu­pre­kṣā­vi­pa­kṣa­tvā­n mu­nī­śva­raiḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 490,21pa­ri­ka­lpi­tā e­vā­ni­tya­tvā­da­yo dha­rmā­s te­ṣā­m ā­tma­ni śa­rī­rā­di­ṣu ca pa­ra­mā­rtha­to sa­ttvā­d i­ty a­pa­re tā­n pra­tyā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.7.2a­ni­tya­tvā­da­yo dha­rmāḥ saṃ­ty ā­tmā­di­ṣu tā­ttvi­kāḥ | ta­thā sā­dha­na­sa­dbhā­vāḥ sa­rve­ṣāṃ śe­ṣa­ta­ttva­va­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.7.3ta­to nu­ciṃ­ta­naṃ te­ṣāṃ nā­sa­tāṃ ka­lpi­tā­tma­nāṃ | nā­py a­na­rtha­ka­m i­ṣṭa­sya saṃ­va­ra­sya pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 490,24a­thā­nu­pre­kṣā­naṃ­ta­raṃ pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­yaṃ pra­stu­vā­naḥ sa­rva­pa­rī­ṣa­hā­ṇāṃ sa­ha­naṃ te­tra ki­ma­rthaṃ so­ḍha­vyā i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.8 mā­rgā­cya­va­na­ni­rja­rā­rthaṃ pa­ri­ṣo­ḍha­vyāḥ pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 490,26pa­rī­ṣa­hā i­ti ma­ha­tvā­d a­nva­rtha­saṃ­jñā | pra­ka­ra­ṇā­t saṃ­va­ra­mā­rga­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ | ta­da­cya­va­nā­rtho ni­rja­rā­rtha­ś ca pa­rī­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 490,27ha­ja­yaḥ | ta­tra mā­rgā­cya­va­nā­rtha­tvaṃ ka­tha­m a­sye­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.8.1mā­rgā­cya­va­na­he­tu­tvaṃ pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­ya­sya sa­t | pa­rī­ṣa­hā­ja­ye mā­rga­cya­va­na­sya pra­tī­ti­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 490,29ni­rja­rā­rtha­tvaṃ ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.8.2ni­rja­rā­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ca ta­paḥ­si­ddhi­pa­ra­tva­taḥ | ta­da­bhā­ve ta­po­lo­pā­n ni­rja­rā kvā­ti­śa­kti­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.8.3pa­ri­ṣo­ḍha­vya­tāṃ prā­ptā­s ta­smā­d e­te pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­yo­tthā­nā­m ā­sra­vā­ṇāṃ vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 490,32ke pu­na­s te pa­rī­ṣa­hā i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.9 kṣu­tpi­pā­sā­śī­to­ṣṇa­daṃ­śa­ma­śa­ka­nā­gnyā­ra­ti­strī­ca­ryā­ni­ṣa­dyā­śa­yyā­kro­śa- TA-ML 9.9 va­dha­yā­ca­nā­lā­bha­ro­ga­tṛ­ṇa­spa­rśa­ma­la­sa­tkā­ra­pu­ra­skā­ra­pra­jñā­jñā­nā­da- TA-ML 9.9 rśa­nā­ni |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 491,04pa­rī­ṣa­hā i­ti sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇye­nā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dho vya­kti­bhe­de pi sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­yoḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­bhe­dā­t | te­na TAŚVA-ML 491,05kṣu­dhā­da­yo dvā­viṃ­śa­tiḥ pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | ta­tra pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­kṣu­da­gni­pra­jva­la­ne dhṛ­tyaṃ­bha­so­pa­śa­maḥ kṣu­jja­yaḥ | u­da­nyo­dī­ra­ṇa­he- TAŚVA-ML 491,06tū­pa­ni­pā­te ta­dva­śā­prā­ptiḥ pi­pā­sā­sa­ha­naṃ | pṛ­tha­ga­va­ca­na­m ai­kā­rthyā­d i­ti ce­n na­, sā­ma­rthya­bhe­dā­t | a­bhya­va­hā­ra­sā- TAŚVA-ML 491,07mā­nyā­d ai­kā­rthya­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­bhe­dā­t | śai­tya­he­tu­saṃ­ni­pā­te ta­tpra­tī­kā­rā­na­bhi­lā­ṣā­t saṃ­ya­ma­pa­ri­pā­la­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 491,08śī­ta­kṣa­mā | dā­ha­pra­tī­kā­ra­kāṃ­kṣā­bhā­vā­c cā­ri­tra­ra­kṣa­ṇa­m u­ṣṇa­sa­ha­naṃ­, daṃ­śa­ma­śa­kā­dī­nāṃ sa­ha­naṃ | daṃ­śa­ma­śa­ka­mā­tra­pra­saṃ­ga TAŚVA-ML 491,09i­ti ce­n na­, u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t ma­śa­ka­śa­bda­sya daṃ­śa­jā­tī­yā­nā­m ā­di­śa­bdā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | jā­ta­rū­pa­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ nā­gnya­sa- TAŚVA-ML 491,10ha­naṃ­, saṃ­ya­me '­ra­ti­bhā­vā­d a­ra­ti­pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­yaḥ | sa­rve­ṣā­m a­ra­ti­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t pṛ­tha­ga­ra­ti­gra­ha­ṇā­na­rtha­kya­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 491,11kṣu­dā­dya­bhā­ve pi mo­ho­da­yā­t ta­tpra­vṛ­tteḥ | va­rāṃ­ga­nā­rū­pa­da­rśa­na­spa­rśa­nā­di­vi­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ strī­pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­yaḥ | vra­jyā­do- TAŚVA-ML 491,12ṣa­ni­gra­ha­ś ca­ryā­vi­ja­yaḥ | saṃ­ka­lpi­tā­sa­nā­da­vi­ca­la­naṃ ni­ṣa­dyā­ti­ti­kṣā | ā­ga­mo­di­ta­śa­ya­nā­d a­pra­cya­va­naṃ śa­yyā- TAŚVA-ML 491,13sa­ha­naṃ | a­ni­ṣṭa­va­ca­na­sa­ha­na­m ā­kro­śa­pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­yaḥ | mā­ra­ke­ṣv a­ma­rṣā­po­ha­na­bhā­va­naṃ va­dha­ma­rṣa­ṇaṃ | prā­ṇā­tya­ye py ā­hā- TAŚVA-ML 491,14rā­di­ṣu dī­nā­bhi­dhā­na­ni­vṛ­tti­r yā­ca­nā­vi­ja­yaḥ | a­lā­bhe pi lā­bha­va­tsaṃ­tu­ṣṭa­syā­lā­bha­vi­ja­yaḥ | nā­nā­vyā­dhi­pra­tī- TAŚVA-ML 491,15kā­rā­na­pe­kṣa­tvaṃ ro­ga­sa­ha­naṃ | tṛ­ṇā­di­ni­mi­tta­ve­da­nā­yāṃ ma­na­so '­pra­ṇi­dhā­naṃ tṛ­ṇa­spa­rśa­ja­yaḥ | sva­pa­rāṃ­ga­ma­lo­pa­ca­yā- TAŚVA-ML 491,16pa­ca­ya­saṃ­ka­lpā­bhā­vo ma­la­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ | ke­śa­khe­da­sa­ha­no­pa­saṃ­khyā­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, ma­la­pa­rī­ṣa­hā­va­ro­dhā­t | mā­nā­pa­mā- TAŚVA-ML 491,17na­yo­s tu­lya­ma­na­saḥ sa­tkā­ra­pu­ra­skā­rā­na­bhi­lā­ṣaḥ | pra­jño­tka­rṣā­pa­le­pa­ni­rā­saḥ pra­jñā­vi­ja­yaḥ | a­jñā­nā­va­mā­na­jñā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 491,18bhi­lā­ṣa­sa­ha­na­m a­jñā­na­pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­yaḥ | pra­vra­jyā­dya­na­rtha­ka­tvā­sa­mā­dhā­na­m a­da­rśa­na­sa­ha­naṃ | śra­ddhā­nā­lo­ca­na­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­vi­śe- TAŚVA-ML 491,19ṣā­d i­ti ce­n na­, a­vya­bhi­cā­ra­da­rśa­nā­rtha­tvā­t | ma­no­ra­tha­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­mā­tra­m i­ti ce­n na­, va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­sā­ma­rthyā­t | TAŚVA-ML 491,20a­va­dhyā­di­da­rśa­no­pa­saṃ­khyā­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­va­dhi­jñā­nā­dya­bhā­ve ta­tsa­ha­ca­ri­ta­da­rśa­nā­bhā­vā­d a­jñā­na­pa­rī­ṣa­hā­va­ro­dhā­t | TAŚVA-ML 491,21na­nu kṣu­dā­dī­nāṃ pa­ri­so­ḍha­vya­tva­si­ddhiḥ ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.9.1te ca kṣu­dā­da­yaḥ pro­ktā dvā­viṃ­śa­ti­r a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ | pa­ri­ṣa­hya­ta­yā te­ṣāṃ ta­ttva­si­ddhi­r vi­śu­ddha­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 491,23te kṣu­dā­da­yo hi dvā­viṃ­śa­ti­pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ pa­ri­so­ḍha­vyāḥ pro­ktāḥ sū­tra­kā­rai­r a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ te­ṣāṃ vi­śu­ddhya­rthaṃ pa­ri­ṣa- TAŚVA-ML 491,24hya­tvā­t ta­ta e­vā­nva­rthā saṃ­jñā ma­ha­tī kṛ­tā pa­rī­ṣa­hā i­ty u­ktaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 491,25a­tha ka­smi­n gu­ṇa­sthā­ne ki­yaṃ­taḥ saṃ­bha­vaṃ­tī­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.10 sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ya­cha­dma­stha­vī­ta­rā­ga­yo­ś ca­tu­rda­śa |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 491,27ca­tu­rda­śa­va­ca­nā­d a­nya­syā­bhā­vaḥ | sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye ni­ya­mā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r mo­ho­da­yā­d i­ti ce­n na­, sa­nmā­tra­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 491,28ta­tra ta­sya | a­ta e­va pa­rī­ṣa­hā­bhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, bā­dhā­vi­śe­ṣo pa­ra­me ta­dbhā­va­syā­vi­ra­dhyā­si­ta­tvā­t sa­rvā­rtha­si- TAŚVA-ML 491,29ddha­sya sa­pta­ma­na­ra­ka­pa­ryaṃ­ta­ga­ma­na­sā­ma­rthya­va­t | ka­thaṃ pu­naḥ sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye gu­ṇe ta­dva­ti vā cha­dma­stha­vī­ta­rā­ge cā­nu- TAŚVA-ML 491,30tpa­nna­ke­va­la­jñā­ne kṣī­ṇo­pa­śāṃ­ta­mo­he ca­tu­rda­śai­va pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ kṣu­dā­da­ya i­ti pra­ti­pā­da­ya­nn ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.10.1syuḥ sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye ca ca­tu­rda­śa pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | cha­dma­stha­vī­ta­rā­ge ca ta­to nye­ṣā­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.10.2cha­dma­stha­vī­ta­rā­ge hi mo­hā­bhā­vā­n na ta­tkṛ­tāḥ | a­ṣṭau pa­ri­ṣa­hāḥ saṃ­ti ta­thā­to nye ca­tu­rda­śa |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.10.3te sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye pi ta­thā kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­tva­taḥ | sa­to pi mo­ha­nī­ya­sya sū­kṣma­sye­ti pra­tī­ya­te |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.10.4ve­da­nī­ya­ni­mi­ttā­s te mā bhū­vaṃ­s ta­ta e­va ce­t | vya­kti­rū­pā na saṃ­ty e­va śa­kti­rū­pe­ṇa ta­tra te |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.10.5mo­ha­nī­ya­sa­hā­ya­sya ve­da­nī­ya­sya ta­tpha­laṃ | ke­va­la­syā­pi ta­dbhā­ve ti­pra­saṃ­go hi du­stya­jaḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 492,03na hi sā­rdreṃ­dha­nā­di­sa­hā­ya­syā­gne­r dhū­maḥ kā­rya­m i­ti ke­va­la­syā­pi syā­t | ta­thā mo­ha­sa­hā­ya­sya ve­da­nī­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 492,04ya­t pha­laṃ kṣu­dā­di ta­d e­kā­ki­no pi na yu­jya­ta e­va ta­sya sa­rva­dā mo­hā­na­pe­kṣa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­thā ca sa­mā­dhya- TAŚVA-ML 492,05va­sthā­yā­m a­pi ka­sya­ci­d u­dbhū­ti­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | ta­smā­n na kṣu­dā­da­yaḥ sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye vya­kti­rū­pāḥ saṃ­ti mo­hā­di­sa­hā­yā- TAŚVA-ML 492,06saṃ­bha­vā­t cha­dma­stha­vī­ta­rā­ga­va­d i­ti­, śa­kti­rū­pā e­va te ta­trā­va­gaṃ­ta­vyāḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 492,07a­tha bha­ga­va­ti ke­va­li­ni ki­yaṃ­taḥ pa­rī­ṣa­hā i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.11 e­kā­da­śa ji­ne |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 492,09ta­tra ke­ci­t saṃ­tī­ti vyā­ca­kṣa­te­, pa­re tu na saṃ­tī­ti | ta­du­bha­ya­vyā­khyā­nā­vi­ro­dha­m u­pa­da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.11.1e­kā­da­śa ji­ne saṃ­ti śa­kti­ta­s te pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | vya­kti­to ne­ti sā­ma­rthyā­d vyā­khyā­na­dva­ya­m i­ṣya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 492,11ve­da­nī­yo­da­ya­bhā­vā­t kṣu­dā­di­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, ghā­ti­ka­rmo­da­ya­sa­hā­yā­bhā­vā­t ta­tsā­ma­rthya­vi­ra­hā­t | TAŚVA-ML 492,12ta­dbhā­vo­pa­cā­rā­d dhyā­na­ka­lpa­na­va­ccha­kti­ta e­va ke­va­li­ny e­kā­da­śa­pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ saṃ­ti na pu­na­r vya­kti­taḥ­, ke­va­lā­d ve­da­nī- TAŚVA-ML 492,13yā­d vya­kta­kṣu­dā­dya­saṃ­bha­vā­d i­ty u­pa­cā­ra­ta­s te ta­tra pa­ri­jñā­ta­vyāḥ | ku­ta­s te ta­tro­pa­ca­ryaṃ­te i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.11.2le­śyai­ka­de­śa­yo­ga­sya sa­dbhā­vā­d u­pa­ca­rya­te | ya­thā le­śyā ji­ne ta­dva­dve­da­nī­ya­sya ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.11.3ghā­ti­ha­tyu­pa­ca­ryaṃ­te sa­ttā­mā­trā­t pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | cha­dma­stha­vī­ta­rā­ga­sya ya­the­ti pa­ri­ni­ści­taṃ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.11.4na kṣu­dā­de­r a­bhi­vya­kti­s ta­tra ta­ddhe­tu­bhā­va­taḥ | yo­ga­śū­nye ji­ne ya­dva­da­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.11.5nai­kaṃ he­tuḥ kṣu­dā­dī­nāṃ vya­ktau ce­daṃ pra­tī­ya­te | ta­sya mo­ho­da­yā­d vya­kte­r a­sa­dve­dyo­da­ye pi ca |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.11.6kṣā­mo­da­ra­tva­saṃ­pa­ttau mo­hā­pā­ye na se­kṣya­te | sa­tyā­hā­rā­bhi­lā­pe pi nā­sa­dve­dyo­da­yā­dṛ­te |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.11.7na bho­ja­no­pa­yo­ga­syā­sa­ttve­nā­py a­nu­dī­ra­ṇā | a­sā­tā­ve­da­nī­ya­sya na cā­hā­re­kṣa­ṇā­d vi­nā |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.11.8kṣu­d i­ty a­śe­ṣa­sā­ma­grī­ja­nyā­bhi­vya­jya­te ka­thaṃ | ta­dvai­ka­lye sa­yo­ga­sya pi­pā­sā­de­r a­yo­ga­taḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.11.9kṣu­dā­di­ve­da­no­dbhū­tau nā­rha­to '­naṃ­ta­śa­rma­tā | ni­rā­hā­ra­sya cā­śa­ktau sthā­tuṃ nā­naṃ­ta­śa­kti­tā |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.11.10ni­tyo­pa­yu­kta­bo­dha­sya na ca saṃ­jñā­sti bho­ja­ne | pā­ne ce­ti kṣu­dā­dī­nāṃ nā­bhi­vya­kti­r ji­nā­dhi­pe |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 492,23a­tha bā­da­ra­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye ki­yaṃ­taḥ pa­rī­ṣa­hā i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.12 bā­da­ra­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye sa­rve |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 492,25bā­da­ra­sāṃ­pa­rā­ya­gra­ha­ṇā­t pra­ma­ttā­di­ni­rde­śaḥ ni­mi­tta­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­kṣī­ṇa­tvā­t sa­rve­ṣu sā­mā­yi­ka­che­do­pa­sthā­pa­nā­pa- TAŚVA-ML 492,26ri­hā­ra­vi­śu­ddhi­saṃ­ya­me­ṣu sa­rva­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | ke­na rū­pe­ṇa te ta­tra saṃ­tī­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.12.1bā­da­raḥ sāṃ­pa­rā­yo sti ye­ṣāṃ sa­rve pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | saṃ­ti te­ṣāṃ ni­mi­tta­sya sā­ka­lyā­d vya­kti­rū­pa­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 492,28a­tha ka­smi­n ni­mi­tte kaḥ pa­rī­ṣa­haḥ ? —TA-ML 9.13 jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇe pra­jñā­jñā­ne |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 492,30jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇe a­jñā­naṃ na pra­jñe­ti ce­n na­, jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­sa­dbhā­ve ta­dbhā­vā­t | mo­hā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­dbhe­dā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 492,31pa­ri­ga­ṇi­ta­tvā­t | sā­va­le­pā­yāḥ pra­jñā­yā a­pi jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­ni­mi­tta­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ mi­thyā­jñā­na­va­t | e­ta­d e­vā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.13.1jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­ni­ṣpā­dye pra­jñā­jñā­ne pa­rī­ṣa­hau | pra­jñā­va­le­pa­ni­rvṛ­tte­r jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­to nya­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 492,33a­nya­dvi­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇaṃ pra­jñā­va­le­pa­ni­mi­tta­m a­jñā­na­ni­mi­ttā­d jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­t | na cai­vaṃ jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇo­tta­ra­pra­kṛ­ti­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 492,34jñā­kṣa­ti­s ta­sya ma­ti­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­mā­tro­pa­ro­dhā­t |­| TA-ML 9.14 da­rśa­na­mo­hāṃ­ta­rā­ya­yo­r a­da­rśa­nā­lā­bhau |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 493,02kiṃ pu­na­r a­da­rśa­na­m a­tre­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.14.1a­da­rśa­na­m i­hā­rthā­nā­m a­śra­ddhā­naṃ hi ta­d bha­ve­t | sa­ti da­rśa­na­mo­he '­sya na jñā­nā­t prā­ga­da­rśa­naṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 493,04vi­śi­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­rde­śā­d a­va­dhyā­di­da­rśa­na­saṃ­de­hā­bhā­vaḥ | aṃ­ta­rā­ya i­ti sā­mā­nya­ni­rde­śe pi sā­ma­rthyā­d vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 493,05pra­tya­yaḥ | kaḥ pu­na­r a­sau vi­śe­ṣa i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.14.2aṃ­ta­rā­yo tra lā­bha­sya ta­dyo­gyo­rthā­d vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | kā­ra­ṇa­sya vi­śe­ṣā­d dhi vi­śe­ṣaḥ kā­rya­gaḥ sthi­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 493,07te­na da­rśa­na­mo­ho­da­ye ta­ttvā­rthā­śra­ddhā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­da­rśa­naṃ­, lā­bhāṃ­ta­rā­yo­da­ye cā­lā­bha i­ti pra­kā­śi­taṃ bha­va­ti |­| TA-ML 9.15 cā­ri­tra­mo­he nā­gnyā­ra­ti­strī­ni­ṣa­dyā­kro­śa­yā­ca­nā­sa­tkā­ra­pu­ra­skā­rāḥ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 493,09ni­ṣa­dyā­pa­rī­ṣa­ha­sya mo­ho­da­ya­ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ prā­ṇi­pī­ḍā­rtha­tvā­t­, puṃ­ve­do­da­yā­di­ni­mi­tta­tvā­n nā­gnyā­dī­nā­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 493,10cā­ri­tra­mo­ho­da­ya­ni­baṃ­dha­nā e­te | ta­d e­vā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.15.1nā­gnyā­dyāḥ sa­pta cā­ri­tra­mo­he sa­ti pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣā­c ca ta­dvi­śe­ṣe­ṣu te­rtha­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.15.2jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­mo­hāṃ­ta­rā­ya­saṃ­bhū­ta­yo ma­tāḥ | i­ty e­kā­da­śa te te­ṣā­m a­bhā­ve ta­t kva­ci­t sa­dā |­| 2 |­| TA-ML 9.16 ve­da­nī­ye śe­ṣāḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 493,14u­ktā­d a­nya­ni­rde­śaḥ śe­ṣa i­ti | te ca kṣu­tpi­pā­sā­śī­to­ṣṇa­daṃ­śa­ma­śa­ka­ca­ryā­śa­yyā­ba­dha­ro­ga­tṛ­ṇa­spa­rśa­ma­la­pa­rī- TAŚVA-ML 493,15ṣa­hāḥ | ki­m e­kā­ki­ny e­va ve­da­nī­ye mī bha­vaṃ­ty u­ta sa­ha­kā­rā­pe­kṣe sa­tī­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.16.1śe­ṣāḥ syu­r ve­da­nī­ye te sa­ma­gra­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇi | i­ti sa­rva­tra vi­jñe­ya­m a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 493,17na­nu jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇe i­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṣu vi­bha­kti­vi­śe­ṣe ni­mi­ttā­tka­rma­saṃ­yo­ga i­ti ce­n na­, ta­dyo­gā­bhā­vā­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 493,18ya­thā ca­rma­ṇi dvī­pi­naṃ haṃ­tī­ty a­tra ka­rma­saṃ­yo­ga­s ta­thā­trā­sti ta­to yaṃ sa­nni­rde­śa­s ta­du­pa­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t go­ṣu du­hya­mā­nā­su TAŚVA-ML 493,19ga­ta i­tyā­di­va­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 493,20a­trai­ka­smi­nn ā­tma­ni sa­kṛ­t ki­yaṃ­taḥ pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ saṃ­bha­vaṃ­tī­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.17 e­kā­da­yo bhā­jyā yu­ga­pa­d e­ka­smi­nn ai­ko­na­viṃ­śa­teḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 493,22ā­ṅa­bhi­vi­dhya­rthaḥ | śī­to­ṣṇa­śa­yyā­ni­ṣa­dyā­ca­ryā­nā­m a­sa­ha­bhā­vā­c cai­kā­n na­viṃ­śa­ti­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | pra­jñā­jñā­na­yo­r vi­ro­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 493,23d a­nya­ta­rā­bhā­ve a­ṣṭā­da­śa­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, a­pe­kṣā­to vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t | śru­ta­jñā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā hi pra­jñā­pra­ka­rṣe TAŚVA-ML 493,24sa­tya­va­dhyā­dya­bhā­vā­pe­kṣa­yā­'­jñā­no­pa­pa­tteḥ | daṃ­śa­ma­śa­ka­sya yu­ga­pa­tpra­vṛ­tte­r e­ko­na­viṃ­śa­ti­vi­ka­lpa i­ti ce­n na­, pra­kā- TAŚVA-ML 493,25rā­rtha­tvā­t | ma­śa­ka e­ve­ty a­yaṃ pa­rī­ṣa­ho nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | daṃ­śa­gra­ha­ṇā­t tu­lya­jā­tī­ya i­ti ce­n na­, śru­ti­vi­ro- TAŚVA-ML 493,26dhā­t | na hi daṃ­śa­śa­bdaḥ pra­kā­ra­m a­bhi­dha­tte | ma­śa­ka­śa­bdo pi ta­ttu­lya­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­nya­ta­re­ṇa pa­rī­ṣa­ha­sya ni­rū- TAŚVA-ML 493,27pi­ta­tvā­t | na hi daṃ­śa­śa­bde­na ni­rū­pi­te pa­rī­ṣa­he ma­śa­ka­śa­bda­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­da­rtha­m e­va yu­kta­m a­taḥ pra­kā­ro rthāṃ­ta­ra TAŚVA-ML 493,28i­ti ni­śca­yaḥ | ca­ryā­ni­ṣa­dyā­śa­yyā­nā­m a­ra­te­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­d e­kā­n na viṃ­śa­ti­va­ca­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, a­ra­tau pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­yā- TAŚVA-ML 493,29bhā­vā­t | na hi ca­ryā­ni­ṣa­dyā­śa­yyā­nā­m a­ra­te­r e­ka­tvā­d e­ka­tvaṃ yu­ktaṃ ta­tra a­ra­tau pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­yā­yo­gā­t­, ta­tkṛ­ta­pī- TAŚVA-ML 493,30ḍā­sa­ha­nā­t | pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­ye nya­tva­m e­va te­ṣā­m i­ti dvā­viṃ­śa­ti­va­ca­na­m e­va yu­ktaṃ | ta­smā­t —TAŚV-ML 9.17.1sa­kṛ­de­kā­da­yo bhā­jyāḥ kva­ci­d e­kā­n na viṃ­śa­tiḥ | viṃ­śa­tyā­de­r a­saṃ­bhū­te­r vi­ro­dhā­d a­nya­thā­pi vā |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.17.2i­ty u­kte­r ni­ya­mā­bhā­vaḥ si­ddha­s te­ṣāṃ sa­mu­dbha­ve | sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­hī­na­tva­pro­kta­he­to­r a­śa­kti­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 494,01kiṃ pu­na­ś cā­ri­tra­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.18 sā­mā­yi­ka­che­do­pa­sthā­pa­nā­pa­ri­hā­ra­vi­śu­ddhi­sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ya­ya­thā­khyā­ta­m i- TA-ML 9.18 ti cā­ri­tra­m |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 494,04sā­mā­yi­ka­śa­bdo tī­tā­rthaḥ | sā­mā­yi­ka­m i­ti vā sa­mā­sa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t a­yaṃ­tī­ty ā­yāḥ sa­ttva­ghā­ta­he­ta­vo '­na­rthāḥ TAŚVA-ML 494,05saṃ­ga­tā ā­yāḥ sa­mā­yāḥ sa­mya­g vā ā­yāḥ sa­mā­yā­s te­ṣu bha­vaṃ sā­mā­yi­kaṃ­, sa­mā­yāḥ pra­yo­ja­na­m a­sye­ti ca TAŚVA-ML 494,06sā­mā­yi­ka­m i­ti sa­mā­sa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ sā­mā­yi­ka­syā­va­sthā­na­sya | ta­c ca sa­rva­sā­va­dya­yo­ga­pra­tyā­khyā­na­pa­raṃ | gu­pti­pra­saṃ­ga TAŚVA-ML 494,07i­ti ce­n na­, i­ha mā­na­sa­pra­vṛ­tti­bhā­vā­t | sa­mi­ti­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, ta­tra ya­ta­sya pra­vṛ­ttyu­pa­de­śā­t | dha­rma­pra­saṃ­ga TAŚVA-ML 494,08i­ti ce­n na­, a­tre­ti va­ca­na­sya kṛ­tsna­ka­rma­kṣa­ya­he­tu­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­t | pra­mā­da­kṛ­tā­na­rtha­pra­baṃ­dha­vi­lo­pe sa­mya­k pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 494,09kri­yā che­do­pa­sthā­pa­nā­, vi­ka­lpa­ni­vṛ­tti­r vā | pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa vi­śi­ṣṭā śu­ddhi­r ya­smi­n ta­tpa­ri­hā­ra­vi­śu­ddhi­cā­ri­traṃ | TAŚVA-ML 494,10ta­tpu­na­striṃ­śa­dva­rṣa­jā­ta­sya saṃ­va­tsa­ra­pṛ­tha­ktvaṃ tī­rtha­ka­ra­pā­da­mū­la­se­vi­naḥ pra­tyā­khyā­na­nā­ma­dhe­ya­pū­rva­pā­rā­vā­ra­pā­raṃ­ga­ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 494,11jaṃ­tu­ni­ro­dha­prā­du­rbhā­va­kā­la­pa­ri mā­ṇa­ja­nma­yo­ni­de­śa­dra­vya­sva­bhā­va­vi­dhā­na­jña­sya pra­mā­da­ra­hi­ta­sya vā ma­hā­vī­rya­sya pa­ra- TAŚVA-ML 494,12ma­ni­r ja­ra­syā­ti­du­ṣka­ra­ca­ryā­nu­ṣṭhā­yi­naḥ ti­sraḥ saṃ­dhyā va­rja­yi­tvā dvi­ga­vyū­ti­gā­mi­naḥ saṃ­pa­dya­te nā­nya­sya ma­nā­g a­pi TAŚVA-ML 494,13ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­sye­ti pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ | a­ti­sū­kṣma­ka­ṣā­ya­tvā­t sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­yaṃ­, ta­sya gu­pti­sa­mi­tyo­r aṃ­ta­rbhā­va i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 494,14ta­dbhā­ve pi gu­ṇa­ni­mi­tta­vi­śe­ṣā­śra­ya­ṇā­t | lo­bha­saṃ­jva­la­nā­khya­sāṃ­pa­rā­yaḥ sū­kṣmo smi­n bha­va­tī­ti vi­śe­ṣa TAŚVA-ML 494,15ā­śri­taḥ | ni­ra­va­śe­ṣa­śāṃ­ta­kṣī­ṇa­mo­ha­tvā­d ya­thā­khyā­ta­cā­ri­traṃ­, ya­thā khyā­ta­m i­va ā­tma­sva­bhā­vā­vya­ti­kra­me­ṇa TAŚVA-ML 494,16khyā­ta­tvā­t | i­te­ru­pā­dā­naṃ ta­taḥ ka­rma­sa­mā­pte­r jñā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­t | ya­thā­khyā­ta­cā­ri­tra­si­ddhā sa­ka­la­ka­rma­kṣa­ya­pa­ri- TAŚVA-ML 494,17sa­mā­ptiḥ | sā­mā­yi­kā­dī­nā­m u­tta­ro­tta­ra­gu­ṇa­pra­ka­rṣa­khyā­pa­nā­rtha­mā­nu­pū­rvya­va­ca­naṃ­, prā­cya­cā­ri­tra­dva­ya­vi­śu­ddhe­r a­lpa­tvā­d u- TAŚVA-ML 494,18tta­ra­cā­ri­trā­pe­kṣa­yā pa­ri­hā­ra­vi­śu­ddhi­cā­ri­tra­sya ta­to naṃ­ta­gu­ṇa­ja­gha­nya­śu­ddhi­tvā­t | ta­syai­va ta­da­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇo­tkṛ­ṣṭa­vi- TAŚVA-ML 494,19śu­ddhi­tvā­t pū­rva­cā­ri­tra­dva­ya­sya ta­da­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇo­tkṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śu­ddhi­tvā­t | ta­taḥ sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ya­syā­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇa­ja­gha­nya­vi­śu­ddhi- TAŚVA-ML 494,20tvā­t ta­syai­va ta­da­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇo­tkṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, ta­to ya­thā­khyā­ta­cā­ri­tra­sya saṃ­pū­rṇa­vi­śu­ddhi­tvā­t | e­ta­d e­vā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.18.1sā­mā­yi­kā­di cā­ri­traṃ sū­tri­taṃ paṃ­ca­dhā ta­taḥ | saṃ­va­raḥ ka­rma­ṇāṃ jñe­yo cā­ri­trā­pe­kṣa­ja­nma­nāṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.18.2dha­rmāṃ­ta­rbhū­ta­m a­py e­ta­tsaṃ­ya­ma­gra­ha­ṇā­d i­ha | pu­na­r u­ktaṃ pra­dhā­na­tva­khyā­ta­ye ni­rvṛ­tiṃ pra­ti |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 494,23a­tha ta­po­va­ca­naṃ dha­rmāṃ­ta­rbhū­taṃ ta­ddvi­vi­dhaṃ bā­hya­mā­bhyaṃ­ta­raṃ ca­, ta­tra bā­hya­bhe­da­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.19 a­na­śa­nā­va­mau­da­rya­vṛ­tti­pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­na­ra­sa­pa­ri­tyā­ga­vi­vi­kta­śa­yyā­sa­na­kā­ya- TA-ML 9.19 kle­śāḥ bā­hyaṃ ta­paḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 494,26dṛ­ṣṭa­pha­lā­na­pe­kṣaṃ saṃ­ya­ma­pra­si­ddhi­r ā­go­cche­da­ka­rma­vi­nā­śa­dhyā­nā­nā­ga­mā­v ā­ptya­rtha­m a­na­śa­naṃ | ta­ddvi­vi­dhaṃ a­va­dhṛ­tā­na- TAŚVA-ML 494,27va­dhṛ­ta­kā­la­bhe­dā­t | saṃ­ya­ma­pra­jā­ga­ra­do­ṣa­pra­śa­ma­na­saṃ­to­ṣa­svā­dhyā­ya­su­kha­si­ddhya­rtha­m a­va­mau­da­ryaṃ | e­kā­gā­ra­sa­pta­ve­śmai­ka­ra- TAŚVA-ML 494,28sā­rdha­grā­sā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­saṃ­ka­lpo vṛ­tti­pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­naṃ | dāṃ­teṃ­dri­ya­tva­te­jo­hā­ni­saṃ­ya­mo­pa­ro­dha­vyā­vṛ­ttyā­dya­rthaṃ ghṛ­tā­di­ra­sa- TAŚVA-ML 494,29pa­ri­tya­ja­naṃ ra­sa­pa­ri­tyā­gaḥ | ra­sa­va­tpa­ri­tyā­ga i­ti ce­n na­, ma­to­rlu­pta­ni­rdi­ṣṭa­tvā­t śu­kla­pa­ṭa i­tyā­di­va­t | a­vya- TAŚVA-ML 494,30ti­re­kā­d vā ta­dva­tsaṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ | sa­rva­tyā­ga­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, pra­ka­rṣa­ga­teḥ | pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­ra­sa­syai­va dra­vya­sya tyā­ga­saṃ­pra­tya- TAŚVA-ML 494,31yā­t | pra­ti­jñā­ta­gaṃ­dha­tyā­ga­sya pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­gaṃ­dha­ka­stū­ri­kā­di­tyā­ga­va­t | ka­ści­d ā­ha – a­na­śa­nā­va­mau­da­rya­ra­sa­pa­ri­tyā­gā­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 494,32vṛ­tti­pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­nā­dhā­rā­t pṛ­tha­gni­rde­śaḥ | ta­dvi­ka­lpa­ni­rde­śa i­ti ce­n na­, a­na­va­sthā­nā­t | taṃ pra­tyā­ha na­vā­, TAŚVA-ML 494,33kā­ya­ce­ṣṭā­vi­ṣa­ya­ga­ṇa­nā­rtha­tvā­d vṛ­tti­pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­na­sya | a­na­śa­na­syā­bhya­va­ha­rta­vya­ni­vṛ­tti­rū­pa­tvā­d a­va­mau­da­rya­ra­sa­pa­ri­tyā­ga- TAŚVA-ML 494,34yo­r a­bhya­va­ha­rta­vyai­ka­de­śa­ni­vṛ­tti­pa­ra­tvā­t ta­to bhe­da­pra­si­ddheḥ | ā­bā­dhā­tya­ya­bra­hya­ca­rya­svā­dhyā­ya­dhyā­nā­di­pra­si­ddhya­rthaṃ TAŚVA-ML 495,01vi­vi­kta­śa­yyā­sa­naṃ | kā­ya­kle­śaḥ sthā­na­mau­nā­ta­pa­nā­di­r a­ne­ka­dhā | de­ha­duḥ­kha­ti­ti­kṣā­su­khā­na­bhi­ṣv aṃ­ga­pra­va­ca­na­pra- TAŚVA-ML 495,02bhā­va­nā­dya­rthaḥ | pa­rī­ṣa­ha­jā­tī­ya­tvā­t pau­na­r u­ktya­m i­ti ce­n na­, sva­kṛ­ta­kle­śā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t kā­ya­kle­śa­sya | sa­mya­g i­ty a- TAŚVA-ML 495,03nu­vṛ­tte­r dṛ­ṣṭa­pha­la­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ­, sa­mya­gyo­ga­ni­gra­ho gu­pti­r i­ty a­taḥ sa­mya­gyra­ha­ṇa­m a­nu­va­rta­te | bā­hya­dra­vyā­pe­kṣa­tvā­d bā­hya­tvaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 495,04pa­ra­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t tī­rthya­gra­ha­stha­kā­rya­tvā­c cā­na­śa­nā­deḥ | e­ta­c ca ka­rma­ni­rda­ha­nā­t ta­paḥ­, de­heṃ­dri­ya­tā­pā­d vā | ke­ṣā TAŚVA-ML 495,05pu­naḥ ka­rma­ṇāṃ saṃ­va­raḥ syā­t ta­pa­so '­smā­d i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.19.1ṣo­ḍhā bā­hyaṃ vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭaṃ ta­po­trā­na­śa­nā­di ya­t | saṃ­va­ra­s te­na ca jñe­yo hy a­ta­po­he­tu­ka­rma­ṇāṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 495,07a­thā­bhyaṃ­ta­raṃ ta­paḥ pra­kā­śa­ya­nn ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.20 prā­ya­ści­tta­vi­na­ya­vai­yā­vṛ­ttya­svā­dhyā­ya­vyu­tsa­rga­dhyā­nā­ny u­tta­ra­m |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 495,09ta­pa i­ti saṃ­ba­dhya­te | a­syā­nya­tī­rthā­na­bhya­sta­tvā­d u­tta­ra­tvaṃ a­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­tva­m i­ti yā­va­t­, aṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­vyā­pā­rā- TAŚVA-ML 495,10d bā­hya­dra­vyā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­t | sva­ta e­ta­c ca sva­saṃ­ve­dya­m i­ti da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.20.1prā­ya­ści­ttā­di­ṣa­ḍbhe­daṃ ta­paḥ saṃ­va­ra­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | syā­d u­tta­raṃ sva­saṃ­ve­dya­m i­ti spa­ṣṭa­ma­no­ga­taṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 495,12ta­dbhe­da­ga­ṇa­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.21 na­va­ca­tu­rda­śa­paṃ­ca­dvi­bhe­dā ya­thā­kra­maṃ prā­gdhyā­nā­t |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 495,14na­vā­dī­nāṃ bhe­da­śa­bde­no­pa­saṃ­hi­tā­nā­m a­nya­pa­dā­rthā vṛ­ttiḥ | dvi­śa­bda­sya pū­rva­ni­pā­ta­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, pū­rva­sū- TAŚVA-ML 495,15trā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t | śā­bdā­n nyā­yā­d dvaṃ­dve syu­r a­lpā­cta­ra­m i­ti sū­trā­t saṃ­yo­gā­d a­lpī­ya­sa i­ty u­pa­saṃ­khyā­nā­c ca dvi­śa­bda­sya TAŚVA-ML 495,16pū­rva­ni­pā­ta­pra­sa­ktā­v a­py a­rthā­n nyā­yā­t prā­ya­ści­ttā­di­sū­trā­rthā­pe­kṣa­yā ya­thā­kra­ma­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­rtha­la­kṣa­ṇa­m u­llaṃ­dhya­te­, a­rtha­sya TAŚVA-ML 495,17ba­lī­ya­stvā­t la­kṣyā­nu­vi­dhā­nā­l la­kṣa­ṇa­sya | e­te ca na­vā­da­yaḥ pra­bhe­dā i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.21.1pro­ktā na­vā­da­yo bhe­dāḥ prā­gdhyā­nā­t te ya­thā­kra­maṃ | prā­ya­ści­ttā­di­bhe­dā­nāṃ ta­pa­so bhyaṃ­ta­ra­sya hi |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 495,19ya­ta­s ta­pa­so '­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­sya prā­ya­ści­ttā­da­ya e­va bhe­dā­tmā­no na­vā­da­ya­s te­ṣāṃ bhe­dā i­ti pra­bhe­dā­s te | prā­gdhyā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 495,20d i­ti va­ca­naṃ ya­thā­saṃ­khya­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 495,21ta­trā­sya ta­po­bhe­da­sya na­va­vi­ka­lpā­n pra­ti­pā­da­ya­nn ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.22 ā­lo­ca­na­pra­ti­kra­ma­ṇa­ta­du­bha­ya­vi­ve­ka­vyu­tsa­rga­ta­pa­śche­da­pa­ri­hā­ro­pa­sthā­pa­nāḥ |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 495,23prā­ya­ści­tta­sya na­va vi­ka­lpāḥ pra­mā­da­do­ṣa­vyu­dā­sa­bhā­va­pra­sā­da­niḥ­śa­lyā­na­va­sthā­vyā­vṛ­tti­ma­ryā­d ā­tyā­ga­saṃ­ya­ma­dā- TAŚVA-ML 495,24rḍhya­bhā­va­nā­di­si­ddhya­rthaṃ prā­ya­ści­ttaṃ­, prā­yo­pa­rā­dha­s ta­sya ci­ttaṃ vi­śu­ddhya­rtha­m i­ty a­rthaḥ | ta­syā­lo­ca­nā­da­yo ni­ra­va­dya- TAŚVA-ML 495,25vṛ­tta­yo na­va vi­ka­lpā bha­vaṃ­tī­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.22.1ā­lo­ca­nā­da­yo bhe­dāḥ prā­ya­ści­tta­sya te na­va | ya­thā­ga­ma­m i­ha jñe­yā ni­ra­va­dya­pra­vṛ­tta­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 495,27ta­tra gu­ra­ve pra­mā­da­ni­ve­da­naṃ da­śa­do­ṣa­vi­va­rji­ta­m ā­lo­ca­naṃ | prā­ya­ści­tta­la­ghu­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­m u­pa­ka­ra­ṇa­dā­naṃ­, ya­di la­ghu TAŚVA-ML 495,28me śa­ktya­pe­kṣaṃ kiṃ­ci­t prā­ya­ści­ttaṃ dī­ya­te ta­dā­haṃ do­ṣaṃ ni­ve­da­yā­mī­ti dī­na­va­ca­naṃ­, pa­rā­dṛ­ṣṭa­do­ṣa­gū­ha­ne­na pra­ka­ṭa- TAŚVA-ML 495,29do­ṣa­ni­ve­da­naṃ­, pra­mā­dā­la­syā­bhyā­ma­lpa­do­ṣā­v a­jñā­ne­na sthū­la­do­ṣa­pra­ti­pā­da­naṃ­, ma­hā­do­ṣa­saṃ­va­ra­ṇe­nā­lpa­do­ṣa­ka­tha­naṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 495,30ī­dṛ­śe do­ṣe kiṃ prā­ya­ści­tta­m i­ty u­pā­ye­na pra­ccha­nnaṃ­, ba­hu­ya­ti­ja­nā­lo­ca­nā­śa­bdā­ku­le sva­do­ṣa­ni­ve­da­naṃ­, ki­m i­daṃ TAŚVA-ML 495,31gu­rū­pa­pā­di­taṃ prā­ya­ści­ttaṃ yu­kta­m ā­ga­me na ve­ty a­nu­gu­ru­pra­śnaḥ­, ma­ha­d a­pi prā­ya­ści­ttaṃ gṛ­hī­taṃ na pha­la­ka­ra­m i­ti saṃ­ciṃ­tya TAŚVA-ML 495,32sva­sa­mā­nā­ya pra­mā­dā­ve­da­naṃ­, pa­ra­gṛ­hī­ta­syai­va prā­ya­ści­tta­syā­nu­ma­te­na sva­du­śca­ri­ta­saṃ­va­ra­ṇaṃ­, i­ti da­śā­lo­ca­na­do- TAŚVA-ML 495,33ṣā­s te­ṣāṃ va­rja­na­m ā­tmā­pa­rā­dha­syā­śv e­va ni­rmā­ya bā­la­va­dṛ­ju­bu­ddhyā­bhi­dhā­naṃ ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­m ā­lo­ca­naṃ sa­mya­ga­va­gaṃ­ta­vyaṃ | TAŚVA-ML 496,01ta­c ca saṃ­ya­tā­śra­yaṃ dvi­vi­ṣa­ya­m e­kāṃ­te saṃ­ya­ti­kā­śra­yaṃ tri­vi­ṣa­yaṃ pra­kā­śe prā­ya­ści­ttaṃ gṛ­hī­tvā ku­rva­to '­ku­rva­ta­ś ca TAŚVA-ML 496,02ku­ta­ści­t ta­pa­śca­ra­ṇa­sā­pha­lye­ta­rā­di­gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­pra­sa­ktiḥ pra­si­ddhai­va | mi­thyā­du­ṣkṛ­tā­bhi­dhā­nā­dya­bhi­vya­kta­pra­ti­kri­yā TAŚVA-ML 496,03pra­ti­kra­ma­ṇaṃ | ta­du­bha­ya­saṃ­sa­rge sa­ti sā­dha­naṃ ta­du­bha­yaṃ sa­rva­sya pra­ti­kra­ma­ṇa­syā­lo­ca­na­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t ke­va­laṃ pra­ti­kra- TAŚVA-ML 496,04ma­ṇa­m a­yu­kta­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­tra gu­ru­ṇā­bhya­nu­jñā­te­na śi­ṣye­ṇai­vā­lo­ca­na­ka­ra­ṇā­t | ta­du­bha­ya­smi­n gu­ru­ṇai­vo­bha­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 496,05vi­dhā­nā­t | saṃ­sa­ktā­n na­pā­no­pa­ka­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ vi­bha­ja­naṃ vi­ve­kaḥ | vyu­tsa­rgaḥ kā­yo­tsa­rgā­di­ka­ra­ṇaṃ | ta­po­na­śa- TAŚVA-ML 496,06nā­di­, di­va­sa­pa­kṣa­mā­sā­di­nā pra­vra­jyā­hā­pa­naṃ che­daḥ | pa­kṣa­mā­sā­di­vi­bhā­ge­na dū­ra­taḥ pa­ri­va­rja­naṃ pa­ri­hā­raḥ | TAŚVA-ML 496,07pu­na­rdī­kṣā­prā­pa­ṇa­m u­pa­sthā­pa­naṃ | ta­d i­daṃ na­va­vi­dha­m a­pi prā­ya­ści­ttaṃ kiṃ ka­smi­n pra­mā­dā­ca­ri­te syā­d i­ti pa­ra­mā­ga- TAŚVA-ML 496,08mā­d a­va­se­yaṃ­, ta­sya de­śa­kā­lā­dya­pe­kṣa­syā­nya­thā­va­sā­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 496,09a­tha vi­na­ya­vi­ka­lpa­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.23 jñā­na­da­rśa­na­cā­ri­tro­pa­cā­rāḥ |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 496,11vi­na­ya i­ty a­nu­va­rta­te­, pra­tye­ka­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ jñā­na­vi­na­ya i­tyā­di | ta­tra sa­ba­hu­mā­na­jñā­na­gra­ha­ṇā­bhyā­sa­sma­ra­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 496,12di­r jñā­na­vi­na­yaḥ | pa­dā­rtha­śra­ddhā­ne niḥ­śaṃ­ki­ta­tvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇo­pe­ta­tā da­rśa­na­vi­na­yaḥ­, sā­mā­yi­kā­dau lo­ka­biṃ­du­sā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 496,13pa­ryaṃ­te śru­ta­sa­mu­dre bha­ga­va­dbhiḥ pra­kā­śi­te '­nya­thā pa­dā­rtha­ka­tha­nā­saṃ­bha­va­nā­t | ta­dva­ta­ś cā­ri­tre sa­mā­hi­ta­ci­tta­tā TAŚVA-ML 496,14cā­ri­tra­vi­na­yaḥ | pra­tya­kṣe­ṣv ā­cā­ryā­di­ṣv a­bhyu­tthā­nā­bhi­ga­ma­nāṃ­ja­li­ka­ra­ṇā­di­r u­pa­cā­ra­vi­na­yaḥ­, pa­ro­kṣe­ṣv a­pi kā­ya­vā- TAŚVA-ML 496,15ṅma­no­bhi­r aṃ­ja­li­kri­yā­gu­ṇa­saṃ­kī­rta­nā­nu­sma­ra­ṇā­diḥ | jñā­na­lā­bhā­cā­ra­vi­śu­ddhi­sa­mya­gā­rā­dha­nā­dya­va­laṃ­ba­naṃ vi­na­ya­bhā­va­naṃ | TAŚVA-ML 496,16ki­ma­rthaṃ pu­na­r jñā­nā­da­yo vi­na­yā i­ty a­bhe­de­no­ktā i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.23.1jñā­nā­da­yo tra ca­tvā­ro vi­na­yāḥ pra­ti­pā­di­tāḥ | ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­da­bhe­da­sya si­ddha­ye pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.23.2jñā­nā­di­bhā­va­nā sa­mya­gjñā­nā­di­vi­na­yo hi naḥ | ta­syāṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­tā na syā­d a­nya­thā­ny e­va ve­da­nā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 496,19a­tha vai­yā­vṛ­ttya­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.24 ā­cā­ryo­pā­dhyā­ya­ta­pa­svi­śai­kṣya­glā­na­ga­ṇa­ku­la­saṃ­gha­sā­dhu­ma­no­jñā­nā­m |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 496,21vai­yā­vṛ­ttya­m i­ty a­nu­vṛ­tteḥ pra­tye­ka­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | vyā­vṛ­tta­sya bhā­vaḥ ka­rma vā vai­yā­vṛ­ttyaṃ | ki­ma­rthaṃ ta­du­kta­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.24.1ā­cā­rya­pra­bhṛ­tī­nāṃ ya­d da­śā­nāṃ vi­ni­ve­di­taṃ | vai­yā­vṛ­ttyaṃ bha­ve­d e­ta­d a­nva­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 496,23ā­ca­raṃ­ti ta­smā­d vra­tā­nī­ty ā­cā­ryaḥ | u­pe­tya ta­smā­d a­dhī­ya­ta i­ty u­pā­dhyā­yaḥ | ma­ho­pa­vā­sā­dya­nu­ṣṭhā­yī ta­pa­svī | TAŚVA-ML 496,24śi­kṣā­śī­laḥ śai­kṣaḥ | ru­jā­di­kli­ṣṭa­śa­rī­ro glā­naḥ | ga­ṇaḥ stha­vi­ra­saṃ­ta­tiḥ | dī­kṣa­kā­cā­rya­saṃ­styā­yaḥ ku­laṃ | TAŚVA-ML 496,25cā­tu­rva­rṇya­śra­ma­ṇa­ni­va­haḥ saṃ­ghaḥ | ci­ra­pra­vra­ji­taḥ sā­dhuḥ | ma­no­jño '­bhi­rū­paḥ­, saṃ­ma­to vā lo­ka­sya vi­dva­ttva­va- TAŚVA-ML 496,26ktṛ­tva­ma­hā­ku­la­tvā­di­bhiḥ­, a­saṃ­ya­ta­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭi­r vā | te­ṣāṃ vyā­dhi­pa­rī­ṣa­ha­mi­thyā­tvā­dyu­pa­ni­pā­te ta­tpra­tī­kā­ro TAŚVA-ML 496,27vai­yā­vṛ­ttyaṃ­, bā­hya­dra­vyā­saṃ­bha­ve sva­kā­ye­na ta­dā­nu­kū­lyā­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ ca | ta­c ca sa­mā­dhyā­dhā­nā­vi­ci­ki­tsā­bhā­va­pra­va­ca­na- TAŚVA-ML 496,28vā­tsa­lyā­dya­bhi­vya­ktya­rthaṃ | ba­hū­pa­de­śā­t kva­ci­n ni­ya­me­na pra­vṛ­ti­jñā­pa­nā­ya bhū­ya­sā­mu­pa­nyā­saḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 496,29a­tha svā­dhyā­ya­pra­rū­pa­ṇā­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.25 vā­ca­nā­pṛ­ccha­nā­nu­pre­kṣā­m nā­ya­dha­rmo­pa­de­śāḥ |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 496,31svā­dhyā­ya i­ty a­nu­va­rta­mā­ne­nā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | ni­ra­va­dya­graṃ­thā­rtho­bha­ya­pra­ti­pā­da­naṃ vā­ca­nā | saṃ­śa­ya­cche­dā­ya ni­ści­ta- TAŚVA-ML 496,32ba­lā­dhā­nā­ya vā pa­rā­nu­yo­gaḥ pṛ­ccha­nā | a­dhi­ga­tā­rtha­sya ma­na­sā­bhyā­so '­nu­pre­kṣā | gho­ṣa­śu­ddhaṃ pa­ri­va­rta­na­m ā­mnā­yaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 496,33dha­rma­ka­thā­dya­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ dha­rmo­pa­de­śaḥ | pra­jñā­ti­śa­ya­pra­śa­stā­dhya­va­sā­yā­dya­rthaṃ svā­dhyā­yaḥ | ka­tha­m a­ya­m aṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­rū­pa i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.25.1svā­dhyā­yaḥ paṃ­ca­dhā pro­kto vā­ca­nā­di­pra­bhe­da­taḥ | aṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­śru­ta­jñā­na­bhā­va­nā­tma­tva­ta­s tu saḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 497,02a­tha vyu­tsa­rga­pra­ti­ni­rde­śā­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.26 bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ro­pa­dhyoḥ |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 497,04vyu­tsa­rga i­ty a­nu­vṛ­tte­r vya­ti­re­ka­ni­rde­śaḥ pū­rva­va­t | u­pa­dhī­ya­te ba­lā­dhā­nā­rtha­m i­ty u­pa­dhiḥ | a­nu­pā­tta­va­stu­tyā­go TAŚVA-ML 497,05bā­hyo­pa­dhi­vyu­tsa­rgaḥ | kro­dhā­di­bhā­va­ni­vṛ­tti­r a­bhyaṃ­ta­ro­pa­dhi­vyu­tsa­rgaḥ | kā­ya­tyā­ga­ś ca ni­ya­ta­kā­lo yā­va­j jī­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 497,06vā | pa­ri­gra­ha­ni­vṛ­tte­r a­va­ca­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya dha­na­hi­ra­ṇya­va­sa­nā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t | dha­rmā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 497,07prā­su­ka­ni­ra­va­dyā­hā­rā­di­ni­vṛ­tti­taṃ­tra­tvā­t | prā­ya­ści­ttā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya pra­ti­dvaṃ­dvi­bhā­vā­t | prā­ya- TAŚVA-ML 497,08ści­tta­sya hi vyu­tsa­rga­syā­ti­cā­raḥ pra­ti­dvaṃ­dvī­ṣya­te ni­ra­pe­kṣa­ś cā­yaṃ ta­to nai­ta­dva­ca­na­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ | a­ne­ka­trā­va­ca­na­m a- TAŚVA-ML 497,09ne­nai­va ga­ta­tvā­d i­ti ce­n na­, śa­ktya­pe­kṣa­tvā­t | ta­d e­vā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.26.1syā­d bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ro­pa­dhyo­r vyu­tsa­rgo dhi­kṛ­to dvi­dhā | vra­ta­dha­rmā­tma­ko dā­na­prā­ya­ści­ttā­tma­ko '­pa­raḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.26.2ka­thaṃ­ci­t tyā­ga­tāṃ prā­pto py e­ko ni­rdi­śya­te nṛ­ṇāṃ | śa­kti­bhe­da­vya­pe­kṣā­yāṃ pha­le­ṣv e­ko py a­ne­ka­dhā |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 497,12sā­va­dya­pra­tyā­khyā­na­śa­ktya­pe­kṣa­yā hi vra­tā­pa­ri­tyā­gaḥ | sa cā­vra­tā­sra­va­ni­ro­dha­pha­laḥ | pu­ṇyā­sra­va­pha­laṃ tu dā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 497,13svā­ti­sa­rga­śa­ktya­pe­kṣaṃ | dha­rmā­tma­ka­s tu saṃ­va­ra­ṇa­śa­ktya­pe­kṣa­s tyā­gaḥ prā­ya­ści­ttā­tma­ko ti­cā­ra­śo­dha­na­śa­ktya­pe­kṣaḥ TAŚVA-ML 497,14a­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­ta­po­rū­pa­s tu kā­yo­tsa­rja­na­śa­ktya­pe­kṣa i­ti tyā­ga­sā­mā­nyā­d e­ko py a­ne­kaḥ | sa ca niḥ­saṃ­ga­ni­rbha­ya­jī- TAŚVA-ML 497,15vi­tā­śā­vyu­dā­sā­dya­rthaṃ vyu­tsa­rgaḥ | ka­tha­m u­pa­dhyo­r bā­hya­tā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­tā ca ma­tā ya­ta­s ta­po­vyu­tsa­rgaḥ syā­d i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.26.3bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­to­pa­dhyo­r a­nu­pā­tte­ta­ra­tva­taḥ | jī­ve­na ta­tra kā­yā­dyo­r ve­dyā­ve­dyo­r nṛ­ṇāṃ ma­tā |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 497,17a­tha dhyā­naṃ vyā­khyā­tu­kā­maḥ prā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.27 u­tta­ma­saṃ­ha­na­na­syai­kā­gra­ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dho dhyā­na­māṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā­t |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 497,19ki­m a­ne­na sū­tre­ṇa kri­ya­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.27.1u­tta­me­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa dhyā­naṃ dhyā­tā­bhi­dhī­ya­te | dhye­yaṃ ca dhyā­na­kā­la­ś ca sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­tpa­ri­kri­yā |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 497,21ta­tra ka­ści­d ā­ha – yo­ga­ści­tta­vṛ­tti­ni­ro­dha i­ti­, sa e­vaṃ pa­rya­nu­yo­jyaḥ ki­m a­śe­ṣa­ci­tta­vṛ­tti­ro­dha­s tu­cchaḥ TAŚVA-ML 497,22kiṃ vā sthi­ra­jñā­nā­tma­ka i­ti ? nā­dyaḥ pa­kṣaḥ śre­yā­nu­tta­ra­s tu syā­d i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.27.2nā­bhā­vo śe­ṣa­ci­ttā­nāṃ tu­cchaḥ pra­mi­ti­saṃ­ga­taḥ | sthi­ra­jñā­nā­tma­ka­ś ci­ttā­ni­ro­dho no­tra saṃ­ga­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 497,24na­nu cā­śe­ṣa­ci­tta­vṛ­tti­ni­ro­dhā­n na tu­ccho bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te ta­sya grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­d a­ni­ści­ta­tvā­t | kiṃ ta­rhiṃ ? TAŚVA-ML 497,25puṃ­saḥ sva­rū­pe va­sthā­na­m e­va ta­nni­ro­dhaḥ sa e­va hi sa­mā­dhi­ra­saṃ­pra­jñā­to yo­go dhyā­na­m i­ti ca gī­ya­te jñā­na­syā­pi TAŚVA-ML 497,26ta­dā sa­mā­dhi­bhṛ­tā­mu­cche­dā­t | '­ta­dā dra­ṣṭuḥ sva­rū­pe va­sthā­naṃ­' i­ti va­ca­nā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 9.27.3dra­ṣṭā hy ā­tmā­jñā­na­vāṃ­s tu na kuṃ­bhā­dy a­sti ka­sya­ci­t | dha­rma­me­gha­sa­mā­dhi­ś ce­n na dra­ṣṭā jñā­na­vā­n ya­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 497,28ta­thā hi – jñā­na­vā­nā­tmā dra­ṣṭṛ­tvā­t ya­s tu na jñā­na­vā­n sa na dra­ṣṭā ya­thā kuṃ­bhā­di dra­ṣṭā vā­tmā ta­to jñā­na- TAŚVA-ML 497,29vā­n | pra­dhā­naṃ jñā­na­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­syai­va dra­ṣṭṛ­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d a­dra­ṣṭu­r jñā­na­va­ttā­bhā­vā­t kuṃ­bhā­di­va­t | a­jñā­na­va­ttve TAŚVA-ML 497,30pu­ru­ṣa­syā­ni­tya­tvā­pa­tti­r i­ti ce­n na­, pra­dhā­na­syā­py a­ni­tya­tvā­nu­ṣa­kteḥ | ta­tpa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya vya­kta­syā­ni­tya­tvo­pa­ga­mā- TAŚVA-ML 497,31d a­do­ṣa i­ti ce­t­, pu­ru­ṣa­pa­ryā­ya­syā­pi bo­dha­vi­śe­ṣā­de­r a­ni­tya­tve ko do­ṣaḥ ? ta­sya pu­ru­ṣā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­vya­ti­re­ke TAŚVA-ML 497,32bhaṃ­gu­ra­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­t­, pra­dhā­nā­d vya­ktaṃ ki­m a­tyaṃ­ta­vya­ti­ri­kta­m i­ṣṭaṃ ye­na ta­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­vya­ti­re­kā­d a­ni­tya­tā na TAŚVA-ML 497,33bha­ve­t | vya­ktā­vya­kta­yo­r a­vya­ti­re­kai­kāṃ­te pi vya­kta­m e­vā­ni­tyaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­n na pu­na­r a­vya­ktaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvā­d i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 498,01ta­ta e­va jñā­nā­tma­no­r a­vya­ti­re­ke pi jñā­na­m e­vā­ni­tya­m a­stu pu­ru­ṣa­s tu ni­tyo stu vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t | pu­ru­ṣo '­pa­ri­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 498,02my e­ve­ti ce­t­, pra­dhā­na­m a­pi pa­ri­ṇā­mi mā bhū­t | vya­kteḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mi pra­dhā­naṃ na śa­kteḥ sa­rva­dā sthā­snu­tvā­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 498,03ce­t­, ta­thā pu­ru­ṣo pi sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t sa­rva­sya sa­taḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­sā­dha­nā­c ca­, a­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ni kra­ma­yau- TAŚVA-ML 498,04ga­pa­dya­vi­ro­dhā­d a­rtha­kri­yā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ sa­ttva­syai­vā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­to dra­ṣṭā­tmā jñā­na­vā­n e­va bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ti na ta­sya TAŚVA-ML 498,05sva­rū­pe va­sthi­ti­r a­jñā­nā­tmi­kā kā­ci­d a­saṃ­pra­jñā­ta­yo­ga­da­śā­yā­m u­pa­pa­dya­te ja­ḍā­tma­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚV-ML 9.27.4saṃ­pra­jñā­ta­s tu yo yo­go vṛ­tti­sā­rū­pya­mā­tra­kaṃ | saṃ­jñā­nā­tma­ka e­ve­ti na vi­vā­do sti tā­va­tā |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 498,07saṃ­pra­jñā­to yo­go jñā­nā­tma­ka e­va '­vṛ­tti­sā­rū­pya­m i­ta­ra­tre­'­ti va­ca­nā­t | vṛ­tta­yaḥ paṃ­ca­ta­yyaḥ tā­sāṃ vi­ṣa­ya- TAŚVA-ML 498,08sā­rū­pya­mā­traṃ ji­hā­so­pā­di­tsā­ra­hi­ta­m u­pe­kṣā­pha­laṃ ta­ddhyā­naṃ ci­tta­vṛ­tti­ni­ro­dha­sye­tthaṃ­bhū­ta­sya bhā­vā­d i­ti ya­d bhā­ṣya­te TAŚVA-ML 498,09ta­tra jñā­nā­tma­tva­mā­tre­ṇa nā­sti vi­vā­daḥ sa­rva­sya dhyā­na­sya jñā­nā­tma­ka­tva­pra­si­ddheḥ | jñā­na­m e­va sthi­rī­bhū­taṃ sa­mā- TAŚVA-ML 498,10dhi­r i­ti pa­rai­r a­py a­bhi­dhā­nā­t | vi­ṣa­ya­sā­rū­pyaṃ tu vṛ­ttī­nāṃ pra­ti­biṃ­bā­dhā­naṃ ta­dā­nu­pa­pa­nna­m e­va kva­ci­d a­mū­rte rthe ka­sya- TAŚVA-ML 498,11ci­t pra­ti­biṃ­bā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­thā hi – na pra­ti­biṃ­ba­bhṛ­to vṛ­tta­yo '­mū­rta­tvā­d ya­thā khaṃ ya­t pra­ti­biṃ­ba­bhṛ­n na ta­da­mū­rtaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaṃ TAŚVA-ML 498,12ya­thā da­rpa­ṇā­di | ka­rma­bhṛ­ta­ś ca vṛ­tta­ya­s ta­smā­n na pra­ti­biṃ­ba­bhṛ­ta i­ty a­tra na tā­va­d a­si­ddho he­tu­r jñā­na­vṛ­ttī­nāṃ mū­rta­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 498,13na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t | ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ma­no­va­da­ti­sū­kṣma­tvā­d a­pra­tya­kṣa­tve sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­pra­tya­kṣa- TAŚVA-ML 498,14tā­pi na syā­t ta­dva­d e­va | na cā­sva­saṃ­vi­di­tā e­va jñā­na­vṛ­tta­yo rtha­grā­hi­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t | pra­dī­pā­di­va­da­sva­saṃ­vi­di­te pi TAŚVA-ML 498,15vi­ṣa­ya­grā­hi­tvaṃ jñā­na­vṛ­ttī­nā­m a­vi­ru­ddha­m i­ti ce­n na­, vai­ṣa­myā­t | pra­dī­pā­di­dra­vyaṃ hi nā­rtha­grā­hi sva­ya­m a­ce­ta­na- TAŚVA-ML 498,16tvā­t | kiṃ ta­rhi ? ca­kṣu­rā­de rū­pā­di­grā­hi jñā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­sya sa­ha­kā­ri­ta­yā­rtha­grā­hī­ty u­pa­ca­rya­te na pu­naḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha- TAŚVA-ML 498,17ta­s ta­tra ta­thā jñā­na­vṛ­tta­yaḥ | ya­s tu ta­ttva­to rtha­grā­hi­ṇa i­ṣyaṃ­te ta­to na sā­mya­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sye­ti nā­sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­tva- TAŚVA-ML 498,18si­ddhi­s tā­sāṃ da­rśa­na­va­t | na ca sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­tvaṃ ka­sya­ci­n mū­rta­sya dṛ­ṣṭa­m i­ṣṭaṃ cā­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ty a­mū­rta­tva­m e­va ci­tta- TAŚVA-ML 498,19vṛ­ttī­nā­m a­va­sthi­taṃ ta­to nā­si­ddho he­tuḥ | nā­py a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko vi­ru­ddho vā vi­pa­kṣa­vṛ­ttya­bhā­vā­d ya­ta­ś ci­tta­vṛ­ttī­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 498,20pra­ti­biṃ­ba­bhṛ­ttvā­bhā­vo na si­ddhye­t | vi­ṣa­ya­pra­ti­ni­ya­mā­ny a­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā pra­ti­biṃ­ba­bhṛ­to jñā­na­vṛ­tta­ya i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 498,21ni­rā­kā­ra­tve pi vi­ṣa­ya­pra­ti­ni­ya­ma­si­ddheḥ puṃ­so da­rśa­na­sya bho­ga­ni­ya­ma­va­t | a­tha bu­ddhi­pra­ti­biṃ­bi­ta­m e­va ni­ya­ta- TAŚVA-ML 498,22m a­rthaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­ś ce­ta­ya­te nā­nya­thā pra­ti­ni­ya­mā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ti ma­taṃ­, ta­rhi bu­ddhi­r a­pi ku­taḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­rtha­pra­ti­biṃ­baṃ TAŚVA-ML 498,23bi­bha­rti na pu­naḥ sa­ka­lā­rtha­pra­ti­biṃ­ba­m i­ti | ni­ya­ma­he­tu­r vā­nyaḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­haṃ­kā­rā­bhi­ma­ta­m e­vā­rthaṃ bu­ddhiḥ pra­ti- TAŚVA-ML 498,24biṃ­ba­ya­tī­ti ce­t­, ki­m a­na­yā pa­raṃ­pa­rā­pra­ti­biṃ­ba­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇai­vā­haṃ­kā­ra­pra­ti­ni­ya­mi­ta­m a­rthaṃ bu­ddhi­r vya­va­sya­ti ma­naḥ­.­.­.­.­.­.­. TAŚVA-ML 498,25sva­sā­ma­grīṃ pra­ti­ni­ya­mā­d e­va sa­rva­tra pra­ti­ni­ya­ma­si­ddhe­r a­laṃ pra­ti­biṃ­ba­ka­lpa­na­yā | ta­thā ca na ci­tta­vṛ­ttī­nāṃ sā­rū­pyaṃ TAŚVA-ML 498,26nā­ma ya­n mā­traṃ saṃ­pra­jñā­ta­yo­gaḥ syā­d i­ti pa­re­ṣāṃ dhyā­nā­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | nā­pi dhye­yaṃ ta­sya sū­tre nu­pā­dā­nā­t | dhyā­nā- TAŚVA-ML 498,27si­ddhau ta­da­si­ddhe­ś ca | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ tu dhyā­naṃ dhye­ye vi­śi­ṣṭe sū­tri­ta­m e­va­, ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha­syai­ka­de­śa­taḥ kā­rtsnya­to TAŚVA-ML 498,28vā dhyā­na­syai­kā­gra­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | ta­thā hi­ —TAŚV-ML 9.27.5a­ne­ka­trā­pra­dhā­ne vā vi­ṣa­ye ka­lpi­te pi vā | mā bhū­c ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dho ya­m i­ty e­kā­gre sa saṃ­smṛ­taḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.27.6e­kā­gre­ṇe­ti vā nā­nā­mu­kha­tve­na ni­vṛ­tta­ye | kva­ci­c ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha­syā­dhyā­na­tve­na pra­bhā­di­va­t |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 498,31e­ka­śa­bdaḥ saṃ­khyā­pa­daṃ­, aṃ­gya­te ta­daṃ­ga­ti ta­smi­nn i­ti vā­graṃ mu­khaṃ­, bha­dreṃ­drā­gra­vi­pre­tyā­di ni­pā­ta­nā­t aṃ­ge- TAŚVA-ML 498,32r ga­tya­rtha­sya ka­rma­ṇy a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇe vā ra­gvi­dhā­nā­t | ciṃ­tāṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­vṛ­ttiḥ a­ni­ya­ta­kri­yā­rtha­sya ni­ya­ta­kri­yā­ka­rtṛ­tve­nā- TAŚVA-ML 498,33va­sthā­naṃ ni­ro­dhaḥ e­ka­m a­graṃ mu­khaṃ ya­sya so ya­m e­kā­graḥ ciṃ­tā­yā ni­ro­dhaḥ e­kā­gra­ś cā­sau ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha­ś ca sa i­ty e- TAŚVA-ML 498,34kā­gra­ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dhaḥ | sa ku­ta i­ti ce­t­, e­kā­gra­tve­na ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dho vī­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­t pra­dī­pa­śi­khā­va­t | vī­rya- TAŚVA-ML 498,35vi­śe­ṣo hi dī­pa­śi­khā­yā ni­rvā­ta­pra­ka­ra­ṇa­tve aṃ­ta­raṃ­ba­hi­raṃ­ga­he­tu­va­śā­t pa­ri­spaṃ­dā­bhā­vo­pa­pa­ttau vi­bhā­vya­te ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 499,01ciṃ­tā­yā a­pi vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­vi­ga­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­rā­ku­la­de­śā­di­he­tu­va­śā­di­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­ya­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­mu­nnī­ya­te | ta­ta TAŚVA-ML 499,02e­kā­gra­tyaṃ te­na ciṃ­tāṃ­ta­ra­ni­ro­dhā­d e­kā­gra­ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha i­ti nā­nā­mu­kha­tve­na ta­sya ni­vṛ­ttiḥ si­ddhā bha­va­ti | TAŚVA-ML 499,03a­rtha­pa­ryā­ya­vā­cī vā a­gra­śa­bdaḥ­, aṃ­gya­te i­ty a­gra­m i­ti ka­rma­sā­dha­na­syā­gra­śa­bda­syā­rtha­pa­ryā­ya­vā­ci­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 499,04e­ka­tvaṃ ca ta­da­graṃ ca ta­de­kā­graṃ e­ka­tva­saṃ­khyā­vi­śi­ṣṭo rthaḥ | pra­dhā­na­bhū­te vā pra­dhā­na­vā­ci­na e­ka­śa­bda­syā­śra­ya- TAŚVA-ML 499,05ṇā­t | e­kā­gre ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha e­kā­gra­ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha i­ti yo­ga­vi­bhā­gā­t ma­yū­ra­vyaṃ­sa­kā­di­tvā­d vā vṛ­ttiḥ | ta­to TAŚVA-ML 499,06'­ne­kā­rthe gu­ṇa­bhū­te vā ka­lpa­nā­ro­po dhyā­naṃ mā bhū­t | na­nv a­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nāṃ sa­rva­syā­rtha­syai­kā­ne­ka­rū­pa­tvā­t ka­tha- TAŚVA-ML 499,07m a­ne­ka­rū­pa­vya­va­cche­de­nai­kā­gra­dhyā­naṃ vi­dhī­ya­ta i­ti ka­ści­t­, so py a­nā­lo­ci­ta­va­ca­naḥ­, e­ka­syā­rtha­sya pa­ryā­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 499,08vā pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve dhyā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­va­ca­nā­t | ta­tra dra­vya­sya pa­ryā­yāṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ ca sa­ttve pi gu­ṇī­bhū­ta­tvā­d dhyā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tva- TAŚVA-ML 499,09vya­va­cche­dā­t | ta­ta e­va cai­ka­śa­bda­sya saṃ­khyā­prā­dhā­nya­vā­ci­no vyā­khyā­nā­t | na­nv e­vaṃ ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta e­va TAŚVA-ML 499,10vi­ṣa­ye dhyā­na­m u­ktaṃ syā­t ta­ttva­taḥ pa­ryā­ya­mā­tra­sya va­stu­no nu­pa­pa­tte­r dra­vya­mā­tra­va­t­, dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tma­no jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 499,11va­stu­tvā­t na­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­sya ca va­stve­ka­de­śa­tvā­nya­thā na­ya­sya vi­ka­lā­de­śa­tva­vi­ro­dhā­d i­ti pa­raḥ | so pi na TAŚVA-ML 499,12nī­ti­vi­t­, pa­ryā­ya­sya ni­rā­kṛ­ta­dra­vya­pa­ryā­yāṃ­ta­ra­syai­va vā va­stu­sā­dha­nā­n ni­ra­sta­sa­ma­sta­pa­ryā­ya­dra­vya­va­t | na pu­na­r a- TAŚVA-ML 499,13pe­kṣi­ta­dra­vya­pa­ryā­yāṃ­ta­ra­sya pa­ryā­ya­syā­va­stu­tvaṃ ta­sya na­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā va­stve­ka­de­śa­tve py a­va­stu­tva­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­t | "­nā­yaṃ TAŚVA-ML 499,14va­stu na cā­va­stu va­stvaṃ­śaḥ ka­thya­te ya­taḥ | na sa­mu­dro '­sa­mu­dro vā sa­mu­drāṃ­śo ya­thai­va hi |­| " i­ti ni­ya- TAŚVA-ML 499,15mā­t | na ca va­stvaṃ­śā­d a­ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta e­va va­stu­no pi ta­thā pra­saṃ­gā­t | sva­rū­pā­laṃ­ba­na­m e­va dhyā­na­m i­ty a­nye­; TAŚVA-ML 499,16te pi na yu­kta­va­ca­saḥ­, sa­rva­thā ta­tsva­rū­pa­sya dhyā­na­dhye­ya­rū­pa­dva­ya­vi­ro­dhā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­ne­ka­sva­rū­pa­sya ta­da­vi­ro­dhi­dhyā- TAŚVA-ML 499,17na­rū­pā­d a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­te dhye­ya­rū­pe dhyā­naṃ pra­va­rta­te i­ti sva­to vya­ti­ri­kta­m e­va dra­vya­pa­ra­mā­ṇuṃ bhā­va­pa­ra­mā­ṇuṃ vā sa­mā- TAŚVA-ML 499,18laṃ­ba­te | na ca dra­vya­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r bhā­va­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r vā­rtha­pa­rya­yo na bha­va­ti pu­dga­lā­di­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t ta­sye­ti ciṃ­ti- TAŚVA-ML 499,19ta­prā­yaṃ | ta­to yaṃ dhyā­na­śa­bdo bhā­va­ka­rtṛ­ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­no vi­va­kṣā­va­śā­t dhye­yaṃ pra­ti vyā­vṛ­tta­sya bhā­va­mā­tra­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 499,20dhyā­ti­rdhyā­na­m i­ti bha­va­ti | ka­ra­ṇa­pra­śaṃ­sā­pa­rā­yāṃ vṛ­ttau ka­rtṛ­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ dhyā­ya­tī­ti dhyā­naṃ | sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­vi- TAŚVA-ML 499,21va­kṣā­yāṃ ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­naṃ dhyā­ya­ty a­ne­na jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­vi­rā­ma­vi­śe­ṣo­dbhū­ta­śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇe­ti dhyā­na­m i­ti | TAŚVA-ML 499,22e­kāṃ­ta­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ do­ṣa­vi­dhā­na­m u­ktaṃ­, pra­tha­ma­sū­tre jñā­na­śa­bda­sya ka­ra­ṇā­di­sā­dha­na­tva­sa­ma­rtha­nā­t ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­sya TAŚVA-ML 499,23dhyā­na­sya bhā­va­sā­dha­na­tvā­dya­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś ca | bhā­va­vaṃ­ta­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa bhā­va­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ka­rtu­r a­bhā­ve ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | TAŚVA-ML 499,24sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­te kā­ra­ka­vya­va­sthā­saṃ­bha­va­sya co­kta­tvā­t | na ca vi­ka­lpā­ro­pi­te vi­ṣa­ye dhyā­na­m i­ty e­kāṃ­ta­vā­do pi TAŚVA-ML 499,25śre­yā­n­, ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­dhyā­na­syā­pi e­ka­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t ku­mā­rī­pa­ri­ka­lpi­ta­bho­jye kā­lpa­ni­ka­bho­ja­na­va­t | na ca pa­ri­ka- TAŚVA-ML 499,26lpi­tā­t dhyā­nā­d dhyā­tuḥ pha­la­m a­ka­lpi­ta­rū­pa­m u­pa­pa­dya­te ka­lpi­ta­bho­ja­nā­d a­ka­lpi­ta­tṛ­pti­va­t | ta­to nai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 499,27dhyā­na­dhye­ya­vya­va­sthā­, pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ro­dhā­t sva­ya­m i­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­ni­rṇa­yā­yo­gā­t dhyā­tu­r a­bhā­vā­c ca | na hi kū­ṭa­stha­pu­ru­ṣo TAŚVA-ML 499,28dhyā­tā pū­rvā­pa­ra­sva­bhā­va­tyā­go­pā­dā­na­hī­na­tvā­t kṣa­ṇi­ka­ci­tta­va­t | nā­pi pra­dhā­naṃ ta­syā­ce­ta­na­tvā­t kā­ya­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 499,29ma­ha­dā­di­vya­ktā­tmā dhyā­te­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya pra­dhā­na­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | ka­lpi­ta­sya cā­va­stu­tvā­t saṃ­tā­na­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 499,30syā­dvā­di­nāṃ tu dhyā­tā­sti­, ta­syo­tta­ma­saṃ­ha­na­na­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya mū­rti­ma­ttvā­t | ta­thā cā­ha -TAŚV-ML 9.27.7pro­ktaṃ saṃ­ha­na­naṃ ya­sya bha­ve­d u­tta­ma­m i­ṣya­te | ta­sya dhyā­naṃ pa­raṃ mu­kti­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ne­ta­ra­sya ta­t |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 499,32ā­dyaṃ saṃ­ha­na­naṃ tra­ya­m u­tta­ma­saṃ­ha­na­naṃ so ya­m u­tta­ma­saṃ­ha­na­na­s ta­sya dhyā­naṃ na pu­na­r a­nu­tta­ma­saṃ­ha­na­na­sya­, ta­sya dhyā­na- TAŚVA-ML 499,33śa­ktya­bhā­vā­t | vi­hi­ta­pa­va­na­vi­ja­ya­syā­nu­tta­ma­saṃ­ha­na­na­syā­pi dhyā­na­sā­ma­rthyaṃ ma­no­vi­ja­ya­prā­pte­r i­ti ce­t­, sa TAŚVA-ML 499,34pa­ra­pa­va­na­vi­ja­yaḥ ku­taḥ ? gu­rū­pa­di­ṣṭā­bhyā­sā­ti­śa­yā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­da­bhyā­sa­syai­vā­nu­tta­ma­saṃ­ha­na­ne­na vi­dhā­tu­m a­śa- TAŚVA-ML 499,35kya­tvā­t | ta­da­bhyā­se pī­ḍo­tpa­tte­r ā­rta­dhyā­na­pra­saṃ­gā­c ca | pa­va­na­dhā­ra­ṇā­yā­m e­vā­va­hi­ta­ma­na­so '­nya­ddhye­ye pra­vṛ­ttya­nu­pa- TAŚVA-ML 500,01pa­tteḥ sa­kṛ­n ma­na­so vyā­pā­ra­dvi­ta­yā­yo­gā­t jñā­na­yau­ga­pa­dya­pra­ya­tna­yau­ga­pa­dyā­bhyāṃ ma­na­so '­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | e­te­na prā­ṇā- TAŚVA-ML 500,02yā­m a­dhā­ra­ṇa­yo­r a­dhyā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m u­ktaṃ pra­tyā­hā­ra­va­t | ya­m a­ni­ya­ma­yo­s tu ta­daṃ­ga­tva­m i­ṣṭa­m e­va | a­saṃ­ya­ta­sya yo­gā- TAŚVA-ML 500,03pra­si­ddheḥ | ā aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā­d i­ti kā­la­vi­śe­ṣa­va­ca­nā­c ca nā­nu­tta­ma­saṃ­ha­na­na­sya dhyā­na­si­ddhiḥ­, te­no­tta­ma­saṃ­ha­na­na­vi- TAŚVA-ML 500,04dhā­na­m a­nya­sye­ya­tkā­lā­dhya­va­sā­ya­dhā­ra­ṇā­sā­ma­rthyā­d u­pa­pa­nnaṃ bha­va­ti | ta­ta ū­rdhvaṃ ta­n nā­stī­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.27.8aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­to no­rdhva­saṃ­bha­va­s ta­sya de­hi­nāṃ | ā aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā­d i­ty u­ktaṃ kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­cchi­de |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 500,06na hy u­tta­ma­saṃ­ha­na­no pi dhyā­na­m aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā­d ū­rdhva­m a­vi­cchi­nnaṃ dhyā­tu­m ī­ṣṭe pu­na­r ā­vṛ­ttyā pa­rāṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­kā­le dhyā­na­saṃ- TAŚVA-ML 500,07ta­ti­ś ci­ra­kā­la­m a­pi na vi­ru­dhya­te | na­nu ya­dy e­kāṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­sthā­snu dhyā­naṃ pra­ti­sa­ma­yaṃ tā­dṛ­śa­m e­va ta­d i­ty aṃ­ta­sa­ma- TAŚVA-ML 500,08ye pi te­na tā­dṛ­śe­nai­va bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ | ta­thā ca dvi­tī­yā­dyaṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rte­ṣv a­pi ta­sya sthi­ti­si­ddhe­r na jā­tu vi­cche­daḥ TAŚVA-ML 500,09syā­t­, pra­tha­māṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­pa­ri­sa­mā­ptau ta­dvi­cche­de vā dvi­tī­yā­di­sa­ma­ye vi­cche­dā­nu­ṣa­kteḥ kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­sthi­tiḥ TAŚVA-ML 500,10dhyā­na­m ā­yā­taṃ­, sa­rva­pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­sthā­snu­ta­yā pra­tī­te­r a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve bā­dha­ka­sa­dbhā­vā­t i­ti ke­ci­t­, te­ṣā­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 500,11pra­tha­ma­kṣa­ṇe dhyā­na­syai­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yi­tve ta­da­va­sā­ne py e­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yi­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­t na jā­tu­ci­dvi­nā­śaḥ sa­ka­la­kṣa­ṇa­vyā- TAŚVA-ML 500,12pi­sthi­ti­pra­si­ddheḥ­, a­nya­thai­ka­kṣa­ṇe pi na ti­ṣṭhe­t | a­thai­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthi­ti­ka­tve­no­tpa­tti­r e­va kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yi­naḥ pra­cyu­ti­r a­to TAŚVA-ML 500,13na sa­da­va­sthi­tiḥ | ta­rhy aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­sthi­ti­ka­dhyā­na­vā­di­nā­m aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā­d u­tta­ra­kā­laṃ sa­ma­yā­di­sthi­ti­ka­tve­no­tpa­tti­r e- TAŚVA-ML 500,14vā­naṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­sthā­yi­naḥ pra­cyu­ti­r aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­sthā­snu­ta­yā­tma­lā­bha e­vo­tpa­tti­r i­ti nā­vi­cche­da­śa­kteḥ sa­ta­tā­va­sthi­ti- TAŚVA-ML 500,15pra­saṃ­go ya­taḥ kau­ṭa­sthya­si­ddhiḥ | ka­tha­m a­nya­dā­nya­syo­tpa­tti­r aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­sthā­snoḥ pra­cyu­ti­r a­ti­pra­saṃ­gā­t i­ti ce­t­, TAŚVA-ML 500,16ka­tha­m e­ka­kṣa­ṇa­pra­cyu­tiḥ kṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­sthi­ti­ka­tve­no­tpa­tti­r a­nya­sya syā­d i­ti sa­maḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ | sa­rva­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­sya TAŚVA-ML 500,17sa­mā­na­tvā­t | ta­thā ca na kva­ci­d u­tpa­ttiḥ kṣa­ṇā­rthā­nāṃ si­ddhye­t vi­nā­śe pi nā­nu­tpa­nna­sya bhā­va­sye­ti | ni­tya- TAŚVA-ML 500,18vā­di­nāṃ kū­ṭa­sthā­rtha­si­ddhi­r a­bā­dhi­tā syā­t kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva e­va bā­dha­ka­sa­dbhā­vā­t | syā­d ā­kū­taṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­vā­di­nāṃ TAŚVA-ML 500,19kṣa­ṇā­d ū­rdhvaṃ pra­cyu­ti­r dvi­tī­ya­kṣa­ṇa­sthi­ti­ka­tve­no­tpa­ttiḥ | ta­to no­tpa­ti­vi­pa­tti­ra­hi­taṃ na saṃ­ta­ta­m a­nu­ṣa­jya­te ya­taḥ TAŚVA-ML 500,20kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­si­ddhe­r vā­pra­ti­ha­tā na syā­d i­ti | ta­d a­sa­t­, ta­thāṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­sthi­ti­ka­tva­syā­pi si­ddheḥ sa­rva­thā vi­śe­ṣā- TAŚVA-ML 500,21bhā­vā­t | na cai­vaṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­va­stu­no nā­śo­tpā­dau sa­maṃ syā­tāṃ pra­tha­ma­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­vi­tvā­d a­sya­, dvi­tī­ya­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­vi- TAŚVA-ML 500,22tvā­t ta­dvi­nā­śa­sya kā­ryo­tpā­da­sya kā­ra­ṇa­vi­nā­śā­tma­ka­tvā­t sa­ma­m e­va nā­śo­tpā­dau tu­lāṃ­ta­yo­r nā­bho­nnā­ma­va­d i­ti TAŚVA-ML 500,23ce­t­, ka­thaṃ pra­kṛ­ta­co­dya­pa­ri­hā­raḥ ? e­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthā­snu­ta­yo­tpā­da e­va dvi­tī­ya­kṣa­ṇe vi­nā­śa i­ti nā­nya­dā­nya­syo- TAŚVA-ML 500,24tpa­tti­r a­nya­sya vi­nā­śaḥ | sa­ma­m e­va nā­śo­tpā­da­yo­s ta­thā pra­si­ddhi­r i­ti ce­ta­, ta­rhy aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­mā­tra­sthā­yi­ta­yo­tpa­tti- TAŚVA-ML 500,25r e­va ta­du­tta­ra­kā­la­ta­yā vi­nā­śa i­ti sa­maḥ sa­mā­dhiḥ | na­nv e­vaṃ saṃ­va­tsa­rā­di­sthi­ti­ka­m a­pi dhyā­naṃ ku­to na bha­ve- TAŚVA-ML 500,26d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­thā­saṃ­bhā­va­nā­bhā­vā­t | ya­d dhi ya­thā­sthi­ti­kaṃ saṃ­bhā­vya­te ta­t ta­thā­sthi­ti­kaṃ śa­kyaṃ va­ktuṃ nā­nya­thā | TAŚVA-ML 500,27na cāṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­vṛ­tti­la­kṣa­ṇā­yā­ś ciṃ­tā­yā ni­ro­dho ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­ta­yā­va­sthā­na­la­kṣa­ṇo ṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā­d ū­rdhvaṃ saṃ­bhā­vya­te ma­na- TAŚVA-ML 500,28so sma­dā­di­ṣv a­nya­vi­ṣa­yāṃ­ta­re sa­jā­tī­ye vi­jā­tī­ye vā saṃ­kra­ma­ṇa­ni­śca­yā­t ta­tkā­ryā­nu­bha­va­sma­ra­ṇā­deḥ saṃ­cā­rā­nya­thā- TAŚVA-ML 500,29nu­pa­pa­tteḥ | ke­va­la­m a­nu­tta­ma­saṃ­ha­na­na­sya ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha­m a­na­lpa­kā­la­m u­pa­la­bhya sthi­ra­tve­na pra­kṣī­ya­mā­ṇaṃ vā­va­bu­dhyo­tta­ma- TAŚVA-ML 500,30saṃ­ha­na­na­syāṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­kā­la­s ta­thā­sā­v i­ti saṃ­bhā­vya­te | ta­thā pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ ce­ty a­laṃ pra­saṃ­ge­na | kaḥ pu­na­r a­ya- TAŚVA-ML 500,31m aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta i­ty u­cya­te – u­kta­pa­ri­mā­ṇo ṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtaḥ pa­ra­mā­ga­me ta­to tra na ni­rū­pya­te | jñā­na­m e­va dhyā­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 500,32ta­sya vya­gra­tvā­t­, dhyā­na­sya pu­na­r a­vya­gra­tvā­t | ta­ta e­vai­kā­gra­va­ca­naṃ vai­ya­grya­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ sū­tre yu­jya­te | ciṃ­tā­ni­ro- TAŚVA-ML 500,33dha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­tsvā­bhā­vya­pra­da­rśa­nā­rthaṃ ta­ta e­va jñā­na­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyaṃ­, a­nya­thā­sya ka­thaṃ ciṃ­tā na syā­t | dhyā­na­m i­ty a­dhi- TAŚVA-ML 500,34kṛ­ta­sva­rū­pa­ni­rde­śā­rthaṃ | mu­hū­rta­va­ca­nā­da­ha­rā­di­ni­vṛ­tti­s ta­thā­vi­dha­śa­ktya­bhā­vā­t | a­bhā­vo ni­ro­dha i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 500,35ke­na­ci­t pa­ryā­ye­ṇe­ṣṭa­tvā­t | pa­ro­pa­ga­ta­sya ni­rū­pya­syā­bhā­va­sya pra­mā­ṇā­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na ni­ra­sta­tvā­t | kiṃ ca a­bhā­va­sya ca TAŚVA-ML 501,01va­stu­tvā­pa­tte­r he­tvaṃ­ga­tvā­di­bhyaḥ | na hi he­tvaṃ­gaṃ tu pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di va­stu­tva­m a­ti­krā­ma­ti | ta­dva­dvi­pa­kṣe a­sa­ttva­m a­pi TAŚVA-ML 501,02he­tvaṃ­gaṃ ta­thā pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe pa­kṣāṃ­gaṃ cā­bhā­vo ni­da­rśa­nāṃ­gaṃ ce­ti ta­sya va­stu­dha­rma­yo­gā­d va­stu­tvaṃ ta­thā pra­mā­ṇa­na- TAŚVA-ML 501,03ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t kā­rya­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­d dhe­to­ś ce­ti pra­paṃ­ca­to bhyū­hyaṃ ta­to na ka­ści­d u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ | na­nu TAŚVA-ML 501,04cai­ka­s ta­tra nai­kā­gra­va­ca­naṃ ka­rta­vyaṃ ? kiṃ ta­rhy e­kā­rtha­va­ca­naṃ spa­ṣṭā­rtha­tvā­d i­ti ce­n nā­ni­ṣṭa­pra­saṃ­gā­t | vī­cā­ro rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na- TAŚVA-ML 501,05yo­ga­saṃ­krāṃ­ti­r i­ti hī­ṣṭaṃ ta­tra dra­vye pa­ryā­yā­t saṃ­kra­mā­bhā­va­syā­ni­ṣṭa­sya pra­saṃ­gaḥ | e­kā­gra­va­ca­ne pi tu­lya­m i­ti ce­n na­, TAŚVA-ML 501,06ā­bhi­mu­khye sa­ti pau­naḥ­pu­nye­nā­pi pra­vṛ­tti­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­t | ā­bhi­mu­khya­vā­ci­ni hy a­gra­śa­bde sa­ty e­kā­gre­ṇai­vā­bhi- TAŚVA-ML 501,07mu­khye­na ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dhaḥ pa­ryā­ye dra­vye ca saṃ­krā­ma­n na vi­ru­dhya­te | prā­dhā­nya­vā­ci­no vai­ka­śa­bda­sya gra­ha­ṇa­m i­hā- TAŚVA-ML 501,08śrī­ya­te | pra­dhā­na­puṃ­so dhyā­tu­r a­bhi­mu­kha­ś ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha e­kā­gra­ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha i­ti sā­ma­rthyā­t kva­ci­d dhye­ye rthe dra­vya- TAŚVA-ML 501,09pa­ryā­yā­tma­nī­ti pra­tī­ya­te­, ta­to nā­ni­ṣṭa­pra­saṃ­gaḥ | aṃ­ga­tī­ty a­graṃ pu­mā­n i­ti tu śa­bdā­rtha­ka­tha­ne sa­ty e­ka­smi­n TAŚVA-ML 501,10vā puṃ­si ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha e­kā­gra­ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha i­ti dra­vyā­rthā­de­śā­d bā­hya­dhye­ya­prā­dhā­nyā­pe­kṣā ni­va­rti­tā­, sva­smi­nn e­va TAŚVA-ML 501,11dhyā­na­sya vṛ­tti­r i­ti nā­nā­rtha­vā­ci­tvā­d e­kā­gra­va­ca­naṃ nyā­yyaṃ nai­kā­rtha­va­ca­naṃ | na­nv e­va­m a­stu ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dho dhyā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 501,12ta­sya tu di­va­sa­mā­sā­dya­va­sthā­na­m u­pa­yu­kta­sye­ti ce­n na­, iṃ­dri­yo­pa­ghā­ta­pra­saṃ­gā­t | prā­ṇā­pā­na­ni­gra­ho dhyā­na­m i­ti TAŚVA-ML 501,13ce­n na­, śa­rī­ra­pā­ta­pra­saṃ­gā­t | maṃ­daṃ maṃ­daṃ prā­ṇā­pā­na­sya pra­cā­ro ni­gra­ha­s ta­to nā­sty e­va śa­rī­ra­pā­taḥ ta­tkṛ­ta­ve­da­nā- TAŚVA-ML 501,14pra­ka­rṣā­bhā­vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya tā­dṛ­śa­ni­gra­ha­sya dhyā­na­pa­ri­ka­rma­tve­na sā­ma­rthyā­t sū­tri­ta­tvā­t ā­sa­na­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ja- TAŚVA-ML 501,15yā­di­va­t | te­nai­kā­gra­ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha e­va dhyā­naṃ | mā­trā­kā­la­pa­ri­ga­ṇa­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, dhyā­nā­ti­kra­mā­t | ta­thā TAŚVA-ML 501,16ci­tta­vai­ya­gryā­t | e­te­na ja­pa­sya dhyā­na­tvaṃ pra­ti­ṣi­ddhaṃ | vi­dhyu­pā­ya­ni­rde­śaḥ ka­rta­vya i­ti ce­n na­, gu­ptyā­di­pra­ka- TAŚVA-ML 501,17ra­ṇa­sya tā­da­rthyā­t | saṃ­va­rā­rthaṃ ta­d i­ti ce­n na­, prā­gu­pa­de­śa­syo­bha­yā­rtha­tvā­t | ta­taḥ saṃ­va­rā­rthaḥ gu­ptyā­di­pra­ka­ra­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 501,18dhyā­na­vi­dhau ta­du­pā­ya­ni­rde­śā­rthaṃ ca bha­va­ti | ta­thā­pī­ha sa­ka­la­dhyā­na­dha­rmā­ṇā­m i­ha sā­ma­rthya­si­ddha­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 501,19ta­d e­vaṃ sā­mā­nye­no­kta­sya dhyā­na­sya vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.28 ā­rta­rau­dra­dha­rmya­śu­klā­ni |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 501,21ṛ­ta­ma­rda­na­ma­rti­r vā ṛ­te bha­va­mā­rtaṃ a­rto bha­va­mā­rta­m i­ti vā duḥ­kha­bhā­vaṃ prā­rtha­nā­bhā­vaṃ ve­ty a­rthaḥ | ru­draḥ TAŚVA-ML 501,22kru­ddha­s ta­tka­rma rau­draṃ ta­tra bha­vaṃ vā | dha­rmā­d a­na­pe­taṃ dha­rmyaṃ | śu­ci­gu­ṇa­yo­gā­c chu­klaṃ | lo­bhā­bhi­bha­vā­de­r na ta­dā­vi­rbhā- TAŚVA-ML 501,23vo­pa­pa­tteḥ | śu­ci­gu­ṇa­yo­gaḥ pra­si­ddhaḥ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaḥ | ka­tha­m e­kaṃ dhyā­naṃ ca­tvā­ri dhyā­nā­ni syu­r i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.28.1ā­rtā­dī­ni ta­d e­va syu­ś ca­tvā­ri pra­ti­bhe­da­taḥ | dhyā­nā­nye­kā­gra­sā­mā­nya­ciṃ­tāṃ­ta­ra­ni­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 501,25ā­rta­rau­dra­dha­rmā­ny a­pi hi dhyā­nā­ny e­vai­kā­grya­sā­dṛ­śyā­t ciṃ­tāṃ­ta­ra­ni­ro­dhā­c ca śu­kla­va­t | ke­va­la­m a­pra­śa­ste pū­rve TAŚVA-ML 501,26pra­śa­ste ce­ta­re | ku­ta i­ty ā­ha | TAŚVA-ML 501,27ta­tra tā­va­t­ —TA-ML 9.29 pa­re mo­kṣa­he­tū |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 501,29sā­ma­rthyā­t pū­rve saṃ­sā­ra­he­tū sū­tri­te | saṃ­sā­ra­he­tu­tvā­d ā­rta­rau­dra­yo­r a­pra­śa­sta­tvaṃ­, pa­ra­yo­s tu dha­rma­śu­kla­yoḥ pra­śa- TAŚVA-ML 501,30sta­tvaṃ mo­kṣa­he­tu­tvā­t i­ti | pū­rvā­bhyāṃ dha­rma­syai­va pa­ra­tva­m i­ti ce­n na­, vya­va­hi­te pi pa­ra­śa­bda­pra­yo­gā­t dvi­va­ca­na- TAŚVA-ML 501,31ni­rde­śā­d vā gau­ṇa­syā­pi saṃ­pra­tye­yaḥ | ku­taḥ pa­ra­yo­r mo­kṣa­he­tu­tvaṃ pū­rva­yoḥ saṃ­sā­ra­he­tu­tva­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.29.1mo­kṣa­he­tū pa­re dhyā­ne pū­rve saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇe | i­ti sā­ma­rthya­taḥ si­ddhaṃ vi­mo­ha­tve­ta­ra­tva­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 501,33ka­thaṃ dha­rma­sya vi­mo­ha­tva­m i­ti ce­t­, mo­ha­pra­ka­rṣā­bhā­vā­d i­ti pra­tye­yaṃ | sā­ma­rthyā­t pa­ra­yo­r mo­kṣa­he­tu­tva­va­ca- TAŚVA-ML 501,34nā­t pū­rva­yoḥ saṃ­sā­ra­he­tu­tva­si­ddhi­s ta­yo­r mo­ha­pra­ka­rṣa­yo­gā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 502,01ta­trā­rta­sya kiṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.30 ā­rta­m a­ma­no­jña­sya saṃ­pra­yo­ge ta­dvi­pra­yo­gā­ya smṛ­ti­sa­ma­nvā­hā­raḥ |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 502,03a­pri­ya­ma­ma­no­jñaṃ bā­dhā­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t | bhṛ­śa­m a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­ciṃ­ta­nā­d ā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ sa­ma­nvā­hā­raḥ | ā­dhi­kye­nā­ha­ra­ṇā­d e­ka- TAŚVA-ML 502,04trā­va­ro­dhaḥ pu­naḥ pu­naḥ pra­baṃ­dha i­ty a­rthaḥ | smṛ­teḥ sa­ma­nvā­hā­raḥ smṛ­ti­sa­ma­nvā­hā­raḥ | te­nā­ma­no­jña­syo­pa­ni­pā­te sa TAŚVA-ML 502,05ka­thaṃ nā­ma me na syā­d i­ti saṃ­ka­lpa­ściṃ­tā­pra­baṃ­dha ā­rta­m i­ti pra­kā­śi­taṃ bha­va­ti | ta­tra kiṃ he­tu­ka­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.30.1ā­rtaṃ ca­tu­rvi­dhaṃ ta­tra saṃ­kle­śāṃ­ga­ta­yo­di­taṃ | ā­rta­m i­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa pra­tha­maṃ dve­ṣa­he­tu­ka­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 502,07mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­vi­ra­ti­pra­mā­da­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ saṃ­kle­śaḥ­, ta­t sva­rū­paṃ ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­kaṃ ta­tpha­laṃ ca saṃ­kle­śāṃ­gaṃ ta­sya bhā­vaḥ TAŚVA-ML 502,08saṃ­kle­śāṃ­ga­tā ta­yā­rta­dhyā­na­m u­di­taṃ | ta­c ca­tu­rvi­dhaṃ sva­rū­pa­bhe­dā­t | ta­tra pra­tha­ma­mā­rta­m i­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa dve­ṣa­he­tu­kaṃ sū­tri­taṃ |­| TAŚVA-ML 502,09dvi­tī­yaṃ kiṃ sva­rū­pa­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.31 vi­pa­rī­taṃ ma­no­jña­sya |­| 3­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 502,11u­kta­vi­pa­rya­yā­d vi­pa­rī­taṃ ma­no­jña­sya vi­pra­yo­ge ta­tsaṃ­pra­yo­gā­ya smṛ­ti­sa­ma­nvā­hā­ro dvi­tī­ya­m ā­rta­m i­ty a­rthaḥ | TAŚVA-ML 502,12pri­ya­sya ma­no­jña­sya vi­pra­yo­go vi­śle­ṣa­s ta­smi­n sa­ti ta­tsaṃ­pra­yo­gā­ya pu­naḥ pu­na­ś ciṃ­tā­pra­baṃ­dhaḥ | sā me pri­yā TAŚVA-ML 502,13ka­thaṃ pra­yo­gi­nī syā­d i­ti pra­baṃ­dha­ne ciṃ­ta­na­m ā­rta­dhyā­na­m a­pra­śa­sta­m i­ti sū­tra­kā­ra­syā­bhi­prā­yaḥ | kiṃ ja­nma ta­d i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.31.1vi­pa­rī­taṃ ma­no­jña­sye­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa ni­ści­taṃ | dvi­tī­ya­m a­nu­yo­go­ttha­m ā­rta­dhyā­na­m a­sa­tpha­laṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 502,15tṛ­tī­yaṃ ki­m ā­rta­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.32 ve­da­nā­yā­ś ca |­| 3­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 502,17smṛ­ti­sa­ma­nvā­hā­ra­s tṛ­tī­ya­m ā­rta­m i­ty a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dha­ka­ra­ṇā­t duḥ­kha­ve­da­nā­saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ | kiṃ ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ ta­d i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.32.1a­sa­dve­dyo­da­yo­pā­tta­dve­ṣa­kā­ra­ṇā­m ī­ri­taṃ | tṛ­tī­yaṃ ve­da­nā­yā­ś ce­ty u­ktaṃ sū­tre­ṇa ta­ttva­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 502,19ca­tu­rthaṃ ki­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.33 ni­dā­naṃ ca |­| 3­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 502,21ni­dā­na­vi­ṣa­yaḥ smṛ­ti­sa­ma­nvā­hā­raḥ ni­dā­naṃ | vi­pa­rī­taṃ ma­no­jña­sye­ty e­va si­ddha­m i­ti ce­n nā­prā­pta­pū­rva­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 502,22n ni­dā­na­sya | kiṃ he­tu­kaṃ ta­d i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.33.1ni­dā­naṃ ce­ti vā­kye­na tī­vra­mo­ha­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | ca­tu­rthaṃ dhyā­na­m i­ty ā­rtaṃ ca­tu­rvi­dha­m u­dā­hṛ­taṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.33.2nī­lāṃ le­śyāṃ sa­mā­sṛ­tya kā­po­tīṃ vā sa­mu­dbha­ve­t | ta­da­jñā­nā­t ku­to py ā­tma­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t ta­thā­vi­dhā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.33.3pā­pa­pra­yo­ga­niḥ­śe­ṣa­do­ṣā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­m ā­ku­laṃ | bho­ga­pra­saṃ­ga­nā­nā­tma­saṃ­ka­lpā­saṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇaṃ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.33.4dha­rmā­śa­ya­pa­ri­tyā­gi ka­ṣā­yā­śa­ya­va­rdha­naṃ | vi­pā­ka­ka­ṭu ti­rya­kṣu sa­mu­dbha­va­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 502,27ke­ṣāṃ pu­na­s ta­t syā­d i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.34 ta­da­vi­ra­ta­de­śa­vi­ra­ta­pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­tā­nā­m |­| 3­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 502,29a­vi­ra­tā­da­yo vyā­khyā­tāḥ | ka­dā­ci­t prā­cya­m ā­rta­dhyā­na­tra­yaṃ pra­ma­ttā­nāṃ­, te­ṣāṃ ni­dā­na­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­tsaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 502,30bha­ve pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­ta­tva­vi­ghā­tā­t | ku­ta­s te­ṣāṃ ta­d bha­ve­d i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.34.1ta­t syā­d a­vi­ra­tā­dī­nāṃ tra­yā­ṇāṃ ta­nni­mi­tta­taḥ | nā­pra­ma­ttā­di­ṣu kṣī­ṇa­ta­nni­mi­tte­ṣu jā­tu­ci­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 502,32a­tha rau­draṃ dhyā­naṃ ku­taḥ kiṃ sva­rū­pa­m u­cya­te ? i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.35 hiṃ­sā­nṛ­ta­ste­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇe­bhyo rau­dra­m a­vi­ra­ta­de­śa­vi­ra­ta­yoḥ |­| 3­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 503,02dhyā­no­tpa­ttau hiṃ­sā­dī­nāṃ ni­mi­tta­bhā­vā­d dhe­tu­ni­rde­śaḥ | te­na smṛ­ti­sa­ma­nvā­hā­rā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | ta­ta i­da­m u­cya­te —TAŚV-ML 9.35.1hiṃ­sā­di­bhyo ti­tī­vra­mo­ho­da­ye­bhyaḥ pra­jā­ya­te | rau­draṃ dhyā­naṃ smṛ­taiḥ pau­naḥ­pu­nyaṃ du­rga­ti­kā­ra­ṇaṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.35.2ta­t syā­d a­vi­ra­ta­syo­ccai­r de­śa­saṃ­ya­mi­no pi ca | ya­thā­yo­gaṃ ni­mi­ttā­nāṃ śe­ṣaṃ sa­dbhā­va­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 503,05de­śa­vi­ra­ta­syā­pi hiṃ­sā­dyā­ve­śā­d vi­ttā­di­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇa­taṃ­tra­tvā­c ca rau­draṃ dhyā­naṃ saṃ­bha­va­ti ta­da­nu­rū­pa­ka­thā­do­ṣo­da­yā­t | TAŚVA-ML 503,06ke­va­la­m a­vi­ra­ta­va­n na ta­sya nā­ra­kā­di­nā­m a­ni­mi­ttaṃ sa­mya­ktva­sā­ma­rthyā­t | saṃ­ya­te pi ka­dā­ci­d a­stu rau­dra­dhyā­naṃ TAŚVA-ML 503,07hiṃ­sā­dyā­ve­śā­d i­ti ce­t ta­da­yu­ktaṃ­, saṃ­ya­te ta­dā­ve­śe saṃ­ya­ma­pra­cyu­teḥ |­| TAŚV-ML 9.35.3ta­ta­ś ca­tu­rvi­dhaṃ rau­draṃ dhyā­naṃ sa­mu­pa­jā­ya­te | puṃ­so­ti­kṛ­ṣṇa­le­śya­syā­vi­ra­ta­syai­va ta­tpa­raṃ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.35.4ta­thā kā­po­ta­le­śya­sya vi­ra­tā­vi­ra­ta­sya ca | pra­mā­dā­nā­m a­dhi­ṣṭhā­naṃ vi­ra­ta­sya na jā­tu­ci­t |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 503,10a­tha pra­śa­sta­sya dhyā­na­sya dha­rmya­sya tā­va­t pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.36 ā­jñā­pā­ya­vi­pā­ka­saṃ­sthā­na­vi­ca­yā­ya dha­rmya­m |­| 3­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 503,12vi­ci­ti­r vi­ve­ko vi­cā­ra­ṇā vi­ca­yaḥ | ta­da­pe­kṣa­yā ā­jñā­dī­nāṃ ka­rma­ni­rde­śaḥ | a­dhi­kā­rā­t smṛ­ti­sa­ma- TAŚVA-ML 503,13nvā­hā­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ­, ā­jñā­vi­ca­yā­ya smṛ­ti­sa­ma­nvā­hā­ra i­tyā­di | ta­d e­vaṃ —TAŚV-ML 9.36.1ā­jñā­di­vi­ca­yā­yo­ktaṃ dha­rmyaṃ dhyā­naṃ ca­tu­rvi­dhaṃ | ā­rta­rau­dra­pa­ri­tya­ktaiḥ kā­ryaṃ ciṃ­tā­sva­bhā­va­kaṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.36.2ta­trā­jñā dvi­vi­dhā he­tu­vā­de­ta­ra­vi­ka­lpa­taḥ | sa­rva­jña­sya vi­ne­yāṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­ya­tta­vṛ­tti­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 503,16ta­dvi­ca­yā­ya smṛ­ti­sa­ma­nvā­hā­ro dvi­vi­dha i­ty ā­jñā­vi­ca­ya­dhyā­naṃ dve­dhā | ta­trā­ga­ma­prā­mā­ṇyā­d a­rthā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m ā- TAŚVA-ML 503,17jñā­vi­ca­yaḥ­, so ya­m a­he­tu­vā­da­vi­ṣa­yo na­nu­me­yā­rtha­go­ca­rā­rtha­tvā­t | ā­jñā­pra­kā­śa­nā­rtho vā he­tu­vā­daḥ | sā­ma­rthyā­d a- TAŚVA-ML 503,18ya­m a­py ā­jñā­vi­ca­yaḥ | kaḥ pu­na­r a­pā­ya i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.36.3a­sa­nmā­rgā­d a­pā­yaḥ syā­d a­na­pā­yaḥ sva­mā­rga­taḥ | sa e­vo­pā­ya i­ty e­ṣa ta­to bhe­de­na no­di­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 503,20ta­sya vi­ca­yo dha­rmya­dhyā­naṃ dvi­tī­yaṃ | a­tha­vā sa­nmā­rgā­pā­ya­vi­ca­yaḥ sa­rva­jño­pa­de­śa­pa­rā­ṅmu­kha­ja­nā­pe­kṣa­yā saṃ­pra- TAŚVA-ML 503,21tye­yaḥ­, a­sa­nmā­rgā­pā­ya­sa­mā­dhā­naṃ vā ta­da­pe­kṣa­yai­va | kaḥ pu­na­r vi­pā­ka i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.36.4vi­pā­ko nu­bha­vaḥ pū­rvaṃ kṛ­tā­nāṃ ka­rma­ṇāṃ sva­yaṃ | jī­vā­dyā­śra­ya­bhe­de­na ca­tu­rtho dhī­ma­tāṃ ma­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 503,23ta­taḥ ka­rma­pha­lā­nu­bha­va­na­vi­ve­kaṃ pra­ti pra­ṇi­dhā­naṃ vi­pā­ka­vi­ca­yaḥ | sa ca pra­paṃ­ca­to gu­ṇa­sthā­na­bhe­de­na ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 503,24pra­kṛ­tī­nā­m u­da­yo­dī­ra­ṇa­ciṃ­ta­ne­na pa­ra­mā­ga­mā­t pra­tye­ta­vyaḥ | lo­ka­saṃ­sthā­na­sva­bhā­vā­va­dhā­naṃ saṃ­sthā­na­vi­ca­yaḥ | ko sau TAŚVA-ML 503,25lo­ka i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.36.5lo­kaḥ saṃ­sthā­na­bhe­dā­d vā sva­bhā­vā­d vā ni­ve­di­taḥ | ta­dā­dhā­ro ja­no vā­pi mā­na­bhe­do pi vā kva­ci­t |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 503,27lo­ka­syā­dho­ma­dhyo­r dhva­bhe­da­sya saṃ­sthā­naṃ sa­nni­ve­śaḥ­, lo­kya­mā­na­sva­bhā­va­sya ca lo­ka­sya saṃ­sthā­naṃ pra­ti­dra­vya­svā- TAŚVA-ML 503,28kṛ­tiḥ ta­dā­dhā­ra­sya ca ja­na­sya lo­ka­sya saṃ­sthā­naṃ svo­pā­tta­śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­kā­raḥ­, mā­na­bhe­da­sya ca lo­ka­sya TAŚVA-ML 503,29saṃ­khyā­vi­śe­ṣā­kā­raḥ saṃ­sthā­naṃ ta­sya vi­ca­yaḥ saṃ­sthā­na­vi­ca­yaḥ | kaḥ pu­na­r vi­ca­ya i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.36.6vi­ca­ya­s ta­tra mī­māṃ­sā pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­taḥ sthi­taḥ | ta­smiṃ­ś ciṃ­tā­pra­baṃ­dho nu­ściṃ­tāṃ­ta­ra­ni­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.36.7yu­ktaṃ dhyā­naṃ ta­dā­dhyā­ya­m ai­kā­grye­ṇa pra­vṛ­tti­taḥ | dhyā­tu­ś ciṃ­tā­pra­baṃ­dha­sya dha­rmyaṃ pā­pa­vya­pā­ya­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 503,32dha­rmā­d a­na­pe­taṃ dha­rmyaṃ ta­syo­tta­ma­kṣa­mā­di­ma­ta e­va pra­vṛ­tteḥ | a­nu­pre­kṣā­ṇāṃ dha­rmya­dhyā­na­sa­jā­tī­ya­tvā­t pṛ­tha­ga­nu- TAŚVA-ML 503,33pa­de­śa i­ti ce­n na­, jñā­na­pra­vṛ­tti­vi­ka­lpā­t | sa­rvā­nu­pre­kṣā­ṇā­m a­ni­tya­tvā­dya­nu­ciṃ­ta­na­sya jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­t dhyā­na- TAŚVA-ML 503,34syā­nu­ciṃ­ta­naṃ ni­ro­dha­rū­pa­tvā­t | ka­sya ta­ddha­rma­dhyā­naṃ syā­d i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.36.8sā­ka­lye­na vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭaṃ ta­tpra­ma­ttā­pra­ma­tta­yoḥ | aṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­ta­po­bhe­da­rū­paṃ saṃ­gha­ta­yoḥ sphu­ṭaṃ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.36.9saṃ­ya­tā­saṃ­ya­ta­syai­ka­de­śe­nā­saṃ­ya­ta­sya tu | yo­gya­tā­mā­tra­taḥ kai­ści­d yai­r du­rdhyā­naṃ pra­ca­kṣa­te |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 504,03dha­rmya­m a­pra­ma­tta­sye­ti ce­n na­, pū­rve­ṣāṃ ni­vṛ­tti­pra­saṃ­gā­t | i­ṣya­te ca te­ṣāṃ sa­mya­ktva­pra­bhā­vā­d dha­rmya­dhyā­naṃ | u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 504,04śāṃ­ta­kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­yo­ś ce­ti ce­n na­, śu­klā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­t | ta­du­bha­yaṃ ta­tre­ti ce­n na­, pū­rva­syā­ni­ṣṭa­tvā­t | dha­rmyaṃ śre­ṇyo- TAŚVA-ML 504,05r ne­ṣya­te ta­ta­s ta­yoḥ śu­kla­m e­va |­| TAŚVA-ML 504,06a­tha śru­ta­ke­va­li­naḥ kiṃ dhyā­na­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.37 śu­kle cā­dye pū­rva­vi­daḥ |­| 3­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 504,08pū­rva­vi­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ śru­ta­ke­va­li­na­s ta­du­bha­ya­pra­ṇi­dhā­na­sā­ma­rthyā­t | ca­śa­bdaḥ pū­rva­dhyā­na­sa­mu­cca­yā­rthaḥ | kiṃ kṛ­tvai- TAŚVA-ML 504,09va­m u­cya­te sū­tra­m ā­cā­ryai­r i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.37.1ma­ttvā ca­tvā­ri śu­klā­ni pro­cya­mā­nā­ni sū­ri­ṇā | ā­dye pū­rva­vi­daḥ śu­kle dha­rmyaṃ ce­ty a­bhi­dhī­ya­te |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 504,11vi­ṣa­ya­vi­ve­kā­pa­ri­jñā­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, vyā­khyā­na­to vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ | śre­ṇyā­ro­ha­ṇā­t prā­k dha­rmya­dhyā­naṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 504,12śre­ṇyoḥ śu­kla­dhyā­na­m i­ti vyā­khyā­naṃ vi­ṣa­ya­vi­ve­kā­pa­ri­jñā­na­ni­mi­tta­m ā­śrī­ya­te | ta­thā hi —TAŚV-ML 9.37.2śre­ṇyā­dhi­ro­hi­ṇaḥ śu­kle dha­rmyaṃ pū­rva­sya ta­sya hi | a­pū­rva­ka­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ śu­klā­raṃ­bha­ka­tā­sthi­teḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 504,14a­thā­va­śi­ṣṭe śu­kle ka­sya bha­va­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.38 pa­re ke­va­li­naḥ |­| 3­8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 504,16ke­va­li­śa­bda­sā­mā­nya­ni­rde­śā­t ta­dva­to­r u­bha­yo­r gra­ha­ṇaṃ | ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.38.1pa­re ke­va­li­naḥ śu­kle saṃ­yo­ga­sye­ta­ra­sya ca | ya­thā­yo­gaṃ smṛ­te ta­jjñaiḥ pra­kṛ­ṣṭe śu­ddhi­bhe­da­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 504,18kā­ni pu­na­s tā­ni ca­tvā­ri śu­kla­dhyā­nā­ni yā­ni svā­mi­vi­śe­ṣā­śra­ya­ta­yā vi­bha­jyaṃ­te i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.39 pṛ­tha­ktvai­ka­tva­vi­ta­rka­sū­kṣma­kri­yā­pra­ti­pā­ti­vyu­pa­ra­ta­kri­yā­ni­va­rtī­ni |­| 3­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 504,20va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yā sa­rve­ṣā­m a­nva­rtha­tvaṃ | ta­ta e­vā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.39.1pṛ­tha­ktve­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇā­nva­rtha­nā­mā­ni tā­ny a­pi | śu­klā­ni ka­thi­tā­ny u­kta­svā­mi­bhe­dā­ni la­kṣa­ṇaiḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 504,22a­thai­te­ṣu ca­tu­rṣu śu­kla­dhyā­ne­ṣu kiṃ ki­ya­dyo­ga­sya bha­va­tī­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.40 trye­ka­yo­ga­kā­ya­yo­gā­yo­gā­nā­m |­| 4­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 504,24yo­ga­śa­bdo vyā­khyā­tā­rthaḥ | ya­thā­saṃ­khyaṃ ca­tu­rṇāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | tri­yo­ga­sya pṛ­tha­ktva­vi­ta­rkaṃ­, tri­ṣu yo­ge­ṣv e­ka- TAŚVA-ML 504,25yo­ga­syai­ka­tva­vi­ta­rkaṃ­, kā­ya­yo­ga­sya sū­kṣma­kri­yā­pra­ti­pā­ti­, a­yo­ga­sya vyu­pa­ra­ta­kri­yā­ni­va­rtī­ti | ta­dā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.40.1ta­tra prā­cyaṃ tri­yo­ga­syai­kai­ka­yo­ga­sya ta­tpa­raṃ | tṛ­tī­yaṃ kā­ya­yo­ga­syā­yo­ga­sya ca tu­rī­ya­kaṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.40.2yo­ga­mā­rga­ṇa­yā te­ṣāṃ sa­dbhā­va­ni­ya­maḥ smṛ­taḥ | e­vaṃ trī­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa vi­vā­da­vi­ni­vṛ­tta­ye |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 504,28ta­trā­dya­yo­r vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.41 e­kā­śra­ye sa­vi­ta­rka­vī­cā­re pū­rve |­| 4­1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 504,30ku­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.41.1e­kā­śra­ye pra­ti­prā­pta­śru­ta­jñā­nā­śra­ya­tva­taḥ | sa­vi­ta­rke śru­te ta­ttvā­t sa­vī­cā­re ca saṃ­kra­mā­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.41.2a­rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­yo­ge­ṣu sā­mā­nye­no­pa­va­rti­te | pū­rve śu­kle tri­yo­gai­ka­yo­ga­saṃ­ya­ta­saṃ­śra­yā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 505,01pū­rva­vi­dā­ra­bhya­tvā­d e­kā­śra­ya­tva­si­ddhiḥ | sa­vi­ta­rka­vī­cā­re i­ti dvaṃ­dva­pū­rvo nya­pa­dā­rtha­ni­rde­śaḥ | pū­rva­tva­m e­ka­syai- TAŚVA-ML 505,02ve­ti ce­n na­, u­kta­tvā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 505,03ta­tra ya­thā­pra­saṃ­ge ca a­ni­ṣṭa­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m i­da­m ā­ra­bhya­te­ —TA-ML 9.42 a­vī­cā­raṃ dvi­tī­ya­m |­| 4­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.42.1a­vī­cā­raṃ dvi­tī­yaṃ ta­tsaṃ­krāṃ­te­r a­sa­mu­dbha­vā­t | e­ka­yo­ga­sya ta­ddhyā­tu­r i­ti prā­hā­pa­vā­da­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.42.2sa­vi­ta­rkaṃ sa­vī­cā­raṃ pṛ­tha­ktve­na ta­taḥ sthi­taṃ | prā­cyaṃ śu­klaṃ tu sa­vi­ta­rka­vī­cā­ra­ba­lā­d i­ha |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.42.3ta­thā­'­vi­ta­rka­vī­cā­re pa­re śu­kle ni­ve­di­te | kā­ya­yo­gā­dhi­nā­tha­tvā­d a­yo­gā­dhi­pa­ti­tva­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 505,08ko yaṃ vi­ta­rka i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.43 vi­ta­rkaḥ śru­ta­m |­| 4­3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 505,10ki­m e­ta­tsū­tra­va­ca­nā­d a­bhi­pre­ta­m a­tyā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.43.1vi­ta­rkaḥ śru­ta­m a­spa­ṣṭa­ta­rka­ṇaṃ na pu­na­r ma­teḥ | bhe­da­ś ciṃ­tā­khya i­ty e­ta­tsū­trā­raṃ­bhā­d a­bhī­psi­taṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 505,12kaḥ pu­na­r vī­cā­ra i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.44 vī­cā­ro rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­yo­ga­saṃ­krāṃ­tiḥ |­| 4­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 505,14ku­to nyo na vī­cā­ra i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.44.1a­rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­yo­ge­ṣu saṃ­krāṃ­ti­ś ce­ta­sa­s tu yā | sa vī­cā­ro na mī­māṃ­sā ca­re­rga­tya­rtha­ni­ṣṭha­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.2e­vaṃ ni­ru­kti­to rtha­syā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tva­da­rśa­nā­t | pro­ktaṃ vi­ta­rka­vī­cā­ra­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ su­tra­taḥ sva­yaṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 505,17dra­vyaṃ hi­tvā pa­ryā­ye taṃ tya­ktvā dra­vye saṃ­kra­ma­ṇa­m a­rtha­saṃ­krāṃ­tiḥ­, a­rtha­sya dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tma­ka­tvā­t | e­vaṃ TAŚVA-ML 505,18śru­ta­va­ca­na­m a­va­laṃ­vya śru­ta­va­ca­nāṃ­ta­rā­laṃ­ba­naṃ vyaṃ­ja­na­saṃ­krāṃ­tiḥ | kā­ya­yo­gā­d yo­gāṃ­ta­re ta­to pi kā­ya­yo­ge saṃ­kra­ma­ṇaṃ TAŚVA-ML 505,19yo­ga­saṃ­krāṃ­tiḥ | e­vaṃ pa­ri­va­rta­naṃ vī­cā­ra­s te­na yu­taṃ vi­ta­rke­ṇa ca śru­tā­khye­na vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ pṛ­tha­ktva­vi­ta­rka­vī­cā­raṃ TAŚVA-ML 505,20pra­tha­ma­śu­kla­dhyā­naṃ | kī­dṛ­gdhyā­tā ta­ddhyā­tu­m a­rha­tī­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.44.3kṛ­ta­gu­ptyā­dya­nu­ṣṭhā­no ya­ti­rvī­ryā­ti­śā­ya­naḥ | a­rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­yo­ge­ṣu saṃ­krāṃ­tau pṛ­tha­gu­dya­taḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.4ta­do­pa­śa­ma­nā­n mo­ha­pra­kṛ­tīḥ kṣa­pa­ya­nn a­pi | ya­thā pa­ri­ca­yaṃ dhyā­ye­t kva­ci­d va­stu­ni sa­kri­yaḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.5sa­vi­ta­rkaṃ sa­vī­cā­raṃ pṛ­tha­ktve­vā­di­maṃ mu­niḥ | dhyā­naṃ pra­kra­ma­te dhyā­tuṃ pū­rva­de­hī ni­rā­ku­laḥ |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 505,24a­tha dvi­tī­yaṃ ko dhyā­tu­m a­rha­tī­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.44.6sa e­vā­mū­la­to mo­ha­kṣa­pa­ṇā­gū­rṇa­mā­na­saḥ | prā­pyā­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇāṃ śu­ddhiṃ ni­ruṃ­dha­n baṃ­dha­mā­tma­naḥ |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.7jñā­nā­vṛ­ti­sa­hā­yā­nāṃ pra­kṛ­tī­nā­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ | hā­sa­ya­nkṣa­pa­yaṃ­ś cā­sāṃ sthi­ti­baṃ­dhaṃ sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.8śru­ta­jñā­no­pa­yu­ktā­tmā vī­ta­vī­cā­ra­mā­na­saḥ | kṣī­ṇa­mo­ho '­pra­kaṃ­pā­tmā prā­pta­kṣā­yi­ka­saṃ­ya­maḥ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.9dhyā­tvai­ka­tva­vi­ta­rkā­khyaṃ dhyā­naṃ ghā­tya­gha­gha­sma­raṃ | da­dhā­naḥ pa­ra­māṃ śu­ddhiṃ du­ra­vā­pyā­ma­to nya­taḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 505,29a­tha tṛ­tī­yaṃ dhyā­naṃ ko dhyā­ya­ta i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.44.10ta­to ni­rda­gdha­niḥ­śe­ṣa­ghā­ti­ka­rmeṃ­dha­naḥ pra­bhuḥ | ke­va­lī sa­dṛ­śā­ghā­ti­ka­rma­sthi­ti­r a­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.11saṃ­tya­jya vā­ṅma­no­yo­gaṃ kā­ya­yo­gaṃ ca bā­da­raṃ | sū­kṣmaṃ tu taṃ sa­mā­śri­tya maṃ­da­spaṃ­do­da­ya­s tva­raṃ |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.12dhyā­naṃ sū­kṣma­kri­yaṃ na­ṣṭa­pra­ti­pā­taṃ tṛ­tī­ya­kaṃ | dhyā­ye­d yo­gī ya­thā­yo­gaṃ kṛ­tvā ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­ta­tiṃ |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 506,01a­tha ca­tu­rthaṃ śu­klaṃ ko dhyā­ya­tī­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.44.13ta­taḥ sva­yaṃ sa­mu­cchi­nna­pra­de­śa­spaṃ­da­naṃ sthi­raḥ | dhva­sta­niḥ­śe­ṣa­yo­ge­bhyo dhyā­naṃ dhyā­tāṃ­ta­saṃ­va­raḥ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.14saṃ­pū­rṇa­ni­rja­ra­ś cāṃ­tye kṣa­ṇe kṣī­ṇa­bha­va­sthi­tiḥ | mu­khyaṃ si­ddha­tva­m a­dhyā­ste pra­si­ddhā­ṣṭa­gu­ṇo­da­yaṃ |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 506,04a­thā­ma­na­ska­sya ke­va­li­naḥ ka­tha­m e­kā­gra­ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ dhyā­naṃ saṃ­bhā­vya­te i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.44.15saṃ­kle­śāṃ­ga­ta­yai­ka­tra ciṃ­tā ciṃ­tāṃ­ta­ra­cyu­tā | pā­paṃ dhyā­naṃ ya­thā pro­ktaṃ vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­śra­yā­t |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.16vi­śu­ddhyaṃ­ga­ta­yā cai­vaṃ dha­rmyaṃ śu­klaṃ ca kiṃ­ca­na | sa­ma­na­ska­sya tā­dṛ­kṣaṃ nā­ma­na­ska­sya mu­khya­taḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.17u­dbhū­ta­ke­va­la­syā­sya sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rtha­ve­di­naḥ | ai­kā­grya­bhā­va­taḥ ke­ci­d u­pa­cā­rā­d va­daṃ­ti ta­t |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.18ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha­sa­dbhā­vo dhyā­nā­t so pi ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | ta­tra dhyā­no­pa­cā­ra­sya yo­ge le­śyo­pa­cā­ra­va­t |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.19sa­rva­ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha­s tu yo mu­khyo ni­ści­tā­n na­yā­t | so sti ke­va­li­naḥ sthai­rya­m e­kā­graṃ ca pa­raṃ sa­dā |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.20mu­khyaṃ dhyā­na­m a­ta­s ta­sya sā­kṣā­n ni­rvā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | cha­dma­dṛ­śyo­pa­cā­rā­t syā­t ta­da­nyā­sti­tva­kā­ra­ṇā­t |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.21ya­thai­ka­va­stu­ni sthai­ryaṃ jñā­na­syai­kā­grya­m i­ṣya­te | ta­thā vi­śva­pa­dā­rthe­ṣu sa­kṛ­t ta­t ke­na vā­rya­te |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.22mo­hā­nu­dre­ka­to jñā­tu­r ya­thā vyā­kṣe­pa­saṃ­kṣa­yaḥ | mo­hi­no sti ta­thā vī­ta­mo­ha­syā­sau sa­dā na ki­m |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.23ya­thai­ka­tra pra­dhā­ne­rthe vṛ­tti­r vā ta­sya mo­hi­naḥ | ta­thā ke­va­li­naḥ kiṃ na dra­vye '­naṃ­ta­vi­va­rta­ke |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.24i­ti ni­śca­ya­to dhyā­naṃ pra­ti­pe­dhyaṃ na dhī­ma­tā | pra­dhā­naṃ vi­śva­ta­ttvā­rtha­ve­di­nāṃ pra­sphu­ṭā­tma­nāṃ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.25sa­yo­ga­ke­va­lī dhyā­nī ya­di dha­rmo­pa­de­śa­nā | ka­thaṃ ta­taḥ pra­va­rte­te­ty e­ke ta­trā­bhi­dhī­ya­te |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.26aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­kā­laṃ vā dhyā­na­syā­ne­ka­va­tsa­raṃ | nai­kā­gryaṃ ke­va­li­dhyā­naṃ pra­si­ddhaṃ ta­ttva­de­śi­nā­m |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.27ta­ta e­va ca te si­ddhāḥ kṛ­ta­kṛ­tyā ji­nā­dhi­pāḥ | stū­yaṃ­te si­ddha­sā­dha­rmyā­t sa­de­ha­tve pi dhī­dha­naiḥ |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.28a­yo­gi­tva­sa­pnu­dbhū­teḥ pū­rva­m aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­mā | tṛ­tī­yaṃ dhyā­na­m ā­khyā­taṃ vā­kpra­vṛ­ttyā vi­va­rji­taṃ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.44.29vā­kkā­ya­vṛ­tti­sa­dbhā­ve ya­thā dhyā­nī na mā­dṛ­śaḥ | ta­thā­rha­nn i­ti ta­syā­stū­pa­cā­rā­d dhyā­na­de­śa­nā |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 506,20ta­d e­ta­dvya­va­hā­ra­ni­śca­ya­na­ya­ni­rū­pa­ṇa­ni­pu­ṇaiḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­pra­va­ṇaiḥ sa­rva­m ā­lo­cyaṃ pa­ra­ma­ga­ha­na­tvā­c cha­dma­sthā­smā- TAŚVA-ML 506,21dṛ­śa­ja­nā­nā­m i­ti ni­ve­da­ya­nn u­pa­saṃ­ha­ra­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 9.44.30abkva­ci­c ciṃ­tā dhyā­naṃ ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­yaṃ puṃ­si ka­thi­taṃ kva­ci­t ta­syāḥ kā­rtsnyā­d vi­la­ya­na­m i­daṃ sa­rva­vi­ṣa­yaṃ | TAŚV-ML 9.44.30cdkva­ci­t kiṃ­ci­n mu­khyaṃ gu­ṇa­m a­pi va­daṃ­ti pra­ti­na­yaṃ ta­ta­ś ciṃ­tyaṃ sa­dbhiḥ pa­ra­ma­ga­ha­naṃ ji­na­pa­ti­ma­taṃ |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 506,24i­ti na­va­mā­dhyā­ya­sya pra­tha­ma­m ā­hni­ka­m | TA-ML 9.45 sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭi­śrā­va­ka­vi­ra­tā­naṃ­ta­vi­yo­ja­ka­da­rśa­na­mo­ha­kṣa­pa­ko­pa­śa­ma­ko­pa­śāṃ­ta­mo­ha- TA-ML 9.45 kṣa­pa­ka­kṣī­ṇa­mo­ha­ji­nāḥ kra­ma­śo '­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­ni­rja­rāḥ |­| 4­5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 506,27ki­m a­rtha­m i­da­m a­pra­stu­ta­m u­cya­te ? ta­pa­sā ni­rja­rā ce­ti pra­kṛ­te ta­pa­si bā­hye bhyaṃ­ta­re ca dhyā­na­pa­ryaṃ­te vyā­khyā­te TAŚVA-ML 506,28sa­rva­sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭī­nāṃ ya­thā­saṃ­bha­vaṃ bā­hya­rū­pe­ṇā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­rū­pe­ṇa ca ta­pa­sā sa­mā­na­ni­rja­rā­tva­pra­sa­ktau ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pā­da- TAŚVA-ML 506,29nā­rthaṃ pra­stu­ta­m e­ve­daṃ yu­kta­m a­bhi­dhā­tuṃ | ku­taḥ pu­naḥ sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭyā­da­yo '­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­ni­rja­rā kra­mā­d bha­vaṃ­tī­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 9.45.1sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭyā­da­yaḥ saṃ­ty a­saṃ­khye­gu­ṇa­ni­rja­rāḥ | kra­mā­d a­tra ta­thā śu­ddhe­r a­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­tva­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 506,31pra­tha­maṃ sa­mya­ktvā­di­pra­ti­laṃ­bhe a­dhya­va­sā­ya­vi­śu­ddhi­pra­ka­rṣā­d a­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­ni­rja­ra­tvaṃ da­śā­nāṃ | pra­tha­maṃ hi TAŚVA-ML 506,32bha­vya­syo­pa­śa­ma­sa­mya­ktvaṃ ta­dā­da­yo ve­da­ka­sa­mya­ktva­kṣā­yi­ka­sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­śrā­va­ka­tvā­da­yaḥ sū­tro­ktā­s ta­tra pra­ti­la­bdhā- TAŚVA-ML 507,01dhya­va­sā­ya­vi­śu­ddhi­pra­ka­rṣā­d da­śā­nā­m a­pi kra­mā­d a­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­ni­rja­ra­tva­m u­pa­pa­dya­te | kṣa­pa­ka i­ty a­sā­dhu­r a­nvā­khyā­nā­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 507,02vā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ca­śa­bde­na mi­tsaṃ­jño­pa­la­bdheḥ | kṣai jai ṣai kṣa­ye i­ty a­sya kṛ­tā­tva­sya ṇau pu­ki kṛ­te ja­nī-jṝ­ṣ- TAŚVA-ML 507,03kna­su-ra­ñjo '­ma­ntā­ś ce­ti ca­śa­bde­na mi­tsaṃ­jño­pa­la­bdhe­r hra­sva­tvā­t sā­dhu­r e­va kṣa­pa­ka­śa­bda i­ty a­rthaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 507,04a­tha ta­po­bhā­jāṃ saṃ­ya­tā­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­raṃ gu­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­d bhe­de pi nai­ga­ma­na­yā­n nai­rgraṃ­thya­sā­mya­m ā­da­rśa­ya­nn ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.46 pu­lā­ka­ba­ku­śa­ku­śī­la­ni­rgraṃ­tha­snā­ta­kā ni­rgraṃ­thāḥ |­| 4­6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 507,06a­pa­ri­pū­rṇa­vra­tā u­tta­ra­gu­ṇa­hī­nāḥ pu­lā­kāḥ­, ī­ṣa­dvi­śu­ddhi­pu­lā­ka­sā­dṛ­śyā­t | a­khaṃ­ḍi­ta­vra­tāḥ śa­rī­ra­saṃ­skā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 507,07rddhi­su­kha­ya­śo vi­bhū­ti­pra­va­ṇā va­ku­śāḥ­, che­da­śa­va­la­yu­kta­tvā­t | ba­ku­śa­śa­bdo hi śa­ba­la­pa­ryā­ya­vā­cī­ha | ku­śī­lā TAŚVA-ML 507,08dvi­vi­dhāḥ pra­ti­se­va­nā­ka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­bhe­dā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­tta­ra­gu­ṇa­vi­rā­dha­naṃ pra­ti­se­va­nā grī­ṣme jaṃ­ghā­pra­kṣā­la­na­va­t­, TAŚVA-ML 507,09saṃ­jva­la­na­mā­tro­da­yaḥ ka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­s te­na yo­gā­t mū­lo­tta­ra­gu­ṇa­bhṛ­to pi pra­ti­se­va­nā­ku­śī­lāḥ ka­ṣā­ya­ku­śī­lā­ś co- TAŚVA-ML 507,10cyaṃ­te | u­da­ke daṃ­ḍa­rā­ji­va­tsaṃ­ni­ra­sta­ka­rmā­ṇo '­ṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­ke­va­la­jñā­na­da­rśa­na­prā­pi­ṇo ni­rgraṃ­thāḥ | pra­kṣī­ṇa­ghā­ti­ka­rmā­ṇaḥ TAŚVA-ML 507,11ke­va­li­naḥ snā­ta­kāḥ­, snā­taṃ ve­da­sa­mā­ptā­v i­ti svā­rthi­ke ke ni­ṣpa­nnaḥ śa­bdaḥ | ku­ta e­te ni­rgraṃ­thāḥ paṃ­cā­pi TAŚVA-ML 507,12ma­tā i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 9.46.1pu­lā­kā­dyā ma­tāḥ paṃ­ca ni­rgraṃ­thā vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ | ni­śca­yā­c cā­pi nai­rgraṃ­thya­sā­mā­nya­syā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.46.2va­strā­di­graṃ­tha­saṃ­pa­nnā­s ta­to nye ne­ti ga­mya­te | bā­hya­graṃ­tha­sya sa­dbhā­ve hy aṃ­ta­rgraṃ­tho na na­śya­ti |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.46.3ye va­strā­di­gra­he py ā­hu­rni­rgraṃ­tha­tvaṃ ya­tho­di­taṃ | mū­rcchā­nu­dbhū­ti­ta­s te­ṣāṃ stryā­dyā­dā­ne pi kiṃ na ta­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.46.4vi­ṣa­ya­gra­ha­ṇaṃ kā­ryaṃ mū­rchā syā­t ta­sya kā­ra­ṇaṃ | na ca kā­ra­ṇa­vi­dhvaṃ­se jā­tu kā­rya­sya saṃ­bha­vaḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.46.5vi­ṣa­yaḥ kā­ra­ṇaṃ mū­rchā ta­tkā­rya­m i­ti yo va­de­t | ta­sya mū­rcho­da­yo '­sa­ttve vi­ṣa­ya­sya na si­ddhya­ti |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 9.46.6ta­smā­n mo­ho­da­yā­n mū­rchā svā­rthe ta­sya gra­ha­s ta­taḥ | sa ya­syā­sti sva­yaṃ ta­sya na nai­rgraṃ­thyaṃ ka­dā­ca­na |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 507,19ka­ści­d ā­ha – pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­gu­ṇā­nāṃ ni­rgraṃ­tha­tvā­bhā­va­ś cā­ri­tra­bhe­dā­t gṛ­ha­stha­va­d i­ti taṃ pra­tyā­ha – na ca­, dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā- TAŚVA-ML 507,20d brā­hma­ṇa­śa­bda­va­t | na hi jā­tyā­cā­rā­dhya­ya­nā­di­bhe­dā­d bhi­nne­ṣu brā­hma­ṇa­tvaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te­, saṃ­gra­ha­vya­va­hā­rā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 507,21ni­śca­ya­na­yā­d e­va sa­ma­gra­gu­ṇe­ṣu ta­dvya­pa­de­śa­si­ddheḥ | kiṃ ca­, dṛ­ṣṭi­rū­pa­sā­mā­nyā­t sa­rve­ṣāṃ ni­rgraṃ­tha­tā na vi­ru­dhya­te | TAŚVA-ML 507,22bha­gna­vra­te vṛ­ttā­v a­ti­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, rū­pā­bhā­vā­t | ni­rgraṃ­tha­rū­paṃ hi ya­thā­jā­ta­rū­pa­m a­saṃ­skṛ­taṃ bhū­ṣā­ve­śā­yu­dha­vi- TAŚVA-ML 507,23ra­hi­taṃ gṛ­ha­sthe­ṣu na saṃ­bha­va­tī­ti | a­nya­smi­n sa­rū­pe ti­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, vṛ­ṣṭya­bhā­vā­t |­| TAŚVA-ML 507,24te­ṣāṃ pu­lā­kā­dī­nāṃ bhū­yo pi vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m i­da­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 9.47 saṃ­ya­ma­śru­ta­pra­ti­se­va­nā­tī­rtha­liṃ­ga­le­śyo­pa­pā­da­sthā­na­vi­ka­lpa­taḥ sā­dhyāḥ |­| 4­7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 507,26.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. TAŚVA-ML 507,27.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. TAŚVA-ML 507,28.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. |­| TAŚVA-ML 507,29i­ti na­va­mā­dhyā­ya­sya dvi­tī­ya­m ā­hni­ka­m | TAŚVA-ML 507,30i­ti śrīvi­dyā­vaṃ­diā­cā­rya­vi­ra­ci­te ta­ttvā­rthaślo­ka­vā­rti­kālaṃ­kā­re na­va­mo '­dhyā­yaḥ sa­mā­ptaḥ |­| 9 |­|  TAŚV-ML 508,1oṃ TAŚV-ML 508,2a­tha da­śa­mo '­dhyā­yaḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 508,03i­dā­nīṃ mo­kṣa­sya sva­rū­pā­bhi­dhā­naṃ prā­pta­kā­laṃ ta­tprā­ptiḥ ke­va­la­jñā­nā­vā­pti­pū­rvi­ke­ti ke­va­la­jñā­no­tpa­tti­kā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 508,04ṇa­m u­cya­te­ —TA-ML 10.1 mo­ha­kṣa­yā­t jñā­na­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa­yā­c ca ke­va­la­m |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 508,06.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. TAŚVA-ML 508,07.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. TAŚVA-ML 508,08.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. TAŚVA-ML 508,09.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. |­| TAŚVA-ML 508,10ka­smā­d dhe­to­r mo­kṣaḥ kiṃ­la­kṣa­ṇa­ś ce­ty a­tro­cya­te­ —TA-ML 10.2 baṃ­dha­he­tva­bhā­va­ni­rja­rā­bhyāṃ kṛ­tsna­ka­rma­vi­pra­mo­kṣo mo­kṣaḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 508,12.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. TAŚVA-ML 508,13.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. TAŚVA-ML 508,14.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. TAŚVA-ML 508,15.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. |­| TAŚVA-ML 508,16ta­sya ka­rma­ṇaḥ sa­dbaṃ­dho­da­yo­dī­ra­ṇa­vya­va­sthā­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­tkṛ­ta­vi­bhā­go gu­ṇa­sthā­nā­pe­kṣaḥ pra­va­ca­nā­n ne­yaḥ |­| TAŚVA-ML 508,17kiṃ dra­vya­ka­rma­ṇā­m e­va mo­kṣaḥ syā­d u­ta bhā­va­ka­rma­ṇā­m a­pī­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 10.3 au­pa­śa­mi­kā­di­bha­vya­tvā­nāṃ ca |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 508,19bha­vya­tva­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­nya­pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ­, te­na jī­va­tvā­de­r a­vyā­vṛ­ttiḥ sa­rva­taḥ sa­rva­dā pra­si­ddhā bha­va­ti | TAŚVA-ML 508,20ka­smā­d au­pa­śa­mi­kā­di­kṣa­yā­n mo­kṣa i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 10.3.1ta­thau­pa­śa­mi­kā­dī­nāṃ bha­vya­tva­sya ca saṃ­kṣa­yā­t | mo­kṣa i­ty ā­ha ta­dbhā­ve saṃ­sā­ri­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.3.2na tv au­pa­śa­mi­ke bhā­ve kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ke pi ca | bhā­ve trau­da­yi­ke puṃ­so '­bhā­vo stu kṣā­yi­ke ka­thaṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 508,23a­tra sa­mā­dhī­ya­te­ —TAŚV-ML 10.3.3si­ddhiḥ sa­vya­pa­de­śa­sya cā­ri­trā­de­r a­bhā­va­taḥ | kṣā­yi­ka­sya na sa­ty a­smi­n kṛ­ta­kṛ­tya­tva­ni­rvṛ­tiḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.3.4na cā­ri­trā­di­r a­syā­sti si­ddhā­nāṃ mo­kṣa­saṃ­kṣa­yā­t | si­ddhā e­va tu si­ddhā­s te gu­ṇa­sthā­na­vi­mu­kta­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 508,26na­nv e­vaṃ ke­va­la­da­rśa­nā­dī­nā­m a­pi kṣā­yi­ka­bhā­vā­nāṃ mo­kṣe kṣa­yaḥ pra­sa­jya­ta i­ty ā­re­kā­yā­m a­pa­vā­da­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 10.4 a­nya­tra ke­va­la­sa­mya­ktva­jñā­na­da­rśa­na­si­ddha­tve­bhyaḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 508,28a­nya­tra­śa­bdo­yaṃ pa­ri­va­rja­nā­rtha­s ta­da­pe­kṣaḥ si­ddha­tve­bhya i­ti vi­bha­kti­ni­rde­śaḥ | '­a­nya­tra dro­ṇa­bhī­ṣmā­bhyāṃ TAŚVA-ML 509,01 sa­rve yo­dhāḥ pa­rā­ṅmu­khāḥ­' i­ti ya­thā | a­nya­śa­bda­pra­yo­ge ta­dvi­jñā­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, pra­tya­yāṃ­ta­syā­pi pra­yo­ge ta­dda- TAŚVA-ML 509,02rśa­nā­t | a­naṃ­ta­vī­ryā­di­ni­vṛ­tti­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, a­trai­vāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t | a­naṃ­ta­vī­rya­hī­na­syā­naṃ­tā­va­bo­dha­vṛ­ttya­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 509,03vā­t su­kha­sya jñā­na­sa­ma­vā­yi­tvā­t | baṃ­dha­syā­vya­va­sthā a­śvā­di­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­dyu­cche­de kā­rtsnye­na TAŚVA-ML 509,04ta­tkṣa­yā­t | pu­naḥ pra­va­rta­na­pra­saṃ­go jā­na­taḥ pa­śya­ta­ś ca kā­ru­ṇyā­d i­ti ce­n na­, sa­rvā­sra­va­pa­ri­kṣa­yā­t | vī­ta­rā­ge TAŚVA-ML 509,05sne­ha­pa­ryā­ya­sya kā­ru­ṇya­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­d bha­kti­spṛ­hā­di­va­t | a­ka­smā­d i­ti ce­d a­ni­rmo­kṣa­pra­saṃ­gaḥ sa­to he­tu­ka­sya ni­tya- TAŚVA-ML 509,06tvā­pa­tte­r vi­nā­śā­yo­gā­t | mu­kta­sya sthā­na­va­ttvā­t pā­ta i­ti ce­n na­, a­nā­sra­va­tvā­t | sā­sra­va­sya yā­na­pā­trā­deḥ TAŚVA-ML 509,07pā­ta­da­rśa­nā­t­, gau­ra­vā­bhā­vā­c ca ta­sya na pā­ta­stā­la­pha­lā­deḥ sa­ti gau­ra­ve vṛ­nta­saṃ­yo­gā­bhā­vā­t pa­ta­na­pra­si­ddheḥ | na­nu TAŚVA-ML 509,08ma­hā­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­nā­m a­lpī­ya­syā­dhā­re mo­kṣa­kṣe­tre pa­ra­spa­ro pa­ro­dha i­ti ce­n na­, a­va­gā­ha­śa­kti­yo­gā­t nā­nā­pra­dī­pa­ma- TAŚVA-ML 509,09ṇi­pra­kā­śā­di­va­t | ta­ta e­va ja­nma­ma­ra­ṇa­dvaṃ­dvo­pa­ni­pā­ta­vyā­bā­dhā­vi­ra­hā­t pa­ra­ma­su­khi­naḥ | ta­tsu­kha­sya nā­sty u­pa- TAŚVA-ML 509,10mā­na­m ā­kā­śa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­va­t | mu­ktā­nā­m a­nā­kā­ra­tvā­d a­bhā­va i­ti ce­n nā­tī­tā­naṃ­ta­ra­śa­rī­rā­kā­rā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvā­t ga­ta- TAŚVA-ML 509,11si­kka­ka­mū­ṣā­ga­rbha­va­t | mu­ktā­nā­m a­śa­rī­ra­tve ta­dbhā­vā­d vi­sa­rpa­ṇa­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­t na­, kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t | ku­taḥ kā­ra- TAŚVA-ML 509,12ṇā­t saṃ­ha­ra­ṇa­vi­sa­rpa­ṇe saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ syā­tā­m i­ti ce­t­, nā­ma­ka­rma­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t saṃ­ha­ra­ṇa­vi­sa­rpa­ṇa­dha­rma­tvaṃ pra­dī­pe pra­kā- TAŚVA-ML 509,13śa­va­t | nā­tma­naḥ saṃ­ha­ra­ṇa­vi­sa­rpa­ṇa­va­ttve sā­dhye pra­dī­po dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ śre­yā­n mū­rti­ma­dvai­dha­rmyā­d i­ti ce­n na­, u­bha­ya- TAŚVA-ML 509,14la­kṣa­ṇa­prā­pta­tvā­t | dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya hi la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sā­dhya­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ sā­dha­na­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ca | ta­tra saṃ­ha­ra­ṇa­vi­sa- TAŚVA-ML 509,15rpa­ṇa­dha­rma­ka­tva­sya sā­dhya­syā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tva­sya sā­dha­na­sya ca pra­dī­pe sa­dbhā­vā­t sa dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ syā­d e­va TAŚVA-ML 509,16jī­va­sya cā­mū­rta­mū­rta­tvo­bha­ya­la­kṣa­ṇa­yu­kta­tvā­t na mū­rti­ma­dvai­dha­rmya­m a­sti ya­to yaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to na syā­t | "­baṃ­dhaṃ pra­tye- TAŚVA-ML 509,17ka­tvaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­to bha­va­ti ta­sya nā­nā­tvaṃ | ta­smā­d a­mū­rti­bhā­vo nai­kāṃ­tā­d bha­va­ti jī­va­sya |­| " i­ti va­ca­nā­t ka­thaṃ- TAŚVA-ML 509,18ci­n mū­rti­ma­ttva­syā­pi pra­si­ddheḥ | nā­ma­ka­rma­saṃ­baṃ­dha­pra­saṃ­gaḥ pra­dī­pa­sye­ti ce­n na­, ta­sya dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tve­nā­vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t TAŚVA-ML 509,19sā­dha­na­dha­rma­tvā­na­bhi­prā­yā­t svā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tva­sya ca sā­dha­na­dha­rma­sya ta­tra bhā­vā­t | śa­rī­raṃ hi TAŚVA-ML 509,20jī­va­syā­dhi­ṣṭhā­naṃ pra­dī­pa­sya tu gṛ­haṃ ta­tpa­ri­mā­ṇā­nu­vi­dhā­na­m u­bha­yo­r a­stī­ti no­pā­laṃ­bha­naḥ | śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­nu­vi­dhā- TAŚVA-ML 509,21yi­tvaṃ sā­dha­naṃ pra­dī­pe ta­syā­sa­ttvā­t | nā­pi gṛ­ha­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvaṃ ta­syā­tma­ny a­bhā­vā­t | ta­ta i­da­m u­cya­te —TAŚVA-ML 509,22saṃ­sā­rī jī­vaḥ pra­de­śa­saṃ­ha­ra­ṇa­vi­sa­rpa­ṇa­dha­rma­kaḥ svā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvā­t pra­dī­pa­pra­kā­śa­va­t | na hi TAŚVA-ML 509,23mu­ktā­tmā svā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­nu­vi­dhā­yī ta­syā­śa­rī­rā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­syā­bhā­vā­t | pū­rvā­naṃ­ta­ra­śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ tu ya­d a­nu- TAŚVA-ML 509,24kṛ­taṃ ta­tpa­ri­tyā­ga­kā­ra­ṇa­sya nā­ma­ka­rma­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­ni­baṃ­dha­na­śa­rī­rāṃ­ta­ra­syā­bhā­vā­n na vi­sa­rpa­ṇaṃ mu­kta­sya­, ya­to lo­kā­kā- TAŚVA-ML 509,25śa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­tvā­pa­ttiḥ | na­nu saṃ­ha­ra­ṇa­vi­sa­rpa­ṇa­sva­bhā­va­syā­tma­naḥ pra­dī­pa­va­d e­vā­ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ce­n na­, tā­va­nmā- TAŚVA-ML 509,26tra­sya vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t caṃ­dra­mu­khī­va­t | saṃ­ha­ra­ṇa­vi­sa­rpa­ṇa­sva­bhā­va­tva­mā­traṃ vi­va­kṣi­taṃ caṃ­dra­mu­khī pri­ya­da­rśa­na­va­t | TAŚVA-ML 509,27sa­rva­sā­dha­rmye dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­syā­pa­hna­vā­t | sa­rva­thā­'­bhā­vo mo­kṣaḥ pra­dī­pa­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, sā­dhya­tvā­t | pra­dī­pe pi ni­ra- TAŚVA-ML 509,28nva­ya­vi­nā­śa­syā­pra­tī­teḥ ta­sya ta­maḥ­pu­dga­la­bhā­ve­no­tpā­dā­d dī­pa­pu­dga­la­bhā­ve­na vi­nā­śā­t pu­dga­la­jā­tyā dhru­va­tvā­t | TAŚVA-ML 509,29dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­c ca ni­ga­lā­di­vi­yo­ge de­va­da­ttā­dya­va­sthā­na­va­t | na sa­rva­thā mo­kṣā­va­sthā­yā­m a­bhā­vaḥ | ya­trai­va ka­rma­vi­pra- TAŚVA-ML 509,30mo­kṣa­s ta­trai­vā­va­sthā­na­m i­ti ce­n na­, sā­dhya­tvā­t | yo ya­tra vi­pra­mu­ktaḥ sa ta­trai­vā­va­ti­ṣṭha­ta i­ti si­ddhaṃ­, TAŚVA-ML 509,31de­śāṃ­ta­ra­ga­ti­da­rśa­nā­t | ni­ga­lā­di­vi­ni­rmu­kta­sya ga­ti­kā­ra­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­d de­śāṃ­ta­ra­ga­ti­da­rśa­na­m i­ti ce­t­, niḥ­śe­ṣa­ka­rma- TAŚVA-ML 509,32baṃ­dha­na­vi­pra­mu­kta­syā­pi ga­ti­ni­mi­tta­syo­rdhva­vra­jyā­sva­bhā­va­sya bhā­vā­t de­śāṃ­ta­rā ga­ti­r a­stu | ta­d e­vaṃ —TAŚV-ML 10.4.1mo­kṣaḥ ke­va­la­sa­mya­ktva­jñā­na­da­rśa­na­saṃ­kṣa­yā­t | si­ddha­tva­saṃ­kṣa­yā­n ne­ti tv a­nya­tre­tyā­di­nā­bra­vī­t |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.4.2e­taiḥ sa­ha vi­ro­dha­syā­bhā­vā­n mo­kṣa­sya sa­rva­thā | sva­yaṃ sa­vya­pa­de­śai­ś ca vya­pa­de­śa­s ta­thā­stv a­taḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.4.3si­ddha­tvaṃ ke­va­lā­di­bhyo vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ te­ṣu sa­tsv a­pi | ka­rmo­da­ya­ni­mi­tta­syā­si­ddha­tva­sya kva­ci­d ga­teḥ |­| 3 |­| TAŚVA-ML 510,01ta­taḥ sa­ka­la­ka­lma­ṣa­saṃ­ta­ti­saṃ­sa­kti­vi­ni­rmu­kti­r e­va svā­tme­ti sa­mā­ca­kṣa­te yu­kti­śā­strā­vi­ru­ddha­va­ca­saḥ sū­ra­yo TAŚVA-ML 510,02bha­ga­vaṃ­ta­s ta­sya svā­tma­naḥ prā­ptiḥ pa­rā ni­vṛ­tti­r i­ti niḥ­saṃ­di­gdhaṃ­, te­na sva­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­vyā­vṛ­tti­r mu­kti­ś cai­ta­nya­mā­tra- TAŚVA-ML 510,03sthi­ti­r vā a­nya­thā vā va­daṃ­to­pā­kṛ­tāḥ­, pra­mā­ṇa­vyā­ha­ta­tvā­d i­ti ni­ve­da­ya­ti­ —TAŚV-ML 10.4.4asvā­tmāṃ­ta­rba­hi­raṃ­ga­ka­lma­ṣa­ta­ti­vyā­sa­kti­ni­rmu­kta­tāTAŚV-ML 10.4.4bjī­va­sye­ti va­daṃ­ti śu­ddha­dhi­ṣa­ṇā yu­ktyā­ga­mā­nve­ṣi­ṇaḥ | TAŚV-ML 10.4.4cprā­pti­s ta­sya tu ni­rvṛ­tiḥ pa­ra­ta­rā nā­bhā­va­mā­traṃ na vāTAŚV-ML 10.4.4dvi­śle­ṣo gu­ṇa­to nya­thā sthi­ti­r a­pi vyā­ha­nya­mā­na­tva­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚVA-ML 510,08i­ti da­śa­mā­dhyā­ya­sya pra­tha­ma­m ā­hni­ka­m | TA-ML 10.5 ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m ū­rdhvaṃ ga­ccha­tyā­lo­kāṃ­tā­t |­| 5 |­| TAŚVA-ML 510,10ta­dgra­ha­ṇaṃ mo­kṣa­sya pra­ti­ni­rde­śā­rthaṃ­, ā­ṅa­bhi­vi­dhya­rthaḥ | e­ta­d e­va sa­ma­bhi­dha­tte­ —TAŚV-ML 10.5.1ta­cchā­bdā­d gṛ­hya­te mo­kṣaḥ sū­tre­smi­n nā­nya­saṃ­gra­haḥ | sā­ma­rthyā­d i­ti ta­syai­vā­naṃ­ta­raṃ ta­da­naṃ­ta­raṃ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.5.2ga­ccha­tī­ti va­caḥ­śa­kte­r mu­kti­de­śe sthi­ti­cchi­dā | ū­rdhva­m i­ty a­bhi­dhā­nā­t tu di­gaṃ­ta­ra­ga­ti­cyu­tiḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 510,13ā­lo­kāṃ­tā­d i­ti dhvā­nā­n nā­lo­kā­kā­śa­gā­mi­tā | TAŚVA-ML 510,14mu­kti­ś ca i­ti tv a­yaṃ pa­kṣa­ni­rde­śaḥ­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­he­tu­ni­rde­śa­s ta­rhi ka­rta­vya i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 10.6 pū­rva­pra­yo­gā­d a­saṃ­ga­tvā­d baṃ­dha­cche­dā­t ta­thā ga­ti­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­c ca |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 510,16e­ta­c ca he­tu­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yaṃ ka­thaṃ ga­ma­ka­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 10.6.1pū­rve­tyā­dye­na vā­cye­na pro­ktaṃ he­tu­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yaṃ | sā­dhye­na vyā­pta­m u­nne­ya­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 510,18a­trai­va dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 10.7 ā­vi­ddha­ku­lā­la­ca­kra­va­dvya­pa­ga­ta­le­pā­lā­bu­va­de­r aṃ­ḍa­bī­ja­va­d a­gni­śi­khā­va­c ca |­| 7 |­| TAŚVA-ML 510,20ki­ma­rtha­m i­da­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­m u­kta­m i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 10.7.1ā­vi­ddhe­tyā­di­nā dṛ­ṣṭaṃ sa­ddṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yaṃ | ba­hi­rvyā­pti­r a­pī­ṣṭe­ha sā­dha­na­tva­pra­si­ddha­ye |­| 1 |­| TAŚVA-ML 510,22he­tu­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­nāṃ ya­thā­saṃ­khya­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ | ka­tha­m i­ty ā­ha —TAŚV-ML 10.7.2ū­rdhvaṃ ga­ccha­ti mu­ktā­tmā ta­thā pū­rva­pra­yo­ga­taḥ | ya­thā­vi­ddhaṃ ku­lā­la­sya ca­kra­m i­ty a­tra sā­dha­naṃ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.7.3nā­si­ddhaṃ mo­ktu­kā­ma­sya lo­kā­gra­ga­ma­naṃ pra­ti | pra­ṇi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sa­dbhā­vā­d bhū­ri­śaḥ sphu­ṭaṃ |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.7.4na cā­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ ta­tsyā­d vi­ru­ddhaṃ vā vi­pa­kṣa­taḥ | vyā­vṛ­tteḥ sa­rva­thā ne­ṣṭa­vi­dhā­ta­kṛ­d i­daṃ ta­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.7.5a­saṃ­ga­tvā­d ya­thā­lā­bū­pha­laṃ ni­rga­ta­le­pa­naṃ | baṃ­dha­cche­dā­dya­thai­r aṃ­ḍa­bī­ja­m i­ty a­py a­to ga­taṃ |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.7.6ū­rdhva­vra­jyā­sva­bhā­va­tvā­d a­gne­r jvā­lā ya­the­ti ca | dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te pi na sa­rva­tra sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­śū­nya­tā |­| 6 |­| TAŚVA-ML 510,28a­saṃ­ga­tva­baṃ­dha­cche­da­yo­r a­rthā­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­nu­vā­da­pra­saṃ­ga i­ti ve­nnā­rthā­nya­tvā­t | baṃ­dha­syā­nyo­nya­pra­ve­śe sa­ty a­vi­bhā- TAŚVA-ML 510,29ge­nā­va­sthā­na­rū­pa­tvā­t­, saṃ­ga­sya ca pa­ra­sya prā­pti­mā­tra­tvā­t | no­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­ma­lā­būḥ mā­ru­tā­de­śā­d i­ti ce­n na­, ti­rya- TAŚVA-ML 510,30gga­ma­na­pra­saṃ­gā­t ti­rya­gga­ma­na­sva­bhā­va­tvā­n mā­ru­ta­sya | na­nv e­va­m ū­rdhva­ga­ti­sva­bhā­va­syā­tma­na ū­rdhva­ga­tya­bhā­ve pi ta­dbhā- TAŚVA-ML 511,01va­pra­saṃ­go gne­r au­ṣṇya­va­t ta­da­bhā­ve '­bhā­va­va­d i­ti ce­n na­, ga­tyaṃ­ta­ra­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­tvā­t ta­dū­rdhva­ga­ti­sva­bhā­va­sya ū­rdhva­jva­la- TAŚVA-ML 511,02na­va­d vā ta­dbhā­ve nā­bhā­vaḥ | ve­ga­va­ddra­vyā­bhi­ghā­tā­d a­na­la­syo­rdhva­jva­la­nā­bhā­ve pi ti­rya­gjva­la­na­sa­dbhā­vā­da­rśa­nā­t | TAŚVA-ML 511,03na­nv e­vaṃ mu­kta­sya lo­kā­t pa­ra­taḥ ku­to no­rdhva­ga­ti­r i­ty ā­ha­ —TA-ML 10.8 dha­rmā­sti­kā­yā­bhā­vā­t |­| 8 |­| TAŚVA-ML 511,05kaḥ pu­na­rdha­rmā­sti­kā­ya i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 10.8.1u­kto dha­rmā­sti­kā­yo tra ga­tyu­pa­gra­ha­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | ta­syā­bhā­vā­n na lo­kā­grā­t pa­ra­to ga­ti­r ā­tma­naḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.8.2e­vaṃ niḥ­śe­ṣa­mi­thyā­bhi­mā­no mu­ktau ni­va­rta­te | yu­ktyā­ga­ma­ba­lā­t ta­syāḥ sva­rū­paṃ pra­ti ni­rṇa­yā­t |­| 2 |­| TAŚVA-ML 511,08a­tha ki­m e­te mu­ktāḥ sa­mā­nāḥ sa­rve kiṃ vā bhe­de­nā­pi ni­rde­śyā i­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yā­m i­da­m ā­ha­ —TA-ML 10.9 kṣe­tra­kā­la­ga­ti­liṃ­ga­tī­rtha­cā­ri­tra­pra­tye­ka­bu­ddha­bo­dhi­ta­jñā­nā­va­gā­ha­nāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ- TA-ML 10.9 khyā­lpa­ba­hu­tva­taḥ sā­dhyāḥ |­| 9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 511,11ke­na rū­pe­ṇa si­ddhāḥ kṣe­trā­di­bhi­r bhe­dai­r ni­rde­ṣṭa­vyā i­ty ā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 10.9.1si­ddhāḥ kṣe­trā­di­bhi­r bhe­daiḥ sā­dhyāḥ sū­tro­pa­pā­di­bhiḥ | sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣā­c ca bhā­vā­bhe­de pi sa­nna­yaiḥ |­| 1 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.2kṣe­traṃ svā­tma­pra­de­śāḥ syuḥ si­ddhya­tāṃ ni­śca­yā­n na­yā­t | vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­d vyo­ma sa­ka­lāḥ ka­rma­bhū­ma­yaḥ |­| 2 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.3ma­nu­ṣya­bhū­mi­r a­py a­tra ha­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yā ma­tā | hṛ­tvā pa­re­ṇa nī­tā­nāṃ si­ddheḥ sū­trā­ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t |­| 3 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.4te­ṣā­m e­ka­kṣa­ṇaḥ kā­laḥ pra­tyu­tpa­nna­na­yā­tma­naḥ | bhū­ta­pra­jñā­pa­nā­d e­va syā­t sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 4 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.5u­tsa­rpi­ṇy a­va­sa­rpi­ṇyo­r jā­tāḥ si­ddhyaṃ­ti ke­ca­na | ca­tu­rtha­kā­le pa­ryaṃ­ta­bhā­ge kā­le tṛ­tī­ya­ke |­| 5 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.6sa­rva­dā ha­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣā kṣe­trā­pe­kṣā hi kā­la­bhṛ­t | sa­rva­kṣe­tre­ṣu ta­tsi­ddhau na vi­ru­ddhā ka­thaṃ­ca­na |­| 6 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.7si­ddhiḥ si­ddhi­ga­tau puṃ­sāṃ syā­n ma­nu­ṣya­ga­tā­v a­pi | a­ve­da­tve­na sā ve­da­tri­ta­yā­d vā­sti bhā­va­taḥ |­| 7 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.8pu­lliṃ­ge­nai­va tu sā­kṣā­ddra­vya­to nyā ta­thā­ga­ma-  | vyā­ghā­tā­dyu­kti­bā­dhā­c ca stryā­di­ni­rvā­ṇa­vā­di­nāṃ |­| 8 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.9sā­kṣā­nni­rgraṃ­tha­liṃ­ge­na pā­raṃ­pa­ryā­tta­to nya­taḥ | sā­kṣā­tsa­graṃ­tha­liṃ­ge­na si­ddhau ni­rgraṃ­tha­tā vṛ­thā |­| 9 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.10sa­ti tī­rtha­ka­re si­ddhi­r a­sa­ty a­pi ca ka­sya­ci­t | bha­ve­d a­vya­pa­de­śe­na ca­ri­tre­ṇa vi­ni­śca­yā­t |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.11ta­thai­vai­ka­ca­tuḥ­paṃ­ca­vi­ka­lpe­na pra­ka­lpa­te | pa­ro­pa­de­śa­śū­nya­tvā­t si­ddhau pra­tye­ka­bu­ddha­tā |­| 1­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.12pa­ro­pa­de­śa­taḥ si­ddho bo­dhi­taḥ pra­ti­pā­di­taḥ | jñā­ne­nai­ke­na vā si­ddhi­r dvā­bhyāṃ tri­bhi­r a­pī­ṣya­te |­| 1­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.13ca­tu­rbhiḥ svā­mi­mu­khya­syā­pe­kṣā­yāṃ nā­nya­thā pu­naḥ | a­va­gā­ha­na­m u­tkṛ­ṣṭaṃ sa­pā­da­śa­ta­paṃ­ca­kaṃ |­| 1­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.14cā­pā­nā­ma­rdha­saṃ­yu­kta­m a­ra­tni­tra­ya­m a­py a­tha | ma­dhya­maṃ ba­hu­dhā si­ddhi­s tri­pra­kā­re '­va­gā­ha­ne |­| 1­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.15sva­pra­de­śe na­bho vyā­pi­la­kṣa­ṇe saṃ­pra­va­rta­te | a­naṃ­ta­raṃ ja­gha­nye­na dvau kṣa­ṇau si­ddhya­tāṃ nṛ­ṇāṃ |­| 1­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.16u­tka­rṣe­ṇa pu­na­s ta­t syā­d e­te­ṣāṃ sa­ma­yā­ṣṭa­kaṃ | aṃ­ta­raṃ sa­ma­yo sty e­ko ja­gha­nye­na pra­ka­rṣa­taḥ |­| 1­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.17ṣa­ṇmā­sāḥ si­ddhya­tāṃ nā­nā ma­dhya­maṃ pra­ti ga­mya­tāṃ | e­ka­smi­n sa­ma­ye si­ddhye­d e­ko jī­vo ja­gha­nya­taḥ |­| 1­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.18a­ṣṭo­tta­ra­śa­taṃ jī­vāḥ pra­ka­rṣe­ṇe­ti vi­śru­taṃ | nā­lpe­na ba­ha­vaḥ si­ddhāḥ si­ddha­kṣe­tra­vya­pe­kṣa­yā |­| 1­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.19vya­va­hā­ra­vya­pe­kṣā­yāṃ te­ṣā­m a­lpa­ba­hu­tva­vi­t | ta­trā­lpe ha­ra­ṇā­t si­ddhā ja­nma­si­ddha­sa­mū­ha­taḥ |­| 1­9 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.20ja­nma­si­ddhāḥ pu­na­s te­bhyaḥ saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­tā­bhṛ­taḥ | ka­rma­bho­ga­dha­rā vā­rdhi­dvī­po­rdhvā­s ti­ro­bhu­vāḥ |­| 2­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.21si­ddhā­nā­m ū­rdhva­si­ddhāḥ syuḥ sa­rve­bhyo lpe pa­re nya­thā | yuḥ saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇā­s te­bhyo dha­s ti­rya­gbhi­r vṛ­tāḥ kra­mā­t |­| 2­1 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.22sa­mu­dre sa­rva­taḥ sto­kā dvī­pe saṃ­khye­ya­saṃ­gu­ṇāḥ | la­va­ṇo­de sa­ma­ste­bhyaḥ sto­kāḥ si­ddhā vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2­2 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.23kā­lo­de sā­ga­re jaṃ­bū­dvī­pe ca pa­ri­ni­rvṛ­tāḥ | dhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍa­sa­ddvī­pe pu­ṣka­ra­dvī­pa e­va ca |­| 2­3 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.24te saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇāḥ pro­ktāḥ kra­ma­śo ba­ha­vo nya­thā | pra­tye­ta­vyāḥ sa­mā­se­na ya­thā­ga­ma­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ |­| 2­4 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.25e­ka e­va tu si­ddhā­tmā sa­rva­the­ti ya­ke vi­duḥ | te­ṣāṃ nā­nā­tma­nāṃ si­ddhi­mā­rgā­nu­ṣṭhā vṛ­thā bha­ve­t |­| 2­5 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.26kṣe­trā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā co­ktāṃ saṃ­sā­ry e­ka­tva­m aṃ­ja­sā | e­kā­tma­vā­di­nā cai­vaṃ ta­tra vā­co '­pra­mā­ṇa­tā |­| 2­6 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.27niḥ­śe­ṣa­ku­ma­ta­dhvāṃ­ta­vi­dhvaṃ­sa­na­pa­ṭī­ya­sī | mo­kṣa­nī­ti­r a­to jai­nī bhā­nu­dī­pti­r i­vo­jjva­lā |­| 2­7 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.28e­vaṃ jī­vā­di­ta­ttvā­rthāḥ pra­paṃ­cya sa­mu­dī­ri­tāḥ | sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­vi­jñā­na­go­ca­rā­ś ca­ra­ṇā­śra­yāḥ |­| 2­8 |­| TAŚV-ML 10.9.29ta­taḥ sā­dhī­ya­sī mo­kṣa­mā­rga­vyā­khyā pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ | sa­rva­ta­ttvā­rtha­vi­dye­yaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­śa­kti­taḥ |­| 2­9 |­| TAŚVA-ML 512,11ta­d e­vaṃ śā­stra­pa­ri­sa­mā­ptau pa­ra­ma­maṃ­ga­laṃ niḥ­śre­ya­sa­mā­rga­m e­va maṃ­ga­la­m a­bhi­ṣṭo­tu­ma­nāḥ prā­ha­ —TAŚV-ML 10.9.30ajī­yā­t sa­jja­na­tā­śra­yaḥ śi­va­su­dhā­dhā­rā­va­dhā­na­pra­bhu-TAŚV-ML 10.9.30br dhva­sta­dhvāṃ­ta­ta­tiḥ sa­mu­nna­ta­ga­ti­s tī­vra­pra­tā­pā­nvi­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 10.9.30cpro­rja­jyo­ti­r i­vā­va­gā­ha­na­kṛ­tā­naṃ­ta­sthi­ti­r mā­na­taḥTAŚV-ML 10.9.30dsa­nmā­rga­s tri­ta­yā­tma­ko '­khi­la­ma­la­pra­jvā­la­na­pra­kṣa­maḥ |­| 3­0 |­| TAŚVA-ML 512,16i­ti da­śa­mā­dhyā­ya­sya dvi­tī­ya­m ā­hni­ka­m | TAŚVA-ML 512,17i­ti śrīvi­dyā­naṃ­diā­cā­rya­vi­ra­ci­te ta­ttvā­rthaślo­ka­vā­rti­kālaṃ­kā­re da­śa­mo '­dhyā­yaḥ sa­mā­ptaḥ |­| 1­0 |­| TAŚV-ML 512,18ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kaṃ sa­mā­pta­m |